<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://bou.de/u/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Zhang+Hui</id>
	<title>China Studies Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://bou.de/u/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Zhang+Hui"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/wiki/Special:Contributions/Zhang_Hui"/>
	<updated>2026-04-04T09:35:11Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.14</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_trans&amp;diff=119127</id>
		<title>20201228 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_trans&amp;diff=119127"/>
		<updated>2020-12-25T12:05:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A third example, where an author shows another face in his essays is Zhu Ziqing. He is known as the author of the most often reprinted story-like Chinese essay &amp;quot;''Back View''&amp;quot; (Beiying), a standard school text. The success of this essay lies in the fact, that it applies to filial pity. From the reported fare-well scene with his father at the train station, he learned that his father loved him and that he had grown-up too now. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
This self-reflective essay helped Zhu to find himself through the observation of the other (here his father). The 2nd often printed essay is also from Zhu. Parallelistic and repetitive structures are the driving factor in the atmospherical nebulous lyrical landscape desription &amp;quot;''The Moonlit Lotus Pond''&amp;quot;, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing supposedly opposed all political engagement and, wrote about unspectacular things.  In Taiwan he became a type of substitute for the categorically refused state writer of the People’s Republic, Lu Xun, mainly because of Zhu’s supposed political independence.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
I would like to show with three examples that Zhu had absolutely clear political ideas: He had taken part in the demonstration March 18, 1926, which ended in a massacre. Zhu described this in ''&amp;quot;Report On the Massacre of the Government''&amp;quot;[	 (Zhizhengfu da tusha ji).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shots were still being fired, and the entrance of the east gate was packed with people. [...] Pushing and shoving, we climbed over them with great effort. We must have lost our senses then, not seeing, to our shame, the grotesqueness of our action. ''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
''[...]I was still walking on top of the people. No one dared to miss a single step, filing through the gate that divided safety from danger, one that would give us life or take our lives away. [...] My efforts finally brought me down to the ground, sealing my fate as I rolled down from the human pile. [...] I learned later that some of the people by the gate were dead, killed by the pistol squad firing from the other side of the gate. When I recall stepping over dead bodies, I cannot help but tremble with fear. [...]''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
From this experience, Zhu addresses directly the repsonsible political leaders:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Duan Qirui, you must think about it! [...] How could we explain this to the world? [...] Granted, Duan Qirui and others could commit such atrocities without a thought; but how could we, the people of China, face the world with such a shameless government? [...] We, [...], must ask, „So many were killed—what should we do?“''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Lu Xun has portrayed the same massacre with sighing undertone and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his &amp;quot;''Ways to die''&amp;quot;[	 (Si fa).] - in which he finds &amp;quot;to be shot&amp;quot; the best method to die. The supposedly less politically engaged Zhu shows here more engagement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay &amp;quot;''Facing the New China''&amp;quot;[	 (Xin Zhongguo zai wang zhong).] is Zhu's political manifest: He asks for democracy, enlightenment and an increase of the education level.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
''China has to be born again through democratization. [...] The people should express their own will, concentrate on their own strength. Every level of administration should build up on the expressed will and strength of the people and struggle for the majority and its greatest happiness. This means that the people govern, the people own, the people enjoy.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few weeks before his death, he demanded in the speech ''&amp;quot;Today's duty of the Intellectuals''&amp;quot;[	 (Zhishifenzi jintian de renwu).] the participation of the intellectual in the struggle for a better society.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
With only a handful of essays I have demonstrated,  that the picture of these three authors changes substantially, if we read carefully also their less known essayistic work. Imagine now how the picture of 20th century Chinese literature might change, if the literary histories and anthologies would not only tell the history of drama, fiction and poetry, but would also grant the essay its proper place. The following part of my paper are results of my monograph on the 20th century Chinese essay.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The essay boom as a mirror reflecting growing individuality, participation in the public sphere, and the giddy-paced character of modern Chinese society'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acquiring an overview of the essay and assessing its essence has required extensive research in bookstores and libraries, in the People's Republic of China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and the United States for available resources in the form of essay book collections as well as secondary literature dealing with the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
I built a database for a statistical analysis to rank more than 5000 essays and 1400 essayists. It turned out that out of the top 60 most famous Chinese essays only 14 had been translated into English so far. The forthcoming collection of Tam King-fai adds 4 and my own one the remaining 42.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis reveals a general increase in essay publication after 1979 with two peaks immediately after the 'Cultural Revolution'. The publications apparently reaching a new height in 1990. The first increase came about in the 1920s and 1930s, after which the essay's role was eclipsed by the genre of the report[	 (baogao wenxue) (Klaschka 1998).]. &lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The flourishing of essay publication in the 1920/30s and 1980/90s was helped in part by the appearance of new magazines that existed chiefly as vehicles for contemporary essayists, and numerous essay bookseries[	 sanwen congshu 散文叢書.].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for the increase in essay production, which we can date right after the clear-cutting of the ‘Cultural Revolution’ has been the backlog of demand, which is reflected in 1 million copies of essay collections being printed between 1980 and 1982 - only counting the collections contained in the sampling of 130 ‘representative’ books I was able to collect for the survey.  There are three reasons for the increase in Chinese essay production and popularity in the mid-1990s: &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
1, The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts, as Hall has put it: “[...] we live in an age of exposition”[	 (Hall 1984:xiii).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, A revival of interest in discussing socio-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
If we look carefully at essay collections not only published in the United States, but also in Hong Kong, Taiwan and the People’s Republic, we find the following three reasons for the under- and overestimation of single essayists or essays which correspond to regional differences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, EXOTIC In the United States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones. &lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
2, SOCIO-POLITICAL In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, as the mentioned survey proofs, he ranks 12th among modern authors there.  Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, PERSONAL Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by his disciple Huang Weiliang in favor for Yu.[	 (see Lin Yaode 1989:50).]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having named reasons for the essay boom and for the support for and the suppression of different actors in the cultural field of the essay, I would like to finish my paper by naming a few trends of the essay as they appear at the eve of the century.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consumer-orientation of the masses.  The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educational claim with the exception of essays which claim to be &amp;quot;art pourt l'art&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (&amp;quot;''On dreams''&amp;quot;[	&amp;quot;Shuo meng 說夢&amp;quot; On dreams in: Zhu Ziqing 1928.]) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (&amp;quot;''My own garden''&amp;quot;[	 9.1923.], &amp;quot;''The Fly''&amp;quot;[	 1924.], &amp;quot;''Reading on the Toilet''&amp;quot;[	 1936.]), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the newly encountered world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
In the end of this century not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  Among the upper list places of the political essay after 1949 there are critical essays.   For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
A sign for the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation for customers (former: &amp;quot;readers&amp;quot;).  Following the emotional essays of Zhu Ziqing who rank 1st and 2nd, ''nostalgia'' is the element of emotional identification in &amp;quot;''Wild vegetables of my home region''&amp;quot; by Zhou Zuoren, which ranks 3rd[	In Jia Pingwa's &amp;quot;Moon traces&amp;quot;, which ranks 11, and in Ba Jin's &amp;quot;''Paradise for Birds''&amp;quot;, which ranks 19].  Therefore one can state, that moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, Chinese literature took the form of 'engaged literature'.  In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics in daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology. In the later half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of individuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. &lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only remiscent element left is the patriotism.[	''Trends like the use of ordinary language'', which one finds in novels since 1993 (''Jia Pingwa'', Feidu; ''Gu Cheng'', Yingger) and New Borderlessness since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting.The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable ''object d'art''.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References''' [partly mentioned with German translation] （不用翻）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vera Schwarcz 1996, Vera Schwarcz, &amp;quot;The pain of sorrow: public uses of personal grief in modern China&amp;quot;, in Daedalus: Journal of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (Winter 1996)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1982, Ba Jin: &amp;quot;Yi feng huixin 一封回信&amp;quot; (Ein Antwortbrief (26.10.1982)), in: Bing zhong ji 病中集 (Auf dem Krankenlager), Hongkong 香港 1984(?) (Series Suixiang lu 隨想錄 (Thoughts) Bd 4), 147 pp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1982a, Ba Jin: &amp;quot;Yi pian xuwen 一篇序文&amp;quot; (Ein Vorwort) [dated 1982.9/10], in: Ba Jin: Auf dem Krankenlager 1984&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1956, Ba Jin 巴金: &amp;quot;Duli sikao 獨立思考&amp;quot; (Unabhängig denken), in: Li Jisheng 李濟生, Li Xiaolin 李小林 (Hgg.): Ba Jin liushi nian wenxuan (1927 - 1986), Suixiang lu, zagan, sanwen, xuba, yanjiang, shuxin 巴金六十年文選（１９２７－１９８６）隨想錄·雜感·散文·序跋· 演講·書信 (Ba Jin. Werkauswahl aus 60 Jahren (1927 - 1986), Gedanken, vermischte Gefühle, Essays, Vor- und Nachworte, Reden, Briefe), Shanghai 上海: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe 上海文藝出版社 (Literatur- und Kunstverlag Shanghai), 1986.12, S. 461 - 462 [Datiert auf  1956.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1962, &amp;quot;Zuojia de yongqi yu zerenxin 作家的勇氣與責任心&amp;quot; (Mut und Verantwortungsbewußtsein der Schrifsteller) 1962; der Essay von Zhou Zuoren 周作人: &amp;quot;Wenxue tan 文學談&amp;quot; (Über Literatur), in: Tan long ji 談龍集 (Über Drachen. Sammlung), Shanghai 上海: Kaiming shudian 開明書店 (Kaiming Buchladen) 1927.12, Nachdruck: Hongkong 香港: Shiyong shuju 使用書局 (Praxisverlag) 1972.1, 310 S., S. 165 - 167&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1919, Zhou Zuoren, &amp;quot;Zuxian chongbai 1919 (Ancestor Worship),&amp;quot; in Early Essays, op.cit., pp. 78&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1920: Zhou Zuoren 周作人, Xin wenxue de yaoqiu 新文學的要求&amp;quot; (The demand of the New Literature) [lecture], in Beiping shaonian xuehui 北平少年學會 (Beiping youth conference) 1920.1.6, in: Zhang Ruoying 長若英: Xin wenxue yundong shi ziliao 新文學運動史資料 (Material on the history of the New Literature movement), Shanghai 上海: Guangming shuju 光明書局 (Guangming bookstore) (1934.9) ²1936.9, 291-296&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1923, Zhou Zuoren: Yanzhicao ba (Preface to Yu Pingbo's Yanzhicao), in: Yongri ji (Book of Eternal Day), Shanghai: Beixin shuju 1929, 180-181&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1929, Zhou Zuoren: Ertong de shu (The books of children), in: Chenbao fukan (1923.8.17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren yuanliu, Zhou Zuoren: Zhongguo xin wenxue de yuanliu (Sources of New Chinese Literature), p 71&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1932, Zhou Zuoren: Lun baguwen 1932, in: Kanyun ji p. 148&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: NEAAS annual meeting 10/09/1999 New Haven (Yale University)&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Modern Chinese Literature and the Essay Genre: A New Perspective'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, I will not recount the contents and propose interpretations of any essays, nor will I outline the main topics or styles of essaywriting in China, but I would like to take the opportunity to reflect a little bit on the phenomenon of the genre itself and discuss some conclusions and hypotheses with the attentive and critical audience which can be found at only a few places on earth, EALC at Harvard definitely being one of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《中国现代文学与散文体裁：以新视角》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''吴漠汀''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本文中,我将不再赘述任何文章的内容和提出的观点,我也不会列出其主要主题或风格,但是我想借此机会,反映一些现象本身的类型，并与包括哈佛大学学生在内的观众对一些结论和假设进行探讨。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 02:16, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《中国现代文学与散文体裁：新视角》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吴漠汀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文将不再赘述或解释任何文章的内容，也不会列出中国散文的主要主题或风格。我想借此机会，反思体裁现象，同乐于助人、至关重要且世间少有的读者，包括哈佛大学东亚语言和文化学院的学生，对一些结论和假设进行探讨。--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 03:28, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The unknown genre'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literary-historical narrative told by anthologies and collections of the 20th century has drawn an incomplete picture of Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was lacking. In my paper I will ask, if the picture of literature can remain unchanged, if we take into consideration also the essay. The genre has been neglected for a long time as a genre of merit (Margouliès 1949, Schmidt-Glintzer 1990) or overlooked (McNaughton 1974, Leiden 1988-90, McDougall 1998); &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
whereas its elder brother, fiction, has been prized ever since the valuing of fictional literature and the vernacularisation of writing in early Republican China, which followed from the master narrative established by the May 4th movement.  Modern anthologies would have the reader believe that a triumvirate of poetry, fiction and drama forms the backbone of modern Chinese literary output.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Excursion: Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with xiaoshuo (fiction), sanwen (non-fictional prose)), lyrics (shige) and drama (xiqu).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term &amp;quot;wu yunwen&amp;quot; which corresponds to the term &amp;quot;epic&amp;quot; in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet.  The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Essay&amp;quot;, Chinese mostly ''sanwen'', is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Freedom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, a subcategorization in numerous small entities, like Zheng Mingli does with the essay, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems.  All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay.  This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界共同发展，文化主要决定于现代化的水平。今天我们在刊物上看到的中国散文，已经具备了西方散文的形式和内容，而且其目标群体与西方散文相当。这是中国现代散文属于国际散文类别的第二个暗示。--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 07:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界上的国家趋向于走到一起，而文化则主要取决于现代化水平。正如我们从现今报纸里面看到的那样，中国散文采用了西方散文的形式和内容，而且其目标群体与西方散文相当。这是中国现代散文开始趋同于国际散文体裁的第二个标志。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 09:27, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 1992 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it &amp;quot;Chinese&amp;quot;? In the occidental essay the form seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除了首先由周作人表达出来的社会全球化趋势，号召采用英语散文风格，中文散文有独特本土的特征。中文散文如何形成其特有文化，其中文性又由何组成？和中文散文相比，西方散文的文章形式似乎是更重要的分类标准。在中国，甚至有些文章内容相似，但形式和类别大相径庭。--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 02:06, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除了最初由周作人表达出来的社会全球化趋势，号召采用英语散文风格，中文散文具有独特的本土特色。中文散文如何形成其特有文化，其中文性又由何组成？与中文散文相比，西方散文的形式分类标准似乎更重要。在中国，有些文章甚至是内容相似，但形式和类别大相径庭。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 02:18, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
This can be shown with Zheng Mingli, who subcategorises the &amp;quot;unfinished diary&amp;quot; or the &amp;quot;unfinished letter&amp;quot;.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Zheng Mingli: &amp;quot;essay in diary form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;essay in letter form&amp;quot;), they are accepted as essays.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Chinese understanding of the genre is tendencially broader'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''  &amp;quot;non-rhythmic prose&amp;quot;, which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning &amp;quot;short literary essay pieces&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Chinese essay is booming again in the 1980s and 1990s'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis reveals a general increase in essay publication after 1979 with two peaks immediately after the 'Cultural Revolution'. The publications apparently reaching a new height in 1990. The first increase came about in the 1920s and 1930s, after which the essay's role was eclipsed by the genre of the report (''baogao wenxue'').[	Klaschka 1998.] The flourishing of essay publication in the 1920/30s and 1980/90s was helped in part by the appearance of new magazines that existed chiefly as vehicles for contemporary essayists, and numerous ''sanwen congshu'' 散文叢書 (essay bookseries).&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
The increase in essay production  right after the clear-cutting of the ‘Cultural Revolution’ has been the backlog of demand, which is reflected in 1 million copies of essay collections being printed between 1980 and 1982 - only counting the collections contained in a sampling of 130 ‘representative’ books I was able to collect for a survey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to the work of some major Chinese editors, the whole essay culture was compiled from magazines and newspapers and was published in a flood of anthologies since the 1970s. This boom is comparable to the cultural fever of undigging xiangtu literature, which rose in Taiwan in front of the background of the movement of self-identification and independance.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Why is the essay as abundant as fiction?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me name a few reasons, why the essay  in fact is as abundant as its prose brother, fiction, and its lyrical sister, poetry, and why it must be valued as highly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay had a direct impact on Chinese society throughout history (the reform ideas from the end of the Qing dynasty through the May Fourth period with the literary theorethical pieces and the daily political zawen of Lu Xun, until today are mostly presented in essay form). The impact on literary reflection and theory is shown in the collection &amp;quot;Modern Chinese Literary Thought&amp;quot; 1996. The effect of the essay genre with its direct language, its connection to life (e.g. its role in the coming to terms with the cultural revolution), and its direct access to the individual reader through newspapers. This impact is larger than the indirect one of fiction or poetry.  The poem is the genre of retreat from social life, from political issues and time references.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shi argues, that ''poetry'' is most important in the process of modernity, since poetry rises emotions. But it relies also on images and on linguistic rhythm. Liang Qichao stresses the role of novel and opera in the changing society. But ''sanwen'' is able to name things, it reflects life, caleidoscopic. Modern subjectivity is constructed with the tool of ''sanwen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay also reflects trends in the society better than poetry and fiction: Individualism is expressed in the essay more directly than in the poem with its limitation in content and form. Ephemerality is reflected in the short form of the essay, which may be read in the subway on the way to work, where poems may not be so spontaneously enjoyed.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay reaches a larger part of the population than poetry, the amount of time spended on reading novels goes back, too.  The essay itself a genre of high actuality, if not simply the genre of today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay tells us more about an author and his time than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions. We look trough authentic eyes on his contemporary society.  Many authors turned to essay writing in the later periods of their lifes, like Lu Xun, Ba Jin, and Wang Meng.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
- The volume of ''essay'' production exceeds the volume of ''xiaoshuo'' production: Chinese newspapers since the 1870s on[	Shenbao, Shibao etc. Liang Qichao sees the role of the newspaper both as liberal and authoritative: He understands the press as an institution to control the government, on the other hand he favors censorship.] and as a mass media from the early 20th century presented only one or two fictional stories in a serialized form, but invented essay columns like ''zagan'' (from which Lu Xun developed his ''zawen''), ''suibi'' or ''suixiang'' (from which famous collections like Ba Jin's ''Suixiang lu'' derived).&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Let us assign the essay its proper place'''&lt;br /&gt;
The consequence which must be driven from the above presented contrast between value and valuing of the essay is: Let us assign the essay its proper place!  I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998) and for the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th. If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode 1989:50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai, Woesler) or already published (Pollard 1999). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. This year, scholars will meet on a first international conference on the essay (Achern, Germany August 25-26). In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Taking into consideration the essay will rewrite the history of Chinese literature'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will give a few hints, what the essay can contribute to the picture of Chinese Literature, which so far is overshadowed by fiction through the narrative of C.T. Hsia, Prusek and Anderson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are used to established narratives, like the emergence and success of the May-Fourth literature. But this view neglects the role, that for example the ''yuanyang hudie pai'' played in the choir of different voices in the awoken intellectual debate in the beginning of this century. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
The May-Fourth group at that time was one voice among many and only succeeded because of its agitation and polemic in the public sphere, so we have to use new means to assign the Chinese essay its proper place. We learn from simplifiying narratives, that it is absolutely necessary to differentiate, and to reconstruct the complex time background. Having understood Chinese literature as determined by the development of fiction and poetry only, a broader understanding will change the whole appearance of Chinese literature. A scholarly endeavour is the use of modern literary theories in the approach to this genre.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, I will name three aspects (chronologically sorted by past, modern and contemporary time) to hold the argument, that the taking into consideration of the essay will rewrite the history of Chinese literature and change our current understanding of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. The classical and premodern essay documents Chinese philosophy, early subjectivity and still, a native Chinese tradition is questioned'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How is the Chinese essay to be positioned historically, how did it emerge, what is its generic background? Generically, the ancestors of the essay are both in China and the West notes written on the margins of books, they are letters and travel notes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
These notes differed from the canonized literature through its informal style, its expression of individuality und subjectivity, a much earlier document for subjectivity than the first autobiographical Chinese novel, ''The Dream of the Red Chamber''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning, the essay was valued lower than poetry: the oldest reference  this far for the term ''sanwen'' that I found is Luo Dajing's 羅大經 (? - after 1248) statement from 1240: “Shī sāomiào tiānxià, ér sǎnwén pōjué suǒsuì júcù.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
詩騷妙天下，而散文頗覺瑣碎局促。” (Poetry is moving mankind in a wonderful way, prose inquires into incoherent bagatels, is limited.) (''Helin yulu''). Another reproach Luo Dajing mentions, is a formal one: In comparison to the highly artistic and century-long tradition of poetic writing, the direct and often vernacular langage of the essay in his eyes had less value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the West, a real 'art of the essaywriting' came up in the late 16th century as a medium for the newly reorganized knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
The reorganization originated from the observations of Kopernikus, which destroyed the whole conception of the world of the Middle Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, particularly the debates on Buddhism in the 4th and 5th century A.D. saw the origination of a tradition of letters.  The Chinese tradition of the ''sanwen'' 散文 (essay) however, in the understanding of sǎn 散 as (to dispel, leisure, loose, relaxed, irregular, independant style, free prose, can be seen not before the detachment from the dialogue - or aphorism, which is still visible in the philosophical ''Lunyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
Xunzi delivered the prototype of the later essay with his philosophical treatises. They are an early form of philosophical didactical essays, in which general theorems are derived not only from quotations of the canonized classical works, but for the first time also from his own individual experience.  The individuality is still a main characteristic of the essay today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the dynasties the essay manifested itself further in certain subcategories: From reading-notes written at the paper margins originated the ''biji'' µ§°O (occasional notes), flourishing in the Ming Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荀子的哲学论著是后世散文的雏形，它们是哲学教学论文的早期形式。其中的一般定理不仅来自于经典著作的引用，而且第一次从他的个人经验中得出。个性仍是现今散文的主要特点。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历朝历代，散文在某些子类中进一步得以表现，如从写在纸边的读书笔记产生了明朝盛行的偶记。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:25, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荀子的哲学论著是后世散文的雏形。其作品是哲学论教散文的早期形式，这些散文中传授的普遍定理不仅有引用经典著作，还首次借鉴其个人经历。这种个体性在当代的散文中仍有保留。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历朝历代，散文通过一些子类别得以呈现，如明朝盛行的在书页边上写的读书注释，它就是源于笔记。--[[User:Ouyang Ling|Ouyang Ling]] ([[User talk:Ouyang Ling|talk]]) 08:47, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
The marginalism is a link between Western and Chinese tradition of early essays. Occasional notes could contain private historical notes, anecdotes, communications and contemplations.  However, the consciousness of the essay as a genre of its own originated in China not before the Qing ²M dynastie, when numerous essay anthologies were compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking into consideration the social-historical background draws a different picture of the old society than short stories and novels: Essays are much closer to real life, since they express individual problems and experiences. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Until now, the Chinese pre-''Hongloumeng'' individual literature spoke only through the indirect language of poems to us. Rediscovering the essays, we have a splendid source of opinions, social-historical pictures etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Premodern essay literature consists of much more than its most well-known example, the formally restrictive ''baguwen''. Lu Xun himself wrote some of his essays in ''baguwen'' style, but on the other hand took it as a synonym for the ancient society. Zhou Zuoren saw the rhythm of the language of the &amp;quot;Eight legged essay&amp;quot; as as appealing and intoxicating as the &amp;quot;pleasure of doing opium.'' (Zhou 1932:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前为止，中国红楼梦前的个体文学还只是通过诗中的间接语言与我们对话。通过重拾散文，我们可以知晓不同观点和社会历史状况等文学创作的丰富源泉。&lt;br /&gt;
现代散文之前的文学并不限于形式上受限制的八股文，一方面鲁迅本人也有一些散文是用八股文写成的，但另一方面他又把八股文当作古代社会的代名词。周作人把 &amp;quot;八股文 &amp;quot;的语言节奏看作是 &amp;quot;做鸦片的快感 &amp;quot;一样令人陶醉。--[[User:Liu Yangnuo|Liu Yangnuo]] ([[User talk:Liu Yangnuo|talk]]) 08:42, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
直到现在，中国前“红楼梦”的个体文学只能通过诗歌的间接语言与我们对话。重新发掘这些散文，我们可以拥有丰富的观点来源，社会历史图片等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前现代散文文学不仅仅包括它最为人所知的例子，正式的、有限制性的“八卦文”。鲁迅自己的一些文章就是用“八卦文”写的，但是在另一方面又把它当作古代社会的同义词。周作人认为《八股文》的语言节奏就像“吸鸦片的快感”一样令人陶醉。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 09:07, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
But he considered it also as a prevalent genre implicit in the modern writings as ''yang bagu'' (westernized bagu) and ''dang bagu'' (party-line bagu) (borrowing from Wu Zhihui, Zhou Yuanliu:71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neo-Confucianism stressed ''wen'' (prose) as the most important tool to transmit the ''dao'' (way): ''Wenyi zai dao'' (Literature as the carrier of the way). If we reinterprete this diction in the perspective of genre, we can say, that the essay then has been regarded as an important tool to express truth, subjectivity and Self.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao developed a ''xīn wéntǐ'' 新文體 (new prose style), which was influenced by Western languages, but the essay became popular not before the newspapers became mass media, and the language changed into ''baihua''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. The essay as the medium of modernity, the questioning of the genuiness of the Chinese essay'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To solve first of all the dispute on whether the Chinese essay grew out of a native tradition or was influenced by Western translations, one finds both traditions relevant: The occidental essay was introduced to the writers of the literature reform movement from 1907 on by translations in Chinese (Lin Shu: ''Irving'' 1907, ''Addison'' 1911). &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
The current form of the genre is mostly based on the influence of Western essay translations. First developed a Chinese essay tradition, which consciously leaned upon the Western model in language, form and terminology, its own proponents succumbed soon to the temptation to derive a tradition of the Chinese essay from Chinese history only. A seemingly unbroken Chinese tradition of the native Chinese ''wenyan sanwen'' is presented in Chinese textbooks (Yu Zaichun 1978-82, Li Xishang 1985).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is older than the ones referred to in the ''Large Chinese Dictionary'' of Morohashi (Morohashi undated) and in the ''Encyclopaedic Dictionary of the Chinese Language'' 1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
Still, the value of the native tradition of essay writing and the role of the Western influence upon it is discussed controversially among the scholars.  Some admit that Western impact played a key role in what we understand as Chinese essays nowadays: Wang Bin  1992, Fan Peisong 1993; for Western impact in general see Průšek 1964, Gálik 1966, McDougall 1971.  Other scholars think that Western influence is overestimated - Denton 1996 showed that the theoretical background was missing for understanding Western theories of literature in China, - and recommended that we understand the essay first by its national tradition. &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
How far personal opinion may influence the narrative of historical facts can be seen by the example of the legendary authors of the May Fourth movement.  All of them considered the English essay as the father of the Chinese essay: Zhou Zuoren 1921, Lu Xun 1933, the anarchist and later member of the Guomindang Wu Zhihui [1934].  Later, some of these authors changed their minds to support their own theories on the essay by looking for proof of a native Chinese essay tradition:&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
for example, Lu Xun with his theory &amp;quot;'Zhǎnkāi' shuō yǔ  'méngyá' lùn “展開”說與“萌芽”論&amp;quot;&amp;quot; (Theory of &amp;quot;Starting&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Blossoming&amp;quot;) came to see the fighting and critical character of the essay of the Jin dynasty (265 - 420) as the 'father' of the Chinese essay, and Zhou Zuoren first the English essay (1921) and later the ''biji'' (occasional notes) of the Ming, although he still tried to integrate the English essay in his &amp;quot;Gonganpài yu Yīngguo xiaopin 'hecheng' lun 公安派與英國小品“合成”論&amp;quot; (Theory of the Synthesis of the Gongan School and the English Essay). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Zengqi regrets that the national Chinese tradition of the essay at the time of the 'May Fourth Movement' has not been taken up again and has not continued in contemporary essays (Wang Zengqi 1993). The Chinese essay is an accommodating object of study, because one may look to it to prove any theory of the essay.  One can find examples for each topic in almost every period, simply because the essay has a wide range of subjects.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
When Zhou Zuoren showed that only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge it was again possible to write about a candy seller  (1924), he was critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).  When he wrote a piece on the &amp;quot;Fly&amp;quot;, he was reproached with dealing with subjects of minor importance. Reproaches like this lie in the very nature of the genre, since ''marginalism'' is substantial to the essay. The mentioned formal reproach of Luo Dajing can be found again in the 1990s, Hong Kong students critisized the literary style as it appears in Ba Jins &amp;quot;Thoughts&amp;quot; (Suixiang lu) as too direct and too less artful. But this perspective does not recognize the very nature of the essay, which is a very individual expression of an author's thoughts and not bound to tradition, and therefore much more free also in content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
The essay - from its very nature free and independant - almost disappeared in the time of the Cultural Revolution and - except for the ideologically influenced essays - had a hard struggle between Yan'an and the loss of moral legitimacy by the leadership in 1989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay was ''the'' genre of the modernizing society of the early 20th century. Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to war and warlordism and later in the modernizing society, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products.&lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
But from its very nature, the essay set new boundaries in form and content, and therefore not only survived the ideological restrictions, but also established its own critical subculture within. The essay was not only a medium of discussion and a documentation of the social-political background for us today, but also a documentation of the personal struggle of the writers finding a position in a changing environment, since the essay is &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Some essays even deconstructed master narratives like the one of leftist ideology, often simply by confronting it with subjective experience, reality or art. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I want to mention another position on literature, which stresses the impact of literature on life, especially on the eve of revolutions - following this view, all literature is political (Jameson).&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Not only the understanding of literature as a whole changes if we take into consideration the essay, also the view of single authors shifts, if we see not only their novels or poems, but also their essays. I mention only Zhou Zuoren. His ideas connected him  spiritually to his contemporary collegues in Europe, Japan and America, but these where ideas for which China turned out to be not yet ready. At that time, China had taken a road which led away from progress, wealth, freedom and spiritual enlightenment. The consequences have yet to be overcome.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, Chinese literature has taken the form of 'engaged literature'.   The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses.  The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educational claim with the exception of essays which claim to be &amp;quot;art pourt l'art&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (&amp;quot;Shuo meng 說夢&amp;quot; On dreams in: Zhu Ziqing 1928) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (My own garden 9.1923, &amp;quot;The Fly&amp;quot; 1924, &amp;quot;Reading on the Toilet&amp;quot; 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda.  This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking into account of a genre shifts the whole perspective on literature, taking into account the essayistic works of an author shifts also the view of the author. I will name only one author as an example for a modern essayist: Zhou Zuoren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，20、30年代民国时期的文本和当代的文本一样也经常被重印。显然，我们可得出一个结论：20世纪50年代的那些政治宣传文只能留存在特殊的政治文章选集当中，到了21世纪初，就不再有作者去写这类文章，也不会有中国读者去看这类文章了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
考虑到整个体裁对整个文学角度的转变，以及散文作品反映出的作者观点的变化，我只举一位现代散文家的例子：周作人。--[[User:Ouyang Ling|Ouyang Ling]] ([[User talk:Ouyang Ling|talk]]) 07:47, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，20-30年代民国时期的文章仍然和当代的同类文章一样经常被重印。显然，我们可以得出一个结论：20世纪50年代的政治宣传类散文只保存在专门的政治散文集中，到21世纪初，不再有人去写，也不再有人读这类文章了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一种文学体裁会转变整个文学的视角，一位作家的散文作品，同样也会转变对这个作家的看法。我只以一位现代散文家为例：周作人。--[[User:Liu Yangnuo|Liu Yangnuo]] ([[User talk:Liu Yangnuo|talk]]) 09:02, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned already his theoretical contribution to the Chinese essayism, but still, his essays have been neglected until the 1980s. The reason does not lie in literary quality, but in political valuing. The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that the theoretical May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Publishing in the Japanese sponsored magazines ''Reminiscences'',* and ''Chinese Literature'', he was blamed together with Zhu Pu and Yuan Xi of collaboration. An unanswered question is, why another author, who published there, Zhang Ailing, was never reproached with collaboratorship. The difference between all of them is that Zhang Ailing tried to avoid political committments, whereas Zhou felt guilty, Zhu justified it and Yuan simply accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
''The 'mainstream' writers took an affirmative approach in their writing, whereas the other writers formed a minority.  The individual authors did not necessarily belong to either one of these groups throughout their life, but may have moved between them.  Since the essay is a medium which enables the individual to express thoughts directly, the writers chosen for this paper can be classified according to their position.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Yu Guangzhong's essay'' &amp;quot;The wolves are coming&amp;quot; ''shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting.''&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
In his small literary pieces, Zhou tried to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday life out of the subjective experience of his private space.  The major contribution of Zhou Zuoren is, that he set the turning point in Chinese essay writing with his call for writing short literary pieces (''Meiwen'' 1921). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In foreign literature there is the so-called ''lunwen'' 論文 (treatise), which is roughly divided into two groups: the reflecting ones, piping 批評 (critical), are scientific articles. The others are ''jishu'' 記述 (descriptive) and ''yishuxing'' 藝術性 (artistic), they are also called ''meiwen'' 美文 (aesthetic essay). Within these texts, one can distinguish between ''xushi'' 敘事 (narrative) and ''shuqing'' 抒情 (lyric). But there are also mixed texts. [...] I hope that the aesthetical essay is encouraged to come back, and will open up a new field for the New Literature. Wouldn’t that be wonderful?&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
With these words from the essay &amp;quot;''The aesthetic essay''&amp;quot; this new vernacular form was defined.  This starting point founded a whole new tradition of essay writing in China. Contemporary writers called this piece the &amp;quot;king of essays&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to bring this new form to his compatriots, he tried to find similiarities with the ''xiaopinwen'' of the Ming dynasty. He further discussed these thoughts in his essay theory. In his own essays, he profited a lot from ancient ''suibi''. Later he further developed his literary theory towards an up and down of two trends. In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; (Zhou 1923).  He promoted the ''baguwen'' and the independance of literature from politics and effected the literary scene and the development towards a modern Chinese society especially between 1917 and 1938.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“美学散文”中的这些词语定义了这种新的白话形式。这个起点在中国建立了一种新的散文写作传统。当代作家称此作品为“散文之王”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
为了将这种新形式带给他的同胞，他试图找到其与明朝“小品文”的相似之处。他在散文理论中进一步讨论了这些思想。 他自己的散文也从古代的“随笔”中受益匪浅。后来，他将文学理论朝着上下两种趋势进一步发展。在现代化社会中，他呼吁解放妇女、“将儿童看作具有外在和内在生命的完整主体”以及“让儿童成为儿童文学的本质”（Zhou 1923）。他提倡“八股文”和文学脱离政治的独立性，这对文学界产生了影响，并推动了中国向近代社会尤其是1917年至1938年的发展。--[[User:Peng Xiaoling|Peng Xiaoling]] ([[User talk:Peng Xiaoling|talk]]) 09:48, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With this theoretical foundation and his own vo'luÉminous essayistic work, Zhou Zuoren through the example of his own form of short literary pieces within this genre, fought at that stage of the development of his literary theory like Benjamin Henri Constant de Rebecque  130 years ago in France for the idea &amp;quot;l'art pour l'art&amp;quot; , for individuality and independance  of the writer, for disinterested literature.  The jugdment, that Zhou was an apolitical author cannot be proved with his essays.  Instead, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself.  For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance (Zhou 1929:180-181). &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact he saw himself as ‘patriotic underground fighter’ and looked at the collaboration with the Japanese puppet regime as a forced one, following his attempted assasination, through which his driver had lost his life.  His own concept of essay writing served less the needs of the building of a nation-state and comes closer to the ideal of the individual. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I don't really know why, but I am feeling as if I am born into a dark age. I admit, that our forests are not inhabited by dragons, tigers and wolves, but shapeless &amp;quot;monsters&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goblins&amp;quot; are still creeping around and try to swallow our souls. [...] What alarms me most, is the absence of freedom in this prison, into which we writers have been thrown.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Confronting tradition and progress in the essay &amp;quot;''Ancestor Worship''&amp;quot;, he is in favor of the latter, since past could only become present through changes (Zhou 1919:7-8). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin Henri Constant de Rebecque (1767 - 1830) war französischer Romanschriftsteller und liberaler Politiker, der neben der Freiheit der Kunst nach der Französischen Revolution die Einführung der konstitutionellen Monarchie nach englischem Vorbild forderte.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe ''Journal'' (10.2.1804). Die &amp;quot;Kunst um der Kunst willen&amp;quot; propagierte die Zweckfreiheit der Kunst. Im Gegensatz dazu versteht sich die engagierte Literatur. Die Parallele zwischen Zhou Zuorens Literaturverständnis und dem Konzept &amp;quot;Kunst um der Kunst willen&amp;quot; zieht auch Wolff: ''Chou Tso-jen'' 1971, S. 84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe Zhou Zuoren: ''Der Ursprung der neuen chinesischen Literatur'' 1934, S. 95 - 98; vgl. auch Chen Zizhan: ''Vorträge zur chinesischen Literaturgeschichte'' 1937, Bd 3, pp. 416 - 422, besonders S. 422. Hinweis in: H. Martin: &amp;quot;''Liang Qichao on Poetry Reform''&amp;quot; 1996, Bd 1, S. 213.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding Zhou Zuoren, I want to correct the official assessment of the People’s Republic, that his work would have experienced a caesura in 1938.  In order to explain his opposition of the propaganda to build up national heroes about 1937 and his collaboration from 1939, it has been said officially, that his thoughts had &amp;quot;duoluo 墮落&amp;quot; (degenerated) at that time (Zhu Jinshun 1990:59).  In fact, this caesura, namely the change in the style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經 (serious, intentional essays), and ''xianshi'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment) is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest through the Guomindang (1945).&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore not the Japanese suppressors are responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots'. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the stigma of the 'traitor', he has been undervalued until now.  That his work in the 1990s is almost as often published as Lu Xun's and Zhu Ziqing's shows that his texts finally experience a more positive literaric evaluation through the audience, which now must be registered also by scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of a misread Zhou Zuoren is his short essay on &amp;quot;''The Fly''&amp;quot;,  where he describes his changing attitude towards flies, which he had played with as child but later disgusted when he learned about their danger of passing on diseases.  ”''The fly''” shows Zhou Zuoren’s strength to describe details and make them a real topic by recalling memories on them or describing a change of perspective on them.  Zhou summarized the philosophical wisdom he learnt from this, that people did not judge on things objectively, but were likely to praise or damn things. &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The official reading re¬proaches Zhou that he &amp;quot;saw only the fly and not the cosmos&amp;quot; , a quotation of the young Zhou about a position he himself clearly opposed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His ability to chat about the more pleasent things in life is displayed in his essay ”Birds’ twitter”.  In ”''Peking cakes and sweet-meat''” and in ”''Wild vegetable of my home region''”, Zhou Zuoren shows his ability to make the reader feel at home at a region, where he feels at home himself, by describing the customs and special regional food. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe Zhou Zuoren: &amp;quot;Cangying 蒼蠅&amp;quot; (Die Stubenfliege), in: ''Chenbao fujuan'' 晨报副镌 (Beilage zur Morgenpost) (1924.7.13). Eine Zu¬sammenfassung des Inhalts findet sich in: Yu Daxiang (Hg.): ''Auswahllexikon chinesischer Essays mit Inhaltsangaben und Analysen'' 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Siehe Vollständige chinesische Anthologie der Wissenschaften - Bd Chinesische Literatur'' 1988, Bd 2, S. 1300. Dies spielt auf den Essay &amp;quot;''Cangying'' 蒼蠅&amp;quot; (Die Stubenfliege), in: Zhou Zuoren: ''Zhi Tang. Sammlung'' 1933 an.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
His piece ”''Bitter rain''” shows the atmosphere, for what his essays had been labelled ”bitter tea”: There remains a taste in one’s mouth after reading. If you compare Lu Xun’s ”''On tea drinking''” (Yang/Yang 1961 3:325-326) with Zhou Zuoren’s essay with the same title, you see the difference of ”short and to the point” and ”eloquent and well-read”. ”''First love''” is more hilarious. The essay ”''Three different ways to die''” shows that Zhou Zuoren can compete with his elder brother in sarcasm. Lu Xun's essay on the same subject, the massacre on March 18, 1926, was a sight.&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou asks for the ”best” way to die and favors the short and painless one. In ”''On alcohol''” and ”''The awning bunk boat''” Zhou Zuoren continues the tradition of late Ming ''biji''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a consciously “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (Wang Meng: &amp;quot;''Anxiang'' 安详&amp;quot; (Serene) 1992, &amp;quot;''Zuohao ni ziji de shi'' 做好你自己的事&amp;quot; (First make your own things in a good way) 1994). &lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (&amp;quot;''Shanxi opera''&amp;quot;, Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (&amp;quot;''The nightmare''&amp;quot;, Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary trends of literature, which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
- The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall 1984:xiii); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The increasing consciousness of indivi¬duality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjecti¬ve expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 当下中国社会的浮躁节奏，对转折性和短文的要求。&amp;quot;[...]我们生活在一个论述的时代&amp;quot;(Hall 1984:xiii)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 越发增加的独立意识，对其而言，文章是最直接的主体表达形式，甚至比诗的格律和形式要求更直接。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 通过散文这一媒介讨论社会政治问题的兴趣的复苏，就像20世纪20/30年代的情况一样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 日常生活的平庸性通过成为文学话题而变得自觉，最常见的是日常生活的文体--散文。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:06, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
- The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publis¬hing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: &amp;quot;readers&amp;quot;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China are the following: In the most often printed essay &amp;quot;''The Back View''&amp;quot;, filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous &amp;quot;''The Moonlit Lotus Pond''&amp;quot;, both written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in &amp;quot;''Wild vegetables of my home region''&amp;quot; by Wang Zengqi.  Therefore one can state, that moving es¬says form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- ''In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in¬dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
''In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph'' China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war (''No''! 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- ''The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art.''&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
''Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Jia Pingwa, Feidu; Gu Cheng, Yingger) and'' New Borderlessness  ''since'' 1995, ''cannot be pro-ven in the essaywriting.  ''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;, written by Ba Jin 1981, in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (&amp;quot;''In memoriam of Xiao Shan II''&amp;quot;, Ba Jin 1984).&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Der-Wei Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of Wang Zengqi's &amp;quot;''Rain in Kunming''&amp;quot; as well as for Jia Pingwa's &amp;quot;''Shanxi opera''&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing fictional truth through the metaphor of his dog Baodi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay &amp;quot;The nightmare&amp;quot;, where Si Yu appears as a de-constructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.''（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And maybe for Xie Bingxins* reflections on her experience as one of the chosen voluntaries of the Wuhan military academy: She insisted to remain a lifelong &amp;quot;woman soldier&amp;quot; .（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Discussion: Is the genre of the essay the form of literary expression in 21st century China?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the future of the Chinese literature, we can only speculate. But out the risk of being wild and provocative, I would like to suggest some questions for considering the place of the essay in the field of Chinese literature and literary studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- People have less time for actions like reading, and get used to reduced visualized information through the Internet. Will the brevity of the essay make it the ideal medium?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
- If the Chinese people are rediscovering their individuality, will the essay allow them to express individual thoughts more directly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Modern societies are characterized by TV culture, mass consumption, and the loss of consciousness of one's own tradition, often partly due to the American impact on national cultures. Is the essay less bound to the restrictions of tradition, especially compared to the poem and thus more adaptable to the modern phenomenon of mass consumption?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
- The alienation and the anonymity of citylife worldwide, in China is combined with a loss of traditional values like ideology, family, solidarity etc. in favor of the concept of profit for oneself, - if this has produced a longing for new orientation, will it possibly be filled by morally guiding essays or nationalistic thinking?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》与其他世界文学作品的相似性——推荐《红楼梦》列入世界记忆遗产名录&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Commonness between the Red Chamber Dreams and other World Literature Novels – Proposing the Red Chamber Dreams to the World Documentary Heritage List'''（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吴漠汀，湖南师范大学 Martin Woesler, Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: Lecture at Harvard University, Cambridge, MA USA, 14.3.2000（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In every culture, readers associate the literature they know with new literature they read. So literature is always cumulative, it grows out of existing literature and can refer back to it. When Western readers read the Red Chamber Dreams, they foremost associate novels and other pieces of literature of their own cultural tradition with the Dreams. This has also influenced the first full translation into German.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Xueqin and even more his protagonist Jia Baoyu both are early humanists, universalists and world citizens. ''The Red Chamber Dreams'' function worldwide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在每一种文化中，读者都会把他们读到的新文学与已知文学联系起来，所以文学总是积累的，它从现有的文学中生长出来，并以已有文学为参考。西方读者在阅读《红楼梦》时，首先会把《红楼梦》与自身文化传统中的小说和其他文学作品联系起来，这也影响了首次德语全译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹，尤其是他的主人公贾宝玉，都是早期的人文主义者，普世主义者和世界公民。《红楼梦》具有普世价值。（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在每一种文化中，读者都会把他们读到的新文学与已知文学联系起来，所以文学总是积累的，它从现有的文学中衍生出来，并以已有文学为参考。西方读者在阅读《红楼梦》时，首先会把《红楼梦》与自身文化传统中的小说和其他文学作品联系起来，这也影响了首次德语全译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹，甚至于他的主人公贾宝玉，都是早期的人文主义者，普世主义者和世界公民。《红楼梦》具有普世价值。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:09, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
''The Dream'' is a complex showroom of diverse aspects of Chinese cultures and is the embodiment and essence of Chinese cultures, but it has also a global impact, therefore it should be honoured as “World Documentary Heritage”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
红楼梦》综合展示了中国的多元文化，是中国文化的集中体现和精华，同时在全球范围内产生影响，理应列入世界记忆遗产名录。（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
多元一体&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western culture, reception tradition, German translation, Embodiment of Chinese cultures, global compatibility, World Documentary Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红楼梦”是一个多元的中国文化综合体，是中国文化的体现和精髓，但它也具有全球影响力，因此应该被授予“世界文献遗产”的荣誉。（修改&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
多元一体&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western culture, reception tradition, German translation, Embodiment of Chinese cultures, global compatibility, World Documentary Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 10:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Chinese Ethics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To help the poor and disadvantaged belongs to the traditional core values of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we sit in the Beijing Subway today, the loudspeaker announcement reminds us, that it is Chinese traditional ethics to give seats to the disadvantaged (老弱病残孕让座是中国传统道德). We know of Cao Xueqin, that he supported the poor and disadvantaged, and that he made kites for children.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when we look closer at these “Chinese Ethics”, we discover, that they are claimed also in Indian Buddhism “karuna” and in the Christian tradition of “caritas” and in almost every civilization. Therefore, we might call these values “human ethics”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Compatibility&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
Why do the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' function worldwide and have achieved world literature status even in their translations?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' are, like novels worldwide, a piece of entertainment literature. In comparison to the drama, in which every element is compulsory and plays its part in the overall structure, in the novel the line of action itself is simpler and not so important, most of the scenes or episodes are loosely put together and fit in the broader theme of the novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the lose arrangement of episodes of the ''Dreams'' comes from the tradition of almost unconnected episodes like in the ''Shuihuzhuan'' and is a step towards the greater coherence of the episodes, the aligning into a story line and the greater concentration on fewer protagonists. Therefore, the ''Dreams'' show clearly a step towards the Western tradition of novels, maybe because of growing Western influence in Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Impact of translator’s native culture on the translation process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are intercultural parallels between the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' and Western works of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
These parallels are fundamental for the translation and were explicitly and implicitly fundamental for the German translator Martin Woesler during his translation and editorial work on the first full German translation. In the following, I will mention some of the Western novels and pieces of literature, which the Western reader of the ''Dreams'' will immediately think of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The novel as embodiment of “Zeitgeist”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Georg Lukács’ ''Theory of the Novel'', while the Epos (like Homer’s ''Ilias'', which like the ''Dream'' reasons the stories in the divine realm) displayed a holistic world experience, a complete, self-contained culture, the novel displays, that the modern world has become infinitely large and has lost its homely quality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
The novel as a genre is no longer documenting just one culture, but represents, with the words of Walter Benjamin, the Organon of History. So the understanding of the novel changed with Lukacs to historical-philosophically. A novel is understood as typical for its historical era, the novel embodies the spirit of the epoch (Zeitgeist). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Red Chamber Dreams'' are written in front of the background of the Manchu minority having taken over the power in formerly Han-shaped Ming-China (which was a multi-ethnic and crosscultural society) and families suffering the changing favor of changing emperors, with the Cao family being fostered by Kangxi and being persecuted by Yongzheng.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
While the author in his time could not criticize the system and power of emperors, in the novel he came to terms with this life by seeking the guilt for the persecution in the growing decadence of the family (engaging in Daoism, leisure, poetry-writing, arts and music instead of learning for being able to earn a living) and in himself not fulfilling the expectations as the family heir. This description of decadence of a declining family reminds us of the novels of Tschechov (and e.g. in the ''Buddenbrooks'' by Mann, including the turn to arts and music). &lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, with the detailed description of life on all social levels in early Qing Dynasty, the Dream appears as a documentary historical novel very much like Günter Grass’ The Tin Drum 1959.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Coming-of-age and Alienation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abandoning the paradise-like garden in the Red Chamber Dreams is a symbol for leaving the protected childhood and arriving in the complex world of adults. With George Lukács theory of the novel, the protagonist starts to problematize the sense of his life, in the novel, the protagonist’s self permanently struggles with his environment.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
However, Cao Xueqin’s message is not simply the one of “Paradise Lost”, instead he himself made the best out of his life. Although being less wealthy than when his family still enjoyed the favour of the emperor, there was a payroll system and a social net intact in Early Qing China, where he received enough income to be independent from his rich relatives, to be selective on accepting jobs, to live a relaxed life in a small house in the nature, spending time with his family and friends, follow his own interests, like reading, writing and drinking wine, making kites for the children and thinking of the disadvantaged. &lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Xueqin was fully aware of his time and China’s cultural achievements, he was familiar with the different levels of society, he was a detailed observer and skilful narrator. He may have conceptualized the ending of the novel as a discussion about the different personalities of the characters in the novel and therefore displaying his reflection about life and his psychological understanding of the diversity of human nature. He was able to grasp the “spirit of time” (Zeitgeist) and with his autobiographical experience create an eternal coming-of-age novel not just for his family, for the Qing-Chinese, for Chinese people, but for mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
This tradition of Coming-of-age novels is also a European one, like enlightenment philosopher Voltaire’s novel ''Candide or Optimism''《老实人》shows at the very same time (1759) in Europe. Also Voltaire’s Candide has to leave the luxurious paradise of his childhood and strives for true love, but his main learning is more pessimistic, since Voltaire wrote the novel in opposition to Leibniz, who optimistically looked to China as “the best of all worlds”. Recent research findings show that China had a much larger influence on European enlightenment philosophers and we can be sure, that also Cao Xueqin was aware of some European literary traditions.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Also the German readership is familiar with the chronological following of the life of the protagonist and his development, the fate of a family over generations, the German readership knows this type of novel as the “Education novel” or “Coming-of-age-novel”. In Germany, the genre of the coming-of-age novel has a long tradition and it is shaped more by single characters, who appear as teachers (Goethe: ''Wilhelm Meister’s Apprenticeship''威廉·麦斯特的学徒岁月 1795-96, Novalis 诺瓦利斯: ''Heinrich von Ofterdingen''《海因利·封·歐福特丁根》1802). &lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Wilhelm Meister, parallely to Jia Baoyu, is struggling with the traditional education, in ''Wilhelm Meister'' this is represented with the classics revived in Shakespeare’s dramas. Tradition can give orientation, but the personality of the protagonist needs to develop through emancipation is a wisdom, we can learn from all mentioned novels including the ''Dreams''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Pornography and True Love, female rivals'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexuality is a basic human need and has developed into different shapes in all cultures. The German audience is familiar with erotic topics from the Middle Ages, in which sexuality was stylized. In the “Schwänke” of the 15th century (Wittenwielers Ring), erotic scenes are described sexually explicit. &lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
In the barock literature of the 17th century even the physical act is described extensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to „cumulativity“, every human being is a product of history and literature is based on previous literature, therefore the author of this pager thinks that this background has to be taken into account while translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best study on ''qing'' passion in the Dreams is the one by Anthony Yu, who understood it as ''desire'' and as the central motif of the ''Dreams''. „The centrality of qing in shaping virtually every aspect of The Story of the Stone’s structure and meaning cannot be denied [...].“ (Anthony Yu 2001, 54).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In the framework story of the Dreams, the narrator consciously takes a stand against low-action and stereotypical pornographic literature as well as against the widespread romance novels (with the classic roles of the beautiful, talented woman and the poor scholar who finally achieves a respected position and prosperity by passing a civil service exam).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In chapter 1 he says: ”of the true feelings of young people [...] nobody has reported about so far.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Erotic scenes are described in a decent and associative way (“Game of clouds and rain”), while displaying another quality in its openness e.g. towards bisexuality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Dreams'' narrate the story of unfortunate lovers. Unfortunate lovers also in the West have a literary tradition, they constitute an archetype, such as Hero and Leander, Pyramus and Thisbe, Tristan and Isolde, Flore and Blanscheflur as well as Troilus and Cressida, the latter being considered the model for Arthur Brookes, who wrote Romeo and Juliet in 1562 and thus directly influenced Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Marián Galik saw as the central topic of both, the ''Dream'' and ''Faust'', the eternal feminine, which draws us on high, Gu Cheng called it the “eternal virgine”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
In Goethe’s coming-of-age novel ''Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahre'', we find a similar motif of female rivals, in the Keller 凯勒 ''The Green Henry''  《绿衣亨利》1855, the hero turns away from an emphatically sexually designed figure and turns to the 'real' woman. In Jane Austen’s ''Pride and Prejudice'' 1813 Elizabeth and Lin Daiyu are similar, e.g. they both strive for real love (Zhuang 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Feudal society and slavery'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A widespread interpretation is that Jia Baoyu’s equal treatment of family members and slaves would be a manifesto to free the slaves. I also do not share this interpretation, since Aristotle, when he demanded democracy, would exclude slaves from the right to vote. So we cannot use modern concepts to judge on the past. In my understanding, Jia Baoyu was not fighting inequality, but looked at the people as humans and individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
封建社会和奴隶&lt;br /&gt;
一种普遍的解释是，贾宝玉对家庭成员和奴隶一视同仁，这将成为奴隶解放的宣言。我并不同意这个解释，因为亚里士多德的民主就排除了奴隶的投票权。所以，我们并不能用现代观念去评判过去。在我看来，贾宝玉并不是和不平等作斗争，而是把人视作群体和个人。--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 09:55, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一种普遍的解释是，贾宝玉对家庭成员和奴隶的平等对待是解放奴隶的宣言。我也不同意这种解释，因为亚里士多德，当他要求民主的时候，会排除奴隶的投票权。所以我们不能用现代的概念来判断过去。在我的理解中，贾宝玉并不是在与不平等作斗争，而是把人看成是群体和个人。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 10:31, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
Also the understanding of the servants as slaves does not match the description in the Dream, since some servants had servants themselves, the family took care after they left the Jia family to find a match for them and Jia Zheng refers to his daughter Yingchun as „yatou 丫头“, so it is inappropriate to translate this expression with slave. Therefore, the translator preferred “servant” over “slave” in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另外，把仆人理解为奴隶也与《红楼梦》中所描述的不符，因为有些仆人自己也有仆人，他们离开贾家后，家人会照顾他们，为他们婚配，并且贾正把女儿迎春称为“丫头”，所以用奴隶来翻译这个词是不合适的。因此，译者在翻译中更倾向于“仆人”而不是“奴隶”。--[[User:Xu Pengfei|Xu Pengfei]] ([[User talk:Xu Pengfei|talk]]) 09:14, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Pengfei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而且把仆人理解为奴隶与《红楼梦》中的描写不符，因为有些仆人自己还有仆人，贾府会在她们离府的时候为她们寻一门亲事，作为贾府对她们的照料；贾政也把自己的女儿迎春喊作 “丫头”， 所以把这些翻译成奴隶是不合适的。因此英文翻译中采用“servant”会比“slave”更为合适。--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:08, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan in his speech at the Frankfurt Bookfair in 2009, when China was the guest of honor, draws the (similarly) parallel between the ''Dream'' and Goethe’s ''Sorrows of the Young Werther'', that both expressed the wish to abandon feudal society. My own impression is that both do not express this wish, but that this is a later concept and interpretation and we should not apply this to judge the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2009年，莫言代表中国作为主宾国参加法兰克福书展时，他在演讲中把《梦》和歌德的《少年维特之哀》画上了约等号，表达了抛弃封建社会的愿望。我自己的印象是，两者都没有表达这个愿望，但这是后来的概念和解释，而我们不应该以此来判断过去。--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 07:36, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Yang chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2009年，莫言代表中国作为主宾国参加法兰克福书展时，在演讲中把《梦》和歌德的《少年维特之哀》画上了约等号，表达了抛弃封建社会的愿望。我自己的感觉是，两者都没有表达这个愿望，但这是后来的概念和解释，我们不应该以此来判断过去。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:43, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Tragedy of all tragedies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aristotle explained in ''On the Tragedy'' (Poetics VI), that tragedies move people more than comedies because they “imitate [mimēsis] an action that is serious, complete, and of a certain magnitude” (Aristotle 1971, 51), This high esteem of the tragedy in Europe is partly ascribed to the loss of Aristotle’s work ''On the Comedy''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
While Europe has the Hamlet as its tragedy of all tragedies, the lack of tragic literature in Chinese literary tradition has long been lamented. Wang Guowei sees the Dream as &amp;quot;tragedy of all tragedies&amp;quot;. To Wang Guowei the suffering of Faust and Jia Baoyu is central in the novels. However, many scholars contest that Faustianism is central for Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 18th century Europe, we saw a new development in the genre of the drama, to establish a “bourgeois tragedy”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
It developed as an emancipatory movement in the 18th century in London, Paris and Germany, and demonstrated that tragedy was not reserved to rulers, but was also imagineable for lower noblemen and ordinary citizens. The ''Dream'' at the same time as the bourgeois tragedy in Europe shows a tragic story of a mid-level noble family which loses its titles and privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. “Non-Binary” Novels'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the things attracting Western readers is the adorable but mysterious protagonist Jia Baoyu. With his open bisexual orientation and his interest in his mates regardless of their social status, he appears “modern” or at least displaced in time. His struggle with traditional learning makes him appear sympathetic, his long states of rapture out of the world give him both the aura of a timeless character and of mystery. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
With the bisexual orientation of the Dreams’ protagonist, the novel appears non-binary.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Karl-Heinz Pohl, binaries are just superficial, ultimately decisive is the ''Heart Sutra''. Today, the novel is listed among the genre of non-binary literature (see e.g. the bibliographical list on https://www.goodreads.com/list/tag/non-binary), in which contrasts are dissolved deconstructivistically. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
'''10. Foreign Cultures in the Red Chamber Dreams'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Cultures frequently appear in the Dreams in all kinds of varieties, like exoticism with the many objects in the household and presented to the household as novelties, especially the blond girl of the same age as Baoyu referred to in person (combining different origins and cultures, including European, Japanese, Chinese) or several times on paintings, one time shown with wings as an angel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
The playful combination of different traditions we can see also when a religious dress is described, which carries characteristics of different religions. Similarly, the Daoist monk and the Confucian priest appear together. Cao Xueqin wanted to show the richness and diversity, also with the many topics and societal levels of the novel. Even a variety of Christian motifs can be found, like when Jia Baoyu is not recognized by his father in chapter 120 and when he disappears, all parallel to Jesus Christ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
The variety of cultures is paralleled with the variety of elements of different dynasties, which makes it timeless and therefore even more a masterpiece of Chinese art and a masterpiece of human art. Therefore I would like to nominate the Red Chamber Dreams as “World Documentary Heritage”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''（参考文献不用翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anthony, C. Yu. (2001). ''Rereading the Stone: Desire and the Making of Fiction in Dream of the Red Chamber''. Princeton University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aristotle. (1971). ''Poetics''. Trans. S. H. Butcher. Ed. Hazard Adams. Critical Theory since Plato. ew York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 48-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin, ed., Cao Xueqin, Gao E et al. (2016). ''Der Traum der Roten Kammer oder Die Geschichte vom Stein'' [''Red Chamber Dreams or The Story of the Stone''], Peking: Foreign Languages Press, ISBN 9787119094120, 4813 pages, 6 vols., hardcover, transl. by Rainer Schwarz and Martin Woesler; Chinese-German bilingual edition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2011). “Being Explicit About the Implicit – John Minford’s Translation of the last Forty Chapters of The Story of the Stone with a Field Study on two Sexually Arousing Scenes”. ''Hong lou meng xue kan'' 6: 274-289&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2010). “ ’To Amuse the Beaux and Belles’ The Early Western Reception of the Hongloumeng”. ''Journal of Sino-Western Communications'' 2 (2010.12) 2:81-107&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhuang, Xiuhua. (2011). Self, Ideal and Salvation: A Comparative Study of Jane Austen’s Elizabeth and Cao Xueqin’s Lin Daiyu. ''Journal of Language Teaching and Research'', Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 420-423, March 2011. Fulltext:   http://www.academypublication.com/issues/past/jltr/vol02/02/19.pdf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Virtual Communication Between Machines with the Human as Their Object&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new stage of multimodal communication after oral, written, printed, electronic and machine-human communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler, Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann and Baecker described the development of communication from orality (media epoch 1.0) to script (2.0), through print (3.0) and finally to digital communication (4.0). In all these stages, technology played only an assisting role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper argues, that there is a fundamentally new media epoch of “virtual communication” (communication 5.0), in which artificial intelligence (initialized by humans) has taken over and humans have become the object of analysis and manipulation (as customers, voters etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algorithms do not only listen to oral or read written human communication (between humans or between humans and bots), but they analyze multimodal communication (including likes, behaviour, surfing habits, mobility profile, values, dreams, aims, beliefs etc.), compare them with Big Data (e.g. cloud data) and base decisions of manipulation on a prediction of behavior according to a personality profile and correlations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
These algorithms target not only the explicit communications, but the emotions and thoughts of humans too and predict future behavior, therefore allowing simulations of reality. Mightier algorithms have also taken over decision-making roles in societies where they: replace human court decisions, fine tune just-in-time and on-demand production, censor chatrooms etc. Sets of algorithms help to manage smart cities and a whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Although the human is still part of the communication, especially as the analyzed object and the target of the manipulation, the human is often unaware of the virtual communication and a passive receiver of the machine’s decisions, while the main actors in the virtual communication are machines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然人仍然是通信的一部分，特别是作为被分析的对象和操纵的目标，但是人往往没有意识到虚拟通信和机器决策的被动接受者，而虚拟通信的主要参与者是机器。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 08:55, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
Research describes these forms of virtual communication, finds evidence in social management systems and credit systems (in Germany, we have the “Schufa”, in the USA there are big players in credit history, which leads to credit-orientation and gamification of human life) or customized (fake) news filter bubbles and in customized consumption offers (Amazon, Facebook, Google, Netflix) and analyzes benefits, including security enhancements through such virtual communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
研究对这些形式的虚拟沟通进行了描述，在社会管理系统、信用系统（定制的（虚假）新闻筛选泡沫）和定制的消费商（亚马逊、脸书、谷歌、网飞）里面找到了证据（德国有“Schufa”，美国则因为信用史有重大人物而使得社会信用至上并日趋游戏化），并对益处加以分析，这些益处包含通过这类虚拟沟通提升安全。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 09:20, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
But research also has the duty to warn of abuse or harmful developments and to raise ethical questions. Exoskeletal ethics, imposed by gamifications like credit systems, especially need to be valued against intrinsic ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper dealing with machine to machine communication, I skip the machines assisting humans to make their life more convenient (ranging from “The milk is out, please add the usual amount of milk to the delivery list,” to “The old lady has not left her bed this morning, I’ll better call the doctor”).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, I deal with communication like: “Let’s create a user personality profile and compare it with Big Data to learn how I can best catch this user’s attention and make him/her vote for presidential candidate A or B.”; “Let’s check this users’ mouse movements and compare it with Big Data to get a correlation to estimate if (and if “yes” when) he will get Parkinson, to decide whether or not to deny him the loan or health insurance.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
“Let’s check this users sexual orientation, religious beliefs, fears, secrets like adultery etc. to blackmail him to get ransom money for my programmer.”; or even “Let’s use this user’s location to aim the killer drone.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current neoliberal system with Amazon, Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram, Google, Netflix etc. provides incentives to collect as much user data as possible and to abuse user data for manipulation, which creates huge profits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“让我们检查该用户的性取向、宗教信仰、恐惧、诸如通奸之类的秘密去勒索他为我的程序员去获取赎金”。或者甚至“使用用户的位置瞄准杀手无人机。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当前具有亚马逊、脸谱网、瓦茨艾普、照片墙、谷歌、奈飞等的新自由主义系统激励人们尽可能多地收集用户信息，并滥用用户信息进行操纵，从而创造可观利益。--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:04, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;让我们查一查这个用户的性取向、宗教信仰、恐惧、通奸等秘密，以勒索他为我的程序员获取赎金。&amp;quot;；甚至&amp;quot;利用这个用户的位置来瞄准杀手无人机。&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
目前亚马逊、脸书、WhatsApp、Instagram、谷歌、奈飞等的新自由主义体系，为收集尽可能多的用户数据，并滥用用户数据，从而创造了巨大的利润。--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 07:39, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Yang chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Very much like the financial crisis, which was caused by the unregulated use of derivatives, this is a systemic development, which currently follows a path to enslave the human race under the control of algorithms for the benefit of tech companies. The enslavement has already begun, as we can see from the world wide addiction to social media, from the growing mass of conspiracy theorists and from the polarization of the USA over Trump or the polarization of Great Britain over the Brexit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 History of Media Epochs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann and Baecker described the development of communication from orality (media epoch 1.0) to script (2.0), through print (3.0) and finally to digital communication (4.0). In all these stages, technology played only an assisting role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper argues, that there is a fundamentally new stage of “virtual communication” (media epoch 5.0), in which artificial intelligence (initialized by humans) has taken over and humans have become the object of analysis and manipulation (as customers, voters etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
While Luhmann would still summarize this under digital communication, I see a full new quality here, and have therefore coined the term “communication 5.0” or “virtual communication” for it. In Luhmann’s view, the computer consists out of the “surface” of the machine (the visible interfaces like screen, keyboard, mouse) and the “depth” of the machine (the invisible, often incomprehensive inside).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然卢曼仍然会在数字通信中总结这一点，但我在这里看到了一个全新的品质，因此创造了术语“通信5.0”或“虚拟通信”。在卢曼看来，计算机是由机器的“表面”(屏幕、键盘、鼠标等可见界面)和机器的“内里”(看不见的、内部不全面的部分)组成的。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:41, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
However, we are almost constantly producing data, with our chats and geotracked movements, with our addiction to social media, our carrying of cell phones and more and more smart devices at all times,  and we are therefore an object of analysis by algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional setting of a communicative act blurs: The machine can directly communicate with the human (there the Turing test marks a threshold), and, after a certain complexity, it can hide its machine nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但是，我们几乎一直在通过聊天和地理位置追踪运动，不断沉迷于社交媒体，携带手机以及越来越多的智能设备来生成数据，因此，我们一直是通过算法进行分析的对象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交流行为的传统设置变得模糊：机器可以直接与人类交流（图灵测试标记了阈值），并且在经过一定的复杂性之后，它可以隐藏机器的本质。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:49, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
然而，我们几乎在不断地产生数据，我们的聊天和地理追踪的动作，我们对社交媒体的沉迷，我们随时携带手机和越来越多的智能设备，我们因此成为算法分析的对象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
传统的交流行为的设定模糊了。机器可以直接与人类交流（图灵测试标志着一个门槛），在一定的复杂性之后，它可以隐藏自己的机器本质。--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 12:03, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The machine can also indirectly communicate with the human by simply analyzing humans’ verbal communication, non-verbal multimodal communication, behavior, personality etc. and interacting with the human with, or without, revealing its existence. A human, growing up in a filter bubble and believing in conspiracy theories is one such example: The human has been manipulated by social media and news which prefer lies over truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
Without even noticing that there was an interaction taking place between the human and the machine, the human has lost his/her independence to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Types of communicative acts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Texts (oral and written comments/chat texts/blogs/emails)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Surf behavior (websites visited)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Consumer behavior (purchases)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Likes (see OCEAN, UEBA)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Duration/Attention (see UEBA)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.habits/repetitiveness/occurrences (is an element of analysis in different AI apps/tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
7.Unconscious, often unique data allowing identification (way of writing, mouse movements pattern, see Raj Kannan 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.social interaction incl. friendships, sexual relationships&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.mobility behavior/pattern (e.g. immediate environment – e.g. unconsciously recording the inside of houses while playing “Pokemon Go”), travel: Travel  Behavior (Yu Cui et al. 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Types of analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.General (User and Entity Behavior Analytics UEBA: AI-assisted cybersecurity tools like by Gartner, Inc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.True identity (e.g.: mouse movements, face recognition, find real name) (Verschuere 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Personality profile: Big Five Personality Inventory: Openness to Experience, Consciousness, Extroversion, Agreeableness, Neuroticism “OCEAN” (Golbeck 2011), by only analyzing the users' likes, Facebook can generate personality profiles (AI-Demand 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mobility profile/pattern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
5.Health situation (health apps, ai supported disease research, see Daley 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Job situation/job market (Talent Search People 2020 analyzes the job market, and classifies 4 different AI systems: 1. systems that think like humans, 2. systems that act like humans, 3. systems that think rationally, and 4.) systems that act rationally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
7.Financial credit-worthiness: E.g. German Schufa company uses AI in addition to human expertise for evaluations, see Banken-Technologie 2020. Banken-Technologie 2020. Schufa’s attempt to gain access to customers’ bank account transfer information was discussed in the news.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Consumer Behavior: e.g. the &amp;quot;clickworker&amp;quot; company analyses and optimizes customers' searches in respect to a client company's goals/products with the help of AI (clickworker 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Secrets (like adultery)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Unique quality of media epoch 5.0'''[ 	I have coined the terms “media epoch 5.0” and “virtual communication” I have developed it from concepts like „Industry 4.0“ in Germany and the four media epochs Luhmann and Baecker developed (by Baecker called 1.0 … 4.0). There are several authors speculating about the media epoch 4.0, like Ray Kurzweil. The Age of Intelligent Machines. 1990.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.the human switches from active to passive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.the human switches from subject to object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.the human becomes addicted to social media, which enhances depression (Van Den Eijnden et al. 2016, Jasso-Medrano et al. 2018, Shensa et al. 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.the human switches from puppeteer, or entity with seemingly free will, to puppet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.nature of the internet turns from freedom to surveillance &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
6.direct communication turns into indirect communication (humans may not be aware of this communication/analysis)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.explicit communication (voice, words) turns into implicit communication (preferences/thoughts/dreams/wishes/ values (first experiments with brain scanners in worker hats have started in Shanghai and Peking))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.man-man communication turns to man-machine communication (phone bot) to machine-machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.4.0 was from centralization to decentralization, 5.0 is partial centralization and partial decentralization, but also concentration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
So far, mass media has been considered one-way. The interaction and processing of data of millions of individual users seemed simply too much work. In the age of virtual communication, the media epoch 5.0, mass media is individualized and interactive and therefore even more influential.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Types of manipulation (consciously or unconsciously, sometimes half-consciously)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Priming by unconscious advertisements: Influencing consumer decisions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Filter bubbles =&amp;gt; supports conspiracy theories, influences judgments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nature of social media: lies spread 6 times faster than truth. (Vosoughi et al. 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Change of political attitude: Case Cambridge Analytica: Helped minority to win election by manipulating young people of majority not to vote (Do so: Don’t vote campaign, Oddleifson 2020); Trump election and Brexit were won by manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Use of private information/dependencies to obtain advantages (blackmailing for money or for conducting crimes etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Identity theft &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Consequences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Virtual Communication is mostly “hidden”, the human is mostly unaware of it, but may endure the consequences (policeman may detain suspect simply because the face recognition glass recognizes a pedestrian passing by and assesses him/her as “dangerous”; loan is declined; insurance company declines to accept new customer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.后果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.虚拟通讯大多是 &amp;quot;隐蔽 &amp;quot;的，人多半不知道，但可能会承受后果（警察可能仅仅因为人脸识别玻璃识别出路过的行人，并评估其为 &amp;quot;危险 &amp;quot;而拘留嫌疑人；贷款被拒绝；保险公司拒绝接受新的客户）--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 12:02, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.后果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.虚拟通信通常是“隐藏的”，人类大多数情况下是不知道的，但可能会承受后果（警察可能只是因为面部识别玻璃杯识别出行人经过并将他/她评估为“危险”而拘留嫌疑人；贷款被拒绝；保险公司拒绝接受新客户）。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 12:05, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
2.User becomes transparent (government can fight terrorism, any user can be blackmailed, jealous spouse can check on adultery) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Less will to communicate and discuss (since positions are too far apart)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Populists and populist views gain supporters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Polarization of Society&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.There is an incentive not to reveal how much one knows about the object, because the object then could question the legality, the system etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Last resort, the thinking, is tackled: Machine interprets “real” attitudes, not lip-service words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
8.The knowing ones (algorithms, hackers, controllers of algorithms) have power over the unknowing ones (victims)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Exoskeleton ethics (like points/awards for measurable performances) reduce incentives to build inner ethics&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
7 Simulation of the imminent future'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The imminent future behavior of a human can be predicted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.With many analyzed humans, the imminent future of reality can be predicted =&amp;gt; simulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
Is this an Orwellian dystopia or reality? Some cases of the above listed phenomena have been documented. However, we are still at the beginning of “little” AI development (optimizing existing processes) and on the brink of a much more powerful development, that of “big” AI (rethinking whole industries, being able to reproduce and enhance itself). (cf. Euchner 2019). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 Conclusion and Outlook'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data has succeeded oil as the most valuable resource for today’s economy. Big Tech companies already use users’ data and make big profits with it while legislation is delayed and national boundaries (which do not exist for the Tech companies) are struggled over.&lt;br /&gt;
Although input-legitimized liberal democracies and market economies, like that of the European Union, still protect privacy and data security, US- and China-based technology companies are already penetrating the European market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
We need to raise awareness and guide the youth to be careful with screen time and what they share online. We need to avoid addiction to social media.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The algorithms do not just check which film to suggest viewing next, they have started to invade the innermost sanctum of personality, our thoughts, dreams, wishes, visions, hopes, fears and secrets.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
The listed consequences document a fundamental change of paradigms: &lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The cause-based decision-making by humans with established institutions like politicians, judges etc. is being replaced with correlation-based decision-making by algorithms which often serve the profit interests of tech companies or the political interests of election-manipulators.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI took the wrong development path, when it changed from serving humans to trying to manipulate humans for economic or political profit. When AI is used to educate citizens – like helping German customers to keep a clean credit history and a good credit score – then it changes the behavior of citizens to an exoskeletal ethic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
However, animals with an exoskeleton reduce their inside muscles and develop a soft inside, making them totally incapable of living without the exoskeleton. An exoskeletal ethic, giving reward points, for example, for behavior which is deemed positive and subtracting points for behavior which is deemed negative, deprives the human of the natural learning and developing process, in a social environment, of his responsibility and inner ethical judgment. If you were to meet a human with exoskeletal ethics and one who has inner ethics, whom would you trust more? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
If we want to avoid the consequences listed in point 6, the public needs to become aware of this and nations and supranational organizations need to define legislation to a) protect privacy and data security, and b) give the user the control over his/her data including the commercial use of it where they earn a share from the profit made with the usage of his/her data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 Outlook'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need to accept, that the development is irreversible. Every new technology has created fears. Important is, that we become aware of the developments and adjust where the development heads into the wrong direction. We need set the right framework and incentives that the new technology stays on track to serve humanity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
New developments open new possibilities. We need to make sure that not only a few tech companies and terrorists use this powerful new technology to achieve their goals, but that the mass of smart device users emancipate themselves from addiction to and manipulation by technology and gain back their dignity, privacy and free will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
（参考文献不用翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI-Demand. (2020). www.ai-demand.com/insights/data/big-data/big-data-and-facebook-the-heavenly-pair-that-isnt-quite-in-heaven/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baecker, Dirk. (2007). ''Studien zur nächsten Gesellschaft''. Frankfurt 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Banken-Technologie. (2020). 26. Handelsblatt Jahrestagung. Banken-Technologie. „New Normal” in der Finanzwirtschaft: digital – intelligent – automatisiert – hybrid. 2. und 3.12.2020, Digital [Conference Announcement] https://veranstaltungen.handelsblatt.com/bankentechnologie/ki-machine-learning-finanzanalyse/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Booth, T. &amp;quot;Cambridge Analytica controversy must spur researchers to update data ethics.&amp;quot; ''Nature'' 555.7698 (2018): 559-560.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clickworker. (2019). www.clickworker.com/2019/04/30/ai-for-ecommerce/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui, Yu, Qing He, and Alireza Khani. (2018). Travel behavior classification: an approach with social network and deep learning. ''Transportation research record'', 2672(47), 68-80. https://par.nsf.gov/servlets/purl/10109453 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daley, Sam. (2020). 32 Examples of AI in Healthcare that Will Make you Feel better about the Future (July 4, 2019, updated July 29, 2020). builtin.com/artificial-intelligence/artificial-intelligence-healthcare&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Euchner, Jim. (2019). Little ai, Big AI—Good AI, Bad AI. Terminology Management 62:3, 10-12. pdf: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/08956308.2019.1587280?needAccess=true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golbeck, Jennifer, Cristina Robles, and Karen Turner. (2011). &amp;quot;Predicting personality with social media.&amp;quot; ''CHI'11 extended abstracts on human factors in computing systems''. 2011. 253-262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jasso-Medrano, José Luis, and Fuensanta Lopez-Rosales. (2018). &amp;quot;Measuring the relationship between social media use and addictive behavior and depression and suicide ideation among university students.&amp;quot; Computers in Human Behavior 87: 183-191.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann, Niklas. (1997). ''Die Gesellschaft der Gesellschaft''. 1997&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oddleifson, Evan. 2020, The Effects of Modern Data Analytics in Electoral Politics: Cambridge Analytica’s Suppression of Voter Agency and the Implications for Global Politics, ''Political Sciences Undergraduate Review'' 5 (2020) 7, 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
https://journals.library.ualberta.ca/psur/index.php/psur/article/view/130/90/130-Article%20Text-642-1-10-20200401.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raj Kannan, J., Sabitha, R., Karthik, S., &amp;amp; Shanthini, J. (2020). Mouse Movement Pattern Based Analysis of Customer Behavior (CBA-MMP) Using Cloud Data Analytics. ''Wireless Personal Communications'', OnlineFirst, 1-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan, Lotus, et al. &amp;quot;One App, Two Systems: How WeChat uses one censorship policy in China and another internationally.&amp;quot; (2016).&lt;br /&gt;
Shensa, Ariel, et al. (2017). &amp;quot;Problematic social media use and depressive symptoms among US young adults: A nationally-representative study.&amp;quot; ''Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine ''182: 150-157.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Talent Search People. (2020). How Will Artificial Intelligence Affect the Job Market? www.talentsearchpeople.com/en/blog/494-how-will-artificial-intelligence-affect-the-job-market/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van Den Eijnden, Regina JJM, Jeroen S. Lemmens, and Patti M. Valkenburg. (2016). &amp;quot;The social media disorder scale.&amp;quot; ''Computers in Human Behavior ''61: 478-487.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verschuere, Bruno, and Bennett Kleinberg. &amp;quot;ID‐check: Online Concealed Information Test reveals true identity.&amp;quot; ''Journal of forensic sciences'' 61 (2016): S237-S240.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vosoughi, Soroush, Deb Roy, and Sinan Aral. (2018). The spread of true and false news online. Science 359.6380: 1146-1151.. science.sciencemag.org/content/359/6380/1146&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bio'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler, PhD, is Jean Monnet Chair in European Studies with Hunan Normal University since 2020. At its Foreign Studies College, he is Distinguished Professor of Chinese Studies, Translation Studies and Comparative Literature since 2019. Woesler was elected Academian of the European Academy of Sciences and Arts, Salzburg in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler has co-edited the books &amp;quot;China's Digital Dream&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Ethics of Information Society&amp;quot; and Springer has scheduled to publish the book &amp;quot;Diverse Voices in Chinese Translation and Interpretation&amp;quot; including his book chapter &amp;quot;Modern Interpreting with Digital and Technical Aids&amp;quot; in February 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler was a Senior Fellow of the German Science Foundation's (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft) Research College &amp;quot;Media Cultures of Computer Simulations&amp;quot; 2019‐2020 and hosted a related workshop with Bertelsmann Foundation in 2020. Woesler is also a researcher with Witten/Herdecke University, Germany, investigating the impact of daily screen time of children and of young people on their health.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_cult&amp;diff=119124</id>
		<title>20201228 cult</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_cult&amp;diff=119124"/>
		<updated>2020-12-25T12:01:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
1. 《道德经》简称老子，是中国的经典文本。根据传统，它是由公元前6世纪的圣人老子所写，老子是周朝的一位记录者，在中国广为人知。尽管最早出土的文字可以追溯到公元前4世纪晚期，但文字的真正作者和撰写或编纂日期仍有争议。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Tao Te Ching simply referred to as the Laozi，is a Chinese classic text. According to tradition, it was written around 6th century BC by the sage Laozi, a record-keeper at the Zhou dynasty court, by whose name the text is known in China. The text's true authorship and date of composition or compilation are still debated, although the oldest excavated text dates back to the late 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 《论语》是儒家学派的经典著作之一，由孔子的弟子及其再传弟子编撰而成。它以语录体和对话文体为主，记录了孔子及其弟子言行，集中体现了孔子的政治主张、论理思想、道德观念及教育原则等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Analects is one of the classical works of Confucianism, compiled by the disciples of Confucius and his disciples. It is mainly in the style of discourses and dialogues, recording the words and deeds of Confucius and his disciples, concentrating on Confucius' political ideas, theoretical thoughts, moral concepts and educational principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 《慧能经》附有慧能对《金刚经》的逐条注释——这是它有史以来第一次出版的英文译本。他的谈话集也被称为《六祖坛经》，是唯一的禅宗记录，一般被尊称为经，或经文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Sutra of Hui-neng is here accompanied by Hui-neng's verse-by-verse commentary on the Diamond Sutra—in its very first published English translation ever.This collection of his talks, also known as the Platform or Altar Sutra, is the only Zen record of its kind to be generally honored with the appellation sutra, or scripture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 《生活的艺术》是林语堂旅美专事创作后的第一部书，也是继之后再获成功的又一英文作品。该书于1937年在美国出版，次年便居美国畅销书排行榜榜首达52周，且接连再版四十余次，并为十余种文字所翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. “The Art of Living” was Lin Yutang's first book after he had traveled to the U.S. and was another successful work in English. It was published in the United States in 1937 and topped the American bestseller list for 52 weeks the following year, and was reprinted more than forty times and translated into more than a dozen languages.--[[User:Hu Jin|Hu Jin]] ([[User talk:Hu Jin|talk]]) 07:31, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.《道德经》是中国历史上最伟大的名著之一，对传统哲学、科学、政治、宗教等产生了深刻影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the greatest masterpieces in Chinese history, ''Tao Te Ching'' has a profound impact on traditional philosophy, science, politics, and religion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.孔子因材施教，对于不同的对象，考虑其不同的素质、优点和缺点、进德修业的具体情况，给予不同的教诲，表现了诲人不倦的可贵精神。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius taught students in accordance with their aptitude. He gave different instructions to different students, taking into account their different qualities, strengths and weaknesses, and the specific circumstances of their advancement and cultivation, showing the valuable spirit of tireless teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.近年来，中国大多数学者都认为《坛经》的基本内容代表了慧能思想，同时其中也有后人增益的成分。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, most Chinese scholars believe that the basic content of the ''The Sutra of Huineng'' represents the thought of Huineng, while there are also some elements of later additions to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.《生活的艺术》是林语堂旅美专事创作后的第一部书，也是继《吾国与吾民》之后再获成功的又一英文作品。该书于1937年在美国出版，次年便居美国畅销书排行榜榜首达52周，且接连再版四十余次，被翻译为十余种文字全球发行。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Living'' was the first book after Lin Yutang had traveled to the United States and was another successful work in English after ''My Country and My People''. It was published in the United States in 1937 and topped the American bestseller list for 52 weeks the following year, and was republished more than forty times and translated into more than a dozen languages for global distribution.--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 07:14, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.汉武帝刘彻即位时，张骞已在朝廷担任名为“郎”的侍从官。据史书记载，他“为人强力，宽大信人”。即具有坚韧不拔、心胸开阔，并能以信义待人的优良品质。建元三年，即公元前138年，张骞“以郎应募，使月氏”。“郎”，是皇帝的侍从官，没有固定职务，又随时可能被选授重任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Emperor Wu of Han Dynasty Liu Che assumed the throne, Zhang Qian was already working at the court as a retainer named &amp;quot;Lang&amp;quot;. According to historical records, he was &amp;quot;a strong, generous and trustworthy&amp;quot;. In other words, he was tough, open-minded, and could treat people with faith and justice. In the third year of Jian Yuan, that is, 138 B.C., Zhang Qian was recruited to make a mission to the Moon Dynasty. The &amp;quot;Lang&amp;quot;, the emperor's retainer, has no fixed position, and may be chosen at any time to reappoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.有观点认为，明初时海外威胁受到重视，故有郑和下西洋之事。然而，或许郑和过于成功了，“他的海军满载荣誉胜利归来，并确认帝国没有来自海上的威胁”，因此“郑和与他的随从也可以说失去了继续远航的意义。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been argued that the overseas threat was taken seriously at the beginning of the Ming Dynasty, hence Zheng He's voyage to the West. However, perhaps Zheng He was too successful, &amp;quot;his navy returned triumphantly laden with glory and confirmed that there was no threat to the empire from the sea&amp;quot;, so &amp;quot;Zheng He and his entourage could be said to have lost the point of continuing their voyage&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.甲午战争以后，由于中国当时面临着国破家亡的命运，许多有识之士开始更积极全面地向西方学习，出现了梁启超、康有为、谭嗣同等一批思想家。他们向西方学习大量的自然科学和社会科学的知识，政治上也要求改革。这一时期大量的西方知识传入中国，影响非常广泛。许多人以转译日本人所著的西学书籍来接受西学。进入民国时期，由于对政治的不满又进一步导致知识分子们提出全盘西化的主张，在五四时期这种思想造成了很大的影响。这一波的西学东渐，一直持续到当代而未止。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the First Sino-Japanese War, as China was facing the fate of national ruin, many learned people began to learn more actively and comprehensively from the West, and a group of thinkers emerged, such as Liang Qichao, Kang Youwei and Tan Sitong. They learned a lot of natural and social science knowledge from the West, and also demanded reforms in politics. A great deal of Western knowledge was introduced into China during this period, and its influence was very widespread. Many people embraced Western learning by translating Western books written by the Japanese. In the Republican period, dissatisfaction with politics further led intellectuals to advocate wholesale Westernization, which had a great impact in the May Fourth period. This wave of Western learning continued into contemporary times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.洋务派前期创办的军事工业，经费由清政府调拨，产品分配给军队使用，管理方式是封建衙门式的。虽然这些企业采用机器生产，但本质上属于带有资本主义因素的封建官办企业。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The military industries founded by the foreign affairs faction in the early period were financed by the Qing government, and the products were allocated to the army for use, and managed in a feudal government office style. Although these enterprises adopted machine production, they were essentially feudal government-run enterprises with capitalist elements.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:23, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
1.公元前123年，张骞随大将军卫青出使匈奴，在他的引导下，平息了多年来北方匈奴对汉王朝的骚扰，张骞因此被封为博望侯。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 123 B. C. , Zhang Qian followed General Wei Qing in a major military raid against the Xiongnu. His guidance led to a number of victories, which succeeded in ending the harassment by the Xiongnu of the Han Dynasty. Zhang Qian was therefore conferred the title of Marquis of Bowang.--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.郑和的船队由三百艘大船及三万多名水兵组成，船队中最大的一艘船被称为“宝船”，其船身长达133米，船桅多达九根，可搭载一千人。郑和和汉人与穆斯林船员一起打开了中国在非洲、印度及东南亚的贸易航线。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He’s fleet had more than 300 ships and 30,000 sailors. The largest vessels, 133-meter-long “treasure ships”, had up to nine masts and could carry a thousand people. Along with a Han and Muslim crew, Zheng opened up trade routes in Africa, India, and Southeast Asia.--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He’s fleet had more than 300 ships and 30,000 sailors. The largest vessels(also called “treasure ships”),133-meter-long ,had up to nine masts and could carry a thousand people. Along with a Han and Muslim crew, Zheng opened up trade routes in Africa, India, and Southeast Asia.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:26, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.清末时，在“西学东渐”浪潮的冲击下，传统儿童教育踏入近代的门槛。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In late Qing dynasty, impacted by the wave of “ The Eastward Spread of Western Learning”, traditional children education stepped into the threshold of modern education. --[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.西进运动促进了农业、工业、交通业的飞速发展，也促进了美国城市化的进程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Westernization Movement promoted the rapid devepment of agrilucture, industry, transportation and the urbanization process of the United States as well. --[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.张骞出使西域,接触到西域各国的风土人情，是汉朝开始对西域各国有所了解，使汉朝与西域建立了友好关系，为后来西汉政府设置西域都护府，使西域正式归西汉政府管辖打下了基础。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Qian’s mission to the Western Regions brought in contact with the customs of the Western Regions. It was the Han dynasty that began to understand the Western Regions countries, which enabled the Han dynasty to establish friendly relations with the Western Regions. Later, the Western Han government set up the Western Regions Protectorate and made the Western Regions officially returned to the Western Han government. Jurisdiction laid the foundation.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.海上丝绸之路自秦汉时期开通以来，一直是沟通东西方经济文化交流的重要桥梁，而东南亚地区自古就是海上丝绸之路的重要枢纽和组成部分。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the opening of the Maritime Silk Road during the Qin and Han Dynasties, it has always been an important bridge for the economic and cultural exchanges between the East and the West. Southeast Asia has been an important hub and part of the Maritime Silk Road since ancient times.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.西学东渐将西方近代各种学术上的新成果带入了中国，深深影响到各种学术的发展，而许多在传统中国不被重视甚至不存在的学科也在此影响下得到发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western learning has brought various new academic achievements in modern Western modern times into China, deeply affecting the development of various academics, and many disciplines that are not valued or even existed in traditional China have also been developed under this influence.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.洋务运动虽然在客观上刺激中国资本主义发展、并且在一定程度上抵制了外国资本主义的经济输入，但并没有使中国走上富强之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Westernization Movement objectively stimulated the development of Chinese capitalism, and to a certain extent resisted the economic import of foreign capitalism, it did not make China embark on a path of prosperity.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.先秦时期，连接中国东西方交流的通道已经存在，丝绸正式西传始于西汉通西域，丝绸之路真正形成始于西汉张骞凿空。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pre-Qin period, connecting China's East and West exchange channel has existed, the official western transmission of silk began in the Western Han Dynasty through the Western Regions, the Silk Road really formed from the Western Han Dynasty Zhang Qian chiseling.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:53, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the pre-Qin period, a channel connecting China's east and west already existed. The official spread of silk to the west began in the Western Han Dynasty, and the real formation of the Silk Road began when Zhang Qian's hollowed out in the Western Han Dynasty.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 12:01, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.海上丝绸之路，是古代中国与外国交通贸易和文化交往的海上通道，也称&amp;quot;海上陶瓷之路&amp;quot;和“海上香料之路”，1913年由法国的东方学家沙畹首次提及。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Maritime Silk Road, also known as the &amp;quot;Maritime Route of Ceramics&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;Maritime Route of Spices&amp;quot;, was first mentioned by the French orientalist Chavannes in 1913, and is a maritime route for traffic, trade and cultural exchanges between ancient China and foreign countries.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:53, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Maritime Silk Road was an ancient maritime channel for communication and cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries. It was also called the &amp;quot;Sea Ceramic Road&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Sea Spice Road&amp;quot;. It was first mentioned in 1913 by the French orientalist Shawan.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 12:01, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.明代万历年间，以利玛窦为代表的西书七千部传教士来华传教，同时带来西方科技、文化等。这对中国传统思想文化有所触动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Wanli period of the Ming Dynasty, the seven thousand missionaries of the Western Book, represented by Matteo Ricci, came to China to preach, and at the same time brought Western technology and culture. This has touched the traditional Chinese thought and culture.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:53, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Wanli period of the Ming Dynasty, 7,000 missionaries represented by Matteo Ricci came to China to preach, and at the same time brought Western technology and culture. This has touched traditional Chinese thought and culture.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 12:01, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.洋务运动，又称自强运动，是19世纪60年代到90年代晚清洋务派所进行的一场引进西方军事装备、机器生产和科学技术以挽救清朝统治的自救运动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Foreign Affairs Movement, also known as the Self-Strengthening Movement, was a self-help movement conducted by the Foreign Affairs faction of the late Qing Dynasty from the 1860s to the 1990s to introduce Western military equipment, machinery production and science and technology to save the Qing Dynasty.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:53, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Westernization Movement, also known as the Self-Strengthening Movement, was a self-rescue movement carried out by the Westernization Movement from the 1860s to the late Qing Dynasty that introduced Western military equipment, machine production, and science and technology to save the Qing rule.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 12:01, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_cult&amp;diff=119122</id>
		<title>20201228 cult</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_cult&amp;diff=119122"/>
		<updated>2020-12-25T11:58:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
1. 《道德经》简称老子，是中国的经典文本。根据传统，它是由公元前6世纪的圣人老子所写，老子是周朝的一位记录者，在中国广为人知。尽管最早出土的文字可以追溯到公元前4世纪晚期，但文字的真正作者和撰写或编纂日期仍有争议。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Tao Te Ching simply referred to as the Laozi，is a Chinese classic text. According to tradition, it was written around 6th century BC by the sage Laozi, a record-keeper at the Zhou dynasty court, by whose name the text is known in China. The text's true authorship and date of composition or compilation are still debated, although the oldest excavated text dates back to the late 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 《论语》是儒家学派的经典著作之一，由孔子的弟子及其再传弟子编撰而成。它以语录体和对话文体为主，记录了孔子及其弟子言行，集中体现了孔子的政治主张、论理思想、道德观念及教育原则等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Analects is one of the classical works of Confucianism, compiled by the disciples of Confucius and his disciples. It is mainly in the style of discourses and dialogues, recording the words and deeds of Confucius and his disciples, concentrating on Confucius' political ideas, theoretical thoughts, moral concepts and educational principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 《慧能经》附有慧能对《金刚经》的逐条注释——这是它有史以来第一次出版的英文译本。他的谈话集也被称为《六祖坛经》，是唯一的禅宗记录，一般被尊称为经，或经文。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Sutra of Hui-neng is here accompanied by Hui-neng's verse-by-verse commentary on the Diamond Sutra—in its very first published English translation ever.This collection of his talks, also known as the Platform or Altar Sutra, is the only Zen record of its kind to be generally honored with the appellation sutra, or scripture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 《生活的艺术》是林语堂旅美专事创作后的第一部书，也是继之后再获成功的又一英文作品。该书于1937年在美国出版，次年便居美国畅销书排行榜榜首达52周，且接连再版四十余次，并为十余种文字所翻译。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. “The Art of Living” was Lin Yutang's first book after he had traveled to the U.S. and was another successful work in English. It was published in the United States in 1937 and topped the American bestseller list for 52 weeks the following year, and was reprinted more than forty times and translated into more than a dozen languages.--[[User:Hu Jin|Hu Jin]] ([[User talk:Hu Jin|talk]]) 07:31, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.《道德经》是中国历史上最伟大的名著之一，对传统哲学、科学、政治、宗教等产生了深刻影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the greatest masterpieces in Chinese history, ''Tao Te Ching'' has a profound impact on traditional philosophy, science, politics, and religion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.孔子因材施教，对于不同的对象，考虑其不同的素质、优点和缺点、进德修业的具体情况，给予不同的教诲，表现了诲人不倦的可贵精神。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius taught students in accordance with their aptitude. He gave different instructions to different students, taking into account their different qualities, strengths and weaknesses, and the specific circumstances of their advancement and cultivation, showing the valuable spirit of tireless teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.近年来，中国大多数学者都认为《坛经》的基本内容代表了慧能思想，同时其中也有后人增益的成分。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, most Chinese scholars believe that the basic content of the ''The Sutra of Huineng'' represents the thought of Huineng, while there are also some elements of later additions to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.《生活的艺术》是林语堂旅美专事创作后的第一部书，也是继《吾国与吾民》之后再获成功的又一英文作品。该书于1937年在美国出版，次年便居美国畅销书排行榜榜首达52周，且接连再版四十余次，被翻译为十余种文字全球发行。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Living'' was the first book after Lin Yutang had traveled to the United States and was another successful work in English after ''My Country and My People''. It was published in the United States in 1937 and topped the American bestseller list for 52 weeks the following year, and was republished more than forty times and translated into more than a dozen languages for global distribution.--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 07:14, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.汉武帝刘彻即位时，张骞已在朝廷担任名为“郎”的侍从官。据史书记载，他“为人强力，宽大信人”。即具有坚韧不拔、心胸开阔，并能以信义待人的优良品质。建元三年，即公元前138年，张骞“以郎应募，使月氏”。“郎”，是皇帝的侍从官，没有固定职务，又随时可能被选授重任。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Emperor Wu of Han Dynasty Liu Che assumed the throne, Zhang Qian was already working at the court as a retainer named &amp;quot;Lang&amp;quot;. According to historical records, he was &amp;quot;a strong, generous and trustworthy&amp;quot;. In other words, he was tough, open-minded, and could treat people with faith and justice. In the third year of Jian Yuan, that is, 138 B.C., Zhang Qian was recruited to make a mission to the Moon Dynasty. The &amp;quot;Lang&amp;quot;, the emperor's retainer, has no fixed position, and may be chosen at any time to reappoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.有观点认为，明初时海外威胁受到重视，故有郑和下西洋之事。然而，或许郑和过于成功了，“他的海军满载荣誉胜利归来，并确认帝国没有来自海上的威胁”，因此“郑和与他的随从也可以说失去了继续远航的意义。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been argued that the overseas threat was taken seriously at the beginning of the Ming Dynasty, hence Zheng He's voyage to the West. However, perhaps Zheng He was too successful, &amp;quot;his navy returned triumphantly laden with glory and confirmed that there was no threat to the empire from the sea&amp;quot;, so &amp;quot;Zheng He and his entourage could be said to have lost the point of continuing their voyage&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.甲午战争以后，由于中国当时面临着国破家亡的命运，许多有识之士开始更积极全面地向西方学习，出现了梁启超、康有为、谭嗣同等一批思想家。他们向西方学习大量的自然科学和社会科学的知识，政治上也要求改革。这一时期大量的西方知识传入中国，影响非常广泛。许多人以转译日本人所著的西学书籍来接受西学。进入民国时期，由于对政治的不满又进一步导致知识分子们提出全盘西化的主张，在五四时期这种思想造成了很大的影响。这一波的西学东渐，一直持续到当代而未止。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the First Sino-Japanese War, as China was facing the fate of national ruin, many learned people began to learn more actively and comprehensively from the West, and a group of thinkers emerged, such as Liang Qichao, Kang Youwei and Tan Sitong. They learned a lot of natural and social science knowledge from the West, and also demanded reforms in politics. A great deal of Western knowledge was introduced into China during this period, and its influence was very widespread. Many people embraced Western learning by translating Western books written by the Japanese. In the Republican period, dissatisfaction with politics further led intellectuals to advocate wholesale Westernization, which had a great impact in the May Fourth period. This wave of Western learning continued into contemporary times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.洋务派前期创办的军事工业，经费由清政府调拨，产品分配给军队使用，管理方式是封建衙门式的。虽然这些企业采用机器生产，但本质上属于带有资本主义因素的封建官办企业。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The military industries founded by the foreign affairs faction in the early period were financed by the Qing government, and the products were allocated to the army for use, and managed in a feudal government office style. Although these enterprises adopted machine production, they were essentially feudal government-run enterprises with capitalist elements.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:23, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
1.公元前123年，张骞随大将军卫青出使匈奴，在他的引导下，平息了多年来北方匈奴对汉王朝的骚扰，张骞因此被封为博望侯。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 123 B. C. , Zhang Qian followed General Wei Qing in a major military raid against the Xiongnu. His guidance led to a number of victories, which succeeded in ending the harassment by the Xiongnu of the Han Dynasty. Zhang Qian was therefore conferred the title of Marquis of Bowang.--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.郑和的船队由三百艘大船及三万多名水兵组成，船队中最大的一艘船被称为“宝船”，其船身长达133米，船桅多达九根，可搭载一千人。郑和和汉人与穆斯林船员一起打开了中国在非洲、印度及东南亚的贸易航线。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He’s fleet had more than 300 ships and 30,000 sailors. The largest vessels, 133-meter-long “treasure ships”, had up to nine masts and could carry a thousand people. Along with a Han and Muslim crew, Zheng opened up trade routes in Africa, India, and Southeast Asia.--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He’s fleet had more than 300 ships and 30,000 sailors. The largest vessels(also called “treasure ships”),133-meter-long ,had up to nine masts and could carry a thousand people. Along with a Han and Muslim crew, Zheng opened up trade routes in Africa, India, and Southeast Asia.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:26, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.清末时，在“西学东渐”浪潮的冲击下，传统儿童教育踏入近代的门槛。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In late Qing dynasty, impacted by the wave of “ The Eastward Spread of Western Learning”, traditional children education stepped into the threshold of modern education. --[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.西进运动促进了农业、工业、交通业的飞速发展，也促进了美国城市化的进程。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Westernization Movement promoted the rapid devepment of agrilucture, industry, transportation and the urbanization process of the United States as well. --[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.张骞出使西域,接触到西域各国的风土人情，是汉朝开始对西域各国有所了解，使汉朝与西域建立了友好关系，为后来西汉政府设置西域都护府，使西域正式归西汉政府管辖打下了基础。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Qian’s mission to the Western Regions brought in contact with the customs of the Western Regions. It was the Han dynasty that began to understand the Western Regions countries, which enabled the Han dynasty to establish friendly relations with the Western Regions. Later, the Western Han government set up the Western Regions Protectorate and made the Western Regions officially returned to the Western Han government. Jurisdiction laid the foundation.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.海上丝绸之路自秦汉时期开通以来，一直是沟通东西方经济文化交流的重要桥梁，而东南亚地区自古就是海上丝绸之路的重要枢纽和组成部分。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the opening of the Maritime Silk Road during the Qin and Han Dynasties, it has always been an important bridge for the economic and cultural exchanges between the East and the West. Southeast Asia has been an important hub and part of the Maritime Silk Road since ancient times.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.西学东渐将西方近代各种学术上的新成果带入了中国，深深影响到各种学术的发展，而许多在传统中国不被重视甚至不存在的学科也在此影响下得到发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western learning has brought various new academic achievements in modern Western modern times into China, deeply affecting the development of various academics, and many disciplines that are not valued or even existed in traditional China have also been developed under this influence.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.洋务运动虽然在客观上刺激中国资本主义发展、并且在一定程度上抵制了外国资本主义的经济输入，但并没有使中国走上富强之路。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Westernization Movement objectively stimulated the development of Chinese capitalism, and to a certain extent resisted the economic import of foreign capitalism, it did not make China embark on a path of prosperity.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.先秦时期，连接中国东西方交流的通道已经存在，丝绸正式西传始于西汉通西域，丝绸之路真正形成始于西汉张骞凿空。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pre-Qin period, connecting China's East and West exchange channel has existed, the official western transmission of silk began in the Western Han Dynasty through the Western Regions, the Silk Road really formed from the Western Han Dynasty Zhang Qian chiseling.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:53, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.海上丝绸之路，是古代中国与外国交通贸易和文化交往的海上通道，也称&amp;quot;海上陶瓷之路&amp;quot;和“海上香料之路”，1913年由法国的东方学家沙畹首次提及。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Maritime Silk Road, also known as the &amp;quot;Maritime Route of Ceramics&amp;quot; and the &amp;quot;Maritime Route of Spices&amp;quot;, was first mentioned by the French orientalist Chavannes in 1913, and is a maritime route for traffic, trade and cultural exchanges between ancient China and foreign countries.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:53, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.明代万历年间，以利玛窦为代表的西书七千部传教士来华传教，同时带来西方科技、文化等。这对中国传统思想文化有所触动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Wanli period of the Ming Dynasty, the seven thousand missionaries of the Western Book, represented by Matteo Ricci, came to China to preach, and at the same time brought Western technology and culture. This has touched the traditional Chinese thought and culture.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:53, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.洋务运动，又称自强运动，是19世纪60年代到90年代晚清洋务派所进行的一场引进西方军事装备、机器生产和科学技术以挽救清朝统治的自救运动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Foreign Affairs Movement, also known as the Self-Strengthening Movement, was a self-help movement conducted by the Foreign Affairs faction of the late Qing Dynasty from the 1860s to the 1990s to introduce Western military equipment, machinery production and science and technology to save the Qing Dynasty.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:53, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_trans&amp;diff=119120</id>
		<title>20201228 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201228_trans&amp;diff=119120"/>
		<updated>2020-12-25T11:49:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A third example, where an author shows another face in his essays is Zhu Ziqing. He is known as the author of the most often reprinted story-like Chinese essay &amp;quot;''Back View''&amp;quot; (Beiying), a standard school text. The success of this essay lies in the fact, that it applies to filial pity. From the reported fare-well scene with his father at the train station, he learned that his father loved him and that he had grown-up too now. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
This self-reflective essay helped Zhu to find himself through the observation of the other (here his father). The 2nd often printed essay is also from Zhu. Parallelistic and repetitive structures are the driving factor in the atmospherical nebulous lyrical landscape desription &amp;quot;''The Moonlit Lotus Pond''&amp;quot;, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing supposedly opposed all political engagement and, wrote about unspectacular things.  In Taiwan he became a type of substitute for the categorically refused state writer of the People’s Republic, Lu Xun, mainly because of Zhu’s supposed political independence.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
I would like to show with three examples that Zhu had absolutely clear political ideas: He had taken part in the demonstration March 18, 1926, which ended in a massacre. Zhu described this in ''&amp;quot;Report On the Massacre of the Government''&amp;quot;[	 (Zhizhengfu da tusha ji).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shots were still being fired, and the entrance of the east gate was packed with people. [...] Pushing and shoving, we climbed over them with great effort. We must have lost our senses then, not seeing, to our shame, the grotesqueness of our action. ''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
''[...]I was still walking on top of the people. No one dared to miss a single step, filing through the gate that divided safety from danger, one that would give us life or take our lives away. [...] My efforts finally brought me down to the ground, sealing my fate as I rolled down from the human pile. [...] I learned later that some of the people by the gate were dead, killed by the pistol squad firing from the other side of the gate. When I recall stepping over dead bodies, I cannot help but tremble with fear. [...]''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
From this experience, Zhu addresses directly the repsonsible political leaders:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Duan Qirui, you must think about it! [...] How could we explain this to the world? [...] Granted, Duan Qirui and others could commit such atrocities without a thought; but how could we, the people of China, face the world with such a shameless government? [...] We, [...], must ask, „So many were killed—what should we do?“''&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Lu Xun has portrayed the same massacre with sighing undertone and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his &amp;quot;''Ways to die''&amp;quot;[	 (Si fa).] - in which he finds &amp;quot;to be shot&amp;quot; the best method to die. The supposedly less politically engaged Zhu shows here more engagement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay &amp;quot;''Facing the New China''&amp;quot;[	 (Xin Zhongguo zai wang zhong).] is Zhu's political manifest: He asks for democracy, enlightenment and an increase of the education level.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
''China has to be born again through democratization. [...] The people should express their own will, concentrate on their own strength. Every level of administration should build up on the expressed will and strength of the people and struggle for the majority and its greatest happiness. This means that the people govern, the people own, the people enjoy.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few weeks before his death, he demanded in the speech ''&amp;quot;Today's duty of the Intellectuals''&amp;quot;[	 (Zhishifenzi jintian de renwu).] the participation of the intellectual in the struggle for a better society.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
With only a handful of essays I have demonstrated,  that the picture of these three authors changes substantially, if we read carefully also their less known essayistic work. Imagine now how the picture of 20th century Chinese literature might change, if the literary histories and anthologies would not only tell the history of drama, fiction and poetry, but would also grant the essay its proper place. The following part of my paper are results of my monograph on the 20th century Chinese essay.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The essay boom as a mirror reflecting growing individuality, participation in the public sphere, and the giddy-paced character of modern Chinese society'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acquiring an overview of the essay and assessing its essence has required extensive research in bookstores and libraries, in the People's Republic of China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and the United States for available resources in the form of essay book collections as well as secondary literature dealing with the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
I built a database for a statistical analysis to rank more than 5000 essays and 1400 essayists. It turned out that out of the top 60 most famous Chinese essays only 14 had been translated into English so far. The forthcoming collection of Tam King-fai adds 4 and my own one the remaining 42.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis reveals a general increase in essay publication after 1979 with two peaks immediately after the 'Cultural Revolution'. The publications apparently reaching a new height in 1990. The first increase came about in the 1920s and 1930s, after which the essay's role was eclipsed by the genre of the report[	 (baogao wenxue) (Klaschka 1998).]. &lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The flourishing of essay publication in the 1920/30s and 1980/90s was helped in part by the appearance of new magazines that existed chiefly as vehicles for contemporary essayists, and numerous essay bookseries[	 sanwen congshu 散文叢書.].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason for the increase in essay production, which we can date right after the clear-cutting of the ‘Cultural Revolution’ has been the backlog of demand, which is reflected in 1 million copies of essay collections being printed between 1980 and 1982 - only counting the collections contained in the sampling of 130 ‘representative’ books I was able to collect for the survey.  There are three reasons for the increase in Chinese essay production and popularity in the mid-1990s: &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
1, The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts, as Hall has put it: “[...] we live in an age of exposition”[	 (Hall 1984:xiii).].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, A revival of interest in discussing socio-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
If we look carefully at essay collections not only published in the United States, but also in Hong Kong, Taiwan and the People’s Republic, we find the following three reasons for the under- and overestimation of single essayists or essays which correspond to regional differences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, EXOTIC In the United States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones. &lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
2, SOCIO-POLITICAL In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, as the mentioned survey proofs, he ranks 12th among modern authors there.  Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, PERSONAL Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by his disciple Huang Weiliang in favor for Yu.[	 (see Lin Yaode 1989:50).]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having named reasons for the essay boom and for the support for and the suppression of different actors in the cultural field of the essay, I would like to finish my paper by naming a few trends of the essay as they appear at the eve of the century.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consumer-orientation of the masses.  The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educational claim with the exception of essays which claim to be &amp;quot;art pourt l'art&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (&amp;quot;''On dreams''&amp;quot;[	&amp;quot;Shuo meng 說夢&amp;quot; On dreams in: Zhu Ziqing 1928.]) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (&amp;quot;''My own garden''&amp;quot;[	 9.1923.], &amp;quot;''The Fly''&amp;quot;[	 1924.], &amp;quot;''Reading on the Toilet''&amp;quot;[	 1936.]), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the newly encountered world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
In the end of this century not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  Among the upper list places of the political essay after 1949 there are critical essays.   For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
A sign for the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation for customers (former: &amp;quot;readers&amp;quot;).  Following the emotional essays of Zhu Ziqing who rank 1st and 2nd, ''nostalgia'' is the element of emotional identification in &amp;quot;''Wild vegetables of my home region''&amp;quot; by Zhou Zuoren, which ranks 3rd[	In Jia Pingwa's &amp;quot;Moon traces&amp;quot;, which ranks 11, and in Ba Jin's &amp;quot;''Paradise for Birds''&amp;quot;, which ranks 19].  Therefore one can state, that moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, Chinese literature took the form of 'engaged literature'.  In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics in daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology. In the later half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of individuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. &lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only remiscent element left is the patriotism.[	''Trends like the use of ordinary language'', which one finds in novels since 1993 (''Jia Pingwa'', Feidu; ''Gu Cheng'', Yingger) and New Borderlessness since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting.The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable ''object d'art''.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References''' [partly mentioned with German translation] （不用翻）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vera Schwarcz 1996, Vera Schwarcz, &amp;quot;The pain of sorrow: public uses of personal grief in modern China&amp;quot;, in Daedalus: Journal of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (Winter 1996)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1982, Ba Jin: &amp;quot;Yi feng huixin 一封回信&amp;quot; (Ein Antwortbrief (26.10.1982)), in: Bing zhong ji 病中集 (Auf dem Krankenlager), Hongkong 香港 1984(?) (Series Suixiang lu 隨想錄 (Thoughts) Bd 4), 147 pp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1982a, Ba Jin: &amp;quot;Yi pian xuwen 一篇序文&amp;quot; (Ein Vorwort) [dated 1982.9/10], in: Ba Jin: Auf dem Krankenlager 1984&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1956, Ba Jin 巴金: &amp;quot;Duli sikao 獨立思考&amp;quot; (Unabhängig denken), in: Li Jisheng 李濟生, Li Xiaolin 李小林 (Hgg.): Ba Jin liushi nian wenxuan (1927 - 1986), Suixiang lu, zagan, sanwen, xuba, yanjiang, shuxin 巴金六十年文選（１９２７－１９８６）隨想錄·雜感·散文·序跋· 演講·書信 (Ba Jin. Werkauswahl aus 60 Jahren (1927 - 1986), Gedanken, vermischte Gefühle, Essays, Vor- und Nachworte, Reden, Briefe), Shanghai 上海: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe 上海文藝出版社 (Literatur- und Kunstverlag Shanghai), 1986.12, S. 461 - 462 [Datiert auf  1956.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ba Jin 1962, &amp;quot;Zuojia de yongqi yu zerenxin 作家的勇氣與責任心&amp;quot; (Mut und Verantwortungsbewußtsein der Schrifsteller) 1962; der Essay von Zhou Zuoren 周作人: &amp;quot;Wenxue tan 文學談&amp;quot; (Über Literatur), in: Tan long ji 談龍集 (Über Drachen. Sammlung), Shanghai 上海: Kaiming shudian 開明書店 (Kaiming Buchladen) 1927.12, Nachdruck: Hongkong 香港: Shiyong shuju 使用書局 (Praxisverlag) 1972.1, 310 S., S. 165 - 167&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1919, Zhou Zuoren, &amp;quot;Zuxian chongbai 1919 (Ancestor Worship),&amp;quot; in Early Essays, op.cit., pp. 78&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1920: Zhou Zuoren 周作人, Xin wenxue de yaoqiu 新文學的要求&amp;quot; (The demand of the New Literature) [lecture], in Beiping shaonian xuehui 北平少年學會 (Beiping youth conference) 1920.1.6, in: Zhang Ruoying 長若英: Xin wenxue yundong shi ziliao 新文學運動史資料 (Material on the history of the New Literature movement), Shanghai 上海: Guangming shuju 光明書局 (Guangming bookstore) (1934.9) ²1936.9, 291-296&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1923, Zhou Zuoren: Yanzhicao ba (Preface to Yu Pingbo's Yanzhicao), in: Yongri ji (Book of Eternal Day), Shanghai: Beixin shuju 1929, 180-181&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1929, Zhou Zuoren: Ertong de shu (The books of children), in: Chenbao fukan (1923.8.17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren yuanliu, Zhou Zuoren: Zhongguo xin wenxue de yuanliu (Sources of New Chinese Literature), p 71&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Zuoren 1932, Zhou Zuoren: Lun baguwen 1932, in: Kanyun ji p. 148&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: NEAAS annual meeting 10/09/1999 New Haven (Yale University)&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Modern Chinese Literature and the Essay Genre: A New Perspective'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, I will not recount the contents and propose interpretations of any essays, nor will I outline the main topics or styles of essaywriting in China, but I would like to take the opportunity to reflect a little bit on the phenomenon of the genre itself and discuss some conclusions and hypotheses with the attentive and critical audience which can be found at only a few places on earth, EALC at Harvard definitely being one of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《中国现代文学与散文体裁：以新视角》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''吴漠汀''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本文中,我将不再赘述任何文章的内容和提出的观点,我也不会列出其主要主题或风格,但是我想借此机会,反映一些现象本身的类型，并与包括哈佛大学学生在内的观众对一些结论和假设进行探讨。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 02:16, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《中国现代文学与散文体裁：新视角》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吴漠汀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文将不再赘述或解释任何文章的内容，也不会列出中国散文的主要主题或风格。我想借此机会，反思体裁现象，同乐于助人、至关重要且世间少有的读者，包括哈佛大学东亚语言和文化学院的学生，对一些结论和假设进行探讨。--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 03:28, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. The unknown genre'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The literary-historical narrative told by anthologies and collections of the 20th century has drawn an incomplete picture of Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was lacking. In my paper I will ask, if the picture of literature can remain unchanged, if we take into consideration also the essay. The genre has been neglected for a long time as a genre of merit (Margouliès 1949, Schmidt-Glintzer 1990) or overlooked (McNaughton 1974, Leiden 1988-90, McDougall 1998); &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
whereas its elder brother, fiction, has been prized ever since the valuing of fictional literature and the vernacularisation of writing in early Republican China, which followed from the master narrative established by the May 4th movement.  Modern anthologies would have the reader believe that a triumvirate of poetry, fiction and drama forms the backbone of modern Chinese literary output.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Excursion: Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with xiaoshuo (fiction), sanwen (non-fictional prose)), lyrics (shige) and drama (xiqu).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term &amp;quot;wu yunwen&amp;quot; which corresponds to the term &amp;quot;epic&amp;quot; in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet.  The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Essay&amp;quot;, Chinese mostly ''sanwen'', is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Freedom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, a subcategorization in numerous small entities, like Zheng Mingli does with the essay, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems.  All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay.  This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界共同发展，文化主要决定于现代化的水平。今天我们在刊物上看到的中国散文，已经具备了西方散文的形式和内容，而且其目标群体与西方散文相当。这是中国现代散文属于国际散文类别的第二个暗示。--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 07:58, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在21世纪，世界上的国家趋向于走到一起，而文化则主要取决于现代化水平。正如我们从现今报纸里面看到的那样，中国散文采用了西方散文的形式和内容，而且其目标群体与西方散文相当。这是中国现代散文开始趋同于国际散文体裁的第二个标志。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 09:27, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 1992 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it &amp;quot;Chinese&amp;quot;? In the occidental essay the form seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除了首先由周作人表达出来的社会全球化趋势，号召采用英语散文风格，中文散文有独特本土的特征。中文散文如何形成其特有文化，其中文性又由何组成？和中文散文相比，西方散文的文章形式似乎是更重要的分类标准。在中国，甚至有些文章内容相似，但形式和类别大相径庭。--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 02:06, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
除了最初由周作人表达出来的社会全球化趋势，号召采用英语散文风格，中文散文具有独特的本土特色。中文散文如何形成其特有文化，其中文性又由何组成？与中文散文相比，西方散文的形式分类标准似乎更重要。在中国，有些文章甚至是内容相似，但形式和类别大相径庭。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 02:18, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
This can be shown with Zheng Mingli, who subcategorises the &amp;quot;unfinished diary&amp;quot; or the &amp;quot;unfinished letter&amp;quot;.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Zheng Mingli: &amp;quot;essay in diary form&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;essay in letter form&amp;quot;), they are accepted as essays.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Chinese understanding of the genre is tendencially broader'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''  &amp;quot;non-rhythmic prose&amp;quot;, which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning &amp;quot;short literary essay pieces&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Chinese essay is booming again in the 1980s and 1990s'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis reveals a general increase in essay publication after 1979 with two peaks immediately after the 'Cultural Revolution'. The publications apparently reaching a new height in 1990. The first increase came about in the 1920s and 1930s, after which the essay's role was eclipsed by the genre of the report (''baogao wenxue'').[	Klaschka 1998.] The flourishing of essay publication in the 1920/30s and 1980/90s was helped in part by the appearance of new magazines that existed chiefly as vehicles for contemporary essayists, and numerous ''sanwen congshu'' 散文叢書 (essay bookseries).&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
The increase in essay production  right after the clear-cutting of the ‘Cultural Revolution’ has been the backlog of demand, which is reflected in 1 million copies of essay collections being printed between 1980 and 1982 - only counting the collections contained in a sampling of 130 ‘representative’ books I was able to collect for a survey.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks to the work of some major Chinese editors, the whole essay culture was compiled from magazines and newspapers and was published in a flood of anthologies since the 1970s. This boom is comparable to the cultural fever of undigging xiangtu literature, which rose in Taiwan in front of the background of the movement of self-identification and independance.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Why is the essay as abundant as fiction?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let me name a few reasons, why the essay  in fact is as abundant as its prose brother, fiction, and its lyrical sister, poetry, and why it must be valued as highly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay had a direct impact on Chinese society throughout history (the reform ideas from the end of the Qing dynasty through the May Fourth period with the literary theorethical pieces and the daily political zawen of Lu Xun, until today are mostly presented in essay form). The impact on literary reflection and theory is shown in the collection &amp;quot;Modern Chinese Literary Thought&amp;quot; 1996. The effect of the essay genre with its direct language, its connection to life (e.g. its role in the coming to terms with the cultural revolution), and its direct access to the individual reader through newspapers. This impact is larger than the indirect one of fiction or poetry.  The poem is the genre of retreat from social life, from political issues and time references.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shi argues, that ''poetry'' is most important in the process of modernity, since poetry rises emotions. But it relies also on images and on linguistic rhythm. Liang Qichao stresses the role of novel and opera in the changing society. But ''sanwen'' is able to name things, it reflects life, caleidoscopic. Modern subjectivity is constructed with the tool of ''sanwen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay also reflects trends in the society better than poetry and fiction: Individualism is expressed in the essay more directly than in the poem with its limitation in content and form. Ephemerality is reflected in the short form of the essay, which may be read in the subway on the way to work, where poems may not be so spontaneously enjoyed.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay reaches a larger part of the population than poetry, the amount of time spended on reading novels goes back, too.  The essay itself a genre of high actuality, if not simply the genre of today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The essay tells us more about an author and his time than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions. We look trough authentic eyes on his contemporary society.  Many authors turned to essay writing in the later periods of their lifes, like Lu Xun, Ba Jin, and Wang Meng.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
- The volume of ''essay'' production exceeds the volume of ''xiaoshuo'' production: Chinese newspapers since the 1870s on[	Shenbao, Shibao etc. Liang Qichao sees the role of the newspaper both as liberal and authoritative: He understands the press as an institution to control the government, on the other hand he favors censorship.] and as a mass media from the early 20th century presented only one or two fictional stories in a serialized form, but invented essay columns like ''zagan'' (from which Lu Xun developed his ''zawen''), ''suibi'' or ''suixiang'' (from which famous collections like Ba Jin's ''Suixiang lu'' derived).&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Let us assign the essay its proper place'''&lt;br /&gt;
The consequence which must be driven from the above presented contrast between value and valuing of the essay is: Let us assign the essay its proper place!  I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998) and for the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th. If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode 1989:50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai, Woesler) or already published (Pollard 1999). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. This year, scholars will meet on a first international conference on the essay (Achern, Germany August 25-26). In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Taking into consideration the essay will rewrite the history of Chinese literature'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will give a few hints, what the essay can contribute to the picture of Chinese Literature, which so far is overshadowed by fiction through the narrative of C.T. Hsia, Prusek and Anderson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are used to established narratives, like the emergence and success of the May-Fourth literature. But this view neglects the role, that for example the ''yuanyang hudie pai'' played in the choir of different voices in the awoken intellectual debate in the beginning of this century. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
The May-Fourth group at that time was one voice among many and only succeeded because of its agitation and polemic in the public sphere, so we have to use new means to assign the Chinese essay its proper place. We learn from simplifiying narratives, that it is absolutely necessary to differentiate, and to reconstruct the complex time background. Having understood Chinese literature as determined by the development of fiction and poetry only, a broader understanding will change the whole appearance of Chinese literature. A scholarly endeavour is the use of modern literary theories in the approach to this genre.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
In the following, I will name three aspects (chronologically sorted by past, modern and contemporary time) to hold the argument, that the taking into consideration of the essay will rewrite the history of Chinese literature and change our current understanding of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. The classical and premodern essay documents Chinese philosophy, early subjectivity and still, a native Chinese tradition is questioned'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How is the Chinese essay to be positioned historically, how did it emerge, what is its generic background? Generically, the ancestors of the essay are both in China and the West notes written on the margins of books, they are letters and travel notes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
These notes differed from the canonized literature through its informal style, its expression of individuality und subjectivity, a much earlier document for subjectivity than the first autobiographical Chinese novel, ''The Dream of the Red Chamber''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the very beginning, the essay was valued lower than poetry: the oldest reference  this far for the term ''sanwen'' that I found is Luo Dajing's 羅大經 (? - after 1248) statement from 1240: “Shī sāomiào tiānxià, ér sǎnwén pōjué suǒsuì júcù.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
詩騷妙天下，而散文頗覺瑣碎局促。” (Poetry is moving mankind in a wonderful way, prose inquires into incoherent bagatels, is limited.) (''Helin yulu''). Another reproach Luo Dajing mentions, is a formal one: In comparison to the highly artistic and century-long tradition of poetic writing, the direct and often vernacular langage of the essay in his eyes had less value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the West, a real 'art of the essaywriting' came up in the late 16th century as a medium for the newly reorganized knowledge. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
The reorganization originated from the observations of Kopernikus, which destroyed the whole conception of the world of the Middle Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, particularly the debates on Buddhism in the 4th and 5th century A.D. saw the origination of a tradition of letters.  The Chinese tradition of the ''sanwen'' 散文 (essay) however, in the understanding of sǎn 散 as (to dispel, leisure, loose, relaxed, irregular, independant style, free prose, can be seen not before the detachment from the dialogue - or aphorism, which is still visible in the philosophical ''Lunyu''. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
Xunzi delivered the prototype of the later essay with his philosophical treatises. They are an early form of philosophical didactical essays, in which general theorems are derived not only from quotations of the canonized classical works, but for the first time also from his own individual experience.  The individuality is still a main characteristic of the essay today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the dynasties the essay manifested itself further in certain subcategories: From reading-notes written at the paper margins originated the ''biji'' µ§°O (occasional notes), flourishing in the Ming Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荀子的哲学论著是后世散文的雏形，它们是哲学教学论文的早期形式。其中的一般定理不仅来自于经典著作的引用，而且第一次从他的个人经验中得出。个性仍是现今散文的主要特点。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历朝历代，散文在某些子类中进一步得以表现，如从写在纸边的读书笔记产生了明朝盛行的偶记。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:25, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
荀子的哲学论著是后世散文的雏形。其作品是哲学论教散文的早期形式，这些散文中传授的普遍定理不仅有引用经典著作，还首次借鉴其个人经历。这种个体性在当代的散文中仍有保留。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
历朝历代，散文通过一些子类别得以呈现，如明朝盛行的在书页边上写的读书注释，它就是源于笔记。--[[User:Ouyang Ling|Ouyang Ling]] ([[User talk:Ouyang Ling|talk]]) 08:47, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
The marginalism is a link between Western and Chinese tradition of early essays. Occasional notes could contain private historical notes, anecdotes, communications and contemplations.  However, the consciousness of the essay as a genre of its own originated in China not before the Qing ²M dynastie, when numerous essay anthologies were compiled.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking into consideration the social-historical background draws a different picture of the old society than short stories and novels: Essays are much closer to real life, since they express individual problems and experiences. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Until now, the Chinese pre-''Hongloumeng'' individual literature spoke only through the indirect language of poems to us. Rediscovering the essays, we have a splendid source of opinions, social-historical pictures etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Premodern essay literature consists of much more than its most well-known example, the formally restrictive ''baguwen''. Lu Xun himself wrote some of his essays in ''baguwen'' style, but on the other hand took it as a synonym for the ancient society. Zhou Zuoren saw the rhythm of the language of the &amp;quot;Eight legged essay&amp;quot; as as appealing and intoxicating as the &amp;quot;pleasure of doing opium.'' (Zhou 1932:148).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目前为止，中国红楼梦前的个体文学还只是通过诗中的间接语言与我们对话。通过重拾散文，我们可以知晓不同观点和社会历史状况等文学创作的丰富源泉。&lt;br /&gt;
现代散文之前的文学并不限于形式上受限制的八股文，一方面鲁迅本人也有一些散文是用八股文写成的，但另一方面他又把八股文当作古代社会的代名词。周作人把 &amp;quot;八股文 &amp;quot;的语言节奏看作是 &amp;quot;做鸦片的快感 &amp;quot;一样令人陶醉。--[[User:Liu Yangnuo|Liu Yangnuo]] ([[User talk:Liu Yangnuo|talk]]) 08:42, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
直到现在，中国前“红楼梦”的个体文学只能通过诗歌的间接语言与我们对话。重新发掘这些散文，我们可以拥有丰富的观点来源，社会历史图片等。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前现代散文文学不仅仅包括它最为人所知的例子，正式的、有限制性的“八卦文”。鲁迅自己的一些文章就是用“八卦文”写的，但是在另一方面又把它当作古代社会的同义词。周作人认为《八股文》的语言节奏就像“吸鸦片的快感”一样令人陶醉。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 09:07, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
But he considered it also as a prevalent genre implicit in the modern writings as ''yang bagu'' (westernized bagu) and ''dang bagu'' (party-line bagu) (borrowing from Wu Zhihui, Zhou Yuanliu:71).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neo-Confucianism stressed ''wen'' (prose) as the most important tool to transmit the ''dao'' (way): ''Wenyi zai dao'' (Literature as the carrier of the way). If we reinterprete this diction in the perspective of genre, we can say, that the essay then has been regarded as an important tool to express truth, subjectivity and Self.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Qichao developed a ''xīn wéntǐ'' 新文體 (new prose style), which was influenced by Western languages, but the essay became popular not before the newspapers became mass media, and the language changed into ''baihua''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. The essay as the medium of modernity, the questioning of the genuiness of the Chinese essay'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To solve first of all the dispute on whether the Chinese essay grew out of a native tradition or was influenced by Western translations, one finds both traditions relevant: The occidental essay was introduced to the writers of the literature reform movement from 1907 on by translations in Chinese (Lin Shu: ''Irving'' 1907, ''Addison'' 1911). &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
The current form of the genre is mostly based on the influence of Western essay translations. First developed a Chinese essay tradition, which consciously leaned upon the Western model in language, form and terminology, its own proponents succumbed soon to the temptation to derive a tradition of the Chinese essay from Chinese history only. A seemingly unbroken Chinese tradition of the native Chinese ''wenyan sanwen'' is presented in Chinese textbooks (Yu Zaichun 1978-82, Li Xishang 1985).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is older than the ones referred to in the ''Large Chinese Dictionary'' of Morohashi (Morohashi undated) and in the ''Encyclopaedic Dictionary of the Chinese Language'' 1966.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
Still, the value of the native tradition of essay writing and the role of the Western influence upon it is discussed controversially among the scholars.  Some admit that Western impact played a key role in what we understand as Chinese essays nowadays: Wang Bin  1992, Fan Peisong 1993; for Western impact in general see Průšek 1964, Gálik 1966, McDougall 1971.  Other scholars think that Western influence is overestimated - Denton 1996 showed that the theoretical background was missing for understanding Western theories of literature in China, - and recommended that we understand the essay first by its national tradition. &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
How far personal opinion may influence the narrative of historical facts can be seen by the example of the legendary authors of the May Fourth movement.  All of them considered the English essay as the father of the Chinese essay: Zhou Zuoren 1921, Lu Xun 1933, the anarchist and later member of the Guomindang Wu Zhihui [1934].  Later, some of these authors changed their minds to support their own theories on the essay by looking for proof of a native Chinese essay tradition:&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
for example, Lu Xun with his theory &amp;quot;'Zhǎnkāi' shuō yǔ  'méngyá' lùn “展開”說與“萌芽”論&amp;quot;&amp;quot; (Theory of &amp;quot;Starting&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Blossoming&amp;quot;) came to see the fighting and critical character of the essay of the Jin dynasty (265 - 420) as the 'father' of the Chinese essay, and Zhou Zuoren first the English essay (1921) and later the ''biji'' (occasional notes) of the Ming, although he still tried to integrate the English essay in his &amp;quot;Gonganpài yu Yīngguo xiaopin 'hecheng' lun 公安派與英國小品“合成”論&amp;quot; (Theory of the Synthesis of the Gongan School and the English Essay). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Zengqi regrets that the national Chinese tradition of the essay at the time of the 'May Fourth Movement' has not been taken up again and has not continued in contemporary essays (Wang Zengqi 1993). The Chinese essay is an accommodating object of study, because one may look to it to prove any theory of the essay.  One can find examples for each topic in almost every period, simply because the essay has a wide range of subjects.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
When Zhou Zuoren showed that only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge it was again possible to write about a candy seller  (1924), he was critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).  When he wrote a piece on the &amp;quot;Fly&amp;quot;, he was reproached with dealing with subjects of minor importance. Reproaches like this lie in the very nature of the genre, since ''marginalism'' is substantial to the essay. The mentioned formal reproach of Luo Dajing can be found again in the 1990s, Hong Kong students critisized the literary style as it appears in Ba Jins &amp;quot;Thoughts&amp;quot; (Suixiang lu) as too direct and too less artful. But this perspective does not recognize the very nature of the essay, which is a very individual expression of an author's thoughts and not bound to tradition, and therefore much more free also in content.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
The essay - from its very nature free and independant - almost disappeared in the time of the Cultural Revolution and - except for the ideologically influenced essays - had a hard struggle between Yan'an and the loss of moral legitimacy by the leadership in 1989.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay was ''the'' genre of the modernizing society of the early 20th century. Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to war and warlordism and later in the modernizing society, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products.&lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
But from its very nature, the essay set new boundaries in form and content, and therefore not only survived the ideological restrictions, but also established its own critical subculture within. The essay was not only a medium of discussion and a documentation of the social-political background for us today, but also a documentation of the personal struggle of the writers finding a position in a changing environment, since the essay is &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Some essays even deconstructed master narratives like the one of leftist ideology, often simply by confronting it with subjective experience, reality or art. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I want to mention another position on literature, which stresses the impact of literature on life, especially on the eve of revolutions - following this view, all literature is political (Jameson).&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Not only the understanding of literature as a whole changes if we take into consideration the essay, also the view of single authors shifts, if we see not only their novels or poems, but also their essays. I mention only Zhou Zuoren. His ideas connected him  spiritually to his contemporary collegues in Europe, Japan and America, but these where ideas for which China turned out to be not yet ready. At that time, China had taken a road which led away from progress, wealth, freedom and spiritual enlightenment. The consequences have yet to be overcome.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, Chinese literature has taken the form of 'engaged literature'.   The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses.  The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educational claim with the exception of essays which claim to be &amp;quot;art pourt l'art&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (&amp;quot;Shuo meng 說夢&amp;quot; On dreams in: Zhu Ziqing 1928) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (My own garden 9.1923, &amp;quot;The Fly&amp;quot; 1924, &amp;quot;Reading on the Toilet&amp;quot; 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda.  This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taking into account of a genre shifts the whole perspective on literature, taking into account the essayistic works of an author shifts also the view of the author. I will name only one author as an example for a modern essayist: Zhou Zuoren.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，20、30年代民国时期的文本和当代的文本一样也经常被重印。显然，我们可得出一个结论：20世纪50年代的那些政治宣传文只能留存在特殊的政治文章选集当中，到了21世纪初，就不再有作者去写这类文章，也不会有中国读者去看这类文章了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
考虑到整个体裁对整个文学角度的转变，以及散文作品反映出的作者观点的变化，我只举一位现代散文家的例子：周作人。--[[User:Ouyang Ling|Ouyang Ling]] ([[User talk:Ouyang Ling|talk]]) 07:47, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，20-30年代民国时期的文章仍然和当代的同类文章一样经常被重印。显然，我们可以得出一个结论：20世纪50年代的政治宣传类散文只保存在专门的政治散文集中，到21世纪初，不再有人去写，也不再有人读这类文章了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一种文学体裁会转变整个文学的视角，一位作家的散文作品，同样也会转变对这个作家的看法。我只以一位现代散文家为例：周作人。--[[User:Liu Yangnuo|Liu Yangnuo]] ([[User talk:Liu Yangnuo|talk]]) 09:02, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned already his theoretical contribution to the Chinese essayism, but still, his essays have been neglected until the 1980s. The reason does not lie in literary quality, but in political valuing. The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that the theoretical May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Publishing in the Japanese sponsored magazines ''Reminiscences'',* and ''Chinese Literature'', he was blamed together with Zhu Pu and Yuan Xi of collaboration. An unanswered question is, why another author, who published there, Zhang Ailing, was never reproached with collaboratorship. The difference between all of them is that Zhang Ailing tried to avoid political committments, whereas Zhou felt guilty, Zhu justified it and Yuan simply accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
''The 'mainstream' writers took an affirmative approach in their writing, whereas the other writers formed a minority.  The individual authors did not necessarily belong to either one of these groups throughout their life, but may have moved between them.  Since the essay is a medium which enables the individual to express thoughts directly, the writers chosen for this paper can be classified according to their position.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Yu Guangzhong's essay'' &amp;quot;The wolves are coming&amp;quot; ''shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting.''&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
In his small literary pieces, Zhou tried to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday life out of the subjective experience of his private space.  The major contribution of Zhou Zuoren is, that he set the turning point in Chinese essay writing with his call for writing short literary pieces (''Meiwen'' 1921). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In foreign literature there is the so-called ''lunwen'' 論文 (treatise), which is roughly divided into two groups: the reflecting ones, piping 批評 (critical), are scientific articles. The others are ''jishu'' 記述 (descriptive) and ''yishuxing'' 藝術性 (artistic), they are also called ''meiwen'' 美文 (aesthetic essay). Within these texts, one can distinguish between ''xushi'' 敘事 (narrative) and ''shuqing'' 抒情 (lyric). But there are also mixed texts. [...] I hope that the aesthetical essay is encouraged to come back, and will open up a new field for the New Literature. Wouldn’t that be wonderful?&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
With these words from the essay &amp;quot;''The aesthetic essay''&amp;quot; this new vernacular form was defined.  This starting point founded a whole new tradition of essay writing in China. Contemporary writers called this piece the &amp;quot;king of essays&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to bring this new form to his compatriots, he tried to find similiarities with the ''xiaopinwen'' of the Ming dynasty. He further discussed these thoughts in his essay theory. In his own essays, he profited a lot from ancient ''suibi''. Later he further developed his literary theory towards an up and down of two trends. In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; (Zhou 1923).  He promoted the ''baguwen'' and the independance of literature from politics and effected the literary scene and the development towards a modern Chinese society especially between 1917 and 1938.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“美学散文”中的这些词语定义了这种新的白话形式。这个起点在中国建立了一种新的散文写作传统。当代作家称此作品为“散文之王”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
为了将这种新形式带给他的同胞，他试图找到其与明朝“小品文”的相似之处。他在散文理论中进一步讨论了这些思想。 他自己的散文也从古代的“随笔”中受益匪浅。后来，他将文学理论朝着上下两种趋势进一步发展。在现代化社会中，他呼吁解放妇女、“将儿童看作具有外在和内在生命的完整主体”以及“让儿童成为儿童文学的本质”（Zhou 1923）。他提倡“八股文”和文学脱离政治的独立性，这对文学界产生了影响，并推动了中国向近代社会尤其是1917年至1938年的发展。--[[User:Peng Xiaoling|Peng Xiaoling]] ([[User talk:Peng Xiaoling|talk]]) 09:48, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With this theoretical foundation and his own vo'luÉminous essayistic work, Zhou Zuoren through the example of his own form of short literary pieces within this genre, fought at that stage of the development of his literary theory like Benjamin Henri Constant de Rebecque  130 years ago in France for the idea &amp;quot;l'art pour l'art&amp;quot; , for individuality and independance  of the writer, for disinterested literature.  The jugdment, that Zhou was an apolitical author cannot be proved with his essays.  Instead, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself.  For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance (Zhou 1929:180-181). &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact he saw himself as ‘patriotic underground fighter’ and looked at the collaboration with the Japanese puppet regime as a forced one, following his attempted assasination, through which his driver had lost his life.  His own concept of essay writing served less the needs of the building of a nation-state and comes closer to the ideal of the individual. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;I don't really know why, but I am feeling as if I am born into a dark age. I admit, that our forests are not inhabited by dragons, tigers and wolves, but shapeless &amp;quot;monsters&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;goblins&amp;quot; are still creeping around and try to swallow our souls. [...] What alarms me most, is the absence of freedom in this prison, into which we writers have been thrown.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Confronting tradition and progress in the essay &amp;quot;''Ancestor Worship''&amp;quot;, he is in favor of the latter, since past could only become present through changes (Zhou 1919:7-8). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin Henri Constant de Rebecque (1767 - 1830) war französischer Romanschriftsteller und liberaler Politiker, der neben der Freiheit der Kunst nach der Französischen Revolution die Einführung der konstitutionellen Monarchie nach englischem Vorbild forderte.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe ''Journal'' (10.2.1804). Die &amp;quot;Kunst um der Kunst willen&amp;quot; propagierte die Zweckfreiheit der Kunst. Im Gegensatz dazu versteht sich die engagierte Literatur. Die Parallele zwischen Zhou Zuorens Literaturverständnis und dem Konzept &amp;quot;Kunst um der Kunst willen&amp;quot; zieht auch Wolff: ''Chou Tso-jen'' 1971, S. 84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe Zhou Zuoren: ''Der Ursprung der neuen chinesischen Literatur'' 1934, S. 95 - 98; vgl. auch Chen Zizhan: ''Vorträge zur chinesischen Literaturgeschichte'' 1937, Bd 3, pp. 416 - 422, besonders S. 422. Hinweis in: H. Martin: &amp;quot;''Liang Qichao on Poetry Reform''&amp;quot; 1996, Bd 1, S. 213.&lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding Zhou Zuoren, I want to correct the official assessment of the People’s Republic, that his work would have experienced a caesura in 1938.  In order to explain his opposition of the propaganda to build up national heroes about 1937 and his collaboration from 1939, it has been said officially, that his thoughts had &amp;quot;duoluo 墮落&amp;quot; (degenerated) at that time (Zhu Jinshun 1990:59).  In fact, this caesura, namely the change in the style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經 (serious, intentional essays), and ''xianshi'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment) is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest through the Guomindang (1945).&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore not the Japanese suppressors are responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots'. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of the stigma of the 'traitor', he has been undervalued until now.  That his work in the 1990s is almost as often published as Lu Xun's and Zhu Ziqing's shows that his texts finally experience a more positive literaric evaluation through the audience, which now must be registered also by scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Another example of a misread Zhou Zuoren is his short essay on &amp;quot;''The Fly''&amp;quot;,  where he describes his changing attitude towards flies, which he had played with as child but later disgusted when he learned about their danger of passing on diseases.  ”''The fly''” shows Zhou Zuoren’s strength to describe details and make them a real topic by recalling memories on them or describing a change of perspective on them.  Zhou summarized the philosophical wisdom he learnt from this, that people did not judge on things objectively, but were likely to praise or damn things. &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The official reading re¬proaches Zhou that he &amp;quot;saw only the fly and not the cosmos&amp;quot; , a quotation of the young Zhou about a position he himself clearly opposed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His ability to chat about the more pleasent things in life is displayed in his essay ”Birds’ twitter”.  In ”''Peking cakes and sweet-meat''” and in ”''Wild vegetable of my home region''”, Zhou Zuoren shows his ability to make the reader feel at home at a region, where he feels at home himself, by describing the customs and special regional food. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Siehe Zhou Zuoren: &amp;quot;Cangying 蒼蠅&amp;quot; (Die Stubenfliege), in: ''Chenbao fujuan'' 晨报副镌 (Beilage zur Morgenpost) (1924.7.13). Eine Zu¬sammenfassung des Inhalts findet sich in: Yu Daxiang (Hg.): ''Auswahllexikon chinesischer Essays mit Inhaltsangaben und Analysen'' 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Siehe Vollständige chinesische Anthologie der Wissenschaften - Bd Chinesische Literatur'' 1988, Bd 2, S. 1300. Dies spielt auf den Essay &amp;quot;''Cangying'' 蒼蠅&amp;quot; (Die Stubenfliege), in: Zhou Zuoren: ''Zhi Tang. Sammlung'' 1933 an.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
His piece ”''Bitter rain''” shows the atmosphere, for what his essays had been labelled ”bitter tea”: There remains a taste in one’s mouth after reading. If you compare Lu Xun’s ”''On tea drinking''” (Yang/Yang 1961 3:325-326) with Zhou Zuoren’s essay with the same title, you see the difference of ”short and to the point” and ”eloquent and well-read”. ”''First love''” is more hilarious. The essay ”''Three different ways to die''” shows that Zhou Zuoren can compete with his elder brother in sarcasm. Lu Xun's essay on the same subject, the massacre on March 18, 1926, was a sight.&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou asks for the ”best” way to die and favors the short and painless one. In ”''On alcohol''” and ”''The awning bunk boat''” Zhou Zuoren continues the tradition of late Ming ''biji''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a consciously “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (Wang Meng: &amp;quot;''Anxiang'' 安详&amp;quot; (Serene) 1992, &amp;quot;''Zuohao ni ziji de shi'' 做好你自己的事&amp;quot; (First make your own things in a good way) 1994). &lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (&amp;quot;''Shanxi opera''&amp;quot;, Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (&amp;quot;''The nightmare''&amp;quot;, Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary trends of literature, which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
- The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall 1984:xiii); &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The increasing consciousness of indivi¬duality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjecti¬ve expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 当下中国社会的浮躁节奏，对转折性和短文的要求。&amp;quot;[...]我们生活在一个论述的时代&amp;quot;(Hall 1984:xiii)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 越发增加的独立意识，对其而言，文章是最直接的主体表达形式，甚至比诗的格律和形式要求更直接。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 通过散文这一媒介讨论社会政治问题的兴趣的复苏，就像20世纪20/30年代的情况一样。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- 日常生活的平庸性通过成为文学话题而变得自觉，最常见的是日常生活的文体--散文。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:06, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
- The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publis¬hing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: &amp;quot;readers&amp;quot;). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China are the following: In the most often printed essay &amp;quot;''The Back View''&amp;quot;, filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous &amp;quot;''The Moonlit Lotus Pond''&amp;quot;, both written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in &amp;quot;''Wild vegetables of my home region''&amp;quot; by Wang Zengqi.  Therefore one can state, that moving es¬says form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- ''In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in¬dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
''In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph'' China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war (''No''! 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- ''The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art.''&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
''Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Jia Pingwa, Feidu; Gu Cheng, Yingger) and'' New Borderlessness  ''since'' 1995, ''cannot be pro-ven in the essaywriting.  ''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;, written by Ba Jin 1981, in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (&amp;quot;''In memoriam of Xiao Shan II''&amp;quot;, Ba Jin 1984).&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Der-Wei Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of Wang Zengqi's &amp;quot;''Rain in Kunming''&amp;quot; as well as for Jia Pingwa's &amp;quot;''Shanxi opera''&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing fictional truth through the metaphor of his dog Baodi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay &amp;quot;The nightmare&amp;quot;, where Si Yu appears as a de-constructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.''（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And maybe for Xie Bingxins* reflections on her experience as one of the chosen voluntaries of the Wuhan military academy: She insisted to remain a lifelong &amp;quot;woman soldier&amp;quot; .（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Discussion: Is the genre of the essay the form of literary expression in 21st century China?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the future of the Chinese literature, we can only speculate. But out the risk of being wild and provocative, I would like to suggest some questions for considering the place of the essay in the field of Chinese literature and literary studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- People have less time for actions like reading, and get used to reduced visualized information through the Internet. Will the brevity of the essay make it the ideal medium?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
- If the Chinese people are rediscovering their individuality, will the essay allow them to express individual thoughts more directly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Modern societies are characterized by TV culture, mass consumption, and the loss of consciousness of one's own tradition, often partly due to the American impact on national cultures. Is the essay less bound to the restrictions of tradition, especially compared to the poem and thus more adaptable to the modern phenomenon of mass consumption?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
- The alienation and the anonymity of citylife worldwide, in China is combined with a loss of traditional values like ideology, family, solidarity etc. in favor of the concept of profit for oneself, - if this has produced a longing for new orientation, will it possibly be filled by morally guiding essays or nationalistic thinking?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《红楼梦》与其他世界文学作品的相似性——推荐《红楼梦》列入世界记忆遗产名录&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Commonness between the Red Chamber Dreams and other World Literature Novels – Proposing the Red Chamber Dreams to the World Documentary Heritage List'''（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
吴漠汀，湖南师范大学 Martin Woesler, Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: Lecture at Harvard University, Cambridge, MA USA, 14.3.2000（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In every culture, readers associate the literature they know with new literature they read. So literature is always cumulative, it grows out of existing literature and can refer back to it. When Western readers read the Red Chamber Dreams, they foremost associate novels and other pieces of literature of their own cultural tradition with the Dreams. This has also influenced the first full translation into German.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Xueqin and even more his protagonist Jia Baoyu both are early humanists, universalists and world citizens. ''The Red Chamber Dreams'' function worldwide. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在每一种文化中，读者都会把他们读到的新文学与已知文学联系起来，所以文学总是积累的，它从现有的文学中生长出来，并以已有文学为参考。西方读者在阅读《红楼梦》时，首先会把《红楼梦》与自身文化传统中的小说和其他文学作品联系起来，这也影响了首次德语全译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹，尤其是他的主人公贾宝玉，都是早期的人文主义者，普世主义者和世界公民。《红楼梦》具有普世价值。（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在每一种文化中，读者都会把他们读到的新文学与已知文学联系起来，所以文学总是积累的，它从现有的文学中衍生出来，并以已有文学为参考。西方读者在阅读《红楼梦》时，首先会把《红楼梦》与自身文化传统中的小说和其他文学作品联系起来，这也影响了首次德语全译本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
曹雪芹，甚至于他的主人公贾宝玉，都是早期的人文主义者，普世主义者和世界公民。《红楼梦》具有普世价值。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 10:09, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
''The Dream'' is a complex showroom of diverse aspects of Chinese cultures and is the embodiment and essence of Chinese cultures, but it has also a global impact, therefore it should be honoured as “World Documentary Heritage”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
红楼梦》综合展示了中国的多元文化，是中国文化的集中体现和精华，同时在全球范围内产生影响，理应列入世界记忆遗产名录。（修改）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
多元一体&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western culture, reception tradition, German translation, Embodiment of Chinese cultures, global compatibility, World Documentary Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“红楼梦”是一个多元的中国文化综合体，是中国文化的体现和精髓，但它也具有全球影响力，因此应该被授予“世界文献遗产”的荣誉。（修改&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
多元一体&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Key words'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western culture, reception tradition, German translation, Embodiment of Chinese cultures, global compatibility, World Documentary Heritage&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 10:29, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Chinese Ethics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To help the poor and disadvantaged belongs to the traditional core values of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When we sit in the Beijing Subway today, the loudspeaker announcement reminds us, that it is Chinese traditional ethics to give seats to the disadvantaged (老弱病残孕让座是中国传统道德). We know of Cao Xueqin, that he supported the poor and disadvantaged, and that he made kites for children.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when we look closer at these “Chinese Ethics”, we discover, that they are claimed also in Indian Buddhism “karuna” and in the Christian tradition of “caritas” and in almost every civilization. Therefore, we might call these values “human ethics”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Compatibility&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
Why do the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' function worldwide and have achieved world literature status even in their translations?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' are, like novels worldwide, a piece of entertainment literature. In comparison to the drama, in which every element is compulsory and plays its part in the overall structure, in the novel the line of action itself is simpler and not so important, most of the scenes or episodes are loosely put together and fit in the broader theme of the novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the lose arrangement of episodes of the ''Dreams'' comes from the tradition of almost unconnected episodes like in the ''Shuihuzhuan'' and is a step towards the greater coherence of the episodes, the aligning into a story line and the greater concentration on fewer protagonists. Therefore, the ''Dreams'' show clearly a step towards the Western tradition of novels, maybe because of growing Western influence in Qing dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Impact of translator’s native culture on the translation process'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are intercultural parallels between the ''Red Chamber Dreams'' and Western works of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
These parallels are fundamental for the translation and were explicitly and implicitly fundamental for the German translator Martin Woesler during his translation and editorial work on the first full German translation. In the following, I will mention some of the Western novels and pieces of literature, which the Western reader of the ''Dreams'' will immediately think of.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The novel as embodiment of “Zeitgeist”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Georg Lukács’ ''Theory of the Novel'', while the Epos (like Homer’s ''Ilias'', which like the ''Dream'' reasons the stories in the divine realm) displayed a holistic world experience, a complete, self-contained culture, the novel displays, that the modern world has become infinitely large and has lost its homely quality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
The novel as a genre is no longer documenting just one culture, but represents, with the words of Walter Benjamin, the Organon of History. So the understanding of the novel changed with Lukacs to historical-philosophically. A novel is understood as typical for its historical era, the novel embodies the spirit of the epoch (Zeitgeist). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Red Chamber Dreams'' are written in front of the background of the Manchu minority having taken over the power in formerly Han-shaped Ming-China (which was a multi-ethnic and crosscultural society) and families suffering the changing favor of changing emperors, with the Cao family being fostered by Kangxi and being persecuted by Yongzheng.&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
While the author in his time could not criticize the system and power of emperors, in the novel he came to terms with this life by seeking the guilt for the persecution in the growing decadence of the family (engaging in Daoism, leisure, poetry-writing, arts and music instead of learning for being able to earn a living) and in himself not fulfilling the expectations as the family heir. This description of decadence of a declining family reminds us of the novels of Tschechov (and e.g. in the ''Buddenbrooks'' by Mann, including the turn to arts and music). &lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, with the detailed description of life on all social levels in early Qing Dynasty, the Dream appears as a documentary historical novel very much like Günter Grass’ The Tin Drum 1959.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Coming-of-age and Alienation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abandoning the paradise-like garden in the Red Chamber Dreams is a symbol for leaving the protected childhood and arriving in the complex world of adults. With George Lukács theory of the novel, the protagonist starts to problematize the sense of his life, in the novel, the protagonist’s self permanently struggles with his environment.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
However, Cao Xueqin’s message is not simply the one of “Paradise Lost”, instead he himself made the best out of his life. Although being less wealthy than when his family still enjoyed the favour of the emperor, there was a payroll system and a social net intact in Early Qing China, where he received enough income to be independent from his rich relatives, to be selective on accepting jobs, to live a relaxed life in a small house in the nature, spending time with his family and friends, follow his own interests, like reading, writing and drinking wine, making kites for the children and thinking of the disadvantaged. &lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Xueqin was fully aware of his time and China’s cultural achievements, he was familiar with the different levels of society, he was a detailed observer and skilful narrator. He may have conceptualized the ending of the novel as a discussion about the different personalities of the characters in the novel and therefore displaying his reflection about life and his psychological understanding of the diversity of human nature. He was able to grasp the “spirit of time” (Zeitgeist) and with his autobiographical experience create an eternal coming-of-age novel not just for his family, for the Qing-Chinese, for Chinese people, but for mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
This tradition of Coming-of-age novels is also a European one, like enlightenment philosopher Voltaire’s novel ''Candide or Optimism''《老实人》shows at the very same time (1759) in Europe. Also Voltaire’s Candide has to leave the luxurious paradise of his childhood and strives for true love, but his main learning is more pessimistic, since Voltaire wrote the novel in opposition to Leibniz, who optimistically looked to China as “the best of all worlds”. Recent research findings show that China had a much larger influence on European enlightenment philosophers and we can be sure, that also Cao Xueqin was aware of some European literary traditions.&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Also the German readership is familiar with the chronological following of the life of the protagonist and his development, the fate of a family over generations, the German readership knows this type of novel as the “Education novel” or “Coming-of-age-novel”. In Germany, the genre of the coming-of-age novel has a long tradition and it is shaped more by single characters, who appear as teachers (Goethe: ''Wilhelm Meister’s Apprenticeship''威廉·麦斯特的学徒岁月 1795-96, Novalis 诺瓦利斯: ''Heinrich von Ofterdingen''《海因利·封·歐福特丁根》1802). &lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Wilhelm Meister, parallely to Jia Baoyu, is struggling with the traditional education, in ''Wilhelm Meister'' this is represented with the classics revived in Shakespeare’s dramas. Tradition can give orientation, but the personality of the protagonist needs to develop through emancipation is a wisdom, we can learn from all mentioned novels including the ''Dreams''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Pornography and True Love, female rivals'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexuality is a basic human need and has developed into different shapes in all cultures. The German audience is familiar with erotic topics from the Middle Ages, in which sexuality was stylized. In the “Schwänke” of the 15th century (Wittenwielers Ring), erotic scenes are described sexually explicit. &lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
In the barock literature of the 17th century even the physical act is described extensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to „cumulativity“, every human being is a product of history and literature is based on previous literature, therefore the author of this pager thinks that this background has to be taken into account while translating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best study on ''qing'' passion in the Dreams is the one by Anthony Yu, who understood it as ''desire'' and as the central motif of the ''Dreams''. „The centrality of qing in shaping virtually every aspect of The Story of the Stone’s structure and meaning cannot be denied [...].“ (Anthony Yu 2001, 54).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In the framework story of the Dreams, the narrator consciously takes a stand against low-action and stereotypical pornographic literature as well as against the widespread romance novels (with the classic roles of the beautiful, talented woman and the poor scholar who finally achieves a respected position and prosperity by passing a civil service exam).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In chapter 1 he says: ”of the true feelings of young people [...] nobody has reported about so far.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Erotic scenes are described in a decent and associative way (“Game of clouds and rain”), while displaying another quality in its openness e.g. towards bisexuality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Dreams'' narrate the story of unfortunate lovers. Unfortunate lovers also in the West have a literary tradition, they constitute an archetype, such as Hero and Leander, Pyramus and Thisbe, Tristan and Isolde, Flore and Blanscheflur as well as Troilus and Cressida, the latter being considered the model for Arthur Brookes, who wrote Romeo and Juliet in 1562 and thus directly influenced Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Marián Galik saw as the central topic of both, the ''Dream'' and ''Faust'', the eternal feminine, which draws us on high, Gu Cheng called it the “eternal virgine”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
In Goethe’s coming-of-age novel ''Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahre'', we find a similar motif of female rivals, in the Keller 凯勒 ''The Green Henry''  《绿衣亨利》1855, the hero turns away from an emphatically sexually designed figure and turns to the 'real' woman. In Jane Austen’s ''Pride and Prejudice'' 1813 Elizabeth and Lin Daiyu are similar, e.g. they both strive for real love (Zhuang 2011).&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Feudal society and slavery'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A widespread interpretation is that Jia Baoyu’s equal treatment of family members and slaves would be a manifesto to free the slaves. I also do not share this interpretation, since Aristotle, when he demanded democracy, would exclude slaves from the right to vote. So we cannot use modern concepts to judge on the past. In my understanding, Jia Baoyu was not fighting inequality, but looked at the people as humans and individuals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
封建社会和奴隶&lt;br /&gt;
一种普遍的解释是，贾宝玉对家庭成员和奴隶一视同仁，这将成为奴隶解放的宣言。我并不同意这个解释，因为亚里士多德的民主就排除了奴隶的投票权。所以，我们并不能用现代观念去评判过去。在我看来，贾宝玉并不是和不平等作斗争，而是把人视作群体和个人。--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 09:55, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一种普遍的解释是，贾宝玉对家庭成员和奴隶的平等对待是解放奴隶的宣言。我也不同意这种解释，因为亚里士多德，当他要求民主的时候，会排除奴隶的投票权。所以我们不能用现代的概念来判断过去。在我的理解中，贾宝玉并不是在与不平等作斗争，而是把人看成是群体和个人。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 10:31, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
Also the understanding of the servants as slaves does not match the description in the Dream, since some servants had servants themselves, the family took care after they left the Jia family to find a match for them and Jia Zheng refers to his daughter Yingchun as „yatou 丫头“, so it is inappropriate to translate this expression with slave. Therefore, the translator preferred “servant” over “slave” in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
另外，把仆人理解为奴隶也与《红楼梦》中所描述的不符，因为有些仆人自己也有仆人，他们离开贾家后，家人会照顾他们，为他们婚配，并且贾正把女儿迎春称为“丫头”，所以用奴隶来翻译这个词是不合适的。因此，译者在翻译中更倾向于“仆人”而不是“奴隶”。--[[User:Xu Pengfei|Xu Pengfei]] ([[User talk:Xu Pengfei|talk]]) 09:14, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Pengfei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
而且把仆人理解为奴隶与《红楼梦》中的描写不符，因为有些仆人自己还有仆人，贾府会在她们离府的时候为她们寻一门亲事，作为贾府对她们的照料；贾政也把自己的女儿迎春喊作 “丫头”， 所以把这些翻译成奴隶是不合适的。因此英文翻译中采用“servant”会比“slave”更为合适。--[[User:Xu Mengdie|Xu Mengdie]] ([[User talk:Xu Mengdie|talk]]) 10:08, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Mengdie&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Mo Yan in his speech at the Frankfurt Bookfair in 2009, when China was the guest of honor, draws the (similarly) parallel between the ''Dream'' and Goethe’s ''Sorrows of the Young Werther'', that both expressed the wish to abandon feudal society. My own impression is that both do not express this wish, but that this is a later concept and interpretation and we should not apply this to judge the past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2009年，莫言代表中国作为主宾国参加法兰克福书展时，他在演讲中把《梦》和歌德的《少年维特之哀》画上了约等号，表达了抛弃封建社会的愿望。我自己的印象是，两者都没有表达这个愿望，但这是后来的概念和解释，而我们不应该以此来判断过去。--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 07:36, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Yang chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2009年，莫言代表中国作为主宾国参加法兰克福书展时，在演讲中把《梦》和歌德的《少年维特之哀》画上了约等号，表达了抛弃封建社会的愿望。我自己的感觉是，两者都没有表达这个愿望，但这是后来的概念和解释，我们不应该以此来判断过去。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:43, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Tragedy of all tragedies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aristotle explained in ''On the Tragedy'' (Poetics VI), that tragedies move people more than comedies because they “imitate [mimēsis] an action that is serious, complete, and of a certain magnitude” (Aristotle 1971, 51), This high esteem of the tragedy in Europe is partly ascribed to the loss of Aristotle’s work ''On the Comedy''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
While Europe has the Hamlet as its tragedy of all tragedies, the lack of tragic literature in Chinese literary tradition has long been lamented. Wang Guowei sees the Dream as &amp;quot;tragedy of all tragedies&amp;quot;. To Wang Guowei the suffering of Faust and Jia Baoyu is central in the novels. However, many scholars contest that Faustianism is central for Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 18th century Europe, we saw a new development in the genre of the drama, to establish a “bourgeois tragedy”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
It developed as an emancipatory movement in the 18th century in London, Paris and Germany, and demonstrated that tragedy was not reserved to rulers, but was also imagineable for lower noblemen and ordinary citizens. The ''Dream'' at the same time as the bourgeois tragedy in Europe shows a tragic story of a mid-level noble family which loses its titles and privileges.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. “Non-Binary” Novels'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the things attracting Western readers is the adorable but mysterious protagonist Jia Baoyu. With his open bisexual orientation and his interest in his mates regardless of their social status, he appears “modern” or at least displaced in time. His struggle with traditional learning makes him appear sympathetic, his long states of rapture out of the world give him both the aura of a timeless character and of mystery. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
With the bisexual orientation of the Dreams’ protagonist, the novel appears non-binary.&lt;br /&gt;
According to Karl-Heinz Pohl, binaries are just superficial, ultimately decisive is the ''Heart Sutra''. Today, the novel is listed among the genre of non-binary literature (see e.g. the bibliographical list on https://www.goodreads.com/list/tag/non-binary), in which contrasts are dissolved deconstructivistically. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
'''10. Foreign Cultures in the Red Chamber Dreams'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreign Cultures frequently appear in the Dreams in all kinds of varieties, like exoticism with the many objects in the household and presented to the household as novelties, especially the blond girl of the same age as Baoyu referred to in person (combining different origins and cultures, including European, Japanese, Chinese) or several times on paintings, one time shown with wings as an angel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
The playful combination of different traditions we can see also when a religious dress is described, which carries characteristics of different religions. Similarly, the Daoist monk and the Confucian priest appear together. Cao Xueqin wanted to show the richness and diversity, also with the many topics and societal levels of the novel. Even a variety of Christian motifs can be found, like when Jia Baoyu is not recognized by his father in chapter 120 and when he disappears, all parallel to Jesus Christ.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
The variety of cultures is paralleled with the variety of elements of different dynasties, which makes it timeless and therefore even more a masterpiece of Chinese art and a masterpiece of human art. Therefore I would like to nominate the Red Chamber Dreams as “World Documentary Heritage”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''（参考文献不用翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Anthony, C. Yu. (2001). ''Rereading the Stone: Desire and the Making of Fiction in Dream of the Red Chamber''. Princeton University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aristotle. (1971). ''Poetics''. Trans. S. H. Butcher. Ed. Hazard Adams. Critical Theory since Plato. ew York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 48-66.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin, ed., Cao Xueqin, Gao E et al. (2016). ''Der Traum der Roten Kammer oder Die Geschichte vom Stein'' [''Red Chamber Dreams or The Story of the Stone''], Peking: Foreign Languages Press, ISBN 9787119094120, 4813 pages, 6 vols., hardcover, transl. by Rainer Schwarz and Martin Woesler; Chinese-German bilingual edition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2011). “Being Explicit About the Implicit – John Minford’s Translation of the last Forty Chapters of The Story of the Stone with a Field Study on two Sexually Arousing Scenes”. ''Hong lou meng xue kan'' 6: 274-289&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler, Martin. (2010). “ ’To Amuse the Beaux and Belles’ The Early Western Reception of the Hongloumeng”. ''Journal of Sino-Western Communications'' 2 (2010.12) 2:81-107&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhuang, Xiuhua. (2011). Self, Ideal and Salvation: A Comparative Study of Jane Austen’s Elizabeth and Cao Xueqin’s Lin Daiyu. ''Journal of Language Teaching and Research'', Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 420-423, March 2011. Fulltext:   http://www.academypublication.com/issues/past/jltr/vol02/02/19.pdf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Virtual Communication Between Machines with the Human as Their Object&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A new stage of multimodal communication after oral, written, printed, electronic and machine-human communication&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler, Hunan Normal University&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann and Baecker described the development of communication from orality (media epoch 1.0) to script (2.0), through print (3.0) and finally to digital communication (4.0). In all these stages, technology played only an assisting role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
This paper argues, that there is a fundamentally new media epoch of “virtual communication” (communication 5.0), in which artificial intelligence (initialized by humans) has taken over and humans have become the object of analysis and manipulation (as customers, voters etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Algorithms do not only listen to oral or read written human communication (between humans or between humans and bots), but they analyze multimodal communication (including likes, behaviour, surfing habits, mobility profile, values, dreams, aims, beliefs etc.), compare them with Big Data (e.g. cloud data) and base decisions of manipulation on a prediction of behavior according to a personality profile and correlations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
These algorithms target not only the explicit communications, but the emotions and thoughts of humans too and predict future behavior, therefore allowing simulations of reality. Mightier algorithms have also taken over decision-making roles in societies where they: replace human court decisions, fine tune just-in-time and on-demand production, censor chatrooms etc. Sets of algorithms help to manage smart cities and a whole society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Although the human is still part of the communication, especially as the analyzed object and the target of the manipulation, the human is often unaware of the virtual communication and a passive receiver of the machine’s decisions, while the main actors in the virtual communication are machines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然人仍然是通信的一部分，特别是作为被分析的对象和操纵的目标，但是人往往没有意识到虚拟通信和机器决策的被动接受者，而虚拟通信的主要参与者是机器。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 08:55, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
Research describes these forms of virtual communication, finds evidence in social management systems and credit systems (in Germany, we have the “Schufa”, in the USA there are big players in credit history, which leads to credit-orientation and gamification of human life) or customized (fake) news filter bubbles and in customized consumption offers (Amazon, Facebook, Google, Netflix) and analyzes benefits, including security enhancements through such virtual communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
研究对这些形式的虚拟沟通进行了描述，在社会管理系统、信用系统（定制的（虚假）新闻筛选泡沫）和定制的消费商（亚马逊、脸书、谷歌、网飞）里面找到了证据（德国有“Schufa”，美国则因为信用史有重大人物而使得社会信用至上并日趋游戏化），并对益处加以分析，这些益处包含通过这类虚拟沟通提升安全。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 09:20, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
But research also has the duty to warn of abuse or harmful developments and to raise ethical questions. Exoskeletal ethics, imposed by gamifications like credit systems, especially need to be valued against intrinsic ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper dealing with machine to machine communication, I skip the machines assisting humans to make their life more convenient (ranging from “The milk is out, please add the usual amount of milk to the delivery list,” to “The old lady has not left her bed this morning, I’ll better call the doctor”).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, I deal with communication like: “Let’s create a user personality profile and compare it with Big Data to learn how I can best catch this user’s attention and make him/her vote for presidential candidate A or B.”; “Let’s check this users’ mouse movements and compare it with Big Data to get a correlation to estimate if (and if “yes” when) he will get Parkinson, to decide whether or not to deny him the loan or health insurance.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
“Let’s check this users sexual orientation, religious beliefs, fears, secrets like adultery etc. to blackmail him to get ransom money for my programmer.”; or even “Let’s use this user’s location to aim the killer drone.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current neoliberal system with Amazon, Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram, Google, Netflix etc. provides incentives to collect as much user data as possible and to abuse user data for manipulation, which creates huge profits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“让我们检查该用户的性取向、宗教信仰、恐惧、诸如通奸之类的秘密去勒索他为我的程序员去获取赎金”。或者甚至“使用用户的位置瞄准杀手无人机。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当前具有亚马逊、脸谱网、瓦茨艾普、照片墙、谷歌、奈飞等的新自由主义系统激励人们尽可能多地收集用户信息，并滥用用户信息进行操纵，从而创造可观利益。--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 06:04, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;让我们查一查这个用户的性取向、宗教信仰、恐惧、通奸等秘密，以勒索他为我的程序员获取赎金。&amp;quot;；甚至&amp;quot;利用这个用户的位置来瞄准杀手无人机。&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
目前亚马逊、脸书、WhatsApp、Instagram、谷歌、奈飞等的新自由主义体系，为收集尽可能多的用户数据，并滥用用户数据，从而创造了巨大的利润。--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 07:39, 25 December 2020 (UTC)Yang chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Very much like the financial crisis, which was caused by the unregulated use of derivatives, this is a systemic development, which currently follows a path to enslave the human race under the control of algorithms for the benefit of tech companies. The enslavement has already begun, as we can see from the world wide addiction to social media, from the growing mass of conspiracy theorists and from the polarization of the USA over Trump or the polarization of Great Britain over the Brexit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
'''1 History of Media Epochs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann and Baecker described the development of communication from orality (media epoch 1.0) to script (2.0), through print (3.0) and finally to digital communication (4.0). In all these stages, technology played only an assisting role. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper argues, that there is a fundamentally new stage of “virtual communication” (media epoch 5.0), in which artificial intelligence (initialized by humans) has taken over and humans have become the object of analysis and manipulation (as customers, voters etc.). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
While Luhmann would still summarize this under digital communication, I see a full new quality here, and have therefore coined the term “communication 5.0” or “virtual communication” for it. In Luhmann’s view, the computer consists out of the “surface” of the machine (the visible interfaces like screen, keyboard, mouse) and the “depth” of the machine (the invisible, often incomprehensive inside).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
虽然卢曼仍然会在数字通信中总结这一点，但我在这里看到了一个全新的品质，因此创造了术语“通信5.0”或“虚拟通信”。在卢曼看来，计算机是由机器的“表面”(屏幕、键盘、鼠标等可见界面)和机器的“内里”(看不见的、内部不全面的部分)组成的。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 08:41, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
However, we are almost constantly producing data, with our chats and geotracked movements, with our addiction to social media, our carrying of cell phones and more and more smart devices at all times,  and we are therefore an object of analysis by algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional setting of a communicative act blurs: The machine can directly communicate with the human (there the Turing test marks a threshold), and, after a certain complexity, it can hide its machine nature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但是，我们几乎一直在通过聊天和地理位置追踪运动，不断沉迷于社交媒体，携带手机以及越来越多的智能设备来生成数据，因此，我们一直是通过算法进行分析的对象。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
交流行为的传统设置变得模糊：机器可以直接与人类交流（图灵测试标记了阈值），并且在经过一定的复杂性之后，它可以隐藏机器的本质。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:49, 25 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The machine can also indirectly communicate with the human by simply analyzing humans’ verbal communication, non-verbal multimodal communication, behavior, personality etc. and interacting with the human with, or without, revealing its existence. A human, growing up in a filter bubble and believing in conspiracy theories is one such example: The human has been manipulated by social media and news which prefer lies over truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
Without even noticing that there was an interaction taking place between the human and the machine, the human has lost his/her independence to the machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2 Types of communicative acts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Texts (oral and written comments/chat texts/blogs/emails)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Surf behavior (websites visited)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Consumer behavior (purchases)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Likes (see OCEAN, UEBA)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Duration/Attention (see UEBA)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.habits/repetitiveness/occurrences (is an element of analysis in different AI apps/tools)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
7.Unconscious, often unique data allowing identification (way of writing, mouse movements pattern, see Raj Kannan 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.social interaction incl. friendships, sexual relationships&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.mobility behavior/pattern (e.g. immediate environment – e.g. unconsciously recording the inside of houses while playing “Pokemon Go”), travel: Travel  Behavior (Yu Cui et al. 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
'''3 Types of analysis'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.General (User and Entity Behavior Analytics UEBA: AI-assisted cybersecurity tools like by Gartner, Inc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.True identity (e.g.: mouse movements, face recognition, find real name) (Verschuere 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Personality profile: Big Five Personality Inventory: Openness to Experience, Consciousness, Extroversion, Agreeableness, Neuroticism “OCEAN” (Golbeck 2011), by only analyzing the users' likes, Facebook can generate personality profiles (AI-Demand 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mobility profile/pattern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
5.Health situation (health apps, ai supported disease research, see Daley 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Job situation/job market (Talent Search People 2020 analyzes the job market, and classifies 4 different AI systems: 1. systems that think like humans, 2. systems that act like humans, 3. systems that think rationally, and 4.) systems that act rationally.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
7.Financial credit-worthiness: E.g. German Schufa company uses AI in addition to human expertise for evaluations, see Banken-Technologie 2020. Banken-Technologie 2020. Schufa’s attempt to gain access to customers’ bank account transfer information was discussed in the news.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Consumer Behavior: e.g. the &amp;quot;clickworker&amp;quot; company analyses and optimizes customers' searches in respect to a client company's goals/products with the help of AI (clickworker 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Secrets (like adultery)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
'''4 Unique quality of media epoch 5.0'''[ 	I have coined the terms “media epoch 5.0” and “virtual communication” I have developed it from concepts like „Industry 4.0“ in Germany and the four media epochs Luhmann and Baecker developed (by Baecker called 1.0 … 4.0). There are several authors speculating about the media epoch 4.0, like Ray Kurzweil. The Age of Intelligent Machines. 1990.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.the human switches from active to passive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.the human switches from subject to object&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.the human becomes addicted to social media, which enhances depression (Van Den Eijnden et al. 2016, Jasso-Medrano et al. 2018, Shensa et al. 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.the human switches from puppeteer, or entity with seemingly free will, to puppet&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.nature of the internet turns from freedom to surveillance &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
6.direct communication turns into indirect communication (humans may not be aware of this communication/analysis)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.explicit communication (voice, words) turns into implicit communication (preferences/thoughts/dreams/wishes/ values (first experiments with brain scanners in worker hats have started in Shanghai and Peking))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.man-man communication turns to man-machine communication (phone bot) to machine-machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.4.0 was from centralization to decentralization, 5.0 is partial centralization and partial decentralization, but also concentration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
So far, mass media has been considered one-way. The interaction and processing of data of millions of individual users seemed simply too much work. In the age of virtual communication, the media epoch 5.0, mass media is individualized and interactive and therefore even more influential.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 Types of manipulation (consciously or unconsciously, sometimes half-consciously)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Priming by unconscious advertisements: Influencing consumer decisions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Filter bubbles =&amp;gt; supports conspiracy theories, influences judgments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
3.Nature of social media: lies spread 6 times faster than truth. (Vosoughi et al. 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Change of political attitude: Case Cambridge Analytica: Helped minority to win election by manipulating young people of majority not to vote (Do so: Don’t vote campaign, Oddleifson 2020); Trump election and Brexit were won by manipulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Use of private information/dependencies to obtain advantages (blackmailing for money or for conducting crimes etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Identity theft &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 Consequences'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Virtual Communication is mostly “hidden”, the human is mostly unaware of it, but may endure the consequences (policeman may detain suspect simply because the face recognition glass recognizes a pedestrian passing by and assesses him/her as “dangerous”; loan is declined; insurance company declines to accept new customer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
2.User becomes transparent (government can fight terrorism, any user can be blackmailed, jealous spouse can check on adultery) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Less will to communicate and discuss (since positions are too far apart)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Populists and populist views gain supporters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Polarization of Society&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.There is an incentive not to reveal how much one knows about the object, because the object then could question the legality, the system etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Last resort, the thinking, is tackled: Machine interprets “real” attitudes, not lip-service words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
8.The knowing ones (algorithms, hackers, controllers of algorithms) have power over the unknowing ones (victims)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Exoskeleton ethics (like points/awards for measurable performances) reduce incentives to build inner ethics&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
7 Simulation of the imminent future'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The imminent future behavior of a human can be predicted&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.With many analyzed humans, the imminent future of reality can be predicted =&amp;gt; simulation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
Is this an Orwellian dystopia or reality? Some cases of the above listed phenomena have been documented. However, we are still at the beginning of “little” AI development (optimizing existing processes) and on the brink of a much more powerful development, that of “big” AI (rethinking whole industries, being able to reproduce and enhance itself). (cf. Euchner 2019). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 Conclusion and Outlook'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data has succeeded oil as the most valuable resource for today’s economy. Big Tech companies already use users’ data and make big profits with it while legislation is delayed and national boundaries (which do not exist for the Tech companies) are struggled over.&lt;br /&gt;
Although input-legitimized liberal democracies and market economies, like that of the European Union, still protect privacy and data security, US- and China-based technology companies are already penetrating the European market.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
We need to raise awareness and guide the youth to be careful with screen time and what they share online. We need to avoid addiction to social media.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The algorithms do not just check which film to suggest viewing next, they have started to invade the innermost sanctum of personality, our thoughts, dreams, wishes, visions, hopes, fears and secrets.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
The listed consequences document a fundamental change of paradigms: &lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
'''The cause-based decision-making by humans with established institutions like politicians, judges etc. is being replaced with correlation-based decision-making by algorithms which often serve the profit interests of tech companies or the political interests of election-manipulators.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI took the wrong development path, when it changed from serving humans to trying to manipulate humans for economic or political profit. When AI is used to educate citizens – like helping German customers to keep a clean credit history and a good credit score – then it changes the behavior of citizens to an exoskeletal ethic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
However, animals with an exoskeleton reduce their inside muscles and develop a soft inside, making them totally incapable of living without the exoskeleton. An exoskeletal ethic, giving reward points, for example, for behavior which is deemed positive and subtracting points for behavior which is deemed negative, deprives the human of the natural learning and developing process, in a social environment, of his responsibility and inner ethical judgment. If you were to meet a human with exoskeletal ethics and one who has inner ethics, whom would you trust more? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
If we want to avoid the consequences listed in point 6, the public needs to become aware of this and nations and supranational organizations need to define legislation to a) protect privacy and data security, and b) give the user the control over his/her data including the commercial use of it where they earn a share from the profit made with the usage of his/her data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 Outlook'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We need to accept, that the development is irreversible. Every new technology has created fears. Important is, that we become aware of the developments and adjust where the development heads into the wrong direction. We need set the right framework and incentives that the new technology stays on track to serve humanity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
New developments open new possibilities. We need to make sure that not only a few tech companies and terrorists use this powerful new technology to achieve their goals, but that the mass of smart device users emancipate themselves from addiction to and manipulation by technology and gain back their dignity, privacy and free will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
（参考文献不用翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI-Demand. (2020). www.ai-demand.com/insights/data/big-data/big-data-and-facebook-the-heavenly-pair-that-isnt-quite-in-heaven/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baecker, Dirk. (2007). ''Studien zur nächsten Gesellschaft''. Frankfurt 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Banken-Technologie. (2020). 26. Handelsblatt Jahrestagung. Banken-Technologie. „New Normal” in der Finanzwirtschaft: digital – intelligent – automatisiert – hybrid. 2. und 3.12.2020, Digital [Conference Announcement] https://veranstaltungen.handelsblatt.com/bankentechnologie/ki-machine-learning-finanzanalyse/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Booth, T. &amp;quot;Cambridge Analytica controversy must spur researchers to update data ethics.&amp;quot; ''Nature'' 555.7698 (2018): 559-560.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clickworker. (2019). www.clickworker.com/2019/04/30/ai-for-ecommerce/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cui, Yu, Qing He, and Alireza Khani. (2018). Travel behavior classification: an approach with social network and deep learning. ''Transportation research record'', 2672(47), 68-80. https://par.nsf.gov/servlets/purl/10109453 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daley, Sam. (2020). 32 Examples of AI in Healthcare that Will Make you Feel better about the Future (July 4, 2019, updated July 29, 2020). builtin.com/artificial-intelligence/artificial-intelligence-healthcare&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Euchner, Jim. (2019). Little ai, Big AI—Good AI, Bad AI. Terminology Management 62:3, 10-12. pdf: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/pdf/10.1080/08956308.2019.1587280?needAccess=true&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golbeck, Jennifer, Cristina Robles, and Karen Turner. (2011). &amp;quot;Predicting personality with social media.&amp;quot; ''CHI'11 extended abstracts on human factors in computing systems''. 2011. 253-262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jasso-Medrano, José Luis, and Fuensanta Lopez-Rosales. (2018). &amp;quot;Measuring the relationship between social media use and addictive behavior and depression and suicide ideation among university students.&amp;quot; Computers in Human Behavior 87: 183-191.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luhmann, Niklas. (1997). ''Die Gesellschaft der Gesellschaft''. 1997&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oddleifson, Evan. 2020, The Effects of Modern Data Analytics in Electoral Politics: Cambridge Analytica’s Suppression of Voter Agency and the Implications for Global Politics, ''Political Sciences Undergraduate Review'' 5 (2020) 7, 1-7.&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
https://journals.library.ualberta.ca/psur/index.php/psur/article/view/130/90/130-Article%20Text-642-1-10-20200401.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Raj Kannan, J., Sabitha, R., Karthik, S., &amp;amp; Shanthini, J. (2020). Mouse Movement Pattern Based Analysis of Customer Behavior (CBA-MMP) Using Cloud Data Analytics. ''Wireless Personal Communications'', OnlineFirst, 1-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan, Lotus, et al. &amp;quot;One App, Two Systems: How WeChat uses one censorship policy in China and another internationally.&amp;quot; (2016).&lt;br /&gt;
Shensa, Ariel, et al. (2017). &amp;quot;Problematic social media use and depressive symptoms among US young adults: A nationally-representative study.&amp;quot; ''Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine ''182: 150-157.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Talent Search People. (2020). How Will Artificial Intelligence Affect the Job Market? www.talentsearchpeople.com/en/blog/494-how-will-artificial-intelligence-affect-the-job-market/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Van Den Eijnden, Regina JJM, Jeroen S. Lemmens, and Patti M. Valkenburg. (2016). &amp;quot;The social media disorder scale.&amp;quot; ''Computers in Human Behavior ''61: 478-487.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Verschuere, Bruno, and Bennett Kleinberg. &amp;quot;ID‐check: Online Concealed Information Test reveals true identity.&amp;quot; ''Journal of forensic sciences'' 61 (2016): S237-S240.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vosoughi, Soroush, Deb Roy, and Sinan Aral. (2018). The spread of true and false news online. Science 359.6380: 1146-1151.. science.sciencemag.org/content/359/6380/1146&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bio'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler, PhD, is Jean Monnet Chair in European Studies with Hunan Normal University since 2020. At its Foreign Studies College, he is Distinguished Professor of Chinese Studies, Translation Studies and Comparative Literature since 2019. Woesler was elected Academian of the European Academy of Sciences and Arts, Salzburg in 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler has co-edited the books &amp;quot;China's Digital Dream&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Ethics of Information Society&amp;quot; and Springer has scheduled to publish the book &amp;quot;Diverse Voices in Chinese Translation and Interpretation&amp;quot; including his book chapter &amp;quot;Modern Interpreting with Digital and Technical Aids&amp;quot; in February 2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
Woesler was a Senior Fellow of the German Science Foundation's (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft) Research College &amp;quot;Media Cultures of Computer Simulations&amp;quot; 2019‐2020 and hosted a related workshop with Bertelsmann Foundation in 2020. Woesler is also a researcher with Witten/Herdecke University, Germany, investigating the impact of daily screen time of children and of young people on their health.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=117701</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=117701"/>
		<updated>2020-12-21T08:10:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* C.Questions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: East China Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮 英语笔译 202070080620==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. The architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese. &amp;quot;Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city, Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. It was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman in the Sui Dynasty. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for over 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of over 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. It is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like seeing off pedestrians.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, it has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong is the most famous. (Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. (Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. It was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, leading in smashing down two strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he indicated that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Kun 沈坤. (2016). 中国古代四大名桥[Four famous bridges in ancient China].百姓生活People's life (07) 59-62.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Wei薇薇. (2016).中国人必须知道的国学常识[The common knowledge of Chinese culture that Chinese people must know].雷锋 Lei Feng (Z1) 148-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Lichun魏丽春. (2007).我国的四大名桥[Four famous bridges in China].新长征New Long March (08) 60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Jun黄军. (1996).我国风景名胜中的四大[Four famous scenic spots in China].农家之友 Friends of farmers (03) 46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three. They are “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”, “Wang Yuan removed the strange stones” and “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there for 1400 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To make the slope of the bridge deck gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians.--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:09, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Milk Tea - Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼 MTI英语笔译 202070080621==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol of modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 2020，14）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020,68）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, mitigate fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qingming Riverside Landscspe Garden-Zeng Liang 曾良- MTI 英语笔译-202070080578==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden is a large-scale historical and cultural theme park covering an area of more than 600 acresand showing the prosperous scenery of Song Dynasty. It is based on the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' drawn by famous painter Zhang Zeduan in the earlier Song Dynasty (Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China's first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and also, the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions and China's intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998. (Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' is a precious scroll of social and folk life in ancient China, reflecting the social life, manners and customs of marketplace, and urban architectural patterns of Kaifeng, the capital of the Northern Song Dynasty in China. Although it is just a minor part of Kaifeng at that time, people can still have a glimpse of the general appearance of other streets and urban areas. It is interesting that a thousand years ago, Zhang Zeduan moved it from reality to a painting, but a thousand years later, Kaifeng people moved it from a painting into reality. Wandering among them, people can have a feeling of going back in time. (Zhang Lu 2013,25) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight functional zones including posthouse, folk custom, characteristic food street, demonstration of culture in Song Dynasty, flower, bird, fish, bug, prosperous capital, leisure and shopping, and integrated service, and four cultural zones including military drill ground, Rainbow Bridge, folk custom, and capital of Song Dynasty. The main architechtures of the garden include gate building, rainbow bridge, street view, stores, river channels, wharfs and ships. According to the original layout of Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival, the garden presents the fabrications on site such as wine shops, teahouses, pawnshops, Bian (today’s Kaifeng) embroideries, official porcelains, and New Year paintings, gathers folk performance, vaudeville, and drum performance. (Gao Jing 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attrations in the garden include Rainbow Bridge, Fuyun Pavillion, Shangshan Gate and so on. The Rainbow Bridge is an important creation in the history of ancient Chinese bridges. It is listed as the top ten famous bridges in China, and a major landscape in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The original one was built in 1050 and reconstructed in 1998. It is a replica of one of the ten ancient timber bridges. (Chen Kang 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuyun Pavillion, the tallest building in the garden, reaches 31.99 meters high. The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map. From the outside, the pavilion is four floors but there are another three floors hidden inside. It is also the place where important royal documents and traditional Chinese painting and books are stored during the Song Dynasty. (Zhang Lu 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden will hold a series of cultural festivals, such as folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, Qingming cultural festival, and chrysanthemum cultural festival. During the folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, the scenic spot will gather unique folk performances across the country, such as flower-drum on the high platform, stilt, dragon dance, lion dance, small Henan opera. The international lantern exhibition is the highlight of folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty. A visual feast will be brought by auspicious tradition of Chinese Pavilion, the fresheness and refineness of Asian Pavilion, simplicity and fashion of European Pavilion, the quaint Buddhism of the Southeast Asia Pavilion, and the luxurious atmosphere of the African Pavillion. (Zhang Lu 2013, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During the Qingming Festival, the garden will hold some Qingming cultural festivals to promote traditional festival culture. At that time, vistors can walk out for a spring outing, plant willion trees, watch folk customs, taste snacks, and enjoy the large-scale water live performances called ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''. This event combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. (Gao Jing 2010,17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum cultural festival is another grand one in the garden, during which all kinds of chrysanthemums will be presented. The annual chrysanthemum festival in Kaifeng is held from October to November. Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden focuses on beautiful chrysanthemum plants, and makes full use of architectures, sculptures, mountains, the surface of the water and association of activity and inertia to highlight the cultivated and creative skills of Kaifeng people. Chrysanthemums are changed into various shapes, attracting thousands of visitors from all over the world. In the exhibition, visitors can enjoy and appreciate some species of chrysanthemum that are rarely seen in our daily life. (Zhang Lu 2013,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are vaious performances presented in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden, such as &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Baogong Salutes to Guests&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Spitting Fire Show&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Cockfight&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Women's Polo&amp;quot; and so on. Among these formances, &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot; is a representative show of the garden. It is a large-scale live water performance produced by Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The performance lasts for 70 minutes and is performed by more than 700 actors. It is a scroll about the heyday of the Northern Song Dynasty. The bustling scene of the Song Dynasty market, the prosperity of the capital of Bianliang(today's Kaifeng), the mighty momentum of luxurious neighboring countries, the tragedy of wars, and the sustenance of blessings constitute a wash painting with a combination of noise and tranquility. (Gao Jing 2010,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese architectures and western architectures are different. The ancient architectures of China can be divided into palace architecure, religious architecture, mansion architecture and public architecture, which can be seen in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. Compared with the Gothic architecture during the Middles Ages of the western Europe, the architecture of Song Dynasty shows a delicate and soft style, with complex forms of palaces, terraces, towers and pavilions, while Gothic archetecture is magnificent and exquisite. It has pointed vaults, which gives people a visual impact and has a strong religious color. (Pang Runxin 2019,10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden 清明上河园&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' 《清明上河图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainbow Bridge 虹桥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuyun Pavillion 浮云阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shangshan Gate 上善门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chrysanthemum 菊花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baogong Salute to Guests 包公迎宾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spitting Fire Show 气功喷火&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockfight 斗鸡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Women’s Polo 女子马球&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty 大宋·东京梦华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the location of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What’s the role of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden opened to the public?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Who is the painter of ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which dynasty does the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. What does the name of &amp;quot;Fuyun Pavilion&amp;quot; mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. What are the characteristics of the performance of &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Can you please list some kinds of performance of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden besides &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. It is located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Zhang Zeduan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Northern Song Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The name of &amp;quot;Fuyun&amp;quot; has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Baogong Salutes to Guests, Spitting Fire Show, Cockfight, and Women’s Polo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Kang 陈康. (2006).《清明上河园》的精彩场景——贯木拱虹桥 [Excellent Scenes of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden——Wooden Arch Rainbow Bridge]. ''集邮博览'' Philatelic Panorama (07) 62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Jing 高静. (2010). 清明上河园——玩转宋文化 [Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden—Fully Experience the Culture of Song Dyansty]. ''光彩'' Brilliance (04) 16-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Mei 李梅. (2007). 清明上河园特色建设与长远发展 [Distinctive Architecture of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden nd its Long Development]. ''合作经济与科技'' Co-operative Economyand Science (8) 10-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Runxin 庞润昕. (2019). 《清明上河图》的建筑艺术 [Architectural Art in Paintings of Riverside Scene Qingming Festival]. ''景德镇陶瓷大学'' Jingdezheng Ceramic Institute (06) 10-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tuo 韦陀. (2006). 张择端之《清明上河图》 [Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival Painted by Zhang Zeduan]. ''紫禁城'' Forbidden City （Z2) 13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Lu 张璐. (2013). 清明上河园与宋都文化传承创新研究 [Inheritance and Innovation Research Study of &amp;quot;Qingming River&amp;quot; Song Dynasty Theme Park]. ''赤峰学院学报'' Chi Feng College Journal (05) 23-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 15:36, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batik, Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛202070080579 MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.(Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik,2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik,2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which was excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the pattern on the quilt is still unknown.(Liu Haili, 1986,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. (Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik2020, Cao Saina, 2020,5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik,2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region. （Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and drying in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turns out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.(Liao Li, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.(Liao Li, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.（Li Xing, 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and become popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik 百度百科—蜡染. (2020). https://baike.baidu.com/item/蜡染/306637?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Li. 廖利.(2012). 蜡染艺术 [Batik Art] 世界大学城 http://www.worlduc.com/blog2012.aspx?bid=13678859&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Saina曹赛娜. (2010). 中国蜡染演化趋势与本土活化方式浅探 [The Evolution Trend of Chinese Batik and Its Local Activation Method]. “ 中国美术学院” China Art College 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xing, 李欣. (2020). 贵州蜡染发展源流及文化内涵 [Development and Cultural Connotations of Batik in Guizhou]. “ 广东教育学会教育现代化专业委员会2020年第一次学术研讨会论文集” Memoir of the first academic seminar of the Education Modernization Professional Committee of the Guangdong Education Society in 2020 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Haili刘海粟. (1986). 贵州蜡染的历史、现状及其发展 [The History, Current Situation and Development of Batik in Guizhou]. “贵州师范大学学报(社会科学版)” Guizhou Normal University Journal(Social and Scientific Edition) (01):1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Ancient Weapons -Zhang Hui张慧 202070080622  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.(China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.(Jwing-Ming Yang ,1999).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 百度百科.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] 沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] &amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 08:07, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Terracotta Army-Zhang Ling 张玲 英语笔译 202070080623==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terracotta Army===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots, which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi,  the first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in his afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 11:34, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well to find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising finding, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China.(Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin dynasty, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he had unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China.(Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor seems to have been especially keen on pursuing immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese governors generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters at depth. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armors with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easier to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of a lack of technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after fired in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portrayed a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be listed in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Kelly Richman-Abdou. (2020). Unearthing the Importance of the Life-Sized Terracotta Warriors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Mark Cartwright. (2017). Terracotta Army. Ancient History Encyclopedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Travel China Guide. (2020). What is the Terracotta Army? 10 Things You should Know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                                 '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature.--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally falls into three categories:--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the differences between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai were more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape was achieved in Yuan Dynasty, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, the category of bonsai was more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai, drought bonsai, water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearances further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago. At that time, People already knew that plants can be planted in bonsai for enjoyment. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to prove the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later. Cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting:  Putting new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirements for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsais are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, and it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
*trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
*pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
*the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
*pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
*literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
*clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
*Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
*What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
*From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
*The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
*Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]百度百科：盆景的种类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]百度百科：盆景修建技巧，2018，盆栽管&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]搜狐网：盆景的历史渊源，2017，菖蒲寿石斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Wekipedia: The difference of Chinese penjing and other countries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹 202070080648 英语口译 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Overview of Douyin and Tik Tok ====    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app developed by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is a platform for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents cover a wide range of topics such as challenges-tackling and funny anecdotes. “It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China.” (Hans Tung; 2018:1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In September 2017, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was launched. Although both Douyin and Tick Tok were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. “Depending on the types of the app stores, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin in Chinese app stores and Tik Tok in overseas ones.” (Wang Ning, 2019: 11-12) The two apps host completely different content, and the content is not shared between them. However, they both offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option of special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, the mode of both Douyin and Tik Tok is similar. According to Liang’s description of Douyin,“The platform is based on ultra-short, user-posted videos with music. Such clips are lasting only 15 seconds but can be strung together to make 60-second stories.” (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21) The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. Contents themed on dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts are most welcomed on Douyin. (Tian Fengchang, 2020: 15-17) In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing at the same time, with songs provided by Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second stream of videos nonstop, as does how you look through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people can't help spending most of their spare time on the For You Page. (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that tracks the users' preferences through their browser history. This is the way how the algorithm works—anticipating what users will enjoy based on the content they have already engaged with. It also shows content it thinks could go viral. The point is that if the content is good the algorithm will fulfill its &amp;quot;duty&amp;quot;, regardless of how many followers the creator has. (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ====   &lt;br /&gt;
As what was mentioned before, Tik Tok or Douyin is somehow similar to Instagram. Despite their alike fundamentals, they have their own distinctive features. Differences between them are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Time limit: Tik Tok currently does not support a long-form video. While IGTV, Instagram’s long-form video feature, allows a video length of up to one hour. (Carissa Brones, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
2. Users: Most Tik Tok users are younger than that of Instagram. According to Carissa Brones, “Most Tik Tok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y.” (TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Community: Compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. It allows users to easily connect, build friendships, and collab with each other. Besides, something new and trendy is pushed to the users every week, so as to further increase its attention. Therefore, some creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok. (Carissa Brones, 2019) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Popularity and Effects ====   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Several reasons why Tik Tok is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy from China, Jimmy Fallon from American, have helped drive Tik Tok's popularity. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that Tik Tok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a Tik Tok or doing one of the Tik Tok dances. (Wang Ning, 2019: 15-16) Here are some benefits of Tik Tok: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of Tik Tok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, Tik Tok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Publicity: With Tik Tok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on Tik Tok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from Tik Tok. As an engaging platform, Tik Tok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Chinese Red Cross Foundation or intern for companies. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. there are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making users hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later only to find have lost an entire day. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people criticize other people’s videos, while others create videos for deriding someone. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved, thus resulting in life-threatening situations and decisions. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues. (Tian Xiaofang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Red Cross Foundation 中国红十字基金会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mental health 心理健康&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Q1. What is Tik Tok？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q3. Why Tik Tok is so popular around the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q4. What are the benefits of Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q5. What are the concerns about Tik Tok? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A1: Tik Tok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A2: They are two different versions that can be downloaded in different regions -- Douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A3: Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A4: Tik Tok can bring moral entertainment and publicity providing new opportunities. Additionally, People can learn new things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A5: Many worried that Tik Tok is addictive, bad for mental health, and unsafe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
* Carissa Brones. Instagram vs. Tik Tok: App Battle 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hans Tung. 8 Lessons from the Rise of Douyin. 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Liang Quancun梁全存.“抖音”短视频发展战略研究[Research on the Development Strategy of Tik Tok ][D].北京:北京交通大学[Beijing Jiao Tong University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Fengchang, Huang Xiaozhang 田丰畅，黄孝章. 基于SWOT分析的抖音短视频研究[Research of SWOT Analysis Based on Tik Tok][J].''中国商论''[China Business], 2020(22):15-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Xiaofang 田小芳. 从传播学角度分析抖音短视频的爆红[Analysis of the popularity of Tik Tok from a communication perspective ] [J].''现代营销(信息版)'',[ Modern Marketing (Information Edition),] 2019(06):214-215.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* WANG N. Data story of Tiktok[J]. 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wu W. Chinese Animation, Creative Industries, and Digital Culture[M]. Routledge, 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao B, Koetse M. Chinese Arts Students into Panic Mode after Failing to Register for Exams Amid Announced Reforms[J].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xing Lu, Lu ZHicong, 2019, Fifteen Seconds of Fame: A Qualitative Study of Douyin, A Short Video Sharing Mobile Application in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳 202070080649 英语口译==   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Buddhist Shrines===   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity,which ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated and achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.(Gan Shude, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Wutai=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. It is the ashram of Manjusri Bodhisattva who is the god of wisdom in China. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. （Lu Yao 2011,87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Putuo=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. （Jing Tianxing, 2008）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Emei=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva who is the god of practice in China. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Just the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...(Gan Shude,1998）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Jiuhua=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha who is the god of willingness and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. It was initially named Mount Jiuzi and was latter renamed to Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Li Bai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and late of Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.（Chen chi,2004）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Li Bai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which provinces are the Four Buddhist Shrines in respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet [[Li Bai]]?--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 10:10, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. They are Mount Wutai, Mount Putuo, Mount Jiuhua, Mount Emei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. They are Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mount Wutai is in Shanxi province. Mount Putuo is in Zhejiang province. Mount Emei is in Sichuan province. Mount Jiuhua is in Anhui province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Mount Wutai in China, Lumpini in Nepal, and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Mount Putuo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Mount Jiuhua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Gan Shude 干树德.(1998).“中国佛教四大名山”之说由何而来?[J] ''Where did the Theory of &amp;quot;Four Famous Mountains of Chinese Buddhism&amp;quot; Come from?'' Knowledege of Literature and History 文史知识,1998(02):76-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Lu Yao 路遥. (2011).《四大菩萨与民间信仰》 ''The Four Bodhisattvas and Folk Belifes''. Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Jing Tianxing 景天星. (2019).汉传佛教四大菩萨及其应化道场演变考述[J] ''Research on the Four Great Bodhisattvas and the Evolution of Their Shrines''.  World religion studies世界宗教研究 2019(04):60-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. https://www.chinadiscovery.com/articles/four-sacred-buddhist-mountains-in-china.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Chen Chi 陈迟.(2014) 《明清四大佛教名山的形成及寺院历史变迁》''The Formation of the Four Famous Buddhist Mountains in Ming and Qing Dynasties and the Historical Changes of Temples''博士学位论文Doctoral Dissertation, Tsinghua University 清华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:05, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Science and Technology, Compass - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625, MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as one of the advanced scientific technologies in ancient China, has made great contributions to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity, use the polarity in the earth's magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions (Lu and Huang 1995,1). The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;  (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest south-pointing device appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth bronze plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. (Lu and Huang 1995,3-4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism acquired from the magnetic field was weak, resulting in the decrease in practical values. (Lu and Huang 1995,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water (Lu and Huang 1995,11). And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction. (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as a tool for guiding the direction, has played an important role in people's daily life and in the navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It is recorded that Qin emperor used a diving board and compass in his royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass led people to believe that the square plate symbolized the earth and the round disc symbolized the heaven. And around the round disc, there engraved the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 constellations (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a superstition, the compass was endowed with the wishful thinking of the people. Nowadays many people still use the concept of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremonies. (China Week 2003,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass has played an important role in providing guidance.(Lu and Huang 1995,12-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty (China Week 2003,35). After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until the 16th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.(Lu and Huang 1995,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot; [四大发明]. ''China's Foreign Trade'' [《中国外贸》].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House [中国学术期刊电子出版社].05(2012).&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot; [指南针——中国四大发明之一]. ''China Week'' [《中华周刊》]. China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House [中国学术期刊电子出版社].04(2003).&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全Lu Caiquan，黄惠贤Huang Huixian. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》 [''Chinese Civilization Shines in the World, The &amp;quot;Four Great Inventions&amp;quot; and Traditional Chinese Medicine'']. 武汉：武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan University Press].1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions 四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*''Devil Valley Master'' 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor 司南&lt;br /&gt;
*''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles'') 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang 曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du 丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish 指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*''Dream Pool Essays'' 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass 旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams 八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal 常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What's the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? &lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? &lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What's the symbol of the original shape of the compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*The earliest reference was ''Devil Valley Master'', found in the 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.&lt;br /&gt;
*The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass.&lt;br /&gt;
*The square plate symbolizes earth and the circular disc symbolizes heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
*Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 12:46, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio  Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'', abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling===&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his house. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he put many of them in ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Contents and Themes===&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'' has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head'' and so on. The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. ''Ye Sheng'', ''Si Wen Lang'', ''Yu Qu E'' and ''Wang Zian'' are all such works. The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as ''Xi Fangping'', ''Promoting Weaving'', ''Dream Wolf'', and ''Mei Girl''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling himeself suffered from his repeated failure in the imperial examination. In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. A Typical Story===&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Features of the Book===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.  The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Four Main Philosophic Schools-张宇星 Zhang Yuxing 202070080650 MTI 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Confucianism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and tried to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions (Chen Jianhua, 2020, 43). Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatening the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism (Liu Shiyu, 2018, 80). However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, so the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaws in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development (Ren Anjing, 2020, 54), and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation could survive whatever disaster it encountered as well. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Taoism or Daoism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》) (Song Liyan, 2020, 10). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on the development of Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts (百家争鸣)”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then(Ren Anjing, 2020, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor selected Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Legalism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law at its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly (He Lele, 2020, 59). Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishments according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mohism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought (Chen Jun, 2020, 145). A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group.&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the latter contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism (Zhou Baoyan, 2020, 53). However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	陈珂均. 先秦四大家看利与义[J]. 中学生天地, 2016(3): 42-43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.	周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.	程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.	马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想[J]. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.	魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 12:38, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Writing and Painting Tool, Writing Brush - Zhao Xi 赵茜 202070080627 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush, a writing and painting tool originated from China, is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the home of writing brush --- Hengshui of Hubei province and Huzhou of Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the third day of the third lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 03:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually, which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.(Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user's convenience.(Du Xiaofeng 2019, 35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province become the center of writing brush manufacturing across the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly were rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) --[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the introduction of western paintings into China, traditional Chinese realistic paintings went downhill and thus the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one. (Wang Xiaaojuan 2013, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杜霄枫Du Xiaofeng. 苏易简《文房四谱》研究[Study on Su Yijian's Four Treasures of the Study].郑州大学[Zhengzhou University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王小娟Wang Xiaojuan. 宋代文房四宝与文人[Four Treasures of the Study and Literati in the Song Dynasty].华中师范大学[Central China Normal University],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*徐清Xu Qing.毛笔的发展及历代名工[The Development of Writing Brush and Famous Workers in Past Dynasties].中国书法[Chinese Calligraphy],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*鄢豪Yan Hao. 器锐、法妙、事善[D].湖南师范大学,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Classical Fairy Tales -Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 202070080628  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1](Strassberg(2002),132.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2](Strassberg(2002)) According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4](Laban (2016-02-08)). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5](Flake, Ben (2014-01-31)). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6](Yuan, Haiwang (2006)). The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Face Changing in Sichuan Opera - Zhou Yiwen 周艺文 202070080629 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sichuan Opera and its characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being. Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. (https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The origin and development of face changing &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art. Face-changing is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. It is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. (百度百科: 川剧变脸--历史起源 Baidu Baike：The origin of face changing)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. (https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black. (Xiao, 2013:54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The symbolic meaning and typical characters in different colors of Lianpu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most direct impression of Sichuan Opera facial makeup is its colorful colors, which are just like the color plates in paintings. Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green. The colors are bright and pure, exaggerated and gorgeous. Its color is rich and changeful, each kind of color has its connotation. In addition to the differences in color, people's perception of color in daily life is more related to the aesthetic meaning and cultural connotation. For example, yellow represents sunshine, green represents health, black represents darkness, etc. On the one hand, the colors on facial masks exaggerate and amplify the features of the characters; on the other hand, they also express the hearts of the characters through the symbolic meanings. The colors become the basis for the audience to evaluate the characters, either praising or criticizing. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness, and the most famous one is Guan Yu in Romance of The Three Kingdoms. He is loyal to Liu Bei all his life and does not seek vanity. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters, such as Cao Cao, Qin Hui, Yan Song, Sima Yi. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness, the most typical is Bao Zheng’s facial makeup, in addition to Li Kui, Zhang Fei, Xiang Yu and so on. Yellow symbolizes bravery and violence, such as Dian Wei and Pang Juan. Green symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness, such as The “green tiger” Xu Shiying. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce, such as Dou Erdun, Cheng Yaojin, Gongsun Sheng, etc. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters, representing Buddhas, gods, spirits, ghosts, etc. For example, Sun Wukong (Monkey King) has a facial makeup with burning eyes and some gold on his eyelids, thus showing the cleverness of the Monkey King. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the visual focus for the audience to appreciate Sichuan opera, the varied colors of facial makeup bring different levels of inner feelings to the audience. Such rich and varied colors successfully express the character of the opera characters and the historical judgment of their emotions in a clear and appropriate way. It can be said that color, as a visual language, occupies a very important position in sichuan opera facial makeup art. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Crafting materials for facial makeup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the materials of Sichuan Opera face-changing, they were mostly based on the hard surface shell made of rough paper paste at the beginning. After continuous improvement, they evolved into drawing on the thin paper surface. Folding fans or cloaks were often used to cover the face-changing process. At the moment of turning a head or stroke sleeve quickly pull off layers of facial makeup. After the founding of new China, with extensive attention paid to the art of Sichuan Opera, face-changing stunts have also made considerable progress, and the process materials for making facial masks have been gradually replaced by lighter and more durable silk fabrics from the original paper. For performers, the use of the silk fabric not only speeds up the production time of facial masks, but also increases the time for instant facial makeup. Different from the complexity of the traditional facial makeup drawing process, this facial makeup making process does not need to consider the facial structure, and the drawing pattern is more free and smooth. However, it should be noted that because of the rapid change of face mask in the performance process, the instant face change, the stage effect is strong, so this kind of face mask is very particular about simple writing, bright colors, rough and powerful. (Luo, 2019, 13:29-30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Three main types of Lianpu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops.(百度百科: 川剧变脸--表现手法Baidu Baike: Face changing -- Expression methods)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guan Yu         关羽&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Romance of The Three Kindoms  《三国演义》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Bei         刘备&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Cao         曹操&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Hui         秦桧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Song        严嵩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sima Yi         司马懿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Zhenhg      包拯&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Kui          李逵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Fei       张飞&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dian Wei        典韦&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Juan       庞涓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Shiying      徐世英&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dou Erdun       窦尔敦&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Yaojin    程咬金&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gongsun Sheng   公孙胜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Wukong,     孙悟空&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monkey King     孙悟空，美猴王	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the typical colors of lianpu and what are their symbolic meanings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness. Yellow symbolizes bravery and violence. Green symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Yue. 罗玥. (2019). 浅谈川剧随心变的变脸脸谱艺术 [On the Art of Changing Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera]. ''戏剧之家'' Home Drama13:29-30. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Huaqing. 王华清. (2017). 刍议川剧脸谱艺术特征 [Analysis of the Artistic Characteristics of Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera]. ''设计'' Design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Yuanjin. 萧源锦. (2013). 神奇莫测的川剧变脸 [Magical Face Changes of Sichuan Opera]. ''文史杂志'' Journal of Literature and History 2: 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科Baidu Baike&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm  --[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 14:15, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Nine-Grade Official Selection System in Wei, Jin, Southern and Northern Dynasties-Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲 Student No.202070080630==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Nine-Grade Official Selection System in Wei, Jin, Southern and Northern Dynasties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei, Jin and Southern and Northern Dynasties (AD 220-AD 589), China was a profoundly divided country. Different from the unified Han Dynasty, in this period the northern and southern part of China confronted each other, with numerous political regimes existing at the same time. In this period, the official selection system was mainly the Nine-Rank Official Selection System. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei, Jin and Southern and Northern Dynasties (AD 220-AD 589), China was a profoundly divided country. Different from the unified Han Dynasty, in this period the northern and southern part of China confronted each other, with numerous political regimes existing at the same time. In this period, the official selection system was mainly the Nine-Rank Official Selection System. --[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nine-Rank Official Selection System originated from Cao Cao's thought of &amp;quot;meritocracy&amp;quot; in the late Eastern Han Dynasty (AD 184-AD 220), and was not formally carried out by Cao Pi, king of Wei, until AD 220. When Cao Pi established this system of selecting officials, he hoped that &amp;quot;it is based on the merits of talents, not on the superiority of aristocratic families&amp;quot;. And the establishment of this system also used the Recommendatory System (a method of civil recruitment) in Han Dynasty for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nine-Rank Official Selection System originated from Cao Cao's thought of &amp;quot;meritocracy&amp;quot; in the late Eastern Han Dynasty (AD 184-AD 220), and was not formally carried out by Cao Pi, king of Wei, until AD 220. When Cao Pi established this system of selecting officials, he hoped that &amp;quot;it is based on the merits of talents, not on the superiority of aristocratic families&amp;quot;. And the establishment of this system also used the Recommendatory System (a method of civil recruitment) in Han Dynasty for reference.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the Nine-Rank Official Selection System are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Local dignitaries with integrity and talents would be appointed by the imperial court as Rectifiers. Rectifiers in each Region would be classified as Senior Rectifiers, in each Commandery as Junior Rectifiers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Rectifiers were in charge of classifying all males in their jurisdiction into nine ranks based on the candidates' talents, morality and hereditary social status. The Rectifier were only in charge of classification. They didn't have the power of appointment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The nine ranks were superior-superior, superior-intermediary, superior-inferior, intermediary-superior, intermediary-intermediary, intermediary-inferior, inferior-superior, inferior-intermediary, and inferior-inferior. (see picture)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:The Nine-Grade Official Selection System.jpg|200px|thumb|left|The Nine-Grade Official Selection System, image from Baike. Click [https://baike.baidu.com/pic/%E4%B9%9D%E5%93%81%E4%B8%AD%E6%AD%A3%E5%88%B6/1711003/1/77c6a7efce1b9d16f5c6d3cef9deb48f8c54641f?fr=lemma&amp;amp;ct=single#aid=1&amp;amp;pic=77c6a7efce1b9d16f5c6d3cef9deb48f8c54641f.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
4. Firstly, the Junior Rectifier would consider to a large extent what status the candidate’s ancestors had possessed and how many generations had taken office. Secondly, the Junior Rectifier proceeded to examine the merits of the candidate. Thirdly, the Junior Rectifier would hand in their classification to the Senior Rectifier who would check the validity of the classification and submit it to the Minister of Personnel. Finally, the Minister of Personnel would select the officials and appointed them to office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The level of the office was parallel to the rank of each candidate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Every three years, the Rectifier would submit their recommendations to the Minister of Personnel. In the recommendations, the Rectifier would state their opinion as to whether officials who had already been conferred offices should be promoted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Firstly, the Junior Rectifier would consider to a large extent what status the candidate’s ancestors had possessed and how many generations had taken office. Secondly, the Junior Rectifier proceeded to examine the merits of the candidate. Thirdly, the Junior Rectifier would hand in their classification to the Senior Rectifier who would check the validity of the classification and submit it to the Minister of Personnel. Finally, the Minister of Personnel would select the officials and appointed them to office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The level of the office was parallel to the rank of each candidate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Every three years, the Rectifier would submit their recommendations to the Minister of Personnel. In the recommendations, the Rectifier would state their opinion as to whether officials who had already been conferred offices should be promoted or not.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the implementation, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System played a positive role. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the implementation, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System played a positive role. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with the passage of time, the negative factors in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System began to play an overwhelming role. Due to the lack of supervision mechanism, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System gradually became a tool for the elite class to control the selection of talents and to further control the whole bureaucratic system. The Twenty-Four Histories described the bureaucratic stratum of that times as “Nobody ranked as a superior comes from a humble family; nobody classified as an inferior comes from a noble family.” Besides, since morality was given priority in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System, talents with moral flaws would lose the opportunity of being recruited forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with the passage of time, the negative factors in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System began to play an overwhelming role. Due to the lack of supervision mechanism, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System gradually became a tool for the elite class to control the selection of talents and to further control the whole bureaucratic system. The Twenty-Four Histories described the bureaucratic stratum of that times as “Nobody ranked as a superior comes from a humble family; nobody classified as an inferior comes from a noble family.” Besides, since morality was given priority in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System, talents with moral flaws would lose the opportunity of being recruited forever.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nine-Rank Official Selection System 九品中正制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendatory System 察举制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rectifier 中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Senior Rectifier 大中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junior Rectifier 小中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Region 州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commandery 郡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-superior 上上&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-intermediary 上中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-inferior 上下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-superior 中上 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-intermediary 中中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-inferior 中下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inferior-superior 下上&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inferior-intermediary 下中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and inferior-inferior 下下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minister of Personnel 吏部尚书&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Twenty-Four Histories 《二十四史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who established the Nine-Rank Official Selection System?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What does a Rectifier do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What are the nine ranks?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What's the positive influence of the Nine-Rank Official Selection System?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cao Pi, king of Wei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A Rectifier is in charge of classifying all males in their jurisdiction into nine ranks based on the candidates’ talents, morality and hereditary social status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The nine ranks are superior-superior, superior-intermediary, superior-inferior, intermediary-superior, intermediary-intermediary, intermediary-inferior, inferior-superior, inferior-intermediary, and inferior-inferior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Sun Xiaoyu, ''A Chinese History Reader'', Singapore: Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ld., 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Charles O Hucker, ''A Dictionary of Official Titles in Imperial China'', Palo Alto: Stanford University Press, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Deng Zhongping 邓中平. (2010). 浅析中国古代选官制度及启示 [Analysis of ancient Chinese system for selecting officers and enlightenment].西南政法大学 Southwest University of Political Science and Law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lattice on Ancient Chinese Windows 祝美梅 Student No.202070080632 Major: MTI 英语笔译 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, windows at home and abroad has always played an significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural component-window, affects not only the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, but also the enchantment of a building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable constituent part in their lives.   (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese windows developed a unique style of its own, and was fundamentally different from any other school of architecture in the world. Windows has always been the object of humanity's pursuit of beauty. More than two thousands years ago, Laozi made a brilliant exposition on this: &amp;quot;In order to build a house, although we must establish solid walls, we must also provide doors and windows; so both the impenetrable and penetrable are essential to useful building.&amp;quot; What tis meant was that what was visible was merely the physical setting,  but what really made a structure useful was its invisible space. (Classic of Way and Its Powers, 1996, 56) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in windows in detail. Lattice (gexin格心) is also called “diamond lattice” (ling hua, 菱花). Diamond-shaped patterns were predominantly applied in external decoration in different dynasties in China. Lattice is also called geyan to folklore(格眼). (Ma Weidu, 2006, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 1.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice]]         [[File: Windows 1-1.jpg|200px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth. For the imperial palaces, this pattern means: in front of the emperor is a spectacular landscape characterized by prosperity, peacefulness, vitality and brightness. While for the divine temples, it means that God is in charge of the balance of the universe. When heaven and earth is in congruence with each other, lives on earth flourish and humans survive. This lattice also represents the prayer of our forefathers to plead god’s protection and the bumper harvest of both crops and animals. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 128-130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 2.jpg|300px|The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice]] [[File: Windows 3.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-six-nodes ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Forbidden City, the lattice of partition windows in main palaces are in diamond-shape. It was formed by two or three crossing rods with attached petals at the knot, making it looking a blooming flower. The lattice’s name made by two crossing rods is “the two-crossing-four-nodes lattice”, while by three is “the three-crossing-six-nodes lattice”. This kind of lattice is the most luxuriant and  delicate both in its structure and color scheme. Therefore, it is obviously costly and time-consuming in production and ordinary people are unable to afford it.    (Xiao Mo 1999, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 4-1.jpg|200px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 4.jpg|300px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice is formed by three groups horizontal rods respectively at the above, medium and bottom of a window intertwining with several vertical rods. These slender and long rods seems like arrows, hence the name. Chinese Taoists once said “ The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two give birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” This type of lattice signifies numerous long arrows hanging on the window, with three implications: the property to dispel intruders from evils; a manifestation that inexhaustible weapons are in store with power endowed by heaven and a guarantee the acquisition of wealth as arrows are useful tools in hunting. (Laozi, 2016：105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swastika lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 5-1.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice-1]]     [[File: Windows 5.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swastika lattice, one of the ancient marks in China and India, gives people a spinning feeling. It looks like the spiral form caused by the flowing air or the vortex by running water in a river. The ancients believe that spiral movement is the engine of life. The shape卐 has no clear head nor tail, similar to Tai Chi diagram in traditional Chinese culture. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice represents the restless life and the infinite circulating of the universe. The character’s four directions stretch outside, manifesting auspiciousness and longevity. “swastika brocade” is also known as “ flowing swastika”.（Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 300)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fret lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 6-1.jpg|300px|Fret lattice-1]]  [[File: Windows 6.jpg|300px|Fret lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fret lattice means a safe return, and long happiness and longevity. It was derived from the cloud and thunder pattern inscribed on pottery and bronze wares. The lattice is in square, or rounded spiral shape constructed by horizontal and vertical short lines, looking like the Chinese character “回”. It gives people an illumination urging they to move forward incessantly in their undertakings till success no matter what setbacks and failures we might meet, and the long lasting blessing and longevity. (Yu Shiping, 2019, (01):1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cracked ice lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 7-1.jpg|250px|The cracked ice lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 7.jpg|300px|The cracked ice lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cracked ice pattern symbolize that ice starts melting, the end of the chilly winter and the return of the earth to spring, with all things are reviving and full of vitality. It’s connotation is that all the unpleasant things have passed away, and the good and merry wishes will be realized immediately. This kind of lattice is often applied in private gardens, because it blends well with the peaceful sceneries and always renders silent hope and comforting to whoever have a walk there. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 100-101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The H-shaped Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 8-1.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 8.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-shaped bar pattern lattice not only looks like hieroglyphics, but also symbols things that are exquisite, beautiful and standard. In addition, the ancients thought that the horizontal and vertical lines in the character of “工”  indicating people do things in accordance with the orthodox traditional rules and practices and his integrity. Therefore, this formal lattice is often seen in houses of scholars or officials, a reminder that their manner and speech should be well-disciplined no matter in the public or in private.  (Zhang Jiji, 1991, 115)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The well-shaped lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 9-1.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 9.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The well-shaped lattice is not only the hieroglyph of Chinese character “井”, as well as  resemble the railings surrounded the place where the ancients dug a hole to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, China’s city planning is also expanded following well-shaped pattern. The reason why people choose this pattern is that they want to correspond with the well constellation, a symbol of auspiciousness and wish to keep away from fire hazard. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the West, a window is just a window, which lets light and fresh air come in, but for the Chinese, it is a picture frame, through which the outside garden can be seen.&amp;quot; Bei Lv Ming once said. By means of Lattice as a decoration, the picturesque window is not only a feast to eyes, but also enriches the layers of architectures, reflecting people's expectations for a better life. (Yu Shiping, 2019,(01): 94-95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people living in cramped quarters have become almost oblivious to the aesthetics of their dwellings. The windows serve no other function than that of ventilation and lighting. In contrast, scholars or even ordinary peoples in ancient China living in dilapidated houses were obviously superior to us in terms of their taste and the efforts they made in improving the residential environment. I consider this is one of the greatest regrets in our modern life and by writing this paper, I aim to arouse people's appreciation and enhance understanding of the splendid architectural culture created by our ancestors and let them be our silent companies to enrich our lives. (Ma Weidu, 2006, 9-10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
diamond lattice 菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice 三交六椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice 双交四椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern 一码三箭样式菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
swastika pattern  万字纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fret Lattice 回纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the cracked ice lattice 冰裂纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the well-shaped lattice 井字样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the practical function of lattice on ancient Chinese windows? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What kind of lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What's the cultural implications of the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Lattice makes the window more lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yixi 黄亦锡. (2008) 酒、酒器与传统文化[Wine, Wineset and Traditional Culture: the Study of Wine Culture of Ancient China]. 厦门大学Xiamen University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liang Si 梁思成.(1994) 中国建筑史[History of Chinese Architecture].江苏美术出版社 Jiangsu Fine Arts Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiao Mo 萧默.(1999)中国建筑艺术史[The Art History of Chinese Architecture].文物出版社 Cultural Relics Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jiji 张家骥.(1991) 中国造园论[On Chinese Gardening].山西人民出版社 Shanxi People's Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Weidu 马未都.(2016) 中国古代门窗[Chinese Ancient Doors and Windows].中国建筑工业出版社 China Building Industry Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Jiawei 赵佳薇(2011). 重庆磁器口传统木雕窗窗棂浅析Analysis on window Lattice of Chongqing Ciqikou Traditional Wood Carving Window. 大众文艺 The Mass Literature and Arts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Shiping 郁世萍（2019). 格心棂花的装饰美——常家庄园传统窗棂艺术研究 [Beauty of Lattice -- Study on Traditional Window Lattice Art of Chang's Manor]. 美术大观 Art Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan吕丹丹，宋魁彦 (2011). 传统民居隔扇格心纹样解析 [An Analysis of the lattices used on Residential Partitions]. 发展 Development.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 04:51, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 202070080631 MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies (Songyang Academy,Yingtianfu Academy,Yuelu Academy, White Deer Grotto Academy)over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976AD). (Wekipedia)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system. Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription.(Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. (Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.(Xu Yanwen, 2020, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.(Kong Sumei, Bai Xu, 2011, 179)[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 AD), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.(Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong, 2012, 409)[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays. Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here.(Ruan Hongsong, 2020, 62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.(Wang Yi, 2019, 106)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yanwen 徐艳文. (2020).古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[The ancient and elegant Yuelu Academy Complex].''中外建筑'' Chinese&amp;amp;Overseas Architecture (06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yuxiang 陈宇翔. (2020).岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[Yuelu Academy: The Holy Land of Huxiang culture].''新湘评论'' Xinxiang Comment (03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Sumei, Bai Xu 孔素美,白旭. (2011)中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[On the architectural form of ancient Chinese academies —— Taking the four great academies in ancient China as an example].''华中建筑'' Huazhong Architecture 29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Muhe 罗慕赫. (2020).岳麓文脉传千年[The Millennium Inheritance of Yuelu culture]. ''中国纪检监察报'' China Discipline Inspection and Supervision Newspaper 09-25(006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan Hongsong 阮红松. (2020).岳麓书院与山长[Yuelu Academy and Shanzhang（principal）].''炎黄纵横'' Yan Huang Zong Heng (03):62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yi 王艺. (2019).沅生芷草，澧育兰花——岳麓书院[Yuan Sheng Zhi Cao, Li Yu Lan Hua —— Yuelu Academy].''广西城镇建设'' Cites and Towns Construction in Guangxi (12):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. (2012).''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy''. Scenic Zone 1976:405-411. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daniel McMahon. (2005).''The Yuelu Academy and Hunan's Nineteenth-Century Turn Toward Statecraft''. Late Imperial China 26(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wekipedia: Yuelu Academy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Xi  朱熹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Shi 周式&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Shi  张栻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiandao Reign  乾道年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng 惟楚有才，于斯为盛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie 忠、孝、廉、洁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.When did Yuelu Academy has been formally set up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the core building of Yuelu Academy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the function of the Lecture Hall?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How many schools, learning and ideas do Yuelu Academy relate to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What had happended in Yuelu Academy in the 6th year of Qiandao Reign?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.In the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the lectures in Yuelu Academy were so popular that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The Lecture Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.The Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Five.They are the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle), the Yangming School, the Donglin School, the Han School and the New Learning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.It held the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 14:47, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, 202070080633 MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|200px|thumb|left|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty), image from Baike. Click [https://ss1.bdstatic.com/70cFvXSh_Q1YnxGkpoWK1HF6hhy/it/u=3838516284,3835551581&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It is recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists (Li Jiashou 1993, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of jiaozi is still uncertain and has aroused a lot of discussions in which there are five main ideas. The first point of view is that jiaozi originated from Fei-qian (currency exchange notes in Tang Dynasty), which was recorded in ''The History of Song Dynasty'' (Tuo Tuo 1985, 181). Secondly, some people believe that jiaozi developes from contractual bonds. Peng Xinwei, a well-known Chinese currency historians and numismatics, exemplified that during the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom (907-930), the iron coins in circulation were too big and heavy, making people trade with contractual bonds which had the same function as paper currency (Peng Xinwei 1965, 259). Besides, an institution in Tang Dynasty called “Gui Fang” is regarded by some people as the origin of jiaozi. This kind of institutions specialize in the storage and lending of money and commodities. In addition, there is another opinion that it's the lack of coins in circulation caused by people stopping minting iron coins during Li Shun’s uprising that promotes the origin of jiaozi (Dai Zhiqiang 2006, 43). The last thought about jiaozi’s origin is that the coins were of great weight, casting a great burden on merchants in carrying them, so they invented jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental, but was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of commodity economy in Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. The iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic center, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit (Mu Zi 2006, 79). All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera (paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi (Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang, 1995, 835). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot; (Jia Daquan 1994, 22). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the first year of Renzong reign (1023), Xue Tian, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchants run the banks (Jia Daquan 1994, 61). It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. In order to ensure the proper circulation of jiaozi, the government also enacted laws to criminalize the counterfeiting of jiaozi (Hong Pimo 1991, 67). This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot; (Li You 1935, 15).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northern Song government introduced a relatively comprehensive set of regulatory laws and policies in order to ensure the success of issuing jiaozi. In the beginning period of issuing jiaozi, the feudal government was cautious about the issuance of banknotes, and the introduction of laws and policies on the regulation of banknotes showed that the government was fully aware of the credit-dependent nature of banknotes and their weakness in being easy to counterfeit and issue indiscriminately. However, the feudal government often failed to effectively control the issuance of banknotes. When the government needed to spend a large amount of money, it often failed to restrain itself and abused its public credibility by using its power to issue banknotes indefinitely, which eventually caused inflation, thus making the banknotes lose their credibility and turning them into waste paper, as evidenced by the fate of jiaozi in Northern Song Dynasty. The government's abuse of credibility led to jiaozi becoming a tool for its enrichment. Without credibility, jiaozi lost its function of circulation and thus lost its own value of existence (Li Linsha, 2001, 65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi facilitated the commercial turnover of Song Dynasty, bridged the economy of Sichuan with that of northwest China, and indirectly promoted the prosperity of trade between the Northern Song and western countries (Wang Baoping 2010, 50). The advent of jiaozi also facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jiashou 李家寿. (1993). 中国最早纸币——“交子”产生的原因及其年代 [The Reason and Time of the Production of the Earliest Chinese Paper Currency —Jiaozi]. ''财经研究'' Journal of Finance and Economics (12) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuo Tuo 脱脱. (1985). ''宋史'' [The History of Song Dynasty]. Beijing: China Publishing House 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Xinwei 彭信威. (1965). ''中国货币史'' [The History of Chinese Currency]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House] 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Zhiqiang 戴志强. (2006). 有关北宋交子的几个问题 [Several Questions About Jiaozi of Northern Song Dynasty]. ''中国钱币'' China Numismatics (03) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes —Jiaozi]. ''中国品牌与防伪'' China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang 杨武能、邱沛篁. (1995).''成都大词典'' [The Great Dictionary of Chengdu]. Sichuan: Sichuan Lexicographical Publishing House 四川辞书出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 交子的产生 [The Production of Jiaozi]. ''西南金融'' Southwest Finance (S1) 05-26. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 张詠、薛田与交子──关于交子的产生时间、整顿和官交子务的建立 [Zhang Yong, Xue Tian And Jiaozi — On the Production, Reorganization of Jiaozi and the Establishment of the Official Jiaozi Affair Department]. ''四川文物'' Sichuan Cultural Relics (05) 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hong Pimo 洪丕漠. (1991). ''法苑谈往'' [Talking About Some Rules of Ancient China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Bookstore 上海书店.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li You 李攸. (1935). ''宋朝事实'' [Facts of The Song Dynasty]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Linsha 李琳莎. (2001). 论中国早期纸币的盛行及衰落——北宋交子在货币史上的短暂一现 [On the Prevalence and Decline of the Previous Paper Money in China —— the Flash of Jiaozi in the Northern Song Dynasty]. ''上海交通大学学报（哲学社会科学版）'' Journal of Shanghai Jiaotong University(Philosophy and Social Sciences) (03) 65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Baoping 王宝平. (2010). 论交子与宋朝商业繁荣 [On the Currency of Jiaozi and Commercial prosperity in Song Dynasty]. ''开封教育学院学报'' Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education (02) 47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|jiaozi||交子||Fei-qian||飞钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|contractual bonds||契券||the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom||楚的马殷时期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Gui Fang||柜坊||Li Shun||李顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|jiaozi bank||交子铺||broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry)||楮树&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|private jiaozi||私交子||Xue Tian||薛田&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Yizhou||益州||the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty||宋仁宗元年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department||益州交子务||official jiaozi||官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina 201921080003 - Major - Comparative Literature and Cross-Cultural Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pale skin was and still is a sign of aristocracy in the East. Women literally put white on their face, their skin had to be snow-white, so they often went under umbrellas so as not to tan.--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 11:23, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people applied lead powder to their faces, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women did  make up with lead and tin powder.The side effects of using lead powder were truly terrifying. Over time, the skin turned yellow, covered with wrinkles. Accordingly, more and more lead had to be applied each time.The lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail.Rice powder is a unique cosmetic product that can slow down the aging process, protect the skin from the effects of an aggressive environment. A weightless film appears on the face, which prevents active chemical components and dirt from entering the pores. At the same time, the composition is saturated with antioxidants that do not allow the skin to fade quickly. The selection of rice is exquisite. The way it is made: It is grinded into a fine powder, then  processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly replaces by the lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If to compare to modern times, ancient Chinese make-up is not so that simple.We can devideit into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).Blush in ancient China was bright and rich (this contrasted with white skin), which showed the Almighty that they were healthy and happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge also called blush or blusher, is a cosmetic for coloring the cheeks in varying shades, or the lips red. It is applied as a powder or cream. It is a kind of cosmetics made from flowers named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.Which is completely different from modern worldwide beauty standards.Diving into history helps us to see how such simples things change and the way that people's mindsets and tastes change as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that eyebrows can make or break a face—they're that important. Brows frame your eyes and add structure to your face after all.Eyebrows are a separate and one of the favorite parts of makeup. They had to be clear and black. The women shaved off their eyebrows and then dyed the eyebrows in a thin arc or made them straight. It was customary for warriors to dye their eyebrows in such a way as to give the image a more severe look.--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 11:23, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting tradition began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there were many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It also means that the ancient people liked drawing eyebrows back then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style can almost be called the most versatile in the entire Chinese history.In both terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changed.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and prefered simplicity. Therefore, women's make up was subtle and graceful, slightly coated with lead powder  and  with rouge simple make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*White make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people had standards of whiter the better, so women had to apply a lot of powder.The Tang Dynasty women’s powder and style were more diversed and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, It probably was as popular as same as wearing BB creams and foundations in modern girls' make up.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Red make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories were diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were some alternative make ups as well, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), where rouge was used more and was spread all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术》作者：贾思勰--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 05:41, 14 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Some Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术 - is the best-preserved ancient Chinese agricultural text and was written by an official of the Northern Wei Dynasty, Jia Six.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胭脂 - rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*唇脂/口脂 - lipstick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*黛 - black eyebrow dye&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=117695</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=117695"/>
		<updated>2020-12-21T08:09:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Chinese Ancient Weapons -Zhang Hui张慧 202070080622  MTI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: East China Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮 英语笔译 202070080620==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. The architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese. &amp;quot;Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city, Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. It was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman in the Sui Dynasty. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for over 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of over 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. It is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like seeing off pedestrians.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, it has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong is the most famous. (Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. (Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. It was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, leading in smashing down two strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he indicated that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Kun 沈坤. (2016). 中国古代四大名桥[Four famous bridges in ancient China].百姓生活People's life (07) 59-62.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Wei薇薇. (2016).中国人必须知道的国学常识[The common knowledge of Chinese culture that Chinese people must know].雷锋 Lei Feng (Z1) 148-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Lichun魏丽春. (2007).我国的四大名桥[Four famous bridges in China].新长征New Long March (08) 60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Jun黄军. (1996).我国风景名胜中的四大[Four famous scenic spots in China].农家之友 Friends of farmers (03) 46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three. They are “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”, “Wang Yuan removed the strange stones” and “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there for 1400 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To make the slope of the bridge deck gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians.--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:09, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Milk Tea - Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼 MTI英语笔译 202070080621==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol of modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 2020，14）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020,68）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, mitigate fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qingming Riverside Landscspe Garden-Zeng Liang 曾良- MTI 英语笔译-202070080578==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden is a large-scale historical and cultural theme park covering an area of more than 600 acresand showing the prosperous scenery of Song Dynasty. It is based on the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' drawn by famous painter Zhang Zeduan in the earlier Song Dynasty (Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China's first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and also, the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions and China's intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998. (Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' is a precious scroll of social and folk life in ancient China, reflecting the social life, manners and customs of marketplace, and urban architectural patterns of Kaifeng, the capital of the Northern Song Dynasty in China. Although it is just a minor part of Kaifeng at that time, people can still have a glimpse of the general appearance of other streets and urban areas. It is interesting that a thousand years ago, Zhang Zeduan moved it from reality to a painting, but a thousand years later, Kaifeng people moved it from a painting into reality. Wandering among them, people can have a feeling of going back in time. (Zhang Lu 2013,25) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight functional zones including posthouse, folk custom, characteristic food street, demonstration of culture in Song Dynasty, flower, bird, fish, bug, prosperous capital, leisure and shopping, and integrated service, and four cultural zones including military drill ground, Rainbow Bridge, folk custom, and capital of Song Dynasty. The main architechtures of the garden include gate building, rainbow bridge, street view, stores, river channels, wharfs and ships. According to the original layout of Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival, the garden presents the fabrications on site such as wine shops, teahouses, pawnshops, Bian (today’s Kaifeng) embroideries, official porcelains, and New Year paintings, gathers folk performance, vaudeville, and drum performance. (Gao Jing 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attrations in the garden include Rainbow Bridge, Fuyun Pavillion, Shangshan Gate and so on. The Rainbow Bridge is an important creation in the history of ancient Chinese bridges. It is listed as the top ten famous bridges in China, and a major landscape in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The original one was built in 1050 and reconstructed in 1998. It is a replica of one of the ten ancient timber bridges. (Chen Kang 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuyun Pavillion, the tallest building in the garden, reaches 31.99 meters high. The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map. From the outside, the pavilion is four floors but there are another three floors hidden inside. It is also the place where important royal documents and traditional Chinese painting and books are stored during the Song Dynasty. (Zhang Lu 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden will hold a series of cultural festivals, such as folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, Qingming cultural festival, and chrysanthemum cultural festival. During the folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, the scenic spot will gather unique folk performances across the country, such as flower-drum on the high platform, stilt, dragon dance, lion dance, small Henan opera. The international lantern exhibition is the highlight of folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty. A visual feast will be brought by auspicious tradition of Chinese Pavilion, the fresheness and refineness of Asian Pavilion, simplicity and fashion of European Pavilion, the quaint Buddhism of the Southeast Asia Pavilion, and the luxurious atmosphere of the African Pavillion. (Zhang Lu 2013, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During the Qingming Festival, the garden will hold some Qingming cultural festivals to promote traditional festival culture. At that time, vistors can walk out for a spring outing, plant willion trees, watch folk customs, taste snacks, and enjoy the large-scale water live performances called ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''. This event combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. (Gao Jing 2010,17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum cultural festival is another grand one in the garden, during which all kinds of chrysanthemums will be presented. The annual chrysanthemum festival in Kaifeng is held from October to November. Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden focuses on beautiful chrysanthemum plants, and makes full use of architectures, sculptures, mountains, the surface of the water and association of activity and inertia to highlight the cultivated and creative skills of Kaifeng people. Chrysanthemums are changed into various shapes, attracting thousands of visitors from all over the world. In the exhibition, visitors can enjoy and appreciate some species of chrysanthemum that are rarely seen in our daily life. (Zhang Lu 2013,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are vaious performances presented in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden, such as &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Baogong Salutes to Guests&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Spitting Fire Show&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Cockfight&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Women's Polo&amp;quot; and so on. Among these formances, &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot; is a representative show of the garden. It is a large-scale live water performance produced by Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The performance lasts for 70 minutes and is performed by more than 700 actors. It is a scroll about the heyday of the Northern Song Dynasty. The bustling scene of the Song Dynasty market, the prosperity of the capital of Bianliang(today's Kaifeng), the mighty momentum of luxurious neighboring countries, the tragedy of wars, and the sustenance of blessings constitute a wash painting with a combination of noise and tranquility. (Gao Jing 2010,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese architectures and western architectures are different. The ancient architectures of China can be divided into palace architecure, religious architecture, mansion architecture and public architecture, which can be seen in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. Compared with the Gothic architecture during the Middles Ages of the western Europe, the architecture of Song Dynasty shows a delicate and soft style, with complex forms of palaces, terraces, towers and pavilions, while Gothic archetecture is magnificent and exquisite. It has pointed vaults, which gives people a visual impact and has a strong religious color. (Pang Runxin 2019,10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden 清明上河园&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' 《清明上河图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainbow Bridge 虹桥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuyun Pavillion 浮云阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shangshan Gate 上善门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chrysanthemum 菊花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baogong Salute to Guests 包公迎宾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spitting Fire Show 气功喷火&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockfight 斗鸡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Women’s Polo 女子马球&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty 大宋·东京梦华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the location of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What’s the role of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden opened to the public?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Who is the painter of ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which dynasty does the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. What does the name of &amp;quot;Fuyun Pavilion&amp;quot; mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. What are the characteristics of the performance of &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Can you please list some kinds of performance of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden besides &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. It is located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Zhang Zeduan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Northern Song Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The name of &amp;quot;Fuyun&amp;quot; has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Baogong Salutes to Guests, Spitting Fire Show, Cockfight, and Women’s Polo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Kang 陈康. (2006).《清明上河园》的精彩场景——贯木拱虹桥 [Excellent Scenes of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden——Wooden Arch Rainbow Bridge]. ''集邮博览'' Philatelic Panorama (07) 62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Jing 高静. (2010). 清明上河园——玩转宋文化 [Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden—Fully Experience the Culture of Song Dyansty]. ''光彩'' Brilliance (04) 16-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Mei 李梅. (2007). 清明上河园特色建设与长远发展 [Distinctive Architecture of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden nd its Long Development]. ''合作经济与科技'' Co-operative Economyand Science (8) 10-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Runxin 庞润昕. (2019). 《清明上河图》的建筑艺术 [Architectural Art in Paintings of Riverside Scene Qingming Festival]. ''景德镇陶瓷大学'' Jingdezheng Ceramic Institute (06) 10-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tuo 韦陀. (2006). 张择端之《清明上河图》 [Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival Painted by Zhang Zeduan]. ''紫禁城'' Forbidden City （Z2) 13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Lu 张璐. (2013). 清明上河园与宋都文化传承创新研究 [Inheritance and Innovation Research Study of &amp;quot;Qingming River&amp;quot; Song Dynasty Theme Park]. ''赤峰学院学报'' Chi Feng College Journal (05) 23-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 15:36, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batik, Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛202070080579 MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.(Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik,2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which was excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the pattern on the quilt is still unknown.(Liu Haili, 1986,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. (Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik, Cao Saina, 2020,5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region. （Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and drying in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turns out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.(Liao Li, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.(Liao Li, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.（Li Xing, 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and become popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik 百度百科—蜡染. (2020). https://baike.baidu.com/item/蜡染/306637?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Li. 廖利.(2012). 蜡染艺术 [Batik Art] 世界大学城 http://www.worlduc.com/blog2012.aspx?bid=13678859&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Saina曹赛娜. (2010). 中国蜡染演化趋势与本土活化方式浅探 [The Evolution Trend of Chinese Batik and Its Local Activation Method]. “ 中国美术学院” China Art College 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xing, 李欣. (2020). 贵州蜡染发展源流及文化内涵 [Development and Cultural Connotations of Batik in Guizhou]. “ 广东教育学会教育现代化专业委员会2020年第一次学术研讨会论文集” Memoir of the first academic seminar of the Education Modernization Professional Committee of the Guangdong Education Society in 2020 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Haili刘海粟. (1986). 贵州蜡染的历史、现状及其发展 [The History, Current Situation and Development of Batik in Guizhou]. “贵州师范大学学报(社会科学版)” Guizhou Normal University Journal(Social and Scientific Edition) (01):1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Ancient Weapons -Zhang Hui张慧 202070080622  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.(China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.(Jwing-Ming Yang ,1999).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 百度百科.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] 沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] &amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 08:07, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Terracotta Army-Zhang Ling 张玲 英语笔译 202070080623==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terracotta Army===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots, which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi,  the first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in his afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 11:34, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well to find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising finding, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China.(Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin dynasty, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he had unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China.(Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor seems to have been especially keen on pursuing immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese governors generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters at depth. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armors with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easier to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of a lack of technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after fired in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portrayed a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be listed in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Kelly Richman-Abdou. (2020). Unearthing the Importance of the Life-Sized Terracotta Warriors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Mark Cartwright. (2017). Terracotta Army. Ancient History Encyclopedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Travel China Guide. (2020). What is the Terracotta Army? 10 Things You should Know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                                 '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature.--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally falls into three categories:--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the differences between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai were more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape was achieved in Yuan Dynasty, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, the category of bonsai was more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai, drought bonsai, water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearances further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago. At that time, People already knew that plants can be planted in bonsai for enjoyment. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to prove the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later. Cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting:  Putting new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirements for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsais are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, and it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
*trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
*pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
*the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
*pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
*literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
*clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
*Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
*What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
*From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
*The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
*Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]百度百科：盆景的种类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]百度百科：盆景修建技巧，2018，盆栽管&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]搜狐网：盆景的历史渊源，2017，菖蒲寿石斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Wekipedia: The difference of Chinese penjing and other countries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹 202070080648 英语口译 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Overview of Douyin and Tik Tok ====    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app developed by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is a platform for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents cover a wide range of topics such as challenges-tackling and funny anecdotes. “It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China.” (Hans Tung; 2018:1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In September 2017, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was launched. Although both Douyin and Tick Tok were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. “Depending on the types of the app stores, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin in Chinese app stores and Tik Tok in overseas ones.” (Wang Ning, 2019: 11-12) The two apps host completely different content, and the content is not shared between them. However, they both offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option of special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, the mode of both Douyin and Tik Tok is similar. According to Liang’s description of Douyin,“The platform is based on ultra-short, user-posted videos with music. Such clips are lasting only 15 seconds but can be strung together to make 60-second stories.” (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21) The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. Contents themed on dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts are most welcomed on Douyin. (Tian Fengchang, 2020: 15-17) In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing at the same time, with songs provided by Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second stream of videos nonstop, as does how you look through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people can't help spending most of their spare time on the For You Page. (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that tracks the users' preferences through their browser history. This is the way how the algorithm works—anticipating what users will enjoy based on the content they have already engaged with. It also shows content it thinks could go viral. The point is that if the content is good the algorithm will fulfill its &amp;quot;duty&amp;quot;, regardless of how many followers the creator has. (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ====   &lt;br /&gt;
As what was mentioned before, Tik Tok or Douyin is somehow similar to Instagram. Despite their alike fundamentals, they have their own distinctive features. Differences between them are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Time limit: Tik Tok currently does not support a long-form video. While IGTV, Instagram’s long-form video feature, allows a video length of up to one hour. (Carissa Brones, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
2. Users: Most Tik Tok users are younger than that of Instagram. According to Carissa Brones, “Most Tik Tok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y.” (TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Community: Compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. It allows users to easily connect, build friendships, and collab with each other. Besides, something new and trendy is pushed to the users every week, so as to further increase its attention. Therefore, some creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok. (Carissa Brones, 2019) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Popularity and Effects ====   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Several reasons why Tik Tok is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy from China, Jimmy Fallon from American, have helped drive Tik Tok's popularity. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that Tik Tok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a Tik Tok or doing one of the Tik Tok dances. (Wang Ning, 2019: 15-16) Here are some benefits of Tik Tok: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of Tik Tok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, Tik Tok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Publicity: With Tik Tok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on Tik Tok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from Tik Tok. As an engaging platform, Tik Tok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Chinese Red Cross Foundation or intern for companies. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. there are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making users hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later only to find have lost an entire day. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people criticize other people’s videos, while others create videos for deriding someone. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved, thus resulting in life-threatening situations and decisions. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues. (Tian Xiaofang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Red Cross Foundation 中国红十字基金会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mental health 心理健康&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Q1. What is Tik Tok？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q3. Why Tik Tok is so popular around the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q4. What are the benefits of Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q5. What are the concerns about Tik Tok? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A1: Tik Tok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A2: They are two different versions that can be downloaded in different regions -- Douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A3: Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A4: Tik Tok can bring moral entertainment and publicity providing new opportunities. Additionally, People can learn new things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A5: Many worried that Tik Tok is addictive, bad for mental health, and unsafe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
* Carissa Brones. Instagram vs. Tik Tok: App Battle 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hans Tung. 8 Lessons from the Rise of Douyin. 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Liang Quancun梁全存.“抖音”短视频发展战略研究[Research on the Development Strategy of Tik Tok ][D].北京:北京交通大学[Beijing Jiao Tong University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Fengchang, Huang Xiaozhang 田丰畅，黄孝章. 基于SWOT分析的抖音短视频研究[Research of SWOT Analysis Based on Tik Tok][J].''中国商论''[China Business], 2020(22):15-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Xiaofang 田小芳. 从传播学角度分析抖音短视频的爆红[Analysis of the popularity of Tik Tok from a communication perspective ] [J].''现代营销(信息版)'',[ Modern Marketing (Information Edition),] 2019(06):214-215.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* WANG N. Data story of Tiktok[J]. 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wu W. Chinese Animation, Creative Industries, and Digital Culture[M]. Routledge, 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao B, Koetse M. Chinese Arts Students into Panic Mode after Failing to Register for Exams Amid Announced Reforms[J].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xing Lu, Lu ZHicong, 2019, Fifteen Seconds of Fame: A Qualitative Study of Douyin, A Short Video Sharing Mobile Application in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳 202070080649 英语口译==   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Buddhist Shrines===   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity,which ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated and achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.(Gan Shude, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Wutai=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. It is the ashram of Manjusri Bodhisattva who is the god of wisdom in China. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. （Lu Yao 2011,87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Putuo=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. （Jing Tianxing, 2008）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Emei=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva who is the god of practice in China. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Just the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...(Gan Shude,1998）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Jiuhua=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha who is the god of willingness and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. It was initially named Mount Jiuzi and was latter renamed to Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Li Bai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and late of Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.（Chen chi,2004）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Li Bai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which provinces are the Four Buddhist Shrines in respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet [[Li Bai]]?--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 10:10, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. They are Mount Wutai, Mount Putuo, Mount Jiuhua, Mount Emei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. They are Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mount Wutai is in Shanxi province. Mount Putuo is in Zhejiang province. Mount Emei is in Sichuan province. Mount Jiuhua is in Anhui province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Mount Wutai in China, Lumpini in Nepal, and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Mount Putuo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Mount Jiuhua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Gan Shude 干树德.(1998).“中国佛教四大名山”之说由何而来?[J] ''Where did the Theory of &amp;quot;Four Famous Mountains of Chinese Buddhism&amp;quot; Come from?'' Knowledege of Literature and History 文史知识,1998(02):76-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Lu Yao 路遥. (2011).《四大菩萨与民间信仰》 ''The Four Bodhisattvas and Folk Belifes''. Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Jing Tianxing 景天星. (2019).汉传佛教四大菩萨及其应化道场演变考述[J] ''Research on the Four Great Bodhisattvas and the Evolution of Their Shrines''.  World religion studies世界宗教研究 2019(04):60-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. https://www.chinadiscovery.com/articles/four-sacred-buddhist-mountains-in-china.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Chen Chi 陈迟.(2014) 《明清四大佛教名山的形成及寺院历史变迁》''The Formation of the Four Famous Buddhist Mountains in Ming and Qing Dynasties and the Historical Changes of Temples''博士学位论文Doctoral Dissertation, Tsinghua University 清华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:05, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Science and Technology, Compass - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625, MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as one of the advanced scientific technologies in ancient China, has made great contributions to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity, use the polarity in the earth's magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions (Lu and Huang 1995,1). The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;  (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest south-pointing device appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth bronze plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. (Lu and Huang 1995,3-4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism acquired from the magnetic field was weak, resulting in the decrease in practical values. (Lu and Huang 1995,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water (Lu and Huang 1995,11). And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction. (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as a tool for guiding the direction, has played an important role in people's daily life and in the navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It is recorded that Qin emperor used a diving board and compass in his royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass led people to believe that the square plate symbolized the earth and the round disc symbolized the heaven. And around the round disc, there engraved the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 constellations (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a superstition, the compass was endowed with the wishful thinking of the people. Nowadays many people still use the concept of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremonies. (China Week 2003,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass has played an important role in providing guidance.(Lu and Huang 1995,12-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty (China Week 2003,35). After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until the 16th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.(Lu and Huang 1995,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot; [四大发明]. ''China's Foreign Trade'' [《中国外贸》].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House [中国学术期刊电子出版社].05(2012).&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot; [指南针——中国四大发明之一]. ''China Week'' [《中华周刊》]. China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House [中国学术期刊电子出版社].04(2003).&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全Lu Caiquan，黄惠贤Huang Huixian. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》 [''Chinese Civilization Shines in the World, The &amp;quot;Four Great Inventions&amp;quot; and Traditional Chinese Medicine'']. 武汉：武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan University Press].1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions 四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*''Devil Valley Master'' 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor 司南&lt;br /&gt;
*''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles'') 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang 曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du 丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish 指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*''Dream Pool Essays'' 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass 旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams 八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal 常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What's the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? &lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? &lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What's the symbol of the original shape of the compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*The earliest reference was ''Devil Valley Master'', found in the 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.&lt;br /&gt;
*The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass.&lt;br /&gt;
*The square plate symbolizes earth and the circular disc symbolizes heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
*Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 12:46, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio  Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'', abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling===&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his house. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he put many of them in ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Contents and Themes===&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'' has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head'' and so on. The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. ''Ye Sheng'', ''Si Wen Lang'', ''Yu Qu E'' and ''Wang Zian'' are all such works. The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as ''Xi Fangping'', ''Promoting Weaving'', ''Dream Wolf'', and ''Mei Girl''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling himeself suffered from his repeated failure in the imperial examination. In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. A Typical Story===&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Features of the Book===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.  The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Four Main Philosophic Schools-张宇星 Zhang Yuxing 202070080650 MTI 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Confucianism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and tried to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions (Chen Jianhua, 2020, 43). Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatening the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism (Liu Shiyu, 2018, 80). However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, so the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaws in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development (Ren Anjing, 2020, 54), and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation could survive whatever disaster it encountered as well. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Taoism or Daoism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》) (Song Liyan, 2020, 10). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on the development of Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts (百家争鸣)”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then(Ren Anjing, 2020, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor selected Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Legalism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law at its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly (He Lele, 2020, 59). Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishments according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mohism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought (Chen Jun, 2020, 145). A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group.&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the latter contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism (Zhou Baoyan, 2020, 53). However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	陈珂均. 先秦四大家看利与义[J]. 中学生天地, 2016(3): 42-43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.	周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.	程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.	马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想[J]. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.	魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 12:38, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Writing and Painting Tool, Writing Brush - Zhao Xi 赵茜 202070080627 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush, a writing and painting tool originated from China, is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the home of writing brush --- Hengshui of Hubei province and Huzhou of Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the third day of the third lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 03:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually, which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.(Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user's convenience.(Du Xiaofeng 2019, 35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province become the center of writing brush manufacturing across the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly were rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) --[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the introduction of western paintings into China, traditional Chinese realistic paintings went downhill and thus the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one. (Wang Xiaaojuan 2013, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杜霄枫Du Xiaofeng. 苏易简《文房四谱》研究[Study on Su Yijian's Four Treasures of the Study].郑州大学[Zhengzhou University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王小娟Wang Xiaojuan. 宋代文房四宝与文人[Four Treasures of the Study and Literati in the Song Dynasty].华中师范大学[Central China Normal University],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*徐清Xu Qing.毛笔的发展及历代名工[The Development of Writing Brush and Famous Workers in Past Dynasties].中国书法[Chinese Calligraphy],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*鄢豪Yan Hao. 器锐、法妙、事善[D].湖南师范大学,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Classical Fairy Tales -Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 202070080628  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1](Strassberg(2002),132.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2](Strassberg(2002)) According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4](Laban (2016-02-08)). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5](Flake, Ben (2014-01-31)). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6](Yuan, Haiwang (2006)). The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Face Changing in Sichuan Opera - Zhou Yiwen 周艺文 202070080629 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sichuan Opera and its characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being. Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. (https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The origin and development of face changing &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art. Face-changing is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. It is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. (百度百科: 川剧变脸--历史起源 Baidu Baike：The origin of face changing)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. (https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black. (Xiao, 2013:54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The symbolic meaning and typical characters in different colors of Lianpu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most direct impression of Sichuan Opera facial makeup is its colorful colors, which are just like the color plates in paintings. Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green. The colors are bright and pure, exaggerated and gorgeous. Its color is rich and changeful, each kind of color has its connotation. In addition to the differences in color, people's perception of color in daily life is more related to the aesthetic meaning and cultural connotation. For example, yellow represents sunshine, green represents health, black represents darkness, etc. On the one hand, the colors on facial masks exaggerate and amplify the features of the characters; on the other hand, they also express the hearts of the characters through the symbolic meanings. The colors become the basis for the audience to evaluate the characters, either praising or criticizing. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness, and the most famous one is Guan Yu in Romance of The Three Kingdoms. He is loyal to Liu Bei all his life and does not seek vanity. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters, such as Cao Cao, Qin Hui, Yan Song, Sima Yi. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness, the most typical is Bao Zheng’s facial makeup, in addition to Li Kui, Zhang Fei, Xiang Yu and so on. Yellow symbolizes bravery and violence, such as Dian Wei and Pang Juan. Green symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness, such as The “green tiger” Xu Shiying. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce, such as Dou Erdun, Cheng Yaojin, Gongsun Sheng, etc. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters, representing Buddhas, gods, spirits, ghosts, etc. For example, Sun Wukong (Monkey King) has a facial makeup with burning eyes and some gold on his eyelids, thus showing the cleverness of the Monkey King. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the visual focus for the audience to appreciate Sichuan opera, the varied colors of facial makeup bring different levels of inner feelings to the audience. Such rich and varied colors successfully express the character of the opera characters and the historical judgment of their emotions in a clear and appropriate way. It can be said that color, as a visual language, occupies a very important position in sichuan opera facial makeup art. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Crafting materials for facial makeup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the materials of Sichuan Opera face-changing, they were mostly based on the hard surface shell made of rough paper paste at the beginning. After continuous improvement, they evolved into drawing on the thin paper surface. Folding fans or cloaks were often used to cover the face-changing process. At the moment of turning a head or stroke sleeve quickly pull off layers of facial makeup. After the founding of new China, with extensive attention paid to the art of Sichuan Opera, face-changing stunts have also made considerable progress, and the process materials for making facial masks have been gradually replaced by lighter and more durable silk fabrics from the original paper. For performers, the use of the silk fabric not only speeds up the production time of facial masks, but also increases the time for instant facial makeup. Different from the complexity of the traditional facial makeup drawing process, this facial makeup making process does not need to consider the facial structure, and the drawing pattern is more free and smooth. However, it should be noted that because of the rapid change of face mask in the performance process, the instant face change, the stage effect is strong, so this kind of face mask is very particular about simple writing, bright colors, rough and powerful. (Luo, 2019, 13:29-30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Three main types of Lianpu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops.(百度百科: 川剧变脸--表现手法Baidu Baike: Face changing -- Expression methods)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guan Yu         关羽&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Romance of The Three Kindoms  《三国演义》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Bei         刘备&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Cao         曹操&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Hui         秦桧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Song        严嵩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sima Yi         司马懿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Zhenhg      包拯&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Kui          李逵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Fei       张飞&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dian Wei        典韦&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Juan       庞涓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Shiying      徐世英&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dou Erdun       窦尔敦&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Yaojin    程咬金&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gongsun Sheng   公孙胜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Wukong,     孙悟空&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monkey King     孙悟空，美猴王	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the typical colors of lianpu and what are their symbolic meanings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness. Yellow symbolizes bravery and violence. Green symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Yue. 罗玥. (2019). 浅谈川剧随心变的变脸脸谱艺术 [On the Art of Changing Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera]. ''戏剧之家'' Home Drama13:29-30. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Huaqing. 王华清. (2017). 刍议川剧脸谱艺术特征 [Analysis of the Artistic Characteristics of Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera]. ''设计'' Design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Yuanjin. 萧源锦. (2013). 神奇莫测的川剧变脸 [Magical Face Changes of Sichuan Opera]. ''文史杂志'' Journal of Literature and History 2: 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科Baidu Baike&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm  --[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 14:15, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Nine-Grade Official Selection System in Wei, Jin, Southern and Northern Dynasties-Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲 Student No.202070080630==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Nine-Grade Official Selection System in Wei, Jin, Southern and Northern Dynasties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei, Jin and Southern and Northern Dynasties (AD 220-AD 589), China was a profoundly divided country. Different from the unified Han Dynasty, in this period the northern and southern part of China confronted each other, with numerous political regimes existing at the same time. In this period, the official selection system was mainly the Nine-Rank Official Selection System. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei, Jin and Southern and Northern Dynasties (AD 220-AD 589), China was a profoundly divided country. Different from the unified Han Dynasty, in this period the northern and southern part of China confronted each other, with numerous political regimes existing at the same time. In this period, the official selection system was mainly the Nine-Rank Official Selection System. --[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nine-Rank Official Selection System originated from Cao Cao's thought of &amp;quot;meritocracy&amp;quot; in the late Eastern Han Dynasty (AD 184-AD 220), and was not formally carried out by Cao Pi, king of Wei, until AD 220. When Cao Pi established this system of selecting officials, he hoped that &amp;quot;it is based on the merits of talents, not on the superiority of aristocratic families&amp;quot;. And the establishment of this system also used the Recommendatory System (a method of civil recruitment) in Han Dynasty for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nine-Rank Official Selection System originated from Cao Cao's thought of &amp;quot;meritocracy&amp;quot; in the late Eastern Han Dynasty (AD 184-AD 220), and was not formally carried out by Cao Pi, king of Wei, until AD 220. When Cao Pi established this system of selecting officials, he hoped that &amp;quot;it is based on the merits of talents, not on the superiority of aristocratic families&amp;quot;. And the establishment of this system also used the Recommendatory System (a method of civil recruitment) in Han Dynasty for reference.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the Nine-Rank Official Selection System are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Local dignitaries with integrity and talents would be appointed by the imperial court as Rectifiers. Rectifiers in each Region would be classified as Senior Rectifiers, in each Commandery as Junior Rectifiers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Rectifiers were in charge of classifying all males in their jurisdiction into nine ranks based on the candidates' talents, morality and hereditary social status. The Rectifier were only in charge of classification. They didn't have the power of appointment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The nine ranks were superior-superior, superior-intermediary, superior-inferior, intermediary-superior, intermediary-intermediary, intermediary-inferior, inferior-superior, inferior-intermediary, and inferior-inferior. (see picture)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:The Nine-Grade Official Selection System.jpg|200px|thumb|left|The Nine-Grade Official Selection System, image from Baike. Click [https://baike.baidu.com/pic/%E4%B9%9D%E5%93%81%E4%B8%AD%E6%AD%A3%E5%88%B6/1711003/1/77c6a7efce1b9d16f5c6d3cef9deb48f8c54641f?fr=lemma&amp;amp;ct=single#aid=1&amp;amp;pic=77c6a7efce1b9d16f5c6d3cef9deb48f8c54641f.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
4. Firstly, the Junior Rectifier would consider to a large extent what status the candidate’s ancestors had possessed and how many generations had taken office. Secondly, the Junior Rectifier proceeded to examine the merits of the candidate. Thirdly, the Junior Rectifier would hand in their classification to the Senior Rectifier who would check the validity of the classification and submit it to the Minister of Personnel. Finally, the Minister of Personnel would select the officials and appointed them to office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The level of the office was parallel to the rank of each candidate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Every three years, the Rectifier would submit their recommendations to the Minister of Personnel. In the recommendations, the Rectifier would state their opinion as to whether officials who had already been conferred offices should be promoted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Firstly, the Junior Rectifier would consider to a large extent what status the candidate’s ancestors had possessed and how many generations had taken office. Secondly, the Junior Rectifier proceeded to examine the merits of the candidate. Thirdly, the Junior Rectifier would hand in their classification to the Senior Rectifier who would check the validity of the classification and submit it to the Minister of Personnel. Finally, the Minister of Personnel would select the officials and appointed them to office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The level of the office was parallel to the rank of each candidate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Every three years, the Rectifier would submit their recommendations to the Minister of Personnel. In the recommendations, the Rectifier would state their opinion as to whether officials who had already been conferred offices should be promoted or not.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the implementation, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System played a positive role. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the implementation, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System played a positive role. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with the passage of time, the negative factors in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System began to play an overwhelming role. Due to the lack of supervision mechanism, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System gradually became a tool for the elite class to control the selection of talents and to further control the whole bureaucratic system. The Twenty-Four Histories described the bureaucratic stratum of that times as “Nobody ranked as a superior comes from a humble family; nobody classified as an inferior comes from a noble family.” Besides, since morality was given priority in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System, talents with moral flaws would lose the opportunity of being recruited forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with the passage of time, the negative factors in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System began to play an overwhelming role. Due to the lack of supervision mechanism, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System gradually became a tool for the elite class to control the selection of talents and to further control the whole bureaucratic system. The Twenty-Four Histories described the bureaucratic stratum of that times as “Nobody ranked as a superior comes from a humble family; nobody classified as an inferior comes from a noble family.” Besides, since morality was given priority in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System, talents with moral flaws would lose the opportunity of being recruited forever.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nine-Rank Official Selection System 九品中正制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendatory System 察举制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rectifier 中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Senior Rectifier 大中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junior Rectifier 小中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Region 州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commandery 郡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-superior 上上&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-intermediary 上中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-inferior 上下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-superior 中上 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-intermediary 中中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-inferior 中下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inferior-superior 下上&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inferior-intermediary 下中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and inferior-inferior 下下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minister of Personnel 吏部尚书&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Twenty-Four Histories 《二十四史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who established the Nine-Rank Official Selection System?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What does a Rectifier do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What are the nine ranks?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What's the positive influence of the Nine-Rank Official Selection System?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cao Pi, king of Wei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A Rectifier is in charge of classifying all males in their jurisdiction into nine ranks based on the candidates’ talents, morality and hereditary social status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The nine ranks are superior-superior, superior-intermediary, superior-inferior, intermediary-superior, intermediary-intermediary, intermediary-inferior, inferior-superior, inferior-intermediary, and inferior-inferior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Sun Xiaoyu, ''A Chinese History Reader'', Singapore: Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ld., 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Charles O Hucker, ''A Dictionary of Official Titles in Imperial China'', Palo Alto: Stanford University Press, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Deng Zhongping 邓中平. (2010). 浅析中国古代选官制度及启示 [Analysis of ancient Chinese system for selecting officers and enlightenment].西南政法大学 Southwest University of Political Science and Law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lattice on Ancient Chinese Windows 祝美梅 Student No.202070080632 Major: MTI 英语笔译 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, windows at home and abroad has always played an significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural component-window, affects not only the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, but also the enchantment of a building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable constituent part in their lives.   (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese windows developed a unique style of its own, and was fundamentally different from any other school of architecture in the world. Windows has always been the object of humanity's pursuit of beauty. More than two thousands years ago, Laozi made a brilliant exposition on this: &amp;quot;In order to build a house, although we must establish solid walls, we must also provide doors and windows; so both the impenetrable and penetrable are essential to useful building.&amp;quot; What tis meant was that what was visible was merely the physical setting,  but what really made a structure useful was its invisible space. (Classic of Way and Its Powers, 1996, 56) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in windows in detail. Lattice (gexin格心) is also called “diamond lattice” (ling hua, 菱花). Diamond-shaped patterns were predominantly applied in external decoration in different dynasties in China. Lattice is also called geyan to folklore(格眼). (Ma Weidu, 2006, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 1.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice]]         [[File: Windows 1-1.jpg|200px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth. For the imperial palaces, this pattern means: in front of the emperor is a spectacular landscape characterized by prosperity, peacefulness, vitality and brightness. While for the divine temples, it means that God is in charge of the balance of the universe. When heaven and earth is in congruence with each other, lives on earth flourish and humans survive. This lattice also represents the prayer of our forefathers to plead god’s protection and the bumper harvest of both crops and animals. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 128-130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 2.jpg|300px|The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice]] [[File: Windows 3.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-six-nodes ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Forbidden City, the lattice of partition windows in main palaces are in diamond-shape. It was formed by two or three crossing rods with attached petals at the knot, making it looking a blooming flower. The lattice’s name made by two crossing rods is “the two-crossing-four-nodes lattice”, while by three is “the three-crossing-six-nodes lattice”. This kind of lattice is the most luxuriant and  delicate both in its structure and color scheme. Therefore, it is obviously costly and time-consuming in production and ordinary people are unable to afford it.    (Xiao Mo 1999, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 4-1.jpg|200px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 4.jpg|300px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice is formed by three groups horizontal rods respectively at the above, medium and bottom of a window intertwining with several vertical rods. These slender and long rods seems like arrows, hence the name. Chinese Taoists once said “ The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two give birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” This type of lattice signifies numerous long arrows hanging on the window, with three implications: the property to dispel intruders from evils; a manifestation that inexhaustible weapons are in store with power endowed by heaven and a guarantee the acquisition of wealth as arrows are useful tools in hunting. (Laozi, 2016：105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swastika lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 5-1.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice-1]]     [[File: Windows 5.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swastika lattice, one of the ancient marks in China and India, gives people a spinning feeling. It looks like the spiral form caused by the flowing air or the vortex by running water in a river. The ancients believe that spiral movement is the engine of life. The shape卐 has no clear head nor tail, similar to Tai Chi diagram in traditional Chinese culture. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice represents the restless life and the infinite circulating of the universe. The character’s four directions stretch outside, manifesting auspiciousness and longevity. “swastika brocade” is also known as “ flowing swastika”.（Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 300)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fret lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 6-1.jpg|300px|Fret lattice-1]]  [[File: Windows 6.jpg|300px|Fret lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fret lattice means a safe return, and long happiness and longevity. It was derived from the cloud and thunder pattern inscribed on pottery and bronze wares. The lattice is in square, or rounded spiral shape constructed by horizontal and vertical short lines, looking like the Chinese character “回”. It gives people an illumination urging they to move forward incessantly in their undertakings till success no matter what setbacks and failures we might meet, and the long lasting blessing and longevity. (Yu Shiping, 2019, (01):1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cracked ice lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 7-1.jpg|250px|The cracked ice lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 7.jpg|300px|The cracked ice lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cracked ice pattern symbolize that ice starts melting, the end of the chilly winter and the return of the earth to spring, with all things are reviving and full of vitality. It’s connotation is that all the unpleasant things have passed away, and the good and merry wishes will be realized immediately. This kind of lattice is often applied in private gardens, because it blends well with the peaceful sceneries and always renders silent hope and comforting to whoever have a walk there. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 100-101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The H-shaped Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 8-1.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 8.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-shaped bar pattern lattice not only looks like hieroglyphics, but also symbols things that are exquisite, beautiful and standard. In addition, the ancients thought that the horizontal and vertical lines in the character of “工”  indicating people do things in accordance with the orthodox traditional rules and practices and his integrity. Therefore, this formal lattice is often seen in houses of scholars or officials, a reminder that their manner and speech should be well-disciplined no matter in the public or in private.  (Zhang Jiji, 1991, 115)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The well-shaped lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 9-1.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 9.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The well-shaped lattice is not only the hieroglyph of Chinese character “井”, as well as  resemble the railings surrounded the place where the ancients dug a hole to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, China’s city planning is also expanded following well-shaped pattern. The reason why people choose this pattern is that they want to correspond with the well constellation, a symbol of auspiciousness and wish to keep away from fire hazard. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the West, a window is just a window, which lets light and fresh air come in, but for the Chinese, it is a picture frame, through which the outside garden can be seen.&amp;quot; Bei Lv Ming once said. By means of Lattice as a decoration, the picturesque window is not only a feast to eyes, but also enriches the layers of architectures, reflecting people's expectations for a better life. (Yu Shiping, 2019,(01): 94-95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people living in cramped quarters have become almost oblivious to the aesthetics of their dwellings. The windows serve no other function than that of ventilation and lighting. In contrast, scholars or even ordinary peoples in ancient China living in dilapidated houses were obviously superior to us in terms of their taste and the efforts they made in improving the residential environment. I consider this is one of the greatest regrets in our modern life and by writing this paper, I aim to arouse people's appreciation and enhance understanding of the splendid architectural culture created by our ancestors and let them be our silent companies to enrich our lives. (Ma Weidu, 2006, 9-10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
diamond lattice 菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice 三交六椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice 双交四椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern 一码三箭样式菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
swastika pattern  万字纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fret Lattice 回纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the cracked ice lattice 冰裂纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the well-shaped lattice 井字样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the practical function of lattice on ancient Chinese windows? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What kind of lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What's the cultural implications of the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Lattice makes the window more lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yixi 黄亦锡. (2008) 酒、酒器与传统文化[Wine, Wineset and Traditional Culture: the Study of Wine Culture of Ancient China]. 厦门大学Xiamen University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liang Si 梁思成.(1994) 中国建筑史[History of Chinese Architecture].江苏美术出版社 Jiangsu Fine Arts Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiao Mo 萧默.(1999)中国建筑艺术史[The Art History of Chinese Architecture].文物出版社 Cultural Relics Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jiji 张家骥.(1991) 中国造园论[On Chinese Gardening].山西人民出版社 Shanxi People's Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Weidu 马未都.(2016) 中国古代门窗[Chinese Ancient Doors and Windows].中国建筑工业出版社 China Building Industry Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Jiawei 赵佳薇(2011). 重庆磁器口传统木雕窗窗棂浅析Analysis on window Lattice of Chongqing Ciqikou Traditional Wood Carving Window. 大众文艺 The Mass Literature and Arts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Shiping 郁世萍（2019). 格心棂花的装饰美——常家庄园传统窗棂艺术研究 [Beauty of Lattice -- Study on Traditional Window Lattice Art of Chang's Manor]. 美术大观 Art Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan吕丹丹，宋魁彦 (2011). 传统民居隔扇格心纹样解析 [An Analysis of the lattices used on Residential Partitions]. 发展 Development.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 04:51, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 202070080631 MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies (Songyang Academy,Yingtianfu Academy,Yuelu Academy, White Deer Grotto Academy)over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976AD). (Wekipedia)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system. Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription.(Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. (Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.(Xu Yanwen, 2020, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.(Kong Sumei, Bai Xu, 2011, 179)[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 AD), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.(Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong, 2012, 409)[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays. Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here.(Ruan Hongsong, 2020, 62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.(Wang Yi, 2019, 106)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yanwen 徐艳文. (2020).古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[The ancient and elegant Yuelu Academy Complex].''中外建筑'' Chinese&amp;amp;Overseas Architecture (06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yuxiang 陈宇翔. (2020).岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[Yuelu Academy: The Holy Land of Huxiang culture].''新湘评论'' Xinxiang Comment (03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Sumei, Bai Xu 孔素美,白旭. (2011)中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[On the architectural form of ancient Chinese academies —— Taking the four great academies in ancient China as an example].''华中建筑'' Huazhong Architecture 29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Muhe 罗慕赫. (2020).岳麓文脉传千年[The Millennium Inheritance of Yuelu culture]. ''中国纪检监察报'' China Discipline Inspection and Supervision Newspaper 09-25(006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan Hongsong 阮红松. (2020).岳麓书院与山长[Yuelu Academy and Shanzhang（principal）].''炎黄纵横'' Yan Huang Zong Heng (03):62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yi 王艺. (2019).沅生芷草，澧育兰花——岳麓书院[Yuan Sheng Zhi Cao, Li Yu Lan Hua —— Yuelu Academy].''广西城镇建设'' Cites and Towns Construction in Guangxi (12):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. (2012).''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy''. Scenic Zone 1976:405-411. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daniel McMahon. (2005).''The Yuelu Academy and Hunan's Nineteenth-Century Turn Toward Statecraft''. Late Imperial China 26(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wekipedia: Yuelu Academy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Xi  朱熹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Shi 周式&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Shi  张栻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiandao Reign  乾道年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng 惟楚有才，于斯为盛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie 忠、孝、廉、洁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.When did Yuelu Academy has been formally set up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the core building of Yuelu Academy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the function of the Lecture Hall?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How many schools, learning and ideas do Yuelu Academy relate to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What had happended in Yuelu Academy in the 6th year of Qiandao Reign?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.In the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the lectures in Yuelu Academy were so popular that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The Lecture Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.The Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Five.They are the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle), the Yangming School, the Donglin School, the Han School and the New Learning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.It held the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 14:47, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, 202070080633 MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|200px|thumb|left|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty), image from Baike. Click [https://ss1.bdstatic.com/70cFvXSh_Q1YnxGkpoWK1HF6hhy/it/u=3838516284,3835551581&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It is recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists (Li Jiashou 1993, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of jiaozi is still uncertain and has aroused a lot of discussions in which there are five main ideas. The first point of view is that jiaozi originated from Fei-qian (currency exchange notes in Tang Dynasty), which was recorded in ''The History of Song Dynasty'' (Tuo Tuo 1985, 181). Secondly, some people believe that jiaozi developes from contractual bonds. Peng Xinwei, a well-known Chinese currency historians and numismatics, exemplified that during the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom (907-930), the iron coins in circulation were too big and heavy, making people trade with contractual bonds which had the same function as paper currency (Peng Xinwei 1965, 259). Besides, an institution in Tang Dynasty called “Gui Fang” is regarded by some people as the origin of jiaozi. This kind of institutions specialize in the storage and lending of money and commodities. In addition, there is another opinion that it's the lack of coins in circulation caused by people stopping minting iron coins during Li Shun’s uprising that promotes the origin of jiaozi (Dai Zhiqiang 2006, 43). The last thought about jiaozi’s origin is that the coins were of great weight, casting a great burden on merchants in carrying them, so they invented jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental, but was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of commodity economy in Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. The iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic center, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit (Mu Zi 2006, 79). All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera (paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi (Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang, 1995, 835). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot; (Jia Daquan 1994, 22). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the first year of Renzong reign (1023), Xue Tian, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchants run the banks (Jia Daquan 1994, 61). It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. In order to ensure the proper circulation of jiaozi, the government also enacted laws to criminalize the counterfeiting of jiaozi (Hong Pimo 1991, 67). This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot; (Li You 1935, 15).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northern Song government introduced a relatively comprehensive set of regulatory laws and policies in order to ensure the success of issuing jiaozi. In the beginning period of issuing jiaozi, the feudal government was cautious about the issuance of banknotes, and the introduction of laws and policies on the regulation of banknotes showed that the government was fully aware of the credit-dependent nature of banknotes and their weakness in being easy to counterfeit and issue indiscriminately. However, the feudal government often failed to effectively control the issuance of banknotes. When the government needed to spend a large amount of money, it often failed to restrain itself and abused its public credibility by using its power to issue banknotes indefinitely, which eventually caused inflation, thus making the banknotes lose their credibility and turning them into waste paper, as evidenced by the fate of jiaozi in Northern Song Dynasty. The government's abuse of credibility led to jiaozi becoming a tool for its enrichment. Without credibility, jiaozi lost its function of circulation and thus lost its own value of existence (Li Linsha, 2001, 65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi facilitated the commercial turnover of Song Dynasty, bridged the economy of Sichuan with that of northwest China, and indirectly promoted the prosperity of trade between the Northern Song and western countries (Wang Baoping 2010, 50). The advent of jiaozi also facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jiashou 李家寿. (1993). 中国最早纸币——“交子”产生的原因及其年代 [The Reason and Time of the Production of the Earliest Chinese Paper Currency —Jiaozi]. ''财经研究'' Journal of Finance and Economics (12) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuo Tuo 脱脱. (1985). ''宋史'' [The History of Song Dynasty]. Beijing: China Publishing House 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Xinwei 彭信威. (1965). ''中国货币史'' [The History of Chinese Currency]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House] 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Zhiqiang 戴志强. (2006). 有关北宋交子的几个问题 [Several Questions About Jiaozi of Northern Song Dynasty]. ''中国钱币'' China Numismatics (03) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes —Jiaozi]. ''中国品牌与防伪'' China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang 杨武能、邱沛篁. (1995).''成都大词典'' [The Great Dictionary of Chengdu]. Sichuan: Sichuan Lexicographical Publishing House 四川辞书出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 交子的产生 [The Production of Jiaozi]. ''西南金融'' Southwest Finance (S1) 05-26. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 张詠、薛田与交子──关于交子的产生时间、整顿和官交子务的建立 [Zhang Yong, Xue Tian And Jiaozi — On the Production, Reorganization of Jiaozi and the Establishment of the Official Jiaozi Affair Department]. ''四川文物'' Sichuan Cultural Relics (05) 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hong Pimo 洪丕漠. (1991). ''法苑谈往'' [Talking About Some Rules of Ancient China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Bookstore 上海书店.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li You 李攸. (1935). ''宋朝事实'' [Facts of The Song Dynasty]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Linsha 李琳莎. (2001). 论中国早期纸币的盛行及衰落——北宋交子在货币史上的短暂一现 [On the Prevalence and Decline of the Previous Paper Money in China —— the Flash of Jiaozi in the Northern Song Dynasty]. ''上海交通大学学报（哲学社会科学版）'' Journal of Shanghai Jiaotong University(Philosophy and Social Sciences) (03) 65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Baoping 王宝平. (2010). 论交子与宋朝商业繁荣 [On the Currency of Jiaozi and Commercial prosperity in Song Dynasty]. ''开封教育学院学报'' Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education (02) 47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|jiaozi||交子||Fei-qian||飞钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|contractual bonds||契券||the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom||楚的马殷时期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Gui Fang||柜坊||Li Shun||李顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|jiaozi bank||交子铺||broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry)||楮树&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|private jiaozi||私交子||Xue Tian||薛田&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Yizhou||益州||the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty||宋仁宗元年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department||益州交子务||official jiaozi||官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina 201921080003 - Major - Comparative Literature and Cross-Cultural Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pale skin was and still is a sign of aristocracy in the East. Women literally put white on their face, their skin had to be snow-white, so they often went under umbrellas so as not to tan.--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 11:23, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people applied lead powder to their faces, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women did  make up with lead and tin powder.The side effects of using lead powder were truly terrifying. Over time, the skin turned yellow, covered with wrinkles. Accordingly, more and more lead had to be applied each time.The lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail.Rice powder is a unique cosmetic product that can slow down the aging process, protect the skin from the effects of an aggressive environment. A weightless film appears on the face, which prevents active chemical components and dirt from entering the pores. At the same time, the composition is saturated with antioxidants that do not allow the skin to fade quickly. The selection of rice is exquisite. The way it is made: It is grinded into a fine powder, then  processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly replaces by the lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If to compare to modern times, ancient Chinese make-up is not so that simple.We can devideit into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).Blush in ancient China was bright and rich (this contrasted with white skin), which showed the Almighty that they were healthy and happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge also called blush or blusher, is a cosmetic for coloring the cheeks in varying shades, or the lips red. It is applied as a powder or cream. It is a kind of cosmetics made from flowers named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.Which is completely different from modern worldwide beauty standards.Diving into history helps us to see how such simples things change and the way that people's mindsets and tastes change as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that eyebrows can make or break a face—they're that important. Brows frame your eyes and add structure to your face after all.Eyebrows are a separate and one of the favorite parts of makeup. They had to be clear and black. The women shaved off their eyebrows and then dyed the eyebrows in a thin arc or made them straight. It was customary for warriors to dye their eyebrows in such a way as to give the image a more severe look.--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 11:23, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting tradition began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there were many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It also means that the ancient people liked drawing eyebrows back then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style can almost be called the most versatile in the entire Chinese history.In both terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changed.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and prefered simplicity. Therefore, women's make up was subtle and graceful, slightly coated with lead powder  and  with rouge simple make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*White make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people had standards of whiter the better, so women had to apply a lot of powder.The Tang Dynasty women’s powder and style were more diversed and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, It probably was as popular as same as wearing BB creams and foundations in modern girls' make up.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Red make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories were diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were some alternative make ups as well, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), where rouge was used more and was spread all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术》作者：贾思勰--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 05:41, 14 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Some Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术 - is the best-preserved ancient Chinese agricultural text and was written by an official of the Northern Wei Dynasty, Jia Six.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胭脂 - rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*唇脂/口脂 - lipstick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*黛 - black eyebrow dye&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=117681</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=117681"/>
		<updated>2020-12-21T08:07:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Chinese Ancient Weapons -Zhang Hui张慧 202070080622  MTI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: East China Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮 英语笔译 202070080620==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. The architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese. &amp;quot;Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city, Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. It was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman in the Sui Dynasty. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for over 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of over 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. It is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like seeing off pedestrians.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, it has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong is the most famous. (Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. (Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. It was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, leading in smashing down two strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he indicated that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Kun 沈坤. (2016). 中国古代四大名桥[Four famous bridges in ancient China].百姓生活People's life (07) 59-62.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Wei薇薇. (2016).中国人必须知道的国学常识[The common knowledge of Chinese culture that Chinese people must know].雷锋 Lei Feng (Z1) 148-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Lichun魏丽春. (2007).我国的四大名桥[Four famous bridges in China].新长征New Long March (08) 60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Jun黄军. (1996).我国风景名胜中的四大[Four famous scenic spots in China].农家之友 Friends of farmers (03) 46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three. They are “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”, “Wang Yuan removed the strange stones” and “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there for 1400 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To make the slope of the bridge deck gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians.--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:09, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Milk Tea - Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼 MTI英语笔译 202070080621==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol of modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 2020，14）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020,68）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, mitigate fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qingming Riverside Landscspe Garden-Zeng Liang 曾良- MTI 英语笔译-202070080578==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden is a large-scale historical and cultural theme park covering an area of more than 600 acresand showing the prosperous scenery of Song Dynasty. It is based on the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' drawn by famous painter Zhang Zeduan in the earlier Song Dynasty (Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China's first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and also, the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions and China's intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998. (Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' is a precious scroll of social and folk life in ancient China, reflecting the social life, manners and customs of marketplace, and urban architectural patterns of Kaifeng, the capital of the Northern Song Dynasty in China. Although it is just a minor part of Kaifeng at that time, people can still have a glimpse of the general appearance of other streets and urban areas. It is interesting that a thousand years ago, Zhang Zeduan moved it from reality to a painting, but a thousand years later, Kaifeng people moved it from a painting into reality. Wandering among them, people can have a feeling of going back in time. (Zhang Lu 2013,25) &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight functional zones including posthouse, folk custom, characteristic food street, demonstration of culture in Song Dynasty, flower, bird, fish, bug, prosperous capital, leisure and shopping, and integrated service, and four cultural zones including military drill ground, Rainbow Bridge, folk custom, and capital of Song Dynasty. The main architechtures of the garden include gate building, rainbow bridge, street view, stores, river channels, wharfs and ships. According to the original layout of Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival, the garden presents the fabrications on site such as wine shops, teahouses, pawnshops, Bian (today’s Kaifeng) embroideries, official porcelains, and New Year paintings, gathers folk performance, vaudeville, and drum performance. (Gao Jing 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attrations in the garden include Rainbow Bridge, Fuyun Pavillion, Shangshan Gate and so on. The Rainbow Bridge is an important creation in the history of ancient Chinese bridges. It is listed as the top ten famous bridges in China, and a major landscape in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The original one was built in 1050 and reconstructed in 1998. It is a replica of one of the ten ancient timber bridges. (Chen Kang 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuyun Pavillion, the tallest building in the garden, reaches 31.99 meters high. The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map. From the outside, the pavilion is four floors but there are another three floors hidden inside. It is also the place where important royal documents and traditional Chinese painting and books are stored during the Song Dynasty. (Zhang Lu 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden will hold a series of cultural festivals, such as folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, Qingming cultural festival, and chrysanthemum cultural festival. During the folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, the scenic spot will gather unique folk performances across the country, such as flower-drum on the high platform, stilt, dragon dance, lion dance, small Henan opera. The international lantern exhibition is the highlight of folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty. A visual feast will be brought by auspicious tradition of Chinese Pavilion, the fresheness and refineness of Asian Pavilion, simplicity and fashion of European Pavilion, the quaint Buddhism of the Southeast Asia Pavilion, and the luxurious atmosphere of the African Pavillion. (Zhang Lu 2013, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During the Qingming Festival, the garden will hold some Qingming cultural festivals to promote traditional festival culture. At that time, vistors can walk out for a spring outing, plant willion trees, watch folk customs, taste snacks, and enjoy the large-scale water live performances called ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''. This event combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. (Gao Jing 2010,17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum cultural festival is another grand one in the garden, during which all kinds of chrysanthemums will be presented. The annual chrysanthemum festival in Kaifeng is held from October to November. Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden focuses on beautiful chrysanthemum plants, and makes full use of architectures, sculptures, mountains, the surface of the water and association of activity and inertia to highlight the cultivated and creative skills of Kaifeng people. Chrysanthemums are changed into various shapes, attracting thousands of visitors from all over the world. In the exhibition, visitors can enjoy and appreciate some species of chrysanthemum that are rarely seen in our daily life. (Zhang Lu 2013,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are vaious performances presented in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden, such as &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Baogong Salutes to Guests&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Spitting Fire Show&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Cockfight&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Women's Polo&amp;quot; and so on. Among these formances, &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot; is a representative show of the garden. It is a large-scale live water performance produced by Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The performance lasts for 70 minutes and is performed by more than 700 actors. It is a scroll about the heyday of the Northern Song Dynasty. The bustling scene of the Song Dynasty market, the prosperity of the capital of Bianliang(today's Kaifeng), the mighty momentum of luxurious neighboring countries, the tragedy of wars, and the sustenance of blessings constitute a wash painting with a combination of noise and tranquility. (Gao Jing 2010,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese architectures and western architectures are different. The ancient architectures of China can be divided into palace architecure, religious architecture, mansion architecture and public architecture, which can be seen in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. Compared with the Gothic architecture during the Middles Ages of the western Europe, the architecture of Song Dynasty shows a delicate and soft style, with complex forms of palaces, terraces, towers and pavilions, while Gothic archetecture is magnificent and exquisite. It has pointed vaults, which gives people a visual impact and has a strong religious color. (Pang Runxin 2019,10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden 清明上河园&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' 《清明上河图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainbow Bridge 虹桥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuyun Pavillion 浮云阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shangshan Gate 上善门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chrysanthemum 菊花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baogong Salute to Guests 包公迎宾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spitting Fire Show 气功喷火&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cockfight 斗鸡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Women’s Polo 女子马球&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty 大宋·东京梦华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the location of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What’s the role of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden opened to the public?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Who is the painter of ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which dynasty does the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. What does the name of &amp;quot;Fuyun Pavilion&amp;quot; mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. What are the characteristics of the performance of &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Can you please list some kinds of performance of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden besides &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. It is located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Zhang Zeduan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Northern Song Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The name of &amp;quot;Fuyun&amp;quot; has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Baogong Salutes to Guests, Spitting Fire Show, Cockfight, and Women’s Polo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Kang 陈康. (2006).《清明上河园》的精彩场景——贯木拱虹桥 [Excellent Scenes of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden——Wooden Arch Rainbow Bridge]. ''集邮博览'' Philatelic Panorama (07) 62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Jing 高静. (2010). 清明上河园——玩转宋文化 [Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden—Fully Experience the Culture of Song Dyansty]. ''光彩'' Brilliance (04) 16-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Mei 李梅. (2007). 清明上河园特色建设与长远发展 [Distinctive Architecture of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden nd its Long Development]. ''合作经济与科技'' Co-operative Economyand Science (8) 10-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Runxin 庞润昕. (2019). 《清明上河图》的建筑艺术 [Architectural Art in Paintings of Riverside Scene Qingming Festival]. ''景德镇陶瓷大学'' Jingdezheng Ceramic Institute (06) 10-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tuo 韦陀. (2006). 张择端之《清明上河图》 [Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival Painted by Zhang Zeduan]. ''紫禁城'' Forbidden City （Z2) 13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Lu 张璐. (2013). 清明上河园与宋都文化传承创新研究 [Inheritance and Innovation Research Study of &amp;quot;Qingming River&amp;quot; Song Dynasty Theme Park]. ''赤峰学院学报'' Chi Feng College Journal (05) 23-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 15:36, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Batik, Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛202070080579 MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which was excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the pattern on the quilt is still unknown.(Liu Haili, 1986,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. (Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik, Cao Saina, 2020,5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region. （Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and drying in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turns out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.(Liao Li, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.(Liao Li, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.（Li Xing, 2020,3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns.（Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(Liao Li, 2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and become popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Encyclopedia—Batik 百度百科—蜡染. (2020). https://baike.baidu.com/item/蜡染/306637?fr=aladdin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Li. 廖利.(2012). 蜡染艺术 [Batik Art] 世界大学城 http://www.worlduc.com/blog2012.aspx?bid=13678859&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Saina曹赛娜. (2010). 中国蜡染演化趋势与本土活化方式浅探 [The Evolution Trend of Chinese Batik and Its Local Activation Method]. “ 中国美术学院” China Art College 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xing, 李欣. (2020). 贵州蜡染发展源流及文化内涵 [Development and Cultural Connotations of Batik in Guizhou]. “ 广东教育学会教育现代化专业委员会2020年第一次学术研讨会论文集” Memoir of the first academic seminar of the Education Modernization Professional Committee of the Guangdong Education Society in 2020 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Haili刘海粟. (1986). 贵州蜡染的历史、现状及其发展 [The History, Current Situation and Development of Batik in Guizhou]. “贵州师范大学学报(社会科学版)” Guizhou Normal University Journal(Social and Scientific Edition) (01):1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Ancient Weapons -Zhang Hui张慧 202070080622  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.Quotation missing--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 13:42, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.(China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.(Jwing-Ming Yang ,1999).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] 百度百科.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] 沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] &amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 08:07, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Terracotta Army-Zhang Ling 张玲 英语笔译 202070080623==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terracotta Army===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots, which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi,  the first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in his afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 11:34, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well to find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising finding, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China.(Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin dynasty, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he had unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China.(Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor seems to have been especially keen on pursuing immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese governors generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters at depth. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armors with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easier to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of a lack of technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after fired in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portrayed a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be listed in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Kelly Richman-Abdou. (2020). Unearthing the Importance of the Life-Sized Terracotta Warriors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Mark Cartwright. (2017). Terracotta Army. Ancient History Encyclopedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Travel China Guide. (2020). What is the Terracotta Army? 10 Things You should Know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                                 '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature.--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally falls into three categories:--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the differences between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai were more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape was achieved in Yuan Dynasty, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, the category of bonsai was more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai, drought bonsai, water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearances further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago. At that time, People already knew that plants can be planted in bonsai for enjoyment. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to prove the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later. Cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting:  Putting new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirements for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsais are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, and it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
*trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
*pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
*the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
*pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
*literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
*clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
*Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
*What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
*From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
*The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
*Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]百度百科：盆景的种类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]百度百科：盆景修建技巧，2018，盆栽管&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]搜狐网：盆景的历史渊源，2017，菖蒲寿石斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Wekipedia: The difference of Chinese penjing and other countries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹 202070080648 英语口译 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Overview of Douyin and Tik Tok ====    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app developed by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is a platform for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents cover a wide range of topics such as challenges-tackling and funny anecdotes. “It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China.” (Hans Tung; 2018:1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In September 2017, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was launched. Although both Douyin and Tick Tok were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. “Depending on the types of the app stores, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin in Chinese app stores and Tik Tok in overseas ones.” (Wang Ning, 2019: 11-12) The two apps host completely different content, and the content is not shared between them. However, they both offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option of special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, the mode of both Douyin and Tik Tok is similar. According to Liang’s description of Douyin,“The platform is based on ultra-short, user-posted videos with music. Such clips are lasting only 15 seconds but can be strung together to make 60-second stories.” (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21) The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. Contents themed on dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts are most welcomed on Douyin. (Tian Fengchang, 2020: 15-17) In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing at the same time, with songs provided by Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second stream of videos nonstop, as does how you look through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people can't help spending most of their spare time on the For You Page. (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that tracks the users' preferences through their browser history. This is the way how the algorithm works—anticipating what users will enjoy based on the content they have already engaged with. It also shows content it thinks could go viral. The point is that if the content is good the algorithm will fulfill its &amp;quot;duty&amp;quot;, regardless of how many followers the creator has. (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ====   &lt;br /&gt;
As what was mentioned before, Tik Tok or Douyin is somehow similar to Instagram. Despite their alike fundamentals, they have their own distinctive features. Differences between them are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Time limit: Tik Tok currently does not support a long-form video. While IGTV, Instagram’s long-form video feature, allows a video length of up to one hour. (Carissa Brones, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
2. Users: Most Tik Tok users are younger than that of Instagram. According to Carissa Brones, “Most Tik Tok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y.” (TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Community: Compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. It allows users to easily connect, build friendships, and collab with each other. Besides, something new and trendy is pushed to the users every week, so as to further increase its attention. Therefore, some creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok. (Carissa Brones, 2019) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Popularity and Effects ====   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Several reasons why Tik Tok is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy from China, Jimmy Fallon from American, have helped drive Tik Tok's popularity. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that Tik Tok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a Tik Tok or doing one of the Tik Tok dances. (Wang Ning, 2019: 15-16) Here are some benefits of Tik Tok: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of Tik Tok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, Tik Tok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Publicity: With Tik Tok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on Tik Tok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from Tik Tok. As an engaging platform, Tik Tok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Chinese Red Cross Foundation or intern for companies. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. there are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making users hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later only to find have lost an entire day. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people criticize other people’s videos, while others create videos for deriding someone. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved, thus resulting in life-threatening situations and decisions. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues. (Tian Xiaofang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Red Cross Foundation 中国红十字基金会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mental health 心理健康&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Q1. What is Tik Tok？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q3. Why Tik Tok is so popular around the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q4. What are the benefits of Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q5. What are the concerns about Tik Tok? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A1: Tik Tok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A2: They are two different versions that can be downloaded in different regions -- Douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A3: Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A4: Tik Tok can bring moral entertainment and publicity providing new opportunities. Additionally, People can learn new things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A5: Many worried that Tik Tok is addictive, bad for mental health, and unsafe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
* Carissa Brones. Instagram vs. Tik Tok: App Battle 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hans Tung. 8 Lessons from the Rise of Douyin. 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Liang Quancun梁全存.“抖音”短视频发展战略研究[Research on the Development Strategy of Tik Tok ][D].北京:北京交通大学[Beijing Jiao Tong University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Fengchang, Huang Xiaozhang 田丰畅，黄孝章. 基于SWOT分析的抖音短视频研究[Research of SWOT Analysis Based on Tik Tok][J].''中国商论''[China Business], 2020(22):15-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Xiaofang 田小芳. 从传播学角度分析抖音短视频的爆红[Analysis of the popularity of Tik Tok from a communication perspective ] [J].''现代营销(信息版)'',[ Modern Marketing (Information Edition),] 2019(06):214-215.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* WANG N. Data story of Tiktok[J]. 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wu W. Chinese Animation, Creative Industries, and Digital Culture[M]. Routledge, 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao B, Koetse M. Chinese Arts Students into Panic Mode after Failing to Register for Exams Amid Announced Reforms[J].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xing Lu, Lu ZHicong, 2019, Fifteen Seconds of Fame: A Qualitative Study of Douyin, A Short Video Sharing Mobile Application in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳 202070080649 英语口译==   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Buddhist Shrines===   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity,which ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated and achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.(Gan Shude, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Wutai=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. It is the ashram of Manjusri Bodhisattva who is the god of wisdom in China. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. （Lu Yao 2011,87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Putuo=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. （Jing Tianxing, 2008）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Emei=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva who is the god of practice in China. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Just the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...(Gan Shude,1998）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Jiuhua=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha who is the god of willingness and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. It was initially named Mount Jiuzi and was latter renamed to Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Li Bai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and late of Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.（Chen chi,2004）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Li Bai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which provinces are the Four Buddhist Shrines in respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet [[Li Bai]]?--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 10:10, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. They are Mount Wutai, Mount Putuo, Mount Jiuhua, Mount Emei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. They are Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mount Wutai is in Shanxi province. Mount Putuo is in Zhejiang province. Mount Emei is in Sichuan province. Mount Jiuhua is in Anhui province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Mount Wutai in China, Lumpini in Nepal, and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Mount Putuo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Mount Jiuhua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Gan Shude 干树德.(1998).“中国佛教四大名山”之说由何而来?[J] ''Where did the Theory of &amp;quot;Four Famous Mountains of Chinese Buddhism&amp;quot; Come from?'' Knowledege of Literature and History 文史知识,1998(02):76-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Lu Yao 路遥. (2011).《四大菩萨与民间信仰》 ''The Four Bodhisattvas and Folk Belifes''. Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Jing Tianxing 景天星. (2019).汉传佛教四大菩萨及其应化道场演变考述[J] ''Research on the Four Great Bodhisattvas and the Evolution of Their Shrines''.  World religion studies世界宗教研究 2019(04):60-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. https://www.chinadiscovery.com/articles/four-sacred-buddhist-mountains-in-china.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Chen Chi 陈迟.(2014) 《明清四大佛教名山的形成及寺院历史变迁》''The Formation of the Four Famous Buddhist Mountains in Ming and Qing Dynasties and the Historical Changes of Temples''博士学位论文Doctoral Dissertation, Tsinghua University 清华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:05, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Science and Technology, Compass - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625, MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as one of the advanced scientific technologies in ancient China, has made great contributions to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity, use the polarity in the earth's magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions (Lu and Huang 1995,1). The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;  (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest south-pointing device appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth bronze plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. (Lu and Huang 1995,3-4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism acquired from the magnetic field was weak, resulting in the decrease in practical values. (Lu and Huang 1995,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water (Lu and Huang 1995,11). And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction. (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as a tool for guiding the direction, has played an important role in people's daily life and in the navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It is recorded that Qin emperor used a diving board and compass in his royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass led people to believe that the square plate symbolized the earth and the round disc symbolized the heaven. And around the round disc, there engraved the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 constellations (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a superstition, the compass was endowed with the wishful thinking of the people. Nowadays many people still use the concept of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremonies. (China Week 2003,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass has played an important role in providing guidance.(Lu and Huang 1995,12-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty (China Week 2003,35). After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until the 16th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.(Lu and Huang 1995,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot; [四大发明]. ''China's Foreign Trade'' [《中国外贸》].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House [中国学术期刊电子出版社].05(2012).&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot; [指南针——中国四大发明之一]. ''China Week'' [《中华周刊》]. China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House [中国学术期刊电子出版社].04(2003).&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全Lu Caiquan，黄惠贤Huang Huixian. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》 [''Chinese Civilization Shines in the World, The &amp;quot;Four Great Inventions&amp;quot; and Traditional Chinese Medicine'']. 武汉：武汉大学出版社 [Wuhan University Press].1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions 四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*''Devil Valley Master'' 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor 司南&lt;br /&gt;
*''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles'') 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang 曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du 丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish 指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*''Dream Pool Essays'' 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass 旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams 八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal 常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What's the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? &lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? &lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What's the symbol of the original shape of the compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*The earliest reference was ''Devil Valley Master'', found in the 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.&lt;br /&gt;
*The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass.&lt;br /&gt;
*The square plate symbolizes earth and the circular disc symbolizes heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
*Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.--[[User:Zhang Yu|Zhang Yu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yu|talk]]) 12:46, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio  Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'', abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling===&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his house. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he put many of them in ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Contents and Themes===&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'' has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head'' and so on. The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. ''Ye Sheng'', ''Si Wen Lang'', ''Yu Qu E'' and ''Wang Zian'' are all such works. The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as ''Xi Fangping'', ''Promoting Weaving'', ''Dream Wolf'', and ''Mei Girl''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling himeself suffered from his repeated failure in the imperial examination. In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. A Typical Story===&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Features of the Book===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.  The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Four Main Philosophic Schools-张宇星 Zhang Yuxing 202070080650 MTI 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Confucianism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and tried to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions (Chen Jianhua, 2020, 43). Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatening the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism (Liu Shiyu, 2018, 80). However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, so the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaws in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development (Ren Anjing, 2020, 54), and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation could survive whatever disaster it encountered as well. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Taoism or Daoism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》) (Song Liyan, 2020, 10). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on the development of Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts (百家争鸣)”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then(Ren Anjing, 2020, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor selected Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Legalism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law at its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly (He Lele, 2020, 59). Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishments according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mohism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought (Chen Jun, 2020, 145). A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group.&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the latter contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism (Zhou Baoyan, 2020, 53). However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	陈珂均. 先秦四大家看利与义[J]. 中学生天地, 2016(3): 42-43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.	周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.	程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.	马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想[J]. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.	魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 12:38, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Writing and Painting Tool, Writing Brush - Zhao Xi 赵茜 202070080627 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush, a writing and painting tool originated from China, is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the home of writing brush --- Hengshui of Hubei province and Huzhou of Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the third day of the third lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 03:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually, which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.(Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user's convenience.(Du Xiaofeng 2019, 35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province become the center of writing brush manufacturing across the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly were rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) --[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the introduction of western paintings into China, traditional Chinese realistic paintings went downhill and thus the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one. (Wang Xiaaojuan 2013, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杜霄枫Du Xiaofeng. 苏易简《文房四谱》研究[Study on Su Yijian's Four Treasures of the Study].郑州大学[Zhengzhou University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王小娟Wang Xiaojuan. 宋代文房四宝与文人[Four Treasures of the Study and Literati in the Song Dynasty].华中师范大学[Central China Normal University],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*徐清Xu Qing.毛笔的发展及历代名工[The Development of Writing Brush and Famous Workers in Past Dynasties].中国书法[Chinese Calligraphy],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*鄢豪Yan Hao. 器锐、法妙、事善[D].湖南师范大学,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Classical Fairy Tales -Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 202070080628  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1](Strassberg(2002),132.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2](Strassberg(2002)) According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4](Laban (2016-02-08)). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5](Flake, Ben (2014-01-31)). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6](Yuan, Haiwang (2006)). The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Face Changing in Sichuan Opera - Zhou Yiwen 周艺文 202070080629 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sichuan Opera and its characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being. Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. (https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The origin and development of face changing &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art. Face-changing is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. It is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. (百度百科: 川剧变脸--历史起源 Baidu Baike：The origin of face changing)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. (https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black. (Xiao, 2013:54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The symbolic meaning and typical characters in different colors of Lianpu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most direct impression of Sichuan Opera facial makeup is its colorful colors, which are just like the color plates in paintings. Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green. The colors are bright and pure, exaggerated and gorgeous. Its color is rich and changeful, each kind of color has its connotation. In addition to the differences in color, people's perception of color in daily life is more related to the aesthetic meaning and cultural connotation. For example, yellow represents sunshine, green represents health, black represents darkness, etc. On the one hand, the colors on facial masks exaggerate and amplify the features of the characters; on the other hand, they also express the hearts of the characters through the symbolic meanings. The colors become the basis for the audience to evaluate the characters, either praising or criticizing. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness, and the most famous one is Guan Yu in Romance of The Three Kingdoms. He is loyal to Liu Bei all his life and does not seek vanity. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters, such as Cao Cao, Qin Hui, Yan Song, Sima Yi. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness, the most typical is Bao Zheng’s facial makeup, in addition to Li Kui, Zhang Fei, Xiang Yu and so on. Yellow symbolizes bravery and violence, such as Dian Wei and Pang Juan. Green symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness, such as The “green tiger” Xu Shiying. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce, such as Dou Erdun, Cheng Yaojin, Gongsun Sheng, etc. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters, representing Buddhas, gods, spirits, ghosts, etc. For example, Sun Wukong (Monkey King) has a facial makeup with burning eyes and some gold on his eyelids, thus showing the cleverness of the Monkey King. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the visual focus for the audience to appreciate Sichuan opera, the varied colors of facial makeup bring different levels of inner feelings to the audience. Such rich and varied colors successfully express the character of the opera characters and the historical judgment of their emotions in a clear and appropriate way. It can be said that color, as a visual language, occupies a very important position in sichuan opera facial makeup art. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Crafting materials for facial makeup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the materials of Sichuan Opera face-changing, they were mostly based on the hard surface shell made of rough paper paste at the beginning. After continuous improvement, they evolved into drawing on the thin paper surface. Folding fans or cloaks were often used to cover the face-changing process. At the moment of turning a head or stroke sleeve quickly pull off layers of facial makeup. After the founding of new China, with extensive attention paid to the art of Sichuan Opera, face-changing stunts have also made considerable progress, and the process materials for making facial masks have been gradually replaced by lighter and more durable silk fabrics from the original paper. For performers, the use of the silk fabric not only speeds up the production time of facial masks, but also increases the time for instant facial makeup. Different from the complexity of the traditional facial makeup drawing process, this facial makeup making process does not need to consider the facial structure, and the drawing pattern is more free and smooth. However, it should be noted that because of the rapid change of face mask in the performance process, the instant face change, the stage effect is strong, so this kind of face mask is very particular about simple writing, bright colors, rough and powerful. (Luo, 2019, 13:29-30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Three main types of Lianpu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops.(百度百科: 川剧变脸--表现手法Baidu Baike: Face changing -- Expression methods)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guan Yu         关羽&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Romance of The Three Kindoms  《三国演义》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Bei         刘备&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Cao         曹操&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Hui         秦桧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Song        严嵩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sima Yi         司马懿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Zhenhg      包拯&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Kui          李逵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Fei       张飞&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dian Wei        典韦&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Juan       庞涓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Shiying      徐世英&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dou Erdun       窦尔敦&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Yaojin    程咬金&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gongsun Sheng   公孙胜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Wukong,     孙悟空&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monkey King     孙悟空，美猴王	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the typical colors of lianpu and what are their symbolic meanings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness. Yellow symbolizes bravery and violence. Green symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Yue. 罗玥. (2019). 浅谈川剧随心变的变脸脸谱艺术 [On the Art of Changing Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera]. ''戏剧之家'' Home Drama13:29-30. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Huaqing. 王华清. (2017). 刍议川剧脸谱艺术特征 [Analysis of the Artistic Characteristics of Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera]. ''设计'' Design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Yuanjin. 萧源锦. (2013). 神奇莫测的川剧变脸 [Magical Face Changes of Sichuan Opera]. ''文史杂志'' Journal of Literature and History 2: 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科Baidu Baike&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm  --[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 14:15, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Nine-Grade Official Selection System in Wei, Jin, Southern and Northern Dynasties-Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲 Student No.202070080630==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Nine-Grade Official Selection System in Wei, Jin, Southern and Northern Dynasties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei, Jin and Southern and Northern Dynasties (AD 220-AD 589), China was a profoundly divided country. Different from the unified Han Dynasty, in this period the northern and southern part of China confronted each other, with numerous political regimes existing at the same time. In this period, the official selection system was mainly the Nine-Rank Official Selection System. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei, Jin and Southern and Northern Dynasties (AD 220-AD 589), China was a profoundly divided country. Different from the unified Han Dynasty, in this period the northern and southern part of China confronted each other, with numerous political regimes existing at the same time. In this period, the official selection system was mainly the Nine-Rank Official Selection System. --[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nine-Rank Official Selection System originated from Cao Cao's thought of &amp;quot;meritocracy&amp;quot; in the late Eastern Han Dynasty (AD 184-AD 220), and was not formally carried out by Cao Pi, king of Wei, until AD 220. When Cao Pi established this system of selecting officials, he hoped that &amp;quot;it is based on the merits of talents, not on the superiority of aristocratic families&amp;quot;. And the establishment of this system also used the Recommendatory System (a method of civil recruitment) in Han Dynasty for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nine-Rank Official Selection System originated from Cao Cao's thought of &amp;quot;meritocracy&amp;quot; in the late Eastern Han Dynasty (AD 184-AD 220), and was not formally carried out by Cao Pi, king of Wei, until AD 220. When Cao Pi established this system of selecting officials, he hoped that &amp;quot;it is based on the merits of talents, not on the superiority of aristocratic families&amp;quot;. And the establishment of this system also used the Recommendatory System (a method of civil recruitment) in Han Dynasty for reference.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the Nine-Rank Official Selection System are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Local dignitaries with integrity and talents would be appointed by the imperial court as Rectifiers. Rectifiers in each Region would be classified as Senior Rectifiers, in each Commandery as Junior Rectifiers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Rectifiers were in charge of classifying all males in their jurisdiction into nine ranks based on the candidates' talents, morality and hereditary social status. The Rectifier were only in charge of classification. They didn't have the power of appointment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The nine ranks were superior-superior, superior-intermediary, superior-inferior, intermediary-superior, intermediary-intermediary, intermediary-inferior, inferior-superior, inferior-intermediary, and inferior-inferior. (see picture)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:The Nine-Grade Official Selection System.jpg|200px|thumb|left|The Nine-Grade Official Selection System, image from Baike. Click [https://baike.baidu.com/pic/%E4%B9%9D%E5%93%81%E4%B8%AD%E6%AD%A3%E5%88%B6/1711003/1/77c6a7efce1b9d16f5c6d3cef9deb48f8c54641f?fr=lemma&amp;amp;ct=single#aid=1&amp;amp;pic=77c6a7efce1b9d16f5c6d3cef9deb48f8c54641f.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
4. Firstly, the Junior Rectifier would consider to a large extent what status the candidate’s ancestors had possessed and how many generations had taken office. Secondly, the Junior Rectifier proceeded to examine the merits of the candidate. Thirdly, the Junior Rectifier would hand in their classification to the Senior Rectifier who would check the validity of the classification and submit it to the Minister of Personnel. Finally, the Minister of Personnel would select the officials and appointed them to office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The level of the office was parallel to the rank of each candidate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Every three years, the Rectifier would submit their recommendations to the Minister of Personnel. In the recommendations, the Rectifier would state their opinion as to whether officials who had already been conferred offices should be promoted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Firstly, the Junior Rectifier would consider to a large extent what status the candidate’s ancestors had possessed and how many generations had taken office. Secondly, the Junior Rectifier proceeded to examine the merits of the candidate. Thirdly, the Junior Rectifier would hand in their classification to the Senior Rectifier who would check the validity of the classification and submit it to the Minister of Personnel. Finally, the Minister of Personnel would select the officials and appointed them to office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The level of the office was parallel to the rank of each candidate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Every three years, the Rectifier would submit their recommendations to the Minister of Personnel. In the recommendations, the Rectifier would state their opinion as to whether officials who had already been conferred offices should be promoted or not.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the implementation, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System played a positive role. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the implementation, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System played a positive role. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with the passage of time, the negative factors in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System began to play an overwhelming role. Due to the lack of supervision mechanism, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System gradually became a tool for the elite class to control the selection of talents and to further control the whole bureaucratic system. The Twenty-Four Histories described the bureaucratic stratum of that times as “Nobody ranked as a superior comes from a humble family; nobody classified as an inferior comes from a noble family.” Besides, since morality was given priority in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System, talents with moral flaws would lose the opportunity of being recruited forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with the passage of time, the negative factors in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System began to play an overwhelming role. Due to the lack of supervision mechanism, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System gradually became a tool for the elite class to control the selection of talents and to further control the whole bureaucratic system. The Twenty-Four Histories described the bureaucratic stratum of that times as “Nobody ranked as a superior comes from a humble family; nobody classified as an inferior comes from a noble family.” Besides, since morality was given priority in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System, talents with moral flaws would lose the opportunity of being recruited forever.--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 14:16, 19 December 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nine-Rank Official Selection System 九品中正制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendatory System 察举制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rectifier 中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Senior Rectifier 大中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junior Rectifier 小中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Region 州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commandery 郡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-superior 上上&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-intermediary 上中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-inferior 上下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-superior 中上 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-intermediary 中中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-inferior 中下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inferior-superior 下上&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inferior-intermediary 下中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and inferior-inferior 下下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minister of Personnel 吏部尚书&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Twenty-Four Histories 《二十四史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who established the Nine-Rank Official Selection System?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What does a Rectifier do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What are the nine ranks?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What's the positive influence of the Nine-Rank Official Selection System?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cao Pi, king of Wei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A Rectifier is in charge of classifying all males in their jurisdiction into nine ranks based on the candidates’ talents, morality and hereditary social status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The nine ranks are superior-superior, superior-intermediary, superior-inferior, intermediary-superior, intermediary-intermediary, intermediary-inferior, inferior-superior, inferior-intermediary, and inferior-inferior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Sun Xiaoyu, ''A Chinese History Reader'', Singapore: Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ld., 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Charles O Hucker, ''A Dictionary of Official Titles in Imperial China'', Palo Alto: Stanford University Press, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Deng Zhongping 邓中平. (2010). 浅析中国古代选官制度及启示 [Analysis of ancient Chinese system for selecting officers and enlightenment].西南政法大学 Southwest University of Political Science and Law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lattice on Ancient Chinese Windows 祝美梅 Student No.202070080632 Major: MTI 英语笔译 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, windows at home and abroad has always played an significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural component-window, affects not only the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, but also the enchantment of a building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable constituent part in their lives.   (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese windows developed a unique style of its own, and was fundamentally different from any other school of architecture in the world. Windows has always been the object of humanity's pursuit of beauty. More than two thousands years ago, Laozi made a brilliant exposition on this: &amp;quot;In order to build a house, although we must establish solid walls, we must also provide doors and windows; so both the impenetrable and penetrable are essential to useful building.&amp;quot; What tis meant was that what was visible was merely the physical setting,  but what really made a structure useful was its invisible space. (Classic of Way and Its Powers, 1996, 56) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in windows in detail. Lattice (gexin格心) is also called “diamond lattice” (ling hua, 菱花). Diamond-shaped patterns were predominantly applied in external decoration in different dynasties in China. Lattice is also called geyan to folklore(格眼). (Ma Weidu, 2006, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 1.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice]]         [[File: Windows 1-1.jpg|200px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth. For the imperial palaces, this pattern means: in front of the emperor is a spectacular landscape characterized by prosperity, peacefulness, vitality and brightness. While for the divine temples, it means that God is in charge of the balance of the universe. When heaven and earth is in congruence with each other, lives on earth flourish and humans survive. This lattice also represents the prayer of our forefathers to plead god’s protection and the bumper harvest of both crops and animals. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 128-130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 2.jpg|300px|The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice]] [[File: Windows 3.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-six-nodes ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Forbidden City, the lattice of partition windows in main palaces are in diamond-shape. It was formed by two or three crossing rods with attached petals at the knot, making it looking a blooming flower. The lattice’s name made by two crossing rods is “the two-crossing-four-nodes lattice”, while by three is “the three-crossing-six-nodes lattice”. This kind of lattice is the most luxuriant and  delicate both in its structure and color scheme. Therefore, it is obviously costly and time-consuming in production and ordinary people are unable to afford it.    (Xiao Mo 1999, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 4-1.jpg|200px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 4.jpg|300px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice is formed by three groups horizontal rods respectively at the above, medium and bottom of a window intertwining with several vertical rods. These slender and long rods seems like arrows, hence the name. Chinese Taoists once said “ The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two give birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” This type of lattice signifies numerous long arrows hanging on the window, with three implications: the property to dispel intruders from evils; a manifestation that inexhaustible weapons are in store with power endowed by heaven and a guarantee the acquisition of wealth as arrows are useful tools in hunting. (Laozi, 2016：105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swastika lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 5-1.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice-1]]     [[File: Windows 5.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swastika lattice, one of the ancient marks in China and India, gives people a spinning feeling. It looks like the spiral form caused by the flowing air or the vortex by running water in a river. The ancients believe that spiral movement is the engine of life. The shape卐 has no clear head nor tail, similar to Tai Chi diagram in traditional Chinese culture. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice represents the restless life and the infinite circulating of the universe. The character’s four directions stretch outside, manifesting auspiciousness and longevity. “swastika brocade” is also known as “ flowing swastika”.（Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 300)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fret lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 6-1.jpg|300px|Fret lattice-1]]  [[File: Windows 6.jpg|300px|Fret lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fret lattice means a safe return, and long happiness and longevity. It was derived from the cloud and thunder pattern inscribed on pottery and bronze wares. The lattice is in square, or rounded spiral shape constructed by horizontal and vertical short lines, looking like the Chinese character “回”. It gives people an illumination urging they to move forward incessantly in their undertakings till success no matter what setbacks and failures we might meet, and the long lasting blessing and longevity. (Yu Shiping, 2019, (01):1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cracked ice lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 7-1.jpg|250px|The cracked ice lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 7.jpg|300px|The cracked ice lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cracked ice pattern symbolize that ice starts melting, the end of the chilly winter and the return of the earth to spring, with all things are reviving and full of vitality. It’s connotation is that all the unpleasant things have passed away, and the good and merry wishes will be realized immediately. This kind of lattice is often applied in private gardens, because it blends well with the peaceful sceneries and always renders silent hope and comforting to whoever have a walk there. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 100-101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The H-shaped Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 8-1.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 8.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-shaped bar pattern lattice not only looks like hieroglyphics, but also symbols things that are exquisite, beautiful and standard. In addition, the ancients thought that the horizontal and vertical lines in the character of “工”  indicating people do things in accordance with the orthodox traditional rules and practices and his integrity. Therefore, this formal lattice is often seen in houses of scholars or officials, a reminder that their manner and speech should be well-disciplined no matter in the public or in private.  (Zhang Jiji, 1991, 115)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The well-shaped lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 9-1.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 9.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The well-shaped lattice is not only the hieroglyph of Chinese character “井”, as well as  resemble the railings surrounded the place where the ancients dug a hole to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, China’s city planning is also expanded following well-shaped pattern. The reason why people choose this pattern is that they want to correspond with the well constellation, a symbol of auspiciousness and wish to keep away from fire hazard. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the West, a window is just a window, which lets light and fresh air come in, but for the Chinese, it is a picture frame, through which the outside garden can be seen.&amp;quot; Bei Lv Ming once said. By means of Lattice as a decoration, the picturesque window is not only a feast to eyes, but also enriches the layers of architectures, reflecting people's expectations for a better life. (Yu Shiping, 2019,(01): 94-95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, people living in cramped quarters have become almost oblivious to the aesthetics of their dwellings. The windows serve no other function than that of ventilation and lighting. In contrast, scholars or even ordinary peoples in ancient China living in dilapidated houses were obviously superior to us in terms of their taste and the efforts they made in improving the residential environment. I consider this is one of the greatest regrets in our modern life and by writing this paper, I aim to arouse people's appreciation and enhance understanding of the splendid architectural culture created by our ancestors and let them be our silent companies to enrich our lives. (Ma Weidu, 2006, 9-10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
diamond lattice 菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice 三交六椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice 双交四椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern 一码三箭样式菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
swastika pattern  万字纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fret Lattice 回纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the cracked ice lattice 冰裂纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the well-shaped lattice 井字样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the practical function of lattice on ancient Chinese windows? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What kind of lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What's the cultural implications of the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Lattice makes the window more lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yixi 黄亦锡. (2008) 酒、酒器与传统文化[Wine, Wineset and Traditional Culture: the Study of Wine Culture of Ancient China]. 厦门大学Xiamen University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liang Si 梁思成.(1994) 中国建筑史[History of Chinese Architecture].江苏美术出版社 Jiangsu Fine Arts Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiao Mo 萧默.(1999)中国建筑艺术史[The Art History of Chinese Architecture].文物出版社 Cultural Relics Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jiji 张家骥.(1991) 中国造园论[On Chinese Gardening].山西人民出版社 Shanxi People's Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Weidu 马未都.(2016) 中国古代门窗[Chinese Ancient Doors and Windows].中国建筑工业出版社 China Building Industry Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Jiawei 赵佳薇(2011). 重庆磁器口传统木雕窗窗棂浅析Analysis on window Lattice of Chongqing Ciqikou Traditional Wood Carving Window. 大众文艺 The Mass Literature and Arts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Shiping 郁世萍（2019). 格心棂花的装饰美——常家庄园传统窗棂艺术研究 [Beauty of Lattice -- Study on Traditional Window Lattice Art of Chang's Manor]. 美术大观 Art Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan吕丹丹，宋魁彦 (2011). 传统民居隔扇格心纹样解析 [An Analysis of the lattices used on Residential Partitions]. 发展 Development.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 04:51, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 202070080631 MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies (Songyang Academy,Yingtianfu Academy,Yuelu Academy, White Deer Grotto Academy)over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976AD). (Wekipedia)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system. Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription.(Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. (Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.(Xu Yanwen, 2020, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.(Kong Sumei, Bai Xu, 2011, 179)[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 AD), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.(Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong, 2012, 409)[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays. Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here.(Ruan Hongsong, 2020, 62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.(Wang Yi, 2019, 106)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yanwen 徐艳文. (2020).古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[The ancient and elegant Yuelu Academy Complex].''中外建筑'' Chinese&amp;amp;Overseas Architecture (06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yuxiang 陈宇翔. (2020).岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[Yuelu Academy: The Holy Land of Huxiang culture].''新湘评论'' Xinxiang Comment (03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Sumei, Bai Xu 孔素美,白旭. (2011)中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[On the architectural form of ancient Chinese academies —— Taking the four great academies in ancient China as an example].''华中建筑'' Huazhong Architecture 29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Muhe 罗慕赫. (2020).岳麓文脉传千年[The Millennium Inheritance of Yuelu culture]. ''中国纪检监察报'' China Discipline Inspection and Supervision Newspaper 09-25(006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan Hongsong 阮红松. (2020).岳麓书院与山长[Yuelu Academy and Shanzhang（principal）].''炎黄纵横'' Yan Huang Zong Heng (03):62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yi 王艺. (2019).沅生芷草，澧育兰花——岳麓书院[Yuan Sheng Zhi Cao, Li Yu Lan Hua —— Yuelu Academy].''广西城镇建设'' Cites and Towns Construction in Guangxi (12):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. (2012).''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy''. Scenic Zone 1976:405-411. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daniel McMahon. (2005).''The Yuelu Academy and Hunan's Nineteenth-Century Turn Toward Statecraft''. Late Imperial China 26(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wekipedia: Yuelu Academy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Xi  朱熹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Shi 周式&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Shi  张栻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiandao Reign  乾道年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng 惟楚有才，于斯为盛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie 忠、孝、廉、洁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.When did Yuelu Academy has been formally set up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the core building of Yuelu Academy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the function of the Lecture Hall?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How many schools, learning and ideas do Yuelu Academy relate to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What had happended in Yuelu Academy in the 6th year of Qiandao Reign?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.In the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the lectures in Yuelu Academy were so popular that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The Lecture Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.The Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Five.They are the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle), the Yangming School, the Donglin School, the Han School and the New Learning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.It held the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 14:47, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, 202070080633 MTI英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|200px|thumb|left|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty), image from Baike. Click [https://ss1.bdstatic.com/70cFvXSh_Q1YnxGkpoWK1HF6hhy/it/u=3838516284,3835551581&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It is recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists (Li Jiashou 1993, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of jiaozi is still uncertain and has aroused a lot of discussions in which there are five main ideas. The first point of view is that jiaozi originated from Fei-qian (currency exchange notes in Tang Dynasty), which was recorded in ''The History of Song Dynasty'' (Tuo Tuo 1985, 181). Secondly, some people believe that jiaozi developes from contractual bonds. Peng Xinwei, a well-known Chinese currency historians and numismatics, exemplified that during the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom (907-930), the iron coins in circulation were too big and heavy, making people trade with contractual bonds which had the same function as paper currency (Peng Xinwei 1965, 259). Besides, an institution in Tang Dynasty called “Gui Fang” is regarded by some people as the origin of jiaozi. This kind of institutions specialize in the storage and lending of money and commodities. In addition, there is another opinion that it's the lack of coins in circulation caused by people stopping minting iron coins during Li Shun’s uprising that promotes the origin of jiaozi (Dai Zhiqiang 2006, 43). The last thought about jiaozi’s origin is that the coins were of great weight, casting a great burden on merchants in carrying them, so they invented jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental, but was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of commodity economy in Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. The iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic center, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit (Mu Zi 2006, 79). All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera (paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi (Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang, 1995, 835). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot; (Jia Daquan 1994, 22). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the first year of Renzong reign (1023), Xue Tian, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchants run the banks (Jia Daquan 1994, 61). It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. In order to ensure the proper circulation of jiaozi, the government also enacted laws to criminalize the counterfeiting of jiaozi (Hong Pimo 1991, 67). This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot; (Li You 1935, 15).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northern Song government introduced a relatively comprehensive set of regulatory laws and policies in order to ensure the success of issuing jiaozi. In the beginning period of issuing jiaozi, the feudal government was cautious about the issuance of banknotes, and the introduction of laws and policies on the regulation of banknotes showed that the government was fully aware of the credit-dependent nature of banknotes and their weakness in being easy to counterfeit and issue indiscriminately. However, the feudal government often failed to effectively control the issuance of banknotes. When the government needed to spend a large amount of money, it often failed to restrain itself and abused its public credibility by using its power to issue banknotes indefinitely, which eventually caused inflation, thus making the banknotes lose their credibility and turning them into waste paper, as evidenced by the fate of jiaozi in Northern Song Dynasty. The government's abuse of credibility led to jiaozi becoming a tool for its enrichment. Without credibility, jiaozi lost its function of circulation and thus lost its own value of existence (Li Linsha, 2001, 65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi facilitated the commercial turnover of Song Dynasty, bridged the economy of Sichuan with that of northwest China, and indirectly promoted the prosperity of trade between the Northern Song and western countries (Wang Baoping 2010, 50). The advent of jiaozi also facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jiashou 李家寿. (1993). 中国最早纸币——“交子”产生的原因及其年代 [The Reason and Time of the Production of the Earliest Chinese Paper Currency —Jiaozi]. ''财经研究'' Journal of Finance and Economics (12) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuo Tuo 脱脱. (1985). ''宋史'' [The History of Song Dynasty]. Beijing: China Publishing House 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Xinwei 彭信威. (1965). ''中国货币史'' [The History of Chinese Currency]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House] 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Zhiqiang 戴志强. (2006). 有关北宋交子的几个问题 [Several Questions About Jiaozi of Northern Song Dynasty]. ''中国钱币'' China Numismatics (03) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes —Jiaozi]. ''中国品牌与防伪'' China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang 杨武能、邱沛篁. (1995).''成都大词典'' [The Great Dictionary of Chengdu]. Sichuan: Sichuan Lexicographical Publishing House 四川辞书出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 交子的产生 [The Production of Jiaozi]. ''西南金融'' Southwest Finance (S1) 05-26. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 张詠、薛田与交子──关于交子的产生时间、整顿和官交子务的建立 [Zhang Yong, Xue Tian And Jiaozi — On the Production, Reorganization of Jiaozi and the Establishment of the Official Jiaozi Affair Department]. ''四川文物'' Sichuan Cultural Relics (05) 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hong Pimo 洪丕漠. (1991). ''法苑谈往'' [Talking About Some Rules of Ancient China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Bookstore 上海书店.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li You 李攸. (1935). ''宋朝事实'' [Facts of The Song Dynasty]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Linsha 李琳莎. (2001). 论中国早期纸币的盛行及衰落——北宋交子在货币史上的短暂一现 [On the Prevalence and Decline of the Previous Paper Money in China —— the Flash of Jiaozi in the Northern Song Dynasty]. ''上海交通大学学报（哲学社会科学版）'' Journal of Shanghai Jiaotong University(Philosophy and Social Sciences) (03) 65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Baoping 王宝平. (2010). 论交子与宋朝商业繁荣 [On the Currency of Jiaozi and Commercial prosperity in Song Dynasty]. ''开封教育学院学报'' Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education (02) 47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|jiaozi||交子||Fei-qian||飞钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|contractual bonds||契券||the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom||楚的马殷时期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Gui Fang||柜坊||Li Shun||李顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|jiaozi bank||交子铺||broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry)||楮树&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|private jiaozi||私交子||Xue Tian||薛田&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Yizhou||益州||the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty||宋仁宗元年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department||益州交子务||official jiaozi||官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina 201921080003 - Major - Comparative Literature and Cross-Cultural Studies==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pale skin was and still is a sign of aristocracy in the East. Women literally put white on their face, their skin had to be snow-white, so they often went under umbrellas so as not to tan.--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 11:23, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people applied lead powder to their faces, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women did  make up with lead and tin powder.The side effects of using lead powder were truly terrifying. Over time, the skin turned yellow, covered with wrinkles. Accordingly, more and more lead had to be applied each time.The lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail.Rice powder is a unique cosmetic product that can slow down the aging process, protect the skin from the effects of an aggressive environment. A weightless film appears on the face, which prevents active chemical components and dirt from entering the pores. At the same time, the composition is saturated with antioxidants that do not allow the skin to fade quickly. The selection of rice is exquisite. The way it is made: It is grinded into a fine powder, then  processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly replaces by the lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If to compare to modern times, ancient Chinese make-up is not so that simple.We can devideit into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).Blush in ancient China was bright and rich (this contrasted with white skin), which showed the Almighty that they were healthy and happy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge also called blush or blusher, is a cosmetic for coloring the cheeks in varying shades, or the lips red. It is applied as a powder or cream. It is a kind of cosmetics made from flowers named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.Which is completely different from modern worldwide beauty standards.Diving into history helps us to see how such simples things change and the way that people's mindsets and tastes change as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that eyebrows can make or break a face—they're that important. Brows frame your eyes and add structure to your face after all.Eyebrows are a separate and one of the favorite parts of makeup. They had to be clear and black. The women shaved off their eyebrows and then dyed the eyebrows in a thin arc or made them straight. It was customary for warriors to dye their eyebrows in such a way as to give the image a more severe look.--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 11:23, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting tradition began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there were many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It also means that the ancient people liked drawing eyebrows back then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style can almost be called the most versatile in the entire Chinese history.In both terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changed.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and prefered simplicity. Therefore, women's make up was subtle and graceful, slightly coated with lead powder  and  with rouge simple make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*White make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people had standards of whiter the better, so women had to apply a lot of powder.The Tang Dynasty women’s powder and style were more diversed and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, It probably was as popular as same as wearing BB creams and foundations in modern girls' make up.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Red make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories were diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were some alternative make ups as well, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), where rouge was used more and was spread all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术》作者：贾思勰--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 05:41, 14 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Some Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术 - is the best-preserved ancient Chinese agricultural text and was written by an official of the Northern Wei Dynasty, Jia Six.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胭脂 - rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*唇脂/口脂 - lipstick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*黛 - black eyebrow dye&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=117666</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=117666"/>
		<updated>2020-12-21T08:01:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing 英语笔译 202070080581==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of original language and target language, but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, have not been covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also made a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, one needs to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of readers' understanding and appreciating the original text with  those of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text is called the minimum functional equivalence.The readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text,which is called the maximum functional equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures.Similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focuses mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis.That is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, in which verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator is not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which is direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, translators are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word, which makes it even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence in form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with are going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, translators have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example,“Take care. Hope to see you soon.” is  polite and emotional way to express our feelin .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , translators have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, translators have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to translator's mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, translators can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, translators have to consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore,proper translation skills are needed to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes translators can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases they will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, translators can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or free translation based on functional equivalence. In daily life, Chinese people often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus the sentence will be translated into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, it can be seen that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, translators need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but trasnslators have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, translators need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, translators can figure out exactly his characteristics and reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. Translators will find different types of texts in the process of translation and must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, can the translation be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:30, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu-A Case Study of Folding Bijing 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;肖茜	Xiao Xi No.202020080654 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The success of Hao Jingfang's science fiction novel &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot;, which won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016, could not have been achieved without the rigorous translation work of Ken Liu. The translation of this novel takes the response of the readers of the translated text as the starting point, preserving the meaning and style of the novel while effectively conveying Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of functional equivalence theory that &amp;quot;quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors&amp;quot;. Nida's functional equivalence theory, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has had a profound influence on the translation studies of various literary genres in China. This paper examines the English translation of &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot;, analyzes Ken Liu's use of Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory in his translation, and shows the value of functional equivalence theory for the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
刘宇昆翻译中的功能对等-以《北京折叠》为例&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction novel &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot;, the future Beijing is overpopulated. To solve this crisis, it is transformed into a hierarchical Folding City. The Folding City is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours. The first space is occupied by the upper class of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; the second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; and the third space is occupied by the lower class, who have only eight hours of night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants to send his daughter to a good school, and in order to earn money, he ventures into the first, second and third spaces to deliver letters to others. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and many Chinese native words. The cultural differences between China and the West due to regional factors and customs are a major challenge for translation. The translator must not only consider the reader's understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local color in the work is not removed. The theory of functional equivalence suggests that translation should not be confined to form, and the translator can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text in order to achieve equivalence of content and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory has had a profound impact on China and has brought translators new and effective methods of translation guidance. We can see that Ken Liu is also trying to achieve balance and harmony between the translation and the original text when he translates science fiction novels. This paper analyzes the English translation of &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot; from the perspective of functional equivalence theory and explores how translators achieve the closest equivalence to the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:11）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida, an American scholar and translator, explained dynamic equivalence translation in his influential book,''Toward a Science of Translating''. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, focusing on the equivalence of the reader's response, not just the equivalence of content and form.（Zhao Dandan,2011:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &amp;quot;The Theory and Practice of Translation&amp;quot;, Nida defines dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language. Nida's dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translated reader's reaction to the translation should be the same as the original reader's reaction.（Nida,2004:24）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because dynamic equivalence was controversial in some respects, Nida replaced it with a more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment required to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. Since a functionally equivalent translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language message, the translator's achievement of functional equivalence follows three principles.In his book ''Language, Culture and Translation'', Nida divides functional equivalence into categories on two levels:the minimal level and the maximal level in his work Language, Culture and Translating. The minimal level which is a realistic definition of functional equivalence is defined as &amp;quot;The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it  to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers did&amp;quot;.(Nida 1993:118)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit (1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the response of the reader of the recipient language, and(3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defines the reader's response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory,namely from the form and content of the message to the reader's response. It differs from traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader's responses. If the target language reader's understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the readers of the original text, it can be regarded as functional equivalence of the target language. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s reaction to the translation.（Zhao Dandan,2011:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Three Functional Equivalence in the Chinese Translation of Folding Beijing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Taber point out that &amp;quot;translating consist in reproducing in the receptor language the closet natural equivalence of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning.&amp;quot; Meaning will be discussed in this chapter at three levels: words, sentences and passages, in other words, these are the three levels of detailed analysis of lexicon, syntax, and discourse. According to the theory of functional equivalence, translation is not only about word-for-word equivalence, but also about discovering the author's true meaning. The following is a detailed analysis of how to achieve functional equivalence in translation of ''Folding Beijing'' from lexical, syntactic and discourse perspectives.(Nida,2004:12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In literary translation, it is always a challenge to correctly interpret the meaning of a word or phrase. There are two main difficulties in translating the meaning of a word or phrase. One difficulty is that many English words are polysemous, and they have more than one meaning, so it is difficult to choose the right English word without causing ambiguity. Another difficulty is that the same meaning can be translated into several English expressions, but we should carefully consider which English expression is the most appropriate. In the English translation of ''Folding Beijing'', there are many examples of how the translation can achieve functional equivalence with the original text at the lexical level, as follows: (Ding Juan, 2011:22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“食客围着塑料桌子，埋头在酸辣粉的热气腾腾中，饿虎扑食一般，白色蒸汽遮住了脸。油炸的香味弥漫。货摊上的酸枣和核桃堆成山，腊肉在头顶摇摆。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Customers packed the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls, which were immersed in the aroma of frying oil. They are heartily with their faces buried in bowls of hot and sour rice noodles, their heads hidden by clouds of white steam. Other stands featured mountains of jujubes and walnuts, and hunks of cured meat swung overhead.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people can imagine the scene of street stalls when talking about plastic tables, but other people can't understand it. Therefore, the translator uses the word &amp;quot;the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls&amp;quot; for readers to understand. &amp;quot;Sour and spicy powder&amp;quot; is originally a kind of Chinese noodles. The author uses  &amp;quot;hot and sour rice noodles&amp;quot; to describe the taste of sour and spicy and the raw material of noodles is rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“这时彭蠡出现了。他剔着牙，敞着衬衫的扣子，不紧不慢地踱回来，不时打饱嗝。彭蠡六十多了，变得懒散不修边幅，两颊像沙皮狗一样耷拉着，让嘴角显得总是不满意地撇着。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:3）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, Peng Li appeared: His shirt unbuttoned, a toothpick dangling between his lips, strolling leisurely and burping from time to time. Now in his sixties, Peng had become lazy and slovenly. His cheeks drooped like the jowls of a Shar-Pei, giving him the appearance of being perpetually grumpy.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator uses &amp;quot;a toothpick dangling between his lips&amp;quot; to describe the action of picking teeth，it's more detailed and vivid.  “懒散不修边幅” is translated into &amp;quot;lazy and slovenly&amp;quot; to describe Peng Li is neglectful of his appearance. “显得总是不满意地” is translated into &amp;quot;the appearance of being perpetually grumpy&amp;quot;, in this way, the translation better expresses the author's intention and conveys what appears to be a bad temper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“霓虹灯亮了，商铺顶端闪烁的小灯打出新疆大枣、东北拉皮、上海烤麸和湖南腊肉。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The neon lights came on. Tiny flashing LEDs on top of the shops formed into characters advertising jujubes from Xinjiang, lapi noodles from Northeast China, bran dough from Shanghai, and cured meats from Hunan.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author did not literally translate “闪烁的小灯” into &amp;quot;the little flashing lights &amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;Tiny flashing LEDs&amp;quot;. This is owing to the translator's own understanding of the text, he hopes readers of the English translation to understand that the lights are advertising, so that customers can see and understand the selling points of the store. At the same time, “拉皮” is a special noodle in northeast China, and there is no corresponding suitable English word, so the author uses &amp;quot;lapi&amp;quot;, which is to convey the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Syntactic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax, usually defined as the study of how to construct sentences correctly with words in a language. In literary translation, the translator should make the syntax easy to be understood by the reader. The translator should take full account of the syntactic differences between English and Chinese. （Din Juan,2011:24）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax, as a rule, refers to the study of how to construct sentences correctly with the words in a language. In literary translation, the translator should make the syntax easy to be understood by the readers. Translators should take full account of the syntactic differences between English and Chinese.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of syntax between English and Chinese are mainly reflected in three aspects. First of all, conjunctions and relationship between words in English use frequency is very high. Secondly, English speakers put attention on object consciousness and used to the order from a small object to a large one, from specific to general; In Chinese texts, there is usually a temporal, spatial or causal sequence of time sequence. Finally, English language usually emphasizes important information at the beginning of a sentence, while the Chinese language tends to process information from the obsolete to the fresh for the purpose of impressing people.（Din Juan,2011:24）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese grammar are mainly reflected in three aspects. First, the use of conjunctions and relational words in English is very frequent. Secondly, English speakers focus on object consciousness and are accustomed to the order from small to large objects and from specific to general; in Chinese texts, there is usually a chronological order of time, space or cause and effect. Finally, English usually emphasizes important information at the beginning of a sentence, while Chinese tends to process information from the stale to the fresh in order to impress (Ding Juan, 2011: 24).--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence with the original text, we should not only translate the meaning of words, but also translate the syntactic structure into a proper form. The following are some examples to show that how English translation oh Folding Beijing achieves functional equivalence to the original text in syntactic level: （Din Juan,2011:24）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence with the original, we must not only translate the meaning of the words, but also translate the syntactic structure into the appropriate form. The following are examples of how the English translation of Folding Beijing achieves functional equivalence with the original at the syntactic level:（Din Juan,2011:24）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot; 现在政府太混沌了，做事太慢，僵化，体系也改不动。'他说‘等我将来有了机会，我就推快速工作作风改革。干得不行就滚蛋。'他看老刀还是没有说话，又说, ‘选拔也要放开。也向第三空间放开。’&amp;quot; （Jingfang Hao 2016:15）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;‘The current government is too inefficient and ossified,' he added quickly, ‘slow to respond to challenges, and I don' t see much hope for systematic reform. When I get my opportunity, I'll push for rapid reforms: Anyone who's incompetent will be fired.' Since Lao Gao still didn't seem to show much reaction, he added,‘I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion, including opening up opportunities for candidates from Third Space.'&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the translation of this paragraph, the translator obviously adjusted the word order, and the words said by the same person before the pause were pushed into the next sentence, in order to conform to the logic of English readers. “选拔也要放开” ,the literal translation of this sentence must be incomprehensible to the readers, so the readers have supplemented and translated this sentence into &amp;quot;I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion&amp;quot;, The translator perfectly explains what &amp;quot;放开&amp;quot; means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the translation of this passage, the translator clearly adjusted the word order, pushing what the same person said before the pause to the next sentence to fit the logic of the English reader.&amp;quot; Selection should also be liberalized&amp;quot; ,the literal translation of this sentence must be incomprehensible to the reader, so the reader adds to this sentence and translates it as &amp;quot;I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion&amp;quot;, the translator perfectly explains the meaning of &amp;quot;放开&amp;quot;.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“昏黄的灯光中，老刀想起过去。一个人游荡在垃圾场边缘的所有时光。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Lao Dao talked about his lonely childhood. In the dim lamplight, he recalled his childhood spent alone wandering at the edge of the landfill.” (Ken Liu 2015) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the text refers to “过去” twice with emphasis. In order to achieve the same emphasis in the English translation, the author chose to adjust the word order, placing &amp;quot;In the dim lamplight&amp;quot; between the two sentences, rather than using a subordinate clause like &amp;quot;…childhood that…&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the text emphasizes &amp;quot;the past&amp;quot; twice. To achieve the same emphasis in the English translation, the author chose to adjust the word order by placing &amp;quot;In the dim lamplight&amp;quot; between the two sentences instead of using subordinate clause like&amp;quot;... childhood that...&amp;quot;.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“再回到第三空间，他感觉像是已经走了一个月。城市仍然在缓慢苏醒，城市居民只过了平常的一场睡眠，和前一天连续。不会有人发现老刀的离开。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Returning to Third Space, Lao Dao felt as though he had been traveling for a month. The city was waking up slowly. Most of the residents had slept soundly, and now they picked up their lives from where they had left off the previous cycle, No one would notice that Lao Dao had been away.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, we can see clearly that English has many more conjunctions than Chinese, like &amp;quot;as though&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;from where&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;that&amp;quot;, this is because of the difference in syntax between the two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, we can see clearly that English has many more conjunctions than Chinese, such as &amp;quot;as if&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;from where&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;that&amp;quot;, etc. This is because the syntax of the two languages is different.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Discourse level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that a close, formal translation may be difficult for readers because of the intricate nature of the discourse structure and the presupposed knowledge about the contents in the original text. Therefore, it is necessary to choose a way of &amp;quot;rewrite&amp;quot; to make the translated text acceptable to readers. In literary translation, the translator should pay attention to both the content and the structure of the discourse. In the process of translation, the translation should be equivalent to the original text in the level of discourse. The following part selects a dialogue and its English translation in Folding Beijing as an example of literary translation to achieve functional equivalence in discourse level.(Din Juan,2011:27）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that readers may have difficulty accepting an approximate formal translation due to the intricacies of the discourse structure and the preconceived knowledge of the original content. Therefore, it is necessary to choose a &amp;quot;rewriting&amp;quot; approach to make the translation acceptable to the reader. In literary translation, the translator must pay attention to both the content and the structure of the discourse. In the process of translation, the translation should be comparable to the original text in terms of discourse level. A dialogue from Folding Beijing and its English translation is selected below as an example of literary translation achieving functional equivalence at the discourse level:(Ding Juan,2011:27)--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:55, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“所以” 她给老刀夹了新上来的热菜，“你能不能暂时不告诉他？等我……有机会亲自向他解释可以吗？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老刀没有动筷子。他很饿，可是他觉得这时不能吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是这等于我也得撒谎。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
依言回身将小包打开，将钱包取出来，掏出五张一万块的纸币推给老刀。“一点心意，你收下。”(Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;And so&amp;quot;—she spooned a serving of the new hot dish onto Lao Dao's plate—&amp;quot;can you please not tell him, just temporarily? Please…give me a chance to explain to him myself.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Dao didn't pick up his chopsticks. He was very hungry, but he felt that he could not eat this food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Then I'd be lying, too,&amp;quot; Lao Dao said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Yan opened her purse, took out her wallet, and retried five 10,000 yuan bills. She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao. &amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conversational habits in Chinese are different from those in English, so some adjustments are often made when translating. The form of the dialogue is not completely translated from Chinese, but for the reader, the understanding of the text is the same. For example，“夹了新上来的热菜”translated into &amp;quot;spooned a serving of the new hot dish&amp;quot;, the translator changed the action to &amp;quot;spoon&amp;quot;, which is more suitable for Yi Yan's identity image, it is more suitable as a girl in the first space to spoon the vegetables to Lao Dao. “推给老刀”translated into &amp;quot;She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao&amp;quot;, this sentence adds some action to make it more pictorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversational conventions in Chinese are different from those in English, so some adjustments are often made in translation. The form of the dialogue is not exactly translated from Chinese, but the understanding of the text is the same for the readers. For example, &amp;quot;夹了新上来的热菜&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;spooned a serving of the new hot dish&amp;quot;, and the translator changes the action to &amp;quot;spoon&amp;quot;, which is more in line with Yi Yan's identity image, it is more suitable as the girl in the first space to spoon the dish to the old knife.&amp;quot;推给老刀&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao&amp;quot;, which adds some actions to make it more vivid.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:55, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every writer has his own writing style, and no one can imitate it perfectly. That is to say, in translation, it is impossible for the translator to translate the author's writing style exactly the same. Through the application of rhetoric and dialect, the original text shows the language characteristics, and the English translation can also see that the translator tries to achieve the functional equivalence on the stylistic level.（Din Juan,2011:30）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each writer has his or her own writing style, which no one can imitate perfectly. In other words, in translation, it is impossible for the translator to translate the author's writing style exactly the same. Through the application of rhetoric and dialect, the original text shows linguistic characteristics, and the English translation shows the translator's attempt to achieve functional equivalence at the stylistic level.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Rhetoric=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, rhetoric is an important part of the study of style. Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) believed that style is form and is a counterpart of dialectic. The use of rhetoric can create vivid images, vivid scenes, improve the effect of literature.（Din Juan,2011:30）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhetoric is an important part of the study of style. Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) believed that style is form, the counterpart of dialectic. The use of rhetoric can create vivid images, vibrant scenes, and enhance the effectiveness of literature.（Din Juan,2011:30）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
老刀的肚子也感觉到饥饿。他迅速转开眼睛，可是来不及了，那种感觉迅速席卷了他，胃的空虚像是一个深渊，让他身体微微发颤。(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lao Dao's stomach growled. He quickly averted his eyes, but it was too late. His empty stomach felt like an abyss that made his body tremble.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the original text compares a hungry stomach to an abyss, and the English translation also uses this metaphor to form a rhetorical functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the original text compares a hungry stomach to &amp;quot;深渊&amp;quot;, and the English translation also uses this metaphor to form a rhetorical functional equivalent.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
不远不近的距离，就像遥望西山或是海上的一座孤岛。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The distance was perfect for taking in the whole city, like gazing at an island in the sea.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paragraph, it is a metaphor, and the words &amp;quot;西山&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;孤&amp;quot; in the original text are not translated, only translated into &amp;quot;an island in the sea&amp;quot;, this description is enough to show the image of a folded city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a metaphorical sentence and words like &amp;quot;西山&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;孤&amp;quot; in the original text are not translated. They are translated into &amp;quot;an island in the sea&amp;quot;, this description is enough to show the image of a folded city.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
高楼像最卑微的仆人，弯下腰，让自己低声下气切断身体，头碰着脚，紧紧贴在一起，然后再次断裂弯腰，将头顶手臂扭曲弯折，插入空隙…楼宇由折叠中站立起身，在灰蓝色的天空中像苏醒的兽类。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The skyscrapers bowed submissively like the humblest servants until their heads touched their feet; then they broke again, folded again, and twisted their necks and arms, stuffing them into the gaps… The buildings unfolded and stood up, awakening like a herd of beasts under the gray–blue sky.&amp;quot;  (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has a personification in this paragraph, &amp;quot;skyscrapers&amp;quot; have &amp;quot;heads, feet, necks and arms&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;like the humblest servants&amp;quot;, the use of rhetoric enables people to imagine the folding picture of the city through the human image. By comparing the building to a herd of beasts, it shows its size and the sense of fear and oppression it brings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph has a personification that &amp;quot;skyscrapers&amp;quot; have &amp;quot;heads, feet, necks, and arms&amp;quot; and are &amp;quot;like the humblest of servants,&amp;quot; and the use of rhetoric allows people to imagine the folding diagram of the city through the image of a person. By comparing the buildings to a herd of beasts, it shows its scale and the sense of fear and oppression it brings.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
直到建成的日子高楼如活人一般站立而起，他们才像惊呆了一样四处奔逃，仿佛自己生下了一个怪胎。(Jingfang Hao 2016:11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, when the completed building stood up before them like a living person, they had scattered in terror, as though they had given birth to a monster.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, although &amp;quot;怪胎&amp;quot; translate into &amp;quot;monster&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;生&amp;quot;express also the same meaning, so the translator does not struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, &amp;quot;怪胎&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;monster&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;born&amp;quot; conveys the same meaning, so the translator did not have any trouble.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dialects=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dialect embodies the local characteristics, is the author's own writing style. Sometimes it's a problem in translation. In the following example, we can see how the translator handles this problem.（Din Juan,2011:33）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dialect reflects the local characteristics and is the author's own writing style. Sometimes this is a problem in translation. In the following example, we can see how the translator deals with this problem. (Dingjuan, 2011:33)--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;伙计&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;waiter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;铺盖卷&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;bedrolls&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;闺女&amp;quot;is translated as  &amp;quot;real daughter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;她们认死理儿&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;they don't know how to be flexible&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;只是这么多年过来，人就木了.&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:33) is translated into“But after so many years, you grow a bit numb.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015) We can see that when translators translate dialects with Chinese local characteristics, they pay more attention to the level of semantic understanding rather than the formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, whether the use of rhetoric or dialect in literature, can fully reflect the author's writing style. Therefore, in literary translation, the translator should study the differences between the source language and the target language in the ways to express stylistic differences, and find out the best way to make up for these differences. In this way, literary translation can achieve maximum functional equivalence at the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the use of either rhetoric or dialect in literary works fully reflects the author's writing style. Therefore, in literary translation, translators should study the differences between the source language and the target language in the way of expressing stylistic differences and find out the best way to compensate for these differences. In this way, literary translation can achieve the maximum functional equivalence at the stylistic level.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural difference between the two languages is also an issue that translators should pay attention to. People who come into contact with different cultures have different ways of thinking, values and social customs and so on. Translators need to understand the two cultures and fully express the cultural elements contained in the original text. At this time, translation plays a role in cross-cultural communication. The translator must present the cultural meaning shown or implied in the original text to the readers so that the translation can achieve the cultural equivalence with the original text. In this chapter, we will analyze the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspective of food culture,  folk culture and culture of idioms, so as to explain how it achieves the functional equivalence with the original text.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:47）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural differences between two languages are also issues that translators should be aware of in the translation process. People who are exposed to different cultures have different ways of thinking, values, social customs, etc. Translators need to understand both cultures and fully express the cultural elements contained in the original text. At this point, translation plays a role in intercultural communication. The translator must present the cultural meaning shown or implied in the original text to the reader so that the translation achieves cultural equivalence with the original text. This chapter will analyze the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of food culture, folk culture, and idiom culture to show how it achieves functional equivalence with the original text. (Zhou Xingyang,2018:47)--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Food Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The city described by Beijing Folding is the political and cultural center of China, and it is a city with profound cultural deposits. There are a lot of contents belonging to traditional Chinese food culture in the novel. This part will analyze how the translator translates these delicacies to achieve functional equivalence.（Din Juan,2011:39）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The city described in  Folding Beijing is the political and cultural center of China, a city with deep cultural accumulation. In the novel, there are many elements belonging to traditional Chinese food culture. This part will analyze how the translator managed to translate these cuisines into a successful counterpart.（Din Juan,2011:39）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…面前摆着一盘炒面或炒粉… &amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each kid had a plate of chow mein or chow fun…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;炒面&amp;quot;is a well-known traditional snack in China. The translator makes it into &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot;, rather than &amp;quot;Chinese stir-fried noodles&amp;quot;. In the dictionary, &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; means a Chinese-style dish of fried noodles served with small pieces of meat and vegetables. This translation also makes it more intuitive for the reader to know what the food is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;炒面&amp;quot; is a famous traditional Chinese snack. Translators translate it as &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Chinese chow mein&amp;quot;. In the dictionary, &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; means Chinese-style fried noodles with small pieces of meat and vegetables. This translation also gives the reader a more intuitive idea of what the dish is.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;老葛又拿来半瓶白酒和两个玻璃杯，倒上。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…over a half bottle of baijiu…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foreignizing translation is adopted here, &amp;quot;白酒&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;baijiu&amp;quot; , the translator doesn't use the word like &amp;quot;spirits&amp;quot;, it not only retains Chinese cultural characteristics, but also achieves communicative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, foreignization method is used, and &amp;quot;白酒&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;baijiu&amp;quot;. The translator does not use words like &amp;quot;spirits&amp;quot;, which retains Chinese cultural characteristics and achieves a communicative effect at the same time.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;哎，你们知道那儿一盘回锅肉多少钱吗？&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…how much they charge for an order of twice -cooked pork over there?&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The special feature of this dish is that it is boiled in water and then stir-fried. The translator captures this feature in translation, trying to make people understand the meaning of &amp;quot;回锅&amp;quot;, and this dish is made with pork, he wants readers of the English translation to see an image of the dish in their heads in the same way that Chinese people do.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:53）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The characteristic of this dish is that it is first boiled in water and then stir-fried. The translator has captured this feature in his translation, trying to make people understand the meaning of &amp;quot;回锅&amp;quot;, which is made with pork, and he hopes that readers of the English translation will see the image of this dish in their minds, just like the Chinese do.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:53）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Folk Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people also have their own unique way of life, customs and traditions, behavior patterns and other aspects of vocabulary. The following will analyze the translator's functional equivalence in folk culture.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:52）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people also have their own unique lifestyles, customs, behavior patterns, etc. in terms of vocabulary. The following will analyze the functional equivalence of translation in folk culture. (Zhou Xingyang,2018:52).--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…几个人分吃两个菜…&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…and they shared two dishes family-style.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;分吃&amp;quot; is the most common way of eating in traditional Chinese culture, where several dishes are shared among friends and family. The purpose of the passage is to show the poverty of the boys. The translator takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western cultures，Western behavior is different. so he uses the word &amp;quot;shared&amp;quot; and he adds the word &amp;quot;family-style&amp;quot; to make it easier for the reader to understand the behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;分吃&amp;quot; is the most common way of eating in traditional Chinese culture, where friends and relatives share several dishes among themselves. The purpose of the passage is to show the boy's poverty. The translator takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, where Westerners behave differently, so he uses the word &amp;quot;sharing&amp;quot; and adds the word &amp;quot;family style&amp;quot; to make it easier for the reader to understand this behavior.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;咱们也算半个老乡吧。”老葛说，“所以不用太拘束。我还是能管点事儿，不会把你送出去的。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We're practically from the same hometown! So, you don't need to be so careful with me. I still have a bit of authority, and I won't give you up.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of hometown is a major feature of Chinese culture. Those from the same hometown share similar living habits, growing environment and cultural background, so even strangers can get familiar with each other quickly and even help each other. Since Lao Ge and Lao Dao come from the third space, the translator explains the term &amp;quot;老乡&amp;quot; from a geographical perspective. &amp;quot;管事儿&amp;quot;means to have some authority. The translator also explains this word so that readers can understand it easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of hometown is one of the major characteristics of Chinese culture. People from the same hometown share similar living habits, upbringing and cultural background, so even strangers can get acquainted quickly and even help each other. Since Lao Ge and Lao Dao are from the third dimension, the translator explains the term &amp;quot;老乡&amp;quot; from a geographical perspective.&amp;quot; 管事儿&amp;quot; means to have some authority. The translator also explains this word to make it easy for readers to understand.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;一点心意，你收下。&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yi Yan said that she hoped Lao Dao could help her keep a secret, so she wanted to give Lao Dao with money. &amp;quot;心意&amp;quot; means money, which is an euphemism used in China when it is inconvenient to offer money directly. In translation, the translator also considered an euphemistic way of expression, so he used the word &amp;quot;appreciation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yi Yan says that she hopes Lao Dao will help her keep her secret, so she wants to use money to give Lao Dao.&amp;quot; 心意&amp;quot; means money, which is a Chinese euphemism when it is not convenient to give money directly. In the translation, the translator also considered it a euphemism, so the word &amp;quot;appreciation&amp;quot; was used.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Culture of Idioms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are an important part of the extensive and profound Chinese culture. Chinese people always use them in their daily life and in their writing. However, some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts, and the translation should pay attention to the differences between the two cultures.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:51）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are an important part of the vast and profound Chinese culture. Chinese people use these idioms in their daily life and writing, but some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts. However, some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts, and it is important to pay attention to the differences between the two cultures when translating them.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author used many idioms in the article, such as &amp;quot;饿虎扑食&amp;quot;, the translator translated it into &amp;quot;ate heartily&amp;quot;, although the translation is easy to understand, but without the image that people are very hungry to eat, from the perspective of functional equivalence, English readers seem to be unable to reach the same level of understanding and response as Chinese readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author uses many idioms in the article, such as &amp;quot;饿虎扑食&amp;quot;, which the translator translates as &amp;quot;to eat in a heartbeat&amp;quot;. Although the translation is easy to understand, without the image of a person eating very hungry, it seems that English readers cannot achieve the same understanding and reaction as Chinese readers from the perspective of functional equivalence.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;（盘子）一片狼藉&amp;quot;translated into &amp;quot;The dishes were a mess&amp;quot;, it is a brief description of the mess. And &amp;quot;成人之美&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;in that case I'll have done a good deed by keeping silent&amp;quot;, the idiom in the original text was originally used to describe Lao Dao's feeling that he was keeping secrets and that Yi Yan and Qin Tian might get together in the future. The translator abstractly translated the sentence in the English translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;(盘子)一片狼藉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;the plate is a mess&amp;quot;, which is a description of a messy situation on the plate. And &amp;quot;the beauty of adulthood&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;in that case, I am doing a good deed by keeping quiet&amp;quot;, the idiom in the original text was originally used to describe how Lao Dao felt that he kept the secret that Yi Yan and Qin Tian might be together in the future. The translator translated the phrase abstractly into the English translation.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of the English translation of Folding Beijing from three aspects: meaning, style and culture with the theory of functional equivalence in this paper, and it is believed that the English translation conforms to the understanding of English readers to the specific information in the text. According to Nida's functional equivalence theory and its translation purposes and strategies, the translator brings a natural and equivalent Chinese translation of Folding Beijing to the English reader.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:56）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Folding Beijing is analyzed from three aspects of meaning, style, and culture using this paper's functional equivalence theory, and it is concluded that the English translation meets the English readers' understanding of the specific information in the text. According to Nida's functional equivalence theory and its translation purposes and strategies, the translator brings a natural and reciprocal Chinese translation of Folding Beijing for English readers. (Zhou Xingyang,2018:56)--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:25, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory emphasizes that the target language readers' understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the source language readers, so the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence translation. Analyze from three aspects: meaning, style and culture &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot; English version, you can see on the language, while Chinese and English in logic and grammar are greatly different, there exist many differences in the Chinese culture and western cultures, but the translator still tries his best to keep the content of the original text in the translation and find more appropriate words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory emphasizes that the target language readers' understanding and appreciation of the target language is basically the same as that of the source language readers, so the target language can be regarded as a functionally equivalent translation. Analyzing the English version of Folding Beijing from three aspects: meaning, style and culture, we can see that linguistically, although Chinese and English are very different in logic and grammar, and there are many differences between Chinese and Western cultures, the translator still tries to keep the original content and find more suitable words in the translation.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:25, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of some specific content, the translator does not translate into exactly the same form, which is also consistent with Nida's functional equivalence theory, because Nida also proposed that translation should not be limited to form, but the translator can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve equivalence between content and information. However, in some details, such as idioms, the translator's translation fails to achieve the same effect as the original text, which may be an area for improvement. Nida's theory of functional equivalence does provide a good theoretical model for the translation of science fiction, which is of great value.（Tan Zaixi,1999）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some specific contents, the translators do not translate into exactly the same form, which is also in line with Nida's theory of functional equivalence, because Nida also suggests that translation should not be limited to form, and the translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. However, in some details, such as idioms, the translator's translation fails to achieve the same effect as the original, which may be an area for improvement. Nida's functional equivalence theory does provide a good theoretical model for the translation of science fiction novels, which is of great value.（Tan Zaixi,1999）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:25, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang.(2015).Folding Beijing[J]. Ken Liu (trans.). A Magazine of Science Fiction and Fantasy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang郝景芳.(2016).孤独深处[The Depth of Loneliness].南京：江苏凤凰文艺出版社[Nanjing:Jiangsu phoenix literature and art publishing,LTD]：1-40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida,Eugene A.(1993)Language, Culture, and Translating[M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press：118&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida,Eugene A.(2001)Language and Culture: Context in Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida,Eugene A. &amp;amp; Taber.(2004) Charles R. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press：12-24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999).新编奈达论翻译[A new version of Nida's theory on translation].北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun,Mu Lei许钧,穆雷.(2009).翻译学概论[Introduction to translatology].南京：译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Dandan赵丹丹.(2011).浅论奈达的功能对等理论[Nida's theory of functional equivalence].湖北：文学教育[Hubei:Literature Education]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Xingyang周兴阳.(2018).从功能对等理论视角看《北京折叠》英译本研究[Chinese Science Fiction Translation in the Perspective of Functional Equivalence-A case Study of Beijing Zhe Die and its English Version-Folding Beijing].新疆大学[Xinjiang University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiyuan王桂圆.(2018)系统功能语言学视角下《北京折叠》英译研究[A Study on The Translation of Folding Beijing from the Perspective of Systemic Functional Linguistics].安徽：海外英语[Anhui：Overseas English]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;余妮 Yu Ni No.202070080620&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. Besides, there are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
“The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy”(Shi Qiulei,2012). In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating. This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene A. Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, “the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word” (Eugene A. Nida,1969), which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language” (Eugene A. Nida,1969). Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that meaning is the most important, followed by form. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language(Guo Jianzhong, 2000).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. “However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000)” Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, “the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, “the translation technique of recreate can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.(Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is frequently used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.(Yu Guangzhong, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. He just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts. In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. “It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times” (Tong Fangli,2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. “Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into ‘认真为上’”(Tong Fangli,2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time.In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》).” So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers”(TongFangli,2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He holds that translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s Version==== &lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of the Drama Title=====&lt;br /&gt;
So far, there are three famous versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Yu Guangzhong’s “不可儿戏”, Zhang Nanfeng’s “认真为上” and Qian Zhide’s “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. “Among these three versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular one, which is also consistent with functional equivalence” (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Functional equivalence emphasizes that translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language” (Eugene A. Nida,1969). Wilde created a character named “Ernest” in the play. As we all know, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, so the drama title is a pun. It not only expresses “the importance of being earnest”, but also “the importance of naming “Ernest”. After all, “Ernest” is a name favored by two girls in the play. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhide’s version expressed the literal meaning, which achieved equivalence in meaning. However, Zhang Nanfeng’s version represented the implied meaning. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated the implied meaning and revealed the theme of the play that one should be serious about everything in life. The function of the title is to reveal the theme of the novel. “In Yu’s version, the information was reproduced and it echoed lady Bracknell’s words at the end of the play. So, it was more in line with Chinese readers’ preference” (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
“Pun was widely used in this play, especially in characters’ names” (Yang Wenqian, 2014), and Yu Guangzhong translated it almost perfectly. In essence, pun is a deliberate word play. It usually appears when two words are similar or identical in their sound, but different in meaning. The effect of pun can be humorous, rhetorical and even bitter at times. Regardless of the brilliant effect of a pun, it is merely a tool for the author to get him across, not just a decoration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Ernest” created by Jack into “任真”. In English, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, and “earnest” means to be serious about something. “In Chinese, “任真” and “认真” are homonyms，like the English homonyms” (Yin Lijing, 2012). Yu employed the domestication method to translate it into “任真”, and Zhang Nanfeng employed the foreignization method to translate it into ‘埃纳斯特’. It was translated into “任真” and gave him the Chinese surname “华”, which was from his family name “Worthing” in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It not only facilitated the needs of the audience, but also considered the feelings of readers. If “Ernest” was translated into “埃纳斯特”, the audience will be confused and do not understand the humor and irony of the language. In the other hand, “认真” is too direct to let readers experience the beauty of pun by thinking it over themselves. “华任真” retains the ironic effect to the greatest extent, and it does not make the audience feel confused when they hear “埃纳斯特”. (Wang Chao, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the form of original works was preserved, from a pun in English to a pun in Chinese. “From the perspective of linguistics, one of the ideal translation methods is pun into pun” (Yin Lijing, 2012). And the irony effect in Wilde’s original works can be kept to the greatest extent, as if it had just been transmigrated from English to Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Bunbury” created by Algernon into “梁勉仁”. The original meaning of “Bunbury” is “sightseeing tour”, which implies an excuse to evade responsibility as well. That’s exactly why Algernon intended to make up the character. “When he didn’t want to show up in some situation, he lied that his intimate named “Bunbury” was ill and he couldn’t keep the appointment because he needs to take care of him” (Yu Guangzhong, 1986). With the guidance of traditional transliteration method, we should consequently translate it into “邦伯里”. But Yu Guangzhong’s version adds beauty to the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, “梁勉仁” and “两面人” are homonyms, referring to double-faced people. In Wilde’s original text, “Bunbury” is not a pun. But in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he added a pun in the process of translation. Both of the Chinese name “梁勉仁” and English name “Bunbury” are names which are correct in lexical aspect. Moreover, “they expressed the same meaning that the person who named like that was double-faced” (Wang Chao, 2016), so the function of the original and the target language are the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of the tutor Miss Prism is “劳小姐”. The name “Prism” and the word “prim” form a homophonic pun. Wilde aims to allude to his rigid character through this name. In Chinese, “劳” “老” and “牢” are homonyms, aiming at showing Miss Prism’s strict control over her student, Miss Cecily. It seems that her name not only adds the meaning “old lady” and “prison”, but also highlights the original work’s depiction of her rigid personality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, people’s surnames stand behind their last name, and their names are short. “European and American names are different and most of them are long and awkward for Chinese readers” (Wang Chao,2016). This kind of cultural difference often weakens the interest of many readers and audiences in the translated works, especially dramas. But Yu Guangzhong’s version not only translates the meaning of Wilde’s original work, but also has Chinese characteristics. He did not translate the name according to its pronunciation, but created Chinese names which can not only be in accordance of Chinese names, but also express the ironic meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Dialogues=====&lt;br /&gt;
“There are a lot of allusions and idioms both in Chinese and English. Cultural differences make English allusions and idioms become key points in translation, especially in drama translation which focuses on watching rather than reading” (Liang Wei, 2009). In order not to affect Chinese readers’ understanding of the plots, especially for the audience, Yu Guangzhong boldly adopted the substitution technique in the translation of dialogues, which can better convey the unique charm of Wilde’s language. Following, we will analyze Yu Guangzhong’s version from the perspective of rhetorical sentences, including alliteration, paradox and antithesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Alliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Many English allusions and idioms are used in Wilde’s plays&amp;quot; (Yang Wenqian, 2014). The author chose two examples of alliteration sentences. Alliteration is the earliest phonetic rhetoric technique with rhythm and beauty in English. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he not only remained the rhetorical form but also preserved the flavor of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (1)ALGERNON. I hear her hair turned quite gold from grief. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 听说她的头发因为伤心变色像黄金。(余光中, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Algernon is talking about Lady Bracknell’s friend Lady Harbury, who becomes twenty years younger after her husband’s death. “It is commonly believed that a woman should feel grief after her husband’s death. We guess that her hair may turn grey out of sorrow. While it turned out that she changed it gold just to be younger” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde did well in employing paradox and irony to satirize the upper class. He is also keen on word game. “Gold from grieve” actually comes from “grey from grief”. Wilde’s alteration not only preserves the alliteration, but also achieves an ironic effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to reproduce the formal beauty of the source language, Yu Guangzhong changed the alliteration into assonance and rendered it into “伤心变色像黄金”. In Chinese, “金(jin)” and “心(xin)” have the same sound “in”. “He employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration” (Yang Wenqian, 2014).. It not only expressed the same meaning as the source language, but also added the beauty of language in form, with Chinese characteristics. In the meaning level, Yu’s version preserved the original connotation, and in the form level, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration, which coincided with “functional equivalence”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (2)CHASUBLE. I would merely beg you not to be much bowed down by grief. What seem to us bitter trials are often blessings in disguise. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    蔡牧师 只劝你不要过分哀伤。有些事看来像大祸临头，往往焉知非福。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In example 2, Jack pretended that he had a wicked brother whose name is Ernest. And Ernest often needed his assistance so that he had an excuse to disappear for several days. Discovering that his ward Cecily was too interested in Ernest, he decided to “kill” his brother by saying that he caught a severe chill. Then Jack told Chasuble that his brother Ernest died in Paris. Chasuble intended to console Jack by saying “What seem to us biter trials are often blessings in disguise”. (Wu Shanshan, 2012) Therefore, from Chasuble’s point of view, his death may be a shake off for Jack.Here, “bitter” and “blessings” employed alliteration devices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated it as “塞翁失马，焉知非福”, a Chinese saying. It means that although we have suffered losses for a while, we can benefit from them in the future. “It also tells us that bad things can become good things under certain conditions, and vice versa” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). He translated alliteration in English into a Chinese saying. The meaning the Chinese saying expressed in the Yu Guangzhong’s version was the same as the original, and the ironic effect was achieved by using a more acceptable way for Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An old saying is more persuasive in this situation. We learnt from Yu’s version that if there is a saying in the source language, we can find a saying which expresses the same meaning in the target language, making it achieve “functional equivalence” (Yang Wenqian, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Paradox======&lt;br /&gt;
 (3)LADY BRACKNELL. I'm sorry if we are a little late, Algernon, but I was obliged to call on dear Lady Harbury. I hadn't been there since her poor &lt;br /&gt;
    husband's death. 1 never saw a woman so altered; she looks quite twenty years younger. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
巴夫人真抱歉我们来晚了一点，阿吉，可是我不能不去探望哈夫人。自从她死了可怜的丈夫，我一直还没有去过她家呢。从没见过一个女人变得这么厉害:看起来她足足年轻了二十岁。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Paradox is a device much favored by satirists. The benefit lies in the fact that even though it seems to be contradictory on the surface, it contains a certain grain of truth. With the use of paradoxes, Wilde showed us a clear picture of characters’ thoughts and the bourgeois society of Victorian era. Lady Harbury lost her husband. As common sense, the readers or audience would think she may become old, while she says “she looks quite twenty years younger”. In this sentence, paradox was employed.Upon hearing that, the readers and audience will feel they are deceived by the speaker and become amused by the paradox (Wu Shanshan, 2012). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After thinking it over, they will realize the beauty of the language. “Yu Guangzhong described the shocking facts in a flat tone to deepen the ironic effect” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). He successfully transferred the paradoxical meaning from the source text to the target language. Actually, he not only translated the original meaning, but also expressed the original meaning with an extremely same tone, an ironic tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (4)ALGERNON. Do you really keep a diary? I'd give anything to look at it. May I?&lt;br /&gt;
    CECILY. Oh no. [Puts her hand over it] You see, it is simply a very young girl’s record of her own thoughts and impressions and consequently meant for &lt;br /&gt;
 publication. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
亚吉能 你真的记日记吗?我真恨不得能看一看，可以吗?&lt;br /&gt;
西西丽 哦不可以。(手按日记)你知道，里面记录的不过是一个很年轻的女孩子私下的感想和印象，所以呢，是准备出版的。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, since the diary is a record of Cecily’s own thoughts and impressions, she does not allow Algernon to read. &amp;quot;The readers or the audience may think Cecily will keep it as a personal privacy and prevent others from reading. However, Cecily says the diary is meant for publication&amp;quot; (Wu Shanshan, 2012). This contradictory statement is illogical and unreasonable, thus produces a humorous effect.In example 4, what amused the audience was that the conclusion was contrary to the reasons. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong added a Chinese conjunction “所以”. With this conjunction, the ironic effect deepened. If the translator transforms the illogical content into a coherent form that sounds reasonable, the paradoxical meaning in the original drama text will disappear, and the reader or audience will not be attracted by this line. This version remained the ironic effect of the source text. (Wu Shanshan, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Antithesis======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (5)ALGERNON. You don’t seem to realize, that in married life three is company and two is none. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 阁下似乎不明白， 婚后的日子，三个人才热闹，两个人太单调。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Antithesis is a figure of speech in which sharply contrasting ideas are juxtaposed in a paralleled phrase or grammatical structure&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde employed quite a few antitheses in The Importance of Being Earnest, making it a great challenge for translators.Algernon introduced Bunbury to Jack so that he could still pursue pleasure after marriage. He compared two kinds of states of marriage and expressed his own thoughts. In the sentence “three is company and two is none”, antithesis was employed with rhythmic beauty.Yu Guangzhong noticed this musical beauty of the source language, and rendered it into corresponding paralleled structure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a matter of fact, the target language seemed to be better than source language. In Wilde’s language, only antithesis was used. While in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he reserved antithesis and added rhythmic words. “热闹” and “单调” are totally two different kinds of states, forming sharp contrast. Furthermore, “闹(nao)” and “调(diao)” have the same sound “ao”. Yu Guangzhong fully exploited the advantage of the target language and successfully transferred the beauty of the source language. He not only surpassed source language in form, but also preserved the soul (Shen Zhengrong, 2007).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (6)MISS PRISM. You are too much alone, dear Dr. Chasuble. You should get married. A misanthrope I can understand—a womanthrope, never! (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    劳 你太孤单了，蔡牧师。你应该结婚。一个人恨人类而要独善其身，我可以了解。一个人恨女人而要独抱其身，就完全莫名其妙。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the conversation between Miss Prism and Dr. Chasuble. She suggested that he should get married, and she compared the two reasons of not getting married. (Wen Tong, 2012). Wilde employed the rhetorical device of antithesis, and Yu Guangzhong remained it in target language. “Womanthrope” comes from the word “misanthrope”, referring to people who hate women. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated two words into two sentences, “恨人类而要独善其身” and “恨女人而要独抱其身”. He explained two kinds of situations to the audience in detail with the same form as original works, making it almost perfect in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Suggestions on Translation from Yu Guangzhong’s Version====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analyses of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we have a deeper understanding of “functional equivalence”. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Even Yu Guangzhong’s version, which is most popular among the audience and readers, has many imperfections. Through the research, we can get some suggestions to help the later translators to create more excellent works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation strategy of is to keep the form of the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The reason why it becomes the most successful play of Wilde is that a variety of rhetorical devices are used. In the process of translation, Yu Guangzhong grasped this point well. In translation of the drama title or characters’ names, he preserved the irony of the original work, turning puns in English into puns in Chinese, and long foreign names into meaningful short Chinese names. It not only preserves the satire of the original, but also inherits the language flavor of the original (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation strategy is that the form can be changed properly, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there are many Western proverbs which are inexplicable to Chinese readers. If they are translated literally, the reader will fail to understand the exact meaning of the proverb. The beauty of the original will be destroyed, as well. But if the proverbs are explained carefully, it will inevitably take up a lot of sentences to explain the literal and metaphorical meaning of the proverbs (Wang Chao, 2016). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For drama translation, it is not advisable to do so. Yu Guangzhong chose Chinese proverbs that can express the same meaning to replace the English ones, without changing the author’s original meaning, and it added a sense of amiability to Chinese readers. In this part, the author analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the prospective of functional equivalence. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, both the form and the content of original work have been preserved. We also gained some enlightenments from his translation, which benefits our further translation practice (Wang Chao, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis, under the guidance of “functional equivalence”, analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from three aspects, translation of drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. Through this study, we had a clear understanding of functional equivalence. By appreciating the vividness of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we get some enlightenments in translation. From the above discussion, we think that translators can learn from Yu Guangzhong in order to achieve “functional equivalence”.In translation, we should take readers’ thought into consideration first. To make the translated version like the original work, Yu Guangzhong provided us with some strategies (Chen Yaoyao, 2019). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is to keep the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The other is that form can be changed, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. With these strategies, we can produce more fantastic translation.Even though we gain experience from this study, it has limitations. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Although Yu’s version is popular, it has unavoidable shortcomings. This thesis only focused on excellent examples of translation. To sum up, Yu’s version provided us with some successful suggestions to achieve functional equivalence, but only part of it did it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Feifei陈菲菲. (2011). 目的论与余光中《不可儿戏》的翻译策略[Skopos Theory and Yu Kwang-chung’s Translation Strategy on The Importance of Being Earnest J].''宁波广播电视大学学报'' Journal of Ningbo Radio and Television University (04) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yaoyao陈瑶瑶. (2019). ''余光中戏剧翻译研究''[A study of Yu Guangzhong's drama translation]. Taiyuan: Shanxi University山西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida &amp;amp;Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong郭建中. (2000). ''文化与翻译'' [Culture and Translation]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Wei梁薇. (2009). 从翻译目的论视角出发研究The Importance of Being Earnest两个译本[Two versions of The importance of Being Earnest From the perspective of Skopos theory]. Anhui: Language and words''语言文字'' (09) 258.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin李欣. (2010). 余光中戏剧翻译实践研究——以《不可儿戏》为例[Yu Kuang-chung's Drama Translation Practice: A Case Study of The Importance of Being Earnest]. ''淮海工学院学报'' Journal of Huaihai Institute of Technology (04) 96-98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Richard, F. (1956). ''Wilde as Parodist: A Second Look at the Importance of Being Earnest. College English'' (1) 18-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Zhengrong谌峥嵘. (2007). 《不可儿戏》两中译本比较[A Comparative Study of The Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Qiulei施秋蕾. (2012). 文化转向视角下的翻译策略研究——以王尔德The Importance of Being Earnest两中译本为例[Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cultural Turn: A Comparison of Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest].''常熟理工学院学报'' (03) 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tong Fangli童芳莉. (2006). 从归化与异化的角度评余光中译《不可儿戏》[Evaluation on Yu Guangzhong's Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest from Domestication and Foreignization].''台州学院报'' Journal of Taizhou College (02) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chao汪超. (2016). 余光中翻译思想与实践研究[A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Translation Thought and Practice]. Changsha: Hunan Normal University湖南师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Tong 温彤. (2012). 美学视阈下的戏剧翻译审美主体研究——以王尔德的喜剧中译为例[On the Aesthetic Subject of Drama Translation from the Perspective of Aesthetics——Take Oscar Wilde's Chinese Translation of Comedies as an Example].''时代文学''Period literature (03) 220-221.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilde, O. (2009). The Importance of Being Earnest. Claremont: Broadview Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Jie吴洁. (2014). “语言游戏说”视角下的王尔德作品研究[A Research on Oscar Wilde’s Major Works from the Perspective of &amp;quot;Language Games”]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Shanshan吴姗珊. (2012). 从目的论视角比较研究The Importance of Being Earnest的三个中译本[A Comparative Study of The Three Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. Chengdu: Sichuan Normal University四川师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Wenqian杨文茜. (2014). 以舞台呈现为目的:王尔德戏剧The Importance of Being Earnest两个中译本的比较[Translating Drama for Theatrical Performance: A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Translations of Oscar Wilde’s The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Wuhan: Huazhong Normal University华中师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yin LIjing殷莉菁. (2012). 王尔德戏剧《不可儿戏》中双关语汉译研究[A Study of Pun Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest by Oscar WIlde]. Hangzhou : Zhejiang Gongshang University浙江工商大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (1986).''不可儿戏'' [The Importance of Being Earnest]. Beijing: China Friendship Publishing Company中国友谊出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (2004). ''余光中谈翻译''[On Translation by Yu Guangzhong]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen 202020080603==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have been continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and also in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and  knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has an unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.(Kong Shaohui 2019, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicit), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicit, which the speaker actually says content.(Kong Shaohui 2009, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can&lt;br /&gt;
understanding:the first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic 1979, 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.(Zhang Si 2019, 275-277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Introduction of Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). (Ouyang Changyi 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.(Lou Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literary Review===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Free Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Addition of Message===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Positive and Negative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180) The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.(Xiong Wen 2014, 154-155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation, so it will Weaken the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.(Lederer 2001, 45-50)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, the brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;(Lederer 2001, 45-50)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 15:27, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Mao Yueyue, Liu Fan. 毛新月, 刘帆. (2018). 释意理论指导下的会议口译中四字词语的翻译——以习近平总书记十九届中共中央政治局常委同中外记者见面会讲话为例. [Translation of four-letter words in conference interpretation under the guidance of interpretation theory - taking the speech of General Secretary Xi Jinping at the meeting between the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the 19th CPC Central Committee and Chinese and foreign journalists as an example]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](12): 230-231.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouyang Changyi. 欧阳长怡. (2010). 论释意理论指导下的记者招待会口译策略及释意训练. [On Interpretation Strategies and Interpretation Training of Press Conference under the Guidance of Interpretation Theory]. 福建省外国语文学会.福建省外国语文学会2010年年会论文集. [Fujian Foreign Language Society. Proceedings of the 2010 Annual Conference of Fujian Foreign Language Society]. 福建省外国语文学会: 福建省外国语文学会[Fujian Foreign Language Society: Fujian Foreign Language Society]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiong Wen. 熊雯. (2014). 释意理论视阙下的口译过程研究. [A study of interpretation process under the view of interpretation theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe. 张杨,李灵哲. (2018). 释意理论指导下的翻译语义策略运用. [The use of translation semantic strategies under the guidance of interpretation theory]. ''佳木斯职业学院学报'' [Journal of Jiamusi Vocational College](10): 334-336.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures ==&lt;br /&gt;
    陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin 202020080593 英语语言文学&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has lasted for more than a thousand years in China, which is taken as the first Chinese translation climax. The translation of Buddhist scriptures in China can be divided into three historical stages: the first historical period, from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty, the pioneering stage; the second historical period, from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, the stage of development; the third historical periods, the Tang Dynasty which reached its peak. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation. The article will review the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scripture and analyze literal translation and free translation of each stages through analyzing the famous translators, translation theories and translation characteristics of the three stages. In addition, this article will study the influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese language and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist scriptures, Translation, Literal translation, Free translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经翻译在中国持续了一千多年, 我国的第一个翻译高潮就是佛经翻译。中国的佛经翻译大致分为三个历史阶段：第一个历史时期，从东汉末到西晋，为草创阶段； 第二个历史时期，从东晋时期到隋朝，是发展阶段；第三个历史时期，唐代达到全盛阶段。意译和直译的问题贯穿佛经翻译的始终, 大致发展过程为:初期的大略主直译——发展时期的直译意译相争——全盛时期的直译意译达到和谐。文章将通过研究这三个阶段的著名译者，翻译理论和翻译特点来梳理佛经翻译的发展，并分析每个时期佛经翻译中直译意译的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经，翻译，直译，意译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has a long history of three thousand years, and the earliest translation can be traced back to the Shang and Zhou dynasties. But scholars generally take the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the Eastern Han Dynasty as the beginning of the translation history of China. Buddhism, religion and philosophy founded in India by Siddhartha Gautama, was unknown to other countries for a long time, until they entered China along trade routes from Central Asia in the first century AD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism is widely developed in China and became one of the most important religions in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese culture and civilization. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is mainly supported by two groups of people: the foreign monks who came to China to preach; the Chinese monks who go west to seek sutras. “The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty, further developing from the Eastern Jin to Sui Dynasty, and peaking in Tang Dynasty, which stretches for more than one thousand years”(Meng Yue 2017, 305). And it has great influence on Chnese society, culture, language, arts etc. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is the first Chinese translation climax. With it developing, many translators and translation works come to the fore, and lots of translation theories have been put forward and perfected, which lays the foundation for later ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the whole history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, literal translation and free translation have always been one of the hottest topic. Literal translation of Buddhist scriptures refers to the rendering of text from Sanskrit into Chinese at a time or without conveying the sense of the original Buddhist scriptures. It emphasizes the similarity in form and requires the accordance between the Sanskrit and Chinese in the choices of word, syntax and styles. Free translation of Buddhist means to mainly convey the meaning and spirit of the original Buddhist scriptures, which does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation(Sun Shanshan 2014, 174).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the present paper, I shall discuss the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scriptures from three periods. The first period is from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. Among them An Shigao and Zhi Chen advocate literal translation, while Zhi Qian supports free translation. The second period from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva. Shi Daoan proposes that translation should be carried out literally and raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva opposes to precise literal rendering and argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers. The third period is the Tang Dynasty, and the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang holds that translation “must be truthful and intelligible to the populace”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty ——Mainly Literal Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty. With the success of the Silk Road, Buddhism was introduced to China. At the beginning, it was not widely accepted by Chinese society due to language barrier. Therefore, it is of great necessity to translate Buddhist scriptures into Chinese, so that it can be read, comprehended and accepted by Chinese people. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. The first two were the masters of the literal translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== An Shigao ====&lt;br /&gt;
An Shigao lived from 148-180 CE. According to legend, he was a prince of Parthia (modern Iran). He gave up being a prince to become a Buddhist missionary monk in China. Soon after he arrived China, he quickly possessed a good knowledge of Chinese and started to translate Buddhist Scriptures into Chinese. He translated 35 Buddhist Scriptures in total, of which main content was the basic doctrines and method of cultivation of Theravada Buddhism. Compared to other contemporaneous translators, “An Shigao’s translation can more accurately convey the original meaning of the text. His translation is clear and appropriate. Generally speaking, he was the earliest representative of literal translator in China. His translation is mainly literal and respects the structure of the original text” ( Fang Yang 2013, 6). However, as An Shigao was the earliest group of Buddhist scripture translators, “there is no precedents to follow, some terms in the translation are not easy to understand, and the structure of some original sentence are different from that of Chinese, therefore there are some repetitions and inversions in his translation” (Yang Chaobiao 2012, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Chen ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Chen, entering China at about 167 CE, was the first monk who introduced Mahāyāna Buddhism to China. He was proficient in Chinese and translated a large number of Buddhist scriptures. Most of them are about Mahayana Buddhism. With the translation of An Shigao as reference, Zhi Chen accumulated a certain amount of experience in wording and phrasing, so his translation can be relatively fluent and preserve the original meaning as much as possible. Besides, “Transliteration are often employed in his translation”(Zhang Yuwei 2019, 115). Therefore he was also regarded as one of the representatives of literal translators. However, due to the limitation of the time, Zhi Chen, just as same as An Shigao and other comtemporay translators, his translation about some terms are obscure and unclear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Qian ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian, also known as Zhi Yue, was a Buddhist scripture translator during the Three Kingdoms period. He was the author of The Dhammapada Sequence, which is said to be the first essay on translation in China. He opposed to the previous translation which focuses on the literal meaning of the text while ignoring the elegance of translation. He argued that translation should be easy to understand and the language should be smooth. Zhiqian was the first person in ancient China to systematize and theorize translation. “Zhi Qian’s preface is the first work whose purpose is express an opinion about translation practice”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He broke the routine of literal translation, pursued the elegance of words, and advocated both free translation and Literal translation, which played a very important role in the improvement of the later translation of the Buddhist scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translation of Buddhist scriptures were mostly completed by foreign monks. During this period, Buddhism has just been introduced to China, for this reason there are very few native monks who really know Buddhist scriptures. In the other hand, in order to propagate Buddhism, these foreign monks had to take on translating Buddhist scriptures in the early days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The dominant translation principle was faithfulness at that time. On the one hand, the translators are almost devout religious believers. “Religious scriptures seem to be the sacred “ will of God ”, which is unalterable. Any amplification, deletion or modification in the translation process of religious scriptures can be seen as a blasphemy against God” (Xiong Hui 2013, 67). Therefore, translators mainly adopted the translation method of literal translation, which demonstrates the sincere religious beliefs of translators and preserves the sanctity of religious scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in the early days of Buddhism, foreign monks were not proficient in Chinese, and Chinese monks were not proficient in Sanskrit. Early translators lack bilingual ability and translation experience, therefore they can only translate word for word. Besides, since there is no previous translation to refer to, some Buddhist terms do not have an authoritative and fixed explanation, and some expressions cannot be found its counterpart in Chinese, therefore they can only be translated literally. Literal translation was highly proposed by An Shigao and Zhi Chen. Until the Three Kingdoms period, Zhi Qian pursued the elegance of words, which broke the routine of literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Taoist language is often used in translation. “When Buddhism was firstly introduced to China, Taoism, as the native religion of China, was in its prevalence. As a foreign religion, Buddhism have to be attached to Taoism to facilitate the spread the new doctrine in China” (Meng Yue 2017, 306). Therefore, a large number of Buddhist concepts were interpreted by analogy with indigenous ideas, such as Taoist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty—Transition from literal translation to free translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The second historical period,from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, is the stage of development. At this period, Buddhism was gradually accepted by Chinese people. Buddhism believer is not limited to the royal family and nobleman, but also includes common people. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Shi Daoan ====&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Daoan (314-385), who was an eminent monk. In addition to his efforts for developing a disciplinary code for Chinese monastic communities, he was also known for his translation and commentaries on the scriptures. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally without any amplification or omission, advocating “translation according to the original features”. However, Shi didn’t stick to the literal translation that strictly. He raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“‘Five Losses of Source Texts’ discusses the problems of word order, work or essence, detail or simplification.As for the word order of the First Loss of Source Texts, Daoan clearly advocates the inversion.As for the Second Loss of Source Texts, Daoan proposes to choose work or essence translation according to readers' level and different styles and advocates taking advantages of two schools in order to translate Chinese Buddhist Scriptures better. As for the simplication or detail of the Third, Fourth and Fifth Loss of Source Texts, Daoan thinks the trivial, repeated eulogy, ode and conclusion words should be deleted generally except for the translation of Buddhist discipline.&amp;quot;Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot; discusses the factors of times, readers and translators that Buddhist Scripture translation faces.It is these three factors that result in the difficulties of translating Chinese Buddhist Scriptures”(Fang Ruifen 2012, 385). “Five losses” means to allow the translation to be different from the original in grammar, rhetoric and structure, so as to conform to the language habits of Chinese people. “Three difficulties” requires that translators should be able to strike a balance betwen styles, intelligence, and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main contribution of Dao’an to the translation of Buddhist scriptures is the creation and organization of translation workshop. Before Dao’an, the translation were usually finished by private. He set up a translation workshop, ushering in the period of translation on a large scale. And a State Translation School was founded for this purpose. Besides, he invites some translators from India as well. From then on, translation has become an organized activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Kumarajiva ====&lt;br /&gt;
Another representative translator Kumarajiva, who has enjoyed a high reputation in the long history of the Buddhist sutras translation，was well - renowned and was called as &amp;quot; the first class master of translation&amp;quot; by Liang Qichao. He advocated free translation and getting rid of the shortcomings of transliteration. He was one of the four great translators of ancient China, one of the three great translators of Buddhist scriptures, who translated 39 volumes. He was proficient in both Chinese and Sanskrit languages, and advocated that as long as the translation does not violate the original meaning, there is no need to follow the original form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Kumarajiva revolutionized Chinese Buddhism, in clarity and overcoming the previous &amp;quot;geyi&amp;quot; (concept-matching) system of translation through use of Daoist and Confucian terms”(Nattier 1992,  186). He argued that “geyi” is the culprit of the deformation of Indian Buddhism after it was introduced into China. “He completely abandoned interpreting Buddhist concept by using Daoist and Confucian terms, and has worked hard to create Buddhist terms, so that the translation is more faithful to the original” (Ma Zhuyi 1982, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering, because he held that Sanskrit and Chinese are two quite different language. “In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers, so that Buddhists can better understand and accept the translated scriptures. He tried to use concise text that conformed to Chinese expression habits, while retaining the exotic taste so that readers could understand and accept easily. Kumarajiva did not stick to the form of the original, and often delete the repetitive content. Therefore, his translation style was distinctive, possessing a flowing smoothness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another remarkable achievement is his contribution to the translation workshop. After he arrived at Chang'an, he began to organize translation workshops.With his efforts, the number of translators increased greatly, and the division of labor was detailed.The entire translation process includes interpretation, recording, correcting and proofreading. After group discussion, the quality of translation has been greatly improved. In addition, in order to be responsible for the Buddhist scriptures translated, Kumarajiva was the first translator to propose that the translator should signature over his translation in the Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1)From folk and personal translation to official and collective translation. At the beginning, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was a private activity. Generally a foreign monk recited the Buddhist scriptures and brought it to China. Then the translator interpreted the scriptures into Chinese, and another person recorded it. That’s the whole process of the translation of Buddhist scriptures at the early days. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, translation workshop was organized. Famous translators such as Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva both had presided over translation workshop. From then on, individual translation behavior gradually developed into a collective translation activity. During this period, with the support of the government, the number of translators has greatly increased, and the division of labor has become more detailed. Therefore, the quality of translation has also been greatly improved. “In addition, the function of translation workshop is not limited to translate Buddhist scriptures, but also give lectures and hold debates. Many translators who preside over the translation field not only translate, but also give lectures about Buddhism” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)From adopting the source text version of the Northern barbarian tribes in ancient China to that of Sanskrit. Before the Eastern Jin Dynasty, the version of Hun (Chinese northern nomads) were usually taken as the original text by translators. Afterwards, the Sanskrit texts were introduced to the China, translators could take them as the original text. The accuracy of the translation was improved greatly. On the other hand, since there were more Sanskrit texts, they had more options of the type of scripture to be translated. Also the systemic nature of the translation has also increased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Breakthroughs in translation theories and skills. During this period, many famous translators have put forward their opinions on translation theory. Based on his translation practice, Shi Daoan raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva advocated free translation. He is the first one to raise the question of how to express the stylistic and linguistic interest of the original text, which had a great influence on translation history. From the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the end of the Sui Dynasty, there were many famous translators who put forward different translation theories and opinions, which had a greater impact on the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)A tool for class oppression. The rulers from the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the Sui Dynasty took Buddhism as a tool of class oppression. In the South of China, the society is stable, so the noble class of South China was arrogant and lavish, and metaphysics was prevailed among them. Therefore Buddhism and metaphysics were combined, and rulers interpret Buddhist theories from the perspective of metaphysics. The translation of Buddhist scriptures was also influenced by this prevailing ethos. However, the Northern Dynasty advocated Confucianism. Due to frequent wars and limited economic development, the rulers of Northern China turned to Buddhism and took Zen as their guide. Therefore Buddhism naturally combined with Confucianism, and Zen became the mainstream of Buddhism in the Northern Dynasty. The translation of Zen classics meets the needs of the ruling class and Buddhists in the Northern Dynasty. “Buddhism, as a tool for the government to consolidate their reign, has been stained with a strong political color”(Wang Yan 2012, 158).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tang Dynasty ===&lt;br /&gt;
The third historical period is the Tang Dynasty. During this period, Buddhism developed vigorously.  In order to consolidate their regime, the emperor of Tang Dynasty also valued Buddhism very much, to domesticate his people together with the help of Chinese traditional ritual. Therefore the ruling class attached great importance to the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. And the representative translator in this age was Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang tried many translation methods and developed his epoch-marking criterion that “translation ‘must be truthful and intelligible to the populace’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18). In a sense, Xuan Zang, with such a formula, was trying to have the best of two worlds—literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Xuang Zang ====&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664), a famous monk in the Tang Dynasty, is commonly known as the &amp;quot; Sanzang Rabbi.&amp;quot; On the third year of Zhenguan of Tang Emperor Taizong, he left for Dunhuang from Chang'an, and then arrived in India. He returned to Chang'an in the nineteenth year, and traveled for seventeen years. Through hard work, he brought back more than 650 Sanskrit verses. The number and variety are both unprecedented. He presided over the translation work of seventy-five parts, 1,335 volumes, accounting for more than half of the total number of new Buddhist scriptures in the Tang Dynasty. “Therefore, he was called by the Indian scholar Bai Letian as ‘No.1 translator in the history of translation’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating the scriptures, Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”: First, with secret. The words with mystery are not translated, as there are many spells in the Buddhist scriptures. For example, if the &amp;quot;Doroni&amp;quot; is translated, it will lose its special meaning, so it will lose its magic. Second, with multiple meaning. The ambiguous Sanskrit will not be translated. For example, the word &amp;quot;bhaga&amp;quot; has six meanings( comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed), so the original text is reserved for transliteration. Third, with no counterpart in China. the concept of things which are not found in the original culture of translation will not be translated. For example, the &amp;quot;jumbu tree&amp;quot; in Buddhism is a tree unique to India, which does not grow in China, therefore using transliteration. Fourth, with the ancients. the customary words should follow the habit of transliteration. If the ancients have translated some Buddhist special words, such as &amp;quot;Aunt Bodhi&amp;quot;, although they can be translated, cause confusion. It is best to use the ancient translation rather than a new translation. Fifth, with Good fortune. “The word in the original Sanskrit language can also be found in Chinese with a similar meaning, but they are not strictly same as having many differences in connotation. Such word can not be translated”( He Zizhang 2008, 66). Such as &amp;quot;prajna&amp;quot; respect, &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot; is light and shallow. “The word &amp;quot;Untranslatable&amp;quot; here does not mean not translating, but rather &amp;quot;not intended to translate&amp;quot;, using transliteration”( Jian Xue 2018, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translators were mainly domestic monks. With the strong support of the rulers of Tang Dynasty, the Chinese translators had the opportunity to go to India and other countries to learn Sanskrit and Buddhism. Through long-term study, these translators were not only proficient in Sanskrit but also had a deep understanding of Buddhism. “Besides, in order to meet the needs of translation, Yijing wrote the Sanskrit textbook which means that translators have been able to learn Sanskrit in China” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14). The number of Chinese monks who were proficient in Sanskrit has gradually increased, and the translation work did not need to turn to foreign monks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Fewer excerpts translation yet more complete translations. Due to the attention and support of the rulers, the translators have the access to the pilgrimage to India to find out more about Buddhist scripture. Besides, the improvement of the quality of translators and the perfection of the system of translation workshop also make such large translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Further improvement of the translation workshop system. Compared with the translation workshop of the previous stage, that of Tang Dynasty was more all-sided in organization. “According to records, the translation workshop of the Tang Dynasty had as many as 11 departments”( Xiu Wenqiao 2008, 32). Each part was under the charge of different people. The monks worked in the translation workshop are all knowledgeable and skilled in translation, and many of them were rabbis appointed by the court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) The peak of Buddhist scripture translation in Chinese history. Many outstanding translators emerged during this period, such as Xuanzang, Yijing and Bukong etc. The four major translators in the Chinese translation history of Buddhist scripture are Kumarajiva, Zhenti, Xuanzang, and Bukong. Two of them are from the Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5) The translation scripts were more faithful to original texts. Because Xuanzang and other translators traveled long distances to search for the Buddhist scriptures, they brought back many Sanskrit classics, which created better conditions for the monks to learn Sanskrit and the original Buddhist scriptures. Therefore they trained a large number of excellent translators, and greatly improved the quality of the translation. Xuan Zang advocated that that translation should be faithful to the original style. He believed that if the original language is elegant and the translation should also be elegant , but if the original style is simple, the translation should be the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Influence of the Translation of Buddhist Scriptures  ===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been developed in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese language and civilization. At the aspect of language, it has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese was mainly manifested in phonology. The “Buddhist scriptures were originally written in Sanskrit and Central Asian languages, both of which belong to phonetic alphabet , while Chinese characters developed from hieroglyphs, and there was no such thing as alphabet at first”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). After Buddhism was introduced to China, some people began to use Sanskrit to assist in learning Chinese pronunciation. The principles and methods of Sanskrit phoneticization promote the development of Chinese phonology. Therefore, Buddhism can be said to have laid the foundation for the formation of Chinese pinyin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, the original Chinese vocabulary could not meet the needs of translation, therefore new Chinese words were created through transliteration and free translation”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). In the history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, Zhi Chen advocated transliteration, and Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”, which state five cases to use transliteration. Therefore the loanwords from Buddhism came into China, which greatly enriched Chinese vocabulary. “Through careful analysis, linguists have made a conclusion that about 35,000 words in Chinese come from Buddhist scripture”(Du Aixian 2000, 49). Some are directly related to Buddhism, such as “Buddha”, “monk”, “ Dharma&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Sutra” etc; some are words that we don’t realize, such as &amp;quot;memory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;causality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;emptiness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; and so on. In addition, many four-character idioms remaining in modern Chinese have the color of Buddhism, and a large number of four-character idioms appeared after the Wei and Jin Dynasty. Such as “drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha”(放下屠刀, 立地成佛), “While the priest climbs a post, the devil climbs ten” (道高一尺, 魔高一丈 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been considered the main element which led to the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words, and also made the patterns of word-formation more perfect. “According to the research, words in ancient times are mainly monosyllable, and the process of disyllabic Chinese was very slow before the Wei and Jin Dynasties, but since the translation of Buddhist scriptures became popular at that time, the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words greatly accelerated”(Sun Yan 2015, 120). Therefore, the translation of Buddhist scriptures are supposed to  be the main motive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey the thoughts of Buddhist scriptures more clearly, many terms need to be translated into colloquial language, which is difficult to express by the original Chinese monosyllabic words. The oralized trends of the translation of the Buddhist scriptures have imposed great impacts on various kinds of colloquial literature styles, and also highly related to the terasyllabic words in the colloquial novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures has gone through three different historical periods. And different social conditions have also resulted in different strategies of sutra translation. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, when Buddhism was first introduced to China, Taoism was dominant in the Chinese society and the translator was not proficient in both Sanskrit and Chinese. Therefore, literal translation, and transliteration were mainly employed during this period. During  Wei and Jin Dynasties, Buddhism developed to a certain extent. Most translators were proficient in Sanskrit and Chinese, which made free translation possible. And in order to spread Buddhism, Buddhists adopt free translation strategies to make Buddhist scriptures more acceptable. During the Sui and Tang dynasties, in order to consolidate their own regime, government strongly supported the translation of Buddhist scriptures. Literal translation and free translation were in harmony during this period, thus the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been exerted great influences on Chinese language. It has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By reviewing the development process of Buddhist scripture translation, and summarizing the characteristics of each stage, we can have a clear understanding of Buddhism translation from a macro perspective. Through learning the main achievements and growth experience of important translators, we can learn more translation strategies and do better in our own translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures occupies an important position in the history of Chinese translation and has had a significant impact on Chinese language and culture. Therefore, it is necessary for us to go back to the source, review the development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures, learn the main achievements of important translators, and further study the representative theory of Buddhist scripture translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nattier, Jan. (1992).The Heart Sutra: A Chinese Apocryphal Text?. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies (2) 153-223&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Yue孟悦. (2017). 中国佛经翻译发展史综述[A Summary of the History of Chinese Sutra Translation].外语教育与翻译发展创新研究 Innovative Research on Foreign Language Education and Translation Development 305-308&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Shanshan孙珊珊. (2014).从翻译批评的多重视角看佛经翻译的文质观[On the Wenzhi of Sutra Translation from the Multiple Perspectives of Translation Criticism].青年作家Young Writers (16)173-174.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Yang方阳. (2013). 东汉至唐代的佛经翻译研究[A Study of the Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from Eastern Han Dynasty to Tang Dynasty]. 河北大学 Hebei University &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Chaobiao杨超标. (2012). 论安世高的译学思想和翻译方法[Exploration on Ashigao’s Translation Thought and Translation Ways].温州大学学报Journal of Wenzhou University (05) 78-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuwei张雨薇. (2019). 汉唐时期佛经汉译及其特点[The Chinese Translation of Buddhist Sutras and their Featuresduring Han to Tang Dynasties].中州学刊 Academic Journal of Zhongzhou (02)114-118.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Hui熊辉. (2013). 古代中西方宗教典籍翻译策略的相似性分析[On the Similarity of Translation Strategies to Ancient Chinese and Western Religious Scripture].西华大学学报Journal of Xihua University (01) 67-70. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi. 马祖毅. (1998). 中国翻译简史[A Brief Introduction to the History of Translation in China].中国对外翻译出版公司 China Foreign Translation Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Dongping, Fang Ruifen. 汪东萍,方瑞芬. (2012). 释道安“五失本、三不易”翻译思想评析[Comment on Shi Daoan's Translation Thought of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;].安徽师范大学学报Journal of Anhui Normal University(03) 385-390.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WangYan.王焱. (2012). 中国古代佛经翻译的政治化[The Politicalization of the Ancient Chinese Sutra Translation].学术交流 Academic Exchange (05)156-159.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1982). 佛经翻译家鸠摩罗什[Buddhist Translator Kumarajiva].中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (03) 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1980).伟大的佛经翻译家玄奘[The Great Buddhist Translator Xuan Zang].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (02) 18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Zizhang.何子章. (2008). 玄奘“五不翻”原则的现实意义[On Practicability of “The Transliteration in the Five Cases” Suggested by Xuan Zang].襄樊学院学报Journal of Xiangfan University(10) 65-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiu Wenqiao修文乔. (2008). 论权力对翻译的影响—从意识形态角度解读唐朝佛经翻译[Analysis of the Impact of Power on Translation—Interpreting Sutra Translation in Tang Dynasty from the Ideological Point of View].广东外语外贸大学学报Journal of Guangdong University of Foreign Studies(01) 30-34+43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Lixiang.侯丽香. (2016) 从文化传播的视角看佛经翻译对中国语言文化的影响[The Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese Language and Culture from the Perspective of Cultural Transmission].英语广场English Square (03)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Du Aixian.杜爱贤. (2000). 谈谈佛经翻译对汉语的影响[On the Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese].世界宗教文化The World Religious Cultures (02) 48-49.--[[User:Jessie Chen|Jessie Chen]] ([[User talk:Jessie Chen|talk]]) 05:11, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;成于思	Cheng Yusi No.202020080598 比较文学与跨文化研究&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and Liu Miqing’s ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' are two books concerning translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. This paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpts about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. Then, the author will present other scholars' appraisals of this book. The second part will briefly introduce Liu Miqing's ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'',then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Finally, it will display some scholars' evaluation of the book. In the third part, the paper will make a comparison of these two books to deepen readers' understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere; ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook''; Liu Miqing; ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''; “cultural turn”; John Dryden; translation principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《翻译，历史与文化论集》与《中西翻译思想对比研究》的比较分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，体现勒菲弗尔“文化转向”的观点，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨，然后对本书进行简要的评价。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述，针对第二章和第三章的内容，对中西方翻译传统的特点进行对比。然后收集相关学者对此书的评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔;《翻译，历史和文化论集》; 刘宓庆;《中西翻译思想对比研究》;文化转向;约翰·德莱登;翻译原则&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper is intended to focus on the analysis of important translation principles and make a comparison of these two books in content and form. This paper will be divided into three parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part one, after a brief introduction of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', it will concentrate on John Dryden’s three types of translation: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation, and briefly appraise it. Then it will extend Dryden’s views on translator’s position. Dryden's comparison of a translator to a slave exactly reflects the dominant thought about translator in the classical period. Some scholars study the thought of comparing a translator with a slave and discover that besides the representative of literal circles like Dryden, it also prevailed among modern linguistics and the school of translation studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014) Then, the author is about to explain why “comparing a translator to a slave” predominates in the history of western translation to support Lefevere’s “cultural turn”. Finally, the author will present other scholars' evaluation of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part two, the author will give an introduction to the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' in three sections due to the stout volume of this book. Then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Through these chapters, we can comprehend Liu Miqing’s purpose to publish this book. Also, we can find the uniqueness of Chinese translation theories, thus appealing to Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. Liu Miqing pointed out that the analysis of the characteristics of Chinese translation theory is by no means to boast or to do publication but to do a self-examination. He hoped that through a full analysis of the “being-in-itself” Chinese theories, we could find out the weak points that hinder them in their way to “being-for-itself”. (Liu Miqing 2005. 72) Finally, the author will show some scholars’ appraisals of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part three, it intends to give a brief comparison of these two books in contents and forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, this paper is written in hope that the readers can understand these two books better and provoke their thought about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. &amp;quot;Lefevere's later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the 'cultural turn'.&amp;quot;(Munday 2016,199) As such, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' serves as good proof of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation proposed by Translation Studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general editor's preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as &amp;quot;a rewriting of an original text&amp;quot;. Here, they explained that &amp;quot;rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.&amp;quot; (Lefevre 2003, xi) According to these concepts, Lefevere aims to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs a deep exploration for cultural studies. (Lefevre 2003, xiii) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such an idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in the 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby, meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation studies. (Lefevere and Bassnett 1990, 1-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett's thoughts of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, The Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements, which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the importance of translation thinking, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation plays in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. (Lefevre 2003, xiv)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it brings those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. Through reading the scholar's letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read translators' inferiority in Dryden's words and admire Cicero's courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that &amp;quot;I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek&amp;quot;. (Lefevere 2003, 47) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will analyze John Dryden's three types of translation and his comparison of &amp;quot;an author and a translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;a master and a slave&amp;quot; through the excerpts collected in ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.(Lefevere 2003, 24;102-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation deals with authority and power. A translator rewrites or manipulates the original text in service of power. (Lefevere 2003,2) The role a translator plays in translation depends on the power he is submissive to. In this part, the author analyzes Dryden’s comparison of &amp;quot;author and translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;master and slave&amp;quot; in hope for an exploration of the reasons of the translator’s inferiority in translation. It is believed that ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' is written to stress the function of translation as a shaping force.(Lefevere 2003, xii) Therefore, the discussion of Dryden's views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracts two statements by Dryden and relatively places them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracts an excerpt from the preface to Dryden's translation of Ovid's Epistles published in 1680. (Lefevere 2003, 102)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface, Dryden proposes three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden's vivid simile, translating poems in such a way is like &amp;quot;dancing on ropes with fettered legs&amp;quot;. The dancer needs to be cautious of falling, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. (Lefevere 2003, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation &amp;quot;to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age and in our country&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the translator needn't care about the author's elaborative use of words or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author's style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author's work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator's talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. (Lefevere 2003, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden proposes a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. &amp;quot;tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that &amp;quot;he may stretch his chain to such a latitude&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 105) In conclusion, a translator can be allowed liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translation, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Chapter Two, in &amp;quot;Dedication&amp;quot; to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argues that &amp;quot;We are bound to our author's sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compares a translator to a slave and drudged to express his views on the role of translators. &amp;quot;But slaves we are, and labor in another man's plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner's; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.&amp;quot; (Lefevere 2003, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's words reflect the translator's inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars, like Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies, were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters.(Niu Yunping, 2014) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scholar concludes that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the &amp;quot;classical writers&amp;quot; of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works were with the highest form. Therefore, the translators found that the author's overriding authority was beyond questions. (Niu Yunping, 2014)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the value of this book, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' is characterized by its abundant contents, which combines translation with history and cultural turn, thus providing referential materials for translation studies. With reference to Lefevere, many texts collected in this book were published in English for the first time, which served as an important supplement to the system of thinking on literary translation. (Lefevere 2003, xiii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to analyze the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing explains that &amp;quot;Sixiang&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;thought&amp;quot; in Chinese) refers to &amp;quot;principle&amp;quot; in the West in this book. (Liu Miqing 2005, 2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the FAQ passage, the author explained why he wrote this book. &amp;quot;I believe Chinese need to treat translation from the perspective of cultural strategy as our precedents did. This is the most basic and most important Chinese characteristics.&amp;quot;(Liu Miqing 2005, i) It is to appeal to the Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, it follows the analysis of this book. This book might be divided into three parts: part one, consisting of chapter one to six, discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Part two, consisting of chapter seven to nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. In part three, Liu illustrates the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies in chapter ten and eleven. And he respectively analyses  Benjamin’s view on translation, the originality of translation, and translation is the transcendence of the original text in chapter twelve, thirteen, and fourteen. (Wang Jianguo, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(from chapter one to six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. With reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first phase was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second phase was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30) The third phase is from the 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principal strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation: The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators' awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. (Liu Miqing 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in the new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. (Liu Miqing 2005, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 150)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of the meaning of Chinese translation studies and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005,179) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight, and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, he also recognizes that the 1960s to 1970s has witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides Western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School and New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the forms and the effects of communication, the functions of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Liu points out that Western translation theory is &amp;quot;technology-oriented&amp;quot;, and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories which can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current superficial, assertive and rational views and remarks on theory; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. (Liu Miqing 2005, 292-293)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third part of this book expounds on the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of &amp;quot;translation and language game&amp;quot;, Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game is the basic idea of the translation functionalism”. (Liu Miqing 2005, 402)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will analyze and compare the tradition of Chinese and western translation. Regarding Liu Miqing, Chinese translation still needs to regard culture as its strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, i) This is the first and foremost characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation. Since translation emerged in China, it has a close relation with culture, as evidenced by the translation of Buddhism. Such is the most distinctive feature between the tradition of Chinese and Western translation. (Liu Miqing 2005,44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation originated from religious translation, the translation of Buddhism. In 58 AD, during Emperor Ming's reign, Buddhism began to spread into China and symbolized the power and ideology of the nation, which involved in politics. Compared with Confucianism, Buddhism not only contains the ethics and social norms but also consists of a set of canons that reflect the integration of religion and politics in foreign countries. (Liu Miqing 2005,44) For instance, during the period of Sectarian Buddhism, in ''Pinimujing'', the religious disciplines compiled by Theravada Sect stipulated that the Buddhist doctrines must be submissive to the law. (Fang Litian, 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, Buddhism was integrated with Chinese politics when it spread into China, which is exemplified in three aspects. Firstly, Buddhism justified the divinity of the feudal monarchy. Secondly, some eminent monks were invited to give counsel to the sovereign directly. For example, emperor Xiaowudi in the Song dynasty designated the monk Huilin to engage in the court. And later Huilin was called Prime Minister in Black, which generally refers to the remarkable monks who also engage in the court. Thirdly, the disciples of Buddhism, including &amp;quot;all is vanity&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;being detached from worldly affairs&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;obedience&amp;quot; actually numbed the people to serve the sovereign, which was conducive to the feudal monarchy. (Fang Litian, 1987) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 19th century, the tradition of Chinese translation began to feature as the awareness of national hardship. Today, we are still struck by Yan Fu, Ma Jianzhong, Lin Shu, and other patriotic translators while learning their translation principles that were imprinted in their mission to save China from its plight. In the middle of the 20th century, the feature of the tradition of Chinese translation changes from the awareness of national hardship to national rejuvenation. (Liu Miqing 2005, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the flourishing of translation is bound to be our Chinese's responsibility. Compared to Chinese translation's cultural strategy, the Western translation boasts of its integrated translation, from the early translation of ancient Greek into Roman to the heyday in the 11th century. This not only promoted contact among different languages in Europe but also cleared the way to economic growth as well. Meanwhile, integrated translation has paved the way for European integration. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation is &amp;quot;regulation to perfection&amp;quot;. After the disputes between literal translation and free translation in China, the method of translation finally consolidated to regulation to perfection in Xuanzang's translation theory. The following translators have carried on the thought, such as Yan Fu's Xingdaya, Fu Lei's Shensi theory and Qian Zhongshu's Huajing theory. Their translation principles are the regulation of literal translation and free translation, the content and the form, and the end and the effect. (Liu Miqing 2005, 50-51) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Western translation also stresses meaning, but it pays more attention to the transformation of morphologic languages due to the identity of etymology, morphology, bilingual syntactic structure, the origin of literary and culture in Western languages. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101) Moreover, Western translation principles give priority to &amp;quot;Communicative Translation&amp;quot;, which is implicit in Chinese translation principles. (Liu Miqing 2005,104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third characteristic is &amp;quot;the focus on meaning as well as aesthesis&amp;quot;. Chinese translation balances meaning and aesthesis in binary opposition or tries to express the spirit and the feeling-tone of the original text on the basis of expressing meaning. Lin Yutang proposed that the spirit of the text is compacted in one word. (Liu Miqing 2005, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei pointed out that the word &amp;quot;Nao&amp;quot; in the verse &amp;quot;Hong Xing Zhi Tou Chun Yi Nao&amp;quot; conveys the Jingjie of the whole poem.(Wang Guowei 2017,15) Therefore, if one attempts to translate Chinese poems, he needs to have aesthetic appreciation. Liu Miqing explains that Chinese is a language of sensibility, it expresses beauty through icons and images. That is why the tradition of Chinese translation concentrates on aesthesis. As such, we can see the strong intercourse between Chinese translation and philosophy and aesthetics, however, Western translation has been connected with linguistics, linguistic philosophic study, and hermeneutic studies. (Liu Miqing 2005,104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars expressed their views on ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. Wang Jianguo claimed that the book was an excellent masterpiece. In this book, Liu compared Chinese and Western translation thoughts from the source. Both Liu's statements and arguments were astonishing. Liu used comparative methods to explore the source of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies, thus provoking scholars of Chinese translation studies to think about the value of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies. Besides, the book served as an example of innovation in translation studies. (Wang Jianguo, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei and Li Defeng shed light on the topic &amp;quot;translation theories with Chinese characteristics&amp;quot; and argues that Liu Miqing's ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' provides a methodology to explore the source of driving force for the construction of Chinese translation study. (Lu Wei, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 From the aspect of the content===&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books discuss translation principles from the perspective of culture. They differ in their focus and approach. ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' concentrates on Western translation principles before contemporary translation studies. While ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' analyses Chinese as well as Western translation principles from their origins to this era. As to the approach, Lefevere analyzes translation principles through varied themes, while Liu Miqing makes a comparison of Chinese and Western translation principles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, they boast their distinctive writing style. In ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Lefevere almost leaves no personal remarks or views on these excepts apart from his justification of his classification in the introduction and the beginning of each chapter, thus making this book objective. Also, Liu extracts other translators’ essays, but he illustrates them in a detailed way, and even comments on a certain word, for example, he discusses the “latitude” proposed by John Dryden and questions “in which aspect can translators be given the latitude? How much could they get the latitude?” and so on. (Liu Miqing 2005, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 From the aspect of the arrangement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books are arranged in theme rather than in a chronological way. Lefevere illustrates his classification of this book clearly and extracts abundant statements to rich his idea. He first divides the excerpts on size, and classifies the shorter into seven chapters, which are concerned with the constraints imposed on translation, the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and the technique of translating. As to the longer essays, they are collected in the last chapter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu arranges his book differently. Due to the ample scope of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which includs the characteristics, origins, schools and limitations of Chinese and Western translation, Liu not only quotes other’s statement, he also applies many tables to demonstrate his thoughts, which helps readers understanding translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the paper intends to help readers to have better understanding of the two books. After a brief introduction of these two books, there follows the analysis of  John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of a translator to a slave. Then, it figures out the reasons of the prevailing statement. Therefore, it helps the readers to grasp the core of this book. Meanwhile, this paper makes a short comparison of the characteristics of Chinese and Western translation in the hope of mutual learning. Also, it concludes the values of these two books. In the end, this paper hopes to provoke readers to think about the cultural influence on translation. Therefore, if one dreams to be a qualified translator, he needs to not only master translation skills and learn translation theories, he should but also immerse himself in the culture behind the source and target languages. As such, he can convey the feeling tone or the essence of the original text.--[[User:Cheng Yusi|Cheng Yusi]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yusi|talk]]) 12:08, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere. (2003). ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. Taylor &amp;amp; Francis e-library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere &amp;amp; Susan Bassnett. (1990). ''Translation, History and Culture''. London &amp;amp;New York: Pinter Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chou Huifang仇芳慧. (2019). 从德莱顿“翻译三分法”谈诗译者的素质 [On Poetry Translators’ Qualification from the Perspective of Dryden’s Three Types of Translation].''北方文学'' Northern Literature (24):254-255.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Litian方立天.(1987).佛教与中国政治 [Buddhism and Chinese Politics].''社会科学战线'' Social Science Front (02):113-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeremy Munday. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies'', Theories and Applications, Routledge, Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2005). ''中西翻译思想对比研究''. [A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei, Li Defeng鲁伟,李德凤.(2010).中国特色的翻译学:误区还是必然?——兼评《中西翻译思想比较研究》[Translation Studies with Chinese Characteristics: A Misunderstanding or Inevitability? ——A Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal 23(02):11-14+29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niu Yunping, Yang XiuMing牛云平,杨秀敏.(2014). 西方译论中的作者—译者主仆. [Relationship of Author and Translator as Master and Servant in Western Translation Histories].''河北师范大学学报(哲学社会科学版)'' Journal of Hebei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) 37(05):92-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jianguo王建国.(2006). 简评《中西翻译思想比较研究》——兼谈译学学术创新 [A Short Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles——On the Academic Innovation of Translation Studies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal 27(03):36-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei 王国维.(2017). ''人间词话''[Notes on Ci Poems in the World]. Beijing: The Chinese Overseas Publishing House 中国华侨出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan Bassnett. (2004). ''Translation studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui     202070080622    英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
===Introuction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.(Gentzler, Edwin.1993.)&lt;br /&gt;
===The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
===Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.(Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. ) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.(Nida, E. A.1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.(Bassnett. 1980.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.(Cao Ruiming. 2006（1）：45-47.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analysis of Theoretical Research Status===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.(Nida, E. A. 1964.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.(Gentzler, Edwin.1993.)&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place(Wang Dongfeng,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trends in Translation Theory Research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.（Su Yue. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.（Su Yue. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the theory and practice of ancient translation theory to the update and development of contemporary translation theory, scholars have continued and developed China's unique translation theory according to the requirements of the times and the basis of practice. The development of the country in the new era puts forward higher demands on translation,the cultivation of translation talents and discipline construction. In short, the development of translation discipline in the new era should emphasize disciplinary functions, expand theoretical resources, innovate ontological concepts, and strengthen school consciousness, so as to make new contributions to the knowledge innovation of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia  202070080645 MTI 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                                               &lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. （Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.（Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.（Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）（Wenku）[you can put the examples in the later paragraph--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 07:22, 21 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kuangxi]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words.（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Take Chinese and English for example ,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal, as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain, but in England ,a country with developed industry, people are no longer farming ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before, instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse ,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily, after the rain ,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？（Zhang le 2017，37）--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 07:22, 21 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kuangxi]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So differen society can give birth to different cultures.What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea” ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“.（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen 2001,19)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Comparisons of Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, foreignization is in the dominant position,while domestication acts like a supplementary in this case, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just in the  south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)[please highlight the example--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 07:22, 21 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kaungxi]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.Based on the food culture above,domestication and foreignization have been use in different ways.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed BunThere are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. （Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu 2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶 qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 （Zhao Lijian's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. （Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to&amp;quot;稻草、吸管&amp;quot;，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, and while doing translation we should choose the proper methods according to our purpose and the characteristic of the culture ,all of which can lead to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
===''' References '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020).十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geng Shuang.耿爽.(2020.2.21).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1747973.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Lijian.赵立坚(2020.2.25).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1749280.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hua Chunying.华春莹(2020.11.30).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1836636.shtml.--[[User:Wu Zijia|Wu Zijia]] ([[User talk:Wu Zijia|talk]]) 15:28, 20 December 2020 (UTC)Wu Zijia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui 202020080608==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;孔祥慧 Kong Xianghui &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence on the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology;Linguistic;Discipline Construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. （Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation was regarded as a linguistic phenomena before. But later, with the development of the translation theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science, especially linguistics, can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.（O Aiping，2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology at home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation'' published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recording two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation. (Norman Jacobson, 1959)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book ''Toward the Science of Translating'', which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.(Eugene Nida, 1947)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and regarded seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure. (J.A Catford , 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published The Name and Nature of Translation Studies at The Third International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation, which directly promoted the construction of translation studies. ( James Holmes,1975)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods, clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from several aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing the translation practice. (Wolfram Wilss, 1982)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is Discourse and the Translator (1990), which is the first book to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers. (Hatim &amp;amp; Mason,1990 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believed that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies. (Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies. (Mona Baker, 2006) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress. （Tan Zaixi，1989）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article On the Construction of Translation Theory. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were using correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books would be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe. (Dong Qiusi, 1951)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the viewpoint that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. (Tan Zaixi, 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published On Approaches to Translation Studies. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' the awareness of the subject of translation studies. (Tan Zaixi, 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis An Overview of Western Translation Theory (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, translatology could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. (Liu Miqing, 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.(Liu Miqing, 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published ''Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies'', in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is ''Chinese Translation Studies'', including ''The History of Translation in China''. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.(Liu Zhongde, 1995)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics. ( Zhang Meifang, 2005) (Huang Guowen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). （Lv Jun，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, Lv published Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new perspective for the study of the construction of translation studies and promoted the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. (Lv Jun, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.(Li Zhenguo ,2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies (2009), which systematically and objectively sorted out the development of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies. (Yi Jing, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In ''A Study on Linguistic Translation'' (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. (Zhang Boran,2008) (Yi Jing,2012) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. (Zhao Wenting,2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple approaches of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation. (Zou Bing and Mu Lei, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rising of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precedes translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. (Wang Yin,2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation.  Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western translation studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward west, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation. (Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao , 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in ''Corpus and Translation Studies'' (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. (Liao Qiyi, 2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies of the researches. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics. (Li Yan ,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the awareness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often be confused. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definitions of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.(Tan Zaixi 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is also used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; (Wikipedia) Liu Zhongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the rules of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.（Liu Zhongde，1995） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic, literature, philosophy etc. ( Kong Xiangli,2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline and to the rapid development of translation studies.  (Liu Zhongde,1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translator appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei etc. (Yi Jing,2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated texts. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.（Yi Jing,2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 The awareness of an independent discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of an independent discipline and proposed a classification of the research field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a merely a technical activity. (Tan Zaixi, 1987 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared the independence of translation in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, many famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.（Wang Qinghua，2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies have shown a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.(Tan Zaixi 2018) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its research field, and this trend may be expected to continue.（Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation by early linguists; second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies. (Zou Bin, Mu Lei, 2020 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists began to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology were linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences. (Yi Jing, 2009 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. (Yi Jing, 2009 ) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.（Yang Zijian 1987）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their researches inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, their contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough. (Lv Jun, 2004 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, systematic-functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies. (Zou Bin, Mu Lei,2020 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists took Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regarded linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the assistance of structural linguistics.(Lvjun，2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China.  ( Yi Jing, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts that are &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has exerted a great influence in the West and China. ( Yi Jing, 2009)--[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 08:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .(Yi Jing,2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural context of language.（Zou Bin,Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the development of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002） --[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 08:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics theory. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics. (Yi Jing, 2009 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition,  and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.（Wang Yin,2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and materials for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool and new research perspectives for translation studies and provides great convenience for translation studies. ( Liao Qiyi，2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The publication of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value. (Kong Xiangli，2009 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is quite similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories. (Zou Bin, Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, publishing cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge. (Kong Xiangli，2009 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Discipline structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good example. (Yang Zijian,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study. Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.（Yi Jing，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be learned from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together. In the process of development, linguistics has absorbed the experience of many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., formed many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through several stages of development, and it has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics provided experience for the construction of translation studies.  ( Zou Bin, Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators should only take other disciplines for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely. ( (Liu Miqing, 1989))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J.A.(1965). ''Linguistic Theory of Translation'' . Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S.(1975). The Name and Nature of Transition Studies . ''Holland Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jixing LONG. (2019). Translation Studies From Multiple Perspectives. ''Studies in Literature and Language.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker Mona.（2006). Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account . London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ding Xinshan. 丁信善. (1998). 语料库语言学的发展及研究现状. [The Development and Research Status of Corpus Linguistics]. ''当代语言学''[Modern Linguistic] 3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Xiangtao,Lu Bixiao. (2019). 范祥涛,陆碧霄.认知翻译研究的观念和方法. [Concepts and Methods of Cognitive Translation Studies]. ''外语教学''[Foreign Language Education] 8-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen. 黄国文. (2006). 关于翻译研究语言学探索的几个问题. [Questions about the Linguistic Exploration of Translation Studies]. ''外语艺术教育研究''[Educational Research on Foreign Languages &amp;amp; Arts] 35-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Xiangli. 孔祥立. (2009). 中国翻译学学科建设论. [On the subject construction of Chinese Translation Studies]. 上海外国语大学[Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yan, Feng Huali. 李艳,冯华丽.(2020) 国内基于语料库的翻译研究二十年综述(1999—2018). [A review of 20 Years of Corpus-based Translation Studies in China(1999—2018)]. ''成都理工大学学报(社会科学版)'' [Journal of Chengdu University of Technology(Social Science) ]105-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1989). 西方翻译理论概评. [An Overview of Western Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 2-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde. 刘重德. (1998). 关于建立翻译学的一些看法. [Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies]. ''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)'' [Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)] 27-31+60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun. 吕俊. (2004). 建构翻译学的语言学基础. [The Linguistic Basis of Translation studies]. ''外语学刊''[Foreign Language Research] 96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2000). 语料库与翻译研究[Corpus and Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 380-384.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O Aiping. 欧爱萍.(2012). 浅谈语言学对翻译学科的影响. [A Brief Discussion on the influence of Linguistics on translation]. ''中外企业家''[Chinese and Foreign Entrepreneurs] 179-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜,Eugene A.Nida. (1987). 论翻译学的途径. [Approaches to Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 24-30+79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2005). 认知语言学的翻译观. [Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 15-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2017). 基于认知语言学的翻译过程新观. [Translation Process View Based on Cognitive Linguistics]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-10+17+129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qinghua,Zhang Chunbai. 汪庆华,张春柏. (2017). 翻译学的先驱:董秋斯翻译学思想探析. [A Pioneer of translation Studies: An Analysis of Dong Qiusi's Translation Studies]. ''上海翻译''[Shanghai Journal of Translators]67-72+95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing, Xie Chu. 易经,谢楚. (2012). 翻译学从属于语言学吗?——析语言学派的翻译学定位. [Does Translation Belong to Linguistics? -- An Analysis of the Translation Orientation of Linguistic Schools]. ''湖南人文科技学院学报''[Journal of Hunan Institute of Humanities，Science and Technology] 74-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing. 易经. (2009). 试论翻译学体系的构建. [On The Construction of Translation Studies ].湖南师范大学[Hunan Normal University ].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1987). 谈谈语言科学的发展. [A Discussion of the Development of Language Science].''山东外语教学''[Shandong Foreign Language Teaching] 10-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1993). 我国近十年来的翻译理论研究. [Research on Translation Theories in Recent Ten Years in China].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Bairan. 张柏然. (2008). 试析翻译的语言学研究 [A Study on Linguistic Translation]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ]58-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang, Huang Guowen. 张美芳,黄国文. (2002). 语篇语言学与翻译研究. [Discourse linguistics and Translation studies].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Bin, Mu Lei. 邹兵,穆雷. (2020). 语言学对翻译学的方法论贡献——特征、问题与前景. [The Methodological Contribution of Linguistics to Translation Studies: Features, Problems and Prospects]. ''中国外语''[Foreign Languages in China] 77-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China-许晶Xu Jing,202020080658,外国语言学及应用语言学==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                  许晶 Xu Jing  202020080658  外国语言学及应用语言学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of reform and opening-up, foreign trade and international exchanges have become more and more frequent, there is an increasing demand for translation talents, and the team engaged in translation studies has become more and more powerful. The development of Translation Studies as a discipline is getting better and better. By reviewing the development of the Translation Studies in China, as well as reading and refining of translation literature in recent years, this article analyzes the current problems of the learning of Translation Studies and puts forward relevant suggestions from the perspective of translation education and the perspective of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies, translation education, translation talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对中国翻译学学习的反思&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国改革与开放政策的不断推进，对外贸易和国际之间的交往变得越来越频繁，对于翻译人才的需求越来越多，从事翻译研究的队伍也越来越壮阔，翻译学的学科发展也越来越好。本文通过回顾翻译学科在中国的发展历程，以及对近年翻译学文献的阅读和提炼，从翻译教育视角和学生视角出发，分析翻译学科学习目前存在的问题，并提出相应的建议。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学，翻译教育，翻译人才&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1. Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1. The Connotation of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies used to refer to the researches of translation. It was not until the 20th century that translation studies became a formal academic discipline. The landmark paper published by James S Holmes in 1972, titled &amp;quot;The Name and Nature of Translation Studies&amp;quot;, is a basic statement of translation studies，which calls for the establishment of a unique discipline with its own classification system.(James S Holmes 1972) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, at present, Translation Studies is a research field that studies the theory, description and application of translation. Because it treats translation not only as a transfer between languages, but also as an exchange between cultures, it can also be described as an interdisciplinary involving other fields of knowledge, such as comparative literature, cultural studies, gender studies, computer science, history, linguistics, philosophy, rhetoric and semiotics.(wikipedia)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Translation Studies as an academic discipline, it requires a systematic study of translation, which is not only an applied practice, but also a means to understand the movement and transfer between multiple languages and cultures. Translation Studies involves the translator's practical experience; it also explores the history and philosophy of translation and current trends in the field from the perspective of theory and methodology. Translation studies can examine the practices and context of translating texts that are specialist (law, business, medicine, etc.); it may also explore the art of translation as a creative act in literary translation and international marketing. Translation studies can also explore how issues such as culture, power, gender, and moral media affect translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning these knowledge enables students to apply their understanding of theories to the methods, techniques and choices used in daily translation practice. In addition, Translation Studies usually includes the analysis of key texts to enable students to develop an awareness of understanding and interpretation issues. It also involves the development of analysis, practice, evaluation, aesthetics and descriptive skills that are necessary elements  solve translation problems. Finally, it includes the development of research skills, practical translation skills, and the ability to develop strategies for managing complex language and cultural transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2. The Significance of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the introduction of university schools and courses, related conferences, translation journals and other translation-related publications, the discipline of translation studies has also been developed. With the requirement of effective, efficient and understanding communication between languages and cultures in today's multicultural and multilingual society, translation skills have become more and more important and desirable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a science, Translation Studies always has its own laws that cannot be ignored, and its systematic theories are different from other disciplines. The so-called translation theory is a thorough and systematic description of these laws, which make the skills and techniques that can only be understood in mind in translation into a knowable object and a theoretical system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory can provide translators with a series of macro descriptions of the objective laws of translation, as well as in-depth analysis of the internal relations and mechanisms of these laws. By learning translation theory, translators can have a good understanding about  the essence of translation behaviors and the fundamental standards of translation better. At the same time, knowing the laws of translation science and translation art, translators who are with the guidance of translation theory and scientific argumentation and methodology will selectively implement the reference means provided by translation theory in practice, and work effectively; When dealing with the difficulties of translation, translator can use a variety of methods. In this way, the translation process can be both scientific and flexible, and the translator can consciously exert their initiative, so that the translation practice becomes a high-level language communication. It is necessary for translators to learn Translation Studies.(Chu Xizhi 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. The Development Process of Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation activities appeared in China very early, but translation as a discipline appeared relatively late. With the advancement of the People's Republic of China and the promotion of foreign exchanges, China's translation industry has flourished since the establishment of the People's Republic of China. After reading a large number of documents and reviewing the ups and downs of the translation discipline and the translation major in the past 71 years, the author has made a comprehensive analysis and believes that the development process of Translation Studies in China can be divided into the following three stages: the exploration period of Translation Studies, the development period of Translation Studies, and the flourishing period of Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1. The Exploration Period of Translation Studies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the Translation Studies, the famous translator Dong Qiusi in 1950 pointed out that “although there are thousands of hundreds of years of translation experience, there are also 10,000 people engaged in translation, but those who study translation theory, almost no. What we have are some translation regulations and fragments of experience for temporary reference.&amp;quot; He clearly called for the establishment of &amp;quot;a complete translation theory system&amp;quot; (Dong Qiusi 1950 ). It is a pity that Dong Qiusi's appeal did not attract much attention. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation industry in China is still satisfied with the translator’s experiences, and even mistakes their experiences as theory. In the early days of New China, due to the needs of national construction and foreign exchanges, translation activities were initially highly valued and supported by the party and governments at all levels. Translations of various translation groups, journals, papers, conferences and political documents appeared on the scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, affected by political factors at home and abroad, the development of translation disciplines has almost stagnated, the number of translations has been greatly reduced, and the types of works have been single. During this period, the people engaged in translation discipline construction were front-line foreign affairs translators and literary translators. They were mainly responsible for political and literary translation practice, as well as translation criticism, translation publishing, and translation management, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that time, because a large number of people who master foreign languages were needed for national construction, language learning was the main task of academic industry, and translation teaching was regarded as a means to improve foreign language ability. Later, with the advancement of reform and opening up, a group of teachers and students who were concerned about translation teaching in the foreign language community joined the group of developing Translation Studies. The number of publications on scientific translation, teaching studies, textbook research, and introduction to Western translation theories has gradually increased. But Translation Studies at this stage is still attached to the third level research direction under Foreign Language and Literature, but the distinction between translation teaching and language teaching has gradually become clear.(Xu Jun;Mu Lei 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2. The Development Period of Translation Studies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of this period, translation studies explored whether the Translation Studies can become an independent discipline, whether there is a difference between the training of translation professionals and the training of traditional foreign language talents, and what are the differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, some masters and doctors in translation studies joined the team to construct translation discipline. Researchers' disciplinary awareness and interdisciplinary awareness have increased, methodological awareness has sprouted, and the number of micro-level translation teaching research has increased. In the teaching of translation majors, more attention has been paid to theoretical explanations, textual comparisons between English and Chinese, and extra-linguistic factors in translation activities. In 2003 and 2005, Shanghai International Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established Graduate Institute of Interpretation and Translation in succession. The first degree in Translation Studies was established by the Ministry of Education in Shanghai in 2004, which can be regarded as a sign that Translation Studies have been recognized by the system as a secondary discipline. To this end, a group of special articles in the third issue of “China Translator&amp;quot; in 2004 come to congratulate.(Luo Feng 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the establishment of Translation Studies, its disciplinary connotation has been explored, the system has been gradually improved, the framework has become increasingly substantial, and its social contribution has been unique and huge. Translation research ideas, methods, field and resources are further expanded, translation teaching methods, tools and resources are enriched, the number of applied texts in translation teaching increases, and the professional orientation is much clear.(Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3. The Flourishing Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2011, the Ministry of Education adjusted the discipline catalog and listed &amp;quot;Translation Studies&amp;quot; as a second-level subject under the first-level discipline of &amp;quot;Foreign Languages and Literature&amp;quot; officially. As a result, the status of Translation Studies was formally established, facing the world, serving demand, and standardizing construction.(Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao 2020) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the flourishing period,  the construction of translation disciplines and the development of translation majors in China have shown a new look. Translation studies have jumped to new levels, which is reflected in the new breakthroughs in the main construction force. A large number of language service industry practitioners, technical experts and translation scholars have collaborated to provide suggestions for the construction of translation disciplines and talent training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many publications on translation teaching research, translation technology research, translation market and language service industry research, and the construction of the discourse system of translation theory with Chinese characteristics. New changes have taken place in the focus and form of translation teaching. Translation teachers should help students to acquire the industry knowledge, technology, skills and accomplishments that required by the language service market. Teachers can invite industry instructors into classrooms to share their ideas, and through other methods such as project cooperation, field learning, and simulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3. Challenges of Learning Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Translation Studies as a discipline in China did not happen overnight. It also experienced ups and downs along the way. Translation discipline in China has entered a new stage now, and the team of Translation Studies has become larger and larger. More and more colleges and universities set up MTI and MA in Translation. More students and scholars began to engage in Translation Studies. However, due to various reasons, in the process of learning Translation Studies, we also face many problems and challenges. This chapter will introduce the problems of learning Translation Studies in China from the perspectives of translation education and students' personal factors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1. Translation Education &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the establishment of the autonomy of China’s Translation Studies, translation education grows up. And with the historical process of reform and opening for more than 40 years, translation education has made brilliant achievement and has promoted the cultivation of translation professionals, and also will further make important contributions to national economic and social development. It is obvious that translation education plays an important role in the learning process of Translation Studies. A good translation education plays a positive role in the development of translation disciplines, and can also help students learn Translation Studies better.（Huang Youyi 2018）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, China's translation education started and developed after the reform and opening up, so it is relatively late. Under the background of the new era, it still faces many challenges and urgently needs to be addressed. In addition, the construction history of Translation Studies is not long, and the construction of a complete translation teaching system is still on the way of continuous development, so systematic researches on translation teaching still needs efforts. The author mainly analyzes this problem from four aspects: the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents, the faculty resources, the teaching mode and translation teaching research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1. Orientation of the Cultivation of Translation Talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents is not particularly clear. In the actual teaching practice, some colleges and universities do not separate translation major students and English major students clearly due to bluring and confusing educational goal of translation major. There are few differences in teaching model between translation major and the traditional English major. In addition, different colleges and universities still have not unified the concepts, principles, methods and other macro ideas of translation major teaching, and they are independent in the specific classroom teaching operations, and the curriculum settings are out of touch with the market.(Zhong Weihe; Zhao Tianyuan 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, due to the inconsistency between the talent cultivation model in some universities and the development of translation industry, a considerable number of translation graduates do not have good professional ethics, wide encyclopedia knowledge, and professional skills and learning ability. In addition, most of them are lack of organizational management ability, innovation ability as well as collaborate ability. Those reasons have seriously affected the quality and quantity of cultivating translation professionals.(Zhong Weihe 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2. Faculty Resources&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of teachers is closely related to the effect of English translation teaching. English translation has higher requirements for teachers' teaching guidance ability, response ability and language organization ability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The problem of translation teachers has always been a bottleneck that needs to be broken through. The teachers here include both full-time teachers and part-time teachers. Recent evaluation data shows that although the number of the teacher in translation major is sufficient and the structure is reasonable, the number of professional translators is lacking, and the teachers' scientific research and practical ability are seriously lacking. Statistics for part-time teachers show that the number of part-time teachers can be guaranteed, but only 27% are from the language service industry, and the rest are from the government and universities, which is inconsistent with the requirements of the &amp;quot;''National Standard of Part-time Teacher in MTI Education'' &amp;quot;. (Zhong Weihe 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, many English teachers in colleges and universities have been in a professional teaching environment for a long time and rarely have the opportunity to participate in practice. This has caused translation teaching to derail from the actual situation to some extent, resulting in poor training of professional translators and affecting the overall development of students.(Chen Cheng 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3. Teaching method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relatively speaking, the teaching mode of translation teaching in China is still based on traditional English major teaching, and the teaching mode is relatively single. The most commonly used form is to explain the theory and skills, then explain and appreciate the analysis through the example sentences and example texts on the professional textbooks, and finally arrange homework based on the content of this class. (Wang Baigula 2018) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kinds of teaching method that is entirely a teacher-centered teaching model ignore student autonomy, which will pay too much emphasis on teachers and teaching materials to a large extent, restricting teachers’ ability to innovate and explore. In addition, this kind of translation mode will restrain students' interpreting practice ability to a certain extent and ignore life culture and skills. This will cause translation majors to limit their learning content to test papers instead of translation researches and the process of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.4 Translation Teaching Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current achievements of translation teaching research in China are mainly expressed in impressionistic and scattered personal experiences, lacking systematic research and strong theoretical support. In other words, it lacks systematic theoretical guidance, clear methodology guidance and effective research method. And the research methods are still based on reflection and experience, and importantly, the empirical research is inconsiderable.（Ou Yonghua 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, the number of interdisciplinary researches is relatively small, and there is also a lack of sufficient number of experiments and opportunities in actual application fields. Translation discipline has a big difference comparing to other disciplines, mainly because of its high interactivity, which requires the participation of many disciplines. Only in this way can the value of the translation discipline be brought into play. However, according to the actual situation of translation learning and translation education in colleges and universities, it can be seen that China has not paid enough attention to this aspect, so that many interdisciplinary content is only on the surface, but do not deep into the actual situation.(Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqing 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2. Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above mentioned the impact of translation education on translation studies, and the following part will analyze the difficulties faced by students when learning translation studies. In China, English courses are offered from the elementary school, so it is a long journey to learn English. It stands to reason that after a long period of study, students can master English proficiently, and be proficient in oral and writing. But this is not true. The reasons for this situation are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1. Low level of commitment to translation learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese students begin to learn English very early and study for a long time, the effective efforts for English learning is not enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a simple language conversion, its process is complex and tortuous, especially when the process of translation encountered strange and difficult to understand the content, it requires the translator to be patient, as far as possible to invest their time and energy to search and verify the related knowledge. Most of the time, the unqualified translation results from the fact that the translator does not invest enough time and energy, and only has a superficial understanding of background knowledge, professional terms or corpus search. At the same time, it is difficult for students to have the amount of extra-curricular English reading and accumulate a rich vocabulary. (Wang Na 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, students' basic English translation skills are not solid. If students do not know more than half of the words and phrases in an article, it is impossible for them to translation the whole passage. At the same time, there are many differences between word order of English and Chinese. Due to the insufficient amount of English reading, it is difficult for students to get familiar with the English reading mode and grasp the main points of English translation, so it may lead the final translation to fail to convey the true meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2. Insufficient background knowledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of exam-oriented education, many Chinese students hope to get a good grade in exam and ignore that learning English is also for communication. They are only satisfied with finishing the English translation exercises assigned by teachers and seldom use English for daily communication or reading English works. And in this way, students do not gain sufficient background information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of the era of network, traditional translation objects, such as religious texts and the classics of social sciences, are out of the core status of translation activities and are gradually marginalized. Especially from the quantity of the objects, there are more and more literature references, business documents, documents of national governments and international organizations, which have increasingly become the mainstream of contemporary translation object. Various types of translation objects become big challenges for students’ knowledge. On the other hand, students pay much attention to language transfer and translation skills, but neglect the supplement of professional background knowledge.(Xie Zhentian, 2015) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3. Neglect of theoretical knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, when MA students are learning theoretical knowledge, most of them do not have a correct understanding of Translation Studies. They think that translation theory is useless to some extent or that previous translation theories is very perfect, so they cannot make any innovations in Translation Studies. However, learning Translation Studies is not to create a translation theory. The purpose is to improve students' theoretical awareness so as to establish their translation literacy. The academic master of Translation should focus more on verifying the validity of theories through the practice of translation.(Jiang Feifei 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4. Suggestions for the Learning of Translation Studies'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote the development of Translation Studies, the training of translation talents is extremely important. Translation Studies as a discipline needs to be improved over time. The following will show the efforts we need to make from the perspectives of translation education and the students themselves, in order to better learn Translation Studies and promote Translation Studies in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation education plays an important role in cultivating translation talents, and a good translation education system will provide a good environment for students to learn Translation Studies, so it is necessary to improve translation education system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Improve Teaching Mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teaching model is an important guarantee for cultivating interdisciplinary English translators. At present, colleges and universities should focus on the current social needs. Teachers should effectively integrate the curriculum with social reality in the teaching process, which can be based on the current social situation. (Wang Baigula 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the translation model has a very important impact on teaching arrangement. The rapid enrichment of theoretical horizons has put forward many new requirements for translation teaching. Therefore, translation teaching should also combine these needs to innovate. For example, many translation learning in China have begun to shift to the perspective of students' autonomous learning, rather than relying solely on teachers’ guidance or leading. This is a very good practice, and it also meets the new requirements of the times. (Ou Yonghua 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective teaching method is a teaching mode that can be introduced in translation teaching,which attaches great importance to the construction of learning environment and the value of teachers' guidance to students. It is very important for translation learning. While diffusing students' interest in learning, it will also increase students' creative ability and thought diffusion. And through the current teaching equipment and teaching software to enrich the teaching content in the teaching process so as to improve the students’ learning efficiency.(Ou Yonghua 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2. Strengthen Faculty Force&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers occupies a very important position in the training of talents, and at the same time, improving the quality and ability of the teaching team is also the most important thing when training talents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in view of the current low professional quality and ability of teachers in ordinary colleges and universities in China, first of all, colleges and translation teachers need to clarify the requirements for professional ability development, and strive to improve the professional quality of teachers (professional ethics and norms, lifelong learning), professional knowledge (linguistic culture and discipline knowledge, education theory) and professional ability (teaching design and implementation, teaching strategy, modern technology application, teaching reflection, scientific research, practice, testing and evaluation, digital scientific research and learning, data analysis);（Zhong Hewei 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, at the beginning of the training of talents, it is possible to engage outstanding professional teams outside the school to communicate, so as to enhance the echelon construction of the school's teaching team, improve the teacher structure in the school, and devote to the comprehensive training of professional translators suitable for social development and needs. The cultivation of talents and the construction of teachers. (Wang Baigula 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.3. Broaden the academic vision of translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation research is a booster for the development of the education of translation majors in the new era. In the future, Chinese translation research can still make breakthroughs in the following aspects. The first is to strengthen the research of translation theory, focusing not only on the grand theory of structural analysis and classification, but also on the micro-theories of specific phenomena and answering practical questions, and to reserve the prerequisite theoretical knowledge that needs to be solved for the establishment and development of the discipline, which carry out the provision of landmark for a comprehensive academic research of the discipline. (Lan Hongjun, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to innovate research methods and carry out disciplinary cooperation. At present, in the research of translation education, humanistic research is dominant, and empirical research is gradually increasing. Translation education involves many subjects such as pedagogy, psychology, and testing. With the continuous emergence of new research technologies and methods, and the increasingly obvious interdisciplinary, translation education research should be able to learn from interdisciplinary research methods, carry out interdisciplinary cooperation, and be good at using new technology and innovative research methods.(Mu Lei, Li Xixi 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2. Students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation talents play a very important role in the development of translation studies. Those who will be engaged in the field of translation should also work hard to improve themselves, expand their knowledge, earnestly study theoretical knowledge, and practice more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1. Expanding knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies is originally an interdisciplinary subject. Whether you are engaged in translation research or translation practice in the future, you need to expand your knowledge. For students studying translation studies, when they are learning translation theory, they also need to master the knowledge of linguistics, psychology, pedagogy, philosophy, etc., so as to integrate them with translation studies. For students who are going to be engaged in translation practice in the future.Not only should they have a solid foundation in language ability, but also they should take the initiative to continuously learn new knowledge with a broad perspective. They should not only focus on their major field, but also should grasp the knowledge of politics, economics, science and technology, history, geography, customs, etc. to strengthen their comprehensive language skills.(Xu Jun;Mu Lei 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very good way to expand their knowledge is to improve their search ability. Search ability refers to how translators use dictionaries, encyclopedias, search engines, corpora, grammar books, etc. to solve practical problems in translation. With economic globalization and various changes in the language service industry, the demand for non-literary translation has skyrocketed. Translators need to be exposed to translations in various forms (audio, video, website, etc.) and fields (mechanical, chemical, electrical, etc.), MTI students are urgent to learn certain professional background knowledge and increase the depth and scope of search to deal with more complex and difficult translation tasks. (Wang Na 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2. Emphasize theory and practice more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge comes from practice. Current translation theories provide many conveniences for this activity. In the process of translation practice, students can also verify the validity of these theories. However, students should not only understand the knowledge of linguistics and the skills and theories of translation，but also practice more. Theories that are out of practice cannot keep up with the development of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students must spend enough time in practicing. They can take part in many social activities to experience different aspects of social life, and keep close contact with the masses in order to continuously broaden their horizons and know the society better. And then it is possible for them to analyze practical experience and conclude it into theory.(Lin lin 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter analyzes the current situation of Translation Studies as a discipline by reviewing the development process of Translation Studies in China. There are many factors that affect the learning of Translation Studies. Among them, from the perspective of translation teaching, in China, the objection of talent training is unclear, the faculty resource is insufficient, and the teaching structure is relatively simple. Therefore, translation education need to clarify the orientation of cultivating translation talents. At the same time, teachers should also improve their personal qualities, including their teaching ability and professional knowledge. In addition, research on translation education should also be emphasized, and exchanges and cooperation between the disciplines should be strengthened to conduct more effective translation learning and translation research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the students’ point of view, those who major in translation must learn translation studies hard to contribute to the development of Translation Studies. However, many students did not work hard to learn their major, their basic skills are not wonderful, and their knowledge scope is relatively narrow. Some students do not have a correct understanding of translation studies. To become an excellent translator, students also need to spend time and energy to expand their knowledge range. At the same time, students also need to take translation theories seriously and learn it carefully, and then apply those theories to practice. In this way, they can also gain a lot of practical experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
President Xi Jinping, asked” the majority of philosophy and social science workers to bravely stand on the forefront of the times, communicate the changes of the past and the present, and give the first signs of thought” (Xi Jinpin 2016). Looking back on the past decades, the achievements and independent status of Translation Studies are still not achieved overnight. They have condensed the unremitting exploration and hard work of many scholars, showing a development axis of independence, self-consciousness, self-reliance and self-confidence. Looking forward to the future, we hope that the successors of Translation Studies and translation majors can inherit the spirit of their predecessors in the grand vision of the development of Chinese language service industry in the new era, and keep the discipline mission in mind. (Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on China's social development practice and serving the national strategy, we can have dialogue with the international translation community, learn from the latest foreign translation theories, and combine the history and current situation of Chinese translation to further improve the translation discipline system, academic system and discourse system construction. And it also can promote the cultivation of translation talents. The author sincerely hopes that the Chinese characteristics and Chinese style of Translation Studies can make contributions to the development of international translation studies.--[[User:Xu Jing2|Xu Jing2]] ([[User talk:Xu Jing2|talk]]) 15:23, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S. (1972). The Name and Nature of Translation Studies. ''Papers on Literary Translation and Translation Studies''. 67–80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqin.薄振杰,李和庆.(2011).关于当前中国翻译教学研究的思考.[ Reflection on the Current Research of Translation Teaching in China].外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 76-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Cheng.陈诚. (2020).高校英语翻译课程教学现状及改革研究.[ Research on the Teaching Status and Reform of College English Translation Course].淮南职业技术学院学报[''Journal of Huainan Vocational &amp;amp;Technology''] 97-98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chu Xizhi.褚喜之(2009).翻译理论在翻译教学中的重要性.[The Importance of Translation Theory in Translation Teaching].经济研究导刊[''Economic Research Guide'']237-238.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Qiusi.董秋斯.(1950).翻译批评的标准和重点.[ Criteria and focus of translation criticism].翻译通报[''Translation Bulletin''].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Youyi.黄友义.(2018).服务改革开放40年,翻译实践与翻译教育迎来转型发展的新时代.[Servicing Reform and Opening for 40 Years, Translation Practice and Translation Education Usher in a New Era of Transformation and Development].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal'']5-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao.黄忠廉，张潇.（2020）.翻译学科百年:演进、反思与趋势.[ A Century of Translation Studies: Evolution, Reflection and Trend]. 上海翻译[''Shanghai Journal of Translators''] 1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Feifei.姜菲菲.(2019).中国文化走出去背景下对翻译学科的综述. [A Summary of Translation Studies from the Background of Outputting Chinese Culture].校园英语[''English Campus'']7-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan Hongjun.蓝红军.(2018)从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究(1987-2017). [Theoretically Oriented Translation Studies in China: 1987 - 2017].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal'']7-16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linlin.林琳.(2016).英语文学翻译学习现状及改善措施.[ The Status Quo and Improvement Measures of English Literature Translation Learning].西部素质教育[''Western China Quality Education''] 65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Feng.罗峰.(2011).从翻译学学科建设看翻译学在中国的发展.[On the Development of Translation Studies As A Discipline in China].琼州学院学报[''Journal of Qiongzhou University]''115-116.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mu Lei, Li Xixi.穆雷, 李希希.(2019).中国翻译教育研究:现状与未来.[ Research on Translation Education in China: Status Quo and Future] .外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 24-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ou Yonghua.(2019).新时期中国翻译教学研究思考概述. [An Overview of Researches on Chinese Translation Teaching in the New Era].课程教育研究[''Course Education Research''] 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Jinping.习近平.(2016).在哲学社会科学工作座谈会上的讲话.[ Speech at the Symposium on Philosophy and Social Sciences].新华网[xinhuanet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Zhentian.谢天振.(2015).翻译巨变与翻译的重新定位与定义——从2015年国际翻译日主题谈起.[ Great Changes in Translation and Repositioning and Definition of Translation——Starting from the theme of the International Translation Day in 2015].东方翻译[''East Journal of Translation''] 4-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei. 许钧, 穆雷.(2009).中国翻译学研究30年 (1978 -2007).[30 years of Chinese Translation Studies (1978 -2007)].外国语[''Journal of Foreign Languages'']77-87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Baigula.王白古拉.(2018).中国翻译教学现状与复合型翻译人才培养. [The Status Quo of Translation Teaching in China and the cultivation of Interdisciplinary Translators].文存阅刊[''Wen Cun Journal''] 87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Na.王娜. (2020).MTI在校生搜索能力不足成因分析. [An Analysis of the Causes of Insufficient Searching Ability of MTI Students].海外英语[''Overseas English''] 194-195.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe.仲伟合.(2019).改革开放40年我国翻译专业教育:成就、挑战与发展. [China Translation Education in the Past 40 Years of Reform and Opening Up: Achievements, Challenges and Development].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 68-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan.仲伟合,赵田园.(2020).中国翻译学科与翻译专业发展研究（1949-2019).[ Research on the Development of Chinese Translation Discipline and Translation Major (1949-2019)].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 79-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan==                                            &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan 202020080674 亚非语言文学波斯语方向  .&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both outstanding representatives of Shakespeare's plays translated in 20th century Chinese literature. Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil , and lived a hard and poor life , so his translations were both imbued with deep patriotism, and his translations were based on naturalization strategies. As a scholar who returned from overseas studies, Liang Shiqiu believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the translation process with the purpose of spreading the culture of foreign countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
translation; translator; cultural identity; Shakespeare's plays&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
译者文化身份对翻译的影响&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
梁实秋和朱生豪都是20世纪中国文学界翻译莎士比亚戏剧的杰出代表人物。朱生豪生活在战火纷飞，动荡不安的年代，生活过得很艰苦和贫困，所以他的翻译中都蕴含了深深的爱国主义情怀，翻译以归化策略为主。梁实秋作为海外学成归来的学者，认为文学是天才创作的。所以他以传播异国的文化为目的，在翻译过程中采取了异化策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；译者；文化身份；莎士比亚剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating a work that is a re-recognition and re-expression of what the translator knows and transmits. On the one hand, the translator transmits the content of the original author, and on the other hand, the translator also incorporates his or her own interpretation and understanding into it. In traditional translation studies, whether the translation is faithful to the original work is the key criterion to measure the goodness of a translated work, and it is also an important criterion to judge a translator's qualification or otherwise. (Many. 2018: 85) Therefore, the translator plays an important role in both translating and interpreting, and the translator is the first person who is in direct contact with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin, the famous German literary critic, once said : &amp;quot;In any discussion of translation, the traditional concept always revolves around fidelity and freedom: that is, the freedom to reproduce the original faithfully and the fidelity to the original in the reproduction.&amp;quot; (Benjamin. 1968/2004: 20) However, in the process of translation, besides being faithful to the direct expression of the original, translators also have their own translation characteristics and strategies. The issue of &amp;quot;cultural identity&amp;quot; has also received more and more attention. (Fu, Wenhui. 2011: 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There have been many Chinese translations of Shakespeare's plays in China, among which Zhu Shenghao and Liang Shiqiu are both classic representatives of Shakespeare's plays in translation. However, they differ in many aspects such as the purpose of their respective translations, translation styles, and translation contents. The reason for this is that the influence of their cultural identities on their translations cannot be ignored. This paper will try to explore the influence of their respective cultural identities on the translation purposes and translation contents by comparing their cultural identities and the social and cultural backgrounds in which they lived, so as to provide guiding inspirations and suggestions for translation practice activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to the identity of the translator===&lt;br /&gt;
Translators are also readers, however, they act as readers in a special sense; the ultimate goal of a translator is not to read and understand the original text, but to convey the original text he reads by interpreting it in another linguistic symbol (Wu Delu. 2016:211). Both Liang Shiqiu (1903-1987) and Zhu Shenghao (1912-1944) were famous translators of Shakespeare in China in the twentieth century, and their translations have stood the test of time. The contributions that Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao made to the Chinese literary world are well known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural identity, or cultural identity, (Wang Ning. 1999:45) mainly includes a nation, group or individual's sense of identity with its own culture and perception of self-image,( Wang Zhenping. 2017:68) which is characterized by the fact that cultural identity carries the self-identified and recognized cultural characteristics of a certain group, and the manifestation of these characteristics in group members varies in strength and weakness depending on the objective environment. Cultural identity is expressed through the way people communicate, interpersonal relationships, and behavioral norms (Liu Shuang. 2000:90), and it is stable and fluid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Although Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both known in contemporary times, they are different in terms of translation purpose, style, technique, and even phrasing, forming two different schools of Shakespeare translation in China.&amp;quot; (Xi Yongji. 2007:245)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Zhu Shenghao's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is a famous translator. He was born on February 2, 1912, in Jiaxing, Zhejiang Province, to a family of small, declining merchants. Zhu Shenghao began to translate Shakespeare in 1935, but the translation process was difficult and the conditions were tough (the Japanese attacked Shanghai in 1937 and the city was in flames. Zhu Shenghao's house was burned down by the Japanese, and he escaped with the Oxford edition of the complete works of Shakespeare and some of his translations. (Most of his translations were burned by the Japanese.) However, he persisted in his translation career and devoted himself to it, eventually leaving us forever in 1944 due to lung disease from overwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In less than ten years, he translated a total of thirty-one and a half Shakespeare plays with amazing perseverance and talent. Later, his wife, Song Qingyu, compiled all his translations and passed them on to the World Book Bureau in Shanghai, which published The Complete Works of Shakespeare in the fall of 1947. Many Shakespeare researchers could not believe that the Chinese could write such a high quality translation. It is easy to see that his remarkable talent was recognized both at home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the above, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil, experienced the May Fourth Movement and other tides, and his translations were imbued with a deep sense of patriotism, so his translation of Shakespeare's plays was based on domestication strategies. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) As a patriotic young man, he longed for China to be understood and to transmit and promote Chinese culture. The so-called naturalization means that the language and culture are the main focus, which ensures the fluency of the translation, reduces the strangeness of the original text, and allows the target language readers to better understand the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Liang Shiqiu's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu, whose original name was Zhihua, was born in Beijing. He was a famous Chinese modern and contemporary essayist, scholar, literary critic, translator, and the first authority on Shakespeare in China. He studied at the English Department of the University of Colorado, Harvard University and Columbia University Graduate School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is worth mentioning that Liang believes that literature is a creation of genius. Liang repeatedly said, &amp;quot;All civilization is the original creation of a very few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;literature and art are the original creation of a few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;there is no literature and art for the majority, and literature and art are not for the majority &amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu: R.O.C. 23) &amp;quot;The highest art can only be understood by a few ...... Art has its own many grades, so the appreciation of art also has many grades.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is worth mentioning that Liang believed that literature is a creation of genius. Liang repeatedly said, &amp;quot;All civilization is the original creation of a very few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The highest art can only be understood by a few&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Art has its own many grades, so the appreciation of art also has many grades. &amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu: R.O.C. 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the satisfaction of the literary and artistic requirements of the general public, Liang Shiqiu arranged for them the arts such as story-telling and popular literary works, because their knowledge could only understand such works and they were only interested in such arts, as for the great works of art, like Shakespeare's plays, that naturally only the great artists could appreciate and appreciate them. Liang Shiqiu's mistake was to exaggerate the role of heroic figures such as geniuses and completely ignore the role of the general public in the creation and reception of art. (Wang Qili. 2004: 12)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that Liang Shiqiu was a scholar who returned from overseas, but he advocated &amp;quot;genius literature&amp;quot; and ignored the role of the people in art and culture. Liang Shiqiu began his translation of Shakespeare in 1930, and it took him nearly 40 long years to complete the translation of this masterpiece, which had a profound impact on the Chinese translation. (Zhou Li. 2016:30) At the same time, his literary thought was largely influenced by Western classicism and neo-humanism, so when translating, he mostly adopted the strategy of alienation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Foreignization and domestication Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is &amp;quot;bringing the original author into the desired language and culture of the translation&amp;quot;, while dissimilation is &amp;quot;accepting the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign work and bringing the reader into the foreign situation&amp;quot; (Venuti, 1995:20). (Venuti, 1995:20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication means to localize the original language, to take the target language or the readers of the translation as the home, and to adopt the expressions that the target language readers are accustomed to in order to convey the content of the original. The translator is required to get closer to the readers of the target language, and the translation must become an authentic national language. This method helps readers understand the translation better and enhances the readability and appreciation of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method of Foreignization is: &amp;quot;the translator does not disturb the author as much as possible, so that the reader moves closer to the author&amp;quot;. In translation, it means absorbing the expressions of foreign languages, requiring the translator to draw closer to the author and adopt the expressions corresponding to the source language used by the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the language and culture of the original text as the home. Centering on the language and culture of the original language, the cultural characteristics and exoticism of the original language are preserved as much as possible; (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) Using the strategy of Foreignization helps readers better appreciate the differences in national culture, national characteristics and exotic elements such as language style features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cultural identity of translators in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
First, the translator is the second pair of eyes of the reader. &amp;quot;For most readers who do not understand the original work, (the translator's interpretation) is the only way to enter the world of the original work&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2014: 220). Therefore, the translator's performance in translation is directly related to the reader's acceptance. Moreover, under the translator's subjective role, &amp;quot;the flower of life of the original work gains a continuous, up-to-date and most flourishing opening in the translation&amp;quot; (Ben-jamin 1968/2004: 20). The translator is, in turn, the bearer and transmitter of the author's work. A translator's contribution is unquestionable if his or her translation is recognized by the public or the academic community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's translations have their own strengths, Liang's for scholars to study, Zhu's for the popularization of Shakespeare's works, and both translations interpret classic literary works from different perspectives. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010:98) But both have made great contributions to world literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the original intention of translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons for Zhu Shenghao's translation of Shakespeare have also been explored, and all of them agree that personal interest, patriotic thought, dedication and financial embarrassment were the main motivations for his translation of Shakespeare. Here, we prefer to consider &amp;quot;interest&amp;quot; as the primary motivation. (Qiu Yunchen. 2010:591) Zhu Shenghao said, &amp;quot;I love Shakespeare's plays so much so that I have tried to read the whole text at least ten times from the beginning to the end. ......&amp;quot; Zhu's preference for Shakespeare is so obvious that &amp;quot;He was so passionate about Shakespeare that he would not stop reading and studying Shakespeare assiduously&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, because Zhu Shenghao was born in an ordinary family and his parents died at an early age, his life was difficult, and he mentioned in his translations that he had to pay for translating Shakespeare's plays. Economic reasons also drove his perseverance in translating, and furthermore, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and experienced the May Fourth Movement and other fashions, and his translations contained deep patriotism, a desire for China to be understood and to transmit Chinese culture. This patriotic sentiment also inspired his determination to translate Shakespeare's plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believed that there is a distinction between elegant and vulgar literature, genius always appreciate literature, the general public usually read popular literature. In Liang Shiqiu's view, not only the subject of creation can only be a very small number of geniuses, that is, the appreciation of literature is also the patent of a very small number of talented people, &amp;quot;only a few people can understand the highest art ......, literature and art is not for the majority.&amp;quot; (Liang Shiqiu. 1988:117). According to Liang Shiqiu, &amp;quot;literature is created by genius&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When he studied at Harvard University, he took the course &amp;quot;Literary Criticism after the Sixteenth Century&amp;quot; by the American neoclassicist Irving Babbitt, and was greatly influenced by Western humanist thought in literary thought and the Western cultural environment, so he set out to translate Shakespeare's plays with the aim of spreading the idea of foreign culture. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare aimed to &amp;quot;preserve the most authentic things&amp;quot; and to convey the author's meaning visually. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare was very faithful to the original text, and his opposition to &amp;quot;hard translations&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;bent translations&amp;quot; shows that he advocated faithfulness and fluency in translation. (Xiao Li. Li Xiaoying. 2012:95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the content of the translation (taking the translation of Shakespeare as an example)====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao stated at the beginning of his translation: &amp;quot;In translating this book, my aim is  to maintain the charm of the original work as much as possible, and then to consider the second point if it is not feasible, that is, to convey the meaning and feelings faithfully of the original text in simple and easy-to-understand sentences; but I dare not agree with the rigid translation of word-by-word comparison.... I would like to be a reader and check the translation for any ambiguities. I must also pretend to be an actor on the stage, and examine whether the tone of speech is smooth and whether the syllables are in tune. It often takes days to think hard about a word or phrase that is not agreeable.&amp;quot; (Zhu Shenghao. (2010:36) This shows that Zhu Shenghao paid more attention to the performance function of drama in translation of Shakespeare’s plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: ( the translation of Zhu Shenghao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EGEUS: Stand forth，Demetrius． My noble lord，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
伊吉斯:走上前来，狄米特律斯。殿下，这个人，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This man hath my consent to marry her．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是我答应把我女儿嫁给他的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stand forth，Lysander．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上前来，拉山德。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And，my gracious Duke， This man hath bewitched the bosom of my child．（莎士比亚.2011：22）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
殿下，这个人引诱坏了我的孩子 （朱生豪. 2013：9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, influenced by traditional Chinese moral and ethical thinking, when obscene words and indecent phrases appeared in the original text, Zhu Shenghao basically &amp;quot;purified&amp;quot; or arbitrarily rewrote them, or simply deleted them without translation. Perhaps it is also the fact that his translations conform to the requirements of Chinese moral culture that makes his works so well-received. The advertisement published by World Bookstore clearly states two sentences: &amp;quot;The original text is brilliant, a treasure of world literature ornaments; the translation is beautiful and fluent, keeping the charm of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, his translation.	&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent． (Ⅲ．ⅱ) (莎士比亚.2011:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
拉山德:放开手，你这猫! 你这牛蒡子! 贱东西，放开手!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要像摔掉身上一条蛇那样摔掉你了(莎士比亚．2013:117 )。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believed that translation should be faithful to the original text, so his translation content can be summarized as &amp;quot;faithfulness and fidelity&amp;quot;. The style of &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; has been developed. (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Because of this faithfulness, Liang Shiqiu believed that any arbitrary rewriting or deletion of the original work would be unfaithful to the work, and that the vulgar language in Shakespeare's plays has its specific role in portraying characters and increasing the stage effect. Therefore, he kept the obscene words in the original text intact in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First: Stay true to the original text and try not to delete or subtract from it.For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent.(Ⅲ.ⅱ)(莎士比亚.2001:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of Liang Shiqiu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赖,走开，你这个猫，你这个缠人的东西! 下流的东西，松手，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要把你像是毒蛇一般的甩开(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:110)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HELENA She was a vixen when she went toschool: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And though she be but little，she is fierce．(Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:116)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海 上学时她就是个狐狸精。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她虽然身材小，她很凶(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001: 117) 。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, Liang Shiqiu's translations retain the punctuation of the original texts (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Liang believes that retaining punctuation makes the translations more &amp;quot;Shakespearean&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;The punctuation used by Shakespeare may seem less formal, but in fact it is a self-contained system, designed to point out the effect of intonation when the actors recite their lines. Based on this clarification, I then decided to preserve as much of Shakespeare's original punctuation as possible in a text, with the result that where there is an original sentence, there is a translation&amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu. 1966) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare pays more attention to the literary function of drama and more attention to the stage function of literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a fragment of Liang Shiqiu's translation of Hamlet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen. There is a willow grows aslant a brook,&lt;br /&gt;
That shows his hoar leaves in the glassy stream;&lt;br /&gt;
There with fantastic garlands did she come,&lt;br /&gt;
Of crow-flowers, nettles, daisies, and long purples,&lt;br /&gt;
That liberal shepherds give a grosser name.&lt;br /&gt;
But our cold maids do dead man’s fingers call them:&lt;br /&gt;
There, on the pendent boughs her coronet weeds&lt;br /&gt;
Clambering to hang ,an envious sliver broke,&lt;br /&gt;
When down her weedy trophies and herself&lt;br /&gt;
Fell in the weeping brook. Her clothes spread wide;&lt;br /&gt;
And, mermaid-like, awhile they bore her up;&lt;br /&gt;
Which time she chanted snatches of old tunes; As one&lt;br /&gt;
incapable of her own distress,&lt;br /&gt;
Or like a creature native and indu’d&lt;br /&gt;
Unto that element: but long it could not be&lt;br /&gt;
Till that her garments ,heavy with her drink,&lt;br /&gt;
Pull’d the poor wretch from her melodious lay&lt;br /&gt;
To muddy death.&lt;br /&gt;
（shakespeare, hamlet, act Ⅳ, scenceⅦ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang’s version :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
河边有一株斜长着的杨柳，白叶倒映在玻璃似的流水里；他就来到那个地方，拿着些奇异的花圈，扎的是毛莨、荨麻、延命菊，以及粗野牧人呼之不雅之名而纯洁女郎都呼为“死人指”的紫兰。 就在那里，她爬上树枝想去挂她的花圈，无情的枝子断了；她的花圈和她自身于是坠入呜咽的河流。 她的衣服展开，像是鲛人似的，把她浮上来一会儿，这时节她唱了几句古歌，好像不知自身痛苦似的，又好像是水下生长的动物似的；但是这情形没有多久，她的衣服湿透就变重了，于是把这可怜的人儿于曼声高唱中扯到污泥的死所去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The translator's cultural identity is impressed by various factors such as the different backgrounds of the translator's life and the different cultural ideas he or she has received, and this identity is present in the translator's translation works almost all his or her life. In other words, the translator's cultural identity has a great and lasting influence on the choice of his or her translation strategy, and it can also be said that readers can learn the translator's cultural identity through his or her translation works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Zhu Shenghao, who lived in the era of constant war, had a deep patriotic feeling. So he wanted China to be understood by the world or more countries, to be able to transmit and carry forward Chinese culture. In addition, he was influenced by the deep-rooted moral and ethical thoughts of traditional Chinese culture, so he adopted a naturalization strategy in the translation process. However, looking at the translator Liang Shiqiu again, as a scholar who returned from studying in the West, he received the idea of Western humanism, and in addition, he believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the process of translation with the aim of spreading foreign culture, and translated the original text word by word, sentence by sentence, and presented it to the readers without evasion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By briefly exploring the cultural identities and translation ideas of the two translators, we can see that both of them have their own merits, but also their own disadvantages. Throughout the contemporary era, the phenomenon of cultural globalization is also increasing, and most of the excellent works have been translated into multiple languages and spread, but for the translators, we should learn from the advantages of the previous translators, but that is, we should combine the East and the West, and master the translation skills to maintain the content of the original text to the greatest extent and ensure the accuracy of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Wenhui付文慧．多重文化身份下之戴乃迭英译阐释［The Interpretation of Dai Naidian's English Translation under Multiple Cultural Identities］中国翻译[ Chinese Translation]，2011，32(6):16—20．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Xiaojiang严晓江． 梁实秋与朱生豪莎剧译文特点之比较[A Comparison of the Characteristics of Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's Translations of Shakespeare]南通大学学报(社会科学版)[Journal of Nantong University (Social Science Edition)，2010，26(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋. 翻译莎士比亚[M]//梁实秋. 莎士比亚诞辰四百周年纪念集. [Translation of Shakespeare by Liang Shiqiu. Shakespeare's 400th anniversary].  台湾: 中华书局[Taiwan:Zhong-Hua Book Bureau].1966.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Qiu Yuchen.邱蕴琛. 小议朱生豪译莎动因[A small discussion on the motivation of Zhu Shenghao's translation of Sha].科技信息[Science and Technology Information].2010,(07):448-591.&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wen周文. 朱生豪翻译观探微 [An exploration of Zhu Shenghao's concept of translation].科技信息(科学教研) [Science and Technology Information (Science Education and Research)].,2007,(22):127-128..  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yongji奚永吉 . 莎士比亚翻译比较美学 [Comparative aesthetics of Shakespeare translation ] 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].2007.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Wu Delu.吴得禄.译者文化身份对翻译的影响[The influence of translators' cultural identity on translation].读书文摘[Reading Digest].2016(08):211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Ning王宁．文学研究中的文化身份问题[Cultural Identity in Literary Studies] 外国文学[Foreign Literature].1999(4):48—51．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Shuang刘双．文化身份与跨文化传播[Cultural identity and cross-cultural communication]外语学刊[Journal of Foreign Languages]，2000(1):87—91．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qili王岐立．梁实秋文学思想浅析：[An analysis of Liang Shiqiu's literary thought]:中山大学研究生学刊 [Graduate Journal of Sun Yat-sen University].2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao 朱生豪.译者自序[Translator's Preface].文学界(专辑版)[Literature (album edition)].2010(09):36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚 四大喜剧 梁实秋译[The Four Great Comedies translated by Liang Shiqiu].北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press].2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚． 仲夏夜之梦 朱生豪译．[A Midsummer Night's Dream translated by Zhu Shenghao].上海:上海世界图书出版公司 [Shanghai: Shanghai World Book Publishing Company],2013．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋 文学与革命.偏见集[Literature and Revolution. The collection of prejudices].南京:正中书局[Nanjing: Zhengzhong Shuji].中华民国二十三年七月.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Toury's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Toury and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Toury also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Toury proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Toury describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Toury, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Toury, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Toury's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Toury, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Toury concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Toury believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Toury is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Toury has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Toury emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Toury's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Toury's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Li Hongman 李红满. (2002). 论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J]. [On the Paradigm Shift in Contemporary Western Translation Studies]. 外语与翻译. [Foreign Languages and Translations]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang 张美芳. (2000). 翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J]. [The Objectives and Structure of Translation Studies - A Review of Holmes' Vision of Translation Studies]. 中国翻译. [China Traslation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury Gideon. (2001). ''Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond''[M]. Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Kenan 林克难. (2001). 翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J]. [Translation Studies: From Specification to Description]. 中国翻译. [China Traslation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1996). A Skopos Theory of Translation[M]. Heidellburg:TEXT-con.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti Lawrence. (1995). The Translator’s Invisibility[M]. A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snell-Homby Mary. (1995). Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M]. Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hemans Theo (1985). ed.The manipulation of Literature[M]. London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Ziman, Liu Fang 韩子满, 刘芳. （2005）. 描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J]. [Describe the achievements and shortcomings of translation studies]. 外语学刊.  [Journal of Foreign Languages].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Tianzhen 谢天振. (2003). 翻译研究新视野[M]. [New Horizons in Translation Studies]. 青岛:青岛出版社. [Qingdao:Qingdao Publishing House].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An overview of descriptive translation studies and its relationship with normative translation studies 肖伊宁 Xiao Yining==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;肖伊宁 Xiao Yining 202020080655 亚非语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract:=== &lt;br /&gt;
This paper introduces the influence and contribution of James Holmes, Gideon Toury and others on the development of descriptive translation studies. It also discusses the positive significance of descriptive translation research paradigm in the field of translation studies and its limitations. The purpose of this paper is to make readers understand the necessity of descriptive translation study by summarizing its development process and advantages. Meanwhile, by analyzing the relationship between descriptive translation studies and normative translation studies, this paper refutes the views that descriptive translation studies and normative translation studies are mutually exclusive, and helps the readers to understand deeply the status of descriptive translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要：===&lt;br /&gt;
本文介绍了詹姆斯·霍姆斯（James Holmes）、图里（Gideon Toury）等人对于描写性翻译研究产生与发展的影响和贡献.同时论述了描写性翻译研究范式对于翻译学研究领域的积极意义和它的局限性。意在通过概述其发展历程和优点让读者了解描写性翻译研究的必要性，同时又通过剖析描写性翻译研究和规范性翻译研究的关系，反驳那些把描写性翻译研究和规范性翻译研究互斥的观点，使读者深刻理解描写性翻译研究的地位。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words:===&lt;br /&gt;
descriptive translation studies; normative translation studies; limitation; necessity; relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：===描写性翻译研究；规范性翻译研究；局限性；必要性；关系.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has a history of more than 2000 years. In the long-term and varied translation activities, People have more and more ideas about translation and produced many specific translation theories. For the sustainable development of theories, scholars of different schools in different periods have conducted their own studies on translation from different perspectives. The accumulated research experience from different research perspectives has led to the formation of diverse translation research methods.（Liao Qiyi 2002，5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the appearance of descriptive translation studies, translation theories tended to be normative both in China and abroad. At the beginning, most of them are inductive summaries of the experience in translation practice. Taking early Translation theories in China as examples, they sumer up the practical experience of translation into famous sayings, which can be used to guide the translation activities of later generations. Such as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, Lu Xun's &amp;quot;rahter to be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and Lin Yutang's &amp;quot;faithfulness smoothness elegance&amp;quot;. （Liao Qiyi 2002，6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the 20th century, with the development of linguistics and applied linguistics, the study of translation has become more systematic. Some researchers regard translation as a branch of linguistics. For example, Catford defined translation as replacing textual materials in another language with equivalent materials in one language. Therefore, translation researchers began to use some basic principles of linguistics to describe the translation process and evaluate the translated works. For example, Newmark summarized seven methods of translating metaphors from some specific language structures and phenomena in the source language. (Catford 1965，20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, these translation studies are actually &amp;quot;normative&amp;quot;. They all stipulated some norms that all translators should follow in their translation practice regardless of the era, the working objects and the cognitive environment of translators and readers. If you do not follow these norms, you will be considered &amp;quot;misleading readers&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;unfaithful to the original work&amp;quot;. Before the 1950s, normative translation theories were highly praised, which were basically unshakable guidelines in the field of translation. However, with the increasing frequency of cross-cultural international communication and the increasing number of translation activities, the requirements for translation theories are becoming more and more diverse. Translation practice needs new theories. People gradually realized that normative translation theories can not solve the various problems encountered in translation. Therefore, translation researchers began to pursue the study of translation in the era, and descriptive translation studies came into being.(Lin Kenan 2001, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The emergence and development of descriptive translation studies===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, descriptive translation studies began to rise in foreign countries, but this research method was not formed suddenly. Before that, many scholars pointed out the necessity of descriptive translation studies and the specific assumptions of descriptive translation studies. These assumptions are the solid foundation for the establishment of descriptive translation research method and also the reason for the rapid development of descriptive translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 John MacFarlane====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1953, John MacFarlane published his paper ''Mode of Translation'' in the ''Durhram University Journal''. In the thesis, MacFarlan believes that it is a wrong criticism and comment to deny the role of translation and deprive some translation methods of the right to call themselves translation just because the translation does not realize the equivalence with the original in all aspects. Macfarlane also cites I.A. Richards' view in ''The Principles of Literary Criticism'' that even reading the same work at the same time often has different reading methods.From this we can infer that we must not believe that there is a unique translation. Since the original text has different meanings, it is inevitable that different translations will emerge from it . All translated works can be called translation, but none of them is &amp;quot;ideal&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;real&amp;quot; translation.(Lin Kenan 2001, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Macfarlane believes that since translation is so complex and elusive, it is impossible for us to draw an absolute standard for accurate translation. But he also called on translation researchers to find a new way to study translation. This new approach should accept the existing translation rather than the one we idealize. It should draw inspiration from the study of the nature of translation, rather than let translation do something it can't do. This is obviously a call for another kind of translation study. Although it does not clearly point out the new way of translation study, it points out that the existing translation research is incomplete and idealistic.Unfortunately, MacFarlane's views did not attract the attention of the field of translation at that time.(Lin Kenan 2001, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Firth====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1970s, the traditional research on the semantic relationship between the original text and the target text began to decline. For a long time, it has been widely believed that translation should first be the transformation of meaning, and the traditional distinction between literal translation and free translation is the product of this concept. Researchers have begun to challenge this concept and propose to study translation from the perspective of context. Firth is one of the early researchers who pointed out that the structure and system of language should be combined with the structure and system in context.Baker believes that the change from meaning to usage or from concept to environment has promoted the development of descriptive translation studies in general, especially the corpus studies of descriptive translation studies.(Baker 1995, 236-240) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 James Holmes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regard to research methods, scholars have been dissatisfied with the traditional introspective approach to translation studies since the 1970s. James Holmes points out that the weakness and naivety of most contemporary translation theories are caused by introspective research methods. Researchers should investigate functional authentic texts. As the founder of the school of Translation Studies, Holmes pointed out the scope and structural mode involved in the new field of translation studies in his book ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''(1972). He believed that the research object of translation studies was the translation that appeared in a certain culture, and the research method was practicing on the basis of experience.(Holmes 1988, 101）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He divides translation studies into three categories:&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Description: to describe the special phenomenon of translation in real life;&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Theory: establishing the principle of explaining translation phenomena;&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Application: the information obtained from the former two is used in translation practice and translator training.&amp;quot;（Liao Qiyi 2002，54） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He discusses the dialectical relationship between descriptive translation studies, theoretical translation studies and applied translation studies, and believes that the theoretical branch is subordinate to the descriptive branch, and that only when the description of the translation process reaches a certain level and the collection of practical data reaches a certain amount can the theory have a practical development. Therefore, under the circumstances of frequent translation activities at that time, various translation theories based on experience emerged in an endless stream, but they were mutually exclusive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the sustainable development of translation theory, Holmes proposed the next goal of translation research, that is, to establish a description system of translation, to describe the corresponding symbol system, rules and classification between the original text and the translated text Based on this, a more extensive comparative study was carried out.After the formation of this description system, the goal of translation studies is to establish a comprehensive theory. But this development process is not one-way, but dialectical, each of the three branches must serve the other two branches. &amp;quot;Translation description provides basic data on which translation theories are built. One branch provides materials for the other two branches, and then uses the findings provided by the other two. For example, it is impossible to establish a translation theory without describing the detailed and specific data provided by descriptive research and applied research; however, on the other hand, You have to have at least one intuitive theoretical hypothesis to start studying the other two fields.&amp;quot;（Liao Qiyi 2002，55）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes further subdivided each branch. For example, the description branch includes three different descriptions based on translation, function and process. Taking translation work as the starting point requires the description of the actual translation centered on the work. taking the function as the starting point, it is necessary to show the influence of cultural factors on the reader's receptivity of the target text. Taking the process as the starting point, it pays attention to the translator's thinking process in the translation.（Liao Qiyi 2002，55）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with traditional translation theories, Holmes' method of describing the translation process shows another change. That is, he tries to better translate a certain symbol type by describing various translation methods in different periods and their usage in history. Holmes’s article is highly influential in that descriptive translation studies has given rise to &amp;quot; a considerable widening of the horizon, since any and all phenomena relating to translation, in the broadest sense, become objects of study.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is a pity that descriptive translation studies received little attention in the academic circle at that time, until the Israeli scholar Gideon Toury has made a systematic and comprehensive study of descriptive translation studies on the basis of Holmes. However, the framework of descriptive translation proposed by Holmes still provides a correct direction for the development of translation studies and makes translation studies pay more attention to descriptive translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Polysystem Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 1970s, Zohar first put forward the polysystem theory, shaking the traditional translation view that the original text is Paramount and the translation can only be derived text. &amp;quot;The polysystem(多元体系派) is not satisfied with the achievements made by the translation studies(翻译研究派). It uses the theoretical system and research methods of Russian formalism for reference, and introduces the concept of &amp;quot;polysystem&amp;quot;, which breaks through the boundaries between traditional linguistics and literature. Combined with the theory of translation studies, it makes a thorough study of the factors influencing the translation process and the multiple criteria of translation Research .&amp;quot;（Liao Qiyi 2002, 59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polysystem, literature, politics, religion, economy and other systems are all part of a larger, multi-level and dynamically changing polysystem. In this polysystem, each system is interdependent and interacts with each other. Most of the traditional translation studies are based on the original text to judge the quality of the target text. In fact, the original text is not the only factor determining the target text, and the quality of the target text is not the only problem worth discussing in translation studies. From the choice of translation materials and strategies to the status and function of the target culture, they are influenced by a series of social factors inside and outside the target culture.（Liao Qiyi 2002, 59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polysystem theory expands the scope of research, opens up new research approaches, promotes the cultural turn of translation studies, makes us have a more comprehensive understanding of translation phenomena, makes translation studies get rid of the application orientation, and improves the theoretical and academic nature of translation studies.（Zhang Nanfeng 2002, 19）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Gideon Toury&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Toury's translation theory and translation research theory are deeply influenced by Zohar and Holmes. Since 1975, in order to verify Zohar's translation theory, Toury has carried out field research in Tel Aviv University. He wants to find out the systematic rules that restrict translation by collecting the actual choices made in the process of translation. According to his research results, He found that the choice of most translation works is subject to ideology rather than linguistics or aesthetics, and the translations that are inconsistent with the existing translation theories can also be recognized by readers. (Liao Qiyi 2002, 68）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes him realize that existing source system centered translation theories are not comprehensive, that makes him start to seek a new translation theory, that is, a comprehensive translation theory based on field research Tuli published his book ''exploration of translation theory''. After the publication of this work, the focus of translation studies shifted from theory to description.From 1980 to 1995, Toury supplemented and revised the descriptive translation theory on the basis of Holmes. His book ''Descriptive Translation Studies–and beyond'' is the practice and application of Holmes' descriptive translation theory. The book has also become the most comprehensive and systematic work on translation studies. He proposed that the descriptive nature of translation and the status and function of the target language are determined by the culture of the target language. (Liao Qiyi 2002, 69）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is restricted by a series of norms, which are culturally relevant within the cultural framework of the target language on which the translator relies. According to Toury, descriptive translation studies are based on norms and guided by rules. The purpose of descriptive translation studies is to analyze the general rules of translation by comparing the source text with the target text. He proposes that the production of translation involves the literary background in the target culture. The concept of &amp;quot;one to one correspondence&amp;quot; in translation and the translation requirements of literary and linguistic equivalence are abandoned. It shakes the idea that the original information is invariable. It also puts forward the idea that the original text and the translation should be integrated in the cultural system.(Liao Qiyi 2002, 69）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, JoséLambert and Toury founded an international journal target, which is subtitled &amp;quot;International Journal of translation studies&amp;quot; and covers academic works on descriptive translation studies. This is another impetus to expand descriptive translation studies internationally. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gideon Toury also analyzes the reasons for the stagnant development of descriptive translation studies in his works：&amp;quot;One of the main reasons for the prevailing underdevelopment of a descriptive branch within Translation Studies has no doubt been an overriding orientation towards practical applications,which has marked-and marred-scholarly work at least since the nineteen sixties.Thus, whereas for most empirical sciences, including even Linguistics, such applications-important as they may be-are presented merely as extensions into the world, the immediate needs of particular applications of Translation Studies have often been taken as a major constraint on the formation of the theory itself, or even as the very reason for its existence. Small wonder that a scholarly framework geared almost exclusively towards applicability in practice should show preference for prescriptivism at the expense of description, explanation and prediction. &amp;quot; (Toury 2012. xii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He criticizes this phenomenon and thinks that most descriptive research is conducted in other disciplines other than translation studies, such as contrastive linguistics, contrastive textualism, comparative literature and stylistic comparison, which is a kind of behavior that the translation circle is avoiding the research within its own scope of competence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.6 Snell-Hornby&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, more linguists began to question the traditional concept of equivalence and the status of the original text. Snell - Homb said :“Equivalence is unsuitable as a basic concept in translation theory : the term equivalence, apart from being imprecise and ill-defined..presents an illusion of symmetry between languages which hardly exists beyond the level of vague approximations and which distorts the basic problems of translation.&amp;quot; (Mary Snell-Hornby 1988，22) She is critical of the traditional literary translation theory and the translation theory of the linguistic school in the 1960s (especially the manipulation school). She agrees with the opinion of the translation studies that translation study should not be subordinate to comparative literature, linguistics or other disciplines, but should be an independent discipline, and should adopt a holistic and integrated approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other scholars tried to further develop the concept of equivalence and classify it. They pointed out that in addition to exploring the source text, it is also very important to study the target language and its specific text types.Therefore, translation studies should investigate the real texts in the original and target languages. This research demand has made the descriptive translation studies develop rapidly and gradually take the place of normative translation studies and occupy the central position in translation studies. &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot; has become a new trend in translation studies. And Mary Snell Hornby's ''Translation Studies:An Integrated Approach'' is regarded as a major force in translation studies. (Wang Peng 2008, 96)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 The relationship between normative translation studies and descriptive translation studies===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The value of descriptive translation studies and the limitations of normative translation studies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the traditional western translation research paradigm is normative translation research, that is, normative translation research approach, or a kind of translation research that sets standards to specify how to translate well in a specific culture. Traditional normative translation studies focus on the comparison of texts, trying to explore the law of language conversion, judge the quality of the translation, and then provide specific guidance for translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, normative translation studies have the following characteristics：the establishment of eternal principles or standards for translation is usually based on the translator's personal experience in solving specific translation problems for others to follow, regardless of the number of readers and socio-cultural background changes. It is often taken for granted that any betrayal of these rules at the linguistic level should be labeled as disloyal, structurally heavy or misleading, regardless of the historical background and context of translation. The academic interest in seeking code conversion mechanism and setting translation principles or standards can be understood as efforts to make up for the lack of understanding and expression ability at the language level. （Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005，98) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maria Tymoczko believes that：&amp;quot;As a language art, translation has often been considered from the viewpoint of timeless linguistic rules(which has led to a normative tendency in the theory.)&amp;quot; (Maria Tymoczko 1999, 25) Because in the early days, people only regarded translation as a kind of language art, and didn't pay much attention to the cultural environment. Even when it came to culture, they finally focused on the specific translation skills. Because they paid too much attention to the study of translation skills, normative translation research was always inseparable from the debate between literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Is there an absolute norm to follow in translation? Translation is a social and cultural activity involving two cultures, so it is bound to be restricted by two different cultural norms. Translation is by no means merely a language transformation in the sense, and the recognition and acceptance of a certain translation strategy cannot be determined by the translator's personal ability. It is restricted by many factors such as history, society, culture, politics, aesthetic taste and readers' expectation. In this sense, there is no absolute norm. （Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005，97) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normative translation theories pay too much attention to the transcendental statement of translation and set standards or principles to ensure the quality of translation. This undoubtedly limits translation studies and makes translation scholars feel suffocated. Because of these limitations in normative translation studies, the further development of translation studies has been hindered, so the necessity of descriptive studies have been reversed. In order to have a more comprehensive understanding of translation, descriptive translation studies have gradually developed and given full play to their value：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) First of all, descriptive translation studies have made great contributions to the development of translation studies. Translation phenomenon, which has always been on the edge, has entered the field of vision of translation researchers. Before the advent of descriptive translation studies, it was generally believed that only the translated works which are fully equivalent to the original text can be regarded as translation. Therefore, at that time, people criticized the translation works that did not achieve complete equivalence, and even did not include them in translation studies. Translation studies have always been limited to the study of equivalence between texts. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
However, descriptive translation researchers believe that as long as they appear in the target culture in the face of translation or the target language readers think that they are translations, all texts can be called &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; In this way, the scope of translation studies has been expanded. Some extreme but factual translation phenomena, such as conversion(translating through an intermediary language) and pseudo-translation (translating without the original text), have been brought into the scope of translation studies.(Toury 2012, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Secondly, descriptive translation studies no longer focus on the static text system as the previous normative translation studies, but pay more attention to the dynamic relationship between translation practice and the ever-changing social and cultural environment of the target language. This chagemakes people realize that in order to study translation more systematically and comprehensively,the method of contextlization should be adopted. Only by putting the translated works back into the historical environment and socio-cultural context of their creation can the translation phenomenon be described more accurately. For example, Piao (gone with the wind) translated by Fu Donghua is the object of criticism by many scholars who advocate foreignization translation. Some scholars claim that domestication is &amp;quot;the wrong way of translation&amp;quot;. (Liu Yingkai 1987, 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example they cited is Fu's ''Piao(Gone with the Wind)''However, in the analysis, they have not made in-depth discussion on the reasons for Fu's choice of domestication, and have not noticed that there are many examples of extreme Foreignization in his early translation works. Therefore, it seems unfair to criticize Fu. It is only in early 21st century that this problem has gradually attracted the attention of scholars. Some scholars compare Fu's ''Piao(Gone with the Wind)''with Li Yeguang and others’ translations ,and compare several macro cultural factors influencing Fu Donghua's ''Piao(Gone with the Wind)''. They came to the conclusion that &amp;quot;the gain and loss of a work should be measured from the perspective of history&amp;quot;(冯庆华、王昱1998 :56)This example illustrates the value of descriptive translation studies, that is, to make a diachronic study of translation phenomena, rather than merely confined to synchronic studies.（Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005，98) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The limitations of descriptive translation studies and the value of normative translation studies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, descriptive translation studies are not perfect at present. Toury believes that the fundamental purpose of descriptive translation studies is to establish these potential norms and their influence on translators' choice of translation strategies. However, he seems to go to another extreme, regarding the target language and its culture as everything, completely ignoring the role of the source language and the translator in the process of translation. Moreover, he has not discussed in detail how these factors restrict the translator, how the translator makes the choice and why he makes such a choice. Therefore, although his theory is undoubtedly meaningful and instructive, it is not perfect.(Liu Zongyan 2008, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, descriptive translation studies emphasize the objectivity and neutrality of the researchers and avoid value judgment too much. Descriptive translation studies advocate that researchers should be objective, neutral and detached from the research objects. Toury clearly believes that the study of culture and history can be neutral. In his works, he tried to show an objective appearance by using a lot of scientific terms. Dirk Delabastita and Lieven D'hulst, in their collection European Shakespeares, repeatedly stressed that translation researchers should maintain a &amp;quot;detached and purely descriptive attitude.&amp;quot; ( Hermans 1999 , 36)  &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
This requirement has been questioned by many scholars, including some closely related to descriptive translation studies. For example, Hans J. Vermeer thinks that Toury's early research methods are in fact &amp;quot;meta - prescriptive&amp;quot; in a sense, because he sets the preconditions for the analysis of translation.(Vermeer 1996 :49) Lawrence Venuti proposed that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He pointed out that merely taking translation as a research topic of cultural history or cultural criticism is already a resistance to the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and the choice of topics in a specific historical period is always related to the current cultural needs.（Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005，99)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, descriptive translation studies are not helpful to people's understanding of the merits and demerits of specific translation works. Excessive promotion of descriptive translation studies will not be conducive to the improvement of translation quality, and even have a negative impact on translation practice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normative translation studies have been overemphasized and become rigid dogma. It is only an incomplete research method, and it is not wrong. Moreover, for some texts, descriptive translation theory can not meet their requirements. For example, legal texts and dictionary texts are very formal texts. The use of words and syntactic structure have strict requirements, and the translation of such texts has a high requirement for faithfulness. At this time, the value of normative translation research is reflected.（Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The relationship between prescriptive translation studies and descriptive translation studies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In linguistics, norms and descriptions are a pair of relative theoretical principles and two relative methodological categories. The traditional translation principles only focus on principles, standards, methods and techniques, which are normative studies. Nowadays, translation studies focus on description, which is composed of linguistics, literary criticism theory, psychology, philosophy, sociology, culture, etc. According to the above analysis, the two are complementary. The value of descriptive translation studies lies in its ability to make up for the limitations of normative translation studies. Normative translation studies also play an irreplaceable role in the translation of some special texts. Therefore, we can't think about the relationship between the two from the perspective of binary opposition. Although they are two opposite concepts, they are not incompatible.（Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005, 100. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The view of binary opposition can not deal with complex translation studies. The application of the two research methods should be flexible. We should choose the appropriate method according to different research objects. We need to have multiple coexistence Thinking. As for the debate about which is better or worse, in the author's opinion, it is unnecessary. Nida has also stressed that &amp;quot;translation theory should be inclusive, and various means should be used to solve various problems in translation.&amp;quot;(Liao Qiyi 2002, 6)In fact, the development of descriptive translation studies is not to overthrow the traditional normative translation theories, but to criticize the lack of normative translation theories and supplement the normative research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Conclusion=== &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Translation was officially recognized as an independent discipline more than 30 years, is a very young discipline, but in fact, the history of translation activities is not short，There are a lot of translation theories in both China and the West. However, due to the lag of descriptive translation studies, there is still a lot of space for research. Both Chinese and Western scholars believe that the ultimate goal of translation studies is to establish translation norms and principles, which are not the summary of previous personal experience, but the basis of a large number of descriptive translation studies On the basis of the standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive and normative are the dual attributes of any discipline. Descriptiveness is the basis, premise and condition of normalization. Normalization is the development, result and purpose of descriptive. Translation studies are both descriptive and normative. It is the unity of opposites between descriptive and normative. In other words, descriptive translation studies and normative translation studies are like the positive and negative sides of a coin, It cannot be separated . It is one-sided and wrong to emphasize only the standardization of translation or the description of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies are intended to explain the process and phenomenon of translation. Compared with the micro analysis of normative translation studies, it studies translation from a macro perspective. Although there are still some deficiencies in descriptive translation theory, descriptive translatology provides a new perspective and analysis approach for translation studies, which deserves our attention and development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker. (1995). Corpora Linguistics and Translation Studies: an Overview and Some Suggestions for Future Reseearch. Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J.C.Catford. (1965). A Linguistic Theory Of Translation. Oxford:Oxford University Press,  20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans,Theo. (1985). The Manipulation of Literature: Studies in Literary Translation. Beckenham: Croom Helm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans,Theo. (1999) . Translation in Systems . Manchester: St Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes,J.S. (1988). Translated Papers on Literary Translation and Translation Studies. Amsterdam: Rodopi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meria Tymoczko. (1999). Translation in a Postcolonial Context - Early Irish Literature in English Translation. St.Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snell-Hornby. (1988). Translation Studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Ziman 韩子满, Liu Fang 刘芳. (2005). 描述翻译研究的成就与不足[Achievements and Shortcomings of Descriptive Translation Studies]. 外语学刊[Foreign Language Research](03).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi 廖七一. (2002). 当代西方翻译理论探索[Exploration of contemporary Western translation theories]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Kenan 林克难. (2001). 翻译研究：从规范走向描写[Translation Studies: From the Prescriptive to the Descriptive Approach]. 中国翻译[Chinese Translation  Journal](06).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zongya 刘宗衍. (2008). 浅谈翻译理论的“规范”性[On the &amp;quot;Normative&amp;quot; Nature of Translation Theory]. 科技资讯[Science &amp;amp; Technology Information]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Peng 王鹏. (2008). 描写翻译研究及其方法[Descriptive Translation Studies and its methodology]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan International Studies University](04).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Nanfeng 张南峰. (2002). 多元体系理论[Polysystem Theory]. 中国翻译[Chinese Translation Journal](02).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation Strategies Sagara Seydou, Student No :201911080004, Major:Translation Studies== &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Translation Strategies &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract ===   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much work has been done in recent years on translation strategies. However, the definition offered by each author or theorist represents his/her own point of view and their views differ from each other. Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation does not work. Therefore, different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their own perspectives. Some best-known theories of this field are described and compared to each other in this paper. The purpose of this study is to show the different theories in the field of translation strategies and to offer a general literature review to facilitate the study of translation strategies in future studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: translation strategies and translational problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This study includes four main sections: 1. Introduction; 2. Content; 3. Conclusions; 4. References;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “strategy” in “translation strategies” is often used synonymously with such terms as “procedure,” “technique,” “method,” “tactic,” “approach,” and so forth. Their meanings overlap, and translation researchers deﬁne them in various ways. Despite the terminological confusion, discussions of translation strategies can be traced back to Cicero’s advocacy of sense-for-sense translation in 46 BC, and are widely covered in translation textbooks for their pedagogical signiﬁcance. This topic also relates to broad theoretical issues in translation studies. (Wikipedia n.d)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Researchers have attempted to distinguish translation strategy from its synonyms, and to develop their own classiﬁcations from different perspectives. For example, Lörscher’s (1991) classiﬁcation is based on a cognitive approach, while Chesterman’s (1997) differentiation uses a textual approach. Yet, the conceptual confusion has not been dispelled. This entry tries to distinguish translation strategies, techniques, and procedures, and to consolidate existing classiﬁcations. It seems that clear-cut deﬁnitions of these terms might not work as well as prototype deﬁnitions. Most researchers would agree that the two prototype translation strategies are literal translation and free translation. Chesterman’s (1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The former focuses on the level of words, while the latter goes beyond the word level and emphasizes the creation of a target text that sounds natural in the target language. These two strategies are described in a variety of oppositions: word-for-word translation versus sense-for-sense translation; source-oriented translation versus target-oriented translation; direct translation versus oblique translation (by Vinay and Darbelnet); adequacy versus acceptability; formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence (by Eugene Nida); semantic translation versus communicative translation (by Peter Newmark);overt translation versus covert translation (by Juliane House); documentary versus instrumental translation (by Christiane Nord); foreignization versus domestication (by LawrenceVenuti), and so on. While these binary oppositions have much in common, they reﬂect different perspectives and emphasize different translation aims and effects. For instance, word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation are text-level or segment-level strategies. Nida’s (1964) formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence is mainly from a linguistic perspective and involves reader response. The domesticating translation versus foreignizing translation pair, proposed by Venuti (1995), reﬂects a cultural interventionist perspective. The two strategies affect the choice of text for translation as well as the translation process. Venuti advocates the foreignizing strategy in order to “register the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign text” (1995, p. 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “literal versus free” debate has been one of the central issues in translation theory and criticism throughout the ages. However, it is now generally believed that this dichotomous debate is relatively sterile, as the two strategies are part of a continuum, and the selection of a strategy is a function of the theoretical assumption of “what is a translation” text type (e.g., serious literature, children’s literature, technical texts, print advertisements), domain (e.g., IT, legal), function (e.g., for publication, information, or light entertainment), prestige of the source text (e.g., the Bible, pulp ﬁction), motivation(e.g., payment), and other factors (or constraints). (Hatim &amp;amp; Munday,2004, p. 230)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having discussed the two prototype strategies, let us turn to the deﬁnitional question: what is a translation strategy? Lörscher (1991), Chesterman (1997), and other researchers agree on a few deﬁning characteristics of a translation strategy: (a) it is goal-oriented,(b) it is problem-centered, (c) it requires making coordinated decisions, (d) it is potentially conscious, and (e) it involves text manipulation. The aforementioned two prototype translation strategies have these characteristics. Since a translation strategy involves problem solving, a categorization of translation problems would correspond to a categorization of translation strategies. The difﬁculty with this, however, is that there are a number of ways in which problems can be categorized. For instance, the categorization criterion can be the prior knowledge required to solve them, the nature of the goal involved, and the complexity of the problems involved (Robertson, 2001, p. 6).&lt;br /&gt;
Problems, according to their scale, can be divided into global (or general) problems and local (or speciﬁc) problems. Jääskeläinen (1993, p. 116) makes a corresponding distinction between global strategies (i.e., “the translator’s general principles and preferred modes of action”) and local strategies (i.e., “speciﬁc activities in relation to the translator’s problem-solving and decision-making”). Global strategies might be dictated by or with the commissioner while local strategies are up to the translator. In addition, local strategies are designed to handle speciﬁc problems and need to be consistent with the chosen global strategy. Jääskeläinen found that global strategies are much more frequently and consistently used by professional translators than by nonprofessionals. From Jääskeläinen’s perspective, literal and free translation strategies are global strategies since the translator has to think about the goal of the translation and how the target text should affect the readers. The global strategy chosen will affect the translation process. Since local strategies are immediately followed by speciﬁc techniques, which affect the translation result and the micro-units of the text, and are classiﬁed by comparison with the source text (Molina &amp;amp; Hurtado Albir, 2002, p. 509).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As translators grow in competence, some former translation problems will no longer present an obstacle to them; some of their local strategies become semiconscious or unconscious, and the use of certain techniques to cope with certain problems is automatized. Vinay and Darbelnet’s (2000) taxonomy of translation techniques (which they call “procedures”) has a wide impact. They did a comparative stylistic analysis of French and English, and divided the seven procedures they discovered into two general strategies: direct/literal translation and oblique translation. The former includes: (a) borrowing (i.e., borrowing a word or expression from the source language, such as the Chinese word“kung Fu” in modern English); (b) calque (which is a kind of borrowing whereby the structure of the original word or phrase is maintained but its morphemes are replaced by those of the target language; for example, the Chinese word “motian dalou,” literally “sky-scraping big building,” is a calque of skyscraper); (c) Literal translation. Oblique translation includes: (d)transposition (i.e., changing the word class or grammatical structure without changing the meaning of the message, as in rendering a noun in the source text into a verb in the target text); (e)modulation (i.e., changing the point of view or cognitive category in relation to the source text, as in rendering a negative construction into a positive one: “not complicated” becomes “easy”); (f)equivalence (e.g., translating “to kill two birds with one stone” into Chinese as “to kill two eagles with one arrow”); (g) adaptation  (i.e., a shift in cultural reference when the type of situation being referred to by the source text is unknown in the target culture, such as using the word “seal” for sheep when translating the Bible into Inuktitut).Among local translation strategies, Chesterman (1997) distinguishes between comprehension strategies (for understanding and analyzing the source text) and production strategies(for the production of the target text). From a linguistic perspective, he divides productions strategies into mainly syntactic/grammatical, mainly semantic, and mainly pragmatic, with each category containing 10 techniques. Syntactic strategies involve purely syntactic changes, manipulate form, and include such techniques as calque, transposition, and sentence structure change. Semantic strategies mainly pertain to changes concerning lexical semantics. They manipulate meaning and contain techniques such as synonymy, emphasis change, and paraphrase. Pragmatic strategies have to do with the selection of information in the target text, and often involve syntactic or semantic changes as well. Pragmatic strategies include cultural ﬁltering, explicitness change, information change, trans editing, and so forth. Some of these techniques are obligatory during translation in a given language pair, while most are optional .Many researchers (e.g., Lörscher, 1991) believe that a translation strategy is a procedure or a sequence of actions.(Molina &amp;amp; Hurtado Albir, 2002, p. 509).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not consonant with the dictionary deﬁnitions of strategy. According to the Oxford English dictionary, strategy refers to “a plan for successful action based on the rationality and interdependence of the moves of the opposing participants,” while procedure is deﬁned as “[t]he fact or manner of proceeding with any action, or in any circumstance or situation; a system of proceeding; proceeding, in reference to its mode or method; conduct, behavior.” Krings (1986, p. 268) deﬁnes translation strategies as “potentially conscious plans for solving a translation problem.” Strategies involve adopting procedures to solve problems, and the chosen procedure will inﬂuence the result .Now let us turn our attention to translation procedures (referred to as “translation strategies” by some researchers) and procedural steps. Gerloff (1986) identiﬁed the following text processing strategies: (a) problem identiﬁcation, (b) linguistic analysis, (c) storage and retrieval, (d) general search and selection, (e) in ferencing and reasoning strategies,(f) text contextualization, (g) editing, and (h) task monitoring. In his empirical studies, Lörscher (1991) recognized 22 elements constituting translation strategies (or procedural steps), including nine original ones and 13 potential ones, such as realizing a translational problem, preliminary solution to a translational problem, and the mental organization of source-language text segments. During the translation process, these elements are combined by translators into basic structures. He found that professional and nonprofessional translators differ in the distribution and frequency of the strategies employed, but do not differ qualitatively; that is, their mental processes do not reveal signiﬁcant differences. He concluded that it is impossible to ascertain “[w]hen faced with problem X, [translators] employ strategy Y,” but we can ﬁnd out “[w]hen several [translators] are faced with a problem X, many or most of them employ similar or the same types of strategy” (p. 280) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darwish (2008) identiﬁes four distinct translation procedures employed in translating: recursive strategy (i.e., a circular and revisional process), waterfall strategy (i.e., a sequential unit-by-unit process), stop-and-go strategy (i.e., a block-by-block process), and mixed strategies (i.e., a combination of the previous three strategies).In some translation textbooks (e.g., Thinking German Translation: A Course in Translation Method by Hervey, Loughridge, &amp;amp; Higgins, 2006), “translation method” is often used as a cover term for “translation strategy,” “translation technique,” and even “translation procedure.” For instance, there are literal and free translation methods. Compared with translation strategies, which are highly individualistic, translation methods are supra-individual and well tested (Lörscher, 1991, p. 70&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, “translation method” in English is often associated with such modes as machine translation and computer-aided translation. The term “translation approach” is often used in a vague sense, while “translation tactic” is rarely used. Discussions of translation strategies before the 1980s were primarily prescriptive, and researchers tended to argue for one translation strategy against another. Since the 1980s, empirical research into translation strategies, techniques, and procedures has become increasingly common. There are two major empirical approaches in this regard: product oriented and process-oriented. The former approach mainly refers to corpus-based contrastive analysis: a parallel corpus consisting of source texts and translations is built for analyzing the frequency of shifts (i.e., textual differences between source text and target text) and the various translation strategies and techniques employed. The factors to be considered can include text type, domain, synchronic and diachronic variation in language features and translation norms, idiosyncrasy, certain language features (e.g., metaphors, allusions), among others. In a process-oriented approach, translators are usually asked to translate a passage while thinking aloud, and the process will be recorded and then analyzed. The factors that might inﬂuence the frequency and distribution of translation strategies and procedures may include translation competence (e.g., novice translators versus professional translators), language direction (i.e., from or into the mother tongue), text type domain, translation brief, translation difﬁculty level of the test passage, time pressure, and so forth. These factors need to be manipulated or kept constant in an experiment in order to make meaningful comparisons.(Lörscher, 1991, p. 70).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, translational problems and mainly translation strategies were described, and different theories of translation strategies were mentioned. It was shown that different theorists suggest various definitions of translation strategies according to their different perspectives. Moreover, it was mentioned that Baker (1992) lists the most applicable set of strategies. She does not just name the strategies, but she also shows the application of each.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: An advanced resource book . London, England: Routledge.Hervey, S., Loughridge, M., &amp;amp; Higgins, I. (2006).Thinking German translation: A course in trans-lation method, German to English (2nd ed.). London, England: Routledge. Jääskeläinen, R. (1993). Investigating translation strategies. In S. Tirkkonen-Condit &amp;amp; J. Lafﬂing(Eds.),  Recent trends in empirical translation research (pp. 99–120). Joensuu, Finland: Universityof Joensuu.Krings, H. P. (1986). Translation problems and translation strategies of advanced German learnersof French (L2). In J. House &amp;amp; S. Blum-Kulka (Eds.), Interlingual and intercultural communication (pp. 263–76). Tübingen, Germany: Narr.Lörscher, W. (1991). 5. Jiraphatralikhit, J., Klinpoon, S., &amp;amp; Kaewjan, S. (2005). An analysis of strategies in translation of the movie subtitle: Behind the painting.Research Gate, 1, 54-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Comparison of Machine Translation and Human Translation from the Perspective of Skopos Theory---A Case Study of E-C Translation of ''A Tale of Two Cities'' as an example - 欧阳静兰 OuYang Jinglan 202020080630==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;欧阳静兰 OuYang Jinglan &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the Internet, international communication is expanding, and a lot of information needs to be translated. Due to the low efficiency of human translation, machine translation is indispensable today. However, due to the limitations of machine translation, the quality of machine translation is still worrying. Therefore, from the perspective of Skopos theory, this paper takes the E-C translation of ''A Tale of Two Cities'' as an example to analyze the machine translation of Google translation and Baidu translation, and compare it with the translation of Song Zhaolin, so as to explore the characteristics of machine translation and human translation, try to discuss the irreplaceable nature of human translation, and discuss how to combine machine translation with human translation to improve the quality and efficiency of translation. This paper is divided into five parts: the first part introduces the background of the current translation environment; the second part introduces Skopos Theory and discusses the feasibility of Skopos Theory in analyzing machine translation and human translation; the third part introduces the advantages and disadvantages of machine translation and human translation, and discusses the relationship between them; the fourth part is a case study to see machine translation from the perspective of Skopos theory Compared with manual translation, it is concluded that machine translation and manual translation must be combined to improve the efficiency and quality of translation. The fifth part is a summary of this paper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, machine translation, human translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论视角下机器翻译和人工翻译的对比---以《双城记》的英汉翻译为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着全球化和互联网的迅速发展，国际的交流日益扩大，大量信息需要翻译。由于人工翻译效率低下，在越来越强调效率和质量的今天，机器翻译必不可少。然而，由于机器翻译的局限性，机器翻译的质量仍然堪忧。因此,本文以目的论视角, 以《双城记》的英汉翻译为例，分析谷歌翻译和百度翻译的机器译文, 与宋兆霖版本的中文译本对比，由此探析机器翻译与人工翻译的特点,尝试论述人工翻译的不可替代性, 并讨论如何将机器翻译与人工翻译结合提高翻译的质量和效率。本文分为五个部分，第一部分对当前翻译环境背景的介绍；第二部分对目的论进行简介，并讨论目的论用于分析机器翻译和人工翻译的可行性；第三部分介绍机器翻译和人工翻译的优缺点，并讨论他们之间的关系；第四部分进行案例分析，从目的论视角下看机器翻译与人工翻译的对比，得出提高翻译效率与质量必须将机器翻译与人工翻译相结合。第五部分对全文进行总结。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论 机器翻译 人工翻译 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, the growth of Internet and artificial intelligence, machine translation becomes an indispensable choice in today’s society. Compared with human translation, machine translation has the advantages of efficiency. As the traditional translation method, human translation can guarantee the accuracy of the text. In this information era, many people are thinking whether human translation will be replaced by machine translation. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In September 2016, Google released the neural network translation system, which greatly improved the quality of machine translation. In November, Baidu CEO Robin Li stated at the Wuzhen Summit of the 3rd World Internet Conference that Baidu's artificial intelligence product &amp;quot;automatic translation&amp;quot; will enter a practical state. Therefore, this paper will put the original text of Tale of Two Cities in two representative public machine translation engines at home and abroad, &amp;quot;Google&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Baidu&amp;quot;, to obtain the machine translation. Selecting texts from the famous classical novel ''A Tale of Two Cities'', and comparing machine translations and human translations based on this novel from the perspective of Skopos theory, this paper aims to investigate the relationship between human translation and machine translation and their developments in the future.  (Hu Kaibao 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Overview of Skopos Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, some eminent German translation theory scholars first proposed functional translation theory. Translation theorist Katharina Reiss divides text into three types: informative, expressive and operational. She suggested that according to different text types, different translation methods should be used for analysis, and different translation criticism standards should be adopted, that is, text types, language functions and translation strategies should be combined. In the translation process, it’s essential to focus on the functional characteristics of the target text. Her text type theory and translation criticism mode can be regarded as the beginning of functionalist Skopos theory. (Reiss, K, &amp;amp; Vermeer 1984)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hans Vermeer is Reiss's student. He further developed Reiss's theory and proposed Skopos theory. He believed that Skopos theory is based on the source text, and then may produce a series of purposeful and effective behaviors. The core of this theory is that &amp;quot;the purpose of translation determines translation strategies and method to achieve the expected purpose of translation&amp;quot; (Reiss &amp;amp; Vermeer 1984), and German scholars Justa Holz Manttari and Christian Nord further developed this theory which based on the theory of communication and behavior, and they  proposed that translation theory is not a simple translation between words and sentences, but a kind of conscious behavior for the purpose of cultural communication. (Reiss, K, &amp;amp; Vermeer 1984)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Three Rules of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The word “Skopos” is originated from the Greek language and means &amp;quot;purpose&amp;quot;. Skopos theory refers to the process of translation is determined by the purpose of the translation, so the purpose rule is the highest one of translation. Generally speaking, skopos theory includes three principles: Skopos rule, coherence rule (intra-textual coherence) and fidelity rule (also known as &amp;quot;inter-textual coherence&amp;quot;). (Nord 2001, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory believes that the important principle to be followed is the &amp;quot;purpose&amp;quot; rule, it is the core rule of Skopos Theory: the process of translation should be based on the realization of the communicative function in the target language culture, and the goal to be achieved determines the entire process of translation, that is, the method determines the result. Vermeer differentiated the purpose of translation. He believes that the purpose of translation should include three levels: the purpose of the translator; the purpose of communication; the purpose of specific translation strategies. In most cases, a translator has a certain purpose before translation, such as being entrusted by a translation company, market demand or the need to introduce a technology. In most cases, &amp;quot;purpose&amp;quot; refers to the communicative purpose of translation. Under the guidance of the purpose of communication, the translator can have more space to interpret and adjust the original text. (Nord 2001, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve the communicative and interative function between the target text and the target receptor, the target text needs to conform to the linguistic coherence, and be understood and accepted by the readers in the context of the target language and culture. The principle of coherence means that the target text must conform to the intra-textual coherence, that is, the translation must be understood by the target reader and be meaningful in the culture of the target language and the communication environment in which the translation is used. “The principle of coherence requires that the information generated by the translator (target text) must be interpreted in a manner consistent with the context of the target reader.” (Shuttleworth 2004: 75) This means the translator should maximize the translation Semantic coherence and makes the translation understandable and acceptable to the target readers. The target text can help target readers understand and successfully exchange information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fidelity rule refers to the inter-textual coherence between the original text and the target text, which requires &amp;quot;consistency between the target text and the original text&amp;quot; (Munday, 2010: 79). Therefore, in the translation process, the translator should not only be faithful to the original text, but also transfer the writing style and cultural factors existed in the source text. This principle requires translator to follow the purpose of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, translators should follow three principles according to Skopos Theory: the Skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. Among these three rules in Skopos Theory, the skopos rule is the primary principle translators should adopt in the process of translation, and the coherence rule and the fidelity rule must follow the skopos rule. So in the case of translation practice, fidelity rule is subordinate to coherence rule, and both are subordinate to the Skopos rule. In a word, Skopos rule plays a decisive role in translation process, and it should be considered first in translation. (Fang Mengzhi 2011, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Application of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory is different from traditional theories which overemphasize the features of language rules. With regard to Skopos Theory, it requires that translators should not only consider the language but also take account of factors beyond texts and language like the purpose of translation. As for ''A Tale of Two Cities'', the purpose is to make the target reader feel the same as the source target reader.  Since this is a literary text, the cultural factors and rhetorical methods used in the source texts should be reflected in the target text. In addition, the feeling of the target text reader should be taken into consideration in the process of translation. Therefore, the translation should conform to habits of the target language. But guided by Skopos Theory, the advantages and disadvantages of machine translation can be easily analyzed, so that a better solution can be founded between human translation and machine translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Machine Translation and Human Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation activities have a long history. As far as China is concerned, translation has a history of more than two thousand years. However, the translation tools have rarely changed, and the translations are always been done by &amp;quot;translators&amp;quot;. With the development of science and technology and the acceleration of globalization, there is an increasing need for translation. Therefore， &amp;quot;machine&amp;quot; translation has emerged. High efficiency and low cost of machine translation make people think about whether machine translation will replace human translation. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Advantages and disadvantages of human translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Human translation has both advantages and disadvantages. For example, human translation has the characteristics of flexibility, accuracy, high readability and humanization of language. At the same time, however, compared with machine translation, human translation is less efficient and easy to be influenced by translator's own cultural background and translation capacity so it is difficult to achieve rapid development. Before the advent of machine translation, all translation activities were done by human. Compared with machine, translators, as a bridge of cross-cultural communication, are more flexible. Translation itself is a complex activity. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professional translators who have certain cultural background knowledge can choose different translation methods and strategies according to the similarities and differences between the two languages and cultures, so it is more flexible and accurate. The flexibility of human language enables the translator to express the meaning of the original text in a more abundant language, and accurately handle the rhetorical devices in the original text. Therefore, the target text of human translation must be more readable than that of machine translation. Human translation has a long history, and people's research on translation has never stopped. Many excellent translators have emerged in the world and put forward various translation ideas and strategies. Translation has established a relatively mature and complete theory. With the rapid development of China's economy and the increasing number of foreign exchanges, the demand for translation is on the rise. At the same time, the time spent on translation needs to be shortened. Therefore, manual translation alone cannot meet the needs of the translation market. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Advantages and disadvantages of machine translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Machine translation refers to thefact that a language can be transferred into another language automatically with the help of machine. The idea of machine translation was firstly put forward by Weaver in his book Translation in 1949. Since the end of the 20th century, the development of the Internet and computer technology has provided more optional software and engines for machine translation. At the same time, the corpus has become richer and more complete, greatly improving the efficiency and quality of machine translation. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current machine translation is based on the &amp;quot;Neural Machine Translation&amp;quot; (NMT) model of artificial intelligence. Currently, the popular web page machine translations include Youdao Translation, Baidu Translation, Google Translation and so on. Google is currently in a leading position in both voice translation and text translation. Google Translation is a service provided by Google to translate texts and web pages, providing instant translation between more than 100 languages. It can provide translations of words, sentences and web pages between any two languages it supports. The more human translation documents that can be analyzed for a particular language are, the higher the quality of the translation is. In addition, Google's web page translation is fast, especially free to use, so it has a considerable number of users in translation activities, especially students. Therefore, this paper will take Google Translation and Baidu Translation as an example to analyze the translation quality, which is representative in the market. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, machine translation has the characteristics of high efficiency, low cost, accuracy of terminology translation, and great development potential. Machine translation is fast and efficient, for which human translation cannot match. Secondly, the price of machine translation is low, even free, which greatly reduces the economic cost and time cost for those who do not require high translation quality. In addition, compared to human translation, the huge corpus established by machine translation makes the translation of some terms, especially the latest scientific and technological terms, faster and more accurate. The accurate translation of these terms requires continuous learning by the translator, and learning requires a process, which has a certain test of the translator's learning ability and learning speed. At this point, human translation has uncertainty and lag. Finally, although the history of machine translation is short, it has achieved rapid development. With the advancement of science and technology and the development of society, the functions of machine translation will be more perfect and the quality of translation will be better. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, from a microscopic point of view, machine translation often has problems in the choice of word meaning, especially when there is one word with different meanings. It needs the translator to select the meaning based on the context, while machine translation cannot accurately choose the meaning of a word in combination with the context. What’s more, the word order of the translated sentence often does not conform to the word order and expression habits of the target language. From the aspect of tense, it is more accurate when translating English into Chinese, because words in English can directly change tense. However, there are sometimes problems such as no corresponding tenses when translating Chinese into English. From a macro point of view, machine translation does not have cultural sensitivity and is not accurate enough for the translation of some idioms and proverbs with strong cultural color. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Relationship between machine translation and human translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Machine translation is based on human translation, and the establishment of corpus that machine translation relies on needs human participation. When translating technical terms, machine translation corpus and parallel text can greatly reduce the time when find and determine proper equivalent terms. However, the establishment of these corpora needs well-translated materials. The accuracy and usability of corpus are also affected by the quality of human translation. Therefore, they restrict and influence each other. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less defects in the micro and macro aspects of machine translation. At the micro level, it mainly includes vocabulary, syntax, tense, and so on. However, at the macro level, it mainly includes text cohesion and cultural background. Therefore, human translation is essential. In addition, all machine translation inspection, modification, sorting and other work must also be carried out manually, so as to make the translation quality better and meet the requirements of communication. It can be seen that machine translation alone cannot meet the requirements of high quality translation. Translation activities cannot be separated from human participation. Therefore, with the development of machine translation, translation should be completed by both machine and human. The two are related, influenced with each other. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Case Study from the Perspective of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
A Tale of Two Cities is a long historical novel by British writer Charles Dickens, first published in 1859. The story is set in the French Revolution and has a touching plot. It is one of the world's literary classics. The twin cities refer to Paris and London. The story connects these two cities and tells the story of the Parisian doctor Manette. He was persecuted by the brothers of the Marquis St. Evremonde due to injustice and was detained in the Bastille prison for 18 years. After being released from prison, Mannette's daughter Lucie fell in love with the enemy's son Darney. Thus, in the whirlpool of the French Revolution, scenes of family grievances and hatred were staged grandly. Life and death, good and evil were blended in conflict and changed in an instant. On the guillotine, Carton calmly sacrificed his life for love. （Dickens 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Tale of Two Cities has a rigorous structure and condensed language. Dickens's profound thinking on revolution and humanity and his breathtaking writing talent are fully demonstrated. This paper selects the most representative classic sentences in the text for comparative analysis of translation, studies whether neural network machine translation software can accurately translate classic literary works, and explores whether neural network machine translation will replace manual translation in the context of artificial intelligence. The human translation was by Zhaolin Song. Among the many translation versions in China, Song’s translation was regarded as the version which closes to the source text most. (Feng Baoyin 2018, 232)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Case Study from the perspective of Skopos Rule====&lt;br /&gt;
In Vermeer’ opinion, the dominant rule for any translation should be the skopos rule, which means that a translation action is determined by its purposes. That is to say, the translation action should be in accordance with the target context and culture. The purposes of target text determine the translation strategies and methods used in translation process. A good translation should conform to the target culture and meet target audiences’ expectations. According to Nord, “Skopos of a particular translation task may require a ‘free’ or a ‘faithful’ translation, or anything between these two extremes, depending on the purpose for which the translation is needed”. Once the intended purposes are achieved, the translation will be considered as reasonable and proper. It is unnecessary for the translation to be equivalent to the source text. (Nord 1997, 102)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: We were all going direct to heaven, we were all going direct the other way--in short, the period was so far like the present period, that some of its noisiest authorities insisted on its being received, for good or for evil, in the superlative degree of comparison only. （Dickens 2016, 15）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google translation: 我们都直接去天堂，我们都直接去天堂- -简而言之，这一时期与目前的时期如此遥远，以至于它的一些最吵闹的当局坚持以最高的比较程度来接受它是好是坏。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu translation: 我们是所有的人都直接去天堂，我们都朝着另一个方向去——简而言之，这个时期和现在的时代非常相似，以至于一些最吵闹的权威坚持要接受它，不管是好是坏，只是在最高级的比较中。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human translation（Zhaolin Song）: 我们大家都在直升天堂，我们大家都在直下地狱——简而言之，那个时代和当今这个时代是如此相似，因而一些吵嚷不休的权威们也坚持认为，不管它是好是坏，都只能用“ 最……”来评价它。(Song Zhaolin 2005, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: &lt;br /&gt;
Since this is selected from a novel, the purpose of translation should be express the meaning and beauty of the source text. As for the Google translation, there was a mistake in translating &amp;quot;We were all going directly the other way&amp;quot;. The translated meaning is totally different from the original.  As to Baidu translation, it expressed the meaning of the original text, but the way it expressed the original meaning may confuse the target text reader. In regards to human translation, the translator of this edition adopts the combination of literal translation and free translation. In this way, the translation not only clearly expresses the original meaning, but also takes into account the literariness of the work, so that readers can feel the characteristics of the times more vividly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Case study from the perspective of coherence rule====&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called “intra-textual coherence”, which means that the translation should be acceptable and understandable for the target audiences and be meaningful in the communicative situation and culture in which it is received. In other words, the target text should conform to the target receivers’ situation, including their given knowledge, background culture and specific circumstances. (Nord 1997, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: Questions, questions, questions! (Charles Dickens 2016, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google Translation: 问题，问题，问题！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Translation: 问题，问题，问题！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human translation（Zhaolin Song）: 问题一个接一个地提出来！(Song Zhaolin 2005, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this sentence, the original text uses three &amp;quot;questions&amp;quot; in a row to enhance the tone. However, Google and Baidu Translation directly translated it into &amp;quot;问题，问题，问题！&amp;quot;, which sounds too blunt to read. The target text translated by Google and Baidu cannot reflect the meaning of the original text. What's more, it makes it hard for target readers to get the meaning of the text. While the translator chose the free translation method to make the translation more natural and smooth. The translated text followed the coherence rule in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: But just because he had a powerful enemy---an enemy with the power to send him to prison and to keep him there, hidden and forgotten, for eighteen years. (Charles Dickens 2016, 102)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google translation: 但是仅仅因为他有一个强大的敌人-一个有能力将他送进监狱并将其隐藏和遗忘在监狱里长达十八年的敌人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu translation:只是因为他有一个强大的敌人，一个有能力把他送进监狱，把他关在那里，隐藏起来，被遗忘18年。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human translation(Song Zhaolin): 而只是因为他有一个强大的敌人-这个敌人拥有权势将他投进监狱，而且把他在那里与世隔绝、被人遗忘地关了18年。(Song Zhaolin 2005, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In terms of grammar, English uses long sentences, which are connected by functional words, such as conjunctions, prepositions and relative words. Its syntactic structure is relatively complex and it is a hypotactic language. Chinese is a paratactic language. In the process of E-C translation, we often use disassembly syntax to translate a long and complex English sentence into several short and simple Chinese short sentences. From Google Translation, it directly translated the structure of the original text. The target text created by Google translation doesn't conform to target language structure. While the translation of Baidu almost in accordance with the target language structure. As to the human translation, not only was the structure, but also the meaning was perfectly expressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Case study from the perspective of fidelity rule====&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also named by Vermeer as “intertextual coherence”, which puts emphasis on the relationship between the source text and target text. Based on Skopos theory, fidelity rule requires that the target text should be in accordance with the source text, which means the information contained in the source text should be exactly conveyed by the target text under the translators’ efforts. (Nord 1997, 140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness, it was the epoch of belief, it was the epoch of incredulity, it was the season of light, it was the season of Darkness, it was the spring of hope, it was the winter of despair, we had everything before us, we had nothing before us. （Dickens 2016, 15）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Google Translation: 那是最美好的时光，那是最糟糕的时光，那是智慧的时代，那是愚昧的时代，那是信仰的时代，那是轻信的时代，那是光明的季节， 是黑暗的季节，是希望的春天，是绝望的冬天，我们眼前的一切，眼前的一切。&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Translation: 那是最好的时代，最坏的时代，智慧的时代，愚昧的时代，信仰的时代，不信的时代，光明的季节，黑暗的季节，希望的春天，绝望的冬天，我们面前什么都有，面前什么都没有。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human Translation (Zhaolin Song): : 那是最美好的时代，那是最糟糕的时代；那是个睿智的年月，那是个蒙昧的年月；那是信心百倍的时期，那是疑虑重重的时期；那是阳光普照的季节，那是黑暗笼罩的季节；那是充满希望的春天，那是让人绝望的冬天；我们面前无所不有，我们面前一无所有。（Song Zhaolin 2005, 20）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This is the classic opening paragraph in &amp;quot;A Tale of Two Cities&amp;quot;, and it can be said to be very popular. On the whole, because of the simple structure of this paragraph, the two machine-translated translations all accurately express the content of the original text, but one shortcoming is that it is difficult for machine translation to express the unique beauty of rhythm of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of the translation of commonly used machine translation software and human translation from the perspective of Skopos Theory, we can conclude that for the translation of literary works, machine translation can accurately express the meaning of the original text, even equal to manual translation if there are only some simple expressions in the source texts. However, the quality of machine translation needs to be improved some sentences with complex sentence patterns and difficult grammatical structures. Therefore, the translation of literary works by machines  still have a long way to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The main purpose of this paper is to find a better solution between machine translation and human translation under the guidance of the Skopos Theory for optimizing weaknesses of machine translation platforms, which not only generates solutions to errors, but also improves the quality of machine translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically, this paper applies Skopos Theory to guide human translation and machine translation of literary texts. Machine translation can be regarded as a basis of human translation, while those errors caused by machine translation can be improved manually after the completion of machine translation. Meanwhile, by employing appropriate translation methods and techniques, such as semantic conversion, amplification, omission and so on, human translation based on machine translation enormously solves errors in machine translation which further optimizes weaknesses of machine translation. Human translation process also becomes more efficient with the help of machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for machine translation, firstly, machine translation platforms can’t replace translators on account of its incomplete corpus and limitations in transferring the cultural meaning. Secondly, errors at lexical level caused by defects of machine translation are much more than that at syntactical level. Lastly, machine translation platforms are restricted by contexts of language, situation and culture which lead to incorrect target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In regard with human translation, from the perspective of Skopos theory, human translation is more understandable and readable to target readers than that of machine translation. It’s essential for the translator to know typical errors in machine translation, features of machine translation platforms and characteristics of the source text, which could fascinate the efficiency of translation. All in all, machine translation platforms enhance the efficiency of translating large amount of material and human translation provides a solution for machine translation of poor quality. Machine translation and human translation are complement to each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
* Charles Dickens. (2016). A Tale of Two Cities. Macmillian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fang Mengzhi 方梦之. (2011). 中国译学大辞典 [A Dictionary of Translation Studies in China] 上海外语教育出版社(leave a blank space)Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Feng Baoyin(leave a blank space)冯宝茵 (2018). 从读者反应论对比两个《双城记》译本 [A comparative study of two versions of a tale of two cities from the perspective of reader response theory]. 北方文学, Northern Literature (36):232.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hu Kaibao &amp;amp; Li Yi胡开宝 &amp;amp; 李翼. (2016). 机器翻译特征及其与人工翻译关系的研究. [Research on the characteristics of machine translation and its relationship with human translation] 中国翻译 Chinese Translation (05),10-14. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jin Wenlu 靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. 智库时代 Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Shuttleworth (2004). Dictionary of Translation Studies. Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press. 75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Munday, J. (2001). Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application. London: Routeledge. 78.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Reiss, K &amp;amp; Vermeer, H. J. (1984). Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Song Zhaolin(leave a blank space)宋兆霖 (2005). 双城记 A Tale of Two Cities 中国戏剧出版社, China Drama Press.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=117660</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=117660"/>
		<updated>2020-12-21T07:58:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui     202070080622    英语笔译 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing 英语笔译 202070080581==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of original language and target language, but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, have not been covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also made a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, one needs to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of readers' understanding and appreciating the original text with  those of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text is called the minimum functional equivalence.The readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text,which is called the maximum functional equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures.Similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focuses mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis.That is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, in which verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator is not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which is direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, translators are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word, which makes it even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence in form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with are going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, translators have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example,“Take care. Hope to see you soon.” is  polite and emotional way to express our feelin .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , translators have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, translators have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to translator's mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, translators can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, translators have to consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore,proper translation skills are needed to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes translators can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases they will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is obvious that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, translators can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or free translation based on functional equivalence. In daily life, Chinese people often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus the sentence will be translated into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, it can be seen that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, translators need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but trasnslators have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, translators need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, translators can figure out exactly his characteristics and reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. Translators will find different types of texts in the process of translation and must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, can the translation be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:30, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu-A Case Study of Folding Bijing 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;肖茜	Xiao Xi No.202020080654 法语语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The success of Hao Jingfang's science fiction novel &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot;, which won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016, could not have been achieved without the rigorous translation work of Ken Liu. The translation of this novel takes the response of the readers of the translated text as the starting point, preserving the meaning and style of the novel while effectively conveying Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of functional equivalence theory that &amp;quot;quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors&amp;quot;. Nida's functional equivalence theory, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has had a profound influence on the translation studies of various literary genres in China. This paper examines the English translation of &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot;, analyzes Ken Liu's use of Eugene Nida's functional equivalence theory in his translation, and shows the value of functional equivalence theory for the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
刘宇昆翻译中的功能对等-以《北京折叠》为例&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction novel &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot;, the future Beijing is overpopulated. To solve this crisis, it is transformed into a hierarchical Folding City. The Folding City is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours. The first space is occupied by the upper class of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; the second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; and the third space is occupied by the lower class, who have only eight hours of night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants to send his daughter to a good school, and in order to earn money, he ventures into the first, second and third spaces to deliver letters to others. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and many Chinese native words. The cultural differences between China and the West due to regional factors and customs are a major challenge for translation. The translator must not only consider the reader's understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local color in the work is not removed. The theory of functional equivalence suggests that translation should not be confined to form, and the translator can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text in order to achieve equivalence of content and information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory has had a profound impact on China and has brought translators new and effective methods of translation guidance. We can see that Ken Liu is also trying to achieve balance and harmony between the translation and the original text when he translates science fiction novels. This paper analyzes the English translation of &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot; from the perspective of functional equivalence theory and explores how translators achieve the closest equivalence to the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:11）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida, an American scholar and translator, explained dynamic equivalence translation in his influential book,''Toward a Science of Translating''. The aim of dynamic equivalence is the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, focusing on the equivalence of the reader's response, not just the equivalence of content and form.（Zhao Dandan,2011:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &amp;quot;The Theory and Practice of Translation&amp;quot;, Nida defines dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language. Nida's dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translated reader's reaction to the translation should be the same as the original reader's reaction.（Nida,2004:24）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because dynamic equivalence was controversial in some respects, Nida replaced it with a more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment required to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. Since a functionally equivalent translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language message, the translator's achievement of functional equivalence follows three principles.In his book ''Language, Culture and Translation'', Nida divides functional equivalence into categories on two levels:the minimal level and the maximal level in his work Language, Culture and Translating. The minimal level which is a realistic definition of functional equivalence is defined as &amp;quot;The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it  to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers did&amp;quot;.(Nida 1993:118)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit (1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the response of the reader of the recipient language, and(3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defines the reader's response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory,namely from the form and content of the message to the reader's response. It differs from traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader's responses. If the target language reader's understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the readers of the original text, it can be regarded as functional equivalence of the target language. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s reaction to the translation.（Zhao Dandan,2011:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Three Functional Equivalence in the Chinese Translation of Folding Beijing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Taber point out that &amp;quot;translating consist in reproducing in the receptor language the closet natural equivalence of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning.&amp;quot; Meaning will be discussed in this chapter at three levels: words, sentences and passages, in other words, these are the three levels of detailed analysis of lexicon, syntax, and discourse. According to the theory of functional equivalence, translation is not only about word-for-word equivalence, but also about discovering the author's true meaning. The following is a detailed analysis of how to achieve functional equivalence in translation of ''Folding Beijing'' from lexical, syntactic and discourse perspectives.(Nida,2004:12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In literary translation, it is always a challenge to correctly interpret the meaning of a word or phrase. There are two main difficulties in translating the meaning of a word or phrase. One difficulty is that many English words are polysemous, and they have more than one meaning, so it is difficult to choose the right English word without causing ambiguity. Another difficulty is that the same meaning can be translated into several English expressions, but we should carefully consider which English expression is the most appropriate. In the English translation of ''Folding Beijing'', there are many examples of how the translation can achieve functional equivalence with the original text at the lexical level, as follows: (Ding Juan, 2011:22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“食客围着塑料桌子，埋头在酸辣粉的热气腾腾中，饿虎扑食一般，白色蒸汽遮住了脸。油炸的香味弥漫。货摊上的酸枣和核桃堆成山，腊肉在头顶摇摆。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Customers packed the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls, which were immersed in the aroma of frying oil. They are heartily with their faces buried in bowls of hot and sour rice noodles, their heads hidden by clouds of white steam. Other stands featured mountains of jujubes and walnuts, and hunks of cured meat swung overhead.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people can imagine the scene of street stalls when talking about plastic tables, but other people can't understand it. Therefore, the translator uses the word &amp;quot;the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls&amp;quot; for readers to understand. &amp;quot;Sour and spicy powder&amp;quot; is originally a kind of Chinese noodles. The author uses  &amp;quot;hot and sour rice noodles&amp;quot; to describe the taste of sour and spicy and the raw material of noodles is rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“这时彭蠡出现了。他剔着牙，敞着衬衫的扣子，不紧不慢地踱回来，不时打饱嗝。彭蠡六十多了，变得懒散不修边幅，两颊像沙皮狗一样耷拉着，让嘴角显得总是不满意地撇着。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:3）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, Peng Li appeared: His shirt unbuttoned, a toothpick dangling between his lips, strolling leisurely and burping from time to time. Now in his sixties, Peng had become lazy and slovenly. His cheeks drooped like the jowls of a Shar-Pei, giving him the appearance of being perpetually grumpy.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator uses &amp;quot;a toothpick dangling between his lips&amp;quot; to describe the action of picking teeth，it's more detailed and vivid.  “懒散不修边幅” is translated into &amp;quot;lazy and slovenly&amp;quot; to describe Peng Li is neglectful of his appearance. “显得总是不满意地” is translated into &amp;quot;the appearance of being perpetually grumpy&amp;quot;, in this way, the translation better expresses the author's intention and conveys what appears to be a bad temper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“霓虹灯亮了，商铺顶端闪烁的小灯打出新疆大枣、东北拉皮、上海烤麸和湖南腊肉。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The neon lights came on. Tiny flashing LEDs on top of the shops formed into characters advertising jujubes from Xinjiang, lapi noodles from Northeast China, bran dough from Shanghai, and cured meats from Hunan.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author did not literally translate “闪烁的小灯” into &amp;quot;the little flashing lights &amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;Tiny flashing LEDs&amp;quot;. This is owing to the translator's own understanding of the text, he hopes readers of the English translation to understand that the lights are advertising, so that customers can see and understand the selling points of the store. At the same time, “拉皮” is a special noodle in northeast China, and there is no corresponding suitable English word, so the author uses &amp;quot;lapi&amp;quot;, which is to convey the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Syntactic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax, usually defined as the study of how to construct sentences correctly with words in a language. In literary translation, the translator should make the syntax easy to be understood by the reader. The translator should take full account of the syntactic differences between English and Chinese. （Din Juan,2011:24）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax, as a rule, refers to the study of how to construct sentences correctly with the words in a language. In literary translation, the translator should make the syntax easy to be understood by the readers. Translators should take full account of the syntactic differences between English and Chinese.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of syntax between English and Chinese are mainly reflected in three aspects. First of all, conjunctions and relationship between words in English use frequency is very high. Secondly, English speakers put attention on object consciousness and used to the order from a small object to a large one, from specific to general; In Chinese texts, there is usually a temporal, spatial or causal sequence of time sequence. Finally, English language usually emphasizes important information at the beginning of a sentence, while the Chinese language tends to process information from the obsolete to the fresh for the purpose of impressing people.（Din Juan,2011:24）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differences between English and Chinese grammar are mainly reflected in three aspects. First, the use of conjunctions and relational words in English is very frequent. Secondly, English speakers focus on object consciousness and are accustomed to the order from small to large objects and from specific to general; in Chinese texts, there is usually a chronological order of time, space or cause and effect. Finally, English usually emphasizes important information at the beginning of a sentence, while Chinese tends to process information from the stale to the fresh in order to impress (Ding Juan, 2011: 24).--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence with the original text, we should not only translate the meaning of words, but also translate the syntactic structure into a proper form. The following are some examples to show that how English translation oh Folding Beijing achieves functional equivalence to the original text in syntactic level: （Din Juan,2011:24）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence with the original, we must not only translate the meaning of the words, but also translate the syntactic structure into the appropriate form. The following are examples of how the English translation of Folding Beijing achieves functional equivalence with the original at the syntactic level:（Din Juan,2011:24）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot; 现在政府太混沌了，做事太慢，僵化，体系也改不动。'他说‘等我将来有了机会，我就推快速工作作风改革。干得不行就滚蛋。'他看老刀还是没有说话，又说, ‘选拔也要放开。也向第三空间放开。’&amp;quot; （Jingfang Hao 2016:15）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;‘The current government is too inefficient and ossified,' he added quickly, ‘slow to respond to challenges, and I don' t see much hope for systematic reform. When I get my opportunity, I'll push for rapid reforms: Anyone who's incompetent will be fired.' Since Lao Gao still didn't seem to show much reaction, he added,‘I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion, including opening up opportunities for candidates from Third Space.'&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the translation of this paragraph, the translator obviously adjusted the word order, and the words said by the same person before the pause were pushed into the next sentence, in order to conform to the logic of English readers. “选拔也要放开” ,the literal translation of this sentence must be incomprehensible to the readers, so the readers have supplemented and translated this sentence into &amp;quot;I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion&amp;quot;, The translator perfectly explains what &amp;quot;放开&amp;quot; means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the translation of this passage, the translator clearly adjusted the word order, pushing what the same person said before the pause to the next sentence to fit the logic of the English reader.&amp;quot; Selection should also be liberalized&amp;quot; ,the literal translation of this sentence must be incomprehensible to the reader, so the reader adds to this sentence and translates it as &amp;quot;I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion&amp;quot;, the translator perfectly explains the meaning of &amp;quot;放开&amp;quot;.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“昏黄的灯光中，老刀想起过去。一个人游荡在垃圾场边缘的所有时光。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Lao Dao talked about his lonely childhood. In the dim lamplight, he recalled his childhood spent alone wandering at the edge of the landfill.” (Ken Liu 2015) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the text refers to “过去” twice with emphasis. In order to achieve the same emphasis in the English translation, the author chose to adjust the word order, placing &amp;quot;In the dim lamplight&amp;quot; between the two sentences, rather than using a subordinate clause like &amp;quot;…childhood that…&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the text emphasizes &amp;quot;the past&amp;quot; twice. To achieve the same emphasis in the English translation, the author chose to adjust the word order by placing &amp;quot;In the dim lamplight&amp;quot; between the two sentences instead of using subordinate clause like&amp;quot;... childhood that...&amp;quot;.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“再回到第三空间，他感觉像是已经走了一个月。城市仍然在缓慢苏醒，城市居民只过了平常的一场睡眠，和前一天连续。不会有人发现老刀的离开。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Returning to Third Space, Lao Dao felt as though he had been traveling for a month. The city was waking up slowly. Most of the residents had slept soundly, and now they picked up their lives from where they had left off the previous cycle, No one would notice that Lao Dao had been away.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, we can see clearly that English has many more conjunctions than Chinese, like &amp;quot;as though&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;from where&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;that&amp;quot;, this is because of the difference in syntax between the two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, we can see clearly that English has many more conjunctions than Chinese, such as &amp;quot;as if&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;from where&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;that&amp;quot;, etc. This is because the syntax of the two languages is different.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Discourse level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that a close, formal translation may be difficult for readers because of the intricate nature of the discourse structure and the presupposed knowledge about the contents in the original text. Therefore, it is necessary to choose a way of &amp;quot;rewrite&amp;quot; to make the translated text acceptable to readers. In literary translation, the translator should pay attention to both the content and the structure of the discourse. In the process of translation, the translation should be equivalent to the original text in the level of discourse. The following part selects a dialogue and its English translation in Folding Beijing as an example of literary translation to achieve functional equivalence in discourse level.(Din Juan,2011:27）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida argues that readers may have difficulty accepting an approximate formal translation due to the intricacies of the discourse structure and the preconceived knowledge of the original content. Therefore, it is necessary to choose a &amp;quot;rewriting&amp;quot; approach to make the translation acceptable to the reader. In literary translation, the translator must pay attention to both the content and the structure of the discourse. In the process of translation, the translation should be comparable to the original text in terms of discourse level. A dialogue from Folding Beijing and its English translation is selected below as an example of literary translation achieving functional equivalence at the discourse level:(Ding Juan,2011:27)--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:55, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“所以” 她给老刀夹了新上来的热菜，“你能不能暂时不告诉他？等我……有机会亲自向他解释可以吗？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老刀没有动筷子。他很饿，可是他觉得这时不能吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是这等于我也得撒谎。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
依言回身将小包打开，将钱包取出来，掏出五张一万块的纸币推给老刀。“一点心意，你收下。”(Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;And so&amp;quot;—she spooned a serving of the new hot dish onto Lao Dao's plate—&amp;quot;can you please not tell him, just temporarily? Please…give me a chance to explain to him myself.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Dao didn't pick up his chopsticks. He was very hungry, but he felt that he could not eat this food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Then I'd be lying, too,&amp;quot; Lao Dao said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Yan opened her purse, took out her wallet, and retried five 10,000 yuan bills. She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao. &amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conversational habits in Chinese are different from those in English, so some adjustments are often made when translating. The form of the dialogue is not completely translated from Chinese, but for the reader, the understanding of the text is the same. For example，“夹了新上来的热菜”translated into &amp;quot;spooned a serving of the new hot dish&amp;quot;, the translator changed the action to &amp;quot;spoon&amp;quot;, which is more suitable for Yi Yan's identity image, it is more suitable as a girl in the first space to spoon the vegetables to Lao Dao. “推给老刀”translated into &amp;quot;She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao&amp;quot;, this sentence adds some action to make it more pictorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conversational conventions in Chinese are different from those in English, so some adjustments are often made in translation. The form of the dialogue is not exactly translated from Chinese, but the understanding of the text is the same for the readers. For example, &amp;quot;夹了新上来的热菜&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;spooned a serving of the new hot dish&amp;quot;, and the translator changes the action to &amp;quot;spoon&amp;quot;, which is more in line with Yi Yan's identity image, it is more suitable as the girl in the first space to spoon the dish to the old knife.&amp;quot;推给老刀&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao&amp;quot;, which adds some actions to make it more vivid.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 09:55, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every writer has his own writing style, and no one can imitate it perfectly. That is to say, in translation, it is impossible for the translator to translate the author's writing style exactly the same. Through the application of rhetoric and dialect, the original text shows the language characteristics, and the English translation can also see that the translator tries to achieve the functional equivalence on the stylistic level.（Din Juan,2011:30）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each writer has his or her own writing style, which no one can imitate perfectly. In other words, in translation, it is impossible for the translator to translate the author's writing style exactly the same. Through the application of rhetoric and dialect, the original text shows linguistic characteristics, and the English translation shows the translator's attempt to achieve functional equivalence at the stylistic level.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Rhetoric=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, rhetoric is an important part of the study of style. Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) believed that style is form and is a counterpart of dialectic. The use of rhetoric can create vivid images, vivid scenes, improve the effect of literature.（Din Juan,2011:30）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhetoric is an important part of the study of style. Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) believed that style is form, the counterpart of dialectic. The use of rhetoric can create vivid images, vibrant scenes, and enhance the effectiveness of literature.（Din Juan,2011:30）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
老刀的肚子也感觉到饥饿。他迅速转开眼睛，可是来不及了，那种感觉迅速席卷了他，胃的空虚像是一个深渊，让他身体微微发颤。(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lao Dao's stomach growled. He quickly averted his eyes, but it was too late. His empty stomach felt like an abyss that made his body tremble.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the original text compares a hungry stomach to an abyss, and the English translation also uses this metaphor to form a rhetorical functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the original text compares a hungry stomach to &amp;quot;深渊&amp;quot;, and the English translation also uses this metaphor to form a rhetorical functional equivalent.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
不远不近的距离，就像遥望西山或是海上的一座孤岛。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The distance was perfect for taking in the whole city, like gazing at an island in the sea.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paragraph, it is a metaphor, and the words &amp;quot;西山&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;孤&amp;quot; in the original text are not translated, only translated into &amp;quot;an island in the sea&amp;quot;, this description is enough to show the image of a folded city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a metaphorical sentence and words like &amp;quot;西山&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;孤&amp;quot; in the original text are not translated. They are translated into &amp;quot;an island in the sea&amp;quot;, this description is enough to show the image of a folded city.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
高楼像最卑微的仆人，弯下腰，让自己低声下气切断身体，头碰着脚，紧紧贴在一起，然后再次断裂弯腰，将头顶手臂扭曲弯折，插入空隙…楼宇由折叠中站立起身，在灰蓝色的天空中像苏醒的兽类。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The skyscrapers bowed submissively like the humblest servants until their heads touched their feet; then they broke again, folded again, and twisted their necks and arms, stuffing them into the gaps… The buildings unfolded and stood up, awakening like a herd of beasts under the gray–blue sky.&amp;quot;  (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has a personification in this paragraph, &amp;quot;skyscrapers&amp;quot; have &amp;quot;heads, feet, necks and arms&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;like the humblest servants&amp;quot;, the use of rhetoric enables people to imagine the folding picture of the city through the human image. By comparing the building to a herd of beasts, it shows its size and the sense of fear and oppression it brings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paragraph has a personification that &amp;quot;skyscrapers&amp;quot; have &amp;quot;heads, feet, necks, and arms&amp;quot; and are &amp;quot;like the humblest of servants,&amp;quot; and the use of rhetoric allows people to imagine the folding diagram of the city through the image of a person. By comparing the buildings to a herd of beasts, it shows its scale and the sense of fear and oppression it brings.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
直到建成的日子高楼如活人一般站立而起，他们才像惊呆了一样四处奔逃，仿佛自己生下了一个怪胎。(Jingfang Hao 2016:11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, when the completed building stood up before them like a living person, they had scattered in terror, as though they had given birth to a monster.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, although &amp;quot;怪胎&amp;quot; translate into &amp;quot;monster&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;生&amp;quot;express also the same meaning, so the translator does not struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, &amp;quot;怪胎&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;monster&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;born&amp;quot; conveys the same meaning, so the translator did not have any trouble.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dialects=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dialect embodies the local characteristics, is the author's own writing style. Sometimes it's a problem in translation. In the following example, we can see how the translator handles this problem.（Din Juan,2011:33）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dialect reflects the local characteristics and is the author's own writing style. Sometimes this is a problem in translation. In the following example, we can see how the translator deals with this problem. (Dingjuan, 2011:33)--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;伙计&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;waiter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;铺盖卷&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;bedrolls&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;闺女&amp;quot;is translated as  &amp;quot;real daughter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;她们认死理儿&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;they don't know how to be flexible&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;只是这么多年过来，人就木了.&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:33) is translated into“But after so many years, you grow a bit numb.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015) We can see that when translators translate dialects with Chinese local characteristics, they pay more attention to the level of semantic understanding rather than the formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, whether the use of rhetoric or dialect in literature, can fully reflect the author's writing style. Therefore, in literary translation, the translator should study the differences between the source language and the target language in the ways to express stylistic differences, and find out the best way to make up for these differences. In this way, literary translation can achieve maximum functional equivalence at the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the use of either rhetoric or dialect in literary works fully reflects the author's writing style. Therefore, in literary translation, translators should study the differences between the source language and the target language in the way of expressing stylistic differences and find out the best way to compensate for these differences. In this way, literary translation can achieve the maximum functional equivalence at the stylistic level.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:07, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural difference between the two languages is also an issue that translators should pay attention to. People who come into contact with different cultures have different ways of thinking, values and social customs and so on. Translators need to understand the two cultures and fully express the cultural elements contained in the original text. At this time, translation plays a role in cross-cultural communication. The translator must present the cultural meaning shown or implied in the original text to the readers so that the translation can achieve the cultural equivalence with the original text. In this chapter, we will analyze the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspective of food culture,  folk culture and culture of idioms, so as to explain how it achieves the functional equivalence with the original text.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:47）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural differences between two languages are also issues that translators should be aware of in the translation process. People who are exposed to different cultures have different ways of thinking, values, social customs, etc. Translators need to understand both cultures and fully express the cultural elements contained in the original text. At this point, translation plays a role in intercultural communication. The translator must present the cultural meaning shown or implied in the original text to the reader so that the translation achieves cultural equivalence with the original text. This chapter will analyze the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of food culture, folk culture, and idiom culture to show how it achieves functional equivalence with the original text. (Zhou Xingyang,2018:47)--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Food Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The city described by Beijing Folding is the political and cultural center of China, and it is a city with profound cultural deposits. There are a lot of contents belonging to traditional Chinese food culture in the novel. This part will analyze how the translator translates these delicacies to achieve functional equivalence.（Din Juan,2011:39）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The city described in  Folding Beijing is the political and cultural center of China, a city with deep cultural accumulation. In the novel, there are many elements belonging to traditional Chinese food culture. This part will analyze how the translator managed to translate these cuisines into a successful counterpart.（Din Juan,2011:39）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…面前摆着一盘炒面或炒粉… &amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each kid had a plate of chow mein or chow fun…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;炒面&amp;quot;is a well-known traditional snack in China. The translator makes it into &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot;, rather than &amp;quot;Chinese stir-fried noodles&amp;quot;. In the dictionary, &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; means a Chinese-style dish of fried noodles served with small pieces of meat and vegetables. This translation also makes it more intuitive for the reader to know what the food is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;炒面&amp;quot; is a famous traditional Chinese snack. Translators translate it as &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Chinese chow mein&amp;quot;. In the dictionary, &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; means Chinese-style fried noodles with small pieces of meat and vegetables. This translation also gives the reader a more intuitive idea of what the dish is.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;老葛又拿来半瓶白酒和两个玻璃杯，倒上。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…over a half bottle of baijiu…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foreignizing translation is adopted here, &amp;quot;白酒&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;baijiu&amp;quot; , the translator doesn't use the word like &amp;quot;spirits&amp;quot;, it not only retains Chinese cultural characteristics, but also achieves communicative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, foreignization method is used, and &amp;quot;白酒&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;baijiu&amp;quot;. The translator does not use words like &amp;quot;spirits&amp;quot;, which retains Chinese cultural characteristics and achieves a communicative effect at the same time.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;哎，你们知道那儿一盘回锅肉多少钱吗？&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…how much they charge for an order of twice -cooked pork over there?&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The special feature of this dish is that it is boiled in water and then stir-fried. The translator captures this feature in translation, trying to make people understand the meaning of &amp;quot;回锅&amp;quot;, and this dish is made with pork, he wants readers of the English translation to see an image of the dish in their heads in the same way that Chinese people do.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:53）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The characteristic of this dish is that it is first boiled in water and then stir-fried. The translator has captured this feature in his translation, trying to make people understand the meaning of &amp;quot;回锅&amp;quot;, which is made with pork, and he hopes that readers of the English translation will see the image of this dish in their minds, just like the Chinese do.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:53）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Folk Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people also have their own unique way of life, customs and traditions, behavior patterns and other aspects of vocabulary. The following will analyze the translator's functional equivalence in folk culture.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:52）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people also have their own unique lifestyles, customs, behavior patterns, etc. in terms of vocabulary. The following will analyze the functional equivalence of translation in folk culture. (Zhou Xingyang,2018:52).--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…几个人分吃两个菜…&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…and they shared two dishes family-style.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;分吃&amp;quot; is the most common way of eating in traditional Chinese culture, where several dishes are shared among friends and family. The purpose of the passage is to show the poverty of the boys. The translator takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western cultures，Western behavior is different. so he uses the word &amp;quot;shared&amp;quot; and he adds the word &amp;quot;family-style&amp;quot; to make it easier for the reader to understand the behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;分吃&amp;quot; is the most common way of eating in traditional Chinese culture, where friends and relatives share several dishes among themselves. The purpose of the passage is to show the boy's poverty. The translator takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, where Westerners behave differently, so he uses the word &amp;quot;sharing&amp;quot; and adds the word &amp;quot;family style&amp;quot; to make it easier for the reader to understand this behavior.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;咱们也算半个老乡吧。”老葛说，“所以不用太拘束。我还是能管点事儿，不会把你送出去的。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We're practically from the same hometown! So, you don't need to be so careful with me. I still have a bit of authority, and I won't give you up.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of hometown is a major feature of Chinese culture. Those from the same hometown share similar living habits, growing environment and cultural background, so even strangers can get familiar with each other quickly and even help each other. Since Lao Ge and Lao Dao come from the third space, the translator explains the term &amp;quot;老乡&amp;quot; from a geographical perspective. &amp;quot;管事儿&amp;quot;means to have some authority. The translator also explains this word so that readers can understand it easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of hometown is one of the major characteristics of Chinese culture. People from the same hometown share similar living habits, upbringing and cultural background, so even strangers can get acquainted quickly and even help each other. Since Lao Ge and Lao Dao are from the third dimension, the translator explains the term &amp;quot;老乡&amp;quot; from a geographical perspective.&amp;quot; 管事儿&amp;quot; means to have some authority. The translator also explains this word to make it easy for readers to understand.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;一点心意，你收下。&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yi Yan said that she hoped Lao Dao could help her keep a secret, so she wanted to give Lao Dao with money. &amp;quot;心意&amp;quot; means money, which is an euphemism used in China when it is inconvenient to offer money directly. In translation, the translator also considered an euphemistic way of expression, so he used the word &amp;quot;appreciation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yi Yan says that she hopes Lao Dao will help her keep her secret, so she wants to use money to give Lao Dao.&amp;quot; 心意&amp;quot; means money, which is a Chinese euphemism when it is not convenient to give money directly. In the translation, the translator also considered it a euphemism, so the word &amp;quot;appreciation&amp;quot; was used.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Culture of Idioms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are an important part of the extensive and profound Chinese culture. Chinese people always use them in their daily life and in their writing. However, some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts, and the translation should pay attention to the differences between the two cultures.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:51）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are an important part of the vast and profound Chinese culture. Chinese people use these idioms in their daily life and writing, but some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts. However, some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts, and it is important to pay attention to the differences between the two cultures when translating them.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author used many idioms in the article, such as &amp;quot;饿虎扑食&amp;quot;, the translator translated it into &amp;quot;ate heartily&amp;quot;, although the translation is easy to understand, but without the image that people are very hungry to eat, from the perspective of functional equivalence, English readers seem to be unable to reach the same level of understanding and response as Chinese readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author uses many idioms in the article, such as &amp;quot;饿虎扑食&amp;quot;, which the translator translates as &amp;quot;to eat in a heartbeat&amp;quot;. Although the translation is easy to understand, without the image of a person eating very hungry, it seems that English readers cannot achieve the same understanding and reaction as Chinese readers from the perspective of functional equivalence.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;（盘子）一片狼藉&amp;quot;translated into &amp;quot;The dishes were a mess&amp;quot;, it is a brief description of the mess. And &amp;quot;成人之美&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;in that case I'll have done a good deed by keeping silent&amp;quot;, the idiom in the original text was originally used to describe Lao Dao's feeling that he was keeping secrets and that Yi Yan and Qin Tian might get together in the future. The translator abstractly translated the sentence in the English translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And &amp;quot;(盘子)一片狼藉&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;the plate is a mess&amp;quot;, which is a description of a messy situation on the plate. And &amp;quot;the beauty of adulthood&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;in that case, I am doing a good deed by keeping quiet&amp;quot;, the idiom in the original text was originally used to describe how Lao Dao felt that he kept the secret that Yi Yan and Qin Tian might be together in the future. The translator translated the phrase abstractly into the English translation.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:22, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of the English translation of Folding Beijing from three aspects: meaning, style and culture with the theory of functional equivalence in this paper, and it is believed that the English translation conforms to the understanding of English readers to the specific information in the text. According to Nida's functional equivalence theory and its translation purposes and strategies, the translator brings a natural and equivalent Chinese translation of Folding Beijing to the English reader.（Zhou Xingyang,2018:56）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The English translation of Folding Beijing is analyzed from three aspects of meaning, style, and culture using this paper's functional equivalence theory, and it is concluded that the English translation meets the English readers' understanding of the specific information in the text. According to Nida's functional equivalence theory and its translation purposes and strategies, the translator brings a natural and reciprocal Chinese translation of Folding Beijing for English readers. (Zhou Xingyang,2018:56)--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:25, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory emphasizes that the target language readers' understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the source language readers, so the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence translation. Analyze from three aspects: meaning, style and culture &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot; English version, you can see on the language, while Chinese and English in logic and grammar are greatly different, there exist many differences in the Chinese culture and western cultures, but the translator still tries his best to keep the content of the original text in the translation and find more appropriate words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory emphasizes that the target language readers' understanding and appreciation of the target language is basically the same as that of the source language readers, so the target language can be regarded as a functionally equivalent translation. Analyzing the English version of Folding Beijing from three aspects: meaning, style and culture, we can see that linguistically, although Chinese and English are very different in logic and grammar, and there are many differences between Chinese and Western cultures, the translator still tries to keep the original content and find more suitable words in the translation.--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:25, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of some specific content, the translator does not translate into exactly the same form, which is also consistent with Nida's functional equivalence theory, because Nida also proposed that translation should not be limited to form, but the translator can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve equivalence between content and information. However, in some details, such as idioms, the translator's translation fails to achieve the same effect as the original text, which may be an area for improvement. Nida's theory of functional equivalence does provide a good theoretical model for the translation of science fiction, which is of great value.（Tan Zaixi,1999）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some specific contents, the translators do not translate into exactly the same form, which is also in line with Nida's theory of functional equivalence, because Nida also suggests that translation should not be limited to form, and the translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. However, in some details, such as idioms, the translator's translation fails to achieve the same effect as the original, which may be an area for improvement. Nida's functional equivalence theory does provide a good theoretical model for the translation of science fiction novels, which is of great value.（Tan Zaixi,1999）--[[User:Lin Xin|Lin Xin]] ([[User talk:Lin Xin|talk]]) 10:25, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang.(2015).Folding Beijing[J]. Ken Liu (trans.). A Magazine of Science Fiction and Fantasy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang郝景芳.(2016).孤独深处[The Depth of Loneliness].南京：江苏凤凰文艺出版社[Nanjing:Jiangsu phoenix literature and art publishing,LTD]：1-40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida,Eugene A.(1993)Language, Culture, and Translating[M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press：118&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida,Eugene A.(2001)Language and Culture: Context in Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida,Eugene A. &amp;amp; Taber.(2004) Charles R. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press：12-24&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999).新编奈达论翻译[A new version of Nida's theory on translation].北京:中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun,Mu Lei许钧,穆雷.(2009).翻译学概论[Introduction to translatology].南京：译林出版社[Nanjing: Yilin Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Dandan赵丹丹.(2011).浅论奈达的功能对等理论[Nida's theory of functional equivalence].湖北：文学教育[Hubei:Literature Education]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Xingyang周兴阳.(2018).从功能对等理论视角看《北京折叠》英译本研究[Chinese Science Fiction Translation in the Perspective of Functional Equivalence-A case Study of Beijing Zhe Die and its English Version-Folding Beijing].新疆大学[Xinjiang University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guiyuan王桂圆.(2018)系统功能语言学视角下《北京折叠》英译研究[A Study on The Translation of Folding Beijing from the Perspective of Systemic Functional Linguistics].安徽：海外英语[Anhui：Overseas English]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;余妮 Yu Ni No.202070080620&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. Besides, there are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
“The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy”(Shi Qiulei,2012). In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating. This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene A. Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, “the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word” (Eugene A. Nida,1969), which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language” (Eugene A. Nida,1969). Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that meaning is the most important, followed by form. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language(Guo Jianzhong, 2000).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. “However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000)” Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, “the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, “the translation technique of recreate can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.(Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is frequently used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.(Yu Guangzhong, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. He just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts. In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. “It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times” (Tong Fangli,2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. “Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into ‘认真为上’”(Tong Fangli,2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time.In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》).” So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers”(TongFangli,2006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He holds that translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s Version==== &lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of the Drama Title=====&lt;br /&gt;
So far, there are three famous versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Yu Guangzhong’s “不可儿戏”, Zhang Nanfeng’s “认真为上” and Qian Zhide’s “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. “Among these three versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular one, which is also consistent with functional equivalence” (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Functional equivalence emphasizes that translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language” (Eugene A. Nida,1969). Wilde created a character named “Ernest” in the play. As we all know, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, so the drama title is a pun. It not only expresses “the importance of being earnest”, but also “the importance of naming “Ernest”. After all, “Ernest” is a name favored by two girls in the play. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhide’s version expressed the literal meaning, which achieved equivalence in meaning. However, Zhang Nanfeng’s version represented the implied meaning. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated the implied meaning and revealed the theme of the play that one should be serious about everything in life. The function of the title is to reveal the theme of the novel. “In Yu’s version, the information was reproduced and it echoed lady Bracknell’s words at the end of the play. So, it was more in line with Chinese readers’ preference” (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
“Pun was widely used in this play, especially in characters’ names” (Yang Wenqian, 2014), and Yu Guangzhong translated it almost perfectly. In essence, pun is a deliberate word play. It usually appears when two words are similar or identical in their sound, but different in meaning. The effect of pun can be humorous, rhetorical and even bitter at times. Regardless of the brilliant effect of a pun, it is merely a tool for the author to get him across, not just a decoration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Ernest” created by Jack into “任真”. In English, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, and “earnest” means to be serious about something. “In Chinese, “任真” and “认真” are homonyms，like the English homonyms” (Yin Lijing, 2012). Yu employed the domestication method to translate it into “任真”, and Zhang Nanfeng employed the foreignization method to translate it into ‘埃纳斯特’. It was translated into “任真” and gave him the Chinese surname “华”, which was from his family name “Worthing” in English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It not only facilitated the needs of the audience, but also considered the feelings of readers. If “Ernest” was translated into “埃纳斯特”, the audience will be confused and do not understand the humor and irony of the language. In the other hand, “认真” is too direct to let readers experience the beauty of pun by thinking it over themselves. “华任真” retains the ironic effect to the greatest extent, and it does not make the audience feel confused when they hear “埃纳斯特”. (Wang Chao, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the form of original works was preserved, from a pun in English to a pun in Chinese. “From the perspective of linguistics, one of the ideal translation methods is pun into pun” (Yin Lijing, 2012). And the irony effect in Wilde’s original works can be kept to the greatest extent, as if it had just been transmigrated from English to Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Bunbury” created by Algernon into “梁勉仁”. The original meaning of “Bunbury” is “sightseeing tour”, which implies an excuse to evade responsibility as well. That’s exactly why Algernon intended to make up the character. “When he didn’t want to show up in some situation, he lied that his intimate named “Bunbury” was ill and he couldn’t keep the appointment because he needs to take care of him” (Yu Guangzhong, 1986). With the guidance of traditional transliteration method, we should consequently translate it into “邦伯里”. But Yu Guangzhong’s version adds beauty to the original text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, “梁勉仁” and “两面人” are homonyms, referring to double-faced people. In Wilde’s original text, “Bunbury” is not a pun. But in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he added a pun in the process of translation. Both of the Chinese name “梁勉仁” and English name “Bunbury” are names which are correct in lexical aspect. Moreover, “they expressed the same meaning that the person who named like that was double-faced” (Wang Chao, 2016), so the function of the original and the target language are the same. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of the tutor Miss Prism is “劳小姐”. The name “Prism” and the word “prim” form a homophonic pun. Wilde aims to allude to his rigid character through this name. In Chinese, “劳” “老” and “牢” are homonyms, aiming at showing Miss Prism’s strict control over her student, Miss Cecily. It seems that her name not only adds the meaning “old lady” and “prison”, but also highlights the original work’s depiction of her rigid personality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, people’s surnames stand behind their last name, and their names are short. “European and American names are different and most of them are long and awkward for Chinese readers” (Wang Chao,2016). This kind of cultural difference often weakens the interest of many readers and audiences in the translated works, especially dramas. But Yu Guangzhong’s version not only translates the meaning of Wilde’s original work, but also has Chinese characteristics. He did not translate the name according to its pronunciation, but created Chinese names which can not only be in accordance of Chinese names, but also express the ironic meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Dialogues=====&lt;br /&gt;
“There are a lot of allusions and idioms both in Chinese and English. Cultural differences make English allusions and idioms become key points in translation, especially in drama translation which focuses on watching rather than reading” (Liang Wei, 2009). In order not to affect Chinese readers’ understanding of the plots, especially for the audience, Yu Guangzhong boldly adopted the substitution technique in the translation of dialogues, which can better convey the unique charm of Wilde’s language. Following, we will analyze Yu Guangzhong’s version from the perspective of rhetorical sentences, including alliteration, paradox and antithesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Alliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Many English allusions and idioms are used in Wilde’s plays&amp;quot; (Yang Wenqian, 2014). The author chose two examples of alliteration sentences. Alliteration is the earliest phonetic rhetoric technique with rhythm and beauty in English. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he not only remained the rhetorical form but also preserved the flavor of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (1)ALGERNON. I hear her hair turned quite gold from grief. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 听说她的头发因为伤心变色像黄金。(余光中, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Algernon is talking about Lady Bracknell’s friend Lady Harbury, who becomes twenty years younger after her husband’s death. “It is commonly believed that a woman should feel grief after her husband’s death. We guess that her hair may turn grey out of sorrow. While it turned out that she changed it gold just to be younger” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde did well in employing paradox and irony to satirize the upper class. He is also keen on word game. “Gold from grieve” actually comes from “grey from grief”. Wilde’s alteration not only preserves the alliteration, but also achieves an ironic effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to reproduce the formal beauty of the source language, Yu Guangzhong changed the alliteration into assonance and rendered it into “伤心变色像黄金”. In Chinese, “金(jin)” and “心(xin)” have the same sound “in”. “He employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration” (Yang Wenqian, 2014).. It not only expressed the same meaning as the source language, but also added the beauty of language in form, with Chinese characteristics. In the meaning level, Yu’s version preserved the original connotation, and in the form level, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration, which coincided with “functional equivalence”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (2)CHASUBLE. I would merely beg you not to be much bowed down by grief. What seem to us bitter trials are often blessings in disguise. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    蔡牧师 只劝你不要过分哀伤。有些事看来像大祸临头，往往焉知非福。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In example 2, Jack pretended that he had a wicked brother whose name is Ernest. And Ernest often needed his assistance so that he had an excuse to disappear for several days. Discovering that his ward Cecily was too interested in Ernest, he decided to “kill” his brother by saying that he caught a severe chill. Then Jack told Chasuble that his brother Ernest died in Paris. Chasuble intended to console Jack by saying “What seem to us biter trials are often blessings in disguise”. (Wu Shanshan, 2012) Therefore, from Chasuble’s point of view, his death may be a shake off for Jack.Here, “bitter” and “blessings” employed alliteration devices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated it as “塞翁失马，焉知非福”, a Chinese saying. It means that although we have suffered losses for a while, we can benefit from them in the future. “It also tells us that bad things can become good things under certain conditions, and vice versa” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). He translated alliteration in English into a Chinese saying. The meaning the Chinese saying expressed in the Yu Guangzhong’s version was the same as the original, and the ironic effect was achieved by using a more acceptable way for Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An old saying is more persuasive in this situation. We learnt from Yu’s version that if there is a saying in the source language, we can find a saying which expresses the same meaning in the target language, making it achieve “functional equivalence” (Yang Wenqian, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Paradox======&lt;br /&gt;
 (3)LADY BRACKNELL. I'm sorry if we are a little late, Algernon, but I was obliged to call on dear Lady Harbury. I hadn't been there since her poor &lt;br /&gt;
    husband's death. 1 never saw a woman so altered; she looks quite twenty years younger. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
巴夫人真抱歉我们来晚了一点，阿吉，可是我不能不去探望哈夫人。自从她死了可怜的丈夫，我一直还没有去过她家呢。从没见过一个女人变得这么厉害:看起来她足足年轻了二十岁。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Paradox is a device much favored by satirists. The benefit lies in the fact that even though it seems to be contradictory on the surface, it contains a certain grain of truth. With the use of paradoxes, Wilde showed us a clear picture of characters’ thoughts and the bourgeois society of Victorian era. Lady Harbury lost her husband. As common sense, the readers or audience would think she may become old, while she says “she looks quite twenty years younger”. In this sentence, paradox was employed.Upon hearing that, the readers and audience will feel they are deceived by the speaker and become amused by the paradox (Wu Shanshan, 2012). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After thinking it over, they will realize the beauty of the language. “Yu Guangzhong described the shocking facts in a flat tone to deepen the ironic effect” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). He successfully transferred the paradoxical meaning from the source text to the target language. Actually, he not only translated the original meaning, but also expressed the original meaning with an extremely same tone, an ironic tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (4)ALGERNON. Do you really keep a diary? I'd give anything to look at it. May I?&lt;br /&gt;
    CECILY. Oh no. [Puts her hand over it] You see, it is simply a very young girl’s record of her own thoughts and impressions and consequently meant for &lt;br /&gt;
 publication. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
亚吉能 你真的记日记吗?我真恨不得能看一看，可以吗?&lt;br /&gt;
西西丽 哦不可以。(手按日记)你知道，里面记录的不过是一个很年轻的女孩子私下的感想和印象，所以呢，是准备出版的。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, since the diary is a record of Cecily’s own thoughts and impressions, she does not allow Algernon to read. &amp;quot;The readers or the audience may think Cecily will keep it as a personal privacy and prevent others from reading. However, Cecily says the diary is meant for publication&amp;quot; (Wu Shanshan, 2012). This contradictory statement is illogical and unreasonable, thus produces a humorous effect.In example 4, what amused the audience was that the conclusion was contrary to the reasons. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong added a Chinese conjunction “所以”. With this conjunction, the ironic effect deepened. If the translator transforms the illogical content into a coherent form that sounds reasonable, the paradoxical meaning in the original drama text will disappear, and the reader or audience will not be attracted by this line. This version remained the ironic effect of the source text. (Wu Shanshan, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Antithesis======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (5)ALGERNON. You don’t seem to realize, that in married life three is company and two is none. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 阁下似乎不明白， 婚后的日子，三个人才热闹，两个人太单调。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Antithesis is a figure of speech in which sharply contrasting ideas are juxtaposed in a paralleled phrase or grammatical structure&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde employed quite a few antitheses in The Importance of Being Earnest, making it a great challenge for translators.Algernon introduced Bunbury to Jack so that he could still pursue pleasure after marriage. He compared two kinds of states of marriage and expressed his own thoughts. In the sentence “three is company and two is none”, antithesis was employed with rhythmic beauty.Yu Guangzhong noticed this musical beauty of the source language, and rendered it into corresponding paralleled structure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a matter of fact, the target language seemed to be better than source language. In Wilde’s language, only antithesis was used. While in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he reserved antithesis and added rhythmic words. “热闹” and “单调” are totally two different kinds of states, forming sharp contrast. Furthermore, “闹(nao)” and “调(diao)” have the same sound “ao”. Yu Guangzhong fully exploited the advantage of the target language and successfully transferred the beauty of the source language. He not only surpassed source language in form, but also preserved the soul (Shen Zhengrong, 2007).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (6)MISS PRISM. You are too much alone, dear Dr. Chasuble. You should get married. A misanthrope I can understand—a womanthrope, never! (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    劳 你太孤单了，蔡牧师。你应该结婚。一个人恨人类而要独善其身，我可以了解。一个人恨女人而要独抱其身，就完全莫名其妙。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the conversation between Miss Prism and Dr. Chasuble. She suggested that he should get married, and she compared the two reasons of not getting married. (Wen Tong, 2012). Wilde employed the rhetorical device of antithesis, and Yu Guangzhong remained it in target language. “Womanthrope” comes from the word “misanthrope”, referring to people who hate women. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated two words into two sentences, “恨人类而要独善其身” and “恨女人而要独抱其身”. He explained two kinds of situations to the audience in detail with the same form as original works, making it almost perfect in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Suggestions on Translation from Yu Guangzhong’s Version====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analyses of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we have a deeper understanding of “functional equivalence”. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Even Yu Guangzhong’s version, which is most popular among the audience and readers, has many imperfections. Through the research, we can get some suggestions to help the later translators to create more excellent works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first translation strategy of is to keep the form of the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The reason why it becomes the most successful play of Wilde is that a variety of rhetorical devices are used. In the process of translation, Yu Guangzhong grasped this point well. In translation of the drama title or characters’ names, he preserved the irony of the original work, turning puns in English into puns in Chinese, and long foreign names into meaningful short Chinese names. It not only preserves the satire of the original, but also inherits the language flavor of the original (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation strategy is that the form can be changed properly, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there are many Western proverbs which are inexplicable to Chinese readers. If they are translated literally, the reader will fail to understand the exact meaning of the proverb. The beauty of the original will be destroyed, as well. But if the proverbs are explained carefully, it will inevitably take up a lot of sentences to explain the literal and metaphorical meaning of the proverbs (Wang Chao, 2016). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For drama translation, it is not advisable to do so. Yu Guangzhong chose Chinese proverbs that can express the same meaning to replace the English ones, without changing the author’s original meaning, and it added a sense of amiability to Chinese readers. In this part, the author analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the prospective of functional equivalence. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, both the form and the content of original work have been preserved. We also gained some enlightenments from his translation, which benefits our further translation practice (Wang Chao, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis, under the guidance of “functional equivalence”, analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from three aspects, translation of drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. Through this study, we had a clear understanding of functional equivalence. By appreciating the vividness of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we get some enlightenments in translation. From the above discussion, we think that translators can learn from Yu Guangzhong in order to achieve “functional equivalence”.In translation, we should take readers’ thought into consideration first. To make the translated version like the original work, Yu Guangzhong provided us with some strategies (Chen Yaoyao, 2019). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is to keep the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The other is that form can be changed, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. With these strategies, we can produce more fantastic translation.Even though we gain experience from this study, it has limitations. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Although Yu’s version is popular, it has unavoidable shortcomings. This thesis only focused on excellent examples of translation. To sum up, Yu’s version provided us with some successful suggestions to achieve functional equivalence, but only part of it did it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Feifei陈菲菲. (2011). 目的论与余光中《不可儿戏》的翻译策略[Skopos Theory and Yu Kwang-chung’s Translation Strategy on The Importance of Being Earnest J].''宁波广播电视大学学报'' Journal of Ningbo Radio and Television University (04) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yaoyao陈瑶瑶. (2019). ''余光中戏剧翻译研究''[A study of Yu Guangzhong's drama translation]. Taiyuan: Shanxi University山西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida &amp;amp;Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong郭建中. (2000). ''文化与翻译'' [Culture and Translation]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Wei梁薇. (2009). 从翻译目的论视角出发研究The Importance of Being Earnest两个译本[Two versions of The importance of Being Earnest From the perspective of Skopos theory]. Anhui: Language and words''语言文字'' (09) 258.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin李欣. (2010). 余光中戏剧翻译实践研究——以《不可儿戏》为例[Yu Kuang-chung's Drama Translation Practice: A Case Study of The Importance of Being Earnest]. ''淮海工学院学报'' Journal of Huaihai Institute of Technology (04) 96-98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Richard, F. (1956). ''Wilde as Parodist: A Second Look at the Importance of Being Earnest. College English'' (1) 18-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Zhengrong谌峥嵘. (2007). 《不可儿戏》两中译本比较[A Comparative Study of The Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Qiulei施秋蕾. (2012). 文化转向视角下的翻译策略研究——以王尔德The Importance of Being Earnest两中译本为例[Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cultural Turn: A Comparison of Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest].''常熟理工学院学报'' (03) 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tong Fangli童芳莉. (2006). 从归化与异化的角度评余光中译《不可儿戏》[Evaluation on Yu Guangzhong's Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest from Domestication and Foreignization].''台州学院报'' Journal of Taizhou College (02) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chao汪超. (2016). 余光中翻译思想与实践研究[A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Translation Thought and Practice]. Changsha: Hunan Normal University湖南师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Tong 温彤. (2012). 美学视阈下的戏剧翻译审美主体研究——以王尔德的喜剧中译为例[On the Aesthetic Subject of Drama Translation from the Perspective of Aesthetics——Take Oscar Wilde's Chinese Translation of Comedies as an Example].''时代文学''Period literature (03) 220-221.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilde, O. (2009). The Importance of Being Earnest. Claremont: Broadview Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Jie吴洁. (2014). “语言游戏说”视角下的王尔德作品研究[A Research on Oscar Wilde’s Major Works from the Perspective of &amp;quot;Language Games”]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Shanshan吴姗珊. (2012). 从目的论视角比较研究The Importance of Being Earnest的三个中译本[A Comparative Study of The Three Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. Chengdu: Sichuan Normal University四川师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Wenqian杨文茜. (2014). 以舞台呈现为目的:王尔德戏剧The Importance of Being Earnest两个中译本的比较[Translating Drama for Theatrical Performance: A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Translations of Oscar Wilde’s The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Wuhan: Huazhong Normal University华中师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yin LIjing殷莉菁. (2012). 王尔德戏剧《不可儿戏》中双关语汉译研究[A Study of Pun Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest by Oscar WIlde]. Hangzhou : Zhejiang Gongshang University浙江工商大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (1986).''不可儿戏'' [The Importance of Being Earnest]. Beijing: China Friendship Publishing Company中国友谊出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (2004). ''余光中谈翻译''[On Translation by Yu Guangzhong]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen 202020080603==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have been continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and also in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and  knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has an unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.(Kong Shaohui 2019, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicit), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicit, which the speaker actually says content.(Kong Shaohui 2009, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can&lt;br /&gt;
understanding:the first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic 1979, 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.(Zhang Si 2019, 275-277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Introduction of Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). (Ouyang Changyi 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.(Lou Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literary Review===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Free Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Addition of Message===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Positive and Negative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180) The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.(Xiong Wen 2014, 154-155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation, so it will Weaken the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.(Lederer 2001, 45-50)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, the brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;(Lederer 2001, 45-50)--[[User:Han Wanzhen|Han Wanzhen]] ([[User talk:Han Wanzhen|talk]]) 15:27, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Mao Yueyue, Liu Fan. 毛新月, 刘帆. (2018). 释意理论指导下的会议口译中四字词语的翻译——以习近平总书记十九届中共中央政治局常委同中外记者见面会讲话为例. [Translation of four-letter words in conference interpretation under the guidance of interpretation theory - taking the speech of General Secretary Xi Jinping at the meeting between the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the 19th CPC Central Committee and Chinese and foreign journalists as an example]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](12): 230-231.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouyang Changyi. 欧阳长怡. (2010). 论释意理论指导下的记者招待会口译策略及释意训练. [On Interpretation Strategies and Interpretation Training of Press Conference under the Guidance of Interpretation Theory]. 福建省外国语文学会.福建省外国语文学会2010年年会论文集. [Fujian Foreign Language Society. Proceedings of the 2010 Annual Conference of Fujian Foreign Language Society]. 福建省外国语文学会: 福建省外国语文学会[Fujian Foreign Language Society: Fujian Foreign Language Society]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiong Wen. 熊雯. (2014). 释意理论视阙下的口译过程研究. [A study of interpretation process under the view of interpretation theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe. 张杨,李灵哲. (2018). 释意理论指导下的翻译语义策略运用. [The use of translation semantic strategies under the guidance of interpretation theory]. ''佳木斯职业学院学报'' [Journal of Jiamusi Vocational College](10): 334-336.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures ==&lt;br /&gt;
    陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin 202020080593 英语语言文学&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has lasted for more than a thousand years in China, which is taken as the first Chinese translation climax. The translation of Buddhist scriptures in China can be divided into three historical stages: the first historical period, from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty, the pioneering stage; the second historical period, from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, the stage of development; the third historical periods, the Tang Dynasty which reached its peak. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation. The article will review the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scripture and analyze literal translation and free translation of each stages through analyzing the famous translators, translation theories and translation characteristics of the three stages. In addition, this article will study the influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese language and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist scriptures, Translation, Literal translation, Free translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经翻译在中国持续了一千多年, 我国的第一个翻译高潮就是佛经翻译。中国的佛经翻译大致分为三个历史阶段：第一个历史时期，从东汉末到西晋，为草创阶段； 第二个历史时期，从东晋时期到隋朝，是发展阶段；第三个历史时期，唐代达到全盛阶段。意译和直译的问题贯穿佛经翻译的始终, 大致发展过程为:初期的大略主直译——发展时期的直译意译相争——全盛时期的直译意译达到和谐。文章将通过研究这三个阶段的著名译者，翻译理论和翻译特点来梳理佛经翻译的发展，并分析每个时期佛经翻译中直译意译的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经，翻译，直译，意译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has a long history of three thousand years, and the earliest translation can be traced back to the Shang and Zhou dynasties. But scholars generally take the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the Eastern Han Dynasty as the beginning of the translation history of China. Buddhism, religion and philosophy founded in India by Siddhartha Gautama, was unknown to other countries for a long time, until they entered China along trade routes from Central Asia in the first century AD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism is widely developed in China and became one of the most important religions in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese culture and civilization. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is mainly supported by two groups of people: the foreign monks who came to China to preach; the Chinese monks who go west to seek sutras. “The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty, further developing from the Eastern Jin to Sui Dynasty, and peaking in Tang Dynasty, which stretches for more than one thousand years”(Meng Yue 2017, 305). And it has great influence on Chnese society, culture, language, arts etc. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is the first Chinese translation climax. With it developing, many translators and translation works come to the fore, and lots of translation theories have been put forward and perfected, which lays the foundation for later ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the whole history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, literal translation and free translation have always been one of the hottest topic. Literal translation of Buddhist scriptures refers to the rendering of text from Sanskrit into Chinese at a time or without conveying the sense of the original Buddhist scriptures. It emphasizes the similarity in form and requires the accordance between the Sanskrit and Chinese in the choices of word, syntax and styles. Free translation of Buddhist means to mainly convey the meaning and spirit of the original Buddhist scriptures, which does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation(Sun Shanshan 2014, 174).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the present paper, I shall discuss the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scriptures from three periods. The first period is from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. Among them An Shigao and Zhi Chen advocate literal translation, while Zhi Qian supports free translation. The second period from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva. Shi Daoan proposes that translation should be carried out literally and raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva opposes to precise literal rendering and argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers. The third period is the Tang Dynasty, and the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang holds that translation “must be truthful and intelligible to the populace”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty ——Mainly Literal Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty. With the success of the Silk Road, Buddhism was introduced to China. At the beginning, it was not widely accepted by Chinese society due to language barrier. Therefore, it is of great necessity to translate Buddhist scriptures into Chinese, so that it can be read, comprehended and accepted by Chinese people. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. The first two were the masters of the literal translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== An Shigao ====&lt;br /&gt;
An Shigao lived from 148-180 CE. According to legend, he was a prince of Parthia (modern Iran). He gave up being a prince to become a Buddhist missionary monk in China. Soon after he arrived China, he quickly possessed a good knowledge of Chinese and started to translate Buddhist Scriptures into Chinese. He translated 35 Buddhist Scriptures in total, of which main content was the basic doctrines and method of cultivation of Theravada Buddhism. Compared to other contemporaneous translators, “An Shigao’s translation can more accurately convey the original meaning of the text. His translation is clear and appropriate. Generally speaking, he was the earliest representative of literal translator in China. His translation is mainly literal and respects the structure of the original text” ( Fang Yang 2013, 6). However, as An Shigao was the earliest group of Buddhist scripture translators, “there is no precedents to follow, some terms in the translation are not easy to understand, and the structure of some original sentence are different from that of Chinese, therefore there are some repetitions and inversions in his translation” (Yang Chaobiao 2012, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Chen ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Chen, entering China at about 167 CE, was the first monk who introduced Mahāyāna Buddhism to China. He was proficient in Chinese and translated a large number of Buddhist scriptures. Most of them are about Mahayana Buddhism. With the translation of An Shigao as reference, Zhi Chen accumulated a certain amount of experience in wording and phrasing, so his translation can be relatively fluent and preserve the original meaning as much as possible. Besides, “Transliteration are often employed in his translation”(Zhang Yuwei 2019, 115). Therefore he was also regarded as one of the representatives of literal translators. However, due to the limitation of the time, Zhi Chen, just as same as An Shigao and other comtemporay translators, his translation about some terms are obscure and unclear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Qian ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian, also known as Zhi Yue, was a Buddhist scripture translator during the Three Kingdoms period. He was the author of The Dhammapada Sequence, which is said to be the first essay on translation in China. He opposed to the previous translation which focuses on the literal meaning of the text while ignoring the elegance of translation. He argued that translation should be easy to understand and the language should be smooth. Zhiqian was the first person in ancient China to systematize and theorize translation. “Zhi Qian’s preface is the first work whose purpose is express an opinion about translation practice”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He broke the routine of literal translation, pursued the elegance of words, and advocated both free translation and Literal translation, which played a very important role in the improvement of the later translation of the Buddhist scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translation of Buddhist scriptures were mostly completed by foreign monks. During this period, Buddhism has just been introduced to China, for this reason there are very few native monks who really know Buddhist scriptures. In the other hand, in order to propagate Buddhism, these foreign monks had to take on translating Buddhist scriptures in the early days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The dominant translation principle was faithfulness at that time. On the one hand, the translators are almost devout religious believers. “Religious scriptures seem to be the sacred “ will of God ”, which is unalterable. Any amplification, deletion or modification in the translation process of religious scriptures can be seen as a blasphemy against God” (Xiong Hui 2013, 67). Therefore, translators mainly adopted the translation method of literal translation, which demonstrates the sincere religious beliefs of translators and preserves the sanctity of religious scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in the early days of Buddhism, foreign monks were not proficient in Chinese, and Chinese monks were not proficient in Sanskrit. Early translators lack bilingual ability and translation experience, therefore they can only translate word for word. Besides, since there is no previous translation to refer to, some Buddhist terms do not have an authoritative and fixed explanation, and some expressions cannot be found its counterpart in Chinese, therefore they can only be translated literally. Literal translation was highly proposed by An Shigao and Zhi Chen. Until the Three Kingdoms period, Zhi Qian pursued the elegance of words, which broke the routine of literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Taoist language is often used in translation. “When Buddhism was firstly introduced to China, Taoism, as the native religion of China, was in its prevalence. As a foreign religion, Buddhism have to be attached to Taoism to facilitate the spread the new doctrine in China” (Meng Yue 2017, 306). Therefore, a large number of Buddhist concepts were interpreted by analogy with indigenous ideas, such as Taoist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty—Transition from literal translation to free translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The second historical period,from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, is the stage of development. At this period, Buddhism was gradually accepted by Chinese people. Buddhism believer is not limited to the royal family and nobleman, but also includes common people. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Shi Daoan ====&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Daoan (314-385), who was an eminent monk. In addition to his efforts for developing a disciplinary code for Chinese monastic communities, he was also known for his translation and commentaries on the scriptures. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally without any amplification or omission, advocating “translation according to the original features”. However, Shi didn’t stick to the literal translation that strictly. He raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“‘Five Losses of Source Texts’ discusses the problems of word order, work or essence, detail or simplification.As for the word order of the First Loss of Source Texts, Daoan clearly advocates the inversion.As for the Second Loss of Source Texts, Daoan proposes to choose work or essence translation according to readers' level and different styles and advocates taking advantages of two schools in order to translate Chinese Buddhist Scriptures better. As for the simplication or detail of the Third, Fourth and Fifth Loss of Source Texts, Daoan thinks the trivial, repeated eulogy, ode and conclusion words should be deleted generally except for the translation of Buddhist discipline.&amp;quot;Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot; discusses the factors of times, readers and translators that Buddhist Scripture translation faces.It is these three factors that result in the difficulties of translating Chinese Buddhist Scriptures”(Fang Ruifen 2012, 385). “Five losses” means to allow the translation to be different from the original in grammar, rhetoric and structure, so as to conform to the language habits of Chinese people. “Three difficulties” requires that translators should be able to strike a balance betwen styles, intelligence, and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main contribution of Dao’an to the translation of Buddhist scriptures is the creation and organization of translation workshop. Before Dao’an, the translation were usually finished by private. He set up a translation workshop, ushering in the period of translation on a large scale. And a State Translation School was founded for this purpose. Besides, he invites some translators from India as well. From then on, translation has become an organized activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Kumarajiva ====&lt;br /&gt;
Another representative translator Kumarajiva, who has enjoyed a high reputation in the long history of the Buddhist sutras translation，was well - renowned and was called as &amp;quot; the first class master of translation&amp;quot; by Liang Qichao. He advocated free translation and getting rid of the shortcomings of transliteration. He was one of the four great translators of ancient China, one of the three great translators of Buddhist scriptures, who translated 39 volumes. He was proficient in both Chinese and Sanskrit languages, and advocated that as long as the translation does not violate the original meaning, there is no need to follow the original form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Kumarajiva revolutionized Chinese Buddhism, in clarity and overcoming the previous &amp;quot;geyi&amp;quot; (concept-matching) system of translation through use of Daoist and Confucian terms”(Nattier 1992,  186). He argued that “geyi” is the culprit of the deformation of Indian Buddhism after it was introduced into China. “He completely abandoned interpreting Buddhist concept by using Daoist and Confucian terms, and has worked hard to create Buddhist terms, so that the translation is more faithful to the original” (Ma Zhuyi 1982, 25).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering, because he held that Sanskrit and Chinese are two quite different language. “In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers, so that Buddhists can better understand and accept the translated scriptures. He tried to use concise text that conformed to Chinese expression habits, while retaining the exotic taste so that readers could understand and accept easily. Kumarajiva did not stick to the form of the original, and often delete the repetitive content. Therefore, his translation style was distinctive, possessing a flowing smoothness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another remarkable achievement is his contribution to the translation workshop. After he arrived at Chang'an, he began to organize translation workshops.With his efforts, the number of translators increased greatly, and the division of labor was detailed.The entire translation process includes interpretation, recording, correcting and proofreading. After group discussion, the quality of translation has been greatly improved. In addition, in order to be responsible for the Buddhist scriptures translated, Kumarajiva was the first translator to propose that the translator should signature over his translation in the Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1)From folk and personal translation to official and collective translation. At the beginning, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was a private activity. Generally a foreign monk recited the Buddhist scriptures and brought it to China. Then the translator interpreted the scriptures into Chinese, and another person recorded it. That’s the whole process of the translation of Buddhist scriptures at the early days. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, translation workshop was organized. Famous translators such as Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva both had presided over translation workshop. From then on, individual translation behavior gradually developed into a collective translation activity. During this period, with the support of the government, the number of translators has greatly increased, and the division of labor has become more detailed. Therefore, the quality of translation has also been greatly improved. “In addition, the function of translation workshop is not limited to translate Buddhist scriptures, but also give lectures and hold debates. Many translators who preside over the translation field not only translate, but also give lectures about Buddhism” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)From adopting the source text version of the Northern barbarian tribes in ancient China to that of Sanskrit. Before the Eastern Jin Dynasty, the version of Hun (Chinese northern nomads) were usually taken as the original text by translators. Afterwards, the Sanskrit texts were introduced to the China, translators could take them as the original text. The accuracy of the translation was improved greatly. On the other hand, since there were more Sanskrit texts, they had more options of the type of scripture to be translated. Also the systemic nature of the translation has also increased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Breakthroughs in translation theories and skills. During this period, many famous translators have put forward their opinions on translation theory. Based on his translation practice, Shi Daoan raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva advocated free translation. He is the first one to raise the question of how to express the stylistic and linguistic interest of the original text, which had a great influence on translation history. From the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the end of the Sui Dynasty, there were many famous translators who put forward different translation theories and opinions, which had a greater impact on the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)A tool for class oppression. The rulers from the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the Sui Dynasty took Buddhism as a tool of class oppression. In the South of China, the society is stable, so the noble class of South China was arrogant and lavish, and metaphysics was prevailed among them. Therefore Buddhism and metaphysics were combined, and rulers interpret Buddhist theories from the perspective of metaphysics. The translation of Buddhist scriptures was also influenced by this prevailing ethos. However, the Northern Dynasty advocated Confucianism. Due to frequent wars and limited economic development, the rulers of Northern China turned to Buddhism and took Zen as their guide. Therefore Buddhism naturally combined with Confucianism, and Zen became the mainstream of Buddhism in the Northern Dynasty. The translation of Zen classics meets the needs of the ruling class and Buddhists in the Northern Dynasty. “Buddhism, as a tool for the government to consolidate their reign, has been stained with a strong political color”(Wang Yan 2012, 158).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tang Dynasty ===&lt;br /&gt;
The third historical period is the Tang Dynasty. During this period, Buddhism developed vigorously.  In order to consolidate their regime, the emperor of Tang Dynasty also valued Buddhism very much, to domesticate his people together with the help of Chinese traditional ritual. Therefore the ruling class attached great importance to the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. And the representative translator in this age was Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang tried many translation methods and developed his epoch-marking criterion that “translation ‘must be truthful and intelligible to the populace’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18). In a sense, Xuan Zang, with such a formula, was trying to have the best of two worlds—literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Xuang Zang ====&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664), a famous monk in the Tang Dynasty, is commonly known as the &amp;quot; Sanzang Rabbi.&amp;quot; On the third year of Zhenguan of Tang Emperor Taizong, he left for Dunhuang from Chang'an, and then arrived in India. He returned to Chang'an in the nineteenth year, and traveled for seventeen years. Through hard work, he brought back more than 650 Sanskrit verses. The number and variety are both unprecedented. He presided over the translation work of seventy-five parts, 1,335 volumes, accounting for more than half of the total number of new Buddhist scriptures in the Tang Dynasty. “Therefore, he was called by the Indian scholar Bai Letian as ‘No.1 translator in the history of translation’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating the scriptures, Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”: First, with secret. The words with mystery are not translated, as there are many spells in the Buddhist scriptures. For example, if the &amp;quot;Doroni&amp;quot; is translated, it will lose its special meaning, so it will lose its magic. Second, with multiple meaning. The ambiguous Sanskrit will not be translated. For example, the word &amp;quot;bhaga&amp;quot; has six meanings( comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed), so the original text is reserved for transliteration. Third, with no counterpart in China. the concept of things which are not found in the original culture of translation will not be translated. For example, the &amp;quot;jumbu tree&amp;quot; in Buddhism is a tree unique to India, which does not grow in China, therefore using transliteration. Fourth, with the ancients. the customary words should follow the habit of transliteration. If the ancients have translated some Buddhist special words, such as &amp;quot;Aunt Bodhi&amp;quot;, although they can be translated, cause confusion. It is best to use the ancient translation rather than a new translation. Fifth, with Good fortune. “The word in the original Sanskrit language can also be found in Chinese with a similar meaning, but they are not strictly same as having many differences in connotation. Such word can not be translated”( He Zizhang 2008, 66). Such as &amp;quot;prajna&amp;quot; respect, &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot; is light and shallow. “The word &amp;quot;Untranslatable&amp;quot; here does not mean not translating, but rather &amp;quot;not intended to translate&amp;quot;, using transliteration”( Jian Xue 2018, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translators were mainly domestic monks. With the strong support of the rulers of Tang Dynasty, the Chinese translators had the opportunity to go to India and other countries to learn Sanskrit and Buddhism. Through long-term study, these translators were not only proficient in Sanskrit but also had a deep understanding of Buddhism. “Besides, in order to meet the needs of translation, Yijing wrote the Sanskrit textbook which means that translators have been able to learn Sanskrit in China” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14). The number of Chinese monks who were proficient in Sanskrit has gradually increased, and the translation work did not need to turn to foreign monks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Fewer excerpts translation yet more complete translations. Due to the attention and support of the rulers, the translators have the access to the pilgrimage to India to find out more about Buddhist scripture. Besides, the improvement of the quality of translators and the perfection of the system of translation workshop also make such large translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Further improvement of the translation workshop system. Compared with the translation workshop of the previous stage, that of Tang Dynasty was more all-sided in organization. “According to records, the translation workshop of the Tang Dynasty had as many as 11 departments”( Xiu Wenqiao 2008, 32). Each part was under the charge of different people. The monks worked in the translation workshop are all knowledgeable and skilled in translation, and many of them were rabbis appointed by the court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) The peak of Buddhist scripture translation in Chinese history. Many outstanding translators emerged during this period, such as Xuanzang, Yijing and Bukong etc. The four major translators in the Chinese translation history of Buddhist scripture are Kumarajiva, Zhenti, Xuanzang, and Bukong. Two of them are from the Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5) The translation scripts were more faithful to original texts. Because Xuanzang and other translators traveled long distances to search for the Buddhist scriptures, they brought back many Sanskrit classics, which created better conditions for the monks to learn Sanskrit and the original Buddhist scriptures. Therefore they trained a large number of excellent translators, and greatly improved the quality of the translation. Xuan Zang advocated that that translation should be faithful to the original style. He believed that if the original language is elegant and the translation should also be elegant , but if the original style is simple, the translation should be the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Influence of the Translation of Buddhist Scriptures  ===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been developed in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese language and civilization. At the aspect of language, it has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese was mainly manifested in phonology. The “Buddhist scriptures were originally written in Sanskrit and Central Asian languages, both of which belong to phonetic alphabet , while Chinese characters developed from hieroglyphs, and there was no such thing as alphabet at first”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). After Buddhism was introduced to China, some people began to use Sanskrit to assist in learning Chinese pronunciation. The principles and methods of Sanskrit phoneticization promote the development of Chinese phonology. Therefore, Buddhism can be said to have laid the foundation for the formation of Chinese pinyin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, the original Chinese vocabulary could not meet the needs of translation, therefore new Chinese words were created through transliteration and free translation”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). In the history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, Zhi Chen advocated transliteration, and Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”, which state five cases to use transliteration. Therefore the loanwords from Buddhism came into China, which greatly enriched Chinese vocabulary. “Through careful analysis, linguists have made a conclusion that about 35,000 words in Chinese come from Buddhist scripture”(Du Aixian 2000, 49). Some are directly related to Buddhism, such as “Buddha”, “monk”, “ Dharma&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Sutra” etc; some are words that we don’t realize, such as &amp;quot;memory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;causality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;emptiness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; and so on. In addition, many four-character idioms remaining in modern Chinese have the color of Buddhism, and a large number of four-character idioms appeared after the Wei and Jin Dynasty. Such as “drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha”(放下屠刀, 立地成佛), “While the priest climbs a post, the devil climbs ten” (道高一尺, 魔高一丈 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been considered the main element which led to the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words, and also made the patterns of word-formation more perfect. “According to the research, words in ancient times are mainly monosyllable, and the process of disyllabic Chinese was very slow before the Wei and Jin Dynasties, but since the translation of Buddhist scriptures became popular at that time, the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words greatly accelerated”(Sun Yan 2015, 120). Therefore, the translation of Buddhist scriptures are supposed to  be the main motive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey the thoughts of Buddhist scriptures more clearly, many terms need to be translated into colloquial language, which is difficult to express by the original Chinese monosyllabic words. The oralized trends of the translation of the Buddhist scriptures have imposed great impacts on various kinds of colloquial literature styles, and also highly related to the terasyllabic words in the colloquial novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures has gone through three different historical periods. And different social conditions have also resulted in different strategies of sutra translation. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, when Buddhism was first introduced to China, Taoism was dominant in the Chinese society and the translator was not proficient in both Sanskrit and Chinese. Therefore, literal translation, and transliteration were mainly employed during this period. During  Wei and Jin Dynasties, Buddhism developed to a certain extent. Most translators were proficient in Sanskrit and Chinese, which made free translation possible. And in order to spread Buddhism, Buddhists adopt free translation strategies to make Buddhist scriptures more acceptable. During the Sui and Tang dynasties, in order to consolidate their own regime, government strongly supported the translation of Buddhist scriptures. Literal translation and free translation were in harmony during this period, thus the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been exerted great influences on Chinese language. It has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By reviewing the development process of Buddhist scripture translation, and summarizing the characteristics of each stage, we can have a clear understanding of Buddhism translation from a macro perspective. Through learning the main achievements and growth experience of important translators, we can learn more translation strategies and do better in our own translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures occupies an important position in the history of Chinese translation and has had a significant impact on Chinese language and culture. Therefore, it is necessary for us to go back to the source, review the development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures, learn the main achievements of important translators, and further study the representative theory of Buddhist scripture translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nattier, Jan. (1992).The Heart Sutra: A Chinese Apocryphal Text?. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies (2) 153-223&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Yue孟悦. (2017). 中国佛经翻译发展史综述[A Summary of the History of Chinese Sutra Translation].外语教育与翻译发展创新研究 Innovative Research on Foreign Language Education and Translation Development 305-308&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Shanshan孙珊珊. (2014).从翻译批评的多重视角看佛经翻译的文质观[On the Wenzhi of Sutra Translation from the Multiple Perspectives of Translation Criticism].青年作家Young Writers (16)173-174.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Yang方阳. (2013). 东汉至唐代的佛经翻译研究[A Study of the Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from Eastern Han Dynasty to Tang Dynasty]. 河北大学 Hebei University &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Chaobiao杨超标. (2012). 论安世高的译学思想和翻译方法[Exploration on Ashigao’s Translation Thought and Translation Ways].温州大学学报Journal of Wenzhou University (05) 78-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuwei张雨薇. (2019). 汉唐时期佛经汉译及其特点[The Chinese Translation of Buddhist Sutras and their Featuresduring Han to Tang Dynasties].中州学刊 Academic Journal of Zhongzhou (02)114-118.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Hui熊辉. (2013). 古代中西方宗教典籍翻译策略的相似性分析[On the Similarity of Translation Strategies to Ancient Chinese and Western Religious Scripture].西华大学学报Journal of Xihua University (01) 67-70. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi. 马祖毅. (1998). 中国翻译简史[A Brief Introduction to the History of Translation in China].中国对外翻译出版公司 China Foreign Translation Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Dongping, Fang Ruifen. 汪东萍,方瑞芬. (2012). 释道安“五失本、三不易”翻译思想评析[Comment on Shi Daoan's Translation Thought of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;].安徽师范大学学报Journal of Anhui Normal University(03) 385-390.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WangYan.王焱. (2012). 中国古代佛经翻译的政治化[The Politicalization of the Ancient Chinese Sutra Translation].学术交流 Academic Exchange (05)156-159.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1982). 佛经翻译家鸠摩罗什[Buddhist Translator Kumarajiva].中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (03) 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1980).伟大的佛经翻译家玄奘[The Great Buddhist Translator Xuan Zang].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (02) 18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Zizhang.何子章. (2008). 玄奘“五不翻”原则的现实意义[On Practicability of “The Transliteration in the Five Cases” Suggested by Xuan Zang].襄樊学院学报Journal of Xiangfan University(10) 65-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiu Wenqiao修文乔. (2008). 论权力对翻译的影响—从意识形态角度解读唐朝佛经翻译[Analysis of the Impact of Power on Translation—Interpreting Sutra Translation in Tang Dynasty from the Ideological Point of View].广东外语外贸大学学报Journal of Guangdong University of Foreign Studies(01) 30-34+43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Lixiang.侯丽香. (2016) 从文化传播的视角看佛经翻译对中国语言文化的影响[The Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese Language and Culture from the Perspective of Cultural Transmission].英语广场English Square (03)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Du Aixian.杜爱贤. (2000). 谈谈佛经翻译对汉语的影响[On the Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese].世界宗教文化The World Religious Cultures (02) 48-49.--[[User:Jessie Chen|Jessie Chen]] ([[User talk:Jessie Chen|talk]]) 05:11, 21 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;成于思	Cheng Yusi No.202020080598 比较文学与跨文化研究&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and Liu Miqing’s ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' are two books concerning translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. This paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpts about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. Then, the author will present other scholars' appraisals of this book. The second part will briefly introduce Liu Miqing's ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'',then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Finally, it will display some scholars' evaluation of the book. In the third part, the paper will make a comparison of these two books to deepen readers' understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere; ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook''; Liu Miqing; ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''; “cultural turn”; John Dryden; translation principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《翻译，历史与文化论集》与《中西翻译思想对比研究》的比较分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，体现勒菲弗尔“文化转向”的观点，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨，然后对本书进行简要的评价。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述，针对第二章和第三章的内容，对中西方翻译传统的特点进行对比。然后收集相关学者对此书的评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔;《翻译，历史和文化论集》; 刘宓庆;《中西翻译思想对比研究》;文化转向;约翰·德莱登;翻译原则&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper is intended to focus on the analysis of important translation principles and make a comparison of these two books in content and form. This paper will be divided into three parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part one, after a brief introduction of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', it will concentrate on John Dryden’s three types of translation: metaphrase, paraphrase and imitation, and briefly appraise it. Then it will extend Dryden’s views on translator’s position. Dryden's comparison of a translator to a slave exactly reflects the dominant thought about translator in the classical period. Some scholars study the thought of comparing a translator with a slave and discover that besides the representative of literal circles like Dryden, it also prevailed among modern linguistics and the school of translation studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014) Then, the author is about to explain why “comparing a translator to a slave” predominates in the history of western translation to support Lefevere’s “cultural turn”. Finally, the author will present other scholars' evaluation of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part two, the author will give an introduction to the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' in three sections due to the stout volume of this book. Then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Through these chapters, we can comprehend Liu Miqing’s purpose to publish this book. Also, we can find the uniqueness of Chinese translation theories, thus appealing to Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. Liu Miqing pointed out that the analysis of the characteristics of Chinese translation theory is by no means to boast or to do publication but to do a self-examination. He hoped that through a full analysis of the “being-in-itself” Chinese theories, we could find out the weak points that hinder them in their way to “being-for-itself”. (Liu Miqing 2005. 72) Finally, the author will show some scholars’ appraisals of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part three, it intends to give a brief comparison of these two books in contents and forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, this paper is written in hope that the readers can understand these two books better and provoke their thought about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. &amp;quot;Lefevere's later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the 'cultural turn'.&amp;quot;(Munday 2016,199) As such, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' serves as good proof of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation proposed by Translation Studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general editor's preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as &amp;quot;a rewriting of an original text&amp;quot;. Here, they explained that &amp;quot;rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.&amp;quot; (Lefevre 2003, xi) According to these concepts, Lefevere aims to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs a deep exploration for cultural studies. (Lefevre 2003, xiii) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such an idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in the 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby, meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation studies. (Lefevere and Bassnett 1990, 1-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett's thoughts of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, The Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements, which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the importance of translation thinking, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation plays in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. (Lefevre 2003, xiv)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it brings those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. Through reading the scholar's letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read translators' inferiority in Dryden's words and admire Cicero's courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that &amp;quot;I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek&amp;quot;. (Lefevere 2003, 47) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will analyze John Dryden's three types of translation and his comparison of &amp;quot;an author and a translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;a master and a slave&amp;quot; through the excerpts collected in ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.(Lefevere 2003, 24;102-105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation deals with authority and power. A translator rewrites or manipulates the original text in service of power. (Lefevere 2003,2) The role a translator plays in translation depends on the power he is submissive to. In this part, the author analyzes Dryden’s comparison of &amp;quot;author and translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;master and slave&amp;quot; in hope for an exploration of the reasons of the translator’s inferiority in translation. It is believed that ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' is written to stress the function of translation as a shaping force.(Lefevere 2003, xii) Therefore, the discussion of Dryden's views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracts two statements by Dryden and relatively places them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracts an excerpt from the preface to Dryden's translation of Ovid's Epistles published in 1680. (Lefevere 2003, 102)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface, Dryden proposes three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden's vivid simile, translating poems in such a way is like &amp;quot;dancing on ropes with fettered legs&amp;quot;. The dancer needs to be cautious of falling, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. (Lefevere 2003, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation &amp;quot;to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age and in our country&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 103) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the translator needn't care about the author's elaborative use of words or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author's style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author's work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator's talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. (Lefevere 2003, 103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden proposes a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. &amp;quot;tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that &amp;quot;he may stretch his chain to such a latitude&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 105) In conclusion, a translator can be allowed liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translation, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Chapter Two, in &amp;quot;Dedication&amp;quot; to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argues that &amp;quot;We are bound to our author's sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compares a translator to a slave and drudged to express his views on the role of translators. &amp;quot;But slaves we are, and labor in another man's plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner's; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.&amp;quot; (Lefevere 2003, 24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's words reflect the translator's inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars, like Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies, were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters.(Niu Yunping, 2014) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scholar concludes that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the &amp;quot;classical writers&amp;quot; of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works were with the highest form. Therefore, the translators found that the author's overriding authority was beyond questions. (Niu Yunping, 2014)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the value of this book, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' is characterized by its abundant contents, which combines translation with history and cultural turn, thus providing referential materials for translation studies. With reference to Lefevere, many texts collected in this book were published in English for the first time, which served as an important supplement to the system of thinking on literary translation. (Lefevere 2003, xiii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to analyze the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing explains that &amp;quot;Sixiang&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;thought&amp;quot; in Chinese) refers to &amp;quot;principle&amp;quot; in the West in this book. (Liu Miqing 2005, 2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the FAQ passage, the author explained why he wrote this book. &amp;quot;I believe Chinese need to treat translation from the perspective of cultural strategy as our precedents did. This is the most basic and most important Chinese characteristics.&amp;quot;(Liu Miqing 2005, i) It is to appeal to the Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, it follows the analysis of this book. This book might be divided into three parts: part one, consisting of chapter one to six, discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Part two, consisting of chapter seven to nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. In part three, Liu illustrates the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies in chapter ten and eleven. And he respectively analyses  Benjamin’s view on translation, the originality of translation, and translation is the transcendence of the original text in chapter twelve, thirteen, and fourteen. (Wang Jianguo, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(from chapter one to six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. With reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first phase was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second phase was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30) The third phase is from the 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principal strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, 33) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation: The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators' awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. (Liu Miqing 2005, 43)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in the new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. (Liu Miqing 2005, 38-39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 150)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of the meaning of Chinese translation studies and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005,179) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight, and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, he also recognizes that the 1960s to 1970s has witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides Western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School and New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the forms and the effects of communication, the functions of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Liu points out that Western translation theory is &amp;quot;technology-oriented&amp;quot;, and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories which can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current superficial, assertive and rational views and remarks on theory; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. (Liu Miqing 2005, 292-293)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third part of this book expounds on the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of &amp;quot;translation and language game&amp;quot;, Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game is the basic idea of the translation functionalism”. (Liu Miqing 2005, 402)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will analyze and compare the tradition of Chinese and western translation. Regarding Liu Miqing, Chinese translation still needs to regard culture as its strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, i) This is the first and foremost characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation. Since translation emerged in China, it has a close relation with culture, as evidenced by the translation of Buddhism. Such is the most distinctive feature between the tradition of Chinese and Western translation. (Liu Miqing 2005,44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation originated from religious translation, the translation of Buddhism. In 58 AD, during Emperor Ming's reign, Buddhism began to spread into China and symbolized the power and ideology of the nation, which involved in politics. Compared with Confucianism, Buddhism not only contains the ethics and social norms but also consists of a set of canons that reflect the integration of religion and politics in foreign countries. (Liu Miqing 2005,44) For instance, during the period of Sectarian Buddhism, in ''Pinimujing'', the religious disciplines compiled by Theravada Sect stipulated that the Buddhist doctrines must be submissive to the law. (Fang Litian, 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, Buddhism was integrated with Chinese politics when it spread into China, which is exemplified in three aspects. Firstly, Buddhism justified the divinity of the feudal monarchy. Secondly, some eminent monks were invited to give counsel to the sovereign directly. For example, emperor Xiaowudi in the Song dynasty designated the monk Huilin to engage in the court. And later Huilin was called Prime Minister in Black, which generally refers to the remarkable monks who also engage in the court. Thirdly, the disciples of Buddhism, including &amp;quot;all is vanity&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;being detached from worldly affairs&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;obedience&amp;quot; actually numbed the people to serve the sovereign, which was conducive to the feudal monarchy. (Fang Litian, 1987) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 19th century, the tradition of Chinese translation began to feature as the awareness of national hardship. Today, we are still struck by Yan Fu, Ma Jianzhong, Lin Shu, and other patriotic translators while learning their translation principles that were imprinted in their mission to save China from its plight. In the middle of the 20th century, the feature of the tradition of Chinese translation changes from the awareness of national hardship to national rejuvenation. (Liu Miqing 2005, 46)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the flourishing of translation is bound to be our Chinese's responsibility. Compared to Chinese translation's cultural strategy, the Western translation boasts of its integrated translation, from the early translation of ancient Greek into Roman to the heyday in the 11th century. This not only promoted contact among different languages in Europe but also cleared the way to economic growth as well. Meanwhile, integrated translation has paved the way for European integration. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation is &amp;quot;regulation to perfection&amp;quot;. After the disputes between literal translation and free translation in China, the method of translation finally consolidated to regulation to perfection in Xuanzang's translation theory. The following translators have carried on the thought, such as Yan Fu's Xingdaya, Fu Lei's Shensi theory and Qian Zhongshu's Huajing theory. Their translation principles are the regulation of literal translation and free translation, the content and the form, and the end and the effect. (Liu Miqing 2005, 50-51) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Western translation also stresses meaning, but it pays more attention to the transformation of morphologic languages due to the identity of etymology, morphology, bilingual syntactic structure, the origin of literary and culture in Western languages. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101) Moreover, Western translation principles give priority to &amp;quot;Communicative Translation&amp;quot;, which is implicit in Chinese translation principles. (Liu Miqing 2005,104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third characteristic is &amp;quot;the focus on meaning as well as aesthesis&amp;quot;. Chinese translation balances meaning and aesthesis in binary opposition or tries to express the spirit and the feeling-tone of the original text on the basis of expressing meaning. Lin Yutang proposed that the spirit of the text is compacted in one word. (Liu Miqing 2005, 52)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei pointed out that the word &amp;quot;Nao&amp;quot; in the verse &amp;quot;Hong Xing Zhi Tou Chun Yi Nao&amp;quot; conveys the Jingjie of the whole poem.(Wang Guowei 2017,15) Therefore, if one attempts to translate Chinese poems, he needs to have aesthetic appreciation. Liu Miqing explains that Chinese is a language of sensibility, it expresses beauty through icons and images. That is why the tradition of Chinese translation concentrates on aesthesis. As such, we can see the strong intercourse between Chinese translation and philosophy and aesthetics, however, Western translation has been connected with linguistics, linguistic philosophic study, and hermeneutic studies. (Liu Miqing 2005,104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars expressed their views on ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. Wang Jianguo claimed that the book was an excellent masterpiece. In this book, Liu compared Chinese and Western translation thoughts from the source. Both Liu's statements and arguments were astonishing. Liu used comparative methods to explore the source of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies, thus provoking scholars of Chinese translation studies to think about the value of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies. Besides, the book served as an example of innovation in translation studies. (Wang Jianguo, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei and Li Defeng shed light on the topic &amp;quot;translation theories with Chinese characteristics&amp;quot; and argues that Liu Miqing's ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' provides a methodology to explore the source of driving force for the construction of Chinese translation study. (Lu Wei, 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 From the aspect of the content===&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books discuss translation principles from the perspective of culture. They differ in their focus and approach. ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' concentrates on Western translation principles before contemporary translation studies. While ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' analyses Chinese as well as Western translation principles from their origins to this era. As to the approach, Lefevere analyzes translation principles through varied themes, while Liu Miqing makes a comparison of Chinese and Western translation principles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, they boast their distinctive writing style. In ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Lefevere almost leaves no personal remarks or views on these excepts apart from his justification of his classification in the introduction and the beginning of each chapter, thus making this book objective. Also, Liu extracts other translators’ essays, but he illustrates them in a detailed way, and even comments on a certain word, for example, he discusses the “latitude” proposed by John Dryden and questions “in which aspect can translators be given the latitude? How much could they get the latitude?” and so on. (Liu Miqing 2005, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 From the aspect of the arrangement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books are arranged in theme rather than in a chronological way. Lefevere illustrates his classification of this book clearly and extracts abundant statements to rich his idea. He first divides the excerpts on size, and classifies the shorter into seven chapters, which are concerned with the constraints imposed on translation, the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and the technique of translating. As to the longer essays, they are collected in the last chapter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu arranges his book differently. Due to the ample scope of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which includs the characteristics, origins, schools and limitations of Chinese and Western translation, Liu not only quotes other’s statement, he also applies many tables to demonstrate his thoughts, which helps readers understanding translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the paper intends to help readers to have better understanding of the two books. After a brief introduction of these two books, there follows the analysis of  John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of a translator to a slave. Then, it figures out the reasons of the prevailing statement. Therefore, it helps the readers to grasp the core of this book. Meanwhile, this paper makes a short comparison of the characteristics of Chinese and Western translation in the hope of mutual learning. Also, it concludes the values of these two books. In the end, this paper hopes to provoke readers to think about the cultural influence on translation. Therefore, if one dreams to be a qualified translator, he needs to not only master translation skills and learn translation theories, he should but also immerse himself in the culture behind the source and target languages. As such, he can convey the feeling tone or the essence of the original text.--[[User:Cheng Yusi|Cheng Yusi]] ([[User talk:Cheng Yusi|talk]]) 12:08, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere. (2003). ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. Taylor &amp;amp; Francis e-library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere &amp;amp; Susan Bassnett. (1990). ''Translation, History and Culture''. London &amp;amp;New York: Pinter Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chou Huifang仇芳慧. (2019). 从德莱顿“翻译三分法”谈诗译者的素质 [On Poetry Translators’ Qualification from the Perspective of Dryden’s Three Types of Translation].''北方文学'' Northern Literature (24):254-255.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Litian方立天.(1987).佛教与中国政治 [Buddhism and Chinese Politics].''社会科学战线'' Social Science Front (02):113-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeremy Munday. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies'', Theories and Applications, Routledge, Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2005). ''中西翻译思想对比研究''. [A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei, Li Defeng鲁伟,李德凤.(2010).中国特色的翻译学:误区还是必然?——兼评《中西翻译思想比较研究》[Translation Studies with Chinese Characteristics: A Misunderstanding or Inevitability? ——A Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal 23(02):11-14+29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niu Yunping, Yang XiuMing牛云平,杨秀敏.(2014). 西方译论中的作者—译者主仆. [Relationship of Author and Translator as Master and Servant in Western Translation Histories].''河北师范大学学报(哲学社会科学版)'' Journal of Hebei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) 37(05):92-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jianguo王建国.(2006). 简评《中西翻译思想比较研究》——兼谈译学学术创新 [A Short Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles——On the Academic Innovation of Translation Studies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal 27(03):36-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei 王国维.(2017). ''人间词话''[Notes on Ci Poems in the World]. Beijing: The Chinese Overseas Publishing House 中国华侨出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan Bassnett. (2004). ''Translation studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui     202070080622    英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
===Introuction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.(Gentzler, Edwin.1993.)&lt;br /&gt;
===The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
===Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.(Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. ) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.(Nida, E. A.1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.(Bassnett. 1980.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.(Cao Ruiming. 2006（1）：45-47.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analysis of Theoretical Research Status===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.(Nida, E. A. 1964.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.(Gentzler, Edwin.1993.)&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place(Wang Dongfeng,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trends in Translation Theory Research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.（Su Yue. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.（Su Yue. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the theory and practice of ancient translation theory to the update and development of contemporary translation theory, scholars have continued and developed China's unique translation theory according to the requirements of the times and the basis of practice. The development of the country in the new era puts forward higher demands on translation,the cultivation of translation talents and discipline construction. In short, the development of translation discipline in the new era should emphasize disciplinary functions, expand theoretical resources, innovate ontological concepts, and strengthen school consciousness, so as to make new contributions to the knowledge innovation of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia  202070080645 MTI 英语口译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                                               &lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. （Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.（Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.（Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）（Wenku）[you can put the examples in the later paragraph--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 07:22, 21 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kuangxi]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words.（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Take Chinese and English for example ,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal, as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain, but in England ,a country with developed industry, people are no longer farming ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before, instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse ,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily, after the rain ,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？（Zhang le 2017，37）--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 07:22, 21 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kuangxi]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So differen society can give birth to different cultures.What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea” ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“.（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen 2001,19)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Comparisons of Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, foreignization is in the dominant position,while domestication acts like a supplementary in this case, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just in the  south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)[please highlight the example--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 07:22, 21 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kaungxi]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.Based on the food culture above,domestication and foreignization have been use in different ways.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed BunThere are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. （Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu 2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶 qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 （Zhao Lijian's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. （Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to&amp;quot;稻草、吸管&amp;quot;，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, and while doing translation we should choose the proper methods according to our purpose and the characteristic of the culture ,all of which can lead to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
===''' References '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020).十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geng Shuang.耿爽.(2020.2.21).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1747973.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Lijian.赵立坚(2020.2.25).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1749280.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hua Chunying.华春莹(2020.11.30).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1836636.shtml.--[[User:Wu Zijia|Wu Zijia]] ([[User talk:Wu Zijia|talk]]) 15:28, 20 December 2020 (UTC)Wu Zijia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui 202020080608==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;孔祥慧 Kong Xianghui &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence on the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology;Linguistic;Discipline Construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. （Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation was regarded as a linguistic phenomena before. But later, with the development of the translation theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science, especially linguistics, can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.（O Aiping，2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology at home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation'' published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recording two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation. (Norman Jacobson, 1959)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book ''Toward the Science of Translating'', which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.(Eugene Nida, 1947)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and regarded seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure. (J.A Catford , 1965)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published The Name and Nature of Translation Studies at The Third International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation, which directly promoted the construction of translation studies. ( James Holmes,1975)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods, clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from several aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing the translation practice. (Wolfram Wilss, 1982)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is Discourse and the Translator (1990), which is the first book to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers. (Hatim &amp;amp; Mason,1990 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believed that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies. (Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies. (Mona Baker, 2006) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress. （Tan Zaixi，1989）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article On the Construction of Translation Theory. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were using correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books would be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe. (Dong Qiusi, 1951)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the viewpoint that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. (Tan Zaixi, 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published On Approaches to Translation Studies. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' the awareness of the subject of translation studies. (Tan Zaixi, 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis An Overview of Western Translation Theory (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, translatology could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. (Liu Miqing, 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.(Liu Miqing, 1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published ''Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies'', in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is ''Chinese Translation Studies'', including ''The History of Translation in China''. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.(Liu Zhongde, 1995)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics. ( Zhang Meifang, 2005) (Huang Guowen, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). （Lv Jun，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently, Lv published Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new perspective for the study of the construction of translation studies and promoted the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. (Lv Jun, 2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.(Li Zhenguo ,2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies (2009), which systematically and objectively sorted out the development of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies. (Yi Jing, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In ''A Study on Linguistic Translation'' (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. (Zhang Boran,2008) (Yi Jing,2012) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. (Zhao Wenting,2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple approaches of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation. (Zou Bing and Mu Lei, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rising of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precedes translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. (Wang Yin,2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation.  Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western translation studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward west, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation. (Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao , 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in ''Corpus and Translation Studies'' (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. (Liao Qiyi, 2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies of the researches. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics. (Li Yan ,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the awareness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often be confused. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definitions of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.(Tan Zaixi 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is also used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; (Wikipedia) Liu Zhongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the rules of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.（Liu Zhongde，1995） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic, literature, philosophy etc. ( Kong Xiangli,2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline and to the rapid development of translation studies.  (Liu Zhongde,1989)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translator appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei etc. (Yi Jing,2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated texts. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.（Yi Jing,2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 The awareness of an independent discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of an independent discipline and proposed a classification of the research field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a merely a technical activity. (Tan Zaixi, 1987 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared the independence of translation in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, many famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.（Wang Qinghua，2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies have shown a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.(Tan Zaixi 2018) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its research field, and this trend may be expected to continue.（Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation by early linguists; second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies. (Zou Bin, Mu Lei, 2020 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists began to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology were linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences. (Yi Jing, 2009 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. (Yi Jing, 2009 ) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.（Yang Zijian 1987）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their researches inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, their contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough. (Lv Jun, 2004 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, systematic-functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies. (Zou Bin, Mu Lei,2020 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists took Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regarded linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the assistance of structural linguistics.(Lvjun，2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China.  ( Yi Jing, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts that are &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has exerted a great influence in the West and China. ( Yi Jing, 2009)--[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 08:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .(Yi Jing,2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural context of language.（Zou Bin,Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the development of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002） --[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 08:47, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics theory. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics. (Yi Jing, 2009 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition,  and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.（Wang Yin,2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and materials for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool and new research perspectives for translation studies and provides great convenience for translation studies. ( Liao Qiyi，2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The publication of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value. (Kong Xiangli，2009 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is quite similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories. (Zou Bin, Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, publishing cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge. (Kong Xiangli，2009 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Discipline structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good example. (Yang Zijian,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study. Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.（Yi Jing，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be learned from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together. In the process of development, linguistics has absorbed the experience of many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., formed many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through several stages of development, and it has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics provided experience for the construction of translation studies.  ( Zou Bin, Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators should only take other disciplines for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely. ( (Liu Miqing, 1989))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J.A.(1965). ''Linguistic Theory of Translation'' . Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S.(1975). The Name and Nature of Transition Studies . ''Holland Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jixing LONG. (2019). Translation Studies From Multiple Perspectives. ''Studies in Literature and Language.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker Mona.（2006). Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account . London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ding Xinshan. 丁信善. (1998). 语料库语言学的发展及研究现状. [The Development and Research Status of Corpus Linguistics]. ''当代语言学''[Modern Linguistic] 3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Xiangtao,Lu Bixiao. (2019). 范祥涛,陆碧霄.认知翻译研究的观念和方法. [Concepts and Methods of Cognitive Translation Studies]. ''外语教学''[Foreign Language Education] 8-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen. 黄国文. (2006). 关于翻译研究语言学探索的几个问题. [Questions about the Linguistic Exploration of Translation Studies]. ''外语艺术教育研究''[Educational Research on Foreign Languages &amp;amp; Arts] 35-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Xiangli. 孔祥立. (2009). 中国翻译学学科建设论. [On the subject construction of Chinese Translation Studies]. 上海外国语大学[Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yan, Feng Huali. 李艳,冯华丽.(2020) 国内基于语料库的翻译研究二十年综述(1999—2018). [A review of 20 Years of Corpus-based Translation Studies in China(1999—2018)]. ''成都理工大学学报(社会科学版)'' [Journal of Chengdu University of Technology(Social Science) ]105-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1989). 西方翻译理论概评. [An Overview of Western Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 2-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde. 刘重德. (1998). 关于建立翻译学的一些看法. [Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies]. ''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)'' [Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)] 27-31+60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun. 吕俊. (2004). 建构翻译学的语言学基础. [The Linguistic Basis of Translation studies]. ''外语学刊''[Foreign Language Research] 96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2000). 语料库与翻译研究[Corpus and Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 380-384.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O Aiping. 欧爱萍.(2012). 浅谈语言学对翻译学科的影响. [A Brief Discussion on the influence of Linguistics on translation]. ''中外企业家''[Chinese and Foreign Entrepreneurs] 179-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜,Eugene A.Nida. (1987). 论翻译学的途径. [Approaches to Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 24-30+79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2005). 认知语言学的翻译观. [Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 15-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2017). 基于认知语言学的翻译过程新观. [Translation Process View Based on Cognitive Linguistics]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-10+17+129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qinghua,Zhang Chunbai. 汪庆华,张春柏. (2017). 翻译学的先驱:董秋斯翻译学思想探析. [A Pioneer of translation Studies: An Analysis of Dong Qiusi's Translation Studies]. ''上海翻译''[Shanghai Journal of Translators]67-72+95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing, Xie Chu. 易经,谢楚. (2012). 翻译学从属于语言学吗?——析语言学派的翻译学定位. [Does Translation Belong to Linguistics? -- An Analysis of the Translation Orientation of Linguistic Schools]. ''湖南人文科技学院学报''[Journal of Hunan Institute of Humanities，Science and Technology] 74-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing. 易经. (2009). 试论翻译学体系的构建. [On The Construction of Translation Studies ].湖南师范大学[Hunan Normal University ].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1987). 谈谈语言科学的发展. [A Discussion of the Development of Language Science].''山东外语教学''[Shandong Foreign Language Teaching] 10-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1993). 我国近十年来的翻译理论研究. [Research on Translation Theories in Recent Ten Years in China].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Bairan. 张柏然. (2008). 试析翻译的语言学研究 [A Study on Linguistic Translation]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ]58-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang, Huang Guowen. 张美芳,黄国文. (2002). 语篇语言学与翻译研究. [Discourse linguistics and Translation studies].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Bin, Mu Lei. 邹兵,穆雷. (2020). 语言学对翻译学的方法论贡献——特征、问题与前景. [The Methodological Contribution of Linguistics to Translation Studies: Features, Problems and Prospects]. ''中国外语''[Foreign Languages in China] 77-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China-许晶Xu Jing,202020080658,外国语言学及应用语言学==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                  许晶 Xu Jing  202020080658  外国语言学及应用语言学&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of reform and opening-up, foreign trade and international exchanges have become more and more frequent, there is an increasing demand for translation talents, and the team engaged in translation studies has become more and more powerful. The development of Translation Studies as a discipline is getting better and better. By reviewing the development of the Translation Studies in China, as well as reading and refining of translation literature in recent years, this article analyzes the current problems of the learning of Translation Studies and puts forward relevant suggestions from the perspective of translation education and the perspective of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies, translation education, translation talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对中国翻译学学习的反思&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国改革与开放政策的不断推进，对外贸易和国际之间的交往变得越来越频繁，对于翻译人才的需求越来越多，从事翻译研究的队伍也越来越壮阔，翻译学的学科发展也越来越好。本文通过回顾翻译学科在中国的发展历程，以及对近年翻译学文献的阅读和提炼，从翻译教育视角和学生视角出发，分析翻译学科学习目前存在的问题，并提出相应的建议。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学，翻译教育，翻译人才&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1. Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1. The Connotation of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies used to refer to the researches of translation. It was not until the 20th century that translation studies became a formal academic discipline. The landmark paper published by James S Holmes in 1972, titled &amp;quot;The Name and Nature of Translation Studies&amp;quot;, is a basic statement of translation studies，which calls for the establishment of a unique discipline with its own classification system.(James S Holmes 1972) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, at present, Translation Studies is a research field that studies the theory, description and application of translation. Because it treats translation not only as a transfer between languages, but also as an exchange between cultures, it can also be described as an interdisciplinary involving other fields of knowledge, such as comparative literature, cultural studies, gender studies, computer science, history, linguistics, philosophy, rhetoric and semiotics.(wikipedia)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now Translation Studies as an academic discipline, it requires a systematic study of translation, which is not only an applied practice, but also a means to understand the movement and transfer between multiple languages and cultures. Translation Studies involves the translator's practical experience; it also explores the history and philosophy of translation and current trends in the field from the perspective of theory and methodology. Translation studies can examine the practices and context of translating texts that are specialist (law, business, medicine, etc.); it may also explore the art of translation as a creative act in literary translation and international marketing. Translation studies can also explore how issues such as culture, power, gender, and moral media affect translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning these knowledge enables students to apply their understanding of theories to the methods, techniques and choices used in daily translation practice. In addition, Translation Studies usually includes the analysis of key texts to enable students to develop an awareness of understanding and interpretation issues. It also involves the development of analysis, practice, evaluation, aesthetics and descriptive skills that are necessary elements  solve translation problems. Finally, it includes the development of research skills, practical translation skills, and the ability to develop strategies for managing complex language and cultural transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2. The Significance of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the introduction of university schools and courses, related conferences, translation journals and other translation-related publications, the discipline of translation studies has also been developed. With the requirement of effective, efficient and understanding communication between languages and cultures in today's multicultural and multilingual society, translation skills have become more and more important and desirable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a science, Translation Studies always has its own laws that cannot be ignored, and its systematic theories are different from other disciplines. The so-called translation theory is a thorough and systematic description of these laws, which make the skills and techniques that can only be understood in mind in translation into a knowable object and a theoretical system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory can provide translators with a series of macro descriptions of the objective laws of translation, as well as in-depth analysis of the internal relations and mechanisms of these laws. By learning translation theory, translators can have a good understanding about  the essence of translation behaviors and the fundamental standards of translation better. At the same time, knowing the laws of translation science and translation art, translators who are with the guidance of translation theory and scientific argumentation and methodology will selectively implement the reference means provided by translation theory in practice, and work effectively; When dealing with the difficulties of translation, translator can use a variety of methods. In this way, the translation process can be both scientific and flexible, and the translator can consciously exert their initiative, so that the translation practice becomes a high-level language communication. It is necessary for translators to learn Translation Studies.(Chu Xizhi 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. The Development Process of Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation activities appeared in China very early, but translation as a discipline appeared relatively late. With the advancement of the People's Republic of China and the promotion of foreign exchanges, China's translation industry has flourished since the establishment of the People's Republic of China. After reading a large number of documents and reviewing the ups and downs of the translation discipline and the translation major in the past 71 years, the author has made a comprehensive analysis and believes that the development process of Translation Studies in China can be divided into the following three stages: the exploration period of Translation Studies, the development period of Translation Studies, and the flourishing period of Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1. The Exploration Period of Translation Studies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the Translation Studies, the famous translator Dong Qiusi in 1950 pointed out that “although there are thousands of hundreds of years of translation experience, there are also 10,000 people engaged in translation, but those who study translation theory, almost no. What we have are some translation regulations and fragments of experience for temporary reference.&amp;quot; He clearly called for the establishment of &amp;quot;a complete translation theory system&amp;quot; (Dong Qiusi 1950 ). It is a pity that Dong Qiusi's appeal did not attract much attention. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation industry in China is still satisfied with the translator’s experiences, and even mistakes their experiences as theory. In the early days of New China, due to the needs of national construction and foreign exchanges, translation activities were initially highly valued and supported by the party and governments at all levels. Translations of various translation groups, journals, papers, conferences and political documents appeared on the scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, affected by political factors at home and abroad, the development of translation disciplines has almost stagnated, the number of translations has been greatly reduced, and the types of works have been single. During this period, the people engaged in translation discipline construction were front-line foreign affairs translators and literary translators. They were mainly responsible for political and literary translation practice, as well as translation criticism, translation publishing, and translation management, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that time, because a large number of people who master foreign languages were needed for national construction, language learning was the main task of academic industry, and translation teaching was regarded as a means to improve foreign language ability. Later, with the advancement of reform and opening up, a group of teachers and students who were concerned about translation teaching in the foreign language community joined the group of developing Translation Studies. The number of publications on scientific translation, teaching studies, textbook research, and introduction to Western translation theories has gradually increased. But Translation Studies at this stage is still attached to the third level research direction under Foreign Language and Literature, but the distinction between translation teaching and language teaching has gradually become clear.(Xu Jun;Mu Lei 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2. The Development Period of Translation Studies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of this period, translation studies explored whether the Translation Studies can become an independent discipline, whether there is a difference between the training of translation professionals and the training of traditional foreign language talents, and what are the differences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At this stage, some masters and doctors in translation studies joined the team to construct translation discipline. Researchers' disciplinary awareness and interdisciplinary awareness have increased, methodological awareness has sprouted, and the number of micro-level translation teaching research has increased. In the teaching of translation majors, more attention has been paid to theoretical explanations, textual comparisons between English and Chinese, and extra-linguistic factors in translation activities. In 2003 and 2005, Shanghai International Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established Graduate Institute of Interpretation and Translation in succession. The first degree in Translation Studies was established by the Ministry of Education in Shanghai in 2004, which can be regarded as a sign that Translation Studies have been recognized by the system as a secondary discipline. To this end, a group of special articles in the third issue of “China Translator&amp;quot; in 2004 come to congratulate.(Luo Feng 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the establishment of Translation Studies, its disciplinary connotation has been explored, the system has been gradually improved, the framework has become increasingly substantial, and its social contribution has been unique and huge. Translation research ideas, methods, field and resources are further expanded, translation teaching methods, tools and resources are enriched, the number of applied texts in translation teaching increases, and the professional orientation is much clear.(Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3. The Flourishing Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2011, the Ministry of Education adjusted the discipline catalog and listed &amp;quot;Translation Studies&amp;quot; as a second-level subject under the first-level discipline of &amp;quot;Foreign Languages and Literature&amp;quot; officially. As a result, the status of Translation Studies was formally established, facing the world, serving demand, and standardizing construction.(Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao 2020) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the flourishing period,  the construction of translation disciplines and the development of translation majors in China have shown a new look. Translation studies have jumped to new levels, which is reflected in the new breakthroughs in the main construction force. A large number of language service industry practitioners, technical experts and translation scholars have collaborated to provide suggestions for the construction of translation disciplines and talent training.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many publications on translation teaching research, translation technology research, translation market and language service industry research, and the construction of the discourse system of translation theory with Chinese characteristics. New changes have taken place in the focus and form of translation teaching. Translation teachers should help students to acquire the industry knowledge, technology, skills and accomplishments that required by the language service market. Teachers can invite industry instructors into classrooms to share their ideas, and through other methods such as project cooperation, field learning, and simulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3. Challenges of Learning Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Translation Studies as a discipline in China did not happen overnight. It also experienced ups and downs along the way. Translation discipline in China has entered a new stage now, and the team of Translation Studies has become larger and larger. More and more colleges and universities set up MTI and MA in Translation. More students and scholars began to engage in Translation Studies. However, due to various reasons, in the process of learning Translation Studies, we also face many problems and challenges. This chapter will introduce the problems of learning Translation Studies in China from the perspectives of translation education and students' personal factors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1. Translation Education &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the establishment of the autonomy of China’s Translation Studies, translation education grows up. And with the historical process of reform and opening for more than 40 years, translation education has made brilliant achievement and has promoted the cultivation of translation professionals, and also will further make important contributions to national economic and social development. It is obvious that translation education plays an important role in the learning process of Translation Studies. A good translation education plays a positive role in the development of translation disciplines, and can also help students learn Translation Studies better.（Huang Youyi 2018）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, China's translation education started and developed after the reform and opening up, so it is relatively late. Under the background of the new era, it still faces many challenges and urgently needs to be addressed. In addition, the construction history of Translation Studies is not long, and the construction of a complete translation teaching system is still on the way of continuous development, so systematic researches on translation teaching still needs efforts. The author mainly analyzes this problem from four aspects: the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents, the faculty resources, the teaching mode and translation teaching research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1. Orientation of the Cultivation of Translation Talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents is not particularly clear. In the actual teaching practice, some colleges and universities do not separate translation major students and English major students clearly due to bluring and confusing educational goal of translation major. There are few differences in teaching model between translation major and the traditional English major. In addition, different colleges and universities still have not unified the concepts, principles, methods and other macro ideas of translation major teaching, and they are independent in the specific classroom teaching operations, and the curriculum settings are out of touch with the market.(Zhong Weihe; Zhao Tianyuan 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, due to the inconsistency between the talent cultivation model in some universities and the development of translation industry, a considerable number of translation graduates do not have good professional ethics, wide encyclopedia knowledge, and professional skills and learning ability. In addition, most of them are lack of organizational management ability, innovation ability as well as collaborate ability. Those reasons have seriously affected the quality and quantity of cultivating translation professionals.(Zhong Weihe 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2. Faculty Resources&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of teachers is closely related to the effect of English translation teaching. English translation has higher requirements for teachers' teaching guidance ability, response ability and language organization ability. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The problem of translation teachers has always been a bottleneck that needs to be broken through. The teachers here include both full-time teachers and part-time teachers. Recent evaluation data shows that although the number of the teacher in translation major is sufficient and the structure is reasonable, the number of professional translators is lacking, and the teachers' scientific research and practical ability are seriously lacking. Statistics for part-time teachers show that the number of part-time teachers can be guaranteed, but only 27% are from the language service industry, and the rest are from the government and universities, which is inconsistent with the requirements of the &amp;quot;''National Standard of Part-time Teacher in MTI Education'' &amp;quot;. (Zhong Weihe 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, many English teachers in colleges and universities have been in a professional teaching environment for a long time and rarely have the opportunity to participate in practice. This has caused translation teaching to derail from the actual situation to some extent, resulting in poor training of professional translators and affecting the overall development of students.(Chen Cheng 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3. Teaching method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relatively speaking, the teaching mode of translation teaching in China is still based on traditional English major teaching, and the teaching mode is relatively single. The most commonly used form is to explain the theory and skills, then explain and appreciate the analysis through the example sentences and example texts on the professional textbooks, and finally arrange homework based on the content of this class. (Wang Baigula 2018) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kinds of teaching method that is entirely a teacher-centered teaching model ignore student autonomy, which will pay too much emphasis on teachers and teaching materials to a large extent, restricting teachers’ ability to innovate and explore. In addition, this kind of translation mode will restrain students' interpreting practice ability to a certain extent and ignore life culture and skills. This will cause translation majors to limit their learning content to test papers instead of translation researches and the process of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.4 Translation Teaching Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current achievements of translation teaching research in China are mainly expressed in impressionistic and scattered personal experiences, lacking systematic research and strong theoretical support. In other words, it lacks systematic theoretical guidance, clear methodology guidance and effective research method. And the research methods are still based on reflection and experience, and importantly, the empirical research is inconsiderable.（Ou Yonghua 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, the number of interdisciplinary researches is relatively small, and there is also a lack of sufficient number of experiments and opportunities in actual application fields. Translation discipline has a big difference comparing to other disciplines, mainly because of its high interactivity, which requires the participation of many disciplines. Only in this way can the value of the translation discipline be brought into play. However, according to the actual situation of translation learning and translation education in colleges and universities, it can be seen that China has not paid enough attention to this aspect, so that many interdisciplinary content is only on the surface, but do not deep into the actual situation.(Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqing 2011)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2. Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above mentioned the impact of translation education on translation studies, and the following part will analyze the difficulties faced by students when learning translation studies. In China, English courses are offered from the elementary school, so it is a long journey to learn English. It stands to reason that after a long period of study, students can master English proficiently, and be proficient in oral and writing. But this is not true. The reasons for this situation are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1. Low level of commitment to translation learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese students begin to learn English very early and study for a long time, the effective efforts for English learning is not enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is not only a simple language conversion, its process is complex and tortuous, especially when the process of translation encountered strange and difficult to understand the content, it requires the translator to be patient, as far as possible to invest their time and energy to search and verify the related knowledge. Most of the time, the unqualified translation results from the fact that the translator does not invest enough time and energy, and only has a superficial understanding of background knowledge, professional terms or corpus search. At the same time, it is difficult for students to have the amount of extra-curricular English reading and accumulate a rich vocabulary. (Wang Na 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, students' basic English translation skills are not solid. If students do not know more than half of the words and phrases in an article, it is impossible for them to translation the whole passage. At the same time, there are many differences between word order of English and Chinese. Due to the insufficient amount of English reading, it is difficult for students to get familiar with the English reading mode and grasp the main points of English translation, so it may lead the final translation to fail to convey the true meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2. Insufficient background knowledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of exam-oriented education, many Chinese students hope to get a good grade in exam and ignore that learning English is also for communication. They are only satisfied with finishing the English translation exercises assigned by teachers and seldom use English for daily communication or reading English works. And in this way, students do not gain sufficient background information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the advent of the era of network, traditional translation objects, such as religious texts and the classics of social sciences, are out of the core status of translation activities and are gradually marginalized. Especially from the quantity of the objects, there are more and more literature references, business documents, documents of national governments and international organizations, which have increasingly become the mainstream of contemporary translation object. Various types of translation objects become big challenges for students’ knowledge. On the other hand, students pay much attention to language transfer and translation skills, but neglect the supplement of professional background knowledge.(Xie Zhentian, 2015) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3. Neglect of theoretical knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, when MA students are learning theoretical knowledge, most of them do not have a correct understanding of Translation Studies. They think that translation theory is useless to some extent or that previous translation theories is very perfect, so they cannot make any innovations in Translation Studies. However, learning Translation Studies is not to create a translation theory. The purpose is to improve students' theoretical awareness so as to establish their translation literacy. The academic master of Translation should focus more on verifying the validity of theories through the practice of translation.(Jiang Feifei 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4. Suggestions for the Learning of Translation Studies'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote the development of Translation Studies, the training of translation talents is extremely important. Translation Studies as a discipline needs to be improved over time. The following will show the efforts we need to make from the perspectives of translation education and the students themselves, in order to better learn Translation Studies and promote Translation Studies in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation education plays an important role in cultivating translation talents, and a good translation education system will provide a good environment for students to learn Translation Studies, so it is necessary to improve translation education system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Improve Teaching Mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teaching model is an important guarantee for cultivating interdisciplinary English translators. At present, colleges and universities should focus on the current social needs. Teachers should effectively integrate the curriculum with social reality in the teaching process, which can be based on the current social situation. (Wang Baigula 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the translation model has a very important impact on teaching arrangement. The rapid enrichment of theoretical horizons has put forward many new requirements for translation teaching. Therefore, translation teaching should also combine these needs to innovate. For example, many translation learning in China have begun to shift to the perspective of students' autonomous learning, rather than relying solely on teachers’ guidance or leading. This is a very good practice, and it also meets the new requirements of the times. (Ou Yonghua 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objective teaching method is a teaching mode that can be introduced in translation teaching,which attaches great importance to the construction of learning environment and the value of teachers' guidance to students. It is very important for translation learning. While diffusing students' interest in learning, it will also increase students' creative ability and thought diffusion. And through the current teaching equipment and teaching software to enrich the teaching content in the teaching process so as to improve the students’ learning efficiency.(Ou Yonghua 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2. Strengthen Faculty Force&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers occupies a very important position in the training of talents, and at the same time, improving the quality and ability of the teaching team is also the most important thing when training talents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, in view of the current low professional quality and ability of teachers in ordinary colleges and universities in China, first of all, colleges and translation teachers need to clarify the requirements for professional ability development, and strive to improve the professional quality of teachers (professional ethics and norms, lifelong learning), professional knowledge (linguistic culture and discipline knowledge, education theory) and professional ability (teaching design and implementation, teaching strategy, modern technology application, teaching reflection, scientific research, practice, testing and evaluation, digital scientific research and learning, data analysis);（Zhong Hewei 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, at the beginning of the training of talents, it is possible to engage outstanding professional teams outside the school to communicate, so as to enhance the echelon construction of the school's teaching team, improve the teacher structure in the school, and devote to the comprehensive training of professional translators suitable for social development and needs. The cultivation of talents and the construction of teachers. (Wang Baigula 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.3. Broaden the academic vision of translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation research is a booster for the development of the education of translation majors in the new era. In the future, Chinese translation research can still make breakthroughs in the following aspects. The first is to strengthen the research of translation theory, focusing not only on the grand theory of structural analysis and classification, but also on the micro-theories of specific phenomena and answering practical questions, and to reserve the prerequisite theoretical knowledge that needs to be solved for the establishment and development of the discipline, which carry out the provision of landmark for a comprehensive academic research of the discipline. (Lan Hongjun, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to innovate research methods and carry out disciplinary cooperation. At present, in the research of translation education, humanistic research is dominant, and empirical research is gradually increasing. Translation education involves many subjects such as pedagogy, psychology, and testing. With the continuous emergence of new research technologies and methods, and the increasingly obvious interdisciplinary, translation education research should be able to learn from interdisciplinary research methods, carry out interdisciplinary cooperation, and be good at using new technology and innovative research methods.(Mu Lei, Li Xixi 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2. Students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation talents play a very important role in the development of translation studies. Those who will be engaged in the field of translation should also work hard to improve themselves, expand their knowledge, earnestly study theoretical knowledge, and practice more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1. Expanding knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies is originally an interdisciplinary subject. Whether you are engaged in translation research or translation practice in the future, you need to expand your knowledge. For students studying translation studies, when they are learning translation theory, they also need to master the knowledge of linguistics, psychology, pedagogy, philosophy, etc., so as to integrate them with translation studies. For students who are going to be engaged in translation practice in the future.Not only should they have a solid foundation in language ability, but also they should take the initiative to continuously learn new knowledge with a broad perspective. They should not only focus on their major field, but also should grasp the knowledge of politics, economics, science and technology, history, geography, customs, etc. to strengthen their comprehensive language skills.(Xu Jun;Mu Lei 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very good way to expand their knowledge is to improve their search ability. Search ability refers to how translators use dictionaries, encyclopedias, search engines, corpora, grammar books, etc. to solve practical problems in translation. With economic globalization and various changes in the language service industry, the demand for non-literary translation has skyrocketed. Translators need to be exposed to translations in various forms (audio, video, website, etc.) and fields (mechanical, chemical, electrical, etc.), MTI students are urgent to learn certain professional background knowledge and increase the depth and scope of search to deal with more complex and difficult translation tasks. (Wang Na 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2. Emphasize theory and practice more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge comes from practice. Current translation theories provide many conveniences for this activity. In the process of translation practice, students can also verify the validity of these theories. However, students should not only understand the knowledge of linguistics and the skills and theories of translation，but also practice more. Theories that are out of practice cannot keep up with the development of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students must spend enough time in practicing. They can take part in many social activities to experience different aspects of social life, and keep close contact with the masses in order to continuously broaden their horizons and know the society better. And then it is possible for them to analyze practical experience and conclude it into theory.(Lin lin 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter analyzes the current situation of Translation Studies as a discipline by reviewing the development process of Translation Studies in China. There are many factors that affect the learning of Translation Studies. Among them, from the perspective of translation teaching, in China, the objection of talent training is unclear, the faculty resource is insufficient, and the teaching structure is relatively simple. Therefore, translation education need to clarify the orientation of cultivating translation talents. At the same time, teachers should also improve their personal qualities, including their teaching ability and professional knowledge. In addition, research on translation education should also be emphasized, and exchanges and cooperation between the disciplines should be strengthened to conduct more effective translation learning and translation research. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the students’ point of view, those who major in translation must learn translation studies hard to contribute to the development of Translation Studies. However, many students did not work hard to learn their major, their basic skills are not wonderful, and their knowledge scope is relatively narrow. Some students do not have a correct understanding of translation studies. To become an excellent translator, students also need to spend time and energy to expand their knowledge range. At the same time, students also need to take translation theories seriously and learn it carefully, and then apply those theories to practice. In this way, they can also gain a lot of practical experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
President Xi Jinping, asked” the majority of philosophy and social science workers to bravely stand on the forefront of the times, communicate the changes of the past and the present, and give the first signs of thought” (Xi Jinpin 2016). Looking back on the past decades, the achievements and independent status of Translation Studies are still not achieved overnight. They have condensed the unremitting exploration and hard work of many scholars, showing a development axis of independence, self-consciousness, self-reliance and self-confidence. Looking forward to the future, we hope that the successors of Translation Studies and translation majors can inherit the spirit of their predecessors in the grand vision of the development of Chinese language service industry in the new era, and keep the discipline mission in mind. (Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on China's social development practice and serving the national strategy, we can have dialogue with the international translation community, learn from the latest foreign translation theories, and combine the history and current situation of Chinese translation to further improve the translation discipline system, academic system and discourse system construction. And it also can promote the cultivation of translation talents. The author sincerely hopes that the Chinese characteristics and Chinese style of Translation Studies can make contributions to the development of international translation studies.--[[User:Xu Jing2|Xu Jing2]] ([[User talk:Xu Jing2|talk]]) 15:23, 20 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S. (1972). The Name and Nature of Translation Studies. ''Papers on Literary Translation and Translation Studies''. 67–80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqin.薄振杰,李和庆.(2011).关于当前中国翻译教学研究的思考.[ Reflection on the Current Research of Translation Teaching in China].外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 76-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Cheng.陈诚. (2020).高校英语翻译课程教学现状及改革研究.[ Research on the Teaching Status and Reform of College English Translation Course].淮南职业技术学院学报[''Journal of Huainan Vocational &amp;amp;Technology''] 97-98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chu Xizhi.褚喜之(2009).翻译理论在翻译教学中的重要性.[The Importance of Translation Theory in Translation Teaching].经济研究导刊[''Economic Research Guide'']237-238.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Qiusi.董秋斯.(1950).翻译批评的标准和重点.[ Criteria and focus of translation criticism].翻译通报[''Translation Bulletin''].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Youyi.黄友义.(2018).服务改革开放40年,翻译实践与翻译教育迎来转型发展的新时代.[Servicing Reform and Opening for 40 Years, Translation Practice and Translation Education Usher in a New Era of Transformation and Development].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal'']5-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao.黄忠廉，张潇.（2020）.翻译学科百年:演进、反思与趋势.[ A Century of Translation Studies: Evolution, Reflection and Trend]. 上海翻译[''Shanghai Journal of Translators''] 1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Feifei.姜菲菲.(2019).中国文化走出去背景下对翻译学科的综述. [A Summary of Translation Studies from the Background of Outputting Chinese Culture].校园英语[''English Campus'']7-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan Hongjun.蓝红军.(2018)从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究(1987-2017). [Theoretically Oriented Translation Studies in China: 1987 - 2017].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal'']7-16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linlin.林琳.(2016).英语文学翻译学习现状及改善措施.[ The Status Quo and Improvement Measures of English Literature Translation Learning].西部素质教育[''Western China Quality Education''] 65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Feng.罗峰.(2011).从翻译学学科建设看翻译学在中国的发展.[On the Development of Translation Studies As A Discipline in China].琼州学院学报[''Journal of Qiongzhou University]''115-116.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mu Lei, Li Xixi.穆雷, 李希希.(2019).中国翻译教育研究:现状与未来.[ Research on Translation Education in China: Status Quo and Future] .外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 24-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ou Yonghua.(2019).新时期中国翻译教学研究思考概述. [An Overview of Researches on Chinese Translation Teaching in the New Era].课程教育研究[''Course Education Research''] 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Jinping.习近平.(2016).在哲学社会科学工作座谈会上的讲话.[ Speech at the Symposium on Philosophy and Social Sciences].新华网[xinhuanet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Zhentian.谢天振.(2015).翻译巨变与翻译的重新定位与定义——从2015年国际翻译日主题谈起.[ Great Changes in Translation and Repositioning and Definition of Translation——Starting from the theme of the International Translation Day in 2015].东方翻译[''East Journal of Translation''] 4-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Jun, Mu Lei. 许钧, 穆雷.(2009).中国翻译学研究30年 (1978 -2007).[30 years of Chinese Translation Studies (1978 -2007)].外国语[''Journal of Foreign Languages'']77-87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Baigula.王白古拉.(2018).中国翻译教学现状与复合型翻译人才培养. [The Status Quo of Translation Teaching in China and the cultivation of Interdisciplinary Translators].文存阅刊[''Wen Cun Journal''] 87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Na.王娜. (2020).MTI在校生搜索能力不足成因分析. [An Analysis of the Causes of Insufficient Searching Ability of MTI Students].海外英语[''Overseas English''] 194-195.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe.仲伟合.(2019).改革开放40年我国翻译专业教育:成就、挑战与发展. [China Translation Education in the Past 40 Years of Reform and Opening Up: Achievements, Challenges and Development].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 68-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan.仲伟合,赵田园.(2020).中国翻译学科与翻译专业发展研究（1949-2019).[ Research on the Development of Chinese Translation Discipline and Translation Major (1949-2019)].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 79-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan==                                            &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan 202020080674 亚非语言文学波斯语方向  .&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation.&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both outstanding representatives of Shakespeare's plays translated in 20th century Chinese literature. Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil , and lived a hard and poor life , so his translations were both imbued with deep patriotism, and his translations were based on naturalization strategies. As a scholar who returned from overseas studies, Liang Shiqiu believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the translation process with the purpose of spreading the culture of foreign countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
translation; translator; cultural identity; Shakespeare's plays&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
译者文化身份对翻译的影响&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
梁实秋和朱生豪都是20世纪中国文学界翻译莎士比亚戏剧的杰出代表人物。朱生豪生活在战火纷飞，动荡不安的年代，生活过得很艰苦和贫困，所以他的翻译中都蕴含了深深的爱国主义情怀，翻译以归化策略为主。梁实秋作为海外学成归来的学者，认为文学是天才创作的。所以他以传播异国的文化为目的，在翻译过程中采取了异化策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；译者；文化身份；莎士比亚剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translating a work that is a re-recognition and re-expression of what the translator knows and transmits. On the one hand, the translator transmits the content of the original author, and on the other hand, the translator also incorporates his or her own interpretation and understanding into it. In traditional translation studies, whether the translation is faithful to the original work is the key criterion to measure the goodness of a translated work, and it is also an important criterion to judge a translator's qualification or otherwise. (Many. 2018: 85) Therefore, the translator plays an important role in both translating and interpreting, and the translator is the first person who is in direct contact with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin, the famous German literary critic, once said : &amp;quot;In any discussion of translation, the traditional concept always revolves around fidelity and freedom: that is, the freedom to reproduce the original faithfully and the fidelity to the original in the reproduction.&amp;quot; (Benjamin. 1968/2004: 20) However, in the process of translation, besides being faithful to the direct expression of the original, translators also have their own translation characteristics and strategies. The issue of &amp;quot;cultural identity&amp;quot; has also received more and more attention. (Fu, Wenhui. 2011: 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There have been many Chinese translations of Shakespeare's plays in China, among which Zhu Shenghao and Liang Shiqiu are both classic representatives of Shakespeare's plays in translation. However, they differ in many aspects such as the purpose of their respective translations, translation styles, and translation contents. The reason for this is that the influence of their cultural identities on their translations cannot be ignored. This paper will try to explore the influence of their respective cultural identities on the translation purposes and translation contents by comparing their cultural identities and the social and cultural backgrounds in which they lived, so as to provide guiding inspirations and suggestions for translation practice activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to the identity of the translator===&lt;br /&gt;
Translators are also readers, however, they act as readers in a special sense; the ultimate goal of a translator is not to read and understand the original text, but to convey the original text he reads by interpreting it in another linguistic symbol (Wu Delu. 2016:211). Both Liang Shiqiu (1903-1987) and Zhu Shenghao (1912-1944) were famous translators of Shakespeare in China in the twentieth century, and their translations have stood the test of time. The contributions that Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao made to the Chinese literary world are well known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural identity, or cultural identity, (Wang Ning. 1999:45) mainly includes a nation, group or individual's sense of identity with its own culture and perception of self-image,( Wang Zhenping. 2017:68) which is characterized by the fact that cultural identity carries the self-identified and recognized cultural characteristics of a certain group, and the manifestation of these characteristics in group members varies in strength and weakness depending on the objective environment. Cultural identity is expressed through the way people communicate, interpersonal relationships, and behavioral norms (Liu Shuang. 2000:90), and it is stable and fluid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Although Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both known in contemporary times, they are different in terms of translation purpose, style, technique, and even phrasing, forming two different schools of Shakespeare translation in China.&amp;quot; (Xi Yongji. 2007:245)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Zhu Shenghao's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is a famous translator. He was born on February 2, 1912, in Jiaxing, Zhejiang Province, to a family of small, declining merchants. Zhu Shenghao began to translate Shakespeare in 1935, but the translation process was difficult and the conditions were tough (the Japanese attacked Shanghai in 1937 and the city was in flames. Zhu Shenghao's house was burned down by the Japanese, and he escaped with the Oxford edition of the complete works of Shakespeare and some of his translations. (Most of his translations were burned by the Japanese.) However, he persisted in his translation career and devoted himself to it, eventually leaving us forever in 1944 due to lung disease from overwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In less than ten years, he translated a total of thirty-one and a half Shakespeare plays with amazing perseverance and talent. Later, his wife, Song Qingyu, compiled all his translations and passed them on to the World Book Bureau in Shanghai, which published The Complete Works of Shakespeare in the fall of 1947. Many Shakespeare researchers could not believe that the Chinese could write such a high quality translation. It is easy to see that his remarkable talent was recognized both at home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the above, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil, experienced the May Fourth Movement and other tides, and his translations were imbued with a deep sense of patriotism, so his translation of Shakespeare's plays was based on domestication strategies. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) As a patriotic young man, he longed for China to be understood and to transmit and promote Chinese culture. The so-called naturalization means that the language and culture are the main focus, which ensures the fluency of the translation, reduces the strangeness of the original text, and allows the target language readers to better understand the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Liang Shiqiu's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu, whose original name was Zhihua, was born in Beijing. He was a famous Chinese modern and contemporary essayist, scholar, literary critic, translator, and the first authority on Shakespeare in China. He studied at the English Department of the University of Colorado, Harvard University and Columbia University Graduate School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is worth mentioning that Liang believes that literature is a creation of genius. Liang repeatedly said, &amp;quot;All civilization is the original creation of a very few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;literature and art are the original creation of a few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;there is no literature and art for the majority, and literature and art are not for the majority &amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu: R.O.C. 23) &amp;quot;The highest art can only be understood by a few ...... Art has its own many grades, so the appreciation of art also has many grades.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is worth mentioning that Liang believed that literature is a creation of genius. Liang repeatedly said, &amp;quot;All civilization is the original creation of a very few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;The highest art can only be understood by a few&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Art has its own many grades, so the appreciation of art also has many grades. &amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu: R.O.C. 23) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the satisfaction of the literary and artistic requirements of the general public, Liang Shiqiu arranged for them the arts such as story-telling and popular literary works, because their knowledge could only understand such works and they were only interested in such arts, as for the great works of art, like Shakespeare's plays, that naturally only the great artists could appreciate and appreciate them. Liang Shiqiu's mistake was to exaggerate the role of heroic figures such as geniuses and completely ignore the role of the general public in the creation and reception of art. (Wang Qili. 2004: 12)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that Liang Shiqiu was a scholar who returned from overseas, but he advocated &amp;quot;genius literature&amp;quot; and ignored the role of the people in art and culture. Liang Shiqiu began his translation of Shakespeare in 1930, and it took him nearly 40 long years to complete the translation of this masterpiece, which had a profound impact on the Chinese translation. (Zhou Li. 2016:30) At the same time, his literary thought was largely influenced by Western classicism and neo-humanism, so when translating, he mostly adopted the strategy of alienation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Foreignization and domestication Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is &amp;quot;bringing the original author into the desired language and culture of the translation&amp;quot;, while dissimilation is &amp;quot;accepting the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign work and bringing the reader into the foreign situation&amp;quot; (Venuti, 1995:20). (Venuti, 1995:20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication means to localize the original language, to take the target language or the readers of the translation as the home, and to adopt the expressions that the target language readers are accustomed to in order to convey the content of the original. The translator is required to get closer to the readers of the target language, and the translation must become an authentic national language. This method helps readers understand the translation better and enhances the readability and appreciation of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method of Foreignization is: &amp;quot;the translator does not disturb the author as much as possible, so that the reader moves closer to the author&amp;quot;. In translation, it means absorbing the expressions of foreign languages, requiring the translator to draw closer to the author and adopt the expressions corresponding to the source language used by the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the language and culture of the original text as the home. Centering on the language and culture of the original language, the cultural characteristics and exoticism of the original language are preserved as much as possible; (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) Using the strategy of Foreignization helps readers better appreciate the differences in national culture, national characteristics and exotic elements such as language style features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cultural identity of translators in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
First, the translator is the second pair of eyes of the reader. &amp;quot;For most readers who do not understand the original work, (the translator's interpretation) is the only way to enter the world of the original work&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2014: 220). Therefore, the translator's performance in translation is directly related to the reader's acceptance. Moreover, under the translator's subjective role, &amp;quot;the flower of life of the original work gains a continuous, up-to-date and most flourishing opening in the translation&amp;quot; (Ben-jamin 1968/2004: 20). The translator is, in turn, the bearer and transmitter of the author's work. A translator's contribution is unquestionable if his or her translation is recognized by the public or the academic community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's translations have their own strengths, Liang's for scholars to study, Zhu's for the popularization of Shakespeare's works, and both translations interpret classic literary works from different perspectives. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010:98) But both have made great contributions to world literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the original intention of translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons for Zhu Shenghao's translation of Shakespeare have also been explored, and all of them agree that personal interest, patriotic thought, dedication and financial embarrassment were the main motivations for his translation of Shakespeare. Here, we prefer to consider &amp;quot;interest&amp;quot; as the primary motivation. (Qiu Yunchen. 2010:591) Zhu Shenghao said, &amp;quot;I love Shakespeare's plays so much so that I have tried to read the whole text at least ten times from the beginning to the end. ......&amp;quot; Zhu's preference for Shakespeare is so obvious that &amp;quot;He was so passionate about Shakespeare that he would not stop reading and studying Shakespeare assiduously&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, because Zhu Shenghao was born in an ordinary family and his parents died at an early age, his life was difficult, and he mentioned in his translations that he had to pay for translating Shakespeare's plays. Economic reasons also drove his perseverance in translating, and furthermore, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and experienced the May Fourth Movement and other fashions, and his translations contained deep patriotism, a desire for China to be understood and to transmit Chinese culture. This patriotic sentiment also inspired his determination to translate Shakespeare's plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believed that there is a distinction between elegant and vulgar literature, genius always appreciate literature, the general public usually read popular literature. In Liang Shiqiu's view, not only the subject of creation can only be a very small number of geniuses, that is, the appreciation of literature is also the patent of a very small number of talented people, &amp;quot;only a few people can understand the highest art ......, literature and art is not for the majority.&amp;quot; (Liang Shiqiu. 1988:117). According to Liang Shiqiu, &amp;quot;literature is created by genius&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When he studied at Harvard University, he took the course &amp;quot;Literary Criticism after the Sixteenth Century&amp;quot; by the American neoclassicist Irving Babbitt, and was greatly influenced by Western humanist thought in literary thought and the Western cultural environment, so he set out to translate Shakespeare's plays with the aim of spreading the idea of foreign culture. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare aimed to &amp;quot;preserve the most authentic things&amp;quot; and to convey the author's meaning visually. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare was very faithful to the original text, and his opposition to &amp;quot;hard translations&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;bent translations&amp;quot; shows that he advocated faithfulness and fluency in translation. (Xiao Li. Li Xiaoying. 2012:95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the content of the translation (taking the translation of Shakespeare as an example)====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao stated at the beginning of his translation: &amp;quot;In translating this book, my aim is  to maintain the charm of the original work as much as possible, and then to consider the second point if it is not feasible, that is, to convey the meaning and feelings faithfully of the original text in simple and easy-to-understand sentences; but I dare not agree with the rigid translation of word-by-word comparison.... I would like to be a reader and check the translation for any ambiguities. I must also pretend to be an actor on the stage, and examine whether the tone of speech is smooth and whether the syllables are in tune. It often takes days to think hard about a word or phrase that is not agreeable.&amp;quot; (Zhu Shenghao. (2010:36) This shows that Zhu Shenghao paid more attention to the performance function of drama in translation of Shakespeare’s plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: ( the translation of Zhu Shenghao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EGEUS: Stand forth，Demetrius． My noble lord，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
伊吉斯:走上前来，狄米特律斯。殿下，这个人，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This man hath my consent to marry her．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
是我答应把我女儿嫁给他的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stand forth，Lysander．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
走上前来，拉山德。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And，my gracious Duke， This man hath bewitched the bosom of my child．（莎士比亚.2011：22）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
殿下，这个人引诱坏了我的孩子 （朱生豪. 2013：9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, influenced by traditional Chinese moral and ethical thinking, when obscene words and indecent phrases appeared in the original text, Zhu Shenghao basically &amp;quot;purified&amp;quot; or arbitrarily rewrote them, or simply deleted them without translation. Perhaps it is also the fact that his translations conform to the requirements of Chinese moral culture that makes his works so well-received. The advertisement published by World Bookstore clearly states two sentences: &amp;quot;The original text is brilliant, a treasure of world literature ornaments; the translation is beautiful and fluent, keeping the charm of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, his translation.	&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent． (Ⅲ．ⅱ) (莎士比亚.2011:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
拉山德:放开手，你这猫! 你这牛蒡子! 贱东西，放开手!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要像摔掉身上一条蛇那样摔掉你了(莎士比亚．2013:117 )。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believed that translation should be faithful to the original text, so his translation content can be summarized as &amp;quot;faithfulness and fidelity&amp;quot;. The style of &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; has been developed. (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Because of this faithfulness, Liang Shiqiu believed that any arbitrary rewriting or deletion of the original work would be unfaithful to the work, and that the vulgar language in Shakespeare's plays has its specific role in portraying characters and increasing the stage effect. Therefore, he kept the obscene words in the original text intact in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First: Stay true to the original text and try not to delete or subtract from it.For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent.(Ⅲ.ⅱ)(莎士比亚.2001:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of Liang Shiqiu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
赖,走开，你这个猫，你这个缠人的东西! 下流的东西，松手，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要把你像是毒蛇一般的甩开(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:110)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HELENA She was a vixen when she went toschool: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And though she be but little，she is fierce．(Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:116)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
海 上学时她就是个狐狸精。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她虽然身材小，她很凶(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001: 117) 。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, Liang Shiqiu's translations retain the punctuation of the original texts (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Liang believes that retaining punctuation makes the translations more &amp;quot;Shakespearean&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;The punctuation used by Shakespeare may seem less formal, but in fact it is a self-contained system, designed to point out the effect of intonation when the actors recite their lines. Based on this clarification, I then decided to preserve as much of Shakespeare's original punctuation as possible in a text, with the result that where there is an original sentence, there is a translation&amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu. 1966) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare pays more attention to the literary function of drama and more attention to the stage function of literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a fragment of Liang Shiqiu's translation of Hamlet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen. There is a willow grows aslant a brook,&lt;br /&gt;
That shows his hoar leaves in the glassy stream;&lt;br /&gt;
There with fantastic garlands did she come,&lt;br /&gt;
Of crow-flowers, nettles, daisies, and long purples,&lt;br /&gt;
That liberal shepherds give a grosser name.&lt;br /&gt;
But our cold maids do dead man’s fingers call them:&lt;br /&gt;
There, on the pendent boughs her coronet weeds&lt;br /&gt;
Clambering to hang ,an envious sliver broke,&lt;br /&gt;
When down her weedy trophies and herself&lt;br /&gt;
Fell in the weeping brook. Her clothes spread wide;&lt;br /&gt;
And, mermaid-like, awhile they bore her up;&lt;br /&gt;
Which time she chanted snatches of old tunes; As one&lt;br /&gt;
incapable of her own distress,&lt;br /&gt;
Or like a creature native and indu’d&lt;br /&gt;
Unto that element: but long it could not be&lt;br /&gt;
Till that her garments ,heavy with her drink,&lt;br /&gt;
Pull’d the poor wretch from her melodious lay&lt;br /&gt;
To muddy death.&lt;br /&gt;
（shakespeare, hamlet, act Ⅳ, scenceⅦ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang’s version :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
河边有一株斜长着的杨柳，白叶倒映在玻璃似的流水里；他就来到那个地方，拿着些奇异的花圈，扎的是毛莨、荨麻、延命菊，以及粗野牧人呼之不雅之名而纯洁女郎都呼为“死人指”的紫兰。 就在那里，她爬上树枝想去挂她的花圈，无情的枝子断了；她的花圈和她自身于是坠入呜咽的河流。 她的衣服展开，像是鲛人似的，把她浮上来一会儿，这时节她唱了几句古歌，好像不知自身痛苦似的，又好像是水下生长的动物似的；但是这情形没有多久，她的衣服湿透就变重了，于是把这可怜的人儿于曼声高唱中扯到污泥的死所去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The translator's cultural identity is impressed by various factors such as the different backgrounds of the translator's life and the different cultural ideas he or she has received, and this identity is present in the translator's translation works almost all his or her life. In other words, the translator's cultural identity has a great and lasting influence on the choice of his or her translation strategy, and it can also be said that readers can learn the translator's cultural identity through his or her translation works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Zhu Shenghao, who lived in the era of constant war, had a deep patriotic feeling. So he wanted China to be understood by the world or more countries, to be able to transmit and carry forward Chinese culture. In addition, he was influenced by the deep-rooted moral and ethical thoughts of traditional Chinese culture, so he adopted a naturalization strategy in the translation process. However, looking at the translator Liang Shiqiu again, as a scholar who returned from studying in the West, he received the idea of Western humanism, and in addition, he believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the process of translation with the aim of spreading foreign culture, and translated the original text word by word, sentence by sentence, and presented it to the readers without evasion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By briefly exploring the cultural identities and translation ideas of the two translators, we can see that both of them have their own merits, but also their own disadvantages. Throughout the contemporary era, the phenomenon of cultural globalization is also increasing, and most of the excellent works have been translated into multiple languages and spread, but for the translators, we should learn from the advantages of the previous translators, but that is, we should combine the East and the West, and master the translation skills to maintain the content of the original text to the greatest extent and ensure the accuracy of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Wenhui付文慧．多重文化身份下之戴乃迭英译阐释［The Interpretation of Dai Naidian's English Translation under Multiple Cultural Identities］中国翻译[ Chinese Translation]，2011，32(6):16—20．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Xiaojiang严晓江． 梁实秋与朱生豪莎剧译文特点之比较[A Comparison of the Characteristics of Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's Translations of Shakespeare]南通大学学报(社会科学版)[Journal of Nantong University (Social Science Edition)，2010，26(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋. 翻译莎士比亚[M]//梁实秋. 莎士比亚诞辰四百周年纪念集. [Translation of Shakespeare by Liang Shiqiu. Shakespeare's 400th anniversary].  台湾: 中华书局[Taiwan:Zhong-Hua Book Bureau].1966.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Qiu Yuchen.邱蕴琛. 小议朱生豪译莎动因[A small discussion on the motivation of Zhu Shenghao's translation of Sha].科技信息[Science and Technology Information].2010,(07):448-591.&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wen周文. 朱生豪翻译观探微 [An exploration of Zhu Shenghao's concept of translation].科技信息(科学教研) [Science and Technology Information (Science Education and Research)].,2007,(22):127-128..  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yongji奚永吉 . 莎士比亚翻译比较美学 [Comparative aesthetics of Shakespeare translation ] 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].2007.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Wu Delu.吴得禄.译者文化身份对翻译的影响[The influence of translators' cultural identity on translation].读书文摘[Reading Digest].2016(08):211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Ning王宁．文学研究中的文化身份问题[Cultural Identity in Literary Studies] 外国文学[Foreign Literature].1999(4):48—51．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Shuang刘双．文化身份与跨文化传播[Cultural identity and cross-cultural communication]外语学刊[Journal of Foreign Languages]，2000(1):87—91．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qili王岐立．梁实秋文学思想浅析：[An analysis of Liang Shiqiu's literary thought]:中山大学研究生学刊 [Graduate Journal of Sun Yat-sen University].2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao 朱生豪.译者自序[Translator's Preface].文学界(专辑版)[Literature (album edition)].2010(09):36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚 四大喜剧 梁实秋译[The Four Great Comedies translated by Liang Shiqiu].北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press].2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚． 仲夏夜之梦 朱生豪译．[A Midsummer Night's Dream translated by Zhu Shenghao].上海:上海世界图书出版公司 [Shanghai: Shanghai World Book Publishing Company],2013．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋 文学与革命.偏见集[Literature and Revolution. The collection of prejudices].南京:正中书局[Nanjing: Zhengzhong Shuji].中华民国二十三年七月.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Toury's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Toury and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Toury also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Toury proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Toury describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Toury, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Toury, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Toury's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Toury, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Toury concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Toury believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Toury is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Toury has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Toury emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Toury's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Toury's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 11:30, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Li Hongman 李红满. (2002). 论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J]. [On the Paradigm Shift in Contemporary Western Translation Studies]. 外语与翻译. [Foreign Languages and Translations]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang 张美芳. (2000). 翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J]. [The Objectives and Structure of Translation Studies - A Review of Holmes' Vision of Translation Studies]. 中国翻译. [China Traslation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Toury Gideon. (2001). ''Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond''[M]. Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Kenan 林克难. (2001). 翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J]. [Translation Studies: From Specification to Description]. 中国翻译. [China Traslation].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1996). A Skopos Theory of Translation[M]. Heidellburg:TEXT-con.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti Lawrence. (1995). The Translator’s Invisibility[M]. A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snell-Homby Mary. (1995). Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M]. Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hemans Theo (1985). ed.The manipulation of Literature[M]. London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Ziman, Liu Fang 韩子满, 刘芳. （2005）. 描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J]. [Describe the achievements and shortcomings of translation studies]. 外语学刊.  [Journal of Foreign Languages].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Tianzhen 谢天振. (2003). 翻译研究新视野[M]. [New Horizons in Translation Studies]. 青岛:青岛出版社. [Qingdao:Qingdao Publishing House].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An overview of descriptive translation studies and its relationship with normative translation studies 肖伊宁 Xiao Yining==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;肖伊宁 Xiao Yining 202020080655 亚非语言文学&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract:=== &lt;br /&gt;
This paper introduces the influence and contribution of James Holmes, Gideon Toury and others on the development of descriptive translation studies. It also discusses the positive significance of descriptive translation research paradigm in the field of translation studies and its limitations. The purpose of this paper is to make readers understand the necessity of descriptive translation study by summarizing its development process and advantages. Meanwhile, by analyzing the relationship between descriptive translation studies and normative translation studies, this paper refutes the views that descriptive translation studies and normative translation studies are mutually exclusive, and helps the readers to understand deeply the status of descriptive translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要：===&lt;br /&gt;
本文介绍了詹姆斯·霍姆斯（James Holmes）、图里（Gideon Toury）等人对于描写性翻译研究产生与发展的影响和贡献.同时论述了描写性翻译研究范式对于翻译学研究领域的积极意义和它的局限性。意在通过概述其发展历程和优点让读者了解描写性翻译研究的必要性，同时又通过剖析描写性翻译研究和规范性翻译研究的关系，反驳那些把描写性翻译研究和规范性翻译研究互斥的观点，使读者深刻理解描写性翻译研究的地位。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words:===&lt;br /&gt;
descriptive translation studies; normative translation studies; limitation; necessity; relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词：===描写性翻译研究；规范性翻译研究；局限性；必要性；关系.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 1 Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation has a history of more than 2000 years. In the long-term and varied translation activities, People have more and more ideas about translation and produced many specific translation theories. For the sustainable development of theories, scholars of different schools in different periods have conducted their own studies on translation from different perspectives. The accumulated research experience from different research perspectives has led to the formation of diverse translation research methods.（Liao Qiyi 2002，5）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the appearance of descriptive translation studies, translation theories tended to be normative both in China and abroad. At the beginning, most of them are inductive summaries of the experience in translation practice. Taking early Translation theories in China as examples, they sumer up the practical experience of translation into famous sayings, which can be used to guide the translation activities of later generations. Such as Yan Fu's &amp;quot;faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance&amp;quot;, Lu Xun's &amp;quot;rahter to be faithful than smooth&amp;quot; and Lin Yutang's &amp;quot;faithfulness smoothness elegance&amp;quot;. （Liao Qiyi 2002，6）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second half of the 20th century, with the development of linguistics and applied linguistics, the study of translation has become more systematic. Some researchers regard translation as a branch of linguistics. For example, Catford defined translation as replacing textual materials in another language with equivalent materials in one language. Therefore, translation researchers began to use some basic principles of linguistics to describe the translation process and evaluate the translated works. For example, Newmark summarized seven methods of translating metaphors from some specific language structures and phenomena in the source language. (Catford 1965，20) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, these translation studies are actually &amp;quot;normative&amp;quot;. They all stipulated some norms that all translators should follow in their translation practice regardless of the era, the working objects and the cognitive environment of translators and readers. If you do not follow these norms, you will be considered &amp;quot;misleading readers&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;unfaithful to the original work&amp;quot;. Before the 1950s, normative translation theories were highly praised, which were basically unshakable guidelines in the field of translation. However, with the increasing frequency of cross-cultural international communication and the increasing number of translation activities, the requirements for translation theories are becoming more and more diverse. Translation practice needs new theories. People gradually realized that normative translation theories can not solve the various problems encountered in translation. Therefore, translation researchers began to pursue the study of translation in the era, and descriptive translation studies came into being.(Lin Kenan 2001, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 2 The emergence and development of descriptive translation studies===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, descriptive translation studies began to rise in foreign countries, but this research method was not formed suddenly. Before that, many scholars pointed out the necessity of descriptive translation studies and the specific assumptions of descriptive translation studies. These assumptions are the solid foundation for the establishment of descriptive translation research method and also the reason for the rapid development of descriptive translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 John MacFarlane====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1953, John MacFarlane published his paper ''Mode of Translation'' in the ''Durhram University Journal''. In the thesis, MacFarlan believes that it is a wrong criticism and comment to deny the role of translation and deprive some translation methods of the right to call themselves translation just because the translation does not realize the equivalence with the original in all aspects. Macfarlane also cites I.A. Richards' view in ''The Principles of Literary Criticism'' that even reading the same work at the same time often has different reading methods.From this we can infer that we must not believe that there is a unique translation. Since the original text has different meanings, it is inevitable that different translations will emerge from it . All translated works can be called translation, but none of them is &amp;quot;ideal&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;real&amp;quot; translation.(Lin Kenan 2001, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Macfarlane believes that since translation is so complex and elusive, it is impossible for us to draw an absolute standard for accurate translation. But he also called on translation researchers to find a new way to study translation. This new approach should accept the existing translation rather than the one we idealize. It should draw inspiration from the study of the nature of translation, rather than let translation do something it can't do. This is obviously a call for another kind of translation study. Although it does not clearly point out the new way of translation study, it points out that the existing translation research is incomplete and idealistic.Unfortunately, MacFarlane's views did not attract the attention of the field of translation at that time.(Lin Kenan 2001, 44)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Firth====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1970s, the traditional research on the semantic relationship between the original text and the target text began to decline. For a long time, it has been widely believed that translation should first be the transformation of meaning, and the traditional distinction between literal translation and free translation is the product of this concept. Researchers have begun to challenge this concept and propose to study translation from the perspective of context. Firth is one of the early researchers who pointed out that the structure and system of language should be combined with the structure and system in context.Baker believes that the change from meaning to usage or from concept to environment has promoted the development of descriptive translation studies in general, especially the corpus studies of descriptive translation studies.(Baker 1995, 236-240) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 James Holmes====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With regard to research methods, scholars have been dissatisfied with the traditional introspective approach to translation studies since the 1970s. James Holmes points out that the weakness and naivety of most contemporary translation theories are caused by introspective research methods. Researchers should investigate functional authentic texts. As the founder of the school of Translation Studies, Holmes pointed out the scope and structural mode involved in the new field of translation studies in his book ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''(1972). He believed that the research object of translation studies was the translation that appeared in a certain culture, and the research method was practicing on the basis of experience.(Holmes 1988, 101）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;He divides translation studies into three categories:&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Description: to describe the special phenomenon of translation in real life;&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Theory: establishing the principle of explaining translation phenomena;&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Application: the information obtained from the former two is used in translation practice and translator training.&amp;quot;（Liao Qiyi 2002，54） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He discusses the dialectical relationship between descriptive translation studies, theoretical translation studies and applied translation studies, and believes that the theoretical branch is subordinate to the descriptive branch, and that only when the description of the translation process reaches a certain level and the collection of practical data reaches a certain amount can the theory have a practical development. Therefore, under the circumstances of frequent translation activities at that time, various translation theories based on experience emerged in an endless stream, but they were mutually exclusive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the sustainable development of translation theory, Holmes proposed the next goal of translation research, that is, to establish a description system of translation, to describe the corresponding symbol system, rules and classification between the original text and the translated text Based on this, a more extensive comparative study was carried out.After the formation of this description system, the goal of translation studies is to establish a comprehensive theory. But this development process is not one-way, but dialectical, each of the three branches must serve the other two branches. &amp;quot;Translation description provides basic data on which translation theories are built. One branch provides materials for the other two branches, and then uses the findings provided by the other two. For example, it is impossible to establish a translation theory without describing the detailed and specific data provided by descriptive research and applied research; however, on the other hand, You have to have at least one intuitive theoretical hypothesis to start studying the other two fields.&amp;quot;（Liao Qiyi 2002，55）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes further subdivided each branch. For example, the description branch includes three different descriptions based on translation, function and process. Taking translation work as the starting point requires the description of the actual translation centered on the work. taking the function as the starting point, it is necessary to show the influence of cultural factors on the reader's receptivity of the target text. Taking the process as the starting point, it pays attention to the translator's thinking process in the translation.（Liao Qiyi 2002，55）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with traditional translation theories, Holmes' method of describing the translation process shows another change. That is, he tries to better translate a certain symbol type by describing various translation methods in different periods and their usage in history. Holmes’s article is highly influential in that descriptive translation studies has given rise to &amp;quot; a considerable widening of the horizon, since any and all phenomena relating to translation, in the broadest sense, become objects of study.&amp;quot; (Hermans 1985, 14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is a pity that descriptive translation studies received little attention in the academic circle at that time, until the Israeli scholar Gideon Toury has made a systematic and comprehensive study of descriptive translation studies on the basis of Holmes. However, the framework of descriptive translation proposed by Holmes still provides a correct direction for the development of translation studies and makes translation studies pay more attention to descriptive translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.4 Polysystem Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 1970s, Zohar first put forward the polysystem theory, shaking the traditional translation view that the original text is Paramount and the translation can only be derived text. &amp;quot;The polysystem(多元体系派) is not satisfied with the achievements made by the translation studies(翻译研究派). It uses the theoretical system and research methods of Russian formalism for reference, and introduces the concept of &amp;quot;polysystem&amp;quot;, which breaks through the boundaries between traditional linguistics and literature. Combined with the theory of translation studies, it makes a thorough study of the factors influencing the translation process and the multiple criteria of translation Research .&amp;quot;（Liao Qiyi 2002, 59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Polysystem, literature, politics, religion, economy and other systems are all part of a larger, multi-level and dynamically changing polysystem. In this polysystem, each system is interdependent and interacts with each other. Most of the traditional translation studies are based on the original text to judge the quality of the target text. In fact, the original text is not the only factor determining the target text, and the quality of the target text is not the only problem worth discussing in translation studies. From the choice of translation materials and strategies to the status and function of the target culture, they are influenced by a series of social factors inside and outside the target culture.（Liao Qiyi 2002, 59）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polysystem theory expands the scope of research, opens up new research approaches, promotes the cultural turn of translation studies, makes us have a more comprehensive understanding of translation phenomena, makes translation studies get rid of the application orientation, and improves the theoretical and academic nature of translation studies.（Zhang Nanfeng 2002, 19）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.5 Gideon Toury&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Toury's translation theory and translation research theory are deeply influenced by Zohar and Holmes. Since 1975, in order to verify Zohar's translation theory, Toury has carried out field research in Tel Aviv University. He wants to find out the systematic rules that restrict translation by collecting the actual choices made in the process of translation. According to his research results, He found that the choice of most translation works is subject to ideology rather than linguistics or aesthetics, and the translations that are inconsistent with the existing translation theories can also be recognized by readers. (Liao Qiyi 2002, 68）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This makes him realize that existing source system centered translation theories are not comprehensive, that makes him start to seek a new translation theory, that is, a comprehensive translation theory based on field research Tuli published his book ''exploration of translation theory''. After the publication of this work, the focus of translation studies shifted from theory to description.From 1980 to 1995, Toury supplemented and revised the descriptive translation theory on the basis of Holmes. His book ''Descriptive Translation Studies–and beyond'' is the practice and application of Holmes' descriptive translation theory. The book has also become the most comprehensive and systematic work on translation studies. He proposed that the descriptive nature of translation and the status and function of the target language are determined by the culture of the target language. (Liao Qiyi 2002, 69）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is restricted by a series of norms, which are culturally relevant within the cultural framework of the target language on which the translator relies. According to Toury, descriptive translation studies are based on norms and guided by rules. The purpose of descriptive translation studies is to analyze the general rules of translation by comparing the source text with the target text. He proposes that the production of translation involves the literary background in the target culture. The concept of &amp;quot;one to one correspondence&amp;quot; in translation and the translation requirements of literary and linguistic equivalence are abandoned. It shakes the idea that the original information is invariable. It also puts forward the idea that the original text and the translation should be integrated in the cultural system.(Liao Qiyi 2002, 69）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1989, JoséLambert and Toury founded an international journal target, which is subtitled &amp;quot;International Journal of translation studies&amp;quot; and covers academic works on descriptive translation studies. This is another impetus to expand descriptive translation studies internationally. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gideon Toury also analyzes the reasons for the stagnant development of descriptive translation studies in his works：&amp;quot;One of the main reasons for the prevailing underdevelopment of a descriptive branch within Translation Studies has no doubt been an overriding orientation towards practical applications,which has marked-and marred-scholarly work at least since the nineteen sixties.Thus, whereas for most empirical sciences, including even Linguistics, such applications-important as they may be-are presented merely as extensions into the world, the immediate needs of particular applications of Translation Studies have often been taken as a major constraint on the formation of the theory itself, or even as the very reason for its existence. Small wonder that a scholarly framework geared almost exclusively towards applicability in practice should show preference for prescriptivism at the expense of description, explanation and prediction. &amp;quot; (Toury 2012. xii)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He criticizes this phenomenon and thinks that most descriptive research is conducted in other disciplines other than translation studies, such as contrastive linguistics, contrastive textualism, comparative literature and stylistic comparison, which is a kind of behavior that the translation circle is avoiding the research within its own scope of competence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.6 Snell-Hornby&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, more linguists began to question the traditional concept of equivalence and the status of the original text. Snell - Homb said :“Equivalence is unsuitable as a basic concept in translation theory : the term equivalence, apart from being imprecise and ill-defined..presents an illusion of symmetry between languages which hardly exists beyond the level of vague approximations and which distorts the basic problems of translation.&amp;quot; (Mary Snell-Hornby 1988，22) She is critical of the traditional literary translation theory and the translation theory of the linguistic school in the 1960s (especially the manipulation school). She agrees with the opinion of the translation studies that translation study should not be subordinate to comparative literature, linguistics or other disciplines, but should be an independent discipline, and should adopt a holistic and integrated approach to the study of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other scholars tried to further develop the concept of equivalence and classify it. They pointed out that in addition to exploring the source text, it is also very important to study the target language and its specific text types.Therefore, translation studies should investigate the real texts in the original and target languages. This research demand has made the descriptive translation studies develop rapidly and gradually take the place of normative translation studies and occupy the central position in translation studies. &amp;quot;Description&amp;quot; has become a new trend in translation studies. And Mary Snell Hornby's ''Translation Studies:An Integrated Approach'' is regarded as a major force in translation studies. (Wang Peng 2008, 96)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 3 The relationship between normative translation studies and descriptive translation studies===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The value of descriptive translation studies and the limitations of normative translation studies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the traditional western translation research paradigm is normative translation research, that is, normative translation research approach, or a kind of translation research that sets standards to specify how to translate well in a specific culture. Traditional normative translation studies focus on the comparison of texts, trying to explore the law of language conversion, judge the quality of the translation, and then provide specific guidance for translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, normative translation studies have the following characteristics：the establishment of eternal principles or standards for translation is usually based on the translator's personal experience in solving specific translation problems for others to follow, regardless of the number of readers and socio-cultural background changes. It is often taken for granted that any betrayal of these rules at the linguistic level should be labeled as disloyal, structurally heavy or misleading, regardless of the historical background and context of translation. The academic interest in seeking code conversion mechanism and setting translation principles or standards can be understood as efforts to make up for the lack of understanding and expression ability at the language level. （Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005，98) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maria Tymoczko believes that：&amp;quot;As a language art, translation has often been considered from the viewpoint of timeless linguistic rules(which has led to a normative tendency in the theory.)&amp;quot; (Maria Tymoczko 1999, 25) Because in the early days, people only regarded translation as a kind of language art, and didn't pay much attention to the cultural environment. Even when it came to culture, they finally focused on the specific translation skills. Because they paid too much attention to the study of translation skills, normative translation research was always inseparable from the debate between literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Is there an absolute norm to follow in translation? Translation is a social and cultural activity involving two cultures, so it is bound to be restricted by two different cultural norms. Translation is by no means merely a language transformation in the sense, and the recognition and acceptance of a certain translation strategy cannot be determined by the translator's personal ability. It is restricted by many factors such as history, society, culture, politics, aesthetic taste and readers' expectation. In this sense, there is no absolute norm. （Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005，97) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normative translation theories pay too much attention to the transcendental statement of translation and set standards or principles to ensure the quality of translation. This undoubtedly limits translation studies and makes translation scholars feel suffocated. Because of these limitations in normative translation studies, the further development of translation studies has been hindered, so the necessity of descriptive studies have been reversed. In order to have a more comprehensive understanding of translation, descriptive translation studies have gradually developed and given full play to their value：&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) First of all, descriptive translation studies have made great contributions to the development of translation studies. Translation phenomenon, which has always been on the edge, has entered the field of vision of translation researchers. Before the advent of descriptive translation studies, it was generally believed that only the translated works which are fully equivalent to the original text can be regarded as translation. Therefore, at that time, people criticized the translation works that did not achieve complete equivalence, and even did not include them in translation studies. Translation studies have always been limited to the study of equivalence between texts. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
However, descriptive translation researchers believe that as long as they appear in the target culture in the face of translation or the target language readers think that they are translations, all texts can be called &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; In this way, the scope of translation studies has been expanded. Some extreme but factual translation phenomena, such as conversion(translating through an intermediary language) and pseudo-translation (translating without the original text), have been brought into the scope of translation studies.(Toury 2012, 32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)Secondly, descriptive translation studies no longer focus on the static text system as the previous normative translation studies, but pay more attention to the dynamic relationship between translation practice and the ever-changing social and cultural environment of the target language. This chagemakes people realize that in order to study translation more systematically and comprehensively,the method of contextlization should be adopted. Only by putting the translated works back into the historical environment and socio-cultural context of their creation can the translation phenomenon be described more accurately. For example, Piao (gone with the wind) translated by Fu Donghua is the object of criticism by many scholars who advocate foreignization translation. Some scholars claim that domestication is &amp;quot;the wrong way of translation&amp;quot;. (Liu Yingkai 1987, 22) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example they cited is Fu's ''Piao(Gone with the Wind)''However, in the analysis, they have not made in-depth discussion on the reasons for Fu's choice of domestication, and have not noticed that there are many examples of extreme Foreignization in his early translation works. Therefore, it seems unfair to criticize Fu. It is only in early 21st century that this problem has gradually attracted the attention of scholars. Some scholars compare Fu's ''Piao(Gone with the Wind)''with Li Yeguang and others’ translations ,and compare several macro cultural factors influencing Fu Donghua's ''Piao(Gone with the Wind)''. They came to the conclusion that &amp;quot;the gain and loss of a work should be measured from the perspective of history&amp;quot;(冯庆华、王昱1998 :56)This example illustrates the value of descriptive translation studies, that is, to make a diachronic study of translation phenomena, rather than merely confined to synchronic studies.（Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005，98) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The limitations of descriptive translation studies and the value of normative translation studies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, descriptive translation studies are not perfect at present. Toury believes that the fundamental purpose of descriptive translation studies is to establish these potential norms and their influence on translators' choice of translation strategies. However, he seems to go to another extreme, regarding the target language and its culture as everything, completely ignoring the role of the source language and the translator in the process of translation. Moreover, he has not discussed in detail how these factors restrict the translator, how the translator makes the choice and why he makes such a choice. Therefore, although his theory is undoubtedly meaningful and instructive, it is not perfect.(Liu Zongyan 2008, 201) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, descriptive translation studies emphasize the objectivity and neutrality of the researchers and avoid value judgment too much. Descriptive translation studies advocate that researchers should be objective, neutral and detached from the research objects. Toury clearly believes that the study of culture and history can be neutral. In his works, he tried to show an objective appearance by using a lot of scientific terms. Dirk Delabastita and Lieven D'hulst, in their collection European Shakespeares, repeatedly stressed that translation researchers should maintain a &amp;quot;detached and purely descriptive attitude.&amp;quot; ( Hermans 1999 , 36)  &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
This requirement has been questioned by many scholars, including some closely related to descriptive translation studies. For example, Hans J. Vermeer thinks that Toury's early research methods are in fact &amp;quot;meta - prescriptive&amp;quot; in a sense, because he sets the preconditions for the analysis of translation.(Vermeer 1996 :49) Lawrence Venuti proposed that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He pointed out that merely taking translation as a research topic of cultural history or cultural criticism is already a resistance to the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and the choice of topics in a specific historical period is always related to the current cultural needs.（Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005，99)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, descriptive translation studies are not helpful to people's understanding of the merits and demerits of specific translation works. Excessive promotion of descriptive translation studies will not be conducive to the improvement of translation quality, and even have a negative impact on translation practice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normative translation studies have been overemphasized and become rigid dogma. It is only an incomplete research method, and it is not wrong. Moreover, for some texts, descriptive translation theory can not meet their requirements. For example, legal texts and dictionary texts are very formal texts. The use of words and syntactic structure have strict requirements, and the translation of such texts has a high requirement for faithfulness. At this time, the value of normative translation research is reflected.（Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005, 99)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The relationship between prescriptive translation studies and descriptive translation studies====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In linguistics, norms and descriptions are a pair of relative theoretical principles and two relative methodological categories. The traditional translation principles only focus on principles, standards, methods and techniques, which are normative studies. Nowadays, translation studies focus on description, which is composed of linguistics, literary criticism theory, psychology, philosophy, sociology, culture, etc. According to the above analysis, the two are complementary. The value of descriptive translation studies lies in its ability to make up for the limitations of normative translation studies. Normative translation studies also play an irreplaceable role in the translation of some special texts. Therefore, we can't think about the relationship between the two from the perspective of binary opposition. Although they are two opposite concepts, they are not incompatible.（Han Ziman，Liu Fang 2005, 100. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The view of binary opposition can not deal with complex translation studies. The application of the two research methods should be flexible. We should choose the appropriate method according to different research objects. We need to have multiple coexistence Thinking. As for the debate about which is better or worse, in the author's opinion, it is unnecessary. Nida has also stressed that &amp;quot;translation theory should be inclusive, and various means should be used to solve various problems in translation.&amp;quot;(Liao Qiyi 2002, 6)In fact, the development of descriptive translation studies is not to overthrow the traditional normative translation theories, but to criticize the lack of normative translation theories and supplement the normative research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 4 Conclusion=== &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Translation was officially recognized as an independent discipline more than 30 years, is a very young discipline, but in fact, the history of translation activities is not short，There are a lot of translation theories in both China and the West. However, due to the lag of descriptive translation studies, there is still a lot of space for research. Both Chinese and Western scholars believe that the ultimate goal of translation studies is to establish translation norms and principles, which are not the summary of previous personal experience, but the basis of a large number of descriptive translation studies On the basis of the standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive and normative are the dual attributes of any discipline. Descriptiveness is the basis, premise and condition of normalization. Normalization is the development, result and purpose of descriptive. Translation studies are both descriptive and normative. It is the unity of opposites between descriptive and normative. In other words, descriptive translation studies and normative translation studies are like the positive and negative sides of a coin, It cannot be separated . It is one-sided and wrong to emphasize only the standardization of translation or the description of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies are intended to explain the process and phenomenon of translation. Compared with the micro analysis of normative translation studies, it studies translation from a macro perspective. Although there are still some deficiencies in descriptive translation theory, descriptive translatology provides a new perspective and analysis approach for translation studies, which deserves our attention and development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chapter 5 Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker. (1995). Corpora Linguistics and Translation Studies: an Overview and Some Suggestions for Future Reseearch. Target.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J.C.Catford. (1965). A Linguistic Theory Of Translation. Oxford:Oxford University Press,  20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans,Theo. (1985). The Manipulation of Literature: Studies in Literary Translation. Beckenham: Croom Helm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans,Theo. (1999) . Translation in Systems . Manchester: St Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes,J.S. (1988). Translated Papers on Literary Translation and Translation Studies. Amsterdam: Rodopi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meria Tymoczko. (1999). Translation in a Postcolonial Context - Early Irish Literature in English Translation. St.Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Snell-Hornby. (1988). Translation Studies: An Integrated Approach. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Ziman 韩子满, Liu Fang 刘芳. (2005). 描述翻译研究的成就与不足[Achievements and Shortcomings of Descriptive Translation Studies]. 外语学刊[Foreign Language Research](03).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi 廖七一. (2002). 当代西方翻译理论探索[Exploration of contemporary Western translation theories]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lin Kenan 林克难. (2001). 翻译研究：从规范走向描写[Translation Studies: From the Prescriptive to the Descriptive Approach]. 中国翻译[Chinese Translation  Journal](06).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zongya 刘宗衍. (2008). 浅谈翻译理论的“规范”性[On the &amp;quot;Normative&amp;quot; Nature of Translation Theory]. 科技资讯[Science &amp;amp; Technology Information]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Peng 王鹏. (2008). 描写翻译研究及其方法[Descriptive Translation Studies and its methodology]. 四川外语学院学报[Journal of Sichuan International Studies University](04).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Nanfeng 张南峰. (2002). 多元体系理论[Polysystem Theory]. 中国翻译[Chinese Translation Journal](02).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation Strategies Sagara Seydou, Student No :201911080004, Major:Translation Studies== &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Translation Strategies &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract ===   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much work has been done in recent years on translation strategies. However, the definition offered by each author or theorist represents his/her own point of view and their views differ from each other. Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation does not work. Therefore, different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their own perspectives. Some best-known theories of this field are described and compared to each other in this paper. The purpose of this study is to show the different theories in the field of translation strategies and to offer a general literature review to facilitate the study of translation strategies in future studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: translation strategies and translational problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This study includes four main sections: 1. Introduction; 2. Content; 3. Conclusions; 4. References;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The term “strategy” in “translation strategies” is often used synonymously with such terms as “procedure,” “technique,” “method,” “tactic,” “approach,” and so forth. Their meanings overlap, and translation researchers deﬁne them in various ways. Despite the terminological confusion, discussions of translation strategies can be traced back to Cicero’s advocacy of sense-for-sense translation in 46 BC, and are widely covered in translation textbooks for their pedagogical signiﬁcance. This topic also relates to broad theoretical issues in translation studies. (Wikipedia n.d)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Researchers have attempted to distinguish translation strategy from its synonyms, and to develop their own classiﬁcations from different perspectives. For example, Lörscher’s (1991) classiﬁcation is based on a cognitive approach, while Chesterman’s (1997) differentiation uses a textual approach. Yet, the conceptual confusion has not been dispelled. This entry tries to distinguish translation strategies, techniques, and procedures, and to consolidate existing classiﬁcations. It seems that clear-cut deﬁnitions of these terms might not work as well as prototype deﬁnitions. Most researchers would agree that the two prototype translation strategies are literal translation and free translation. Chesterman’s (1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The former focuses on the level of words, while the latter goes beyond the word level and emphasizes the creation of a target text that sounds natural in the target language. These two strategies are described in a variety of oppositions: word-for-word translation versus sense-for-sense translation; source-oriented translation versus target-oriented translation; direct translation versus oblique translation (by Vinay and Darbelnet); adequacy versus acceptability; formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence (by Eugene Nida); semantic translation versus communicative translation (by Peter Newmark);overt translation versus covert translation (by Juliane House); documentary versus instrumental translation (by Christiane Nord); foreignization versus domestication (by LawrenceVenuti), and so on. While these binary oppositions have much in common, they reﬂect different perspectives and emphasize different translation aims and effects. For instance, word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation are text-level or segment-level strategies. Nida’s (1964) formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence is mainly from a linguistic perspective and involves reader response. The domesticating translation versus foreignizing translation pair, proposed by Venuti (1995), reﬂects a cultural interventionist perspective. The two strategies affect the choice of text for translation as well as the translation process. Venuti advocates the foreignizing strategy in order to “register the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign text” (1995, p. 81)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “literal versus free” debate has been one of the central issues in translation theory and criticism throughout the ages. However, it is now generally believed that this dichotomous debate is relatively sterile, as the two strategies are part of a continuum, and the selection of a strategy is a function of the theoretical assumption of “what is a translation” text type (e.g., serious literature, children’s literature, technical texts, print advertisements), domain (e.g., IT, legal), function (e.g., for publication, information, or light entertainment), prestige of the source text (e.g., the Bible, pulp ﬁction), motivation(e.g., payment), and other factors (or constraints). (Hatim &amp;amp; Munday,2004, p. 230)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having discussed the two prototype strategies, let us turn to the deﬁnitional question: what is a translation strategy? Lörscher (1991), Chesterman (1997), and other researchers agree on a few deﬁning characteristics of a translation strategy: (a) it is goal-oriented,(b) it is problem-centered, (c) it requires making coordinated decisions, (d) it is potentially conscious, and (e) it involves text manipulation. The aforementioned two prototype translation strategies have these characteristics. Since a translation strategy involves problem solving, a categorization of translation problems would correspond to a categorization of translation strategies. The difﬁculty with this, however, is that there are a number of ways in which problems can be categorized. For instance, the categorization criterion can be the prior knowledge required to solve them, the nature of the goal involved, and the complexity of the problems involved (Robertson, 2001, p. 6).&lt;br /&gt;
Problems, according to their scale, can be divided into global (or general) problems and local (or speciﬁc) problems. Jääskeläinen (1993, p. 116) makes a corresponding distinction between global strategies (i.e., “the translator’s general principles and preferred modes of action”) and local strategies (i.e., “speciﬁc activities in relation to the translator’s problem-solving and decision-making”). Global strategies might be dictated by or with the commissioner while local strategies are up to the translator. In addition, local strategies are designed to handle speciﬁc problems and need to be consistent with the chosen global strategy. Jääskeläinen found that global strategies are much more frequently and consistently used by professional translators than by nonprofessionals. From Jääskeläinen’s perspective, literal and free translation strategies are global strategies since the translator has to think about the goal of the translation and how the target text should affect the readers. The global strategy chosen will affect the translation process. Since local strategies are immediately followed by speciﬁc techniques, which affect the translation result and the micro-units of the text, and are classiﬁed by comparison with the source text (Molina &amp;amp; Hurtado Albir, 2002, p. 509).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As translators grow in competence, some former translation problems will no longer present an obstacle to them; some of their local strategies become semiconscious or unconscious, and the use of certain techniques to cope with certain problems is automatized. Vinay and Darbelnet’s (2000) taxonomy of translation techniques (which they call “procedures”) has a wide impact. They did a comparative stylistic analysis of French and English, and divided the seven procedures they discovered into two general strategies: direct/literal translation and oblique translation. The former includes: (a) borrowing (i.e., borrowing a word or expression from the source language, such as the Chinese word“kung Fu” in modern English); (b) calque (which is a kind of borrowing whereby the structure of the original word or phrase is maintained but its morphemes are replaced by those of the target language; for example, the Chinese word “motian dalou,” literally “sky-scraping big building,” is a calque of skyscraper); (c) Literal translation. Oblique translation includes: (d)transposition (i.e., changing the word class or grammatical structure without changing the meaning of the message, as in rendering a noun in the source text into a verb in the target text); (e)modulation (i.e., changing the point of view or cognitive category in relation to the source text, as in rendering a negative construction into a positive one: “not complicated” becomes “easy”); (f)equivalence (e.g., translating “to kill two birds with one stone” into Chinese as “to kill two eagles with one arrow”); (g) adaptation  (i.e., a shift in cultural reference when the type of situation being referred to by the source text is unknown in the target culture, such as using the word “seal” for sheep when translating the Bible into Inuktitut).Among local translation strategies, Chesterman (1997) distinguishes between comprehension strategies (for understanding and analyzing the source text) and production strategies(for the production of the target text). From a linguistic perspective, he divides productions strategies into mainly syntactic/grammatical, mainly semantic, and mainly pragmatic, with each category containing 10 techniques. Syntactic strategies involve purely syntactic changes, manipulate form, and include such techniques as calque, transposition, and sentence structure change. Semantic strategies mainly pertain to changes concerning lexical semantics. They manipulate meaning and contain techniques such as synonymy, emphasis change, and paraphrase. Pragmatic strategies have to do with the selection of information in the target text, and often involve syntactic or semantic changes as well. Pragmatic strategies include cultural ﬁltering, explicitness change, information change, trans editing, and so forth. Some of these techniques are obligatory during translation in a given language pair, while most are optional .Many researchers (e.g., Lörscher, 1991) believe that a translation strategy is a procedure or a sequence of actions.(Molina &amp;amp; Hurtado Albir, 2002, p. 509).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not consonant with the dictionary deﬁnitions of strategy. According to the Oxford English dictionary, strategy refers to “a plan for successful action based on the rationality and interdependence of the moves of the opposing participants,” while procedure is deﬁned as “[t]he fact or manner of proceeding with any action, or in any circumstance or situation; a system of proceeding; proceeding, in reference to its mode or method; conduct, behavior.” Krings (1986, p. 268) deﬁnes translation strategies as “potentially conscious plans for solving a translation problem.” Strategies involve adopting procedures to solve problems, and the chosen procedure will inﬂuence the result .Now let us turn our attention to translation procedures (referred to as “translation strategies” by some researchers) and procedural steps. Gerloff (1986) identiﬁed the following text processing strategies: (a) problem identiﬁcation, (b) linguistic analysis, (c) storage and retrieval, (d) general search and selection, (e) in ferencing and reasoning strategies,(f) text contextualization, (g) editing, and (h) task monitoring. In his empirical studies, Lörscher (1991) recognized 22 elements constituting translation strategies (or procedural steps), including nine original ones and 13 potential ones, such as realizing a translational problem, preliminary solution to a translational problem, and the mental organization of source-language text segments. During the translation process, these elements are combined by translators into basic structures. He found that professional and nonprofessional translators differ in the distribution and frequency of the strategies employed, but do not differ qualitatively; that is, their mental processes do not reveal signiﬁcant differences. He concluded that it is impossible to ascertain “[w]hen faced with problem X, [translators] employ strategy Y,” but we can ﬁnd out “[w]hen several [translators] are faced with a problem X, many or most of them employ similar or the same types of strategy” (p. 280) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Darwish (2008) identiﬁes four distinct translation procedures employed in translating: recursive strategy (i.e., a circular and revisional process), waterfall strategy (i.e., a sequential unit-by-unit process), stop-and-go strategy (i.e., a block-by-block process), and mixed strategies (i.e., a combination of the previous three strategies).In some translation textbooks (e.g., Thinking German Translation: A Course in Translation Method by Hervey, Loughridge, &amp;amp; Higgins, 2006), “translation method” is often used as a cover term for “translation strategy,” “translation technique,” and even “translation procedure.” For instance, there are literal and free translation methods. Compared with translation strategies, which are highly individualistic, translation methods are supra-individual and well tested (Lörscher, 1991, p. 70&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, “translation method” in English is often associated with such modes as machine translation and computer-aided translation. The term “translation approach” is often used in a vague sense, while “translation tactic” is rarely used. Discussions of translation strategies before the 1980s were primarily prescriptive, and researchers tended to argue for one translation strategy against another. Since the 1980s, empirical research into translation strategies, techniques, and procedures has become increasingly common. There are two major empirical approaches in this regard: product oriented and process-oriented. The former approach mainly refers to corpus-based contrastive analysis: a parallel corpus consisting of source texts and translations is built for analyzing the frequency of shifts (i.e., textual differences between source text and target text) and the various translation strategies and techniques employed. The factors to be considered can include text type, domain, synchronic and diachronic variation in language features and translation norms, idiosyncrasy, certain language features (e.g., metaphors, allusions), among others. In a process-oriented approach, translators are usually asked to translate a passage while thinking aloud, and the process will be recorded and then analyzed. The factors that might inﬂuence the frequency and distribution of translation strategies and procedures may include translation competence (e.g., novice translators versus professional translators), language direction (i.e., from or into the mother tongue), text type domain, translation brief, translation difﬁculty level of the test passage, time pressure, and so forth. These factors need to be manipulated or kept constant in an experiment in order to make meaningful comparisons.(Lörscher, 1991, p. 70).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, translational problems and mainly translation strategies were described, and different theories of translation strategies were mentioned. It was shown that different theorists suggest various definitions of translation strategies according to their different perspectives. Moreover, it was mentioned that Baker (1992) lists the most applicable set of strategies. She does not just name the strategies, but she also shows the application of each.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: An advanced resource book . London, England: Routledge.Hervey, S., Loughridge, M., &amp;amp; Higgins, I. (2006).Thinking German translation: A course in trans-lation method, German to English (2nd ed.). London, England: Routledge. Jääskeläinen, R. (1993). Investigating translation strategies. In S. Tirkkonen-Condit &amp;amp; J. Lafﬂing(Eds.),  Recent trends in empirical translation research (pp. 99–120). Joensuu, Finland: Universityof Joensuu.Krings, H. P. (1986). Translation problems and translation strategies of advanced German learnersof French (L2). In J. House &amp;amp; S. Blum-Kulka (Eds.), Interlingual and intercultural communication (pp. 263–76). Tübingen, Germany: Narr.Lörscher, W. (1991). 5. Jiraphatralikhit, J., Klinpoon, S., &amp;amp; Kaewjan, S. (2005). An analysis of strategies in translation of the movie subtitle: Behind the painting.Research Gate, 1, 54-71.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Comparison of Machine Translation and Human Translation from the Perspective of Skopos Theory---A Case Study of E-C Translation of ''A Tale of Two Cities'' as an example - 欧阳静兰 OuYang Jinglan 202020080630==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;欧阳静兰 OuYang Jinglan &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With the rapid development of globalization and the Internet, international communication is expanding, and a lot of information needs to be translated. Due to the low efficiency of human translation, machine translation is indispensable today. However, due to the limitations of machine translation, the quality of machine translation is still worrying. Therefore, from the perspective of Skopos theory, this paper takes the E-C translation of ''A Tale of Two Cities'' as an example to analyze the machine translation of Google translation and Baidu translation, and compare it with the translation of Song Zhaolin, so as to explore the characteristics of machine translation and human translation, try to discuss the irreplaceable nature of human translation, and discuss how to combine machine translation with human translation to improve the quality and efficiency of translation. This paper is divided into five parts: the first part introduces the background of the current translation environment; the second part introduces Skopos Theory and discusses the feasibility of Skopos Theory in analyzing machine translation and human translation; the third part introduces the advantages and disadvantages of machine translation and human translation, and discusses the relationship between them; the fourth part is a case study to see machine translation from the perspective of Skopos theory Compared with manual translation, it is concluded that machine translation and manual translation must be combined to improve the efficiency and quality of translation. The fifth part is a summary of this paper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory, machine translation, human translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论视角下机器翻译和人工翻译的对比---以《双城记》的英汉翻译为例&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着全球化和互联网的迅速发展，国际的交流日益扩大，大量信息需要翻译。由于人工翻译效率低下，在越来越强调效率和质量的今天，机器翻译必不可少。然而，由于机器翻译的局限性，机器翻译的质量仍然堪忧。因此,本文以目的论视角, 以《双城记》的英汉翻译为例，分析谷歌翻译和百度翻译的机器译文, 与宋兆霖版本的中文译本对比，由此探析机器翻译与人工翻译的特点,尝试论述人工翻译的不可替代性, 并讨论如何将机器翻译与人工翻译结合提高翻译的质量和效率。本文分为五个部分，第一部分对当前翻译环境背景的介绍；第二部分对目的论进行简介，并讨论目的论用于分析机器翻译和人工翻译的可行性；第三部分介绍机器翻译和人工翻译的优缺点，并讨论他们之间的关系；第四部分进行案例分析，从目的论视角下看机器翻译与人工翻译的对比，得出提高翻译效率与质量必须将机器翻译与人工翻译相结合。第五部分对全文进行总结。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
目的论 机器翻译 人工翻译 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization, the growth of Internet and artificial intelligence, machine translation becomes an indispensable choice in today’s society. Compared with human translation, machine translation has the advantages of efficiency. As the traditional translation method, human translation can guarantee the accuracy of the text. In this information era, many people are thinking whether human translation will be replaced by machine translation. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In September 2016, Google released the neural network translation system, which greatly improved the quality of machine translation. In November, Baidu CEO Robin Li stated at the Wuzhen Summit of the 3rd World Internet Conference that Baidu's artificial intelligence product &amp;quot;automatic translation&amp;quot; will enter a practical state. Therefore, this paper will put the original text of Tale of Two Cities in two representative public machine translation engines at home and abroad, &amp;quot;Google&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Baidu&amp;quot;, to obtain the machine translation. Selecting texts from the famous classical novel ''A Tale of Two Cities'', and comparing machine translations and human translations based on this novel from the perspective of Skopos theory, this paper aims to investigate the relationship between human translation and machine translation and their developments in the future.  (Hu Kaibao 2016, 10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2. Overview of Skopos Theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, some eminent German translation theory scholars first proposed functional translation theory. Translation theorist Katharina Reiss divides text into three types: informative, expressive and operational. She suggested that according to different text types, different translation methods should be used for analysis, and different translation criticism standards should be adopted, that is, text types, language functions and translation strategies should be combined. In the translation process, it’s essential to focus on the functional characteristics of the target text. Her text type theory and translation criticism mode can be regarded as the beginning of functionalist Skopos theory. (Reiss, K, &amp;amp; Vermeer 1984)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hans Vermeer is Reiss's student. He further developed Reiss's theory and proposed Skopos theory. He believed that Skopos theory is based on the source text, and then may produce a series of purposeful and effective behaviors. The core of this theory is that &amp;quot;the purpose of translation determines translation strategies and method to achieve the expected purpose of translation&amp;quot; (Reiss &amp;amp; Vermeer 1984), and German scholars Justa Holz Manttari and Christian Nord further developed this theory which based on the theory of communication and behavior, and they  proposed that translation theory is not a simple translation between words and sentences, but a kind of conscious behavior for the purpose of cultural communication. (Reiss, K, &amp;amp; Vermeer 1984)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Three Rules of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
The word “Skopos” is originated from the Greek language and means &amp;quot;purpose&amp;quot;. Skopos theory refers to the process of translation is determined by the purpose of the translation, so the purpose rule is the highest one of translation. Generally speaking, skopos theory includes three principles: Skopos rule, coherence rule (intra-textual coherence) and fidelity rule (also known as &amp;quot;inter-textual coherence&amp;quot;). (Nord 2001, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory believes that the important principle to be followed is the &amp;quot;purpose&amp;quot; rule, it is the core rule of Skopos Theory: the process of translation should be based on the realization of the communicative function in the target language culture, and the goal to be achieved determines the entire process of translation, that is, the method determines the result. Vermeer differentiated the purpose of translation. He believes that the purpose of translation should include three levels: the purpose of the translator; the purpose of communication; the purpose of specific translation strategies. In most cases, a translator has a certain purpose before translation, such as being entrusted by a translation company, market demand or the need to introduce a technology. In most cases, &amp;quot;purpose&amp;quot; refers to the communicative purpose of translation. Under the guidance of the purpose of communication, the translator can have more space to interpret and adjust the original text. (Nord 2001, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To achieve the communicative and interative function between the target text and the target receptor, the target text needs to conform to the linguistic coherence, and be understood and accepted by the readers in the context of the target language and culture. The principle of coherence means that the target text must conform to the intra-textual coherence, that is, the translation must be understood by the target reader and be meaningful in the culture of the target language and the communication environment in which the translation is used. “The principle of coherence requires that the information generated by the translator (target text) must be interpreted in a manner consistent with the context of the target reader.” (Shuttleworth 2004: 75) This means the translator should maximize the translation Semantic coherence and makes the translation understandable and acceptable to the target readers. The target text can help target readers understand and successfully exchange information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fidelity rule refers to the inter-textual coherence between the original text and the target text, which requires &amp;quot;consistency between the target text and the original text&amp;quot; (Munday, 2010: 79). Therefore, in the translation process, the translator should not only be faithful to the original text, but also transfer the writing style and cultural factors existed in the source text. This principle requires translator to follow the purpose of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, translators should follow three principles according to Skopos Theory: the Skopos rule, the coherence rule and the fidelity rule. Among these three rules in Skopos Theory, the skopos rule is the primary principle translators should adopt in the process of translation, and the coherence rule and the fidelity rule must follow the skopos rule. So in the case of translation practice, fidelity rule is subordinate to coherence rule, and both are subordinate to the Skopos rule. In a word, Skopos rule plays a decisive role in translation process, and it should be considered first in translation. (Fang Mengzhi 2011, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Application of Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory is different from traditional theories which overemphasize the features of language rules. With regard to Skopos Theory, it requires that translators should not only consider the language but also take account of factors beyond texts and language like the purpose of translation. As for ''A Tale of Two Cities'', the purpose is to make the target reader feel the same as the source target reader.  Since this is a literary text, the cultural factors and rhetorical methods used in the source texts should be reflected in the target text. In addition, the feeling of the target text reader should be taken into consideration in the process of translation. Therefore, the translation should conform to habits of the target language. But guided by Skopos Theory, the advantages and disadvantages of machine translation can be easily analyzed, so that a better solution can be founded between human translation and machine translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Machine Translation and Human Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation activities have a long history. As far as China is concerned, translation has a history of more than two thousand years. However, the translation tools have rarely changed, and the translations are always been done by &amp;quot;translators&amp;quot;. With the development of science and technology and the acceleration of globalization, there is an increasing need for translation. Therefore， &amp;quot;machine&amp;quot; translation has emerged. High efficiency and low cost of machine translation make people think about whether machine translation will replace human translation. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Advantages and disadvantages of human translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Human translation has both advantages and disadvantages. For example, human translation has the characteristics of flexibility, accuracy, high readability and humanization of language. At the same time, however, compared with machine translation, human translation is less efficient and easy to be influenced by translator's own cultural background and translation capacity so it is difficult to achieve rapid development. Before the advent of machine translation, all translation activities were done by human. Compared with machine, translators, as a bridge of cross-cultural communication, are more flexible. Translation itself is a complex activity. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professional translators who have certain cultural background knowledge can choose different translation methods and strategies according to the similarities and differences between the two languages and cultures, so it is more flexible and accurate. The flexibility of human language enables the translator to express the meaning of the original text in a more abundant language, and accurately handle the rhetorical devices in the original text. Therefore, the target text of human translation must be more readable than that of machine translation. Human translation has a long history, and people's research on translation has never stopped. Many excellent translators have emerged in the world and put forward various translation ideas and strategies. Translation has established a relatively mature and complete theory. With the rapid development of China's economy and the increasing number of foreign exchanges, the demand for translation is on the rise. At the same time, the time spent on translation needs to be shortened. Therefore, manual translation alone cannot meet the needs of the translation market. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Advantages and disadvantages of machine translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Machine translation refers to thefact that a language can be transferred into another language automatically with the help of machine. The idea of machine translation was firstly put forward by Weaver in his book Translation in 1949. Since the end of the 20th century, the development of the Internet and computer technology has provided more optional software and engines for machine translation. At the same time, the corpus has become richer and more complete, greatly improving the efficiency and quality of machine translation. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current machine translation is based on the &amp;quot;Neural Machine Translation&amp;quot; (NMT) model of artificial intelligence. Currently, the popular web page machine translations include Youdao Translation, Baidu Translation, Google Translation and so on. Google is currently in a leading position in both voice translation and text translation. Google Translation is a service provided by Google to translate texts and web pages, providing instant translation between more than 100 languages. It can provide translations of words, sentences and web pages between any two languages it supports. The more human translation documents that can be analyzed for a particular language are, the higher the quality of the translation is. In addition, Google's web page translation is fast, especially free to use, so it has a considerable number of users in translation activities, especially students. Therefore, this paper will take Google Translation and Baidu Translation as an example to analyze the translation quality, which is representative in the market. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, machine translation has the characteristics of high efficiency, low cost, accuracy of terminology translation, and great development potential. Machine translation is fast and efficient, for which human translation cannot match. Secondly, the price of machine translation is low, even free, which greatly reduces the economic cost and time cost for those who do not require high translation quality. In addition, compared to human translation, the huge corpus established by machine translation makes the translation of some terms, especially the latest scientific and technological terms, faster and more accurate. The accurate translation of these terms requires continuous learning by the translator, and learning requires a process, which has a certain test of the translator's learning ability and learning speed. At this point, human translation has uncertainty and lag. Finally, although the history of machine translation is short, it has achieved rapid development. With the advancement of science and technology and the development of society, the functions of machine translation will be more perfect and the quality of translation will be better. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, from a microscopic point of view, machine translation often has problems in the choice of word meaning, especially when there is one word with different meanings. It needs the translator to select the meaning based on the context, while machine translation cannot accurately choose the meaning of a word in combination with the context. What’s more, the word order of the translated sentence often does not conform to the word order and expression habits of the target language. From the aspect of tense, it is more accurate when translating English into Chinese, because words in English can directly change tense. However, there are sometimes problems such as no corresponding tenses when translating Chinese into English. From a macro point of view, machine translation does not have cultural sensitivity and is not accurate enough for the translation of some idioms and proverbs with strong cultural color. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 Relationship between machine translation and human translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Machine translation is based on human translation, and the establishment of corpus that machine translation relies on needs human participation. When translating technical terms, machine translation corpus and parallel text can greatly reduce the time when find and determine proper equivalent terms. However, the establishment of these corpora needs well-translated materials. The accuracy and usability of corpus are also affected by the quality of human translation. Therefore, they restrict and influence each other. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are more or less defects in the micro and macro aspects of machine translation. At the micro level, it mainly includes vocabulary, syntax, tense, and so on. However, at the macro level, it mainly includes text cohesion and cultural background. Therefore, human translation is essential. In addition, all machine translation inspection, modification, sorting and other work must also be carried out manually, so as to make the translation quality better and meet the requirements of communication. It can be seen that machine translation alone cannot meet the requirements of high quality translation. Translation activities cannot be separated from human participation. Therefore, with the development of machine translation, translation should be completed by both machine and human. The two are related, influenced with each other. (Jin Wenlu 2019, 40)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Case Study from the Perspective of Skopos Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
A Tale of Two Cities is a long historical novel by British writer Charles Dickens, first published in 1859. The story is set in the French Revolution and has a touching plot. It is one of the world's literary classics. The twin cities refer to Paris and London. The story connects these two cities and tells the story of the Parisian doctor Manette. He was persecuted by the brothers of the Marquis St. Evremonde due to injustice and was detained in the Bastille prison for 18 years. After being released from prison, Mannette's daughter Lucie fell in love with the enemy's son Darney. Thus, in the whirlpool of the French Revolution, scenes of family grievances and hatred were staged grandly. Life and death, good and evil were blended in conflict and changed in an instant. On the guillotine, Carton calmly sacrificed his life for love. （Dickens 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A Tale of Two Cities has a rigorous structure and condensed language. Dickens's profound thinking on revolution and humanity and his breathtaking writing talent are fully demonstrated. This paper selects the most representative classic sentences in the text for comparative analysis of translation, studies whether neural network machine translation software can accurately translate classic literary works, and explores whether neural network machine translation will replace manual translation in the context of artificial intelligence. The human translation was by Zhaolin Song. Among the many translation versions in China, Song’s translation was regarded as the version which closes to the source text most. (Feng Baoyin 2018, 232)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Case Study from the perspective of Skopos Rule====&lt;br /&gt;
In Vermeer’ opinion, the dominant rule for any translation should be the skopos rule, which means that a translation action is determined by its purposes. That is to say, the translation action should be in accordance with the target context and culture. The purposes of target text determine the translation strategies and methods used in translation process. A good translation should conform to the target culture and meet target audiences’ expectations. According to Nord, “Skopos of a particular translation task may require a ‘free’ or a ‘faithful’ translation, or anything between these two extremes, depending on the purpose for which the translation is needed”. Once the intended purposes are achieved, the translation will be considered as reasonable and proper. It is unnecessary for the translation to be equivalent to the source text. (Nord 1997, 102)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: We were all going direct to heaven, we were all going direct the other way--in short, the period was so far like the present period, that some of its noisiest authorities insisted on its being received, for good or for evil, in the superlative degree of comparison only. （Dickens 2016, 15）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google translation: 我们都直接去天堂，我们都直接去天堂- -简而言之，这一时期与目前的时期如此遥远，以至于它的一些最吵闹的当局坚持以最高的比较程度来接受它是好是坏。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu translation: 我们是所有的人都直接去天堂，我们都朝着另一个方向去——简而言之，这个时期和现在的时代非常相似，以至于一些最吵闹的权威坚持要接受它，不管是好是坏，只是在最高级的比较中。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human translation（Zhaolin Song）: 我们大家都在直升天堂，我们大家都在直下地狱——简而言之，那个时代和当今这个时代是如此相似，因而一些吵嚷不休的权威们也坚持认为，不管它是好是坏，都只能用“ 最……”来评价它。(Song Zhaolin 2005, 20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: &lt;br /&gt;
Since this is selected from a novel, the purpose of translation should be express the meaning and beauty of the source text. As for the Google translation, there was a mistake in translating &amp;quot;We were all going directly the other way&amp;quot;. The translated meaning is totally different from the original.  As to Baidu translation, it expressed the meaning of the original text, but the way it expressed the original meaning may confuse the target text reader. In regards to human translation, the translator of this edition adopts the combination of literal translation and free translation. In this way, the translation not only clearly expresses the original meaning, but also takes into account the literariness of the work, so that readers can feel the characteristics of the times more vividly&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Case study from the perspective of coherence rule====&lt;br /&gt;
Coherence rule is also called “intra-textual coherence”, which means that the translation should be acceptable and understandable for the target audiences and be meaningful in the communicative situation and culture in which it is received. In other words, the target text should conform to the target receivers’ situation, including their given knowledge, background culture and specific circumstances. (Nord 1997, 120)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2: Questions, questions, questions! (Charles Dickens 2016, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google Translation: 问题，问题，问题！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Translation: 问题，问题，问题！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human translation（Zhaolin Song）: 问题一个接一个地提出来！(Song Zhaolin 2005, 68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In this sentence, the original text uses three &amp;quot;questions&amp;quot; in a row to enhance the tone. However, Google and Baidu Translation directly translated it into &amp;quot;问题，问题，问题！&amp;quot;, which sounds too blunt to read. The target text translated by Google and Baidu cannot reflect the meaning of the original text. What's more, it makes it hard for target readers to get the meaning of the text. While the translator chose the free translation method to make the translation more natural and smooth. The translated text followed the coherence rule in the process of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3: But just because he had a powerful enemy---an enemy with the power to send him to prison and to keep him there, hidden and forgotten, for eighteen years. (Charles Dickens 2016, 102)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Google translation: 但是仅仅因为他有一个强大的敌人-一个有能力将他送进监狱并将其隐藏和遗忘在监狱里长达十八年的敌人。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baidu translation:只是因为他有一个强大的敌人，一个有能力把他送进监狱，把他关在那里，隐藏起来，被遗忘18年。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human translation(Song Zhaolin): 而只是因为他有一个强大的敌人-这个敌人拥有权势将他投进监狱，而且把他在那里与世隔绝、被人遗忘地关了18年。(Song Zhaolin 2005, 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: In terms of grammar, English uses long sentences, which are connected by functional words, such as conjunctions, prepositions and relative words. Its syntactic structure is relatively complex and it is a hypotactic language. Chinese is a paratactic language. In the process of E-C translation, we often use disassembly syntax to translate a long and complex English sentence into several short and simple Chinese short sentences. From Google Translation, it directly translated the structure of the original text. The target text created by Google translation doesn't conform to target language structure. While the translation of Baidu almost in accordance with the target language structure. As to the human translation, not only was the structure, but also the meaning was perfectly expressed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 Case study from the perspective of fidelity rule====&lt;br /&gt;
Fidelity rule is also named by Vermeer as “intertextual coherence”, which puts emphasis on the relationship between the source text and target text. Based on Skopos theory, fidelity rule requires that the target text should be in accordance with the source text, which means the information contained in the source text should be exactly conveyed by the target text under the translators’ efforts. (Nord 1997, 140)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1: It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness, it was the epoch of belief, it was the epoch of incredulity, it was the season of light, it was the season of Darkness, it was the spring of hope, it was the winter of despair, we had everything before us, we had nothing before us. （Dickens 2016, 15）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Google Translation: 那是最美好的时光，那是最糟糕的时光，那是智慧的时代，那是愚昧的时代，那是信仰的时代，那是轻信的时代，那是光明的季节， 是黑暗的季节，是希望的春天，是绝望的冬天，我们眼前的一切，眼前的一切。&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Baidu Translation: 那是最好的时代，最坏的时代，智慧的时代，愚昧的时代，信仰的时代，不信的时代，光明的季节，黑暗的季节，希望的春天，绝望的冬天，我们面前什么都有，面前什么都没有。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Human Translation (Zhaolin Song): : 那是最美好的时代，那是最糟糕的时代；那是个睿智的年月，那是个蒙昧的年月；那是信心百倍的时期，那是疑虑重重的时期；那是阳光普照的季节，那是黑暗笼罩的季节；那是充满希望的春天，那是让人绝望的冬天；我们面前无所不有，我们面前一无所有。（Song Zhaolin 2005, 20）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Analysis: This is the classic opening paragraph in &amp;quot;A Tale of Two Cities&amp;quot;, and it can be said to be very popular. On the whole, because of the simple structure of this paragraph, the two machine-translated translations all accurately express the content of the original text, but one shortcoming is that it is difficult for machine translation to express the unique beauty of rhythm of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analysis of the translation of commonly used machine translation software and human translation from the perspective of Skopos Theory, we can conclude that for the translation of literary works, machine translation can accurately express the meaning of the original text, even equal to manual translation if there are only some simple expressions in the source texts. However, the quality of machine translation needs to be improved some sentences with complex sentence patterns and difficult grammatical structures. Therefore, the translation of literary works by machines  still have a long way to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The main purpose of this paper is to find a better solution between machine translation and human translation under the guidance of the Skopos Theory for optimizing weaknesses of machine translation platforms, which not only generates solutions to errors, but also improves the quality of machine translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Theoretically, this paper applies Skopos Theory to guide human translation and machine translation of literary texts. Machine translation can be regarded as a basis of human translation, while those errors caused by machine translation can be improved manually after the completion of machine translation. Meanwhile, by employing appropriate translation methods and techniques, such as semantic conversion, amplification, omission and so on, human translation based on machine translation enormously solves errors in machine translation which further optimizes weaknesses of machine translation. Human translation process also becomes more efficient with the help of machine&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for machine translation, firstly, machine translation platforms can’t replace translators on account of its incomplete corpus and limitations in transferring the cultural meaning. Secondly, errors at lexical level caused by defects of machine translation are much more than that at syntactical level. Lastly, machine translation platforms are restricted by contexts of language, situation and culture which lead to incorrect target text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In regard with human translation, from the perspective of Skopos theory, human translation is more understandable and readable to target readers than that of machine translation. It’s essential for the translator to know typical errors in machine translation, features of machine translation platforms and characteristics of the source text, which could fascinate the efficiency of translation. All in all, machine translation platforms enhance the efficiency of translating large amount of material and human translation provides a solution for machine translation of poor quality. Machine translation and human translation are complement to each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
* Charles Dickens. (2016). A Tale of Two Cities. Macmillian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Fang Mengzhi 方梦之. (2011). 中国译学大辞典 [A Dictionary of Translation Studies in China] 上海外语教育出版社(leave a blank space)Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Feng Baoyin(leave a blank space)冯宝茵 (2018). 从读者反应论对比两个《双城记》译本 [A comparative study of two versions of a tale of two cities from the perspective of reader response theory]. 北方文学, Northern Literature (36):232.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Hu Kaibao &amp;amp; Li Yi胡开宝 &amp;amp; 李翼. (2016). 机器翻译特征及其与人工翻译关系的研究. [Research on the characteristics of machine translation and its relationship with human translation] 中国翻译 Chinese Translation (05),10-14. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jin Wenlu 靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. 智库时代 Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Mark Shuttleworth (2004). Dictionary of Translation Studies. Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press. 75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Munday, J. (2001). Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Application. London: Routeledge. 78.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Reiss, K &amp;amp; Vermeer, H. J. (1984). Groundwork for a General Theory of Translation. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Song Zhaolin(leave a blank space)宋兆霖 (2005). 双城记 A Tale of Two Cities 中国戏剧出版社, China Drama Press.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=115849</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=115849"/>
		<updated>2020-12-19T13:43:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Chinese Classical Fairy Tales -Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 202070080628  MTI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: East China Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮 英语笔译 202070080620==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. The architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese. &amp;quot;Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city, Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges were integrated into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. The architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese people. &amp;quot;Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city, Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;quot; --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 12:38, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. It was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman in the Sui Dynasty. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 13:18, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Chun creatively adopted the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been destroyed. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 13:18, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for over 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for over 1300 years explains everything. According to the records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of the last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge also follows its style. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 13:18, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. (Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technique in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of the 19th century. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 13:18, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of over 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. It is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of over 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed within six years. It is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:00, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:00, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. (Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and torrential, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion.As it was built on the Luoyang River, it also named Luoyang Bridge. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:00, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many innovations in the construction technique of the Luoyang bridge, including the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:00, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important hub of communication between the north and south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are all different. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.--[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like seeing off pedestrians.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. There are two big stone lions at the east end and two big stone elephants at the west which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like seeing off pedestrians. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, it has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Rich in historical resources, it has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.--[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:14, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong is the most famous. (Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge, commonly known as Xiangzi bridge, is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong is the most famous. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:24, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stone lions and stone pavilions at the two ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:24, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. (Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is that“the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:24, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. It was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, leading in smashing down two strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. It was said that there were two strange stones in Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain and smashed down the two strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:24, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he indicated that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. Therefore, he determined that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:24, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many ancient and modern bridge science and technology in China have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information. --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 14:24, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Kun 沈坤. (2016). 中国古代四大名桥[Four famous bridges in ancient China].百姓生活People's life (07) 59-62.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Wei薇薇. (2016).中国人必须知道的国学常识[The common knowledge of Chinese culture that Chinese people must know].雷锋 Lei Feng (Z1) 148-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Lichun魏丽春. (2007).我国的四大名桥[Four famous bridges in China].新长征New Long March (08) 60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Jun黄军. (1996).我国风景名胜中的四大[Four famous scenic spots in China].农家之友 Friends of farmers (03) 46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three. They are “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”, “Wang Yuan removed the strange stones” and “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there for 1400 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To make the slope of the bridge deck gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 2020，14）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Living in a modern world with countless yummy food, youngsters have a special obsession for milk tea. There is even a popular saying that goes like this online:”Youngsters sustain their lives by milk tea.”--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 05:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular everywhere in our nation and the rest of the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered into “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol of modern civilized human life,  namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for the youths.（Li Xintong 2020，14）--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 05:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well have a discussion of its past and current stories !--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 05:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds different opinions about the origin, but in fact, after a careful analysis, we can easily find its origin can be traced back as far as to &amp;quot;Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still serve their honored visitors with milk tea, which has become an unshakable traditional custom.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 05:49, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the reckless global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, milk tea was improved and reformed in Britain.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 16:01, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the difference of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea instead to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 16:01, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added a local snack made by flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape and color is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic emotions was spread far and wide.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 16:01, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has come into its preliminarily shape.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 16:01, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020,68）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, why not talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is reputed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as the first original Chinese style tea brand in Changsha, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China by means of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 16:31, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan (south of Yangtze River) woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020,68）--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 16:31, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, made up by Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte attaches the same importance to both milk and tea, with each flavor mingled pretty well.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 16:31, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet popular in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong. Later, with his wife and a clerk, he opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot; to place an order, hence the name of this milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 09:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicraftsmen. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the first sip. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is the essence of Masala Chai. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature in certain level.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 09:14, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can rapidly replenish sugar, increase body energy, mitigate fatigue and improve working efficiency.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 09:21, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the risk of getting fat. It will also induce cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer after a long time consuming.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 09:26, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qingming Riverside Landscspe Garden-Zeng Liang 曾良-英语笔译-202070080578==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province, and covering an area of more than 600 acres, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden is a large-scale historical and cultural theme park showing the prosperous scenery of Song Dynasty. It is based on the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' drawn by famous painter Zhang Zeduan in the Northern Song Dynasty. (Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden is a large-scale historical and cultural theme park covering an area of more than 600 acresand showing the prosperous scenery of Song Dynasty. It is based on the painting Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival drawn by famous painter Zhang Zeduan in the earlier Song Dynasty. --[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.(Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China's first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and also, the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions and China's intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.(Wei Tuo 2006,13) --[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' is a precious scroll of social and folk life in ancient China. It reflects the social life, manners and customs of marketplace, and urban architectural patterns of Kaifeng as the capital of the Northern Song Dynasty in China. Although it only reflects a part of Kaifeng at that time, People can still have a glimpse of the general appearance of other streets and urban areas. It is interesting that a thousand years ago, Zhang Zeduan moved it from reality to a painting, but a thousand years later, Kaifeng people moved it from a painting into reality. Wandering among them, people can have a feeling of going back in time.(Zhang Lu 2013,25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The painting Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival is a precious scroll of social and folk life in ancient China, reflecting the social life, manners and customs of marketplace, and urban architectural patterns of Kaifeng, the capital of the Northern Song Dynasty in China. Although it is just a minor part of Kaifeng at that time, people can still have a glimpse of the general appearance of other streets and urban areas. It is interesting that a thousand years ago, Zhang Zeduan moved it from reality to a painting, but a thousand years later, Kaifeng people moved it from a painting into reality. Wandering among them, people can have a feeling of going back in time.(Zhang Lu 2013,25) --[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight functional zones including posthouse, folk custom, characteristic food street, demonstration of culture in Song Dynasty, flower, bird, fish, bug, prosperous capital, leisure and shopping, and integrated service, and four cultural zones including military drill ground, Rainbow Bridge, folk custom, and capital of Song Dynasty. The main architechtures of the garden include gate building, rainbow bridge, street view, stores, river channels, wharfs and ships. According to the original layout of ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'', the garden presents the fabrications on site such as wine shops, teahouses, pawnshops, Bian (today’s Kaifeng) embroideries, official porcelains, and New Year paintings, gathers folk performance, vaudeville, and drum performance. (Gao Jing 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are eight functional zones including posthouse, folk custom, characteristic food street, demonstration of culture in Song Dynasty, flower, bird, fish, bug, prosperous capital, leisure and shopping, and integrated service, and four cultural zones including military drill ground, Rainbow Bridge, folk custom, and capital of Song Dynasty. The main architechtures of the garden include gate building, rainbow bridge, street view, stores, river channels, wharfs and ships. According to the original layout of Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival, the garden presents the fabrications on site such as wine shops, teahouses, pawnshops, Bian (today’s Kaifeng) embroideries, official porcelains, and New Year paintings, gathers folk performance, vaudeville, and drum performance. (Gao Jing 2010,18)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attrations in the garden include Rainbow Bridge, Fuyun Pavillion, Shangshan Gate and so on. The Rainbow Bridge is an important creation in the history of ancient Chinese bridges. It is listed as the top ten famous bridges in China, and it is also a major landscape in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The original one was built in 1050, and it was reconstructed in 1998. It is a replica of one of the ten ancient timber bridges. (Chen Kang 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attrations in the garden include Rainbow Bridge, Fuyun Pavillion, Shangshan Gate and so on. The Rainbow Bridge is an important creation in the history of ancient Chinese bridges. It is listed as the top ten famous bridges in China, and a major landscape in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The original one was built in 1050 and reconstructed in 1998. It is a replica of one of the ten ancient timber bridges. --[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuyun Pavillion is 31.99 meters high and it is the tallest building in the garden. The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map. From the outside, the pavilion is four floors but there are another three flowers hidden inside. It is also the place where important royal documents and traditional Chinese painting and books are stored during the Song Dynasty. (Zhang Lu 2013,25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fuyun Pavillion, the tallest building in the garden, reaches 31.99 meters high. The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map. From the outside, the pavilion is four floors but there are another three flowers hidden inside. It is also the place where important royal documents and traditional Chinese painting and books are stored during the Song Dynasty. (Zhang Lu 2006,62)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden will hold a series of cultural festivals, such as folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, Qingming cultural festival, and chrysanthemum cultural festival. During the folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, the scenic spot will gather unique folk performances across the country, such as flower-drum on the high platform, stilt, dragon dance, lion dance, small Henan opera. The international lantern exhibition is the highlight of folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty. A visual feast will be brought by auspicious tradition of Chinese Pavilion, the fresheness and refineness of Asian Pavilion, simplicity and fashion of European Pavilion, the quaint Buddhism of the Southeast Asia Pavilion, and the luxurious atmosphere of the African Pavillion.(Zhang Lu 2013, 26)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden will hold a series of cultural festivals, such as folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, Qingming cultural festival, and chrysanthemum cultural festival. During the folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, the scenic spot will gather unique folk performances across the country, such as flower-drum on the high platform, stilt, dragon dance, lion dance, small Henan opera. The international lantern exhibition is the highlight of folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty. A visual feast will be brought by auspicious tradition of Chinese Pavilion, the fresheness and refineness of Asian Pavilion, simplicity and fashion of European Pavilion, the quaint Buddhism of the Southeast Asia Pavilion, and the luxurious atmosphere of the African Pavillion.(Zhang Lu 2013, 26)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During the Qingming Festival, the garden will hold some Qingming cultural festivals to promote traditional festival culture. At that time, vistors can have an outing in spring, plant willion trees, watch folk customs, taste snacks, and enjoy the large-scale water live performances called ''“Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty”.'' This event combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. (Gao Jing 2010,17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Qingming Festival, the garden will hold some Qingming cultural festivals to promote traditional festival culture. At that time, vistors can walk out for a spring outing, plant willion trees, watch folk customs, taste snacks, and enjoy the large-scale water live performances called &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty.&amp;quot; This event combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life.(Gao Jing 2010,17)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum cultural festival is another grand festival in the garden, during which all kinds of chrysanthemums will be presented.The annual chrysanthemum festival in Kaifeng is held from October to November. Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden focuses on beautiful chrysanthemum plants, and makes full of architectures, sculptures, mountains, the surface of the water and association of activity and inertia to highlight the cultivated and creative skills of Kaifeng people. Chrysanthemums are changed into various shapes, which attracted thousands of visitors from all over the world. In the exhibition, visitors can enjoy and appreciate some species of chrysanthemum that are rarely seen in our daily life. (Zhang Lu 2013,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum cultural festival is another grand one in the garden, during which all kinds of chrysanthemums will be presented. The annual chrysanthemum festival in Kaifeng is held from October to November. Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden focuses on beautiful chrysanthemum plants, and makes full use of architectures, sculptures, mountains, the surface of the water and association of activity and inertia to highlight the cultivated and creative skills of Kaifeng people. Chrysanthemums are changed into various shapes, attracting thousands of visitors from all over the world. In the exhibition, visitors can enjoy and appreciate some species of chrysanthemum that are rarely seen in our daily life.(Zhang Lu 2013,24)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are vaious performances presented in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden, such as ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty'', ''Baogong Salute to Guests'', ''Spitting Fire Show'', ''Cockfight'', ''Women’s Polo'' and so on. Among these formances, ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty'' is a representative show of the garden. It is a large-scale live water performance produced by Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The performance is lasted for 70 minutes and is performed by more than 700 actors. It is a scroll about the heyday of the Northern Song Dynasty. The bustling scene of the Song Dynasty market, the prosperity of the capital of Bianliang(today’s Kaifeng), the mighty momentum of luxurious neighboring countries, the tragedy of wars, and the sustenance of blessings constitute a wash painting with a combination of noise and tranquility.(Gao Jing 2010,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are vaious performances presented in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden, such as &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Baogong Salute to Guests&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Spitting Fire Show&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Cockfight&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Women's Polo&amp;quot; and so on. Among these formances, &amp;quot;Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty&amp;quot; is a representative show of the garden. It is a large-scale live water performance produced by Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The performance lasts for 70 minutes and is performed by more than 700 actors. It is a scroll about the heyday of the Northern Song Dynasty. The bustling scene of the Song Dynasty market, the prosperity of the capital of Bianliang(today's Kaifeng), the mighty momentum of luxurious neighboring countries, the tragedy of wars, and the sustenance of blessings constitute a wash painting with a combination of noise and tranquility.(Gao Jing 2010,16)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese architectures and western architectures are different. The ancient architectures of China can be divided into palace architecure, religious architecture, mansion architecture and public architecture, which can be seen in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. Compared with the Gothic architecture during the Middles Ages of the western Europe, the architecture of Song Dynasty shows a delicate and soft style, with complex forms of palaces, terraces, towers and pavilions, while Gothic archetecture is magnificent and exquisite. It has pointed vaults, which give people a visual impact and have a strong religious color.(Pang Runxin 2019,10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese architectures and western architectures are different. The ancient architectures of China can be divided into palace architecure, religious architecture, mansion architecture and public architecture, which can be seen in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. Compared with the Gothic architecture during the Middles Ages of the western Europe, the architecture of Song Dynasty shows a delicate and soft style, with complex forms of palaces, terraces, towers and pavilions, while Gothic archetecture is magnificent and exquisite. It has pointed vaults, which gives people a visual impact and has a strong religious color.(Pang Runxin 2019,10)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' 清明上河园&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival''《清明上河图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainbow Bridge虹桥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuyun Pavillion浮云阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shangshan Gate 上善门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chrysanthemum菊花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Baogong Salute to Guests''包公迎宾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Spitting Fire Show''气功喷火&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Cockfight''斗鸡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Women’s Polo''女子马球&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''《大宋·东京梦华》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(英文和中文直接需要间隔，清明上河园不需要斜体，其他应该也不用斜体）--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the location of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What’s the role of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' opened to the public?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Who is the painter of ''Piverside Scene at Qingming Festival''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Which dynasty of the painting ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What does the name of ''Fuyun Pavilion'' mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What’s the characteristics of the performance of ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Can you please list some kinds of performance of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' besides ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.It is located on the west bank of ''Dragon Pavilion'' in Kaifeng, Henan Province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.In 2009, ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by ''China World Records Association''. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s ''intangible cultural heritage exhibition base''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Zhang Zeduan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Northern Song Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.It combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.''Baogong Salute to Guests'', ''Spitting Fire Show'', ''Cockfight'', ''Women’s Polo''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Kang 陈康.(2006).《清明上河园》的精彩场景——贯木拱虹桥[Excellent Scenes of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden——Wooden Arch Rainbow Bridge].集邮博览Philatelic Panorama(07)62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Jing高静.(2010). 清明上河园——玩转宋文化[Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden—Fully Experience the Culture of Song Dyansty].光彩Brilliance(04)16-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Mei李梅.(2007).清明上河园特色建设与长远发展[Distinctive Architecture of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden nd its Long Development].合作经济与科技Co-operative Economyand Science(8)10-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Runxin庞润昕.(2019).《清明上河图》的建筑艺术[Architectural Art in Paintings of Riverside Scene Qingming Festival].景德镇陶瓷大学Jingdezheng Ceramic Institute(06)10-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tuo韦陀.(2006).张择端之《清明上河图》[Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival Painted by Zhang Zeduan].紫禁城Forbidden City（Z2)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Lu张璐.(2013).清明上河园与宋都文化传承创新研究[Inheritance and Innovation Research Study of “Qingming River” Song Dynasty Theme Park].赤峰学院学报Chi Feng College Journal(05)23-27.--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 15:22, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
(标点符号之间需要空格）--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 13:22, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which was excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the pattern on the quilt is still unknown.--[[User:Chen Jingjing|Chen Jingjing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jingjing|talk]]) 12:22, 14 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Jingjing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, taking it out and drying in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. --[[User:Chen Jingjing|Chen Jingjing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jingjing|talk]]) 12:32, 14 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Jingjing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turns out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because every wax would melt in high temperature.--[[User:Chen Jingjing|Chen Jingjing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jingjing|talk]]) 12:37, 14 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Jingjing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When did batik appear and become popular?--[[User:Chen Jingjing|Chen Jingjing]] ([[User talk:Chen Jingjing|talk]]) 12:46, 14 December 2020 (UTC)Chen Jingjing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Ancient Weapons -Zhang Hui张慧 202070080622  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.(沈志刚，2010).Quotation missing--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 13:42, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.Quotation missing--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 13:42, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 09:02, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1].百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2].沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3].&amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4].Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 13:42, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Terracotta Army-Zhang Ling 张玲 英语笔译 202070080623==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terracotta Army===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots, which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi,  the first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in his afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 11:34, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well to find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising finding, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China.(Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin dynasty, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he had unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China.(Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The emperor seems to have been especially keen on pursuing immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese governors generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters at depth. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armors with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easier to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of a lack of technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after fired in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portrayed a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be listed in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 02:58, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Kelly Richman-Abdou. (2020). Unearthing the Importance of the Life-Sized Terracotta Warriors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Mark Cartwright. (2017). Terracotta Army. Ancient History Encyclopedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Travel China Guide. (2020). What is the Terracotta Army? 10 Things You should Know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                                 '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature.--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally falls into three categories:--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the differences between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai were more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape was achieved in Yuan Dynasty, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, the category of bonsai was more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai, drought bonsai, water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearances further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago. At that time, People already knew that plants can be planted in bonsai for enjoyment. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to prove the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later. Cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting:  Putting new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirements for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsais are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, and it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）--[[User:Zhang Yujie|Zhang Yujie]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yujie|talk]]) 12:51, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
*trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
*pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
*the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
*pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
*literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
*clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
*Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
*What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
*From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
*The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
*Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]百度百科：盆景的种类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]百度百科：盆景修建技巧，2018，盆栽管&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]搜狐网：盆景的历史渊源，2017，菖蒲寿石斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Wekipedia: The difference of Chinese penjing and other countries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹 202070080648 英语口译 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. “It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China.” (Hans Tung; 2018:1-2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app developed by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is a platform for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents cover a wide range of topics such as challenges-tackling and funny anecdotes. “It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China.” (Hans Tung; 2018:1-2)--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. “Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin in Chinese app stores and Tik Tok in overseas app stores.” (Wang Ning, 2019: 11-12) The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, saw the most downloads among iPhone users across the world. Although both Douyin and Tick Tok share the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. “Depending on the types of the app stores, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin in Chinese app stores and Tik Tok in overseas ones.” (Wang Ning, 2019: 11-12) The two apps host completely different content and no share between them. However, they both offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option of special effects and filters.--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. “The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second ‘stories’.” (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21) In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often with background music. Contents themed on dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts are most welcomed on Douyin. “The platform is based on ultra-short, user-posted videos with music. Such clips are lasting only 15 seconds but can be strung together to make 60-second ‘stories’.” (Liang Quancun, 2019: 20-21) In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing at the same time, with songs provided by Douyin’s extensive music library. Demonstrating dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app.--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. (TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second stream of videos nonstop, as does how you look through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people can't help spend most of their spare time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that tracks the users' preferences through their browser history. This is the way how the algorithm works—anticipating what users will enjoy based on the content they have already engaged with. It also shows content it thinks could go viral. The point is that if the content is good the algorithm will fulfill its &amp;quot;duty&amp;quot;, regardless of how many followers the creator has. (TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020)--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:08, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Differences between them are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As what was mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. Despite their alike fundamentals, they have their own distinctive features. Differences between them are as follows:--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Time limit: TikTok currently does not support a long-form video. '''Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows a video length of up to one hour.??? QUOTATION IS MISSING'''--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. According to Carissa Brones, “Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y.” (Carissa Brones, 2019: 1-2) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Users: most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. According to Carissa Brones, “Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y.” (Carissa Brones, 2019: 1-2) --[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. It allows users to easily connect, build friendships, and collab with each other. besides, something new and trendy is pushed to the users every week so as to further increase its attention. Creators have identified this gap to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok. QUOTATION IS MISSING --[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:36, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Several reasons why Tik Tok is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:'''逻辑完全不通！！！QUOTATION IS MISSING'''--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 13:43, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. (Wang Ning, 2019: 14-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. QUOTATION IS MISSING--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. QUOTATION IS MISSING--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances. QUOTATION IS MISSING--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic. QUOTATION IS MISSING--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can ensnare the public interest and become viral in public by creating short videos in which anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal. QUOTATION IS MISSING--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies. (Wang Ning, 2019: 20-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. there are as follows:--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making users hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later only to find have lost an entire day. QUOTATION IS MISSING--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people criticize other people’s videos, while others create videos for deriding someone. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved, thus resulting in life-threatening situations and decisions. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Peril: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so children would be exposed to harmful information. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app that has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health, and unsafe issues. QUOTATION IS MISSING--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:13, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
可补充文中出现过的专有名字--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:14, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Q1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q1. What is Tik Tok?--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:19, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok? --[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:19, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q3. Why Tik Tok is so popular around the world? --[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:19, 19 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q4. What are the benefits of Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Q5. What are the concerns about Tik Tok? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A1: Tik Tok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A2: They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A2: They are two different versions that can be downloaded in different regions -- Douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:19, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A3: Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A3: Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing.--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:19, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A4: Tik Tok can bring moral entertainment and publicity providing new opportunities.  People can learn new things.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A4: Tik Tok can bring moral entertainment and publicity providing new opportunities. additionally, People can learn new things.--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:19, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A5: Many worried that Tik tok is addictive, bad for mental health and unsafe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many worried that Tik Tok is addictive, bad for mental health, and unsafe.--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:19, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
* Hans Tung. 8 Lessons from the Rise of Douyin. 2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* WANG N. Data story of Tiktok[J]. 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Carissa Brones. Instagram vs. Tik Tok: App Battle 2019&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Fengchang , Huang Xiaozhang 田丰畅，黄孝章. 基于SWOT分析的抖音短视频研究[Research of SWOT Analysis Based onTik Tok Short Video][J].中国商论[China Business], 2020(22):15-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Fengchang, Huang Xiaozhang 田丰畅，黄孝章. 基于SWOT分析的抖音短视频研究[Research of SWOT Analysis Based onTik Tok Short Video][J].中国商论[China Business], 2020(22):15-17.--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:21, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao B, Koetse M. Chinese Arts Students into Panic Mode after Failing to Register for Exams Amid Announced Reforms[J].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xing Lu, Lu ZHicong, 2019, Fifteen Seconds of Fame: A Qualitative Study of Douyin, A Short Video Sharing Mobile Application in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Liang Quancun梁全存.“抖音”短视频发展战略研究[Research on the Development Strategy of Tik Tok ][D].北京:北京交通大学[Beijing Jiao Tong University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Tian Xiaofang 田小芳. 从传播学角度分析抖音短视频的爆红[Analysis of the popularity of Tik Tok from a communication perspective ] [J].现代营销(信息版),[ Modern Marketing (Information Edition),] 2019(06):214-215.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wu W. Chinese Animation, Creative Industries, and Digital Culture[M]. Routledge, 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''文献顺序请参照首字母先后顺序！--[[User:Tang Yiran1|Tang Yiran1]] ([[User talk:Tang Yiran1|talk]]) 11:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳 student number missed, major missed==   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Buddhist Shrines===   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.(Gan Shude, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, [[which]] ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated [[and]] achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.(Gan Shude, 1998)--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 09:42, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Wutai=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. （Lu Yao 2011,87）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Putuo=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. （Jing Tianxing, 2008）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Emei=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...(百度百科）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan [[Province]]. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. [[(There might need to have an explanation of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva, like which god he is.)]]Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is [[listed]] both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. [[Just]] the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...(百度百科）(There might need to have a more specific sources instead of 百度百科 only.)--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 10:10, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mount Jiuhua=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and late of Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.（Chen chi,2004）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha [[(There might need to have an explanation of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva, like which god he is.)]] and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. [[It was]] initially named Mount Jiuzi [[and was later renamed to]] Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet [[Li Bai]] during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.（Chen chi,2004）--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 10:10, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which provinces are the Four Buddhist Shrines in respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet [[Li Bai]]?--[[User:Jiang Fengyi|Jiang Fengyi]] ([[User talk:Jiang Fengyi|talk]]) 10:10, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. They are Mount Wutai, Mount Putuo, Mount Jiuhua, Mount Emei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. They are Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Mount Wutai is in Shanxi province. Mount Putuo is in Zhejiang province. Mount Emei is in Sichuan province. Mount Jiuhua is in Anhui province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Mount Wutai in China, Lumpini in Nepal, and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Mount Putuo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Mount Jiuhua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Gan Shude 干树德.(1998).“中国佛教四大名山”之说由何而来?[J] ''Where did the Theory of &amp;quot;Four Famous Mountains of Chinese Buddhism&amp;quot; Come from?'' Knowledege of Literature and History 文史知识,1998(02):76-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Lu Yao 路遥. (2011).《四大菩萨与民间信仰》 ''The Four Bodhisattvas and Folk Belifes''. Shanghai People's Publishing House 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Jing Tianxing 景天星. (2019).汉传佛教四大菩萨及其应化道场演变考述[J] ''Research on the Four Great Bodhisattvas and the Evolution of Their Shrines''.  World religion studies世界宗教研究 2019(04):60-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. https://www.chinadiscovery.com/articles/four-sacred-buddhist-mountains-in-china.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Chen Chi 陈迟.(2014) 《明清四大佛教名山的形成及寺院历史变迁》''The Formation of the Four Famous Buddhist Mountains in Ming and Qing Dynasties and the Historical Changes of Temples''博士学位论文Doctoral Dissertation, Tsinghua University 清华大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Science and Technology, Compass - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625, 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China's advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth's magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions (Lu and Huang 1995,1). The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;  (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as one of the advanced scientific technologies in the ancient China, has made great contributions to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first country to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity, use the polarity in the earth's magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. (Lu and Huang 1995,1) The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or the lodestone attracts iron&amp;quot;  (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94). --[[User:Zhao Xi|Zhao Xi]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xi|talk]]) 07:46, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest south-pointing device appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth bronze plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. (Lu and Huang 1995,3-4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism acquired from the magnetic field was weak, resulting in the decreased in practical values. (Lu and Huang 1995,4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water (Lu and Huang 1995,11). And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction. (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people's daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people's wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. (China Week 2003,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.(Lu and Huang 1995,12-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty (China Week 2003,35). After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 16th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.(Lu and Huang 1995,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;[四大发明]. China's Foreign Trade[中国外贸].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.[中国学术期刊电子出版社].05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;[指南针——中国四大发明之一]. China Week[中华周刊].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.[中国学术期刊电子出版社].04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全Lu Caiquan，黄惠贤Huang Huixian. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》[Chinese Civilization Shines in the World, The &amp;quot;Four Great Inventions&amp;quot; and Traditional Chinese Medicine]. 1995:1-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions 四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*''Devil Valley Master'' 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor 司南&lt;br /&gt;
*''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles'') 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang 曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du 丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish 指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*''Dream Pool Essays'' 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass 旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams 八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal 常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What's the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? &lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? &lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What's the symbol of the original shape of the compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*The earliest reference was ''Devil Valley Master'', found in the 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.&lt;br /&gt;
*The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass.&lt;br /&gt;
*The square plate symbolizes earth and the circular disc symbolizes heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
*Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio  Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'', abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling===&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his house. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he put many of them in ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio''&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Peiwen|Zhang Peiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhang Peiwen|talk]]) 07:02, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Contents and Themes===&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'' has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head'' and so on. The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. ''Ye Sheng'', ''Si Wen Lang'', ''Yu Qu E'' and ''Wang Zian'' are all such works. The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as ''Xi Fangping'', ''Promoting Weaving'', ''Dream Wolf'', and ''Mei Girl''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of ''Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio'' has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head'' and so on. The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. ''Ye Sheng'', ''Si Wen Lang'', ''Yu Qu E'' and ''Wang Zian'' are all such works. The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as ''Xi Fangping'', ''Promoting Weaving'', ''Dream Wolf'', and ''Mei Girl''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling himeself suffered from his repeated failure in the imperial examination. In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.--[[User:Zhang Peiwen|Zhang Peiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhang Peiwen|talk]]) 07:10, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. A Typical Story===&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan Province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.--[[User:Zhang Peiwen|Zhang Peiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhang Peiwen|talk]]) 07:23, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Features of the Book===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.--[[User:Zhang Peiwen|Zhang Peiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhang Peiwen|talk]]) 07:25, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. ''Lotus Fragrant'', ''Xiao Xie'', ''Lian Cheng'', ''Huan Niang'', ''Crow Head''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.  The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Confucianism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;tried&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:30, 18 December 2020 (UTC) to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions (Chen Jianhua, 2020, 43). Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;threatening&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC) the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism (Liu Shiyu, 2018, 80). However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, so the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;flaws&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC) in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development (Ren Anjing, 2020, 54), and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;could&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:38, 18 December 2020 (UTC) survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Taoism or Daoism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》) (Song Liyan, 2020, 10). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;on the development of&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:37, 18 December 2020 (UTC)Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;One-Hundred School of Thoughts (百家争鸣)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:37, 18 December 2020 (UTC)”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then(Ren Anjing, 2020, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;selected&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:37, 18 December 2020 (UTC) Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Legalism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;at&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:49, 18 December 2020 (UTC) its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly (He Lele, 2020, 59). Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;punishments&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:55, 18 December 2020 (UTC) according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Mohism===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought (Chen Jun, 2020, 145). A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group.&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;latter&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC) contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism (Zhou Baoyan, 2020, 53). However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;has lost&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)--[[User:XieFan|XieFan]] ([[User talk:XieFan|talk]]) 13:57, 18 December 2020 (UTC)lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	陈珂均. 先秦四大家看利与义[J]. 中学生天地, 2016(3): 42-43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.	吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.	任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.	宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.	王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.	初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.	和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.	周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.	程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.	马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想[J]. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14.	魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Writing and Painting Tool, Writing Brush - Zhao Xi 赵茜 202070080627 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush, a writing and painting tool originated from China, is one of the four treasures of the study which also includes writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 31)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 03:11, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the home of writing brush --- Hengshui of Hubei province and Huzhou of Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the third day of the third lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 03:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually, which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.(Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user's convenience.(Du Xiaofeng 2019, 35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province become the center of writing brush manufacturing across the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly were rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) --[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the introduction of western paintings into China, traditional Chinese realistic paintings went downhill and thus the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one. (Wang Xiaaojuan 2013, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation. (Quote is missing)--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 05:19, 17 December 2020 (UTC)Li Liili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杜霄枫Du Xiaofeng. 苏易简《文房四谱》研究[Study on Su Yijian's Four Treasures of the Study].郑州大学[Zhengzhou University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王小娟Wang Xiaojuan. 宋代文房四宝与文人[Four Treasures of the Study and Literati in the Song Dynasty].华中师范大学[Central China Normal University],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*徐清Xu Qing.毛笔的发展及历代名工[The Development of Writing Brush and Famous Workers in Past Dynasties].中国书法[Chinese Calligraphy],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*鄢豪Yan Hao. 器锐、法妙、事善[D].湖南师范大学,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Classical Fairy Tales -Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 202070080628  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1](Strassberg(2002),132.)&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.(Paragraph is too long)--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 13:43, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2](Strassberg(2002)) According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4](Laban (2016-02-08)). Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5](Flake, Ben (2014-01-31)). Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6](Yuan, Haiwang (2006)). The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.(paragraph is too long)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Face Changing in Sichuan Opera - Zhou Yiwen 周艺文 202070080629 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sichuan Opera and its characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being. Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. (https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being. Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. (https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.The origin and development of face changing &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art. Face-changing is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. It is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. (百度百科: 川剧变脸--历史起源 Baidu Baike：The origin of face changing)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty (1736-1795). It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art. Face changing is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. It is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is an important aspect in Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. (百度百科: 川剧变脸--历史起源 Baidu Baike：The origin of face changing)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. (https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and then their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. (https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black. (Xiao, 2013:54-55)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Peng Denghuai ，a Sichuan Opera master，changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black. (Xiao, 2013:54-55) --[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The symbolic meaning and typical characters in different colors of Lianpu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most direct impression of Sichuan Opera facial makeup is its colorful colors, which are just like the color plates in paintings. Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green. The colors are bright and pure, exaggerated and gorgeous. Its color is rich and changeful, each kind of color has its connotation. In addition to the differences in color, people’s perception of color in daily life is more related to the aesthetic meaning and cultural connotation. For example, yellow represents sunshine, green represents health, black represents darkness, etc. On the one hand, the colors on facial masks exaggerate and amplify the features of the characters; on the other hand, they also express the hearts of the characters through the symbolic meanings. The colors become the basis for the audience to evaluate the characters, either praising or criticizing. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most direct impression of Sichuan Opera facial makeup is its motley colors, which are just like the color plates in paintings. Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green. The colors are bright and pure, exaggerated and gorgeous. Its color is rich and changeful, each kind of color has its connotation. In addition to the differences in color, people’s perception of color in daily life is more related to the aesthetic meaning and cultural connotation. For example, yellow represents sunshine, green represents health, black represents darkness, etc. On the one hand, the colors on facial masks exaggerate and amplify the features of the characters; on the other hand, they also express the hearts of the characters through the symbolic meanings. The colors become the basis for the audience to appraise the characters, either praising or criticizing. (Wang, 2017 132-133)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness, and the most famous one is Guan Yu in Romance of The Three Kingdoms. He is loyal to Liu Bei all his life and does not seek vanity. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters, such as Cao Cao, Qin Hui, Yan Song, Sima Yi. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness, the most typical is Bao Zheng’s facial makeup, in addition to Li Kui, Zhang Fei, Xiang Yu and so on. Yellow symbolizes bravery and violence, such as Dian Wei and Pang Juan. Green symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness, such as The “green tiger” Xu Shiying. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce, such as Dou Erdun, Cheng Yaojin, Gongsun Sheng, etc. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters, representing Buddhas, gods, spirits, ghosts, etc. For example, Sun Wukong (Monkey King) has a facial makeup with burning eyes and some gold on his eyelids, thus showing the cleverness of the Monkey King. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness, and the most famous one is Guan Yu in Romance of The Three Kingdoms. He is loyal to Liu Bei all his life and does not seek vanity. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters, such as Cao Cao, Qin Hui, Yan Song, Sima Yi. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness, the most typical is Bao Zheng’s facial makeup, in addition to Li Kui, Zhang Fei, Xiang Yu and so on. Yellow mask symbolizes bravery and violence, such as Dian Wei and Pang Juan. Green mask symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness, such as The “green tiger” Xu Shiying. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce, such as Dou Erdun, Cheng Yaojin, Gongsun Sheng, etc. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters, representing Buddhas, gods, spirits, ghosts, etc. For example, Sun Wukong (Monkey King) has a facial makeup with burning eyes and some gold on his eyelids, thus showing the cleverness of the Monkey King. (Wang, 2017 132-133)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the visual focus for the audience to appreciate Sichuan opera, the varied colors of facial makeup bring different levels of inner feelings to the audience. Such rich and varied colors successfully express the character of the opera characters and the historical judgment of their emotions in a clear and appropriate way. It can be said that color, as a visual language, occupies a very important position in sichuan opera facial makeup art. (Wang, 2017 132-133)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the visual focus for the audience to appreciate Sichuan opera, the varied colors of facial makeup bring different levels of inner feelings to the audience. These rich and varied colors successfully express the character of the opera characters and the historical judgment of their emotions in a clear and appropriate way. It can be said that color, as a visual language, occupies a very important position in Sichuan Opera facial makeup art. (Wang, 2017 132-133)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Crafting materials for facial makeup&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the materials of Sichuan Opera face-changing, they were mostly based on the hard surface shell made of rough paper paste at the beginning. After continuous improvement, they evolved into drawing on the thin paper surface. Folding fans or cloaks were often used to cover the face-changing process. At the moment of turning a head or stroke sleeve quickly pull off layers of facial makeup. After the founding of new China, with extensive attention paid to the art of Sichuan Opera, face-changing stunts have also made considerable progress, and the process materials for making facial masks have been gradually replaced by lighter and more durable silk fabrics from the original paper. For performers, the use of the silk fabric not only speeds up the production time of facial masks, but also increases the time for instant facial makeup. Different from the complexity of the traditional facial makeup drawing process, this facial makeup making process does not need to consider the facial structure, and the drawing pattern is more free and smooth. However, it should be noted that because of the rapid change of face mask in the performance process, the instant face change, the stage effect is strong, so this kind of face mask is very particular about simple writing, bright colors, rough and powerful. (Luo, 2019, 13:29-30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the materials of Sichuan Opera face-changing, they were mostly based on the hard surface shell made of rough paper paste at the beginning. After continuous improvement, they evolved into drawing on the surface of thin paper. Folding fans or cloaks were often used to cover the face-changing process. At the moment of turning a head or stroke sleeve quickly pull off layers of facial makeup. After the founding of new China, with extensive attention paid to the art of Sichuan Opera, face-changing stunts have also made considerable progress, and the process materials for making facial masks have been gradually replaced by lighter and more durable silk fabrics from the original paper. For performers, the use of the silk fabric not only speeds up the production time of facial masks, but also increases the time for instant facial makeup. Different from the complexity of the traditional facial makeup drawing process, this facial makeup making process does not need to consider the facial structure, and the drawing pattern is more free and smooth. However, it should be noted that because of the rapid change of face mask in the performance process, the instant face change, the stage effect is strong, so this kind of face mask is very particular about simple writing, bright colors, rough and powerful. (Luo, 2019, 13:29-30)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Three main types of Lianpu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops.(百度百科: 川剧变脸--表现手法Baidu Baike: Face changing -- Expression methods)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated type. Masks are uauslly painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops.(百度百科: 川剧变脸--表现手法Baidu Baike: Face changing -- Expression methods)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 07:52, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guan Yu         关羽&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Romance of The Three Kindoms  《三国演义》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Bei         刘备&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cao Cao         曹操&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Hui         秦桧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Song        严嵩&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sima Yi         司马懿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Zhenhg      包拯&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Kui          李逵&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Fei       张飞&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dian Wei        典韦&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Juan       庞涓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Shiying      徐世英&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dou Erdun       窦尔敦&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Yaojin    程咬金&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gongsun Sheng   公孙胜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Wukong,     孙悟空&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Monkey King     孙悟空，美猴王	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the typical colors of lianpu and what are their symbolic meanings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Red, black, blue, white, yellow and green are the main colors, supplemented by turmeric, pink and stone green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The red mask represents loyalty and righteousness. White color is used in those treacherous and insidious characters. Black is a symbol of integrity and frankness. Yellow symbolizes bravery and violence. Green symbolizes recklessness and impulsiveness. Blue and green are more neutral, symbolizing outlaw hero, strong and fierce. Gold and silver do not often appear, generally only used by mythological characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
罗玥Luo Yue. 浅谈川剧随心变的变脸脸谱艺术On the Art of Changing Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera [J]. 戏剧之家Home Drama, 2019, 13:29-30. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王华清Wang Huaqing. 刍议川剧脸谱艺术特征Analysis of the Artistic Characteristics of Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera[J]. 设计Design，2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧源锦Xiao Yuanjin. 神奇莫测的川剧变脸Magical Face Changes of Sichuan Opera[J]. 文史杂志Journal of Literature and History , 2013, 2: 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科Baidu Baike&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Yue 罗玥. (2019). 浅谈川剧随心变的变脸脸谱艺术 [On the Art of Changing Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera]. ''戏剧之家'' Home Drama13:29-30. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Huaqing 王华清. (2017). 刍议川剧脸谱艺术特征 [Analysis of the Artistic Characteristics of Facial Makeup in Sichuan Opera]. ''设计'' Design&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiao Yuanjin 萧源锦. (2013) 神奇莫测的川剧变脸 [Magical Face Changes of Sichuan Opera]. ''文史杂志'' Journal of Literature and History 2: 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科Baidu Baike&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.globaltimes.cn/content/573460.shtml&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinahighlights.com/chengdu/attraction/magical-face-change.htm  --[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 02:49, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Nine-Grade Official Selection System in Wei, Jin, Southern and Northern Dynasties-Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲 Student No.202070080630==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Nine-Grade Official Selection System in Wei, Jin, Southern and Northern Dynasties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei, Jin and Southern and Northern Dynasties (AD 220-AD 589), China was a profoundly divided country. Different from the unified Han Dynasty, in this period the northern and southern part of China confronted each other, with numerous political regimes existing at the same time. In this period, the official selection system was mainly the Nine-Rank Official Selection System. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Nine-Rank Official Selection System originated from Cao Cao's thought of &amp;quot;meritocracy&amp;quot; in the late Eastern Han Dynasty (AD 184-AD 220), and was not formally carried out by Cao Pi, king of Wei, until AD 220. When Cao Pi established this system of selecting officials, he hoped that &amp;quot;it is based on the merits of talents, not on the superiority of aristocratic families&amp;quot;. And the establishment of this system also used the Recommendatory System (a method of civil recruitment) in Han Dynasty for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contents of the Nine-Rank Official Selection System are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Local dignitaries with integrity and talents would be appointed by the imperial court as Rectifiers. Rectifiers in each Region would be classified as Senior Rectifiers, in each Commandery as Junior Rectifiers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Rectifiers were in charge of classifying all males in their jurisdiction into nine ranks based on the candidates' talents, morality and hereditary social status. The Rectifier were only in charge of classification. They didn't have the power of appointment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The nine ranks were superior-superior, superior-intermediary, superior-inferior, intermediary-superior, intermediary-intermediary, intermediary-inferior, inferior-superior, inferior-intermediary, and inferior-inferior. (see picture)&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:The Nine-Grade Official Selection System.jpg|200px|thumb|left|The Nine-Grade Official Selection System, image from Baike. Click [https://baike.baidu.com/pic/%E4%B9%9D%E5%93%81%E4%B8%AD%E6%AD%A3%E5%88%B6/1711003/1/77c6a7efce1b9d16f5c6d3cef9deb48f8c54641f?fr=lemma&amp;amp;ct=single#aid=1&amp;amp;pic=77c6a7efce1b9d16f5c6d3cef9deb48f8c54641f.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
4. Firstly, the Junior Rectifier would consider to a large extent what status the candidate’s ancestors had possessed and how many generations had taken office. Secondly, the Junior Rectifier proceeded to examine the merits of the candidate. Thirdly, the Junior Rectifier would hand in their classification to the Senior Rectifier who would check the validity of the classification and submit it to the Minister of Personnel. Finally, the Minister of Personnel would select the officials and appointed them to office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The level of the office was parallel to the rank of each candidate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Every three years, the Rectifier would submit their recommendations to the Minister of Personnel. In the recommendations, the Rectifier would state their opinion as to whether officials who had already been conferred offices should be promoted or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the implementation, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System played a positive role. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, with the passage of time, the negative factors in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System began to play an overwhelming role. Due to the lack of supervision mechanism, the Nine-Rank Official Selection System gradually became a tool for the elite class to control the selection of talents and to further control the whole bureaucratic system. The Twenty-Four Histories described the bureaucratic stratum of that times as “Nobody ranked as a superior comes from a humble family; nobody classified as an inferior comes from a noble family.” Besides, since morality was given priority in the Nine-Rank Official Selection System, talents with moral flaws would lose the opportunity of being recruited forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nine-Rank Official Selection System 九品中正制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendatory System 察举制&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rectifier 中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Senior Rectifier 大中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junior Rectifier 小中正官&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Region 州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Commandery 郡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-superior 上上&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-intermediary 上中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
superior-inferior 上下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-superior 中上 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-intermediary 中中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intermediary-inferior 中下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inferior-superior 下上&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inferior-intermediary 下中&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and inferior-inferior 下下&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Minister of Personnel 吏部尚书&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Twenty-Four Histories 《二十四史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who established the Nine-Rank Official Selection System?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What does a Rectifier do?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What are the nine ranks?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What's the positive influence of the Nine-Rank Official Selection System?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cao Pi, king of Wei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A Rectifier is in charge of classifying all males in their jurisdiction into nine ranks based on the candidates’ talents, morality and hereditary social status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The nine ranks are superior-superior, superior-intermediary, superior-inferior, intermediary-superior, intermediary-intermediary, intermediary-inferior, inferior-superior, inferior-intermediary, and inferior-inferior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. It was conducive to the selection of talents and stability of society. In addition, taking morality as a standard of recruitment changed the situation that rich and powerful families dominated the selection of talents since the late Eastern Han Dynasty, which strengthened the central government’s control over civil recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Sun Xiaoyu, ''A Chinese History Reader'', Singapore: Cengage Learning Asia Pte Ld., 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Charles O Hucker, ''A Dictionary of Official Titles in Imperial China'', Palo Alto: Stanford University Press, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Deng Zhongping 邓中平. (2010). 浅析中国古代选官制度及启示 [Analysis of ancient Chinese system for selecting officers and enlightenment].西南政法大学 Southwest University of Political Science and Law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lattice on Ancient Chinese Windows 祝美梅 Student No.202070080632==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, window at home and abroad has always played an significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural part affects the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, and the enchantment of the building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable component in their life. This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in detail.  (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, window at home and abroad has always played a significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural part affects the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, and the enchantment of the building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable component in their life. This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in detail.  (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:25, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice (gexin格心), this is also called “diamond lattice” (ling hua, 菱花). Diamond-shaped patterns were predominantly applied in external decoration in earlier periods. Lattice is also called geyan (格眼). (Ma Weidu, 2016, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice (gexin格心) is also called “diamond lattice” (ling hua, 菱花). Diamond-shaped patterns were predominantly applied in external decoration in earlier periods. Lattice is also called geyan (格眼). (Ma Weidu, 2016, 47)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 1.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice]]  [[File: Windows 1-1.jpg|200px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth. For the imperial palaces, this pattern means: in front of the emperor is a spectacular landscape characterized by prosperity, peacefulness, vitality and brightness. While for the divine temples, it means that God is in charge of the balance of the universe. When heaven and earth is in congruence with each other, lives on earth flourish and humans survive. This lattice also represents the prayer of our forefathers to plead god’s protection and the bumper harvest of both crops and animals. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 128-130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-crossing-nodes lattice symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth. In the imperial palaces, this pattern means: in front of the emperor is a spectacular landscape characterized by prosperity, peacefulness, vitality and brightness. While for the divine temples, it means that God is in charge of the balance of the universe. When heaven and earth is in congruence with each other, lives on earth flourish and humans survive. This lattice also represents the prayer of our forefathers to plead god’s protection and the bumper harvest of both crops and animals. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 128-130)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 2.jpg|300px|The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice]] [[File: Windows 3.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-six-nodes ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Forbidden City, the lattice of partition windows in main palaces are in diamond-shape. It was formed by two or three crossing rods with attached petals at the knot, making it looking a blooming flower. The lattice’s name made by two crossing rods is “the two-crossing-four-nodes lattice”, while by three is “the three-crossing-six-nodes lattice”. (Xiao Mo 1999, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Forbidden City, the lattice of partition windows in main palaces are in diamond-shape. It was formed by two or three crossing rods with attached petals at the knot, making it look like a blooming flower. The lattice’s name made by two crossing rods is “the two-crossing-four-nodes lattice”, while by three is “the three-crossing-six-nodes lattice”. (Xiao Mo 1999, 35)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 4-1.jpg|200px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 4.jpg|300px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice is formed by three groups horizontal rods respectively at the above, medium and bottom of a window intertwining with several vertical rods. These slender and long rods seems like arrows, hence the name. Chinese Taoists once said “ The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two give birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” This type of lattice signifies numerous long arrows hanging on the window, with three implications: the property to dispel intruders from evils; a manifestation that inexhaustible weapons are in store with power endowed by heaven and a guarantee the acquisition of wealth as arrows are useful tools in hunting. (Laozi, 2016：105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice is formed by three groups horizontal rods respectively at the top, medium and bottom of a window intertwining with several vertical rods. These slender and long rods seems like arrows, hence the name. Chinese Taoists once said “ The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two give birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” This type of lattice signifies numerous long arrows hanging on the window, with three implications: the property to dispel intruders from evils; a manifestation that inexhaustible weapons are in store with power endowed by heaven and a guarantee the acquisition of wealth as arrows are useful tools in hunting. (Laozi, 2016：105）--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swastika lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 5.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swastika lattice, one of the ancient marks in China and India, gives people a spinning feeling. It looks like the spiral form caused by the flowing air or the vortex by running water in a river. The ancients believe that spiral movement is the engine of life. The shape卐 has no clear head nor tail, similar to Tai Chi diagram in traditional Chinese culture. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swastika lattice, one of the ancient marks in China and India, gives people a spinning feeling. It looks like a spiral form caused by the flowing air or the vortex by running water in a river. The ancients believe that spiral movement is the engine of life. The shape卐 has no clear head nor tail, similar to Tai Chi diagram in traditional Chinese culture. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice represents the restless life and the infinite circulating of the universe. The character’s four directions stretch outside, manifesting auspiciousness and longevity. “swastika brocade” is also known as “ flowing swastika”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice represents restless life and the infinite circulating of the universe. The character’s four directions stretch outside, manifesting auspiciousness and longevity. “swastika brocade” is also known as “ flowing swastika”.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fret lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 6-1.jpg|300px|Fret lattice-1]]  [[File: Windows 6.jpg|300px|Fret lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fret lattice means a safe return, and long happiness and longevity. It was derived from the cloud and thunder pattern inscribed on pottery and bronze wares. The lattice is in square, or rounded spiral shape constructed by horizontal and vertical short lines, looking like the Chinese character “回”. It gives people an illumination urging they to move forward incessantly in their undertakings till success no matter what setbacks and failures we might meet, and the long lasting blessing and longevity. (Yu Shiping, 2019, (01):1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fret lattice means a safe return, long happiness and longevity. It derived from the cloud and thunder pattern inscribed on pottery and bronze wares. The lattice is in square, or rounded spiral shape constructed by horizontal and vertical short lines, looking like the Chinese character “回”. It gives people an illumination urging they to move forward incessantly in their undertakings till success no matter what setbacks and failures we might meet, and the long lasting blessing and longevity. (Yu Shiping, 2019, (01):1-2)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cracked ice lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 7-1.jpg|250px|The cracked ice lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 7.jpg|300px|The cracked ice lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cracked ice pattern symbolize that ice starts melting, the end of the chilly winter and  the return of the earth to spring, as all things are reviving. It’s connotation is that all the unpleasant and unpleasant things have passed away, and the good and pleasant wishes will be realized immediately. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 100-101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cracked ice pattern symbolizes that ice starts melting, the end of the chilly winter and  the return of the earth to spring, as all things are reviving. It’s connotation is that all the unpleasant and unpleasant things have passed away, and the good and pleasant wishes will be realized immediately. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 100-101)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The H-shaped Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 8-1.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 8.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-shaped bar pattern lattice not only looks like hieroglyphics, but also symbols things that are exquisite, beautiful and standard. In addition, the ancients thought that the horizontal and vertical lines in the character of “工”  indicating people do things in accordance with the orthodox traditional rules and practices and his integrity. (Zhang Jiji, 1991, 115)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-shaped bar pattern lattice not only looks like hieroglyphics, but also symbolizes things that are exquisite, beautiful and standard. In addition, the ancients thought that the horizontal and vertical lines in the character of “工”  indicating people do things in accordance with the orthodox traditional rules and practices and his integrity. (Zhang Jiji, 1991, 115)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The well-shaped lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 9-1.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 9.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The well-shaped lattice is not only the hieroglyph of Chinese character “井”, as well as  resemble the railings surrounded the place where the ancients dug a hole to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, China’s city planning is also expanded following well-shaped pattern. The reason why people choose this pattern is that they want to correspond with the well constellation, a symbol of auspiciousness and wish to keep away from fire hazard. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The well-shaped lattice is not only the hieroglyph of Chinese character “井”, but also resembles the railings surrounded the place where the ancients dug a hole to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, China’s city planning is also expanded following well-shaped pattern. The reason why people choose this pattern is that they want to correspond with the well constellation, a symbol of auspiciousness and wish to keep away from fire hazard. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299) --[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the West, a window is just a window, which lets light and fresh air come in, but for the Chinese, it is a picture frame, through which the outside garden can be seen.&amp;quot; Bei Lv Ming once said. By means of Lattice as a decoration, the picturesque window is not only a feast to eyes, but also enriches the layers of architectures, reflecting people's expectations for a better life. (Yu Shiping, 2019,(01): 94-95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the West, a window is just a window, which lets light and fresh air come in, but for Chinese, it is a picture frame, through which the outside garden can be seen.&amp;quot; Bei Lv Ming once said. By means of Lattice as a decoration, the picturesque window is not only a feast to eyes, but also enriches the layers of architectures, reflecting people's expectations for a better life. (Yu Shiping, 2019,(01): 94-95)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:10, 18 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
diamond lattice 菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice 三交六椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice 双交四椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern 一码三箭样式菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
swastika pattern  万字纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fret Lattice 回纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the cracked ice lattice 冰裂纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the well-shaped lattice 井字样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the practical function of lattice on ancient Chinese windows? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What kind of lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What's the cultural implications of the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Lattice makes the window more lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yixi 黄亦锡. (2008) 酒、酒器与传统文化[Wine, Wineset and Traditional Culture: the Study of Wine Culture of Ancient China]. 厦门大学Xiamen University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liang Si 梁思成.(1994) 中国建筑史[History of Chinese Architecture].江苏美术出版社 Jiangsu Fine Arts Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiao Mo 萧默.(1999)中国建筑艺术史[The Art History of Chinese Architecture].文物出版社 Cultural Relics Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jiji 张家骥.(1991) 中国造园论[On Chinese Gardening].山西人民出版社 Shanxi People's Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Weidu 马未都.(2016) 中国古代门窗[Chinese Ancient Doors and Windows].中国建筑工业出版社 China Building Industry Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Jiawei 赵佳薇(2011). 重庆磁器口传统木雕窗窗棂浅析Analysis on window Lattice of Chongqing Ciqikou Traditional Wood Carving Window. 大众文艺 The Mass Literature and Arts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Shiping 郁世萍（2019). 格心棂花的装饰美——常家庄园传统窗棂艺术研究 [Beauty of Lattice -- Study on Traditional Window Lattice Art of Chang's Manor]. 美术大观 Art Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan吕丹丹，宋魁彦 (2011). 传统民居隔扇格心纹样解析 [An Analysis of the lattices used on Residential Partitions]. 发展 Development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies (Songyang Academy,Yingtianfu Academy,Yuelu Academy, White Deer Grotto Academy)over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976AD). (Wekipedia)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies (Songyang Academy,Yingtianfu Academy,Yuelu Academy, White Deer Grotto Academy)over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher education as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976AD). (Wekipedia)--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 09:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription.(Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system. Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout whole China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription.(Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 09:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. (Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi teaching in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, the Academy were packed out for its popularity, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. (Chen Yuxiang, 2020, 22)--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 09:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.(Xu Yanwen, 2020, 18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.(Xu Yanwen, 2020, 18)--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 09:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.(Kong Sumei, Bai Xu, 2011, 179)[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises the Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc. The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). These couplets originate from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.(Kong Sumei, Bai Xu, 2011, 179)--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 09:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 AD), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.(Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong, 2012, 409)[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is the core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 AD), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.(Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong, 2012, 409)--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 09:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here.(Ruan Hongsong, 2020, 62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still maintain their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here.(Ruan Hongsong, 2020, 62)--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 09:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.(Wang Yi, 2019, 106)--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats. Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still undertake the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.(Wang Yi, 2019, 106) --[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 09:09, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yanwen 徐艳文. (2020).古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[The ancient and elegant Yuelu Academy Complex].''中外建筑'' Chinese&amp;amp;Overseas Architecture (06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yuxiang 陈宇翔. (2020).岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[Yuelu Academy: The Holy Land of Huxiang culture].''新湘评论'' Xinxiang Comment (03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Sumei, Bai Xu 孔素美,白旭. (2011)中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[On the architectural form of ancient Chinese academies —— Taking the four great academies in ancient China as an example].''华中建筑'' Huazhong Architecture 29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Muhe 罗慕赫. (2020).岳麓文脉传千年[The Millennium Inheritance of Yuelu culture]. ''中国纪检监察报'' China Discipline Inspection and Supervision Newspaper 09-25(006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan Hongsong 阮红松. (2020).岳麓书院与山长[Yuelu Academy and Shanzhang（principal）].''炎黄纵横'' Yan Huang Zong Heng (03):62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yi 王艺. (2019).沅生芷草，澧育兰花——岳麓书院[Yuan Sheng Zhi Cao, Li Yu Lan Hua —— Yuelu Academy].''广西城镇建设'' Cites and Towns Construction in Guangxi (12):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. (2012).''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy''. Scenic Zone 1976:405-411. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daniel McMahon. (2005).''The Yuelu Academy and Hunan's Nineteenth-Century Turn Toward Statecraft''. Late Imperial China 26(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wekipedia: Yuelu Academy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Xi  朱熹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Shi 周式&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Shi  张栻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiandao Reign  乾道年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng 惟楚有才，于斯为盛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie 忠、孝、廉、洁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.When did Yuelu Academy has been formally set up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the core building of Yuelu Academy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the function of the Lecture Hall?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How many schools, learning and ideas do Yuelu Academy relate to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What had happended in Yuelu Academy in the 6th year of Qiandao Reign?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.In the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the lectures in Yuelu Academy were so popular that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The Lecture Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.The Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Five.They are the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle), the Yangming School, the Donglin School, the Han School and the New Learning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.It held the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, 202070080633, majored in English Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|200px|thumb|left|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty), image from Baike. Click [https://ss1.bdstatic.com/70cFvXSh_Q1YnxGkpoWK1HF6hhy/it/u=3838516284,3835551581&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It is recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists (Li Jiashou 1993, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It is recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists (Li Jiashou 1993, 55). --[[User:Cao Runxin|Cao Runxin]] ([[User talk:Cao Runxin|talk]]) 11:35, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of jiaozi is still uncertain and has aroused a lot of discussion in which there are five main ideas. The first point of view was that jiaozi originated from Fei-qian (currency exchange notes in Tang Dynasty), which was recorded in The History of Song Dynasty (Tuo Tuo 1985, 181). Secondly, some people believed that jiaozi developed from contractual bonds. Peng Xinwei, a well-known Chinese currency historians and numismatics, exemplified that during the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom (907-930), the iron coins in circulation were too big and heavy, making people trade with contractual bonds which had the same function as paper currency (Peng Xinwei 1965, 259). Besides, an institution in Tang Dynasty called “Gui Fang” was regarded by some people as the origin of jiaozi. This kind of institutions specialized in the storage and lending of money and commodities. In addition, there was another opinion that it was the lack of coins in circulation caused by people stopping minting iron coins during Li Shun’s uprising that promoted the origin of jiaozi (Dai Zhiqiang 2006, 43). The last thought about jiaozi’s origin was that the coins were of great weight, casting a great burden on merchants in carrying them, so they invented jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of jiaozi is still uncertain and has aroused a lot of discussion in which there are five main ideas. The first point of view was that jiaozi originated from Fei-qian (currency exchange notes in Tang Dynasty), which was recorded in The History of Song Dynasty (Tuo Tuo 1985, 181). Secondly, some people believed that jiaozi developed from contractual bonds. Peng Xinwei, a well-known Chinese currency historians and numismatics, exemplified that during the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom (907-930), the iron coins in circulation were too big and heavy, making people trade with contractual bonds which had the same function as paper currency (Peng Xinwei 1965, 259). Besides, an institution in Tang Dynasty called “Gui Fang” was regarded by some people as the origin of jiaozi. This kind of institutions specialized in the storage and lending of money and commodities. In addition, there was another opinion that it was the lack of coins in circulation caused by people stopping minting iron coins during Li Shun’s uprising that promoted the origin of jiaozi (Dai Zhiqiang 2006, 43). The last thought about jiaozi’s origin was that the coins were of great weight, casting a great burden on merchants in carrying them, so they invented jiaozi.--[[User:Cao Runxin|Cao Runxin]] ([[User talk:Cao Runxin|talk]]) 11:35, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental, but was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of commodity economy in Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. The iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic center, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit (Mu Zi 2006, 79). All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera (paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi (Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang, 1995, 835). &lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental, but was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of commodity economy in Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. The iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic center, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit (Mu Zi 2006, 79). All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera (paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi (Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang, 1995, 835). --[[User:Cao Runxin|Cao Runxin]] ([[User talk:Cao Runxin|talk]]) 11:35, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot; (Jia Daquan 1994, 22). &lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot; (Jia Daquan 1994, 22). --[[User:Cao Runxin|Cao Runxin]] ([[User talk:Cao Runxin|talk]]) 11:35, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the first year of Renzong reign (1023), Xue Tian, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchants run the banks (Jia Daquan 1994, 61). It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. In order to ensure the proper circulation of jiaozi, the government also enacted laws to criminalize the counterfeiting of jiaozi (Hong Pimo 1991, 67). This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot; (Li You 1935, 15).&lt;br /&gt;
Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the first year of Renzong reign (1023), Xue Tian, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchants run the banks (Jia Daquan 1994, 61). It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. In order to ensure the proper circulation of jiaozi, the government also enacted laws to criminalize the counterfeiting of jiaozi (Hong Pimo 1991, 67). This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot; (Li You 1935, 15).--[[User:Cao Runxin|Cao Runxin]] ([[User talk:Cao Runxin|talk]]) 11:35, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northern Song government introduced a relatively comprehensive set of regulatory laws and policies in order to ensure the success of issuing jiaozi. In the beginning period of issuing jiaozi, the feudal government was cautious about the issuance of banknotes, and the introduction of laws and policies on the regulation of banknotes showed that the government was fully aware of the credit-dependent nature of banknotes and their weakness in being easy to counterfeit and issue indiscriminately. However, the feudal government often failed to effectively control the issuance of banknotes. When the government needed to spend a large amount of money, it often failed to restrain itself and abused its public credibility by using its power to issue banknotes indefinitely, which eventually caused inflation, thus making the banknotes lose their credibility and turning them into waste paper, as evidenced by the fate of jiaozi in Northern Song Dynasty. The government's abuse of credibility led to jiaozi becoming a tool for its enrichment. Without credibility, jiaozi lost its function of circulation and thus lost its own value of existence (Li Linsha, 2001, 65).&lt;br /&gt;
The Northern Song government introduced a relatively comprehensive set of regulatory laws and policies in order to ensure the success of issuing jiaozi. In the beginning period of issuing jiaozi, the feudal government was cautious about the issuance of banknotes, and the introduction of laws and policies on the regulation of banknotes showed that the government was fully aware of the credit-dependent nature of banknotes and their weakness in being easy to counterfeit and issue indiscriminately. However, the feudal government often failed to effectively control the issuance of banknotes. When the government needed to spend a large amount of money, it often failed to restrain itself and abused its public credibility by using its power to issue banknotes indefinitely, which eventually caused inflation, thus making the banknotes lose their credibility and turning them into waste paper, as evidenced by the fate of jiaozi in Northern Song Dynasty. The government's abuse of credibility led to jiaozi becoming a tool for its enrichment. Without credibility, jiaozi lost its function of circulation and thus lost its own value of existence (Li Linsha, 2001, 65).--[[User:Cao Runxin|Cao Runxin]] ([[User talk:Cao Runxin|talk]]) 11:35, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi facilitated the commercial turnover of Song Dynasty, bridged the economy of Sichuan with that of northwest China, and indirectly promoted the prosperity of trade between the Northern Song and western countries (Wang Baoping 2010, 50). The advent of jiaozi also facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi facilitated the commercial turnover of Song Dynasty, bridged the economy of Sichuan with that of northwest China, and indirectly promoted the prosperity of trade between the Northern Song and western countries (Wang Baoping 2010, 50). The advent of jiaozi also facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.--[[User:Cao Runxin|Cao Runxin]] ([[User talk:Cao Runxin|talk]]) 11:35, 19 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jiashou 李家寿. (1993). 中国最早纸币——“交子”产生的原因及其年代 [The Reason and Time of the Production of the Earliest Chinese Paper Currency —Jiaozi]. ''财经研究'' Journal of Finance and Economics (12) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuo Tuo 脱脱. (1985). ''宋史'' [The History of Song Dynasty]. Beijing: China Publishing House 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Xinwei 彭信威. (1965). ''中国货币史'' [The History of Chinese Currency]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House] 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Zhiqiang 戴志强. (2006). 有关北宋交子的几个问题 [Several Questions About Jiaozi of Northern Song Dynasty]. ''中国钱币'' China Numismatics (03) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes —Jiaozi]. ''中国品牌与防伪'' China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang 杨武能、邱沛篁. (1995).''成都大词典'' [The Great Dictionary of Chengdu]. Sichuan: Sichuan Lexicographical Publishing House 四川辞书出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 交子的产生 [The Production of Jiaozi]. ''西南金融'' Southwest Finance (S1) 05-26. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 张詠、薛田与交子──关于交子的产生时间、整顿和官交子务的建立 [Zhang Yong, Xue Tian And Jiaozi — On the Production, Reorganization of Jiaozi and the Establishment of the Official Jiaozi Affair Department]. ''四川文物'' Sichuan Cultural Relics (05) 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hong Pimo 洪丕漠. (1991). ''法苑谈往'' [Talking About Some Rules of Ancient China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Bookstore 上海书店.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li You 李攸. (1935). ''宋朝事实'' [Facts of The Song Dynasty]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Linsha 李琳莎. (2001). 论中国早期纸币的盛行及衰落——北宋交子在货币史上的短暂一现 [On the Prevalence and Decline of the Previous Paper Money in China —— the Flash of Jiaozi in the Northern Song Dynasty]. ''上海交通大学学报（哲学社会科学版）'' Journal of Shanghai Jiaotong University(Philosophy and Social Sciences) (03) 65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Baoping 王宝平. (2010). 论交子与宋朝商业繁荣 [On the Currency of Jiaozi and Commercial prosperity in Song Dynasty]. ''开封教育学院学报'' Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education (02) 47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|jiaozi||交子||Fei-qian||飞钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|contractual bonds||契券||the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom||楚的马殷时期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Gui Fang||柜坊||Li Shun||李顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|jiaozi bank||交子铺||broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry)||楮树&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|private jiaozi||私交子||Xue Tian||薛田&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Yizhou||益州||the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty||宋仁宗元年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department||益州交子务||official jiaozi||官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina 201921080003==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people applied lead powder to their faces, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women did  make up with lead and tin powder.The side effects of using lead powder were truly terrifying. Over time, the skin turned yellow, covered with wrinkles. Accordingly, more and more lead had to be applied each time.The lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail.Rice powder is a unique cosmetic product that can slow down the aging process, protect the skin from the effects of an aggressive environment. A weightless film appears on the face, which prevents active chemical components and dirt from entering the pores. At the same time, the composition is saturated with antioxidants that do not allow the skin to fade quickly. The selection of rice is exquisite. The way it is made: It is grinded into a fine powder, then  processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly replaces by the lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If to compare to modern times, ancient Chinese make-up is not so that simple.We can devideit into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge also called blush or blusher, is a cosmetic for coloring the cheeks in varying shades, or the lips red. It is applied as a powder or cream. It is a kind of cosmetics made from flowers named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.Which is completely different from modern worldwide beauty standards.Diving into history helps us to see how such simples things change and the way that people's mindsets and tastes change as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that eyebrows can make or break a face—they're that important. Brows frame your eyes and add structure to your face after all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting tradition began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there were many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It also means that the ancient people liked drawing eyebrows back then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style can almost be called the most versatile in the entire Chinese history.In both terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changed.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and prefered simplicity. Therefore, women's make up was subtle and graceful, slightly coated with lead powder  and  with rouge simple make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*White make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people had standards of whiter the better, so women had to apply a lot of powder.The Tang Dynasty women’s powder and style were more diversed and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, It probably was as popular as same as wearing BB creams and foundations in modern girls' make up.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Red make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories were diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were some alternative make ups as well, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), where rouge was used more and was spread all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术》作者：贾思勰--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 05:41, 14 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Some Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术 - is the best-preserved ancient Chinese agricultural text and was written by an official of the Northern Wei Dynasty, Jia Six.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胭脂 - rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*唇脂/口脂 - lipstick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*黛 - black eyebrow dye&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9&amp;diff=113386</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 9</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9&amp;diff=113386"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T04:21:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies	谭媛媛	Tan Yuanyuan 202070080642 MTI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第九部分(Part 9)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparative Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Modes of Expression and Ways of Thinking between English and Chinese Language in Cultural Perspective	易欢	Yi Huan==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The English language and Chinese language,with their own characteristics, embody their own cultural heritage and manifest different modes of thinking. Conspicuously, among language, culture and mode of thinking, there exists a closely related interaction. The culture affects thought, conversely, thought can reflect the culture. While language, under the impact of the both, presents the thinking and cultural differences in a most direct way. Therefore, this paper, from the perspective of culture, takes the relationship beween language and thought as the entry point to make a comparative study of English and Chinese language and ways of thinking. It is quite significant for the development of translation in cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
language form; mode of thinking; English and Chinese language; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
英汉语言各具特色，蕴含各自历史文化底蕴，彰显不同的思维模式。显而易见，语言，文化与思维模式之间形成了某种紧密联系的互动关系。文化影响思维，反之，思维也会体现文化，而语言受两者的影响，亦是阐明思维与文化差异的最直接的方式。因此，本文将从文化视域下，以语言和思维关系为切入口，对比探究英汉语言形式与思维方式，这对于跨文化交际下翻译发展来说至关重要。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
语言形式；思维模式；英汉语言；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between language and thought is widely discussed among scholars at home and abroad. Karl Marx once remarks that language is a tool, carrier, shell, and a “dress” of thought. Language by nature is the embodiment of human thoughts and thoughts in turn is the mental reflection of the world around us. Language is therefore closely related to and supported by human thoughts. That is to say, without thought, language would be nothing sounds with no meaning or content. But thoughts, though accessible by various means, are best represented in language and can thus best fulfill its obligations to the speakers by such means. Also thought will further facilitate the development of language, Sapir once states, “ Thought processes set in, as a kind of psychic overflow, almost at the beginning of linguistic expression; further, that the concept once defined, necessarily reacted on the life of its linguistic symbols, encouraging further linguistic growth.”(1921: 12) At the same time, Language is part of culture. Such as Chinese language is a part of Chinese culture. Each country has its own language in a specific culture. However, their relationship is not just between part and whole. Language is the carrier and the representation of culture, while, as a mirror of culture, language is strongly influenced and shaped by culture. Moreover, the thought also is largely influenced by its culture. Human thinking mainly consists of such elements as knowledge, ideology, methodology, intelligence, emotion, willpower, language and habits. The inter-relationship and interaction of these elements from a dynamic complex system is known as the mode of thinking. It is the concentrated embodiment of all cultural and psychological properities and is shaped in a certain historical, social and geographical environment. In general, different culture leads to different mode of thinking which is demonstrated most in their own language. That is to say, the relationship among culture, mode of thinking and language is closely related to each other and they can be viewed as three parts of a whole. And in this paper, it is going to compare different mode of thinking and ways of expression between Chinese and English in cultural perspective, so as to better understand cross-culture communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The comparison of modes of thinking with the representation of ways of expression in English and Chinese===&lt;br /&gt;
The language, thought and culture are independent but closely interrelated as we have discussed before. While in different countries, there exist vast differences in their thinking patterns, then this paper is going to illustrate four groups of opposite Chinese and Occidental thinking ways and present how these thinking patterns are reflected upon their language, and trace back to the cultural and historical foundations for these phenomena. While it just compares these modes of thought in a general way, and they are not simply manifested as opposite to each other, but intermingled to some extent with the exchange of culture and the common ground imparted in all human beings. All of the opposition between Chinese thinking and occidental thinking that I present is just a matter of degree, and we have to view it critically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Holistic thinking vs Analytical thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, human thought can be divided into two types: analytical thinking and holistic thinking. To some extent, Chinese emphasizes synthesis and English tends to be analytical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holistic thinking puts emphasis on the integral concepts and the universal connection of objects. It regard man, nature and society as an unalienable organic whole. While analytical thinking will tend to focus more on labeling and analyzing different parts that eventually make up the whole. Actually, there must be some certain cultural background to the formation of western and Chinese mode of thinking. The formation of Chinese thinking mode can derive from Chinese people’s perspectives towards the nature. In Chinese classical philosophy, the conception of “One” better demonstrates the holistic view. According to Taoism, “All things obtained the One and became alive and kept growing.”(Tao Te Ching, chapter 36). Chuang Tzu promotes the concept of “One” to the state of the “unity of heaven and human”, and believes that the heaven and man, and the thing and self can all merge into one organically connected whole. Moreover, the essence that Chinese philosophy stresses the holistic view lies in the systematic evaluation and comprehensive grasp of all things, aiming to have a comprehensive and accurate understanding towards everything. After accumulated, condensed and sublimated through time, such philosophy facilitates Chinese people develop holistic thinking which is good at integrating, drawing up the guidelines and commanding the overall situation. While, in western culture, Plato firstly advocates “subject-object dichotomy” and then explain the world from a dualistic angle. In addition, the people can also be influenced by Aristotle’s syllogism, and always emphasize reasonable thinking in accordance with certain procedures, just like analysizing geometric problems in which one should derive the unknown, then demonstrate the process meticulously and finally draw a logic conclusion. It is exactly the characteristic of analytic thinking in which the object is divided into parts and one should investigate them respectively&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Undeniably, thinking patterns can best be demonstrated in their language. In a word, Analytical thinking involves detachment of the object from its context, a tendency to focus on attributes of the object in order to assign it to categories, and a preface for using rules about the categories to explain and predict the object’s behavior. Holistic thinking involves an orientation to the context or field as a whole, including attention to relationship between a focal object and the field, and a preference for explaining and predicting events on the basis of such relationships. And parataxis and hypotaxis are exactly the concrete manifestations of holistic thinking and analytical thinking. In the field of linguistics and translation studies, parataxis, as opposed to hypotaxis , is the single most important feature distinguishing the Chinese language from English, with Chinese showing paratactic prominence and English hypotactic prominence. Nida once stated, “ So far as English and Chinese are concerned, the most important difference linguistically is the contrast between hypotaxis and parataxis.” (1982, 16) Liu Miqing believes that hypotaxis and parataxis can be viewed as the heterogeneous characteristics.(1992: 18). Zhang Li proposes that Chinese, in terms of grammar, belongs to parataxis, one of whose overall features lies in conciseness and economy. Hence, English uses many conjunctions, prepositions and other connective means to make links between phrases and words, because of which the language is more logical and better organized. on the other hand, in Chinese, the arranging of clauses is one after the other without connectives showing the relations between them. Hypotaxis can be viewed as the external logic forms of composing words into sentences, and parataxis the internal cognition of wording and phrasing. From the comparisons, we may see that the differences between hypotaxis and parataxis have resulted in the different sentence structures and language expression forms. Here are some examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The thirty-two chapters of a novel — if we consider how to read a novel first —are an attempt to make something as formed and controlled as a building: but words are more impalpable than bricks; reading is a longer and more complicated process than seeing.(Virginal Woolf, How Should One Read a Book?)&lt;br /&gt;
我们先来讨论一下小说的读法。一部三十二章的小说，作者努力把它塑造成像建筑物一样有形态、受制约的东西。然而，字句之比于砖瓦，更加触摸不到；阅读比之于观看，是个更为长久而复杂的过程。(Selected from the Anthology of Chinese and English Prose)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（2）门铃一声响，来了客人。从不谢客，礼当接待。忙把袜子穿上，整冠而出。来客红光满面，一开口就知道是远客。（楼适夷，《夜间来客——“名人”被访实录》）&lt;br /&gt;
Suddenly the doorbell rang，announcing the arrival of a visitor. As Mr. Huang had never refused  any visitor before, this one should be received with courtesy too. Quickly putting his socks back on and smoothing his hair，he hurried to the door，and there he was encountered by a man with a fat glowing face. (Lou Shiyi, A Night Visitor— A True Story a ‘Celebrity’ Being Interviewed. Translated by Zhang Peiji)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the two examples above，we can percept that English is of very hypotaxis. In the first example, one preminent feature is the aboundant conjunctions, like “if”, “how”, “but” and “than”. And the sentence structures are tightly knitted with distinct subject-predicate. While in the Chinese version, it is in lack of these overt conjunctive devices. In the second example, in the source language, it uses more than ten verbs in succession, and narrates chronologically. Although it is loosely organized, all of these verbs are arranged in order and present with a clear clue. Therefore, when translating, the translator must demonstrate the hidden logical structure. But it is not absolute to confine English to hypotaxis and Chinese to parataxis, they just differentiate each other in the degree. Actually in English, Julius Caesar also famously said, “I came, I saw, I conquer.” And in some of Chinese works, some writers also tend to use the logical and connective sentences. That is to say, it is just the matter of degree, there are also hypotaxis in Chinese and parataxis in English. Moreover, as the exchanges in the world extend, the Chinese and English thinking modes can also be influenced respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 subject-oriented thinking and object-targeted thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
It is well know that Chinese culture and Occidental Culture are quite different, Chinese culture stress the subject, while Occidental people prefer the objective way of thinking. As China has confronted the sever natural and geographic condition, since the pre-Qin Dynasty, the governor would never think the outside world as the oppositt side of human beings. And Chinese people also advocate the harmony between men and nature, which has been retained till now. Moreover, Chinese Confucian school, Taoism and Buddhism all stress the subject. Lao Tsu said: “ Man models himself after the Earth; the Earth models itself after the Heaven; the Heaven models  itself after Tao；Tao models itself after the Nature. ” Mencius also stated, “All  things  under heaven are being prepared for me.” Hence, since ancient times, the Chinese people  have tended to consider all things from an anthropocentric standpoint. The outstanding scholar Qian Mu states that “In short, Chinese culture takes human and human affairs as a core. Human and human affairs refer to all reality and ideal when human are getting along with each other. The manifestation and achievement of Chinese culture is around the core. The reason why Chinese culture can be fused into a whole is that Chinese culture shows its value through its core-human and human affairs.” (1977: 331) Hence, Chinese culture is human-centered. It is, essentially, a kind of humanistic culture, under the deep influence of which the subjective thought-pattern has come into being. The subjective thought pattern refers to observing, analyzing, learning and studying objects anthropocentrically and view human beings as the part of a whole nature.&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the occidental objective thinking takes objects and nature as core, and pay more attention to the observation and research of the objects. The occidental culture originated in Greek peninsular and its coastal areas, where the sages in Ancient Greece has looked upon at the cosmos and nature, and always investigated the natural mystery. And based on the dichotomy and antithesis, gradually, the spirit of occidental culture is to separate subjective from objective and to conqure nature. Hence the occidental tradition takes nature as cognitive object. Unlike Chinese culture and tradition, the occidental rationalism adovacates objective attitudes. Francis Bacon once remarked, “Authority, habit, prejudice and exaggeration eration are barriers to truth. To seek truth, one should overcome these obstacles. ” Owing to English people’s objective thinking, they often use impersonal to account the events, and try to be objective. G. Leech and J. Svartvik point out: “Formal written language often goes with an impersonal style; i.e. one which the speaker does not refer directly to himself or readers, but avoids the pronouns I, you, we. Some of the common features of impersonal language are passives, sentences beginning with introductory it, and abstract nouns.”(1974:25) While Chinese people’s subjective thinking pattern demonstrates itself in Chinese in two notable ways: animate subjects and the majority used of active voice. Actually, according to Shen Xiaolong, the configuration of Chinese character demonstrates the subject-oriented thinking pattern. Based on the pictographs, the Chinese characters refer to the object and its ideographs are people-oriented. Hence in English-Chinese translation, the translator should transform from subjective thinking to objective thinking, for instance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sight of the big tree always reminds me of my childhood. (连淑能) &lt;br /&gt;
一看见那棵大树，我便想起了童年的情景。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good idea suddenly occur on me.&lt;br /&gt;
我突然想出了一个好主意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two English sentences, with the abstract subjects: “The sight of the big tree” and “ A good idea” are quite natural to English readers, while in Chinese it is quite queer and none of Chinese people are accustomed to use them in such way. Hence, in Chinese version, it begins with the personal subject “我” and sounds quite smooth and comprehensible to the Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in English, the two expletive words (it and there) are frequently used show its objectivity in the text. At the same time, in Chinese, there are many no-subject sentences, like “下雪了” “该去学校啦” “太冷了”.  While such kind of expression are not allowed in English, for it appears to be complete with a subject in English grammar. Hence, in English, they can be expressed in this way: “it snows”, “It is time to go to school” and “It is too cold”. And owing to English objective thinking, the English passive voice, especially the impersonal passive of “it” is used as the subject, such as “it is believed”, “it is said”, “it is reported”, etc., expresses the facts or ideas in an objective, indirect and roundabout way. It is obvious that the English passive sentences should be converted into the Chinese active sentences. Although the sentence structures are changed, the meanings still remain the same as the original sentences. Also in English “there” and “there be” pattern are impersonal expressions, But in Chinese translation, concrete persons and things are usually used instead. For instance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) 公交车来了。&lt;br /&gt;
There comes the bus.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 我家有五口人。&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 people in my family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clearly, the sentences above reveal that in Chinese there must be certain subjects supplanting the “there” or “there be” pattern. In general, with the influence of the respective modes of thinking, Chinese tends to be subjective and English prefers objection, but it is not necessarily absolute. In English, we can also find numerous personal subjects like “I think”, “I believe”. And in Chinese, it often use the passive tense in the writings in Classical Chinese, such as “受制于人” (be restricted by sb) “为人所骗” (be cheated by sb). Hence, it is also quite common to begin with personal subjects in English and use objective subject and passive tense in Chinese. Clearly, it is a matter of degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Concrete thinking and abstract thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese people prefer thinking in images and English people prefer thinking in notions. Conspicuously, there are some cultural and historical factors leading to the formation of different thinking patterns. Actually, the change and development of Chinese characters is the best illustration for the concrete thinking of Chinese people. Chinese language is vivid and full of images. As we all know that the Chinese character is characterized by pictographs, which express the meaning through the outer form. For example, the character “人” (man) is like the two legs of a person; and “从” (follow) looks like that one person is followed by another; the “山” (mountain) is the shape of a mountain. Therefore, from ancient times, Chinese people tend to borrow the images of outside world to form their own hieroglyphs. Following such kind of thought model, concrete thinking is established and reflected in Chinese language. As Nakamura remarks, “The Chinese people had a high regard for particulars, and presented content concretely in accordance with their way of thinking, naturally fond of complex multiplicity expressed in concrete form.” ( 1991, 217) While Occidental people prefer abstract thinking which takes concept, judgement and reasoning as form of thinking, and expresses ideas and emotions through logical sentences. Since the English letters are based on the Greek alphabet, and it is hard to form a pictograph to express the meaning of the word which can only come from the object description of the nature. Also in the process of learning and analyzing the objective world, the occidental aim at exploring the essence and origin of the world. By means of classification and analysis, they try to find the universals of the same kind of objects and combine them together to form a so-called “the World of form” or “the ideal world”. Moreover, they are fairly interested in the properties of things, and examine them carefully and thoroughly. Their explorations about mathematics, geometry and astronomy contribute to abstract thinking. In the aspect of linguistic expression, the English language tend to be more abstract or logical. Abstract language refers to the language that uses method of abstract diction to express the complex ideas which lie mainly in abstract nouns. G. M. Young once pointed that an excessive reliance on the noun at the expense of the verb will, in the end，detach the mind of the writer from the realities of here and now, from when and how and in what mood the thing was done. and insensibly induce a habit of abstraction, generalization and vagueness. While in Chinese language, the concrete, clear and picturesque words are widely used, just as R. Flesch states, “ Chinese dose more to you than just simplify your constructions… They formed the habit of expressing ideas by metaphors, similes, and all aegis, in short, by every known devices for making a thing plain by comparing it with something else.” ( 1946: 15-16)The two different kinds of thinking patterns also can be medonstrated in the artistic design of literary works. For instance, the poem《凉州词》written by Wang Han, and the poem《登高》 writer by Du Fu can fully examplify the concrete and picturesque Chinese language, and both of them are translated by Xu Yuanchong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
葡萄美酒夜光杯，&lt;br /&gt;
欲饮琵琶马上催。&lt;br /&gt;
  — 王翰《凉州词》&lt;br /&gt;
With wine of grapes the cups of jade would glow at night,&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking to pipa songs, we are summoned to fight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无边落木萧萧下，&lt;br /&gt;
不尽长江滚滚来。&lt;br /&gt;
  —杜甫《登高》&lt;br /&gt;
The boundless forest sheds its leaves shower by shower,&lt;br /&gt;
The endless river rolls it’s waves hour after hour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two poems above, the poets use several concrete images like “wine of grapes”, “cups of jade” “boundless forest” and “ endless river”. It is easy to visualize the certain situation that poets depict for us, when we read these lines. While in English there are more abstract nouns to replace the function of verb and express abstract meanings, which sometimes can cause puzzlement for Chinese people. For instance, in Benjamin Franklin’s The Autobiography: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“To help myself live without fault, I made a list of what I considered the 13 virtues. These virtues are: 1 Temperance, 2 Self-control, 3 Silence, 4 Order, 5 Firmness of mind, 6 Savings,  7 Industry, 8 Honesty, 9 Justice, 10 Cleanliness, 11, calmness, 12 Morality, 13 Humbleness.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“为了使自己生活中不犯错误，特别列出我认为应该身体力行的 13 条守则。这些守则&lt;br /&gt;
是：1.节制饮食 2.自我克制 3. 沉默寡言 4. 有条不紊 5. 坚定信念 6.勤俭节约 7. 工作勤奋8. 忠诚老实 9. 办事公正 10. 衣着整洁 11.平心静气 12. 品行高尚 13.谦虚恭顺。”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 13 abstract words in English and they are translated into Chinese concretely with the verbs to gover the phrases. So that it would be vividly explained what do these abstract words convey in a specific way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wisdom prepares for the worst; but folly leaves the worst for the day it comes.&lt;br /&gt;
智者防范于未然，愚者临渴掘井。（陈文伯译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence, “wisdom” and “folly” are two abstract nouns, but they actually refer to certain people. The expression in English is quite common and concise, while Chinese people are accustomed to the thinking in images, hence, in the translation, the concept of two abstract nouns is materialized as two people with certain properties. So that Chinese people can better understand the implicit meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 circular thinking and linear thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Robert Kaplan who analynizes different discourses and their different organization in different notions, students from different cultural backgrounds adopt different patterns of writing. The Chinese text, in contrast with the English text which is organized in a linear structure, is usually arranged in circular structure (1966:1-2). &lt;br /&gt;
Circular thinking can also be known as inductive thinking in which we infer a conclusion on the basis of facts and draw a conclusion from particular to general. From ancient times, traditional Chinese medicine already sets a model for us. They follow the principles of “inspection”, “inquiry”, “listening” and “smelling” and can finally make a diagnosis. Later in Compendium of Materia Medica writen by Li Shizheng, it collect and summarize a vast of prescription based on his practical experiences and mothods. And underlying the observations, Chinese people will finally draw a conclusion and are not always accustomed to express their opinions directly. Actually, it can derive from the traditional Chinese culture where the Confucianism immensely governs people’s thought. Under the influence of “the doctrine of mean” and the underlined “mutual harmony” in traditional Chinese philosophy, which cultivate Chinese to avoid direct confrontation and conflicts and take a mean course while they are thinking. Hence such kind of circular thinking model can be reflected upon the Chinese language where ideas are often organized and linked in an overall  framework, and does not state the topic directly in the opening lines but constantly lays out  relevant or even irrelevant information to provide many-sided perspectives for judging. While, on the contrary, the occidental thinking pattern tends to be linear, or we can say it is a kind of deductive thinking model. It starts from general to particular, from abstract to concrete, and from outcome to reason. The occidental prefer to directly talk about the topic at the beginning without reservation. As a matter of fact, it is deeply influenced by the Greek philosophy. The way of thinking is inherited from the Greek philosophers, such as Plato and Aristotle, especially Aristotlian logical and reasonable thinking. Aristotle puts forward two thought patterns: “ deduction and induction”, while he himself view the deductive method superior to the inductive one. Just as Guo remarks, “ For over 2000 years, syllogism and deduction has been a mainstream for western culture and thought.” And also Aristotle generalizes the discourse into four parts: beginning, poising a question, analysis and expounding, conclusion, which can be viewed as an epitome of occidental linear thinking pattern. In general, English thought pattern is a straight pattern. And so a text is usually centered on a topic in the form of the topic sentence of topic paragraph and then it is developed in a deductive method, directly by many sentences in a sequence. So, the crucial part is usually put at the beginning of an English sentence, but at the end of a Chinese sentence. Here are some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Soccer is a difficult sport. A player must be able to run steadily without rest. Sometimes a player must hit the ball with his or her head. Players must be willing to bang into or be banged into by others. They must put up with aching feet and sore muscles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
足球运动员必须不停地奔跑，有时得用头顶球，撞别人或被别人撞，必须忍受双腿和肌肉的疼痛，所以说，足球是一项难度大的运动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example to view how Chinese people and American people express their own emotions. The two excerpts are from the Keynote Speech By H.E. Xi Jinping President of the people’s Republic of China At the Opening Ceremony of The third China International Import Expo and President Obama’ speech at Fu Dan University in Shanghai respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 各位来宾:&lt;br /&gt;
女士们，先生们，朋友们：&lt;br /&gt;
Distinguished Guests,&lt;br /&gt;
Ladies and Gentlemen,&lt;br /&gt;
Dear Friends,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在各方共同努力下，第三届中国国际进口博览会开幕了！首先，我代表中国.   政府和中国人民，并以我个人的名义，向各位嘉宾，表示热烈的欢迎！对各位新老朋友，表示诚挚的问候！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With concerted efforts of all parties, the third China International Import Expo (CIIE) is now open. At the outset, let me extend, on behalf of the government and people of China as well as in my own name, a hearty welcome to all the distinguished guests. To the many old and new friends, I give you my warm greetings and best regards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good afternoon. It is a great honor for me to be here in Shanghai, and to have this opportunity to speak with all of you.&lt;br /&gt;
诸位下午好。 我感到很荣幸能够有机会到上海跟你们交谈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, in the first example, in English versions, the topic sentence is presented first, then it begins to illustrate the topic in a logical way to convince us that soccer is a difficult sport. Then in the second example, we can see that the president Xi and American former President Obama show their delightment in quite different ways. We Chinese people tend to express our joy at the end of discourse, while American people are willing to show their emotions at the beginning, which also vividly presents the Chinese linear thinking and Occidental circular thinking. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Although the distinction between Chinese linear thinking and Occidental circular thinking is widely recognized at home and abroad, it is not categorically clear about the line between Chinese and English. Actually, many ancient writers in China are fond of coming straight to the point and hit the nail on the head in a precise way. Liang Qichao, an excellent ancient scholar in Qing Dynasty, proposes in his the Methodology of composition above middle school, that the most important thing is to make readers get the writer’s purpose at a glance when reading an article, so that it can touch and gain the reader’s interest. And also the “general discussion-sub discussion-conclusion model” is only one certain structure for English writing. Hence it is hard to say that English is Linear and Chinese is circular as Robert Kaplan defines, and we have to critically think about the differences between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The discussions of the comparison between Chinese and Occidental thinking models have been carried out for a long time. In this paper, through the comparison on four opposite types of modes of thinking: Holistic thinking vs Analytical thinking, subject-oriented thinking vs object-targeted thinking, concrete thinking vs abstract thinking, and linear thinking vs circular thinking, and presenting how they reflect upon their language, it demonstrates that cultural diversity and different historical origin may dominate the formation of thinking patterns. Since in the sea of the Chinese and Occidental language and thought, the culture is like a mirror which reflects all-embracing phenomena. That is to say, language, thought and culture are essentially associated with each other. While there are also some other types of comparison among modes of thought like “static thinking vs dynamic thinking”, “fuzzy thinking vs accurate thinking” and so on. Moreover, we have to classify the writing style and genre of the articles, which would set up different principles in diction, so we can not lump together under one head and blindly follow that the Chinese and Occidental thinking models must be opposite in certain dimension. Hence this paper just tries to compare them in a general way, so that we can have a relatively overall view about the two language. Since the thought impacts a lot upon the language, we have to firstly understand how people from different nation think about the world and other objects around them, and then better understand why and how they tend to use such kind of ways of expression. Then it is greatly useful to learn a second language well and to better perform in the cross-cultural communication with the extent of cultural exchanges nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Flesch, R. The Art of Plain Words. New York: Harper &amp;amp; Brothers Publishers, 1946.&lt;br /&gt;
*Kaplan, R. B. “Cultural Thought Patterns in Intercultural Education in Language Learning”, A Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1966.&lt;br /&gt;
*Leech, G. and Svartvik, J. A Communicative Grammar of English Longman, 1974. &lt;br /&gt;
*Nakamura, Hajime. Ways of Thinking of Eastern Peoples—Indian, China, Tibet, Japan. London:Kegan Paul International, 1997. &lt;br /&gt;
*Nida，Eugene A Translating Meaning [M] San Dimas, California: English Language Institute, 1982. 16.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sapir, E. Language, [M]. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1921.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lian Shuneng. 连淑能. (2002) 论中西思维方式【J】 On Chinese and Western modes of thinking. 大连：外语与外语教学.  Dalian: Foreign language and teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1992)  《汉英对比翻译》【M】 Contrastive Study and Translation between English and Chinese, 南昌:  江西教育出版社, Nanchang: Jiangxi Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Qian Mu. 钱穆，(1977)《世界局势与中国文化》The World Situation and Chinese Culture【M】 台北：台北东大图书公司，Taibei: Taipei Dongda Book Co.LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Xiaolong. 申小龙.  汉字构形的主体思维及其人文精神 . 【J】The Subjective thinking and humanistic spirit of Chinese Characters《学术月刊》 1994 第14期, 74. Academic Monthly, 1994 (14), 74.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Dehua. 汪德华. 英汉思维方式对其语言、文字的影响 【J】. The influence of Thinking Modes of English and Chinese on Their Language and Character. 外语与外语教学，2003, (3), 36. Foreign Language and Teaching, 2003 (3), 36.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Li. 张 黎. (1994) 《文化的深层选择———汉语意合语法论》 【M】on Chinese Parataxis Grammar. 长春：吉林教育出版社Changchun: Jilin Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Sijie &amp;amp; Zhang Boran. 张思洁, 张柏然. 形合与意合的哲学思维反思【J】Parataxis versus Hypotaxis— a Reflection on the Relation between Language, Philosophy and modes of Thinking,  中国翻译 Chinese  Translation. 2001 (7), 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Functional Equivalence and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance 曾良 Zeng Liang 英语笔译 202070080578==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late 1960s, the famous American translator Eugene Nida proposed functional equivalence, which has an overwhelming significance in the development of translation theory. This theory is based on modern linguistics, social semiotics and information theory.Its equivalence is not confined to the corrrespondence in vocabulary and grammar between original language and target language. Meanwhile, the correspondence of response between the original readers and the target language readers is also paid attention. Nida points out that translation should accord with original text in meaning, rather than form, and he also pays much attention to the response of the target language readers. He thinks that expressing the target language properly and appropriately is the central task in translating, which has an important guiding significance for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the further effect of western translation theories on Chinese translation theories, translators of China also propose different translation theories. Based on Chinese classical aesthetics and literary criticism, Yan Fu, a famous translator of China, proposes the famous translation standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, which has a deep influence on China’s translation circle and provides an important translation theory for Chinese translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance all provide important translation standards for translators and have a pivotal role in the history of translation theories. At the same time, by analyzing the Chinese translation of ''Vanity Fair'' written by Thackery, the similarities and differences of thse two translation theories will be presented, which will promote the understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words:=== Functional equivalence; Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance; similarities and differences; Vanity Fair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪60年代末。美国著名翻译家尤金·奈达提出了翻译理论发展史上具有里程碑意义的“功能对等”翻译理论，该理论以现代语言学、社会符号学以及信息论为理论基础，其对等并未局限于原语和目的语之间词汇和语法的转换，对原语读者的感受和目的语言读者的感受是否一致也同样关注。奈达提倡翻译并未形式的对等而是客观内容的对等，他还重视目的语接受者的反应，以合适、贴切的目的语表达视为翻译的中心任务，这对翻译工作者具有重要的指导意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着西方翻译理论对中国翻译理论的影响日益加深，中国翻译家也逐渐提出了自己的翻译理论。中国著名翻译家严复基于中国传统美学和文学评论，提出了著名的“信达雅”翻译标准。这一翻译标准在中国翻译界影响深远，为翻译工作者提供了很重要的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达和严复的翻译理论都为翻译工作者提供了重要的翻译标准，在翻译理论史上都具有举足轻重的作用。同时，这两大理论具有许多相似之处和不同点。本文通过对萨克雷《名利场》的中文译本进行分析，并通过对信息文本的处理来对比分析两大理论，找到两者的异同点，希望能对两大翻译理论的理解有一定的促进作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：功能对等；信达雅；异同；《名利场》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking back on the history of Chinese and western translation, we can see that translation theories are rich and colorful. In the western translation field, Nida is recognized as an outstanding representative. His “ Functional equivalence” theory has broken through the traditional formal equivalence theory and has had a broad and far-reacching impact. In the Chinese translation circle, Yan Fu is the most influential one. He puts forward the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” translation standard, which is a milestone in the history of Chinese translation theory and promotes the development of Chinese translation theory(Tan Kai 2011, 43).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida and Yan Fu are in different social environment, and their translation standards are once questioned and denied, it is undeniable that these two translation standards are still the most authoritative and vital in Chinese and Western translation circles.（Zhang Yimei 2020, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a well-known contemporary western linguistics, an expect that researches Bible as well as a translation theorist. His translation view, which is called functional equivalence, has set off a wave of enthusiasm in the translation field(Zhang Yimei 2020,180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Nida put forward “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence” in the book ''Toward A Science of Translating''(Nida 1964, 45). However, he did not give a clear definition of “dynamic equivalence” until 1969 in the book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''(Nida 1969, 34). In 1993, the expression “dynamic equivalence” was superseded by “functional equivalence” in his work ''From One Language to Another'' (Nida 1993, 67). Dynamic Equivalence is defined “in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it is essentially the same manner as the receptors in the source language(Nida 1969, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence emphasizes the response of equivalence rather than the form of equivalence. In the process of evaluating the quality of a translation, one should not only see whether the form is consistent with the original text, or whether the content is fluent and smooth, but also check whether the response of the target language readers is consistent with the original readers or whether the effect produced by the target text is consistent with the original text（Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). As we all know, it is impossible for a transltion to be faithful to the original to full extent. There are many reasons for this. For example, the language ability and knowledge background of translator can cause differences in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Language, Culture and Translating'', Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels: the minimal level and the maximal level(Nida 2001, 78). The minimal level of functional equivalence is defined as “The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it”. The maximal level is stated as “The readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it in essentially the same manner as the original readers did”(Nida 1993,118). The two definitions of equivalence reveal that the minimal level is realistic, whereas the maximal level ideal. For Nida, good translations always lie between the two levels (Nida,1995,224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is a famous enlightenment thinker and educator in modern China, as well as an outstanding translation theorist. His three principles of translation—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, were widely accepted as essential criteria for understanding translations since the early 20th century. It appeared in Yan Fu’s preface to his translation of Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'' (1898)（Zhang Xi 2014,1):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (Xin), expressiveness (da) and elegance (ya). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so(Yan Fu 2009, 202).”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and translation practices, Yan Fu advanced “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which has a great contribution to the history of China’s translation and has become the fundamental tenets of the 20th century Chinese translation theory(Zhang Xi 2014, 2). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Yan’s three principles, the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression of the target language, and elegant in the writing style. “Faithfulness” emphasizes the fidelity to the original text. Yan pointed out that translator couldn’t begin his work until he has grasped the spirit and logic of the original text. “ Expressiveness” stresses the fluency and acceptability that the translation expresses. “Elegance” reflects that Yan pays much attention to readers’ thought. Yan said in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics''(Yan Fu 2009, 202):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Confucious said, ‘Diction should be expressive.’ He also said, ‘Diction without elegance cannot reach far.’ The three principles should be the basic elements of any writing, and the tenet for the translator. Apart from faithfulness and expressiveness, I seek elegance.(Yan Fu 2009, 202)”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people reagrd Yan’s translation standard as a golden rule, however, there are also some criticisms of it. Most criticisms come from the denial of standard “ elegance”. According to Yan Fu, elegance means using Chinese charcters of pre-Han dynasty to express original text. He is inclined to use classical style of writing in pursuing elegance because of two reasons: firstly, he believes that boring language cannot expand the influence of translated text; secondly, most of the readers of that time are knowledgeable people from the upper class and the translations are foreign philosophy and social science(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the common readers cannot understand the real meaning of the original text. “Elegance” people mentioned now has been modified by later generations, which refers to that the translation should be literary and elegant. Although there are still some doubts about the standard “elegance”, the contribution and influence of Yan’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” are undeniable(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theoretial Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
====Theoretical Foundation of Nida’s Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Modern Linguistic=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is based on modern linguistic and it has a close relationship with linguistics(Guo Dingju 2013, 15). Nida successfully applied the research of modern linguistics into translation theory. He used semantic theories, especially the method of semantic componential analysis to analyze referring meaning and associative meaning of vocabulary objectively and accurately(Guo Dingju 2013, 16). He transformed Chomsky’s core sentence theory, deep structure and surface structure, created a relatively complete process of interlingual conversion, and proposed a three-stage theory of the translation process（Zhu Haotong 2006,64). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Nida’s opinion, various language structures have many similarities and deep structure is more common than surface structure(Nida 1964, 68). Therefore, through the interlingual  conversion of deep structure, the fidelity to the original text can be ensured to the greatest extent. At the same time, since the surface structure of the translated text is the free expression of the conversion of deep structure, the smoothness of the translated text can be ensured as much as possible. The faithful and smooth translations create conditions for the equivalence of readers’ reaction, which makes it possible to achieve functional equivalence(Nida 1964, 68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Information Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is also based on information theory. Nida believes that translation is an activity of transforming the information expressed in one language into another, that is to say, the information encoded in one code is transformed into another(Nida 1984, 34). The purpose of translating is to communicate by conveying information(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Only when the target language readers obtain the same information as the original readers, the relationship between the target language readers and target information is basically the same as the relationship between original language readers and original information(Nida 1964, 68). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida notices that the original readers’ ability to accept information is different from that of target language readers(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Generally speaking, the information receptive ability of original language readers is better than target language readers, especially when the original language and target language belong to different language systems and cultures(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Nida stresses that in order to let the target language readers obtain the same information as the original readers, translators can change appropriately the form of the original for the target readers to better understand the translation(Nida 1984, 34). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is also based on social semiotics. Nida believes that translating is to translate the meaning of the original, and social semiotics is the most comprehensive system to analyze the meaning(Zhu Haotong 2006,65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''Language, Culture and Translation'', Nida points out that using social semiotics, the science that researches all codes and symbols in human society, to study translation is the most comprehensive way, and the key that it is superior to any other translation methods to carry on interlingual translation is that social semiotics studies all codes in human society, and it focuses on studying language, the most comprehensive and complex semiotic systems used by human. Therefore, in terms of decoding and encoding, the translation method of social semiotics is more comprehensive than any other translation methods(Nida 1993, 67). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theoretical Foundation of Yan Fu’s Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Chinese Aesthetics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetics is at first a branch of philosophy dealing with the nature of art, beauty and taste with creation and appreciation of beauty（Guo dingju 2013, 18). It has a great impact on traditional Chinese translation theories and standards. In 1898, Yan Fu put forward the famous translation standard “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which has always been the central idea of Chinese translation theory and aesthetics(Yan Fu 2009, 202). Its influence is far-reaching and almost no one can match with it today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the meaning of the target text should be faithful to the original text with accurate words and without arbitrary omission or deletion. “Expressiveness” means that the form of the target text is not constrained and the translation is smooth and clear. “Elegance” refers to that the words of translation should be appropriate and vivid, and the translation should be concise and elegant like the original. “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reveal the essence of translation(Yan Fu 2009, 202). Compared with the long-winded theoretical explanation abroad, these three words cover almost all the content of translation aesthetics, and fully reflect the concise beauty of Chinese characters(Guo Dingju 2013, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese aesthetics mainly comes from the ancient asetheics, which is the theoretical foundation of Yan Fu’s translation theory of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance(Guo Dingju 2013, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Literary Criticism=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary criticism (or literary studies) is the study, evaluation, and interpretation of literature. Modern literary criticism is often influenced by literary theory, which is the philosophical discussion of literature's goals and methods(Guo Dingju 2013, 19). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the whole, literary criticism can be divided into two categories. One is a body of study focused on ethics and human emotions. The other is a bulk of explorations centered round the craftmanship of literary works(Li Jianzhong 2009, 45). The core of Chinese literary criticism is the theory of literary creation(Li Jianzhong 2009, 46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are mainly three types of literary criticism in the early 20th century from the aspect of functions of criticism. The first type of literary criticism focuses on literary works proper. The critics of this type analyze literay works with their own experience and wisdom, which is called art-oriented criticism and Lu Xun is its representative. The second type is aimed at an independent cultural value. The critics try to dig out its philosophical, psychological, ethnic and linguistic significance of works. The third one is society-oriented criticism and it serves politics. It works well in the period of political struggels(Wang Yunxi 2007, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparative Studies on Translation theories of Nida and Yan Fu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introdution of ''Vanity Fair'' and Yang Bi’s Translation Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====About ''Vanity Fair''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Vanity Fair'' is Mr. Thackeray’s most important work. The novel takes place during the Napoleonic Wars and tells the lives of two contrasted girls: Amelia Sedley, the daughter of a wealthy merchant, a good natured, loveable though simple-minded young girl, and Rebecca (Becky) Sharp, an orphan who is a strong-willed and cunning young woman. These two girls met at Miss Pinkerton’s Academy for young ladies, the former driven by delicate heart and the latter by social ambition(Guo Dingju 2013, 21).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the begining, Becky lived in a rich life and her social state was promoted step by step relying on some ignoble means. But Amelia suffered great sorrow because of her father’s bankruptcy. However, several years later, their lives were totally changed. They seemed to go back to their origianl work. Becky gained nothing, and Amelia returned to happy life again(Thackeray 2006，178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This novel gains great success and shapes the image of a bad woman, Becky. You may hate her, but you will never forget her once you read this wonderful novel. Although she is a charater living in a different time and world, you can feel her presence in our world, even in any society. ''Vanity Fair'' is one of the greatest literary works describing society at that time written by William Makepeace Thackeray(Guo Dingju 2013, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The capitalists’ accumulation and the 19th society are all presented to readers through Thackeray’s description. This novel reflects the degradation and social hypocrisy and people at time time try every means to keep in contact with the upper class. The title of this novel reveal the theme: the treasures of vanity fair, that is money and position, are desirable but transient. Thackeray’s idea is that although one may live in vanity fair, one doesn’t need to be a slave to its values, which will eventually turn into emptiness(Thackeray 2006, 89).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yang Bi’s Translation of ''Vanity Fair''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many Chinese translation version of ''Vanity Fair''. Among these versions, Yang Bi’s translation version ranks the first, which has been published for four times by different publications. Yang Bi’s version of Vanity Fair was firstly published by People’s Literature Publication in 1957. Then it was published in 1997 and 2000. The latest version was published in 2012 by The Commercial Press in 2012. Yang Bi’s translation version of ''Vanity Fair'' was praised and encouraged by many translators, such as Fu Lei(Guo Dingju 2013, 23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bi shows target language readers a sense of wholeness by smooth sentence structure amd takes related cultural background into consideration. Owing to her proficiency in Chinese, she can convey the meaning of original text appropriately to Chinese readers and Chinese readers can have a good understanding of western literary works(Guo Dingju 2013, 23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An Analysis on Nida’s Functional Equivalence from Translation of ''Vanity Fair''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thackeray has a sharp eye on his literary works, especially in ''Vanity Fair'', which requires an outstanding understanding and expressive ability of the translator. When comparing the English and Chinese version of Vanity Fair, it’s easy for us to find that Yang Bi’s translation is good at dealing with words, sentences, chapters, and rhetorical devices. Her translation is natural and smooth that the target language readers feel like reading the traditional novels(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 16). In this paper, two main aspects will be analyzed by the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In traditional grammar, one of the kernel parts is Part of Speech. Some regular rules are deeply rooted in our minds, such as adjectives modify nouns, adverbs modify verbs and adjectives, and conjunctions connect parts of sentences. People who learn foreign languages are familiar with these rules. However, the quality of translation will be influenced if these rules are brought into the translation. Under this circumstance, Nida suggests abandoning the traditional grammar and adopting new seven-part-of-speech system(Nida 1943，89), those are &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)entities, such as woman, desk, dictionary, and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) activities, such as walk, run, swim and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)states, such as dead, excited, happy and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)characteristics, such as tall, huge, fat and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)processes, such as shorten, grow, enlarge and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)links, such as when, during, below and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)deictics, such as that, there, this and so on(Nida 1986, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of Yang Bi’s ''Vanity Fair'', we can find that the target text is flexible and functional equivalence of Nida is achieved at the lexical level. Free translation is the main translation method that she adopts. What’s more, she combines different translation techniques, such as combination, addition, and omission to reproduce the origianl meaning in the target language(Zhang Yanmei 2019,16). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exampe 1:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST1:...for what can be prettier than an image of Love on his knees before Beauty？(Thackeray 2006, 138)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1:痴情男子向美貌佳人跪下求婚，还不是一幅最赏心悦目的画吗？(杨必 2013, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
In ST1, “Love” and “Beauty” are two entities according to Nida’s classification of words(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19). In the original text, Thackeray describes a scene in which Baron proposes to Rebecca. He uses abstract words “Love” and “Beauty” to represent Baron and Rebecca. In TT1, Yang Bi translates “Love” and “Beauty” into “痴情男子“and “美貌佳人”to reproduce the meaning of the original text. Although the words in ST1 are abstract and the words in TT1 are concrete, the meaning of the origianl text is greatly reproduced in the translation, and the translation is even more vivid than the original one. What’s more, the translation contains a humorous tone, and the target language readers can feel humorous and interesting(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19). If we translate “Love” and “Beauty” into “爱情” and “美人”, the literal menaing and charm of original text are lost and the style of original text is not reproduced in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Syntactical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sentence is the basic unit of language. In the process of translating Englsih sentences into Chinese, the translator should comprehend the original writer’s intention and then express it in the target language. Thus, the arrangement of sentences should be considered. On the syntactical level, English has long compound sentences which belong to hypotactic sentence, while Chinese has more short sentences which belong to paratactic sentence. What’s more, there are many distinctions between English and Chinese sentences which requires the translator to make proper adjustments. In order to overcome the obstacles of long sentences in translation, Nida put forward a suggestion that one long difficult sentence can be divided into several core sentences (Nida, 1946). Nida uses the concept of core kernel sentence(Nida 1946, 55). He think there are seven types of kernel sentence in English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)subject+predicate+adverbial, such as, John wrote slowly;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)subject+predicate+object, such as, John hit Bill;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)subject+predicate+object+object, such as, John gave Mary a gift;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)subject+be+subject complement, such as John is in the restaurant;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)subject+be+attributive, such as, John is kind;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)subject+be+indefinite article+noun, such as, John is a man.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)subject+be+pronoun+noun, such as, John is my friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above seven sentences are understandable in human language. No matter what language you speak in communicating with others, the people you talk with can understand your meaning as long as you use simple sentences(Guo Dingju 2013, 32). Nida believes that experienced translators often break down complex sentences into simple sentences when translating the origianl text(Nida 1946, 56). The translator often needs to make proper adjustments and rebuild the sentence structure in the target text. Many examples in Yang Bi’s translation of Vanity Fair are discovered to simplify the sentences. From her translation, we also find out that functional equivalence is achieved at the syntactical level in Yang Bi’s translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST2:His first marriage with the daughter of the noble Binkie had been made under the auspices of his parents; and as he often told Lady Crawley in her lifetime she was such a confounded quarrelsome high-bred jade that when she died he was hanged if he would ever take another of her sort, at her ladyship’s demise he kept his promise, and selected for a second wife Miss Rose Dawson, daughter of Mr.Johm Thomas Dawson, ironmonger, of Mudbury. (Thackeray2016,75)                                                                                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2:他第一次结婚的时候，奉父母之命娶了一位贵族小姐，是平葛家里的女儿。克劳来夫人活着的时候，他就常常当面说她是个讨人嫌的婆子，礼数又足，嘴巴子又碎；并且说等她死了之后，死也不愿意再娶这么一个老婆了。他说到做到：妻子去世以后，他就挑了墨特白菜铁器商人约翰·汤姆士·道生的女儿露丝·道生做填房。&lt;br /&gt;
（Yang Bi 2013,76)                               &lt;br /&gt;
                                                   &lt;br /&gt;
In ST2, there is a long and complex sentence and the word quantity of this sentence is eighty. According to Nida’s theory, this long sentence can be divided into several kernel sentences(Nida 1946,76). Yang Bi carefully simplified this long sentence into several short sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)他第一次结婚的时候，奉父母之命娶了一位贵族小姐，是葛平家里的女儿。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His first marriage with the daughter of the noble had been undre the auspices of his parents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)他经常跟克莱劳夫人说一些事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He often told Lady Crawley in her lifetime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)她是个讨人嫌的婆子，礼数又足，嘴巴子又卖力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She was such a confounded quarrelsome high-bred jade. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)她死后，他许下承诺。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He was hanged after her death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5）他不会再娶这么一个老婆了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He would never take another of her sort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)妻子去世后，他遵守了自己的承诺。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At her ladyship’s demise he kept his promise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)他挑了墨特白菜铁器商人约翰·汤姆士·道生的女儿露丝·道生做填房。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He selected for a second wife Miss Rose Dawson, daughter of Mr. John Thomas Dawson, ironmonger, of Mudbury.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the sentence structure is transformed from a long complex sentence into seven short simple sentences. Although the sentence structure is different, the meaning of the original is expressed completely in its translation and the target language readers can have a good understanding of the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An Analysis on Yan Fu’s Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance from Translation of ''Vanity Fair''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Yang Bi’s ''Vanity Fair'' is a good example of combination of Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegence(Guo Dingju 2013, 23). We will analyze Yang Bi’s translation of ''Vanity Fair'' from lrxical and sentence level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary words demands that the translator has good comand of comprehensive and expressive abilities. Although many words are equivalence in English-Chinese dictionary, yet it is not easy to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance with mere literal meaning equivalence(Guo Dingju 2013, 25). Thackeray is very particular about the words, so it is not easy for the translator to express the original meaning. But Yang Bi grasps the original meaning and does quite well in his translation, which makes the translation vivid and interesting. Let’s look at how to achieve faithfulness, expressive and elegance in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST3: ...for what can be prettier than an image of Love on his knees before Beauty?(Thackeray 2006, 138)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3:痴情公子向美貌佳人跪下求婚，还不是一幅最赏心悦目的画吗？(杨必 2013, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In ST3, there is a scene of Baron proposing marriage to Rebecca. Thackeray uses the abstract words “an image of Love” and “Beauty” to refer to Baron and Rebecca. What’s more, the original text contains a ridiculous tone, and readers can feel humorous from Thackeray’s words. Only when the translator translates the style and spirit of the original faithfully can faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance be achieved(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the words “prettier”, “an image of Love” and “Beauty” are translated into “更好看”“爱情形象”“美人” respectively, the style and charm of the original are lost and faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are not achieved in the translation. In Yang Bi’s translaton ,she achieves faithfulness, expressiveness and elegence by her good mastering of language. In TT3, “痴情男子”“美貌佳人”and “赏心悦目” reproduce the further meaning of the original text, which achieves the standard of Yan Fu’s faithfulness. What’s more, expressiveness is also achieved in her translation because the translation is smooth. Meanwhile, these groups of words are elegant,  which convey the style and charm of the original text and conform to the characteristcs of literary works. Thus, elegance is also achieved in Yang Bi’s translation(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Sentence Level===== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese are different in many aspects. For example, English sentences are tree-structure and there are many long complex sentences in English, while Chinese sentences are bamboo-structure and they are usually short. English sentences emphasize hypotaxis, while Chinese sentences stress parataxis(Guo Dingju 2013,40). Thus, it is impracticable to translate English into Chinese without changing sentence structures and it is difficult for the translator to achieve Yan Fu’s standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. There are many long sentences in ''Vanity Fair'', so it is a challenging work for Yang Bi to translate them into Chinese. However, by researching Yang Bi’s translation, we will find out her good performance of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST4:The amiable behavior of Mr.Crawley, and Lady Jane’s kind reception of her, highly flattered Miss Briggs, who was enabled to speak a good word for the latter, after the cards of the Southdown family had been presented to Miss Crawley.(Thackeray 2006, 74)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT4:布立葛丝小姐看看克劳莱先生的态度那么客气，吉恩小姐又待她热情，觉得受宠若惊，等到沙吴赛家里的名片送到克劳莱小姐面前，她就找机会给吉恩小姐说了些好话。(Yang Bi 1997, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original sentence, the abstract words “behavior” and “reception” are the subject of the sentence, which shows the static feature of English. If translate it into “克劳莱先生的客气态度和吉恩小姐的热情接待使布立葛丝小姐受宠若惊……” without changing sentence structure, we will find that it doesn’t conform to the expression habits of Chinese. Although it seems to be faithful to the original form and meaning, it is stiff. On the contrary, Yang Bi changes its sentence structure and uses the object of the original as the subject in target language. With this adjustment, Yang Bi changes static language into dynamic one and faithfully reproduces the meaning of the original into target language. What’s more, her translation is smooth and full of beauty of literary works. In a word, the translation of this sentence conform to the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A Comparative Study on Translation Theory of Nida and Yan Fu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Similarities of Them=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are very popular in the translation field, which have been used as golden rules in the process of translating(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). In fact, there are many similarities between them. This paper will research two main similarities of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One similarity of them is that they both pay attention to readers’ response. In Nida’s opinion, one of important ways of evaluating translation works is the target text reader’s response to the information conveyed by the original author. Thus, when evaluating a translation work we should pay attention to target language readers. Meanwhile, we should compare the reaction of original readers with the reaction of target readers to see if they are consistent(Nida&amp;amp;Taber 1969, 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu also attaches great importance to readers.The purpose of his translation is to enlighten the ruling class, who are more proficient in classical Chinese. So Yan Fu advocates using the words and grammar of Han Dynasty(Guo Dingju 2013, 43). Therefore, Nida and Yan Fu both pay attention to readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other similarity is that they both emphasize on conveying information. Nida believes that translation is communication. Translation works are useless if they cannot play the role of communicating(Zhu Haotong 2006, 64). Therefore, the relationship between the target language recipient and the translation information should be the same as the relationship between the original language recipient and the original information(Nida 1969,30). But sometimes it is difficult to completely convey information in the original text into the target text. In this case, the translator must change the form of the target language to some extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu also stresses on conveying the original information. He points out that words and phrases can be reversed, added and deleted freely(Guo Dingju 2013,44). We need not care too much about the order of phrases without losing the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the similarities of Nida’s  and Yan Fu’s translation theories, we can find out that they both pay attention to readers and emphasize on conveying information of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Differences of Them=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many similarities of them, they have several differences because of different cultural background, personal consciousness and other factors. Firstly, functional equivalence is more logic and scientific than faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. The former is closely related to multiple disciplines, and it is more systematic, while the latter is merely based on literature and aesthetics(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). Secondly, Nida gives detailed explanation of functional equivalence,which is clear and accurate, while the explanation of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance given by Yan Fu is somewhat ambiguous(Zhang Yimei 2020, 181). There are a lot of arguments on the explanation of “elegance”. What’s more, the concrete explanation of “faithfulness” is not clear. Whether the target text should only be “faithful” to the content of the original text or the content and style of the original is not explicit to translators. Thirdly, in guiding sense, Nida’s functional equivalence mentions four aspects, that is, lexical equivalence, syntactical equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence, and he gives six principles on how to achieve functional equivalence(Nida 1964, 67). However, Yan Fu doesn’t mention how to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, so translators can only use them as translation standard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the further communication between Western and Chinese culture, it is vital to study literature as it is a bridge to connect different cultures and a good medium to know the colorful world. ''Vanity Fair'' is a literary work that gains a great popularity in the nineteenth century because it satirizes the hypocrisy of the upper class(Guo Dingju 2013, 22). However, it is difficult to translate it from English into Chinese because of differences of these two languages. By a coincidence, Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance can be used as a guidance in the process of translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From comparison above, we know that there are some similarities and differences between them. I believe that these two translation theories play an important role in translating and they can guide us better understand different cultures. At the end of this paper, I will discuss the implements and limitations of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Implements====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on analysis above, we can see that Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are conducive to our translating works and it is feasible to apply them into translation practice. By comparing Nida’s and Yan Fu’s translation theories, we know that there are many similarities and differences between them and we can find out that Nida’s functional equivalence is systematic and scientific, while the explanation of Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is not very clear, and the specific ways to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are not given(Zhang Yimei 2020, 181). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, from the point of modern translation theories, both Nida’s and Yan Fu’s translation theories are very limited. Their theories are suitable in some fields, while in other fields they are not very proper(Guo Ding 2013, 48). All in all, we should learn from other’s strong points to make up one’s deficiencies to make our translation better and apply them into our translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limitations====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of literary works is a very difficult and demanding thing, which requires a good command of both English and Chinese languages, and an excellent understanding of two cultures. Although the author have spared efforts to do the study, there still exist some limitations. Firstly, the examples of Vanity Fair used in the analysis is very limited, so its generalizability is far from adequate. Secondly, this study is restricted because it only takes one translation version of ''Vanity Fair'' as a case study instead of a comparative study between different translation versions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达.(1964).''Toward a Science of Translating'' 《翻译的科学探索》. Leiden: Brill Archive博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达, and Charles Russell Taber 泰伯, eds 著.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''《翻译理论与实践》. Leiden: Brill Archive博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达, and Jan de Waard.(1986) ''From One Language to Another''《从一种语言到另一种语言》. Nashville: Thomas Nelson托马斯·纳尔逊出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''《语言、文化与翻译》.Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Languages Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thackeray,William萨克雷.（2006）. ''Vanity Fair''《名利场》.Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press外语教学与研究出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Minjie陈岷婕.(2013).浅谈严复的“信达雅”与奈达的“功能对等”[On Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Nida’s “functional Equivalence”].科教文汇The Science Education Article Collects(236)94-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Dingju郭丁菊.(2013).功能对等理论与信达雅翻译理论的比较研究[A Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence and Faithfulness Expressiveand Elegance from the Translation of Vanity Fair].Harbin:Northeast Forestry University东北农业大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jianzhong李建中.(2009)中国文学批评史[History of Chinese Literary Criticism].Beijing:Peking University Press北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Kai谭凯.(2011)严复“信、达、雅”和奈达“功能对等”理论的比较研究[A Comparative Study on Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness Expressive and Elegance” and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence].青年作家Young Writers(1)43-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yunxi王运熙,Gu Yisheng顾易生.(2007).中国文学批评史新编[A New History of Chinese Literary Criticism].Shanghai:Shanghai Classics Publishing House上海古籍出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu严复(2009).《天演论》译例言[Preface to Evolution and Ethics].Beijing:The Commercial Press商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bi杨必.(2013)《名利场》[Vanity Fair].Beijing:People’s Literature Publishing House人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yanmei张妍梅.(2019).功能对等理论视角下《名利场》的翻译[A Study on The Translation of Vanity Fair from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory].Lanzhou:Lanzhou Jiaotong University兰州交通大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xi张曦.(2014).翻译硕士备考指南[A Guide Book to MTI].Shanghai:Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press上海交通大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[A Comparison on :Faithfulness Expressiveness and Elegance].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House中国学术期刊电子出版社(2)180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Haotong 朱浩彤.(2006).奈达“功能对等”理论基础的再思考[Some Thoughts on the Theoretical Bases of Nida’s Functional Equivalence]. Journal of Fujiann Medical University福建医科大学学报(3)62-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==English Translation of 2019 ''Government Work Report'' from the Perspective of Eco-translatology	义子楚	Yi Zichu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== In recent years, with the deepening of the reform and opening up, the ''Government Work Report'' has become China's foreign political communication hub conducive to a better understanding by the international community of the work of the Chinese government. Therefore, how to effectively write the corresponding English version and how to fully convey the message of the government's work is one of the main problems for translators. Eco-translatology is an ecological paradigm and research field which defines that translation is adaptation and selection and highlights multi-dimension transformation. This thesis analyzes the English translation of the ''2019 Government Work Report'' from three perspectives: linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions. It is shown that eco-translatology help improve the quality of the English translation of ''2019 Government Work Report'' . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== eco-translatology; 2019 Government Work Report; multi-dimension transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===近年来，随着改革开放的不断深入，《政府工作报告》已变成中国对外政治交流的枢纽，有利于加深国际社会对中国政府工作的了解。因此，如何有效地编写《中国政府工作报告》对应的英文版本，从而全面清晰地解释政府工作的内容是政府对外翻译的主要问题之一。生态翻译理论从生态学视角对翻译进行综观的整体性研究，是一个‘翻译即适应与选择’的生态范式和研究领域。本文主要从生态翻译学的多维翻译理论着手，通过语言维、文化维和交际维三个角度对《2019政府工作报告》的英译版本进行分析。分析显示生态翻译理论较好地解决了政府工作报告中翻译难题，提高了英文翻译的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词：生态翻译学，《政府工作报告》，多维转换理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Government Work Report'' of the state council is a review of the work within a year, which the ''National People's Congress'' on the prime minister of state court reports to the National People's Congress and the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference, including the task of deployment, and the transmission of the priority tasks. It reflects the national policy, culture, as an important text of national conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
Over the past four decades and since reform and opening up, China's overall political, economic, cultural and military strength has grown steadily, and so has its voice in the world. On the one hand, China is recognized and supported by the international community in economic, political and cultural fields. On the other hand, countries hope to have a deeper understanding of China, strengthen ties with China and realize common development. Due to this, the translation of external publicity is particularly important. Let China know more about the world and let the world know more about China. As the latest work report of the year, the 2019 Government Work Report is not only a comprehensive summary of the work of the government in 2018, but also a plan for the work of the government in 2019. It covers the latest political, economic, cultural and diplomatic developments in China. Eco-translatology theory, which originated in China, provides a new and unique perspective for translation studies and has made great progress in the past two decades. Through the interpretation of the core concepts of eco-translatology, this paper interprets the report language from the perspectives of vocabulary and syntax, and proposes corresponding translation strategies based on language dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension, so as to provide reference for the translation of external publicity materials.&lt;br /&gt;
In order to understand the Government Work Report accurately, we must be combined with the society and culture of China. So, the Chinese-English translation is of great significance. And in recent years, the domestic scholars attach great importance to the translation of political words. Therefore, it has important functions and research values to study on the Chinese-English translation of Government Work Report from the prospective of eco-translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Zhenqiu(2003）reposed that the translation of political articles should focus on politics. Huang Youyi(2004) proposed The Three Principles of External Publicity Translation. Tong Xiaohua (2014) explores the English translation of the Government Work Report from different perspectives. Wang Gangyi（2014）also pointed out that the former absolute loyalty to the translation of political texts can no longer satisfy the changing society and readers. Linguistics emphasizes the equivalence of texts from different aspects, which is of great guiding significance for texts like the Government Work Report that emphasizes fidelity. Under the guidance of Nida's functional equivalence theory, Zhou Ji studied the economic and political terms in the report at the lexical and textual levels. In 2001, Joan Pinkham (2000:1) published a book and it is The Translator’s Guide to Chinglish, in which it explores the Chinglish in political publicity from the angle of lexis and syntax. In her book, she suggested that translators should not only understand the subtle connotations of words and sentences clearly and use more idioms to express the meanings of the source text, but also pay special attention to the tone and short sentences of Chinese, and avoid the use of outdated, rigid terms, slang and colloquialisms. Compared with domestic studies, the number of relevant studies abroad is very small, and there are almost no relevant translation studies. Moreover, it is worth mentioning that foreign countries are more interested in the content of the report, that is, to describe the national policies, culture and social issues. &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis focuses on translation of political publicity from the perspective of eco-translatology in order to proves that eco-translation is conductive and practical in the process of translating the Government Work Report and summarizes several useful strategies in translating political texts. Moreover, this thesis analyzes the features of Government Work Report, which provides a clear mind for translators in selecting the proper strategies in translation process of the Government Work Report.     This thesis includes three chapters. The first part introduces the research background of the study and the significance of the study, and also illustrates the previous research on the translation of Government Work Report at home and abroad. Chapter two surrounds on the theoretical framework of eco-translatology including adaptation and selection principle and multi-dimensional translation principle. Chapter three, as one of the main chapter of the thesis, analyzes the translation of the 2019 Government Work Report from the perspective of eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction of Government Work Report'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Government Work Report has the features of com prehension and objection, it using the data and truth to telling the achievements of all aspects and obey the practical and realistic rules to implementing the plan. Government Work Report emphasizes on the key point of works which has plain and innovative writing style. As a typical political text, Government Work Report manifests distinctive features. First, we need to understand the characteristics of the words, phrases, and sentences in the report so that we can translate them naturally and logically.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.1 Lexical Level '''====&lt;br /&gt;
For Government Work Report has its own features at m any levels, it often uses the formal and concise words, terminology and plain words at lexical level. And the new, popular words and words with Chinese characteristics are also employed. Therefore, it is very necessary to pay attention to the features at lexical level when analyzing the Government Work Report.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.1Formal and Concise Words'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The expressions like “认真贯彻”(fully implement), “坚定不移纠正”(take stern action against)are quite formal and not common in colloquial conversation. Some expressions like “砥砺奋进”(forged ahead), “攻坚克难”(overcame difficulties)  are quite condensed so that the simplest word can explain more meanings. The Chinese four-word structure characteristic can fully satisfy the need of concision, therefore, there are many this kind of structure occurred in the Government Work Report. &lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.2 Terms with Chinese Characteristics'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
As the Government Work Reports involve many professional fields like politics, economics, livelihood, medicine and technology. Therefore, terms in different fields are inevitable，such as “半拉子”工程 ( Make sure that projects financed by such debts are not stopped half way.); “河长制、湖长制”( river chiefs and lake chiefs ) ; “革命老区” ( old revolutionary base areas ); “民族地区”( areas with large ethnic minority populations ) ; “携号转网”( keep their numbers and switching carriers ); “厕所革命”( the Toilet Revolution ). These words are all unique terms for China ’s national conditions in recent years. If they are translated literally, it will inevitably lead to differences in the understanding of target language readers. In this case, translators must adapt to the ecological environment.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.3 New and Popular Words'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The new words here refer to the popular expressions of the year. They are widely known by people. The internet and other media are also frequently and widely used, such as “好差评”(government service evaluation system); “互联网+”(Internet Plus); “包干制”(the creation of ceilings in funding that enable the retention of unused funds)”僵尸企业”(zombie enterprises);”大病保险”(serious disease insurance ); “绿色发展”(green development). They are too popular on the Chinese social life to let even the government leaders use them and create new ones.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.2 Syntactic Level'''====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the grammatical subject is always absent in a sentence. In Government Work Report, there have lots of this kind of structure frequently. English is a metamorphic language which requires a large number of logical word clauses to build the integrity of language form and meaning. In English grammar, the subject is inevitable so that it can be a complete sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
Eg: “困难不容低估，信心不可动摇，干劲不能松懈。” (The difficulties we face must not be underestimated, our confidence must not be weakened, and the energy we bring to our work must not be allowed to wane.)&lt;br /&gt;
It is clear that there is no subject in these sentences. However, it adds “we face” and “we bring to work” as subjects to make foreign readers better understand. &lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.3 Rhetorical Level '''====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the rhetorical devices in Government Work Report, repetition, parataxis, metaphor and personification are the figures of speech most frequently used.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.3.1 Repetition and Parataxis'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition and parataxis structure have the reinforcement effect which make the language of Government Work Report vivid and easy to be understood. Although in Chinese, repetition has both the emphasis and coherence effect, in the translation it is not just repeating one word but also keep the similar linguistic structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Eg: “进一步稳就业、稳金融、稳外贸、稳外资、稳投资、稳预期”(take further steps to ensure stable employment, a stable financial sector, stable foreign trade, stable foreign investment, stable domestic investment, and stable expectations) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“获得感、幸福感、安全感”(enable people to feel more satisfied, happy, and secure) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“增进稳增长、促改革、调结构、惠民生、防风”(sustain healthy economic development and maintain social stability) [1]'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor and personification, which seem not fit the formal style of Government Work Report, are actually adopted for certain purpose. A metaphor as a figure of speech identifies something as being the same as some unrelated thing for rhetorical effect, thus highlighting the similarities between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
Eg:“我国发展仍处于重要战略机遇期，拥有足够的韧性、巨大的潜力和不断迸发的创新活力” (China is still in an important period of strategic opportunity for development and has ample resilience, enormous potential, and great creativity to unleash. )[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“在实际执行中，既要把好货币供给总闸门，不搞 “大水漫灌” (In implementation, we will ensure the valve on aggregate monetary supply is well controlled and refrain from using a deluge of stimulus policies)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“放水养鱼”(an accommodative effect)[1] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology as a transdisciplinary approach to eco-translatology studies, it is a holistic study of translation using ecological rationality and an ecological perspective. It is considered an ecological paradigm of translation which is adaptation and selection. Translator-centered theory, adaptation and selection, and translation ecological environment are the three core concepts of the theory. The theory requires that the translator's subjective and active role be exerted, and continuous adaptation and choice be made in the translation process to meet the entire translation ecological environment, that is, the harmony between the translator and the original, target, and target language readers. Three-dimensional translation methods such as dimension and communicative dimension to get the original text with higher integration.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''2.1 Evolution of Eco-translatology'''====&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translation was firstly generated in the beginning of 21st century. Before it was initiated by scholars in China, there was no such notion in theory. In this sense, it could be seen as a new school which “was built from ground” (Haggas, 2011). Eco-translation looks into translation from a brand new perspective. Therefore, many new terms and concepts are adopted in the relative studies. Both of confusion and contribution present themselves in the foundation of eco-translation. To better understand the theory, we need to figure out the basis on which it is formed&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.1.1 Previous Studies on Eco-translatology '''=====&lt;br /&gt;
As a translation theory originated in China, eco-translatology has been gradually improved in the past two decades. In 2001, professor Hu Gengshen laid the foundation for the theory of adaptation and selection of translation. Since then, the first decade has been the period of constructing and expanding the theoretical framework. In the second decade, with the holding of the international symposium on eco-translatology and the practice of the theory of eco-translatology of the professors of various universities, the eco-translatology system has gradually become mature. Liu Yafeng wrote adaptation and selection of translators -- a study on the translation process of external publicity, pointing out that translators should play their role of “selection” and “adaptation” as the center in the translation process of external publicity, so as to realize the harmony and unity of the whole translation ecological environment. For three-dimensional adaptation and selection principles, Zhou Li wrote the multi-dimensional integration principle under the care of the political party and government discourse translation to demonstrate the dimensions of language, culture, and communication in the perspective of the Chinese party guiding significance of discourse translation. It further enlightens the translator for the use of a multi-dimensional integration technique and set up a bridge of communication between the original language and target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.1.2 Application of Eco-translatology '''=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many types of text analysis related to eco-translatology. Specifically, it includes: first, the analysis of various classical translations, such as a dream of red mansions, etc. Scholars have analyzed the reasons for the success of these classic works from the perspective of the overall translation ecological environment and the principle of “three-dimensional” transformation, pointing out that translators can only translate good works if they adapt to the translation ecological environment. These analysis has been the focus of research, and can best prove the feasibility of the theory. Secondly, the text analysis of public signs points out the direction from a new perspective. Thirdly, the text analysis of film title and subtitle. Fourthly, the text analysis of news translation. Scholars have analyzed the phenomenon of news text translation from different perspectives of eco-translatology and provided theoretical guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''2.2 Focuses of Eco-translatology'''====&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.2.1 Adaption and Selection'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between “adaptation” and “selection” has rarely been discussed before the emergence of “translation adaptation and selection theory”, a basic research of eco-translatology, let alone a special topic, systematic description and explanation. According to the theory of adaptation and selection, translators should make both adaptation and selection. There are choices in adaptation, namely adaptive selection; There is adaptation, or selective adaptation. The specific characteristics of such selective adaptation and adaptive selection are as follows: first, “adaptation” -- translators' adaptation to the ecological environment of translation; The second is “selection” -- the translator carries out the selection of the target text with the “identity” of the translation ecological environment. Translation is described as an alternate cycle of adaptation and selection. The internal relations of this cycle are as follows: “the purpose of adaptation is survival and effectiveness, and the means of adaptation is optimization; and the method of choice is “tide weak stay strong”. The criterion of translation criticism is also expressed from the perspective of “adaptation/selection”[2]. The best choice is adaptive; The best translation is the one with the highest degree of integration, adaptation and selection.[2]&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.2.2 Multi-dimension Transformation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Language dimension adaptive selection conversion refers to the translator's emphasis on language level, including word use, language structure, language form and other aspects of translation. “Translators should have a deep understanding of the expression habits and methods of the original language, and choose language forms from different dimensions and perspectives, so as to adapt to the ecological environment of the original language” (Hu Gengshen,2013:57). Translators should avoid word-for-word translation for the formal level of language, and should further combine the target language with the imaginary language ecosystem. In this way, it is helpful to further realize the balance between the ecology of the source language and the ecology of the target language of translation, and provide the readers with a harmonious and thought-provoking translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural dimension adaptive selection transformation is an important translation method for translators to improve the quality of translation and realize the multi-dimensional transformation from different levels. The expression of different languages symbolizes different cultures. Of course there are big differences between the original and the target language culture. In the process of translation, to avoid misunderstanding of the original readers fully, conversion of the translator should try to reproduce the original language cultural ecology system, fully implement the original language ecological balance of ecosystem, and the target language to reproduce the original culture, thought and emotion and so on various aspects of the elements, the correct translation methods dealing with the unique cultural connotation, rich in every country to achieve successful communication and exchanges. Translators should understand the value orientation of the original language and culture and focus on the transformation of cultural connotation to achieve the best translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Adaptive selection of communicative dimension focuses on whether the communicative intention in the original text is successfully realized in translation. If the communicative intention of the original information is not realized, the information processed by the translation will have no meaning at all. Translators should pay attention to many aspects and levels, including the transformation of language information and cultural connotation, and at the same time, should pay attention to whether the communicative purpose is successfully achieved in the transformation. By all means, it is forbidden to translate the original text faithfully and ignore the deep connotation of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the focus of the multi-dimensional transformation in ecological translation theory is to carry out adaptive selection and transformation from three aspects of language, culture and communication. Although the selection and transformation of translators is not limited to these three dimensions in the process of translation practice, multi-dimension transformation is the most important way in the translation process. In addition, the more dimensions the translator pays attention to in the process of translation, the stronger the degree of adaptation and selection of the translation, and the higher the quality of the translation will be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.E-C Translation of 2019 Government Work Report from an Eco-translatology Perspective'''===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of the eco-translatology theory, the multi-dimensional transformation which includes the linguistics dimensional transformation, culture dimensional transformation and communication dimensional can help translator understand and translate effectively. &lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.1 Linguistic Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation of linguistic dimension refers to the transformation of linguistic form and structure during the practice of translation so as to adapt to the ecological environment of the target language. English is a hypotaxis language, which focuses on the integrity of sentence structure while Chinese is a paratonic language, whose language form is simple, but often the deep meaning needs the reader to dig. Highly condensed Chinese expressions are often used in government reports&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1 我们坚持不搞“大水漫灌”式强刺激(We were firm in choosing not to adopt a deluge of strong stimulus policies.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“大水灌溉” is an irrigation method commonly used in Chinese agricultural production which water is poured directly into the ground. Not only does it waste water, but it is also prone to secondary salinization under drought conditions. This term is used to refer to a simple and broad way of working in the process of economic reform. In the Chinese ecological environment, it is not difficult for Chinese readers to understand the meaning of metaphors and related words, so a cognitive model for English readers is needed. In order to adapt to the ecological environment, the translator did not translate the metaphor of “flooding”, but chose to translate the economic structural reform model it represents. This not only adapts to the impact of cognitive context on the English language ecology, but also reduces the difficulty in understanding English readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2 “增强人民群众获得感、幸福感、 安全感”(Enable people to feel more satisfied, happy and secure.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
In the Government Work Report, “sense of gain, sense of happiness and sense of security” is people's expectation for a better life, and has become a familiar word in the original language. However, in the process of English translation, the translator does not repeat the word “sense”, but turns these three words into three adjectives, which are concise and clear&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 “绿色发展人人有责，贵在行动、 成在坚持”(Promoting green development is down to every last one of us; its success hinges on action and commitment.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
The translator doesn’t translate “贵在行动、成在坚持” into”its value lies in action and its success hinges on commitment”word by word while take the way of integrating. It is a model that targets economic growth and social development as efficient, harmonious and sustainable. In today's world, green development has become an important trend. Many countries regard green development as an industry and also an important measure to promote economic restructuring, and it is also a highlight. Green development means safety, environmental protection and sustainable development. “Green” often appears on topics related to life, such as “Green Peace” and green food. In traditional Chinese culture, “green” represents wealth, honor or prosperity, which reflects people's hope for a better life. From a linguistic perspective, translators translate “green development” to “green,” which conveys the concept of healthy development in China. It can also be accepted by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.2 Cultural Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation of cultural dimension means that the translator should pay attention to the transmission and interpretation of cultural connotation in the process of translation, taking into account the cultural differences of the source language. The Government Work Report is a summary of the work of the Chinese government in various fields in the past year. The purpose of the report is to let foreign audiences know the content of the report. In particular, the report covers a large number of vocabularies with Chinese characteristics and cultural form.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4”双随机，一公开”(Oversight conducted through the random selection of both inspectors and inspection targets and the prompt release of results was implemented nationwide.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
It means, during the supervision process, the inspection objects are randomly selected, law enforcement inspectors are randomly selected, and the inspection results and investigation results are made public to the society in a timely manner. If the literal translation is only superficial, the readers of the target language will be confused. In order to solve this cultural difference, the translator added the complete connotation of each phrase to realize the intention of conveying cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 “思危方能居安”(Only alertness to danger will ensure safety.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, it means”居安思危，思则有备，有备无患”, which means that even though you are in a peaceful environment, you are aware of the possibility of danger. To be mentally prepared for unexpected events. When translating, the translator takes full account of this difference in thinking and understands it as a literal translation after modern Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6 “是广大干部群众筚路蓝缕、千辛万苦干出来的” (...have been made by our officials and people through perseverance and hard work.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“筚路蓝缕” refers that people drive a simple car, wearing ragged clothes to split the mountains. The use of great hardships in the original text fully reflects the hard-won achievements and presents a very vivid image in front of people. However, for the target language readers, this cultural connotation is missing, therefore, the translator chooses to omit the specific image of “enduring hardships” and directly translate its persistence and diligence, which is more understood and accepted by the target language readers&lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.3 Communicative Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of the essence of translation, the ultimate purpose of translation is to meet the needs of communication between people and achieve smooth communication. The communicative dimension mainly reflects the communication between different languages, with different factors such as the way of expression and the way of construction, etc. Chinese expression cannot find the corresponding words or sentences in English expression. Therefore, the theory of adaptive selection is particularly important in translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7”大班额”问题 (“The problem of oversized classes”)&lt;br /&gt;
For western countries, due to different economic development levels and different education systems, the problem of “large class size” is relatively strange to western countries. Therefore, it is necessary to explain the concept of “large class size” in order to achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8”继续推进保障性住房建设和城镇棚户区改造”(We will continue to build government subsidized housing and rebuild rundown urban areas.)&lt;br /&gt;
“保障性住房”is a fixed standard, price or rent housing provided by the government to families with low and middle-income housing difficulties. “Shantytown renovation” is a livelihood project launched by the Chinese government to renovate dilapidated old houses in cities and towns and improve housing conditions for poor families. These are the unique policies of the Chinese government to achieve the comprehensive implementation of poverty alleviation, translators need to adapt to the target language readers to understand the transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9 “加大”破、立、降”力度” (We strengthened work to cut ineffective supply, foster new growth drivers, and reduce costs in the real economy.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence, there are only three simple and clear words—”破、立、降”，which is usually seen in the Chinese. It lacks the objects, as we have discussed before, English sentence must be complete. If it is literally translated, the foreign readers will be confused and different meanings will be produced. So due to the purpose of communication, the translator adds the specific objects to be better understood.  &lt;br /&gt;
In short, the emphasis of three-dimensional translation in eco-translatology theory is to carry out adaptive selection and transformation of translation from three aspects: language, culture, and communication. Although in the process of translation practice the translator is not limited to multi-dimensional transformation. In addition, the more dimensions the translator pays attention to in the process of translation, the stronger the degree of adaptation and selection of the translation, the better the translation will be. &lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the process of translation, many factors should be taken into consideration in order to fit with the actual situations and catch public’s attention quickly. Different languages have their language systems and certain features in expression. As the most important carrier of culture, language can also be regarded as an extremely complex linguistic system. Translation is the process of transforming different cultures. Therefore, both source language and target language’s culture should be considered carefully. As a result, every translator is supposed to think about all the aspects before translating and select the most suitable words and sentence patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its important political status and function, the Government Work Report has its unique linguistic features, such as the use of formal words, four-character words and Chinese characteristic words. The mastery of its language features lays a foundation for the application and analysis of multi-dimensional translation strategies. Aiming at repeated words in sentences and information, the translator mainly uses the province translation skills. Aiming at the same word in different parts of the sentence translation, the translator should choose according to the sentences and words in the context. Due to the differences between Chinese and English, translators mainly adopt the translation techniques of free translation or joint translation to deal with the translation of parallel structures. In cultural adaptation in the process of translation, or from the historical allusion and the Chinese characteristic vocabulary and culture, the analysis can be concluded that the Government Work Report in English translation does not affect the ecological balance and harmonious between the original language and target language, the translator mainly uses the province translation or free translation skills to deal with allusions. For some corresponding expression in target language vocabulary, they can be directly applied with those unable to find corresponding expression in target language. There is no established translation, the translator mainly adopts province translation, free translation, literal translation and annotation methods for translation, which is committed to preserving the original and the translation of balance and harmony, and achieve effective transformation of culture level. Finally, translators can use these skills to achieve communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, we have explained the significance and background of the essay. The preview studies of political texts are also included. In the first chapter, we analyze the characteristics of 2019 Chinese Government Work Report from three levels and also give specific examples to further explain. In the second chapter, We introduce the concept of eco-translatology and mainly explain the two core theoretical principles of eco-transtology to build the foundation of the essay . In the third chapter, we have discussed the Government Work Report translation from the perspective of eco-translatology with multi-dimension theory and in this way, we have summarized that eco-translatology can be applied to Government Work Report translation.&lt;br /&gt;
However, this study still has its limitations. Firstly, the eco-translatology is a new theory which is not systematic and it is a new perspective to the translation of political text, which may not be convincing in the global range of translation areas. Meanwhile, as the Government Work Report is a special political document, the readership is not very wide, so it is difficult to conduct an in-depth investigation on the readers' acceptance, so as to make an in-depth analysis on the shortcomings of the English translation of the Government Work Report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Ayto, J. Bloomsbury Dictionary of World Origins[M]. London: Bloomsbury, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
Bliss, A.J. A Dictionary of Foreign Words and Phrases in Current English[M]. New York: Dutton Press, 1966. &lt;br /&gt;
Baker M.Corpus. Linguistics and Translation Studies: Implications and Applications[M]. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing,1993.&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans, T. Translation in Systems: Descriptive and Systemoriented Approaches Explained[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing, 1999. &lt;br /&gt;
Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003 (4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
Joan Pinkham. The Translator’s Guide to Chinglish [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
程镇球. 政治文章的翻译要讲政治[J]. 中国翻译, 2003(3): 18-22.&lt;br /&gt;
方梦之. 从核心术语看生态翻译学的建构[P]. 首届国际生态翻译学研讨会，2010, 澳门. &lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申. 初探翻译适应选择论[P]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛，2001, 香港.&lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申．生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]．中国翻译,2011 (2) : 5－9．&lt;br /&gt;
黄友义. 坚持”外宣三贴近”原则，处理好外宣翻译中的难点问题[J]. 中国翻译,2004(6):27-28. &lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申．生态翻译学解读[J]．中国翻译,2008 (6) : 11－15．&lt;br /&gt;
刘润清. 西方语言学流派[M]. 北京:外语教学与研究出版社, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
童孝华.翻译的主体意识——2014年政府工作报告翻译心得[J]. 中国翻译,2014(4):92-97. &lt;br /&gt;
王刚毅.政治文件翻译的几点思考和建议[J]. 中国翻译, 2014(3):8&lt;br /&gt;
王英. 功能对等视角下汉英翻译中的冗余研究—以2012年政府工作报告为例[D]. 广东外语外贸大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
周吉.《政府工作报告》中有中国特色政经用语的对等翻译[J]. 广西大学学报,2006(28):167-169.&lt;br /&gt;
周丽. 多维整合原则关照下的时政党政话语翻译[J]. 上海翻译.2015(3):42-44. &lt;br /&gt;
杨广,吉鑫悦. 生态视角下的政府工作报告英译解读[J]. 海外英语,2017(13):108-109&lt;br /&gt;
中国外交部. 2019年中国政府工作报告[R], 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Simple Comparison between Nida and Catford’s Translation Theory of Equivalence - 欧阳玲 Ouyang Ling, 202070080603 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;专业 is missing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:38, 14 December 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;欧阳玲 Ouyang Ling &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: Nida and Catford shared the same period of translation studies but carried on their studies from different perspective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;perspectives&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Nida put forward two types of equivalence and accordingly some methods to achieve his ideal equivalent response of receptors(Munday, 2008: 42). His equivalence theory was built on his ideas about nature of translation, which was the process of reproducing in the receptor language the message of source language(Nida, 1964: 12). So Nida tends to provide a new direction which is oriented by the receptors. The nature and task of translation in Nida’s opinion formed a theoretical basis to set the equivalence theory in a comprehensive and systematic way. Catford, in another way, held a idea that any theory of translation must draw upon a general linguistic theory and therefore presented the equivalence at different linguistic levels between source language and target language(Catford, 1965: 1). In his opinion, the equivalence exists between the categories and the conditions to examine the equivalence lie on the relatable extent with the features of substance. Therefore, Catford’s theories seem to be more of abstract. The paper intends to develop a comparative study upon Nida and Catford’s theory of equivalence and my thoughts on their application in translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida; Cartford; equivalence theory; linguistic theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《论翻译对等理论——奈达与卡特福特比较研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
奈达和卡特福德在翻译学研究中处于同一时期，但二人开展的研究却是基于于不同的角度。奈达提出了两种对等类型，并提出了相应的策略以达到他理想的对等状态，即使译文接受者获得与原文接受者相同的反应（芒迪, 2008: 42）。他的对等理论建立在他关于翻译本质的观点之上，即在接受语中再现源语信息的过程（奈达, 1964: 12）。因此奈达提供了一种以译文接受者为导向的新研究方向，并基于对翻译的性质和任务的界定构成了对等理论的理论基础。另一方面，卡特福德认为任何翻译理论都必须借鉴一般语言学理论，因此提出了源语言和目的语在不同语言层面上的对等（卡特福德, 1965: 1）。他认为对等是通过范畴表现出来，而判断对等的条件就是原文和译文中各个范畴特性的相关性，因此卡特福特的理论似乎更具抽象性。本文旨在对奈达和卡特福德的对等理论进行比较研究，并对二者在翻译实践中的应用进行思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达；卡特福德；对等理论；语言学理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.Nida’s Theory of Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories were formed along with the process of his translating the ''Bible''. Through the reflection upon these translation practices, he defined the nature of translation and pointed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pointed out&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) the task of translators. Afterwards, he discarded the old term such as “literal”, “free” and “faithful” translation by putting forward the theory of equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42) . The equivalence in Nida’s theory can be achieved at two levels: formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and he saw the two approaches to realize his ideal translation that equivalent effect between source language receptors and target language receptors.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;incorrect structure and obscure sentence meaning&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)  By bringing the two concepts up, Nida provided two directions when working on a translation work as well as standards of evaluating the work after it was done. Specifically, formal equivalence in Nida’s definition is the status of translation being equivalent with the source text in both contents and forms. To achieve this status, translators should be oriented towards the source text’s message and structure(Munday, 2008: 42). And dynamic, or functional equivalence, turned further to a new focus on the response of receptor. If the target language receptors react to the translation in the same way as source language receptors do to the source text, the success of a translation is then achieved in Nida’s  functional equivalence theory. His theory put forward a new trend of translation studies at that time. Nida’s equivalence theory directed people to evaluate a translation by judging and comparing the response of receptors in stead of considering the correctness and accuracy of translation or comparing the formal and stylistic features between source language and target language. In a comprehensive and systematic way, Nida’s equivalence theory elaborated the approaches and the ideal status of translation based on his understanding on the nature of translation, and this equivalence theory has always been praised as his greatest achievement in translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.Cartford’s Theory of Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s translation theories were built on the discipline of linguistics, and his equivalence theory was included of course. Catford stated in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;that&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)the theory of translation is concerned with a certain type of relation between languages and is consequently a branch of Comparative Linguistics(Catford, 1965: 20). His theory of equivalence was also originated (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;originated from&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)his definition of the nature of translation, which is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language( Catford, 1965: 20). His definition, in other words, portrayed the task for translators. In his opinion, in the process of translation, translators are supposed to replace every grammatical and lexical items in the source language with equivalents in the target language. So in this way, the equivalence in Catford’s theory can be graded into different levels according to the extent of the replacement, and then he put forward the distinction of full translation and partial translation. Moreover, he raised another pair of concepts: textual equivalence and formal corresponding, and it may give a clearer picture for us to understand his theory. If the target language text can be judged by bilinguals or linguists equivalent with the source language text in any given discourse or occasion, the textual equivalence is achieved. As regards the formal corresponding, Catford defined it as an approximate status when any target language category occupies, as nearly as possible, in the same place in the structure of the target language as the given source language category occupies in the source language. This pair of concepts presented two different degrees of equivalence and have become a valuable source in translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.The Similarities between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
As representatives of the linguistic school of western translation theory, Nida and John Catford's translation theories try to analyze and describe translation more objectively, accurately and scientifically from the linguistic level. The influence of linguistic(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;linguistics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) was exerted in both of their equivalence theory(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;theories&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Also, some translation methods were put forward based on the linguistic level by them. Besides, the approach to achieve the equivalence upheld by Nida and Catford was similar. They tended to depart from the previous word-for-word or literal translation methods and promoted a natural closeness of target text with the source text. Since they held a similar idea that absolute equivalence in translating is never possible(Nida, 1984: 14), the approach in their view to achieve the equivalence turned out be moderate and flexible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1.The Influence of Linguistics in Both Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was considered as a representative of communicative theory school, and therefore, he built his equivalence theory based on the communicative purpose. Basically, in the view of Nida, translation can be seen as a communicative activity and the transformation of linguistic form is necessary. From this the influence of Chomsky's linguistics, especially his transformational-generative grammar (Munday, 2008: 40) . Nida believes that Chomsky's transformational-generative view of on language is of great importance to the process of translation. Specifically, the transformational-generative was used for Nida to describe the process of translation, which includes the grammar analysis, transferring and restructuring and the reproducing the information of source text. (Munday, 2008: 40) Chomsky’s generative–transformational model was incorporated in the description of translation process by Nida and, at the same time, it provides the basis of his building of dynamic equivalence, as a component of “the science of translation” in his eyes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the influence of Chomsky’s linguistic theories can also be found in Catford’s theory in the following aspects. Firstly, as is defined by Catford, translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language(Catford, 1965: 20), and here the definition claims that there is sometimes no entire translation but a simple replacement by textual material at one or more levels of language(Catford, 1965: 20). To be specific, the replacement between source language and target language may be at grammar or lexis levels. Secondly, through his classifications of translation in terms of the extent, levels and ranks, Catford actually gives some standards to discuss the nature of translation equivalence, and these concepts are presented based on the linguistic knowledge. For example, the distinction between full and partial is related to the extent of source text which is submitted to the translation process(Catford, 1965: 20), and the extent may involve linguistic elements, such as lexical items. The same case occurs in the definitions of total and restricted translation, in which phonology, graphology, grammar and lexis are all considered as the elements when estimating the replacement. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2.The Approach to Achieving Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
The key role played by Nida is to point the road away from strict word-for-word equivalence.His introduction of the concepts of formal and dynamic equivalence was crucial in introducing a receptor-based orientation to translation theory(Munday, 2008: 40). He also divided meaning(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;meanings&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) into linguistic meaning, referential meaning and emotive meaning. Furthermore, several techniques such as hierarchical structuring, componential analysis and semantic structure analysis were presented to analyse the structure of words and differentiating similar words in related lexical fields. The classification of the three meanings and aided translation techniques serve as crucial elements in the mechanism of back-transformation presented by Nida. By the application of back-transformation, the surface structure of the source text is analyzed into the basic elements of the deep structure; these elements are transferred in the translation process into the deep structure of the receptor language and then restructured semantically and stylistically into the surface structure of the target text(Munday, 2008: 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The similar approach pointed out by Catford is translation shift, which consists of two major types: level shifts and category shifts. Catford made a distinction in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation between textual equivalence and formal correspondence''. Furthermore, textual equivalence refers to the specific relationship of the source text and translated text while formal correspondence is presented and defined based on the systematic concepts of both source and receptor languages. Since the differences between the two concepts are obvious, the occurrence of translation shift is inevitable. Therefore, by presenting the translation shifts, Catford meant to depart from formal correspondence in the process of going from source language to target language(Catford, 1965: 73), which means, in a sense, he want(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;wanted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to achieve the status of equivalence through the approach. In other words, level shifts and categories are presented as some techniques in the process of translation, which can be regarded as similarity when compared to Nida’s theory described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.The Differences between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
Before comparing the two theories in terms of the following points, we should make it clear that the development of the two equivalence theories were started with the views of translation nature. Nida and Catford put forward their understandings toward the nature of translation, and, consequently, the central problem of translation practice and the central task of translators were proposed. In Nida’s view, translation is to reproduce information of the original text and exert the same feeling of the receptors with the source language readers(Munday, 2008: 42). Based on this receptors-oriented and text-centered principle, his equivalence theory turns to be more dynamic because the readers’ response, which is the essential factors(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;factor&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to examine, occurs only in the process of the transferring of information. In other words, the behavior of encoding and decoding is a must once the equivalence is achieved. The equivalence in Catford’s view, by contrast, which lies in the internal structure of linguistics, turns out to be more static. The nature of translation given by Catford is the replacement of equivalent textual material between two languages(Catford, 1965: 20). By saying textual material, he held the idea that equivalence only occurs within the language and through its categories. The context of language and the components of linguistics including phonology, graphology, grammar and lexis are considered as elements to examine the equivalence(Catford, 1965: 22). And in this case, the equivalence between the source text and target text is to be realized by the equivalence of contextual features of both the source and target languages. Catford’s theory of equivalence, in this sense, differed from Nida’s theory by research methods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1.Different Conditions of Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence described by Nida put a great emphasis on communicative effect of translation. He believed if the communication can be created between the source text and its receptors, the equivalent effect should be made when the translated text was presented before(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in front of&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) its receptors. Therefore, the comparison of receptors’ response between source language and target language would be necessary when it comes to the conditions of Nida’s equivalence theory. Besides, the meaning and style of the both texts should also be analyzed in a comparative way because this two factors are very influential in the formulating of receptors’ response. Firstly, by the division of formal equivalence and functional equivalence by Nida, he tried to generalize the two types of equivalence that focused respectively on the faithfulness and closeness of the receptor language with the source language in both from and the equivalent response. Thus, the conditions to achieve formal equivalence may include accuracy and correctness of translation, which is determined by the approximation to source text structure. Furthermore, Nida put forward “four basic requirements of a translation” as the conditions to examine the achieving of equivalent response, which are making sense, conveying the spirit and manner of the original, having a natural and easy form of expression, producing a similar response(Munday, 2008: 42). These requirements were generalized to be the conditions of a success of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Catford defines translation equivalence as the empirical phenomenon, he discussed the conditions of translation equivalence by specific points within the context of sentences. First, the equivalence from his view is between categories including grammar, lexis, phonology and contextual meanings. From this we can know the same meaning at a linguistic level is hard to achieved between source language and target language(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;From this we can know that it's difficult to achieve the same meaning at a linguistic level between source language and target language&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). In this case, he describe a condition by pointing out a concept of total translation, in which the texts or items in source language and target language are interchangeable in a given situation(Catford, 1965: 49). In this way, he presented a new condition to evaluate equivalence. Based on this, he further his discussion on total translation by examining the overlapping contextual meanings in the items of source language and target language. He claimed contextual meanings include relationship to certain situational features, a more abstract and broad way to discuss equivalence. Therefore, another condition of equivalence was described as the overlapping extent of situational features common to the contextual meanings(Catford, 1965: 49). To conclude, Catford classified the conditions of equivalence on different scopes of translation. In the process of evaluating the equivalence in total translation, phonological translation or graphological translation, the examining of the relatable features between source text and target text should be made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2.Different Classifications of Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
Since Nida and Catford held different views on the conditions required to achieve the equivalence, they classified translations from different perspective. Nida raised a classification of two types of equivalence: formal equivalence and functional equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42). These two types actually reflect Nida's research on structure of language from shallow to deep(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These two types actually reflect a shallow to deep tendency of Nida's researches on structure of language&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Nida believed that different languages should have the same deep structure and the same functions between languages lead to equivalence in translation. In his view, the functional equivalence occurs when the response of target language receptors is as same as possible the response of source language  receptors. In describing equivalence, Nida pointed out that the correspondence between the original form and the target form should not be excessively pursued in translation. Instead, attention should be focused on accurately conveying the meaning of the original text in a natural way. By this dynamic equivalence theory ,Nida paved a road away from the static mode of focusing on the comparison of texts. He believed that only when the target receptors understand the translation thoroughly, the same response can be achieved, and this is the main task of translation(Munday, 2008: 43). Therefore, Nida’s classification was based on the specific situation in which the receptors communicate with the texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Catford’s view, translation is the replacement of textual material. From this definition, he actually drew a line between source language and target language because by textual material he meant to point out that there would be no entire translation of meaning. In his words, at one or more levels of language there may be simple replacement by non-equivalent target language material(Catford, 1965: 20). Based on this, Catford classified translation into categories in terms of the extent, levels and ranks. Full translation and partial translation are divided by the extent of parts replaced in the process of translation. This two concepts are maybe the basic components of his later presenting of formal correspondence. In his view, formal correspondence is an approximate status in which categories cannot be replaced totally in another language. And by dividing total translation and restricted translation, he intended to involve the replacement of grammar and lexis and consequential replacement of phonology and graphology in his definition. All of these classification provide certain perspective to evaluate the translation and help to create a structure when analyzing the language. In a word, the classifications by Catford was built in the internal language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3.Different Research Approach(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Approaches&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)=====&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, the research method employed by Nida and Catford was shaped under the guidance of different linguistic theories. Guided by the transformational-generative grammar by Chomsky, Nida analyzed the structure of language and put forward the back-transformation theory that entails the transferring of surface structure to deep structure between source language and target language(Munday, 2008: 38). So the research methods adopted by Nida turns to be more flexible and have a focus on dynamic factor when discussing equivalence. Since Nida's translation theories were built up consciously to serve the research on the translation of ''Bible'', his theories may have distinctive features in guiding the translation practices(Munday, 2008: 38). In another aspect, Nida held a view that &amp;quot;meaning is universal&amp;quot; and emphasized the common ground between languages, which reflect in his equivalence theory, information conveyed by meaning is the focus To be specific, the equivalence can only be examined during the communication of these information between texts and receptors. Oriented by this communicative principle, Nida therefore took the reader's response as the standard to evaluate the translation. In a word, Nida described the equivalence and its mechanism in a developing process, during which the texts, context and receptors are performing their dynamic role. In a word, Nida’s carried out its study by the method of dynamic comparison, and through his discussion of receptor-oriented principle, his theories greatly contribute to the later translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By contrast, in the process of Catford’s research on equivalence, the system-functional linguistics by Halliday was incorporated. The substance, form and context Language, which are the three basic levels in Halliday’s theory (Halliday, 2004: 16), constitute the categories of Catford’s equivalence theory. Moreover, language was define(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;defined&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) by Catford as a patterned behavior and this behavior is casually related to various other features of the situation in which it occurs(Catford, 1965: 2). Therefore, in terms of research methods, Catford carried out his comparative study mostly from the static and fixed perspective of language. Most of the examples he took are words, phrases and sentences, which are the units of language. He pay little attention to the dynamic context and receptors’ reaction. In describing the formal correspondence, he also held a view that categories of every language is defined in terms of relations holding within the language (Catford, 1965: 27). In this way, his research methods seem to be more static and fixed in the internal structure of language. Due to the static traits, Catford’s theories may be properly used for reference in academic study on languages because his theories exactly provide a macro framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.My Thoughts on the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1.My Thoughts on Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1Strengths and Contributions of Nida’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
In my view, there are many strengths and contributions of Nida’s translation equivalence theory. Firstly, Nida’s research integrated multiple disciplines, which means he set up his theory on a strong basis and it has convincing examples and explanations from various perspective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;perspectives&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). The development of Nida’s translation theory can be generally divided into three stages: the stage of descriptive linguistics, the stage of communicative theory and the stage of social semiotics(Tan, 2017: 132). I think Nida also developed its equivalence theory from formal equivalence, dynamic equivalence to  functional equivalence along with the three stages. Secondly, Nida’s equivalence theory is of significance in training translators, guiding translation practice and more importantly, his functional equivalence offers approaches to studying the communication between the cultures of source language and target language. Nida emphasized the importance of translator's initiative in the translation process because he put forward a principle of equivalent effect(Nida, 1964: 159). This effect cannot be formulated within the language or items of a text, but through the subjective activities of translators. Therefore, Nida's functional equivalence and dynamic equivalence offers a guidance(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;have offered guidances&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to the translators to consider the needs of the target receptors, and to convey the message of source language into the expression that conforms to the habits of the target language. Thirdly, Also, the equivalence theory described by Nida is concrete and practical for people to understand and adopt for it is oriented by receptors’ response that can be easily examined and analyzed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2.Deficiency of Nida’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence was mainly applied to the translation of the ''Bible'' , and the criterion of the ''Bible'' translation in his view is to convey the will of God faithfully(Munday, 2008: 38). Therefore, the translation theory may tend to emphasize on the content rather than the form. For this reason, the range of its application may be limited. For example, when it comes to the translation of poetry that has its own aesthetic value in its form, people cannot simply discuss and analyze it according to Nida’s equivalence theory. What’s more, in Nida’s theory, equivalence is oriented by the response of receptors(Munday, 2008: 42). However, sometimes, the equivalent effect between source language readers and target language readers is hard to achieve because receptors of different cultures may have different responses. And translation is actually a cross-cultural communication through the translators, who may have their own translation purpose, preference and expressions, so the equivalent effect is also restricted by the difference of translators.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2.My Thoughts on Catford’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1.Strengths and Contributions of Catford’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford developed his equivalence by going deep into internal system of language. In my opinion, the most important strength of his theory is that he built the equivalence theory in a complete set of linguistic model, which provides a scientific and systematic theory. By introducing broad types of translation respectively according to extent, levels and ranks, he present new categories to discuss the nature of translation and the task of translators. By describing the translation shifts, he made a distinction of formal correspondence and translation equivalence and explained the conditions when equivalence occurs. Furthermore, since Catford believed there is no “total” translation in a strict way for the replacement by all equivalents at all levels can never be achieved(Caford, 1965:22), he sought to avoid the rigid trend toward the absolute equivalence and developed his theory in a more scientific and mature way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2.2.Deficiency of Catford’s Translation Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Catford carried out his research on the structural transformation of the source language and target language simply from the perspective of linguistics.  The equivalence in his view is between textual materials, and this equivalence can be achieved at one or more categories in the materials(Wang, 2008: 166). Therefore, his theory is also limited and underestimates the influence of subjective activities of translators. Secondly, Catford did not pay enough attention to the cross-cultural factors in translation. On his discussion on the limits of translatability, he even pointed out that it may be not necessary to distinct linguistic and cultural untranslatability (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;distinguish linguistic from cultural untranslatability &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)for the cultural untranslatability may be just caused by the impossibility of finding a equivalent collocation in the target language(Catford, 1965: 101). This shows he explained the cultural within a linguistic category. I think the translation involves more than language itself or the substituting of lexical terms and grammars, but also cultural elements. Therefore, the research method of Carford’s theory is rather incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the two theories are developed based on two types of equivalence. Nida presented formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence while Catford put forward formal correspondence and textual equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42; Catford, 1965: 27). The two theories share some points in their theoretical basis and approach to achieving equivalence. Besides, Nida and Catford also have their own understanding on the nature of translation and the main task for translators, so they had a distinctive research method in building up their theories especially in the classification of equivalence and the description of conditions. Supported by various theories from other disciplines, the two theories were set up in a systematic way possess(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;possessing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) many strengths in such aspects as innovative perspective and scientific research method. However, it need to be emphasized that the two kinds of translation theory should be discussed and evaluated in a critical way and the analysis should be made on the scope of their application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, John Cunnison 卡特福德 (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' 《翻译的语言学理论》. London: Oxford University Press 伦敦：牛津大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M. A. K. 韩礼德, and C. Matthiessen 马蒂恩森 (2004). ''An Introduction to Functional Grammar''《功能语法导论》. London: Edward Arnold 伦敦：爱德华·阿诺德出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li, Yang 李杨 (2014). 《纵观翻译等值——卡特福德、奈达比较研究》 ''A Comparative Study on Translation Equivalence of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida.'' 天津商务职业学院学报''Journal of Tianjin College of Commerce'', 第2卷第1期 Vol. 2, No. 1 , 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li, Zhidan 李志丹 (2014). 《卡特福德和奈达“对等”翻译理论思辨》 ''Comparing Catford and Nida's  Translation Theory of “Equivalence Theory”'' 哈尔滨学院学报 ''Journal of Harbin University'', 第35卷第6期 Vol. 35 No. 6, 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy芒迪 (2008). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' 《翻译学导论：理论与实践》. London ; New York : Routledge 伦敦；纽约：劳特利奇出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达, and Charles Russell Taber 泰伯, eds 著(2004). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' 翻译理论与实践. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海：上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达 (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating'' 《翻译的科学探索》. Leiden: Brill Archive 莱顿：博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达. (1984). ''Approaches to Translating in the Western World'' 《西方世界的翻译方法》, 《外语教学与研究》 ''Foreign Language Teaching and Research'', 1984年第2期, 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan, Zaixi 谭载喜 (2017). ''Translation Studies'' 翻译学. Shnghai: Fudan University Press. 上海：复旦大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Ning 汪宁 (2008). 《论翻译中的等值——卡特福德、奈达和巴斯耐特比较研究》 ''A Comparative Study on Translation Equivalence of J.C. Catford, E.A Nida and Susan Bassnett''. 科技信息 ''Science &amp;amp; Technology Information'', 2008年第三期, 2008(3), 166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparision between the traslation systems proposed by Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing 石海瑶 Shi Haiyao 202070080605==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;石海瑶 Shi Haiyao &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The structure of a discipline can not only enhance people's overall understandings to the discipline, but also plays a guiding role in its development. Since the 21st century, the study of translatology in China has entered a new stage of development and the construction of the system of translatology has received extensive attention. In September 2005, ''A Series of Translation Studies in China'' was written by Professor Tan Zaixi, which theoretically constructed the internal and external structure of translatology. Later in October 2009, Dr. Yi Jing constructed a relatively macro structure of translatology in his PhD dissertation, ''On the Construction of the System of  Translatology''. This paper first gives a brief overview of these two systems of translatology and then makes a comparative analysis of their similarities and differences from multiple perspectives. Finally, the author puts forward its own thoughts on this two systems of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi; Yi Jing; systems of translatology; comparative analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
一个学科的体系构建不仅能够促进人们对学科的全方位了解，还能引领该学科的发展。21世纪以来,我国译学研究进入新的发展时期，译学体系构建广受关注。2005年9月，谭载喜教授著《翻译学》，从理论上构建了翻译学的内部和外部框架。2009年10月，易经博士在其毕业论文《试论翻译学体系的构建》中构建了一个较为宏观的翻译学体系框架。本文首先对这两大翻译学体系进行简要概述，之后从多个角度对二者的相似点和不同之处作出对比分析。最后，作者提出本人对这两大翻译学体系的思考和认识。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
谭载喜；易经；翻译体系；对比分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Tan Zaixi’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book ''A Series of Translation Studies in China'', Tan Zaixi put forward his views on the internal structure of translatology. He deemed that translatology can be divided into three parts: general translatoloty, special translatology and applied translatology. In a more specific sense, translatology should not only include a macroscopic discussion of translation, it should also cover a specialized study of bilingual translation as translation (interlingual translation) is the conversion from one language to another (Tan Zaixi, 2005:19). The former of which has theoretical value and helps people understand the essence of translation; the latter has practical value and contributes to guiding translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically, the research content of general translatology contains the following four aspects: Firstly, the study of human language, culture and the general rules of translation; Secondly, study the general process of translation and the status of translation in the whole scientific system as well as the relationship between translation and other disciplines; Thirdly, discuss the nature, function and standard of translation as well as the general responsibilities and conditions of translators from a macro perspective; Fourthly, investigate the history of translation from the perspective of synchronic and diachronic translation studies (including not only the national and regional history of translation, but also the world history of translation). Differing from general translation, the study of special translation includes three aspects: Firstly, study the specific problem of mutual translation between two languages; Secondly, make a comparison between the two languages and cultures; Thirdly, put forward theories that can guide translation between two specific languages. Moreover, applied translatology is directly related to translation practice, which covers two aspects: On the one hand, it studies how to apply theories of general translatology and special translatology to translation practice, translation teaching, translation criticism, compilation of translation reference books and machine translation; On the other hand, it aims to explain the purposes, functions, standards procedures and methods of translation as well as their interrelations on a micro level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the above three parts of translatology are closely linked and inseparable, knowledge of special translatology and applied transltology are the foundation of studying general translatology, in turn, the knowledge of general translatology can also guide the study of special translatology. Thus, we can see both general translatology and special translatology need to conduct further research into applied translatology and obtain feedback information from the practical application of the theories so as to continuously develop and improve the theories. (Tan Zaixi, 2005:21-22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above explanation, the diagram of Tan Zaixi's system of translatology can be drawn as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tan Zaixi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Yi Jing’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Yi Jing’s thoughts, the system of translatology should include: introduction of translatology (IT), theory of translation’s history (TTH), theory of translation itself (TTI), theory of translation practice (TTP) and meta-theory of translatology (MTT). These five parts constitute the organic system of translatology. IT helps people to form a relatively basic and comprehensive understandings of the macro system of translatology, it is the foreshadowing and general outline of the system of translatology, taking the concrete question research as the main body. In terms of the TTH, TTI, TTP and MTT, their relationship is complementary, mutual influence and mutual support, which together constitute the organic wholeness of the macro system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IT can be divided into the following five aspects: Firstly, the foundation of translatology. By reviewing the development of Chinese and foreign translation practice and theory, the necessity of the construction of translatology are explained. Since there is no consensus on the independent status of translatology, this part needs to be included in the IT. If the independent discipline status of translatology is  widely recognized in the future, this part can be omitted. Secondly, the value of translation, that is, the role of translation at different levels. Generally speaking, the value of translation involves the individual value, social value, ideological and cultural value, literary value and language value of translation. Thirdly, translation practice as well as the nature, definition and position of translatology. In addition, the object, basic task, purpose, research method and research status of translatology, and the basic structure of translation system are also introduced accordingly. The core research object of translatology is the practice of bilingual conversion. The main task is to explore the development of translation practice and translation theory, and to reveal the historical context of translation development. The purpose of translatology research is to sum up history, study the present, promote the translation research and practical work at present and in the future, and to a certain extent, promote the spiritual and cultural construction of human beings. The basic research method of translatology is based on empirical description and combined with principle. The research status of translatology mainly includes the development of translation practice and translation studies in various periods of history, the schools of translation studies and the representative figures and theories of various schools, the main or popular topics in translatology and the development direction of translation studies. At last, the basic characteristics of translatology. Eg. stability and openness, comprehensive integrity and discipline independence. Generally speaking, the IT is a comprehensive and general description of translatology, and an introduction to the whole system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTH mainly focuses on the development of translation practice and translation theory, and also discusses the development of translation history theory itself. There are five important branches of TTH: introduction of TTH, history of translation practice, history of translation theory, thematic history and meta-theory of TTH. The introduction is a general descriptive branch of TTH, which generally describes translation history theory; the study of history of translation practice covers the study of general history and dynastic history; the exploration of the history of translation theory and the collation of the formation of translatology are very necessary for people to understand the development of translation theory and translatology itself, and play an instructive role in today's translation research; the thematic history involves the study of translators, translation works, history of translatology, translation history and culture, translation institution history, translation teaching history and so on; the meta-theory of TTH studies translation history theory itself, that is, the development and research situation of TTH itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTI consists of the general theory and the specific theory. The general theory refers to the fundamental viewpoint of translation practice, it is a theoretical branch of studying the fundamental principles of translation practice as well as the understanding of the most universal, general and basic principles of translation practice. The specific theory involves a series of basic problems derived from the general theory, it covers a wide range of aspects, including transltion’s meaning, translation’s standard, methodology, process, style, subject, types and so forth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTP refers to the applied research of translation theory, which is the concrete application and confirmatory research of translation theory in practical activities. It is mainly divided into three aspects: practical analysis, translation criticism and translation teaching. Practical analysis is to prove the correctness of the existing theory with examples, and to illustrate the applicability of the theory, it can produce three kinds of results, that is, complete application, partial application and complete inadaptability. The main task of translation criticism is to evaluate the translation process and its translated works. The third branch is the teaching of translation, it discusses how to apply the basic knowledge of translation to translation teaching and language teaching, so as to cultivate students' language ability, translation practical ability and translation theory level. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MTT is a theory formed by studying the discipline of translatology itself. Its research object is the theoretical system and discipline group of translatology, which should include at least the following eight branches: (1) the regularity, rationality and validity of the description of translation, including terms, concepts, propositions, etc; (2) the research object, function, nature and status of discipline, theoretical structure, logical category, progressive standard and the research method of translatology itself; (3) the way of forming the theory of translatology and the different research paradigms, which reveal the deep-seated structure, internal contradiction and development rule of the translatology hidden from the theory of translation; (4) The principles that should be followed in the construction of the theory of translatology; (5) The role of social and cultural conditions in the emergence and development of translation theories and methods in a certain historical context; (6) The study of the community of translatology, the identification of various academic groups, the analysis of the influence of these groups and their connections on translation theory; (7) Applying basic meta-theory categories to identify and summarize the current situation of translation theory, and to reveal the major theoretical problems in translation studies; (8) Other issues concerning the examination of translatology itself(Yi Jing, 2009:197-287).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above explanation, the diagram of Yi jing’s system of translatology can be drawn as following:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:shihaiyao.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translations of the above terms are as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shu Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''The Similarities between the Two systems'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both deem translatology as an independent discipline'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qiusi published ''On the Construction of Translation Theory'' , which clearly put forward the idea of establishing translatology. In 1987, the first national seminar on translation theory was held, which unfolded a new era of the construction of translatology in China. Tan Zaixi came up with the slogan of establishing translatology in his paper ''Translatology must be established'', which triggered extraordinary response. Whether translation can become an independent discipline has been heated discussed in translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above descriptions, we can see that both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing have a strong consciousness and a clear orientation of discipline towards translatology. Tan Zaixi holds the view that translatology is a science to study translation, which is an essential communicative activity of human beings. It has its own rules, which can be categorized, summarized and described by scientific methods, and can serve the communicative activities of human beings. According to Yi Jing, the formation of the independent discipline status of translatology is the inevitable result of the historical accumulation of translation practice and translation theory as well as an urgent requirement for the development of the whole translation field to modern and contemporary times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on the consensus that translatology is an independent discipline that Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing put forward their own views on the construction of the system of translatology. Therefore, both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing agree that translation is an independent discipline, which is the first similarity of their system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both define bilingual conversion as object of translation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, from the perspective of semiotics, Jakobson divided translation into three categories according to different language signs: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to that to explain other verbal symbols using original language symbols in the same language field. Interlingual translation refers to the translation between two different languages, and Intersemiotic translation refers to the translation that to explain verbal symbols by using non-verbal symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this theory, Tan Zaixi pointed out in his translation system that translation (specifically refers to intralingual translation) is a plural and theoretical perspective of switching from one language to another(Tan Zaixi, 2005:19). It indicates that Tan Zaixi's views on object of translation practice is bilingual conversion. Yi Jing also suggested that the specific research object of translatology is bilingual conversion and some phenomena related to bilingualism(Yi Jing, 2009:132).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is obvious that the two systems insist that the object of translatology is bilingual conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both identify comprehensive faithfulness as standard of translation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion about standards of translation has always been a hot spot in the  translation circles, which is the core problem and key task of translation theory. Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing reach an agreement that the standard of translation should be based on sufficient translation practice. Tan Zaixi proposed that the general standard of translation is that &amp;quot;all translations must be faithful to the original text&amp;quot;. Taking this abstract standard as the premise, a series of specific standards can be produced, such as &amp;quot;faithful to the original content &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original form &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original effect &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original function&amp;quot; and so on, which serve different purposes(Tan Zaixi, 2005:38). And Yi Jing believed that &amp;quot;comprehensive faithfulness to content, form and style&amp;quot; is the highest standard of translation and the most ideal condition of translation(Yi Jing, 2009:239).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing agree that the standard of translation is comprehensive faithfulness. To elaborate it, they also list different aspects of faithfulness, which can be adjusted to specific requirements according to different text types, whereas there is consensus on the core idea of faithfulness.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will explore the differences between the two translation systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''The differences between the Two Translation Systems'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different structures of translation system'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above diagram of Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing’s system of translatology, we can know that Tan Zaixi’s system of transltology merely includes three parts, that is general translatology, special translatology and applied translatology. The research contents of each part are not clearly distinguished and classified, especially the definition of general translation and special translation is vague, which should be further discussed. In contrast to the system of Yi Jing, he divided it into five parts, that is introduction of the translatology (IT), theory of translation’s history (TTH), theory of translation itself (TTI), theory of translation practice (TTP) and meta-theory of translatology (MTT). For these five parts, Yi Jing clearly illustrated the branches of each part, and its division is rigorous, each branch forms a logical and well-connected system, leaving people a refreshing impression. Moreover, this system exploratory and open, Yi Jing suggested that he holds a welcoming attitude to other systems of translatology, and it can not be assumed arbitrarily that the system is more comprehensive and profound than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, we get to know that Tan Zaixi’s system of translatology is more general and rough, while Yi Jing’s is more systematic and inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different views on the study of translation history'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing put forward different views on the study of translation history. In Tan Zaixi's translation system, the general translation refers to the history of translation, that is, to study the history of translation from the perspective of diachronic and synchronic translatology, which includes not only the national and regional history of translation, but also the world history of translation(Tan Zaixi, 2005:21). While in Yi Jing’s system of translatology, one of the five branches of TTH mentioned: the study of translation history can be multi-angle and multilevel. From the time span of the study, translation can either be general or dynastic; it can study the translation history of translators and different text genres, or discipline translation history, such as literary translation history, scientific translation history and religious translation history(Yi Jing, 2009:211).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we can know that Tan Zaixi's study of translation history is more macroscopic, which based on different countries, different regions and different historical periods, while the study of translation history of Yi Jing is more specific and detailed, taking translators and various literary genres into account, in addition, he proposed that vertical comparison and horizontal comparison can be used in these factors, reaching almost every aspect of the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different views on translation process'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the process of translation, Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing presented their views. Tan divided the process of translation into two types, namely, psychological process and practical operation process. Psychological process is the embodiment of human brain receiving and transforming information, but Tan did not put forward specific steps for practical operation process, which is still open to question. In Yi Jing’s system of translatology, the translation process theory is mentioned in the second branch of the TTI. Yi Jing thought that the translation process can be divided into broad sense and narrow sense. The process of translation in a broad sense includes the selection of the original text, the preparation before translation, the specific translation process, the refinement of the translation and the process of testing and evaluating the translation; the narrow sense refers to the process from reading and understanding the original text to finalizing the translation(Yi Jing, 2009:253).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above descriptions, we can see that they define the translation process from different angles. Tan Zaixi divides the translation process into two aspects: psychology and practical operation, while the study of translation process proposed by Yi Jing is more multi-angle, and its broad translation process is not only confined to the process itself, but more comprehensive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''My Thoughts on the Two Systems'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''My Thoughts on Tan Zaixi’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Contributions of Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Tan Zaixi's construction of translation system has laid solid foundation on some basic pioneering works of translatology. The establishment of basic concepts and categories is the basic work of discipline construction. Before the publication of A Series of Translation Studies in China, the art theory and science theory of translation and whether translation can become a science were the focus of scholars in the translation circles, but the polysemous word &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is not defined. Thus, two different concepts were confused, that is translation and translatology, they discusses two different levels of problems, and emphasizes on personal reasons in a one-side way, resulting in two incompatible theories of translatology between art school and science school. In this book, Tan Zaixi clearly defined the concept of translation and translatology, clarified some vague understandings, and promoted the development of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Tan Zaixi's translation system has a strong sense and a clear orientation of discipline. The significance of the definition that &amp;quot;translatology is an independent discipline&amp;quot; is not merely its theoretical value, but it involves many important issues about the theoretical development and how to construct the discipline. With a clear sense of independent discipline, Tan Zaixi discussed some constructive and guiding problems such as the research object and field of translatology, the discipline framework of translatology, and the research approach. His unique translation system is a valuable exploration and attempt in Chinese translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in Mr. Tan's view, translatology is not merely a discipline with Chinese characteristics. Because it involves different languages and cultures, Translatology should be constructed from four dimensions: past and present, at home and abroad. In this regard, he believes that a comparative study of Chinese and Western translation theories should be carried out with the open mind of &amp;quot;harmony in diversity&amp;quot;, which is undoubtedly of great value. Construction of translatology needs to integrate Chinese and Western theoretical resources as well as learn widely from other’s strong points. Based on this, Tan Zaixi's construction of translatology fully reflects his broad mind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
====='''Deficiencies of Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known to us, Tan Zaixi has made great contribution on the construction of the system of translatology, but there is no perfect system in the world. Here, I list two points remain to be discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the definition of general translation and special translation is not clear enough. In the actual translation process and translation research, general and special are contradictory and unified. Tan Zaixi's view on special translation includes the study of the specific translation of two languages, and the general principles of translatology needs to find out the common law by studying the translation of different languages. Therefore, the general rules of translatology must also be included in the research object of special translation, but this does not appear in its translation system, so its integrity is still open to question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Tan Zaixi discusses the construction of the system of translatology in A Series of Translation Studies in China, but the branches of its translation system are not fully explained in this book, such as the responsibilities of translators in general translation and for the contents of applied translation, it has only put forward the idea, but has not made the detailed explanation. In addition, the structure of the book is not organized according to its translation system, this is indeed a great pity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''My Perspective towards Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence and contribution of Tan’s translation system on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not universal. According to the advantages and disadvantages of this system, we should treat in a dialectical way. Tan’s translation system has made foundation on the establishment of translatology and played a pioneering role in the development of translatology, but some deficiencies are avoidless. Therefore, we should treat Tan Zaimxi’s translation system in a comprehensive view. On the whole, Tan’s translation system can be regarded as a great progress and precious treasure in translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''My Thoughts on Yi Jing’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Contributions of Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the construction of the system of translatology proposed by Yi Jing based on a large number of theoretical research and historical data analysis. Yi Jing collated many kinds of materials in the field of translation, analyzed the views of many scholars and came to his own understandings, so that the system of translatology is coherent and smooth in writing. He selectively analyzed the views expressed by important scholars at home and abroad in the construction of translatology and made a comprehensive comparison of the proposed translation system model. Drawing on the essence of others' thoughts, he put forward his unique system of translatology, and strove to deepen the research on the construction of the system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the framework of Yi’s translation system is clear and rational. He  comprehensively introduced the Chinese and foreign translation theory research, each part is closely related, making the reader know at a glance. Yi Jing abandoned the conceptual knowledge infusion and rigid theoretical instruction, and focused more attention on tracing back to the source. He regarded the role of Chinese and foreign translation in the development process in a dialectical way with an open mind. At the same time, the dynamical development of translation system is manifested in the construction of complex translation system. He explained deeply that the establishment of translatology is the necessity of social development and the inevitable result of the academic development, all of these have played a positive role in guiding readers to view the current Chinese translation system from a correct perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Deficiencies of Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, nothing is perfect, Yi Jing’s translation system is no exception without doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, in the construction of the system of translatology, there are some viewpoints need to be further analyzed. The construction of translation system is a grand subject, which can not be completely completed in such a PhD dissertation, thus it leads to not comprehensive enough. For example, Yi Jing put forward the theory of translation history and clarified its new structure, but the analysis is not detailed enough, and it mainly focused on describing the research methods of translation history and attention points during the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, the traditional translation history research is divided into two branches: the history of translation practice and the history of translation theory. The author thinks that the division is too simple in terms of the importance and reality requires of the theory of translation’s history. Therefore, apart from the above two branches, the theory of translation’s history should cover another three branches: introduction of TTH, thematic history and meta-theory. In this section, the author focuses on the disadvantages of the traditional division. But he doesn't make a thorough analysis of his new division. What is the necessity of such a division of the theory of translation history? what are the advantages of such a division? Can this division completely avoid the flaws of the traditional division? Actually, the author did not give a strong illustration of these substantive problems, nor did he explain them in detail, which directly leads to a sense of relative superficiality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''My perspective towards Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are more or less shortcomings in the analysis of viewpoint argumentation, this dissertation provides a new perspective and path for the discipline of translatology, and to some extent, makes up for the deficiency of the traditional construction of translation system. According to Yi Jing’s summary and organization of a variety of materials in the field of translation at home and abroad, he is not only reproduce the history of translation but make history. Generally speaking, the author believes that the contribution of Yi Jing’s translation system to the development of translatology is far greater than its deficiencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first gives a brief introduction of the two translation systems, based on it, drawing corresponding diagrams for the two translation systems, and then compares the similarities and differences between the two systems in detail. At last, the author puts forward her own thoughts on this two translation systems in a dialectical way. Through the above comparison, we can find that both Tan Zaixi’s translation system and Yi Jing’s translation system have their own advantages and disadvantages, but their virtues far outweigh faults and differences are greater than similarities. Both of them have made great contributions to the construction of translation system with their own unique strengths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Refrences'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]陈福康.中国译学理论史稿[M].上海:上海外国语大学出版社,2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]方梦之.当今世界翻译研究的格局—兼论21世纪中国翻译研究的崛起 [J]. 外语教学理论与实践，2016（3）：55-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]蓝红军. &amp;quot;从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017).&amp;quot; 中国翻译 39.1 (2018): 7-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.必须建立翻译学[J].中国翻译,1987b3: 2-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]谭载喜.翻译学[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社,2005.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[6]许钧,穆雷.翻译学概论[M].南京:译林出版社,2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]易经.试论翻译学体系的构建[D].湖南师范大学,2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of translation theories by Eugene nida  and Susan Bassnett   胡慧芳 Hu Huifang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达与苏珊·巴斯奈特都是西方翻译史上著名的大翻译理论家和翻译家。奈达提出了“动态对等”的翻译理论，而巴斯奈特提出了“文化等值”的概念。奈达和巴斯奈特虽然在各自的翻译理论中都强调了“对等”或“等值”的概念，但理论内容却大相径庭。本文从两人翻译理论产生的背景和对各自翻译观的解读入手，来对两人的翻译理论的不同点和相通性进行初步对比分析处理，从而达到对两人翻译理论更深理解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词=== &lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达；苏珊·巴斯奈特；功能对等；文化等值&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Susan Bassnett are both famous translation theorists and translators in the history of Western translation. Nida proposed the translation theory of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;, and Bassnett proposed the concept of &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot;. Although Nida and Bassnett emphasized the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in their respective translation theories, the theoretical content is quite different. This article starts with the background of the two people's translation theories and the interpretation of their respective translation concepts, to make a preliminary comparative analysis of the differences and similarities between the two people's translation theories, so as to achieve a deeper understanding of the two people's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida ;Susan Bassnett; dynamic equivalence; cultural equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a well-known American translator, translation theorist, and PhD in linguistics. He was born in Oklahoma City in the south-central United States. In 1936, he studied at the University of California, and later received a master's degree in Greek &amp;quot;Bible New Testament&amp;quot; studies from the University of Southern California. In 1943, he received a PhD in linguistics under the guidance of Bloomfield and others. He served as the executive secretary of the translation department of the American Bible Association for a long time, and in 1968 he was the president of the American Linguistic Society. In addition to translation theory, Nida has engaged in research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, and communication engineering. He has also been engaged in Bible translation work for a long time, and has investigated a large number of languages, especially minor languages in Africa and Latin America. . Nida is engaged in translation studies and has written many books. From 1945 to 1986, he published nearly 200 articles and more than 30 books (including co-authored and co-edited works), including 16 monographs on translation and linguistics, the most important of which is &amp;quot;Toward a Science of Translation&amp;quot; &amp;quot;The Theory and Practice of translation&amp;quot; etc. His &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; translation theory and &amp;quot;reader's response theory&amp;quot; translation standards not only have considerable influence in the western translation circles, but also promote the transformation of Chinese translation theory circles. Dr. Nida broke the research paradigm that emphasized static analysis in traditional Chinese translation theory research, and put forward a new idea of open translation theory research, which has brought enlightenment for the establishment of a new translation theory model in my country's translation theory community.&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Bassnett is a professor, translator, writer and messenger at the Graduate School of Comparative Literature Theory and Translation, Warwick University, UK. As a leading figure in the school of translation culture, her concept of &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; and related translation theories have had a huge impact on contemporary translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; and Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; theory have certain similarities, but there are also many differences. This article starts with the &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;differences&amp;quot; of the two, to gain a more comprehensive understanding and understanding of the two translation theorists and translators and their translation theories, so as to achieve a deeper understanding and Understand the purpose of their translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The background of the two translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the birth of cultural translation school, linguistic school, functional school and structuralist school were the main schools in the field of western translation theory research. Representatives of the linguistic school, Jacob Button, Catford, and Nida, put more emphasis on equivalence in translation issues. They believe that translation is to replace one language material with an equivalent language material; functional school The representative figures Les, Nord and Mantari believe that the focus of translation studies should be the target text, not the original text. Their theoretical sources are mainly communication theory, action theory, information theory and reception aesthetics. But whether it is the linguistic school, the functional school or the structuralist school, in their research process, they are more or less trying to achieve language equivalence from all levels of text content and form. Translation researchers] hope to find a scientific and effective method to solve the various problems faced by translation, but cultural diversity determines the diversity of text cultural connotations. Therefore, these researchers have encountered great troubles when they encounter a context that is quite different from their own cultural background. The cultural translation school was born to better solve these problems.&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, translation theorists mainly studied various translation problems from linguistics. After the 1970s and 1980s, the acceleration of globalization, the acceleration of information dissemination, and the diversification of communication methods have made the relationship between language and culture closer. In information dissemination, language differences have become more prominent, and the status and role of translation activities have also changed. Therefore, with the acceleration of globalization and the popularization of multicultural views and values, translation theory researchers who conform to the trend of the times pay more and more attention to the diverse cultural values ​​embodied in translated texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1  The background of Eugene Nida’s cultural equivalence theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; translation theory was deeply influenced by his time. At the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, linguistic studies in the United States really started. It was not until the beginning of the 20th century that American linguists who studied in Europe and were influenced by Europe began to study American linguistics. They developed American descriptive linguistics and structural linguistics. Beginning in the 1940s, American linguistics began to have a huge impact on world linguistics research. During this period, the representative figures in American linguistics were Boas, Sapir and Bloomfield. Although their theories are not exactly the same, they are basically structuralism and descriptive linguistics (Liu Runqing, 2002). Nida learned and grew up during this period. In 1943, he obtained a doctorate in linguistics under the guidance of two famous masters, Bloomfield and Fries. Therefore, his thinking is deeply influenced by Bloomfield, an American structuralist, and Sapir, a human linguist, and he emphasizes the collection and analysis of language materials in language research. In the 1950s, since Nida served as the executive secretary of the translation department of the American Bible Society for several years, Nida has proposed and started to use dynamic equivalence theory to guide the actual work of &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. Since the 1950s, translators have generally followed the dynamic equivalent translation theory in translation projects organized by the American Bible Society (Tan Zaixi, 1991).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2  The background of Bassnett’s cultural equivalence theory===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative figures of the cultural translation school, Susan Bassnet's translation concept with cultural translation theory as the core has had a significant impact on contemporary translation studies. In the introduction to &amp;quot;Translation, History and Culure&amp;quot; (Translation, History and Culure), Andre, Lefevere and Susan Basnett proposed that &amp;quot;Culural lurn&amp;quot; (culural lurn)-the term, this is the concept that was first proposed from here.&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett believes that the linguistic school of translation faces the following problems: The method of machine translation is an effective method, but it is not suitable for literary translation. In response to this situation, Bassnett pointed out that the research method of translation should undergo an cultural turn (eulturalturn). She believes that translators must perform translation activities in a specific cultural context, and translators must not conduct translation activities in cultural isolation under the influence of their own cultural background. In short, Bassnett’s cultural translation view is that translation is not a purely linguistic activity, it is rooted in and influenced by the culture of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Susan Bassnett and Eugene Nida’s translation theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Nida' s“dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” is the core conception of Nida ’s translation theories. the essence of it is a receptor-centered theory of translation that aims at achieving a“dynamic”equivalence between the effect obtained from respective readers of the originaltext and the translated version, which requires that translators view from the angle of the sense and spirit of the original instead of rigidly adhering to language structures of it. That is, not rigidly adheringto formal equivalence. The theory of“dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is the most well- known and the most frequently discussed theory, and the focus of discussions on it may attribute to different interpretations of the term &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1The nature of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
“Equivalence&amp;quot; is an important proposition in translation for it &lt;br /&gt;
involves some key problems such as nature of translation, translation norms as well as quality and evaluation of translation. As a mathematic term, the word “ equivalence&amp;quot; refers to an absolutely symmetrical and equal relationship, but in many English dictionaries, it gets obscure meanings that things possess similarities or areessentially identical. Then, is the concept“equivalence in translation theories derived from its absolute mathematics reference orborrowed from its indistinct meanings as a word of general linguistices? According to many translation theorists (including Nida), it may mean more of the latter than the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot; Equivalence&amp;quot; is a scientific descriptive notion that is more objective that &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot;, for the concept of &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;or &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; refers to attitudes of translators while &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; indicates the quality of translation. But &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; involves no translator' s attitudes, and thus let us get a more explicit conception. The &amp;quot;equivalence” needed in translation is a comprehensive impact, not mechanically synthesizing equivalence of linguistics,semantics and pragmatics, but taking into account factors in different levels all around with artistical views and accomplishments of different cultures and languages. The historic contribution of Nida's&amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is that it provides a convincing solution to the dispute of literal translation and free translation held by many western translation theorists for about 2000 years. Literal translation emphasizes equivalence in language forms and the effect oftranslation is overlooked while free translation focuses much more on “beauty” of translation effect with litle regard to equivalence.Nida' s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;. however, puts emphasis on equivalence of both effects and then solves this contradiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Views on Nida s theory of &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
It has been mentioned above that Nida s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory is the most influential as well as the most frequently criticized and reproached due to dfferent interpretations of the theory. And here, a ittle more comments are given to be shared.&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2.1Apprehension of the theory&lt;br /&gt;
What Nida's values a lot in dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is that receptors of the two languages ( SL and TL) have approximately similar response and get basically equivalent ffect( 杨柳， 2006). The great contribution Nida made was to shift the focus from the comparison of the source- language and the target- language texts to acomparison of the two communication processes involved.&amp;quot; (金隄,1998:231) Thus, Nida's dynamic equivalence &amp;quot; focuses mainly onthe relative side of &amp;quot; equivalence &amp;quot; rather than absolutizes the term,which may imply that the equivalence theory in translation does originally mean something relative, obscure and indistinct.&lt;br /&gt;
As a relative conception, the goal &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; pursues is that the readers of the translation can obtain basically similar message smoothly from the translated text as the readers of theoriginal do from the original text, including their perception of the main essence, specific facts and artistic conception, although the two texts may vary greatly or entirely in forms. This goal can be applied to almost all types of translation. For all of these viewpoints,Nida and his theory have encountered constant criticism and reproaching. In sum, those who are against the theory argue that effect of equivalence can never be possible in translation because translation involves at least two different languages, cultures etc.which are rather hard to the non-native, while those who are in favor hold that equivalence can be achieved not only in senses and styles, but in effect as well. Nida has made it very clear that &amp;quot;the response can never be identical' , but &amp;quot;a high degree of equivalenceof response&amp;quot; is required and possible. And for &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;,Nida elaborates that no translation can be completely equivalent. Actually, different translations represent varying degrees of equivalence, That is, &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; doesn't mean identity as its mathematical meaning. (Nida, 2001:87) In order to stress the conception of function and meanwhile avoid misunderstanding, Nida&lt;br /&gt;
holds that the expression“functional equivalence&amp;quot; is much more satisfactory in describing the degrees of adequacy of a translation（Nida, 2001:91). So, Nida, as he puts it explicitly in his works, doesn' t prescribe something &amp;quot; identical&amp;quot; or total equivalence between the original and the translated texts, but expects high degrees of closeness&amp;quot; to ine ongmal and reproducing nearest translated message to the originai message. He advocates that translators work hard to pursue equivaiencerather than identity&amp;quot;. Professor Jin Di may have standpoint identical to Nida' s, he holds that the term &amp;quot; equivalence&amp;quot; in Nida ' s theory indicates a linguistic notion that is different from &amp;quot;identity&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot; equivalence&amp;quot;is a rela-&lt;br /&gt;
tive conception, which requires no totally identical effect, but striving for the closest impact produced by the translation within a possible range as what is produced to readers of the original text by the ST (金隄, 1998:44).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Theoretical Practice of &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; in China-A Comment on the Translation of &amp;quot;A Madman's Diary&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Here are three examples to analyze the theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; used in the &amp;quot;Madman's Diary&amp;quot; in the translation of &amp;quot;The Call&amp;quot; by Yang Xianyi and his wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（1）“我同赵贵翁有什么仇.....把古久先生的陈年流水簿子，踹了一脚....”(鲁迅，2019: 08)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“what grudge Mr. Zhao has against me...Itrod on Mr. Gu Jiu's old ledgers..&amp;quot; (杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this example is literally translated &amp;quot;赵贵翁&amp;quot;, it may be translated as &amp;quot;Zhao Guiweng&amp;quot; in many cases, so that the translation person seems rigid and the translation traces are too obvious. Yang Xianyi and his wife directly translated &amp;quot;Mr. Zhao&amp;quot; in the translation, which conforms to the native language habits of foreigners and avoids the appearance of translation accent. This translation achieves functional equivalence for the translation of personal words in the original text (Chen Weijia, 2009). The &amp;quot;old-year running book&amp;quot; here is a characteristic term of China's old society period, which means &amp;quot;old account book&amp;quot;. If literally translated as &amp;quot;aged jour-nal&amp;quot;, obviously there is no &amp;quot;old ledgers&amp;quot; which is more suitable for the time.&lt;br /&gt;
Time backgroud. The Yangs’ translation handled the translation of characteristic nouns well and reached the result of information equivalent translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“陈老五赶上前，硬把我拖回家中了。”(鲁迅，2019: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Old Chen hurried forward and draggedme home.&amp;quot; (杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The personal pronoun &amp;quot;陈老五&amp;quot;, if translated literally, might be translated as &amp;quot;Chen Laowu&amp;quot;. Yang Xianyi translated &amp;quot;Old Chen&amp;quot;, which is more authentic. &amp;quot;Chen Lao Wu&amp;quot; may be the habitual name of this person by the locals, rather than the name Chen Lao Wu. The Yangs' translation as &amp;quot;Lao Chen&amp;quot; here conforms to the Chinese people's habit of addressing acquaintances and conforms to the original cultural background (金瑞, 邵华, 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)“狼子村的佃户来告荒....”(鲁迅，2019: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“a tenant of ours from Wolf Cub Villagecame to report the failure of the crop...&amp;quot; ( 杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;狼子村&amp;quot; is a place noun. If it is simply translated as &amp;quot;The Wolf Child Village&amp;quot;, it is obviously inappropriate. Such translated names are not only not beautiful enough, but also cannot express the charm of Chinese place names. Here, the expression of &amp;quot;Cub&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Wolf Cub Village&amp;quot; of the Young couple is quite vivid and accurate. &amp;quot;Cub&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;cub&amp;quot; and it is used here in line with the original meaning. Yang Xianyi has certain accomplishments in the translation of Chinese-specific place nouns, and conveys the Chinese-specific culture well in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett believes that the goal of translation should be changed from the text commonly accepted by people to culture, which is the so-called cultural shift. If we compare culture to the human body, then language is the human heart. Only when people's heart, language and body are coordinated with each other, can people maintain vigor and vitality. When performing heart surgery on a patient, the surgeon must take into account the overall physical condition of the patient. The same is true for translation practice. In the process of translating the target language into the target language, members of parliament must take into account the double standards of language accuracy and cultural adaptability, and must not strip away culture and treat translation in isolation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation methods, Bassnett believes that language and text materials in different cultural contexts should have different translation requirements, and therefore different translation methods. For example, for original texts that are descriptive, or contain certain cultural beliefs, or are technological in nature, the translator should try to literally translate from a cultural perspective when translating. If the original text does not belong to the above three types of texts, then the translator can play relatively freely when translating, use more translation skills, and less consider the limitations of the original text culture on translation activities. It can be said that the degree of freedom of such translation activities is relatively high.&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation strategy, Bassnett believes that the translator's translation activity is a process of information transmission. In this process, the translator should first find the cultural factors in the original text that are different from the target language, and then understand these factors in depth, and try to retain these factors on this basis. Such a strategy helps readers of other countries to better understand the connotation expressed in the original text, and enable them to have a more accurate understanding of the cultural context of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Content and form of translation&lt;br /&gt;
As far as the content and form of the translation are concerned, Bassnett regards cultural exchange as the focus of translation, and she believes that the original flavor of the original language text should be kept as much as possible. At the same time, she also pointed out that literary translation must not lose its form. Taking poetry as an example, the translation of poetry is not simply a translation of the original poem content, but a new understanding and creation in translation. The translator must use his own translation skills and literary quality to create new content. But at the same time, the form and content of the poem are unified. The length of the syllables and the distribution of rhymes in the form are also conveying the content. The information of the times is all revealed behind it. Therefore, if the original form of the poem is discarded in the translation, Then it cannot fully reflect the content of the original poem. Take Chinese rhyme poems as an example. When its prosperity turned from its peak to its decline in the Tang Dynasty, the strict flat correspondence and cohesion were not only for making people melodious and catchy, but its pursuit of form revealed that The literati in the era remembered the dead Tang Dynasty and their strong unsatisfied political demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 &amp;quot;Intelligibility&amp;quot; of the translation&lt;br /&gt;
Before the rise of the cultural translation school, translation researchers sometimes translated the literary language in the original text into plain and simple language in order for the translation to be better understood by readers, deleting literary metaphors and associations. In this way, the translation will indeed become easy to understand, but the literary nature of the work has been reduced, and the interest and depth will not reach the effect of the original text. Therefore, Bassnett believes that the &amp;quot;understandability&amp;quot; of the translation cannot be based on abandoning the original style and artistry, but should try to maintain the original flavor of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Evaluation Criteria of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
For the evaluation criteria of translations, Bassnett believes that the evaluation criteria of translations are not unique. The standards for translating academic articles and applied and literary articles are different. When checking and evaluating the standard of translation, we should start from the target of translation, and judge the translation based on whether the translation can meet the needs of the target. In short, the translation should meet the needs of readers in different cultural contexts as a starting point, and use a suitable translated language that can meet this demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.5 Examples of Bassnett's Cultural Translation Theory-Taking 《道德经》‘s Arthur Willy's Translation and Gu Zhengkun's Translation as Examples&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“六亲不和，有孝慈(孝子)。”(章十八)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辜译: &amp;quot;Filiality and benevolence come along with the family feud,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
韦利译:“It was when the six near ones were no longer at peace that there was talkof dutiful sons.&amp;quot; (Waley, 1999:37 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;六亲&amp;quot; in modern Chinese generally refer to all family members and relatives, but in ancient Chinese there are specific references to father and son, brothers, and couples. Gu Zhengkun knows that family ethical relations are not as complicated in the West as in China, so he adopted the approach of being close to Western readers and translated it as &amp;quot;the family; while Wiley used the method of alienation in order to get close to the original work, calling it &amp;quot;sixnear ons&amp;quot; , And supplemented by the notes at the end of the chapter to further explain the specific meaning of &amp;quot;six relatives&amp;quot;. (the six near ones: father, son, elder brother, younger brother, husband and wife.). Both translators have realized the function of the language opposite to them. The equivalence of the above. That is to realize the equivalence of cultural functions, but also convey the meaning of cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文:“虽有拱璧以先驷马”  (章六十二)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辜译:It would be better to present to the emperor Tao than jade disks followed by ateam of four horses.&amp;quot; ( 辜正坤，1995: 251 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
韦利译:“Rather than send a team of four horses, preceded by a disc ofjade.e..&amp;quot;(Waley,1999:131 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both translators translated &amp;quot;驷马&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;four horses&amp;quot;, which is correct. In ancient China, the number of horses pulling carts was used to reflect the rank of status, such as driving two horses as a parallel, three horses as a stallion, and four horses as a parcel. Usually the emperor drives six, princes drive five, Qing drives four, doctors three, scholars two, and common people one. There are also horse-drawn chariots in wars, usually one carriage with four horses and three passengers. If the translator can comment on this, it will better help the target readers to understand the ancient Chinese horse culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The difference between the two translation thoughts===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation thoughts are mainly influenced by language structuralist translators, which are manifested in his use of the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, and the core similar to Chomsky's deep structure Syntactic analysis is a structural analysis of language expression forms and translation procedures from the perspective of language translation, that is, interlingual translation. However, the essence of Nida's translation thought lies in far more than its language structuralist translation view, but more of him In &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;translation and communication&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;translation must emphasize readers' reflection&amp;quot; and many other propositions. Moreover, Nida's contribution in translation theory, especially in the translation theory of the Bible, and his position in contemporary American and Western translation studies are very important and widely recognized. (Tan Zaixi, 1991)&lt;br /&gt;
But Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural translation view&amp;quot; focuses on cultural exchanges, with culture first, and information second. Through translation to introduce the unique culture of each nation, explain the similarities and differences between each other, so as to promote the comparative study of two languages ​​and cultures. Bassnett also pointed out that culture puts forward various requirements for translation, and these requirements are closely related to the nature of the original text. In the process of translation, the translator should demonstrate the unique charm of different cultures through translation, so that people of different cultural backgrounds can communicate and communicate in a true cultural sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.The similarity of the two translation ideas===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the service object of translation is the recipient. It is necessary to evaluate and judge the quality of the translation. It is not only necessary to compare the language form of the translation and the original text, but also to see how the recipient reflects the translation. Only when the translated works are easy to understand and in proper form can they be widely accepted by the public. Bassnett’s cultural translation view also emphasizes that translation should meet the requirements of different objects in a certain culture. In order to meet the requirements of different specific groups, the translator must find a suitable translated language functionally. It can be seen that both translation theorists believe that translation works should focus on the demands of recipients of translation at different levels.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that when there is a contradiction between form and content in the translation process, form should give way to content. Bassnett also believes that in the process of functional equivalence, the translator can not be restricted by the literary image. It can be seen that the two translation theorists pay more attention to the content and form of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida pointed out that the languages ​​and cultures of the world have 90% similarities and only 10% differences. Bassnett also believes that the translator should perform functional equivalence in the target language culture based on the target language; the reading object and the original language's function in the original language culture. It can be seen that both translation theorists believe that the source language and the target language can communicate and communicate in terms of culture. Although there is a cultural loss in the translation process, there are more similarities between different languages. Similarities or similarities (ie cultural common core).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Bassnett are great translation theorists and translators in the history of Western translation. Their theoretical research ideas and academic vision are broad, and their insights are unique, which give people deep inspiration. In the process of translation research, the two masters placed translation in the multi-dimensional space of the original text and the target text, investigated from different angles to reveal the essence of translation, and achieved fruitful results. The two translations: principles and methods. There are both common points and their own characteristics. We should work hard to understand the characteristics and development trajectories of the two major translation theories, and find out the contributions and shortcomings of the two major translation theories. In order to find things that Chinese translation theories can learn from, to promote the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene and Charles Taber. The Theory of Translation[M]. Leiden:E. J Brill,1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Liao Qiyi.(2000).廖七一.''当代西方翻译理论探索''.[Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory].译林出版社[Yilin Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Liu Runqing.(2002).刘润清.''西方语言学流''派[Schools of Western Linguistics].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Lu Gang. (2006). 陆刚. 巴斯奈特理论与翻译中文化等值的不确定性[Bassnett's theory and the uncertainty of cultural equivalence in translation].''中国比较文化''[Chinese Comparative Culture]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Tan Zaixi. (1991). 谭载喜. ''西方翻译简史''. [Western Translator Business History]. 商务印书馆[The Commercial Press ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Duan Feng. 段峰.(2006). 苏珊·巴斯奈特文学翻译思想述评. [A Review of Susan Bassnett's Literary Translation Thoughts]. ''四川大学学报''[Journal of Sichuan University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Gang. (2010). 陆刚. 巴斯奈特理论与翻译中文化等值的不确定性[Bassnett's theory and the uncertainty of cultural equivalence in translation]. ''扬州大学学报''[Journal of Yangzhou University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Deng Ju, Qin Zhongshu.(2007). 邓巨，秦中书.苏珊·巴斯奈特翻译思想述评[A Review of Susan Bassnett's Translation Thoughts.  ''四川文理学院学报''[Journal of Sichuan University of Arts and Science]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Luo Chengli. 罗承丽.(2010). 操纵与构建：苏珊·巴斯奈特“文化翻译中”思想研究. [Manipulation and Construction: Susan Bassnett's &amp;quot;Cultural Translation&amp;quot; Thought Research].''北京语言大学''[Beijing Language and Culture University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Waley,Arthur.The Way and Its Power:A study of the Tao Te Ching and its Place in Chinese Thought.London:Allen and Unwin，1934.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Lu Xun. 鲁迅.(2010). ''呐喊''. [The Call].江西教育出版社[Jiangxi Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Lu Xun. 鲁迅.(2010). ''呐喊''. [The Call]. 杨宪益，戴乃迭，译.北京外文出版社[Beijing Foreign Languages  Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Gu Zhengkun. 辜正坤.(2008). ''老子道德经''[ Tao Te Ching].北京大学出版社[Peking University Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 13:34, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study Between the Skopos Theory and Yan Fu’s Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 吴一露 Wu Yilu  202070080610&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory and the theory put forward by Yan Fu, that is “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most representative translation theories respectively in the history of Chinese and Western translation theories. And these two theories have a profound impact to Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will compare the similarities and differences between these two theories as well as their historical contributions and limitations. It aims to get a deeper understanding of Skopos theory and Yan Fu’s theory and a better application of theories in practice. In the meantime, the collision and comparative analysis of Chinese and Western theories will also promote the study of translation theories and provide a reference for guiding translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory; Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Hans Vermeer; Yan Fu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===目的论和严复理论的比较研究===&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目的论和严复提出的翻译理论即 “信达雅”分别是中西方翻译理论史上最具代表性的翻译理论之一。并且这两种翻译理论对中西方翻译理论和实践产生了深刻的影响。本文将对比研究目的论以及严复理论的同异，结合比较这两种理论的历史贡献及局限,旨在加深对目的论和“信达雅”理解，并将理论更好地运用到翻译实践中。同时中西方理论的碰撞和对比分析，也会促进翻译理论研究和为指导翻译实践提供依据。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目的论；信达雅；汉斯·弗米尔；严复&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos is the Greek word for “aim” or “purpose” and was introduced into translation theory in the 1970s by the German linguists Hans J. Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and developed in Germany in the late 1970s. The creation of Skopos theory is a significant achievement of western translation theories, providing a new perspective for translation study. In 1897, Yan Fu set down the triple translation criteria of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance,” (Xin Da Ya), which influenced the development of translation practice and theory for almost half a century after it came into being and it still exerts great influence on contemporary TS. As now the scope of integration and exchanges between China and Western world are expanding to various fields, this paper will reexamine these influential theories by comparing their commonalities, differences and influences, so as to broaden our vision of translation theory study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Introduction of Skopos Theory and Yan Fu’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Skopos theory comprises the idea that translating and interpreting means to produce a target text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” .(Vermeer, Hans J.1987a, 26). The purpose decides everything, from the translation strategy and translation method, to the choice of the form and content of the original work, to the production of the target text. All these  take the purpose as the reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 The Development of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creation of Skopos theory in not going to happen overnight; it is a gradual process that can the skopos theory become the core of functionalist approach, which is initially proposed by Hans Vermeer. Its formation and development experienced mostly three periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Katharina Reiss’s research &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book Possibilities and Limits of Translation Criticism, written by Katharina Reiss in 1971, marked the appearance of German translation theories and was the first time raised the idea that text function could be listed as a standard of translation criticism and came up with thoughts of functional translation theory. The core of her translation theory is text typology, including informative text (content-focused), expressive text (form-focused), operative text (appeal-focused) and the auto-medial text, which laid a foundation of Skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Hans J. Vermeer: Skopos theories and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Reiss’s student, casting off the chains of Translation Equivalence, thought: translation is not a mechanical language interpretation, but an activity with an aim or purpose. According to Action Theory, human action is a kind of purposeful behavior in a given situation. In his opinion, translation also is such a kind of action with purpose on the foundation of a source text. Hence, Vermeer names his theory Skopos theory, a theory of purposeful action. Hans J. Vermeer believed that the purpose of a text determines the translation strategies. The most important ingredients determining the purpose of translation is readers. So translators should better to consider integrally both the purpose of translation and special circumstances of target-text readers before interpreting.（Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 154）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Justa Holz-Manttari and Christiane Nord: the theory of translational action and Function plus Loyalty Principle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manttari differentiated “translation” and “translation action”. She thought that “translation” is simply transformative action while “translation action” is more intricate behavior designed to transfer message overcoming culture and language barriers. In Christiane Nord’s Translating as a Purposeful Activity-Functionalist Approaches Explained, she defines the Skopos theory as the prime principle determining any translation process. But Nord also found there were some drawbacks of Skopos theory, so she putted forward the “loyalty principle”: the responsibility of translators towards to their partners in translational interaction. (Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three rules of Skopos theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the ‘skopos rule’, which means that a translation action is determined by its skopos; in other words, that is “ the end justifies the means” (Reiss Katharina &amp;amp; Vermeer Hans J. 1984). As defined by Vermeer and translated by Nord, the Skopos rule states: “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The Skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.” (Christiane Nord, 1997) Whether the function of the source text or passages in the source text can be preserved or have to be modified or even changed all decided by the purpose of translation. The skopos is divided into three forms: translator purpose, communicative purpose of the translated text and the purpose of using some kind of translation strategies. Coherence rule talks about that the target text must be coherent with the source text, given target text receivers circumstances and knowledge (Pochhacker, Franz 1995, 32). Translators should pick out what is meaningful in the receivers’ condition. The last rule, fidelity rule, concerns the intertexual coherence between target text and source text---the target text is determined by its skopos. In accordance to this, the form of the target text would be determined by both translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These three rules connect with each other. Coherence rule and fidelity rule are subject to skopos rule. From above three rules, we come to a conclusion that the evaluation criterion of translation is “adequacy”—dynamic standard-- rather than “equivalence”. Therefore, translator should not be literalists who rigidly adhere to the words of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1854-1921) was an outstanding Chinese Scholar and translator who had studied abroad from 1877 to 1879 in Britain. In this period, he was interested in western politics and started to learn academic theories of capitalist politics. His solid foundation of language as well as rich reserves of theories made adequate preparations for his future translation work. Because realizing that it was important for old China to catch up western countries in fields of politics, economy, culture, ideology and institutions, this famous Chinese translator devoted his life to importing western ideas and theories by translating various foreign works, including Evolution and Ethics, Yuan Fu (the Chinese version of The Wealth of Nations), The Spirit of Laws and other essays. It is these translated works and his translation theories --- “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” that impressed large numbers of Chinese scholars profoundly, which also contributed to his everlasting name in the history of Chinese translation theory study.(Chen Fukang 2000, 105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 The Development of Yan Fu’s Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” （Xin, Da, Ya) was firstly seen in The Dhammapada sequence （《法句经序》）written by Zhi Qian , a venerable monk and a translator of Buddhist scriptures in the Three Kingdoms Period. But as a translation theory, it is known to the public and handed down because of Yan Fu. (Chen Fukang 2000, 106) In 1898, Yan Fu made a conclusion of all the debates related to translation since Han dynasty and Tang dynasty after research. Then he put forward “the three difficulties for translating” in the preface of the translation of T.H. Huxley’s book Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays more than one hundred years ago. The first draft of Evolution and Ethics was finished in 1895. As this was the first book he translated, he met many difficulties in translating and got a lot of thoughts. Then he put his thoughts into Yiliyan （《译例言》）: “ Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. ” (Yan Fu, 1987)  However, there are still some people holding the opinion that these translation thoughts of Yan Fu took their ideas from the three principles of famous British translator Tytler.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The evolution of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this translation theory was put forward, it have inspired continuous debates for nearly one hundred years and the interpretation of the later scholars cannot be ignored. There are four main directions of this evolution.&lt;br /&gt;
The May Fourth New Culture Movement ushered in a new epoch vernacular literature and translation, which changed the status of Classical Chinese and Vernacular Chinese. So Yan Fu’s interpretation of “Elegance”, which refers to application of Classical Chinese before Han dynasty, became out of step with the Times. Attempting to prove the rationality of “Elegance”, many translators made new interpretations of it. While there are also some made adjustments on the basis of Yan Fu’s theory. Qu Qiubai suggested using Vernacular Chinese instead of classical one; Lin Yutang, Liu Zhongdei and Zhu Wenzhen proposed to change “Elegance” into “Beauty”, “Closeness” and “Appropriate” respectively. Among which “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness” not only inherits rational thoughts, but also overcomes limitations of “Elegance”. So this principle is a remarkable symbol presenting that China’s translation theories are becoming mature.(Liu Qijia 2000, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Lu Xun simplified this three-character standard, turning it into a two-character one--- “faithfulness and smoothness” (Xin Shun Shuo). From “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” to “Faithfulness, Smoothness and Beauty”, from “Similarity in Spirit” to “Sublimation”, we can see that the translation spirit of Yan Fu is carried forward and how profound an impact this theory made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Main Contents of Yan Fu’s Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever the criteria of translation is discussed in China, the principle of translation proposed by Yan Fu would be mentioned, namely: “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. From the perspective of Yan Fu, “Faithfulness” referred to the meaning of the target text should be close to that of the original one, that was, being faithful to the original meaning, as well as its sentimental color, style and flavor. There are two aspects of “Faithfulness”: being faithful to the original work and to target readers. “Expressiveness” meant the target text should be coherent and clear, there being no need to follow the exact order of words and sentences structure of the original language but reorganize and elaborate to respect the rules of target language. And “Elegance” indicated that the target text should be of refinement in language, namely, the use of ancient Chinese before Han dynasty so as to meet the expectation of target readers who were well-educated in China. He claimed that “where language has no refinement, its effects will not extend far”(言之无文，行之不远). (Chen Fukang 2000, 108）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Yan Fu’s point of view, “Faithfulness” is the core while “Expressiveness” and “Elegance” are two measures, which can be noticed from the order of these three characters. That means “Faithfulness” is the premise and basis of translation and the other two are the aim of translation. So these three standards are integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Similiarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Similarities betweeen these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Skopos theory and Yan Fu’s theory originated in two different countries and cultural environments, and there are hundreds of years between the times when they were put forward, these two theories have many similarities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Fidelity Rule and Faithfulness=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fidelity rule in Skopos theory is similar to “Faithfulness” in Yan Fu’s theory. Comparing the two theories of translation, we find that both theories have a criterion based on the original text and pursue the principle of fidelity, which is only expressed in different words. Fidelity rule in Skopos theory holds that translator should respect both the original author and readers in the translation process. Translation is to try to reach an agreement with the original work's intention and translator is responsible not only to readers but also to the original author, reconciling the purpose of the translation with the author's intention and mediating between the two. In Nord’s opinion , the faithfulness principle gives translator the right to make changes to the original text according to the purpose of translation, showing an open, tolerant and dynamic view of translation; on the other hand, it requires translator to be responsible for all parties involved in the translation, to explain or interpret his or her translation strategy, and to reach an understanding and consensus among all parties.(Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coincides with Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot;, which emphasizes not to deviate from the original text. And &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is the premise and foundation of translation. In the process of translation, translator is required to correctly understand the original text and then reproduce it in another language. If the ideas, expressions, and emotions in the translation are not consistent with the original work, then it violates the requirement of &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot;, as well as the requirement of the fidelity rule in Skopos theory. Thus, we can find that both theories emphasize the importance of faithfulness to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Coherence Rule and Expressiveness=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence principle in Skopos theory is similar to the “Expressiveness” in the Yan Fu’s theory. In short, they both emphasize the fluency and smoothness of the translation from the point of view of readers’ receptivity and comprehension, so that receiver can accept and understand the translation smoothly. The coherence principle refers that translation should be readable and acceptable, so as to achieve interlingual coherence and to be consistent with the communicative situation of the target readers. As elaborated by Nord, a communicative interaction can only be regarded as successful if the receivers interpret it as being sufficiently coherent with their situation. (Christiane Nord 1997, 32) Under this rule, the receivers of the target text, their cultural background, social circumstances, expectations, values and norms should all be taken into consideration as major factors to produce meaningful translations. In translation, translator should reproduce the content and form of the original text as much as possible, and such translations usually require extensive annotation so that readers can have a better understanding of the translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This point is consistent with Yan Fu's viewpoint in his translation work, Evolution and Ethics · Yiyanli : “ 顾信矣，不达，虽译，犹不译也(A translation is faithful but not expressive, then it is not a qualified translation)。” (Yan Fu, 1987) According to Yan, “Expressiveness” means to reproduce the meaning of the original text in a way that is consistent with the terminological conventions of the target language, which also emphasizes the understandability of the translation. That is to say, translator should focus on conveying the content of the original text and conveying the meaning and gist of the original text, rather than sticking to the order of the words and sentences in the original text. At the same time, Yan also points out that the sentence structure in English is very different from that in Chinese. If one mechanically translates long sentences from English, the Chinese translation will certainly be unintelligible. Therefore, a translator must first understand the main idea of the original text clearly before he can translate it without compromising the original meaning. It can be seen that both Skopos theory and Yan Fu's theory emphasize expressing the main idea of the original text in a way that can be understood by the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.3 Skopos Rule and Elegance=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos rule in the Skopos theory is similar to “Elegance” in Yan Fu’s theory to some extent. The Skopos rule states that the purpose of translation determines the entire act of translation at the macro level. In the meantime, translator must decide what methods and strategies to use in translation based on the function of the translation in the target culture. Vermeer regards the recipient of the translation as an important part of the translation requirements and &amp;quot;one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of the translation&amp;quot;. Translation is &amp;quot;the text produced in the target language environment for the purpose of translation and for the target readers.”.(Christiane Nord 1997, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in Yan Fu’s theory, “Elegance” is more specific, as it is based on the specific era and target readers at that time he lived. Because in the 19th century, the books Yan Fu translated were not for the general public, but for old literati and intellectuals who had the right to speak at that time. And most of them respected the old and discriminated against the new, advocating the ancient language while opposing the promotion of the vernacular language. There was no way to introduce Western ideas and knowledge to the scholarly class in China without taking into account their feelings. It is clear that he was thinking from the perspective of target readers, then this theory was put forward. (Chen Fukang 2000, 109) So, in essence, both theories share the same reader-centered viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Differences between these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many similarities between these two translation theories, big differences in the theoretical system, translation standards and translators' status still exist. These differences are not only caused by the different traditions of Chinese and Western theories, but also by the differences in cultural background and personal theoretical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Different Theoretical Systems=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is closely integrated with other disciplines. This theory was born out of the behavioral theory. Vermeer places Skopos theory in the framework of cross-cultural communication. He denies that translation is a purely linguistic transformation, and pays more attention to communication and culture.It makes the translation theory more logical, scientific and systematic. Thus, it breaks the text-centered translation research tradition, providing a new perspective for translation study. A theoretical system with diversified translation standards was formed. Skopos theory clearly puts forward some translation concepts, such as the three rules, and there is a clear hierarchy among the three rules, with both Fidelity rule and Coherence rule being subordinate to the Skopos rule. It makes clear to translator the standards and principles that they should follow.In addition, it also made a distinction between intertextual coherence and intratextual coherence, adequate translation and equivalent translation, and translation and translation action.(Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But Yan Fu’s theory is relatively abstract and vague. Although it concludes the translation requirements, it is not as clear as Skopos theory. Different translators have different interpretations of these three translation criteria. Some think that &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; refers to the faithfulness to the original work's ideological content, while others think it is faithful to the content and linguistic style of the original work, which leads to differences in content and form. Zhu Guang Qian and Tang Ren even advocated condensing “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” into “Faithfulness”; people’s understanding of “Elegance” was even more diverse. Besides, Yan Fu's theory is not closely integrated with other disciplines and focuses more on content and aesthetics.(Chen Fukang 2000, 348）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Yan Fu's theory is not clearly demonstrated and scientifically summarized, which easily cause ambiguity. It is not as theoretical and systematic as Skopos theory, and tends to be more of an empirical theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Different Translation Standards=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the emergence of Skopos theory, the mainstream translation standard was functional equivalence. The emergence of the Skopos theory broke through the constraint of equivalence，replacing the &amp;quot;faithfulness principle&amp;quot; as the first principle with the Skopos rule. The success of a translation depends on whether the intended purpose of translation is achieved. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; usually refers to the communicative purpose of the translation, that is, &amp;quot;the communicative function of the translation in the target socio-cultural context for the target readers&amp;quot;. Therefore, the Skopos theory pays more attention to the translation requirements, the target readers, the target language’s environment and culture. It has a broader scope of application, increasing the number of alternative translation strategies, which opened the shackles of translators.（Vermeer, Hans J. 1989, 186)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Yan Fu's translation theory, which can also be regarded as a translation standard, puts forward requirements for translations in three directions of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Although “Faithfulness” is the first among the three, Yan Fu also emphasized the importance of “Expressiveness” and “Elegance”. In Yan Fu's view, these three standards are integrated. Even he himself didn’t explain it clearly.  In this way, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are only three abstract translation criteria, rather than a systematic translation theory. And it has different requirements to different types of text. The requirements are highest for literary works, lower for philosophical and social science works, and even lower for science and technology related works, official documents and the like.(Chen Fukang 2000, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Different Translator Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time in the past, the role and subject status of translators have not received enough attention and research. Traditional translation theories holds that translators should be subordinate to the original text in the translation process. However, Skopos theory emphasizes the subjectivity of translator and frees translators from the prison of the faithfulness standard of translation theory. According to Vermeer, the purpose determines translation action. And the intended purpose is determined by many factors: (1) translator's basic purpose (e.g. to earn a living), (2) the communicative purpose of the translation (e.g. to enlighten readers), and (3) the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation method (e.g. adopting literal translation to illustrate the grammatical structure of a language). (He Xiaoling 2012, 46)So translators has more freedom and rights. They can have their own judgment and understanding in the translation process. They can adopt different translation strategies, like omission or addition, according to different translation purposes. Therefore, under Skopos theory, translator is the medium of communication between the author and readers, original text and translated text. He plays a creative role in the translation process, instead of just converting two different languages mechanically. At the same time, translator acts as a central role in the translation process who is responsible for the results of the whole translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Yan Fu's theory, the content of the translation cannot deviate from the original work. The role of translator is more to convey the meaning of the original work to readers after understanding the ideological basis of the original author. He should strive for the consistency or similarity between the translated text and the original, without compromising the readability and acceptability of the translated text. Therefore, under this theory, translator is more of a bridge between the original work and the translated text. This would still be original text-centered, and translator would not be able to exercise much initiative. As we can see, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Faithfulness” still advocates the primacy of the original text. Compared with the subjective initiative of translator in Skopos theory, translator's act is largely passive .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparative Study of the Contribution and Limitation of these Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory proposed by Vermeer and the theory proposed by Yan Fu play an important role in Chinese and Western translation theories respectively. Then what are the similarities and differences between the two theories in terms of their contributions and shortcomings? Through the analysis in this chapter, we can glimpse the development trend and characteristics of translation theory in the world of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Contributions of these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the linguistic dominance in translation studies was questioned before the birth of Skopos theory, translation studies gradually shifted to a cultural orientation, Vermeer placed translation in the framework of cross-cultural communication, which freed translation from the shackles of Nida's equivalence theory, and liberated translation studies from the constraints of source-text-oriented approach . In Skopos theory, the status of the source text is not as important as that of the target text. Vermeer regards the original text only as a &amp;quot;source of information&amp;quot;, which provides only the information needed for the translation commission, and is no longer the only or the highest criterion for evaluating the translation ( Hans J. Vermeer 1982, 98.) Taking the purpose of translation as the starting point and foundation of translation has greatly changed our original concept of translation. Skopos theory also provides a good explanation for the controversy over domestication and foreignization in the history of Chinese and Western translation, as well as the widely discussed form equivalence and dynamic equivalence in the translation industry in the past two or three decades. Whether to adopt domestication or foreignization in translation depends on the purpose of translation. More emphasis is placed on the purpose of translation, the goal of translator and the effect of the translation on readers. The social and communicative effects of translation, as well as that of readers and translation are also of great importance , thus a multifaceted and integrated translation standard was formed. Therefore, the creation of Skopos theory has finally freed translation research from the confinement brought about by “equivalence” and provided a new direction for translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has played a subversive role in the history of Western translation, while Yan Fu's theory is to a greater extent a summary and refinement of the previous theories of Chinese translation schools. But it has played a pivotal role in the history of Chinese translation and has long been valued by translation scholars. The contribution of this theory to translation lies not only in proposing a far-reaching translation standard, but also in its rich vitality. This is because this translation standard summarizes the main characteristics of translation work to a great extent and shows the requirements of translation work. Secondly, because of its inclusive nature, after several generations of scholars' discussions, the meaning of  “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” has already exceeded the definition given by Yan Fu. In particular, there are various new interpretations of &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; in literary translation, no longer sticking to the use of ancient Chinese before the Han Dynasty, but focusing on the use of literary style, writing style, and rhetoric. Over the past 100 years, Yan Fu's theory has aroused translators’ long-term thinking and exploration of translation theory, then its academic connotation has been unceasingly explored, which, in return, has been continuously developed and perfected, and has become the classic of Chinese translation thought. In the words of Shen Suru, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is “still the most well-known and influential translation principle and standard, and no other principle or standard can replace it”(Shen Suru 2001,7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Limitations of these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Skopos theory has made a great breakthrough to translation theory, it has some shortcomings of its own. Firstly, it overemphasizes the purpose of translation and translator, while neglecting rich meaning and multifunctionality of the original text, which undermines the ontological meaning of translation, and is not suitable for some text types. Skopos theory contains a certain degree of idealism, focusing on analysis and refinement, and sometimes it tends to neglect the integrity. As a result, sometimes the stylistic and semantic features of the original text are lost in order to achieve the translation goal. Many scholars have also criticized Skopos theory. Among them, Pym argues that it is a matter of common sense that translation has a purpose, and there is no need to make a fuss over the theory (Pym Anthony, 1996). Besides, Newmark claims that the “purpose-oriented” view is overkill. He strongly resents the approach of Skopos theory which eliminates the authority of texts and is oriented to translator's culture. Secondly, the possibility of realizing the purpose of translation depends on the conditions of the target culture rather than the culture of the source language, so fidelity to the original text is only a possibility. Thus we can see that the coherence rule and fidelity rule are not universally applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, there are also limitations to Yan Fu’s theory. Compared with Skopos theory, Yan Fu's theory gives sufficient attention to the original text, but, as we mentioned earlier, it is an abstract and general theory, which is more theoretical rather than expository. The lack of analysis and discussion of specific issues keeps the theory at an abstract level, making it difficult for translator to grasp the degree: what degree can be called “Faithfulness”, what degree can be called “Expressiveness”, and what degree can be called “Elegance”?(Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 157) It is this ambiguity that makes this theory less scientific and accurate than Skopos theory. Thus its guiding role in practice is greatly reduced. In addition, as a product of the times, Yan Fu’s theory is deeply influenced by the background of the time, and cannot be scientifically combined with other disciplines, which once again limits the application of this theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many similarities between the theory of purpose and Yan Fu's translation theory, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, in terms of pursuing fidelity and consistency, and observing reader adaptation, while there are also many differences in the theoretical systems, translation standards, and translator status. Although both theories have certain limitations, it is undeniable that they both provide important guidance for translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparative study of these two typical Chinese and Western translation theories, we can find that the Western translation theory pays more attention to scientific argumentation method. It attempts to combine with many other disciplines, and takes them as the theoretical support. Thus, the translation theory model is constantly proposed and improved, and the translation research perspective is expanded. Similarly, Yan Fu's theory is constantly being carried forward, and its influence is far-reaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, as the world is in the period of fast development, dramatic change and great integration, Chinese and Western thoughts and cultures are deeply interwoven. We should adhere to the essence of Chinese translation theory while learning Western theory, so as to better master the essence of both, grasp the development trend of translation theory, and more actively guide our translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord. (1997). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity''. Kinderhook: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss Katharina &amp;amp; Vermeer Hans J. (1984). Groundwork for a general theory of translation. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pochhacker Franz. (1995). Simultaneous interrupting: a functionalist perspective. Hermes: Journal of linguistics, (14): 31-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (1996). Material Text Transfer as a Key to the Purpose of Translation. Kent, Ohio: Institute of Applied Linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1982a). Translation als informationsangebot. Lebende sprachen, 27(3)97-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1987a). What does it mean to translate. ''Indian journal of applied linguistic'', 13(2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1989a). Skopos and Commission in Translational Action. Chersterman: ''Translation Theory'', 173-187.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2000). ''中国译学理论史稿'' [A History of Translation Theory in China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xiaoling 閤小玲. (2012). 浅析目的论视角下的译者主体性 [An Analysis of Translator Subjectivity in the Perspective of Purpose Theory]. Journal of Liuzhou Teachers College ''柳州师专学报''. (4):45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Qijia 刘期家. (2000). 论信达雅的历史发展轨迹 [On the historical development trajectory of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance]. Journal of Sichuan International Studies University ''四川外语学院学报''. (2):96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Suru 沈苏儒.(2001). 翻译的最高境界——信达雅漫谈 [The Highest Level of Translation - A Compendium of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [ A Short History of Translation in the West]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu严复. (1897). ''天演论·译例言'' [Evolution and Ethics· Yiliyan]. News Collection ''国闻汇编''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Mengzhen 周锰珍. (2007). “目的论”与“信达雅”——中西方两种译论的比较 ['Skopos Theory' and 'Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance': A Comparison of Two Translation Theories in China and the West. Academic Forum ''学术论坛''. (8):154-158.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 13:33, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Eileen Chang’s Self-Translation and Conventional Translation from the Perspective of Gender	纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a representative figure of Chinese feminist literature, Eileen Chang’s feminist thoughts and gender consciousness have been fully reflected in her creation process. Besides, she is not only a writer, but also a translator. Studying her translation strategies in self-translation and conventional translation and exploring the gender consciousness reflected in her process of translation can help to the further development of translation studies of Chang, make up for the lack of translation evaluation of Chinese women and it also conducive to the further development of gender study in the context of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, gender, self-translation, conventional translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
性别视角下张爱玲自译与他译对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲作为中国女性主义文学的代表人物，在她的创作过程中，女性主义思想、性别意识得到了充分的体现。张爱玲本人除了是一个作家外，也身兼译者的身份，从性别视角研究其自译与他译文本中所采取的翻译策略及其体现出来的性别意识，有助于张爱玲翻译研究的进一步发展，弥补中国翻译史中女性翻译史的欠缺，也有利于性别研究在中国语境下的进一步发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲，性别，自译，他译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a Chinese well-known female writer in the 20th century, her novels and prose have attracted much attention, so that many scholars focus on her literary creation achievement but ignore her translation. Numerous books aiming to introduce the Chinese translation history make no mention of Eileen Chang's identity as a translator. In fact, Eileen Chang should be reckoned with in the translation field in that she has also made significant contributions in translation. Mao Dun has pointed out that “ The person who can translate literature books must be someone has talent in creation”（Luo Xinzhang &amp;amp; Chen Yingnian，2009：413）, and looking through the Chinese history, we can find that there are not so much Chinese writers who can also translate, but Eileen Chang is one of them. She, with her powerful creative talent and bilingual skills, has translated diverse works, including a variety of novels, prose and poems, at the same time, she has also made her contributions in compiling movie scripts. Here, the translations will be talked about are her self-translation of ''Jinsuo Ji'' (''The Golden Cangue'') and conventional translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a leader of feminist literature in China, the feminism thought profoundly embodied in her literary creation and translation, however, speaking up for women has not limited her exploration of male identity,in the process of depicting the typical characters with different genders, Eileen Chang, as the author or the translator, represents different gender identities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Gender and Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the rise of feminism in the western continent in the 20th century, the topic of gender has always been placed at the core of its theoretical development. Feminist translation theory thought that between women and translation there was some kind of similarity - both of them were placed in the inferior position. So they combined feminism and translation, advocating from the feminist standpoint, using language to create positive intervention to change women' s weak position in translation, so that it can criticize the traditional translation theories which degrade women and translation to the bottom of the society or literature phenomenon. During this period, the research on the relationship between gender and translation has seen the influence of gender identity on translation, which is a big development. However, the over-emphasis on the opposition between the two sexes has its limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Sherry Simon has pointed out, “...Another interesting area of investigation would be the way gender identities have been disguised through translation” (Sherry 2005:159), that is, gender identity can be disguised during translation, or the identity represented by the translator is not a single fixed one.With the development and innovation of various theories, translation studies from the perspective of gender, when developed into the 1980s, under the influence of post-structuralism theory, its focus has shifted from the over-emphasis on the opposition between men and women to the exploration of meaning and gender fluidity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter, facing such a change of gender translation studies, aims to study Eileen Chang' s translations from the perspective of gender liquidity. To some extent, this chapter breaks the status quo that the study on Eileen Chang is onefold about feminism and explores her gender identity transformation in translation to dig out the influences different gender identities make to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang' s Self-translation --  ''Jinsuo Ji''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative works of Eileen Chang, ''Jinsuo Ji'' was once honored as “the greatest novella in the history of Chinese literature”(Hsia 1999: 398) by Hsia, while Fu Lei(whose early pseudonym is Xun Yu) also gave a high evaluation of this work, and he said that it was “one of the most great achievements in our literary world”(Xun 1994: 121). In order to perfectly present the culture and thought of the original work, Eileen Chang chose to translate it herself. It takes her nearly 10 years to rewrite or self-translate ''Jinsuo Ji'', including four different versions: ''Pink Tears'', ''The Rouge of The North'', ''Yuan Nv'' and ''The Golden Cangue''. However, due to the cultural differences between English and Chinese contexts, the English version is far less successful than the Chinese version especially the first two English versions do not receive much attention. It was not until 1971 that her fourth English version was produced and chosen into ''Twentieth - Century Chinese Stories''(1921).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finished in 1943，''Jinsuo Ji'' mainly depicts how Ch’ i-ch’ iao, an ordinary girl from a vendor' s family, gradually changes her mental state because of the oppression of the feudal family. Being forced to marry a crippled person, she depresses her love towards Chiang Chi-tse, her brother-in-law, and idles thirty years in Chiang family like insanity. Under such circumstance, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s personality is finally distorted under her desperate desire for sex and money. On one hand, she destroys her son' s marriage and tortures her daughter-in-law to death. On the other hand, her daughter' s marriage is put an end to by her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang' s works overturns the traditional patriarchal discourse, turning to the female as the center of her literature creation, and in her works, the main objects are those ordinary women who live a tragic life. These works fully show her sympathy to the fate of these women, and reflect her intense gender consciousness which is also reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Performace of Translator' s Female Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Jinsuo Ji'', Ch’ i-ch’ iao is definitely a beautiful and healthy girl. However, due to the economic reasons and family pressure, she has to marry a disabled husband with an ugly appearance. In the face of such a marriage, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s sorrow is obvious, and hoping for love, she turns her eyes to Chiang Chi-tse. However, the reality proves to her that Chiang Chi-tse' s so-called emotion is just a use. Eileen Chang, as a female translator, is full of sympathy for Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s situation, and this sympathy is fully reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST： &lt;br /&gt;
（七巧的手直打颤，扇柄上的杏黄须子在她额上苏苏摩擦着......）七巧低着头，沐浴在光辉里，细细的音乐，细细的喜悦.....这些年了，她跟他捉迷藏似的，只是近不得身，原来还有今天！(Eileen Chang, 1992: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
( Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s hands trembled until the yellow tassel on the fan handle rustled against her forehead...) Ch’ i-ch’ iao bowed her head, basking in glory, in the soft music of his voice and the delicate pleasure of this occasion. So many years now, she had been playing hide-and-seek with him and never could get close, and there had still been a day like this in store for her. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the source text with the target text, it can be found that Eileen Chang makes three main additions here: “of his voice”, “of this occasion” and “in store” to explicate the implied information in the source text, which more powerfully reveal Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s strong feelings of love and uneasiness for Jiang Jize all the time. From then on, it can be seen that Ch' i-ch' iao once placed her hope in Jiang Jize for love. However, from the description in the following text, we can find that for Chiang Chi-tse, the affection with Ch' i-ch' iao is just for regulating his life. Eileen Chang clarifies Ch' i-ch' iao' s emotion in the translation and reveals Chiang Chi-tse' s so-called emotion in the later text, which can show the tragic color of Ch’ i-ch’ iao to express the translator’ s sympathy for the character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Performace of Translator' s Male Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Jinsuo Ji'', the author uses a large number of metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women' s survival condition. In order to more intuitively present such a state to the readers, Eileen Chang tries her best to translate from the male identity, which to a certain extent derogates the female consciousness of the text, to show the passive and helpless of female characters under a specific era background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
娟姑娘扶了正，做了芝寿的替身。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Miss Chuan was made a wife and became Chih-shou' s substitute. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 191)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text describes that after the death of Ch' i-ch’ iao' s daughter-in-law Chih-shou, Chuan, as a concubine of Ch' ang - pai, was supported as his wife. The expression of “扶了正” is full of metaphorical color, “正” is a metaphor for the official wife, and “扶” indicates that Chuan is a passive object controlled by the feudal family. In the translation, Eileen Chang uses the passive voice to translate “扶了正” into “was made a wife” to convey the manipulated situation implied in the source text. In addition, here Chang uses the article “a” instead of “the”, just as there will be others to take the place of Chih-shou after her death, the position of the official wife is also low in the feudal family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another typical example in which the translator expresses herself as a male to show the passive position of the female is reflected in the translation of Ch' ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai’ s separation scene:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
长安和长白分了家搬出来住。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang - pai and moved out of the house.  (Eileen Chang, 1971: 191)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes the scene in which Ch' ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai split up after Ch' i-ch' iao' s death. Here “分家” is a phrase with metaphorical color, instead of translating it directly into “divide the property”, Eileen Chang, from the perspective of male identity, conceals the hidden information of the original in the translation. She translates the sentence “长安和长白分了家” into “Ch' ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang-pai”, which reveals the fact that in the feudal family of China, men had the right to inherit the family while women were subordinated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Disappearance of Translator' s Gender Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Eileen Chang not only uses the identity of male or female to flexibly express the meaning of the original text, but also appropriately conceals her gender identity in some situations to reveal the reality of all characters including both sexes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
（去年她戴了丈夫的孝，今年婆婆又过世了。）现在正式挽了叔公九老太爷出来为他们分家。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
（Last year, she wore mournings for her husband and this year, her mother - in - law had passed away.）Now her husband’ s uncle, Ninth Old Master, was formerly invited to come and divide the property among the survivors. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 157)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text shows us that after the death of the old woman in power of Chiang Mansion, a group of men and women gathered to separate their families. In the translation of the text, Eileen Chang does not make too many adjustments, but only abstracts the word “他们” which indicates “them” into “survivors”, a word with multiple meanings. Firstly, the survivors are indeed “alive” relative to the old woman who died, so the “survivors” can convey the meaning of the original text. Secondly, to some extent, in Eileen Chang' s eyes, both men and women are struggling in the mud in this turbulent era shrouded by feudal ideology, and everyone is a survivor of suffering. Therefore, she uses the word “survivors” to reveal the abuses of the era and sigh over life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the work itself has strong female consciousness, therefore, as a translator, Eileen Chang inevitably translates from female perspective most of the time, but this does not mean that female translators do not have the male consciousness, from the second case, we can see that the identity of the translator can be transformed. In addition, the fluidity of the translator's gender identity is not only reflected in Eileen Chang's translation of female texts, but also reflected in her translation of male texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang’ s Conventional Translation -- ''The Old Man and the Sea''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' is an outstanding masterpiece of the famous American writer Ernest Miller Hemingway. It was published in 1952 and won the Pulitzer Prize in the second year. In 1954, Hemingway won the Nobel Prize of Literature by virtue of this work. Eileen Chang left Shanghai and arrived in Hong Kong in 1952, just after the publication of ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Invited by the press office of the U.S. Consulate General in Hong Kong, Eileen Chang began to participate in a large-scale Chinese-translation project of American literary works, including ''The Old Man and the Sea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' is a masterpiece after Hemingway' s being silent for ten years. And once the work was published, it attracted wide attention from all walks of life. During that period, even priests and preachers began to quote Hemingway’ s philosophical and thought-provoking quotes in ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Hemingway once said, “I only know that this is the best work I can write in my whole life, compared with other excellent and mature works.” This book is translated into dozens of languages and published all over the world, with high praise from critics and readers. The first person in China who gets this great work into well translated is Eileen Chang. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' tells the story of a special fishing experience of an old fisherman named Santiago. After eighty-four days without getting a fish, he was lucky enough to catch a huge marlin. However the marlin dragged the old man and the boat along for two days and nights. In these two days and nights the old man had gone through the most difficult trials he had ever gone through. With strong will, he finally killed the big marlin and tied it to the bow. However, unfortunately, a group of big sharks came after smelling the smell of blood and the old man fought with them to the death. At last, the old man’ s life was saved, but the sharks had eaten up the great marlin, and what the old man dragged back was a bare skeleton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to ''The Old Man and the Sea'', in the prologue of its Chinese version, Eileen Chang expresses her affection of this work many times and different from the self-translation in which she has taken a bold rewriting, in the translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea'', Eileen Chang is more faithful to the original, and only presents her subjectivity in the choice of the gender identity. Eileen Chang expresses her understanding of the gender of the source text in the prologue, and then creatively translates the gender-loaded words in the text accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Performace of Translator' s Female Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It is undeniable that female translators depict emotions more deeply and delicately than male translators. Therefore, in the process of translating The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang, as a female herself, is particularly adept in showing the emotional characteristics of Sandiego. “...In her translations, she uses rephrasing, color words and onomatopoeia words which are full of feminine characteristics. Those words hint about her feminist thoughts and subtly reveal her identity as a female translator.” (Mao Pingping, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“Come on.” the old man said aloud. “Make another turn. Just smell them. Aren’ t they lovely? Eat them good now and there is the tuna. Hard and cold and lovely.” (Hemingway 1985: 39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“再兜一个圈子。你闻闻看。这沙丁鱼可爱不可爱? 好好地吃它们吧，不时还可以吃吃那鳍鱼。硬硬的，冷的，可爱的。”(Eileen Chang 1979: 29)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Here Eileen Chang uses a number of reduplicated words “闻闻”, “可爱不可爱”, “好好地”, “吃吃” and “硬硬的” to translate the dialogue between the old man and the fish, or in other words, the old man’ s self-talk to soften the whole image of Sandiac and also show his loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 The Disappearance of Translator' s Gender Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a work of men power, the word “man” can be found throughout the whole novel, and translation of this word has mainly two kinds of different ways, one is to follow the novel emotional qualitative, translating it into “男子汉” or some words having the similar meaning, and this way is often taken by many male translators. The second way is to expand the scope of objects, translating it into “人” or “人类” which includes both men and women. To some extent, the latter way blurs gender identity or conceals gender identity to achieve gender balance in the meaning. Eileen Chang mainly adopts the second method in her translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: &lt;br /&gt;
It is what a man must do．(Hemingway 1985: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就应该这样。(Hai Guan 1979: 15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就该这么干。(Wu Lao 2009: 21) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
活总是要干的。(Eileen Chang 1979: 16) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Lao and Hai Guan both translate “man” into the concept of “male”, while Eileen Chang avoids using such words in translation. Here she translates the original text into a sentence pattern without subject, omits the subject with gender description, and in fact blurs the gender boundary of the words, thus breaking the arbitrary power of male discourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 The Performance of Translator' s Male Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the translation of “man”, Eileen Chang has also adopted another translation method:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“But man is not made for defeat,” he said. “A man can be destroyed but not defeated.”(Hemingway 1985: 96)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“但是人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个男子汉可以被消灭，但是不能被打败。”(Eileen Chang 1979: ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是一个人并不是生来要给打败的，”他说。“你尽可把他消灭掉，可就是打不败他。”（Hai Guan 1979: 79）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“不过人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个人可以被毁灭，但不能给打败。”（Wu Lao 2009: 99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, contrary to the previous example, Hai Guan and Wu Lao translate “man” into “人”, while Eileen Chang translates “man” into “男子汉”which means male, pointing out that “a male can be destroyed”. Compared with Hai' s and Wu' s translation, Chang’ s translation, though excluding the female crowd, emphasizes the limitation of male power.&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's translation is very characteristic. By taking advantage of different gender identities to give play to her translator's subjectivity, Eileen Chang transformed the image of Santiago, a tough man who fought bravely against nature created by Ernest Hemingway in the original text, into the image of a fisherman, a symbol of gender equality and a representative of all mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Through the self-translation and conventional translation of Eileen Chang, we can see that the gender identity of the translator is not unchangeable, either in the feminist text (''Jinsuo Ji'') or in the text expressing the male discourse power (''The Old Man and the Sea''). The translator can adjust his/her gender identity to represent different genders and thus achieve his/her translation purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Reasons for the Transformation of Gender Identity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.1 Cultural Context====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Malinowski, a Polish anthropologist, first put forward the concept of “context” and he divides context into cultural context and situational context. Here I mainly expound the influence of the cultural context on the transformation of the translator’ s gender identity in the two literary works ''Jinsuo Ji'' and ''The Old Man and the Sea''. “The literary creation of any country or region cannot be separated from the rendering of the corresponding cultural context...A good translation cannot be achieved without a profound understanding of the context of the text.” (Xi Peihua 2017, 121)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The creation context of ''Jinsuo ji'' is different from that of ''The Old Man and the Sea'', and the social background of the readers of the target language and the source language is also different, which all affect the choice of the translator’ s gender identity. For example, Eileen Chang' s work ''Jinsuo Ji'' reflects the difficult survival of Chinese women in the feudal family under the background of the 20th century. The original text uses many metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women' s survival, and it’ s not difficult for the source language readers who are in the same social background to understand the indicating meaning of those words, however, when the text is taken into a different context while the text content is presented in the same way, it is not easy for the target language readers to understand, just as the expression “分家” in the sentence “长安和长白分了家搬出来住” has not only the surface meaning of “separation” but the implied cultural meaning that “Ch' ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang-pai” which is the hidden information the target language readers won' t get if the translator did not take appropriate measures to make up for the difference of context. Therefore, in her translation process, Eileen Chang clarifies the cultural characteristics of the source language through the transformation of gender identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.2 The Gender of the Translator and the Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a female translator, Eileen Chang' s female thought is inevitably reflected in her process of translation. And in addition to some potential unconscious female thinking, it is believed that Eileen Chang' s adoption of different gender identities is more consciously chosen according to her translation purpose. For example, in the translation of ''Jinsuo Ji'', Eileen Chang translates from the perspective either of her own or the gender identity or of the opposite sex, the ultimate purpose is to express the struggle and survival of the female characters in the patriarchal society and expressing her lament for that era.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in ''The Old Man and the Sea'', Eileen Chang expresses her different understanding of this work in her translation preface that the old fisherman shows astonishing perseverance in his struggle with the sea -- not superhuman, but a kind of grace and spirit due to all human beings. Therefore, Eileen Chang, based on her understanding of the work, attempts to abstract the image of “old fisherman” into all mankind through her translation, and either from a female identity perspective, from a male perspective or conceal her gender identity in her translation the purpose is to soft the male discourse in the original text.(Eileen Chang 1979: 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this comparative study on Eileen Chang' s self-translation and conventional translation, we can see that Eileen Chang, as a female translator, can not only translate feminine literature from a female perspective, but translate male literature from heterosexual gender perspective. On the other hand, in the same literary work’s translation, her gender identity is not fixed, for example, in translating the female literary, in order to better achieve the purpose of translation, the translator can translate from a male perspective. In a word, this chapter provides the corresponding empirical evidence for the fluidity of translator' s gender identity, breaking the current situation that the research on Eileen Chang' s translation mainly focuses on her feminism.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chang Eileen, trans. (1971). ''The Golden Cangue. Twentieth-century Chinese Stories''[M]. NY: Columbia University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang 张爱玲. (1955). 金锁记[M]. [''The Gold Cangue'']. 上海印书馆. [Shanghai Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1985). ''The Old Man and the Sea''[M]. Printed in Great Britain by St Edmundsbury Press, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1979). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 张爱玲译, 香港: 香港今日世界出版社. [Hong Kong: Hong Kong Today World Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1979). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 海观译, 上海译文出版社. [Shanghai Translation Publishing House]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2009). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 吴劳译, 上海译文出版社. [Shanghai Translation Publishing House]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 罗新璋，陈应年. (2009). 翻译论集[C].[''Translation Theory Collection'']. 北京: 商务印书馆. [Beijing: The Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yue, Mu Lei 马悦, 穆雷. (2010). 译者性别身份流动性 :女性主义翻译研究的新视角[J]. [Translator’s Gender Identity Mobility: a New Perspective on Feminist Translation Studies]. 解放军外国语学院学报. [Journal of PLA University of Foreign Languages]. 66-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Pingping 毛萍萍. (2018). 张爱玲《老人与海》译作中女性主义的东方色彩[J]. [Oriental Feminism in Eileen Chang' s Translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 大众文艺. [Popular Literature]. 171-173.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simon, Sherry. (1996). Gender in Translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission[M]. London: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jing 王璟. (2011). 性别意识与文学翻译——张爱玲翻译个案研究[J]. [Gender Awareness and Literary Translation: A Case Study of Eileen Chang' s Translation]. 中国外语. [Chinese Foreign Language]. 102-106.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Xiaoying 王晓莺. (2015). 离散译者张爱玲的中英翻译——一个后殖民女性主义的解读[M]. [''Diaspora Translator Eileen Chang’s Chinese-English Translation——A Postcolonial Feminist Interpretation'']. 广州:中山大学出版社. [Guangzhou: Sun Yat-sen University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Peihua 席培华. (2017). 浅谈语境文化对英美文学翻译的影响[J]. [On the Influence of Context Culture on the Translation of English and American Literature]. 黑龙江教育学院学报. [Journal of Heilongjiang Institute of Education]. 121-123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Art of Translation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two English Versions of Bian Cheng from the Perspective of Translation Ethics	桂一枝	Gui Yizhi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a kind of cultural communication. As long as trans-cultural contacts between different nations and countries occur, problems in ethics would inevitably arise. The nature of translation determines that translation and its researches need the study of ethics as their guidance. The Chinese outstanding contemporary literary works Frontier City has been translated into many different languages, which now enjoys a high reputation among the world. Many researchers have studied its English version from different translation theoretic perspective. This thesis intends to compare two English version of Bian Cheng translated by Gladys Yang and Jeffrey C. Kinkley respectively within the frame work of Chesterman’s five models of translation ethics, and examine the presentation of translation ethics in these two version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ethics, Bian Cheng, Chesterman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===翻译伦理视域下《边城》两英译本的比较研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一项跨文化交流活动。只要不同国家，民族间发生的跨文化行为就不可避免地产生伦理问题。翻译的本质属性决定了翻译活动和翻译研究需要伦理学的指导。《边城》作为我国当代的优秀文学作品曾被翻译成多国文字，在世界文坛上饱享盛誉，很多学者从不同的翻译理论角度对此英译本做过分析研究，本文拟从翻译伦理角度，以切斯特曼的五大翻译伦理模式为理论框架，对《边城》的两个英译本——金介甫和戴乃迭的译本进行比较评析，探讨翻译伦理在两译本中的体现。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译伦理；边城；切斯特曼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the late 1970s when the study of translation was proposed to be established as a discipline, it has been developing significantly, going far beyond traditional translation studies. Ideas about translation have sprung up like mushrooms. From the popularity of functionalism to the emergence of poly-system theory and norm theory in the 1970s and 1980s, scholarship on translation had converted from traditional study focusing mainly on textual matters, more often than not within a linguistic or a literary framework to the study of cultural, commercial, social, historical and political factors related to the texts. Thus, it largely broadened scholars' horizon and enriched the research scope to make translation as a reformulated subject of lively, interdisciplinary debate, paving way to the ''cultural turn&amp;quot;. With the acceleration of globalization redefining national and cultural boundaries, the ''cultural turn&amp;quot; in translation studies in the 1990s further introduced many newer theoretical perspectives. Cultural, national, postcolonial, ideological and gender studies, etc. began hitting the field. Translation was never purely regarded as the process of the transfer between languages but also the transfer between cultures. Regarding translation as an intercultural activity now, the translator as a &amp;quot;cultural mediator&amp;quot; has to handle the relations between Self and the Other to coordinate diversified cultural relationships and resolve cultural conflict to promote understanding and communication among nations. Since ethics as a discipline focuses on moral principles guiding human behavior in social relations, translation as a particular kind of activity involving a series of relations can naturally fall into the field of the study of ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was under such circumstances that the ethics of translation entered the field of the translation study, and became a hot topic in the late 1990s. Just as Pym (2001: 129-138) claims in his article: &amp;quot;ethics has become a cross-cultural concern as it has in translation studies. Consequently, the study of translation ethics has been appealing to some scholars and should be given much more emphasis by the whole translation circle.&amp;quot; It's now widely accepted that translation study has returned to the questions of ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Studies on Translation Ethics aboard====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the cultural turn in 1970s, a trend of investigating translation studies from the perspective of ethics begins in translation theorists. The development of translation ethics and the major influential scholars’ viewpoints are clarified in the following section. &lt;br /&gt;
It was in the 1980s that the ethics-oriented approaches began emerging in translation studies abroad. Antoine Berman, a French translator and philosopher, is considered the initiator of the study of translation ethics. Early in 1984, Berman first put forward the concept of '&amp;quot;translation ethics&amp;quot; in an international seminar on philosophy based on the fierce critics of the western translation tradition of only focusing on &amp;quot;transmitting sense&amp;quot; and advocated that translation ethics should be regarded as one branch of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced and enlightened by Berman, Lawrence Venuti, a translation theorist of American deconstructionist, also expresses his concerns on translation ethics by advocating &amp;quot;an ethics of difference&amp;quot;. He invents the two words &amp;quot;domestication” and “resistancy&amp;quot; to define the different ethical attitudes and practice of translators. Venuti pays more attention to the social and political factors in translation by advocating the translation strategy of foreignization to resist the cultural hegemony in contemporary Anglo-American culture. Therefore, his thoughts about translation ethics with a basic character of &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; seem more realistic and profound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the initiator of &amp;quot;the return to ethics&amp;quot; in The Translator in 2001, the French translation theorist Anthony Pym has also made great contributions to the study of translation ethics. Unlike Venuti, who is greatly influenced by Berman, he is not totally in favor of Berman’s theory of translation ethics, which he regards as too rigid, pedantic and abstract, for he thinks the debate about “how to translate&amp;quot; over the centuries is always confined to the dichotomy of domestication and foreignization, with Berman's no exception. Pym’s basic idea is that translators should be more loyal to their profession than to the source and target organ. The reason lies in that the whole accountability of professional translators is grounded in the profession itself. Translators check each other’s work, drawing on past translations for guidance. They derive their norms from the existing professional context. Just as international scientific community, translators are a community that survives via its own system of checks and balances (ibid). For Pym, the true loyalty is neither to the source culture nor to the target culture, but to the others inhabiting this space, that is, to other intercultural mediators, to the translating profession as a whole (Chesterman, 1997a). Like Pym’s words, “Translators’ prime loyalty must be to their profession as an intercultural space” (Pym, 1992). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990s, Chesterman, an influential Finish scholar, makes a great contribution to the completeness of translation ethics. He puts forward a quite different view on translation ethics, focusing on the values instead of rights and obligations of the translators. Chesterman (1997a) considers values to be the primary notion. In his opinion, there are four values — truth, trust, clarity and understanding, all of which form a fairly comprehensive notion of translation ethics. Later in 2001, Chesterman went on to propose a Hieronymic Oath for translators and interpreters worldwide by publishing a paper &amp;quot;Proposal for a Hieronymic Oath” in a special issue of the journal The Translator, entitled &amp;quot;the return to Ethics”，edited by Pym, in which 16 scholars presented their own thoughts on translation ethics. In his paper, he firstly put forward four models of translation ethics: the ethics of representation, the ethics of service, the ethics of communication and the norm-based ethics. Another model named ethics of commitment was added later so as to essentially regularize the translator's ethical behavior. His proposal of five models of translation ethics has caused a big stir in the academic field, which is considered objective, descriptive and systematic. This classification provides us with a multi-dimensional method of assessing translation practice, for it has assimilated many research results from existing translation theories such as functionalist, norm theory, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Studies on Translation Ethics at home====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the studies on translation ethics in the west, some of Chinese translation scholars have also begun to turn their attention to this issue on translation studies. Professor Lu Jun is the first person to propose &amp;quot;translation ethics&amp;quot; based on the theories of Jurgen Harbermas, communicative ethics in his book Span Cultural Barriers — Reconstruction of the Tower of Babel written in 2001. In this book, He regards translation activity as &amp;quot;a kind of dialogue and communication between different cultures that requires people to conform to some principles and norms for such intercultural communications will involve more complicated issues..., to be more specific, translation activity itself needs the guidance of ethics&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, from Professor Lu Jun's view, the theoretical principle of translation ethics is to pursue equality and justice, to oppose linguistic and cultural hegemony and to seek mutual respect and benefits in different cultures. His research on translation ethics has widened the scopes of translation ethics and has contributed a lot to the study of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With more and more foreign theories of translation ethics translated and introduced in China, some of the researchers begin to apply these research achievements into translation practice. Professor Sun Zhili (2007: 14-18) creatively identifies five responsibilities for the translator to take based on Chesterman5s five models of translation ethics in combination with a consideration of Chinese translation context, namely, the responsibility of representing the original, of fulfilling one's client's requirements, of conforming to the socio-cultural norms of the receiving country, of satisfying the demands of the TL reader, and finally of abiding by one's professional ethics and becomes the first person to interprets the translator's responsibilities from the perspective of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Jun makes a tentative discussion of the ethical problems in translation in his article &amp;quot;essay on three levels of translation activities” in 1998. In his opinion, every responsible translator should seriously consider and treat questions presented by &amp;quot;willingness&amp;quot;, “reality&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;morality&amp;quot;, he proposes that &amp;quot;the establishment of translation standards and the adoption of translation strategies are bound by moral ties...if given careful observation, activities from the choosing of the texts to be translated, the adopting of the translation strategies to the rewriting and editing of the translated texts are all constrained and influenced by various ethical problems... Therefore, translators should consider from both the aesthetic level and the moral level”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3. the Translation of Bian Cheng====&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis adopts the classic modern novel Frontier City owing to its distinguished language and unique style of writing. Set in the border town Chatong and the nearby rural areas in West Human of 30's, Bian Cheng tells a tragic love story between the beautiful young girl Cuicui and the young man Nuosong. It is the representative work of Shen Congwen who has a high reputation in the Chinese literature circle. He is regarded as “one of the half-dozen great authors of modern Chinese literature” (Kinkley, 1987). He has even been nominated for the “Nobel Literature Prize” in 1987. Therefore, this novel is worth appreciating and analyzing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four English version of Biancheng. As early as 1936, the English magazine issued in China with the aim of promoting the exchange between the Chinese and western cultures named T'ien Hsia Monthly began to serialize the English version of Bianchen titled Green Jade and Green Jade translated by Xing Molei( the pen name of Shao Xunmei) and his girl friend Emily Hahn. It was not until another English version titled The Frontier City contained in The Chinese Earth: Stories By Shen Tsung-wen translated by Ching Ti &amp;amp; Robert Payne and published by George Allen &amp;amp; Unwin Ltd. in 1936 came into being that Biancheng became very popular in the western countries and also evoked much interest in the author himself. And this version was reprinted by Columbia University Press in 1982. In the 1980's, Yang Xianxi, the top-rank translator and Forerunner, inspired by the success of Penguin Books in the UK, called for the publishing of a series of books called “Panda Books” to introduce Chinese representative literary works to the world. This series of books included The Border Town and Other Stories translated by Yang Xianyi's wife Gladys Yang, The fourth version was translated by American Sinologist and translator Jeffrey Kinkley, which was published in 2009 by HarperCollins Publishers. These four English translations span 73 years and have witnessed the history of the English translation of modern Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the previous studies, this thesis will choose these two English versions of Biancheng translated by Jeffrey Kinkley and Gladys Yang, and make a comparative study of them from the perspective of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Chesterman’s Five Models of Translation Ethics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chesterman’s five models of translation ethics are the ethics of representation, the ethics of service, the ethics of communication, the norm-based ethics and ethics of commitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics of representation is closely concerned with faithfulness, which has been discussed for years in the translation circle. This model requires that translators should reproduce with full loyalty to the original text, the original author, the original language, and the original culture. In Chesterman’s words, “the ethical imperative is to represent the source text, or the source author’s intention, accurately, without adding, omitting or changing anything”. Ethics of representation means that the translation can substitute or represent the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of service requires the translator to &amp;quot;act ethically if his translation complies with the instructions set by the client and fulfills the purpose of the translation as set by the client and accepted or negotiated by the translator”, and the translator should be “loyal above all to the client, but also to the target readers and to the original writer”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of communication sees translation as &amp;quot;an interlingual and cross-cultural communication, the emphasis of which is not on representing the Other but on communicating with Others in the cross-cultural communication&amp;quot; and asks the translator to be &amp;quot;a mediator working to achieve cross-cultural understanding”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Norm-based Ethics is the fourth model of translation ethics Chesterman proposes, which belongs to the branch of “descriptive translation studies”. Toury (1995) gives a definition of norm like “the general values of ideas shared by a community as to what is right or wrong, adequate or inadequate into performance instruction appropriate for and applicable to particular situations”. That is to say, norms are what the majority expects what translation should be like. Translators should not challenge the current norms in translation circle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of commitment is further raised by Chesterman, which rests on a practical evaluation of translation activity: &amp;quot;I take commitment to be the glue that binds practitioners to the value of the practice. It is thus also a virtue, supporting the striving for excellence, the wanting to be a good translator&amp;quot;. He proposes nine points for the comprehension of the professional ethics of translators: commitment, loyalty to the profession, understanding, truth, clarity, trustworthiness, truthfulness, justice, striving for excellence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparison of the Two English Versions of Biancheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 the version of Gladys Yang====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most distinctive features of Biancheng lies in its unity of objective scene and subjective emotion to successfully create the beauty of aesthetic prospect. Gladys Yang has done much jobs in representing the aesthetic prospect and makes her version as impressive as the original to make the target readers able to better enjoy the aesthetic beauty below the superficial scenery, mostly because of her full understanding of the aesthetic style of the original and of high translation proficiency. Here is an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Example 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[ST1]由四川过湖南去，靠东有一条官路。这条官路将近湘西边境到了一个名为“茶崛” 的小山城时，有一小溪，溪边有座白色小塔，塔下住了一户单独的人家。这人家只有一个老人，一个女孩，一只黄狗。(沈从文)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TT-1] The highway running east from Sichuan to Hunan comes, just west of the border, to Chatong, a small town in the hills. Near by a stream flows past a small pagoda, at the foot of which lives a solitary household: an old man, a girl and a dog. (Gladys)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the beginning paragraph of Biancheng. Without any decorative words and ostentatious expressions, the author uses three short and succinct sentences with fewer verbs to depict a static landscape painting through the juxtaposition of eight images—“官. 路”,“小山城”，“小溪”，“白色小塔七“单独的人家”,“老人”,“女孩子” and&amp;quot;黄狗”, making us associated with harmony, peace and tranquility as well as loneliness with the repetition of the Chinese character “一”. In Gladys Yang's version, she pays full attention to the simple writing style and the esthetics connotation embodied in the use of the character &amp;quot;一&amp;quot; in the original. Besides using three simple sentences, almost the same in the length, with no more than three verbs and seven &amp;quot;a (an) and one &amp;quot;the” to fully represent the eight images to retain the aesthetic prospect of peacefulness and loneliness, She also translates “单独”(的人家)into a “solitary&amp;quot; household, the meaning of which contains the two connotations of &amp;quot;alone” and lonely”，which further deepens the beauty of solemn, quiet and loneliness embodied in the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Gladys Yang, her English version of Bian Cheng is included in a series of books called &amp;quot;Panda Books&amp;quot; firstly published in Chinese literature, which was initiated by the Chinese government in the 1980s in order to introduce Chinese literature, cultural legacy and China to the world. With the initiator's aim of spreading Chinese culture to the west, the translator needs faithfully transmit the linguistic and cultural information of the original. Also, with China's adoption of the policy of reform and opening-up to the outside at that time, communications between countries have become more and more popular ever since then, and more and more foreigners began to take interest in Chinese culture and were willing to enjoy and accept Chinese culture. What’s more, the advocacy of foreignization translation strategies has increasingly gained popularity in the western translation world ever since 1980's. The dominating English literary system began to take on a new stance and showed more tolerance for foreign cultures. With all these factors taken into consideration, plus her own long-term will to introduce Chinese culture to the world out of her love for it, we may understand why when the conflict appears, she chooses to put the ethics of representation in the first place. That is to say, she is guided by the ethics of service of being &amp;quot;loyal above all to the client, but also to the target readers and to the original writer”. What’s more, the ethics of communication lays emphasis on communicating with others rather than representing the Other, so when such conflict emerges, that is, the total representing of the Other causes confusion or banier and frustration for target readers to read, Gladys Yang would consider the importance of cross-cultural communication and adopt flexible translation strategies guided by the ethics of communication to decrease linguistic and cultural barriers to achieve mutual understanding based on the sacrifice of total representation of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study of English Translation of Chinese Cultural Classics from the Perspective of Communication==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study on the English Translation of Hunan Scenic Spots Names from the View of Culture Translation         刘欧 202070080597==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the deepening of reform and opening up, China has become increasingly connected with the world. A large number of Chinese people go abroad to see the world, meanwhile, more and more foreign friends are also visiting China. Hunan, as a province with abundant tourist resources, has many scenic spots. To attract more foreign tourists, the translation of scenic spots names should also be accurate. Bassnet’s View of Cultural Translation holds that the process of translating Chinese into English is not only a conversion between two different languages, but also a cross-cultural communication between the two languages. Adopting the View of Cultural Translation as the guiding principle of Hunan scenic spots will help foreign tourists understand the cultural connotation behind the scenic spots while enjoying the beautiful scenery. This is of great benefit to promoting Sino-foreign friendship and enhancing the world's understanding of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
English Translation  Hunan Scenic Spots Names  the View of Culture Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着改革开放的不断深化，中国与世界的联系日益紧密。大批中国人走出国门开眼看世界的同时，越来越多的外国友人也来中国游览观光。湖南作为旅游资源大省，拥有许多风光迤逦的旅游景点。在欢迎国外游客的同时，旅游景点名翻译也应当准确达意。巴斯奈特的文化翻译观认为，汉语翻译成英语的过程不但是两种不同语言之间的转换，更是两种语言的跨文化交流。采用文化翻译观作为湖南旅游景点的指导思想，有利于增进外国游客在饱览景区美景的同时，了解景区背后的文化内涵。这对于促进中外友谊，增进世界对中国的了解都大有裨益。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
英语翻译  湖南旅游景点 文化翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural communication is becoming more and more frequent with the development of globalization. Meanwhile, transnational tourism has become the most popular way of communication. It is a kind of pleasure to experience foreign culture in visiting the cultural heritages and scenic spots. As a country with long history, China attracts a large number of foreign tourists every year. (Xin Xin, 2012) Hunan is located in the hinterland of China's southeast, with beautiful and distinctive natural scenery. It has long been known as tourists attraction since ancient times. It is in such an environment that the ancestors of Hunan Province constantly strive for self-improvement, hard work and innovation. All the historical relics and cultural landscapes they left here, such as ancient cities, villages, gardens, temples, memorial archways, academies, dwellings, temples, grottoes, cemeteries, all bear their spiritual quality and cultural connotation. To understand the history and profundity of the culture of Hunan Province, the best way is to go there to appreciate its natural scenery and historical relics, and experience its local customs. (Hunan Provincial Department of culture, 2014) These local tourist attractions can not only display beautiful natural scenery, but also spread excellent culture. Standardize the translation of public signs in tourist attractions is an important opportunity to show the most beautiful side of Hunan culture to foreign tourists. (Xiao Fuliang, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of tourist attractions refers to the names of various natural and cultural landscapes in tourist attractions. Some of these names are engraved on stone tablets, some are engraved on the signboards of scenic spots, and some appear in various publicity materials such as tourist brochures, scenic maps and websites. In order to leave a good impression on tourists and attract them to visit, the names of tourist attractions are usually short, concise, vivid and attractive. (Pan Hong, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to analyze whether the English translations of some scenic spots in Hunan Province have achieved the desired effect of publicity from the perspective of cultural translation. At the same time, if there were some improper translation in the English translation of Hunan scenic spots, the author will give his own translation for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Introduction of the View of Culture Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the emergence of cultural translation school, linguistic school, functional school and structuralism school were the main schools in the field of western translation theory. Jakobson, Catford and Nida, the representatives of the linguistic school, put more emphasis on equivalence in translation. They claim that translation is to replace another language with an equivalent language material; while Les, Nord and Mantari, the representatives of functional school, believe that the focus of translation studies should be on the target text rather than the original text. Their research sources are communication theory, action theory, information theory and reception aesthetics theory. But whether it is linguistic school, functional school or structuralism school, in their research process, all try to achieve language equivalence more or less from all levels of text content and form. Translation researchers hope to find a scientific and effective way to solve the various problems in translation, but the cultural diversity determines the cultural connotation of the text. Therefore, these researchers encounter great difficulties when they encounter the context which is quite different from their own cultural background, and the emergence of cultural translation school is meant to solve such problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the 1970s and 1980s, with the acceleration of globalization, the acceleration of information dissemination and the diversification of communication modes, the relationship between language and culture has become closer. In the process of information dissemination, differences among language become more and more prominent, and the status and role of translation activities have also changed. Therefore, with the acceleration of globalization and the popularization of multicultural views and values, translation theory researchers who conform to the trend of the times pay more and more attention to the diversity of cultural values embodied in the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990, Translation, History and Culture, co-edited by Andre Lefevere and Bassnett, was published, marking a cultural turn in the field of translation. The concept of cultural translation emphasizes that translation is not only a bilingual communication, but also a kind of cross-cultural communication; the purpose of translation is to break through language barriers and promote cultural exchange; the essence of translation is to transmit cross-cultural information and reproduce the cultural activities of the original with the target language; the main purpose of translation is cultural transplantation and cultural blending, but cultural transplantation is a process; Language is not the operation form of translation, but the cultural information . (Bassnett Susan, 1992: 13) Bassnett emphasizes that “translation is the communication within and between cultures”. (Bassnett Susan, 1990: 10-11) She believes that translators should carry out translation activities in a specific cultural context, and translators should never carry out translation activities in isolation under the influence of their own cultural background. In short, Bassnett's “cultural translation view” is that translation is not a mere language activity. It is rooted in and influenced by the culture in which the language is located. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Purpose====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the purpose of translation, Bassnett thinks that the primary purpose of translation is to allow readers from two or more different cultural backgrounds to communicate with each other through the medium of text, and the exchange of information should be placed in the second place of translation purpose. Through effective translation, translators can not only introduce the cultural characteristics of different nationalities to other readers, but also promote the communication between different cultures and promote the comparative study between the two cultures. (Bassnett Susan, 1990) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Methods and Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation method, Bassnett thinks that the language and text materials in different cultural contexts should have different translation requirements, so there should be different translation methods. For example, for the original text which is descriptive, contains some cultural beliefs, or is of scientific and technological, the translator should try to use literal translation from the perspective of culture. If the source text does not belong to the above three types of texts, then the translator can play a relatively free role in translation, make more use of translation skills and pay less attention to the restrictions of the original text culture on translation activities. It can be said that the degree of freedom of such translation activities is relatively high. As for translation strategy, Bassnett considers that the translator's translation activity is a process of information transmission. In this process, the translator should first find out the cultural factors in the original text which are different from those in the target language, and then deeply understand these factors, and try to retain these factors. Such a strategy is conducive to the readers of other countries to better understand the connotation of the original text and make them have a more accurate understanding of the cultural context of the original text. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Content and Form of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the content and form of the translation, Bassnett takes cultural exchange as the focus of translation. She believes that the original flavor of the original language should be retained as much as possible. At the same time, she also proposed that translation of literary must not lose its form. Taking poetry as an example, poetry translation is not a simple translation of the original text, but a fresh understanding and creation in translation. The translator should use his own translation skills and literary literacy to create new content. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====“Intelligibility” of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Before the rise of cultural translation school, translation researchers sometimes translated literary language into plain language and deleted literary metaphor and association in order to make the translation better understood by readers. In this way, the translation will become very easy to understand, but the literary nature of the work is reduced, and the interest and depth can not reach the effect of the original text. Therefore, Bassnett thinks that the “intelligibility” of the translation should not be based on the abandonment of the style and artistry of the original text, but should try to keep the original flavor of the original text. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation Criteria of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the evaluation standard of translation, Bassnett thinks that the evaluation standard of translation is not unique. The standard of translating academic articles is different from that of practical and literary articles. When examining and evaluating the standards of translation, we should start from the service object of the translation, and judge whether the translation can meet the needs of the service object. In short, translation should be based on meeting the needs of readers in different cultural contexts, and appropriate translation should be used to meet the needs.(Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Existing English Translated Versions of Names of Hunan Scenic Spots===&lt;br /&gt;
There are 15 major tourist areas and many tourist spots in Hunan, and there are many historic sites with a long history. Such as Mountain Heng, one of the Five Sacred Mountains in China. Dongting Lake, Shaoshan Mountain, the former residence of Chairman Mao Zedong, Wulingyuan, which shows the characteristics of strangeness, danger, seclusion, beauty and wildness, and Yuelu Academy with a thousand years of history. (Chen Jiao, 2013) In order to publicize and spread the culture of Hunan Province all over the world, we should standardize the English translation of Hunan scenic spots names. Meanwhile, we should translate these scenic spot names understandable from the guiding theory of the View of Culture Translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Improper English Translation of Hunan Scenic Spots Names====&lt;br /&gt;
When tourists enjoy the beautiful scenery, the name of the scenic spot is the first information that leaps into the their sight. In order to attract the attention of tourists, induce the tourists of English speaking countries to have a strong interest in the culture and landscape of the tourist destination, stimulate their desire to buy tourism products and promote the development of tourism, translators should pay attention to the cross-cultural awareness when translating the names of scenic spots, so as to provide accurate information as well as the cultural connotation to the tourists from English speaking countries and those who understand English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the author finds that there are many improper translations in the English translation of scenic spots nemes in Hunan Province, which brings a lot of inconvenience to tourists from English speaking countries, and also has a negative impact on the publicity of scenic spots. These improper translations mainly exist in the following aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the different versions of translation in the same or different scenic spots.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, as one of the four wonders of Mountain Heng, scenic spot “水帘洞” has two translated names, which are translated as “water screen cave” in the official website of Mountain Heng tourism website, while it is translated into “waterfall cave” on the route map. The English translation of “雁峰寺” on Hengyang tourism route map is Yan Feng Si, while on Hengyang tourism website it is “The Goose Mountain Temple”. There are also two different versions of the English translation of the name of the scenic spot “烟雨池”. It was translated as “Yanyuchi” on Hengyang tourism route map, but on Hengyang tourism website, the free translation method is adopted, that is, “Misty Rain Pond”. (Wang Zaiyu, Jiang Shihong, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the overuse of transliteration.&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyan Peak, located on the Bank of Xiangjiang River in Yanfeng District, Hengyang City, is the most famous peak among the 72 peaks of Mountain Heng, also known as the No.1 peak of Mountain Heng, and rank the first of Eight Sceneries in Hengyang. There are many famous beautiful and charming scenic spots on Huiyan Peak. These landscape names reflect the geographical, historical and cultural features of Hengyang, and also contain rich cultural information. However, many scenic spots with rich history and culture on Huiyan Peak are translated by transliteration, which makes the cultural and historical information of theses scenic spots completely lost. For example, “望雁台” ( Wangyantai) , “回雁阁”( Huiyange) , “平沙落雁” ( Pingshaluoyan) ,“回雁亭” ( Huiyanting), “归 雁 亭”( Guiyanting) are all transliterated. Another example is “南天门”, the original translation of which is “Nantianmen”. In fact, Taoists often build gates near the top of famous mountains, implying that they are the gateway to heaven. The “南天门” refers to the south gate leading to the top of Mountain Heng. Therefore, it is better to be translated as “Southern Gate to Heaven”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, transliteration is one of the common translation methods of scenic spot names translation, but if transliteration is used too much that without considering the cultural connotation of the original language, the name of scenic spot will be obscure and foreign tourists will be confused. Standing in front of these Pinyin, foreign tourists can not understand the cultural connotation of the names of scenic spots. So it is difficult for them to realize the historical and cultural stories of these scenic spot according to the transliterated names. Therefore, excessive transliteration will affect the transmission of scenic spot name information, make it difficult for English speaking tourists to understand the rich cultural connotation of scenic spot names, which will reduce the readability of the translations and thus affect the development of China's tourism industry and the spread of culture abroad. Therefore, the translator should carefully consider and choose the appropriate translation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contrastive Study on the Translation of Li Qingzhao’s Shengshengman and Zuihuayin from the Perspective of Defamiliarization 	祝美梅 student no. 202070080632== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is what lost in translation as Robert Frost said, for it’s concise words, specific form, unique cultural allusion and images, the translatability of poetry has always been a controversial topic in translation field. However, since all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has similar function so that they can communicate with one another. Thus, as a product of thought, poetry is understandable, enjoyable and translatable from author’s view. This thesis aims to study with poetry translation under the theory of defamiliarization, which was proposed by Russian formalist Shklovsky. (Xu Yuanchong, 2011, 35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is what lost in translation. As Robert Frost said, for its concise words, specific forms, unique cultural allusion and images, the translatability of poetry has always been a controversial topic in translation field. However, since all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind as has similar function so that they can communicate with one another. Thus, as a product of thought, poetry is understandable, enjoyable and translatable from author’s view. This thesis aims to study poetry translation according to the theory of defamiliarization, which was proposed by Russian formalist Shklovsky. (Xu Yuanchong, 2011, 35-38)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:39, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization, though a technique for literature writing, has a very intimate relationship with translation. In literature writing, writers should defamilirize the familiar things to readers in order to arouse their interest and curiosity, prolong their length of perception to discover the beauty of art. Translation, as Andre Lefevere said, is a kind of rewriting. This translation strategy is extremely adapted to poetry translation concerning to its characteristics, comparatively speaking, literal translation of poetry would just like watered wine, not only tasteless but also easily misleading. Li Qingzhao, as one of the most important Song dynasty poetess in history, her works have been studied by mass of scholars at home and abroad. The style of Li’s poem was named “Yi’an Ti”, whose features were taking vulgar as elegance, old for the new. Therefore, the way Li tackles with poetry creation achieved the same purpose with defamiliarization. Shengshengman and Zuihuayin are as representative works in her two entirely distinctively life period. (Fang Xiaoyuan, 2011, 13-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization Theory; Shengshengman; Zuihuayin; English Versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
译诗则诗。诗歌以其凝练的词语，特定的形式，涵盖的独特文化典故和意象，是否可译一直是译界极具争论的话题。本文旨在由俄国形式主义什克洛夫斯基提出的陌生化理论下研究诗歌翻译。陌生化，虽然是文学写作技巧，同样适应于翻译。在文学作品中，作家通过使熟悉的事物陌生化引起读者的兴趣和好奇，延长审美感知长度。勒菲弗尔说，翻译即改写。这一翻译策略尤其适合于诗歌翻译。直译只会是译诗平淡乏味，如同兑水之酒，甚至产生误解。李清照，作为历史上最有名的女词人之一，其“易安体”本就以其化故为新，以俗为雅的特点与“陌生化”有异曲同工之处。《声声慢》、《醉花阴》是她前后截然不同两个时期的代表作。本文试以俄国形式主义者什克洛夫斯基提出的“陌生化”为理论指导，以李清照词《声声慢》、《醉花阴》的多个译本为研究对象，分析对比不同译者的英译，尝试研究在译文中怎样重现文本陌生化和制造译本的陌生化，以期证明陌生化理论对李清照词英译的指导作用。(Ge Yunfeng, 2008, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文共分为四部分，由引论、正文、结论三部分构成。引论部分主要介绍陌生化理论，优势和劣势，李清照词特点和国内外研究现状。正文分为两个部分，词和意象两个方向并辅以具体实例。结论部分将主要总结陌生化理论在诗歌翻译的应用，本文作者认为用陌生化理论研究翻译文本仍有很大的发掘空间，对诗歌翻译有启迪意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陌生化理论；《声声慢》；《醉花阴》；英译版本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best way to know a nation is to enjoy her poetry. (Gong Guangming, 2004:395).As an art of language and an invaluable treasury of national language, poetry distinguishes itself by its distinct style, refined language and fresh artistic conception. Poetry is conceived the store of human knowledge and experience. Therefore, to enable people of different languages to have a successful grasp of the meaning of poems, poetry translation is one of the most important sections in the cross-cultural communication in the globalization time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization is an important feature of poetic language. It is about poets’s consciousness and aesthetics pursuit. To realize defamiliarization of language, poets must use particular words and images or other skills which new to readers to create a sense of surprise and freshness. Defamiarization not only applies to poetry creation but also to poetry translation. The application of defamiliarization to translation can faithfully reproduce the artistic manner of the original poems and give their readers aesthetic enjoyment. It also allows, in some degree, creating treason in translated texts against original. Of course, defamiliarization should never be overdone whether in poetry creation or in poetry translation. The purpose of artistic translation techniques is to make objects in the target text unfamiliar, to make forms and image unusual, and to increase the difficulty and length of perception on the part of the target audience because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself so must be prolonged. Something commonplace, customary or familiar are made to appear unfamiliar and innovative in one way or another. All these creative manipulations of the target text enhance the target audience’s discernment of the artistic merit in the target text. (Zhu Chunshen, 2002, 101-103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao was born (1084-1151) in Zhangqiu into a family of officials and scholars, her father was apprenticed to Su Shi. Li was unusually vivacious and knowledgeable for a woman of noble birth at that time. Before she got married, her poetry was already well known among intellectual. In 1101 she married Zhao Mingcheng, with whom she shared interests in art collection and epigraphy. After Zhao started his official career, she often felt lonely and suffered lovesickness. Hence these experiences inspired some of the love poems that she wrote. Her husband and she shared much poetry and mutually wrote poems. When Northern Song capital of Kaifeng fell in 1126 to the Jurchens during the Jin–Song wars, fighting took place in Shandong and their house was ruined. The couple fled to Nanjing, where they lived for one year. Zhao died in 1129 when route to an official post. The death of her husband was a cruel stroke for her life. Li described her married life and the turmoil of her flight in an afterword to her husband's posthumously published work, Jin shi lu（金石录）.Her earlier poetry portrays her carefree life as a young lady of high society, and is marked by its elegance. Li subsequently settled in Hangzhou, in which the Song government was established. She insisted in writing poetry and published the Jin shi lu. According to some contemporary records, she had a briefly marriage with a man named Zhang Ruzhou who treated her relentlessly, and she divorced him within months. She overcame the criticism of her marriage. Though only around a hundred of her poems are known to survive, mostly of them in the form of Ci are tracing her winding fortunes in life. Li is credited with the first detailed critique of the metrics of Chinese poetry. She was regarded as a master of WanYue School “the delicate restraint”. (Zhang Bing, 2000, 98-100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Shklovsky’s Definition of Defamiliarization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization, as a literature writing technique, was first put up by the Russian formalist, Viktor Shklovsky in the early 20th century. He explained the concept in his essay Art as Technique which comprised the first chapter of his seminal A Theory of Prose, first published in 1925:&amp;quot;The purpose of art is to impart the sensation of things as they are perceived and not as they are known. The technique of art is to make objects unfamiliar, to make forms difficult, to increase the difficulty and length of perception because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself and must be prolonged”.(Shcklovsky.1991) Shcklovsky believes “defamiliarization” is the nature of literature language and the essential feature of literature as art. Therefore, “defamiliarization” stands for the quality of art and literature. In literature, writers should defamilirize the familiar things to the readers in order to arouse their interest and curiosity, prolong their length of perception to discover the beauty of art. The process of literature writing bears in itself of foreignness and freshness.(Zhang Jintong, 1987, 78-79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Features of Defamiliarization in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chen Lin and Zhang Chunbai’s Defamiliarization Effect in Literature Translation (2006:93), they named up two distinctive features of defamiliarization in translation.One is alienization and the other is hybridization.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alienization, is the similarity among defamiliarization, alienating and foreignizing, means to retain the language and culture differences of the source text, maintain the visibility of the foreign, in order to give the target readers a fresh experience of authenticity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hybridization claims to combine foreign and domestic elements to produce a hybrid text, it has both the features of the foreignness and the domestic, thus it gives the receivers a sensation of newness and freshness. The author of this thesis takes domestication as one aspect of hybridization, for no matter how strict foreignization is, it could not avoid domestic element during translating. In Jin Bing’s doctoral dissertation (2007), he propo sed to represent defamiliarization technique of the original text in translated text as much as possible, and foreignization is an effective translation strategy to achieve defamiliarization. However, foreignization is not the only way to achieve defamiliarization, as it’s opposite, domestication is another way. That is to say, different translation strategies can be applied in realizing defamiliarization. (Zheng Engyue, 2003, 19-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.2.1 Advantages of Defamiliarization=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the translated version newness, promote intercultural communication and complementary advantages, the tactics of defamiliarization also embodies translator’s subjectivity, as the appearance of cultural-turn proposed by Susan Bassinet, against the culture invasion, this theory is accepted by more and more people. This technique is meant to be especially useful in distinguishing poetry from prose, for, as Aristotle said, “poetic language must appear strange and wonderful” (Shklovsky 19).Defamiliarization draws attention to the use of common language in such a way as to alter one’s perception of an easily understandable object or concept. The use of defamiliarization both differs and defers, since apply of the technique alters one’s perception of a concept (to defer), and forces one to think about the concept in different, often more complex, terms (to differ). (Li Ruijie, 2013, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.2.2 Disadvantages of Defamiliarization=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization increases the difficulty of comprehension, the new express or form distance itself from target receiver, thus lost many audiences, and prohibit culture spreading. Sometimes, translator would sacrifice faith and fluency in order to create novel effect, so demand reader’s patience and sensibility. Excessive making works with coinage word, unusual format or rebel against the target grammar, only found that works meaningless. (Li Xuexin, 2009, 13-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A brief Introduction of Li Qingzhao===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the translation versions of Li Qingzhao’s Ci, a general understanding of the characteristics and aesthetic value of Li’s Ci is very necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Li Qingzhao’s life and her Poem====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a talented and prolific poetess, exerted great influence on the classic Chinese lyric poetry. In Song Dynasty, lyric poetry reached its most thriving period. Among numerous poets, Li Qingzhao, as a female, shocked the male-dominated field of lyric poetry and formed her unique style. She is deemed the founder of Wanyue School of Song Poem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her tortuous life experience and extraordinary fate made the keynotes of her poem various from one period to another. In the early years of her life, they are full of joy and happiness; but in her later life, there are filled with loneliness and sorrow. Her early work---Zuihuayin, is the reflection of life without difficulties and worries, this work written during she was apart from her husband. Shengshengman was created at the time when she lost her husband whilst the country was shattered and at stake. Through her poem, readers would see the ups and downs in her life. Poem records her life experience. Her lyrics poetry was called “Yi’an Ti” due to the particularities of her own style. Firstly, as a poetess, she gave us vivid images of women, digging into their inner emotions and beauty. Secondly, her choosing of words comprises a large proportion of daily languages, making a beautiful fluency in tune by ways of colloquialism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2Research on Li’s Poem in Domestic and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive knowledge of history and state quo of researches on Li Qingzhao at home and abroad is a significant premise of the comparative study of Li’s poem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of Li Qingzhao’s poem in western word, mainly in America, raised scholars’ interest in the 1950s and 1960s.Wang Honggong’s One Hundred Poems from the Chinese and Hu Pinqing’s Li Qingzhao were published. In 1965, Cyril Birth’s Anthology of Chinese Literature from Early Times to the Fourteenth Century was published in New York. In that book, five poems of Li Qingzhao’s were translated by C.H.Kwock and Vincent Mc Hugh; three were translated by a Chinese American scholar, Xu Jieyi. In 1980s, the study thrived in America. Two all-translated were published. One is the co-translated edition by Wang Honggong and ZhongLing. The other is James Cryer. Those translated poems were chose as textbook materials by American universities. However, because of the abstruse language, culture barrier, and the difficulty in translating poem itself, overseas scholars usually could not make their rendering faithful to the original. At home, Bing Xin(冰心) is the first person set out to translate Li Qingzhao’ poem. Many domestic translators like Xu Yuanchong, from the theory of “Three Beauties”, Lin Yutang published The Importance of Understanding: Translations from the Chinese by LIN YUTANG, the celebrated couple Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang published Song Lyrics in 2001, Xu Zhongjie published 100 Chinese Ci Poems in English Verse in 1986, Chen Zumei, who studied Li’s poem from feminism and other translators include Zhu Chunshen, Gong Jinhao, Mao Yumei and so on. Through different translation criteria and strategies, those perspectives cast new light to the translation study of Li Qingzhao’s poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Defamiliarization on Words Level in Shengshengman and Zuihuayin===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is the most personal and concentrated of the four literature forms (poetry, short story, novel and drama), no redundancy, no phatic language, where, as a unit, the word has greater importance than in any other type of texts. This paper mainly discusses reduplicated words, verbs, colloquialism supported by detailed examples. Poetry presents thing in order to convey a feeling, and therefore concrete the language, each represents something else---a feeling, a behavior, a view of life as well as itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Analysis of Translation of Reduplicated Words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reduplicated word, as the name suggests, is to repeat the same character two or more times to form a format which bears the identical meaning of a character repeated. It is a kind of lexical devices to deepen the tone or sentiment in literature. Applied appropriately, reduplicated word could make literary works sound beautiful, fluent and forceful. However, applied inappropriately, it could make works awkward and blunt. It is rationally to say that Li Qingzhao favors reduplicated word, for in one fourth of her poem remain now, she successfully used reduplicated words to express her emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Her typical work which applies reduplicated words is Shengshengman. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
“寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清，凄凄惨惨戚戚。乍暖还寒时候，最难将息。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三杯两盏淡酒，怎敌他、晚来风急？雁过也，正伤心，却是旧时相识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满地黄花堆积。憔悴损，如今有谁堪摘？守着窗儿，独自怎生得黑？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梧桐更兼细雨，到黄昏、点点滴滴。这次第，怎一个、愁字了得！”（陈祖美  2003：108）&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
This piece of work enjoys the largest number of translation versions from different translators among all her works. The first fourteen characters are: “寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清，凄凄惨惨戚戚”,they precisely describe the loneliness , melancholy and nostalgia of the homeland of the poetess after losing her husband. Six different translation versions collected are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
1. I seek but seek in vain,&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
I search but search again.&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.                             (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. So dim, so dark.&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
So dense, so dull,&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
So damp, so dank, so dead!                          (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Seeking,seeking,&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
Chilly and quite,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desolate, painful and miserable.                     (Yang Xianyi）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Searching and searching, seeking and seeking,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
So chill, so clear,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
dreary,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and dismal,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
and forlorn.                                    (Stephen Owen)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
5. Seeking&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
seeking&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
Searching&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
searching&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
over and over&lt;br /&gt;
                          &lt;br /&gt;
lonely and forlorn &lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
Sighing;&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
grieving&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
sighing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same round                        (Kwock&amp;amp;McHugh)        &lt;br /&gt;
                                                  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Seek…seek, search....search;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
Lone...lone, cold...cold;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
Sad...sad, pain...pain, moan...moan.      (Liu Wuji)                         &lt;br /&gt;
                                                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao used fourteen repetitious Chinese characters to vent the heart-broken feeling and her worry about the convulsive country. In order to imitate the acoustic effects created by the fourteen reiterated words, almost all the translators adopted the words with sound symbolism characteristics, for the sake of conveying similar emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, search, seek, chill, dismal, forlorn, desolate, dreary, mournful, miserable, gloomy etc. Among the six versions,No.1 Xu paraphrases them into the sentence in rhythmic way, using end rhyme throughout the whole poem to create the musical beauty, but he abandons reduplicated words and just illustrate the meaning which slacking down the artistic conception of the original poem to some extent. No.(3,4)use single, non-repeated words. Leave alone whether those versions fully express the spirit of fourteen characters, those using single repeated or non-repeated words sound better than paraphrased sentences for keeping the freshness and novelty of the original. Especially, Kwock&amp;amp;McHugh(N0.5) vividly represents the original both in form and content, the novel arrangement of the words, successfully imitated the scenes in the original poem. The specially designed lines of verse gave the readers the feelings of seeking and searching over and over again. The visual beauty is a means to complement the deficiency in acoustic beauty, thus, in author’s opinion; his version is the best of all versions in realizing defamiliarization effect. Lin Yutang(No.2) doesn’t repeat the same words, but he carefully picks out words with the same beginning letter “d” to create the feeling of duplication and use exclamation “so” to enhance the theme. His version also is a good example to retain and create defamiliarization effect, giving readers a fresh shock of sadness. From the aspect of form, this version depicted the beauty of balance in English and also corresponded with beauty of antithesis in Chinese. It was a wonderful interpretation and a unique creation in itself.No.6, the translator adopted literal translation. Although the translated version bears similarity in form with the original one, it lacks true beauty in sound and meaning. The literal translation obviously damaged the sorrowful atmosphere, thus this version lost the melancholy and deep grief reflected in the original version. By piling up words, the translators get nothing but the empty shell of the original poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is “点点滴滴”,also from the same verse. Following are translation versions collected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.On parasol-trees leaves a fine rain drizzles&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
As twilight grizzles.             (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.In a drizzle so light, dripping-dropping into the oncoming night,&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In the garden wutong trees stand blurred.         (Zhu Chunsheng)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.On drying leaves of plane trees should there be&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
A drizzle pattering, pattering towards the eve!       (Liu Guoshan)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Against the tung and plane trees, the wind rises high.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The drizzle becomes trickles, as eve draws nigh.         (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.And the drizzle on the kola nut, keeps on droning: Pit-a-pat, pit-a-pat!   (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.The drizzles falls on the wutong trees, raindrops drip down at dusk.  (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
No.1, to pursue the rhythmic beauty, Xu uses drizzles describing the sound of rain, as well as forming rhyme harmony on the last word. This kind of translation blurred the defamiliarization effect since ignorant repeated words.No.2,No.3,No.5,translators uses different repeated words, such as dripping-dropping, pattering-pattering, pit-at-pat, pit-at-pat. From the author’s viewpoint, Lin’s translation is the best, pit-a-pat is onomatopoetic word, and conforms to the English expressive convention. The version of No.4 seems disagree with the poem mood, as poetess can hear clearly  raindrops drips on the leaves, the rain should become mild gradually, “the drizzle become trickles” is the situation of a storm, not the rain draws to stop.No.6 picks the word “drip down” also wanting forceful and sound beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation of Verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike English, Chinese poetry is skillfully using verb to vivify the image, often linked with rhetorical devices. Word transformation is mostly common, such as adjective or noun transformed to verb. There existed many instances; the author would like to choose two verbs from the Zuihuayin which would analyzed in this paper.&lt;br /&gt;
Taking “帘卷西风”from Zuihuayin as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“薄雾浓云愁永昼，瑞脑消金兽。佳节又重阳，玉枕纱厨，半夜凉初透。东篱把酒黄昏后，&lt;br /&gt;
有暗香盈袖。莫道不消魂，帘卷西风，人比黄花瘦。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse was written to express Li Qingzhao’s yearning for her husband. It’s the Double Ninth Day---the Chinese festival of the senior and family get-together. The west wind blows, makes people feel chilly and distressed, especially when the poetess was alone. Translation versions are assembled as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What with curtains being folded—&lt;br /&gt;
by violent blasts from the west                             (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
2. The curtain lifted by the western wind                        (Qiu Xiaolong)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
3. When the west wind rolls up my bamboo curtain                (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. With the door-curtains flapping in the west wind                 (Gong Jinghao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Only, when the west wind stir the curtain                       (Lucy Chow Ho)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In the original, there is hyperbaton used to achieve the harmonious beauty of rhymes, actually only could west wind blast curtain actually but the original text is “帘卷西风”,the reasonable sequence is “西风卷帘”.Among five translation versions above, the verb was translated into different words.No.1, “blast” emphasizes on strength and makes a loud noise.No.2, “lift” presents position changed of curtain roused by wind, but the curtain should whirl in that situation, not just lift seems as holding by something.No.3, “roll up” is an ordinary word, though faithfully to the source text, still not good enough.No.4,the word “flap” sounds like we heard the sound of wind makes curtain toss with power. From the view of author of this essay, No.5 is more preferable. “Stir” vividly describes the situation; furthermore, revealing the mirthless of the character, thus, translator prolonged the perception length, increased the aesthetic sensibility, which defamiliarization is pursuing all the time, translation is a creation instead of the slave of original without soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“三杯两盏淡酒，怎敌他、晚来风急?”The verb in this sentence used very vividly, how few cups of liquor withstand the wind at the dusk; Li Qingzhao personifies the natural thing, which is widely applied to express defamiliarization. Follows are various translation versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.By cup on cup of wine so dry oh,&lt;br /&gt;
How can I endure at dusk the drift&lt;br /&gt;
Of wind so swift?                                     (Xu Yuanchong）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three cups of thin wine would utterly fail.&lt;br /&gt;
To cope with the rising evening gale.                      (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How can a few cups of thin wine,&lt;br /&gt;
Bring warmth against the chilly winds of sunset?            (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Three or two cups of light wine,&lt;br /&gt;
How can they ward off the strong?                       (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Among the four versions, No.1 chooses the first person view to express coldness felt at dusk by poet, which slash the effect of defamiliarization as change rhetoric to narrative speech.No.2, the verb “cope with” is not as strong as the original, “cope with” means solving something, working out or settling down, but not very positively and actively.No.3 employed the preposition “against” also not so forcefully. From the point of author, Yang translates best, on the one hand faithfully keep the form of resource text, on the other hand reproduce the defamiliarization by using the verb phrase “ward off”, meaning to shun, avoid, or escape the chilly wind. There is no absolute equivalence between the SL and TL, only the most natural closest to the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation of Colloquialism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colloquialism refer to the types of speech or to usages not on a formal level, is often mistakenly used with a connotation of disapproval, as if it meant “vulgar” or ”bad” or “incorrect’ usage，whereas it is merely a familiar style used in speaking and writing. Li was adept and noted for refining colloquial words from folk languages, which was full of musical quality and vividness after her polishing. Her colloquial words seemed plain and amiable like daily dialogues with friends or just whisper to herself, but extraordinary beautiful and pleasant to the ear.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Shengshengman, for instance, is typically colloquialised for the whole. Here, the author picks up “守着窗儿，独自怎生得黑”to set as an example. “怎生得黑”is an ancient Chinese vernacular expression of “how to spend the night.” The defamiliarization effect of the original lies in its familiar wording but fresh feeling of lonely depiction. Collected translations are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
1. Sitting alone at the window, how could I but quicken the pace of darkness   &lt;br /&gt;
Which won’t thicken?                                                              (Xu Yuanchong）&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
2. Standing by the window---watching in anguish stark.&lt;br /&gt;
Could I bear alone the sight until it is dark?            (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. I remain by my window. Why is the day so dark, all alone?     (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s version (No.1) and Xu Zhongjie’s(No.2)version sound influent and not easy to read. In order to keep the rhyming, Professor Xu Yuanchong makes a pair of “quicken” and “thicken”. However, his witty rhyming is not appropriate in the aspect of keeping defamiliarized colloquial style. Rhyming seems exquisitely modified that is not as natural and causal as daily language. Xu Zhongjie’s “anguish stark” sounds sophisticated and wordy which disobeys the features of vernacular or colloquial language. Mao Yumei’s translation（No.3)sounds simple and it is oral daily language.” All alone” put at the end prolongs the tone which makes the structure loose. Hers represents the original style best of the three, thus best keeps the defamiliarization effect of the casual style.&lt;br /&gt;
Another sentence is“这次第，怎一个、愁字了得?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How, in the word “Miserable,” can one find------&lt;br /&gt;
The total effects of all these on the mind!                       (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Oh, what can I do with a grief&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond belief!                                          (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Is this the kind of mood and moment, to be expressed by one word “sad”?   &lt;br /&gt;
(Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.At the time like this, what immense sorrow I must bear!           (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above four versions are all translated by domestic translators. They chose different word to express “愁”,like miserable, grief, sad and sorrow. But the No.3 similar to the original forms thus more loyalty. The poetess was touched by the dismal sight and feeling melancholy of her life and the shattered country, so the Lin Yutang’s translation “the kind of mood and moment” is more proper, and the word “sad” also fit for the colloquial style. Defamiliarization in this sentence means to express complicated sentiment in a flat way, Lin successful retains the flavor in simple words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Defamiliarization on Image Level====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Image is often the final touch that distills and sharpens the meaning of poetry. In ancient Chinese poetry which boasts the construction of a profound meaning with very succinct language, image is especially central to its artistic value among the various composing elements. Image in itself as an intuitive language that transcends the barriers between different semiotic languages, therefore can be sensed across those different nations. Just as the Chinese poetic convention suggests, a work of art is best enjoyable when it transmits a sense of beauty in an implicit way. And image is such a way of talking silently. Moreover, as Zhu Guangqian(朱光潜)says, the pleasure of poetry resides in the sound and imagery.(《诗论》): “诗以情趣为主，情趣见于声音，寓于意象。”)This paper divides image into cultural-loaded images and natural images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Cultural-Loaded images=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of category is the juxtaposition of allusion and complicated sentiment in certain culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Translation the image of “雁” in the Shengshengman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence “雁过也，正伤心，却是旧时相识.”The translation versions collected as follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Myself, into woe, a flight of wild geese has thrown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
But with them, very familiar I have grown.       (Xu Zhongjie)               &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.I recognize the geese flying overhead:&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
My old friends,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Bring not the old memories back!                         (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. It breaks my heart, alas,&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
To see the wild geese pass,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
For they are my acquaintances of old.                    (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Wild geese fly past, while I’am broken-hearted;&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
But I recognize they are my old friends.       (Yang Xianyi&amp;amp;Gladys Yang)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Overhead,a heart-rending line&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
South-bound wild geese at morn&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Yet old acquaintances of mine.                          (Zhu Chunshen)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
After study some versions, the author find most translators tend to translate “雁” into “geese”(Lin Yutang),or “wild geese(Xu Yuanchong),also “swan geese” translated by some people. But translators must can’t ignore the connotation meaning in target culture, geese in English means idiot, fool, reflecting derogative emotion.The slang “wild geese chase” indicates doing something in vain. Zhu Chunshen translated “雁”into “a heart-rending line--south--bound wild geese”, then he explained in the footnote, “geese in ancient China was message carrier, the poetess see geese passed, but doesn’t receive any letter, creating a melancholy feeling”. “雁” is a migrant bird that migrates from south to north in spring and return in autumn. Sometimes, their migrant movement is a sign of season. Besides, in Chinese ancient culture, “鸿雁传书”indicates love letter transferring written by lovers. At that time, Li was compelled to move to the south and her nation was invaded by enemy, she had no sense of belonging where her family were and didn’t know when her wandering days would end. Upon hearing the sound of geese, she can’t help being broken-hearted because of nation defeated and family lost. The image make readers resonate with the poetess. Considering of the culture diversity, translators should add footnote accordingly. The complementary information endeavors to convey original’s culture connotation, it’s also the defamiliarization goal, avoiding blunt and obscurity of different culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important image is “梧桐”,is an image rich in cultural meanings. It is a straight, huge and tall. As early as two thousand years ago, it was closely related to the mysterious legendary bird---phoenix. It was said wutong was the only tree where a phoenix would choose to inhabit and land on. According to the ancient tale, “ 梧”was the male and “桐” was the female. They were noted for the marital bliss and harmony. Therefore, it is often used to symbolize loyalty in love in Chinese literature. The sorrow triggered by autumn is often found in old poetry. In poem, this image stands for “sorrow, bitterness, distressed” when the tree was linked with rain, giving people the feeling of coldness. From the mainly English versions collected, “梧桐”was translated into “kola nut”(Lin Yutang), “platan (Xu YuanChong), “the tung and platan tree”(Xu Zhongjie), lola nut is a tree in tropical Africa, this kind of translation was mistaken, platan refers to French platan, tung is a specie of tree, producing oil, those translation definitely lost its cultural connotation. The author of this paper prefers Zhu Chunsheng’s translation version: Wutong tree. Wutong carries exotic charming to the fullest, evoking readers imagination, at the same time promote culture communication. Readers can understand this kind of tree after read the poem. Borrowed words always enlarge another language in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Natural Images====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pure scenery depiction means the scene is universe, such as some flower, tree, mountain, stream but usually combined with emotional revelation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image “黄花” usually translated into “yellow flower”, “chrysanthemum”, “yellow chrysanthemum”. Different versions are collected as follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. As compared with chrysanthemums,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
I look slimmer e’en at my best.                    (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. I would show a thinner face than yellow flowers.       (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
3. I look thinner than the chrysanthemum.               (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
4. I find myself thinner than the yellow flowers.          (Chu Dagao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum is a formal word while yellow flower is more blurred, “yellow” in Chinese always tinged with sickness or fading, for this reason, readers may arouse curiosity of what this flower looks like and associate with figure of poetess, who is languid and haggard in plight. This image appears in both lyrics, carefully compare, it expresses different mood, in Zhuhuayin, Li is lonely missing her far-away husband, the flower stands for her noble,unsullied and aloof character, while in Shengshengman, the flower is withered, fallen, inanimate. From that point, translators may adopt two translation versions to same noun, the first fit chrysanthemum, easily be related with certain shape, fragrance and color, the second translated into yellow flower, would be more imaginary about the unfamiliar word, thus prolong the aesthetic reception. (Zhan Chongyang, 2013, 46-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is the superior form of literature with the characteristics of it’s terseness in language, indeterminism in words, abstruseness and ambiguity in meaning, sharpness in emotion, felicity in rhetorical strategy and distinctiveness in rhythm. To reproduce the style and reveal the beauty of the original text will absolutely confronted with resistance form restricted factors both in linguistic and cultural aspects. After weighing various methods, the author of this paper think defamiliarization could best retain the spirit whilst making freshness in the translated one. (Xu Yuanchong, 2013, 67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of defamiliarization translation can facilitate understanding and appreciation of Li Qingzhao’s poem from a new perspective. The artistic techniques of translation are employed to render objects in the target text unfamiliar, to make forms alienized, and to increase the difficulty and duration of perception because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself and must be prolonged. Something commonplace, customary or familiar is made to appear unfamiliar and fresh in one way or another. All of these creative manipulations enhance the recipient’s discernment of the artistic material in the target text. And that stimulate the translator, one who is adept at subjective manipulation, and who treasures freedom and artistry, to devote him to the pursuit of the alienizing translation effect for art’s sake. The defamiliarization translation theory provides some fascinating insights into Li’s verse translation practice. Breaking the initial norm of sticking to the source culture, translation version is closer to the target-culture end in the continuum between the source culture and target culture. The type of translation coinage of nonce words and using of colloquialisms, rhetoric devices, unconventional form, distinguish itself from others translation method, thus breaks the expectation of target reader, for nonce words or unfamiliar word endowed new meaning that belong neither to the diction of western poetry nor to the diction of translational Chinese poetry, though this deviation gives rise to tortuous and impeded fluency in reading. That’s the essence of poetry. Unlike novel, prose, drama, with plot, dialogue or background, poetry is limited to the fixed format, words. Translation of poetry should take the poem’s specificity into account, literal translation, foreignizing translation, or prosify a poem, all can’t perfectly competing the original without lose flavor. Defamiliarization translation pursues aesthetic perception, novel and creation, also respecting translator’s rewriting properly, and the most faithful translation is not the best, at least for poetry. This paper tries to apply defamiliarization translation theory to analyze Shengshengman and Zuihuayin of Li Qingzhao’s poem, to contribute a humble effort to the translation classical Chinese poetry. Sometimes, we could use transliterated words combined with footnote, such as “wutong”in this paper, or another example also a frequently used image in Li’s verse, bajiao, attaching the word explanation after the poem, “Ba jiao belongs to the musa family, grown for the ornament of their large striking foliage.” Translation Chinese poetry, translator must bear in mind that Chinese flavor and poetry spirit should make ends meet, thus, readers could understand Chinese culture while they appreciate translation. (Gan Wanni, 2012, 95-98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Eugene A.Nida. Language and Culture Contexts in Translation[M].Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2001.                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gan Wanni.A Defamiliarization Perspective to the Study of Translation of Li Qingzhao’s Ci[D].Southwest Jiaotong University,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Newmark.A Textbook of Translation[M].Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schulte,R.and John Biguenet.Theories of Translation:An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida[C].Chicago:University of Chicago Press,1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Yuanchong. 300 Tang Poems [M].China Intercontinental Press，2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhan Chongyang. Defamiliarization and Translation:A Case Study of the Chinese Versions of Jamaica Inn [D].Nanjing University，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈琳.论陌生化翻译[J].中国翻译，2010(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 陈琳.文学翻译审美的陌生化性[D].清华大学学报，2006(06)：21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*房孝园,李清照:一言难尽的花与酒——《李清照词两首》个性解读[J].语文教学之友,2011,06:34-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 葛云峰,季淑凤.中国典籍英译的风格再现，易安词英译个案分析[J].淮北煤炭师范学院外国语学报，2008(5):30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胡银根.文化语境视角下李清照八首词翻译的对比研究[D].湖南工业大学，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 刘晰.拥抱差异：诗歌翻译的“陌生化”取向[J].淮南师范学院学报,2013（04）:15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 李学欣.易安词作中叠词的美感传译[J].作家杂志，2009(12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 李睿婕,张轶前.许渊冲译者主体性在李清照《声声慢》英译本中的体现.[J].河北联合大学学报，2012(6):12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*孙国华.鲁迅作品中的陌生化语言现象[J].无锡高等师范学校，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 张冰.陌生化诗学：俄国形式主义研究[M].北京师范大学出版社，2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 朱纯深.宋词英译(2)[J].中国翻译,2002(3):93-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑恩岳,李清照《声声慢》词英译研究[J].浙江教育学院学报，2003(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张金同.“怎一个愁字了得”——读李清照的《醉花阴》和《声声慢》[J].固原师专学报(社会科学版),1987,04:41-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies	谭媛媛	Tan Yuanyuan 202070080642 MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the cultural differences between China and western countries, interpreters are required to do both the surface interpretation of the language itself and the deep interpretation of the meaning conveyed in that culture. During the process of interpretation, dealing with cultural obstacles caused by the cultural differences inappropriately can cause misunderstanding, resulting in communicative suspension. This paper, while analyzing the cultural obstacles caused by the cultural differences, expounds on the specific coping translation strategies that an interpreter should take in dealing with cultural differences in the process of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretation, cultural differences, coping stratcgics--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Key Words:interpretation, cultural differences, coping stratcgics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
由于中西文化存在很大的差异,对于口译员来说，除了掌握译出语语言表层次的信息外，更要掌握译出语语言深层次的文化内涵。在口译过程中，若不恰当处理由文化差异引起的文化障碍问题，就会产生误解，导致交际中止。本文分析了口译中因文化差异而引起的文化障碍问题，并着重指出了口译中应对文化差异现象的翻译策略。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要:&lt;br /&gt;
由于中西文化存在很大的差异,对于口译员来说，除了掌握译出语语言表层次的信息外，更要掌握译出语语言深层次的文化内涵。在口译过程中，若不恰当处理由文化差异引起的文化障碍问题，就会产生误解，导致交际中止。本文分析了口译中因文化差异而引起的文化障碍问题，并着重指出了口译中应对文化差异现象的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
口译，文化差异，应对策略--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:21, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
关键词:口译，文化差异，应对策略（格式错误）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wave of globalization sweeping the world has provided vehicles, tools and channels for cultural exchange and dissemination among countries. At the same time, globalization has brought out the holistic quality of cultural spirit, prompting people to pay attention to the overall examination of problems, recognize certain commonalities of human cultures, and generate new cultural concepts such as &amp;quot;global consciousness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;global values&amp;quot;. However, due to the different geographical locations, social environments, religious beliefs, ways of thinking and living habits of different ethnic groups, different regions have a variety of cultural characteristics, and therefore there are huge cultural differences, and cultural conflicts will become more complex.（简芳，张健,2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wave of globalization sweeping the world has provided vehicles, tools and channels for cultural exchange and dissemination among countries. At the same time, globalization has brought out the holistic quality of cultural spirit, prompting people to pay attention to the overall examination of problems, recognize certain commonalities of human cultures, and generate new cultural concepts such as &amp;quot;global consciousness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;global values&amp;quot;. However, due to the different geographical locations, social environments, religious beliefs, ways of thinking and living habits of different ethnic groups, different regions have a variety of cultural characteristics, and therefore there are huge cultural differences, and cultural conflicts will become more complex.（Jian Fang，Zhang Jian,2012）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No matter from which perspective, interpreters play the role of bridge and link. Therefore, when interpreting, interpreters should fully consider the cultural differences between China and the West, seek the common ground of cross-cultural communication, and establish a harmonious language communication atmosphere on the basis of improving mutual understanding in order to avoid the phenomenon of cultural conflict in interpreting communication. (Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Problem of Cultural Barriers Caused by Cultural Differences in Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang Zuoliang points out that &amp;quot;the greatest difficulty in translation is the difference between two cultures.&amp;quot; He believes that &amp;quot;the interpreter must be a cultural person in the true sense of the word.&amp;quot; The differences between Chinese and Western peoples in terms of thinking, values, historical culture and cultural imagery, as well as traditional customs and religious beliefs, have led to cultural differences between the peoples. Therefore, in the process of interpretation activities, the interpreter needs not only to translate the literal meaning of the original language, but more importantly, to grasp its unique cultural connotation and be able to convey it to the other party through language.（连淑能,1993） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang Zuoliang points out that &amp;quot;the greatest difficulty in translation is the difference between two cultures.&amp;quot; He believes that &amp;quot;the interpreter must be a cultural person in the true sense of the word.&amp;quot; The differences between Chinese and Western peoples in terms of thinking, values, historical culture and cultural imagery, as well as traditional customs and religious beliefs, have led to cultural differences between the peoples. Therefore, in the process of interpretation activities, the interpreter needs not only to translate the literal meaning of the original language, but more importantly, to grasp its unique cultural connotation and be able to convey it to the other party through language.（Lian Shuneng,1993）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to American translation theorist Eugene Naida, translation is an exchange between two cultures, &amp;quot;For a truly successful translation, it is even more important to be familiar with two cultures than to master two languages. For words have meaning only in the cultural context in which they . function in the cultural context in which they are used.&amp;quot; Therefore, a translator cannot reach a true sense of communication if he or she does not have the support of culture in the process of translation. (Jia Dejiang,1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by the way of thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Western culture belongs to linear rational way of thinking, which emphasizes logic, hierarchy and abstraction; while Chinese culture belongs to spiral thinking, which emphasizes discernment, enlightenment and emotional meaning. Westerners tend to think that Chinese people are too subtle and even logically confused. Chinese people may also think that Westerners are too cumbersome and sometimes feel uncomfortable because of their overly direct expressions. (Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interpreters should not only correctly understand the difference between Chinese and Western cultures during the interpretation process, but also take appropriate measures to compensate for the understanding barrier caused by this difference. This difference is manifested in the language: Chinese sentences are clear and concise, while English sentences are compact and tightly structured, emphasizing the subordination and modification between components, and mostly using conjunctions, prepositions and relational words to link sentences together.(Edward Spir,2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese have the traditional virtue of respecting the elderly. To show courtesy, the host will say to the visitor, “您比我年长，您请上坐”. If the translator translates it literally as, “You are older than me. You take the upper seat.” Westerners will definitely feel uncomfortable when they hear it and think to themselves: Am I that old? At this time, the original meaning of the Chinese expression has been distorted, so the contradiction arises.(Jia Dejiang,1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused from values====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are a deep element of cultural composition, which is both a part of social culture and the result of long-term penetration and accumulation of social and cultural factors in people's minds. Chinese people talk about collectivism, while Westerners advocate individualism. The Chinese focus on the group, highlighting the role of the collective is the mainstream of their values, highlighting their own will be suspected of arrogance and arrogance. The British and Americans advocate the primacy of the individual, fully expressing their own values and highlighting individual contributions. Humility is deeply rooted in Chinese values and is a Chinese virtue, yet sometimes it is not as welcome in the eyes of Westerners. This obvious difference in values inevitably leads to a culture clash. （Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A classic example: at a party, a foreign guest complimented a Chinese lady, praising her for being very beautiful, when the Chinese lady replied, “哪里，哪里”. The accompanying translator on the side, however, translated word-for-word into, “where, where ”. This was difficult for the visitor to understand. So he had no choice but to answer, “from up to toe”.And at this time the Chinese lady was also very dissatisfied, thinking that the foreigner was disrespectful to her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers from historical culture and cultural imagery====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural imagery is a cognitive pattern agreed upon in different national or community cultures. Cultural imagery coalesces the wisdom of each nation, and is the crystallization of history and culture. Throughout the long history of each nation, they have appeared in people's language, forming a cultural symbol with a relatively fixed and unique cultural meaning. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a business event, the Chinese side said something like this, “建立‘一条龙’服务中心”.The interpreter translated it as “set up the ,one-dragon service center to provide a coordinated process service for foreign investors in obtaining approval&amp;quot;.“一条龙” was translated into“one dragon”.The word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot; means something evil in the West, but &amp;quot;auspicious&amp;quot; in China, so it is easy to misunderstand if you don't understand the situation. Another example is that the phrase &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; should never be translated as “to hope one&amp;quot;'s child can become a dragon&amp;quot;，but to“to hope one’s child can be somebody”. （Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by traditional customs and religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries have different traditional customs. Chinese people give &amp;quot;New Year's Lucky money&amp;quot; to the younger generation during the Chinese New Year, but &amp;quot;Chinese New Year&amp;quot; does not exist in Western countries, so they do not understand why they have to give money. On the contrary, Christmas, Halloween and other holidays in Western countries do not exist in Chinese traditional culture, and we do not fully understand the importance of these holidays, even though they are very popular in China nowadays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural barriers due to differences in religious beliefs often occur in the interpretation process. “Sleep with father&amp;quot; is a biblical euphemism, which means the same as &amp;quot;go the heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;kick the bucket&amp;quot;. It means the same as &amp;quot;go the heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;kick the bucket&amp;quot;, but for those who do not understand Western religions, it is likely to be mistranslated as &amp;quot;与父亲睡觉&amp;quot;, which would be ridiculous.（Lu Naisheng,1993）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
If this sentence is understood as&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;约翰是可靠的，他不吃鱼，还玩游戏&amp;quot;, it is because the translator failed to understand &amp;quot; eats no fish &amp;quot; and &amp;quot;play the game&amp;quot;. After the Protestants overthrew the old government, the Protestants refused to eat fish on Ramadan to show their loyalty to Protestantism. So &amp;quot;&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot; to eat no fish &amp;quot; means &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot; to play the game &amp;quot;means &amp;quot;race&amp;quot;,The correct meaning of the word is Therefore, the correct meaning is &amp;quot;John is reliable, he is both loyal and upright&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by non-verbal language behaviors====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The means of communication between people is not limited to verbal language. Non-verbal language, such as:eyes, facial expressions, gestures, distance between speakers, and physical contact, etc. are all conveying information to people around them. Ethnic cultures differ in their expressions of non-verbal language communication. This cultural aspect of difference should be taken into account when communicating across languages.（张文,2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The means of communication between people is not limited to verbal language. Non-verbal language, such as:eyes, facial expressions, gestures, distance between speakers, and physical contact, etc. are all conveying information to people around them. Ethnic cultures differ in their expressions of non-verbal language communication. This cultural aspect of difference should be taken into account when communicating across languages.（Zhang Wen,2002）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one example, an American teacher, who was new to China, noticed that several students were looking at the student grade book she happened to have open during recess without permission. This teacher seriously told the students that this was rude behavior and that they should be careful to respect the privacy of others. Personal things are not to be looked at without the person's permission. Several students felt embarrassed and didn't know what to say, so they gave an apologetic smile. This smile upset the American teacher even more, and she thought that the students not only disrespected her, but also mocked her. The reason for her misunderstanding was that she did not understand that the Han Chinese often use laughter to express embarrassment and apology. &lt;br /&gt;
Another example is that when Chinese people see a cute child, they can't help but go up and touch or pat it to show their affection for it. A Chinese mother would feel proud and smug when she encounters such a situation, while a Western mother is not used to this practice and considers it rude to pet her child, or even offensive. (Bai Jingyu,2000)（段落过长）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one example, an American teacher, who was new to China, noticed that several students were looking at the student grade book she happened to have open during recess without permission. This teacher seriously told the students that this was rude behavior and that they should be careful to respect the privacy of others. Personal things are not to be looked at without the person's permission. Several students felt embarrassed and didn't know what to say, so they gave an apologetic smile. This smile upset the American teacher even more, and she thought that the students not only disrespected her, but also mocked her. The reason for her misunderstanding was that she did not understand that the Han Chinese often use laughter to express embarrassment and apology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is that when Chinese people see a cute child, they can't help but go up and touch or pat it to show their affection for it. A Chinese mother would feel proud and smug when she encounters such a situation, while a Western mother is not used to this practice and considers it rude to pet her child, or even offensive.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies for Handling the Phenomenon of Cultural Differences in Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Naida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward a. The whole set of theories and methods on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation has caused strong repercussions in the translation theoretical circles and is considered one of the most representative theories on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation, the core of which is his principle of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. This principle emphasizes that what translators pursue is not literal correspondence, but the reflection of cultural factors in the translated text to achieve functional equivalence. (叶子南，2001:38) This  view of Naida, although presented mainly for translation, is also useful for dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Naida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward a. The whole set of theories and methods on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation has caused strong repercussions in the translation theoretical circles and is considered one of the most representative theories on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation, the core of which is his principle of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. This principle emphasizes that what translators pursue is not literal correspondence, but the reflection of cultural factors in the translated text to achieve functional equivalence. (Ye Zinan，2001:38) This  view of Naida, although presented mainly for translation, is also useful for dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation. --[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that interpretation is very different from translation, it should not, and cannot, exactly replicate the strategies for dealing with cultural phenomena in translation. The focus of interpreting is not to transmit cultural connotations, but to serve the communication on the spot, so the treatment of cultural phenomena in interpreting should be in line with the characteristics of interpreting. According to the criteria of &amp;quot;accuracy, smoothness and speed&amp;quot; and the specific characteristics of interpretation such as &amp;quot;on-site, present and limited time&amp;quot;, the first step in dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation should be to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalence&amp;quot; between English and Chinese, and to try to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalence&amp;quot; from the target language. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In dealing with cultural phenomena, interpreters should first try to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalents&amp;quot; between English and Chinese, and try to find authentic expressions or interpretation methods from the target language for the understanding of listeners. According to the above principles and requirements, the following strategies can be used in dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Flexible use of naturalization and dissimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization in interpretation is to express the linguistic and cultural factors in the source language in the closest equivalent form in the target language as far as possible, and transform them into a form familiar to and understood by the audience of the target language. This undoubtedly avoids the cultural conflicts and understanding barriers caused by the differences between the source language culture and the target language culture, and enables listeners to better understand the original language for interactive communication between the two sides of the conversation. Many scholars advocate that cultural phenomena in interpretation should be dealt with mainly by naturalization. This view has its own validity. In many occasions, the focus of interpretation is not to perform cultural output, but to provide services for both parties in the live communication. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in dealing with cultural factors in interpretation is to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalent&amp;quot; to the source language culture in the target language, and try to find authentic expressions or explanatory methods from the target language for the audience's understanding. For example, the use of naturalization means to put Chinese allusions &amp;quot;三个和尚没水吃&amp;quot; into &amp;quot; Everyone‘s business is no one&amp;quot;s business.&amp;quot; is very easy to be understood by native English speakers in Western countries.(Deng Yanchang, Liu Runqing,2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when using naturalization to deal with cultural factors, we should also see that while naturalization reduces the difficulty of audience acceptance and comprehension, it also sacrifices many cultural features of the source language, which may result in the loss of a large amount of accompanying information and prevent the audience from fully appreciating the original connotation of the source language and the foreign culture. For example, for foreigners who want to learn Chinese, in order to explain the cultural implications contained therein, he will translate“她有沉鱼落雁之容，闭月羞花之貌&amp;quot;  by naturalization to “Her beauty would make the fish sink, the wild geese fall down and the moon hide herself, and put the flowers to shame.”（Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, while emphasizing that interpretation should be mainly naturalized, it is important not to overlook the value of the means of dissimilation. This is because besides providing services to both parties of live communication, interpretation also has the function of cultural transmission, which is conducive to enhancing mutual understanding among peoples. For the specific forms and expressions containing strong cultural color and ethnicity, the dissimilation means can best reflect the ethnic color of the source language and make the audience feel novel and vivid, thus opening their eyes and gaining knowledge and enlightenment, especially on occasions such as tourism interpretation and banquet interpretation. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to meet the needs of cultural exchange, interpreters should undoubtedly adopt the strategy of heterogeneity as much as possible in the process of interpretation, so as to retain the heterogeneous components in the source language to the greatest extent possible and transmit the information in the source language to the audience as originally as possible. In addition, the use of dissimilation can enrich the linguistic expressions of the target language and inject fresh blood into the culture of the target language, so that the language and culture of the target language can continue to develop and maintain vitality.（Edward Spir,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rational Use of Direct Translation, Substitution, Paraphrase, Interpretation and Other Translation Methods====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German functionalist translation theory, which emerged in the 1970s, advocates a &amp;quot;purpose-oriented&amp;quot; approach, which frees the translator and the translator from the bondage of the original language and regards translation as a purposive act. Functionalist scholars especially pointed out that their theory is also suitable for interpretation. The theory requires the translator to determine the strategies to be used in the translation process based on the specific requirements of the client and the translation purpose and the actual situation of the potential readers (or listeners) on the basis of a full understanding of the original language. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functionalist translation theory emphasizes flexibility and practicality in the translation process, which is a great inspiration for translators to flexibly use various translation methods to deal with cultural factors in interpretation. Combined with the specific characteristics and requirements of interpretation and the actual situation of the interpretation site, translation methods such as direct translation, substitution, meaning translation and interpretation should be flexibly used in dealing with cultural factors in interpretation according to the needs. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Direct translation method=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture, which reflects the cultural traditions and psychological habits of a nation. Direct translation not only preserves these cultural features and avoids ambiguities, but also facilitates cultural exchange and enriches the vocabulary of the target language. Without affecting the understanding of the audience, direct translation is preferable if the source and target languages can be unified or largely unified in content and form. The direct translation method is the fullest manifestation of dissimilation at the linguistic level. It is the fullest expression of alienation at the linguistic level. For example, &amp;quot; Let sleeping dogs lie&amp;quot; is directly translated as “勿惹睡狗”. “火上加油” is directly translated “Pour oil on the flame”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Substitution Method=====&lt;br /&gt;
The substitution method is also called the &amp;quot;reciprocity method&amp;quot;. It is a method of translation by applying words and expressions in the target language that have different expressions but are similar in meaning to the cultural concepts of the source language. The substitution method is the most typical manifestation of using naturalization to deal with cultural phenomena. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;冰冻三尺非一日之寒&amp;quot;  is translated into &amp;quot; Rome cannot be built in one day”. English idiom &amp;quot;to spend money like water &amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;挥金如土&amp;quot; is a good example.(Wang Kefei,1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Intentional translation method=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the source language and the target language cannot be unified in terms of content and form or cannot be harmonized, translation is a method of expressing the meaning of the source language in the language of the target language from the meaning of the source language, free from the superficial form of the source language. The meaning translation method is also a common method of using naturalization to deal with cultural phenomena in interpretation. It is mainly applied to occasions where cultural communication is not the purpose. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, during the second session of the Ninth National People's Congress, Premier Zhu Rongji held a press conference. In response to a reporter's question about the &amp;quot;U.S. accusation of China's theft of U.S. nuclear technology,&amp;quot; Premier Zhu stated a series of reasons and then concluded that &amp;quot;The U.S. has been accused of stealing nuclear technology from China. After stating a series of reasons, he concluded that,“我们为什么还要冒政治.上的风险和道德上的风险去盗窃什么人的军事机密呢?所以，所谓中国盗窃美国军事机密的问题可以认为是一种天方夜谭”.The last sentence of the translator's translation reads“So, the alleged Chinese theft of U.S. military technology is only a fiction.” Here, &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; is not translated directly as&amp;quot;TheArabianNights&amp;quot;，but is instead translated as &amp;quot; fiction &amp;quot;. This shows that the interpreter is fully aware of the cultural differences between Chinese and Western cultures and adopts the method of paraphrasing and flexibly and accurately conveys the speaker's meaning to the audience in the target language. As we all know, in Chinese culture, when people refer to an absurd, unsubstantiated phenomenon or statement, they often say: 这简直是天方夜谭。But in English-speaking cultures, The Arabian Nights is not synonymous with ridiculous or absurd. Therefore, the word &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; has a much richer connotation in Chinese than the same word has in English.（Bao Huinan,2001）（段落过长）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, during the second session of the Ninth National People's Congress, Premier Zhu Rongji held a press conference. In response to a reporter's question about the &amp;quot;U.S. accusation of China's theft of U.S. nuclear technology,&amp;quot; Premier Zhu stated a series of reasons and then concluded that &amp;quot;The U.S. has been accused of stealing nuclear technology from China. After stating a series of reasons, he concluded that,“我们为什么还要冒政治.上的风险和道德上的风险去盗窃什么人的军事机密呢?所以，所谓中国盗窃美国军事机密的问题可以认为是一种天方夜谭”.The last sentence of the translator's translation reads“So, the alleged Chinese theft of U.S. military technology is only a fiction.” Here, &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; is not translated directly as&amp;quot;TheArabianNights&amp;quot;，but is instead translated as &amp;quot; fiction &amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that the interpreter is fully aware of the cultural differences between Chinese and Western cultures and adopts the method of paraphrasing and flexibly and accurately conveys the speaker's meaning to the audience in the target language. As we all know, in Chinese culture, when people refer to an absurd, unsubstantiated phenomenon or statement, they often say: 这简直是天方夜谭。But in English-speaking cultures, The Arabian Nights is not synonymous with ridiculous or absurd. Therefore, the word &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; has a much richer connotation in Chinese than the same word has in English.（Bao Huinan,2001）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
=====Interpretation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English belong to different language families, and they are very different in terms of cultural and historical background, cultural psychological structure, thinking styles and methods, and language expression. Although there are some cultural concepts in the two languages that are equivalent, corresponding or basically corresponding, most of them are not corresponding or completely corresponding, and some concepts are completely vacant in the target language.(Bao Huinan,2001) When trying to preserve the cultural characteristics of the source language and the literal translation cannot make the audience understand its meaning, the cultural phenomenon of the source language can be properly explained to facilitate the audience's understanding. This method is called interpretation. Interpretation is actually a means of alienation-a disguised form of expression, similar to literal translation and annotation. The interpretation method is not only easy for the audience to understand, but also can retain the cultural flavor of the source language. It is a good way to deal with cultural gaps in interpreting. The interpretation method is mainly applicable to the following scope (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Proper nouns formed in the accumulation of source language culture&lt;br /&gt;
诸葛亮—-Zhuge Liang，a master mind in Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
Mickey Mouse—-指一个小人物或一件微不足道的小事&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Abbreviations, special phrases or collocations formed in a specific cultural atmosphere&lt;br /&gt;
三资企业—-refers to“外资”，namely, foreign- funded enterprise; “合资”， joint adventure&lt;br /&gt;
and“独资”，wholly foreign-owned or funded enterprise.&lt;br /&gt;
An LDC—-指 “a life and death commodity”始用于英国报刊，一般指成本低廉，但却是人类赖以生存的商品，如水。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Lingo, idiom, allusion, slang or colloquialism&lt;br /&gt;
解铃还需系铃人—-“Let him who tied the bell on the tiger take it off”, meaning, whoever started that trouble ends it himself.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Special cultural words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
敬老日—- Generally speaking, this phrase refers to the Double Ninth Festival in China，a day of giving and advocating more concern for the senior citizens.&lt;br /&gt;
the Beatles—-指英国的披头士乐队，20世纪六七十年代曾风靡全球。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Simple translation and no translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people use more adjectives when narrating and describing people and things, especially when introducing landscapes and historical sites, adjectives and four-character patterns are quite frequent. For example, when introducing a lake, we often hear commentary similar to the following: “ 湖水澄澈如镜，水光天接，湖中有十多个高矮不等的小岛被水相望，似断似续，烟水迷茫，错落有致....”. If during the interpreting process, the interpreter translates the described words one by one according to the original language, it is likely to be thankless and make people feel that the language is extremely exaggerated and ridiculous. In this case, omitting some adjectives will not affect the overall situation. It is undeniable that some of the special expressions in different nationalities and different languages cannot be translated or equivalently translated. Especially in time-stressed interpretation situations, it is inevitable to encounter difficult problems, such as humor in English. No matter how you translate them, the meanings of, puns, allegorical words with puns in Chinese, and word-breaking games in Chinese, etc., cannot fully reflect their meanings. In this case, you can use &amp;quot;no translation&amp;quot; or incomplete translation. For example, Chinese people are used to introducing themselves by saying: &amp;quot;我姓张，弓长张。&amp;quot;Directly translating it as “My family name is Zhang”is enough.(Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is a cross-language communication activity as well as a cross-cultural communication activity. Due to the commonality and individuality of culture, the cultural characteristics carried by different language systems in cross-cultural communication appear the same, partly the same, gaps and conflicts. Therefore, the interpreter must not only be proficient in both the source language and the target language, but also understand the two cultures and understand the differences between the two cultures reflected in the differences in language expression. In addition, due to the characteristics of interpreting: timeliness, directness, diversity of occasions and forms, as well as the looseness of oral expression, resulting in the cultural sensitivity of the interpreter, the broad aspect of knowledge and the ability to deal with cultural differences There are higher requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interpreters should focus on cultivating cross-cultural awareness, increasing their sensitivity to the differences between the two cultures, and mastering the principles and methods to fill the gaps in understanding between different cultures. For interpreters, cross-cultural awareness refers to a cognitive standard and adjustment method formed by the translator consciously or unconsciously in cross-cultural communication. It is the interpreter’s unique way of thinking, judgment, and The sensitivity of cultural factors. The interpreter is the carrier of cross-cultural awareness, and the broad cultural information foundation is the fundamental guarantee for the completion of cross-cultural communication. Only by following the principles of culture can the translator better control the language and make the target language truly accurate, decent and fluent.(Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
简芳，张健.口译活动中的文化障碍问题[J]. 湖北广播电视大学学报，2012年1月第1期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
连淑能.英汉对比研究[M].北京:高等教育出版社，1993年版&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘微微.浅谈口译中文化差异的应对策略[J].哈尔滨职业技术学院学报，2008 年第1期[4].沙保华.文化差异与口译[J].四川外语学院学报(重庆)，1995年第1期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
熊薇.文化差异对口译的影响[J].语言文字，2009.8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨震，黄斗.口译中中西文化冲突的沟通和处理[J].广西师范学院学报(哲学社会科学版)，2008年10月第4期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张文.论口译面对的文化差异问题[J]. 北京第二外国语学院学报，1998年第3期 [8]. 张燕.文化差异对口译的影响[J]. 外语教学，2002年5月第3期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edward Spir, Language: An Introduction of the Study of Speech, Echo Library, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bai Jingyu, Culture and Translation, China Social Science Press, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Naisheng, Differences between Chinese and English and Translation, East China Chemical Engineering Institute Press, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Kefei, Understanding the Nature of Translation, Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Dejiang, A Tentative Discussion on Cultural Perspective and English-Chinese Translation, Hunan People' 's Publishing House, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deng Yanchang, Liu Runqing, Language and Culture - Comparison of Chinese and English Languages and Cultures, Foreign Language Teaching and Language Research Press, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan, Cultural Context and Language Translation, China International Translation Publication Company, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:59, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translation Strategies of Different Style, Taking English Journalistic Style and English Literary Style as an Example	张银柳	Zhang Yinliu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the consistent development of the cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, translation plays a more and more pivotal role in the world stage. It can not only help Chinese to have a better understanding of foreign cultures and promote the cooperation, but also spread the Chinese cultures to the international world. Translation strategies are the focus of translation works, especially during the process of translating Chinese to English. It’s very necessary to have a thorough study about the translation strategies. While towards different styles of text, different translation strategies should be applied relatively. This thesis focuses on translation strategies of two styles - journalistic style and literary style. &lt;br /&gt;
The thesis firstly introduces the background and development of translation strategies. Then it depicts the characteristics and translation principles of journalistic style text and literary style text. In the main part, the thesis combines the characteristics of the two kinds of texts to explore the translation strategies that suits for the two types, including domestication, foreignization, omission and etc. This thesis is expected to make some contributions to the study of translation strategies and the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KEY  WORDS===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies; text-types; journalistic style; literary style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===中文摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中外文化交流的不断发展，翻译在世界舞台上扮演着越来越重要的角色。它不仅可以帮助中国人更好地了解外国文化，促进合作，而且可以将中国文化传播到世界。翻译策略是翻译工作的重点，特别是在汉译英过程中。对翻译策略进行深入研究是有必要的。在针对不同样式的文本时，应相对地采用不同的翻译策略。本文主要研究两种体裁的翻译策略：新闻体裁和文学体裁。&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先介绍翻译策略的背景和发展，然后描述新闻风格文本和文学风格文本的特点和翻译原则。论文的主体部分结合了两种文本的特点，探讨了归化，异化，省译等的翻译策略。本文有望为翻译策略的研究和翻译的实践做出贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略; 文本类型; 新闻体裁; 文学体裁.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies are critical in translation process. Towards texts in different styles which have different models of texts’ structure and communicative functions, translation strategies are quite variable. There are a great number of scholars both from China and the international world who have devoted themselves to dive into and research the most effective and practical strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still lack of thorough researches about translation strategies for different text styles. In this thesis, the first part is about the introduction and analysis of former scholars’ researches and the whole picture of this thesis. Then, the thesis will discuss the background, development, characteristics and functions of different-style texts from the perspective of linguistics. The main part is about the translation strategies of source texts in journalistic style and literary style respectively, such as the domestication, foreignization in literary-style texts and the omission , restruction and generalization in journalistic-style text. In concluding part, the thesis will generalize the main idea and make an objective appreciation about the thesis, as well as point out the drawbacks and advantages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Theoretical Framework===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Background and development of Texts’ styles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the research, there is still no specific definition of distinguishing differences of texts styles. Some scholars claim texts’ styles to be registers, even some equal them to speech events. Qin Xiubai, a famous Chinese language and teaching professor, introduced that there were two main schools of the study of Texts styles’- the Swalesian School represented by John M.S wales and V.K.Bhatia and the Australian School represented by J.R.Martin. John Martin believes that styles of texts means a bunch of social events in which the members have the same communicative goal. While V.K.Bhatia believes that styles of texts are identifiable communicative events that have obvious inner structural features, conventionally happening in specific careers or academic communities. We can tell from the two schools’ views that styles of texts are a kind of communicative events with its special communicative purpose and clear structures. From this point, translators or interpreters can exert theory to analyze texts’ styles and recognize the intentions of writers as well as keep the functional and sense equivalence between the source texts and target texts. J.R.Martin take texts’ styles as a communication-orientated process of social communication with steps. Eggins view texts of styles as a type of activity with steps that orientated on communicative purposes. So that the difference of texts styles is on the level of values in use rather than the contents of discourse, characteristics of forms or other rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen once said that every text plays a communicative role in a specific social and cultural environment, and people belonging to a specific social and cultural background can usually see its communicative purpose. (Huang Guowen,2001) The text is a combination of communicative symbols for the exchange of information between the sender and the recipient. In order to achieve a certain communicative purpose, the sender must choose an appropriate genre and corresponding manifestation to convey the information, and the recipient is expected to respond accordingly. Thus, the function of texts can be realized. Christiane Nord summarized four functions of texts from the perspective of translation. They are referential function, expressive function, appellative function and phatic function. (Nord, 1997) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Main functions of texts===  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.1The Referential Function===&lt;br /&gt;
The referential function of a text means the reference to or description of objects or phenomena of the world. It is mainly expressed through the denotative value of the lexical items presented in the text and can be analyzed through the nature of the objects. It is orientated toward objects in real or fictitious worlds. There are several functions of referential function: informative function, directive function and didactic function. If the referent is a fact or state of things unknown to the receiver, such as an accident, the text function may consist in informing the readers. If the referent is the description of an object, such as the illustration of using a washing machine, the text function may be directive. If it is a whole field that the receivers are to learn, such as physics, the function may be didactic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.2The Expressive Function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expressive function refers to the sender’s attitude to toward the objects or phenomena. This function is sender-orientated. The expressive function of the text may be subdivided according to what it is expressed. If the sender expresses individual feelings or emotions, such as a public speech, it will be an emotive  sub-function. If what is expressed is an evaluation, like comments, the sub-function will be evaluative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.3The Appellative Function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appellative function refers to use of language to make the receiver feel or do something. The appellative function “receiver-orientated. It aims at the receivers’ sensitivity or disposition to act and tries to induce receivers to respond in a particular way. It can be broken into several sub-functions: illustrative function, persuasive function, advertising function and pedagogical function. If we want to illustrate a hypothesis by an example, we appeal to the reader’s previous experience to knowledge, That’s what called illustrative function. If we want to persuade someone to do something or to share a particular viewpoint, we appeal to their sensitivity and their secret desires. That’s what called persuasive function. If we want to let someone by a particular product, we tend to describe those qualities of the product that are presumed to have positive values in receivers’ value system. That’s advertising function. If we wan to educate a person, we may appeal to their susceptibility to ethical and moral principles. That’s pedagogical function.&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Main Text - types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Katharina Reiss, founder of German translation functionalism, put forward text-typology theory in Possibilities and Limitations in Translation Criticism. She believes that there are four texts, including the context-focused text, the form-focused text, the appeal-focused text and the audio-media text.    &lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, representative of the British linguistic school of translation theory, based on the study of former linguisticians, he put forward the following six functions of texts - expressive function, informative function, the vocative function, the aesthetic function, the phatic function and the meta-lingual function. A text may has several functions at the same time, but only has one major function. Taking a whole consideration of the two theories, the main texts are the following three, expressive texts, informative texts and vocative texts. Journalistic-style texts and literary-style texts are mainly connected with the informative and expressive function respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.1 The Expressive Texts=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a tool for people to communicate with each other. Through language, people can express their thoughts, affection, wills, desires, opinions, attitude, etc. This is the expressive function of language. The core of expressive function is the speaker's thoughts. The speaker uses words to express feelings, regardless of the reaction of others.Typical expressive-function texts include the following three types. The first ones are serious and imaginative literature which contain lyrics, short stories, long novels and plays. The second type is authoritative texts, including a variety of genres, whose authority comes from the status of the author or language skills, such as senior government officials and political party leaders’ speeches, such as declarations, legal regulations, documents as well as literary and academic works written by authority figures etc. The third type is texts that express writers’ ideas directly, without direct readers, like autobiography, private letters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.2 The Informative Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In interactions, people often have to describe, narrate or explain the situation of relevant things. This involves the information function of language. The core is the external environment, which is the reported insights and theories. The informative text usually has a fixed format, such as textbook, technical reports, newspaper articles, scientific papers, meeting minutes, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.3 The Vocative Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People often use words to evoke others' sympathy or prompt them to take some actions. That shows the imperative function of language. The core of this function is the readers or audiences. The speaker wants readers or audiences to feel and follow the intent of the text and act as expected. Typical vocative texts are notices, advertisements, instructions, requests, appeals, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Literary Stylistics and Journalistic Stylistics=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the appearance of societal pragmatics, pragmatics and functional grammar, scholars recognized the importance of language functions. They tried to classify the texts in the light of language functions and divided them into two main types. One is literary style, the other is non-literary style. Snell-Hornby classified literary texts as Bible, drama, film, lyric poetry, modern literature, classic works, children literature, literature in 1990 and pastime novel.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Language Characteristics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1.1 For literary stylistics===&lt;br /&gt;
===Vividness===&lt;br /&gt;
In literary works, writers use words or language to vividly describe or portray people, objects, things to reflect the world’s various situations or expose social reality, they will use appropriate techniques to render the atmosphere and create an immersive feeling for readers. For Example, “The bullfrogs trump to usher in the night, and the note of the whip-poor-will is borne on the rippling wind from over the water.” Through the use of verbs such as &amp;quot;trump&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;usher&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;is borne&amp;quot;, the images of frogs, hawks and wind blowing on the water surface in the evening are vividly depicted. That happens a lot in literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emotional expression===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, all things and objects are embodiment of writers’ feelings and emotions. In literary creation, whether it is to portray characters or to describe scenery, often inadvertently or intentionally contains or carries the writer’s own emotions. In other words, expressing emotion includes direct expression and indirect expression. The lyricism of this kind of literature can effectively arouse the emotional resonance of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connotation===&lt;br /&gt;
Connotation means that writers do not always describe people or things in all-round aspects with every details, but can depict in limited number of words to show or imply infinite meaning or artistic conception, leaving readers with imagination. That will be unforgettable for a long time. For example, “ From my mother’s sleep I fell into the State. And I hunched in its belly till my wet fur froze.” In this two sentences, “Sleep” metaphorically means in the mother’s womb, can also refer to the poet’s lofty ideals and ambitions. The capitalized &amp;quot;State&amp;quot; can refer to both the world and the poet’s motherland - The United States.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
===3.1.2 For journalistic===&lt;br /&gt;
Journalistic-style texts vary a lot from the the literary-style texts. As an unique texts which are shown to billions of audience, the characteristics of news are mainly in following four aspects: Truth, objective, new and political-related.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Truthfulness===&lt;br /&gt;
First, as the definition indicates news is about facts，which first should be true. “News lays claim to the qualities of truthfulness and accuracy-properties often implied by the term objectivity, a concept used to legitimize the journalistic text while at the same time recognizing the multidimensional and elusive nature of truth. News asks to be accepted as, at the very least, an approximation to truth, and certainly close enough to the truth to be worthy of our trust in its integrity”(McNair, 1998:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Newness===&lt;br /&gt;
If the news isn’t new, it should have been called “olds”. This is more than a joke. News is reported to make a contrast to the convention, strike people by surprise and keep them in suspense. “News is not about somebody bitten by a dog, but about a dog bitten by a man”, “News is just something that can move women to scream: My Gosh!” The two old sayings have been taken as most vivid descriptions of news, featuring its distinctive characteristics of newness.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Objectivity===&lt;br /&gt;
The objectivity is one of the most important professional concepts of news and has caught great attention in news circle. “The basic content of this principle is the content must be completely true, fair and neutral, not fictitious, and not biased or subjective” (Yang Xiyou 2009, 6)When writing news or reports, media workers shouldn’t put their subjective feelings into the reports. And the use of vocabulary should also be fair and neutral. When international news media, such as BBC and VOA, report about China Diaoyu Islands issue, they generally use Sankaku Islands and Diaoyu Island. When translating these words, the translator should be faithful to the original text and translate these two names. However, due to ideological, political or historical reasons, the use of vocabulary may deviate from the principle of objectivity, such as: in the report of Russia and Japan’s dispute on islands, only the Russian address- “ Kuril Islands” was used, but the Japanese address- “Four Northern Islands” was not used. When translating, the translator should add “Thousand  Southern Islands” and  “Four Northern”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Political Relevance===&lt;br /&gt;
Although news is objective, absolutely objective and fair reports do not exist. The media has never been able to completely get rid of the shackles of political and economic power or ideology. The content of the report tends to obey the interests of the country. The use of political vocabulary in English current affairs news must also faithfully reflect the country’s political standpoint. Regarding to the English translation of the Diaoyu Islands, the Chinese news media translate into “Diaoyu Islands”, while the Japanese news media and some Western news media call it “Senkaku Islands”. From the usage of these words, it is obvious to see the political stance. When translating these political words, translators must be very cautious. In addition to be faithful to the original text, translators or interpreters should also consider our country’s interests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.2 Translation principles===  &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of transforming signs or representations into another signs or representations.(Nord, 2001:6) Generally speaking, according to the object of translation, translation can be divided into two kinds: literary translation and non-literary translation. In literary translation the object is only the literary work, such as pot, novel and so on, and it focuses on the expression of contents, emotions and rhetoric of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===For Literary===&lt;br /&gt;
Although literary translation and non-literary translation share basic principles, literary translation which has its unique ways, is rather different from non-literary translation. Translating literary works is not only a process of transforming languages but also a process of recreating because literature belongs to a part of art. This is the most important feature of literary translation and also the basic translation principles.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Equivalence-based principle=== &lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence-based principle equals to “Dynamic equivalence” proposed by Eugene A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist. This principle points that translators should work hard in different languages and different cultures to find translation equivalents between them, and use appropriate methods to reorganize the form and semantic structure of the original text. Dynamic equivalence includes four aspects: one is lexical equivalence, the other is syntactic equivalence, the third is textual equivalence, the fourth is sense equivalence. In literary translation, sense equivalence is the core. For example, the Chinese sentence “青年小伙子们，有事没事，总想和小芹说句话” can be translated in to “Young men sought every excuse to talk with Xiao Qin”.This shows sense equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accuracy-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter how beautiful the texts are, the accuracy is always the most important, rather than the forms. Be Faithful to the content of the original text, the translator must fully express the content of the original text without any tampering, distortion, omission or arbitrary deletion. The more accurate the words be chosen, the better the translation texts will be. For example, when translating “ 微风”, we’d better translate it into “breeze” or “gentle breeze” rather than “gentle wind” since the breeze is more accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===For Journalistic style===&lt;br /&gt;
Journalistic-style texts belong to the informative texts according to the above analysis. Translation principles of Journalistic are mainly mainly purposiveness, accuracy and readability. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
Purpose&amp;quot; is the basic principle of journalistic-style texts translation, and other principles are based on this principle. For information-based texts, “ translation skopos ”, the German functionalist translation theory, was put forward by Rice, Vermeer, and Nord. Skopos has great significance in guiding of translation. This is because the purpose of information-based translation is very strong, that is, the translation has a clear goal - to provide information. Snell Hornby believes: “More practical the texts is, more clear its function is. The more the translation tends to focus on the target language.” As far as the journalistic text is concerned, the purpose of its translation is conveying the information and communication, allowing readers to easily understand the intention of the speaker. The translation should conform to the audience’s needs, cultural expectations, beliefs and cognitive status as much as possible, and it is meaningful in the communication environment of the target language culture. For example, in news, sometimes vocabulary vacancies are caused by the absence of equivalence in the translation, and it is impossible to use completely equivalent and accurate words to express its connotation during translation. In this case, domestication can be applied. Considering the specific translation purpose, context and characteristics of the target language, if the purpose of translation is to spread foreign cultures, foreignization strategies can be adopted. That’s the purpose-based translation principle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accuracy-based principle===   &lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of informative text is to convey information. Therefore, the translation work of the information text should be accurate, clear and precise. The translator can’t deliberately or unintentionally miss any original author’s information. In journalistic style, the accuracy is critical. A slight difference of words can make huge results. Especially, for those news related with politics and business. A word with different emotional sense can make a complete opposite statement. A small movement of a point can cause millions capital loss. For example, 1.33 million and 13.3 million has the huge difference. This principle is similar to the “faith” proposed by Yan Fu. “Faith” means “faithfulness”. The translation of linguistic-style texts should confirm to accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Readability-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the terminology of information-based texts is neutral and has no obvious personal characteristics or regional colors. In news, even though there are more facts that personal emotions and feeling, translators or interpreters can make small adjustment of the speakers to make the report readable. In short, when translating, based on the readers’ language level, various translation methods should be mobilized on the premise of not changing the original intent of the article and report. It may make the content and layout of the article easier to understand, fluent and concise. But be sure to keep the source language texts’ characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
===4.Translation strategies===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies refer to the thoughts, process, methods and procedure during the process of translation. Towards original texts with different texts styles, translation strategies also vary in a large degree. The thesis will discuss from two typical stylistic texts - literary style and journalistic style. According to The Modern Chinese Dictionary, strategies indicate guidelines and means which are deigned on the basis of the situations concerned. While methods are the ways and procedures in solving real problems. However, the two are relative to each other. In simple words strategies are the guidelines of the concrete methods. The concrete methods should be adopted in the direction of their strategies. Based on the above, a conclusion in drawn that translation strategies are the guidelines for realizing a particular translation aim, yet translation methods the concrete ways employed by translators to make the particular translation aim come true.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1Translation strategies in literary style===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book Translation Criticism the Potentials &amp;amp; Limitations, Reiss pointed out that “Translation of literary works would better be called free rendering than translations, especially when the personality of the translator and the force of his artistic temperament result in a TL version standing on its own, indebted to the original as  a model and a source of inspiration. (Reiss, 2004:91) This description indicates the characteristics of literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1 Domestication===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is firstly coined by L.Venuti in his book The Translator’s Invisibility called “guihua” in Chinese. Domestication is a strategy by which the linguistic and cultural characteristics of the original text is erased in the translation in order to meet its readers’ aesthetic and reception psychology. As Venuti argues the adoption of domesticating strategy is the cultural disparity and imperialism. In the 1980s translation studies underwent “cultural turn”, and since then translation has being studied in the cultural and social contexts. The dominance of transparent discourse in English-language translation was decisively challenged at the turn of the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative of domestication by his assertion on dynamic equivalence that “A translation of dynamic equivalence aims at complete naturalness &lt;br /&gt;
of expression… and tries to relate the receptor to modes of behavior relevant within the context of his own culture.” (Nida, 2004:159) He maintains that the function of translation is to communicate and it is important for the reader to understand what is conveyed by the translation, which takes the reader’s response into consideration. He claims that the reader of the target text should have the similar comprehension and appreciation as does the reader of the source text. Domestication tries to avoid cultural dispute and eliminate cultural barriers to achieve successful cross-cultural communication. The domesticating translation is one of naturalness and smoothness, &lt;br /&gt;
which is the advantage of domestication. Here are three main methods that can achieve domestication strategy. They are paraphrasing, adaptation and replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.1 paraphrasing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication by the method of paraphrasing is effective in dealing with a simple expression behind which there is a heavy cultural load. We should adapt paraphrasing strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 如囊萤  如映雪  家虽贫  学不辍 (Wang Yinglin, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: Then we have one who put fireflies in a bag, and again another who used the white glare from snow. Although their families were poor, these men studied &lt;br /&gt;
unceasingly.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
TT2: One enclosed some glow-worms in a transparent bag, another read by the light reflected by the snow. Although their families were poor, they never ceased learning. &lt;br /&gt;
Annotation: in order to read by their light. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3: Che-yin, when a boy, being poor, read his book by the light of a glow-worm which he confined. And Sun-kang, in winter, read his book by the light reflected from snow. Though their families were poor they studied incessantly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text is from a classical book in china named Three-Character Classic.“囊萤”and “映雪” are Chinese allusions urging children to work hard at their study. Each of the contracted expressions has a story behind it. By reading T1 and T2, readers cannot understand the allusion to the full and the logic between the expressions of “put fireflies in a bag/enclosed some glow-worms in a transparent bag”and“used the white glare from snow”and the expressions about the persons’ industry at their studies. T3 paraphrases the sentence and makes logic explicit by introducing the heroes in the allusions and explaining what they used the fireflies/glow-worms for. This is effective in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.2 Adaptation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve naturalness of expression, grammar, lexicon and culture. Adaptations are necessary. For terms which identify culturally different objects but with somewhat similar functions, adaptation shows its advantage in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 老少爷们，从麻木的状态中苏醒过来吧。(Moyan，2003:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Come out of your stupor, my friends. ( Goldblatt, 2004:293)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Address terms, as an indispensable part of conversations and communications, can reflect the tradition and culture of a nation. In all languages, address terms play an important role in social intercourse. Set in Northeast countryside of China, “ 老少爷们”is a typical address term of China’s northern dialect. And it is usually used by a man, showing some masculinity. It’s an oral expression often addressed to males. Goldblatt translate it as “my friends”, often used in an English speech to strike a chord in listeners and get them united or in favor of the speaker, conspicuously in an adaptation way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:  凡训蒙  须讲究  详训诂  明句读 （Wang Yinglin,1986）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: In the education of the young, there should be explanation and elucidation, careful teaching of the interpretations of commentators, and due attention to paragraphs and sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2: Whoever teaches boys, ought to discuss and examine deeply (the meaning of the characters); Explain their derivation, mark distinctly the periods and the punctuation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3: Every one that instructs youth should explain fully what he teaches; should illustrate the present and the past, and distinguish clearly the comma and the period.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of adaptation in the translation of this Chinese line. First, it is the domestication of the Chinese term “句读”. Actually, ancient Chinese classics do not have any punctuation marks and the “句读” refers to the longer or shorter pause in the classics according to the meaning of the text. All three translators domesticate the Chinese term by the concept of punctuation in the English language and render it respectively as “paragraphs and sentences”, “the periods and the punctuation” and “the comma and the period”. Although the three kinds of rendering differ from each other on the level of punctuation, they have much the same function—the target text reader can easily understand in what way “句读” functions in a Chinese text. Thus dynamic equivalence is achieved. The second adaptation is the change of parts of speech—the change from verb to noun. Giles changes the verbs “训”, “讲究” and “训诂” in the Chinese text into nouns “education”, “explanation and elucidation”, “interpretations” and “attention”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.3 Replacement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:勤有功  戏无益  戒之哉  宜勉力 (Wang Yinglin, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Diligence has its reward; play has no advantages. Oh, be on your guard, and put forth your strength. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an example of domestication on the lexical level. “哉” in Chinese is a particle of exclamatory or of interrogative value. In this line, it functions as an exclamatory particle. It helps to make up the syllable in the Chinese version and express the author’s emotion of instructing the young. Giles translates it into the correspondent English exclamatory particle “Oh” which retains the tone of a similar function as is in the source text. It achieves dynamic equivalence in terms of reader’s response to the rhetoric.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.2 Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization designates the type of translation in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks the target conventions by retaining the foreignness of the original. It functions to preserve the foreignness and value of the foreign language culture in the source text. It takes the readers of the target language culture to a foreign culture, making the readers of the translated text feel the differences and enjoy the alien atmosphere. It is more faithful to the language features of the source text than domestication does, and it keeps the flavor of the original language. Venuti and  other scholars who advocate foreignization hold that foreignization enable readers of the translated text to learn about the alien culture of the source language text, which is often the reading aim of the readers who are capable of understanding the alien culture. (Venuti, 1995)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.2.1 phonetic compensation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the three translators, Giles is said to be an excellent English language master who was able to compose English poems. His translation of poems is generally in accordance with the composing and rhyming schemes of English poems, often with good rhythm. (Mu Shixiong, 2004:166) Though Giles is good at translating poems, he does not translate this text into a completely rhythmical one. Instead, he adds pronunciation to every Chinese character in the text to make a phonetic compensation so that the readers can still appreciate the ending rhyme of the original Chinese text. Giles does make an effort to create rhythmical effect whenever it is possible. In literary texts, phonetic compensation is always applied in translation of poem and prose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example5  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:养不教  父之过  教不严  师之惰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: To feed without teaching is the father’s fault. To teach without severity is the teacher’s laziness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each line of the translation has a rhythmic focus. Respectively they are:“feed”,“without”and“teaching”in the first line; “father” and “fault”  in the second  line;“teach”,“without”and“severity” in the third line; and “teacher” and “laziness” in the fourth line. In this way, and together with the phonetic compensation, formal equivalence is achieved and by reading the phonetic compensation, target readers can feel the same rhythm of the original text and response the same as the readers of the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.2 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a method that an item is translated according to its pronunciation rather than its meaning. This technique is often applied to translate ecological  culture-loaded terms, like names of places, person, rivers, mountains or countries. There are two systems in use for transliteration Chinese characters: the Wade-Giles  system of Romanization and the pinyin system of Romanization. For better transference of Chinese culture, the latter system is suggested. For some material culture-loaded terms, such as “仁”, “义”, “君子” and so on, transliteration might be preferable to any other methods. These terms represent the key concept of Confucianism, and any other English equivalent expressions may lead to misunderstanding. Thus, it is the most convenient and effective way to expose target readers in Chinese culture. For some time, the pinyin translation of these terms may be as acceptable and comprehensible as “kongfu” or “mahjong”. Certainly, for the sake of target readers’ understanding, an annotation is always needed to provide the further explanation of the cultural meanings of these terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 南容三复“白圭”，孔子以其兄之子妻之。(Liu Dianjue, 46) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: Nan Jung in reciting the I Song repeated the verse about the sceptre of white jade three times. (In consequence of which) Master Kung gave him his elder brother’s daughter to marry. (Waley, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2: Nan Rong repeated over and over again the lines about the white jade sceptre. Confucius gave him his elder brother’s daughter in marriage. (D.C. Lau, 181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.3  Amplification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification refers to add information behind some terms that is familiar to source language readers but unfamiliar to target language readers. By amplification, the connotation can be better conveyed to foreign readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:论语者  二十篇  群弟子  记善言 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The Lun-yu (the book of discourses and dialogues) contains twenty chapters. The disciples (of Confucius) have therein related his excellent sayings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the Chinese text does not mention the ancient Chinese sage Confucius, and the information on whose sayings had been recorded in the book “Lun-yu” is implicit, which can be inferred from the context by native Chinese, once they combine the notion of “论语”with their background knowledge. However, western readers do not have enough knowledge to appreciate the value of the “Lun-yu”if the title was translated without the mention of Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
===4.2Translation strategies in journalistic style===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.1Amplification===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the translator needs to add proper words to complete the structure of the  target texts, because mews sometimes needs more information to explain the inner meaning. The following examples are offered to illustrate the point.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: The real James Bond? (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 250)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:谁是真正的邦德? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no subject and predicate in the target text if the translator renders the headline by literal translation. Therefore,“谁是” is added in order to clarify the text. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Kings rout rockets, 101-74 (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 225) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 国王队击败火箭队，比分为 101 比 74 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“比分为”is added in the target text to make the translation complete in sentence structure and meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
ST:Reuters bests and worsts of the world cup (Huang Ruihong, 2004-06-15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:路透社评出世界最佳和最差球队 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“评出” is added in the target text. Otherwise, there will be no predicate in the target text. Consequently, the translation will make no sense to the target reader. Translator should transfer new messages accurately and clearly to the target reader. To achieve this goal, amplification is often adopted to supplement necessary words or background information, which effectively avoids misunderstanding on the part of the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.2 Omission===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the strategy to delete unnecessary words or phrases from the target text. News headlines are featured by its brevity. Redundant words can be omitted either to conform to the norms of the target language or to achieve the effect of succinctness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example11  &lt;br /&gt;
ST: You need to sleep less than you think (Zou Shuang, 2005) &lt;br /&gt;
TT: 适当少睡有益健康 &lt;br /&gt;
As we know, English is a hypotactic language, which pays great attention to overt cohesion. Without the pronoun‘you’, the source text will be ungrammatical. By  contrast, Chinese belongs to paratactic language, which attaches importance to covert coherence. When the translator does not render the word‘you’ into“你”, it won’t affect comprehension at all. In addition, the target text is succinct by leaving out the  pronoun‘you’. Therefore, omission is adopted in this example.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example12  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Vogue says Queen Elizabeth II among world’s most glamorous (China Daily, 2007-11-07)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:英女王跻身“全球最具魅力女性”排行榜  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it is well known to most Chinese readers that the Queen of UK is Elizabeth II (伊莉莎白二世), there is no need to keep it in the target text. Otherwise, the translation will be too long as a headline. The recommended version, thus, becomes 英女王跻身“全球最具魅力女性”排行榜.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.3Imitation===&lt;br /&gt;
English news are featured by its vivid language, such as play on word, figures of speech, etc. They add special flavor to the text with the aim to attract readers’ eye. Obviously, to reproduce these aesthetic effect enjoys the privilege among the available methods. Throughout the history of translation theory, the idea of  imitation has been manifested clearly by Alexander Fraser Tytler when he wrote: the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original in his famous essay on the Principles of Translation. (Munaday, 2001: 26) The  following examples may illustrate the above idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:A tale of two hearts (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 199).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:双心记 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This headline tells a story that a patient has an artificial heart planted in his body. The headline is a parody of the novel A Tale of Two Cities written by Charles Dickens. The target text (双心记) is also a parody of “双城记”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example14  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Soccer kicks off with violence (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 200)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:足球开踢，拳打脚踢  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a humorous news headline because of the use of pun. The phrase ‘kick off’ refers to the start of a football match, and it also implies that there is a fight in the football field. The meanings of the pun are successfully transferred by the target text with the recommended translation. The translator does a good job in reproducing the humorous sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.4 Restruction===&lt;br /&gt;
 The target text should be acceptable and meaningful in a sense that it is coherent with the situation in which it is received. Once translated, the translator revises the order and rearranges all words into a perfect sentence. In doing so, the news is more logical and tuned with the habit of native readers' think and reading. It can be treated as an important technique used in translating news headline from Chinese into English or English to Chinese.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: A third of Londoners must work from home during Olympics to avoid tube &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 奥运交通压力大  1/3伦敦人须在家上班 (2011-09-27 08:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“A third” occurred in the beginning of the source text, but “奥运会” comes  first in the target text. The source text can be translate into “1/3的伦敦人必须在家上班,在奥运会期间避免交通混乱”if there is not any translation strategies used. The translator rearranges the words order to emphasize the special time---Olympics. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Mahfud proposes ‘Special Zoo’ for corrupt officials &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 印尼高官提议建“贪官动物园” (2011-11-30 16:02)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to satirize the corrupt officials, the translator exchanges the order of “special” and “贪官” during the translation process. It can be achieve some good effect to expose the corrupt officials in language sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:‘Ready for winter’ campaign launches &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 苏格兰打响“迎冬战役”(2011-10-24 12:06)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator reorders the expression “Ready for winter” and “launches” during  the translation process. Besides, the translator adds a subject to this sentence so that it can appeal to the readers’ thinking patterns. In order to make the readers or audiences understand the translated version smoothly and easily, the words or phrases are adjusted to accord with their thinking pattern. Restructuring refers to rearranging the words in logic order to make the translation more potential readers or audiences into the first consideration, making them understand the translated version easily.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.5 Adaptation===&lt;br /&gt;
Adaptation is a translation method, which refers to use an especially free translation, it relates to selecting, adding, deleting, and constructing cautiously instead of simply translating one word to another word. In order to make the translated version more proper to a certain readers or audiences, adaptation always make some essential changes for a special aim So adaptation is an activity which the news translators absorb the most important content from the source text on the basis of the particular  requirement of the readers or audiences, then make some suitable adjustments. When  the translators are doing some adaptation, though the form and style of the source text are altered in a way, the main idea of the source text must be kept.Though  adaptation is not acted as a main translation method by some traditional translation theorists, adaptation is getting more and more popular and arousing more and more &lt;br /&gt;
attention these days. You can see the term adaptation frequently showed in some authoritative journals and newspapers, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example 18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Poor People May Be Quicker to Be Kind &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:穷人更有同情心 (2011-12-29 08:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Quicker”means“更快”, but here it is translated into “更有”, “快” is an adjective, “有”is a verb, they have different characters.“Kind”means“友善的”, it is an adjective, but it is translated into“同情心”, which is a noun. If the translator does not use some translation strategies like adaptation, the target text is unreadable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 19&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Americans say Asia more important than EU: survey &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：多数美国人看好亚洲 (2011-09-16 08:43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Important” is an adjective, and a comparative degree used in the source text. But  the source text is translated in a totally different way, for it is translated into a verb “看好”. Adaptation should be used here to make sure the translation aim is achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Lend your voices to ‘talking bins’ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:“能说会唱垃圾桶”将亮相伦敦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If“talking bins” is translated into “会说话的垃圾桶”, it is so ordinary. But the translator adopt the adaptation strategy to translated it into“能说会唱垃圾桶”, it becomes very vivid, and it may leave a deep impression on the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The research conducted in this thesis is a fairly thorough study on the translation strategies of literary-style texts and journalistic-style texts. Through detailed discussion, several translation strategies have been analyzed and summarized. This thesis also studies the texts’ functions and main types of texts. The texts functions are referential function, expressive function and appellative function. The texts can be divided into three types- informative, expressive and vocative texts. On the basis of  characteristics of different texts, detailed methods are applied. For literary-style texts, there are domestication and foreignization strategies. For journalistic-style texts, there are strategies like omission, restructure,adaption, imitation and amplification. Journalistic texts and literary texts are quite different, so the translation strategies are different. This thesis has a clear analysis about the translation strategies. However, it still owns a lot of drawbacks, such as the structure is too complicated, lack some of the former people’s study fruit. Hoping this thesis can make some contributions to the translation study and exercise process.&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1] McNair, Brain. (1998). The sociology of Journalism. A Hodder Arnold Publication&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Munday,  Jeremy,  2001,  Introducing  Translation  Studies:  Theories  and Applications [M], London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, P. Approaches to Translation ［M］. New York: Prentice Hall, 1981: 39.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nord, Christiane. Translating as A Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained [M]. Shanghai : Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:6&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Reiss, Katharina. Translation Criticism the Potentials &amp;amp; Limitations [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004:91.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Venuti, L. 1995. The Translator’s Invisibility—A History of Translation. London  &amp;amp; New York: Routledge.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9&amp;diff=113385</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 9</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9&amp;diff=113385"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T04:18:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies	谭媛媛	Tan Yuanyuan 202070080642 MTI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第九部分(Part 9)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparative Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Modes of Expression and Ways of Thinking between English and Chinese Language in Cultural Perspective	易欢	Yi Huan==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The English language and Chinese language,with their own characteristics, embody their own cultural heritage and manifest different modes of thinking. Conspicuously, among language, culture and mode of thinking, there exists a closely related interaction. The culture affects thought, conversely, thought can reflect the culture. While language, under the impact of the both, presents the thinking and cultural differences in a most direct way. Therefore, this paper, from the perspective of culture, takes the relationship beween language and thought as the entry point to make a comparative study of English and Chinese language and ways of thinking. It is quite significant for the development of translation in cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
language form; mode of thinking; English and Chinese language; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
英汉语言各具特色，蕴含各自历史文化底蕴，彰显不同的思维模式。显而易见，语言，文化与思维模式之间形成了某种紧密联系的互动关系。文化影响思维，反之，思维也会体现文化，而语言受两者的影响，亦是阐明思维与文化差异的最直接的方式。因此，本文将从文化视域下，以语言和思维关系为切入口，对比探究英汉语言形式与思维方式，这对于跨文化交际下翻译发展来说至关重要。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
语言形式；思维模式；英汉语言；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between language and thought is widely discussed among scholars at home and abroad. Karl Marx once remarks that language is a tool, carrier, shell, and a “dress” of thought. Language by nature is the embodiment of human thoughts and thoughts in turn is the mental reflection of the world around us. Language is therefore closely related to and supported by human thoughts. That is to say, without thought, language would be nothing sounds with no meaning or content. But thoughts, though accessible by various means, are best represented in language and can thus best fulfill its obligations to the speakers by such means. Also thought will further facilitate the development of language, Sapir once states, “ Thought processes set in, as a kind of psychic overflow, almost at the beginning of linguistic expression; further, that the concept once defined, necessarily reacted on the life of its linguistic symbols, encouraging further linguistic growth.”(1921: 12) At the same time, Language is part of culture. Such as Chinese language is a part of Chinese culture. Each country has its own language in a specific culture. However, their relationship is not just between part and whole. Language is the carrier and the representation of culture, while, as a mirror of culture, language is strongly influenced and shaped by culture. Moreover, the thought also is largely influenced by its culture. Human thinking mainly consists of such elements as knowledge, ideology, methodology, intelligence, emotion, willpower, language and habits. The inter-relationship and interaction of these elements from a dynamic complex system is known as the mode of thinking. It is the concentrated embodiment of all cultural and psychological properities and is shaped in a certain historical, social and geographical environment. In general, different culture leads to different mode of thinking which is demonstrated most in their own language. That is to say, the relationship among culture, mode of thinking and language is closely related to each other and they can be viewed as three parts of a whole. And in this paper, it is going to compare different mode of thinking and ways of expression between Chinese and English in cultural perspective, so as to better understand cross-culture communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The comparison of modes of thinking with the representation of ways of expression in English and Chinese===&lt;br /&gt;
The language, thought and culture are independent but closely interrelated as we have discussed before. While in different countries, there exist vast differences in their thinking patterns, then this paper is going to illustrate four groups of opposite Chinese and Occidental thinking ways and present how these thinking patterns are reflected upon their language, and trace back to the cultural and historical foundations for these phenomena. While it just compares these modes of thought in a general way, and they are not simply manifested as opposite to each other, but intermingled to some extent with the exchange of culture and the common ground imparted in all human beings. All of the opposition between Chinese thinking and occidental thinking that I present is just a matter of degree, and we have to view it critically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Holistic thinking vs Analytical thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, human thought can be divided into two types: analytical thinking and holistic thinking. To some extent, Chinese emphasizes synthesis and English tends to be analytical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holistic thinking puts emphasis on the integral concepts and the universal connection of objects. It regard man, nature and society as an unalienable organic whole. While analytical thinking will tend to focus more on labeling and analyzing different parts that eventually make up the whole. Actually, there must be some certain cultural background to the formation of western and Chinese mode of thinking. The formation of Chinese thinking mode can derive from Chinese people’s perspectives towards the nature. In Chinese classical philosophy, the conception of “One” better demonstrates the holistic view. According to Taoism, “All things obtained the One and became alive and kept growing.”(Tao Te Ching, chapter 36). Chuang Tzu promotes the concept of “One” to the state of the “unity of heaven and human”, and believes that the heaven and man, and the thing and self can all merge into one organically connected whole. Moreover, the essence that Chinese philosophy stresses the holistic view lies in the systematic evaluation and comprehensive grasp of all things, aiming to have a comprehensive and accurate understanding towards everything. After accumulated, condensed and sublimated through time, such philosophy facilitates Chinese people develop holistic thinking which is good at integrating, drawing up the guidelines and commanding the overall situation. While, in western culture, Plato firstly advocates “subject-object dichotomy” and then explain the world from a dualistic angle. In addition, the people can also be influenced by Aristotle’s syllogism, and always emphasize reasonable thinking in accordance with certain procedures, just like analysizing geometric problems in which one should derive the unknown, then demonstrate the process meticulously and finally draw a logic conclusion. It is exactly the characteristic of analytic thinking in which the object is divided into parts and one should investigate them respectively&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Undeniably, thinking patterns can best be demonstrated in their language. In a word, Analytical thinking involves detachment of the object from its context, a tendency to focus on attributes of the object in order to assign it to categories, and a preface for using rules about the categories to explain and predict the object’s behavior. Holistic thinking involves an orientation to the context or field as a whole, including attention to relationship between a focal object and the field, and a preference for explaining and predicting events on the basis of such relationships. And parataxis and hypotaxis are exactly the concrete manifestations of holistic thinking and analytical thinking. In the field of linguistics and translation studies, parataxis, as opposed to hypotaxis , is the single most important feature distinguishing the Chinese language from English, with Chinese showing paratactic prominence and English hypotactic prominence. Nida once stated, “ So far as English and Chinese are concerned, the most important difference linguistically is the contrast between hypotaxis and parataxis.” (1982, 16) Liu Miqing believes that hypotaxis and parataxis can be viewed as the heterogeneous characteristics.(1992: 18). Zhang Li proposes that Chinese, in terms of grammar, belongs to parataxis, one of whose overall features lies in conciseness and economy. Hence, English uses many conjunctions, prepositions and other connective means to make links between phrases and words, because of which the language is more logical and better organized. on the other hand, in Chinese, the arranging of clauses is one after the other without connectives showing the relations between them. Hypotaxis can be viewed as the external logic forms of composing words into sentences, and parataxis the internal cognition of wording and phrasing. From the comparisons, we may see that the differences between hypotaxis and parataxis have resulted in the different sentence structures and language expression forms. Here are some examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The thirty-two chapters of a novel — if we consider how to read a novel first —are an attempt to make something as formed and controlled as a building: but words are more impalpable than bricks; reading is a longer and more complicated process than seeing.(Virginal Woolf, How Should One Read a Book?)&lt;br /&gt;
我们先来讨论一下小说的读法。一部三十二章的小说，作者努力把它塑造成像建筑物一样有形态、受制约的东西。然而，字句之比于砖瓦，更加触摸不到；阅读比之于观看，是个更为长久而复杂的过程。(Selected from the Anthology of Chinese and English Prose)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（2）门铃一声响，来了客人。从不谢客，礼当接待。忙把袜子穿上，整冠而出。来客红光满面，一开口就知道是远客。（楼适夷，《夜间来客——“名人”被访实录》）&lt;br /&gt;
Suddenly the doorbell rang，announcing the arrival of a visitor. As Mr. Huang had never refused  any visitor before, this one should be received with courtesy too. Quickly putting his socks back on and smoothing his hair，he hurried to the door，and there he was encountered by a man with a fat glowing face. (Lou Shiyi, A Night Visitor— A True Story a ‘Celebrity’ Being Interviewed. Translated by Zhang Peiji)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the two examples above，we can percept that English is of very hypotaxis. In the first example, one preminent feature is the aboundant conjunctions, like “if”, “how”, “but” and “than”. And the sentence structures are tightly knitted with distinct subject-predicate. While in the Chinese version, it is in lack of these overt conjunctive devices. In the second example, in the source language, it uses more than ten verbs in succession, and narrates chronologically. Although it is loosely organized, all of these verbs are arranged in order and present with a clear clue. Therefore, when translating, the translator must demonstrate the hidden logical structure. But it is not absolute to confine English to hypotaxis and Chinese to parataxis, they just differentiate each other in the degree. Actually in English, Julius Caesar also famously said, “I came, I saw, I conquer.” And in some of Chinese works, some writers also tend to use the logical and connective sentences. That is to say, it is just the matter of degree, there are also hypotaxis in Chinese and parataxis in English. Moreover, as the exchanges in the world extend, the Chinese and English thinking modes can also be influenced respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 subject-oriented thinking and object-targeted thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
It is well know that Chinese culture and Occidental Culture are quite different, Chinese culture stress the subject, while Occidental people prefer the objective way of thinking. As China has confronted the sever natural and geographic condition, since the pre-Qin Dynasty, the governor would never think the outside world as the oppositt side of human beings. And Chinese people also advocate the harmony between men and nature, which has been retained till now. Moreover, Chinese Confucian school, Taoism and Buddhism all stress the subject. Lao Tsu said: “ Man models himself after the Earth; the Earth models itself after the Heaven; the Heaven models  itself after Tao；Tao models itself after the Nature. ” Mencius also stated, “All  things  under heaven are being prepared for me.” Hence, since ancient times, the Chinese people  have tended to consider all things from an anthropocentric standpoint. The outstanding scholar Qian Mu states that “In short, Chinese culture takes human and human affairs as a core. Human and human affairs refer to all reality and ideal when human are getting along with each other. The manifestation and achievement of Chinese culture is around the core. The reason why Chinese culture can be fused into a whole is that Chinese culture shows its value through its core-human and human affairs.” (1977: 331) Hence, Chinese culture is human-centered. It is, essentially, a kind of humanistic culture, under the deep influence of which the subjective thought-pattern has come into being. The subjective thought pattern refers to observing, analyzing, learning and studying objects anthropocentrically and view human beings as the part of a whole nature.&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the occidental objective thinking takes objects and nature as core, and pay more attention to the observation and research of the objects. The occidental culture originated in Greek peninsular and its coastal areas, where the sages in Ancient Greece has looked upon at the cosmos and nature, and always investigated the natural mystery. And based on the dichotomy and antithesis, gradually, the spirit of occidental culture is to separate subjective from objective and to conqure nature. Hence the occidental tradition takes nature as cognitive object. Unlike Chinese culture and tradition, the occidental rationalism adovacates objective attitudes. Francis Bacon once remarked, “Authority, habit, prejudice and exaggeration eration are barriers to truth. To seek truth, one should overcome these obstacles. ” Owing to English people’s objective thinking, they often use impersonal to account the events, and try to be objective. G. Leech and J. Svartvik point out: “Formal written language often goes with an impersonal style; i.e. one which the speaker does not refer directly to himself or readers, but avoids the pronouns I, you, we. Some of the common features of impersonal language are passives, sentences beginning with introductory it, and abstract nouns.”(1974:25) While Chinese people’s subjective thinking pattern demonstrates itself in Chinese in two notable ways: animate subjects and the majority used of active voice. Actually, according to Shen Xiaolong, the configuration of Chinese character demonstrates the subject-oriented thinking pattern. Based on the pictographs, the Chinese characters refer to the object and its ideographs are people-oriented. Hence in English-Chinese translation, the translator should transform from subjective thinking to objective thinking, for instance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sight of the big tree always reminds me of my childhood. (连淑能) &lt;br /&gt;
一看见那棵大树，我便想起了童年的情景。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good idea suddenly occur on me.&lt;br /&gt;
我突然想出了一个好主意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two English sentences, with the abstract subjects: “The sight of the big tree” and “ A good idea” are quite natural to English readers, while in Chinese it is quite queer and none of Chinese people are accustomed to use them in such way. Hence, in Chinese version, it begins with the personal subject “我” and sounds quite smooth and comprehensible to the Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in English, the two expletive words (it and there) are frequently used show its objectivity in the text. At the same time, in Chinese, there are many no-subject sentences, like “下雪了” “该去学校啦” “太冷了”.  While such kind of expression are not allowed in English, for it appears to be complete with a subject in English grammar. Hence, in English, they can be expressed in this way: “it snows”, “It is time to go to school” and “It is too cold”. And owing to English objective thinking, the English passive voice, especially the impersonal passive of “it” is used as the subject, such as “it is believed”, “it is said”, “it is reported”, etc., expresses the facts or ideas in an objective, indirect and roundabout way. It is obvious that the English passive sentences should be converted into the Chinese active sentences. Although the sentence structures are changed, the meanings still remain the same as the original sentences. Also in English “there” and “there be” pattern are impersonal expressions, But in Chinese translation, concrete persons and things are usually used instead. For instance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) 公交车来了。&lt;br /&gt;
There comes the bus.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 我家有五口人。&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 people in my family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clearly, the sentences above reveal that in Chinese there must be certain subjects supplanting the “there” or “there be” pattern. In general, with the influence of the respective modes of thinking, Chinese tends to be subjective and English prefers objection, but it is not necessarily absolute. In English, we can also find numerous personal subjects like “I think”, “I believe”. And in Chinese, it often use the passive tense in the writings in Classical Chinese, such as “受制于人” (be restricted by sb) “为人所骗” (be cheated by sb). Hence, it is also quite common to begin with personal subjects in English and use objective subject and passive tense in Chinese. Clearly, it is a matter of degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Concrete thinking and abstract thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese people prefer thinking in images and English people prefer thinking in notions. Conspicuously, there are some cultural and historical factors leading to the formation of different thinking patterns. Actually, the change and development of Chinese characters is the best illustration for the concrete thinking of Chinese people. Chinese language is vivid and full of images. As we all know that the Chinese character is characterized by pictographs, which express the meaning through the outer form. For example, the character “人” (man) is like the two legs of a person; and “从” (follow) looks like that one person is followed by another; the “山” (mountain) is the shape of a mountain. Therefore, from ancient times, Chinese people tend to borrow the images of outside world to form their own hieroglyphs. Following such kind of thought model, concrete thinking is established and reflected in Chinese language. As Nakamura remarks, “The Chinese people had a high regard for particulars, and presented content concretely in accordance with their way of thinking, naturally fond of complex multiplicity expressed in concrete form.” ( 1991, 217) While Occidental people prefer abstract thinking which takes concept, judgement and reasoning as form of thinking, and expresses ideas and emotions through logical sentences. Since the English letters are based on the Greek alphabet, and it is hard to form a pictograph to express the meaning of the word which can only come from the object description of the nature. Also in the process of learning and analyzing the objective world, the occidental aim at exploring the essence and origin of the world. By means of classification and analysis, they try to find the universals of the same kind of objects and combine them together to form a so-called “the World of form” or “the ideal world”. Moreover, they are fairly interested in the properties of things, and examine them carefully and thoroughly. Their explorations about mathematics, geometry and astronomy contribute to abstract thinking. In the aspect of linguistic expression, the English language tend to be more abstract or logical. Abstract language refers to the language that uses method of abstract diction to express the complex ideas which lie mainly in abstract nouns. G. M. Young once pointed that an excessive reliance on the noun at the expense of the verb will, in the end，detach the mind of the writer from the realities of here and now, from when and how and in what mood the thing was done. and insensibly induce a habit of abstraction, generalization and vagueness. While in Chinese language, the concrete, clear and picturesque words are widely used, just as R. Flesch states, “ Chinese dose more to you than just simplify your constructions… They formed the habit of expressing ideas by metaphors, similes, and all aegis, in short, by every known devices for making a thing plain by comparing it with something else.” ( 1946: 15-16)The two different kinds of thinking patterns also can be medonstrated in the artistic design of literary works. For instance, the poem《凉州词》written by Wang Han, and the poem《登高》 writer by Du Fu can fully examplify the concrete and picturesque Chinese language, and both of them are translated by Xu Yuanchong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
葡萄美酒夜光杯，&lt;br /&gt;
欲饮琵琶马上催。&lt;br /&gt;
  — 王翰《凉州词》&lt;br /&gt;
With wine of grapes the cups of jade would glow at night,&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking to pipa songs, we are summoned to fight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无边落木萧萧下，&lt;br /&gt;
不尽长江滚滚来。&lt;br /&gt;
  —杜甫《登高》&lt;br /&gt;
The boundless forest sheds its leaves shower by shower,&lt;br /&gt;
The endless river rolls it’s waves hour after hour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two poems above, the poets use several concrete images like “wine of grapes”, “cups of jade” “boundless forest” and “ endless river”. It is easy to visualize the certain situation that poets depict for us, when we read these lines. While in English there are more abstract nouns to replace the function of verb and express abstract meanings, which sometimes can cause puzzlement for Chinese people. For instance, in Benjamin Franklin’s The Autobiography: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“To help myself live without fault, I made a list of what I considered the 13 virtues. These virtues are: 1 Temperance, 2 Self-control, 3 Silence, 4 Order, 5 Firmness of mind, 6 Savings,  7 Industry, 8 Honesty, 9 Justice, 10 Cleanliness, 11, calmness, 12 Morality, 13 Humbleness.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“为了使自己生活中不犯错误，特别列出我认为应该身体力行的 13 条守则。这些守则&lt;br /&gt;
是：1.节制饮食 2.自我克制 3. 沉默寡言 4. 有条不紊 5. 坚定信念 6.勤俭节约 7. 工作勤奋8. 忠诚老实 9. 办事公正 10. 衣着整洁 11.平心静气 12. 品行高尚 13.谦虚恭顺。”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 13 abstract words in English and they are translated into Chinese concretely with the verbs to gover the phrases. So that it would be vividly explained what do these abstract words convey in a specific way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wisdom prepares for the worst; but folly leaves the worst for the day it comes.&lt;br /&gt;
智者防范于未然，愚者临渴掘井。（陈文伯译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence, “wisdom” and “folly” are two abstract nouns, but they actually refer to certain people. The expression in English is quite common and concise, while Chinese people are accustomed to the thinking in images, hence, in the translation, the concept of two abstract nouns is materialized as two people with certain properties. So that Chinese people can better understand the implicit meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 circular thinking and linear thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Robert Kaplan who analynizes different discourses and their different organization in different notions, students from different cultural backgrounds adopt different patterns of writing. The Chinese text, in contrast with the English text which is organized in a linear structure, is usually arranged in circular structure (1966:1-2). &lt;br /&gt;
Circular thinking can also be known as inductive thinking in which we infer a conclusion on the basis of facts and draw a conclusion from particular to general. From ancient times, traditional Chinese medicine already sets a model for us. They follow the principles of “inspection”, “inquiry”, “listening” and “smelling” and can finally make a diagnosis. Later in Compendium of Materia Medica writen by Li Shizheng, it collect and summarize a vast of prescription based on his practical experiences and mothods. And underlying the observations, Chinese people will finally draw a conclusion and are not always accustomed to express their opinions directly. Actually, it can derive from the traditional Chinese culture where the Confucianism immensely governs people’s thought. Under the influence of “the doctrine of mean” and the underlined “mutual harmony” in traditional Chinese philosophy, which cultivate Chinese to avoid direct confrontation and conflicts and take a mean course while they are thinking. Hence such kind of circular thinking model can be reflected upon the Chinese language where ideas are often organized and linked in an overall  framework, and does not state the topic directly in the opening lines but constantly lays out  relevant or even irrelevant information to provide many-sided perspectives for judging. While, on the contrary, the occidental thinking pattern tends to be linear, or we can say it is a kind of deductive thinking model. It starts from general to particular, from abstract to concrete, and from outcome to reason. The occidental prefer to directly talk about the topic at the beginning without reservation. As a matter of fact, it is deeply influenced by the Greek philosophy. The way of thinking is inherited from the Greek philosophers, such as Plato and Aristotle, especially Aristotlian logical and reasonable thinking. Aristotle puts forward two thought patterns: “ deduction and induction”, while he himself view the deductive method superior to the inductive one. Just as Guo remarks, “ For over 2000 years, syllogism and deduction has been a mainstream for western culture and thought.” And also Aristotle generalizes the discourse into four parts: beginning, poising a question, analysis and expounding, conclusion, which can be viewed as an epitome of occidental linear thinking pattern. In general, English thought pattern is a straight pattern. And so a text is usually centered on a topic in the form of the topic sentence of topic paragraph and then it is developed in a deductive method, directly by many sentences in a sequence. So, the crucial part is usually put at the beginning of an English sentence, but at the end of a Chinese sentence. Here are some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Soccer is a difficult sport. A player must be able to run steadily without rest. Sometimes a player must hit the ball with his or her head. Players must be willing to bang into or be banged into by others. They must put up with aching feet and sore muscles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
足球运动员必须不停地奔跑，有时得用头顶球，撞别人或被别人撞，必须忍受双腿和肌肉的疼痛，所以说，足球是一项难度大的运动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example to view how Chinese people and American people express their own emotions. The two excerpts are from the Keynote Speech By H.E. Xi Jinping President of the people’s Republic of China At the Opening Ceremony of The third China International Import Expo and President Obama’ speech at Fu Dan University in Shanghai respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 各位来宾:&lt;br /&gt;
女士们，先生们，朋友们：&lt;br /&gt;
Distinguished Guests,&lt;br /&gt;
Ladies and Gentlemen,&lt;br /&gt;
Dear Friends,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在各方共同努力下，第三届中国国际进口博览会开幕了！首先，我代表中国.   政府和中国人民，并以我个人的名义，向各位嘉宾，表示热烈的欢迎！对各位新老朋友，表示诚挚的问候！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With concerted efforts of all parties, the third China International Import Expo (CIIE) is now open. At the outset, let me extend, on behalf of the government and people of China as well as in my own name, a hearty welcome to all the distinguished guests. To the many old and new friends, I give you my warm greetings and best regards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good afternoon. It is a great honor for me to be here in Shanghai, and to have this opportunity to speak with all of you.&lt;br /&gt;
诸位下午好。 我感到很荣幸能够有机会到上海跟你们交谈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, in the first example, in English versions, the topic sentence is presented first, then it begins to illustrate the topic in a logical way to convince us that soccer is a difficult sport. Then in the second example, we can see that the president Xi and American former President Obama show their delightment in quite different ways. We Chinese people tend to express our joy at the end of discourse, while American people are willing to show their emotions at the beginning, which also vividly presents the Chinese linear thinking and Occidental circular thinking. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Although the distinction between Chinese linear thinking and Occidental circular thinking is widely recognized at home and abroad, it is not categorically clear about the line between Chinese and English. Actually, many ancient writers in China are fond of coming straight to the point and hit the nail on the head in a precise way. Liang Qichao, an excellent ancient scholar in Qing Dynasty, proposes in his the Methodology of composition above middle school, that the most important thing is to make readers get the writer’s purpose at a glance when reading an article, so that it can touch and gain the reader’s interest. And also the “general discussion-sub discussion-conclusion model” is only one certain structure for English writing. Hence it is hard to say that English is Linear and Chinese is circular as Robert Kaplan defines, and we have to critically think about the differences between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The discussions of the comparison between Chinese and Occidental thinking models have been carried out for a long time. In this paper, through the comparison on four opposite types of modes of thinking: Holistic thinking vs Analytical thinking, subject-oriented thinking vs object-targeted thinking, concrete thinking vs abstract thinking, and linear thinking vs circular thinking, and presenting how they reflect upon their language, it demonstrates that cultural diversity and different historical origin may dominate the formation of thinking patterns. Since in the sea of the Chinese and Occidental language and thought, the culture is like a mirror which reflects all-embracing phenomena. That is to say, language, thought and culture are essentially associated with each other. While there are also some other types of comparison among modes of thought like “static thinking vs dynamic thinking”, “fuzzy thinking vs accurate thinking” and so on. Moreover, we have to classify the writing style and genre of the articles, which would set up different principles in diction, so we can not lump together under one head and blindly follow that the Chinese and Occidental thinking models must be opposite in certain dimension. Hence this paper just tries to compare them in a general way, so that we can have a relatively overall view about the two language. Since the thought impacts a lot upon the language, we have to firstly understand how people from different nation think about the world and other objects around them, and then better understand why and how they tend to use such kind of ways of expression. Then it is greatly useful to learn a second language well and to better perform in the cross-cultural communication with the extent of cultural exchanges nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Flesch, R. The Art of Plain Words. New York: Harper &amp;amp; Brothers Publishers, 1946.&lt;br /&gt;
*Kaplan, R. B. “Cultural Thought Patterns in Intercultural Education in Language Learning”, A Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1966.&lt;br /&gt;
*Leech, G. and Svartvik, J. A Communicative Grammar of English Longman, 1974. &lt;br /&gt;
*Nakamura, Hajime. Ways of Thinking of Eastern Peoples—Indian, China, Tibet, Japan. London:Kegan Paul International, 1997. &lt;br /&gt;
*Nida，Eugene A Translating Meaning [M] San Dimas, California: English Language Institute, 1982. 16.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sapir, E. Language, [M]. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1921.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lian Shuneng. 连淑能. (2002) 论中西思维方式【J】 On Chinese and Western modes of thinking. 大连：外语与外语教学.  Dalian: Foreign language and teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1992)  《汉英对比翻译》【M】 Contrastive Study and Translation between English and Chinese, 南昌:  江西教育出版社, Nanchang: Jiangxi Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Qian Mu. 钱穆，(1977)《世界局势与中国文化》The World Situation and Chinese Culture【M】 台北：台北东大图书公司，Taibei: Taipei Dongda Book Co.LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Xiaolong. 申小龙.  汉字构形的主体思维及其人文精神 . 【J】The Subjective thinking and humanistic spirit of Chinese Characters《学术月刊》 1994 第14期, 74. Academic Monthly, 1994 (14), 74.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Dehua. 汪德华. 英汉思维方式对其语言、文字的影响 【J】. The influence of Thinking Modes of English and Chinese on Their Language and Character. 外语与外语教学，2003, (3), 36. Foreign Language and Teaching, 2003 (3), 36.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Li. 张 黎. (1994) 《文化的深层选择———汉语意合语法论》 【M】on Chinese Parataxis Grammar. 长春：吉林教育出版社Changchun: Jilin Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Sijie &amp;amp; Zhang Boran. 张思洁, 张柏然. 形合与意合的哲学思维反思【J】Parataxis versus Hypotaxis— a Reflection on the Relation between Language, Philosophy and modes of Thinking,  中国翻译 Chinese  Translation. 2001 (7), 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Functional Equivalence and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance 曾良 Zeng Liang 英语笔译 202070080578==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late 1960s, the famous American translator Eugene Nida proposed functional equivalence, which has an overwhelming significance in the development of translation theory. This theory is based on modern linguistics, social semiotics and information theory.Its equivalence is not confined to the corrrespondence in vocabulary and grammar between original language and target language. Meanwhile, the correspondence of response between the original readers and the target language readers is also paid attention. Nida points out that translation should accord with original text in meaning, rather than form, and he also pays much attention to the response of the target language readers. He thinks that expressing the target language properly and appropriately is the central task in translating, which has an important guiding significance for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the further effect of western translation theories on Chinese translation theories, translators of China also propose different translation theories. Based on Chinese classical aesthetics and literary criticism, Yan Fu, a famous translator of China, proposes the famous translation standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, which has a deep influence on China’s translation circle and provides an important translation theory for Chinese translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance all provide important translation standards for translators and have a pivotal role in the history of translation theories. At the same time, by analyzing the Chinese translation of ''Vanity Fair'' written by Thackery, the similarities and differences of thse two translation theories will be presented, which will promote the understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words:=== Functional equivalence; Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance; similarities and differences; Vanity Fair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪60年代末。美国著名翻译家尤金·奈达提出了翻译理论发展史上具有里程碑意义的“功能对等”翻译理论，该理论以现代语言学、社会符号学以及信息论为理论基础，其对等并未局限于原语和目的语之间词汇和语法的转换，对原语读者的感受和目的语言读者的感受是否一致也同样关注。奈达提倡翻译并未形式的对等而是客观内容的对等，他还重视目的语接受者的反应，以合适、贴切的目的语表达视为翻译的中心任务，这对翻译工作者具有重要的指导意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着西方翻译理论对中国翻译理论的影响日益加深，中国翻译家也逐渐提出了自己的翻译理论。中国著名翻译家严复基于中国传统美学和文学评论，提出了著名的“信达雅”翻译标准。这一翻译标准在中国翻译界影响深远，为翻译工作者提供了很重要的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达和严复的翻译理论都为翻译工作者提供了重要的翻译标准，在翻译理论史上都具有举足轻重的作用。同时，这两大理论具有许多相似之处和不同点。本文通过对萨克雷《名利场》的中文译本进行分析，并通过对信息文本的处理来对比分析两大理论，找到两者的异同点，希望能对两大翻译理论的理解有一定的促进作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：功能对等；信达雅；异同；《名利场》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking back on the history of Chinese and western translation, we can see that translation theories are rich and colorful. In the western translation field, Nida is recognized as an outstanding representative. His “ Functional equivalence” theory has broken through the traditional formal equivalence theory and has had a broad and far-reacching impact. In the Chinese translation circle, Yan Fu is the most influential one. He puts forward the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” translation standard, which is a milestone in the history of Chinese translation theory and promotes the development of Chinese translation theory(Tan Kai 2011, 43).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida and Yan Fu are in different social environment, and their translation standards are once questioned and denied, it is undeniable that these two translation standards are still the most authoritative and vital in Chinese and Western translation circles.（Zhang Yimei 2020, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a well-known contemporary western linguistics, an expect that researches Bible as well as a translation theorist. His translation view, which is called functional equivalence, has set off a wave of enthusiasm in the translation field(Zhang Yimei 2020,180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Nida put forward “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence” in the book ''Toward A Science of Translating''(Nida 1964, 45). However, he did not give a clear definition of “dynamic equivalence” until 1969 in the book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''(Nida 1969, 34). In 1993, the expression “dynamic equivalence” was superseded by “functional equivalence” in his work ''From One Language to Another'' (Nida 1993, 67). Dynamic Equivalence is defined “in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it is essentially the same manner as the receptors in the source language(Nida 1969, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence emphasizes the response of equivalence rather than the form of equivalence. In the process of evaluating the quality of a translation, one should not only see whether the form is consistent with the original text, or whether the content is fluent and smooth, but also check whether the response of the target language readers is consistent with the original readers or whether the effect produced by the target text is consistent with the original text（Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). As we all know, it is impossible for a transltion to be faithful to the original to full extent. There are many reasons for this. For example, the language ability and knowledge background of translator can cause differences in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Language, Culture and Translating'', Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels: the minimal level and the maximal level(Nida 2001, 78). The minimal level of functional equivalence is defined as “The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it”. The maximal level is stated as “The readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it in essentially the same manner as the original readers did”(Nida 1993,118). The two definitions of equivalence reveal that the minimal level is realistic, whereas the maximal level ideal. For Nida, good translations always lie between the two levels (Nida,1995,224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is a famous enlightenment thinker and educator in modern China, as well as an outstanding translation theorist. His three principles of translation—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, were widely accepted as essential criteria for understanding translations since the early 20th century. It appeared in Yan Fu’s preface to his translation of Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'' (1898)（Zhang Xi 2014,1):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (Xin), expressiveness (da) and elegance (ya). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so(Yan Fu 2009, 202).”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and translation practices, Yan Fu advanced “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which has a great contribution to the history of China’s translation and has become the fundamental tenets of the 20th century Chinese translation theory(Zhang Xi 2014, 2). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Yan’s three principles, the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression of the target language, and elegant in the writing style. “Faithfulness” emphasizes the fidelity to the original text. Yan pointed out that translator couldn’t begin his work until he has grasped the spirit and logic of the original text. “ Expressiveness” stresses the fluency and acceptability that the translation expresses. “Elegance” reflects that Yan pays much attention to readers’ thought. Yan said in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics''(Yan Fu 2009, 202):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Confucious said, ‘Diction should be expressive.’ He also said, ‘Diction without elegance cannot reach far.’ The three principles should be the basic elements of any writing, and the tenet for the translator. Apart from faithfulness and expressiveness, I seek elegance.(Yan Fu 2009, 202)”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people reagrd Yan’s translation standard as a golden rule, however, there are also some criticisms of it. Most criticisms come from the denial of standard “ elegance”. According to Yan Fu, elegance means using Chinese charcters of pre-Han dynasty to express original text. He is inclined to use classical style of writing in pursuing elegance because of two reasons: firstly, he believes that boring language cannot expand the influence of translated text; secondly, most of the readers of that time are knowledgeable people from the upper class and the translations are foreign philosophy and social science(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the common readers cannot understand the real meaning of the original text. “Elegance” people mentioned now has been modified by later generations, which refers to that the translation should be literary and elegant. Although there are still some doubts about the standard “elegance”, the contribution and influence of Yan’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” are undeniable(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theoretial Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
====Theoretical Foundation of Nida’s Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Modern Linguistic=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is based on modern linguistic and it has a close relationship with linguistics(Guo Dingju 2013, 15). Nida successfully applied the research of modern linguistics into translation theory. He used semantic theories, especially the method of semantic componential analysis to analyze referring meaning and associative meaning of vocabulary objectively and accurately(Guo Dingju 2013, 16). He transformed Chomsky’s core sentence theory, deep structure and surface structure, created a relatively complete process of interlingual conversion, and proposed a three-stage theory of the translation process（Zhu Haotong 2006,64). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Nida’s opinion, various language structures have many similarities and deep structure is more common than surface structure(Nida 1964, 68). Therefore, through the interlingual  conversion of deep structure, the fidelity to the original text can be ensured to the greatest extent. At the same time, since the surface structure of the translated text is the free expression of the conversion of deep structure, the smoothness of the translated text can be ensured as much as possible. The faithful and smooth translations create conditions for the equivalence of readers’ reaction, which makes it possible to achieve functional equivalence(Nida 1964, 68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Information Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is also based on information theory. Nida believes that translation is an activity of transforming the information expressed in one language into another, that is to say, the information encoded in one code is transformed into another(Nida 1984, 34). The purpose of translating is to communicate by conveying information(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Only when the target language readers obtain the same information as the original readers, the relationship between the target language readers and target information is basically the same as the relationship between original language readers and original information(Nida 1964, 68). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida notices that the original readers’ ability to accept information is different from that of target language readers(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Generally speaking, the information receptive ability of original language readers is better than target language readers, especially when the original language and target language belong to different language systems and cultures(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Nida stresses that in order to let the target language readers obtain the same information as the original readers, translators can change appropriately the form of the original for the target readers to better understand the translation(Nida 1984, 34). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is also based on social semiotics. Nida believes that translating is to translate the meaning of the original, and social semiotics is the most comprehensive system to analyze the meaning(Zhu Haotong 2006,65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''Language, Culture and Translation'', Nida points out that using social semiotics, the science that researches all codes and symbols in human society, to study translation is the most comprehensive way, and the key that it is superior to any other translation methods to carry on interlingual translation is that social semiotics studies all codes in human society, and it focuses on studying language, the most comprehensive and complex semiotic systems used by human. Therefore, in terms of decoding and encoding, the translation method of social semiotics is more comprehensive than any other translation methods(Nida 1993, 67). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theoretical Foundation of Yan Fu’s Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Chinese Aesthetics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetics is at first a branch of philosophy dealing with the nature of art, beauty and taste with creation and appreciation of beauty（Guo dingju 2013, 18). It has a great impact on traditional Chinese translation theories and standards. In 1898, Yan Fu put forward the famous translation standard “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which has always been the central idea of Chinese translation theory and aesthetics(Yan Fu 2009, 202). Its influence is far-reaching and almost no one can match with it today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the meaning of the target text should be faithful to the original text with accurate words and without arbitrary omission or deletion. “Expressiveness” means that the form of the target text is not constrained and the translation is smooth and clear. “Elegance” refers to that the words of translation should be appropriate and vivid, and the translation should be concise and elegant like the original. “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reveal the essence of translation(Yan Fu 2009, 202). Compared with the long-winded theoretical explanation abroad, these three words cover almost all the content of translation aesthetics, and fully reflect the concise beauty of Chinese characters(Guo Dingju 2013, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese aesthetics mainly comes from the ancient asetheics, which is the theoretical foundation of Yan Fu’s translation theory of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance(Guo Dingju 2013, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Literary Criticism=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary criticism (or literary studies) is the study, evaluation, and interpretation of literature. Modern literary criticism is often influenced by literary theory, which is the philosophical discussion of literature's goals and methods(Guo Dingju 2013, 19). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the whole, literary criticism can be divided into two categories. One is a body of study focused on ethics and human emotions. The other is a bulk of explorations centered round the craftmanship of literary works(Li Jianzhong 2009, 45). The core of Chinese literary criticism is the theory of literary creation(Li Jianzhong 2009, 46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are mainly three types of literary criticism in the early 20th century from the aspect of functions of criticism. The first type of literary criticism focuses on literary works proper. The critics of this type analyze literay works with their own experience and wisdom, which is called art-oriented criticism and Lu Xun is its representative. The second type is aimed at an independent cultural value. The critics try to dig out its philosophical, psychological, ethnic and linguistic significance of works. The third one is society-oriented criticism and it serves politics. It works well in the period of political struggels(Wang Yunxi 2007, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparative Studies on Translation theories of Nida and Yan Fu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introdution of ''Vanity Fair'' and Yang Bi’s Translation Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====About ''Vanity Fair''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Vanity Fair'' is Mr. Thackeray’s most important work. The novel takes place during the Napoleonic Wars and tells the lives of two contrasted girls: Amelia Sedley, the daughter of a wealthy merchant, a good natured, loveable though simple-minded young girl, and Rebecca (Becky) Sharp, an orphan who is a strong-willed and cunning young woman. These two girls met at Miss Pinkerton’s Academy for young ladies, the former driven by delicate heart and the latter by social ambition(Guo Dingju 2013, 21).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the begining, Becky lived in a rich life and her social state was promoted step by step relying on some ignoble means. But Amelia suffered great sorrow because of her father’s bankruptcy. However, several years later, their lives were totally changed. They seemed to go back to their origianl work. Becky gained nothing, and Amelia returned to happy life again(Thackeray 2006，178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This novel gains great success and shapes the image of a bad woman, Becky. You may hate her, but you will never forget her once you read this wonderful novel. Although she is a charater living in a different time and world, you can feel her presence in our world, even in any society. ''Vanity Fair'' is one of the greatest literary works describing society at that time written by William Makepeace Thackeray(Guo Dingju 2013, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The capitalists’ accumulation and the 19th society are all presented to readers through Thackeray’s description. This novel reflects the degradation and social hypocrisy and people at time time try every means to keep in contact with the upper class. The title of this novel reveal the theme: the treasures of vanity fair, that is money and position, are desirable but transient. Thackeray’s idea is that although one may live in vanity fair, one doesn’t need to be a slave to its values, which will eventually turn into emptiness(Thackeray 2006, 89).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yang Bi’s Translation of ''Vanity Fair''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many Chinese translation version of ''Vanity Fair''. Among these versions, Yang Bi’s translation version ranks the first, which has been published for four times by different publications. Yang Bi’s version of Vanity Fair was firstly published by People’s Literature Publication in 1957. Then it was published in 1997 and 2000. The latest version was published in 2012 by The Commercial Press in 2012. Yang Bi’s translation version of ''Vanity Fair'' was praised and encouraged by many translators, such as Fu Lei(Guo Dingju 2013, 23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bi shows target language readers a sense of wholeness by smooth sentence structure amd takes related cultural background into consideration. Owing to her proficiency in Chinese, she can convey the meaning of original text appropriately to Chinese readers and Chinese readers can have a good understanding of western literary works(Guo Dingju 2013, 23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An Analysis on Nida’s Functional Equivalence from Translation of ''Vanity Fair''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thackeray has a sharp eye on his literary works, especially in ''Vanity Fair'', which requires an outstanding understanding and expressive ability of the translator. When comparing the English and Chinese version of Vanity Fair, it’s easy for us to find that Yang Bi’s translation is good at dealing with words, sentences, chapters, and rhetorical devices. Her translation is natural and smooth that the target language readers feel like reading the traditional novels(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 16). In this paper, two main aspects will be analyzed by the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In traditional grammar, one of the kernel parts is Part of Speech. Some regular rules are deeply rooted in our minds, such as adjectives modify nouns, adverbs modify verbs and adjectives, and conjunctions connect parts of sentences. People who learn foreign languages are familiar with these rules. However, the quality of translation will be influenced if these rules are brought into the translation. Under this circumstance, Nida suggests abandoning the traditional grammar and adopting new seven-part-of-speech system(Nida 1943，89), those are &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)entities, such as woman, desk, dictionary, and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) activities, such as walk, run, swim and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)states, such as dead, excited, happy and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)characteristics, such as tall, huge, fat and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)processes, such as shorten, grow, enlarge and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)links, such as when, during, below and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)deictics, such as that, there, this and so on(Nida 1986, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of Yang Bi’s ''Vanity Fair'', we can find that the target text is flexible and functional equivalence of Nida is achieved at the lexical level. Free translation is the main translation method that she adopts. What’s more, she combines different translation techniques, such as combination, addition, and omission to reproduce the origianl meaning in the target language(Zhang Yanmei 2019,16). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exampe 1:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST1:...for what can be prettier than an image of Love on his knees before Beauty？(Thackeray 2006, 138)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1:痴情男子向美貌佳人跪下求婚，还不是一幅最赏心悦目的画吗？(杨必 2013, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
In ST1, “Love” and “Beauty” are two entities according to Nida’s classification of words(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19). In the original text, Thackeray describes a scene in which Baron proposes to Rebecca. He uses abstract words “Love” and “Beauty” to represent Baron and Rebecca. In TT1, Yang Bi translates “Love” and “Beauty” into “痴情男子“and “美貌佳人”to reproduce the meaning of the original text. Although the words in ST1 are abstract and the words in TT1 are concrete, the meaning of the origianl text is greatly reproduced in the translation, and the translation is even more vivid than the original one. What’s more, the translation contains a humorous tone, and the target language readers can feel humorous and interesting(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19). If we translate “Love” and “Beauty” into “爱情” and “美人”, the literal menaing and charm of original text are lost and the style of original text is not reproduced in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Syntactical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sentence is the basic unit of language. In the process of translating Englsih sentences into Chinese, the translator should comprehend the original writer’s intention and then express it in the target language. Thus, the arrangement of sentences should be considered. On the syntactical level, English has long compound sentences which belong to hypotactic sentence, while Chinese has more short sentences which belong to paratactic sentence. What’s more, there are many distinctions between English and Chinese sentences which requires the translator to make proper adjustments. In order to overcome the obstacles of long sentences in translation, Nida put forward a suggestion that one long difficult sentence can be divided into several core sentences (Nida, 1946). Nida uses the concept of core kernel sentence(Nida 1946, 55). He think there are seven types of kernel sentence in English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)subject+predicate+adverbial, such as, John wrote slowly;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)subject+predicate+object, such as, John hit Bill;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)subject+predicate+object+object, such as, John gave Mary a gift;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)subject+be+subject complement, such as John is in the restaurant;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)subject+be+attributive, such as, John is kind;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)subject+be+indefinite article+noun, such as, John is a man.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)subject+be+pronoun+noun, such as, John is my friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above seven sentences are understandable in human language. No matter what language you speak in communicating with others, the people you talk with can understand your meaning as long as you use simple sentences(Guo Dingju 2013, 32). Nida believes that experienced translators often break down complex sentences into simple sentences when translating the origianl text(Nida 1946, 56). The translator often needs to make proper adjustments and rebuild the sentence structure in the target text. Many examples in Yang Bi’s translation of Vanity Fair are discovered to simplify the sentences. From her translation, we also find out that functional equivalence is achieved at the syntactical level in Yang Bi’s translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST2:His first marriage with the daughter of the noble Binkie had been made under the auspices of his parents; and as he often told Lady Crawley in her lifetime she was such a confounded quarrelsome high-bred jade that when she died he was hanged if he would ever take another of her sort, at her ladyship’s demise he kept his promise, and selected for a second wife Miss Rose Dawson, daughter of Mr.Johm Thomas Dawson, ironmonger, of Mudbury. (Thackeray2016,75)                                                                                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2:他第一次结婚的时候，奉父母之命娶了一位贵族小姐，是平葛家里的女儿。克劳来夫人活着的时候，他就常常当面说她是个讨人嫌的婆子，礼数又足，嘴巴子又碎；并且说等她死了之后，死也不愿意再娶这么一个老婆了。他说到做到：妻子去世以后，他就挑了墨特白菜铁器商人约翰·汤姆士·道生的女儿露丝·道生做填房。&lt;br /&gt;
（Yang Bi 2013,76)                               &lt;br /&gt;
                                                   &lt;br /&gt;
In ST2, there is a long and complex sentence and the word quantity of this sentence is eighty. According to Nida’s theory, this long sentence can be divided into several kernel sentences(Nida 1946,76). Yang Bi carefully simplified this long sentence into several short sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)他第一次结婚的时候，奉父母之命娶了一位贵族小姐，是葛平家里的女儿。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His first marriage with the daughter of the noble had been undre the auspices of his parents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)他经常跟克莱劳夫人说一些事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He often told Lady Crawley in her lifetime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)她是个讨人嫌的婆子，礼数又足，嘴巴子又卖力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She was such a confounded quarrelsome high-bred jade. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)她死后，他许下承诺。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He was hanged after her death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5）他不会再娶这么一个老婆了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He would never take another of her sort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)妻子去世后，他遵守了自己的承诺。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At her ladyship’s demise he kept his promise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)他挑了墨特白菜铁器商人约翰·汤姆士·道生的女儿露丝·道生做填房。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He selected for a second wife Miss Rose Dawson, daughter of Mr. John Thomas Dawson, ironmonger, of Mudbury.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the sentence structure is transformed from a long complex sentence into seven short simple sentences. Although the sentence structure is different, the meaning of the original is expressed completely in its translation and the target language readers can have a good understanding of the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An Analysis on Yan Fu’s Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance from Translation of ''Vanity Fair''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Yang Bi’s ''Vanity Fair'' is a good example of combination of Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegence(Guo Dingju 2013, 23). We will analyze Yang Bi’s translation of ''Vanity Fair'' from lrxical and sentence level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary words demands that the translator has good comand of comprehensive and expressive abilities. Although many words are equivalence in English-Chinese dictionary, yet it is not easy to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance with mere literal meaning equivalence(Guo Dingju 2013, 25). Thackeray is very particular about the words, so it is not easy for the translator to express the original meaning. But Yang Bi grasps the original meaning and does quite well in his translation, which makes the translation vivid and interesting. Let’s look at how to achieve faithfulness, expressive and elegance in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST3: ...for what can be prettier than an image of Love on his knees before Beauty?(Thackeray 2006, 138)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3:痴情公子向美貌佳人跪下求婚，还不是一幅最赏心悦目的画吗？(杨必 2013, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In ST3, there is a scene of Baron proposing marriage to Rebecca. Thackeray uses the abstract words “an image of Love” and “Beauty” to refer to Baron and Rebecca. What’s more, the original text contains a ridiculous tone, and readers can feel humorous from Thackeray’s words. Only when the translator translates the style and spirit of the original faithfully can faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance be achieved(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the words “prettier”, “an image of Love” and “Beauty” are translated into “更好看”“爱情形象”“美人” respectively, the style and charm of the original are lost and faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are not achieved in the translation. In Yang Bi’s translaton ,she achieves faithfulness, expressiveness and elegence by her good mastering of language. In TT3, “痴情男子”“美貌佳人”and “赏心悦目” reproduce the further meaning of the original text, which achieves the standard of Yan Fu’s faithfulness. What’s more, expressiveness is also achieved in her translation because the translation is smooth. Meanwhile, these groups of words are elegant,  which convey the style and charm of the original text and conform to the characteristcs of literary works. Thus, elegance is also achieved in Yang Bi’s translation(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Sentence Level===== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese are different in many aspects. For example, English sentences are tree-structure and there are many long complex sentences in English, while Chinese sentences are bamboo-structure and they are usually short. English sentences emphasize hypotaxis, while Chinese sentences stress parataxis(Guo Dingju 2013,40). Thus, it is impracticable to translate English into Chinese without changing sentence structures and it is difficult for the translator to achieve Yan Fu’s standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. There are many long sentences in ''Vanity Fair'', so it is a challenging work for Yang Bi to translate them into Chinese. However, by researching Yang Bi’s translation, we will find out her good performance of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST4:The amiable behavior of Mr.Crawley, and Lady Jane’s kind reception of her, highly flattered Miss Briggs, who was enabled to speak a good word for the latter, after the cards of the Southdown family had been presented to Miss Crawley.(Thackeray 2006, 74)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT4:布立葛丝小姐看看克劳莱先生的态度那么客气，吉恩小姐又待她热情，觉得受宠若惊，等到沙吴赛家里的名片送到克劳莱小姐面前，她就找机会给吉恩小姐说了些好话。(Yang Bi 1997, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original sentence, the abstract words “behavior” and “reception” are the subject of the sentence, which shows the static feature of English. If translate it into “克劳莱先生的客气态度和吉恩小姐的热情接待使布立葛丝小姐受宠若惊……” without changing sentence structure, we will find that it doesn’t conform to the expression habits of Chinese. Although it seems to be faithful to the original form and meaning, it is stiff. On the contrary, Yang Bi changes its sentence structure and uses the object of the original as the subject in target language. With this adjustment, Yang Bi changes static language into dynamic one and faithfully reproduces the meaning of the original into target language. What’s more, her translation is smooth and full of beauty of literary works. In a word, the translation of this sentence conform to the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A Comparative Study on Translation Theory of Nida and Yan Fu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Similarities of Them=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are very popular in the translation field, which have been used as golden rules in the process of translating(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). In fact, there are many similarities between them. This paper will research two main similarities of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One similarity of them is that they both pay attention to readers’ response. In Nida’s opinion, one of important ways of evaluating translation works is the target text reader’s response to the information conveyed by the original author. Thus, when evaluating a translation work we should pay attention to target language readers. Meanwhile, we should compare the reaction of original readers with the reaction of target readers to see if they are consistent(Nida&amp;amp;Taber 1969, 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu also attaches great importance to readers.The purpose of his translation is to enlighten the ruling class, who are more proficient in classical Chinese. So Yan Fu advocates using the words and grammar of Han Dynasty(Guo Dingju 2013, 43). Therefore, Nida and Yan Fu both pay attention to readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other similarity is that they both emphasize on conveying information. Nida believes that translation is communication. Translation works are useless if they cannot play the role of communicating(Zhu Haotong 2006, 64). Therefore, the relationship between the target language recipient and the translation information should be the same as the relationship between the original language recipient and the original information(Nida 1969,30). But sometimes it is difficult to completely convey information in the original text into the target text. In this case, the translator must change the form of the target language to some extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu also stresses on conveying the original information. He points out that words and phrases can be reversed, added and deleted freely(Guo Dingju 2013,44). We need not care too much about the order of phrases without losing the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the similarities of Nida’s  and Yan Fu’s translation theories, we can find out that they both pay attention to readers and emphasize on conveying information of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Differences of Them=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many similarities of them, they have several differences because of different cultural background, personal consciousness and other factors. Firstly, functional equivalence is more logic and scientific than faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. The former is closely related to multiple disciplines, and it is more systematic, while the latter is merely based on literature and aesthetics(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). Secondly, Nida gives detailed explanation of functional equivalence,which is clear and accurate, while the explanation of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance given by Yan Fu is somewhat ambiguous(Zhang Yimei 2020, 181). There are a lot of arguments on the explanation of “elegance”. What’s more, the concrete explanation of “faithfulness” is not clear. Whether the target text should only be “faithful” to the content of the original text or the content and style of the original is not explicit to translators. Thirdly, in guiding sense, Nida’s functional equivalence mentions four aspects, that is, lexical equivalence, syntactical equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence, and he gives six principles on how to achieve functional equivalence(Nida 1964, 67). However, Yan Fu doesn’t mention how to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, so translators can only use them as translation standard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the further communication between Western and Chinese culture, it is vital to study literature as it is a bridge to connect different cultures and a good medium to know the colorful world. ''Vanity Fair'' is a literary work that gains a great popularity in the nineteenth century because it satirizes the hypocrisy of the upper class(Guo Dingju 2013, 22). However, it is difficult to translate it from English into Chinese because of differences of these two languages. By a coincidence, Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance can be used as a guidance in the process of translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From comparison above, we know that there are some similarities and differences between them. I believe that these two translation theories play an important role in translating and they can guide us better understand different cultures. At the end of this paper, I will discuss the implements and limitations of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Implements====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on analysis above, we can see that Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are conducive to our translating works and it is feasible to apply them into translation practice. By comparing Nida’s and Yan Fu’s translation theories, we know that there are many similarities and differences between them and we can find out that Nida’s functional equivalence is systematic and scientific, while the explanation of Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is not very clear, and the specific ways to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are not given(Zhang Yimei 2020, 181). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, from the point of modern translation theories, both Nida’s and Yan Fu’s translation theories are very limited. Their theories are suitable in some fields, while in other fields they are not very proper(Guo Ding 2013, 48). All in all, we should learn from other’s strong points to make up one’s deficiencies to make our translation better and apply them into our translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limitations====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of literary works is a very difficult and demanding thing, which requires a good command of both English and Chinese languages, and an excellent understanding of two cultures. Although the author have spared efforts to do the study, there still exist some limitations. Firstly, the examples of Vanity Fair used in the analysis is very limited, so its generalizability is far from adequate. Secondly, this study is restricted because it only takes one translation version of ''Vanity Fair'' as a case study instead of a comparative study between different translation versions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达.(1964).''Toward a Science of Translating'' 《翻译的科学探索》. Leiden: Brill Archive博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达, and Charles Russell Taber 泰伯, eds 著.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''《翻译理论与实践》. Leiden: Brill Archive博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达, and Jan de Waard.(1986) ''From One Language to Another''《从一种语言到另一种语言》. Nashville: Thomas Nelson托马斯·纳尔逊出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''《语言、文化与翻译》.Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Languages Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thackeray,William萨克雷.（2006）. ''Vanity Fair''《名利场》.Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press外语教学与研究出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Minjie陈岷婕.(2013).浅谈严复的“信达雅”与奈达的“功能对等”[On Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Nida’s “functional Equivalence”].科教文汇The Science Education Article Collects(236)94-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Dingju郭丁菊.(2013).功能对等理论与信达雅翻译理论的比较研究[A Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence and Faithfulness Expressiveand Elegance from the Translation of Vanity Fair].Harbin:Northeast Forestry University东北农业大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jianzhong李建中.(2009)中国文学批评史[History of Chinese Literary Criticism].Beijing:Peking University Press北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Kai谭凯.(2011)严复“信、达、雅”和奈达“功能对等”理论的比较研究[A Comparative Study on Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness Expressive and Elegance” and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence].青年作家Young Writers(1)43-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yunxi王运熙,Gu Yisheng顾易生.(2007).中国文学批评史新编[A New History of Chinese Literary Criticism].Shanghai:Shanghai Classics Publishing House上海古籍出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu严复(2009).《天演论》译例言[Preface to Evolution and Ethics].Beijing:The Commercial Press商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bi杨必.(2013)《名利场》[Vanity Fair].Beijing:People’s Literature Publishing House人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yanmei张妍梅.(2019).功能对等理论视角下《名利场》的翻译[A Study on The Translation of Vanity Fair from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory].Lanzhou:Lanzhou Jiaotong University兰州交通大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xi张曦.(2014).翻译硕士备考指南[A Guide Book to MTI].Shanghai:Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press上海交通大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[A Comparison on :Faithfulness Expressiveness and Elegance].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House中国学术期刊电子出版社(2)180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Haotong 朱浩彤.(2006).奈达“功能对等”理论基础的再思考[Some Thoughts on the Theoretical Bases of Nida’s Functional Equivalence]. Journal of Fujiann Medical University福建医科大学学报(3)62-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==English Translation of 2019 ''Government Work Report'' from the Perspective of Eco-translatology	义子楚	Yi Zichu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== In recent years, with the deepening of the reform and opening up, the ''Government Work Report'' has become China's foreign political communication hub conducive to a better understanding by the international community of the work of the Chinese government. Therefore, how to effectively write the corresponding English version and how to fully convey the message of the government's work is one of the main problems for translators. Eco-translatology is an ecological paradigm and research field which defines that translation is adaptation and selection and highlights multi-dimension transformation. This thesis analyzes the English translation of the ''2019 Government Work Report'' from three perspectives: linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions. It is shown that eco-translatology help improve the quality of the English translation of ''2019 Government Work Report'' . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== eco-translatology; 2019 Government Work Report; multi-dimension transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===近年来，随着改革开放的不断深入，《政府工作报告》已变成中国对外政治交流的枢纽，有利于加深国际社会对中国政府工作的了解。因此，如何有效地编写《中国政府工作报告》对应的英文版本，从而全面清晰地解释政府工作的内容是政府对外翻译的主要问题之一。生态翻译理论从生态学视角对翻译进行综观的整体性研究，是一个‘翻译即适应与选择’的生态范式和研究领域。本文主要从生态翻译学的多维翻译理论着手，通过语言维、文化维和交际维三个角度对《2019政府工作报告》的英译版本进行分析。分析显示生态翻译理论较好地解决了政府工作报告中翻译难题，提高了英文翻译的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词：生态翻译学，《政府工作报告》，多维转换理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Government Work Report'' of the state council is a review of the work within a year, which the ''National People's Congress'' on the prime minister of state court reports to the National People's Congress and the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference, including the task of deployment, and the transmission of the priority tasks. It reflects the national policy, culture, as an important text of national conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
Over the past four decades and since reform and opening up, China's overall political, economic, cultural and military strength has grown steadily, and so has its voice in the world. On the one hand, China is recognized and supported by the international community in economic, political and cultural fields. On the other hand, countries hope to have a deeper understanding of China, strengthen ties with China and realize common development. Due to this, the translation of external publicity is particularly important. Let China know more about the world and let the world know more about China. As the latest work report of the year, the 2019 Government Work Report is not only a comprehensive summary of the work of the government in 2018, but also a plan for the work of the government in 2019. It covers the latest political, economic, cultural and diplomatic developments in China. Eco-translatology theory, which originated in China, provides a new and unique perspective for translation studies and has made great progress in the past two decades. Through the interpretation of the core concepts of eco-translatology, this paper interprets the report language from the perspectives of vocabulary and syntax, and proposes corresponding translation strategies based on language dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension, so as to provide reference for the translation of external publicity materials.&lt;br /&gt;
In order to understand the Government Work Report accurately, we must be combined with the society and culture of China. So, the Chinese-English translation is of great significance. And in recent years, the domestic scholars attach great importance to the translation of political words. Therefore, it has important functions and research values to study on the Chinese-English translation of Government Work Report from the prospective of eco-translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Zhenqiu(2003）reposed that the translation of political articles should focus on politics. Huang Youyi(2004) proposed The Three Principles of External Publicity Translation. Tong Xiaohua (2014) explores the English translation of the Government Work Report from different perspectives. Wang Gangyi（2014）also pointed out that the former absolute loyalty to the translation of political texts can no longer satisfy the changing society and readers. Linguistics emphasizes the equivalence of texts from different aspects, which is of great guiding significance for texts like the Government Work Report that emphasizes fidelity. Under the guidance of Nida's functional equivalence theory, Zhou Ji studied the economic and political terms in the report at the lexical and textual levels. In 2001, Joan Pinkham (2000:1) published a book and it is The Translator’s Guide to Chinglish, in which it explores the Chinglish in political publicity from the angle of lexis and syntax. In her book, she suggested that translators should not only understand the subtle connotations of words and sentences clearly and use more idioms to express the meanings of the source text, but also pay special attention to the tone and short sentences of Chinese, and avoid the use of outdated, rigid terms, slang and colloquialisms. Compared with domestic studies, the number of relevant studies abroad is very small, and there are almost no relevant translation studies. Moreover, it is worth mentioning that foreign countries are more interested in the content of the report, that is, to describe the national policies, culture and social issues. &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis focuses on translation of political publicity from the perspective of eco-translatology in order to proves that eco-translation is conductive and practical in the process of translating the Government Work Report and summarizes several useful strategies in translating political texts. Moreover, this thesis analyzes the features of Government Work Report, which provides a clear mind for translators in selecting the proper strategies in translation process of the Government Work Report.     This thesis includes three chapters. The first part introduces the research background of the study and the significance of the study, and also illustrates the previous research on the translation of Government Work Report at home and abroad. Chapter two surrounds on the theoretical framework of eco-translatology including adaptation and selection principle and multi-dimensional translation principle. Chapter three, as one of the main chapter of the thesis, analyzes the translation of the 2019 Government Work Report from the perspective of eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction of Government Work Report'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Government Work Report has the features of com prehension and objection, it using the data and truth to telling the achievements of all aspects and obey the practical and realistic rules to implementing the plan. Government Work Report emphasizes on the key point of works which has plain and innovative writing style. As a typical political text, Government Work Report manifests distinctive features. First, we need to understand the characteristics of the words, phrases, and sentences in the report so that we can translate them naturally and logically.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.1 Lexical Level '''====&lt;br /&gt;
For Government Work Report has its own features at m any levels, it often uses the formal and concise words, terminology and plain words at lexical level. And the new, popular words and words with Chinese characteristics are also employed. Therefore, it is very necessary to pay attention to the features at lexical level when analyzing the Government Work Report.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.1Formal and Concise Words'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The expressions like “认真贯彻”(fully implement), “坚定不移纠正”(take stern action against)are quite formal and not common in colloquial conversation. Some expressions like “砥砺奋进”(forged ahead), “攻坚克难”(overcame difficulties)  are quite condensed so that the simplest word can explain more meanings. The Chinese four-word structure characteristic can fully satisfy the need of concision, therefore, there are many this kind of structure occurred in the Government Work Report. &lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.2 Terms with Chinese Characteristics'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
As the Government Work Reports involve many professional fields like politics, economics, livelihood, medicine and technology. Therefore, terms in different fields are inevitable，such as “半拉子”工程 ( Make sure that projects financed by such debts are not stopped half way.); “河长制、湖长制”( river chiefs and lake chiefs ) ; “革命老区” ( old revolutionary base areas ); “民族地区”( areas with large ethnic minority populations ) ; “携号转网”( keep their numbers and switching carriers ); “厕所革命”( the Toilet Revolution ). These words are all unique terms for China ’s national conditions in recent years. If they are translated literally, it will inevitably lead to differences in the understanding of target language readers. In this case, translators must adapt to the ecological environment.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.3 New and Popular Words'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The new words here refer to the popular expressions of the year. They are widely known by people. The internet and other media are also frequently and widely used, such as “好差评”(government service evaluation system); “互联网+”(Internet Plus); “包干制”(the creation of ceilings in funding that enable the retention of unused funds)”僵尸企业”(zombie enterprises);”大病保险”(serious disease insurance ); “绿色发展”(green development). They are too popular on the Chinese social life to let even the government leaders use them and create new ones.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.2 Syntactic Level'''====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the grammatical subject is always absent in a sentence. In Government Work Report, there have lots of this kind of structure frequently. English is a metamorphic language which requires a large number of logical word clauses to build the integrity of language form and meaning. In English grammar, the subject is inevitable so that it can be a complete sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
Eg: “困难不容低估，信心不可动摇，干劲不能松懈。” (The difficulties we face must not be underestimated, our confidence must not be weakened, and the energy we bring to our work must not be allowed to wane.)&lt;br /&gt;
It is clear that there is no subject in these sentences. However, it adds “we face” and “we bring to work” as subjects to make foreign readers better understand. &lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.3 Rhetorical Level '''====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the rhetorical devices in Government Work Report, repetition, parataxis, metaphor and personification are the figures of speech most frequently used.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.3.1 Repetition and Parataxis'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition and parataxis structure have the reinforcement effect which make the language of Government Work Report vivid and easy to be understood. Although in Chinese, repetition has both the emphasis and coherence effect, in the translation it is not just repeating one word but also keep the similar linguistic structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Eg: “进一步稳就业、稳金融、稳外贸、稳外资、稳投资、稳预期”(take further steps to ensure stable employment, a stable financial sector, stable foreign trade, stable foreign investment, stable domestic investment, and stable expectations) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“获得感、幸福感、安全感”(enable people to feel more satisfied, happy, and secure) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“增进稳增长、促改革、调结构、惠民生、防风”(sustain healthy economic development and maintain social stability) [1]'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor and personification, which seem not fit the formal style of Government Work Report, are actually adopted for certain purpose. A metaphor as a figure of speech identifies something as being the same as some unrelated thing for rhetorical effect, thus highlighting the similarities between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
Eg:“我国发展仍处于重要战略机遇期，拥有足够的韧性、巨大的潜力和不断迸发的创新活力” (China is still in an important period of strategic opportunity for development and has ample resilience, enormous potential, and great creativity to unleash. )[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“在实际执行中，既要把好货币供给总闸门，不搞 “大水漫灌” (In implementation, we will ensure the valve on aggregate monetary supply is well controlled and refrain from using a deluge of stimulus policies)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“放水养鱼”(an accommodative effect)[1] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology as a transdisciplinary approach to eco-translatology studies, it is a holistic study of translation using ecological rationality and an ecological perspective. It is considered an ecological paradigm of translation which is adaptation and selection. Translator-centered theory, adaptation and selection, and translation ecological environment are the three core concepts of the theory. The theory requires that the translator's subjective and active role be exerted, and continuous adaptation and choice be made in the translation process to meet the entire translation ecological environment, that is, the harmony between the translator and the original, target, and target language readers. Three-dimensional translation methods such as dimension and communicative dimension to get the original text with higher integration.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''2.1 Evolution of Eco-translatology'''====&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translation was firstly generated in the beginning of 21st century. Before it was initiated by scholars in China, there was no such notion in theory. In this sense, it could be seen as a new school which “was built from ground” (Haggas, 2011). Eco-translation looks into translation from a brand new perspective. Therefore, many new terms and concepts are adopted in the relative studies. Both of confusion and contribution present themselves in the foundation of eco-translation. To better understand the theory, we need to figure out the basis on which it is formed&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.1.1 Previous Studies on Eco-translatology '''=====&lt;br /&gt;
As a translation theory originated in China, eco-translatology has been gradually improved in the past two decades. In 2001, professor Hu Gengshen laid the foundation for the theory of adaptation and selection of translation. Since then, the first decade has been the period of constructing and expanding the theoretical framework. In the second decade, with the holding of the international symposium on eco-translatology and the practice of the theory of eco-translatology of the professors of various universities, the eco-translatology system has gradually become mature. Liu Yafeng wrote adaptation and selection of translators -- a study on the translation process of external publicity, pointing out that translators should play their role of “selection” and “adaptation” as the center in the translation process of external publicity, so as to realize the harmony and unity of the whole translation ecological environment. For three-dimensional adaptation and selection principles, Zhou Li wrote the multi-dimensional integration principle under the care of the political party and government discourse translation to demonstrate the dimensions of language, culture, and communication in the perspective of the Chinese party guiding significance of discourse translation. It further enlightens the translator for the use of a multi-dimensional integration technique and set up a bridge of communication between the original language and target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.1.2 Application of Eco-translatology '''=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many types of text analysis related to eco-translatology. Specifically, it includes: first, the analysis of various classical translations, such as a dream of red mansions, etc. Scholars have analyzed the reasons for the success of these classic works from the perspective of the overall translation ecological environment and the principle of “three-dimensional” transformation, pointing out that translators can only translate good works if they adapt to the translation ecological environment. These analysis has been the focus of research, and can best prove the feasibility of the theory. Secondly, the text analysis of public signs points out the direction from a new perspective. Thirdly, the text analysis of film title and subtitle. Fourthly, the text analysis of news translation. Scholars have analyzed the phenomenon of news text translation from different perspectives of eco-translatology and provided theoretical guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''2.2 Focuses of Eco-translatology'''====&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.2.1 Adaption and Selection'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between “adaptation” and “selection” has rarely been discussed before the emergence of “translation adaptation and selection theory”, a basic research of eco-translatology, let alone a special topic, systematic description and explanation. According to the theory of adaptation and selection, translators should make both adaptation and selection. There are choices in adaptation, namely adaptive selection; There is adaptation, or selective adaptation. The specific characteristics of such selective adaptation and adaptive selection are as follows: first, “adaptation” -- translators' adaptation to the ecological environment of translation; The second is “selection” -- the translator carries out the selection of the target text with the “identity” of the translation ecological environment. Translation is described as an alternate cycle of adaptation and selection. The internal relations of this cycle are as follows: “the purpose of adaptation is survival and effectiveness, and the means of adaptation is optimization; and the method of choice is “tide weak stay strong”. The criterion of translation criticism is also expressed from the perspective of “adaptation/selection”[2]. The best choice is adaptive; The best translation is the one with the highest degree of integration, adaptation and selection.[2]&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.2.2 Multi-dimension Transformation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Language dimension adaptive selection conversion refers to the translator's emphasis on language level, including word use, language structure, language form and other aspects of translation. “Translators should have a deep understanding of the expression habits and methods of the original language, and choose language forms from different dimensions and perspectives, so as to adapt to the ecological environment of the original language” (Hu Gengshen,2013:57). Translators should avoid word-for-word translation for the formal level of language, and should further combine the target language with the imaginary language ecosystem. In this way, it is helpful to further realize the balance between the ecology of the source language and the ecology of the target language of translation, and provide the readers with a harmonious and thought-provoking translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural dimension adaptive selection transformation is an important translation method for translators to improve the quality of translation and realize the multi-dimensional transformation from different levels. The expression of different languages symbolizes different cultures. Of course there are big differences between the original and the target language culture. In the process of translation, to avoid misunderstanding of the original readers fully, conversion of the translator should try to reproduce the original language cultural ecology system, fully implement the original language ecological balance of ecosystem, and the target language to reproduce the original culture, thought and emotion and so on various aspects of the elements, the correct translation methods dealing with the unique cultural connotation, rich in every country to achieve successful communication and exchanges. Translators should understand the value orientation of the original language and culture and focus on the transformation of cultural connotation to achieve the best translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Adaptive selection of communicative dimension focuses on whether the communicative intention in the original text is successfully realized in translation. If the communicative intention of the original information is not realized, the information processed by the translation will have no meaning at all. Translators should pay attention to many aspects and levels, including the transformation of language information and cultural connotation, and at the same time, should pay attention to whether the communicative purpose is successfully achieved in the transformation. By all means, it is forbidden to translate the original text faithfully and ignore the deep connotation of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the focus of the multi-dimensional transformation in ecological translation theory is to carry out adaptive selection and transformation from three aspects of language, culture and communication. Although the selection and transformation of translators is not limited to these three dimensions in the process of translation practice, multi-dimension transformation is the most important way in the translation process. In addition, the more dimensions the translator pays attention to in the process of translation, the stronger the degree of adaptation and selection of the translation, and the higher the quality of the translation will be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.E-C Translation of 2019 Government Work Report from an Eco-translatology Perspective'''===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of the eco-translatology theory, the multi-dimensional transformation which includes the linguistics dimensional transformation, culture dimensional transformation and communication dimensional can help translator understand and translate effectively. &lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.1 Linguistic Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation of linguistic dimension refers to the transformation of linguistic form and structure during the practice of translation so as to adapt to the ecological environment of the target language. English is a hypotaxis language, which focuses on the integrity of sentence structure while Chinese is a paratonic language, whose language form is simple, but often the deep meaning needs the reader to dig. Highly condensed Chinese expressions are often used in government reports&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1 我们坚持不搞“大水漫灌”式强刺激(We were firm in choosing not to adopt a deluge of strong stimulus policies.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“大水灌溉” is an irrigation method commonly used in Chinese agricultural production which water is poured directly into the ground. Not only does it waste water, but it is also prone to secondary salinization under drought conditions. This term is used to refer to a simple and broad way of working in the process of economic reform. In the Chinese ecological environment, it is not difficult for Chinese readers to understand the meaning of metaphors and related words, so a cognitive model for English readers is needed. In order to adapt to the ecological environment, the translator did not translate the metaphor of “flooding”, but chose to translate the economic structural reform model it represents. This not only adapts to the impact of cognitive context on the English language ecology, but also reduces the difficulty in understanding English readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2 “增强人民群众获得感、幸福感、 安全感”(Enable people to feel more satisfied, happy and secure.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
In the Government Work Report, “sense of gain, sense of happiness and sense of security” is people's expectation for a better life, and has become a familiar word in the original language. However, in the process of English translation, the translator does not repeat the word “sense”, but turns these three words into three adjectives, which are concise and clear&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 “绿色发展人人有责，贵在行动、 成在坚持”(Promoting green development is down to every last one of us; its success hinges on action and commitment.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
The translator doesn’t translate “贵在行动、成在坚持” into”its value lies in action and its success hinges on commitment”word by word while take the way of integrating. It is a model that targets economic growth and social development as efficient, harmonious and sustainable. In today's world, green development has become an important trend. Many countries regard green development as an industry and also an important measure to promote economic restructuring, and it is also a highlight. Green development means safety, environmental protection and sustainable development. “Green” often appears on topics related to life, such as “Green Peace” and green food. In traditional Chinese culture, “green” represents wealth, honor or prosperity, which reflects people's hope for a better life. From a linguistic perspective, translators translate “green development” to “green,” which conveys the concept of healthy development in China. It can also be accepted by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.2 Cultural Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation of cultural dimension means that the translator should pay attention to the transmission and interpretation of cultural connotation in the process of translation, taking into account the cultural differences of the source language. The Government Work Report is a summary of the work of the Chinese government in various fields in the past year. The purpose of the report is to let foreign audiences know the content of the report. In particular, the report covers a large number of vocabularies with Chinese characteristics and cultural form.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4”双随机，一公开”(Oversight conducted through the random selection of both inspectors and inspection targets and the prompt release of results was implemented nationwide.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
It means, during the supervision process, the inspection objects are randomly selected, law enforcement inspectors are randomly selected, and the inspection results and investigation results are made public to the society in a timely manner. If the literal translation is only superficial, the readers of the target language will be confused. In order to solve this cultural difference, the translator added the complete connotation of each phrase to realize the intention of conveying cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 “思危方能居安”(Only alertness to danger will ensure safety.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, it means”居安思危，思则有备，有备无患”, which means that even though you are in a peaceful environment, you are aware of the possibility of danger. To be mentally prepared for unexpected events. When translating, the translator takes full account of this difference in thinking and understands it as a literal translation after modern Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6 “是广大干部群众筚路蓝缕、千辛万苦干出来的” (...have been made by our officials and people through perseverance and hard work.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“筚路蓝缕” refers that people drive a simple car, wearing ragged clothes to split the mountains. The use of great hardships in the original text fully reflects the hard-won achievements and presents a very vivid image in front of people. However, for the target language readers, this cultural connotation is missing, therefore, the translator chooses to omit the specific image of “enduring hardships” and directly translate its persistence and diligence, which is more understood and accepted by the target language readers&lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.3 Communicative Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of the essence of translation, the ultimate purpose of translation is to meet the needs of communication between people and achieve smooth communication. The communicative dimension mainly reflects the communication between different languages, with different factors such as the way of expression and the way of construction, etc. Chinese expression cannot find the corresponding words or sentences in English expression. Therefore, the theory of adaptive selection is particularly important in translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7”大班额”问题 (“The problem of oversized classes”)&lt;br /&gt;
For western countries, due to different economic development levels and different education systems, the problem of “large class size” is relatively strange to western countries. Therefore, it is necessary to explain the concept of “large class size” in order to achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8”继续推进保障性住房建设和城镇棚户区改造”(We will continue to build government subsidized housing and rebuild rundown urban areas.)&lt;br /&gt;
“保障性住房”is a fixed standard, price or rent housing provided by the government to families with low and middle-income housing difficulties. “Shantytown renovation” is a livelihood project launched by the Chinese government to renovate dilapidated old houses in cities and towns and improve housing conditions for poor families. These are the unique policies of the Chinese government to achieve the comprehensive implementation of poverty alleviation, translators need to adapt to the target language readers to understand the transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9 “加大”破、立、降”力度” (We strengthened work to cut ineffective supply, foster new growth drivers, and reduce costs in the real economy.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence, there are only three simple and clear words—”破、立、降”，which is usually seen in the Chinese. It lacks the objects, as we have discussed before, English sentence must be complete. If it is literally translated, the foreign readers will be confused and different meanings will be produced. So due to the purpose of communication, the translator adds the specific objects to be better understood.  &lt;br /&gt;
In short, the emphasis of three-dimensional translation in eco-translatology theory is to carry out adaptive selection and transformation of translation from three aspects: language, culture, and communication. Although in the process of translation practice the translator is not limited to multi-dimensional transformation. In addition, the more dimensions the translator pays attention to in the process of translation, the stronger the degree of adaptation and selection of the translation, the better the translation will be. &lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the process of translation, many factors should be taken into consideration in order to fit with the actual situations and catch public’s attention quickly. Different languages have their language systems and certain features in expression. As the most important carrier of culture, language can also be regarded as an extremely complex linguistic system. Translation is the process of transforming different cultures. Therefore, both source language and target language’s culture should be considered carefully. As a result, every translator is supposed to think about all the aspects before translating and select the most suitable words and sentence patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its important political status and function, the Government Work Report has its unique linguistic features, such as the use of formal words, four-character words and Chinese characteristic words. The mastery of its language features lays a foundation for the application and analysis of multi-dimensional translation strategies. Aiming at repeated words in sentences and information, the translator mainly uses the province translation skills. Aiming at the same word in different parts of the sentence translation, the translator should choose according to the sentences and words in the context. Due to the differences between Chinese and English, translators mainly adopt the translation techniques of free translation or joint translation to deal with the translation of parallel structures. In cultural adaptation in the process of translation, or from the historical allusion and the Chinese characteristic vocabulary and culture, the analysis can be concluded that the Government Work Report in English translation does not affect the ecological balance and harmonious between the original language and target language, the translator mainly uses the province translation or free translation skills to deal with allusions. For some corresponding expression in target language vocabulary, they can be directly applied with those unable to find corresponding expression in target language. There is no established translation, the translator mainly adopts province translation, free translation, literal translation and annotation methods for translation, which is committed to preserving the original and the translation of balance and harmony, and achieve effective transformation of culture level. Finally, translators can use these skills to achieve communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, we have explained the significance and background of the essay. The preview studies of political texts are also included. In the first chapter, we analyze the characteristics of 2019 Chinese Government Work Report from three levels and also give specific examples to further explain. In the second chapter, We introduce the concept of eco-translatology and mainly explain the two core theoretical principles of eco-transtology to build the foundation of the essay . In the third chapter, we have discussed the Government Work Report translation from the perspective of eco-translatology with multi-dimension theory and in this way, we have summarized that eco-translatology can be applied to Government Work Report translation.&lt;br /&gt;
However, this study still has its limitations. Firstly, the eco-translatology is a new theory which is not systematic and it is a new perspective to the translation of political text, which may not be convincing in the global range of translation areas. Meanwhile, as the Government Work Report is a special political document, the readership is not very wide, so it is difficult to conduct an in-depth investigation on the readers' acceptance, so as to make an in-depth analysis on the shortcomings of the English translation of the Government Work Report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Ayto, J. Bloomsbury Dictionary of World Origins[M]. London: Bloomsbury, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
Bliss, A.J. A Dictionary of Foreign Words and Phrases in Current English[M]. New York: Dutton Press, 1966. &lt;br /&gt;
Baker M.Corpus. Linguistics and Translation Studies: Implications and Applications[M]. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing,1993.&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans, T. Translation in Systems: Descriptive and Systemoriented Approaches Explained[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing, 1999. &lt;br /&gt;
Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003 (4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
Joan Pinkham. The Translator’s Guide to Chinglish [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
程镇球. 政治文章的翻译要讲政治[J]. 中国翻译, 2003(3): 18-22.&lt;br /&gt;
方梦之. 从核心术语看生态翻译学的建构[P]. 首届国际生态翻译学研讨会，2010, 澳门. &lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申. 初探翻译适应选择论[P]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛，2001, 香港.&lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申．生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]．中国翻译,2011 (2) : 5－9．&lt;br /&gt;
黄友义. 坚持”外宣三贴近”原则，处理好外宣翻译中的难点问题[J]. 中国翻译,2004(6):27-28. &lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申．生态翻译学解读[J]．中国翻译,2008 (6) : 11－15．&lt;br /&gt;
刘润清. 西方语言学流派[M]. 北京:外语教学与研究出版社, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
童孝华.翻译的主体意识——2014年政府工作报告翻译心得[J]. 中国翻译,2014(4):92-97. &lt;br /&gt;
王刚毅.政治文件翻译的几点思考和建议[J]. 中国翻译, 2014(3):8&lt;br /&gt;
王英. 功能对等视角下汉英翻译中的冗余研究—以2012年政府工作报告为例[D]. 广东外语外贸大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
周吉.《政府工作报告》中有中国特色政经用语的对等翻译[J]. 广西大学学报,2006(28):167-169.&lt;br /&gt;
周丽. 多维整合原则关照下的时政党政话语翻译[J]. 上海翻译.2015(3):42-44. &lt;br /&gt;
杨广,吉鑫悦. 生态视角下的政府工作报告英译解读[J]. 海外英语,2017(13):108-109&lt;br /&gt;
中国外交部. 2019年中国政府工作报告[R], 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Simple Comparison between Nida and Catford’s Translation Theory of Equivalence - 欧阳玲 Ouyang Ling, 202070080603 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;专业 is missing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:38, 14 December 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;欧阳玲 Ouyang Ling &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: Nida and Catford shared the same period of translation studies but carried on their studies from different perspective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;perspectives&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Nida put forward two types of equivalence and accordingly some methods to achieve his ideal equivalent response of receptors(Munday, 2008: 42). His equivalence theory was built on his ideas about nature of translation, which was the process of reproducing in the receptor language the message of source language(Nida, 1964: 12). So Nida tends to provide a new direction which is oriented by the receptors. The nature and task of translation in Nida’s opinion formed a theoretical basis to set the equivalence theory in a comprehensive and systematic way. Catford, in another way, held a idea that any theory of translation must draw upon a general linguistic theory and therefore presented the equivalence at different linguistic levels between source language and target language(Catford, 1965: 1). In his opinion, the equivalence exists between the categories and the conditions to examine the equivalence lie on the relatable extent with the features of substance. Therefore, Catford’s theories seem to be more of abstract. The paper intends to develop a comparative study upon Nida and Catford’s theory of equivalence and my thoughts on their application in translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida; Cartford; equivalence theory; linguistic theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《论翻译对等理论——奈达与卡特福特比较研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
奈达和卡特福德在翻译学研究中处于同一时期，但二人开展的研究却是基于于不同的角度。奈达提出了两种对等类型，并提出了相应的策略以达到他理想的对等状态，即使译文接受者获得与原文接受者相同的反应（芒迪, 2008: 42）。他的对等理论建立在他关于翻译本质的观点之上，即在接受语中再现源语信息的过程（奈达, 1964: 12）。因此奈达提供了一种以译文接受者为导向的新研究方向，并基于对翻译的性质和任务的界定构成了对等理论的理论基础。另一方面，卡特福德认为任何翻译理论都必须借鉴一般语言学理论，因此提出了源语言和目的语在不同语言层面上的对等（卡特福德, 1965: 1）。他认为对等是通过范畴表现出来，而判断对等的条件就是原文和译文中各个范畴特性的相关性，因此卡特福特的理论似乎更具抽象性。本文旨在对奈达和卡特福德的对等理论进行比较研究，并对二者在翻译实践中的应用进行思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达；卡特福德；对等理论；语言学理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.Nida’s Theory of Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories were formed along with the process of his translating the ''Bible''. Through the reflection upon these translation practices, he defined the nature of translation and pointed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pointed out&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) the task of translators. Afterwards, he discarded the old term such as “literal”, “free” and “faithful” translation by putting forward the theory of equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42) . The equivalence in Nida’s theory can be achieved at two levels: formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and he saw the two approaches to realize his ideal translation that equivalent effect between source language receptors and target language receptors.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;incorrect structure and obscure sentence meaning&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)  By bringing the two concepts up, Nida provided two directions when working on a translation work as well as standards of evaluating the work after it was done. Specifically, formal equivalence in Nida’s definition is the status of translation being equivalent with the source text in both contents and forms. To achieve this status, translators should be oriented towards the source text’s message and structure(Munday, 2008: 42). And dynamic, or functional equivalence, turned further to a new focus on the response of receptor. If the target language receptors react to the translation in the same way as source language receptors do to the source text, the success of a translation is then achieved in Nida’s  functional equivalence theory. His theory put forward a new trend of translation studies at that time. Nida’s equivalence theory directed people to evaluate a translation by judging and comparing the response of receptors in stead of considering the correctness and accuracy of translation or comparing the formal and stylistic features between source language and target language. In a comprehensive and systematic way, Nida’s equivalence theory elaborated the approaches and the ideal status of translation based on his understanding on the nature of translation, and this equivalence theory has always been praised as his greatest achievement in translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.Cartford’s Theory of Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s translation theories were built on the discipline of linguistics, and his equivalence theory was included of course. Catford stated in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;that&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)the theory of translation is concerned with a certain type of relation between languages and is consequently a branch of Comparative Linguistics(Catford, 1965: 20). His theory of equivalence was also originated (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;originated from&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)his definition of the nature of translation, which is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language( Catford, 1965: 20). His definition, in other words, portrayed the task for translators. In his opinion, in the process of translation, translators are supposed to replace every grammatical and lexical items in the source language with equivalents in the target language. So in this way, the equivalence in Catford’s theory can be graded into different levels according to the extent of the replacement, and then he put forward the distinction of full translation and partial translation. Moreover, he raised another pair of concepts: textual equivalence and formal corresponding, and it may give a clearer picture for us to understand his theory. If the target language text can be judged by bilinguals or linguists equivalent with the source language text in any given discourse or occasion, the textual equivalence is achieved. As regards the formal corresponding, Catford defined it as an approximate status when any target language category occupies, as nearly as possible, in the same place in the structure of the target language as the given source language category occupies in the source language. This pair of concepts presented two different degrees of equivalence and have become a valuable source in translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.The Similarities between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
As representatives of the linguistic school of western translation theory, Nida and John Catford's translation theories try to analyze and describe translation more objectively, accurately and scientifically from the linguistic level. The influence of linguistic(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;linguistics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) was exerted in both of their equivalence theory(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;theories&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Also, some translation methods were put forward based on the linguistic level by them. Besides, the approach to achieve the equivalence upheld by Nida and Catford was similar. They tended to depart from the previous word-for-word or literal translation methods and promoted a natural closeness of target text with the source text. Since they held a similar idea that absolute equivalence in translating is never possible(Nida, 1984: 14), the approach in their view to achieve the equivalence turned out be moderate and flexible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1.The Influence of Linguistics in Both Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was considered as a representative of communicative theory school, and therefore, he built his equivalence theory based on the communicative purpose. Basically, in the view of Nida, translation can be seen as a communicative activity and the transformation of linguistic form is necessary. From this the influence of Chomsky's linguistics, especially his transformational-generative grammar (Munday, 2008: 40) . Nida believes that Chomsky's transformational-generative view of on language is of great importance to the process of translation. Specifically, the transformational-generative was used for Nida to describe the process of translation, which includes the grammar analysis, transferring and restructuring and the reproducing the information of source text. (Munday, 2008: 40) Chomsky’s generative–transformational model was incorporated in the description of translation process by Nida and, at the same time, it provides the basis of his building of dynamic equivalence, as a component of “the science of translation” in his eyes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the influence of Chomsky’s linguistic theories can also be found in Catford’s theory in the following aspects. Firstly, as is defined by Catford, translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language(Catford, 1965: 20), and here the definition claims that there is sometimes no entire translation but a simple replacement by textual material at one or more levels of language(Catford, 1965: 20). To be specific, the replacement between source language and target language may be at grammar or lexis levels. Secondly, through his classifications of translation in terms of the extent, levels and ranks, Catford actually gives some standards to discuss the nature of translation equivalence, and these concepts are presented based on the linguistic knowledge. For example, the distinction between full and partial is related to the extent of source text which is submitted to the translation process(Catford, 1965: 20), and the extent may involve linguistic elements, such as lexical items. The same case occurs in the definitions of total and restricted translation, in which phonology, graphology, grammar and lexis are all considered as the elements when estimating the replacement. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2.The Approach to Achieving Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
The key role played by Nida is to point the road away from strict word-for-word equivalence.His introduction of the concepts of formal and dynamic equivalence was crucial in introducing a receptor-based orientation to translation theory(Munday, 2008: 40). He also divided meaning(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;meanings&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) into linguistic meaning, referential meaning and emotive meaning. Furthermore, several techniques such as hierarchical structuring, componential analysis and semantic structure analysis were presented to analyse the structure of words and differentiating similar words in related lexical fields. The classification of the three meanings and aided translation techniques serve as crucial elements in the mechanism of back-transformation presented by Nida. By the application of back-transformation, the surface structure of the source text is analyzed into the basic elements of the deep structure; these elements are transferred in the translation process into the deep structure of the receptor language and then restructured semantically and stylistically into the surface structure of the target text(Munday, 2008: 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The similar approach pointed out by Catford is translation shift, which consists of two major types: level shifts and category shifts. Catford made a distinction in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation between textual equivalence and formal correspondence''. Furthermore, textual equivalence refers to the specific relationship of the source text and translated text while formal correspondence is presented and defined based on the systematic concepts of both source and receptor languages. Since the differences between the two concepts are obvious, the occurrence of translation shift is inevitable. Therefore, by presenting the translation shifts, Catford meant to depart from formal correspondence in the process of going from source language to target language(Catford, 1965: 73), which means, in a sense, he want(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;wanted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to achieve the status of equivalence through the approach. In other words, level shifts and categories are presented as some techniques in the process of translation, which can be regarded as similarity when compared to Nida’s theory described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.The Differences between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
Before comparing the two theories in terms of the following points, we should make it clear that the development of the two equivalence theories were started with the views of translation nature. Nida and Catford put forward their understandings toward the nature of translation, and, consequently, the central problem of translation practice and the central task of translators were proposed. In Nida’s view, translation is to reproduce information of the original text and exert the same feeling of the receptors with the source language readers(Munday, 2008: 42). Based on this receptors-oriented and text-centered principle, his equivalence theory turns to be more dynamic because the readers’ response, which is the essential factors(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;factor&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to examine, occurs only in the process of the transferring of information. In other words, the behavior of encoding and decoding is a must once the equivalence is achieved. The equivalence in Catford’s view, by contrast, which lies in the internal structure of linguistics, turns out to be more static. The nature of translation given by Catford is the replacement of equivalent textual material between two languages(Catford, 1965: 20). By saying textual material, he held the idea that equivalence only occurs within the language and through its categories. The context of language and the components of linguistics including phonology, graphology, grammar and lexis are considered as elements to examine the equivalence(Catford, 1965: 22). And in this case, the equivalence between the source text and target text is to be realized by the equivalence of contextual features of both the source and target languages. Catford’s theory of equivalence, in this sense, differed from Nida’s theory by research methods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1.Different Conditions of Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence described by Nida put a great emphasis on communicative effect of translation. He believed if the communication can be created between the source text and its receptors, the equivalent effect should be made when the translated text was presented before(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in front of&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) its receptors. Therefore, the comparison of receptors’ response between source language and target language would be necessary when it comes to the conditions of Nida’s equivalence theory. Besides, the meaning and style of the both texts should also be analyzed in a comparative way because this two factors are very influential in the formulating of receptors’ response. Firstly, by the division of formal equivalence and functional equivalence by Nida, he tried to generalize the two types of equivalence that focused respectively on the faithfulness and closeness of the receptor language with the source language in both from and the equivalent response. Thus, the conditions to achieve formal equivalence may include accuracy and correctness of translation, which is determined by the approximation to source text structure. Furthermore, Nida put forward “four basic requirements of a translation” as the conditions to examine the achieving of equivalent response, which are making sense, conveying the spirit and manner of the original, having a natural and easy form of expression, producing a similar response(Munday, 2008: 42). These requirements were generalized to be the conditions of a success of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Catford defines translation equivalence as the empirical phenomenon, he discussed the conditions of translation equivalence by specific points within the context of sentences. First, the equivalence from his view is between categories including grammar, lexis, phonology and contextual meanings. From this we can know the same meaning at a linguistic level is hard to achieved between source language and target language(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;From this we can know that it's difficult to achieve the same meaning at a linguistic level between source language and target language&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). In this case, he describe a condition by pointing out a concept of total translation, in which the texts or items in source language and target language are interchangeable in a given situation(Catford, 1965: 49). In this way, he presented a new condition to evaluate equivalence. Based on this, he further his discussion on total translation by examining the overlapping contextual meanings in the items of source language and target language. He claimed contextual meanings include relationship to certain situational features, a more abstract and broad way to discuss equivalence. Therefore, another condition of equivalence was described as the overlapping extent of situational features common to the contextual meanings(Catford, 1965: 49). To conclude, Catford classified the conditions of equivalence on different scopes of translation. In the process of evaluating the equivalence in total translation, phonological translation or graphological translation, the examining of the relatable features between source text and target text should be made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2.Different Classifications of Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
Since Nida and Catford held different views on the conditions required to achieve the equivalence, they classified translations from different perspective. Nida raised a classification of two types of equivalence: formal equivalence and functional equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42). These two types actually reflect Nida's research on structure of language from shallow to deep(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These two types actually reflect a shallow to deep tendency of Nida's researches on structure of language&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Nida believed that different languages should have the same deep structure and the same functions between languages lead to equivalence in translation. In his view, the functional equivalence occurs when the response of target language receptors is as same as possible the response of source language  receptors. In describing equivalence, Nida pointed out that the correspondence between the original form and the target form should not be excessively pursued in translation. Instead, attention should be focused on accurately conveying the meaning of the original text in a natural way. By this dynamic equivalence theory ,Nida paved a road away from the static mode of focusing on the comparison of texts. He believed that only when the target receptors understand the translation thoroughly, the same response can be achieved, and this is the main task of translation(Munday, 2008: 43). Therefore, Nida’s classification was based on the specific situation in which the receptors communicate with the texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Catford’s view, translation is the replacement of textual material. From this definition, he actually drew a line between source language and target language because by textual material he meant to point out that there would be no entire translation of meaning. In his words, at one or more levels of language there may be simple replacement by non-equivalent target language material(Catford, 1965: 20). Based on this, Catford classified translation into categories in terms of the extent, levels and ranks. Full translation and partial translation are divided by the extent of parts replaced in the process of translation. This two concepts are maybe the basic components of his later presenting of formal correspondence. In his view, formal correspondence is an approximate status in which categories cannot be replaced totally in another language. And by dividing total translation and restricted translation, he intended to involve the replacement of grammar and lexis and consequential replacement of phonology and graphology in his definition. All of these classification provide certain perspective to evaluate the translation and help to create a structure when analyzing the language. In a word, the classifications by Catford was built in the internal language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3.Different Research Approach(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Approaches&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)=====&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, the research method employed by Nida and Catford was shaped under the guidance of different linguistic theories. Guided by the transformational-generative grammar by Chomsky, Nida analyzed the structure of language and put forward the back-transformation theory that entails the transferring of surface structure to deep structure between source language and target language(Munday, 2008: 38). So the research methods adopted by Nida turns to be more flexible and have a focus on dynamic factor when discussing equivalence. Since Nida's translation theories were built up consciously to serve the research on the translation of ''Bible'', his theories may have distinctive features in guiding the translation practices(Munday, 2008: 38). In another aspect, Nida held a view that &amp;quot;meaning is universal&amp;quot; and emphasized the common ground between languages, which reflect in his equivalence theory, information conveyed by meaning is the focus To be specific, the equivalence can only be examined during the communication of these information between texts and receptors. Oriented by this communicative principle, Nida therefore took the reader's response as the standard to evaluate the translation. In a word, Nida described the equivalence and its mechanism in a developing process, during which the texts, context and receptors are performing their dynamic role. In a word, Nida’s carried out its study by the method of dynamic comparison, and through his discussion of receptor-oriented principle, his theories greatly contribute to the later translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By contrast, in the process of Catford’s research on equivalence, the system-functional linguistics by Halliday was incorporated. The substance, form and context Language, which are the three basic levels in Halliday’s theory (Halliday, 2004: 16), constitute the categories of Catford’s equivalence theory. Moreover, language was define(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;defined&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) by Catford as a patterned behavior and this behavior is casually related to various other features of the situation in which it occurs(Catford, 1965: 2). Therefore, in terms of research methods, Catford carried out his comparative study mostly from the static and fixed perspective of language. Most of the examples he took are words, phrases and sentences, which are the units of language. He pay little attention to the dynamic context and receptors’ reaction. In describing the formal correspondence, he also held a view that categories of every language is defined in terms of relations holding within the language (Catford, 1965: 27). In this way, his research methods seem to be more static and fixed in the internal structure of language. Due to the static traits, Catford’s theories may be properly used for reference in academic study on languages because his theories exactly provide a macro framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.My Thoughts on the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1.My Thoughts on Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1Strengths and Contributions of Nida’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
In my view, there are many strengths and contributions of Nida’s translation equivalence theory. Firstly, Nida’s research integrated multiple disciplines, which means he set up his theory on a strong basis and it has convincing examples and explanations from various perspective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;perspectives&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). The development of Nida’s translation theory can be generally divided into three stages: the stage of descriptive linguistics, the stage of communicative theory and the stage of social semiotics(Tan, 2017: 132). I think Nida also developed its equivalence theory from formal equivalence, dynamic equivalence to  functional equivalence along with the three stages. Secondly, Nida’s equivalence theory is of significance in training translators, guiding translation practice and more importantly, his functional equivalence offers approaches to studying the communication between the cultures of source language and target language. Nida emphasized the importance of translator's initiative in the translation process because he put forward a principle of equivalent effect(Nida, 1964: 159). This effect cannot be formulated within the language or items of a text, but through the subjective activities of translators. Therefore, Nida's functional equivalence and dynamic equivalence offers a guidance(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;have offered guidances&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to the translators to consider the needs of the target receptors, and to convey the message of source language into the expression that conforms to the habits of the target language. Thirdly, Also, the equivalence theory described by Nida is concrete and practical for people to understand and adopt for it is oriented by receptors’ response that can be easily examined and analyzed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2.Deficiency of Nida’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence was mainly applied to the translation of the ''Bible'' , and the criterion of the ''Bible'' translation in his view is to convey the will of God faithfully(Munday, 2008: 38). Therefore, the translation theory may tend to emphasize on the content rather than the form. For this reason, the range of its application may be limited. For example, when it comes to the translation of poetry that has its own aesthetic value in its form, people cannot simply discuss and analyze it according to Nida’s equivalence theory. What’s more, in Nida’s theory, equivalence is oriented by the response of receptors(Munday, 2008: 42). However, sometimes, the equivalent effect between source language readers and target language readers is hard to achieve because receptors of different cultures may have different responses. And translation is actually a cross-cultural communication through the translators, who may have their own translation purpose, preference and expressions, so the equivalent effect is also restricted by the difference of translators.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2.My Thoughts on Catford’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1.Strengths and Contributions of Catford’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford developed his equivalence by going deep into internal system of language. In my opinion, the most important strength of his theory is that he built the equivalence theory in a complete set of linguistic model, which provides a scientific and systematic theory. By introducing broad types of translation respectively according to extent, levels and ranks, he present new categories to discuss the nature of translation and the task of translators. By describing the translation shifts, he made a distinction of formal correspondence and translation equivalence and explained the conditions when equivalence occurs. Furthermore, since Catford believed there is no “total” translation in a strict way for the replacement by all equivalents at all levels can never be achieved(Caford, 1965:22), he sought to avoid the rigid trend toward the absolute equivalence and developed his theory in a more scientific and mature way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2.2.Deficiency of Catford’s Translation Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Catford carried out his research on the structural transformation of the source language and target language simply from the perspective of linguistics.  The equivalence in his view is between textual materials, and this equivalence can be achieved at one or more categories in the materials(Wang, 2008: 166). Therefore, his theory is also limited and underestimates the influence of subjective activities of translators. Secondly, Catford did not pay enough attention to the cross-cultural factors in translation. On his discussion on the limits of translatability, he even pointed out that it may be not necessary to distinct linguistic and cultural untranslatability (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;distinguish linguistic from cultural untranslatability &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)for the cultural untranslatability may be just caused by the impossibility of finding a equivalent collocation in the target language(Catford, 1965: 101). This shows he explained the cultural within a linguistic category. I think the translation involves more than language itself or the substituting of lexical terms and grammars, but also cultural elements. Therefore, the research method of Carford’s theory is rather incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the two theories are developed based on two types of equivalence. Nida presented formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence while Catford put forward formal correspondence and textual equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42; Catford, 1965: 27). The two theories share some points in their theoretical basis and approach to achieving equivalence. Besides, Nida and Catford also have their own understanding on the nature of translation and the main task for translators, so they had a distinctive research method in building up their theories especially in the classification of equivalence and the description of conditions. Supported by various theories from other disciplines, the two theories were set up in a systematic way possess(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;possessing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) many strengths in such aspects as innovative perspective and scientific research method. However, it need to be emphasized that the two kinds of translation theory should be discussed and evaluated in a critical way and the analysis should be made on the scope of their application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, John Cunnison 卡特福德 (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' 《翻译的语言学理论》. London: Oxford University Press 伦敦：牛津大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M. A. K. 韩礼德, and C. Matthiessen 马蒂恩森 (2004). ''An Introduction to Functional Grammar''《功能语法导论》. London: Edward Arnold 伦敦：爱德华·阿诺德出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li, Yang 李杨 (2014). 《纵观翻译等值——卡特福德、奈达比较研究》 ''A Comparative Study on Translation Equivalence of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida.'' 天津商务职业学院学报''Journal of Tianjin College of Commerce'', 第2卷第1期 Vol. 2, No. 1 , 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li, Zhidan 李志丹 (2014). 《卡特福德和奈达“对等”翻译理论思辨》 ''Comparing Catford and Nida's  Translation Theory of “Equivalence Theory”'' 哈尔滨学院学报 ''Journal of Harbin University'', 第35卷第6期 Vol. 35 No. 6, 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy芒迪 (2008). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' 《翻译学导论：理论与实践》. London ; New York : Routledge 伦敦；纽约：劳特利奇出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达, and Charles Russell Taber 泰伯, eds 著(2004). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' 翻译理论与实践. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海：上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达 (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating'' 《翻译的科学探索》. Leiden: Brill Archive 莱顿：博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达. (1984). ''Approaches to Translating in the Western World'' 《西方世界的翻译方法》, 《外语教学与研究》 ''Foreign Language Teaching and Research'', 1984年第2期, 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan, Zaixi 谭载喜 (2017). ''Translation Studies'' 翻译学. Shnghai: Fudan University Press. 上海：复旦大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Ning 汪宁 (2008). 《论翻译中的等值——卡特福德、奈达和巴斯耐特比较研究》 ''A Comparative Study on Translation Equivalence of J.C. Catford, E.A Nida and Susan Bassnett''. 科技信息 ''Science &amp;amp; Technology Information'', 2008年第三期, 2008(3), 166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparision between the traslation systems proposed by Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing 石海瑶 Shi Haiyao 202070080605==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;石海瑶 Shi Haiyao &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The structure of a discipline can not only enhance people's overall understandings to the discipline, but also plays a guiding role in its development. Since the 21st century, the study of translatology in China has entered a new stage of development and the construction of the system of translatology has received extensive attention. In September 2005, ''A Series of Translation Studies in China'' was written by Professor Tan Zaixi, which theoretically constructed the internal and external structure of translatology. Later in October 2009, Dr. Yi Jing constructed a relatively macro structure of translatology in his PhD dissertation, ''On the Construction of the System of  Translatology''. This paper first gives a brief overview of these two systems of translatology and then makes a comparative analysis of their similarities and differences from multiple perspectives. Finally, the author puts forward its own thoughts on this two systems of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi; Yi Jing; systems of translatology; comparative analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
一个学科的体系构建不仅能够促进人们对学科的全方位了解，还能引领该学科的发展。21世纪以来,我国译学研究进入新的发展时期，译学体系构建广受关注。2005年9月，谭载喜教授著《翻译学》，从理论上构建了翻译学的内部和外部框架。2009年10月，易经博士在其毕业论文《试论翻译学体系的构建》中构建了一个较为宏观的翻译学体系框架。本文首先对这两大翻译学体系进行简要概述，之后从多个角度对二者的相似点和不同之处作出对比分析。最后，作者提出本人对这两大翻译学体系的思考和认识。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
谭载喜；易经；翻译体系；对比分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Tan Zaixi’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book ''A Series of Translation Studies in China'', Tan Zaixi put forward his views on the internal structure of translatology. He deemed that translatology can be divided into three parts: general translatoloty, special translatology and applied translatology. In a more specific sense, translatology should not only include a macroscopic discussion of translation, it should also cover a specialized study of bilingual translation as translation (interlingual translation) is the conversion from one language to another (Tan Zaixi, 2005:19). The former of which has theoretical value and helps people understand the essence of translation; the latter has practical value and contributes to guiding translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically, the research content of general translatology contains the following four aspects: Firstly, the study of human language, culture and the general rules of translation; Secondly, study the general process of translation and the status of translation in the whole scientific system as well as the relationship between translation and other disciplines; Thirdly, discuss the nature, function and standard of translation as well as the general responsibilities and conditions of translators from a macro perspective; Fourthly, investigate the history of translation from the perspective of synchronic and diachronic translation studies (including not only the national and regional history of translation, but also the world history of translation). Differing from general translation, the study of special translation includes three aspects: Firstly, study the specific problem of mutual translation between two languages; Secondly, make a comparison between the two languages and cultures; Thirdly, put forward theories that can guide translation between two specific languages. Moreover, applied translatology is directly related to translation practice, which covers two aspects: On the one hand, it studies how to apply theories of general translatology and special translatology to translation practice, translation teaching, translation criticism, compilation of translation reference books and machine translation; On the other hand, it aims to explain the purposes, functions, standards procedures and methods of translation as well as their interrelations on a micro level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the above three parts of translatology are closely linked and inseparable, knowledge of special translatology and applied transltology are the foundation of studying general translatology, in turn, the knowledge of general translatology can also guide the study of special translatology. Thus, we can see both general translatology and special translatology need to conduct further research into applied translatology and obtain feedback information from the practical application of the theories so as to continuously develop and improve the theories. (Tan Zaixi, 2005:21-22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above explanation, the diagram of Tan Zaixi's system of translatology can be drawn as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tan Zaixi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Yi Jing’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Yi Jing’s thoughts, the system of translatology should include: introduction of translatology (IT), theory of translation’s history (TTH), theory of translation itself (TTI), theory of translation practice (TTP) and meta-theory of translatology (MTT). These five parts constitute the organic system of translatology. IT helps people to form a relatively basic and comprehensive understandings of the macro system of translatology, it is the foreshadowing and general outline of the system of translatology, taking the concrete question research as the main body. In terms of the TTH, TTI, TTP and MTT, their relationship is complementary, mutual influence and mutual support, which together constitute the organic wholeness of the macro system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IT can be divided into the following five aspects: Firstly, the foundation of translatology. By reviewing the development of Chinese and foreign translation practice and theory, the necessity of the construction of translatology are explained. Since there is no consensus on the independent status of translatology, this part needs to be included in the IT. If the independent discipline status of translatology is  widely recognized in the future, this part can be omitted. Secondly, the value of translation, that is, the role of translation at different levels. Generally speaking, the value of translation involves the individual value, social value, ideological and cultural value, literary value and language value of translation. Thirdly, translation practice as well as the nature, definition and position of translatology. In addition, the object, basic task, purpose, research method and research status of translatology, and the basic structure of translation system are also introduced accordingly. The core research object of translatology is the practice of bilingual conversion. The main task is to explore the development of translation practice and translation theory, and to reveal the historical context of translation development. The purpose of translatology research is to sum up history, study the present, promote the translation research and practical work at present and in the future, and to a certain extent, promote the spiritual and cultural construction of human beings. The basic research method of translatology is based on empirical description and combined with principle. The research status of translatology mainly includes the development of translation practice and translation studies in various periods of history, the schools of translation studies and the representative figures and theories of various schools, the main or popular topics in translatology and the development direction of translation studies. At last, the basic characteristics of translatology. Eg. stability and openness, comprehensive integrity and discipline independence. Generally speaking, the IT is a comprehensive and general description of translatology, and an introduction to the whole system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTH mainly focuses on the development of translation practice and translation theory, and also discusses the development of translation history theory itself. There are five important branches of TTH: introduction of TTH, history of translation practice, history of translation theory, thematic history and meta-theory of TTH. The introduction is a general descriptive branch of TTH, which generally describes translation history theory; the study of history of translation practice covers the study of general history and dynastic history; the exploration of the history of translation theory and the collation of the formation of translatology are very necessary for people to understand the development of translation theory and translatology itself, and play an instructive role in today's translation research; the thematic history involves the study of translators, translation works, history of translatology, translation history and culture, translation institution history, translation teaching history and so on; the meta-theory of TTH studies translation history theory itself, that is, the development and research situation of TTH itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTI consists of the general theory and the specific theory. The general theory refers to the fundamental viewpoint of translation practice, it is a theoretical branch of studying the fundamental principles of translation practice as well as the understanding of the most universal, general and basic principles of translation practice. The specific theory involves a series of basic problems derived from the general theory, it covers a wide range of aspects, including transltion’s meaning, translation’s standard, methodology, process, style, subject, types and so forth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTP refers to the applied research of translation theory, which is the concrete application and confirmatory research of translation theory in practical activities. It is mainly divided into three aspects: practical analysis, translation criticism and translation teaching. Practical analysis is to prove the correctness of the existing theory with examples, and to illustrate the applicability of the theory, it can produce three kinds of results, that is, complete application, partial application and complete inadaptability. The main task of translation criticism is to evaluate the translation process and its translated works. The third branch is the teaching of translation, it discusses how to apply the basic knowledge of translation to translation teaching and language teaching, so as to cultivate students' language ability, translation practical ability and translation theory level. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MTT is a theory formed by studying the discipline of translatology itself. Its research object is the theoretical system and discipline group of translatology, which should include at least the following eight branches: (1) the regularity, rationality and validity of the description of translation, including terms, concepts, propositions, etc; (2) the research object, function, nature and status of discipline, theoretical structure, logical category, progressive standard and the research method of translatology itself; (3) the way of forming the theory of translatology and the different research paradigms, which reveal the deep-seated structure, internal contradiction and development rule of the translatology hidden from the theory of translation; (4) The principles that should be followed in the construction of the theory of translatology; (5) The role of social and cultural conditions in the emergence and development of translation theories and methods in a certain historical context; (6) The study of the community of translatology, the identification of various academic groups, the analysis of the influence of these groups and their connections on translation theory; (7) Applying basic meta-theory categories to identify and summarize the current situation of translation theory, and to reveal the major theoretical problems in translation studies; (8) Other issues concerning the examination of translatology itself(Yi Jing, 2009:197-287).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above explanation, the diagram of Yi jing’s system of translatology can be drawn as following:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:shihaiyao.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translations of the above terms are as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shu Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''The Similarities between the Two systems'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both deem translatology as an independent discipline'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qiusi published ''On the Construction of Translation Theory'' , which clearly put forward the idea of establishing translatology. In 1987, the first national seminar on translation theory was held, which unfolded a new era of the construction of translatology in China. Tan Zaixi came up with the slogan of establishing translatology in his paper ''Translatology must be established'', which triggered extraordinary response. Whether translation can become an independent discipline has been heated discussed in translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above descriptions, we can see that both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing have a strong consciousness and a clear orientation of discipline towards translatology. Tan Zaixi holds the view that translatology is a science to study translation, which is an essential communicative activity of human beings. It has its own rules, which can be categorized, summarized and described by scientific methods, and can serve the communicative activities of human beings. According to Yi Jing, the formation of the independent discipline status of translatology is the inevitable result of the historical accumulation of translation practice and translation theory as well as an urgent requirement for the development of the whole translation field to modern and contemporary times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on the consensus that translatology is an independent discipline that Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing put forward their own views on the construction of the system of translatology. Therefore, both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing agree that translation is an independent discipline, which is the first similarity of their system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both define bilingual conversion as object of translation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, from the perspective of semiotics, Jakobson divided translation into three categories according to different language signs: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to that to explain other verbal symbols using original language symbols in the same language field. Interlingual translation refers to the translation between two different languages, and Intersemiotic translation refers to the translation that to explain verbal symbols by using non-verbal symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this theory, Tan Zaixi pointed out in his translation system that translation (specifically refers to intralingual translation) is a plural and theoretical perspective of switching from one language to another(Tan Zaixi, 2005:19). It indicates that Tan Zaixi's views on object of translation practice is bilingual conversion. Yi Jing also suggested that the specific research object of translatology is bilingual conversion and some phenomena related to bilingualism(Yi Jing, 2009:132).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is obvious that the two systems insist that the object of translatology is bilingual conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both identify comprehensive faithfulness as standard of translation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion about standards of translation has always been a hot spot in the  translation circles, which is the core problem and key task of translation theory. Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing reach an agreement that the standard of translation should be based on sufficient translation practice. Tan Zaixi proposed that the general standard of translation is that &amp;quot;all translations must be faithful to the original text&amp;quot;. Taking this abstract standard as the premise, a series of specific standards can be produced, such as &amp;quot;faithful to the original content &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original form &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original effect &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original function&amp;quot; and so on, which serve different purposes(Tan Zaixi, 2005:38). And Yi Jing believed that &amp;quot;comprehensive faithfulness to content, form and style&amp;quot; is the highest standard of translation and the most ideal condition of translation(Yi Jing, 2009:239).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing agree that the standard of translation is comprehensive faithfulness. To elaborate it, they also list different aspects of faithfulness, which can be adjusted to specific requirements according to different text types, whereas there is consensus on the core idea of faithfulness.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will explore the differences between the two translation systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''The differences between the Two Translation Systems'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different structures of translation system'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above diagram of Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing’s system of translatology, we can know that Tan Zaixi’s system of transltology merely includes three parts, that is general translatology, special translatology and applied translatology. The research contents of each part are not clearly distinguished and classified, especially the definition of general translation and special translation is vague, which should be further discussed. In contrast to the system of Yi Jing, he divided it into five parts, that is introduction of the translatology (IT), theory of translation’s history (TTH), theory of translation itself (TTI), theory of translation practice (TTP) and meta-theory of translatology (MTT). For these five parts, Yi Jing clearly illustrated the branches of each part, and its division is rigorous, each branch forms a logical and well-connected system, leaving people a refreshing impression. Moreover, this system exploratory and open, Yi Jing suggested that he holds a welcoming attitude to other systems of translatology, and it can not be assumed arbitrarily that the system is more comprehensive and profound than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, we get to know that Tan Zaixi’s system of translatology is more general and rough, while Yi Jing’s is more systematic and inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different views on the study of translation history'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing put forward different views on the study of translation history. In Tan Zaixi's translation system, the general translation refers to the history of translation, that is, to study the history of translation from the perspective of diachronic and synchronic translatology, which includes not only the national and regional history of translation, but also the world history of translation(Tan Zaixi, 2005:21). While in Yi Jing’s system of translatology, one of the five branches of TTH mentioned: the study of translation history can be multi-angle and multilevel. From the time span of the study, translation can either be general or dynastic; it can study the translation history of translators and different text genres, or discipline translation history, such as literary translation history, scientific translation history and religious translation history(Yi Jing, 2009:211).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we can know that Tan Zaixi's study of translation history is more macroscopic, which based on different countries, different regions and different historical periods, while the study of translation history of Yi Jing is more specific and detailed, taking translators and various literary genres into account, in addition, he proposed that vertical comparison and horizontal comparison can be used in these factors, reaching almost every aspect of the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different views on translation process'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the process of translation, Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing presented their views. Tan divided the process of translation into two types, namely, psychological process and practical operation process. Psychological process is the embodiment of human brain receiving and transforming information, but Tan did not put forward specific steps for practical operation process, which is still open to question. In Yi Jing’s system of translatology, the translation process theory is mentioned in the second branch of the TTI. Yi Jing thought that the translation process can be divided into broad sense and narrow sense. The process of translation in a broad sense includes the selection of the original text, the preparation before translation, the specific translation process, the refinement of the translation and the process of testing and evaluating the translation; the narrow sense refers to the process from reading and understanding the original text to finalizing the translation(Yi Jing, 2009:253).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above descriptions, we can see that they define the translation process from different angles. Tan Zaixi divides the translation process into two aspects: psychology and practical operation, while the study of translation process proposed by Yi Jing is more multi-angle, and its broad translation process is not only confined to the process itself, but more comprehensive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''My Thoughts on the Two Systems'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''My Thoughts on Tan Zaixi’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Contributions of Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Tan Zaixi's construction of translation system has laid solid foundation on some basic pioneering works of translatology. The establishment of basic concepts and categories is the basic work of discipline construction. Before the publication of A Series of Translation Studies in China, the art theory and science theory of translation and whether translation can become a science were the focus of scholars in the translation circles, but the polysemous word &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is not defined. Thus, two different concepts were confused, that is translation and translatology, they discusses two different levels of problems, and emphasizes on personal reasons in a one-side way, resulting in two incompatible theories of translatology between art school and science school. In this book, Tan Zaixi clearly defined the concept of translation and translatology, clarified some vague understandings, and promoted the development of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Tan Zaixi's translation system has a strong sense and a clear orientation of discipline. The significance of the definition that &amp;quot;translatology is an independent discipline&amp;quot; is not merely its theoretical value, but it involves many important issues about the theoretical development and how to construct the discipline. With a clear sense of independent discipline, Tan Zaixi discussed some constructive and guiding problems such as the research object and field of translatology, the discipline framework of translatology, and the research approach. His unique translation system is a valuable exploration and attempt in Chinese translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in Mr. Tan's view, translatology is not merely a discipline with Chinese characteristics. Because it involves different languages and cultures, Translatology should be constructed from four dimensions: past and present, at home and abroad. In this regard, he believes that a comparative study of Chinese and Western translation theories should be carried out with the open mind of &amp;quot;harmony in diversity&amp;quot;, which is undoubtedly of great value. Construction of translatology needs to integrate Chinese and Western theoretical resources as well as learn widely from other’s strong points. Based on this, Tan Zaixi's construction of translatology fully reflects his broad mind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
====='''Deficiencies of Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known to us, Tan Zaixi has made great contribution on the construction of the system of translatology, but there is no perfect system in the world. Here, I list two points remain to be discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the definition of general translation and special translation is not clear enough. In the actual translation process and translation research, general and special are contradictory and unified. Tan Zaixi's view on special translation includes the study of the specific translation of two languages, and the general principles of translatology needs to find out the common law by studying the translation of different languages. Therefore, the general rules of translatology must also be included in the research object of special translation, but this does not appear in its translation system, so its integrity is still open to question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Tan Zaixi discusses the construction of the system of translatology in A Series of Translation Studies in China, but the branches of its translation system are not fully explained in this book, such as the responsibilities of translators in general translation and for the contents of applied translation, it has only put forward the idea, but has not made the detailed explanation. In addition, the structure of the book is not organized according to its translation system, this is indeed a great pity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''My Perspective towards Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence and contribution of Tan’s translation system on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not universal. According to the advantages and disadvantages of this system, we should treat in a dialectical way. Tan’s translation system has made foundation on the establishment of translatology and played a pioneering role in the development of translatology, but some deficiencies are avoidless. Therefore, we should treat Tan Zaimxi’s translation system in a comprehensive view. On the whole, Tan’s translation system can be regarded as a great progress and precious treasure in translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''My Thoughts on Yi Jing’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Contributions of Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the construction of the system of translatology proposed by Yi Jing based on a large number of theoretical research and historical data analysis. Yi Jing collated many kinds of materials in the field of translation, analyzed the views of many scholars and came to his own understandings, so that the system of translatology is coherent and smooth in writing. He selectively analyzed the views expressed by important scholars at home and abroad in the construction of translatology and made a comprehensive comparison of the proposed translation system model. Drawing on the essence of others' thoughts, he put forward his unique system of translatology, and strove to deepen the research on the construction of the system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the framework of Yi’s translation system is clear and rational. He  comprehensively introduced the Chinese and foreign translation theory research, each part is closely related, making the reader know at a glance. Yi Jing abandoned the conceptual knowledge infusion and rigid theoretical instruction, and focused more attention on tracing back to the source. He regarded the role of Chinese and foreign translation in the development process in a dialectical way with an open mind. At the same time, the dynamical development of translation system is manifested in the construction of complex translation system. He explained deeply that the establishment of translatology is the necessity of social development and the inevitable result of the academic development, all of these have played a positive role in guiding readers to view the current Chinese translation system from a correct perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Deficiencies of Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, nothing is perfect, Yi Jing’s translation system is no exception without doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, in the construction of the system of translatology, there are some viewpoints need to be further analyzed. The construction of translation system is a grand subject, which can not be completely completed in such a PhD dissertation, thus it leads to not comprehensive enough. For example, Yi Jing put forward the theory of translation history and clarified its new structure, but the analysis is not detailed enough, and it mainly focused on describing the research methods of translation history and attention points during the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, the traditional translation history research is divided into two branches: the history of translation practice and the history of translation theory. The author thinks that the division is too simple in terms of the importance and reality requires of the theory of translation’s history. Therefore, apart from the above two branches, the theory of translation’s history should cover another three branches: introduction of TTH, thematic history and meta-theory. In this section, the author focuses on the disadvantages of the traditional division. But he doesn't make a thorough analysis of his new division. What is the necessity of such a division of the theory of translation history? what are the advantages of such a division? Can this division completely avoid the flaws of the traditional division? Actually, the author did not give a strong illustration of these substantive problems, nor did he explain them in detail, which directly leads to a sense of relative superficiality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''My perspective towards Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are more or less shortcomings in the analysis of viewpoint argumentation, this dissertation provides a new perspective and path for the discipline of translatology, and to some extent, makes up for the deficiency of the traditional construction of translation system. According to Yi Jing’s summary and organization of a variety of materials in the field of translation at home and abroad, he is not only reproduce the history of translation but make history. Generally speaking, the author believes that the contribution of Yi Jing’s translation system to the development of translatology is far greater than its deficiencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first gives a brief introduction of the two translation systems, based on it, drawing corresponding diagrams for the two translation systems, and then compares the similarities and differences between the two systems in detail. At last, the author puts forward her own thoughts on this two translation systems in a dialectical way. Through the above comparison, we can find that both Tan Zaixi’s translation system and Yi Jing’s translation system have their own advantages and disadvantages, but their virtues far outweigh faults and differences are greater than similarities. Both of them have made great contributions to the construction of translation system with their own unique strengths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Refrences'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]陈福康.中国译学理论史稿[M].上海:上海外国语大学出版社,2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]方梦之.当今世界翻译研究的格局—兼论21世纪中国翻译研究的崛起 [J]. 外语教学理论与实践，2016（3）：55-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]蓝红军. &amp;quot;从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017).&amp;quot; 中国翻译 39.1 (2018): 7-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.必须建立翻译学[J].中国翻译,1987b3: 2-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]谭载喜.翻译学[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社,2005.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[6]许钧,穆雷.翻译学概论[M].南京:译林出版社,2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]易经.试论翻译学体系的构建[D].湖南师范大学,2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of translation theories by Eugene nida  and Susan Bassnett   胡慧芳 Hu Huifang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达与苏珊·巴斯奈特都是西方翻译史上著名的大翻译理论家和翻译家。奈达提出了“动态对等”的翻译理论，而巴斯奈特提出了“文化等值”的概念。奈达和巴斯奈特虽然在各自的翻译理论中都强调了“对等”或“等值”的概念，但理论内容却大相径庭。本文从两人翻译理论产生的背景和对各自翻译观的解读入手，来对两人的翻译理论的不同点和相通性进行初步对比分析处理，从而达到对两人翻译理论更深理解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词=== &lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达；苏珊·巴斯奈特；功能对等；文化等值&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Susan Bassnett are both famous translation theorists and translators in the history of Western translation. Nida proposed the translation theory of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;, and Bassnett proposed the concept of &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot;. Although Nida and Bassnett emphasized the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in their respective translation theories, the theoretical content is quite different. This article starts with the background of the two people's translation theories and the interpretation of their respective translation concepts, to make a preliminary comparative analysis of the differences and similarities between the two people's translation theories, so as to achieve a deeper understanding of the two people's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida ;Susan Bassnett; dynamic equivalence; cultural equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a well-known American translator, translation theorist, and PhD in linguistics. He was born in Oklahoma City in the south-central United States. In 1936, he studied at the University of California, and later received a master's degree in Greek &amp;quot;Bible New Testament&amp;quot; studies from the University of Southern California. In 1943, he received a PhD in linguistics under the guidance of Bloomfield and others. He served as the executive secretary of the translation department of the American Bible Association for a long time, and in 1968 he was the president of the American Linguistic Society. In addition to translation theory, Nida has engaged in research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, and communication engineering. He has also been engaged in Bible translation work for a long time, and has investigated a large number of languages, especially minor languages in Africa and Latin America. . Nida is engaged in translation studies and has written many books. From 1945 to 1986, he published nearly 200 articles and more than 30 books (including co-authored and co-edited works), including 16 monographs on translation and linguistics, the most important of which is &amp;quot;Toward a Science of Translation&amp;quot; &amp;quot;The Theory and Practice of translation&amp;quot; etc. His &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; translation theory and &amp;quot;reader's response theory&amp;quot; translation standards not only have considerable influence in the western translation circles, but also promote the transformation of Chinese translation theory circles. Dr. Nida broke the research paradigm that emphasized static analysis in traditional Chinese translation theory research, and put forward a new idea of open translation theory research, which has brought enlightenment for the establishment of a new translation theory model in my country's translation theory community.&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Bassnett is a professor, translator, writer and messenger at the Graduate School of Comparative Literature Theory and Translation, Warwick University, UK. As a leading figure in the school of translation culture, her concept of &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; and related translation theories have had a huge impact on contemporary translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; and Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; theory have certain similarities, but there are also many differences. This article starts with the &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;differences&amp;quot; of the two, to gain a more comprehensive understanding and understanding of the two translation theorists and translators and their translation theories, so as to achieve a deeper understanding and Understand the purpose of their translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The background of the two translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the birth of cultural translation school, linguistic school, functional school and structuralist school were the main schools in the field of western translation theory research. Representatives of the linguistic school, Jacob Button, Catford, and Nida, put more emphasis on equivalence in translation issues. They believe that translation is to replace one language material with an equivalent language material; functional school The representative figures Les, Nord and Mantari believe that the focus of translation studies should be the target text, not the original text. Their theoretical sources are mainly communication theory, action theory, information theory and reception aesthetics. But whether it is the linguistic school, the functional school or the structuralist school, in their research process, they are more or less trying to achieve language equivalence from all levels of text content and form. Translation researchers] hope to find a scientific and effective method to solve the various problems faced by translation, but cultural diversity determines the diversity of text cultural connotations. Therefore, these researchers have encountered great troubles when they encounter a context that is quite different from their own cultural background. The cultural translation school was born to better solve these problems.&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, translation theorists mainly studied various translation problems from linguistics. After the 1970s and 1980s, the acceleration of globalization, the acceleration of information dissemination, and the diversification of communication methods have made the relationship between language and culture closer. In information dissemination, language differences have become more prominent, and the status and role of translation activities have also changed. Therefore, with the acceleration of globalization and the popularization of multicultural views and values, translation theory researchers who conform to the trend of the times pay more and more attention to the diverse cultural values ​​embodied in translated texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1  The background of Eugene Nida’s cultural equivalence theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; translation theory was deeply influenced by his time. At the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, linguistic studies in the United States really started. It was not until the beginning of the 20th century that American linguists who studied in Europe and were influenced by Europe began to study American linguistics. They developed American descriptive linguistics and structural linguistics. Beginning in the 1940s, American linguistics began to have a huge impact on world linguistics research. During this period, the representative figures in American linguistics were Boas, Sapir and Bloomfield. Although their theories are not exactly the same, they are basically structuralism and descriptive linguistics (Liu Runqing, 2002). Nida learned and grew up during this period. In 1943, he obtained a doctorate in linguistics under the guidance of two famous masters, Bloomfield and Fries. Therefore, his thinking is deeply influenced by Bloomfield, an American structuralist, and Sapir, a human linguist, and he emphasizes the collection and analysis of language materials in language research. In the 1950s, since Nida served as the executive secretary of the translation department of the American Bible Society for several years, Nida has proposed and started to use dynamic equivalence theory to guide the actual work of &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. Since the 1950s, translators have generally followed the dynamic equivalent translation theory in translation projects organized by the American Bible Society (Tan Zaixi, 1991).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2  The background of Bassnett’s cultural equivalence theory===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative figures of the cultural translation school, Susan Bassnet's translation concept with cultural translation theory as the core has had a significant impact on contemporary translation studies. In the introduction to &amp;quot;Translation, History and Culure&amp;quot; (Translation, History and Culure), Andre, Lefevere and Susan Basnett proposed that &amp;quot;Culural lurn&amp;quot; (culural lurn)-the term, this is the concept that was first proposed from here.&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett believes that the linguistic school of translation faces the following problems: The method of machine translation is an effective method, but it is not suitable for literary translation. In response to this situation, Bassnett pointed out that the research method of translation should undergo an cultural turn (eulturalturn). She believes that translators must perform translation activities in a specific cultural context, and translators must not conduct translation activities in cultural isolation under the influence of their own cultural background. In short, Bassnett’s cultural translation view is that translation is not a purely linguistic activity, it is rooted in and influenced by the culture of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Susan Bassnett and Eugene Nida’s translation theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Nida' s“dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” is the core conception of Nida ’s translation theories. the essence of it is a receptor-centered theory of translation that aims at achieving a“dynamic”equivalence between the effect obtained from respective readers of the originaltext and the translated version, which requires that translators view from the angle of the sense and spirit of the original instead of rigidly adhering to language structures of it. That is, not rigidly adheringto formal equivalence. The theory of“dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is the most well- known and the most frequently discussed theory, and the focus of discussions on it may attribute to different interpretations of the term &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1The nature of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
“Equivalence&amp;quot; is an important proposition in translation for it &lt;br /&gt;
involves some key problems such as nature of translation, translation norms as well as quality and evaluation of translation. As a mathematic term, the word “ equivalence&amp;quot; refers to an absolutely symmetrical and equal relationship, but in many English dictionaries, it gets obscure meanings that things possess similarities or areessentially identical. Then, is the concept“equivalence in translation theories derived from its absolute mathematics reference orborrowed from its indistinct meanings as a word of general linguistices? According to many translation theorists (including Nida), it may mean more of the latter than the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot; Equivalence&amp;quot; is a scientific descriptive notion that is more objective that &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot;, for the concept of &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;or &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; refers to attitudes of translators while &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; indicates the quality of translation. But &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; involves no translator' s attitudes, and thus let us get a more explicit conception. The &amp;quot;equivalence” needed in translation is a comprehensive impact, not mechanically synthesizing equivalence of linguistics,semantics and pragmatics, but taking into account factors in different levels all around with artistical views and accomplishments of different cultures and languages. The historic contribution of Nida's&amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is that it provides a convincing solution to the dispute of literal translation and free translation held by many western translation theorists for about 2000 years. Literal translation emphasizes equivalence in language forms and the effect oftranslation is overlooked while free translation focuses much more on “beauty” of translation effect with litle regard to equivalence.Nida' s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;. however, puts emphasis on equivalence of both effects and then solves this contradiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Views on Nida s theory of &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
It has been mentioned above that Nida s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory is the most influential as well as the most frequently criticized and reproached due to dfferent interpretations of the theory. And here, a ittle more comments are given to be shared.&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2.1Apprehension of the theory&lt;br /&gt;
What Nida's values a lot in dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is that receptors of the two languages ( SL and TL) have approximately similar response and get basically equivalent ffect( 杨柳， 2006). The great contribution Nida made was to shift the focus from the comparison of the source- language and the target- language texts to acomparison of the two communication processes involved.&amp;quot; (金隄,1998:231) Thus, Nida's dynamic equivalence &amp;quot; focuses mainly onthe relative side of &amp;quot; equivalence &amp;quot; rather than absolutizes the term,which may imply that the equivalence theory in translation does originally mean something relative, obscure and indistinct.&lt;br /&gt;
As a relative conception, the goal &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; pursues is that the readers of the translation can obtain basically similar message smoothly from the translated text as the readers of theoriginal do from the original text, including their perception of the main essence, specific facts and artistic conception, although the two texts may vary greatly or entirely in forms. This goal can be applied to almost all types of translation. For all of these viewpoints,Nida and his theory have encountered constant criticism and reproaching. In sum, those who are against the theory argue that effect of equivalence can never be possible in translation because translation involves at least two different languages, cultures etc.which are rather hard to the non-native, while those who are in favor hold that equivalence can be achieved not only in senses and styles, but in effect as well. Nida has made it very clear that &amp;quot;the response can never be identical' , but &amp;quot;a high degree of equivalenceof response&amp;quot; is required and possible. And for &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;,Nida elaborates that no translation can be completely equivalent. Actually, different translations represent varying degrees of equivalence, That is, &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; doesn't mean identity as its mathematical meaning. (Nida, 2001:87) In order to stress the conception of function and meanwhile avoid misunderstanding, Nida&lt;br /&gt;
holds that the expression“functional equivalence&amp;quot; is much more satisfactory in describing the degrees of adequacy of a translation（Nida, 2001:91). So, Nida, as he puts it explicitly in his works, doesn' t prescribe something &amp;quot; identical&amp;quot; or total equivalence between the original and the translated texts, but expects high degrees of closeness&amp;quot; to ine ongmal and reproducing nearest translated message to the originai message. He advocates that translators work hard to pursue equivaiencerather than identity&amp;quot;. Professor Jin Di may have standpoint identical to Nida' s, he holds that the term &amp;quot; equivalence&amp;quot; in Nida ' s theory indicates a linguistic notion that is different from &amp;quot;identity&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot; equivalence&amp;quot;is a rela-&lt;br /&gt;
tive conception, which requires no totally identical effect, but striving for the closest impact produced by the translation within a possible range as what is produced to readers of the original text by the ST (金隄, 1998:44).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Theoretical Practice of &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; in China-A Comment on the Translation of &amp;quot;A Madman's Diary&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Here are three examples to analyze the theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; used in the &amp;quot;Madman's Diary&amp;quot; in the translation of &amp;quot;The Call&amp;quot; by Yang Xianyi and his wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（1）“我同赵贵翁有什么仇.....把古久先生的陈年流水簿子，踹了一脚....”(鲁迅，2019: 08)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“what grudge Mr. Zhao has against me...Itrod on Mr. Gu Jiu's old ledgers..&amp;quot; (杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this example is literally translated &amp;quot;赵贵翁&amp;quot;, it may be translated as &amp;quot;Zhao Guiweng&amp;quot; in many cases, so that the translation person seems rigid and the translation traces are too obvious. Yang Xianyi and his wife directly translated &amp;quot;Mr. Zhao&amp;quot; in the translation, which conforms to the native language habits of foreigners and avoids the appearance of translation accent. This translation achieves functional equivalence for the translation of personal words in the original text (Chen Weijia, 2009). The &amp;quot;old-year running book&amp;quot; here is a characteristic term of China's old society period, which means &amp;quot;old account book&amp;quot;. If literally translated as &amp;quot;aged jour-nal&amp;quot;, obviously there is no &amp;quot;old ledgers&amp;quot; which is more suitable for the time.&lt;br /&gt;
Time backgroud. The Yangs’ translation handled the translation of characteristic nouns well and reached the result of information equivalent translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“陈老五赶上前，硬把我拖回家中了。”(鲁迅，2019: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Old Chen hurried forward and draggedme home.&amp;quot; (杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The personal pronoun &amp;quot;陈老五&amp;quot;, if translated literally, might be translated as &amp;quot;Chen Laowu&amp;quot;. Yang Xianyi translated &amp;quot;Old Chen&amp;quot;, which is more authentic. &amp;quot;Chen Lao Wu&amp;quot; may be the habitual name of this person by the locals, rather than the name Chen Lao Wu. The Yangs' translation as &amp;quot;Lao Chen&amp;quot; here conforms to the Chinese people's habit of addressing acquaintances and conforms to the original cultural background (金瑞, 邵华, 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)“狼子村的佃户来告荒....”(鲁迅，2019: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“a tenant of ours from Wolf Cub Villagecame to report the failure of the crop...&amp;quot; ( 杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;狼子村&amp;quot; is a place noun. If it is simply translated as &amp;quot;The Wolf Child Village&amp;quot;, it is obviously inappropriate. Such translated names are not only not beautiful enough, but also cannot express the charm of Chinese place names. Here, the expression of &amp;quot;Cub&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Wolf Cub Village&amp;quot; of the Young couple is quite vivid and accurate. &amp;quot;Cub&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;cub&amp;quot; and it is used here in line with the original meaning. Yang Xianyi has certain accomplishments in the translation of Chinese-specific place nouns, and conveys the Chinese-specific culture well in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett believes that the goal of translation should be changed from the text commonly accepted by people to culture, which is the so-called cultural shift. If we compare culture to the human body, then language is the human heart. Only when people's heart, language and body are coordinated with each other, can people maintain vigor and vitality. When performing heart surgery on a patient, the surgeon must take into account the overall physical condition of the patient. The same is true for translation practice. In the process of translating the target language into the target language, members of parliament must take into account the double standards of language accuracy and cultural adaptability, and must not strip away culture and treat translation in isolation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation methods, Bassnett believes that language and text materials in different cultural contexts should have different translation requirements, and therefore different translation methods. For example, for original texts that are descriptive, or contain certain cultural beliefs, or are technological in nature, the translator should try to literally translate from a cultural perspective when translating. If the original text does not belong to the above three types of texts, then the translator can play relatively freely when translating, use more translation skills, and less consider the limitations of the original text culture on translation activities. It can be said that the degree of freedom of such translation activities is relatively high.&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation strategy, Bassnett believes that the translator's translation activity is a process of information transmission. In this process, the translator should first find the cultural factors in the original text that are different from the target language, and then understand these factors in depth, and try to retain these factors on this basis. Such a strategy helps readers of other countries to better understand the connotation expressed in the original text, and enable them to have a more accurate understanding of the cultural context of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Content and form of translation&lt;br /&gt;
As far as the content and form of the translation are concerned, Bassnett regards cultural exchange as the focus of translation, and she believes that the original flavor of the original language text should be kept as much as possible. At the same time, she also pointed out that literary translation must not lose its form. Taking poetry as an example, the translation of poetry is not simply a translation of the original poem content, but a new understanding and creation in translation. The translator must use his own translation skills and literary quality to create new content. But at the same time, the form and content of the poem are unified. The length of the syllables and the distribution of rhymes in the form are also conveying the content. The information of the times is all revealed behind it. Therefore, if the original form of the poem is discarded in the translation, Then it cannot fully reflect the content of the original poem. Take Chinese rhyme poems as an example. When its prosperity turned from its peak to its decline in the Tang Dynasty, the strict flat correspondence and cohesion were not only for making people melodious and catchy, but its pursuit of form revealed that The literati in the era remembered the dead Tang Dynasty and their strong unsatisfied political demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 &amp;quot;Intelligibility&amp;quot; of the translation&lt;br /&gt;
Before the rise of the cultural translation school, translation researchers sometimes translated the literary language in the original text into plain and simple language in order for the translation to be better understood by readers, deleting literary metaphors and associations. In this way, the translation will indeed become easy to understand, but the literary nature of the work has been reduced, and the interest and depth will not reach the effect of the original text. Therefore, Bassnett believes that the &amp;quot;understandability&amp;quot; of the translation cannot be based on abandoning the original style and artistry, but should try to maintain the original flavor of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Evaluation Criteria of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
For the evaluation criteria of translations, Bassnett believes that the evaluation criteria of translations are not unique. The standards for translating academic articles and applied and literary articles are different. When checking and evaluating the standard of translation, we should start from the target of translation, and judge the translation based on whether the translation can meet the needs of the target. In short, the translation should meet the needs of readers in different cultural contexts as a starting point, and use a suitable translated language that can meet this demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.5 Examples of Bassnett's Cultural Translation Theory-Taking 《道德经》‘s Arthur Willy's Translation and Gu Zhengkun's Translation as Examples&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“六亲不和，有孝慈(孝子)。”(章十八)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辜译: &amp;quot;Filiality and benevolence come along with the family feud,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
韦利译:“It was when the six near ones were no longer at peace that there was talkof dutiful sons.&amp;quot; (Waley, 1999:37 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;六亲&amp;quot; in modern Chinese generally refer to all family members and relatives, but in ancient Chinese there are specific references to father and son, brothers, and couples. Gu Zhengkun knows that family ethical relations are not as complicated in the West as in China, so he adopted the approach of being close to Western readers and translated it as &amp;quot;the family; while Wiley used the method of alienation in order to get close to the original work, calling it &amp;quot;sixnear ons&amp;quot; , And supplemented by the notes at the end of the chapter to further explain the specific meaning of &amp;quot;six relatives&amp;quot;. (the six near ones: father, son, elder brother, younger brother, husband and wife.). Both translators have realized the function of the language opposite to them. The equivalence of the above. That is to realize the equivalence of cultural functions, but also convey the meaning of cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文:“虽有拱璧以先驷马”  (章六十二)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辜译:It would be better to present to the emperor Tao than jade disks followed by ateam of four horses.&amp;quot; ( 辜正坤，1995: 251 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
韦利译:“Rather than send a team of four horses, preceded by a disc ofjade.e..&amp;quot;(Waley,1999:131 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both translators translated &amp;quot;驷马&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;four horses&amp;quot;, which is correct. In ancient China, the number of horses pulling carts was used to reflect the rank of status, such as driving two horses as a parallel, three horses as a stallion, and four horses as a parcel. Usually the emperor drives six, princes drive five, Qing drives four, doctors three, scholars two, and common people one. There are also horse-drawn chariots in wars, usually one carriage with four horses and three passengers. If the translator can comment on this, it will better help the target readers to understand the ancient Chinese horse culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The difference between the two translation thoughts===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation thoughts are mainly influenced by language structuralist translators, which are manifested in his use of the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, and the core similar to Chomsky's deep structure Syntactic analysis is a structural analysis of language expression forms and translation procedures from the perspective of language translation, that is, interlingual translation. However, the essence of Nida's translation thought lies in far more than its language structuralist translation view, but more of him In &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;translation and communication&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;translation must emphasize readers' reflection&amp;quot; and many other propositions. Moreover, Nida's contribution in translation theory, especially in the translation theory of the Bible, and his position in contemporary American and Western translation studies are very important and widely recognized. (Tan Zaixi, 1991)&lt;br /&gt;
But Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural translation view&amp;quot; focuses on cultural exchanges, with culture first, and information second. Through translation to introduce the unique culture of each nation, explain the similarities and differences between each other, so as to promote the comparative study of two languages ​​and cultures. Bassnett also pointed out that culture puts forward various requirements for translation, and these requirements are closely related to the nature of the original text. In the process of translation, the translator should demonstrate the unique charm of different cultures through translation, so that people of different cultural backgrounds can communicate and communicate in a true cultural sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.The similarity of the two translation ideas===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the service object of translation is the recipient. It is necessary to evaluate and judge the quality of the translation. It is not only necessary to compare the language form of the translation and the original text, but also to see how the recipient reflects the translation. Only when the translated works are easy to understand and in proper form can they be widely accepted by the public. Bassnett’s cultural translation view also emphasizes that translation should meet the requirements of different objects in a certain culture. In order to meet the requirements of different specific groups, the translator must find a suitable translated language functionally. It can be seen that both translation theorists believe that translation works should focus on the demands of recipients of translation at different levels.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that when there is a contradiction between form and content in the translation process, form should give way to content. Bassnett also believes that in the process of functional equivalence, the translator can not be restricted by the literary image. It can be seen that the two translation theorists pay more attention to the content and form of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida pointed out that the languages ​​and cultures of the world have 90% similarities and only 10% differences. Bassnett also believes that the translator should perform functional equivalence in the target language culture based on the target language; the reading object and the original language's function in the original language culture. It can be seen that both translation theorists believe that the source language and the target language can communicate and communicate in terms of culture. Although there is a cultural loss in the translation process, there are more similarities between different languages. Similarities or similarities (ie cultural common core).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Bassnett are great translation theorists and translators in the history of Western translation. Their theoretical research ideas and academic vision are broad, and their insights are unique, which give people deep inspiration. In the process of translation research, the two masters placed translation in the multi-dimensional space of the original text and the target text, investigated from different angles to reveal the essence of translation, and achieved fruitful results. The two translations: principles and methods. There are both common points and their own characteristics. We should work hard to understand the characteristics and development trajectories of the two major translation theories, and find out the contributions and shortcomings of the two major translation theories. In order to find things that Chinese translation theories can learn from, to promote the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene and Charles Taber. The Theory of Translation[M]. Leiden:E. J Brill,1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Liao Qiyi.(2000).廖七一.''当代西方翻译理论探索''.[Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory].译林出版社[Yilin Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Liu Runqing.(2002).刘润清.''西方语言学流''派[Schools of Western Linguistics].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Lu Gang. (2006). 陆刚. 巴斯奈特理论与翻译中文化等值的不确定性[Bassnett's theory and the uncertainty of cultural equivalence in translation].''中国比较文化''[Chinese Comparative Culture]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Tan Zaixi. (1991). 谭载喜. ''西方翻译简史''. [Western Translator Business History]. 商务印书馆[The Commercial Press ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Duan Feng. 段峰.(2006). 苏珊·巴斯奈特文学翻译思想述评. [A Review of Susan Bassnett's Literary Translation Thoughts]. ''四川大学学报''[Journal of Sichuan University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Gang. (2010). 陆刚. 巴斯奈特理论与翻译中文化等值的不确定性[Bassnett's theory and the uncertainty of cultural equivalence in translation]. ''扬州大学学报''[Journal of Yangzhou University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Deng Ju, Qin Zhongshu.(2007). 邓巨，秦中书.苏珊·巴斯奈特翻译思想述评[A Review of Susan Bassnett's Translation Thoughts.  ''四川文理学院学报''[Journal of Sichuan University of Arts and Science]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Luo Chengli. 罗承丽.(2010). 操纵与构建：苏珊·巴斯奈特“文化翻译中”思想研究. [Manipulation and Construction: Susan Bassnett's &amp;quot;Cultural Translation&amp;quot; Thought Research].''北京语言大学''[Beijing Language and Culture University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Waley,Arthur.The Way and Its Power:A study of the Tao Te Ching and its Place in Chinese Thought.London:Allen and Unwin，1934.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Lu Xun. 鲁迅.(2010). ''呐喊''. [The Call].江西教育出版社[Jiangxi Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Lu Xun. 鲁迅.(2010). ''呐喊''. [The Call]. 杨宪益，戴乃迭，译.北京外文出版社[Beijing Foreign Languages  Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Gu Zhengkun. 辜正坤.(2008). ''老子道德经''[ Tao Te Ching].北京大学出版社[Peking University Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 13:34, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study Between the Skopos Theory and Yan Fu’s Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 吴一露 Wu Yilu  202070080610&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory and the theory put forward by Yan Fu, that is “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most representative translation theories respectively in the history of Chinese and Western translation theories. And these two theories have a profound impact to Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will compare the similarities and differences between these two theories as well as their historical contributions and limitations. It aims to get a deeper understanding of Skopos theory and Yan Fu’s theory and a better application of theories in practice. In the meantime, the collision and comparative analysis of Chinese and Western theories will also promote the study of translation theories and provide a reference for guiding translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory; Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Hans Vermeer; Yan Fu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===目的论和严复理论的比较研究===&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目的论和严复提出的翻译理论即 “信达雅”分别是中西方翻译理论史上最具代表性的翻译理论之一。并且这两种翻译理论对中西方翻译理论和实践产生了深刻的影响。本文将对比研究目的论以及严复理论的同异，结合比较这两种理论的历史贡献及局限,旨在加深对目的论和“信达雅”理解，并将理论更好地运用到翻译实践中。同时中西方理论的碰撞和对比分析，也会促进翻译理论研究和为指导翻译实践提供依据。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目的论；信达雅；汉斯·弗米尔；严复&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos is the Greek word for “aim” or “purpose” and was introduced into translation theory in the 1970s by the German linguists Hans J. Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and developed in Germany in the late 1970s. The creation of Skopos theory is a significant achievement of western translation theories, providing a new perspective for translation study. In 1897, Yan Fu set down the triple translation criteria of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance,” (Xin Da Ya), which influenced the development of translation practice and theory for almost half a century after it came into being and it still exerts great influence on contemporary TS. As now the scope of integration and exchanges between China and Western world are expanding to various fields, this paper will reexamine these influential theories by comparing their commonalities, differences and influences, so as to broaden our vision of translation theory study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Introduction of Skopos Theory and Yan Fu’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Skopos theory comprises the idea that translating and interpreting means to produce a target text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” .(Vermeer, Hans J.1987a, 26). The purpose decides everything, from the translation strategy and translation method, to the choice of the form and content of the original work, to the production of the target text. All these  take the purpose as the reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 The Development of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creation of Skopos theory in not going to happen overnight; it is a gradual process that can the skopos theory become the core of functionalist approach, which is initially proposed by Hans Vermeer. Its formation and development experienced mostly three periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Katharina Reiss’s research &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book Possibilities and Limits of Translation Criticism, written by Katharina Reiss in 1971, marked the appearance of German translation theories and was the first time raised the idea that text function could be listed as a standard of translation criticism and came up with thoughts of functional translation theory. The core of her translation theory is text typology, including informative text (content-focused), expressive text (form-focused), operative text (appeal-focused) and the auto-medial text, which laid a foundation of Skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Hans J. Vermeer: Skopos theories and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Reiss’s student, casting off the chains of Translation Equivalence, thought: translation is not a mechanical language interpretation, but an activity with an aim or purpose. According to Action Theory, human action is a kind of purposeful behavior in a given situation. In his opinion, translation also is such a kind of action with purpose on the foundation of a source text. Hence, Vermeer names his theory Skopos theory, a theory of purposeful action. Hans J. Vermeer believed that the purpose of a text determines the translation strategies. The most important ingredients determining the purpose of translation is readers. So translators should better to consider integrally both the purpose of translation and special circumstances of target-text readers before interpreting.（Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 154）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Justa Holz-Manttari and Christiane Nord: the theory of translational action and Function plus Loyalty Principle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manttari differentiated “translation” and “translation action”. She thought that “translation” is simply transformative action while “translation action” is more intricate behavior designed to transfer message overcoming culture and language barriers. In Christiane Nord’s Translating as a Purposeful Activity-Functionalist Approaches Explained, she defines the Skopos theory as the prime principle determining any translation process. But Nord also found there were some drawbacks of Skopos theory, so she putted forward the “loyalty principle”: the responsibility of translators towards to their partners in translational interaction. (Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three rules of Skopos theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the ‘skopos rule’, which means that a translation action is determined by its skopos; in other words, that is “ the end justifies the means” (Reiss Katharina &amp;amp; Vermeer Hans J. 1984). As defined by Vermeer and translated by Nord, the Skopos rule states: “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The Skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.” (Christiane Nord, 1997) Whether the function of the source text or passages in the source text can be preserved or have to be modified or even changed all decided by the purpose of translation. The skopos is divided into three forms: translator purpose, communicative purpose of the translated text and the purpose of using some kind of translation strategies. Coherence rule talks about that the target text must be coherent with the source text, given target text receivers circumstances and knowledge (Pochhacker, Franz 1995, 32). Translators should pick out what is meaningful in the receivers’ condition. The last rule, fidelity rule, concerns the intertexual coherence between target text and source text---the target text is determined by its skopos. In accordance to this, the form of the target text would be determined by both translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These three rules connect with each other. Coherence rule and fidelity rule are subject to skopos rule. From above three rules, we come to a conclusion that the evaluation criterion of translation is “adequacy”—dynamic standard-- rather than “equivalence”. Therefore, translator should not be literalists who rigidly adhere to the words of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1854-1921) was an outstanding Chinese Scholar and translator who had studied abroad from 1877 to 1879 in Britain. In this period, he was interested in western politics and started to learn academic theories of capitalist politics. His solid foundation of language as well as rich reserves of theories made adequate preparations for his future translation work. Because realizing that it was important for old China to catch up western countries in fields of politics, economy, culture, ideology and institutions, this famous Chinese translator devoted his life to importing western ideas and theories by translating various foreign works, including Evolution and Ethics, Yuan Fu (the Chinese version of The Wealth of Nations), The Spirit of Laws and other essays. It is these translated works and his translation theories --- “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” that impressed large numbers of Chinese scholars profoundly, which also contributed to his everlasting name in the history of Chinese translation theory study.(Chen Fukang 2000, 105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 The Development of Yan Fu’s Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” （Xin, Da, Ya) was firstly seen in The Dhammapada sequence （《法句经序》）written by Zhi Qian , a venerable monk and a translator of Buddhist scriptures in the Three Kingdoms Period. But as a translation theory, it is known to the public and handed down because of Yan Fu. (Chen Fukang 2000, 106) In 1898, Yan Fu made a conclusion of all the debates related to translation since Han dynasty and Tang dynasty after research. Then he put forward “the three difficulties for translating” in the preface of the translation of T.H. Huxley’s book Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays more than one hundred years ago. The first draft of Evolution and Ethics was finished in 1895. As this was the first book he translated, he met many difficulties in translating and got a lot of thoughts. Then he put his thoughts into Yiliyan （《译例言》）: “ Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. ” (Yan Fu, 1987)  However, there are still some people holding the opinion that these translation thoughts of Yan Fu took their ideas from the three principles of famous British translator Tytler.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The evolution of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this translation theory was put forward, it have inspired continuous debates for nearly one hundred years and the interpretation of the later scholars cannot be ignored. There are four main directions of this evolution.&lt;br /&gt;
The May Fourth New Culture Movement ushered in a new epoch vernacular literature and translation, which changed the status of Classical Chinese and Vernacular Chinese. So Yan Fu’s interpretation of “Elegance”, which refers to application of Classical Chinese before Han dynasty, became out of step with the Times. Attempting to prove the rationality of “Elegance”, many translators made new interpretations of it. While there are also some made adjustments on the basis of Yan Fu’s theory. Qu Qiubai suggested using Vernacular Chinese instead of classical one; Lin Yutang, Liu Zhongdei and Zhu Wenzhen proposed to change “Elegance” into “Beauty”, “Closeness” and “Appropriate” respectively. Among which “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness” not only inherits rational thoughts, but also overcomes limitations of “Elegance”. So this principle is a remarkable symbol presenting that China’s translation theories are becoming mature.(Liu Qijia 2000, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Lu Xun simplified this three-character standard, turning it into a two-character one--- “faithfulness and smoothness” (Xin Shun Shuo). From “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” to “Faithfulness, Smoothness and Beauty”, from “Similarity in Spirit” to “Sublimation”, we can see that the translation spirit of Yan Fu is carried forward and how profound an impact this theory made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Main Contents of Yan Fu’s Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever the criteria of translation is discussed in China, the principle of translation proposed by Yan Fu would be mentioned, namely: “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. From the perspective of Yan Fu, “Faithfulness” referred to the meaning of the target text should be close to that of the original one, that was, being faithful to the original meaning, as well as its sentimental color, style and flavor. There are two aspects of “Faithfulness”: being faithful to the original work and to target readers. “Expressiveness” meant the target text should be coherent and clear, there being no need to follow the exact order of words and sentences structure of the original language but reorganize and elaborate to respect the rules of target language. And “Elegance” indicated that the target text should be of refinement in language, namely, the use of ancient Chinese before Han dynasty so as to meet the expectation of target readers who were well-educated in China. He claimed that “where language has no refinement, its effects will not extend far”(言之无文，行之不远). (Chen Fukang 2000, 108）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Yan Fu’s point of view, “Faithfulness” is the core while “Expressiveness” and “Elegance” are two measures, which can be noticed from the order of these three characters. That means “Faithfulness” is the premise and basis of translation and the other two are the aim of translation. So these three standards are integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Similiarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Similarities betweeen these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Skopos theory and Yan Fu’s theory originated in two different countries and cultural environments, and there are hundreds of years between the times when they were put forward, these two theories have many similarities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Fidelity Rule and Faithfulness=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fidelity rule in Skopos theory is similar to “Faithfulness” in Yan Fu’s theory. Comparing the two theories of translation, we find that both theories have a criterion based on the original text and pursue the principle of fidelity, which is only expressed in different words. Fidelity rule in Skopos theory holds that translator should respect both the original author and readers in the translation process. Translation is to try to reach an agreement with the original work's intention and translator is responsible not only to readers but also to the original author, reconciling the purpose of the translation with the author's intention and mediating between the two. In Nord’s opinion , the faithfulness principle gives translator the right to make changes to the original text according to the purpose of translation, showing an open, tolerant and dynamic view of translation; on the other hand, it requires translator to be responsible for all parties involved in the translation, to explain or interpret his or her translation strategy, and to reach an understanding and consensus among all parties.(Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coincides with Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot;, which emphasizes not to deviate from the original text. And &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is the premise and foundation of translation. In the process of translation, translator is required to correctly understand the original text and then reproduce it in another language. If the ideas, expressions, and emotions in the translation are not consistent with the original work, then it violates the requirement of &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot;, as well as the requirement of the fidelity rule in Skopos theory. Thus, we can find that both theories emphasize the importance of faithfulness to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Coherence Rule and Expressiveness=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence principle in Skopos theory is similar to the “Expressiveness” in the Yan Fu’s theory. In short, they both emphasize the fluency and smoothness of the translation from the point of view of readers’ receptivity and comprehension, so that receiver can accept and understand the translation smoothly. The coherence principle refers that translation should be readable and acceptable, so as to achieve interlingual coherence and to be consistent with the communicative situation of the target readers. As elaborated by Nord, a communicative interaction can only be regarded as successful if the receivers interpret it as being sufficiently coherent with their situation. (Christiane Nord 1997, 32) Under this rule, the receivers of the target text, their cultural background, social circumstances, expectations, values and norms should all be taken into consideration as major factors to produce meaningful translations. In translation, translator should reproduce the content and form of the original text as much as possible, and such translations usually require extensive annotation so that readers can have a better understanding of the translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This point is consistent with Yan Fu's viewpoint in his translation work, Evolution and Ethics · Yiyanli : “ 顾信矣，不达，虽译，犹不译也(A translation is faithful but not expressive, then it is not a qualified translation)。” (Yan Fu, 1987) According to Yan, “Expressiveness” means to reproduce the meaning of the original text in a way that is consistent with the terminological conventions of the target language, which also emphasizes the understandability of the translation. That is to say, translator should focus on conveying the content of the original text and conveying the meaning and gist of the original text, rather than sticking to the order of the words and sentences in the original text. At the same time, Yan also points out that the sentence structure in English is very different from that in Chinese. If one mechanically translates long sentences from English, the Chinese translation will certainly be unintelligible. Therefore, a translator must first understand the main idea of the original text clearly before he can translate it without compromising the original meaning. It can be seen that both Skopos theory and Yan Fu's theory emphasize expressing the main idea of the original text in a way that can be understood by the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.3 Skopos Rule and Elegance=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos rule in the Skopos theory is similar to “Elegance” in Yan Fu’s theory to some extent. The Skopos rule states that the purpose of translation determines the entire act of translation at the macro level. In the meantime, translator must decide what methods and strategies to use in translation based on the function of the translation in the target culture. Vermeer regards the recipient of the translation as an important part of the translation requirements and &amp;quot;one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of the translation&amp;quot;. Translation is &amp;quot;the text produced in the target language environment for the purpose of translation and for the target readers.”.(Christiane Nord 1997, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in Yan Fu’s theory, “Elegance” is more specific, as it is based on the specific era and target readers at that time he lived. Because in the 19th century, the books Yan Fu translated were not for the general public, but for old literati and intellectuals who had the right to speak at that time. And most of them respected the old and discriminated against the new, advocating the ancient language while opposing the promotion of the vernacular language. There was no way to introduce Western ideas and knowledge to the scholarly class in China without taking into account their feelings. It is clear that he was thinking from the perspective of target readers, then this theory was put forward. (Chen Fukang 2000, 109) So, in essence, both theories share the same reader-centered viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Differences between these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many similarities between these two translation theories, big differences in the theoretical system, translation standards and translators' status still exist. These differences are not only caused by the different traditions of Chinese and Western theories, but also by the differences in cultural background and personal theoretical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Different Theoretical Systems=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is closely integrated with other disciplines. This theory was born out of the behavioral theory. Vermeer places Skopos theory in the framework of cross-cultural communication. He denies that translation is a purely linguistic transformation, and pays more attention to communication and culture.It makes the translation theory more logical, scientific and systematic. Thus, it breaks the text-centered translation research tradition, providing a new perspective for translation study. A theoretical system with diversified translation standards was formed. Skopos theory clearly puts forward some translation concepts, such as the three rules, and there is a clear hierarchy among the three rules, with both Fidelity rule and Coherence rule being subordinate to the Skopos rule. It makes clear to translator the standards and principles that they should follow.In addition, it also made a distinction between intertextual coherence and intratextual coherence, adequate translation and equivalent translation, and translation and translation action.(Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But Yan Fu’s theory is relatively abstract and vague. Although it concludes the translation requirements, it is not as clear as Skopos theory. Different translators have different interpretations of these three translation criteria. Some think that &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; refers to the faithfulness to the original work's ideological content, while others think it is faithful to the content and linguistic style of the original work, which leads to differences in content and form. Zhu Guang Qian and Tang Ren even advocated condensing “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” into “Faithfulness”; people’s understanding of “Elegance” was even more diverse. Besides, Yan Fu's theory is not closely integrated with other disciplines and focuses more on content and aesthetics.(Chen Fukang 2000, 348）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Yan Fu's theory is not clearly demonstrated and scientifically summarized, which easily cause ambiguity. It is not as theoretical and systematic as Skopos theory, and tends to be more of an empirical theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Different Translation Standards=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the emergence of Skopos theory, the mainstream translation standard was functional equivalence. The emergence of the Skopos theory broke through the constraint of equivalence，replacing the &amp;quot;faithfulness principle&amp;quot; as the first principle with the Skopos rule. The success of a translation depends on whether the intended purpose of translation is achieved. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; usually refers to the communicative purpose of the translation, that is, &amp;quot;the communicative function of the translation in the target socio-cultural context for the target readers&amp;quot;. Therefore, the Skopos theory pays more attention to the translation requirements, the target readers, the target language’s environment and culture. It has a broader scope of application, increasing the number of alternative translation strategies, which opened the shackles of translators.（Vermeer, Hans J. 1989, 186)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Yan Fu's translation theory, which can also be regarded as a translation standard, puts forward requirements for translations in three directions of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Although “Faithfulness” is the first among the three, Yan Fu also emphasized the importance of “Expressiveness” and “Elegance”. In Yan Fu's view, these three standards are integrated. Even he himself didn’t explain it clearly.  In this way, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are only three abstract translation criteria, rather than a systematic translation theory. And it has different requirements to different types of text. The requirements are highest for literary works, lower for philosophical and social science works, and even lower for science and technology related works, official documents and the like.(Chen Fukang 2000, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Different Translator Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time in the past, the role and subject status of translators have not received enough attention and research. Traditional translation theories holds that translators should be subordinate to the original text in the translation process. However, Skopos theory emphasizes the subjectivity of translator and frees translators from the prison of the faithfulness standard of translation theory. According to Vermeer, the purpose determines translation action. And the intended purpose is determined by many factors: (1) translator's basic purpose (e.g. to earn a living), (2) the communicative purpose of the translation (e.g. to enlighten readers), and (3) the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation method (e.g. adopting literal translation to illustrate the grammatical structure of a language). (He Xiaoling 2012, 46)So translators has more freedom and rights. They can have their own judgment and understanding in the translation process. They can adopt different translation strategies, like omission or addition, according to different translation purposes. Therefore, under Skopos theory, translator is the medium of communication between the author and readers, original text and translated text. He plays a creative role in the translation process, instead of just converting two different languages mechanically. At the same time, translator acts as a central role in the translation process who is responsible for the results of the whole translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Yan Fu's theory, the content of the translation cannot deviate from the original work. The role of translator is more to convey the meaning of the original work to readers after understanding the ideological basis of the original author. He should strive for the consistency or similarity between the translated text and the original, without compromising the readability and acceptability of the translated text. Therefore, under this theory, translator is more of a bridge between the original work and the translated text. This would still be original text-centered, and translator would not be able to exercise much initiative. As we can see, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Faithfulness” still advocates the primacy of the original text. Compared with the subjective initiative of translator in Skopos theory, translator's act is largely passive .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparative Study of the Contribution and Limitation of these Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory proposed by Vermeer and the theory proposed by Yan Fu play an important role in Chinese and Western translation theories respectively. Then what are the similarities and differences between the two theories in terms of their contributions and shortcomings? Through the analysis in this chapter, we can glimpse the development trend and characteristics of translation theory in the world of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Contributions of these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the linguistic dominance in translation studies was questioned before the birth of Skopos theory, translation studies gradually shifted to a cultural orientation, Vermeer placed translation in the framework of cross-cultural communication, which freed translation from the shackles of Nida's equivalence theory, and liberated translation studies from the constraints of source-text-oriented approach . In Skopos theory, the status of the source text is not as important as that of the target text. Vermeer regards the original text only as a &amp;quot;source of information&amp;quot;, which provides only the information needed for the translation commission, and is no longer the only or the highest criterion for evaluating the translation ( Hans J. Vermeer 1982, 98.) Taking the purpose of translation as the starting point and foundation of translation has greatly changed our original concept of translation. Skopos theory also provides a good explanation for the controversy over domestication and foreignization in the history of Chinese and Western translation, as well as the widely discussed form equivalence and dynamic equivalence in the translation industry in the past two or three decades. Whether to adopt domestication or foreignization in translation depends on the purpose of translation. More emphasis is placed on the purpose of translation, the goal of translator and the effect of the translation on readers. The social and communicative effects of translation, as well as that of readers and translation are also of great importance , thus a multifaceted and integrated translation standard was formed. Therefore, the creation of Skopos theory has finally freed translation research from the confinement brought about by “equivalence” and provided a new direction for translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has played a subversive role in the history of Western translation, while Yan Fu's theory is to a greater extent a summary and refinement of the previous theories of Chinese translation schools. But it has played a pivotal role in the history of Chinese translation and has long been valued by translation scholars. The contribution of this theory to translation lies not only in proposing a far-reaching translation standard, but also in its rich vitality. This is because this translation standard summarizes the main characteristics of translation work to a great extent and shows the requirements of translation work. Secondly, because of its inclusive nature, after several generations of scholars' discussions, the meaning of  “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” has already exceeded the definition given by Yan Fu. In particular, there are various new interpretations of &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; in literary translation, no longer sticking to the use of ancient Chinese before the Han Dynasty, but focusing on the use of literary style, writing style, and rhetoric. Over the past 100 years, Yan Fu's theory has aroused translators’ long-term thinking and exploration of translation theory, then its academic connotation has been unceasingly explored, which, in return, has been continuously developed and perfected, and has become the classic of Chinese translation thought. In the words of Shen Suru, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is “still the most well-known and influential translation principle and standard, and no other principle or standard can replace it”(Shen Suru 2001,7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Limitations of these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Skopos theory has made a great breakthrough to translation theory, it has some shortcomings of its own. Firstly, it overemphasizes the purpose of translation and translator, while neglecting rich meaning and multifunctionality of the original text, which undermines the ontological meaning of translation, and is not suitable for some text types. Skopos theory contains a certain degree of idealism, focusing on analysis and refinement, and sometimes it tends to neglect the integrity. As a result, sometimes the stylistic and semantic features of the original text are lost in order to achieve the translation goal. Many scholars have also criticized Skopos theory. Among them, Pym argues that it is a matter of common sense that translation has a purpose, and there is no need to make a fuss over the theory (Pym Anthony, 1996). Besides, Newmark claims that the “purpose-oriented” view is overkill. He strongly resents the approach of Skopos theory which eliminates the authority of texts and is oriented to translator's culture. Secondly, the possibility of realizing the purpose of translation depends on the conditions of the target culture rather than the culture of the source language, so fidelity to the original text is only a possibility. Thus we can see that the coherence rule and fidelity rule are not universally applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, there are also limitations to Yan Fu’s theory. Compared with Skopos theory, Yan Fu's theory gives sufficient attention to the original text, but, as we mentioned earlier, it is an abstract and general theory, which is more theoretical rather than expository. The lack of analysis and discussion of specific issues keeps the theory at an abstract level, making it difficult for translator to grasp the degree: what degree can be called “Faithfulness”, what degree can be called “Expressiveness”, and what degree can be called “Elegance”?(Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 157) It is this ambiguity that makes this theory less scientific and accurate than Skopos theory. Thus its guiding role in practice is greatly reduced. In addition, as a product of the times, Yan Fu’s theory is deeply influenced by the background of the time, and cannot be scientifically combined with other disciplines, which once again limits the application of this theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many similarities between the theory of purpose and Yan Fu's translation theory, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, in terms of pursuing fidelity and consistency, and observing reader adaptation, while there are also many differences in the theoretical systems, translation standards, and translator status. Although both theories have certain limitations, it is undeniable that they both provide important guidance for translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparative study of these two typical Chinese and Western translation theories, we can find that the Western translation theory pays more attention to scientific argumentation method. It attempts to combine with many other disciplines, and takes them as the theoretical support. Thus, the translation theory model is constantly proposed and improved, and the translation research perspective is expanded. Similarly, Yan Fu's theory is constantly being carried forward, and its influence is far-reaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, as the world is in the period of fast development, dramatic change and great integration, Chinese and Western thoughts and cultures are deeply interwoven. We should adhere to the essence of Chinese translation theory while learning Western theory, so as to better master the essence of both, grasp the development trend of translation theory, and more actively guide our translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord. (1997). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity''. Kinderhook: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss Katharina &amp;amp; Vermeer Hans J. (1984). Groundwork for a general theory of translation. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pochhacker Franz. (1995). Simultaneous interrupting: a functionalist perspective. Hermes: Journal of linguistics, (14): 31-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (1996). Material Text Transfer as a Key to the Purpose of Translation. Kent, Ohio: Institute of Applied Linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1982a). Translation als informationsangebot. Lebende sprachen, 27(3)97-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1987a). What does it mean to translate. ''Indian journal of applied linguistic'', 13(2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1989a). Skopos and Commission in Translational Action. Chersterman: ''Translation Theory'', 173-187.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2000). ''中国译学理论史稿'' [A History of Translation Theory in China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xiaoling 閤小玲. (2012). 浅析目的论视角下的译者主体性 [An Analysis of Translator Subjectivity in the Perspective of Purpose Theory]. Journal of Liuzhou Teachers College ''柳州师专学报''. (4):45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Qijia 刘期家. (2000). 论信达雅的历史发展轨迹 [On the historical development trajectory of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance]. Journal of Sichuan International Studies University ''四川外语学院学报''. (2):96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Suru 沈苏儒.(2001). 翻译的最高境界——信达雅漫谈 [The Highest Level of Translation - A Compendium of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [ A Short History of Translation in the West]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu严复. (1897). ''天演论·译例言'' [Evolution and Ethics· Yiliyan]. News Collection ''国闻汇编''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Mengzhen 周锰珍. (2007). “目的论”与“信达雅”——中西方两种译论的比较 ['Skopos Theory' and 'Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance': A Comparison of Two Translation Theories in China and the West. Academic Forum ''学术论坛''. (8):154-158.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 13:33, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Eileen Chang’s Self-Translation and Conventional Translation from the Perspective of Gender	纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a representative figure of Chinese feminist literature, Eileen Chang’s feminist thoughts and gender consciousness have been fully reflected in her creation process. Besides, she is not only a writer, but also a translator. Studying her translation strategies in self-translation and conventional translation and exploring the gender consciousness reflected in her process of translation can help to the further development of translation studies of Chang, make up for the lack of translation evaluation of Chinese women and it also conducive to the further development of gender study in the context of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, gender, self-translation, conventional translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
性别视角下张爱玲自译与他译对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲作为中国女性主义文学的代表人物，在她的创作过程中，女性主义思想、性别意识得到了充分的体现。张爱玲本人除了是一个作家外，也身兼译者的身份，从性别视角研究其自译与他译文本中所采取的翻译策略及其体现出来的性别意识，有助于张爱玲翻译研究的进一步发展，弥补中国翻译史中女性翻译史的欠缺，也有利于性别研究在中国语境下的进一步发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲，性别，自译，他译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a Chinese well-known female writer in the 20th century, her novels and prose have attracted much attention, so that many scholars focus on her literary creation achievement but ignore her translation. Numerous books aiming to introduce the Chinese translation history make no mention of Eileen Chang's identity as a translator. In fact, Eileen Chang should be reckoned with in the translation field in that she has also made significant contributions in translation. Mao Dun has pointed out that “ The person who can translate literature books must be someone has talent in creation”（Luo Xinzhang &amp;amp; Chen Yingnian，2009：413）, and looking through the Chinese history, we can find that there are not so much Chinese writers who can also translate, but Eileen Chang is one of them. She, with her powerful creative talent and bilingual skills, has translated diverse works, including a variety of novels, prose and poems, at the same time, she has also made her contributions in compiling movie scripts. Here, the translations will be talked about are her self-translation of ''Jinsuo Ji'' (''The Golden Cangue'') and conventional translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a leader of feminist literature in China, the feminism thought profoundly embodied in her literary creation and translation, however, speaking up for women has not limited her exploration of male identity,in the process of depicting the typical characters with different genders, Eileen Chang, as the author or the translator, represents different gender identities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Gender and Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the rise of feminism in the western continent in the 20th century, the topic of gender has always been placed at the core of its theoretical development. Feminist translation theory thought that between women and translation there was some kind of similarity - both of them were placed in the inferior position. So they combined feminism and translation, advocating from the feminist standpoint, using language to create positive intervention to change women' s weak position in translation, so that it can criticize the traditional translation theories which degrade women and translation to the bottom of the society or literature phenomenon. During this period, the research on the relationship between gender and translation has seen the influence of gender identity on translation, which is a big development. However, the over-emphasis on the opposition between the two sexes has its limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Sherry Simon has pointed out, “...Another interesting area of investigation would be the way gender identities have been disguised through translation” (Sherry 2005:159), that is, gender identity can be disguised during translation, or the identity represented by the translator is not a single fixed one.With the development and innovation of various theories, translation studies from the perspective of gender, when developed into the 1980s, under the influence of post-structuralism theory, its focus has shifted from the over-emphasis on the opposition between men and women to the exploration of meaning and gender fluidity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter, facing such a change of gender translation studies, aims to study Eileen Chang' s translations from the perspective of gender liquidity. To some extent, this chapter breaks the status quo that the study on Eileen Chang is onefold about feminism and explores her gender identity transformation in translation to dig out the influences different gender identities make to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang' s Self-translation --  ''Jinsuo Ji''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative works of Eileen Chang, ''Jinsuo Ji'' was once honored as “the greatest novella in the history of Chinese literature”(Hsia 1999: 398) by Hsia, while Fu Lei(whose early pseudonym is Xun Yu) also gave a high evaluation of this work, and he said that it was “one of the most great achievements in our literary world”(Xun 1994: 121). In order to perfectly present the culture and thought of the original work, Eileen Chang chose to translate it herself. It takes her nearly 10 years to rewrite or self-translate ''Jinsuo Ji'', including four different versions: ''Pink Tears'', ''The Rouge of The North'', ''Yuan Nv'' and ''The Golden Cangue''. However, due to the cultural differences between English and Chinese contexts, the English version is far less successful than the Chinese version especially the first two English versions do not receive much attention. It was not until 1971 that her fourth English version was produced and chosen into ''Twentieth - Century Chinese Stories''(1921).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finished in 1943，''Jinsuo Ji'' mainly depicts how Ch’ i-ch’ iao, an ordinary girl from a vendor' s family, gradually changes her mental state because of the oppression of the feudal family. Being forced to marry a crippled person, she depresses her love towards Chiang Chi-tse, her brother-in-law, and idles thirty years in Chiang family like insanity. Under such circumstance, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s personality is finally distorted under her desperate desire for sex and money. On one hand, she destroys her son' s marriage and tortures her daughter-in-law to death. On the other hand, her daughter' s marriage is put an end to by her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang' s works overturns the traditional patriarchal discourse, turning to the female as the center of her literature creation, and in her works, the main objects are those ordinary women who live a tragic life. These works fully show her sympathy to the fate of these women, and reflect her intense gender consciousness which is also reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Performace of Translator' s Female Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Jinsuo Ji'', Ch’ i-ch’ iao is definitely a beautiful and healthy girl. However, due to the economic reasons and family pressure, she has to marry a disabled husband with an ugly appearance. In the face of such a marriage, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s sorrow is obvious, and hoping for love, she turns her eyes to Chiang Chi-tse. However, the reality proves to her that Chiang Chi-tse' s so-called emotion is just a use. Eileen Chang, as a female translator, is full of sympathy for Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s situation, and this sympathy is fully reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST： &lt;br /&gt;
（七巧的手直打颤，扇柄上的杏黄须子在她额上苏苏摩擦着......）七巧低着头，沐浴在光辉里，细细的音乐，细细的喜悦.....这些年了，她跟他捉迷藏似的，只是近不得身，原来还有今天！(Eileen Chang, 1992: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
( Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s hands trembled until the yellow tassel on the fan handle rustled against her forehead...) Ch’ i-ch’ iao bowed her head, basking in glory, in the soft music of his voice and the delicate pleasure of this occasion. So many years now, she had been playing hide-and-seek with him and never could get close, and there had still been a day like this in store for her. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the source text with the target text, it can be found that Eileen Chang makes three main additions here: “of his voice”, “of this occasion” and “in store” to explicate the implied information in the source text, which more powerfully reveal Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s strong feelings of love and uneasiness for Jiang Jize all the time. From then on, it can be seen that Ch' i-ch' iao once placed her hope in Jiang Jize for love. However, from the description in the following text, we can find that for Chiang Chi-tse, the affection with Ch' i-ch' iao is just for regulating his life. Eileen Chang clarifies Ch' i-ch' iao' s emotion in the translation and reveals Chiang Chi-tse' s so-called emotion in the later text, which can show the tragic color of Ch’ i-ch’ iao to express the translator’ s sympathy for the character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Performace of Translator' s Male Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Jinsuo Ji'', the author uses a large number of metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women' s survival condition. In order to more intuitively present such a state to the readers, Eileen Chang tries her best to translate from the male identity, which to a certain extent derogates the female consciousness of the text, to show the passive and helpless of female characters under a specific era background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
娟姑娘扶了正，做了芝寿的替身。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Miss Chuan was made a wife and became Chih-shou' s substitute. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 191)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text describes that after the death of Ch' i-ch’ iao' s daughter-in-law Chih-shou, Chuan, as a concubine of Ch' ang - pai, was supported as his wife. The expression of “扶了正” is full of metaphorical color, “正” is a metaphor for the official wife, and “扶” indicates that Chuan is a passive object controlled by the feudal family. In the translation, Eileen Chang uses the passive voice to translate “扶了正” into “was made a wife” to convey the manipulated situation implied in the source text. In addition, here Chang uses the article “a” instead of “the”, just as there will be others to take the place of Chih-shou after her death, the position of the official wife is also low in the feudal family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another typical example in which the translator expresses herself as a male to show the passive position of the female is reflected in the translation of Ch' ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai’ s separation scene:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
长安和长白分了家搬出来住。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang - pai and moved out of the house.  (Eileen Chang, 1971: 191)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes the scene in which Ch' ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai split up after Ch' i-ch' iao' s death. Here “分家” is a phrase with metaphorical color, instead of translating it directly into “divide the property”, Eileen Chang, from the perspective of male identity, conceals the hidden information of the original in the translation. She translates the sentence “长安和长白分了家” into “Ch' ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang-pai”, which reveals the fact that in the feudal family of China, men had the right to inherit the family while women were subordinated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Disappearance of Translator' s Gender Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Eileen Chang not only uses the identity of male or female to flexibly express the meaning of the original text, but also appropriately conceals her gender identity in some situations to reveal the reality of all characters including both sexes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
（去年她戴了丈夫的孝，今年婆婆又过世了。）现在正式挽了叔公九老太爷出来为他们分家。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
（Last year, she wore mournings for her husband and this year, her mother - in - law had passed away.）Now her husband’ s uncle, Ninth Old Master, was formerly invited to come and divide the property among the survivors. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 157)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text shows us that after the death of the old woman in power of Chiang Mansion, a group of men and women gathered to separate their families. In the translation of the text, Eileen Chang does not make too many adjustments, but only abstracts the word “他们” which indicates “them” into “survivors”, a word with multiple meanings. Firstly, the survivors are indeed “alive” relative to the old woman who died, so the “survivors” can convey the meaning of the original text. Secondly, to some extent, in Eileen Chang' s eyes, both men and women are struggling in the mud in this turbulent era shrouded by feudal ideology, and everyone is a survivor of suffering. Therefore, she uses the word “survivors” to reveal the abuses of the era and sigh over life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the work itself has strong female consciousness, therefore, as a translator, Eileen Chang inevitably translates from female perspective most of the time, but this does not mean that female translators do not have the male consciousness, from the second case, we can see that the identity of the translator can be transformed. In addition, the fluidity of the translator's gender identity is not only reflected in Eileen Chang's translation of female texts, but also reflected in her translation of male texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang’ s Conventional Translation -- ''The Old Man and the Sea''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' is an outstanding masterpiece of the famous American writer Ernest Miller Hemingway. It was published in 1952 and won the Pulitzer Prize in the second year. In 1954, Hemingway won the Nobel Prize of Literature by virtue of this work. Eileen Chang left Shanghai and arrived in Hong Kong in 1952, just after the publication of ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Invited by the press office of the U.S. Consulate General in Hong Kong, Eileen Chang began to participate in a large-scale Chinese-translation project of American literary works, including ''The Old Man and the Sea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' is a masterpiece after Hemingway' s being silent for ten years. And once the work was published, it attracted wide attention from all walks of life. During that period, even priests and preachers began to quote Hemingway’ s philosophical and thought-provoking quotes in ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Hemingway once said, “I only know that this is the best work I can write in my whole life, compared with other excellent and mature works.” This book is translated into dozens of languages and published all over the world, with high praise from critics and readers. The first person in China who gets this great work into well translated is Eileen Chang. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' tells the story of a special fishing experience of an old fisherman named Santiago. After eighty-four days without getting a fish, he was lucky enough to catch a huge marlin. However the marlin dragged the old man and the boat along for two days and nights. In these two days and nights the old man had gone through the most difficult trials he had ever gone through. With strong will, he finally killed the big marlin and tied it to the bow. However, unfortunately, a group of big sharks came after smelling the smell of blood and the old man fought with them to the death. At last, the old man’ s life was saved, but the sharks had eaten up the great marlin, and what the old man dragged back was a bare skeleton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to ''The Old Man and the Sea'', in the prologue of its Chinese version, Eileen Chang expresses her affection of this work many times and different from the self-translation in which she has taken a bold rewriting, in the translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea'', Eileen Chang is more faithful to the original, and only presents her subjectivity in the choice of the gender identity. Eileen Chang expresses her understanding of the gender of the source text in the prologue, and then creatively translates the gender-loaded words in the text accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Performace of Translator' s Female Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It is undeniable that female translators depict emotions more deeply and delicately than male translators. Therefore, in the process of translating The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang, as a female herself, is particularly adept in showing the emotional characteristics of Sandiego. “...In her translations, she uses rephrasing, color words and onomatopoeia words which are full of feminine characteristics. Those words hint about her feminist thoughts and subtly reveal her identity as a female translator.” (Mao Pingping, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“Come on.” the old man said aloud. “Make another turn. Just smell them. Aren’ t they lovely? Eat them good now and there is the tuna. Hard and cold and lovely.” (Hemingway 1985: 39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“再兜一个圈子。你闻闻看。这沙丁鱼可爱不可爱? 好好地吃它们吧，不时还可以吃吃那鳍鱼。硬硬的，冷的，可爱的。”(Eileen Chang 1979: 29)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Here Eileen Chang uses a number of reduplicated words “闻闻”, “可爱不可爱”, “好好地”, “吃吃” and “硬硬的” to translate the dialogue between the old man and the fish, or in other words, the old man’ s self-talk to soften the whole image of Sandiac and also show his loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 The Disappearance of Translator' s Gender Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a work of men power, the word “man” can be found throughout the whole novel, and translation of this word has mainly two kinds of different ways, one is to follow the novel emotional qualitative, translating it into “男子汉” or some words having the similar meaning, and this way is often taken by many male translators. The second way is to expand the scope of objects, translating it into “人” or “人类” which includes both men and women. To some extent, the latter way blurs gender identity or conceals gender identity to achieve gender balance in the meaning. Eileen Chang mainly adopts the second method in her translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: &lt;br /&gt;
It is what a man must do．(Hemingway 1985: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就应该这样。(Hai Guan 1979: 15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就该这么干。(Wu Lao 2009: 21) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
活总是要干的。(Eileen Chang 1979: 16) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Lao and Hai Guan both translate “man” into the concept of “male”, while Eileen Chang avoids using such words in translation. Here she translates the original text into a sentence pattern without subject, omits the subject with gender description, and in fact blurs the gender boundary of the words, thus breaking the arbitrary power of male discourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 The Performance of Translator' s Male Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the translation of “man”, Eileen Chang has also adopted another translation method:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“But man is not made for defeat,” he said. “A man can be destroyed but not defeated.”(Hemingway 1985: 96)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“但是人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个男子汉可以被消灭，但是不能被打败。”(Eileen Chang 1979: ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是一个人并不是生来要给打败的，”他说。“你尽可把他消灭掉，可就是打不败他。”（Hai Guan 1979: 79）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“不过人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个人可以被毁灭，但不能给打败。”（Wu Lao 2009: 99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, contrary to the previous example, Hai Guan and Wu Lao translate “man” into “人”, while Eileen Chang translates “man” into “男子汉”which means male, pointing out that “a male can be destroyed”. Compared with Hai' s and Wu' s translation, Chang’ s translation, though excluding the female crowd, emphasizes the limitation of male power.&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's translation is very characteristic. By taking advantage of different gender identities to give play to her translator's subjectivity, Eileen Chang transformed the image of Santiago, a tough man who fought bravely against nature created by Ernest Hemingway in the original text, into the image of a fisherman, a symbol of gender equality and a representative of all mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Through the self-translation and conventional translation of Eileen Chang, we can see that the gender identity of the translator is not unchangeable, either in the feminist text (''Jinsuo Ji'') or in the text expressing the male discourse power (''The Old Man and the Sea''). The translator can adjust his/her gender identity to represent different genders and thus achieve his/her translation purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Reasons for the Transformation of Gender Identity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.1 Cultural Context====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Malinowski, a Polish anthropologist, first put forward the concept of “context” and he divides context into cultural context and situational context. Here I mainly expound the influence of the cultural context on the transformation of the translator’ s gender identity in the two literary works ''Jinsuo Ji'' and ''The Old Man and the Sea''. “The literary creation of any country or region cannot be separated from the rendering of the corresponding cultural context...A good translation cannot be achieved without a profound understanding of the context of the text.” (Xi Peihua 2017, 121)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The creation context of ''Jinsuo ji'' is different from that of ''The Old Man and the Sea'', and the social background of the readers of the target language and the source language is also different, which all affect the choice of the translator’ s gender identity. For example, Eileen Chang' s work ''Jinsuo Ji'' reflects the difficult survival of Chinese women in the feudal family under the background of the 20th century. The original text uses many metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women' s survival, and it’ s not difficult for the source language readers who are in the same social background to understand the indicating meaning of those words, however, when the text is taken into a different context while the text content is presented in the same way, it is not easy for the target language readers to understand, just as the expression “分家” in the sentence “长安和长白分了家搬出来住” has not only the surface meaning of “separation” but the implied cultural meaning that “Ch' ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang-pai” which is the hidden information the target language readers won' t get if the translator did not take appropriate measures to make up for the difference of context. Therefore, in her translation process, Eileen Chang clarifies the cultural characteristics of the source language through the transformation of gender identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.2 The Gender of the Translator and the Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a female translator, Eileen Chang' s female thought is inevitably reflected in her process of translation. And in addition to some potential unconscious female thinking, it is believed that Eileen Chang' s adoption of different gender identities is more consciously chosen according to her translation purpose. For example, in the translation of ''Jinsuo Ji'', Eileen Chang translates from the perspective either of her own or the gender identity or of the opposite sex, the ultimate purpose is to express the struggle and survival of the female characters in the patriarchal society and expressing her lament for that era.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in ''The Old Man and the Sea'', Eileen Chang expresses her different understanding of this work in her translation preface that the old fisherman shows astonishing perseverance in his struggle with the sea -- not superhuman, but a kind of grace and spirit due to all human beings. Therefore, Eileen Chang, based on her understanding of the work, attempts to abstract the image of “old fisherman” into all mankind through her translation, and either from a female identity perspective, from a male perspective or conceal her gender identity in her translation the purpose is to soft the male discourse in the original text.(Eileen Chang 1979: 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this comparative study on Eileen Chang' s self-translation and conventional translation, we can see that Eileen Chang, as a female translator, can not only translate feminine literature from a female perspective, but translate male literature from heterosexual gender perspective. On the other hand, in the same literary work’s translation, her gender identity is not fixed, for example, in translating the female literary, in order to better achieve the purpose of translation, the translator can translate from a male perspective. In a word, this chapter provides the corresponding empirical evidence for the fluidity of translator' s gender identity, breaking the current situation that the research on Eileen Chang' s translation mainly focuses on her feminism.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chang Eileen, trans. (1971). ''The Golden Cangue. Twentieth-century Chinese Stories''[M]. NY: Columbia University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang 张爱玲. (1955). 金锁记[M]. [''The Gold Cangue'']. 上海印书馆. [Shanghai Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1985). ''The Old Man and the Sea''[M]. Printed in Great Britain by St Edmundsbury Press, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1979). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 张爱玲译, 香港: 香港今日世界出版社. [Hong Kong: Hong Kong Today World Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1979). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 海观译, 上海译文出版社. [Shanghai Translation Publishing House]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2009). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 吴劳译, 上海译文出版社. [Shanghai Translation Publishing House]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 罗新璋，陈应年. (2009). 翻译论集[C].[''Translation Theory Collection'']. 北京: 商务印书馆. [Beijing: The Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yue, Mu Lei 马悦, 穆雷. (2010). 译者性别身份流动性 :女性主义翻译研究的新视角[J]. [Translator’s Gender Identity Mobility: a New Perspective on Feminist Translation Studies]. 解放军外国语学院学报. [Journal of PLA University of Foreign Languages]. 66-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Pingping 毛萍萍. (2018). 张爱玲《老人与海》译作中女性主义的东方色彩[J]. [Oriental Feminism in Eileen Chang' s Translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 大众文艺. [Popular Literature]. 171-173.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simon, Sherry. (1996). Gender in Translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission[M]. London: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jing 王璟. (2011). 性别意识与文学翻译——张爱玲翻译个案研究[J]. [Gender Awareness and Literary Translation: A Case Study of Eileen Chang' s Translation]. 中国外语. [Chinese Foreign Language]. 102-106.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Xiaoying 王晓莺. (2015). 离散译者张爱玲的中英翻译——一个后殖民女性主义的解读[M]. [''Diaspora Translator Eileen Chang’s Chinese-English Translation——A Postcolonial Feminist Interpretation'']. 广州:中山大学出版社. [Guangzhou: Sun Yat-sen University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Peihua 席培华. (2017). 浅谈语境文化对英美文学翻译的影响[J]. [On the Influence of Context Culture on the Translation of English and American Literature]. 黑龙江教育学院学报. [Journal of Heilongjiang Institute of Education]. 121-123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Art of Translation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two English Versions of Bian Cheng from the Perspective of Translation Ethics	桂一枝	Gui Yizhi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a kind of cultural communication. As long as trans-cultural contacts between different nations and countries occur, problems in ethics would inevitably arise. The nature of translation determines that translation and its researches need the study of ethics as their guidance. The Chinese outstanding contemporary literary works Frontier City has been translated into many different languages, which now enjoys a high reputation among the world. Many researchers have studied its English version from different translation theoretic perspective. This thesis intends to compare two English version of Bian Cheng translated by Gladys Yang and Jeffrey C. Kinkley respectively within the frame work of Chesterman’s five models of translation ethics, and examine the presentation of translation ethics in these two version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ethics, Bian Cheng, Chesterman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===翻译伦理视域下《边城》两英译本的比较研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一项跨文化交流活动。只要不同国家，民族间发生的跨文化行为就不可避免地产生伦理问题。翻译的本质属性决定了翻译活动和翻译研究需要伦理学的指导。《边城》作为我国当代的优秀文学作品曾被翻译成多国文字，在世界文坛上饱享盛誉，很多学者从不同的翻译理论角度对此英译本做过分析研究，本文拟从翻译伦理角度，以切斯特曼的五大翻译伦理模式为理论框架，对《边城》的两个英译本——金介甫和戴乃迭的译本进行比较评析，探讨翻译伦理在两译本中的体现。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译伦理；边城；切斯特曼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the late 1970s when the study of translation was proposed to be established as a discipline, it has been developing significantly, going far beyond traditional translation studies. Ideas about translation have sprung up like mushrooms. From the popularity of functionalism to the emergence of poly-system theory and norm theory in the 1970s and 1980s, scholarship on translation had converted from traditional study focusing mainly on textual matters, more often than not within a linguistic or a literary framework to the study of cultural, commercial, social, historical and political factors related to the texts. Thus, it largely broadened scholars' horizon and enriched the research scope to make translation as a reformulated subject of lively, interdisciplinary debate, paving way to the ''cultural turn&amp;quot;. With the acceleration of globalization redefining national and cultural boundaries, the ''cultural turn&amp;quot; in translation studies in the 1990s further introduced many newer theoretical perspectives. Cultural, national, postcolonial, ideological and gender studies, etc. began hitting the field. Translation was never purely regarded as the process of the transfer between languages but also the transfer between cultures. Regarding translation as an intercultural activity now, the translator as a &amp;quot;cultural mediator&amp;quot; has to handle the relations between Self and the Other to coordinate diversified cultural relationships and resolve cultural conflict to promote understanding and communication among nations. Since ethics as a discipline focuses on moral principles guiding human behavior in social relations, translation as a particular kind of activity involving a series of relations can naturally fall into the field of the study of ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was under such circumstances that the ethics of translation entered the field of the translation study, and became a hot topic in the late 1990s. Just as Pym (2001: 129-138) claims in his article: &amp;quot;ethics has become a cross-cultural concern as it has in translation studies. Consequently, the study of translation ethics has been appealing to some scholars and should be given much more emphasis by the whole translation circle.&amp;quot; It's now widely accepted that translation study has returned to the questions of ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Studies on Translation Ethics aboard====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the cultural turn in 1970s, a trend of investigating translation studies from the perspective of ethics begins in translation theorists. The development of translation ethics and the major influential scholars’ viewpoints are clarified in the following section. &lt;br /&gt;
It was in the 1980s that the ethics-oriented approaches began emerging in translation studies abroad. Antoine Berman, a French translator and philosopher, is considered the initiator of the study of translation ethics. Early in 1984, Berman first put forward the concept of '&amp;quot;translation ethics&amp;quot; in an international seminar on philosophy based on the fierce critics of the western translation tradition of only focusing on &amp;quot;transmitting sense&amp;quot; and advocated that translation ethics should be regarded as one branch of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced and enlightened by Berman, Lawrence Venuti, a translation theorist of American deconstructionist, also expresses his concerns on translation ethics by advocating &amp;quot;an ethics of difference&amp;quot;. He invents the two words &amp;quot;domestication” and “resistancy&amp;quot; to define the different ethical attitudes and practice of translators. Venuti pays more attention to the social and political factors in translation by advocating the translation strategy of foreignization to resist the cultural hegemony in contemporary Anglo-American culture. Therefore, his thoughts about translation ethics with a basic character of &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; seem more realistic and profound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the initiator of &amp;quot;the return to ethics&amp;quot; in The Translator in 2001, the French translation theorist Anthony Pym has also made great contributions to the study of translation ethics. Unlike Venuti, who is greatly influenced by Berman, he is not totally in favor of Berman’s theory of translation ethics, which he regards as too rigid, pedantic and abstract, for he thinks the debate about “how to translate&amp;quot; over the centuries is always confined to the dichotomy of domestication and foreignization, with Berman's no exception. Pym’s basic idea is that translators should be more loyal to their profession than to the source and target organ. The reason lies in that the whole accountability of professional translators is grounded in the profession itself. Translators check each other’s work, drawing on past translations for guidance. They derive their norms from the existing professional context. Just as international scientific community, translators are a community that survives via its own system of checks and balances (ibid). For Pym, the true loyalty is neither to the source culture nor to the target culture, but to the others inhabiting this space, that is, to other intercultural mediators, to the translating profession as a whole (Chesterman, 1997a). Like Pym’s words, “Translators’ prime loyalty must be to their profession as an intercultural space” (Pym, 1992). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990s, Chesterman, an influential Finish scholar, makes a great contribution to the completeness of translation ethics. He puts forward a quite different view on translation ethics, focusing on the values instead of rights and obligations of the translators. Chesterman (1997a) considers values to be the primary notion. In his opinion, there are four values — truth, trust, clarity and understanding, all of which form a fairly comprehensive notion of translation ethics. Later in 2001, Chesterman went on to propose a Hieronymic Oath for translators and interpreters worldwide by publishing a paper &amp;quot;Proposal for a Hieronymic Oath” in a special issue of the journal The Translator, entitled &amp;quot;the return to Ethics”，edited by Pym, in which 16 scholars presented their own thoughts on translation ethics. In his paper, he firstly put forward four models of translation ethics: the ethics of representation, the ethics of service, the ethics of communication and the norm-based ethics. Another model named ethics of commitment was added later so as to essentially regularize the translator's ethical behavior. His proposal of five models of translation ethics has caused a big stir in the academic field, which is considered objective, descriptive and systematic. This classification provides us with a multi-dimensional method of assessing translation practice, for it has assimilated many research results from existing translation theories such as functionalist, norm theory, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Studies on Translation Ethics at home====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the studies on translation ethics in the west, some of Chinese translation scholars have also begun to turn their attention to this issue on translation studies. Professor Lu Jun is the first person to propose &amp;quot;translation ethics&amp;quot; based on the theories of Jurgen Harbermas, communicative ethics in his book Span Cultural Barriers — Reconstruction of the Tower of Babel written in 2001. In this book, He regards translation activity as &amp;quot;a kind of dialogue and communication between different cultures that requires people to conform to some principles and norms for such intercultural communications will involve more complicated issues..., to be more specific, translation activity itself needs the guidance of ethics&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, from Professor Lu Jun's view, the theoretical principle of translation ethics is to pursue equality and justice, to oppose linguistic and cultural hegemony and to seek mutual respect and benefits in different cultures. His research on translation ethics has widened the scopes of translation ethics and has contributed a lot to the study of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With more and more foreign theories of translation ethics translated and introduced in China, some of the researchers begin to apply these research achievements into translation practice. Professor Sun Zhili (2007: 14-18) creatively identifies five responsibilities for the translator to take based on Chesterman5s five models of translation ethics in combination with a consideration of Chinese translation context, namely, the responsibility of representing the original, of fulfilling one's client's requirements, of conforming to the socio-cultural norms of the receiving country, of satisfying the demands of the TL reader, and finally of abiding by one's professional ethics and becomes the first person to interprets the translator's responsibilities from the perspective of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Jun makes a tentative discussion of the ethical problems in translation in his article &amp;quot;essay on three levels of translation activities” in 1998. In his opinion, every responsible translator should seriously consider and treat questions presented by &amp;quot;willingness&amp;quot;, “reality&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;morality&amp;quot;, he proposes that &amp;quot;the establishment of translation standards and the adoption of translation strategies are bound by moral ties...if given careful observation, activities from the choosing of the texts to be translated, the adopting of the translation strategies to the rewriting and editing of the translated texts are all constrained and influenced by various ethical problems... Therefore, translators should consider from both the aesthetic level and the moral level”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3. the Translation of Bian Cheng====&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis adopts the classic modern novel Frontier City owing to its distinguished language and unique style of writing. Set in the border town Chatong and the nearby rural areas in West Human of 30's, Bian Cheng tells a tragic love story between the beautiful young girl Cuicui and the young man Nuosong. It is the representative work of Shen Congwen who has a high reputation in the Chinese literature circle. He is regarded as “one of the half-dozen great authors of modern Chinese literature” (Kinkley, 1987). He has even been nominated for the “Nobel Literature Prize” in 1987. Therefore, this novel is worth appreciating and analyzing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four English version of Biancheng. As early as 1936, the English magazine issued in China with the aim of promoting the exchange between the Chinese and western cultures named T'ien Hsia Monthly began to serialize the English version of Bianchen titled Green Jade and Green Jade translated by Xing Molei( the pen name of Shao Xunmei) and his girl friend Emily Hahn. It was not until another English version titled The Frontier City contained in The Chinese Earth: Stories By Shen Tsung-wen translated by Ching Ti &amp;amp; Robert Payne and published by George Allen &amp;amp; Unwin Ltd. in 1936 came into being that Biancheng became very popular in the western countries and also evoked much interest in the author himself. And this version was reprinted by Columbia University Press in 1982. In the 1980's, Yang Xianxi, the top-rank translator and Forerunner, inspired by the success of Penguin Books in the UK, called for the publishing of a series of books called “Panda Books” to introduce Chinese representative literary works to the world. This series of books included The Border Town and Other Stories translated by Yang Xianyi's wife Gladys Yang, The fourth version was translated by American Sinologist and translator Jeffrey Kinkley, which was published in 2009 by HarperCollins Publishers. These four English translations span 73 years and have witnessed the history of the English translation of modern Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the previous studies, this thesis will choose these two English versions of Biancheng translated by Jeffrey Kinkley and Gladys Yang, and make a comparative study of them from the perspective of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Chesterman’s Five Models of Translation Ethics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chesterman’s five models of translation ethics are the ethics of representation, the ethics of service, the ethics of communication, the norm-based ethics and ethics of commitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics of representation is closely concerned with faithfulness, which has been discussed for years in the translation circle. This model requires that translators should reproduce with full loyalty to the original text, the original author, the original language, and the original culture. In Chesterman’s words, “the ethical imperative is to represent the source text, or the source author’s intention, accurately, without adding, omitting or changing anything”. Ethics of representation means that the translation can substitute or represent the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of service requires the translator to &amp;quot;act ethically if his translation complies with the instructions set by the client and fulfills the purpose of the translation as set by the client and accepted or negotiated by the translator”, and the translator should be “loyal above all to the client, but also to the target readers and to the original writer”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of communication sees translation as &amp;quot;an interlingual and cross-cultural communication, the emphasis of which is not on representing the Other but on communicating with Others in the cross-cultural communication&amp;quot; and asks the translator to be &amp;quot;a mediator working to achieve cross-cultural understanding”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Norm-based Ethics is the fourth model of translation ethics Chesterman proposes, which belongs to the branch of “descriptive translation studies”. Toury (1995) gives a definition of norm like “the general values of ideas shared by a community as to what is right or wrong, adequate or inadequate into performance instruction appropriate for and applicable to particular situations”. That is to say, norms are what the majority expects what translation should be like. Translators should not challenge the current norms in translation circle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of commitment is further raised by Chesterman, which rests on a practical evaluation of translation activity: &amp;quot;I take commitment to be the glue that binds practitioners to the value of the practice. It is thus also a virtue, supporting the striving for excellence, the wanting to be a good translator&amp;quot;. He proposes nine points for the comprehension of the professional ethics of translators: commitment, loyalty to the profession, understanding, truth, clarity, trustworthiness, truthfulness, justice, striving for excellence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparison of the Two English Versions of Biancheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 the version of Gladys Yang====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most distinctive features of Biancheng lies in its unity of objective scene and subjective emotion to successfully create the beauty of aesthetic prospect. Gladys Yang has done much jobs in representing the aesthetic prospect and makes her version as impressive as the original to make the target readers able to better enjoy the aesthetic beauty below the superficial scenery, mostly because of her full understanding of the aesthetic style of the original and of high translation proficiency. Here is an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Example 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[ST1]由四川过湖南去，靠东有一条官路。这条官路将近湘西边境到了一个名为“茶崛” 的小山城时，有一小溪，溪边有座白色小塔，塔下住了一户单独的人家。这人家只有一个老人，一个女孩，一只黄狗。(沈从文)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TT-1] The highway running east from Sichuan to Hunan comes, just west of the border, to Chatong, a small town in the hills. Near by a stream flows past a small pagoda, at the foot of which lives a solitary household: an old man, a girl and a dog. (Gladys)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the beginning paragraph of Biancheng. Without any decorative words and ostentatious expressions, the author uses three short and succinct sentences with fewer verbs to depict a static landscape painting through the juxtaposition of eight images—“官. 路”,“小山城”，“小溪”，“白色小塔七“单独的人家”,“老人”,“女孩子” and&amp;quot;黄狗”, making us associated with harmony, peace and tranquility as well as loneliness with the repetition of the Chinese character “一”. In Gladys Yang's version, she pays full attention to the simple writing style and the esthetics connotation embodied in the use of the character &amp;quot;一&amp;quot; in the original. Besides using three simple sentences, almost the same in the length, with no more than three verbs and seven &amp;quot;a (an) and one &amp;quot;the” to fully represent the eight images to retain the aesthetic prospect of peacefulness and loneliness, She also translates “单独”(的人家)into a “solitary&amp;quot; household, the meaning of which contains the two connotations of &amp;quot;alone” and lonely”，which further deepens the beauty of solemn, quiet and loneliness embodied in the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Gladys Yang, her English version of Bian Cheng is included in a series of books called &amp;quot;Panda Books&amp;quot; firstly published in Chinese literature, which was initiated by the Chinese government in the 1980s in order to introduce Chinese literature, cultural legacy and China to the world. With the initiator's aim of spreading Chinese culture to the west, the translator needs faithfully transmit the linguistic and cultural information of the original. Also, with China's adoption of the policy of reform and opening-up to the outside at that time, communications between countries have become more and more popular ever since then, and more and more foreigners began to take interest in Chinese culture and were willing to enjoy and accept Chinese culture. What’s more, the advocacy of foreignization translation strategies has increasingly gained popularity in the western translation world ever since 1980's. The dominating English literary system began to take on a new stance and showed more tolerance for foreign cultures. With all these factors taken into consideration, plus her own long-term will to introduce Chinese culture to the world out of her love for it, we may understand why when the conflict appears, she chooses to put the ethics of representation in the first place. That is to say, she is guided by the ethics of service of being &amp;quot;loyal above all to the client, but also to the target readers and to the original writer”. What’s more, the ethics of communication lays emphasis on communicating with others rather than representing the Other, so when such conflict emerges, that is, the total representing of the Other causes confusion or banier and frustration for target readers to read, Gladys Yang would consider the importance of cross-cultural communication and adopt flexible translation strategies guided by the ethics of communication to decrease linguistic and cultural barriers to achieve mutual understanding based on the sacrifice of total representation of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study of English Translation of Chinese Cultural Classics from the Perspective of Communication==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study on the English Translation of Hunan Scenic Spots Names from the View of Culture Translation         刘欧 202070080597==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the deepening of reform and opening up, China has become increasingly connected with the world. A large number of Chinese people go abroad to see the world, meanwhile, more and more foreign friends are also visiting China. Hunan, as a province with abundant tourist resources, has many scenic spots. To attract more foreign tourists, the translation of scenic spots names should also be accurate. Bassnet’s View of Cultural Translation holds that the process of translating Chinese into English is not only a conversion between two different languages, but also a cross-cultural communication between the two languages. Adopting the View of Cultural Translation as the guiding principle of Hunan scenic spots will help foreign tourists understand the cultural connotation behind the scenic spots while enjoying the beautiful scenery. This is of great benefit to promoting Sino-foreign friendship and enhancing the world's understanding of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
English Translation  Hunan Scenic Spots Names  the View of Culture Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着改革开放的不断深化，中国与世界的联系日益紧密。大批中国人走出国门开眼看世界的同时，越来越多的外国友人也来中国游览观光。湖南作为旅游资源大省，拥有许多风光迤逦的旅游景点。在欢迎国外游客的同时，旅游景点名翻译也应当准确达意。巴斯奈特的文化翻译观认为，汉语翻译成英语的过程不但是两种不同语言之间的转换，更是两种语言的跨文化交流。采用文化翻译观作为湖南旅游景点的指导思想，有利于增进外国游客在饱览景区美景的同时，了解景区背后的文化内涵。这对于促进中外友谊，增进世界对中国的了解都大有裨益。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
英语翻译  湖南旅游景点 文化翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural communication is becoming more and more frequent with the development of globalization. Meanwhile, transnational tourism has become the most popular way of communication. It is a kind of pleasure to experience foreign culture in visiting the cultural heritages and scenic spots. As a country with long history, China attracts a large number of foreign tourists every year. (Xin Xin, 2012) Hunan is located in the hinterland of China's southeast, with beautiful and distinctive natural scenery. It has long been known as tourists attraction since ancient times. It is in such an environment that the ancestors of Hunan Province constantly strive for self-improvement, hard work and innovation. All the historical relics and cultural landscapes they left here, such as ancient cities, villages, gardens, temples, memorial archways, academies, dwellings, temples, grottoes, cemeteries, all bear their spiritual quality and cultural connotation. To understand the history and profundity of the culture of Hunan Province, the best way is to go there to appreciate its natural scenery and historical relics, and experience its local customs. (Hunan Provincial Department of culture, 2014) These local tourist attractions can not only display beautiful natural scenery, but also spread excellent culture. Standardize the translation of public signs in tourist attractions is an important opportunity to show the most beautiful side of Hunan culture to foreign tourists. (Xiao Fuliang, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of tourist attractions refers to the names of various natural and cultural landscapes in tourist attractions. Some of these names are engraved on stone tablets, some are engraved on the signboards of scenic spots, and some appear in various publicity materials such as tourist brochures, scenic maps and websites. In order to leave a good impression on tourists and attract them to visit, the names of tourist attractions are usually short, concise, vivid and attractive. (Pan Hong, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to analyze whether the English translations of some scenic spots in Hunan Province have achieved the desired effect of publicity from the perspective of cultural translation. At the same time, if there were some improper translation in the English translation of Hunan scenic spots, the author will give his own translation for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Introduction of the View of Culture Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the emergence of cultural translation school, linguistic school, functional school and structuralism school were the main schools in the field of western translation theory. Jakobson, Catford and Nida, the representatives of the linguistic school, put more emphasis on equivalence in translation. They claim that translation is to replace another language with an equivalent language material; while Les, Nord and Mantari, the representatives of functional school, believe that the focus of translation studies should be on the target text rather than the original text. Their research sources are communication theory, action theory, information theory and reception aesthetics theory. But whether it is linguistic school, functional school or structuralism school, in their research process, all try to achieve language equivalence more or less from all levels of text content and form. Translation researchers hope to find a scientific and effective way to solve the various problems in translation, but the cultural diversity determines the cultural connotation of the text. Therefore, these researchers encounter great difficulties when they encounter the context which is quite different from their own cultural background, and the emergence of cultural translation school is meant to solve such problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the 1970s and 1980s, with the acceleration of globalization, the acceleration of information dissemination and the diversification of communication modes, the relationship between language and culture has become closer. In the process of information dissemination, differences among language become more and more prominent, and the status and role of translation activities have also changed. Therefore, with the acceleration of globalization and the popularization of multicultural views and values, translation theory researchers who conform to the trend of the times pay more and more attention to the diversity of cultural values embodied in the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990, Translation, History and Culture, co-edited by Andre Lefevere and Bassnett, was published, marking a cultural turn in the field of translation. The concept of cultural translation emphasizes that translation is not only a bilingual communication, but also a kind of cross-cultural communication; the purpose of translation is to break through language barriers and promote cultural exchange; the essence of translation is to transmit cross-cultural information and reproduce the cultural activities of the original with the target language; the main purpose of translation is cultural transplantation and cultural blending, but cultural transplantation is a process; Language is not the operation form of translation, but the cultural information . (Bassnett Susan, 1992: 13) Bassnett emphasizes that “translation is the communication within and between cultures”. (Bassnett Susan, 1990: 10-11) She believes that translators should carry out translation activities in a specific cultural context, and translators should never carry out translation activities in isolation under the influence of their own cultural background. In short, Bassnett's “cultural translation view” is that translation is not a mere language activity. It is rooted in and influenced by the culture in which the language is located. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Purpose====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the purpose of translation, Bassnett thinks that the primary purpose of translation is to allow readers from two or more different cultural backgrounds to communicate with each other through the medium of text, and the exchange of information should be placed in the second place of translation purpose. Through effective translation, translators can not only introduce the cultural characteristics of different nationalities to other readers, but also promote the communication between different cultures and promote the comparative study between the two cultures. (Bassnett Susan, 1990) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Methods and Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation method, Bassnett thinks that the language and text materials in different cultural contexts should have different translation requirements, so there should be different translation methods. For example, for the original text which is descriptive, contains some cultural beliefs, or is of scientific and technological, the translator should try to use literal translation from the perspective of culture. If the source text does not belong to the above three types of texts, then the translator can play a relatively free role in translation, make more use of translation skills and pay less attention to the restrictions of the original text culture on translation activities. It can be said that the degree of freedom of such translation activities is relatively high. As for translation strategy, Bassnett considers that the translator's translation activity is a process of information transmission. In this process, the translator should first find out the cultural factors in the original text which are different from those in the target language, and then deeply understand these factors, and try to retain these factors. Such a strategy is conducive to the readers of other countries to better understand the connotation of the original text and make them have a more accurate understanding of the cultural context of the original text. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Content and Form of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the content and form of the translation, Bassnett takes cultural exchange as the focus of translation. She believes that the original flavor of the original language should be retained as much as possible. At the same time, she also proposed that translation of literary must not lose its form. Taking poetry as an example, poetry translation is not a simple translation of the original text, but a fresh understanding and creation in translation. The translator should use his own translation skills and literary literacy to create new content. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====“Intelligibility” of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Before the rise of cultural translation school, translation researchers sometimes translated literary language into plain language and deleted literary metaphor and association in order to make the translation better understood by readers. In this way, the translation will become very easy to understand, but the literary nature of the work is reduced, and the interest and depth can not reach the effect of the original text. Therefore, Bassnett thinks that the “intelligibility” of the translation should not be based on the abandonment of the style and artistry of the original text, but should try to keep the original flavor of the original text. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation Criteria of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the evaluation standard of translation, Bassnett thinks that the evaluation standard of translation is not unique. The standard of translating academic articles is different from that of practical and literary articles. When examining and evaluating the standards of translation, we should start from the service object of the translation, and judge whether the translation can meet the needs of the service object. In short, translation should be based on meeting the needs of readers in different cultural contexts, and appropriate translation should be used to meet the needs.(Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Existing English Translated Versions of Names of Hunan Scenic Spots===&lt;br /&gt;
There are 15 major tourist areas and many tourist spots in Hunan, and there are many historic sites with a long history. Such as Mountain Heng, one of the Five Sacred Mountains in China. Dongting Lake, Shaoshan Mountain, the former residence of Chairman Mao Zedong, Wulingyuan, which shows the characteristics of strangeness, danger, seclusion, beauty and wildness, and Yuelu Academy with a thousand years of history. (Chen Jiao, 2013) In order to publicize and spread the culture of Hunan Province all over the world, we should standardize the English translation of Hunan scenic spots names. Meanwhile, we should translate these scenic spot names understandable from the guiding theory of the View of Culture Translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Improper English Translation of Hunan Scenic Spots Names====&lt;br /&gt;
When tourists enjoy the beautiful scenery, the name of the scenic spot is the first information that leaps into the their sight. In order to attract the attention of tourists, induce the tourists of English speaking countries to have a strong interest in the culture and landscape of the tourist destination, stimulate their desire to buy tourism products and promote the development of tourism, translators should pay attention to the cross-cultural awareness when translating the names of scenic spots, so as to provide accurate information as well as the cultural connotation to the tourists from English speaking countries and those who understand English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the author finds that there are many improper translations in the English translation of scenic spots nemes in Hunan Province, which brings a lot of inconvenience to tourists from English speaking countries, and also has a negative impact on the publicity of scenic spots. These improper translations mainly exist in the following aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the different versions of translation in the same or different scenic spots.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, as one of the four wonders of Mountain Heng, scenic spot “水帘洞” has two translated names, which are translated as “water screen cave” in the official website of Mountain Heng tourism website, while it is translated into “waterfall cave” on the route map. The English translation of “雁峰寺” on Hengyang tourism route map is Yan Feng Si, while on Hengyang tourism website it is “The Goose Mountain Temple”. There are also two different versions of the English translation of the name of the scenic spot “烟雨池”. It was translated as “Yanyuchi” on Hengyang tourism route map, but on Hengyang tourism website, the free translation method is adopted, that is, “Misty Rain Pond”. (Wang Zaiyu, Jiang Shihong, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the overuse of transliteration.&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyan Peak, located on the Bank of Xiangjiang River in Yanfeng District, Hengyang City, is the most famous peak among the 72 peaks of Mountain Heng, also known as the No.1 peak of Mountain Heng, and rank the first of Eight Sceneries in Hengyang. There are many famous beautiful and charming scenic spots on Huiyan Peak. These landscape names reflect the geographical, historical and cultural features of Hengyang, and also contain rich cultural information. However, many scenic spots with rich history and culture on Huiyan Peak are translated by transliteration, which makes the cultural and historical information of theses scenic spots completely lost. For example, “望雁台” ( Wangyantai) , “回雁阁”( Huiyange) , “平沙落雁” ( Pingshaluoyan) ,“回雁亭” ( Huiyanting), “归 雁 亭”( Guiyanting) are all transliterated. Another example is “南天门”, the original translation of which is “Nantianmen”. In fact, Taoists often build gates near the top of famous mountains, implying that they are the gateway to heaven. The “南天门” refers to the south gate leading to the top of Mountain Heng. Therefore, it is better to be translated as “Southern Gate to Heaven”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, transliteration is one of the common translation methods of scenic spot names translation, but if transliteration is used too much that without considering the cultural connotation of the original language, the name of scenic spot will be obscure and foreign tourists will be confused. Standing in front of these Pinyin, foreign tourists can not understand the cultural connotation of the names of scenic spots. So it is difficult for them to realize the historical and cultural stories of these scenic spot according to the transliterated names. Therefore, excessive transliteration will affect the transmission of scenic spot name information, make it difficult for English speaking tourists to understand the rich cultural connotation of scenic spot names, which will reduce the readability of the translations and thus affect the development of China's tourism industry and the spread of culture abroad. Therefore, the translator should carefully consider and choose the appropriate translation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contrastive Study on the Translation of Li Qingzhao’s Shengshengman and Zuihuayin from the Perspective of Defamiliarization 	祝美梅 student no. 202070080632== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is what lost in translation as Robert Frost said, for it’s concise words, specific form, unique cultural allusion and images, the translatability of poetry has always been a controversial topic in translation field. However, since all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has similar function so that they can communicate with one another. Thus, as a product of thought, poetry is understandable, enjoyable and translatable from author’s view. This thesis aims to study with poetry translation under the theory of defamiliarization, which was proposed by Russian formalist Shklovsky. (Xu Yuanchong, 2011, 35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is what lost in translation. As Robert Frost said, for its concise words, specific forms, unique cultural allusion and images, the translatability of poetry has always been a controversial topic in translation field. However, since all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind as has similar function so that they can communicate with one another. Thus, as a product of thought, poetry is understandable, enjoyable and translatable from author’s view. This thesis aims to study poetry translation according to the theory of defamiliarization, which was proposed by Russian formalist Shklovsky. (Xu Yuanchong, 2011, 35-38)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:39, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization, though a technique for literature writing, has a very intimate relationship with translation. In literature writing, writers should defamilirize the familiar things to readers in order to arouse their interest and curiosity, prolong their length of perception to discover the beauty of art. Translation, as Andre Lefevere said, is a kind of rewriting. This translation strategy is extremely adapted to poetry translation concerning to its characteristics, comparatively speaking, literal translation of poetry would just like watered wine, not only tasteless but also easily misleading. Li Qingzhao, as one of the most important Song dynasty poetess in history, her works have been studied by mass of scholars at home and abroad. The style of Li’s poem was named “Yi’an Ti”, whose features were taking vulgar as elegance, old for the new. Therefore, the way Li tackles with poetry creation achieved the same purpose with defamiliarization. Shengshengman and Zuihuayin are as representative works in her two entirely distinctively life period. (Fang Xiaoyuan, 2011, 13-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization Theory; Shengshengman; Zuihuayin; English Versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
译诗则诗。诗歌以其凝练的词语，特定的形式，涵盖的独特文化典故和意象，是否可译一直是译界极具争论的话题。本文旨在由俄国形式主义什克洛夫斯基提出的陌生化理论下研究诗歌翻译。陌生化，虽然是文学写作技巧，同样适应于翻译。在文学作品中，作家通过使熟悉的事物陌生化引起读者的兴趣和好奇，延长审美感知长度。勒菲弗尔说，翻译即改写。这一翻译策略尤其适合于诗歌翻译。直译只会是译诗平淡乏味，如同兑水之酒，甚至产生误解。李清照，作为历史上最有名的女词人之一，其“易安体”本就以其化故为新，以俗为雅的特点与“陌生化”有异曲同工之处。《声声慢》、《醉花阴》是她前后截然不同两个时期的代表作。本文试以俄国形式主义者什克洛夫斯基提出的“陌生化”为理论指导，以李清照词《声声慢》、《醉花阴》的多个译本为研究对象，分析对比不同译者的英译，尝试研究在译文中怎样重现文本陌生化和制造译本的陌生化，以期证明陌生化理论对李清照词英译的指导作用。(Ge Yunfeng, 2008, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文共分为四部分，由引论、正文、结论三部分构成。引论部分主要介绍陌生化理论，优势和劣势，李清照词特点和国内外研究现状。正文分为两个部分，词和意象两个方向并辅以具体实例。结论部分将主要总结陌生化理论在诗歌翻译的应用，本文作者认为用陌生化理论研究翻译文本仍有很大的发掘空间，对诗歌翻译有启迪意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陌生化理论；《声声慢》；《醉花阴》；英译版本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best way to know a nation is to enjoy her poetry. (Gong Guangming, 2004:395).As an art of language and an invaluable treasury of national language, poetry distinguishes itself by its distinct style, refined language and fresh artistic conception. Poetry is conceived the store of human knowledge and experience. Therefore, to enable people of different languages to have a successful grasp of the meaning of poems, poetry translation is one of the most important sections in the cross-cultural communication in the globalization time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization is an important feature of poetic language. It is about poets’s consciousness and aesthetics pursuit. To realize defamiliarization of language, poets must use particular words and images or other skills which new to readers to create a sense of surprise and freshness. Defamiarization not only applies to poetry creation but also to poetry translation. The application of defamiliarization to translation can faithfully reproduce the artistic manner of the original poems and give their readers aesthetic enjoyment. It also allows, in some degree, creating treason in translated texts against original. Of course, defamiliarization should never be overdone whether in poetry creation or in poetry translation. The purpose of artistic translation techniques is to make objects in the target text unfamiliar, to make forms and image unusual, and to increase the difficulty and length of perception on the part of the target audience because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself so must be prolonged. Something commonplace, customary or familiar are made to appear unfamiliar and innovative in one way or another. All these creative manipulations of the target text enhance the target audience’s discernment of the artistic merit in the target text. (Zhu Chunshen, 2002, 101-103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao was born (1084-1151) in Zhangqiu into a family of officials and scholars, her father was apprenticed to Su Shi. Li was unusually vivacious and knowledgeable for a woman of noble birth at that time. Before she got married, her poetry was already well known among intellectual. In 1101 she married Zhao Mingcheng, with whom she shared interests in art collection and epigraphy. After Zhao started his official career, she often felt lonely and suffered lovesickness. Hence these experiences inspired some of the love poems that she wrote. Her husband and she shared much poetry and mutually wrote poems. When Northern Song capital of Kaifeng fell in 1126 to the Jurchens during the Jin–Song wars, fighting took place in Shandong and their house was ruined. The couple fled to Nanjing, where they lived for one year. Zhao died in 1129 when route to an official post. The death of her husband was a cruel stroke for her life. Li described her married life and the turmoil of her flight in an afterword to her husband's posthumously published work, Jin shi lu（金石录）.Her earlier poetry portrays her carefree life as a young lady of high society, and is marked by its elegance. Li subsequently settled in Hangzhou, in which the Song government was established. She insisted in writing poetry and published the Jin shi lu. According to some contemporary records, she had a briefly marriage with a man named Zhang Ruzhou who treated her relentlessly, and she divorced him within months. She overcame the criticism of her marriage. Though only around a hundred of her poems are known to survive, mostly of them in the form of Ci are tracing her winding fortunes in life. Li is credited with the first detailed critique of the metrics of Chinese poetry. She was regarded as a master of WanYue School “the delicate restraint”. (Zhang Bing, 2000, 98-100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Shklovsky’s Definition of Defamiliarization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization, as a literature writing technique, was first put up by the Russian formalist, Viktor Shklovsky in the early 20th century. He explained the concept in his essay Art as Technique which comprised the first chapter of his seminal A Theory of Prose, first published in 1925:&amp;quot;The purpose of art is to impart the sensation of things as they are perceived and not as they are known. The technique of art is to make objects unfamiliar, to make forms difficult, to increase the difficulty and length of perception because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself and must be prolonged”.(Shcklovsky.1991) Shcklovsky believes “defamiliarization” is the nature of literature language and the essential feature of literature as art. Therefore, “defamiliarization” stands for the quality of art and literature. In literature, writers should defamilirize the familiar things to the readers in order to arouse their interest and curiosity, prolong their length of perception to discover the beauty of art. The process of literature writing bears in itself of foreignness and freshness.(Zhang Jintong, 1987, 78-79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Features of Defamiliarization in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chen Lin and Zhang Chunbai’s Defamiliarization Effect in Literature Translation (2006:93), they named up two distinctive features of defamiliarization in translation.One is alienization and the other is hybridization.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alienization, is the similarity among defamiliarization, alienating and foreignizing, means to retain the language and culture differences of the source text, maintain the visibility of the foreign, in order to give the target readers a fresh experience of authenticity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hybridization claims to combine foreign and domestic elements to produce a hybrid text, it has both the features of the foreignness and the domestic, thus it gives the receivers a sensation of newness and freshness. The author of this thesis takes domestication as one aspect of hybridization, for no matter how strict foreignization is, it could not avoid domestic element during translating. In Jin Bing’s doctoral dissertation (2007), he propo sed to represent defamiliarization technique of the original text in translated text as much as possible, and foreignization is an effective translation strategy to achieve defamiliarization. However, foreignization is not the only way to achieve defamiliarization, as it’s opposite, domestication is another way. That is to say, different translation strategies can be applied in realizing defamiliarization. (Zheng Engyue, 2003, 19-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.2.1 Advantages of Defamiliarization=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the translated version newness, promote intercultural communication and complementary advantages, the tactics of defamiliarization also embodies translator’s subjectivity, as the appearance of cultural-turn proposed by Susan Bassinet, against the culture invasion, this theory is accepted by more and more people. This technique is meant to be especially useful in distinguishing poetry from prose, for, as Aristotle said, “poetic language must appear strange and wonderful” (Shklovsky 19).Defamiliarization draws attention to the use of common language in such a way as to alter one’s perception of an easily understandable object or concept. The use of defamiliarization both differs and defers, since apply of the technique alters one’s perception of a concept (to defer), and forces one to think about the concept in different, often more complex, terms (to differ). (Li Ruijie, 2013, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.2.2 Disadvantages of Defamiliarization=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization increases the difficulty of comprehension, the new express or form distance itself from target receiver, thus lost many audiences, and prohibit culture spreading. Sometimes, translator would sacrifice faith and fluency in order to create novel effect, so demand reader’s patience and sensibility. Excessive making works with coinage word, unusual format or rebel against the target grammar, only found that works meaningless. (Li Xuexin, 2009, 13-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A brief Introduction of Li Qingzhao===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the translation versions of Li Qingzhao’s Ci, a general understanding of the characteristics and aesthetic value of Li’s Ci is very necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Li Qingzhao’s life and her Poem====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a talented and prolific poetess, exerted great influence on the classic Chinese lyric poetry. In Song Dynasty, lyric poetry reached its most thriving period. Among numerous poets, Li Qingzhao, as a female, shocked the male-dominated field of lyric poetry and formed her unique style. She is deemed the founder of Wanyue School of Song Poem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her tortuous life experience and extraordinary fate made the keynotes of her poem various from one period to another. In the early years of her life, they are full of joy and happiness; but in her later life, there are filled with loneliness and sorrow. Her early work---Zuihuayin, is the reflection of life without difficulties and worries, this work written during she was apart from her husband. Shengshengman was created at the time when she lost her husband whilst the country was shattered and at stake. Through her poem, readers would see the ups and downs in her life. Poem records her life experience. Her lyrics poetry was called “Yi’an Ti” due to the particularities of her own style. Firstly, as a poetess, she gave us vivid images of women, digging into their inner emotions and beauty. Secondly, her choosing of words comprises a large proportion of daily languages, making a beautiful fluency in tune by ways of colloquialism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2Research on Li’s Poem in Domestic and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive knowledge of history and state quo of researches on Li Qingzhao at home and abroad is a significant premise of the comparative study of Li’s poem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of Li Qingzhao’s poem in western word, mainly in America, raised scholars’ interest in the 1950s and 1960s.Wang Honggong’s One Hundred Poems from the Chinese and Hu Pinqing’s Li Qingzhao were published. In 1965, Cyril Birth’s Anthology of Chinese Literature from Early Times to the Fourteenth Century was published in New York. In that book, five poems of Li Qingzhao’s were translated by C.H.Kwock and Vincent Mc Hugh; three were translated by a Chinese American scholar, Xu Jieyi. In 1980s, the study thrived in America. Two all-translated were published. One is the co-translated edition by Wang Honggong and ZhongLing. The other is James Cryer. Those translated poems were chose as textbook materials by American universities. However, because of the abstruse language, culture barrier, and the difficulty in translating poem itself, overseas scholars usually could not make their rendering faithful to the original. At home, Bing Xin(冰心) is the first person set out to translate Li Qingzhao’ poem. Many domestic translators like Xu Yuanchong, from the theory of “Three Beauties”, Lin Yutang published The Importance of Understanding: Translations from the Chinese by LIN YUTANG, the celebrated couple Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang published Song Lyrics in 2001, Xu Zhongjie published 100 Chinese Ci Poems in English Verse in 1986, Chen Zumei, who studied Li’s poem from feminism and other translators include Zhu Chunshen, Gong Jinhao, Mao Yumei and so on. Through different translation criteria and strategies, those perspectives cast new light to the translation study of Li Qingzhao’s poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Defamiliarization on Words Level in Shengshengman and Zuihuayin===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is the most personal and concentrated of the four literature forms (poetry, short story, novel and drama), no redundancy, no phatic language, where, as a unit, the word has greater importance than in any other type of texts. This paper mainly discusses reduplicated words, verbs, colloquialism supported by detailed examples. Poetry presents thing in order to convey a feeling, and therefore concrete the language, each represents something else---a feeling, a behavior, a view of life as well as itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Analysis of Translation of Reduplicated Words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reduplicated word, as the name suggests, is to repeat the same character two or more times to form a format which bears the identical meaning of a character repeated. It is a kind of lexical devices to deepen the tone or sentiment in literature. Applied appropriately, reduplicated word could make literary works sound beautiful, fluent and forceful. However, applied inappropriately, it could make works awkward and blunt. It is rationally to say that Li Qingzhao favors reduplicated word, for in one fourth of her poem remain now, she successfully used reduplicated words to express her emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Her typical work which applies reduplicated words is Shengshengman. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
“寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清，凄凄惨惨戚戚。乍暖还寒时候，最难将息。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三杯两盏淡酒，怎敌他、晚来风急？雁过也，正伤心，却是旧时相识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满地黄花堆积。憔悴损，如今有谁堪摘？守着窗儿，独自怎生得黑？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梧桐更兼细雨，到黄昏、点点滴滴。这次第，怎一个、愁字了得！”（陈祖美  2003：108）&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
This piece of work enjoys the largest number of translation versions from different translators among all her works. The first fourteen characters are: “寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清，凄凄惨惨戚戚”,they precisely describe the loneliness , melancholy and nostalgia of the homeland of the poetess after losing her husband. Six different translation versions collected are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
1. I seek but seek in vain,&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
I search but search again.&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.                             (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. So dim, so dark.&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
So dense, so dull,&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
So damp, so dank, so dead!                          (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Seeking,seeking,&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
Chilly and quite,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desolate, painful and miserable.                     (Yang Xianyi）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Searching and searching, seeking and seeking,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
So chill, so clear,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
dreary,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and dismal,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
and forlorn.                                    (Stephen Owen)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
5. Seeking&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
seeking&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
Searching&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
searching&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
over and over&lt;br /&gt;
                          &lt;br /&gt;
lonely and forlorn &lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
Sighing;&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
grieving&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
sighing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same round                        (Kwock&amp;amp;McHugh)        &lt;br /&gt;
                                                  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Seek…seek, search....search;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
Lone...lone, cold...cold;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
Sad...sad, pain...pain, moan...moan.      (Liu Wuji)                         &lt;br /&gt;
                                                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao used fourteen repetitious Chinese characters to vent the heart-broken feeling and her worry about the convulsive country. In order to imitate the acoustic effects created by the fourteen reiterated words, almost all the translators adopted the words with sound symbolism characteristics, for the sake of conveying similar emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, search, seek, chill, dismal, forlorn, desolate, dreary, mournful, miserable, gloomy etc. Among the six versions,No.1 Xu paraphrases them into the sentence in rhythmic way, using end rhyme throughout the whole poem to create the musical beauty, but he abandons reduplicated words and just illustrate the meaning which slacking down the artistic conception of the original poem to some extent. No.(3,4)use single, non-repeated words. Leave alone whether those versions fully express the spirit of fourteen characters, those using single repeated or non-repeated words sound better than paraphrased sentences for keeping the freshness and novelty of the original. Especially, Kwock&amp;amp;McHugh(N0.5) vividly represents the original both in form and content, the novel arrangement of the words, successfully imitated the scenes in the original poem. The specially designed lines of verse gave the readers the feelings of seeking and searching over and over again. The visual beauty is a means to complement the deficiency in acoustic beauty, thus, in author’s opinion; his version is the best of all versions in realizing defamiliarization effect. Lin Yutang(No.2) doesn’t repeat the same words, but he carefully picks out words with the same beginning letter “d” to create the feeling of duplication and use exclamation “so” to enhance the theme. His version also is a good example to retain and create defamiliarization effect, giving readers a fresh shock of sadness. From the aspect of form, this version depicted the beauty of balance in English and also corresponded with beauty of antithesis in Chinese. It was a wonderful interpretation and a unique creation in itself.No.6, the translator adopted literal translation. Although the translated version bears similarity in form with the original one, it lacks true beauty in sound and meaning. The literal translation obviously damaged the sorrowful atmosphere, thus this version lost the melancholy and deep grief reflected in the original version. By piling up words, the translators get nothing but the empty shell of the original poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is “点点滴滴”,also from the same verse. Following are translation versions collected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.On parasol-trees leaves a fine rain drizzles&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
As twilight grizzles.             (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.In a drizzle so light, dripping-dropping into the oncoming night,&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In the garden wutong trees stand blurred.         (Zhu Chunsheng)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.On drying leaves of plane trees should there be&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
A drizzle pattering, pattering towards the eve!       (Liu Guoshan)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Against the tung and plane trees, the wind rises high.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The drizzle becomes trickles, as eve draws nigh.         (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.And the drizzle on the kola nut, keeps on droning: Pit-a-pat, pit-a-pat!   (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.The drizzles falls on the wutong trees, raindrops drip down at dusk.  (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
No.1, to pursue the rhythmic beauty, Xu uses drizzles describing the sound of rain, as well as forming rhyme harmony on the last word. This kind of translation blurred the defamiliarization effect since ignorant repeated words.No.2,No.3,No.5,translators uses different repeated words, such as dripping-dropping, pattering-pattering, pit-at-pat, pit-at-pat. From the author’s viewpoint, Lin’s translation is the best, pit-a-pat is onomatopoetic word, and conforms to the English expressive convention. The version of No.4 seems disagree with the poem mood, as poetess can hear clearly  raindrops drips on the leaves, the rain should become mild gradually, “the drizzle become trickles” is the situation of a storm, not the rain draws to stop.No.6 picks the word “drip down” also wanting forceful and sound beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation of Verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike English, Chinese poetry is skillfully using verb to vivify the image, often linked with rhetorical devices. Word transformation is mostly common, such as adjective or noun transformed to verb. There existed many instances; the author would like to choose two verbs from the Zuihuayin which would analyzed in this paper.&lt;br /&gt;
Taking “帘卷西风”from Zuihuayin as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“薄雾浓云愁永昼，瑞脑消金兽。佳节又重阳，玉枕纱厨，半夜凉初透。东篱把酒黄昏后，&lt;br /&gt;
有暗香盈袖。莫道不消魂，帘卷西风，人比黄花瘦。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse was written to express Li Qingzhao’s yearning for her husband. It’s the Double Ninth Day---the Chinese festival of the senior and family get-together. The west wind blows, makes people feel chilly and distressed, especially when the poetess was alone. Translation versions are assembled as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What with curtains being folded—&lt;br /&gt;
by violent blasts from the west                             (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
2. The curtain lifted by the western wind                        (Qiu Xiaolong)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
3. When the west wind rolls up my bamboo curtain                (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. With the door-curtains flapping in the west wind                 (Gong Jinghao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Only, when the west wind stir the curtain                       (Lucy Chow Ho)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In the original, there is hyperbaton used to achieve the harmonious beauty of rhymes, actually only could west wind blast curtain actually but the original text is “帘卷西风”,the reasonable sequence is “西风卷帘”.Among five translation versions above, the verb was translated into different words.No.1, “blast” emphasizes on strength and makes a loud noise.No.2, “lift” presents position changed of curtain roused by wind, but the curtain should whirl in that situation, not just lift seems as holding by something.No.3, “roll up” is an ordinary word, though faithfully to the source text, still not good enough.No.4,the word “flap” sounds like we heard the sound of wind makes curtain toss with power. From the view of author of this essay, No.5 is more preferable. “Stir” vividly describes the situation; furthermore, revealing the mirthless of the character, thus, translator prolonged the perception length, increased the aesthetic sensibility, which defamiliarization is pursuing all the time, translation is a creation instead of the slave of original without soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“三杯两盏淡酒，怎敌他、晚来风急?”The verb in this sentence used very vividly, how few cups of liquor withstand the wind at the dusk; Li Qingzhao personifies the natural thing, which is widely applied to express defamiliarization. Follows are various translation versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.By cup on cup of wine so dry oh,&lt;br /&gt;
How can I endure at dusk the drift&lt;br /&gt;
Of wind so swift?                                     (Xu Yuanchong）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three cups of thin wine would utterly fail.&lt;br /&gt;
To cope with the rising evening gale.                      (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How can a few cups of thin wine,&lt;br /&gt;
Bring warmth against the chilly winds of sunset?            (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Three or two cups of light wine,&lt;br /&gt;
How can they ward off the strong?                       (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Among the four versions, No.1 chooses the first person view to express coldness felt at dusk by poet, which slash the effect of defamiliarization as change rhetoric to narrative speech.No.2, the verb “cope with” is not as strong as the original, “cope with” means solving something, working out or settling down, but not very positively and actively.No.3 employed the preposition “against” also not so forcefully. From the point of author, Yang translates best, on the one hand faithfully keep the form of resource text, on the other hand reproduce the defamiliarization by using the verb phrase “ward off”, meaning to shun, avoid, or escape the chilly wind. There is no absolute equivalence between the SL and TL, only the most natural closest to the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation of Colloquialism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colloquialism refer to the types of speech or to usages not on a formal level, is often mistakenly used with a connotation of disapproval, as if it meant “vulgar” or ”bad” or “incorrect’ usage，whereas it is merely a familiar style used in speaking and writing. Li was adept and noted for refining colloquial words from folk languages, which was full of musical quality and vividness after her polishing. Her colloquial words seemed plain and amiable like daily dialogues with friends or just whisper to herself, but extraordinary beautiful and pleasant to the ear.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Shengshengman, for instance, is typically colloquialised for the whole. Here, the author picks up “守着窗儿，独自怎生得黑”to set as an example. “怎生得黑”is an ancient Chinese vernacular expression of “how to spend the night.” The defamiliarization effect of the original lies in its familiar wording but fresh feeling of lonely depiction. Collected translations are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
1. Sitting alone at the window, how could I but quicken the pace of darkness   &lt;br /&gt;
Which won’t thicken?                                                              (Xu Yuanchong）&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
2. Standing by the window---watching in anguish stark.&lt;br /&gt;
Could I bear alone the sight until it is dark?            (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. I remain by my window. Why is the day so dark, all alone?     (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s version (No.1) and Xu Zhongjie’s(No.2)version sound influent and not easy to read. In order to keep the rhyming, Professor Xu Yuanchong makes a pair of “quicken” and “thicken”. However, his witty rhyming is not appropriate in the aspect of keeping defamiliarized colloquial style. Rhyming seems exquisitely modified that is not as natural and causal as daily language. Xu Zhongjie’s “anguish stark” sounds sophisticated and wordy which disobeys the features of vernacular or colloquial language. Mao Yumei’s translation（No.3)sounds simple and it is oral daily language.” All alone” put at the end prolongs the tone which makes the structure loose. Hers represents the original style best of the three, thus best keeps the defamiliarization effect of the casual style.&lt;br /&gt;
Another sentence is“这次第，怎一个、愁字了得?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How, in the word “Miserable,” can one find------&lt;br /&gt;
The total effects of all these on the mind!                       (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Oh, what can I do with a grief&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond belief!                                          (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Is this the kind of mood and moment, to be expressed by one word “sad”?   &lt;br /&gt;
(Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.At the time like this, what immense sorrow I must bear!           (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above four versions are all translated by domestic translators. They chose different word to express “愁”,like miserable, grief, sad and sorrow. But the No.3 similar to the original forms thus more loyalty. The poetess was touched by the dismal sight and feeling melancholy of her life and the shattered country, so the Lin Yutang’s translation “the kind of mood and moment” is more proper, and the word “sad” also fit for the colloquial style. Defamiliarization in this sentence means to express complicated sentiment in a flat way, Lin successful retains the flavor in simple words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Defamiliarization on Image Level====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Image is often the final touch that distills and sharpens the meaning of poetry. In ancient Chinese poetry which boasts the construction of a profound meaning with very succinct language, image is especially central to its artistic value among the various composing elements. Image in itself as an intuitive language that transcends the barriers between different semiotic languages, therefore can be sensed across those different nations. Just as the Chinese poetic convention suggests, a work of art is best enjoyable when it transmits a sense of beauty in an implicit way. And image is such a way of talking silently. Moreover, as Zhu Guangqian(朱光潜)says, the pleasure of poetry resides in the sound and imagery.(《诗论》): “诗以情趣为主，情趣见于声音，寓于意象。”)This paper divides image into cultural-loaded images and natural images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Cultural-Loaded images=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of category is the juxtaposition of allusion and complicated sentiment in certain culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Translation the image of “雁” in the Shengshengman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence “雁过也，正伤心，却是旧时相识.”The translation versions collected as follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Myself, into woe, a flight of wild geese has thrown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
But with them, very familiar I have grown.       (Xu Zhongjie)               &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.I recognize the geese flying overhead:&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
My old friends,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Bring not the old memories back!                         (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. It breaks my heart, alas,&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
To see the wild geese pass,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
For they are my acquaintances of old.                    (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Wild geese fly past, while I’am broken-hearted;&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
But I recognize they are my old friends.       (Yang Xianyi&amp;amp;Gladys Yang)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Overhead,a heart-rending line&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
South-bound wild geese at morn&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Yet old acquaintances of mine.                          (Zhu Chunshen)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
After study some versions, the author find most translators tend to translate “雁” into “geese”(Lin Yutang),or “wild geese(Xu Yuanchong),also “swan geese” translated by some people. But translators must can’t ignore the connotation meaning in target culture, geese in English means idiot, fool, reflecting derogative emotion.The slang “wild geese chase” indicates doing something in vain. Zhu Chunshen translated “雁”into “a heart-rending line--south--bound wild geese”, then he explained in the footnote, “geese in ancient China was message carrier, the poetess see geese passed, but doesn’t receive any letter, creating a melancholy feeling”. “雁” is a migrant bird that migrates from south to north in spring and return in autumn. Sometimes, their migrant movement is a sign of season. Besides, in Chinese ancient culture, “鸿雁传书”indicates love letter transferring written by lovers. At that time, Li was compelled to move to the south and her nation was invaded by enemy, she had no sense of belonging where her family were and didn’t know when her wandering days would end. Upon hearing the sound of geese, she can’t help being broken-hearted because of nation defeated and family lost. The image make readers resonate with the poetess. Considering of the culture diversity, translators should add footnote accordingly. The complementary information endeavors to convey original’s culture connotation, it’s also the defamiliarization goal, avoiding blunt and obscurity of different culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important image is “梧桐”,is an image rich in cultural meanings. It is a straight, huge and tall. As early as two thousand years ago, it was closely related to the mysterious legendary bird---phoenix. It was said wutong was the only tree where a phoenix would choose to inhabit and land on. According to the ancient tale, “ 梧”was the male and “桐” was the female. They were noted for the marital bliss and harmony. Therefore, it is often used to symbolize loyalty in love in Chinese literature. The sorrow triggered by autumn is often found in old poetry. In poem, this image stands for “sorrow, bitterness, distressed” when the tree was linked with rain, giving people the feeling of coldness. From the mainly English versions collected, “梧桐”was translated into “kola nut”(Lin Yutang), “platan (Xu YuanChong), “the tung and platan tree”(Xu Zhongjie), lola nut is a tree in tropical Africa, this kind of translation was mistaken, platan refers to French platan, tung is a specie of tree, producing oil, those translation definitely lost its cultural connotation. The author of this paper prefers Zhu Chunsheng’s translation version: Wutong tree. Wutong carries exotic charming to the fullest, evoking readers imagination, at the same time promote culture communication. Readers can understand this kind of tree after read the poem. Borrowed words always enlarge another language in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Natural Images====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pure scenery depiction means the scene is universe, such as some flower, tree, mountain, stream but usually combined with emotional revelation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image “黄花” usually translated into “yellow flower”, “chrysanthemum”, “yellow chrysanthemum”. Different versions are collected as follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. As compared with chrysanthemums,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
I look slimmer e’en at my best.                    (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. I would show a thinner face than yellow flowers.       (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
3. I look thinner than the chrysanthemum.               (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
4. I find myself thinner than the yellow flowers.          (Chu Dagao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum is a formal word while yellow flower is more blurred, “yellow” in Chinese always tinged with sickness or fading, for this reason, readers may arouse curiosity of what this flower looks like and associate with figure of poetess, who is languid and haggard in plight. This image appears in both lyrics, carefully compare, it expresses different mood, in Zhuhuayin, Li is lonely missing her far-away husband, the flower stands for her noble,unsullied and aloof character, while in Shengshengman, the flower is withered, fallen, inanimate. From that point, translators may adopt two translation versions to same noun, the first fit chrysanthemum, easily be related with certain shape, fragrance and color, the second translated into yellow flower, would be more imaginary about the unfamiliar word, thus prolong the aesthetic reception. (Zhan Chongyang, 2013, 46-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is the superior form of literature with the characteristics of it’s terseness in language, indeterminism in words, abstruseness and ambiguity in meaning, sharpness in emotion, felicity in rhetorical strategy and distinctiveness in rhythm. To reproduce the style and reveal the beauty of the original text will absolutely confronted with resistance form restricted factors both in linguistic and cultural aspects. After weighing various methods, the author of this paper think defamiliarization could best retain the spirit whilst making freshness in the translated one. (Xu Yuanchong, 2013, 67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of defamiliarization translation can facilitate understanding and appreciation of Li Qingzhao’s poem from a new perspective. The artistic techniques of translation are employed to render objects in the target text unfamiliar, to make forms alienized, and to increase the difficulty and duration of perception because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself and must be prolonged. Something commonplace, customary or familiar is made to appear unfamiliar and fresh in one way or another. All of these creative manipulations enhance the recipient’s discernment of the artistic material in the target text. And that stimulate the translator, one who is adept at subjective manipulation, and who treasures freedom and artistry, to devote him to the pursuit of the alienizing translation effect for art’s sake. The defamiliarization translation theory provides some fascinating insights into Li’s verse translation practice. Breaking the initial norm of sticking to the source culture, translation version is closer to the target-culture end in the continuum between the source culture and target culture. The type of translation coinage of nonce words and using of colloquialisms, rhetoric devices, unconventional form, distinguish itself from others translation method, thus breaks the expectation of target reader, for nonce words or unfamiliar word endowed new meaning that belong neither to the diction of western poetry nor to the diction of translational Chinese poetry, though this deviation gives rise to tortuous and impeded fluency in reading. That’s the essence of poetry. Unlike novel, prose, drama, with plot, dialogue or background, poetry is limited to the fixed format, words. Translation of poetry should take the poem’s specificity into account, literal translation, foreignizing translation, or prosify a poem, all can’t perfectly competing the original without lose flavor. Defamiliarization translation pursues aesthetic perception, novel and creation, also respecting translator’s rewriting properly, and the most faithful translation is not the best, at least for poetry. This paper tries to apply defamiliarization translation theory to analyze Shengshengman and Zuihuayin of Li Qingzhao’s poem, to contribute a humble effort to the translation classical Chinese poetry. Sometimes, we could use transliterated words combined with footnote, such as “wutong”in this paper, or another example also a frequently used image in Li’s verse, bajiao, attaching the word explanation after the poem, “Ba jiao belongs to the musa family, grown for the ornament of their large striking foliage.” Translation Chinese poetry, translator must bear in mind that Chinese flavor and poetry spirit should make ends meet, thus, readers could understand Chinese culture while they appreciate translation. (Gan Wanni, 2012, 95-98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Eugene A.Nida. Language and Culture Contexts in Translation[M].Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2001.                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gan Wanni.A Defamiliarization Perspective to the Study of Translation of Li Qingzhao’s Ci[D].Southwest Jiaotong University,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Newmark.A Textbook of Translation[M].Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schulte,R.and John Biguenet.Theories of Translation:An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida[C].Chicago:University of Chicago Press,1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Yuanchong. 300 Tang Poems [M].China Intercontinental Press，2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhan Chongyang. Defamiliarization and Translation:A Case Study of the Chinese Versions of Jamaica Inn [D].Nanjing University，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈琳.论陌生化翻译[J].中国翻译，2010(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 陈琳.文学翻译审美的陌生化性[D].清华大学学报，2006(06)：21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*房孝园,李清照:一言难尽的花与酒——《李清照词两首》个性解读[J].语文教学之友,2011,06:34-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 葛云峰,季淑凤.中国典籍英译的风格再现，易安词英译个案分析[J].淮北煤炭师范学院外国语学报，2008(5):30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胡银根.文化语境视角下李清照八首词翻译的对比研究[D].湖南工业大学，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 刘晰.拥抱差异：诗歌翻译的“陌生化”取向[J].淮南师范学院学报,2013（04）:15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 李学欣.易安词作中叠词的美感传译[J].作家杂志，2009(12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 李睿婕,张轶前.许渊冲译者主体性在李清照《声声慢》英译本中的体现.[J].河北联合大学学报，2012(6):12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*孙国华.鲁迅作品中的陌生化语言现象[J].无锡高等师范学校，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 张冰.陌生化诗学：俄国形式主义研究[M].北京师范大学出版社，2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 朱纯深.宋词英译(2)[J].中国翻译,2002(3):93-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑恩岳,李清照《声声慢》词英译研究[J].浙江教育学院学报，2003(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张金同.“怎一个愁字了得”——读李清照的《醉花阴》和《声声慢》[J].固原师专学报(社会科学版),1987,04:41-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies	谭媛媛	Tan Yuanyuan 202070080642 MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the cultural differences between China and western countries, interpreters are required to do both the surface interpretation of the language itself and the deep interpretation of the meaning conveyed in that culture. During the process of interpretation, dealing with cultural obstacles caused by the cultural differences inappropriately can cause misunderstanding, resulting in communicative suspension. This paper, while analyzing the cultural obstacles caused by the cultural differences, expounds on the specific coping translation strategies that an interpreter should take in dealing with cultural differences in the process of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
interpretation, cultural differences, coping stratcgics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Key Words:interpretation, cultural differences, coping stratcgics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
由于中西文化存在很大的差异,对于口译员来说，除了掌握译出语语言表层次的信息外，更要掌握译出语语言深层次的文化内涵。在口译过程中，若不恰当处理由文化差异引起的文化障碍问题，就会产生误解，导致交际中止。本文分析了口译中因文化差异而引起的文化障碍问题，并着重指出了口译中应对文化差异现象的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要:&lt;br /&gt;
由于中西文化存在很大的差异,对于口译员来说，除了掌握译出语语言表层次的信息外，更要掌握译出语语言深层次的文化内涵。在口译过程中，若不恰当处理由文化差异引起的文化障碍问题，就会产生误解，导致交际中止。本文分析了口译中因文化差异而引起的文化障碍问题，并着重指出了口译中应对文化差异现象的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
口译，文化差异，应对策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
关键词:口译，文化差异，应对策略（格式错误）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wave of globalization sweeping the world has provided vehicles, tools and channels for cultural exchange and dissemination among countries. At the same time, globalization has brought out the holistic quality of cultural spirit, prompting people to pay attention to the overall examination of problems, recognize certain commonalities of human cultures, and generate new cultural concepts such as &amp;quot;global consciousness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;global values&amp;quot;. However, due to the different geographical locations, social environments, religious beliefs, ways of thinking and living habits of different ethnic groups, different regions have a variety of cultural characteristics, and therefore there are huge cultural differences, and cultural conflicts will become more complex.（简芳，张健,2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wave of globalization sweeping the world has provided vehicles, tools and channels for cultural exchange and dissemination among countries. At the same time, globalization has brought out the holistic quality of cultural spirit, prompting people to pay attention to the overall examination of problems, recognize certain commonalities of human cultures, and generate new cultural concepts such as &amp;quot;global consciousness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;global values&amp;quot;. However, due to the different geographical locations, social environments, religious beliefs, ways of thinking and living habits of different ethnic groups, different regions have a variety of cultural characteristics, and therefore there are huge cultural differences, and cultural conflicts will become more complex.（Jian Fang，Zhang Jian,2012）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No matter from which perspective, interpreters play the role of bridge and link. Therefore, when interpreting, interpreters should fully consider the cultural differences between China and the West, seek the common ground of cross-cultural communication, and establish a harmonious language communication atmosphere on the basis of improving mutual understanding in order to avoid the phenomenon of cultural conflict in interpreting communication. (Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Problem of Cultural Barriers Caused by Cultural Differences in Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang Zuoliang points out that &amp;quot;the greatest difficulty in translation is the difference between two cultures.&amp;quot; He believes that &amp;quot;the interpreter must be a cultural person in the true sense of the word.&amp;quot; The differences between Chinese and Western peoples in terms of thinking, values, historical culture and cultural imagery, as well as traditional customs and religious beliefs, have led to cultural differences between the peoples. Therefore, in the process of interpretation activities, the interpreter needs not only to translate the literal meaning of the original language, but more importantly, to grasp its unique cultural connotation and be able to convey it to the other party through language.（连淑能,1993） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang Zuoliang points out that &amp;quot;the greatest difficulty in translation is the difference between two cultures.&amp;quot; He believes that &amp;quot;the interpreter must be a cultural person in the true sense of the word.&amp;quot; The differences between Chinese and Western peoples in terms of thinking, values, historical culture and cultural imagery, as well as traditional customs and religious beliefs, have led to cultural differences between the peoples. Therefore, in the process of interpretation activities, the interpreter needs not only to translate the literal meaning of the original language, but more importantly, to grasp its unique cultural connotation and be able to convey it to the other party through language.（Lian Shuneng,1993）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to American translation theorist Eugene Naida, translation is an exchange between two cultures, &amp;quot;For a truly successful translation, it is even more important to be familiar with two cultures than to master two languages. For words have meaning only in the cultural context in which they . function in the cultural context in which they are used.&amp;quot; Therefore, a translator cannot reach a true sense of communication if he or she does not have the support of culture in the process of translation. (Jia Dejiang,1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by the way of thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Western culture belongs to linear rational way of thinking, which emphasizes logic, hierarchy and abstraction; while Chinese culture belongs to spiral thinking, which emphasizes discernment, enlightenment and emotional meaning. Westerners tend to think that Chinese people are too subtle and even logically confused. Chinese people may also think that Westerners are too cumbersome and sometimes feel uncomfortable because of their overly direct expressions. (Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interpreters should not only correctly understand the difference between Chinese and Western cultures during the interpretation process, but also take appropriate measures to compensate for the understanding barrier caused by this difference. This difference is manifested in the language: Chinese sentences are clear and concise, while English sentences are compact and tightly structured, emphasizing the subordination and modification between components, and mostly using conjunctions, prepositions and relational words to link sentences together.(Edward Spir,2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese have the traditional virtue of respecting the elderly. To show courtesy, the host will say to the visitor, “您比我年长，您请上坐”. If the translator translates it literally as, “You are older than me. You take the upper seat.” Westerners will definitely feel uncomfortable when they hear it and think to themselves: Am I that old? At this time, the original meaning of the Chinese expression has been distorted, so the contradiction arises.(Jia Dejiang,1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused from values====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are a deep element of cultural composition, which is both a part of social culture and the result of long-term penetration and accumulation of social and cultural factors in people's minds. Chinese people talk about collectivism, while Westerners advocate individualism. The Chinese focus on the group, highlighting the role of the collective is the mainstream of their values, highlighting their own will be suspected of arrogance and arrogance. The British and Americans advocate the primacy of the individual, fully expressing their own values and highlighting individual contributions. Humility is deeply rooted in Chinese values and is a Chinese virtue, yet sometimes it is not as welcome in the eyes of Westerners. This obvious difference in values inevitably leads to a culture clash. （Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A classic example: at a party, a foreign guest complimented a Chinese lady, praising her for being very beautiful, when the Chinese lady replied, “哪里，哪里”. The accompanying translator on the side, however, translated word-for-word into, “where, where ”. This was difficult for the visitor to understand. So he had no choice but to answer, “from up to toe”.And at this time the Chinese lady was also very dissatisfied, thinking that the foreigner was disrespectful to her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers from historical culture and cultural imagery====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural imagery is a cognitive pattern agreed upon in different national or community cultures. Cultural imagery coalesces the wisdom of each nation, and is the crystallization of history and culture. Throughout the long history of each nation, they have appeared in people's language, forming a cultural symbol with a relatively fixed and unique cultural meaning. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a business event, the Chinese side said something like this, “建立‘一条龙’服务中心”.The interpreter translated it as “set up the ,one-dragon service center to provide a coordinated process service for foreign investors in obtaining approval&amp;quot;.“一条龙” was translated into“one dragon”.The word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot; means something evil in the West, but &amp;quot;auspicious&amp;quot; in China, so it is easy to misunderstand if you don't understand the situation. Another example is that the phrase &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; should never be translated as “to hope one&amp;quot;'s child can become a dragon&amp;quot;，but to“to hope one’s child can be somebody”. （Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by traditional customs and religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries have different traditional customs. Chinese people give &amp;quot;New Year's Lucky money&amp;quot; to the younger generation during the Chinese New Year, but &amp;quot;Chinese New Year&amp;quot; does not exist in Western countries, so they do not understand why they have to give money. On the contrary, Christmas, Halloween and other holidays in Western countries do not exist in Chinese traditional culture, and we do not fully understand the importance of these holidays, even though they are very popular in China nowadays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural barriers due to differences in religious beliefs often occur in the interpretation process. “Sleep with father&amp;quot; is a biblical euphemism, which means the same as &amp;quot;go the heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;kick the bucket&amp;quot;. It means the same as &amp;quot;go the heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;kick the bucket&amp;quot;, but for those who do not understand Western religions, it is likely to be mistranslated as &amp;quot;与父亲睡觉&amp;quot;, which would be ridiculous.（Lu Naisheng,1993）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
If this sentence is understood as&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;约翰是可靠的，他不吃鱼，还玩游戏&amp;quot;, it is because the translator failed to understand &amp;quot; eats no fish &amp;quot; and &amp;quot;play the game&amp;quot;. After the Protestants overthrew the old government, the Protestants refused to eat fish on Ramadan to show their loyalty to Protestantism. So &amp;quot;&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot; to eat no fish &amp;quot; means &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot; to play the game &amp;quot;means &amp;quot;race&amp;quot;,The correct meaning of the word is Therefore, the correct meaning is &amp;quot;John is reliable, he is both loyal and upright&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by non-verbal language behaviors====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The means of communication between people is not limited to verbal language. Non-verbal language, such as:eyes, facial expressions, gestures, distance between speakers, and physical contact, etc. are all conveying information to people around them. Ethnic cultures differ in their expressions of non-verbal language communication. This cultural aspect of difference should be taken into account when communicating across languages.（张文,2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The means of communication between people is not limited to verbal language. Non-verbal language, such as:eyes, facial expressions, gestures, distance between speakers, and physical contact, etc. are all conveying information to people around them. Ethnic cultures differ in their expressions of non-verbal language communication. This cultural aspect of difference should be taken into account when communicating across languages.（Zhang Wen,2002）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one example, an American teacher, who was new to China, noticed that several students were looking at the student grade book she happened to have open during recess without permission. This teacher seriously told the students that this was rude behavior and that they should be careful to respect the privacy of others. Personal things are not to be looked at without the person's permission. Several students felt embarrassed and didn't know what to say, so they gave an apologetic smile. This smile upset the American teacher even more, and she thought that the students not only disrespected her, but also mocked her. The reason for her misunderstanding was that she did not understand that the Han Chinese often use laughter to express embarrassment and apology. &lt;br /&gt;
Another example is that when Chinese people see a cute child, they can't help but go up and touch or pat it to show their affection for it. A Chinese mother would feel proud and smug when she encounters such a situation, while a Western mother is not used to this practice and considers it rude to pet her child, or even offensive. (Bai Jingyu,2000)（段落过长）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one example, an American teacher, who was new to China, noticed that several students were looking at the student grade book she happened to have open during recess without permission. This teacher seriously told the students that this was rude behavior and that they should be careful to respect the privacy of others. Personal things are not to be looked at without the person's permission. Several students felt embarrassed and didn't know what to say, so they gave an apologetic smile. This smile upset the American teacher even more, and she thought that the students not only disrespected her, but also mocked her. The reason for her misunderstanding was that she did not understand that the Han Chinese often use laughter to express embarrassment and apology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is that when Chinese people see a cute child, they can't help but go up and touch or pat it to show their affection for it. A Chinese mother would feel proud and smug when she encounters such a situation, while a Western mother is not used to this practice and considers it rude to pet her child, or even offensive.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies for Handling the Phenomenon of Cultural Differences in Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Naida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward a. The whole set of theories and methods on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation has caused strong repercussions in the translation theoretical circles and is considered one of the most representative theories on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation, the core of which is his principle of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. This principle emphasizes that what translators pursue is not literal correspondence, but the reflection of cultural factors in the translated text to achieve functional equivalence. (叶子南，2001:38) This  view of Naida, although presented mainly for translation, is also useful for dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Naida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward a. The whole set of theories and methods on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation has caused strong repercussions in the translation theoretical circles and is considered one of the most representative theories on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation, the core of which is his principle of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. This principle emphasizes that what translators pursue is not literal correspondence, but the reflection of cultural factors in the translated text to achieve functional equivalence. (Ye Zinan，2001:38) This  view of Naida, although presented mainly for translation, is also useful for dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation. --[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that interpretation is very different from translation, it should not, and cannot, exactly replicate the strategies for dealing with cultural phenomena in translation. The focus of interpreting is not to transmit cultural connotations, but to serve the communication on the spot, so the treatment of cultural phenomena in interpreting should be in line with the characteristics of interpreting. According to the criteria of &amp;quot;accuracy, smoothness and speed&amp;quot; and the specific characteristics of interpretation such as &amp;quot;on-site, present and limited time&amp;quot;, the first step in dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation should be to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalence&amp;quot; between English and Chinese, and to try to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalence&amp;quot; from the target language. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In dealing with cultural phenomena, interpreters should first try to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalents&amp;quot; between English and Chinese, and try to find authentic expressions or interpretation methods from the target language for the understanding of listeners. According to the above principles and requirements, the following strategies can be used in dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Flexible use of naturalization and dissimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization in interpretation is to express the linguistic and cultural factors in the source language in the closest equivalent form in the target language as far as possible, and transform them into a form familiar to and understood by the audience of the target language. This undoubtedly avoids the cultural conflicts and understanding barriers caused by the differences between the source language culture and the target language culture, and enables listeners to better understand the original language for interactive communication between the two sides of the conversation. Many scholars advocate that cultural phenomena in interpretation should be dealt with mainly by naturalization. This view has its own validity. In many occasions, the focus of interpretation is not to perform cultural output, but to provide services for both parties in the live communication. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in dealing with cultural factors in interpretation is to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalent&amp;quot; to the source language culture in the target language, and try to find authentic expressions or explanatory methods from the target language for the audience's understanding. For example, the use of naturalization means to put Chinese allusions &amp;quot;三个和尚没水吃&amp;quot; into &amp;quot; Everyone‘s business is no one&amp;quot;s business.&amp;quot; is very easy to be understood by native English speakers in Western countries.(Deng Yanchang, Liu Runqing,2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when using naturalization to deal with cultural factors, we should also see that while naturalization reduces the difficulty of audience acceptance and comprehension, it also sacrifices many cultural features of the source language, which may result in the loss of a large amount of accompanying information and prevent the audience from fully appreciating the original connotation of the source language and the foreign culture. For example, for foreigners who want to learn Chinese, in order to explain the cultural implications contained therein, he will translate“她有沉鱼落雁之容，闭月羞花之貌&amp;quot;  by naturalization to “Her beauty would make the fish sink, the wild geese fall down and the moon hide herself, and put the flowers to shame.”（Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, while emphasizing that interpretation should be mainly naturalized, it is important not to overlook the value of the means of dissimilation. This is because besides providing services to both parties of live communication, interpretation also has the function of cultural transmission, which is conducive to enhancing mutual understanding among peoples. For the specific forms and expressions containing strong cultural color and ethnicity, the dissimilation means can best reflect the ethnic color of the source language and make the audience feel novel and vivid, thus opening their eyes and gaining knowledge and enlightenment, especially on occasions such as tourism interpretation and banquet interpretation. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to meet the needs of cultural exchange, interpreters should undoubtedly adopt the strategy of heterogeneity as much as possible in the process of interpretation, so as to retain the heterogeneous components in the source language to the greatest extent possible and transmit the information in the source language to the audience as originally as possible. In addition, the use of dissimilation can enrich the linguistic expressions of the target language and inject fresh blood into the culture of the target language, so that the language and culture of the target language can continue to develop and maintain vitality.（Edward Spir,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rational Use of Direct Translation, Substitution, Paraphrase, Interpretation and Other Translation Methods====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German functionalist translation theory, which emerged in the 1970s, advocates a &amp;quot;purpose-oriented&amp;quot; approach, which frees the translator and the translator from the bondage of the original language and regards translation as a purposive act. Functionalist scholars especially pointed out that their theory is also suitable for interpretation. The theory requires the translator to determine the strategies to be used in the translation process based on the specific requirements of the client and the translation purpose and the actual situation of the potential readers (or listeners) on the basis of a full understanding of the original language. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functionalist translation theory emphasizes flexibility and practicality in the translation process, which is a great inspiration for translators to flexibly use various translation methods to deal with cultural factors in interpretation. Combined with the specific characteristics and requirements of interpretation and the actual situation of the interpretation site, translation methods such as direct translation, substitution, meaning translation and interpretation should be flexibly used in dealing with cultural factors in interpretation according to the needs. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Direct translation method=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture, which reflects the cultural traditions and psychological habits of a nation. Direct translation not only preserves these cultural features and avoids ambiguities, but also facilitates cultural exchange and enriches the vocabulary of the target language. Without affecting the understanding of the audience, direct translation is preferable if the source and target languages can be unified or largely unified in content and form. The direct translation method is the fullest manifestation of dissimilation at the linguistic level. It is the fullest expression of alienation at the linguistic level. For example, &amp;quot; Let sleeping dogs lie&amp;quot; is directly translated as “勿惹睡狗”. “火上加油” is directly translated “Pour oil on the flame”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Substitution Method=====&lt;br /&gt;
The substitution method is also called the &amp;quot;reciprocity method&amp;quot;. It is a method of translation by applying words and expressions in the target language that have different expressions but are similar in meaning to the cultural concepts of the source language. The substitution method is the most typical manifestation of using naturalization to deal with cultural phenomena. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;冰冻三尺非一日之寒&amp;quot;  is translated into &amp;quot; Rome cannot be built in one day”. English idiom &amp;quot;to spend money like water &amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;挥金如土&amp;quot; is a good example.(Wang Kefei,1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Intentional translation method=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the source language and the target language cannot be unified in terms of content and form or cannot be harmonized, translation is a method of expressing the meaning of the source language in the language of the target language from the meaning of the source language, free from the superficial form of the source language. The meaning translation method is also a common method of using naturalization to deal with cultural phenomena in interpretation. It is mainly applied to occasions where cultural communication is not the purpose. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, during the second session of the Ninth National People's Congress, Premier Zhu Rongji held a press conference. In response to a reporter's question about the &amp;quot;U.S. accusation of China's theft of U.S. nuclear technology,&amp;quot; Premier Zhu stated a series of reasons and then concluded that &amp;quot;The U.S. has been accused of stealing nuclear technology from China. After stating a series of reasons, he concluded that,“我们为什么还要冒政治.上的风险和道德上的风险去盗窃什么人的军事机密呢?所以，所谓中国盗窃美国军事机密的问题可以认为是一种天方夜谭”.The last sentence of the translator's translation reads“So, the alleged Chinese theft of U.S. military technology is only a fiction.” Here, &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; is not translated directly as&amp;quot;TheArabianNights&amp;quot;，but is instead translated as &amp;quot; fiction &amp;quot;. This shows that the interpreter is fully aware of the cultural differences between Chinese and Western cultures and adopts the method of paraphrasing and flexibly and accurately conveys the speaker's meaning to the audience in the target language. As we all know, in Chinese culture, when people refer to an absurd, unsubstantiated phenomenon or statement, they often say: 这简直是天方夜谭。But in English-speaking cultures, The Arabian Nights is not synonymous with ridiculous or absurd. Therefore, the word &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; has a much richer connotation in Chinese than the same word has in English.（Bao Huinan,2001）（段落过长）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, during the second session of the Ninth National People's Congress, Premier Zhu Rongji held a press conference. In response to a reporter's question about the &amp;quot;U.S. accusation of China's theft of U.S. nuclear technology,&amp;quot; Premier Zhu stated a series of reasons and then concluded that &amp;quot;The U.S. has been accused of stealing nuclear technology from China. After stating a series of reasons, he concluded that,“我们为什么还要冒政治.上的风险和道德上的风险去盗窃什么人的军事机密呢?所以，所谓中国盗窃美国军事机密的问题可以认为是一种天方夜谭”.The last sentence of the translator's translation reads“So, the alleged Chinese theft of U.S. military technology is only a fiction.” Here, &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; is not translated directly as&amp;quot;TheArabianNights&amp;quot;，but is instead translated as &amp;quot; fiction &amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that the interpreter is fully aware of the cultural differences between Chinese and Western cultures and adopts the method of paraphrasing and flexibly and accurately conveys the speaker's meaning to the audience in the target language. As we all know, in Chinese culture, when people refer to an absurd, unsubstantiated phenomenon or statement, they often say: 这简直是天方夜谭。But in English-speaking cultures, The Arabian Nights is not synonymous with ridiculous or absurd. Therefore, the word &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; has a much richer connotation in Chinese than the same word has in English.（Bao Huinan,2001）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
=====Interpretation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English belong to different language families, and they are very different in terms of cultural and historical background, cultural psychological structure, thinking styles and methods, and language expression. Although there are some cultural concepts in the two languages that are equivalent, corresponding or basically corresponding, most of them are not corresponding or completely corresponding, and some concepts are completely vacant in the target language.(Bao Huinan,2001) When trying to preserve the cultural characteristics of the source language and the literal translation cannot make the audience understand its meaning, the cultural phenomenon of the source language can be properly explained to facilitate the audience's understanding. This method is called interpretation. Interpretation is actually a means of alienation-a disguised form of expression, similar to literal translation and annotation. The interpretation method is not only easy for the audience to understand, but also can retain the cultural flavor of the source language. It is a good way to deal with cultural gaps in interpreting. The interpretation method is mainly applicable to the following scope (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Proper nouns formed in the accumulation of source language culture&lt;br /&gt;
诸葛亮—-Zhuge Liang，a master mind in Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
Mickey Mouse—-指一个小人物或一件微不足道的小事&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Abbreviations, special phrases or collocations formed in a specific cultural atmosphere&lt;br /&gt;
三资企业—-refers to“外资”，namely, foreign- funded enterprise; “合资”， joint adventure&lt;br /&gt;
and“独资”，wholly foreign-owned or funded enterprise.&lt;br /&gt;
An LDC—-指 “a life and death commodity”始用于英国报刊，一般指成本低廉，但却是人类赖以生存的商品，如水。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Lingo, idiom, allusion, slang or colloquialism&lt;br /&gt;
解铃还需系铃人—-“Let him who tied the bell on the tiger take it off”, meaning, whoever started that trouble ends it himself.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Special cultural words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
敬老日—- Generally speaking, this phrase refers to the Double Ninth Festival in China，a day of giving and advocating more concern for the senior citizens.&lt;br /&gt;
the Beatles—-指英国的披头士乐队，20世纪六七十年代曾风靡全球。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Simple translation and no translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people use more adjectives when narrating and describing people and things, especially when introducing landscapes and historical sites, adjectives and four-character patterns are quite frequent. For example, when introducing a lake, we often hear commentary similar to the following: “ 湖水澄澈如镜，水光天接，湖中有十多个高矮不等的小岛被水相望，似断似续，烟水迷茫，错落有致....”. If during the interpreting process, the interpreter translates the described words one by one according to the original language, it is likely to be thankless and make people feel that the language is extremely exaggerated and ridiculous. In this case, omitting some adjectives will not affect the overall situation. It is undeniable that some of the special expressions in different nationalities and different languages cannot be translated or equivalently translated. Especially in time-stressed interpretation situations, it is inevitable to encounter difficult problems, such as humor in English. No matter how you translate them, the meanings of, puns, allegorical words with puns in Chinese, and word-breaking games in Chinese, etc., cannot fully reflect their meanings. In this case, you can use &amp;quot;no translation&amp;quot; or incomplete translation. For example, Chinese people are used to introducing themselves by saying: &amp;quot;我姓张，弓长张。&amp;quot;Directly translating it as “My family name is Zhang”is enough.(Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is a cross-language communication activity as well as a cross-cultural communication activity. Due to the commonality and individuality of culture, the cultural characteristics carried by different language systems in cross-cultural communication appear the same, partly the same, gaps and conflicts. Therefore, the interpreter must not only be proficient in both the source language and the target language, but also understand the two cultures and understand the differences between the two cultures reflected in the differences in language expression. In addition, due to the characteristics of interpreting: timeliness, directness, diversity of occasions and forms, as well as the looseness of oral expression, resulting in the cultural sensitivity of the interpreter, the broad aspect of knowledge and the ability to deal with cultural differences There are higher requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interpreters should focus on cultivating cross-cultural awareness, increasing their sensitivity to the differences between the two cultures, and mastering the principles and methods to fill the gaps in understanding between different cultures. For interpreters, cross-cultural awareness refers to a cognitive standard and adjustment method formed by the translator consciously or unconsciously in cross-cultural communication. It is the interpreter’s unique way of thinking, judgment, and The sensitivity of cultural factors. The interpreter is the carrier of cross-cultural awareness, and the broad cultural information foundation is the fundamental guarantee for the completion of cross-cultural communication. Only by following the principles of culture can the translator better control the language and make the target language truly accurate, decent and fluent.(Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
简芳，张健.口译活动中的文化障碍问题[J]. 湖北广播电视大学学报，2012年1月第1期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
连淑能.英汉对比研究[M].北京:高等教育出版社，1993年版&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘微微.浅谈口译中文化差异的应对策略[J].哈尔滨职业技术学院学报，2008 年第1期[4].沙保华.文化差异与口译[J].四川外语学院学报(重庆)，1995年第1期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
熊薇.文化差异对口译的影响[J].语言文字，2009.8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨震，黄斗.口译中中西文化冲突的沟通和处理[J].广西师范学院学报(哲学社会科学版)，2008年10月第4期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张文.论口译面对的文化差异问题[J]. 北京第二外国语学院学报，1998年第3期 [8]. 张燕.文化差异对口译的影响[J]. 外语教学，2002年5月第3期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edward Spir, Language: An Introduction of the Study of Speech, Echo Library, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bai Jingyu, Culture and Translation, China Social Science Press, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Naisheng, Differences between Chinese and English and Translation, East China Chemical Engineering Institute Press, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Kefei, Understanding the Nature of Translation, Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Dejiang, A Tentative Discussion on Cultural Perspective and English-Chinese Translation, Hunan People' 's Publishing House, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deng Yanchang, Liu Runqing, Language and Culture - Comparison of Chinese and English Languages and Cultures, Foreign Language Teaching and Language Research Press, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan, Cultural Context and Language Translation, China International Translation Publication Company, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:59, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translation Strategies of Different Style, Taking English Journalistic Style and English Literary Style as an Example	张银柳	Zhang Yinliu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the consistent development of the cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, translation plays a more and more pivotal role in the world stage. It can not only help Chinese to have a better understanding of foreign cultures and promote the cooperation, but also spread the Chinese cultures to the international world. Translation strategies are the focus of translation works, especially during the process of translating Chinese to English. It’s very necessary to have a thorough study about the translation strategies. While towards different styles of text, different translation strategies should be applied relatively. This thesis focuses on translation strategies of two styles - journalistic style and literary style. &lt;br /&gt;
The thesis firstly introduces the background and development of translation strategies. Then it depicts the characteristics and translation principles of journalistic style text and literary style text. In the main part, the thesis combines the characteristics of the two kinds of texts to explore the translation strategies that suits for the two types, including domestication, foreignization, omission and etc. This thesis is expected to make some contributions to the study of translation strategies and the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KEY  WORDS===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies; text-types; journalistic style; literary style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===中文摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中外文化交流的不断发展，翻译在世界舞台上扮演着越来越重要的角色。它不仅可以帮助中国人更好地了解外国文化，促进合作，而且可以将中国文化传播到世界。翻译策略是翻译工作的重点，特别是在汉译英过程中。对翻译策略进行深入研究是有必要的。在针对不同样式的文本时，应相对地采用不同的翻译策略。本文主要研究两种体裁的翻译策略：新闻体裁和文学体裁。&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先介绍翻译策略的背景和发展，然后描述新闻风格文本和文学风格文本的特点和翻译原则。论文的主体部分结合了两种文本的特点，探讨了归化，异化，省译等的翻译策略。本文有望为翻译策略的研究和翻译的实践做出贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略; 文本类型; 新闻体裁; 文学体裁.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies are critical in translation process. Towards texts in different styles which have different models of texts’ structure and communicative functions, translation strategies are quite variable. There are a great number of scholars both from China and the international world who have devoted themselves to dive into and research the most effective and practical strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still lack of thorough researches about translation strategies for different text styles. In this thesis, the first part is about the introduction and analysis of former scholars’ researches and the whole picture of this thesis. Then, the thesis will discuss the background, development, characteristics and functions of different-style texts from the perspective of linguistics. The main part is about the translation strategies of source texts in journalistic style and literary style respectively, such as the domestication, foreignization in literary-style texts and the omission , restruction and generalization in journalistic-style text. In concluding part, the thesis will generalize the main idea and make an objective appreciation about the thesis, as well as point out the drawbacks and advantages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Theoretical Framework===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Background and development of Texts’ styles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the research, there is still no specific definition of distinguishing differences of texts styles. Some scholars claim texts’ styles to be registers, even some equal them to speech events. Qin Xiubai, a famous Chinese language and teaching professor, introduced that there were two main schools of the study of Texts styles’- the Swalesian School represented by John M.S wales and V.K.Bhatia and the Australian School represented by J.R.Martin. John Martin believes that styles of texts means a bunch of social events in which the members have the same communicative goal. While V.K.Bhatia believes that styles of texts are identifiable communicative events that have obvious inner structural features, conventionally happening in specific careers or academic communities. We can tell from the two schools’ views that styles of texts are a kind of communicative events with its special communicative purpose and clear structures. From this point, translators or interpreters can exert theory to analyze texts’ styles and recognize the intentions of writers as well as keep the functional and sense equivalence between the source texts and target texts. J.R.Martin take texts’ styles as a communication-orientated process of social communication with steps. Eggins view texts of styles as a type of activity with steps that orientated on communicative purposes. So that the difference of texts styles is on the level of values in use rather than the contents of discourse, characteristics of forms or other rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen once said that every text plays a communicative role in a specific social and cultural environment, and people belonging to a specific social and cultural background can usually see its communicative purpose. (Huang Guowen,2001) The text is a combination of communicative symbols for the exchange of information between the sender and the recipient. In order to achieve a certain communicative purpose, the sender must choose an appropriate genre and corresponding manifestation to convey the information, and the recipient is expected to respond accordingly. Thus, the function of texts can be realized. Christiane Nord summarized four functions of texts from the perspective of translation. They are referential function, expressive function, appellative function and phatic function. (Nord, 1997) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Main functions of texts===  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.1The Referential Function===&lt;br /&gt;
The referential function of a text means the reference to or description of objects or phenomena of the world. It is mainly expressed through the denotative value of the lexical items presented in the text and can be analyzed through the nature of the objects. It is orientated toward objects in real or fictitious worlds. There are several functions of referential function: informative function, directive function and didactic function. If the referent is a fact or state of things unknown to the receiver, such as an accident, the text function may consist in informing the readers. If the referent is the description of an object, such as the illustration of using a washing machine, the text function may be directive. If it is a whole field that the receivers are to learn, such as physics, the function may be didactic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.2The Expressive Function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expressive function refers to the sender’s attitude to toward the objects or phenomena. This function is sender-orientated. The expressive function of the text may be subdivided according to what it is expressed. If the sender expresses individual feelings or emotions, such as a public speech, it will be an emotive  sub-function. If what is expressed is an evaluation, like comments, the sub-function will be evaluative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.3The Appellative Function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appellative function refers to use of language to make the receiver feel or do something. The appellative function “receiver-orientated. It aims at the receivers’ sensitivity or disposition to act and tries to induce receivers to respond in a particular way. It can be broken into several sub-functions: illustrative function, persuasive function, advertising function and pedagogical function. If we want to illustrate a hypothesis by an example, we appeal to the reader’s previous experience to knowledge, That’s what called illustrative function. If we want to persuade someone to do something or to share a particular viewpoint, we appeal to their sensitivity and their secret desires. That’s what called persuasive function. If we want to let someone by a particular product, we tend to describe those qualities of the product that are presumed to have positive values in receivers’ value system. That’s advertising function. If we wan to educate a person, we may appeal to their susceptibility to ethical and moral principles. That’s pedagogical function.&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Main Text - types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Katharina Reiss, founder of German translation functionalism, put forward text-typology theory in Possibilities and Limitations in Translation Criticism. She believes that there are four texts, including the context-focused text, the form-focused text, the appeal-focused text and the audio-media text.    &lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, representative of the British linguistic school of translation theory, based on the study of former linguisticians, he put forward the following six functions of texts - expressive function, informative function, the vocative function, the aesthetic function, the phatic function and the meta-lingual function. A text may has several functions at the same time, but only has one major function. Taking a whole consideration of the two theories, the main texts are the following three, expressive texts, informative texts and vocative texts. Journalistic-style texts and literary-style texts are mainly connected with the informative and expressive function respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.1 The Expressive Texts=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a tool for people to communicate with each other. Through language, people can express their thoughts, affection, wills, desires, opinions, attitude, etc. This is the expressive function of language. The core of expressive function is the speaker's thoughts. The speaker uses words to express feelings, regardless of the reaction of others.Typical expressive-function texts include the following three types. The first ones are serious and imaginative literature which contain lyrics, short stories, long novels and plays. The second type is authoritative texts, including a variety of genres, whose authority comes from the status of the author or language skills, such as senior government officials and political party leaders’ speeches, such as declarations, legal regulations, documents as well as literary and academic works written by authority figures etc. The third type is texts that express writers’ ideas directly, without direct readers, like autobiography, private letters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.2 The Informative Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In interactions, people often have to describe, narrate or explain the situation of relevant things. This involves the information function of language. The core is the external environment, which is the reported insights and theories. The informative text usually has a fixed format, such as textbook, technical reports, newspaper articles, scientific papers, meeting minutes, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.3 The Vocative Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People often use words to evoke others' sympathy or prompt them to take some actions. That shows the imperative function of language. The core of this function is the readers or audiences. The speaker wants readers or audiences to feel and follow the intent of the text and act as expected. Typical vocative texts are notices, advertisements, instructions, requests, appeals, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Literary Stylistics and Journalistic Stylistics=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the appearance of societal pragmatics, pragmatics and functional grammar, scholars recognized the importance of language functions. They tried to classify the texts in the light of language functions and divided them into two main types. One is literary style, the other is non-literary style. Snell-Hornby classified literary texts as Bible, drama, film, lyric poetry, modern literature, classic works, children literature, literature in 1990 and pastime novel.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Language Characteristics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1.1 For literary stylistics===&lt;br /&gt;
===Vividness===&lt;br /&gt;
In literary works, writers use words or language to vividly describe or portray people, objects, things to reflect the world’s various situations or expose social reality, they will use appropriate techniques to render the atmosphere and create an immersive feeling for readers. For Example, “The bullfrogs trump to usher in the night, and the note of the whip-poor-will is borne on the rippling wind from over the water.” Through the use of verbs such as &amp;quot;trump&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;usher&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;is borne&amp;quot;, the images of frogs, hawks and wind blowing on the water surface in the evening are vividly depicted. That happens a lot in literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emotional expression===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, all things and objects are embodiment of writers’ feelings and emotions. In literary creation, whether it is to portray characters or to describe scenery, often inadvertently or intentionally contains or carries the writer’s own emotions. In other words, expressing emotion includes direct expression and indirect expression. The lyricism of this kind of literature can effectively arouse the emotional resonance of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connotation===&lt;br /&gt;
Connotation means that writers do not always describe people or things in all-round aspects with every details, but can depict in limited number of words to show or imply infinite meaning or artistic conception, leaving readers with imagination. That will be unforgettable for a long time. For example, “ From my mother’s sleep I fell into the State. And I hunched in its belly till my wet fur froze.” In this two sentences, “Sleep” metaphorically means in the mother’s womb, can also refer to the poet’s lofty ideals and ambitions. The capitalized &amp;quot;State&amp;quot; can refer to both the world and the poet’s motherland - The United States.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
===3.1.2 For journalistic===&lt;br /&gt;
Journalistic-style texts vary a lot from the the literary-style texts. As an unique texts which are shown to billions of audience, the characteristics of news are mainly in following four aspects: Truth, objective, new and political-related.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Truthfulness===&lt;br /&gt;
First, as the definition indicates news is about facts，which first should be true. “News lays claim to the qualities of truthfulness and accuracy-properties often implied by the term objectivity, a concept used to legitimize the journalistic text while at the same time recognizing the multidimensional and elusive nature of truth. News asks to be accepted as, at the very least, an approximation to truth, and certainly close enough to the truth to be worthy of our trust in its integrity”(McNair, 1998:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Newness===&lt;br /&gt;
If the news isn’t new, it should have been called “olds”. This is more than a joke. News is reported to make a contrast to the convention, strike people by surprise and keep them in suspense. “News is not about somebody bitten by a dog, but about a dog bitten by a man”, “News is just something that can move women to scream: My Gosh!” The two old sayings have been taken as most vivid descriptions of news, featuring its distinctive characteristics of newness.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Objectivity===&lt;br /&gt;
The objectivity is one of the most important professional concepts of news and has caught great attention in news circle. “The basic content of this principle is the content must be completely true, fair and neutral, not fictitious, and not biased or subjective” (Yang Xiyou 2009, 6)When writing news or reports, media workers shouldn’t put their subjective feelings into the reports. And the use of vocabulary should also be fair and neutral. When international news media, such as BBC and VOA, report about China Diaoyu Islands issue, they generally use Sankaku Islands and Diaoyu Island. When translating these words, the translator should be faithful to the original text and translate these two names. However, due to ideological, political or historical reasons, the use of vocabulary may deviate from the principle of objectivity, such as: in the report of Russia and Japan’s dispute on islands, only the Russian address- “ Kuril Islands” was used, but the Japanese address- “Four Northern Islands” was not used. When translating, the translator should add “Thousand  Southern Islands” and  “Four Northern”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Political Relevance===&lt;br /&gt;
Although news is objective, absolutely objective and fair reports do not exist. The media has never been able to completely get rid of the shackles of political and economic power or ideology. The content of the report tends to obey the interests of the country. The use of political vocabulary in English current affairs news must also faithfully reflect the country’s political standpoint. Regarding to the English translation of the Diaoyu Islands, the Chinese news media translate into “Diaoyu Islands”, while the Japanese news media and some Western news media call it “Senkaku Islands”. From the usage of these words, it is obvious to see the political stance. When translating these political words, translators must be very cautious. In addition to be faithful to the original text, translators or interpreters should also consider our country’s interests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.2 Translation principles===  &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of transforming signs or representations into another signs or representations.(Nord, 2001:6) Generally speaking, according to the object of translation, translation can be divided into two kinds: literary translation and non-literary translation. In literary translation the object is only the literary work, such as pot, novel and so on, and it focuses on the expression of contents, emotions and rhetoric of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===For Literary===&lt;br /&gt;
Although literary translation and non-literary translation share basic principles, literary translation which has its unique ways, is rather different from non-literary translation. Translating literary works is not only a process of transforming languages but also a process of recreating because literature belongs to a part of art. This is the most important feature of literary translation and also the basic translation principles.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Equivalence-based principle=== &lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence-based principle equals to “Dynamic equivalence” proposed by Eugene A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist. This principle points that translators should work hard in different languages and different cultures to find translation equivalents between them, and use appropriate methods to reorganize the form and semantic structure of the original text. Dynamic equivalence includes four aspects: one is lexical equivalence, the other is syntactic equivalence, the third is textual equivalence, the fourth is sense equivalence. In literary translation, sense equivalence is the core. For example, the Chinese sentence “青年小伙子们，有事没事，总想和小芹说句话” can be translated in to “Young men sought every excuse to talk with Xiao Qin”.This shows sense equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accuracy-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter how beautiful the texts are, the accuracy is always the most important, rather than the forms. Be Faithful to the content of the original text, the translator must fully express the content of the original text without any tampering, distortion, omission or arbitrary deletion. The more accurate the words be chosen, the better the translation texts will be. For example, when translating “ 微风”, we’d better translate it into “breeze” or “gentle breeze” rather than “gentle wind” since the breeze is more accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===For Journalistic style===&lt;br /&gt;
Journalistic-style texts belong to the informative texts according to the above analysis. Translation principles of Journalistic are mainly mainly purposiveness, accuracy and readability. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
Purpose&amp;quot; is the basic principle of journalistic-style texts translation, and other principles are based on this principle. For information-based texts, “ translation skopos ”, the German functionalist translation theory, was put forward by Rice, Vermeer, and Nord. Skopos has great significance in guiding of translation. This is because the purpose of information-based translation is very strong, that is, the translation has a clear goal - to provide information. Snell Hornby believes: “More practical the texts is, more clear its function is. The more the translation tends to focus on the target language.” As far as the journalistic text is concerned, the purpose of its translation is conveying the information and communication, allowing readers to easily understand the intention of the speaker. The translation should conform to the audience’s needs, cultural expectations, beliefs and cognitive status as much as possible, and it is meaningful in the communication environment of the target language culture. For example, in news, sometimes vocabulary vacancies are caused by the absence of equivalence in the translation, and it is impossible to use completely equivalent and accurate words to express its connotation during translation. In this case, domestication can be applied. Considering the specific translation purpose, context and characteristics of the target language, if the purpose of translation is to spread foreign cultures, foreignization strategies can be adopted. That’s the purpose-based translation principle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accuracy-based principle===   &lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of informative text is to convey information. Therefore, the translation work of the information text should be accurate, clear and precise. The translator can’t deliberately or unintentionally miss any original author’s information. In journalistic style, the accuracy is critical. A slight difference of words can make huge results. Especially, for those news related with politics and business. A word with different emotional sense can make a complete opposite statement. A small movement of a point can cause millions capital loss. For example, 1.33 million and 13.3 million has the huge difference. This principle is similar to the “faith” proposed by Yan Fu. “Faith” means “faithfulness”. The translation of linguistic-style texts should confirm to accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Readability-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the terminology of information-based texts is neutral and has no obvious personal characteristics or regional colors. In news, even though there are more facts that personal emotions and feeling, translators or interpreters can make small adjustment of the speakers to make the report readable. In short, when translating, based on the readers’ language level, various translation methods should be mobilized on the premise of not changing the original intent of the article and report. It may make the content and layout of the article easier to understand, fluent and concise. But be sure to keep the source language texts’ characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
===4.Translation strategies===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies refer to the thoughts, process, methods and procedure during the process of translation. Towards original texts with different texts styles, translation strategies also vary in a large degree. The thesis will discuss from two typical stylistic texts - literary style and journalistic style. According to The Modern Chinese Dictionary, strategies indicate guidelines and means which are deigned on the basis of the situations concerned. While methods are the ways and procedures in solving real problems. However, the two are relative to each other. In simple words strategies are the guidelines of the concrete methods. The concrete methods should be adopted in the direction of their strategies. Based on the above, a conclusion in drawn that translation strategies are the guidelines for realizing a particular translation aim, yet translation methods the concrete ways employed by translators to make the particular translation aim come true.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1Translation strategies in literary style===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book Translation Criticism the Potentials &amp;amp; Limitations, Reiss pointed out that “Translation of literary works would better be called free rendering than translations, especially when the personality of the translator and the force of his artistic temperament result in a TL version standing on its own, indebted to the original as  a model and a source of inspiration. (Reiss, 2004:91) This description indicates the characteristics of literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1 Domestication===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is firstly coined by L.Venuti in his book The Translator’s Invisibility called “guihua” in Chinese. Domestication is a strategy by which the linguistic and cultural characteristics of the original text is erased in the translation in order to meet its readers’ aesthetic and reception psychology. As Venuti argues the adoption of domesticating strategy is the cultural disparity and imperialism. In the 1980s translation studies underwent “cultural turn”, and since then translation has being studied in the cultural and social contexts. The dominance of transparent discourse in English-language translation was decisively challenged at the turn of the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative of domestication by his assertion on dynamic equivalence that “A translation of dynamic equivalence aims at complete naturalness &lt;br /&gt;
of expression… and tries to relate the receptor to modes of behavior relevant within the context of his own culture.” (Nida, 2004:159) He maintains that the function of translation is to communicate and it is important for the reader to understand what is conveyed by the translation, which takes the reader’s response into consideration. He claims that the reader of the target text should have the similar comprehension and appreciation as does the reader of the source text. Domestication tries to avoid cultural dispute and eliminate cultural barriers to achieve successful cross-cultural communication. The domesticating translation is one of naturalness and smoothness, &lt;br /&gt;
which is the advantage of domestication. Here are three main methods that can achieve domestication strategy. They are paraphrasing, adaptation and replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.1 paraphrasing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication by the method of paraphrasing is effective in dealing with a simple expression behind which there is a heavy cultural load. We should adapt paraphrasing strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 如囊萤  如映雪  家虽贫  学不辍 (Wang Yinglin, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: Then we have one who put fireflies in a bag, and again another who used the white glare from snow. Although their families were poor, these men studied &lt;br /&gt;
unceasingly.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
TT2: One enclosed some glow-worms in a transparent bag, another read by the light reflected by the snow. Although their families were poor, they never ceased learning. &lt;br /&gt;
Annotation: in order to read by their light. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3: Che-yin, when a boy, being poor, read his book by the light of a glow-worm which he confined. And Sun-kang, in winter, read his book by the light reflected from snow. Though their families were poor they studied incessantly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text is from a classical book in china named Three-Character Classic.“囊萤”and “映雪” are Chinese allusions urging children to work hard at their study. Each of the contracted expressions has a story behind it. By reading T1 and T2, readers cannot understand the allusion to the full and the logic between the expressions of “put fireflies in a bag/enclosed some glow-worms in a transparent bag”and“used the white glare from snow”and the expressions about the persons’ industry at their studies. T3 paraphrases the sentence and makes logic explicit by introducing the heroes in the allusions and explaining what they used the fireflies/glow-worms for. This is effective in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.2 Adaptation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve naturalness of expression, grammar, lexicon and culture. Adaptations are necessary. For terms which identify culturally different objects but with somewhat similar functions, adaptation shows its advantage in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 老少爷们，从麻木的状态中苏醒过来吧。(Moyan，2003:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Come out of your stupor, my friends. ( Goldblatt, 2004:293)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Address terms, as an indispensable part of conversations and communications, can reflect the tradition and culture of a nation. In all languages, address terms play an important role in social intercourse. Set in Northeast countryside of China, “ 老少爷们”is a typical address term of China’s northern dialect. And it is usually used by a man, showing some masculinity. It’s an oral expression often addressed to males. Goldblatt translate it as “my friends”, often used in an English speech to strike a chord in listeners and get them united or in favor of the speaker, conspicuously in an adaptation way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:  凡训蒙  须讲究  详训诂  明句读 （Wang Yinglin,1986）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: In the education of the young, there should be explanation and elucidation, careful teaching of the interpretations of commentators, and due attention to paragraphs and sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2: Whoever teaches boys, ought to discuss and examine deeply (the meaning of the characters); Explain their derivation, mark distinctly the periods and the punctuation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3: Every one that instructs youth should explain fully what he teaches; should illustrate the present and the past, and distinguish clearly the comma and the period.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of adaptation in the translation of this Chinese line. First, it is the domestication of the Chinese term “句读”. Actually, ancient Chinese classics do not have any punctuation marks and the “句读” refers to the longer or shorter pause in the classics according to the meaning of the text. All three translators domesticate the Chinese term by the concept of punctuation in the English language and render it respectively as “paragraphs and sentences”, “the periods and the punctuation” and “the comma and the period”. Although the three kinds of rendering differ from each other on the level of punctuation, they have much the same function—the target text reader can easily understand in what way “句读” functions in a Chinese text. Thus dynamic equivalence is achieved. The second adaptation is the change of parts of speech—the change from verb to noun. Giles changes the verbs “训”, “讲究” and “训诂” in the Chinese text into nouns “education”, “explanation and elucidation”, “interpretations” and “attention”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.3 Replacement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:勤有功  戏无益  戒之哉  宜勉力 (Wang Yinglin, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Diligence has its reward; play has no advantages. Oh, be on your guard, and put forth your strength. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an example of domestication on the lexical level. “哉” in Chinese is a particle of exclamatory or of interrogative value. In this line, it functions as an exclamatory particle. It helps to make up the syllable in the Chinese version and express the author’s emotion of instructing the young. Giles translates it into the correspondent English exclamatory particle “Oh” which retains the tone of a similar function as is in the source text. It achieves dynamic equivalence in terms of reader’s response to the rhetoric.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.2 Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization designates the type of translation in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks the target conventions by retaining the foreignness of the original. It functions to preserve the foreignness and value of the foreign language culture in the source text. It takes the readers of the target language culture to a foreign culture, making the readers of the translated text feel the differences and enjoy the alien atmosphere. It is more faithful to the language features of the source text than domestication does, and it keeps the flavor of the original language. Venuti and  other scholars who advocate foreignization hold that foreignization enable readers of the translated text to learn about the alien culture of the source language text, which is often the reading aim of the readers who are capable of understanding the alien culture. (Venuti, 1995)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.2.1 phonetic compensation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the three translators, Giles is said to be an excellent English language master who was able to compose English poems. His translation of poems is generally in accordance with the composing and rhyming schemes of English poems, often with good rhythm. (Mu Shixiong, 2004:166) Though Giles is good at translating poems, he does not translate this text into a completely rhythmical one. Instead, he adds pronunciation to every Chinese character in the text to make a phonetic compensation so that the readers can still appreciate the ending rhyme of the original Chinese text. Giles does make an effort to create rhythmical effect whenever it is possible. In literary texts, phonetic compensation is always applied in translation of poem and prose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example5  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:养不教  父之过  教不严  师之惰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: To feed without teaching is the father’s fault. To teach without severity is the teacher’s laziness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each line of the translation has a rhythmic focus. Respectively they are:“feed”,“without”and“teaching”in the first line; “father” and “fault”  in the second  line;“teach”,“without”and“severity” in the third line; and “teacher” and “laziness” in the fourth line. In this way, and together with the phonetic compensation, formal equivalence is achieved and by reading the phonetic compensation, target readers can feel the same rhythm of the original text and response the same as the readers of the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.2 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a method that an item is translated according to its pronunciation rather than its meaning. This technique is often applied to translate ecological  culture-loaded terms, like names of places, person, rivers, mountains or countries. There are two systems in use for transliteration Chinese characters: the Wade-Giles  system of Romanization and the pinyin system of Romanization. For better transference of Chinese culture, the latter system is suggested. For some material culture-loaded terms, such as “仁”, “义”, “君子” and so on, transliteration might be preferable to any other methods. These terms represent the key concept of Confucianism, and any other English equivalent expressions may lead to misunderstanding. Thus, it is the most convenient and effective way to expose target readers in Chinese culture. For some time, the pinyin translation of these terms may be as acceptable and comprehensible as “kongfu” or “mahjong”. Certainly, for the sake of target readers’ understanding, an annotation is always needed to provide the further explanation of the cultural meanings of these terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 南容三复“白圭”，孔子以其兄之子妻之。(Liu Dianjue, 46) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: Nan Jung in reciting the I Song repeated the verse about the sceptre of white jade three times. (In consequence of which) Master Kung gave him his elder brother’s daughter to marry. (Waley, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2: Nan Rong repeated over and over again the lines about the white jade sceptre. Confucius gave him his elder brother’s daughter in marriage. (D.C. Lau, 181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.3  Amplification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification refers to add information behind some terms that is familiar to source language readers but unfamiliar to target language readers. By amplification, the connotation can be better conveyed to foreign readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:论语者  二十篇  群弟子  记善言 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The Lun-yu (the book of discourses and dialogues) contains twenty chapters. The disciples (of Confucius) have therein related his excellent sayings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the Chinese text does not mention the ancient Chinese sage Confucius, and the information on whose sayings had been recorded in the book “Lun-yu” is implicit, which can be inferred from the context by native Chinese, once they combine the notion of “论语”with their background knowledge. However, western readers do not have enough knowledge to appreciate the value of the “Lun-yu”if the title was translated without the mention of Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
===4.2Translation strategies in journalistic style===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.1Amplification===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the translator needs to add proper words to complete the structure of the  target texts, because mews sometimes needs more information to explain the inner meaning. The following examples are offered to illustrate the point.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: The real James Bond? (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 250)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:谁是真正的邦德? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no subject and predicate in the target text if the translator renders the headline by literal translation. Therefore,“谁是” is added in order to clarify the text. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Kings rout rockets, 101-74 (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 225) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 国王队击败火箭队，比分为 101 比 74 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“比分为”is added in the target text to make the translation complete in sentence structure and meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
ST:Reuters bests and worsts of the world cup (Huang Ruihong, 2004-06-15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:路透社评出世界最佳和最差球队 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“评出” is added in the target text. Otherwise, there will be no predicate in the target text. Consequently, the translation will make no sense to the target reader. Translator should transfer new messages accurately and clearly to the target reader. To achieve this goal, amplification is often adopted to supplement necessary words or background information, which effectively avoids misunderstanding on the part of the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.2 Omission===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the strategy to delete unnecessary words or phrases from the target text. News headlines are featured by its brevity. Redundant words can be omitted either to conform to the norms of the target language or to achieve the effect of succinctness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example11  &lt;br /&gt;
ST: You need to sleep less than you think (Zou Shuang, 2005) &lt;br /&gt;
TT: 适当少睡有益健康 &lt;br /&gt;
As we know, English is a hypotactic language, which pays great attention to overt cohesion. Without the pronoun‘you’, the source text will be ungrammatical. By  contrast, Chinese belongs to paratactic language, which attaches importance to covert coherence. When the translator does not render the word‘you’ into“你”, it won’t affect comprehension at all. In addition, the target text is succinct by leaving out the  pronoun‘you’. Therefore, omission is adopted in this example.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example12  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Vogue says Queen Elizabeth II among world’s most glamorous (China Daily, 2007-11-07)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:英女王跻身“全球最具魅力女性”排行榜  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it is well known to most Chinese readers that the Queen of UK is Elizabeth II (伊莉莎白二世), there is no need to keep it in the target text. Otherwise, the translation will be too long as a headline. The recommended version, thus, becomes 英女王跻身“全球最具魅力女性”排行榜.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.3Imitation===&lt;br /&gt;
English news are featured by its vivid language, such as play on word, figures of speech, etc. They add special flavor to the text with the aim to attract readers’ eye. Obviously, to reproduce these aesthetic effect enjoys the privilege among the available methods. Throughout the history of translation theory, the idea of  imitation has been manifested clearly by Alexander Fraser Tytler when he wrote: the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original in his famous essay on the Principles of Translation. (Munaday, 2001: 26) The  following examples may illustrate the above idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:A tale of two hearts (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 199).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:双心记 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This headline tells a story that a patient has an artificial heart planted in his body. The headline is a parody of the novel A Tale of Two Cities written by Charles Dickens. The target text (双心记) is also a parody of “双城记”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example14  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Soccer kicks off with violence (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 200)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:足球开踢，拳打脚踢  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a humorous news headline because of the use of pun. The phrase ‘kick off’ refers to the start of a football match, and it also implies that there is a fight in the football field. The meanings of the pun are successfully transferred by the target text with the recommended translation. The translator does a good job in reproducing the humorous sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.4 Restruction===&lt;br /&gt;
 The target text should be acceptable and meaningful in a sense that it is coherent with the situation in which it is received. Once translated, the translator revises the order and rearranges all words into a perfect sentence. In doing so, the news is more logical and tuned with the habit of native readers' think and reading. It can be treated as an important technique used in translating news headline from Chinese into English or English to Chinese.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: A third of Londoners must work from home during Olympics to avoid tube &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 奥运交通压力大  1/3伦敦人须在家上班 (2011-09-27 08:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“A third” occurred in the beginning of the source text, but “奥运会” comes  first in the target text. The source text can be translate into “1/3的伦敦人必须在家上班,在奥运会期间避免交通混乱”if there is not any translation strategies used. The translator rearranges the words order to emphasize the special time---Olympics. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Mahfud proposes ‘Special Zoo’ for corrupt officials &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 印尼高官提议建“贪官动物园” (2011-11-30 16:02)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to satirize the corrupt officials, the translator exchanges the order of “special” and “贪官” during the translation process. It can be achieve some good effect to expose the corrupt officials in language sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:‘Ready for winter’ campaign launches &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 苏格兰打响“迎冬战役”(2011-10-24 12:06)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator reorders the expression “Ready for winter” and “launches” during  the translation process. Besides, the translator adds a subject to this sentence so that it can appeal to the readers’ thinking patterns. In order to make the readers or audiences understand the translated version smoothly and easily, the words or phrases are adjusted to accord with their thinking pattern. Restructuring refers to rearranging the words in logic order to make the translation more potential readers or audiences into the first consideration, making them understand the translated version easily.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.5 Adaptation===&lt;br /&gt;
Adaptation is a translation method, which refers to use an especially free translation, it relates to selecting, adding, deleting, and constructing cautiously instead of simply translating one word to another word. In order to make the translated version more proper to a certain readers or audiences, adaptation always make some essential changes for a special aim So adaptation is an activity which the news translators absorb the most important content from the source text on the basis of the particular  requirement of the readers or audiences, then make some suitable adjustments. When  the translators are doing some adaptation, though the form and style of the source text are altered in a way, the main idea of the source text must be kept.Though  adaptation is not acted as a main translation method by some traditional translation theorists, adaptation is getting more and more popular and arousing more and more &lt;br /&gt;
attention these days. You can see the term adaptation frequently showed in some authoritative journals and newspapers, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example 18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Poor People May Be Quicker to Be Kind &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:穷人更有同情心 (2011-12-29 08:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Quicker”means“更快”, but here it is translated into “更有”, “快” is an adjective, “有”is a verb, they have different characters.“Kind”means“友善的”, it is an adjective, but it is translated into“同情心”, which is a noun. If the translator does not use some translation strategies like adaptation, the target text is unreadable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 19&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Americans say Asia more important than EU: survey &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：多数美国人看好亚洲 (2011-09-16 08:43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Important” is an adjective, and a comparative degree used in the source text. But  the source text is translated in a totally different way, for it is translated into a verb “看好”. Adaptation should be used here to make sure the translation aim is achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Lend your voices to ‘talking bins’ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:“能说会唱垃圾桶”将亮相伦敦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If“talking bins” is translated into “会说话的垃圾桶”, it is so ordinary. But the translator adopt the adaptation strategy to translated it into“能说会唱垃圾桶”, it becomes very vivid, and it may leave a deep impression on the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The research conducted in this thesis is a fairly thorough study on the translation strategies of literary-style texts and journalistic-style texts. Through detailed discussion, several translation strategies have been analyzed and summarized. This thesis also studies the texts’ functions and main types of texts. The texts functions are referential function, expressive function and appellative function. The texts can be divided into three types- informative, expressive and vocative texts. On the basis of  characteristics of different texts, detailed methods are applied. For literary-style texts, there are domestication and foreignization strategies. For journalistic-style texts, there are strategies like omission, restructure,adaption, imitation and amplification. Journalistic texts and literary texts are quite different, so the translation strategies are different. This thesis has a clear analysis about the translation strategies. However, it still owns a lot of drawbacks, such as the structure is too complicated, lack some of the former people’s study fruit. Hoping this thesis can make some contributions to the translation study and exercise process.&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1] McNair, Brain. (1998). The sociology of Journalism. A Hodder Arnold Publication&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Munday,  Jeremy,  2001,  Introducing  Translation  Studies:  Theories  and Applications [M], London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, P. Approaches to Translation ［M］. New York: Prentice Hall, 1981: 39.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nord, Christiane. Translating as A Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained [M]. Shanghai : Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:6&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Reiss, Katharina. Translation Criticism the Potentials &amp;amp; Limitations [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004:91.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Venuti, L. 1995. The Translator’s Invisibility—A History of Translation. London  &amp;amp; New York: Routledge.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9&amp;diff=113383</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 9</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9&amp;diff=113383"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T04:13:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies	谭媛媛	Tan Yuanyuan 202070080642 MTI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第九部分(Part 9)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparative Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Modes of Expression and Ways of Thinking between English and Chinese Language in Cultural Perspective	易欢	Yi Huan==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The English language and Chinese language,with their own characteristics, embody their own cultural heritage and manifest different modes of thinking. Conspicuously, among language, culture and mode of thinking, there exists a closely related interaction. The culture affects thought, conversely, thought can reflect the culture. While language, under the impact of the both, presents the thinking and cultural differences in a most direct way. Therefore, this paper, from the perspective of culture, takes the relationship beween language and thought as the entry point to make a comparative study of English and Chinese language and ways of thinking. It is quite significant for the development of translation in cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
language form; mode of thinking; English and Chinese language; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
英汉语言各具特色，蕴含各自历史文化底蕴，彰显不同的思维模式。显而易见，语言，文化与思维模式之间形成了某种紧密联系的互动关系。文化影响思维，反之，思维也会体现文化，而语言受两者的影响，亦是阐明思维与文化差异的最直接的方式。因此，本文将从文化视域下，以语言和思维关系为切入口，对比探究英汉语言形式与思维方式，这对于跨文化交际下翻译发展来说至关重要。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
语言形式；思维模式；英汉语言；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between language and thought is widely discussed among scholars at home and abroad. Karl Marx once remarks that language is a tool, carrier, shell, and a “dress” of thought. Language by nature is the embodiment of human thoughts and thoughts in turn is the mental reflection of the world around us. Language is therefore closely related to and supported by human thoughts. That is to say, without thought, language would be nothing sounds with no meaning or content. But thoughts, though accessible by various means, are best represented in language and can thus best fulfill its obligations to the speakers by such means. Also thought will further facilitate the development of language, Sapir once states, “ Thought processes set in, as a kind of psychic overflow, almost at the beginning of linguistic expression; further, that the concept once defined, necessarily reacted on the life of its linguistic symbols, encouraging further linguistic growth.”(1921: 12) At the same time, Language is part of culture. Such as Chinese language is a part of Chinese culture. Each country has its own language in a specific culture. However, their relationship is not just between part and whole. Language is the carrier and the representation of culture, while, as a mirror of culture, language is strongly influenced and shaped by culture. Moreover, the thought also is largely influenced by its culture. Human thinking mainly consists of such elements as knowledge, ideology, methodology, intelligence, emotion, willpower, language and habits. The inter-relationship and interaction of these elements from a dynamic complex system is known as the mode of thinking. It is the concentrated embodiment of all cultural and psychological properities and is shaped in a certain historical, social and geographical environment. In general, different culture leads to different mode of thinking which is demonstrated most in their own language. That is to say, the relationship among culture, mode of thinking and language is closely related to each other and they can be viewed as three parts of a whole. And in this paper, it is going to compare different mode of thinking and ways of expression between Chinese and English in cultural perspective, so as to better understand cross-culture communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The comparison of modes of thinking with the representation of ways of expression in English and Chinese===&lt;br /&gt;
The language, thought and culture are independent but closely interrelated as we have discussed before. While in different countries, there exist vast differences in their thinking patterns, then this paper is going to illustrate four groups of opposite Chinese and Occidental thinking ways and present how these thinking patterns are reflected upon their language, and trace back to the cultural and historical foundations for these phenomena. While it just compares these modes of thought in a general way, and they are not simply manifested as opposite to each other, but intermingled to some extent with the exchange of culture and the common ground imparted in all human beings. All of the opposition between Chinese thinking and occidental thinking that I present is just a matter of degree, and we have to view it critically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Holistic thinking vs Analytical thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, human thought can be divided into two types: analytical thinking and holistic thinking. To some extent, Chinese emphasizes synthesis and English tends to be analytical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holistic thinking puts emphasis on the integral concepts and the universal connection of objects. It regard man, nature and society as an unalienable organic whole. While analytical thinking will tend to focus more on labeling and analyzing different parts that eventually make up the whole. Actually, there must be some certain cultural background to the formation of western and Chinese mode of thinking. The formation of Chinese thinking mode can derive from Chinese people’s perspectives towards the nature. In Chinese classical philosophy, the conception of “One” better demonstrates the holistic view. According to Taoism, “All things obtained the One and became alive and kept growing.”(Tao Te Ching, chapter 36). Chuang Tzu promotes the concept of “One” to the state of the “unity of heaven and human”, and believes that the heaven and man, and the thing and self can all merge into one organically connected whole. Moreover, the essence that Chinese philosophy stresses the holistic view lies in the systematic evaluation and comprehensive grasp of all things, aiming to have a comprehensive and accurate understanding towards everything. After accumulated, condensed and sublimated through time, such philosophy facilitates Chinese people develop holistic thinking which is good at integrating, drawing up the guidelines and commanding the overall situation. While, in western culture, Plato firstly advocates “subject-object dichotomy” and then explain the world from a dualistic angle. In addition, the people can also be influenced by Aristotle’s syllogism, and always emphasize reasonable thinking in accordance with certain procedures, just like analysizing geometric problems in which one should derive the unknown, then demonstrate the process meticulously and finally draw a logic conclusion. It is exactly the characteristic of analytic thinking in which the object is divided into parts and one should investigate them respectively&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Undeniably, thinking patterns can best be demonstrated in their language. In a word, Analytical thinking involves detachment of the object from its context, a tendency to focus on attributes of the object in order to assign it to categories, and a preface for using rules about the categories to explain and predict the object’s behavior. Holistic thinking involves an orientation to the context or field as a whole, including attention to relationship between a focal object and the field, and a preference for explaining and predicting events on the basis of such relationships. And parataxis and hypotaxis are exactly the concrete manifestations of holistic thinking and analytical thinking. In the field of linguistics and translation studies, parataxis, as opposed to hypotaxis , is the single most important feature distinguishing the Chinese language from English, with Chinese showing paratactic prominence and English hypotactic prominence. Nida once stated, “ So far as English and Chinese are concerned, the most important difference linguistically is the contrast between hypotaxis and parataxis.” (1982, 16) Liu Miqing believes that hypotaxis and parataxis can be viewed as the heterogeneous characteristics.(1992: 18). Zhang Li proposes that Chinese, in terms of grammar, belongs to parataxis, one of whose overall features lies in conciseness and economy. Hence, English uses many conjunctions, prepositions and other connective means to make links between phrases and words, because of which the language is more logical and better organized. on the other hand, in Chinese, the arranging of clauses is one after the other without connectives showing the relations between them. Hypotaxis can be viewed as the external logic forms of composing words into sentences, and parataxis the internal cognition of wording and phrasing. From the comparisons, we may see that the differences between hypotaxis and parataxis have resulted in the different sentence structures and language expression forms. Here are some examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The thirty-two chapters of a novel — if we consider how to read a novel first —are an attempt to make something as formed and controlled as a building: but words are more impalpable than bricks; reading is a longer and more complicated process than seeing.(Virginal Woolf, How Should One Read a Book?)&lt;br /&gt;
我们先来讨论一下小说的读法。一部三十二章的小说，作者努力把它塑造成像建筑物一样有形态、受制约的东西。然而，字句之比于砖瓦，更加触摸不到；阅读比之于观看，是个更为长久而复杂的过程。(Selected from the Anthology of Chinese and English Prose)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（2）门铃一声响，来了客人。从不谢客，礼当接待。忙把袜子穿上，整冠而出。来客红光满面，一开口就知道是远客。（楼适夷，《夜间来客——“名人”被访实录》）&lt;br /&gt;
Suddenly the doorbell rang，announcing the arrival of a visitor. As Mr. Huang had never refused  any visitor before, this one should be received with courtesy too. Quickly putting his socks back on and smoothing his hair，he hurried to the door，and there he was encountered by a man with a fat glowing face. (Lou Shiyi, A Night Visitor— A True Story a ‘Celebrity’ Being Interviewed. Translated by Zhang Peiji)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the two examples above，we can percept that English is of very hypotaxis. In the first example, one preminent feature is the aboundant conjunctions, like “if”, “how”, “but” and “than”. And the sentence structures are tightly knitted with distinct subject-predicate. While in the Chinese version, it is in lack of these overt conjunctive devices. In the second example, in the source language, it uses more than ten verbs in succession, and narrates chronologically. Although it is loosely organized, all of these verbs are arranged in order and present with a clear clue. Therefore, when translating, the translator must demonstrate the hidden logical structure. But it is not absolute to confine English to hypotaxis and Chinese to parataxis, they just differentiate each other in the degree. Actually in English, Julius Caesar also famously said, “I came, I saw, I conquer.” And in some of Chinese works, some writers also tend to use the logical and connective sentences. That is to say, it is just the matter of degree, there are also hypotaxis in Chinese and parataxis in English. Moreover, as the exchanges in the world extend, the Chinese and English thinking modes can also be influenced respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 subject-oriented thinking and object-targeted thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
It is well know that Chinese culture and Occidental Culture are quite different, Chinese culture stress the subject, while Occidental people prefer the objective way of thinking. As China has confronted the sever natural and geographic condition, since the pre-Qin Dynasty, the governor would never think the outside world as the oppositt side of human beings. And Chinese people also advocate the harmony between men and nature, which has been retained till now. Moreover, Chinese Confucian school, Taoism and Buddhism all stress the subject. Lao Tsu said: “ Man models himself after the Earth; the Earth models itself after the Heaven; the Heaven models  itself after Tao；Tao models itself after the Nature. ” Mencius also stated, “All  things  under heaven are being prepared for me.” Hence, since ancient times, the Chinese people  have tended to consider all things from an anthropocentric standpoint. The outstanding scholar Qian Mu states that “In short, Chinese culture takes human and human affairs as a core. Human and human affairs refer to all reality and ideal when human are getting along with each other. The manifestation and achievement of Chinese culture is around the core. The reason why Chinese culture can be fused into a whole is that Chinese culture shows its value through its core-human and human affairs.” (1977: 331) Hence, Chinese culture is human-centered. It is, essentially, a kind of humanistic culture, under the deep influence of which the subjective thought-pattern has come into being. The subjective thought pattern refers to observing, analyzing, learning and studying objects anthropocentrically and view human beings as the part of a whole nature.&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the occidental objective thinking takes objects and nature as core, and pay more attention to the observation and research of the objects. The occidental culture originated in Greek peninsular and its coastal areas, where the sages in Ancient Greece has looked upon at the cosmos and nature, and always investigated the natural mystery. And based on the dichotomy and antithesis, gradually, the spirit of occidental culture is to separate subjective from objective and to conqure nature. Hence the occidental tradition takes nature as cognitive object. Unlike Chinese culture and tradition, the occidental rationalism adovacates objective attitudes. Francis Bacon once remarked, “Authority, habit, prejudice and exaggeration eration are barriers to truth. To seek truth, one should overcome these obstacles. ” Owing to English people’s objective thinking, they often use impersonal to account the events, and try to be objective. G. Leech and J. Svartvik point out: “Formal written language often goes with an impersonal style; i.e. one which the speaker does not refer directly to himself or readers, but avoids the pronouns I, you, we. Some of the common features of impersonal language are passives, sentences beginning with introductory it, and abstract nouns.”(1974:25) While Chinese people’s subjective thinking pattern demonstrates itself in Chinese in two notable ways: animate subjects and the majority used of active voice. Actually, according to Shen Xiaolong, the configuration of Chinese character demonstrates the subject-oriented thinking pattern. Based on the pictographs, the Chinese characters refer to the object and its ideographs are people-oriented. Hence in English-Chinese translation, the translator should transform from subjective thinking to objective thinking, for instance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sight of the big tree always reminds me of my childhood. (连淑能) &lt;br /&gt;
一看见那棵大树，我便想起了童年的情景。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good idea suddenly occur on me.&lt;br /&gt;
我突然想出了一个好主意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two English sentences, with the abstract subjects: “The sight of the big tree” and “ A good idea” are quite natural to English readers, while in Chinese it is quite queer and none of Chinese people are accustomed to use them in such way. Hence, in Chinese version, it begins with the personal subject “我” and sounds quite smooth and comprehensible to the Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in English, the two expletive words (it and there) are frequently used show its objectivity in the text. At the same time, in Chinese, there are many no-subject sentences, like “下雪了” “该去学校啦” “太冷了”.  While such kind of expression are not allowed in English, for it appears to be complete with a subject in English grammar. Hence, in English, they can be expressed in this way: “it snows”, “It is time to go to school” and “It is too cold”. And owing to English objective thinking, the English passive voice, especially the impersonal passive of “it” is used as the subject, such as “it is believed”, “it is said”, “it is reported”, etc., expresses the facts or ideas in an objective, indirect and roundabout way. It is obvious that the English passive sentences should be converted into the Chinese active sentences. Although the sentence structures are changed, the meanings still remain the same as the original sentences. Also in English “there” and “there be” pattern are impersonal expressions, But in Chinese translation, concrete persons and things are usually used instead. For instance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) 公交车来了。&lt;br /&gt;
There comes the bus.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 我家有五口人。&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 people in my family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clearly, the sentences above reveal that in Chinese there must be certain subjects supplanting the “there” or “there be” pattern. In general, with the influence of the respective modes of thinking, Chinese tends to be subjective and English prefers objection, but it is not necessarily absolute. In English, we can also find numerous personal subjects like “I think”, “I believe”. And in Chinese, it often use the passive tense in the writings in Classical Chinese, such as “受制于人” (be restricted by sb) “为人所骗” (be cheated by sb). Hence, it is also quite common to begin with personal subjects in English and use objective subject and passive tense in Chinese. Clearly, it is a matter of degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Concrete thinking and abstract thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese people prefer thinking in images and English people prefer thinking in notions. Conspicuously, there are some cultural and historical factors leading to the formation of different thinking patterns. Actually, the change and development of Chinese characters is the best illustration for the concrete thinking of Chinese people. Chinese language is vivid and full of images. As we all know that the Chinese character is characterized by pictographs, which express the meaning through the outer form. For example, the character “人” (man) is like the two legs of a person; and “从” (follow) looks like that one person is followed by another; the “山” (mountain) is the shape of a mountain. Therefore, from ancient times, Chinese people tend to borrow the images of outside world to form their own hieroglyphs. Following such kind of thought model, concrete thinking is established and reflected in Chinese language. As Nakamura remarks, “The Chinese people had a high regard for particulars, and presented content concretely in accordance with their way of thinking, naturally fond of complex multiplicity expressed in concrete form.” ( 1991, 217) While Occidental people prefer abstract thinking which takes concept, judgement and reasoning as form of thinking, and expresses ideas and emotions through logical sentences. Since the English letters are based on the Greek alphabet, and it is hard to form a pictograph to express the meaning of the word which can only come from the object description of the nature. Also in the process of learning and analyzing the objective world, the occidental aim at exploring the essence and origin of the world. By means of classification and analysis, they try to find the universals of the same kind of objects and combine them together to form a so-called “the World of form” or “the ideal world”. Moreover, they are fairly interested in the properties of things, and examine them carefully and thoroughly. Their explorations about mathematics, geometry and astronomy contribute to abstract thinking. In the aspect of linguistic expression, the English language tend to be more abstract or logical. Abstract language refers to the language that uses method of abstract diction to express the complex ideas which lie mainly in abstract nouns. G. M. Young once pointed that an excessive reliance on the noun at the expense of the verb will, in the end，detach the mind of the writer from the realities of here and now, from when and how and in what mood the thing was done. and insensibly induce a habit of abstraction, generalization and vagueness. While in Chinese language, the concrete, clear and picturesque words are widely used, just as R. Flesch states, “ Chinese dose more to you than just simplify your constructions… They formed the habit of expressing ideas by metaphors, similes, and all aegis, in short, by every known devices for making a thing plain by comparing it with something else.” ( 1946: 15-16)The two different kinds of thinking patterns also can be medonstrated in the artistic design of literary works. For instance, the poem《凉州词》written by Wang Han, and the poem《登高》 writer by Du Fu can fully examplify the concrete and picturesque Chinese language, and both of them are translated by Xu Yuanchong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
葡萄美酒夜光杯，&lt;br /&gt;
欲饮琵琶马上催。&lt;br /&gt;
  — 王翰《凉州词》&lt;br /&gt;
With wine of grapes the cups of jade would glow at night,&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking to pipa songs, we are summoned to fight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无边落木萧萧下，&lt;br /&gt;
不尽长江滚滚来。&lt;br /&gt;
  —杜甫《登高》&lt;br /&gt;
The boundless forest sheds its leaves shower by shower,&lt;br /&gt;
The endless river rolls it’s waves hour after hour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two poems above, the poets use several concrete images like “wine of grapes”, “cups of jade” “boundless forest” and “ endless river”. It is easy to visualize the certain situation that poets depict for us, when we read these lines. While in English there are more abstract nouns to replace the function of verb and express abstract meanings, which sometimes can cause puzzlement for Chinese people. For instance, in Benjamin Franklin’s The Autobiography: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“To help myself live without fault, I made a list of what I considered the 13 virtues. These virtues are: 1 Temperance, 2 Self-control, 3 Silence, 4 Order, 5 Firmness of mind, 6 Savings,  7 Industry, 8 Honesty, 9 Justice, 10 Cleanliness, 11, calmness, 12 Morality, 13 Humbleness.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“为了使自己生活中不犯错误，特别列出我认为应该身体力行的 13 条守则。这些守则&lt;br /&gt;
是：1.节制饮食 2.自我克制 3. 沉默寡言 4. 有条不紊 5. 坚定信念 6.勤俭节约 7. 工作勤奋8. 忠诚老实 9. 办事公正 10. 衣着整洁 11.平心静气 12. 品行高尚 13.谦虚恭顺。”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 13 abstract words in English and they are translated into Chinese concretely with the verbs to gover the phrases. So that it would be vividly explained what do these abstract words convey in a specific way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wisdom prepares for the worst; but folly leaves the worst for the day it comes.&lt;br /&gt;
智者防范于未然，愚者临渴掘井。（陈文伯译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence, “wisdom” and “folly” are two abstract nouns, but they actually refer to certain people. The expression in English is quite common and concise, while Chinese people are accustomed to the thinking in images, hence, in the translation, the concept of two abstract nouns is materialized as two people with certain properties. So that Chinese people can better understand the implicit meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 circular thinking and linear thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Robert Kaplan who analynizes different discourses and their different organization in different notions, students from different cultural backgrounds adopt different patterns of writing. The Chinese text, in contrast with the English text which is organized in a linear structure, is usually arranged in circular structure (1966:1-2). &lt;br /&gt;
Circular thinking can also be known as inductive thinking in which we infer a conclusion on the basis of facts and draw a conclusion from particular to general. From ancient times, traditional Chinese medicine already sets a model for us. They follow the principles of “inspection”, “inquiry”, “listening” and “smelling” and can finally make a diagnosis. Later in Compendium of Materia Medica writen by Li Shizheng, it collect and summarize a vast of prescription based on his practical experiences and mothods. And underlying the observations, Chinese people will finally draw a conclusion and are not always accustomed to express their opinions directly. Actually, it can derive from the traditional Chinese culture where the Confucianism immensely governs people’s thought. Under the influence of “the doctrine of mean” and the underlined “mutual harmony” in traditional Chinese philosophy, which cultivate Chinese to avoid direct confrontation and conflicts and take a mean course while they are thinking. Hence such kind of circular thinking model can be reflected upon the Chinese language where ideas are often organized and linked in an overall  framework, and does not state the topic directly in the opening lines but constantly lays out  relevant or even irrelevant information to provide many-sided perspectives for judging. While, on the contrary, the occidental thinking pattern tends to be linear, or we can say it is a kind of deductive thinking model. It starts from general to particular, from abstract to concrete, and from outcome to reason. The occidental prefer to directly talk about the topic at the beginning without reservation. As a matter of fact, it is deeply influenced by the Greek philosophy. The way of thinking is inherited from the Greek philosophers, such as Plato and Aristotle, especially Aristotlian logical and reasonable thinking. Aristotle puts forward two thought patterns: “ deduction and induction”, while he himself view the deductive method superior to the inductive one. Just as Guo remarks, “ For over 2000 years, syllogism and deduction has been a mainstream for western culture and thought.” And also Aristotle generalizes the discourse into four parts: beginning, poising a question, analysis and expounding, conclusion, which can be viewed as an epitome of occidental linear thinking pattern. In general, English thought pattern is a straight pattern. And so a text is usually centered on a topic in the form of the topic sentence of topic paragraph and then it is developed in a deductive method, directly by many sentences in a sequence. So, the crucial part is usually put at the beginning of an English sentence, but at the end of a Chinese sentence. Here are some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Soccer is a difficult sport. A player must be able to run steadily without rest. Sometimes a player must hit the ball with his or her head. Players must be willing to bang into or be banged into by others. They must put up with aching feet and sore muscles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
足球运动员必须不停地奔跑，有时得用头顶球，撞别人或被别人撞，必须忍受双腿和肌肉的疼痛，所以说，足球是一项难度大的运动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example to view how Chinese people and American people express their own emotions. The two excerpts are from the Keynote Speech By H.E. Xi Jinping President of the people’s Republic of China At the Opening Ceremony of The third China International Import Expo and President Obama’ speech at Fu Dan University in Shanghai respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 各位来宾:&lt;br /&gt;
女士们，先生们，朋友们：&lt;br /&gt;
Distinguished Guests,&lt;br /&gt;
Ladies and Gentlemen,&lt;br /&gt;
Dear Friends,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在各方共同努力下，第三届中国国际进口博览会开幕了！首先，我代表中国.   政府和中国人民，并以我个人的名义，向各位嘉宾，表示热烈的欢迎！对各位新老朋友，表示诚挚的问候！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With concerted efforts of all parties, the third China International Import Expo (CIIE) is now open. At the outset, let me extend, on behalf of the government and people of China as well as in my own name, a hearty welcome to all the distinguished guests. To the many old and new friends, I give you my warm greetings and best regards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good afternoon. It is a great honor for me to be here in Shanghai, and to have this opportunity to speak with all of you.&lt;br /&gt;
诸位下午好。 我感到很荣幸能够有机会到上海跟你们交谈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, in the first example, in English versions, the topic sentence is presented first, then it begins to illustrate the topic in a logical way to convince us that soccer is a difficult sport. Then in the second example, we can see that the president Xi and American former President Obama show their delightment in quite different ways. We Chinese people tend to express our joy at the end of discourse, while American people are willing to show their emotions at the beginning, which also vividly presents the Chinese linear thinking and Occidental circular thinking. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Although the distinction between Chinese linear thinking and Occidental circular thinking is widely recognized at home and abroad, it is not categorically clear about the line between Chinese and English. Actually, many ancient writers in China are fond of coming straight to the point and hit the nail on the head in a precise way. Liang Qichao, an excellent ancient scholar in Qing Dynasty, proposes in his the Methodology of composition above middle school, that the most important thing is to make readers get the writer’s purpose at a glance when reading an article, so that it can touch and gain the reader’s interest. And also the “general discussion-sub discussion-conclusion model” is only one certain structure for English writing. Hence it is hard to say that English is Linear and Chinese is circular as Robert Kaplan defines, and we have to critically think about the differences between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The discussions of the comparison between Chinese and Occidental thinking models have been carried out for a long time. In this paper, through the comparison on four opposite types of modes of thinking: Holistic thinking vs Analytical thinking, subject-oriented thinking vs object-targeted thinking, concrete thinking vs abstract thinking, and linear thinking vs circular thinking, and presenting how they reflect upon their language, it demonstrates that cultural diversity and different historical origin may dominate the formation of thinking patterns. Since in the sea of the Chinese and Occidental language and thought, the culture is like a mirror which reflects all-embracing phenomena. That is to say, language, thought and culture are essentially associated with each other. While there are also some other types of comparison among modes of thought like “static thinking vs dynamic thinking”, “fuzzy thinking vs accurate thinking” and so on. Moreover, we have to classify the writing style and genre of the articles, which would set up different principles in diction, so we can not lump together under one head and blindly follow that the Chinese and Occidental thinking models must be opposite in certain dimension. Hence this paper just tries to compare them in a general way, so that we can have a relatively overall view about the two language. Since the thought impacts a lot upon the language, we have to firstly understand how people from different nation think about the world and other objects around them, and then better understand why and how they tend to use such kind of ways of expression. Then it is greatly useful to learn a second language well and to better perform in the cross-cultural communication with the extent of cultural exchanges nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Flesch, R. The Art of Plain Words. New York: Harper &amp;amp; Brothers Publishers, 1946.&lt;br /&gt;
*Kaplan, R. B. “Cultural Thought Patterns in Intercultural Education in Language Learning”, A Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1966.&lt;br /&gt;
*Leech, G. and Svartvik, J. A Communicative Grammar of English Longman, 1974. &lt;br /&gt;
*Nakamura, Hajime. Ways of Thinking of Eastern Peoples—Indian, China, Tibet, Japan. London:Kegan Paul International, 1997. &lt;br /&gt;
*Nida，Eugene A Translating Meaning [M] San Dimas, California: English Language Institute, 1982. 16.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sapir, E. Language, [M]. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1921.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lian Shuneng. 连淑能. (2002) 论中西思维方式【J】 On Chinese and Western modes of thinking. 大连：外语与外语教学.  Dalian: Foreign language and teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1992)  《汉英对比翻译》【M】 Contrastive Study and Translation between English and Chinese, 南昌:  江西教育出版社, Nanchang: Jiangxi Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Qian Mu. 钱穆，(1977)《世界局势与中国文化》The World Situation and Chinese Culture【M】 台北：台北东大图书公司，Taibei: Taipei Dongda Book Co.LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Xiaolong. 申小龙.  汉字构形的主体思维及其人文精神 . 【J】The Subjective thinking and humanistic spirit of Chinese Characters《学术月刊》 1994 第14期, 74. Academic Monthly, 1994 (14), 74.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Dehua. 汪德华. 英汉思维方式对其语言、文字的影响 【J】. The influence of Thinking Modes of English and Chinese on Their Language and Character. 外语与外语教学，2003, (3), 36. Foreign Language and Teaching, 2003 (3), 36.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Li. 张 黎. (1994) 《文化的深层选择———汉语意合语法论》 【M】on Chinese Parataxis Grammar. 长春：吉林教育出版社Changchun: Jilin Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Sijie &amp;amp; Zhang Boran. 张思洁, 张柏然. 形合与意合的哲学思维反思【J】Parataxis versus Hypotaxis— a Reflection on the Relation between Language, Philosophy and modes of Thinking,  中国翻译 Chinese  Translation. 2001 (7), 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Functional Equivalence and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance 曾良 Zeng Liang 英语笔译 202070080578==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late 1960s, the famous American translator Eugene Nida proposed functional equivalence, which has an overwhelming significance in the development of translation theory. This theory is based on modern linguistics, social semiotics and information theory.Its equivalence is not confined to the corrrespondence in vocabulary and grammar between original language and target language. Meanwhile, the correspondence of response between the original readers and the target language readers is also paid attention. Nida points out that translation should accord with original text in meaning, rather than form, and he also pays much attention to the response of the target language readers. He thinks that expressing the target language properly and appropriately is the central task in translating, which has an important guiding significance for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the further effect of western translation theories on Chinese translation theories, translators of China also propose different translation theories. Based on Chinese classical aesthetics and literary criticism, Yan Fu, a famous translator of China, proposes the famous translation standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, which has a deep influence on China’s translation circle and provides an important translation theory for Chinese translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance all provide important translation standards for translators and have a pivotal role in the history of translation theories. At the same time, by analyzing the Chinese translation of ''Vanity Fair'' written by Thackery, the similarities and differences of thse two translation theories will be presented, which will promote the understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words:=== Functional equivalence; Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance; similarities and differences; Vanity Fair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪60年代末。美国著名翻译家尤金·奈达提出了翻译理论发展史上具有里程碑意义的“功能对等”翻译理论，该理论以现代语言学、社会符号学以及信息论为理论基础，其对等并未局限于原语和目的语之间词汇和语法的转换，对原语读者的感受和目的语言读者的感受是否一致也同样关注。奈达提倡翻译并未形式的对等而是客观内容的对等，他还重视目的语接受者的反应，以合适、贴切的目的语表达视为翻译的中心任务，这对翻译工作者具有重要的指导意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着西方翻译理论对中国翻译理论的影响日益加深，中国翻译家也逐渐提出了自己的翻译理论。中国著名翻译家严复基于中国传统美学和文学评论，提出了著名的“信达雅”翻译标准。这一翻译标准在中国翻译界影响深远，为翻译工作者提供了很重要的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达和严复的翻译理论都为翻译工作者提供了重要的翻译标准，在翻译理论史上都具有举足轻重的作用。同时，这两大理论具有许多相似之处和不同点。本文通过对萨克雷《名利场》的中文译本进行分析，并通过对信息文本的处理来对比分析两大理论，找到两者的异同点，希望能对两大翻译理论的理解有一定的促进作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：功能对等；信达雅；异同；《名利场》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking back on the history of Chinese and western translation, we can see that translation theories are rich and colorful. In the western translation field, Nida is recognized as an outstanding representative. His “ Functional equivalence” theory has broken through the traditional formal equivalence theory and has had a broad and far-reacching impact. In the Chinese translation circle, Yan Fu is the most influential one. He puts forward the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” translation standard, which is a milestone in the history of Chinese translation theory and promotes the development of Chinese translation theory(Tan Kai 2011, 43).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida and Yan Fu are in different social environment, and their translation standards are once questioned and denied, it is undeniable that these two translation standards are still the most authoritative and vital in Chinese and Western translation circles.（Zhang Yimei 2020, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a well-known contemporary western linguistics, an expect that researches Bible as well as a translation theorist. His translation view, which is called functional equivalence, has set off a wave of enthusiasm in the translation field(Zhang Yimei 2020,180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Nida put forward “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence” in the book ''Toward A Science of Translating''(Nida 1964, 45). However, he did not give a clear definition of “dynamic equivalence” until 1969 in the book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''(Nida 1969, 34). In 1993, the expression “dynamic equivalence” was superseded by “functional equivalence” in his work ''From One Language to Another'' (Nida 1993, 67). Dynamic Equivalence is defined “in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it is essentially the same manner as the receptors in the source language(Nida 1969, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence emphasizes the response of equivalence rather than the form of equivalence. In the process of evaluating the quality of a translation, one should not only see whether the form is consistent with the original text, or whether the content is fluent and smooth, but also check whether the response of the target language readers is consistent with the original readers or whether the effect produced by the target text is consistent with the original text（Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). As we all know, it is impossible for a transltion to be faithful to the original to full extent. There are many reasons for this. For example, the language ability and knowledge background of translator can cause differences in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Language, Culture and Translating'', Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels: the minimal level and the maximal level(Nida 2001, 78). The minimal level of functional equivalence is defined as “The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it”. The maximal level is stated as “The readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it in essentially the same manner as the original readers did”(Nida 1993,118). The two definitions of equivalence reveal that the minimal level is realistic, whereas the maximal level ideal. For Nida, good translations always lie between the two levels (Nida,1995,224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is a famous enlightenment thinker and educator in modern China, as well as an outstanding translation theorist. His three principles of translation—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, were widely accepted as essential criteria for understanding translations since the early 20th century. It appeared in Yan Fu’s preface to his translation of Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'' (1898)（Zhang Xi 2014,1):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (Xin), expressiveness (da) and elegance (ya). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so(Yan Fu 2009, 202).”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and translation practices, Yan Fu advanced “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which has a great contribution to the history of China’s translation and has become the fundamental tenets of the 20th century Chinese translation theory(Zhang Xi 2014, 2). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Yan’s three principles, the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression of the target language, and elegant in the writing style. “Faithfulness” emphasizes the fidelity to the original text. Yan pointed out that translator couldn’t begin his work until he has grasped the spirit and logic of the original text. “ Expressiveness” stresses the fluency and acceptability that the translation expresses. “Elegance” reflects that Yan pays much attention to readers’ thought. Yan said in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics''(Yan Fu 2009, 202):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Confucious said, ‘Diction should be expressive.’ He also said, ‘Diction without elegance cannot reach far.’ The three principles should be the basic elements of any writing, and the tenet for the translator. Apart from faithfulness and expressiveness, I seek elegance.(Yan Fu 2009, 202)”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people reagrd Yan’s translation standard as a golden rule, however, there are also some criticisms of it. Most criticisms come from the denial of standard “ elegance”. According to Yan Fu, elegance means using Chinese charcters of pre-Han dynasty to express original text. He is inclined to use classical style of writing in pursuing elegance because of two reasons: firstly, he believes that boring language cannot expand the influence of translated text; secondly, most of the readers of that time are knowledgeable people from the upper class and the translations are foreign philosophy and social science(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the common readers cannot understand the real meaning of the original text. “Elegance” people mentioned now has been modified by later generations, which refers to that the translation should be literary and elegant. Although there are still some doubts about the standard “elegance”, the contribution and influence of Yan’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” are undeniable(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theoretial Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
====Theoretical Foundation of Nida’s Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Modern Linguistic=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is based on modern linguistic and it has a close relationship with linguistics(Guo Dingju 2013, 15). Nida successfully applied the research of modern linguistics into translation theory. He used semantic theories, especially the method of semantic componential analysis to analyze referring meaning and associative meaning of vocabulary objectively and accurately(Guo Dingju 2013, 16). He transformed Chomsky’s core sentence theory, deep structure and surface structure, created a relatively complete process of interlingual conversion, and proposed a three-stage theory of the translation process（Zhu Haotong 2006,64). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Nida’s opinion, various language structures have many similarities and deep structure is more common than surface structure(Nida 1964, 68). Therefore, through the interlingual  conversion of deep structure, the fidelity to the original text can be ensured to the greatest extent. At the same time, since the surface structure of the translated text is the free expression of the conversion of deep structure, the smoothness of the translated text can be ensured as much as possible. The faithful and smooth translations create conditions for the equivalence of readers’ reaction, which makes it possible to achieve functional equivalence(Nida 1964, 68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Information Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is also based on information theory. Nida believes that translation is an activity of transforming the information expressed in one language into another, that is to say, the information encoded in one code is transformed into another(Nida 1984, 34). The purpose of translating is to communicate by conveying information(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Only when the target language readers obtain the same information as the original readers, the relationship between the target language readers and target information is basically the same as the relationship between original language readers and original information(Nida 1964, 68). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida notices that the original readers’ ability to accept information is different from that of target language readers(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Generally speaking, the information receptive ability of original language readers is better than target language readers, especially when the original language and target language belong to different language systems and cultures(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Nida stresses that in order to let the target language readers obtain the same information as the original readers, translators can change appropriately the form of the original for the target readers to better understand the translation(Nida 1984, 34). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is also based on social semiotics. Nida believes that translating is to translate the meaning of the original, and social semiotics is the most comprehensive system to analyze the meaning(Zhu Haotong 2006,65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''Language, Culture and Translation'', Nida points out that using social semiotics, the science that researches all codes and symbols in human society, to study translation is the most comprehensive way, and the key that it is superior to any other translation methods to carry on interlingual translation is that social semiotics studies all codes in human society, and it focuses on studying language, the most comprehensive and complex semiotic systems used by human. Therefore, in terms of decoding and encoding, the translation method of social semiotics is more comprehensive than any other translation methods(Nida 1993, 67). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theoretical Foundation of Yan Fu’s Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Chinese Aesthetics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetics is at first a branch of philosophy dealing with the nature of art, beauty and taste with creation and appreciation of beauty（Guo dingju 2013, 18). It has a great impact on traditional Chinese translation theories and standards. In 1898, Yan Fu put forward the famous translation standard “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which has always been the central idea of Chinese translation theory and aesthetics(Yan Fu 2009, 202). Its influence is far-reaching and almost no one can match with it today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the meaning of the target text should be faithful to the original text with accurate words and without arbitrary omission or deletion. “Expressiveness” means that the form of the target text is not constrained and the translation is smooth and clear. “Elegance” refers to that the words of translation should be appropriate and vivid, and the translation should be concise and elegant like the original. “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reveal the essence of translation(Yan Fu 2009, 202). Compared with the long-winded theoretical explanation abroad, these three words cover almost all the content of translation aesthetics, and fully reflect the concise beauty of Chinese characters(Guo Dingju 2013, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese aesthetics mainly comes from the ancient asetheics, which is the theoretical foundation of Yan Fu’s translation theory of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance(Guo Dingju 2013, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Literary Criticism=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary criticism (or literary studies) is the study, evaluation, and interpretation of literature. Modern literary criticism is often influenced by literary theory, which is the philosophical discussion of literature's goals and methods(Guo Dingju 2013, 19). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the whole, literary criticism can be divided into two categories. One is a body of study focused on ethics and human emotions. The other is a bulk of explorations centered round the craftmanship of literary works(Li Jianzhong 2009, 45). The core of Chinese literary criticism is the theory of literary creation(Li Jianzhong 2009, 46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are mainly three types of literary criticism in the early 20th century from the aspect of functions of criticism. The first type of literary criticism focuses on literary works proper. The critics of this type analyze literay works with their own experience and wisdom, which is called art-oriented criticism and Lu Xun is its representative. The second type is aimed at an independent cultural value. The critics try to dig out its philosophical, psychological, ethnic and linguistic significance of works. The third one is society-oriented criticism and it serves politics. It works well in the period of political struggels(Wang Yunxi 2007, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparative Studies on Translation theories of Nida and Yan Fu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introdution of ''Vanity Fair'' and Yang Bi’s Translation Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====About ''Vanity Fair''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Vanity Fair'' is Mr. Thackeray’s most important work. The novel takes place during the Napoleonic Wars and tells the lives of two contrasted girls: Amelia Sedley, the daughter of a wealthy merchant, a good natured, loveable though simple-minded young girl, and Rebecca (Becky) Sharp, an orphan who is a strong-willed and cunning young woman. These two girls met at Miss Pinkerton’s Academy for young ladies, the former driven by delicate heart and the latter by social ambition(Guo Dingju 2013, 21).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the begining, Becky lived in a rich life and her social state was promoted step by step relying on some ignoble means. But Amelia suffered great sorrow because of her father’s bankruptcy. However, several years later, their lives were totally changed. They seemed to go back to their origianl work. Becky gained nothing, and Amelia returned to happy life again(Thackeray 2006，178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This novel gains great success and shapes the image of a bad woman, Becky. You may hate her, but you will never forget her once you read this wonderful novel. Although she is a charater living in a different time and world, you can feel her presence in our world, even in any society. ''Vanity Fair'' is one of the greatest literary works describing society at that time written by William Makepeace Thackeray(Guo Dingju 2013, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The capitalists’ accumulation and the 19th society are all presented to readers through Thackeray’s description. This novel reflects the degradation and social hypocrisy and people at time time try every means to keep in contact with the upper class. The title of this novel reveal the theme: the treasures of vanity fair, that is money and position, are desirable but transient. Thackeray’s idea is that although one may live in vanity fair, one doesn’t need to be a slave to its values, which will eventually turn into emptiness(Thackeray 2006, 89).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yang Bi’s Translation of ''Vanity Fair''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many Chinese translation version of ''Vanity Fair''. Among these versions, Yang Bi’s translation version ranks the first, which has been published for four times by different publications. Yang Bi’s version of Vanity Fair was firstly published by People’s Literature Publication in 1957. Then it was published in 1997 and 2000. The latest version was published in 2012 by The Commercial Press in 2012. Yang Bi’s translation version of ''Vanity Fair'' was praised and encouraged by many translators, such as Fu Lei(Guo Dingju 2013, 23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bi shows target language readers a sense of wholeness by smooth sentence structure amd takes related cultural background into consideration. Owing to her proficiency in Chinese, she can convey the meaning of original text appropriately to Chinese readers and Chinese readers can have a good understanding of western literary works(Guo Dingju 2013, 23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An Analysis on Nida’s Functional Equivalence from Translation of ''Vanity Fair''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thackeray has a sharp eye on his literary works, especially in ''Vanity Fair'', which requires an outstanding understanding and expressive ability of the translator. When comparing the English and Chinese version of Vanity Fair, it’s easy for us to find that Yang Bi’s translation is good at dealing with words, sentences, chapters, and rhetorical devices. Her translation is natural and smooth that the target language readers feel like reading the traditional novels(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 16). In this paper, two main aspects will be analyzed by the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In traditional grammar, one of the kernel parts is Part of Speech. Some regular rules are deeply rooted in our minds, such as adjectives modify nouns, adverbs modify verbs and adjectives, and conjunctions connect parts of sentences. People who learn foreign languages are familiar with these rules. However, the quality of translation will be influenced if these rules are brought into the translation. Under this circumstance, Nida suggests abandoning the traditional grammar and adopting new seven-part-of-speech system(Nida 1943，89), those are &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)entities, such as woman, desk, dictionary, and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) activities, such as walk, run, swim and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)states, such as dead, excited, happy and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)characteristics, such as tall, huge, fat and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)processes, such as shorten, grow, enlarge and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)links, such as when, during, below and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)deictics, such as that, there, this and so on(Nida 1986, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of Yang Bi’s ''Vanity Fair'', we can find that the target text is flexible and functional equivalence of Nida is achieved at the lexical level. Free translation is the main translation method that she adopts. What’s more, she combines different translation techniques, such as combination, addition, and omission to reproduce the origianl meaning in the target language(Zhang Yanmei 2019,16). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exampe 1:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST1:...for what can be prettier than an image of Love on his knees before Beauty？(Thackeray 2006, 138)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1:痴情男子向美貌佳人跪下求婚，还不是一幅最赏心悦目的画吗？(杨必 2013, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
In ST1, “Love” and “Beauty” are two entities according to Nida’s classification of words(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19). In the original text, Thackeray describes a scene in which Baron proposes to Rebecca. He uses abstract words “Love” and “Beauty” to represent Baron and Rebecca. In TT1, Yang Bi translates “Love” and “Beauty” into “痴情男子“and “美貌佳人”to reproduce the meaning of the original text. Although the words in ST1 are abstract and the words in TT1 are concrete, the meaning of the origianl text is greatly reproduced in the translation, and the translation is even more vivid than the original one. What’s more, the translation contains a humorous tone, and the target language readers can feel humorous and interesting(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19). If we translate “Love” and “Beauty” into “爱情” and “美人”, the literal menaing and charm of original text are lost and the style of original text is not reproduced in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Syntactical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sentence is the basic unit of language. In the process of translating Englsih sentences into Chinese, the translator should comprehend the original writer’s intention and then express it in the target language. Thus, the arrangement of sentences should be considered. On the syntactical level, English has long compound sentences which belong to hypotactic sentence, while Chinese has more short sentences which belong to paratactic sentence. What’s more, there are many distinctions between English and Chinese sentences which requires the translator to make proper adjustments. In order to overcome the obstacles of long sentences in translation, Nida put forward a suggestion that one long difficult sentence can be divided into several core sentences (Nida, 1946). Nida uses the concept of core kernel sentence(Nida 1946, 55). He think there are seven types of kernel sentence in English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)subject+predicate+adverbial, such as, John wrote slowly;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)subject+predicate+object, such as, John hit Bill;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)subject+predicate+object+object, such as, John gave Mary a gift;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)subject+be+subject complement, such as John is in the restaurant;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)subject+be+attributive, such as, John is kind;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)subject+be+indefinite article+noun, such as, John is a man.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)subject+be+pronoun+noun, such as, John is my friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above seven sentences are understandable in human language. No matter what language you speak in communicating with others, the people you talk with can understand your meaning as long as you use simple sentences(Guo Dingju 2013, 32). Nida believes that experienced translators often break down complex sentences into simple sentences when translating the origianl text(Nida 1946, 56). The translator often needs to make proper adjustments and rebuild the sentence structure in the target text. Many examples in Yang Bi’s translation of Vanity Fair are discovered to simplify the sentences. From her translation, we also find out that functional equivalence is achieved at the syntactical level in Yang Bi’s translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST2:His first marriage with the daughter of the noble Binkie had been made under the auspices of his parents; and as he often told Lady Crawley in her lifetime she was such a confounded quarrelsome high-bred jade that when she died he was hanged if he would ever take another of her sort, at her ladyship’s demise he kept his promise, and selected for a second wife Miss Rose Dawson, daughter of Mr.Johm Thomas Dawson, ironmonger, of Mudbury. (Thackeray2016,75)                                                                                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2:他第一次结婚的时候，奉父母之命娶了一位贵族小姐，是平葛家里的女儿。克劳来夫人活着的时候，他就常常当面说她是个讨人嫌的婆子，礼数又足，嘴巴子又碎；并且说等她死了之后，死也不愿意再娶这么一个老婆了。他说到做到：妻子去世以后，他就挑了墨特白菜铁器商人约翰·汤姆士·道生的女儿露丝·道生做填房。&lt;br /&gt;
（Yang Bi 2013,76)                               &lt;br /&gt;
                                                   &lt;br /&gt;
In ST2, there is a long and complex sentence and the word quantity of this sentence is eighty. According to Nida’s theory, this long sentence can be divided into several kernel sentences(Nida 1946,76). Yang Bi carefully simplified this long sentence into several short sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)他第一次结婚的时候，奉父母之命娶了一位贵族小姐，是葛平家里的女儿。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His first marriage with the daughter of the noble had been undre the auspices of his parents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)他经常跟克莱劳夫人说一些事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He often told Lady Crawley in her lifetime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)她是个讨人嫌的婆子，礼数又足，嘴巴子又卖力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She was such a confounded quarrelsome high-bred jade. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)她死后，他许下承诺。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He was hanged after her death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5）他不会再娶这么一个老婆了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He would never take another of her sort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)妻子去世后，他遵守了自己的承诺。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At her ladyship’s demise he kept his promise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)他挑了墨特白菜铁器商人约翰·汤姆士·道生的女儿露丝·道生做填房。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He selected for a second wife Miss Rose Dawson, daughter of Mr. John Thomas Dawson, ironmonger, of Mudbury.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the sentence structure is transformed from a long complex sentence into seven short simple sentences. Although the sentence structure is different, the meaning of the original is expressed completely in its translation and the target language readers can have a good understanding of the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An Analysis on Yan Fu’s Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance from Translation of ''Vanity Fair''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Yang Bi’s ''Vanity Fair'' is a good example of combination of Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegence(Guo Dingju 2013, 23). We will analyze Yang Bi’s translation of ''Vanity Fair'' from lrxical and sentence level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary words demands that the translator has good comand of comprehensive and expressive abilities. Although many words are equivalence in English-Chinese dictionary, yet it is not easy to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance with mere literal meaning equivalence(Guo Dingju 2013, 25). Thackeray is very particular about the words, so it is not easy for the translator to express the original meaning. But Yang Bi grasps the original meaning and does quite well in his translation, which makes the translation vivid and interesting. Let’s look at how to achieve faithfulness, expressive and elegance in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST3: ...for what can be prettier than an image of Love on his knees before Beauty?(Thackeray 2006, 138)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3:痴情公子向美貌佳人跪下求婚，还不是一幅最赏心悦目的画吗？(杨必 2013, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In ST3, there is a scene of Baron proposing marriage to Rebecca. Thackeray uses the abstract words “an image of Love” and “Beauty” to refer to Baron and Rebecca. What’s more, the original text contains a ridiculous tone, and readers can feel humorous from Thackeray’s words. Only when the translator translates the style and spirit of the original faithfully can faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance be achieved(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the words “prettier”, “an image of Love” and “Beauty” are translated into “更好看”“爱情形象”“美人” respectively, the style and charm of the original are lost and faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are not achieved in the translation. In Yang Bi’s translaton ,she achieves faithfulness, expressiveness and elegence by her good mastering of language. In TT3, “痴情男子”“美貌佳人”and “赏心悦目” reproduce the further meaning of the original text, which achieves the standard of Yan Fu’s faithfulness. What’s more, expressiveness is also achieved in her translation because the translation is smooth. Meanwhile, these groups of words are elegant,  which convey the style and charm of the original text and conform to the characteristcs of literary works. Thus, elegance is also achieved in Yang Bi’s translation(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Sentence Level===== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese are different in many aspects. For example, English sentences are tree-structure and there are many long complex sentences in English, while Chinese sentences are bamboo-structure and they are usually short. English sentences emphasize hypotaxis, while Chinese sentences stress parataxis(Guo Dingju 2013,40). Thus, it is impracticable to translate English into Chinese without changing sentence structures and it is difficult for the translator to achieve Yan Fu’s standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. There are many long sentences in ''Vanity Fair'', so it is a challenging work for Yang Bi to translate them into Chinese. However, by researching Yang Bi’s translation, we will find out her good performance of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST4:The amiable behavior of Mr.Crawley, and Lady Jane’s kind reception of her, highly flattered Miss Briggs, who was enabled to speak a good word for the latter, after the cards of the Southdown family had been presented to Miss Crawley.(Thackeray 2006, 74)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT4:布立葛丝小姐看看克劳莱先生的态度那么客气，吉恩小姐又待她热情，觉得受宠若惊，等到沙吴赛家里的名片送到克劳莱小姐面前，她就找机会给吉恩小姐说了些好话。(Yang Bi 1997, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original sentence, the abstract words “behavior” and “reception” are the subject of the sentence, which shows the static feature of English. If translate it into “克劳莱先生的客气态度和吉恩小姐的热情接待使布立葛丝小姐受宠若惊……” without changing sentence structure, we will find that it doesn’t conform to the expression habits of Chinese. Although it seems to be faithful to the original form and meaning, it is stiff. On the contrary, Yang Bi changes its sentence structure and uses the object of the original as the subject in target language. With this adjustment, Yang Bi changes static language into dynamic one and faithfully reproduces the meaning of the original into target language. What’s more, her translation is smooth and full of beauty of literary works. In a word, the translation of this sentence conform to the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A Comparative Study on Translation Theory of Nida and Yan Fu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Similarities of Them=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are very popular in the translation field, which have been used as golden rules in the process of translating(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). In fact, there are many similarities between them. This paper will research two main similarities of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One similarity of them is that they both pay attention to readers’ response. In Nida’s opinion, one of important ways of evaluating translation works is the target text reader’s response to the information conveyed by the original author. Thus, when evaluating a translation work we should pay attention to target language readers. Meanwhile, we should compare the reaction of original readers with the reaction of target readers to see if they are consistent(Nida&amp;amp;Taber 1969, 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu also attaches great importance to readers.The purpose of his translation is to enlighten the ruling class, who are more proficient in classical Chinese. So Yan Fu advocates using the words and grammar of Han Dynasty(Guo Dingju 2013, 43). Therefore, Nida and Yan Fu both pay attention to readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other similarity is that they both emphasize on conveying information. Nida believes that translation is communication. Translation works are useless if they cannot play the role of communicating(Zhu Haotong 2006, 64). Therefore, the relationship between the target language recipient and the translation information should be the same as the relationship between the original language recipient and the original information(Nida 1969,30). But sometimes it is difficult to completely convey information in the original text into the target text. In this case, the translator must change the form of the target language to some extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu also stresses on conveying the original information. He points out that words and phrases can be reversed, added and deleted freely(Guo Dingju 2013,44). We need not care too much about the order of phrases without losing the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the similarities of Nida’s  and Yan Fu’s translation theories, we can find out that they both pay attention to readers and emphasize on conveying information of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Differences of Them=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many similarities of them, they have several differences because of different cultural background, personal consciousness and other factors. Firstly, functional equivalence is more logic and scientific than faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. The former is closely related to multiple disciplines, and it is more systematic, while the latter is merely based on literature and aesthetics(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). Secondly, Nida gives detailed explanation of functional equivalence,which is clear and accurate, while the explanation of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance given by Yan Fu is somewhat ambiguous(Zhang Yimei 2020, 181). There are a lot of arguments on the explanation of “elegance”. What’s more, the concrete explanation of “faithfulness” is not clear. Whether the target text should only be “faithful” to the content of the original text or the content and style of the original is not explicit to translators. Thirdly, in guiding sense, Nida’s functional equivalence mentions four aspects, that is, lexical equivalence, syntactical equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence, and he gives six principles on how to achieve functional equivalence(Nida 1964, 67). However, Yan Fu doesn’t mention how to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, so translators can only use them as translation standard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the further communication between Western and Chinese culture, it is vital to study literature as it is a bridge to connect different cultures and a good medium to know the colorful world. ''Vanity Fair'' is a literary work that gains a great popularity in the nineteenth century because it satirizes the hypocrisy of the upper class(Guo Dingju 2013, 22). However, it is difficult to translate it from English into Chinese because of differences of these two languages. By a coincidence, Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance can be used as a guidance in the process of translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From comparison above, we know that there are some similarities and differences between them. I believe that these two translation theories play an important role in translating and they can guide us better understand different cultures. At the end of this paper, I will discuss the implements and limitations of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Implements====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on analysis above, we can see that Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are conducive to our translating works and it is feasible to apply them into translation practice. By comparing Nida’s and Yan Fu’s translation theories, we know that there are many similarities and differences between them and we can find out that Nida’s functional equivalence is systematic and scientific, while the explanation of Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is not very clear, and the specific ways to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are not given(Zhang Yimei 2020, 181). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, from the point of modern translation theories, both Nida’s and Yan Fu’s translation theories are very limited. Their theories are suitable in some fields, while in other fields they are not very proper(Guo Ding 2013, 48). All in all, we should learn from other’s strong points to make up one’s deficiencies to make our translation better and apply them into our translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limitations====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of literary works is a very difficult and demanding thing, which requires a good command of both English and Chinese languages, and an excellent understanding of two cultures. Although the author have spared efforts to do the study, there still exist some limitations. Firstly, the examples of Vanity Fair used in the analysis is very limited, so its generalizability is far from adequate. Secondly, this study is restricted because it only takes one translation version of ''Vanity Fair'' as a case study instead of a comparative study between different translation versions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达.(1964).''Toward a Science of Translating'' 《翻译的科学探索》. Leiden: Brill Archive博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达, and Charles Russell Taber 泰伯, eds 著.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''《翻译理论与实践》. Leiden: Brill Archive博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达, and Jan de Waard.(1986) ''From One Language to Another''《从一种语言到另一种语言》. Nashville: Thomas Nelson托马斯·纳尔逊出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''《语言、文化与翻译》.Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Languages Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thackeray,William萨克雷.（2006）. ''Vanity Fair''《名利场》.Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press外语教学与研究出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Minjie陈岷婕.(2013).浅谈严复的“信达雅”与奈达的“功能对等”[On Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Nida’s “functional Equivalence”].科教文汇The Science Education Article Collects(236)94-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Dingju郭丁菊.(2013).功能对等理论与信达雅翻译理论的比较研究[A Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence and Faithfulness Expressiveand Elegance from the Translation of Vanity Fair].Harbin:Northeast Forestry University东北农业大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jianzhong李建中.(2009)中国文学批评史[History of Chinese Literary Criticism].Beijing:Peking University Press北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Kai谭凯.(2011)严复“信、达、雅”和奈达“功能对等”理论的比较研究[A Comparative Study on Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness Expressive and Elegance” and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence].青年作家Young Writers(1)43-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yunxi王运熙,Gu Yisheng顾易生.(2007).中国文学批评史新编[A New History of Chinese Literary Criticism].Shanghai:Shanghai Classics Publishing House上海古籍出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu严复(2009).《天演论》译例言[Preface to Evolution and Ethics].Beijing:The Commercial Press商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bi杨必.(2013)《名利场》[Vanity Fair].Beijing:People’s Literature Publishing House人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yanmei张妍梅.(2019).功能对等理论视角下《名利场》的翻译[A Study on The Translation of Vanity Fair from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory].Lanzhou:Lanzhou Jiaotong University兰州交通大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xi张曦.(2014).翻译硕士备考指南[A Guide Book to MTI].Shanghai:Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press上海交通大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[A Comparison on :Faithfulness Expressiveness and Elegance].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House中国学术期刊电子出版社(2)180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Haotong 朱浩彤.(2006).奈达“功能对等”理论基础的再思考[Some Thoughts on the Theoretical Bases of Nida’s Functional Equivalence]. Journal of Fujiann Medical University福建医科大学学报(3)62-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==English Translation of 2019 ''Government Work Report'' from the Perspective of Eco-translatology	义子楚	Yi Zichu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== In recent years, with the deepening of the reform and opening up, the ''Government Work Report'' has become China's foreign political communication hub conducive to a better understanding by the international community of the work of the Chinese government. Therefore, how to effectively write the corresponding English version and how to fully convey the message of the government's work is one of the main problems for translators. Eco-translatology is an ecological paradigm and research field which defines that translation is adaptation and selection and highlights multi-dimension transformation. This thesis analyzes the English translation of the ''2019 Government Work Report'' from three perspectives: linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions. It is shown that eco-translatology help improve the quality of the English translation of ''2019 Government Work Report'' . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== eco-translatology; 2019 Government Work Report; multi-dimension transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===近年来，随着改革开放的不断深入，《政府工作报告》已变成中国对外政治交流的枢纽，有利于加深国际社会对中国政府工作的了解。因此，如何有效地编写《中国政府工作报告》对应的英文版本，从而全面清晰地解释政府工作的内容是政府对外翻译的主要问题之一。生态翻译理论从生态学视角对翻译进行综观的整体性研究，是一个‘翻译即适应与选择’的生态范式和研究领域。本文主要从生态翻译学的多维翻译理论着手，通过语言维、文化维和交际维三个角度对《2019政府工作报告》的英译版本进行分析。分析显示生态翻译理论较好地解决了政府工作报告中翻译难题，提高了英文翻译的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词：生态翻译学，《政府工作报告》，多维转换理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Government Work Report'' of the state council is a review of the work within a year, which the ''National People's Congress'' on the prime minister of state court reports to the National People's Congress and the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference, including the task of deployment, and the transmission of the priority tasks. It reflects the national policy, culture, as an important text of national conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
Over the past four decades and since reform and opening up, China's overall political, economic, cultural and military strength has grown steadily, and so has its voice in the world. On the one hand, China is recognized and supported by the international community in economic, political and cultural fields. On the other hand, countries hope to have a deeper understanding of China, strengthen ties with China and realize common development. Due to this, the translation of external publicity is particularly important. Let China know more about the world and let the world know more about China. As the latest work report of the year, the 2019 Government Work Report is not only a comprehensive summary of the work of the government in 2018, but also a plan for the work of the government in 2019. It covers the latest political, economic, cultural and diplomatic developments in China. Eco-translatology theory, which originated in China, provides a new and unique perspective for translation studies and has made great progress in the past two decades. Through the interpretation of the core concepts of eco-translatology, this paper interprets the report language from the perspectives of vocabulary and syntax, and proposes corresponding translation strategies based on language dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension, so as to provide reference for the translation of external publicity materials.&lt;br /&gt;
In order to understand the Government Work Report accurately, we must be combined with the society and culture of China. So, the Chinese-English translation is of great significance. And in recent years, the domestic scholars attach great importance to the translation of political words. Therefore, it has important functions and research values to study on the Chinese-English translation of Government Work Report from the prospective of eco-translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Zhenqiu(2003）reposed that the translation of political articles should focus on politics. Huang Youyi(2004) proposed The Three Principles of External Publicity Translation. Tong Xiaohua (2014) explores the English translation of the Government Work Report from different perspectives. Wang Gangyi（2014）also pointed out that the former absolute loyalty to the translation of political texts can no longer satisfy the changing society and readers. Linguistics emphasizes the equivalence of texts from different aspects, which is of great guiding significance for texts like the Government Work Report that emphasizes fidelity. Under the guidance of Nida's functional equivalence theory, Zhou Ji studied the economic and political terms in the report at the lexical and textual levels. In 2001, Joan Pinkham (2000:1) published a book and it is The Translator’s Guide to Chinglish, in which it explores the Chinglish in political publicity from the angle of lexis and syntax. In her book, she suggested that translators should not only understand the subtle connotations of words and sentences clearly and use more idioms to express the meanings of the source text, but also pay special attention to the tone and short sentences of Chinese, and avoid the use of outdated, rigid terms, slang and colloquialisms. Compared with domestic studies, the number of relevant studies abroad is very small, and there are almost no relevant translation studies. Moreover, it is worth mentioning that foreign countries are more interested in the content of the report, that is, to describe the national policies, culture and social issues. &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis focuses on translation of political publicity from the perspective of eco-translatology in order to proves that eco-translation is conductive and practical in the process of translating the Government Work Report and summarizes several useful strategies in translating political texts. Moreover, this thesis analyzes the features of Government Work Report, which provides a clear mind for translators in selecting the proper strategies in translation process of the Government Work Report.     This thesis includes three chapters. The first part introduces the research background of the study and the significance of the study, and also illustrates the previous research on the translation of Government Work Report at home and abroad. Chapter two surrounds on the theoretical framework of eco-translatology including adaptation and selection principle and multi-dimensional translation principle. Chapter three, as one of the main chapter of the thesis, analyzes the translation of the 2019 Government Work Report from the perspective of eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction of Government Work Report'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Government Work Report has the features of com prehension and objection, it using the data and truth to telling the achievements of all aspects and obey the practical and realistic rules to implementing the plan. Government Work Report emphasizes on the key point of works which has plain and innovative writing style. As a typical political text, Government Work Report manifests distinctive features. First, we need to understand the characteristics of the words, phrases, and sentences in the report so that we can translate them naturally and logically.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.1 Lexical Level '''====&lt;br /&gt;
For Government Work Report has its own features at m any levels, it often uses the formal and concise words, terminology and plain words at lexical level. And the new, popular words and words with Chinese characteristics are also employed. Therefore, it is very necessary to pay attention to the features at lexical level when analyzing the Government Work Report.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.1Formal and Concise Words'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The expressions like “认真贯彻”(fully implement), “坚定不移纠正”(take stern action against)are quite formal and not common in colloquial conversation. Some expressions like “砥砺奋进”(forged ahead), “攻坚克难”(overcame difficulties)  are quite condensed so that the simplest word can explain more meanings. The Chinese four-word structure characteristic can fully satisfy the need of concision, therefore, there are many this kind of structure occurred in the Government Work Report. &lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.2 Terms with Chinese Characteristics'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
As the Government Work Reports involve many professional fields like politics, economics, livelihood, medicine and technology. Therefore, terms in different fields are inevitable，such as “半拉子”工程 ( Make sure that projects financed by such debts are not stopped half way.); “河长制、湖长制”( river chiefs and lake chiefs ) ; “革命老区” ( old revolutionary base areas ); “民族地区”( areas with large ethnic minority populations ) ; “携号转网”( keep their numbers and switching carriers ); “厕所革命”( the Toilet Revolution ). These words are all unique terms for China ’s national conditions in recent years. If they are translated literally, it will inevitably lead to differences in the understanding of target language readers. In this case, translators must adapt to the ecological environment.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.3 New and Popular Words'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The new words here refer to the popular expressions of the year. They are widely known by people. The internet and other media are also frequently and widely used, such as “好差评”(government service evaluation system); “互联网+”(Internet Plus); “包干制”(the creation of ceilings in funding that enable the retention of unused funds)”僵尸企业”(zombie enterprises);”大病保险”(serious disease insurance ); “绿色发展”(green development). They are too popular on the Chinese social life to let even the government leaders use them and create new ones.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.2 Syntactic Level'''====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the grammatical subject is always absent in a sentence. In Government Work Report, there have lots of this kind of structure frequently. English is a metamorphic language which requires a large number of logical word clauses to build the integrity of language form and meaning. In English grammar, the subject is inevitable so that it can be a complete sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
Eg: “困难不容低估，信心不可动摇，干劲不能松懈。” (The difficulties we face must not be underestimated, our confidence must not be weakened, and the energy we bring to our work must not be allowed to wane.)&lt;br /&gt;
It is clear that there is no subject in these sentences. However, it adds “we face” and “we bring to work” as subjects to make foreign readers better understand. &lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.3 Rhetorical Level '''====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the rhetorical devices in Government Work Report, repetition, parataxis, metaphor and personification are the figures of speech most frequently used.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.3.1 Repetition and Parataxis'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition and parataxis structure have the reinforcement effect which make the language of Government Work Report vivid and easy to be understood. Although in Chinese, repetition has both the emphasis and coherence effect, in the translation it is not just repeating one word but also keep the similar linguistic structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Eg: “进一步稳就业、稳金融、稳外贸、稳外资、稳投资、稳预期”(take further steps to ensure stable employment, a stable financial sector, stable foreign trade, stable foreign investment, stable domestic investment, and stable expectations) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“获得感、幸福感、安全感”(enable people to feel more satisfied, happy, and secure) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“增进稳增长、促改革、调结构、惠民生、防风”(sustain healthy economic development and maintain social stability) [1]'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor and personification, which seem not fit the formal style of Government Work Report, are actually adopted for certain purpose. A metaphor as a figure of speech identifies something as being the same as some unrelated thing for rhetorical effect, thus highlighting the similarities between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
Eg:“我国发展仍处于重要战略机遇期，拥有足够的韧性、巨大的潜力和不断迸发的创新活力” (China is still in an important period of strategic opportunity for development and has ample resilience, enormous potential, and great creativity to unleash. )[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“在实际执行中，既要把好货币供给总闸门，不搞 “大水漫灌” (In implementation, we will ensure the valve on aggregate monetary supply is well controlled and refrain from using a deluge of stimulus policies)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“放水养鱼”(an accommodative effect)[1] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology as a transdisciplinary approach to eco-translatology studies, it is a holistic study of translation using ecological rationality and an ecological perspective. It is considered an ecological paradigm of translation which is adaptation and selection. Translator-centered theory, adaptation and selection, and translation ecological environment are the three core concepts of the theory. The theory requires that the translator's subjective and active role be exerted, and continuous adaptation and choice be made in the translation process to meet the entire translation ecological environment, that is, the harmony between the translator and the original, target, and target language readers. Three-dimensional translation methods such as dimension and communicative dimension to get the original text with higher integration.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''2.1 Evolution of Eco-translatology'''====&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translation was firstly generated in the beginning of 21st century. Before it was initiated by scholars in China, there was no such notion in theory. In this sense, it could be seen as a new school which “was built from ground” (Haggas, 2011). Eco-translation looks into translation from a brand new perspective. Therefore, many new terms and concepts are adopted in the relative studies. Both of confusion and contribution present themselves in the foundation of eco-translation. To better understand the theory, we need to figure out the basis on which it is formed&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.1.1 Previous Studies on Eco-translatology '''=====&lt;br /&gt;
As a translation theory originated in China, eco-translatology has been gradually improved in the past two decades. In 2001, professor Hu Gengshen laid the foundation for the theory of adaptation and selection of translation. Since then, the first decade has been the period of constructing and expanding the theoretical framework. In the second decade, with the holding of the international symposium on eco-translatology and the practice of the theory of eco-translatology of the professors of various universities, the eco-translatology system has gradually become mature. Liu Yafeng wrote adaptation and selection of translators -- a study on the translation process of external publicity, pointing out that translators should play their role of “selection” and “adaptation” as the center in the translation process of external publicity, so as to realize the harmony and unity of the whole translation ecological environment. For three-dimensional adaptation and selection principles, Zhou Li wrote the multi-dimensional integration principle under the care of the political party and government discourse translation to demonstrate the dimensions of language, culture, and communication in the perspective of the Chinese party guiding significance of discourse translation. It further enlightens the translator for the use of a multi-dimensional integration technique and set up a bridge of communication between the original language and target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.1.2 Application of Eco-translatology '''=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many types of text analysis related to eco-translatology. Specifically, it includes: first, the analysis of various classical translations, such as a dream of red mansions, etc. Scholars have analyzed the reasons for the success of these classic works from the perspective of the overall translation ecological environment and the principle of “three-dimensional” transformation, pointing out that translators can only translate good works if they adapt to the translation ecological environment. These analysis has been the focus of research, and can best prove the feasibility of the theory. Secondly, the text analysis of public signs points out the direction from a new perspective. Thirdly, the text analysis of film title and subtitle. Fourthly, the text analysis of news translation. Scholars have analyzed the phenomenon of news text translation from different perspectives of eco-translatology and provided theoretical guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''2.2 Focuses of Eco-translatology'''====&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.2.1 Adaption and Selection'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between “adaptation” and “selection” has rarely been discussed before the emergence of “translation adaptation and selection theory”, a basic research of eco-translatology, let alone a special topic, systematic description and explanation. According to the theory of adaptation and selection, translators should make both adaptation and selection. There are choices in adaptation, namely adaptive selection; There is adaptation, or selective adaptation. The specific characteristics of such selective adaptation and adaptive selection are as follows: first, “adaptation” -- translators' adaptation to the ecological environment of translation; The second is “selection” -- the translator carries out the selection of the target text with the “identity” of the translation ecological environment. Translation is described as an alternate cycle of adaptation and selection. The internal relations of this cycle are as follows: “the purpose of adaptation is survival and effectiveness, and the means of adaptation is optimization; and the method of choice is “tide weak stay strong”. The criterion of translation criticism is also expressed from the perspective of “adaptation/selection”[2]. The best choice is adaptive; The best translation is the one with the highest degree of integration, adaptation and selection.[2]&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.2.2 Multi-dimension Transformation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Language dimension adaptive selection conversion refers to the translator's emphasis on language level, including word use, language structure, language form and other aspects of translation. “Translators should have a deep understanding of the expression habits and methods of the original language, and choose language forms from different dimensions and perspectives, so as to adapt to the ecological environment of the original language” (Hu Gengshen,2013:57). Translators should avoid word-for-word translation for the formal level of language, and should further combine the target language with the imaginary language ecosystem. In this way, it is helpful to further realize the balance between the ecology of the source language and the ecology of the target language of translation, and provide the readers with a harmonious and thought-provoking translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural dimension adaptive selection transformation is an important translation method for translators to improve the quality of translation and realize the multi-dimensional transformation from different levels. The expression of different languages symbolizes different cultures. Of course there are big differences between the original and the target language culture. In the process of translation, to avoid misunderstanding of the original readers fully, conversion of the translator should try to reproduce the original language cultural ecology system, fully implement the original language ecological balance of ecosystem, and the target language to reproduce the original culture, thought and emotion and so on various aspects of the elements, the correct translation methods dealing with the unique cultural connotation, rich in every country to achieve successful communication and exchanges. Translators should understand the value orientation of the original language and culture and focus on the transformation of cultural connotation to achieve the best translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Adaptive selection of communicative dimension focuses on whether the communicative intention in the original text is successfully realized in translation. If the communicative intention of the original information is not realized, the information processed by the translation will have no meaning at all. Translators should pay attention to many aspects and levels, including the transformation of language information and cultural connotation, and at the same time, should pay attention to whether the communicative purpose is successfully achieved in the transformation. By all means, it is forbidden to translate the original text faithfully and ignore the deep connotation of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the focus of the multi-dimensional transformation in ecological translation theory is to carry out adaptive selection and transformation from three aspects of language, culture and communication. Although the selection and transformation of translators is not limited to these three dimensions in the process of translation practice, multi-dimension transformation is the most important way in the translation process. In addition, the more dimensions the translator pays attention to in the process of translation, the stronger the degree of adaptation and selection of the translation, and the higher the quality of the translation will be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.E-C Translation of 2019 Government Work Report from an Eco-translatology Perspective'''===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of the eco-translatology theory, the multi-dimensional transformation which includes the linguistics dimensional transformation, culture dimensional transformation and communication dimensional can help translator understand and translate effectively. &lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.1 Linguistic Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation of linguistic dimension refers to the transformation of linguistic form and structure during the practice of translation so as to adapt to the ecological environment of the target language. English is a hypotaxis language, which focuses on the integrity of sentence structure while Chinese is a paratonic language, whose language form is simple, but often the deep meaning needs the reader to dig. Highly condensed Chinese expressions are often used in government reports&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1 我们坚持不搞“大水漫灌”式强刺激(We were firm in choosing not to adopt a deluge of strong stimulus policies.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“大水灌溉” is an irrigation method commonly used in Chinese agricultural production which water is poured directly into the ground. Not only does it waste water, but it is also prone to secondary salinization under drought conditions. This term is used to refer to a simple and broad way of working in the process of economic reform. In the Chinese ecological environment, it is not difficult for Chinese readers to understand the meaning of metaphors and related words, so a cognitive model for English readers is needed. In order to adapt to the ecological environment, the translator did not translate the metaphor of “flooding”, but chose to translate the economic structural reform model it represents. This not only adapts to the impact of cognitive context on the English language ecology, but also reduces the difficulty in understanding English readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2 “增强人民群众获得感、幸福感、 安全感”(Enable people to feel more satisfied, happy and secure.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
In the Government Work Report, “sense of gain, sense of happiness and sense of security” is people's expectation for a better life, and has become a familiar word in the original language. However, in the process of English translation, the translator does not repeat the word “sense”, but turns these three words into three adjectives, which are concise and clear&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 “绿色发展人人有责，贵在行动、 成在坚持”(Promoting green development is down to every last one of us; its success hinges on action and commitment.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
The translator doesn’t translate “贵在行动、成在坚持” into”its value lies in action and its success hinges on commitment”word by word while take the way of integrating. It is a model that targets economic growth and social development as efficient, harmonious and sustainable. In today's world, green development has become an important trend. Many countries regard green development as an industry and also an important measure to promote economic restructuring, and it is also a highlight. Green development means safety, environmental protection and sustainable development. “Green” often appears on topics related to life, such as “Green Peace” and green food. In traditional Chinese culture, “green” represents wealth, honor or prosperity, which reflects people's hope for a better life. From a linguistic perspective, translators translate “green development” to “green,” which conveys the concept of healthy development in China. It can also be accepted by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.2 Cultural Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation of cultural dimension means that the translator should pay attention to the transmission and interpretation of cultural connotation in the process of translation, taking into account the cultural differences of the source language. The Government Work Report is a summary of the work of the Chinese government in various fields in the past year. The purpose of the report is to let foreign audiences know the content of the report. In particular, the report covers a large number of vocabularies with Chinese characteristics and cultural form.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4”双随机，一公开”(Oversight conducted through the random selection of both inspectors and inspection targets and the prompt release of results was implemented nationwide.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
It means, during the supervision process, the inspection objects are randomly selected, law enforcement inspectors are randomly selected, and the inspection results and investigation results are made public to the society in a timely manner. If the literal translation is only superficial, the readers of the target language will be confused. In order to solve this cultural difference, the translator added the complete connotation of each phrase to realize the intention of conveying cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 “思危方能居安”(Only alertness to danger will ensure safety.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, it means”居安思危，思则有备，有备无患”, which means that even though you are in a peaceful environment, you are aware of the possibility of danger. To be mentally prepared for unexpected events. When translating, the translator takes full account of this difference in thinking and understands it as a literal translation after modern Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6 “是广大干部群众筚路蓝缕、千辛万苦干出来的” (...have been made by our officials and people through perseverance and hard work.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“筚路蓝缕” refers that people drive a simple car, wearing ragged clothes to split the mountains. The use of great hardships in the original text fully reflects the hard-won achievements and presents a very vivid image in front of people. However, for the target language readers, this cultural connotation is missing, therefore, the translator chooses to omit the specific image of “enduring hardships” and directly translate its persistence and diligence, which is more understood and accepted by the target language readers&lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.3 Communicative Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of the essence of translation, the ultimate purpose of translation is to meet the needs of communication between people and achieve smooth communication. The communicative dimension mainly reflects the communication between different languages, with different factors such as the way of expression and the way of construction, etc. Chinese expression cannot find the corresponding words or sentences in English expression. Therefore, the theory of adaptive selection is particularly important in translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7”大班额”问题 (“The problem of oversized classes”)&lt;br /&gt;
For western countries, due to different economic development levels and different education systems, the problem of “large class size” is relatively strange to western countries. Therefore, it is necessary to explain the concept of “large class size” in order to achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8”继续推进保障性住房建设和城镇棚户区改造”(We will continue to build government subsidized housing and rebuild rundown urban areas.)&lt;br /&gt;
“保障性住房”is a fixed standard, price or rent housing provided by the government to families with low and middle-income housing difficulties. “Shantytown renovation” is a livelihood project launched by the Chinese government to renovate dilapidated old houses in cities and towns and improve housing conditions for poor families. These are the unique policies of the Chinese government to achieve the comprehensive implementation of poverty alleviation, translators need to adapt to the target language readers to understand the transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9 “加大”破、立、降”力度” (We strengthened work to cut ineffective supply, foster new growth drivers, and reduce costs in the real economy.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence, there are only three simple and clear words—”破、立、降”，which is usually seen in the Chinese. It lacks the objects, as we have discussed before, English sentence must be complete. If it is literally translated, the foreign readers will be confused and different meanings will be produced. So due to the purpose of communication, the translator adds the specific objects to be better understood.  &lt;br /&gt;
In short, the emphasis of three-dimensional translation in eco-translatology theory is to carry out adaptive selection and transformation of translation from three aspects: language, culture, and communication. Although in the process of translation practice the translator is not limited to multi-dimensional transformation. In addition, the more dimensions the translator pays attention to in the process of translation, the stronger the degree of adaptation and selection of the translation, the better the translation will be. &lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the process of translation, many factors should be taken into consideration in order to fit with the actual situations and catch public’s attention quickly. Different languages have their language systems and certain features in expression. As the most important carrier of culture, language can also be regarded as an extremely complex linguistic system. Translation is the process of transforming different cultures. Therefore, both source language and target language’s culture should be considered carefully. As a result, every translator is supposed to think about all the aspects before translating and select the most suitable words and sentence patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its important political status and function, the Government Work Report has its unique linguistic features, such as the use of formal words, four-character words and Chinese characteristic words. The mastery of its language features lays a foundation for the application and analysis of multi-dimensional translation strategies. Aiming at repeated words in sentences and information, the translator mainly uses the province translation skills. Aiming at the same word in different parts of the sentence translation, the translator should choose according to the sentences and words in the context. Due to the differences between Chinese and English, translators mainly adopt the translation techniques of free translation or joint translation to deal with the translation of parallel structures. In cultural adaptation in the process of translation, or from the historical allusion and the Chinese characteristic vocabulary and culture, the analysis can be concluded that the Government Work Report in English translation does not affect the ecological balance and harmonious between the original language and target language, the translator mainly uses the province translation or free translation skills to deal with allusions. For some corresponding expression in target language vocabulary, they can be directly applied with those unable to find corresponding expression in target language. There is no established translation, the translator mainly adopts province translation, free translation, literal translation and annotation methods for translation, which is committed to preserving the original and the translation of balance and harmony, and achieve effective transformation of culture level. Finally, translators can use these skills to achieve communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, we have explained the significance and background of the essay. The preview studies of political texts are also included. In the first chapter, we analyze the characteristics of 2019 Chinese Government Work Report from three levels and also give specific examples to further explain. In the second chapter, We introduce the concept of eco-translatology and mainly explain the two core theoretical principles of eco-transtology to build the foundation of the essay . In the third chapter, we have discussed the Government Work Report translation from the perspective of eco-translatology with multi-dimension theory and in this way, we have summarized that eco-translatology can be applied to Government Work Report translation.&lt;br /&gt;
However, this study still has its limitations. Firstly, the eco-translatology is a new theory which is not systematic and it is a new perspective to the translation of political text, which may not be convincing in the global range of translation areas. Meanwhile, as the Government Work Report is a special political document, the readership is not very wide, so it is difficult to conduct an in-depth investigation on the readers' acceptance, so as to make an in-depth analysis on the shortcomings of the English translation of the Government Work Report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Ayto, J. Bloomsbury Dictionary of World Origins[M]. London: Bloomsbury, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
Bliss, A.J. A Dictionary of Foreign Words and Phrases in Current English[M]. New York: Dutton Press, 1966. &lt;br /&gt;
Baker M.Corpus. Linguistics and Translation Studies: Implications and Applications[M]. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing,1993.&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans, T. Translation in Systems: Descriptive and Systemoriented Approaches Explained[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing, 1999. &lt;br /&gt;
Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003 (4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
Joan Pinkham. The Translator’s Guide to Chinglish [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
程镇球. 政治文章的翻译要讲政治[J]. 中国翻译, 2003(3): 18-22.&lt;br /&gt;
方梦之. 从核心术语看生态翻译学的建构[P]. 首届国际生态翻译学研讨会，2010, 澳门. &lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申. 初探翻译适应选择论[P]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛，2001, 香港.&lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申．生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]．中国翻译,2011 (2) : 5－9．&lt;br /&gt;
黄友义. 坚持”外宣三贴近”原则，处理好外宣翻译中的难点问题[J]. 中国翻译,2004(6):27-28. &lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申．生态翻译学解读[J]．中国翻译,2008 (6) : 11－15．&lt;br /&gt;
刘润清. 西方语言学流派[M]. 北京:外语教学与研究出版社, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
童孝华.翻译的主体意识——2014年政府工作报告翻译心得[J]. 中国翻译,2014(4):92-97. &lt;br /&gt;
王刚毅.政治文件翻译的几点思考和建议[J]. 中国翻译, 2014(3):8&lt;br /&gt;
王英. 功能对等视角下汉英翻译中的冗余研究—以2012年政府工作报告为例[D]. 广东外语外贸大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
周吉.《政府工作报告》中有中国特色政经用语的对等翻译[J]. 广西大学学报,2006(28):167-169.&lt;br /&gt;
周丽. 多维整合原则关照下的时政党政话语翻译[J]. 上海翻译.2015(3):42-44. &lt;br /&gt;
杨广,吉鑫悦. 生态视角下的政府工作报告英译解读[J]. 海外英语,2017(13):108-109&lt;br /&gt;
中国外交部. 2019年中国政府工作报告[R], 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Simple Comparison between Nida and Catford’s Translation Theory of Equivalence - 欧阳玲 Ouyang Ling, 202070080603 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;专业 is missing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:38, 14 December 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;欧阳玲 Ouyang Ling &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: Nida and Catford shared the same period of translation studies but carried on their studies from different perspective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;perspectives&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Nida put forward two types of equivalence and accordingly some methods to achieve his ideal equivalent response of receptors(Munday, 2008: 42). His equivalence theory was built on his ideas about nature of translation, which was the process of reproducing in the receptor language the message of source language(Nida, 1964: 12). So Nida tends to provide a new direction which is oriented by the receptors. The nature and task of translation in Nida’s opinion formed a theoretical basis to set the equivalence theory in a comprehensive and systematic way. Catford, in another way, held a idea that any theory of translation must draw upon a general linguistic theory and therefore presented the equivalence at different linguistic levels between source language and target language(Catford, 1965: 1). In his opinion, the equivalence exists between the categories and the conditions to examine the equivalence lie on the relatable extent with the features of substance. Therefore, Catford’s theories seem to be more of abstract. The paper intends to develop a comparative study upon Nida and Catford’s theory of equivalence and my thoughts on their application in translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida; Cartford; equivalence theory; linguistic theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《论翻译对等理论——奈达与卡特福特比较研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
奈达和卡特福德在翻译学研究中处于同一时期，但二人开展的研究却是基于于不同的角度。奈达提出了两种对等类型，并提出了相应的策略以达到他理想的对等状态，即使译文接受者获得与原文接受者相同的反应（芒迪, 2008: 42）。他的对等理论建立在他关于翻译本质的观点之上，即在接受语中再现源语信息的过程（奈达, 1964: 12）。因此奈达提供了一种以译文接受者为导向的新研究方向，并基于对翻译的性质和任务的界定构成了对等理论的理论基础。另一方面，卡特福德认为任何翻译理论都必须借鉴一般语言学理论，因此提出了源语言和目的语在不同语言层面上的对等（卡特福德, 1965: 1）。他认为对等是通过范畴表现出来，而判断对等的条件就是原文和译文中各个范畴特性的相关性，因此卡特福特的理论似乎更具抽象性。本文旨在对奈达和卡特福德的对等理论进行比较研究，并对二者在翻译实践中的应用进行思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达；卡特福德；对等理论；语言学理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.Nida’s Theory of Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories were formed along with the process of his translating the ''Bible''. Through the reflection upon these translation practices, he defined the nature of translation and pointed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pointed out&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) the task of translators. Afterwards, he discarded the old term such as “literal”, “free” and “faithful” translation by putting forward the theory of equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42) . The equivalence in Nida’s theory can be achieved at two levels: formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and he saw the two approaches to realize his ideal translation that equivalent effect between source language receptors and target language receptors.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;incorrect structure and obscure sentence meaning&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)  By bringing the two concepts up, Nida provided two directions when working on a translation work as well as standards of evaluating the work after it was done. Specifically, formal equivalence in Nida’s definition is the status of translation being equivalent with the source text in both contents and forms. To achieve this status, translators should be oriented towards the source text’s message and structure(Munday, 2008: 42). And dynamic, or functional equivalence, turned further to a new focus on the response of receptor. If the target language receptors react to the translation in the same way as source language receptors do to the source text, the success of a translation is then achieved in Nida’s  functional equivalence theory. His theory put forward a new trend of translation studies at that time. Nida’s equivalence theory directed people to evaluate a translation by judging and comparing the response of receptors in stead of considering the correctness and accuracy of translation or comparing the formal and stylistic features between source language and target language. In a comprehensive and systematic way, Nida’s equivalence theory elaborated the approaches and the ideal status of translation based on his understanding on the nature of translation, and this equivalence theory has always been praised as his greatest achievement in translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.Cartford’s Theory of Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s translation theories were built on the discipline of linguistics, and his equivalence theory was included of course. Catford stated in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;that&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)the theory of translation is concerned with a certain type of relation between languages and is consequently a branch of Comparative Linguistics(Catford, 1965: 20). His theory of equivalence was also originated (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;originated from&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)his definition of the nature of translation, which is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language( Catford, 1965: 20). His definition, in other words, portrayed the task for translators. In his opinion, in the process of translation, translators are supposed to replace every grammatical and lexical items in the source language with equivalents in the target language. So in this way, the equivalence in Catford’s theory can be graded into different levels according to the extent of the replacement, and then he put forward the distinction of full translation and partial translation. Moreover, he raised another pair of concepts: textual equivalence and formal corresponding, and it may give a clearer picture for us to understand his theory. If the target language text can be judged by bilinguals or linguists equivalent with the source language text in any given discourse or occasion, the textual equivalence is achieved. As regards the formal corresponding, Catford defined it as an approximate status when any target language category occupies, as nearly as possible, in the same place in the structure of the target language as the given source language category occupies in the source language. This pair of concepts presented two different degrees of equivalence and have become a valuable source in translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.The Similarities between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
As representatives of the linguistic school of western translation theory, Nida and John Catford's translation theories try to analyze and describe translation more objectively, accurately and scientifically from the linguistic level. The influence of linguistic(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;linguistics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) was exerted in both of their equivalence theory(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;theories&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Also, some translation methods were put forward based on the linguistic level by them. Besides, the approach to achieve the equivalence upheld by Nida and Catford was similar. They tended to depart from the previous word-for-word or literal translation methods and promoted a natural closeness of target text with the source text. Since they held a similar idea that absolute equivalence in translating is never possible(Nida, 1984: 14), the approach in their view to achieve the equivalence turned out be moderate and flexible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1.The Influence of Linguistics in Both Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was considered as a representative of communicative theory school, and therefore, he built his equivalence theory based on the communicative purpose. Basically, in the view of Nida, translation can be seen as a communicative activity and the transformation of linguistic form is necessary. From this the influence of Chomsky's linguistics, especially his transformational-generative grammar (Munday, 2008: 40) . Nida believes that Chomsky's transformational-generative view of on language is of great importance to the process of translation. Specifically, the transformational-generative was used for Nida to describe the process of translation, which includes the grammar analysis, transferring and restructuring and the reproducing the information of source text. (Munday, 2008: 40) Chomsky’s generative–transformational model was incorporated in the description of translation process by Nida and, at the same time, it provides the basis of his building of dynamic equivalence, as a component of “the science of translation” in his eyes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the influence of Chomsky’s linguistic theories can also be found in Catford’s theory in the following aspects. Firstly, as is defined by Catford, translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language(Catford, 1965: 20), and here the definition claims that there is sometimes no entire translation but a simple replacement by textual material at one or more levels of language(Catford, 1965: 20). To be specific, the replacement between source language and target language may be at grammar or lexis levels. Secondly, through his classifications of translation in terms of the extent, levels and ranks, Catford actually gives some standards to discuss the nature of translation equivalence, and these concepts are presented based on the linguistic knowledge. For example, the distinction between full and partial is related to the extent of source text which is submitted to the translation process(Catford, 1965: 20), and the extent may involve linguistic elements, such as lexical items. The same case occurs in the definitions of total and restricted translation, in which phonology, graphology, grammar and lexis are all considered as the elements when estimating the replacement. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2.The Approach to Achieving Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
The key role played by Nida is to point the road away from strict word-for-word equivalence.His introduction of the concepts of formal and dynamic equivalence was crucial in introducing a receptor-based orientation to translation theory(Munday, 2008: 40). He also divided meaning(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;meanings&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) into linguistic meaning, referential meaning and emotive meaning. Furthermore, several techniques such as hierarchical structuring, componential analysis and semantic structure analysis were presented to analyse the structure of words and differentiating similar words in related lexical fields. The classification of the three meanings and aided translation techniques serve as crucial elements in the mechanism of back-transformation presented by Nida. By the application of back-transformation, the surface structure of the source text is analyzed into the basic elements of the deep structure; these elements are transferred in the translation process into the deep structure of the receptor language and then restructured semantically and stylistically into the surface structure of the target text(Munday, 2008: 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The similar approach pointed out by Catford is translation shift, which consists of two major types: level shifts and category shifts. Catford made a distinction in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation between textual equivalence and formal correspondence''. Furthermore, textual equivalence refers to the specific relationship of the source text and translated text while formal correspondence is presented and defined based on the systematic concepts of both source and receptor languages. Since the differences between the two concepts are obvious, the occurrence of translation shift is inevitable. Therefore, by presenting the translation shifts, Catford meant to depart from formal correspondence in the process of going from source language to target language(Catford, 1965: 73), which means, in a sense, he want(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;wanted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to achieve the status of equivalence through the approach. In other words, level shifts and categories are presented as some techniques in the process of translation, which can be regarded as similarity when compared to Nida’s theory described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.The Differences between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
Before comparing the two theories in terms of the following points, we should make it clear that the development of the two equivalence theories were started with the views of translation nature. Nida and Catford put forward their understandings toward the nature of translation, and, consequently, the central problem of translation practice and the central task of translators were proposed. In Nida’s view, translation is to reproduce information of the original text and exert the same feeling of the receptors with the source language readers(Munday, 2008: 42). Based on this receptors-oriented and text-centered principle, his equivalence theory turns to be more dynamic because the readers’ response, which is the essential factors(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;factor&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to examine, occurs only in the process of the transferring of information. In other words, the behavior of encoding and decoding is a must once the equivalence is achieved. The equivalence in Catford’s view, by contrast, which lies in the internal structure of linguistics, turns out to be more static. The nature of translation given by Catford is the replacement of equivalent textual material between two languages(Catford, 1965: 20). By saying textual material, he held the idea that equivalence only occurs within the language and through its categories. The context of language and the components of linguistics including phonology, graphology, grammar and lexis are considered as elements to examine the equivalence(Catford, 1965: 22). And in this case, the equivalence between the source text and target text is to be realized by the equivalence of contextual features of both the source and target languages. Catford’s theory of equivalence, in this sense, differed from Nida’s theory by research methods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1.Different Conditions of Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence described by Nida put a great emphasis on communicative effect of translation. He believed if the communication can be created between the source text and its receptors, the equivalent effect should be made when the translated text was presented before(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in front of&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) its receptors. Therefore, the comparison of receptors’ response between source language and target language would be necessary when it comes to the conditions of Nida’s equivalence theory. Besides, the meaning and style of the both texts should also be analyzed in a comparative way because this two factors are very influential in the formulating of receptors’ response. Firstly, by the division of formal equivalence and functional equivalence by Nida, he tried to generalize the two types of equivalence that focused respectively on the faithfulness and closeness of the receptor language with the source language in both from and the equivalent response. Thus, the conditions to achieve formal equivalence may include accuracy and correctness of translation, which is determined by the approximation to source text structure. Furthermore, Nida put forward “four basic requirements of a translation” as the conditions to examine the achieving of equivalent response, which are making sense, conveying the spirit and manner of the original, having a natural and easy form of expression, producing a similar response(Munday, 2008: 42). These requirements were generalized to be the conditions of a success of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Catford defines translation equivalence as the empirical phenomenon, he discussed the conditions of translation equivalence by specific points within the context of sentences. First, the equivalence from his view is between categories including grammar, lexis, phonology and contextual meanings. From this we can know the same meaning at a linguistic level is hard to achieved between source language and target language(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;From this we can know that it's difficult to achieve the same meaning at a linguistic level between source language and target language&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). In this case, he describe a condition by pointing out a concept of total translation, in which the texts or items in source language and target language are interchangeable in a given situation(Catford, 1965: 49). In this way, he presented a new condition to evaluate equivalence. Based on this, he further his discussion on total translation by examining the overlapping contextual meanings in the items of source language and target language. He claimed contextual meanings include relationship to certain situational features, a more abstract and broad way to discuss equivalence. Therefore, another condition of equivalence was described as the overlapping extent of situational features common to the contextual meanings(Catford, 1965: 49). To conclude, Catford classified the conditions of equivalence on different scopes of translation. In the process of evaluating the equivalence in total translation, phonological translation or graphological translation, the examining of the relatable features between source text and target text should be made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2.Different Classifications of Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
Since Nida and Catford held different views on the conditions required to achieve the equivalence, they classified translations from different perspective. Nida raised a classification of two types of equivalence: formal equivalence and functional equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42). These two types actually reflect Nida's research on structure of language from shallow to deep(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These two types actually reflect a shallow to deep tendency of Nida's researches on structure of language&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Nida believed that different languages should have the same deep structure and the same functions between languages lead to equivalence in translation. In his view, the functional equivalence occurs when the response of target language receptors is as same as possible the response of source language  receptors. In describing equivalence, Nida pointed out that the correspondence between the original form and the target form should not be excessively pursued in translation. Instead, attention should be focused on accurately conveying the meaning of the original text in a natural way. By this dynamic equivalence theory ,Nida paved a road away from the static mode of focusing on the comparison of texts. He believed that only when the target receptors understand the translation thoroughly, the same response can be achieved, and this is the main task of translation(Munday, 2008: 43). Therefore, Nida’s classification was based on the specific situation in which the receptors communicate with the texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Catford’s view, translation is the replacement of textual material. From this definition, he actually drew a line between source language and target language because by textual material he meant to point out that there would be no entire translation of meaning. In his words, at one or more levels of language there may be simple replacement by non-equivalent target language material(Catford, 1965: 20). Based on this, Catford classified translation into categories in terms of the extent, levels and ranks. Full translation and partial translation are divided by the extent of parts replaced in the process of translation. This two concepts are maybe the basic components of his later presenting of formal correspondence. In his view, formal correspondence is an approximate status in which categories cannot be replaced totally in another language. And by dividing total translation and restricted translation, he intended to involve the replacement of grammar and lexis and consequential replacement of phonology and graphology in his definition. All of these classification provide certain perspective to evaluate the translation and help to create a structure when analyzing the language. In a word, the classifications by Catford was built in the internal language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3.Different Research Approach(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Approaches&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)=====&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, the research method employed by Nida and Catford was shaped under the guidance of different linguistic theories. Guided by the transformational-generative grammar by Chomsky, Nida analyzed the structure of language and put forward the back-transformation theory that entails the transferring of surface structure to deep structure between source language and target language(Munday, 2008: 38). So the research methods adopted by Nida turns to be more flexible and have a focus on dynamic factor when discussing equivalence. Since Nida's translation theories were built up consciously to serve the research on the translation of ''Bible'', his theories may have distinctive features in guiding the translation practices(Munday, 2008: 38). In another aspect, Nida held a view that &amp;quot;meaning is universal&amp;quot; and emphasized the common ground between languages, which reflect in his equivalence theory, information conveyed by meaning is the focus To be specific, the equivalence can only be examined during the communication of these information between texts and receptors. Oriented by this communicative principle, Nida therefore took the reader's response as the standard to evaluate the translation. In a word, Nida described the equivalence and its mechanism in a developing process, during which the texts, context and receptors are performing their dynamic role. In a word, Nida’s carried out its study by the method of dynamic comparison, and through his discussion of receptor-oriented principle, his theories greatly contribute to the later translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By contrast, in the process of Catford’s research on equivalence, the system-functional linguistics by Halliday was incorporated. The substance, form and context Language, which are the three basic levels in Halliday’s theory (Halliday, 2004: 16), constitute the categories of Catford’s equivalence theory. Moreover, language was define(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;defined&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) by Catford as a patterned behavior and this behavior is casually related to various other features of the situation in which it occurs(Catford, 1965: 2). Therefore, in terms of research methods, Catford carried out his comparative study mostly from the static and fixed perspective of language. Most of the examples he took are words, phrases and sentences, which are the units of language. He pay little attention to the dynamic context and receptors’ reaction. In describing the formal correspondence, he also held a view that categories of every language is defined in terms of relations holding within the language (Catford, 1965: 27). In this way, his research methods seem to be more static and fixed in the internal structure of language. Due to the static traits, Catford’s theories may be properly used for reference in academic study on languages because his theories exactly provide a macro framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.My Thoughts on the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1.My Thoughts on Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1Strengths and Contributions of Nida’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
In my view, there are many strengths and contributions of Nida’s translation equivalence theory. Firstly, Nida’s research integrated multiple disciplines, which means he set up his theory on a strong basis and it has convincing examples and explanations from various perspective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;perspectives&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). The development of Nida’s translation theory can be generally divided into three stages: the stage of descriptive linguistics, the stage of communicative theory and the stage of social semiotics(Tan, 2017: 132). I think Nida also developed its equivalence theory from formal equivalence, dynamic equivalence to  functional equivalence along with the three stages. Secondly, Nida’s equivalence theory is of significance in training translators, guiding translation practice and more importantly, his functional equivalence offers approaches to studying the communication between the cultures of source language and target language. Nida emphasized the importance of translator's initiative in the translation process because he put forward a principle of equivalent effect(Nida, 1964: 159). This effect cannot be formulated within the language or items of a text, but through the subjective activities of translators. Therefore, Nida's functional equivalence and dynamic equivalence offers a guidance(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;have offered guidances&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to the translators to consider the needs of the target receptors, and to convey the message of source language into the expression that conforms to the habits of the target language. Thirdly, Also, the equivalence theory described by Nida is concrete and practical for people to understand and adopt for it is oriented by receptors’ response that can be easily examined and analyzed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2.Deficiency of Nida’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence was mainly applied to the translation of the ''Bible'' , and the criterion of the ''Bible'' translation in his view is to convey the will of God faithfully(Munday, 2008: 38). Therefore, the translation theory may tend to emphasize on the content rather than the form. For this reason, the range of its application may be limited. For example, when it comes to the translation of poetry that has its own aesthetic value in its form, people cannot simply discuss and analyze it according to Nida’s equivalence theory. What’s more, in Nida’s theory, equivalence is oriented by the response of receptors(Munday, 2008: 42). However, sometimes, the equivalent effect between source language readers and target language readers is hard to achieve because receptors of different cultures may have different responses. And translation is actually a cross-cultural communication through the translators, who may have their own translation purpose, preference and expressions, so the equivalent effect is also restricted by the difference of translators.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2.My Thoughts on Catford’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1.Strengths and Contributions of Catford’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford developed his equivalence by going deep into internal system of language. In my opinion, the most important strength of his theory is that he built the equivalence theory in a complete set of linguistic model, which provides a scientific and systematic theory. By introducing broad types of translation respectively according to extent, levels and ranks, he present new categories to discuss the nature of translation and the task of translators. By describing the translation shifts, he made a distinction of formal correspondence and translation equivalence and explained the conditions when equivalence occurs. Furthermore, since Catford believed there is no “total” translation in a strict way for the replacement by all equivalents at all levels can never be achieved(Caford, 1965:22), he sought to avoid the rigid trend toward the absolute equivalence and developed his theory in a more scientific and mature way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2.2.Deficiency of Catford’s Translation Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Catford carried out his research on the structural transformation of the source language and target language simply from the perspective of linguistics.  The equivalence in his view is between textual materials, and this equivalence can be achieved at one or more categories in the materials(Wang, 2008: 166). Therefore, his theory is also limited and underestimates the influence of subjective activities of translators. Secondly, Catford did not pay enough attention to the cross-cultural factors in translation. On his discussion on the limits of translatability, he even pointed out that it may be not necessary to distinct linguistic and cultural untranslatability (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;distinguish linguistic from cultural untranslatability &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)for the cultural untranslatability may be just caused by the impossibility of finding a equivalent collocation in the target language(Catford, 1965: 101). This shows he explained the cultural within a linguistic category. I think the translation involves more than language itself or the substituting of lexical terms and grammars, but also cultural elements. Therefore, the research method of Carford’s theory is rather incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the two theories are developed based on two types of equivalence. Nida presented formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence while Catford put forward formal correspondence and textual equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42; Catford, 1965: 27). The two theories share some points in their theoretical basis and approach to achieving equivalence. Besides, Nida and Catford also have their own understanding on the nature of translation and the main task for translators, so they had a distinctive research method in building up their theories especially in the classification of equivalence and the description of conditions. Supported by various theories from other disciplines, the two theories were set up in a systematic way possess(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;possessing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) many strengths in such aspects as innovative perspective and scientific research method. However, it need to be emphasized that the two kinds of translation theory should be discussed and evaluated in a critical way and the analysis should be made on the scope of their application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, John Cunnison 卡特福德 (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' 《翻译的语言学理论》. London: Oxford University Press 伦敦：牛津大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M. A. K. 韩礼德, and C. Matthiessen 马蒂恩森 (2004). ''An Introduction to Functional Grammar''《功能语法导论》. London: Edward Arnold 伦敦：爱德华·阿诺德出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li, Yang 李杨 (2014). 《纵观翻译等值——卡特福德、奈达比较研究》 ''A Comparative Study on Translation Equivalence of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida.'' 天津商务职业学院学报''Journal of Tianjin College of Commerce'', 第2卷第1期 Vol. 2, No. 1 , 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li, Zhidan 李志丹 (2014). 《卡特福德和奈达“对等”翻译理论思辨》 ''Comparing Catford and Nida's  Translation Theory of “Equivalence Theory”'' 哈尔滨学院学报 ''Journal of Harbin University'', 第35卷第6期 Vol. 35 No. 6, 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy芒迪 (2008). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' 《翻译学导论：理论与实践》. London ; New York : Routledge 伦敦；纽约：劳特利奇出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达, and Charles Russell Taber 泰伯, eds 著(2004). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' 翻译理论与实践. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海：上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达 (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating'' 《翻译的科学探索》. Leiden: Brill Archive 莱顿：博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达. (1984). ''Approaches to Translating in the Western World'' 《西方世界的翻译方法》, 《外语教学与研究》 ''Foreign Language Teaching and Research'', 1984年第2期, 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan, Zaixi 谭载喜 (2017). ''Translation Studies'' 翻译学. Shnghai: Fudan University Press. 上海：复旦大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Ning 汪宁 (2008). 《论翻译中的等值——卡特福德、奈达和巴斯耐特比较研究》 ''A Comparative Study on Translation Equivalence of J.C. Catford, E.A Nida and Susan Bassnett''. 科技信息 ''Science &amp;amp; Technology Information'', 2008年第三期, 2008(3), 166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparision between the traslation systems proposed by Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing 石海瑶 Shi Haiyao 202070080605==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;石海瑶 Shi Haiyao &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The structure of a discipline can not only enhance people's overall understandings to the discipline, but also plays a guiding role in its development. Since the 21st century, the study of translatology in China has entered a new stage of development and the construction of the system of translatology has received extensive attention. In September 2005, ''A Series of Translation Studies in China'' was written by Professor Tan Zaixi, which theoretically constructed the internal and external structure of translatology. Later in October 2009, Dr. Yi Jing constructed a relatively macro structure of translatology in his PhD dissertation, ''On the Construction of the System of  Translatology''. This paper first gives a brief overview of these two systems of translatology and then makes a comparative analysis of their similarities and differences from multiple perspectives. Finally, the author puts forward its own thoughts on this two systems of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi; Yi Jing; systems of translatology; comparative analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
一个学科的体系构建不仅能够促进人们对学科的全方位了解，还能引领该学科的发展。21世纪以来,我国译学研究进入新的发展时期，译学体系构建广受关注。2005年9月，谭载喜教授著《翻译学》，从理论上构建了翻译学的内部和外部框架。2009年10月，易经博士在其毕业论文《试论翻译学体系的构建》中构建了一个较为宏观的翻译学体系框架。本文首先对这两大翻译学体系进行简要概述，之后从多个角度对二者的相似点和不同之处作出对比分析。最后，作者提出本人对这两大翻译学体系的思考和认识。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
谭载喜；易经；翻译体系；对比分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Tan Zaixi’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book ''A Series of Translation Studies in China'', Tan Zaixi put forward his views on the internal structure of translatology. He deemed that translatology can be divided into three parts: general translatoloty, special translatology and applied translatology. In a more specific sense, translatology should not only include a macroscopic discussion of translation, it should also cover a specialized study of bilingual translation as translation (interlingual translation) is the conversion from one language to another (Tan Zaixi, 2005:19). The former of which has theoretical value and helps people understand the essence of translation; the latter has practical value and contributes to guiding translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically, the research content of general translatology contains the following four aspects: Firstly, the study of human language, culture and the general rules of translation; Secondly, study the general process of translation and the status of translation in the whole scientific system as well as the relationship between translation and other disciplines; Thirdly, discuss the nature, function and standard of translation as well as the general responsibilities and conditions of translators from a macro perspective; Fourthly, investigate the history of translation from the perspective of synchronic and diachronic translation studies (including not only the national and regional history of translation, but also the world history of translation). Differing from general translation, the study of special translation includes three aspects: Firstly, study the specific problem of mutual translation between two languages; Secondly, make a comparison between the two languages and cultures; Thirdly, put forward theories that can guide translation between two specific languages. Moreover, applied translatology is directly related to translation practice, which covers two aspects: On the one hand, it studies how to apply theories of general translatology and special translatology to translation practice, translation teaching, translation criticism, compilation of translation reference books and machine translation; On the other hand, it aims to explain the purposes, functions, standards procedures and methods of translation as well as their interrelations on a micro level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the above three parts of translatology are closely linked and inseparable, knowledge of special translatology and applied transltology are the foundation of studying general translatology, in turn, the knowledge of general translatology can also guide the study of special translatology. Thus, we can see both general translatology and special translatology need to conduct further research into applied translatology and obtain feedback information from the practical application of the theories so as to continuously develop and improve the theories. (Tan Zaixi, 2005:21-22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above explanation, the diagram of Tan Zaixi's system of translatology can be drawn as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tan Zaixi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Yi Jing’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Yi Jing’s thoughts, the system of translatology should include: introduction of translatology (IT), theory of translation’s history (TTH), theory of translation itself (TTI), theory of translation practice (TTP) and meta-theory of translatology (MTT). These five parts constitute the organic system of translatology. IT helps people to form a relatively basic and comprehensive understandings of the macro system of translatology, it is the foreshadowing and general outline of the system of translatology, taking the concrete question research as the main body. In terms of the TTH, TTI, TTP and MTT, their relationship is complementary, mutual influence and mutual support, which together constitute the organic wholeness of the macro system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IT can be divided into the following five aspects: Firstly, the foundation of translatology. By reviewing the development of Chinese and foreign translation practice and theory, the necessity of the construction of translatology are explained. Since there is no consensus on the independent status of translatology, this part needs to be included in the IT. If the independent discipline status of translatology is  widely recognized in the future, this part can be omitted. Secondly, the value of translation, that is, the role of translation at different levels. Generally speaking, the value of translation involves the individual value, social value, ideological and cultural value, literary value and language value of translation. Thirdly, translation practice as well as the nature, definition and position of translatology. In addition, the object, basic task, purpose, research method and research status of translatology, and the basic structure of translation system are also introduced accordingly. The core research object of translatology is the practice of bilingual conversion. The main task is to explore the development of translation practice and translation theory, and to reveal the historical context of translation development. The purpose of translatology research is to sum up history, study the present, promote the translation research and practical work at present and in the future, and to a certain extent, promote the spiritual and cultural construction of human beings. The basic research method of translatology is based on empirical description and combined with principle. The research status of translatology mainly includes the development of translation practice and translation studies in various periods of history, the schools of translation studies and the representative figures and theories of various schools, the main or popular topics in translatology and the development direction of translation studies. At last, the basic characteristics of translatology. Eg. stability and openness, comprehensive integrity and discipline independence. Generally speaking, the IT is a comprehensive and general description of translatology, and an introduction to the whole system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTH mainly focuses on the development of translation practice and translation theory, and also discusses the development of translation history theory itself. There are five important branches of TTH: introduction of TTH, history of translation practice, history of translation theory, thematic history and meta-theory of TTH. The introduction is a general descriptive branch of TTH, which generally describes translation history theory; the study of history of translation practice covers the study of general history and dynastic history; the exploration of the history of translation theory and the collation of the formation of translatology are very necessary for people to understand the development of translation theory and translatology itself, and play an instructive role in today's translation research; the thematic history involves the study of translators, translation works, history of translatology, translation history and culture, translation institution history, translation teaching history and so on; the meta-theory of TTH studies translation history theory itself, that is, the development and research situation of TTH itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTI consists of the general theory and the specific theory. The general theory refers to the fundamental viewpoint of translation practice, it is a theoretical branch of studying the fundamental principles of translation practice as well as the understanding of the most universal, general and basic principles of translation practice. The specific theory involves a series of basic problems derived from the general theory, it covers a wide range of aspects, including transltion’s meaning, translation’s standard, methodology, process, style, subject, types and so forth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTP refers to the applied research of translation theory, which is the concrete application and confirmatory research of translation theory in practical activities. It is mainly divided into three aspects: practical analysis, translation criticism and translation teaching. Practical analysis is to prove the correctness of the existing theory with examples, and to illustrate the applicability of the theory, it can produce three kinds of results, that is, complete application, partial application and complete inadaptability. The main task of translation criticism is to evaluate the translation process and its translated works. The third branch is the teaching of translation, it discusses how to apply the basic knowledge of translation to translation teaching and language teaching, so as to cultivate students' language ability, translation practical ability and translation theory level. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MTT is a theory formed by studying the discipline of translatology itself. Its research object is the theoretical system and discipline group of translatology, which should include at least the following eight branches: (1) the regularity, rationality and validity of the description of translation, including terms, concepts, propositions, etc; (2) the research object, function, nature and status of discipline, theoretical structure, logical category, progressive standard and the research method of translatology itself; (3) the way of forming the theory of translatology and the different research paradigms, which reveal the deep-seated structure, internal contradiction and development rule of the translatology hidden from the theory of translation; (4) The principles that should be followed in the construction of the theory of translatology; (5) The role of social and cultural conditions in the emergence and development of translation theories and methods in a certain historical context; (6) The study of the community of translatology, the identification of various academic groups, the analysis of the influence of these groups and their connections on translation theory; (7) Applying basic meta-theory categories to identify and summarize the current situation of translation theory, and to reveal the major theoretical problems in translation studies; (8) Other issues concerning the examination of translatology itself(Yi Jing, 2009:197-287).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above explanation, the diagram of Yi jing’s system of translatology can be drawn as following:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:shihaiyao.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translations of the above terms are as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shu Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''The Similarities between the Two systems'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both deem translatology as an independent discipline'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qiusi published ''On the Construction of Translation Theory'' , which clearly put forward the idea of establishing translatology. In 1987, the first national seminar on translation theory was held, which unfolded a new era of the construction of translatology in China. Tan Zaixi came up with the slogan of establishing translatology in his paper ''Translatology must be established'', which triggered extraordinary response. Whether translation can become an independent discipline has been heated discussed in translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above descriptions, we can see that both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing have a strong consciousness and a clear orientation of discipline towards translatology. Tan Zaixi holds the view that translatology is a science to study translation, which is an essential communicative activity of human beings. It has its own rules, which can be categorized, summarized and described by scientific methods, and can serve the communicative activities of human beings. According to Yi Jing, the formation of the independent discipline status of translatology is the inevitable result of the historical accumulation of translation practice and translation theory as well as an urgent requirement for the development of the whole translation field to modern and contemporary times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on the consensus that translatology is an independent discipline that Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing put forward their own views on the construction of the system of translatology. Therefore, both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing agree that translation is an independent discipline, which is the first similarity of their system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both define bilingual conversion as object of translation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, from the perspective of semiotics, Jakobson divided translation into three categories according to different language signs: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to that to explain other verbal symbols using original language symbols in the same language field. Interlingual translation refers to the translation between two different languages, and Intersemiotic translation refers to the translation that to explain verbal symbols by using non-verbal symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this theory, Tan Zaixi pointed out in his translation system that translation (specifically refers to intralingual translation) is a plural and theoretical perspective of switching from one language to another(Tan Zaixi, 2005:19). It indicates that Tan Zaixi's views on object of translation practice is bilingual conversion. Yi Jing also suggested that the specific research object of translatology is bilingual conversion and some phenomena related to bilingualism(Yi Jing, 2009:132).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is obvious that the two systems insist that the object of translatology is bilingual conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both identify comprehensive faithfulness as standard of translation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion about standards of translation has always been a hot spot in the  translation circles, which is the core problem and key task of translation theory. Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing reach an agreement that the standard of translation should be based on sufficient translation practice. Tan Zaixi proposed that the general standard of translation is that &amp;quot;all translations must be faithful to the original text&amp;quot;. Taking this abstract standard as the premise, a series of specific standards can be produced, such as &amp;quot;faithful to the original content &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original form &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original effect &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original function&amp;quot; and so on, which serve different purposes(Tan Zaixi, 2005:38). And Yi Jing believed that &amp;quot;comprehensive faithfulness to content, form and style&amp;quot; is the highest standard of translation and the most ideal condition of translation(Yi Jing, 2009:239).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing agree that the standard of translation is comprehensive faithfulness. To elaborate it, they also list different aspects of faithfulness, which can be adjusted to specific requirements according to different text types, whereas there is consensus on the core idea of faithfulness.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will explore the differences between the two translation systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''The differences between the Two Translation Systems'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different structures of translation system'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above diagram of Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing’s system of translatology, we can know that Tan Zaixi’s system of transltology merely includes three parts, that is general translatology, special translatology and applied translatology. The research contents of each part are not clearly distinguished and classified, especially the definition of general translation and special translation is vague, which should be further discussed. In contrast to the system of Yi Jing, he divided it into five parts, that is introduction of the translatology (IT), theory of translation’s history (TTH), theory of translation itself (TTI), theory of translation practice (TTP) and meta-theory of translatology (MTT). For these five parts, Yi Jing clearly illustrated the branches of each part, and its division is rigorous, each branch forms a logical and well-connected system, leaving people a refreshing impression. Moreover, this system exploratory and open, Yi Jing suggested that he holds a welcoming attitude to other systems of translatology, and it can not be assumed arbitrarily that the system is more comprehensive and profound than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, we get to know that Tan Zaixi’s system of translatology is more general and rough, while Yi Jing’s is more systematic and inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different views on the study of translation history'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing put forward different views on the study of translation history. In Tan Zaixi's translation system, the general translation refers to the history of translation, that is, to study the history of translation from the perspective of diachronic and synchronic translatology, which includes not only the national and regional history of translation, but also the world history of translation(Tan Zaixi, 2005:21). While in Yi Jing’s system of translatology, one of the five branches of TTH mentioned: the study of translation history can be multi-angle and multilevel. From the time span of the study, translation can either be general or dynastic; it can study the translation history of translators and different text genres, or discipline translation history, such as literary translation history, scientific translation history and religious translation history(Yi Jing, 2009:211).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we can know that Tan Zaixi's study of translation history is more macroscopic, which based on different countries, different regions and different historical periods, while the study of translation history of Yi Jing is more specific and detailed, taking translators and various literary genres into account, in addition, he proposed that vertical comparison and horizontal comparison can be used in these factors, reaching almost every aspect of the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different views on translation process'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the process of translation, Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing presented their views. Tan divided the process of translation into two types, namely, psychological process and practical operation process. Psychological process is the embodiment of human brain receiving and transforming information, but Tan did not put forward specific steps for practical operation process, which is still open to question. In Yi Jing’s system of translatology, the translation process theory is mentioned in the second branch of the TTI. Yi Jing thought that the translation process can be divided into broad sense and narrow sense. The process of translation in a broad sense includes the selection of the original text, the preparation before translation, the specific translation process, the refinement of the translation and the process of testing and evaluating the translation; the narrow sense refers to the process from reading and understanding the original text to finalizing the translation(Yi Jing, 2009:253).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above descriptions, we can see that they define the translation process from different angles. Tan Zaixi divides the translation process into two aspects: psychology and practical operation, while the study of translation process proposed by Yi Jing is more multi-angle, and its broad translation process is not only confined to the process itself, but more comprehensive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''My Thoughts on the Two Systems'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''My Thoughts on Tan Zaixi’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Contributions of Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Tan Zaixi's construction of translation system has laid solid foundation on some basic pioneering works of translatology. The establishment of basic concepts and categories is the basic work of discipline construction. Before the publication of A Series of Translation Studies in China, the art theory and science theory of translation and whether translation can become a science were the focus of scholars in the translation circles, but the polysemous word &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is not defined. Thus, two different concepts were confused, that is translation and translatology, they discusses two different levels of problems, and emphasizes on personal reasons in a one-side way, resulting in two incompatible theories of translatology between art school and science school. In this book, Tan Zaixi clearly defined the concept of translation and translatology, clarified some vague understandings, and promoted the development of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Tan Zaixi's translation system has a strong sense and a clear orientation of discipline. The significance of the definition that &amp;quot;translatology is an independent discipline&amp;quot; is not merely its theoretical value, but it involves many important issues about the theoretical development and how to construct the discipline. With a clear sense of independent discipline, Tan Zaixi discussed some constructive and guiding problems such as the research object and field of translatology, the discipline framework of translatology, and the research approach. His unique translation system is a valuable exploration and attempt in Chinese translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in Mr. Tan's view, translatology is not merely a discipline with Chinese characteristics. Because it involves different languages and cultures, Translatology should be constructed from four dimensions: past and present, at home and abroad. In this regard, he believes that a comparative study of Chinese and Western translation theories should be carried out with the open mind of &amp;quot;harmony in diversity&amp;quot;, which is undoubtedly of great value. Construction of translatology needs to integrate Chinese and Western theoretical resources as well as learn widely from other’s strong points. Based on this, Tan Zaixi's construction of translatology fully reflects his broad mind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
====='''Deficiencies of Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known to us, Tan Zaixi has made great contribution on the construction of the system of translatology, but there is no perfect system in the world. Here, I list two points remain to be discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the definition of general translation and special translation is not clear enough. In the actual translation process and translation research, general and special are contradictory and unified. Tan Zaixi's view on special translation includes the study of the specific translation of two languages, and the general principles of translatology needs to find out the common law by studying the translation of different languages. Therefore, the general rules of translatology must also be included in the research object of special translation, but this does not appear in its translation system, so its integrity is still open to question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Tan Zaixi discusses the construction of the system of translatology in A Series of Translation Studies in China, but the branches of its translation system are not fully explained in this book, such as the responsibilities of translators in general translation and for the contents of applied translation, it has only put forward the idea, but has not made the detailed explanation. In addition, the structure of the book is not organized according to its translation system, this is indeed a great pity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''My Perspective towards Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence and contribution of Tan’s translation system on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not universal. According to the advantages and disadvantages of this system, we should treat in a dialectical way. Tan’s translation system has made foundation on the establishment of translatology and played a pioneering role in the development of translatology, but some deficiencies are avoidless. Therefore, we should treat Tan Zaimxi’s translation system in a comprehensive view. On the whole, Tan’s translation system can be regarded as a great progress and precious treasure in translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''My Thoughts on Yi Jing’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Contributions of Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the construction of the system of translatology proposed by Yi Jing based on a large number of theoretical research and historical data analysis. Yi Jing collated many kinds of materials in the field of translation, analyzed the views of many scholars and came to his own understandings, so that the system of translatology is coherent and smooth in writing. He selectively analyzed the views expressed by important scholars at home and abroad in the construction of translatology and made a comprehensive comparison of the proposed translation system model. Drawing on the essence of others' thoughts, he put forward his unique system of translatology, and strove to deepen the research on the construction of the system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the framework of Yi’s translation system is clear and rational. He  comprehensively introduced the Chinese and foreign translation theory research, each part is closely related, making the reader know at a glance. Yi Jing abandoned the conceptual knowledge infusion and rigid theoretical instruction, and focused more attention on tracing back to the source. He regarded the role of Chinese and foreign translation in the development process in a dialectical way with an open mind. At the same time, the dynamical development of translation system is manifested in the construction of complex translation system. He explained deeply that the establishment of translatology is the necessity of social development and the inevitable result of the academic development, all of these have played a positive role in guiding readers to view the current Chinese translation system from a correct perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Deficiencies of Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, nothing is perfect, Yi Jing’s translation system is no exception without doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, in the construction of the system of translatology, there are some viewpoints need to be further analyzed. The construction of translation system is a grand subject, which can not be completely completed in such a PhD dissertation, thus it leads to not comprehensive enough. For example, Yi Jing put forward the theory of translation history and clarified its new structure, but the analysis is not detailed enough, and it mainly focused on describing the research methods of translation history and attention points during the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, the traditional translation history research is divided into two branches: the history of translation practice and the history of translation theory. The author thinks that the division is too simple in terms of the importance and reality requires of the theory of translation’s history. Therefore, apart from the above two branches, the theory of translation’s history should cover another three branches: introduction of TTH, thematic history and meta-theory. In this section, the author focuses on the disadvantages of the traditional division. But he doesn't make a thorough analysis of his new division. What is the necessity of such a division of the theory of translation history? what are the advantages of such a division? Can this division completely avoid the flaws of the traditional division? Actually, the author did not give a strong illustration of these substantive problems, nor did he explain them in detail, which directly leads to a sense of relative superficiality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''My perspective towards Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are more or less shortcomings in the analysis of viewpoint argumentation, this dissertation provides a new perspective and path for the discipline of translatology, and to some extent, makes up for the deficiency of the traditional construction of translation system. According to Yi Jing’s summary and organization of a variety of materials in the field of translation at home and abroad, he is not only reproduce the history of translation but make history. Generally speaking, the author believes that the contribution of Yi Jing’s translation system to the development of translatology is far greater than its deficiencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first gives a brief introduction of the two translation systems, based on it, drawing corresponding diagrams for the two translation systems, and then compares the similarities and differences between the two systems in detail. At last, the author puts forward her own thoughts on this two translation systems in a dialectical way. Through the above comparison, we can find that both Tan Zaixi’s translation system and Yi Jing’s translation system have their own advantages and disadvantages, but their virtues far outweigh faults and differences are greater than similarities. Both of them have made great contributions to the construction of translation system with their own unique strengths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Refrences'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]陈福康.中国译学理论史稿[M].上海:上海外国语大学出版社,2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]方梦之.当今世界翻译研究的格局—兼论21世纪中国翻译研究的崛起 [J]. 外语教学理论与实践，2016（3）：55-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]蓝红军. &amp;quot;从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017).&amp;quot; 中国翻译 39.1 (2018): 7-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.必须建立翻译学[J].中国翻译,1987b3: 2-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]谭载喜.翻译学[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社,2005.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[6]许钧,穆雷.翻译学概论[M].南京:译林出版社,2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]易经.试论翻译学体系的构建[D].湖南师范大学,2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of translation theories by Eugene nida  and Susan Bassnett   胡慧芳 Hu Huifang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达与苏珊·巴斯奈特都是西方翻译史上著名的大翻译理论家和翻译家。奈达提出了“动态对等”的翻译理论，而巴斯奈特提出了“文化等值”的概念。奈达和巴斯奈特虽然在各自的翻译理论中都强调了“对等”或“等值”的概念，但理论内容却大相径庭。本文从两人翻译理论产生的背景和对各自翻译观的解读入手，来对两人的翻译理论的不同点和相通性进行初步对比分析处理，从而达到对两人翻译理论更深理解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词=== &lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达；苏珊·巴斯奈特；功能对等；文化等值&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Susan Bassnett are both famous translation theorists and translators in the history of Western translation. Nida proposed the translation theory of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;, and Bassnett proposed the concept of &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot;. Although Nida and Bassnett emphasized the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in their respective translation theories, the theoretical content is quite different. This article starts with the background of the two people's translation theories and the interpretation of their respective translation concepts, to make a preliminary comparative analysis of the differences and similarities between the two people's translation theories, so as to achieve a deeper understanding of the two people's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida ;Susan Bassnett; dynamic equivalence; cultural equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a well-known American translator, translation theorist, and PhD in linguistics. He was born in Oklahoma City in the south-central United States. In 1936, he studied at the University of California, and later received a master's degree in Greek &amp;quot;Bible New Testament&amp;quot; studies from the University of Southern California. In 1943, he received a PhD in linguistics under the guidance of Bloomfield and others. He served as the executive secretary of the translation department of the American Bible Association for a long time, and in 1968 he was the president of the American Linguistic Society. In addition to translation theory, Nida has engaged in research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, and communication engineering. He has also been engaged in Bible translation work for a long time, and has investigated a large number of languages, especially minor languages in Africa and Latin America. . Nida is engaged in translation studies and has written many books. From 1945 to 1986, he published nearly 200 articles and more than 30 books (including co-authored and co-edited works), including 16 monographs on translation and linguistics, the most important of which is &amp;quot;Toward a Science of Translation&amp;quot; &amp;quot;The Theory and Practice of translation&amp;quot; etc. His &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; translation theory and &amp;quot;reader's response theory&amp;quot; translation standards not only have considerable influence in the western translation circles, but also promote the transformation of Chinese translation theory circles. Dr. Nida broke the research paradigm that emphasized static analysis in traditional Chinese translation theory research, and put forward a new idea of open translation theory research, which has brought enlightenment for the establishment of a new translation theory model in my country's translation theory community.&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Bassnett is a professor, translator, writer and messenger at the Graduate School of Comparative Literature Theory and Translation, Warwick University, UK. As a leading figure in the school of translation culture, her concept of &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; and related translation theories have had a huge impact on contemporary translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; and Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; theory have certain similarities, but there are also many differences. This article starts with the &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;differences&amp;quot; of the two, to gain a more comprehensive understanding and understanding of the two translation theorists and translators and their translation theories, so as to achieve a deeper understanding and Understand the purpose of their translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The background of the two translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the birth of cultural translation school, linguistic school, functional school and structuralist school were the main schools in the field of western translation theory research. Representatives of the linguistic school, Jacob Button, Catford, and Nida, put more emphasis on equivalence in translation issues. They believe that translation is to replace one language material with an equivalent language material; functional school The representative figures Les, Nord and Mantari believe that the focus of translation studies should be the target text, not the original text. Their theoretical sources are mainly communication theory, action theory, information theory and reception aesthetics. But whether it is the linguistic school, the functional school or the structuralist school, in their research process, they are more or less trying to achieve language equivalence from all levels of text content and form. Translation researchers] hope to find a scientific and effective method to solve the various problems faced by translation, but cultural diversity determines the diversity of text cultural connotations. Therefore, these researchers have encountered great troubles when they encounter a context that is quite different from their own cultural background. The cultural translation school was born to better solve these problems.&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, translation theorists mainly studied various translation problems from linguistics. After the 1970s and 1980s, the acceleration of globalization, the acceleration of information dissemination, and the diversification of communication methods have made the relationship between language and culture closer. In information dissemination, language differences have become more prominent, and the status and role of translation activities have also changed. Therefore, with the acceleration of globalization and the popularization of multicultural views and values, translation theory researchers who conform to the trend of the times pay more and more attention to the diverse cultural values ​​embodied in translated texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1  The background of Eugene Nida’s cultural equivalence theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; translation theory was deeply influenced by his time. At the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, linguistic studies in the United States really started. It was not until the beginning of the 20th century that American linguists who studied in Europe and were influenced by Europe began to study American linguistics. They developed American descriptive linguistics and structural linguistics. Beginning in the 1940s, American linguistics began to have a huge impact on world linguistics research. During this period, the representative figures in American linguistics were Boas, Sapir and Bloomfield. Although their theories are not exactly the same, they are basically structuralism and descriptive linguistics (Liu Runqing, 2002). Nida learned and grew up during this period. In 1943, he obtained a doctorate in linguistics under the guidance of two famous masters, Bloomfield and Fries. Therefore, his thinking is deeply influenced by Bloomfield, an American structuralist, and Sapir, a human linguist, and he emphasizes the collection and analysis of language materials in language research. In the 1950s, since Nida served as the executive secretary of the translation department of the American Bible Society for several years, Nida has proposed and started to use dynamic equivalence theory to guide the actual work of &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. Since the 1950s, translators have generally followed the dynamic equivalent translation theory in translation projects organized by the American Bible Society (Tan Zaixi, 1991).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2  The background of Bassnett’s cultural equivalence theory===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative figures of the cultural translation school, Susan Bassnet's translation concept with cultural translation theory as the core has had a significant impact on contemporary translation studies. In the introduction to &amp;quot;Translation, History and Culure&amp;quot; (Translation, History and Culure), Andre, Lefevere and Susan Basnett proposed that &amp;quot;Culural lurn&amp;quot; (culural lurn)-the term, this is the concept that was first proposed from here.&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett believes that the linguistic school of translation faces the following problems: The method of machine translation is an effective method, but it is not suitable for literary translation. In response to this situation, Bassnett pointed out that the research method of translation should undergo an cultural turn (eulturalturn). She believes that translators must perform translation activities in a specific cultural context, and translators must not conduct translation activities in cultural isolation under the influence of their own cultural background. In short, Bassnett’s cultural translation view is that translation is not a purely linguistic activity, it is rooted in and influenced by the culture of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Susan Bassnett and Eugene Nida’s translation theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Nida' s“dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” is the core conception of Nida ’s translation theories. the essence of it is a receptor-centered theory of translation that aims at achieving a“dynamic”equivalence between the effect obtained from respective readers of the originaltext and the translated version, which requires that translators view from the angle of the sense and spirit of the original instead of rigidly adhering to language structures of it. That is, not rigidly adheringto formal equivalence. The theory of“dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is the most well- known and the most frequently discussed theory, and the focus of discussions on it may attribute to different interpretations of the term &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1The nature of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
“Equivalence&amp;quot; is an important proposition in translation for it &lt;br /&gt;
involves some key problems such as nature of translation, translation norms as well as quality and evaluation of translation. As a mathematic term, the word “ equivalence&amp;quot; refers to an absolutely symmetrical and equal relationship, but in many English dictionaries, it gets obscure meanings that things possess similarities or areessentially identical. Then, is the concept“equivalence in translation theories derived from its absolute mathematics reference orborrowed from its indistinct meanings as a word of general linguistices? According to many translation theorists (including Nida), it may mean more of the latter than the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot; Equivalence&amp;quot; is a scientific descriptive notion that is more objective that &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot;, for the concept of &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;or &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; refers to attitudes of translators while &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; indicates the quality of translation. But &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; involves no translator' s attitudes, and thus let us get a more explicit conception. The &amp;quot;equivalence” needed in translation is a comprehensive impact, not mechanically synthesizing equivalence of linguistics,semantics and pragmatics, but taking into account factors in different levels all around with artistical views and accomplishments of different cultures and languages. The historic contribution of Nida's&amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is that it provides a convincing solution to the dispute of literal translation and free translation held by many western translation theorists for about 2000 years. Literal translation emphasizes equivalence in language forms and the effect oftranslation is overlooked while free translation focuses much more on “beauty” of translation effect with litle regard to equivalence.Nida' s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;. however, puts emphasis on equivalence of both effects and then solves this contradiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Views on Nida s theory of &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
It has been mentioned above that Nida s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory is the most influential as well as the most frequently criticized and reproached due to dfferent interpretations of the theory. And here, a ittle more comments are given to be shared.&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2.1Apprehension of the theory&lt;br /&gt;
What Nida's values a lot in dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is that receptors of the two languages ( SL and TL) have approximately similar response and get basically equivalent ffect( 杨柳， 2006). The great contribution Nida made was to shift the focus from the comparison of the source- language and the target- language texts to acomparison of the two communication processes involved.&amp;quot; (金隄,1998:231) Thus, Nida's dynamic equivalence &amp;quot; focuses mainly onthe relative side of &amp;quot; equivalence &amp;quot; rather than absolutizes the term,which may imply that the equivalence theory in translation does originally mean something relative, obscure and indistinct.&lt;br /&gt;
As a relative conception, the goal &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; pursues is that the readers of the translation can obtain basically similar message smoothly from the translated text as the readers of theoriginal do from the original text, including their perception of the main essence, specific facts and artistic conception, although the two texts may vary greatly or entirely in forms. This goal can be applied to almost all types of translation. For all of these viewpoints,Nida and his theory have encountered constant criticism and reproaching. In sum, those who are against the theory argue that effect of equivalence can never be possible in translation because translation involves at least two different languages, cultures etc.which are rather hard to the non-native, while those who are in favor hold that equivalence can be achieved not only in senses and styles, but in effect as well. Nida has made it very clear that &amp;quot;the response can never be identical' , but &amp;quot;a high degree of equivalenceof response&amp;quot; is required and possible. And for &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;,Nida elaborates that no translation can be completely equivalent. Actually, different translations represent varying degrees of equivalence, That is, &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; doesn't mean identity as its mathematical meaning. (Nida, 2001:87) In order to stress the conception of function and meanwhile avoid misunderstanding, Nida&lt;br /&gt;
holds that the expression“functional equivalence&amp;quot; is much more satisfactory in describing the degrees of adequacy of a translation（Nida, 2001:91). So, Nida, as he puts it explicitly in his works, doesn' t prescribe something &amp;quot; identical&amp;quot; or total equivalence between the original and the translated texts, but expects high degrees of closeness&amp;quot; to ine ongmal and reproducing nearest translated message to the originai message. He advocates that translators work hard to pursue equivaiencerather than identity&amp;quot;. Professor Jin Di may have standpoint identical to Nida' s, he holds that the term &amp;quot; equivalence&amp;quot; in Nida ' s theory indicates a linguistic notion that is different from &amp;quot;identity&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot; equivalence&amp;quot;is a rela-&lt;br /&gt;
tive conception, which requires no totally identical effect, but striving for the closest impact produced by the translation within a possible range as what is produced to readers of the original text by the ST (金隄, 1998:44).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Theoretical Practice of &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; in China-A Comment on the Translation of &amp;quot;A Madman's Diary&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Here are three examples to analyze the theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; used in the &amp;quot;Madman's Diary&amp;quot; in the translation of &amp;quot;The Call&amp;quot; by Yang Xianyi and his wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（1）“我同赵贵翁有什么仇.....把古久先生的陈年流水簿子，踹了一脚....”(鲁迅，2019: 08)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“what grudge Mr. Zhao has against me...Itrod on Mr. Gu Jiu's old ledgers..&amp;quot; (杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this example is literally translated &amp;quot;赵贵翁&amp;quot;, it may be translated as &amp;quot;Zhao Guiweng&amp;quot; in many cases, so that the translation person seems rigid and the translation traces are too obvious. Yang Xianyi and his wife directly translated &amp;quot;Mr. Zhao&amp;quot; in the translation, which conforms to the native language habits of foreigners and avoids the appearance of translation accent. This translation achieves functional equivalence for the translation of personal words in the original text (Chen Weijia, 2009). The &amp;quot;old-year running book&amp;quot; here is a characteristic term of China's old society period, which means &amp;quot;old account book&amp;quot;. If literally translated as &amp;quot;aged jour-nal&amp;quot;, obviously there is no &amp;quot;old ledgers&amp;quot; which is more suitable for the time.&lt;br /&gt;
Time backgroud. The Yangs’ translation handled the translation of characteristic nouns well and reached the result of information equivalent translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“陈老五赶上前，硬把我拖回家中了。”(鲁迅，2019: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Old Chen hurried forward and draggedme home.&amp;quot; (杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The personal pronoun &amp;quot;陈老五&amp;quot;, if translated literally, might be translated as &amp;quot;Chen Laowu&amp;quot;. Yang Xianyi translated &amp;quot;Old Chen&amp;quot;, which is more authentic. &amp;quot;Chen Lao Wu&amp;quot; may be the habitual name of this person by the locals, rather than the name Chen Lao Wu. The Yangs' translation as &amp;quot;Lao Chen&amp;quot; here conforms to the Chinese people's habit of addressing acquaintances and conforms to the original cultural background (金瑞, 邵华, 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)“狼子村的佃户来告荒....”(鲁迅，2019: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“a tenant of ours from Wolf Cub Villagecame to report the failure of the crop...&amp;quot; ( 杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;狼子村&amp;quot; is a place noun. If it is simply translated as &amp;quot;The Wolf Child Village&amp;quot;, it is obviously inappropriate. Such translated names are not only not beautiful enough, but also cannot express the charm of Chinese place names. Here, the expression of &amp;quot;Cub&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Wolf Cub Village&amp;quot; of the Young couple is quite vivid and accurate. &amp;quot;Cub&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;cub&amp;quot; and it is used here in line with the original meaning. Yang Xianyi has certain accomplishments in the translation of Chinese-specific place nouns, and conveys the Chinese-specific culture well in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett believes that the goal of translation should be changed from the text commonly accepted by people to culture, which is the so-called cultural shift. If we compare culture to the human body, then language is the human heart. Only when people's heart, language and body are coordinated with each other, can people maintain vigor and vitality. When performing heart surgery on a patient, the surgeon must take into account the overall physical condition of the patient. The same is true for translation practice. In the process of translating the target language into the target language, members of parliament must take into account the double standards of language accuracy and cultural adaptability, and must not strip away culture and treat translation in isolation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation methods, Bassnett believes that language and text materials in different cultural contexts should have different translation requirements, and therefore different translation methods. For example, for original texts that are descriptive, or contain certain cultural beliefs, or are technological in nature, the translator should try to literally translate from a cultural perspective when translating. If the original text does not belong to the above three types of texts, then the translator can play relatively freely when translating, use more translation skills, and less consider the limitations of the original text culture on translation activities. It can be said that the degree of freedom of such translation activities is relatively high.&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation strategy, Bassnett believes that the translator's translation activity is a process of information transmission. In this process, the translator should first find the cultural factors in the original text that are different from the target language, and then understand these factors in depth, and try to retain these factors on this basis. Such a strategy helps readers of other countries to better understand the connotation expressed in the original text, and enable them to have a more accurate understanding of the cultural context of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Content and form of translation&lt;br /&gt;
As far as the content and form of the translation are concerned, Bassnett regards cultural exchange as the focus of translation, and she believes that the original flavor of the original language text should be kept as much as possible. At the same time, she also pointed out that literary translation must not lose its form. Taking poetry as an example, the translation of poetry is not simply a translation of the original poem content, but a new understanding and creation in translation. The translator must use his own translation skills and literary quality to create new content. But at the same time, the form and content of the poem are unified. The length of the syllables and the distribution of rhymes in the form are also conveying the content. The information of the times is all revealed behind it. Therefore, if the original form of the poem is discarded in the translation, Then it cannot fully reflect the content of the original poem. Take Chinese rhyme poems as an example. When its prosperity turned from its peak to its decline in the Tang Dynasty, the strict flat correspondence and cohesion were not only for making people melodious and catchy, but its pursuit of form revealed that The literati in the era remembered the dead Tang Dynasty and their strong unsatisfied political demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 &amp;quot;Intelligibility&amp;quot; of the translation&lt;br /&gt;
Before the rise of the cultural translation school, translation researchers sometimes translated the literary language in the original text into plain and simple language in order for the translation to be better understood by readers, deleting literary metaphors and associations. In this way, the translation will indeed become easy to understand, but the literary nature of the work has been reduced, and the interest and depth will not reach the effect of the original text. Therefore, Bassnett believes that the &amp;quot;understandability&amp;quot; of the translation cannot be based on abandoning the original style and artistry, but should try to maintain the original flavor of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Evaluation Criteria of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
For the evaluation criteria of translations, Bassnett believes that the evaluation criteria of translations are not unique. The standards for translating academic articles and applied and literary articles are different. When checking and evaluating the standard of translation, we should start from the target of translation, and judge the translation based on whether the translation can meet the needs of the target. In short, the translation should meet the needs of readers in different cultural contexts as a starting point, and use a suitable translated language that can meet this demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.5 Examples of Bassnett's Cultural Translation Theory-Taking 《道德经》‘s Arthur Willy's Translation and Gu Zhengkun's Translation as Examples&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“六亲不和，有孝慈(孝子)。”(章十八)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辜译: &amp;quot;Filiality and benevolence come along with the family feud,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
韦利译:“It was when the six near ones were no longer at peace that there was talkof dutiful sons.&amp;quot; (Waley, 1999:37 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;六亲&amp;quot; in modern Chinese generally refer to all family members and relatives, but in ancient Chinese there are specific references to father and son, brothers, and couples. Gu Zhengkun knows that family ethical relations are not as complicated in the West as in China, so he adopted the approach of being close to Western readers and translated it as &amp;quot;the family; while Wiley used the method of alienation in order to get close to the original work, calling it &amp;quot;sixnear ons&amp;quot; , And supplemented by the notes at the end of the chapter to further explain the specific meaning of &amp;quot;six relatives&amp;quot;. (the six near ones: father, son, elder brother, younger brother, husband and wife.). Both translators have realized the function of the language opposite to them. The equivalence of the above. That is to realize the equivalence of cultural functions, but also convey the meaning of cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文:“虽有拱璧以先驷马”  (章六十二)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辜译:It would be better to present to the emperor Tao than jade disks followed by ateam of four horses.&amp;quot; ( 辜正坤，1995: 251 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
韦利译:“Rather than send a team of four horses, preceded by a disc ofjade.e..&amp;quot;(Waley,1999:131 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both translators translated &amp;quot;驷马&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;four horses&amp;quot;, which is correct. In ancient China, the number of horses pulling carts was used to reflect the rank of status, such as driving two horses as a parallel, three horses as a stallion, and four horses as a parcel. Usually the emperor drives six, princes drive five, Qing drives four, doctors three, scholars two, and common people one. There are also horse-drawn chariots in wars, usually one carriage with four horses and three passengers. If the translator can comment on this, it will better help the target readers to understand the ancient Chinese horse culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The difference between the two translation thoughts===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation thoughts are mainly influenced by language structuralist translators, which are manifested in his use of the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, and the core similar to Chomsky's deep structure Syntactic analysis is a structural analysis of language expression forms and translation procedures from the perspective of language translation, that is, interlingual translation. However, the essence of Nida's translation thought lies in far more than its language structuralist translation view, but more of him In &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;translation and communication&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;translation must emphasize readers' reflection&amp;quot; and many other propositions. Moreover, Nida's contribution in translation theory, especially in the translation theory of the Bible, and his position in contemporary American and Western translation studies are very important and widely recognized. (Tan Zaixi, 1991)&lt;br /&gt;
But Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural translation view&amp;quot; focuses on cultural exchanges, with culture first, and information second. Through translation to introduce the unique culture of each nation, explain the similarities and differences between each other, so as to promote the comparative study of two languages ​​and cultures. Bassnett also pointed out that culture puts forward various requirements for translation, and these requirements are closely related to the nature of the original text. In the process of translation, the translator should demonstrate the unique charm of different cultures through translation, so that people of different cultural backgrounds can communicate and communicate in a true cultural sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.The similarity of the two translation ideas===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the service object of translation is the recipient. It is necessary to evaluate and judge the quality of the translation. It is not only necessary to compare the language form of the translation and the original text, but also to see how the recipient reflects the translation. Only when the translated works are easy to understand and in proper form can they be widely accepted by the public. Bassnett’s cultural translation view also emphasizes that translation should meet the requirements of different objects in a certain culture. In order to meet the requirements of different specific groups, the translator must find a suitable translated language functionally. It can be seen that both translation theorists believe that translation works should focus on the demands of recipients of translation at different levels.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that when there is a contradiction between form and content in the translation process, form should give way to content. Bassnett also believes that in the process of functional equivalence, the translator can not be restricted by the literary image. It can be seen that the two translation theorists pay more attention to the content and form of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida pointed out that the languages ​​and cultures of the world have 90% similarities and only 10% differences. Bassnett also believes that the translator should perform functional equivalence in the target language culture based on the target language; the reading object and the original language's function in the original language culture. It can be seen that both translation theorists believe that the source language and the target language can communicate and communicate in terms of culture. Although there is a cultural loss in the translation process, there are more similarities between different languages. Similarities or similarities (ie cultural common core).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Bassnett are great translation theorists and translators in the history of Western translation. Their theoretical research ideas and academic vision are broad, and their insights are unique, which give people deep inspiration. In the process of translation research, the two masters placed translation in the multi-dimensional space of the original text and the target text, investigated from different angles to reveal the essence of translation, and achieved fruitful results. The two translations: principles and methods. There are both common points and their own characteristics. We should work hard to understand the characteristics and development trajectories of the two major translation theories, and find out the contributions and shortcomings of the two major translation theories. In order to find things that Chinese translation theories can learn from, to promote the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene and Charles Taber. The Theory of Translation[M]. Leiden:E. J Brill,1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Liao Qiyi.(2000).廖七一.''当代西方翻译理论探索''.[Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory].译林出版社[Yilin Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Liu Runqing.(2002).刘润清.''西方语言学流''派[Schools of Western Linguistics].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Lu Gang. (2006). 陆刚. 巴斯奈特理论与翻译中文化等值的不确定性[Bassnett's theory and the uncertainty of cultural equivalence in translation].''中国比较文化''[Chinese Comparative Culture]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Tan Zaixi. (1991). 谭载喜. ''西方翻译简史''. [Western Translator Business History]. 商务印书馆[The Commercial Press ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Duan Feng. 段峰.(2006). 苏珊·巴斯奈特文学翻译思想述评. [A Review of Susan Bassnett's Literary Translation Thoughts]. ''四川大学学报''[Journal of Sichuan University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Gang. (2010). 陆刚. 巴斯奈特理论与翻译中文化等值的不确定性[Bassnett's theory and the uncertainty of cultural equivalence in translation]. ''扬州大学学报''[Journal of Yangzhou University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Deng Ju, Qin Zhongshu.(2007). 邓巨，秦中书.苏珊·巴斯奈特翻译思想述评[A Review of Susan Bassnett's Translation Thoughts.  ''四川文理学院学报''[Journal of Sichuan University of Arts and Science]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Luo Chengli. 罗承丽.(2010). 操纵与构建：苏珊·巴斯奈特“文化翻译中”思想研究. [Manipulation and Construction: Susan Bassnett's &amp;quot;Cultural Translation&amp;quot; Thought Research].''北京语言大学''[Beijing Language and Culture University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Waley,Arthur.The Way and Its Power:A study of the Tao Te Ching and its Place in Chinese Thought.London:Allen and Unwin，1934.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Lu Xun. 鲁迅.(2010). ''呐喊''. [The Call].江西教育出版社[Jiangxi Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Lu Xun. 鲁迅.(2010). ''呐喊''. [The Call]. 杨宪益，戴乃迭，译.北京外文出版社[Beijing Foreign Languages  Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Gu Zhengkun. 辜正坤.(2008). ''老子道德经''[ Tao Te Ching].北京大学出版社[Peking University Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 13:34, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study Between the Skopos Theory and Yan Fu’s Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 吴一露 Wu Yilu  202070080610&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory and the theory put forward by Yan Fu, that is “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most representative translation theories respectively in the history of Chinese and Western translation theories. And these two theories have a profound impact to Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will compare the similarities and differences between these two theories as well as their historical contributions and limitations. It aims to get a deeper understanding of Skopos theory and Yan Fu’s theory and a better application of theories in practice. In the meantime, the collision and comparative analysis of Chinese and Western theories will also promote the study of translation theories and provide a reference for guiding translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory; Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Hans Vermeer; Yan Fu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===目的论和严复理论的比较研究===&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目的论和严复提出的翻译理论即 “信达雅”分别是中西方翻译理论史上最具代表性的翻译理论之一。并且这两种翻译理论对中西方翻译理论和实践产生了深刻的影响。本文将对比研究目的论以及严复理论的同异，结合比较这两种理论的历史贡献及局限,旨在加深对目的论和“信达雅”理解，并将理论更好地运用到翻译实践中。同时中西方理论的碰撞和对比分析，也会促进翻译理论研究和为指导翻译实践提供依据。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目的论；信达雅；汉斯·弗米尔；严复&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos is the Greek word for “aim” or “purpose” and was introduced into translation theory in the 1970s by the German linguists Hans J. Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and developed in Germany in the late 1970s. The creation of Skopos theory is a significant achievement of western translation theories, providing a new perspective for translation study. In 1897, Yan Fu set down the triple translation criteria of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance,” (Xin Da Ya), which influenced the development of translation practice and theory for almost half a century after it came into being and it still exerts great influence on contemporary TS. As now the scope of integration and exchanges between China and Western world are expanding to various fields, this paper will reexamine these influential theories by comparing their commonalities, differences and influences, so as to broaden our vision of translation theory study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Introduction of Skopos Theory and Yan Fu’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Skopos theory comprises the idea that translating and interpreting means to produce a target text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” .(Vermeer, Hans J.1987a, 26). The purpose decides everything, from the translation strategy and translation method, to the choice of the form and content of the original work, to the production of the target text. All these  take the purpose as the reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 The Development of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creation of Skopos theory in not going to happen overnight; it is a gradual process that can the skopos theory become the core of functionalist approach, which is initially proposed by Hans Vermeer. Its formation and development experienced mostly three periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Katharina Reiss’s research &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book Possibilities and Limits of Translation Criticism, written by Katharina Reiss in 1971, marked the appearance of German translation theories and was the first time raised the idea that text function could be listed as a standard of translation criticism and came up with thoughts of functional translation theory. The core of her translation theory is text typology, including informative text (content-focused), expressive text (form-focused), operative text (appeal-focused) and the auto-medial text, which laid a foundation of Skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Hans J. Vermeer: Skopos theories and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Reiss’s student, casting off the chains of Translation Equivalence, thought: translation is not a mechanical language interpretation, but an activity with an aim or purpose. According to Action Theory, human action is a kind of purposeful behavior in a given situation. In his opinion, translation also is such a kind of action with purpose on the foundation of a source text. Hence, Vermeer names his theory Skopos theory, a theory of purposeful action. Hans J. Vermeer believed that the purpose of a text determines the translation strategies. The most important ingredients determining the purpose of translation is readers. So translators should better to consider integrally both the purpose of translation and special circumstances of target-text readers before interpreting.（Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 154）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Justa Holz-Manttari and Christiane Nord: the theory of translational action and Function plus Loyalty Principle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manttari differentiated “translation” and “translation action”. She thought that “translation” is simply transformative action while “translation action” is more intricate behavior designed to transfer message overcoming culture and language barriers. In Christiane Nord’s Translating as a Purposeful Activity-Functionalist Approaches Explained, she defines the Skopos theory as the prime principle determining any translation process. But Nord also found there were some drawbacks of Skopos theory, so she putted forward the “loyalty principle”: the responsibility of translators towards to their partners in translational interaction. (Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three rules of Skopos theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the ‘skopos rule’, which means that a translation action is determined by its skopos; in other words, that is “ the end justifies the means” (Reiss Katharina &amp;amp; Vermeer Hans J. 1984). As defined by Vermeer and translated by Nord, the Skopos rule states: “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The Skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.” (Christiane Nord, 1997) Whether the function of the source text or passages in the source text can be preserved or have to be modified or even changed all decided by the purpose of translation. The skopos is divided into three forms: translator purpose, communicative purpose of the translated text and the purpose of using some kind of translation strategies. Coherence rule talks about that the target text must be coherent with the source text, given target text receivers circumstances and knowledge (Pochhacker, Franz 1995, 32). Translators should pick out what is meaningful in the receivers’ condition. The last rule, fidelity rule, concerns the intertexual coherence between target text and source text---the target text is determined by its skopos. In accordance to this, the form of the target text would be determined by both translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These three rules connect with each other. Coherence rule and fidelity rule are subject to skopos rule. From above three rules, we come to a conclusion that the evaluation criterion of translation is “adequacy”—dynamic standard-- rather than “equivalence”. Therefore, translator should not be literalists who rigidly adhere to the words of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1854-1921) was an outstanding Chinese Scholar and translator who had studied abroad from 1877 to 1879 in Britain. In this period, he was interested in western politics and started to learn academic theories of capitalist politics. His solid foundation of language as well as rich reserves of theories made adequate preparations for his future translation work. Because realizing that it was important for old China to catch up western countries in fields of politics, economy, culture, ideology and institutions, this famous Chinese translator devoted his life to importing western ideas and theories by translating various foreign works, including Evolution and Ethics, Yuan Fu (the Chinese version of The Wealth of Nations), The Spirit of Laws and other essays. It is these translated works and his translation theories --- “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” that impressed large numbers of Chinese scholars profoundly, which also contributed to his everlasting name in the history of Chinese translation theory study.(Chen Fukang 2000, 105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 The Development of Yan Fu’s Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” （Xin, Da, Ya) was firstly seen in The Dhammapada sequence （《法句经序》）written by Zhi Qian , a venerable monk and a translator of Buddhist scriptures in the Three Kingdoms Period. But as a translation theory, it is known to the public and handed down because of Yan Fu. (Chen Fukang 2000, 106) In 1898, Yan Fu made a conclusion of all the debates related to translation since Han dynasty and Tang dynasty after research. Then he put forward “the three difficulties for translating” in the preface of the translation of T.H. Huxley’s book Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays more than one hundred years ago. The first draft of Evolution and Ethics was finished in 1895. As this was the first book he translated, he met many difficulties in translating and got a lot of thoughts. Then he put his thoughts into Yiliyan （《译例言》）: “ Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. ” (Yan Fu, 1987)  However, there are still some people holding the opinion that these translation thoughts of Yan Fu took their ideas from the three principles of famous British translator Tytler.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The evolution of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this translation theory was put forward, it have inspired continuous debates for nearly one hundred years and the interpretation of the later scholars cannot be ignored. There are four main directions of this evolution.&lt;br /&gt;
The May Fourth New Culture Movement ushered in a new epoch vernacular literature and translation, which changed the status of Classical Chinese and Vernacular Chinese. So Yan Fu’s interpretation of “Elegance”, which refers to application of Classical Chinese before Han dynasty, became out of step with the Times. Attempting to prove the rationality of “Elegance”, many translators made new interpretations of it. While there are also some made adjustments on the basis of Yan Fu’s theory. Qu Qiubai suggested using Vernacular Chinese instead of classical one; Lin Yutang, Liu Zhongdei and Zhu Wenzhen proposed to change “Elegance” into “Beauty”, “Closeness” and “Appropriate” respectively. Among which “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness” not only inherits rational thoughts, but also overcomes limitations of “Elegance”. So this principle is a remarkable symbol presenting that China’s translation theories are becoming mature.(Liu Qijia 2000, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Lu Xun simplified this three-character standard, turning it into a two-character one--- “faithfulness and smoothness” (Xin Shun Shuo). From “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” to “Faithfulness, Smoothness and Beauty”, from “Similarity in Spirit” to “Sublimation”, we can see that the translation spirit of Yan Fu is carried forward and how profound an impact this theory made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Main Contents of Yan Fu’s Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever the criteria of translation is discussed in China, the principle of translation proposed by Yan Fu would be mentioned, namely: “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. From the perspective of Yan Fu, “Faithfulness” referred to the meaning of the target text should be close to that of the original one, that was, being faithful to the original meaning, as well as its sentimental color, style and flavor. There are two aspects of “Faithfulness”: being faithful to the original work and to target readers. “Expressiveness” meant the target text should be coherent and clear, there being no need to follow the exact order of words and sentences structure of the original language but reorganize and elaborate to respect the rules of target language. And “Elegance” indicated that the target text should be of refinement in language, namely, the use of ancient Chinese before Han dynasty so as to meet the expectation of target readers who were well-educated in China. He claimed that “where language has no refinement, its effects will not extend far”(言之无文，行之不远). (Chen Fukang 2000, 108）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Yan Fu’s point of view, “Faithfulness” is the core while “Expressiveness” and “Elegance” are two measures, which can be noticed from the order of these three characters. That means “Faithfulness” is the premise and basis of translation and the other two are the aim of translation. So these three standards are integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Similiarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Similarities betweeen these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Skopos theory and Yan Fu’s theory originated in two different countries and cultural environments, and there are hundreds of years between the times when they were put forward, these two theories have many similarities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Fidelity Rule and Faithfulness=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fidelity rule in Skopos theory is similar to “Faithfulness” in Yan Fu’s theory. Comparing the two theories of translation, we find that both theories have a criterion based on the original text and pursue the principle of fidelity, which is only expressed in different words. Fidelity rule in Skopos theory holds that translator should respect both the original author and readers in the translation process. Translation is to try to reach an agreement with the original work's intention and translator is responsible not only to readers but also to the original author, reconciling the purpose of the translation with the author's intention and mediating between the two. In Nord’s opinion , the faithfulness principle gives translator the right to make changes to the original text according to the purpose of translation, showing an open, tolerant and dynamic view of translation; on the other hand, it requires translator to be responsible for all parties involved in the translation, to explain or interpret his or her translation strategy, and to reach an understanding and consensus among all parties.(Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coincides with Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot;, which emphasizes not to deviate from the original text. And &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is the premise and foundation of translation. In the process of translation, translator is required to correctly understand the original text and then reproduce it in another language. If the ideas, expressions, and emotions in the translation are not consistent with the original work, then it violates the requirement of &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot;, as well as the requirement of the fidelity rule in Skopos theory. Thus, we can find that both theories emphasize the importance of faithfulness to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Coherence Rule and Expressiveness=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence principle in Skopos theory is similar to the “Expressiveness” in the Yan Fu’s theory. In short, they both emphasize the fluency and smoothness of the translation from the point of view of readers’ receptivity and comprehension, so that receiver can accept and understand the translation smoothly. The coherence principle refers that translation should be readable and acceptable, so as to achieve interlingual coherence and to be consistent with the communicative situation of the target readers. As elaborated by Nord, a communicative interaction can only be regarded as successful if the receivers interpret it as being sufficiently coherent with their situation. (Christiane Nord 1997, 32) Under this rule, the receivers of the target text, their cultural background, social circumstances, expectations, values and norms should all be taken into consideration as major factors to produce meaningful translations. In translation, translator should reproduce the content and form of the original text as much as possible, and such translations usually require extensive annotation so that readers can have a better understanding of the translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This point is consistent with Yan Fu's viewpoint in his translation work, Evolution and Ethics · Yiyanli : “ 顾信矣，不达，虽译，犹不译也(A translation is faithful but not expressive, then it is not a qualified translation)。” (Yan Fu, 1987) According to Yan, “Expressiveness” means to reproduce the meaning of the original text in a way that is consistent with the terminological conventions of the target language, which also emphasizes the understandability of the translation. That is to say, translator should focus on conveying the content of the original text and conveying the meaning and gist of the original text, rather than sticking to the order of the words and sentences in the original text. At the same time, Yan also points out that the sentence structure in English is very different from that in Chinese. If one mechanically translates long sentences from English, the Chinese translation will certainly be unintelligible. Therefore, a translator must first understand the main idea of the original text clearly before he can translate it without compromising the original meaning. It can be seen that both Skopos theory and Yan Fu's theory emphasize expressing the main idea of the original text in a way that can be understood by the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.3 Skopos Rule and Elegance=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos rule in the Skopos theory is similar to “Elegance” in Yan Fu’s theory to some extent. The Skopos rule states that the purpose of translation determines the entire act of translation at the macro level. In the meantime, translator must decide what methods and strategies to use in translation based on the function of the translation in the target culture. Vermeer regards the recipient of the translation as an important part of the translation requirements and &amp;quot;one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of the translation&amp;quot;. Translation is &amp;quot;the text produced in the target language environment for the purpose of translation and for the target readers.”.(Christiane Nord 1997, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in Yan Fu’s theory, “Elegance” is more specific, as it is based on the specific era and target readers at that time he lived. Because in the 19th century, the books Yan Fu translated were not for the general public, but for old literati and intellectuals who had the right to speak at that time. And most of them respected the old and discriminated against the new, advocating the ancient language while opposing the promotion of the vernacular language. There was no way to introduce Western ideas and knowledge to the scholarly class in China without taking into account their feelings. It is clear that he was thinking from the perspective of target readers, then this theory was put forward. (Chen Fukang 2000, 109) So, in essence, both theories share the same reader-centered viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Differences between these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many similarities between these two translation theories, big differences in the theoretical system, translation standards and translators' status still exist. These differences are not only caused by the different traditions of Chinese and Western theories, but also by the differences in cultural background and personal theoretical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Different Theoretical Systems=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is closely integrated with other disciplines. This theory was born out of the behavioral theory. Vermeer places Skopos theory in the framework of cross-cultural communication. He denies that translation is a purely linguistic transformation, and pays more attention to communication and culture.It makes the translation theory more logical, scientific and systematic. Thus, it breaks the text-centered translation research tradition, providing a new perspective for translation study. A theoretical system with diversified translation standards was formed. Skopos theory clearly puts forward some translation concepts, such as the three rules, and there is a clear hierarchy among the three rules, with both Fidelity rule and Coherence rule being subordinate to the Skopos rule. It makes clear to translator the standards and principles that they should follow.In addition, it also made a distinction between intertextual coherence and intratextual coherence, adequate translation and equivalent translation, and translation and translation action.(Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But Yan Fu’s theory is relatively abstract and vague. Although it concludes the translation requirements, it is not as clear as Skopos theory. Different translators have different interpretations of these three translation criteria. Some think that &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; refers to the faithfulness to the original work's ideological content, while others think it is faithful to the content and linguistic style of the original work, which leads to differences in content and form. Zhu Guang Qian and Tang Ren even advocated condensing “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” into “Faithfulness”; people’s understanding of “Elegance” was even more diverse. Besides, Yan Fu's theory is not closely integrated with other disciplines and focuses more on content and aesthetics.(Chen Fukang 2000, 348）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Yan Fu's theory is not clearly demonstrated and scientifically summarized, which easily cause ambiguity. It is not as theoretical and systematic as Skopos theory, and tends to be more of an empirical theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Different Translation Standards=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the emergence of Skopos theory, the mainstream translation standard was functional equivalence. The emergence of the Skopos theory broke through the constraint of equivalence，replacing the &amp;quot;faithfulness principle&amp;quot; as the first principle with the Skopos rule. The success of a translation depends on whether the intended purpose of translation is achieved. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; usually refers to the communicative purpose of the translation, that is, &amp;quot;the communicative function of the translation in the target socio-cultural context for the target readers&amp;quot;. Therefore, the Skopos theory pays more attention to the translation requirements, the target readers, the target language’s environment and culture. It has a broader scope of application, increasing the number of alternative translation strategies, which opened the shackles of translators.（Vermeer, Hans J. 1989, 186)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Yan Fu's translation theory, which can also be regarded as a translation standard, puts forward requirements for translations in three directions of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Although “Faithfulness” is the first among the three, Yan Fu also emphasized the importance of “Expressiveness” and “Elegance”. In Yan Fu's view, these three standards are integrated. Even he himself didn’t explain it clearly.  In this way, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are only three abstract translation criteria, rather than a systematic translation theory. And it has different requirements to different types of text. The requirements are highest for literary works, lower for philosophical and social science works, and even lower for science and technology related works, official documents and the like.(Chen Fukang 2000, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Different Translator Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time in the past, the role and subject status of translators have not received enough attention and research. Traditional translation theories holds that translators should be subordinate to the original text in the translation process. However, Skopos theory emphasizes the subjectivity of translator and frees translators from the prison of the faithfulness standard of translation theory. According to Vermeer, the purpose determines translation action. And the intended purpose is determined by many factors: (1) translator's basic purpose (e.g. to earn a living), (2) the communicative purpose of the translation (e.g. to enlighten readers), and (3) the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation method (e.g. adopting literal translation to illustrate the grammatical structure of a language). (He Xiaoling 2012, 46)So translators has more freedom and rights. They can have their own judgment and understanding in the translation process. They can adopt different translation strategies, like omission or addition, according to different translation purposes. Therefore, under Skopos theory, translator is the medium of communication between the author and readers, original text and translated text. He plays a creative role in the translation process, instead of just converting two different languages mechanically. At the same time, translator acts as a central role in the translation process who is responsible for the results of the whole translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Yan Fu's theory, the content of the translation cannot deviate from the original work. The role of translator is more to convey the meaning of the original work to readers after understanding the ideological basis of the original author. He should strive for the consistency or similarity between the translated text and the original, without compromising the readability and acceptability of the translated text. Therefore, under this theory, translator is more of a bridge between the original work and the translated text. This would still be original text-centered, and translator would not be able to exercise much initiative. As we can see, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Faithfulness” still advocates the primacy of the original text. Compared with the subjective initiative of translator in Skopos theory, translator's act is largely passive .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparative Study of the Contribution and Limitation of these Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory proposed by Vermeer and the theory proposed by Yan Fu play an important role in Chinese and Western translation theories respectively. Then what are the similarities and differences between the two theories in terms of their contributions and shortcomings? Through the analysis in this chapter, we can glimpse the development trend and characteristics of translation theory in the world of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Contributions of these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the linguistic dominance in translation studies was questioned before the birth of Skopos theory, translation studies gradually shifted to a cultural orientation, Vermeer placed translation in the framework of cross-cultural communication, which freed translation from the shackles of Nida's equivalence theory, and liberated translation studies from the constraints of source-text-oriented approach . In Skopos theory, the status of the source text is not as important as that of the target text. Vermeer regards the original text only as a &amp;quot;source of information&amp;quot;, which provides only the information needed for the translation commission, and is no longer the only or the highest criterion for evaluating the translation ( Hans J. Vermeer 1982, 98.) Taking the purpose of translation as the starting point and foundation of translation has greatly changed our original concept of translation. Skopos theory also provides a good explanation for the controversy over domestication and foreignization in the history of Chinese and Western translation, as well as the widely discussed form equivalence and dynamic equivalence in the translation industry in the past two or three decades. Whether to adopt domestication or foreignization in translation depends on the purpose of translation. More emphasis is placed on the purpose of translation, the goal of translator and the effect of the translation on readers. The social and communicative effects of translation, as well as that of readers and translation are also of great importance , thus a multifaceted and integrated translation standard was formed. Therefore, the creation of Skopos theory has finally freed translation research from the confinement brought about by “equivalence” and provided a new direction for translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has played a subversive role in the history of Western translation, while Yan Fu's theory is to a greater extent a summary and refinement of the previous theories of Chinese translation schools. But it has played a pivotal role in the history of Chinese translation and has long been valued by translation scholars. The contribution of this theory to translation lies not only in proposing a far-reaching translation standard, but also in its rich vitality. This is because this translation standard summarizes the main characteristics of translation work to a great extent and shows the requirements of translation work. Secondly, because of its inclusive nature, after several generations of scholars' discussions, the meaning of  “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” has already exceeded the definition given by Yan Fu. In particular, there are various new interpretations of &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; in literary translation, no longer sticking to the use of ancient Chinese before the Han Dynasty, but focusing on the use of literary style, writing style, and rhetoric. Over the past 100 years, Yan Fu's theory has aroused translators’ long-term thinking and exploration of translation theory, then its academic connotation has been unceasingly explored, which, in return, has been continuously developed and perfected, and has become the classic of Chinese translation thought. In the words of Shen Suru, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is “still the most well-known and influential translation principle and standard, and no other principle or standard can replace it”(Shen Suru 2001,7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Limitations of these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Skopos theory has made a great breakthrough to translation theory, it has some shortcomings of its own. Firstly, it overemphasizes the purpose of translation and translator, while neglecting rich meaning and multifunctionality of the original text, which undermines the ontological meaning of translation, and is not suitable for some text types. Skopos theory contains a certain degree of idealism, focusing on analysis and refinement, and sometimes it tends to neglect the integrity. As a result, sometimes the stylistic and semantic features of the original text are lost in order to achieve the translation goal. Many scholars have also criticized Skopos theory. Among them, Pym argues that it is a matter of common sense that translation has a purpose, and there is no need to make a fuss over the theory (Pym Anthony, 1996). Besides, Newmark claims that the “purpose-oriented” view is overkill. He strongly resents the approach of Skopos theory which eliminates the authority of texts and is oriented to translator's culture. Secondly, the possibility of realizing the purpose of translation depends on the conditions of the target culture rather than the culture of the source language, so fidelity to the original text is only a possibility. Thus we can see that the coherence rule and fidelity rule are not universally applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, there are also limitations to Yan Fu’s theory. Compared with Skopos theory, Yan Fu's theory gives sufficient attention to the original text, but, as we mentioned earlier, it is an abstract and general theory, which is more theoretical rather than expository. The lack of analysis and discussion of specific issues keeps the theory at an abstract level, making it difficult for translator to grasp the degree: what degree can be called “Faithfulness”, what degree can be called “Expressiveness”, and what degree can be called “Elegance”?(Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 157) It is this ambiguity that makes this theory less scientific and accurate than Skopos theory. Thus its guiding role in practice is greatly reduced. In addition, as a product of the times, Yan Fu’s theory is deeply influenced by the background of the time, and cannot be scientifically combined with other disciplines, which once again limits the application of this theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many similarities between the theory of purpose and Yan Fu's translation theory, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, in terms of pursuing fidelity and consistency, and observing reader adaptation, while there are also many differences in the theoretical systems, translation standards, and translator status. Although both theories have certain limitations, it is undeniable that they both provide important guidance for translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparative study of these two typical Chinese and Western translation theories, we can find that the Western translation theory pays more attention to scientific argumentation method. It attempts to combine with many other disciplines, and takes them as the theoretical support. Thus, the translation theory model is constantly proposed and improved, and the translation research perspective is expanded. Similarly, Yan Fu's theory is constantly being carried forward, and its influence is far-reaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, as the world is in the period of fast development, dramatic change and great integration, Chinese and Western thoughts and cultures are deeply interwoven. We should adhere to the essence of Chinese translation theory while learning Western theory, so as to better master the essence of both, grasp the development trend of translation theory, and more actively guide our translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord. (1997). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity''. Kinderhook: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss Katharina &amp;amp; Vermeer Hans J. (1984). Groundwork for a general theory of translation. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pochhacker Franz. (1995). Simultaneous interrupting: a functionalist perspective. Hermes: Journal of linguistics, (14): 31-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (1996). Material Text Transfer as a Key to the Purpose of Translation. Kent, Ohio: Institute of Applied Linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1982a). Translation als informationsangebot. Lebende sprachen, 27(3)97-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1987a). What does it mean to translate. ''Indian journal of applied linguistic'', 13(2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1989a). Skopos and Commission in Translational Action. Chersterman: ''Translation Theory'', 173-187.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2000). ''中国译学理论史稿'' [A History of Translation Theory in China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xiaoling 閤小玲. (2012). 浅析目的论视角下的译者主体性 [An Analysis of Translator Subjectivity in the Perspective of Purpose Theory]. Journal of Liuzhou Teachers College ''柳州师专学报''. (4):45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Qijia 刘期家. (2000). 论信达雅的历史发展轨迹 [On the historical development trajectory of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance]. Journal of Sichuan International Studies University ''四川外语学院学报''. (2):96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Suru 沈苏儒.(2001). 翻译的最高境界——信达雅漫谈 [The Highest Level of Translation - A Compendium of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [ A Short History of Translation in the West]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu严复. (1897). ''天演论·译例言'' [Evolution and Ethics· Yiliyan]. News Collection ''国闻汇编''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Mengzhen 周锰珍. (2007). “目的论”与“信达雅”——中西方两种译论的比较 ['Skopos Theory' and 'Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance': A Comparison of Two Translation Theories in China and the West. Academic Forum ''学术论坛''. (8):154-158.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 13:33, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Eileen Chang’s Self-Translation and Conventional Translation from the Perspective of Gender	纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a representative figure of Chinese feminist literature, Eileen Chang’s feminist thoughts and gender consciousness have been fully reflected in her creation process. Besides, she is not only a writer, but also a translator. Studying her translation strategies in self-translation and conventional translation and exploring the gender consciousness reflected in her process of translation can help to the further development of translation studies of Chang, make up for the lack of translation evaluation of Chinese women and it also conducive to the further development of gender study in the context of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, gender, self-translation, conventional translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
性别视角下张爱玲自译与他译对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲作为中国女性主义文学的代表人物，在她的创作过程中，女性主义思想、性别意识得到了充分的体现。张爱玲本人除了是一个作家外，也身兼译者的身份，从性别视角研究其自译与他译文本中所采取的翻译策略及其体现出来的性别意识，有助于张爱玲翻译研究的进一步发展，弥补中国翻译史中女性翻译史的欠缺，也有利于性别研究在中国语境下的进一步发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲，性别，自译，他译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a Chinese well-known female writer in the 20th century, her novels and prose have attracted much attention, so that many scholars focus on her literary creation achievement but ignore her translation. Numerous books aiming to introduce the Chinese translation history make no mention of Eileen Chang's identity as a translator. In fact, Eileen Chang should be reckoned with in the translation field in that she has also made significant contributions in translation. Mao Dun has pointed out that “ The person who can translate literature books must be someone has talent in creation”（Luo Xinzhang &amp;amp; Chen Yingnian，2009：413）, and looking through the Chinese history, we can find that there are not so much Chinese writers who can also translate, but Eileen Chang is one of them. She, with her powerful creative talent and bilingual skills, has translated diverse works, including a variety of novels, prose and poems, at the same time, she has also made her contributions in compiling movie scripts. Here, the translations will be talked about are her self-translation of ''Jinsuo Ji'' (''The Golden Cangue'') and conventional translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a leader of feminist literature in China, the feminism thought profoundly embodied in her literary creation and translation, however, speaking up for women has not limited her exploration of male identity,in the process of depicting the typical characters with different genders, Eileen Chang, as the author or the translator, represents different gender identities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Gender and Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the rise of feminism in the western continent in the 20th century, the topic of gender has always been placed at the core of its theoretical development. Feminist translation theory thought that between women and translation there was some kind of similarity - both of them were placed in the inferior position. So they combined feminism and translation, advocating from the feminist standpoint, using language to create positive intervention to change women' s weak position in translation, so that it can criticize the traditional translation theories which degrade women and translation to the bottom of the society or literature phenomenon. During this period, the research on the relationship between gender and translation has seen the influence of gender identity on translation, which is a big development. However, the over-emphasis on the opposition between the two sexes has its limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Sherry Simon has pointed out, “...Another interesting area of investigation would be the way gender identities have been disguised through translation” (Sherry 2005:159), that is, gender identity can be disguised during translation, or the identity represented by the translator is not a single fixed one.With the development and innovation of various theories, translation studies from the perspective of gender, when developed into the 1980s, under the influence of post-structuralism theory, its focus has shifted from the over-emphasis on the opposition between men and women to the exploration of meaning and gender fluidity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter, facing such a change of gender translation studies, aims to study Eileen Chang' s translations from the perspective of gender liquidity. To some extent, this chapter breaks the status quo that the study on Eileen Chang is onefold about feminism and explores her gender identity transformation in translation to dig out the influences different gender identities make to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang' s Self-translation --  ''Jinsuo Ji''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative works of Eileen Chang, ''Jinsuo Ji'' was once honored as “the greatest novella in the history of Chinese literature”(Hsia 1999: 398) by Hsia, while Fu Lei(whose early pseudonym is Xun Yu) also gave a high evaluation of this work, and he said that it was “one of the most great achievements in our literary world”(Xun 1994: 121). In order to perfectly present the culture and thought of the original work, Eileen Chang chose to translate it herself. It takes her nearly 10 years to rewrite or self-translate ''Jinsuo Ji'', including four different versions: ''Pink Tears'', ''The Rouge of The North'', ''Yuan Nv'' and ''The Golden Cangue''. However, due to the cultural differences between English and Chinese contexts, the English version is far less successful than the Chinese version especially the first two English versions do not receive much attention. It was not until 1971 that her fourth English version was produced and chosen into ''Twentieth - Century Chinese Stories''(1921).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finished in 1943，''Jinsuo Ji'' mainly depicts how Ch’ i-ch’ iao, an ordinary girl from a vendor' s family, gradually changes her mental state because of the oppression of the feudal family. Being forced to marry a crippled person, she depresses her love towards Chiang Chi-tse, her brother-in-law, and idles thirty years in Chiang family like insanity. Under such circumstance, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s personality is finally distorted under her desperate desire for sex and money. On one hand, she destroys her son' s marriage and tortures her daughter-in-law to death. On the other hand, her daughter' s marriage is put an end to by her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang' s works overturns the traditional patriarchal discourse, turning to the female as the center of her literature creation, and in her works, the main objects are those ordinary women who live a tragic life. These works fully show her sympathy to the fate of these women, and reflect her intense gender consciousness which is also reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Performace of Translator' s Female Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Jinsuo Ji'', Ch’ i-ch’ iao is definitely a beautiful and healthy girl. However, due to the economic reasons and family pressure, she has to marry a disabled husband with an ugly appearance. In the face of such a marriage, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s sorrow is obvious, and hoping for love, she turns her eyes to Chiang Chi-tse. However, the reality proves to her that Chiang Chi-tse' s so-called emotion is just a use. Eileen Chang, as a female translator, is full of sympathy for Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s situation, and this sympathy is fully reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST： &lt;br /&gt;
（七巧的手直打颤，扇柄上的杏黄须子在她额上苏苏摩擦着......）七巧低着头，沐浴在光辉里，细细的音乐，细细的喜悦.....这些年了，她跟他捉迷藏似的，只是近不得身，原来还有今天！(Eileen Chang, 1992: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
( Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s hands trembled until the yellow tassel on the fan handle rustled against her forehead...) Ch’ i-ch’ iao bowed her head, basking in glory, in the soft music of his voice and the delicate pleasure of this occasion. So many years now, she had been playing hide-and-seek with him and never could get close, and there had still been a day like this in store for her. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the source text with the target text, it can be found that Eileen Chang makes three main additions here: “of his voice”, “of this occasion” and “in store” to explicate the implied information in the source text, which more powerfully reveal Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s strong feelings of love and uneasiness for Jiang Jize all the time. From then on, it can be seen that Ch' i-ch' iao once placed her hope in Jiang Jize for love. However, from the description in the following text, we can find that for Chiang Chi-tse, the affection with Ch' i-ch' iao is just for regulating his life. Eileen Chang clarifies Ch' i-ch' iao' s emotion in the translation and reveals Chiang Chi-tse' s so-called emotion in the later text, which can show the tragic color of Ch’ i-ch’ iao to express the translator’ s sympathy for the character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Performace of Translator' s Male Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Jinsuo Ji'', the author uses a large number of metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women' s survival condition. In order to more intuitively present such a state to the readers, Eileen Chang tries her best to translate from the male identity, which to a certain extent derogates the female consciousness of the text, to show the passive and helpless of female characters under a specific era background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
娟姑娘扶了正，做了芝寿的替身。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Miss Chuan was made a wife and became Chih-shou' s substitute. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 191)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text describes that after the death of Ch' i-ch’ iao' s daughter-in-law Chih-shou, Chuan, as a concubine of Ch' ang - pai, was supported as his wife. The expression of “扶了正” is full of metaphorical color, “正” is a metaphor for the official wife, and “扶” indicates that Chuan is a passive object controlled by the feudal family. In the translation, Eileen Chang uses the passive voice to translate “扶了正” into “was made a wife” to convey the manipulated situation implied in the source text. In addition, here Chang uses the article “a” instead of “the”, just as there will be others to take the place of Chih-shou after her death, the position of the official wife is also low in the feudal family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another typical example in which the translator expresses herself as a male to show the passive position of the female is reflected in the translation of Ch' ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai’ s separation scene:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
长安和长白分了家搬出来住。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang - pai and moved out of the house.  (Eileen Chang, 1971: 191)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes the scene in which Ch' ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai split up after Ch' i-ch' iao' s death. Here “分家” is a phrase with metaphorical color, instead of translating it directly into “divide the property”, Eileen Chang, from the perspective of male identity, conceals the hidden information of the original in the translation. She translates the sentence “长安和长白分了家” into “Ch' ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang-pai”, which reveals the fact that in the feudal family of China, men had the right to inherit the family while women were subordinated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Disappearance of Translator' s Gender Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Eileen Chang not only uses the identity of male or female to flexibly express the meaning of the original text, but also appropriately conceals her gender identity in some situations to reveal the reality of all characters including both sexes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
（去年她戴了丈夫的孝，今年婆婆又过世了。）现在正式挽了叔公九老太爷出来为他们分家。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
（Last year, she wore mournings for her husband and this year, her mother - in - law had passed away.）Now her husband’ s uncle, Ninth Old Master, was formerly invited to come and divide the property among the survivors. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 157)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text shows us that after the death of the old woman in power of Chiang Mansion, a group of men and women gathered to separate their families. In the translation of the text, Eileen Chang does not make too many adjustments, but only abstracts the word “他们” which indicates “them” into “survivors”, a word with multiple meanings. Firstly, the survivors are indeed “alive” relative to the old woman who died, so the “survivors” can convey the meaning of the original text. Secondly, to some extent, in Eileen Chang' s eyes, both men and women are struggling in the mud in this turbulent era shrouded by feudal ideology, and everyone is a survivor of suffering. Therefore, she uses the word “survivors” to reveal the abuses of the era and sigh over life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the work itself has strong female consciousness, therefore, as a translator, Eileen Chang inevitably translates from female perspective most of the time, but this does not mean that female translators do not have the male consciousness, from the second case, we can see that the identity of the translator can be transformed. In addition, the fluidity of the translator's gender identity is not only reflected in Eileen Chang's translation of female texts, but also reflected in her translation of male texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang’ s Conventional Translation -- ''The Old Man and the Sea''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' is an outstanding masterpiece of the famous American writer Ernest Miller Hemingway. It was published in 1952 and won the Pulitzer Prize in the second year. In 1954, Hemingway won the Nobel Prize of Literature by virtue of this work. Eileen Chang left Shanghai and arrived in Hong Kong in 1952, just after the publication of ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Invited by the press office of the U.S. Consulate General in Hong Kong, Eileen Chang began to participate in a large-scale Chinese-translation project of American literary works, including ''The Old Man and the Sea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' is a masterpiece after Hemingway' s being silent for ten years. And once the work was published, it attracted wide attention from all walks of life. During that period, even priests and preachers began to quote Hemingway’ s philosophical and thought-provoking quotes in ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Hemingway once said, “I only know that this is the best work I can write in my whole life, compared with other excellent and mature works.” This book is translated into dozens of languages and published all over the world, with high praise from critics and readers. The first person in China who gets this great work into well translated is Eileen Chang. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' tells the story of a special fishing experience of an old fisherman named Santiago. After eighty-four days without getting a fish, he was lucky enough to catch a huge marlin. However the marlin dragged the old man and the boat along for two days and nights. In these two days and nights the old man had gone through the most difficult trials he had ever gone through. With strong will, he finally killed the big marlin and tied it to the bow. However, unfortunately, a group of big sharks came after smelling the smell of blood and the old man fought with them to the death. At last, the old man’ s life was saved, but the sharks had eaten up the great marlin, and what the old man dragged back was a bare skeleton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to ''The Old Man and the Sea'', in the prologue of its Chinese version, Eileen Chang expresses her affection of this work many times and different from the self-translation in which she has taken a bold rewriting, in the translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea'', Eileen Chang is more faithful to the original, and only presents her subjectivity in the choice of the gender identity. Eileen Chang expresses her understanding of the gender of the source text in the prologue, and then creatively translates the gender-loaded words in the text accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Performace of Translator' s Female Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It is undeniable that female translators depict emotions more deeply and delicately than male translators. Therefore, in the process of translating The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang, as a female herself, is particularly adept in showing the emotional characteristics of Sandiego. “...In her translations, she uses rephrasing, color words and onomatopoeia words which are full of feminine characteristics. Those words hint about her feminist thoughts and subtly reveal her identity as a female translator.” (Mao Pingping, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“Come on.” the old man said aloud. “Make another turn. Just smell them. Aren’ t they lovely? Eat them good now and there is the tuna. Hard and cold and lovely.” (Hemingway 1985: 39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“再兜一个圈子。你闻闻看。这沙丁鱼可爱不可爱? 好好地吃它们吧，不时还可以吃吃那鳍鱼。硬硬的，冷的，可爱的。”(Eileen Chang 1979: 29)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Here Eileen Chang uses a number of reduplicated words “闻闻”, “可爱不可爱”, “好好地”, “吃吃” and “硬硬的” to translate the dialogue between the old man and the fish, or in other words, the old man’ s self-talk to soften the whole image of Sandiac and also show his loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 The Disappearance of Translator' s Gender Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a work of men power, the word “man” can be found throughout the whole novel, and translation of this word has mainly two kinds of different ways, one is to follow the novel emotional qualitative, translating it into “男子汉” or some words having the similar meaning, and this way is often taken by many male translators. The second way is to expand the scope of objects, translating it into “人” or “人类” which includes both men and women. To some extent, the latter way blurs gender identity or conceals gender identity to achieve gender balance in the meaning. Eileen Chang mainly adopts the second method in her translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: &lt;br /&gt;
It is what a man must do．(Hemingway 1985: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就应该这样。(Hai Guan 1979: 15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就该这么干。(Wu Lao 2009: 21) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
活总是要干的。(Eileen Chang 1979: 16) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Lao and Hai Guan both translate “man” into the concept of “male”, while Eileen Chang avoids using such words in translation. Here she translates the original text into a sentence pattern without subject, omits the subject with gender description, and in fact blurs the gender boundary of the words, thus breaking the arbitrary power of male discourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 The Performance of Translator' s Male Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the translation of “man”, Eileen Chang has also adopted another translation method:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“But man is not made for defeat,” he said. “A man can be destroyed but not defeated.”(Hemingway 1985: 96)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“但是人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个男子汉可以被消灭，但是不能被打败。”(Eileen Chang 1979: ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是一个人并不是生来要给打败的，”他说。“你尽可把他消灭掉，可就是打不败他。”（Hai Guan 1979: 79）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“不过人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个人可以被毁灭，但不能给打败。”（Wu Lao 2009: 99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, contrary to the previous example, Hai Guan and Wu Lao translate “man” into “人”, while Eileen Chang translates “man” into “男子汉”which means male, pointing out that “a male can be destroyed”. Compared with Hai' s and Wu' s translation, Chang’ s translation, though excluding the female crowd, emphasizes the limitation of male power.&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's translation is very characteristic. By taking advantage of different gender identities to give play to her translator's subjectivity, Eileen Chang transformed the image of Santiago, a tough man who fought bravely against nature created by Ernest Hemingway in the original text, into the image of a fisherman, a symbol of gender equality and a representative of all mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Through the self-translation and conventional translation of Eileen Chang, we can see that the gender identity of the translator is not unchangeable, either in the feminist text (''Jinsuo Ji'') or in the text expressing the male discourse power (''The Old Man and the Sea''). The translator can adjust his/her gender identity to represent different genders and thus achieve his/her translation purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Reasons for the Transformation of Gender Identity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.1 Cultural Context====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Malinowski, a Polish anthropologist, first put forward the concept of “context” and he divides context into cultural context and situational context. Here I mainly expound the influence of the cultural context on the transformation of the translator’ s gender identity in the two literary works ''Jinsuo Ji'' and ''The Old Man and the Sea''. “The literary creation of any country or region cannot be separated from the rendering of the corresponding cultural context...A good translation cannot be achieved without a profound understanding of the context of the text.” (Xi Peihua 2017, 121)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The creation context of ''Jinsuo ji'' is different from that of ''The Old Man and the Sea'', and the social background of the readers of the target language and the source language is also different, which all affect the choice of the translator’ s gender identity. For example, Eileen Chang' s work ''Jinsuo Ji'' reflects the difficult survival of Chinese women in the feudal family under the background of the 20th century. The original text uses many metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women' s survival, and it’ s not difficult for the source language readers who are in the same social background to understand the indicating meaning of those words, however, when the text is taken into a different context while the text content is presented in the same way, it is not easy for the target language readers to understand, just as the expression “分家” in the sentence “长安和长白分了家搬出来住” has not only the surface meaning of “separation” but the implied cultural meaning that “Ch' ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang-pai” which is the hidden information the target language readers won' t get if the translator did not take appropriate measures to make up for the difference of context. Therefore, in her translation process, Eileen Chang clarifies the cultural characteristics of the source language through the transformation of gender identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.2 The Gender of the Translator and the Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a female translator, Eileen Chang' s female thought is inevitably reflected in her process of translation. And in addition to some potential unconscious female thinking, it is believed that Eileen Chang' s adoption of different gender identities is more consciously chosen according to her translation purpose. For example, in the translation of ''Jinsuo Ji'', Eileen Chang translates from the perspective either of her own or the gender identity or of the opposite sex, the ultimate purpose is to express the struggle and survival of the female characters in the patriarchal society and expressing her lament for that era.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in ''The Old Man and the Sea'', Eileen Chang expresses her different understanding of this work in her translation preface that the old fisherman shows astonishing perseverance in his struggle with the sea -- not superhuman, but a kind of grace and spirit due to all human beings. Therefore, Eileen Chang, based on her understanding of the work, attempts to abstract the image of “old fisherman” into all mankind through her translation, and either from a female identity perspective, from a male perspective or conceal her gender identity in her translation the purpose is to soft the male discourse in the original text.(Eileen Chang 1979: 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this comparative study on Eileen Chang' s self-translation and conventional translation, we can see that Eileen Chang, as a female translator, can not only translate feminine literature from a female perspective, but translate male literature from heterosexual gender perspective. On the other hand, in the same literary work’s translation, her gender identity is not fixed, for example, in translating the female literary, in order to better achieve the purpose of translation, the translator can translate from a male perspective. In a word, this chapter provides the corresponding empirical evidence for the fluidity of translator' s gender identity, breaking the current situation that the research on Eileen Chang' s translation mainly focuses on her feminism.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chang Eileen, trans. (1971). ''The Golden Cangue. Twentieth-century Chinese Stories''[M]. NY: Columbia University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang 张爱玲. (1955). 金锁记[M]. [''The Gold Cangue'']. 上海印书馆. [Shanghai Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1985). ''The Old Man and the Sea''[M]. Printed in Great Britain by St Edmundsbury Press, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1979). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 张爱玲译, 香港: 香港今日世界出版社. [Hong Kong: Hong Kong Today World Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1979). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 海观译, 上海译文出版社. [Shanghai Translation Publishing House]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2009). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 吴劳译, 上海译文出版社. [Shanghai Translation Publishing House]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 罗新璋，陈应年. (2009). 翻译论集[C].[''Translation Theory Collection'']. 北京: 商务印书馆. [Beijing: The Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yue, Mu Lei 马悦, 穆雷. (2010). 译者性别身份流动性 :女性主义翻译研究的新视角[J]. [Translator’s Gender Identity Mobility: a New Perspective on Feminist Translation Studies]. 解放军外国语学院学报. [Journal of PLA University of Foreign Languages]. 66-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Pingping 毛萍萍. (2018). 张爱玲《老人与海》译作中女性主义的东方色彩[J]. [Oriental Feminism in Eileen Chang' s Translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 大众文艺. [Popular Literature]. 171-173.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simon, Sherry. (1996). Gender in Translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission[M]. London: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jing 王璟. (2011). 性别意识与文学翻译——张爱玲翻译个案研究[J]. [Gender Awareness and Literary Translation: A Case Study of Eileen Chang' s Translation]. 中国外语. [Chinese Foreign Language]. 102-106.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Xiaoying 王晓莺. (2015). 离散译者张爱玲的中英翻译——一个后殖民女性主义的解读[M]. [''Diaspora Translator Eileen Chang’s Chinese-English Translation——A Postcolonial Feminist Interpretation'']. 广州:中山大学出版社. [Guangzhou: Sun Yat-sen University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Peihua 席培华. (2017). 浅谈语境文化对英美文学翻译的影响[J]. [On the Influence of Context Culture on the Translation of English and American Literature]. 黑龙江教育学院学报. [Journal of Heilongjiang Institute of Education]. 121-123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Art of Translation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two English Versions of Bian Cheng from the Perspective of Translation Ethics	桂一枝	Gui Yizhi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a kind of cultural communication. As long as trans-cultural contacts between different nations and countries occur, problems in ethics would inevitably arise. The nature of translation determines that translation and its researches need the study of ethics as their guidance. The Chinese outstanding contemporary literary works Frontier City has been translated into many different languages, which now enjoys a high reputation among the world. Many researchers have studied its English version from different translation theoretic perspective. This thesis intends to compare two English version of Bian Cheng translated by Gladys Yang and Jeffrey C. Kinkley respectively within the frame work of Chesterman’s five models of translation ethics, and examine the presentation of translation ethics in these two version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ethics, Bian Cheng, Chesterman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===翻译伦理视域下《边城》两英译本的比较研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一项跨文化交流活动。只要不同国家，民族间发生的跨文化行为就不可避免地产生伦理问题。翻译的本质属性决定了翻译活动和翻译研究需要伦理学的指导。《边城》作为我国当代的优秀文学作品曾被翻译成多国文字，在世界文坛上饱享盛誉，很多学者从不同的翻译理论角度对此英译本做过分析研究，本文拟从翻译伦理角度，以切斯特曼的五大翻译伦理模式为理论框架，对《边城》的两个英译本——金介甫和戴乃迭的译本进行比较评析，探讨翻译伦理在两译本中的体现。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译伦理；边城；切斯特曼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the late 1970s when the study of translation was proposed to be established as a discipline, it has been developing significantly, going far beyond traditional translation studies. Ideas about translation have sprung up like mushrooms. From the popularity of functionalism to the emergence of poly-system theory and norm theory in the 1970s and 1980s, scholarship on translation had converted from traditional study focusing mainly on textual matters, more often than not within a linguistic or a literary framework to the study of cultural, commercial, social, historical and political factors related to the texts. Thus, it largely broadened scholars' horizon and enriched the research scope to make translation as a reformulated subject of lively, interdisciplinary debate, paving way to the ''cultural turn&amp;quot;. With the acceleration of globalization redefining national and cultural boundaries, the ''cultural turn&amp;quot; in translation studies in the 1990s further introduced many newer theoretical perspectives. Cultural, national, postcolonial, ideological and gender studies, etc. began hitting the field. Translation was never purely regarded as the process of the transfer between languages but also the transfer between cultures. Regarding translation as an intercultural activity now, the translator as a &amp;quot;cultural mediator&amp;quot; has to handle the relations between Self and the Other to coordinate diversified cultural relationships and resolve cultural conflict to promote understanding and communication among nations. Since ethics as a discipline focuses on moral principles guiding human behavior in social relations, translation as a particular kind of activity involving a series of relations can naturally fall into the field of the study of ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was under such circumstances that the ethics of translation entered the field of the translation study, and became a hot topic in the late 1990s. Just as Pym (2001: 129-138) claims in his article: &amp;quot;ethics has become a cross-cultural concern as it has in translation studies. Consequently, the study of translation ethics has been appealing to some scholars and should be given much more emphasis by the whole translation circle.&amp;quot; It's now widely accepted that translation study has returned to the questions of ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Studies on Translation Ethics aboard====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the cultural turn in 1970s, a trend of investigating translation studies from the perspective of ethics begins in translation theorists. The development of translation ethics and the major influential scholars’ viewpoints are clarified in the following section. &lt;br /&gt;
It was in the 1980s that the ethics-oriented approaches began emerging in translation studies abroad. Antoine Berman, a French translator and philosopher, is considered the initiator of the study of translation ethics. Early in 1984, Berman first put forward the concept of '&amp;quot;translation ethics&amp;quot; in an international seminar on philosophy based on the fierce critics of the western translation tradition of only focusing on &amp;quot;transmitting sense&amp;quot; and advocated that translation ethics should be regarded as one branch of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced and enlightened by Berman, Lawrence Venuti, a translation theorist of American deconstructionist, also expresses his concerns on translation ethics by advocating &amp;quot;an ethics of difference&amp;quot;. He invents the two words &amp;quot;domestication” and “resistancy&amp;quot; to define the different ethical attitudes and practice of translators. Venuti pays more attention to the social and political factors in translation by advocating the translation strategy of foreignization to resist the cultural hegemony in contemporary Anglo-American culture. Therefore, his thoughts about translation ethics with a basic character of &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; seem more realistic and profound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the initiator of &amp;quot;the return to ethics&amp;quot; in The Translator in 2001, the French translation theorist Anthony Pym has also made great contributions to the study of translation ethics. Unlike Venuti, who is greatly influenced by Berman, he is not totally in favor of Berman’s theory of translation ethics, which he regards as too rigid, pedantic and abstract, for he thinks the debate about “how to translate&amp;quot; over the centuries is always confined to the dichotomy of domestication and foreignization, with Berman's no exception. Pym’s basic idea is that translators should be more loyal to their profession than to the source and target organ. The reason lies in that the whole accountability of professional translators is grounded in the profession itself. Translators check each other’s work, drawing on past translations for guidance. They derive their norms from the existing professional context. Just as international scientific community, translators are a community that survives via its own system of checks and balances (ibid). For Pym, the true loyalty is neither to the source culture nor to the target culture, but to the others inhabiting this space, that is, to other intercultural mediators, to the translating profession as a whole (Chesterman, 1997a). Like Pym’s words, “Translators’ prime loyalty must be to their profession as an intercultural space” (Pym, 1992). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990s, Chesterman, an influential Finish scholar, makes a great contribution to the completeness of translation ethics. He puts forward a quite different view on translation ethics, focusing on the values instead of rights and obligations of the translators. Chesterman (1997a) considers values to be the primary notion. In his opinion, there are four values — truth, trust, clarity and understanding, all of which form a fairly comprehensive notion of translation ethics. Later in 2001, Chesterman went on to propose a Hieronymic Oath for translators and interpreters worldwide by publishing a paper &amp;quot;Proposal for a Hieronymic Oath” in a special issue of the journal The Translator, entitled &amp;quot;the return to Ethics”，edited by Pym, in which 16 scholars presented their own thoughts on translation ethics. In his paper, he firstly put forward four models of translation ethics: the ethics of representation, the ethics of service, the ethics of communication and the norm-based ethics. Another model named ethics of commitment was added later so as to essentially regularize the translator's ethical behavior. His proposal of five models of translation ethics has caused a big stir in the academic field, which is considered objective, descriptive and systematic. This classification provides us with a multi-dimensional method of assessing translation practice, for it has assimilated many research results from existing translation theories such as functionalist, norm theory, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Studies on Translation Ethics at home====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the studies on translation ethics in the west, some of Chinese translation scholars have also begun to turn their attention to this issue on translation studies. Professor Lu Jun is the first person to propose &amp;quot;translation ethics&amp;quot; based on the theories of Jurgen Harbermas, communicative ethics in his book Span Cultural Barriers — Reconstruction of the Tower of Babel written in 2001. In this book, He regards translation activity as &amp;quot;a kind of dialogue and communication between different cultures that requires people to conform to some principles and norms for such intercultural communications will involve more complicated issues..., to be more specific, translation activity itself needs the guidance of ethics&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, from Professor Lu Jun's view, the theoretical principle of translation ethics is to pursue equality and justice, to oppose linguistic and cultural hegemony and to seek mutual respect and benefits in different cultures. His research on translation ethics has widened the scopes of translation ethics and has contributed a lot to the study of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With more and more foreign theories of translation ethics translated and introduced in China, some of the researchers begin to apply these research achievements into translation practice. Professor Sun Zhili (2007: 14-18) creatively identifies five responsibilities for the translator to take based on Chesterman5s five models of translation ethics in combination with a consideration of Chinese translation context, namely, the responsibility of representing the original, of fulfilling one's client's requirements, of conforming to the socio-cultural norms of the receiving country, of satisfying the demands of the TL reader, and finally of abiding by one's professional ethics and becomes the first person to interprets the translator's responsibilities from the perspective of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Jun makes a tentative discussion of the ethical problems in translation in his article &amp;quot;essay on three levels of translation activities” in 1998. In his opinion, every responsible translator should seriously consider and treat questions presented by &amp;quot;willingness&amp;quot;, “reality&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;morality&amp;quot;, he proposes that &amp;quot;the establishment of translation standards and the adoption of translation strategies are bound by moral ties...if given careful observation, activities from the choosing of the texts to be translated, the adopting of the translation strategies to the rewriting and editing of the translated texts are all constrained and influenced by various ethical problems... Therefore, translators should consider from both the aesthetic level and the moral level”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3. the Translation of Bian Cheng====&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis adopts the classic modern novel Frontier City owing to its distinguished language and unique style of writing. Set in the border town Chatong and the nearby rural areas in West Human of 30's, Bian Cheng tells a tragic love story between the beautiful young girl Cuicui and the young man Nuosong. It is the representative work of Shen Congwen who has a high reputation in the Chinese literature circle. He is regarded as “one of the half-dozen great authors of modern Chinese literature” (Kinkley, 1987). He has even been nominated for the “Nobel Literature Prize” in 1987. Therefore, this novel is worth appreciating and analyzing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four English version of Biancheng. As early as 1936, the English magazine issued in China with the aim of promoting the exchange between the Chinese and western cultures named T'ien Hsia Monthly began to serialize the English version of Bianchen titled Green Jade and Green Jade translated by Xing Molei( the pen name of Shao Xunmei) and his girl friend Emily Hahn. It was not until another English version titled The Frontier City contained in The Chinese Earth: Stories By Shen Tsung-wen translated by Ching Ti &amp;amp; Robert Payne and published by George Allen &amp;amp; Unwin Ltd. in 1936 came into being that Biancheng became very popular in the western countries and also evoked much interest in the author himself. And this version was reprinted by Columbia University Press in 1982. In the 1980's, Yang Xianxi, the top-rank translator and Forerunner, inspired by the success of Penguin Books in the UK, called for the publishing of a series of books called “Panda Books” to introduce Chinese representative literary works to the world. This series of books included The Border Town and Other Stories translated by Yang Xianyi's wife Gladys Yang, The fourth version was translated by American Sinologist and translator Jeffrey Kinkley, which was published in 2009 by HarperCollins Publishers. These four English translations span 73 years and have witnessed the history of the English translation of modern Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the previous studies, this thesis will choose these two English versions of Biancheng translated by Jeffrey Kinkley and Gladys Yang, and make a comparative study of them from the perspective of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Chesterman’s Five Models of Translation Ethics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chesterman’s five models of translation ethics are the ethics of representation, the ethics of service, the ethics of communication, the norm-based ethics and ethics of commitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics of representation is closely concerned with faithfulness, which has been discussed for years in the translation circle. This model requires that translators should reproduce with full loyalty to the original text, the original author, the original language, and the original culture. In Chesterman’s words, “the ethical imperative is to represent the source text, or the source author’s intention, accurately, without adding, omitting or changing anything”. Ethics of representation means that the translation can substitute or represent the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of service requires the translator to &amp;quot;act ethically if his translation complies with the instructions set by the client and fulfills the purpose of the translation as set by the client and accepted or negotiated by the translator”, and the translator should be “loyal above all to the client, but also to the target readers and to the original writer”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of communication sees translation as &amp;quot;an interlingual and cross-cultural communication, the emphasis of which is not on representing the Other but on communicating with Others in the cross-cultural communication&amp;quot; and asks the translator to be &amp;quot;a mediator working to achieve cross-cultural understanding”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Norm-based Ethics is the fourth model of translation ethics Chesterman proposes, which belongs to the branch of “descriptive translation studies”. Toury (1995) gives a definition of norm like “the general values of ideas shared by a community as to what is right or wrong, adequate or inadequate into performance instruction appropriate for and applicable to particular situations”. That is to say, norms are what the majority expects what translation should be like. Translators should not challenge the current norms in translation circle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of commitment is further raised by Chesterman, which rests on a practical evaluation of translation activity: &amp;quot;I take commitment to be the glue that binds practitioners to the value of the practice. It is thus also a virtue, supporting the striving for excellence, the wanting to be a good translator&amp;quot;. He proposes nine points for the comprehension of the professional ethics of translators: commitment, loyalty to the profession, understanding, truth, clarity, trustworthiness, truthfulness, justice, striving for excellence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparison of the Two English Versions of Biancheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 the version of Gladys Yang====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most distinctive features of Biancheng lies in its unity of objective scene and subjective emotion to successfully create the beauty of aesthetic prospect. Gladys Yang has done much jobs in representing the aesthetic prospect and makes her version as impressive as the original to make the target readers able to better enjoy the aesthetic beauty below the superficial scenery, mostly because of her full understanding of the aesthetic style of the original and of high translation proficiency. Here is an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Example 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[ST1]由四川过湖南去，靠东有一条官路。这条官路将近湘西边境到了一个名为“茶崛” 的小山城时，有一小溪，溪边有座白色小塔，塔下住了一户单独的人家。这人家只有一个老人，一个女孩，一只黄狗。(沈从文)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TT-1] The highway running east from Sichuan to Hunan comes, just west of the border, to Chatong, a small town in the hills. Near by a stream flows past a small pagoda, at the foot of which lives a solitary household: an old man, a girl and a dog. (Gladys)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the beginning paragraph of Biancheng. Without any decorative words and ostentatious expressions, the author uses three short and succinct sentences with fewer verbs to depict a static landscape painting through the juxtaposition of eight images—“官. 路”,“小山城”，“小溪”，“白色小塔七“单独的人家”,“老人”,“女孩子” and&amp;quot;黄狗”, making us associated with harmony, peace and tranquility as well as loneliness with the repetition of the Chinese character “一”. In Gladys Yang's version, she pays full attention to the simple writing style and the esthetics connotation embodied in the use of the character &amp;quot;一&amp;quot; in the original. Besides using three simple sentences, almost the same in the length, with no more than three verbs and seven &amp;quot;a (an) and one &amp;quot;the” to fully represent the eight images to retain the aesthetic prospect of peacefulness and loneliness, She also translates “单独”(的人家)into a “solitary&amp;quot; household, the meaning of which contains the two connotations of &amp;quot;alone” and lonely”，which further deepens the beauty of solemn, quiet and loneliness embodied in the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Gladys Yang, her English version of Bian Cheng is included in a series of books called &amp;quot;Panda Books&amp;quot; firstly published in Chinese literature, which was initiated by the Chinese government in the 1980s in order to introduce Chinese literature, cultural legacy and China to the world. With the initiator's aim of spreading Chinese culture to the west, the translator needs faithfully transmit the linguistic and cultural information of the original. Also, with China's adoption of the policy of reform and opening-up to the outside at that time, communications between countries have become more and more popular ever since then, and more and more foreigners began to take interest in Chinese culture and were willing to enjoy and accept Chinese culture. What’s more, the advocacy of foreignization translation strategies has increasingly gained popularity in the western translation world ever since 1980's. The dominating English literary system began to take on a new stance and showed more tolerance for foreign cultures. With all these factors taken into consideration, plus her own long-term will to introduce Chinese culture to the world out of her love for it, we may understand why when the conflict appears, she chooses to put the ethics of representation in the first place. That is to say, she is guided by the ethics of service of being &amp;quot;loyal above all to the client, but also to the target readers and to the original writer”. What’s more, the ethics of communication lays emphasis on communicating with others rather than representing the Other, so when such conflict emerges, that is, the total representing of the Other causes confusion or banier and frustration for target readers to read, Gladys Yang would consider the importance of cross-cultural communication and adopt flexible translation strategies guided by the ethics of communication to decrease linguistic and cultural barriers to achieve mutual understanding based on the sacrifice of total representation of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study of English Translation of Chinese Cultural Classics from the Perspective of Communication==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study on the English Translation of Hunan Scenic Spots Names from the View of Culture Translation         刘欧 202070080597==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the deepening of reform and opening up, China has become increasingly connected with the world. A large number of Chinese people go abroad to see the world, meanwhile, more and more foreign friends are also visiting China. Hunan, as a province with abundant tourist resources, has many scenic spots. To attract more foreign tourists, the translation of scenic spots names should also be accurate. Bassnet’s View of Cultural Translation holds that the process of translating Chinese into English is not only a conversion between two different languages, but also a cross-cultural communication between the two languages. Adopting the View of Cultural Translation as the guiding principle of Hunan scenic spots will help foreign tourists understand the cultural connotation behind the scenic spots while enjoying the beautiful scenery. This is of great benefit to promoting Sino-foreign friendship and enhancing the world's understanding of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
English Translation  Hunan Scenic Spots Names  the View of Culture Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着改革开放的不断深化，中国与世界的联系日益紧密。大批中国人走出国门开眼看世界的同时，越来越多的外国友人也来中国游览观光。湖南作为旅游资源大省，拥有许多风光迤逦的旅游景点。在欢迎国外游客的同时，旅游景点名翻译也应当准确达意。巴斯奈特的文化翻译观认为，汉语翻译成英语的过程不但是两种不同语言之间的转换，更是两种语言的跨文化交流。采用文化翻译观作为湖南旅游景点的指导思想，有利于增进外国游客在饱览景区美景的同时，了解景区背后的文化内涵。这对于促进中外友谊，增进世界对中国的了解都大有裨益。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
英语翻译  湖南旅游景点 文化翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural communication is becoming more and more frequent with the development of globalization. Meanwhile, transnational tourism has become the most popular way of communication. It is a kind of pleasure to experience foreign culture in visiting the cultural heritages and scenic spots. As a country with long history, China attracts a large number of foreign tourists every year. (Xin Xin, 2012) Hunan is located in the hinterland of China's southeast, with beautiful and distinctive natural scenery. It has long been known as tourists attraction since ancient times. It is in such an environment that the ancestors of Hunan Province constantly strive for self-improvement, hard work and innovation. All the historical relics and cultural landscapes they left here, such as ancient cities, villages, gardens, temples, memorial archways, academies, dwellings, temples, grottoes, cemeteries, all bear their spiritual quality and cultural connotation. To understand the history and profundity of the culture of Hunan Province, the best way is to go there to appreciate its natural scenery and historical relics, and experience its local customs. (Hunan Provincial Department of culture, 2014) These local tourist attractions can not only display beautiful natural scenery, but also spread excellent culture. Standardize the translation of public signs in tourist attractions is an important opportunity to show the most beautiful side of Hunan culture to foreign tourists. (Xiao Fuliang, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of tourist attractions refers to the names of various natural and cultural landscapes in tourist attractions. Some of these names are engraved on stone tablets, some are engraved on the signboards of scenic spots, and some appear in various publicity materials such as tourist brochures, scenic maps and websites. In order to leave a good impression on tourists and attract them to visit, the names of tourist attractions are usually short, concise, vivid and attractive. (Pan Hong, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to analyze whether the English translations of some scenic spots in Hunan Province have achieved the desired effect of publicity from the perspective of cultural translation. At the same time, if there were some improper translation in the English translation of Hunan scenic spots, the author will give his own translation for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Introduction of the View of Culture Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the emergence of cultural translation school, linguistic school, functional school and structuralism school were the main schools in the field of western translation theory. Jakobson, Catford and Nida, the representatives of the linguistic school, put more emphasis on equivalence in translation. They claim that translation is to replace another language with an equivalent language material; while Les, Nord and Mantari, the representatives of functional school, believe that the focus of translation studies should be on the target text rather than the original text. Their research sources are communication theory, action theory, information theory and reception aesthetics theory. But whether it is linguistic school, functional school or structuralism school, in their research process, all try to achieve language equivalence more or less from all levels of text content and form. Translation researchers hope to find a scientific and effective way to solve the various problems in translation, but the cultural diversity determines the cultural connotation of the text. Therefore, these researchers encounter great difficulties when they encounter the context which is quite different from their own cultural background, and the emergence of cultural translation school is meant to solve such problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the 1970s and 1980s, with the acceleration of globalization, the acceleration of information dissemination and the diversification of communication modes, the relationship between language and culture has become closer. In the process of information dissemination, differences among language become more and more prominent, and the status and role of translation activities have also changed. Therefore, with the acceleration of globalization and the popularization of multicultural views and values, translation theory researchers who conform to the trend of the times pay more and more attention to the diversity of cultural values embodied in the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990, Translation, History and Culture, co-edited by Andre Lefevere and Bassnett, was published, marking a cultural turn in the field of translation. The concept of cultural translation emphasizes that translation is not only a bilingual communication, but also a kind of cross-cultural communication; the purpose of translation is to break through language barriers and promote cultural exchange; the essence of translation is to transmit cross-cultural information and reproduce the cultural activities of the original with the target language; the main purpose of translation is cultural transplantation and cultural blending, but cultural transplantation is a process; Language is not the operation form of translation, but the cultural information . (Bassnett Susan, 1992: 13) Bassnett emphasizes that “translation is the communication within and between cultures”. (Bassnett Susan, 1990: 10-11) She believes that translators should carry out translation activities in a specific cultural context, and translators should never carry out translation activities in isolation under the influence of their own cultural background. In short, Bassnett's “cultural translation view” is that translation is not a mere language activity. It is rooted in and influenced by the culture in which the language is located. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Purpose====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the purpose of translation, Bassnett thinks that the primary purpose of translation is to allow readers from two or more different cultural backgrounds to communicate with each other through the medium of text, and the exchange of information should be placed in the second place of translation purpose. Through effective translation, translators can not only introduce the cultural characteristics of different nationalities to other readers, but also promote the communication between different cultures and promote the comparative study between the two cultures. (Bassnett Susan, 1990) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Methods and Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation method, Bassnett thinks that the language and text materials in different cultural contexts should have different translation requirements, so there should be different translation methods. For example, for the original text which is descriptive, contains some cultural beliefs, or is of scientific and technological, the translator should try to use literal translation from the perspective of culture. If the source text does not belong to the above three types of texts, then the translator can play a relatively free role in translation, make more use of translation skills and pay less attention to the restrictions of the original text culture on translation activities. It can be said that the degree of freedom of such translation activities is relatively high. As for translation strategy, Bassnett considers that the translator's translation activity is a process of information transmission. In this process, the translator should first find out the cultural factors in the original text which are different from those in the target language, and then deeply understand these factors, and try to retain these factors. Such a strategy is conducive to the readers of other countries to better understand the connotation of the original text and make them have a more accurate understanding of the cultural context of the original text. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Content and Form of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the content and form of the translation, Bassnett takes cultural exchange as the focus of translation. She believes that the original flavor of the original language should be retained as much as possible. At the same time, she also proposed that translation of literary must not lose its form. Taking poetry as an example, poetry translation is not a simple translation of the original text, but a fresh understanding and creation in translation. The translator should use his own translation skills and literary literacy to create new content. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====“Intelligibility” of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Before the rise of cultural translation school, translation researchers sometimes translated literary language into plain language and deleted literary metaphor and association in order to make the translation better understood by readers. In this way, the translation will become very easy to understand, but the literary nature of the work is reduced, and the interest and depth can not reach the effect of the original text. Therefore, Bassnett thinks that the “intelligibility” of the translation should not be based on the abandonment of the style and artistry of the original text, but should try to keep the original flavor of the original text. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation Criteria of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the evaluation standard of translation, Bassnett thinks that the evaluation standard of translation is not unique. The standard of translating academic articles is different from that of practical and literary articles. When examining and evaluating the standards of translation, we should start from the service object of the translation, and judge whether the translation can meet the needs of the service object. In short, translation should be based on meeting the needs of readers in different cultural contexts, and appropriate translation should be used to meet the needs.(Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Existing English Translated Versions of Names of Hunan Scenic Spots===&lt;br /&gt;
There are 15 major tourist areas and many tourist spots in Hunan, and there are many historic sites with a long history. Such as Mountain Heng, one of the Five Sacred Mountains in China. Dongting Lake, Shaoshan Mountain, the former residence of Chairman Mao Zedong, Wulingyuan, which shows the characteristics of strangeness, danger, seclusion, beauty and wildness, and Yuelu Academy with a thousand years of history. (Chen Jiao, 2013) In order to publicize and spread the culture of Hunan Province all over the world, we should standardize the English translation of Hunan scenic spots names. Meanwhile, we should translate these scenic spot names understandable from the guiding theory of the View of Culture Translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Improper English Translation of Hunan Scenic Spots Names====&lt;br /&gt;
When tourists enjoy the beautiful scenery, the name of the scenic spot is the first information that leaps into the their sight. In order to attract the attention of tourists, induce the tourists of English speaking countries to have a strong interest in the culture and landscape of the tourist destination, stimulate their desire to buy tourism products and promote the development of tourism, translators should pay attention to the cross-cultural awareness when translating the names of scenic spots, so as to provide accurate information as well as the cultural connotation to the tourists from English speaking countries and those who understand English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the author finds that there are many improper translations in the English translation of scenic spots nemes in Hunan Province, which brings a lot of inconvenience to tourists from English speaking countries, and also has a negative impact on the publicity of scenic spots. These improper translations mainly exist in the following aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the different versions of translation in the same or different scenic spots.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, as one of the four wonders of Mountain Heng, scenic spot “水帘洞” has two translated names, which are translated as “water screen cave” in the official website of Mountain Heng tourism website, while it is translated into “waterfall cave” on the route map. The English translation of “雁峰寺” on Hengyang tourism route map is Yan Feng Si, while on Hengyang tourism website it is “The Goose Mountain Temple”. There are also two different versions of the English translation of the name of the scenic spot “烟雨池”. It was translated as “Yanyuchi” on Hengyang tourism route map, but on Hengyang tourism website, the free translation method is adopted, that is, “Misty Rain Pond”. (Wang Zaiyu, Jiang Shihong, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the overuse of transliteration.&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyan Peak, located on the Bank of Xiangjiang River in Yanfeng District, Hengyang City, is the most famous peak among the 72 peaks of Mountain Heng, also known as the No.1 peak of Mountain Heng, and rank the first of Eight Sceneries in Hengyang. There are many famous beautiful and charming scenic spots on Huiyan Peak. These landscape names reflect the geographical, historical and cultural features of Hengyang, and also contain rich cultural information. However, many scenic spots with rich history and culture on Huiyan Peak are translated by transliteration, which makes the cultural and historical information of theses scenic spots completely lost. For example, “望雁台” ( Wangyantai) , “回雁阁”( Huiyange) , “平沙落雁” ( Pingshaluoyan) ,“回雁亭” ( Huiyanting), “归 雁 亭”( Guiyanting) are all transliterated. Another example is “南天门”, the original translation of which is “Nantianmen”. In fact, Taoists often build gates near the top of famous mountains, implying that they are the gateway to heaven. The “南天门” refers to the south gate leading to the top of Mountain Heng. Therefore, it is better to be translated as “Southern Gate to Heaven”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, transliteration is one of the common translation methods of scenic spot names translation, but if transliteration is used too much that without considering the cultural connotation of the original language, the name of scenic spot will be obscure and foreign tourists will be confused. Standing in front of these Pinyin, foreign tourists can not understand the cultural connotation of the names of scenic spots. So it is difficult for them to realize the historical and cultural stories of these scenic spot according to the transliterated names. Therefore, excessive transliteration will affect the transmission of scenic spot name information, make it difficult for English speaking tourists to understand the rich cultural connotation of scenic spot names, which will reduce the readability of the translations and thus affect the development of China's tourism industry and the spread of culture abroad. Therefore, the translator should carefully consider and choose the appropriate translation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contrastive Study on the Translation of Li Qingzhao’s Shengshengman and Zuihuayin from the Perspective of Defamiliarization 	祝美梅 student no. 202070080632== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is what lost in translation as Robert Frost said, for it’s concise words, specific form, unique cultural allusion and images, the translatability of poetry has always been a controversial topic in translation field. However, since all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has similar function so that they can communicate with one another. Thus, as a product of thought, poetry is understandable, enjoyable and translatable from author’s view. This thesis aims to study with poetry translation under the theory of defamiliarization, which was proposed by Russian formalist Shklovsky. (Xu Yuanchong, 2011, 35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is what lost in translation. As Robert Frost said, for its concise words, specific forms, unique cultural allusion and images, the translatability of poetry has always been a controversial topic in translation field. However, since all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind as has similar function so that they can communicate with one another. Thus, as a product of thought, poetry is understandable, enjoyable and translatable from author’s view. This thesis aims to study poetry translation according to the theory of defamiliarization, which was proposed by Russian formalist Shklovsky. (Xu Yuanchong, 2011, 35-38)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:39, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization, though a technique for literature writing, has a very intimate relationship with translation. In literature writing, writers should defamilirize the familiar things to readers in order to arouse their interest and curiosity, prolong their length of perception to discover the beauty of art. Translation, as Andre Lefevere said, is a kind of rewriting. This translation strategy is extremely adapted to poetry translation concerning to its characteristics, comparatively speaking, literal translation of poetry would just like watered wine, not only tasteless but also easily misleading. Li Qingzhao, as one of the most important Song dynasty poetess in history, her works have been studied by mass of scholars at home and abroad. The style of Li’s poem was named “Yi’an Ti”, whose features were taking vulgar as elegance, old for the new. Therefore, the way Li tackles with poetry creation achieved the same purpose with defamiliarization. Shengshengman and Zuihuayin are as representative works in her two entirely distinctively life period. (Fang Xiaoyuan, 2011, 13-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization Theory; Shengshengman; Zuihuayin; English Versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
译诗则诗。诗歌以其凝练的词语，特定的形式，涵盖的独特文化典故和意象，是否可译一直是译界极具争论的话题。本文旨在由俄国形式主义什克洛夫斯基提出的陌生化理论下研究诗歌翻译。陌生化，虽然是文学写作技巧，同样适应于翻译。在文学作品中，作家通过使熟悉的事物陌生化引起读者的兴趣和好奇，延长审美感知长度。勒菲弗尔说，翻译即改写。这一翻译策略尤其适合于诗歌翻译。直译只会是译诗平淡乏味，如同兑水之酒，甚至产生误解。李清照，作为历史上最有名的女词人之一，其“易安体”本就以其化故为新，以俗为雅的特点与“陌生化”有异曲同工之处。《声声慢》、《醉花阴》是她前后截然不同两个时期的代表作。本文试以俄国形式主义者什克洛夫斯基提出的“陌生化”为理论指导，以李清照词《声声慢》、《醉花阴》的多个译本为研究对象，分析对比不同译者的英译，尝试研究在译文中怎样重现文本陌生化和制造译本的陌生化，以期证明陌生化理论对李清照词英译的指导作用。(Ge Yunfeng, 2008, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文共分为四部分，由引论、正文、结论三部分构成。引论部分主要介绍陌生化理论，优势和劣势，李清照词特点和国内外研究现状。正文分为两个部分，词和意象两个方向并辅以具体实例。结论部分将主要总结陌生化理论在诗歌翻译的应用，本文作者认为用陌生化理论研究翻译文本仍有很大的发掘空间，对诗歌翻译有启迪意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陌生化理论；《声声慢》；《醉花阴》；英译版本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best way to know a nation is to enjoy her poetry. (Gong Guangming, 2004:395).As an art of language and an invaluable treasury of national language, poetry distinguishes itself by its distinct style, refined language and fresh artistic conception. Poetry is conceived the store of human knowledge and experience. Therefore, to enable people of different languages to have a successful grasp of the meaning of poems, poetry translation is one of the most important sections in the cross-cultural communication in the globalization time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization is an important feature of poetic language. It is about poets’s consciousness and aesthetics pursuit. To realize defamiliarization of language, poets must use particular words and images or other skills which new to readers to create a sense of surprise and freshness. Defamiarization not only applies to poetry creation but also to poetry translation. The application of defamiliarization to translation can faithfully reproduce the artistic manner of the original poems and give their readers aesthetic enjoyment. It also allows, in some degree, creating treason in translated texts against original. Of course, defamiliarization should never be overdone whether in poetry creation or in poetry translation. The purpose of artistic translation techniques is to make objects in the target text unfamiliar, to make forms and image unusual, and to increase the difficulty and length of perception on the part of the target audience because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself so must be prolonged. Something commonplace, customary or familiar are made to appear unfamiliar and innovative in one way or another. All these creative manipulations of the target text enhance the target audience’s discernment of the artistic merit in the target text. (Zhu Chunshen, 2002, 101-103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao was born (1084-1151) in Zhangqiu into a family of officials and scholars, her father was apprenticed to Su Shi. Li was unusually vivacious and knowledgeable for a woman of noble birth at that time. Before she got married, her poetry was already well known among intellectual. In 1101 she married Zhao Mingcheng, with whom she shared interests in art collection and epigraphy. After Zhao started his official career, she often felt lonely and suffered lovesickness. Hence these experiences inspired some of the love poems that she wrote. Her husband and she shared much poetry and mutually wrote poems. When Northern Song capital of Kaifeng fell in 1126 to the Jurchens during the Jin–Song wars, fighting took place in Shandong and their house was ruined. The couple fled to Nanjing, where they lived for one year. Zhao died in 1129 when route to an official post. The death of her husband was a cruel stroke for her life. Li described her married life and the turmoil of her flight in an afterword to her husband's posthumously published work, Jin shi lu（金石录）.Her earlier poetry portrays her carefree life as a young lady of high society, and is marked by its elegance. Li subsequently settled in Hangzhou, in which the Song government was established. She insisted in writing poetry and published the Jin shi lu. According to some contemporary records, she had a briefly marriage with a man named Zhang Ruzhou who treated her relentlessly, and she divorced him within months. She overcame the criticism of her marriage. Though only around a hundred of her poems are known to survive, mostly of them in the form of Ci are tracing her winding fortunes in life. Li is credited with the first detailed critique of the metrics of Chinese poetry. She was regarded as a master of WanYue School “the delicate restraint”. (Zhang Bing, 2000, 98-100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Shklovsky’s Definition of Defamiliarization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization, as a literature writing technique, was first put up by the Russian formalist, Viktor Shklovsky in the early 20th century. He explained the concept in his essay Art as Technique which comprised the first chapter of his seminal A Theory of Prose, first published in 1925:&amp;quot;The purpose of art is to impart the sensation of things as they are perceived and not as they are known. The technique of art is to make objects unfamiliar, to make forms difficult, to increase the difficulty and length of perception because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself and must be prolonged”.(Shcklovsky.1991) Shcklovsky believes “defamiliarization” is the nature of literature language and the essential feature of literature as art. Therefore, “defamiliarization” stands for the quality of art and literature. In literature, writers should defamilirize the familiar things to the readers in order to arouse their interest and curiosity, prolong their length of perception to discover the beauty of art. The process of literature writing bears in itself of foreignness and freshness.(Zhang Jintong, 1987, 78-79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Features of Defamiliarization in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chen Lin and Zhang Chunbai’s Defamiliarization Effect in Literature Translation (2006:93), they named up two distinctive features of defamiliarization in translation.One is alienization and the other is hybridization.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alienization, is the similarity among defamiliarization, alienating and foreignizing, means to retain the language and culture differences of the source text, maintain the visibility of the foreign, in order to give the target readers a fresh experience of authenticity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hybridization claims to combine foreign and domestic elements to produce a hybrid text, it has both the features of the foreignness and the domestic, thus it gives the receivers a sensation of newness and freshness. The author of this thesis takes domestication as one aspect of hybridization, for no matter how strict foreignization is, it could not avoid domestic element during translating. In Jin Bing’s doctoral dissertation (2007), he propo sed to represent defamiliarization technique of the original text in translated text as much as possible, and foreignization is an effective translation strategy to achieve defamiliarization. However, foreignization is not the only way to achieve defamiliarization, as it’s opposite, domestication is another way. That is to say, different translation strategies can be applied in realizing defamiliarization. (Zheng Engyue, 2003, 19-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.2.1 Advantages of Defamiliarization=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the translated version newness, promote intercultural communication and complementary advantages, the tactics of defamiliarization also embodies translator’s subjectivity, as the appearance of cultural-turn proposed by Susan Bassinet, against the culture invasion, this theory is accepted by more and more people. This technique is meant to be especially useful in distinguishing poetry from prose, for, as Aristotle said, “poetic language must appear strange and wonderful” (Shklovsky 19).Defamiliarization draws attention to the use of common language in such a way as to alter one’s perception of an easily understandable object or concept. The use of defamiliarization both differs and defers, since apply of the technique alters one’s perception of a concept (to defer), and forces one to think about the concept in different, often more complex, terms (to differ). (Li Ruijie, 2013, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.2.2 Disadvantages of Defamiliarization=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization increases the difficulty of comprehension, the new express or form distance itself from target receiver, thus lost many audiences, and prohibit culture spreading. Sometimes, translator would sacrifice faith and fluency in order to create novel effect, so demand reader’s patience and sensibility. Excessive making works with coinage word, unusual format or rebel against the target grammar, only found that works meaningless. (Li Xuexin, 2009, 13-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A brief Introduction of Li Qingzhao===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the translation versions of Li Qingzhao’s Ci, a general understanding of the characteristics and aesthetic value of Li’s Ci is very necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Li Qingzhao’s life and her Poem====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a talented and prolific poetess, exerted great influence on the classic Chinese lyric poetry. In Song Dynasty, lyric poetry reached its most thriving period. Among numerous poets, Li Qingzhao, as a female, shocked the male-dominated field of lyric poetry and formed her unique style. She is deemed the founder of Wanyue School of Song Poem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her tortuous life experience and extraordinary fate made the keynotes of her poem various from one period to another. In the early years of her life, they are full of joy and happiness; but in her later life, there are filled with loneliness and sorrow. Her early work---Zuihuayin, is the reflection of life without difficulties and worries, this work written during she was apart from her husband. Shengshengman was created at the time when she lost her husband whilst the country was shattered and at stake. Through her poem, readers would see the ups and downs in her life. Poem records her life experience. Her lyrics poetry was called “Yi’an Ti” due to the particularities of her own style. Firstly, as a poetess, she gave us vivid images of women, digging into their inner emotions and beauty. Secondly, her choosing of words comprises a large proportion of daily languages, making a beautiful fluency in tune by ways of colloquialism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2Research on Li’s Poem in Domestic and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive knowledge of history and state quo of researches on Li Qingzhao at home and abroad is a significant premise of the comparative study of Li’s poem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of Li Qingzhao’s poem in western word, mainly in America, raised scholars’ interest in the 1950s and 1960s.Wang Honggong’s One Hundred Poems from the Chinese and Hu Pinqing’s Li Qingzhao were published. In 1965, Cyril Birth’s Anthology of Chinese Literature from Early Times to the Fourteenth Century was published in New York. In that book, five poems of Li Qingzhao’s were translated by C.H.Kwock and Vincent Mc Hugh; three were translated by a Chinese American scholar, Xu Jieyi. In 1980s, the study thrived in America. Two all-translated were published. One is the co-translated edition by Wang Honggong and ZhongLing. The other is James Cryer. Those translated poems were chose as textbook materials by American universities. However, because of the abstruse language, culture barrier, and the difficulty in translating poem itself, overseas scholars usually could not make their rendering faithful to the original. At home, Bing Xin(冰心) is the first person set out to translate Li Qingzhao’ poem. Many domestic translators like Xu Yuanchong, from the theory of “Three Beauties”, Lin Yutang published The Importance of Understanding: Translations from the Chinese by LIN YUTANG, the celebrated couple Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang published Song Lyrics in 2001, Xu Zhongjie published 100 Chinese Ci Poems in English Verse in 1986, Chen Zumei, who studied Li’s poem from feminism and other translators include Zhu Chunshen, Gong Jinhao, Mao Yumei and so on. Through different translation criteria and strategies, those perspectives cast new light to the translation study of Li Qingzhao’s poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Defamiliarization on Words Level in Shengshengman and Zuihuayin===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is the most personal and concentrated of the four literature forms (poetry, short story, novel and drama), no redundancy, no phatic language, where, as a unit, the word has greater importance than in any other type of texts. This paper mainly discusses reduplicated words, verbs, colloquialism supported by detailed examples. Poetry presents thing in order to convey a feeling, and therefore concrete the language, each represents something else---a feeling, a behavior, a view of life as well as itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Analysis of Translation of Reduplicated Words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reduplicated word, as the name suggests, is to repeat the same character two or more times to form a format which bears the identical meaning of a character repeated. It is a kind of lexical devices to deepen the tone or sentiment in literature. Applied appropriately, reduplicated word could make literary works sound beautiful, fluent and forceful. However, applied inappropriately, it could make works awkward and blunt. It is rationally to say that Li Qingzhao favors reduplicated word, for in one fourth of her poem remain now, she successfully used reduplicated words to express her emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Her typical work which applies reduplicated words is Shengshengman. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
“寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清，凄凄惨惨戚戚。乍暖还寒时候，最难将息。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三杯两盏淡酒，怎敌他、晚来风急？雁过也，正伤心，却是旧时相识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满地黄花堆积。憔悴损，如今有谁堪摘？守着窗儿，独自怎生得黑？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梧桐更兼细雨，到黄昏、点点滴滴。这次第，怎一个、愁字了得！”（陈祖美  2003：108）&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
This piece of work enjoys the largest number of translation versions from different translators among all her works. The first fourteen characters are: “寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清，凄凄惨惨戚戚”,they precisely describe the loneliness , melancholy and nostalgia of the homeland of the poetess after losing her husband. Six different translation versions collected are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
1. I seek but seek in vain,&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
I search but search again.&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.                             (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. So dim, so dark.&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
So dense, so dull,&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
So damp, so dank, so dead!                          (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Seeking,seeking,&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
Chilly and quite,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desolate, painful and miserable.                     (Yang Xianyi）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Searching and searching, seeking and seeking,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
So chill, so clear,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
dreary,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and dismal,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
and forlorn.                                    (Stephen Owen)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
5. Seeking&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
seeking&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
Searching&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
searching&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
over and over&lt;br /&gt;
                          &lt;br /&gt;
lonely and forlorn &lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
Sighing;&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
grieving&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
sighing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same round                        (Kwock&amp;amp;McHugh)        &lt;br /&gt;
                                                  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Seek…seek, search....search;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
Lone...lone, cold...cold;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
Sad...sad, pain...pain, moan...moan.      (Liu Wuji)                         &lt;br /&gt;
                                                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao used fourteen repetitious Chinese characters to vent the heart-broken feeling and her worry about the convulsive country. In order to imitate the acoustic effects created by the fourteen reiterated words, almost all the translators adopted the words with sound symbolism characteristics, for the sake of conveying similar emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, search, seek, chill, dismal, forlorn, desolate, dreary, mournful, miserable, gloomy etc. Among the six versions,No.1 Xu paraphrases them into the sentence in rhythmic way, using end rhyme throughout the whole poem to create the musical beauty, but he abandons reduplicated words and just illustrate the meaning which slacking down the artistic conception of the original poem to some extent. No.(3,4)use single, non-repeated words. Leave alone whether those versions fully express the spirit of fourteen characters, those using single repeated or non-repeated words sound better than paraphrased sentences for keeping the freshness and novelty of the original. Especially, Kwock&amp;amp;McHugh(N0.5) vividly represents the original both in form and content, the novel arrangement of the words, successfully imitated the scenes in the original poem. The specially designed lines of verse gave the readers the feelings of seeking and searching over and over again. The visual beauty is a means to complement the deficiency in acoustic beauty, thus, in author’s opinion; his version is the best of all versions in realizing defamiliarization effect. Lin Yutang(No.2) doesn’t repeat the same words, but he carefully picks out words with the same beginning letter “d” to create the feeling of duplication and use exclamation “so” to enhance the theme. His version also is a good example to retain and create defamiliarization effect, giving readers a fresh shock of sadness. From the aspect of form, this version depicted the beauty of balance in English and also corresponded with beauty of antithesis in Chinese. It was a wonderful interpretation and a unique creation in itself.No.6, the translator adopted literal translation. Although the translated version bears similarity in form with the original one, it lacks true beauty in sound and meaning. The literal translation obviously damaged the sorrowful atmosphere, thus this version lost the melancholy and deep grief reflected in the original version. By piling up words, the translators get nothing but the empty shell of the original poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is “点点滴滴”,also from the same verse. Following are translation versions collected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.On parasol-trees leaves a fine rain drizzles&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
As twilight grizzles.             (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.In a drizzle so light, dripping-dropping into the oncoming night,&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In the garden wutong trees stand blurred.         (Zhu Chunsheng)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.On drying leaves of plane trees should there be&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
A drizzle pattering, pattering towards the eve!       (Liu Guoshan)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Against the tung and plane trees, the wind rises high.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The drizzle becomes trickles, as eve draws nigh.         (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.And the drizzle on the kola nut, keeps on droning: Pit-a-pat, pit-a-pat!   (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.The drizzles falls on the wutong trees, raindrops drip down at dusk.  (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
No.1, to pursue the rhythmic beauty, Xu uses drizzles describing the sound of rain, as well as forming rhyme harmony on the last word. This kind of translation blurred the defamiliarization effect since ignorant repeated words.No.2,No.3,No.5,translators uses different repeated words, such as dripping-dropping, pattering-pattering, pit-at-pat, pit-at-pat. From the author’s viewpoint, Lin’s translation is the best, pit-a-pat is onomatopoetic word, and conforms to the English expressive convention. The version of No.4 seems disagree with the poem mood, as poetess can hear clearly  raindrops drips on the leaves, the rain should become mild gradually, “the drizzle become trickles” is the situation of a storm, not the rain draws to stop.No.6 picks the word “drip down” also wanting forceful and sound beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation of Verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike English, Chinese poetry is skillfully using verb to vivify the image, often linked with rhetorical devices. Word transformation is mostly common, such as adjective or noun transformed to verb. There existed many instances; the author would like to choose two verbs from the Zuihuayin which would analyzed in this paper.&lt;br /&gt;
Taking “帘卷西风”from Zuihuayin as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“薄雾浓云愁永昼，瑞脑消金兽。佳节又重阳，玉枕纱厨，半夜凉初透。东篱把酒黄昏后，&lt;br /&gt;
有暗香盈袖。莫道不消魂，帘卷西风，人比黄花瘦。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse was written to express Li Qingzhao’s yearning for her husband. It’s the Double Ninth Day---the Chinese festival of the senior and family get-together. The west wind blows, makes people feel chilly and distressed, especially when the poetess was alone. Translation versions are assembled as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What with curtains being folded—&lt;br /&gt;
by violent blasts from the west                             (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
2. The curtain lifted by the western wind                        (Qiu Xiaolong)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
3. When the west wind rolls up my bamboo curtain                (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. With the door-curtains flapping in the west wind                 (Gong Jinghao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Only, when the west wind stir the curtain                       (Lucy Chow Ho)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In the original, there is hyperbaton used to achieve the harmonious beauty of rhymes, actually only could west wind blast curtain actually but the original text is “帘卷西风”,the reasonable sequence is “西风卷帘”.Among five translation versions above, the verb was translated into different words.No.1, “blast” emphasizes on strength and makes a loud noise.No.2, “lift” presents position changed of curtain roused by wind, but the curtain should whirl in that situation, not just lift seems as holding by something.No.3, “roll up” is an ordinary word, though faithfully to the source text, still not good enough.No.4,the word “flap” sounds like we heard the sound of wind makes curtain toss with power. From the view of author of this essay, No.5 is more preferable. “Stir” vividly describes the situation; furthermore, revealing the mirthless of the character, thus, translator prolonged the perception length, increased the aesthetic sensibility, which defamiliarization is pursuing all the time, translation is a creation instead of the slave of original without soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“三杯两盏淡酒，怎敌他、晚来风急?”The verb in this sentence used very vividly, how few cups of liquor withstand the wind at the dusk; Li Qingzhao personifies the natural thing, which is widely applied to express defamiliarization. Follows are various translation versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.By cup on cup of wine so dry oh,&lt;br /&gt;
How can I endure at dusk the drift&lt;br /&gt;
Of wind so swift?                                     (Xu Yuanchong）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three cups of thin wine would utterly fail.&lt;br /&gt;
To cope with the rising evening gale.                      (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How can a few cups of thin wine,&lt;br /&gt;
Bring warmth against the chilly winds of sunset?            (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Three or two cups of light wine,&lt;br /&gt;
How can they ward off the strong?                       (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Among the four versions, No.1 chooses the first person view to express coldness felt at dusk by poet, which slash the effect of defamiliarization as change rhetoric to narrative speech.No.2, the verb “cope with” is not as strong as the original, “cope with” means solving something, working out or settling down, but not very positively and actively.No.3 employed the preposition “against” also not so forcefully. From the point of author, Yang translates best, on the one hand faithfully keep the form of resource text, on the other hand reproduce the defamiliarization by using the verb phrase “ward off”, meaning to shun, avoid, or escape the chilly wind. There is no absolute equivalence between the SL and TL, only the most natural closest to the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation of Colloquialism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colloquialism refer to the types of speech or to usages not on a formal level, is often mistakenly used with a connotation of disapproval, as if it meant “vulgar” or ”bad” or “incorrect’ usage，whereas it is merely a familiar style used in speaking and writing. Li was adept and noted for refining colloquial words from folk languages, which was full of musical quality and vividness after her polishing. Her colloquial words seemed plain and amiable like daily dialogues with friends or just whisper to herself, but extraordinary beautiful and pleasant to the ear.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Shengshengman, for instance, is typically colloquialised for the whole. Here, the author picks up “守着窗儿，独自怎生得黑”to set as an example. “怎生得黑”is an ancient Chinese vernacular expression of “how to spend the night.” The defamiliarization effect of the original lies in its familiar wording but fresh feeling of lonely depiction. Collected translations are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
1. Sitting alone at the window, how could I but quicken the pace of darkness   &lt;br /&gt;
Which won’t thicken?                                                              (Xu Yuanchong）&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
2. Standing by the window---watching in anguish stark.&lt;br /&gt;
Could I bear alone the sight until it is dark?            (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. I remain by my window. Why is the day so dark, all alone?     (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s version (No.1) and Xu Zhongjie’s(No.2)version sound influent and not easy to read. In order to keep the rhyming, Professor Xu Yuanchong makes a pair of “quicken” and “thicken”. However, his witty rhyming is not appropriate in the aspect of keeping defamiliarized colloquial style. Rhyming seems exquisitely modified that is not as natural and causal as daily language. Xu Zhongjie’s “anguish stark” sounds sophisticated and wordy which disobeys the features of vernacular or colloquial language. Mao Yumei’s translation（No.3)sounds simple and it is oral daily language.” All alone” put at the end prolongs the tone which makes the structure loose. Hers represents the original style best of the three, thus best keeps the defamiliarization effect of the casual style.&lt;br /&gt;
Another sentence is“这次第，怎一个、愁字了得?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How, in the word “Miserable,” can one find------&lt;br /&gt;
The total effects of all these on the mind!                       (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Oh, what can I do with a grief&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond belief!                                          (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Is this the kind of mood and moment, to be expressed by one word “sad”?   &lt;br /&gt;
(Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.At the time like this, what immense sorrow I must bear!           (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above four versions are all translated by domestic translators. They chose different word to express “愁”,like miserable, grief, sad and sorrow. But the No.3 similar to the original forms thus more loyalty. The poetess was touched by the dismal sight and feeling melancholy of her life and the shattered country, so the Lin Yutang’s translation “the kind of mood and moment” is more proper, and the word “sad” also fit for the colloquial style. Defamiliarization in this sentence means to express complicated sentiment in a flat way, Lin successful retains the flavor in simple words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Defamiliarization on Image Level====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Image is often the final touch that distills and sharpens the meaning of poetry. In ancient Chinese poetry which boasts the construction of a profound meaning with very succinct language, image is especially central to its artistic value among the various composing elements. Image in itself as an intuitive language that transcends the barriers between different semiotic languages, therefore can be sensed across those different nations. Just as the Chinese poetic convention suggests, a work of art is best enjoyable when it transmits a sense of beauty in an implicit way. And image is such a way of talking silently. Moreover, as Zhu Guangqian(朱光潜)says, the pleasure of poetry resides in the sound and imagery.(《诗论》): “诗以情趣为主，情趣见于声音，寓于意象。”)This paper divides image into cultural-loaded images and natural images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Cultural-Loaded images=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of category is the juxtaposition of allusion and complicated sentiment in certain culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Translation the image of “雁” in the Shengshengman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence “雁过也，正伤心，却是旧时相识.”The translation versions collected as follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Myself, into woe, a flight of wild geese has thrown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
But with them, very familiar I have grown.       (Xu Zhongjie)               &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.I recognize the geese flying overhead:&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
My old friends,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Bring not the old memories back!                         (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. It breaks my heart, alas,&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
To see the wild geese pass,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
For they are my acquaintances of old.                    (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Wild geese fly past, while I’am broken-hearted;&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
But I recognize they are my old friends.       (Yang Xianyi&amp;amp;Gladys Yang)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Overhead,a heart-rending line&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
South-bound wild geese at morn&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Yet old acquaintances of mine.                          (Zhu Chunshen)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
After study some versions, the author find most translators tend to translate “雁” into “geese”(Lin Yutang),or “wild geese(Xu Yuanchong),also “swan geese” translated by some people. But translators must can’t ignore the connotation meaning in target culture, geese in English means idiot, fool, reflecting derogative emotion.The slang “wild geese chase” indicates doing something in vain. Zhu Chunshen translated “雁”into “a heart-rending line--south--bound wild geese”, then he explained in the footnote, “geese in ancient China was message carrier, the poetess see geese passed, but doesn’t receive any letter, creating a melancholy feeling”. “雁” is a migrant bird that migrates from south to north in spring and return in autumn. Sometimes, their migrant movement is a sign of season. Besides, in Chinese ancient culture, “鸿雁传书”indicates love letter transferring written by lovers. At that time, Li was compelled to move to the south and her nation was invaded by enemy, she had no sense of belonging where her family were and didn’t know when her wandering days would end. Upon hearing the sound of geese, she can’t help being broken-hearted because of nation defeated and family lost. The image make readers resonate with the poetess. Considering of the culture diversity, translators should add footnote accordingly. The complementary information endeavors to convey original’s culture connotation, it’s also the defamiliarization goal, avoiding blunt and obscurity of different culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important image is “梧桐”,is an image rich in cultural meanings. It is a straight, huge and tall. As early as two thousand years ago, it was closely related to the mysterious legendary bird---phoenix. It was said wutong was the only tree where a phoenix would choose to inhabit and land on. According to the ancient tale, “ 梧”was the male and “桐” was the female. They were noted for the marital bliss and harmony. Therefore, it is often used to symbolize loyalty in love in Chinese literature. The sorrow triggered by autumn is often found in old poetry. In poem, this image stands for “sorrow, bitterness, distressed” when the tree was linked with rain, giving people the feeling of coldness. From the mainly English versions collected, “梧桐”was translated into “kola nut”(Lin Yutang), “platan (Xu YuanChong), “the tung and platan tree”(Xu Zhongjie), lola nut is a tree in tropical Africa, this kind of translation was mistaken, platan refers to French platan, tung is a specie of tree, producing oil, those translation definitely lost its cultural connotation. The author of this paper prefers Zhu Chunsheng’s translation version: Wutong tree. Wutong carries exotic charming to the fullest, evoking readers imagination, at the same time promote culture communication. Readers can understand this kind of tree after read the poem. Borrowed words always enlarge another language in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Natural Images====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pure scenery depiction means the scene is universe, such as some flower, tree, mountain, stream but usually combined with emotional revelation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image “黄花” usually translated into “yellow flower”, “chrysanthemum”, “yellow chrysanthemum”. Different versions are collected as follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. As compared with chrysanthemums,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
I look slimmer e’en at my best.                    (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. I would show a thinner face than yellow flowers.       (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
3. I look thinner than the chrysanthemum.               (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
4. I find myself thinner than the yellow flowers.          (Chu Dagao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum is a formal word while yellow flower is more blurred, “yellow” in Chinese always tinged with sickness or fading, for this reason, readers may arouse curiosity of what this flower looks like and associate with figure of poetess, who is languid and haggard in plight. This image appears in both lyrics, carefully compare, it expresses different mood, in Zhuhuayin, Li is lonely missing her far-away husband, the flower stands for her noble,unsullied and aloof character, while in Shengshengman, the flower is withered, fallen, inanimate. From that point, translators may adopt two translation versions to same noun, the first fit chrysanthemum, easily be related with certain shape, fragrance and color, the second translated into yellow flower, would be more imaginary about the unfamiliar word, thus prolong the aesthetic reception. (Zhan Chongyang, 2013, 46-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is the superior form of literature with the characteristics of it’s terseness in language, indeterminism in words, abstruseness and ambiguity in meaning, sharpness in emotion, felicity in rhetorical strategy and distinctiveness in rhythm. To reproduce the style and reveal the beauty of the original text will absolutely confronted with resistance form restricted factors both in linguistic and cultural aspects. After weighing various methods, the author of this paper think defamiliarization could best retain the spirit whilst making freshness in the translated one. (Xu Yuanchong, 2013, 67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of defamiliarization translation can facilitate understanding and appreciation of Li Qingzhao’s poem from a new perspective. The artistic techniques of translation are employed to render objects in the target text unfamiliar, to make forms alienized, and to increase the difficulty and duration of perception because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself and must be prolonged. Something commonplace, customary or familiar is made to appear unfamiliar and fresh in one way or another. All of these creative manipulations enhance the recipient’s discernment of the artistic material in the target text. And that stimulate the translator, one who is adept at subjective manipulation, and who treasures freedom and artistry, to devote him to the pursuit of the alienizing translation effect for art’s sake. The defamiliarization translation theory provides some fascinating insights into Li’s verse translation practice. Breaking the initial norm of sticking to the source culture, translation version is closer to the target-culture end in the continuum between the source culture and target culture. The type of translation coinage of nonce words and using of colloquialisms, rhetoric devices, unconventional form, distinguish itself from others translation method, thus breaks the expectation of target reader, for nonce words or unfamiliar word endowed new meaning that belong neither to the diction of western poetry nor to the diction of translational Chinese poetry, though this deviation gives rise to tortuous and impeded fluency in reading. That’s the essence of poetry. Unlike novel, prose, drama, with plot, dialogue or background, poetry is limited to the fixed format, words. Translation of poetry should take the poem’s specificity into account, literal translation, foreignizing translation, or prosify a poem, all can’t perfectly competing the original without lose flavor. Defamiliarization translation pursues aesthetic perception, novel and creation, also respecting translator’s rewriting properly, and the most faithful translation is not the best, at least for poetry. This paper tries to apply defamiliarization translation theory to analyze Shengshengman and Zuihuayin of Li Qingzhao’s poem, to contribute a humble effort to the translation classical Chinese poetry. Sometimes, we could use transliterated words combined with footnote, such as “wutong”in this paper, or another example also a frequently used image in Li’s verse, bajiao, attaching the word explanation after the poem, “Ba jiao belongs to the musa family, grown for the ornament of their large striking foliage.” Translation Chinese poetry, translator must bear in mind that Chinese flavor and poetry spirit should make ends meet, thus, readers could understand Chinese culture while they appreciate translation. (Gan Wanni, 2012, 95-98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Eugene A.Nida. Language and Culture Contexts in Translation[M].Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2001.                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gan Wanni.A Defamiliarization Perspective to the Study of Translation of Li Qingzhao’s Ci[D].Southwest Jiaotong University,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Newmark.A Textbook of Translation[M].Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schulte,R.and John Biguenet.Theories of Translation:An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida[C].Chicago:University of Chicago Press,1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Yuanchong. 300 Tang Poems [M].China Intercontinental Press，2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhan Chongyang. Defamiliarization and Translation:A Case Study of the Chinese Versions of Jamaica Inn [D].Nanjing University，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈琳.论陌生化翻译[J].中国翻译，2010(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 陈琳.文学翻译审美的陌生化性[D].清华大学学报，2006(06)：21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*房孝园,李清照:一言难尽的花与酒——《李清照词两首》个性解读[J].语文教学之友,2011,06:34-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 葛云峰,季淑凤.中国典籍英译的风格再现，易安词英译个案分析[J].淮北煤炭师范学院外国语学报，2008(5):30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胡银根.文化语境视角下李清照八首词翻译的对比研究[D].湖南工业大学，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 刘晰.拥抱差异：诗歌翻译的“陌生化”取向[J].淮南师范学院学报,2013（04）:15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 李学欣.易安词作中叠词的美感传译[J].作家杂志，2009(12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 李睿婕,张轶前.许渊冲译者主体性在李清照《声声慢》英译本中的体现.[J].河北联合大学学报，2012(6):12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*孙国华.鲁迅作品中的陌生化语言现象[J].无锡高等师范学校，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 张冰.陌生化诗学：俄国形式主义研究[M].北京师范大学出版社，2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 朱纯深.宋词英译(2)[J].中国翻译,2002(3):93-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑恩岳,李清照《声声慢》词英译研究[J].浙江教育学院学报，2003(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张金同.“怎一个愁字了得”——读李清照的《醉花阴》和《声声慢》[J].固原师专学报(社会科学版),1987,04:41-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies	谭媛媛	Tan Yuanyuan 202070080642 MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the cultural differences between China and western countries, interpreters are required to do both the surface interpretation of the language itself and the deep interpretation of the meaning conveyed in that culture. During the process of interpretation, dealing with cultural obstacles caused by the cultural differences inappropriately can cause misunderstanding, resulting in communicative suspension. This paper, while analyzing the cultural obstacles caused by the cultural differences, expounds on the specific coping translation strategies that an interpreter should take in dealing with cultural differences in the process of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
Key Words:interpretation, cultural differences, coping stratcgics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要:&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
由于中西文化存在很大的差异,对于口译员来说，除了掌握译出语语言表层次的信息外，更要掌握译出语语言深层次的文化内涵。在口译过程中，若不恰当处理由文化差异引起的文化障碍问题，就会产生误解，导致交际中止。本文分析了口译中因文化差异而引起的文化障碍问题，并着重指出了口译中应对文化差异现象的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
关键词:口译，文化差异，应对策略（格式错误）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wave of globalization sweeping the world has provided vehicles, tools and channels for cultural exchange and dissemination among countries. At the same time, globalization has brought out the holistic quality of cultural spirit, prompting people to pay attention to the overall examination of problems, recognize certain commonalities of human cultures, and generate new cultural concepts such as &amp;quot;global consciousness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;global values&amp;quot;. However, due to the different geographical locations, social environments, religious beliefs, ways of thinking and living habits of different ethnic groups, different regions have a variety of cultural characteristics, and therefore there are huge cultural differences, and cultural conflicts will become more complex.（简芳，张健,2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wave of globalization sweeping the world has provided vehicles, tools and channels for cultural exchange and dissemination among countries. At the same time, globalization has brought out the holistic quality of cultural spirit, prompting people to pay attention to the overall examination of problems, recognize certain commonalities of human cultures, and generate new cultural concepts such as &amp;quot;global consciousness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;global values&amp;quot;. However, due to the different geographical locations, social environments, religious beliefs, ways of thinking and living habits of different ethnic groups, different regions have a variety of cultural characteristics, and therefore there are huge cultural differences, and cultural conflicts will become more complex.（Jian Fang，Zhang Jian,2012）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No matter from which perspective, interpreters play the role of bridge and link. Therefore, when interpreting, interpreters should fully consider the cultural differences between China and the West, seek the common ground of cross-cultural communication, and establish a harmonious language communication atmosphere on the basis of improving mutual understanding in order to avoid the phenomenon of cultural conflict in interpreting communication. (Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Problem of Cultural Barriers Caused by Cultural Differences in Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang Zuoliang points out that &amp;quot;the greatest difficulty in translation is the difference between two cultures.&amp;quot; He believes that &amp;quot;the interpreter must be a cultural person in the true sense of the word.&amp;quot; The differences between Chinese and Western peoples in terms of thinking, values, historical culture and cultural imagery, as well as traditional customs and religious beliefs, have led to cultural differences between the peoples. Therefore, in the process of interpretation activities, the interpreter needs not only to translate the literal meaning of the original language, but more importantly, to grasp its unique cultural connotation and be able to convey it to the other party through language.（连淑能,1993） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang Zuoliang points out that &amp;quot;the greatest difficulty in translation is the difference between two cultures.&amp;quot; He believes that &amp;quot;the interpreter must be a cultural person in the true sense of the word.&amp;quot; The differences between Chinese and Western peoples in terms of thinking, values, historical culture and cultural imagery, as well as traditional customs and religious beliefs, have led to cultural differences between the peoples. Therefore, in the process of interpretation activities, the interpreter needs not only to translate the literal meaning of the original language, but more importantly, to grasp its unique cultural connotation and be able to convey it to the other party through language.（Lian Shuneng,1993）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to American translation theorist Eugene Naida, translation is an exchange between two cultures, &amp;quot;For a truly successful translation, it is even more important to be familiar with two cultures than to master two languages. For words have meaning only in the cultural context in which they . function in the cultural context in which they are used.&amp;quot; Therefore, a translator cannot reach a true sense of communication if he or she does not have the support of culture in the process of translation. (Jia Dejiang,1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by the way of thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Western culture belongs to linear rational way of thinking, which emphasizes logic, hierarchy and abstraction; while Chinese culture belongs to spiral thinking, which emphasizes discernment, enlightenment and emotional meaning. Westerners tend to think that Chinese people are too subtle and even logically confused. Chinese people may also think that Westerners are too cumbersome and sometimes feel uncomfortable because of their overly direct expressions. (Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interpreters should not only correctly understand the difference between Chinese and Western cultures during the interpretation process, but also take appropriate measures to compensate for the understanding barrier caused by this difference. This difference is manifested in the language: Chinese sentences are clear and concise, while English sentences are compact and tightly structured, emphasizing the subordination and modification between components, and mostly using conjunctions, prepositions and relational words to link sentences together.(Edward Spir,2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese have the traditional virtue of respecting the elderly. To show courtesy, the host will say to the visitor, “您比我年长，您请上坐”. If the translator translates it literally as, “You are older than me. You take the upper seat.” Westerners will definitely feel uncomfortable when they hear it and think to themselves: Am I that old? At this time, the original meaning of the Chinese expression has been distorted, so the contradiction arises.(Jia Dejiang,1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused from values====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are a deep element of cultural composition, which is both a part of social culture and the result of long-term penetration and accumulation of social and cultural factors in people's minds. Chinese people talk about collectivism, while Westerners advocate individualism. The Chinese focus on the group, highlighting the role of the collective is the mainstream of their values, highlighting their own will be suspected of arrogance and arrogance. The British and Americans advocate the primacy of the individual, fully expressing their own values and highlighting individual contributions. Humility is deeply rooted in Chinese values and is a Chinese virtue, yet sometimes it is not as welcome in the eyes of Westerners. This obvious difference in values inevitably leads to a culture clash. （Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A classic example: at a party, a foreign guest complimented a Chinese lady, praising her for being very beautiful, when the Chinese lady replied, “哪里，哪里”. The accompanying translator on the side, however, translated word-for-word into, “where, where ”. This was difficult for the visitor to understand. So he had no choice but to answer, “from up to toe”.And at this time the Chinese lady was also very dissatisfied, thinking that the foreigner was disrespectful to her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers from historical culture and cultural imagery====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural imagery is a cognitive pattern agreed upon in different national or community cultures. Cultural imagery coalesces the wisdom of each nation, and is the crystallization of history and culture. Throughout the long history of each nation, they have appeared in people's language, forming a cultural symbol with a relatively fixed and unique cultural meaning. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a business event, the Chinese side said something like this, “建立‘一条龙’服务中心”.The interpreter translated it as “set up the ,one-dragon service center to provide a coordinated process service for foreign investors in obtaining approval&amp;quot;.“一条龙” was translated into“one dragon”.The word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot; means something evil in the West, but &amp;quot;auspicious&amp;quot; in China, so it is easy to misunderstand if you don't understand the situation. Another example is that the phrase &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; should never be translated as “to hope one&amp;quot;'s child can become a dragon&amp;quot;，but to“to hope one’s child can be somebody”. （Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by traditional customs and religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries have different traditional customs. Chinese people give &amp;quot;New Year's Lucky money&amp;quot; to the younger generation during the Chinese New Year, but &amp;quot;Chinese New Year&amp;quot; does not exist in Western countries, so they do not understand why they have to give money. On the contrary, Christmas, Halloween and other holidays in Western countries do not exist in Chinese traditional culture, and we do not fully understand the importance of these holidays, even though they are very popular in China nowadays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural barriers due to differences in religious beliefs often occur in the interpretation process. “Sleep with father&amp;quot; is a biblical euphemism, which means the same as &amp;quot;go the heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;kick the bucket&amp;quot;. It means the same as &amp;quot;go the heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;kick the bucket&amp;quot;, but for those who do not understand Western religions, it is likely to be mistranslated as &amp;quot;与父亲睡觉&amp;quot;, which would be ridiculous.（Lu Naisheng,1993）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
If this sentence is understood as&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;约翰是可靠的，他不吃鱼，还玩游戏&amp;quot;, it is because the translator failed to understand &amp;quot; eats no fish &amp;quot; and &amp;quot;play the game&amp;quot;. After the Protestants overthrew the old government, the Protestants refused to eat fish on Ramadan to show their loyalty to Protestantism. So &amp;quot;&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot; to eat no fish &amp;quot; means &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot; to play the game &amp;quot;means &amp;quot;race&amp;quot;,The correct meaning of the word is Therefore, the correct meaning is &amp;quot;John is reliable, he is both loyal and upright&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by non-verbal language behaviors====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The means of communication between people is not limited to verbal language. Non-verbal language, such as:eyes, facial expressions, gestures, distance between speakers, and physical contact, etc. are all conveying information to people around them. Ethnic cultures differ in their expressions of non-verbal language communication. This cultural aspect of difference should be taken into account when communicating across languages.（张文,2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The means of communication between people is not limited to verbal language. Non-verbal language, such as:eyes, facial expressions, gestures, distance between speakers, and physical contact, etc. are all conveying information to people around them. Ethnic cultures differ in their expressions of non-verbal language communication. This cultural aspect of difference should be taken into account when communicating across languages.（Zhang Wen,2002）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one example, an American teacher, who was new to China, noticed that several students were looking at the student grade book she happened to have open during recess without permission. This teacher seriously told the students that this was rude behavior and that they should be careful to respect the privacy of others. Personal things are not to be looked at without the person's permission. Several students felt embarrassed and didn't know what to say, so they gave an apologetic smile. This smile upset the American teacher even more, and she thought that the students not only disrespected her, but also mocked her. The reason for her misunderstanding was that she did not understand that the Han Chinese often use laughter to express embarrassment and apology. &lt;br /&gt;
Another example is that when Chinese people see a cute child, they can't help but go up and touch or pat it to show their affection for it. A Chinese mother would feel proud and smug when she encounters such a situation, while a Western mother is not used to this practice and considers it rude to pet her child, or even offensive. (Bai Jingyu,2000)（段落过长）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one example, an American teacher, who was new to China, noticed that several students were looking at the student grade book she happened to have open during recess without permission. This teacher seriously told the students that this was rude behavior and that they should be careful to respect the privacy of others. Personal things are not to be looked at without the person's permission. Several students felt embarrassed and didn't know what to say, so they gave an apologetic smile. This smile upset the American teacher even more, and she thought that the students not only disrespected her, but also mocked her. The reason for her misunderstanding was that she did not understand that the Han Chinese often use laughter to express embarrassment and apology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is that when Chinese people see a cute child, they can't help but go up and touch or pat it to show their affection for it. A Chinese mother would feel proud and smug when she encounters such a situation, while a Western mother is not used to this practice and considers it rude to pet her child, or even offensive.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies for Handling the Phenomenon of Cultural Differences in Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Naida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward a. The whole set of theories and methods on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation has caused strong repercussions in the translation theoretical circles and is considered one of the most representative theories on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation, the core of which is his principle of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. This principle emphasizes that what translators pursue is not literal correspondence, but the reflection of cultural factors in the translated text to achieve functional equivalence. (叶子南，2001:38) This  view of Naida, although presented mainly for translation, is also useful for dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Naida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward a. The whole set of theories and methods on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation has caused strong repercussions in the translation theoretical circles and is considered one of the most representative theories on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation, the core of which is his principle of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. This principle emphasizes that what translators pursue is not literal correspondence, but the reflection of cultural factors in the translated text to achieve functional equivalence. (Ye Zinan，2001:38) This  view of Naida, although presented mainly for translation, is also useful for dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation. --[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that interpretation is very different from translation, it should not, and cannot, exactly replicate the strategies for dealing with cultural phenomena in translation. The focus of interpreting is not to transmit cultural connotations, but to serve the communication on the spot, so the treatment of cultural phenomena in interpreting should be in line with the characteristics of interpreting. According to the criteria of &amp;quot;accuracy, smoothness and speed&amp;quot; and the specific characteristics of interpretation such as &amp;quot;on-site, present and limited time&amp;quot;, the first step in dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation should be to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalence&amp;quot; between English and Chinese, and to try to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalence&amp;quot; from the target language. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In dealing with cultural phenomena, interpreters should first try to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalents&amp;quot; between English and Chinese, and try to find authentic expressions or interpretation methods from the target language for the understanding of listeners. According to the above principles and requirements, the following strategies can be used in dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Flexible use of naturalization and dissimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization in interpretation is to express the linguistic and cultural factors in the source language in the closest equivalent form in the target language as far as possible, and transform them into a form familiar to and understood by the audience of the target language. This undoubtedly avoids the cultural conflicts and understanding barriers caused by the differences between the source language culture and the target language culture, and enables listeners to better understand the original language for interactive communication between the two sides of the conversation. Many scholars advocate that cultural phenomena in interpretation should be dealt with mainly by naturalization. This view has its own validity. In many occasions, the focus of interpretation is not to perform cultural output, but to provide services for both parties in the live communication. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in dealing with cultural factors in interpretation is to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalent&amp;quot; to the source language culture in the target language, and try to find authentic expressions or explanatory methods from the target language for the audience's understanding. For example, the use of naturalization means to put Chinese allusions &amp;quot;三个和尚没水吃&amp;quot; into &amp;quot; Everyone‘s business is no one&amp;quot;s business.&amp;quot; is very easy to be understood by native English speakers in Western countries.(Deng Yanchang, Liu Runqing,2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when using naturalization to deal with cultural factors, we should also see that while naturalization reduces the difficulty of audience acceptance and comprehension, it also sacrifices many cultural features of the source language, which may result in the loss of a large amount of accompanying information and prevent the audience from fully appreciating the original connotation of the source language and the foreign culture. For example, for foreigners who want to learn Chinese, in order to explain the cultural implications contained therein, he will translate“她有沉鱼落雁之容，闭月羞花之貌&amp;quot;  by naturalization to “Her beauty would make the fish sink, the wild geese fall down and the moon hide herself, and put the flowers to shame.”（Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, while emphasizing that interpretation should be mainly naturalized, it is important not to overlook the value of the means of dissimilation. This is because besides providing services to both parties of live communication, interpretation also has the function of cultural transmission, which is conducive to enhancing mutual understanding among peoples. For the specific forms and expressions containing strong cultural color and ethnicity, the dissimilation means can best reflect the ethnic color of the source language and make the audience feel novel and vivid, thus opening their eyes and gaining knowledge and enlightenment, especially on occasions such as tourism interpretation and banquet interpretation. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to meet the needs of cultural exchange, interpreters should undoubtedly adopt the strategy of heterogeneity as much as possible in the process of interpretation, so as to retain the heterogeneous components in the source language to the greatest extent possible and transmit the information in the source language to the audience as originally as possible. In addition, the use of dissimilation can enrich the linguistic expressions of the target language and inject fresh blood into the culture of the target language, so that the language and culture of the target language can continue to develop and maintain vitality.（Edward Spir,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rational Use of Direct Translation, Substitution, Paraphrase, Interpretation and Other Translation Methods====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German functionalist translation theory, which emerged in the 1970s, advocates a &amp;quot;purpose-oriented&amp;quot; approach, which frees the translator and the translator from the bondage of the original language and regards translation as a purposive act. Functionalist scholars especially pointed out that their theory is also suitable for interpretation. The theory requires the translator to determine the strategies to be used in the translation process based on the specific requirements of the client and the translation purpose and the actual situation of the potential readers (or listeners) on the basis of a full understanding of the original language. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functionalist translation theory emphasizes flexibility and practicality in the translation process, which is a great inspiration for translators to flexibly use various translation methods to deal with cultural factors in interpretation. Combined with the specific characteristics and requirements of interpretation and the actual situation of the interpretation site, translation methods such as direct translation, substitution, meaning translation and interpretation should be flexibly used in dealing with cultural factors in interpretation according to the needs. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Direct translation method=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture, which reflects the cultural traditions and psychological habits of a nation. Direct translation not only preserves these cultural features and avoids ambiguities, but also facilitates cultural exchange and enriches the vocabulary of the target language. Without affecting the understanding of the audience, direct translation is preferable if the source and target languages can be unified or largely unified in content and form. The direct translation method is the fullest manifestation of dissimilation at the linguistic level. It is the fullest expression of alienation at the linguistic level. For example, &amp;quot; Let sleeping dogs lie&amp;quot; is directly translated as “勿惹睡狗”. “火上加油” is directly translated “Pour oil on the flame”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Substitution Method=====&lt;br /&gt;
The substitution method is also called the &amp;quot;reciprocity method&amp;quot;. It is a method of translation by applying words and expressions in the target language that have different expressions but are similar in meaning to the cultural concepts of the source language. The substitution method is the most typical manifestation of using naturalization to deal with cultural phenomena. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;冰冻三尺非一日之寒&amp;quot;  is translated into &amp;quot; Rome cannot be built in one day”. English idiom &amp;quot;to spend money like water &amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;挥金如土&amp;quot; is a good example.(Wang Kefei,1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Intentional translation method=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the source language and the target language cannot be unified in terms of content and form or cannot be harmonized, translation is a method of expressing the meaning of the source language in the language of the target language from the meaning of the source language, free from the superficial form of the source language. The meaning translation method is also a common method of using naturalization to deal with cultural phenomena in interpretation. It is mainly applied to occasions where cultural communication is not the purpose. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, during the second session of the Ninth National People's Congress, Premier Zhu Rongji held a press conference. In response to a reporter's question about the &amp;quot;U.S. accusation of China's theft of U.S. nuclear technology,&amp;quot; Premier Zhu stated a series of reasons and then concluded that &amp;quot;The U.S. has been accused of stealing nuclear technology from China. After stating a series of reasons, he concluded that,“我们为什么还要冒政治.上的风险和道德上的风险去盗窃什么人的军事机密呢?所以，所谓中国盗窃美国军事机密的问题可以认为是一种天方夜谭”.The last sentence of the translator's translation reads“So, the alleged Chinese theft of U.S. military technology is only a fiction.” Here, &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; is not translated directly as&amp;quot;TheArabianNights&amp;quot;，but is instead translated as &amp;quot; fiction &amp;quot;. This shows that the interpreter is fully aware of the cultural differences between Chinese and Western cultures and adopts the method of paraphrasing and flexibly and accurately conveys the speaker's meaning to the audience in the target language. As we all know, in Chinese culture, when people refer to an absurd, unsubstantiated phenomenon or statement, they often say: 这简直是天方夜谭。But in English-speaking cultures, The Arabian Nights is not synonymous with ridiculous or absurd. Therefore, the word &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; has a much richer connotation in Chinese than the same word has in English.（Bao Huinan,2001）（段落过长）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, during the second session of the Ninth National People's Congress, Premier Zhu Rongji held a press conference. In response to a reporter's question about the &amp;quot;U.S. accusation of China's theft of U.S. nuclear technology,&amp;quot; Premier Zhu stated a series of reasons and then concluded that &amp;quot;The U.S. has been accused of stealing nuclear technology from China. After stating a series of reasons, he concluded that,“我们为什么还要冒政治.上的风险和道德上的风险去盗窃什么人的军事机密呢?所以，所谓中国盗窃美国军事机密的问题可以认为是一种天方夜谭”.The last sentence of the translator's translation reads“So, the alleged Chinese theft of U.S. military technology is only a fiction.” Here, &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; is not translated directly as&amp;quot;TheArabianNights&amp;quot;，but is instead translated as &amp;quot; fiction &amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This shows that the interpreter is fully aware of the cultural differences between Chinese and Western cultures and adopts the method of paraphrasing and flexibly and accurately conveys the speaker's meaning to the audience in the target language. As we all know, in Chinese culture, when people refer to an absurd, unsubstantiated phenomenon or statement, they often say: 这简直是天方夜谭。But in English-speaking cultures, The Arabian Nights is not synonymous with ridiculous or absurd. Therefore, the word &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; has a much richer connotation in Chinese than the same word has in English.（Bao Huinan,2001）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 04:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
=====Interpretation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English belong to different language families, and they are very different in terms of cultural and historical background, cultural psychological structure, thinking styles and methods, and language expression. Although there are some cultural concepts in the two languages that are equivalent, corresponding or basically corresponding, most of them are not corresponding or completely corresponding, and some concepts are completely vacant in the target language.(Bao Huinan,2001) When trying to preserve the cultural characteristics of the source language and the literal translation cannot make the audience understand its meaning, the cultural phenomenon of the source language can be properly explained to facilitate the audience's understanding. This method is called interpretation. Interpretation is actually a means of alienation-a disguised form of expression, similar to literal translation and annotation. The interpretation method is not only easy for the audience to understand, but also can retain the cultural flavor of the source language. It is a good way to deal with cultural gaps in interpreting. The interpretation method is mainly applicable to the following scope (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Proper nouns formed in the accumulation of source language culture&lt;br /&gt;
诸葛亮—-Zhuge Liang，a master mind in Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
Mickey Mouse—-指一个小人物或一件微不足道的小事&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Abbreviations, special phrases or collocations formed in a specific cultural atmosphere&lt;br /&gt;
三资企业—-refers to“外资”，namely, foreign- funded enterprise; “合资”， joint adventure&lt;br /&gt;
and“独资”，wholly foreign-owned or funded enterprise.&lt;br /&gt;
An LDC—-指 “a life and death commodity”始用于英国报刊，一般指成本低廉，但却是人类赖以生存的商品，如水。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Lingo, idiom, allusion, slang or colloquialism&lt;br /&gt;
解铃还需系铃人—-“Let him who tied the bell on the tiger take it off”, meaning, whoever started that trouble ends it himself.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Special cultural words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
敬老日—- Generally speaking, this phrase refers to the Double Ninth Festival in China，a day of giving and advocating more concern for the senior citizens.&lt;br /&gt;
the Beatles—-指英国的披头士乐队，20世纪六七十年代曾风靡全球。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Simple translation and no translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people use more adjectives when narrating and describing people and things, especially when introducing landscapes and historical sites, adjectives and four-character patterns are quite frequent. For example, when introducing a lake, we often hear commentary similar to the following: “ 湖水澄澈如镜，水光天接，湖中有十多个高矮不等的小岛被水相望，似断似续，烟水迷茫，错落有致....”. If during the interpreting process, the interpreter translates the described words one by one according to the original language, it is likely to be thankless and make people feel that the language is extremely exaggerated and ridiculous. In this case, omitting some adjectives will not affect the overall situation. It is undeniable that some of the special expressions in different nationalities and different languages cannot be translated or equivalently translated. Especially in time-stressed interpretation situations, it is inevitable to encounter difficult problems, such as humor in English. No matter how you translate them, the meanings of, puns, allegorical words with puns in Chinese, and word-breaking games in Chinese, etc., cannot fully reflect their meanings. In this case, you can use &amp;quot;no translation&amp;quot; or incomplete translation. For example, Chinese people are used to introducing themselves by saying: &amp;quot;我姓张，弓长张。&amp;quot;Directly translating it as “My family name is Zhang”is enough.(Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is a cross-language communication activity as well as a cross-cultural communication activity. Due to the commonality and individuality of culture, the cultural characteristics carried by different language systems in cross-cultural communication appear the same, partly the same, gaps and conflicts. Therefore, the interpreter must not only be proficient in both the source language and the target language, but also understand the two cultures and understand the differences between the two cultures reflected in the differences in language expression. In addition, due to the characteristics of interpreting: timeliness, directness, diversity of occasions and forms, as well as the looseness of oral expression, resulting in the cultural sensitivity of the interpreter, the broad aspect of knowledge and the ability to deal with cultural differences There are higher requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interpreters should focus on cultivating cross-cultural awareness, increasing their sensitivity to the differences between the two cultures, and mastering the principles and methods to fill the gaps in understanding between different cultures. For interpreters, cross-cultural awareness refers to a cognitive standard and adjustment method formed by the translator consciously or unconsciously in cross-cultural communication. It is the interpreter’s unique way of thinking, judgment, and The sensitivity of cultural factors. The interpreter is the carrier of cross-cultural awareness, and the broad cultural information foundation is the fundamental guarantee for the completion of cross-cultural communication. Only by following the principles of culture can the translator better control the language and make the target language truly accurate, decent and fluent.(Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
简芳，张健.口译活动中的文化障碍问题[J]. 湖北广播电视大学学报，2012年1月第1期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
连淑能.英汉对比研究[M].北京:高等教育出版社，1993年版&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘微微.浅谈口译中文化差异的应对策略[J].哈尔滨职业技术学院学报，2008 年第1期[4].沙保华.文化差异与口译[J].四川外语学院学报(重庆)，1995年第1期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
熊薇.文化差异对口译的影响[J].语言文字，2009.8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨震，黄斗.口译中中西文化冲突的沟通和处理[J].广西师范学院学报(哲学社会科学版)，2008年10月第4期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张文.论口译面对的文化差异问题[J]. 北京第二外国语学院学报，1998年第3期 [8]. 张燕.文化差异对口译的影响[J]. 外语教学，2002年5月第3期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edward Spir, Language: An Introduction of the Study of Speech, Echo Library, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bai Jingyu, Culture and Translation, China Social Science Press, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Naisheng, Differences between Chinese and English and Translation, East China Chemical Engineering Institute Press, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Kefei, Understanding the Nature of Translation, Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Dejiang, A Tentative Discussion on Cultural Perspective and English-Chinese Translation, Hunan People' 's Publishing House, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deng Yanchang, Liu Runqing, Language and Culture - Comparison of Chinese and English Languages and Cultures, Foreign Language Teaching and Language Research Press, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan, Cultural Context and Language Translation, China International Translation Publication Company, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:59, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translation Strategies of Different Style, Taking English Journalistic Style and English Literary Style as an Example	张银柳	Zhang Yinliu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the consistent development of the cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, translation plays a more and more pivotal role in the world stage. It can not only help Chinese to have a better understanding of foreign cultures and promote the cooperation, but also spread the Chinese cultures to the international world. Translation strategies are the focus of translation works, especially during the process of translating Chinese to English. It’s very necessary to have a thorough study about the translation strategies. While towards different styles of text, different translation strategies should be applied relatively. This thesis focuses on translation strategies of two styles - journalistic style and literary style. &lt;br /&gt;
The thesis firstly introduces the background and development of translation strategies. Then it depicts the characteristics and translation principles of journalistic style text and literary style text. In the main part, the thesis combines the characteristics of the two kinds of texts to explore the translation strategies that suits for the two types, including domestication, foreignization, omission and etc. This thesis is expected to make some contributions to the study of translation strategies and the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KEY  WORDS===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies; text-types; journalistic style; literary style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===中文摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中外文化交流的不断发展，翻译在世界舞台上扮演着越来越重要的角色。它不仅可以帮助中国人更好地了解外国文化，促进合作，而且可以将中国文化传播到世界。翻译策略是翻译工作的重点，特别是在汉译英过程中。对翻译策略进行深入研究是有必要的。在针对不同样式的文本时，应相对地采用不同的翻译策略。本文主要研究两种体裁的翻译策略：新闻体裁和文学体裁。&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先介绍翻译策略的背景和发展，然后描述新闻风格文本和文学风格文本的特点和翻译原则。论文的主体部分结合了两种文本的特点，探讨了归化，异化，省译等的翻译策略。本文有望为翻译策略的研究和翻译的实践做出贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略; 文本类型; 新闻体裁; 文学体裁.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies are critical in translation process. Towards texts in different styles which have different models of texts’ structure and communicative functions, translation strategies are quite variable. There are a great number of scholars both from China and the international world who have devoted themselves to dive into and research the most effective and practical strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still lack of thorough researches about translation strategies for different text styles. In this thesis, the first part is about the introduction and analysis of former scholars’ researches and the whole picture of this thesis. Then, the thesis will discuss the background, development, characteristics and functions of different-style texts from the perspective of linguistics. The main part is about the translation strategies of source texts in journalistic style and literary style respectively, such as the domestication, foreignization in literary-style texts and the omission , restruction and generalization in journalistic-style text. In concluding part, the thesis will generalize the main idea and make an objective appreciation about the thesis, as well as point out the drawbacks and advantages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Theoretical Framework===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Background and development of Texts’ styles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the research, there is still no specific definition of distinguishing differences of texts styles. Some scholars claim texts’ styles to be registers, even some equal them to speech events. Qin Xiubai, a famous Chinese language and teaching professor, introduced that there were two main schools of the study of Texts styles’- the Swalesian School represented by John M.S wales and V.K.Bhatia and the Australian School represented by J.R.Martin. John Martin believes that styles of texts means a bunch of social events in which the members have the same communicative goal. While V.K.Bhatia believes that styles of texts are identifiable communicative events that have obvious inner structural features, conventionally happening in specific careers or academic communities. We can tell from the two schools’ views that styles of texts are a kind of communicative events with its special communicative purpose and clear structures. From this point, translators or interpreters can exert theory to analyze texts’ styles and recognize the intentions of writers as well as keep the functional and sense equivalence between the source texts and target texts. J.R.Martin take texts’ styles as a communication-orientated process of social communication with steps. Eggins view texts of styles as a type of activity with steps that orientated on communicative purposes. So that the difference of texts styles is on the level of values in use rather than the contents of discourse, characteristics of forms or other rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen once said that every text plays a communicative role in a specific social and cultural environment, and people belonging to a specific social and cultural background can usually see its communicative purpose. (Huang Guowen,2001) The text is a combination of communicative symbols for the exchange of information between the sender and the recipient. In order to achieve a certain communicative purpose, the sender must choose an appropriate genre and corresponding manifestation to convey the information, and the recipient is expected to respond accordingly. Thus, the function of texts can be realized. Christiane Nord summarized four functions of texts from the perspective of translation. They are referential function, expressive function, appellative function and phatic function. (Nord, 1997) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Main functions of texts===  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.1The Referential Function===&lt;br /&gt;
The referential function of a text means the reference to or description of objects or phenomena of the world. It is mainly expressed through the denotative value of the lexical items presented in the text and can be analyzed through the nature of the objects. It is orientated toward objects in real or fictitious worlds. There are several functions of referential function: informative function, directive function and didactic function. If the referent is a fact or state of things unknown to the receiver, such as an accident, the text function may consist in informing the readers. If the referent is the description of an object, such as the illustration of using a washing machine, the text function may be directive. If it is a whole field that the receivers are to learn, such as physics, the function may be didactic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.2The Expressive Function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expressive function refers to the sender’s attitude to toward the objects or phenomena. This function is sender-orientated. The expressive function of the text may be subdivided according to what it is expressed. If the sender expresses individual feelings or emotions, such as a public speech, it will be an emotive  sub-function. If what is expressed is an evaluation, like comments, the sub-function will be evaluative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.3The Appellative Function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appellative function refers to use of language to make the receiver feel or do something. The appellative function “receiver-orientated. It aims at the receivers’ sensitivity or disposition to act and tries to induce receivers to respond in a particular way. It can be broken into several sub-functions: illustrative function, persuasive function, advertising function and pedagogical function. If we want to illustrate a hypothesis by an example, we appeal to the reader’s previous experience to knowledge, That’s what called illustrative function. If we want to persuade someone to do something or to share a particular viewpoint, we appeal to their sensitivity and their secret desires. That’s what called persuasive function. If we want to let someone by a particular product, we tend to describe those qualities of the product that are presumed to have positive values in receivers’ value system. That’s advertising function. If we wan to educate a person, we may appeal to their susceptibility to ethical and moral principles. That’s pedagogical function.&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Main Text - types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Katharina Reiss, founder of German translation functionalism, put forward text-typology theory in Possibilities and Limitations in Translation Criticism. She believes that there are four texts, including the context-focused text, the form-focused text, the appeal-focused text and the audio-media text.    &lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, representative of the British linguistic school of translation theory, based on the study of former linguisticians, he put forward the following six functions of texts - expressive function, informative function, the vocative function, the aesthetic function, the phatic function and the meta-lingual function. A text may has several functions at the same time, but only has one major function. Taking a whole consideration of the two theories, the main texts are the following three, expressive texts, informative texts and vocative texts. Journalistic-style texts and literary-style texts are mainly connected with the informative and expressive function respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.1 The Expressive Texts=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a tool for people to communicate with each other. Through language, people can express their thoughts, affection, wills, desires, opinions, attitude, etc. This is the expressive function of language. The core of expressive function is the speaker's thoughts. The speaker uses words to express feelings, regardless of the reaction of others.Typical expressive-function texts include the following three types. The first ones are serious and imaginative literature which contain lyrics, short stories, long novels and plays. The second type is authoritative texts, including a variety of genres, whose authority comes from the status of the author or language skills, such as senior government officials and political party leaders’ speeches, such as declarations, legal regulations, documents as well as literary and academic works written by authority figures etc. The third type is texts that express writers’ ideas directly, without direct readers, like autobiography, private letters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.2 The Informative Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In interactions, people often have to describe, narrate or explain the situation of relevant things. This involves the information function of language. The core is the external environment, which is the reported insights and theories. The informative text usually has a fixed format, such as textbook, technical reports, newspaper articles, scientific papers, meeting minutes, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.3 The Vocative Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People often use words to evoke others' sympathy or prompt them to take some actions. That shows the imperative function of language. The core of this function is the readers or audiences. The speaker wants readers or audiences to feel and follow the intent of the text and act as expected. Typical vocative texts are notices, advertisements, instructions, requests, appeals, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Literary Stylistics and Journalistic Stylistics=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the appearance of societal pragmatics, pragmatics and functional grammar, scholars recognized the importance of language functions. They tried to classify the texts in the light of language functions and divided them into two main types. One is literary style, the other is non-literary style. Snell-Hornby classified literary texts as Bible, drama, film, lyric poetry, modern literature, classic works, children literature, literature in 1990 and pastime novel.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Language Characteristics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1.1 For literary stylistics===&lt;br /&gt;
===Vividness===&lt;br /&gt;
In literary works, writers use words or language to vividly describe or portray people, objects, things to reflect the world’s various situations or expose social reality, they will use appropriate techniques to render the atmosphere and create an immersive feeling for readers. For Example, “The bullfrogs trump to usher in the night, and the note of the whip-poor-will is borne on the rippling wind from over the water.” Through the use of verbs such as &amp;quot;trump&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;usher&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;is borne&amp;quot;, the images of frogs, hawks and wind blowing on the water surface in the evening are vividly depicted. That happens a lot in literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emotional expression===&lt;br /&gt;
As we all know, all things and objects are embodiment of writers’ feelings and emotions. In literary creation, whether it is to portray characters or to describe scenery, often inadvertently or intentionally contains or carries the writer’s own emotions. In other words, expressing emotion includes direct expression and indirect expression. The lyricism of this kind of literature can effectively arouse the emotional resonance of readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connotation===&lt;br /&gt;
Connotation means that writers do not always describe people or things in all-round aspects with every details, but can depict in limited number of words to show or imply infinite meaning or artistic conception, leaving readers with imagination. That will be unforgettable for a long time. For example, “ From my mother’s sleep I fell into the State. And I hunched in its belly till my wet fur froze.” In this two sentences, “Sleep” metaphorically means in the mother’s womb, can also refer to the poet’s lofty ideals and ambitions. The capitalized &amp;quot;State&amp;quot; can refer to both the world and the poet’s motherland - The United States.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
===3.1.2 For journalistic===&lt;br /&gt;
Journalistic-style texts vary a lot from the the literary-style texts. As an unique texts which are shown to billions of audience, the characteristics of news are mainly in following four aspects: Truth, objective, new and political-related.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Truthfulness===&lt;br /&gt;
First, as the definition indicates news is about facts，which first should be true. “News lays claim to the qualities of truthfulness and accuracy-properties often implied by the term objectivity, a concept used to legitimize the journalistic text while at the same time recognizing the multidimensional and elusive nature of truth. News asks to be accepted as, at the very least, an approximation to truth, and certainly close enough to the truth to be worthy of our trust in its integrity”(McNair, 1998:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Newness===&lt;br /&gt;
If the news isn’t new, it should have been called “olds”. This is more than a joke. News is reported to make a contrast to the convention, strike people by surprise and keep them in suspense. “News is not about somebody bitten by a dog, but about a dog bitten by a man”, “News is just something that can move women to scream: My Gosh!” The two old sayings have been taken as most vivid descriptions of news, featuring its distinctive characteristics of newness.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Objectivity===&lt;br /&gt;
The objectivity is one of the most important professional concepts of news and has caught great attention in news circle. “The basic content of this principle is the content must be completely true, fair and neutral, not fictitious, and not biased or subjective” (Yang Xiyou 2009, 6)When writing news or reports, media workers shouldn’t put their subjective feelings into the reports. And the use of vocabulary should also be fair and neutral. When international news media, such as BBC and VOA, report about China Diaoyu Islands issue, they generally use Sankaku Islands and Diaoyu Island. When translating these words, the translator should be faithful to the original text and translate these two names. However, due to ideological, political or historical reasons, the use of vocabulary may deviate from the principle of objectivity, such as: in the report of Russia and Japan’s dispute on islands, only the Russian address- “ Kuril Islands” was used, but the Japanese address- “Four Northern Islands” was not used. When translating, the translator should add “Thousand  Southern Islands” and  “Four Northern”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Political Relevance===&lt;br /&gt;
Although news is objective, absolutely objective and fair reports do not exist. The media has never been able to completely get rid of the shackles of political and economic power or ideology. The content of the report tends to obey the interests of the country. The use of political vocabulary in English current affairs news must also faithfully reflect the country’s political standpoint. Regarding to the English translation of the Diaoyu Islands, the Chinese news media translate into “Diaoyu Islands”, while the Japanese news media and some Western news media call it “Senkaku Islands”. From the usage of these words, it is obvious to see the political stance. When translating these political words, translators must be very cautious. In addition to be faithful to the original text, translators or interpreters should also consider our country’s interests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.2 Translation principles===  &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of transforming signs or representations into another signs or representations.(Nord, 2001:6) Generally speaking, according to the object of translation, translation can be divided into two kinds: literary translation and non-literary translation. In literary translation the object is only the literary work, such as pot, novel and so on, and it focuses on the expression of contents, emotions and rhetoric of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===For Literary===&lt;br /&gt;
Although literary translation and non-literary translation share basic principles, literary translation which has its unique ways, is rather different from non-literary translation. Translating literary works is not only a process of transforming languages but also a process of recreating because literature belongs to a part of art. This is the most important feature of literary translation and also the basic translation principles.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Equivalence-based principle=== &lt;br /&gt;
Equivalence-based principle equals to “Dynamic equivalence” proposed by Eugene A. Nida, a famous American translation theorist. This principle points that translators should work hard in different languages and different cultures to find translation equivalents between them, and use appropriate methods to reorganize the form and semantic structure of the original text. Dynamic equivalence includes four aspects: one is lexical equivalence, the other is syntactic equivalence, the third is textual equivalence, the fourth is sense equivalence. In literary translation, sense equivalence is the core. For example, the Chinese sentence “青年小伙子们，有事没事，总想和小芹说句话” can be translated in to “Young men sought every excuse to talk with Xiao Qin”.This shows sense equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accuracy-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter how beautiful the texts are, the accuracy is always the most important, rather than the forms. Be Faithful to the content of the original text, the translator must fully express the content of the original text without any tampering, distortion, omission or arbitrary deletion. The more accurate the words be chosen, the better the translation texts will be. For example, when translating “ 微风”, we’d better translate it into “breeze” or “gentle breeze” rather than “gentle wind” since the breeze is more accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===For Journalistic style===&lt;br /&gt;
Journalistic-style texts belong to the informative texts according to the above analysis. Translation principles of Journalistic are mainly mainly purposiveness, accuracy and readability. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
Purpose&amp;quot; is the basic principle of journalistic-style texts translation, and other principles are based on this principle. For information-based texts, “ translation skopos ”, the German functionalist translation theory, was put forward by Rice, Vermeer, and Nord. Skopos has great significance in guiding of translation. This is because the purpose of information-based translation is very strong, that is, the translation has a clear goal - to provide information. Snell Hornby believes: “More practical the texts is, more clear its function is. The more the translation tends to focus on the target language.” As far as the journalistic text is concerned, the purpose of its translation is conveying the information and communication, allowing readers to easily understand the intention of the speaker. The translation should conform to the audience’s needs, cultural expectations, beliefs and cognitive status as much as possible, and it is meaningful in the communication environment of the target language culture. For example, in news, sometimes vocabulary vacancies are caused by the absence of equivalence in the translation, and it is impossible to use completely equivalent and accurate words to express its connotation during translation. In this case, domestication can be applied. Considering the specific translation purpose, context and characteristics of the target language, if the purpose of translation is to spread foreign cultures, foreignization strategies can be adopted. That’s the purpose-based translation principle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accuracy-based principle===   &lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of informative text is to convey information. Therefore, the translation work of the information text should be accurate, clear and precise. The translator can’t deliberately or unintentionally miss any original author’s information. In journalistic style, the accuracy is critical. A slight difference of words can make huge results. Especially, for those news related with politics and business. A word with different emotional sense can make a complete opposite statement. A small movement of a point can cause millions capital loss. For example, 1.33 million and 13.3 million has the huge difference. This principle is similar to the “faith” proposed by Yan Fu. “Faith” means “faithfulness”. The translation of linguistic-style texts should confirm to accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Readability-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the terminology of information-based texts is neutral and has no obvious personal characteristics or regional colors. In news, even though there are more facts that personal emotions and feeling, translators or interpreters can make small adjustment of the speakers to make the report readable. In short, when translating, based on the readers’ language level, various translation methods should be mobilized on the premise of not changing the original intent of the article and report. It may make the content and layout of the article easier to understand, fluent and concise. But be sure to keep the source language texts’ characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
===4.Translation strategies===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies refer to the thoughts, process, methods and procedure during the process of translation. Towards original texts with different texts styles, translation strategies also vary in a large degree. The thesis will discuss from two typical stylistic texts - literary style and journalistic style. According to The Modern Chinese Dictionary, strategies indicate guidelines and means which are deigned on the basis of the situations concerned. While methods are the ways and procedures in solving real problems. However, the two are relative to each other. In simple words strategies are the guidelines of the concrete methods. The concrete methods should be adopted in the direction of their strategies. Based on the above, a conclusion in drawn that translation strategies are the guidelines for realizing a particular translation aim, yet translation methods the concrete ways employed by translators to make the particular translation aim come true.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1Translation strategies in literary style===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book Translation Criticism the Potentials &amp;amp; Limitations, Reiss pointed out that “Translation of literary works would better be called free rendering than translations, especially when the personality of the translator and the force of his artistic temperament result in a TL version standing on its own, indebted to the original as  a model and a source of inspiration. (Reiss, 2004:91) This description indicates the characteristics of literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1 Domestication===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is firstly coined by L.Venuti in his book The Translator’s Invisibility called “guihua” in Chinese. Domestication is a strategy by which the linguistic and cultural characteristics of the original text is erased in the translation in order to meet its readers’ aesthetic and reception psychology. As Venuti argues the adoption of domesticating strategy is the cultural disparity and imperialism. In the 1980s translation studies underwent “cultural turn”, and since then translation has being studied in the cultural and social contexts. The dominance of transparent discourse in English-language translation was decisively challenged at the turn of the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative of domestication by his assertion on dynamic equivalence that “A translation of dynamic equivalence aims at complete naturalness &lt;br /&gt;
of expression… and tries to relate the receptor to modes of behavior relevant within the context of his own culture.” (Nida, 2004:159) He maintains that the function of translation is to communicate and it is important for the reader to understand what is conveyed by the translation, which takes the reader’s response into consideration. He claims that the reader of the target text should have the similar comprehension and appreciation as does the reader of the source text. Domestication tries to avoid cultural dispute and eliminate cultural barriers to achieve successful cross-cultural communication. The domesticating translation is one of naturalness and smoothness, &lt;br /&gt;
which is the advantage of domestication. Here are three main methods that can achieve domestication strategy. They are paraphrasing, adaptation and replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.1 paraphrasing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication by the method of paraphrasing is effective in dealing with a simple expression behind which there is a heavy cultural load. We should adapt paraphrasing strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 如囊萤  如映雪  家虽贫  学不辍 (Wang Yinglin, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: Then we have one who put fireflies in a bag, and again another who used the white glare from snow. Although their families were poor, these men studied &lt;br /&gt;
unceasingly.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
TT2: One enclosed some glow-worms in a transparent bag, another read by the light reflected by the snow. Although their families were poor, they never ceased learning. &lt;br /&gt;
Annotation: in order to read by their light. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3: Che-yin, when a boy, being poor, read his book by the light of a glow-worm which he confined. And Sun-kang, in winter, read his book by the light reflected from snow. Though their families were poor they studied incessantly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text is from a classical book in china named Three-Character Classic.“囊萤”and “映雪” are Chinese allusions urging children to work hard at their study. Each of the contracted expressions has a story behind it. By reading T1 and T2, readers cannot understand the allusion to the full and the logic between the expressions of “put fireflies in a bag/enclosed some glow-worms in a transparent bag”and“used the white glare from snow”and the expressions about the persons’ industry at their studies. T3 paraphrases the sentence and makes logic explicit by introducing the heroes in the allusions and explaining what they used the fireflies/glow-worms for. This is effective in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.2 Adaptation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve naturalness of expression, grammar, lexicon and culture. Adaptations are necessary. For terms which identify culturally different objects but with somewhat similar functions, adaptation shows its advantage in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 老少爷们，从麻木的状态中苏醒过来吧。(Moyan，2003:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Come out of your stupor, my friends. ( Goldblatt, 2004:293)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Address terms, as an indispensable part of conversations and communications, can reflect the tradition and culture of a nation. In all languages, address terms play an important role in social intercourse. Set in Northeast countryside of China, “ 老少爷们”is a typical address term of China’s northern dialect. And it is usually used by a man, showing some masculinity. It’s an oral expression often addressed to males. Goldblatt translate it as “my friends”, often used in an English speech to strike a chord in listeners and get them united or in favor of the speaker, conspicuously in an adaptation way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:  凡训蒙  须讲究  详训诂  明句读 （Wang Yinglin,1986）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: In the education of the young, there should be explanation and elucidation, careful teaching of the interpretations of commentators, and due attention to paragraphs and sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2: Whoever teaches boys, ought to discuss and examine deeply (the meaning of the characters); Explain their derivation, mark distinctly the periods and the punctuation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3: Every one that instructs youth should explain fully what he teaches; should illustrate the present and the past, and distinguish clearly the comma and the period.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of adaptation in the translation of this Chinese line. First, it is the domestication of the Chinese term “句读”. Actually, ancient Chinese classics do not have any punctuation marks and the “句读” refers to the longer or shorter pause in the classics according to the meaning of the text. All three translators domesticate the Chinese term by the concept of punctuation in the English language and render it respectively as “paragraphs and sentences”, “the periods and the punctuation” and “the comma and the period”. Although the three kinds of rendering differ from each other on the level of punctuation, they have much the same function—the target text reader can easily understand in what way “句读” functions in a Chinese text. Thus dynamic equivalence is achieved. The second adaptation is the change of parts of speech—the change from verb to noun. Giles changes the verbs “训”, “讲究” and “训诂” in the Chinese text into nouns “education”, “explanation and elucidation”, “interpretations” and “attention”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.3 Replacement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:勤有功  戏无益  戒之哉  宜勉力 (Wang Yinglin, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Diligence has its reward; play has no advantages. Oh, be on your guard, and put forth your strength. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an example of domestication on the lexical level. “哉” in Chinese is a particle of exclamatory or of interrogative value. In this line, it functions as an exclamatory particle. It helps to make up the syllable in the Chinese version and express the author’s emotion of instructing the young. Giles translates it into the correspondent English exclamatory particle “Oh” which retains the tone of a similar function as is in the source text. It achieves dynamic equivalence in terms of reader’s response to the rhetoric.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.2 Foreignization===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization designates the type of translation in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks the target conventions by retaining the foreignness of the original. It functions to preserve the foreignness and value of the foreign language culture in the source text. It takes the readers of the target language culture to a foreign culture, making the readers of the translated text feel the differences and enjoy the alien atmosphere. It is more faithful to the language features of the source text than domestication does, and it keeps the flavor of the original language. Venuti and  other scholars who advocate foreignization hold that foreignization enable readers of the translated text to learn about the alien culture of the source language text, which is often the reading aim of the readers who are capable of understanding the alien culture. (Venuti, 1995)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.2.1 phonetic compensation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the three translators, Giles is said to be an excellent English language master who was able to compose English poems. His translation of poems is generally in accordance with the composing and rhyming schemes of English poems, often with good rhythm. (Mu Shixiong, 2004:166) Though Giles is good at translating poems, he does not translate this text into a completely rhythmical one. Instead, he adds pronunciation to every Chinese character in the text to make a phonetic compensation so that the readers can still appreciate the ending rhyme of the original Chinese text. Giles does make an effort to create rhythmical effect whenever it is possible. In literary texts, phonetic compensation is always applied in translation of poem and prose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example5  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:养不教  父之过  教不严  师之惰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: To feed without teaching is the father’s fault. To teach without severity is the teacher’s laziness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each line of the translation has a rhythmic focus. Respectively they are:“feed”,“without”and“teaching”in the first line; “father” and “fault”  in the second  line;“teach”,“without”and“severity” in the third line; and “teacher” and “laziness” in the fourth line. In this way, and together with the phonetic compensation, formal equivalence is achieved and by reading the phonetic compensation, target readers can feel the same rhythm of the original text and response the same as the readers of the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.2 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a method that an item is translated according to its pronunciation rather than its meaning. This technique is often applied to translate ecological  culture-loaded terms, like names of places, person, rivers, mountains or countries. There are two systems in use for transliteration Chinese characters: the Wade-Giles  system of Romanization and the pinyin system of Romanization. For better transference of Chinese culture, the latter system is suggested. For some material culture-loaded terms, such as “仁”, “义”, “君子” and so on, transliteration might be preferable to any other methods. These terms represent the key concept of Confucianism, and any other English equivalent expressions may lead to misunderstanding. Thus, it is the most convenient and effective way to expose target readers in Chinese culture. For some time, the pinyin translation of these terms may be as acceptable and comprehensible as “kongfu” or “mahjong”. Certainly, for the sake of target readers’ understanding, an annotation is always needed to provide the further explanation of the cultural meanings of these terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 南容三复“白圭”，孔子以其兄之子妻之。(Liu Dianjue, 46) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: Nan Jung in reciting the I Song repeated the verse about the sceptre of white jade three times. (In consequence of which) Master Kung gave him his elder brother’s daughter to marry. (Waley, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2: Nan Rong repeated over and over again the lines about the white jade sceptre. Confucius gave him his elder brother’s daughter in marriage. (D.C. Lau, 181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.3  Amplification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification refers to add information behind some terms that is familiar to source language readers but unfamiliar to target language readers. By amplification, the connotation can be better conveyed to foreign readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:论语者  二十篇  群弟子  记善言 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The Lun-yu (the book of discourses and dialogues) contains twenty chapters. The disciples (of Confucius) have therein related his excellent sayings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the Chinese text does not mention the ancient Chinese sage Confucius, and the information on whose sayings had been recorded in the book “Lun-yu” is implicit, which can be inferred from the context by native Chinese, once they combine the notion of “论语”with their background knowledge. However, western readers do not have enough knowledge to appreciate the value of the “Lun-yu”if the title was translated without the mention of Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
===4.2Translation strategies in journalistic style===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.1Amplification===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the translator needs to add proper words to complete the structure of the  target texts, because mews sometimes needs more information to explain the inner meaning. The following examples are offered to illustrate the point.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: The real James Bond? (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 250)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:谁是真正的邦德? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no subject and predicate in the target text if the translator renders the headline by literal translation. Therefore,“谁是” is added in order to clarify the text. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Kings rout rockets, 101-74 (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 225) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 国王队击败火箭队，比分为 101 比 74 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“比分为”is added in the target text to make the translation complete in sentence structure and meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
ST:Reuters bests and worsts of the world cup (Huang Ruihong, 2004-06-15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:路透社评出世界最佳和最差球队 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“评出” is added in the target text. Otherwise, there will be no predicate in the target text. Consequently, the translation will make no sense to the target reader. Translator should transfer new messages accurately and clearly to the target reader. To achieve this goal, amplification is often adopted to supplement necessary words or background information, which effectively avoids misunderstanding on the part of the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.2 Omission===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the strategy to delete unnecessary words or phrases from the target text. News headlines are featured by its brevity. Redundant words can be omitted either to conform to the norms of the target language or to achieve the effect of succinctness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example11  &lt;br /&gt;
ST: You need to sleep less than you think (Zou Shuang, 2005) &lt;br /&gt;
TT: 适当少睡有益健康 &lt;br /&gt;
As we know, English is a hypotactic language, which pays great attention to overt cohesion. Without the pronoun‘you’, the source text will be ungrammatical. By  contrast, Chinese belongs to paratactic language, which attaches importance to covert coherence. When the translator does not render the word‘you’ into“你”, it won’t affect comprehension at all. In addition, the target text is succinct by leaving out the  pronoun‘you’. Therefore, omission is adopted in this example.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example12  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Vogue says Queen Elizabeth II among world’s most glamorous (China Daily, 2007-11-07)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:英女王跻身“全球最具魅力女性”排行榜  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it is well known to most Chinese readers that the Queen of UK is Elizabeth II (伊莉莎白二世), there is no need to keep it in the target text. Otherwise, the translation will be too long as a headline. The recommended version, thus, becomes 英女王跻身“全球最具魅力女性”排行榜.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.3Imitation===&lt;br /&gt;
English news are featured by its vivid language, such as play on word, figures of speech, etc. They add special flavor to the text with the aim to attract readers’ eye. Obviously, to reproduce these aesthetic effect enjoys the privilege among the available methods. Throughout the history of translation theory, the idea of  imitation has been manifested clearly by Alexander Fraser Tytler when he wrote: the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original in his famous essay on the Principles of Translation. (Munaday, 2001: 26) The  following examples may illustrate the above idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:A tale of two hearts (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 199).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:双心记 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This headline tells a story that a patient has an artificial heart planted in his body. The headline is a parody of the novel A Tale of Two Cities written by Charles Dickens. The target text (双心记) is also a parody of “双城记”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example14  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Soccer kicks off with violence (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 200)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:足球开踢，拳打脚踢  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a humorous news headline because of the use of pun. The phrase ‘kick off’ refers to the start of a football match, and it also implies that there is a fight in the football field. The meanings of the pun are successfully transferred by the target text with the recommended translation. The translator does a good job in reproducing the humorous sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.4 Restruction===&lt;br /&gt;
 The target text should be acceptable and meaningful in a sense that it is coherent with the situation in which it is received. Once translated, the translator revises the order and rearranges all words into a perfect sentence. In doing so, the news is more logical and tuned with the habit of native readers' think and reading. It can be treated as an important technique used in translating news headline from Chinese into English or English to Chinese.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: A third of Londoners must work from home during Olympics to avoid tube &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 奥运交通压力大  1/3伦敦人须在家上班 (2011-09-27 08:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“A third” occurred in the beginning of the source text, but “奥运会” comes  first in the target text. The source text can be translate into “1/3的伦敦人必须在家上班,在奥运会期间避免交通混乱”if there is not any translation strategies used. The translator rearranges the words order to emphasize the special time---Olympics. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Mahfud proposes ‘Special Zoo’ for corrupt officials &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 印尼高官提议建“贪官动物园” (2011-11-30 16:02)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to satirize the corrupt officials, the translator exchanges the order of “special” and “贪官” during the translation process. It can be achieve some good effect to expose the corrupt officials in language sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:‘Ready for winter’ campaign launches &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 苏格兰打响“迎冬战役”(2011-10-24 12:06)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator reorders the expression “Ready for winter” and “launches” during  the translation process. Besides, the translator adds a subject to this sentence so that it can appeal to the readers’ thinking patterns. In order to make the readers or audiences understand the translated version smoothly and easily, the words or phrases are adjusted to accord with their thinking pattern. Restructuring refers to rearranging the words in logic order to make the translation more potential readers or audiences into the first consideration, making them understand the translated version easily.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2.5 Adaptation===&lt;br /&gt;
Adaptation is a translation method, which refers to use an especially free translation, it relates to selecting, adding, deleting, and constructing cautiously instead of simply translating one word to another word. In order to make the translated version more proper to a certain readers or audiences, adaptation always make some essential changes for a special aim So adaptation is an activity which the news translators absorb the most important content from the source text on the basis of the particular  requirement of the readers or audiences, then make some suitable adjustments. When  the translators are doing some adaptation, though the form and style of the source text are altered in a way, the main idea of the source text must be kept.Though  adaptation is not acted as a main translation method by some traditional translation theorists, adaptation is getting more and more popular and arousing more and more &lt;br /&gt;
attention these days. You can see the term adaptation frequently showed in some authoritative journals and newspapers, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example 18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Poor People May Be Quicker to Be Kind &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:穷人更有同情心 (2011-12-29 08:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Quicker”means“更快”, but here it is translated into “更有”, “快” is an adjective, “有”is a verb, they have different characters.“Kind”means“友善的”, it is an adjective, but it is translated into“同情心”, which is a noun. If the translator does not use some translation strategies like adaptation, the target text is unreadable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 19&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Americans say Asia more important than EU: survey &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：多数美国人看好亚洲 (2011-09-16 08:43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Important” is an adjective, and a comparative degree used in the source text. But  the source text is translated in a totally different way, for it is translated into a verb “看好”. Adaptation should be used here to make sure the translation aim is achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Lend your voices to ‘talking bins’ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:“能说会唱垃圾桶”将亮相伦敦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If“talking bins” is translated into “会说话的垃圾桶”, it is so ordinary. But the translator adopt the adaptation strategy to translated it into“能说会唱垃圾桶”, it becomes very vivid, and it may leave a deep impression on the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The research conducted in this thesis is a fairly thorough study on the translation strategies of literary-style texts and journalistic-style texts. Through detailed discussion, several translation strategies have been analyzed and summarized. This thesis also studies the texts’ functions and main types of texts. The texts functions are referential function, expressive function and appellative function. The texts can be divided into three types- informative, expressive and vocative texts. On the basis of  characteristics of different texts, detailed methods are applied. For literary-style texts, there are domestication and foreignization strategies. For journalistic-style texts, there are strategies like omission, restructure,adaption, imitation and amplification. Journalistic texts and literary texts are quite different, so the translation strategies are different. This thesis has a clear analysis about the translation strategies. However, it still owns a lot of drawbacks, such as the structure is too complicated, lack some of the former people’s study fruit. Hoping this thesis can make some contributions to the translation study and exercise process.&lt;br /&gt;
===6. References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1] McNair, Brain. (1998). The sociology of Journalism. A Hodder Arnold Publication&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Munday,  Jeremy,  2001,  Introducing  Translation  Studies:  Theories  and Applications [M], London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, P. Approaches to Translation ［M］. New York: Prentice Hall, 1981: 39.&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nord, Christiane. Translating as A Purposeful Activity: Functionalist Approaches Explained [M]. Shanghai : Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001:6&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Reiss, Katharina. Translation Criticism the Potentials &amp;amp; Limitations [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004:91.&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Venuti, L. 1995. The Translator’s Invisibility—A History of Translation. London  &amp;amp; New York: Routledge.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201214_cult&amp;diff=113358</id>
		<title>20201214 cult</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201214_cult&amp;diff=113358"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T03:16:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
1. 孔子是我国古代伟大的思想家和教育家,儒家学派创始人,世界最著名的文化名人之一。孔子的言行思想主要载于语录体散文集《论语》。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius was a great thinker of ancient China and educator, he is also the founder of Confucianism and one of the world's most famous cultural figures. His words and deeds were mainly recorded in his work ''The Analects''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.道教(或道教)是指各种相关的中国哲学传统和概念的英文名称。这些传统影响了东亚两千多年，有些还在国际上传播。道家的礼教和伦理强调 &amp;quot;道 &amp;quot;的三宝，即“慈、俭、让”。道家思想注重 &amp;quot;无为&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;人本&amp;quot;、&amp;quot;虚无&amp;quot;。无为常常被错误地翻译为（&amp;quot;无所作为&amp;quot;），这种错误由于非道家学者的翻译而广泛传播。道教强调人与自然的联系。道教认为，这种联系减少了对规则和秩序的需要，使人更好地理解世界。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism (or Daoism) is the English name referring to a variety of related Chinese philosophical traditions and concepts. These traditions influenced East Asia for over two thousand years and some have spread internationally. Taoist propriety and ethics emphasize the Three Jewels of the Tao; namely, compassion, moderation, and humility. Taoist thought focuses on wu wei (&amp;quot; action that does not involve struggle or excessive effort&amp;quot; ) spontaneity, humanism, and emptiness. Wu wei is often incorrectly translated as (&amp;quot;non-action&amp;quot;) and this error has propagated widely as a result of translations made by academics who are non practising Taoists. An emphasis is placed on the link between people and nature. Taoism teaches that this link lessened the need for rules and order, and leads one to a better understanding of the world.--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 03:12, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
1. 儒家在先秦时期和诸子百家地位平等，秦始皇焚书坑儒后，使儒家遭受重创。而后汉武帝为了维护封建专制统治，听从董仲舒“罢黜百家，独尊儒术”的建议，对思想实施钳制，使儒家重新兴起。历经两千多年的发展演变，儒学文化构建起完整的思想体系，涉及政治、教育、道德伦理、行为准则、生活技艺等诸多方面，长期涵养国人的智慧和心灵，形成固定思维、心理以及生存模式，可谓根深蒂固。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school was on an equal footing with the other hundred schools in the pre-Qin period. After the First Emperor of Qin, also called Qin Shihuang, burned books and buried scholars alive, the development of the Confucian school suffered a serious defeat. Then, in order to maintain the feudal autocratic rule, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty followed Dong Zhongshu's advice of &amp;quot;banishing other schools of thought and worshiping Confucianism only&amp;quot; and imposed restrictions on thought, which led to the revival of Confucian school. After more than two thousand years of development and evolution, Confucian culture has built up a complete ideological system, involving politics, education, morality, ethics, code of conduct, life skills and other aspects. It has cultivated the wisdom and soul of the Chinese people throughout the history, and formed deep-rooted set patterns of thinking, psychology and survival. --[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 15:17, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 《老子》是道家学派的主要著作之一，它的产生丰富了我国传统文化和思想宝库。老子是道家思想的创始人，他提出了许多重要的范畴和观点，在中国哲学史上独放异彩，并给予后世以深远影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Laozi'' is one of the main works of the Taoist School; its production enriches our country's traditional culture and stock house of thoughts. Lao Zi, the founder of the Taoism, proposed a lot of important views and conceptions which have original enchantment in Chinese philosophy, and influence the afterworld deeply. --[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 15:17, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Laozi'' is one of the main works of the Taoism and its production enriches our traditional culture and the treasury of thoughts. Lao Zi, the founder of the Taoism, proposed many important views and conceptions which have original enchantment in Chinese philosophy, and have a far-reaching influence on the afterworld.--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 01:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
1、孔子的大同社会、小康社会理想对中国后世影响深远。后来不同历史时期，不同阶段的思想家提出不同内容的憧憬蓝图和奋斗目标，这种思想对进步思想家、改革家也有一定启发，洪秀全、康有为、谭嗣同和孙中山都受其影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius' ideal of a commonwealth society and a moderately prosperous society had a profound influence on later generations in China. Later on, thinkers at different stages of history put forward different content of visionary blueprints and goals to strive for, and such ideas also inspired progressive thinkers and reformers, with Hong Xiuquan, Kang Youwei, Tan Sitong and Sun Yat-sen being influenced by them.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The social ideal of a commonwealth society and a moderately prosperous society from Confucius has posed profound impacts on China's future generations. Later, even in sundry historical times, miscellaneous idealists put forward different blueprints and struggle goals, which indicated that Confucius ideal has inspired advanced idealists and refomers, including Hong Xiuquan, Kang Youwei, Tan Sitong and Sun Zhongshan.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:20, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、新中国成立后，对旧社会道教中存在的一些不合理制度和陋习进行了改革，道教的面目为之一新。中国道教协会的成立实现了全国道教徒的大联合，广大爱国道教徒开始为发展道教事业共同努力。道教在反右斗争、大跃进、人民公社化等政治运动中受到波及。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the founding of New China, some unreasonable systems and bad practices that existed in Taoism in the old society were reformed, and Taoism took on a new face. The establishment of the Chinese Taoist Association realized the unification of Taoists nationwide, and the majority of patriotic Taoists began to work together for the development of Taoism. Taoism was affected by political movements such as the anti-rightist struggle, the Great Leap Forward, and the Communization of the People's Commune.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、孔子是中国思想史上第一个把道德作为做人和治国首要条件和最高标准提出来的哲人。道德的核心是仁。儒家提倡人与人之间的仁和礼。今天，在中国和其他许多国家，儒学的研究正在迅速增长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius was the first philosopher in China's ideological history to propose moral standards as the prior criterion for man's behaviour and governing a country.The core of morality is benevolence. Confucianism advocates benevolence and courtesy among people. Today, in China and many other countries, the study of Confucianism is rapidly growing.--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 01:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius was the first philosopher in the history of Chinese thought to put morality as the primary and highest standard for being a man and governing a country. The core of morality is benevolence. Confucianism advocates benevolence and etiquette among people. Today, in China and many other countries, the study of Confucianism is growing rapidly. --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 02:04, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、道教是中国固有的一种宗教，距今已有1800余年的历史。它深深扎根于中华沃土之中，具有鲜明的中国特色,并对中华文化的各个层面产生了深远影响。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism, an inherent religion of China, has a history of over 1800 years. It is deeply rooted in the Chinese fertile soil with distinct Chinese characteristics, and have a profound impact on all levels of Chinese culture.--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 01:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism is a religion inherent in China, with a history of more than 1,800 years. It is deeply rooted in the fertile soil of China, with distinctive Chinese characteristics, and a profound impact on overall Chinese culture. --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 02:04, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔子在卫国住了约10个月，因有人在卫灵公面前进谗言，卫灵公对孔子起了疑心，派人公开监视孔子的行动，因此孔子带弟子离开卫国，打算去陈国。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius lived in Wei State for about 10 months. Due to someone advancing slander in front of Duke Ling of Wei, he became suspicious of Confucius and sent people to publicly monitor Confucius. Therefore, Confucius led his disciples to leave Wei and planned to go to Chen State. --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 02:00, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
道教继承和发展了先秦道家思想，将“道”作为最高信仰，从中演化出最高经典，最上道术及最高的神灵，构建了庞大的经典道术神仙体系。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daoism inherited and developed Taoism thought in the pre-Qin period, taking &amp;quot;Dao&amp;quot; as the highest belief, evolving from it the highest classics, the highest Daoism and the supreme gods, and building a huge system of classic Daoism gods. --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 02:00, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
解放前的道教中充满着浓厚的封建气息，对广大道教徒进行爱国主义教育，改革宫观封建经济，废除道教中的封建残余，与反动会道门划清界限，成为道教在新中国面临的重大任务。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism before liberation was represents strong feudal atmosphere. It became a major task for Taoism in New China to carry out patriotic education for the majority of Taoists, reform the feudal economy of the palace, abolish the remnants of feudalism in Taoism, and draw a clear line with the reactionary Taoist doors.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:11, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism before liberation was in strong feudal atmosphere. Therefore, it became a major task for Taoism in New China to carry out patriotic education for the majority of Taoists, reform the feudal economy of the palace, abolish the remnants of feudalism in Taoism, and draw a clear line with the reactionary Taoist doors.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:11, 17 December 2020 (UTC)--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 02:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔子，姓孔，名丘，字仲尼，公元前551年，出生于春秋后期的鲁国。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is known as Kong Qiu, a combination of his surname and his given name, and he is also named as Zhongni, which is his courtesy name.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:11, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.身处乱世的孔子所主张的仁政没有施展的空间，但在治理鲁国的三个月中，使强大的齐国也畏惧孔子的才能，足见孔子无愧于杰出政治家的称号。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The benevolent government advocated by Confucius in troubled times has no room for display, but during the three months of ruling Lu State, the powerful Qi State also feared Confucius’ talents, which shows that Confucius deserves the title of outstanding statesman.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 03:06, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the troubled times, Confucius' benevolent rule had no room to be exercised, but in the three months he ruled the state of Lu, he made even the powerful state of Qi fear Confucius' talent, which shows that Confucius deserves the title of outstanding statesman.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 03:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.道教继承和发展了先秦道家思想，将“道”作为最高信仰，从中演化出最高经典，最上道术及最高的神灵，构建了庞大的经典道术神仙体系。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism inherited and developed Taoism thought in the pre-Qin period, taking &amp;quot;Tao&amp;quot; as the highest belief, and evolving from it the highest classics, the highest Taoism and the highest gods, and building a huge system of classic Taoism gods.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 03:06, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism inherited and developed Taoist thought from the pre-Qin dynasty, taking &amp;quot;Tao&amp;quot; as the highest belief, evolving from it the highest classics, the highest Taoist arts and the highest deities, and building a huge system of classical Taoist deities.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 03:13, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
1.孔子是当时社会上最博学者之一，在世时就被尊奉为“天纵之圣”“天之木铎”，更被后世统治者尊为孔圣人、至圣、至圣先师、大成至圣文宣王先师、万世师表。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius was one of the most knowledgeable people in the society at that time, and he was honored as &amp;quot;the sage of heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the mudor of heaven&amp;quot; during his lifetime.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 03:09, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius was one of the most erudite scholars in society at that time. He was honored as the &amp;quot;Sage of Heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wood Duo of Heaven&amp;quot; when he was alive. The most sacred Wenxuan Wang Xianshi, Wanshishishi.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 03:16, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.道教对我国古时代的政治、经济和文化都发生过深刻的影响，是统治阶级的三大精神支柱之一。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism has had a profound impact on the politics, economy and culture of our ancient times and was one of the three spiritual pillars of the ruling class.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 03:09, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism had a profound impact on the politics, economy and culture of our country in ancient times, and it is one of the three spiritual pillars of the ruling class.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 03:16, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201214_cult&amp;diff=113341</id>
		<title>20201214 cult</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201214_cult&amp;diff=113341"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T03:06:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
1. 儒家在先秦时期和诸子百家地位平等，秦始皇焚书坑儒后，使儒家遭受重创。而后汉武帝为了维护封建专制统治，听从董仲舒“罢黜百家，独尊儒术”的建议，对思想实施钳制，使儒家重新兴起。历经两千多年的发展演变，儒学文化构建起完整的思想体系，涉及政治、教育、道德伦理、行为准则、生活技艺等诸多方面，长期涵养国人的智慧和心灵，形成固定思维、心理以及生存模式，可谓根深蒂固。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school was on an equal footing with the other hundred schools in the pre-Qin period. After the First Emperor of Qin, also called Qin Shihuang, burned books and buried scholars alive, the development of the Confucian school suffered a serious defeat. Then, in order to maintain the feudal autocratic rule, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty followed Dong Zhongshu's advice of &amp;quot;banishing other schools of thought and worshiping Confucianism only&amp;quot; and imposed restrictions on thought, which led to the revival of Confucian school. After more than two thousand years of development and evolution, Confucian culture has built up a complete ideological system, involving politics, education, morality, ethics, code of conduct, life skills and other aspects. It has cultivated the wisdom and soul of the Chinese people throughout the history, and formed deep-rooted set patterns of thinking, psychology and survival. --[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 15:17, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 《老子》是道家学派的主要著作之一，它的产生丰富了我国传统文化和思想宝库。老子是道家思想的创始人，他提出了许多重要的范畴和观点，在中国哲学史上独放异彩，并给予后世以深远影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Laozi'' is one of the main works of the Taoist School; its production enriches our country's traditional culture and stock house of thoughts. Lao Zi, the founder of the Taoism, proposed a lot of important views and conceptions which have original enchantment in Chinese philosophy, and influence the afterworld deeply. --[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 15:17, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Laozi'' is one of the main works of the Taoism and its production enriches our traditional culture and the treasury of thoughts. Lao Zi, the founder of the Taoism, proposed many important views and conceptions which have original enchantment in Chinese philosophy, and have a far-reaching influence on the afterworld.--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 01:36, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
1、孔子的大同社会、小康社会理想对中国后世影响深远。后来不同历史时期，不同阶段的思想家提出不同内容的憧憬蓝图和奋斗目标，这种思想对进步思想家、改革家也有一定启发，洪秀全、康有为、谭嗣同和孙中山都受其影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius' ideal of a commonwealth society and a moderately prosperous society had a profound influence on later generations in China. Later on, thinkers at different stages of history put forward different content of visionary blueprints and goals to strive for, and such ideas also inspired progressive thinkers and reformers, with Hong Xiuquan, Kang Youwei, Tan Sitong and Sun Yat-sen being influenced by them.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The social ideal of a commonwealth society and a moderately prosperous society from Confucius has posed profound impacts on China's future generations. Later, even in sundry historical times, miscellaneous idealists put forward different blueprints and struggle goals, which indicated that Confucius ideal has inspired advanced idealists and refomers, including Hong Xiuquan, Kang Youwei, Tan Sitong and Sun Zhongshan.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:20, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、新中国成立后，对旧社会道教中存在的一些不合理制度和陋习进行了改革，道教的面目为之一新。中国道教协会的成立实现了全国道教徒的大联合，广大爱国道教徒开始为发展道教事业共同努力。道教在反右斗争、大跃进、人民公社化等政治运动中受到波及。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the founding of New China, some unreasonable systems and bad practices that existed in Taoism in the old society were reformed, and Taoism took on a new face. The establishment of the Chinese Taoist Association realized the unification of Taoists nationwide, and the majority of patriotic Taoists began to work together for the development of Taoism. Taoism was affected by political movements such as the anti-rightist struggle, the Great Leap Forward, and the Communization of the People's Commune.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、孔子是中国思想史上第一个把道德作为做人和治国首要条件和最高标准提出来的哲人。道德的核心是仁。儒家提倡人与人之间的仁和礼。今天，在中国和其他许多国家，儒学的研究正在迅速增长。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius was the first philosopher in China's ideological history to propose moral standards as the prior criterion for man's behaviour and governing a country.The core of morality is benevolence. Confucianism advocates benevolence and courtesy among people. Today, in China and many other countries, the study of Confucianism is rapidly growing.--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 01:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius was the first philosopher in the history of Chinese thought to put morality as the primary and highest standard for being a man and governing a country. The core of morality is benevolence. Confucianism advocates benevolence and etiquette among people. Today, in China and many other countries, the study of Confucianism is growing rapidly. --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 02:04, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、道教是中国固有的一种宗教，距今已有1800余年的历史。它深深扎根于中华沃土之中，具有鲜明的中国特色,并对中华文化的各个层面产生了深远影响。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism, an inherent religion of China, has a history of over 1800 years. It is deeply rooted in the Chinese fertile soil with distinct Chinese characteristics, and have a profound impact on all levels of Chinese culture.--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 01:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism is a religion inherent in China, with a history of more than 1,800 years. It is deeply rooted in the fertile soil of China, with distinctive Chinese characteristics, and a profound impact on overall Chinese culture. --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 02:04, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔子在卫国住了约10个月，因有人在卫灵公面前进谗言，卫灵公对孔子起了疑心，派人公开监视孔子的行动，因此孔子带弟子离开卫国，打算去陈国。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius lived in Wei State for about 10 months. Due to someone advancing slander in front of Duke Ling of Wei, he became suspicious of Confucius and sent people to publicly monitor Confucius. Therefore, Confucius led his disciples to leave Wei and planned to go to Chen State. --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 02:00, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
道教继承和发展了先秦道家思想，将“道”作为最高信仰，从中演化出最高经典，最上道术及最高的神灵，构建了庞大的经典道术神仙体系。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daoism inherited and developed Taoism thought in the pre-Qin period, taking &amp;quot;Dao&amp;quot; as the highest belief, evolving from it the highest classics, the highest Daoism and the supreme gods, and building a huge system of classic Daoism gods. --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 02:00, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
解放前的道教中充满着浓厚的封建气息，对广大道教徒进行爱国主义教育，改革宫观封建经济，废除道教中的封建残余，与反动会道门划清界限，成为道教在新中国面临的重大任务。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism before liberation was represents strong feudal atmosphere. It became a major task for Taoism in New China to carry out patriotic education for the majority of Taoists, reform the feudal economy of the palace, abolish the remnants of feudalism in Taoism, and draw a clear line with the reactionary Taoist doors.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:11, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism before liberation was in strong feudal atmosphere. Therefore, it became a major task for Taoism in New China to carry out patriotic education for the majority of Taoists, reform the feudal economy of the palace, abolish the remnants of feudalism in Taoism, and draw a clear line with the reactionary Taoist doors.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:11, 17 December 2020 (UTC)--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 02:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔子，姓孔，名丘，字仲尼，公元前551年，出生于春秋后期的鲁国。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is known as Kong Qiu, a combination of his surname and his given name, and he is also named as Zhongni, which is his courtesy name.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:11, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.身处乱世的孔子所主张的仁政没有施展的空间，但在治理鲁国的三个月中，使强大的齐国也畏惧孔子的才能，足见孔子无愧于杰出政治家的称号。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The benevolent government advocated by Confucius in troubled times has no room for display, but during the three months of ruling Lu State, the powerful Qi State also feared Confucius’ talents, which shows that Confucius deserves the title of outstanding statesman.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 03:06, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.道教继承和发展了先秦道家思想，将“道”作为最高信仰，从中演化出最高经典，最上道术及最高的神灵，构建了庞大的经典道术神仙体系。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism inherited and developed Taoism thought in the pre-Qin period, taking &amp;quot;Tao&amp;quot; as the highest belief, and evolving from it the highest classics, the highest Taoism and the highest gods, and building a huge system of classic Taoism gods.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 03:06, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113332</id>
		<title>20201221 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113332"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T02:52:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The idea that tones discerned in verbal art will reflect the mood of the relationship between the people and the state makes frequent appearances through Chinese literary philosophy, and it frequently enters the world of modern politics, as work on the modern Chinese folklore movement will attest (Hung).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another more recent sample is the expression “setting the tone” [定調子]  describes the degree of condemnation in a Cultural Revolution era Big Character poster.  This modern example displays a relatively cynical view of the function of tone; the power to set tone is in the hands of the accuser, but its strength reflects the crime of the victim.In the world of literature and arts policy, “New Tone” 新基調 became the standard Chinese socialist line against precisely such works as our “provincial leader” above castigated as “pei pei pei-ing”.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
The term “tone” (particularly as diao) has acquired negative connotations over the past two of decades, at least in part because of its role in politicoliterary battles. Even editors sympathetic to “new tone” values distance themselves from the term (Yang, Zhu).  In a parallel strategy, contemporary zawen are written in covert form, more like  “East Station,” than like “Pei pei pei!”?, which so revealingly displays the mechanics of the declamatory modal trope.   In contrast to the late 1980's, contemporary zawen have in recent years receded to hide in other types of writing. This strategy is a familiar one in the context of zawen history; the necessity to hide only increases the effect the “involuntarily” discordant tone, which is held to be, biting and kicking, reflecting the truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
When zawen were first fashioned as a modern genre, it was the involuntary expression of responsive emotions that were explicitly invoked as zawen's purpose.  When Hu Shih published the first major newspaper column devoted to the serial publication of zawen in 1918, the “Record of Spontaneous Feeling,” the introductory essay was entitled “什麼話,” literally “What speech.” This title also provides a demonstration of a modal trope on the level of syntax.  In this original title there was no punctuation, as “shenme” already indicates the question “what” in the standard form, before European punctuation was imported as a regular feature of written vernacular Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond the interrogative function, however, “hua,” [“speech” or “talk”] has the declamatory effect of objectifying speech, and holding it up for dramatic examination. For an idiomatic English translation I would offer “What!?” including both exclamation and question mark.  The contents of essay describe the purpose of zawen as a venue for explosive emotional responses, linked to the other, “regular” items printed in newspapers everyday.  This ordinary newspaper fare “gives people goose flesh [disgusts them] makes them sigh, or elicits a cold smile or an outright laugh” (Hu Shih, Shen Bao 1918). Zawen were thus launched in the early modern Chinese newspaper as the nearly physical expression of these feelings or moods in the form of literary essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shih's formulation emphasizes zawen's role as a response to “life itself.” Like most poetry, but unlike most fiction and drama, zawen is itself a first person voice, not a representation of voices.  Yet unlike poetry, which may need to be at least imagined to be read out loud, repeated and savored for full effect, zawen's ideal is to appear for a fleeting moment on the back page of a newspaper, to be received with the accompaniment of an enigmatic laugh, sigh or snort from the reader, and then thrown away quickly, before anyone can “find their seat and sit in it,” or take offence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Generic categories are not the only aspect that zawen tend to mix; they characteristically contain sudden shifts in tone, style and voice, moving from a snippet of stray “overheard” conversation to an elegant, classical allusion. Echoing Hu Shih's 1918 idea of zawen as a “response” to the articles on other pages of the newspaper, the zawen, still characteristically the back page of most newspapers, nearly always contains a “foil” in the form of a direct quote from the author has read or heard.  In addition to creating a microcosmic social dialogue, this split between two voices, the writer's and that of the “foil” also allows for dizzying clashes of style and voice that enclose unlikely combinations of syntax and grammar, as well as ideas, a single text. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
Tone in an essay is an ironic figure of speech; how can you channel that which is carried in sound through the ink of print?  In this paper I have tried to illustrate the trope of tone through the “sonorous” work, particularly that of ShaoYanxiang, an official poet who in retirement is better known for the essays in which he collapses poetry into polemic, his zawen.  The distinct and beleaguered social and cultural space for zawen in contemporary China reveals the mechanics, ideology and significance of tone in Chinese writing.  Even more than other literary genres, zawen depends upon something within the earthy noise of moody, mulish voices to carry its messages.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
While readers love to hate their morally and politically provocative zawen-of-the-moment, writers string zawen across stretches of time and publishing organs to construct heavily intertextualized conversations.  Eventually they even preserve zawen, long after the dizzying minutia of allusions, jokes and digs are forgotten, often compiling a career's worth of them into small print runs of volumes that they give away to friends and admirers as discursive portraits of themselves.  Lu Xun's genre of the “dagger and spear” is thus not only a sly political weapon, but also a complex sculpture of the culturally shaped self, chiseled by the cantankerous tones of contentious social dialogue.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Appendix: Translations of two primary texts: “'Pei Pei Pei!'? ” and “East Station”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Pei Pei Pei! ”?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A friend from outside literary circles asked me to find him some “pei pei pei!” essays to read, and I had to stare at him blankly with nothing to say.  He then explained that he had read in a newspaper that a certain provincial leader had announced at a banquet that there must not be “pei pei pei – ing” all over the place, and so clearly there must be pei pei pei-ing all over the place.&lt;br /&gt;
Have I gotten so insensitive?  Out of self-abrogation, and also out of curiosity, I rushed to seek it out.And so it was, what had been said was “there must not be pei pei pei -ing all over the place, it must not always be the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal that is used to write  about the party, the nation and the people, dispersing a gray mood that makes people pessimistic and disappointed.”  It is like this all over the place, and not in just in one particular place, things are always this way, and not just at a certain time, you can see how widespread and serious the problem is.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
A long time ago in the liberated areas, it was advocated that the entire party should publish newspapers.  After the establishment of the nation, when everything was “operated on a large scale with the entire people” I did not pay attention to whether or not it was advocated that all the people should publish the newspapers.   But getting all  people to read the newspapers is the goal of all those who follow the newspaper profession.  In that way, newspapers are not merely published for leading institutions and leaders to read, but rather at the same time (actually this should be primary) for the masses to read.  They are published for all the people -- among the people there are illiterates and partially literate, but through listening to the newspapers being read, the broadcasters and televisions have accepted the responsibility of getting the newspaper read, and this segment of the masses also figures as indirect readers of the newspapers.&lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The readers have the greatest right of criticizing the newspapers, and I wonder how many readers have discovered this phenomenon of there being “pei pei pei -ing” all over the place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am one of these readers, subscribing on my own to several “large” newspapers (newspaper publications have not been classified as large or small, but I follow convention here) there are in addition a few newspapers that people send to me; as to “small” newspapers, I have not the leisure nor the money to buy the papers in the Beijing area, not to mention nearby Tianjin and Hebei.  Even so, just taking the 10 to 20 different newspapers I often look over, including the cultural newspapers, I have not discovered these “always using the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal to write  about the party, the nation and the people” sorts of “pei pei pei” pieces. &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
I could only hand back to my friend a blank report.  But naturally my not having seen them does not mean they do not exist. What one person can see is limited. I hope that the extra sensitive speaker on this matter can openly point them out, or even offer examples of eight or ten articles, or even hold up just three to five articles as models of this kind of work, so as to allow us to be enlightened and improve our discriminating ability in seeing which essays are those called “pei pei pei,” perhaps at the same time clearing up a related matter by analogy, that of understanding what kind of essays constitute “ba ba ba” as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没有看到它们并不意味着它们不存在。 一个人只能看到有限的内容。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 13:32, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没看到它们不等于它们不存在。 一个人能看到内容有限。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Yao Cheng|Yao Cheng]] ([[User talk:Yao Cheng|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能向朋友交回一份空白报告。当然，我没有见过他们并不代表他们不存在。一个人所能看到的是有限的。我希望在这个问题上特别敏感的发言者能公开指出它们，甚至举出八篇、十篇的文章示例，或者只举出三五篇作为这类作品的范本，让我们提高我们的辨别能力，为我们区分哪些文章是那些所谓的 &amp;quot;呸呸呸&amp;quot;的文章是提供启发，或许同时也能通过类比澄清相关的问题，就是让人明白构成 &amp;quot;叭叭叭&amp;quot;的文章是什么样的。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:44, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
This suggestion is sincere, not just the usual politeness.  In order for literary arts, newspaper publications and literary publications to develop better social effects and to help unite the ways of our times with the people's hearts, newspaper editors, newspaper readers, and those in charge of this occupation should all be able to directly express their own views, and upon making mistakes should help each correct and make up for them, nobody needs to be polite about this. &lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
After reading this speaker's comments, there is another matter that mystifies me.  According to what was said, “from the next (meaning this and next) two years of discipline and rectification, there will be more new challenges and problems, and literary publications should be of assistance in stabilizing the people's minds, increasing faith, and not demoralizing the people's will.”  In reading all these newspapers, this is the first time I have seen  this “stabilize the peoples mind” proposition.  If there is a need to stabilize the people's hearts, it must proceed from the assumption that the peoples hearts are not stable.  As for the reason why people's minds are not stable, it comes back to the “discipline and rectification and the new challenges and problems” of these two years.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
I am confused again.  These “challenges and problems” that so vex people, do they result from the “discipline and rectification” or is it because of these “challenges and problems” that the need arises to “discipline and rectify”?  If the more you “discipline and rectify” the more you provoke “many new challenges and problems” in people's minds, then why do all this “discipline and rectifying”?  Moreover, I do not understand what “discipline and rectification” refers to nor what the “new challenges and problems” are, and I cannot figure out what “stabilize people minds” means very precisely, nor can I see what concrete request is being made.  This is my request for instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The Literature Journal column “Literature and the People's Lives” has been asking for a manuscript from me many times, but I have never been able to take up the assignment.  As I write to this point, I suddenly thought that this piece should be called “Literature and the Peoples' Minds”? But that is a big topic, something that a thousand characters can not manage to capture.  1989.2.21.&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Yanxiang 1993 in 自己的酒 [My Own Wine] pages 181-183, 群眾出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''East Station'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years ago in Beijing, if you mentioned “East Station,” everybody would know that referred to the Beijing East Station that lies to the outer east side Front City Gate.  Today this unremarkable construction, built in a half-westernized architectural style and sandwiched between the tall buildings of this noisy and busy city, supports a little sign that reads “Railway Workers Club.”  It is already an “ancient artifact,” long gone are the prosperous and glorious days of old.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
This train station was once a symbol of bustling urgency, day and night swallowing and spewing out the many different hues of travelers who come to and leave the old capitol.  Outsiders that have been to Beijing may not have wandered on Fragrant Mountain or not even have visited the Imperial Museum, but none would not remember this railway station.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This train station, like any other place in Beijng, has experienced everything, cycles of prosperity and demise passing before its watch.  It has greeted both the voluntary and the involuntary travelers to Beijing, and also the powerful it welcomed, as well as those it did not welcome.  It sent off the happy people on their first [train] voyages, and also the broken hearted people who were departing; how many of them left this place never to come back?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
When 20-year-old Shen Congwen arrived in Beijing after his roundabout journey from Phoenix in Hunan Province, he may have walked out of the station and stood for a while at the square in front of it.  He would have seen, because in those years there was still a space in front, first the uniformly arranged buildings, and the colorfully carved gate of Zhengyang tower.  His senses would have been struck with awe at the deep and solemn beauty.  Did he think of the way Kang (youwei) and Liang (qiqiao) were in the depths of an inescapable trap when they embarked their train to flee, in the midst of their hurry without even the time to look back upon the winged palace roofs of their beloved capitol? &lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
That year in July the canons sounded at Lugou Bridge.  When the railroad was restored between Beiping and Tianjin, the first trainload was the “four thousand refugee reds fleeing to Tianjin,” that was how the Tianjin newspaper put it.  When those travelers entered East Station, they took their first step on the road of flight; were there any among them that that could predict that long after their own “fortuitous rescue,” in 1958 there would be another group making their unseemly departure from the Beijing station, submitting their fates to the unpredictable road?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Recently I looked through Liu Meng's “Reminiscences on a Rainy Day” in which he writes of the rainy day April of 1958, when [he along with] a group was sent to the great northern wilderness.  The platform in the rainy day, the locomotive in the rainy day; he deliberately reminisced calmly, saying it was like this memory had also been washed clean by the rainy rain.  At that time Liu Meng had been young, but traveling along with him were many people who had fallen into this hardship in their old age, certainly each of them had their own earlier “at that time.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Head hanging, walking upon the rain-wet road; this is someone who has far to travel.  Every window is weeping; this is someone reminiscing in the rain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
And in March of 1949, when Guo Moruo and his democrats gathered together and arrived in Beijing, they were received with grand ceremonious welcome; the tears they wept were of joy.  At the time he composed a poem “How much of the people's blood was spilled for this honor.  Thinking of it, the tears fall, and happy laughter is unable to articulate in sound.”  -- I don't know why, but this poem was not collected in any of his later collections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The platform of Beijing East Station, from the end of the last century to the middle of this century, has been a stage of constantly revolving action, no matter whether the security forces patrolling the edges of the stage were armed police of the North Coast Warlords, or the Japanese Army Police, or the Nationalist soldiers, police, M.P.’s or special agents, or the “People's Traffic Police.”&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
But because nearly everybody “performed” there in one way or another, at least having passed across that stage, everything about it was forgotten.  Literary works pass through it with a single stroke, only the ending of the novel “Golden Powder Dynasty” provided a scene for it.  This leftover architectural structure does not even rate a “district preservation unit” marker.  This is because there are too many ancient traces in Beijing, how could an object merely one hundred years of age be considered antique?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today will also become history.  And every inch of Beijing earth will provide proof of its history.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1989. 9. 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please don't cut or change this date.  The new railway station began operation in 1959, and this fits in parallel with “more that thirty years ago” at the beginning of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nostalgia without Memory: Reading Zhang Wei’s Essays &lt;br /&gt;
In the Context of Fable of September''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jie Lu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper I will discuss what can be called agrarian nostalgia in Zhang Wei's essays collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey, published in 1995 as a part of Resisting Compromise Book Series. I will examine his nostalgia as a critical and moral stance in the literary context of his highly claimed novel The Fable of September. In the novel, history is mythologized, essentialized, and therefore erased to embody an agrarian being associated with land. If land in Zhang's novel represents an idealized existence, then in his essays, it becomes both a social and literary metaphor to symbolize moral purity and literary elitism. It is posed as a means to achieve individual, social and literary salvation, and an absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture in the age of commercialization.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgia as an indication of fundamental condition of human estrangement or alienation has been exacerbated by the speeds and scopes of modernization and globalization in contemporary China. This nostalgic sentiment is intensely experienced by intellectual elites who wish to maintain their traditional role as society's moral guardians or as society's conscience, and by literary writers who wish to sustain the distinction between pure and popular literature. It is exactly this moral absolutism and literary elitism that have been undermined by cultural and socioeconomic changes. What nostalgia in Zhang's writings reveals is not so much a resistance to modernization process as incapability of deep understanding the complexity of Chinese modernity.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
At the turn of the twenty-first century in China, with modernization and globalization gaining full momentum, it is interesting to find many writers turning their gaze backward to the past rather than singing the praises of this new global age. Among writers such as Liang Xiaosheng, Zhang Chengzhi, and Zhang Wei, nostalgia has become their dominant literary mode, through which to both critique commercialism and globalism and express the authors’ moral and literary ideals. In this paper I wish to focus on the moral and literary implications of nostalgia in Zhang Wei’s essays, as collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey (youfen de guitu), published in 1995 as a part of the Resisting Compromise Book Series (dikang touxiang shuxi). [*	Jie Lu is an Assistant Professor of Chinese at the University of the Pacific. The author is grateful to Martin Woesler, the organizer of the conference on The Modern Chinese Literary Essays (August, 2000, Germany) where this paper was presented, and Michelle DiBello for her insightful comments and careful editing of the whole text. &lt;br /&gt;
	Resisting Compromise Book Series (Dikang touxiang shuxi) includes collections of essays by Zhang Chengzhi, Zhang Wei, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Li Ri, and Shi Tiesheng respectively. ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of putting Zhang’s writings in the larger context of contemporary intellectual debates over radicalism (radical intellectual/cultural discourse) and (new) conservatism (anti-radical),[	Regarding the major theoretical discourses in contemporary intellectual debates in China, see Xu Ben’s “Contesting Memory for Intellectual Self-Positing: The 1990s’ New Cultural Conservatism in China” in Modern Chinese Literature and Culture, Vol.11 (Spring, 1999) 157-193; Jianhua Chen’s “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, Vol. 9 113-129; Intellectuals’ Positions (Zhishi fenzi lichang) in three volumes, edited by Li Shitao, published by Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000.  ] I will examine it in the literary context of his highly acclaimed novel Fable of September published in 1992. &lt;br /&gt;
Fable of September represents history in a way that mythologizes, essentializes, and therefore erases it in the name of an idealized agrarian existence. Indeed, the idea of “the land” (tudi) is a transcending and all-encompassing concept in Zhang Wei writings, representing an idealized pure state uncontaminated by industrialization and modernization. In his essays, the land is transformed into a social and literary metaphor that symbolizes moral purity and literary elitism against what the author perceives as the contemporary backdrop of general moral decadence and literary chaos. This ideal is posed as a means to achieve nothing less than social, moral and literary salvation, raised as a kind of absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture. &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
My argument, however, is that Zhang’s reification of “land” as a transcendental metaphor in his essays only betrays the author’s lack of any profound historically informed understanding of the complexity of Chinese modernity. He simply refuses to accept social and cultural dilemmas and contradictions as permanent fixtures of the intellectual and cultural landscape. At the same time, Zhang’s outright criticism of consumerism and globalism suggests an underlying ambivalence about modernization. As China’s post-socialist social reality grows more complex and demanding, with more diversified and unstructured cultural formation, any clear-cut moral solution to social evils based on pre-modern social relationship and norms (positing the utopian vision of a transcendental realm) can no longer be effective. Nor is it sufficient to solve the sense of cultural crisis brought on by the progression of both modernization and globalization.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
The contemporary Chinese intellectual and cultural scene is a complex one, with major conflicting trends – one toward the commercialization of knowledge/literature and another in strong resistance to the very same. A new diversity of voices can be heard in intellectual debates at the more abstract conceptual level, and a number of Chinese writers have also joined the scene – whether consciously or unconsciously -- with their own distinct literary voices. The Resisting Compromise Book Series in fact embodies these writers’ own effort of resistance to commercialism and globalism, which they perceive as corrosive forces in their culture and society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当代中国的知识文化环境是复杂的，其主要冲突趋势有两种，一种是知识/文化的商业化，另一种是对该商业化的强烈抵制。在更抽象的概念层面的知识分子的辩论中，可以听见各种不同的新声音，许多中国作家也加入了这一环境中——有意或无意地——带着他们自己独特的文学声音。《抵抗妥协》系列实际上体现了这些作家反对商业主义和全球主义的努力，他们认为商业主义和全球主义侵蚀了他们的文化和社会。--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 13:51, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当代中国的知识文化环境是复杂的，主要的冲突趋势——一种是走向知识/文学商业化的趋势和另一种对知识/文学商业化的强烈抵制趋势。在更抽象的概念层面的知识分子辩论中，可以听到新的多元化的声音，许多中国作家也加入了这个舞台——有意或无意地——带着他们自己独特的文学声音。《抵抗妥协》系列丛书实际上体现了这些作家反对商业主义和全球主义的努力，他们认为商业主义和全球主义侵蚀了他们的文化和社会。--[[User:Li Luyi|Li Luyi]] ([[User talk:Li Luyi|talk]]) 14:24, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
As the series’ editor-in-chief states in the preface, the work is devoted to those contemporary “literary heroes” (Xiao 1995, II), that is, certain literary idealists such as Zhang Wei, Zhang Chenzhi, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Shi Tiesheng, and Li Rui. These literary heroes are recognized for daring to stand up and raise the banner of “literature of resistance” (Xiao 1995, II), attacking the literary degeneration and moral decay of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
In publishing the Resisting Comprises series, its creators were responding to a growing domination of the literary arena by a so-called “Hooligan Movement.” According to the editor, literary hooliganism, as it were, is essentially a “language game” -- represented first and foremost by the irreverent writer Wang Shuo – with its various forms of “literary trash” including “literature of sexual promiscuity” (xingluan), “literature of leisure” (xianshi), “hack literature” (bangxian) and “sneezing literature” (penti) (Xiao 1995, II). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
But there are several larger social and literary issues that this project essentially addresses, namely: the loss of literary/cultural/social dominance by the intellectual elite to mass/commercial culture; the commercialization of knowledge/literature; erosion of the “humanist spirit;” abandonment of ultimate human concerns; desertion of idealism, enlightenment and such modernist projects. In the face of such upheaval, the editor describes the contemporary cultural/literary scene in China as dark and degenerate. The age is “cursed,” “tragic,” an age of “betrayal” and “surrender” (Xiao 1995, IV). And the targets of the literary/moral resistance are postmodernism, commercialism, and mass culture.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Wei is primarily known as a novelist. His major novels include Ancient Boat, Fable of September, My Countryside, Clan, and novelle include Meditation in Autumn, Anger in Autumn, and Vineyard. [	Ancient Boat (Guchuan), Fable of September (Jiuyu yuyan), My Countryside (Wode tianyuan), Clan (Jiazu), Meditation in Autumn (Qiutian de sisuo), Anger in Autumn (Qiutian de fennu), and Vineyard (Putaoyuan) are all included in Zhang Wei wenji (Collected Writings of Zhang Wei) (Shanghai: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe, 1997).] He has also published many collections of essays.  His writings collected in Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey include essays, talks, and interviews. These essays do not express this uncompromising stance in such a strong voice and straightforward manner. Instead, Zhang poses a literary persona of moral integrity as a kind of self-representation. He appears as an idealized individual, embodying in every way pure moral qualities of both a human being and artist/writer. This idealized individual is a fighter, fighting a lonely and heroic battle against fashionable trends and any and all forms of evil (Xiao 1995, 6).[	Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey includes both Zhang Wei’s essays as well as critical articles by various critics. In this paper I will use Xiao Xialin, the editor of this collection as the reference to provide in-text citations to essays by both Zhang Wei and other critics.  ]&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
As a generous humanitarian, he loves and helps all good people. As a socially committed artist, he takes upon himself a great responsibility to all humanity. And as a serious writer, he self-consciously pursues high literature. He is also represented as an honest laborer, making a living through hard labor and sweat. As part of this self-representation, Zhang criticizes those who succumbed to moral and artistic degradation, such as those writers who choose to “enter the commercial world” (xiahai), or cater to popular low-brow tastes by writing “trash literature.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
He points out in his essay “Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey” several “lacks” in many contemporary writers. First, many of today’s writers lack “self-reflexivity” (which really refers more to moral “self-reflection” or “self-consciousness” rather than intellectual self-reflexivity). They lack “conservatism,” an ability to hold to a certain kind of spirit, in which he also sees as a lack of real avant-guard spirit. They lack  “intolerance,” meaning they are overly tolerant of vices and decadent practices, and rarely engage in serious, genuine, and frank criticism and debate. Finally, they lack “stable emotions” -- the definition of which is rather ambiguous. &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s self-representation, then, is also a form of self-legitimization. It endows him with legitimacy through a kind of literary aura and the staking out of high moral ground. From this privileged stance, he proceeds to interpret, represent, articulate, define and judge the essence, meaning and criteria of literature, society, and human life. Throughout his essays, including interviews, talks, and lectures, we find Zhang, like a self-styled guru, constantly giving advice to college students, young writers, and literature fans on what to read, how to write, and how to live. This advice is based exclusively on a clear distinction between high and popular literature, and on his unabashed criticism of mass culture (represented by television). &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
In a broader sense, we can see his self-representation as an essential reaffirmation of the traditional role that Chinese intellectuals played in society. The claim to an authoritative voice is fundamental to maintaining the privileged position of the intellectual elite within a structure of knowledge and power. Zhang’s self-representation, then, is nothing less than an attempt to reestablish the intellectual elite’s role in literature and society based on a clear distinction between high and popular literature. This power struggle for cultural dominance and hegemony in the ongoing reformation of intellectual/cultural discourse largely defines China’s socio-cultural condition in the wake of socialism. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most important part of Zhang’s essays is his use and development of the concept of “land” (tudi), which strongly conveys his self-representation as a simple yet serious “rural intellectual” (xiangcun zhishi fenzi). In his well-known essay “Immersion in the Wild Field” (rongru yiedi), the land in fact functions as a transcending metaphor. As a signifier of nature – wild fields, mountains, bushes, green crops, the ocean -- the land symbolizes all that is morally good in social and cultural realms as well as in individual’s life. The land represents a mother figure, where one can always find comfort, wisdom and inspiration. As an eternal backdrop, the land embodies eternity itself. It serves as an aesthetic standard through which the author defines the social and aesthetic functions of “pure literature,” and criticizes various aspects of cultural reality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang associates popular literature and TV culture with low class and uneducated tastes, and criticizes current literary Chinese criticism for being overly influenced by foreign literary jargons. His concept of the land is even a moral criterion through which he criticizes many aspects of contemporary modern society -- from commercialization in which money is the source of all evils, to globalization marked by domination of transnational corporations and bad influence of some foreign literature, as well as modernization represented by cellular phones, cars, and high technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张将通俗文学与电视文化这种低级的和未受过教育的品味联系在一起，并批评当前中国文学评论过度受到了外国文学术语的影响。他的领域概念甚至是一种道德标准。通过这种道德标准，他批判了现当代社会的各个方面——从金钱是万恶之源的商业化，到以跨国公司统治的和一些外国文学的不良影响为标志的全球化，以及以手机、汽车和高科技为代表的现代化。--[[User:Li Haiquan|Li Haiquan]] ([[User talk:Li Haiquan|talk]]) 12:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张将通俗文学与低级、无文化品位的影视文化联系在一起，并批评当代中国文学批评过度受外国文学术语影响。他的领域概念甚至是一种道德标准，他运用这种道德标准批判了现当代社会的方方面面——从商金钱是万恶之源的商业化，到以跨国公司统治的和一些外国文学的不良影响为标志的全球化，以及以手机、汽车和科技为代表的现代化。--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 14:56, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
But most of all, Zhang’s concept of land symbolizes an ideal based on ages old dichotomy between city and countryside. At the beginning of the essay, he tells us: “[The] city is a willfully and recklessly modified wild field, and I will eventually leave it” (Xiao 1995, 19). Later he claims that a real artist should be “a worshiper of land” (Xiao 1995, 60). To Zhang, the spirit of “land” should be the spirit of the age (Xiao 1995, 241). Seen in the context of his criticism of modernization, it is evident that this dichotomy is built around the moral distrust of the city – a psychological complex that traces back to Chinese agrarian tradition and Mao’s revolutionary heritage. At the same time, it reveals a profound nostalgia for a pre-modern rural existence.&lt;br /&gt;
但最重要的是，张先生对于土地的概念象征着一种古老的城乡对立的观念。在文章的开头，他告诉我们。&amp;quot;[城市]是一片被肆意改造的野地，我终将离开它&amp;quot;（萧1995，19）。后来他声称，一个真正的艺术家应该是 &amp;quot;土地的崇拜者&amp;quot;（萧1995，60）。在张先生看来，&amp;quot;土地 &amp;quot;的精神应该是时代的精神（萧1995，241）。从他对现代化的批判来看，这种二元对立显然是基于对城市道德不信任而建立起来的--这种心理情结可以追溯到中国的农耕传统和毛泽东的革命传统。同时，它也透露出对现代社会以前农村生活的深刻怀念。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 15:07, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但最重要的是，张先生的土地概念象征着一种基于古老的城乡对立的理想。在文章的开头，他告诉我们。&amp;quot;[城市]是一片被肆意改造的野地，我终将离它而去&amp;quot;（萧1995，19）。后来他声称，一个真正的艺术家应该是 &amp;quot;土地的崇拜者&amp;quot;（萧1995，60）。在张先生看来，&amp;quot;土地 &amp;quot;精神就是时代精神（萧1995，241）。从他对现代化的批判来看，这种二元对立显然是围绕着对城市的道德不信任建立起来的--这种心理情结可以追溯到中国的农耕传统和毛泽东的革命传统。同时，也透露出对先前农村生活的的深刻怀念。--[[User:ZHOUYUJUAN|ZHOUYUJUAN]] ([[User talk:ZHOUYUJUAN|talk]]) 00:57, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
The Land, then, points to an ideal transcendent realm, closed to contamination by the modern world. But represented only in highly literary, allusive, emotive language and nature images and analogies, the idea of the Land only comes across as very abstract and unreal. The author himself asks: “What exactly is the wild field? Where does it exist? Does it really contain my innocent world I imagine?” (Xiao 1995, 30). Indeed, as an all-encompassing and pervasive metaphor, The Land is never once in his essays clearly and objectively defined. Whether expressed as a personification of the mother figure, an embodiment of eternal being, or as a constellation of various ideal qualities and values, Zhang’s “land” lacks the substantial tour-de-force as a moral and social metaphor. But if we are to discover an ontological anchoring for this concept, it can only be found, I would argue, in his well-known novel Fable of September. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
In reading this novel, I will focus on the dialectic between its strikingly postmodernist form -- which he criticizes and whose influences he constantly denies --and its pre-modern content (in terms of the primitive agrarian existence represented and the mode of storytelling used). I find nothing to criticize in Zhang’s use of magic realism and certain postmodernist techniques to recapture the so-called original world of pre-modern existence. I do find a glaring contradiction, however, in the author’s repeated denial of any positive influence of postmodernism. This, together with his unqualified valorization of “The Land” as a metonymy of a primitive utopia, only betray not so much his literary hypocrisy as his limited ability to understand modernity, postmodernism and even history itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阅读此书时，我将重点关注后现代主义形式——虽然他一直予以批判并极力否认其影响——与前现代主义内容之间的辩证关系（主要从其所代表的原始农业生活与文章使用的叙事模式这两个方向进行阐述）。张炜运用魔幻现实主义和某些后现代主义的手法再现了所谓的现代以前的原始世界，这一点无可厚非。然而，作者一再否认后现代主义的积极影响，这是我觉得矛盾点所在。这一矛盾点，再加上他毫无保留地将《远河远山》隐喻为原始乌托邦这一行为，与其说暴露了他的文学虚伪性，不如说这暴露了他在理解现代性、后现代主义乃至历史本身的不足。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 14:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast to his essays, which tend to be didactic, long-winded, condescending, and full of literary clichés, Zhang’s novel ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating and imaginative piece of writing. It is best situated in the genre of fictional history -- not a fictionalized account of real historical figures and events, but a pure fiction, written in a historical mode. Other examples of this way of, say, tracing the fictional history of a person, a family, or a village, include Su Tong’s Maple Tree Village series, or Ge Fei’s fictional biography, ''Marginality.'' Given its fragmented, incoherent story and sophisticated narrative plot, it is a challenge to give the novel a concise, accurate description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与说教、长篇大论、屈尊俯就、充满文学陈词滥调的散文不同，张炜的小说《九月寓言》是一篇引人入胜、富于想象力的作品。这是一篇典型的虚构历史类型的文学作品——不是对真实历史人物和事件的虚构叙述，而是以历史的模式写成的纯粹虚构的作品。运用这种方法的其他例子，如追溯一个人、一个家庭或一个村庄的虚构历史，包括苏童的“枫杨树村”系列和格非的虚构传记小说《边缘》。考虑到小说中支离破碎、不连贯的故事和复杂的叙事情节，给这部小说一个简洁、准确的描述是一个挑战。--[[User:Li Luyi|Li Luyi]] ([[User talk:Li Luyi|talk]]) 14:08, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与他那些倾向于说教、长篇大论、屈尊俯就、陈词滥调的散文不同，《九月寓言》这部小说引人入胜。这是一篇典型的虚构历史文学作品——不对真实的历史人物和事件进行虚构叙述，而是一篇以历史的模式写成的虚构作品。这种手法同样运用于追溯某个人、某个家庭或某个村庄的虚构历史，包括苏童的“枫杨树”系列作品与格非的虚构传记小说《边缘》。由于这部小说故事叙述支离破碎、叙事情节复杂，因此简洁准确地描述它着实是一个挑战。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 14:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the novel depicts a “historical” picture in which a small pre-modern, self-contained village is obliterated by industrialization. But what the novel really focuses on, instead of village’s fall itself, are certain memorable events and people that are part of the last 30-40 years of its existence (though the exact length of time remains questionable and unclear).  &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is divided into seven parts, each focusing on stories of a single character or family. These stories are mutually connected, and at the same time intermingled with myths, legends, anecdotes and magical or strange occurrences, which in turn map out a sort of  “history” of the village. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Ironically, however, history is not quite the right term here to describe the village’s temporal contour, for what stand out as the central features in the life of the village are “land”/food (more specifically sweet potatoes), the tradition of staying with the village, and a certain mode of storytelling used in the village to recall past suffering. As quintessential indexes in the village’s existence, these features mark not a temporal movement but an eternal being. Centered on these three essentials, life in the village is hard, simple, unchanging, and close to the archetypal. The only way for the young to use up their abundant and restless energy is to run and play in the wild fields at night, and the married to beat their wives and do “cupping” (''ba huoguan'').&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus what Zhang Wei aims to represent in this novel is a pure, simple, close-to-primitive life, uncontaminated by modern civilization. But he is also representing a sense of eternal being, long lost as it may be in our modern age.   &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is undoubtedly imaginative and fascinating. My sense of fascination as a reader, however, is derived largely from its mode of literary representation than from what is actually depicted in Zhang’s fictional world. Part reality, part myth, part legend, the story is at once mythical and real. It is a synthesis of straightforwardness and artifice, primitivism and mannerism, thematic simplicity and formal sophistication. In other words, in order to represent a pre-modern agrarian existence – Zhang’s utopian vision of pure being – he relies on quite sophisticated modernist/postmodernist literary devices. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking feature of the novel, as many critics have noted, is its formal manipulation of temporality, or to be more specific, the narrative negation of temporality. It is almost impossible for the reader to discern the actual timeline of the village’s history.  Even the time span running from the 1930s to 1970s and temporal progression within the narrated world (which can only be pieced together after repeated readings), are unreliable, full of unexplainable loopholes. [	For the full discussion on the novel’s temporal scheme, see Chen Sihe’s “Huanyuan minjian: tan Zhang Wei ''Jiuyue Yuyan''”(Returning to the people: on Zhang Wei’s ''Fable of September'') collected in Youfen de guitu (Indignant Homeward Journey) 260-267.] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This unusual narrative stance achieves a number of thematic effects. First, it cuts the village off from the larger movement of history. The novel mentions no political movements, significant historical events, or chronology of dates other than “September.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The only other temporal indicators are rainy seasons, or periods of winter when the snow is as sharp as strong acid, or autumn when the field is abundant with sweet potatoes and beans. These seasonal markers indicate changes more in nature than in the human world where chronological dates mark time. These markers of nature serve to draw the story further away from a real historical framework and closer to the pre-modern agrarian mode of existence, as if human life was “timed” by nature itself. Furthermore, this kind of temporal negation also foregrounds eternity in the land itself. Wherever any historical hint or political implication may crop up in the story, it is immediately dissolved into one of many village legends. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, “recalling past suffering” (yiku), an important collective activity of the village, is transformed from a political discourse used during the Cultural Revolution into a form of storytelling for binding the village community together, and for producing oral history and creating legends. In essence, history is  erased from the village’s background all together. &lt;br /&gt;
The novel’s detachment from historical background also means a metaphysical negation of historical paradigm of interpretation and signification, characterized by such notions as causality, progress and teleology. This allows the author to have a larger space for interaction of diverse configurations. As critic Chen Sihe points out, Zhang’s village exists in three forms: in reality, in legend/myth, and in oral storytelling (Xiao 1995, 265).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如“忆苦”，作为村落重要的集体活动，从“文革”时期的政治话语，转变为凝聚村落社群、口述历史、创造传说的叙事形式。从本质上说，历史被从村庄的背景中抹去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小说脱离历史背景也意味着形而上学地否定解释和意义的历史范式，其特征是诸如因果关系、进步和目的论等概念。这使得作者有更大的空间进行不同配置的交互。正如评论家陈思和指出的那样，张的村庄存在三种形式:现实中的，传说/神话中的，口头讲故事的(Xiao 1995,265)。--[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 14:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absence of a clear-cut time framework only blurs and transgresses the ontological boundaries among reality, myths, legends, the magic and storytelling. The novel abounds with magical, mythical, and supernatural figures and events: Niugan’s body was air-dried for a period of time before his actual death.  A man named Jinyou can squeeze milk from his breasts. Another man’s eyeball jumps out and changes into a frog, disappearing into grass. The mother of Longran does not die after drinking pesticide; instead, her hairs have become darker, and skin softer. Very much like in Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s ''One Hundred Years of Solitude'', these magical events are presented in a realistic mode on the same ontological level as other “real” events.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the magic is approached through the everyday. And the transgression of ontological levels of representation thus further negates historical temporality.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The absence of historical time in the novel also negates historical interpretation. Instead, myths and legends assume the function of historical explanation. The origin of the small village is explained in a myth about a group of vagrants who, exhausted after a long journey, stopped, and settled on a piece of land that could provide them with food. The story of the monkey spirit with the ability to carry things becomes a mythic explanation of social stratification and exploitation, a further departure from historical and positive discourses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
These myths and legends are presented as part of the village’s everyday reality. Thus different ontological levels within the text – reality and myth/legend/oral storytelling/magical events -- in which the village exists collapse into one. It is a world in which past and present become all-at-once. In other words, the past is the present, the myth is reality, and vice versa. The timeless place is like a sentence without tense. And herein lies the author’s profound sense of nostalgia for a fundamental, archetypal existence in its complete nakedness, beyond modern historical and rational configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nan Fan points out, though the temporal span of the novel is not long, its content is massive, filled as it is with various stories (Xiao 1995, 253).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些神话和传说是作为村庄日常现实的一部分呈现的。因此，文本中不同的本体论层面—现实和神话/传说/口头故事/神奇事件—村庄存在于其中，合二为一。这是一个过去和现在都成为一体的世界。换句话说，过去就是现在，神话就是现实，反之亦然。永恒的地方就像一个没有时态的句子。而作者对一种完全赤裸裸的、超越现代历史和理性配置的根本性、原型性存在的深刻怀念感就在于此。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正如南帆所指出的，虽然小说的时间跨度不长，但其内容却是庞大的，充满了各种故事（萧1995，253）。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 13:37, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些神话和传说作为村庄日常现实的一部分呈现出来。因此，文本中不同的本体论层次——现实和神话/传说/口头讲故事/魔法事件——村落的存在瓦解为一个整体。这是一个过去和现在同时成为一切的世界。换句话说，过去就是现在，神话就是现实，反之亦然。永恒的地方就像一个没有时态的句子。在这里，作者对一种基本的、原型的、完全赤裸的、超越现代历史和理性结构的存在有着深刻的怀旧之情。&lt;br /&gt;
南帆指出，小说的时间跨度虽然不长，但内容却很宏大，充满了各种各样的故事(肖1995,253)。--[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 14:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
If the macro-structure of the novel is characterized by narrative strategies of postmodernist fragmentation and transgression, then at the micro-structure of individual stories the pre-modern form of Benjaminian storytelling becomes the dominant mode of narrative. “Recalling past suffering” is in fact in the typical mode of storytelling. The narrative tells us that in those long and cold winter nights when rain turned into snow, when there were nothing else to do for the rural folks, all villagers of the Small Village would gather together to listen to Jinxiang, one of the principal storytellers in the village, to recall past suffering. Here Jinxiang functions in the role that Water Benjamin describes: the giver of stories, of counsel, the link to a mythic but necessary past.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Through storytelling, the storyteller’s personal experiences mixed with the mythic and magic become the collective experiences of the village, binding the village together, and providing it not only with a sense of community but also a sense of identity. Interestingly, the villagers prefer only the storytellers in their own village to tell of past. Thus, in relating his own experience and that reported by others, the storyteller in turns makes it the experience of those who are listening to his tale (Benjamin 1968, 87). In a way, Jinxiang perfectly embodies Benjaminian storyteller as the one who, in his storytelling, also gives counsels to the listeners -- the young in this context -- to value the happiness of the present and therefore stay with the tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Jinxiang’s story telling demonstrates the power of the oral, in that his performance has potential for moving beyond rational control. He tells stories spontaneously and with great emotion, often with tears and slobbers and shouts at each stop. His dynamic orality controls the whole atmosphere of the meeting and carries the listeners to multiple emotional climaxes. Thus in the highly emotionally charged atmosphere of telling and listening marked by crying and shouting, the teller and listeners identify completely with one another. As a storyteller “in his living immediacy” (Benjamin 1968, 83), Jinxiang is thus an integrate part of the pre-modern rural existence based on its closely-knit community, the shareable experiences, and a fund of stories and lore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
金祥的讲故事展现了口述的力量，他的表演具有超越理性控制的潜力。他讲故事时自然而然，感情充沛，每到一站，往往泪流满面，口水直流，大呼小叫。他的动态口述控制了整个会场的气氛，并将听众带入多个情感高潮。因此，在以哭和喊为标志的高度情绪化的讲和听的氛围中，讲者和听者完全相互认同。作为一个 &amp;quot;活生生的即时性 &amp;quot;的讲故事的人（Benjamin 1968, 83），金乡是前现代农村生活的一个组成部分，其基础是其紧密联系的社区、可分享的经验以及故事和传说的基金。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:37, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
金祥的故事讲述展现了口述的力量，他的表演具有超越理性控制的潜力。他很自然地讲述故事，感情充沛，一停下来，往往泪流满面，口水直流，大呼小叫。他那充满活力的口述控制了整个会场的气氛，并将听众带入多个情感高潮。因此，在以哭和喊为标志的高度情绪化的讲和听的氛围中，讲者和听者完全相互认同。作为一个 &amp;quot;活生生的即时性 &amp;quot;的讲故事的人（Benjamin 1968, 83），金乡是现代以前农村生活的一个组成部分，以前的农村整个乡村紧密联系、人们互相交流经历，还流传着大量的传说和故事。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 15:24, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
And this pre-modern rural existence can only be narrated and made sense of through the mode of storytelling, for the specific sense of historicity and experience of reality as mixed with myth, legend, the magical transgress normal parameters of our modern and rational paradigm of representation.  &lt;br /&gt;
             &lt;br /&gt;
Thus the synthesis of the pre-modern, marked by both its existence and the mode of storytelling, and postmodernist mannerism with its sophisticated narrative strategies also points to an irony, in that this natural, pre-modern world can only be re-presented in very stylized devices. Here Zhang Wei encounters a similar paradox as the famous Taoist icon, Zhuang Zi. In spite of his distrust of language, Zhuang Zi could only envision the ineffable Way through language.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, it was through language, given humanity’s permanent separation and alienation from nature, that Zhuang Zi could imagine the existence of something beyond. Zhang Wei’s pre-modern being is by no means ineffable. Yet, its “otherness” and its alterity vis a vis the modern world can only be perceived in our modern world, and represented through sophisticated devices of modernism/postmodernism. The absolute irony that the primitive or the pre-modern cannot be envisioned and represented except in our modern cultural condition in fact exists in the very center of this utopian text, though unrealized by the author himself as he repeatedly criticizes postmodernism and denies its inevitable influence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
So the natural or the pre-modern state of being as eulogized by the author is no longer the first order of naturalness, but the second order, for it is only through an elaborate narrative architecture that such primitivism and naturalness can be re-enacted. To put it in another way, in resurrecting the primitive in our postmodernist age, the author in fact brings out, though unconsciously, a fundamental truth about primitivism. The natural, organic and a-temporal world of agrarian existence represented by the Small Village is not, in fact, a utopia from which we have fallen. Rather, it derives its meaning only through its opposition to a temporal world of modern civilization. Only in contrast to this temporal world can the primordial, the timeless take on meaning as negation of historical time. &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus the ideal of a timeless, primordial rural past beyond modern civilization is only an ideal created in our modern times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my discussion of modernist/postmodernist literary devices, I do not mean to label and categorize Zhang’s text as a modernist/postmodernist. Nevertheless, as seen in the above analysis, his formal strategies do share some strong features of postmodernism, or to be specific, magical realism. These features include boundary transgression, fusion and coexistence of different ontological worlds, and atemporal narrative structure. There is no doubt that Zhang Wei has succeeded in creating a world, a state of being beyond the reach of modern civilization. But his “world,” in the final analysis, can only be represented through modernist/postmodernist techniques.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
It is evident that the creation of this archetypal village embodies the author’s profound nostalgia for the pre-modern past and his utopian search for an ideal state of being. And this timeless place represents the author’s attempt to re-orient geographical and cultural nostalgia in China’s contemporary times from commercially stimulated nostalgia to the rural past as the fundamental Chinese root. Yet the lack of direct temporal and spatial references in the presentation of the Small Village makes his nostalgia closer to imagination, or to what David Wang called, imaginary nostalgia (1993, 107). In other words, his nostalgic representation of the Small Village is devoid of actual memory. This is particularly demonstrated in his deliberately designed a-temporal narrative structure, his foregounding of myth, legends and those magical events. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, as the title indicates, the whole novel is intended by the author as a fable, rather than a history, even though it is written in a historical mode. The village’s mythic origin, its lack of sense of time, and its sudden and catastrophic ending all point to the negation of historical progression. The elaborate narrative structure betrays the imaginative and fantastic construction of this mythic past. Thus Zhang Wei’s Small Village is less a historical object of nostalgia than a topographical/textual locus where imagination and utopian discourse intermingle. In other words, as a literary construction, this phantom village comes less from the actual yearning for what has been lost than from the desire for what has never been there (Wang 1993, 130). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
The striking incongruity indicates the nature of nostalgia as both a textural stance as well as a structure of feeling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the incongruity between formal sophistication and primitive existence is a very hallmark of literary and cultural production in our postmodernist China. In discussing the Fifth Generation Films, Rey Chow points out that primitivism is often associated with modernism/postmodernism. The “primitive passion,” according to Chow’s definition, emerges at “a moment of cultural crisis.” It is an invented fact,  fabrication of a sense of the primordial, rural rootedness that occurs in the post-construction (1995, 22-23). Chow’s theory of primitive passion is based on her study of new Chinese cinema.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
However it does shed light on our discussion of Zhang’s profound nostalgia for the rural past at the age of globalization, and on the ironic rupture between postmodernist sophistication and the pre-modern/primordial world presented in his novel. Read in intertextual relation with his essays, it is more than clear that Zhang’s re-imagining of the primordial Chinese rural past is meant to correct what he perceives as the diseased modernity and to rejuvenate Chinese culture. As a response to the cultural crisis in our globalized age, Zhang Wei has chosen the past to measure the present. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
The nostalgic return in Zhang Wei’s writings is in fact a kind of self-exile. Zhang Wei actually spent five years in a rustic country house (soon to be torn down) near his hometown to write this novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
There he was literally cut off from the outside world, expecting that this exile away from modern cities would get him spiritually closer to the land and nature so as to feel anew the vitality of the Chinese people, and rediscover the historical/rural root of Chinese culture. As agreed by all critics, this novel’s representation of the primordial past succeeds in bringing out a native naiveté and simplicity, a sense of gushing life force and animal virility -- the ideal form of being. However, in de-historicizing the past in order to re-imagine the golden age of the rural innocence and plenitude of meaning, the author had no alternatives but to simply let narrative play out its historical inevitability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The pre-modern agrarian existence embodied by the Small Village is ultimately destroyed by modern industrialization. History then, though negated and erased by the narrative form of the novel, reasserts itself at the end. This leaves us not with a story about the slow decline of this pre-modern agrarian existence, but of its catastrophic fall. The structure of the village’s existence was in no way able to change and transform itself. This is demonstrated by the villagers’ strong resistance to outside influences represented by coal mining industry. As a result, rather than gradual transformation, the village is suddenly destroyed by industrial machine power.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
The moral dilemma Zhang faces in re-enacting of the Chinese rural past is similar to those encountered by root-seeking writers: the quest for the essence of “Chineseness” also leads to the discovery of unpleasant aspects in its society and cultural tradition. This moral dilemma is also reflected in the novel’s narrative form. While magical events serve to deconstruct the realist paradigm of historical representation, they at the same time also create a picture of rural life as something exotic. As David Wang points out, the object of nostalgia is also easily associated with the exotic (1993, 109).   &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
So if we have found some substance in Zhang’s novel to support his transcendent, yet empty metaphor of “land,” this “substance” remains less than compelling and appealing. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
A primitivistic village life can be little more than that: it is basic and instinctual, centering on food and sex. The meaning of land is closely related to food; indeed the reason the villagers stick to this land is because it can produce rich food enough to preserve their community. The carnivalesque scenes describing the village young romping in the wild fields at night, while highly acclaimed by many Chinese critics, do not, to my mind, represent an infinite solitude or a simple form of joy as much as the poverty of these lives in an extremely closed and impoverished world. This strikes an even more pathetic chord when knowing that this form of exercise will soon be transformed into wife beating and cupping when these young people grow into adulthood.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The extremely stable pattern of the village’s social customs, mindset, and traditions is incapable of absorbing new things, or initiating any transformation. So the static and cyclical form of existence is simply erased by the outside forces of industrialization. In a broader sense, the history of the Small Village, or rather, its fate can be seen as an allegory for Chinese traditional society which was also forced into fundamental change from the outside. Thus the Small Village reflects the broader historical impotence and lack of cultural flexibility in traditional rural China. Many critics, including the author himself, argue that the idea of Land is meant to represent a certain spirit. Nevertheless, unless located somewhere, this spirit can only remain an empty structure.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, it is precisely this structural emptiness that enables Zhang Wei to fill in many meanings throughout his essays. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
''Fable of September'', as well as Zhang’s essays, embody his search for truth and a moral ground based not on the rationally constructed modern world of scientific knowledge and market economy represented by urban centers, but on the simplicity of rural life. This search is rooted in the author’s disenchantment with certain aspects of modern civilization. To Zhang Wei, “Modern industrial civilization represents a form of beauty; yet this form is prone to hurt another more fundamental, more eternal beauty. Idealists all hope that these two forms of beauty can exist in harmony, without much conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
But of course, this hope is only a dream” (Xiao 1995, 193). This distrust of modern civilization also reflects in him what Raymond Williams called “rural-intellectual radicalism” (1973, 36). Indeed, as a rural intellectual (as many critics have labeled him), Zhang demonstrates many aspects of rural-intellectual mentality: hostile to modern capitalism, opposed to commercialism, and attached to country ways and feelings (Williams 1973, 36). Without doubt, ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating novel and has uttered our deepest longings and profoundest nostalgia for a pre-modern simplicity of existence free of modern-day ills like alienation and corruption. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, Zhang’s use of the central concept of  “land” (referring to an idealized being) as the basis for his critique of modern civilization – decrying moral decay, consumerism, dominance of popular literature and commercialization of knowledge – and his rural intellectual mentality this concept reveals betray the author’s simple-minded, essentialist, and absolutist approach to the complexity of an ever changing social and cultural reality. The reification of land in his essays lacks a broad and deep historical perspective on Chinese modernity. Commercialism and its culture have by all means contributed to the general moral decay and erosion of basic humanistic values in society, and global cultural effects lead to profounder cultural crisis. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absolute rejection of consumerism, globalism, and postmodernism fails to recognize their power and inevitability in restructuring contemporary Chinese society. The problems created by these developments have already moved the issue of solution beyond a discourse on morality. China’s ever more complex and changing social and cultural reality requires a more sophisticated and mature understanding. And finally, I would suggest that in today’s post-Cold War age in which socialism-capitalism antithesis has lost its relevance and meaning, the intellectual paradigm of confrontation must be replaced by one of negotiation. Nostalgia may always be pulling at us, and we may always be willing to indulge in a trip to the imagined past with stories like ''Fable of September.'' But as a critical stance, it does not equip us to effectively address the complex process of cultural reformation happening in contemporary Chinese and the world.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Deciphering the Populist Gadfly: Cultural Polemic around Zhang Chengzhi's &amp;quot;Religious Sublime&amp;quot;''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Xinmin Liu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since mid-1990s the Chinese Sanwen has witnessed an upsurge by way of frantic polemics over social and cultural issues in journals, newspaper fueillton, book series and forums.  In this &amp;quot;war of words,&amp;quot; no writer has been as prolific, as provocative and as problematic as Zhang Chengzhi. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang's essays feature a scathing critique of Chinese intellectuals' lack of spiritual faith, their surrender to global consumerism and the postmodern.  Driven by a populist zeal, Zhang extols Chinese muslims' devotion to their religious faith, defiance of material affluence and bond to their harsh yet unsullied habitat.  His populist approach to religious transcendence in opposition to what he perceives as today's intellectual disenchantment is ambiguous and ambivalent. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
It wavers between subaltern politics and religious fundamentalism.  It  falls short of the prospect of constructing a ethnic pluralism that protects cultural differences without yielding to cultural positions that claim unique access to truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a polyglot age in which all has to be contested and negotiated anew, boundary- violating is the rule rather than the exception.  Before the last millennium closed out, the Chinese essay thrived in an upsurge of cultural polemics, but in terms of aesthetic and ontological norms, the essayists could ill afford to stay within secure and clear-cut boundaries for long, because they often found themselves bombarded and displaced by a plethora of slippery issues, wacky themes and “roguish dilettantes.”  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With battle lines frequently redrawn and growing ever so fuzzy, this round of cultural polemics took on the characteristics of a wild slugfest, no-holds-barred wrestling and elusive shadow boxing.  But true to its essaying (or, alternatively, assaying) role, the essay form rose to the challenge with the right mix of mercurial, discordant and yet self-assured mettle.  Thus, it proved most capable of lending expression to chaos, fracture and trivia of the postmodern world.  One need not search far to bring this point home: the essay has lately swamped the public media with its newfangled offshoots: in addition to the common literary and political essays appeared the licai (personal financing) essay, the xiuxian (leisure/recreation) essay, the photo essay, the cyber essay and so forth. But it is with the cultural polemics of the 1990s that the readers witnessed the essay form in most amazing novelty, deftness and verve.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
One way to make sense of what essay form enabled the writers to achieve amid the “wars of words” (pizhan) is to take it to task by way of its intrinsic bond with cultural dialogics, i.e. to see how approaches of writing essays lead to the laying of grounds for a dialogic relationship that intersects even the most incendiary issues and dissimilar views of this discursive maze.  To that end,  we will focus on Zhang Chengzhi’s essays published after mid-1990s to see why a radical intellectual figure like Zhang, considered an intractable loose cannon by most, often contests and mediates, by virtue of his border-violating politics, what the cultural mainstream considers to be polemical and divisive.  At once belletristic and carnivalesque, Zhang Chengzhi’s essays stood out with striking clarity and urgency, if also with unnerving uproar. &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Extolled by some as the author whose one book single-handedly redeemed Chinese writing of the entire twentieth century, Zhang was riding high on the tailwind of his enormously popular Xinling shi (History of the Soul, 1992) and seemed to have returned to the public forum with his discursive buoyancy revived and his sense of the “sacred” mission renewed.  At first glance, this does not seem the same Zhang Chengzhi who was overwhelmed by the spiritual loftiness he had ascended to upon completing ''Xinling shi'' and pleaded to his readers in all earnest, “there will no longer be this “me” from now on.  Please banish me from your memory.  … I have even taken myself by surprise that with this book I could bring myself to such a screeching halt.”[	Zhang Chengzhi, ''History of the Soul'' (Guangzhou: Huacheng chubanshe, 1991) 311.]  But did Zhang ever quit the public forum and banish his voice from the on-going dialogue with his readers afterwards? &lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
And did he accidentally join the ranks of those escapist intellectuals who self-righteously beat a retreat in the face of social repression and identity dislocation of the early 1990s?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, at the height of his unexpected fame in 1992,[	Zhang Chengzhi made repeated statements in his essays written around this time that he had voluntarily terminated his career as a professional writer out of his desire to be embraced by the Muslim community and out of his disgust for what writers and intellectuals in general had failed to do in the face of rampant consumerist values.] Zhang did not hesitate to declare that his career as a professional writer had come to an end, and that he would retreat to the Muslim communities in the barren loess in Northwest China to begin his new life.  While it is true that he verbally renounced his faith in and severed his tie with the mainstream intelligentsia, reality has proved otherwise: he could neither disinherit the dialogic potential of his earlier essays the same way as he allegedly cast off his ''Han'' Chinese upbringing, nor disown the intellectual milieu of his growth as though it were those business cards he symbolically tore up in disgust.[	This symbolic act is given an elaborate defense in one of his “position-statement” essays, “My Method of Tearing up those Business Cards,” published in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Human wenyi chubanshe, 1999).]  &lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang cannot give up the act of writing through which he once defied the false sanctity of official histories and celebrated the purity and incorruptibility of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims,[	A sect Chinese Muslims who are often considered the inheritor of mystical Sufis of the religion of Islam.] and to which he owed the stage for exhibiting his extraordinary discursive power as well as his reinvented ethnic identity.  While still pursuing his spiritual pilgrimage as a lone warrior, he could hardly remain an intellectual recluse in an imagined sanctuary.  Although his views often turned hard-edged due to his combative and self-aggrandizing tone, we need not necessarily be put off by his ill-advised posturing, which is far more rhetorical than substantive.  Rather we are urged to see beyond his argumentative mode and detect that ineluctable draw of cultural dialogics that lured him to charge right back to the frontline of the discursive war zones.  &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s essays published since mid-1990s prove most intriguing and forceful when they give vent to his critical views that deliberately blur the boundary between personal commitment with public conscience.&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Seldom a believer of easy cultural synthesis, Zhang thrives in getting caught in the crossfire of public debates and wreaking havoc for the intellectual mainstream whose social legitimacy has fed off a complicitous liaison with the official and the ideological center.  In a sense, what constituted the identity of his previous self, i.e., the “I” who nimbly narrated a hidden history of a suppressed people in ''History of the Soul'', was a persona already poised on the borders between public outcry and personal misgiving, between official histories and popular memoirs, between discourses of cultural criticism and identity politics.  Akin to the self/other-conscious tone of Martin Buber’s ''I and Thou'', Zhang’s resort to “You” side by side with “I” as his discursive partner not only denotes the presence of a dialogic partner cued up by intersubjectivity, but interjects a critical awareness to set off the “unanimous intellectual escapism.”[	Here I am quoting the phrase from Dai Jinhua’s journal article “Hidden Narratives: The Politics of Mass Culture in the 1990s.”  Her view is critically assessed by Chen Jianhua in his “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” carried in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, vol. 9, Nos. 1 &amp;amp; 2, 113-29.  ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Initially a survival tactic to avert political repression in post-1989 China, this latter movement gained popular currency in the early 1990s as some intellectuals and professionals who used to pursue political activism now withdrew into enclosed fields of specialist researches where they could claim professional excellence as their new moral high grounds and practice professional elitism as a testimony to their personal spiritual faith.   These so-called “New Scholars” valorized scholarly research as “not just a matter of knowledge or profession, but more fundamentally, a form of life choice and value inquiry.”[	Chen Pingyuan, “Thoughts on Research of Scholarship History,” Xueren I, 2-6. ]  Alongside this process of self-authorization, they also sported a sweeping disdain toward mass culture or other nonprofessional cultures.  Was this a covert strategy of resisting moral degeneration, or a “club-spirit” rally of collective escapism in the guise of professional disinterest? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s answer rebukes the latter.  Long before the first public debate over such issues took place, his own self-authorization in writing ''History of the Soul'' brought the “impartial” search for historical truth under critical scrutiny.  Positing his ethnic unconscious as the testing site, Zhang launched an assault on the falsely fixed standards in writing ''Hui'' histories whose authority had been complicitous with the chauvinistic State ideology.  He berated the methodological status quo in Chinese Muslim scholars’ historiography for tailoring local and ethnic memories to cater to the legitimacy of its hegemonic control.  In the same vein, he called into question the validity of collecting and editing historical documents according to empiricist standards, chastising its total submission to a positivist view of historical development in the name of scholarly objectivity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
He specifically targeted the renowned Hui historian Yang Huaizhong whose investigation of ''munafeles'', ''Hui'' collaborators with ''Manchu'' and ''Han'' rulers, had, in Zhang’s view, internalized the reigning codes of power-knowledge alliance.  Despite of his fine appraisal and extensive research, Zhang reproves Yang’s aloof stand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, you try to reflect critically yourself and your tradition, on the other, you want to bring to light the suppression and violation committed against the human soul.  How can the kind of subject you’re studying still be the same historiography? &lt;br /&gt;
If Yang had yet to shake off the false sense of ethnic anonymity, Zhang does not make it any easier for himself when faced with the historical injustice inflicted upon the ''Huis''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
At the Jinji Bao, a historical site of many quelled ''Hui'' uprisings in 19th century, he could hardly help chiding himself for not “avenging the historical wrongs” as a professional historian.   He confesses in a 1996 essay entitled “Odes to Waves”: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It so happened that I have the fortune of being a full-fledged academic historian, yet I examined every single detail (of official records) critically but could not offer any rebuttal.  It so happened that I was born of ''Hui'' parentage, yet I attempted to skirt around it but could not escape this historical site---the wintry mist shrouding Jinji Bao pounded me wave after wave, pressing me to make a pledge, to declare a ''nietie'',   to make good the pledge of being dedicated to the people I took rather casually years ago. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Huizhong, also known as Yang Mohammed Usiar, is a well-known Hui historian who has done crucial research on 18th Century Jahriyya Muslim uprisings.  Zhang’s critical comments appear in T''he Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness'' (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
This is not an occasional outburst of emotions for the sake of letting off his own guilt.  This is sincere self-reproach to prod himself into keeping his ethnic memory and affective empathy from being worn thin by his years of academic studies, field work and research.  Unlike the New Scholars’ chase of  “disinterest” and neutrality, Zhang opts  valiantly for the direction of racial and social activism: to knock down posts erected by “objective” histories, penetrate the walls of political and religious phobias and uncover the buried truths of ethnic repression and violence.  One might query Zhang’s view of historical scholarship as emotive and skewed, thus running the risk of demeaning historiography into personal misgivings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
But in the era of cultural pluralism and ethnic identities, it is precisely the affective and personal that keep our ethnic awareness alive and urge us not to take boundaries of power and knowledge for granted.    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
No doubt, Zhang enters the debate of “the ultimate concern” of the mid-1990s, but he does so on his terms.  He puts forward an ethnographical approach consisted of a person’s affective propensities (''qinggan''), ethnic lineage (''xuetong'') and a “prefigured destiny” (''qianding'').  These are interlocked and reciprocal in variety of ways to enmesh a person in a nexus of cultural dialogics.  He then probes the illusion of professionalism in the form of an “originary question” (''yuanchu zhiwen'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
He asks: “How do you account for your being in the face of your own soul when there is nothing scientific or ideological to fend you from this ultimate accountability?”   To him what accounts for his ultimate humanist concern is his ''Hui'' ethnicity.  Ethnicity, according to Michael Fischer, “ … is something dynamic, often unsuccessfully repressed or avoided.  It can be potent even when not consciously taught; … something that institutionalized teaching easily makes chauvinistic, sterile, and superficial.”   It is thus the “id-like” sentient and psychological that lay the ground for one’s ethnic/cultural conditioning and in turn bring it to bear upon one’s historical awareness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sinicized Islamic term for “taking a devotional vow.”  It is also known as Juyi in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1999a, 37.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, The Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125. &lt;br /&gt;
Michael Fischer, ‘Ethnicity and the post-modern arts of memory,” in James Clifford and George Marcus, eds., Writing Culture: The Poetics and Politics of Ethnography (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1986) 195. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Being ethnically predisposed as an “other” likewise makes Zhang acutely watchful of the State’s covert practice of ethnocentrism in the name of social progress and scientific rationality.  Drawing on his renewed ethnic ethos, Zhang has no qualms in issuing a call to all historians: “… disinherit the whole positivist baggage of the conventional historiography, and seek out the complex intuitive faculty of your individual soul.” &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
What about his image of a lone moral crusader?  A great deal of ruckus has been raised over Zhang’s arguably obsessive stress on the “purity” and “truthfulness” of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims; he is disparaged by some critics as “the most self-pleased” man in China today,”   due precisely to his tireless and unsuspecting adoration of the close-knit and reclusive ''Jahriyya'' community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
作为一个 &amp;quot;他者 &amp;quot;的民族倾向，同样也使张先生对国家以社会进步和科学理性的名义，隐蔽地实行民族中心主义的做法产生了敏锐的警惕。 借着重新焕发的民族气质，张先生毫无顾忌地向所有历史学家发出号召。&amp;quot;... 摒弃传统史学的全部实证主义包袱&amp;quot; &amp;quot;寻找你个人灵魂的复杂直觉能力&amp;quot; 。&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
他的一个孤独的道德十字军形象呢？ 张先生对''贾里雅''穆斯林的 &amp;quot;纯洁性 &amp;quot;和 &amp;quot;真实性 &amp;quot;可以说是执着地强调，引起了很大的骚动；他被一些评论家贬为当今中国 &amp;quot;最自得其乐 &amp;quot;的人，&amp;quot;这正是由于他孜孜不倦地、不怀好意地崇拜着封闭而隐居的''贾里雅''群体。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:38, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
Does this not make him one of those solitary seekers of moral perfection in a morally promiscuous age?  Zhang’s admonishing axioms seem to answer in a seamless fit to Wang Xiaoming’s definition of a self-oriented search for ethical righteousness.  As an alternative to the intellectuals’ direct involvement in politics of the 1980s, Wang emphasized the personal quality of ultimate concern and argued: “(1) you can only search for the ultimate value from your personal experience; (2) what you find is your own interpretation of what the ultimate value is, not the ultimate value itself.”   Zhang seems to share the solitary seekers’ new sense of priorities in favoring a self-motivated quest for absent moral virtues, albeit transcendental and visionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
But one facet of his writings forcefully rejects that equation: he has all along kept up public-minded criticism of social ills and moral depravities as a free-lance social/cultural critic.  What the seekers of personal integrity and sublimation failed to hang onto Zhang has carried on with infinitely sharper insight and fiercer zeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang detects and detests the anxiety of these individuals to rise above the laity of social meanings and responsibilities as a way to avoid being an accomplice to ideological repression. And indeed his most scathing exposé has so far been reserved for the mainstream intellectuals rather than the money-grabbing ''New Riches'' or the consumerist mass.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When readers’ feedback to his ''History of the Soul'' heated up into a media squabble in 1994, Zhang burst onto the scene again with another of his tirades “Poets, why aren’t you indignant?”   The essay is brimmed with scorn for the public for its total surrender to consumerism and their frantic drive for worldly pleasures; yet it is the intellectual mainstay who bear the brunt of his verbal onslaught.  Zhang accused them of “selling out to monetary gains and worldly repute,” the news media of “swarming up like bees after the ‘big shots’ for petty favors and leftovers, and the cultural critics of “becoming painfully silent on any honest, principled, to-the-point criticism.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1994a, 125.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanshan, “Zhang Chengzhi---the Most Self-Pleased Writer” at Xin yu si dianzi wenku (www.xys.org), listed under Zhang Yuanshan.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Rulun et al, “The Humanist Spirit: whether and How Is It Possible?---Reflections on the Humanist Spirit, I” in Dushu 3: 3-13.&lt;br /&gt;
For a fine critique of this shift of intellectual paradigm, see also Xu Ben.  Disenchanted Democracy: Chinese Cultural Criticism after 1989 (Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1999) 49-56. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
For a time, Zhang’s readers felt jabbed by his barbed comments on the gaping “void” of spiritual faith and rampant cynicism, philistinism and moral incompetence among the intellectuals.  They were also exacerbated by his unmatched tribute to the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims who remained unperturbed by the hustle and bustle of economic boom elsewhere in China.  All this led the public to conclude that Zhang’s posturing was cashing in on the polarization of the Haves and the Have-nots of China’s new social strata, and that with his accolades for “the poor men’s religion” he intended to push for the image of a “Me-alone Spirituality.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
This grave misperception turned out to be the main ground for his detractors like Wang Shuo to lodge a protest, accusing him of getting rich with loyalties for his publications in Japan and overseas while turning hypocritically around to lecture the intellectuals at home in their weakness for cynicism, corruption and bankruptcy.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing could be further from the truth: although feeling at home with the rigid and barren habitat of the poverty-stricken Muslims, Zhang is not necessarily biased against material comforts or social development as some critics have labeled him to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种严重的误解竟然成为王朔等人诋毁他而提出抗议的主要理由，指责他依靠日本和海外出版的刊物事业一心一意地发大财，却还虚伪地反过来教训国内知识分子玩世不恭、腐败潦倒。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这一切都离不开此等事实：即张先生虽然对贫困穆斯林僵化贫瘠的生活环境感到十分亲切，但他并不一定像某些批评家所标榜的那样，会对物质享受和社会发展持有偏见态度。--[[User:Wang Meiling|Wang Meiling]] ([[User talk:Wang Meiling|talk]]) 14:46, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This grave misperception turned out to be the main ground for his detractors like Wang Shuo to lodge a protest, accusing him of getting rich with loyalties for his publications in Japan and overseas while turning hypocritically around to lecture the intellectuals at home in their weakness for cynicism, corruption and bankruptcy.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种严重的错误认识，成了像王朔这样的诋毁者提出抗议的主要理由，他们指责他依靠在日本和海外的出版物一心只想着致富，同时又虚伪地反过来告诫国内知识分子，说他们玩世不恭、腐败潦倒。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing could be further from the truth: although feeling at home with the rigid and barren habitat of the poverty-stricken Muslims, Zhang is not necessarily biased against material comforts or social development as some critics have labeled him to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实并非如此：尽管张先生对贫困穆斯林的僵硬贫瘠的生活环境感到熟悉亲切，但他并不一定像一些批评家所说的那样，对物质享受或社会发展抱有偏见。--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 16:09, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Rather, he is adamant with the intellectuals’ frailties in the face of social malfunction and injustice as a result of harried economic policies, and he is outspoken about what little critical awareness the educated class can foster against the blindly raging “market forces” and the new alliances of wealth and power.  In 1999, Zhang wrote a sequel “Again to the Honorable Teacher” to his 1991 tribute to Lu Xun, in which he firmly declares that he will not back down from his previous judgment on Lu Xun’s misfortune---why Lu Xun chose not to leave us a legacy of great volumes of scholarly or professional worth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi and Zhang Wei initiated a heated round of ''bizhan'' (pen-combats) in the Literary Supplement of ''Wenhui'' Bao (Wenhui Daily, Shanghai) over the issue of mass consumption and culture with many writers who are more sympathetic with the marketized economy and consumerist culture.  This essay by Zhang---“Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” is featured as the leading editorial on August 7, 1994.    &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” in ''Wenhui'' Bao (Shanghai) (August 7, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
For further detail of this dispute, read Geremie Barmé, ''In the Red: On Contemporary Chinese Culture'' (New York: Columbia University Press, 1999) 304-309. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, Zhang now argues, in less sarcastic yet firmer terms, why Lu Xun’s solitary yet relentless social and cultural crusades are gaining rather losing currency in 1990s’ China.  He writes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The populace in this nation have little power or scarce hope.  But they are quick to discover: when they suffer and despair under the heavy burden of tyrannical rule of the bureaucratic few, “the intellectual class” turn out to be, after politicians and money, another cruel oppressor.  The broad masses want nothing more than being fed and clothed.  But they need the intellectuals to keep up the basic and constant criticism of the social elite and the powerful.  Otherwise, their plight would be unthinkable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
We, as readers of Lu Xun’s ''zawen'', are surely struck by the familiar wording, the similar tone, and the unyielding views that have implausibly found their way back into Zhang’s essays over half a century later.  We are also surprised at how candid and unaffected he is when making such social commentary from a position comparable to the Great Lu Xun.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is tempted to ask: is Zhang grandstanding?  I think not.  However, the causes for leaping to charges against his feisty offensive are worth looking into: they are, ironically, spawned off the same binary frame of mind that has been consistently used by the CCP ideologues to denounce the inroads made by “liberal bourgeois values;” yet such a frame of mind is also replicated by many of Zhang’s critics at home and overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
Odd bedfellows resting on the same cultural logic, they argue that criticism of the intellectuals’ dislocation and impotence in current China is motivated by the either/or option.  One is either directed by a regressive Party-led agenda to exert the authority of socialist ideological legacy while intimating their message amidst the consumerist ambience.  Or he/she is motivated by a dissenting political force to jump-start a new round of political subversion while laying itself open to patronage of the West (mainly America)-centered global order.  Zhang’s detractors from both these stances see eye-to-eye on his role in today’s cultural politics, following the either/or mode of straightjacket thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
But I believe he is neither a firebrand of old egalitarian idealism nor an extremist with religious fundamentalist zeal.  His self-styled apologist persona is neither a haughty custodian of monolithic values, nor a self-righteous model of narcissistic purity and perfection, nor a slick po-mo master showcasing newly imported goods.  His is more of a lone outlaw in a “mobile warfare” in the Gramchian sense: preying on the unjust and corrupt elite, yet forever keeping the society at large at bay.   &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Take the case of Zhang’s attitude towards “the people.”  Pervasive social and cultural changes triggered by State-endorsed market economy had been set in place in China by mid-1990s which had led to seismic dislocation and reordering across the entire social spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
The result is that familiar notions such as “the people” had been stripped of their usual ideological moorings, whereas the newly emerged social grouping was yet to be reckoned with.  While the recent cultural warfare has struck a bitter discord between the Liberals and the New Leftists over the definition of the masses (''dazhong''),  Zhang has been relentlessly lucid and unambiguous who they are---those of the disadvantaged and the impoverished in China today.   He is evidently critical of the Liberals who are eager for China to partake of a global economic order and evolve into a liberal society with a rising middle class as the nucleus of its civic values, but tend to lose sight of how this class of well-off Chinese (most notably the New Riches) can emerge without tipping economic and social imbalances towards those at the lower rungs of the social ladder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其结果是，人们熟悉的概念，如“人民”，已被剥夺了他们通常的意识形态根基，而新出现的社会群体还有待考虑。虽然最近的文化战争在自由主义者和新左派对“大众”的定义上产生了激烈的分歧，但张却毫不含糊地明确了他们是谁——当今中国的弱势群体和贫困群体。他显然是重要的自由主义者,他们迫切希望中国参与全球经济秩序和发展成一个自由与崛起的中产阶级社会作为其公民价值观的核心,但往往忽视这类富裕的中国人(尤其是新兴富人群体)的出现，而不引爆经济和社会失衡以及影响刚刚起步的社会主义事业。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 13:50, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其结果是，&amp;quot;人民 &amp;quot;等熟悉的概念已被剥去了惯常的意识形态寄托，而新出现的社会群体却还没有被重视起来。 当最近的文化战在自由派和新左派之间就大众（''大中''）的定义发生激烈的争执时，张先生却毫不留情地明确了他们是谁--当今中国的弱势群体和贫困者。  他显然对自由派提出了批评，他们渴望中国参与全球经济秩序，并发展成为一个以中产阶级为公民价值核心的自由社会，但却往往忽视了这个富裕的中国阶层（最主要的是新富阶层）如何能够在不使经济和社会失衡向社会底层倾斜的情况下出现。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:39, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
For that matter, he is also adamant with the Po-Mo culturalists whose extreme ''kowtowing'' to the market culture and its mass consumers is, by way of an odd twist, turned into propelling forces for the predominantly ''Han'' Chinese to regain a very ethnocentric mode of self-empowering in a renewed East-West confrontation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Zhang’s view on “the people” is in close proximity to those of the New Leftists, he does not convey them as if they were their carbon copies.  Instead he distills the critical efficacy of their combat with the deceptive “mass culture” and implants it in his border-violating strategy as a mobile yet vital critiquing position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
Contrary to what he sometimes claims---to jettison the culpable intellectuals in the name of “religious” purity, Zhang has always felt the urge to recharge the power of the intellectual self as expository but not dispossessing, diagnostic but not agnostic, and independent but not self-insulating.  The key to his border-crossing self is a dialogic interplay among multiple viable postures of the self while never allowing the self to be tied to a single rigid form of it.   It is by negotiating between these individual stances of conviction that Zhang aims to create a vigilant and constructive ambience to see to the redress of social injustice.  While revisiting Lu Xun in “Again to the Honorable Teacher,” he avidly called on Chinese intellectuals to embark on a solitary but enduring quest for the interests of the people at the lower rungs of the society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further readings on this dispute, read Li Shitao, ed. Zhishi fengzi lichang: ziyou zhiyi zhizheng yu zhongguo xixiangjie de fenghua (The Position of Chinese Intellectuals: The divided intellectual circle over the issue of Liberalism) (Changchun: Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
To engage in a dialogue with these masses, he observes, is for the intellectuals “to forever keep a watchful custody of such people against the socially established and the powerful.”  And the masses will discover Zhang’s polemical writings, much as they did Lu Xun’s Zawen in 1930s, “there is always someone like Lu Xun who is cussing his heart, all alone in his crusade.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discussion of this chapter: The ''xiaopin wen'' between ''xianshi sanwen'' and ''zawen'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''King-Fai Tam''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would first of all like to commend the contributors of this chapter for their original, well researched and well articulated papers which represent a diversity of angles of approaching the study of essays, while sharing an interest in the polemical nature of the genre.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Zaizhi xiansheng” in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Changsha: Hunan chubanshe, 1999) 100-105.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
Together, they constitute an eye-opener for me, given my interest in ''xiaopin'' wen and other similar works with a lyrical bent that shy away from discursiveness and argumentation.  If the ''xiaopin'' wen writers have anything to say about politics and society, it is often with a bemused tone; and the most that one can expect from them is a lamentation of some unjust social phenomenon, accompanied perhaps by an expression of outrage and an ineffectual cry for change.  In that sense, ''xiaopin'' wen can be said to have rejected one the basic tenets of the essay as a process of experimentation, questioning, reflection, and, indeed, essaying.  Too often, it gestures superficially to the analysis of an issue, only to come down heavily on an emotional response at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，''xiaopin''wen可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:WuQiong|WuQiong]] ([[User talk:WuQiong|talk]]) 13:21, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界，让我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品产生了兴趣，。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，“小品”文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 13:47, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，小品文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，''小品''文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Wang Meiling|Wang Meiling]] ([[User talk:Wang Meiling|talk]]) 14:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, the four contributions to this chapter point out that there is a bigger world in the study of essays beyond ''xiaopin'' wen.  The essay can, as Mary Scoggin argues, be cantankerous, recalling the image of a spear and a dagger, where one piece of ''zawen'' is more likely to elicit an equally cantankerous response than to put an issue to rest. With good reasons, we describe such exchanges as ''pizhan'' (battling with the pen). The essay is also a site where the essayist can consciously sculpt an image of himself, as Lu Jie and Liu Xinmin show in the cases of Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, while one single piece of essay is indeed different from a treatise in that its brevity makes it ill-equipped to address an issue in great depth, essayists such as Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi can resort to voluminous output, exhaustively exploring different shades of a question in one essay after another to build up a coherent position.  Wang Ban furthermore approaches the essay as a sensibility, or a structuring device, with which a writer tells and retells a story, puts forward a proposition and modifies or denies it.  As such, it replaces the novel as the form that best captures the consumerist ethos of urban China in the 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, if a literary genre can take up so many shapes and forms, are we still justified to consider these shapes and forms as a uniform entity, to be analyzed and studies with the same methodology ?  In my study of the essay, I have often been confronted with this question.  In the New England Association of Asian Studies conference in October last year I raised a similar query in response to the presentations of Alexandra Wagner, Martin Woesler and Xinmin Liu: in what way can we consider works as diverse as those of Feng Zhi, Qu Qiubai, and a group of other writers that we discussed that day as essays? Now, in light of the four papers of this chapter, I would like to ask the same question again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
I will take the clue from Wang Ban when he considers the “polemic pole” for the essay, i.e., that which the essay stands against, and see whether we can understand what essay is but finding out what it is not.  At different historical junctures and in different cultural contexts, the essay has served as the voice of the opposition and the marginal.  Wang Ban has already alluded to Adorno’s “The Essay as Form” to underscore the institutional system of philosophy, the discourse of scientific positivism, and its attendant socio-cultural conditions of reification, to which the essay stands in opposition.  Likewise, one can find a late twentieth-century parallel where the articulation of feminism and decolonization often takes the form of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, in the Chinese context, even if we narrow it down to the last two decades of the twentieth century, it is not entirely clear what the polemic pole of the essay is.  Wang Ban believes that the polemical pole to contemporary Chinese essays to be identified as the Enlightenment and Marxist paradigm of teleological history and its literary counterpart: the novel of “revolutionary realism.”  For the zawen she is examining, Mary Scoggin suggests that ''zawen'' spits in the face of a “discourse of beauty” that serves to mute criticism in ''the'' name of  social and rhetorical graciousness, an attitude that essentially forbids ''zawen'' writers to say anything if they cannot think of something nice to say. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, Xinmin’s subject, has made it abundantly clear that his essays are manifestations of a historical method that deconstructs Han chauvinism even as he has little by way of counter evidence to go by.  Like Wang Ban, Lu Jie also pits the essay against the novel, but for a different reason, and with findings intriguingly different from that of Wang Ban.  Wang Ban attributes the “metafictional” signs in Wang Anyi’s ''Shushu di gushi'' to the intrusion of the essayist sensibilities.  In other words, it is her essayist touch that accounts for the tentativeness of her narrative. On the other hand, Lu Jie succeeds in showing that Zhang Wei the novelist is much more tentative and equivocal than Zhang Wei the essayist.&lt;br /&gt;
《新民》的主体，张承志已经非常清楚地表明，他的散文是解构大汉族主义的历史方法的表现，尽管他几乎没有任何相反的证据可供参考。和王班一样，卢杰也把这篇文章与《红楼梦》对立起来，但原因不同，他的发现与王班的截然不同。王班把王安忆《叔叔的故事》中的“元化”符号归结为散文家情感的侵入。换句话说，正是她的散文家风格造成了她的叙述的不确定性。另一方面，卢杰成功地展示了小说家张伟比散文家张伟更加犹豫不决和模棱两可。--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 13:49, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张承志是《新民》的主人公，他非常直白地表明，他的散文是解构大汉族主义的历史方法的表现，尽管他几乎没有任何相反的证据可供参考。如同王班，陆杰也把这篇文章与《红楼梦》对立起来，但原因不同，并且他的发现与王班的完全不同。王班把王安忆《叔叔的故事》中的“元化”符号归结为散文家情感的侵入。换句话说，正是她的散文家风格导致她的叙述带有不确定性。另一方面，陆杰成功地展示了一个事实——小说家张伟，比散文家张伟，更加犹豫不决，更加模棱两可。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:30, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Even if one were to maintain that ''Jiuyue yuyan'', like ''Shushu di gushi'', is informed by the essayist sensibilities, one still has to consider why Zhang Wei’s essays are more categorical, and hence more simplistic and reductionist, in their assertion than the novel, whose meaning requires considerable teasing out.  What is one to make of this discrepancy between Wang Anyi and Zhang Wei?  What does it say about the two writers?  And what do they have to say, if anything, about the essay and the novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使有人坚持认为《九月寓言》和《叔叔的故事》一样，都是受散文家的情感影响的，但我们还是要思考为什么张炜的散文在论断上比小说更直截了当，也因此更为简单明了，而他的小说的意义却需要相当多的梳理推敲。怎么去理解王安忆和张炜之间的这种差异呢？对于这两位作家有什么看法呢？他们对这篇文章和小说有什么要说的吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In various ways, our contributors also look into the self-image the essayists construct for themselves as they participate in the cultural polemics at the end of the century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本世纪末的文化论战中，我们的撰稿人也从不同的角度审视了散文家为自己建构的自我形象。--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 15:56, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Gone, apparently, is the supercilious pose of the ''xianshi'' essayist who, to paraphrase Lu Xun’s famous translation of Kuriyagawa Hakuson, “sits in a rocking chair by the stove in winter or puts on a bathrobe in summer to drink tea and chat casually with one’s good friends about things that do not give one a headache.”  Rather, as our contributors succeed in pointing out, headache is precisely what our essayists aim to provide.  Even though they also affect varying degrees of reclusivity or compromise, they always come back later to the polemic fray with renewed vigor. I have in mind such instances as Zhang Wei’s repeated claim to find a monastery in the mountains where he will study all by himself for a year even as he goes around giving advice to his readers on how best to resist the corrupting influences of mass culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the ''zawen'' writer distance themselves from the overtly declamatory tone with the sole purpose of making their gripes more readily stomachable, and their voices more readily heard.   Zhang Chengzhi’s temporary withdrawal into religious isolation is another example, for, after a brief period of reclusivity, he enters once again the public sphere with deeper conviction and a broader agenda.  In light of Wang Ban’s discussion, Wang Anyi’s case is perhaps less clear-cut than the rest.  To be sure, she seems to have adapted rather well to the new consumerist society that commodifies literature; yet, it is clear that there is a serious intent in her deployment of the essayist sensibilities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, to the extent that ''Shushu di gushi'' has challenged the master-narrative with which the life’s progress of a rehabilitated rightist is often told, I would argue that the essayist sensibilities, far from being irrelevant to history, can be put to historical use.  The works of Zhang Wei, Zhang Chengzhi and Shao Yanxiang can perhaps supply us with a footnote to the historical relevance of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The 20th Century Chinese Essay - Characteristics, Actors, and Trends'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first part of my paper, which deals with the characteristics of the essay, I will start with a definition of the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form: “Essay”, in Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文, is a genre term for shorter, self-contained nonfictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question using a subjective I-perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce the hypothesis that the Chinese and the Western essays belong to the same international genre and try to prove it by showing cross-cultural similarities both in form and content. However, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay, which I will name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second part, I try to narrate the beginnings of the rediscovery of the essay in the early 1980s. Not before 1995 did international scholarship start to use common philological methods to explore single essayists or the essays of groups and to write a history of the Chinese essay. Then I will show the topical development of political and apolitical essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third part, I will ask, who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce Lu Xun, with his sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. Analysis reveals that he still remains the most-read essayist, not because of his ''zawen'', but because of his reminiscences and lyrical essays. Using the examples of the most often reprinted essays, “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b), “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924), “Wild Vegetables of my Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925), “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974) and “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b), I will show that moving essays form the top tier of the genre. I will also try to stimulate further analytic works by giving hints for examples of promising intertextual and intersubjective comparison.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth section, I will name contemporary trends in essay writing. After the Cultural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revolution essays came from the perspective of an authentic eye. In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism demanded a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tried to give a personal orientation, as essayists pleaded for moral virtues. Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s were written with a kind of new subjectivism, targeted away from contemporary contradictions but appealing to the feelings of the audience by creating either a positive or a negative world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fast-paced nature of current Chinese society demands diverting and short texts. There is also increasing consciousness of individuality, for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem which is mediated by its metrical and formal demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
In China we see a renewed interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s and 30s. We become conscious of the banality of daily life when it is being used as a literary topic, as in the essay, which most commonly treats the genre of everyday life. The de-ideologization of Chinese society led to a rediscovery of the apolitical essays, dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928. In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished; the only political relic is patriotism, for example expressed in the monograph published in 1996, ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see ''China can say no''!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.	CHARACTERISTICS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1	Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with ''xiaoshuo'' (fiction), sanwen (here in the broader meaning non-fictional prose)), lyrics ''shige'' (lyrics) and ''xiqu'' (drama).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term “''wu yunwen''” which corresponds to the term “epic” in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.  In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Essay,” Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文 , is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Free-dom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, subcategoring the essay in too many small entities, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay. Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the term “''sanwen''” instead of “''suibi''” (familiar essay) or “''xiaopin wen''” (short literary piece) is of course arbitrary, but it corresponds to the present usage. In about 200 essay collections and histories between 1949 and 1996 known to the author, ''sanwen'' turned out to be the common expression, ''xiaopin'' was used only in one out of 25 essay titles of the PR China, in one out of 14 Taiwanese, and one out of ten Hong Kong publications.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这是中国现代散文属于国际散文文体的第二个暗示。尽管写“短故事”的&amp;quot;短篇小说&amp;quot;的翻译被普遍接受，但两者之间的联系却不如西方散文和中国散文紧密。这一定义是我从5000多篇现代中国论文样本中得出的，也符合国际上对这篇论文的特殊理解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当然，用“散文”代替“随笔”或“小品文”是随意的，但它符合现在的用法。在1949年至1996年作者所知的约200本杂文集和历史中,“散文”更为常见,而只有1/25的中国文章标题、1/14的台湾出版物，以及1/10的香港出版物使用“小品文”。--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 02:16, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it “Chinese”? In the occidental essay the ''form'' seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework. This can be shown with Cheng Ming-Lee, who subcategorises the “unfinished diary” or the “unfinished letter”.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Cheng Ming-Lee: “essay in diary form” and “essay in letter form,” see Cheng Ming-Lee), they are accepted as essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周作人是第一个呼吁采用英语文风来体现全球化社会趋势的，除此之外，中文杂文还具有地方特色。 中文杂文如何在文化上定义，是什么让其更加“中国化”？ “形式”在西方杂文里，比在中文散文中，更为一个重要的区分标准。 在中国，甚至包括那些内容相似的文本，但都跨越了正式通用框架的边界。 程明利（Cheng Ming-Lee）将“未完成的日记”或“未完成的信件”分类，进而证明了这一点。这些文本在西方语境中属于个人使用的文本，因此属于非虚构的散文作品。 只有在将其改写之后，人们才称之为杂文。--[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 01:44, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周作人是第一个呼吁采用英语文风来体现全球化社会趋势的，除此之外，中国散文还具有地方特色。从文化上来看，如何定义中国散文，是什么让其更加“中国化”？与中国散文相比，“形式”在西方散文中似乎是更为重要的区分标准。 在中国，甚至包括那些内容相似的文本，但都跨越了正式通用框架的边界。 程明利（Cheng Ming-Lee）将“未完成的日记”或“未完成的信件”分类，进而证明了这一点。这些文本在西方语境中属于个人使用的文本，因此属于非虚构的散文作品。 只有在将其改写之后，人们才称之为杂文。--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 02:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''“non-rhythmic prose,” which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning “short literary essay pieces”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种对中国论文的倾向性更广泛的理解可以直接追溯到“sanwen（散文）”一词的中文含义：“wúyùnwén（无韵文）”，“非韵律散文”，它最初是指所有非虚构的散文。 在这种更广泛的含义上，它还包括个人或日常使用的文本。 但是，我只用狭义的“散文”来处理“sanwen”。&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
进一步的区别是，中国散文往往具有思想内涵，并表现出重复性和俗语性等风格特征。--[[User:Yao Cheng|Yao Cheng]] ([[User talk:Yao Cheng|talk]]) 13:46, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
在中国，这种对散文更广泛理解的趋势，可以直接追溯到“散文”一词在中文里所具有的内涵:“无韵文”“非韵律散文”，最初指的是所有非虚构的散文。在这个更广泛的意义上，个人或日常使用的文本也包括在内。但我说的“散文”只是狭义的“短篇小片段”。进一步的区别是，中国散文往往具有思想内容，并表现出重复、用语等文体特征。--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998). For the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, see Lau/Goldblatt, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996, see Denton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones.  In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode, 50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation. Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai [announced]) or already published (Pollard 1999, Woesler 2000). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. Most of the contributors to the collection in hand met in 2000 on a first international conference on the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 20th Century Development and Hindrances'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses. (Yu Guangzhong's essay “The Wolves are Coming” shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting, see Yu Guangzhong 1977.) The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educatio-nal claim with the exception of essays which claim to be “art pourt l'art”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在20世纪40年代甚至50年代，这可能是真的，但如今，正如绝大多数出版物所证明的那样，情况已经改变了。这需要更仔细的观察:自1949年以来,在政治上积极的文学一直在政府的鼓励下,导致了统计上的悖论:在20世纪90年代的散文家中，大多数人不是持肯定态度的作者而是持批判态度的散文家，他们的文章是非政治的、有时甚至带有挑衅特征，以此来反对为政治服务的秩序。在20世纪90年代，中华人民共和国二三十年代的文本仍然和当代中国的文本一样被重印。显然，我们可以得出这样的结论:20世纪50年代的政治肯定随笔只存在于特殊的政治随笔集中，在21世纪初，当代著名作家的作品和中国读者的阅读都将不复存在。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 01:22, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In restrictive regimes, where freedom of speech is not guaranteed, people still have different political ideas.  To speak out directly is unhealthy, so in these countries people use art to express their differences. The most direct way of expressing political ideas in art is literature.  To trick the censors, one must find indirect ways of expression.  In an exhibition of ''Tendency Quarterly'', 16 banned Chinese magazines were displayed.  Most of the magazines choose the poem as their favorite form to express political thoughts.  After having been banned, some magazines went abroad and now are published in exile.  The internet has added a number of underground magazines, which are available also inside mainland China.  In the last years of the 20th century, one can find an increase of essays in these magazines. This might be a hint, that the authors dare to speak out more directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在限制体制下，言论自由得不到保障，人们仍然有不同的政治观点。直接说出来是不健康的，所以在这些国家，人们用艺术来表达他们的差异。艺术中表达政治思想最直接的方式是文学。要骗过审查者，人们必须找到间接的表达方式。在“趋势季刊”展览中，展出了16本被禁的中文杂志。大多数杂志选择诗作为他们最喜欢的表达政治思想的形式。在被禁之后，一些杂志社搬到了国外，现在以流亡的方式出版。互联网增加了地下杂志数量，这些杂志也可以在中国大陆境内阅读。在20世纪的最后几年里，人们可以在这些杂志上发现散文数量越来越多了。这可能是一个暗示，暗示作者敢于更直接地表达出来。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (“On Dreams,” see Zhu Ziqing 1928c) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (''My Own Garden'' 1923, “The Fly” 1924, “Reading on the Toilet” 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Actors: Lu Xun, Zhu Ziqing, Ba Jin, Wang Zengqi, Yu Guangzhong'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here is not the place to recount the struggle, which many of the today well-known heroes of the May-Fourth Movement had to establish their literary values and narrative. Unlike today, at that time the authors were also editors and publishers of magazines and therefore had a strong position in the cultural field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One thinks first of Lu Xun, who invented a sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. In his own, broad understanding of ''zawen'', it could contain poems, short stories, drama etc. From a genial writer of short stories, he turned to ''zawen'' for the rest of his life, leaving behind a legacy of more than 700 essays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his lifetime, with his sharp attacks, he was the most known essayist. But these essays were of daily-political interest only and are seldom read today. Analysis reveals now that he stills stays the most often read essayist until the end of the 20th century. Not his ''zawen'', but the following reminiscences and lyrical essays remain until the end of the century in the top-ten list of essays: “Autumn Night” (Lu Xun 1925b), a lyrical essay from ''Wild Grass'', in “Mr. Fujino” (Lu Xun 1926c), Lu Xun remembers his Japanese teacher, in “The Kite” (Lu Xun 1925a) he remembers how he hurted his younger brother's feelings once, and “From Hundred Plant Garden to Three Flavour Study” (Lu Xun 1926b), which recounts his childhood experience also with classical literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other most often printed essays are from Republican or modern times: The first is “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b). With his whole work, this author ranks shortly behind Lu Xun. From this and other essays one can derive the criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China: In “The Back View,” filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), also written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader. In “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924) the author describes a beautiful landscape and makes ancient customs alive again. Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in “Wild Vegetables of My Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong is represented in this list with the nostalgic “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974). In Ba Jin's most often reprinted essay “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) he remembers his wife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Works of authors who decided to serve an ideology are far less often reprinted than the eight authors found to be leading: Mao Dun and Guo Moruo (rank 15) are mentioned in the average as seldom as Lu Xun in Taiwan and Yang Shuo (ranks 30) appears only half as often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore one can state, that unpolitical, moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of the 36 most often (re)printed essayists, and the top 59 essays please see the mentioned monograph (Woesler 1998b).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The huge number of essays and essayists offer many possibilities for intertextual and intersubjective comparison, out of which only some thoughts can be indicated here due to lack of space. They might stimulate further analytic works. Lu Xun, Zhou Zuoren and Zhu Ziqing wrote about the same occasion, the massacre on March 18, 1926 quite differently. Zhu Ziqing attacks the government directly and promises it a soon collapse (“Report of the Government’s Great Massacre,” Zhu Ziqing [1926]). Lu Xun described the massacre in an unctuous chant instead (“Jinian Liu Hezhen jun” Lu Xun 1926a), and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his essay “Different Ways to Die” (Zhou Zuoren 1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different ways of coming into terms with the 'Cultural Revolution' we can see in the essays of Ba Jin, Bing Xin, and Wang Meng: Ba Jin enlucidated unsparingly to the extend of self-accusation (Ba Jin 1979a).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
大量的散文和散文家为互文性和主体间性的比较提供了许多可能性，但由于篇幅有限，这里只能表达一些想法。它们可能激发进一步的分析工作。鲁迅、周作人、朱自清对同一事件——1926年3月18日的大屠杀——的描写则截然不同。朱自清直接攻击了政府，并断定它很快就会崩溃(朱自清《政府大屠杀报告》[1926])。鲁迅用虚情假意的歌谣(《纪年刘和真君》鲁迅1926a)描述了这次大屠杀，而周作人则在他的散文《不同的死法》(周作人1926)中诙谐而辛辣地描写了这次大屠杀。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从巴金、冰心、王孟等人的文章中，我们可以看到巴金对“文化大革命”的几种不同的看法:巴金的狂热达到了自我谴责的程度(巴金1979a)。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 13:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng dealed with it humorously (Wang Meng 1980), Bing Xin tried to pretend continuity by naming her works after the 'Cultural Revolution' with the same titles as before: The successful collections ''Letter to the Children'' (Bing Xin 1931), and ''Letter to the Children, vol. 2'' containing texts since 1958, were followed by ''Letter to the Children, vol. 3 ''with texts since 1978. In her “Autobiographical Notes” (Bing Xin 1982) she simply skips the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A trip in early August 1923 (Mei/Wu, 46) with Yu Pingbo to the Qinhuai river, which Zhu knew from an earlier visit (Chen Xiaoquan, 68), inspired both to write in the same year at the age of about 24 and 26 an essay with the title “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing dated 10/11, 1923, Yu Pingbo dated 8/22, 1923, jointly published in ''Eastern Miscellany''), an English translation by Hu Shiguang can be found in ''Chinese Literature'' 1 (Spring 1988) Yu 162-172, and Zhu 173-182 resp. Zhu Ziqing and Yu Pingbo continue here a tradition of Chinese poets, writing poems on a common experienced journey to compete with each other. I found, that Zhu Ziqing's essays is more persuading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王萌幽默地处理了这一问题（王萌1980），冰心试图通过在&amp;quot;文化大革命&amp;quot;后用与以前相同的标题命名自己的作品来假装连续性：成功收藏了《给儿童的信》（冰心1931） ）和“给孩子的信，第一卷， 2”（包含自1958年以来的文字），其次是“给孩子的信”（第一卷）,3”自1978年以来一直使用文字。在她的“自传笔记”（Bing Xin 1982）中，她只是跳过了“文化大革命”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱元培在1923年8月上旬（梅/吴，46岁）与秦淮河的一次旅行（陈小泉，68岁）认识了秦淮河，这激发了双方在同年24岁左右写诗的初衷。 26一篇题为“在秦淮河上泼桨和灯笼光”的文章（朱自清1923年10月11日，于平波1923年8月22日，在《东方杂记》上共同出版），英文翻译胡世光的著作可以在《中国文学》 1（1988年春季）中找到Yu 162-172和Zhu 173-182。朱自清和余平伯在这里延续了中国诗人的传统，在经历了共同竞争的共同经历中创作了诗歌。我发现朱自清的论文更具说服力。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 02:22, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng, Jia Pingwa and others wrote essays entitled “Falling leaves” (Jia Pingwa 1981, Wang Meng 1989) on the transitoriness of life in the allegory of falling leafs. It is interesting and surprising to discover the similarity between  a, the differences between the description and interpretation of the falling leaves and  b, the differences between the different authors' self-understanding and philosophy. One may compare essays entitled “On dreams” with 58 years difference in their origin (Zhu Ziqing 1928c, Bing Xin 1986). Moreover it is interesting to compare conceptions of essayism as we can see in Lu Xun's theory of “emerging” and “blossoming” and Zhou Zuoren's theory of the synthesis of the gongan school and the English essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a wilfully “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (“Serene” Wang Meng 1992, “First make your own things in a good way” Wang Meng 1994). These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (“Shanxi Opera,” Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (“The Nightmare,” Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The essay as the genre of the giddy-paced nature of society, individuality, socio-political discussions, de-ideologization, everyday's profaneity and banality'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary ''trends of literature'', which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall, xiii);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays. For example Ba Jin complains in “Remembering Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) about the death of his wife in the 'Cultural Revolution'. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain. This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: “readers”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in-dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see China can say no!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art. Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Feidu, Jia Pingwa 1993; ''Ying'er'', Gu Cheng 1993) and ''New Borderlessness''  since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being “The Small Dog Baodi” (Ba Jin 1981), in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (“In Memoriam of Xiao Shan II,” Ba Jin 1984b). Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of “Rain in Kunming” (Wang Zengqi [1984]) as well as for “Shanxi Opera” (Jia Pingwa 1984). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay “The Nightmare” (Si Yu 1995), where the author appears as a deconstructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing ''fictional truth'' through the metaphor of his dog Baodi (Schwarcz 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20th Century Chinese Essay - A Survey of the Genre and New Insights Into the Essayists Ba Jin, Zhou Zuoren, Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The narrative established by literary histories  and anthologies has drawn a distorted picture of 20th century Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was almost ignored. In my paper I will demonstrate, how the picture of three authors change, if we take into consideration also some of their esayistic work. Here I choose the example of the critical political essay. The essay tells us more about an author than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, when the writers were threatened by a massacre among leftists by the National People's Party in Shanghai, a whole generation of writers found a common base in communist ideology, formally expressed in 1930 in the foundation of the &amp;quot;League of Left-Wing Writers&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to the changing political climate, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products. This struggle of finding a position in a politicized environment is best documented in the essay --- &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Moreover, by its very nature, the essay overcomes boundaries of form and content. Therefore there are more essays than there is fiction free from political thoughts. Some essayists even went a step further, deconstructed the master narrative of leftist ideology, like the three writers I will talk about today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that a sophisticated May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a national &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Zhou's writings were officially considered bad literature, a total elimination of his texts was only prevented, because of the fame of his brother, who became a state author posthumously through the valuing of Mao Zedong. Actually the reception of his essays reaches a new climax now, in the essay collections of the 1990s, his essays rank 3rd, as I was able to proof with a survey of 5000 essays. That makes clear that his political engagement had no effect on the brilliance of his literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周作人&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中华人民共和国官方文学史对周作人的主要叙述是，一个卓越的五四天才“退化”，后来成为民族“叛徒”。 周的著作被官方认为是不良文学，由于他兄弟的名声，而他的兄弟因高度评价毛泽东死后成为国家作家，这彻底阻止了他的著作的全部出版。 实际上，现在他的论文的接受度达到了一个新的高潮，在1990年代的论文集中，他的论文排名第三，正如我通过对5000篇论文的调查所证明的那样。 这清楚地表明，他的政治参与对他的文学作品的辉煌没有影响。--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 02:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周作人&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
民国官方文学史对周作人的主要叙述是，一个老练的五四天才 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;了，后来成了民族 &amp;quot;汉奸&amp;quot;。周作人的文章被官方认为是劣质文学，彻底消灭他的文字只是因为他兄弟的名气，他通过重视毛泽东而成为国家作家，这彻底阻止了他的著作的全部出版。其实现在对他的散文的接受达到了一个新的高潮，在90年代的散文集中，他的散文排在第三位，这是我对5000篇散文的调查所能证明的。这说明，他的政治参与对他的文学作品的辉煌没有影响。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 02:52, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The official assessment of the People's Republic is that Zhou's work experienced a caesura in 1938 due to his &amp;quot;degeneration&amp;quot; and opposition against the patriotic campaign.  Zhou kept trying to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday out of the subjective experience of his private space his whole life, only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge he showed that it was again possible to write about a candy seller  for which he had been critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; . But there was indeed a caesura, namely the change in style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經­ (serious, intentional essays), and ''xiánshì'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment). But this change is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest by the Guomindang (1945).  Therefore not the Japanese suppressors should be made responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 C. T. Hsia. [Note: Some of the annotations are in German and are translated into English during the editiorial work for the forthcoming edition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 (&amp;quot;Mai tang 卖糖&amp;quot; 1924).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验中审美出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东取缔（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验审美中剥离出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东接力（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the first correction of the narrative is, that his literature was ''not'' effected by socio-political circumstances in quality, but in contents. And there is a second master narrative on Zhou Zuoren, which says that he was an apolitical author. Actually, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself. For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance . In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; , literature should make the society more humane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second example, where a reading of some of his essays lets us rediscover the author is Ba Jin: He is known for his practical essays with anarchistic and communist background in the 1930s and 40s, for his opportunistic self-criticism, self-censorship  and the accusation of a writers' collegue during the cultural revolution. After the 'Cultural Revolution' he seemed to emerge as a righteous character , when he claimed to have done all this under pressure. He then devoted his essays to the working up of the trauma of the 'Cultural Revolution', for example in the self-accusing essay series ''Random Thoughts''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since they were seldom reprinted, two of Ba Jin’s critical essays &amp;quot;''Independent Thoughts''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, dating 1956 and 1962 were overlooked. With them, Ba Jin turns out to be a lifelong independant writer. The two essays were criticised. He had to deny their contents and later they were censored. Even nowadays, these texts are not easy to find in anthologies and dictionaries in the P.R.C. and Taiwan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Independant Thoughts''&amp;quot; dated 1956, propagates the freedom of the individual and of thoughts. This essay was written in the '100-Flower-Movement', when criticism was induced officially. Ba Jin corresponded only to the 'mainstream', although his criticism was unusually sharp. Much more distinctly directed against the 'mainstream' was the second text, which I want to introduce shortly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, a speech at the second Shanghai congress of writers and artists in early 1962, has later been censored at seven striking places. In it, Ba Jin judges very hard about himself and his collegues: At different campaigns against literary works they would have followed the political demands opportunistically and therefore were traitors. The second target of Ba Jin's criticism were the censors and critics, who would posess more power than the writers and that without legitimation. Ba Jin interpreted Mao's Yan'an speeches on art and literature in the way, that writers should themselves take over responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;quot;The Small Dog Baodi&amp;quot; as a metaphorical discourse on Ba Jin's personal grief'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Ba Jin is regarded together with Bing Xin as one of the representatives of Republican literature, the more important part of his essayistic work seems to lie after 1949 . Publishing from Hong Kong since 1979, he has spoken out loudly in opposition and in trying to help ease the trauma associated with the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of this essays is the story-like &amp;quot;''Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;. Written in 1980, the author remembers his dog, which he had received two decades ago from a Swedish person and which he loved after a while. When the 'Red Gards' raged, the dog was in danger. Ba Jin describes in detail the fate of the animal and his own resignation, when he learned that he could not protect the dog. In order to save him from a torturous death, he finally submitted the dog in 1966 for medical experiments. Revisiting his garden after the 'Cultural Revolution', he remembers painfully how his wife had played here with the dog. I would like to show six points of interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The dog is a metaphor. In the beginning Ba Jin seems to report the fate of a dog with relevance only to his owner. But soon it becomes clear that Ba Jin actually mediates to the reader the cruelty of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The reader wonders, &amp;quot;if they did ''this'' with an ''innocent'' dog, what did they do with ''men'', whom they considered ''guilty''?&amp;quot; Ba Jin analogizes himself with the dog, when he sees himself liying on the dissection table. Even Baodi's death is useful, he serves science - could a man be more altruistic?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狗是一个隐喻。在故事的开头，巴金看似在说狗的命运只和主人有关。但很快我们就明白了，巴金实际上是在向读者传达“文化大革命”的残酷。读者想知道，“如果他们对一只“无辜”的狗都能这样做，那么他们对那些他们认为“有罪”的“人”又做会怎样做呢?”当巴金看到自己躺在解剖台上时，他把自己比作狗。就连鲍迪的死也是有用的，他是为科学服务的，一个人还能更无私吗?--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狗是个比喻。 一开始，巴金似乎在说狗的命运只跟主人有关。但是很快我们就知道了，巴金实际上是在向读者介表述“文化大革命”的残酷。读者想知道，“如果他们对一只“无辜”的狗“都能如此”，对那些视为“有罪”的“人”又会怎样呢？” 当巴金看到自己躺在解剖台上时，他将自己比作狗。就连鲍迪都死得其所，服务了科学---一个人还能更无私吗？--[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 01:52, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 (Zhou 1929:180-181).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 (Zhou 1923).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 (The Family in 1951)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 (1982 Yi pian xuwen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 (Suixianglu) The essays of the 1980s are more autobiographical, and deal with literature and questions for society nowadays. Due to the very nature of the essay, we can look through his &amp;quot;Random Thoughts&amp;quot; into the soul of Ba Jin..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 (Random Thoughts 1978-86, see Ba Jin 1988).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, Ba Jin expresses the pain of the loss of his wife through the dog. Not before the very end of the essay, Ba Jin mentions his wife in painful remembrance, who became ill and died during those ten years. In the essay &amp;quot;''In Memoriam Xiāo Shān''&amp;quot;, which appeared earlier in the collection, he had confessed severe feelings of guilt regarding her death, what haunted him into his dreams. He claimed, that they had withhold her medical treatment because of him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The essay is an accusation of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The not-mentioning of the 'Cultural Revolution' as the reason for his wife's death makes the pain the more accusatory, especially in front of the comparable unimportant doglife. His terrifying awareness is the powerlessness - he was not able to protect his dog nor his wife. Ba Jin actually wants to illustrate the powerlessness of the individual in front of collective cruelty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文是对'文革'的控诉。 没有提到“文化大革命”是其妻子去世的原因，这就更让人痛心疾首，尤其是在相对不重要的狗命面前。他可怕的意识是那种无力感-他没有能力保护他的狗和他的妻子。巴金其实是想说明个人在集体的残酷面前的无能为力。--[[User:ZHOUYUJUAN|ZHOUYUJUAN]] ([[User talk:ZHOUYUJUAN|talk]]) 00:50, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这篇文章是对“文化大革命”的控诉。没有提及“文化大革命”是他妻子死亡的原因，使这种疼痛更具控诉性，尤其是在相对无关紧要的狗的性命面前。他意识到无能为力是多么可怕——他既不能保护他的狗，也不能保护他的妻子。巴金其实是想展示在集体的残酷面前个体的无能为力。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 01:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4, The significance of this way to deal with the 'Cultural Revolution'. If one compares the mentioned essay with others of the year 1979, it lied within the common trend of criticizing the 'Cultural Revolution'. But there were also authors like Bing Xin denied the 'Cultural Revolution' - soon after its end, she used similar titles for her books than before - in order to pretend continuity. Wang Meng worked up the 'Cultural Revolution' in a humoristic way - ''Ba Jin'''s essays stand out of these, because of their relentlessness and confessing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5, The use of rhetorical means. Ba Jin pretends to be a simple documentarist &amp;quot;I expect from literature [...] that it tells the truth.&amp;quot;. In fact he is known for his direct and accusing truth, sometimes his literary style is critizised as too direct and too less artful (a reproach from Hong Kong students). In &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot; he is using literary means to create emotion in his readers. He uses composition and rhetoric means like animation. The dog Baodi allegorically shows the injustice and inhumanity of the 'Cultural Revolution'. Here, Ba Jin turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in ''allegoric'' instead of in descriptive truth as before . He is longing for a ''fictional truth'', instead of the ''truth of being'' in the sense of Thomas Aquinas. The fictional realism Wang Der-wei sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proofs helpful for the understanding of this piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6, Ba Jin's personal grief is much more persuading in the metaphor of the dog than in his direct accusing essays. As Vera Schwarcz (1996) points out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To speak too much of grief is to blunt its edge. It might even make us deaf to the cry that sparked discourse about suffering in the first place. A cold, calculating intelligence cannot grasp the rough contours of grief. [...] To preserve the significance of personal suffering in public life we need a more indirect approach; one that accepts and, indeed, nourishes AMBIGUITY. This, in the words of Cynthia Ozick, is the discrete province of METAPHOR, &amp;quot;the reciprocal agent, the universalizing force that makes it possible to envision the stranger's heart.&amp;quot; [...]&lt;br /&gt;
She also mentions that &amp;quot;[...] absence of talk -- or, rather modest use of ''metaphorical discourse'' -- serve us better in the presence of massive grief.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ba Jin turns out not to be the self-censorer, who tried to make his literature fit into the communist ideology. Instead he was a lifelong fighter for the freedom of speech and the independancy of literature from politics, who spoke out whenever he had the opportunity without endangering himself. He also no longer appears as the &amp;quot;uneducated&amp;quot; writer of simple truth, as he leads us to believe. Yet he has achieved a high rhethoric of ''fictional truth'' and is able to transmit his personal grief even more persuadingly in a ''metaphorical discourse'' throught the metaphor of the dog Baodi.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113318</id>
		<title>20201221 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113318"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T02:23:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The idea that tones discerned in verbal art will reflect the mood of the relationship between the people and the state makes frequent appearances through Chinese literary philosophy, and it frequently enters the world of modern politics, as work on the modern Chinese folklore movement will attest (Hung).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another more recent sample is the expression “setting the tone” [定調子]  describes the degree of condemnation in a Cultural Revolution era Big Character poster.  This modern example displays a relatively cynical view of the function of tone; the power to set tone is in the hands of the accuser, but its strength reflects the crime of the victim.In the world of literature and arts policy, “New Tone” 新基調 became the standard Chinese socialist line against precisely such works as our “provincial leader” above castigated as “pei pei pei-ing”.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
The term “tone” (particularly as diao) has acquired negative connotations over the past two of decades, at least in part because of its role in politicoliterary battles. Even editors sympathetic to “new tone” values distance themselves from the term (Yang, Zhu).  In a parallel strategy, contemporary zawen are written in covert form, more like  “East Station,” than like “Pei pei pei!”?, which so revealingly displays the mechanics of the declamatory modal trope.   In contrast to the late 1980's, contemporary zawen have in recent years receded to hide in other types of writing. This strategy is a familiar one in the context of zawen history; the necessity to hide only increases the effect the “involuntarily” discordant tone, which is held to be, biting and kicking, reflecting the truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
When zawen were first fashioned as a modern genre, it was the involuntary expression of responsive emotions that were explicitly invoked as zawen's purpose.  When Hu Shih published the first major newspaper column devoted to the serial publication of zawen in 1918, the “Record of Spontaneous Feeling,” the introductory essay was entitled “什麼話,” literally “What speech.” This title also provides a demonstration of a modal trope on the level of syntax.  In this original title there was no punctuation, as “shenme” already indicates the question “what” in the standard form, before European punctuation was imported as a regular feature of written vernacular Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond the interrogative function, however, “hua,” [“speech” or “talk”] has the declamatory effect of objectifying speech, and holding it up for dramatic examination. For an idiomatic English translation I would offer “What!?” including both exclamation and question mark.  The contents of essay describe the purpose of zawen as a venue for explosive emotional responses, linked to the other, “regular” items printed in newspapers everyday.  This ordinary newspaper fare “gives people goose flesh [disgusts them] makes them sigh, or elicits a cold smile or an outright laugh” (Hu Shih, Shen Bao 1918). Zawen were thus launched in the early modern Chinese newspaper as the nearly physical expression of these feelings or moods in the form of literary essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shih's formulation emphasizes zawen's role as a response to “life itself.” Like most poetry, but unlike most fiction and drama, zawen is itself a first person voice, not a representation of voices.  Yet unlike poetry, which may need to be at least imagined to be read out loud, repeated and savored for full effect, zawen's ideal is to appear for a fleeting moment on the back page of a newspaper, to be received with the accompaniment of an enigmatic laugh, sigh or snort from the reader, and then thrown away quickly, before anyone can “find their seat and sit in it,” or take offence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Generic categories are not the only aspect that zawen tend to mix; they characteristically contain sudden shifts in tone, style and voice, moving from a snippet of stray “overheard” conversation to an elegant, classical allusion. Echoing Hu Shih's 1918 idea of zawen as a “response” to the articles on other pages of the newspaper, the zawen, still characteristically the back page of most newspapers, nearly always contains a “foil” in the form of a direct quote from the author has read or heard.  In addition to creating a microcosmic social dialogue, this split between two voices, the writer's and that of the “foil” also allows for dizzying clashes of style and voice that enclose unlikely combinations of syntax and grammar, as well as ideas, a single text. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
Tone in an essay is an ironic figure of speech; how can you channel that which is carried in sound through the ink of print?  In this paper I have tried to illustrate the trope of tone through the “sonorous” work, particularly that of ShaoYanxiang, an official poet who in retirement is better known for the essays in which he collapses poetry into polemic, his zawen.  The distinct and beleaguered social and cultural space for zawen in contemporary China reveals the mechanics, ideology and significance of tone in Chinese writing.  Even more than other literary genres, zawen depends upon something within the earthy noise of moody, mulish voices to carry its messages.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
While readers love to hate their morally and politically provocative zawen-of-the-moment, writers string zawen across stretches of time and publishing organs to construct heavily intertextualized conversations.  Eventually they even preserve zawen, long after the dizzying minutia of allusions, jokes and digs are forgotten, often compiling a career's worth of them into small print runs of volumes that they give away to friends and admirers as discursive portraits of themselves.  Lu Xun's genre of the “dagger and spear” is thus not only a sly political weapon, but also a complex sculpture of the culturally shaped self, chiseled by the cantankerous tones of contentious social dialogue.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Appendix: Translations of two primary texts: “'Pei Pei Pei!'? ” and “East Station”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Pei Pei Pei! ”?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A friend from outside literary circles asked me to find him some “pei pei pei!” essays to read, and I had to stare at him blankly with nothing to say.  He then explained that he had read in a newspaper that a certain provincial leader had announced at a banquet that there must not be “pei pei pei – ing” all over the place, and so clearly there must be pei pei pei-ing all over the place.&lt;br /&gt;
Have I gotten so insensitive?  Out of self-abrogation, and also out of curiosity, I rushed to seek it out.And so it was, what had been said was “there must not be pei pei pei -ing all over the place, it must not always be the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal that is used to write  about the party, the nation and the people, dispersing a gray mood that makes people pessimistic and disappointed.”  It is like this all over the place, and not in just in one particular place, things are always this way, and not just at a certain time, you can see how widespread and serious the problem is.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
A long time ago in the liberated areas, it was advocated that the entire party should publish newspapers.  After the establishment of the nation, when everything was “operated on a large scale with the entire people” I did not pay attention to whether or not it was advocated that all the people should publish the newspapers.   But getting all  people to read the newspapers is the goal of all those who follow the newspaper profession.  In that way, newspapers are not merely published for leading institutions and leaders to read, but rather at the same time (actually this should be primary) for the masses to read.  They are published for all the people -- among the people there are illiterates and partially literate, but through listening to the newspapers being read, the broadcasters and televisions have accepted the responsibility of getting the newspaper read, and this segment of the masses also figures as indirect readers of the newspapers.&lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The readers have the greatest right of criticizing the newspapers, and I wonder how many readers have discovered this phenomenon of there being “pei pei pei -ing” all over the place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am one of these readers, subscribing on my own to several “large” newspapers (newspaper publications have not been classified as large or small, but I follow convention here) there are in addition a few newspapers that people send to me; as to “small” newspapers, I have not the leisure nor the money to buy the papers in the Beijing area, not to mention nearby Tianjin and Hebei.  Even so, just taking the 10 to 20 different newspapers I often look over, including the cultural newspapers, I have not discovered these “always using the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal to write  about the party, the nation and the people” sorts of “pei pei pei” pieces. &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
I could only hand back to my friend a blank report.  But naturally my not having seen them does not mean they do not exist. What one person can see is limited. I hope that the extra sensitive speaker on this matter can openly point them out, or even offer examples of eight or ten articles, or even hold up just three to five articles as models of this kind of work, so as to allow us to be enlightened and improve our discriminating ability in seeing which essays are those called “pei pei pei,” perhaps at the same time clearing up a related matter by analogy, that of understanding what kind of essays constitute “ba ba ba” as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没有看到它们并不意味着它们不存在。 一个人只能看到有限的内容。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 13:32, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没看到它们不等于它们不存在。 一个人能看到内容有限。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Yao Cheng|Yao Cheng]] ([[User talk:Yao Cheng|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能向朋友交回一份空白报告。当然，我没有见过他们并不代表他们不存在。一个人所能看到的是有限的。我希望在这个问题上特别敏感的发言者能公开指出它们，甚至举出八篇、十篇的文章示例，或者只举出三五篇作为这类作品的范本，让我们提高我们的辨别能力，为我们区分哪些文章是那些所谓的 &amp;quot;呸呸呸&amp;quot;的文章是提供启发，或许同时也能通过类比澄清相关的问题，就是让人明白构成 &amp;quot;叭叭叭&amp;quot;的文章是什么样的。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:44, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
This suggestion is sincere, not just the usual politeness.  In order for literary arts, newspaper publications and literary publications to develop better social effects and to help unite the ways of our times with the people's hearts, newspaper editors, newspaper readers, and those in charge of this occupation should all be able to directly express their own views, and upon making mistakes should help each correct and make up for them, nobody needs to be polite about this. &lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
After reading this speaker's comments, there is another matter that mystifies me.  According to what was said, “from the next (meaning this and next) two years of discipline and rectification, there will be more new challenges and problems, and literary publications should be of assistance in stabilizing the people's minds, increasing faith, and not demoralizing the people's will.”  In reading all these newspapers, this is the first time I have seen  this “stabilize the peoples mind” proposition.  If there is a need to stabilize the people's hearts, it must proceed from the assumption that the peoples hearts are not stable.  As for the reason why people's minds are not stable, it comes back to the “discipline and rectification and the new challenges and problems” of these two years.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
I am confused again.  These “challenges and problems” that so vex people, do they result from the “discipline and rectification” or is it because of these “challenges and problems” that the need arises to “discipline and rectify”?  If the more you “discipline and rectify” the more you provoke “many new challenges and problems” in people's minds, then why do all this “discipline and rectifying”?  Moreover, I do not understand what “discipline and rectification” refers to nor what the “new challenges and problems” are, and I cannot figure out what “stabilize people minds” means very precisely, nor can I see what concrete request is being made.  This is my request for instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The Literature Journal column “Literature and the People's Lives” has been asking for a manuscript from me many times, but I have never been able to take up the assignment.  As I write to this point, I suddenly thought that this piece should be called “Literature and the Peoples' Minds”? But that is a big topic, something that a thousand characters can not manage to capture.  1989.2.21.&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Yanxiang 1993 in 自己的酒 [My Own Wine] pages 181-183, 群眾出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''East Station'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years ago in Beijing, if you mentioned “East Station,” everybody would know that referred to the Beijing East Station that lies to the outer east side Front City Gate.  Today this unremarkable construction, built in a half-westernized architectural style and sandwiched between the tall buildings of this noisy and busy city, supports a little sign that reads “Railway Workers Club.”  It is already an “ancient artifact,” long gone are the prosperous and glorious days of old.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
This train station was once a symbol of bustling urgency, day and night swallowing and spewing out the many different hues of travelers who come to and leave the old capitol.  Outsiders that have been to Beijing may not have wandered on Fragrant Mountain or not even have visited the Imperial Museum, but none would not remember this railway station.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This train station, like any other place in Beijng, has experienced everything, cycles of prosperity and demise passing before its watch.  It has greeted both the voluntary and the involuntary travelers to Beijing, and also the powerful it welcomed, as well as those it did not welcome.  It sent off the happy people on their first [train] voyages, and also the broken hearted people who were departing; how many of them left this place never to come back?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
When 20-year-old Shen Congwen arrived in Beijing after his roundabout journey from Phoenix in Hunan Province, he may have walked out of the station and stood for a while at the square in front of it.  He would have seen, because in those years there was still a space in front, first the uniformly arranged buildings, and the colorfully carved gate of Zhengyang tower.  His senses would have been struck with awe at the deep and solemn beauty.  Did he think of the way Kang (youwei) and Liang (qiqiao) were in the depths of an inescapable trap when they embarked their train to flee, in the midst of their hurry without even the time to look back upon the winged palace roofs of their beloved capitol? &lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
That year in July the canons sounded at Lugou Bridge.  When the railroad was restored between Beiping and Tianjin, the first trainload was the “four thousand refugee reds fleeing to Tianjin,” that was how the Tianjin newspaper put it.  When those travelers entered East Station, they took their first step on the road of flight; were there any among them that that could predict that long after their own “fortuitous rescue,” in 1958 there would be another group making their unseemly departure from the Beijing station, submitting their fates to the unpredictable road?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Recently I looked through Liu Meng's “Reminiscences on a Rainy Day” in which he writes of the rainy day April of 1958, when [he along with] a group was sent to the great northern wilderness.  The platform in the rainy day, the locomotive in the rainy day; he deliberately reminisced calmly, saying it was like this memory had also been washed clean by the rainy rain.  At that time Liu Meng had been young, but traveling along with him were many people who had fallen into this hardship in their old age, certainly each of them had their own earlier “at that time.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Head hanging, walking upon the rain-wet road; this is someone who has far to travel.  Every window is weeping; this is someone reminiscing in the rain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
And in March of 1949, when Guo Moruo and his democrats gathered together and arrived in Beijing, they were received with grand ceremonious welcome; the tears they wept were of joy.  At the time he composed a poem “How much of the people's blood was spilled for this honor.  Thinking of it, the tears fall, and happy laughter is unable to articulate in sound.”  -- I don't know why, but this poem was not collected in any of his later collections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The platform of Beijing East Station, from the end of the last century to the middle of this century, has been a stage of constantly revolving action, no matter whether the security forces patrolling the edges of the stage were armed police of the North Coast Warlords, or the Japanese Army Police, or the Nationalist soldiers, police, M.P.’s or special agents, or the “People's Traffic Police.”&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
But because nearly everybody “performed” there in one way or another, at least having passed across that stage, everything about it was forgotten.  Literary works pass through it with a single stroke, only the ending of the novel “Golden Powder Dynasty” provided a scene for it.  This leftover architectural structure does not even rate a “district preservation unit” marker.  This is because there are too many ancient traces in Beijing, how could an object merely one hundred years of age be considered antique?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today will also become history.  And every inch of Beijing earth will provide proof of its history.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1989. 9. 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please don't cut or change this date.  The new railway station began operation in 1959, and this fits in parallel with “more that thirty years ago” at the beginning of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nostalgia without Memory: Reading Zhang Wei’s Essays &lt;br /&gt;
In the Context of Fable of September''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jie Lu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper I will discuss what can be called agrarian nostalgia in Zhang Wei's essays collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey, published in 1995 as a part of Resisting Compromise Book Series. I will examine his nostalgia as a critical and moral stance in the literary context of his highly claimed novel The Fable of September. In the novel, history is mythologized, essentialized, and therefore erased to embody an agrarian being associated with land. If land in Zhang's novel represents an idealized existence, then in his essays, it becomes both a social and literary metaphor to symbolize moral purity and literary elitism. It is posed as a means to achieve individual, social and literary salvation, and an absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture in the age of commercialization.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgia as an indication of fundamental condition of human estrangement or alienation has been exacerbated by the speeds and scopes of modernization and globalization in contemporary China. This nostalgic sentiment is intensely experienced by intellectual elites who wish to maintain their traditional role as society's moral guardians or as society's conscience, and by literary writers who wish to sustain the distinction between pure and popular literature. It is exactly this moral absolutism and literary elitism that have been undermined by cultural and socioeconomic changes. What nostalgia in Zhang's writings reveals is not so much a resistance to modernization process as incapability of deep understanding the complexity of Chinese modernity.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
At the turn of the twenty-first century in China, with modernization and globalization gaining full momentum, it is interesting to find many writers turning their gaze backward to the past rather than singing the praises of this new global age. Among writers such as Liang Xiaosheng, Zhang Chengzhi, and Zhang Wei, nostalgia has become their dominant literary mode, through which to both critique commercialism and globalism and express the authors’ moral and literary ideals. In this paper I wish to focus on the moral and literary implications of nostalgia in Zhang Wei’s essays, as collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey (youfen de guitu), published in 1995 as a part of the Resisting Compromise Book Series (dikang touxiang shuxi). [*	Jie Lu is an Assistant Professor of Chinese at the University of the Pacific. The author is grateful to Martin Woesler, the organizer of the conference on The Modern Chinese Literary Essays (August, 2000, Germany) where this paper was presented, and Michelle DiBello for her insightful comments and careful editing of the whole text. &lt;br /&gt;
	Resisting Compromise Book Series (Dikang touxiang shuxi) includes collections of essays by Zhang Chengzhi, Zhang Wei, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Li Ri, and Shi Tiesheng respectively. ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of putting Zhang’s writings in the larger context of contemporary intellectual debates over radicalism (radical intellectual/cultural discourse) and (new) conservatism (anti-radical),[	Regarding the major theoretical discourses in contemporary intellectual debates in China, see Xu Ben’s “Contesting Memory for Intellectual Self-Positing: The 1990s’ New Cultural Conservatism in China” in Modern Chinese Literature and Culture, Vol.11 (Spring, 1999) 157-193; Jianhua Chen’s “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, Vol. 9 113-129; Intellectuals’ Positions (Zhishi fenzi lichang) in three volumes, edited by Li Shitao, published by Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000.  ] I will examine it in the literary context of his highly acclaimed novel Fable of September published in 1992. &lt;br /&gt;
Fable of September represents history in a way that mythologizes, essentializes, and therefore erases it in the name of an idealized agrarian existence. Indeed, the idea of “the land” (tudi) is a transcending and all-encompassing concept in Zhang Wei writings, representing an idealized pure state uncontaminated by industrialization and modernization. In his essays, the land is transformed into a social and literary metaphor that symbolizes moral purity and literary elitism against what the author perceives as the contemporary backdrop of general moral decadence and literary chaos. This ideal is posed as a means to achieve nothing less than social, moral and literary salvation, raised as a kind of absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture. &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
My argument, however, is that Zhang’s reification of “land” as a transcendental metaphor in his essays only betrays the author’s lack of any profound historically informed understanding of the complexity of Chinese modernity. He simply refuses to accept social and cultural dilemmas and contradictions as permanent fixtures of the intellectual and cultural landscape. At the same time, Zhang’s outright criticism of consumerism and globalism suggests an underlying ambivalence about modernization. As China’s post-socialist social reality grows more complex and demanding, with more diversified and unstructured cultural formation, any clear-cut moral solution to social evils based on pre-modern social relationship and norms (positing the utopian vision of a transcendental realm) can no longer be effective. Nor is it sufficient to solve the sense of cultural crisis brought on by the progression of both modernization and globalization.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
The contemporary Chinese intellectual and cultural scene is a complex one, with major conflicting trends – one toward the commercialization of knowledge/literature and another in strong resistance to the very same. A new diversity of voices can be heard in intellectual debates at the more abstract conceptual level, and a number of Chinese writers have also joined the scene – whether consciously or unconsciously -- with their own distinct literary voices. The Resisting Compromise Book Series in fact embodies these writers’ own effort of resistance to commercialism and globalism, which they perceive as corrosive forces in their culture and society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当代中国的知识文化环境是复杂的，其主要冲突趋势有两种，一种是知识/文化的商业化，另一种是对该商业化的强烈抵制。在更抽象的概念层面的知识分子的辩论中，可以听见各种不同的新声音，许多中国作家也加入了这一环境中——有意或无意地——带着他们自己独特的文学声音。《抵抗妥协》系列实际上体现了这些作家反对商业主义和全球主义的努力，他们认为商业主义和全球主义侵蚀了他们的文化和社会。--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 13:51, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当代中国的知识文化环境是复杂的，主要的冲突趋势——一种是走向知识/文学商业化的趋势和另一种对知识/文学商业化的强烈抵制趋势。在更抽象的概念层面的知识分子辩论中，可以听到新的多元化的声音，许多中国作家也加入了这个舞台——有意或无意地——带着他们自己独特的文学声音。《抵抗妥协》系列丛书实际上体现了这些作家反对商业主义和全球主义的努力，他们认为商业主义和全球主义侵蚀了他们的文化和社会。--[[User:Li Luyi|Li Luyi]] ([[User talk:Li Luyi|talk]]) 14:24, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
As the series’ editor-in-chief states in the preface, the work is devoted to those contemporary “literary heroes” (Xiao 1995, II), that is, certain literary idealists such as Zhang Wei, Zhang Chenzhi, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Shi Tiesheng, and Li Rui. These literary heroes are recognized for daring to stand up and raise the banner of “literature of resistance” (Xiao 1995, II), attacking the literary degeneration and moral decay of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
In publishing the Resisting Comprises series, its creators were responding to a growing domination of the literary arena by a so-called “Hooligan Movement.” According to the editor, literary hooliganism, as it were, is essentially a “language game” -- represented first and foremost by the irreverent writer Wang Shuo – with its various forms of “literary trash” including “literature of sexual promiscuity” (xingluan), “literature of leisure” (xianshi), “hack literature” (bangxian) and “sneezing literature” (penti) (Xiao 1995, II). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
But there are several larger social and literary issues that this project essentially addresses, namely: the loss of literary/cultural/social dominance by the intellectual elite to mass/commercial culture; the commercialization of knowledge/literature; erosion of the “humanist spirit;” abandonment of ultimate human concerns; desertion of idealism, enlightenment and such modernist projects. In the face of such upheaval, the editor describes the contemporary cultural/literary scene in China as dark and degenerate. The age is “cursed,” “tragic,” an age of “betrayal” and “surrender” (Xiao 1995, IV). And the targets of the literary/moral resistance are postmodernism, commercialism, and mass culture.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Wei is primarily known as a novelist. His major novels include Ancient Boat, Fable of September, My Countryside, Clan, and novelle include Meditation in Autumn, Anger in Autumn, and Vineyard. [	Ancient Boat (Guchuan), Fable of September (Jiuyu yuyan), My Countryside (Wode tianyuan), Clan (Jiazu), Meditation in Autumn (Qiutian de sisuo), Anger in Autumn (Qiutian de fennu), and Vineyard (Putaoyuan) are all included in Zhang Wei wenji (Collected Writings of Zhang Wei) (Shanghai: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe, 1997).] He has also published many collections of essays.  His writings collected in Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey include essays, talks, and interviews. These essays do not express this uncompromising stance in such a strong voice and straightforward manner. Instead, Zhang poses a literary persona of moral integrity as a kind of self-representation. He appears as an idealized individual, embodying in every way pure moral qualities of both a human being and artist/writer. This idealized individual is a fighter, fighting a lonely and heroic battle against fashionable trends and any and all forms of evil (Xiao 1995, 6).[	Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey includes both Zhang Wei’s essays as well as critical articles by various critics. In this paper I will use Xiao Xialin, the editor of this collection as the reference to provide in-text citations to essays by both Zhang Wei and other critics.  ]&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
As a generous humanitarian, he loves and helps all good people. As a socially committed artist, he takes upon himself a great responsibility to all humanity. And as a serious writer, he self-consciously pursues high literature. He is also represented as an honest laborer, making a living through hard labor and sweat. As part of this self-representation, Zhang criticizes those who succumbed to moral and artistic degradation, such as those writers who choose to “enter the commercial world” (xiahai), or cater to popular low-brow tastes by writing “trash literature.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
He points out in his essay “Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey” several “lacks” in many contemporary writers. First, many of today’s writers lack “self-reflexivity” (which really refers more to moral “self-reflection” or “self-consciousness” rather than intellectual self-reflexivity). They lack “conservatism,” an ability to hold to a certain kind of spirit, in which he also sees as a lack of real avant-guard spirit. They lack  “intolerance,” meaning they are overly tolerant of vices and decadent practices, and rarely engage in serious, genuine, and frank criticism and debate. Finally, they lack “stable emotions” -- the definition of which is rather ambiguous. &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s self-representation, then, is also a form of self-legitimization. It endows him with legitimacy through a kind of literary aura and the staking out of high moral ground. From this privileged stance, he proceeds to interpret, represent, articulate, define and judge the essence, meaning and criteria of literature, society, and human life. Throughout his essays, including interviews, talks, and lectures, we find Zhang, like a self-styled guru, constantly giving advice to college students, young writers, and literature fans on what to read, how to write, and how to live. This advice is based exclusively on a clear distinction between high and popular literature, and on his unabashed criticism of mass culture (represented by television). &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
In a broader sense, we can see his self-representation as an essential reaffirmation of the traditional role that Chinese intellectuals played in society. The claim to an authoritative voice is fundamental to maintaining the privileged position of the intellectual elite within a structure of knowledge and power. Zhang’s self-representation, then, is nothing less than an attempt to reestablish the intellectual elite’s role in literature and society based on a clear distinction between high and popular literature. This power struggle for cultural dominance and hegemony in the ongoing reformation of intellectual/cultural discourse largely defines China’s socio-cultural condition in the wake of socialism. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most important part of Zhang’s essays is his use and development of the concept of “land” (tudi), which strongly conveys his self-representation as a simple yet serious “rural intellectual” (xiangcun zhishi fenzi). In his well-known essay “Immersion in the Wild Field” (rongru yiedi), the land in fact functions as a transcending metaphor. As a signifier of nature – wild fields, mountains, bushes, green crops, the ocean -- the land symbolizes all that is morally good in social and cultural realms as well as in individual’s life. The land represents a mother figure, where one can always find comfort, wisdom and inspiration. As an eternal backdrop, the land embodies eternity itself. It serves as an aesthetic standard through which the author defines the social and aesthetic functions of “pure literature,” and criticizes various aspects of cultural reality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang associates popular literature and TV culture with low class and uneducated tastes, and criticizes current literary Chinese criticism for being overly influenced by foreign literary jargons. His concept of the land is even a moral criterion through which he criticizes many aspects of contemporary modern society -- from commercialization in which money is the source of all evils, to globalization marked by domination of transnational corporations and bad influence of some foreign literature, as well as modernization represented by cellular phones, cars, and high technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张将通俗文学与电视文化这种低级的和未受过教育的品味联系在一起，并批评当前中国文学评论过度受到了外国文学术语的影响。他的领域概念甚至是一种道德标准。通过这种道德标准，他批判了现当代社会的各个方面——从金钱是万恶之源的商业化，到以跨国公司统治的和一些外国文学的不良影响为标志的全球化，以及以手机、汽车和高科技为代表的现代化。--[[User:Li Haiquan|Li Haiquan]] ([[User talk:Li Haiquan|talk]]) 12:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张将通俗文学与低级、无文化品位的影视文化联系在一起，并批评当代中国文学批评过度受外国文学术语影响。他的领域概念甚至是一种道德标准，他运用这种道德标准批判了现当代社会的方方面面——从商金钱是万恶之源的商业化，到以跨国公司统治的和一些外国文学的不良影响为标志的全球化，以及以手机、汽车和科技为代表的现代化。--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 14:56, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
But most of all, Zhang’s concept of land symbolizes an ideal based on ages old dichotomy between city and countryside. At the beginning of the essay, he tells us: “[The] city is a willfully and recklessly modified wild field, and I will eventually leave it” (Xiao 1995, 19). Later he claims that a real artist should be “a worshiper of land” (Xiao 1995, 60). To Zhang, the spirit of “land” should be the spirit of the age (Xiao 1995, 241). Seen in the context of his criticism of modernization, it is evident that this dichotomy is built around the moral distrust of the city – a psychological complex that traces back to Chinese agrarian tradition and Mao’s revolutionary heritage. At the same time, it reveals a profound nostalgia for a pre-modern rural existence.&lt;br /&gt;
但最重要的是，张先生对于土地的概念象征着一种古老的城乡对立的观念。在文章的开头，他告诉我们。&amp;quot;[城市]是一片被肆意改造的野地，我终将离开它&amp;quot;（萧1995，19）。后来他声称，一个真正的艺术家应该是 &amp;quot;土地的崇拜者&amp;quot;（萧1995，60）。在张先生看来，&amp;quot;土地 &amp;quot;的精神应该是时代的精神（萧1995，241）。从他对现代化的批判来看，这种二元对立显然是基于对城市道德不信任而建立起来的--这种心理情结可以追溯到中国的农耕传统和毛泽东的革命传统。同时，它也透露出对现代社会以前农村生活的深刻怀念。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 15:07, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但最重要的是，张先生的土地概念象征着一种基于古老的城乡对立的理想。在文章的开头，他告诉我们。&amp;quot;[城市]是一片被肆意改造的野地，我终将离它而去&amp;quot;（萧1995，19）。后来他声称，一个真正的艺术家应该是 &amp;quot;土地的崇拜者&amp;quot;（萧1995，60）。在张先生看来，&amp;quot;土地 &amp;quot;精神就是时代精神（萧1995，241）。从他对现代化的批判来看，这种二元对立显然是围绕着对城市的道德不信任建立起来的--这种心理情结可以追溯到中国的农耕传统和毛泽东的革命传统。同时，也透露出对先前农村生活的的深刻怀念。--[[User:ZHOUYUJUAN|ZHOUYUJUAN]] ([[User talk:ZHOUYUJUAN|talk]]) 00:57, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
The Land, then, points to an ideal transcendent realm, closed to contamination by the modern world. But represented only in highly literary, allusive, emotive language and nature images and analogies, the idea of the Land only comes across as very abstract and unreal. The author himself asks: “What exactly is the wild field? Where does it exist? Does it really contain my innocent world I imagine?” (Xiao 1995, 30). Indeed, as an all-encompassing and pervasive metaphor, The Land is never once in his essays clearly and objectively defined. Whether expressed as a personification of the mother figure, an embodiment of eternal being, or as a constellation of various ideal qualities and values, Zhang’s “land” lacks the substantial tour-de-force as a moral and social metaphor. But if we are to discover an ontological anchoring for this concept, it can only be found, I would argue, in his well-known novel Fable of September. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
In reading this novel, I will focus on the dialectic between its strikingly postmodernist form -- which he criticizes and whose influences he constantly denies --and its pre-modern content (in terms of the primitive agrarian existence represented and the mode of storytelling used). I find nothing to criticize in Zhang’s use of magic realism and certain postmodernist techniques to recapture the so-called original world of pre-modern existence. I do find a glaring contradiction, however, in the author’s repeated denial of any positive influence of postmodernism. This, together with his unqualified valorization of “The Land” as a metonymy of a primitive utopia, only betray not so much his literary hypocrisy as his limited ability to understand modernity, postmodernism and even history itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阅读此书时，我将重点关注后现代主义形式——虽然他一直予以批判并极力否认其影响——与前现代主义内容之间的辩证关系（主要从其所代表的原始农业生活与文章使用的叙事模式这两个方向进行阐述）。张炜运用魔幻现实主义和某些后现代主义的手法再现了所谓的现代以前的原始世界，这一点无可厚非。然而，作者一再否认后现代主义的积极影响，这是我觉得矛盾点所在。这一矛盾点，再加上他毫无保留地将《远河远山》隐喻为原始乌托邦这一行为，与其说暴露了他的文学虚伪性，不如说这暴露了他在理解现代性、后现代主义乃至历史本身的不足。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 14:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast to his essays, which tend to be didactic, long-winded, condescending, and full of literary clichés, Zhang’s novel ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating and imaginative piece of writing. It is best situated in the genre of fictional history -- not a fictionalized account of real historical figures and events, but a pure fiction, written in a historical mode. Other examples of this way of, say, tracing the fictional history of a person, a family, or a village, include Su Tong’s Maple Tree Village series, or Ge Fei’s fictional biography, ''Marginality.'' Given its fragmented, incoherent story and sophisticated narrative plot, it is a challenge to give the novel a concise, accurate description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与说教、长篇大论、屈尊俯就、充满文学陈词滥调的散文不同，张炜的小说《九月寓言》是一篇引人入胜、富于想象力的作品。这是一篇典型的虚构历史类型的文学作品——不是对真实历史人物和事件的虚构叙述，而是以历史的模式写成的纯粹虚构的作品。运用这种方法的其他例子，如追溯一个人、一个家庭或一个村庄的虚构历史，包括苏童的“枫杨树村”系列和格非的虚构传记小说《边缘》。考虑到小说中支离破碎、不连贯的故事和复杂的叙事情节，给这部小说一个简洁、准确的描述是一个挑战。--[[User:Li Luyi|Li Luyi]] ([[User talk:Li Luyi|talk]]) 14:08, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与他那些倾向于说教、长篇大论、屈尊俯就、陈词滥调的散文不同，《九月寓言》这部小说引人入胜。这是一篇典型的虚构历史文学作品——不对真实的历史人物和事件进行虚构叙述，而是一篇以历史的模式写成的虚构作品。这种手法同样运用于追溯某个人、某个家庭或某个村庄的虚构历史，包括苏童的“枫杨树”系列作品与格非的虚构传记小说《边缘》。由于这部小说故事叙述支离破碎、叙事情节复杂，因此简洁准确地描述它着实是一个挑战。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 14:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the novel depicts a “historical” picture in which a small pre-modern, self-contained village is obliterated by industrialization. But what the novel really focuses on, instead of village’s fall itself, are certain memorable events and people that are part of the last 30-40 years of its existence (though the exact length of time remains questionable and unclear).  &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is divided into seven parts, each focusing on stories of a single character or family. These stories are mutually connected, and at the same time intermingled with myths, legends, anecdotes and magical or strange occurrences, which in turn map out a sort of  “history” of the village. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Ironically, however, history is not quite the right term here to describe the village’s temporal contour, for what stand out as the central features in the life of the village are “land”/food (more specifically sweet potatoes), the tradition of staying with the village, and a certain mode of storytelling used in the village to recall past suffering. As quintessential indexes in the village’s existence, these features mark not a temporal movement but an eternal being. Centered on these three essentials, life in the village is hard, simple, unchanging, and close to the archetypal. The only way for the young to use up their abundant and restless energy is to run and play in the wild fields at night, and the married to beat their wives and do “cupping” (''ba huoguan'').&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus what Zhang Wei aims to represent in this novel is a pure, simple, close-to-primitive life, uncontaminated by modern civilization. But he is also representing a sense of eternal being, long lost as it may be in our modern age.   &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is undoubtedly imaginative and fascinating. My sense of fascination as a reader, however, is derived largely from its mode of literary representation than from what is actually depicted in Zhang’s fictional world. Part reality, part myth, part legend, the story is at once mythical and real. It is a synthesis of straightforwardness and artifice, primitivism and mannerism, thematic simplicity and formal sophistication. In other words, in order to represent a pre-modern agrarian existence – Zhang’s utopian vision of pure being – he relies on quite sophisticated modernist/postmodernist literary devices. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking feature of the novel, as many critics have noted, is its formal manipulation of temporality, or to be more specific, the narrative negation of temporality. It is almost impossible for the reader to discern the actual timeline of the village’s history.  Even the time span running from the 1930s to 1970s and temporal progression within the narrated world (which can only be pieced together after repeated readings), are unreliable, full of unexplainable loopholes. [	For the full discussion on the novel’s temporal scheme, see Chen Sihe’s “Huanyuan minjian: tan Zhang Wei ''Jiuyue Yuyan''”(Returning to the people: on Zhang Wei’s ''Fable of September'') collected in Youfen de guitu (Indignant Homeward Journey) 260-267.] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This unusual narrative stance achieves a number of thematic effects. First, it cuts the village off from the larger movement of history. The novel mentions no political movements, significant historical events, or chronology of dates other than “September.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The only other temporal indicators are rainy seasons, or periods of winter when the snow is as sharp as strong acid, or autumn when the field is abundant with sweet potatoes and beans. These seasonal markers indicate changes more in nature than in the human world where chronological dates mark time. These markers of nature serve to draw the story further away from a real historical framework and closer to the pre-modern agrarian mode of existence, as if human life was “timed” by nature itself. Furthermore, this kind of temporal negation also foregrounds eternity in the land itself. Wherever any historical hint or political implication may crop up in the story, it is immediately dissolved into one of many village legends. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, “recalling past suffering” (yiku), an important collective activity of the village, is transformed from a political discourse used during the Cultural Revolution into a form of storytelling for binding the village community together, and for producing oral history and creating legends. In essence, history is  erased from the village’s background all together. &lt;br /&gt;
The novel’s detachment from historical background also means a metaphysical negation of historical paradigm of interpretation and signification, characterized by such notions as causality, progress and teleology. This allows the author to have a larger space for interaction of diverse configurations. As critic Chen Sihe points out, Zhang’s village exists in three forms: in reality, in legend/myth, and in oral storytelling (Xiao 1995, 265).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如“忆苦”，作为村落重要的集体活动，从“文革”时期的政治话语，转变为凝聚村落社群、口述历史、创造传说的叙事形式。从本质上说，历史被从村庄的背景中抹去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小说脱离历史背景也意味着形而上学地否定解释和意义的历史范式，其特征是诸如因果关系、进步和目的论等概念。这使得作者有更大的空间进行不同配置的交互。正如评论家陈思和指出的那样，张的村庄存在三种形式:现实中的，传说/神话中的，口头讲故事的(Xiao 1995,265)。--[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 14:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absence of a clear-cut time framework only blurs and transgresses the ontological boundaries among reality, myths, legends, the magic and storytelling. The novel abounds with magical, mythical, and supernatural figures and events: Niugan’s body was air-dried for a period of time before his actual death.  A man named Jinyou can squeeze milk from his breasts. Another man’s eyeball jumps out and changes into a frog, disappearing into grass. The mother of Longran does not die after drinking pesticide; instead, her hairs have become darker, and skin softer. Very much like in Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s ''One Hundred Years of Solitude'', these magical events are presented in a realistic mode on the same ontological level as other “real” events.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the magic is approached through the everyday. And the transgression of ontological levels of representation thus further negates historical temporality.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The absence of historical time in the novel also negates historical interpretation. Instead, myths and legends assume the function of historical explanation. The origin of the small village is explained in a myth about a group of vagrants who, exhausted after a long journey, stopped, and settled on a piece of land that could provide them with food. The story of the monkey spirit with the ability to carry things becomes a mythic explanation of social stratification and exploitation, a further departure from historical and positive discourses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
These myths and legends are presented as part of the village’s everyday reality. Thus different ontological levels within the text – reality and myth/legend/oral storytelling/magical events -- in which the village exists collapse into one. It is a world in which past and present become all-at-once. In other words, the past is the present, the myth is reality, and vice versa. The timeless place is like a sentence without tense. And herein lies the author’s profound sense of nostalgia for a fundamental, archetypal existence in its complete nakedness, beyond modern historical and rational configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nan Fan points out, though the temporal span of the novel is not long, its content is massive, filled as it is with various stories (Xiao 1995, 253).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些神话和传说是作为村庄日常现实的一部分呈现的。因此，文本中不同的本体论层面—现实和神话/传说/口头故事/神奇事件—村庄存在于其中，合二为一。这是一个过去和现在都成为一体的世界。换句话说，过去就是现在，神话就是现实，反之亦然。永恒的地方就像一个没有时态的句子。而作者对一种完全赤裸裸的、超越现代历史和理性配置的根本性、原型性存在的深刻怀念感就在于此。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正如南帆所指出的，虽然小说的时间跨度不长，但其内容却是庞大的，充满了各种故事（萧1995，253）。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 13:37, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些神话和传说作为村庄日常现实的一部分呈现出来。因此，文本中不同的本体论层次——现实和神话/传说/口头讲故事/魔法事件——村落的存在瓦解为一个整体。这是一个过去和现在同时成为一切的世界。换句话说，过去就是现在，神话就是现实，反之亦然。永恒的地方就像一个没有时态的句子。在这里，作者对一种基本的、原型的、完全赤裸的、超越现代历史和理性结构的存在有着深刻的怀旧之情。&lt;br /&gt;
南帆指出，小说的时间跨度虽然不长，但内容却很宏大，充满了各种各样的故事(肖1995,253)。--[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 14:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
If the macro-structure of the novel is characterized by narrative strategies of postmodernist fragmentation and transgression, then at the micro-structure of individual stories the pre-modern form of Benjaminian storytelling becomes the dominant mode of narrative. “Recalling past suffering” is in fact in the typical mode of storytelling. The narrative tells us that in those long and cold winter nights when rain turned into snow, when there were nothing else to do for the rural folks, all villagers of the Small Village would gather together to listen to Jinxiang, one of the principal storytellers in the village, to recall past suffering. Here Jinxiang functions in the role that Water Benjamin describes: the giver of stories, of counsel, the link to a mythic but necessary past.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Through storytelling, the storyteller’s personal experiences mixed with the mythic and magic become the collective experiences of the village, binding the village together, and providing it not only with a sense of community but also a sense of identity. Interestingly, the villagers prefer only the storytellers in their own village to tell of past. Thus, in relating his own experience and that reported by others, the storyteller in turns makes it the experience of those who are listening to his tale (Benjamin 1968, 87). In a way, Jinxiang perfectly embodies Benjaminian storyteller as the one who, in his storytelling, also gives counsels to the listeners -- the young in this context -- to value the happiness of the present and therefore stay with the tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Jinxiang’s story telling demonstrates the power of the oral, in that his performance has potential for moving beyond rational control. He tells stories spontaneously and with great emotion, often with tears and slobbers and shouts at each stop. His dynamic orality controls the whole atmosphere of the meeting and carries the listeners to multiple emotional climaxes. Thus in the highly emotionally charged atmosphere of telling and listening marked by crying and shouting, the teller and listeners identify completely with one another. As a storyteller “in his living immediacy” (Benjamin 1968, 83), Jinxiang is thus an integrate part of the pre-modern rural existence based on its closely-knit community, the shareable experiences, and a fund of stories and lore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
金祥的讲故事展现了口述的力量，他的表演具有超越理性控制的潜力。他讲故事时自然而然，感情充沛，每到一站，往往泪流满面，口水直流，大呼小叫。他的动态口述控制了整个会场的气氛，并将听众带入多个情感高潮。因此，在以哭和喊为标志的高度情绪化的讲和听的氛围中，讲者和听者完全相互认同。作为一个 &amp;quot;活生生的即时性 &amp;quot;的讲故事的人（Benjamin 1968, 83），金乡是前现代农村生活的一个组成部分，其基础是其紧密联系的社区、可分享的经验以及故事和传说的基金。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:37, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
金祥的故事讲述展现了口述的力量，他的表演具有超越理性控制的潜力。他很自然地讲述故事，感情充沛，一停下来，往往泪流满面，口水直流，大呼小叫。他那充满活力的口述控制了整个会场的气氛，并将听众带入多个情感高潮。因此，在以哭和喊为标志的高度情绪化的讲和听的氛围中，讲者和听者完全相互认同。作为一个 &amp;quot;活生生的即时性 &amp;quot;的讲故事的人（Benjamin 1968, 83），金乡是现代以前农村生活的一个组成部分，以前的农村整个乡村紧密联系、人们互相交流经历，还流传着大量的传说和故事。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 15:24, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
And this pre-modern rural existence can only be narrated and made sense of through the mode of storytelling, for the specific sense of historicity and experience of reality as mixed with myth, legend, the magical transgress normal parameters of our modern and rational paradigm of representation.  &lt;br /&gt;
             &lt;br /&gt;
Thus the synthesis of the pre-modern, marked by both its existence and the mode of storytelling, and postmodernist mannerism with its sophisticated narrative strategies also points to an irony, in that this natural, pre-modern world can only be re-presented in very stylized devices. Here Zhang Wei encounters a similar paradox as the famous Taoist icon, Zhuang Zi. In spite of his distrust of language, Zhuang Zi could only envision the ineffable Way through language.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, it was through language, given humanity’s permanent separation and alienation from nature, that Zhuang Zi could imagine the existence of something beyond. Zhang Wei’s pre-modern being is by no means ineffable. Yet, its “otherness” and its alterity vis a vis the modern world can only be perceived in our modern world, and represented through sophisticated devices of modernism/postmodernism. The absolute irony that the primitive or the pre-modern cannot be envisioned and represented except in our modern cultural condition in fact exists in the very center of this utopian text, though unrealized by the author himself as he repeatedly criticizes postmodernism and denies its inevitable influence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
So the natural or the pre-modern state of being as eulogized by the author is no longer the first order of naturalness, but the second order, for it is only through an elaborate narrative architecture that such primitivism and naturalness can be re-enacted. To put it in another way, in resurrecting the primitive in our postmodernist age, the author in fact brings out, though unconsciously, a fundamental truth about primitivism. The natural, organic and a-temporal world of agrarian existence represented by the Small Village is not, in fact, a utopia from which we have fallen. Rather, it derives its meaning only through its opposition to a temporal world of modern civilization. Only in contrast to this temporal world can the primordial, the timeless take on meaning as negation of historical time. &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus the ideal of a timeless, primordial rural past beyond modern civilization is only an ideal created in our modern times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my discussion of modernist/postmodernist literary devices, I do not mean to label and categorize Zhang’s text as a modernist/postmodernist. Nevertheless, as seen in the above analysis, his formal strategies do share some strong features of postmodernism, or to be specific, magical realism. These features include boundary transgression, fusion and coexistence of different ontological worlds, and atemporal narrative structure. There is no doubt that Zhang Wei has succeeded in creating a world, a state of being beyond the reach of modern civilization. But his “world,” in the final analysis, can only be represented through modernist/postmodernist techniques.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
It is evident that the creation of this archetypal village embodies the author’s profound nostalgia for the pre-modern past and his utopian search for an ideal state of being. And this timeless place represents the author’s attempt to re-orient geographical and cultural nostalgia in China’s contemporary times from commercially stimulated nostalgia to the rural past as the fundamental Chinese root. Yet the lack of direct temporal and spatial references in the presentation of the Small Village makes his nostalgia closer to imagination, or to what David Wang called, imaginary nostalgia (1993, 107). In other words, his nostalgic representation of the Small Village is devoid of actual memory. This is particularly demonstrated in his deliberately designed a-temporal narrative structure, his foregounding of myth, legends and those magical events. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, as the title indicates, the whole novel is intended by the author as a fable, rather than a history, even though it is written in a historical mode. The village’s mythic origin, its lack of sense of time, and its sudden and catastrophic ending all point to the negation of historical progression. The elaborate narrative structure betrays the imaginative and fantastic construction of this mythic past. Thus Zhang Wei’s Small Village is less a historical object of nostalgia than a topographical/textual locus where imagination and utopian discourse intermingle. In other words, as a literary construction, this phantom village comes less from the actual yearning for what has been lost than from the desire for what has never been there (Wang 1993, 130). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
The striking incongruity indicates the nature of nostalgia as both a textural stance as well as a structure of feeling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the incongruity between formal sophistication and primitive existence is a very hallmark of literary and cultural production in our postmodernist China. In discussing the Fifth Generation Films, Rey Chow points out that primitivism is often associated with modernism/postmodernism. The “primitive passion,” according to Chow’s definition, emerges at “a moment of cultural crisis.” It is an invented fact,  fabrication of a sense of the primordial, rural rootedness that occurs in the post-construction (1995, 22-23). Chow’s theory of primitive passion is based on her study of new Chinese cinema.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
However it does shed light on our discussion of Zhang’s profound nostalgia for the rural past at the age of globalization, and on the ironic rupture between postmodernist sophistication and the pre-modern/primordial world presented in his novel. Read in intertextual relation with his essays, it is more than clear that Zhang’s re-imagining of the primordial Chinese rural past is meant to correct what he perceives as the diseased modernity and to rejuvenate Chinese culture. As a response to the cultural crisis in our globalized age, Zhang Wei has chosen the past to measure the present. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
The nostalgic return in Zhang Wei’s writings is in fact a kind of self-exile. Zhang Wei actually spent five years in a rustic country house (soon to be torn down) near his hometown to write this novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
There he was literally cut off from the outside world, expecting that this exile away from modern cities would get him spiritually closer to the land and nature so as to feel anew the vitality of the Chinese people, and rediscover the historical/rural root of Chinese culture. As agreed by all critics, this novel’s representation of the primordial past succeeds in bringing out a native naiveté and simplicity, a sense of gushing life force and animal virility -- the ideal form of being. However, in de-historicizing the past in order to re-imagine the golden age of the rural innocence and plenitude of meaning, the author had no alternatives but to simply let narrative play out its historical inevitability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The pre-modern agrarian existence embodied by the Small Village is ultimately destroyed by modern industrialization. History then, though negated and erased by the narrative form of the novel, reasserts itself at the end. This leaves us not with a story about the slow decline of this pre-modern agrarian existence, but of its catastrophic fall. The structure of the village’s existence was in no way able to change and transform itself. This is demonstrated by the villagers’ strong resistance to outside influences represented by coal mining industry. As a result, rather than gradual transformation, the village is suddenly destroyed by industrial machine power.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
The moral dilemma Zhang faces in re-enacting of the Chinese rural past is similar to those encountered by root-seeking writers: the quest for the essence of “Chineseness” also leads to the discovery of unpleasant aspects in its society and cultural tradition. This moral dilemma is also reflected in the novel’s narrative form. While magical events serve to deconstruct the realist paradigm of historical representation, they at the same time also create a picture of rural life as something exotic. As David Wang points out, the object of nostalgia is also easily associated with the exotic (1993, 109).   &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
So if we have found some substance in Zhang’s novel to support his transcendent, yet empty metaphor of “land,” this “substance” remains less than compelling and appealing. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
A primitivistic village life can be little more than that: it is basic and instinctual, centering on food and sex. The meaning of land is closely related to food; indeed the reason the villagers stick to this land is because it can produce rich food enough to preserve their community. The carnivalesque scenes describing the village young romping in the wild fields at night, while highly acclaimed by many Chinese critics, do not, to my mind, represent an infinite solitude or a simple form of joy as much as the poverty of these lives in an extremely closed and impoverished world. This strikes an even more pathetic chord when knowing that this form of exercise will soon be transformed into wife beating and cupping when these young people grow into adulthood.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The extremely stable pattern of the village’s social customs, mindset, and traditions is incapable of absorbing new things, or initiating any transformation. So the static and cyclical form of existence is simply erased by the outside forces of industrialization. In a broader sense, the history of the Small Village, or rather, its fate can be seen as an allegory for Chinese traditional society which was also forced into fundamental change from the outside. Thus the Small Village reflects the broader historical impotence and lack of cultural flexibility in traditional rural China. Many critics, including the author himself, argue that the idea of Land is meant to represent a certain spirit. Nevertheless, unless located somewhere, this spirit can only remain an empty structure.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, it is precisely this structural emptiness that enables Zhang Wei to fill in many meanings throughout his essays. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
''Fable of September'', as well as Zhang’s essays, embody his search for truth and a moral ground based not on the rationally constructed modern world of scientific knowledge and market economy represented by urban centers, but on the simplicity of rural life. This search is rooted in the author’s disenchantment with certain aspects of modern civilization. To Zhang Wei, “Modern industrial civilization represents a form of beauty; yet this form is prone to hurt another more fundamental, more eternal beauty. Idealists all hope that these two forms of beauty can exist in harmony, without much conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
But of course, this hope is only a dream” (Xiao 1995, 193). This distrust of modern civilization also reflects in him what Raymond Williams called “rural-intellectual radicalism” (1973, 36). Indeed, as a rural intellectual (as many critics have labeled him), Zhang demonstrates many aspects of rural-intellectual mentality: hostile to modern capitalism, opposed to commercialism, and attached to country ways and feelings (Williams 1973, 36). Without doubt, ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating novel and has uttered our deepest longings and profoundest nostalgia for a pre-modern simplicity of existence free of modern-day ills like alienation and corruption. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, Zhang’s use of the central concept of  “land” (referring to an idealized being) as the basis for his critique of modern civilization – decrying moral decay, consumerism, dominance of popular literature and commercialization of knowledge – and his rural intellectual mentality this concept reveals betray the author’s simple-minded, essentialist, and absolutist approach to the complexity of an ever changing social and cultural reality. The reification of land in his essays lacks a broad and deep historical perspective on Chinese modernity. Commercialism and its culture have by all means contributed to the general moral decay and erosion of basic humanistic values in society, and global cultural effects lead to profounder cultural crisis. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absolute rejection of consumerism, globalism, and postmodernism fails to recognize their power and inevitability in restructuring contemporary Chinese society. The problems created by these developments have already moved the issue of solution beyond a discourse on morality. China’s ever more complex and changing social and cultural reality requires a more sophisticated and mature understanding. And finally, I would suggest that in today’s post-Cold War age in which socialism-capitalism antithesis has lost its relevance and meaning, the intellectual paradigm of confrontation must be replaced by one of negotiation. Nostalgia may always be pulling at us, and we may always be willing to indulge in a trip to the imagined past with stories like ''Fable of September.'' But as a critical stance, it does not equip us to effectively address the complex process of cultural reformation happening in contemporary Chinese and the world.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Deciphering the Populist Gadfly: Cultural Polemic around Zhang Chengzhi's &amp;quot;Religious Sublime&amp;quot;''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Xinmin Liu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since mid-1990s the Chinese Sanwen has witnessed an upsurge by way of frantic polemics over social and cultural issues in journals, newspaper fueillton, book series and forums.  In this &amp;quot;war of words,&amp;quot; no writer has been as prolific, as provocative and as problematic as Zhang Chengzhi. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang's essays feature a scathing critique of Chinese intellectuals' lack of spiritual faith, their surrender to global consumerism and the postmodern.  Driven by a populist zeal, Zhang extols Chinese muslims' devotion to their religious faith, defiance of material affluence and bond to their harsh yet unsullied habitat.  His populist approach to religious transcendence in opposition to what he perceives as today's intellectual disenchantment is ambiguous and ambivalent. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
It wavers between subaltern politics and religious fundamentalism.  It  falls short of the prospect of constructing a ethnic pluralism that protects cultural differences without yielding to cultural positions that claim unique access to truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a polyglot age in which all has to be contested and negotiated anew, boundary- violating is the rule rather than the exception.  Before the last millennium closed out, the Chinese essay thrived in an upsurge of cultural polemics, but in terms of aesthetic and ontological norms, the essayists could ill afford to stay within secure and clear-cut boundaries for long, because they often found themselves bombarded and displaced by a plethora of slippery issues, wacky themes and “roguish dilettantes.”  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With battle lines frequently redrawn and growing ever so fuzzy, this round of cultural polemics took on the characteristics of a wild slugfest, no-holds-barred wrestling and elusive shadow boxing.  But true to its essaying (or, alternatively, assaying) role, the essay form rose to the challenge with the right mix of mercurial, discordant and yet self-assured mettle.  Thus, it proved most capable of lending expression to chaos, fracture and trivia of the postmodern world.  One need not search far to bring this point home: the essay has lately swamped the public media with its newfangled offshoots: in addition to the common literary and political essays appeared the licai (personal financing) essay, the xiuxian (leisure/recreation) essay, the photo essay, the cyber essay and so forth. But it is with the cultural polemics of the 1990s that the readers witnessed the essay form in most amazing novelty, deftness and verve.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
One way to make sense of what essay form enabled the writers to achieve amid the “wars of words” (pizhan) is to take it to task by way of its intrinsic bond with cultural dialogics, i.e. to see how approaches of writing essays lead to the laying of grounds for a dialogic relationship that intersects even the most incendiary issues and dissimilar views of this discursive maze.  To that end,  we will focus on Zhang Chengzhi’s essays published after mid-1990s to see why a radical intellectual figure like Zhang, considered an intractable loose cannon by most, often contests and mediates, by virtue of his border-violating politics, what the cultural mainstream considers to be polemical and divisive.  At once belletristic and carnivalesque, Zhang Chengzhi’s essays stood out with striking clarity and urgency, if also with unnerving uproar. &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Extolled by some as the author whose one book single-handedly redeemed Chinese writing of the entire twentieth century, Zhang was riding high on the tailwind of his enormously popular Xinling shi (History of the Soul, 1992) and seemed to have returned to the public forum with his discursive buoyancy revived and his sense of the “sacred” mission renewed.  At first glance, this does not seem the same Zhang Chengzhi who was overwhelmed by the spiritual loftiness he had ascended to upon completing ''Xinling shi'' and pleaded to his readers in all earnest, “there will no longer be this “me” from now on.  Please banish me from your memory.  … I have even taken myself by surprise that with this book I could bring myself to such a screeching halt.”[	Zhang Chengzhi, ''History of the Soul'' (Guangzhou: Huacheng chubanshe, 1991) 311.]  But did Zhang ever quit the public forum and banish his voice from the on-going dialogue with his readers afterwards? &lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
And did he accidentally join the ranks of those escapist intellectuals who self-righteously beat a retreat in the face of social repression and identity dislocation of the early 1990s?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, at the height of his unexpected fame in 1992,[	Zhang Chengzhi made repeated statements in his essays written around this time that he had voluntarily terminated his career as a professional writer out of his desire to be embraced by the Muslim community and out of his disgust for what writers and intellectuals in general had failed to do in the face of rampant consumerist values.] Zhang did not hesitate to declare that his career as a professional writer had come to an end, and that he would retreat to the Muslim communities in the barren loess in Northwest China to begin his new life.  While it is true that he verbally renounced his faith in and severed his tie with the mainstream intelligentsia, reality has proved otherwise: he could neither disinherit the dialogic potential of his earlier essays the same way as he allegedly cast off his ''Han'' Chinese upbringing, nor disown the intellectual milieu of his growth as though it were those business cards he symbolically tore up in disgust.[	This symbolic act is given an elaborate defense in one of his “position-statement” essays, “My Method of Tearing up those Business Cards,” published in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Human wenyi chubanshe, 1999).]  &lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang cannot give up the act of writing through which he once defied the false sanctity of official histories and celebrated the purity and incorruptibility of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims,[	A sect Chinese Muslims who are often considered the inheritor of mystical Sufis of the religion of Islam.] and to which he owed the stage for exhibiting his extraordinary discursive power as well as his reinvented ethnic identity.  While still pursuing his spiritual pilgrimage as a lone warrior, he could hardly remain an intellectual recluse in an imagined sanctuary.  Although his views often turned hard-edged due to his combative and self-aggrandizing tone, we need not necessarily be put off by his ill-advised posturing, which is far more rhetorical than substantive.  Rather we are urged to see beyond his argumentative mode and detect that ineluctable draw of cultural dialogics that lured him to charge right back to the frontline of the discursive war zones.  &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s essays published since mid-1990s prove most intriguing and forceful when they give vent to his critical views that deliberately blur the boundary between personal commitment with public conscience.&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Seldom a believer of easy cultural synthesis, Zhang thrives in getting caught in the crossfire of public debates and wreaking havoc for the intellectual mainstream whose social legitimacy has fed off a complicitous liaison with the official and the ideological center.  In a sense, what constituted the identity of his previous self, i.e., the “I” who nimbly narrated a hidden history of a suppressed people in ''History of the Soul'', was a persona already poised on the borders between public outcry and personal misgiving, between official histories and popular memoirs, between discourses of cultural criticism and identity politics.  Akin to the self/other-conscious tone of Martin Buber’s ''I and Thou'', Zhang’s resort to “You” side by side with “I” as his discursive partner not only denotes the presence of a dialogic partner cued up by intersubjectivity, but interjects a critical awareness to set off the “unanimous intellectual escapism.”[	Here I am quoting the phrase from Dai Jinhua’s journal article “Hidden Narratives: The Politics of Mass Culture in the 1990s.”  Her view is critically assessed by Chen Jianhua in his “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” carried in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, vol. 9, Nos. 1 &amp;amp; 2, 113-29.  ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Initially a survival tactic to avert political repression in post-1989 China, this latter movement gained popular currency in the early 1990s as some intellectuals and professionals who used to pursue political activism now withdrew into enclosed fields of specialist researches where they could claim professional excellence as their new moral high grounds and practice professional elitism as a testimony to their personal spiritual faith.   These so-called “New Scholars” valorized scholarly research as “not just a matter of knowledge or profession, but more fundamentally, a form of life choice and value inquiry.”[	Chen Pingyuan, “Thoughts on Research of Scholarship History,” Xueren I, 2-6. ]  Alongside this process of self-authorization, they also sported a sweeping disdain toward mass culture or other nonprofessional cultures.  Was this a covert strategy of resisting moral degeneration, or a “club-spirit” rally of collective escapism in the guise of professional disinterest? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s answer rebukes the latter.  Long before the first public debate over such issues took place, his own self-authorization in writing ''History of the Soul'' brought the “impartial” search for historical truth under critical scrutiny.  Positing his ethnic unconscious as the testing site, Zhang launched an assault on the falsely fixed standards in writing ''Hui'' histories whose authority had been complicitous with the chauvinistic State ideology.  He berated the methodological status quo in Chinese Muslim scholars’ historiography for tailoring local and ethnic memories to cater to the legitimacy of its hegemonic control.  In the same vein, he called into question the validity of collecting and editing historical documents according to empiricist standards, chastising its total submission to a positivist view of historical development in the name of scholarly objectivity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
He specifically targeted the renowned Hui historian Yang Huaizhong whose investigation of ''munafeles'', ''Hui'' collaborators with ''Manchu'' and ''Han'' rulers, had, in Zhang’s view, internalized the reigning codes of power-knowledge alliance.  Despite of his fine appraisal and extensive research, Zhang reproves Yang’s aloof stand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, you try to reflect critically yourself and your tradition, on the other, you want to bring to light the suppression and violation committed against the human soul.  How can the kind of subject you’re studying still be the same historiography? &lt;br /&gt;
If Yang had yet to shake off the false sense of ethnic anonymity, Zhang does not make it any easier for himself when faced with the historical injustice inflicted upon the ''Huis''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
At the Jinji Bao, a historical site of many quelled ''Hui'' uprisings in 19th century, he could hardly help chiding himself for not “avenging the historical wrongs” as a professional historian.   He confesses in a 1996 essay entitled “Odes to Waves”: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It so happened that I have the fortune of being a full-fledged academic historian, yet I examined every single detail (of official records) critically but could not offer any rebuttal.  It so happened that I was born of ''Hui'' parentage, yet I attempted to skirt around it but could not escape this historical site---the wintry mist shrouding Jinji Bao pounded me wave after wave, pressing me to make a pledge, to declare a ''nietie'',   to make good the pledge of being dedicated to the people I took rather casually years ago. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Huizhong, also known as Yang Mohammed Usiar, is a well-known Hui historian who has done crucial research on 18th Century Jahriyya Muslim uprisings.  Zhang’s critical comments appear in T''he Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness'' (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
This is not an occasional outburst of emotions for the sake of letting off his own guilt.  This is sincere self-reproach to prod himself into keeping his ethnic memory and affective empathy from being worn thin by his years of academic studies, field work and research.  Unlike the New Scholars’ chase of  “disinterest” and neutrality, Zhang opts  valiantly for the direction of racial and social activism: to knock down posts erected by “objective” histories, penetrate the walls of political and religious phobias and uncover the buried truths of ethnic repression and violence.  One might query Zhang’s view of historical scholarship as emotive and skewed, thus running the risk of demeaning historiography into personal misgivings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
But in the era of cultural pluralism and ethnic identities, it is precisely the affective and personal that keep our ethnic awareness alive and urge us not to take boundaries of power and knowledge for granted.    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
No doubt, Zhang enters the debate of “the ultimate concern” of the mid-1990s, but he does so on his terms.  He puts forward an ethnographical approach consisted of a person’s affective propensities (''qinggan''), ethnic lineage (''xuetong'') and a “prefigured destiny” (''qianding'').  These are interlocked and reciprocal in variety of ways to enmesh a person in a nexus of cultural dialogics.  He then probes the illusion of professionalism in the form of an “originary question” (''yuanchu zhiwen'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
He asks: “How do you account for your being in the face of your own soul when there is nothing scientific or ideological to fend you from this ultimate accountability?”   To him what accounts for his ultimate humanist concern is his ''Hui'' ethnicity.  Ethnicity, according to Michael Fischer, “ … is something dynamic, often unsuccessfully repressed or avoided.  It can be potent even when not consciously taught; … something that institutionalized teaching easily makes chauvinistic, sterile, and superficial.”   It is thus the “id-like” sentient and psychological that lay the ground for one’s ethnic/cultural conditioning and in turn bring it to bear upon one’s historical awareness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sinicized Islamic term for “taking a devotional vow.”  It is also known as Juyi in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1999a, 37.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, The Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125. &lt;br /&gt;
Michael Fischer, ‘Ethnicity and the post-modern arts of memory,” in James Clifford and George Marcus, eds., Writing Culture: The Poetics and Politics of Ethnography (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1986) 195. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Being ethnically predisposed as an “other” likewise makes Zhang acutely watchful of the State’s covert practice of ethnocentrism in the name of social progress and scientific rationality.  Drawing on his renewed ethnic ethos, Zhang has no qualms in issuing a call to all historians: “… disinherit the whole positivist baggage of the conventional historiography, and seek out the complex intuitive faculty of your individual soul.” &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
What about his image of a lone moral crusader?  A great deal of ruckus has been raised over Zhang’s arguably obsessive stress on the “purity” and “truthfulness” of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims; he is disparaged by some critics as “the most self-pleased” man in China today,”   due precisely to his tireless and unsuspecting adoration of the close-knit and reclusive ''Jahriyya'' community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
作为一个 &amp;quot;他者 &amp;quot;的民族倾向，同样也使张先生对国家以社会进步和科学理性的名义，隐蔽地实行民族中心主义的做法产生了敏锐的警惕。 借着重新焕发的民族气质，张先生毫无顾忌地向所有历史学家发出号召。&amp;quot;... 摒弃传统史学的全部实证主义包袱&amp;quot; &amp;quot;寻找你个人灵魂的复杂直觉能力&amp;quot; 。&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
他的一个孤独的道德十字军形象呢？ 张先生对''贾里雅''穆斯林的 &amp;quot;纯洁性 &amp;quot;和 &amp;quot;真实性 &amp;quot;可以说是执着地强调，引起了很大的骚动；他被一些评论家贬为当今中国 &amp;quot;最自得其乐 &amp;quot;的人，&amp;quot;这正是由于他孜孜不倦地、不怀好意地崇拜着封闭而隐居的''贾里雅''群体。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:38, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
Does this not make him one of those solitary seekers of moral perfection in a morally promiscuous age?  Zhang’s admonishing axioms seem to answer in a seamless fit to Wang Xiaoming’s definition of a self-oriented search for ethical righteousness.  As an alternative to the intellectuals’ direct involvement in politics of the 1980s, Wang emphasized the personal quality of ultimate concern and argued: “(1) you can only search for the ultimate value from your personal experience; (2) what you find is your own interpretation of what the ultimate value is, not the ultimate value itself.”   Zhang seems to share the solitary seekers’ new sense of priorities in favoring a self-motivated quest for absent moral virtues, albeit transcendental and visionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
But one facet of his writings forcefully rejects that equation: he has all along kept up public-minded criticism of social ills and moral depravities as a free-lance social/cultural critic.  What the seekers of personal integrity and sublimation failed to hang onto Zhang has carried on with infinitely sharper insight and fiercer zeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang detects and detests the anxiety of these individuals to rise above the laity of social meanings and responsibilities as a way to avoid being an accomplice to ideological repression. And indeed his most scathing exposé has so far been reserved for the mainstream intellectuals rather than the money-grabbing ''New Riches'' or the consumerist mass.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When readers’ feedback to his ''History of the Soul'' heated up into a media squabble in 1994, Zhang burst onto the scene again with another of his tirades “Poets, why aren’t you indignant?”   The essay is brimmed with scorn for the public for its total surrender to consumerism and their frantic drive for worldly pleasures; yet it is the intellectual mainstay who bear the brunt of his verbal onslaught.  Zhang accused them of “selling out to monetary gains and worldly repute,” the news media of “swarming up like bees after the ‘big shots’ for petty favors and leftovers, and the cultural critics of “becoming painfully silent on any honest, principled, to-the-point criticism.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1994a, 125.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanshan, “Zhang Chengzhi---the Most Self-Pleased Writer” at Xin yu si dianzi wenku (www.xys.org), listed under Zhang Yuanshan.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Rulun et al, “The Humanist Spirit: whether and How Is It Possible?---Reflections on the Humanist Spirit, I” in Dushu 3: 3-13.&lt;br /&gt;
For a fine critique of this shift of intellectual paradigm, see also Xu Ben.  Disenchanted Democracy: Chinese Cultural Criticism after 1989 (Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1999) 49-56. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
For a time, Zhang’s readers felt jabbed by his barbed comments on the gaping “void” of spiritual faith and rampant cynicism, philistinism and moral incompetence among the intellectuals.  They were also exacerbated by his unmatched tribute to the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims who remained unperturbed by the hustle and bustle of economic boom elsewhere in China.  All this led the public to conclude that Zhang’s posturing was cashing in on the polarization of the Haves and the Have-nots of China’s new social strata, and that with his accolades for “the poor men’s religion” he intended to push for the image of a “Me-alone Spirituality.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
This grave misperception turned out to be the main ground for his detractors like Wang Shuo to lodge a protest, accusing him of getting rich with loyalties for his publications in Japan and overseas while turning hypocritically around to lecture the intellectuals at home in their weakness for cynicism, corruption and bankruptcy.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing could be further from the truth: although feeling at home with the rigid and barren habitat of the poverty-stricken Muslims, Zhang is not necessarily biased against material comforts or social development as some critics have labeled him to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种严重的误解竟然成为王朔等人诋毁他而提出抗议的主要理由，指责他依靠日本和海外出版的刊物事业一心一意地发大财，却还虚伪地反过来教训国内知识分子玩世不恭、腐败潦倒。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这一切都离不开此等事实：即张先生虽然对贫困穆斯林僵化贫瘠的生活环境感到十分亲切，但他并不一定像某些批评家所标榜的那样，会对物质享受和社会发展持有偏见态度。--[[User:Wang Meiling|Wang Meiling]] ([[User talk:Wang Meiling|talk]]) 14:46, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This grave misperception turned out to be the main ground for his detractors like Wang Shuo to lodge a protest, accusing him of getting rich with loyalties for his publications in Japan and overseas while turning hypocritically around to lecture the intellectuals at home in their weakness for cynicism, corruption and bankruptcy.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种严重的错误认识，成了像王朔这样的诋毁者提出抗议的主要理由，他们指责他依靠在日本和海外的出版物一心只想着致富，同时又虚伪地反过来告诫国内知识分子，说他们玩世不恭、腐败潦倒。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing could be further from the truth: although feeling at home with the rigid and barren habitat of the poverty-stricken Muslims, Zhang is not necessarily biased against material comforts or social development as some critics have labeled him to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实并非如此：尽管张先生对贫困穆斯林的僵硬贫瘠的生活环境感到熟悉亲切，但他并不一定像一些批评家所说的那样，对物质享受或社会发展抱有偏见。--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 16:09, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Rather, he is adamant with the intellectuals’ frailties in the face of social malfunction and injustice as a result of harried economic policies, and he is outspoken about what little critical awareness the educated class can foster against the blindly raging “market forces” and the new alliances of wealth and power.  In 1999, Zhang wrote a sequel “Again to the Honorable Teacher” to his 1991 tribute to Lu Xun, in which he firmly declares that he will not back down from his previous judgment on Lu Xun’s misfortune---why Lu Xun chose not to leave us a legacy of great volumes of scholarly or professional worth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi and Zhang Wei initiated a heated round of ''bizhan'' (pen-combats) in the Literary Supplement of ''Wenhui'' Bao (Wenhui Daily, Shanghai) over the issue of mass consumption and culture with many writers who are more sympathetic with the marketized economy and consumerist culture.  This essay by Zhang---“Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” is featured as the leading editorial on August 7, 1994.    &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” in ''Wenhui'' Bao (Shanghai) (August 7, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
For further detail of this dispute, read Geremie Barmé, ''In the Red: On Contemporary Chinese Culture'' (New York: Columbia University Press, 1999) 304-309. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, Zhang now argues, in less sarcastic yet firmer terms, why Lu Xun’s solitary yet relentless social and cultural crusades are gaining rather losing currency in 1990s’ China.  He writes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The populace in this nation have little power or scarce hope.  But they are quick to discover: when they suffer and despair under the heavy burden of tyrannical rule of the bureaucratic few, “the intellectual class” turn out to be, after politicians and money, another cruel oppressor.  The broad masses want nothing more than being fed and clothed.  But they need the intellectuals to keep up the basic and constant criticism of the social elite and the powerful.  Otherwise, their plight would be unthinkable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
We, as readers of Lu Xun’s ''zawen'', are surely struck by the familiar wording, the similar tone, and the unyielding views that have implausibly found their way back into Zhang’s essays over half a century later.  We are also surprised at how candid and unaffected he is when making such social commentary from a position comparable to the Great Lu Xun.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is tempted to ask: is Zhang grandstanding?  I think not.  However, the causes for leaping to charges against his feisty offensive are worth looking into: they are, ironically, spawned off the same binary frame of mind that has been consistently used by the CCP ideologues to denounce the inroads made by “liberal bourgeois values;” yet such a frame of mind is also replicated by many of Zhang’s critics at home and overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
Odd bedfellows resting on the same cultural logic, they argue that criticism of the intellectuals’ dislocation and impotence in current China is motivated by the either/or option.  One is either directed by a regressive Party-led agenda to exert the authority of socialist ideological legacy while intimating their message amidst the consumerist ambience.  Or he/she is motivated by a dissenting political force to jump-start a new round of political subversion while laying itself open to patronage of the West (mainly America)-centered global order.  Zhang’s detractors from both these stances see eye-to-eye on his role in today’s cultural politics, following the either/or mode of straightjacket thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
But I believe he is neither a firebrand of old egalitarian idealism nor an extremist with religious fundamentalist zeal.  His self-styled apologist persona is neither a haughty custodian of monolithic values, nor a self-righteous model of narcissistic purity and perfection, nor a slick po-mo master showcasing newly imported goods.  His is more of a lone outlaw in a “mobile warfare” in the Gramchian sense: preying on the unjust and corrupt elite, yet forever keeping the society at large at bay.   &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Take the case of Zhang’s attitude towards “the people.”  Pervasive social and cultural changes triggered by State-endorsed market economy had been set in place in China by mid-1990s which had led to seismic dislocation and reordering across the entire social spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
The result is that familiar notions such as “the people” had been stripped of their usual ideological moorings, whereas the newly emerged social grouping was yet to be reckoned with.  While the recent cultural warfare has struck a bitter discord between the Liberals and the New Leftists over the definition of the masses (''dazhong''),  Zhang has been relentlessly lucid and unambiguous who they are---those of the disadvantaged and the impoverished in China today.   He is evidently critical of the Liberals who are eager for China to partake of a global economic order and evolve into a liberal society with a rising middle class as the nucleus of its civic values, but tend to lose sight of how this class of well-off Chinese (most notably the New Riches) can emerge without tipping economic and social imbalances towards those at the lower rungs of the social ladder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其结果是，人们熟悉的概念，如“人民”，已被剥夺了他们通常的意识形态根基，而新出现的社会群体还有待考虑。虽然最近的文化战争在自由主义者和新左派对“大众”的定义上产生了激烈的分歧，但张却毫不含糊地明确了他们是谁——当今中国的弱势群体和贫困群体。他显然是重要的自由主义者,他们迫切希望中国参与全球经济秩序和发展成一个自由与崛起的中产阶级社会作为其公民价值观的核心,但往往忽视这类富裕的中国人(尤其是新兴富人群体)的出现，而不引爆经济和社会失衡以及影响刚刚起步的社会主义事业。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 13:50, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其结果是，&amp;quot;人民 &amp;quot;等熟悉的概念已被剥去了惯常的意识形态寄托，而新出现的社会群体却还没有被重视起来。 当最近的文化战在自由派和新左派之间就大众（''大中''）的定义发生激烈的争执时，张先生却毫不留情地明确了他们是谁--当今中国的弱势群体和贫困者。  他显然对自由派提出了批评，他们渴望中国参与全球经济秩序，并发展成为一个以中产阶级为公民价值核心的自由社会，但却往往忽视了这个富裕的中国阶层（最主要的是新富阶层）如何能够在不使经济和社会失衡向社会底层倾斜的情况下出现。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:39, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
For that matter, he is also adamant with the Po-Mo culturalists whose extreme ''kowtowing'' to the market culture and its mass consumers is, by way of an odd twist, turned into propelling forces for the predominantly ''Han'' Chinese to regain a very ethnocentric mode of self-empowering in a renewed East-West confrontation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Zhang’s view on “the people” is in close proximity to those of the New Leftists, he does not convey them as if they were their carbon copies.  Instead he distills the critical efficacy of their combat with the deceptive “mass culture” and implants it in his border-violating strategy as a mobile yet vital critiquing position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
Contrary to what he sometimes claims---to jettison the culpable intellectuals in the name of “religious” purity, Zhang has always felt the urge to recharge the power of the intellectual self as expository but not dispossessing, diagnostic but not agnostic, and independent but not self-insulating.  The key to his border-crossing self is a dialogic interplay among multiple viable postures of the self while never allowing the self to be tied to a single rigid form of it.   It is by negotiating between these individual stances of conviction that Zhang aims to create a vigilant and constructive ambience to see to the redress of social injustice.  While revisiting Lu Xun in “Again to the Honorable Teacher,” he avidly called on Chinese intellectuals to embark on a solitary but enduring quest for the interests of the people at the lower rungs of the society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further readings on this dispute, read Li Shitao, ed. Zhishi fengzi lichang: ziyou zhiyi zhizheng yu zhongguo xixiangjie de fenghua (The Position of Chinese Intellectuals: The divided intellectual circle over the issue of Liberalism) (Changchun: Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
To engage in a dialogue with these masses, he observes, is for the intellectuals “to forever keep a watchful custody of such people against the socially established and the powerful.”  And the masses will discover Zhang’s polemical writings, much as they did Lu Xun’s Zawen in 1930s, “there is always someone like Lu Xun who is cussing his heart, all alone in his crusade.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discussion of this chapter: The ''xiaopin wen'' between ''xianshi sanwen'' and ''zawen'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''King-Fai Tam''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would first of all like to commend the contributors of this chapter for their original, well researched and well articulated papers which represent a diversity of angles of approaching the study of essays, while sharing an interest in the polemical nature of the genre.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Zaizhi xiansheng” in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Changsha: Hunan chubanshe, 1999) 100-105.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
Together, they constitute an eye-opener for me, given my interest in ''xiaopin'' wen and other similar works with a lyrical bent that shy away from discursiveness and argumentation.  If the ''xiaopin'' wen writers have anything to say about politics and society, it is often with a bemused tone; and the most that one can expect from them is a lamentation of some unjust social phenomenon, accompanied perhaps by an expression of outrage and an ineffectual cry for change.  In that sense, ''xiaopin'' wen can be said to have rejected one the basic tenets of the essay as a process of experimentation, questioning, reflection, and, indeed, essaying.  Too often, it gestures superficially to the analysis of an issue, only to come down heavily on an emotional response at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，''xiaopin''wen可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:WuQiong|WuQiong]] ([[User talk:WuQiong|talk]]) 13:21, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界，让我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品产生了兴趣，。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，“小品”文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 13:47, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，小品文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，''小品''文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Wang Meiling|Wang Meiling]] ([[User talk:Wang Meiling|talk]]) 14:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, the four contributions to this chapter point out that there is a bigger world in the study of essays beyond ''xiaopin'' wen.  The essay can, as Mary Scoggin argues, be cantankerous, recalling the image of a spear and a dagger, where one piece of ''zawen'' is more likely to elicit an equally cantankerous response than to put an issue to rest. With good reasons, we describe such exchanges as ''pizhan'' (battling with the pen). The essay is also a site where the essayist can consciously sculpt an image of himself, as Lu Jie and Liu Xinmin show in the cases of Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, while one single piece of essay is indeed different from a treatise in that its brevity makes it ill-equipped to address an issue in great depth, essayists such as Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi can resort to voluminous output, exhaustively exploring different shades of a question in one essay after another to build up a coherent position.  Wang Ban furthermore approaches the essay as a sensibility, or a structuring device, with which a writer tells and retells a story, puts forward a proposition and modifies or denies it.  As such, it replaces the novel as the form that best captures the consumerist ethos of urban China in the 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, if a literary genre can take up so many shapes and forms, are we still justified to consider these shapes and forms as a uniform entity, to be analyzed and studies with the same methodology ?  In my study of the essay, I have often been confronted with this question.  In the New England Association of Asian Studies conference in October last year I raised a similar query in response to the presentations of Alexandra Wagner, Martin Woesler and Xinmin Liu: in what way can we consider works as diverse as those of Feng Zhi, Qu Qiubai, and a group of other writers that we discussed that day as essays? Now, in light of the four papers of this chapter, I would like to ask the same question again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
I will take the clue from Wang Ban when he considers the “polemic pole” for the essay, i.e., that which the essay stands against, and see whether we can understand what essay is but finding out what it is not.  At different historical junctures and in different cultural contexts, the essay has served as the voice of the opposition and the marginal.  Wang Ban has already alluded to Adorno’s “The Essay as Form” to underscore the institutional system of philosophy, the discourse of scientific positivism, and its attendant socio-cultural conditions of reification, to which the essay stands in opposition.  Likewise, one can find a late twentieth-century parallel where the articulation of feminism and decolonization often takes the form of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, in the Chinese context, even if we narrow it down to the last two decades of the twentieth century, it is not entirely clear what the polemic pole of the essay is.  Wang Ban believes that the polemical pole to contemporary Chinese essays to be identified as the Enlightenment and Marxist paradigm of teleological history and its literary counterpart: the novel of “revolutionary realism.”  For the zawen she is examining, Mary Scoggin suggests that ''zawen'' spits in the face of a “discourse of beauty” that serves to mute criticism in ''the'' name of  social and rhetorical graciousness, an attitude that essentially forbids ''zawen'' writers to say anything if they cannot think of something nice to say. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, Xinmin’s subject, has made it abundantly clear that his essays are manifestations of a historical method that deconstructs Han chauvinism even as he has little by way of counter evidence to go by.  Like Wang Ban, Lu Jie also pits the essay against the novel, but for a different reason, and with findings intriguingly different from that of Wang Ban.  Wang Ban attributes the “metafictional” signs in Wang Anyi’s ''Shushu di gushi'' to the intrusion of the essayist sensibilities.  In other words, it is her essayist touch that accounts for the tentativeness of her narrative. On the other hand, Lu Jie succeeds in showing that Zhang Wei the novelist is much more tentative and equivocal than Zhang Wei the essayist.&lt;br /&gt;
《新民》的主体，张承志已经非常清楚地表明，他的散文是解构大汉族主义的历史方法的表现，尽管他几乎没有任何相反的证据可供参考。和王班一样，卢杰也把这篇文章与《红楼梦》对立起来，但原因不同，他的发现与王班的截然不同。王班把王安忆《叔叔的故事》中的“元化”符号归结为散文家情感的侵入。换句话说，正是她的散文家风格造成了她的叙述的不确定性。另一方面，卢杰成功地展示了小说家张伟比散文家张伟更加犹豫不决和模棱两可。--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 13:49, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Even if one were to maintain that ''Jiuyue yuyan'', like ''Shushu di gushi'', is informed by the essayist sensibilities, one still has to consider why Zhang Wei’s essays are more categorical, and hence more simplistic and reductionist, in their assertion than the novel, whose meaning requires considerable teasing out.  What is one to make of this discrepancy between Wang Anyi and Zhang Wei?  What does it say about the two writers?  And what do they have to say, if anything, about the essay and the novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使有人坚持认为《九月寓言》和《叔叔的故事》一样，都是受散文家的情感影响的，但我们还是要思考为什么张炜的散文在论断上比小说更直截了当，也因此更为简单明了，而他的小说的意义却需要相当多的梳理推敲。怎么去理解王安忆和张炜之间的这种差异呢？对于这两位作家有什么看法呢？他们对这篇文章和小说有什么要说的吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In various ways, our contributors also look into the self-image the essayists construct for themselves as they participate in the cultural polemics at the end of the century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本世纪末的文化论战中，我们的撰稿人也从不同的角度审视了散文家为自己建构的自我形象。--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 15:56, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Gone, apparently, is the supercilious pose of the ''xianshi'' essayist who, to paraphrase Lu Xun’s famous translation of Kuriyagawa Hakuson, “sits in a rocking chair by the stove in winter or puts on a bathrobe in summer to drink tea and chat casually with one’s good friends about things that do not give one a headache.”  Rather, as our contributors succeed in pointing out, headache is precisely what our essayists aim to provide.  Even though they also affect varying degrees of reclusivity or compromise, they always come back later to the polemic fray with renewed vigor. I have in mind such instances as Zhang Wei’s repeated claim to find a monastery in the mountains where he will study all by himself for a year even as he goes around giving advice to his readers on how best to resist the corrupting influences of mass culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the ''zawen'' writer distance themselves from the overtly declamatory tone with the sole purpose of making their gripes more readily stomachable, and their voices more readily heard.   Zhang Chengzhi’s temporary withdrawal into religious isolation is another example, for, after a brief period of reclusivity, he enters once again the public sphere with deeper conviction and a broader agenda.  In light of Wang Ban’s discussion, Wang Anyi’s case is perhaps less clear-cut than the rest.  To be sure, she seems to have adapted rather well to the new consumerist society that commodifies literature; yet, it is clear that there is a serious intent in her deployment of the essayist sensibilities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, to the extent that ''Shushu di gushi'' has challenged the master-narrative with which the life’s progress of a rehabilitated rightist is often told, I would argue that the essayist sensibilities, far from being irrelevant to history, can be put to historical use.  The works of Zhang Wei, Zhang Chengzhi and Shao Yanxiang can perhaps supply us with a footnote to the historical relevance of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The 20th Century Chinese Essay - Characteristics, Actors, and Trends'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first part of my paper, which deals with the characteristics of the essay, I will start with a definition of the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form: “Essay”, in Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文, is a genre term for shorter, self-contained nonfictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question using a subjective I-perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce the hypothesis that the Chinese and the Western essays belong to the same international genre and try to prove it by showing cross-cultural similarities both in form and content. However, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay, which I will name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second part, I try to narrate the beginnings of the rediscovery of the essay in the early 1980s. Not before 1995 did international scholarship start to use common philological methods to explore single essayists or the essays of groups and to write a history of the Chinese essay. Then I will show the topical development of political and apolitical essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third part, I will ask, who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce Lu Xun, with his sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. Analysis reveals that he still remains the most-read essayist, not because of his ''zawen'', but because of his reminiscences and lyrical essays. Using the examples of the most often reprinted essays, “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b), “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924), “Wild Vegetables of my Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925), “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974) and “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b), I will show that moving essays form the top tier of the genre. I will also try to stimulate further analytic works by giving hints for examples of promising intertextual and intersubjective comparison.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth section, I will name contemporary trends in essay writing. After the Cultural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revolution essays came from the perspective of an authentic eye. In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism demanded a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tried to give a personal orientation, as essayists pleaded for moral virtues. Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s were written with a kind of new subjectivism, targeted away from contemporary contradictions but appealing to the feelings of the audience by creating either a positive or a negative world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fast-paced nature of current Chinese society demands diverting and short texts. There is also increasing consciousness of individuality, for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem which is mediated by its metrical and formal demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
In China we see a renewed interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s and 30s. We become conscious of the banality of daily life when it is being used as a literary topic, as in the essay, which most commonly treats the genre of everyday life. The de-ideologization of Chinese society led to a rediscovery of the apolitical essays, dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928. In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished; the only political relic is patriotism, for example expressed in the monograph published in 1996, ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see ''China can say no''!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.	CHARACTERISTICS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1	Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with ''xiaoshuo'' (fiction), sanwen (here in the broader meaning non-fictional prose)), lyrics ''shige'' (lyrics) and ''xiqu'' (drama).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term “''wu yunwen''” which corresponds to the term “epic” in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.  In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Essay,” Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文 , is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Free-dom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, subcategoring the essay in too many small entities, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay. Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the term “''sanwen''” instead of “''suibi''” (familiar essay) or “''xiaopin wen''” (short literary piece) is of course arbitrary, but it corresponds to the present usage. In about 200 essay collections and histories between 1949 and 1996 known to the author, ''sanwen'' turned out to be the common expression, ''xiaopin'' was used only in one out of 25 essay titles of the PR China, in one out of 14 Taiwanese, and one out of ten Hong Kong publications.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这是中国现代散文属于国际散文文体的第二个暗示。尽管写“短故事”的&amp;quot;短篇小说&amp;quot;的翻译被普遍接受，但两者之间的联系却不如西方散文和中国散文紧密。这一定义是我从5000多篇现代中国论文样本中得出的，也符合国际上对这篇论文的特殊理解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当然，用“散文”代替“随笔”或“小品文”是随意的，但它符合现在的用法。在1949年至1996年作者所知的约200本杂文集和历史中,“散文”更为常见,而只有1/25的中国文章标题、1/14的台湾出版物，以及1/10的香港出版物使用“小品文”。--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 02:16, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it “Chinese”? In the occidental essay the ''form'' seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework. This can be shown with Cheng Ming-Lee, who subcategorises the “unfinished diary” or the “unfinished letter”.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Cheng Ming-Lee: “essay in diary form” and “essay in letter form,” see Cheng Ming-Lee), they are accepted as essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周作人是第一个呼吁采用英语文风来体现全球化社会趋势的，除此之外，中文杂文还具有地方特色。 中文杂文如何在文化上定义，是什么让其更加“中国化”？ “形式”在西方杂文里，比在中文散文中，更为一个重要的区分标准。 在中国，甚至包括那些内容相似的文本，但都跨越了正式通用框架的边界。 程明利（Cheng Ming-Lee）将“未完成的日记”或“未完成的信件”分类，进而证明了这一点。这些文本在西方语境中属于个人使用的文本，因此属于非虚构的散文作品。 只有在将其改写之后，人们才称之为杂文。--[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 01:44, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周作人是第一个呼吁采用英语文风来体现全球化社会趋势的，除此之外，中国散文还具有地方特色。从文化上来看，如何定义中国散文，是什么让其更加“中国化”？与中国散文相比，“形式”在西方散文中似乎是更为重要的区分标准。 在中国，甚至包括那些内容相似的文本，但都跨越了正式通用框架的边界。 程明利（Cheng Ming-Lee）将“未完成的日记”或“未完成的信件”分类，进而证明了这一点。这些文本在西方语境中属于个人使用的文本，因此属于非虚构的散文作品。 只有在将其改写之后，人们才称之为杂文。--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 02:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''“non-rhythmic prose,” which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning “short literary essay pieces”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种对中国论文的倾向性更广泛的理解可以直接追溯到“sanwen（散文）”一词的中文含义：“wúyùnwén（无韵文）”，“非韵律散文”，它最初是指所有非虚构的散文。 在这种更广泛的含义上，它还包括个人或日常使用的文本。 但是，我只用狭义的“散文”来处理“sanwen”。&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
进一步的区别是，中国散文往往具有思想内涵，并表现出重复性和俗语性等风格特征。--[[User:Yao Cheng|Yao Cheng]] ([[User talk:Yao Cheng|talk]]) 13:46, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
在中国，这种对散文更广泛理解的趋势，可以直接追溯到“散文”一词在中文里所具有的内涵:“无韵文”“非韵律散文”，最初指的是所有非虚构的散文。在这个更广泛的意义上，个人或日常使用的文本也包括在内。但我说的“散文”只是狭义的“短篇小片段”。进一步的区别是，中国散文往往具有思想内容，并表现出重复、用语等文体特征。--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998). For the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, see Lau/Goldblatt, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996, see Denton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones.  In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode, 50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation. Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai [announced]) or already published (Pollard 1999, Woesler 2000). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. Most of the contributors to the collection in hand met in 2000 on a first international conference on the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 20th Century Development and Hindrances'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses. (Yu Guangzhong's essay “The Wolves are Coming” shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting, see Yu Guangzhong 1977.) The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educatio-nal claim with the exception of essays which claim to be “art pourt l'art”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在20世纪40年代甚至50年代，这可能是真的，但如今，正如绝大多数出版物所证明的那样，情况已经改变了。这需要更仔细的观察:自1949年以来,在政治上积极的文学一直在政府的鼓励下,导致了统计上的悖论:在20世纪90年代的散文家中，大多数人不是持肯定态度的作者而是持批判态度的散文家，他们的文章是非政治的、有时甚至带有挑衅特征，以此来反对为政治服务的秩序。在20世纪90年代，中华人民共和国二三十年代的文本仍然和当代中国的文本一样被重印。显然，我们可以得出这样的结论:20世纪50年代的政治肯定随笔只存在于特殊的政治随笔集中，在21世纪初，当代著名作家的作品和中国读者的阅读都将不复存在。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 01:22, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In restrictive regimes, where freedom of speech is not guaranteed, people still have different political ideas.  To speak out directly is unhealthy, so in these countries people use art to express their differences. The most direct way of expressing political ideas in art is literature.  To trick the censors, one must find indirect ways of expression.  In an exhibition of ''Tendency Quarterly'', 16 banned Chinese magazines were displayed.  Most of the magazines choose the poem as their favorite form to express political thoughts.  After having been banned, some magazines went abroad and now are published in exile.  The internet has added a number of underground magazines, which are available also inside mainland China.  In the last years of the 20th century, one can find an increase of essays in these magazines. This might be a hint, that the authors dare to speak out more directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在限制体制下，言论自由得不到保障，人们仍然有不同的政治观点。直接说出来是不健康的，所以在这些国家，人们用艺术来表达他们的差异。艺术中表达政治思想最直接的方式是文学。要骗过审查者，人们必须找到间接的表达方式。在“趋势季刊”展览中，展出了16本被禁的中文杂志。大多数杂志选择诗作为他们最喜欢的表达政治思想的形式。在被禁之后，一些杂志社搬到了国外，现在以流亡的方式出版。互联网增加了地下杂志数量，这些杂志也可以在中国大陆境内阅读。在20世纪的最后几年里，人们可以在这些杂志上发现散文数量越来越多了。这可能是一个暗示，暗示作者敢于更直接地表达出来。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 02:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (“On Dreams,” see Zhu Ziqing 1928c) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (''My Own Garden'' 1923, “The Fly” 1924, “Reading on the Toilet” 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Actors: Lu Xun, Zhu Ziqing, Ba Jin, Wang Zengqi, Yu Guangzhong'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here is not the place to recount the struggle, which many of the today well-known heroes of the May-Fourth Movement had to establish their literary values and narrative. Unlike today, at that time the authors were also editors and publishers of magazines and therefore had a strong position in the cultural field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One thinks first of Lu Xun, who invented a sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. In his own, broad understanding of ''zawen'', it could contain poems, short stories, drama etc. From a genial writer of short stories, he turned to ''zawen'' for the rest of his life, leaving behind a legacy of more than 700 essays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his lifetime, with his sharp attacks, he was the most known essayist. But these essays were of daily-political interest only and are seldom read today. Analysis reveals now that he stills stays the most often read essayist until the end of the 20th century. Not his ''zawen'', but the following reminiscences and lyrical essays remain until the end of the century in the top-ten list of essays: “Autumn Night” (Lu Xun 1925b), a lyrical essay from ''Wild Grass'', in “Mr. Fujino” (Lu Xun 1926c), Lu Xun remembers his Japanese teacher, in “The Kite” (Lu Xun 1925a) he remembers how he hurted his younger brother's feelings once, and “From Hundred Plant Garden to Three Flavour Study” (Lu Xun 1926b), which recounts his childhood experience also with classical literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other most often printed essays are from Republican or modern times: The first is “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b). With his whole work, this author ranks shortly behind Lu Xun. From this and other essays one can derive the criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China: In “The Back View,” filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), also written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader. In “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924) the author describes a beautiful landscape and makes ancient customs alive again. Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in “Wild Vegetables of My Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong is represented in this list with the nostalgic “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974). In Ba Jin's most often reprinted essay “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) he remembers his wife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Works of authors who decided to serve an ideology are far less often reprinted than the eight authors found to be leading: Mao Dun and Guo Moruo (rank 15) are mentioned in the average as seldom as Lu Xun in Taiwan and Yang Shuo (ranks 30) appears only half as often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore one can state, that unpolitical, moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of the 36 most often (re)printed essayists, and the top 59 essays please see the mentioned monograph (Woesler 1998b).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The huge number of essays and essayists offer many possibilities for intertextual and intersubjective comparison, out of which only some thoughts can be indicated here due to lack of space. They might stimulate further analytic works. Lu Xun, Zhou Zuoren and Zhu Ziqing wrote about the same occasion, the massacre on March 18, 1926 quite differently. Zhu Ziqing attacks the government directly and promises it a soon collapse (“Report of the Government’s Great Massacre,” Zhu Ziqing [1926]). Lu Xun described the massacre in an unctuous chant instead (“Jinian Liu Hezhen jun” Lu Xun 1926a), and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his essay “Different Ways to Die” (Zhou Zuoren 1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different ways of coming into terms with the 'Cultural Revolution' we can see in the essays of Ba Jin, Bing Xin, and Wang Meng: Ba Jin enlucidated unsparingly to the extend of self-accusation (Ba Jin 1979a).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
大量的散文和散文家为互文性和主体间性的比较提供了许多可能性，但由于篇幅有限，这里只能表达一些想法。它们可能激发进一步的分析工作。鲁迅、周作人、朱自清对同一事件——1926年3月18日的大屠杀——的描写则截然不同。朱自清直接攻击了政府，并断定它很快就会崩溃(朱自清《政府大屠杀报告》[1926])。鲁迅用虚情假意的歌谣(《纪年刘和真君》鲁迅1926a)描述了这次大屠杀，而周作人则在他的散文《不同的死法》(周作人1926)中诙谐而辛辣地描写了这次大屠杀。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从巴金、冰心、王孟等人的文章中，我们可以看到巴金对“文化大革命”的几种不同的看法:巴金的狂热达到了自我谴责的程度(巴金1979a)。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 13:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng dealed with it humorously (Wang Meng 1980), Bing Xin tried to pretend continuity by naming her works after the 'Cultural Revolution' with the same titles as before: The successful collections ''Letter to the Children'' (Bing Xin 1931), and ''Letter to the Children, vol. 2'' containing texts since 1958, were followed by ''Letter to the Children, vol. 3 ''with texts since 1978. In her “Autobiographical Notes” (Bing Xin 1982) she simply skips the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A trip in early August 1923 (Mei/Wu, 46) with Yu Pingbo to the Qinhuai river, which Zhu knew from an earlier visit (Chen Xiaoquan, 68), inspired both to write in the same year at the age of about 24 and 26 an essay with the title “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing dated 10/11, 1923, Yu Pingbo dated 8/22, 1923, jointly published in ''Eastern Miscellany''), an English translation by Hu Shiguang can be found in ''Chinese Literature'' 1 (Spring 1988) Yu 162-172, and Zhu 173-182 resp. Zhu Ziqing and Yu Pingbo continue here a tradition of Chinese poets, writing poems on a common experienced journey to compete with each other. I found, that Zhu Ziqing's essays is more persuading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王萌幽默地处理了这一问题（王萌1980），冰心试图通过在&amp;quot;文化大革命&amp;quot;后用与以前相同的标题命名自己的作品来假装连续性：成功收藏了《给儿童的信》（冰心1931） ）和“给孩子的信，第一卷， 2”（包含自1958年以来的文字），其次是“给孩子的信”（第一卷）,3”自1978年以来一直使用文字。在她的“自传笔记”（Bing Xin 1982）中，她只是跳过了“文化大革命”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱元培在1923年8月上旬（梅/吴，46岁）与秦淮河的一次旅行（陈小泉，68岁）认识了秦淮河，这激发了双方在同年24岁左右写诗的初衷。 26一篇题为“在秦淮河上泼桨和灯笼光”的文章（朱自清1923年10月11日，于平波1923年8月22日，在《东方杂记》上共同出版），英文翻译胡世光的著作可以在《中国文学》 1（1988年春季）中找到Yu 162-172和Zhu 173-182。朱自清和余平伯在这里延续了中国诗人的传统，在经历了共同竞争的共同经历中创作了诗歌。我发现朱自清的论文更具说服力。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 02:22, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng, Jia Pingwa and others wrote essays entitled “Falling leaves” (Jia Pingwa 1981, Wang Meng 1989) on the transitoriness of life in the allegory of falling leafs. It is interesting and surprising to discover the similarity between  a, the differences between the description and interpretation of the falling leaves and  b, the differences between the different authors' self-understanding and philosophy. One may compare essays entitled “On dreams” with 58 years difference in their origin (Zhu Ziqing 1928c, Bing Xin 1986). Moreover it is interesting to compare conceptions of essayism as we can see in Lu Xun's theory of “emerging” and “blossoming” and Zhou Zuoren's theory of the synthesis of the gongan school and the English essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a wilfully “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (“Serene” Wang Meng 1992, “First make your own things in a good way” Wang Meng 1994). These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (“Shanxi Opera,” Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (“The Nightmare,” Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The essay as the genre of the giddy-paced nature of society, individuality, socio-political discussions, de-ideologization, everyday's profaneity and banality'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary ''trends of literature'', which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall, xiii);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays. For example Ba Jin complains in “Remembering Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) about the death of his wife in the 'Cultural Revolution'. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain. This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: “readers”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in-dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see China can say no!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art. Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Feidu, Jia Pingwa 1993; ''Ying'er'', Gu Cheng 1993) and ''New Borderlessness''  since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being “The Small Dog Baodi” (Ba Jin 1981), in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (“In Memoriam of Xiao Shan II,” Ba Jin 1984b). Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of “Rain in Kunming” (Wang Zengqi [1984]) as well as for “Shanxi Opera” (Jia Pingwa 1984). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay “The Nightmare” (Si Yu 1995), where the author appears as a deconstructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing ''fictional truth'' through the metaphor of his dog Baodi (Schwarcz 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20th Century Chinese Essay - A Survey of the Genre and New Insights Into the Essayists Ba Jin, Zhou Zuoren, Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The narrative established by literary histories  and anthologies has drawn a distorted picture of 20th century Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was almost ignored. In my paper I will demonstrate, how the picture of three authors change, if we take into consideration also some of their esayistic work. Here I choose the example of the critical political essay. The essay tells us more about an author than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, when the writers were threatened by a massacre among leftists by the National People's Party in Shanghai, a whole generation of writers found a common base in communist ideology, formally expressed in 1930 in the foundation of the &amp;quot;League of Left-Wing Writers&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to the changing political climate, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products. This struggle of finding a position in a politicized environment is best documented in the essay --- &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Moreover, by its very nature, the essay overcomes boundaries of form and content. Therefore there are more essays than there is fiction free from political thoughts. Some essayists even went a step further, deconstructed the master narrative of leftist ideology, like the three writers I will talk about today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that a sophisticated May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a national &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Zhou's writings were officially considered bad literature, a total elimination of his texts was only prevented, because of the fame of his brother, who became a state author posthumously through the valuing of Mao Zedong. Actually the reception of his essays reaches a new climax now, in the essay collections of the 1990s, his essays rank 3rd, as I was able to proof with a survey of 5000 essays. That makes clear that his political engagement had no effect on the brilliance of his literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The official assessment of the People's Republic is that Zhou's work experienced a caesura in 1938 due to his &amp;quot;degeneration&amp;quot; and opposition against the patriotic campaign.  Zhou kept trying to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday out of the subjective experience of his private space his whole life, only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge he showed that it was again possible to write about a candy seller  for which he had been critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; . But there was indeed a caesura, namely the change in style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經­ (serious, intentional essays), and ''xiánshì'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment). But this change is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest by the Guomindang (1945).  Therefore not the Japanese suppressors should be made responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 C. T. Hsia. [Note: Some of the annotations are in German and are translated into English during the editiorial work for the forthcoming edition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 (&amp;quot;Mai tang 卖糖&amp;quot; 1924).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验中审美出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东取缔（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验审美中剥离出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东接力（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the first correction of the narrative is, that his literature was ''not'' effected by socio-political circumstances in quality, but in contents. And there is a second master narrative on Zhou Zuoren, which says that he was an apolitical author. Actually, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself. For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance . In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; , literature should make the society more humane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second example, where a reading of some of his essays lets us rediscover the author is Ba Jin: He is known for his practical essays with anarchistic and communist background in the 1930s and 40s, for his opportunistic self-criticism, self-censorship  and the accusation of a writers' collegue during the cultural revolution. After the 'Cultural Revolution' he seemed to emerge as a righteous character , when he claimed to have done all this under pressure. He then devoted his essays to the working up of the trauma of the 'Cultural Revolution', for example in the self-accusing essay series ''Random Thoughts''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since they were seldom reprinted, two of Ba Jin’s critical essays &amp;quot;''Independent Thoughts''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, dating 1956 and 1962 were overlooked. With them, Ba Jin turns out to be a lifelong independant writer. The two essays were criticised. He had to deny their contents and later they were censored. Even nowadays, these texts are not easy to find in anthologies and dictionaries in the P.R.C. and Taiwan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Independant Thoughts''&amp;quot; dated 1956, propagates the freedom of the individual and of thoughts. This essay was written in the '100-Flower-Movement', when criticism was induced officially. Ba Jin corresponded only to the 'mainstream', although his criticism was unusually sharp. Much more distinctly directed against the 'mainstream' was the second text, which I want to introduce shortly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, a speech at the second Shanghai congress of writers and artists in early 1962, has later been censored at seven striking places. In it, Ba Jin judges very hard about himself and his collegues: At different campaigns against literary works they would have followed the political demands opportunistically and therefore were traitors. The second target of Ba Jin's criticism were the censors and critics, who would posess more power than the writers and that without legitimation. Ba Jin interpreted Mao's Yan'an speeches on art and literature in the way, that writers should themselves take over responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;quot;The Small Dog Baodi&amp;quot; as a metaphorical discourse on Ba Jin's personal grief'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Ba Jin is regarded together with Bing Xin as one of the representatives of Republican literature, the more important part of his essayistic work seems to lie after 1949 . Publishing from Hong Kong since 1979, he has spoken out loudly in opposition and in trying to help ease the trauma associated with the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of this essays is the story-like &amp;quot;''Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;. Written in 1980, the author remembers his dog, which he had received two decades ago from a Swedish person and which he loved after a while. When the 'Red Gards' raged, the dog was in danger. Ba Jin describes in detail the fate of the animal and his own resignation, when he learned that he could not protect the dog. In order to save him from a torturous death, he finally submitted the dog in 1966 for medical experiments. Revisiting his garden after the 'Cultural Revolution', he remembers painfully how his wife had played here with the dog. I would like to show six points of interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The dog is a metaphor. In the beginning Ba Jin seems to report the fate of a dog with relevance only to his owner. But soon it becomes clear that Ba Jin actually mediates to the reader the cruelty of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The reader wonders, &amp;quot;if they did ''this'' with an ''innocent'' dog, what did they do with ''men'', whom they considered ''guilty''?&amp;quot; Ba Jin analogizes himself with the dog, when he sees himself liying on the dissection table. Even Baodi's death is useful, he serves science - could a man be more altruistic?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狗是一个隐喻。在故事的开头，巴金看似在说狗的命运只和主人有关。但很快我们就明白了，巴金实际上是在向读者传达“文化大革命”的残酷。读者想知道，“如果他们对一只“无辜”的狗都能这样做，那么他们对那些他们认为“有罪”的“人”又做会怎样做呢?”当巴金看到自己躺在解剖台上时，他把自己比作狗。就连鲍迪的死也是有用的，他是为科学服务的，一个人还能更无私吗?--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狗是个比喻。 一开始，巴金似乎在说狗的命运只跟主人有关。但是很快我们就知道了，巴金实际上是在向读者介表述“文化大革命”的残酷。读者想知道，“如果他们对一只“无辜”的狗“都能如此”，对那些视为“有罪”的“人”又会怎样呢？” 当巴金看到自己躺在解剖台上时，他将自己比作狗。就连鲍迪都死得其所，服务了科学---一个人还能更无私吗？--[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 01:52, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 (Zhou 1929:180-181).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 (Zhou 1923).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 (The Family in 1951)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 (1982 Yi pian xuwen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 (Suixianglu) The essays of the 1980s are more autobiographical, and deal with literature and questions for society nowadays. Due to the very nature of the essay, we can look through his &amp;quot;Random Thoughts&amp;quot; into the soul of Ba Jin..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 (Random Thoughts 1978-86, see Ba Jin 1988).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, Ba Jin expresses the pain of the loss of his wife through the dog. Not before the very end of the essay, Ba Jin mentions his wife in painful remembrance, who became ill and died during those ten years. In the essay &amp;quot;''In Memoriam Xiāo Shān''&amp;quot;, which appeared earlier in the collection, he had confessed severe feelings of guilt regarding her death, what haunted him into his dreams. He claimed, that they had withhold her medical treatment because of him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The essay is an accusation of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The not-mentioning of the 'Cultural Revolution' as the reason for his wife's death makes the pain the more accusatory, especially in front of the comparable unimportant doglife. His terrifying awareness is the powerlessness - he was not able to protect his dog nor his wife. Ba Jin actually wants to illustrate the powerlessness of the individual in front of collective cruelty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文是对'文革'的控诉。 没有提到“文化大革命”是其妻子去世的原因，这就更让人痛心疾首，尤其是在相对不重要的狗命面前。他可怕的意识是那种无力感-他没有能力保护他的狗和他的妻子。巴金其实是想说明个人在集体的残酷面前的无能为力。--[[User:ZHOUYUJUAN|ZHOUYUJUAN]] ([[User talk:ZHOUYUJUAN|talk]]) 00:50, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这篇文章是对“文化大革命”的控诉。没有提及“文化大革命”是他妻子死亡的原因，使这种疼痛更具控诉性，尤其是在相对无关紧要的狗的性命面前。他意识到无能为力是多么可怕——他既不能保护他的狗，也不能保护他的妻子。巴金其实是想展示在集体的残酷面前个体的无能为力。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 01:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4, The significance of this way to deal with the 'Cultural Revolution'. If one compares the mentioned essay with others of the year 1979, it lied within the common trend of criticizing the 'Cultural Revolution'. But there were also authors like Bing Xin denied the 'Cultural Revolution' - soon after its end, she used similar titles for her books than before - in order to pretend continuity. Wang Meng worked up the 'Cultural Revolution' in a humoristic way - ''Ba Jin'''s essays stand out of these, because of their relentlessness and confessing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5, The use of rhetorical means. Ba Jin pretends to be a simple documentarist &amp;quot;I expect from literature [...] that it tells the truth.&amp;quot;. In fact he is known for his direct and accusing truth, sometimes his literary style is critizised as too direct and too less artful (a reproach from Hong Kong students). In &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot; he is using literary means to create emotion in his readers. He uses composition and rhetoric means like animation. The dog Baodi allegorically shows the injustice and inhumanity of the 'Cultural Revolution'. Here, Ba Jin turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in ''allegoric'' instead of in descriptive truth as before . He is longing for a ''fictional truth'', instead of the ''truth of being'' in the sense of Thomas Aquinas. The fictional realism Wang Der-wei sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proofs helpful for the understanding of this piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6, Ba Jin's personal grief is much more persuading in the metaphor of the dog than in his direct accusing essays. As Vera Schwarcz (1996) points out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To speak too much of grief is to blunt its edge. It might even make us deaf to the cry that sparked discourse about suffering in the first place. A cold, calculating intelligence cannot grasp the rough contours of grief. [...] To preserve the significance of personal suffering in public life we need a more indirect approach; one that accepts and, indeed, nourishes AMBIGUITY. This, in the words of Cynthia Ozick, is the discrete province of METAPHOR, &amp;quot;the reciprocal agent, the universalizing force that makes it possible to envision the stranger's heart.&amp;quot; [...]&lt;br /&gt;
She also mentions that &amp;quot;[...] absence of talk -- or, rather modest use of ''metaphorical discourse'' -- serve us better in the presence of massive grief.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ba Jin turns out not to be the self-censorer, who tried to make his literature fit into the communist ideology. Instead he was a lifelong fighter for the freedom of speech and the independancy of literature from politics, who spoke out whenever he had the opportunity without endangering himself. He also no longer appears as the &amp;quot;uneducated&amp;quot; writer of simple truth, as he leads us to believe. Yet he has achieved a high rhethoric of ''fictional truth'' and is able to transmit his personal grief even more persuadingly in a ''metaphorical discourse'' throught the metaphor of the dog Baodi.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113315</id>
		<title>20201221 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201221_trans&amp;diff=113315"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T02:22:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The idea that tones discerned in verbal art will reflect the mood of the relationship between the people and the state makes frequent appearances through Chinese literary philosophy, and it frequently enters the world of modern politics, as work on the modern Chinese folklore movement will attest (Hung).   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another more recent sample is the expression “setting the tone” [定調子]  describes the degree of condemnation in a Cultural Revolution era Big Character poster.  This modern example displays a relatively cynical view of the function of tone; the power to set tone is in the hands of the accuser, but its strength reflects the crime of the victim.In the world of literature and arts policy, “New Tone” 新基調 became the standard Chinese socialist line against precisely such works as our “provincial leader” above castigated as “pei pei pei-ing”.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
The term “tone” (particularly as diao) has acquired negative connotations over the past two of decades, at least in part because of its role in politicoliterary battles. Even editors sympathetic to “new tone” values distance themselves from the term (Yang, Zhu).  In a parallel strategy, contemporary zawen are written in covert form, more like  “East Station,” than like “Pei pei pei!”?, which so revealingly displays the mechanics of the declamatory modal trope.   In contrast to the late 1980's, contemporary zawen have in recent years receded to hide in other types of writing. This strategy is a familiar one in the context of zawen history; the necessity to hide only increases the effect the “involuntarily” discordant tone, which is held to be, biting and kicking, reflecting the truth.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
When zawen were first fashioned as a modern genre, it was the involuntary expression of responsive emotions that were explicitly invoked as zawen's purpose.  When Hu Shih published the first major newspaper column devoted to the serial publication of zawen in 1918, the “Record of Spontaneous Feeling,” the introductory essay was entitled “什麼話,” literally “What speech.” This title also provides a demonstration of a modal trope on the level of syntax.  In this original title there was no punctuation, as “shenme” already indicates the question “what” in the standard form, before European punctuation was imported as a regular feature of written vernacular Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond the interrogative function, however, “hua,” [“speech” or “talk”] has the declamatory effect of objectifying speech, and holding it up for dramatic examination. For an idiomatic English translation I would offer “What!?” including both exclamation and question mark.  The contents of essay describe the purpose of zawen as a venue for explosive emotional responses, linked to the other, “regular” items printed in newspapers everyday.  This ordinary newspaper fare “gives people goose flesh [disgusts them] makes them sigh, or elicits a cold smile or an outright laugh” (Hu Shih, Shen Bao 1918). Zawen were thus launched in the early modern Chinese newspaper as the nearly physical expression of these feelings or moods in the form of literary essays. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Shih's formulation emphasizes zawen's role as a response to “life itself.” Like most poetry, but unlike most fiction and drama, zawen is itself a first person voice, not a representation of voices.  Yet unlike poetry, which may need to be at least imagined to be read out loud, repeated and savored for full effect, zawen's ideal is to appear for a fleeting moment on the back page of a newspaper, to be received with the accompaniment of an enigmatic laugh, sigh or snort from the reader, and then thrown away quickly, before anyone can “find their seat and sit in it,” or take offence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Generic categories are not the only aspect that zawen tend to mix; they characteristically contain sudden shifts in tone, style and voice, moving from a snippet of stray “overheard” conversation to an elegant, classical allusion. Echoing Hu Shih's 1918 idea of zawen as a “response” to the articles on other pages of the newspaper, the zawen, still characteristically the back page of most newspapers, nearly always contains a “foil” in the form of a direct quote from the author has read or heard.  In addition to creating a microcosmic social dialogue, this split between two voices, the writer's and that of the “foil” also allows for dizzying clashes of style and voice that enclose unlikely combinations of syntax and grammar, as well as ideas, a single text. &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
Tone in an essay is an ironic figure of speech; how can you channel that which is carried in sound through the ink of print?  In this paper I have tried to illustrate the trope of tone through the “sonorous” work, particularly that of ShaoYanxiang, an official poet who in retirement is better known for the essays in which he collapses poetry into polemic, his zawen.  The distinct and beleaguered social and cultural space for zawen in contemporary China reveals the mechanics, ideology and significance of tone in Chinese writing.  Even more than other literary genres, zawen depends upon something within the earthy noise of moody, mulish voices to carry its messages.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
While readers love to hate their morally and politically provocative zawen-of-the-moment, writers string zawen across stretches of time and publishing organs to construct heavily intertextualized conversations.  Eventually they even preserve zawen, long after the dizzying minutia of allusions, jokes and digs are forgotten, often compiling a career's worth of them into small print runs of volumes that they give away to friends and admirers as discursive portraits of themselves.  Lu Xun's genre of the “dagger and spear” is thus not only a sly political weapon, but also a complex sculpture of the culturally shaped self, chiseled by the cantankerous tones of contentious social dialogue.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Appendix: Translations of two primary texts: “'Pei Pei Pei!'? ” and “East Station”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''“Pei Pei Pei! ”?'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A friend from outside literary circles asked me to find him some “pei pei pei!” essays to read, and I had to stare at him blankly with nothing to say.  He then explained that he had read in a newspaper that a certain provincial leader had announced at a banquet that there must not be “pei pei pei – ing” all over the place, and so clearly there must be pei pei pei-ing all over the place.&lt;br /&gt;
Have I gotten so insensitive?  Out of self-abrogation, and also out of curiosity, I rushed to seek it out.And so it was, what had been said was “there must not be pei pei pei -ing all over the place, it must not always be the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal that is used to write  about the party, the nation and the people, dispersing a gray mood that makes people pessimistic and disappointed.”  It is like this all over the place, and not in just in one particular place, things are always this way, and not just at a certain time, you can see how widespread and serious the problem is.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
A long time ago in the liberated areas, it was advocated that the entire party should publish newspapers.  After the establishment of the nation, when everything was “operated on a large scale with the entire people” I did not pay attention to whether or not it was advocated that all the people should publish the newspapers.   But getting all  people to read the newspapers is the goal of all those who follow the newspaper profession.  In that way, newspapers are not merely published for leading institutions and leaders to read, but rather at the same time (actually this should be primary) for the masses to read.  They are published for all the people -- among the people there are illiterates and partially literate, but through listening to the newspapers being read, the broadcasters and televisions have accepted the responsibility of getting the newspaper read, and this segment of the masses also figures as indirect readers of the newspapers.&lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
The readers have the greatest right of criticizing the newspapers, and I wonder how many readers have discovered this phenomenon of there being “pei pei pei -ing” all over the place. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I am one of these readers, subscribing on my own to several “large” newspapers (newspaper publications have not been classified as large or small, but I follow convention here) there are in addition a few newspapers that people send to me; as to “small” newspapers, I have not the leisure nor the money to buy the papers in the Beijing area, not to mention nearby Tianjin and Hebei.  Even so, just taking the 10 to 20 different newspapers I often look over, including the cultural newspapers, I have not discovered these “always using the language of mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal to write  about the party, the nation and the people” sorts of “pei pei pei” pieces. &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
I could only hand back to my friend a blank report.  But naturally my not having seen them does not mean they do not exist. What one person can see is limited. I hope that the extra sensitive speaker on this matter can openly point them out, or even offer examples of eight or ten articles, or even hold up just three to five articles as models of this kind of work, so as to allow us to be enlightened and improve our discriminating ability in seeing which essays are those called “pei pei pei,” perhaps at the same time clearing up a related matter by analogy, that of understanding what kind of essays constitute “ba ba ba” as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没有看到它们并不意味着它们不存在。 一个人只能看到有限的内容。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Deng Jinxia|Deng Jinxia]] ([[User talk:Deng Jinxia|talk]]) 13:32, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能把空白的报告交给我的朋友。 但是当然，我没看到它们不等于它们不存在。 一个人能看到内容有限。 我希望对此事特别敏感的发言人可以公开指出，甚至提供八到十篇文章的示例，或者只举三到五篇文章作为此类工作的典范，以启发我们并提高我们的辨别能力，以了解哪些论文被称为“呸呸呸”，或者同时通过类推来清理相关问题，即理解哪种论文也构成“ 叭叭叭”。--[[User:Yao Cheng|Yao Cheng]] ([[User talk:Yao Cheng|talk]]) 13:40, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我只能向朋友交回一份空白报告。当然，我没有见过他们并不代表他们不存在。一个人所能看到的是有限的。我希望在这个问题上特别敏感的发言者能公开指出它们，甚至举出八篇、十篇的文章示例，或者只举出三五篇作为这类作品的范本，让我们提高我们的辨别能力，为我们区分哪些文章是那些所谓的 &amp;quot;呸呸呸&amp;quot;的文章是提供启发，或许同时也能通过类比澄清相关的问题，就是让人明白构成 &amp;quot;叭叭叭&amp;quot;的文章是什么样的。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:44, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
This suggestion is sincere, not just the usual politeness.  In order for literary arts, newspaper publications and literary publications to develop better social effects and to help unite the ways of our times with the people's hearts, newspaper editors, newspaper readers, and those in charge of this occupation should all be able to directly express their own views, and upon making mistakes should help each correct and make up for them, nobody needs to be polite about this. &lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
After reading this speaker's comments, there is another matter that mystifies me.  According to what was said, “from the next (meaning this and next) two years of discipline and rectification, there will be more new challenges and problems, and literary publications should be of assistance in stabilizing the people's minds, increasing faith, and not demoralizing the people's will.”  In reading all these newspapers, this is the first time I have seen  this “stabilize the peoples mind” proposition.  If there is a need to stabilize the people's hearts, it must proceed from the assumption that the peoples hearts are not stable.  As for the reason why people's minds are not stable, it comes back to the “discipline and rectification and the new challenges and problems” of these two years.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
I am confused again.  These “challenges and problems” that so vex people, do they result from the “discipline and rectification” or is it because of these “challenges and problems” that the need arises to “discipline and rectify”?  If the more you “discipline and rectify” the more you provoke “many new challenges and problems” in people's minds, then why do all this “discipline and rectifying”?  Moreover, I do not understand what “discipline and rectification” refers to nor what the “new challenges and problems” are, and I cannot figure out what “stabilize people minds” means very precisely, nor can I see what concrete request is being made.  This is my request for instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
The Literature Journal column “Literature and the People's Lives” has been asking for a manuscript from me many times, but I have never been able to take up the assignment.  As I write to this point, I suddenly thought that this piece should be called “Literature and the Peoples' Minds”? But that is a big topic, something that a thousand characters can not manage to capture.  1989.2.21.&lt;br /&gt;
Shao Yanxiang 1993 in 自己的酒 [My Own Wine] pages 181-183, 群眾出版社&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''East Station'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years ago in Beijing, if you mentioned “East Station,” everybody would know that referred to the Beijing East Station that lies to the outer east side Front City Gate.  Today this unremarkable construction, built in a half-westernized architectural style and sandwiched between the tall buildings of this noisy and busy city, supports a little sign that reads “Railway Workers Club.”  It is already an “ancient artifact,” long gone are the prosperous and glorious days of old.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
This train station was once a symbol of bustling urgency, day and night swallowing and spewing out the many different hues of travelers who come to and leave the old capitol.  Outsiders that have been to Beijing may not have wandered on Fragrant Mountain or not even have visited the Imperial Museum, but none would not remember this railway station.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This train station, like any other place in Beijng, has experienced everything, cycles of prosperity and demise passing before its watch.  It has greeted both the voluntary and the involuntary travelers to Beijing, and also the powerful it welcomed, as well as those it did not welcome.  It sent off the happy people on their first [train] voyages, and also the broken hearted people who were departing; how many of them left this place never to come back?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
When 20-year-old Shen Congwen arrived in Beijing after his roundabout journey from Phoenix in Hunan Province, he may have walked out of the station and stood for a while at the square in front of it.  He would have seen, because in those years there was still a space in front, first the uniformly arranged buildings, and the colorfully carved gate of Zhengyang tower.  His senses would have been struck with awe at the deep and solemn beauty.  Did he think of the way Kang (youwei) and Liang (qiqiao) were in the depths of an inescapable trap when they embarked their train to flee, in the midst of their hurry without even the time to look back upon the winged palace roofs of their beloved capitol? &lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
That year in July the canons sounded at Lugou Bridge.  When the railroad was restored between Beiping and Tianjin, the first trainload was the “four thousand refugee reds fleeing to Tianjin,” that was how the Tianjin newspaper put it.  When those travelers entered East Station, they took their first step on the road of flight; were there any among them that that could predict that long after their own “fortuitous rescue,” in 1958 there would be another group making their unseemly departure from the Beijing station, submitting their fates to the unpredictable road?&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Recently I looked through Liu Meng's “Reminiscences on a Rainy Day” in which he writes of the rainy day April of 1958, when [he along with] a group was sent to the great northern wilderness.  The platform in the rainy day, the locomotive in the rainy day; he deliberately reminisced calmly, saying it was like this memory had also been washed clean by the rainy rain.  At that time Liu Meng had been young, but traveling along with him were many people who had fallen into this hardship in their old age, certainly each of them had their own earlier “at that time.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Head hanging, walking upon the rain-wet road; this is someone who has far to travel.  Every window is weeping; this is someone reminiscing in the rain.&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
And in March of 1949, when Guo Moruo and his democrats gathered together and arrived in Beijing, they were received with grand ceremonious welcome; the tears they wept were of joy.  At the time he composed a poem “How much of the people's blood was spilled for this honor.  Thinking of it, the tears fall, and happy laughter is unable to articulate in sound.”  -- I don't know why, but this poem was not collected in any of his later collections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The platform of Beijing East Station, from the end of the last century to the middle of this century, has been a stage of constantly revolving action, no matter whether the security forces patrolling the edges of the stage were armed police of the North Coast Warlords, or the Japanese Army Police, or the Nationalist soldiers, police, M.P.’s or special agents, or the “People's Traffic Police.”&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
But because nearly everybody “performed” there in one way or another, at least having passed across that stage, everything about it was forgotten.  Literary works pass through it with a single stroke, only the ending of the novel “Golden Powder Dynasty” provided a scene for it.  This leftover architectural structure does not even rate a “district preservation unit” marker.  This is because there are too many ancient traces in Beijing, how could an object merely one hundred years of age be considered antique?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today will also become history.  And every inch of Beijing earth will provide proof of its history.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1989. 9. 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please don't cut or change this date.  The new railway station began operation in 1959, and this fits in parallel with “more that thirty years ago” at the beginning of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nostalgia without Memory: Reading Zhang Wei’s Essays &lt;br /&gt;
In the Context of Fable of September''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jie Lu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper I will discuss what can be called agrarian nostalgia in Zhang Wei's essays collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey, published in 1995 as a part of Resisting Compromise Book Series. I will examine his nostalgia as a critical and moral stance in the literary context of his highly claimed novel The Fable of September. In the novel, history is mythologized, essentialized, and therefore erased to embody an agrarian being associated with land. If land in Zhang's novel represents an idealized existence, then in his essays, it becomes both a social and literary metaphor to symbolize moral purity and literary elitism. It is posed as a means to achieve individual, social and literary salvation, and an absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture in the age of commercialization.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Nostalgia as an indication of fundamental condition of human estrangement or alienation has been exacerbated by the speeds and scopes of modernization and globalization in contemporary China. This nostalgic sentiment is intensely experienced by intellectual elites who wish to maintain their traditional role as society's moral guardians or as society's conscience, and by literary writers who wish to sustain the distinction between pure and popular literature. It is exactly this moral absolutism and literary elitism that have been undermined by cultural and socioeconomic changes. What nostalgia in Zhang's writings reveals is not so much a resistance to modernization process as incapability of deep understanding the complexity of Chinese modernity.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
At the turn of the twenty-first century in China, with modernization and globalization gaining full momentum, it is interesting to find many writers turning their gaze backward to the past rather than singing the praises of this new global age. Among writers such as Liang Xiaosheng, Zhang Chengzhi, and Zhang Wei, nostalgia has become their dominant literary mode, through which to both critique commercialism and globalism and express the authors’ moral and literary ideals. In this paper I wish to focus on the moral and literary implications of nostalgia in Zhang Wei’s essays, as collected in his Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey (youfen de guitu), published in 1995 as a part of the Resisting Compromise Book Series (dikang touxiang shuxi). [*	Jie Lu is an Assistant Professor of Chinese at the University of the Pacific. The author is grateful to Martin Woesler, the organizer of the conference on The Modern Chinese Literary Essays (August, 2000, Germany) where this paper was presented, and Michelle DiBello for her insightful comments and careful editing of the whole text. &lt;br /&gt;
	Resisting Compromise Book Series (Dikang touxiang shuxi) includes collections of essays by Zhang Chengzhi, Zhang Wei, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Li Ri, and Shi Tiesheng respectively. ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of putting Zhang’s writings in the larger context of contemporary intellectual debates over radicalism (radical intellectual/cultural discourse) and (new) conservatism (anti-radical),[	Regarding the major theoretical discourses in contemporary intellectual debates in China, see Xu Ben’s “Contesting Memory for Intellectual Self-Positing: The 1990s’ New Cultural Conservatism in China” in Modern Chinese Literature and Culture, Vol.11 (Spring, 1999) 157-193; Jianhua Chen’s “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, Vol. 9 113-129; Intellectuals’ Positions (Zhishi fenzi lichang) in three volumes, edited by Li Shitao, published by Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000.  ] I will examine it in the literary context of his highly acclaimed novel Fable of September published in 1992. &lt;br /&gt;
Fable of September represents history in a way that mythologizes, essentializes, and therefore erases it in the name of an idealized agrarian existence. Indeed, the idea of “the land” (tudi) is a transcending and all-encompassing concept in Zhang Wei writings, representing an idealized pure state uncontaminated by industrialization and modernization. In his essays, the land is transformed into a social and literary metaphor that symbolizes moral purity and literary elitism against what the author perceives as the contemporary backdrop of general moral decadence and literary chaos. This ideal is posed as a means to achieve nothing less than social, moral and literary salvation, raised as a kind of absolute standard to critique social reality and popular culture. &lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
My argument, however, is that Zhang’s reification of “land” as a transcendental metaphor in his essays only betrays the author’s lack of any profound historically informed understanding of the complexity of Chinese modernity. He simply refuses to accept social and cultural dilemmas and contradictions as permanent fixtures of the intellectual and cultural landscape. At the same time, Zhang’s outright criticism of consumerism and globalism suggests an underlying ambivalence about modernization. As China’s post-socialist social reality grows more complex and demanding, with more diversified and unstructured cultural formation, any clear-cut moral solution to social evils based on pre-modern social relationship and norms (positing the utopian vision of a transcendental realm) can no longer be effective. Nor is it sufficient to solve the sense of cultural crisis brought on by the progression of both modernization and globalization.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
The contemporary Chinese intellectual and cultural scene is a complex one, with major conflicting trends – one toward the commercialization of knowledge/literature and another in strong resistance to the very same. A new diversity of voices can be heard in intellectual debates at the more abstract conceptual level, and a number of Chinese writers have also joined the scene – whether consciously or unconsciously -- with their own distinct literary voices. The Resisting Compromise Book Series in fact embodies these writers’ own effort of resistance to commercialism and globalism, which they perceive as corrosive forces in their culture and society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当代中国的知识文化环境是复杂的，其主要冲突趋势有两种，一种是知识/文化的商业化，另一种是对该商业化的强烈抵制。在更抽象的概念层面的知识分子的辩论中，可以听见各种不同的新声音，许多中国作家也加入了这一环境中——有意或无意地——带着他们自己独特的文学声音。《抵抗妥协》系列实际上体现了这些作家反对商业主义和全球主义的努力，他们认为商业主义和全球主义侵蚀了他们的文化和社会。--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 13:51, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当代中国的知识文化环境是复杂的，主要的冲突趋势——一种是走向知识/文学商业化的趋势和另一种对知识/文学商业化的强烈抵制趋势。在更抽象的概念层面的知识分子辩论中，可以听到新的多元化的声音，许多中国作家也加入了这个舞台——有意或无意地——带着他们自己独特的文学声音。《抵抗妥协》系列丛书实际上体现了这些作家反对商业主义和全球主义的努力，他们认为商业主义和全球主义侵蚀了他们的文化和社会。--[[User:Li Luyi|Li Luyi]] ([[User talk:Li Luyi|talk]]) 14:24, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
As the series’ editor-in-chief states in the preface, the work is devoted to those contemporary “literary heroes” (Xiao 1995, II), that is, certain literary idealists such as Zhang Wei, Zhang Chenzhi, Han Shaogong, Yu Qiuyu, Shi Tiesheng, and Li Rui. These literary heroes are recognized for daring to stand up and raise the banner of “literature of resistance” (Xiao 1995, II), attacking the literary degeneration and moral decay of the times. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
In publishing the Resisting Comprises series, its creators were responding to a growing domination of the literary arena by a so-called “Hooligan Movement.” According to the editor, literary hooliganism, as it were, is essentially a “language game” -- represented first and foremost by the irreverent writer Wang Shuo – with its various forms of “literary trash” including “literature of sexual promiscuity” (xingluan), “literature of leisure” (xianshi), “hack literature” (bangxian) and “sneezing literature” (penti) (Xiao 1995, II). &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
But there are several larger social and literary issues that this project essentially addresses, namely: the loss of literary/cultural/social dominance by the intellectual elite to mass/commercial culture; the commercialization of knowledge/literature; erosion of the “humanist spirit;” abandonment of ultimate human concerns; desertion of idealism, enlightenment and such modernist projects. In the face of such upheaval, the editor describes the contemporary cultural/literary scene in China as dark and degenerate. The age is “cursed,” “tragic,” an age of “betrayal” and “surrender” (Xiao 1995, IV). And the targets of the literary/moral resistance are postmodernism, commercialism, and mass culture.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Wei is primarily known as a novelist. His major novels include Ancient Boat, Fable of September, My Countryside, Clan, and novelle include Meditation in Autumn, Anger in Autumn, and Vineyard. [	Ancient Boat (Guchuan), Fable of September (Jiuyu yuyan), My Countryside (Wode tianyuan), Clan (Jiazu), Meditation in Autumn (Qiutian de sisuo), Anger in Autumn (Qiutian de fennu), and Vineyard (Putaoyuan) are all included in Zhang Wei wenji (Collected Writings of Zhang Wei) (Shanghai: Shanghai wenyi chubanshe, 1997).] He has also published many collections of essays.  His writings collected in Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey include essays, talks, and interviews. These essays do not express this uncompromising stance in such a strong voice and straightforward manner. Instead, Zhang poses a literary persona of moral integrity as a kind of self-representation. He appears as an idealized individual, embodying in every way pure moral qualities of both a human being and artist/writer. This idealized individual is a fighter, fighting a lonely and heroic battle against fashionable trends and any and all forms of evil (Xiao 1995, 6).[	Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey includes both Zhang Wei’s essays as well as critical articles by various critics. In this paper I will use Xiao Xialin, the editor of this collection as the reference to provide in-text citations to essays by both Zhang Wei and other critics.  ]&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
As a generous humanitarian, he loves and helps all good people. As a socially committed artist, he takes upon himself a great responsibility to all humanity. And as a serious writer, he self-consciously pursues high literature. He is also represented as an honest laborer, making a living through hard labor and sweat. As part of this self-representation, Zhang criticizes those who succumbed to moral and artistic degradation, such as those writers who choose to “enter the commercial world” (xiahai), or cater to popular low-brow tastes by writing “trash literature.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
He points out in his essay “Anxious and Indignant Homeward Journey” several “lacks” in many contemporary writers. First, many of today’s writers lack “self-reflexivity” (which really refers more to moral “self-reflection” or “self-consciousness” rather than intellectual self-reflexivity). They lack “conservatism,” an ability to hold to a certain kind of spirit, in which he also sees as a lack of real avant-guard spirit. They lack  “intolerance,” meaning they are overly tolerant of vices and decadent practices, and rarely engage in serious, genuine, and frank criticism and debate. Finally, they lack “stable emotions” -- the definition of which is rather ambiguous. &lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s self-representation, then, is also a form of self-legitimization. It endows him with legitimacy through a kind of literary aura and the staking out of high moral ground. From this privileged stance, he proceeds to interpret, represent, articulate, define and judge the essence, meaning and criteria of literature, society, and human life. Throughout his essays, including interviews, talks, and lectures, we find Zhang, like a self-styled guru, constantly giving advice to college students, young writers, and literature fans on what to read, how to write, and how to live. This advice is based exclusively on a clear distinction between high and popular literature, and on his unabashed criticism of mass culture (represented by television). &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
In a broader sense, we can see his self-representation as an essential reaffirmation of the traditional role that Chinese intellectuals played in society. The claim to an authoritative voice is fundamental to maintaining the privileged position of the intellectual elite within a structure of knowledge and power. Zhang’s self-representation, then, is nothing less than an attempt to reestablish the intellectual elite’s role in literature and society based on a clear distinction between high and popular literature. This power struggle for cultural dominance and hegemony in the ongoing reformation of intellectual/cultural discourse largely defines China’s socio-cultural condition in the wake of socialism. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most important part of Zhang’s essays is his use and development of the concept of “land” (tudi), which strongly conveys his self-representation as a simple yet serious “rural intellectual” (xiangcun zhishi fenzi). In his well-known essay “Immersion in the Wild Field” (rongru yiedi), the land in fact functions as a transcending metaphor. As a signifier of nature – wild fields, mountains, bushes, green crops, the ocean -- the land symbolizes all that is morally good in social and cultural realms as well as in individual’s life. The land represents a mother figure, where one can always find comfort, wisdom and inspiration. As an eternal backdrop, the land embodies eternity itself. It serves as an aesthetic standard through which the author defines the social and aesthetic functions of “pure literature,” and criticizes various aspects of cultural reality.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang associates popular literature and TV culture with low class and uneducated tastes, and criticizes current literary Chinese criticism for being overly influenced by foreign literary jargons. His concept of the land is even a moral criterion through which he criticizes many aspects of contemporary modern society -- from commercialization in which money is the source of all evils, to globalization marked by domination of transnational corporations and bad influence of some foreign literature, as well as modernization represented by cellular phones, cars, and high technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张将通俗文学与电视文化这种低级的和未受过教育的品味联系在一起，并批评当前中国文学评论过度受到了外国文学术语的影响。他的领域概念甚至是一种道德标准。通过这种道德标准，他批判了现当代社会的各个方面——从金钱是万恶之源的商业化，到以跨国公司统治的和一些外国文学的不良影响为标志的全球化，以及以手机、汽车和高科技为代表的现代化。--[[User:Li Haiquan|Li Haiquan]] ([[User talk:Li Haiquan|talk]]) 12:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张将通俗文学与低级、无文化品位的影视文化联系在一起，并批评当代中国文学批评过度受外国文学术语影响。他的领域概念甚至是一种道德标准，他运用这种道德标准批判了现当代社会的方方面面——从商金钱是万恶之源的商业化，到以跨国公司统治的和一些外国文学的不良影响为标志的全球化，以及以手机、汽车和科技为代表的现代化。--[[User:Ji Tiantian|Ji Tiantian]] ([[User talk:Ji Tiantian|talk]]) 14:56, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
But most of all, Zhang’s concept of land symbolizes an ideal based on ages old dichotomy between city and countryside. At the beginning of the essay, he tells us: “[The] city is a willfully and recklessly modified wild field, and I will eventually leave it” (Xiao 1995, 19). Later he claims that a real artist should be “a worshiper of land” (Xiao 1995, 60). To Zhang, the spirit of “land” should be the spirit of the age (Xiao 1995, 241). Seen in the context of his criticism of modernization, it is evident that this dichotomy is built around the moral distrust of the city – a psychological complex that traces back to Chinese agrarian tradition and Mao’s revolutionary heritage. At the same time, it reveals a profound nostalgia for a pre-modern rural existence.&lt;br /&gt;
但最重要的是，张先生对于土地的概念象征着一种古老的城乡对立的观念。在文章的开头，他告诉我们。&amp;quot;[城市]是一片被肆意改造的野地，我终将离开它&amp;quot;（萧1995，19）。后来他声称，一个真正的艺术家应该是 &amp;quot;土地的崇拜者&amp;quot;（萧1995，60）。在张先生看来，&amp;quot;土地 &amp;quot;的精神应该是时代的精神（萧1995，241）。从他对现代化的批判来看，这种二元对立显然是基于对城市道德不信任而建立起来的--这种心理情结可以追溯到中国的农耕传统和毛泽东的革命传统。同时，它也透露出对现代社会以前农村生活的深刻怀念。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 15:07, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
但最重要的是，张先生的土地概念象征着一种基于古老的城乡对立的理想。在文章的开头，他告诉我们。&amp;quot;[城市]是一片被肆意改造的野地，我终将离它而去&amp;quot;（萧1995，19）。后来他声称，一个真正的艺术家应该是 &amp;quot;土地的崇拜者&amp;quot;（萧1995，60）。在张先生看来，&amp;quot;土地 &amp;quot;精神就是时代精神（萧1995，241）。从他对现代化的批判来看，这种二元对立显然是围绕着对城市的道德不信任建立起来的--这种心理情结可以追溯到中国的农耕传统和毛泽东的革命传统。同时，也透露出对先前农村生活的的深刻怀念。--[[User:ZHOUYUJUAN|ZHOUYUJUAN]] ([[User talk:ZHOUYUJUAN|talk]]) 00:57, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
The Land, then, points to an ideal transcendent realm, closed to contamination by the modern world. But represented only in highly literary, allusive, emotive language and nature images and analogies, the idea of the Land only comes across as very abstract and unreal. The author himself asks: “What exactly is the wild field? Where does it exist? Does it really contain my innocent world I imagine?” (Xiao 1995, 30). Indeed, as an all-encompassing and pervasive metaphor, The Land is never once in his essays clearly and objectively defined. Whether expressed as a personification of the mother figure, an embodiment of eternal being, or as a constellation of various ideal qualities and values, Zhang’s “land” lacks the substantial tour-de-force as a moral and social metaphor. But if we are to discover an ontological anchoring for this concept, it can only be found, I would argue, in his well-known novel Fable of September. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
In reading this novel, I will focus on the dialectic between its strikingly postmodernist form -- which he criticizes and whose influences he constantly denies --and its pre-modern content (in terms of the primitive agrarian existence represented and the mode of storytelling used). I find nothing to criticize in Zhang’s use of magic realism and certain postmodernist techniques to recapture the so-called original world of pre-modern existence. I do find a glaring contradiction, however, in the author’s repeated denial of any positive influence of postmodernism. This, together with his unqualified valorization of “The Land” as a metonymy of a primitive utopia, only betray not so much his literary hypocrisy as his limited ability to understand modernity, postmodernism and even history itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
阅读此书时，我将重点关注后现代主义形式——虽然他一直予以批判并极力否认其影响——与前现代主义内容之间的辩证关系（主要从其所代表的原始农业生活与文章使用的叙事模式这两个方向进行阐述）。张炜运用魔幻现实主义和某些后现代主义的手法再现了所谓的现代以前的原始世界，这一点无可厚非。然而，作者一再否认后现代主义的积极影响，这是我觉得矛盾点所在。这一矛盾点，再加上他毫无保留地将《远河远山》隐喻为原始乌托邦这一行为，与其说暴露了他的文学虚伪性，不如说这暴露了他在理解现代性、后现代主义乃至历史本身的不足。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 14:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast to his essays, which tend to be didactic, long-winded, condescending, and full of literary clichés, Zhang’s novel ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating and imaginative piece of writing. It is best situated in the genre of fictional history -- not a fictionalized account of real historical figures and events, but a pure fiction, written in a historical mode. Other examples of this way of, say, tracing the fictional history of a person, a family, or a village, include Su Tong’s Maple Tree Village series, or Ge Fei’s fictional biography, ''Marginality.'' Given its fragmented, incoherent story and sophisticated narrative plot, it is a challenge to give the novel a concise, accurate description.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与说教、长篇大论、屈尊俯就、充满文学陈词滥调的散文不同，张炜的小说《九月寓言》是一篇引人入胜、富于想象力的作品。这是一篇典型的虚构历史类型的文学作品——不是对真实历史人物和事件的虚构叙述，而是以历史的模式写成的纯粹虚构的作品。运用这种方法的其他例子，如追溯一个人、一个家庭或一个村庄的虚构历史，包括苏童的“枫杨树村”系列和格非的虚构传记小说《边缘》。考虑到小说中支离破碎、不连贯的故事和复杂的叙事情节，给这部小说一个简洁、准确的描述是一个挑战。--[[User:Li Luyi|Li Luyi]] ([[User talk:Li Luyi|talk]]) 14:08, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
与他那些倾向于说教、长篇大论、屈尊俯就、陈词滥调的散文不同，《九月寓言》这部小说引人入胜。这是一篇典型的虚构历史文学作品——不对真实的历史人物和事件进行虚构叙述，而是一篇以历史的模式写成的虚构作品。这种手法同样运用于追溯某个人、某个家庭或某个村庄的虚构历史，包括苏童的“枫杨树”系列作品与格非的虚构传记小说《边缘》。由于这部小说故事叙述支离破碎、叙事情节复杂，因此简洁准确地描述它着实是一个挑战。--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 14:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the novel depicts a “historical” picture in which a small pre-modern, self-contained village is obliterated by industrialization. But what the novel really focuses on, instead of village’s fall itself, are certain memorable events and people that are part of the last 30-40 years of its existence (though the exact length of time remains questionable and unclear).  &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is divided into seven parts, each focusing on stories of a single character or family. These stories are mutually connected, and at the same time intermingled with myths, legends, anecdotes and magical or strange occurrences, which in turn map out a sort of  “history” of the village. &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
Ironically, however, history is not quite the right term here to describe the village’s temporal contour, for what stand out as the central features in the life of the village are “land”/food (more specifically sweet potatoes), the tradition of staying with the village, and a certain mode of storytelling used in the village to recall past suffering. As quintessential indexes in the village’s existence, these features mark not a temporal movement but an eternal being. Centered on these three essentials, life in the village is hard, simple, unchanging, and close to the archetypal. The only way for the young to use up their abundant and restless energy is to run and play in the wild fields at night, and the married to beat their wives and do “cupping” (''ba huoguan'').&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus what Zhang Wei aims to represent in this novel is a pure, simple, close-to-primitive life, uncontaminated by modern civilization. But he is also representing a sense of eternal being, long lost as it may be in our modern age.   &lt;br /&gt;
The novel is undoubtedly imaginative and fascinating. My sense of fascination as a reader, however, is derived largely from its mode of literary representation than from what is actually depicted in Zhang’s fictional world. Part reality, part myth, part legend, the story is at once mythical and real. It is a synthesis of straightforwardness and artifice, primitivism and mannerism, thematic simplicity and formal sophistication. In other words, in order to represent a pre-modern agrarian existence – Zhang’s utopian vision of pure being – he relies on quite sophisticated modernist/postmodernist literary devices. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking feature of the novel, as many critics have noted, is its formal manipulation of temporality, or to be more specific, the narrative negation of temporality. It is almost impossible for the reader to discern the actual timeline of the village’s history.  Even the time span running from the 1930s to 1970s and temporal progression within the narrated world (which can only be pieced together after repeated readings), are unreliable, full of unexplainable loopholes. [	For the full discussion on the novel’s temporal scheme, see Chen Sihe’s “Huanyuan minjian: tan Zhang Wei ''Jiuyue Yuyan''”(Returning to the people: on Zhang Wei’s ''Fable of September'') collected in Youfen de guitu (Indignant Homeward Journey) 260-267.] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This unusual narrative stance achieves a number of thematic effects. First, it cuts the village off from the larger movement of history. The novel mentions no political movements, significant historical events, or chronology of dates other than “September.” &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
The only other temporal indicators are rainy seasons, or periods of winter when the snow is as sharp as strong acid, or autumn when the field is abundant with sweet potatoes and beans. These seasonal markers indicate changes more in nature than in the human world where chronological dates mark time. These markers of nature serve to draw the story further away from a real historical framework and closer to the pre-modern agrarian mode of existence, as if human life was “timed” by nature itself. Furthermore, this kind of temporal negation also foregrounds eternity in the land itself. Wherever any historical hint or political implication may crop up in the story, it is immediately dissolved into one of many village legends. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, “recalling past suffering” (yiku), an important collective activity of the village, is transformed from a political discourse used during the Cultural Revolution into a form of storytelling for binding the village community together, and for producing oral history and creating legends. In essence, history is  erased from the village’s background all together. &lt;br /&gt;
The novel’s detachment from historical background also means a metaphysical negation of historical paradigm of interpretation and signification, characterized by such notions as causality, progress and teleology. This allows the author to have a larger space for interaction of diverse configurations. As critic Chen Sihe points out, Zhang’s village exists in three forms: in reality, in legend/myth, and in oral storytelling (Xiao 1995, 265).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
如“忆苦”，作为村落重要的集体活动，从“文革”时期的政治话语，转变为凝聚村落社群、口述历史、创造传说的叙事形式。从本质上说，历史被从村庄的背景中抹去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
小说脱离历史背景也意味着形而上学地否定解释和意义的历史范式，其特征是诸如因果关系、进步和目的论等概念。这使得作者有更大的空间进行不同配置的交互。正如评论家陈思和指出的那样，张的村庄存在三种形式:现实中的，传说/神话中的，口头讲故事的(Xiao 1995,265)。--[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 14:41, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absence of a clear-cut time framework only blurs and transgresses the ontological boundaries among reality, myths, legends, the magic and storytelling. The novel abounds with magical, mythical, and supernatural figures and events: Niugan’s body was air-dried for a period of time before his actual death.  A man named Jinyou can squeeze milk from his breasts. Another man’s eyeball jumps out and changes into a frog, disappearing into grass. The mother of Longran does not die after drinking pesticide; instead, her hairs have become darker, and skin softer. Very much like in Gabriel Garcia Marquez’s ''One Hundred Years of Solitude'', these magical events are presented in a realistic mode on the same ontological level as other “real” events.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the magic is approached through the everyday. And the transgression of ontological levels of representation thus further negates historical temporality.  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The absence of historical time in the novel also negates historical interpretation. Instead, myths and legends assume the function of historical explanation. The origin of the small village is explained in a myth about a group of vagrants who, exhausted after a long journey, stopped, and settled on a piece of land that could provide them with food. The story of the monkey spirit with the ability to carry things becomes a mythic explanation of social stratification and exploitation, a further departure from historical and positive discourses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
These myths and legends are presented as part of the village’s everyday reality. Thus different ontological levels within the text – reality and myth/legend/oral storytelling/magical events -- in which the village exists collapse into one. It is a world in which past and present become all-at-once. In other words, the past is the present, the myth is reality, and vice versa. The timeless place is like a sentence without tense. And herein lies the author’s profound sense of nostalgia for a fundamental, archetypal existence in its complete nakedness, beyond modern historical and rational configurations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Nan Fan points out, though the temporal span of the novel is not long, its content is massive, filled as it is with various stories (Xiao 1995, 253).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些神话和传说是作为村庄日常现实的一部分呈现的。因此，文本中不同的本体论层面—现实和神话/传说/口头故事/神奇事件—村庄存在于其中，合二为一。这是一个过去和现在都成为一体的世界。换句话说，过去就是现在，神话就是现实，反之亦然。永恒的地方就像一个没有时态的句子。而作者对一种完全赤裸裸的、超越现代历史和理性配置的根本性、原型性存在的深刻怀念感就在于此。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
正如南帆所指出的，虽然小说的时间跨度不长，但其内容却是庞大的，充满了各种故事（萧1995，253）。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 13:37, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些神话和传说作为村庄日常现实的一部分呈现出来。因此，文本中不同的本体论层次——现实和神话/传说/口头讲故事/魔法事件——村落的存在瓦解为一个整体。这是一个过去和现在同时成为一切的世界。换句话说，过去就是现在，神话就是现实，反之亦然。永恒的地方就像一个没有时态的句子。在这里，作者对一种基本的、原型的、完全赤裸的、超越现代历史和理性结构的存在有着深刻的怀旧之情。&lt;br /&gt;
南帆指出，小说的时间跨度虽然不长，但内容却很宏大，充满了各种各样的故事(肖1995,253)。--[[User:Ling Zijin|Ling Zijin]] ([[User talk:Ling Zijin|talk]]) 14:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
If the macro-structure of the novel is characterized by narrative strategies of postmodernist fragmentation and transgression, then at the micro-structure of individual stories the pre-modern form of Benjaminian storytelling becomes the dominant mode of narrative. “Recalling past suffering” is in fact in the typical mode of storytelling. The narrative tells us that in those long and cold winter nights when rain turned into snow, when there were nothing else to do for the rural folks, all villagers of the Small Village would gather together to listen to Jinxiang, one of the principal storytellers in the village, to recall past suffering. Here Jinxiang functions in the role that Water Benjamin describes: the giver of stories, of counsel, the link to a mythic but necessary past.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
Through storytelling, the storyteller’s personal experiences mixed with the mythic and magic become the collective experiences of the village, binding the village together, and providing it not only with a sense of community but also a sense of identity. Interestingly, the villagers prefer only the storytellers in their own village to tell of past. Thus, in relating his own experience and that reported by others, the storyteller in turns makes it the experience of those who are listening to his tale (Benjamin 1968, 87). In a way, Jinxiang perfectly embodies Benjaminian storyteller as the one who, in his storytelling, also gives counsels to the listeners -- the young in this context -- to value the happiness of the present and therefore stay with the tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Jinxiang’s story telling demonstrates the power of the oral, in that his performance has potential for moving beyond rational control. He tells stories spontaneously and with great emotion, often with tears and slobbers and shouts at each stop. His dynamic orality controls the whole atmosphere of the meeting and carries the listeners to multiple emotional climaxes. Thus in the highly emotionally charged atmosphere of telling and listening marked by crying and shouting, the teller and listeners identify completely with one another. As a storyteller “in his living immediacy” (Benjamin 1968, 83), Jinxiang is thus an integrate part of the pre-modern rural existence based on its closely-knit community, the shareable experiences, and a fund of stories and lore.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
金祥的讲故事展现了口述的力量，他的表演具有超越理性控制的潜力。他讲故事时自然而然，感情充沛，每到一站，往往泪流满面，口水直流，大呼小叫。他的动态口述控制了整个会场的气氛，并将听众带入多个情感高潮。因此，在以哭和喊为标志的高度情绪化的讲和听的氛围中，讲者和听者完全相互认同。作为一个 &amp;quot;活生生的即时性 &amp;quot;的讲故事的人（Benjamin 1968, 83），金乡是前现代农村生活的一个组成部分，其基础是其紧密联系的社区、可分享的经验以及故事和传说的基金。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:37, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
金祥的故事讲述展现了口述的力量，他的表演具有超越理性控制的潜力。他很自然地讲述故事，感情充沛，一停下来，往往泪流满面，口水直流，大呼小叫。他那充满活力的口述控制了整个会场的气氛，并将听众带入多个情感高潮。因此，在以哭和喊为标志的高度情绪化的讲和听的氛围中，讲者和听者完全相互认同。作为一个 &amp;quot;活生生的即时性 &amp;quot;的讲故事的人（Benjamin 1968, 83），金乡是现代以前农村生活的一个组成部分，以前的农村整个乡村紧密联系、人们互相交流经历，还流传着大量的传说和故事。--[[User:Li LIli|Li LIli]] ([[User talk:Li LIli|talk]]) 15:24, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Li Lili&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
And this pre-modern rural existence can only be narrated and made sense of through the mode of storytelling, for the specific sense of historicity and experience of reality as mixed with myth, legend, the magical transgress normal parameters of our modern and rational paradigm of representation.  &lt;br /&gt;
             &lt;br /&gt;
Thus the synthesis of the pre-modern, marked by both its existence and the mode of storytelling, and postmodernist mannerism with its sophisticated narrative strategies also points to an irony, in that this natural, pre-modern world can only be re-presented in very stylized devices. Here Zhang Wei encounters a similar paradox as the famous Taoist icon, Zhuang Zi. In spite of his distrust of language, Zhuang Zi could only envision the ineffable Way through language.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, it was through language, given humanity’s permanent separation and alienation from nature, that Zhuang Zi could imagine the existence of something beyond. Zhang Wei’s pre-modern being is by no means ineffable. Yet, its “otherness” and its alterity vis a vis the modern world can only be perceived in our modern world, and represented through sophisticated devices of modernism/postmodernism. The absolute irony that the primitive or the pre-modern cannot be envisioned and represented except in our modern cultural condition in fact exists in the very center of this utopian text, though unrealized by the author himself as he repeatedly criticizes postmodernism and denies its inevitable influence. &lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
So the natural or the pre-modern state of being as eulogized by the author is no longer the first order of naturalness, but the second order, for it is only through an elaborate narrative architecture that such primitivism and naturalness can be re-enacted. To put it in another way, in resurrecting the primitive in our postmodernist age, the author in fact brings out, though unconsciously, a fundamental truth about primitivism. The natural, organic and a-temporal world of agrarian existence represented by the Small Village is not, in fact, a utopia from which we have fallen. Rather, it derives its meaning only through its opposition to a temporal world of modern civilization. Only in contrast to this temporal world can the primordial, the timeless take on meaning as negation of historical time. &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus the ideal of a timeless, primordial rural past beyond modern civilization is only an ideal created in our modern times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my discussion of modernist/postmodernist literary devices, I do not mean to label and categorize Zhang’s text as a modernist/postmodernist. Nevertheless, as seen in the above analysis, his formal strategies do share some strong features of postmodernism, or to be specific, magical realism. These features include boundary transgression, fusion and coexistence of different ontological worlds, and atemporal narrative structure. There is no doubt that Zhang Wei has succeeded in creating a world, a state of being beyond the reach of modern civilization. But his “world,” in the final analysis, can only be represented through modernist/postmodernist techniques.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
It is evident that the creation of this archetypal village embodies the author’s profound nostalgia for the pre-modern past and his utopian search for an ideal state of being. And this timeless place represents the author’s attempt to re-orient geographical and cultural nostalgia in China’s contemporary times from commercially stimulated nostalgia to the rural past as the fundamental Chinese root. Yet the lack of direct temporal and spatial references in the presentation of the Small Village makes his nostalgia closer to imagination, or to what David Wang called, imaginary nostalgia (1993, 107). In other words, his nostalgic representation of the Small Village is devoid of actual memory. This is particularly demonstrated in his deliberately designed a-temporal narrative structure, his foregounding of myth, legends and those magical events. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, as the title indicates, the whole novel is intended by the author as a fable, rather than a history, even though it is written in a historical mode. The village’s mythic origin, its lack of sense of time, and its sudden and catastrophic ending all point to the negation of historical progression. The elaborate narrative structure betrays the imaginative and fantastic construction of this mythic past. Thus Zhang Wei’s Small Village is less a historical object of nostalgia than a topographical/textual locus where imagination and utopian discourse intermingle. In other words, as a literary construction, this phantom village comes less from the actual yearning for what has been lost than from the desire for what has never been there (Wang 1993, 130). &lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
The striking incongruity indicates the nature of nostalgia as both a textural stance as well as a structure of feeling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, the incongruity between formal sophistication and primitive existence is a very hallmark of literary and cultural production in our postmodernist China. In discussing the Fifth Generation Films, Rey Chow points out that primitivism is often associated with modernism/postmodernism. The “primitive passion,” according to Chow’s definition, emerges at “a moment of cultural crisis.” It is an invented fact,  fabrication of a sense of the primordial, rural rootedness that occurs in the post-construction (1995, 22-23). Chow’s theory of primitive passion is based on her study of new Chinese cinema.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
However it does shed light on our discussion of Zhang’s profound nostalgia for the rural past at the age of globalization, and on the ironic rupture between postmodernist sophistication and the pre-modern/primordial world presented in his novel. Read in intertextual relation with his essays, it is more than clear that Zhang’s re-imagining of the primordial Chinese rural past is meant to correct what he perceives as the diseased modernity and to rejuvenate Chinese culture. As a response to the cultural crisis in our globalized age, Zhang Wei has chosen the past to measure the present. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
The nostalgic return in Zhang Wei’s writings is in fact a kind of self-exile. Zhang Wei actually spent five years in a rustic country house (soon to be torn down) near his hometown to write this novel. &lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
There he was literally cut off from the outside world, expecting that this exile away from modern cities would get him spiritually closer to the land and nature so as to feel anew the vitality of the Chinese people, and rediscover the historical/rural root of Chinese culture. As agreed by all critics, this novel’s representation of the primordial past succeeds in bringing out a native naiveté and simplicity, a sense of gushing life force and animal virility -- the ideal form of being. However, in de-historicizing the past in order to re-imagine the golden age of the rural innocence and plenitude of meaning, the author had no alternatives but to simply let narrative play out its historical inevitability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The pre-modern agrarian existence embodied by the Small Village is ultimately destroyed by modern industrialization. History then, though negated and erased by the narrative form of the novel, reasserts itself at the end. This leaves us not with a story about the slow decline of this pre-modern agrarian existence, but of its catastrophic fall. The structure of the village’s existence was in no way able to change and transform itself. This is demonstrated by the villagers’ strong resistance to outside influences represented by coal mining industry. As a result, rather than gradual transformation, the village is suddenly destroyed by industrial machine power.&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
The moral dilemma Zhang faces in re-enacting of the Chinese rural past is similar to those encountered by root-seeking writers: the quest for the essence of “Chineseness” also leads to the discovery of unpleasant aspects in its society and cultural tradition. This moral dilemma is also reflected in the novel’s narrative form. While magical events serve to deconstruct the realist paradigm of historical representation, they at the same time also create a picture of rural life as something exotic. As David Wang points out, the object of nostalgia is also easily associated with the exotic (1993, 109).   &lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
So if we have found some substance in Zhang’s novel to support his transcendent, yet empty metaphor of “land,” this “substance” remains less than compelling and appealing. &lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
A primitivistic village life can be little more than that: it is basic and instinctual, centering on food and sex. The meaning of land is closely related to food; indeed the reason the villagers stick to this land is because it can produce rich food enough to preserve their community. The carnivalesque scenes describing the village young romping in the wild fields at night, while highly acclaimed by many Chinese critics, do not, to my mind, represent an infinite solitude or a simple form of joy as much as the poverty of these lives in an extremely closed and impoverished world. This strikes an even more pathetic chord when knowing that this form of exercise will soon be transformed into wife beating and cupping when these young people grow into adulthood.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
The extremely stable pattern of the village’s social customs, mindset, and traditions is incapable of absorbing new things, or initiating any transformation. So the static and cyclical form of existence is simply erased by the outside forces of industrialization. In a broader sense, the history of the Small Village, or rather, its fate can be seen as an allegory for Chinese traditional society which was also forced into fundamental change from the outside. Thus the Small Village reflects the broader historical impotence and lack of cultural flexibility in traditional rural China. Many critics, including the author himself, argue that the idea of Land is meant to represent a certain spirit. Nevertheless, unless located somewhere, this spirit can only remain an empty structure.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, it is precisely this structural emptiness that enables Zhang Wei to fill in many meanings throughout his essays. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
''Fable of September'', as well as Zhang’s essays, embody his search for truth and a moral ground based not on the rationally constructed modern world of scientific knowledge and market economy represented by urban centers, but on the simplicity of rural life. This search is rooted in the author’s disenchantment with certain aspects of modern civilization. To Zhang Wei, “Modern industrial civilization represents a form of beauty; yet this form is prone to hurt another more fundamental, more eternal beauty. Idealists all hope that these two forms of beauty can exist in harmony, without much conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
But of course, this hope is only a dream” (Xiao 1995, 193). This distrust of modern civilization also reflects in him what Raymond Williams called “rural-intellectual radicalism” (1973, 36). Indeed, as a rural intellectual (as many critics have labeled him), Zhang demonstrates many aspects of rural-intellectual mentality: hostile to modern capitalism, opposed to commercialism, and attached to country ways and feelings (Williams 1973, 36). Without doubt, ''Fable of September'' is a fascinating novel and has uttered our deepest longings and profoundest nostalgia for a pre-modern simplicity of existence free of modern-day ills like alienation and corruption. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, Zhang’s use of the central concept of  “land” (referring to an idealized being) as the basis for his critique of modern civilization – decrying moral decay, consumerism, dominance of popular literature and commercialization of knowledge – and his rural intellectual mentality this concept reveals betray the author’s simple-minded, essentialist, and absolutist approach to the complexity of an ever changing social and cultural reality. The reification of land in his essays lacks a broad and deep historical perspective on Chinese modernity. Commercialism and its culture have by all means contributed to the general moral decay and erosion of basic humanistic values in society, and global cultural effects lead to profounder cultural crisis. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
However, the absolute rejection of consumerism, globalism, and postmodernism fails to recognize their power and inevitability in restructuring contemporary Chinese society. The problems created by these developments have already moved the issue of solution beyond a discourse on morality. China’s ever more complex and changing social and cultural reality requires a more sophisticated and mature understanding. And finally, I would suggest that in today’s post-Cold War age in which socialism-capitalism antithesis has lost its relevance and meaning, the intellectual paradigm of confrontation must be replaced by one of negotiation. Nostalgia may always be pulling at us, and we may always be willing to indulge in a trip to the imagined past with stories like ''Fable of September.'' But as a critical stance, it does not equip us to effectively address the complex process of cultural reformation happening in contemporary Chinese and the world.   &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Deciphering the Populist Gadfly: Cultural Polemic around Zhang Chengzhi's &amp;quot;Religious Sublime&amp;quot;''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Xinmin Liu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since mid-1990s the Chinese Sanwen has witnessed an upsurge by way of frantic polemics over social and cultural issues in journals, newspaper fueillton, book series and forums.  In this &amp;quot;war of words,&amp;quot; no writer has been as prolific, as provocative and as problematic as Zhang Chengzhi. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang's essays feature a scathing critique of Chinese intellectuals' lack of spiritual faith, their surrender to global consumerism and the postmodern.  Driven by a populist zeal, Zhang extols Chinese muslims' devotion to their religious faith, defiance of material affluence and bond to their harsh yet unsullied habitat.  His populist approach to religious transcendence in opposition to what he perceives as today's intellectual disenchantment is ambiguous and ambivalent. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
It wavers between subaltern politics and religious fundamentalism.  It  falls short of the prospect of constructing a ethnic pluralism that protects cultural differences without yielding to cultural positions that claim unique access to truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a polyglot age in which all has to be contested and negotiated anew, boundary- violating is the rule rather than the exception.  Before the last millennium closed out, the Chinese essay thrived in an upsurge of cultural polemics, but in terms of aesthetic and ontological norms, the essayists could ill afford to stay within secure and clear-cut boundaries for long, because they often found themselves bombarded and displaced by a plethora of slippery issues, wacky themes and “roguish dilettantes.”  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
With battle lines frequently redrawn and growing ever so fuzzy, this round of cultural polemics took on the characteristics of a wild slugfest, no-holds-barred wrestling and elusive shadow boxing.  But true to its essaying (or, alternatively, assaying) role, the essay form rose to the challenge with the right mix of mercurial, discordant and yet self-assured mettle.  Thus, it proved most capable of lending expression to chaos, fracture and trivia of the postmodern world.  One need not search far to bring this point home: the essay has lately swamped the public media with its newfangled offshoots: in addition to the common literary and political essays appeared the licai (personal financing) essay, the xiuxian (leisure/recreation) essay, the photo essay, the cyber essay and so forth. But it is with the cultural polemics of the 1990s that the readers witnessed the essay form in most amazing novelty, deftness and verve.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
One way to make sense of what essay form enabled the writers to achieve amid the “wars of words” (pizhan) is to take it to task by way of its intrinsic bond with cultural dialogics, i.e. to see how approaches of writing essays lead to the laying of grounds for a dialogic relationship that intersects even the most incendiary issues and dissimilar views of this discursive maze.  To that end,  we will focus on Zhang Chengzhi’s essays published after mid-1990s to see why a radical intellectual figure like Zhang, considered an intractable loose cannon by most, often contests and mediates, by virtue of his border-violating politics, what the cultural mainstream considers to be polemical and divisive.  At once belletristic and carnivalesque, Zhang Chengzhi’s essays stood out with striking clarity and urgency, if also with unnerving uproar. &lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
Extolled by some as the author whose one book single-handedly redeemed Chinese writing of the entire twentieth century, Zhang was riding high on the tailwind of his enormously popular Xinling shi (History of the Soul, 1992) and seemed to have returned to the public forum with his discursive buoyancy revived and his sense of the “sacred” mission renewed.  At first glance, this does not seem the same Zhang Chengzhi who was overwhelmed by the spiritual loftiness he had ascended to upon completing ''Xinling shi'' and pleaded to his readers in all earnest, “there will no longer be this “me” from now on.  Please banish me from your memory.  … I have even taken myself by surprise that with this book I could bring myself to such a screeching halt.”[	Zhang Chengzhi, ''History of the Soul'' (Guangzhou: Huacheng chubanshe, 1991) 311.]  But did Zhang ever quit the public forum and banish his voice from the on-going dialogue with his readers afterwards? &lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
And did he accidentally join the ranks of those escapist intellectuals who self-righteously beat a retreat in the face of social repression and identity dislocation of the early 1990s?  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, at the height of his unexpected fame in 1992,[	Zhang Chengzhi made repeated statements in his essays written around this time that he had voluntarily terminated his career as a professional writer out of his desire to be embraced by the Muslim community and out of his disgust for what writers and intellectuals in general had failed to do in the face of rampant consumerist values.] Zhang did not hesitate to declare that his career as a professional writer had come to an end, and that he would retreat to the Muslim communities in the barren loess in Northwest China to begin his new life.  While it is true that he verbally renounced his faith in and severed his tie with the mainstream intelligentsia, reality has proved otherwise: he could neither disinherit the dialogic potential of his earlier essays the same way as he allegedly cast off his ''Han'' Chinese upbringing, nor disown the intellectual milieu of his growth as though it were those business cards he symbolically tore up in disgust.[	This symbolic act is given an elaborate defense in one of his “position-statement” essays, “My Method of Tearing up those Business Cards,” published in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Human wenyi chubanshe, 1999).]  &lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang cannot give up the act of writing through which he once defied the false sanctity of official histories and celebrated the purity and incorruptibility of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims,[	A sect Chinese Muslims who are often considered the inheritor of mystical Sufis of the religion of Islam.] and to which he owed the stage for exhibiting his extraordinary discursive power as well as his reinvented ethnic identity.  While still pursuing his spiritual pilgrimage as a lone warrior, he could hardly remain an intellectual recluse in an imagined sanctuary.  Although his views often turned hard-edged due to his combative and self-aggrandizing tone, we need not necessarily be put off by his ill-advised posturing, which is far more rhetorical than substantive.  Rather we are urged to see beyond his argumentative mode and detect that ineluctable draw of cultural dialogics that lured him to charge right back to the frontline of the discursive war zones.  &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s essays published since mid-1990s prove most intriguing and forceful when they give vent to his critical views that deliberately blur the boundary between personal commitment with public conscience.&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Seldom a believer of easy cultural synthesis, Zhang thrives in getting caught in the crossfire of public debates and wreaking havoc for the intellectual mainstream whose social legitimacy has fed off a complicitous liaison with the official and the ideological center.  In a sense, what constituted the identity of his previous self, i.e., the “I” who nimbly narrated a hidden history of a suppressed people in ''History of the Soul'', was a persona already poised on the borders between public outcry and personal misgiving, between official histories and popular memoirs, between discourses of cultural criticism and identity politics.  Akin to the self/other-conscious tone of Martin Buber’s ''I and Thou'', Zhang’s resort to “You” side by side with “I” as his discursive partner not only denotes the presence of a dialogic partner cued up by intersubjectivity, but interjects a critical awareness to set off the “unanimous intellectual escapism.”[	Here I am quoting the phrase from Dai Jinhua’s journal article “Hidden Narratives: The Politics of Mass Culture in the 1990s.”  Her view is critically assessed by Chen Jianhua in his “Local and Global in Narrative Contestation: Liberalism and the New Left in Late-1990s China” carried in Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, vol. 9, Nos. 1 &amp;amp; 2, 113-29.  ] &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
Initially a survival tactic to avert political repression in post-1989 China, this latter movement gained popular currency in the early 1990s as some intellectuals and professionals who used to pursue political activism now withdrew into enclosed fields of specialist researches where they could claim professional excellence as their new moral high grounds and practice professional elitism as a testimony to their personal spiritual faith.   These so-called “New Scholars” valorized scholarly research as “not just a matter of knowledge or profession, but more fundamentally, a form of life choice and value inquiry.”[	Chen Pingyuan, “Thoughts on Research of Scholarship History,” Xueren I, 2-6. ]  Alongside this process of self-authorization, they also sported a sweeping disdain toward mass culture or other nonprofessional cultures.  Was this a covert strategy of resisting moral degeneration, or a “club-spirit” rally of collective escapism in the guise of professional disinterest? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang’s answer rebukes the latter.  Long before the first public debate over such issues took place, his own self-authorization in writing ''History of the Soul'' brought the “impartial” search for historical truth under critical scrutiny.  Positing his ethnic unconscious as the testing site, Zhang launched an assault on the falsely fixed standards in writing ''Hui'' histories whose authority had been complicitous with the chauvinistic State ideology.  He berated the methodological status quo in Chinese Muslim scholars’ historiography for tailoring local and ethnic memories to cater to the legitimacy of its hegemonic control.  In the same vein, he called into question the validity of collecting and editing historical documents according to empiricist standards, chastising its total submission to a positivist view of historical development in the name of scholarly objectivity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
He specifically targeted the renowned Hui historian Yang Huaizhong whose investigation of ''munafeles'', ''Hui'' collaborators with ''Manchu'' and ''Han'' rulers, had, in Zhang’s view, internalized the reigning codes of power-knowledge alliance.  Despite of his fine appraisal and extensive research, Zhang reproves Yang’s aloof stand:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the one hand, you try to reflect critically yourself and your tradition, on the other, you want to bring to light the suppression and violation committed against the human soul.  How can the kind of subject you’re studying still be the same historiography? &lt;br /&gt;
If Yang had yet to shake off the false sense of ethnic anonymity, Zhang does not make it any easier for himself when faced with the historical injustice inflicted upon the ''Huis''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
At the Jinji Bao, a historical site of many quelled ''Hui'' uprisings in 19th century, he could hardly help chiding himself for not “avenging the historical wrongs” as a professional historian.   He confesses in a 1996 essay entitled “Odes to Waves”: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It so happened that I have the fortune of being a full-fledged academic historian, yet I examined every single detail (of official records) critically but could not offer any rebuttal.  It so happened that I was born of ''Hui'' parentage, yet I attempted to skirt around it but could not escape this historical site---the wintry mist shrouding Jinji Bao pounded me wave after wave, pressing me to make a pledge, to declare a ''nietie'',   to make good the pledge of being dedicated to the people I took rather casually years ago. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Huizhong, also known as Yang Mohammed Usiar, is a well-known Hui historian who has done crucial research on 18th Century Jahriyya Muslim uprisings.  Zhang’s critical comments appear in T''he Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness'' (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
This is not an occasional outburst of emotions for the sake of letting off his own guilt.  This is sincere self-reproach to prod himself into keeping his ethnic memory and affective empathy from being worn thin by his years of academic studies, field work and research.  Unlike the New Scholars’ chase of  “disinterest” and neutrality, Zhang opts  valiantly for the direction of racial and social activism: to knock down posts erected by “objective” histories, penetrate the walls of political and religious phobias and uncover the buried truths of ethnic repression and violence.  One might query Zhang’s view of historical scholarship as emotive and skewed, thus running the risk of demeaning historiography into personal misgivings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
But in the era of cultural pluralism and ethnic identities, it is precisely the affective and personal that keep our ethnic awareness alive and urge us not to take boundaries of power and knowledge for granted.    &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
No doubt, Zhang enters the debate of “the ultimate concern” of the mid-1990s, but he does so on his terms.  He puts forward an ethnographical approach consisted of a person’s affective propensities (''qinggan''), ethnic lineage (''xuetong'') and a “prefigured destiny” (''qianding'').  These are interlocked and reciprocal in variety of ways to enmesh a person in a nexus of cultural dialogics.  He then probes the illusion of professionalism in the form of an “originary question” (''yuanchu zhiwen'').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
He asks: “How do you account for your being in the face of your own soul when there is nothing scientific or ideological to fend you from this ultimate accountability?”   To him what accounts for his ultimate humanist concern is his ''Hui'' ethnicity.  Ethnicity, according to Michael Fischer, “ … is something dynamic, often unsuccessfully repressed or avoided.  It can be potent even when not consciously taught; … something that institutionalized teaching easily makes chauvinistic, sterile, and superficial.”   It is thus the “id-like” sentient and psychological that lay the ground for one’s ethnic/cultural conditioning and in turn bring it to bear upon one’s historical awareness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sinicized Islamic term for “taking a devotional vow.”  It is also known as Juyi in Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1999a, 37.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, The Heroes’ Paths in Wilderness (Shanghai: Zhishi Publishing House, 1994) 125. &lt;br /&gt;
Michael Fischer, ‘Ethnicity and the post-modern arts of memory,” in James Clifford and George Marcus, eds., Writing Culture: The Poetics and Politics of Ethnography (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1986) 195. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
Being ethnically predisposed as an “other” likewise makes Zhang acutely watchful of the State’s covert practice of ethnocentrism in the name of social progress and scientific rationality.  Drawing on his renewed ethnic ethos, Zhang has no qualms in issuing a call to all historians: “… disinherit the whole positivist baggage of the conventional historiography, and seek out the complex intuitive faculty of your individual soul.” &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
What about his image of a lone moral crusader?  A great deal of ruckus has been raised over Zhang’s arguably obsessive stress on the “purity” and “truthfulness” of the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims; he is disparaged by some critics as “the most self-pleased” man in China today,”   due precisely to his tireless and unsuspecting adoration of the close-knit and reclusive ''Jahriyya'' community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
作为一个 &amp;quot;他者 &amp;quot;的民族倾向，同样也使张先生对国家以社会进步和科学理性的名义，隐蔽地实行民族中心主义的做法产生了敏锐的警惕。 借着重新焕发的民族气质，张先生毫无顾忌地向所有历史学家发出号召。&amp;quot;... 摒弃传统史学的全部实证主义包袱&amp;quot; &amp;quot;寻找你个人灵魂的复杂直觉能力&amp;quot; 。&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
他的一个孤独的道德十字军形象呢？ 张先生对''贾里雅''穆斯林的 &amp;quot;纯洁性 &amp;quot;和 &amp;quot;真实性 &amp;quot;可以说是执着地强调，引起了很大的骚动；他被一些评论家贬为当今中国 &amp;quot;最自得其乐 &amp;quot;的人，&amp;quot;这正是由于他孜孜不倦地、不怀好意地崇拜着封闭而隐居的''贾里雅''群体。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:38, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
Does this not make him one of those solitary seekers of moral perfection in a morally promiscuous age?  Zhang’s admonishing axioms seem to answer in a seamless fit to Wang Xiaoming’s definition of a self-oriented search for ethical righteousness.  As an alternative to the intellectuals’ direct involvement in politics of the 1980s, Wang emphasized the personal quality of ultimate concern and argued: “(1) you can only search for the ultimate value from your personal experience; (2) what you find is your own interpretation of what the ultimate value is, not the ultimate value itself.”   Zhang seems to share the solitary seekers’ new sense of priorities in favoring a self-motivated quest for absent moral virtues, albeit transcendental and visionary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
But one facet of his writings forcefully rejects that equation: he has all along kept up public-minded criticism of social ills and moral depravities as a free-lance social/cultural critic.  What the seekers of personal integrity and sublimation failed to hang onto Zhang has carried on with infinitely sharper insight and fiercer zeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang detects and detests the anxiety of these individuals to rise above the laity of social meanings and responsibilities as a way to avoid being an accomplice to ideological repression. And indeed his most scathing exposé has so far been reserved for the mainstream intellectuals rather than the money-grabbing ''New Riches'' or the consumerist mass.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When readers’ feedback to his ''History of the Soul'' heated up into a media squabble in 1994, Zhang burst onto the scene again with another of his tirades “Poets, why aren’t you indignant?”   The essay is brimmed with scorn for the public for its total surrender to consumerism and their frantic drive for worldly pleasures; yet it is the intellectual mainstay who bear the brunt of his verbal onslaught.  Zhang accused them of “selling out to monetary gains and worldly repute,” the news media of “swarming up like bees after the ‘big shots’ for petty favors and leftovers, and the cultural critics of “becoming painfully silent on any honest, principled, to-the-point criticism.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang 1994a, 125.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuanshan, “Zhang Chengzhi---the Most Self-Pleased Writer” at Xin yu si dianzi wenku (www.xys.org), listed under Zhang Yuanshan.&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Rulun et al, “The Humanist Spirit: whether and How Is It Possible?---Reflections on the Humanist Spirit, I” in Dushu 3: 3-13.&lt;br /&gt;
For a fine critique of this shift of intellectual paradigm, see also Xu Ben.  Disenchanted Democracy: Chinese Cultural Criticism after 1989 (Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1999) 49-56. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
For a time, Zhang’s readers felt jabbed by his barbed comments on the gaping “void” of spiritual faith and rampant cynicism, philistinism and moral incompetence among the intellectuals.  They were also exacerbated by his unmatched tribute to the ''Jahriyya'' Muslims who remained unperturbed by the hustle and bustle of economic boom elsewhere in China.  All this led the public to conclude that Zhang’s posturing was cashing in on the polarization of the Haves and the Have-nots of China’s new social strata, and that with his accolades for “the poor men’s religion” he intended to push for the image of a “Me-alone Spirituality.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
This grave misperception turned out to be the main ground for his detractors like Wang Shuo to lodge a protest, accusing him of getting rich with loyalties for his publications in Japan and overseas while turning hypocritically around to lecture the intellectuals at home in their weakness for cynicism, corruption and bankruptcy.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Nothing could be further from the truth: although feeling at home with the rigid and barren habitat of the poverty-stricken Muslims, Zhang is not necessarily biased against material comforts or social development as some critics have labeled him to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种严重的误解竟然成为王朔等人诋毁他而提出抗议的主要理由，指责他依靠日本和海外出版的刊物事业一心一意地发大财，却还虚伪地反过来教训国内知识分子玩世不恭、腐败潦倒。  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这一切都离不开此等事实：即张先生虽然对贫困穆斯林僵化贫瘠的生活环境感到十分亲切，但他并不一定像某些批评家所标榜的那样，会对物质享受和社会发展持有偏见态度。--[[User:Wang Meiling|Wang Meiling]] ([[User talk:Wang Meiling|talk]]) 14:46, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This grave misperception turned out to be the main ground for his detractors like Wang Shuo to lodge a protest, accusing him of getting rich with loyalties for his publications in Japan and overseas while turning hypocritically around to lecture the intellectuals at home in their weakness for cynicism, corruption and bankruptcy.   &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种严重的错误认识，成了像王朔这样的诋毁者提出抗议的主要理由，他们指责他依靠在日本和海外的出版物一心只想着致富，同时又虚伪地反过来告诫国内知识分子，说他们玩世不恭、腐败潦倒。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing could be further from the truth: although feeling at home with the rigid and barren habitat of the poverty-stricken Muslims, Zhang is not necessarily biased against material comforts or social development as some critics have labeled him to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
事实并非如此：尽管张先生对贫困穆斯林的僵硬贫瘠的生活环境感到熟悉亲切，但他并不一定像一些批评家所说的那样，对物质享受或社会发展抱有偏见。--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 16:09, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Rather, he is adamant with the intellectuals’ frailties in the face of social malfunction and injustice as a result of harried economic policies, and he is outspoken about what little critical awareness the educated class can foster against the blindly raging “market forces” and the new alliances of wealth and power.  In 1999, Zhang wrote a sequel “Again to the Honorable Teacher” to his 1991 tribute to Lu Xun, in which he firmly declares that he will not back down from his previous judgment on Lu Xun’s misfortune---why Lu Xun chose not to leave us a legacy of great volumes of scholarly or professional worth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi and Zhang Wei initiated a heated round of ''bizhan'' (pen-combats) in the Literary Supplement of ''Wenhui'' Bao (Wenhui Daily, Shanghai) over the issue of mass consumption and culture with many writers who are more sympathetic with the marketized economy and consumerist culture.  This essay by Zhang---“Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” is featured as the leading editorial on August 7, 1994.    &lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Poets, Why aren’t you indignant?” in ''Wenhui'' Bao (Shanghai) (August 7, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;
For further detail of this dispute, read Geremie Barmé, ''In the Red: On Contemporary Chinese Culture'' (New York: Columbia University Press, 1999) 304-309. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, Zhang now argues, in less sarcastic yet firmer terms, why Lu Xun’s solitary yet relentless social and cultural crusades are gaining rather losing currency in 1990s’ China.  He writes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The populace in this nation have little power or scarce hope.  But they are quick to discover: when they suffer and despair under the heavy burden of tyrannical rule of the bureaucratic few, “the intellectual class” turn out to be, after politicians and money, another cruel oppressor.  The broad masses want nothing more than being fed and clothed.  But they need the intellectuals to keep up the basic and constant criticism of the social elite and the powerful.  Otherwise, their plight would be unthinkable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
We, as readers of Lu Xun’s ''zawen'', are surely struck by the familiar wording, the similar tone, and the unyielding views that have implausibly found their way back into Zhang’s essays over half a century later.  We are also surprised at how candid and unaffected he is when making such social commentary from a position comparable to the Great Lu Xun.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is tempted to ask: is Zhang grandstanding?  I think not.  However, the causes for leaping to charges against his feisty offensive are worth looking into: they are, ironically, spawned off the same binary frame of mind that has been consistently used by the CCP ideologues to denounce the inroads made by “liberal bourgeois values;” yet such a frame of mind is also replicated by many of Zhang’s critics at home and overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
Odd bedfellows resting on the same cultural logic, they argue that criticism of the intellectuals’ dislocation and impotence in current China is motivated by the either/or option.  One is either directed by a regressive Party-led agenda to exert the authority of socialist ideological legacy while intimating their message amidst the consumerist ambience.  Or he/she is motivated by a dissenting political force to jump-start a new round of political subversion while laying itself open to patronage of the West (mainly America)-centered global order.  Zhang’s detractors from both these stances see eye-to-eye on his role in today’s cultural politics, following the either/or mode of straightjacket thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
But I believe he is neither a firebrand of old egalitarian idealism nor an extremist with religious fundamentalist zeal.  His self-styled apologist persona is neither a haughty custodian of monolithic values, nor a self-righteous model of narcissistic purity and perfection, nor a slick po-mo master showcasing newly imported goods.  His is more of a lone outlaw in a “mobile warfare” in the Gramchian sense: preying on the unjust and corrupt elite, yet forever keeping the society at large at bay.   &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Take the case of Zhang’s attitude towards “the people.”  Pervasive social and cultural changes triggered by State-endorsed market economy had been set in place in China by mid-1990s which had led to seismic dislocation and reordering across the entire social spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
The result is that familiar notions such as “the people” had been stripped of their usual ideological moorings, whereas the newly emerged social grouping was yet to be reckoned with.  While the recent cultural warfare has struck a bitter discord between the Liberals and the New Leftists over the definition of the masses (''dazhong''),  Zhang has been relentlessly lucid and unambiguous who they are---those of the disadvantaged and the impoverished in China today.   He is evidently critical of the Liberals who are eager for China to partake of a global economic order and evolve into a liberal society with a rising middle class as the nucleus of its civic values, but tend to lose sight of how this class of well-off Chinese (most notably the New Riches) can emerge without tipping economic and social imbalances towards those at the lower rungs of the social ladder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其结果是，人们熟悉的概念，如“人民”，已被剥夺了他们通常的意识形态根基，而新出现的社会群体还有待考虑。虽然最近的文化战争在自由主义者和新左派对“大众”的定义上产生了激烈的分歧，但张却毫不含糊地明确了他们是谁——当今中国的弱势群体和贫困群体。他显然是重要的自由主义者,他们迫切希望中国参与全球经济秩序和发展成一个自由与崛起的中产阶级社会作为其公民价值观的核心,但往往忽视这类富裕的中国人(尤其是新兴富人群体)的出现，而不引爆经济和社会失衡以及影响刚刚起步的社会主义事业。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 13:50, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
其结果是，&amp;quot;人民 &amp;quot;等熟悉的概念已被剥去了惯常的意识形态寄托，而新出现的社会群体却还没有被重视起来。 当最近的文化战在自由派和新左派之间就大众（''大中''）的定义发生激烈的争执时，张先生却毫不留情地明确了他们是谁--当今中国的弱势群体和贫困者。  他显然对自由派提出了批评，他们渴望中国参与全球经济秩序，并发展成为一个以中产阶级为公民价值核心的自由社会，但却往往忽视了这个富裕的中国阶层（最主要的是新富阶层）如何能够在不使经济和社会失衡向社会底层倾斜的情况下出现。--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:39, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
For that matter, he is also adamant with the Po-Mo culturalists whose extreme ''kowtowing'' to the market culture and its mass consumers is, by way of an odd twist, turned into propelling forces for the predominantly ''Han'' Chinese to regain a very ethnocentric mode of self-empowering in a renewed East-West confrontation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Zhang’s view on “the people” is in close proximity to those of the New Leftists, he does not convey them as if they were their carbon copies.  Instead he distills the critical efficacy of their combat with the deceptive “mass culture” and implants it in his border-violating strategy as a mobile yet vital critiquing position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
Contrary to what he sometimes claims---to jettison the culpable intellectuals in the name of “religious” purity, Zhang has always felt the urge to recharge the power of the intellectual self as expository but not dispossessing, diagnostic but not agnostic, and independent but not self-insulating.  The key to his border-crossing self is a dialogic interplay among multiple viable postures of the self while never allowing the self to be tied to a single rigid form of it.   It is by negotiating between these individual stances of conviction that Zhang aims to create a vigilant and constructive ambience to see to the redress of social injustice.  While revisiting Lu Xun in “Again to the Honorable Teacher,” he avidly called on Chinese intellectuals to embark on a solitary but enduring quest for the interests of the people at the lower rungs of the society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further readings on this dispute, read Li Shitao, ed. Zhishi fengzi lichang: ziyou zhiyi zhizheng yu zhongguo xixiangjie de fenghua (The Position of Chinese Intellectuals: The divided intellectual circle over the issue of Liberalism) (Changchun: Shidai wenyi chubanshe, 2000).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
To engage in a dialogue with these masses, he observes, is for the intellectuals “to forever keep a watchful custody of such people against the socially established and the powerful.”  And the masses will discover Zhang’s polemical writings, much as they did Lu Xun’s Zawen in 1930s, “there is always someone like Lu Xun who is cussing his heart, all alone in his crusade.”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discussion of this chapter: The ''xiaopin wen'' between ''xianshi sanwen'' and ''zawen'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''King-Fai Tam''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would first of all like to commend the contributors of this chapter for their original, well researched and well articulated papers which represent a diversity of angles of approaching the study of essays, while sharing an interest in the polemical nature of the genre.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, “Zaizhi xiansheng” in Wuyuan de sixiang (Unassisted Thoughts) (Changsha: Hunan chubanshe, 1999) 100-105.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
Together, they constitute an eye-opener for me, given my interest in ''xiaopin'' wen and other similar works with a lyrical bent that shy away from discursiveness and argumentation.  If the ''xiaopin'' wen writers have anything to say about politics and society, it is often with a bemused tone; and the most that one can expect from them is a lamentation of some unjust social phenomenon, accompanied perhaps by an expression of outrage and an ineffectual cry for change.  In that sense, ''xiaopin'' wen can be said to have rejected one the basic tenets of the essay as a process of experimentation, questioning, reflection, and, indeed, essaying.  Too often, it gestures superficially to the analysis of an issue, only to come down heavily on an emotional response at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，''xiaopin''wen可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:WuQiong|WuQiong]] ([[User talk:WuQiong|talk]]) 13:21, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界，让我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品产生了兴趣，。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，“小品”文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 13:47, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，小品文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鉴于我对 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文和其他类似的抒情作品的兴趣，这些作品加在一起，让我大开眼界。 如果说 &amp;quot;小品 &amp;quot;文对政治和社会有什么要说的话，那往往是带着一种无奈的语气；人们能从他们那里得到的最多的是对某种不公正的社会现象的哀叹，也许还伴随着一种愤怒的表达和对改变的无效的呼喊。 在这个意义上，''小品''文可以说拒绝了散文的一个基本原则，即把散文作为一个实验、质疑、反思的过程，事实上，也是散文的过程。 很多时候，它表面上摆出了分析问题的姿态，却在最后重重地落在了情感的回应上。--[[User:Wang Meiling|Wang Meiling]] ([[User talk:Wang Meiling|talk]]) 14:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, the four contributions to this chapter point out that there is a bigger world in the study of essays beyond ''xiaopin'' wen.  The essay can, as Mary Scoggin argues, be cantankerous, recalling the image of a spear and a dagger, where one piece of ''zawen'' is more likely to elicit an equally cantankerous response than to put an issue to rest. With good reasons, we describe such exchanges as ''pizhan'' (battling with the pen). The essay is also a site where the essayist can consciously sculpt an image of himself, as Lu Jie and Liu Xinmin show in the cases of Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, while one single piece of essay is indeed different from a treatise in that its brevity makes it ill-equipped to address an issue in great depth, essayists such as Zhang Wei and Zhang Chengzhi can resort to voluminous output, exhaustively exploring different shades of a question in one essay after another to build up a coherent position.  Wang Ban furthermore approaches the essay as a sensibility, or a structuring device, with which a writer tells and retells a story, puts forward a proposition and modifies or denies it.  As such, it replaces the novel as the form that best captures the consumerist ethos of urban China in the 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, if a literary genre can take up so many shapes and forms, are we still justified to consider these shapes and forms as a uniform entity, to be analyzed and studies with the same methodology ?  In my study of the essay, I have often been confronted with this question.  In the New England Association of Asian Studies conference in October last year I raised a similar query in response to the presentations of Alexandra Wagner, Martin Woesler and Xinmin Liu: in what way can we consider works as diverse as those of Feng Zhi, Qu Qiubai, and a group of other writers that we discussed that day as essays? Now, in light of the four papers of this chapter, I would like to ask the same question again. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
I will take the clue from Wang Ban when he considers the “polemic pole” for the essay, i.e., that which the essay stands against, and see whether we can understand what essay is but finding out what it is not.  At different historical junctures and in different cultural contexts, the essay has served as the voice of the opposition and the marginal.  Wang Ban has already alluded to Adorno’s “The Essay as Form” to underscore the institutional system of philosophy, the discourse of scientific positivism, and its attendant socio-cultural conditions of reification, to which the essay stands in opposition.  Likewise, one can find a late twentieth-century parallel where the articulation of feminism and decolonization often takes the form of the essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, in the Chinese context, even if we narrow it down to the last two decades of the twentieth century, it is not entirely clear what the polemic pole of the essay is.  Wang Ban believes that the polemical pole to contemporary Chinese essays to be identified as the Enlightenment and Marxist paradigm of teleological history and its literary counterpart: the novel of “revolutionary realism.”  For the zawen she is examining, Mary Scoggin suggests that ''zawen'' spits in the face of a “discourse of beauty” that serves to mute criticism in ''the'' name of  social and rhetorical graciousness, an attitude that essentially forbids ''zawen'' writers to say anything if they cannot think of something nice to say. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Chengzhi, Xinmin’s subject, has made it abundantly clear that his essays are manifestations of a historical method that deconstructs Han chauvinism even as he has little by way of counter evidence to go by.  Like Wang Ban, Lu Jie also pits the essay against the novel, but for a different reason, and with findings intriguingly different from that of Wang Ban.  Wang Ban attributes the “metafictional” signs in Wang Anyi’s ''Shushu di gushi'' to the intrusion of the essayist sensibilities.  In other words, it is her essayist touch that accounts for the tentativeness of her narrative. On the other hand, Lu Jie succeeds in showing that Zhang Wei the novelist is much more tentative and equivocal than Zhang Wei the essayist.&lt;br /&gt;
《新民》的主体，张承志已经非常清楚地表明，他的散文是解构大汉族主义的历史方法的表现，尽管他几乎没有任何相反的证据可供参考。和王班一样，卢杰也把这篇文章与《红楼梦》对立起来，但原因不同，他的发现与王班的截然不同。王班把王安忆《叔叔的故事》中的“元化”符号归结为散文家情感的侵入。换句话说，正是她的散文家风格造成了她的叙述的不确定性。另一方面，卢杰成功地展示了小说家张伟比散文家张伟更加犹豫不决和模棱两可。--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 13:49, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Even if one were to maintain that ''Jiuyue yuyan'', like ''Shushu di gushi'', is informed by the essayist sensibilities, one still has to consider why Zhang Wei’s essays are more categorical, and hence more simplistic and reductionist, in their assertion than the novel, whose meaning requires considerable teasing out.  What is one to make of this discrepancy between Wang Anyi and Zhang Wei?  What does it say about the two writers?  And what do they have to say, if anything, about the essay and the novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
即使有人坚持认为《九月寓言》和《叔叔的故事》一样，都是受散文家的情感影响的，但我们还是要思考为什么张炜的散文在论断上比小说更直截了当，也因此更为简单明了，而他的小说的意义却需要相当多的梳理推敲。怎么去理解王安忆和张炜之间的这种差异呢？对于这两位作家有什么看法呢？他们对这篇文章和小说有什么要说的吗？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In various ways, our contributors also look into the self-image the essayists construct for themselves as they participate in the cultural polemics at the end of the century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在本世纪末的文化论战中，我们的撰稿人也从不同的角度审视了散文家为自己建构的自我形象。--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 15:56, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
Gone, apparently, is the supercilious pose of the ''xianshi'' essayist who, to paraphrase Lu Xun’s famous translation of Kuriyagawa Hakuson, “sits in a rocking chair by the stove in winter or puts on a bathrobe in summer to drink tea and chat casually with one’s good friends about things that do not give one a headache.”  Rather, as our contributors succeed in pointing out, headache is precisely what our essayists aim to provide.  Even though they also affect varying degrees of reclusivity or compromise, they always come back later to the polemic fray with renewed vigor. I have in mind such instances as Zhang Wei’s repeated claim to find a monastery in the mountains where he will study all by himself for a year even as he goes around giving advice to his readers on how best to resist the corrupting influences of mass culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the ''zawen'' writer distance themselves from the overtly declamatory tone with the sole purpose of making their gripes more readily stomachable, and their voices more readily heard.   Zhang Chengzhi’s temporary withdrawal into religious isolation is another example, for, after a brief period of reclusivity, he enters once again the public sphere with deeper conviction and a broader agenda.  In light of Wang Ban’s discussion, Wang Anyi’s case is perhaps less clear-cut than the rest.  To be sure, she seems to have adapted rather well to the new consumerist society that commodifies literature; yet, it is clear that there is a serious intent in her deployment of the essayist sensibilities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, to the extent that ''Shushu di gushi'' has challenged the master-narrative with which the life’s progress of a rehabilitated rightist is often told, I would argue that the essayist sensibilities, far from being irrelevant to history, can be put to historical use.  The works of Zhang Wei, Zhang Chengzhi and Shao Yanxiang can perhaps supply us with a footnote to the historical relevance of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The 20th Century Chinese Essay - Characteristics, Actors, and Trends'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Martin Woesler''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the first part of my paper, which deals with the characteristics of the essay, I will start with a definition of the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form: “Essay”, in Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文, is a genre term for shorter, self-contained nonfictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question using a subjective I-perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce the hypothesis that the Chinese and the Western essays belong to the same international genre and try to prove it by showing cross-cultural similarities both in form and content. However, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay, which I will name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second part, I try to narrate the beginnings of the rediscovery of the essay in the early 1980s. Not before 1995 did international scholarship start to use common philological methods to explore single essayists or the essays of groups and to write a history of the Chinese essay. Then I will show the topical development of political and apolitical essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the third part, I will ask, who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
I will introduce Lu Xun, with his sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. Analysis reveals that he still remains the most-read essayist, not because of his ''zawen'', but because of his reminiscences and lyrical essays. Using the examples of the most often reprinted essays, “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b), “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924), “Wild Vegetables of my Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925), “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974) and “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b), I will show that moving essays form the top tier of the genre. I will also try to stimulate further analytic works by giving hints for examples of promising intertextual and intersubjective comparison.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth section, I will name contemporary trends in essay writing. After the Cultural&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Revolution essays came from the perspective of an authentic eye. In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism demanded a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tried to give a personal orientation, as essayists pleaded for moral virtues. Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s were written with a kind of new subjectivism, targeted away from contemporary contradictions but appealing to the feelings of the audience by creating either a positive or a negative world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fast-paced nature of current Chinese society demands diverting and short texts. There is also increasing consciousness of individuality, for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem which is mediated by its metrical and formal demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
In China we see a renewed interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s and 30s. We become conscious of the banality of daily life when it is being used as a literary topic, as in the essay, which most commonly treats the genre of everyday life. The de-ideologization of Chinese society led to a rediscovery of the apolitical essays, dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928. In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished; the only political relic is patriotism, for example expressed in the monograph published in 1996, ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see ''China can say no''!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.	CHARACTERISTICS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1	Defining the essay as a non-fictional subjective representation in a free form'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to international literature, the basic subdivision of literature in China in general is one in three types: epic (with ''xiaoshuo'' (fiction), sanwen (here in the broader meaning non-fictional prose)), lyrics ''shige'' (lyrics) and ''xiqu'' (drama).  Though there is no pure epic form, fiction and prose are often jointly addressed with the Chinese term “''wu yunwen''” which corresponds to the term “epic” in the West. The types may be distinguished roughly by their nature in the following way: In the epic, bygone events are retold, a broad, filled story dominates the foreground.  In the lyrics, the reader is encouraged to feel the current sensations and often confessionlike feelings of the poet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
The drama recalls a self-contained action directly in monologue or dialogue and in this way unburdens the re-creative imagination of the readers/spectators through it.  The essay as a genre of the epic is a detached non-fictional subjective representation in a free form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Essay,” Chinese mostly ''sanwen'' 散文 , is a genre term for shorter, self-contained non-fictional prose texts, in which the author tries to mediate individual experiences on an object or a question out of subjective I-perspective.  This it tries associatively and from different sides, not as a text for daily use, but with artistic or educationally demanding means of language, nevertheless in an accessible form.  The resource is mastered by the essayist sovereignly and the topic is seen in a larger context and can even be presented humorously.  Free-dom in form and content is essential for the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Different perspectives range in the international genre of the essay: Genres are primarily divisions of literature through the scholarship of literature for specialized contemplation and in order to be able to compare similar texts more easily.  On the other hand, subcategoring the essay in too many small entities, questions the sense of such subdivisioning in reference to hermeneutic findings.  One must also stay aware of the changing nature of literature itself and the relativity of the scientific perspective, which is still a timely one, even if its accepted internationally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regional deviations seem less important for the essay than for established genres like short stories, novels etc., and far less important than for poems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
All these other genres are seen as international genres.  My hypothesis, that the Chinese and the Western essay also belong to the same international genre maybe proved by the crosscultural mutualities both in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 21st century, the world is growing together and culture is mainly determined by the grade of modernization.  The Chinese essay, as we find it in newspapers today, has taken on the form and content of the Western essay and is aimed at a target group comparable to that of the Western essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
This is a second hint that the modern Chinese essay belongs to the international genre of the essay. Even though the translation of ''duanpian xiaoshuo'' with ''short stories'' is commonly accepted, both are less closely related than the Western essay and its Chinese counterpart. The definition, which I developed out of a sample of more than 5000 modern Chinese essays, fits also the special international understanding of the essay (following Bolz 13:269-272 on the development of the western essay; Butrym 1989 on the theory of the western essay). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of the term “''sanwen''” instead of “''suibi''” (familiar essay) or “''xiaopin wen''” (short literary piece) is of course arbitrary, but it corresponds to the present usage. In about 200 essay collections and histories between 1949 and 1996 known to the author, ''sanwen'' turned out to be the common expression, ''xiaopin'' was used only in one out of 25 essay titles of the PR China, in one out of 14 Taiwanese, and one out of ten Hong Kong publications.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这是中国现代散文属于国际散文文体的第二个暗示。尽管写“短故事”的&amp;quot;短篇小说&amp;quot;的翻译被普遍接受，但两者之间的联系却不如西方散文和中国散文紧密。这一定义是我从5000多篇现代中国论文样本中得出的，也符合国际上对这篇论文的特殊理解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
当然，用“散文”代替“随笔”或“小品文”是随意的，但它符合现在的用法。在1949年至1996年作者所知的约200本杂文集和历史中,“散文”更为常见,而只有1/25的中国文章标题、1/14的台湾出版物，以及1/10的香港出版物使用“小品文”。--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 02:16, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
Besides the trend towards a globalized society, first expressed in Zhou Zuoren's call to adopt the English essay style, there are special local characteristics of the Chinese essay. How is the Chinese essay to determine culturally, what makes it “Chinese”? In the occidental essay the ''form'' seems to be a more important criterion of differentiation than in its Chinese counterpart. In China even those texts are included, which have only a similar content, but cross the borders of the formal generical framework. This can be shown with Cheng Ming-Lee, who subcategorises the “unfinished diary” or the “unfinished letter”.  Those texts belong - within the Western context - to texts of personal use and therefor to the non-fictional prose works.  Only after they have been altered into essays (Cheng Ming-Lee: “essay in diary form” and “essay in letter form,” see Cheng Ming-Lee), they are accepted as essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
周作人是第一个呼吁采用英语文风来体现全球化社会趋势的，除此之外，中文杂文还具有地方特色。 中文杂文如何在文化上定义，是什么让其更加“中国化”？ “形式”在西方杂文里，比在中文散文中，更为一个重要的区分标准。 在中国，甚至包括那些内容相似的文本，但都跨越了正式通用框架的边界。 程明利（Cheng Ming-Lee）将“未完成的日记”或“未完成的信件”分类，进而证明了这一点。这些文本在西方语境中属于个人使用的文本，因此属于非虚构的散文作品。 只有在将其改写之后，人们才称之为杂文。--[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 01:44, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tendencial broader understanding of the essay in China can be traced back directly to the connotation, that the term ''sanwen'' possesses in Chinese: ''wú yùnwén''“non-rhythmic prose,” which originally meant all non-fictional prose.  In this broader meaning, also texts for personal or everyday use are included.  However I deal only with ''sanwen'' in the narrower meaning “short literary essay pieces”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Further differences are that Chinese essays often have ideological contents and show stylistic characteristics like repetitions and the usage of sayings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这种对中国论文的倾向性更广泛的理解可以直接追溯到“sanwen（散文）”一词的中文含义：“wúyùnwén（无韵文）”，“非韵律散文”，它最初是指所有非虚构的散文。 在这种更广泛的含义上，它还包括个人或日常使用的文本。 但是，我只用狭义的“散文”来处理“sanwen”。&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
进一步的区别是，中国散文往往具有思想内涵，并表现出重复性和俗语性等风格特征。--[[User:Yao Cheng|Yao Cheng]] ([[User talk:Yao Cheng|talk]]) 13:46, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
在中国，这种对散文更广泛理解的趋势，可以直接追溯到“散文”一词在中文里所具有的内涵:“无韵文”“非韵律散文”，最初指的是所有非虚构的散文。在这个更广泛的意义上，个人或日常使用的文本也包括在内。但我说的“散文”只是狭义的“短篇小片段”。进一步的区别是，中国散文往往具有思想内容，并表现出重复、用语等文体特征。--[[User:XiaoXi|XiaoXi]] ([[User talk:XiaoXi|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Xi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 I will describe the beginnings of the discovery of the essay.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the increase in essay writing from 1979 on, it took a decade for the first theoretical reflections on this phenomenon to appear. It took another decade before the international scholarship of Chinese Studies became aware of the phenomenon of the essay.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1980s, Chinese scholarship made a first major approach to reflect on essay literature by writing essay histories and collecting papers, which concentrated first on the essayistic work of single authors like Lu Xun. Also two essay conferences in the 1990s showed no move towards international scholarship. Not before 1995 did international scholarship started to use common philological methods to explore single essayists (on Gaylord Leung [Liang Xihua] 梁錫華 Kubin 1995, on Wang Meng 王蒙 Woesler 1995, on Liu Zaifu 劉再復 Mansberg 1995 [unpublished]) or essays of groups (on 'Xīnyùe pài 新月派' Wagner 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not before the second half of the 1990s, did a history of the Chinese essay using the means of Western philology appear (Woesler 1998). For the first time, the essay was included in Western anthologies of literature as a genre equal to fiction and poetry (''The Columbia Anthology of Modern Chinese Literature'' 1995, see Lau/Goldblatt, ''Modern Chinese Literary Thought'' 1996, see Denton).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the valuing of essays in China, Taiwan and the West, there are regional differences: In the States, essays are often chosen according to Western taste and totally unknown authors are given as much space as established ones.  In Taiwan, Lu Xun has been banned for a long time, but today, in my survey, which Chinese essayists are printed the most in the 1990s, he ranks 16th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one only take modern authors into account, he even ranks 12th.  Hong Kong literature on Yu Guangzhong has been censored by Huang Weiliang in favor for the first (see Lin Yaode, 50), and Wang Meng has been overestimated in the People’s Republic of China due to his political post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Still it remains a ''desideratum'' to get the most important Chinese essays in Western translation. Currently at least three essay collections in English translation are in the reviewing process (Tam King-Fai [announced]) or already published (Pollard 1999, Woesler 2000). Pollard's selection is a highly subjective and eclective choice of essays, covering even the premodern essay. Most of the contributors to the collection in hand met in 2000 on a first international conference on the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the years to come, a new ''Bonn History of Chinese Literature'' will grant the essay its proper place with two to three volumes only dedicated to the ''biji, youji'' and other essays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 20th Century Development and Hindrances'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of political essays sees a shift from the enlightenment-educational essay, which emerged in 1907, to the daily-political essays in the 1920-30s, further to anti-Japanese propaganda in the 1940s and ideological propaganda in the 1950s and 1960s. In the 1980/90s, the discussion of politics of daily interest form a smaller part than in the 1920/30s. In the 1980s all genres including poems and essays were used for the critic against the master narrative of Communism or the Maoist understanding of art as serving ideology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whilst the 1980s saw a revival of political issues in terms of discussion on the best system of society, (also in literature in general and in film) to a mere unpolitical and again more philosophical-moral theme spectrum in the 1990s, where essayists define their role, first of all to counterpart the consume-orientation of the masses. (Yu Guangzhong's essay “The Wolves are Coming” shows that the ideological perspective did not only harm mainland essaywriting, see Yu Guangzhong 1977.) The essay seems to be the only genre in China which has kept its educatio-nal claim with the exception of essays which claim to be “art pourt l'art”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mentioned the lack of translations in Western languages. One of the reasons might be the impression of some scholars that many of the Chinese essays were just propaganda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This might be true for the 1940s and even the 1950s, but nowadays this has changed, as the overwhelming majority of publications prove.  This demands a closer look: Since 1949, politically affirmative literature has been encouraged by the government, resulting in a statistical paradox: not the affirmative authors and their texts form the majority of the essayists read in the 1990s, but the critical essayists, whose texts oppose the order to serve politics through their apolitical, sometimes even defiant character.  In the 1990s, the texts of 1920s/1930s Republican China are still as often reprinted as their contemporary counterparts.  Obviously we can conclude that the politically affirmative essay of the 1950s only survived in special political essay collections and is no longer written by famous contemporary authors nor read by the Chinese audience in the beginning of the 21st century.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在20世纪40年代甚至50年代，这可能是真的，但如今，正如绝大多数出版物所证明的那样，情况已经改变了。这需要更仔细的观察:自1949年以来,在政治上积极的文学一直在政府的鼓励下,导致了统计上的悖论:在20世纪90年代的散文家中，大多数人不是持肯定态度的作者而是持批判态度的散文家，他们的文章是非政治的、有时甚至带有挑衅特征，以此来反对为政治服务的秩序。在20世纪90年代，中华人民共和国二三十年代的文本仍然和当代中国的文本一样被重印。显然，我们可以得出这样的结论:20世纪50年代的政治肯定随笔只存在于特殊的政治随笔集中，在21世纪初，当代著名作家的作品和中国读者的阅读都将不复存在。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 01:22, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In restrictive regimes, where freedom of speech is not guaranteed, people still have different political ideas.  To speak out directly is unhealthy, so in these countries people use art to express their differences. The most direct way of expressing political ideas in art is literature.  To trick the censors, one must find indirect ways of expression.  In an exhibition of ''Tendency Quarterly'', 16 banned Chinese magazines were displayed.  Most of the magazines choose the poem as their favorite form to express political thoughts.  After having been banned, some magazines went abroad and now are published in exile.  The internet has added a number of underground magazines, which are available also inside mainland China.  In the last years of the 20th century, one can find an increase of essays in these magazines. This might be a hint, that the authors dare to speak out more directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topical development of the unpolitical essay starts with the everyday-topics of Zhu Ziqing (“On Dreams,” see Zhu Ziqing 1928c) and Zhou Zuoren from 1917 (''My Own Garden'' 1923, “The Fly” 1924, “Reading on the Toilet” 1936), with a caesura 1927, when the political essays became the main stream, until the late 1930s, when the unpolitical essay was eliminated totally by the anti-Japanese movement. It didn't recover until the 1970s, when life turned back to normality and normal things became topics of interest because of their long absence. Again in the 1990s, the unpolitical essay boomed also due to less interest in political issues and the need for a new orientation in the new found world of mass consumerism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Actors: Lu Xun, Zhu Ziqing, Ba Jin, Wang Zengqi, Yu Guangzhong'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Who were the major players in the Chinese essayism of the 20th century?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Here is not the place to recount the struggle, which many of the today well-known heroes of the May-Fourth Movement had to establish their literary values and narrative. Unlike today, at that time the authors were also editors and publishers of magazines and therefore had a strong position in the cultural field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One thinks first of Lu Xun, who invented a sharp, polemic subgenre for daily-political use, the ''zawen''. In his own, broad understanding of ''zawen'', it could contain poems, short stories, drama etc. From a genial writer of short stories, he turned to ''zawen'' for the rest of his life, leaving behind a legacy of more than 700 essays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During his lifetime, with his sharp attacks, he was the most known essayist. But these essays were of daily-political interest only and are seldom read today. Analysis reveals now that he stills stays the most often read essayist until the end of the 20th century. Not his ''zawen'', but the following reminiscences and lyrical essays remain until the end of the century in the top-ten list of essays: “Autumn Night” (Lu Xun 1925b), a lyrical essay from ''Wild Grass'', in “Mr. Fujino” (Lu Xun 1926c), Lu Xun remembers his Japanese teacher, in “The Kite” (Lu Xun 1925a) he remembers how he hurted his younger brother's feelings once, and “From Hundred Plant Garden to Three Flavour Study” (Lu Xun 1926b), which recounts his childhood experience also with classical literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other most often printed essays are from Republican or modern times: The first is “The Back View” (Zhu Ziqing 1928b). With his whole work, this author ranks shortly behind Lu Xun. From this and other essays one can derive the criteria for essay best sellers in the P.R. of China: In “The Back View,” filial piety is the driving factor, parallelistic and repetitive structures in the atmospherical nebulous “The Moonlit Lotus Pond” (Zhu Ziqing 1927), also written by Zhu Ziqing, whose style easily may seem mannerist to the Western reader. In “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing 1924) the author describes a beautiful landscape and makes ancient customs alive again. Nostalgic home feelings are the emotional identification element in “Wild Vegetables of My Home Region” (Zhou Zuoren 1925).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong is represented in this list with the nostalgic “Listening to the Cold Rain” (Yu Guangzhong 1974). In Ba Jin's most often reprinted essay “In Memoriam of Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) he remembers his wife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Works of authors who decided to serve an ideology are far less often reprinted than the eight authors found to be leading: Mao Dun and Guo Moruo (rank 15) are mentioned in the average as seldom as Lu Xun in Taiwan and Yang Shuo (ranks 30) appears only half as often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore one can state, that unpolitical, moving essays form the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of the 36 most often (re)printed essayists, and the top 59 essays please see the mentioned monograph (Woesler 1998b).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The huge number of essays and essayists offer many possibilities for intertextual and intersubjective comparison, out of which only some thoughts can be indicated here due to lack of space. They might stimulate further analytic works. Lu Xun, Zhou Zuoren and Zhu Ziqing wrote about the same occasion, the massacre on March 18, 1926 quite differently. Zhu Ziqing attacks the government directly and promises it a soon collapse (“Report of the Government’s Great Massacre,” Zhu Ziqing [1926]). Lu Xun described the massacre in an unctuous chant instead (“Jinian Liu Hezhen jun” Lu Xun 1926a), and Zhou Zuoren bitter-humorously in his essay “Different Ways to Die” (Zhou Zuoren 1926).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different ways of coming into terms with the 'Cultural Revolution' we can see in the essays of Ba Jin, Bing Xin, and Wang Meng: Ba Jin enlucidated unsparingly to the extend of self-accusation (Ba Jin 1979a).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
大量的散文和散文家为互文性和主体间性的比较提供了许多可能性，但由于篇幅有限，这里只能表达一些想法。它们可能激发进一步的分析工作。鲁迅、周作人、朱自清对同一事件——1926年3月18日的大屠杀——的描写则截然不同。朱自清直接攻击了政府，并断定它很快就会崩溃(朱自清《政府大屠杀报告》[1926])。鲁迅用虚情假意的歌谣(《纪年刘和真君》鲁迅1926a)描述了这次大屠杀，而周作人则在他的散文《不同的死法》(周作人1926)中诙谐而辛辣地描写了这次大屠杀。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
从巴金、冰心、王孟等人的文章中，我们可以看到巴金对“文化大革命”的几种不同的看法:巴金的狂热达到了自我谴责的程度(巴金1979a)。--[[User:Blank|Blank]] ([[User talk:Blank|talk]]) 13:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng dealed with it humorously (Wang Meng 1980), Bing Xin tried to pretend continuity by naming her works after the 'Cultural Revolution' with the same titles as before: The successful collections ''Letter to the Children'' (Bing Xin 1931), and ''Letter to the Children, vol. 2'' containing texts since 1958, were followed by ''Letter to the Children, vol. 3 ''with texts since 1978. In her “Autobiographical Notes” (Bing Xin 1982) she simply skips the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A trip in early August 1923 (Mei/Wu, 46) with Yu Pingbo to the Qinhuai river, which Zhu knew from an earlier visit (Chen Xiaoquan, 68), inspired both to write in the same year at the age of about 24 and 26 an essay with the title “Splashing Oars and Lantern Light on the Qinhuai River” (Zhu Ziqing dated 10/11, 1923, Yu Pingbo dated 8/22, 1923, jointly published in ''Eastern Miscellany''), an English translation by Hu Shiguang can be found in ''Chinese Literature'' 1 (Spring 1988) Yu 162-172, and Zhu 173-182 resp. Zhu Ziqing and Yu Pingbo continue here a tradition of Chinese poets, writing poems on a common experienced journey to compete with each other. I found, that Zhu Ziqing's essays is more persuading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
王萌幽默地处理了这一问题（王萌1980），冰心试图通过在&amp;quot;文化大革命&amp;quot;后用与以前相同的标题命名自己的作品来假装连续性：成功收藏了《给儿童的信》（冰心1931） ）和“给孩子的信，第一卷， 2”（包含自1958年以来的文字），其次是“给孩子的信”（第一卷）。 3”自1978年以来一直使用文字。在她的“自传笔记”（Bing Xin 1982）中，她只是跳过了“文化大革命”。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱元培在1923年8月上旬（梅/吴，46岁）与秦淮河的一次旅行（陈小泉，68岁）认识了秦淮河，这激发了双方在同年24岁左右写诗的初衷。 26一篇题为“在秦淮河上泼桨和灯笼光”的文章（朱自清1923年10月11日，于平波1923年8月22日，在《东方杂记》上共同出版），英文翻译胡世光的著作可以在《中国文学》 1（1988年春季）中找到Yu 162-172和Zhu 173-182。朱自清和余平伯在这里延续了中国诗人的传统，在经历了共同竞争的共同经历中创作了诗歌。我发现朱自清的论文更具说服力。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 02:22, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Meng, Jia Pingwa and others wrote essays entitled “Falling leaves” (Jia Pingwa 1981, Wang Meng 1989) on the transitoriness of life in the allegory of falling leafs. It is interesting and surprising to discover the similarity between  a, the differences between the description and interpretation of the falling leaves and  b, the differences between the different authors' self-understanding and philosophy. One may compare essays entitled “On dreams” with 58 years difference in their origin (Zhu Ziqing 1928c, Bing Xin 1986). Moreover it is interesting to compare conceptions of essayism as we can see in Lu Xun's theory of “emerging” and “blossoming” and Zhou Zuoren's theory of the synthesis of the gongan school and the English essay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Trends&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1 The essay as a snapshot of contemporary thoughts'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the state of contemporary essay writing in China? Its position should be brought into its proper relationship to recent approaches, perspectives and terms of categorization, like post-modernist elements, post-colonial thinking, deconstructivism etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The increase of the essay production after the ‘Cultural Revolution’ might be explained with the ability of the essay, to express personal experiences much more authentically than other genres because of its immanent claim of historical truth.  But the essay is not a guarantee for objective truth: In the same time it is subjective, the essayist mediates his image consciously.  This restricts the reported truth to a subjective one and bears the risk of a wilfully “corrected” truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The individualism of the Republican era has been based on the common feeling to stand at a historical turning point and directed towards common targets like the creation of a New Literature and a new Chinese society.  In the 1980s and especially in the 1990s, individualism asks for a critical reflection on the satisfaction of personal consumption needs and tries to give personal orientation, essayists plead for moral virtues (“Serene” Wang Meng 1992, “First make your own things in a good way” Wang Meng 1994). These essays, mainly published in newspapers and magazines, are widely read by people in the rapidly changing, anonymous, alienating and consume-oriented mass cultural society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other essays in the 1980s and 1990s are in a kind of new subjectivism targeted away from contemporary contradictions but apply to the feelings of the audience by creating an either positive (“Shanxi Opera,” Jia Pingwa 1984) or negative world (“The Nightmare,” Si Yu 1995).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 The essay as the genre of the giddy-paced nature of society, individuality, socio-political discussions, de-ideologization, everyday's profaneity and banality'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the essay, we can see contemporary ''trends of literature'', which are also reasons for the increase in volume of this genre in the 1990s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The giddy-paced nature of current Chinese society with its demands for diverting and short texts: “[...] we live in an age of exposition” (Hall, xiii);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The increasing consciousness of individuality for which the essay is the most direct form of subjective expression, even more direct than the poem with its metrical and formal demands; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A revival of interest in discussing social-political issues through the medium of the essay, as was the case in the 1920s/30s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The banality of everyday life becomes conscious through becoming a literary topic, most commonly in the genre of everyday life, the essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The De-ideologization of Chinese society. Today not the governmentally demanded affirmative texts stand at the forefront, but unpolitical essays, mostly dating from the Republican era, especially from the years 1923 to 1928.  This observation is supported by the results of the mentioned statistical analysis.  The mostly read political essays after 1949 are critical essays. For example Ba Jin complains in “Remembering Xiao Shan” (Ba Jin 1979b) about the death of his wife in the 'Cultural Revolution'. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Regarding the compiling of essay collections: For the most often selected essays in the People’s Republic, Taiwan and Hong Kong, moral and aesthetic criteria seem to have underlain. This is a sign of the increasing independence of the editors of essay anthologies from governmental or ideological handicaps, and for the increasing commercialization of the publishing houses with an orientation toward customers (former: “readers”). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-In the latter half of the 1990s, the master narrator himself seems to be lost within the subjectivity of in-dividuals and everyday's profaneity and banality of a more and more formally organized but substantially empty citylife. Time loses worth, since more and more of the daily acctivities are filled with mechanical and autistic actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s, the essayistic culture of political criticism of the 1980s has vanished, the only political replique is the patriotism, for example expressed in the 1996 published monograph ''China can say no! – Possibilities for politics and emotions in the period after the cold war'' (see China can say no!).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reason that we do not find post-modernist essays in the sense of post-modernist fiction lies in the directness of the essay: The essay as a genre is a chat between author and reader and not an object d'art which wants to give cause for different interpretations or which would depend on exceptional form or contents or even quotations of pre-modern characteristics in order to make it an distinguishable object d'art. Also trends like the use of ordinary language, which one finds in novels since 1993 (Feidu, Jia Pingwa 1993; ''Ying'er'', Gu Cheng 1993) and ''New Borderlessness''  since 1995, cannot be proven in the essaywriting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Also the fictional realism David Der-Wei Wang sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proves helpful for the understanding of some essays, one being “The Small Dog Baodi” (Ba Jin 1981), in which the author turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in allegoric instead of in descriptive truth as before (“In Memoriam of Xiao Shan II,” Ba Jin 1984b). Similar is the concept of imaginery nostalgia, as Wang calls the fictional truth in Shen Congwen's work (David Wang 1992), helpful for the reading of “Rain in Kunming” (Wang Zengqi [1984]) as well as for “Shanxi Opera” (Jia Pingwa 1984). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Xin zhuangtai xiaoshuo 新狀態小說 new borderless fiction, represented by Chen Dong 韓東, Lu Yang 魯羊, Zhu Wen 朱文, Lin Bai 林白, Chen Liang 陳梁, Zhang Mei 張梅.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Post-colonialist thinking (Williams et al. 1994), which is to be seen as part of the social-political discourse, appears in essays, especially in the less critical political, but patriotic essays of the 1990s. Kafkaism helps us understand the essay “The Nightmare” (Si Yu 1995), where the author appears as a deconstructionist, the I-narrator even is drawn near to suicide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The Schwarcz' concept of ''personal grief'' expressed in a ''metaphorical discourse'' helps us to understand how Ba Jin was able to overcome the ''truth of being'' he was known for, only to reach a more convincing ''fictional truth'' through the metaphor of his dog Baodi (Schwarcz 1996).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''20th Century Chinese Essay - A Survey of the Genre and New Insights Into the Essayists Ba Jin, Zhou Zuoren, Zhu Ziqing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Martin Woesler&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The narrative established by literary histories  and anthologies has drawn a distorted picture of 20th century Chinese literature: The genre of the essay was almost ignored. In my paper I will demonstrate, how the picture of three authors change, if we take into consideration also some of their esayistic work. Here I choose the example of the critical political essay. The essay tells us more about an author than fiction or poetry, because in this genre, we encounter the author himself without metrical restrictions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1927, when the writers were threatened by a massacre among leftists by the National People's Party in Shanghai, a whole generation of writers found a common base in communist ideology, formally expressed in 1930 in the foundation of the &amp;quot;League of Left-Wing Writers&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many writers had to define and often redefine their position and self-understanding in reaction to the changing political climate, often burying their own ideals, in the larger perspective for the seeming &amp;quot;needs&amp;quot; of society, which also claimed the author to be one of its products. This struggle of finding a position in a politicized environment is best documented in the essay --- &amp;quot;a genre of self-reflection&amp;quot;. Moreover, by its very nature, the essay overcomes boundaries of form and content. Therefore there are more essays than there is fiction free from political thoughts. Some essayists even went a step further, deconstructed the master narrative of leftist ideology, like the three writers I will talk about today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zhou Zuoren'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The master narrative of the offical literary history of the People's Republic on Zhou Zuoren is, that a sophisticated May Fourth genius &amp;quot;degenerated&amp;quot; and later became a national &amp;quot;traitor&amp;quot;. Zhou's writings were officially considered bad literature, a total elimination of his texts was only prevented, because of the fame of his brother, who became a state author posthumously through the valuing of Mao Zedong. Actually the reception of his essays reaches a new climax now, in the essay collections of the 1990s, his essays rank 3rd, as I was able to proof with a survey of 5000 essays. That makes clear that his political engagement had no effect on the brilliance of his literary works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The official assessment of the People's Republic is that Zhou's work experienced a caesura in 1938 due to his &amp;quot;degeneration&amp;quot; and opposition against the patriotic campaign.  Zhou kept trying to aesthetizise the little things of the everyday out of the subjective experience of his private space his whole life, only seven months after the incident at Marco Polo bridge he showed that it was again possible to write about a candy seller  for which he had been critizised as &amp;quot;paralyzing&amp;quot; . But there was indeed a caesura, namely the change in style and subject in his essays on literature, art etc. to ''zhengjing'' 正經­ (serious, intentional essays), and ''xiánshì'' 閑適 (essays for one’s own enjoyment). But this change is located not before his outlawing through Mao Zedong (1942), and his arrest by the Guomindang (1945).  Therefore not the Japanese suppressors should be made responsible for the retreat of this great writer, but his Chinese compatriots.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 C. T. Hsia. [Note: Some of the annotations are in German and are translated into English during the editiorial work for the forthcoming edition.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 (&amp;quot;Mai tang 卖糖&amp;quot; 1924).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5 (Lu Xun 1934, Zhu Zhaoluo 1943).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验中审美出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东取缔（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Zheng Huajun|Zheng Huajun]] ([[User talk:Zheng Huajun|talk]]) 13:35, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
人民共和国官方的评价是，在1938年，由于他自身的 &amp;quot;堕落 &amp;quot;和反对爱国运动，周春芽的作品经历了一个尾声。周作人一生都在试图将日常的小事从私人空间的主观经验审美中剥离出来，在马可波罗桥事件发生七个月后，他才表明，他又可以写一个卖糖的人了，他曾因此被批判为 &amp;quot;麻痹&amp;quot;。但是，他的文章确实有一个高潮，那就是他的文艺文章在风格和主题上发生了变化，变成了严肃的、有意的文章和自娱自乐的文章。但这一变化并非在他被毛泽东接力（1942年）、被国民党逮捕（1945年）之前。因此，对于这位伟大作家的退隐，不应该由日本的镇压者负责，而应该由他的中国同胞负责。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:43, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the first correction of the narrative is, that his literature was ''not'' effected by socio-political circumstances in quality, but in contents. And there is a second master narrative on Zhou Zuoren, which says that he was an apolitical author. Actually, he wanted his abstinence of political statement to be understood as a political statement by itself. For him, literature was a mean not for revolution, but for resistance . In the modernizing society, he advocated the liberation of women and asked to &amp;quot;treat children as full subjects with their own external and internal lives&amp;quot; and to &amp;quot;make children the essence of children's literature&amp;quot; , literature should make the society more humane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second example, where a reading of some of his essays lets us rediscover the author is Ba Jin: He is known for his practical essays with anarchistic and communist background in the 1930s and 40s, for his opportunistic self-criticism, self-censorship  and the accusation of a writers' collegue during the cultural revolution. After the 'Cultural Revolution' he seemed to emerge as a righteous character , when he claimed to have done all this under pressure. He then devoted his essays to the working up of the trauma of the 'Cultural Revolution', for example in the self-accusing essay series ''Random Thoughts''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since they were seldom reprinted, two of Ba Jin’s critical essays &amp;quot;''Independent Thoughts''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, dating 1956 and 1962 were overlooked. With them, Ba Jin turns out to be a lifelong independant writer. The two essays were criticised. He had to deny their contents and later they were censored. Even nowadays, these texts are not easy to find in anthologies and dictionaries in the P.R.C. and Taiwan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Independant Thoughts''&amp;quot; dated 1956, propagates the freedom of the individual and of thoughts. This essay was written in the '100-Flower-Movement', when criticism was induced officially. Ba Jin corresponded only to the 'mainstream', although his criticism was unusually sharp. Much more distinctly directed against the 'mainstream' was the second text, which I want to introduce shortly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;''Writers’ Courage and Sense of Duty''&amp;quot;, a speech at the second Shanghai congress of writers and artists in early 1962, has later been censored at seven striking places. In it, Ba Jin judges very hard about himself and his collegues: At different campaigns against literary works they would have followed the political demands opportunistically and therefore were traitors. The second target of Ba Jin's criticism were the censors and critics, who would posess more power than the writers and that without legitimation. Ba Jin interpreted Mao's Yan'an speeches on art and literature in the way, that writers should themselves take over responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;quot;The Small Dog Baodi&amp;quot; as a metaphorical discourse on Ba Jin's personal grief'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Ba Jin is regarded together with Bing Xin as one of the representatives of Republican literature, the more important part of his essayistic work seems to lie after 1949 . Publishing from Hong Kong since 1979, he has spoken out loudly in opposition and in trying to help ease the trauma associated with the 'Cultural Revolution'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of this essays is the story-like &amp;quot;''Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot;. Written in 1980, the author remembers his dog, which he had received two decades ago from a Swedish person and which he loved after a while. When the 'Red Gards' raged, the dog was in danger. Ba Jin describes in detail the fate of the animal and his own resignation, when he learned that he could not protect the dog. In order to save him from a torturous death, he finally submitted the dog in 1966 for medical experiments. Revisiting his garden after the 'Cultural Revolution', he remembers painfully how his wife had played here with the dog. I would like to show six points of interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1, The dog is a metaphor. In the beginning Ba Jin seems to report the fate of a dog with relevance only to his owner. But soon it becomes clear that Ba Jin actually mediates to the reader the cruelty of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The reader wonders, &amp;quot;if they did ''this'' with an ''innocent'' dog, what did they do with ''men'', whom they considered ''guilty''?&amp;quot; Ba Jin analogizes himself with the dog, when he sees himself liying on the dissection table. Even Baodi's death is useful, he serves science - could a man be more altruistic?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狗是一个隐喻。在故事的开头，巴金看似在说狗的命运只和主人有关。但很快我们就明白了，巴金实际上是在向读者传达“文化大革命”的残酷。读者想知道，“如果他们对一只“无辜”的狗都能这样做，那么他们对那些他们认为“有罪”的“人”又做会怎样做呢?”当巴金看到自己躺在解剖台上时，他把自己比作狗。就连鲍迪的死也是有用的，他是为科学服务的，一个人还能更无私吗?--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 13:53, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
狗是个比喻。 一开始，巴金似乎在说狗的命运只跟主人有关。但是很快我们就知道了，巴金实际上是在向读者介表述“文化大革命”的残酷。读者想知道，“如果他们对一只“无辜”的狗“都能如此”，对那些视为“有罪”的“人”又会怎样呢？” 当巴金看到自己躺在解剖台上时，他将自己比作狗。就连鲍迪都死得其所，服务了科学---一个人还能更无私吗？--[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 01:52, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 (Zhou 1929:180-181).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7 (Zhou 1923).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8 (The Family in 1951)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9 (1982 Yi pian xuwen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10 (Suixianglu) The essays of the 1980s are more autobiographical, and deal with literature and questions for society nowadays. Due to the very nature of the essay, we can look through his &amp;quot;Random Thoughts&amp;quot; into the soul of Ba Jin..&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11 (Random Thoughts 1978-86, see Ba Jin 1988).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2, Ba Jin expresses the pain of the loss of his wife through the dog. Not before the very end of the essay, Ba Jin mentions his wife in painful remembrance, who became ill and died during those ten years. In the essay &amp;quot;''In Memoriam Xiāo Shān''&amp;quot;, which appeared earlier in the collection, he had confessed severe feelings of guilt regarding her death, what haunted him into his dreams. He claimed, that they had withhold her medical treatment because of him. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, The essay is an accusation of the 'Cultural Revolution'. The not-mentioning of the 'Cultural Revolution' as the reason for his wife's death makes the pain the more accusatory, especially in front of the comparable unimportant doglife. His terrifying awareness is the powerlessness - he was not able to protect his dog nor his wife. Ba Jin actually wants to illustrate the powerlessness of the individual in front of collective cruelty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文是对'文革'的控诉。 没有提到“文化大革命”是其妻子去世的原因，这就更让人痛心疾首，尤其是在相对不重要的狗命面前。他可怕的意识是那种无力感-他没有能力保护他的狗和他的妻子。巴金其实是想说明个人在集体的残酷面前的无能为力。--[[User:ZHOUYUJUAN|ZHOUYUJUAN]] ([[User talk:ZHOUYUJUAN|talk]]) 00:50, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这篇文章是对“文化大革命”的控诉。没有提及“文化大革命”是他妻子死亡的原因，使这种疼痛更具控诉性，尤其是在相对无关紧要的狗的性命面前。他意识到无能为力是多么可怕——他既不能保护他的狗，也不能保护他的妻子。巴金其实是想展示在集体的残酷面前个体的无能为力。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 01:29, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4, The significance of this way to deal with the 'Cultural Revolution'. If one compares the mentioned essay with others of the year 1979, it lied within the common trend of criticizing the 'Cultural Revolution'. But there were also authors like Bing Xin denied the 'Cultural Revolution' - soon after its end, she used similar titles for her books than before - in order to pretend continuity. Wang Meng worked up the 'Cultural Revolution' in a humoristic way - ''Ba Jin'''s essays stand out of these, because of their relentlessness and confessing character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5, The use of rhetorical means. Ba Jin pretends to be a simple documentarist &amp;quot;I expect from literature [...] that it tells the truth.&amp;quot;. In fact he is known for his direct and accusing truth, sometimes his literary style is critizised as too direct and too less artful (a reproach from Hong Kong students). In &amp;quot;''The Small Dog Baodi''&amp;quot; he is using literary means to create emotion in his readers. He uses composition and rhetoric means like animation. The dog Baodi allegorically shows the injustice and inhumanity of the 'Cultural Revolution'. Here, Ba Jin turns into a narrator who recounts the memories of the 'Cultural Revolution' in ''allegoric'' instead of in descriptive truth as before . He is longing for a ''fictional truth'', instead of the ''truth of being'' in the sense of Thomas Aquinas. The fictional realism Wang Der-wei sees in Lao She, Mao Dun and Shen Congwen, proofs helpful for the understanding of this piece.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6, Ba Jin's personal grief is much more persuading in the metaphor of the dog than in his direct accusing essays. As Vera Schwarcz (1996) points out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;To speak too much of grief is to blunt its edge. It might even make us deaf to the cry that sparked discourse about suffering in the first place. A cold, calculating intelligence cannot grasp the rough contours of grief. [...] To preserve the significance of personal suffering in public life we need a more indirect approach; one that accepts and, indeed, nourishes AMBIGUITY. This, in the words of Cynthia Ozick, is the discrete province of METAPHOR, &amp;quot;the reciprocal agent, the universalizing force that makes it possible to envision the stranger's heart.&amp;quot; [...]&lt;br /&gt;
She also mentions that &amp;quot;[...] absence of talk -- or, rather modest use of ''metaphorical discourse'' -- serve us better in the presence of massive grief.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To sum up, Ba Jin turns out not to be the self-censorer, who tried to make his literature fit into the communist ideology. Instead he was a lifelong fighter for the freedom of speech and the independancy of literature from politics, who spoke out whenever he had the opportunity without endangering himself. He also no longer appears as the &amp;quot;uneducated&amp;quot; writer of simple truth, as he leads us to believe. Yet he has achieved a high rhethoric of ''fictional truth'' and is able to transmit his personal grief even more persuadingly in a ''metaphorical discourse'' throught the metaphor of the dog Baodi.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=113295</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=113295"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T01:46:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui     202070080622    英语笔译 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu-A Case Study of Folding Bijing 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;肖茜	Xiao Xi No.202020080654&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang's science fiction &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot; won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu's rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida's functional equivalence to &amp;quot;quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors&amp;quot;. The theory of Nida's functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu's application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
刘宇昆翻译中的功能对等-以《北京折叠》为例&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers' understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida's functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work Toward a Science of Translating. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers' response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book The Theory and Practice of Translation, Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida's dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers' response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. Nida divides functional equivalence into categories on two levels:the minimal level and the maximal level in his work Language, Culture and Translating. The minimal level which is a realistic definition of functional equivalence is defined as &amp;quot;The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it  to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers did&amp;quot; (Nida 1993:118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit (1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader's response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader's response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader's response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader's responses. If the target language reader's understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Three Functional Equivalence in the Chinese Translation of Folding Beijing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Taber (2004：12) stated that &amp;quot;translating consist in reproducing in the receptor language the closet natural equivalence of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning.&amp;quot; Meaning in this chapter will from three levels to discuss: words, sentences and passages, in other words, these three levels is a detailed analysis of the lexicon, syntax and discourse. According to the functional equivalence theory, translation should not only achieve literal equivalence, but also discover the author's true meaning. The following is a detailed analysis of how to achieve functional equivalence in the translation of Folding Beijing from lexical, syntactic and discourse perspectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In literary translation, how to correctly interpret the meaning of a word or phrase is always a difficult problem. There are two main difficulties in translating the meaning of a word or phrase. One difficulty is that many English words are polysemous, they have more than one meaning, so it is difficult to choose the right English word without causing ambiguity. Another difficulty is that the same meaning can be translated into several English expressions, but we should carefully consider which English expression is most appropriate. In the English translation of Folding Beijing, there are many examples to illustrate how the translation achieves functional equivalence with the source text in the lexical level as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“食客围着塑料桌子，埋头在酸辣粉的热气腾腾中，饿虎扑食一般，白色蒸汽遮住了脸。油炸的香味弥漫。货摊上的酸枣和核桃堆成山，腊肉在头顶摇摆。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Customers packed the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls, which were immersed in the aroma of frying oil. They are heartily with their faces buried in bowls of hot and sour rice noodles, their heads hidden by clouds of white steam. Other stands featured mountains of jujubes and walnuts, and hunks of cured meat swung overhead.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people can imagine the scene of street stalls when talking about plastic tables, but other people can't understand it. Therefore, the translator uses the word &amp;quot;the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls&amp;quot; for readers to understand. &amp;quot;Sour and spicy powder&amp;quot; is originally a kind of Chinese noodles. The author uses  &amp;quot;hot and sour rice noodles&amp;quot; to describe the taste of sour and spicy and the raw material of noodles is rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“这时彭蠡出现了。他剔着牙，敞着衬衫的扣子，不紧不慢地踱回来，不时打饱嗝。彭蠡六十多了，变得懒散不修边幅，两颊像沙皮狗一样耷拉着，让嘴角显得总是不满意地撇着。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:3）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, Peng Li appeared: His shirt unbuttoned, a toothpick dangling between his lips, strolling leisurely and burping from time to time. Now in his sixties, Peng had become lazy and slovenly. His cheeks drooped like the jowls of a Shar-Pei, giving him the appearance of being perpetually grumpy.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator uses &amp;quot;a toothpick dangling between his lips&amp;quot; to describe the action of picking teeth，it's more detailed and vivid.  “懒散不修边幅” is translated into &amp;quot;lazy and slovenly&amp;quot; to describe Peng Li is neglectful of his appearance. “显得总是不满意地” is translated into &amp;quot;the appearance of being perpetually grumpy&amp;quot;, in this way, the translation better expresses the author's intention to express the meaning of looking bad-tempered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“霓虹灯亮了，商铺顶端闪烁的小灯打出新疆大枣、东北拉皮、上海烤麸和湖南腊肉。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The neon lights came on. Tiny flashing LEDs on top of the shops formed into characters advertising jujubes from Xinjiang, lapi noodles from Northeast China, bran dough from Shanghai, and cured meats from Hunan.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author did not translate directly “闪烁的小灯” into &amp;quot;the little flashing lights &amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;Tiny flashing LEDs&amp;quot;. This is also because of the translator's own understanding of the text, he wants the readers of the English translation to understand that the lights are advertising, so that customers can see and understand the selling points of the store. At the same time, “拉皮” is a special noodle in northeast China, and there is no corresponding suitable English word, so the author uses &amp;quot;lapi&amp;quot;, which is to show the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Syntactic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax, usually defined as the study of how to construct sentences correctly with words in a language. In literary translation, the translator should make the syntax easy to be understood by the reader. The translator should take full account of the syntactic differences between English and Chinese. The difference of syntax between English and Chinese are mainly reflected in three aspects. First of all, conjunctions and relationship between words in English use frequency is very high. Secondly, English speakers put attention on object consciousness and used to the order from a small object to a large one, from specific to general; In Chinese texts, there is usually a temporal, spatial or causal sequence of time sequence. Finally, English language usually emphasizes important information at the beginning of a sentence, while the Chinese language tends to process information from the obsolete to the fresh for the purpose of impressing people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence with the original text, we should not only translate the meaning of words, but also translate the syntactic structure into a proper form. The following are some examples to show that how English translation oh Folding Beijing achieves functional equivalence to the original text in syntactic level: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“ ‘现在政府太混沌了，做事太慢，僵化，体系也改不动。’他说‘等我将来有了机会，我就推快速工作作风改革。干得不行就滚蛋。’他看老刀还是没有说话，又说, ‘选拔也要放开。也向第三空间放开。’” （Jingfang Hao 2016:15）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;‘The current government is too inefficient and ossified,' he added quickly, ‘slow to respond to challenges, and I don' t see much hope for systematic reform. When I get my opportunity, I'll push for rapid reforms: Anyone who's incompetent will be fired.' Since Lao Gao still didn't seem to show much reaction, he added,‘I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion, including opening up opportunities for candidates from Third Space.'&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the translation of this paragraph, the translator obviously adjusted the word order, and the words said by the same person before the pause were pushed into the next sentence, in order to conform to the logic of English readers. “选拔也要放开” ,the literal translation of this sentence must be incomprehensible to the readers, so the readers have supplemented and translated this sentence into &amp;quot;I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion&amp;quot;, The translator perfectly explains what &amp;quot;放开&amp;quot; means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“昏黄的灯光中，老刀想起过去。一个人游荡在垃圾场边缘的所有时光。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Lao Dao talked about his lonely childhood. In the dim lamplight, he recalled his childhood spent alone wandering at the edge of the landfill.” (Ken Liu 2015) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the text refers to “过去” twice with emphasis. In order to achieve the same emphasis in the English translation, the author chose to adjust the word order, placing &amp;quot;In the dim lamplight&amp;quot; between the two sentences, rather than using a subordinate clause like &amp;quot;…childhood that…&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“再回到第三空间，他感觉像是已经走了一个月。城市仍然在缓慢苏醒，城市居民只过了平常的一场睡眠，和前一天连续。不会有人发现老刀的离开。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Returning to Third Space, Lao Dao felt as though he had been traveling for a month. The city was waking up slowly. Most of the residents had slept soundly, and now they picked up their lives from where they had left off the previous cycle, No one would notice that Lao Dao had been away.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, we can see clearly that English has many more conjunctions than Chinese, like &amp;quot;as though&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;from where&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;that&amp;quot;, this is because of the difference in syntax between the two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Discourse level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that a close, formal translation may be difficult for readers because of the intricate nature of the discourse structure and the presupposed knowledge about the contents in the original text. Therefore, it is necessary to choose a way of &amp;quot;rewrite&amp;quot; to make the translated text acceptable to readers. In literary translation, the translator should pay attention to both the content and the structure of the discourse. In the process of translation, the translation should be equivalent to the original text in the level of discourse. The following part selects a dialogue and its English translation in Folding Beijing as an example of literary translation to achieve functional equivalence in discourse level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“所以” 她给老刀夹了新上来的热菜，“你能不能暂时不告诉他？等我……有机会亲自向他解释可以吗？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老刀没有动筷子。他很饿，可是他觉得这时不能吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是这等于我也得撒谎。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
依言回身将小包打开，将钱包取出来，掏出五张一万块的纸币推给老刀。“一点心意，你收下。”(Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;And so&amp;quot;—she spooned a serving of the new hot dish onto Lao Dao's plate—&amp;quot;can you please not tell him, just temporarily? Please…give me a chance to explain to him myself.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Dao didn't pick up his chopsticks. He was very hungry, but he felt that he could not eat this food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Then I'd be lying, too,&amp;quot; Lao Dao said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Yan opened her purse, took out her wallet, and retried five 10,000 yuan bills. She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao. &amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conversational habits in Chinese are different from those in English, so some adjustments are often made when translating. The form of the dialogue is not completely translated from Chinese, but for the reader, the understanding of the text is the same. For example，“夹了新上来的热菜”translated into &amp;quot;spooned a serving of the new hot dish&amp;quot;, the translator changed the action to &amp;quot;spoon&amp;quot;, which is more suitable for Yi Yan's identity image, it is more suitable as a girl in the first space to spoon the vegetables to Lao Dao. “推给老刀”translated into &amp;quot;She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao&amp;quot;, this sentence adds some action to make it more pictorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every writer has his own writing style, and no one can imitate it perfectly. That is to say, in translation, it is impossible for the translator to translate the author's writing style exactly the same. Through the application of rhetoric and dialect, the original text shows the language characteristics, and the English translation can also see that the translator tries to achieve the functional equivalence on the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Rhetoric=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, rhetoric is an important part of the study of style. Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) believed that style is form and is a counterpart of dialectic. The use of rhetoric can create vivid images, vivid scenes, improve the effect of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
老刀的肚子也感觉到饥饿。他迅速转开眼睛，可是来不及了，那种感觉迅速席卷了他，胃的空虚像是一个深渊，让他身体微微发颤。(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lao Dao's stomach growled. He quickly averted his eyes, but it was too late. His empty stomach felt like an abyss that made his body tremble.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the original text compares a hungry stomach to an abyss, and the English translation also uses this metaphor to form a rhetorical functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
不远不近的距离，就像遥望西山或是海上的一座孤岛。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The distance was perfect for taking in the whole city, like gazing at an island in the sea.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paragraph, it is a metaphor, and the words &amp;quot;西山&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;孤&amp;quot; in the original text are not translated, only translated into &amp;quot;an island in the sea&amp;quot;, this description is enough to show the image of a folded city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
高楼像最卑微的仆人，弯下腰，让自己低声下气切断身体，头碰着脚，紧紧贴在一起，然后再次断裂弯腰，将头顶手臂扭曲弯折，插入空隙…楼宇由折叠中站立起身，在灰蓝色的天空中像苏醒的兽类。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The skyscrapers bowed submissively like the humblest servants until their heads touched their feet; then they broke again, folded again, and twisted their necks and arms, stuffing them into the gaps… The buildings unfolded and stood up, awakening like a herd of beasts under the gray–blue sky.&amp;quot;  (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has a personification in this paragraph, &amp;quot;skyscrapers&amp;quot; have &amp;quot;heads, feet, necks and arms&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;like the humblest servants&amp;quot;, the use of rhetoric enables people to imagine the folding picture of the city through the human image. By comparing the building to a herd of beasts, it shows its size and the sense of fear and oppression it brings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
直到建成的日子高楼如活人一般站立而起，他们才像惊呆了一样四处奔逃，仿佛自己生下了一个怪胎。(Jingfang Hao 2016:11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, when the completed building stood up before them like a living person, they had scattered in terror, as though they had given birth to a monster.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, although &amp;quot;怪胎&amp;quot; translate into &amp;quot;monster&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;生&amp;quot;express also the same meaning, so the translator does not struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dialects=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dialect embodies the local characteristics, is the author's own writing style. Sometimes it's a problem in translation. In the following example, we can see how the translator handles this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;伙计&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;waiter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;铺盖卷&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;bedrolls&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;闺女&amp;quot;is translated as  &amp;quot;real daughter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;她们认死理儿&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;they don't know how to be flexible&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;只是这么多年过来，人就木了.&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:33) is translated into“But after so many years, you grow a bit numb.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015) We can see that when translators translate dialects with Chinese local characteristics, they pay more attention to the level of semantic understanding rather than the formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, whether the use of rhetoric or dialect in literature, can fully reflect the author's writing style. Therefore, in literary translation, the translator should study the differences between the source language and the target language in the ways to express stylistic differences, and find out the best way to make up for these differences. In this way, literary translation can achieve maximum functional equivalence at the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural difference between the two languages is also an issue that translators should pay attention to. People who come into contact with different cultures have different ways of thinking, values and social customs and so on. Translators need to understand the two cultures and fully express the cultural elements contained in the original text. At this time, translation plays a role in cross-cultural communication. The translator must present the cultural meaning shown or implied in the original text to the readers so that the translation can achieve the cultural equivalence with the original text. In this chapter, we will analyze the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspective of food culture,  folk culture and culture of idioms, so as to explain how it achieves the functional equivalence with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Food Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The city described by Beijing Folding is the political and cultural center of China, and it is a city with profound cultural deposits. There are a lot of contents belonging to traditional Chinese food culture in the novel. This part will analyze how the translator translates these delicacies to achieve functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…面前摆着一盘炒面或炒粉… &amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each kid had a plate of chow mein or chow fun…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;炒面&amp;quot;is a well-known traditional snack in China. The translator makes it into &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot;, rather than &amp;quot;Chinese stir-fried noodles&amp;quot;. In the dictionary, &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; means a Chinese-style dish of fried noodles served with small pieces of meat and vegetables. This translation also makes it more intuitive for the reader to know what the food is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;老葛又拿来半瓶白酒和两个玻璃杯，倒上。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…over a half bottle of baijiu…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foreignizing translation is adopted here, &amp;quot;白酒&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;baijiu&amp;quot; , the translator doesn't use the word like &amp;quot;spirits&amp;quot;, it not only retains Chinese cultural characteristics, but also achieves communicative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;哎，你们知道那儿一盘回锅肉多少钱吗？&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…how much they charge for an order of twice -cooked pork over there?&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The special feature of this dish is that it is boiled in water and then stir-fried. The translator captures this feature in the translation, trying to make people understand the meaning of &amp;quot;回锅&amp;quot;, and this dish is made with pork, he wants readers of the English translation to see an image of the dish in their heads in the same way that Chinese people do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Folk Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people also have their own unique way of life, customs and traditions, behavior patterns and other aspects of vocabulary. The following will analyze the translator's functional equivalence in folk culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…几个人分吃两个菜…&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…and they shared two dishes family-style.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;分吃&amp;quot; is the most common way of eating in traditional Chinese culture, where several dishes are shared among friends and family. The purpose of the passage is to show the poverty of the boys. The translator takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western cultures，Western behavior is different. so he use the word &amp;quot;shared&amp;quot; and he add the word &amp;quot;family-style&amp;quot; to make it easier for the reader to understand the behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;咱们也算半个老乡吧。”老葛说，“所以不用太拘束。我还是能管点事儿，不会把你送出去的。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We're practically from the same hometown! So, you don't need to be so careful with me. I still have a bit of authority, and I won't give you up.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of hometown is a major feature of Chinese culture. Those from the same hometown share similar living habits, growing environment and cultural background, so even strangers can get familiar with each other quickly and even help each other. Since Lao Ge and Lao Dao come from the third space, the translator explains the term &amp;quot;老乡&amp;quot; from a geographical perspective. &amp;quot;管事儿&amp;quot;means to have some authority. The translator also explains this word so that readers can understand it easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;一点心意，你收下。&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yi Yan said that she hoped Lao Dao could help her keep a secret, so she wanted to give Lao Dao with money. &amp;quot;心意&amp;quot; means money, which is a euphemism used in China when it is inconvenient to offer money directly. In the translation, the translator also considered a euphemistic way of expression, so he used the word &amp;quot;appreciation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Culture of Idioms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are an important part of the extensive and profound Chinese culture. Chinese people always use them in their daily life and in their writing. However, some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts, and the translation should pay attention to the differences between the two cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author used many idioms in the article, such as &amp;quot;饿虎扑食&amp;quot;, the translator translated it into &amp;quot;ate heartily&amp;quot;, although the translation is easy to understand, but without the image that people are very hungry to eat, from the perspective of functional equivalence, English readers seem to be unable to reach the same level of understanding and response as Chinese readers. And &amp;quot;（盘子）一片狼藉&amp;quot;translated into &amp;quot;The dishes were a mess&amp;quot;, it is a brief description of the mess. And &amp;quot;成人之美&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;in that case I'll have done a good deed by keeping silent&amp;quot;, the idiom in the original text was originally used to describe Lao Dao's feeling that he was keeping secrets and that Yi Yan and Qin Tian might get together in the future. The translator abstractly translated the sentence in the English translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of the English translation of Folding Beijing from three aspects: meaning, style and culture with the theory of functional equivalence in this paper, and it is believed that the English translation conforms to the understanding of English readers to the specific information in the text. According to Nida's functional equivalence theory and its translation purposes and strategies, the translator brings a natural and equivalent Chinese translation of Folding Beijing to the English reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory emphasizes that the target language readers' understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the source language readers, so the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence translation. Analyzed from three aspects: meaning, style and culture &amp;quot;Beijing fold&amp;quot; English version, you can see on the language, while Chinese and English in logic and grammar are greatly different, there exist many differences in the Chinese culture and western culture, but the translator still tries his best to keep the content of the original text in the translation and find more appropriate words. In terms of some specific content, the translator does not translate into exactly the same form, which is also consistent with Nida's functional equivalence theory, because Nida also proposed that translation should not be limited to form, but the translator can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve equivalence between content and information. However, in some details, such as idioms, the translator's translation fails to achieve the same effect as the original text, which may be an area for improvement. Nida's theory of functional equivalence does provide a good theoretical model for the translation of science fiction, which is of great value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hao Jingfang. Folding Beijing [J]. Ken Liu (trans.). A Magazine of Science Fiction and Fantasy, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Nida, Eugene A. Language, Culture, and Translating[M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,1993&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Nida, Eugene A. Language and Culture: Context in Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Taber, Charles R. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	郝景芳.孤独深处[M].南京：江苏凤凰文艺出版社，2016：1-40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	谭载喜.新编奈达论翻译[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1999&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	许钧，穆雷.翻译学概论[M].南京：译林出版社，2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	赵丹丹.浅论奈达的功能对等理论[J].文学教育，2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	周兴阳.从功能对等理论视角看《北京折叠》英译本研究[J].新疆大学，2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	王桂圆.系统功能语言学视角下《北京折叠》英译研究[J].海外英语，2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene A. Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, “the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word” (Eugene A. Nida,1969), which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language” (Eugene A. Nida,1969). Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that meaning is the most important, followed by form. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. “However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000)” Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, “the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, “the translation technique of recreate can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. “It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times” (Tong Fangli,2006). Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s Version==== &lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of the Drama Title=====&lt;br /&gt;
So far, there are three famous versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Yu Guangzhong’s “不可儿戏”, Zhang Nanfeng’s “认真为上” and Qian Zhide’s “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. “Among these three versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular one, which is also consistent with functional equivalence” (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Functional equivalence emphasizes that translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”(Eugene A. Nida,1969). Wilde created a character named “Ernest” in the play. As we all know, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, so the drama title is a pun. It not only expresses “the importance of being earnest”, but also “the importance of naming “Ernest”. After all, “Ernest” is a name favored by two girls in the play. Qian Zhide’s version expressed the literal meaning, which achieved equivalence in meaning. However, Zhang Nanfeng’s version represented the implied meaning. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated the implied meaning and revealed the theme of the play that one should be serious about everything in life. The function of the title is to reveal the theme of the novel. In Yu’s version, the information was reproduced and it echoed lady Bracknell’s words at the end of the play. So, it was more in line with Chinese readers’ preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
“Pun was widely used in this play, especially in characters’ names” (Yang Wenqian, 2014), and Yu Guangzhong translated it almost perfectly. In essence, pun is a deliberate word play. It usually appears when two words are similar or identical in their sound, but different in meaning. The effect of pun can be humorous, rhetorical and even bitter at times. Regardless of the brilliant effect of a pun, it is merely a tool for the author to get him across, not just a decoration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Ernest” created by Jack into “任真”. In English, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, and “earnest” means to be serious about something. In Chinese, “任真” and “认真” are homonyms，like the English homonyms. Yu employed the domestication method to translate it into “任真”, and Zhang Nanfeng employed the foreignization method to translate it into ‘埃纳斯特’. He translated the pun in English into the pun in Chinese. It was translated into “任真” and gave him the Chinese surname “华”, which was from his family name “Worthing” in English. It not only facilitated the needs of the audience, but also considered the feelings of readers. If “Ernest” was translated into “埃纳斯特”, the audience of the drama will be confused and do not understand the humor and irony of the language. In the other hand, “认真” is too direct to let readers experience the beauty of pun by thinking it over themselves. “华任真” retains the ironic effect to the greatest extent, and it does not make the audience feel confused when they hear “埃纳斯特”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the form of original works was preserved, from a pun in English to a pun in Chinese. “From the perspective of linguistics, one of the ideal translation methods is pun into pun” (Yin Lijing, 2012). And the irony effect in Wilde’s original works can be kept to the greatest extent, as if it had just been transmigrated from English to Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Bunbury” created by Algernon into “梁勉仁”. The original meaning of “Bunbury” is “sightseeing tour”, which implies an excuse to evade responsibility as well. That’s exactly why Algernon intended to make up the character. “When he didn’t want to show up in some situation, he lied that his intimate named “Bunbury” was ill and he couldn’t keep the appointment because he needs to take care of him” (Yu Guangzhong, 1986). With the guidance of traditional transliteration method, we should consequently translate it into “邦伯里”. But Yu Guangzhong’s version adds beauty to the original text. In Chinese, “梁勉仁” and “两面人” are homonyms, referring to double-faced people. In Wilde’s original text, “Bunbury” is not a pun. But in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he added a pun in the process of translation. When the audience heard of “梁勉仁”, they would realize that Algernon was a double-faced person at once. Both of the Chinese name “梁勉仁” and English name “Bunbury” are names which are correct in lexical aspect. Moreover, they expressed the same meaning that the person who named like that was double-faced, so the function of the original and the target language are the same. We guess that if Wilde writes this play in Chinese, he may use the same expression as Yu Guangzhong. Yu Guangzhong’s version of the tutor Miss Prism is “劳小姐”. The name “Prism” and the word “prim” form a homophonic pun. Wilde aims to allude to his rigid character through this name. In Chinese, “劳” “老” and “牢” are homonyms, aiming at showing Miss Prism’s strict control over her student, Miss Cecily. It seems that her name not only adds the meaning “old lady” and “prison”, but also highlights the original work’s depiction of her rigid personality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, people’s surnames stand behind their last name, and their names are short. “European and American names are different and most of them are long and awkward for Chinese readers” (Wang Chao,2016). This kind of cultural difference often weakens the interest of many readers and audiences in the translated works, especially dramas. But Yu Guangzhong’s version not only translates the meaning of Wilde’s original work, but also has Chinese characteristics. He did not translate the name according to its pronunciation, but created Chinese names which can not only be in accordance of Chinese names, but also express the ironic meaning of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Dialogues=====&lt;br /&gt;
Allusions refer to the stories or words and sentences in ancient books quoted in poems; idioms refer to the fixed and customary expressions in a language, including proverbs, slang, catchphrase, lexical phrase, habitual collocation, restricted collocation, and etc. “There are a lot of allusions and idioms both in Chinese and English. Cultural differences make English allusions and idioms become key points in translation, especially in drama translation which focuses on watching rather than reading” (Liang Wei, 2009). In order not to affect Chinese readers’ understanding of the plots, especially for the audience, Yu Guangzhong boldly adopted the substitution technique in the translation of dialogues, which can better convey the unique charm of Wilde’s language. Following, we will analyze Yu Guangzhong’s version from the perspective of rhetorical sentences, including alliteration, paradox and antithesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Alliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Many English allusions and idioms are used in Wilde’s plays&amp;quot; (Yang Wenqian, 2014). The author chose two examples of alliteration sentences. Alliteration is the earliest phonetic rhetoric technique with rhythm and beauty in English. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he not only remained the rhetorical form but also preserved the flavor of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (1)ALGERNON. I hear her hair turned quite gold from grief. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 听说她的头发因为伤心变色像黄金。(余光中, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Algernon is talking about Lady Bracknell’s friend Lady Harbury, who becomes twenty years younger after her husband’s death. “It is commonly believed that a woman should feel grief after her husband’s death. We guess that her hair may turn grey out of sorrow. While it turned out that she changed it gold just in order to be younger” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde did well in employing paradox and irony to satirize the upper class. He is also keen on word game. “Gold from grieve” in this dialogue actually comes from “grey from grief”. Wilde’s alteration not only preserves the alliteration, but also achieves an ironic effect.It is hard to translate alliteration in the target language. In order to reproduce the formal beauty of the source language, Yu Guangzhong changed the alliteration into assonance and rendered it into “伤心变色像黄金”. In Chinese, “金(jin)” and “心(xin)” have the same sound “in”. In this example, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration. It not only expressed the same meaning as the source language, but also added the beauty of language in form, with Chinese characteristics. In the meaning level, Yu’s version preserved the original connotation, and in the form level, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration, which coincided with “functional equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
 (2)CHASUBLE. I would merely beg you not to be much bowed down by grief. What seem to us bitter trials are often blessings in disguise. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    蔡牧师 只劝你不要过分哀伤。有些事看来像大祸临头，往往焉知非福。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In example 2, Jack pretended that he had a wicked brother whose name is Ernest. And Ernest often needed his assistance so that he had an excuse to disappear for several days. Discovering that his ward Cecily was too interested in Ernest, he decided to “kill” his brother by saying that he caught a severe chill. Then Jack told Chasuble that his brother Ernest died in Paris. Chasuble intended to console Jack by saying “What seem to us biter trials are often blessings in disguise”. Therefore, from Chasuble’s point of view, his death may be a shake off for Jack.Here, “bitter” and “blessings” employed alliteration devices. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “塞翁失马，焉知非福”, a Chinese saying. It means that although we have suffered losses for a while, we can benefit from them in the future. “It also tells us that bad things can become good things under certain conditions, and vice versa” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). He translated alliteration in English into a Chinese saying. The form of the sentence has changed, while the meaning remained. The meaning the Chinese saying expressed in the Yu Guangzhong’s version was the same as the original, and the ironic effect was achieved by using a more acceptable way for Chinese readers. An old saying is more persuasive in this situation. We learnt from Yu’s version that if there is a saying in the source language, we can find a saying which expresses the same meaning in the target language, making it achieve “functional equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Paradox======&lt;br /&gt;
 (3)LADY BRACKNELL. I'm sorry if we are a little late, Algernon, but I was obliged to call on dear Lady Harbury. I hadn't been there since her poor &lt;br /&gt;
    husband's death. 1 never saw a woman so altered; she looks quite twenty years younger. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
巴夫人真抱歉我们来晚了一点，阿吉，可是我不能不去探望哈夫人。自从她死了可怜的丈夫，我一直还没有去过她家呢。从没见过一个女人变得这么厉害:看起来她足足年轻了二十岁。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Paradox is a device much favored by satirists. The benefit lies in the fact that even though it seems to be contradictory on the surface, it contains a certain grain of truth. With the use of paradoxes, Wilde showed us a clear picture of characters’ manners and thoughts and the bourgeois society of his time, Victorian era.In the above example, Lady Harbury lost her husband. As common sense, the readers or audience would think she may become old, while Lady. Bracknell says “she looks quite twenty years younger”. In this sentence, paradox was employed.Upon hearing that, the readers and audience will feel they are deceived by the speaker and become amused by the paradox. After thinking it over, they will realize the beauty of the language. “Yu Guangzhong described the shocking facts in a flat tone to deepen the ironic effect” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). He successfully transferred the paradoxical meaning from the source text to the target language. Actually, he not only translated the original meaning, but also expressed the original meaning with an extremely same tone, an ironic tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (4)ALGERNON. Do you really keep a diary? I'd give anything to look at it. May I?&lt;br /&gt;
    CECILY. Oh no. [Puts her hand over it] You see, it is simply a very young girl’s record of her own thoughts and impressions and consequently meant for &lt;br /&gt;
 publication. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
亚吉能 你真的记日记吗?我真恨不得能看一看，可以吗?&lt;br /&gt;
西西丽 哦不可以。(手按日记)你知道，里面记录的不过是一个很年轻的女孩子私下的感想和印象，所以呢，是准备出版的。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, since the diary is a record of Cecily’s own thoughts and impressions, she does not allow Algernon to read. &amp;quot;The readers or the audience may think Cecily will keep it as a personal privacy and prevent others from reading. However, Cecily says the diary is meant for publication&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). This contradictory statement is illogical and unreasonable, thus produces a humorous effect.In example 4, what amused the audience was that the conclusion was contrary to the reasons. Yu Guangzhong added a Chinese conjunction “所以”. With this conjunction, the ironic effect deepened. If the translator transforms the illogical content into a coherent form that sounds reasonable, the paradoxical meaning in the original drama text will disappear, and the reader or audience will not be attracted by this line. This version remained the ironic effect of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Antithesis======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (5)ALGERNON. You don’t seem to realize, that in married life three is company and two is none. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 阁下似乎不明白， 婚后的日子，三个人才热闹，两个人太单调。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Antithesis is a figure of speech in which sharply contrasting ideas are juxtaposed in a paralleled phrase or grammatical structure&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde employed quite a few antitheses in The Importance of Being Earnest, making it a great challenge for translators.Algernon introduced Bunbury to Jack so that he could still pursue pleasure after marriage. He compared two kinds of states of marriage and expressed his own thoughts. In the sentence “three is company and two is none”, antithesis was employed with rhythmic beauty.Yu Guangzhong noticed this musical beauty of the source language, and rendered it into corresponding paralleled structure. As a matter of fact, the target language seemed to be better than source language. In Wilde’s language, only antithesis was used. While in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he reserved antithesis and added rhythmic words. “热闹” and “单调” are totally two different kinds of states, forming sharp contrast. Furthermore, “闹(nao)” and “调(diao)” have the same sound “ao”. Yu Guangzhong fully exploited the advantage of the target language and successfully transferred the beauty of the source language. He not only surpassed source language in form, but also preserved the soul. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (6)MISS PRISM. You are too much alone, dear Dr. Chasuble. You should get married. A misanthrope I can understand—a womanthrope, never! (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    劳 你太孤单了，蔡牧师。你应该结婚。一个人恨人类而要独善其身，我可以了解。一个人恨女人而要独抱其身，就完全莫名其妙。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the conversation between Miss Prism and Dr. Chasuble. She suggested that he should get married. In order to persuade him, she compared the two reasons of not getting married. &amp;quot;The former is understandable, while the latter is incomprehensible&amp;quot;(Wen Tong, 2012). In example 6, Wilde employed the rhetorical device of antithesis, and Yu Guangzhong remained it in target language. “Womanthrope” comes from the word “misanthrope”, referring to people who hate women. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated two words into two sentences, “恨人类而要独善其身” and “恨女人而要独抱其身”. He explained two kinds of situations to the audience in detail with the same form as original works, making it almost perfect in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Suggestions on Translation from Yu Guangzhong’s Version====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analyses of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we have a deeper understanding of “functional equivalence”. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Even Yu Guangzhong’s version, which is most popular among the audience and readers, has many imperfections. Through the research, we can get some suggestions to help the later translators to create more excellent works. &lt;br /&gt;
The first translation strategy of is to keep the form of the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The reason why The Importance of Being Earnest becomes the most successful play of Wilde is that a variety of rhetorical devices are used. In the process of translation, Yu Guangzhong grasped this point well. In translation of the drama title or characters’ names, he preserved the irony of the original work, turning puns in English into puns in Chinese, and long foreign names into meaningful short Chinese names. It not only preserves the satire of the original, but also inherits the language flavor of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation strategy is that the form can be changed properly, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there are many Western proverbs which are inexplicable to Chinese readers. If they are translated literally, the reader will fail to understand the exact meaning of the proverb. The beauty of the original will be destroyed, as well. But if the proverbs are explained carefully, it will inevitably take up a lot of sentences to explain the literal and metaphorical meaning of the proverbs. For drama translation, it is not advisable to do so. Yu Guangzhong chose Chinese proverbs that can express the same meaning to replace the English ones, without changing the author’s original meaning, and it added a sense of amiability to Chinese readers.&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, the author analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the prospective of functional equivalence. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, both the form and the content of original work have been preserved. We also gained some enlightenments from his translation, which benefits our further translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis, under the guidance of “functional equivalence”, analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from three aspects, translation of drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. Through this study, we had a clear understanding of functional equivalence. By appreciating the vividness of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we get some enlightenments in translation. From the above discussion, we think that translators can learn from Yu Guangzhong in order to achieve “functional equivalence”.In translation, we should take readers’ thought into consideration first. To make the translated version like the original work, Yu Guangzhong provided us with some strategies. One is to keep the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The other is that form can be changed, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. With these strategies, we can produce more fantastic translation.Even though we gain experience from this study, it has limitations. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Although Yu’s version is popular, it has unavoidable shortcomings. This thesis only focused on excellent examples of translation. To sum up, Yu’s version provided us with some successful suggestions to achieve functional equivalence, but only part of it did it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Feifei陈菲菲. (2011). 目的论与余光中《不可儿戏》的翻译策略[Skopos Theory and Yu Kwang-chung’s Translation Strategy on The Importance of Being Earnest J].''宁波广播电视大学学报'' Journal of Ningbo Radio and Television University (04) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yaoyao陈瑶瑶. (2019). ''余光中戏剧翻译研究''[A study of Yu Guangzhong's drama translation]. Taiyuan: Shanxi University山西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida &amp;amp;Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong郭建中. (2000). ''文化与翻译'' [Culture and Translation]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Wei梁薇. (2009). 从翻译目的论视角出发研究The Importance of Being Earnest两个译本[Two versions of The importance of Being Earnest From the perspective of Skopos theory]. Anhui: Language and words''语言文字'' (09) 258.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin李欣. (2010). 余光中戏剧翻译实践研究——以《不可儿戏》为例[Yu Kuang-chung's Drama Translation Practice: A Case Study of The Importance of Being Earnest]. ''淮海工学院学报'' Journal of Huaihai Institute of Technology (04) 96-98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Richard, F. (1956). ''Wilde as Parodist: A Second Look at the Importance of Being Earnest. College English'' (1) 18-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Zhengrong谌峥嵘. (2007). 《不可儿戏》两中译本比较[A Comparative Study of The Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Qiulei施秋蕾. (2012). 文化转向视角下的翻译策略研究——以王尔德The Importance of Being Earnest两中译本为例[Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cultural Turn: A Comparison of Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest].''常熟理工学院学报'' (03) 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tong Fangli童芳莉. (2006). 从归化与异化的角度评余光中译《不可儿戏》[Evaluation on Yu Guangzhong's Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest from Domestication and Foreignization].''台州学院报'' Journal of Taizhou College (02) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chao汪超. (2016). 余光中翻译思想与实践研究[A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Translation Thought and Practice]. Changsha: Hunan Normal University湖南师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Tong 温彤. (2012). 美学视阈下的戏剧翻译审美主体研究——以王尔德的喜剧中译为例[On the Aesthetic Subject of Drama Translation from the Perspective of Aesthetics——Take Oscar Wilde's Chinese Translation of Comedies as an Example].''时代文学''Period literature (03) 220-221.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilde, O. (2009). The Importance of Being Earnest. Claremont: Broadview Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Jie吴洁. (2014). “语言游戏说”视角下的王尔德作品研究[A Research on Oscar Wilde’s Major Works from the Perspective of &amp;quot;Language Games”]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Shanshan吴姗珊. (2012). 从目的论视角比较研究The Importance of Being Earnest的三个中译本[A Comparative Study of The Three Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. Chengdu: Sichuan Normal University四川师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Wenqian杨文茜. (2014). 以舞台呈现为目的:王尔德戏剧The Importance of Being Earnest两个中译本的比较[Translating Drama for Theatrical Performance: A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Translations of Oscar Wilde’s The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Wuhan: Huazhong Normal University华中师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yin LIjing殷莉菁. (2012). 王尔德戏剧《不可儿戏》中双关语汉译研究[A Study of Pun Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest by Oscar WIlde]. Hangzhou : Zhejiang Gongshang University浙江工商大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (1986).''不可儿戏'' [The Importance of Being Earnest]. Beijing: China Friendship Publishing Company中国友谊出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (2004). ''余光中谈翻译''[On Translation by Yu Guangzhong]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen 202020080603==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of economic globalization,exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have been continued to expand.The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and also in guiding interpreting practice. Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize.--[[User:Han Haiyang|Han Haiyang]] ([[User talk:Han Haiyang|talk]]) 12:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.(Kong Shaohui 2019, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.(Kong Shaohui 2009, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can&lt;br /&gt;
understand:The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic 1979, 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language&lt;br /&gt;
shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.(Zhang Si 2019, 275-277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Introduction of Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). (Ouyang Changyi 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.(Lou Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literary Review===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Free Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Addition of Message===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Positive and Negative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180) The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.(Xiong Wen 2014, 154-155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation, so it will Weaken the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.(Lederer 2001, 45-50)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;(Lederer 2001, 45-50)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Mao Yueyue, Liu Fan. 毛新月, 刘帆. (2018). 释意理论指导下的会议口译中四字词语的翻译——以习近平总书记十九届中共中央政治局常委同中外记者见面会讲话为例. [Translation of four-letter words in conference interpretation under the guidance of interpretation theory - taking the speech of General Secretary Xi Jinping at the meeting between the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the 19th CPC Central Committee and Chinese and foreign journalists as an example]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](12): 230-231.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouyang Changyi. 欧阳长怡. (2010). 论释意理论指导下的记者招待会口译策略及释意训练. [On Interpretation Strategies and Interpretation Training of Press Conference under the Guidance of Interpretation Theory]. 福建省外国语文学会.福建省外国语文学会2010年年会论文集. [Fujian Foreign Language Society. Proceedings of the 2010 Annual Conference of Fujian Foreign Language Society]. 福建省外国语文学会: 福建省外国语文学会[Fujian Foreign Language Society: Fujian Foreign Language Society]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiong Wen. 熊雯. (2014). 释意理论视阙下的口译过程研究. [A study of interpretation process under the view of interpretation theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe. 张杨,李灵哲. (2018). 释意理论指导下的翻译语义策略运用. [The use of translation semantic strategies under the guidance of interpretation theory]. ''佳木斯职业学院学报'' [Journal of Jiamusi Vocational College](10): 334-336.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures  陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has lasted for more than a thousand years in China, which is taken as the first Chinese translation climax. The translation of Buddhist scriptures in China can be divided into three historical stages: the first historical period, from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty, the pioneering stage; the second historical period, from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, the stage of development; the third historical periods, the Tang Dynasty which reached its peak. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation. The article will review the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scripture and analyze literal translation and free translation of each stages through analyzing the famous translators, translation theories and translation characteristics of the three stages. In addition, this article will study the influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese language and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist scriptures, Translation, Literal translation, Free translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经翻译在中国持续了一千多年, 我国的第一个翻译高潮就是佛经翻译。中国的佛经翻译大致分为三个历史阶段：第一个历史时期，从东汉末到西晋，为草创阶段； 第二个历史时期，从东晋时期到隋朝，是发展阶段；第三个历史时期，唐代达到全盛阶段。意译和直译的问题贯穿佛经翻译的始终, 大致发展过程为:初期的大略主直译——发展时期的直译意译相争——全盛时期的直译意译达到和谐。文章将通过研究这三个阶段的著名译者，翻译理论和翻译特点来梳理佛经翻译的发展，并分析每个时期佛经翻译中直译意译的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经，翻译，直译，意译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has a long history of three thousand years, and the earliest translation can be traced back to the Shang and Zhou dynasties. But scholars generally take the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the Eastern Han Dynasty as the beginning of the translation history of China. Buddhism, religion and philosophy founded in India by Siddhartha Gautama, was unknown to other countries for a long time. About the first century AD Buddhism entered China along trade routes from Central Asia. Thus, the translation of Buddhist scriptures came into being. Buddhism was widely developed in China and became one of the most important religions in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese culture and civilization. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is mainly supported by two groups of people: the foreign monks who came to China to preach; the Chinese monks who go west to seek sutras. “The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty, further developing from the Eastern Jin to Sui Dynasty, and peaking in Tang Dynasty, which stretches for more than one thousand years”(Meng Yue 2017, 305). And it has great influence on Chnese society, culture, language, arts etc. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is the first Chinese translation climax. With it developing, many translators and translation works come to the fore, and lots of translation theories have been put forward and perfected, which lays the foundation for later ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the whole history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, literal translation and free translation have always been one of the hottest topic. Literal translation of Buddhist scriptures refers to the rendering of text from Sanskrit into Chinese at a time or without conveying the sense of the original Buddhist scriptures. It emphasizes the form similarity and requires the accordance between the Sanskrit and Chinese in the choices of word, syntax and styles. Free translation of Buddhist means to mainly convey the meaning and spirit of the original Buddhist scriptures, which does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. “The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation” (Sun Shanshan 2014, 174).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the present paper, I shall discuss the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scriptures from three period. The first period is from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. Among them An Shigao and Zhi Chen advocate literal translation, while Zhi Qian supports free translation. The second period from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally and raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering and argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers. The third period is the Tang Dynasty, and the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang held that translation “must be truthful and intelligible to the populace”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty ——Mainly Literal Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty. With the success of the Silk Road, Buddhism was introduced to China. At the beginning, it was not widely accepted by Chinese society due to language barrier. Therefore, it is of great necessity to translate Buddhist scriptures into Chinese, so that it can be read, comprehended and accepted by Chinese people. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. The first two were the masters of the literal translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== An Shigao ====&lt;br /&gt;
An Shigao lived from 148-180 CE. According to legend, he was a prince of Parthia (modern Iran). He gave up being a prince to become a Buddhist missionary monk in China. Soon after he arrived China, he quickly possessed a good knowledge of Chinese and started to translate Buddhist Scriptures into Chinese. He totally translated 35 Buddhist Scriptures, of which main content was the basic doctrines and method of cultivation of Theravada Buddhism. Compared to other contemporaneous translators, “An Shigao’s translation can more accurately convey the original meaning of the text. His translation is clear and appropriate. Generally speaking, he was the earliest representative of literal translator in China. His translation is mainly literal and respects the structure of the original text” ( Fang Yang 2013, 6). However, as An Shigao was the earliest group of Buddhist scripture translators, “there is no precedents to follow, some terms in the translation are not easy to understand, and the structure of some original sentence are different from that of Chinese, therefore there are some repetitions and inversions in his translation” (Yang Chaobiao 2012, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Chen ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Chen, entering China at about 167 CE, was the first monk who introduced Mahāyāna Buddhism to China. He was proficient in Chinese and translated a large number of Buddhist scriptures. Most of them are about Mahayana Buddhism. With the translation of An Shigao as reference, Zhi Chen accumulated a certain amount of experience in wording and phrasing, so his translation can be relatively fluent and preserve the original meaning as much as possible. Besides, “transliteration are often employed in his translation”(Zhang Yuwei 2019, 115). Therefore he was also regarded as one of the representatives of literal translators. However, due to the limitation of the time, Zhi Chen, just as same as An Shigao and other comtemporay translators, his translation about some terms are obscure and unclear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Qian ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian, also known as Zhi Yue, is a Buddhist scripture translator during the Three Kingdoms period. He is the author of The Dhammapada Sequence, which is said to be the first essay on translation in China. He opposed to the previous translation which focuses on the literal meaning of the text while ignore the elegance of translation. He argued that translation should be easy to understand and the language should be smooth. Zhiqian was the first person in ancient China to systematize and theorize translation. “Zhi Qian’s preface is the first work whose purpose is express an opinion about translation practice”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He broke the routine of literal translation, pursued the elegance of words, and advocated both free translation and Literal translation, which played a very important role in the improvement of the later translation of the Buddhist scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translation of Buddhist scriptures were mostly completed by foreign monks. During this period, Buddhism has just been introduced to China, for this reason there are very few native monks who really know Buddhist scriptures. In the other hand, in order to propagate Buddhism, these foreign monks had to take on translating Buddhist scriptures in the early days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The mainstream translation principle was faithfulness at that time. On the one hand, the translators are almost devout religious believers. “Religious scriptures seem to be the sacred “ will of God ”, which is unalterable. Any amplification, deletion or modification in the translation process of religious scriptures can be seen as a blasphemy against God” (Xiong Hui 2013, 67). Therefore, translators mainly adopted the translation method of literal translation, which demonstrates the sincere religious beliefs of translators and preserves the sanctity of religious scriptures. On the other hand, in the early days of Buddhism, foreign monks were not proficient in Chinese, and Chinese monks were not proficient in Sanskrit. Early translators lack bilingual ability and translation experience, therefore then can only translate word for word. Besides, since there is no previous translation to refer to, some Buddhist terms do not have an authoritative and fixed explanation, and some expressions cannot be found its counterpart in Chinese, therefore they can only be translated literally. Literal translation was highly proposed by An Shigao and Zhi Chen. Until the Three Kingdoms period, Zhi Qian pursued the elegance of words, which broke the routine of literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Taoist language is often used in translation. “When Buddhism was firstly introduced to China, Taoism, as the native religion of China, was in its prevalence. As a foreign religion, Buddhism have to be attached to Taoism to facilitate the spread the new doctrine in China” (Meng Yue 2017, 306). Therefore, a large number of Buddhist concepts were interpreted by analogy with indigenous ideas, such as Taoist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty—Transition from literal translation to free translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The second historical period,from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, is the stage of development. At this period, Buddhism was gradually accepted by Chinese people. Buddhism believer is not limited to the royal family and nobleman, but also includes common people. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Shi Daoan ====&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Daoan (314-385), who was an eminent monk. In addition to his efforts for developing a disciplinary code for Chinese monastic communities, he is also known for his translation and commentaries on the scriptures. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally without any amplification or omission, advocating “translation according to the original features”. However, Shi didn’t stick to the literal translation that strictly. He raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“‘Five Losses of Source Texts’ discusses the problems of word order, work or essence, detail or simplification.As for the word order of the First Loss of Source Texts, Daoan clearly advocates the inversion.As for the Second Loss of Source Texts, Daoan proposes to choose work or essence translation according to readers' level and different styles and advocates taking advantages of two schools in order to translate Chinese Buddhist Scriptures better. As for the simplication or detail of the Third, Fourth and Fifth Loss of Source Texts, Daoan thinks the trivial, repeated eulogy, ode and conclusion words should be deleted generally except for the translation of Buddhist discipline.&amp;quot;Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot; discusses the factors of times, readers and translators that Buddhist Scripture translation faces.It is these three factors that result in the difficulties of translating Chinese Buddhist Scriptures”(Fang Ruifen 2012, 385). “Five losses” means to allow the translation to be different from the original in grammar, rhetoric and structure, so as to conform to the language habits of Chinese people. “Three difficulties” requires that translators should be able to strike a balance betwen styles, intelligence, and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main contribution of Dao’an to the translation of Buddhist scriptures is the creation and organization of translation workshop. Before Dao’an, the translation were usually finished by private. He set up a translation workshop, ushering in the period of translation on a large scale. And a State Translation School was founded for this purpose. Besides, he invites some translators from India as well. From then on, translation has become an organized activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Kumarajiva ====&lt;br /&gt;
Another representative translator Kumarajiva, who has enjoyed a high reputation in the long history of the Buddhist sutras translation，was well - renowned and was called as &amp;quot; the first class master of translation&amp;quot; by Liang Qichao. He advocated free translation and getting rid of the shortcomings of transliteration. He is one of the four great translators of ancient China, one of the three great translators of Buddhist scriptures, who translates 39 volumes. He is proficient in both Chinese and Sanskrit languages, and advocates that as long as the translation does not violate the original meaning, there is no need to follow the original form. “Kumarajiva revolutionized Chinese Buddhism, in clarity and overcoming the previous &amp;quot;geyi&amp;quot; (concept-matching) system of translation through use of Daoist and Confucian terms”(Nattier 1992,  186). He argued that “geyi” is the culprit of the deformation of India Buddhism after it was introduced into China. “He completely abandoned interpreting Buddhist concept by using Daoist and Confucian terms, and has worked hard to create Buddhist terms, so that the translation is more faithful to the original” (Ma Zhuyi 1982, 25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering, because he held that Sanskrit and Chinese are two quite different language. “In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers, so that Buddhists can better understand and accept the translated scriptures. He tried to use concise text that conformed to Chinese expression habits, while retaining the exotic taste so that readers could understand and accept easily. Kumarajiva did not stick to the form of the original, and often delete the repetitive content. Therefore, his translation style was distinctive, possessing a flowing smoothness. Another remarkable achievement is his contribution to the translation workshop. After he arrived Chang'an, he began to organize translation workshops. Under his efforts, the number of translators increased greatly, and the division of labor was detailed.The entire translation process includes interpretation, recording, correcting and proofreading. After group discussion, the quality of translation has been greatly improved. In addition, in order to be responsible for the Buddhist scriptures translated, Kumarajiva was the first translator to propose that the translator should signature over his translation in the Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1)From folk and personal translation to official and collective translation. At the beginning, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was a private activity. Generally a foreign monk recited the Buddhist scriptures and brought it to China. Then the translator interpreted the scriptures into Chinese, and another person recorded it. That’s the whole process of the translation of Buddhist scriptures at the early days. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, translation workshop was organized. Famous translators such as Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva both had presided over translation workshop. From then on, individual translation behavior gradually developed into a collective translation activity. During this period, with the support of the government, the number of translators has greatly increased, and the division of labor has become more detailed. Therefore, the quality of translation has also been greatly improved. “In addition, the function of translation workshop is not limited to translate Buddhist scriptures, but also give lectures and hold debates. Many translators who preside over the translation field not only translate, but also give lectures about Buddhism” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)From adopting the source text version of the Northern barbarian tribes in ancient China to that of Sanskrit. Before the Eastern Jin Dynasty, the version of Hun (Chinese northern nomads）are usually taken as the original text by translators. Afterwards, the Sanskrit texts were introduced to the China，translators can take them as the original text. The accuracy of the translation was improved greatly. On the other hand, since there are more Sanskrit texts, they have more options of the type of scripture to be translated. Also the systemic nature of the translation has also increased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Breakthroughs in translation theories and skills. During this period, many famous translators have put forward their opinions on translation theory. Based on his translation practice, Shi Daoan raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva advocated free translation. He is the first one to raise the question of how to express the stylistic and linguistic interest of the original text, which had a great influence on translation history. From the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the end of the Sui Dynasty, there were many famous translators who put forward different translation theories and opinions, which had a greater impact on the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)A tool for class oppression. The rulers from the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the Sui Dynasty took Buddhism as a tool of class oppression. In the South of China, the society is stable, so the noble class of South China was arrogant and lavish, metaphysics was prevailed among them. Therefore Buddhism and metaphysics were combined, and rulers interpret Buddhist theories from the perspective of metaphysics. The translation of Buddhist scriptures was also influenced by this prevailing ethos. However, the Northern Dynasty advocated Confucianism. Due to frequent wars and limited economic development, the rulers of Northern China turned to Buddhism and took Zen as their guide. Therefore Buddhism naturally combined with Confucianism, and Zen became the mainstream of Buddhism in the Northern Dynasty. The translation of Zen classics meets the needs of the ruling class and Buddhists in the Northern Dynasty. “Buddhism, as a tool for the government to consolidate their reign, has been stained with a strong political color”(Wang Yan 2012, 158).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tang Dynasty ===&lt;br /&gt;
The third historical period is the Tang Dynasty. During this period, Buddhism developed vigorously.  In order to consolidate their regime, the emperor of Tang Dynasty also valued Buddhism very much, to domesticate his people together with the help of Chinese traditional ritual. Therefore the ruling class attached great importance to the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. And the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang tried many translation methods and developed his epoch-marking criterion that “translation ‘must be truthful and intelligible to the populace’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18). In a sense, Xuan Zang, with such a formula, was trying to have the best of two worlds—literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Xuang Zang ====&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664), a famous monk in the Tang Dynasty, is commonly known as the &amp;quot; Sanzang Rabbi.&amp;quot; On the third year of Zhenguan of Tang Emperor Taizong, he left for Dunhuang from Chang'an, and then arrived in India. He returned to Chang'an in the nineteenth year, and traveled for seventeen years. Through hard work, he brought back more than 650 Sanskrit verses, the number and variety are both unprecedented. He presided over the translation work of seventy-five parts, 1,335 volumes, accounting for more than half of the total number of new Buddhist scriptures in the Tang Dynasty. “Therefore, he was called by the Indian scholar Bai Letian as ‘No.1 translator in the history of translation’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating the scriptures, Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”: First, with secret. The words with mystery are not translated, as there are many spells in the Buddhist scriptures. For example, if the &amp;quot;Doroni&amp;quot; is translated, it will lose its special meaning, so it will lose its magic. Second, with multiple meaning. The ambiguous Sanskrit will not be translated. For example, the word &amp;quot;bhaga&amp;quot; has six meanings( comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed), so the original text is reserved for transliteration. Third, with no counterpart in China. the concept of things which are not found in the original culture of translation will not be translated. For example, the &amp;quot;jumbu tree&amp;quot; in Buddhism is a tree unique to India, which does not grow in China, therefore using transliteration. Fourth, with the ancients. the customary words should follow the habit of transliteration. If the ancients have translated some Buddhist special words, such as &amp;quot;Aunt Bodhi&amp;quot;, although they can be translated, cause confusion. It is best to use the ancient translation rather than a new translation. Fifth, with Good fortune. “The word in the original Sanskrit language can also be found in Chinese with a similar meaning, but they are not strictly same as having many differences in connotation. Such word can not be translated”( He Zizhang 2008, 66). Such as &amp;quot;prajna&amp;quot; respect, &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot; is light and shallow. “The word &amp;quot;Untranslatable&amp;quot; here does not mean not translating, but rather &amp;quot;not intended to translate&amp;quot;, using transliteration”( Jian Xue 2018, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translators are mainly domestic monks. With the strong support of the rulers of Tang Dynasty, the Chinese translators had the opportunity to go to India and other countries to learn Sanskrit and Buddhism. Through long-term study, these translators were not only proficient in Sanskrit but also has a deep understanding of Buddhism. “Besides, in order to meet the needs of translation, Yijing wrote the Sanskrit textbook which means that translators have been able to learn Sanskrit in China” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14). The number of Chinese monks who are proficient in Sanskrit has gradually increased, and the translation work does not need to turn to foreign monks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Fewer excerpts translation yet more complete translations. Due to the attention and support of the rulers, the translators have the access to the pilgrimage to India to find out more about Buddhist scripture. Besides, the improvement of the quality of translators and the perfection of the system of translation workshop also make such large translation programs possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Further improvement of the translation workshop system. Compared with the translation workshop of the previous stage, that of Tang Dynasty is more all-sided in organization. “According to records, The translation workshop of the Tang Dynasty has as many as 11 departments”( Xiu Wenqiao 2008, 32). Each part was under the charge of different people. The monks worked in the translation workshop are all knowledgeable and skilled in translation, and many of them are rabbis appointed by the court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) The peak of Buddhist scripture translation in Chinese history. Many outstanding translators emerged during this period, such as Xuanzang, Yijing and Bukong etc. The four major translators in the Chinese translation history of Buddhist scripture are Kumarajiva, Zhenti, Xuanzang, and Bukong. Two of them are from the Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5) The translation scripts are more faithful to original texts. Because Xuanzang and other translators traveled long distances to search for the Buddhist scriptures, they brought back many Sanskrit classics, which created better conditions for the monks to learn Sanskrit and the original Buddhist scriptures. Therefore they trained a large number of excellent translators, and greatly improved the quality of the translation. Xuan Zang advocated that that translation should be faithful to the original style. He believes that if the original language is elegant and the translation should also be elegant , but if the original style is simple, the translation should be the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Influence of the Translation of Buddhist Scriptures  ===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been developed in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese language and civilization. At the aspect of language, it has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese is mainly manifested in phonology. The “Buddhist scriptures were originally written in Sanskrit and Central Asian languages, both of which belong to phonetic alphabet , while Chinese characters developed from hieroglyphs, and there was no such thing as alphabet at first”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). After Buddhism was introduced to China, some people began to use Sanskrit to assist in learning Chinese pronunciation. The principles and methods of Sanskrit phoneticization promote the development of Chinese phonology. Therefore, Buddhism can be said to have laid the foundation for the formation of Chinese pinyin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, the original Chinese vocabulary could not meet the needs of translation, therefore new Chinese words were created through transliteration and free translation”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). In the history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, Zhi Chen advocated transliteration, and Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”, which state five cases to use transliteration. Therefore the loanwords from Buddhism came into China, which greatly enriched Chinese vocabulary. “Through careful analysis, linguists have made a conclusion that about 35,000 words in Chinese come from Buddhist scripture”(Du Aixian 2000, 49). Some are directly related to Buddhism, such as “Buddha”, “monk”, “ Dharma&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Sutra” etc; some are words that we don’t realize, such as &amp;quot;memory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;causality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;emptiness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; and so on. In addition, many four-character idioms remaining in modern Chinese have the color of Buddhism, and a large number of four-character idioms appeared after the Wei and Jin Dynasty. Such as “drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha”(放下屠刀, 立地成佛), “While the priest climbs a post, the devil climbs ten” (道高一尺, 魔高一丈 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been considered the main element which led to the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words, and also made the patterns of word-formation more perfect. “According to the research, words in ancient times are mainly monosyllable, and the process of disyllabic Chinese was very slow before the Wei and Jin Dynasties, but since the translation of Buddhist scriptures became popular at that time, the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words greatly accelerated”(Sun Yan 2015, 120). Therefore, the translation of Buddhist scriptures are supposed to  be the main motive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey the thoughts of Buddhist scriptures more clearly, many terms need to be translated into colloquial language, which is difficult to express by the original Chinese monosyllabic words. The oralized trends of the translation of the Buddhist scriptures have imposed great impacts on various kinds of colloquial literature styles, and also highly related to the terasyllabic words in the colloquial novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures has gone through three different historical periods. And different social conditions have also resulted in different strategies of sutra translation. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, when Buddhism was first introduced to China, Taoism was dominant in the Chinese society and the translator was not proficient in both Sanskrit and Chinese. Therefore, literal translation, and transliteration were mainly employed during this period. During  Wei and Jin Dynasties, Buddhism developed to a certain extent. Most translators were proficient in Sanskrit and Chinese, which made free translation possible. And in order to spread Buddhism, Buddhists adopt free translation strategies to make Buddhist scriptures more acceptable. During the Sui and Tang dynasties, in order to consolidate their own regime, government strongly supported the translation of Buddhist scriptures. Literal translation and free translation were in harmony during this period, thus the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been exerted great influences on Chinese language. It has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By reviewing the development process of Buddhist scripture translation, and summarizing the characteristics of each stage, we can have a clear understanding of Buddhism translation from a macro perspective. Through learning the main achievements and growth experience of important translators, we can learn more translation strategies and do better in our own translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures occupies an important position in the history of Chinese translation and has had a significant impact on Chinese language and culture. Therefore, it is necessary for us to go back to the source, review the development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures, learn the main achievements of important translators, and further study the representative theory of Buddhist scripture translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nattier, Jan. (1992).The Heart Sutra: A Chinese Apocryphal Text?. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies (2) 153-223&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Yue孟悦. (2017). 中国佛经翻译发展史综述[A Summary of the History of Chinese Sutra Translation].外语教育与翻译发展创新研究 Innovative Research on Foreign Language Education and Translation Development 305-308&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Shanshan孙珊珊. (2014).从翻译批评的多重视角看佛经翻译的文质观[On the Wenzhi of Sutra Translation from the Multiple Perspectives of Translation Criticism].青年作家Young Writers (16)173-174.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Yang方阳. (2013). 东汉至唐代的佛经翻译研究[A Study of the Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from Eastern Han Dynasty to Tang Dynasty]. 河北大学 Hebei University &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Chaobiao杨超标. (2012). 论安世高的译学思想和翻译方法[Exploration on Ashigao’s Translation Thought and Translation Ways].温州大学学报Journal of Wenzhou University (05) 78-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuwei张雨薇. (2019). 汉唐时期佛经汉译及其特点[The Chinese Translation of Buddhist Sutras and their Featuresduring Han to Tang Dynasties].中州学刊 Academic Journal of Zhongzhou (02)114-118.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Hui熊辉. (2013). 古代中西方宗教典籍翻译策略的相似性分析[On the Similarity of Translation Strategies to Ancient Chinese and Western Religious Scripture].西华大学学报Journal of Xihua University (01) 67-70. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi. 马祖毅. (1998). 中国翻译简史[A Brief Introduction to the History of Translation in China].中国对外翻译出版公司 China Foreign Translation Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Dongping, Fang Ruifen. 汪东萍,方瑞芬. (2012). 释道安“五失本、三不易”翻译思想评析[Comment on Shi Daoan's Translation Thought of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;].安徽师范大学学报Journal of Anhui Normal University(03) 385-390.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WangYan.王焱. (2012). 中国古代佛经翻译的政治化[The Politicalization of the Ancient Chinese Sutra Translation].学术交流 Academic Exchange (05)156-159.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1982). 佛经翻译家鸠摩罗什[Buddhist Translator Kumarajiva].中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (03) 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1980).伟大的佛经翻译家玄奘[The Great Buddhist Translator Xuan Zang].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (02) 18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Zizhang.何子章. (2008). 玄奘“五不翻”原则的现实意义[On Practicability of “The Transliteration in the Five Cases” Suggested by Xuan Zang].襄樊学院学报Journal of Xiangfan University(10) 65-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiu Wenqiao修文乔. (2008). 论权力对翻译的影响—从意识形态角度解读唐朝佛经翻译[Analysis of the Impact of Power on Translation—Interpreting Sutra Translation in Tang Dynasty from the Ideological Point of View].广东外语外贸大学学报Journal of Guangdong University of Foreign Studies(01) 30-34+43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Lixiang.侯丽香. (2016) 从文化传播的视角看佛经翻译对中国语言文化的影响[The Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese Language and Culture from the Perspective of Cultural Transmission].英语广场English Square (03)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Du Aixian.杜爱贤. (2000). 谈谈佛经翻译对汉语的影响[On the Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese].世界宗教文化The World Religious Cultures (02) 48-49.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and Liu Miqing’s ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' are two books concerning translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. This paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpts about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. Then, the author will present other scholars' appraisals of this book. The second part will briefly introduce Liu Miqing's ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'',then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Finally, it will display some scholars' evaluation of the book. In the third part, the paper will make a comparison of these two books to deepen readers' understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', “cultural turn”, John Dryden, translation principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《翻译，历史与文化论集》与《中西翻译思想对比研究》的比较分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，体现勒菲弗尔“文化转向”的观点，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨，然后对本书进行简要的评价。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述，针对第二章和第三章的内容，对中西方翻译传统的特点进行对比。然后收集相关学者对此书的评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔,《翻译，历史和文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》，文化转向，约翰·德莱登，翻译原则&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper is intended to focus on the analysis of important translation principles and make a comparison of these two books in content and form. This paper will be divided into three parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part one, after a brief introduction of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', it will concentrate on John Dryden’s three types of translation: metaphrase, parap，hrase and imitation, and briefly appraise it. Then it will extend Dryden’s views on translator’s position. That Dryden compares a translator to a slave exactly reflects the dominant thought about translator in the classical period. Some scholars study the thought of comparing a translator with a slave and discover that besides the representative of literal circles like Dryden, it also prevailed among modern linguistics and the school of translation studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014). Then, the author is about to explain why “comparing a translator to a slave” predominates in the history of western translation to support Lefevere’s “cultural turn”. Finally, the author will present other scholars' evaluation of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part two, the author will give an introduction to the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' in three sections due to the stout volume of this book. Then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Through these chapters, we can comprehend Liu Miqing’s purpose to publish this book. Also, we can find the uniqueness of Chinese translation theories, thus appealing to Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. Liu Miqing pointed out that the analysis of the characteristics of Chinese translation theory is by no means to boast or to do publication but to do a self-examination. He hoped that through a full analysis of the “being-in-itself” Chinese theories, we could find out the weak points that hinder them in their way to “being-for-itself”. (Liu Miqing 2005. 72). Finally, the author will show some scholars’ appraisals of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part three, it intends to give a brief comparison of these two books in contents and forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, this paper is written in hope that the readers can understand these two books better and provoke their thought about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. &amp;quot;Lefevere's later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the 'cultural turn'.&amp;quot;(Munday 2016,199). As such, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' serves as good proof of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation proposed by Translation Studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general editor's preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as &amp;quot;a rewriting of an original text&amp;quot;. Here, they explained that &amp;quot;rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.&amp;quot; (Lefevre 2003, xi). According to these concepts, Lefevere aims to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs a deep exploration for cultural studies. (Lefevre 2003, xiii). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such an idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in the 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby, meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation studies. (Lefevere and Bassnett 1990, 1-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett's thoughts of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook, with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. (Lefevre 2003, xiv)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. Through reading the scholar's letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read translators' inferiority in Dryden's words and admire Cicero's courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that &amp;quot;I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek&amp;quot;. (Lefevere 2003, 47). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will analyze John Dryden's three types of translation and his comparison of &amp;quot;author and translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;master and slave&amp;quot; through the excerpts collected in Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook. (Lefevere 2003, 24;102-105).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation deals with authority and power. A translator rewrites or manipulates the original text in service of power. (Lefevere 2003,2). The role a translator plays in translation depends on the power he is submissive to. In this part, the author analyzes Dryden’s comparison of &amp;quot;author and translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;master and slave&amp;quot; in hope for an exploration of the reasons of the translator’s inferiority in translation. It is believed that ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' is written to stress the function of translation as a shaping force.(Lefevere 2003, xii). Therefore, the discussion of Dryden's views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracted two statements by Dryden and relatively placed them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden's translation of Ovid's Epistles published in 1680. (Lefevere 2003, 102).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface, Dryden proposed three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden's vivid simile, translating the poem in such a way is like &amp;quot;dancing on ropes with fettered legs&amp;quot;. The dancer needs to be cautious of falling, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. (Lefevere 2003, 103).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation &amp;quot;to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age and in our country&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 103). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the translator needn't care about the author's elaborative use of words or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author's style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author's work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator's talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. (Lefevere 2003, 103).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. &amp;quot;tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that &amp;quot;he may stretch his chain to such a latitude&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translation, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Chapter Two, in &amp;quot;Dedication&amp;quot; to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argued that &amp;quot;We are bound to our author's sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. &amp;quot;But slaves we are, and labor in another man's plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner's; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.&amp;quot; (Lefevere 2003, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's words reflect the translator's inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scholar concludes that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the &amp;quot;classical writers&amp;quot; of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author's overriding authority was beyond questions. (Niu Yunping, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the value of this book, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook is characterized by its abundant contents, which combines translation with history and cultural turn, thus providing referential materials for translation studies. With reference to Lefevere, many texts collected in this book were published in English for the first time, which served as an important supplement to the system of thinking on literary translation. (Lefevere 2003, xiii).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to analyze the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing explains that &amp;quot;Sixiang&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;thought&amp;quot; in Chinese) refers to &amp;quot;principle&amp;quot; in the West in this book. (Liu Miqing 2005, 2). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the FAQ passage, the author explained why he wrote this book. &amp;quot;I believe Chinese need to treat translation from the perspective of cultural strategy as our precedents did. This is the most basic and most important Chinese characteristics.&amp;quot;(Liu Miqing 2005, i). It is to appeal to the Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, it follows the analysis of this book. This book might be divided into three parts: part one, consisting of chapter one to six, discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Part two, consisting of chapter seven to nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. In part three, Liu illustrates the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies in chapter ten and eleven. And he respectively analyses  Benjamin’s view on translation, the originality of translation, and translation is the transcendence of the original text in chapter twelve, thirteen, and fourteen. (Wang Jianguo, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(from chapter one to six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. With reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first phase was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second phase was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third phase is from the 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principal strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, 33). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation: The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators' awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. (Liu Miqing 2005, 43).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in the new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. (Liu Miqing 2005, 38-39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 150).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of the meaning of Chinese translation studies and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005,179). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight, and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is &amp;quot;technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. (Liu Miqing 2005, 292-293).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third part of this book expounds on the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of &amp;quot;translation and language game&amp;quot;, Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game is the basic idea of the translation functionalism”. (Liu Miqing 2005, 402).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will analyze and compare the tradition of Chinese and western translation. Regarding Liu Miqing, Chinese translation still needs to regard culture as its strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, i). This is the first and foremost characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation. Since translation emerged in China, it has a close relation with culture, as evidenced by the translation of Buddhism. Such is the most distinctive feature between the tradition of Chinese and Western translation. (Liu Miqing 2005,44).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation originated from religious translation, the translation of Buddhism. In 58 AD, during Emperor Ming's reign, Buddhism began to spread into China and symbolized the power and ideology of the nation, which involved in politics. Compared with Confucianism, Buddhism not only contains the ethics and social norms but also consists of a set of canons that reflects the integration of religion and politics in foreign countries. (Liu Miqing 2005,44). For instance, during the period of Sectarian Buddhism, in ''Pinimujing'', the religious disciplines compiled by Theravada Sect stipulates that the Buddhist doctrines must be submissive to the law. (Fang Litian, 1987).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, Buddhism was integrated with Chinese politics when it spread into China, which is exemplified in three aspects. Firstly, Buddhism justified the divinity of the feudal monarchy. Secondly, some eminent monks were invited to give counsel to the sovereign directly. For example, emperor Xiaowudi in the Song dynasty designated the monk Huilin to engage in the court. And later Huilin was called Prime Minister in Black, which generally refers to the remarkable monks who also engage in the court. Thirdly, the disciples of Buddhism, including &amp;quot;all is vanity&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;being detached from worldly affairs&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;obedience&amp;quot; actually numbed the people to serve the sovereign, which was conducive to the feudal monarchy. (Fang Litian, 1987). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 19th century, the tradition of Chinese translation began to feature as the awareness of national hardship. Today, we are still touched by Yan Fu, Ma Jianzhong, Lin Shu, and other patriotic translators while learning their translation theories that were imprinted in their mission to save China from its plight. In the middle of the 20th century, the tradition of Chinese translation features from the awareness of national hardship to national rejuvenation. (Liu Miqing 2005, 46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the flourishing of translation is by no means our Chinese's responsibility. Compared to Chinese translation's cultural strategy, the western translation boasts of its integrated translation, from the early translation of ancient Greek into Roman to the heyday in the 11th century. This not only promoted contact among different languages in Europe but cleared the way to economic growth as well. Meanwhile, integrated translation paved the way for European integration. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation is &amp;quot;regulation to perfection&amp;quot;. After the disputes between literal translation and free translation in China, the method of translation finally consolidated to regulation to perfection in Xuanzang's translation theory. The following translators have carried on the thought, such as Yan Fu's Xingdaya, Fu Lei's Shensi theory and Qian Zhongshu's Huajing theory. Their translation principles are the regulation of literal translation and free translation, the content and the form, and the end and the effect. (Liu Miqing 2005, 50-51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Western translation also stresses meaning, but it pays more attention to the transformation of morphologic languages due to the identity of etymology, morphology, bilingual syntactic structure, the origin of literary and culture in Western languages. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101). Moreover, Western translation principles give priority to &amp;quot;Communicative Translation&amp;quot;, which is implicit in Chinese translation principles. (Liu Miqing 2005,104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third characteristic is &amp;quot;the focus on meaning as well as aesthesis&amp;quot;. Chinese translation balances meaning and aesthesis in binary opposition or tries to express the spirit and the feeling-tone of the original text on the basis of expressing meaning. Lin Yutang proposed that the spirit of the text is compacted in one word. (Liu Miqing 2005, 52).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei pointed out that the word &amp;quot;Nao&amp;quot; in the verse &amp;quot;Hong Xing Zhi Tou Chun Yi Nao&amp;quot; conveys the Jingjie of the whole poem. (Wang Guowei 2017,15). Therefore, if one attempts to translate the poem, he needs to have aesthetic appreciation. Liu Miqing explains that Chinese is a language of sensibility. It expresses beauty through icons and images. That is why the tradition of Chinese translation concentrates on aesthesis. As such, we can see the strong intercourse between Chinese translation and philosophy and aesthetics, however, Western translation has been connected with linguistics, linguistic philosophic study, and hermeneutic studies. (Liu Miqing 2005,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars expressed their views on ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. Wang Jianguo claimed that the book was an excellent masterpiece. In this book, Liu compared Chinese and Western translation thoughts from the source. Both Liu's statements and arguments were astonishing. Liu used comparative methods to explore the source of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies, thus provoking scholars of Chinese translation studies to think about the value of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies. Besides, the book served as an example of innovation in translation studies. (Wang Jianguo, 2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei and Li Defeng shed light on the topic &amp;quot;translation theories with Chinese characteristics&amp;quot; and argued that Liu Miqing's A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles provided a methodology to explore the source of driving force for the construction of Chinese translation study. (Lu Wei, 2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 From the aspect of the content===&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books discuss translation principles from the perspective of culture. They differ in their focus and approach. Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook concentrates on Western translation principles before contemporary translation studies. While A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles analyses Chinese as well as Western translation principles from their origins to this era. As to the approach, Lefevere analyzes translation principles through varied themes, while Liu Miqing makes a comparison of Chinese and Western translation principles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, they boast their distinctive writing style. In Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, Lefevere almost leaves no personal remarks or views on these excepts apart from his justification of his classification in the introduction and the beginning of each chapter, thus making this book objective. Also, Liu extracted other translators’ essays, but he illustrates them in a detailed way, and even comments on a certain word, for example, he discusses the “latitude” proposed by John Dryden and questions “in which aspect can translators be given the latitude? How much could they get the latitude?” and so on. (Liu Miqing 2005, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 From the aspect of the arrangement===&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books are arranged in theme, rather than in a chronological way. Lefevere illustrates his classification of this book clearly and extracts abundant statements to rich his idea. He first divides the excerpts on size, and classifies the shorter into seven chapters about the constraints imposed on translation, the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and the technique of translating. The longer essays are collected in the last chapter. Liu arranges his book differently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the ample scope of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', including the characteristics, origins, schools and limitations of Chinese and western translation, Liu not only quotes other’s statement, he applies many tables to demonstrate his thoughts, which helps the readers better understand translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the paper is intended to help readers to understand these two books in depth. After a brief introduction of these two books, it analyzes John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of translator to slave and figures out the reason for the prevailing statement. Therefore, it helps the readers to grasp the core of this book. Meanwhile, this paper made a short comparison of the characteristics of Chinese and Western translation in the hope of mutual learning. Also, it concludes the values of these two books. In the end, this paper hopes to provoke readers to think about the cultural influence on translation. Therefore, if one dreams to be a qualified translator, he needs to not only master translation skills and learns translation theories, he should but also immerse himself in the culture behind the source and target languages. As such, he can convey the feeling tone or the essence of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere. (2003). ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. Taylor &amp;amp; Francis e-library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere &amp;amp; Susan Bassnett. (1990). ''Translation, History and Culture''. London &amp;amp;New York: Pinter Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chou Huifang仇芳慧. (2019). 从德莱顿“翻译三分法”谈诗译者的素质 [On Poetry Translators’ Qualification from the Perspective of Dryden’s Three Types of Translation].''北方文学'' Northern Literature (24):254-255.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Litian方立天.(1987).佛教与中国政治 [Buddhism and Chinese Politics].''社会科学战线'' Social Science Front (02):113-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeremy Munday. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies'', Theories and Applications, Routledge, Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2005). ''中西翻译思想对比研究''. [A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei, Li Defeng鲁伟,李德凤.(2010).中国特色的翻译学:误区还是必然?——兼评《中西翻译思想比较研究》[Translation Studies with Chinese Characteristics: A Misunderstanding or Inevitability? ——A Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal 23(02):11-14+29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niu Yunping, Yang XiuMing牛云平,杨秀敏.(2014). 西方译论中的作者—译者主仆. [Relationship of Author and Translator as Master and Servant in Western Translation Histories].''河北师范大学学报(哲学社会科学版)'' Journal of Hebei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) 37(05):92-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jianguo王建国.(2006). 简评《中西翻译思想比较研究》——兼谈译学学术创新 [A Short Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles——On the Academic Innovation of Translation Studies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal 27(03):36-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei 王国维.(2017). ''人间词话''[Notes on Ci Poems in the World]. Beijing: The Chinese Overseas Publishing House 中国华侨出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan Bassnett. (2004). ''Translation studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui     202070080622    英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
===Introuction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.(Gentzler, Edwin.1993.)&lt;br /&gt;
===The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.（Chen Fukang.2015.）（quotation missing）--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 14:10, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country.（Chen Fukang.2015.）（paragraph too long）--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 14:10, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.（Chen Fukang.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
===Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.(Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. ) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.(Nida, E. A.1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.(Bassnett. 1980.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.(Cao Ruiming. 2006（1）：45-47.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analysis of Theoretical Research Status===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.(Nida, E. A. 1964.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.(Gentzler, Edwin.1993.)&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place(Wang Dongfeng,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trends in Translation Theory Research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.（Su Yue. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.（Su Yue. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the theory and practice of ancient translation theory to the update and development of contemporary translation theory, scholars have continued and developed China's unique translation theory according to the requirements of the times and the basis of practice. The development of the country in the new era puts forward higher demands on translation,the cultivation of translation talents and discipline construction. In short, the development of translation discipline in the new era should emphasize disciplinary functions, expand theoretical resources, innovate ontological concepts, and strengthen school consciousness, so as to make new contributions to the knowledge innovation of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. （Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.（Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So differen society can give birth to different cultures.What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea” ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“.（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen 2001,19)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Comparisons of Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, foreignization is in the dominant position,while domestication acts like a supplementary in this case, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.Based on the food culture above,domestication and foreignization have been use in different ways.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed BunThere are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. （Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu 2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶 qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 （Zhao Lijian's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. （Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to&amp;quot;稻草、吸管&amp;quot;，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, and while doing translation we should choose the proper methods according to our purpose and the characteristic of the culture ,all of which can lead to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' References '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020).十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geng Shuang.耿爽.(2020.2.21).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1747973.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Lijian.赵立坚(2020.2.25).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1749280.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hua Chunying.华春莹(2020.11.30).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1836636.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui 202020080608==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;孔祥慧 Kong Xianghui &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology;Linguistic;Discipline Construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. （Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.（O Aiping，2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation'' published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book ''Toward the Science of Translating'', which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies'' at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published ''the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods'', clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book ''Exploration of Translation'' (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is ''Discourse and the Translator'' (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published ''Translation and Conflict'': A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article ''On the Construction of Translation Theory''. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published ''On Approaches to Translation Studies''. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis ''An Overview of Western Translation Theory'' (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published ''Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies'', in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is ''Chinese Translation Studies'', including ''The History of Translation in China''. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published ''Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies'' (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis ''On The Construction of Translation Studies'' (2009), which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis ''On The Construction of Translation Studies'' in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In ''A Study on Linguistic Translation'' (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in ''Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics'' proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in ''Corpus and Translation Studies'' (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.(Tan Zaixi 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; (Wikipedia) Liu Zhongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.（Liu Zhongde，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.（Yi Jing,2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.（Wang Qinghua，2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.(Tan Zaixi 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.（Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.（Yang Zijian 1987）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.(Lvjun，2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .(Yi Jing,2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.（Zou Bin,Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.（Wang Yin,2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.(Liao Qiyi， 2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Discipline structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.（Yi Jing，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J.A.(1965). ''Linguistic Theory of Translation'' . Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S.(1975). The Name and Nature of Transition Studies . ''Holland Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jixing LONG. (2019). Translation Studies From Multiple Perspectives. ''Studies in Literature and Language.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker Mona.（2006). Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account . London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ding Xinshan. 丁信善. (1998). 语料库语言学的发展及研究现状. [The Development and Research Status of Corpus Linguistics]. ''当代语言学''[Modern Linguistic] 3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Xiangtao,Lu Bixiao. (2019). 范祥涛,陆碧霄.认知翻译研究的观念和方法. [Concepts and Methods of Cognitive Translation Studies]. ''外语教学''[Foreign Language Education] 8-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen. 黄国文. (2006). 关于翻译研究语言学探索的几个问题. [Questions about the Linguistic Exploration of Translation Studies]. ''外语艺术教育研究''[Educational Research on Foreign Languages &amp;amp; Arts] 35-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Xiangli. 孔祥立. (2009). 中国翻译学学科建设论. [On the subject construction of Chinese Translation Studies]. 上海外国语大学[Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yan, Feng Huali. 李艳,冯华丽.(2020) 国内基于语料库的翻译研究二十年综述(1999—2018). [A review of 20 Years of Corpus-based Translation Studies in China(1999—2018)]. ''成都理工大学学报(社会科学版)'' [Journal of Chengdu University of Technology(Social Science) ]105-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1989). 西方翻译理论概评. [An Overview of Western Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 2-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde. 刘重德. (1998). 关于建立翻译学的一些看法. [Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies]. ''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)'' [Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)] 27-31+60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun. 吕俊. (2004). 建构翻译学的语言学基础. [The Linguistic Basis of Translation studies]. ''外语学刊''[Foreign Language Research] 96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2000). 语料库与翻译研究[Corpus and Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 380-384.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O Aiping. 欧爱萍.(2012). 浅谈语言学对翻译学科的影响. [A Brief Discussion on the influence of Linguistics on translation]. ''中外企业家''[Chinese and Foreign Entrepreneurs] 179-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜,Eugene A.Nida. (1987). 论翻译学的途径. [Approaches to Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 24-30+79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2005). 认知语言学的翻译观. [Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 15-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2017). 基于认知语言学的翻译过程新观. [Translation Process View Based on Cognitive Linguistics]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-10+17+129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qinghua,Zhang Chunbai. 汪庆华,张春柏. (2017). 翻译学的先驱:董秋斯翻译学思想探析. [A Pioneer of translation Studies: An Analysis of Dong Qiusi's Translation Studies]. ''上海翻译''[Shanghai Journal of Translators]67-72+95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing, Xie Chu. 易经,谢楚. (2012). 翻译学从属于语言学吗?——析语言学派的翻译学定位. [Does Translation Belong to Linguistics? -- An Analysis of the Translation Orientation of Linguistic Schools]. ''湖南人文科技学院学报''[Journal of Hunan Institute of Humanities，Science and Technology] 74-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing. 易经. (2009). 试论翻译学体系的构建. [On The Construction of Translation Studies ].湖南师范大学[Hunan Normal University ].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1987). 谈谈语言科学的发展. [A Discussion of the Development of Language Science].''山东外语教学''[Shandong Foreign Language Teaching] 10-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1993). 我国近十年来的翻译理论研究. [Research on Translation Theories in Recent Ten Years in China].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Bairan. 张柏然. (2008). 试析翻译的语言学研究 [A Study on Linguistic Translation]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ]58-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang, Huang Guowen. 张美芳,黄国文. (2002). 语篇语言学与翻译研究. [Discourse linguistics and Translation studies].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Bin, Mu Lei. 邹兵,穆雷. (2020). 语言学对翻译学的方法论贡献——特征、问题与前景. [The Methodological Contribution of Linguistics to Translation Studies: Features, Problems and Prospects]. ''中国外语''[Foreign Languages in China] 77-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China-许晶Xu Jing,202020080658==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of reform and opening-up, foreign trade and international exchanges have become more and more frequent, there is an increasing demand for translation talents, and the team engaged in translation studies has become more and more powerful. The development of Translation Studies as a discipline is getting better and better. By reviewing the development of the Translation Studies in China, as well as reading and refining of translation literature in recent years, this article analyzes the current problems of the learning of Translation Studies and puts forward relevant suggestions from the perspective of translation education and the perspective of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies, translation education, translation talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对中国翻译学学习的反思&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国改革与开放政策的不断推进，对外贸易和国际之间的交往变得越来越频繁，对于翻译人才的需求越来越多，从事翻译研究的队伍也越来越壮阔，翻译学的学科发展也越来越好。本文通过回顾翻译学科在中国的发展历程，以及对近年翻译学文献的阅读和提炼，从翻译教育视角和学生视角出发，分析学习翻译学科目前存在的问题，并提出相关的建议。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学，翻译教育，翻译人才&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1. Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1. The Connotation of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies used to refer to the researches of translation. It was not until the 20th century that translation studies became a formal academic discipline. The landmark paper published by James S Holmes in 1972, titled &amp;quot;''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''&amp;quot;, is a basic statement of translation studies: it calls for the establishment of a unique discipline with its own classification system.(James S Holmes 1972) Basically, at present, Translation Studies is a research field that studies the theory, description and application of translation. Because it treats translation not only as a transfer between languages, but also as an exchange between cultures, it can also be described as an interdisciplinary involving other fields of knowledge, including comparative literature, cultural studies, gender studies, computer science, history, linguistics, philosophy, rhetoric and semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Now Translation Studies as an academic discipline, it requires a systematic study of translation, which is not only an applied practice, but also a means to understand the movement and transfer between multiple languages and cultures. Translation Studies involves the translator's practical experience; it also explores the history and philosophy of translation and current trends in the field from the perspective of theory and methodology. Translation Studies can examine the practice and background of translating professional texts (law, business, medicine, etc.); it may also explore the art of translation as a creative act in literary translation and international marketing. Translation studies can also explore how issues such as culture, power, gender, and moral media affect translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning these contents enables students to apply their theoretical understanding to the methods, techniques and choices used in daily translation practice. In addition, Translation Studies usually include the analysis of key texts to enable students to develop an awareness of understanding and interpretation issues. It also involves the development of analysis, practice, evaluation, aesthetics and descriptive skills needed to solve translation problems. Finally, it includes the development of research skills, practical translation skills, and the ability to develop strategies for managing complex language and cultural transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2. The Significance of Translation Study&lt;br /&gt;
With the introduction of university schools and courses, related conferences, translation journals and other translation-related publications, the discipline of translation studies has also been developed. At the same time, as today's multicultural and multilingual society requires effective, efficient and understanding communication between languages and cultures, translation skills have become more and more important and desirable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a science, Translation Studies has always had its own laws that cannot be ignored, and its systematic theories are different from other disciplines. The so-called translation theory is a thorough and systematic description of these laws, which make the skills and techniques that can only be understood in mind in translation into a knowable object and a theoretical system. Translation theory can provide translators with a series of macro descriptions of the objective laws of translation, as well as in-depth analysis of the internal relations and mechanisms of these laws. By learning translation theory, translators can understand the essence of translation behaviors and the fundamental standards of translation better. At the same time, knowing the laws of translation science and translation art, translators who are with the guidance of translation theory and scientific argumentation and methodology will selectively implement the reference means provided by translation theory in practice, and work effectively; When dealing with the difficulties of translation, translator can use a variety of methods. In this way, the translation process can be both scientific and flexible, and the translator can consciously exert their initiative, so that the translation practice becomes a high-level language communication. This is also the necessity for translators to learn Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. The Development Process of Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation activities has appeared in China very early, but translation as a discipline appeared relatively late. With the advancement of the People's Republic of China and the promotion of foreign exchanges, China's translation industry has flourished since the establishment of the People's Republic of China. After reading a large number of documents and reviewing the ups and downs of the translation discipline and the translation major in the past 71 years, the author has made a comprehensive analysis and believes that the development process of Translation Studies in China can be divided into the following three stages: the exploration period of Translation Studies, the development period of Translation Studies, the flourishing period of Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1. The Exploration Period of Translation Studies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the Translation Studies, the famous translator Dong Qiusi in 1950 pointed out that “although there are thousands of hundreds of years of translation experience, there are also 10,000 people engaged in translation, but those who study translation theory, Almost no. What we have are some translation regulations and fragments of experience for temporary reference.&amp;quot; He clearly called for the establishment of &amp;quot;a complete translation theory system&amp;quot; (Dong Qiusi 1950 ). It is a pity that Dong Qiusi's appeal did not attract much attention. The translation industry in China is still satisfied with the translator’s experiences, and even mistakes their experiences as theory. In the early days of New China, due to the needs of national construction and foreign exchanges, translation activities were initially highly valued and supported by the party and governments at all levels. Translations of various translation groups, journals, papers, conferences and political documents appeared in history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, affected by political factors at home and abroad, the development of translation disciplines has almost stagnated, the number of translations has been greatly reduced, and the types of works have become increasingly single. During this period, the people engaged in translation discipline construction were front-line foreign affairs translators and literary translators. They were mainly responsible for political and literary translation practice, and of course translation criticism, translation publishing, translation management, etc. At that time, because a large number of people who understand foreign languages were needed for national construction, language learning was the main task of academic industry, and translation teaching was regarded as a means to strengthen foreign language ability. Later, with the advancement of reform and opening up, a group of teachers and students who were concerned about translation teaching in the foreign language community joined the group of developing Translation Studies. The number of publications on scientific translation, teaching studies, textbook research, and introduction to Western translation theories has gradually increased. But Translation Studies at this stage is still attached to the third level research direction under foreign language and literature, but the distinction between translation teaching and language teaching has gradually become clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2. The Development Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of this period, it was explored whether the Translation Studies can become an independent discipline, whether there is a difference between the training of translation professionals and the training of traditional foreign language talents, and what are the differences. At this stage, some masters and doctors in translation studies joined the construction team translation discipline. Researchers' disciplinary awareness and interdisciplinary awareness have increased, methodological awareness has sprouted, and the number of micro-level translation teaching research has increased. In the teaching of translation majors, more attention has been paid to theoretical explanations, textual comparisons between English and Chinese, and extra-linguistic factors in translation activities. In 2003 and 2005, Shanghai International Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established Graduate Institute of Interpretation and Translation desperately. The first degree in Translation Studies was established by the Ministry of Education in Shanghai in 2004, which can be regarded as a sign that Translation Studies have been recognized by the system as a secondary discipline. To this end, a group of special articles in the third issue of &amp;quot;''China Translator''&amp;quot; in 2004 come to congratulate. Since the establishment of Translation Studies, its disciplinary connotation has been explored, the system has been gradually improved, the framework has become increasingly substantial, and its social contribution has been unique and huge.(Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao 2020) Translation research ideas, methods, space and resources are further expanded, translation teaching methods, tools and resources are enriched, the number of applied texts in translation teaching increases, and the professional orientation is much clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3. The Flourishing Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2011, the Ministry of Education adjusted the discipline catalog and listed &amp;quot;Translation Studies&amp;quot; as a second-level subject under the first-level discipline of &amp;quot;Foreign Languages and Literature&amp;quot; officially. As a result, the status of Translation Studies was formally established, facing the world, serving demand, and standardizing construction. In the flourishing period,  the construction of translation disciplines and the development of translation majors in China have shown a new look. Many levels have jumped to new levels, which is reflected in the new breakthroughs in the main construction force. A large number of language service industry practitioners, technical experts and translation scholars have collaborated to provide suggestions for the construction of translation disciplines and talent training. There are many publications on translation teaching research, translation technology research, translation market and language service industry research, and the construction of the discourse system of translation theory with Chinese characteristics. New changes have taken place in the focus and form of translation teaching. Translation teachers train students to acquire the industry knowledge, technology, skills and accomplishments required by the language service market by inviting industry instructors into classrooms to share their ideas, and through other methods such as project cooperation, field learning, and simulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3. Challenges of Learning Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Translation Studies as a discipline in China did not happen overnight. It also experienced ups and downs along the way. China's translation discipline has now entered a new stage, and the team of Translation Studies has become larger and larger. More and more colleges and universities set up MTI and MA in Translation. More students and scholars began to engage in Translation Studies. However, due to various reasons, in the process of learning Translation Studies, we also face many problems and challenges. This chapter will introduce the problems of learning Translation Studies in China from the perspectives of translation education and students' personal factors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the establishment of the status of China’s Translation Studies, translation education grows up. And with the historical process of reform and opening for more than 40 years, translation education has made brilliant achievement and has promoted the training of translation professionals, and also will further make important contributions to national economic and social development. It is obvious that translation education plays an important role in the learning process of Translation Studies. A good translation education plays a positive role in the development of translation disciplines, and can also help students learn Translation Studies better. However, China's translation education started and developed after the reform and opening up, is relatively late. Under the background of the new era, it still faces many challenges and urgently needs to be addressed. In addition, the construction of Translation Studies is not long, and the construction of a complete translation teaching system is still on the way of continuous development, and systematic researches on translation teaching still needs efforts. The author mainly analyzes this problem from four aspects: the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents, the faculty resources, the teaching mode and translation teaching research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1. Orientation of the Cultivation of Translation Talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents is not particularly clear. In the actual teaching practice, some colleges and universities do not separate translation major students and English major students clearly due to the unclear concept of the cultivation of translation talents. There are few differences in teaching model between translation major and the traditional English major. In addition, different colleges and universities still have not unified the concepts, principles, methods and other macro ideas of translation professional teaching, and they are independent in the specific classroom teaching operations, and the curriculum settings are out of touch with the market. (Zhong Weihe 2019)Due to the inconsistency between the talent cultivation model in some universities and the development of translation industry, a considerable number of translation graduates do not have good professional ethics, wide encyclopedia knowledge, and professional skills and learning ability. In addition, most of them lack of organizational management ability, innovation ability as well as collaborate ability. Those reasons have seriously affected the quality and quantity of cultivating translation professionals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2. Faculty Resources&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of teachers is closely related to the effect of English translation teaching. English translation has higher requirements for teachers' teaching guidance ability, response ability and language organization ability. The problem of translation teachers has always been a bottleneck problem that needs to be broken through. The teachers here include both full-time teachers and part-time teachers. Recent evaluation data show that although the number of the teacher in translation major is sufficient and the structure is reasonable, the number of professional translators is lacking, and the teachers' scientific research and practical ability are seriously lacking. Statistics for part-time teachers show that the number of part-time teachers can be guaranteed, but only 27% are from the language service industry, and the rest are from the government and universities, which is inconsistent with the requirements of the &amp;quot;''National Standard of Part-time Teacher in MTI Education'' &amp;quot;. (Zhong Weihe 2019) In addition, many English teachers in colleges and universities have been in a professional teaching environment for a long time and rarely have the opportunity to participate in practice. This has caused translation teaching to derail from the actual situation to some extent, resulting in poor training of professional translators and affecting the overall development of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3. Teaching method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relatively speaking, the teaching mode of translation teaching in China is still based on traditional English major teaching, and the teaching mode is relatively single. The most commonly used form is to explain the theory and skills, then explain and appreciate the analysis through the example sentences and example texts on the professional textbooks, and finally arrange homework based on the content of this class. (Wang Baigula 2020) For example, this kind of teaching method that ignores student autonomy is entirely a teacher-centered teaching model, which will place too much emphasis on teachers and teaching materials to a large extent, restricting teachers’ ability to innovate and explore. In addition, this kind of translation mode will restrain students' interpreting practice ability to a certain extent and ignore life culture and skills. This will cause translation majors to limit their learning content to test papers instead of translation researches and the process of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.4 Translation Teaching Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current achievements of translation teaching research in China are mainly expressed in impressionistic and scattered personal experiences, lacking systematic research and strong theoretical support. In other words, it lacks systematic theoretical guidance, clear methodology guidance and effective research method. And the research methods are still based on reflection and experience, and importantly, the empirical research is rare. besides, the number of interdisciplinary researches is relatively small, and there is also a lack of sufficient number of experiments and opportunities in actual application fields. Translation discipline has a big difference comparing to other disciplines, mainly because of its high interactivity, which requires the participation of many disciplines. Only in this way can the value of the translation discipline be brought into play.(Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqing 2011) However, combining actual translation learning and translation education in colleges and universities, it can be seen that China has not paid enough attention to this aspect, so that many interdisciplinary content is only on the surface, but not deep into the actual situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2. Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above mentioned the impact of translation education on translation studies, and the following part will analyze the difficulties faced by students when learning translation studies. In China, English courses are offered from the elementary school, it is a long journey to learn English. It stands to reason that after a long period of study, students can master English proficiently, and be proficient in oral and writing. But this is not true. The reasons for this situation are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1. Low level of commitment to translation learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese students begin to learn English very early and study for a long time, the effective efforts for English learning is not enough. Translation is not only a simple language conversion, its process is complex and tortuous, especially when the process of translation encountered strange and difficult to understand the content, it requires the translator to be patient, as far as possible to invest their time and energy to search and verify the related knowledge. Most of the time, the unqualified translation results from the fact that the translator does not invest enough time and energy, and only has a superficial understanding of background knowledge, professional terms or corpus search. At the same time, it is difficult for students to have the amount of extra-curricular English reading and accumulate a rich vocabulary. As a result, students' basic English translation skills are not solid. If students do not know more than half of the words and phrases in an article, it is impossible for them to translation the whole passage. At the same time, there are many differences between the word order of English and Chinese. Due to the insufficient amount of English reading, it is difficult for students to get familiar with the English reading mode and grasp the main points of English translation, so it may lead the final translation to fail to convey the true meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2. Insufficient background knowledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of exam-oriented education, many Chinese students hope to get a good grade in exam and ignore that learning English is also for communication. They are only satisfied with finishing the English translation exercises assigned by teachers and seldom use English for daily communication or reading English works. And in this way, students do not grasp sufficient background information. With the advent of the era of network, traditional translation objects, such as religious texts and the classics of social sciences, are out of the core status of translation activities and are gradually marginalized. Especially from the quantity of the objects, there are more and more literature references, business documents, documents of national governments and international organizations, which have increasingly become the mainstream of contemporary translation object. (Xie Zhentian, 2015) Various types of translation objects become big challenges for students’ knowledge. On the other hand, students pay much attention to language transfer and translation skills, but neglect the supplement of professional background knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3. Neglect of theoretical knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, when MA students are learning theoretical knowledge, most of them do not have a correct understanding of Translation Studies. They think that translation theory is useless or that previous translation theories is very perfect, so they cannot make any innovations in Translation Studies. However, learning Translation Studies is not to create a translation theory. The purpose is to improve students' theoretical awareness so as to establish their translation literacy. The academic master of Translation should focus more on verifying the validity of theories through the practice of translation.(Jiang Feifei 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4. Suggestions for the Learning of Translation Studies'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote the development of Translation Studies, the training of translation talents is extremely important. Translation Studies as a discipline needs to be improved according to the development of times. The following will show the efforts we need to make from the perspectives of translation education and the students themselves, in order to better learn Translation Studies and promote the development of Translation Studies in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Improve Teaching Mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teaching model is an important basic guarantee for cultivating interdisciplinary English translators. At present, colleges and universities should focus on the current social needs. Teachers should effectively integrate the curriculum with social reality in the teaching process, which can be based on the current social situation or current affairs. Similarly, the translation model has a very important impact on teaching arrangement. The rapid enrichment of theoretical horizons has put forward many new requirements for translation teaching. Therefore, translation teaching should also combine these needs to make something new. For example, many translation learning in China have begun to shift to the perspective of students' autonomous learning, rather than relying solely on teachers’ guidance or leading. This is a very good practice, and it also meets the new requirements of the times. The objective teaching method is a teaching mode that can be introduced in translation teaching. This type of mode attaches great importance to the construction of learning environment and the value of teachers' guidance to students. (Ou Yonghua 2019) This is very important for translation learning. While diffusing students' interest in learning, it will also increase students' creative ability and thought diffusion. And through the current teaching equipment and teaching software to enrich the teaching content in the teaching process so as to improve the students’ learning efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2. Strengthen Faculty Force&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers occupies a very important position in the training of talents, and at the same time, improving the quality and ability of the teaching team is also the most important thing when training talents. Therefore, in view of the current low professional quality and ability of teachers in ordinary colleges and universities in China, first of all, colleges and first-line translation teachers need to clarify the requirements for professional ability development, and strive to improve the professional quality of teachers (professional ethics and norms, lifelong learning), professional knowledge (linguistic culture and discipline knowledge, education theory) and professional ability (teaching design and implementation, teaching strategy, modern technology application, teaching reflection, scientific research, practice, testing and evaluation, digital scientific research and learning, data analysis);（Zhong Hewei 2019） Secondly, at the beginning of the training of talents, it is possible to engage outstanding professional teams outside the school to communicate, so as to enhance the echelon construction of the school's teaching team, improve the teacher structure in the school, and devote to the comprehensive training of professional translators suitable for social development and needs. The cultivation of talents and the construction of teachers. (Wang Baigula 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.3. Broaden the academic vision of translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation research is a booster for the development of the education of translation majors in the new era. In the future, Chinese translation research can still make breakthroughs in the following aspects. The first is to strengthen the research of translation theory, focusing not only on the grand theory of structural analysis and classification, but also on the micro-theories of specific phenomena and answering practical questions, and reserve the prerequisite theoretical knowledge that needs to be solved for the establishment and development of the discipline, which is a comprehensive academic research of the discipline. Carry out the provision of roadmap (Lan Hongjun, 2018); the second is to innovate research methods and carry out disciplinary cooperation. At present, in the research of translation education, humanistic research is dominant, and empirical research is gradually increasing. Translation education involves many subjects such as pedagogy, psychology, and testing. With the continuous emergence of new research technologies and methods, and the increasingly obvious interdisciplinary and integration, translation education research should be able to learn from interdisciplinary research methods, carry out interdisciplinary cooperation, and be good at using new technology and innovative research methods.(Mu Lei, Li Xixi 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2. Students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of translation talents plays a very important role in the development of translation studies. Those who will be engaged in the field of translation should also work hard to improve themselves, expand their knowledge, earnestly study theoretical knowledge, and practice more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1. Expanding knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies is originally an interdisciplinary subject. Whether you are engaged in translation research or translation practice in the future, you need to expand your knowledge. For students studying translation studies, when they are learning translation theory, they also need to master the knowledge of linguistics, psychology, pedagogy, philosophy, etc., so as to integrate them with translation studies. For students who are going to be engaged in translation practice in the future, in addition to having a solid foundation in language ability, they should also take the initiative to continuously learn new knowledge with a broad perspective. They should not only focus on their major field, but also should grasp the knowledge of politics, economics, science and technology, history, geography, customs, etc. to strengthen their comprehensive language skills. A very good way to expand their knowledge is to improve their search ability. Search ability, specifically, refers to how translators use dictionaries, encyclopedias, search engines, corpora, grammar books, etc. to solve practical problems in translation. With economic globalization and various changes in the language service industry, the demand for non-literary translation has skyrocketed. Translators need to be exposed to translations in various forms (audio, video, website, etc.) and fields (mechanical, chemical, electrical, etc.), MTI students is urgent to learn certain professional background knowledge and increase the depth and scope of search to deal with more complex and difficult translation tasks. (Wang Na 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2. Emphasize theory and practice more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge comes from practice. Current translation theories provide many conveniences for this activity. In the process of translation practice, students can also verify the validity of these theories. However, students should not only understand the knowledge of linguistics, not only the translation skills and theories，but also practice more. Theories that are out of practice cannot keep up with the development of the times. Students must spend enough time in practicing. They can go to the front line of production or go deep into all aspects of social life, and keep close contact with the masses in order to continuously broaden their horizons and know the society better. And then it is possible for them to analyze practical experience and conclude it into theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter analyzes the current situation of Translation Studies as a discipline by reviewing the development process of Translation Studies in China. There are many factors that affect the learning of Translation Studies. Among them, from the perspective of translation teaching, in China, the concept of talent training is unclear, the faculty resource is insufficient, and the teaching structure is relatively simple. Those engaged in translation education need to clarify the orientation of cultivating translation talents. At the same time, teachers should also improve their personal qualities, including their teaching ability and so on. In addition, research on translation education should also be emphasized, and exchanges and cooperation between the disciplines should be strengthened to conduct more effective translation learning and translation research. From the students’ point of view, those who major in translation must learn translation studies hard to contribute to the development of Translation Studies. However, many students did not work hard to learn their major, their basic skills are not wonderful, and their knowledge scope is relatively narrow. Some students do not have a correct understanding of translation studies. To become an excellent translator, students also need to spend time and energy to expand their knowledge range. At the same time, students also need to take translation theories seriously and learn it carefully, and then apply those theories to practice. In this way, they can also gain a lot of practical experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
President Xi Jinping, asked” the majority of philosophy and social science workers to bravely stand on the forefront of the times, communicate the changes of the past and the present, and give the first signs of thought” (Xi Jinpin 2016). Looking back on the past decades, the achievements and independent status of Translation Studies were not achieved overnight. They have condensed the unremitting exploration and hard work of many scholars, showing a development axis of independence, self-consciousness, self-reliance and self-confidence. Looking forward to the future, we hope that the successors of Translation Studies and translation majors can inherit the spirit of their predecessors in the grand vision of the development of Chinese language service industry in the new era, and keep the discipline mission in mind. Based on China's social development practice and serving the national strategy, we can have dialogue with the international translation community, draw on the latest foreign translation theories, combine the history and current situation of Chinese translation to further improve the translation discipline system, academic system and discourse system construction. And it also can promote the cultivation of translation talents. (Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan 2020) The author sincerely hopes that the Chinese characteristics and Chinese style of Translation Studies can make contributions to the development of international translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S. (1972). The Name and Nature of Translation Studies. ''Papers on Literary Translation and Translation Studies''. 67–80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqin.薄振杰,李和庆.(2011).关于当前中国翻译教学研究的思考.[ Reflection on the Current Research of Translation Teaching in China].外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 76-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Qiusi.董秋斯.(1950).翻译批评的标准和重点.[ Criteria and focus of translation criticism].翻译通报[''Translation Bulletin''].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao.黄忠廉，张潇.（2020）.翻译学科百年:演进、反思与趋势.[ A Century of Translation Studies: Evolution, Reflection and Trend]. 上海翻译[''Shanghai Journal of Translators''] 1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Feifei.姜菲菲.(2019).中国文化走出去背景下对翻译学科的综述. [A Summary of Translation Studies from the Background of Outputting Chinese Culture].校园英语[''English Campus'']7-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan Hongjun.蓝红军.(2018)从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究(1987-2017). [Theoretically Oriented Translation Studies in China: 1987 - 2017].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal'']7-16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mu Lei, Li Xixi.穆雷, 李希希.(2019).中国翻译教育研究:现状与未来.[ Research on Translation Education in China: Status Quo and Future] .外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 24-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ou Yonghua.(2019).新时期中国翻译教学研究思考概述. [An Overview of Researches on Chinese Translation Teaching in the New Era].课程教育研究[''Course Education Research''] 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Jinping.习近平.(2016).在哲学社会科学工作座谈会上的讲话.[ Speech at the Symposium on Philosophy and Social Sciences].新华网[xinhuanet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Zhentian.谢天振.(2015).翻译巨变与翻译的重新定位与定义——从2015年国际翻译日主题谈起.[ Great Changes in Translation and Repositioning and Definition of Translation——Starting from the theme of the International Translation Day in 2015].东方翻译[''East Journal of Translation''] 4-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Baigula.王白古拉.(2018).中国翻译教学现状与复合型翻译人才培养. [The Status Quo of Translation Teaching in China and the cultivation of Interdisciplinary Translators].文存阅刊[''Wen Cun Journal''] 87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Na.王娜. (2020).MTI在校生搜索能力不足成因分析. [An Analysis of the Causes of Insufficient Searching Ability of MTI Students].海外英语[''Overseas English''] 194-195.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe.仲伟合.(2019).改革开放40年我国翻译专业教育:成就、挑战与发展. [China Translation Education in the Past 40 Years of Reform and Opening Up: Achievements, Challenges and Development].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 68-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan.仲伟合,赵田园.(2020).中国翻译学科与翻译专业发展研究（1949-2019).[ Research on the Development of Chinese Translation Discipline and Translation Major (1949-2019)].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 79-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan  202020080674 亚非语言文学波斯语方向 ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both outstanding representatives of Shakespeare's plays translated in 20th century Chinese literature. Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil , and lived a hard and poor life , so his translations were both imbued with deep patriotism, and his translations were based on naturalization strategies. As a scholar who returned from overseas studies, Liang Shiqiu believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the translation process with the purpose of spreading the culture of foreign countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
translation; translator; cultural identity; Shakespeare's plays&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
梁实秋和朱生豪都是20世纪中国文学界翻译莎士比亚戏剧的杰出代表人物。朱生豪生活在战火纷飞，动荡不安的年代，生活过得很艰苦和贫困，所以他的翻译中都蕴含了深深的爱国主义情怀，翻译以归化策略为主。梁实秋作为海外学成归来的学者，认为文学是天才创作的。所以他以传播异国的文化为目的，在翻译过程中采取了异化策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；译者；文化身份；莎士比亚剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating a work is a re-recognition and re-expression of what the translator knows and transmits. On the one hand, the translator transmits the content of the original author, and on the other hand, the translator also incorporates his or her own interpretation and understanding into it. In traditional translation studies, whether the translation is faithful to the original work is the key criterion to measure the goodness of a translated work, and it is also an important criterion to judge a translator's qualification or otherwise. (Many. 2018: 85) Therefore, the translator plays an important active role in both translating the content and interpreting it, and the translator is the first person who is in direct contact with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin, the famous German literary critic, once said : &amp;quot;In any discussion of translation, the traditional concept always revolves around fidelity and freedom: that is, the freedom to reproduce the original faithfully and the fidelity to the original in the reproduction.&amp;quot; (Benjamin. 1968/2004: 20) However, in the process of translation, besides being faithful to the direct expression of the original, translators also have their own translation characteristics and strategies. The issue of &amp;quot;cultural identity&amp;quot; has also received more and more attention. (Fu, Wenhui. 2011: 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There have been many Chinese translations of Shakespeare's plays in China, among which Zhu Shenghao and Liang Shiqiu are both classic representatives of Shakespeare's plays in translation. However, they differ in many aspects such as the purpose of their respective translations, translation styles, and translation contents. The reason for this is that the influence of their cultural identities on their translations cannot be ignored. This paper will try to explore the influence of their respective cultural identities on the translation purposes and translation contents by comparing their cultural identities and the social and cultural backgrounds in which they lived, so as to provide guiding inspirations and suggestions for translation practice activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to the identity of the translator===&lt;br /&gt;
Translators are also readers, however, they act as readers in a special sense; the ultimate goal of a translator is not to read and understand the original text, but to convey the original text he reads by interpreting it in another linguistic symbol (Wu Delu. 2016:211). Both Liang Shiqiu (1903-1987) and Zhu Shenghao (1912-1944) were famous translators of Shakespeare in China in the twentieth century, and their translations have stood the test of time. The contributions that Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao made to the Chinese literary world are well known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural identity, or cultural identity, (Wang Ning. 1999:45) mainly includes a nation, group or individual's sense of identity with its own culture and perception of self-image,( Wang Zhenping. 2017:68) which is characterized by the fact that cultural identity carries the self-identified and recognized cultural characteristics of a certain group, and the manifestation of these characteristics in group members varies in strength and weakness depending on the objective environment. Cultural identity is expressed through the way people communicate, interpersonal relationships, and behavioral norms (Liu Shuang. 2000:90), and it is stable and fluid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Although Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both known in contemporary times, they are different in terms of translation purpose, style, technique, and even phrasing, forming two different schools of Shakespeare translation in China.&amp;quot; (Xi Yongji. 2007:245)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Zhu Shenghao's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is a famous translator. He was born on February 2, 1912, in Jiaxing, Zhejiang Province, to a family of small, declining merchants. Zhu Shenghao began to translate Shakespeare in 1935, but the translation process was difficult and the conditions were tough (the Japanese attacked Shanghai in 1937 and the city was in flames. Zhu Shenghao's house was burned down by the Japanese, and he escaped with the Oxford edition of the complete works of Shakespeare and some of his translations. (Most of his translations were burned by the Japanese.) However, he persisted in his translation career and devoted himself to it, eventually leaving us forever in 1944 due to lung disease from overwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In less than ten years, he translated a total of thirty-one and a half Shakespeare plays with amazing perseverance and talent. Later, his wife, Song Qingyu, compiled all his translations and passed them on to the World Book Bureau in Shanghai, which published The Complete Works of Shakespeare in the fall of 1947. Many Shakespeare researchers could not believe that the Chinese could write such a high quality translation. It is easy to see that his remarkable talent was recognized both at home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the above, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil, experienced the May Fourth Movement and other tides, and his translations were imbued with a deep sense of patriotism, so his translation of Shakespeare's plays was based on naturalization strategies. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) As a patriotic young man, he longed for China to be understood and to transmit and promote Chinese culture. The so-called naturalization means that the language and culture are the main focus, which ensures the fluency of the translation, reduces the strangeness of the original text, and allows the target language readers to better understand the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Liang Shiqiu's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu, whose original name was Zhihua, was born in Beijing. He was a famous Chinese modern and contemporary essayist, scholar, literary critic, translator, and the first authority on Shakespeare in China. He studied at the English Department of the University of Colorado, Harvard University and Columbia University Graduate School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is worth mentioning that Liang believes that literature is a creation of genius. Liang repeatedly said, &amp;quot;All civilization is the original creation of a very few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;literature and art are the original creation of a few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;there is no literature and art for the majority, and literature and art are not for the majority &amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu: R.O.C. 23) &amp;quot;The highest art can only be understood by a few ...... Art has its own many grades, so the appreciation of art also has many grades.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
As for the satisfaction of the literary and artistic requirements of the general public, Liang Shiqiu arranged for them the arts such as story-telling and popular literary works, because their knowledge could only understand such works and they were only interested in such arts, as for the great works of art, like Shakespeare's plays, that naturally only the great artists could appreciate and appreciate them. Liang Shiqiu's mistake was to exaggerate the role of heroic figures such as geniuses and completely ignore the role of the general public in the creation and reception of art. (Wang Qili. 2004: 12)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that Liang Shiqiu was a scholar who returned from overseas, but he advocated &amp;quot;genius literature&amp;quot; and ignored the role of the people in art and culture. Liang Shiqiu began his translation of Shakespeare in 1930, and it took him nearly 40 long years to complete the translation of this masterpiece, which had a profound impact on the Chinese literary world. (Zhou Li. 2016:30) At the same time, his literary thought was largely influenced by Western classicism and neo-humanism, so when translating, he mostly adopted the strategy of alienation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Foreignization and domestication Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is &amp;quot;bringing the original author into the desired language and culture of the translation&amp;quot;, while dissimilation is &amp;quot;accepting the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign work and bringing the reader into the foreign situation&amp;quot; (Venuti, 1995:20). (Venuti, 1995:20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication means to localize the original language, to take the target language or the readers of the translation as the home, and to adopt the expressions that the target language readers are accustomed to in order to convey the content of the original. The translator is required to get closer to the readers of the target language, and the translation must become an authentic national language. This method helps readers understand the translation better and enhances the readability and appreciation of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method of Foreignization is: &amp;quot;the translator does not disturb the author as much as possible, so that the reader moves closer to the author&amp;quot;. In translation, it means absorbing the expressions of foreign languages, requiring the translator to draw closer to the author and adopt the expressions corresponding to the source language used by the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the language and culture of the original text as the home. Centering on the language and culture of the original language, the cultural characteristics and exoticism of the original language are preserved as much as possible; (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) Using the strategy of Foreignization helps readers better appreciate the differences in national culture, national characteristics and exotic elements such as language style features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cultural identity of translators in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
First, the translator is the second pair of eyes of the reader. &amp;quot;For most readers who do not understand the original work, (the translator's interpretation) is the only way to enter the world of the original work&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2014: 220). Therefore, the translator's performance in translation is directly related to the reader's acceptance. Moreover, under the translator's subjective role, &amp;quot;the flower of life of the original work gains a continuous, up-to-date and most flourishing opening in the translation&amp;quot; (Ben-jamin 1968/2004: 20). The translator is, in turn, the bearer and transmitter of the author's work. A translator's contribution is unquestionable if his or her translation is recognized by the public or the academic community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's translations have their own strengths, Liang's for scholars to study, Zhu's for the popularization of Shakespeare's works, and both translations interpret classic literary works from different perspectives. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010:98) But both have made great contributions to world literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the original intention of translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons for Zhu Shenghao's translation of Shakespeare have also been explored, and all of them agree that personal interest, patriotic thought, dedication and financial embarrassment were the main motivations for his translation of Shakespeare. Here, we prefer to consider &amp;quot;interest&amp;quot; as the primary motivation. (Qiu Yunchen. 2010:591) Zhu Shenghao himself said, &amp;quot;I love Shakespeare's plays so much and so only that I have tried to read the whole text at least ten times from the beginning to the end. ......&amp;quot; Zhu's love for Shakespeare is so strong that &amp;quot;He was so passionate about Shakespeare that he would not stop reading Shakespeare, not eating it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, because Zhu Shenghao was born in an ordinary family and his parents died at an early age, his life was difficult, and he mentioned in his translations that he had to pay for translating Shakespeare's plays. Economic reasons also drove his perseverance in translating, and furthermore, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and experienced the May Fourth Movement and other fashions, and his translations contained deep patriotism, a desire for China to be understood and to transmit Chinese culture. This patriotic sentiment also inspired his determination to translate Shakespeare's plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believes that there is a distinction between elegant and vulgar literature, genius is to appreciate literature, the general public to read are popular literature. In Liang Shiqiu's view, not only the subject of creation can only be a very small number of geniuses, that is, the appreciation of literature is also the patent of a very small number of talented people, &amp;quot;the highest art only a few people can understand ......, literature and art is not the majority.&amp;quot; (Liang Shiqiu. 1988:117). According to Liang Shiqiu, &amp;quot;literature is created by genius&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When he studied at Harvard University, he took the course &amp;quot;Literary Criticism after the Sixteenth Century&amp;quot; by the American neoclassicist Byrd Byrd, and was greatly influenced by Western humanist thought in literary thought and the Western cultural environment, so he set out to translate Shakespeare's plays with the aim of spreading the idea of foreign culture. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare aimed to &amp;quot;preserve the most authentic things&amp;quot; and to convey the author's meaning visually. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare was very faithful to the original text, and his opposition to &amp;quot;hard translations&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;bent translations&amp;quot; shows that he advocated faithfulness and fluency in translation. (Xiao Li. Li Xiaoying. 2012:95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the content of the translation (taking the translation of Shakespeare as an example)====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao stated at the beginning of his translation: &amp;quot;My aim in translating this book is, first, to maintain the charm of the original work to the greatest extent possible, and then to consider the second point if it is not feasible, that is, to convey faithfully the meaning and feelings of the original text in simple and easy-to-understand sentences; but I dare not agree with the rigid translation of word-by-word comparison.... I would like to be a reader and check the translation for any ambiguities. I must also pretend to be an actor on the stage, and examine whether the tone of speech is smooth and whether the syllables are in tune. It often takes days to think hard about a word or phrase that is not agreeable.&amp;quot; (Zhu Shenghao. (2010:36) This shows that Zhu Shenghao's translation of Sha plays more attention to the performance function of drama.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: ( the translation of Zhu Shenghao)&lt;br /&gt;
EGEUS: Stand forth，Demetrius． My noble lord，&lt;br /&gt;
伊吉斯:走上前来，狄米特律斯。殿下，这个人，&lt;br /&gt;
This man hath my consent to marry her．&lt;br /&gt;
是我答应把我女儿嫁给他的&lt;br /&gt;
Stand forth，Lysander．&lt;br /&gt;
走上前来，拉山德。&lt;br /&gt;
And，my gracious Duke， This man hath bewitched the bosom of my child．（莎士比亚.2011：22）&lt;br /&gt;
殿下，这个人引诱坏了我的孩子 （朱生豪. 2013：9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, influenced by traditional Chinese moral and ethical thinking, when obscene words and indecent phrases appeared in the original text, Zhu Shenghao basically &amp;quot;purified&amp;quot; or arbitrarily rewrote them, or simply deleted them without translation. Perhaps it is also the fact that his translations conform to the requirements of Chinese moral culture that makes his works so well-received. The advertisement published by World Bookstore clearly states two sentences: &amp;quot;The original text is brilliant, a treasure of world literature ornaments; the translation is beautiful and fluent, keeping the charm of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, his translation.	&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，&lt;br /&gt;
Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent． (Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.2011:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
拉山德:放开手，你这猫! 你这牛蒡子! 贱东西，放开手!&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要像摔掉身上一条蛇那样摔掉你了(莎士比亚．2013:117 )。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believed that translation should be faithful to the original text, so his translation content can be summarized as &amp;quot;faithfulness and fidelity&amp;quot;. The style of &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; has been developed. (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Because of this faithfulness, Liang Shiqiu believed that any arbitrary rewriting or deletion of the original work would be unfaithful to the work, and that the vulgar language in Shakespeare's plays has its specific role in portraying characters and increasing the stage effect. Therefore, he kept the obscene words in the original text intact in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First: Stay true to the original text and try not to delete or subtract from it.&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent． (Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.2001:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of Liang Shiqiu:&lt;br /&gt;
赖， 走开，你这个猫，你这个缠人的东西! 下流的东西，松手，&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要把你像是毒蛇一般的甩开(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:110)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HELENA She was a vixen when she went toschool: &lt;br /&gt;
And though she be but little，she is fierce．(Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:116)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of Liang Shiqiu:&lt;br /&gt;
海 上学时她就是个狐狸精。&lt;br /&gt;
她虽然身材小，她很凶(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001: 117) 。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, Liang Shiqiu's translations retain the punctuation of the original texts (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Liang believes that retaining punctuation makes the translations more &amp;quot;Shakespearean&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;The punctuation used by Shakespeare may seem less formal, but in fact it is a self-contained system, designed to point out the effect of intonation when the actors recite their lines. Based on this clarification, I then decided to preserve as much of Shakespeare's original punctuation as possible in a text, with the result that where there is an original sentence, there is a translation&amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu. 1966) &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare pays more attention to the literary function of drama and more attention to the stage function of literature. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, a fragment of Liang Shiqiu's translation of Hamlet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen. There is a willow grows aslant a brook,&lt;br /&gt;
That shows his hoar leaves in the glassy stream;&lt;br /&gt;
There with fantastic garlands did she come,&lt;br /&gt;
Of crow-flowers, nettles, daisies, and long purples,&lt;br /&gt;
That liberal shepherds give a grosser name.&lt;br /&gt;
But our cold maids do dead man’s fingers call them:&lt;br /&gt;
There, on the pendent boughs her coronet weeds&lt;br /&gt;
Clambering to hang ,an envious sliver broke,&lt;br /&gt;
When down her weedy trophies and herself&lt;br /&gt;
Fell in the weeping brook. Her clothes spread wide;&lt;br /&gt;
And, mermaid-like, awhile they bore her up;&lt;br /&gt;
Which time she chanted snatches of old tunes; As one&lt;br /&gt;
incapable of her own distress,&lt;br /&gt;
Or like a creature native and indu’d&lt;br /&gt;
Unto that element: but long it could not be&lt;br /&gt;
Till that her garments ,heavy with her drink,&lt;br /&gt;
Pull’d the poor wretch from her melodious lay&lt;br /&gt;
To muddy death.&lt;br /&gt;
（shakespeare, hamlet, act Ⅳ, scenceⅦ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Liang Shiqiu：&lt;br /&gt;
河边有一株斜长着的杨柳，白叶倒映&lt;br /&gt;
在玻璃似的流水里；他就来到那个地方，拿着些奇异的花圈，&lt;br /&gt;
扎的是毛莨、荨麻、延命菊，以及粗野牧人呼之不雅之名而纯&lt;br /&gt;
洁女郎都呼为“死人指”的紫兰。 就在那里，她爬上树枝想去&lt;br /&gt;
挂她的花圈，无情的枝子断了；她的花圈和她自身于是坠入&lt;br /&gt;
呜咽的河流。 她的衣服展开，像是鲛人似的，把她浮上来一会&lt;br /&gt;
儿，这时节她唱了几句古歌，好像不知自身痛苦似的，又好像&lt;br /&gt;
是水下生长的动物似的；但是这情形没有多久，她的衣服湿&lt;br /&gt;
透就变重了，于是把这可怜的人儿于曼声高唱中扯到污泥的&lt;br /&gt;
死所去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The translator's cultural identity is impressed by various factors such as the different backgrounds of the translator's life and the different cultural ideas he or she has received, and this identity is present in the translator's translation works almost all his or her life. In other words, the translator's cultural identity has a great and lasting influence on the choice of his or her translation strategy, and it can also be said that readers can learn the translator's cultural identity through his or her translation works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Zhu Shenghao, who lived in the era of constant war, had a deep patriotic feeling. So he wanted China to be understood by the world or more countries, to be able to transmit and carry forward Chinese culture. In addition, he was influenced by the deep-rooted moral and ethical thoughts of traditional Chinese culture, so he adopted a naturalization strategy in the translation process. However, looking at the translator Liang Shiqiu again, as a scholar who returned from studying in the West, he received the idea of Western humanism, and in addition, he believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the process of translation with the aim of spreading foreign culture, and translated the original text word by word, sentence by sentence, and presented it to the readers without evasion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By briefly exploring the cultural identities and translation ideas of the two translators, we can see that both of them have their own merits, but also their own disadvantages. Throughout the contemporary era, the phenomenon of cultural globalization is also increasing, and most of the excellent works have been translated into multiple languages and spread, but for the translators, we should learn from the advantages of the previous translators, but that is, we should combine the East and the West, and master the translation skills to maintain the content of the original text to the greatest extent and ensure the accuracy of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Wenhui付文慧．多重文化身份下之戴乃迭英译阐释［The Interpretation of Dai Naidian's English Translation under Multiple Cultural Identities］中国翻译[ Chinese Translation]，2011，32(6):16—20．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Xiaojiang严晓江． 梁实秋与朱生豪莎剧译文特点之比较[A Comparison of the Characteristics of Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's Translations of Shakespeare]南通大学学报(社会科学版)[Journal of Nantong University (Social Science Edition)，2010，26(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋. 翻译莎士比亚[M]//梁实秋. 莎士比亚诞辰四百周年纪念集. [Translation of Shakespeare by Liang Shiqiu. Shakespeare's 400th anniversary].  台湾: 中华书局[Taiwan:Zhong-Hua Book Bureau].1966.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Qiu Yuchen.邱蕴琛. 小议朱生豪译莎动因[A small discussion on the motivation of Zhu Shenghao's translation of Sha].科技信息[Science and Technology Information].2010,(07):448-591.&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wen周文. 朱生豪翻译观探微 [An exploration of Zhu Shenghao's concept of translation].科技信息(科学教研) [Science and Technology Information (Science Education and Research)].,2007,(22):127-128..  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yongji奚永吉 . 莎士比亚翻译比较美学 [Comparative aesthetics of Shakespeare translation ] 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].2007.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Wu Delu.吴得禄.译者文化身份对翻译的影响[The influence of translators' cultural identity on translation].读书文摘[Reading Digest].2016(08):211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Ning王宁．文学研究中的文化身份问题[Cultural Identity in Literary Studies] 外国文学[Foreign Literature].1999(4):48—51．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Shuang刘双．文化身份与跨文化传播[Cultural identity and cross-cultural communication]外语学刊[Journal of Foreign Languages]，2000(1):87—91．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qili王岐立．梁实秋文学思想浅析：[An analysis of Liang Shiqiu's literary thought]:中山大学研究生学刊 [Graduate Journal of Sun Yat-sen University].2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao 朱生豪.译者自序[Translator's Preface].文学界(专辑版)[Literature (album edition)].2010(09):36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚 四大喜剧 梁实秋译[The Four Great Comedies translated by Liang Shiqiu].北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press].2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚． 仲夏夜之梦 朱生豪译．[A Midsummer Night's Dream translated by Zhu Shenghao].上海:上海世界图书出版公司 [Shanghai: Shanghai World Book Publishing Company],2013．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋 文学与革命.偏见集[Literature and Revolution. The collection of prejudices].南京:正中书局[Nanjing: Zhengzhong Shuji].中华民国二十三年七月.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== An overview of descriptive translation studies and its relationship with normative translation studies	肖伊宁   Xiao Yining==&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation Strategies - Sagara Seydou==&lt;br /&gt;
               Strategies of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract    &lt;br /&gt;
Much work has been done in recent years on translation strategies. However, the definition offered by each author or theorist represents his/her own point of view and their views differ from each other. Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation does not work. Therefore, different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their own perspectives. Some best-known theories of this field are described and compared to each other in this paper. The purpose of this study is to show the different theories in the field of translation strategies and to offer a general literature review to facilitate the study of translation strategies in future studies. Baker (1992) offered the clearest taxonomy of translation strategies that she believed professional translators use when they encounter a translation problem while performing a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: translation strategies and translational problems.&lt;br /&gt;
This study includes four main sections: 1. Introduction; 2. Content; 3. Conclusions; 4. References;&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
The term “strategy” in “translation strategies” is often used synonymously with such terms as “procedure,” “technique,” “method,” “tactic,” “approach,” and so forth. Their meanings overlap, and translation researchers deﬁne them in various ways. Despite the terminological confusion, discussions of translation strategies can be traced back to Cicero’s advocacy of sense-for-sense translation in 46 BC, and are widely covered in translation textbooks for their pedagogical signiﬁcance. This topic also relates to broad theoretical issues in translation studies. (Wikipedia n.d)&lt;br /&gt;
Content&lt;br /&gt;
Researchers have attempted to distinguish translation strategy from its synonyms, and to develop their own classiﬁcations from different perspectives. For example, Lörscher’s (1991) classiﬁcation is based on a cognitive approach, while Chesterman’s (1997) differentiation uses a textual approach. Yet, the conceptual confusion has not been dispelled. This entry tries to distinguish translation strategies, techniques, and procedures, and to consolidate existing classiﬁcations. It seems that clear-cut deﬁnitions of these terms might not work as well as prototype deﬁnitions. Most researchers would agree that the two prototype translation strategies are literal translation and free translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The former focuses on the level of words, while the latter goes beyond the word level and emphasizes the creation of a target text that sounds natural in the target language. These two strategies are described in a variety of oppositions: word-for-word translation versus sense-for-sense translation; source-oriented translation versus target-oriented translation; direct translation versus oblique translation (by Vinay and Darbelnet); adequacy versus acceptability; formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence (by Eugene Nida); semantic translation versus communicative translation (by Peter Newmark);overt translation versus covert translation (by Juliane House); documentary versus instrumental translation (by Christiane Nord); foreignization versus domestication (by LawrenceVenuti), and so on. While these binary oppositions have much in common, they reﬂect different perspectives and emphasize different translation aims and effects. For instance, word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation are text-level or segment-level strategies. Nida’s (1964) formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence is mainly from a linguistic perspective and involves reader response. The domesticating translation versus foreignizing translation pair, proposed by Venuti (1995), reﬂects a cultural interventionist perspective. The two strategies affect the choice of text for translation as well as the translation process. Venuti advocates the foreignizing strategy in order to “register the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign text” (1995, p. 81)&lt;br /&gt;
The “literal versus free” debate has been one of the central issues in translation theory and criticism throughout the ages. However, it is now generally believed that this dichotomous debate is relatively sterile, as the two strategies are part of a continuum, and the selection of a strategy is a function of the theoretical assumption of “what is a translation” text type (e.g., serious literature, children’s literature, technical texts, print advertisements), domain (e.g., IT, legal), function (e.g., for publication, information, or light entertainment), prestige of the source text (e.g., the Bible, pulp ﬁction), motivation(e.g., payment), and other factors (or constraints). (Hatim &amp;amp; Munday,2004, p. 230)&lt;br /&gt;
Having discussed the two prototype strategies, let us turn to the deﬁnitional question: what is a translation strategy? Lörscher (1991), Chesterman (1997), and other researchers agree on a few deﬁning characteristics of a translation strategy: (a) it is goal-oriented,(b) it is problem-centered, (c) it requires making coordinated decisions, (d) it is potentially conscious, and (e) it involves text manipulation. The aforementioned two prototype translation strategies have these characteristics. Since a translation strategy involves problem solving, a categorization of translation problems would correspond to a categorization of translation strategies. The difﬁculty with this, however, is that there are a number of ways in which problems can be categorized. For instance, the categorization criterion can be the prior knowledge required to solve them, the nature of the goal involved, and the complexity of the problems involved (Robertson, 2001, p. 6).&lt;br /&gt;
Problems, according to their scale, can be divided into global (or general) problems and local (or speciﬁc) problems. Jääskeläinen (1993, p. 116) makes a corresponding distinction between global strategies (i.e., “the translator’s general principles and preferred modes of action”) and local strategies (i.e., “speciﬁc activities in relation to the translator’s problem-solving and decision-making”). Global strategies might be dictated by or with the commissioner while local strategies are up to the translator. In addition, local strategies are designed to handle speciﬁc problems and need to be consistent with the chosen global strategy. Jääskeläinen found that global strategies are much more frequently and consistently used by professional translators than by nonprofessionals. From Jääskeläinen’s perspective, literal and free translation strategies are global strategies since the translator has to think about the goal of the translation and how the target text should affect the readers. The global strategy chosen will affect the translation process. Since local strategies are immediately followed by speciﬁc techniques, which affect the translation result and the micro-units of the text, and are classiﬁed by comparison with the source text (Molina &amp;amp; Hurtado Albir, 2002, p. 509).&lt;br /&gt;
As translators grow in competence, some former translation problems will no longer present an obstacle to them; some of their local strategies become semiconscious or unconscious, and the use of certain techniques to cope with certain problems is automatized. Vinay and Darbelnet’s (2000) taxonomy of translation techniques (which they call “procedures”) has a wide impact. They did a comparative stylistic analysis of French and English, and divided the seven procedures they discovered into two general strategies: direct/literal translation and oblique translation. The former includes: (a) borrowing (i.e., borrowing a word or expression from the source language, such as the Chinese word“kung Fu” in modern English); (b) calque (which is a kind of borrowing whereby the structure of the original word or phrase is maintained but its morphemes are replaced by those of the target language; for example, the Chinese word “motian dalou,” literally “sky-scraping big building,” is a calque of skyscraper); (c) Literal translation. Oblique translation includes: (d)transposition (i.e., changing the word class or grammatical structure without changing the meaning of the message, as in rendering a noun in the source text into a verb in the target text); (e)modulation (i.e., changing the point of view or cognitive category in relation to the source text, as in rendering a negative construction into a positive one: “not complicated” becomes “easy”); (f)equivalence (e.g., translating “to kill two birds with one stone” into Chinese as “to kill two eagles with one arrow”); (g) adaptation  (i.e., a shift in cultural reference when the type of situation being referred to by the source text is unknown in the target culture, such as using the word “seal” for sheep when translating the Bible into Inuktitut).Among local translation strategies, Chesterman (1997) distinguishes between comprehension strategies (for understanding and analyzing the source text) and production strategies(for the production of the target text). From a linguistic perspective, he divides productions strategies into mainly syntactic/grammatical, mainly semantic, and mainly pragmatic, with each category containing 10 techniques. Syntactic strategies involve purely syntactic changes, manipulate form, and include such techniques as calque, transposition, and sentence structure change. Semantic strategies mainly pertain to changes concerning lexical semantics. They manipulate meaning and contain techniques such as synonymy, emphasis change, and paraphrase. Pragmatic strategies have to do with the selection of information in the target text, and often involve syntactic or semantic changes as well. Pragmatic strategies include cultural ﬁltering, explicitness change, information change, trans editing, and so forth. Some of these techniques are obligatory during translation in a given language pair, while most are optional .Many researchers (e.g., Lörscher, 1991) believe that a translation strategy is a procedure or a sequence of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not consonant with the dictionary deﬁnitions of strategy. According to the Oxford English dictionary, strategy refers to “a plan for successful action based on the rationality and interdependence of the moves of the opposing participants,” while procedure is deﬁned as “[t]he fact or manner of proceeding with any action, or in any circumstance or situation; a system of proceeding; proceeding, in reference to its mode or method; conduct, behavior.” Krings (1986, p. 268) deﬁnes translation strategies as “potentially conscious plans for solving a translation problem.” Strategies involve adopting procedures to solve problems, and the chosen procedure will inﬂuence the result .Now let us turn our attention to translation procedures (referred to as “translation strategies” by some researchers) and procedural steps. Gerloff (1986) identiﬁed the following text processing strategies: (a) problem identiﬁcation, (b) linguistic analysis, (c) storage and retrieval, (d) general search and selection, (e) in ferencing and reasoning strategies,(f) text contextualization, (g) editing, and (h) task monitoring. In his empirical studies, Lörscher (1991) recognized 22 elements constituting translation strategies (or procedural steps), including nine original ones and 13 potential ones, such as realizing a translational problem, preliminary solution to a translational problem, and the mental organization of source-language text segments. During the translation process, these elements are combined by translators into basic structures. He found that professional and nonprofessional translators differ in the distribution and frequency of the strategies employed, but do not differ qualitatively; that is, their mental processes do not reveal signiﬁcant differences. He concluded that it is impossible to ascertain “[w]hen faced with problem X, [translators] employ strategy Y,” but we can ﬁnd out “[w]hen several [translators] are faced with a problem X, many or most of them employ similar or the same types of strategy” (p. 280). Darwish (2008) identiﬁes four distinct translation procedures employed in translating: recursive strategy (i.e., a circular and revisional process), waterfall strategy (i.e., a sequential unit-by-unit process), stop-and-go strategy (i.e., a block-by-block process), and mixed strategies (i.e., a combination of the previous three strategies).In some translation textbooks (e.g., Thinking German Translation: A Course in Translation Method by Hervey, Loughridge, &amp;amp; Higgins, 2006), “translation method” is often used as a cover term for “translation strategy,” “translation technique,” and even “translation procedure.” For instance, there are literal and free translation methods. Compared with translation strategies, which are highly individualistic, translation methods are supra-individual and well tested (Lörscher, 1991, p. 70).&lt;br /&gt;
However, “translation method” in English is often associated with such modes as machine translation and computer-aided translation. The term “translation approach” is often used in a vague sense, while “translation tactic” is rarely used. Discussions of translation strategies before the 1980s were primarily prescriptive, and researchers tended to argue for one translation strategy against another. Since the 1980s, empirical research into translation strategies, techniques, and procedures has become increasingly common. There are two major empirical approaches in this regard: product oriented and process-oriented. The former approach mainly refers to corpus-based contrastive analysis: a parallel corpus consisting of source texts and translations is built for analyzing the frequency of shifts (i.e., textual differences between source text and target text) and the various translation strategies and techniques employed. The factors to be considered can include text type, domain, synchronic and diachronic variation in language features and translation norms, idiosyncrasy, certain language features (e.g., metaphors, allusions), among others. In a process-oriented approach, translators are usually asked to translate a passage while thinking aloud, and the process will be recorded and then analyzed. The factors that might inﬂuence the frequency and distribution of translation strategies and procedures may include translation competence (e.g., novice translators versus professional translators), language direction (i.e., from or into the mother tongue), text type domain, translation brief, translation difﬁculty level of the test passage, time pressure, and so forth. These factors need to be manipulated or kept constant in an experiment in order to make meaningful comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
In PACTE’s (2003) translation competence model, strategic competence (for solving problems and optimizing the process) is the most important sub-competence among ﬁve sub-competencies (i.e., bilingual, extra linguistic, knowledge about translation, instrumental, and strategic). Investigating translation strategies will have signiﬁcant pedagogical implications and may beneﬁt research on machine translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, translational problems and mainly translation strategies were described, and different theories of translation strategies were mentioned. It was shown that different theorists suggest various definitions of translation strategies according to their different perspectives. Moreover, it was mentioned that Baker (1992) lists the most applicable set of strategies. She does not just name the strategies, but she also shows the application of each.&lt;br /&gt;
References&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: An advanced resource book . London, England: Routledge.Hervey, S., Loughridge, M., &amp;amp; Higgins, I. (2006).Thinking German translation: A course in trans-lation method, German to English (2nd ed.). London, England: Routledge. Jääskeläinen, R. (1993). Investigating translation strategies. In S. Tirkkonen-Condit &amp;amp; J. Lafﬂing(Eds.),  Recent trends in empirical translation research (pp. 99–120). Joensuu, Finland: Universityof Joensuu.Krings, H. P. (1986). Translation problems and translation strategies of advanced German learnersof French (L2). In J. House &amp;amp; S. Blum-Kulka (Eds.), Interlingual and intercultural communication (pp. 263–76). Tübingen, Germany: Narr.Lörscher, W. (1991). 5. Jiraphatralikhit, J., Klinpoon, S., &amp;amp; Kaewjan, S. (2005). An analysis of strategies in translation of the movie subtitle: Behind the painting.Research Gate, 1, 54-71.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=113284</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=113284"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T01:36:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui     202070080622    英语笔译 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu-A Case Study of Folding Bijing 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;肖茜	Xiao Xi No.202020080654&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang's science fiction &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot; won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu's rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida's functional equivalence to &amp;quot;quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors&amp;quot;. The theory of Nida's functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu's application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
刘宇昆翻译中的功能对等-以《北京折叠》为例&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers' understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida's functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work Toward a Science of Translating. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers' response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book The Theory and Practice of Translation, Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida's dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers' response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. Nida divides functional equivalence into categories on two levels:the minimal level and the maximal level in his work Language, Culture and Translating. The minimal level which is a realistic definition of functional equivalence is defined as &amp;quot;The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it  to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers did&amp;quot; (Nida 1993:118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit (1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader's response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader's response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader's response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader's responses. If the target language reader's understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Three Functional Equivalence in the Chinese Translation of Folding Beijing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Taber (2004：12) stated that &amp;quot;translating consist in reproducing in the receptor language the closet natural equivalence of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning.&amp;quot; Meaning in this chapter will from three levels to discuss: words, sentences and passages, in other words, these three levels is a detailed analysis of the lexicon, syntax and discourse. According to the functional equivalence theory, translation should not only achieve literal equivalence, but also discover the author's true meaning. The following is a detailed analysis of how to achieve functional equivalence in the translation of Folding Beijing from lexical, syntactic and discourse perspectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In literary translation, how to correctly interpret the meaning of a word or phrase is always a difficult problem. There are two main difficulties in translating the meaning of a word or phrase. One difficulty is that many English words are polysemous, they have more than one meaning, so it is difficult to choose the right English word without causing ambiguity. Another difficulty is that the same meaning can be translated into several English expressions, but we should carefully consider which English expression is most appropriate. In the English translation of Folding Beijing, there are many examples to illustrate how the translation achieves functional equivalence with the source text in the lexical level as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“食客围着塑料桌子，埋头在酸辣粉的热气腾腾中，饿虎扑食一般，白色蒸汽遮住了脸。油炸的香味弥漫。货摊上的酸枣和核桃堆成山，腊肉在头顶摇摆。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Customers packed the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls, which were immersed in the aroma of frying oil. They are heartily with their faces buried in bowls of hot and sour rice noodles, their heads hidden by clouds of white steam. Other stands featured mountains of jujubes and walnuts, and hunks of cured meat swung overhead.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people can imagine the scene of street stalls when talking about plastic tables, but other people can't understand it. Therefore, the translator uses the word &amp;quot;the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls&amp;quot; for readers to understand. &amp;quot;Sour and spicy powder&amp;quot; is originally a kind of Chinese noodles. The author uses  &amp;quot;hot and sour rice noodles&amp;quot; to describe the taste of sour and spicy and the raw material of noodles is rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“这时彭蠡出现了。他剔着牙，敞着衬衫的扣子，不紧不慢地踱回来，不时打饱嗝。彭蠡六十多了，变得懒散不修边幅，两颊像沙皮狗一样耷拉着，让嘴角显得总是不满意地撇着。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:3）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, Peng Li appeared: His shirt unbuttoned, a toothpick dangling between his lips, strolling leisurely and burping from time to time. Now in his sixties, Peng had become lazy and slovenly. His cheeks drooped like the jowls of a Shar-Pei, giving him the appearance of being perpetually grumpy.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator uses &amp;quot;a toothpick dangling between his lips&amp;quot; to describe the action of picking teeth，it's more detailed and vivid.  “懒散不修边幅” is translated into &amp;quot;lazy and slovenly&amp;quot; to describe Peng Li is neglectful of his appearance. “显得总是不满意地” is translated into &amp;quot;the appearance of being perpetually grumpy&amp;quot;, in this way, the translation better expresses the author's intention to express the meaning of looking bad-tempered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“霓虹灯亮了，商铺顶端闪烁的小灯打出新疆大枣、东北拉皮、上海烤麸和湖南腊肉。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The neon lights came on. Tiny flashing LEDs on top of the shops formed into characters advertising jujubes from Xinjiang, lapi noodles from Northeast China, bran dough from Shanghai, and cured meats from Hunan.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author did not translate directly “闪烁的小灯” into &amp;quot;the little flashing lights &amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;Tiny flashing LEDs&amp;quot;. This is also because of the translator's own understanding of the text, he wants the readers of the English translation to understand that the lights are advertising, so that customers can see and understand the selling points of the store. At the same time, “拉皮” is a special noodle in northeast China, and there is no corresponding suitable English word, so the author uses &amp;quot;lapi&amp;quot;, which is to show the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Syntactic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax, usually defined as the study of how to construct sentences correctly with words in a language. In literary translation, the translator should make the syntax easy to be understood by the reader. The translator should take full account of the syntactic differences between English and Chinese. The difference of syntax between English and Chinese are mainly reflected in three aspects. First of all, conjunctions and relationship between words in English use frequency is very high. Secondly, English speakers put attention on object consciousness and used to the order from a small object to a large one, from specific to general; In Chinese texts, there is usually a temporal, spatial or causal sequence of time sequence. Finally, English language usually emphasizes important information at the beginning of a sentence, while the Chinese language tends to process information from the obsolete to the fresh for the purpose of impressing people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence with the original text, we should not only translate the meaning of words, but also translate the syntactic structure into a proper form. The following are some examples to show that how English translation oh Folding Beijing achieves functional equivalence to the original text in syntactic level: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“ ‘现在政府太混沌了，做事太慢，僵化，体系也改不动。’他说‘等我将来有了机会，我就推快速工作作风改革。干得不行就滚蛋。’他看老刀还是没有说话，又说, ‘选拔也要放开。也向第三空间放开。’” （Jingfang Hao 2016:15）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;‘The current government is too inefficient and ossified,' he added quickly, ‘slow to respond to challenges, and I don' t see much hope for systematic reform. When I get my opportunity, I'll push for rapid reforms: Anyone who's incompetent will be fired.' Since Lao Gao still didn't seem to show much reaction, he added,‘I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion, including opening up opportunities for candidates from Third Space.'&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the translation of this paragraph, the translator obviously adjusted the word order, and the words said by the same person before the pause were pushed into the next sentence, in order to conform to the logic of English readers. “选拔也要放开” ,the literal translation of this sentence must be incomprehensible to the readers, so the readers have supplemented and translated this sentence into &amp;quot;I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion&amp;quot;, The translator perfectly explains what &amp;quot;放开&amp;quot; means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“昏黄的灯光中，老刀想起过去。一个人游荡在垃圾场边缘的所有时光。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Lao Dao talked about his lonely childhood. In the dim lamplight, he recalled his childhood spent alone wandering at the edge of the landfill.” (Ken Liu 2015) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the text refers to “过去” twice with emphasis. In order to achieve the same emphasis in the English translation, the author chose to adjust the word order, placing &amp;quot;In the dim lamplight&amp;quot; between the two sentences, rather than using a subordinate clause like &amp;quot;…childhood that…&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“再回到第三空间，他感觉像是已经走了一个月。城市仍然在缓慢苏醒，城市居民只过了平常的一场睡眠，和前一天连续。不会有人发现老刀的离开。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Returning to Third Space, Lao Dao felt as though he had been traveling for a month. The city was waking up slowly. Most of the residents had slept soundly, and now they picked up their lives from where they had left off the previous cycle, No one would notice that Lao Dao had been away.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, we can see clearly that English has many more conjunctions than Chinese, like &amp;quot;as though&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;from where&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;that&amp;quot;, this is because of the difference in syntax between the two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Discourse level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that a close, formal translation may be difficult for readers because of the intricate nature of the discourse structure and the presupposed knowledge about the contents in the original text. Therefore, it is necessary to choose a way of &amp;quot;rewrite&amp;quot; to make the translated text acceptable to readers. In literary translation, the translator should pay attention to both the content and the structure of the discourse. In the process of translation, the translation should be equivalent to the original text in the level of discourse. The following part selects a dialogue and its English translation in Folding Beijing as an example of literary translation to achieve functional equivalence in discourse level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“所以” 她给老刀夹了新上来的热菜，“你能不能暂时不告诉他？等我……有机会亲自向他解释可以吗？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老刀没有动筷子。他很饿，可是他觉得这时不能吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是这等于我也得撒谎。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
依言回身将小包打开，将钱包取出来，掏出五张一万块的纸币推给老刀。“一点心意，你收下。”(Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;And so&amp;quot;—she spooned a serving of the new hot dish onto Lao Dao's plate—&amp;quot;can you please not tell him, just temporarily? Please…give me a chance to explain to him myself.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Dao didn't pick up his chopsticks. He was very hungry, but he felt that he could not eat this food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Then I'd be lying, too,&amp;quot; Lao Dao said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Yan opened her purse, took out her wallet, and retried five 10,000 yuan bills. She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao. &amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conversational habits in Chinese are different from those in English, so some adjustments are often made when translating. The form of the dialogue is not completely translated from Chinese, but for the reader, the understanding of the text is the same. For example，“夹了新上来的热菜”translated into &amp;quot;spooned a serving of the new hot dish&amp;quot;, the translator changed the action to &amp;quot;spoon&amp;quot;, which is more suitable for Yi Yan's identity image, it is more suitable as a girl in the first space to spoon the vegetables to Lao Dao. “推给老刀”translated into &amp;quot;She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao&amp;quot;, this sentence adds some action to make it more pictorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every writer has his own writing style, and no one can imitate it perfectly. That is to say, in translation, it is impossible for the translator to translate the author's writing style exactly the same. Through the application of rhetoric and dialect, the original text shows the language characteristics, and the English translation can also see that the translator tries to achieve the functional equivalence on the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Rhetoric=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, rhetoric is an important part of the study of style. Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) believed that style is form and is a counterpart of dialectic. The use of rhetoric can create vivid images, vivid scenes, improve the effect of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
老刀的肚子也感觉到饥饿。他迅速转开眼睛，可是来不及了，那种感觉迅速席卷了他，胃的空虚像是一个深渊，让他身体微微发颤。(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lao Dao's stomach growled. He quickly averted his eyes, but it was too late. His empty stomach felt like an abyss that made his body tremble.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the original text compares a hungry stomach to an abyss, and the English translation also uses this metaphor to form a rhetorical functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
不远不近的距离，就像遥望西山或是海上的一座孤岛。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The distance was perfect for taking in the whole city, like gazing at an island in the sea.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paragraph, it is a metaphor, and the words &amp;quot;西山&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;孤&amp;quot; in the original text are not translated, only translated into &amp;quot;an island in the sea&amp;quot;, this description is enough to show the image of a folded city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
高楼像最卑微的仆人，弯下腰，让自己低声下气切断身体，头碰着脚，紧紧贴在一起，然后再次断裂弯腰，将头顶手臂扭曲弯折，插入空隙…楼宇由折叠中站立起身，在灰蓝色的天空中像苏醒的兽类。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The skyscrapers bowed submissively like the humblest servants until their heads touched their feet; then they broke again, folded again, and twisted their necks and arms, stuffing them into the gaps… The buildings unfolded and stood up, awakening like a herd of beasts under the gray–blue sky.&amp;quot;  (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has a personification in this paragraph, &amp;quot;skyscrapers&amp;quot; have &amp;quot;heads, feet, necks and arms&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;like the humblest servants&amp;quot;, the use of rhetoric enables people to imagine the folding picture of the city through the human image. By comparing the building to a herd of beasts, it shows its size and the sense of fear and oppression it brings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
直到建成的日子高楼如活人一般站立而起，他们才像惊呆了一样四处奔逃，仿佛自己生下了一个怪胎。(Jingfang Hao 2016:11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, when the completed building stood up before them like a living person, they had scattered in terror, as though they had given birth to a monster.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, although &amp;quot;怪胎&amp;quot; translate into &amp;quot;monster&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;生&amp;quot;express also the same meaning, so the translator does not struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dialects=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dialect embodies the local characteristics, is the author's own writing style. Sometimes it's a problem in translation. In the following example, we can see how the translator handles this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;伙计&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;waiter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;铺盖卷&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;bedrolls&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;闺女&amp;quot;is translated as  &amp;quot;real daughter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;她们认死理儿&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;they don't know how to be flexible&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;只是这么多年过来，人就木了.&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:33) is translated into“But after so many years, you grow a bit numb.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015) We can see that when translators translate dialects with Chinese local characteristics, they pay more attention to the level of semantic understanding rather than the formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, whether the use of rhetoric or dialect in literature, can fully reflect the author's writing style. Therefore, in literary translation, the translator should study the differences between the source language and the target language in the ways to express stylistic differences, and find out the best way to make up for these differences. In this way, literary translation can achieve maximum functional equivalence at the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural difference between the two languages is also an issue that translators should pay attention to. People who come into contact with different cultures have different ways of thinking, values and social customs and so on. Translators need to understand the two cultures and fully express the cultural elements contained in the original text. At this time, translation plays a role in cross-cultural communication. The translator must present the cultural meaning shown or implied in the original text to the readers so that the translation can achieve the cultural equivalence with the original text. In this chapter, we will analyze the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspective of food culture,  folk culture and culture of idioms, so as to explain how it achieves the functional equivalence with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Food Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The city described by Beijing Folding is the political and cultural center of China, and it is a city with profound cultural deposits. There are a lot of contents belonging to traditional Chinese food culture in the novel. This part will analyze how the translator translates these delicacies to achieve functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…面前摆着一盘炒面或炒粉… &amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each kid had a plate of chow mein or chow fun…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;炒面&amp;quot;is a well-known traditional snack in China. The translator makes it into &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot;, rather than &amp;quot;Chinese stir-fried noodles&amp;quot;. In the dictionary, &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; means a Chinese-style dish of fried noodles served with small pieces of meat and vegetables. This translation also makes it more intuitive for the reader to know what the food is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;老葛又拿来半瓶白酒和两个玻璃杯，倒上。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…over a half bottle of baijiu…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foreignizing translation is adopted here, &amp;quot;白酒&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;baijiu&amp;quot; , the translator doesn't use the word like &amp;quot;spirits&amp;quot;, it not only retains Chinese cultural characteristics, but also achieves communicative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;哎，你们知道那儿一盘回锅肉多少钱吗？&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…how much they charge for an order of twice -cooked pork over there?&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The special feature of this dish is that it is boiled in water and then stir-fried. The translator captures this feature in the translation, trying to make people understand the meaning of &amp;quot;回锅&amp;quot;, and this dish is made with pork, he wants readers of the English translation to see an image of the dish in their heads in the same way that Chinese people do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Folk Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people also have their own unique way of life, customs and traditions, behavior patterns and other aspects of vocabulary. The following will analyze the translator's functional equivalence in folk culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…几个人分吃两个菜…&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…and they shared two dishes family-style.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;分吃&amp;quot; is the most common way of eating in traditional Chinese culture, where several dishes are shared among friends and family. The purpose of the passage is to show the poverty of the boys. The translator takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western cultures，Western behavior is different. so he use the word &amp;quot;shared&amp;quot; and he add the word &amp;quot;family-style&amp;quot; to make it easier for the reader to understand the behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;咱们也算半个老乡吧。”老葛说，“所以不用太拘束。我还是能管点事儿，不会把你送出去的。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We're practically from the same hometown! So, you don't need to be so careful with me. I still have a bit of authority, and I won't give you up.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of hometown is a major feature of Chinese culture. Those from the same hometown share similar living habits, growing environment and cultural background, so even strangers can get familiar with each other quickly and even help each other. Since Lao Ge and Lao Dao come from the third space, the translator explains the term &amp;quot;老乡&amp;quot; from a geographical perspective. &amp;quot;管事儿&amp;quot;means to have some authority. The translator also explains this word so that readers can understand it easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;一点心意，你收下。&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yi Yan said that she hoped Lao Dao could help her keep a secret, so she wanted to give Lao Dao with money. &amp;quot;心意&amp;quot; means money, which is a euphemism used in China when it is inconvenient to offer money directly. In the translation, the translator also considered a euphemistic way of expression, so he used the word &amp;quot;appreciation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Culture of Idioms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are an important part of the extensive and profound Chinese culture. Chinese people always use them in their daily life and in their writing. However, some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts, and the translation should pay attention to the differences between the two cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author used many idioms in the article, such as &amp;quot;饿虎扑食&amp;quot;, the translator translated it into &amp;quot;ate heartily&amp;quot;, although the translation is easy to understand, but without the image that people are very hungry to eat, from the perspective of functional equivalence, English readers seem to be unable to reach the same level of understanding and response as Chinese readers. And &amp;quot;（盘子）一片狼藉&amp;quot;translated into &amp;quot;The dishes were a mess&amp;quot;, it is a brief description of the mess. And &amp;quot;成人之美&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;in that case I'll have done a good deed by keeping silent&amp;quot;, the idiom in the original text was originally used to describe Lao Dao's feeling that he was keeping secrets and that Yi Yan and Qin Tian might get together in the future. The translator abstractly translated the sentence in the English translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of the English translation of Folding Beijing from three aspects: meaning, style and culture with the theory of functional equivalence in this paper, and it is believed that the English translation conforms to the understanding of English readers to the specific information in the text. According to Nida's functional equivalence theory and its translation purposes and strategies, the translator brings a natural and equivalent Chinese translation of Folding Beijing to the English reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory emphasizes that the target language readers' understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the source language readers, so the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence translation. Analyzed from three aspects: meaning, style and culture &amp;quot;Beijing fold&amp;quot; English version, you can see on the language, while Chinese and English in logic and grammar are greatly different, there exist many differences in the Chinese culture and western culture, but the translator still tries his best to keep the content of the original text in the translation and find more appropriate words. In terms of some specific content, the translator does not translate into exactly the same form, which is also consistent with Nida's functional equivalence theory, because Nida also proposed that translation should not be limited to form, but the translator can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve equivalence between content and information. However, in some details, such as idioms, the translator's translation fails to achieve the same effect as the original text, which may be an area for improvement. Nida's theory of functional equivalence does provide a good theoretical model for the translation of science fiction, which is of great value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hao Jingfang. Folding Beijing [J]. Ken Liu (trans.). A Magazine of Science Fiction and Fantasy, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Nida, Eugene A. Language, Culture, and Translating[M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,1993&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Nida, Eugene A. Language and Culture: Context in Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Taber, Charles R. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	郝景芳.孤独深处[M].南京：江苏凤凰文艺出版社，2016：1-40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	谭载喜.新编奈达论翻译[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1999&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	许钧，穆雷.翻译学概论[M].南京：译林出版社，2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	赵丹丹.浅论奈达的功能对等理论[J].文学教育，2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	周兴阳.从功能对等理论视角看《北京折叠》英译本研究[J].新疆大学，2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	王桂圆.系统功能语言学视角下《北京折叠》英译研究[J].海外英语，2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene A. Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, “the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word” (Eugene A. Nida,1969), which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language” (Eugene A. Nida,1969). Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that meaning is the most important, followed by form. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. “However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000)” Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, “the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, “the translation technique of recreate can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. “It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times” (Tong Fangli,2006). Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s Version==== &lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of the Drama Title=====&lt;br /&gt;
So far, there are three famous versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Yu Guangzhong’s “不可儿戏”, Zhang Nanfeng’s “认真为上” and Qian Zhide’s “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. “Among these three versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular one, which is also consistent with functional equivalence” (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Functional equivalence emphasizes that translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”(Eugene A. Nida,1969). Wilde created a character named “Ernest” in the play. As we all know, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, so the drama title is a pun. It not only expresses “the importance of being earnest”, but also “the importance of naming “Ernest”. After all, “Ernest” is a name favored by two girls in the play. Qian Zhide’s version expressed the literal meaning, which achieved equivalence in meaning. However, Zhang Nanfeng’s version represented the implied meaning. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated the implied meaning and revealed the theme of the play that one should be serious about everything in life. The function of the title is to reveal the theme of the novel. In Yu’s version, the information was reproduced and it echoed lady Bracknell’s words at the end of the play. So, it was more in line with Chinese readers’ preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
“Pun was widely used in this play, especially in characters’ names” (Yang Wenqian, 2014), and Yu Guangzhong translated it almost perfectly. In essence, pun is a deliberate word play. It usually appears when two words are similar or identical in their sound, but different in meaning. The effect of pun can be humorous, rhetorical and even bitter at times. Regardless of the brilliant effect of a pun, it is merely a tool for the author to get him across, not just a decoration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Ernest” created by Jack into “任真”. In English, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, and “earnest” means to be serious about something. In Chinese, “任真” and “认真” are homonyms，like the English homonyms. Yu employed the domestication method to translate it into “任真”, and Zhang Nanfeng employed the foreignization method to translate it into ‘埃纳斯特’. He translated the pun in English into the pun in Chinese. It was translated into “任真” and gave him the Chinese surname “华”, which was from his family name “Worthing” in English. It not only facilitated the needs of the audience, but also considered the feelings of readers. If “Ernest” was translated into “埃纳斯特”, the audience of the drama will be confused and do not understand the humor and irony of the language. In the other hand, “认真” is too direct to let readers experience the beauty of pun by thinking it over themselves. “华任真” retains the ironic effect to the greatest extent, and it does not make the audience feel confused when they hear “埃纳斯特”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the form of original works was preserved, from a pun in English to a pun in Chinese. “From the perspective of linguistics, one of the ideal translation methods is pun into pun” (Yin Lijing, 2012). And the irony effect in Wilde’s original works can be kept to the greatest extent, as if it had just been transmigrated from English to Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Bunbury” created by Algernon into “梁勉仁”. The original meaning of “Bunbury” is “sightseeing tour”, which implies an excuse to evade responsibility as well. That’s exactly why Algernon intended to make up the character. “When he didn’t want to show up in some situation, he lied that his intimate named “Bunbury” was ill and he couldn’t keep the appointment because he needs to take care of him” (Yu Guangzhong, 1986). With the guidance of traditional transliteration method, we should consequently translate it into “邦伯里”. But Yu Guangzhong’s version adds beauty to the original text. In Chinese, “梁勉仁” and “两面人” are homonyms, referring to double-faced people. In Wilde’s original text, “Bunbury” is not a pun. But in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he added a pun in the process of translation. When the audience heard of “梁勉仁”, they would realize that Algernon was a double-faced person at once. Both of the Chinese name “梁勉仁” and English name “Bunbury” are names which are correct in lexical aspect. Moreover, they expressed the same meaning that the person who named like that was double-faced, so the function of the original and the target language are the same. We guess that if Wilde writes this play in Chinese, he may use the same expression as Yu Guangzhong. Yu Guangzhong’s version of the tutor Miss Prism is “劳小姐”. The name “Prism” and the word “prim” form a homophonic pun. Wilde aims to allude to his rigid character through this name. In Chinese, “劳” “老” and “牢” are homonyms, aiming at showing Miss Prism’s strict control over her student, Miss Cecily. It seems that her name not only adds the meaning “old lady” and “prison”, but also highlights the original work’s depiction of her rigid personality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, people’s surnames stand behind their last name, and their names are short. “European and American names are different and most of them are long and awkward for Chinese readers” (Wang Chao,2016). This kind of cultural difference often weakens the interest of many readers and audiences in the translated works, especially dramas. But Yu Guangzhong’s version not only translates the meaning of Wilde’s original work, but also has Chinese characteristics. He did not translate the name according to its pronunciation, but created Chinese names which can not only be in accordance of Chinese names, but also express the ironic meaning of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Dialogues=====&lt;br /&gt;
Allusions refer to the stories or words and sentences in ancient books quoted in poems; idioms refer to the fixed and customary expressions in a language, including proverbs, slang, catchphrase, lexical phrase, habitual collocation, restricted collocation, and etc. “There are a lot of allusions and idioms both in Chinese and English. Cultural differences make English allusions and idioms become key points in translation, especially in drama translation which focuses on watching rather than reading” (Liang Wei, 2009). In order not to affect Chinese readers’ understanding of the plots, especially for the audience, Yu Guangzhong boldly adopted the substitution technique in the translation of dialogues, which can better convey the unique charm of Wilde’s language. Following, we will analyze Yu Guangzhong’s version from the perspective of rhetorical sentences, including alliteration, paradox and antithesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Alliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Many English allusions and idioms are used in Wilde’s plays&amp;quot; (Yang Wenqian, 2014). The author chose two examples of alliteration sentences. Alliteration is the earliest phonetic rhetoric technique with rhythm and beauty in English. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he not only remained the rhetorical form but also preserved the flavor of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (1)ALGERNON. I hear her hair turned quite gold from grief. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 听说她的头发因为伤心变色像黄金。(余光中, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Algernon is talking about Lady Bracknell’s friend Lady Harbury, who becomes twenty years younger after her husband’s death. “It is commonly believed that a woman should feel grief after her husband’s death. We guess that her hair may turn grey out of sorrow. While it turned out that she changed it gold just in order to be younger” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde did well in employing paradox and irony to satirize the upper class. He is also keen on word game. “Gold from grieve” in this dialogue actually comes from “grey from grief”. Wilde’s alteration not only preserves the alliteration, but also achieves an ironic effect.It is hard to translate alliteration in the target language. In order to reproduce the formal beauty of the source language, Yu Guangzhong changed the alliteration into assonance and rendered it into “伤心变色像黄金”. In Chinese, “金(jin)” and “心(xin)” have the same sound “in”. In this example, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration. It not only expressed the same meaning as the source language, but also added the beauty of language in form, with Chinese characteristics. In the meaning level, Yu’s version preserved the original connotation, and in the form level, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration, which coincided with “functional equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
 (2)CHASUBLE. I would merely beg you not to be much bowed down by grief. What seem to us bitter trials are often blessings in disguise. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    蔡牧师 只劝你不要过分哀伤。有些事看来像大祸临头，往往焉知非福。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In example 2, Jack pretended that he had a wicked brother whose name is Ernest. And Ernest often needed his assistance so that he had an excuse to disappear for several days. Discovering that his ward Cecily was too interested in Ernest, he decided to “kill” his brother by saying that he caught a severe chill. Then Jack told Chasuble that his brother Ernest died in Paris. Chasuble intended to console Jack by saying “What seem to us biter trials are often blessings in disguise”. Therefore, from Chasuble’s point of view, his death may be a shake off for Jack.Here, “bitter” and “blessings” employed alliteration devices. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “塞翁失马，焉知非福”, a Chinese saying. It means that although we have suffered losses for a while, we can benefit from them in the future. “It also tells us that bad things can become good things under certain conditions, and vice versa” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). He translated alliteration in English into a Chinese saying. The form of the sentence has changed, while the meaning remained. The meaning the Chinese saying expressed in the Yu Guangzhong’s version was the same as the original, and the ironic effect was achieved by using a more acceptable way for Chinese readers. An old saying is more persuasive in this situation. We learnt from Yu’s version that if there is a saying in the source language, we can find a saying which expresses the same meaning in the target language, making it achieve “functional equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Paradox======&lt;br /&gt;
 (3)LADY BRACKNELL. I'm sorry if we are a little late, Algernon, but I was obliged to call on dear Lady Harbury. I hadn't been there since her poor &lt;br /&gt;
    husband's death. 1 never saw a woman so altered; she looks quite twenty years younger. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
巴夫人真抱歉我们来晚了一点，阿吉，可是我不能不去探望哈夫人。自从她死了可怜的丈夫，我一直还没有去过她家呢。从没见过一个女人变得这么厉害:看起来她足足年轻了二十岁。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Paradox is a device much favored by satirists. The benefit lies in the fact that even though it seems to be contradictory on the surface, it contains a certain grain of truth. With the use of paradoxes, Wilde showed us a clear picture of characters’ manners and thoughts and the bourgeois society of his time, Victorian era.In the above example, Lady Harbury lost her husband. As common sense, the readers or audience would think she may become old, while Lady. Bracknell says “she looks quite twenty years younger”. In this sentence, paradox was employed.Upon hearing that, the readers and audience will feel they are deceived by the speaker and become amused by the paradox. After thinking it over, they will realize the beauty of the language. “Yu Guangzhong described the shocking facts in a flat tone to deepen the ironic effect” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). He successfully transferred the paradoxical meaning from the source text to the target language. Actually, he not only translated the original meaning, but also expressed the original meaning with an extremely same tone, an ironic tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (4)ALGERNON. Do you really keep a diary? I'd give anything to look at it. May I?&lt;br /&gt;
    CECILY. Oh no. [Puts her hand over it] You see, it is simply a very young girl’s record of her own thoughts and impressions and consequently meant for &lt;br /&gt;
 publication. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
亚吉能 你真的记日记吗?我真恨不得能看一看，可以吗?&lt;br /&gt;
西西丽 哦不可以。(手按日记)你知道，里面记录的不过是一个很年轻的女孩子私下的感想和印象，所以呢，是准备出版的。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, since the diary is a record of Cecily’s own thoughts and impressions, she does not allow Algernon to read. &amp;quot;The readers or the audience may think Cecily will keep it as a personal privacy and prevent others from reading. However, Cecily says the diary is meant for publication&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). This contradictory statement is illogical and unreasonable, thus produces a humorous effect.In example 4, what amused the audience was that the conclusion was contrary to the reasons. Yu Guangzhong added a Chinese conjunction “所以”. With this conjunction, the ironic effect deepened. If the translator transforms the illogical content into a coherent form that sounds reasonable, the paradoxical meaning in the original drama text will disappear, and the reader or audience will not be attracted by this line. This version remained the ironic effect of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Antithesis======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (5)ALGERNON. You don’t seem to realize, that in married life three is company and two is none. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 阁下似乎不明白， 婚后的日子，三个人才热闹，两个人太单调。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Antithesis is a figure of speech in which sharply contrasting ideas are juxtaposed in a paralleled phrase or grammatical structure&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde employed quite a few antitheses in The Importance of Being Earnest, making it a great challenge for translators.Algernon introduced Bunbury to Jack so that he could still pursue pleasure after marriage. He compared two kinds of states of marriage and expressed his own thoughts. In the sentence “three is company and two is none”, antithesis was employed with rhythmic beauty.Yu Guangzhong noticed this musical beauty of the source language, and rendered it into corresponding paralleled structure. As a matter of fact, the target language seemed to be better than source language. In Wilde’s language, only antithesis was used. While in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he reserved antithesis and added rhythmic words. “热闹” and “单调” are totally two different kinds of states, forming sharp contrast. Furthermore, “闹(nao)” and “调(diao)” have the same sound “ao”. Yu Guangzhong fully exploited the advantage of the target language and successfully transferred the beauty of the source language. He not only surpassed source language in form, but also preserved the soul. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (6)MISS PRISM. You are too much alone, dear Dr. Chasuble. You should get married. A misanthrope I can understand—a womanthrope, never! (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    劳 你太孤单了，蔡牧师。你应该结婚。一个人恨人类而要独善其身，我可以了解。一个人恨女人而要独抱其身，就完全莫名其妙。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the conversation between Miss Prism and Dr. Chasuble. She suggested that he should get married. In order to persuade him, she compared the two reasons of not getting married. &amp;quot;The former is understandable, while the latter is incomprehensible&amp;quot;(Wen Tong, 2012). In example 6, Wilde employed the rhetorical device of antithesis, and Yu Guangzhong remained it in target language. “Womanthrope” comes from the word “misanthrope”, referring to people who hate women. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated two words into two sentences, “恨人类而要独善其身” and “恨女人而要独抱其身”. He explained two kinds of situations to the audience in detail with the same form as original works, making it almost perfect in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Suggestions on Translation from Yu Guangzhong’s Version====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analyses of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we have a deeper understanding of “functional equivalence”. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Even Yu Guangzhong’s version, which is most popular among the audience and readers, has many imperfections. Through the research, we can get some suggestions to help the later translators to create more excellent works. &lt;br /&gt;
The first translation strategy of is to keep the form of the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The reason why The Importance of Being Earnest becomes the most successful play of Wilde is that a variety of rhetorical devices are used. In the process of translation, Yu Guangzhong grasped this point well. In translation of the drama title or characters’ names, he preserved the irony of the original work, turning puns in English into puns in Chinese, and long foreign names into meaningful short Chinese names. It not only preserves the satire of the original, but also inherits the language flavor of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation strategy is that the form can be changed properly, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there are many Western proverbs which are inexplicable to Chinese readers. If they are translated literally, the reader will fail to understand the exact meaning of the proverb. The beauty of the original will be destroyed, as well. But if the proverbs are explained carefully, it will inevitably take up a lot of sentences to explain the literal and metaphorical meaning of the proverbs. For drama translation, it is not advisable to do so. Yu Guangzhong chose Chinese proverbs that can express the same meaning to replace the English ones, without changing the author’s original meaning, and it added a sense of amiability to Chinese readers.&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, the author analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the prospective of functional equivalence. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, both the form and the content of original work have been preserved. We also gained some enlightenments from his translation, which benefits our further translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis, under the guidance of “functional equivalence”, analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from three aspects, translation of drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. Through this study, we had a clear understanding of functional equivalence. By appreciating the vividness of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we get some enlightenments in translation. From the above discussion, we think that translators can learn from Yu Guangzhong in order to achieve “functional equivalence”.In translation, we should take readers’ thought into consideration first. To make the translated version like the original work, Yu Guangzhong provided us with some strategies. One is to keep the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The other is that form can be changed, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. With these strategies, we can produce more fantastic translation.Even though we gain experience from this study, it has limitations. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Although Yu’s version is popular, it has unavoidable shortcomings. This thesis only focused on excellent examples of translation. To sum up, Yu’s version provided us with some successful suggestions to achieve functional equivalence, but only part of it did it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Feifei陈菲菲. (2011). 目的论与余光中《不可儿戏》的翻译策略[Skopos Theory and Yu Kwang-chung’s Translation Strategy on The Importance of Being Earnest J].''宁波广播电视大学学报'' Journal of Ningbo Radio and Television University (04) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yaoyao陈瑶瑶. (2019). ''余光中戏剧翻译研究''[A study of Yu Guangzhong's drama translation]. Taiyuan: Shanxi University山西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida &amp;amp;Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong郭建中. (2000). ''文化与翻译'' [Culture and Translation]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Wei梁薇. (2009). 从翻译目的论视角出发研究The Importance of Being Earnest两个译本[Two versions of The importance of Being Earnest From the perspective of Skopos theory]. Anhui: Language and words''语言文字'' (09) 258.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin李欣. (2010). 余光中戏剧翻译实践研究——以《不可儿戏》为例[Yu Kuang-chung's Drama Translation Practice: A Case Study of The Importance of Being Earnest]. ''淮海工学院学报'' Journal of Huaihai Institute of Technology (04) 96-98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Richard, F. (1956). ''Wilde as Parodist: A Second Look at the Importance of Being Earnest. College English'' (1) 18-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Zhengrong谌峥嵘. (2007). 《不可儿戏》两中译本比较[A Comparative Study of The Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Qiulei施秋蕾. (2012). 文化转向视角下的翻译策略研究——以王尔德The Importance of Being Earnest两中译本为例[Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cultural Turn: A Comparison of Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest].''常熟理工学院学报'' (03) 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tong Fangli童芳莉. (2006). 从归化与异化的角度评余光中译《不可儿戏》[Evaluation on Yu Guangzhong's Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest from Domestication and Foreignization].''台州学院报'' Journal of Taizhou College (02) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chao汪超. (2016). 余光中翻译思想与实践研究[A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Translation Thought and Practice]. Changsha: Hunan Normal University湖南师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Tong 温彤. (2012). 美学视阈下的戏剧翻译审美主体研究——以王尔德的喜剧中译为例[On the Aesthetic Subject of Drama Translation from the Perspective of Aesthetics——Take Oscar Wilde's Chinese Translation of Comedies as an Example].''时代文学''Period literature (03) 220-221.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilde, O. (2009). The Importance of Being Earnest. Claremont: Broadview Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Jie吴洁. (2014). “语言游戏说”视角下的王尔德作品研究[A Research on Oscar Wilde’s Major Works from the Perspective of &amp;quot;Language Games”]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Shanshan吴姗珊. (2012). 从目的论视角比较研究The Importance of Being Earnest的三个中译本[A Comparative Study of The Three Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. Chengdu: Sichuan Normal University四川师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Wenqian杨文茜. (2014). 以舞台呈现为目的:王尔德戏剧The Importance of Being Earnest两个中译本的比较[Translating Drama for Theatrical Performance: A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Translations of Oscar Wilde’s The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Wuhan: Huazhong Normal University华中师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yin LIjing殷莉菁. (2012). 王尔德戏剧《不可儿戏》中双关语汉译研究[A Study of Pun Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest by Oscar WIlde]. Hangzhou : Zhejiang Gongshang University浙江工商大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (1986).''不可儿戏'' [The Importance of Being Earnest]. Beijing: China Friendship Publishing Company中国友谊出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (2004). ''余光中谈翻译''[On Translation by Yu Guangzhong]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen 202020080603==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of economic globalization,exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have been continued to expand.The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and also in guiding interpreting practice. Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize.--[[User:Han Haiyang|Han Haiyang]] ([[User talk:Han Haiyang|talk]]) 12:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.(Kong Shaohui 2019, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.(Kong Shaohui 2009, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can&lt;br /&gt;
understand:The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic 1979, 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language&lt;br /&gt;
shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.(Zhang Si 2019, 275-277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Introduction of Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). (Ouyang Changyi 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.(Lou Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literary Review===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Free Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Addition of Message===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Positive and Negative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180) The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.(Xiong Wen 2014, 154-155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation, so it will Weaken the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.(Lederer 2001, 45-50)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;(Lederer 2001, 45-50)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Mao Yueyue, Liu Fan. 毛新月, 刘帆. (2018). 释意理论指导下的会议口译中四字词语的翻译——以习近平总书记十九届中共中央政治局常委同中外记者见面会讲话为例. [Translation of four-letter words in conference interpretation under the guidance of interpretation theory - taking the speech of General Secretary Xi Jinping at the meeting between the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the 19th CPC Central Committee and Chinese and foreign journalists as an example]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](12): 230-231.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouyang Changyi. 欧阳长怡. (2010). 论释意理论指导下的记者招待会口译策略及释意训练. [On Interpretation Strategies and Interpretation Training of Press Conference under the Guidance of Interpretation Theory]. 福建省外国语文学会.福建省外国语文学会2010年年会论文集. [Fujian Foreign Language Society. Proceedings of the 2010 Annual Conference of Fujian Foreign Language Society]. 福建省外国语文学会: 福建省外国语文学会[Fujian Foreign Language Society: Fujian Foreign Language Society]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiong Wen. 熊雯. (2014). 释意理论视阙下的口译过程研究. [A study of interpretation process under the view of interpretation theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe. 张杨,李灵哲. (2018). 释意理论指导下的翻译语义策略运用. [The use of translation semantic strategies under the guidance of interpretation theory]. ''佳木斯职业学院学报'' [Journal of Jiamusi Vocational College](10): 334-336.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures  陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has lasted for more than a thousand years in China, which is taken as the first Chinese translation climax. The translation of Buddhist scriptures in China can be divided into three historical stages: the first historical period, from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty, the pioneering stage; the second historical period, from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, the stage of development; the third historical periods, the Tang Dynasty which reached its peak. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation. The article will review the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scripture and analyze literal translation and free translation of each stages through analyzing the famous translators, translation theories and translation characteristics of the three stages. In addition, this article will study the influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese language and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist scriptures, Translation, Literal translation, Free translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经翻译在中国持续了一千多年, 我国的第一个翻译高潮就是佛经翻译。中国的佛经翻译大致分为三个历史阶段：第一个历史时期，从东汉末到西晋，为草创阶段； 第二个历史时期，从东晋时期到隋朝，是发展阶段；第三个历史时期，唐代达到全盛阶段。意译和直译的问题贯穿佛经翻译的始终, 大致发展过程为:初期的大略主直译——发展时期的直译意译相争——全盛时期的直译意译达到和谐。文章将通过研究这三个阶段的著名译者，翻译理论和翻译特点来梳理佛经翻译的发展，并分析每个时期佛经翻译中直译意译的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经，翻译，直译，意译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has a long history of three thousand years, and the earliest translation can be traced back to the Shang and Zhou dynasties. But scholars generally take the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the Eastern Han Dynasty as the beginning of the translation history of China. Buddhism, religion and philosophy founded in India by Siddhartha Gautama, was unknown to other countries for a long time. About the first century AD Buddhism entered China along trade routes from Central Asia. Thus, the translation of Buddhist scriptures came into being. Buddhism was widely developed in China and became one of the most important religions in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese culture and civilization. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is mainly supported by two groups of people: the foreign monks who came to China to preach; the Chinese monks who go west to seek sutras. “The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty, further developing from the Eastern Jin to Sui Dynasty, and peaking in Tang Dynasty, which stretches for more than one thousand years”(Meng Yue 2017, 305). And it has great influence on Chnese society, culture, language, arts etc. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is the first Chinese translation climax. With it developing, many translators and translation works come to the fore, and lots of translation theories have been put forward and perfected, which lays the foundation for later ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the whole history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, literal translation and free translation have always been one of the hottest topic. Literal translation of Buddhist scriptures refers to the rendering of text from Sanskrit into Chinese at a time or without conveying the sense of the original Buddhist scriptures. It emphasizes the form similarity and requires the accordance between the Sanskrit and Chinese in the choices of word, syntax and styles. Free translation of Buddhist means to mainly convey the meaning and spirit of the original Buddhist scriptures, which does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. “The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation” (Sun Shanshan 2014, 174).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the present paper, I shall discuss the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scriptures from three period. The first period is from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. Among them An Shigao and Zhi Chen advocate literal translation, while Zhi Qian supports free translation. The second period from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally and raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering and argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers. The third period is the Tang Dynasty, and the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang held that translation “must be truthful and intelligible to the populace”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty ——Mainly Literal Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty. With the success of the Silk Road, Buddhism was introduced to China. At the beginning, it was not widely accepted by Chinese society due to language barrier. Therefore, it is of great necessity to translate Buddhist scriptures into Chinese, so that it can be read, comprehended and accepted by Chinese people. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. The first two were the masters of the literal translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== An Shigao ====&lt;br /&gt;
An Shigao lived from 148-180 CE. According to legend, he was a prince of Parthia (modern Iran). He gave up being a prince to become a Buddhist missionary monk in China. Soon after he arrived China, he quickly possessed a good knowledge of Chinese and started to translate Buddhist Scriptures into Chinese. He totally translated 35 Buddhist Scriptures, of which main content was the basic doctrines and method of cultivation of Theravada Buddhism. Compared to other contemporaneous translators, “An Shigao’s translation can more accurately convey the original meaning of the text. His translation is clear and appropriate. Generally speaking, he was the earliest representative of literal translator in China. His translation is mainly literal and respects the structure of the original text” ( Fang Yang 2013, 6). However, as An Shigao was the earliest group of Buddhist scripture translators, “there is no precedents to follow, some terms in the translation are not easy to understand, and the structure of some original sentence are different from that of Chinese, therefore there are some repetitions and inversions in his translation” (Yang Chaobiao 2012, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Chen ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Chen, entering China at about 167 CE, was the first monk who introduced Mahāyāna Buddhism to China. He was proficient in Chinese and translated a large number of Buddhist scriptures. Most of them are about Mahayana Buddhism. With the translation of An Shigao as reference, Zhi Chen accumulated a certain amount of experience in wording and phrasing, so his translation can be relatively fluent and preserve the original meaning as much as possible. Besides, “transliteration are often employed in his translation”(Zhang Yuwei 2019, 115). Therefore he was also regarded as one of the representatives of literal translators. However, due to the limitation of the time, Zhi Chen, just as same as An Shigao and other comtemporay translators, his translation about some terms are obscure and unclear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Qian ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian, also known as Zhi Yue, is a Buddhist scripture translator during the Three Kingdoms period. He is the author of The Dhammapada Sequence, which is said to be the first essay on translation in China. He opposed to the previous translation which focuses on the literal meaning of the text while ignore the elegance of translation. He argued that translation should be easy to understand and the language should be smooth. Zhiqian was the first person in ancient China to systematize and theorize translation. “Zhi Qian’s preface is the first work whose purpose is express an opinion about translation practice”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He broke the routine of literal translation, pursued the elegance of words, and advocated both free translation and Literal translation, which played a very important role in the improvement of the later translation of the Buddhist scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translation of Buddhist scriptures were mostly completed by foreign monks. During this period, Buddhism has just been introduced to China, for this reason there are very few native monks who really know Buddhist scriptures. In the other hand, in order to propagate Buddhism, these foreign monks had to take on translating Buddhist scriptures in the early days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The mainstream translation principle was faithfulness at that time. On the one hand, the translators are almost devout religious believers. “Religious scriptures seem to be the sacred “ will of God ”, which is unalterable. Any amplification, deletion or modification in the translation process of religious scriptures can be seen as a blasphemy against God” (Xiong Hui 2013, 67). Therefore, translators mainly adopted the translation method of literal translation, which demonstrates the sincere religious beliefs of translators and preserves the sanctity of religious scriptures. On the other hand, in the early days of Buddhism, foreign monks were not proficient in Chinese, and Chinese monks were not proficient in Sanskrit. Early translators lack bilingual ability and translation experience, therefore then can only translate word for word. Besides, since there is no previous translation to refer to, some Buddhist terms do not have an authoritative and fixed explanation, and some expressions cannot be found its counterpart in Chinese, therefore they can only be translated literally. Literal translation was highly proposed by An Shigao and Zhi Chen. Until the Three Kingdoms period, Zhi Qian pursued the elegance of words, which broke the routine of literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Taoist language is often used in translation. “When Buddhism was firstly introduced to China, Taoism, as the native religion of China, was in its prevalence. As a foreign religion, Buddhism have to be attached to Taoism to facilitate the spread the new doctrine in China” (Meng Yue 2017, 306). Therefore, a large number of Buddhist concepts were interpreted by analogy with indigenous ideas, such as Taoist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty—Transition from literal translation to free translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The second historical period,from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, is the stage of development. At this period, Buddhism was gradually accepted by Chinese people. Buddhism believer is not limited to the royal family and nobleman, but also includes common people. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Shi Daoan ====&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Daoan (314-385), who was an eminent monk. In addition to his efforts for developing a disciplinary code for Chinese monastic communities, he is also known for his translation and commentaries on the scriptures. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally without any amplification or omission, advocating “translation according to the original features”. However, Shi didn’t stick to the literal translation that strictly. He raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“‘Five Losses of Source Texts’ discusses the problems of word order, work or essence, detail or simplification.As for the word order of the First Loss of Source Texts, Daoan clearly advocates the inversion.As for the Second Loss of Source Texts, Daoan proposes to choose work or essence translation according to readers' level and different styles and advocates taking advantages of two schools in order to translate Chinese Buddhist Scriptures better. As for the simplication or detail of the Third, Fourth and Fifth Loss of Source Texts, Daoan thinks the trivial, repeated eulogy, ode and conclusion words should be deleted generally except for the translation of Buddhist discipline.&amp;quot;Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot; discusses the factors of times, readers and translators that Buddhist Scripture translation faces.It is these three factors that result in the difficulties of translating Chinese Buddhist Scriptures”(Fang Ruifen 2012, 385). “Five losses” means to allow the translation to be different from the original in grammar, rhetoric and structure, so as to conform to the language habits of Chinese people. “Three difficulties” requires that translators should be able to strike a balance betwen styles, intelligence, and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main contribution of Dao’an to the translation of Buddhist scriptures is the creation and organization of translation workshop. Before Dao’an, the translation were usually finished by private. He set up a translation workshop, ushering in the period of translation on a large scale. And a State Translation School was founded for this purpose. Besides, he invites some translators from India as well. From then on, translation has become an organized activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Kumarajiva ====&lt;br /&gt;
Another representative translator Kumarajiva, who has enjoyed a high reputation in the long history of the Buddhist sutras translation，was well - renowned and was called as &amp;quot; the first class master of translation&amp;quot; by Liang Qichao. He advocated free translation and getting rid of the shortcomings of transliteration. He is one of the four great translators of ancient China, one of the three great translators of Buddhist scriptures, who translates 39 volumes. He is proficient in both Chinese and Sanskrit languages, and advocates that as long as the translation does not violate the original meaning, there is no need to follow the original form. “Kumarajiva revolutionized Chinese Buddhism, in clarity and overcoming the previous &amp;quot;geyi&amp;quot; (concept-matching) system of translation through use of Daoist and Confucian terms”(Nattier 1992,  186). He argued that “geyi” is the culprit of the deformation of India Buddhism after it was introduced into China. “He completely abandoned interpreting Buddhist concept by using Daoist and Confucian terms, and has worked hard to create Buddhist terms, so that the translation is more faithful to the original” (Ma Zhuyi 1982, 25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering, because he held that Sanskrit and Chinese are two quite different language. “In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers, so that Buddhists can better understand and accept the translated scriptures. He tried to use concise text that conformed to Chinese expression habits, while retaining the exotic taste so that readers could understand and accept easily. Kumarajiva did not stick to the form of the original, and often delete the repetitive content. Therefore, his translation style was distinctive, possessing a flowing smoothness. Another remarkable achievement is his contribution to the translation workshop. After he arrived Chang'an, he began to organize translation workshops. Under his efforts, the number of translators increased greatly, and the division of labor was detailed.The entire translation process includes interpretation, recording, correcting and proofreading. After group discussion, the quality of translation has been greatly improved. In addition, in order to be responsible for the Buddhist scriptures translated, Kumarajiva was the first translator to propose that the translator should signature over his translation in the Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1)From folk and personal translation to official and collective translation. At the beginning, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was a private activity. Generally a foreign monk recited the Buddhist scriptures and brought it to China. Then the translator interpreted the scriptures into Chinese, and another person recorded it. That’s the whole process of the translation of Buddhist scriptures at the early days. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, translation workshop was organized. Famous translators such as Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva both had presided over translation workshop. From then on, individual translation behavior gradually developed into a collective translation activity. During this period, with the support of the government, the number of translators has greatly increased, and the division of labor has become more detailed. Therefore, the quality of translation has also been greatly improved. “In addition, the function of translation workshop is not limited to translate Buddhist scriptures, but also give lectures and hold debates. Many translators who preside over the translation field not only translate, but also give lectures about Buddhism” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)From adopting the source text version of the Northern barbarian tribes in ancient China to that of Sanskrit. Before the Eastern Jin Dynasty, the version of Hun (Chinese northern nomads）are usually taken as the original text by translators. Afterwards, the Sanskrit texts were introduced to the China，translators can take them as the original text. The accuracy of the translation was improved greatly. On the other hand, since there are more Sanskrit texts, they have more options of the type of scripture to be translated. Also the systemic nature of the translation has also increased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Breakthroughs in translation theories and skills. During this period, many famous translators have put forward their opinions on translation theory. Based on his translation practice, Shi Daoan raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva advocated free translation. He is the first one to raise the question of how to express the stylistic and linguistic interest of the original text, which had a great influence on translation history. From the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the end of the Sui Dynasty, there were many famous translators who put forward different translation theories and opinions, which had a greater impact on the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)A tool for class oppression. The rulers from the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the Sui Dynasty took Buddhism as a tool of class oppression. In the South of China, the society is stable, so the noble class of South China was arrogant and lavish, metaphysics was prevailed among them. Therefore Buddhism and metaphysics were combined, and rulers interpret Buddhist theories from the perspective of metaphysics. The translation of Buddhist scriptures was also influenced by this prevailing ethos. However, the Northern Dynasty advocated Confucianism. Due to frequent wars and limited economic development, the rulers of Northern China turned to Buddhism and took Zen as their guide. Therefore Buddhism naturally combined with Confucianism, and Zen became the mainstream of Buddhism in the Northern Dynasty. The translation of Zen classics meets the needs of the ruling class and Buddhists in the Northern Dynasty. “Buddhism, as a tool for the government to consolidate their reign, has been stained with a strong political color”(Wang Yan 2012, 158).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tang Dynasty ===&lt;br /&gt;
The third historical period is the Tang Dynasty. During this period, Buddhism developed vigorously.  In order to consolidate their regime, the emperor of Tang Dynasty also valued Buddhism very much, to domesticate his people together with the help of Chinese traditional ritual. Therefore the ruling class attached great importance to the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. And the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang tried many translation methods and developed his epoch-marking criterion that “translation ‘must be truthful and intelligible to the populace’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18). In a sense, Xuan Zang, with such a formula, was trying to have the best of two worlds—literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Xuang Zang ====&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664), a famous monk in the Tang Dynasty, is commonly known as the &amp;quot; Sanzang Rabbi.&amp;quot; On the third year of Zhenguan of Tang Emperor Taizong, he left for Dunhuang from Chang'an, and then arrived in India. He returned to Chang'an in the nineteenth year, and traveled for seventeen years. Through hard work, he brought back more than 650 Sanskrit verses, the number and variety are both unprecedented. He presided over the translation work of seventy-five parts, 1,335 volumes, accounting for more than half of the total number of new Buddhist scriptures in the Tang Dynasty. “Therefore, he was called by the Indian scholar Bai Letian as ‘No.1 translator in the history of translation’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating the scriptures, Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”: First, with secret. The words with mystery are not translated, as there are many spells in the Buddhist scriptures. For example, if the &amp;quot;Doroni&amp;quot; is translated, it will lose its special meaning, so it will lose its magic. Second, with multiple meaning. The ambiguous Sanskrit will not be translated. For example, the word &amp;quot;bhaga&amp;quot; has six meanings( comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed), so the original text is reserved for transliteration. Third, with no counterpart in China. the concept of things which are not found in the original culture of translation will not be translated. For example, the &amp;quot;jumbu tree&amp;quot; in Buddhism is a tree unique to India, which does not grow in China, therefore using transliteration. Fourth, with the ancients. the customary words should follow the habit of transliteration. If the ancients have translated some Buddhist special words, such as &amp;quot;Aunt Bodhi&amp;quot;, although they can be translated, cause confusion. It is best to use the ancient translation rather than a new translation. Fifth, with Good fortune. “The word in the original Sanskrit language can also be found in Chinese with a similar meaning, but they are not strictly same as having many differences in connotation. Such word can not be translated”( He Zizhang 2008, 66). Such as &amp;quot;prajna&amp;quot; respect, &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot; is light and shallow. “The word &amp;quot;Untranslatable&amp;quot; here does not mean not translating, but rather &amp;quot;not intended to translate&amp;quot;, using transliteration”( Jian Xue 2018, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translators are mainly domestic monks. With the strong support of the rulers of Tang Dynasty, the Chinese translators had the opportunity to go to India and other countries to learn Sanskrit and Buddhism. Through long-term study, these translators were not only proficient in Sanskrit but also has a deep understanding of Buddhism. “Besides, in order to meet the needs of translation, Yijing wrote the Sanskrit textbook which means that translators have been able to learn Sanskrit in China” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14). The number of Chinese monks who are proficient in Sanskrit has gradually increased, and the translation work does not need to turn to foreign monks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Fewer excerpts translation yet more complete translations. Due to the attention and support of the rulers, the translators have the access to the pilgrimage to India to find out more about Buddhist scripture. Besides, the improvement of the quality of translators and the perfection of the system of translation workshop also make such large translation programs possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Further improvement of the translation workshop system. Compared with the translation workshop of the previous stage, that of Tang Dynasty is more all-sided in organization. “According to records, The translation workshop of the Tang Dynasty has as many as 11 departments”( Xiu Wenqiao 2008, 32). Each part was under the charge of different people. The monks worked in the translation workshop are all knowledgeable and skilled in translation, and many of them are rabbis appointed by the court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) The peak of Buddhist scripture translation in Chinese history. Many outstanding translators emerged during this period, such as Xuanzang, Yijing and Bukong etc. The four major translators in the Chinese translation history of Buddhist scripture are Kumarajiva, Zhenti, Xuanzang, and Bukong. Two of them are from the Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5) The translation scripts are more faithful to original texts. Because Xuanzang and other translators traveled long distances to search for the Buddhist scriptures, they brought back many Sanskrit classics, which created better conditions for the monks to learn Sanskrit and the original Buddhist scriptures. Therefore they trained a large number of excellent translators, and greatly improved the quality of the translation. Xuan Zang advocated that that translation should be faithful to the original style. He believes that if the original language is elegant and the translation should also be elegant , but if the original style is simple, the translation should be the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Influence of the Translation of Buddhist Scriptures  ===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been developed in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese language and civilization. At the aspect of language, it has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese is mainly manifested in phonology. The “Buddhist scriptures were originally written in Sanskrit and Central Asian languages, both of which belong to phonetic alphabet , while Chinese characters developed from hieroglyphs, and there was no such thing as alphabet at first”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). After Buddhism was introduced to China, some people began to use Sanskrit to assist in learning Chinese pronunciation. The principles and methods of Sanskrit phoneticization promote the development of Chinese phonology. Therefore, Buddhism can be said to have laid the foundation for the formation of Chinese pinyin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, the original Chinese vocabulary could not meet the needs of translation, therefore new Chinese words were created through transliteration and free translation”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). In the history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, Zhi Chen advocated transliteration, and Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”, which state five cases to use transliteration. Therefore the loanwords from Buddhism came into China, which greatly enriched Chinese vocabulary. “Through careful analysis, linguists have made a conclusion that about 35,000 words in Chinese come from Buddhist scripture”(Du Aixian 2000, 49). Some are directly related to Buddhism, such as “Buddha”, “monk”, “ Dharma&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Sutra” etc; some are words that we don’t realize, such as &amp;quot;memory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;causality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;emptiness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; and so on. In addition, many four-character idioms remaining in modern Chinese have the color of Buddhism, and a large number of four-character idioms appeared after the Wei and Jin Dynasty. Such as “drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha”(放下屠刀, 立地成佛), “While the priest climbs a post, the devil climbs ten” (道高一尺, 魔高一丈 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been considered the main element which led to the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words, and also made the patterns of word-formation more perfect. “According to the research, words in ancient times are mainly monosyllable, and the process of disyllabic Chinese was very slow before the Wei and Jin Dynasties, but since the translation of Buddhist scriptures became popular at that time, the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words greatly accelerated”(Sun Yan 2015, 120). Therefore, the translation of Buddhist scriptures are supposed to  be the main motive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey the thoughts of Buddhist scriptures more clearly, many terms need to be translated into colloquial language, which is difficult to express by the original Chinese monosyllabic words. The oralized trends of the translation of the Buddhist scriptures have imposed great impacts on various kinds of colloquial literature styles, and also highly related to the terasyllabic words in the colloquial novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures has gone through three different historical periods. And different social conditions have also resulted in different strategies of sutra translation. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, when Buddhism was first introduced to China, Taoism was dominant in the Chinese society and the translator was not proficient in both Sanskrit and Chinese. Therefore, literal translation, and transliteration were mainly employed during this period. During  Wei and Jin Dynasties, Buddhism developed to a certain extent. Most translators were proficient in Sanskrit and Chinese, which made free translation possible. And in order to spread Buddhism, Buddhists adopt free translation strategies to make Buddhist scriptures more acceptable. During the Sui and Tang dynasties, in order to consolidate their own regime, government strongly supported the translation of Buddhist scriptures. Literal translation and free translation were in harmony during this period, thus the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been exerted great influences on Chinese language. It has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By reviewing the development process of Buddhist scripture translation, and summarizing the characteristics of each stage, we can have a clear understanding of Buddhism translation from a macro perspective. Through learning the main achievements and growth experience of important translators, we can learn more translation strategies and do better in our own translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures occupies an important position in the history of Chinese translation and has had a significant impact on Chinese language and culture. Therefore, it is necessary for us to go back to the source, review the development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures, learn the main achievements of important translators, and further study the representative theory of Buddhist scripture translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nattier, Jan. (1992).The Heart Sutra: A Chinese Apocryphal Text?. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies (2) 153-223&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Yue孟悦. (2017). 中国佛经翻译发展史综述[A Summary of the History of Chinese Sutra Translation].外语教育与翻译发展创新研究 Innovative Research on Foreign Language Education and Translation Development 305-308&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Shanshan孙珊珊. (2014).从翻译批评的多重视角看佛经翻译的文质观[On the Wenzhi of Sutra Translation from the Multiple Perspectives of Translation Criticism].青年作家Young Writers (16)173-174.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Yang方阳. (2013). 东汉至唐代的佛经翻译研究[A Study of the Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from Eastern Han Dynasty to Tang Dynasty]. 河北大学 Hebei University &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Chaobiao杨超标. (2012). 论安世高的译学思想和翻译方法[Exploration on Ashigao’s Translation Thought and Translation Ways].温州大学学报Journal of Wenzhou University (05) 78-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuwei张雨薇. (2019). 汉唐时期佛经汉译及其特点[The Chinese Translation of Buddhist Sutras and their Featuresduring Han to Tang Dynasties].中州学刊 Academic Journal of Zhongzhou (02)114-118.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Hui熊辉. (2013). 古代中西方宗教典籍翻译策略的相似性分析[On the Similarity of Translation Strategies to Ancient Chinese and Western Religious Scripture].西华大学学报Journal of Xihua University (01) 67-70. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi. 马祖毅. (1998). 中国翻译简史[A Brief Introduction to the History of Translation in China].中国对外翻译出版公司 China Foreign Translation Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Dongping, Fang Ruifen. 汪东萍,方瑞芬. (2012). 释道安“五失本、三不易”翻译思想评析[Comment on Shi Daoan's Translation Thought of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;].安徽师范大学学报Journal of Anhui Normal University(03) 385-390.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WangYan.王焱. (2012). 中国古代佛经翻译的政治化[The Politicalization of the Ancient Chinese Sutra Translation].学术交流 Academic Exchange (05)156-159.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1982). 佛经翻译家鸠摩罗什[Buddhist Translator Kumarajiva].中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (03) 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1980).伟大的佛经翻译家玄奘[The Great Buddhist Translator Xuan Zang].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (02) 18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Zizhang.何子章. (2008). 玄奘“五不翻”原则的现实意义[On Practicability of “The Transliteration in the Five Cases” Suggested by Xuan Zang].襄樊学院学报Journal of Xiangfan University(10) 65-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiu Wenqiao修文乔. (2008). 论权力对翻译的影响—从意识形态角度解读唐朝佛经翻译[Analysis of the Impact of Power on Translation—Interpreting Sutra Translation in Tang Dynasty from the Ideological Point of View].广东外语外贸大学学报Journal of Guangdong University of Foreign Studies(01) 30-34+43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Lixiang.侯丽香. (2016) 从文化传播的视角看佛经翻译对中国语言文化的影响[The Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese Language and Culture from the Perspective of Cultural Transmission].英语广场English Square (03)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Du Aixian.杜爱贤. (2000). 谈谈佛经翻译对汉语的影响[On the Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese].世界宗教文化The World Religious Cultures (02) 48-49.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and Liu Miqing’s ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' are two books concerning translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. This paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpts about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. Then, the author will present other scholars' appraisals of this book. The second part will briefly introduce Liu Miqing's ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'',then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Finally, it will display some scholars' evaluation of the book. In the third part, the paper will make a comparison of these two books to deepen readers' understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', “cultural turn”, John Dryden, translation principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《翻译，历史与文化论集》与《中西翻译思想对比研究》的比较分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，体现勒菲弗尔“文化转向”的观点，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨，然后对本书进行简要的评价。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述，针对第二章和第三章的内容，对中西方翻译传统的特点进行对比。然后收集相关学者对此书的评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔,《翻译，历史和文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》，文化转向，约翰·德莱登，翻译原则&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper is intended to focus on the analysis of important translation principles and make a comparison of these two books in content and form. This paper will be divided into three parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part one, after a brief introduction of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', it will concentrate on John Dryden’s three types of translation: metaphrase, parap，hrase and imitation, and briefly appraise it. Then it will extend Dryden’s views on translator’s position. That Dryden compares a translator to a slave exactly reflects the dominant thought about translator in the classical period. Some scholars study the thought of comparing a translator with a slave and discover that besides the representative of literal circles like Dryden, it also prevailed among modern linguistics and the school of translation studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014). Then, the author is about to explain why “comparing a translator to a slave” predominates in the history of western translation to support Lefevere’s “cultural turn”. Finally, the author will present other scholars' evaluation of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part two, the author will give an introduction to the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' in three sections due to the stout volume of this book. Then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Through these chapters, we can comprehend Liu Miqing’s purpose to publish this book. Also, we can find the uniqueness of Chinese translation theories, thus appealing to Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. Liu Miqing pointed out that the analysis of the characteristics of Chinese translation theory is by no means to boast or to do publication but to do a self-examination. He hoped that through a full analysis of the “being-in-itself” Chinese theories, we could find out the weak points that hinder them in their way to “being-for-itself”. (Liu Miqing 2005. 72). Finally, the author will show some scholars’ appraisals of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part three, it intends to give a brief comparison of these two books in contents and forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, this paper is written in hope that the readers can understand these two books better and provoke their thought about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. &amp;quot;Lefevere's later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the 'cultural turn'.&amp;quot;(Munday 2016,199). As such, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' serves as good proof of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation proposed by Translation Studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general editor's preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as &amp;quot;a rewriting of an original text&amp;quot;. Here, they explained that &amp;quot;rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.&amp;quot; (Lefevre 2003, xi). According to these concepts, Lefevere aims to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs a deep exploration for cultural studies. (Lefevre 2003, xiii). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such an idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in the 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby, meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation studies. (Lefevere and Bassnett 1990, 1-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett's thoughts of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook, with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. (Lefevre 2003, xiv)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. Through reading the scholar's letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read translators' inferiority in Dryden's words and admire Cicero's courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that &amp;quot;I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek&amp;quot;. (Lefevere 2003, 47). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will analyze John Dryden's three types of translation and his comparison of &amp;quot;author and translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;master and slave&amp;quot; through the excerpts collected in Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook. (Lefevere 2003, 24;102-105).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation deals with authority and power. A translator rewrites or manipulates the original text in service of power. (Lefevere 2003,2). The role a translator plays in translation depends on the power he is submissive to. In this part, the author analyzes Dryden’s comparison of &amp;quot;author and translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;master and slave&amp;quot; in hope for an exploration of the reasons of the translator’s inferiority in translation. It is believed that ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' is written to stress the function of translation as a shaping force.(Lefevere 2003, xii). Therefore, the discussion of Dryden's views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracted two statements by Dryden and relatively placed them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden's translation of Ovid's Epistles published in 1680. (Lefevere 2003, 102).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface, Dryden proposed three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden's vivid simile, translating the poem in such a way is like &amp;quot;dancing on ropes with fettered legs&amp;quot;. The dancer needs to be cautious of falling, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. (Lefevere 2003, 103).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation &amp;quot;to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age and in our country&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 103). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the translator needn't care about the author's elaborative use of words or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author's style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author's work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator's talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. (Lefevere 2003, 103).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. &amp;quot;tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that &amp;quot;he may stretch his chain to such a latitude&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translation, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Chapter Two, in &amp;quot;Dedication&amp;quot; to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argued that &amp;quot;We are bound to our author's sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. &amp;quot;But slaves we are, and labor in another man's plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner's; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.&amp;quot; (Lefevere 2003, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's words reflect the translator's inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scholar concludes that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the &amp;quot;classical writers&amp;quot; of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author's overriding authority was beyond questions. (Niu Yunping, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the value of this book, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook is characterized by its abundant contents, which combines translation with history and cultural turn, thus providing referential materials for translation studies. With reference to Lefevere, many texts collected in this book were published in English for the first time, which served as an important supplement to the system of thinking on literary translation. (Lefevere 2003, xiii).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to analyze the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing explains that &amp;quot;Sixiang&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;thought&amp;quot; in Chinese) refers to &amp;quot;principle&amp;quot; in the West in this book. (Liu Miqing 2005, 2). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the FAQ passage, the author explained why he wrote this book. &amp;quot;I believe Chinese need to treat translation from the perspective of cultural strategy as our precedents did. This is the most basic and most important Chinese characteristics.&amp;quot;(Liu Miqing 2005, i). It is to appeal to the Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, it follows the analysis of this book. This book might be divided into three parts: part one, consisting of chapter one to six, discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Part two, consisting of chapter seven to nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. In part three, Liu illustrates the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies in chapter ten and eleven. And he respectively analyses  Benjamin’s view on translation, the originality of translation, and translation is the transcendence of the original text in chapter twelve, thirteen, and fourteen. (Wang Jianguo, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(from chapter one to six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. With reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first phase was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second phase was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third phase is from the 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principal strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, 33). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation: The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators' awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. (Liu Miqing 2005, 43).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in the new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. (Liu Miqing 2005, 38-39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 150).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of the meaning of Chinese translation studies and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005,179). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight, and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is &amp;quot;technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. (Liu Miqing 2005, 292-293).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third part of this book expounds on the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of &amp;quot;translation and language game&amp;quot;, Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game is the basic idea of the translation functionalism”. (Liu Miqing 2005, 402).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will analyze and compare the tradition of Chinese and western translation. Regarding Liu Miqing, Chinese translation still needs to regard culture as its strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, i). This is the first and foremost characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation. Since translation emerged in China, it has a close relation with culture, as evidenced by the translation of Buddhism. Such is the most distinctive feature between the tradition of Chinese and Western translation. (Liu Miqing 2005,44).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation originated from religious translation, the translation of Buddhism. In 58 AD, during Emperor Ming's reign, Buddhism began to spread into China and symbolized the power and ideology of the nation, which involved in politics. Compared with Confucianism, Buddhism not only contains the ethics and social norms but also consists of a set of canons that reflects the integration of religion and politics in foreign countries. (Liu Miqing 2005,44). For instance, during the period of Sectarian Buddhism, in ''Pinimujing'', the religious disciplines compiled by Theravada Sect stipulates that the Buddhist doctrines must be submissive to the law. (Fang Litian, 1987).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, Buddhism was integrated with Chinese politics when it spread into China, which is exemplified in three aspects. Firstly, Buddhism justified the divinity of the feudal monarchy. Secondly, some eminent monks were invited to give counsel to the sovereign directly. For example, emperor Xiaowudi in the Song dynasty designated the monk Huilin to engage in the court. And later Huilin was called Prime Minister in Black, which generally refers to the remarkable monks who also engage in the court. Thirdly, the disciples of Buddhism, including &amp;quot;all is vanity&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;being detached from worldly affairs&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;obedience&amp;quot; actually numbed the people to serve the sovereign, which was conducive to the feudal monarchy. (Fang Litian, 1987). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 19th century, the tradition of Chinese translation began to feature as the awareness of national hardship. Today, we are still touched by Yan Fu, Ma Jianzhong, Lin Shu, and other patriotic translators while learning their translation theories that were imprinted in their mission to save China from its plight. In the middle of the 20th century, the tradition of Chinese translation features from the awareness of national hardship to national rejuvenation. (Liu Miqing 2005, 46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the flourishing of translation is by no means our Chinese's responsibility. Compared to Chinese translation's cultural strategy, the western translation boasts of its integrated translation, from the early translation of ancient Greek into Roman to the heyday in the 11th century. This not only promoted contact among different languages in Europe but cleared the way to economic growth as well. Meanwhile, integrated translation paved the way for European integration. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation is &amp;quot;regulation to perfection&amp;quot;. After the disputes between literal translation and free translation in China, the method of translation finally consolidated to regulation to perfection in Xuanzang's translation theory. The following translators have carried on the thought, such as Yan Fu's Xingdaya, Fu Lei's Shensi theory and Qian Zhongshu's Huajing theory. Their translation principles are the regulation of literal translation and free translation, the content and the form, and the end and the effect. (Liu Miqing 2005, 50-51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Western translation also stresses meaning, but it pays more attention to the transformation of morphologic languages due to the identity of etymology, morphology, bilingual syntactic structure, the origin of literary and culture in Western languages. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101). Moreover, Western translation principles give priority to &amp;quot;Communicative Translation&amp;quot;, which is implicit in Chinese translation principles. (Liu Miqing 2005,104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third characteristic is &amp;quot;the focus on meaning as well as aesthesis&amp;quot;. Chinese translation balances meaning and aesthesis in binary opposition or tries to express the spirit and the feeling-tone of the original text on the basis of expressing meaning. Lin Yutang proposed that the spirit of the text is compacted in one word. (Liu Miqing 2005, 52).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei pointed out that the word &amp;quot;Nao&amp;quot; in the verse &amp;quot;Hong Xing Zhi Tou Chun Yi Nao&amp;quot; conveys the Jingjie of the whole poem. (Wang Guowei 2017,15). Therefore, if one attempts to translate the poem, he needs to have aesthetic appreciation. Liu Miqing explains that Chinese is a language of sensibility. It expresses beauty through icons and images. That is why the tradition of Chinese translation concentrates on aesthesis. As such, we can see the strong intercourse between Chinese translation and philosophy and aesthetics, however, Western translation has been connected with linguistics, linguistic philosophic study, and hermeneutic studies. (Liu Miqing 2005,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars expressed their views on ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. Wang Jianguo claimed that the book was an excellent masterpiece. In this book, Liu compared Chinese and Western translation thoughts from the source. Both Liu's statements and arguments were astonishing. Liu used comparative methods to explore the source of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies, thus provoking scholars of Chinese translation studies to think about the value of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies. Besides, the book served as an example of innovation in translation studies. (Wang Jianguo, 2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei and Li Defeng shed light on the topic &amp;quot;translation theories with Chinese characteristics&amp;quot; and argued that Liu Miqing's A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles provided a methodology to explore the source of driving force for the construction of Chinese translation study. (Lu Wei, 2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 From the aspect of the content===&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books discuss translation principles from the perspective of culture. They differ in their focus and approach. Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook concentrates on Western translation principles before contemporary translation studies. While A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles analyses Chinese as well as Western translation principles from their origins to this era. As to the approach, Lefevere analyzes translation principles through varied themes, while Liu Miqing makes a comparison of Chinese and Western translation principles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, they boast their distinctive writing style. In Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, Lefevere almost leaves no personal remarks or views on these excepts apart from his justification of his classification in the introduction and the beginning of each chapter, thus making this book objective. Also, Liu extracted other translators’ essays, but he illustrates them in a detailed way, and even comments on a certain word, for example, he discusses the “latitude” proposed by John Dryden and questions “in which aspect can translators be given the latitude? How much could they get the latitude?” and so on. (Liu Miqing 2005, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 From the aspect of the arrangement===&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books are arranged in theme, rather than in a chronological way. Lefevere illustrates his classification of this book clearly and extracts abundant statements to rich his idea. He first divides the excerpts on size, and classifies the shorter into seven chapters about the constraints imposed on translation, the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and the technique of translating. The longer essays are collected in the last chapter. Liu arranges his book differently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the ample scope of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', including the characteristics, origins, schools and limitations of Chinese and western translation, Liu not only quotes other’s statement, he applies many tables to demonstrate his thoughts, which helps the readers better understand translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the paper is intended to help readers to understand these two books in depth. After a brief introduction of these two books, it analyzes John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of translator to slave and figures out the reason for the prevailing statement. Therefore, it helps the readers to grasp the core of this book. Meanwhile, this paper made a short comparison of the characteristics of Chinese and Western translation in the hope of mutual learning. Also, it concludes the values of these two books. In the end, this paper hopes to provoke readers to think about the cultural influence on translation. Therefore, if one dreams to be a qualified translator, he needs to not only master translation skills and learns translation theories, he should but also immerse himself in the culture behind the source and target languages. As such, he can convey the feeling tone or the essence of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere. (2003). ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. Taylor &amp;amp; Francis e-library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere &amp;amp; Susan Bassnett. (1990). ''Translation, History and Culture''. London &amp;amp;New York: Pinter Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chou Huifang仇芳慧. (2019). 从德莱顿“翻译三分法”谈诗译者的素质 [On Poetry Translators’ Qualification from the Perspective of Dryden’s Three Types of Translation].''北方文学'' Northern Literature (24):254-255.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Litian方立天.(1987).佛教与中国政治 [Buddhism and Chinese Politics].''社会科学战线'' Social Science Front (02):113-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeremy Munday. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies'', Theories and Applications, Routledge, Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2005). ''中西翻译思想对比研究''. [A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei, Li Defeng鲁伟,李德凤.(2010).中国特色的翻译学:误区还是必然?——兼评《中西翻译思想比较研究》[Translation Studies with Chinese Characteristics: A Misunderstanding or Inevitability? ——A Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal 23(02):11-14+29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niu Yunping, Yang XiuMing牛云平,杨秀敏.(2014). 西方译论中的作者—译者主仆. [Relationship of Author and Translator as Master and Servant in Western Translation Histories].''河北师范大学学报(哲学社会科学版)'' Journal of Hebei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) 37(05):92-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jianguo王建国.(2006). 简评《中西翻译思想比较研究》——兼谈译学学术创新 [A Short Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles——On the Academic Innovation of Translation Studies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal 27(03):36-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei 王国维.(2017). ''人间词话''[Notes on Ci Poems in the World]. Beijing: The Chinese Overseas Publishing House 中国华侨出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan Bassnett. (2004). ''Translation studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui     202070080622    英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
===Introuction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.(Gentzler, Edwin.1993.)&lt;br /&gt;
===The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation.（陈福康.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.（陈福康.2015.）（quotation missing）--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 14:10, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history.（陈福康.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century.（陈福康.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today.（陈福康.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country.（陈福康.2015.） （paragraph too long）--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 14:10, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation.（陈福康.2015.） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.（陈福康.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics.（陈福康.2015.） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.（陈福康.2015.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.(Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. ) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. (Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.(Wang Dongfeng. 2014（4）:7-8. )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.(Nida, E. A.1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.(Bassnett. 1980.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.(曹瑞明. 2006（1）：45-47.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Analysis of Theoretical Research Status===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place(Wang Dongfeng,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trends in Translation Theory Research===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.（苏粤. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.（苏粤. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the theory and practice of ancient translation theory to the update and development of contemporary translation theory, scholars have continued and developed China's unique translation theory according to the requirements of the times and the basis of practice. The development of the country in the new era puts forward higher demands on translation,the cultivation of translation talents and discipline construction. In short, the development of translation discipline in the new era should emphasize disciplinary functions, expand theoretical resources, innovate ontological concepts, and strengthen school consciousness, so as to make new contributions to the knowledge innovation of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. （Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.（Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So differen society can give birth to different cultures.What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea” ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“.（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen 2001,19)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Comparisons of Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, foreignization is in the dominant position,while domestication acts like a supplementary in this case, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.Based on the food culture above,domestication and foreignization have been use in different ways.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed BunThere are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. （Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu 2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶 qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 （Zhao Lijian's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. （Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to&amp;quot;稻草、吸管&amp;quot;，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, and while doing translation we should choose the proper methods according to our purpose and the characteristic of the culture ,all of which can lead to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' References '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020).十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geng Shuang.耿爽.(2020.2.21).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1747973.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Lijian.赵立坚(2020.2.25).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1749280.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hua Chunying.华春莹(2020.11.30).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1836636.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui 202020080608==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;孔祥慧 Kong Xianghui &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology;Linguistic;Discipline Construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. （Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.（O Aiping，2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation'' published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book ''Toward the Science of Translating'', which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies'' at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published ''the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods'', clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book ''Exploration of Translation'' (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is ''Discourse and the Translator'' (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published ''Translation and Conflict'': A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article ''On the Construction of Translation Theory''. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published ''On Approaches to Translation Studies''. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis ''An Overview of Western Translation Theory'' (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published ''Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies'', in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is ''Chinese Translation Studies'', including ''The History of Translation in China''. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published ''Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies'' (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis ''On The Construction of Translation Studies'' (2009), which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis ''On The Construction of Translation Studies'' in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In ''A Study on Linguistic Translation'' (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in ''Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics'' proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in ''Corpus and Translation Studies'' (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.(Tan Zaixi 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; (Wikipedia) Liu Zhongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.（Liu Zhongde，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.（Yi Jing,2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.（Wang Qinghua，2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.(Tan Zaixi 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.（Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.（Yang Zijian 1987）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.(Lvjun，2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .(Yi Jing,2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.（Zou Bin,Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.（Wang Yin,2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.(Liao Qiyi， 2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Discipline structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.（Yi Jing，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J.A.(1965). ''Linguistic Theory of Translation'' . Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S.(1975). The Name and Nature of Transition Studies . ''Holland Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jixing LONG. (2019). Translation Studies From Multiple Perspectives. ''Studies in Literature and Language.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker Mona.（2006). Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account . London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ding Xinshan. 丁信善. (1998). 语料库语言学的发展及研究现状. [The Development and Research Status of Corpus Linguistics]. ''当代语言学''[Modern Linguistic] 3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Xiangtao,Lu Bixiao. (2019). 范祥涛,陆碧霄.认知翻译研究的观念和方法. [Concepts and Methods of Cognitive Translation Studies]. ''外语教学''[Foreign Language Education] 8-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen. 黄国文. (2006). 关于翻译研究语言学探索的几个问题. [Questions about the Linguistic Exploration of Translation Studies]. ''外语艺术教育研究''[Educational Research on Foreign Languages &amp;amp; Arts] 35-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Xiangli. 孔祥立. (2009). 中国翻译学学科建设论. [On the subject construction of Chinese Translation Studies]. 上海外国语大学[Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yan, Feng Huali. 李艳,冯华丽.(2020) 国内基于语料库的翻译研究二十年综述(1999—2018). [A review of 20 Years of Corpus-based Translation Studies in China(1999—2018)]. ''成都理工大学学报(社会科学版)'' [Journal of Chengdu University of Technology(Social Science) ]105-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1989). 西方翻译理论概评. [An Overview of Western Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 2-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde. 刘重德. (1998). 关于建立翻译学的一些看法. [Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies]. ''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)'' [Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)] 27-31+60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun. 吕俊. (2004). 建构翻译学的语言学基础. [The Linguistic Basis of Translation studies]. ''外语学刊''[Foreign Language Research] 96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2000). 语料库与翻译研究[Corpus and Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 380-384.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O Aiping. 欧爱萍.(2012). 浅谈语言学对翻译学科的影响. [A Brief Discussion on the influence of Linguistics on translation]. ''中外企业家''[Chinese and Foreign Entrepreneurs] 179-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜,Eugene A.Nida. (1987). 论翻译学的途径. [Approaches to Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 24-30+79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2005). 认知语言学的翻译观. [Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 15-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2017). 基于认知语言学的翻译过程新观. [Translation Process View Based on Cognitive Linguistics]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-10+17+129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qinghua,Zhang Chunbai. 汪庆华,张春柏. (2017). 翻译学的先驱:董秋斯翻译学思想探析. [A Pioneer of translation Studies: An Analysis of Dong Qiusi's Translation Studies]. ''上海翻译''[Shanghai Journal of Translators]67-72+95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing, Xie Chu. 易经,谢楚. (2012). 翻译学从属于语言学吗?——析语言学派的翻译学定位. [Does Translation Belong to Linguistics? -- An Analysis of the Translation Orientation of Linguistic Schools]. ''湖南人文科技学院学报''[Journal of Hunan Institute of Humanities，Science and Technology] 74-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing. 易经. (2009). 试论翻译学体系的构建. [On The Construction of Translation Studies ].湖南师范大学[Hunan Normal University ].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1987). 谈谈语言科学的发展. [A Discussion of the Development of Language Science].''山东外语教学''[Shandong Foreign Language Teaching] 10-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1993). 我国近十年来的翻译理论研究. [Research on Translation Theories in Recent Ten Years in China].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Bairan. 张柏然. (2008). 试析翻译的语言学研究 [A Study on Linguistic Translation]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ]58-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang, Huang Guowen. 张美芳,黄国文. (2002). 语篇语言学与翻译研究. [Discourse linguistics and Translation studies].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Bin, Mu Lei. 邹兵,穆雷. (2020). 语言学对翻译学的方法论贡献——特征、问题与前景. [The Methodological Contribution of Linguistics to Translation Studies: Features, Problems and Prospects]. ''中国外语''[Foreign Languages in China] 77-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China-许晶Xu Jing,202020080658==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of reform and opening-up, foreign trade and international exchanges have become more and more frequent, there is an increasing demand for translation talents, and the team engaged in translation studies has become more and more powerful. The development of Translation Studies as a discipline is getting better and better. By reviewing the development of the Translation Studies in China, as well as reading and refining of translation literature in recent years, this article analyzes the current problems of the learning of Translation Studies and puts forward relevant suggestions from the perspective of translation education and the perspective of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies, translation education, translation talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对中国翻译学学习的反思&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国改革与开放政策的不断推进，对外贸易和国际之间的交往变得越来越频繁，对于翻译人才的需求越来越多，从事翻译研究的队伍也越来越壮阔，翻译学的学科发展也越来越好。本文通过回顾翻译学科在中国的发展历程，以及对近年翻译学文献的阅读和提炼，从翻译教育视角和学生视角出发，分析学习翻译学科目前存在的问题，并提出相关的建议。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学，翻译教育，翻译人才&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1. Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1. The Connotation of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies used to refer to the researches of translation. It was not until the 20th century that translation studies became a formal academic discipline. The landmark paper published by James S Holmes in 1972, titled &amp;quot;''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''&amp;quot;, is a basic statement of translation studies: it calls for the establishment of a unique discipline with its own classification system.(James S Holmes 1972) Basically, at present, Translation Studies is a research field that studies the theory, description and application of translation. Because it treats translation not only as a transfer between languages, but also as an exchange between cultures, it can also be described as an interdisciplinary involving other fields of knowledge, including comparative literature, cultural studies, gender studies, computer science, history, linguistics, philosophy, rhetoric and semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Now Translation Studies as an academic discipline, it requires a systematic study of translation, which is not only an applied practice, but also a means to understand the movement and transfer between multiple languages and cultures. Translation Studies involves the translator's practical experience; it also explores the history and philosophy of translation and current trends in the field from the perspective of theory and methodology. Translation Studies can examine the practice and background of translating professional texts (law, business, medicine, etc.); it may also explore the art of translation as a creative act in literary translation and international marketing. Translation studies can also explore how issues such as culture, power, gender, and moral media affect translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning these contents enables students to apply their theoretical understanding to the methods, techniques and choices used in daily translation practice. In addition, Translation Studies usually include the analysis of key texts to enable students to develop an awareness of understanding and interpretation issues. It also involves the development of analysis, practice, evaluation, aesthetics and descriptive skills needed to solve translation problems. Finally, it includes the development of research skills, practical translation skills, and the ability to develop strategies for managing complex language and cultural transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2. The Significance of Translation Study&lt;br /&gt;
With the introduction of university schools and courses, related conferences, translation journals and other translation-related publications, the discipline of translation studies has also been developed. At the same time, as today's multicultural and multilingual society requires effective, efficient and understanding communication between languages and cultures, translation skills have become more and more important and desirable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a science, Translation Studies has always had its own laws that cannot be ignored, and its systematic theories are different from other disciplines. The so-called translation theory is a thorough and systematic description of these laws, which make the skills and techniques that can only be understood in mind in translation into a knowable object and a theoretical system. Translation theory can provide translators with a series of macro descriptions of the objective laws of translation, as well as in-depth analysis of the internal relations and mechanisms of these laws. By learning translation theory, translators can understand the essence of translation behaviors and the fundamental standards of translation better. At the same time, knowing the laws of translation science and translation art, translators who are with the guidance of translation theory and scientific argumentation and methodology will selectively implement the reference means provided by translation theory in practice, and work effectively; When dealing with the difficulties of translation, translator can use a variety of methods. In this way, the translation process can be both scientific and flexible, and the translator can consciously exert their initiative, so that the translation practice becomes a high-level language communication. This is also the necessity for translators to learn Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. The Development Process of Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation activities has appeared in China very early, but translation as a discipline appeared relatively late. With the advancement of the People's Republic of China and the promotion of foreign exchanges, China's translation industry has flourished since the establishment of the People's Republic of China. After reading a large number of documents and reviewing the ups and downs of the translation discipline and the translation major in the past 71 years, the author has made a comprehensive analysis and believes that the development process of Translation Studies in China can be divided into the following three stages: the exploration period of Translation Studies, the development period of Translation Studies, the flourishing period of Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1. The Exploration Period of Translation Studies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the Translation Studies, the famous translator Dong Qiusi in 1950 pointed out that “although there are thousands of hundreds of years of translation experience, there are also 10,000 people engaged in translation, but those who study translation theory, Almost no. What we have are some translation regulations and fragments of experience for temporary reference.&amp;quot; He clearly called for the establishment of &amp;quot;a complete translation theory system&amp;quot; (Dong Qiusi 1950 ). It is a pity that Dong Qiusi's appeal did not attract much attention. The translation industry in China is still satisfied with the translator’s experiences, and even mistakes their experiences as theory. In the early days of New China, due to the needs of national construction and foreign exchanges, translation activities were initially highly valued and supported by the party and governments at all levels. Translations of various translation groups, journals, papers, conferences and political documents appeared in history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, affected by political factors at home and abroad, the development of translation disciplines has almost stagnated, the number of translations has been greatly reduced, and the types of works have become increasingly single. During this period, the people engaged in translation discipline construction were front-line foreign affairs translators and literary translators. They were mainly responsible for political and literary translation practice, and of course translation criticism, translation publishing, translation management, etc. At that time, because a large number of people who understand foreign languages were needed for national construction, language learning was the main task of academic industry, and translation teaching was regarded as a means to strengthen foreign language ability. Later, with the advancement of reform and opening up, a group of teachers and students who were concerned about translation teaching in the foreign language community joined the group of developing Translation Studies. The number of publications on scientific translation, teaching studies, textbook research, and introduction to Western translation theories has gradually increased. But Translation Studies at this stage is still attached to the third level research direction under foreign language and literature, but the distinction between translation teaching and language teaching has gradually become clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2. The Development Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of this period, it was explored whether the Translation Studies can become an independent discipline, whether there is a difference between the training of translation professionals and the training of traditional foreign language talents, and what are the differences. At this stage, some masters and doctors in translation studies joined the construction team translation discipline. Researchers' disciplinary awareness and interdisciplinary awareness have increased, methodological awareness has sprouted, and the number of micro-level translation teaching research has increased. In the teaching of translation majors, more attention has been paid to theoretical explanations, textual comparisons between English and Chinese, and extra-linguistic factors in translation activities. In 2003 and 2005, Shanghai International Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established Graduate Institute of Interpretation and Translation desperately. The first degree in Translation Studies was established by the Ministry of Education in Shanghai in 2004, which can be regarded as a sign that Translation Studies have been recognized by the system as a secondary discipline. To this end, a group of special articles in the third issue of &amp;quot;''China Translator''&amp;quot; in 2004 come to congratulate. Since the establishment of Translation Studies, its disciplinary connotation has been explored, the system has been gradually improved, the framework has become increasingly substantial, and its social contribution has been unique and huge.(Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao 2020) Translation research ideas, methods, space and resources are further expanded, translation teaching methods, tools and resources are enriched, the number of applied texts in translation teaching increases, and the professional orientation is much clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3. The Flourishing Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2011, the Ministry of Education adjusted the discipline catalog and listed &amp;quot;Translation Studies&amp;quot; as a second-level subject under the first-level discipline of &amp;quot;Foreign Languages and Literature&amp;quot; officially. As a result, the status of Translation Studies was formally established, facing the world, serving demand, and standardizing construction. In the flourishing period,  the construction of translation disciplines and the development of translation majors in China have shown a new look. Many levels have jumped to new levels, which is reflected in the new breakthroughs in the main construction force. A large number of language service industry practitioners, technical experts and translation scholars have collaborated to provide suggestions for the construction of translation disciplines and talent training. There are many publications on translation teaching research, translation technology research, translation market and language service industry research, and the construction of the discourse system of translation theory with Chinese characteristics. New changes have taken place in the focus and form of translation teaching. Translation teachers train students to acquire the industry knowledge, technology, skills and accomplishments required by the language service market by inviting industry instructors into classrooms to share their ideas, and through other methods such as project cooperation, field learning, and simulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3. Challenges of Learning Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Translation Studies as a discipline in China did not happen overnight. It also experienced ups and downs along the way. China's translation discipline has now entered a new stage, and the team of Translation Studies has become larger and larger. More and more colleges and universities set up MTI and MA in Translation. More students and scholars began to engage in Translation Studies. However, due to various reasons, in the process of learning Translation Studies, we also face many problems and challenges. This chapter will introduce the problems of learning Translation Studies in China from the perspectives of translation education and students' personal factors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the establishment of the status of China’s Translation Studies, translation education grows up. And with the historical process of reform and opening for more than 40 years, translation education has made brilliant achievement and has promoted the training of translation professionals, and also will further make important contributions to national economic and social development. It is obvious that translation education plays an important role in the learning process of Translation Studies. A good translation education plays a positive role in the development of translation disciplines, and can also help students learn Translation Studies better. However, China's translation education started and developed after the reform and opening up, is relatively late. Under the background of the new era, it still faces many challenges and urgently needs to be addressed. In addition, the construction of Translation Studies is not long, and the construction of a complete translation teaching system is still on the way of continuous development, and systematic researches on translation teaching still needs efforts. The author mainly analyzes this problem from four aspects: the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents, the faculty resources, the teaching mode and translation teaching research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1. Orientation of the Cultivation of Translation Talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents is not particularly clear. In the actual teaching practice, some colleges and universities do not separate translation major students and English major students clearly due to the unclear concept of the cultivation of translation talents. There are few differences in teaching model between translation major and the traditional English major. In addition, different colleges and universities still have not unified the concepts, principles, methods and other macro ideas of translation professional teaching, and they are independent in the specific classroom teaching operations, and the curriculum settings are out of touch with the market. (Zhong Weihe 2019)Due to the inconsistency between the talent cultivation model in some universities and the development of translation industry, a considerable number of translation graduates do not have good professional ethics, wide encyclopedia knowledge, and professional skills and learning ability. In addition, most of them lack of organizational management ability, innovation ability as well as collaborate ability. Those reasons have seriously affected the quality and quantity of cultivating translation professionals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2. Faculty Resources&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of teachers is closely related to the effect of English translation teaching. English translation has higher requirements for teachers' teaching guidance ability, response ability and language organization ability. The problem of translation teachers has always been a bottleneck problem that needs to be broken through. The teachers here include both full-time teachers and part-time teachers. Recent evaluation data show that although the number of the teacher in translation major is sufficient and the structure is reasonable, the number of professional translators is lacking, and the teachers' scientific research and practical ability are seriously lacking. Statistics for part-time teachers show that the number of part-time teachers can be guaranteed, but only 27% are from the language service industry, and the rest are from the government and universities, which is inconsistent with the requirements of the &amp;quot;''National Standard of Part-time Teacher in MTI Education'' &amp;quot;. (Zhong Weihe 2019) In addition, many English teachers in colleges and universities have been in a professional teaching environment for a long time and rarely have the opportunity to participate in practice. This has caused translation teaching to derail from the actual situation to some extent, resulting in poor training of professional translators and affecting the overall development of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3. Teaching method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relatively speaking, the teaching mode of translation teaching in China is still based on traditional English major teaching, and the teaching mode is relatively single. The most commonly used form is to explain the theory and skills, then explain and appreciate the analysis through the example sentences and example texts on the professional textbooks, and finally arrange homework based on the content of this class. (Wang Baigula 2020) For example, this kind of teaching method that ignores student autonomy is entirely a teacher-centered teaching model, which will place too much emphasis on teachers and teaching materials to a large extent, restricting teachers’ ability to innovate and explore. In addition, this kind of translation mode will restrain students' interpreting practice ability to a certain extent and ignore life culture and skills. This will cause translation majors to limit their learning content to test papers instead of translation researches and the process of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.4 Translation Teaching Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current achievements of translation teaching research in China are mainly expressed in impressionistic and scattered personal experiences, lacking systematic research and strong theoretical support. In other words, it lacks systematic theoretical guidance, clear methodology guidance and effective research method. And the research methods are still based on reflection and experience, and importantly, the empirical research is rare. besides, the number of interdisciplinary researches is relatively small, and there is also a lack of sufficient number of experiments and opportunities in actual application fields. Translation discipline has a big difference comparing to other disciplines, mainly because of its high interactivity, which requires the participation of many disciplines. Only in this way can the value of the translation discipline be brought into play.(Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqing 2011) However, combining actual translation learning and translation education in colleges and universities, it can be seen that China has not paid enough attention to this aspect, so that many interdisciplinary content is only on the surface, but not deep into the actual situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2. Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above mentioned the impact of translation education on translation studies, and the following part will analyze the difficulties faced by students when learning translation studies. In China, English courses are offered from the elementary school, it is a long journey to learn English. It stands to reason that after a long period of study, students can master English proficiently, and be proficient in oral and writing. But this is not true. The reasons for this situation are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1. Low level of commitment to translation learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese students begin to learn English very early and study for a long time, the effective efforts for English learning is not enough. Translation is not only a simple language conversion, its process is complex and tortuous, especially when the process of translation encountered strange and difficult to understand the content, it requires the translator to be patient, as far as possible to invest their time and energy to search and verify the related knowledge. Most of the time, the unqualified translation results from the fact that the translator does not invest enough time and energy, and only has a superficial understanding of background knowledge, professional terms or corpus search. At the same time, it is difficult for students to have the amount of extra-curricular English reading and accumulate a rich vocabulary. As a result, students' basic English translation skills are not solid. If students do not know more than half of the words and phrases in an article, it is impossible for them to translation the whole passage. At the same time, there are many differences between the word order of English and Chinese. Due to the insufficient amount of English reading, it is difficult for students to get familiar with the English reading mode and grasp the main points of English translation, so it may lead the final translation to fail to convey the true meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2. Insufficient background knowledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of exam-oriented education, many Chinese students hope to get a good grade in exam and ignore that learning English is also for communication. They are only satisfied with finishing the English translation exercises assigned by teachers and seldom use English for daily communication or reading English works. And in this way, students do not grasp sufficient background information. With the advent of the era of network, traditional translation objects, such as religious texts and the classics of social sciences, are out of the core status of translation activities and are gradually marginalized. Especially from the quantity of the objects, there are more and more literature references, business documents, documents of national governments and international organizations, which have increasingly become the mainstream of contemporary translation object. (Xie Zhentian, 2015) Various types of translation objects become big challenges for students’ knowledge. On the other hand, students pay much attention to language transfer and translation skills, but neglect the supplement of professional background knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3. Neglect of theoretical knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, when MA students are learning theoretical knowledge, most of them do not have a correct understanding of Translation Studies. They think that translation theory is useless or that previous translation theories is very perfect, so they cannot make any innovations in Translation Studies. However, learning Translation Studies is not to create a translation theory. The purpose is to improve students' theoretical awareness so as to establish their translation literacy. The academic master of Translation should focus more on verifying the validity of theories through the practice of translation.(Jiang Feifei 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4. Suggestions for the Learning of Translation Studies'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote the development of Translation Studies, the training of translation talents is extremely important. Translation Studies as a discipline needs to be improved according to the development of times. The following will show the efforts we need to make from the perspectives of translation education and the students themselves, in order to better learn Translation Studies and promote the development of Translation Studies in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Improve Teaching Mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teaching model is an important basic guarantee for cultivating interdisciplinary English translators. At present, colleges and universities should focus on the current social needs. Teachers should effectively integrate the curriculum with social reality in the teaching process, which can be based on the current social situation or current affairs. Similarly, the translation model has a very important impact on teaching arrangement. The rapid enrichment of theoretical horizons has put forward many new requirements for translation teaching. Therefore, translation teaching should also combine these needs to make something new. For example, many translation learning in China have begun to shift to the perspective of students' autonomous learning, rather than relying solely on teachers’ guidance or leading. This is a very good practice, and it also meets the new requirements of the times. The objective teaching method is a teaching mode that can be introduced in translation teaching. This type of mode attaches great importance to the construction of learning environment and the value of teachers' guidance to students. (Ou Yonghua 2019) This is very important for translation learning. While diffusing students' interest in learning, it will also increase students' creative ability and thought diffusion. And through the current teaching equipment and teaching software to enrich the teaching content in the teaching process so as to improve the students’ learning efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2. Strengthen Faculty Force&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers occupies a very important position in the training of talents, and at the same time, improving the quality and ability of the teaching team is also the most important thing when training talents. Therefore, in view of the current low professional quality and ability of teachers in ordinary colleges and universities in China, first of all, colleges and first-line translation teachers need to clarify the requirements for professional ability development, and strive to improve the professional quality of teachers (professional ethics and norms, lifelong learning), professional knowledge (linguistic culture and discipline knowledge, education theory) and professional ability (teaching design and implementation, teaching strategy, modern technology application, teaching reflection, scientific research, practice, testing and evaluation, digital scientific research and learning, data analysis);（Zhong Hewei 2019） Secondly, at the beginning of the training of talents, it is possible to engage outstanding professional teams outside the school to communicate, so as to enhance the echelon construction of the school's teaching team, improve the teacher structure in the school, and devote to the comprehensive training of professional translators suitable for social development and needs. The cultivation of talents and the construction of teachers. (Wang Baigula 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.3. Broaden the academic vision of translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation research is a booster for the development of the education of translation majors in the new era. In the future, Chinese translation research can still make breakthroughs in the following aspects. The first is to strengthen the research of translation theory, focusing not only on the grand theory of structural analysis and classification, but also on the micro-theories of specific phenomena and answering practical questions, and reserve the prerequisite theoretical knowledge that needs to be solved for the establishment and development of the discipline, which is a comprehensive academic research of the discipline. Carry out the provision of roadmap (Lan Hongjun, 2018); the second is to innovate research methods and carry out disciplinary cooperation. At present, in the research of translation education, humanistic research is dominant, and empirical research is gradually increasing. Translation education involves many subjects such as pedagogy, psychology, and testing. With the continuous emergence of new research technologies and methods, and the increasingly obvious interdisciplinary and integration, translation education research should be able to learn from interdisciplinary research methods, carry out interdisciplinary cooperation, and be good at using new technology and innovative research methods.(Mu Lei, Li Xixi 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2. Students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of translation talents plays a very important role in the development of translation studies. Those who will be engaged in the field of translation should also work hard to improve themselves, expand their knowledge, earnestly study theoretical knowledge, and practice more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1. Expanding knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies is originally an interdisciplinary subject. Whether you are engaged in translation research or translation practice in the future, you need to expand your knowledge. For students studying translation studies, when they are learning translation theory, they also need to master the knowledge of linguistics, psychology, pedagogy, philosophy, etc., so as to integrate them with translation studies. For students who are going to be engaged in translation practice in the future, in addition to having a solid foundation in language ability, they should also take the initiative to continuously learn new knowledge with a broad perspective. They should not only focus on their major field, but also should grasp the knowledge of politics, economics, science and technology, history, geography, customs, etc. to strengthen their comprehensive language skills. A very good way to expand their knowledge is to improve their search ability. Search ability, specifically, refers to how translators use dictionaries, encyclopedias, search engines, corpora, grammar books, etc. to solve practical problems in translation. With economic globalization and various changes in the language service industry, the demand for non-literary translation has skyrocketed. Translators need to be exposed to translations in various forms (audio, video, website, etc.) and fields (mechanical, chemical, electrical, etc.), MTI students is urgent to learn certain professional background knowledge and increase the depth and scope of search to deal with more complex and difficult translation tasks. (Wang Na 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2. Emphasize theory and practice more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge comes from practice. Current translation theories provide many conveniences for this activity. In the process of translation practice, students can also verify the validity of these theories. However, students should not only understand the knowledge of linguistics, not only the translation skills and theories，but also practice more. Theories that are out of practice cannot keep up with the development of the times. Students must spend enough time in practicing. They can go to the front line of production or go deep into all aspects of social life, and keep close contact with the masses in order to continuously broaden their horizons and know the society better. And then it is possible for them to analyze practical experience and conclude it into theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter analyzes the current situation of Translation Studies as a discipline by reviewing the development process of Translation Studies in China. There are many factors that affect the learning of Translation Studies. Among them, from the perspective of translation teaching, in China, the concept of talent training is unclear, the faculty resource is insufficient, and the teaching structure is relatively simple. Those engaged in translation education need to clarify the orientation of cultivating translation talents. At the same time, teachers should also improve their personal qualities, including their teaching ability and so on. In addition, research on translation education should also be emphasized, and exchanges and cooperation between the disciplines should be strengthened to conduct more effective translation learning and translation research. From the students’ point of view, those who major in translation must learn translation studies hard to contribute to the development of Translation Studies. However, many students did not work hard to learn their major, their basic skills are not wonderful, and their knowledge scope is relatively narrow. Some students do not have a correct understanding of translation studies. To become an excellent translator, students also need to spend time and energy to expand their knowledge range. At the same time, students also need to take translation theories seriously and learn it carefully, and then apply those theories to practice. In this way, they can also gain a lot of practical experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
President Xi Jinping, asked” the majority of philosophy and social science workers to bravely stand on the forefront of the times, communicate the changes of the past and the present, and give the first signs of thought” (Xi Jinpin 2016). Looking back on the past decades, the achievements and independent status of Translation Studies were not achieved overnight. They have condensed the unremitting exploration and hard work of many scholars, showing a development axis of independence, self-consciousness, self-reliance and self-confidence. Looking forward to the future, we hope that the successors of Translation Studies and translation majors can inherit the spirit of their predecessors in the grand vision of the development of Chinese language service industry in the new era, and keep the discipline mission in mind. Based on China's social development practice and serving the national strategy, we can have dialogue with the international translation community, draw on the latest foreign translation theories, combine the history and current situation of Chinese translation to further improve the translation discipline system, academic system and discourse system construction. And it also can promote the cultivation of translation talents. (Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan 2020) The author sincerely hopes that the Chinese characteristics and Chinese style of Translation Studies can make contributions to the development of international translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S. (1972). The Name and Nature of Translation Studies. ''Papers on Literary Translation and Translation Studies''. 67–80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqin.薄振杰,李和庆.(2011).关于当前中国翻译教学研究的思考.[ Reflection on the Current Research of Translation Teaching in China].外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 76-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Qiusi.董秋斯.(1950).翻译批评的标准和重点.[ Criteria and focus of translation criticism].翻译通报[''Translation Bulletin''].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao.黄忠廉，张潇.（2020）.翻译学科百年:演进、反思与趋势.[ A Century of Translation Studies: Evolution, Reflection and Trend]. 上海翻译[''Shanghai Journal of Translators''] 1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Feifei.姜菲菲.(2019).中国文化走出去背景下对翻译学科的综述. [A Summary of Translation Studies from the Background of Outputting Chinese Culture].校园英语[''English Campus'']7-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan Hongjun.蓝红军.(2018)从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究(1987-2017). [Theoretically Oriented Translation Studies in China: 1987 - 2017].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal'']7-16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mu Lei, Li Xixi.穆雷, 李希希.(2019).中国翻译教育研究:现状与未来.[ Research on Translation Education in China: Status Quo and Future] .外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 24-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ou Yonghua.(2019).新时期中国翻译教学研究思考概述. [An Overview of Researches on Chinese Translation Teaching in the New Era].课程教育研究[''Course Education Research''] 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Jinping.习近平.(2016).在哲学社会科学工作座谈会上的讲话.[ Speech at the Symposium on Philosophy and Social Sciences].新华网[xinhuanet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Zhentian.谢天振.(2015).翻译巨变与翻译的重新定位与定义——从2015年国际翻译日主题谈起.[ Great Changes in Translation and Repositioning and Definition of Translation——Starting from the theme of the International Translation Day in 2015].东方翻译[''East Journal of Translation''] 4-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Baigula.王白古拉.(2018).中国翻译教学现状与复合型翻译人才培养. [The Status Quo of Translation Teaching in China and the cultivation of Interdisciplinary Translators].文存阅刊[''Wen Cun Journal''] 87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Na.王娜. (2020).MTI在校生搜索能力不足成因分析. [An Analysis of the Causes of Insufficient Searching Ability of MTI Students].海外英语[''Overseas English''] 194-195.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe.仲伟合.(2019).改革开放40年我国翻译专业教育:成就、挑战与发展. [China Translation Education in the Past 40 Years of Reform and Opening Up: Achievements, Challenges and Development].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 68-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan.仲伟合,赵田园.(2020).中国翻译学科与翻译专业发展研究（1949-2019).[ Research on the Development of Chinese Translation Discipline and Translation Major (1949-2019)].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 79-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan  202020080674 亚非语言文学波斯语方向 ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both outstanding representatives of Shakespeare's plays translated in 20th century Chinese literature. Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil , and lived a hard and poor life , so his translations were both imbued with deep patriotism, and his translations were based on naturalization strategies. As a scholar who returned from overseas studies, Liang Shiqiu believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the translation process with the purpose of spreading the culture of foreign countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
translation; translator; cultural identity; Shakespeare's plays&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
梁实秋和朱生豪都是20世纪中国文学界翻译莎士比亚戏剧的杰出代表人物。朱生豪生活在战火纷飞，动荡不安的年代，生活过得很艰苦和贫困，所以他的翻译中都蕴含了深深的爱国主义情怀，翻译以归化策略为主。梁实秋作为海外学成归来的学者，认为文学是天才创作的。所以他以传播异国的文化为目的，在翻译过程中采取了异化策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；译者；文化身份；莎士比亚剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating a work is a re-recognition and re-expression of what the translator knows and transmits. On the one hand, the translator transmits the content of the original author, and on the other hand, the translator also incorporates his or her own interpretation and understanding into it. In traditional translation studies, whether the translation is faithful to the original work is the key criterion to measure the goodness of a translated work, and it is also an important criterion to judge a translator's qualification or otherwise. (Many. 2018: 85) Therefore, the translator plays an important active role in both translating the content and interpreting it, and the translator is the first person who is in direct contact with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin, the famous German literary critic, once said : &amp;quot;In any discussion of translation, the traditional concept always revolves around fidelity and freedom: that is, the freedom to reproduce the original faithfully and the fidelity to the original in the reproduction.&amp;quot; (Benjamin. 1968/2004: 20) However, in the process of translation, besides being faithful to the direct expression of the original, translators also have their own translation characteristics and strategies. The issue of &amp;quot;cultural identity&amp;quot; has also received more and more attention. (Fu, Wenhui. 2011: 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There have been many Chinese translations of Shakespeare's plays in China, among which Zhu Shenghao and Liang Shiqiu are both classic representatives of Shakespeare's plays in translation. However, they differ in many aspects such as the purpose of their respective translations, translation styles, and translation contents. The reason for this is that the influence of their cultural identities on their translations cannot be ignored. This paper will try to explore the influence of their respective cultural identities on the translation purposes and translation contents by comparing their cultural identities and the social and cultural backgrounds in which they lived, so as to provide guiding inspirations and suggestions for translation practice activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to the identity of the translator===&lt;br /&gt;
Translators are also readers, however, they act as readers in a special sense; the ultimate goal of a translator is not to read and understand the original text, but to convey the original text he reads by interpreting it in another linguistic symbol (Wu Delu. 2016:211). Both Liang Shiqiu (1903-1987) and Zhu Shenghao (1912-1944) were famous translators of Shakespeare in China in the twentieth century, and their translations have stood the test of time. The contributions that Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao made to the Chinese literary world are well known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural identity, or cultural identity, (Wang Ning. 1999:45) mainly includes a nation, group or individual's sense of identity with its own culture and perception of self-image,( Wang Zhenping. 2017:68) which is characterized by the fact that cultural identity carries the self-identified and recognized cultural characteristics of a certain group, and the manifestation of these characteristics in group members varies in strength and weakness depending on the objective environment. Cultural identity is expressed through the way people communicate, interpersonal relationships, and behavioral norms (Liu Shuang. 2000:90), and it is stable and fluid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Although Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both known in contemporary times, they are different in terms of translation purpose, style, technique, and even phrasing, forming two different schools of Shakespeare translation in China.&amp;quot; (Xi Yongji. 2007:245)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Zhu Shenghao's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is a famous translator. He was born on February 2, 1912, in Jiaxing, Zhejiang Province, to a family of small, declining merchants. Zhu Shenghao began to translate Shakespeare in 1935, but the translation process was difficult and the conditions were tough (the Japanese attacked Shanghai in 1937 and the city was in flames. Zhu Shenghao's house was burned down by the Japanese, and he escaped with the Oxford edition of the complete works of Shakespeare and some of his translations. (Most of his translations were burned by the Japanese.) However, he persisted in his translation career and devoted himself to it, eventually leaving us forever in 1944 due to lung disease from overwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In less than ten years, he translated a total of thirty-one and a half Shakespeare plays with amazing perseverance and talent. Later, his wife, Song Qingyu, compiled all his translations and passed them on to the World Book Bureau in Shanghai, which published The Complete Works of Shakespeare in the fall of 1947. Many Shakespeare researchers could not believe that the Chinese could write such a high quality translation. It is easy to see that his remarkable talent was recognized both at home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the above, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil, experienced the May Fourth Movement and other tides, and his translations were imbued with a deep sense of patriotism, so his translation of Shakespeare's plays was based on naturalization strategies. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) As a patriotic young man, he longed for China to be understood and to transmit and promote Chinese culture. The so-called naturalization means that the language and culture are the main focus, which ensures the fluency of the translation, reduces the strangeness of the original text, and allows the target language readers to better understand the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Liang Shiqiu's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu, whose original name was Zhihua, was born in Beijing. He was a famous Chinese modern and contemporary essayist, scholar, literary critic, translator, and the first authority on Shakespeare in China. He studied at the English Department of the University of Colorado, Harvard University and Columbia University Graduate School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is worth mentioning that Liang believes that literature is a creation of genius. Liang repeatedly said, &amp;quot;All civilization is the original creation of a very few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;literature and art are the original creation of a few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;there is no literature and art for the majority, and literature and art are not for the majority &amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu: R.O.C. 23) &amp;quot;The highest art can only be understood by a few ...... Art has its own many grades, so the appreciation of art also has many grades.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
As for the satisfaction of the literary and artistic requirements of the general public, Liang Shiqiu arranged for them the arts such as story-telling and popular literary works, because their knowledge could only understand such works and they were only interested in such arts, as for the great works of art, like Shakespeare's plays, that naturally only the great artists could appreciate and appreciate them. Liang Shiqiu's mistake was to exaggerate the role of heroic figures such as geniuses and completely ignore the role of the general public in the creation and reception of art. (Wang Qili. 2004: 12)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that Liang Shiqiu was a scholar who returned from overseas, but he advocated &amp;quot;genius literature&amp;quot; and ignored the role of the people in art and culture. Liang Shiqiu began his translation of Shakespeare in 1930, and it took him nearly 40 long years to complete the translation of this masterpiece, which had a profound impact on the Chinese literary world. (Zhou Li. 2016:30) At the same time, his literary thought was largely influenced by Western classicism and neo-humanism, so when translating, he mostly adopted the strategy of alienation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Foreignization and domestication Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is &amp;quot;bringing the original author into the desired language and culture of the translation&amp;quot;, while dissimilation is &amp;quot;accepting the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign work and bringing the reader into the foreign situation&amp;quot; (Venuti, 1995:20). (Venuti, 1995:20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication means to localize the original language, to take the target language or the readers of the translation as the home, and to adopt the expressions that the target language readers are accustomed to in order to convey the content of the original. The translator is required to get closer to the readers of the target language, and the translation must become an authentic national language. This method helps readers understand the translation better and enhances the readability and appreciation of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method of Foreignization is: &amp;quot;the translator does not disturb the author as much as possible, so that the reader moves closer to the author&amp;quot;. In translation, it means absorbing the expressions of foreign languages, requiring the translator to draw closer to the author and adopt the expressions corresponding to the source language used by the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the language and culture of the original text as the home. Centering on the language and culture of the original language, the cultural characteristics and exoticism of the original language are preserved as much as possible; (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) Using the strategy of Foreignization helps readers better appreciate the differences in national culture, national characteristics and exotic elements such as language style features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cultural identity of translators in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
First, the translator is the second pair of eyes of the reader. &amp;quot;For most readers who do not understand the original work, (the translator's interpretation) is the only way to enter the world of the original work&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2014: 220). Therefore, the translator's performance in translation is directly related to the reader's acceptance. Moreover, under the translator's subjective role, &amp;quot;the flower of life of the original work gains a continuous, up-to-date and most flourishing opening in the translation&amp;quot; (Ben-jamin 1968/2004: 20). The translator is, in turn, the bearer and transmitter of the author's work. A translator's contribution is unquestionable if his or her translation is recognized by the public or the academic community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's translations have their own strengths, Liang's for scholars to study, Zhu's for the popularization of Shakespeare's works, and both translations interpret classic literary works from different perspectives. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010:98) But both have made great contributions to world literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the original intention of translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons for Zhu Shenghao's translation of Shakespeare have also been explored, and all of them agree that personal interest, patriotic thought, dedication and financial embarrassment were the main motivations for his translation of Shakespeare. Here, we prefer to consider &amp;quot;interest&amp;quot; as the primary motivation. (Qiu Yunchen. 2010:591) Zhu Shenghao himself said, &amp;quot;I love Shakespeare's plays so much and so only that I have tried to read the whole text at least ten times from the beginning to the end. ......&amp;quot; Zhu's love for Shakespeare is so strong that &amp;quot;He was so passionate about Shakespeare that he would not stop reading Shakespeare, not eating it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, because Zhu Shenghao was born in an ordinary family and his parents died at an early age, his life was difficult, and he mentioned in his translations that he had to pay for translating Shakespeare's plays. Economic reasons also drove his perseverance in translating, and furthermore, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and experienced the May Fourth Movement and other fashions, and his translations contained deep patriotism, a desire for China to be understood and to transmit Chinese culture. This patriotic sentiment also inspired his determination to translate Shakespeare's plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believes that there is a distinction between elegant and vulgar literature, genius is to appreciate literature, the general public to read are popular literature. In Liang Shiqiu's view, not only the subject of creation can only be a very small number of geniuses, that is, the appreciation of literature is also the patent of a very small number of talented people, &amp;quot;the highest art only a few people can understand ......, literature and art is not the majority.&amp;quot; (Liang Shiqiu. 1988:117). According to Liang Shiqiu, &amp;quot;literature is created by genius&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When he studied at Harvard University, he took the course &amp;quot;Literary Criticism after the Sixteenth Century&amp;quot; by the American neoclassicist Byrd Byrd, and was greatly influenced by Western humanist thought in literary thought and the Western cultural environment, so he set out to translate Shakespeare's plays with the aim of spreading the idea of foreign culture. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare aimed to &amp;quot;preserve the most authentic things&amp;quot; and to convey the author's meaning visually. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare was very faithful to the original text, and his opposition to &amp;quot;hard translations&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;bent translations&amp;quot; shows that he advocated faithfulness and fluency in translation. (Xiao Li. Li Xiaoying. 2012:95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the content of the translation (taking the translation of Shakespeare as an example)====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao stated at the beginning of his translation: &amp;quot;My aim in translating this book is, first, to maintain the charm of the original work to the greatest extent possible, and then to consider the second point if it is not feasible, that is, to convey faithfully the meaning and feelings of the original text in simple and easy-to-understand sentences; but I dare not agree with the rigid translation of word-by-word comparison.... I would like to be a reader and check the translation for any ambiguities. I must also pretend to be an actor on the stage, and examine whether the tone of speech is smooth and whether the syllables are in tune. It often takes days to think hard about a word or phrase that is not agreeable.&amp;quot; (Zhu Shenghao. (2010:36) This shows that Zhu Shenghao's translation of Sha plays more attention to the performance function of drama.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: ( the translation of Zhu Shenghao)&lt;br /&gt;
EGEUS: Stand forth，Demetrius． My noble lord，&lt;br /&gt;
伊吉斯:走上前来，狄米特律斯。殿下，这个人，&lt;br /&gt;
This man hath my consent to marry her．&lt;br /&gt;
是我答应把我女儿嫁给他的&lt;br /&gt;
Stand forth，Lysander．&lt;br /&gt;
走上前来，拉山德。&lt;br /&gt;
And，my gracious Duke， This man hath bewitched the bosom of my child．（莎士比亚.2011：22）&lt;br /&gt;
殿下，这个人引诱坏了我的孩子 （朱生豪. 2013：9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, influenced by traditional Chinese moral and ethical thinking, when obscene words and indecent phrases appeared in the original text, Zhu Shenghao basically &amp;quot;purified&amp;quot; or arbitrarily rewrote them, or simply deleted them without translation. Perhaps it is also the fact that his translations conform to the requirements of Chinese moral culture that makes his works so well-received. The advertisement published by World Bookstore clearly states two sentences: &amp;quot;The original text is brilliant, a treasure of world literature ornaments; the translation is beautiful and fluent, keeping the charm of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, his translation.	&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，&lt;br /&gt;
Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent． (Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.2011:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
拉山德:放开手，你这猫! 你这牛蒡子! 贱东西，放开手!&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要像摔掉身上一条蛇那样摔掉你了(莎士比亚．2013:117 )。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believed that translation should be faithful to the original text, so his translation content can be summarized as &amp;quot;faithfulness and fidelity&amp;quot;. The style of &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; has been developed. (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Because of this faithfulness, Liang Shiqiu believed that any arbitrary rewriting or deletion of the original work would be unfaithful to the work, and that the vulgar language in Shakespeare's plays has its specific role in portraying characters and increasing the stage effect. Therefore, he kept the obscene words in the original text intact in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First: Stay true to the original text and try not to delete or subtract from it.&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent． (Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.2001:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of Liang Shiqiu:&lt;br /&gt;
赖， 走开，你这个猫，你这个缠人的东西! 下流的东西，松手，&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要把你像是毒蛇一般的甩开(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:110)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HELENA She was a vixen when she went toschool: &lt;br /&gt;
And though she be but little，she is fierce．(Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:116)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of Liang Shiqiu:&lt;br /&gt;
海 上学时她就是个狐狸精。&lt;br /&gt;
她虽然身材小，她很凶(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001: 117) 。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, Liang Shiqiu's translations retain the punctuation of the original texts (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Liang believes that retaining punctuation makes the translations more &amp;quot;Shakespearean&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;The punctuation used by Shakespeare may seem less formal, but in fact it is a self-contained system, designed to point out the effect of intonation when the actors recite their lines. Based on this clarification, I then decided to preserve as much of Shakespeare's original punctuation as possible in a text, with the result that where there is an original sentence, there is a translation&amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu. 1966) &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare pays more attention to the literary function of drama and more attention to the stage function of literature. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, a fragment of Liang Shiqiu's translation of Hamlet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen. There is a willow grows aslant a brook,&lt;br /&gt;
That shows his hoar leaves in the glassy stream;&lt;br /&gt;
There with fantastic garlands did she come,&lt;br /&gt;
Of crow-flowers, nettles, daisies, and long purples,&lt;br /&gt;
That liberal shepherds give a grosser name.&lt;br /&gt;
But our cold maids do dead man’s fingers call them:&lt;br /&gt;
There, on the pendent boughs her coronet weeds&lt;br /&gt;
Clambering to hang ,an envious sliver broke,&lt;br /&gt;
When down her weedy trophies and herself&lt;br /&gt;
Fell in the weeping brook. Her clothes spread wide;&lt;br /&gt;
And, mermaid-like, awhile they bore her up;&lt;br /&gt;
Which time she chanted snatches of old tunes; As one&lt;br /&gt;
incapable of her own distress,&lt;br /&gt;
Or like a creature native and indu’d&lt;br /&gt;
Unto that element: but long it could not be&lt;br /&gt;
Till that her garments ,heavy with her drink,&lt;br /&gt;
Pull’d the poor wretch from her melodious lay&lt;br /&gt;
To muddy death.&lt;br /&gt;
（shakespeare, hamlet, act Ⅳ, scenceⅦ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Liang Shiqiu：&lt;br /&gt;
河边有一株斜长着的杨柳，白叶倒映&lt;br /&gt;
在玻璃似的流水里；他就来到那个地方，拿着些奇异的花圈，&lt;br /&gt;
扎的是毛莨、荨麻、延命菊，以及粗野牧人呼之不雅之名而纯&lt;br /&gt;
洁女郎都呼为“死人指”的紫兰。 就在那里，她爬上树枝想去&lt;br /&gt;
挂她的花圈，无情的枝子断了；她的花圈和她自身于是坠入&lt;br /&gt;
呜咽的河流。 她的衣服展开，像是鲛人似的，把她浮上来一会&lt;br /&gt;
儿，这时节她唱了几句古歌，好像不知自身痛苦似的，又好像&lt;br /&gt;
是水下生长的动物似的；但是这情形没有多久，她的衣服湿&lt;br /&gt;
透就变重了，于是把这可怜的人儿于曼声高唱中扯到污泥的&lt;br /&gt;
死所去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The translator's cultural identity is impressed by various factors such as the different backgrounds of the translator's life and the different cultural ideas he or she has received, and this identity is present in the translator's translation works almost all his or her life. In other words, the translator's cultural identity has a great and lasting influence on the choice of his or her translation strategy, and it can also be said that readers can learn the translator's cultural identity through his or her translation works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Zhu Shenghao, who lived in the era of constant war, had a deep patriotic feeling. So he wanted China to be understood by the world or more countries, to be able to transmit and carry forward Chinese culture. In addition, he was influenced by the deep-rooted moral and ethical thoughts of traditional Chinese culture, so he adopted a naturalization strategy in the translation process. However, looking at the translator Liang Shiqiu again, as a scholar who returned from studying in the West, he received the idea of Western humanism, and in addition, he believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the process of translation with the aim of spreading foreign culture, and translated the original text word by word, sentence by sentence, and presented it to the readers without evasion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By briefly exploring the cultural identities and translation ideas of the two translators, we can see that both of them have their own merits, but also their own disadvantages. Throughout the contemporary era, the phenomenon of cultural globalization is also increasing, and most of the excellent works have been translated into multiple languages and spread, but for the translators, we should learn from the advantages of the previous translators, but that is, we should combine the East and the West, and master the translation skills to maintain the content of the original text to the greatest extent and ensure the accuracy of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Wenhui付文慧．多重文化身份下之戴乃迭英译阐释［The Interpretation of Dai Naidian's English Translation under Multiple Cultural Identities］中国翻译[ Chinese Translation]，2011，32(6):16—20．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Xiaojiang严晓江． 梁实秋与朱生豪莎剧译文特点之比较[A Comparison of the Characteristics of Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's Translations of Shakespeare]南通大学学报(社会科学版)[Journal of Nantong University (Social Science Edition)，2010，26(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋. 翻译莎士比亚[M]//梁实秋. 莎士比亚诞辰四百周年纪念集. [Translation of Shakespeare by Liang Shiqiu. Shakespeare's 400th anniversary].  台湾: 中华书局[Taiwan:Zhong-Hua Book Bureau].1966.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Qiu Yuchen.邱蕴琛. 小议朱生豪译莎动因[A small discussion on the motivation of Zhu Shenghao's translation of Sha].科技信息[Science and Technology Information].2010,(07):448-591.&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wen周文. 朱生豪翻译观探微 [An exploration of Zhu Shenghao's concept of translation].科技信息(科学教研) [Science and Technology Information (Science Education and Research)].,2007,(22):127-128..  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yongji奚永吉 . 莎士比亚翻译比较美学 [Comparative aesthetics of Shakespeare translation ] 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].2007.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Wu Delu.吴得禄.译者文化身份对翻译的影响[The influence of translators' cultural identity on translation].读书文摘[Reading Digest].2016(08):211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Ning王宁．文学研究中的文化身份问题[Cultural Identity in Literary Studies] 外国文学[Foreign Literature].1999(4):48—51．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Shuang刘双．文化身份与跨文化传播[Cultural identity and cross-cultural communication]外语学刊[Journal of Foreign Languages]，2000(1):87—91．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qili王岐立．梁实秋文学思想浅析：[An analysis of Liang Shiqiu's literary thought]:中山大学研究生学刊 [Graduate Journal of Sun Yat-sen University].2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao 朱生豪.译者自序[Translator's Preface].文学界(专辑版)[Literature (album edition)].2010(09):36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚 四大喜剧 梁实秋译[The Four Great Comedies translated by Liang Shiqiu].北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press].2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚． 仲夏夜之梦 朱生豪译．[A Midsummer Night's Dream translated by Zhu Shenghao].上海:上海世界图书出版公司 [Shanghai: Shanghai World Book Publishing Company],2013．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋 文学与革命.偏见集[Literature and Revolution. The collection of prejudices].南京:正中书局[Nanjing: Zhengzhong Shuji].中华民国二十三年七月.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== An overview of descriptive translation studies and its relationship with normative translation studies	肖伊宁   Xiao Yining==&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation Strategies - Sagara Seydou==&lt;br /&gt;
               Strategies of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract    &lt;br /&gt;
Much work has been done in recent years on translation strategies. However, the definition offered by each author or theorist represents his/her own point of view and their views differ from each other. Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation does not work. Therefore, different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their own perspectives. Some best-known theories of this field are described and compared to each other in this paper. The purpose of this study is to show the different theories in the field of translation strategies and to offer a general literature review to facilitate the study of translation strategies in future studies. Baker (1992) offered the clearest taxonomy of translation strategies that she believed professional translators use when they encounter a translation problem while performing a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: translation strategies and translational problems.&lt;br /&gt;
This study includes four main sections: 1. Introduction; 2. Content; 3. Conclusions; 4. References;&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
The term “strategy” in “translation strategies” is often used synonymously with such terms as “procedure,” “technique,” “method,” “tactic,” “approach,” and so forth. Their meanings overlap, and translation researchers deﬁne them in various ways. Despite the terminological confusion, discussions of translation strategies can be traced back to Cicero’s advocacy of sense-for-sense translation in 46 BC, and are widely covered in translation textbooks for their pedagogical signiﬁcance. This topic also relates to broad theoretical issues in translation studies. (Wikipedia n.d)&lt;br /&gt;
Content&lt;br /&gt;
Researchers have attempted to distinguish translation strategy from its synonyms, and to develop their own classiﬁcations from different perspectives. For example, Lörscher’s (1991) classiﬁcation is based on a cognitive approach, while Chesterman’s (1997) differentiation uses a textual approach. Yet, the conceptual confusion has not been dispelled. This entry tries to distinguish translation strategies, techniques, and procedures, and to consolidate existing classiﬁcations. It seems that clear-cut deﬁnitions of these terms might not work as well as prototype deﬁnitions. Most researchers would agree that the two prototype translation strategies are literal translation and free translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The former focuses on the level of words, while the latter goes beyond the word level and emphasizes the creation of a target text that sounds natural in the target language. These two strategies are described in a variety of oppositions: word-for-word translation versus sense-for-sense translation; source-oriented translation versus target-oriented translation; direct translation versus oblique translation (by Vinay and Darbelnet); adequacy versus acceptability; formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence (by Eugene Nida); semantic translation versus communicative translation (by Peter Newmark);overt translation versus covert translation (by Juliane House); documentary versus instrumental translation (by Christiane Nord); foreignization versus domestication (by LawrenceVenuti), and so on. While these binary oppositions have much in common, they reﬂect different perspectives and emphasize different translation aims and effects. For instance, word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation are text-level or segment-level strategies. Nida’s (1964) formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence is mainly from a linguistic perspective and involves reader response. The domesticating translation versus foreignizing translation pair, proposed by Venuti (1995), reﬂects a cultural interventionist perspective. The two strategies affect the choice of text for translation as well as the translation process. Venuti advocates the foreignizing strategy in order to “register the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign text” (1995, p. 81)&lt;br /&gt;
The “literal versus free” debate has been one of the central issues in translation theory and criticism throughout the ages. However, it is now generally believed that this dichotomous debate is relatively sterile, as the two strategies are part of a continuum, and the selection of a strategy is a function of the theoretical assumption of “what is a translation” text type (e.g., serious literature, children’s literature, technical texts, print advertisements), domain (e.g., IT, legal), function (e.g., for publication, information, or light entertainment), prestige of the source text (e.g., the Bible, pulp ﬁction), motivation(e.g., payment), and other factors (or constraints). (Hatim &amp;amp; Munday,2004, p. 230)&lt;br /&gt;
Having discussed the two prototype strategies, let us turn to the deﬁnitional question: what is a translation strategy? Lörscher (1991), Chesterman (1997), and other researchers agree on a few deﬁning characteristics of a translation strategy: (a) it is goal-oriented,(b) it is problem-centered, (c) it requires making coordinated decisions, (d) it is potentially conscious, and (e) it involves text manipulation. The aforementioned two prototype translation strategies have these characteristics. Since a translation strategy involves problem solving, a categorization of translation problems would correspond to a categorization of translation strategies. The difﬁculty with this, however, is that there are a number of ways in which problems can be categorized. For instance, the categorization criterion can be the prior knowledge required to solve them, the nature of the goal involved, and the complexity of the problems involved (Robertson, 2001, p. 6).&lt;br /&gt;
Problems, according to their scale, can be divided into global (or general) problems and local (or speciﬁc) problems. Jääskeläinen (1993, p. 116) makes a corresponding distinction between global strategies (i.e., “the translator’s general principles and preferred modes of action”) and local strategies (i.e., “speciﬁc activities in relation to the translator’s problem-solving and decision-making”). Global strategies might be dictated by or with the commissioner while local strategies are up to the translator. In addition, local strategies are designed to handle speciﬁc problems and need to be consistent with the chosen global strategy. Jääskeläinen found that global strategies are much more frequently and consistently used by professional translators than by nonprofessionals. From Jääskeläinen’s perspective, literal and free translation strategies are global strategies since the translator has to think about the goal of the translation and how the target text should affect the readers. The global strategy chosen will affect the translation process. Since local strategies are immediately followed by speciﬁc techniques, which affect the translation result and the micro-units of the text, and are classiﬁed by comparison with the source text (Molina &amp;amp; Hurtado Albir, 2002, p. 509).&lt;br /&gt;
As translators grow in competence, some former translation problems will no longer present an obstacle to them; some of their local strategies become semiconscious or unconscious, and the use of certain techniques to cope with certain problems is automatized. Vinay and Darbelnet’s (2000) taxonomy of translation techniques (which they call “procedures”) has a wide impact. They did a comparative stylistic analysis of French and English, and divided the seven procedures they discovered into two general strategies: direct/literal translation and oblique translation. The former includes: (a) borrowing (i.e., borrowing a word or expression from the source language, such as the Chinese word“kung Fu” in modern English); (b) calque (which is a kind of borrowing whereby the structure of the original word or phrase is maintained but its morphemes are replaced by those of the target language; for example, the Chinese word “motian dalou,” literally “sky-scraping big building,” is a calque of skyscraper); (c) Literal translation. Oblique translation includes: (d)transposition (i.e., changing the word class or grammatical structure without changing the meaning of the message, as in rendering a noun in the source text into a verb in the target text); (e)modulation (i.e., changing the point of view or cognitive category in relation to the source text, as in rendering a negative construction into a positive one: “not complicated” becomes “easy”); (f)equivalence (e.g., translating “to kill two birds with one stone” into Chinese as “to kill two eagles with one arrow”); (g) adaptation  (i.e., a shift in cultural reference when the type of situation being referred to by the source text is unknown in the target culture, such as using the word “seal” for sheep when translating the Bible into Inuktitut).Among local translation strategies, Chesterman (1997) distinguishes between comprehension strategies (for understanding and analyzing the source text) and production strategies(for the production of the target text). From a linguistic perspective, he divides productions strategies into mainly syntactic/grammatical, mainly semantic, and mainly pragmatic, with each category containing 10 techniques. Syntactic strategies involve purely syntactic changes, manipulate form, and include such techniques as calque, transposition, and sentence structure change. Semantic strategies mainly pertain to changes concerning lexical semantics. They manipulate meaning and contain techniques such as synonymy, emphasis change, and paraphrase. Pragmatic strategies have to do with the selection of information in the target text, and often involve syntactic or semantic changes as well. Pragmatic strategies include cultural ﬁltering, explicitness change, information change, trans editing, and so forth. Some of these techniques are obligatory during translation in a given language pair, while most are optional .Many researchers (e.g., Lörscher, 1991) believe that a translation strategy is a procedure or a sequence of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not consonant with the dictionary deﬁnitions of strategy. According to the Oxford English dictionary, strategy refers to “a plan for successful action based on the rationality and interdependence of the moves of the opposing participants,” while procedure is deﬁned as “[t]he fact or manner of proceeding with any action, or in any circumstance or situation; a system of proceeding; proceeding, in reference to its mode or method; conduct, behavior.” Krings (1986, p. 268) deﬁnes translation strategies as “potentially conscious plans for solving a translation problem.” Strategies involve adopting procedures to solve problems, and the chosen procedure will inﬂuence the result .Now let us turn our attention to translation procedures (referred to as “translation strategies” by some researchers) and procedural steps. Gerloff (1986) identiﬁed the following text processing strategies: (a) problem identiﬁcation, (b) linguistic analysis, (c) storage and retrieval, (d) general search and selection, (e) in ferencing and reasoning strategies,(f) text contextualization, (g) editing, and (h) task monitoring. In his empirical studies, Lörscher (1991) recognized 22 elements constituting translation strategies (or procedural steps), including nine original ones and 13 potential ones, such as realizing a translational problem, preliminary solution to a translational problem, and the mental organization of source-language text segments. During the translation process, these elements are combined by translators into basic structures. He found that professional and nonprofessional translators differ in the distribution and frequency of the strategies employed, but do not differ qualitatively; that is, their mental processes do not reveal signiﬁcant differences. He concluded that it is impossible to ascertain “[w]hen faced with problem X, [translators] employ strategy Y,” but we can ﬁnd out “[w]hen several [translators] are faced with a problem X, many or most of them employ similar or the same types of strategy” (p. 280). Darwish (2008) identiﬁes four distinct translation procedures employed in translating: recursive strategy (i.e., a circular and revisional process), waterfall strategy (i.e., a sequential unit-by-unit process), stop-and-go strategy (i.e., a block-by-block process), and mixed strategies (i.e., a combination of the previous three strategies).In some translation textbooks (e.g., Thinking German Translation: A Course in Translation Method by Hervey, Loughridge, &amp;amp; Higgins, 2006), “translation method” is often used as a cover term for “translation strategy,” “translation technique,” and even “translation procedure.” For instance, there are literal and free translation methods. Compared with translation strategies, which are highly individualistic, translation methods are supra-individual and well tested (Lörscher, 1991, p. 70).&lt;br /&gt;
However, “translation method” in English is often associated with such modes as machine translation and computer-aided translation. The term “translation approach” is often used in a vague sense, while “translation tactic” is rarely used. Discussions of translation strategies before the 1980s were primarily prescriptive, and researchers tended to argue for one translation strategy against another. Since the 1980s, empirical research into translation strategies, techniques, and procedures has become increasingly common. There are two major empirical approaches in this regard: product oriented and process-oriented. The former approach mainly refers to corpus-based contrastive analysis: a parallel corpus consisting of source texts and translations is built for analyzing the frequency of shifts (i.e., textual differences between source text and target text) and the various translation strategies and techniques employed. The factors to be considered can include text type, domain, synchronic and diachronic variation in language features and translation norms, idiosyncrasy, certain language features (e.g., metaphors, allusions), among others. In a process-oriented approach, translators are usually asked to translate a passage while thinking aloud, and the process will be recorded and then analyzed. The factors that might inﬂuence the frequency and distribution of translation strategies and procedures may include translation competence (e.g., novice translators versus professional translators), language direction (i.e., from or into the mother tongue), text type domain, translation brief, translation difﬁculty level of the test passage, time pressure, and so forth. These factors need to be manipulated or kept constant in an experiment in order to make meaningful comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
In PACTE’s (2003) translation competence model, strategic competence (for solving problems and optimizing the process) is the most important sub-competence among ﬁve sub-competencies (i.e., bilingual, extra linguistic, knowledge about translation, instrumental, and strategic). Investigating translation strategies will have signiﬁcant pedagogical implications and may beneﬁt research on machine translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, translational problems and mainly translation strategies were described, and different theories of translation strategies were mentioned. It was shown that different theorists suggest various definitions of translation strategies according to their different perspectives. Moreover, it was mentioned that Baker (1992) lists the most applicable set of strategies. She does not just name the strategies, but she also shows the application of each.&lt;br /&gt;
References&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: An advanced resource book . London, England: Routledge.Hervey, S., Loughridge, M., &amp;amp; Higgins, I. (2006).Thinking German translation: A course in trans-lation method, German to English (2nd ed.). London, England: Routledge. Jääskeläinen, R. (1993). Investigating translation strategies. In S. Tirkkonen-Condit &amp;amp; J. Lafﬂing(Eds.),  Recent trends in empirical translation research (pp. 99–120). Joensuu, Finland: Universityof Joensuu.Krings, H. P. (1986). Translation problems and translation strategies of advanced German learnersof French (L2). In J. House &amp;amp; S. Blum-Kulka (Eds.), Interlingual and intercultural communication (pp. 263–76). Tübingen, Germany: Narr.Lörscher, W. (1991). 5. Jiraphatralikhit, J., Klinpoon, S., &amp;amp; Kaewjan, S. (2005). An analysis of strategies in translation of the movie subtitle: Behind the painting.Research Gate, 1, 54-71.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9&amp;diff=113277</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 9</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9&amp;diff=113277"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T01:23:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies	谭媛媛	Tan Yuanyuan 202070080642 MTI */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第九部分(Part 9)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Comparative Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Modes of Expression and Ways of Thinking between English and Chinese Language in Cultural Perspective	易欢	Yi Huan==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The English language and Chinese language,with their own characteristics, embody their own cultural heritage and manifest different modes of thinking. Conspicuously, among language, culture and mode of thinking, there exists a closely related interaction. The culture affects thought, conversely, thought can reflect the culture. While language, under the impact of the both, presents the thinking and cultural differences in a most direct way. Therefore, this paper, from the perspective of culture, takes the relationship beween language and thought as the entry point to make a comparative study of English and Chinese language and ways of thinking. It is quite significant for the development of translation in cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
language form; mode of thinking; English and Chinese language; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
英汉语言各具特色，蕴含各自历史文化底蕴，彰显不同的思维模式。显而易见，语言，文化与思维模式之间形成了某种紧密联系的互动关系。文化影响思维，反之，思维也会体现文化，而语言受两者的影响，亦是阐明思维与文化差异的最直接的方式。因此，本文将从文化视域下，以语言和思维关系为切入口，对比探究英汉语言形式与思维方式，这对于跨文化交际下翻译发展来说至关重要。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
语言形式；思维模式；英汉语言；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between language and thought is widely discussed among scholars at home and abroad. Karl Marx once remarks that language is a tool, carrier, shell, and a “dress” of thought. Language by nature is the embodiment of human thoughts and thoughts in turn is the mental reflection of the world around us. Language is therefore closely related to and supported by human thoughts. That is to say, without thought, language would be nothing sounds with no meaning or content. But thoughts, though accessible by various means, are best represented in language and can thus best fulfill its obligations to the speakers by such means. Also thought will further facilitate the development of language, Sapir once states, “ Thought processes set in, as a kind of psychic overflow, almost at the beginning of linguistic expression; further, that the concept once defined, necessarily reacted on the life of its linguistic symbols, encouraging further linguistic growth.”(1921: 12) At the same time, Language is part of culture. Such as Chinese language is a part of Chinese culture. Each country has its own language in a specific culture. However, their relationship is not just between part and whole. Language is the carrier and the representation of culture, while, as a mirror of culture, language is strongly influenced and shaped by culture. Moreover, the thought also is largely influenced by its culture. Human thinking mainly consists of such elements as knowledge, ideology, methodology, intelligence, emotion, willpower, language and habits. The inter-relationship and interaction of these elements from a dynamic complex system is known as the mode of thinking. It is the concentrated embodiment of all cultural and psychological properities and is shaped in a certain historical, social and geographical environment. In general, different culture leads to different mode of thinking which is demonstrated most in their own language. That is to say, the relationship among culture, mode of thinking and language is closely related to each other and they can be viewed as three parts of a whole. And in this paper, it is going to compare different mode of thinking and ways of expression between Chinese and English in cultural perspective, so as to better understand cross-culture communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. The comparison of modes of thinking with the representation of ways of expression in English and Chinese===&lt;br /&gt;
The language, thought and culture are independent but closely interrelated as we have discussed before. While in different countries, there exist vast differences in their thinking patterns, then this paper is going to illustrate four groups of opposite Chinese and Occidental thinking ways and present how these thinking patterns are reflected upon their language, and trace back to the cultural and historical foundations for these phenomena. While it just compares these modes of thought in a general way, and they are not simply manifested as opposite to each other, but intermingled to some extent with the exchange of culture and the common ground imparted in all human beings. All of the opposition between Chinese thinking and occidental thinking that I present is just a matter of degree, and we have to view it critically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Holistic thinking vs Analytical thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, human thought can be divided into two types: analytical thinking and holistic thinking. To some extent, Chinese emphasizes synthesis and English tends to be analytical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holistic thinking puts emphasis on the integral concepts and the universal connection of objects. It regard man, nature and society as an unalienable organic whole. While analytical thinking will tend to focus more on labeling and analyzing different parts that eventually make up the whole. Actually, there must be some certain cultural background to the formation of western and Chinese mode of thinking. The formation of Chinese thinking mode can derive from Chinese people’s perspectives towards the nature. In Chinese classical philosophy, the conception of “One” better demonstrates the holistic view. According to Taoism, “All things obtained the One and became alive and kept growing.”(Tao Te Ching, chapter 36). Chuang Tzu promotes the concept of “One” to the state of the “unity of heaven and human”, and believes that the heaven and man, and the thing and self can all merge into one organically connected whole. Moreover, the essence that Chinese philosophy stresses the holistic view lies in the systematic evaluation and comprehensive grasp of all things, aiming to have a comprehensive and accurate understanding towards everything. After accumulated, condensed and sublimated through time, such philosophy facilitates Chinese people develop holistic thinking which is good at integrating, drawing up the guidelines and commanding the overall situation. While, in western culture, Plato firstly advocates “subject-object dichotomy” and then explain the world from a dualistic angle. In addition, the people can also be influenced by Aristotle’s syllogism, and always emphasize reasonable thinking in accordance with certain procedures, just like analysizing geometric problems in which one should derive the unknown, then demonstrate the process meticulously and finally draw a logic conclusion. It is exactly the characteristic of analytic thinking in which the object is divided into parts and one should investigate them respectively&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Undeniably, thinking patterns can best be demonstrated in their language. In a word, Analytical thinking involves detachment of the object from its context, a tendency to focus on attributes of the object in order to assign it to categories, and a preface for using rules about the categories to explain and predict the object’s behavior. Holistic thinking involves an orientation to the context or field as a whole, including attention to relationship between a focal object and the field, and a preference for explaining and predicting events on the basis of such relationships. And parataxis and hypotaxis are exactly the concrete manifestations of holistic thinking and analytical thinking. In the field of linguistics and translation studies, parataxis, as opposed to hypotaxis , is the single most important feature distinguishing the Chinese language from English, with Chinese showing paratactic prominence and English hypotactic prominence. Nida once stated, “ So far as English and Chinese are concerned, the most important difference linguistically is the contrast between hypotaxis and parataxis.” (1982, 16) Liu Miqing believes that hypotaxis and parataxis can be viewed as the heterogeneous characteristics.(1992: 18). Zhang Li proposes that Chinese, in terms of grammar, belongs to parataxis, one of whose overall features lies in conciseness and economy. Hence, English uses many conjunctions, prepositions and other connective means to make links between phrases and words, because of which the language is more logical and better organized. on the other hand, in Chinese, the arranging of clauses is one after the other without connectives showing the relations between them. Hypotaxis can be viewed as the external logic forms of composing words into sentences, and parataxis the internal cognition of wording and phrasing. From the comparisons, we may see that the differences between hypotaxis and parataxis have resulted in the different sentence structures and language expression forms. Here are some examples:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The thirty-two chapters of a novel — if we consider how to read a novel first —are an attempt to make something as formed and controlled as a building: but words are more impalpable than bricks; reading is a longer and more complicated process than seeing.(Virginal Woolf, How Should One Read a Book?)&lt;br /&gt;
我们先来讨论一下小说的读法。一部三十二章的小说，作者努力把它塑造成像建筑物一样有形态、受制约的东西。然而，字句之比于砖瓦，更加触摸不到；阅读比之于观看，是个更为长久而复杂的过程。(Selected from the Anthology of Chinese and English Prose)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（2）门铃一声响，来了客人。从不谢客，礼当接待。忙把袜子穿上，整冠而出。来客红光满面，一开口就知道是远客。（楼适夷，《夜间来客——“名人”被访实录》）&lt;br /&gt;
Suddenly the doorbell rang，announcing the arrival of a visitor. As Mr. Huang had never refused  any visitor before, this one should be received with courtesy too. Quickly putting his socks back on and smoothing his hair，he hurried to the door，and there he was encountered by a man with a fat glowing face. (Lou Shiyi, A Night Visitor— A True Story a ‘Celebrity’ Being Interviewed. Translated by Zhang Peiji)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the two examples above，we can percept that English is of very hypotaxis. In the first example, one preminent feature is the aboundant conjunctions, like “if”, “how”, “but” and “than”. And the sentence structures are tightly knitted with distinct subject-predicate. While in the Chinese version, it is in lack of these overt conjunctive devices. In the second example, in the source language, it uses more than ten verbs in succession, and narrates chronologically. Although it is loosely organized, all of these verbs are arranged in order and present with a clear clue. Therefore, when translating, the translator must demonstrate the hidden logical structure. But it is not absolute to confine English to hypotaxis and Chinese to parataxis, they just differentiate each other in the degree. Actually in English, Julius Caesar also famously said, “I came, I saw, I conquer.” And in some of Chinese works, some writers also tend to use the logical and connective sentences. That is to say, it is just the matter of degree, there are also hypotaxis in Chinese and parataxis in English. Moreover, as the exchanges in the world extend, the Chinese and English thinking modes can also be influenced respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 subject-oriented thinking and object-targeted thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
It is well know that Chinese culture and Occidental Culture are quite different, Chinese culture stress the subject, while Occidental people prefer the objective way of thinking. As China has confronted the sever natural and geographic condition, since the pre-Qin Dynasty, the governor would never think the outside world as the oppositt side of human beings. And Chinese people also advocate the harmony between men and nature, which has been retained till now. Moreover, Chinese Confucian school, Taoism and Buddhism all stress the subject. Lao Tsu said: “ Man models himself after the Earth; the Earth models itself after the Heaven; the Heaven models  itself after Tao；Tao models itself after the Nature. ” Mencius also stated, “All  things  under heaven are being prepared for me.” Hence, since ancient times, the Chinese people  have tended to consider all things from an anthropocentric standpoint. The outstanding scholar Qian Mu states that “In short, Chinese culture takes human and human affairs as a core. Human and human affairs refer to all reality and ideal when human are getting along with each other. The manifestation and achievement of Chinese culture is around the core. The reason why Chinese culture can be fused into a whole is that Chinese culture shows its value through its core-human and human affairs.” (1977: 331) Hence, Chinese culture is human-centered. It is, essentially, a kind of humanistic culture, under the deep influence of which the subjective thought-pattern has come into being. The subjective thought pattern refers to observing, analyzing, learning and studying objects anthropocentrically and view human beings as the part of a whole nature.&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the occidental objective thinking takes objects and nature as core, and pay more attention to the observation and research of the objects. The occidental culture originated in Greek peninsular and its coastal areas, where the sages in Ancient Greece has looked upon at the cosmos and nature, and always investigated the natural mystery. And based on the dichotomy and antithesis, gradually, the spirit of occidental culture is to separate subjective from objective and to conqure nature. Hence the occidental tradition takes nature as cognitive object. Unlike Chinese culture and tradition, the occidental rationalism adovacates objective attitudes. Francis Bacon once remarked, “Authority, habit, prejudice and exaggeration eration are barriers to truth. To seek truth, one should overcome these obstacles. ” Owing to English people’s objective thinking, they often use impersonal to account the events, and try to be objective. G. Leech and J. Svartvik point out: “Formal written language often goes with an impersonal style; i.e. one which the speaker does not refer directly to himself or readers, but avoids the pronouns I, you, we. Some of the common features of impersonal language are passives, sentences beginning with introductory it, and abstract nouns.”(1974:25) While Chinese people’s subjective thinking pattern demonstrates itself in Chinese in two notable ways: animate subjects and the majority used of active voice. Actually, according to Shen Xiaolong, the configuration of Chinese character demonstrates the subject-oriented thinking pattern. Based on the pictographs, the Chinese characters refer to the object and its ideographs are people-oriented. Hence in English-Chinese translation, the translator should transform from subjective thinking to objective thinking, for instance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sight of the big tree always reminds me of my childhood. (连淑能) &lt;br /&gt;
一看见那棵大树，我便想起了童年的情景。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good idea suddenly occur on me.&lt;br /&gt;
我突然想出了一个好主意。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two English sentences, with the abstract subjects: “The sight of the big tree” and “ A good idea” are quite natural to English readers, while in Chinese it is quite queer and none of Chinese people are accustomed to use them in such way. Hence, in Chinese version, it begins with the personal subject “我” and sounds quite smooth and comprehensible to the Chinese readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in English, the two expletive words (it and there) are frequently used show its objectivity in the text. At the same time, in Chinese, there are many no-subject sentences, like “下雪了” “该去学校啦” “太冷了”.  While such kind of expression are not allowed in English, for it appears to be complete with a subject in English grammar. Hence, in English, they can be expressed in this way: “it snows”, “It is time to go to school” and “It is too cold”. And owing to English objective thinking, the English passive voice, especially the impersonal passive of “it” is used as the subject, such as “it is believed”, “it is said”, “it is reported”, etc., expresses the facts or ideas in an objective, indirect and roundabout way. It is obvious that the English passive sentences should be converted into the Chinese active sentences. Although the sentence structures are changed, the meanings still remain the same as the original sentences. Also in English “there” and “there be” pattern are impersonal expressions, But in Chinese translation, concrete persons and things are usually used instead. For instance: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) 公交车来了。&lt;br /&gt;
There comes the bus.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 我家有五口人。&lt;br /&gt;
There are 5 people in my family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clearly, the sentences above reveal that in Chinese there must be certain subjects supplanting the “there” or “there be” pattern. In general, with the influence of the respective modes of thinking, Chinese tends to be subjective and English prefers objection, but it is not necessarily absolute. In English, we can also find numerous personal subjects like “I think”, “I believe”. And in Chinese, it often use the passive tense in the writings in Classical Chinese, such as “受制于人” (be restricted by sb) “为人所骗” (be cheated by sb). Hence, it is also quite common to begin with personal subjects in English and use objective subject and passive tense in Chinese. Clearly, it is a matter of degree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Concrete thinking and abstract thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese people prefer thinking in images and English people prefer thinking in notions. Conspicuously, there are some cultural and historical factors leading to the formation of different thinking patterns. Actually, the change and development of Chinese characters is the best illustration for the concrete thinking of Chinese people. Chinese language is vivid and full of images. As we all know that the Chinese character is characterized by pictographs, which express the meaning through the outer form. For example, the character “人” (man) is like the two legs of a person; and “从” (follow) looks like that one person is followed by another; the “山” (mountain) is the shape of a mountain. Therefore, from ancient times, Chinese people tend to borrow the images of outside world to form their own hieroglyphs. Following such kind of thought model, concrete thinking is established and reflected in Chinese language. As Nakamura remarks, “The Chinese people had a high regard for particulars, and presented content concretely in accordance with their way of thinking, naturally fond of complex multiplicity expressed in concrete form.” ( 1991, 217) While Occidental people prefer abstract thinking which takes concept, judgement and reasoning as form of thinking, and expresses ideas and emotions through logical sentences. Since the English letters are based on the Greek alphabet, and it is hard to form a pictograph to express the meaning of the word which can only come from the object description of the nature. Also in the process of learning and analyzing the objective world, the occidental aim at exploring the essence and origin of the world. By means of classification and analysis, they try to find the universals of the same kind of objects and combine them together to form a so-called “the World of form” or “the ideal world”. Moreover, they are fairly interested in the properties of things, and examine them carefully and thoroughly. Their explorations about mathematics, geometry and astronomy contribute to abstract thinking. In the aspect of linguistic expression, the English language tend to be more abstract or logical. Abstract language refers to the language that uses method of abstract diction to express the complex ideas which lie mainly in abstract nouns. G. M. Young once pointed that an excessive reliance on the noun at the expense of the verb will, in the end，detach the mind of the writer from the realities of here and now, from when and how and in what mood the thing was done. and insensibly induce a habit of abstraction, generalization and vagueness. While in Chinese language, the concrete, clear and picturesque words are widely used, just as R. Flesch states, “ Chinese dose more to you than just simplify your constructions… They formed the habit of expressing ideas by metaphors, similes, and all aegis, in short, by every known devices for making a thing plain by comparing it with something else.” ( 1946: 15-16)The two different kinds of thinking patterns also can be medonstrated in the artistic design of literary works. For instance, the poem《凉州词》written by Wang Han, and the poem《登高》 writer by Du Fu can fully examplify the concrete and picturesque Chinese language, and both of them are translated by Xu Yuanchong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
葡萄美酒夜光杯，&lt;br /&gt;
欲饮琵琶马上催。&lt;br /&gt;
  — 王翰《凉州词》&lt;br /&gt;
With wine of grapes the cups of jade would glow at night,&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking to pipa songs, we are summoned to fight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
无边落木萧萧下，&lt;br /&gt;
不尽长江滚滚来。&lt;br /&gt;
  —杜甫《登高》&lt;br /&gt;
The boundless forest sheds its leaves shower by shower,&lt;br /&gt;
The endless river rolls it’s waves hour after hour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the two poems above, the poets use several concrete images like “wine of grapes”, “cups of jade” “boundless forest” and “ endless river”. It is easy to visualize the certain situation that poets depict for us, when we read these lines. While in English there are more abstract nouns to replace the function of verb and express abstract meanings, which sometimes can cause puzzlement for Chinese people. For instance, in Benjamin Franklin’s The Autobiography: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“To help myself live without fault, I made a list of what I considered the 13 virtues. These virtues are: 1 Temperance, 2 Self-control, 3 Silence, 4 Order, 5 Firmness of mind, 6 Savings,  7 Industry, 8 Honesty, 9 Justice, 10 Cleanliness, 11, calmness, 12 Morality, 13 Humbleness.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“为了使自己生活中不犯错误，特别列出我认为应该身体力行的 13 条守则。这些守则&lt;br /&gt;
是：1.节制饮食 2.自我克制 3. 沉默寡言 4. 有条不紊 5. 坚定信念 6.勤俭节约 7. 工作勤奋8. 忠诚老实 9. 办事公正 10. 衣着整洁 11.平心静气 12. 品行高尚 13.谦虚恭顺。”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 13 abstract words in English and they are translated into Chinese concretely with the verbs to gover the phrases. So that it would be vividly explained what do these abstract words convey in a specific way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wisdom prepares for the worst; but folly leaves the worst for the day it comes.&lt;br /&gt;
智者防范于未然，愚者临渴掘井。（陈文伯译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence, “wisdom” and “folly” are two abstract nouns, but they actually refer to certain people. The expression in English is quite common and concise, while Chinese people are accustomed to the thinking in images, hence, in the translation, the concept of two abstract nouns is materialized as two people with certain properties. So that Chinese people can better understand the implicit meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.4 circular thinking and linear thinking===&lt;br /&gt;
According to Robert Kaplan who analynizes different discourses and their different organization in different notions, students from different cultural backgrounds adopt different patterns of writing. The Chinese text, in contrast with the English text which is organized in a linear structure, is usually arranged in circular structure (1966:1-2). &lt;br /&gt;
Circular thinking can also be known as inductive thinking in which we infer a conclusion on the basis of facts and draw a conclusion from particular to general. From ancient times, traditional Chinese medicine already sets a model for us. They follow the principles of “inspection”, “inquiry”, “listening” and “smelling” and can finally make a diagnosis. Later in Compendium of Materia Medica writen by Li Shizheng, it collect and summarize a vast of prescription based on his practical experiences and mothods. And underlying the observations, Chinese people will finally draw a conclusion and are not always accustomed to express their opinions directly. Actually, it can derive from the traditional Chinese culture where the Confucianism immensely governs people’s thought. Under the influence of “the doctrine of mean” and the underlined “mutual harmony” in traditional Chinese philosophy, which cultivate Chinese to avoid direct confrontation and conflicts and take a mean course while they are thinking. Hence such kind of circular thinking model can be reflected upon the Chinese language where ideas are often organized and linked in an overall  framework, and does not state the topic directly in the opening lines but constantly lays out  relevant or even irrelevant information to provide many-sided perspectives for judging. While, on the contrary, the occidental thinking pattern tends to be linear, or we can say it is a kind of deductive thinking model. It starts from general to particular, from abstract to concrete, and from outcome to reason. The occidental prefer to directly talk about the topic at the beginning without reservation. As a matter of fact, it is deeply influenced by the Greek philosophy. The way of thinking is inherited from the Greek philosophers, such as Plato and Aristotle, especially Aristotlian logical and reasonable thinking. Aristotle puts forward two thought patterns: “ deduction and induction”, while he himself view the deductive method superior to the inductive one. Just as Guo remarks, “ For over 2000 years, syllogism and deduction has been a mainstream for western culture and thought.” And also Aristotle generalizes the discourse into four parts: beginning, poising a question, analysis and expounding, conclusion, which can be viewed as an epitome of occidental linear thinking pattern. In general, English thought pattern is a straight pattern. And so a text is usually centered on a topic in the form of the topic sentence of topic paragraph and then it is developed in a deductive method, directly by many sentences in a sequence. So, the crucial part is usually put at the beginning of an English sentence, but at the end of a Chinese sentence. Here are some examples: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Soccer is a difficult sport. A player must be able to run steadily without rest. Sometimes a player must hit the ball with his or her head. Players must be willing to bang into or be banged into by others. They must put up with aching feet and sore muscles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
足球运动员必须不停地奔跑，有时得用头顶球，撞别人或被别人撞，必须忍受双腿和肌肉的疼痛，所以说，足球是一项难度大的运动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another example to view how Chinese people and American people express their own emotions. The two excerpts are from the Keynote Speech By H.E. Xi Jinping President of the people’s Republic of China At the Opening Ceremony of The third China International Import Expo and President Obama’ speech at Fu Dan University in Shanghai respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 各位来宾:&lt;br /&gt;
女士们，先生们，朋友们：&lt;br /&gt;
Distinguished Guests,&lt;br /&gt;
Ladies and Gentlemen,&lt;br /&gt;
Dear Friends,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在各方共同努力下，第三届中国国际进口博览会开幕了！首先，我代表中国.   政府和中国人民，并以我个人的名义，向各位嘉宾，表示热烈的欢迎！对各位新老朋友，表示诚挚的问候！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With concerted efforts of all parties, the third China International Import Expo (CIIE) is now open. At the outset, let me extend, on behalf of the government and people of China as well as in my own name, a hearty welcome to all the distinguished guests. To the many old and new friends, I give you my warm greetings and best regards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good afternoon. It is a great honor for me to be here in Shanghai, and to have this opportunity to speak with all of you.&lt;br /&gt;
诸位下午好。 我感到很荣幸能够有机会到上海跟你们交谈。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, in the first example, in English versions, the topic sentence is presented first, then it begins to illustrate the topic in a logical way to convince us that soccer is a difficult sport. Then in the second example, we can see that the president Xi and American former President Obama show their delightment in quite different ways. We Chinese people tend to express our joy at the end of discourse, while American people are willing to show their emotions at the beginning, which also vividly presents the Chinese linear thinking and Occidental circular thinking. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Although the distinction between Chinese linear thinking and Occidental circular thinking is widely recognized at home and abroad, it is not categorically clear about the line between Chinese and English. Actually, many ancient writers in China are fond of coming straight to the point and hit the nail on the head in a precise way. Liang Qichao, an excellent ancient scholar in Qing Dynasty, proposes in his the Methodology of composition above middle school, that the most important thing is to make readers get the writer’s purpose at a glance when reading an article, so that it can touch and gain the reader’s interest. And also the “general discussion-sub discussion-conclusion model” is only one certain structure for English writing. Hence it is hard to say that English is Linear and Chinese is circular as Robert Kaplan defines, and we have to critically think about the differences between Chinese and English.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The discussions of the comparison between Chinese and Occidental thinking models have been carried out for a long time. In this paper, through the comparison on four opposite types of modes of thinking: Holistic thinking vs Analytical thinking, subject-oriented thinking vs object-targeted thinking, concrete thinking vs abstract thinking, and linear thinking vs circular thinking, and presenting how they reflect upon their language, it demonstrates that cultural diversity and different historical origin may dominate the formation of thinking patterns. Since in the sea of the Chinese and Occidental language and thought, the culture is like a mirror which reflects all-embracing phenomena. That is to say, language, thought and culture are essentially associated with each other. While there are also some other types of comparison among modes of thought like “static thinking vs dynamic thinking”, “fuzzy thinking vs accurate thinking” and so on. Moreover, we have to classify the writing style and genre of the articles, which would set up different principles in diction, so we can not lump together under one head and blindly follow that the Chinese and Occidental thinking models must be opposite in certain dimension. Hence this paper just tries to compare them in a general way, so that we can have a relatively overall view about the two language. Since the thought impacts a lot upon the language, we have to firstly understand how people from different nation think about the world and other objects around them, and then better understand why and how they tend to use such kind of ways of expression. Then it is greatly useful to learn a second language well and to better perform in the cross-cultural communication with the extent of cultural exchanges nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bibliography===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Flesch, R. The Art of Plain Words. New York: Harper &amp;amp; Brothers Publishers, 1946.&lt;br /&gt;
*Kaplan, R. B. “Cultural Thought Patterns in Intercultural Education in Language Learning”, A Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1966.&lt;br /&gt;
*Leech, G. and Svartvik, J. A Communicative Grammar of English Longman, 1974. &lt;br /&gt;
*Nakamura, Hajime. Ways of Thinking of Eastern Peoples—Indian, China, Tibet, Japan. London:Kegan Paul International, 1997. &lt;br /&gt;
*Nida，Eugene A Translating Meaning [M] San Dimas, California: English Language Institute, 1982. 16.&lt;br /&gt;
*Sapir, E. Language, [M]. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1921.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lian Shuneng. 连淑能. (2002) 论中西思维方式【J】 On Chinese and Western modes of thinking. 大连：外语与外语教学.  Dalian: Foreign language and teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1992)  《汉英对比翻译》【M】 Contrastive Study and Translation between English and Chinese, 南昌:  江西教育出版社, Nanchang: Jiangxi Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Qian Mu. 钱穆，(1977)《世界局势与中国文化》The World Situation and Chinese Culture【M】 台北：台北东大图书公司，Taibei: Taipei Dongda Book Co.LTD.&lt;br /&gt;
*Shen Xiaolong. 申小龙.  汉字构形的主体思维及其人文精神 . 【J】The Subjective thinking and humanistic spirit of Chinese Characters《学术月刊》 1994 第14期, 74. Academic Monthly, 1994 (14), 74.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Dehua. 汪德华. 英汉思维方式对其语言、文字的影响 【J】. The influence of Thinking Modes of English and Chinese on Their Language and Character. 外语与外语教学，2003, (3), 36. Foreign Language and Teaching, 2003 (3), 36.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Li. 张 黎. (1994) 《文化的深层选择———汉语意合语法论》 【M】on Chinese Parataxis Grammar. 长春：吉林教育出版社Changchun: Jilin Education Press.&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Sijie &amp;amp; Zhang Boran. 张思洁, 张柏然. 形合与意合的哲学思维反思【J】Parataxis versus Hypotaxis— a Reflection on the Relation between Language, Philosophy and modes of Thinking,  中国翻译 Chinese  Translation. 2001 (7), 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Functional Equivalence and Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance 曾良 Zeng Liang 英语笔译 202070080578==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late 1960s, the famous American translator Eugene Nida proposed functional equivalence, which has an overwhelming significance in the development of translation theory. This theory is based on modern linguistics, social semiotics and information theory.Its equivalence is not confined to the corrrespondence in vocabulary and grammar between original language and target language. Meanwhile, the correspondence of response between the original readers and the target language readers is also paid attention. Nida points out that translation should accord with original text in meaning, rather than form, and he also pays much attention to the response of the target language readers. He thinks that expressing the target language properly and appropriately is the central task in translating, which has an important guiding significance for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the further effect of western translation theories on Chinese translation theories, translators of China also propose different translation theories. Based on Chinese classical aesthetics and literary criticism, Yan Fu, a famous translator of China, proposes the famous translation standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, which has a deep influence on China’s translation circle and provides an important translation theory for Chinese translators. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance all provide important translation standards for translators and have a pivotal role in the history of translation theories. At the same time, by analyzing the Chinese translation of ''Vanity Fair'' written by Thackery, the similarities and differences of thse two translation theories will be presented, which will promote the understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words:=== Functional equivalence; Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance; similarities and differences; Vanity Fair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪60年代末。美国著名翻译家尤金·奈达提出了翻译理论发展史上具有里程碑意义的“功能对等”翻译理论，该理论以现代语言学、社会符号学以及信息论为理论基础，其对等并未局限于原语和目的语之间词汇和语法的转换，对原语读者的感受和目的语言读者的感受是否一致也同样关注。奈达提倡翻译并未形式的对等而是客观内容的对等，他还重视目的语接受者的反应，以合适、贴切的目的语表达视为翻译的中心任务，这对翻译工作者具有重要的指导意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着西方翻译理论对中国翻译理论的影响日益加深，中国翻译家也逐渐提出了自己的翻译理论。中国著名翻译家严复基于中国传统美学和文学评论，提出了著名的“信达雅”翻译标准。这一翻译标准在中国翻译界影响深远，为翻译工作者提供了很重要的翻译理论。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达和严复的翻译理论都为翻译工作者提供了重要的翻译标准，在翻译理论史上都具有举足轻重的作用。同时，这两大理论具有许多相似之处和不同点。本文通过对萨克雷《名利场》的中文译本进行分析，并通过对信息文本的处理来对比分析两大理论，找到两者的异同点，希望能对两大翻译理论的理解有一定的促进作用。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：功能对等；信达雅；异同；《名利场》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking back on the history of Chinese and western translation, we can see that translation theories are rich and colorful. In the western translation field, Nida is recognized as an outstanding representative. His “ Functional equivalence” theory has broken through the traditional formal equivalence theory and has had a broad and far-reacching impact. In the Chinese translation circle, Yan Fu is the most influential one. He puts forward the “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” translation standard, which is a milestone in the history of Chinese translation theory and promotes the development of Chinese translation theory(Tan Kai 2011, 43).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Nida and Yan Fu are in different social environment, and their translation standards are once questioned and denied, it is undeniable that these two translation standards are still the most authoritative and vital in Chinese and Western translation circles.（Zhang Yimei 2020, 180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a well-known contemporary western linguistics, an expect that researches Bible as well as a translation theorist. His translation view, which is called functional equivalence, has set off a wave of enthusiasm in the translation field(Zhang Yimei 2020,180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1964, Nida put forward “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence” in the book ''Toward A Science of Translating''(Nida 1964, 45). However, he did not give a clear definition of “dynamic equivalence” until 1969 in the book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''(Nida 1969, 34). In 1993, the expression “dynamic equivalence” was superseded by “functional equivalence” in his work ''From One Language to Another'' (Nida 1993, 67). Dynamic Equivalence is defined “in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it is essentially the same manner as the receptors in the source language(Nida 1969, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence emphasizes the response of equivalence rather than the form of equivalence. In the process of evaluating the quality of a translation, one should not only see whether the form is consistent with the original text, or whether the content is fluent and smooth, but also check whether the response of the target language readers is consistent with the original readers or whether the effect produced by the target text is consistent with the original text（Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). As we all know, it is impossible for a transltion to be faithful to the original to full extent. There are many reasons for this. For example, the language ability and knowledge background of translator can cause differences in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Language, Culture and Translating'', Nida divided functional equivalence into two levels: the minimal level and the maximal level(Nida 2001, 78). The minimal level of functional equivalence is defined as “The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers of the text must have understood and appreciated it”. The maximal level is stated as “The readers of a translated text should be able to understand and appreciate it in essentially the same manner as the original readers did”(Nida 1993,118). The two definitions of equivalence reveal that the minimal level is realistic, whereas the maximal level ideal. For Nida, good translations always lie between the two levels (Nida,1995,224).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu is a famous enlightenment thinker and educator in modern China, as well as an outstanding translation theorist. His three principles of translation—faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, were widely accepted as essential criteria for understanding translations since the early 20th century. It appeared in Yan Fu’s preface to his translation of Huxley’s ''Evolution and Ethics'' (1898)（Zhang Xi 2014,1):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness (Xin), expressiveness (da) and elegance (ya). Faithfulness is difficult enough to attain but a translation that is faithful but not expressive, or fluent, is no translation at all. Expressiveness is therefore of prime importance. Since China’s opening to foreign trade by sea, there has been no lack of interpreters and translators. But if you assign them any book to translate and tell them to meet these two requirements, few can do so(Yan Fu 2009, 202).”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on his understanding of ancient Buddhist Scriptures translation and translation practices, Yan Fu advanced “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which has a great contribution to the history of China’s translation and has become the fundamental tenets of the 20th century Chinese translation theory(Zhang Xi 2014, 2). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Yan’s three principles, the translator should be faithful in conveying the message of the original text, fluent in the expression of the target language, and elegant in the writing style. “Faithfulness” emphasizes the fidelity to the original text. Yan pointed out that translator couldn’t begin his work until he has grasped the spirit and logic of the original text. “ Expressiveness” stresses the fluency and acceptability that the translation expresses. “Elegance” reflects that Yan pays much attention to readers’ thought. Yan said in the preface to his translation of ''Evolution and Ethics''(Yan Fu 2009, 202):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Confucious said, ‘Diction should be expressive.’ He also said, ‘Diction without elegance cannot reach far.’ The three principles should be the basic elements of any writing, and the tenet for the translator. Apart from faithfulness and expressiveness, I seek elegance.(Yan Fu 2009, 202)”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people reagrd Yan’s translation standard as a golden rule, however, there are also some criticisms of it. Most criticisms come from the denial of standard “ elegance”. According to Yan Fu, elegance means using Chinese charcters of pre-Han dynasty to express original text. He is inclined to use classical style of writing in pursuing elegance because of two reasons: firstly, he believes that boring language cannot expand the influence of translated text; secondly, most of the readers of that time are knowledgeable people from the upper class and the translations are foreign philosophy and social science(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the common readers cannot understand the real meaning of the original text. “Elegance” people mentioned now has been modified by later generations, which refers to that the translation should be literary and elegant. Although there are still some doubts about the standard “elegance”, the contribution and influence of Yan’s “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” are undeniable(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theoretial Foundation===&lt;br /&gt;
====Theoretical Foundation of Nida’s Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Modern Linguistic=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is based on modern linguistic and it has a close relationship with linguistics(Guo Dingju 2013, 15). Nida successfully applied the research of modern linguistics into translation theory. He used semantic theories, especially the method of semantic componential analysis to analyze referring meaning and associative meaning of vocabulary objectively and accurately(Guo Dingju 2013, 16). He transformed Chomsky’s core sentence theory, deep structure and surface structure, created a relatively complete process of interlingual conversion, and proposed a three-stage theory of the translation process（Zhu Haotong 2006,64). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Nida’s opinion, various language structures have many similarities and deep structure is more common than surface structure(Nida 1964, 68). Therefore, through the interlingual  conversion of deep structure, the fidelity to the original text can be ensured to the greatest extent. At the same time, since the surface structure of the translated text is the free expression of the conversion of deep structure, the smoothness of the translated text can be ensured as much as possible. The faithful and smooth translations create conditions for the equivalence of readers’ reaction, which makes it possible to achieve functional equivalence(Nida 1964, 68).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Information Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is also based on information theory. Nida believes that translation is an activity of transforming the information expressed in one language into another, that is to say, the information encoded in one code is transformed into another(Nida 1984, 34). The purpose of translating is to communicate by conveying information(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Only when the target language readers obtain the same information as the original readers, the relationship between the target language readers and target information is basically the same as the relationship between original language readers and original information(Nida 1964, 68). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida notices that the original readers’ ability to accept information is different from that of target language readers(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Generally speaking, the information receptive ability of original language readers is better than target language readers, especially when the original language and target language belong to different language systems and cultures(Zhu Haotong 2006,64). Nida stresses that in order to let the target language readers obtain the same information as the original readers, translators can change appropriately the form of the original for the target readers to better understand the translation(Nida 1984, 34). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Social Semiotics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is also based on social semiotics. Nida believes that translating is to translate the meaning of the original, and social semiotics is the most comprehensive system to analyze the meaning(Zhu Haotong 2006,65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''Language, Culture and Translation'', Nida points out that using social semiotics, the science that researches all codes and symbols in human society, to study translation is the most comprehensive way, and the key that it is superior to any other translation methods to carry on interlingual translation is that social semiotics studies all codes in human society, and it focuses on studying language, the most comprehensive and complex semiotic systems used by human. Therefore, in terms of decoding and encoding, the translation method of social semiotics is more comprehensive than any other translation methods(Nida 1993, 67). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Theoretical Foundation of Yan Fu’s Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Chinese Aesthetics=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aesthetics is at first a branch of philosophy dealing with the nature of art, beauty and taste with creation and appreciation of beauty（Guo dingju 2013, 18). It has a great impact on traditional Chinese translation theories and standards. In 1898, Yan Fu put forward the famous translation standard “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance”, which has always been the central idea of Chinese translation theory and aesthetics(Yan Fu 2009, 202). Its influence is far-reaching and almost no one can match with it today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Faithfulness” means the meaning of the target text should be faithful to the original text with accurate words and without arbitrary omission or deletion. “Expressiveness” means that the form of the target text is not constrained and the translation is smooth and clear. “Elegance” refers to that the words of translation should be appropriate and vivid, and the translation should be concise and elegant like the original. “Faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” reveal the essence of translation(Yan Fu 2009, 202). Compared with the long-winded theoretical explanation abroad, these three words cover almost all the content of translation aesthetics, and fully reflect the concise beauty of Chinese characters(Guo Dingju 2013, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese aesthetics mainly comes from the ancient asetheics, which is the theoretical foundation of Yan Fu’s translation theory of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance(Guo Dingju 2013, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Literary Criticism=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary criticism (or literary studies) is the study, evaluation, and interpretation of literature. Modern literary criticism is often influenced by literary theory, which is the philosophical discussion of literature's goals and methods(Guo Dingju 2013, 19). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the whole, literary criticism can be divided into two categories. One is a body of study focused on ethics and human emotions. The other is a bulk of explorations centered round the craftmanship of literary works(Li Jianzhong 2009, 45). The core of Chinese literary criticism is the theory of literary creation(Li Jianzhong 2009, 46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are mainly three types of literary criticism in the early 20th century from the aspect of functions of criticism. The first type of literary criticism focuses on literary works proper. The critics of this type analyze literay works with their own experience and wisdom, which is called art-oriented criticism and Lu Xun is its representative. The second type is aimed at an independent cultural value. The critics try to dig out its philosophical, psychological, ethnic and linguistic significance of works. The third one is society-oriented criticism and it serves politics. It works well in the period of political struggels(Wang Yunxi 2007, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Comparative Studies on Translation theories of Nida and Yan Fu===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introdution of ''Vanity Fair'' and Yang Bi’s Translation Versions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====About ''Vanity Fair''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Vanity Fair'' is Mr. Thackeray’s most important work. The novel takes place during the Napoleonic Wars and tells the lives of two contrasted girls: Amelia Sedley, the daughter of a wealthy merchant, a good natured, loveable though simple-minded young girl, and Rebecca (Becky) Sharp, an orphan who is a strong-willed and cunning young woman. These two girls met at Miss Pinkerton’s Academy for young ladies, the former driven by delicate heart and the latter by social ambition(Guo Dingju 2013, 21).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the begining, Becky lived in a rich life and her social state was promoted step by step relying on some ignoble means. But Amelia suffered great sorrow because of her father’s bankruptcy. However, several years later, their lives were totally changed. They seemed to go back to their origianl work. Becky gained nothing, and Amelia returned to happy life again(Thackeray 2006，178).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This novel gains great success and shapes the image of a bad woman, Becky. You may hate her, but you will never forget her once you read this wonderful novel. Although she is a charater living in a different time and world, you can feel her presence in our world, even in any society. ''Vanity Fair'' is one of the greatest literary works describing society at that time written by William Makepeace Thackeray(Guo Dingju 2013, 21). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The capitalists’ accumulation and the 19th society are all presented to readers through Thackeray’s description. This novel reflects the degradation and social hypocrisy and people at time time try every means to keep in contact with the upper class. The title of this novel reveal the theme: the treasures of vanity fair, that is money and position, are desirable but transient. Thackeray’s idea is that although one may live in vanity fair, one doesn’t need to be a slave to its values, which will eventually turn into emptiness(Thackeray 2006, 89).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yang Bi’s Translation of ''Vanity Fair''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many Chinese translation version of ''Vanity Fair''. Among these versions, Yang Bi’s translation version ranks the first, which has been published for four times by different publications. Yang Bi’s version of Vanity Fair was firstly published by People’s Literature Publication in 1957. Then it was published in 1997 and 2000. The latest version was published in 2012 by The Commercial Press in 2012. Yang Bi’s translation version of ''Vanity Fair'' was praised and encouraged by many translators, such as Fu Lei(Guo Dingju 2013, 23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bi shows target language readers a sense of wholeness by smooth sentence structure amd takes related cultural background into consideration. Owing to her proficiency in Chinese, she can convey the meaning of original text appropriately to Chinese readers and Chinese readers can have a good understanding of western literary works(Guo Dingju 2013, 23).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An Analysis on Nida’s Functional Equivalence from Translation of ''Vanity Fair''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thackeray has a sharp eye on his literary works, especially in ''Vanity Fair'', which requires an outstanding understanding and expressive ability of the translator. When comparing the English and Chinese version of Vanity Fair, it’s easy for us to find that Yang Bi’s translation is good at dealing with words, sentences, chapters, and rhetorical devices. Her translation is natural and smooth that the target language readers feel like reading the traditional novels(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 16). In this paper, two main aspects will be analyzed by the author.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Lexical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In traditional grammar, one of the kernel parts is Part of Speech. Some regular rules are deeply rooted in our minds, such as adjectives modify nouns, adverbs modify verbs and adjectives, and conjunctions connect parts of sentences. People who learn foreign languages are familiar with these rules. However, the quality of translation will be influenced if these rules are brought into the translation. Under this circumstance, Nida suggests abandoning the traditional grammar and adopting new seven-part-of-speech system(Nida 1943，89), those are &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)entities, such as woman, desk, dictionary, and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) activities, such as walk, run, swim and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)states, such as dead, excited, happy and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)characteristics, such as tall, huge, fat and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)processes, such as shorten, grow, enlarge and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)links, such as when, during, below and so on; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)deictics, such as that, there, this and so on(Nida 1986, 20). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of Yang Bi’s ''Vanity Fair'', we can find that the target text is flexible and functional equivalence of Nida is achieved at the lexical level. Free translation is the main translation method that she adopts. What’s more, she combines different translation techniques, such as combination, addition, and omission to reproduce the origianl meaning in the target language(Zhang Yanmei 2019,16). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exampe 1:  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST1:...for what can be prettier than an image of Love on his knees before Beauty？(Thackeray 2006, 138)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1:痴情男子向美貌佳人跪下求婚，还不是一幅最赏心悦目的画吗？(杨必 2013, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
                                                &lt;br /&gt;
In ST1, “Love” and “Beauty” are two entities according to Nida’s classification of words(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19). In the original text, Thackeray describes a scene in which Baron proposes to Rebecca. He uses abstract words “Love” and “Beauty” to represent Baron and Rebecca. In TT1, Yang Bi translates “Love” and “Beauty” into “痴情男子“and “美貌佳人”to reproduce the meaning of the original text. Although the words in ST1 are abstract and the words in TT1 are concrete, the meaning of the origianl text is greatly reproduced in the translation, and the translation is even more vivid than the original one. What’s more, the translation contains a humorous tone, and the target language readers can feel humorous and interesting(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19). If we translate “Love” and “Beauty” into “爱情” and “美人”, the literal menaing and charm of original text are lost and the style of original text is not reproduced in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Syntactical Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sentence is the basic unit of language. In the process of translating Englsih sentences into Chinese, the translator should comprehend the original writer’s intention and then express it in the target language. Thus, the arrangement of sentences should be considered. On the syntactical level, English has long compound sentences which belong to hypotactic sentence, while Chinese has more short sentences which belong to paratactic sentence. What’s more, there are many distinctions between English and Chinese sentences which requires the translator to make proper adjustments. In order to overcome the obstacles of long sentences in translation, Nida put forward a suggestion that one long difficult sentence can be divided into several core sentences (Nida, 1946). Nida uses the concept of core kernel sentence(Nida 1946, 55). He think there are seven types of kernel sentence in English:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)subject+predicate+adverbial, such as, John wrote slowly;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)subject+predicate+object, such as, John hit Bill;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)subject+predicate+object+object, such as, John gave Mary a gift;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)subject+be+subject complement, such as John is in the restaurant;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5)subject+be+attributive, such as, John is kind;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)subject+be+indefinite article+noun, such as, John is a man.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)subject+be+pronoun+noun, such as, John is my friend.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above seven sentences are understandable in human language. No matter what language you speak in communicating with others, the people you talk with can understand your meaning as long as you use simple sentences(Guo Dingju 2013, 32). Nida believes that experienced translators often break down complex sentences into simple sentences when translating the origianl text(Nida 1946, 56). The translator often needs to make proper adjustments and rebuild the sentence structure in the target text. Many examples in Yang Bi’s translation of Vanity Fair are discovered to simplify the sentences. From her translation, we also find out that functional equivalence is achieved at the syntactical level in Yang Bi’s translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST2:His first marriage with the daughter of the noble Binkie had been made under the auspices of his parents; and as he often told Lady Crawley in her lifetime she was such a confounded quarrelsome high-bred jade that when she died he was hanged if he would ever take another of her sort, at her ladyship’s demise he kept his promise, and selected for a second wife Miss Rose Dawson, daughter of Mr.Johm Thomas Dawson, ironmonger, of Mudbury. (Thackeray2016,75)                                                                                 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2:他第一次结婚的时候，奉父母之命娶了一位贵族小姐，是平葛家里的女儿。克劳来夫人活着的时候，他就常常当面说她是个讨人嫌的婆子，礼数又足，嘴巴子又碎；并且说等她死了之后，死也不愿意再娶这么一个老婆了。他说到做到：妻子去世以后，他就挑了墨特白菜铁器商人约翰·汤姆士·道生的女儿露丝·道生做填房。&lt;br /&gt;
（Yang Bi 2013,76)                               &lt;br /&gt;
                                                   &lt;br /&gt;
In ST2, there is a long and complex sentence and the word quantity of this sentence is eighty. According to Nida’s theory, this long sentence can be divided into several kernel sentences(Nida 1946,76). Yang Bi carefully simplified this long sentence into several short sentences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)他第一次结婚的时候，奉父母之命娶了一位贵族小姐，是葛平家里的女儿。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His first marriage with the daughter of the noble had been undre the auspices of his parents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)他经常跟克莱劳夫人说一些事。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He often told Lady Crawley in her lifetime.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)她是个讨人嫌的婆子，礼数又足，嘴巴子又卖力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She was such a confounded quarrelsome high-bred jade. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)她死后，他许下承诺。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He was hanged after her death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5）他不会再娶这么一个老婆了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He would never take another of her sort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(6)妻子去世后，他遵守了自己的承诺。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At her ladyship’s demise he kept his promise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(7)他挑了墨特白菜铁器商人约翰·汤姆士·道生的女儿露丝·道生做填房。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He selected for a second wife Miss Rose Dawson, daughter of Mr. John Thomas Dawson, ironmonger, of Mudbury.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the sentence structure is transformed from a long complex sentence into seven short simple sentences. Although the sentence structure is different, the meaning of the original is expressed completely in its translation and the target language readers can have a good understanding of the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====An Analysis on Yan Fu’s Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance from Translation of ''Vanity Fair''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Yang Bi’s ''Vanity Fair'' is a good example of combination of Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegence(Guo Dingju 2013, 23). We will analyze Yang Bi’s translation of ''Vanity Fair'' from lrxical and sentence level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Literary words demands that the translator has good comand of comprehensive and expressive abilities. Although many words are equivalence in English-Chinese dictionary, yet it is not easy to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance with mere literal meaning equivalence(Guo Dingju 2013, 25). Thackeray is very particular about the words, so it is not easy for the translator to express the original meaning. But Yang Bi grasps the original meaning and does quite well in his translation, which makes the translation vivid and interesting. Let’s look at how to achieve faithfulness, expressive and elegance in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST3: ...for what can be prettier than an image of Love on his knees before Beauty?(Thackeray 2006, 138)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3:痴情公子向美貌佳人跪下求婚，还不是一幅最赏心悦目的画吗？(杨必 2013, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In ST3, there is a scene of Baron proposing marriage to Rebecca. Thackeray uses the abstract words “an image of Love” and “Beauty” to refer to Baron and Rebecca. What’s more, the original text contains a ridiculous tone, and readers can feel humorous from Thackeray’s words. Only when the translator translates the style and spirit of the original faithfully can faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance be achieved(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the words “prettier”, “an image of Love” and “Beauty” are translated into “更好看”“爱情形象”“美人” respectively, the style and charm of the original are lost and faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are not achieved in the translation. In Yang Bi’s translaton ,she achieves faithfulness, expressiveness and elegence by her good mastering of language. In TT3, “痴情男子”“美貌佳人”and “赏心悦目” reproduce the further meaning of the original text, which achieves the standard of Yan Fu’s faithfulness. What’s more, expressiveness is also achieved in her translation because the translation is smooth. Meanwhile, these groups of words are elegant,  which convey the style and charm of the original text and conform to the characteristcs of literary works. Thus, elegance is also achieved in Yang Bi’s translation(Zhang Yanmei 2019, 19).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====At Sentence Level===== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
English and Chinese are different in many aspects. For example, English sentences are tree-structure and there are many long complex sentences in English, while Chinese sentences are bamboo-structure and they are usually short. English sentences emphasize hypotaxis, while Chinese sentences stress parataxis(Guo Dingju 2013,40). Thus, it is impracticable to translate English into Chinese without changing sentence structures and it is difficult for the translator to achieve Yan Fu’s standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. There are many long sentences in ''Vanity Fair'', so it is a challenging work for Yang Bi to translate them into Chinese. However, by researching Yang Bi’s translation, we will find out her good performance of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST4:The amiable behavior of Mr.Crawley, and Lady Jane’s kind reception of her, highly flattered Miss Briggs, who was enabled to speak a good word for the latter, after the cards of the Southdown family had been presented to Miss Crawley.(Thackeray 2006, 74)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT4:布立葛丝小姐看看克劳莱先生的态度那么客气，吉恩小姐又待她热情，觉得受宠若惊，等到沙吴赛家里的名片送到克劳莱小姐面前，她就找机会给吉恩小姐说了些好话。(Yang Bi 1997, 6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original sentence, the abstract words “behavior” and “reception” are the subject of the sentence, which shows the static feature of English. If translate it into “克劳莱先生的客气态度和吉恩小姐的热情接待使布立葛丝小姐受宠若惊……” without changing sentence structure, we will find that it doesn’t conform to the expression habits of Chinese. Although it seems to be faithful to the original form and meaning, it is stiff. On the contrary, Yang Bi changes its sentence structure and uses the object of the original as the subject in target language. With this adjustment, Yang Bi changes static language into dynamic one and faithfully reproduces the meaning of the original into target language. What’s more, her translation is smooth and full of beauty of literary works. In a word, the translation of this sentence conform to the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A Comparative Study on Translation Theory of Nida and Yan Fu====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Similarities of Them=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are very popular in the translation field, which have been used as golden rules in the process of translating(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). In fact, there are many similarities between them. This paper will research two main similarities of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One similarity of them is that they both pay attention to readers’ response. In Nida’s opinion, one of important ways of evaluating translation works is the target text reader’s response to the information conveyed by the original author. Thus, when evaluating a translation work we should pay attention to target language readers. Meanwhile, we should compare the reaction of original readers with the reaction of target readers to see if they are consistent(Nida&amp;amp;Taber 1969, 22).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu also attaches great importance to readers.The purpose of his translation is to enlighten the ruling class, who are more proficient in classical Chinese. So Yan Fu advocates using the words and grammar of Han Dynasty(Guo Dingju 2013, 43). Therefore, Nida and Yan Fu both pay attention to readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other similarity is that they both emphasize on conveying information. Nida believes that translation is communication. Translation works are useless if they cannot play the role of communicating(Zhu Haotong 2006, 64). Therefore, the relationship between the target language recipient and the translation information should be the same as the relationship between the original language recipient and the original information(Nida 1969,30). But sometimes it is difficult to completely convey information in the original text into the target text. In this case, the translator must change the form of the target language to some extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu also stresses on conveying the original information. He points out that words and phrases can be reversed, added and deleted freely(Guo Dingju 2013,44). We need not care too much about the order of phrases without losing the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
By comparing the similarities of Nida’s  and Yan Fu’s translation theories, we can find out that they both pay attention to readers and emphasize on conveying information of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Differences of Them=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many similarities of them, they have several differences because of different cultural background, personal consciousness and other factors. Firstly, functional equivalence is more logic and scientific than faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. The former is closely related to multiple disciplines, and it is more systematic, while the latter is merely based on literature and aesthetics(Zhang Yimei 2020, 180). Secondly, Nida gives detailed explanation of functional equivalence,which is clear and accurate, while the explanation of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance given by Yan Fu is somewhat ambiguous(Zhang Yimei 2020, 181). There are a lot of arguments on the explanation of “elegance”. What’s more, the concrete explanation of “faithfulness” is not clear. Whether the target text should only be “faithful” to the content of the original text or the content and style of the original is not explicit to translators. Thirdly, in guiding sense, Nida’s functional equivalence mentions four aspects, that is, lexical equivalence, syntactical equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence, and he gives six principles on how to achieve functional equivalence(Nida 1964, 67). However, Yan Fu doesn’t mention how to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance, so translators can only use them as translation standard. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the further communication between Western and Chinese culture, it is vital to study literature as it is a bridge to connect different cultures and a good medium to know the colorful world. ''Vanity Fair'' is a literary work that gains a great popularity in the nineteenth century because it satirizes the hypocrisy of the upper class(Guo Dingju 2013, 22). However, it is difficult to translate it from English into Chinese because of differences of these two languages. By a coincidence, Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance can be used as a guidance in the process of translating. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From comparison above, we know that there are some similarities and differences between them. I believe that these two translation theories play an important role in translating and they can guide us better understand different cultures. At the end of this paper, I will discuss the implements and limitations of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Implements====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on analysis above, we can see that Nida’s functional equivalence and Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are conducive to our translating works and it is feasible to apply them into translation practice. By comparing Nida’s and Yan Fu’s translation theories, we know that there are many similarities and differences between them and we can find out that Nida’s functional equivalence is systematic and scientific, while the explanation of Yan Fu’s faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is not very clear, and the specific ways to achieve faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance are not given(Zhang Yimei 2020, 181). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more, from the point of modern translation theories, both Nida’s and Yan Fu’s translation theories are very limited. Their theories are suitable in some fields, while in other fields they are not very proper(Guo Ding 2013, 48). All in all, we should learn from other’s strong points to make up one’s deficiencies to make our translation better and apply them into our translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Limitations====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of literary works is a very difficult and demanding thing, which requires a good command of both English and Chinese languages, and an excellent understanding of two cultures. Although the author have spared efforts to do the study, there still exist some limitations. Firstly, the examples of Vanity Fair used in the analysis is very limited, so its generalizability is far from adequate. Secondly, this study is restricted because it only takes one translation version of ''Vanity Fair'' as a case study instead of a comparative study between different translation versions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达.(1964).''Toward a Science of Translating'' 《翻译的科学探索》. Leiden: Brill Archive博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达, and Charles Russell Taber 泰伯, eds 著.(1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''《翻译理论与实践》. Leiden: Brill Archive博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达, and Jan de Waard.(1986) ''From One Language to Another''《从一种语言到另一种语言》. Nashville: Thomas Nelson托马斯·纳尔逊出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert奈达.(1993). ''Language, Culture and Translating''《语言、文化与翻译》.Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Languages Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thackeray,William萨克雷.（2006）. ''Vanity Fair''《名利场》.Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press外语教学与研究出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Minjie陈岷婕.(2013).浅谈严复的“信达雅”与奈达的“功能对等”[On Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” and Nida’s “functional Equivalence”].科教文汇The Science Education Article Collects(236)94-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Dingju郭丁菊.(2013).功能对等理论与信达雅翻译理论的比较研究[A Comparative Study on Functional Equivalence and Faithfulness Expressiveand Elegance from the Translation of Vanity Fair].Harbin:Northeast Forestry University东北农业大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Jianzhong李建中.(2009)中国文学批评史[History of Chinese Literary Criticism].Beijing:Peking University Press北京大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Kai谭凯.(2011)严复“信、达、雅”和奈达“功能对等”理论的比较研究[A Comparative Study on Yan Fu’s “Faithfulness Expressive and Elegance” and Nida’s “Functional Equivalence].青年作家Young Writers(1)43-44.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yunxi王运熙,Gu Yisheng顾易生.(2007).中国文学批评史新编[A New History of Chinese Literary Criticism].Shanghai:Shanghai Classics Publishing House上海古籍出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu严复(2009).《天演论》译例言[Preface to Evolution and Ethics].Beijing:The Commercial Press商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Bi杨必.(2013)《名利场》[Vanity Fair].Beijing:People’s Literature Publishing House人民文学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yanmei张妍梅.(2019).功能对等理论视角下《名利场》的翻译[A Study on The Translation of Vanity Fair from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence Theory].Lanzhou:Lanzhou Jiaotong University兰州交通大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xi张曦.(2014).翻译硕士备考指南[A Guide Book to MTI].Shanghai:Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press上海交通大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[A Comparison on :Faithfulness Expressiveness and Elegance].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House中国学术期刊电子出版社(2)180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Haotong 朱浩彤.(2006).奈达“功能对等”理论基础的再思考[Some Thoughts on the Theoretical Bases of Nida’s Functional Equivalence]. Journal of Fujiann Medical University福建医科大学学报(3)62-65.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==English Translation of 2019 ''Government Work Report'' from the Perspective of Eco-translatology	义子楚	Yi Zichu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''=== In recent years, with the deepening of the reform and opening up, the ''Government Work Report'' has become China's foreign political communication hub conducive to a better understanding by the international community of the work of the Chinese government. Therefore, how to effectively write the corresponding English version and how to fully convey the message of the government's work is one of the main problems for translators. Eco-translatology is an ecological paradigm and research field which defines that translation is adaptation and selection and highlights multi-dimension transformation. This thesis analyzes the English translation of the ''2019 Government Work Report'' from three perspectives: linguistic, cultural and communicative dimensions. It is shown that eco-translatology help improve the quality of the English translation of ''2019 Government Work Report'' . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''=== eco-translatology; 2019 Government Work Report; multi-dimension transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===近年来，随着改革开放的不断深入，《政府工作报告》已变成中国对外政治交流的枢纽，有利于加深国际社会对中国政府工作的了解。因此，如何有效地编写《中国政府工作报告》对应的英文版本，从而全面清晰地解释政府工作的内容是政府对外翻译的主要问题之一。生态翻译理论从生态学视角对翻译进行综观的整体性研究，是一个‘翻译即适应与选择’的生态范式和研究领域。本文主要从生态翻译学的多维翻译理论着手，通过语言维、文化维和交际维三个角度对《2019政府工作报告》的英译版本进行分析。分析显示生态翻译理论较好地解决了政府工作报告中翻译难题，提高了英文翻译的质量。&lt;br /&gt;
关键词：生态翻译学，《政府工作报告》，多维转换理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Government Work Report'' of the state council is a review of the work within a year, which the ''National People's Congress'' on the prime minister of state court reports to the National People's Congress and the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference, including the task of deployment, and the transmission of the priority tasks. It reflects the national policy, culture, as an important text of national conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
Over the past four decades and since reform and opening up, China's overall political, economic, cultural and military strength has grown steadily, and so has its voice in the world. On the one hand, China is recognized and supported by the international community in economic, political and cultural fields. On the other hand, countries hope to have a deeper understanding of China, strengthen ties with China and realize common development. Due to this, the translation of external publicity is particularly important. Let China know more about the world and let the world know more about China. As the latest work report of the year, the 2019 Government Work Report is not only a comprehensive summary of the work of the government in 2018, but also a plan for the work of the government in 2019. It covers the latest political, economic, cultural and diplomatic developments in China. Eco-translatology theory, which originated in China, provides a new and unique perspective for translation studies and has made great progress in the past two decades. Through the interpretation of the core concepts of eco-translatology, this paper interprets the report language from the perspectives of vocabulary and syntax, and proposes corresponding translation strategies based on language dimension, cultural dimension and communicative dimension, so as to provide reference for the translation of external publicity materials.&lt;br /&gt;
In order to understand the Government Work Report accurately, we must be combined with the society and culture of China. So, the Chinese-English translation is of great significance. And in recent years, the domestic scholars attach great importance to the translation of political words. Therefore, it has important functions and research values to study on the Chinese-English translation of Government Work Report from the prospective of eco-translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
Cheng Zhenqiu(2003）reposed that the translation of political articles should focus on politics. Huang Youyi(2004) proposed The Three Principles of External Publicity Translation. Tong Xiaohua (2014) explores the English translation of the Government Work Report from different perspectives. Wang Gangyi（2014）also pointed out that the former absolute loyalty to the translation of political texts can no longer satisfy the changing society and readers. Linguistics emphasizes the equivalence of texts from different aspects, which is of great guiding significance for texts like the Government Work Report that emphasizes fidelity. Under the guidance of Nida's functional equivalence theory, Zhou Ji studied the economic and political terms in the report at the lexical and textual levels. In 2001, Joan Pinkham (2000:1) published a book and it is The Translator’s Guide to Chinglish, in which it explores the Chinglish in political publicity from the angle of lexis and syntax. In her book, she suggested that translators should not only understand the subtle connotations of words and sentences clearly and use more idioms to express the meanings of the source text, but also pay special attention to the tone and short sentences of Chinese, and avoid the use of outdated, rigid terms, slang and colloquialisms. Compared with domestic studies, the number of relevant studies abroad is very small, and there are almost no relevant translation studies. Moreover, it is worth mentioning that foreign countries are more interested in the content of the report, that is, to describe the national policies, culture and social issues. &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis focuses on translation of political publicity from the perspective of eco-translatology in order to proves that eco-translation is conductive and practical in the process of translating the Government Work Report and summarizes several useful strategies in translating political texts. Moreover, this thesis analyzes the features of Government Work Report, which provides a clear mind for translators in selecting the proper strategies in translation process of the Government Work Report.     This thesis includes three chapters. The first part introduces the research background of the study and the significance of the study, and also illustrates the previous research on the translation of Government Work Report at home and abroad. Chapter two surrounds on the theoretical framework of eco-translatology including adaptation and selection principle and multi-dimensional translation principle. Chapter three, as one of the main chapter of the thesis, analyzes the translation of the 2019 Government Work Report from the perspective of eco-translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction of Government Work Report'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Government Work Report has the features of com prehension and objection, it using the data and truth to telling the achievements of all aspects and obey the practical and realistic rules to implementing the plan. Government Work Report emphasizes on the key point of works which has plain and innovative writing style. As a typical political text, Government Work Report manifests distinctive features. First, we need to understand the characteristics of the words, phrases, and sentences in the report so that we can translate them naturally and logically.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.1 Lexical Level '''====&lt;br /&gt;
For Government Work Report has its own features at m any levels, it often uses the formal and concise words, terminology and plain words at lexical level. And the new, popular words and words with Chinese characteristics are also employed. Therefore, it is very necessary to pay attention to the features at lexical level when analyzing the Government Work Report.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.1Formal and Concise Words'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The expressions like “认真贯彻”(fully implement), “坚定不移纠正”(take stern action against)are quite formal and not common in colloquial conversation. Some expressions like “砥砺奋进”(forged ahead), “攻坚克难”(overcame difficulties)  are quite condensed so that the simplest word can explain more meanings. The Chinese four-word structure characteristic can fully satisfy the need of concision, therefore, there are many this kind of structure occurred in the Government Work Report. &lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.2 Terms with Chinese Characteristics'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
As the Government Work Reports involve many professional fields like politics, economics, livelihood, medicine and technology. Therefore, terms in different fields are inevitable，such as “半拉子”工程 ( Make sure that projects financed by such debts are not stopped half way.); “河长制、湖长制”( river chiefs and lake chiefs ) ; “革命老区” ( old revolutionary base areas ); “民族地区”( areas with large ethnic minority populations ) ; “携号转网”( keep their numbers and switching carriers ); “厕所革命”( the Toilet Revolution ). These words are all unique terms for China ’s national conditions in recent years. If they are translated literally, it will inevitably lead to differences in the understanding of target language readers. In this case, translators must adapt to the ecological environment.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.1.3 New and Popular Words'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The new words here refer to the popular expressions of the year. They are widely known by people. The internet and other media are also frequently and widely used, such as “好差评”(government service evaluation system); “互联网+”(Internet Plus); “包干制”(the creation of ceilings in funding that enable the retention of unused funds)”僵尸企业”(zombie enterprises);”大病保险”(serious disease insurance ); “绿色发展”(green development). They are too popular on the Chinese social life to let even the government leaders use them and create new ones.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.2 Syntactic Level'''====&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, the grammatical subject is always absent in a sentence. In Government Work Report, there have lots of this kind of structure frequently. English is a metamorphic language which requires a large number of logical word clauses to build the integrity of language form and meaning. In English grammar, the subject is inevitable so that it can be a complete sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
Eg: “困难不容低估，信心不可动摇，干劲不能松懈。” (The difficulties we face must not be underestimated, our confidence must not be weakened, and the energy we bring to our work must not be allowed to wane.)&lt;br /&gt;
It is clear that there is no subject in these sentences. However, it adds “we face” and “we bring to work” as subjects to make foreign readers better understand. &lt;br /&gt;
===='''1.3 Rhetorical Level '''====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of the rhetorical devices in Government Work Report, repetition, parataxis, metaphor and personification are the figures of speech most frequently used.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''1.3.1 Repetition and Parataxis'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Repetition and parataxis structure have the reinforcement effect which make the language of Government Work Report vivid and easy to be understood. Although in Chinese, repetition has both the emphasis and coherence effect, in the translation it is not just repeating one word but also keep the similar linguistic structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Eg: “进一步稳就业、稳金融、稳外贸、稳外资、稳投资、稳预期”(take further steps to ensure stable employment, a stable financial sector, stable foreign trade, stable foreign investment, stable domestic investment, and stable expectations) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“获得感、幸福感、安全感”(enable people to feel more satisfied, happy, and secure) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“增进稳增长、促改革、调结构、惠民生、防风”(sustain healthy economic development and maintain social stability) [1]'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor and personification, which seem not fit the formal style of Government Work Report, are actually adopted for certain purpose. A metaphor as a figure of speech identifies something as being the same as some unrelated thing for rhetorical effect, thus highlighting the similarities between the two.&lt;br /&gt;
Eg:“我国发展仍处于重要战略机遇期，拥有足够的韧性、巨大的潜力和不断迸发的创新活力” (China is still in an important period of strategic opportunity for development and has ample resilience, enormous potential, and great creativity to unleash. )[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“在实际执行中，既要把好货币供给总闸门，不搞 “大水漫灌” (In implementation, we will ensure the valve on aggregate monetary supply is well controlled and refrain from using a deluge of stimulus policies)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“放水养鱼”(an accommodative effect)[1] &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.A Brief Introduction to Eco-translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translatology as a transdisciplinary approach to eco-translatology studies, it is a holistic study of translation using ecological rationality and an ecological perspective. It is considered an ecological paradigm of translation which is adaptation and selection. Translator-centered theory, adaptation and selection, and translation ecological environment are the three core concepts of the theory. The theory requires that the translator's subjective and active role be exerted, and continuous adaptation and choice be made in the translation process to meet the entire translation ecological environment, that is, the harmony between the translator and the original, target, and target language readers. Three-dimensional translation methods such as dimension and communicative dimension to get the original text with higher integration.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''2.1 Evolution of Eco-translatology'''====&lt;br /&gt;
Eco-translation was firstly generated in the beginning of 21st century. Before it was initiated by scholars in China, there was no such notion in theory. In this sense, it could be seen as a new school which “was built from ground” (Haggas, 2011). Eco-translation looks into translation from a brand new perspective. Therefore, many new terms and concepts are adopted in the relative studies. Both of confusion and contribution present themselves in the foundation of eco-translation. To better understand the theory, we need to figure out the basis on which it is formed&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.1.1 Previous Studies on Eco-translatology '''=====&lt;br /&gt;
As a translation theory originated in China, eco-translatology has been gradually improved in the past two decades. In 2001, professor Hu Gengshen laid the foundation for the theory of adaptation and selection of translation. Since then, the first decade has been the period of constructing and expanding the theoretical framework. In the second decade, with the holding of the international symposium on eco-translatology and the practice of the theory of eco-translatology of the professors of various universities, the eco-translatology system has gradually become mature. Liu Yafeng wrote adaptation and selection of translators -- a study on the translation process of external publicity, pointing out that translators should play their role of “selection” and “adaptation” as the center in the translation process of external publicity, so as to realize the harmony and unity of the whole translation ecological environment. For three-dimensional adaptation and selection principles, Zhou Li wrote the multi-dimensional integration principle under the care of the political party and government discourse translation to demonstrate the dimensions of language, culture, and communication in the perspective of the Chinese party guiding significance of discourse translation. It further enlightens the translator for the use of a multi-dimensional integration technique and set up a bridge of communication between the original language and target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.1.2 Application of Eco-translatology '''=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many types of text analysis related to eco-translatology. Specifically, it includes: first, the analysis of various classical translations, such as a dream of red mansions, etc. Scholars have analyzed the reasons for the success of these classic works from the perspective of the overall translation ecological environment and the principle of “three-dimensional” transformation, pointing out that translators can only translate good works if they adapt to the translation ecological environment. These analysis has been the focus of research, and can best prove the feasibility of the theory. Secondly, the text analysis of public signs points out the direction from a new perspective. Thirdly, the text analysis of film title and subtitle. Fourthly, the text analysis of news translation. Scholars have analyzed the phenomenon of news text translation from different perspectives of eco-translatology and provided theoretical guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''2.2 Focuses of Eco-translatology'''====&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.2.1 Adaption and Selection'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between “adaptation” and “selection” has rarely been discussed before the emergence of “translation adaptation and selection theory”, a basic research of eco-translatology, let alone a special topic, systematic description and explanation. According to the theory of adaptation and selection, translators should make both adaptation and selection. There are choices in adaptation, namely adaptive selection; There is adaptation, or selective adaptation. The specific characteristics of such selective adaptation and adaptive selection are as follows: first, “adaptation” -- translators' adaptation to the ecological environment of translation; The second is “selection” -- the translator carries out the selection of the target text with the “identity” of the translation ecological environment. Translation is described as an alternate cycle of adaptation and selection. The internal relations of this cycle are as follows: “the purpose of adaptation is survival and effectiveness, and the means of adaptation is optimization; and the method of choice is “tide weak stay strong”. The criterion of translation criticism is also expressed from the perspective of “adaptation/selection”[2]. The best choice is adaptive; The best translation is the one with the highest degree of integration, adaptation and selection.[2]&lt;br /&gt;
====='''2.2.2 Multi-dimension Transformation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
Language dimension adaptive selection conversion refers to the translator's emphasis on language level, including word use, language structure, language form and other aspects of translation. “Translators should have a deep understanding of the expression habits and methods of the original language, and choose language forms from different dimensions and perspectives, so as to adapt to the ecological environment of the original language” (Hu Gengshen,2013:57). Translators should avoid word-for-word translation for the formal level of language, and should further combine the target language with the imaginary language ecosystem. In this way, it is helpful to further realize the balance between the ecology of the source language and the ecology of the target language of translation, and provide the readers with a harmonious and thought-provoking translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural dimension adaptive selection transformation is an important translation method for translators to improve the quality of translation and realize the multi-dimensional transformation from different levels. The expression of different languages symbolizes different cultures. Of course there are big differences between the original and the target language culture. In the process of translation, to avoid misunderstanding of the original readers fully, conversion of the translator should try to reproduce the original language cultural ecology system, fully implement the original language ecological balance of ecosystem, and the target language to reproduce the original culture, thought and emotion and so on various aspects of the elements, the correct translation methods dealing with the unique cultural connotation, rich in every country to achieve successful communication and exchanges. Translators should understand the value orientation of the original language and culture and focus on the transformation of cultural connotation to achieve the best translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Adaptive selection of communicative dimension focuses on whether the communicative intention in the original text is successfully realized in translation. If the communicative intention of the original information is not realized, the information processed by the translation will have no meaning at all. Translators should pay attention to many aspects and levels, including the transformation of language information and cultural connotation, and at the same time, should pay attention to whether the communicative purpose is successfully achieved in the transformation. By all means, it is forbidden to translate the original text faithfully and ignore the deep connotation of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, the focus of the multi-dimensional transformation in ecological translation theory is to carry out adaptive selection and transformation from three aspects of language, culture and communication. Although the selection and transformation of translators is not limited to these three dimensions in the process of translation practice, multi-dimension transformation is the most important way in the translation process. In addition, the more dimensions the translator pays attention to in the process of translation, the stronger the degree of adaptation and selection of the translation, and the higher the quality of the translation will be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.E-C Translation of 2019 Government Work Report from an Eco-translatology Perspective'''===&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of the eco-translatology theory, the multi-dimensional transformation which includes the linguistics dimensional transformation, culture dimensional transformation and communication dimensional can help translator understand and translate effectively. &lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.1 Linguistic Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation of linguistic dimension refers to the transformation of linguistic form and structure during the practice of translation so as to adapt to the ecological environment of the target language. English is a hypotaxis language, which focuses on the integrity of sentence structure while Chinese is a paratonic language, whose language form is simple, but often the deep meaning needs the reader to dig. Highly condensed Chinese expressions are often used in government reports&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1 我们坚持不搞“大水漫灌”式强刺激(We were firm in choosing not to adopt a deluge of strong stimulus policies.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
“大水灌溉” is an irrigation method commonly used in Chinese agricultural production which water is poured directly into the ground. Not only does it waste water, but it is also prone to secondary salinization under drought conditions. This term is used to refer to a simple and broad way of working in the process of economic reform. In the Chinese ecological environment, it is not difficult for Chinese readers to understand the meaning of metaphors and related words, so a cognitive model for English readers is needed. In order to adapt to the ecological environment, the translator did not translate the metaphor of “flooding”, but chose to translate the economic structural reform model it represents. This not only adapts to the impact of cognitive context on the English language ecology, but also reduces the difficulty in understanding English readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2 “增强人民群众获得感、幸福感、 安全感”(Enable people to feel more satisfied, happy and secure.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
In the Government Work Report, “sense of gain, sense of happiness and sense of security” is people's expectation for a better life, and has become a familiar word in the original language. However, in the process of English translation, the translator does not repeat the word “sense”, but turns these three words into three adjectives, which are concise and clear&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3 “绿色发展人人有责，贵在行动、 成在坚持”(Promoting green development is down to every last one of us; its success hinges on action and commitment.) [1]&lt;br /&gt;
The translator doesn’t translate “贵在行动、成在坚持” into”its value lies in action and its success hinges on commitment”word by word while take the way of integrating. It is a model that targets economic growth and social development as efficient, harmonious and sustainable. In today's world, green development has become an important trend. Many countries regard green development as an industry and also an important measure to promote economic restructuring, and it is also a highlight. Green development means safety, environmental protection and sustainable development. “Green” often appears on topics related to life, such as “Green Peace” and green food. In traditional Chinese culture, “green” represents wealth, honor or prosperity, which reflects people's hope for a better life. From a linguistic perspective, translators translate “green development” to “green,” which conveys the concept of healthy development in China. It can also be accepted by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.2 Cultural Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation of cultural dimension means that the translator should pay attention to the transmission and interpretation of cultural connotation in the process of translation, taking into account the cultural differences of the source language. The Government Work Report is a summary of the work of the Chinese government in various fields in the past year. The purpose of the report is to let foreign audiences know the content of the report. In particular, the report covers a large number of vocabularies with Chinese characteristics and cultural form.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4”双随机，一公开”(Oversight conducted through the random selection of both inspectors and inspection targets and the prompt release of results was implemented nationwide.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
It means, during the supervision process, the inspection objects are randomly selected, law enforcement inspectors are randomly selected, and the inspection results and investigation results are made public to the society in a timely manner. If the literal translation is only superficial, the readers of the target language will be confused. In order to solve this cultural difference, the translator added the complete connotation of each phrase to realize the intention of conveying cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5 “思危方能居安”(Only alertness to danger will ensure safety.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese, it means”居安思危，思则有备，有备无患”, which means that even though you are in a peaceful environment, you are aware of the possibility of danger. To be mentally prepared for unexpected events. When translating, the translator takes full account of this difference in thinking and understands it as a literal translation after modern Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6 “是广大干部群众筚路蓝缕、千辛万苦干出来的” (...have been made by our officials and people through perseverance and hard work.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
“筚路蓝缕” refers that people drive a simple car, wearing ragged clothes to split the mountains. The use of great hardships in the original text fully reflects the hard-won achievements and presents a very vivid image in front of people. However, for the target language readers, this cultural connotation is missing, therefore, the translator chooses to omit the specific image of “enduring hardships” and directly translate its persistence and diligence, which is more understood and accepted by the target language readers&lt;br /&gt;
===='''3.3 Communicative Dimension'''====&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of the essence of translation, the ultimate purpose of translation is to meet the needs of communication between people and achieve smooth communication. The communicative dimension mainly reflects the communication between different languages, with different factors such as the way of expression and the way of construction, etc. Chinese expression cannot find the corresponding words or sentences in English expression. Therefore, the theory of adaptive selection is particularly important in translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7”大班额”问题 (“The problem of oversized classes”)&lt;br /&gt;
For western countries, due to different economic development levels and different education systems, the problem of “large class size” is relatively strange to western countries. Therefore, it is necessary to explain the concept of “large class size” in order to achieve the purpose of communication.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8”继续推进保障性住房建设和城镇棚户区改造”(We will continue to build government subsidized housing and rebuild rundown urban areas.)&lt;br /&gt;
“保障性住房”is a fixed standard, price or rent housing provided by the government to families with low and middle-income housing difficulties. “Shantytown renovation” is a livelihood project launched by the Chinese government to renovate dilapidated old houses in cities and towns and improve housing conditions for poor families. These are the unique policies of the Chinese government to achieve the comprehensive implementation of poverty alleviation, translators need to adapt to the target language readers to understand the transformation.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9 “加大”破、立、降”力度” (We strengthened work to cut ineffective supply, foster new growth drivers, and reduce costs in the real economy.)[1]&lt;br /&gt;
In the sentence, there are only three simple and clear words—”破、立、降”，which is usually seen in the Chinese. It lacks the objects, as we have discussed before, English sentence must be complete. If it is literally translated, the foreign readers will be confused and different meanings will be produced. So due to the purpose of communication, the translator adds the specific objects to be better understood.  &lt;br /&gt;
In short, the emphasis of three-dimensional translation in eco-translatology theory is to carry out adaptive selection and transformation of translation from three aspects: language, culture, and communication. Although in the process of translation practice the translator is not limited to multi-dimensional transformation. In addition, the more dimensions the translator pays attention to in the process of translation, the stronger the degree of adaptation and selection of the translation, the better the translation will be. &lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the process of translation, many factors should be taken into consideration in order to fit with the actual situations and catch public’s attention quickly. Different languages have their language systems and certain features in expression. As the most important carrier of culture, language can also be regarded as an extremely complex linguistic system. Translation is the process of transforming different cultures. Therefore, both source language and target language’s culture should be considered carefully. As a result, every translator is supposed to think about all the aspects before translating and select the most suitable words and sentence patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its important political status and function, the Government Work Report has its unique linguistic features, such as the use of formal words, four-character words and Chinese characteristic words. The mastery of its language features lays a foundation for the application and analysis of multi-dimensional translation strategies. Aiming at repeated words in sentences and information, the translator mainly uses the province translation skills. Aiming at the same word in different parts of the sentence translation, the translator should choose according to the sentences and words in the context. Due to the differences between Chinese and English, translators mainly adopt the translation techniques of free translation or joint translation to deal with the translation of parallel structures. In cultural adaptation in the process of translation, or from the historical allusion and the Chinese characteristic vocabulary and culture, the analysis can be concluded that the Government Work Report in English translation does not affect the ecological balance and harmonious between the original language and target language, the translator mainly uses the province translation or free translation skills to deal with allusions. For some corresponding expression in target language vocabulary, they can be directly applied with those unable to find corresponding expression in target language. There is no established translation, the translator mainly adopts province translation, free translation, literal translation and annotation methods for translation, which is committed to preserving the original and the translation of balance and harmony, and achieve effective transformation of culture level. Finally, translators can use these skills to achieve communicative intention.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, we have explained the significance and background of the essay. The preview studies of political texts are also included. In the first chapter, we analyze the characteristics of 2019 Chinese Government Work Report from three levels and also give specific examples to further explain. In the second chapter, We introduce the concept of eco-translatology and mainly explain the two core theoretical principles of eco-transtology to build the foundation of the essay . In the third chapter, we have discussed the Government Work Report translation from the perspective of eco-translatology with multi-dimension theory and in this way, we have summarized that eco-translatology can be applied to Government Work Report translation.&lt;br /&gt;
However, this study still has its limitations. Firstly, the eco-translatology is a new theory which is not systematic and it is a new perspective to the translation of political text, which may not be convincing in the global range of translation areas. Meanwhile, as the Government Work Report is a special political document, the readership is not very wide, so it is difficult to conduct an in-depth investigation on the readers' acceptance, so as to make an in-depth analysis on the shortcomings of the English translation of the Government Work Report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Ayto, J. Bloomsbury Dictionary of World Origins[M]. London: Bloomsbury, 1991.&lt;br /&gt;
Bliss, A.J. A Dictionary of Foreign Words and Phrases in Current English[M]. New York: Dutton Press, 1966. &lt;br /&gt;
Baker M.Corpus. Linguistics and Translation Studies: Implications and Applications[M]. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing,1993.&lt;br /&gt;
Hermans, T. Translation in Systems: Descriptive and Systemoriented Approaches Explained[M]. Manchester: St. Jerome Publishing, 1999. &lt;br /&gt;
Hu, Gengshen. Translation as Adaptation and Selection [J]. Perspectives: Studies in Translatology, 2003 (4): 283-291.&lt;br /&gt;
Joan Pinkham. The Translator’s Guide to Chinglish [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
程镇球. 政治文章的翻译要讲政治[J]. 中国翻译, 2003(3): 18-22.&lt;br /&gt;
方梦之. 从核心术语看生态翻译学的建构[P]. 首届国际生态翻译学研讨会，2010, 澳门. &lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申. 初探翻译适应选择论[P]. 国际译联第三届亚洲翻译家论坛，2001, 香港.&lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申．生态翻译学的研究焦点与理论视角[J]．中国翻译,2011 (2) : 5－9．&lt;br /&gt;
黄友义. 坚持”外宣三贴近”原则，处理好外宣翻译中的难点问题[J]. 中国翻译,2004(6):27-28. &lt;br /&gt;
胡庚申．生态翻译学解读[J]．中国翻译,2008 (6) : 11－15．&lt;br /&gt;
刘润清. 西方语言学流派[M]. 北京:外语教学与研究出版社, 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
童孝华.翻译的主体意识——2014年政府工作报告翻译心得[J]. 中国翻译,2014(4):92-97. &lt;br /&gt;
王刚毅.政治文件翻译的几点思考和建议[J]. 中国翻译, 2014(3):8&lt;br /&gt;
王英. 功能对等视角下汉英翻译中的冗余研究—以2012年政府工作报告为例[D]. 广东外语外贸大学, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
周吉.《政府工作报告》中有中国特色政经用语的对等翻译[J]. 广西大学学报,2006(28):167-169.&lt;br /&gt;
周丽. 多维整合原则关照下的时政党政话语翻译[J]. 上海翻译.2015(3):42-44. &lt;br /&gt;
杨广,吉鑫悦. 生态视角下的政府工作报告英译解读[J]. 海外英语,2017(13):108-109&lt;br /&gt;
中国外交部. 2019年中国政府工作报告[R], 2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Simple Comparison between Nida and Catford’s Translation Theory of Equivalence - 欧阳玲 Ouyang Ling, 202070080603 &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;专业 is missing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:38, 14 December 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;欧阳玲 Ouyang Ling &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract: Nida and Catford shared the same period of translation studies but carried on their studies from different perspective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;perspectives&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Nida put forward two types of equivalence and accordingly some methods to achieve his ideal equivalent response of receptors(Munday, 2008: 42). His equivalence theory was built on his ideas about nature of translation, which was the process of reproducing in the receptor language the message of source language(Nida, 1964: 12). So Nida tends to provide a new direction which is oriented by the receptors. The nature and task of translation in Nida’s opinion formed a theoretical basis to set the equivalence theory in a comprehensive and systematic way. Catford, in another way, held a idea that any theory of translation must draw upon a general linguistic theory and therefore presented the equivalence at different linguistic levels between source language and target language(Catford, 1965: 1). In his opinion, the equivalence exists between the categories and the conditions to examine the equivalence lie on the relatable extent with the features of substance. Therefore, Catford’s theories seem to be more of abstract. The paper intends to develop a comparative study upon Nida and Catford’s theory of equivalence and my thoughts on their application in translation practices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida; Cartford; equivalence theory; linguistic theories&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《论翻译对等理论——奈达与卡特福特比较研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
奈达和卡特福德在翻译学研究中处于同一时期，但二人开展的研究却是基于于不同的角度。奈达提出了两种对等类型，并提出了相应的策略以达到他理想的对等状态，即使译文接受者获得与原文接受者相同的反应（芒迪, 2008: 42）。他的对等理论建立在他关于翻译本质的观点之上，即在接受语中再现源语信息的过程（奈达, 1964: 12）。因此奈达提供了一种以译文接受者为导向的新研究方向，并基于对翻译的性质和任务的界定构成了对等理论的理论基础。另一方面，卡特福德认为任何翻译理论都必须借鉴一般语言学理论，因此提出了源语言和目的语在不同语言层面上的对等（卡特福德, 1965: 1）。他认为对等是通过范畴表现出来，而判断对等的条件就是原文和译文中各个范畴特性的相关性，因此卡特福特的理论似乎更具抽象性。本文旨在对奈达和卡特福德的对等理论进行比较研究，并对二者在翻译实践中的应用进行思考。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
奈达；卡特福德；对等理论；语言学理论&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1.Nida’s Theory of Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s translation theories were formed along with the process of his translating the ''Bible''. Through the reflection upon these translation practices, he defined the nature of translation and pointed(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;pointed out&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) the task of translators. Afterwards, he discarded the old term such as “literal”, “free” and “faithful” translation by putting forward the theory of equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42) . The equivalence in Nida’s theory can be achieved at two levels: formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence and he saw the two approaches to realize his ideal translation that equivalent effect between source language receptors and target language receptors.(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;incorrect structure and obscure sentence meaning&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)  By bringing the two concepts up, Nida provided two directions when working on a translation work as well as standards of evaluating the work after it was done. Specifically, formal equivalence in Nida’s definition is the status of translation being equivalent with the source text in both contents and forms. To achieve this status, translators should be oriented towards the source text’s message and structure(Munday, 2008: 42). And dynamic, or functional equivalence, turned further to a new focus on the response of receptor. If the target language receptors react to the translation in the same way as source language receptors do to the source text, the success of a translation is then achieved in Nida’s  functional equivalence theory. His theory put forward a new trend of translation studies at that time. Nida’s equivalence theory directed people to evaluate a translation by judging and comparing the response of receptors in stead of considering the correctness and accuracy of translation or comparing the formal and stylistic features between source language and target language. In a comprehensive and systematic way, Nida’s equivalence theory elaborated the approaches and the ideal status of translation based on his understanding on the nature of translation, and this equivalence theory has always been praised as his greatest achievement in translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2.Cartford’s Theory of Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford’s translation theories were built on the discipline of linguistics, and his equivalence theory was included of course. Catford stated in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;that&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)the theory of translation is concerned with a certain type of relation between languages and is consequently a branch of Comparative Linguistics(Catford, 1965: 20). His theory of equivalence was also originated (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;originated from&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)his definition of the nature of translation, which is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language( Catford, 1965: 20). His definition, in other words, portrayed the task for translators. In his opinion, in the process of translation, translators are supposed to replace every grammatical and lexical items in the source language with equivalents in the target language. So in this way, the equivalence in Catford’s theory can be graded into different levels according to the extent of the replacement, and then he put forward the distinction of full translation and partial translation. Moreover, he raised another pair of concepts: textual equivalence and formal corresponding, and it may give a clearer picture for us to understand his theory. If the target language text can be judged by bilinguals or linguists equivalent with the source language text in any given discourse or occasion, the textual equivalence is achieved. As regards the formal corresponding, Catford defined it as an approximate status when any target language category occupies, as nearly as possible, in the same place in the structure of the target language as the given source language category occupies in the source language. This pair of concepts presented two different degrees of equivalence and have become a valuable source in translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Similarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1.The Similarities between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
As representatives of the linguistic school of western translation theory, Nida and John Catford's translation theories try to analyze and describe translation more objectively, accurately and scientifically from the linguistic level. The influence of linguistic(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;linguistics&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) was exerted in both of their equivalence theory(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;theories&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Also, some translation methods were put forward based on the linguistic level by them. Besides, the approach to achieve the equivalence upheld by Nida and Catford was similar. They tended to depart from the previous word-for-word or literal translation methods and promoted a natural closeness of target text with the source text. Since they held a similar idea that absolute equivalence in translating is never possible(Nida, 1984: 14), the approach in their view to achieve the equivalence turned out be moderate and flexible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1.The Influence of Linguistics in Both Theories=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida was considered as a representative of communicative theory school, and therefore, he built his equivalence theory based on the communicative purpose. Basically, in the view of Nida, translation can be seen as a communicative activity and the transformation of linguistic form is necessary. From this the influence of Chomsky's linguistics, especially his transformational-generative grammar (Munday, 2008: 40) . Nida believes that Chomsky's transformational-generative view of on language is of great importance to the process of translation. Specifically, the transformational-generative was used for Nida to describe the process of translation, which includes the grammar analysis, transferring and restructuring and the reproducing the information of source text. (Munday, 2008: 40) Chomsky’s generative–transformational model was incorporated in the description of translation process by Nida and, at the same time, it provides the basis of his building of dynamic equivalence, as a component of “the science of translation” in his eyes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the influence of Chomsky’s linguistic theories can also be found in Catford’s theory in the following aspects. Firstly, as is defined by Catford, translation is the replacement of textual material in one language by equivalent textual material in another language(Catford, 1965: 20), and here the definition claims that there is sometimes no entire translation but a simple replacement by textual material at one or more levels of language(Catford, 1965: 20). To be specific, the replacement between source language and target language may be at grammar or lexis levels. Secondly, through his classifications of translation in terms of the extent, levels and ranks, Catford actually gives some standards to discuss the nature of translation equivalence, and these concepts are presented based on the linguistic knowledge. For example, the distinction between full and partial is related to the extent of source text which is submitted to the translation process(Catford, 1965: 20), and the extent may involve linguistic elements, such as lexical items. The same case occurs in the definitions of total and restricted translation, in which phonology, graphology, grammar and lexis are all considered as the elements when estimating the replacement. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2.The Approach to Achieving Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
The key role played by Nida is to point the road away from strict word-for-word equivalence.His introduction of the concepts of formal and dynamic equivalence was crucial in introducing a receptor-based orientation to translation theory(Munday, 2008: 40). He also divided meaning(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;meanings&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) into linguistic meaning, referential meaning and emotive meaning. Furthermore, several techniques such as hierarchical structuring, componential analysis and semantic structure analysis were presented to analyse the structure of words and differentiating similar words in related lexical fields. The classification of the three meanings and aided translation techniques serve as crucial elements in the mechanism of back-transformation presented by Nida. By the application of back-transformation, the surface structure of the source text is analyzed into the basic elements of the deep structure; these elements are transferred in the translation process into the deep structure of the receptor language and then restructured semantically and stylistically into the surface structure of the target text(Munday, 2008: 40). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The similar approach pointed out by Catford is translation shift, which consists of two major types: level shifts and category shifts. Catford made a distinction in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation between textual equivalence and formal correspondence''. Furthermore, textual equivalence refers to the specific relationship of the source text and translated text while formal correspondence is presented and defined based on the systematic concepts of both source and receptor languages. Since the differences between the two concepts are obvious, the occurrence of translation shift is inevitable. Therefore, by presenting the translation shifts, Catford meant to depart from formal correspondence in the process of going from source language to target language(Catford, 1965: 73), which means, in a sense, he want(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;wanted&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to achieve the status of equivalence through the approach. In other words, level shifts and categories are presented as some techniques in the process of translation, which can be regarded as similarity when compared to Nida’s theory described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2.The Differences between the Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
Before comparing the two theories in terms of the following points, we should make it clear that the development of the two equivalence theories were started with the views of translation nature. Nida and Catford put forward their understandings toward the nature of translation, and, consequently, the central problem of translation practice and the central task of translators were proposed. In Nida’s view, translation is to reproduce information of the original text and exert the same feeling of the receptors with the source language readers(Munday, 2008: 42). Based on this receptors-oriented and text-centered principle, his equivalence theory turns to be more dynamic because the readers’ response, which is the essential factors(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;factor&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to examine, occurs only in the process of the transferring of information. In other words, the behavior of encoding and decoding is a must once the equivalence is achieved. The equivalence in Catford’s view, by contrast, which lies in the internal structure of linguistics, turns out to be more static. The nature of translation given by Catford is the replacement of equivalent textual material between two languages(Catford, 1965: 20). By saying textual material, he held the idea that equivalence only occurs within the language and through its categories. The context of language and the components of linguistics including phonology, graphology, grammar and lexis are considered as elements to examine the equivalence(Catford, 1965: 22). And in this case, the equivalence between the source text and target text is to be realized by the equivalence of contextual features of both the source and target languages. Catford’s theory of equivalence, in this sense, differed from Nida’s theory by research methods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1.Different Conditions of Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence described by Nida put a great emphasis on communicative effect of translation. He believed if the communication can be created between the source text and its receptors, the equivalent effect should be made when the translated text was presented before(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;in front of&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) its receptors. Therefore, the comparison of receptors’ response between source language and target language would be necessary when it comes to the conditions of Nida’s equivalence theory. Besides, the meaning and style of the both texts should also be analyzed in a comparative way because this two factors are very influential in the formulating of receptors’ response. Firstly, by the division of formal equivalence and functional equivalence by Nida, he tried to generalize the two types of equivalence that focused respectively on the faithfulness and closeness of the receptor language with the source language in both from and the equivalent response. Thus, the conditions to achieve formal equivalence may include accuracy and correctness of translation, which is determined by the approximation to source text structure. Furthermore, Nida put forward “four basic requirements of a translation” as the conditions to examine the achieving of equivalent response, which are making sense, conveying the spirit and manner of the original, having a natural and easy form of expression, producing a similar response(Munday, 2008: 42). These requirements were generalized to be the conditions of a success of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since Catford defines translation equivalence as the empirical phenomenon, he discussed the conditions of translation equivalence by specific points within the context of sentences. First, the equivalence from his view is between categories including grammar, lexis, phonology and contextual meanings. From this we can know the same meaning at a linguistic level is hard to achieved between source language and target language(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;From this we can know that it's difficult to achieve the same meaning at a linguistic level between source language and target language&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). In this case, he describe a condition by pointing out a concept of total translation, in which the texts or items in source language and target language are interchangeable in a given situation(Catford, 1965: 49). In this way, he presented a new condition to evaluate equivalence. Based on this, he further his discussion on total translation by examining the overlapping contextual meanings in the items of source language and target language. He claimed contextual meanings include relationship to certain situational features, a more abstract and broad way to discuss equivalence. Therefore, another condition of equivalence was described as the overlapping extent of situational features common to the contextual meanings(Catford, 1965: 49). To conclude, Catford classified the conditions of equivalence on different scopes of translation. In the process of evaluating the equivalence in total translation, phonological translation or graphological translation, the examining of the relatable features between source text and target text should be made. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2.Different Classifications of Equivalence=====&lt;br /&gt;
Since Nida and Catford held different views on the conditions required to achieve the equivalence, they classified translations from different perspective. Nida raised a classification of two types of equivalence: formal equivalence and functional equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42). These two types actually reflect Nida's research on structure of language from shallow to deep(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;These two types actually reflect a shallow to deep tendency of Nida's researches on structure of language&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). Nida believed that different languages should have the same deep structure and the same functions between languages lead to equivalence in translation. In his view, the functional equivalence occurs when the response of target language receptors is as same as possible the response of source language  receptors. In describing equivalence, Nida pointed out that the correspondence between the original form and the target form should not be excessively pursued in translation. Instead, attention should be focused on accurately conveying the meaning of the original text in a natural way. By this dynamic equivalence theory ,Nida paved a road away from the static mode of focusing on the comparison of texts. He believed that only when the target receptors understand the translation thoroughly, the same response can be achieved, and this is the main task of translation(Munday, 2008: 43). Therefore, Nida’s classification was based on the specific situation in which the receptors communicate with the texts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Catford’s view, translation is the replacement of textual material. From this definition, he actually drew a line between source language and target language because by textual material he meant to point out that there would be no entire translation of meaning. In his words, at one or more levels of language there may be simple replacement by non-equivalent target language material(Catford, 1965: 20). Based on this, Catford classified translation into categories in terms of the extent, levels and ranks. Full translation and partial translation are divided by the extent of parts replaced in the process of translation. This two concepts are maybe the basic components of his later presenting of formal correspondence. In his view, formal correspondence is an approximate status in which categories cannot be replaced totally in another language. And by dividing total translation and restricted translation, he intended to involve the replacement of grammar and lexis and consequential replacement of phonology and graphology in his definition. All of these classification provide certain perspective to evaluate the translation and help to create a structure when analyzing the language. In a word, the classifications by Catford was built in the internal language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.3.Different Research Approach(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Approaches&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)=====&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, the research method employed by Nida and Catford was shaped under the guidance of different linguistic theories. Guided by the transformational-generative grammar by Chomsky, Nida analyzed the structure of language and put forward the back-transformation theory that entails the transferring of surface structure to deep structure between source language and target language(Munday, 2008: 38). So the research methods adopted by Nida turns to be more flexible and have a focus on dynamic factor when discussing equivalence. Since Nida's translation theories were built up consciously to serve the research on the translation of ''Bible'', his theories may have distinctive features in guiding the translation practices(Munday, 2008: 38). In another aspect, Nida held a view that &amp;quot;meaning is universal&amp;quot; and emphasized the common ground between languages, which reflect in his equivalence theory, information conveyed by meaning is the focus To be specific, the equivalence can only be examined during the communication of these information between texts and receptors. Oriented by this communicative principle, Nida therefore took the reader's response as the standard to evaluate the translation. In a word, Nida described the equivalence and its mechanism in a developing process, during which the texts, context and receptors are performing their dynamic role. In a word, Nida’s carried out its study by the method of dynamic comparison, and through his discussion of receptor-oriented principle, his theories greatly contribute to the later translation practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By contrast, in the process of Catford’s research on equivalence, the system-functional linguistics by Halliday was incorporated. The substance, form and context Language, which are the three basic levels in Halliday’s theory (Halliday, 2004: 16), constitute the categories of Catford’s equivalence theory. Moreover, language was define(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;defined&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) by Catford as a patterned behavior and this behavior is casually related to various other features of the situation in which it occurs(Catford, 1965: 2). Therefore, in terms of research methods, Catford carried out his comparative study mostly from the static and fixed perspective of language. Most of the examples he took are words, phrases and sentences, which are the units of language. He pay little attention to the dynamic context and receptors’ reaction. In describing the formal correspondence, he also held a view that categories of every language is defined in terms of relations holding within the language (Catford, 1965: 27). In this way, his research methods seem to be more static and fixed in the internal structure of language. Due to the static traits, Catford’s theories may be properly used for reference in academic study on languages because his theories exactly provide a macro framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.My Thoughts on the Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1.My Thoughts on Nida’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1Strengths and Contributions of Nida’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
In my view, there are many strengths and contributions of Nida’s translation equivalence theory. Firstly, Nida’s research integrated multiple disciplines, which means he set up his theory on a strong basis and it has convincing examples and explanations from various perspective(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;perspectives&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;). The development of Nida’s translation theory can be generally divided into three stages: the stage of descriptive linguistics, the stage of communicative theory and the stage of social semiotics(Tan, 2017: 132). I think Nida also developed its equivalence theory from formal equivalence, dynamic equivalence to  functional equivalence along with the three stages. Secondly, Nida’s equivalence theory is of significance in training translators, guiding translation practice and more importantly, his functional equivalence offers approaches to studying the communication between the cultures of source language and target language. Nida emphasized the importance of translator's initiative in the translation process because he put forward a principle of equivalent effect(Nida, 1964: 159). This effect cannot be formulated within the language or items of a text, but through the subjective activities of translators. Therefore, Nida's functional equivalence and dynamic equivalence offers a guidance(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;have offered guidances&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) to the translators to consider the needs of the target receptors, and to convey the message of source language into the expression that conforms to the habits of the target language. Thirdly, Also, the equivalence theory described by Nida is concrete and practical for people to understand and adopt for it is oriented by receptors’ response that can be easily examined and analyzed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2.Deficiency of Nida’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
Nida’s functional equivalence was mainly applied to the translation of the ''Bible'' , and the criterion of the ''Bible'' translation in his view is to convey the will of God faithfully(Munday, 2008: 38). Therefore, the translation theory may tend to emphasize on the content rather than the form. For this reason, the range of its application may be limited. For example, when it comes to the translation of poetry that has its own aesthetic value in its form, people cannot simply discuss and analyze it according to Nida’s equivalence theory. What’s more, in Nida’s theory, equivalence is oriented by the response of receptors(Munday, 2008: 42). However, sometimes, the equivalent effect between source language readers and target language readers is hard to achieve because receptors of different cultures may have different responses. And translation is actually a cross-cultural communication through the translators, who may have their own translation purpose, preference and expressions, so the equivalent effect is also restricted by the difference of translators.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2.My Thoughts on Catford’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1.Strengths and Contributions of Catford’s Translation Equivalence Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
Catford developed his equivalence by going deep into internal system of language. In my opinion, the most important strength of his theory is that he built the equivalence theory in a complete set of linguistic model, which provides a scientific and systematic theory. By introducing broad types of translation respectively according to extent, levels and ranks, he present new categories to discuss the nature of translation and the task of translators. By describing the translation shifts, he made a distinction of formal correspondence and translation equivalence and explained the conditions when equivalence occurs. Furthermore, since Catford believed there is no “total” translation in a strict way for the replacement by all equivalents at all levels can never be achieved(Caford, 1965:22), he sought to avoid the rigid trend toward the absolute equivalence and developed his theory in a more scientific and mature way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2.2.Deficiency of Catford’s Translation Equivalence Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, Catford carried out his research on the structural transformation of the source language and target language simply from the perspective of linguistics.  The equivalence in his view is between textual materials, and this equivalence can be achieved at one or more categories in the materials(Wang, 2008: 166). Therefore, his theory is also limited and underestimates the influence of subjective activities of translators. Secondly, Catford did not pay enough attention to the cross-cultural factors in translation. On his discussion on the limits of translatability, he even pointed out that it may be not necessary to distinct linguistic and cultural untranslatability (&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;distinguish linguistic from cultural untranslatability &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;)for the cultural untranslatability may be just caused by the impossibility of finding a equivalent collocation in the target language(Catford, 1965: 101). This shows he explained the cultural within a linguistic category. I think the translation involves more than language itself or the substituting of lexical terms and grammars, but also cultural elements. Therefore, the research method of Carford’s theory is rather incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the two theories are developed based on two types of equivalence. Nida presented formal equivalence and dynamic equivalence while Catford put forward formal correspondence and textual equivalence(Munday, 2008: 42; Catford, 1965: 27). The two theories share some points in their theoretical basis and approach to achieving equivalence. Besides, Nida and Catford also have their own understanding on the nature of translation and the main task for translators, so they had a distinctive research method in building up their theories especially in the classification of equivalence and the description of conditions. Supported by various theories from other disciplines, the two theories were set up in a systematic way possess(&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;possessing&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;) many strengths in such aspects as innovative perspective and scientific research method. However, it need to be emphasized that the two kinds of translation theory should be discussed and evaluated in a critical way and the analysis should be made on the scope of their application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, John Cunnison 卡特福德 (1965). ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' 《翻译的语言学理论》. London: Oxford University Press 伦敦：牛津大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Halliday, M. A. K. 韩礼德, and C. Matthiessen 马蒂恩森 (2004). ''An Introduction to Functional Grammar''《功能语法导论》. London: Edward Arnold 伦敦：爱德华·阿诺德出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li, Yang 李杨 (2014). 《纵观翻译等值——卡特福德、奈达比较研究》 ''A Comparative Study on Translation Equivalence of J.C. Catford and Eugene A. Nida.'' 天津商务职业学院学报''Journal of Tianjin College of Commerce'', 第2卷第1期 Vol. 2, No. 1 , 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li, Zhidan 李志丹 (2014). 《卡特福德和奈达“对等”翻译理论思辨》 ''Comparing Catford and Nida's  Translation Theory of “Equivalence Theory”'' 哈尔滨学院学报 ''Journal of Harbin University'', 第35卷第6期 Vol. 35 No. 6, 93-95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Munday, Jeremy芒迪 (2008). ''Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and Applications'' 《翻译学导论：理论与实践》. London ; New York : Routledge 伦敦；纽约：劳特利奇出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达, and Charles Russell Taber 泰伯, eds 著(2004). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'' 翻译理论与实践. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海：上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达 (1964). ''Toward a Science of Translating'' 《翻译的科学探索》. Leiden: Brill Archive 莱顿：博睿学术出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, Eugene Albert 奈达. (1984). ''Approaches to Translating in the Western World'' 《西方世界的翻译方法》, 《外语教学与研究》 ''Foreign Language Teaching and Research'', 1984年第2期, 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan, Zaixi 谭载喜 (2017). ''Translation Studies'' 翻译学. Shnghai: Fudan University Press. 上海：复旦大学出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang, Ning 汪宁 (2008). 《论翻译中的等值——卡特福德、奈达和巴斯耐特比较研究》 ''A Comparative Study on Translation Equivalence of J.C. Catford, E.A Nida and Susan Bassnett''. 科技信息 ''Science &amp;amp; Technology Information'', 2008年第三期, 2008(3), 166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparision between the traslation systems proposed by Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing 石海瑶 Shi Haiyao 202070080605==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;石海瑶 Shi Haiyao &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The structure of a discipline can not only enhance people's overall understandings to the discipline, but also plays a guiding role in its development. Since the 21st century, the study of translatology in China has entered a new stage of development and the construction of the system of translatology has received extensive attention. In September 2005, ''A Series of Translation Studies in China'' was written by Professor Tan Zaixi, which theoretically constructed the internal and external structure of translatology. Later in October 2009, Dr. Yi Jing constructed a relatively macro structure of translatology in his PhD dissertation, ''On the Construction of the System of  Translatology''. This paper first gives a brief overview of these two systems of translatology and then makes a comparative analysis of their similarities and differences from multiple perspectives. Finally, the author puts forward its own thoughts on this two systems of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi; Yi Jing; systems of translatology; comparative analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
一个学科的体系构建不仅能够促进人们对学科的全方位了解，还能引领该学科的发展。21世纪以来,我国译学研究进入新的发展时期，译学体系构建广受关注。2005年9月，谭载喜教授著《翻译学》，从理论上构建了翻译学的内部和外部框架。2009年10月，易经博士在其毕业论文《试论翻译学体系的构建》中构建了一个较为宏观的翻译学体系框架。本文首先对这两大翻译学体系进行简要概述，之后从多个角度对二者的相似点和不同之处作出对比分析。最后，作者提出本人对这两大翻译学体系的思考和认识。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
谭载喜；易经；翻译体系；对比分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Tan Zaixi’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his book ''A Series of Translation Studies in China'', Tan Zaixi put forward his views on the internal structure of translatology. He deemed that translatology can be divided into three parts: general translatoloty, special translatology and applied translatology. In a more specific sense, translatology should not only include a macroscopic discussion of translation, it should also cover a specialized study of bilingual translation as translation (interlingual translation) is the conversion from one language to another (Tan Zaixi, 2005:19). The former of which has theoretical value and helps people understand the essence of translation; the latter has practical value and contributes to guiding translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically, the research content of general translatology contains the following four aspects: Firstly, the study of human language, culture and the general rules of translation; Secondly, study the general process of translation and the status of translation in the whole scientific system as well as the relationship between translation and other disciplines; Thirdly, discuss the nature, function and standard of translation as well as the general responsibilities and conditions of translators from a macro perspective; Fourthly, investigate the history of translation from the perspective of synchronic and diachronic translation studies (including not only the national and regional history of translation, but also the world history of translation). Differing from general translation, the study of special translation includes three aspects: Firstly, study the specific problem of mutual translation between two languages; Secondly, make a comparison between the two languages and cultures; Thirdly, put forward theories that can guide translation between two specific languages. Moreover, applied translatology is directly related to translation practice, which covers two aspects: On the one hand, it studies how to apply theories of general translatology and special translatology to translation practice, translation teaching, translation criticism, compilation of translation reference books and machine translation; On the other hand, it aims to explain the purposes, functions, standards procedures and methods of translation as well as their interrelations on a micro level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the above three parts of translatology are closely linked and inseparable, knowledge of special translatology and applied transltology are the foundation of studying general translatology, in turn, the knowledge of general translatology can also guide the study of special translatology. Thus, we can see both general translatology and special translatology need to conduct further research into applied translatology and obtain feedback information from the practical application of the theories so as to continuously develop and improve the theories. (Tan Zaixi, 2005:21-22)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above explanation, the diagram of Tan Zaixi's system of translatology can be drawn as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tan Zaixi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Yi Jing’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Yi Jing’s thoughts, the system of translatology should include: introduction of translatology (IT), theory of translation’s history (TTH), theory of translation itself (TTI), theory of translation practice (TTP) and meta-theory of translatology (MTT). These five parts constitute the organic system of translatology. IT helps people to form a relatively basic and comprehensive understandings of the macro system of translatology, it is the foreshadowing and general outline of the system of translatology, taking the concrete question research as the main body. In terms of the TTH, TTI, TTP and MTT, their relationship is complementary, mutual influence and mutual support, which together constitute the organic wholeness of the macro system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The IT can be divided into the following five aspects: Firstly, the foundation of translatology. By reviewing the development of Chinese and foreign translation practice and theory, the necessity of the construction of translatology are explained. Since there is no consensus on the independent status of translatology, this part needs to be included in the IT. If the independent discipline status of translatology is  widely recognized in the future, this part can be omitted. Secondly, the value of translation, that is, the role of translation at different levels. Generally speaking, the value of translation involves the individual value, social value, ideological and cultural value, literary value and language value of translation. Thirdly, translation practice as well as the nature, definition and position of translatology. In addition, the object, basic task, purpose, research method and research status of translatology, and the basic structure of translation system are also introduced accordingly. The core research object of translatology is the practice of bilingual conversion. The main task is to explore the development of translation practice and translation theory, and to reveal the historical context of translation development. The purpose of translatology research is to sum up history, study the present, promote the translation research and practical work at present and in the future, and to a certain extent, promote the spiritual and cultural construction of human beings. The basic research method of translatology is based on empirical description and combined with principle. The research status of translatology mainly includes the development of translation practice and translation studies in various periods of history, the schools of translation studies and the representative figures and theories of various schools, the main or popular topics in translatology and the development direction of translation studies. At last, the basic characteristics of translatology. Eg. stability and openness, comprehensive integrity and discipline independence. Generally speaking, the IT is a comprehensive and general description of translatology, and an introduction to the whole system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTH mainly focuses on the development of translation practice and translation theory, and also discusses the development of translation history theory itself. There are five important branches of TTH: introduction of TTH, history of translation practice, history of translation theory, thematic history and meta-theory of TTH. The introduction is a general descriptive branch of TTH, which generally describes translation history theory; the study of history of translation practice covers the study of general history and dynastic history; the exploration of the history of translation theory and the collation of the formation of translatology are very necessary for people to understand the development of translation theory and translatology itself, and play an instructive role in today's translation research; the thematic history involves the study of translators, translation works, history of translatology, translation history and culture, translation institution history, translation teaching history and so on; the meta-theory of TTH studies translation history theory itself, that is, the development and research situation of TTH itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTI consists of the general theory and the specific theory. The general theory refers to the fundamental viewpoint of translation practice, it is a theoretical branch of studying the fundamental principles of translation practice as well as the understanding of the most universal, general and basic principles of translation practice. The specific theory involves a series of basic problems derived from the general theory, it covers a wide range of aspects, including transltion’s meaning, translation’s standard, methodology, process, style, subject, types and so forth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TTP refers to the applied research of translation theory, which is the concrete application and confirmatory research of translation theory in practical activities. It is mainly divided into three aspects: practical analysis, translation criticism and translation teaching. Practical analysis is to prove the correctness of the existing theory with examples, and to illustrate the applicability of the theory, it can produce three kinds of results, that is, complete application, partial application and complete inadaptability. The main task of translation criticism is to evaluate the translation process and its translated works. The third branch is the teaching of translation, it discusses how to apply the basic knowledge of translation to translation teaching and language teaching, so as to cultivate students' language ability, translation practical ability and translation theory level. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MTT is a theory formed by studying the discipline of translatology itself. Its research object is the theoretical system and discipline group of translatology, which should include at least the following eight branches: (1) the regularity, rationality and validity of the description of translation, including terms, concepts, propositions, etc; (2) the research object, function, nature and status of discipline, theoretical structure, logical category, progressive standard and the research method of translatology itself; (3) the way of forming the theory of translatology and the different research paradigms, which reveal the deep-seated structure, internal contradiction and development rule of the translatology hidden from the theory of translation; (4) The principles that should be followed in the construction of the theory of translatology; (5) The role of social and cultural conditions in the emergence and development of translation theories and methods in a certain historical context; (6) The study of the community of translatology, the identification of various academic groups, the analysis of the influence of these groups and their connections on translation theory; (7) Applying basic meta-theory categories to identify and summarize the current situation of translation theory, and to reveal the major theoretical problems in translation studies; (8) Other issues concerning the examination of translatology itself(Yi Jing, 2009:197-287).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above explanation, the diagram of Yi jing’s system of translatology can be drawn as following:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:shihaiyao.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translations of the above terms are as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Shu Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Similarities and Differences'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''The Similarities between the Two systems'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both deem translatology as an independent discipline'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qiusi published ''On the Construction of Translation Theory'' , which clearly put forward the idea of establishing translatology. In 1987, the first national seminar on translation theory was held, which unfolded a new era of the construction of translatology in China. Tan Zaixi came up with the slogan of establishing translatology in his paper ''Translatology must be established'', which triggered extraordinary response. Whether translation can become an independent discipline has been heated discussed in translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above descriptions, we can see that both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing have a strong consciousness and a clear orientation of discipline towards translatology. Tan Zaixi holds the view that translatology is a science to study translation, which is an essential communicative activity of human beings. It has its own rules, which can be categorized, summarized and described by scientific methods, and can serve the communicative activities of human beings. According to Yi Jing, the formation of the independent discipline status of translatology is the inevitable result of the historical accumulation of translation practice and translation theory as well as an urgent requirement for the development of the whole translation field to modern and contemporary times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on the consensus that translatology is an independent discipline that Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing put forward their own views on the construction of the system of translatology. Therefore, both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing agree that translation is an independent discipline, which is the first similarity of their system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both define bilingual conversion as object of translation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s, from the perspective of semiotics, Jakobson divided translation into three categories according to different language signs: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. Intralingual translation refers to that to explain other verbal symbols using original language symbols in the same language field. Interlingual translation refers to the translation between two different languages, and Intersemiotic translation refers to the translation that to explain verbal symbols by using non-verbal symbols.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this theory, Tan Zaixi pointed out in his translation system that translation (specifically refers to intralingual translation) is a plural and theoretical perspective of switching from one language to another(Tan Zaixi, 2005:19). It indicates that Tan Zaixi's views on object of translation practice is bilingual conversion. Yi Jing also suggested that the specific research object of translatology is bilingual conversion and some phenomena related to bilingualism(Yi Jing, 2009:132).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, it is obvious that the two systems insist that the object of translatology is bilingual conversion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Both identify comprehensive faithfulness as standard of translation'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion about standards of translation has always been a hot spot in the  translation circles, which is the core problem and key task of translation theory. Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing reach an agreement that the standard of translation should be based on sufficient translation practice. Tan Zaixi proposed that the general standard of translation is that &amp;quot;all translations must be faithful to the original text&amp;quot;. Taking this abstract standard as the premise, a series of specific standards can be produced, such as &amp;quot;faithful to the original content &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original form &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original effect &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; faithful to the original function&amp;quot; and so on, which serve different purposes(Tan Zaixi, 2005:38). And Yi Jing believed that &amp;quot;comprehensive faithfulness to content, form and style&amp;quot; is the highest standard of translation and the most ideal condition of translation(Yi Jing, 2009:239).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, both Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing agree that the standard of translation is comprehensive faithfulness. To elaborate it, they also list different aspects of faithfulness, which can be adjusted to specific requirements according to different text types, whereas there is consensus on the core idea of faithfulness.&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will explore the differences between the two translation systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''The differences between the Two Translation Systems'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different structures of translation system'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above diagram of Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing’s system of translatology, we can know that Tan Zaixi’s system of transltology merely includes three parts, that is general translatology, special translatology and applied translatology. The research contents of each part are not clearly distinguished and classified, especially the definition of general translation and special translation is vague, which should be further discussed. In contrast to the system of Yi Jing, he divided it into five parts, that is introduction of the translatology (IT), theory of translation’s history (TTH), theory of translation itself (TTI), theory of translation practice (TTP) and meta-theory of translatology (MTT). For these five parts, Yi Jing clearly illustrated the branches of each part, and its division is rigorous, each branch forms a logical and well-connected system, leaving people a refreshing impression. Moreover, this system exploratory and open, Yi Jing suggested that he holds a welcoming attitude to other systems of translatology, and it can not be assumed arbitrarily that the system is more comprehensive and profound than others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, we get to know that Tan Zaixi’s system of translatology is more general and rough, while Yi Jing’s is more systematic and inclusive.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different views on the study of translation history'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing put forward different views on the study of translation history. In Tan Zaixi's translation system, the general translation refers to the history of translation, that is, to study the history of translation from the perspective of diachronic and synchronic translatology, which includes not only the national and regional history of translation, but also the world history of translation(Tan Zaixi, 2005:21). While in Yi Jing’s system of translatology, one of the five branches of TTH mentioned: the study of translation history can be multi-angle and multilevel. From the time span of the study, translation can either be general or dynastic; it can study the translation history of translators and different text genres, or discipline translation history, such as literary translation history, scientific translation history and religious translation history(Yi Jing, 2009:211).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we can know that Tan Zaixi's study of translation history is more macroscopic, which based on different countries, different regions and different historical periods, while the study of translation history of Yi Jing is more specific and detailed, taking translators and various literary genres into account, in addition, he proposed that vertical comparison and horizontal comparison can be used in these factors, reaching almost every aspect of the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Different views on translation process'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the process of translation, Tan Zaixi and Yi Jing presented their views. Tan divided the process of translation into two types, namely, psychological process and practical operation process. Psychological process is the embodiment of human brain receiving and transforming information, but Tan did not put forward specific steps for practical operation process, which is still open to question. In Yi Jing’s system of translatology, the translation process theory is mentioned in the second branch of the TTI. Yi Jing thought that the translation process can be divided into broad sense and narrow sense. The process of translation in a broad sense includes the selection of the original text, the preparation before translation, the specific translation process, the refinement of the translation and the process of testing and evaluating the translation; the narrow sense refers to the process from reading and understanding the original text to finalizing the translation(Yi Jing, 2009:253).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above descriptions, we can see that they define the translation process from different angles. Tan Zaixi divides the translation process into two aspects: psychology and practical operation, while the study of translation process proposed by Yi Jing is more multi-angle, and its broad translation process is not only confined to the process itself, but more comprehensive. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''My Thoughts on the Two Systems'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''My Thoughts on Tan Zaixi’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Contributions of Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Tan Zaixi's construction of translation system has laid solid foundation on some basic pioneering works of translatology. The establishment of basic concepts and categories is the basic work of discipline construction. Before the publication of A Series of Translation Studies in China, the art theory and science theory of translation and whether translation can become a science were the focus of scholars in the translation circles, but the polysemous word &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is not defined. Thus, two different concepts were confused, that is translation and translatology, they discusses two different levels of problems, and emphasizes on personal reasons in a one-side way, resulting in two incompatible theories of translatology between art school and science school. In this book, Tan Zaixi clearly defined the concept of translation and translatology, clarified some vague understandings, and promoted the development of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Tan Zaixi's translation system has a strong sense and a clear orientation of discipline. The significance of the definition that &amp;quot;translatology is an independent discipline&amp;quot; is not merely its theoretical value, but it involves many important issues about the theoretical development and how to construct the discipline. With a clear sense of independent discipline, Tan Zaixi discussed some constructive and guiding problems such as the research object and field of translatology, the discipline framework of translatology, and the research approach. His unique translation system is a valuable exploration and attempt in Chinese translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, in Mr. Tan's view, translatology is not merely a discipline with Chinese characteristics. Because it involves different languages and cultures, Translatology should be constructed from four dimensions: past and present, at home and abroad. In this regard, he believes that a comparative study of Chinese and Western translation theories should be carried out with the open mind of &amp;quot;harmony in diversity&amp;quot;, which is undoubtedly of great value. Construction of translatology needs to integrate Chinese and Western theoretical resources as well as learn widely from other’s strong points. Based on this, Tan Zaixi's construction of translatology fully reflects his broad mind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
====='''Deficiencies of Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As is known to us, Tan Zaixi has made great contribution on the construction of the system of translatology, but there is no perfect system in the world. Here, I list two points remain to be discussed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the definition of general translation and special translation is not clear enough. In the actual translation process and translation research, general and special are contradictory and unified. Tan Zaixi's view on special translation includes the study of the specific translation of two languages, and the general principles of translatology needs to find out the common law by studying the translation of different languages. Therefore, the general rules of translatology must also be included in the research object of special translation, but this does not appear in its translation system, so its integrity is still open to question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, Tan Zaixi discusses the construction of the system of translatology in A Series of Translation Studies in China, but the branches of its translation system are not fully explained in this book, such as the responsibilities of translators in general translation and for the contents of applied translation, it has only put forward the idea, but has not made the detailed explanation. In addition, the structure of the book is not organized according to its translation system, this is indeed a great pity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''My Perspective towards Tan’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The great influence and contribution of Tan’s translation system on the whole translation field is obvious to all, but it is not universal. According to the advantages and disadvantages of this system, we should treat in a dialectical way. Tan’s translation system has made foundation on the establishment of translatology and played a pioneering role in the development of translatology, but some deficiencies are avoidless. Therefore, we should treat Tan Zaimxi’s translation system in a comprehensive view. On the whole, Tan’s translation system can be regarded as a great progress and precious treasure in translation circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''My Thoughts on Yi Jing’s Translation System'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Contributions of Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, the construction of the system of translatology proposed by Yi Jing based on a large number of theoretical research and historical data analysis. Yi Jing collated many kinds of materials in the field of translation, analyzed the views of many scholars and came to his own understandings, so that the system of translatology is coherent and smooth in writing. He selectively analyzed the views expressed by important scholars at home and abroad in the construction of translatology and made a comprehensive comparison of the proposed translation system model. Drawing on the essence of others' thoughts, he put forward his unique system of translatology, and strove to deepen the research on the construction of the system of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the framework of Yi’s translation system is clear and rational. He  comprehensively introduced the Chinese and foreign translation theory research, each part is closely related, making the reader know at a glance. Yi Jing abandoned the conceptual knowledge infusion and rigid theoretical instruction, and focused more attention on tracing back to the source. He regarded the role of Chinese and foreign translation in the development process in a dialectical way with an open mind. At the same time, the dynamical development of translation system is manifested in the construction of complex translation system. He explained deeply that the establishment of translatology is the necessity of social development and the inevitable result of the academic development, all of these have played a positive role in guiding readers to view the current Chinese translation system from a correct perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Deficiencies of Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, nothing is perfect, Yi Jing’s translation system is no exception without doubt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, in the construction of the system of translatology, there are some viewpoints need to be further analyzed. The construction of translation system is a grand subject, which can not be completely completed in such a PhD dissertation, thus it leads to not comprehensive enough. For example, Yi Jing put forward the theory of translation history and clarified its new structure, but the analysis is not detailed enough, and it mainly focused on describing the research methods of translation history and attention points during the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, the traditional translation history research is divided into two branches: the history of translation practice and the history of translation theory. The author thinks that the division is too simple in terms of the importance and reality requires of the theory of translation’s history. Therefore, apart from the above two branches, the theory of translation’s history should cover another three branches: introduction of TTH, thematic history and meta-theory. In this section, the author focuses on the disadvantages of the traditional division. But he doesn't make a thorough analysis of his new division. What is the necessity of such a division of the theory of translation history? what are the advantages of such a division? Can this division completely avoid the flaws of the traditional division? Actually, the author did not give a strong illustration of these substantive problems, nor did he explain them in detail, which directly leads to a sense of relative superficiality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''My perspective towards Yi’s Translation System'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are more or less shortcomings in the analysis of viewpoint argumentation, this dissertation provides a new perspective and path for the discipline of translatology, and to some extent, makes up for the deficiency of the traditional construction of translation system. According to Yi Jing’s summary and organization of a variety of materials in the field of translation at home and abroad, he is not only reproduce the history of translation but make history. Generally speaking, the author believes that the contribution of Yi Jing’s translation system to the development of translatology is far greater than its deficiencies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper first gives a brief introduction of the two translation systems, based on it, drawing corresponding diagrams for the two translation systems, and then compares the similarities and differences between the two systems in detail. At last, the author puts forward her own thoughts on this two translation systems in a dialectical way. Through the above comparison, we can find that both Tan Zaixi’s translation system and Yi Jing’s translation system have their own advantages and disadvantages, but their virtues far outweigh faults and differences are greater than similarities. Both of them have made great contributions to the construction of translation system with their own unique strengths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Refrences'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]陈福康.中国译学理论史稿[M].上海:上海外国语大学出版社,2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]方梦之.当今世界翻译研究的格局—兼论21世纪中国翻译研究的崛起 [J]. 外语教学理论与实践，2016（3）：55-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]蓝红军. &amp;quot;从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017).&amp;quot; 中国翻译 39.1 (2018): 7-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]谭载喜.必须建立翻译学[J].中国翻译,1987b3: 2-7.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]谭载喜.翻译学[M].武汉:湖北教育出版社,2005.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[6]许钧,穆雷.翻译学概论[M].南京:译林出版社,2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]易经.试论翻译学体系的构建[D].湖南师范大学,2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of translation theories by Eugene nida  and Susan Bassnett   胡慧芳 Hu Huifang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达与苏珊·巴斯奈特都是西方翻译史上著名的大翻译理论家和翻译家。奈达提出了“动态对等”的翻译理论，而巴斯奈特提出了“文化等值”的概念。奈达和巴斯奈特虽然在各自的翻译理论中都强调了“对等”或“等值”的概念，但理论内容却大相径庭。本文从两人翻译理论产生的背景和对各自翻译观的解读入手，来对两人的翻译理论的不同点和相通性进行初步对比分析处理，从而达到对两人翻译理论更深理解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词=== &lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达；苏珊·巴斯奈特；功能对等；文化等值&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida and Susan Bassnett are both famous translation theorists and translators in the history of Western translation. Nida proposed the translation theory of &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;, and Bassnett proposed the concept of &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot;. Although Nida and Bassnett emphasized the concept of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; in their respective translation theories, the theoretical content is quite different. This article starts with the background of the two people's translation theories and the interpretation of their respective translation concepts, to make a preliminary comparative analysis of the differences and similarities between the two people's translation theories, so as to achieve a deeper understanding of the two people's translation theories.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida ;Susan Bassnett; dynamic equivalence; cultural equivalence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is a well-known American translator, translation theorist, and PhD in linguistics. He was born in Oklahoma City in the south-central United States. In 1936, he studied at the University of California, and later received a master's degree in Greek &amp;quot;Bible New Testament&amp;quot; studies from the University of Southern California. In 1943, he received a PhD in linguistics under the guidance of Bloomfield and others. He served as the executive secretary of the translation department of the American Bible Association for a long time, and in 1968 he was the president of the American Linguistic Society. In addition to translation theory, Nida has engaged in research in linguistics, semantics, anthropology, and communication engineering. He has also been engaged in Bible translation work for a long time, and has investigated a large number of languages, especially minor languages in Africa and Latin America. . Nida is engaged in translation studies and has written many books. From 1945 to 1986, he published nearly 200 articles and more than 30 books (including co-authored and co-edited works), including 16 monographs on translation and linguistics, the most important of which is &amp;quot;Toward a Science of Translation&amp;quot; &amp;quot;The Theory and Practice of translation&amp;quot; etc. His &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; translation theory and &amp;quot;reader's response theory&amp;quot; translation standards not only have considerable influence in the western translation circles, but also promote the transformation of Chinese translation theory circles. Dr. Nida broke the research paradigm that emphasized static analysis in traditional Chinese translation theory research, and put forward a new idea of open translation theory research, which has brought enlightenment for the establishment of a new translation theory model in my country's translation theory community.&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Bassnett is a professor, translator, writer and messenger at the Graduate School of Comparative Literature Theory and Translation, Warwick University, UK. As a leading figure in the school of translation culture, her concept of &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; and related translation theories have had a huge impact on contemporary translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; and Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; theory have certain similarities, but there are also many differences. This article starts with the &amp;quot;similarities&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;differences&amp;quot; of the two, to gain a more comprehensive understanding and understanding of the two translation theorists and translators and their translation theories, so as to achieve a deeper understanding and Understand the purpose of their translation theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The background of the two translation theories===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the birth of cultural translation school, linguistic school, functional school and structuralist school were the main schools in the field of western translation theory research. Representatives of the linguistic school, Jacob Button, Catford, and Nida, put more emphasis on equivalence in translation issues. They believe that translation is to replace one language material with an equivalent language material; functional school The representative figures Les, Nord and Mantari believe that the focus of translation studies should be the target text, not the original text. Their theoretical sources are mainly communication theory, action theory, information theory and reception aesthetics. But whether it is the linguistic school, the functional school or the structuralist school, in their research process, they are more or less trying to achieve language equivalence from all levels of text content and form. Translation researchers] hope to find a scientific and effective method to solve the various problems faced by translation, but cultural diversity determines the diversity of text cultural connotations. Therefore, these researchers have encountered great troubles when they encounter a context that is quite different from their own cultural background. The cultural translation school was born to better solve these problems.&lt;br /&gt;
Before the 1970s, translation theorists mainly studied various translation problems from linguistics. After the 1970s and 1980s, the acceleration of globalization, the acceleration of information dissemination, and the diversification of communication methods have made the relationship between language and culture closer. In information dissemination, language differences have become more prominent, and the status and role of translation activities have also changed. Therefore, with the acceleration of globalization and the popularization of multicultural views and values, translation theory researchers who conform to the trend of the times pay more and more attention to the diverse cultural values ​​embodied in translated texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1  The background of Eugene Nida’s cultural equivalence theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; translation theory was deeply influenced by his time. At the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, linguistic studies in the United States really started. It was not until the beginning of the 20th century that American linguists who studied in Europe and were influenced by Europe began to study American linguistics. They developed American descriptive linguistics and structural linguistics. Beginning in the 1940s, American linguistics began to have a huge impact on world linguistics research. During this period, the representative figures in American linguistics were Boas, Sapir and Bloomfield. Although their theories are not exactly the same, they are basically structuralism and descriptive linguistics (Liu Runqing, 2002). Nida learned and grew up during this period. In 1943, he obtained a doctorate in linguistics under the guidance of two famous masters, Bloomfield and Fries. Therefore, his thinking is deeply influenced by Bloomfield, an American structuralist, and Sapir, a human linguist, and he emphasizes the collection and analysis of language materials in language research. In the 1950s, since Nida served as the executive secretary of the translation department of the American Bible Society for several years, Nida has proposed and started to use dynamic equivalence theory to guide the actual work of &amp;quot;Bible&amp;quot; translation. Since the 1950s, translators have generally followed the dynamic equivalent translation theory in translation projects organized by the American Bible Society (Tan Zaixi, 1991).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2  The background of Bassnett’s cultural equivalence theory===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative figures of the cultural translation school, Susan Bassnet's translation concept with cultural translation theory as the core has had a significant impact on contemporary translation studies. In the introduction to &amp;quot;Translation, History and Culure&amp;quot; (Translation, History and Culure), Andre, Lefevere and Susan Basnett proposed that &amp;quot;Culural lurn&amp;quot; (culural lurn)-the term, this is the concept that was first proposed from here.&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett believes that the linguistic school of translation faces the following problems: The method of machine translation is an effective method, but it is not suitable for literary translation. In response to this situation, Bassnett pointed out that the research method of translation should undergo an cultural turn (eulturalturn). She believes that translators must perform translation activities in a specific cultural context, and translators must not conduct translation activities in cultural isolation under the influence of their own cultural background. In short, Bassnett’s cultural translation view is that translation is not a purely linguistic activity, it is rooted in and influenced by the culture of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Susan Bassnett and Eugene Nida’s translation theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Nida' s“dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
“Dynamic equivalence” is the core conception of Nida ’s translation theories. the essence of it is a receptor-centered theory of translation that aims at achieving a“dynamic”equivalence between the effect obtained from respective readers of the originaltext and the translated version, which requires that translators view from the angle of the sense and spirit of the original instead of rigidly adhering to language structures of it. That is, not rigidly adheringto formal equivalence. The theory of“dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is the most well- known and the most frequently discussed theory, and the focus of discussions on it may attribute to different interpretations of the term &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1The nature of &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
“Equivalence&amp;quot; is an important proposition in translation for it &lt;br /&gt;
involves some key problems such as nature of translation, translation norms as well as quality and evaluation of translation. As a mathematic term, the word “ equivalence&amp;quot; refers to an absolutely symmetrical and equal relationship, but in many English dictionaries, it gets obscure meanings that things possess similarities or areessentially identical. Then, is the concept“equivalence in translation theories derived from its absolute mathematics reference orborrowed from its indistinct meanings as a word of general linguistices? According to many translation theorists (including Nida), it may mean more of the latter than the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot; Equivalence&amp;quot; is a scientific descriptive notion that is more objective that &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot;, for the concept of &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot;or &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; refers to attitudes of translators while &amp;quot;faithful translation&amp;quot; indicates the quality of translation. But &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; involves no translator' s attitudes, and thus let us get a more explicit conception. The &amp;quot;equivalence” needed in translation is a comprehensive impact, not mechanically synthesizing equivalence of linguistics,semantics and pragmatics, but taking into account factors in different levels all around with artistical views and accomplishments of different cultures and languages. The historic contribution of Nida's&amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is that it provides a convincing solution to the dispute of literal translation and free translation held by many western translation theorists for about 2000 years. Literal translation emphasizes equivalence in language forms and the effect oftranslation is overlooked while free translation focuses much more on “beauty” of translation effect with litle regard to equivalence.Nida' s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot;. however, puts emphasis on equivalence of both effects and then solves this contradiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2 Views on Nida s theory of &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
It has been mentioned above that Nida s &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; theory is the most influential as well as the most frequently criticized and reproached due to dfferent interpretations of the theory. And here, a ittle more comments are given to be shared.&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2.1Apprehension of the theory&lt;br /&gt;
What Nida's values a lot in dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; is that receptors of the two languages ( SL and TL) have approximately similar response and get basically equivalent ffect( 杨柳， 2006). The great contribution Nida made was to shift the focus from the comparison of the source- language and the target- language texts to acomparison of the two communication processes involved.&amp;quot; (金隄,1998:231) Thus, Nida's dynamic equivalence &amp;quot; focuses mainly onthe relative side of &amp;quot; equivalence &amp;quot; rather than absolutizes the term,which may imply that the equivalence theory in translation does originally mean something relative, obscure and indistinct.&lt;br /&gt;
As a relative conception, the goal &amp;quot; dynamic equivalence&amp;quot; pursues is that the readers of the translation can obtain basically similar message smoothly from the translated text as the readers of theoriginal do from the original text, including their perception of the main essence, specific facts and artistic conception, although the two texts may vary greatly or entirely in forms. This goal can be applied to almost all types of translation. For all of these viewpoints,Nida and his theory have encountered constant criticism and reproaching. In sum, those who are against the theory argue that effect of equivalence can never be possible in translation because translation involves at least two different languages, cultures etc.which are rather hard to the non-native, while those who are in favor hold that equivalence can be achieved not only in senses and styles, but in effect as well. Nida has made it very clear that &amp;quot;the response can never be identical' , but &amp;quot;a high degree of equivalenceof response&amp;quot; is required and possible. And for &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;,Nida elaborates that no translation can be completely equivalent. Actually, different translations represent varying degrees of equivalence, That is, &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; doesn't mean identity as its mathematical meaning. (Nida, 2001:87) In order to stress the conception of function and meanwhile avoid misunderstanding, Nida&lt;br /&gt;
holds that the expression“functional equivalence&amp;quot; is much more satisfactory in describing the degrees of adequacy of a translation（Nida, 2001:91). So, Nida, as he puts it explicitly in his works, doesn' t prescribe something &amp;quot; identical&amp;quot; or total equivalence between the original and the translated texts, but expects high degrees of closeness&amp;quot; to ine ongmal and reproducing nearest translated message to the originai message. He advocates that translators work hard to pursue equivaiencerather than identity&amp;quot;. Professor Jin Di may have standpoint identical to Nida' s, he holds that the term &amp;quot; equivalence&amp;quot; in Nida ' s theory indicates a linguistic notion that is different from &amp;quot;identity&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot; equivalence&amp;quot;is a rela-&lt;br /&gt;
tive conception, which requires no totally identical effect, but striving for the closest impact produced by the translation within a possible range as what is produced to readers of the original text by the ST (金隄, 1998:44).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3 Theoretical Practice of &amp;quot;Functional Equivalence&amp;quot; in China-A Comment on the Translation of &amp;quot;A Madman's Diary&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Here are three examples to analyze the theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot; used in the &amp;quot;Madman's Diary&amp;quot; in the translation of &amp;quot;The Call&amp;quot; by Yang Xianyi and his wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（1）“我同赵贵翁有什么仇.....把古久先生的陈年流水簿子，踹了一脚....”(鲁迅，2019: 08)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“what grudge Mr. Zhao has against me...Itrod on Mr. Gu Jiu's old ledgers..&amp;quot; (杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this example is literally translated &amp;quot;赵贵翁&amp;quot;, it may be translated as &amp;quot;Zhao Guiweng&amp;quot; in many cases, so that the translation person seems rigid and the translation traces are too obvious. Yang Xianyi and his wife directly translated &amp;quot;Mr. Zhao&amp;quot; in the translation, which conforms to the native language habits of foreigners and avoids the appearance of translation accent. This translation achieves functional equivalence for the translation of personal words in the original text (Chen Weijia, 2009). The &amp;quot;old-year running book&amp;quot; here is a characteristic term of China's old society period, which means &amp;quot;old account book&amp;quot;. If literally translated as &amp;quot;aged jour-nal&amp;quot;, obviously there is no &amp;quot;old ledgers&amp;quot; which is more suitable for the time.&lt;br /&gt;
Time backgroud. The Yangs’ translation handled the translation of characteristic nouns well and reached the result of information equivalent translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)“陈老五赶上前，硬把我拖回家中了。”(鲁迅，2019: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Old Chen hurried forward and draggedme home.&amp;quot; (杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The personal pronoun &amp;quot;陈老五&amp;quot;, if translated literally, might be translated as &amp;quot;Chen Laowu&amp;quot;. Yang Xianyi translated &amp;quot;Old Chen&amp;quot;, which is more authentic. &amp;quot;Chen Lao Wu&amp;quot; may be the habitual name of this person by the locals, rather than the name Chen Lao Wu. The Yangs' translation as &amp;quot;Lao Chen&amp;quot; here conforms to the Chinese people's habit of addressing acquaintances and conforms to the original cultural background (金瑞, 邵华, 2018).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)“狼子村的佃户来告荒....”(鲁迅，2019: 09)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“a tenant of ours from Wolf Cub Villagecame to report the failure of the crop...&amp;quot; ( 杨宪益、戴乃迭，2000: 25)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;狼子村&amp;quot; is a place noun. If it is simply translated as &amp;quot;The Wolf Child Village&amp;quot;, it is obviously inappropriate. Such translated names are not only not beautiful enough, but also cannot express the charm of Chinese place names. Here, the expression of &amp;quot;Cub&amp;quot; in &amp;quot;Wolf Cub Village&amp;quot; of the Young couple is quite vivid and accurate. &amp;quot;Cub&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;cub&amp;quot; and it is used here in line with the original meaning. Yang Xianyi has certain accomplishments in the translation of Chinese-specific place nouns, and conveys the Chinese-specific culture well in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural equivalence&amp;quot; theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Bassnett believes that the goal of translation should be changed from the text commonly accepted by people to culture, which is the so-called cultural shift. If we compare culture to the human body, then language is the human heart. Only when people's heart, language and body are coordinated with each other, can people maintain vigor and vitality. When performing heart surgery on a patient, the surgeon must take into account the overall physical condition of the patient. The same is true for translation practice. In the process of translating the target language into the target language, members of parliament must take into account the double standards of language accuracy and cultural adaptability, and must not strip away culture and treat translation in isolation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1 Translation methods and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation methods, Bassnett believes that language and text materials in different cultural contexts should have different translation requirements, and therefore different translation methods. For example, for original texts that are descriptive, or contain certain cultural beliefs, or are technological in nature, the translator should try to literally translate from a cultural perspective when translating. If the original text does not belong to the above three types of texts, then the translator can play relatively freely when translating, use more translation skills, and less consider the limitations of the original text culture on translation activities. It can be said that the degree of freedom of such translation activities is relatively high.&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding translation strategy, Bassnett believes that the translator's translation activity is a process of information transmission. In this process, the translator should first find the cultural factors in the original text that are different from the target language, and then understand these factors in depth, and try to retain these factors on this basis. Such a strategy helps readers of other countries to better understand the connotation expressed in the original text, and enable them to have a more accurate understanding of the cultural context of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 Content and form of translation&lt;br /&gt;
As far as the content and form of the translation are concerned, Bassnett regards cultural exchange as the focus of translation, and she believes that the original flavor of the original language text should be kept as much as possible. At the same time, she also pointed out that literary translation must not lose its form. Taking poetry as an example, the translation of poetry is not simply a translation of the original poem content, but a new understanding and creation in translation. The translator must use his own translation skills and literary quality to create new content. But at the same time, the form and content of the poem are unified. The length of the syllables and the distribution of rhymes in the form are also conveying the content. The information of the times is all revealed behind it. Therefore, if the original form of the poem is discarded in the translation, Then it cannot fully reflect the content of the original poem. Take Chinese rhyme poems as an example. When its prosperity turned from its peak to its decline in the Tang Dynasty, the strict flat correspondence and cohesion were not only for making people melodious and catchy, but its pursuit of form revealed that The literati in the era remembered the dead Tang Dynasty and their strong unsatisfied political demands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3 &amp;quot;Intelligibility&amp;quot; of the translation&lt;br /&gt;
Before the rise of the cultural translation school, translation researchers sometimes translated the literary language in the original text into plain and simple language in order for the translation to be better understood by readers, deleting literary metaphors and associations. In this way, the translation will indeed become easy to understand, but the literary nature of the work has been reduced, and the interest and depth will not reach the effect of the original text. Therefore, Bassnett believes that the &amp;quot;understandability&amp;quot; of the translation cannot be based on abandoning the original style and artistry, but should try to maintain the original flavor of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.4 Evaluation Criteria of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
For the evaluation criteria of translations, Bassnett believes that the evaluation criteria of translations are not unique. The standards for translating academic articles and applied and literary articles are different. When checking and evaluating the standard of translation, we should start from the target of translation, and judge the translation based on whether the translation can meet the needs of the target. In short, the translation should meet the needs of readers in different cultural contexts as a starting point, and use a suitable translated language that can meet this demand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.5 Examples of Bassnett's Cultural Translation Theory-Taking 《道德经》‘s Arthur Willy's Translation and Gu Zhengkun's Translation as Examples&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“六亲不和，有孝慈(孝子)。”(章十八)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辜译: &amp;quot;Filiality and benevolence come along with the family feud,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
韦利译:“It was when the six near ones were no longer at peace that there was talkof dutiful sons.&amp;quot; (Waley, 1999:37 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;六亲&amp;quot; in modern Chinese generally refer to all family members and relatives, but in ancient Chinese there are specific references to father and son, brothers, and couples. Gu Zhengkun knows that family ethical relations are not as complicated in the West as in China, so he adopted the approach of being close to Western readers and translated it as &amp;quot;the family; while Wiley used the method of alienation in order to get close to the original work, calling it &amp;quot;sixnear ons&amp;quot; , And supplemented by the notes at the end of the chapter to further explain the specific meaning of &amp;quot;six relatives&amp;quot;. (the six near ones: father, son, elder brother, younger brother, husband and wife.). Both translators have realized the function of the language opposite to them. The equivalence of the above. That is to realize the equivalence of cultural functions, but also convey the meaning of cultural connotation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
原文:“虽有拱璧以先驷马”  (章六十二)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
辜译:It would be better to present to the emperor Tao than jade disks followed by ateam of four horses.&amp;quot; ( 辜正坤，1995: 251 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
韦利译:“Rather than send a team of four horses, preceded by a disc ofjade.e..&amp;quot;(Waley,1999:131 )&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both translators translated &amp;quot;驷马&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;four horses&amp;quot;, which is correct. In ancient China, the number of horses pulling carts was used to reflect the rank of status, such as driving two horses as a parallel, three horses as a stallion, and four horses as a parcel. Usually the emperor drives six, princes drive five, Qing drives four, doctors three, scholars two, and common people one. There are also horse-drawn chariots in wars, usually one carriage with four horses and three passengers. If the translator can comment on this, it will better help the target readers to understand the ancient Chinese horse culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.The difference between the two translation thoughts===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's translation thoughts are mainly influenced by language structuralist translators, which are manifested in his use of the syntactic structure analysis method, semantic component analysis method popular in the United States in the 1940s and 1950s, and the core similar to Chomsky's deep structure Syntactic analysis is a structural analysis of language expression forms and translation procedures from the perspective of language translation, that is, interlingual translation. However, the essence of Nida's translation thought lies in far more than its language structuralist translation view, but more of him In &amp;quot;translation is science&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;translation and communication&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;translation must emphasize readers' reflection&amp;quot; and many other propositions. Moreover, Nida's contribution in translation theory, especially in the translation theory of the Bible, and his position in contemporary American and Western translation studies are very important and widely recognized. (Tan Zaixi, 1991)&lt;br /&gt;
But Bassnett's &amp;quot;cultural translation view&amp;quot; focuses on cultural exchanges, with culture first, and information second. Through translation to introduce the unique culture of each nation, explain the similarities and differences between each other, so as to promote the comparative study of two languages ​​and cultures. Bassnett also pointed out that culture puts forward various requirements for translation, and these requirements are closely related to the nature of the original text. In the process of translation, the translator should demonstrate the unique charm of different cultures through translation, so that people of different cultural backgrounds can communicate and communicate in a true cultural sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.The similarity of the two translation ideas===&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that the service object of translation is the recipient. It is necessary to evaluate and judge the quality of the translation. It is not only necessary to compare the language form of the translation and the original text, but also to see how the recipient reflects the translation. Only when the translated works are easy to understand and in proper form can they be widely accepted by the public. Bassnett’s cultural translation view also emphasizes that translation should meet the requirements of different objects in a certain culture. In order to meet the requirements of different specific groups, the translator must find a suitable translated language functionally. It can be seen that both translation theorists believe that translation works should focus on the demands of recipients of translation at different levels.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that when there is a contradiction between form and content in the translation process, form should give way to content. Bassnett also believes that in the process of functional equivalence, the translator can not be restricted by the literary image. It can be seen that the two translation theorists pay more attention to the content and form of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida pointed out that the languages ​​and cultures of the world have 90% similarities and only 10% differences. Bassnett also believes that the translator should perform functional equivalence in the target language culture based on the target language; the reading object and the original language's function in the original language culture. It can be seen that both translation theorists believe that the source language and the target language can communicate and communicate in terms of culture. Although there is a cultural loss in the translation process, there are more similarities between different languages. Similarities or similarities (ie cultural common core).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Both Nida and Bassnett are great translation theorists and translators in the history of Western translation. Their theoretical research ideas and academic vision are broad, and their insights are unique, which give people deep inspiration. In the process of translation research, the two masters placed translation in the multi-dimensional space of the original text and the target text, investigated from different angles to reveal the essence of translation, and achieved fruitful results. The two translations: principles and methods. There are both common points and their own characteristics. We should work hard to understand the characteristics and development trajectories of the two major translation theories, and find out the contributions and shortcomings of the two major translation theories. In order to find things that Chinese translation theories can learn from, to promote the development of Chinese translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Nida, Eugene and Charles Taber. The Theory of Translation[M]. Leiden:E. J Brill,1969.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Liao Qiyi.(2000).廖七一.''当代西方翻译理论探索''.[Exploration of Contemporary Western Translation Theory].译林出版社[Yilin Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Liu Runqing.(2002).刘润清.''西方语言学流''派[Schools of Western Linguistics].外语教学与研究出版社[Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Lu Gang. (2006). 陆刚. 巴斯奈特理论与翻译中文化等值的不确定性[Bassnett's theory and the uncertainty of cultural equivalence in translation].''中国比较文化''[Chinese Comparative Culture]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Tan Zaixi. (1991). 谭载喜. ''西方翻译简史''. [Western Translator Business History]. 商务印书馆[The Commercial Press ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Duan Feng. 段峰.(2006). 苏珊·巴斯奈特文学翻译思想述评. [A Review of Susan Bassnett's Literary Translation Thoughts]. ''四川大学学报''[Journal of Sichuan University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Lu Gang. (2010). 陆刚. 巴斯奈特理论与翻译中文化等值的不确定性[Bassnett's theory and the uncertainty of cultural equivalence in translation]. ''扬州大学学报''[Journal of Yangzhou University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Deng Ju, Qin Zhongshu.(2007). 邓巨，秦中书.苏珊·巴斯奈特翻译思想述评[A Review of Susan Bassnett's Translation Thoughts.  ''四川文理学院学报''[Journal of Sichuan University of Arts and Science]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]Luo Chengli. 罗承丽.(2010). 操纵与构建：苏珊·巴斯奈特“文化翻译中”思想研究. [Manipulation and Construction: Susan Bassnett's &amp;quot;Cultural Translation&amp;quot; Thought Research].''北京语言大学''[Beijing Language and Culture University]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]Waley,Arthur.The Way and Its Power:A study of the Tao Te Ching and its Place in Chinese Thought.London:Allen and Unwin，1934.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]Lu Xun. 鲁迅.(2010). ''呐喊''. [The Call].江西教育出版社[Jiangxi Education Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[12]Lu Xun. 鲁迅.(2010). ''呐喊''. [The Call]. 杨宪益，戴乃迭，译.北京外文出版社[Beijing Foreign Languages  Publishing House]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[13]Gu Zhengkun. 辜正坤.(2008). ''老子道德经''[ Tao Te Ching].北京大学出版社[Peking University Press]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 13:34, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study Between the Skopos Theory and Yan Fu’s Theory ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt; 吴一露 Wu Yilu  202070080610&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory and the theory put forward by Yan Fu, that is “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are one of the most representative translation theories respectively in the history of Chinese and Western translation theories. And these two theories have a profound impact to Chinese and Western translation theories and practices. This paper will compare the similarities and differences between these two theories as well as their historical contributions and limitations. It aims to get a deeper understanding of Skopos theory and Yan Fu’s theory and a better application of theories in practice. In the meantime, the collision and comparative analysis of Chinese and Western theories will also promote the study of translation theories and provide a reference for guiding translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos Theory; Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance; Hans Vermeer; Yan Fu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===目的论和严复理论的比较研究===&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目的论和严复提出的翻译理论即 “信达雅”分别是中西方翻译理论史上最具代表性的翻译理论之一。并且这两种翻译理论对中西方翻译理论和实践产生了深刻的影响。本文将对比研究目的论以及严复理论的同异，结合比较这两种理论的历史贡献及局限,旨在加深对目的论和“信达雅”理解，并将理论更好地运用到翻译实践中。同时中西方理论的碰撞和对比分析，也会促进翻译理论研究和为指导翻译实践提供依据。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
目的论；信达雅；汉斯·弗米尔；严复&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos is the Greek word for “aim” or “purpose” and was introduced into translation theory in the 1970s by the German linguists Hans J. Vermeer as a technical term for the purpose of a translation and developed in Germany in the late 1970s. The creation of Skopos theory is a significant achievement of western translation theories, providing a new perspective for translation study. In 1897, Yan Fu set down the triple translation criteria of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance,” (Xin Da Ya), which influenced the development of translation practice and theory for almost half a century after it came into being and it still exerts great influence on contemporary TS. As now the scope of integration and exchanges between China and Western world are expanding to various fields, this paper will reexamine these influential theories by comparing their commonalities, differences and influences, so as to broaden our vision of translation theory study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Introduction of Skopos Theory and Yan Fu’s Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Skopos Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Skopos theory comprises the idea that translating and interpreting means to produce a target text in a target setting for a target purpose and target addressees in target circumstances” .(Vermeer, Hans J.1987a, 26). The purpose decides everything, from the translation strategy and translation method, to the choice of the form and content of the original work, to the production of the target text. All these  take the purpose as the reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 The Development of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The creation of Skopos theory in not going to happen overnight; it is a gradual process that can the skopos theory become the core of functionalist approach, which is initially proposed by Hans Vermeer. Its formation and development experienced mostly three periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Katharina Reiss’s research &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book Possibilities and Limits of Translation Criticism, written by Katharina Reiss in 1971, marked the appearance of German translation theories and was the first time raised the idea that text function could be listed as a standard of translation criticism and came up with thoughts of functional translation theory. The core of her translation theory is text typology, including informative text (content-focused), expressive text (form-focused), operative text (appeal-focused) and the auto-medial text, which laid a foundation of Skopos theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Hans J. Vermeer: Skopos theories and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer, Reiss’s student, casting off the chains of Translation Equivalence, thought: translation is not a mechanical language interpretation, but an activity with an aim or purpose. According to Action Theory, human action is a kind of purposeful behavior in a given situation. In his opinion, translation also is such a kind of action with purpose on the foundation of a source text. Hence, Vermeer names his theory Skopos theory, a theory of purposeful action. Hans J. Vermeer believed that the purpose of a text determines the translation strategies. The most important ingredients determining the purpose of translation is readers. So translators should better to consider integrally both the purpose of translation and special circumstances of target-text readers before interpreting.（Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 154）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Justa Holz-Manttari and Christiane Nord: the theory of translational action and Function plus Loyalty Principle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manttari differentiated “translation” and “translation action”. She thought that “translation” is simply transformative action while “translation action” is more intricate behavior designed to transfer message overcoming culture and language barriers. In Christiane Nord’s Translating as a Purposeful Activity-Functionalist Approaches Explained, she defines the Skopos theory as the prime principle determining any translation process. But Nord also found there were some drawbacks of Skopos theory, so she putted forward the “loyalty principle”: the responsibility of translators towards to their partners in translational interaction. (Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Rules of Skopos Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three rules of Skopos theory, including skopos rule, coherence rule and fidelity rule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The top-ranking rule for any translation is thus the ‘skopos rule’, which means that a translation action is determined by its skopos; in other words, that is “ the end justifies the means” (Reiss Katharina &amp;amp; Vermeer Hans J. 1984). As defined by Vermeer and translated by Nord, the Skopos rule states: “Each text is produced for a given purpose and should serve this purpose. The Skopos rule thus reads as follows: translate/interpret/speak/write in a way that enables your text/translation to function in the situation it is used and with the people who want to use it and precisely in the way they want it to function.” (Christiane Nord, 1997) Whether the function of the source text or passages in the source text can be preserved or have to be modified or even changed all decided by the purpose of translation. The skopos is divided into three forms: translator purpose, communicative purpose of the translated text and the purpose of using some kind of translation strategies. Coherence rule talks about that the target text must be coherent with the source text, given target text receivers circumstances and knowledge (Pochhacker, Franz 1995, 32). Translators should pick out what is meaningful in the receivers’ condition. The last rule, fidelity rule, concerns the intertexual coherence between target text and source text---the target text is determined by its skopos. In accordance to this, the form of the target text would be determined by both translator’s interpretation of the source text and the translation’s purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These three rules connect with each other. Coherence rule and fidelity rule are subject to skopos rule. From above three rules, we come to a conclusion that the evaluation criterion of translation is “adequacy”—dynamic standard-- rather than “equivalence”. Therefore, translator should not be literalists who rigidly adhere to the words of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Yan Fu’s Theory====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu (1854-1921) was an outstanding Chinese Scholar and translator who had studied abroad from 1877 to 1879 in Britain. In this period, he was interested in western politics and started to learn academic theories of capitalist politics. His solid foundation of language as well as rich reserves of theories made adequate preparations for his future translation work. Because realizing that it was important for old China to catch up western countries in fields of politics, economy, culture, ideology and institutions, this famous Chinese translator devoted his life to importing western ideas and theories by translating various foreign works, including Evolution and Ethics, Yuan Fu (the Chinese version of The Wealth of Nations), The Spirit of Laws and other essays. It is these translated works and his translation theories --- “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” that impressed large numbers of Chinese scholars profoundly, which also contributed to his everlasting name in the history of Chinese translation theory study.(Chen Fukang 2000, 105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 The Development of Yan Fu’s Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1)The proposal of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The idea of “faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance” （Xin, Da, Ya) was firstly seen in The Dhammapada sequence （《法句经序》）written by Zhi Qian , a venerable monk and a translator of Buddhist scriptures in the Three Kingdoms Period. But as a translation theory, it is known to the public and handed down because of Yan Fu. (Chen Fukang 2000, 106) In 1898, Yan Fu made a conclusion of all the debates related to translation since Han dynasty and Tang dynasty after research. Then he put forward “the three difficulties for translating” in the preface of the translation of T.H. Huxley’s book Evolution and Ethics and Other Essays more than one hundred years ago. The first draft of Evolution and Ethics was finished in 1895. As this was the first book he translated, he met many difficulties in translating and got a lot of thoughts. Then he put his thoughts into Yiliyan （《译例言》）: “ Translation involves three requirements difficult to fulfill: faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance. ” (Yan Fu, 1987)  However, there are still some people holding the opinion that these translation thoughts of Yan Fu took their ideas from the three principles of famous British translator Tytler.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The evolution of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this translation theory was put forward, it have inspired continuous debates for nearly one hundred years and the interpretation of the later scholars cannot be ignored. There are four main directions of this evolution.&lt;br /&gt;
The May Fourth New Culture Movement ushered in a new epoch vernacular literature and translation, which changed the status of Classical Chinese and Vernacular Chinese. So Yan Fu’s interpretation of “Elegance”, which refers to application of Classical Chinese before Han dynasty, became out of step with the Times. Attempting to prove the rationality of “Elegance”, many translators made new interpretations of it. While there are also some made adjustments on the basis of Yan Fu’s theory. Qu Qiubai suggested using Vernacular Chinese instead of classical one; Lin Yutang, Liu Zhongdei and Zhu Wenzhen proposed to change “Elegance” into “Beauty”, “Closeness” and “Appropriate” respectively. Among which “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Closeness” not only inherits rational thoughts, but also overcomes limitations of “Elegance”. So this principle is a remarkable symbol presenting that China’s translation theories are becoming mature.(Liu Qijia 2000, 97)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Lu Xun simplified this three-character standard, turning it into a two-character one--- “faithfulness and smoothness” (Xin Shun Shuo). From “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” to “Faithfulness, Smoothness and Beauty”, from “Similarity in Spirit” to “Sublimation”, we can see that the translation spirit of Yan Fu is carried forward and how profound an impact this theory made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Main Contents of Yan Fu’s Theory=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever the criteria of translation is discussed in China, the principle of translation proposed by Yan Fu would be mentioned, namely: “ Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. From the perspective of Yan Fu, “Faithfulness” referred to the meaning of the target text should be close to that of the original one, that was, being faithful to the original meaning, as well as its sentimental color, style and flavor. There are two aspects of “Faithfulness”: being faithful to the original work and to target readers. “Expressiveness” meant the target text should be coherent and clear, there being no need to follow the exact order of words and sentences structure of the original language but reorganize and elaborate to respect the rules of target language. And “Elegance” indicated that the target text should be of refinement in language, namely, the use of ancient Chinese before Han dynasty so as to meet the expectation of target readers who were well-educated in China. He claimed that “where language has no refinement, its effects will not extend far”(言之无文，行之不远). (Chen Fukang 2000, 108）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Yan Fu’s point of view, “Faithfulness” is the core while “Expressiveness” and “Elegance” are two measures, which can be noticed from the order of these three characters. That means “Faithfulness” is the premise and basis of translation and the other two are the aim of translation. So these three standards are integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Similiarities and Differences===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Similarities betweeen these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Skopos theory and Yan Fu’s theory originated in two different countries and cultural environments, and there are hundreds of years between the times when they were put forward, these two theories have many similarities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.1 Fidelity Rule and Faithfulness=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Fidelity rule in Skopos theory is similar to “Faithfulness” in Yan Fu’s theory. Comparing the two theories of translation, we find that both theories have a criterion based on the original text and pursue the principle of fidelity, which is only expressed in different words. Fidelity rule in Skopos theory holds that translator should respect both the original author and readers in the translation process. Translation is to try to reach an agreement with the original work's intention and translator is responsible not only to readers but also to the original author, reconciling the purpose of the translation with the author's intention and mediating between the two. In Nord’s opinion , the faithfulness principle gives translator the right to make changes to the original text according to the purpose of translation, showing an open, tolerant and dynamic view of translation; on the other hand, it requires translator to be responsible for all parties involved in the translation, to explain or interpret his or her translation strategy, and to reach an understanding and consensus among all parties.(Christiane Nord, 1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This coincides with Yan Fu's &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot;, which emphasizes not to deviate from the original text. And &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; is the premise and foundation of translation. In the process of translation, translator is required to correctly understand the original text and then reproduce it in another language. If the ideas, expressions, and emotions in the translation are not consistent with the original work, then it violates the requirement of &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot;, as well as the requirement of the fidelity rule in Skopos theory. Thus, we can find that both theories emphasize the importance of faithfulness to the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.2 Coherence Rule and Expressiveness=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coherence principle in Skopos theory is similar to the “Expressiveness” in the Yan Fu’s theory. In short, they both emphasize the fluency and smoothness of the translation from the point of view of readers’ receptivity and comprehension, so that receiver can accept and understand the translation smoothly. The coherence principle refers that translation should be readable and acceptable, so as to achieve interlingual coherence and to be consistent with the communicative situation of the target readers. As elaborated by Nord, a communicative interaction can only be regarded as successful if the receivers interpret it as being sufficiently coherent with their situation. (Christiane Nord 1997, 32) Under this rule, the receivers of the target text, their cultural background, social circumstances, expectations, values and norms should all be taken into consideration as major factors to produce meaningful translations. In translation, translator should reproduce the content and form of the original text as much as possible, and such translations usually require extensive annotation so that readers can have a better understanding of the translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This point is consistent with Yan Fu's viewpoint in his translation work, Evolution and Ethics · Yiyanli : “ 顾信矣，不达，虽译，犹不译也(A translation is faithful but not expressive, then it is not a qualified translation)。” (Yan Fu, 1987) According to Yan, “Expressiveness” means to reproduce the meaning of the original text in a way that is consistent with the terminological conventions of the target language, which also emphasizes the understandability of the translation. That is to say, translator should focus on conveying the content of the original text and conveying the meaning and gist of the original text, rather than sticking to the order of the words and sentences in the original text. At the same time, Yan also points out that the sentence structure in English is very different from that in Chinese. If one mechanically translates long sentences from English, the Chinese translation will certainly be unintelligible. Therefore, a translator must first understand the main idea of the original text clearly before he can translate it without compromising the original meaning. It can be seen that both Skopos theory and Yan Fu's theory emphasize expressing the main idea of the original text in a way that can be understood by the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.1.3 Skopos Rule and Elegance=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Skopos rule in the Skopos theory is similar to “Elegance” in Yan Fu’s theory to some extent. The Skopos rule states that the purpose of translation determines the entire act of translation at the macro level. In the meantime, translator must decide what methods and strategies to use in translation based on the function of the translation in the target culture. Vermeer regards the recipient of the translation as an important part of the translation requirements and &amp;quot;one of the most important factors in determining the purpose of the translation&amp;quot;. Translation is &amp;quot;the text produced in the target language environment for the purpose of translation and for the target readers.”.(Christiane Nord 1997, 12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While in Yan Fu’s theory, “Elegance” is more specific, as it is based on the specific era and target readers at that time he lived. Because in the 19th century, the books Yan Fu translated were not for the general public, but for old literati and intellectuals who had the right to speak at that time. And most of them respected the old and discriminated against the new, advocating the ancient language while opposing the promotion of the vernacular language. There was no way to introduce Western ideas and knowledge to the scholarly class in China without taking into account their feelings. It is clear that he was thinking from the perspective of target readers, then this theory was put forward. (Chen Fukang 2000, 109) So, in essence, both theories share the same reader-centered viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Differences between these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are many similarities between these two translation theories, big differences in the theoretical system, translation standards and translators' status still exist. These differences are not only caused by the different traditions of Chinese and Western theories, but also by the differences in cultural background and personal theoretical knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.1 Different Theoretical Systems=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory is closely integrated with other disciplines. This theory was born out of the behavioral theory. Vermeer places Skopos theory in the framework of cross-cultural communication. He denies that translation is a purely linguistic transformation, and pays more attention to communication and culture.It makes the translation theory more logical, scientific and systematic. Thus, it breaks the text-centered translation research tradition, providing a new perspective for translation study. A theoretical system with diversified translation standards was formed. Skopos theory clearly puts forward some translation concepts, such as the three rules, and there is a clear hierarchy among the three rules, with both Fidelity rule and Coherence rule being subordinate to the Skopos rule. It makes clear to translator the standards and principles that they should follow.In addition, it also made a distinction between intertextual coherence and intratextual coherence, adequate translation and equivalent translation, and translation and translation action.(Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 156)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But Yan Fu’s theory is relatively abstract and vague. Although it concludes the translation requirements, it is not as clear as Skopos theory. Different translators have different interpretations of these three translation criteria. Some think that &amp;quot;Faithfulness&amp;quot; refers to the faithfulness to the original work's ideological content, while others think it is faithful to the content and linguistic style of the original work, which leads to differences in content and form. Zhu Guang Qian and Tang Ren even advocated condensing “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” into “Faithfulness”; people’s understanding of “Elegance” was even more diverse. Besides, Yan Fu's theory is not closely integrated with other disciplines and focuses more on content and aesthetics.(Chen Fukang 2000, 348）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Yan Fu's theory is not clearly demonstrated and scientifically summarized, which easily cause ambiguity. It is not as theoretical and systematic as Skopos theory, and tends to be more of an empirical theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.2 Different Translation Standards=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the emergence of Skopos theory, the mainstream translation standard was functional equivalence. The emergence of the Skopos theory broke through the constraint of equivalence，replacing the &amp;quot;faithfulness principle&amp;quot; as the first principle with the Skopos rule. The success of a translation depends on whether the intended purpose of translation is achieved. &amp;quot;Skopos&amp;quot; usually refers to the communicative purpose of the translation, that is, &amp;quot;the communicative function of the translation in the target socio-cultural context for the target readers&amp;quot;. Therefore, the Skopos theory pays more attention to the translation requirements, the target readers, the target language’s environment and culture. It has a broader scope of application, increasing the number of alternative translation strategies, which opened the shackles of translators.（Vermeer, Hans J. 1989, 186)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contrast, Yan Fu's translation theory, which can also be regarded as a translation standard, puts forward requirements for translations in three directions of “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”. Although “Faithfulness” is the first among the three, Yan Fu also emphasized the importance of “Expressiveness” and “Elegance”. In Yan Fu's view, these three standards are integrated. Even he himself didn’t explain it clearly.  In this way, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” are only three abstract translation criteria, rather than a systematic translation theory. And it has different requirements to different types of text. The requirements are highest for literary works, lower for philosophical and social science works, and even lower for science and technology related works, official documents and the like.(Chen Fukang 2000, 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====3.2.3 Different Translator Status=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time in the past, the role and subject status of translators have not received enough attention and research. Traditional translation theories holds that translators should be subordinate to the original text in the translation process. However, Skopos theory emphasizes the subjectivity of translator and frees translators from the prison of the faithfulness standard of translation theory. According to Vermeer, the purpose determines translation action. And the intended purpose is determined by many factors: (1) translator's basic purpose (e.g. to earn a living), (2) the communicative purpose of the translation (e.g. to enlighten readers), and (3) the purpose to be achieved by using a special translation method (e.g. adopting literal translation to illustrate the grammatical structure of a language). (He Xiaoling 2012, 46)So translators has more freedom and rights. They can have their own judgment and understanding in the translation process. They can adopt different translation strategies, like omission or addition, according to different translation purposes. Therefore, under Skopos theory, translator is the medium of communication between the author and readers, original text and translated text. He plays a creative role in the translation process, instead of just converting two different languages mechanically. At the same time, translator acts as a central role in the translation process who is responsible for the results of the whole translation activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Yan Fu's theory, the content of the translation cannot deviate from the original work. The role of translator is more to convey the meaning of the original work to readers after understanding the ideological basis of the original author. He should strive for the consistency or similarity between the translated text and the original, without compromising the readability and acceptability of the translated text. Therefore, under this theory, translator is more of a bridge between the original work and the translated text. This would still be original text-centered, and translator would not be able to exercise much initiative. As we can see, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Faithfulness” still advocates the primacy of the original text. Compared with the subjective initiative of translator in Skopos theory, translator's act is largely passive .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparative Study of the Contribution and Limitation of these Two Theories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory proposed by Vermeer and the theory proposed by Yan Fu play an important role in Chinese and Western translation theories respectively. Then what are the similarities and differences between the two theories in terms of their contributions and shortcomings? Through the analysis in this chapter, we can glimpse the development trend and characteristics of translation theory in the world of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 Contributions of these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the linguistic dominance in translation studies was questioned before the birth of Skopos theory, translation studies gradually shifted to a cultural orientation, Vermeer placed translation in the framework of cross-cultural communication, which freed translation from the shackles of Nida's equivalence theory, and liberated translation studies from the constraints of source-text-oriented approach . In Skopos theory, the status of the source text is not as important as that of the target text. Vermeer regards the original text only as a &amp;quot;source of information&amp;quot;, which provides only the information needed for the translation commission, and is no longer the only or the highest criterion for evaluating the translation ( Hans J. Vermeer 1982, 98.) Taking the purpose of translation as the starting point and foundation of translation has greatly changed our original concept of translation. Skopos theory also provides a good explanation for the controversy over domestication and foreignization in the history of Chinese and Western translation, as well as the widely discussed form equivalence and dynamic equivalence in the translation industry in the past two or three decades. Whether to adopt domestication or foreignization in translation depends on the purpose of translation. More emphasis is placed on the purpose of translation, the goal of translator and the effect of the translation on readers. The social and communicative effects of translation, as well as that of readers and translation are also of great importance , thus a multifaceted and integrated translation standard was formed. Therefore, the creation of Skopos theory has finally freed translation research from the confinement brought about by “equivalence” and provided a new direction for translation study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skopos theory has played a subversive role in the history of Western translation, while Yan Fu's theory is to a greater extent a summary and refinement of the previous theories of Chinese translation schools. But it has played a pivotal role in the history of Chinese translation and has long been valued by translation scholars. The contribution of this theory to translation lies not only in proposing a far-reaching translation standard, but also in its rich vitality. This is because this translation standard summarizes the main characteristics of translation work to a great extent and shows the requirements of translation work. Secondly, because of its inclusive nature, after several generations of scholars' discussions, the meaning of  “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” has already exceeded the definition given by Yan Fu. In particular, there are various new interpretations of &amp;quot;Elegance&amp;quot; in literary translation, no longer sticking to the use of ancient Chinese before the Han Dynasty, but focusing on the use of literary style, writing style, and rhetoric. Over the past 100 years, Yan Fu's theory has aroused translators’ long-term thinking and exploration of translation theory, then its academic connotation has been unceasingly explored, which, in return, has been continuously developed and perfected, and has become the classic of Chinese translation thought. In the words of Shen Suru, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance” is “still the most well-known and influential translation principle and standard, and no other principle or standard can replace it”(Shen Suru 2001,7).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Limitations of these Two Theories====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Skopos theory has made a great breakthrough to translation theory, it has some shortcomings of its own. Firstly, it overemphasizes the purpose of translation and translator, while neglecting rich meaning and multifunctionality of the original text, which undermines the ontological meaning of translation, and is not suitable for some text types. Skopos theory contains a certain degree of idealism, focusing on analysis and refinement, and sometimes it tends to neglect the integrity. As a result, sometimes the stylistic and semantic features of the original text are lost in order to achieve the translation goal. Many scholars have also criticized Skopos theory. Among them, Pym argues that it is a matter of common sense that translation has a purpose, and there is no need to make a fuss over the theory (Pym Anthony, 1996). Besides, Newmark claims that the “purpose-oriented” view is overkill. He strongly resents the approach of Skopos theory which eliminates the authority of texts and is oriented to translator's culture. Secondly, the possibility of realizing the purpose of translation depends on the conditions of the target culture rather than the culture of the source language, so fidelity to the original text is only a possibility. Thus we can see that the coherence rule and fidelity rule are not universally applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, there are also limitations to Yan Fu’s theory. Compared with Skopos theory, Yan Fu's theory gives sufficient attention to the original text, but, as we mentioned earlier, it is an abstract and general theory, which is more theoretical rather than expository. The lack of analysis and discussion of specific issues keeps the theory at an abstract level, making it difficult for translator to grasp the degree: what degree can be called “Faithfulness”, what degree can be called “Expressiveness”, and what degree can be called “Elegance”?(Zhou Mengzhen 2007, 157) It is this ambiguity that makes this theory less scientific and accurate than Skopos theory. Thus its guiding role in practice is greatly reduced. In addition, as a product of the times, Yan Fu’s theory is deeply influenced by the background of the time, and cannot be scientifically combined with other disciplines, which once again limits the application of this theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many similarities between the theory of purpose and Yan Fu's translation theory, “Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance”, in terms of pursuing fidelity and consistency, and observing reader adaptation, while there are also many differences in the theoretical systems, translation standards, and translator status. Although both theories have certain limitations, it is undeniable that they both provide important guidance for translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through a comparative study of these two typical Chinese and Western translation theories, we can find that the Western translation theory pays more attention to scientific argumentation method. It attempts to combine with many other disciplines, and takes them as the theoretical support. Thus, the translation theory model is constantly proposed and improved, and the translation research perspective is expanded. Similarly, Yan Fu's theory is constantly being carried forward, and its influence is far-reaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, as the world is in the period of fast development, dramatic change and great integration, Chinese and Western thoughts and cultures are deeply interwoven. We should adhere to the essence of Chinese translation theory while learning Western theory, so as to better master the essence of both, grasp the development trend of translation theory, and more actively guide our translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord. (1997). ''Translating as a Purposeful Activity''. Kinderhook: St. Jerome Publishing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reiss Katharina &amp;amp; Vermeer Hans J. (1984). Groundwork for a general theory of translation. Tubingen: Niemeyer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pochhacker Franz. (1995). Simultaneous interrupting: a functionalist perspective. Hermes: Journal of linguistics, (14): 31-53.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pym, Anthony. (1996). Material Text Transfer as a Key to the Purpose of Translation. Kent, Ohio: Institute of Applied Linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1982a). Translation als informationsangebot. Lebende sprachen, 27(3)97-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1987a). What does it mean to translate. ''Indian journal of applied linguistic'', 13(2):25-33.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vermeer Hans J. (1989a). Skopos and Commission in Translational Action. Chersterman: ''Translation Theory'', 173-187.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Fukang 陈福康. (2000). ''中国译学理论史稿'' [A History of Translation Theory in China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press 上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Xiaoling 閤小玲. (2012). 浅析目的论视角下的译者主体性 [An Analysis of Translator Subjectivity in the Perspective of Purpose Theory]. Journal of Liuzhou Teachers College ''柳州师专学报''. (4):45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Qijia 刘期家. (2000). 论信达雅的历史发展轨迹 [On the historical development trajectory of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance]. Journal of Sichuan International Studies University ''四川外语学院学报''. (2):96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Suru 沈苏儒.(2001). 翻译的最高境界——信达雅漫谈 [The Highest Level of Translation - A Compendium of Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance]. Beijing: China Translation and Publishing Corporation 中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi 谭载喜. (2004). ''西方翻译简史'' [ A Short History of Translation in the West]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu严复. (1897). ''天演论·译例言'' [Evolution and Ethics· Yiliyan]. News Collection ''国闻汇编''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Mengzhen 周锰珍. (2007). “目的论”与“信达雅”——中西方两种译论的比较 ['Skopos Theory' and 'Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance': A Comparison of Two Translation Theories in China and the West. Academic Forum ''学术论坛''. (8):154-158.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 13:33, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comparison of Eileen Chang’s Self-Translation and Conventional Translation from the Perspective of Gender	纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;纪甜甜	Ji Tiantian &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a representative figure of Chinese feminist literature, Eileen Chang’s feminist thoughts and gender consciousness have been fully reflected in her creation process. Besides, she is not only a writer, but also a translator. Studying her translation strategies in self-translation and conventional translation and exploring the gender consciousness reflected in her process of translation can help to the further development of translation studies of Chang, make up for the lack of translation evaluation of Chinese women and it also conducive to the further development of gender study in the context of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, gender, self-translation, conventional translation &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
性别视角下张爱玲自译与他译对比研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲作为中国女性主义文学的代表人物，在她的创作过程中，女性主义思想、性别意识得到了充分的体现。张爱玲本人除了是一个作家外，也身兼译者的身份，从性别视角研究其自译与他译文本中所采取的翻译策略及其体现出来的性别意识，有助于张爱玲翻译研究的进一步发展，弥补中国翻译史中女性翻译史的欠缺，也有利于性别研究在中国语境下的进一步发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张爱玲，性别，自译，他译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a Chinese well-known female writer in the 20th century, her novels and prose have attracted much attention, so that many scholars focus on her literary creation achievement but ignore her translation. Numerous books aiming to introduce the Chinese translation history make no mention of Eileen Chang's identity as a translator. In fact, Eileen Chang should be reckoned with in the translation field in that she has also made significant contributions in translation. Mao Dun has pointed out that “ The person who can translate literature books must be someone has talent in creation”（Luo Xinzhang &amp;amp; Chen Yingnian，2009：413）, and looking through the Chinese history, we can find that there are not so much Chinese writers who can also translate, but Eileen Chang is one of them. She, with her powerful creative talent and bilingual skills, has translated diverse works, including a variety of novels, prose and poems, at the same time, she has also made her contributions in compiling movie scripts. Here, the translations will be talked about are her self-translation of ''Jinsuo Ji'' (''The Golden Cangue'') and conventional translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang, as a leader of feminist literature in China, the feminism thought profoundly embodied in her literary creation and translation, however, speaking up for women has not limited her exploration of male identity,in the process of depicting the typical characters with different genders, Eileen Chang, as the author or the translator, represents different gender identities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Gender and Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the rise of feminism in the western continent in the 20th century, the topic of gender has always been placed at the core of its theoretical development. Feminist translation theory thought that between women and translation there was some kind of similarity - both of them were placed in the inferior position. So they combined feminism and translation, advocating from the feminist standpoint, using language to create positive intervention to change women' s weak position in translation, so that it can criticize the traditional translation theories which degrade women and translation to the bottom of the society or literature phenomenon. During this period, the research on the relationship between gender and translation has seen the influence of gender identity on translation, which is a big development. However, the over-emphasis on the opposition between the two sexes has its limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Sherry Simon has pointed out, “...Another interesting area of investigation would be the way gender identities have been disguised through translation” (Sherry 2005:159), that is, gender identity can be disguised during translation, or the identity represented by the translator is not a single fixed one.With the development and innovation of various theories, translation studies from the perspective of gender, when developed into the 1980s, under the influence of post-structuralism theory, its focus has shifted from the over-emphasis on the opposition between men and women to the exploration of meaning and gender fluidity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter, facing such a change of gender translation studies, aims to study Eileen Chang' s translations from the perspective of gender liquidity. To some extent, this chapter breaks the status quo that the study on Eileen Chang is onefold about feminism and explores her gender identity transformation in translation to dig out the influences different gender identities make to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang' s Self-translation --  ''Jinsuo Ji''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the most representative works of Eileen Chang, ''Jinsuo Ji'' was once honored as “the greatest novella in the history of Chinese literature”(Hsia 1999: 398) by Hsia, while Fu Lei(whose early pseudonym is Xun Yu) also gave a high evaluation of this work, and he said that it was “one of the most great achievements in our literary world”(Xun 1994: 121). In order to perfectly present the culture and thought of the original work, Eileen Chang chose to translate it herself. It takes her nearly 10 years to rewrite or self-translate ''Jinsuo Ji'', including four different versions: ''Pink Tears'', ''The Rouge of The North'', ''Yuan Nv'' and ''The Golden Cangue''. However, due to the cultural differences between English and Chinese contexts, the English version is far less successful than the Chinese version especially the first two English versions do not receive much attention. It was not until 1971 that her fourth English version was produced and chosen into ''Twentieth - Century Chinese Stories''(1921).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finished in 1943，''Jinsuo Ji'' mainly depicts how Ch’ i-ch’ iao, an ordinary girl from a vendor' s family, gradually changes her mental state because of the oppression of the feudal family. Being forced to marry a crippled person, she depresses her love towards Chiang Chi-tse, her brother-in-law, and idles thirty years in Chiang family like insanity. Under such circumstance, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s personality is finally distorted under her desperate desire for sex and money. On one hand, she destroys her son' s marriage and tortures her daughter-in-law to death. On the other hand, her daughter' s marriage is put an end to by her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang' s works overturns the traditional patriarchal discourse, turning to the female as the center of her literature creation, and in her works, the main objects are those ordinary women who live a tragic life. These works fully show her sympathy to the fate of these women, and reflect her intense gender consciousness which is also reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 The Performace of Translator' s Female Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Jinsuo Ji'', Ch’ i-ch’ iao is definitely a beautiful and healthy girl. However, due to the economic reasons and family pressure, she has to marry a disabled husband with an ugly appearance. In the face of such a marriage, Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s sorrow is obvious, and hoping for love, she turns her eyes to Chiang Chi-tse. However, the reality proves to her that Chiang Chi-tse' s so-called emotion is just a use. Eileen Chang, as a female translator, is full of sympathy for Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s situation, and this sympathy is fully reflected in her translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST： &lt;br /&gt;
（七巧的手直打颤，扇柄上的杏黄须子在她额上苏苏摩擦着......）七巧低着头，沐浴在光辉里，细细的音乐，细细的喜悦.....这些年了，她跟他捉迷藏似的，只是近不得身，原来还有今天！(Eileen Chang, 1992: 108)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
( Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s hands trembled until the yellow tassel on the fan handle rustled against her forehead...) Ch’ i-ch’ iao bowed her head, basking in glory, in the soft music of his voice and the delicate pleasure of this occasion. So many years now, she had been playing hide-and-seek with him and never could get close, and there had still been a day like this in store for her. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 163)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comparing the source text with the target text, it can be found that Eileen Chang makes three main additions here: “of his voice”, “of this occasion” and “in store” to explicate the implied information in the source text, which more powerfully reveal Ch’ i-ch’ iao’ s strong feelings of love and uneasiness for Jiang Jize all the time. From then on, it can be seen that Ch' i-ch' iao once placed her hope in Jiang Jize for love. However, from the description in the following text, we can find that for Chiang Chi-tse, the affection with Ch' i-ch' iao is just for regulating his life. Eileen Chang clarifies Ch' i-ch' iao' s emotion in the translation and reveals Chiang Chi-tse' s so-called emotion in the later text, which can show the tragic color of Ch’ i-ch’ iao to express the translator’ s sympathy for the character.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 The Performace of Translator' s Male Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ''Jinsuo Ji'', the author uses a large number of metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women' s survival condition. In order to more intuitively present such a state to the readers, Eileen Chang tries her best to translate from the male identity, which to a certain extent derogates the female consciousness of the text, to show the passive and helpless of female characters under a specific era background.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
娟姑娘扶了正，做了芝寿的替身。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Miss Chuan was made a wife and became Chih-shou' s substitute. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 191)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text describes that after the death of Ch' i-ch’ iao' s daughter-in-law Chih-shou, Chuan, as a concubine of Ch' ang - pai, was supported as his wife. The expression of “扶了正” is full of metaphorical color, “正” is a metaphor for the official wife, and “扶” indicates that Chuan is a passive object controlled by the feudal family. In the translation, Eileen Chang uses the passive voice to translate “扶了正” into “was made a wife” to convey the manipulated situation implied in the source text. In addition, here Chang uses the article “a” instead of “the”, just as there will be others to take the place of Chih-shou after her death, the position of the official wife is also low in the feudal family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another typical example in which the translator expresses herself as a male to show the passive position of the female is reflected in the translation of Ch' ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai’ s separation scene:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
长安和长白分了家搬出来住。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
Ch’ ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang - pai and moved out of the house.  (Eileen Chang, 1971: 191)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original describes the scene in which Ch' ang-an and Ch’ ang - pai split up after Ch' i-ch' iao' s death. Here “分家” is a phrase with metaphorical color, instead of translating it directly into “divide the property”, Eileen Chang, from the perspective of male identity, conceals the hidden information of the original in the translation. She translates the sentence “长安和长白分了家” into “Ch' ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang-pai”, which reveals the fact that in the feudal family of China, men had the right to inherit the family while women were subordinated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.3 The Disappearance of Translator' s Gender Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, Eileen Chang not only uses the identity of male or female to flexibly express the meaning of the original text, but also appropriately conceals her gender identity in some situations to reveal the reality of all characters including both sexes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
（去年她戴了丈夫的孝，今年婆婆又过世了。）现在正式挽了叔公九老太爷出来为他们分家。(Eileen Chang, 1992: 104)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
（Last year, she wore mournings for her husband and this year, her mother - in - law had passed away.）Now her husband’ s uncle, Ninth Old Master, was formerly invited to come and divide the property among the survivors. (Eileen Chang, 1971: 157)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The source text shows us that after the death of the old woman in power of Chiang Mansion, a group of men and women gathered to separate their families. In the translation of the text, Eileen Chang does not make too many adjustments, but only abstracts the word “他们” which indicates “them” into “survivors”, a word with multiple meanings. Firstly, the survivors are indeed “alive” relative to the old woman who died, so the “survivors” can convey the meaning of the original text. Secondly, to some extent, in Eileen Chang' s eyes, both men and women are struggling in the mud in this turbulent era shrouded by feudal ideology, and everyone is a survivor of suffering. Therefore, she uses the word “survivors” to reveal the abuses of the era and sigh over life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the work itself has strong female consciousness, therefore, as a translator, Eileen Chang inevitably translates from female perspective most of the time, but this does not mean that female translators do not have the male consciousness, from the second case, we can see that the identity of the translator can be transformed. In addition, the fluidity of the translator's gender identity is not only reflected in Eileen Chang's translation of female texts, but also reflected in her translation of male texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. The Gender Identities in Eileen Chang’ s Conventional Translation -- ''The Old Man and the Sea''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' is an outstanding masterpiece of the famous American writer Ernest Miller Hemingway. It was published in 1952 and won the Pulitzer Prize in the second year. In 1954, Hemingway won the Nobel Prize of Literature by virtue of this work. Eileen Chang left Shanghai and arrived in Hong Kong in 1952, just after the publication of ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Invited by the press office of the U.S. Consulate General in Hong Kong, Eileen Chang began to participate in a large-scale Chinese-translation project of American literary works, including ''The Old Man and the Sea''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' is a masterpiece after Hemingway' s being silent for ten years. And once the work was published, it attracted wide attention from all walks of life. During that period, even priests and preachers began to quote Hemingway’ s philosophical and thought-provoking quotes in ''The Old Man and the Sea''. Hemingway once said, “I only know that this is the best work I can write in my whole life, compared with other excellent and mature works.” This book is translated into dozens of languages and published all over the world, with high praise from critics and readers. The first person in China who gets this great work into well translated is Eileen Chang. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Old Man and the Sea'' tells the story of a special fishing experience of an old fisherman named Santiago. After eighty-four days without getting a fish, he was lucky enough to catch a huge marlin. However the marlin dragged the old man and the boat along for two days and nights. In these two days and nights the old man had gone through the most difficult trials he had ever gone through. With strong will, he finally killed the big marlin and tied it to the bow. However, unfortunately, a group of big sharks came after smelling the smell of blood and the old man fought with them to the death. At last, the old man’ s life was saved, but the sharks had eaten up the great marlin, and what the old man dragged back was a bare skeleton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to ''The Old Man and the Sea'', in the prologue of its Chinese version, Eileen Chang expresses her affection of this work many times and different from the self-translation in which she has taken a bold rewriting, in the translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea'', Eileen Chang is more faithful to the original, and only presents her subjectivity in the choice of the gender identity. Eileen Chang expresses her understanding of the gender of the source text in the prologue, and then creatively translates the gender-loaded words in the text accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 The Performace of Translator' s Female Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
It is undeniable that female translators depict emotions more deeply and delicately than male translators. Therefore, in the process of translating The Old Man and the Sea, Eileen Chang, as a female herself, is particularly adept in showing the emotional characteristics of Sandiego. “...In her translations, she uses rephrasing, color words and onomatopoeia words which are full of feminine characteristics. Those words hint about her feminist thoughts and subtly reveal her identity as a female translator.” (Mao Pingping, 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“Come on.” the old man said aloud. “Make another turn. Just smell them. Aren’ t they lovely? Eat them good now and there is the tuna. Hard and cold and lovely.” (Hemingway 1985: 39)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“再兜一个圈子。你闻闻看。这沙丁鱼可爱不可爱? 好好地吃它们吧，不时还可以吃吃那鳍鱼。硬硬的，冷的，可爱的。”(Eileen Chang 1979: 29)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Here Eileen Chang uses a number of reduplicated words “闻闻”, “可爱不可爱”, “好好地”, “吃吃” and “硬硬的” to translate the dialogue between the old man and the fish, or in other words, the old man’ s self-talk to soften the whole image of Sandiac and also show his loneliness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 The Disappearance of Translator' s Gender Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a work of men power, the word “man” can be found throughout the whole novel, and translation of this word has mainly two kinds of different ways, one is to follow the novel emotional qualitative, translating it into “男子汉” or some words having the similar meaning, and this way is often taken by many male translators. The second way is to expand the scope of objects, translating it into “人” or “人类” which includes both men and women. To some extent, the latter way blurs gender identity or conceals gender identity to achieve gender balance in the meaning. Eileen Chang mainly adopts the second method in her translation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: &lt;br /&gt;
It is what a man must do．(Hemingway 1985: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: &lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就应该这样。(Hai Guan 1979: 15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
男子汉就该这么干。(Wu Lao 2009: 21) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
活总是要干的。(Eileen Chang 1979: 16) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Lao and Hai Guan both translate “man” into the concept of “male”, while Eileen Chang avoids using such words in translation. Here she translates the original text into a sentence pattern without subject, omits the subject with gender description, and in fact blurs the gender boundary of the words, thus breaking the arbitrary power of male discourse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.3 The Performance of Translator' s Male Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the translation of “man”, Eileen Chang has also adopted another translation method:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST：&lt;br /&gt;
“But man is not made for defeat,” he said. “A man can be destroyed but not defeated.”(Hemingway 1985: 96)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：&lt;br /&gt;
“但是人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个男子汉可以被消灭，但是不能被打败。”(Eileen Chang 1979: ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是一个人并不是生来要给打败的，”他说。“你尽可把他消灭掉，可就是打不败他。”（Hai Guan 1979: 79）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“不过人不是为失败而生的，”他说。“一个人可以被毁灭，但不能给打败。”（Wu Lao 2009: 99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, contrary to the previous example, Hai Guan and Wu Lao translate “man” into “人”, while Eileen Chang translates “man” into “男子汉”which means male, pointing out that “a male can be destroyed”. Compared with Hai' s and Wu' s translation, Chang’ s translation, though excluding the female crowd, emphasizes the limitation of male power.&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's translation is very characteristic. By taking advantage of different gender identities to give play to her translator's subjectivity, Eileen Chang transformed the image of Santiago, a tough man who fought bravely against nature created by Ernest Hemingway in the original text, into the image of a fisherman, a symbol of gender equality and a representative of all mankind.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Through the self-translation and conventional translation of Eileen Chang, we can see that the gender identity of the translator is not unchangeable, either in the feminist text (''Jinsuo Ji'') or in the text expressing the male discourse power (''The Old Man and the Sea''). The translator can adjust his/her gender identity to represent different genders and thus achieve his/her translation purpose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5. Reasons for the Transformation of Gender Identity===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.1 Cultural Context====&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Malinowski, a Polish anthropologist, first put forward the concept of “context” and he divides context into cultural context and situational context. Here I mainly expound the influence of the cultural context on the transformation of the translator’ s gender identity in the two literary works ''Jinsuo Ji'' and ''The Old Man and the Sea''. “The literary creation of any country or region cannot be separated from the rendering of the corresponding cultural context...A good translation cannot be achieved without a profound understanding of the context of the text.” (Xi Peihua 2017, 121)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The creation context of ''Jinsuo ji'' is different from that of ''The Old Man and the Sea'', and the social background of the readers of the target language and the source language is also different, which all affect the choice of the translator’ s gender identity. For example, Eileen Chang' s work ''Jinsuo Ji'' reflects the difficult survival of Chinese women in the feudal family under the background of the 20th century. The original text uses many metaphors and suggestive words to describe the traditional women' s survival, and it’ s not difficult for the source language readers who are in the same social background to understand the indicating meaning of those words, however, when the text is taken into a different context while the text content is presented in the same way, it is not easy for the target language readers to understand, just as the expression “分家” in the sentence “长安和长白分了家搬出来住” has not only the surface meaning of “separation” but the implied cultural meaning that “Ch' ang-an got her share of property from Ch' ang-pai” which is the hidden information the target language readers won' t get if the translator did not take appropriate measures to make up for the difference of context. Therefore, in her translation process, Eileen Chang clarifies the cultural characteristics of the source language through the transformation of gender identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.2 The Gender of the Translator and the Purpose of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a female translator, Eileen Chang' s female thought is inevitably reflected in her process of translation. And in addition to some potential unconscious female thinking, it is believed that Eileen Chang' s adoption of different gender identities is more consciously chosen according to her translation purpose. For example, in the translation of ''Jinsuo Ji'', Eileen Chang translates from the perspective either of her own or the gender identity or of the opposite sex, the ultimate purpose is to express the struggle and survival of the female characters in the patriarchal society and expressing her lament for that era.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
On the other hand, in ''The Old Man and the Sea'', Eileen Chang expresses her different understanding of this work in her translation preface that the old fisherman shows astonishing perseverance in his struggle with the sea -- not superhuman, but a kind of grace and spirit due to all human beings. Therefore, Eileen Chang, based on her understanding of the work, attempts to abstract the image of “old fisherman” into all mankind through her translation, and either from a female identity perspective, from a male perspective or conceal her gender identity in her translation the purpose is to soft the male discourse in the original text.(Eileen Chang 1979: 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===6. Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through this comparative study on Eileen Chang' s self-translation and conventional translation, we can see that Eileen Chang, as a female translator, can not only translate feminine literature from a female perspective, but translate male literature from heterosexual gender perspective. On the other hand, in the same literary work’s translation, her gender identity is not fixed, for example, in translating the female literary, in order to better achieve the purpose of translation, the translator can translate from a male perspective. In a word, this chapter provides the corresponding empirical evidence for the fluidity of translator' s gender identity, breaking the current situation that the research on Eileen Chang' s translation mainly focuses on her feminism.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chang Eileen, trans. (1971). ''The Golden Cangue. Twentieth-century Chinese Stories''[M]. NY: Columbia University Press. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang 张爱玲. (1955). 金锁记[M]. [''The Gold Cangue'']. 上海印书馆. [Shanghai Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1985). ''The Old Man and the Sea''[M]. Printed in Great Britain by St Edmundsbury Press, Bury St Edmunds, Suffolk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1979). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 张爱玲译, 香港: 香港今日世界出版社. [Hong Kong: Hong Kong Today World Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (1979). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 海观译, 上海译文出版社. [Shanghai Translation Publishing House]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ernest Hemingway. (2009). 老人与海[M]. [''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 吴劳译, 上海译文出版社. [Shanghai Translation Publishing House]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Xinzhang, Chen Yingnian 罗新璋，陈应年. (2009). 翻译论集[C].[''Translation Theory Collection'']. 北京: 商务印书馆. [Beijing: The Commercial Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Yue, Mu Lei 马悦, 穆雷. (2010). 译者性别身份流动性 :女性主义翻译研究的新视角[J]. [Translator’s Gender Identity Mobility: a New Perspective on Feminist Translation Studies]. 解放军外国语学院学报. [Journal of PLA University of Foreign Languages]. 66-70.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Pingping 毛萍萍. (2018). 张爱玲《老人与海》译作中女性主义的东方色彩[J]. [Oriental Feminism in Eileen Chang' s Translation of ''The Old Man and the Sea'']. 大众文艺. [Popular Literature]. 171-173.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Simon, Sherry. (1996). Gender in Translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission[M]. London: Routledge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jing 王璟. (2011). 性别意识与文学翻译——张爱玲翻译个案研究[J]. [Gender Awareness and Literary Translation: A Case Study of Eileen Chang' s Translation]. 中国外语. [Chinese Foreign Language]. 102-106.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Xiaoying 王晓莺. (2015). 离散译者张爱玲的中英翻译——一个后殖民女性主义的解读[M]. [''Diaspora Translator Eileen Chang’s Chinese-English Translation——A Postcolonial Feminist Interpretation'']. 广州:中山大学出版社. [Guangzhou: Sun Yat-sen University Press].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Peihua 席培华. (2017). 浅谈语境文化对英美文学翻译的影响[J]. [On the Influence of Context Culture on the Translation of English and American Literature]. 黑龙江教育学院学报. [Journal of Heilongjiang Institute of Education]. 121-123.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Art of Translation'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Comparative Study of Two English Versions of Bian Cheng from the Perspective of Translation Ethics	桂一枝	Gui Yizhi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is a kind of cultural communication. As long as trans-cultural contacts between different nations and countries occur, problems in ethics would inevitably arise. The nature of translation determines that translation and its researches need the study of ethics as their guidance. The Chinese outstanding contemporary literary works Frontier City has been translated into many different languages, which now enjoys a high reputation among the world. Many researchers have studied its English version from different translation theoretic perspective. This thesis intends to compare two English version of Bian Cheng translated by Gladys Yang and Jeffrey C. Kinkley respectively within the frame work of Chesterman’s five models of translation ethics, and examine the presentation of translation ethics in these two version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation ethics, Bian Cheng, Chesterman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===翻译伦理视域下《边城》两英译本的比较研究===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译是一项跨文化交流活动。只要不同国家，民族间发生的跨文化行为就不可避免地产生伦理问题。翻译的本质属性决定了翻译活动和翻译研究需要伦理学的指导。《边城》作为我国当代的优秀文学作品曾被翻译成多国文字，在世界文坛上饱享盛誉，很多学者从不同的翻译理论角度对此英译本做过分析研究，本文拟从翻译伦理角度，以切斯特曼的五大翻译伦理模式为理论框架，对《边城》的两个英译本——金介甫和戴乃迭的译本进行比较评析，探讨翻译伦理在两译本中的体现。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译伦理；边城；切斯特曼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Research background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the late 1970s when the study of translation was proposed to be established as a discipline, it has been developing significantly, going far beyond traditional translation studies. Ideas about translation have sprung up like mushrooms. From the popularity of functionalism to the emergence of poly-system theory and norm theory in the 1970s and 1980s, scholarship on translation had converted from traditional study focusing mainly on textual matters, more often than not within a linguistic or a literary framework to the study of cultural, commercial, social, historical and political factors related to the texts. Thus, it largely broadened scholars' horizon and enriched the research scope to make translation as a reformulated subject of lively, interdisciplinary debate, paving way to the ''cultural turn&amp;quot;. With the acceleration of globalization redefining national and cultural boundaries, the ''cultural turn&amp;quot; in translation studies in the 1990s further introduced many newer theoretical perspectives. Cultural, national, postcolonial, ideological and gender studies, etc. began hitting the field. Translation was never purely regarded as the process of the transfer between languages but also the transfer between cultures. Regarding translation as an intercultural activity now, the translator as a &amp;quot;cultural mediator&amp;quot; has to handle the relations between Self and the Other to coordinate diversified cultural relationships and resolve cultural conflict to promote understanding and communication among nations. Since ethics as a discipline focuses on moral principles guiding human behavior in social relations, translation as a particular kind of activity involving a series of relations can naturally fall into the field of the study of ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was under such circumstances that the ethics of translation entered the field of the translation study, and became a hot topic in the late 1990s. Just as Pym (2001: 129-138) claims in his article: &amp;quot;ethics has become a cross-cultural concern as it has in translation studies. Consequently, the study of translation ethics has been appealing to some scholars and should be given much more emphasis by the whole translation circle.&amp;quot; It's now widely accepted that translation study has returned to the questions of ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literature review===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Studies on Translation Ethics aboard====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the cultural turn in 1970s, a trend of investigating translation studies from the perspective of ethics begins in translation theorists. The development of translation ethics and the major influential scholars’ viewpoints are clarified in the following section. &lt;br /&gt;
It was in the 1980s that the ethics-oriented approaches began emerging in translation studies abroad. Antoine Berman, a French translator and philosopher, is considered the initiator of the study of translation ethics. Early in 1984, Berman first put forward the concept of '&amp;quot;translation ethics&amp;quot; in an international seminar on philosophy based on the fierce critics of the western translation tradition of only focusing on &amp;quot;transmitting sense&amp;quot; and advocated that translation ethics should be regarded as one branch of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Influenced and enlightened by Berman, Lawrence Venuti, a translation theorist of American deconstructionist, also expresses his concerns on translation ethics by advocating &amp;quot;an ethics of difference&amp;quot;. He invents the two words &amp;quot;domestication” and “resistancy&amp;quot; to define the different ethical attitudes and practice of translators. Venuti pays more attention to the social and political factors in translation by advocating the translation strategy of foreignization to resist the cultural hegemony in contemporary Anglo-American culture. Therefore, his thoughts about translation ethics with a basic character of &amp;quot;resistancy&amp;quot; seem more realistic and profound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the initiator of &amp;quot;the return to ethics&amp;quot; in The Translator in 2001, the French translation theorist Anthony Pym has also made great contributions to the study of translation ethics. Unlike Venuti, who is greatly influenced by Berman, he is not totally in favor of Berman’s theory of translation ethics, which he regards as too rigid, pedantic and abstract, for he thinks the debate about “how to translate&amp;quot; over the centuries is always confined to the dichotomy of domestication and foreignization, with Berman's no exception. Pym’s basic idea is that translators should be more loyal to their profession than to the source and target organ. The reason lies in that the whole accountability of professional translators is grounded in the profession itself. Translators check each other’s work, drawing on past translations for guidance. They derive their norms from the existing professional context. Just as international scientific community, translators are a community that survives via its own system of checks and balances (ibid). For Pym, the true loyalty is neither to the source culture nor to the target culture, but to the others inhabiting this space, that is, to other intercultural mediators, to the translating profession as a whole (Chesterman, 1997a). Like Pym’s words, “Translators’ prime loyalty must be to their profession as an intercultural space” (Pym, 1992). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990s, Chesterman, an influential Finish scholar, makes a great contribution to the completeness of translation ethics. He puts forward a quite different view on translation ethics, focusing on the values instead of rights and obligations of the translators. Chesterman (1997a) considers values to be the primary notion. In his opinion, there are four values — truth, trust, clarity and understanding, all of which form a fairly comprehensive notion of translation ethics. Later in 2001, Chesterman went on to propose a Hieronymic Oath for translators and interpreters worldwide by publishing a paper &amp;quot;Proposal for a Hieronymic Oath” in a special issue of the journal The Translator, entitled &amp;quot;the return to Ethics”，edited by Pym, in which 16 scholars presented their own thoughts on translation ethics. In his paper, he firstly put forward four models of translation ethics: the ethics of representation, the ethics of service, the ethics of communication and the norm-based ethics. Another model named ethics of commitment was added later so as to essentially regularize the translator's ethical behavior. His proposal of five models of translation ethics has caused a big stir in the academic field, which is considered objective, descriptive and systematic. This classification provides us with a multi-dimensional method of assessing translation practice, for it has assimilated many research results from existing translation theories such as functionalist, norm theory, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Studies on Translation Ethics at home====&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the studies on translation ethics in the west, some of Chinese translation scholars have also begun to turn their attention to this issue on translation studies. Professor Lu Jun is the first person to propose &amp;quot;translation ethics&amp;quot; based on the theories of Jurgen Harbermas, communicative ethics in his book Span Cultural Barriers — Reconstruction of the Tower of Babel written in 2001. In this book, He regards translation activity as &amp;quot;a kind of dialogue and communication between different cultures that requires people to conform to some principles and norms for such intercultural communications will involve more complicated issues..., to be more specific, translation activity itself needs the guidance of ethics&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, from Professor Lu Jun's view, the theoretical principle of translation ethics is to pursue equality and justice, to oppose linguistic and cultural hegemony and to seek mutual respect and benefits in different cultures. His research on translation ethics has widened the scopes of translation ethics and has contributed a lot to the study of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With more and more foreign theories of translation ethics translated and introduced in China, some of the researchers begin to apply these research achievements into translation practice. Professor Sun Zhili (2007: 14-18) creatively identifies five responsibilities for the translator to take based on Chesterman5s five models of translation ethics in combination with a consideration of Chinese translation context, namely, the responsibility of representing the original, of fulfilling one's client's requirements, of conforming to the socio-cultural norms of the receiving country, of satisfying the demands of the TL reader, and finally of abiding by one's professional ethics and becomes the first person to interprets the translator's responsibilities from the perspective of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Xu Jun makes a tentative discussion of the ethical problems in translation in his article &amp;quot;essay on three levels of translation activities” in 1998. In his opinion, every responsible translator should seriously consider and treat questions presented by &amp;quot;willingness&amp;quot;, “reality&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;morality&amp;quot;, he proposes that &amp;quot;the establishment of translation standards and the adoption of translation strategies are bound by moral ties...if given careful observation, activities from the choosing of the texts to be translated, the adopting of the translation strategies to the rewriting and editing of the translated texts are all constrained and influenced by various ethical problems... Therefore, translators should consider from both the aesthetic level and the moral level”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3. the Translation of Bian Cheng====&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis adopts the classic modern novel Frontier City owing to its distinguished language and unique style of writing. Set in the border town Chatong and the nearby rural areas in West Human of 30's, Bian Cheng tells a tragic love story between the beautiful young girl Cuicui and the young man Nuosong. It is the representative work of Shen Congwen who has a high reputation in the Chinese literature circle. He is regarded as “one of the half-dozen great authors of modern Chinese literature” (Kinkley, 1987). He has even been nominated for the “Nobel Literature Prize” in 1987. Therefore, this novel is worth appreciating and analyzing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are four English version of Biancheng. As early as 1936, the English magazine issued in China with the aim of promoting the exchange between the Chinese and western cultures named T'ien Hsia Monthly began to serialize the English version of Bianchen titled Green Jade and Green Jade translated by Xing Molei( the pen name of Shao Xunmei) and his girl friend Emily Hahn. It was not until another English version titled The Frontier City contained in The Chinese Earth: Stories By Shen Tsung-wen translated by Ching Ti &amp;amp; Robert Payne and published by George Allen &amp;amp; Unwin Ltd. in 1936 came into being that Biancheng became very popular in the western countries and also evoked much interest in the author himself. And this version was reprinted by Columbia University Press in 1982. In the 1980's, Yang Xianxi, the top-rank translator and Forerunner, inspired by the success of Penguin Books in the UK, called for the publishing of a series of books called “Panda Books” to introduce Chinese representative literary works to the world. This series of books included The Border Town and Other Stories translated by Yang Xianyi's wife Gladys Yang, The fourth version was translated by American Sinologist and translator Jeffrey Kinkley, which was published in 2009 by HarperCollins Publishers. These four English translations span 73 years and have witnessed the history of the English translation of modern Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the previous studies, this thesis will choose these two English versions of Biancheng translated by Jeffrey Kinkley and Gladys Yang, and make a comparative study of them from the perspective of translation ethics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Chesterman’s Five Models of Translation Ethics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chesterman’s five models of translation ethics are the ethics of representation, the ethics of service, the ethics of communication, the norm-based ethics and ethics of commitment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ethics of representation is closely concerned with faithfulness, which has been discussed for years in the translation circle. This model requires that translators should reproduce with full loyalty to the original text, the original author, the original language, and the original culture. In Chesterman’s words, “the ethical imperative is to represent the source text, or the source author’s intention, accurately, without adding, omitting or changing anything”. Ethics of representation means that the translation can substitute or represent the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of service requires the translator to &amp;quot;act ethically if his translation complies with the instructions set by the client and fulfills the purpose of the translation as set by the client and accepted or negotiated by the translator”, and the translator should be “loyal above all to the client, but also to the target readers and to the original writer”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of communication sees translation as &amp;quot;an interlingual and cross-cultural communication, the emphasis of which is not on representing the Other but on communicating with Others in the cross-cultural communication&amp;quot; and asks the translator to be &amp;quot;a mediator working to achieve cross-cultural understanding”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Norm-based Ethics is the fourth model of translation ethics Chesterman proposes, which belongs to the branch of “descriptive translation studies”. Toury (1995) gives a definition of norm like “the general values of ideas shared by a community as to what is right or wrong, adequate or inadequate into performance instruction appropriate for and applicable to particular situations”. That is to say, norms are what the majority expects what translation should be like. Translators should not challenge the current norms in translation circle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ethics of commitment is further raised by Chesterman, which rests on a practical evaluation of translation activity: &amp;quot;I take commitment to be the glue that binds practitioners to the value of the practice. It is thus also a virtue, supporting the striving for excellence, the wanting to be a good translator&amp;quot;. He proposes nine points for the comprehension of the professional ethics of translators: commitment, loyalty to the profession, understanding, truth, clarity, trustworthiness, truthfulness, justice, striving for excellence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. A Comparison of the Two English Versions of Biancheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.1 the version of Gladys Yang====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most distinctive features of Biancheng lies in its unity of objective scene and subjective emotion to successfully create the beauty of aesthetic prospect. Gladys Yang has done much jobs in representing the aesthetic prospect and makes her version as impressive as the original to make the target readers able to better enjoy the aesthetic beauty below the superficial scenery, mostly because of her full understanding of the aesthetic style of the original and of high translation proficiency. Here is an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Example 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[ST1]由四川过湖南去，靠东有一条官路。这条官路将近湘西边境到了一个名为“茶崛” 的小山城时，有一小溪，溪边有座白色小塔，塔下住了一户单独的人家。这人家只有一个老人，一个女孩，一只黄狗。(沈从文)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TT-1] The highway running east from Sichuan to Hunan comes, just west of the border, to Chatong, a small town in the hills. Near by a stream flows past a small pagoda, at the foot of which lives a solitary household: an old man, a girl and a dog. (Gladys)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the beginning paragraph of Biancheng. Without any decorative words and ostentatious expressions, the author uses three short and succinct sentences with fewer verbs to depict a static landscape painting through the juxtaposition of eight images—“官. 路”,“小山城”，“小溪”，“白色小塔七“单独的人家”,“老人”,“女孩子” and&amp;quot;黄狗”, making us associated with harmony, peace and tranquility as well as loneliness with the repetition of the Chinese character “一”. In Gladys Yang's version, she pays full attention to the simple writing style and the esthetics connotation embodied in the use of the character &amp;quot;一&amp;quot; in the original. Besides using three simple sentences, almost the same in the length, with no more than three verbs and seven &amp;quot;a (an) and one &amp;quot;the” to fully represent the eight images to retain the aesthetic prospect of peacefulness and loneliness, She also translates “单独”(的人家)into a “solitary&amp;quot; household, the meaning of which contains the two connotations of &amp;quot;alone” and lonely”，which further deepens the beauty of solemn, quiet and loneliness embodied in the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Gladys Yang, her English version of Bian Cheng is included in a series of books called &amp;quot;Panda Books&amp;quot; firstly published in Chinese literature, which was initiated by the Chinese government in the 1980s in order to introduce Chinese literature, cultural legacy and China to the world. With the initiator's aim of spreading Chinese culture to the west, the translator needs faithfully transmit the linguistic and cultural information of the original. Also, with China's adoption of the policy of reform and opening-up to the outside at that time, communications between countries have become more and more popular ever since then, and more and more foreigners began to take interest in Chinese culture and were willing to enjoy and accept Chinese culture. What’s more, the advocacy of foreignization translation strategies has increasingly gained popularity in the western translation world ever since 1980's. The dominating English literary system began to take on a new stance and showed more tolerance for foreign cultures. With all these factors taken into consideration, plus her own long-term will to introduce Chinese culture to the world out of her love for it, we may understand why when the conflict appears, she chooses to put the ethics of representation in the first place. That is to say, she is guided by the ethics of service of being &amp;quot;loyal above all to the client, but also to the target readers and to the original writer”. What’s more, the ethics of communication lays emphasis on communicating with others rather than representing the Other, so when such conflict emerges, that is, the total representing of the Other causes confusion or banier and frustration for target readers to read, Gladys Yang would consider the importance of cross-cultural communication and adopt flexible translation strategies guided by the ethics of communication to decrease linguistic and cultural barriers to achieve mutual understanding based on the sacrifice of total representation of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A study of English Translation of Chinese Cultural Classics from the Perspective of Communication==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Study on the English Translation of Hunan Scenic Spots Names from the View of Culture Translation         刘欧 202070080597==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
With the deepening of reform and opening up, China has become increasingly connected with the world. A large number of Chinese people go abroad to see the world, meanwhile, more and more foreign friends are also visiting China. Hunan, as a province with abundant tourist resources, has many scenic spots. To attract more foreign tourists, the translation of scenic spots names should also be accurate. Bassnet’s View of Cultural Translation holds that the process of translating Chinese into English is not only a conversion between two different languages, but also a cross-cultural communication between the two languages. Adopting the View of Cultural Translation as the guiding principle of Hunan scenic spots will help foreign tourists understand the cultural connotation behind the scenic spots while enjoying the beautiful scenery. This is of great benefit to promoting Sino-foreign friendship and enhancing the world's understanding of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
English Translation  Hunan Scenic Spots Names  the View of Culture Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
随着改革开放的不断深化，中国与世界的联系日益紧密。大批中国人走出国门开眼看世界的同时，越来越多的外国友人也来中国游览观光。湖南作为旅游资源大省，拥有许多风光迤逦的旅游景点。在欢迎国外游客的同时，旅游景点名翻译也应当准确达意。巴斯奈特的文化翻译观认为，汉语翻译成英语的过程不但是两种不同语言之间的转换，更是两种语言的跨文化交流。采用文化翻译观作为湖南旅游景点的指导思想，有利于增进外国游客在饱览景区美景的同时，了解景区背后的文化内涵。这对于促进中外友谊，增进世界对中国的了解都大有裨益。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
英语翻译  湖南旅游景点 文化翻译观&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Cross-cultural communication is becoming more and more frequent with the development of globalization. Meanwhile, transnational tourism has become the most popular way of communication. It is a kind of pleasure to experience foreign culture in visiting the cultural heritages and scenic spots. As a country with long history, China attracts a large number of foreign tourists every year. (Xin Xin, 2012) Hunan is located in the hinterland of China's southeast, with beautiful and distinctive natural scenery. It has long been known as tourists attraction since ancient times. It is in such an environment that the ancestors of Hunan Province constantly strive for self-improvement, hard work and innovation. All the historical relics and cultural landscapes they left here, such as ancient cities, villages, gardens, temples, memorial archways, academies, dwellings, temples, grottoes, cemeteries, all bear their spiritual quality and cultural connotation. To understand the history and profundity of the culture of Hunan Province, the best way is to go there to appreciate its natural scenery and historical relics, and experience its local customs. (Hunan Provincial Department of culture, 2014) These local tourist attractions can not only display beautiful natural scenery, but also spread excellent culture. Standardize the translation of public signs in tourist attractions is an important opportunity to show the most beautiful side of Hunan culture to foreign tourists. (Xiao Fuliang, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The name of tourist attractions refers to the names of various natural and cultural landscapes in tourist attractions. Some of these names are engraved on stone tablets, some are engraved on the signboards of scenic spots, and some appear in various publicity materials such as tourist brochures, scenic maps and websites. In order to leave a good impression on tourists and attract them to visit, the names of tourist attractions are usually short, concise, vivid and attractive. (Pan Hong, 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This paper attempts to analyze whether the English translations of some scenic spots in Hunan Province have achieved the desired effect of publicity from the perspective of cultural translation. At the same time, if there were some improper translation in the English translation of Hunan scenic spots, the author will give his own translation for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Introduction of the View of Culture Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
Before the emergence of cultural translation school, linguistic school, functional school and structuralism school were the main schools in the field of western translation theory. Jakobson, Catford and Nida, the representatives of the linguistic school, put more emphasis on equivalence in translation. They claim that translation is to replace another language with an equivalent language material; while Les, Nord and Mantari, the representatives of functional school, believe that the focus of translation studies should be on the target text rather than the original text. Their research sources are communication theory, action theory, information theory and reception aesthetics theory. But whether it is linguistic school, functional school or structuralism school, in their research process, all try to achieve language equivalence more or less from all levels of text content and form. Translation researchers hope to find a scientific and effective way to solve the various problems in translation, but the cultural diversity determines the cultural connotation of the text. Therefore, these researchers encounter great difficulties when they encounter the context which is quite different from their own cultural background, and the emergence of cultural translation school is meant to solve such problems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the 1970s and 1980s, with the acceleration of globalization, the acceleration of information dissemination and the diversification of communication modes, the relationship between language and culture has become closer. In the process of information dissemination, differences among language become more and more prominent, and the status and role of translation activities have also changed. Therefore, with the acceleration of globalization and the popularization of multicultural views and values, translation theory researchers who conform to the trend of the times pay more and more attention to the diversity of cultural values embodied in the translated text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1990, Translation, History and Culture, co-edited by Andre Lefevere and Bassnett, was published, marking a cultural turn in the field of translation. The concept of cultural translation emphasizes that translation is not only a bilingual communication, but also a kind of cross-cultural communication; the purpose of translation is to break through language barriers and promote cultural exchange; the essence of translation is to transmit cross-cultural information and reproduce the cultural activities of the original with the target language; the main purpose of translation is cultural transplantation and cultural blending, but cultural transplantation is a process; Language is not the operation form of translation, but the cultural information . (Bassnett Susan, 1992: 13) Bassnett emphasizes that “translation is the communication within and between cultures”. (Bassnett Susan, 1990: 10-11) She believes that translators should carry out translation activities in a specific cultural context, and translators should never carry out translation activities in isolation under the influence of their own cultural background. In short, Bassnett's “cultural translation view” is that translation is not a mere language activity. It is rooted in and influenced by the culture in which the language is located. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Purpose====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the purpose of translation, Bassnett thinks that the primary purpose of translation is to allow readers from two or more different cultural backgrounds to communicate with each other through the medium of text, and the exchange of information should be placed in the second place of translation purpose. Through effective translation, translators can not only introduce the cultural characteristics of different nationalities to other readers, but also promote the communication between different cultures and promote the comparative study between the two cultures. (Bassnett Susan, 1990) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Methods and Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the translation method, Bassnett thinks that the language and text materials in different cultural contexts should have different translation requirements, so there should be different translation methods. For example, for the original text which is descriptive, contains some cultural beliefs, or is of scientific and technological, the translator should try to use literal translation from the perspective of culture. If the source text does not belong to the above three types of texts, then the translator can play a relatively free role in translation, make more use of translation skills and pay less attention to the restrictions of the original text culture on translation activities. It can be said that the degree of freedom of such translation activities is relatively high. As for translation strategy, Bassnett considers that the translator's translation activity is a process of information transmission. In this process, the translator should first find out the cultural factors in the original text which are different from those in the target language, and then deeply understand these factors, and try to retain these factors. Such a strategy is conducive to the readers of other countries to better understand the connotation of the original text and make them have a more accurate understanding of the cultural context of the original text. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Content and Form of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the content and form of the translation, Bassnett takes cultural exchange as the focus of translation. She believes that the original flavor of the original language should be retained as much as possible. At the same time, she also proposed that translation of literary must not lose its form. Taking poetry as an example, poetry translation is not a simple translation of the original text, but a fresh understanding and creation in translation. The translator should use his own translation skills and literary literacy to create new content. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====“Intelligibility” of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
Before the rise of cultural translation school, translation researchers sometimes translated literary language into plain language and deleted literary metaphor and association in order to make the translation better understood by readers. In this way, the translation will become very easy to understand, but the literary nature of the work is reduced, and the interest and depth can not reach the effect of the original text. Therefore, Bassnett thinks that the “intelligibility” of the translation should not be based on the abandonment of the style and artistry of the original text, but should try to keep the original flavor of the original text. (Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation Criteria of Translation ====&lt;br /&gt;
As for the evaluation standard of translation, Bassnett thinks that the evaluation standard of translation is not unique. The standard of translating academic articles is different from that of practical and literary articles. When examining and evaluating the standards of translation, we should start from the service object of the translation, and judge whether the translation can meet the needs of the service object. In short, translation should be based on meeting the needs of readers in different cultural contexts, and appropriate translation should be used to meet the needs.(Bassnett Susan, 1990)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.The Existing English Translated Versions of Names of Hunan Scenic Spots===&lt;br /&gt;
There are 15 major tourist areas and many tourist spots in Hunan, and there are many historic sites with a long history. Such as Mountain Heng, one of the Five Sacred Mountains in China. Dongting Lake, Shaoshan Mountain, the former residence of Chairman Mao Zedong, Wulingyuan, which shows the characteristics of strangeness, danger, seclusion, beauty and wildness, and Yuelu Academy with a thousand years of history. (Chen Jiao, 2013) In order to publicize and spread the culture of Hunan Province all over the world, we should standardize the English translation of Hunan scenic spots names. Meanwhile, we should translate these scenic spot names understandable from the guiding theory of the View of Culture Translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Improper English Translation of Hunan Scenic Spots Names====&lt;br /&gt;
When tourists enjoy the beautiful scenery, the name of the scenic spot is the first information that leaps into the their sight. In order to attract the attention of tourists, induce the tourists of English speaking countries to have a strong interest in the culture and landscape of the tourist destination, stimulate their desire to buy tourism products and promote the development of tourism, translators should pay attention to the cross-cultural awareness when translating the names of scenic spots, so as to provide accurate information as well as the cultural connotation to the tourists from English speaking countries and those who understand English. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the author finds that there are many improper translations in the English translation of scenic spots nemes in Hunan Province, which brings a lot of inconvenience to tourists from English speaking countries, and also has a negative impact on the publicity of scenic spots. These improper translations mainly exist in the following aspects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the different versions of translation in the same or different scenic spots.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, as one of the four wonders of Mountain Heng, scenic spot “水帘洞” has two translated names, which are translated as “water screen cave” in the official website of Mountain Heng tourism website, while it is translated into “waterfall cave” on the route map. The English translation of “雁峰寺” on Hengyang tourism route map is Yan Feng Si, while on Hengyang tourism website it is “The Goose Mountain Temple”. There are also two different versions of the English translation of the name of the scenic spot “烟雨池”. It was translated as “Yanyuchi” on Hengyang tourism route map, but on Hengyang tourism website, the free translation method is adopted, that is, “Misty Rain Pond”. (Wang Zaiyu, Jiang Shihong, 2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the overuse of transliteration.&lt;br /&gt;
Huiyan Peak, located on the Bank of Xiangjiang River in Yanfeng District, Hengyang City, is the most famous peak among the 72 peaks of Mountain Heng, also known as the No.1 peak of Mountain Heng, and rank the first of Eight Sceneries in Hengyang. There are many famous beautiful and charming scenic spots on Huiyan Peak. These landscape names reflect the geographical, historical and cultural features of Hengyang, and also contain rich cultural information. However, many scenic spots with rich history and culture on Huiyan Peak are translated by transliteration, which makes the cultural and historical information of theses scenic spots completely lost. For example, “望雁台” ( Wangyantai) , “回雁阁”( Huiyange) , “平沙落雁” ( Pingshaluoyan) ,“回雁亭” ( Huiyanting), “归 雁 亭”( Guiyanting) are all transliterated. Another example is “南天门”, the original translation of which is “Nantianmen”. In fact, Taoists often build gates near the top of famous mountains, implying that they are the gateway to heaven. The “南天门” refers to the south gate leading to the top of Mountain Heng. Therefore, it is better to be translated as “Southern Gate to Heaven”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, transliteration is one of the common translation methods of scenic spot names translation, but if transliteration is used too much that without considering the cultural connotation of the original language, the name of scenic spot will be obscure and foreign tourists will be confused. Standing in front of these Pinyin, foreign tourists can not understand the cultural connotation of the names of scenic spots. So it is difficult for them to realize the historical and cultural stories of these scenic spot according to the transliterated names. Therefore, excessive transliteration will affect the transmission of scenic spot name information, make it difficult for English speaking tourists to understand the rich cultural connotation of scenic spot names, which will reduce the readability of the translations and thus affect the development of China's tourism industry and the spread of culture abroad. Therefore, the translator should carefully consider and choose the appropriate translation method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Contrastive Study on the Translation of Li Qingzhao’s Shengshengman and Zuihuayin from the Perspective of Defamiliarization 	祝美梅 student no. 202070080632== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is what lost in translation as Robert Frost said, for it’s concise words, specific form, unique cultural allusion and images, the translatability of poetry has always been a controversial topic in translation field. However, since all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind which has similar function so that they can communicate with one another. Thus, as a product of thought, poetry is understandable, enjoyable and translatable from author’s view. This thesis aims to study with poetry translation under the theory of defamiliarization, which was proposed by Russian formalist Shklovsky. (Xu Yuanchong, 2011, 35-38)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is what lost in translation. As Robert Frost said, for its concise words, specific forms, unique cultural allusion and images, the translatability of poetry has always been a controversial topic in translation field. However, since all human beings are endowed by nature with the same mind as has similar function so that they can communicate with one another. Thus, as a product of thought, poetry is understandable, enjoyable and translatable from author’s view. This thesis aims to study poetry translation according to the theory of defamiliarization, which was proposed by Russian formalist Shklovsky. (Xu Yuanchong, 2011, 35-38)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:39, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization, though a technique for literature writing, has a very intimate relationship with translation. In literature writing, writers should defamilirize the familiar things to readers in order to arouse their interest and curiosity, prolong their length of perception to discover the beauty of art. Translation, as Andre Lefevere said, is a kind of rewriting. This translation strategy is extremely adapted to poetry translation concerning to its characteristics, comparatively speaking, literal translation of poetry would just like watered wine, not only tasteless but also easily misleading. Li Qingzhao, as one of the most important Song dynasty poetess in history, her works have been studied by mass of scholars at home and abroad. The style of Li’s poem was named “Yi’an Ti”, whose features were taking vulgar as elegance, old for the new. Therefore, the way Li tackles with poetry creation achieved the same purpose with defamiliarization. Shengshengman and Zuihuayin are as representative works in her two entirely distinctively life period. (Fang Xiaoyuan, 2011, 13-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization Theory; Shengshengman; Zuihuayin; English Versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
译诗则诗。诗歌以其凝练的词语，特定的形式，涵盖的独特文化典故和意象，是否可译一直是译界极具争论的话题。本文旨在由俄国形式主义什克洛夫斯基提出的陌生化理论下研究诗歌翻译。陌生化，虽然是文学写作技巧，同样适应于翻译。在文学作品中，作家通过使熟悉的事物陌生化引起读者的兴趣和好奇，延长审美感知长度。勒菲弗尔说，翻译即改写。这一翻译策略尤其适合于诗歌翻译。直译只会是译诗平淡乏味，如同兑水之酒，甚至产生误解。李清照，作为历史上最有名的女词人之一，其“易安体”本就以其化故为新，以俗为雅的特点与“陌生化”有异曲同工之处。《声声慢》、《醉花阴》是她前后截然不同两个时期的代表作。本文试以俄国形式主义者什克洛夫斯基提出的“陌生化”为理论指导，以李清照词《声声慢》、《醉花阴》的多个译本为研究对象，分析对比不同译者的英译，尝试研究在译文中怎样重现文本陌生化和制造译本的陌生化，以期证明陌生化理论对李清照词英译的指导作用。(Ge Yunfeng, 2008, 34-35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
本文共分为四部分，由引论、正文、结论三部分构成。引论部分主要介绍陌生化理论，优势和劣势，李清照词特点和国内外研究现状。正文分为两个部分，词和意象两个方向并辅以具体实例。结论部分将主要总结陌生化理论在诗歌翻译的应用，本文作者认为用陌生化理论研究翻译文本仍有很大的发掘空间，对诗歌翻译有启迪意义。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陌生化理论；《声声慢》；《醉花阴》；英译版本&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best way to know a nation is to enjoy her poetry. (Gong Guangming, 2004:395).As an art of language and an invaluable treasury of national language, poetry distinguishes itself by its distinct style, refined language and fresh artistic conception. Poetry is conceived the store of human knowledge and experience. Therefore, to enable people of different languages to have a successful grasp of the meaning of poems, poetry translation is one of the most important sections in the cross-cultural communication in the globalization time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization is an important feature of poetic language. It is about poets’s consciousness and aesthetics pursuit. To realize defamiliarization of language, poets must use particular words and images or other skills which new to readers to create a sense of surprise and freshness. Defamiarization not only applies to poetry creation but also to poetry translation. The application of defamiliarization to translation can faithfully reproduce the artistic manner of the original poems and give their readers aesthetic enjoyment. It also allows, in some degree, creating treason in translated texts against original. Of course, defamiliarization should never be overdone whether in poetry creation or in poetry translation. The purpose of artistic translation techniques is to make objects in the target text unfamiliar, to make forms and image unusual, and to increase the difficulty and length of perception on the part of the target audience because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself so must be prolonged. Something commonplace, customary or familiar are made to appear unfamiliar and innovative in one way or another. All these creative manipulations of the target text enhance the target audience’s discernment of the artistic merit in the target text. (Zhu Chunshen, 2002, 101-103)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao was born (1084-1151) in Zhangqiu into a family of officials and scholars, her father was apprenticed to Su Shi. Li was unusually vivacious and knowledgeable for a woman of noble birth at that time. Before she got married, her poetry was already well known among intellectual. In 1101 she married Zhao Mingcheng, with whom she shared interests in art collection and epigraphy. After Zhao started his official career, she often felt lonely and suffered lovesickness. Hence these experiences inspired some of the love poems that she wrote. Her husband and she shared much poetry and mutually wrote poems. When Northern Song capital of Kaifeng fell in 1126 to the Jurchens during the Jin–Song wars, fighting took place in Shandong and their house was ruined. The couple fled to Nanjing, where they lived for one year. Zhao died in 1129 when route to an official post. The death of her husband was a cruel stroke for her life. Li described her married life and the turmoil of her flight in an afterword to her husband's posthumously published work, Jin shi lu（金石录）.Her earlier poetry portrays her carefree life as a young lady of high society, and is marked by its elegance. Li subsequently settled in Hangzhou, in which the Song government was established. She insisted in writing poetry and published the Jin shi lu. According to some contemporary records, she had a briefly marriage with a man named Zhang Ruzhou who treated her relentlessly, and she divorced him within months. She overcame the criticism of her marriage. Though only around a hundred of her poems are known to survive, mostly of them in the form of Ci are tracing her winding fortunes in life. Li is credited with the first detailed critique of the metrics of Chinese poetry. She was regarded as a master of WanYue School “the delicate restraint”. (Zhang Bing, 2000, 98-100)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.1 Shklovsky’s Definition of Defamiliarization====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization, as a literature writing technique, was first put up by the Russian formalist, Viktor Shklovsky in the early 20th century. He explained the concept in his essay Art as Technique which comprised the first chapter of his seminal A Theory of Prose, first published in 1925:&amp;quot;The purpose of art is to impart the sensation of things as they are perceived and not as they are known. The technique of art is to make objects unfamiliar, to make forms difficult, to increase the difficulty and length of perception because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself and must be prolonged”.(Shcklovsky.1991) Shcklovsky believes “defamiliarization” is the nature of literature language and the essential feature of literature as art. Therefore, “defamiliarization” stands for the quality of art and literature. In literature, writers should defamilirize the familiar things to the readers in order to arouse their interest and curiosity, prolong their length of perception to discover the beauty of art. The process of literature writing bears in itself of foreignness and freshness.(Zhang Jintong, 1987, 78-79)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.2 Features of Defamiliarization in Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chen Lin and Zhang Chunbai’s Defamiliarization Effect in Literature Translation (2006:93), they named up two distinctive features of defamiliarization in translation.One is alienization and the other is hybridization.    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alienization, is the similarity among defamiliarization, alienating and foreignizing, means to retain the language and culture differences of the source text, maintain the visibility of the foreign, in order to give the target readers a fresh experience of authenticity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hybridization claims to combine foreign and domestic elements to produce a hybrid text, it has both the features of the foreignness and the domestic, thus it gives the receivers a sensation of newness and freshness. The author of this thesis takes domestication as one aspect of hybridization, for no matter how strict foreignization is, it could not avoid domestic element during translating. In Jin Bing’s doctoral dissertation (2007), he propo sed to represent defamiliarization technique of the original text in translated text as much as possible, and foreignization is an effective translation strategy to achieve defamiliarization. However, foreignization is not the only way to achieve defamiliarization, as it’s opposite, domestication is another way. That is to say, different translation strategies can be applied in realizing defamiliarization. (Zheng Engyue, 2003, 19-21)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.2.1 Advantages of Defamiliarization=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create the translated version newness, promote intercultural communication and complementary advantages, the tactics of defamiliarization also embodies translator’s subjectivity, as the appearance of cultural-turn proposed by Susan Bassinet, against the culture invasion, this theory is accepted by more and more people. This technique is meant to be especially useful in distinguishing poetry from prose, for, as Aristotle said, “poetic language must appear strange and wonderful” (Shklovsky 19).Defamiliarization draws attention to the use of common language in such a way as to alter one’s perception of an easily understandable object or concept. The use of defamiliarization both differs and defers, since apply of the technique alters one’s perception of a concept (to defer), and forces one to think about the concept in different, often more complex, terms (to differ). (Li Ruijie, 2013, 56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====1.2.2 Disadvantages of Defamiliarization=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Defamiliarization increases the difficulty of comprehension, the new express or form distance itself from target receiver, thus lost many audiences, and prohibit culture spreading. Sometimes, translator would sacrifice faith and fluency in order to create novel effect, so demand reader’s patience and sensibility. Excessive making works with coinage word, unusual format or rebel against the target grammar, only found that works meaningless. (Li Xuexin, 2009, 13-15)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. A brief Introduction of Li Qingzhao===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before analyzing the translation versions of Li Qingzhao’s Ci, a general understanding of the characteristics and aesthetic value of Li’s Ci is very necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1. Li Qingzhao’s life and her Poem====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao, a talented and prolific poetess, exerted great influence on the classic Chinese lyric poetry. In Song Dynasty, lyric poetry reached its most thriving period. Among numerous poets, Li Qingzhao, as a female, shocked the male-dominated field of lyric poetry and formed her unique style. She is deemed the founder of Wanyue School of Song Poem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Her tortuous life experience and extraordinary fate made the keynotes of her poem various from one period to another. In the early years of her life, they are full of joy and happiness; but in her later life, there are filled with loneliness and sorrow. Her early work---Zuihuayin, is the reflection of life without difficulties and worries, this work written during she was apart from her husband. Shengshengman was created at the time when she lost her husband whilst the country was shattered and at stake. Through her poem, readers would see the ups and downs in her life. Poem records her life experience. Her lyrics poetry was called “Yi’an Ti” due to the particularities of her own style. Firstly, as a poetess, she gave us vivid images of women, digging into their inner emotions and beauty. Secondly, her choosing of words comprises a large proportion of daily languages, making a beautiful fluency in tune by ways of colloquialism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2Research on Li’s Poem in Domestic and Abroad====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive knowledge of history and state quo of researches on Li Qingzhao at home and abroad is a significant premise of the comparative study of Li’s poem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of Li Qingzhao’s poem in western word, mainly in America, raised scholars’ interest in the 1950s and 1960s.Wang Honggong’s One Hundred Poems from the Chinese and Hu Pinqing’s Li Qingzhao were published. In 1965, Cyril Birth’s Anthology of Chinese Literature from Early Times to the Fourteenth Century was published in New York. In that book, five poems of Li Qingzhao’s were translated by C.H.Kwock and Vincent Mc Hugh; three were translated by a Chinese American scholar, Xu Jieyi. In 1980s, the study thrived in America. Two all-translated were published. One is the co-translated edition by Wang Honggong and ZhongLing. The other is James Cryer. Those translated poems were chose as textbook materials by American universities. However, because of the abstruse language, culture barrier, and the difficulty in translating poem itself, overseas scholars usually could not make their rendering faithful to the original. At home, Bing Xin(冰心) is the first person set out to translate Li Qingzhao’ poem. Many domestic translators like Xu Yuanchong, from the theory of “Three Beauties”, Lin Yutang published The Importance of Understanding: Translations from the Chinese by LIN YUTANG, the celebrated couple Yang Xianyi and Gladys Yang published Song Lyrics in 2001, Xu Zhongjie published 100 Chinese Ci Poems in English Verse in 1986, Chen Zumei, who studied Li’s poem from feminism and other translators include Zhu Chunshen, Gong Jinhao, Mao Yumei and so on. Through different translation criteria and strategies, those perspectives cast new light to the translation study of Li Qingzhao’s poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Defamiliarization on Words Level in Shengshengman and Zuihuayin===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is the most personal and concentrated of the four literature forms (poetry, short story, novel and drama), no redundancy, no phatic language, where, as a unit, the word has greater importance than in any other type of texts. This paper mainly discusses reduplicated words, verbs, colloquialism supported by detailed examples. Poetry presents thing in order to convey a feeling, and therefore concrete the language, each represents something else---a feeling, a behavior, a view of life as well as itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.1 Analysis of Translation of Reduplicated Words====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reduplicated word, as the name suggests, is to repeat the same character two or more times to form a format which bears the identical meaning of a character repeated. It is a kind of lexical devices to deepen the tone or sentiment in literature. Applied appropriately, reduplicated word could make literary works sound beautiful, fluent and forceful. However, applied inappropriately, it could make works awkward and blunt. It is rationally to say that Li Qingzhao favors reduplicated word, for in one fourth of her poem remain now, she successfully used reduplicated words to express her emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Her typical work which applies reduplicated words is Shengshengman. &lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
“寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清，凄凄惨惨戚戚。乍暖还寒时候，最难将息。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
三杯两盏淡酒，怎敌他、晚来风急？雁过也，正伤心，却是旧时相识。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
满地黄花堆积。憔悴损，如今有谁堪摘？守着窗儿，独自怎生得黑？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梧桐更兼细雨，到黄昏、点点滴滴。这次第，怎一个、愁字了得！”（陈祖美  2003：108）&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
This piece of work enjoys the largest number of translation versions from different translators among all her works. The first fourteen characters are: “寻寻觅觅，冷冷清清，凄凄惨惨戚戚”,they precisely describe the loneliness , melancholy and nostalgia of the homeland of the poetess after losing her husband. Six different translation versions collected are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
1. I seek but seek in vain,&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
I search but search again.&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
I feel so sad, so drear,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
So lonely, without cheer.                             (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. So dim, so dark.&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
So dense, so dull,&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
So damp, so dank, so dead!                          (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Seeking,seeking,&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
Chilly and quite,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desolate, painful and miserable.                     (Yang Xianyi）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Searching and searching, seeking and seeking,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
So chill, so clear,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
dreary,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and dismal,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
and forlorn.                                    (Stephen Owen)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
5. Seeking&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
seeking&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
Searching&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
searching&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
over and over&lt;br /&gt;
                          &lt;br /&gt;
lonely and forlorn &lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
Sighing;&lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
grieving&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
sighing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same round                        (Kwock&amp;amp;McHugh)        &lt;br /&gt;
                                                  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Seek…seek, search....search;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
Lone...lone, cold...cold;&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
Sad...sad, pain...pain, moan...moan.      (Liu Wuji)                         &lt;br /&gt;
                                                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Qingzhao used fourteen repetitious Chinese characters to vent the heart-broken feeling and her worry about the convulsive country. In order to imitate the acoustic effects created by the fourteen reiterated words, almost all the translators adopted the words with sound symbolism characteristics, for the sake of conveying similar emotions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, search, seek, chill, dismal, forlorn, desolate, dreary, mournful, miserable, gloomy etc. Among the six versions,No.1 Xu paraphrases them into the sentence in rhythmic way, using end rhyme throughout the whole poem to create the musical beauty, but he abandons reduplicated words and just illustrate the meaning which slacking down the artistic conception of the original poem to some extent. No.(3,4)use single, non-repeated words. Leave alone whether those versions fully express the spirit of fourteen characters, those using single repeated or non-repeated words sound better than paraphrased sentences for keeping the freshness and novelty of the original. Especially, Kwock&amp;amp;McHugh(N0.5) vividly represents the original both in form and content, the novel arrangement of the words, successfully imitated the scenes in the original poem. The specially designed lines of verse gave the readers the feelings of seeking and searching over and over again. The visual beauty is a means to complement the deficiency in acoustic beauty, thus, in author’s opinion; his version is the best of all versions in realizing defamiliarization effect. Lin Yutang(No.2) doesn’t repeat the same words, but he carefully picks out words with the same beginning letter “d” to create the feeling of duplication and use exclamation “so” to enhance the theme. His version also is a good example to retain and create defamiliarization effect, giving readers a fresh shock of sadness. From the aspect of form, this version depicted the beauty of balance in English and also corresponded with beauty of antithesis in Chinese. It was a wonderful interpretation and a unique creation in itself.No.6, the translator adopted literal translation. Although the translated version bears similarity in form with the original one, it lacks true beauty in sound and meaning. The literal translation obviously damaged the sorrowful atmosphere, thus this version lost the melancholy and deep grief reflected in the original version. By piling up words, the translators get nothing but the empty shell of the original poem. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is “点点滴滴”,also from the same verse. Following are translation versions collected:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.On parasol-trees leaves a fine rain drizzles&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
As twilight grizzles.             (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.In a drizzle so light, dripping-dropping into the oncoming night,&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
In the garden wutong trees stand blurred.         (Zhu Chunsheng)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.On drying leaves of plane trees should there be&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
A drizzle pattering, pattering towards the eve!       (Liu Guoshan)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Against the tung and plane trees, the wind rises high.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The drizzle becomes trickles, as eve draws nigh.         (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.And the drizzle on the kola nut, keeps on droning: Pit-a-pat, pit-a-pat!   (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.The drizzles falls on the wutong trees, raindrops drip down at dusk.  (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
No.1, to pursue the rhythmic beauty, Xu uses drizzles describing the sound of rain, as well as forming rhyme harmony on the last word. This kind of translation blurred the defamiliarization effect since ignorant repeated words.No.2,No.3,No.5,translators uses different repeated words, such as dripping-dropping, pattering-pattering, pit-at-pat, pit-at-pat. From the author’s viewpoint, Lin’s translation is the best, pit-a-pat is onomatopoetic word, and conforms to the English expressive convention. The version of No.4 seems disagree with the poem mood, as poetess can hear clearly  raindrops drips on the leaves, the rain should become mild gradually, “the drizzle become trickles” is the situation of a storm, not the rain draws to stop.No.6 picks the word “drip down” also wanting forceful and sound beauty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation of Verbs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike English, Chinese poetry is skillfully using verb to vivify the image, often linked with rhetorical devices. Word transformation is mostly common, such as adjective or noun transformed to verb. There existed many instances; the author would like to choose two verbs from the Zuihuayin which would analyzed in this paper.&lt;br /&gt;
Taking “帘卷西风”from Zuihuayin as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“薄雾浓云愁永昼，瑞脑消金兽。佳节又重阳，玉枕纱厨，半夜凉初透。东篱把酒黄昏后，&lt;br /&gt;
有暗香盈袖。莫道不消魂，帘卷西风，人比黄花瘦。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse was written to express Li Qingzhao’s yearning for her husband. It’s the Double Ninth Day---the Chinese festival of the senior and family get-together. The west wind blows, makes people feel chilly and distressed, especially when the poetess was alone. Translation versions are assembled as following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What with curtains being folded—&lt;br /&gt;
by violent blasts from the west                             (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
2. The curtain lifted by the western wind                        (Qiu Xiaolong)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
3. When the west wind rolls up my bamboo curtain                (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. With the door-curtains flapping in the west wind                 (Gong Jinghao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Only, when the west wind stir the curtain                       (Lucy Chow Ho)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In the original, there is hyperbaton used to achieve the harmonious beauty of rhymes, actually only could west wind blast curtain actually but the original text is “帘卷西风”,the reasonable sequence is “西风卷帘”.Among five translation versions above, the verb was translated into different words.No.1, “blast” emphasizes on strength and makes a loud noise.No.2, “lift” presents position changed of curtain roused by wind, but the curtain should whirl in that situation, not just lift seems as holding by something.No.3, “roll up” is an ordinary word, though faithfully to the source text, still not good enough.No.4,the word “flap” sounds like we heard the sound of wind makes curtain toss with power. From the view of author of this essay, No.5 is more preferable. “Stir” vividly describes the situation; furthermore, revealing the mirthless of the character, thus, translator prolonged the perception length, increased the aesthetic sensibility, which defamiliarization is pursuing all the time, translation is a creation instead of the slave of original without soul.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“三杯两盏淡酒，怎敌他、晚来风急?”The verb in this sentence used very vividly, how few cups of liquor withstand the wind at the dusk; Li Qingzhao personifies the natural thing, which is widely applied to express defamiliarization. Follows are various translation versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.By cup on cup of wine so dry oh,&lt;br /&gt;
How can I endure at dusk the drift&lt;br /&gt;
Of wind so swift?                                     (Xu Yuanchong）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three cups of thin wine would utterly fail.&lt;br /&gt;
To cope with the rising evening gale.                      (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How can a few cups of thin wine,&lt;br /&gt;
Bring warmth against the chilly winds of sunset?            (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Three or two cups of light wine,&lt;br /&gt;
How can they ward off the strong?                       (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Among the four versions, No.1 chooses the first person view to express coldness felt at dusk by poet, which slash the effect of defamiliarization as change rhetoric to narrative speech.No.2, the verb “cope with” is not as strong as the original, “cope with” means solving something, working out or settling down, but not very positively and actively.No.3 employed the preposition “against” also not so forcefully. From the point of author, Yang translates best, on the one hand faithfully keep the form of resource text, on the other hand reproduce the defamiliarization by using the verb phrase “ward off”, meaning to shun, avoid, or escape the chilly wind. There is no absolute equivalence between the SL and TL, only the most natural closest to the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.2 Translation of Colloquialism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Colloquialism refer to the types of speech or to usages not on a formal level, is often mistakenly used with a connotation of disapproval, as if it meant “vulgar” or ”bad” or “incorrect’ usage，whereas it is merely a familiar style used in speaking and writing. Li was adept and noted for refining colloquial words from folk languages, which was full of musical quality and vividness after her polishing. Her colloquial words seemed plain and amiable like daily dialogues with friends or just whisper to herself, but extraordinary beautiful and pleasant to the ear.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
Shengshengman, for instance, is typically colloquialised for the whole. Here, the author picks up “守着窗儿，独自怎生得黑”to set as an example. “怎生得黑”is an ancient Chinese vernacular expression of “how to spend the night.” The defamiliarization effect of the original lies in its familiar wording but fresh feeling of lonely depiction. Collected translations are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
1. Sitting alone at the window, how could I but quicken the pace of darkness   &lt;br /&gt;
Which won’t thicken?                                                              (Xu Yuanchong）&lt;br /&gt;
                           &lt;br /&gt;
2. Standing by the window---watching in anguish stark.&lt;br /&gt;
Could I bear alone the sight until it is dark?            (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. I remain by my window. Why is the day so dark, all alone?     (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yuanchong’s version (No.1) and Xu Zhongjie’s(No.2)version sound influent and not easy to read. In order to keep the rhyming, Professor Xu Yuanchong makes a pair of “quicken” and “thicken”. However, his witty rhyming is not appropriate in the aspect of keeping defamiliarized colloquial style. Rhyming seems exquisitely modified that is not as natural and causal as daily language. Xu Zhongjie’s “anguish stark” sounds sophisticated and wordy which disobeys the features of vernacular or colloquial language. Mao Yumei’s translation（No.3)sounds simple and it is oral daily language.” All alone” put at the end prolongs the tone which makes the structure loose. Hers represents the original style best of the three, thus best keeps the defamiliarization effect of the casual style.&lt;br /&gt;
Another sentence is“这次第，怎一个、愁字了得?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How, in the word “Miserable,” can one find------&lt;br /&gt;
The total effects of all these on the mind!                       (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Oh, what can I do with a grief&lt;br /&gt;
Beyond belief!                                          (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Is this the kind of mood and moment, to be expressed by one word “sad”?   &lt;br /&gt;
(Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.At the time like this, what immense sorrow I must bear!           (Yang Xianyi)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above four versions are all translated by domestic translators. They chose different word to express “愁”,like miserable, grief, sad and sorrow. But the No.3 similar to the original forms thus more loyalty. The poetess was touched by the dismal sight and feeling melancholy of her life and the shattered country, so the Lin Yutang’s translation “the kind of mood and moment” is more proper, and the word “sad” also fit for the colloquial style. Defamiliarization in this sentence means to express complicated sentiment in a flat way, Lin successful retains the flavor in simple words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4. Defamiliarization on Image Level====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Image is often the final touch that distills and sharpens the meaning of poetry. In ancient Chinese poetry which boasts the construction of a profound meaning with very succinct language, image is especially central to its artistic value among the various composing elements. Image in itself as an intuitive language that transcends the barriers between different semiotic languages, therefore can be sensed across those different nations. Just as the Chinese poetic convention suggests, a work of art is best enjoyable when it transmits a sense of beauty in an implicit way. And image is such a way of talking silently. Moreover, as Zhu Guangqian(朱光潜)says, the pleasure of poetry resides in the sound and imagery.(《诗论》): “诗以情趣为主，情趣见于声音，寓于意象。”)This paper divides image into cultural-loaded images and natural images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====4.1 Cultural-Loaded images=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This kind of category is the juxtaposition of allusion and complicated sentiment in certain culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Translation the image of “雁” in the Shengshengman&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sentence “雁过也，正伤心，却是旧时相识.”The translation versions collected as follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Myself, into woe, a flight of wild geese has thrown.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
But with them, very familiar I have grown.       (Xu Zhongjie)               &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.I recognize the geese flying overhead:&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
My old friends,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Bring not the old memories back!                         (Lin Yutang)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. It breaks my heart, alas,&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
To see the wild geese pass,&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
For they are my acquaintances of old.                    (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Wild geese fly past, while I’am broken-hearted;&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
But I recognize they are my old friends.       (Yang Xianyi&amp;amp;Gladys Yang)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Overhead,a heart-rending line&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
South-bound wild geese at morn&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
Yet old acquaintances of mine.                          (Zhu Chunshen)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
After study some versions, the author find most translators tend to translate “雁” into “geese”(Lin Yutang),or “wild geese(Xu Yuanchong),also “swan geese” translated by some people. But translators must can’t ignore the connotation meaning in target culture, geese in English means idiot, fool, reflecting derogative emotion.The slang “wild geese chase” indicates doing something in vain. Zhu Chunshen translated “雁”into “a heart-rending line--south--bound wild geese”, then he explained in the footnote, “geese in ancient China was message carrier, the poetess see geese passed, but doesn’t receive any letter, creating a melancholy feeling”. “雁” is a migrant bird that migrates from south to north in spring and return in autumn. Sometimes, their migrant movement is a sign of season. Besides, in Chinese ancient culture, “鸿雁传书”indicates love letter transferring written by lovers. At that time, Li was compelled to move to the south and her nation was invaded by enemy, she had no sense of belonging where her family were and didn’t know when her wandering days would end. Upon hearing the sound of geese, she can’t help being broken-hearted because of nation defeated and family lost. The image make readers resonate with the poetess. Considering of the culture diversity, translators should add footnote accordingly. The complementary information endeavors to convey original’s culture connotation, it’s also the defamiliarization goal, avoiding blunt and obscurity of different culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important image is “梧桐”,is an image rich in cultural meanings. It is a straight, huge and tall. As early as two thousand years ago, it was closely related to the mysterious legendary bird---phoenix. It was said wutong was the only tree where a phoenix would choose to inhabit and land on. According to the ancient tale, “ 梧”was the male and “桐” was the female. They were noted for the marital bliss and harmony. Therefore, it is often used to symbolize loyalty in love in Chinese literature. The sorrow triggered by autumn is often found in old poetry. In poem, this image stands for “sorrow, bitterness, distressed” when the tree was linked with rain, giving people the feeling of coldness. From the mainly English versions collected, “梧桐”was translated into “kola nut”(Lin Yutang), “platan (Xu YuanChong), “the tung and platan tree”(Xu Zhongjie), lola nut is a tree in tropical Africa, this kind of translation was mistaken, platan refers to French platan, tung is a specie of tree, producing oil, those translation definitely lost its cultural connotation. The author of this paper prefers Zhu Chunsheng’s translation version: Wutong tree. Wutong carries exotic charming to the fullest, evoking readers imagination, at the same time promote culture communication. Readers can understand this kind of tree after read the poem. Borrowed words always enlarge another language in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.2 Natural Images====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pure scenery depiction means the scene is universe, such as some flower, tree, mountain, stream but usually combined with emotional revelation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The image “黄花” usually translated into “yellow flower”, “chrysanthemum”, “yellow chrysanthemum”. Different versions are collected as follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. As compared with chrysanthemums,&lt;br /&gt;
        &lt;br /&gt;
I look slimmer e’en at my best.                    (Xu Zhongjie)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. I would show a thinner face than yellow flowers.       (Xu Yuanchong)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
3. I look thinner than the chrysanthemum.               (Mao Yumei)&lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
4. I find myself thinner than the yellow flowers.          (Chu Dagao)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chrysanthemum is a formal word while yellow flower is more blurred, “yellow” in Chinese always tinged with sickness or fading, for this reason, readers may arouse curiosity of what this flower looks like and associate with figure of poetess, who is languid and haggard in plight. This image appears in both lyrics, carefully compare, it expresses different mood, in Zhuhuayin, Li is lonely missing her far-away husband, the flower stands for her noble,unsullied and aloof character, while in Shengshengman, the flower is withered, fallen, inanimate. From that point, translators may adopt two translation versions to same noun, the first fit chrysanthemum, easily be related with certain shape, fragrance and color, the second translated into yellow flower, would be more imaginary about the unfamiliar word, thus prolong the aesthetic reception. (Zhan Chongyang, 2013, 46-47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Conclusion====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Poetry is the superior form of literature with the characteristics of it’s terseness in language, indeterminism in words, abstruseness and ambiguity in meaning, sharpness in emotion, felicity in rhetorical strategy and distinctiveness in rhythm. To reproduce the style and reveal the beauty of the original text will absolutely confronted with resistance form restricted factors both in linguistic and cultural aspects. After weighing various methods, the author of this paper think defamiliarization could best retain the spirit whilst making freshness in the translated one. (Xu Yuanchong, 2013, 67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of defamiliarization translation can facilitate understanding and appreciation of Li Qingzhao’s poem from a new perspective. The artistic techniques of translation are employed to render objects in the target text unfamiliar, to make forms alienized, and to increase the difficulty and duration of perception because the process of perception is an aesthetic end in itself and must be prolonged. Something commonplace, customary or familiar is made to appear unfamiliar and fresh in one way or another. All of these creative manipulations enhance the recipient’s discernment of the artistic material in the target text. And that stimulate the translator, one who is adept at subjective manipulation, and who treasures freedom and artistry, to devote him to the pursuit of the alienizing translation effect for art’s sake. The defamiliarization translation theory provides some fascinating insights into Li’s verse translation practice. Breaking the initial norm of sticking to the source culture, translation version is closer to the target-culture end in the continuum between the source culture and target culture. The type of translation coinage of nonce words and using of colloquialisms, rhetoric devices, unconventional form, distinguish itself from others translation method, thus breaks the expectation of target reader, for nonce words or unfamiliar word endowed new meaning that belong neither to the diction of western poetry nor to the diction of translational Chinese poetry, though this deviation gives rise to tortuous and impeded fluency in reading. That’s the essence of poetry. Unlike novel, prose, drama, with plot, dialogue or background, poetry is limited to the fixed format, words. Translation of poetry should take the poem’s specificity into account, literal translation, foreignizing translation, or prosify a poem, all can’t perfectly competing the original without lose flavor. Defamiliarization translation pursues aesthetic perception, novel and creation, also respecting translator’s rewriting properly, and the most faithful translation is not the best, at least for poetry. This paper tries to apply defamiliarization translation theory to analyze Shengshengman and Zuihuayin of Li Qingzhao’s poem, to contribute a humble effort to the translation classical Chinese poetry. Sometimes, we could use transliterated words combined with footnote, such as “wutong”in this paper, or another example also a frequently used image in Li’s verse, bajiao, attaching the word explanation after the poem, “Ba jiao belongs to the musa family, grown for the ornament of their large striking foliage.” Translation Chinese poetry, translator must bear in mind that Chinese flavor and poetry spirit should make ends meet, thus, readers could understand Chinese culture while they appreciate translation. (Gan Wanni, 2012, 95-98)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Eugene A.Nida. Language and Culture Contexts in Translation[M].Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2001.                        &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gan Wanni.A Defamiliarization Perspective to the Study of Translation of Li Qingzhao’s Ci[D].Southwest Jiaotong University,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Peter Newmark.A Textbook of Translation[M].Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schulte,R.and John Biguenet.Theories of Translation:An Anthology of Essays from Dryden to Derrida[C].Chicago:University of Chicago Press,1992.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xu Yuanchong. 300 Tang Poems [M].China Intercontinental Press，2011.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhan Chongyang. Defamiliarization and Translation:A Case Study of the Chinese Versions of Jamaica Inn [D].Nanjing University，2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*陈琳.论陌生化翻译[J].中国翻译，2010(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 陈琳.文学翻译审美的陌生化性[D].清华大学学报，2006(06)：21.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*房孝园,李清照:一言难尽的花与酒——《李清照词两首》个性解读[J].语文教学之友,2011,06:34-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 葛云峰,季淑凤.中国典籍英译的风格再现，易安词英译个案分析[J].淮北煤炭师范学院外国语学报，2008(5):30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胡银根.文化语境视角下李清照八首词翻译的对比研究[D].湖南工业大学，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 刘晰.拥抱差异：诗歌翻译的“陌生化”取向[J].淮南师范学院学报,2013（04）:15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 李学欣.易安词作中叠词的美感传译[J].作家杂志，2009(12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 李睿婕,张轶前.许渊冲译者主体性在李清照《声声慢》英译本中的体现.[J].河北联合大学学报，2012(6):12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*孙国华.鲁迅作品中的陌生化语言现象[J].无锡高等师范学校，2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 张冰.陌生化诗学：俄国形式主义研究[M].北京师范大学出版社，2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* 朱纯深.宋词英译(2)[J].中国翻译,2002(3):93-94.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*郑恩岳,李清照《声声慢》词英译研究[J].浙江教育学院学报，2003(05).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*张金同.“怎一个愁字了得”——读李清照的《醉花阴》和《声声慢》[J].固原师专学报(社会科学版),1987,04:41-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cultural differences on English interpretation and the coping strategies	谭媛媛	Tan Yuanyuan 202070080642 MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the cultural differences between China and western countries, interpreters are required to do both the surface interpretation of the language itself and the deep interpretation of the meaning conveyed in that culture. During the process of interpretation, dealing with cultural obstacles caused by the cultural differences inappropriately can cause misunderstanding, resulting in communicative suspension. This paper, while analyzing the cultural obstacles caused by the cultural differences, expounds on the specific coping translation strategies that an interpreter should take in dealing with cultural differences in the process of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Key Words:interpretation, cultural differences, coping stratcgics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
摘要:&lt;br /&gt;
由于中西文化存在很大的差异,对于口译员来说，除了掌握译出语语言表层次的信息外，更要掌握译出语语言深层次的文化内涵。在口译过程中，若不恰当处理由文化差异引起的文化障碍问题，就会产生误解，导致交际中止。本文分析了口译中因文化差异而引起的文化障碍问题，并着重指出了口译中应对文化差异现象的翻译策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
关键词:口译，文化差异，应对策略（格式错误）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wave of globalization sweeping the world has provided vehicles, tools and channels for cultural exchange and dissemination among countries. At the same time, globalization has brought out the holistic quality of cultural spirit, prompting people to pay attention to the overall examination of problems, recognize certain commonalities of human cultures, and generate new cultural concepts such as &amp;quot;global consciousness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;global values&amp;quot;. However, due to the different geographical locations, social environments, religious beliefs, ways of thinking and living habits of different ethnic groups, different regions have a variety of cultural characteristics, and therefore there are huge cultural differences, and cultural conflicts will become more complex.（简芳，张健,2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No matter from which perspective, interpreters play the role of bridge and link. Therefore, when interpreting, interpreters should fully consider the cultural differences between China and the West, seek the common ground of cross-cultural communication, and establish a harmonious language communication atmosphere on the basis of improving mutual understanding in order to avoid the phenomenon of cultural conflict in interpreting communication. (Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Problem of Cultural Barriers Caused by Cultural Differences in Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Wang Zuoliang points out that &amp;quot;the greatest difficulty in translation is the difference between two cultures.&amp;quot; He believes that &amp;quot;the interpreter must be a cultural person in the true sense of the word.&amp;quot; The differences between Chinese and Western peoples in terms of thinking, values, historical culture and cultural imagery, as well as traditional customs and religious beliefs, have led to cultural differences between the peoples. Therefore, in the process of interpretation activities, the interpreter needs not only to translate the literal meaning of the original language, but more importantly, to grasp its unique cultural connotation and be able to convey it to the other party through language.（连淑能,1993） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to American translation theorist Eugene Naida, translation is an exchange between two cultures, &amp;quot;For a truly successful translation, it is even more important to be familiar with two cultures than to master two languages. For words have meaning only in the cultural context in which they . function in the cultural context in which they are used.&amp;quot; Therefore, a translator cannot reach a true sense of communication if he or she does not have the support of culture in the process of translation. (Jia Dejiang,1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by the way of thinking====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Western culture belongs to linear rational way of thinking, which emphasizes logic, hierarchy and abstraction; while Chinese culture belongs to spiral thinking, which emphasizes discernment, enlightenment and emotional meaning. Westerners tend to think that Chinese people are too subtle and even logically confused. Chinese people may also think that Westerners are too cumbersome and sometimes feel uncomfortable because of their overly direct expressions. (Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interpreters should not only correctly understand the difference between Chinese and Western cultures during the interpretation process, but also take appropriate measures to compensate for the understanding barrier caused by this difference. This difference is manifested in the language: Chinese sentences are clear and concise, while English sentences are compact and tightly structured, emphasizing the subordination and modification between components, and mostly using conjunctions, prepositions and relational words to link sentences together.(Edward Spir,2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Chinese have the traditional virtue of respecting the elderly. To show courtesy, the host will say to the visitor, “您比我年长，您请上坐”. If the translator translates it literally as, “You are older than me. You take the upper seat.” Westerners will definitely feel uncomfortable when they hear it and think to themselves: Am I that old? At this time, the original meaning of the Chinese expression has been distorted, so the contradiction arises.(Jia Dejiang,1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused from values====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Values are a deep element of cultural composition, which is both a part of social culture and the result of long-term penetration and accumulation of social and cultural factors in people's minds. Chinese people talk about collectivism, while Westerners advocate individualism. The Chinese focus on the group, highlighting the role of the collective is the mainstream of their values, highlighting their own will be suspected of arrogance and arrogance. The British and Americans advocate the primacy of the individual, fully expressing their own values and highlighting individual contributions. Humility is deeply rooted in Chinese values and is a Chinese virtue, yet sometimes it is not as welcome in the eyes of Westerners. This obvious difference in values inevitably leads to a culture clash. （Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A classic example: at a party, a foreign guest complimented a Chinese lady, praising her for being very beautiful, when the Chinese lady replied, “哪里，哪里”. The accompanying translator on the side, however, translated word-for-word into, “where, where ”. This was difficult for the visitor to understand. So he had no choice but to answer, “from up to toe”.And at this time the Chinese lady was also very dissatisfied, thinking that the foreigner was disrespectful to her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers from historical culture and cultural imagery====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural imagery is a cognitive pattern agreed upon in different national or community cultures. Cultural imagery coalesces the wisdom of each nation, and is the crystallization of history and culture. Throughout the long history of each nation, they have appeared in people's language, forming a cultural symbol with a relatively fixed and unique cultural meaning. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in a business event, the Chinese side said something like this, “建立‘一条龙’服务中心”.The interpreter translated it as “set up the ,one-dragon service center to provide a coordinated process service for foreign investors in obtaining approval&amp;quot;.“一条龙” was translated into“one dragon”.The word &amp;quot;龙&amp;quot; means something evil in the West, but &amp;quot;auspicious&amp;quot; in China, so it is easy to misunderstand if you don't understand the situation. Another example is that the phrase &amp;quot;望子成龙&amp;quot; should never be translated as “to hope one&amp;quot;'s child can become a dragon&amp;quot;，but to“to hope one’s child can be somebody”. （Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by traditional customs and religious beliefs====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different countries have different traditional customs. Chinese people give &amp;quot;New Year's Lucky money&amp;quot; to the younger generation during the Chinese New Year, but &amp;quot;Chinese New Year&amp;quot; does not exist in Western countries, so they do not understand why they have to give money. On the contrary, Christmas, Halloween and other holidays in Western countries do not exist in Chinese traditional culture, and we do not fully understand the importance of these holidays, even though they are very popular in China nowadays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural barriers due to differences in religious beliefs often occur in the interpretation process. “Sleep with father&amp;quot; is a biblical euphemism, which means the same as &amp;quot;go the heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;kick the bucket&amp;quot;. It means the same as &amp;quot;go the heaven&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;kick the bucket&amp;quot;, but for those who do not understand Western religions, it is likely to be mistranslated as &amp;quot;与父亲睡觉&amp;quot;, which would be ridiculous.（Lu Naisheng,1993）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
If this sentence is understood as&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;约翰是可靠的，他不吃鱼，还玩游戏&amp;quot;, it is because the translator failed to understand &amp;quot; eats no fish &amp;quot; and &amp;quot;play the game&amp;quot;. After the Protestants overthrew the old government, the Protestants refused to eat fish on Ramadan to show their loyalty to Protestantism. So &amp;quot;&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot; to eat no fish &amp;quot; means &amp;quot;loyalty&amp;quot; and &amp;quot; to play the game &amp;quot;means &amp;quot;race&amp;quot;,The correct meaning of the word is Therefore, the correct meaning is &amp;quot;John is reliable, he is both loyal and upright&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cultural barriers caused by non-verbal language behaviors====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The means of communication between people is not limited to verbal language. Non-verbal language, such as:eyes, facial expressions, gestures, distance between speakers, and physical contact, etc. are all conveying information to people around them. Ethnic cultures differ in their expressions of non-verbal language communication. This cultural aspect of difference should be taken into account when communicating across languages.（张文,2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In one example, an American teacher, who was new to China, noticed that several students were looking at the student grade book she happened to have open during recess without permission. This teacher seriously told the students that this was rude behavior and that they should be careful to respect the privacy of others. Personal things are not to be looked at without the person's permission. Several students felt embarrassed and didn't know what to say, so they gave an apologetic smile. This smile upset the American teacher even more, and she thought that the students not only disrespected her, but also mocked her. The reason for her misunderstanding was that she did not understand that the Han Chinese often use laughter to express embarrassment and apology. &lt;br /&gt;
Another example is that when Chinese people see a cute child, they can't help but go up and touch or pat it to show their affection for it. A Chinese mother would feel proud and smug when she encounters such a situation, while a Western mother is not used to this practice and considers it rude to pet her child, or even offensive. (Bai Jingyu,2000)（段落过长）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Strategies for Handling the Phenomenon of Cultural Differences in Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Naida, a famous American translation theorist, put forward a. The whole set of theories and methods on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation has caused strong repercussions in the translation theoretical circles and is considered one of the most representative theories on dealing with cultural phenomena in translation, the core of which is his principle of &amp;quot;functional equivalence&amp;quot;. This principle emphasizes that what translators pursue is not literal correspondence, but the reflection of cultural factors in the translated text to achieve functional equivalence. (叶子南，2001:38) This  view of Naida, although presented mainly for translation, is also useful for dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given that interpretation is very different from translation, it should not, and cannot, exactly replicate the strategies for dealing with cultural phenomena in translation. The focus of interpreting is not to transmit cultural connotations, but to serve the communication on the spot, so the treatment of cultural phenomena in interpreting should be in line with the characteristics of interpreting. According to the criteria of &amp;quot;accuracy, smoothness and speed&amp;quot; and the specific characteristics of interpretation such as &amp;quot;on-site, present and limited time&amp;quot;, the first step in dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation should be to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalence&amp;quot; between English and Chinese, and to try to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalence&amp;quot; from the target language. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In dealing with cultural phenomena, interpreters should first try to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalents&amp;quot; between English and Chinese, and try to find authentic expressions or interpretation methods from the target language for the understanding of listeners. According to the above principles and requirements, the following strategies can be used in dealing with cultural phenomena in interpretation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Flexible use of naturalization and dissimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturalization in interpretation is to express the linguistic and cultural factors in the source language in the closest equivalent form in the target language as far as possible, and transform them into a form familiar to and understood by the audience of the target language. This undoubtedly avoids the cultural conflicts and understanding barriers caused by the differences between the source language culture and the target language culture, and enables listeners to better understand the original language for interactive communication between the two sides of the conversation. Many scholars advocate that cultural phenomena in interpretation should be dealt with mainly by naturalization. This view has its own validity. In many occasions, the focus of interpretation is not to perform cultural output, but to provide services for both parties in the live communication. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first step in dealing with cultural factors in interpretation is to find the &amp;quot;nearest natural equivalent&amp;quot; to the source language culture in the target language, and try to find authentic expressions or explanatory methods from the target language for the audience's understanding. For example, the use of naturalization means to put Chinese allusions &amp;quot;三个和尚没水吃&amp;quot; into &amp;quot; Everyone‘s business is no one&amp;quot;s business.&amp;quot; is very easy to be understood by native English speakers in Western countries.(Deng Yanchang, Liu Runqing,2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, when using naturalization to deal with cultural factors, we should also see that while naturalization reduces the difficulty of audience acceptance and comprehension, it also sacrifices many cultural features of the source language, which may result in the loss of a large amount of accompanying information and prevent the audience from fully appreciating the original connotation of the source language and the foreign culture. For example, for foreigners who want to learn Chinese, in order to explain the cultural implications contained therein, he will translate“她有沉鱼落雁之容，闭月羞花之貌&amp;quot;  by naturalization to “Her beauty would make the fish sink, the wild geese fall down and the moon hide herself, and put the flowers to shame.”（Deng Yanchang,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, while emphasizing that interpretation should be mainly naturalized, it is important not to overlook the value of the means of dissimilation. This is because besides providing services to both parties of live communication, interpretation also has the function of cultural transmission, which is conducive to enhancing mutual understanding among peoples. For the specific forms and expressions containing strong cultural color and ethnicity, the dissimilation means can best reflect the ethnic color of the source language and make the audience feel novel and vivid, thus opening their eyes and gaining knowledge and enlightenment, especially on occasions such as tourism interpretation and banquet interpretation. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to meet the needs of cultural exchange, interpreters should undoubtedly adopt the strategy of heterogeneity as much as possible in the process of interpretation, so as to retain the heterogeneous components in the source language to the greatest extent possible and transmit the information in the source language to the audience as originally as possible. In addition, the use of dissimilation can enrich the linguistic expressions of the target language and inject fresh blood into the culture of the target language, so that the language and culture of the target language can continue to develop and maintain vitality.（Edward Spir,2006）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rational Use of Direct Translation, Substitution, Paraphrase, Interpretation and Other Translation Methods====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The German functionalist translation theory, which emerged in the 1970s, advocates a &amp;quot;purpose-oriented&amp;quot; approach, which frees the translator and the translator from the bondage of the original language and regards translation as a purposive act. Functionalist scholars especially pointed out that their theory is also suitable for interpretation. The theory requires the translator to determine the strategies to be used in the translation process based on the specific requirements of the client and the translation purpose and the actual situation of the potential readers (or listeners) on the basis of a full understanding of the original language. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functionalist translation theory emphasizes flexibility and practicality in the translation process, which is a great inspiration for translators to flexibly use various translation methods to deal with cultural factors in interpretation. Combined with the specific characteristics and requirements of interpretation and the actual situation of the interpretation site, translation methods such as direct translation, substitution, meaning translation and interpretation should be flexibly used in dealing with cultural factors in interpretation according to the needs. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Direct translation method=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is the carrier of culture, which reflects the cultural traditions and psychological habits of a nation. Direct translation not only preserves these cultural features and avoids ambiguities, but also facilitates cultural exchange and enriches the vocabulary of the target language. Without affecting the understanding of the audience, direct translation is preferable if the source and target languages can be unified or largely unified in content and form. The direct translation method is the fullest manifestation of dissimilation at the linguistic level. It is the fullest expression of alienation at the linguistic level. For example, &amp;quot; Let sleeping dogs lie&amp;quot; is directly translated as “勿惹睡狗”. “火上加油” is directly translated “Pour oil on the flame”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Substitution Method=====&lt;br /&gt;
The substitution method is also called the &amp;quot;reciprocity method&amp;quot;. It is a method of translation by applying words and expressions in the target language that have different expressions but are similar in meaning to the cultural concepts of the source language. The substitution method is the most typical manifestation of using naturalization to deal with cultural phenomena. For example, the Chinese idiom &amp;quot;冰冻三尺非一日之寒&amp;quot;  is translated into &amp;quot; Rome cannot be built in one day”. English idiom &amp;quot;to spend money like water &amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;挥金如土&amp;quot; is a good example.(Wang Kefei,1997)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Intentional translation method=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the source language and the target language cannot be unified in terms of content and form or cannot be harmonized, translation is a method of expressing the meaning of the source language in the language of the target language from the meaning of the source language, free from the superficial form of the source language. The meaning translation method is also a common method of using naturalization to deal with cultural phenomena in interpretation. It is mainly applied to occasions where cultural communication is not the purpose. (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, during the second session of the Ninth National People's Congress, Premier Zhu Rongji held a press conference. In response to a reporter's question about the &amp;quot;U.S. accusation of China's theft of U.S. nuclear technology,&amp;quot; Premier Zhu stated a series of reasons and then concluded that &amp;quot;The U.S. has been accused of stealing nuclear technology from China. After stating a series of reasons, he concluded that,“我们为什么还要冒政治.上的风险和道德上的风险去盗窃什么人的军事机密呢?所以，所谓中国盗窃美国军事机密的问题可以认为是一种天方夜谭”.The last sentence of the translator's translation reads“So, the alleged Chinese theft of U.S. military technology is only a fiction.” Here, &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; is not translated directly as&amp;quot;TheArabianNights&amp;quot;，but is instead translated as &amp;quot; fiction &amp;quot;. This shows that the interpreter is fully aware of the cultural differences between Chinese and Western cultures and adopts the method of paraphrasing and flexibly and accurately conveys the speaker's meaning to the audience in the target language. As we all know, in Chinese culture, when people refer to an absurd, unsubstantiated phenomenon or statement, they often say: 这简直是天方夜谭。But in English-speaking cultures, The Arabian Nights is not synonymous with ridiculous or absurd. Therefore, the word &amp;quot;天方夜谭&amp;quot; has a much richer connotation in Chinese than the same word has in English.（Bao Huinan,2001）（段落过长）--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 01:23, 17 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Interpretation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and English belong to different language families, and they are very different in terms of cultural and historical background, cultural psychological structure, thinking styles and methods, and language expression. Although there are some cultural concepts in the two languages that are equivalent, corresponding or basically corresponding, most of them are not corresponding or completely corresponding, and some concepts are completely vacant in the target language.(Bao Huinan,2001) When trying to preserve the cultural characteristics of the source language and the literal translation cannot make the audience understand its meaning, the cultural phenomenon of the source language can be properly explained to facilitate the audience's understanding. This method is called interpretation. Interpretation is actually a means of alienation-a disguised form of expression, similar to literal translation and annotation. The interpretation method is not only easy for the audience to understand, but also can retain the cultural flavor of the source language. It is a good way to deal with cultural gaps in interpreting. The interpretation method is mainly applicable to the following scope (Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Proper nouns formed in the accumulation of source language culture&lt;br /&gt;
诸葛亮—-Zhuge Liang，a master mind in Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
Mickey Mouse—-指一个小人物或一件微不足道的小事&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) Abbreviations, special phrases or collocations formed in a specific cultural atmosphere&lt;br /&gt;
三资企业—-refers to“外资”，namely, foreign- funded enterprise; “合资”， joint adventure&lt;br /&gt;
and“独资”，wholly foreign-owned or funded enterprise.&lt;br /&gt;
An LDC—-指 “a life and death commodity”始用于英国报刊，一般指成本低廉，但却是人类赖以生存的商品，如水。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3) Lingo, idiom, allusion, slang or colloquialism&lt;br /&gt;
解铃还需系铃人—-“Let him who tied the bell on the tiger take it off”, meaning, whoever started that trouble ends it himself.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Special cultural words&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
敬老日—- Generally speaking, this phrase refers to the Double Ninth Festival in China，a day of giving and advocating more concern for the senior citizens.&lt;br /&gt;
the Beatles—-指英国的披头士乐队，20世纪六七十年代曾风靡全球。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Simple translation and no translation=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people use more adjectives when narrating and describing people and things, especially when introducing landscapes and historical sites, adjectives and four-character patterns are quite frequent. For example, when introducing a lake, we often hear commentary similar to the following: “ 湖水澄澈如镜，水光天接，湖中有十多个高矮不等的小岛被水相望，似断似续，烟水迷茫，错落有致....”. If during the interpreting process, the interpreter translates the described words one by one according to the original language, it is likely to be thankless and make people feel that the language is extremely exaggerated and ridiculous. In this case, omitting some adjectives will not affect the overall situation. It is undeniable that some of the special expressions in different nationalities and different languages cannot be translated or equivalently translated. Especially in time-stressed interpretation situations, it is inevitable to encounter difficult problems, such as humor in English. No matter how you translate them, the meanings of, puns, allegorical words with puns in Chinese, and word-breaking games in Chinese, etc., cannot fully reflect their meanings. In this case, you can use &amp;quot;no translation&amp;quot; or incomplete translation. For example, Chinese people are used to introducing themselves by saying: &amp;quot;我姓张，弓长张。&amp;quot;Directly translating it as “My family name is Zhang”is enough.(Lu Naisheng,1993)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is a cross-language communication activity as well as a cross-cultural communication activity. Due to the commonality and individuality of culture, the cultural characteristics carried by different language systems in cross-cultural communication appear the same, partly the same, gaps and conflicts. Therefore, the interpreter must not only be proficient in both the source language and the target language, but also understand the two cultures and understand the differences between the two cultures reflected in the differences in language expression. In addition, due to the characteristics of interpreting: timeliness, directness, diversity of occasions and forms, as well as the looseness of oral expression, resulting in the cultural sensitivity of the interpreter, the broad aspect of knowledge and the ability to deal with cultural differences There are higher requirements. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, interpreters should focus on cultivating cross-cultural awareness, increasing their sensitivity to the differences between the two cultures, and mastering the principles and methods to fill the gaps in understanding between different cultures. For interpreters, cross-cultural awareness refers to a cognitive standard and adjustment method formed by the translator consciously or unconsciously in cross-cultural communication. It is the interpreter’s unique way of thinking, judgment, and The sensitivity of cultural factors. The interpreter is the carrier of cross-cultural awareness, and the broad cultural information foundation is the fundamental guarantee for the completion of cross-cultural communication. Only by following the principles of culture can the translator better control the language and make the target language truly accurate, decent and fluent.(Bai Jingyu,2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
简芳，张健.口译活动中的文化障碍问题[J]. 湖北广播电视大学学报，2012年1月第1期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
连淑能.英汉对比研究[M].北京:高等教育出版社，1993年版&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
刘微微.浅谈口译中文化差异的应对策略[J].哈尔滨职业技术学院学报，2008 年第1期[4].沙保华.文化差异与口译[J].四川外语学院学报(重庆)，1995年第1期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
熊薇.文化差异对口译的影响[J].语言文字，2009.8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杨震，黄斗.口译中中西文化冲突的沟通和处理[J].广西师范学院学报(哲学社会科学版)，2008年10月第4期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张文.论口译面对的文化差异问题[J]. 北京第二外国语学院学报，1998年第3期 [8]. 张燕.文化差异对口译的影响[J]. 外语教学，2002年5月第3期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edward Spir, Language: An Introduction of the Study of Speech, Echo Library, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bai Jingyu, Culture and Translation, China Social Science Press, 2000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Naisheng, Differences between Chinese and English and Translation, East China Chemical Engineering Institute Press, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Kefei, Understanding the Nature of Translation, Foreign Languages and Foreign Language Teaching, 1997.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jia Dejiang, A Tentative Discussion on Cultural Perspective and English-Chinese Translation, Hunan People' 's Publishing House, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deng Yanchang, Liu Runqing, Language and Culture - Comparison of Chinese and English Languages and Cultures, Foreign Language Teaching and Language Research Press, 2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bao Huinan, Cultural Context and Language Translation, China International Translation Publication Company, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 13:59, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==On Translation Strategies of Different Style, Taking English Journalistic Style and English Literary Style as an Example	张银柳	Zhang Yinliu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the consistent development of the cultural exchanges between China and foreign countries, translation plays a more and more pivotal role in the world stage. It can not only help Chinese to have a better understanding of foreign cultures and promote the cooperation, but also spread the Chinese cultures to the international world. Translation strategies are the focus of translation works, especially during the process of translating Chinese to English. It’s very necessary to have a thorough study about the translation strategies. While towards different styles of text, different translation strategies should be applied relatively. This thesis focuses on translation strategies of two styles - journalistic style and literary style. &lt;br /&gt;
The thesis firstly introduces the background and development of translation strategies. Then it depicts the characteristics and translation principles of journalistic style text and literary style text. In the main part, the thesis combines the characteristics of the two kinds of texts to explore the translation strategies that suits for the two types, including domestication, foreignization, omission and etc. This thesis is expected to make some contributions to the study of translation strategies and the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KEY  WORDS===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies; text-types; journalistic style; literary style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===中文摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着中外文化交流的不断发展，翻译在世界舞台上扮演着越来越重要的角色。它不仅可以帮助中国人更好地了解外国文化，促进合作，而且可以将中国文化传播到世界。翻译策略是翻译工作的重点，特别是在汉译英过程中。对翻译策略进行深入研究是有必要的。在针对不同样式的文本时，应相对地采用不同的翻译策略。本文主要研究两种体裁的翻译策略：新闻体裁和文学体裁。&lt;br /&gt;
本文首先介绍翻译策略的背景和发展，然后描述新闻风格文本和文学风格文本的特点和翻译原则。论文的主体部分结合了两种文本的特点，探讨了归化，异化，省译等的翻译策略。本文有望为翻译策略的研究和翻译的实践做出贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译策略; 文本类型; 新闻体裁; 文学体裁.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies are critical in translation process. Towards texts in different styles which have different models of texts’ structure and communicative functions, translation strategies are quite variable. There are a great number of scholars both from China and the international world who have devoted themselves to dive into and research the most effective and practical strategies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are still lack of thorough researches about translation strategies for different text styles. In this thesis, the first part is about the introduction and analysis of former scholars’ researches and the whole picture of this thesis. Then, the thesis will discuss the background, development, characteristics and functions of different-style texts from the perspective of linguistics. The main part is about the translation strategies of source texts in journalistic style and literary style respectively, such as the domestication, foreignization in literary-style texts and the omission , restruction and generalization in journalistic-style text. In concluding part, the thesis will generalize the main idea and make an objective appreciation about the thesis, as well as point out the drawbacks and advantages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Theoretical Framework===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 Background and development of Texts’ styles===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the research, there is still no specific definition of distinguishing differences of texts styles. Some scholars claim texts’ styles to be registers, even some equal them to speech events. Qin Xiubai, a famous Chinese language and teaching professor, introduced that there were two main schools of the study of Texts styles’- the Swalesian School represented by John M.S wales and V.K.Bhatia and the Australian School represented by J.R.Martin. John Martin believes that styles of texts means a bunch of social events in which the members have the same communicative goal. While V.K.Bhatia believes that styles of texts are identifiable communicative events that have obvious inner structural features, conventionally happening in specific careers or academic communities. We can tell from the two schools’ views that styles of texts are a kind of communicative events with its special communicative purpose and clear structures. From this point, translators or interpreters can exert theory to analyze texts’ styles and recognize the intentions of writers as well as keep the functional and sense equivalence between the source texts and target texts. J.R.Martin take texts’ styles as a communication-orientated process of social communication with steps. Eggins view texts of styles as a type of activity with steps that orientated on communicative purposes. So that the difference of texts styles is on the level of values in use rather than the contents of discourse, characteristics of forms or other rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen once said that every text plays a communicative role in a specific social and cultural environment, and people belonging to a specific social and cultural background can usually see its communicative purpose. (Huang Guowen,2001) The text is a combination of communicative symbols for the exchange of information between the sender and the recipient. In order to achieve a certain communicative purpose, the sender must choose an appropriate genre and corresponding manifestation to convey the information, and the recipient is expected to respond accordingly. Thus, the function of texts can be realized. Christiane Nord summarized four functions of texts from the perspective of translation. They are referential function, expressive function, appellative function and phatic function. (Nord, 1997) &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 Main functions of texts===  &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.1The Referential Function===&lt;br /&gt;
The referential function of a text means the reference to or description of objects or phenomena of the world. It is mainly expressed through the denotative value of the lexical items presented in the text and can be analyzed through the nature of the objects. It is orientated toward objects in real or fictitious worlds. There are several functions of referential function: informative function, directive function and didactic function. If the referent is a fact or state of things unknown to the receiver, such as an accident, the text function may consist in informing the readers. If the referent is the description of an object, such as the illustration of using a washing machine, the text function may be directive. If it is a whole field that the receivers are to learn, such as physics, the function may be didactic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.2The Expressive Function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expressive function refers to the sender’s attitude to toward the objects or phenomena. This function is sender-orientated. The expressive function of the text may be subdivided according to what it is expressed. If the sender expresses individual feelings or emotions, such as a public speech, it will be an emotive  sub-function. If what is expressed is an evaluation, like comments, the sub-function will be evaluative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2.3The Appellative Function===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appellative function refers to use of language to make the receiver feel or do something. The appellative function “receiver-orientated. It aims at the receivers’ sensitivity or disposition to act and tries to induce receivers to respond in a particular way. It can be broken into several sub-functions: illustrative function, persuasive function, advertising function and pedagogical function. If we want to illustrate a hypothesis by an example, we appeal to the reader’s previous experience to knowledge, That’s what called illustrative function. If we want to persuade someone to do something or to share a particular viewpoint, we appeal to their sensitivity and their secret desires. That’s what called persuasive function. If we want to let someone by a particular product, we tend to describe those qualities of the product that are presumed to have positive values in receivers’ value system. That’s advertising function. If we wan to educate a person, we may appeal to their susceptibility to ethical and moral principles. That’s pedagogical function.&lt;br /&gt;
                        &lt;br /&gt;
===2.3 Main Text - types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Katharina Reiss, founder of German translation functionalism, put forward text-typology theory in Possibilities and Limitations in Translation Criticism. She believes that there are four texts, including the context-focused text, the form-focused text, the appeal-focused text and the audio-media text.    &lt;br /&gt;
Peter Newmark, representative of the British linguistic school of translation theory, based on the study of former linguisticians, he put forward the following six functions of texts - expressive function, informative function, the vocative function, the aesthetic function, the phatic function and the meta-lingual function. A text may has several functions at the same time, but only has one major function. Taking a whole consideration of the two theories, the main texts are the following three, expressive texts, informative texts and vocative texts. Journalistic-style texts and literary-style texts are mainly connected with the informative and expressive function respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.1 The Expressive Texts=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Language is a tool for people to communicate with each other. Through language, people can express their thoughts, affection, wills, desires, opinions, attitude, etc. This is the expressive function of language. The core of expressive function is the speaker's thoughts. The speaker uses words to express feelings, regardless of the reaction of others.Typical expressive-function texts include the following three types. The first ones are serious and imaginative literature which contain lyrics, short stories, long novels and plays. The second type is authoritative texts, including a variety of genres, whose authority comes from the status of the author or language skills, such as senior government officials and political party leaders’ speeches, such as declarations, legal regulations, documents as well as literary and academic works written by authority figures etc. The third type is texts that express writers’ ideas directly, without direct readers, like autobiography, private letters, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.2 The Informative Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In interactions, people often have to describe, narrate or explain the situation of relevant things. This involves the information function of language. The core is the external environment, which is the reported insights and theories. The informative text usually has a fixed format, such as textbook, technical reports, newspaper articles, scientific papers, meeting minutes, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.3.3 The Vocative Texts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People often use words to evoke others' sympathy or prompt them to take some actions. That shows the imperative function of language. The core of this function is the readers or audiences. The speaker wants readers or audiences to feel and follow the intent of the text and act as expected. Typical vocative texts are notices, advertisements, instructions, requests, appeals, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Literary Stylistics and Journalistic Stylistics=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the appearance of societal pragmatics, pragmatics and functional grammar, scholars recognized the importance of language functions. They tried to classify the texts in the light of language functions and divided them into two main types. One is literary style, the other is non-literary style. Snell-Hornby classified literary texts as Bible, drama, film, lyric poetry, modern literature, classic works, children literature, literature in 1990 and pastime novel.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Language Characteristics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1.1 For literary stylistics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
===3.1.2 For journalistic===&lt;br /&gt;
Journalistic-style texts vary a lot from the the literary-style texts. As an unique texts which are shown to billions of audience, the characteristics of news are mainly in following four aspects: Truth, objective, new and political-related.&lt;br /&gt;
===Truthfulness===&lt;br /&gt;
First, as the definition indicates news is about facts，which first should be true. “News lays claim to the qualities of truthfulness and accuracy-properties often implied by the term objectivity, a concept used to legitimize the journalistic text while at the same time recognizing the multidimensional and elusive nature of truth. News asks to be accepted as, at the very least, an approximation to truth, and certainly close enough to the truth to be worthy of our trust in its integrity”(McNair, 1998:2)&lt;br /&gt;
===Newness===&lt;br /&gt;
If the news isn’t new, it should have been called “olds”. This is more than a joke. News is reported to make a contrast to the convention, strike people by surprise and keep them in suspense. “News is not about somebody bitten by a dog, but about a dog bitten by a man”, “News is just something that can move women to scream: My Gosh!” The two old sayings have been taken as most vivid descriptions of news, featuring its distinctive characteristics of newness.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Objectivity&lt;br /&gt;
The objectivity is one of the most important professional concepts of news and has caught great attention in news circle. “The basic content of this principle is the content must be completely true, fair and neutral, not fictitious, and not biased or subjective” (Yang Xiyou 2009, 6)When writing news or reports, media workers shouldn’t put their subjective feelings into the reports. And the use of vocabulary should also be fair and neutral. When international news media, such as BBC and VOA, report about China Diaoyu Islands issue, they generally use Sankaku Islands and Diaoyu Island. When translating these words, the translator should be faithful to the original text and translate these two names. However, due to ideological, political or historical reasons, the use of vocabulary may deviate from the principle of objectivity, such as: in the report of Russia and Japan’s dispute on islands, only the Russian address- “ Kuril Islands” was used, but the Japanese address- “Four Northern Islands” was not used. When translating, the translator should add “Thousand  Southern Islands” and  “Four Northern”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Political Relevance&lt;br /&gt;
Although news is objective, absolutely objective and fair reports do not exist. The media has never been able to completely get rid of the shackles of political and economic power or ideology. The content of the report tends to obey the interests of the country. The use of political vocabulary in English current affairs news must also faithfully reflect the country’s political standpoint. Regarding to the English translation of the Diaoyu Islands, the Chinese news media translate into “Diaoyu Islands”, while the Japanese news media and some Western news media call it “Senkaku Islands”. From the usage of these words, it is obvious to see the political stance. When translating these political words, translators must be very cautious. In addition to be faithful to the original text, translators or interpreters should also consider our country’s interests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3.2 Translation principles  &lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the process of transforming signs or representations into another signs or representations.(Nord, 2001:6) Generally speaking, according to the object of translation, translation can be divided into two kinds: literary translation and non-literary translation. In literary translation the object is only the literary work, such as pot, novel and so on, and it focuses on the expression of contents, emotions and rhetoric of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===For Literary===&lt;br /&gt;
Although literary translation and non-literary translation share basic principles, literary translation which has its unique ways, is rather different from non-literary translation. Translating literary works is not only a process of transforming languages but also a process of recreating because literature belongs to a part of art. This is the most important feature of literary translation and also the basic translation principles.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===For Journalistic style===&lt;br /&gt;
Journalistic-style texts belong to the informative texts according to the above analysis. Translation principles of Journalistic are mainly mainly purposiveness, accuracy and readability. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
===Purpose-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
Purpose&amp;quot; is the basic principle of journalistic-style texts translation, and other principles are based on this principle. For information-based texts, “ translation skopos ”, the German functionalist translation theory, was put forward by Rice, Vermeer, and Nord. Skopos has great significance in guiding of translation. This is because the purpose of information-based translation is very strong, that is, the translation has a clear goal - to provide information. Snell Hornby believes: “More practical the texts is, more clear its function is. The more the translation tends to focus on the target language.” As far as the journalistic text is concerned, the purpose of its translation is conveying the information and communication, allowing readers to easily understand the intention of the speaker. The translation should conform to the audience’s needs, cultural expectations, beliefs and cognitive status as much as possible, and it is meaningful in the communication environment of the target language culture. For example, in news, sometimes vocabulary vacancies are caused by the absence of equivalence in the translation, and it is impossible to use completely equivalent and accurate words to express its connotation during translation. In this case, domestication can be applied. Considering the specific translation purpose, context and characteristics of the target language, if the purpose of translation is to spread foreign cultures, foreignization strategies can be adopted. That’s the purpose-based translation principle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Accuracy-based principle===   &lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of informative text is to convey information. Therefore, the translation work of the information text should be accurate, clear and precise. The translator can’t deliberately or unintentionally miss any original author’s information. In journalistic style, the accuracy is critical. A slight difference of words can make huge results. Especially, for those news related with politics and business. A word with different emotional sense can make a complete opposite statement. A small movement of a point can cause millions capital loss. For example, 1.33 million and 13.3 million has the huge difference. This principle is similar to the “faith” proposed by Yan Fu. “Faith” means “faithfulness”. The translation of linguistic-style texts should confirm to accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Readability-based principle===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, the terminology of information-based texts is neutral and has no obvious personal characteristics or regional colors. In news, even though there are more facts that personal emotions and feeling, translators or interpreters can make small adjustment of the speakers to make the report readable. In short, when translating, based on the readers’ language level, various translation methods should be mobilized on the premise of not changing the original intent of the article and report. It may make the content and layout of the article easier to understand, fluent and concise. But be sure to keep the source language texts’ characteristics. &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
===4.Translation strategies===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation strategies refer to the thoughts, process, methods and procedure during the process of translation. Towards original texts with different texts styles, translation strategies also vary in a large degree. The thesis will discuss from two typical stylistic texts - literary style and journalistic style. According to The Modern Chinese Dictionary, strategies indicate guidelines and means which are deigned on the basis of the situations concerned. While methods are the ways and procedures in solving real problems. However, the two are relative to each other. In simple words strategies are the guidelines of the concrete methods. The concrete methods should be adopted in the direction of their strategies. Based on the above, a conclusion in drawn that translation strategies are the guidelines for realizing a particular translation aim, yet translation methods the concrete ways employed by translators to make the particular translation aim come true.&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1Translation strategies in literary style===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book Translation Criticism the Potentials &amp;amp; Limitations, Reiss pointed out that “Translation of literary works would better be called free rendering than translations, especially when the personality of the translator and the force of his artistic temperament result in a TL version standing on its own, indebted to the original as  a model and a source of inspiration. (Reiss, 2004:91) This description indicates the characteristics of literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1 Domestication===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication is firstly coined by L.Venuti in his book The Translator’s Invisibility called “guihua” in Chinese. Domestication is a strategy by which the linguistic and cultural characteristics of the original text is erased in the translation in order to meet its readers’ aesthetic and reception psychology. As Venuti argues the adoption of domesticating strategy is the cultural disparity and imperialism. In the 1980s translation studies underwent “cultural turn”, and since then translation has being studied in the cultural and social contexts. The dominance of transparent discourse in English-language translation was decisively challenged at the turn of the twentieth century.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida is the representative of domestication by his assertion on dynamic equivalence that “A translation of dynamic equivalence aims at complete naturalness &lt;br /&gt;
of expression… and tries to relate the receptor to modes of behavior relevant within the context of his own culture.” (Nida, 2004:159) He maintains that the function of translation is to communicate and it is important for the reader to understand what is conveyed by the translation, which takes the reader’s response into consideration. He claims that the reader of the target text should have the similar comprehension and appreciation as does the reader of the source text. Domestication tries to avoid cultural dispute and eliminate cultural barriers to achieve successful cross-cultural communication. The domesticating translation is one of naturalness and smoothness, &lt;br /&gt;
which is the advantage of domestication. Here are three main methods that can achieve domestication strategy. They are paraphrasing, adaptation and replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1.1.1 paraphrasing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication by the method of paraphrasing is effective in dealing with a simple expression behind which there is a heavy cultural load. We should adapt paraphrasing strategy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 如囊萤  如映雪  家虽贫  学不辍 (Wang Yinglin, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: Then we have one who put fireflies in a bag, and again another who used the white glare from snow. Although their families were poor, these men studied &lt;br /&gt;
unceasingly.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
TT2: One enclosed some glow-worms in a transparent bag, another read by the light reflected by the snow. Although their families were poor, they never ceased learning. &lt;br /&gt;
Annotation: in order to read by their light. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3: Che-yin, when a boy, being poor, read his book by the light of a glow-worm which he confined. And Sun-kang, in winter, read his book by the light reflected from snow. Though their families were poor they studied incessantly.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original text is from a classical book in china named Three-Character Classic.“囊萤”and “映雪” are Chinese allusions urging children to work hard at their study. Each of the contracted expressions has a story behind it. By reading T1 and T2, readers cannot understand the allusion to the full and the logic between the expressions of “put fireflies in a bag/enclosed some glow-worms in a transparent bag”and“used the white glare from snow”and the expressions about the persons’ industry at their studies. T3 paraphrases the sentence and makes logic explicit by introducing the heroes in the allusions and explaining what they used the fireflies/glow-worms for. This is effective in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.2 Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve naturalness of expression, grammar, lexicon and culture. Adaptations are necessary. For terms which identify culturally different objects but with somewhat similar functions, adaptation shows its advantage in translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example2 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 老少爷们，从麻木的状态中苏醒过来吧。(Moyan，2003:85)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Come out of your stupor, my friends. ( Goldblatt, 2004:293)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Address terms, as an indispensable part of conversations and communications, can reflect the tradition and culture of a nation. In all languages, address terms play an important role in social intercourse. Set in Northeast countryside of China, “ 老少爷们”is a typical address term of China’s northern dialect. And it is usually used by a man, showing some masculinity. It’s an oral expression often addressed to males. Goldblatt translate it as “my friends”, often used in an English speech to strike a chord in listeners and get them united or in favor of the speaker, conspicuously in an adaptation way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:  凡训蒙  须讲究  详训诂  明句读 （Wang Yinglin,1986）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: In the education of the young, there should be explanation and elucidation, careful teaching of the interpretations of commentators, and due attention to paragraphs and sentences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2: Whoever teaches boys, ought to discuss and examine deeply (the meaning of the characters); Explain their derivation, mark distinctly the periods and the punctuation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT3: Every one that instructs youth should explain fully what he teaches; should illustrate the present and the past, and distinguish clearly the comma and the period.  &lt;br /&gt;
There are two kinds of adaptation in the translation of this Chinese line. First, it is the domestication of the Chinese term “句读”. Actually, ancient Chinese classics do not have any punctuation marks and the “句读” refers to the longer or shorter pause in the classics according to the meaning of the text. All three translators domesticate the Chinese term by the concept of punctuation in the English language and render it respectively as “paragraphs and sentences”, “the periods and the punctuation” and “the comma and the period”. Although the three kinds of rendering differ from each other on the level of punctuation, they have much the same function—the target text reader can easily understand in what way “句读” functions in a Chinese text. Thus dynamic equivalence is achieved. The second adaptation is the change of parts of speech—the change from verb to noun. Giles changes the verbs “训”, “讲究” and “训诂” in the Chinese text into nouns “education”, “explanation and elucidation”, “interpretations” and “attention”.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1.3 Replacement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:勤有功  戏无益  戒之哉  宜勉力 (Wang Yinglin, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: Diligence has its reward; play has no advantages. Oh, be on your guard, and put forth your strength. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is an example of domestication on the lexical level. “哉” in Chinese is a particle of exclamatory or of interrogative value. In this line, it functions as an exclamatory particle. It helps to make up the syllable in the Chinese version and express the author’s emotion of instructing the young. Giles translates it into the correspondent English exclamatory particle “Oh” which retains the tone of a similar function as is in the source text. It achieves dynamic equivalence in terms of reader’s response to the rhetoric.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2 Foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization designates the type of translation in which a target text is produced which deliberately breaks the target conventions by retaining the foreignness of the original. It functions to preserve the foreignness and value of the foreign language culture in the source text. It takes the readers of the target language culture to a foreign culture, making the readers of the translated text feel the differences and enjoy the alien atmosphere. It is more faithful to the language features of the source text than domestication does, and it keeps the flavor of the original language. Venuti and  other scholars who advocate foreignization hold that foreignization enable readers of the translated text to learn about the alien culture of the source language text, which is often the reading aim of the readers who are capable of understanding the alien culture. (Venuti, 1995)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.1 phonetic compensation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the three translators, Giles is said to be an excellent English language master who was able to compose English poems. His translation of poems is generally in accordance with the composing and rhyming schemes of English poems, often with good rhythm. (Mu Shixiong, 2004:166) Though Giles is good at translating poems, he does not translate this text into a completely rhythmical one. Instead, he adds pronunciation to every Chinese character in the text to make a phonetic compensation so that the readers can still appreciate the ending rhyme of the original Chinese text. Giles does make an effort to create rhythmical effect whenever it is possible. In literary texts, phonetic compensation is always applied in translation of poem and prose. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example5  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:养不教  父之过  教不严  师之惰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: To feed without teaching is the father’s fault. To teach without severity is the teacher’s laziness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each line of the translation has a rhythmic focus. Respectively they are:“feed”,“without”and“teaching”in the first line; “father” and “fault”  in the second  line;“teach”,“without”and“severity” in the third line; and “teacher” and “laziness” in the fourth line. In this way, and together with the phonetic compensation, formal equivalence is achieved and by reading the phonetic compensation, target readers can feel the same rhythm of the original text and response the same as the readers of the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.2 Transliteration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transliteration is a method that an item is translated according to its pronunciation rather than its meaning. This technique is often applied to translate ecological  culture-loaded terms, like names of places, person, rivers, mountains or countries. There are two systems in use for transliteration Chinese characters: the Wade-Giles  system of Romanization and the pinyin system of Romanization. For better transference of Chinese culture, the latter system is suggested. For some material culture-loaded terms, such as “仁”, “义”, “君子” and so on, transliteration might be preferable to any other methods. These terms represent the key concept of Confucianism, and any other English equivalent expressions may lead to misunderstanding. Thus, it is the most convenient and effective way to expose target readers in Chinese culture. For some time, the pinyin translation of these terms may be as acceptable and comprehensible as “kongfu” or “mahjong”. Certainly, for the sake of target readers’ understanding, an annotation is always needed to provide the further explanation of the cultural meanings of these terms. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: 南容三复“白圭”，孔子以其兄之子妻之。(Liu Dianjue, 46) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT1: Nan Jung in reciting the I Song repeated the verse about the sceptre of white jade three times. (In consequence of which) Master Kung gave him his elder brother’s daughter to marry. (Waley, 131)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT2: Nan Rong repeated over and over again the lines about the white jade sceptre. Confucius gave him his elder brother’s daughter in marriage. (D.C. Lau, 181)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2.3  Amplification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amplification refers to add information behind some terms that is familiar to source language readers but unfamiliar to target language readers. By amplification, the connotation can be better conveyed to foreign readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:论语者  二十篇  群弟子  记善言 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: The Lun-yu (the book of discourses and dialogues) contains twenty chapters. The disciples (of Confucius) have therein related his excellent sayings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, the Chinese text does not mention the ancient Chinese sage Confucius, and the information on whose sayings had been recorded in the book “Lun-yu” is implicit, which can be inferred from the context by native Chinese, once they combine the notion of “论语”with their background knowledge. However, western readers do not have enough knowledge to appreciate the value of the “Lun-yu”if the title was translated without the mention of Confucius. &lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
       &lt;br /&gt;
4.2Translation strategies in journalistic style&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1Amplification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the translator needs to add proper words to complete the structure of the  target texts, because mews sometimes needs more information to explain the inner meaning. The following examples are offered to illustrate the point.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: The real James Bond? (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 250)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:谁是真正的邦德? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are no subject and predicate in the target text if the translator renders the headline by literal translation. Therefore,“谁是” is added in order to clarify the text. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Kings rout rockets, 101-74 (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 225) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 国王队击败火箭队，比分为 101 比 74 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“比分为”is added in the target text to make the translation complete in sentence structure and meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
ST:Reuters bests and worsts of the world cup (Huang Ruihong, 2004-06-15) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:路透社评出世界最佳和最差球队 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“评出” is added in the target text. Otherwise, there will be no predicate in the target text. Consequently, the translation will make no sense to the target reader. Translator should transfer new messages accurately and clearly to the target reader. To achieve this goal, amplification is often adopted to supplement necessary words or background information, which effectively avoids misunderstanding on the part of the target reader.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 Omission&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Omission refers to the strategy to delete unnecessary words or phrases from the target text. News headlines are featured by its brevity. Redundant words can be omitted either to conform to the norms of the target language or to achieve the effect of succinctness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example11  &lt;br /&gt;
ST: You need to sleep less than you think (Zou Shuang, 2005) &lt;br /&gt;
TT: 适当少睡有益健康 &lt;br /&gt;
As we know, English is a hypotactic language, which pays great attention to overt cohesion. Without the pronoun‘you’, the source text will be ungrammatical. By  contrast, Chinese belongs to paratactic language, which attaches importance to covert coherence. When the translator does not render the word‘you’ into“你”, it won’t affect comprehension at all. In addition, the target text is succinct by leaving out the  pronoun‘you’. Therefore, omission is adopted in this example.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example12  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Vogue says Queen Elizabeth II among world’s most glamorous (China Daily, 2007-11-07)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:英女王跻身“全球最具魅力女性”排行榜  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As it is well known to most Chinese readers that the Queen of UK is Elizabeth II (伊莉莎白二世), there is no need to keep it in the target text. Otherwise, the translation will be too long as a headline. The recommended version, thus, becomes 英女王跻身“全球最具魅力女性”排行榜.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3Imitation&lt;br /&gt;
English news are featured by its vivid language, such as play on word, figures of speech, etc. They add special flavor to the text with the aim to attract readers’ eye. Obviously, to reproduce these aesthetic effect enjoys the privilege among the available methods. Throughout the history of translation theory, the idea of  imitation has been manifested clearly by Alexander Fraser Tytler when he wrote: the style and manner of writing should be of the same character with that of the original in his famous essay on the Principles of Translation. (Munaday, 2001: 26) The  following examples may illustrate the above idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:A tale of two hearts (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 199).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:双心记 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This headline tells a story that a patient has an artificial heart planted in his body. The headline is a parody of the novel A Tale of Two Cities written by Charles Dickens. The target text (双心记) is also a parody of “双城记”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example14  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Soccer kicks off with violence (Xu Mingwu, 2003: 200)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:足球开踢，拳打脚踢  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a humorous news headline because of the use of pun. The phrase ‘kick off’ refers to the start of a football match, and it also implies that there is a fight in the football field. The meanings of the pun are successfully transferred by the target text with the recommended translation. The translator does a good job in reproducing the humorous sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.4 Restruction&lt;br /&gt;
 The target text should be acceptable and meaningful in a sense that it is coherent with the situation in which it is received. Once translated, the translator revises the order and rearranges all words into a perfect sentence. In doing so, the news is more logical and tuned with the habit of native readers' think and reading. It can be treated as an important technique used in translating news headline from Chinese into English or English to Chinese.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: A third of Londoners must work from home during Olympics to avoid tube &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 奥运交通压力大  1/3伦敦人须在家上班 (2011-09-27 08:33)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“A third” occurred in the beginning of the source text, but “奥运会” comes  first in the target text. The source text can be translate into “1/3的伦敦人必须在家上班,在奥运会期间避免交通混乱”if there is not any translation strategies used. The translator rearranges the words order to emphasize the special time---Olympics. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Mahfud proposes ‘Special Zoo’ for corrupt officials &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 印尼高官提议建“贪官动物园” (2011-11-30 16:02)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to satirize the corrupt officials, the translator exchanges the order of “special” and “贪官” during the translation process. It can be achieve some good effect to expose the corrupt officials in language sense. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 17&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST:‘Ready for winter’ campaign launches &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT: 苏格兰打响“迎冬战役”(2011-10-24 12:06)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator reorders the expression “Ready for winter” and “launches” during  the translation process. Besides, the translator adds a subject to this sentence so that it can appeal to the readers’ thinking patterns. In order to make the readers or audiences understand the translated version smoothly and easily, the words or phrases are adjusted to accord with their thinking pattern. Restructuring refers to rearranging the words in logic order to make the translation more potential readers or audiences into the first consideration, making them understand the translated version easily.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.5 Adaptation&lt;br /&gt;
Adaptation is a translation method, which refers to use an especially free translation, it relates to selecting, adding, deleting, and constructing cautiously instead of simply translating one word to another word. In order to make the translated version more proper to a certain readers or audiences, adaptation always make some essential changes for a special aim So adaptation is an activity which the news translators absorb the most important content from the source text on the basis of the particular  requirement of the readers or audiences, then make some suitable adjustments. When  the translators are doing some adaptation, though the form and style of the source text are altered in a way, the main idea of the source text must be kept.Though  adaptation is not acted as a main translation method by some traditional translation theorists, adaptation is getting more and more popular and arousing more and more &lt;br /&gt;
attention these days. You can see the term adaptation frequently showed in some authoritative journals and newspapers, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Example 18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Poor People May Be Quicker to Be Kind &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:穷人更有同情心 (2011-12-29 08:56)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Quicker”means“更快”, but here it is translated into “更有”, “快” is an adjective, “有”is a verb, they have different characters.“Kind”means“友善的”, it is an adjective, but it is translated into“同情心”, which is a noun. If the translator does not use some translation strategies like adaptation, the target text is unreadable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 19&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Americans say Asia more important than EU: survey &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT：多数美国人看好亚洲 (2011-09-16 08:43) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Important” is an adjective, and a comparative degree used in the source text. But  the source text is translated in a totally different way, for it is translated into a verb “看好”. Adaptation should be used here to make sure the translation aim is achieved. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 20&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ST: Lend your voices to ‘talking bins’ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TT:“能说会唱垃圾桶”将亮相伦敦。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If“talking bins” is translated into “会说话的垃圾桶”, it is so ordinary. But the translator adopt the adaptation strategy to translated it into“能说会唱垃圾桶”, it becomes very vivid, and it may leave a deep impression on the readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===5.Conclusion===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=113275</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=113275"/>
		<updated>2020-12-17T01:16:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===key words===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu-A Case Study of Folding Bijing 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;肖茜	Xiao Xi No.202020080654&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang's science fiction &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot; won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu's rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida's functional equivalence to &amp;quot;quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors&amp;quot;. The theory of Nida's functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu's application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
刘宇昆翻译中的功能对等-以《北京折叠》为例&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers' understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida's functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work Toward a Science of Translating. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers' response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book The Theory and Practice of Translation, Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida's dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers' response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. Nida divides functional equivalence into categories on two levels:the minimal level and the maximal level in his work Language, Culture and Translating. The minimal level which is a realistic definition of functional equivalence is defined as &amp;quot;The readers of a translated text should be able to comprehend it  to the point that they can conceive of how the original readers did&amp;quot; (Nida 1993:118). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit (1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader's response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader's response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader's response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader's responses. If the target language reader's understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Three Functional Equivalence in the Chinese Translation of Folding Beijing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Taber (2004：12) stated that &amp;quot;translating consist in reproducing in the receptor language the closet natural equivalence of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning.&amp;quot; Meaning in this chapter will from three levels to discuss: words, sentences and passages, in other words, these three levels is a detailed analysis of the lexicon, syntax and discourse. According to the functional equivalence theory, translation should not only achieve literal equivalence, but also discover the author's true meaning. The following is a detailed analysis of how to achieve functional equivalence in the translation of Folding Beijing from lexical, syntactic and discourse perspectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In literary translation, how to correctly interpret the meaning of a word or phrase is always a difficult problem. There are two main difficulties in translating the meaning of a word or phrase. One difficulty is that many English words are polysemous, they have more than one meaning, so it is difficult to choose the right English word without causing ambiguity. Another difficulty is that the same meaning can be translated into several English expressions, but we should carefully consider which English expression is most appropriate. In the English translation of Folding Beijing, there are many examples to illustrate how the translation achieves functional equivalence with the source text in the lexical level as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“食客围着塑料桌子，埋头在酸辣粉的热气腾腾中，饿虎扑食一般，白色蒸汽遮住了脸。油炸的香味弥漫。货摊上的酸枣和核桃堆成山，腊肉在头顶摇摆。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:1）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Customers packed the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls, which were immersed in the aroma of frying oil. They are heartily with their faces buried in bowls of hot and sour rice noodles, their heads hidden by clouds of white steam. Other stands featured mountains of jujubes and walnuts, and hunks of cured meat swung overhead.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people can imagine the scene of street stalls when talking about plastic tables, but other people can't understand it. Therefore, the translator uses the word &amp;quot;the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls&amp;quot; for readers to understand. &amp;quot;Sour and spicy powder&amp;quot; is originally a kind of Chinese noodles. The author uses  &amp;quot;hot and sour rice noodles&amp;quot; to describe the taste of sour and spicy and the raw material of noodles is rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“这时彭蠡出现了。他剔着牙，敞着衬衫的扣子，不紧不慢地踱回来，不时打饱嗝。彭蠡六十多了，变得懒散不修边幅，两颊像沙皮狗一样耷拉着，让嘴角显得总是不满意地撇着。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:3）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, Peng Li appeared: His shirt unbuttoned, a toothpick dangling between his lips, strolling leisurely and burping from time to time. Now in his sixties, Peng had become lazy and slovenly. His cheeks drooped like the jowls of a Shar-Pei, giving him the appearance of being perpetually grumpy.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator uses &amp;quot;a toothpick dangling between his lips&amp;quot; to describe the action of picking teeth，it's more detailed and vivid.  “懒散不修边幅” is translated into &amp;quot;lazy and slovenly&amp;quot; to describe Peng Li is neglectful of his appearance. “显得总是不满意地” is translated into &amp;quot;the appearance of being perpetually grumpy&amp;quot;, in this way, the translation better expresses the author's intention to express the meaning of looking bad-tempered. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“霓虹灯亮了，商铺顶端闪烁的小灯打出新疆大枣、东北拉皮、上海烤麸和湖南腊肉。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The neon lights came on. Tiny flashing LEDs on top of the shops formed into characters advertising jujubes from Xinjiang, lapi noodles from Northeast China, bran dough from Shanghai, and cured meats from Hunan.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author did not translate directly “闪烁的小灯” into &amp;quot;the little flashing lights &amp;quot;, but &amp;quot;Tiny flashing LEDs&amp;quot;. This is also because of the translator's own understanding of the text, he wants the readers of the English translation to understand that the lights are advertising, so that customers can see and understand the selling points of the store. At the same time, “拉皮” is a special noodle in northeast China, and there is no corresponding suitable English word, so the author uses &amp;quot;lapi&amp;quot;, which is to show the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Syntactic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax, usually defined as the study of how to construct sentences correctly with words in a language. In literary translation, the translator should make the syntax easy to be understood by the reader. The translator should take full account of the syntactic differences between English and Chinese. The difference of syntax between English and Chinese are mainly reflected in three aspects. First of all, conjunctions and relationship between words in English use frequency is very high. Secondly, English speakers put attention on object consciousness and used to the order from a small object to a large one, from specific to general; In Chinese texts, there is usually a temporal, spatial or causal sequence of time sequence. Finally, English language usually emphasizes important information at the beginning of a sentence, while the Chinese language tends to process information from the obsolete to the fresh for the purpose of impressing people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence with the original text, we should not only translate the meaning of words, but also translate the syntactic structure into a proper form. The following are some examples to show that how English translation oh Folding Beijing achieves functional equivalence to the original text in syntactic level: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“ ‘现在政府太混沌了，做事太慢，僵化，体系也改不动。’他说‘等我将来有了机会，我就推快速工作作风改革。干得不行就滚蛋。’他看老刀还是没有说话，又说, ‘选拔也要放开。也向第三空间放开。’” （Jingfang Hao 2016:15）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;‘The current government is too inefficient and ossified,' he added quickly, ‘slow to respond to challenges, and I don' t see much hope for systematic reform. When I get my opportunity, I'll push for rapid reforms: Anyone who's incompetent will be fired.' Since Lao Gao still didn't seem to show much reaction, he added,‘I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion, including opening up opportunities for candidates from Third Space.'&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the translation of this paragraph, the translator obviously adjusted the word order, and the words said by the same person before the pause were pushed into the next sentence, in order to conform to the logic of English readers. “选拔也要放开” ,the literal translation of this sentence must be incomprehensible to the readers, so the readers have supplemented and translated this sentence into &amp;quot;I'll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion&amp;quot;, The translator perfectly explains what &amp;quot;放开&amp;quot; means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“昏黄的灯光中，老刀想起过去。一个人游荡在垃圾场边缘的所有时光。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Lao Dao talked about his lonely childhood. In the dim lamplight, he recalled his childhood spent alone wandering at the edge of the landfill.” (Ken Liu 2015) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the text refers to “过去” twice with emphasis. In order to achieve the same emphasis in the English translation, the author chose to adjust the word order, placing &amp;quot;In the dim lamplight&amp;quot; between the two sentences, rather than using a subordinate clause like &amp;quot;…childhood that…&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“再回到第三空间，他感觉像是已经走了一个月。城市仍然在缓慢苏醒，城市居民只过了平常的一场睡眠，和前一天连续。不会有人发现老刀的离开。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:34）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Returning to Third Space, Lao Dao felt as though he had been traveling for a month. The city was waking up slowly. Most of the residents had slept soundly, and now they picked up their lives from where they had left off the previous cycle, No one would notice that Lao Dao had been away.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, we can see clearly that English has many more conjunctions than Chinese, like &amp;quot;as though&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;from where&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;that&amp;quot;, this is because of the difference in syntax between the two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Discourse level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that a close, formal translation may be difficult for readers because of the intricate nature of the discourse structure and the presupposed knowledge about the contents in the original text. Therefore, it is necessary to choose a way of &amp;quot;rewrite&amp;quot; to make the translated text acceptable to readers. In literary translation, the translator should pay attention to both the content and the structure of the discourse. In the process of translation, the translation should be equivalent to the original text in the level of discourse. The following part selects a dialogue and its English translation in Folding Beijing as an example of literary translation to achieve functional equivalence in discourse level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“所以” 她给老刀夹了新上来的热菜，“你能不能暂时不告诉他？等我……有机会亲自向他解释可以吗？”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
老刀没有动筷子。他很饿，可是他觉得这时不能吃。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“可是这等于我也得撒谎。”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
依言回身将小包打开，将钱包取出来，掏出五张一万块的纸币推给老刀。“一点心意，你收下。”(Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;And so&amp;quot;—she spooned a serving of the new hot dish onto Lao Dao's plate—&amp;quot;can you please not tell him, just temporarily? Please…give me a chance to explain to him myself.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Dao didn't pick up his chopsticks. He was very hungry, but he felt that he could not eat this food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Then I'd be lying, too,&amp;quot; Lao Dao said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Yan opened her purse, took out her wallet, and retried five 10,000 yuan bills. She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao. &amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The conversational habits in Chinese are different from those in English, so some adjustments are often made when translating. The form of the dialogue is not completely translated from Chinese, but for the reader, the understanding of the text is the same. For example，“夹了新上来的热菜”translated into &amp;quot;spooned a serving of the new hot dish&amp;quot;, the translator changed the action to &amp;quot;spoon&amp;quot;, which is more suitable for Yi Yan's identity image, it is more suitable as a girl in the first space to spoon the vegetables to Lao Dao. “推给老刀”translated into &amp;quot;She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao&amp;quot;, this sentence adds some action to make it more pictorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every writer has his own writing style, and no one can imitate it perfectly. That is to say, in translation, it is impossible for the translator to translate the author's writing style exactly the same. Through the application of rhetoric and dialect, the original text shows the language characteristics, and the English translation can also see that the translator tries to achieve the functional equivalence on the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Rhetoric=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, rhetoric is an important part of the study of style. Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) believed that style is form and is a counterpart of dialectic. The use of rhetoric can create vivid images, vivid scenes, improve the effect of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
老刀的肚子也感觉到饥饿。他迅速转开眼睛，可是来不及了，那种感觉迅速席卷了他，胃的空虚像是一个深渊，让他身体微微发颤。(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lao Dao's stomach growled. He quickly averted his eyes, but it was too late. His empty stomach felt like an abyss that made his body tremble.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the original text compares a hungry stomach to an abyss, and the English translation also uses this metaphor to form a rhetorical functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
不远不近的距离，就像遥望西山或是海上的一座孤岛。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The distance was perfect for taking in the whole city, like gazing at an island in the sea.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paragraph, it is a metaphor, and the words &amp;quot;西山&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;孤&amp;quot; in the original text are not translated, only translated into &amp;quot;an island in the sea&amp;quot;, this description is enough to show the image of a folded city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
高楼像最卑微的仆人，弯下腰，让自己低声下气切断身体，头碰着脚，紧紧贴在一起，然后再次断裂弯腰，将头顶手臂扭曲弯折，插入空隙…楼宇由折叠中站立起身，在灰蓝色的天空中像苏醒的兽类。(Jingfang Hao 2016:10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The skyscrapers bowed submissively like the humblest servants until their heads touched their feet; then they broke again, folded again, and twisted their necks and arms, stuffing them into the gaps… The buildings unfolded and stood up, awakening like a herd of beasts under the gray–blue sky.&amp;quot;  (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has a personification in this paragraph, &amp;quot;skyscrapers&amp;quot; have &amp;quot;heads, feet, necks and arms&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;like the humblest servants&amp;quot;, the use of rhetoric enables people to imagine the folding picture of the city through the human image. By comparing the building to a herd of beasts, it shows its size and the sense of fear and oppression it brings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
直到建成的日子高楼如活人一般站立而起，他们才像惊呆了一样四处奔逃，仿佛自己生下了一个怪胎。(Jingfang Hao 2016:11)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Finally, when the completed building stood up before them like a living person, they had scattered in terror, as though they had given birth to a monster.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, although &amp;quot;怪胎&amp;quot; translate into &amp;quot;monster&amp;quot;, the &amp;quot;生&amp;quot;express also the same meaning, so the translator does not struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dialects=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dialect embodies the local characteristics, is the author's own writing style. Sometimes it's a problem in translation. In the following example, we can see how the translator handles this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;伙计&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;waiter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;铺盖卷&amp;quot; in English &amp;quot;bedrolls&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;闺女&amp;quot;is translated as  &amp;quot;real daughter&amp;quot; ,&amp;quot;她们认死理儿&amp;quot; is translated as &amp;quot;they don't know how to be flexible&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;只是这么多年过来，人就木了.&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:33) is translated into“But after so many years, you grow a bit numb.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015) We can see that when translators translate dialects with Chinese local characteristics, they pay more attention to the level of semantic understanding rather than the formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, whether the use of rhetoric or dialect in literature, can fully reflect the author's writing style. Therefore, in literary translation, the translator should study the differences between the source language and the target language in the ways to express stylistic differences, and find out the best way to make up for these differences. In this way, literary translation can achieve maximum functional equivalence at the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural difference between the two languages is also an issue that translators should pay attention to. People who come into contact with different cultures have different ways of thinking, values and social customs and so on. Translators need to understand the two cultures and fully express the cultural elements contained in the original text. At this time, translation plays a role in cross-cultural communication. The translator must present the cultural meaning shown or implied in the original text to the readers so that the translation can achieve the cultural equivalence with the original text. In this chapter, we will analyze the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspective of food culture,  folk culture and culture of idioms, so as to explain how it achieves the functional equivalence with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Food Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The city described by Beijing Folding is the political and cultural center of China, and it is a city with profound cultural deposits. There are a lot of contents belonging to traditional Chinese food culture in the novel. This part will analyze how the translator translates these delicacies to achieve functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…面前摆着一盘炒面或炒粉… &amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Each kid had a plate of chow mein or chow fun…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;炒面&amp;quot;is a well-known traditional snack in China. The translator makes it into &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot;, rather than &amp;quot;Chinese stir-fried noodles&amp;quot;. In the dictionary, &amp;quot;chow mein&amp;quot; means a Chinese-style dish of fried noodles served with small pieces of meat and vegetables. This translation also makes it more intuitive for the reader to know what the food is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;老葛又拿来半瓶白酒和两个玻璃杯，倒上。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:32)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…over a half bottle of baijiu…&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foreignizing translation is adopted here, &amp;quot;白酒&amp;quot; is translated into &amp;quot;baijiu&amp;quot; , the translator doesn't use the word like &amp;quot;spirits&amp;quot;, it not only retains Chinese cultural characteristics, but also achieves communicative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;哎，你们知道那儿一盘回锅肉多少钱吗？&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…how much they charge for an order of twice -cooked pork over there?&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The special feature of this dish is that it is boiled in water and then stir-fried. The translator captures this feature in the translation, trying to make people understand the meaning of &amp;quot;回锅&amp;quot;, and this dish is made with pork, he wants readers of the English translation to see an image of the dish in their heads in the same way that Chinese people do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Folk Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people also have their own unique way of life, customs and traditions, behavior patterns and other aspects of vocabulary. The following will analyze the translator's functional equivalence in folk culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…几个人分吃两个菜…&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;…and they shared two dishes family-style.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;分吃&amp;quot; is the most common way of eating in traditional Chinese culture, where several dishes are shared among friends and family. The purpose of the passage is to show the poverty of the boys. The translator takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western cultures，Western behavior is different. so he use the word &amp;quot;shared&amp;quot; and he add the word &amp;quot;family-style&amp;quot; to make it easier for the reader to understand the behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;咱们也算半个老乡吧。”老葛说，“所以不用太拘束。我还是能管点事儿，不会把你送出去的。&amp;quot;(Jingfang Hao 2016:27)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;We're practically from the same hometown! So, you don't need to be so careful with me. I still have a bit of authority, and I won't give you up.&amp;quot; (Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of hometown is a major feature of Chinese culture. Those from the same hometown share similar living habits, growing environment and cultural background, so even strangers can get familiar with each other quickly and even help each other. Since Lao Ge and Lao Dao come from the third space, the translator explains the term &amp;quot;老乡&amp;quot; from a geographical perspective. &amp;quot;管事儿&amp;quot;means to have some authority. The translator also explains this word so that readers can understand it easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;一点心意，你收下。&amp;quot; (Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Please accept this token of my appreciation.&amp;quot;(Ken Liu 2015)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yi Yan said that she hoped Lao Dao could help her keep a secret, so she wanted to give Lao Dao with money. &amp;quot;心意&amp;quot; means money, which is a euphemism used in China when it is inconvenient to offer money directly. In the translation, the translator also considered a euphemistic way of expression, so he used the word &amp;quot;appreciation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Culture of Idioms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are an important part of the extensive and profound Chinese culture. Chinese people always use them in their daily life and in their writing. However, some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts, and the translation should pay attention to the differences between the two cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author used many idioms in the article, such as &amp;quot;饿虎扑食&amp;quot;, the translator translated it into &amp;quot;ate heartily&amp;quot;, although the translation is easy to understand, but without the image that people are very hungry to eat, from the perspective of functional equivalence, English readers seem to be unable to reach the same level of understanding and response as Chinese readers. And &amp;quot;（盘子）一片狼藉&amp;quot;translated into &amp;quot;The dishes were a mess&amp;quot;, it is a brief description of the mess. And &amp;quot;成人之美&amp;quot; translated into &amp;quot;in that case I'll have done a good deed by keeping silent&amp;quot;, the idiom in the original text was originally used to describe Lao Dao's feeling that he was keeping secrets and that Yi Yan and Qin Tian might get together in the future. The translator abstractly translated the sentence in the English translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of the English translation of Folding Beijing from three aspects: meaning, style and culture with the theory of functional equivalence in this paper, and it is believed that the English translation conforms to the understanding of English readers to the specific information in the text. According to Nida's functional equivalence theory and its translation purposes and strategies, the translator brings a natural and equivalent Chinese translation of Folding Beijing to the English reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory emphasizes that the target language readers' understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the source language readers, so the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence translation. Analyzed from three aspects: meaning, style and culture &amp;quot;Beijing fold&amp;quot; English version, you can see on the language, while Chinese and English in logic and grammar are greatly different, there exist many differences in the Chinese culture and western culture, but the translator still tries his best to keep the content of the original text in the translation and find more appropriate words. In terms of some specific content, the translator does not translate into exactly the same form, which is also consistent with Nida's functional equivalence theory, because Nida also proposed that translation should not be limited to form, but the translator can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve equivalence between content and information. However, in some details, such as idioms, the translator's translation fails to achieve the same effect as the original text, which may be an area for improvement. Nida's theory of functional equivalence does provide a good theoretical model for the translation of science fiction, which is of great value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hao Jingfang. Folding Beijing [J]. Ken Liu (trans.). A Magazine of Science Fiction and Fantasy, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Nida, Eugene A. Language, Culture, and Translating[M].Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,1993&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Nida, Eugene A. Language and Culture: Context in Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Taber, Charles R. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	郝景芳.孤独深处[M].南京：江苏凤凰文艺出版社，2016：1-40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	谭载喜.新编奈达论翻译[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1999&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	许钧，穆雷.翻译学概论[M].南京：译林出版社，2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	赵丹丹.浅论奈达的功能对等理论[J].文学教育，2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	周兴阳.从功能对等理论视角看《北京折叠》英译本研究[J].新疆大学，2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]	王桂圆.系统功能语言学视角下《北京折叠》英译研究[J].海外英语，2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene A. Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, “the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word” (Eugene A. Nida,1969), which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language” (Eugene A. Nida,1969). Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that meaning is the most important, followed by form. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. “However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000)” Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, “the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, “the translation technique of recreate can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. “It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times” (Tong Fangli,2006). Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s Version==== &lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of the Drama Title=====&lt;br /&gt;
So far, there are three famous versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Yu Guangzhong’s “不可儿戏”, Zhang Nanfeng’s “认真为上” and Qian Zhide’s “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. “Among these three versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular one, which is also consistent with functional equivalence” (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Functional equivalence emphasizes that translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”(Eugene A. Nida,1969). Wilde created a character named “Ernest” in the play. As we all know, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, so the drama title is a pun. It not only expresses “the importance of being earnest”, but also “the importance of naming “Ernest”. After all, “Ernest” is a name favored by two girls in the play. Qian Zhide’s version expressed the literal meaning, which achieved equivalence in meaning. However, Zhang Nanfeng’s version represented the implied meaning. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated the implied meaning and revealed the theme of the play that one should be serious about everything in life. The function of the title is to reveal the theme of the novel. In Yu’s version, the information was reproduced and it echoed lady Bracknell’s words at the end of the play. So, it was more in line with Chinese readers’ preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
“Pun was widely used in this play, especially in characters’ names” (Yang Wenqian, 2014), and Yu Guangzhong translated it almost perfectly. In essence, pun is a deliberate word play. It usually appears when two words are similar or identical in their sound, but different in meaning. The effect of pun can be humorous, rhetorical and even bitter at times. Regardless of the brilliant effect of a pun, it is merely a tool for the author to get him across, not just a decoration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Ernest” created by Jack into “任真”. In English, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, and “earnest” means to be serious about something. In Chinese, “任真” and “认真” are homonyms，like the English homonyms. Yu employed the domestication method to translate it into “任真”, and Zhang Nanfeng employed the foreignization method to translate it into ‘埃纳斯特’. He translated the pun in English into the pun in Chinese. It was translated into “任真” and gave him the Chinese surname “华”, which was from his family name “Worthing” in English. It not only facilitated the needs of the audience, but also considered the feelings of readers. If “Ernest” was translated into “埃纳斯特”, the audience of the drama will be confused and do not understand the humor and irony of the language. In the other hand, “认真” is too direct to let readers experience the beauty of pun by thinking it over themselves. “华任真” retains the ironic effect to the greatest extent, and it does not make the audience feel confused when they hear “埃纳斯特”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the form of original works was preserved, from a pun in English to a pun in Chinese. “From the perspective of linguistics, one of the ideal translation methods is pun into pun” (Yin Lijing, 2012). And the irony effect in Wilde’s original works can be kept to the greatest extent, as if it had just been transmigrated from English to Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Bunbury” created by Algernon into “梁勉仁”. The original meaning of “Bunbury” is “sightseeing tour”, which implies an excuse to evade responsibility as well. That’s exactly why Algernon intended to make up the character. “When he didn’t want to show up in some situation, he lied that his intimate named “Bunbury” was ill and he couldn’t keep the appointment because he needs to take care of him” (Yu Guangzhong, 1986). With the guidance of traditional transliteration method, we should consequently translate it into “邦伯里”. But Yu Guangzhong’s version adds beauty to the original text. In Chinese, “梁勉仁” and “两面人” are homonyms, referring to double-faced people. In Wilde’s original text, “Bunbury” is not a pun. But in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he added a pun in the process of translation. When the audience heard of “梁勉仁”, they would realize that Algernon was a double-faced person at once. Both of the Chinese name “梁勉仁” and English name “Bunbury” are names which are correct in lexical aspect. Moreover, they expressed the same meaning that the person who named like that was double-faced, so the function of the original and the target language are the same. We guess that if Wilde writes this play in Chinese, he may use the same expression as Yu Guangzhong. Yu Guangzhong’s version of the tutor Miss Prism is “劳小姐”. The name “Prism” and the word “prim” form a homophonic pun. Wilde aims to allude to his rigid character through this name. In Chinese, “劳” “老” and “牢” are homonyms, aiming at showing Miss Prism’s strict control over her student, Miss Cecily. It seems that her name not only adds the meaning “old lady” and “prison”, but also highlights the original work’s depiction of her rigid personality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, people’s surnames stand behind their last name, and their names are short. “European and American names are different and most of them are long and awkward for Chinese readers” (Wang Chao,2016). This kind of cultural difference often weakens the interest of many readers and audiences in the translated works, especially dramas. But Yu Guangzhong’s version not only translates the meaning of Wilde’s original work, but also has Chinese characteristics. He did not translate the name according to its pronunciation, but created Chinese names which can not only be in accordance of Chinese names, but also express the ironic meaning of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Dialogues=====&lt;br /&gt;
Allusions refer to the stories or words and sentences in ancient books quoted in poems; idioms refer to the fixed and customary expressions in a language, including proverbs, slang, catchphrase, lexical phrase, habitual collocation, restricted collocation, and etc. “There are a lot of allusions and idioms both in Chinese and English. Cultural differences make English allusions and idioms become key points in translation, especially in drama translation which focuses on watching rather than reading” (Liang Wei, 2009). In order not to affect Chinese readers’ understanding of the plots, especially for the audience, Yu Guangzhong boldly adopted the substitution technique in the translation of dialogues, which can better convey the unique charm of Wilde’s language. Following, we will analyze Yu Guangzhong’s version from the perspective of rhetorical sentences, including alliteration, paradox and antithesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Alliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Many English allusions and idioms are used in Wilde’s plays&amp;quot; (Yang Wenqian, 2014). The author chose two examples of alliteration sentences. Alliteration is the earliest phonetic rhetoric technique with rhythm and beauty in English. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he not only remained the rhetorical form but also preserved the flavor of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (1)ALGERNON. I hear her hair turned quite gold from grief. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 听说她的头发因为伤心变色像黄金。(余光中, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Algernon is talking about Lady Bracknell’s friend Lady Harbury, who becomes twenty years younger after her husband’s death. “It is commonly believed that a woman should feel grief after her husband’s death. We guess that her hair may turn grey out of sorrow. While it turned out that she changed it gold just in order to be younger” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde did well in employing paradox and irony to satirize the upper class. He is also keen on word game. “Gold from grieve” in this dialogue actually comes from “grey from grief”. Wilde’s alteration not only preserves the alliteration, but also achieves an ironic effect.It is hard to translate alliteration in the target language. In order to reproduce the formal beauty of the source language, Yu Guangzhong changed the alliteration into assonance and rendered it into “伤心变色像黄金”. In Chinese, “金(jin)” and “心(xin)” have the same sound “in”. In this example, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration. It not only expressed the same meaning as the source language, but also added the beauty of language in form, with Chinese characteristics. In the meaning level, Yu’s version preserved the original connotation, and in the form level, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration, which coincided with “functional equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
 (2)CHASUBLE. I would merely beg you not to be much bowed down by grief. What seem to us bitter trials are often blessings in disguise. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    蔡牧师 只劝你不要过分哀伤。有些事看来像大祸临头，往往焉知非福。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In example 2, Jack pretended that he had a wicked brother whose name is Ernest. And Ernest often needed his assistance so that he had an excuse to disappear for several days. Discovering that his ward Cecily was too interested in Ernest, he decided to “kill” his brother by saying that he caught a severe chill. Then Jack told Chasuble that his brother Ernest died in Paris. Chasuble intended to console Jack by saying “What seem to us biter trials are often blessings in disguise”. Therefore, from Chasuble’s point of view, his death may be a shake off for Jack.Here, “bitter” and “blessings” employed alliteration devices. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “塞翁失马，焉知非福”, a Chinese saying. It means that although we have suffered losses for a while, we can benefit from them in the future. “It also tells us that bad things can become good things under certain conditions, and vice versa” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). He translated alliteration in English into a Chinese saying. The form of the sentence has changed, while the meaning remained. The meaning the Chinese saying expressed in the Yu Guangzhong’s version was the same as the original, and the ironic effect was achieved by using a more acceptable way for Chinese readers. An old saying is more persuasive in this situation. We learnt from Yu’s version that if there is a saying in the source language, we can find a saying which expresses the same meaning in the target language, making it achieve “functional equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Paradox======&lt;br /&gt;
 (3)LADY BRACKNELL. I'm sorry if we are a little late, Algernon, but I was obliged to call on dear Lady Harbury. I hadn't been there since her poor &lt;br /&gt;
    husband's death. 1 never saw a woman so altered; she looks quite twenty years younger. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
巴夫人真抱歉我们来晚了一点，阿吉，可是我不能不去探望哈夫人。自从她死了可怜的丈夫，我一直还没有去过她家呢。从没见过一个女人变得这么厉害:看起来她足足年轻了二十岁。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Paradox is a device much favored by satirists. The benefit lies in the fact that even though it seems to be contradictory on the surface, it contains a certain grain of truth. With the use of paradoxes, Wilde showed us a clear picture of characters’ manners and thoughts and the bourgeois society of his time, Victorian era.In the above example, Lady Harbury lost her husband. As common sense, the readers or audience would think she may become old, while Lady. Bracknell says “she looks quite twenty years younger”. In this sentence, paradox was employed.Upon hearing that, the readers and audience will feel they are deceived by the speaker and become amused by the paradox. After thinking it over, they will realize the beauty of the language. “Yu Guangzhong described the shocking facts in a flat tone to deepen the ironic effect” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). He successfully transferred the paradoxical meaning from the source text to the target language. Actually, he not only translated the original meaning, but also expressed the original meaning with an extremely same tone, an ironic tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (4)ALGERNON. Do you really keep a diary? I'd give anything to look at it. May I?&lt;br /&gt;
    CECILY. Oh no. [Puts her hand over it] You see, it is simply a very young girl’s record of her own thoughts and impressions and consequently meant for &lt;br /&gt;
 publication. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
亚吉能 你真的记日记吗?我真恨不得能看一看，可以吗?&lt;br /&gt;
西西丽 哦不可以。(手按日记)你知道，里面记录的不过是一个很年轻的女孩子私下的感想和印象，所以呢，是准备出版的。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, since the diary is a record of Cecily’s own thoughts and impressions, she does not allow Algernon to read. &amp;quot;The readers or the audience may think Cecily will keep it as a personal privacy and prevent others from reading. However, Cecily says the diary is meant for publication&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). This contradictory statement is illogical and unreasonable, thus produces a humorous effect.In example 4, what amused the audience was that the conclusion was contrary to the reasons. Yu Guangzhong added a Chinese conjunction “所以”. With this conjunction, the ironic effect deepened. If the translator transforms the illogical content into a coherent form that sounds reasonable, the paradoxical meaning in the original drama text will disappear, and the reader or audience will not be attracted by this line. This version remained the ironic effect of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Antithesis======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (5)ALGERNON. You don’t seem to realize, that in married life three is company and two is none. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 阁下似乎不明白， 婚后的日子，三个人才热闹，两个人太单调。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Antithesis is a figure of speech in which sharply contrasting ideas are juxtaposed in a paralleled phrase or grammatical structure&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde employed quite a few antitheses in The Importance of Being Earnest, making it a great challenge for translators.Algernon introduced Bunbury to Jack so that he could still pursue pleasure after marriage. He compared two kinds of states of marriage and expressed his own thoughts. In the sentence “three is company and two is none”, antithesis was employed with rhythmic beauty.Yu Guangzhong noticed this musical beauty of the source language, and rendered it into corresponding paralleled structure. As a matter of fact, the target language seemed to be better than source language. In Wilde’s language, only antithesis was used. While in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he reserved antithesis and added rhythmic words. “热闹” and “单调” are totally two different kinds of states, forming sharp contrast. Furthermore, “闹(nao)” and “调(diao)” have the same sound “ao”. Yu Guangzhong fully exploited the advantage of the target language and successfully transferred the beauty of the source language. He not only surpassed source language in form, but also preserved the soul. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (6)MISS PRISM. You are too much alone, dear Dr. Chasuble. You should get married. A misanthrope I can understand—a womanthrope, never! (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    劳 你太孤单了，蔡牧师。你应该结婚。一个人恨人类而要独善其身，我可以了解。一个人恨女人而要独抱其身，就完全莫名其妙。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the conversation between Miss Prism and Dr. Chasuble. She suggested that he should get married. In order to persuade him, she compared the two reasons of not getting married. &amp;quot;The former is understandable, while the latter is incomprehensible&amp;quot;(Wen Tong, 2012). In example 6, Wilde employed the rhetorical device of antithesis, and Yu Guangzhong remained it in target language. “Womanthrope” comes from the word “misanthrope”, referring to people who hate women. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated two words into two sentences, “恨人类而要独善其身” and “恨女人而要独抱其身”. He explained two kinds of situations to the audience in detail with the same form as original works, making it almost perfect in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Suggestions on Translation from Yu Guangzhong’s Version====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analyses of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we have a deeper understanding of “functional equivalence”. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Even Yu Guangzhong’s version, which is most popular among the audience and readers, has many imperfections. Through the research, we can get some suggestions to help the later translators to create more excellent works. &lt;br /&gt;
The first translation strategy of is to keep the form of the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The reason why The Importance of Being Earnest becomes the most successful play of Wilde is that a variety of rhetorical devices are used. In the process of translation, Yu Guangzhong grasped this point well. In translation of the drama title or characters’ names, he preserved the irony of the original work, turning puns in English into puns in Chinese, and long foreign names into meaningful short Chinese names. It not only preserves the satire of the original, but also inherits the language flavor of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation strategy is that the form can be changed properly, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there are many Western proverbs which are inexplicable to Chinese readers. If they are translated literally, the reader will fail to understand the exact meaning of the proverb. The beauty of the original will be destroyed, as well. But if the proverbs are explained carefully, it will inevitably take up a lot of sentences to explain the literal and metaphorical meaning of the proverbs. For drama translation, it is not advisable to do so. Yu Guangzhong chose Chinese proverbs that can express the same meaning to replace the English ones, without changing the author’s original meaning, and it added a sense of amiability to Chinese readers.&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, the author analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the prospective of functional equivalence. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, both the form and the content of original work have been preserved. We also gained some enlightenments from his translation, which benefits our further translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis, under the guidance of “functional equivalence”, analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from three aspects, translation of drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. Through this study, we had a clear understanding of functional equivalence. By appreciating the vividness of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we get some enlightenments in translation. From the above discussion, we think that translators can learn from Yu Guangzhong in order to achieve “functional equivalence”.In translation, we should take readers’ thought into consideration first. To make the translated version like the original work, Yu Guangzhong provided us with some strategies. One is to keep the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The other is that form can be changed, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. With these strategies, we can produce more fantastic translation.Even though we gain experience from this study, it has limitations. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Although Yu’s version is popular, it has unavoidable shortcomings. This thesis only focused on excellent examples of translation. To sum up, Yu’s version provided us with some successful suggestions to achieve functional equivalence, but only part of it did it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Feifei陈菲菲. (2011). 目的论与余光中《不可儿戏》的翻译策略[Skopos Theory and Yu Kwang-chung’s Translation Strategy on The Importance of Being Earnest J].''宁波广播电视大学学报'' Journal of Ningbo Radio and Television University (04) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yaoyao陈瑶瑶. (2019). ''余光中戏剧翻译研究''[A study of Yu Guangzhong's drama translation]. Taiyuan: Shanxi University山西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida &amp;amp;Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong郭建中. (2000). ''文化与翻译'' [Culture and Translation]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Wei梁薇. (2009). 从翻译目的论视角出发研究The Importance of Being Earnest两个译本[Two versions of The importance of Being Earnest From the perspective of Skopos theory]. Anhui: Language and words''语言文字'' (09) 258.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin李欣. (2010). 余光中戏剧翻译实践研究——以《不可儿戏》为例[Yu Kuang-chung's Drama Translation Practice: A Case Study of The Importance of Being Earnest]. ''淮海工学院学报'' Journal of Huaihai Institute of Technology (04) 96-98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Richard, F. (1956). ''Wilde as Parodist: A Second Look at the Importance of Being Earnest. College English'' (1) 18-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Zhengrong谌峥嵘. (2007). 《不可儿戏》两中译本比较[A Comparative Study of The Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Qiulei施秋蕾. (2012). 文化转向视角下的翻译策略研究——以王尔德The Importance of Being Earnest两中译本为例[Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cultural Turn: A Comparison of Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest].''常熟理工学院学报'' (03) 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tong Fangli童芳莉. (2006). 从归化与异化的角度评余光中译《不可儿戏》[Evaluation on Yu Guangzhong's Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest from Domestication and Foreignization].''台州学院报'' Journal of Taizhou College (02) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chao汪超. (2016). 余光中翻译思想与实践研究[A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Translation Thought and Practice]. Changsha: Hunan Normal University湖南师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Tong 温彤. (2012). 美学视阈下的戏剧翻译审美主体研究——以王尔德的喜剧中译为例[On the Aesthetic Subject of Drama Translation from the Perspective of Aesthetics——Take Oscar Wilde's Chinese Translation of Comedies as an Example].''时代文学''Period literature (03) 220-221.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilde, O. (2009). The Importance of Being Earnest. Claremont: Broadview Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Jie吴洁. (2014). “语言游戏说”视角下的王尔德作品研究[A Research on Oscar Wilde’s Major Works from the Perspective of &amp;quot;Language Games”]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Shanshan吴姗珊. (2012). 从目的论视角比较研究The Importance of Being Earnest的三个中译本[A Comparative Study of The Three Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. Chengdu: Sichuan Normal University四川师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Wenqian杨文茜. (2014). 以舞台呈现为目的:王尔德戏剧The Importance of Being Earnest两个中译本的比较[Translating Drama for Theatrical Performance: A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Translations of Oscar Wilde’s The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Wuhan: Huazhong Normal University华中师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yin LIjing殷莉菁. (2012). 王尔德戏剧《不可儿戏》中双关语汉译研究[A Study of Pun Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest by Oscar WIlde]. Hangzhou : Zhejiang Gongshang University浙江工商大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (1986).''不可儿戏'' [The Importance of Being Earnest]. Beijing: China Friendship Publishing Company中国友谊出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (2004). ''余光中谈翻译''[On Translation by Yu Guangzhong]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
==Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen 202020080603==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of economic globalization,exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have been continued to expand.The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and also in guiding interpreting practice. Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize.--[[User:Han Haiyang|Han Haiyang]] ([[User talk:Han Haiyang|talk]]) 12:58, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.(Kong Shaohui 2019, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.(Kong Shaohui 2009, 127)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can&lt;br /&gt;
understand:The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic 1979, 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language&lt;br /&gt;
shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.(Zhang Si 2019, 275-277)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Introduction of Interpretation===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). (Ouyang Changyi 2010)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.(Lou Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Literary Review===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.1 Free Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.2 Addition of Message===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180)&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3.3 Positive and Negative Translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers.(Liu Yue, Lan Jie 2020, 179-180) The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.(Xiong Wen 2014, 154-155)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter.(Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe 2018, 334-336)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation, so it will Weaken the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.(Lederer 2001, 45-50)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;(Lederer 2001, 45-50)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Mao Yueyue, Liu Fan. 毛新月, 刘帆. (2018). 释意理论指导下的会议口译中四字词语的翻译——以习近平总书记十九届中共中央政治局常委同中外记者见面会讲话为例. [Translation of four-letter words in conference interpretation under the guidance of interpretation theory - taking the speech of General Secretary Xi Jinping at the meeting between the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the 19th CPC Central Committee and Chinese and foreign journalists as an example]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](12): 230-231.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ouyang Changyi. 欧阳长怡. (2010). 论释意理论指导下的记者招待会口译策略及释意训练. [On Interpretation Strategies and Interpretation Training of Press Conference under the Guidance of Interpretation Theory]. 福建省外国语文学会.福建省外国语文学会2010年年会论文集. [Fujian Foreign Language Society. Proceedings of the 2010 Annual Conference of Fujian Foreign Language Society]. 福建省外国语文学会: 福建省外国语文学会[Fujian Foreign Language Society: Fujian Foreign Language Society]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiong Wen. 熊雯. (2014). 释意理论视阙下的口译过程研究. [A study of interpretation process under the view of interpretation theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](24): 154-155.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Yang, Li Lingzhe. 张杨,李灵哲. (2018). 释意理论指导下的翻译语义策略运用. [The use of translation semantic strategies under the guidance of interpretation theory]. ''佳木斯职业学院学报'' [Journal of Jiamusi Vocational College](10): 334-336.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures  陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has lasted for more than a thousand years in China, which is taken as the first Chinese translation climax. The translation of Buddhist scriptures in China can be divided into three historical stages: the first historical period, from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty, the pioneering stage; the second historical period, from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, the stage of development; the third historical periods, the Tang Dynasty which reached its peak. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation. The article will review the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scripture and analyze literal translation and free translation of each stages through analyzing the famous translators, translation theories and translation characteristics of the three stages. In addition, this article will study the influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese language and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist scriptures, Translation, Literal translation, Free translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经翻译在中国持续了一千多年, 我国的第一个翻译高潮就是佛经翻译。中国的佛经翻译大致分为三个历史阶段：第一个历史时期，从东汉末到西晋，为草创阶段； 第二个历史时期，从东晋时期到隋朝，是发展阶段；第三个历史时期，唐代达到全盛阶段。意译和直译的问题贯穿佛经翻译的始终, 大致发展过程为:初期的大略主直译——发展时期的直译意译相争——全盛时期的直译意译达到和谐。文章将通过研究这三个阶段的著名译者，翻译理论和翻译特点来梳理佛经翻译的发展，并分析每个时期佛经翻译中直译意译的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经，翻译，直译，意译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has a long history of three thousand years, and the earliest translation can be traced back to the Shang and Zhou dynasties. But scholars generally take the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the Eastern Han Dynasty as the beginning of the translation history of China. Buddhism, religion and philosophy founded in India by Siddhartha Gautama, was unknown to other countries for a long time. About the first century AD Buddhism entered China along trade routes from Central Asia. Thus, the translation of Buddhist scriptures came into being. Buddhism was widely developed in China and became one of the most important religions in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese culture and civilization. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is mainly supported by two groups of people: the foreign monks who came to China to preach; the Chinese monks who go west to seek sutras. “The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty, further developing from the Eastern Jin to Sui Dynasty, and peaking in Tang Dynasty, which stretches for more than one thousand years”(Meng Yue 2017, 305). And it has great influence on Chnese society, culture, language, arts etc. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is the first Chinese translation climax. With it developing, many translators and translation works come to the fore, and lots of translation theories have been put forward and perfected, which lays the foundation for later ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the whole history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, literal translation and free translation have always been one of the hottest topic. Literal translation of Buddhist scriptures refers to the rendering of text from Sanskrit into Chinese at a time or without conveying the sense of the original Buddhist scriptures. It emphasizes the form similarity and requires the accordance between the Sanskrit and Chinese in the choices of word, syntax and styles. Free translation of Buddhist means to mainly convey the meaning and spirit of the original Buddhist scriptures, which does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. “The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation” (Sun Shanshan 2014, 174).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the present paper, I shall discuss the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scriptures from three period. The first period is from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. Among them An Shigao and Zhi Chen advocate literal translation, while Zhi Qian supports free translation. The second period from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally and raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering and argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers. The third period is the Tang Dynasty, and the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang held that translation “must be truthful and intelligible to the populace”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty ——Mainly Literal Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty. With the success of the Silk Road, Buddhism was introduced to China. At the beginning, it was not widely accepted by Chinese society due to language barrier. Therefore, it is of great necessity to translate Buddhist scriptures into Chinese, so that it can be read, comprehended and accepted by Chinese people. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. The first two were the masters of the literal translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== An Shigao ====&lt;br /&gt;
An Shigao lived from 148-180 CE. According to legend, he was a prince of Parthia (modern Iran). He gave up being a prince to become a Buddhist missionary monk in China. Soon after he arrived China, he quickly possessed a good knowledge of Chinese and started to translate Buddhist Scriptures into Chinese. He totally translated 35 Buddhist Scriptures, of which main content was the basic doctrines and method of cultivation of Theravada Buddhism. Compared to other contemporaneous translators, “An Shigao’s translation can more accurately convey the original meaning of the text. His translation is clear and appropriate. Generally speaking, he was the earliest representative of literal translator in China. His translation is mainly literal and respects the structure of the original text” ( Fang Yang 2013, 6). However, as An Shigao was the earliest group of Buddhist scripture translators, “there is no precedents to follow, some terms in the translation are not easy to understand, and the structure of some original sentence are different from that of Chinese, therefore there are some repetitions and inversions in his translation” (Yang Chaobiao 2012, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Chen ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Chen, entering China at about 167 CE, was the first monk who introduced Mahāyāna Buddhism to China. He was proficient in Chinese and translated a large number of Buddhist scriptures. Most of them are about Mahayana Buddhism. With the translation of An Shigao as reference, Zhi Chen accumulated a certain amount of experience in wording and phrasing, so his translation can be relatively fluent and preserve the original meaning as much as possible. Besides, “transliteration are often employed in his translation”(Zhang Yuwei 2019, 115). Therefore he was also regarded as one of the representatives of literal translators. However, due to the limitation of the time, Zhi Chen, just as same as An Shigao and other comtemporay translators, his translation about some terms are obscure and unclear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Qian ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian, also known as Zhi Yue, is a Buddhist scripture translator during the Three Kingdoms period. He is the author of The Dhammapada Sequence, which is said to be the first essay on translation in China. He opposed to the previous translation which focuses on the literal meaning of the text while ignore the elegance of translation. He argued that translation should be easy to understand and the language should be smooth. Zhiqian was the first person in ancient China to systematize and theorize translation. “Zhi Qian’s preface is the first work whose purpose is express an opinion about translation practice”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He broke the routine of literal translation, pursued the elegance of words, and advocated both free translation and Literal translation, which played a very important role in the improvement of the later translation of the Buddhist scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translation of Buddhist scriptures were mostly completed by foreign monks. During this period, Buddhism has just been introduced to China, for this reason there are very few native monks who really know Buddhist scriptures. In the other hand, in order to propagate Buddhism, these foreign monks had to take on translating Buddhist scriptures in the early days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The mainstream translation principle was faithfulness at that time. On the one hand, the translators are almost devout religious believers. “Religious scriptures seem to be the sacred “ will of God ”, which is unalterable. Any amplification, deletion or modification in the translation process of religious scriptures can be seen as a blasphemy against God” (Xiong Hui 2013, 67). Therefore, translators mainly adopted the translation method of literal translation, which demonstrates the sincere religious beliefs of translators and preserves the sanctity of religious scriptures. On the other hand, in the early days of Buddhism, foreign monks were not proficient in Chinese, and Chinese monks were not proficient in Sanskrit. Early translators lack bilingual ability and translation experience, therefore then can only translate word for word. Besides, since there is no previous translation to refer to, some Buddhist terms do not have an authoritative and fixed explanation, and some expressions cannot be found its counterpart in Chinese, therefore they can only be translated literally. Literal translation was highly proposed by An Shigao and Zhi Chen. Until the Three Kingdoms period, Zhi Qian pursued the elegance of words, which broke the routine of literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Taoist language is often used in translation. “When Buddhism was firstly introduced to China, Taoism, as the native religion of China, was in its prevalence. As a foreign religion, Buddhism have to be attached to Taoism to facilitate the spread the new doctrine in China” (Meng Yue 2017, 306). Therefore, a large number of Buddhist concepts were interpreted by analogy with indigenous ideas, such as Taoist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty—Transition from literal translation to free translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The second historical period,from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, is the stage of development. At this period, Buddhism was gradually accepted by Chinese people. Buddhism believer is not limited to the royal family and nobleman, but also includes common people. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Shi Daoan ====&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Daoan (314-385), who was an eminent monk. In addition to his efforts for developing a disciplinary code for Chinese monastic communities, he is also known for his translation and commentaries on the scriptures. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally without any amplification or omission, advocating “translation according to the original features”. However, Shi didn’t stick to the literal translation that strictly. He raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“‘Five Losses of Source Texts’ discusses the problems of word order, work or essence, detail or simplification.As for the word order of the First Loss of Source Texts, Daoan clearly advocates the inversion.As for the Second Loss of Source Texts, Daoan proposes to choose work or essence translation according to readers' level and different styles and advocates taking advantages of two schools in order to translate Chinese Buddhist Scriptures better. As for the simplication or detail of the Third, Fourth and Fifth Loss of Source Texts, Daoan thinks the trivial, repeated eulogy, ode and conclusion words should be deleted generally except for the translation of Buddhist discipline.&amp;quot;Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot; discusses the factors of times, readers and translators that Buddhist Scripture translation faces.It is these three factors that result in the difficulties of translating Chinese Buddhist Scriptures”(Fang Ruifen 2012, 385). “Five losses” means to allow the translation to be different from the original in grammar, rhetoric and structure, so as to conform to the language habits of Chinese people. “Three difficulties” requires that translators should be able to strike a balance betwen styles, intelligence, and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main contribution of Dao’an to the translation of Buddhist scriptures is the creation and organization of translation workshop. Before Dao’an, the translation were usually finished by private. He set up a translation workshop, ushering in the period of translation on a large scale. And a State Translation School was founded for this purpose. Besides, he invites some translators from India as well. From then on, translation has become an organized activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Kumarajiva ====&lt;br /&gt;
Another representative translator Kumarajiva, who has enjoyed a high reputation in the long history of the Buddhist sutras translation，was well - renowned and was called as &amp;quot; the first class master of translation&amp;quot; by Liang Qichao. He advocated free translation and getting rid of the shortcomings of transliteration. He is one of the four great translators of ancient China, one of the three great translators of Buddhist scriptures, who translates 39 volumes. He is proficient in both Chinese and Sanskrit languages, and advocates that as long as the translation does not violate the original meaning, there is no need to follow the original form. “Kumarajiva revolutionized Chinese Buddhism, in clarity and overcoming the previous &amp;quot;geyi&amp;quot; (concept-matching) system of translation through use of Daoist and Confucian terms”(Nattier 1992,  186). He argued that “geyi” is the culprit of the deformation of India Buddhism after it was introduced into China. “He completely abandoned interpreting Buddhist concept by using Daoist and Confucian terms, and has worked hard to create Buddhist terms, so that the translation is more faithful to the original” (Ma Zhuyi 1982, 25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering, because he held that Sanskrit and Chinese are two quite different language. “In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers, so that Buddhists can better understand and accept the translated scriptures. He tried to use concise text that conformed to Chinese expression habits, while retaining the exotic taste so that readers could understand and accept easily. Kumarajiva did not stick to the form of the original, and often delete the repetitive content. Therefore, his translation style was distinctive, possessing a flowing smoothness. Another remarkable achievement is his contribution to the translation workshop. After he arrived Chang'an, he began to organize translation workshops. Under his efforts, the number of translators increased greatly, and the division of labor was detailed.The entire translation process includes interpretation, recording, correcting and proofreading. After group discussion, the quality of translation has been greatly improved. In addition, in order to be responsible for the Buddhist scriptures translated, Kumarajiva was the first translator to propose that the translator should signature over his translation in the Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1)From folk and personal translation to official and collective translation. At the beginning, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was a private activity. Generally a foreign monk recited the Buddhist scriptures and brought it to China. Then the translator interpreted the scriptures into Chinese, and another person recorded it. That’s the whole process of the translation of Buddhist scriptures at the early days. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, translation workshop was organized. Famous translators such as Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva both had presided over translation workshop. From then on, individual translation behavior gradually developed into a collective translation activity. During this period, with the support of the government, the number of translators has greatly increased, and the division of labor has become more detailed. Therefore, the quality of translation has also been greatly improved. “In addition, the function of translation workshop is not limited to translate Buddhist scriptures, but also give lectures and hold debates. Many translators who preside over the translation field not only translate, but also give lectures about Buddhism” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)From adopting the source text version of the Northern barbarian tribes in ancient China to that of Sanskrit. Before the Eastern Jin Dynasty, the version of Hun (Chinese northern nomads）are usually taken as the original text by translators. Afterwards, the Sanskrit texts were introduced to the China，translators can take them as the original text. The accuracy of the translation was improved greatly. On the other hand, since there are more Sanskrit texts, they have more options of the type of scripture to be translated. Also the systemic nature of the translation has also increased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Breakthroughs in translation theories and skills. During this period, many famous translators have put forward their opinions on translation theory. Based on his translation practice, Shi Daoan raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva advocated free translation. He is the first one to raise the question of how to express the stylistic and linguistic interest of the original text, which had a great influence on translation history. From the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the end of the Sui Dynasty, there were many famous translators who put forward different translation theories and opinions, which had a greater impact on the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)A tool for class oppression. The rulers from the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the Sui Dynasty took Buddhism as a tool of class oppression. In the South of China, the society is stable, so the noble class of South China was arrogant and lavish, metaphysics was prevailed among them. Therefore Buddhism and metaphysics were combined, and rulers interpret Buddhist theories from the perspective of metaphysics. The translation of Buddhist scriptures was also influenced by this prevailing ethos. However, the Northern Dynasty advocated Confucianism. Due to frequent wars and limited economic development, the rulers of Northern China turned to Buddhism and took Zen as their guide. Therefore Buddhism naturally combined with Confucianism, and Zen became the mainstream of Buddhism in the Northern Dynasty. The translation of Zen classics meets the needs of the ruling class and Buddhists in the Northern Dynasty. “Buddhism, as a tool for the government to consolidate their reign, has been stained with a strong political color”(Wang Yan 2012, 158).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tang Dynasty ===&lt;br /&gt;
The third historical period is the Tang Dynasty. During this period, Buddhism developed vigorously.  In order to consolidate their regime, the emperor of Tang Dynasty also valued Buddhism very much, to domesticate his people together with the help of Chinese traditional ritual. Therefore the ruling class attached great importance to the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. And the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang tried many translation methods and developed his epoch-marking criterion that “translation ‘must be truthful and intelligible to the populace’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18). In a sense, Xuan Zang, with such a formula, was trying to have the best of two worlds—literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Xuang Zang ====&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664), a famous monk in the Tang Dynasty, is commonly known as the &amp;quot; Sanzang Rabbi.&amp;quot; On the third year of Zhenguan of Tang Emperor Taizong, he left for Dunhuang from Chang'an, and then arrived in India. He returned to Chang'an in the nineteenth year, and traveled for seventeen years. Through hard work, he brought back more than 650 Sanskrit verses, the number and variety are both unprecedented. He presided over the translation work of seventy-five parts, 1,335 volumes, accounting for more than half of the total number of new Buddhist scriptures in the Tang Dynasty. “Therefore, he was called by the Indian scholar Bai Letian as ‘No.1 translator in the history of translation’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating the scriptures, Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”: First, with secret. The words with mystery are not translated, as there are many spells in the Buddhist scriptures. For example, if the &amp;quot;Doroni&amp;quot; is translated, it will lose its special meaning, so it will lose its magic. Second, with multiple meaning. The ambiguous Sanskrit will not be translated. For example, the word &amp;quot;bhaga&amp;quot; has six meanings( comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed), so the original text is reserved for transliteration. Third, with no counterpart in China. the concept of things which are not found in the original culture of translation will not be translated. For example, the &amp;quot;jumbu tree&amp;quot; in Buddhism is a tree unique to India, which does not grow in China, therefore using transliteration. Fourth, with the ancients. the customary words should follow the habit of transliteration. If the ancients have translated some Buddhist special words, such as &amp;quot;Aunt Bodhi&amp;quot;, although they can be translated, cause confusion. It is best to use the ancient translation rather than a new translation. Fifth, with Good fortune. “The word in the original Sanskrit language can also be found in Chinese with a similar meaning, but they are not strictly same as having many differences in connotation. Such word can not be translated”( He Zizhang 2008, 66). Such as &amp;quot;prajna&amp;quot; respect, &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot; is light and shallow. “The word &amp;quot;Untranslatable&amp;quot; here does not mean not translating, but rather &amp;quot;not intended to translate&amp;quot;, using transliteration”( Jian Xue 2018, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translators are mainly domestic monks. With the strong support of the rulers of Tang Dynasty, the Chinese translators had the opportunity to go to India and other countries to learn Sanskrit and Buddhism. Through long-term study, these translators were not only proficient in Sanskrit but also has a deep understanding of Buddhism. “Besides, in order to meet the needs of translation, Yijing wrote the Sanskrit textbook which means that translators have been able to learn Sanskrit in China” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14). The number of Chinese monks who are proficient in Sanskrit has gradually increased, and the translation work does not need to turn to foreign monks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Fewer excerpts translation yet more complete translations. Due to the attention and support of the rulers, the translators have the access to the pilgrimage to India to find out more about Buddhist scripture. Besides, the improvement of the quality of translators and the perfection of the system of translation workshop also make such large translation programs possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Further improvement of the translation workshop system. Compared with the translation workshop of the previous stage, that of Tang Dynasty is more all-sided in organization. “According to records, The translation workshop of the Tang Dynasty has as many as 11 departments”( Xiu Wenqiao 2008, 32). Each part was under the charge of different people. The monks worked in the translation workshop are all knowledgeable and skilled in translation, and many of them are rabbis appointed by the court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) The peak of Buddhist scripture translation in Chinese history. Many outstanding translators emerged during this period, such as Xuanzang, Yijing and Bukong etc. The four major translators in the Chinese translation history of Buddhist scripture are Kumarajiva, Zhenti, Xuanzang, and Bukong. Two of them are from the Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5) The translation scripts are more faithful to original texts. Because Xuanzang and other translators traveled long distances to search for the Buddhist scriptures, they brought back many Sanskrit classics, which created better conditions for the monks to learn Sanskrit and the original Buddhist scriptures. Therefore they trained a large number of excellent translators, and greatly improved the quality of the translation. Xuan Zang advocated that that translation should be faithful to the original style. He believes that if the original language is elegant and the translation should also be elegant , but if the original style is simple, the translation should be the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Influence of the Translation of Buddhist Scriptures  ===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been developed in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese language and civilization. At the aspect of language, it has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese is mainly manifested in phonology. The “Buddhist scriptures were originally written in Sanskrit and Central Asian languages, both of which belong to phonetic alphabet , while Chinese characters developed from hieroglyphs, and there was no such thing as alphabet at first”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). After Buddhism was introduced to China, some people began to use Sanskrit to assist in learning Chinese pronunciation. The principles and methods of Sanskrit phoneticization promote the development of Chinese phonology. Therefore, Buddhism can be said to have laid the foundation for the formation of Chinese pinyin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, the original Chinese vocabulary could not meet the needs of translation, therefore new Chinese words were created through transliteration and free translation”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). In the history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, Zhi Chen advocated transliteration, and Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”, which state five cases to use transliteration. Therefore the loanwords from Buddhism came into China, which greatly enriched Chinese vocabulary. “Through careful analysis, linguists have made a conclusion that about 35,000 words in Chinese come from Buddhist scripture”(Du Aixian 2000, 49). Some are directly related to Buddhism, such as “Buddha”, “monk”, “ Dharma&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Sutra” etc; some are words that we don’t realize, such as &amp;quot;memory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;causality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;emptiness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; and so on. In addition, many four-character idioms remaining in modern Chinese have the color of Buddhism, and a large number of four-character idioms appeared after the Wei and Jin Dynasty. Such as “drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha”(放下屠刀, 立地成佛), “While the priest climbs a post, the devil climbs ten” (道高一尺, 魔高一丈 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been considered the main element which led to the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words, and also made the patterns of word-formation more perfect. “According to the research, words in ancient times are mainly monosyllable, and the process of disyllabic Chinese was very slow before the Wei and Jin Dynasties, but since the translation of Buddhist scriptures became popular at that time, the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words greatly accelerated”(Sun Yan 2015, 120). Therefore, the translation of Buddhist scriptures are supposed to  be the main motive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey the thoughts of Buddhist scriptures more clearly, many terms need to be translated into colloquial language, which is difficult to express by the original Chinese monosyllabic words. The oralized trends of the translation of the Buddhist scriptures have imposed great impacts on various kinds of colloquial literature styles, and also highly related to the terasyllabic words in the colloquial novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures has gone through three different historical periods. And different social conditions have also resulted in different strategies of sutra translation. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, when Buddhism was first introduced to China, Taoism was dominant in the Chinese society and the translator was not proficient in both Sanskrit and Chinese. Therefore, literal translation, and transliteration were mainly employed during this period. During  Wei and Jin Dynasties, Buddhism developed to a certain extent. Most translators were proficient in Sanskrit and Chinese, which made free translation possible. And in order to spread Buddhism, Buddhists adopt free translation strategies to make Buddhist scriptures more acceptable. During the Sui and Tang dynasties, in order to consolidate their own regime, government strongly supported the translation of Buddhist scriptures. Literal translation and free translation were in harmony during this period, thus the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been exerted great influences on Chinese language. It has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By reviewing the development process of Buddhist scripture translation, and summarizing the characteristics of each stage, we can have a clear understanding of Buddhism translation from a macro perspective. Through learning the main achievements and growth experience of important translators, we can learn more translation strategies and do better in our own translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures occupies an important position in the history of Chinese translation and has had a significant impact on Chinese language and culture. Therefore, it is necessary for us to go back to the source, review the development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures, learn the main achievements of important translators, and further study the representative theory of Buddhist scripture translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nattier, Jan. (1992).The Heart Sutra: A Chinese Apocryphal Text?. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies (2) 153-223&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Yue孟悦. (2017). 中国佛经翻译发展史综述[A Summary of the History of Chinese Sutra Translation].外语教育与翻译发展创新研究 Innovative Research on Foreign Language Education and Translation Development 305-308&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Shanshan孙珊珊. (2014).从翻译批评的多重视角看佛经翻译的文质观[On the Wenzhi of Sutra Translation from the Multiple Perspectives of Translation Criticism].青年作家Young Writers (16)173-174.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Yang方阳. (2013). 东汉至唐代的佛经翻译研究[A Study of the Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from Eastern Han Dynasty to Tang Dynasty]. 河北大学 Hebei University &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Chaobiao杨超标. (2012). 论安世高的译学思想和翻译方法[Exploration on Ashigao’s Translation Thought and Translation Ways].温州大学学报Journal of Wenzhou University (05) 78-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuwei张雨薇. (2019). 汉唐时期佛经汉译及其特点[The Chinese Translation of Buddhist Sutras and their Featuresduring Han to Tang Dynasties].中州学刊 Academic Journal of Zhongzhou (02)114-118.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Hui熊辉. (2013). 古代中西方宗教典籍翻译策略的相似性分析[On the Similarity of Translation Strategies to Ancient Chinese and Western Religious Scripture].西华大学学报Journal of Xihua University (01) 67-70. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi. 马祖毅. (1998). 中国翻译简史[A Brief Introduction to the History of Translation in China].中国对外翻译出版公司 China Foreign Translation Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Dongping, Fang Ruifen. 汪东萍,方瑞芬. (2012). 释道安“五失本、三不易”翻译思想评析[Comment on Shi Daoan's Translation Thought of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;].安徽师范大学学报Journal of Anhui Normal University(03) 385-390.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WangYan.王焱. (2012). 中国古代佛经翻译的政治化[The Politicalization of the Ancient Chinese Sutra Translation].学术交流 Academic Exchange (05)156-159.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1982). 佛经翻译家鸠摩罗什[Buddhist Translator Kumarajiva].中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (03) 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1980).伟大的佛经翻译家玄奘[The Great Buddhist Translator Xuan Zang].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (02) 18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Zizhang.何子章. (2008). 玄奘“五不翻”原则的现实意义[On Practicability of “The Transliteration in the Five Cases” Suggested by Xuan Zang].襄樊学院学报Journal of Xiangfan University(10) 65-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiu Wenqiao修文乔. (2008). 论权力对翻译的影响—从意识形态角度解读唐朝佛经翻译[Analysis of the Impact of Power on Translation—Interpreting Sutra Translation in Tang Dynasty from the Ideological Point of View].广东外语外贸大学学报Journal of Guangdong University of Foreign Studies(01) 30-34+43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Lixiang.侯丽香. (2016) 从文化传播的视角看佛经翻译对中国语言文化的影响[The Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese Language and Culture from the Perspective of Cultural Transmission].英语广场English Square (03)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Du Aixian.杜爱贤. (2000). 谈谈佛经翻译对汉语的影响[On the Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese].世界宗教文化The World Religious Cultures (02) 48-49.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and Liu Miqing’s ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' are two books concerning translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. This paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpts about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. Then, the author will present other scholars' appraisals of this book. The second part will briefly introduce Liu Miqing's ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'',then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Finally, it will display some scholars' evaluation of the book. In the third part, the paper will make a comparison of these two books to deepen readers' understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', “cultural turn”, John Dryden, translation principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《翻译，历史与文化论集》与《中西翻译思想对比研究》的比较分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，体现勒菲弗尔“文化转向”的观点，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨，然后对本书进行简要的评价。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述，针对第二章和第三章的内容，对中西方翻译传统的特点进行对比。然后收集相关学者对此书的评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔,《翻译，历史和文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》，文化转向，约翰·德莱登，翻译原则&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper is intended to focus on the analysis of important translation principles and make a comparison of these two books in content and form. This paper will be divided into three parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part one, after a brief introduction of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', it will concentrate on John Dryden’s three types of translation: metaphrase, parap，hrase and imitation, and briefly appraise it. Then it will extend Dryden’s views on translator’s position. That Dryden compares a translator to a slave exactly reflects the dominant thought about translator in the classical period. Some scholars study the thought of comparing a translator with a slave and discover that besides the representative of literal circles like Dryden, it also prevailed among modern linguistics and the school of translation studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014). Then, the author is about to explain why “comparing a translator to a slave” predominates in the history of western translation to support Lefevere’s “cultural turn”. Finally, the author will present other scholars' evaluation of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part two, the author will give an introduction to the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' in three sections due to the stout volume of this book. Then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Through these chapters, we can comprehend Liu Miqing’s purpose to publish this book. Also, we can find the uniqueness of Chinese translation theories, thus appealing to Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. Liu Miqing pointed out that the analysis of the characteristics of Chinese translation theory is by no means to boast or to do publication but to do a self-examination. He hoped that through a full analysis of the “being-in-itself” Chinese theories, we could find out the weak points that hinder them in their way to “being-for-itself”. (Liu Miqing 2005. 72). Finally, the author will show some scholars’ appraisals of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part three, it intends to give a brief comparison of these two books in contents and forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, this paper is written in hope that the readers can understand these two books better and provoke their thought about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. &amp;quot;Lefevere's later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the 'cultural turn'.&amp;quot;(Munday 2016,199). As such, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' serves as good proof of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation proposed by Translation Studies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general editor's preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as &amp;quot;a rewriting of an original text&amp;quot;. Here, they explained that &amp;quot;rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.&amp;quot; (Lefevre 2003, xi). According to these concepts, Lefevere aims to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs a deep exploration for cultural studies. (Lefevre 2003, xiii). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such an idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in the 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of the &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;. The &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby, meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot; of translation studies. (Lefevere and Bassnett 1990, 1-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett's thoughts of &amp;quot;cultural turn&amp;quot;, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook, with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. (Lefevre 2003, xiv)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. Through reading the scholar's letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read translators' inferiority in Dryden's words and admire Cicero's courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that &amp;quot;I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek&amp;quot;. (Lefevere 2003, 47). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will analyze John Dryden's three types of translation and his comparison of &amp;quot;author and translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;master and slave&amp;quot; through the excerpts collected in Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook. (Lefevere 2003, 24;102-105).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation deals with authority and power. A translator rewrites or manipulates the original text in service of power. (Lefevere 2003,2). The role a translator plays in translation depends on the power he is submissive to. In this part, the author analyzes Dryden’s comparison of &amp;quot;author and translator&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;master and slave&amp;quot; in hope for an exploration of the reasons of the translator’s inferiority in translation. It is believed that ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' is written to stress the function of translation as a shaping force.(Lefevere 2003, xii). Therefore, the discussion of Dryden's views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracted two statements by Dryden and relatively placed them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden's translation of Ovid's Epistles published in 1680. (Lefevere 2003, 102).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface, Dryden proposed three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden's vivid simile, translating the poem in such a way is like &amp;quot;dancing on ropes with fettered legs&amp;quot;. The dancer needs to be cautious of falling, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. (Lefevere 2003, 103).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation &amp;quot;to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age and in our country&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 103). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the translator needn't care about the author's elaborative use of words or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author's style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author's work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator's talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. (Lefevere 2003, 103).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. &amp;quot;tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that &amp;quot;he may stretch his chain to such a latitude&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translation, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in Chapter Two, in &amp;quot;Dedication&amp;quot; to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argued that &amp;quot;We are bound to our author's sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned&amp;quot;.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. &amp;quot;But slaves we are, and labor in another man's plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner's; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.&amp;quot; (Lefevere 2003, 24). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dryden's words reflect the translator's inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scholar concludes that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the &amp;quot;classical writers&amp;quot; of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author's overriding authority was beyond questions. (Niu Yunping, 2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the value of this book, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook is characterized by its abundant contents, which combines translation with history and cultural turn, thus providing referential materials for translation studies. With reference to Lefevere, many texts collected in this book were published in English for the first time, which served as an important supplement to the system of thinking on literary translation. (Lefevere 2003, xiii).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to analyze the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing explains that &amp;quot;Sixiang&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;thought&amp;quot; in Chinese) refers to &amp;quot;principle&amp;quot; in the West in this book. (Liu Miqing 2005, 2). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the FAQ passage, the author explained why he wrote this book. &amp;quot;I believe Chinese need to treat translation from the perspective of cultural strategy as our precedents did. This is the most basic and most important Chinese characteristics.&amp;quot;(Liu Miqing 2005, i). It is to appeal to the Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then, it follows the analysis of this book. This book might be divided into three parts: part one, consisting of chapter one to six, discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Part two, consisting of chapter seven to nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. In part three, Liu illustrates the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies in chapter ten and eleven. And he respectively analyses  Benjamin’s view on translation, the originality of translation, and translation is the transcendence of the original text in chapter twelve, thirteen, and fourteen. (Wang Jianguo, 2006)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(from chapter one to six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. With reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first phase was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second phase was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third phase is from the 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principal strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, 33). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation: The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators' awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. (Liu Miqing 2005, 43).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in the new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. (Liu Miqing 2005, 38-39).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 150).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of the meaning of Chinese translation studies and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005,179). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight, and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work. (Liu Miqing 2005, 288).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is &amp;quot;technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. (Liu Miqing 2005, 292-293).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third part of this book expounds on the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of &amp;quot;translation and language game&amp;quot;, Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game is the basic idea of the translation functionalism”. (Liu Miqing 2005, 402).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will analyze and compare the tradition of Chinese and western translation. Regarding Liu Miqing, Chinese translation still needs to regard culture as its strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, i). This is the first and foremost characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation. Since translation emerged in China, it has a close relation with culture, as evidenced by the translation of Buddhism. Such is the most distinctive feature between the tradition of Chinese and Western translation. (Liu Miqing 2005,44).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation originated from religious translation, the translation of Buddhism. In 58 AD, during Emperor Ming's reign, Buddhism began to spread into China and symbolized the power and ideology of the nation, which involved in politics. Compared with Confucianism, Buddhism not only contains the ethics and social norms but also consists of a set of canons that reflects the integration of religion and politics in foreign countries. (Liu Miqing 2005,44). For instance, during the period of Sectarian Buddhism, in ''Pinimujing'', the religious disciplines compiled by Theravada Sect stipulates that the Buddhist doctrines must be submissive to the law. (Fang Litian, 1987).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, Buddhism was integrated with Chinese politics when it spread into China, which is exemplified in three aspects. Firstly, Buddhism justified the divinity of the feudal monarchy. Secondly, some eminent monks were invited to give counsel to the sovereign directly. For example, emperor Xiaowudi in the Song dynasty designated the monk Huilin to engage in the court. And later Huilin was called Prime Minister in Black, which generally refers to the remarkable monks who also engage in the court. Thirdly, the disciples of Buddhism, including &amp;quot;all is vanity&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;being detached from worldly affairs&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;obedience&amp;quot; actually numbed the people to serve the sovereign, which was conducive to the feudal monarchy. (Fang Litian, 1987). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 19th century, the tradition of Chinese translation began to feature as the awareness of national hardship. Today, we are still touched by Yan Fu, Ma Jianzhong, Lin Shu, and other patriotic translators while learning their translation theories that were imprinted in their mission to save China from its plight. In the middle of the 20th century, the tradition of Chinese translation features from the awareness of national hardship to national rejuvenation. (Liu Miqing 2005, 46). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, the flourishing of translation is by no means our Chinese's responsibility. Compared to Chinese translation's cultural strategy, the western translation boasts of its integrated translation, from the early translation of ancient Greek into Roman to the heyday in the 11th century. This not only promoted contact among different languages in Europe but cleared the way to economic growth as well. Meanwhile, integrated translation paved the way for European integration. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation is &amp;quot;regulation to perfection&amp;quot;. After the disputes between literal translation and free translation in China, the method of translation finally consolidated to regulation to perfection in Xuanzang's translation theory. The following translators have carried on the thought, such as Yan Fu's Xingdaya, Fu Lei's Shensi theory and Qian Zhongshu's Huajing theory. Their translation principles are the regulation of literal translation and free translation, the content and the form, and the end and the effect. (Liu Miqing 2005, 50-51). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Western translation also stresses meaning, but it pays more attention to the transformation of morphologic languages due to the identity of etymology, morphology, bilingual syntactic structure, the origin of literary and culture in Western languages. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101). Moreover, Western translation principles give priority to &amp;quot;Communicative Translation&amp;quot;, which is implicit in Chinese translation principles. (Liu Miqing 2005,104). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third characteristic is &amp;quot;the focus on meaning as well as aesthesis&amp;quot;. Chinese translation balances meaning and aesthesis in binary opposition or tries to express the spirit and the feeling-tone of the original text on the basis of expressing meaning. Lin Yutang proposed that the spirit of the text is compacted in one word. (Liu Miqing 2005, 52).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei pointed out that the word &amp;quot;Nao&amp;quot; in the verse &amp;quot;Hong Xing Zhi Tou Chun Yi Nao&amp;quot; conveys the Jingjie of the whole poem. (Wang Guowei 2017,15). Therefore, if one attempts to translate the poem, he needs to have aesthetic appreciation. Liu Miqing explains that Chinese is a language of sensibility. It expresses beauty through icons and images. That is why the tradition of Chinese translation concentrates on aesthesis. As such, we can see the strong intercourse between Chinese translation and philosophy and aesthetics, however, Western translation has been connected with linguistics, linguistic philosophic study, and hermeneutic studies. (Liu Miqing 2005,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars expressed their views on ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. Wang Jianguo claimed that the book was an excellent masterpiece. In this book, Liu compared Chinese and Western translation thoughts from the source. Both Liu's statements and arguments were astonishing. Liu used comparative methods to explore the source of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies, thus provoking scholars of Chinese translation studies to think about the value of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies. Besides, the book served as an example of innovation in translation studies. (Wang Jianguo, 2006). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei and Li Defeng shed light on the topic &amp;quot;translation theories with Chinese characteristics&amp;quot; and argued that Liu Miqing's A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles provided a methodology to explore the source of driving force for the construction of Chinese translation study. (Lu Wei, 2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.1 From the aspect of the content===&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books discuss translation principles from the perspective of culture. They differ in their focus and approach. Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook concentrates on Western translation principles before contemporary translation studies. While A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles analyses Chinese as well as Western translation principles from their origins to this era. As to the approach, Lefevere analyzes translation principles through varied themes, while Liu Miqing makes a comparison of Chinese and Western translation principles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, they boast their distinctive writing style. In Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, Lefevere almost leaves no personal remarks or views on these excepts apart from his justification of his classification in the introduction and the beginning of each chapter, thus making this book objective. Also, Liu extracted other translators’ essays, but he illustrates them in a detailed way, and even comments on a certain word, for example, he discusses the “latitude” proposed by John Dryden and questions “in which aspect can translators be given the latitude? How much could they get the latitude?” and so on. (Liu Miqing 2005, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4.2 From the aspect of the arrangement===&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books are arranged in theme, rather than in a chronological way. Lefevere illustrates his classification of this book clearly and extracts abundant statements to rich his idea. He first divides the excerpts on size, and classifies the shorter into seven chapters about the constraints imposed on translation, the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and the technique of translating. The longer essays are collected in the last chapter. Liu arranges his book differently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the ample scope of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', including the characteristics, origins, schools and limitations of Chinese and western translation, Liu not only quotes other’s statement, he applies many tables to demonstrate his thoughts, which helps the readers better understand translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the paper is intended to help readers to understand these two books in depth. After a brief introduction of these two books, it analyzes John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of translator to slave and figures out the reason for the prevailing statement. Therefore, it helps the readers to grasp the core of this book. Meanwhile, this paper made a short comparison of the characteristics of Chinese and Western translation in the hope of mutual learning. Also, it concludes the values of these two books. In the end, this paper hopes to provoke readers to think about the cultural influence on translation. Therefore, if one dreams to be a qualified translator, he needs to not only master translation skills and learns translation theories, he should but also immerse himself in the culture behind the source and target languages. As such, he can convey the feeling tone or the essence of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere. (2003). ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. Taylor &amp;amp; Francis e-library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere &amp;amp; Susan Bassnett. (1990). ''Translation, History and Culture''. London &amp;amp;New York: Pinter Publishers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chou Huifang仇芳慧. (2019). 从德莱顿“翻译三分法”谈诗译者的素质 [On Poetry Translators’ Qualification from the Perspective of Dryden’s Three Types of Translation].''北方文学'' Northern Literature (24):254-255.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Litian方立天.(1987).佛教与中国政治 [Buddhism and Chinese Politics].''社会科学战线'' Social Science Front (02):113-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeremy Munday. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies'', Theories and Applications, Routledge, Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2005). ''中西翻译思想对比研究''. [A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei, Li Defeng鲁伟,李德凤.(2010).中国特色的翻译学:误区还是必然?——兼评《中西翻译思想比较研究》[Translation Studies with Chinese Characteristics: A Misunderstanding or Inevitability? ——A Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal 23(02):11-14+29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niu Yunping, Yang XiuMing牛云平,杨秀敏.(2014). 西方译论中的作者—译者主仆. [Relationship of Author and Translator as Master and Servant in Western Translation Histories].''河北师范大学学报(哲学社会科学版)'' Journal of Hebei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) 37(05):92-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jianguo王建国.(2006). 简评《中西翻译思想比较研究》——兼谈译学学术创新 [A Short Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles——On the Academic Innovation of Translation Studies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal 27(03):36-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei 王国维.(2017). ''人间词话''[Notes on Ci Poems in the World]. Beijing: The Chinese Overseas Publishing House 中国华侨出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan Bassnett. (2004). ''Translation studies''. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui     202070080622    英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introuction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good. &lt;br /&gt;
（Bassnett.1980）（quotation missing）--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 14:10, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country. （paragraph too long）--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 14:10, 16 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.(Nida, E. A.1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis of Theoretical Research Status'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place(Wang Dongfeng,2014).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Trends in Translation Theory Research'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.（苏粤. 2009（6）:121-122.）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the theory and practice of ancient translation theory to the update and development of contemporary translation theory, scholars have continued and developed China's unique translation theory according to the requirements of the times and the basis of practice. The development of the country in the new era puts forward higher demands on translation,the cultivation of translation talents and discipline construction. In short, the development of translation discipline in the new era should emphasize disciplinary functions, expand theoretical resources, innovate ontological concepts, and strengthen school consciousness, so as to make new contributions to the knowledge innovation of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. （Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.（Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So differen society can give birth to different cultures.What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea” ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“.（Zhang le 2017，37）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen 2001,19)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Comparisons of Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, foreignization is in the dominant position,while domestication acts like a supplementary in this case, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.Based on the food culture above,domestication and foreignization have been use in different ways.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed BunThere are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. （Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu 2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶 qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 （Zhao Lijian's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. （Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to&amp;quot;稻草、吸管&amp;quot;，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, and while doing translation we should choose the proper methods according to our purpose and the characteristic of the culture ,all of which can lead to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' References '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020).十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geng Shuang.耿爽.(2020.2.21).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1747973.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Lijian.赵立坚(2020.2.25).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1749280.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hua Chunying.华春莹(2020.11.30).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1836636.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui 202020080608==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;孔祥慧 Kong Xianghui &amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology;Linguistic;Discipline Construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. （Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.（O Aiping，2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation'' published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book ''Toward the Science of Translating'', which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies'' at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published ''the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods'', clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book ''Exploration of Translation'' (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is ''Discourse and the Translator'' (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published ''Translation and Conflict'': A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article ''On the Construction of Translation Theory''. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published ''On Approaches to Translation Studies''. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis ''An Overview of Western Translation Theory'' (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published ''Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies'', in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is ''Chinese Translation Studies'', including ''The History of Translation in China''. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published ''Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies'' (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis ''On The Construction of Translation Studies'' (2009), which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis ''On The Construction of Translation Studies'' in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In ''A Study on Linguistic Translation'' (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in ''Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics'' proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in ''Corpus and Translation Studies'' (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.(Tan Zaixi 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; (Wikipedia) Liu Zhongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.（Liu Zhongde，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.（Yi Jing,2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.（Wang Qinghua，2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.(Tan Zaixi 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.（Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.（Yang Zijian 1987）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.(Lvjun，2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .(Yi Jing,2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.（Zou Bin,Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.（Wang Yin,2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.(Liao Qiyi， 2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Discipline structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.（Yi Jing，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J.A.(1965). ''Linguistic Theory of Translation'' . Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S.(1975). The Name and Nature of Transition Studies . ''Holland Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jixing LONG. (2019). Translation Studies From Multiple Perspectives. ''Studies in Literature and Language.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker Mona.（2006). Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account . London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ding Xinshan. 丁信善. (1998). 语料库语言学的发展及研究现状. [The Development and Research Status of Corpus Linguistics]. ''当代语言学''[Modern Linguistic] 3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Xiangtao,Lu Bixiao. (2019). 范祥涛,陆碧霄.认知翻译研究的观念和方法. [Concepts and Methods of Cognitive Translation Studies]. ''外语教学''[Foreign Language Education] 8-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen. 黄国文. (2006). 关于翻译研究语言学探索的几个问题. [Questions about the Linguistic Exploration of Translation Studies]. ''外语艺术教育研究''[Educational Research on Foreign Languages &amp;amp; Arts] 35-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Xiangli. 孔祥立. (2009). 中国翻译学学科建设论. [On the subject construction of Chinese Translation Studies]. 上海外国语大学[Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yan, Feng Huali. 李艳,冯华丽.(2020) 国内基于语料库的翻译研究二十年综述(1999—2018). [A review of 20 Years of Corpus-based Translation Studies in China(1999—2018)]. ''成都理工大学学报(社会科学版)'' [Journal of Chengdu University of Technology(Social Science) ]105-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1989). 西方翻译理论概评. [An Overview of Western Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 2-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde. 刘重德. (1998). 关于建立翻译学的一些看法. [Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies]. ''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)'' [Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)] 27-31+60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun. 吕俊. (2004). 建构翻译学的语言学基础. [The Linguistic Basis of Translation studies]. ''外语学刊''[Foreign Language Research] 96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2000). 语料库与翻译研究[Corpus and Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 380-384.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O Aiping. 欧爱萍.(2012). 浅谈语言学对翻译学科的影响. [A Brief Discussion on the influence of Linguistics on translation]. ''中外企业家''[Chinese and Foreign Entrepreneurs] 179-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜,Eugene A.Nida. (1987). 论翻译学的途径. [Approaches to Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 24-30+79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2005). 认知语言学的翻译观. [Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 15-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2017). 基于认知语言学的翻译过程新观. [Translation Process View Based on Cognitive Linguistics]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-10+17+129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qinghua,Zhang Chunbai. 汪庆华,张春柏. (2017). 翻译学的先驱:董秋斯翻译学思想探析. [A Pioneer of translation Studies: An Analysis of Dong Qiusi's Translation Studies]. ''上海翻译''[Shanghai Journal of Translators]67-72+95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing, Xie Chu. 易经,谢楚. (2012). 翻译学从属于语言学吗?——析语言学派的翻译学定位. [Does Translation Belong to Linguistics? -- An Analysis of the Translation Orientation of Linguistic Schools]. ''湖南人文科技学院学报''[Journal of Hunan Institute of Humanities，Science and Technology] 74-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing. 易经. (2009). 试论翻译学体系的构建. [On The Construction of Translation Studies ].湖南师范大学[Hunan Normal University ].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1987). 谈谈语言科学的发展. [A Discussion of the Development of Language Science].''山东外语教学''[Shandong Foreign Language Teaching] 10-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1993). 我国近十年来的翻译理论研究. [Research on Translation Theories in Recent Ten Years in China].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Bairan. 张柏然. (2008). 试析翻译的语言学研究 [A Study on Linguistic Translation]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ]58-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang, Huang Guowen. 张美芳,黄国文. (2002). 语篇语言学与翻译研究. [Discourse linguistics and Translation studies].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Bin, Mu Lei. 邹兵,穆雷. (2020). 语言学对翻译学的方法论贡献——特征、问题与前景. [The Methodological Contribution of Linguistics to Translation Studies: Features, Problems and Prospects]. ''中国外语''[Foreign Languages in China] 77-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China-许晶Xu Jing,202020080658==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of reform and opening-up, foreign trade and international exchanges have become more and more frequent, there is an increasing demand for translation talents, and the team engaged in translation studies has become more and more powerful. The development of Translation Studies as a discipline is getting better and better. By reviewing the development of the Translation Studies in China, as well as reading and refining of translation literature in recent years, this article analyzes the current problems of the learning of Translation Studies and puts forward relevant suggestions from the perspective of translation education and the perspective of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies, translation education, translation talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对中国翻译学学习的反思&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国改革与开放政策的不断推进，对外贸易和国际之间的交往变得越来越频繁，对于翻译人才的需求越来越多，从事翻译研究的队伍也越来越壮阔，翻译学的学科发展也越来越好。本文通过回顾翻译学科在中国的发展历程，以及对近年翻译学文献的阅读和提炼，从翻译教育视角和学生视角出发，分析学习翻译学科目前存在的问题，并提出相关的建议。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学，翻译教育，翻译人才&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1. Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1. The Connotation of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies used to refer to the researches of translation. It was not until the 20th century that translation studies became a formal academic discipline. The landmark paper published by James S Holmes in 1972, titled &amp;quot;''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''&amp;quot;, is a basic statement of translation studies: it calls for the establishment of a unique discipline with its own classification system.(James S Holmes 1972) Basically, at present, Translation Studies is a research field that studies the theory, description and application of translation. Because it treats translation not only as a transfer between languages, but also as an exchange between cultures, it can also be described as an interdisciplinary involving other fields of knowledge, including comparative literature, cultural studies, gender studies, computer science, history, linguistics, philosophy, rhetoric and semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Now Translation Studies as an academic discipline, it requires a systematic study of translation, which is not only an applied practice, but also a means to understand the movement and transfer between multiple languages and cultures. Translation Studies involves the translator's practical experience; it also explores the history and philosophy of translation and current trends in the field from the perspective of theory and methodology. Translation Studies can examine the practice and background of translating professional texts (law, business, medicine, etc.); it may also explore the art of translation as a creative act in literary translation and international marketing. Translation studies can also explore how issues such as culture, power, gender, and moral media affect translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning these contents enables students to apply their theoretical understanding to the methods, techniques and choices used in daily translation practice. In addition, Translation Studies usually include the analysis of key texts to enable students to develop an awareness of understanding and interpretation issues. It also involves the development of analysis, practice, evaluation, aesthetics and descriptive skills needed to solve translation problems. Finally, it includes the development of research skills, practical translation skills, and the ability to develop strategies for managing complex language and cultural transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2. The Significance of Translation Study&lt;br /&gt;
With the introduction of university schools and courses, related conferences, translation journals and other translation-related publications, the discipline of translation studies has also been developed. At the same time, as today's multicultural and multilingual society requires effective, efficient and understanding communication between languages and cultures, translation skills have become more and more important and desirable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a science, Translation Studies has always had its own laws that cannot be ignored, and its systematic theories are different from other disciplines. The so-called translation theory is a thorough and systematic description of these laws, which make the skills and techniques that can only be understood in mind in translation into a knowable object and a theoretical system. Translation theory can provide translators with a series of macro descriptions of the objective laws of translation, as well as in-depth analysis of the internal relations and mechanisms of these laws. By learning translation theory, translators can understand the essence of translation behaviors and the fundamental standards of translation better. At the same time, knowing the laws of translation science and translation art, translators who are with the guidance of translation theory and scientific argumentation and methodology will selectively implement the reference means provided by translation theory in practice, and work effectively; When dealing with the difficulties of translation, translator can use a variety of methods. In this way, the translation process can be both scientific and flexible, and the translator can consciously exert their initiative, so that the translation practice becomes a high-level language communication. This is also the necessity for translators to learn Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. The Development Process of Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation activities has appeared in China very early, but translation as a discipline appeared relatively late. With the advancement of the People's Republic of China and the promotion of foreign exchanges, China's translation industry has flourished since the establishment of the People's Republic of China. After reading a large number of documents and reviewing the ups and downs of the translation discipline and the translation major in the past 71 years, the author has made a comprehensive analysis and believes that the development process of Translation Studies in China can be divided into the following three stages: the exploration period of Translation Studies, the development period of Translation Studies, the flourishing period of Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1. The Exploration Period of Translation Studies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the Translation Studies, the famous translator Dong Qiusi in 1950 pointed out that “although there are thousands of hundreds of years of translation experience, there are also 10,000 people engaged in translation, but those who study translation theory, Almost no. What we have are some translation regulations and fragments of experience for temporary reference.&amp;quot; He clearly called for the establishment of &amp;quot;a complete translation theory system&amp;quot; (Dong Qiusi 1950 ). It is a pity that Dong Qiusi's appeal did not attract much attention. The translation industry in China is still satisfied with the translator’s experiences, and even mistakes their experiences as theory. In the early days of New China, due to the needs of national construction and foreign exchanges, translation activities were initially highly valued and supported by the party and governments at all levels. Translations of various translation groups, journals, papers, conferences and political documents appeared in history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, affected by political factors at home and abroad, the development of translation disciplines has almost stagnated, the number of translations has been greatly reduced, and the types of works have become increasingly single. During this period, the people engaged in translation discipline construction were front-line foreign affairs translators and literary translators. They were mainly responsible for political and literary translation practice, and of course translation criticism, translation publishing, translation management, etc. At that time, because a large number of people who understand foreign languages were needed for national construction, language learning was the main task of academic industry, and translation teaching was regarded as a means to strengthen foreign language ability. Later, with the advancement of reform and opening up, a group of teachers and students who were concerned about translation teaching in the foreign language community joined the group of developing Translation Studies. The number of publications on scientific translation, teaching studies, textbook research, and introduction to Western translation theories has gradually increased. But Translation Studies at this stage is still attached to the third level research direction under foreign language and literature, but the distinction between translation teaching and language teaching has gradually become clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2. The Development Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of this period, it was explored whether the Translation Studies can become an independent discipline, whether there is a difference between the training of translation professionals and the training of traditional foreign language talents, and what are the differences. At this stage, some masters and doctors in translation studies joined the construction team translation discipline. Researchers' disciplinary awareness and interdisciplinary awareness have increased, methodological awareness has sprouted, and the number of micro-level translation teaching research has increased. In the teaching of translation majors, more attention has been paid to theoretical explanations, textual comparisons between English and Chinese, and extra-linguistic factors in translation activities. In 2003 and 2005, Shanghai International Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established Graduate Institute of Interpretation and Translation desperately. The first degree in Translation Studies was established by the Ministry of Education in Shanghai in 2004, which can be regarded as a sign that Translation Studies have been recognized by the system as a secondary discipline. To this end, a group of special articles in the third issue of &amp;quot;''China Translator''&amp;quot; in 2004 come to congratulate. Since the establishment of Translation Studies, its disciplinary connotation has been explored, the system has been gradually improved, the framework has become increasingly substantial, and its social contribution has been unique and huge.(Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao 2020) Translation research ideas, methods, space and resources are further expanded, translation teaching methods, tools and resources are enriched, the number of applied texts in translation teaching increases, and the professional orientation is much clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3. The Flourishing Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2011, the Ministry of Education adjusted the discipline catalog and listed &amp;quot;Translation Studies&amp;quot; as a second-level subject under the first-level discipline of &amp;quot;Foreign Languages and Literature&amp;quot; officially. As a result, the status of Translation Studies was formally established, facing the world, serving demand, and standardizing construction. In the flourishing period,  the construction of translation disciplines and the development of translation majors in China have shown a new look. Many levels have jumped to new levels, which is reflected in the new breakthroughs in the main construction force. A large number of language service industry practitioners, technical experts and translation scholars have collaborated to provide suggestions for the construction of translation disciplines and talent training. There are many publications on translation teaching research, translation technology research, translation market and language service industry research, and the construction of the discourse system of translation theory with Chinese characteristics. New changes have taken place in the focus and form of translation teaching. Translation teachers train students to acquire the industry knowledge, technology, skills and accomplishments required by the language service market by inviting industry instructors into classrooms to share their ideas, and through other methods such as project cooperation, field learning, and simulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3. Challenges of Learning Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Translation Studies as a discipline in China did not happen overnight. It also experienced ups and downs along the way. China's translation discipline has now entered a new stage, and the team of Translation Studies has become larger and larger. More and more colleges and universities set up MTI and MA in Translation. More students and scholars began to engage in Translation Studies. However, due to various reasons, in the process of learning Translation Studies, we also face many problems and challenges. This chapter will introduce the problems of learning Translation Studies in China from the perspectives of translation education and students' personal factors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the establishment of the status of China’s Translation Studies, translation education grows up. And with the historical process of reform and opening for more than 40 years, translation education has made brilliant achievement and has promoted the training of translation professionals, and also will further make important contributions to national economic and social development. It is obvious that translation education plays an important role in the learning process of Translation Studies. A good translation education plays a positive role in the development of translation disciplines, and can also help students learn Translation Studies better. However, China's translation education started and developed after the reform and opening up, is relatively late. Under the background of the new era, it still faces many challenges and urgently needs to be addressed. In addition, the construction of Translation Studies is not long, and the construction of a complete translation teaching system is still on the way of continuous development, and systematic researches on translation teaching still needs efforts. The author mainly analyzes this problem from four aspects: the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents, the faculty resources, the teaching mode and translation teaching research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1. Orientation of the Cultivation of Translation Talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents is not particularly clear. In the actual teaching practice, some colleges and universities do not separate translation major students and English major students clearly due to the unclear concept of the cultivation of translation talents. There are few differences in teaching model between translation major and the traditional English major. In addition, different colleges and universities still have not unified the concepts, principles, methods and other macro ideas of translation professional teaching, and they are independent in the specific classroom teaching operations, and the curriculum settings are out of touch with the market. (Zhong Weihe 2019)Due to the inconsistency between the talent cultivation model in some universities and the development of translation industry, a considerable number of translation graduates do not have good professional ethics, wide encyclopedia knowledge, and professional skills and learning ability. In addition, most of them lack of organizational management ability, innovation ability as well as collaborate ability. Those reasons have seriously affected the quality and quantity of cultivating translation professionals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2. Faculty Resources&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of teachers is closely related to the effect of English translation teaching. English translation has higher requirements for teachers' teaching guidance ability, response ability and language organization ability. The problem of translation teachers has always been a bottleneck problem that needs to be broken through. The teachers here include both full-time teachers and part-time teachers. Recent evaluation data show that although the number of the teacher in translation major is sufficient and the structure is reasonable, the number of professional translators is lacking, and the teachers' scientific research and practical ability are seriously lacking. Statistics for part-time teachers show that the number of part-time teachers can be guaranteed, but only 27% are from the language service industry, and the rest are from the government and universities, which is inconsistent with the requirements of the &amp;quot;''National Standard of Part-time Teacher in MTI Education'' &amp;quot;. (Zhong Weihe 2019) In addition, many English teachers in colleges and universities have been in a professional teaching environment for a long time and rarely have the opportunity to participate in practice. This has caused translation teaching to derail from the actual situation to some extent, resulting in poor training of professional translators and affecting the overall development of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3. Teaching method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relatively speaking, the teaching mode of translation teaching in China is still based on traditional English major teaching, and the teaching mode is relatively single. The most commonly used form is to explain the theory and skills, then explain and appreciate the analysis through the example sentences and example texts on the professional textbooks, and finally arrange homework based on the content of this class. (Wang Baigula 2020) For example, this kind of teaching method that ignores student autonomy is entirely a teacher-centered teaching model, which will place too much emphasis on teachers and teaching materials to a large extent, restricting teachers’ ability to innovate and explore. In addition, this kind of translation mode will restrain students' interpreting practice ability to a certain extent and ignore life culture and skills. This will cause translation majors to limit their learning content to test papers instead of translation researches and the process of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.4 Translation Teaching Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current achievements of translation teaching research in China are mainly expressed in impressionistic and scattered personal experiences, lacking systematic research and strong theoretical support. In other words, it lacks systematic theoretical guidance, clear methodology guidance and effective research method. And the research methods are still based on reflection and experience, and importantly, the empirical research is rare. besides, the number of interdisciplinary researches is relatively small, and there is also a lack of sufficient number of experiments and opportunities in actual application fields. Translation discipline has a big difference comparing to other disciplines, mainly because of its high interactivity, which requires the participation of many disciplines. Only in this way can the value of the translation discipline be brought into play.(Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqing 2011) However, combining actual translation learning and translation education in colleges and universities, it can be seen that China has not paid enough attention to this aspect, so that many interdisciplinary content is only on the surface, but not deep into the actual situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2. Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above mentioned the impact of translation education on translation studies, and the following part will analyze the difficulties faced by students when learning translation studies. In China, English courses are offered from the elementary school, it is a long journey to learn English. It stands to reason that after a long period of study, students can master English proficiently, and be proficient in oral and writing. But this is not true. The reasons for this situation are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1. Low level of commitment to translation learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese students begin to learn English very early and study for a long time, the effective efforts for English learning is not enough. Translation is not only a simple language conversion, its process is complex and tortuous, especially when the process of translation encountered strange and difficult to understand the content, it requires the translator to be patient, as far as possible to invest their time and energy to search and verify the related knowledge. Most of the time, the unqualified translation results from the fact that the translator does not invest enough time and energy, and only has a superficial understanding of background knowledge, professional terms or corpus search. At the same time, it is difficult for students to have the amount of extra-curricular English reading and accumulate a rich vocabulary. As a result, students' basic English translation skills are not solid. If students do not know more than half of the words and phrases in an article, it is impossible for them to translation the whole passage. At the same time, there are many differences between the word order of English and Chinese. Due to the insufficient amount of English reading, it is difficult for students to get familiar with the English reading mode and grasp the main points of English translation, so it may lead the final translation to fail to convey the true meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2. Insufficient background knowledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of exam-oriented education, many Chinese students hope to get a good grade in exam and ignore that learning English is also for communication. They are only satisfied with finishing the English translation exercises assigned by teachers and seldom use English for daily communication or reading English works. And in this way, students do not grasp sufficient background information. With the advent of the era of network, traditional translation objects, such as religious texts and the classics of social sciences, are out of the core status of translation activities and are gradually marginalized. Especially from the quantity of the objects, there are more and more literature references, business documents, documents of national governments and international organizations, which have increasingly become the mainstream of contemporary translation object. (Xie Zhentian, 2015) Various types of translation objects become big challenges for students’ knowledge. On the other hand, students pay much attention to language transfer and translation skills, but neglect the supplement of professional background knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3. Neglect of theoretical knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, when MA students are learning theoretical knowledge, most of them do not have a correct understanding of Translation Studies. They think that translation theory is useless or that previous translation theories is very perfect, so they cannot make any innovations in Translation Studies. However, learning Translation Studies is not to create a translation theory. The purpose is to improve students' theoretical awareness so as to establish their translation literacy. The academic master of Translation should focus more on verifying the validity of theories through the practice of translation.(Jiang Feifei 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4. Suggestions for the Learning of Translation Studies'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote the development of Translation Studies, the training of translation talents is extremely important. Translation Studies as a discipline needs to be improved according to the development of times. The following will show the efforts we need to make from the perspectives of translation education and the students themselves, in order to better learn Translation Studies and promote the development of Translation Studies in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Improve Teaching Mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teaching model is an important basic guarantee for cultivating interdisciplinary English translators. At present, colleges and universities should focus on the current social needs. Teachers should effectively integrate the curriculum with social reality in the teaching process, which can be based on the current social situation or current affairs. Similarly, the translation model has a very important impact on teaching arrangement. The rapid enrichment of theoretical horizons has put forward many new requirements for translation teaching. Therefore, translation teaching should also combine these needs to make something new. For example, many translation learning in China have begun to shift to the perspective of students' autonomous learning, rather than relying solely on teachers’ guidance or leading. This is a very good practice, and it also meets the new requirements of the times. The objective teaching method is a teaching mode that can be introduced in translation teaching. This type of mode attaches great importance to the construction of learning environment and the value of teachers' guidance to students. (Ou Yonghua 2019) This is very important for translation learning. While diffusing students' interest in learning, it will also increase students' creative ability and thought diffusion. And through the current teaching equipment and teaching software to enrich the teaching content in the teaching process so as to improve the students’ learning efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2. Strengthen Faculty Force&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers occupies a very important position in the training of talents, and at the same time, improving the quality and ability of the teaching team is also the most important thing when training talents. Therefore, in view of the current low professional quality and ability of teachers in ordinary colleges and universities in China, first of all, colleges and first-line translation teachers need to clarify the requirements for professional ability development, and strive to improve the professional quality of teachers (professional ethics and norms, lifelong learning), professional knowledge (linguistic culture and discipline knowledge, education theory) and professional ability (teaching design and implementation, teaching strategy, modern technology application, teaching reflection, scientific research, practice, testing and evaluation, digital scientific research and learning, data analysis);（Zhong Hewei 2019） Secondly, at the beginning of the training of talents, it is possible to engage outstanding professional teams outside the school to communicate, so as to enhance the echelon construction of the school's teaching team, improve the teacher structure in the school, and devote to the comprehensive training of professional translators suitable for social development and needs. The cultivation of talents and the construction of teachers. (Wang Baigula 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.3. Broaden the academic vision of translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation research is a booster for the development of the education of translation majors in the new era. In the future, Chinese translation research can still make breakthroughs in the following aspects. The first is to strengthen the research of translation theory, focusing not only on the grand theory of structural analysis and classification, but also on the micro-theories of specific phenomena and answering practical questions, and reserve the prerequisite theoretical knowledge that needs to be solved for the establishment and development of the discipline, which is a comprehensive academic research of the discipline. Carry out the provision of roadmap (Lan Hongjun, 2018); the second is to innovate research methods and carry out disciplinary cooperation. At present, in the research of translation education, humanistic research is dominant, and empirical research is gradually increasing. Translation education involves many subjects such as pedagogy, psychology, and testing. With the continuous emergence of new research technologies and methods, and the increasingly obvious interdisciplinary and integration, translation education research should be able to learn from interdisciplinary research methods, carry out interdisciplinary cooperation, and be good at using new technology and innovative research methods.(Mu Lei, Li Xixi 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2. Students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of translation talents plays a very important role in the development of translation studies. Those who will be engaged in the field of translation should also work hard to improve themselves, expand their knowledge, earnestly study theoretical knowledge, and practice more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1. Expanding knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies is originally an interdisciplinary subject. Whether you are engaged in translation research or translation practice in the future, you need to expand your knowledge. For students studying translation studies, when they are learning translation theory, they also need to master the knowledge of linguistics, psychology, pedagogy, philosophy, etc., so as to integrate them with translation studies. For students who are going to be engaged in translation practice in the future, in addition to having a solid foundation in language ability, they should also take the initiative to continuously learn new knowledge with a broad perspective. They should not only focus on their major field, but also should grasp the knowledge of politics, economics, science and technology, history, geography, customs, etc. to strengthen their comprehensive language skills. A very good way to expand their knowledge is to improve their search ability. Search ability, specifically, refers to how translators use dictionaries, encyclopedias, search engines, corpora, grammar books, etc. to solve practical problems in translation. With economic globalization and various changes in the language service industry, the demand for non-literary translation has skyrocketed. Translators need to be exposed to translations in various forms (audio, video, website, etc.) and fields (mechanical, chemical, electrical, etc.), MTI students is urgent to learn certain professional background knowledge and increase the depth and scope of search to deal with more complex and difficult translation tasks. (Wang Na 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2. Emphasize theory and practice more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge comes from practice. Current translation theories provide many conveniences for this activity. In the process of translation practice, students can also verify the validity of these theories. However, students should not only understand the knowledge of linguistics, not only the translation skills and theories，but also practice more. Theories that are out of practice cannot keep up with the development of the times. Students must spend enough time in practicing. They can go to the front line of production or go deep into all aspects of social life, and keep close contact with the masses in order to continuously broaden their horizons and know the society better. And then it is possible for them to analyze practical experience and conclude it into theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter analyzes the current situation of Translation Studies as a discipline by reviewing the development process of Translation Studies in China. There are many factors that affect the learning of Translation Studies. Among them, from the perspective of translation teaching, in China, the concept of talent training is unclear, the faculty resource is insufficient, and the teaching structure is relatively simple. Those engaged in translation education need to clarify the orientation of cultivating translation talents. At the same time, teachers should also improve their personal qualities, including their teaching ability and so on. In addition, research on translation education should also be emphasized, and exchanges and cooperation between the disciplines should be strengthened to conduct more effective translation learning and translation research. From the students’ point of view, those who major in translation must learn translation studies hard to contribute to the development of Translation Studies. However, many students did not work hard to learn their major, their basic skills are not wonderful, and their knowledge scope is relatively narrow. Some students do not have a correct understanding of translation studies. To become an excellent translator, students also need to spend time and energy to expand their knowledge range. At the same time, students also need to take translation theories seriously and learn it carefully, and then apply those theories to practice. In this way, they can also gain a lot of practical experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
President Xi Jinping, asked” the majority of philosophy and social science workers to bravely stand on the forefront of the times, communicate the changes of the past and the present, and give the first signs of thought” (Xi Jinpin 2016). Looking back on the past decades, the achievements and independent status of Translation Studies were not achieved overnight. They have condensed the unremitting exploration and hard work of many scholars, showing a development axis of independence, self-consciousness, self-reliance and self-confidence. Looking forward to the future, we hope that the successors of Translation Studies and translation majors can inherit the spirit of their predecessors in the grand vision of the development of Chinese language service industry in the new era, and keep the discipline mission in mind. Based on China's social development practice and serving the national strategy, we can have dialogue with the international translation community, draw on the latest foreign translation theories, combine the history and current situation of Chinese translation to further improve the translation discipline system, academic system and discourse system construction. And it also can promote the cultivation of translation talents. (Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan 2020) The author sincerely hopes that the Chinese characteristics and Chinese style of Translation Studies can make contributions to the development of international translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S. (1972). The Name and Nature of Translation Studies. ''Papers on Literary Translation and Translation Studies''. 67–80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqin.薄振杰,李和庆.(2011).关于当前中国翻译教学研究的思考.[ Reflection on the Current Research of Translation Teaching in China].外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 76-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Qiusi.董秋斯.(1950).翻译批评的标准和重点.[ Criteria and focus of translation criticism].翻译通报[''Translation Bulletin''].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao.黄忠廉，张潇.（2020）.翻译学科百年:演进、反思与趋势.[ A Century of Translation Studies: Evolution, Reflection and Trend]. 上海翻译[''Shanghai Journal of Translators''] 1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Feifei.姜菲菲.(2019).中国文化走出去背景下对翻译学科的综述. [A Summary of Translation Studies from the Background of Outputting Chinese Culture].校园英语[''English Campus'']7-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan Hongjun.蓝红军.(2018)从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究(1987-2017). [Theoretically Oriented Translation Studies in China: 1987 - 2017].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal'']7-16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mu Lei, Li Xixi.穆雷, 李希希.(2019).中国翻译教育研究:现状与未来.[ Research on Translation Education in China: Status Quo and Future] .外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 24-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ou Yonghua.(2019).新时期中国翻译教学研究思考概述. [An Overview of Researches on Chinese Translation Teaching in the New Era].课程教育研究[''Course Education Research''] 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Jinping.习近平.(2016).在哲学社会科学工作座谈会上的讲话.[ Speech at the Symposium on Philosophy and Social Sciences].新华网[xinhuanet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Zhentian.谢天振.(2015).翻译巨变与翻译的重新定位与定义——从2015年国际翻译日主题谈起.[ Great Changes in Translation and Repositioning and Definition of Translation——Starting from the theme of the International Translation Day in 2015].东方翻译[''East Journal of Translation''] 4-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Baigula.王白古拉.(2018).中国翻译教学现状与复合型翻译人才培养. [The Status Quo of Translation Teaching in China and the cultivation of Interdisciplinary Translators].文存阅刊[''Wen Cun Journal''] 87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Na.王娜. (2020).MTI在校生搜索能力不足成因分析. [An Analysis of the Causes of Insufficient Searching Ability of MTI Students].海外英语[''Overseas English''] 194-195.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe.仲伟合.(2019).改革开放40年我国翻译专业教育:成就、挑战与发展. [China Translation Education in the Past 40 Years of Reform and Opening Up: Achievements, Challenges and Development].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 68-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan.仲伟合,赵田园.(2020).中国翻译学科与翻译专业发展研究（1949-2019).[ Research on the Development of Chinese Translation Discipline and Translation Major (1949-2019)].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 79-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan  202020080674 亚非语言文学波斯语方向 ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both outstanding representatives of Shakespeare's plays translated in 20th century Chinese literature. Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil , and lived a hard and poor life , so his translations were both imbued with deep patriotism, and his translations were based on naturalization strategies. As a scholar who returned from overseas studies, Liang Shiqiu believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the translation process with the purpose of spreading the culture of foreign countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords===&lt;br /&gt;
translation; translator; cultural identity; Shakespeare's plays&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
梁实秋和朱生豪都是20世纪中国文学界翻译莎士比亚戏剧的杰出代表人物。朱生豪生活在战火纷飞，动荡不安的年代，生活过得很艰苦和贫困，所以他的翻译中都蕴含了深深的爱国主义情怀，翻译以归化策略为主。梁实秋作为海外学成归来的学者，认为文学是天才创作的。所以他以传播异国的文化为目的，在翻译过程中采取了异化策略。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译；译者；文化身份；莎士比亚剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Translating a work is a re-recognition and re-expression of what the translator knows and transmits. On the one hand, the translator transmits the content of the original author, and on the other hand, the translator also incorporates his or her own interpretation and understanding into it. In traditional translation studies, whether the translation is faithful to the original work is the key criterion to measure the goodness of a translated work, and it is also an important criterion to judge a translator's qualification or otherwise. (Many. 2018: 85) Therefore, the translator plays an important active role in both translating the content and interpreting it, and the translator is the first person who is in direct contact with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Benjamin, the famous German literary critic, once said : &amp;quot;In any discussion of translation, the traditional concept always revolves around fidelity and freedom: that is, the freedom to reproduce the original faithfully and the fidelity to the original in the reproduction.&amp;quot; (Benjamin. 1968/2004: 20) However, in the process of translation, besides being faithful to the direct expression of the original, translators also have their own translation characteristics and strategies. The issue of &amp;quot;cultural identity&amp;quot; has also received more and more attention. (Fu, Wenhui. 2011: 16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There have been many Chinese translations of Shakespeare's plays in China, among which Zhu Shenghao and Liang Shiqiu are both classic representatives of Shakespeare's plays in translation. However, they differ in many aspects such as the purpose of their respective translations, translation styles, and translation contents. The reason for this is that the influence of their cultural identities on their translations cannot be ignored. This paper will try to explore the influence of their respective cultural identities on the translation purposes and translation contents by comparing their cultural identities and the social and cultural backgrounds in which they lived, so as to provide guiding inspirations and suggestions for translation practice activities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction to the identity of the translator===&lt;br /&gt;
Translators are also readers, however, they act as readers in a special sense; the ultimate goal of a translator is not to read and understand the original text, but to convey the original text he reads by interpreting it in another linguistic symbol (Wu Delu. 2016:211). Both Liang Shiqiu (1903-1987) and Zhu Shenghao (1912-1944) were famous translators of Shakespeare in China in the twentieth century, and their translations have stood the test of time. The contributions that Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao made to the Chinese literary world are well known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cultural identity, or cultural identity, (Wang Ning. 1999:45) mainly includes a nation, group or individual's sense of identity with its own culture and perception of self-image,( Wang Zhenping. 2017:68) which is characterized by the fact that cultural identity carries the self-identified and recognized cultural characteristics of a certain group, and the manifestation of these characteristics in group members varies in strength and weakness depending on the objective environment. Cultural identity is expressed through the way people communicate, interpersonal relationships, and behavioral norms (Liu Shuang. 2000:90), and it is stable and fluid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Although Liang Shiqiu and Zhu Shenghao are both known in contemporary times, they are different in terms of translation purpose, style, technique, and even phrasing, forming two different schools of Shakespeare translation in China.&amp;quot; (Xi Yongji. 2007:245)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Zhu Shenghao's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao is a famous translator. He was born on February 2, 1912, in Jiaxing, Zhejiang Province, to a family of small, declining merchants. Zhu Shenghao began to translate Shakespeare in 1935, but the translation process was difficult and the conditions were tough (the Japanese attacked Shanghai in 1937 and the city was in flames. Zhu Shenghao's house was burned down by the Japanese, and he escaped with the Oxford edition of the complete works of Shakespeare and some of his translations. (Most of his translations were burned by the Japanese.) However, he persisted in his translation career and devoted himself to it, eventually leaving us forever in 1944 due to lung disease from overwork.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In less than ten years, he translated a total of thirty-one and a half Shakespeare plays with amazing perseverance and talent. Later, his wife, Song Qingyu, compiled all his translations and passed them on to the World Book Bureau in Shanghai, which published The Complete Works of Shakespeare in the fall of 1947. Many Shakespeare researchers could not believe that the Chinese could write such a high quality translation. It is easy to see that his remarkable talent was recognized both at home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the above, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and turmoil, experienced the May Fourth Movement and other tides, and his translations were imbued with a deep sense of patriotism, so his translation of Shakespeare's plays was based on naturalization strategies. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) As a patriotic young man, he longed for China to be understood and to transmit and promote Chinese culture. The so-called naturalization means that the language and culture are the main focus, which ensures the fluency of the translation, reduces the strangeness of the original text, and allows the target language readers to better understand the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Liang Shiqiu's Cultural Identity====&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu, whose original name was Zhihua, was born in Beijing. He was a famous Chinese modern and contemporary essayist, scholar, literary critic, translator, and the first authority on Shakespeare in China. He studied at the English Department of the University of Colorado, Harvard University and Columbia University Graduate School.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is worth mentioning that Liang believes that literature is a creation of genius. Liang repeatedly said, &amp;quot;All civilization is the original creation of a very few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;literature and art are the original creation of a few geniuses&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;there is no literature and art for the majority, and literature and art are not for the majority &amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu: R.O.C. 23) &amp;quot;The highest art can only be understood by a few ...... Art has its own many grades, so the appreciation of art also has many grades.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
As for the satisfaction of the literary and artistic requirements of the general public, Liang Shiqiu arranged for them the arts such as story-telling and popular literary works, because their knowledge could only understand such works and they were only interested in such arts, as for the great works of art, like Shakespeare's plays, that naturally only the great artists could appreciate and appreciate them. Liang Shiqiu's mistake was to exaggerate the role of heroic figures such as geniuses and completely ignore the role of the general public in the creation and reception of art. (Wang Qili. 2004: 12)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that Liang Shiqiu was a scholar who returned from overseas, but he advocated &amp;quot;genius literature&amp;quot; and ignored the role of the people in art and culture. Liang Shiqiu began his translation of Shakespeare in 1930, and it took him nearly 40 long years to complete the translation of this masterpiece, which had a profound impact on the Chinese literary world. (Zhou Li. 2016:30) At the same time, his literary thought was largely influenced by Western classicism and neo-humanism, so when translating, he mostly adopted the strategy of alienation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Foreignization and domestication Strategies====&lt;br /&gt;
According to Venuti, domestication is &amp;quot;bringing the original author into the desired language and culture of the translation&amp;quot;, while dissimilation is &amp;quot;accepting the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign work and bringing the reader into the foreign situation&amp;quot; (Venuti, 1995:20). (Venuti, 1995:20)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication means to localize the original language, to take the target language or the readers of the translation as the home, and to adopt the expressions that the target language readers are accustomed to in order to convey the content of the original. The translator is required to get closer to the readers of the target language, and the translation must become an authentic national language. This method helps readers understand the translation better and enhances the readability and appreciation of the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method of Foreignization is: &amp;quot;the translator does not disturb the author as much as possible, so that the reader moves closer to the author&amp;quot;. In translation, it means absorbing the expressions of foreign languages, requiring the translator to draw closer to the author and adopt the expressions corresponding to the source language used by the author to convey the content of the original text, that is, to take the language and culture of the original text as the home. Centering on the language and culture of the original language, the cultural characteristics and exoticism of the original language are preserved as much as possible; (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010: 95) Using the strategy of Foreignization helps readers better appreciate the differences in national culture, national characteristics and exotic elements such as language style features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cultural identity of translators in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
First, the translator is the second pair of eyes of the reader. &amp;quot;For most readers who do not understand the original work, (the translator's interpretation) is the only way to enter the world of the original work&amp;quot; (Xu Jun 2014: 220). Therefore, the translator's performance in translation is directly related to the reader's acceptance. Moreover, under the translator's subjective role, &amp;quot;the flower of life of the original work gains a continuous, up-to-date and most flourishing opening in the translation&amp;quot; (Ben-jamin 1968/2004: 20). The translator is, in turn, the bearer and transmitter of the author's work. A translator's contribution is unquestionable if his or her translation is recognized by the public or the academic community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's translations have their own strengths, Liang's for scholars to study, Zhu's for the popularization of Shakespeare's works, and both translations interpret classic literary works from different perspectives. (Yan Xiaojiang. 2010:98) But both have made great contributions to world literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the original intention of translation====&lt;br /&gt;
The reasons for Zhu Shenghao's translation of Shakespeare have also been explored, and all of them agree that personal interest, patriotic thought, dedication and financial embarrassment were the main motivations for his translation of Shakespeare. Here, we prefer to consider &amp;quot;interest&amp;quot; as the primary motivation. (Qiu Yunchen. 2010:591) Zhu Shenghao himself said, &amp;quot;I love Shakespeare's plays so much and so only that I have tried to read the whole text at least ten times from the beginning to the end. ......&amp;quot; Zhu's love for Shakespeare is so strong that &amp;quot;He was so passionate about Shakespeare that he would not stop reading Shakespeare, not eating it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, because Zhu Shenghao was born in an ordinary family and his parents died at an early age, his life was difficult, and he mentioned in his translations that he had to pay for translating Shakespeare's plays. Economic reasons also drove his perseverance in translating, and furthermore, Zhu Shenghao lived in a time of war and experienced the May Fourth Movement and other fashions, and his translations contained deep patriotism, a desire for China to be understood and to transmit Chinese culture. This patriotic sentiment also inspired his determination to translate Shakespeare's plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believes that there is a distinction between elegant and vulgar literature, genius is to appreciate literature, the general public to read are popular literature. In Liang Shiqiu's view, not only the subject of creation can only be a very small number of geniuses, that is, the appreciation of literature is also the patent of a very small number of talented people, &amp;quot;the highest art only a few people can understand ......, literature and art is not the majority.&amp;quot; (Liang Shiqiu. 1988:117). According to Liang Shiqiu, &amp;quot;literature is created by genius&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When he studied at Harvard University, he took the course &amp;quot;Literary Criticism after the Sixteenth Century&amp;quot; by the American neoclassicist Byrd Byrd, and was greatly influenced by Western humanist thought in literary thought and the Western cultural environment, so he set out to translate Shakespeare's plays with the aim of spreading the idea of foreign culture. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare aimed to &amp;quot;preserve the most authentic things&amp;quot; and to convey the author's meaning visually. Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare was very faithful to the original text, and his opposition to &amp;quot;hard translations&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;bent translations&amp;quot; shows that he advocated faithfulness and fluency in translation. (Xiao Li. Li Xiaoying. 2012:95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====In terms of the content of the translation (taking the translation of Shakespeare as an example)====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao stated at the beginning of his translation: &amp;quot;My aim in translating this book is, first, to maintain the charm of the original work to the greatest extent possible, and then to consider the second point if it is not feasible, that is, to convey faithfully the meaning and feelings of the original text in simple and easy-to-understand sentences; but I dare not agree with the rigid translation of word-by-word comparison.... I would like to be a reader and check the translation for any ambiguities. I must also pretend to be an actor on the stage, and examine whether the tone of speech is smooth and whether the syllables are in tune. It often takes days to think hard about a word or phrase that is not agreeable.&amp;quot; (Zhu Shenghao. (2010:36) This shows that Zhu Shenghao's translation of Sha plays more attention to the performance function of drama.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example: ( the translation of Zhu Shenghao)&lt;br /&gt;
EGEUS: Stand forth，Demetrius． My noble lord，&lt;br /&gt;
伊吉斯:走上前来，狄米特律斯。殿下，这个人，&lt;br /&gt;
This man hath my consent to marry her．&lt;br /&gt;
是我答应把我女儿嫁给他的&lt;br /&gt;
Stand forth，Lysander．&lt;br /&gt;
走上前来，拉山德。&lt;br /&gt;
And，my gracious Duke， This man hath bewitched the bosom of my child．（莎士比亚.2011：22）&lt;br /&gt;
殿下，这个人引诱坏了我的孩子 （朱生豪. 2013：9）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, influenced by traditional Chinese moral and ethical thinking, when obscene words and indecent phrases appeared in the original text, Zhu Shenghao basically &amp;quot;purified&amp;quot; or arbitrarily rewrote them, or simply deleted them without translation. Perhaps it is also the fact that his translations conform to the requirements of Chinese moral culture that makes his works so well-received. The advertisement published by World Bookstore clearly states two sentences: &amp;quot;The original text is brilliant, a treasure of world literature ornaments; the translation is beautiful and fluent, keeping the charm of the original work. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, his translation.	&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，&lt;br /&gt;
Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent． (Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.2011:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
拉山德:放开手，你这猫! 你这牛蒡子! 贱东西，放开手!&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要像摔掉身上一条蛇那样摔掉你了(莎士比亚．2013:117 )。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu believed that translation should be faithful to the original text, so his translation content can be summarized as &amp;quot;faithfulness and fidelity&amp;quot;. The style of &amp;quot;faith&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; has been developed. (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Because of this faithfulness, Liang Shiqiu believed that any arbitrary rewriting or deletion of the original work would be unfaithful to the work, and that the vulgar language in Shakespeare's plays has its specific role in portraying characters and increasing the stage effect. Therefore, he kept the obscene words in the original text intact in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First: Stay true to the original text and try not to delete or subtract from it.&lt;br /&gt;
LYSANDEＲ: Hang off，thou cat，thou burr! Vile thing，let loose，Or I will shake thee from me like a serpent． (Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.2001:110)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of Liang Shiqiu:&lt;br /&gt;
赖， 走开，你这个猫，你这个缠人的东西! 下流的东西，松手，&lt;br /&gt;
否则我要把你像是毒蛇一般的甩开(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:110)。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
HELENA She was a vixen when she went toschool: &lt;br /&gt;
And though she be but little，she is fierce．(Ⅲ． ⅱ) (莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001:116)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of Liang Shiqiu:&lt;br /&gt;
海 上学时她就是个狐狸精。&lt;br /&gt;
她虽然身材小，她很凶(莎士比亚.梁实秋译2001: 117) 。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, Liang Shiqiu's translations retain the punctuation of the original texts (Li Jiawei/Hui Lijun. 2017:75) Liang believes that retaining punctuation makes the translations more &amp;quot;Shakespearean&amp;quot;. &amp;quot;The punctuation used by Shakespeare may seem less formal, but in fact it is a self-contained system, designed to point out the effect of intonation when the actors recite their lines. Based on this clarification, I then decided to preserve as much of Shakespeare's original punctuation as possible in a text, with the result that where there is an original sentence, there is a translation&amp;quot;. (Liang Shiqiu. 1966) &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Liang Shiqiu's translation of Shakespeare pays more attention to the literary function of drama and more attention to the stage function of literature. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, a fragment of Liang Shiqiu's translation of Hamlet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen. There is a willow grows aslant a brook,&lt;br /&gt;
That shows his hoar leaves in the glassy stream;&lt;br /&gt;
There with fantastic garlands did she come,&lt;br /&gt;
Of crow-flowers, nettles, daisies, and long purples,&lt;br /&gt;
That liberal shepherds give a grosser name.&lt;br /&gt;
But our cold maids do dead man’s fingers call them:&lt;br /&gt;
There, on the pendent boughs her coronet weeds&lt;br /&gt;
Clambering to hang ,an envious sliver broke,&lt;br /&gt;
When down her weedy trophies and herself&lt;br /&gt;
Fell in the weeping brook. Her clothes spread wide;&lt;br /&gt;
And, mermaid-like, awhile they bore her up;&lt;br /&gt;
Which time she chanted snatches of old tunes; As one&lt;br /&gt;
incapable of her own distress,&lt;br /&gt;
Or like a creature native and indu’d&lt;br /&gt;
Unto that element: but long it could not be&lt;br /&gt;
Till that her garments ,heavy with her drink,&lt;br /&gt;
Pull’d the poor wretch from her melodious lay&lt;br /&gt;
To muddy death.&lt;br /&gt;
（shakespeare, hamlet, act Ⅳ, scenceⅦ）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Liang Shiqiu：&lt;br /&gt;
河边有一株斜长着的杨柳，白叶倒映&lt;br /&gt;
在玻璃似的流水里；他就来到那个地方，拿着些奇异的花圈，&lt;br /&gt;
扎的是毛莨、荨麻、延命菊，以及粗野牧人呼之不雅之名而纯&lt;br /&gt;
洁女郎都呼为“死人指”的紫兰。 就在那里，她爬上树枝想去&lt;br /&gt;
挂她的花圈，无情的枝子断了；她的花圈和她自身于是坠入&lt;br /&gt;
呜咽的河流。 她的衣服展开，像是鲛人似的，把她浮上来一会&lt;br /&gt;
儿，这时节她唱了几句古歌，好像不知自身痛苦似的，又好像&lt;br /&gt;
是水下生长的动物似的；但是这情形没有多久，她的衣服湿&lt;br /&gt;
透就变重了，于是把这可怜的人儿于曼声高唱中扯到污泥的&lt;br /&gt;
死所去了。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The translator's cultural identity is impressed by various factors such as the different backgrounds of the translator's life and the different cultural ideas he or she has received, and this identity is present in the translator's translation works almost all his or her life. In other words, the translator's cultural identity has a great and lasting influence on the choice of his or her translation strategy, and it can also be said that readers can learn the translator's cultural identity through his or her translation works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Zhu Shenghao, who lived in the era of constant war, had a deep patriotic feeling. So he wanted China to be understood by the world or more countries, to be able to transmit and carry forward Chinese culture. In addition, he was influenced by the deep-rooted moral and ethical thoughts of traditional Chinese culture, so he adopted a naturalization strategy in the translation process. However, looking at the translator Liang Shiqiu again, as a scholar who returned from studying in the West, he received the idea of Western humanism, and in addition, he believed that literature was created by genius. Therefore, he adopted the strategy of alienation in the process of translation with the aim of spreading foreign culture, and translated the original text word by word, sentence by sentence, and presented it to the readers without evasion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By briefly exploring the cultural identities and translation ideas of the two translators, we can see that both of them have their own merits, but also their own disadvantages. Throughout the contemporary era, the phenomenon of cultural globalization is also increasing, and most of the excellent works have been translated into multiple languages and spread, but for the translators, we should learn from the advantages of the previous translators, but that is, we should combine the East and the West, and master the translation skills to maintain the content of the original text to the greatest extent and ensure the accuracy of the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Fu Wenhui付文慧．多重文化身份下之戴乃迭英译阐释［The Interpretation of Dai Naidian's English Translation under Multiple Cultural Identities］中国翻译[ Chinese Translation]，2011，32(6):16—20．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Xiaojiang严晓江． 梁实秋与朱生豪莎剧译文特点之比较[A Comparison of the Characteristics of Liang Shiqiu's and Zhu Shenghao's Translations of Shakespeare]南通大学学报(社会科学版)[Journal of Nantong University (Social Science Edition)，2010，26(4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋. 翻译莎士比亚[M]//梁实秋. 莎士比亚诞辰四百周年纪念集. [Translation of Shakespeare by Liang Shiqiu. Shakespeare's 400th anniversary].  台湾: 中华书局[Taiwan:Zhong-Hua Book Bureau].1966.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Qiu Yuchen.邱蕴琛. 小议朱生豪译莎动因[A small discussion on the motivation of Zhu Shenghao's translation of Sha].科技信息[Science and Technology Information].2010,(07):448-591.&lt;br /&gt;
          &lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Wen周文. 朱生豪翻译观探微 [An exploration of Zhu Shenghao's concept of translation].科技信息(科学教研) [Science and Technology Information (Science Education and Research)].,2007,(22):127-128..  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Yongji奚永吉 . 莎士比亚翻译比较美学 [Comparative aesthetics of Shakespeare translation ] 上海：上海外语教育出版社[Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press].2007.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Wu Delu.吴得禄.译者文化身份对翻译的影响[The influence of translators' cultural identity on translation].读书文摘[Reading Digest].2016(08):211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Ning王宁．文学研究中的文化身份问题[Cultural Identity in Literary Studies] 外国文学[Foreign Literature].1999(4):48—51．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Shuang刘双．文化身份与跨文化传播[Cultural identity and cross-cultural communication]外语学刊[Journal of Foreign Languages]，2000(1):87—91．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qili王岐立．梁实秋文学思想浅析：[An analysis of Liang Shiqiu's literary thought]:中山大学研究生学刊 [Graduate Journal of Sun Yat-sen University].2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Shenghao 朱生豪.译者自序[Translator's Preface].文学界(专辑版)[Literature (album edition)].2010(09):36.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚 四大喜剧 梁实秋译[The Four Great Comedies translated by Liang Shiqiu].北京:中国广播电视出版社.[Beijing: China Radio and Television Press].2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shakespeare.莎士比亚． 仲夏夜之梦 朱生豪译．[A Midsummer Night's Dream translated by Zhu Shenghao].上海:上海世界图书出版公司 [Shanghai: Shanghai World Book Publishing Company],2013．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Shiqiu.梁实秋 文学与革命.偏见集[Literature and Revolution. The collection of prejudices].南京:正中书局[Nanjing: Zhengzhong Shuji].中华民国二十三年七月.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== An overview of descriptive translation studies and its relationship with normative translation studies	肖伊宁   Xiao Yining==&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation Strategies - Sagara Seydou==&lt;br /&gt;
               Strategies of Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Abstract    &lt;br /&gt;
Much work has been done in recent years on translation strategies. However, the definition offered by each author or theorist represents his/her own point of view and their views differ from each other. Most theorists agree that strategies are used by translators when they encounter a problem and literal translation does not work. Therefore, different researchers have investigated and described various translation strategies from their own perspectives. Some best-known theories of this field are described and compared to each other in this paper. The purpose of this study is to show the different theories in the field of translation strategies and to offer a general literature review to facilitate the study of translation strategies in future studies. Baker (1992) offered the clearest taxonomy of translation strategies that she believed professional translators use when they encounter a translation problem while performing a translation task.&lt;br /&gt;
Key words: translation strategies and translational problems.&lt;br /&gt;
This study includes four main sections: 1. Introduction; 2. Content; 3. Conclusions; 4. References;&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
The term “strategy” in “translation strategies” is often used synonymously with such terms as “procedure,” “technique,” “method,” “tactic,” “approach,” and so forth. Their meanings overlap, and translation researchers deﬁne them in various ways. Despite the terminological confusion, discussions of translation strategies can be traced back to Cicero’s advocacy of sense-for-sense translation in 46 BC, and are widely covered in translation textbooks for their pedagogical signiﬁcance. This topic also relates to broad theoretical issues in translation studies. (Wikipedia n.d)&lt;br /&gt;
Content&lt;br /&gt;
Researchers have attempted to distinguish translation strategy from its synonyms, and to develop their own classiﬁcations from different perspectives. For example, Lörscher’s (1991) classiﬁcation is based on a cognitive approach, while Chesterman’s (1997) differentiation uses a textual approach. Yet, the conceptual confusion has not been dispelled. This entry tries to distinguish translation strategies, techniques, and procedures, and to consolidate existing classiﬁcations. It seems that clear-cut deﬁnitions of these terms might not work as well as prototype deﬁnitions. Most researchers would agree that the two prototype translation strategies are literal translation and free translation. &lt;br /&gt;
The former focuses on the level of words, while the latter goes beyond the word level and emphasizes the creation of a target text that sounds natural in the target language. These two strategies are described in a variety of oppositions: word-for-word translation versus sense-for-sense translation; source-oriented translation versus target-oriented translation; direct translation versus oblique translation (by Vinay and Darbelnet); adequacy versus acceptability; formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence (by Eugene Nida); semantic translation versus communicative translation (by Peter Newmark);overt translation versus covert translation (by Juliane House); documentary versus instrumental translation (by Christiane Nord); foreignization versus domestication (by LawrenceVenuti), and so on. While these binary oppositions have much in common, they reﬂect different perspectives and emphasize different translation aims and effects. For instance, word-for-word translation and sense-for-sense translation are text-level or segment-level strategies. Nida’s (1964) formal equivalence versus dynamic equivalence is mainly from a linguistic perspective and involves reader response. The domesticating translation versus foreignizing translation pair, proposed by Venuti (1995), reﬂects a cultural interventionist perspective. The two strategies affect the choice of text for translation as well as the translation process. Venuti advocates the foreignizing strategy in order to “register the linguistic and cultural differences of the foreign text” (1995, p. 81)&lt;br /&gt;
The “literal versus free” debate has been one of the central issues in translation theory and criticism throughout the ages. However, it is now generally believed that this dichotomous debate is relatively sterile, as the two strategies are part of a continuum, and the selection of a strategy is a function of the theoretical assumption of “what is a translation” text type (e.g., serious literature, children’s literature, technical texts, print advertisements), domain (e.g., IT, legal), function (e.g., for publication, information, or light entertainment), prestige of the source text (e.g., the Bible, pulp ﬁction), motivation(e.g., payment), and other factors (or constraints). (Hatim &amp;amp; Munday,2004, p. 230)&lt;br /&gt;
Having discussed the two prototype strategies, let us turn to the deﬁnitional question: what is a translation strategy? Lörscher (1991), Chesterman (1997), and other researchers agree on a few deﬁning characteristics of a translation strategy: (a) it is goal-oriented,(b) it is problem-centered, (c) it requires making coordinated decisions, (d) it is potentially conscious, and (e) it involves text manipulation. The aforementioned two prototype translation strategies have these characteristics. Since a translation strategy involves problem solving, a categorization of translation problems would correspond to a categorization of translation strategies. The difﬁculty with this, however, is that there are a number of ways in which problems can be categorized. For instance, the categorization criterion can be the prior knowledge required to solve them, the nature of the goal involved, and the complexity of the problems involved (Robertson, 2001, p. 6).&lt;br /&gt;
Problems, according to their scale, can be divided into global (or general) problems and local (or speciﬁc) problems. Jääskeläinen (1993, p. 116) makes a corresponding distinction between global strategies (i.e., “the translator’s general principles and preferred modes of action”) and local strategies (i.e., “speciﬁc activities in relation to the translator’s problem-solving and decision-making”). Global strategies might be dictated by or with the commissioner while local strategies are up to the translator. In addition, local strategies are designed to handle speciﬁc problems and need to be consistent with the chosen global strategy. Jääskeläinen found that global strategies are much more frequently and consistently used by professional translators than by nonprofessionals. From Jääskeläinen’s perspective, literal and free translation strategies are global strategies since the translator has to think about the goal of the translation and how the target text should affect the readers. The global strategy chosen will affect the translation process. Since local strategies are immediately followed by speciﬁc techniques, which affect the translation result and the micro-units of the text, and are classiﬁed by comparison with the source text (Molina &amp;amp; Hurtado Albir, 2002, p. 509).&lt;br /&gt;
As translators grow in competence, some former translation problems will no longer present an obstacle to them; some of their local strategies become semiconscious or unconscious, and the use of certain techniques to cope with certain problems is automatized. Vinay and Darbelnet’s (2000) taxonomy of translation techniques (which they call “procedures”) has a wide impact. They did a comparative stylistic analysis of French and English, and divided the seven procedures they discovered into two general strategies: direct/literal translation and oblique translation. The former includes: (a) borrowing (i.e., borrowing a word or expression from the source language, such as the Chinese word“kung Fu” in modern English); (b) calque (which is a kind of borrowing whereby the structure of the original word or phrase is maintained but its morphemes are replaced by those of the target language; for example, the Chinese word “motian dalou,” literally “sky-scraping big building,” is a calque of skyscraper); (c) Literal translation. Oblique translation includes: (d)transposition (i.e., changing the word class or grammatical structure without changing the meaning of the message, as in rendering a noun in the source text into a verb in the target text); (e)modulation (i.e., changing the point of view or cognitive category in relation to the source text, as in rendering a negative construction into a positive one: “not complicated” becomes “easy”); (f)equivalence (e.g., translating “to kill two birds with one stone” into Chinese as “to kill two eagles with one arrow”); (g) adaptation  (i.e., a shift in cultural reference when the type of situation being referred to by the source text is unknown in the target culture, such as using the word “seal” for sheep when translating the Bible into Inuktitut).Among local translation strategies, Chesterman (1997) distinguishes between comprehension strategies (for understanding and analyzing the source text) and production strategies(for the production of the target text). From a linguistic perspective, he divides productions strategies into mainly syntactic/grammatical, mainly semantic, and mainly pragmatic, with each category containing 10 techniques. Syntactic strategies involve purely syntactic changes, manipulate form, and include such techniques as calque, transposition, and sentence structure change. Semantic strategies mainly pertain to changes concerning lexical semantics. They manipulate meaning and contain techniques such as synonymy, emphasis change, and paraphrase. Pragmatic strategies have to do with the selection of information in the target text, and often involve syntactic or semantic changes as well. Pragmatic strategies include cultural ﬁltering, explicitness change, information change, trans editing, and so forth. Some of these techniques are obligatory during translation in a given language pair, while most are optional .Many researchers (e.g., Lörscher, 1991) believe that a translation strategy is a procedure or a sequence of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not consonant with the dictionary deﬁnitions of strategy. According to the Oxford English dictionary, strategy refers to “a plan for successful action based on the rationality and interdependence of the moves of the opposing participants,” while procedure is deﬁned as “[t]he fact or manner of proceeding with any action, or in any circumstance or situation; a system of proceeding; proceeding, in reference to its mode or method; conduct, behavior.” Krings (1986, p. 268) deﬁnes translation strategies as “potentially conscious plans for solving a translation problem.” Strategies involve adopting procedures to solve problems, and the chosen procedure will inﬂuence the result .Now let us turn our attention to translation procedures (referred to as “translation strategies” by some researchers) and procedural steps. Gerloff (1986) identiﬁed the following text processing strategies: (a) problem identiﬁcation, (b) linguistic analysis, (c) storage and retrieval, (d) general search and selection, (e) in ferencing and reasoning strategies,(f) text contextualization, (g) editing, and (h) task monitoring. In his empirical studies, Lörscher (1991) recognized 22 elements constituting translation strategies (or procedural steps), including nine original ones and 13 potential ones, such as realizing a translational problem, preliminary solution to a translational problem, and the mental organization of source-language text segments. During the translation process, these elements are combined by translators into basic structures. He found that professional and nonprofessional translators differ in the distribution and frequency of the strategies employed, but do not differ qualitatively; that is, their mental processes do not reveal signiﬁcant differences. He concluded that it is impossible to ascertain “[w]hen faced with problem X, [translators] employ strategy Y,” but we can ﬁnd out “[w]hen several [translators] are faced with a problem X, many or most of them employ similar or the same types of strategy” (p. 280). Darwish (2008) identiﬁes four distinct translation procedures employed in translating: recursive strategy (i.e., a circular and revisional process), waterfall strategy (i.e., a sequential unit-by-unit process), stop-and-go strategy (i.e., a block-by-block process), and mixed strategies (i.e., a combination of the previous three strategies).In some translation textbooks (e.g., Thinking German Translation: A Course in Translation Method by Hervey, Loughridge, &amp;amp; Higgins, 2006), “translation method” is often used as a cover term for “translation strategy,” “translation technique,” and even “translation procedure.” For instance, there are literal and free translation methods. Compared with translation strategies, which are highly individualistic, translation methods are supra-individual and well tested (Lörscher, 1991, p. 70).&lt;br /&gt;
However, “translation method” in English is often associated with such modes as machine translation and computer-aided translation. The term “translation approach” is often used in a vague sense, while “translation tactic” is rarely used. Discussions of translation strategies before the 1980s were primarily prescriptive, and researchers tended to argue for one translation strategy against another. Since the 1980s, empirical research into translation strategies, techniques, and procedures has become increasingly common. There are two major empirical approaches in this regard: product oriented and process-oriented. The former approach mainly refers to corpus-based contrastive analysis: a parallel corpus consisting of source texts and translations is built for analyzing the frequency of shifts (i.e., textual differences between source text and target text) and the various translation strategies and techniques employed. The factors to be considered can include text type, domain, synchronic and diachronic variation in language features and translation norms, idiosyncrasy, certain language features (e.g., metaphors, allusions), among others. In a process-oriented approach, translators are usually asked to translate a passage while thinking aloud, and the process will be recorded and then analyzed. The factors that might inﬂuence the frequency and distribution of translation strategies and procedures may include translation competence (e.g., novice translators versus professional translators), language direction (i.e., from or into the mother tongue), text type domain, translation brief, translation difﬁculty level of the test passage, time pressure, and so forth. These factors need to be manipulated or kept constant in an experiment in order to make meaningful comparisons.&lt;br /&gt;
In PACTE’s (2003) translation competence model, strategic competence (for solving problems and optimizing the process) is the most important sub-competence among ﬁve sub-competencies (i.e., bilingual, extra linguistic, knowledge about translation, instrumental, and strategic). Investigating translation strategies will have signiﬁcant pedagogical implications and may beneﬁt research on machine translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
In this study, translational problems and mainly translation strategies were described, and different theories of translation strategies were mentioned. It was shown that different theorists suggest various definitions of translation strategies according to their different perspectives. Moreover, it was mentioned that Baker (1992) lists the most applicable set of strategies. She does not just name the strategies, but she also shows the application of each.&lt;br /&gt;
References&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: An advanced resource book . London, England: Routledge.Hervey, S., Loughridge, M., &amp;amp; Higgins, I. (2006).Thinking German translation: A course in trans-lation method, German to English (2nd ed.). London, England: Routledge. Jääskeläinen, R. (1993). Investigating translation strategies. In S. Tirkkonen-Condit &amp;amp; J. Lafﬂing(Eds.),  Recent trends in empirical translation research (pp. 99–120). Joensuu, Finland: Universityof Joensuu.Krings, H. P. (1986). Translation problems and translation strategies of advanced German learnersof French (L2). In J. House &amp;amp; S. Blum-Kulka (Eds.), Interlingual and intercultural communication (pp. 263–76). Tübingen, Germany: Narr.Lörscher, W. (1991). 5. Jiraphatralikhit, J., Klinpoon, S., &amp;amp; Kaewjan, S. (2005). An analysis of strategies in translation of the movie subtitle: Behind the painting.Research Gate, 1, 54-71.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=112265</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=112265"/>
		<updated>2020-12-14T08:29:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. &amp;quot;Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China&amp;quot;(Wei Wei, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.（Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.（Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Kun 沈坤. (2016). 中国古代四大名桥[Four famous bridges in ancient China].百姓生活People's life (07) 59-62.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Wei薇薇. (2016).中国人必须知道的国学常识[The common knowledge of Chinese culture that Chinese people must know].雷锋 Lei Feng (Z1) 148-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Lichun魏丽春. (2007).我国的四大名桥[Four famous bridges in China].新长征New Long March (08) 60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Jun黄军. (1996).我国风景名胜中的四大[Four famous scenic spots in China].农家之友 Friends of farmers (03) 46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three. They are “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”, “Wang Yuan removed the strange stones” and “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there for 1400 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To make the slope of the bridge deck gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 2020，14）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020,68）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qingming]]Located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province, and covering an area of more than 600 acres, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden is a large-scale historical and cultural theme park showing the prosperous scenery of Song Dynasty. It is based on the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' drawn by famous painter Zhang Zeduan in the Northern Song Dynasty. In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.(Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' is a precious scroll of social and folk life in ancient China. It reflects the social life, manners and customs of marketplace, and urban architectural patterns of Kaifeng as the capital of the Northern Song Dynasty in China. Although it only reflects a part of Kaifeng at that time, People can still have a glimpse of the general appearance of other streets and urban areas. It is interesting that a thousand years ago, Zhang Zeduan moved it from reality to a painting, but a thousand years later, Kaifeng people moved it from a painting into reality. Wandering among them, people can have a feeling of going back in time.(Zhang Lu 2013,25)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight functional zones including posthouse, folk custom, characteristic food street, demonstration of culture in Song Dynasty, flower, bird, fish, bug, prosperous capital, leisure and shopping, and integrated service, and four cultural zones including military drill ground, Rainbow Bridge, folk custom, and capital of Song Dynasty. The main architechtures of the garden include gate building, rainbow bridge, street view, stores, river channels, wharfs and ships. According to the original layout of ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'', the garden presents the fabrications on site such as wine shops, teahouses, pawnshops, Bian (today’s Kaifeng) embroideries, official porcelains, and New Year paintings, gathers folk performance, vaudeville, and drum performance. (Gao Jing 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attrations in the garden include Rainbow Bridge, Fuyun Pavillion, Shangshan Gate and so on. The Rainbow Bridge is an important creation in the history of ancient Chinese bridges. It is listed as the top ten famous bridges in China, and it is also a major landscape in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The original one was built in 1050, and it was reconstructed in 1998. It is a replica of one of the ten ancient timber bridges. The Fuyun Pavillion is 31.99 meters high and it is the tallest building in the garden. The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map. From the outside, the pavilion is four floors but there are another three flowers hidden inside. It is also the place where important royal documents and traditional Chinese painting and books are stored during the Song Dynasty. (Chen Kang 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden will hold a series of cultural festivals, such as folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, Qingming cultural festival, and chrysanthemum cultural festival. During the folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, the scenic spot will gather unique folk performances across the country, such as flower-drum on the high platform, stilt, dragon dance, lion dance, small Henan opera. The international lantern exhibition is the highlight of folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty. A visual feast will be brought by auspicious tradition of Chinese Pavilion, the fresheness and refineness of Asian Pavilion, simplicity and fashion of European Pavilion, the quaint Buddhism of the Southeast Asia Pavilion, and the luxurious atmosphere of the African Pavillion. During the Qingming Festival, the garden will hold some Qingming cultural festivals to promote traditional festival culture. At that time, vistors can have an outing in spring, plant willion trees, watch folk customs, taste snacks, and enjoy the large-scale water live performances called ''“Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty”.'' This event combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. Chrysanthemum cultural festival is another grand festivl in the garden, during which all kinds of chrysanthemums will be presented.The annual chrysanthemum festival in Kaifeng is held from October to November. Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden focuses on beautiful chrysanthemum plants, and makes full of architectures, sculptures, mountains, the surface of the water and association of activity and inertia to highlight the cultivated and creative skills of Kaifeng people. Chrysanthemums are changed into various shapes, which attracted thousands of visitors from all over the world. In the exhibition, visitors can enjoy and appreciate some species of chrysanthemum that are rarely seen in our daily life. (Zhang Lu 2013,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are vaious performances presented in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden, such as ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty'', ''Baogong Salute to Guests'', ''Spitting Fire Show'', ''Cockfight'', ''Women’s Polo'' and so on. Among these formances, ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty'' is a representative show of the garden. It is a large-scale live water performance produced by Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The performance is lasted for 70 minutes and is performed by more than 700 actors. It is a scroll about the heyday of the Northern Song Dynasty. The bustling scene of the Song Dynasty market, the prosperity of the capital of Bianliang(today’s Kaifeng), the mighty momentum of luxurious neighboring countries, the tragedy of wars, and the sustenance of blessings constitute a wash painting with a combination of noise and tranquility.(Gao Jing 2010,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese architectures and western architectures are different. The ancient architectures of China can be divided into palace architecure, religious architecture, mansion architecture and public architecture, which can be seen in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. Compared with the Gothic architecture during the Middles Ages of the western Europe, the architecture of Song Dynasty shows a delicate and soft style, with complex forms of palaces, terraces, towers and pavilions, while Gothic archetecture is magnificent and exquisite. It has pointed vaults, which give people a visual impact and have a strong religious color.(Pang Runxin 2019,10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' 清明上河园&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival''《清明上河图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainbow Bridge虹桥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuyun Pavillion浮云阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shangshan Gate 上善门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chrysanthemum菊花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Baogong Salute to Guests''包公迎宾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Spitting Fire Show''气功喷火&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Cockfight''斗鸡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Women’s Polo''女子马球&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''《大宋·东京梦华》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the location of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What’s the role of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' opened to the public?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Who is the painter of ''Piverside Scene at Qingming Festival''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Which dynasty of the painting ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What does the name of ''Fuyun Pavilion'' mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What’s the characteristics of the performance of ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Can you please list some kinds of performance of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' besides ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.It is located on the west bank of ''Dragon Pavilion'' in Kaifeng, Henan Province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.In 2009, ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by ''China World Records Association''. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s ''intangible cultural heritage exhibition base''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Zhang Zeduan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Northern Song Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.It combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.''Baogong Salute to Guests'', ''Spitting Fire Show'', ''Cockfight'', ''Women’s Polo''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Kang 陈康.(2006).《清明上河园》的精彩场景——贯木拱虹桥[Excellent Scenes of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden——Wooden Arch Rainbow Bridge].集邮博览Philatelic Panorama(07)62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Jing高静.(2010). 清明上河园——玩转宋文化[Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden—Fully Experience the Culture of Song Dyansty].光彩Brilliance(04)16-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Mei李梅.(2007).清明上河园特色建设与长远发展[Distinctive Architecture of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden nd its Long Development].合作经济与科技Co-operative Economyand Science(8)10-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Runxin庞润昕.(2019).《清明上河图》的建筑艺术[Architectural Art in Paintings of Riverside Scene Qingming Festival].景德镇陶瓷大学Jingdezheng Ceramic Institute(06)10-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tuo韦陀.(2006).张择端之《清明上河图》[Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival Painted by Zhang Zeduan].紫禁城Forbidden City（Z2)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Lu张璐.(2013).清明上河园与宋都文化传承创新研究[Inheritance and Innovation Research Study of “Qingming River” Song Dynasty Theme Park].赤峰学院学报Chi Feng College Journal(05)23-27.--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 15:22, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Ancient Weapons -Zhang Hui张慧 202070080622  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient Weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 09:02, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terracotta Army===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Kelly Richman-Abdou. (2020). Unearthing the Importance of the Life-Sized Terracotta Warriors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Mark Cartwright. (2017). Terracotta Army. Ancient History Encyclopedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Travel China Guide. (2020). What is the Terracotta Army? 10 Things You should Know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                                 '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
*trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
*pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
*the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
*pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
*literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
*clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
*Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
*What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
*From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
*The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
*Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]百度百科：盆景的种类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]百度百科：盆景修建技巧，2018，盆栽管&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]搜狐网：盆景的历史渊源，2017，菖蒲寿石斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Wekipedia: The difference of Chinese penjing and other countries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters.  （Data Story of Tik Tok, Wang Ning: 11-12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has.  (TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
• Tian Fengchang 田丰畅, Huang Xiaozhang黄孝章. 基于SWOT分析的抖音短视频研究[Research of SWOT Analysis Based onTik Tok Short Video][J].中国商论[China Business],2020(22):15-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Xiao B, Koetse M. Chinese Arts Students into Panic Mode after Failing to Register for Exams Amid Announced Reforms[J].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Xing Lu, Lu ZHicong, 2019, Fifteen Seconds of Fame: A Qualitative Study of Douyin, A Short Video Sharing Mobile Application in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Zhang Qianqian, Cheng Cheng, Tao Feiyan. 张倩倩,程程,陶飞燕.高校学生短视频使用情况研究——以抖音为例[A Study on the Use of Short Video by College Students: Tik Tok as an Example ] [J].新闻研究导刊[News Research Journal],2020,11(22):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Liang Quancun梁全存.“抖音”短视频发展战略研究[Research on the Development Strategy of Tik Tok ][D].北京:北京交通大学[Beijing Jiao Tong University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Tian Xiaofang田小芳.从传播学角度分析抖音短视频的爆红[Analysis of the popularity of Tik Tok from a communication perspective ] [J].现代营销(信息版),[ Modern Marketing (Information Edition),] 2019(06):214-215.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Wu W. Chinese Animation, Creative Industries, and Digital Culture[M]. Routledge, 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Science and Technology, Compass - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China's advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth's magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;  (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94). The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction. (Lu and Huang 1995,1-6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people's daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people's wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. (China Week 2003,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.(Lu and Huang 1995,12-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty (China Week 2003,35). After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 16th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.(Lu and Huang 1995,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;[四大发明]. China's Foreign Trade[中国外贸].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.[中国学术期刊电子出版社].05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;[指南针——中国四大发明之一]. China Week[中华周刊].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.[中国学术期刊电子出版社].04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全Lu Caiquan，黄惠贤Huang Huixian. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》[Chinese Civilization Shines in the World, The &amp;quot;Four Great Inventions&amp;quot; and Traditional Chinese Medicine]. 1995:1-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions 四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*''Devil Valley Master'' 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor 司南&lt;br /&gt;
*''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles'') 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang 曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du 丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish 指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*''Dream Pool Essays'' 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass 旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams 八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal 常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What's the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? &lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? &lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What's the symbol of the original shape of the compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*The earliest reference was ''Devil Valley Master'', found in the 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.&lt;br /&gt;
*The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass.&lt;br /&gt;
*The square plate symbolizes earth and the circular disc symbolizes heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
*Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio  Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling===&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Contents and Themes===&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on. The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works. The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. A Typical Story===&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Features of the Book===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.  The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Writing and Painting Tool, Writing Brush - Zhao Xi 赵茜 202070080627 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user's convenience.(Du Xiaofeng 2019, 35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one. (Wang Xiaaojuan 2013, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杜霄枫Du Xiaofeng. 苏易简《文房四谱》研究[Study on Su Yijian's Four Treasures of the Study].郑州大学[Zhengzhou University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王小娟Wang Xiaojuan. 宋代文房四宝与文人[Four Treasures of the Study and Literati in the Song Dynasty].华中师范大学[Central China Normal University],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*徐清Xu Qing.毛笔的发展及历代名工[The Development of Writing Brush and Famous Workers in Past Dynasties].中国书法[Chinese Calligraphy],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*鄢豪Yan Hao. 器锐、法妙、事善[D].湖南师范大学,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chinese Classical Fairy Tales -Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 202070080628  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1](Strassberg(2002),132.)&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2](Strassberg(2002)) According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4](Laban (2016-02-08)). Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5](Flake, Ben (2014-01-31)). Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6](Yuan, Haiwang (2006)). The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lattice on Ancient Chinese Windows 祝美梅 Student No.202070080632==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, window at home and abroad has always played an significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural part affects the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, and the enchantment of the building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable component in their life. This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in detail.  (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, window at home and abroad has always played a significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural part affects the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, and the enchantment of the building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable component in their life. This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in detail.  (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 08:25, 14 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice (gexin格心), this is also called “diamond lattice” (ling hua, 菱花). Diamond-shaped patterns were predominantly applied in external decoration in earlier periods. Lattice is also called geyan (格眼). (Ma Weidu, 2016, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 1.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice]]  [[File: Windows 1-1.jpg|200px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth. For the imperial palaces, this pattern means: in front of the emperor is a spectacular landscape characterized by prosperity, peacefulness, vitality and brightness. While for the divine temples, it means that God is in charge of the balance of the universe. When heaven and earth is in congruence with each other, lives on earth flourish and humans survive. This lattice also represents the prayer of our forefathers to plead god’s protection and the bumper harvest of both crops and animals. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 128-130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 2.jpg|300px|The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice]] [[File: Windows 3.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-six-nodes ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Forbidden City, the lattice of partition windows in main palaces are in diamond-shape. It was formed by two or three crossing rods with attached petals at the knot, making it looking a blooming flower. The lattice’s name made by two crossing rods is “the two-crossing-four-nodes lattice”, while by three is “the three-crossing-six-nodes lattice”. (Xiao Mo 1999, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 4-1.jpg|200px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 4.jpg|300px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice is formed by three groups horizontal rods respectively at the above, medium and bottom of a window intertwining with several vertical rods. These slender and long rods seems like arrows, hence the name. Chinese Taoists once said “ The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two give birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” This type of lattice signifies numerous long arrows hanging on the window, with three implications: the property to dispel intruders from evils; a manifestation that inexhaustible weapons are in store with power endowed by heaven and a guarantee the acquisition of wealth as arrows are useful tools in hunting. (Laozi, 2016：105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swastika lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 5.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swastika lattice, one of the ancient marks in China and India, gives people a spinning feeling. It looks like the spiral form caused by the flowing air or the vortex by running water in a river. The ancients believe that spiral movement is the engine of life. The shape卐 has no clear head nor tail, similar to Tai Chi diagram in traditional Chinese culture. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice represents the restless life and the infinite circulating of the universe. The character’s four directions stretch outside, manifesting auspiciousness and longevity. “swastika brocade” is also known as “ flowing swastika”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fret lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 6-1.jpg|300px|Fret lattice-1]]  [[File: Windows 6.jpg|300px|Fret lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fret lattice means a safe return, and long happiness and longevity. It was derived from the cloud and thunder pattern inscribed on pottery and bronze wares. The lattice is in square, or rounded spiral shape constructed by horizontal and vertical short lines, looking like the Chinese character “回”. It gives people an illumination urging they to move forward incessantly in their undertakings till success no matter what setbacks and failures we might meet, and the long lasting blessing and longevity. (Yu Shiping, 2019, (01):1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cracked ice lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 7-1.jpg|250px|The cracked ice lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 7.jpg|300px|The cracked ice lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cracked ice pattern symbolize that ice starts melting, the end of the chilly winter and  the return of the earth to spring, as all things are reviving. It’s connotation is that all the unpleasant and unpleasant things have passed away, and the good and pleasant wishes will be realized immediately. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 100-101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The H-shaped Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 8-1.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 8.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-shaped bar pattern lattice not only looks like hieroglyphics, but also symbols things that are exquisite, beautiful and standard. In addition, the ancients thought that the horizontal and vertical lines in the character of “工”  indicating people do things in accordance with the orthodox traditional rules and practices and his integrity. (Zhang Jiji, 1991, 115)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The well-shaped lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 9-1.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 9.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The well-shaped lattice is not only the hieroglyph of Chinese character “井”, as well as  resemble the railings surrounded the place where the ancients dug a hole to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, China’s city planning is also expanded following well-shaped pattern. The reason why people choose this pattern is that they want to correspond with the well constellation, a symbol of auspiciousness and wish to keep away from fire hazard. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the West, a window is just a window, which lets light and fresh air come in, but for the Chinese, it is a picture frame, through which the outside garden can be seen.&amp;quot; Bei Lv Ming once said. By means of Lattice as a decoration, the picturesque window is not only a feast to eyes, but also enriches the layers of architectures, reflecting people's expectations for a better life. (Yu Shiping, 2019,(01): 94-95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
diamond lattice 菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice 三交六椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice 双交四椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern 一码三箭样式菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
swastika pattern  万字纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fret Lattice 回纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the cracked ice lattice 冰裂纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the well-shaped lattice 井字样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the practical function of lattice on ancient Chinese windows? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What kind of lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What's the cultural implications of the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Lattice makes the window more lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yixi 黄亦锡. (2008) 酒、酒器与传统文化[Wine, Wineset and Traditional Culture: the Study of Wine Culture of Ancient China]. 厦门大学Xiamen University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liang Si 梁思成.(1994) 中国建筑史[History of Chinese Architecture].江苏美术出版社 Jiangsu Fine Arts Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiao Mo 萧默.(1999)中国建筑艺术史[The Art History of Chinese Architecture].文物出版社 Cultural Relics Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jiji 张家骥.(1991) 中国造园论[On Chinese Gardening].山西人民出版社 Shanxi People's Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Weidu 马未都.(2016) 中国古代门窗[Chinese Ancient Doors and Windows].中国建筑工业出版社 China Building Industry Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Jiawei 赵佳薇(2011). 重庆磁器口传统木雕窗窗棂浅析Analysis on window Lattice of Chongqing Ciqikou Traditional Wood Carving Window. 大众文艺 The Mass Literature and Arts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Shiping 郁世萍（2019). 格心棂花的装饰美——常家庄园传统窗棂艺术研究 [Beauty of Lattice -- Study on Traditional Window Lattice Art of Chang's Manor]. 美术大观 Art Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan吕丹丹，宋魁彦 (2011). 传统民居隔扇格心纹样解析 [An Analysis of the lattices used on Residential Partitions]. 发展 Development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies (Songyang Academy,Yingtianfu Academy,Yuelu Academy, White Deer Grotto Academy)over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976AD). (Wiki)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. (Chen Yuxiang, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.(Xu Yanwen, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.(Kong Sumei, Bai Xu, 2011)[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 AD), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.(Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong, 2012)[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.(Ruan Hongsong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yanwen 徐艳文. (2020).古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[The ancient and elegant Yuelu Academy Complex].''中外建筑'' (06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yuxiang 陈宇翔. (2020).岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[Yuelu Academy: The Holy Land of Huxiang culture].''新湘评论'' (03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Sumei, Bai Xu 孔素美,白旭. (2011)中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[On the architectural form of ancient Chinese academies —— Taking the four great academies in ancient China as an example].''华中建筑'' 29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Muhe 罗慕赫. (2020).岳麓文脉传千年[The Millennium Inheritance of Yuelu culture]. ''中国纪检监察报'' 09-25(006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan Hongsong 阮红松. (2020).岳麓书院与山长[Yuelu Academy and Shanzhang（principal）].''炎黄纵横'' (03):62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yi 王艺. (2019).沅生芷草，澧育兰花——岳麓书院[Yuan Sheng Zhi Cao, Li Yu Lan Hua —— Yuelu Academy].''广西城镇建设'' (12):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. (2012).The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone 1976:405-411. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daniel McMahon. (2005).The Yuelu Academy and Hunan's Nineteenth-Century Turn Toward Statecraft[J]Late Imperial China26(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Xi  朱熹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Shi 周式&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Shi  张栻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiandao Reign  乾道年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng 惟楚有才，于斯为盛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie 忠、孝、廉、洁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.When did Yuelu Academy has been formally set up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the core building of Yuelu Academy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the function of the Lecture Hall?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How many schools, learning and ideas do Yuelu Academy relate to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What had happended in Yuelu Academy in the 6th year of Qiandao Reign?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.In the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the lectures in Yuelu Academy were so popular that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The Lecture Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.The Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Five.They are the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle), the Yangming School, the Donglin School, the Han School and the New Learning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.There was held the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|200px|thumb|left|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty), image from Baike. Click [https://ss1.bdstatic.com/70cFvXSh_Q1YnxGkpoWK1HF6hhy/it/u=3838516284,3835551581&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It is recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists (Li Jiashou 1993, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of jiaozi is still uncertain and has aroused a lot of discussion in which there are five main ideas. The first point of view was that jiaozi originated from Fei-qian (currency exchange notes in Tang Dynasty), which was recorded in The History of Song Dynasty (Tuo Tuo 1985, 181). Secondly, some people believed that jiaozi developed from contractual bonds. Peng Xinwei, a well-known Chinese currency historians and numismatics, exemplified that during the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom (907-930), the iron coins in circulation were too big and heavy, making people trade with contractual bonds which had the same function as paper currency (Peng Xinwei 1965, 259). Besides, an institution in Tang Dynasty called “Gui Fang” was regarded by some people as the origin of jiaozi. This kind of institutions specialized in the storage and lending of money and commodities. In addition, there was another opinion that it was the lack of coins in circulation caused by people stopping minting iron coins during Li Shun’s uprising that promoted the origin of jiaozi (Dai Zhiqiang 2006, 43). The last thought about jiaozi’s origin was that the coins were of great weight, casting a great burden on merchants in carrying them, so they invented jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental, but was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of commodity economy in Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. The iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic center, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit (Mu Zi 2006, 79). All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera (paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi (Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang, 1995, 835). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot; (Jia Daquan 1994, 22). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the first year of Renzong reign (1023), Xue Tian, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchants run the banks (Jia Daquan 1994, 61). It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. In order to ensure the proper circulation of jiaozi, the government also enacted laws to criminalize the counterfeiting of jiaozi (Hong Pimo 1991, 67). This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot; (Li You 1935, 15).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northern Song government introduced a relatively comprehensive set of regulatory laws and policies in order to ensure the success of issuing jiaozi. In the beginning period of issuing jiaozi, the feudal government was cautious about the issuance of banknotes, and the introduction of laws and policies on the regulation of banknotes showed that the government was fully aware of the credit-dependent nature of banknotes and their weakness in being easy to counterfeit and issue indiscriminately. However, the feudal government often failed to effectively control the issuance of banknotes. When the government needed to spend a large amount of money, it often failed to restrain itself and abused its public credibility by using its power to issue banknotes indefinitely, which eventually caused inflation, thus making the banknotes lose their credibility and turning them into waste paper, as evidenced by the fate of jiaozi in Northern Song Dynasty. The government's abuse of credibility led to jiaozi becoming a tool for its enrichment. Without credibility, jiaozi lost its function of circulation and thus lost its own value of existence (Li Linsha, 2001, 65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi facilitated the commercial turnover of Song Dynasty, bridged the economy of Sichuan with that of northwest China, and indirectly promoted the prosperity of trade between the Northern Song and western countries (Wang Baoping 2010, 50). The advent of jiaozi also facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jiashou 李家寿. (1993). 中国最早纸币——“交子”产生的原因及其年代 [The Reason and Time of the Production of the Earliest Chinese Paper Currency —Jiaozi]. ''财经研究'' Journal of Finance and Economics (12) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuo Tuo 脱脱. (1985). ''宋史'' [The History of Song Dynasty]. Beijing: China Publishing House 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Xinwei 彭信威. (1965). ''中国货币史'' [The History of Chinese Currency]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House] 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Zhiqiang 戴志强. (2006). 有关北宋交子的几个问题 [Several Questions About Jiaozi of Northern Song Dynasty]. ''中国钱币'' China Numismatics (03) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes —Jiaozi]. ''中国品牌与防伪'' China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang 杨武能、邱沛篁. (1995).''成都大词典'' [The Great Dictionary of Chengdu]. Sichuan: Sichuan Lexicographical Publishing House 四川辞书出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 交子的产生 [The Production of Jiaozi]. ''西南金融'' Southwest Finance (S1) 05-26. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 张詠、薛田与交子──关于交子的产生时间、整顿和官交子务的建立 [Zhang Yong, Xue Tian And Jiaozi — On the Production, Reorganization of Jiaozi and the Establishment of the Official Jiaozi Affair Department]. ''四川文物'' Sichuan Cultural Relics (05) 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hong Pimo 洪丕漠. (1991). ''法苑谈往'' [Talking About Some Rules of Ancient China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Bookstore 上海书店.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li You 李攸. (1935). ''宋朝事实'' [Facts of The Song Dynasty]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Linsha 李琳莎. (2001). 论中国早期纸币的盛行及衰落——北宋交子在货币史上的短暂一现 [On the Prevalence and Decline of the Previous Paper Money in China —— the Flash of Jiaozi in the Northern Song Dynasty]. ''上海交通大学学报（哲学社会科学版）'' Journal of Shanghai Jiaotong University(Philosophy and Social Sciences) (03) 65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Baoping 王宝平. (2010). 论交子与宋朝商业繁荣 [On the Currency of Jiaozi and Commercial prosperity in Song Dynasty]. ''开封教育学院学报'' Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education (02) 47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jiaozi 交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fei-qian 飞钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*contractual bonds 契券&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom 楚的马殷时期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gui Fang 柜坊&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Shun 李顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jiaozi bank 交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) 楮树&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*private jiaozi 私交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xue Tian 薛田&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yizhou 益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty 宋仁宗元年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department 益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*official jiaozi 官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina 201921080003==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people applied lead powder to their faces, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women did  make up with lead and tin powder.The side effects of using lead powder were truly terrifying. Over time, the skin turned yellow, covered with wrinkles. Accordingly, more and more lead had to be applied each time.The lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail.Rice powder is a unique cosmetic product that can slow down the aging process, protect the skin from the effects of an aggressive environment. A weightless film appears on the face, which prevents active chemical components and dirt from entering the pores. At the same time, the composition is saturated with antioxidants that do not allow the skin to fade quickly. The selection of rice is exquisite. The way it is made: It is grinded into a fine powder, then  processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly replaces by the lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If to compare to modern times, ancient Chinese make-up is not so that simple.We can devideit into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge also called blush or blusher, is a cosmetic for coloring the cheeks in varying shades, or the lips red. It is applied as a powder or cream. It is a kind of cosmetics made from flowers named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.Which is completely different from modern worldwide beauty standards.Diving into history helps us to see how such simples things change and the way that people's mindsets and tastes change as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that eyebrows can make or break a face—they're that important. Brows frame your eyes and add structure to your face after all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting tradition began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there were many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It also means that the ancient people liked drawing eyebrows back then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style can almost be called the most versatile in the entire Chinese history.In both terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changed.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and prefered simplicity. Therefore, women's make up was subtle and graceful, slightly coated with lead powder  and  with rouge simple make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*White make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people had standards of whiter the better, so women had to apply a lot of powder.The Tang Dynasty women’s powder and style were more diversed and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, It probably was as popular as same as wearing BB creams and foundations in modern girls' make up.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Red make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories were diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were some alternative make ups as well, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), where rouge was used more and was spread all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术》作者：贾思勰--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 05:41, 14 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Some Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术 - is the best-preserved ancient Chinese agricultural text and was written by an official of the Northern Wei Dynasty, Jia Six.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胭脂 - rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*唇脂/口脂 - lipstick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*黛 - black eyebrow dye&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=112220</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=112220"/>
		<updated>2020-12-14T08:19:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. &amp;quot;Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China&amp;quot;(Wei Wei, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.（Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.（Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Kun 沈坤. (2016). 中国古代四大名桥[Four famous bridges in ancient China].百姓生活People's life (07) 59-62.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Wei薇薇. (2016).中国人必须知道的国学常识[The common knowledge of Chinese culture that Chinese people must know].雷锋 Lei Feng (Z1) 148-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Lichun魏丽春. (2007).我国的四大名桥[Four famous bridges in China].新长征New Long March (08) 60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Jun黄军. (1996).我国风景名胜中的四大[Four famous scenic spots in China].农家之友 Friends of farmers (03) 46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three. They are “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”, “Wang Yuan removed the strange stones” and “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there for 1400 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To make the slope of the bridge deck gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qingming]]Located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province, and covering an area of more than 600 acres, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden is a large-scale historical and cultural theme park showing the prosperous scenery of Song Dynasty. It is based on the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' drawn by famous painter Zhang Zeduan in the Northern Song Dynasty. In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.(Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' is a precious scroll of social and folk life in ancient China. It reflects the social life, manners and customs of marketplace, and urban architectural patterns of Kaifeng as the capital of the Northern Song Dynasty in China. Although it only reflects a part of Kaifeng at that time, People can still have a glimpse of the general appearance of other streets and urban areas. It is interesting that a thousand years ago, Zhang Zeduan moved it from reality to a painting, but a thousand years later, Kaifeng people moved it from a painting into reality. Wandering among them, people can have a feeling of going back in time.(Zhang Lu 2013,25)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight functional zones including posthouse, folk custom, characteristic food street, demonstration of culture in Song Dynasty, flower, bird, fish, bug, prosperous capital, leisure and shopping, and integrated service, and four cultural zones including military drill ground, Rainbow Bridge, folk custom, and capital of Song Dynasty. The main architechtures of the garden include gate building, rainbow bridge, street view, stores, river channels, wharfs and ships. According to the original layout of ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'', the garden presents the fabrications on site such as wine shops, teahouses, pawnshops, Bian (today’s Kaifeng) embroideries, official porcelains, and New Year paintings, gathers folk performance, vaudeville, and drum performance. (Gao Jing 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attrations in the garden include Rainbow Bridge, Fuyun Pavillion, Shangshan Gate and so on. The Rainbow Bridge is an important creation in the history of ancient Chinese bridges. It is listed as the top ten famous bridges in China, and it is also a major landscape in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The original one was built in 1050, and it was reconstructed in 1998. It is a replica of one of the ten ancient timber bridges. The Fuyun Pavillion is 31.99 meters high and it is the tallest building in the garden. The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map. From the outside, the pavilion is four floors but there are another three flowers hidden inside. It is also the place where important royal documents and traditional Chinese painting and books are stored during the Song Dynasty. (Chen Kang 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden will hold a series of cultural festivals, such as folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, Qingming cultural festival, and chrysanthemum cultural festival. During the folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, the scenic spot will gather unique folk performances across the country, such as flower-drum on the high platform, stilt, dragon dance, lion dance, small Henan opera. The international lantern exhibition is the highlight of folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty. A visual feast will be brought by auspicious tradition of Chinese Pavilion, the fresheness and refineness of Asian Pavilion, simplicity and fashion of European Pavilion, the quaint Buddhism of the Southeast Asia Pavilion, and the luxurious atmosphere of the African Pavillion. During the Qingming Festival, the garden will hold some Qingming cultural festivals to promote traditional festival culture. At that time, vistors can have an outing in spring, plant willion trees, watch folk customs, taste snacks, and enjoy the large-scale water live performances called ''“Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty”.'' This event combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. Chrysanthemum cultural festival is another grand festivl in the garden, during which all kinds of chrysanthemums will be presented.The annual chrysanthemum festival in Kaifeng is held from October to November. Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden focuses on beautiful chrysanthemum plants, and makes full of architectures, sculptures, mountains, the surface of the water and association of activity and inertia to highlight the cultivated and creative skills of Kaifeng people. Chrysanthemums are changed into various shapes, which attracted thousands of visitors from all over the world. In the exhibition, visitors can enjoy and appreciate some species of chrysanthemum that are rarely seen in our daily life. (Zhang Lu 2013,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are vaious performances presented in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden, such as ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty'', ''Baogong Salute to Guests'', ''Spitting Fire Show'', ''Cockfight'', ''Women’s Polo'' and so on. Among these formances, ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty'' is a representative show of the garden. It is a large-scale live water performance produced by Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The performance is lasted for 70 minutes and is performed by more than 700 actors. It is a scroll about the heyday of the Northern Song Dynasty. The bustling scene of the Song Dynasty market, the prosperity of the capital of Bianliang(today’s Kaifeng), the mighty momentum of luxurious neighboring countries, the tragedy of wars, and the sustenance of blessings constitute a wash painting with a combination of noise and tranquility.(Gao Jing 2010,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese architectures and western architectures are different. The ancient architectures of China can be divided into palace architecure, religious architecture, mansion architecture and public architecture, which can be seen in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. Compared with the Gothic architecture during the Middles Ages of the western Europe, the architecture of Song Dynasty shows a delicate and soft style, with complex forms of palaces, terraces, towers and pavilions, while Gothic archetecture is magnificent and exquisite. It has pointed vaults, which give people a visual impact and have a strong religious color.(Pang Runxin 2019,10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' 清明上河园&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival''《清明上河图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainbow Bridge虹桥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuyun Pavillion浮云阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shangshan Gate 上善门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chrysanthemum菊花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Baogong Salute to Guests''包公迎宾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Spitting Fire Show''气功喷火&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Cockfight''斗鸡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Women’s Polo''女子马球&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''《大宋·东京梦华》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the location of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What’s the role of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' opened to the public?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Who is the painter of ''Piverside Scene at Qingming Festival''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Which dynasty of the painting ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What does the name of ''Fuyun Pavilion'' mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What’s the characteristics of the performance of ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Can you please list some kinds of performance of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' besides ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.It is located on the west bank of ''Dragon Pavilion'' in Kaifeng, Henan Province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.In 2009, ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by ''China World Records Association''. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s ''intangible cultural heritage exhibition base''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Zhang Zeduan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Northern Song Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.It combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.''Baogong Salute to Guests'', ''Spitting Fire Show'', ''Cockfight'', ''Women’s Polo''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Kang 陈康.(2006).《清明上河园》的精彩场景——贯木拱虹桥[Excellent Scenes of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden——Wooden Arch Rainbow Bridge].集邮博览Philatelic Panorama(07)62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Jing高静.(2010). 清明上河园——玩转宋文化[Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden—Fully Experience the Culture of Song Dyansty].光彩Brilliance(04)16-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Mei李梅.(2007).清明上河园特色建设与长远发展[Distinctive Architecture of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden nd its Long Development].合作经济与科技Co-operative Economyand Science(8)10-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Runxin庞润昕.(2019).《清明上河图》的建筑艺术[Architectural Art in Paintings of Riverside Scene Qingming Festival].景德镇陶瓷大学Jingdezheng Ceramic Institute(06)10-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tuo韦陀.(2006).张择端之《清明上河图》[Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival Painted by Zhang Zeduan].紫禁城Forbidden City（Z2)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Lu张璐.(2013).清明上河园与宋都文化传承创新研究[Inheritance and Innovation Research Study of “Qingming River” Song Dynasty Theme Park].赤峰学院学报Chi Feng College Journal(05)23-27.--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 15:22, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
https://bkimg.cdn.bcebos.com/pic/1ad5ad6eddc451da48153125b1fd5266d1163218?x-bce-process=image/watermark,image_d2F0ZXIvYmFpa2U4MA==,g_7,xp_5,yp_5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 09:02, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terracotta Army===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Kelly Richman-Abdou. (2020). Unearthing the Importance of the Life-Sized Terracotta Warriors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Mark Cartwright. (2017). Terracotta Army. Ancient History Encyclopedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Travel China Guide. (2020). What is the Terracotta Army? 10 Things You should Know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                                 '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
*trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
*pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
*the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
*pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
*literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
*clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
*Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
*What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
*From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
*The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
*Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]百度百科：盆景的种类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]百度百科：盆景修建技巧，2018，盆栽管&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]搜狐网：盆景的历史渊源，2017，菖蒲寿石斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Wekipedia: The difference of Chinese penjing and other countries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters.  （Data Story of Tik Tok, Wang Ning: 11-12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has.  (TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
• Tian Fengchang 田丰畅, Huang Xiaozhang黄孝章. 基于SWOT分析的抖音短视频研究[Research of SWOT Analysis Based onTik Tok Short Video][J].中国商论[China Business],2020(22):15-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Xiao B, Koetse M. Chinese Arts Students into Panic Mode after Failing to Register for Exams Amid Announced Reforms[J].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Xing Lu, Lu ZHicong, 2019, Fifteen Seconds of Fame: A Qualitative Study of Douyin, A Short Video Sharing Mobile Application in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Zhang Qianqian, Cheng Cheng, Tao Feiyan. 张倩倩,程程,陶飞燕.高校学生短视频使用情况研究——以抖音为例[A Study on the Use of Short Video by College Students: Tik Tok as an Example ] [J].新闻研究导刊[News Research Journal],2020,11(22):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Liang Quancun梁全存.“抖音”短视频发展战略研究[Research on the Development Strategy of Tik Tok ][D].北京:北京交通大学[Beijing Jiao Tong University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Tian Xiaofang田小芳.从传播学角度分析抖音短视频的爆红[Analysis of the popularity of Tik Tok from a communication perspective ] [J].现代营销(信息版),[ Modern Marketing (Information Edition),] 2019(06):214-215.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Wu W. Chinese Animation, Creative Industries, and Digital Culture[M]. Routledge, 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Science and Technology, Compass - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China's advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth's magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;  (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94). The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction. (Lu and Huang 1995,1-6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people's daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people's wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. (China Week 2003,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.(Lu and Huang 1995,12-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty (China Week 2003,35). After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 16th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.(Lu and Huang 1995,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;[四大发明]. China's Foreign Trade[中国外贸].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.[中国学术期刊电子出版社].05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;[指南针——中国四大发明之一]. China Week[中华周刊].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.[中国学术期刊电子出版社].04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全Lu Caiquan，黄惠贤Huang Huixian. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》[Chinese Civilization Shines in the World, The &amp;quot;Four Great Inventions&amp;quot; and Traditional Chinese Medicine]. 1995:1-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions 四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*''Devil Valley Master'' 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor 司南&lt;br /&gt;
*''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles'') 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang 曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du 丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish 指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*''Dream Pool Essays'' 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass 旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams 八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal 常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What's the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? &lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? &lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What's the symbol of the original shape of the compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*The earliest reference was ''Devil Valley Master'', found in the 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.&lt;br /&gt;
*The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass.&lt;br /&gt;
*The square plate symbolizes earth and the circular disc symbolizes heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
*Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio  Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling===&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Contents and Themes===&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on. The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works. The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. A Typical Story===&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Features of the Book===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.  The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Writing and Painting Tool, Writing Brush - Zhao Xi 赵茜 202070080627 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user's convenience.(Du Xiaofeng 2019, 35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one. (Wang Xiaaojuan 2013, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杜霄枫Du Xiaofeng. 苏易简《文房四谱》研究[Study on Su Yijian's Four Treasures of the Study].郑州大学[Zhengzhou University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王小娟Wang Xiaojuan. 宋代文房四宝与文人[Four Treasures of the Study and Literati in the Song Dynasty].华中师范大学[Central China Normal University],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*徐清Xu Qing.毛笔的发展及历代名工[The Development of Writing Brush and Famous Workers in Past Dynasties].中国书法[Chinese Calligraphy],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*鄢豪Yan Hao. 器锐、法妙、事善[D].湖南师范大学,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 Chinese Classical Fairy Tales -Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 202070080628  MTI==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2] According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4] Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5] Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6] The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lattice on Ancient Chinese Windows 祝美梅 Student No.202070080632==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, window at home and abroad has always played an significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural part affects the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, and the enchantment of the building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable component in their life. This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in detail.  (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice (gexin格心), this is also called “diamond lattice” (ling hua, 菱花). Diamond-shaped patterns were predominantly applied in external decoration in earlier periods. Lattice is also called geyan (格眼). (Ma Weidu, 2016, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 1.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice]]  [[File: Windows 1-1.jpg|200px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth. For the imperial palaces, this pattern means: in front of the emperor is a spectacular landscape characterized by prosperity, peacefulness, vitality and brightness. While for the divine temples, it means that God is in charge of the balance of the universe. When heaven and earth is in congruence with each other, lives on earth flourish and humans survive. This lattice also represents the prayer of our forefathers to plead god’s protection and the bumper harvest of both crops and animals. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 128-130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 2.jpg|300px|The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice]] [[File: Windows 3.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-six-nodes ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Forbidden City, the lattice of partition windows in main palaces are in diamond-shape. It was formed by two or three crossing rods with attached petals at the knot, making it looking a blooming flower. The lattice’s name made by two crossing rods is “the two-crossing-four-nodes lattice”, while by three is “the three-crossing-six-nodes lattice”. (Xiao Mo 1999, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 4-1.jpg|200px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 4.jpg|300px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice is formed by three groups horizontal rods respectively at the above, medium and bottom of a window intertwining with several vertical rods. These slender and long rods seems like arrows, hence the name. Chinese Taoists once said “ The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two give birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” This type of lattice signifies numerous long arrows hanging on the window, with three implications: the property to dispel intruders from evils; a manifestation that inexhaustible weapons are in store with power endowed by heaven and a guarantee the acquisition of wealth as arrows are useful tools in hunting. (Laozi, 2016：105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swastika lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 5.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swastika lattice, one of the ancient marks in China and India, gives people a spinning feeling. It looks like the spiral form caused by the flowing air or the vortex by running water in a river. The ancients believe that spiral movement is the engine of life. The shape卐 has no clear head nor tail, similar to Tai Chi diagram in traditional Chinese culture. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice represents the restless life and the infinite circulating of the universe. The character’s four directions stretch outside, manifesting auspiciousness and longevity. “swastika brocade” is also known as “ flowing swastika”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fret lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 6-1.jpg|300px|Fret lattice-1]]  [[File: Windows 6.jpg|300px|Fret lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fret lattice means a safe return, and long happiness and longevity. It was derived from the cloud and thunder pattern inscribed on pottery and bronze wares. The lattice is in square, or rounded spiral shape constructed by horizontal and vertical short lines, looking like the Chinese character “回”. It gives people an illumination urging they to move forward incessantly in their undertakings till success no matter what setbacks and failures we might meet, and the long lasting blessing and longevity. (Yu Shiping, 2019, (01):1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cracked ice lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 7-1.jpg|250px|The cracked ice lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 7.jpg|300px|The cracked ice lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cracked ice pattern symbolize that ice starts melting, the end of the chilly winter and  the return of the earth to spring, as all things are reviving. It’s connotation is that all the unpleasant and unpleasant things have passed away, and the good and pleasant wishes will be realized immediately. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 100-101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The H-shaped Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 8-1.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 8.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-shaped bar pattern lattice not only looks like hieroglyphics, but also symbols things that are exquisite, beautiful and standard. In addition, the ancients thought that the horizontal and vertical lines in the character of “工”  indicating people do things in accordance with the orthodox traditional rules and practices and his integrity. (Zhang Jiji, 1991, 115)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The well-shaped lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 9-1.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 9.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The well-shaped lattice is not only the hieroglyph of Chinese character “井”, as well as  resemble the railings surrounded the place where the ancients dug a hole to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, China’s city planning is also expanded following well-shaped pattern. The reason why people choose this pattern is that they want to correspond with the well constellation, a symbol of auspiciousness and wish to keep away from fire hazard. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the West, a window is just a window, which lets light and fresh air come in, but for the Chinese, it is a picture frame, through which the outside garden can be seen.&amp;quot; Bei Lv Ming once said. By means of Lattice as a decoration, the picturesque window is not only a feast to eyes, but also enriches the layers of architectures, reflecting people's expectations for a better life. (Yu Shiping, 2019,(01): 94-95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
diamond lattice 菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice 三交六椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice 双交四椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern 一码三箭样式菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
swastika pattern  万字纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fret Lattice 回纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the cracked ice lattice 冰裂纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the well-shaped lattice 井字样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the practical function of lattice on ancient Chinese windows? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What kind of lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What's the cultural implications of the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Lattice makes the window more lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yixi 黄亦锡. (2008) 酒、酒器与传统文化[Wine, Wineset and Traditional Culture: the Study of Wine Culture of Ancient China]. 厦门大学Xiamen University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liang Si 梁思成.(1994) 中国建筑史[History of Chinese Architecture].江苏美术出版社 Jiangsu Fine Arts Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiao Mo 萧默.(1999)中国建筑艺术史[The Art History of Chinese Architecture].文物出版社 Cultural Relics Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jiji 张家骥.(1991) 中国造园论[On Chinese Gardening].山西人民出版社 Shanxi People's Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Weidu 马未都.(2016) 中国古代门窗[Chinese Ancient Doors and Windows].中国建筑工业出版社 China Building Industry Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Jiawei 赵佳薇(2011). 重庆磁器口传统木雕窗窗棂浅析Analysis on window Lattice of Chongqing Ciqikou Traditional Wood Carving Window. 大众文艺 The Mass Literature and Arts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Shiping 郁世萍（2019). 格心棂花的装饰美——常家庄园传统窗棂艺术研究 [Beauty of Lattice -- Study on Traditional Window Lattice Art of Chang's Manor]. 美术大观 Art Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan吕丹丹，宋魁彦 (2011). 传统民居隔扇格心纹样解析 [An Analysis of the lattices used on Residential Partitions]. 发展 Development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies (Songyang Academy,Yingtianfu Academy,Yuelu Academy, White Deer Grotto Academy)over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976AD). (Wiki)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. (Chen Yuxiang, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.(Xu Yanwen, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.(Kong Sumei, Bai Xu, 2011)[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 AD), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.(Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong, 2012)[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.(Ruan Hongsong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yanwen 徐艳文. (2020).古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[The ancient and elegant Yuelu Academy Complex].''中外建筑'' (06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yuxiang 陈宇翔. (2020).岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[Yuelu Academy: The Holy Land of Huxiang culture].''新湘评论'' (03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Sumei, Bai Xu 孔素美,白旭. (2011)中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[On the architectural form of ancient Chinese academies —— Taking the four great academies in ancient China as an example].''华中建筑'' 29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Muhe 罗慕赫. (2020).岳麓文脉传千年[The Millennium Inheritance of Yuelu culture]. ''中国纪检监察报'' 09-25(006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan Hongsong 阮红松. (2020).岳麓书院与山长[Yuelu Academy and Shanzhang（principal）].''炎黄纵横'' (03):62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yi 王艺. (2019).沅生芷草，澧育兰花——岳麓书院[Yuan Sheng Zhi Cao, Li Yu Lan Hua —— Yuelu Academy].''广西城镇建设'' (12):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. (2012).The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone 1976:405-411. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daniel McMahon. (2005).The Yuelu Academy and Hunan's Nineteenth-Century Turn Toward Statecraft[J]Late Imperial China26(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Xi  朱熹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Shi 周式&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Shi  张栻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiandao Reign  乾道年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng 惟楚有才，于斯为盛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie 忠、孝、廉、洁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.When did Yuelu Academy has been formally set up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the core building of Yuelu Academy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the function of the Lecture Hall?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How many schools, learning and ideas do Yuelu Academy relate to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What had happended in Yuelu Academy in the 6th year of Qiandao Reign?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.In the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the lectures in Yuelu Academy were so popular that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The Lecture Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.The Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Five.They are the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle), the Yangming School, the Donglin School, the Han School and the New Learning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.There was held the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|200px|thumb|left|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty), image from Baike. Click [https://ss1.bdstatic.com/70cFvXSh_Q1YnxGkpoWK1HF6hhy/it/u=3838516284,3835551581&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It is recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists (Li Jiashou 1993, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of jiaozi is still uncertain and has aroused a lot of discussion in which there are five main ideas. The first point of view was that jiaozi originated from Fei-qian (currency exchange notes in Tang Dynasty), which was recorded in The History of Song Dynasty (Tuo Tuo 1985, 181). Secondly, some people believed that jiaozi developed from contractual bonds. Peng Xinwei, a well-known Chinese currency historians and numismatics, exemplified that during the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom (907-930), the iron coins in circulation were too big and heavy, making people trade with contractual bonds which had the same function as paper currency (Peng Xinwei 1965, 259). Besides, an institution in Tang Dynasty called “Gui Fang” was regarded by some people as the origin of jiaozi. This kind of institutions specialized in the storage and lending of money and commodities. In addition, there was another opinion that it was the lack of coins in circulation caused by people stopping minting iron coins during Li Shun’s uprising that promoted the origin of jiaozi (Dai Zhiqiang 2006, 43). The last thought about jiaozi’s origin was that the coins were of great weight, casting a great burden on merchants in carrying them, so they invented jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental, but was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of commodity economy in Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. The iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic center, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit (Mu Zi 2006, 79). All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera (paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi (Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang, 1995, 835). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot; (Jia Daquan 1994, 22). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the first year of Renzong reign (1023), Xue Tian, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchants run the banks (Jia Daquan 1994, 61). It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. In order to ensure the proper circulation of jiaozi, the government also enacted laws to criminalize the counterfeiting of jiaozi (Hong Pimo 1991, 67). This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot; (Li You 1935, 15).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northern Song government introduced a relatively comprehensive set of regulatory laws and policies in order to ensure the success of issuing jiaozi. In the beginning period of issuing jiaozi, the feudal government was cautious about the issuance of banknotes, and the introduction of laws and policies on the regulation of banknotes showed that the government was fully aware of the credit-dependent nature of banknotes and their weakness in being easy to counterfeit and issue indiscriminately. However, the feudal government often failed to effectively control the issuance of banknotes. When the government needed to spend a large amount of money, it often failed to restrain itself and abused its public credibility by using its power to issue banknotes indefinitely, which eventually caused inflation, thus making the banknotes lose their credibility and turning them into waste paper, as evidenced by the fate of jiaozi in Northern Song Dynasty. The government's abuse of credibility led to jiaozi becoming a tool for its enrichment. Without credibility, jiaozi lost its function of circulation and thus lost its own value of existence (Li Linsha, 2001, 65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi facilitated the commercial turnover of Song Dynasty, bridged the economy of Sichuan with that of northwest China, and indirectly promoted the prosperity of trade between the Northern Song and western countries (Wang Baoping 2010, 50). The advent of jiaozi also facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jiashou 李家寿. (1993). 中国最早纸币——“交子”产生的原因及其年代 [The Reason and Time of the Production of the Earliest Chinese Paper Currency —Jiaozi]. ''财经研究'' Journal of Finance and Economics (12) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuo Tuo 脱脱. (1985). ''宋史'' [The History of Song Dynasty]. Beijing: China Publishing House 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Xinwei 彭信威. (1965). ''中国货币史'' [The History of Chinese Currency]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House] 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Zhiqiang 戴志强. (2006). 有关北宋交子的几个问题 [Several Questions About Jiaozi of Northern Song Dynasty]. ''中国钱币'' China Numismatics (03) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes —Jiaozi]. ''中国品牌与防伪'' China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang 杨武能、邱沛篁. (1995).''成都大词典'' [The Great Dictionary of Chengdu]. Sichuan: Sichuan Lexicographical Publishing House 四川辞书出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 交子的产生 [The Production of Jiaozi]. ''西南金融'' Southwest Finance (S1) 05-26. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 张詠、薛田与交子──关于交子的产生时间、整顿和官交子务的建立 [Zhang Yong, Xue Tian And Jiaozi — On the Production, Reorganization of Jiaozi and the Establishment of the Official Jiaozi Affair Department]. ''四川文物'' Sichuan Cultural Relics (05) 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hong Pimo 洪丕漠. (1991). ''法苑谈往'' [Talking About Some Rules of Ancient China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Bookstore 上海书店.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li You 李攸. (1935). ''宋朝事实'' [Facts of The Song Dynasty]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Linsha 李琳莎. (2001). 论中国早期纸币的盛行及衰落——北宋交子在货币史上的短暂一现 [On the Prevalence and Decline of the Previous Paper Money in China —— the Flash of Jiaozi in the Northern Song Dynasty]. ''上海交通大学学报（哲学社会科学版）'' Journal of Shanghai Jiaotong University(Philosophy and Social Sciences) (03) 65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Baoping 王宝平. (2010). 论交子与宋朝商业繁荣 [On the Currency of Jiaozi and Commercial prosperity in Song Dynasty]. ''开封教育学院学报'' Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education (02) 47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jiaozi 交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fei-qian 飞钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*contractual bonds 契券&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom 楚的马殷时期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gui Fang 柜坊&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Shun 李顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jiaozi bank 交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) 楮树&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*private jiaozi 私交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xue Tian 薛田&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yizhou 益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty 宋仁宗元年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department 益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*official jiaozi 官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina 201921080003==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people applied lead powder to their faces, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women did  make up with lead and tin powder.The side effects of using lead powder were truly terrifying. Over time, the skin turned yellow, covered with wrinkles. Accordingly, more and more lead had to be applied each time.The lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail.Rice powder is a unique cosmetic product that can slow down the aging process, protect the skin from the effects of an aggressive environment. A weightless film appears on the face, which prevents active chemical components and dirt from entering the pores. At the same time, the composition is saturated with antioxidants that do not allow the skin to fade quickly. The selection of rice is exquisite. The way it is made: It is grinded into a fine powder, then  processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly replaces by the lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If to compare to modern times, ancient Chinese make-up is not so that simple.We can devideit into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge also called blush or blusher, is a cosmetic for coloring the cheeks in varying shades, or the lips red. It is applied as a powder or cream. It is a kind of cosmetics made from flowers named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.Which is completely different from modern worldwide beauty standards.Diving into history helps us to see how such simples things change and the way that people's mindsets and tastes change as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that eyebrows can make or break a face—they're that important. Brows frame your eyes and add structure to your face after all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting tradition began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there were many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It also means that the ancient people liked drawing eyebrows back then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style can almost be called the most versatile in the entire Chinese history.In both terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changed.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and prefered simplicity. Therefore, women's make up was subtle and graceful, slightly coated with lead powder  and  with rouge simple make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*White make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people had standards of whiter the better, so women had to apply a lot of powder.The Tang Dynasty women’s powder and style were more diversed and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, It probably was as popular as same as wearing BB creams and foundations in modern girls' make up.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Red make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories were diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were some alternative make ups as well, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), where rouge was used more and was spread all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术》作者：贾思勰--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 05:41, 14 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Some Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术 - is the best-preserved ancient Chinese agricultural text and was written by an official of the Northern Wei Dynasty, Jia Six.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胭脂 - rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*唇脂/口脂 - lipstick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*黛 - black eyebrow dye&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=112186</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=112186"/>
		<updated>2020-12-14T08:07:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. &amp;quot;Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China&amp;quot;(Wei Wei, 2016).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.（Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.（Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.（Wei lichun, 2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.(Shen Kun, 2016）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.(Wei lichun,2007)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Kun 沈坤. (2016). 中国古代四大名桥[Four famous bridges in ancient China].百姓生活People's life (07) 59-62.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Wei薇薇. (2016).中国人必须知道的国学常识[The common knowledge of Chinese culture that Chinese people must know].雷锋 Lei Feng (Z1) 148-149.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Lichun魏丽春. (2007).我国的四大名桥[Four famous bridges in China].新长征New Long March (08) 60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Jun黄军. (1996).我国风景名胜中的四大[Four famous scenic spots in China].农家之友 Friends of farmers (03) 46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Three. They are “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”, “Wang Yuan removed the strange stones” and “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Zhaozhou Bridge has been there for 1400 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To make the slope of the bridge deck gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qingming]]Located on the west bank of Dragon Pavilion in Kaifeng, Henan Province, and covering an area of more than 600 acres, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden is a large-scale historical and cultural theme park showing the prosperous scenery of Song Dynasty. It is based on the painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' drawn by famous painter Zhang Zeduan in the Northern Song Dynasty. In 2009, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by China World Records Association. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s intangible cultural heritage exhibition base. It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.(Wei Tuo 2006,13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The painting ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'' is a precious scroll of social and folk life in ancient China. It reflects the social life, manners and customs of marketplace, and urban architectural patterns of Kaifeng as the capital of the Northern Song Dynasty in China. Although it only reflects a part of Kaifeng at that time, People can still have a glimpse of the general appearance of other streets and urban areas. It is interesting that a thousand years ago, Zhang Zeduan moved it from reality to a painting, but a thousand years later, Kaifeng people moved it from a painting into reality. Wandering among them, people can have a feeling of going back in time.(Zhang Lu 2013,25)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
There are eight functional zones including posthouse, folk custom, characteristic food street, demonstration of culture in Song Dynasty, flower, bird, fish, bug, prosperous capital, leisure and shopping, and integrated service, and four cultural zones including military drill ground, Rainbow Bridge, folk custom, and capital of Song Dynasty. The main architechtures of the garden include gate building, rainbow bridge, street view, stores, river channels, wharfs and ships. According to the original layout of ''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival'', the garden presents the fabrications on site such as wine shops, teahouses, pawnshops, Bian (today’s Kaifeng) embroideries, official porcelains, and New Year paintings, gathers folk performance, vaudeville, and drum performance. (Gao Jing 2010,18)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main tourist attrations in the garden include Rainbow Bridge, Fuyun Pavillion, Shangshan Gate and so on. The Rainbow Bridge is an important creation in the history of ancient Chinese bridges. It is listed as the top ten famous bridges in China, and it is also a major landscape in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The original one was built in 1050, and it was reconstructed in 1998. It is a replica of one of the ten ancient timber bridges. The Fuyun Pavillion is 31.99 meters high and it is the tallest building in the garden. The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map. From the outside, the pavilion is four floors but there are another three flowers hidden inside. It is also the place where important royal documents and traditional Chinese painting and books are stored during the Song Dynasty. (Chen Kang 2006,62)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every year, Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden will hold a series of cultural festivals, such as folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, Qingming cultural festival, and chrysanthemum cultural festival. During the folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty, the scenic spot will gather unique folk performances across the country, such as flower-drum on the high platform, stilt, dragon dance, lion dance, small Henan opera. The international lantern exhibition is the highlight of folk cultural festival of Song Dynasty. A visual feast will be brought by auspicious tradition of Chinese Pavilion, the fresheness and refineness of Asian Pavilion, simplicity and fashion of European Pavilion, the quaint Buddhism of the Southeast Asia Pavilion, and the luxurious atmosphere of the African Pavillion. During the Qingming Festival, the garden will hold some Qingming cultural festivals to promote traditional festival culture. At that time, vistors can have an outing in spring, plant willion trees, watch folk customs, taste snacks, and enjoy the large-scale water live performances called ''“Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty”.'' This event combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. Chrysanthemum cultural festival is another grand festivl in the garden, during which all kinds of chrysanthemums will be presented.The annual chrysanthemum festival in Kaifeng is held from October to November. Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden focuses on beautiful chrysanthemum plants, and makes full of architectures, sculptures, mountains, the surface of the water and association of activity and inertia to highlight the cultivated and creative skills of Kaifeng people. Chrysanthemums are changed into various shapes, which attracted thousands of visitors from all over the world. In the exhibition, visitors can enjoy and appreciate some species of chrysanthemum that are rarely seen in our daily life. (Zhang Lu 2013,24)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are vaious performances presented in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden, such as ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty'', ''Baogong Salute to Guests'', ''Spitting Fire Show'', ''Cockfight'', ''Women’s Polo'' and so on. Among these formances, ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty'' is a representative show of the garden. It is a large-scale live water performance produced by Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. The performance is lasted for 70 minutes and is performed by more than 700 actors. It is a scroll about the heyday of the Northern Song Dynasty. The bustling scene of the Song Dynasty market, the prosperity of the capital of Bianliang(today’s Kaifeng), the mighty momentum of luxurious neighboring countries, the tragedy of wars, and the sustenance of blessings constitute a wash painting with a combination of noise and tranquility.(Gao Jing 2010,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese architectures and western architectures are different. The ancient architectures of China can be divided into palace architecure, religious architecture, mansion architecture and public architecture, which can be seen in the Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden. Compared with the Gothic architecture during the Middles Ages of the western Europe, the architecture of Song Dynasty shows a delicate and soft style, with complex forms of palaces, terraces, towers and pavilions, while Gothic archetecture is magnificent and exquisite. It has pointed vaults, which give people a visual impact and have a strong religious color.(Pang Runxin 2019,10)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' 清明上河园&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival''《清明上河图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rainbow Bridge虹桥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuyun Pavillion浮云阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shangshan Gate 上善门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chrysanthemum菊花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Baogong Salute to Guests''包公迎宾&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Spitting Fire Show''气功喷火&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Cockfight''斗鸡&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Women’s Polo''女子马球&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''《大宋·东京梦华》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the location of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What’s the role of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' opened to the public?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Who is the painter of ''Piverside Scene at Qingming Festival''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Which dynasty of the painting ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What does the name of ''Fuyun Pavilion'' mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What’s the characteristics of the performance of ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.Can you please list some kinds of performance of ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' besides ''Luxuriant Dream of the East Capital of the Great Song Dynasty''?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.It is located on the west bank of ''Dragon Pavilion'' in Kaifeng, Henan Province.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.In 2009, ''Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden'' was chosed as China’s first theme park in the style of the ancients by ''China World Records Association''. It is a key historical and cultural tourist attraction on the national Yellow River golden tourism line, and it is also the first batch of 5A-level tourist attractions in the country and China’s ''intangible cultural heritage exhibition base''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.It was officially opened to the public on October 28, 1998.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Zhang Zeduan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Northern Song Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.The name of “Fuyun” has two meanings: one is to touch, which means the pavilion rises into the clouds and touches the white clouds; the other is to clean, which means blowing away the smoke and clouds of history, and returning a real treasure map.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.It combines historical Song cultural elements with modern entertainments, allowing visitors to better experience spring, get close to culture and enjoy life. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.''Baogong Salute to Guests'', ''Spitting Fire Show'', ''Cockfight'', ''Women’s Polo''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Kang 陈康.(2006).《清明上河园》的精彩场景——贯木拱虹桥[Excellent Scenes of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden——Wooden Arch Rainbow Bridge].集邮博览Philatelic Panorama(07)62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gao Jing高静.(2010). 清明上河园——玩转宋文化[Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden—Fully Experience the Culture of Song Dyansty].光彩Brilliance(04)16-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Mei李梅.(2007).清明上河园特色建设与长远发展[Distinctive Architecture of Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden nd its Long Development].合作经济与科技Co-operative Economyand Science(8)10-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pang Runxin庞润昕.(2019).《清明上河图》的建筑艺术[Architectural Art in Paintings of Riverside Scene Qingming Festival].景德镇陶瓷大学Jingdezheng Ceramic Institute(06)10-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Tuo韦陀.(2006).张择端之《清明上河图》[Riverside Scene at Qingming Festival Painted by Zhang Zeduan].紫禁城Forbidden City（Z2)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Lu张璐.(2013).清明上河园与宋都文化传承创新研究[Inheritance and Innovation Research Study of “Qingming River” Song Dynasty Theme Park].赤峰学院学报Chi Feng College Journal(05)23-27.--[[User:Zeng Liang|Zeng Liang]] ([[User talk:Zeng Liang|talk]]) 15:22, 13 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.(沈志刚，2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 09:02, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terracotta Army===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife.（ Mark Cartwright, 2017)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare. (Kelly Richman-Abdou, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different. (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.  (Travel China Guide, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List. (百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Kelly Richman-Abdou. (2020). Unearthing the Importance of the Life-Sized Terracotta Warriors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Mark Cartwright. (2017). Terracotta Army. Ancient History Encyclopedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Travel China Guide. (2020). What is the Terracotta Army? 10 Things You should Know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 百度百科——秦始皇兵马俑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                                 '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.（百度百科：盆景的种类）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.（2017，菖蒲寿石斋）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.（2018，盆栽管）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.（维基百科）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
*trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
*pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
*the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
*pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
*literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
*clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
*Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
*How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
*What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
*From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
*It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
*We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
*The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
*Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]百度百科：盆景的种类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]百度百科：盆景修建技巧，2018，盆栽管&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]搜狐网：盆景的历史渊源，2017，菖蒲寿石斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Wekipedia: The difference of Chinese penjing and other countries&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters.  （Data Story of Tik Tok, Wang Ning: 11-12) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has.  (TikTok: Technology Overview and Issues, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues. (Short Video Platform - Douyin)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
• Tian Fengchang 田丰畅, Huang Xiaozhang黄孝章. 基于SWOT分析的抖音短视频研究[Research of SWOT Analysis Based onTik Tok Short Video][J].中国商论[China Business],2020(22):15-17.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Xiao B, Koetse M. Chinese Arts Students into Panic Mode after Failing to Register for Exams Amid Announced Reforms[J].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Xing Lu, Lu ZHicong, 2019, Fifteen Seconds of Fame: A Qualitative Study of Douyin, A Short Video Sharing Mobile Application in China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Zhang Qianqian, Cheng Cheng, Tao Feiyan. 张倩倩,程程,陶飞燕.高校学生短视频使用情况研究——以抖音为例[A Study on the Use of Short Video by College Students: Tik Tok as an Example ] [J].新闻研究导刊[News Research Journal],2020,11(22):47-48.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Liang Quancun梁全存.“抖音”短视频发展战略研究[Research on the Development Strategy of Tik Tok ][D].北京:北京交通大学[Beijing Jiao Tong University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Tian Xiaofang田小芳.从传播学角度分析抖音短视频的爆红[Analysis of the popularity of Tik Tok from a communication perspective ] [J].现代营销(信息版),[ Modern Marketing (Information Edition),] 2019(06):214-215.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
• Wu W. Chinese Animation, Creative Industries, and Digital Culture[M]. Routledge, 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ancient Science and Technology, Compass - 张瑜 Zhang Yu, 202070080625==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China's advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth's magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;  (China's Foreign Trade 2012，94). The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction. (Lu and Huang 1995,1-6)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people's daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people's wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. (China Week 2003,35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.(Lu and Huang 1995,12-13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty (China Week 2003,35). After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 16th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.(Lu and Huang 1995,16)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;[四大发明]. China's Foreign Trade[中国外贸].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.[中国学术期刊电子出版社].05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;[指南针——中国四大发明之一]. China Week[中华周刊].China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House.[中国学术期刊电子出版社].04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全Lu Caiquan，黄惠贤Huang Huixian. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》[Chinese Civilization Shines in the World, The &amp;quot;Four Great Inventions&amp;quot; and Traditional Chinese Medicine]. 1995:1-16.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions 四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*''Devil Valley Master'' 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor 司南&lt;br /&gt;
*''Wu Jing Zong Yao'' (''General Military Principles'') 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang 曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du 丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish 指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*''Dream Pool Essays'' 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass 旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams 八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal 常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What's the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? &lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? &lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish?&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What's the symbol of the original shape of the compass? &lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
*The earliest reference was ''Devil Valley Master'', found in the 4th century BC.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.&lt;br /&gt;
*The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.&lt;br /&gt;
*Wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass.&lt;br /&gt;
*The square plate symbolizes earth and the circular disc symbolizes heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
*Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio  Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling===&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Contents and Themes===&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on. The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works. The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. A Typical Story===&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===4. Features of the Book===&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4 Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.  The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Writing Brush - Zhao Xi 赵茜 202070080627 英语笔译==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 31)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month. (Yan Hao 2012, 14)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What's more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user's convenience.(Du Xiaofeng 2019, 35) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household. (Du Xiaofeng 2019, 36) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs. (Xu Qing 2013, 89)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation. (Xu Qing 2013, 91)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one. (Wang Xiaaojuan 2013, 45)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*杜霄枫Du Xiaofeng. 苏易简《文房四谱》研究[Study on Su Yijian's Four Treasures of the Study].郑州大学[Zhengzhou University],2019.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*王小娟Wang Xiaojuan. 宋代文房四宝与文人[Four Treasures of the Study and Literati in the Song Dynasty].华中师范大学[Central China Normal University],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*徐清Xu Qing.毛笔的发展及历代名工[The Development of Writing Brush and Famous Workers in Past Dynasties].中国书法[Chinese Calligraphy],2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*鄢豪Yan Hao. 器锐、法妙、事善[D].湖南师范大学,2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2] According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4] Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5] Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6] The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lattice on Ancient Chinese Windows 祝美梅 Student No.202070080632==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From then till now, window at home and abroad has always played an significant role in the construction of buildings, both in its practical function and decorative values. The design of this architectural part affects the appearance, style, human touch, solemnity, vitality, and the enchantment of the building. The cultural implication of windows has developed over the years. Our forefathers poured much of their emotions on this “hole” on the wall, regarding it as the most indispensable component in their life. This article will introduce several kinds of lattices in detail.  (Liang Sicheng 1994, 78)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice (gexin格心), this is also called “diamond lattice” (ling hua, 菱花). Diamond-shaped patterns were predominantly applied in external decoration in earlier periods. Lattice is also called geyan (格眼). (Ma Weidu, 2016, 47)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 1.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice]]  [[File: Windows 1-1.jpg|200px|The three-crossing-nodes lattice-2]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth. For the imperial palaces, this pattern means: in front of the emperor is a spectacular landscape characterized by prosperity, peacefulness, vitality and brightness. While for the divine temples, it means that God is in charge of the balance of the universe. When heaven and earth is in congruence with each other, lives on earth flourish and humans survive. This lattice also represents the prayer of our forefathers to plead god’s protection and the bumper harvest of both crops and animals. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 128-130)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 2.jpg|300px|The two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice]] [[File: Windows 3.jpg|300px|The three-crossing-six-nodes ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Forbidden City, the lattice of partition windows in main palaces are in diamond-shape. It was formed by two or three crossing rods with attached petals at the knot, making it looking a blooming flower. The lattice’s name made by two crossing rods is “the two-crossing-four-nodes lattice”, while by three is “the three-crossing-six-nodes lattice”. (Xiao Mo 1999, 35)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 4-1.jpg|200px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 4.jpg|300px|A-quiver-with-three-arrows lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice is formed by three groups horizontal rods respectively at the above, medium and bottom of a window intertwining with several vertical rods. These slender and long rods seems like arrows, hence the name. Chinese Taoists once said “ The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two give birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” This type of lattice signifies numerous long arrows hanging on the window, with three implications: the property to dispel intruders from evils; a manifestation that inexhaustible weapons are in store with power endowed by heaven and a guarantee the acquisition of wealth as arrows are useful tools in hunting. (Laozi, 2016：105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Swastika lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 5.jpg|200px|middle|Swastika lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swastika lattice, one of the ancient marks in China and India, gives people a spinning feeling. It looks like the spiral form caused by the flowing air or the vortex by running water in a river. The ancients believe that spiral movement is the engine of life. The shape卐 has no clear head nor tail, similar to Tai Chi diagram in traditional Chinese culture. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lattice represents the restless life and the infinite circulating of the universe. The character’s four directions stretch outside, manifesting auspiciousness and longevity. “swastika brocade” is also known as “ flowing swastika”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fret lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 6-1.jpg|300px|Fret lattice-1]]  [[File: Windows 6.jpg|300px|Fret lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fret lattice means a safe return, and long happiness and longevity. It was derived from the cloud and thunder pattern inscribed on pottery and bronze wares. The lattice is in square, or rounded spiral shape constructed by horizontal and vertical short lines, looking like the Chinese character “回”. It gives people an illumination urging they to move forward incessantly in their undertakings till success no matter what setbacks and failures we might meet, and the long lasting blessing and longevity. (Yu Shiping, 2019, (01):1-2)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The cracked ice lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 7-1.jpg|250px|The cracked ice lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 7.jpg|300px|The cracked ice lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cracked ice pattern symbolize that ice starts melting, the end of the chilly winter and  the return of the earth to spring, as all things are reviving. It’s connotation is that all the unpleasant and unpleasant things have passed away, and the good and pleasant wishes will be realized immediately. (Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan, 2011, (12): 100-101)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The H-shaped Lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 8-1.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 8.jpg|200px|The H-shaped Lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The H-shaped bar pattern lattice not only looks like hieroglyphics, but also symbols things that are exquisite, beautiful and standard. In addition, the ancients thought that the horizontal and vertical lines in the character of “工”  indicating people do things in accordance with the orthodox traditional rules and practices and his integrity. (Zhang Jiji, 1991, 115)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The well-shaped lattice===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Windows 9-1.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice-1]] [[File: Windows 9.jpg|300px|The Well-shaped lattice]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The well-shaped lattice is not only the hieroglyph of Chinese character “井”, as well as  resemble the railings surrounded the place where the ancients dug a hole to fetch water.&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, China’s city planning is also expanded following well-shaped pattern. The reason why people choose this pattern is that they want to correspond with the well constellation, a symbol of auspiciousness and wish to keep away from fire hazard. （Zhao Jiawei, 2011, (15): 298-299)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the West, a window is just a window, which lets light and fresh air come in, but for the Chinese, it is a picture frame, through which the outside garden can be seen.&amp;quot; Bei Lv Ming once said. By means of Lattice as a decoration, the picturesque window is not only a feast to eyes, but also enriches the layers of architectures, reflecting people's expectations for a better life. (Yu Shiping, 2019,(01): 94-95)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
diamond lattice 菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice 三交六椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the two-crossing-four-nodes Lattice 双交四椀菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a-quiver-with-three-arrows-pattern 一码三箭样式菱花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
swastika pattern  万字纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fret Lattice 回纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the cracked ice lattice 冰裂纹样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the well-shaped lattice 井字样式棂花&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the practical function of lattice on ancient Chinese windows? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What kind of lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What's the cultural implications of the three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Lattice makes the window more lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The three-crossing-six-nodes Lattice was often used on windows of the imperial palace and divine temples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The three-crossing-nodes lattice, symbolizes the orthodox state power, as well as heaven and earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reference===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Huang Yixi 黄亦锡. (2008) 酒、酒器与传统文化[Wine, Wineset and Traditional Culture: the Study of Wine Culture of Ancient China]. 厦门大学Xiamen University.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liang Si 梁思成.(1994) 中国建筑史[History of Chinese Architecture].江苏美术出版社 Jiangsu Fine Arts Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xiao Mo 萧默.(1999)中国建筑艺术史[The Art History of Chinese Architecture].文物出版社 Cultural Relics Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Jiji 张家骥.(1991) 中国造园论[On Chinese Gardening].山西人民出版社 Shanxi People's Publishing House.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ma Weidu 马未都.(2016) 中国古代门窗[Chinese Ancient Doors and Windows].中国建筑工业出版社 China Building Industry Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Jiawei 赵佳薇(2011). 重庆磁器口传统木雕窗窗棂浅析Analysis on window Lattice of Chongqing Ciqikou Traditional Wood Carving Window. 大众文艺 The Mass Literature and Arts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Yu Shiping 郁世萍（2019). 格心棂花的装饰美——常家庄园传统窗棂艺术研究 [Beauty of Lattice -- Study on Traditional Window Lattice Art of Chang's Manor]. 美术大观 Art Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Lv Dandan, Song Kuiyan吕丹丹，宋魁彦 (2011). 传统民居隔扇格心纹样解析 [An Analysis of the lattices used on Residential Partitions]. 发展 Development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies (Songyang Academy,Yingtianfu Academy,Yuelu Academy, White Deer Grotto Academy)over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976AD). (Wiki)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. (Chen Yuxiang, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.(Xu Yanwen, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.(Kong Sumei, Bai Xu, 2011)[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 AD), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.(Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong, 2012)[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.(Ruan Hongsong, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Xu Yanwen 徐艳文. (2020).古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[The ancient and elegant Yuelu Academy Complex].''中外建筑'' (06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yuxiang 陈宇翔. (2020).岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[Yuelu Academy: The Holy Land of Huxiang culture].''新湘评论'' (03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Sumei, Bai Xu 孔素美,白旭. (2011)中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[On the architectural form of ancient Chinese academies —— Taking the four great academies in ancient China as an example].''华中建筑'' 29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luo Muhe 罗慕赫. (2020).岳麓文脉传千年[The Millennium Inheritance of Yuelu culture]. ''中国纪检监察报'' 09-25(006).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ruan Hongsong 阮红松. (2020).岳麓书院与山长[Yuelu Academy and Shanzhang（principal）].''炎黄纵横'' (03):62-63.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yi 王艺. (2019).沅生芷草，澧育兰花——岳麓书院[Yuan Sheng Zhi Cao, Li Yu Lan Hua —— Yuelu Academy].''广西城镇建设'' (12):104-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. (2012).The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone 1976:405-411. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Daniel McMahon. (2005).The Yuelu Academy and Hunan's Nineteenth-Century Turn Toward Statecraft[J]Late Imperial China26(1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Xi  朱熹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhou Shi 周式&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Shi  张栻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiandao Reign  乾道年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng 惟楚有才，于斯为盛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie 忠、孝、廉、洁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.When did Yuelu Academy has been formally set up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the core building of Yuelu Academy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the function of the Lecture Hall?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How many schools, learning and ideas do Yuelu Academy relate to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What had happended in Yuelu Academy in the 6th year of Qiandao Reign?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.In the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the lectures in Yuelu Academy were so popular that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The Lecture Hall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.The Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Five.They are the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle), the Yangming School, the Donglin School, the Han School and the New Learning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.There was held the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|200px|thumb|left|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty), image from Baike. Click [https://ss1.bdstatic.com/70cFvXSh_Q1YnxGkpoWK1HF6hhy/it/u=3838516284,3835551581&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It is recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists (Li Jiashou 1993, 55). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The origin of jiaozi is still uncertain and has aroused a lot of discussion in which there are five main ideas. The first point of view was that jiaozi originated from Fei-qian (currency exchange notes in Tang Dynasty), which was recorded in The History of Song Dynasty (Tuo Tuo 1985, 181). Secondly, some people believed that jiaozi developed from contractual bonds. Peng Xinwei, a well-known Chinese currency historians and numismatics, exemplified that during the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom (907-930), the iron coins in circulation were too big and heavy, making people trade with contractual bonds which had the same function as paper currency (Peng Xinwei 1965, 259). Besides, an institution in Tang Dynasty called “Gui Fang” was regarded by some people as the origin of jiaozi. This kind of institutions specialized in the storage and lending of money and commodities. In addition, there was another opinion that it was the lack of coins in circulation caused by people stopping minting iron coins during Li Shun’s uprising that promoted the origin of jiaozi (Dai Zhiqiang 2006, 43). The last thought about jiaozi’s origin was that the coins were of great weight, casting a great burden on merchants in carrying them, so they invented jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental, but was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of commodity economy in Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. The iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic center, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit (Mu Zi 2006, 79). All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera (paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi (Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang, 1995, 835). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot; (Jia Daquan 1994, 22). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the first year of Renzong reign (1023), Xue Tian, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchants run the banks (Jia Daquan 1994, 61). It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. In order to ensure the proper circulation of jiaozi, the government also enacted laws to criminalize the counterfeiting of jiaozi (Hong Pimo 1991, 67). This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot; (Li You 1935, 15).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Northern Song government introduced a relatively comprehensive set of regulatory laws and policies in order to ensure the success of issuing jiaozi. In the beginning period of issuing jiaozi, the feudal government was cautious about the issuance of banknotes, and the introduction of laws and policies on the regulation of banknotes showed that the government was fully aware of the credit-dependent nature of banknotes and their weakness in being easy to counterfeit and issue indiscriminately. However, the feudal government often failed to effectively control the issuance of banknotes. When the government needed to spend a large amount of money, it often failed to restrain itself and abused its public credibility by using its power to issue banknotes indefinitely, which eventually caused inflation, thus making the banknotes lose their credibility and turning them into waste paper, as evidenced by the fate of jiaozi in Northern Song Dynasty. The government's abuse of credibility led to jiaozi becoming a tool for its enrichment. Without credibility, jiaozi lost its function of circulation and thus lost its own value of existence (Li Linsha, 2001, 65).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi facilitated the commercial turnover of Song Dynasty, bridged the economy of Sichuan with that of northwest China, and indirectly promoted the prosperity of trade between the Northern Song and western countries (Wang Baoping 2010, 50). The advent of jiaozi also facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Jiashou 李家寿. (1993). 中国最早纸币——“交子”产生的原因及其年代 [The Reason and Time of the Production of the Earliest Chinese Paper Currency —Jiaozi]. ''财经研究'' Journal of Finance and Economics (12) 55-57.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Tuo Tuo 脱脱. (1985). ''宋史'' [The History of Song Dynasty]. Beijing: China Publishing House 中华书局.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Peng Xinwei 彭信威. (1965). ''中国货币史'' [The History of Chinese Currency]. Shanghai: Shanghai People’s Publishing House] 上海人民出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Zhiqiang 戴志强. (2006). 有关北宋交子的几个问题 [Several Questions About Jiaozi of Northern Song Dynasty]. ''中国钱币'' China Numismatics (03) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes —Jiaozi]. ''中国品牌与防伪'' China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yang Wuneng, Qiu Peihuang 杨武能、邱沛篁. (1995).''成都大词典'' [The Great Dictionary of Chengdu]. Sichuan: Sichuan Lexicographical Publishing House 四川辞书出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 交子的产生 [The Production of Jiaozi]. ''西南金融'' Southwest Finance (S1) 05-26. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jia Daquan 贾大泉. (1994). 张詠、薛田与交子──关于交子的产生时间、整顿和官交子务的建立 [Zhang Yong, Xue Tian And Jiaozi — On the Production, Reorganization of Jiaozi and the Establishment of the Official Jiaozi Affair Department]. ''四川文物'' Sichuan Cultural Relics (05) 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Hong Pimo 洪丕漠. (1991). ''法苑谈往'' [Talking About Some Rules of Ancient China]. Shanghai: Shanghai Bookstore 上海书店.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li You 李攸. (1935). ''宋朝事实'' [Facts of The Song Dynasty]. Beijing: The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Linsha 李琳莎. (2001). 论中国早期纸币的盛行及衰落——北宋交子在货币史上的短暂一现 [On the Prevalence and Decline of the Previous Paper Money in China —— the Flash of Jiaozi in the Northern Song Dynasty]. ''上海交通大学学报（哲学社会科学版）'' Journal of Shanghai Jiaotong University(Philosophy and Social Sciences) (03) 65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Wang Baoping 王宝平. (2010). 论交子与宋朝商业繁荣 [On the Currency of Jiaozi and Commercial prosperity in Song Dynasty]. ''开封教育学院学报'' Journal of Kaifeng Institute of Education (02) 47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jiaozi 交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Fei-qian 飞钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*contractual bonds 契券&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*the Ma Yin period of South Chu Kingdom 楚的马殷时期&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gui Fang 柜坊&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Li Shun 李顺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*jiaozi bank 交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) 楮树&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*private jiaozi 私交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Xue Tian 薛田&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yizhou 益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty 宋仁宗元年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yizhou Jiaozi Affair Department 益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*official jiaozi 官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina 201921080003==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people applied lead powder to their faces, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women did  make up with lead and tin powder.The side effects of using lead powder were truly terrifying. Over time, the skin turned yellow, covered with wrinkles. Accordingly, more and more lead had to be applied each time.The lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail.Rice powder is a unique cosmetic product that can slow down the aging process, protect the skin from the effects of an aggressive environment. A weightless film appears on the face, which prevents active chemical components and dirt from entering the pores. At the same time, the composition is saturated with antioxidants that do not allow the skin to fade quickly. The selection of rice is exquisite. The way it is made: It is grinded into a fine powder, then  processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly replaces by the lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If to compare to modern times, ancient Chinese make-up is not so that simple.We can devideit into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge also called blush or blusher, is a cosmetic for coloring the cheeks in varying shades, or the lips red. It is applied as a powder or cream. It is a kind of cosmetics made from flowers named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.Which is completely different from modern worldwide beauty standards.Diving into history helps us to see how such simples things change and the way that people's mindsets and tastes change as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is believed that eyebrows can make or break a face—they're that important. Brows frame your eyes and add structure to your face after all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting tradition began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there were many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It also means that the ancient people liked drawing eyebrows back then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style can almost be called the most versatile in the entire Chinese history.In both terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changed.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and prefered simplicity. Therefore, women's make up was subtle and graceful, slightly coated with lead powder  and  with rouge simple make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*White make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people had standards of whiter the better, so women had to apply a lot of powder.The Tang Dynasty women’s powder and style were more diversed and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, It probably was as popular as same as wearing BB creams and foundations in modern girls' make up.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Red make up&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories were diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were some alternative make ups as well, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), where rouge was used more and was spread all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术》作者：贾思勰--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 05:41, 14 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Some Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*齐民要术 - is the best-preserved ancient Chinese agricultural text and was written by an official of the Northern Wei Dynasty, Jia Six.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*胭脂 - rouge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*唇脂/口脂 - lipstick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*黛 - black eyebrow dye&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=112055</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=112055"/>
		<updated>2020-12-14T06:41:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu-A Case Study of Folding Bijing 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;肖茜	Xiao Xi No.202020080654&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang's science fiction &amp;quot;Folding Beijing&amp;quot; won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu's rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida's functional equivalence to &amp;quot;quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors&amp;quot;. The theory of Nida's functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu's application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
刘宇昆翻译中的功能对等-以《北京折叠》为例&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers' understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida’s functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work &amp;quot;Toward a Science of Translating&amp;quot;. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers' response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book &amp;quot;The Theory and Practice of Translation&amp;quot;, Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida's dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers' response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit(1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader's response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader's response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader's response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader's responses. If the target language reader's understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader's response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Three Functional Equivalence in the Chinese Translation of Folding Beijing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.1 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Meaning====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida and Taber (2004：12) stated that “translating consist in reproducing in the receptor language the closet natural equivalence of the source-language message, first in terms of meaning.” Meaning in this chapter will from three levels to discuss: words, sentences and passages, in other words, these three levels is a detailed analysis of the lexicon, syntax and discourse. According to the functional equivalence theory, translation should not only achieve literal equivalence, but also discover the author's true meaning. The following is a detailed analysis of how to achieve functional equivalence in the translation of Folding Beijing from lexical, syntactic and discourse perspectives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.1 Lexical level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In literary translation, how to correctly interpret the meaning of a word or phrase is always a difficult problem. There are two main difficulties in translating the meaning of a word or phrase. One difficulty is that many English words are polysemous, they have more than one meaning, so it is difficult to choose the right English word without causing ambiguity. Another difficulty is that the same meaning can be translated into several English expressions, but we should carefully consider which English expression is most appropriate. In the English translation of Folding Beijing, there are many examples to illustrate how the translation achieves functional equivalence with the source text in the lexical level as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“食客围着塑料桌子，埋头在酸辣粉的热气腾腾中，饿虎扑食一般，白色蒸汽遮住了脸。油炸的香味弥漫。货摊上的酸枣和核桃堆成山，腊肉在头顶摇摆。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:1）&lt;br /&gt;
“Customers packed the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls, which were immersed in the aroma of frying oil. They are heartily with their faces buried in bowls of hot and sour rice noodles, their heads hidden by clouds of white steam. Other stands featured mountains of jujubes and walnuts, and hunks of cured meat swung overhead.” (Ken Liu 2015:1)&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people can imagine the scene of street stalls when talking about plastic tables, but other people can't understand it. Therefore, the translator uses the word “the plastic tables at the food hawker stalls” for readers to understand. “Sour and spicy powder” is originally a kind of Chinese noodles. The author uses  “hot and sour rice noodles” to describe the taste of sour and spicy and the raw material of noodles is rice.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“这时彭蠡出现了。他剔着牙，敞着衬衫的扣子，不紧不慢地踱回来，不时打饱嗝。彭蠡六十多了，变得懒散不修边幅，两颊像沙皮狗一样耷拉着，让嘴角显得总是不满意地撇着。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:2）&lt;br /&gt;
“Finally, Peng Li appeared: His shirt unbuttoned, a toothpick dangling between his lips, strolling leisurely and burping from time to time. Now in his sixties, Peng had become lazy and slovenly. His cheeks drooped like the jowls of a Shar-Pei, giving him the appearance of being perpetually grumpy.” (Ken Liu 2015:3)&lt;br /&gt;
The translator uses “a toothpick dangling between his lips” to describe the action of picking teeth，it’s more detailed and vivid.  “懒散不修边幅” is translated into “lazy and slovenly” to describe Peng Li is neglectful of his appearance. “显得总是不满意地” is translated into “the appearance of being perpetually grumpy”, in this way, the translation better expresses the author’s intention to express the meaning of looking bad-tempered. &lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“霓虹灯亮了，商铺顶端闪烁的小灯打出新疆大枣、东北拉皮、上海烤麸和湖南腊肉。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:7）&lt;br /&gt;
“The neon lights came on. Tiny flashing LEDs on top of the shops formed into characters advertising jujubes from Xinjiang, lapi noodles from Northeast China, bran dough from Shanghai, and cured meats from Hunan.” (Ken Liu 2015:9)&lt;br /&gt;
The author did not translate directly “闪烁的小灯” into “ the little flashing lights ”, but “Tiny flashing LEDs”. This is also because of the translator's own understanding of the text, he wants the readers of the English translation to understand that the lights are advertising, so that customers can see and understand the selling points of the store. At the same time, “拉皮” is a special noodle in northeast China, and there is no corresponding suitable English word, so the author uses “lapi”, which is to show the original meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.2 Syntactic Level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax, usually defined as the study of how to construct sentences correctly with words in a language. In literary translation, the translator should make the syntax easy to be understood by the reader. The translator should take full account of the syntactic differences between English and Chinese. The difference of syntax between English and Chinese are mainly reflected in three aspects. First of all, conjunctions and relationship between words in English use frequency is very high. Secondly, English speakers put attention on object consciousness and used to the order from a small object to a large one, from specific to general; In Chinese texts, there is usually a temporal, spatial or causal sequence of time sequence. Finally, English language usually emphasizes important information at the beginning of a sentence, while the Chinese language tends to process information from the obsolete to the fresh for the purpose of impressing people.&lt;br /&gt;
In order to achieve functional equivalence with the original text, we should not only translate the meaning of words, but also translate the syntactic structure into a proper form. The following are some examples to show that how English translation oh Folding Beijing achieves functional equivalence to the original text in syntactic level: &lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
“ ‘现在政府太混沌了，做事太慢，僵化，体系也改不动。’他说‘等我将来有了机会，我就推快速工作作风改革。干得不行就滚蛋。’他看老刀还是没有说话，又说, ‘选拔也要放开。也向第三空间放开。’” （Jingfang Hao 2016:12）&lt;br /&gt;
“ ‘The current government is too inefficient and ossified,’ he added quickly, ‘slow to respond to challenges, and I don’t see much hope for systematic reform. When I get my opportunity, I’ll push for rapid reforms: Anyone who’s incompetent will be fired.’ Since Lao Gao still didn’t seem to show much reaction, he added, ‘I’ll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion, including opening up opportunities for candidates from Third Space.’ ” (Ken Liu 2015: 15)&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the translation of this paragraph, the translator obviously adjusted the word order, and the words said by the same person before the pause were pushed into the next sentence, in order to conform to the logic of English readers. “选拔也要放开” ,the literal translation of this sentence must be incomprehensible to the readers, so the readers have supplemented and translated this sentence into “I’ll also work to expand the pool of candidates for government service and promotion”, The translator perfectly explains what &amp;quot;放开&amp;quot; means.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“昏黄的灯光中，老刀想起过去。一个人游荡在垃圾场边缘的所有时光。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:25）&lt;br /&gt;
“Lao Dao talked about his lonely childhood. In the dim lamplight, he recalled his childhood spent alone wandering at the edge of the landfill.” (Ken Liu 2015: 34) &lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the text refers to “过去” twice with emphasis. In order to achieve the same emphasis in the English translation, the author chose to adjust the word order, placing “In the dim lamplight” between the two sentences, rather than using a subordinate clause like “…childhood that…”.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“再回到第三空间，他感觉自己像是已经走了一个月。城市仍然在缓慢苏醒，城市居民只过了平常的一场睡眠，和前一天连续。不会有人发现老刀的离开。”（Jingfang Hao 2016:27）&lt;br /&gt;
“Returning to Third Space, Lao Dao felt as though he had been traveling for a month. The city was waking up slowly. Most of the residents had slept soundly, and now they picked up their lives from where they had left off the previous cycle, No one would notice that Lao Dao had been away.” (Ken Liu 2015: 34)&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, we can see clearly that English has many more conjunctions than Chinese, like “as though”, “from where” and “that”, this is because of the difference in syntax between the two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.3 Discourse level=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida believes that a close, formal translation may be difficult for readers because of the intricate nature of the discourse structure and the presupposed knowledge about the contents in the original text. Therefore, it is necessary to choose a way of &amp;quot;rewrite&amp;quot; to make the translated text acceptable to readers. In literary translation, the translator should pay attention to both the content and the structure of the discourse. In the process of translation, the translation should be equivalent to the original text in the level of discourse. The following part selects a dialogue and its English translation in Folding Beijing as an example of literary translation to achieve functional equivalence in discourse level.&lt;br /&gt;
“所以” 她给老刀夹了新上来的热菜，“你能不能暂时不告诉他？等我……有机会亲自向他解释可以吗？”&lt;br /&gt;
老刀没有动筷子。他很饿，可是他觉得这时不能吃。&lt;br /&gt;
“可是这等于我也得撒谎。”&lt;br /&gt;
依言回身将小包打开，将钱包取出来，掏出五张一万块的纸币推给老刀。“一点心意，你收下。”(Jingfang Hao 2016:17)&lt;br /&gt;
“And so”—she spooned a serving of the new hot dish onto Lao Dao’s plate—“can you please not tell him, just temporarily? Please…give me a chance to explain to him myself.” &lt;br /&gt;
Lao Dao didn’t pick up his chopsticks. He was very hungry, but he felt that he could not eat this food.&lt;br /&gt;
“Then I’d be lying, too,” Lao Dao said.&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Yan opened her purse, took out her wallet, and retried five 10,000yuan bills. She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao. “Please accept this token of my appreciation.” (Ken Liu 2015: 23)&lt;br /&gt;
The conversational habits in Chinese are different from those in English, so some adjustments are often made when translating. The form of the dialogue is not completely translated from Chinese, but for the reader, the understanding of the text is the same. For example，“夹了新上来的热菜”translated into “spooned a serving of the new hot dish”, the translator changed the action to &amp;quot;spoon&amp;quot;, which is more suitable for Yi Yan's identity image, it is more suitable as a girl in the first space to spoon the vegetables to Lao Dao. “推给老刀”translated into “She pushed them across the table toward Lao Dao”, this sentence adds some action to make it more pictorial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.2 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Style====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every writer has his own writing style, and no one can imitate it perfectly. That is to say, in translation, it is impossible for the translator to translate the author's writing style exactly the same. Through the application of rhetoric and dialect, the original text shows the language characteristics, and the English translation can also see that the translator tries to achieve the functional equivalence on the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.1 Rhetoric=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, rhetoric is an important part of the study of style. Aristotle (384-322 B.C.) believed that style is form and is a counterpart of dialectic. The use of rhetoric can create vivid images, vivid scenes, improve the effect of literature.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
老刀的肚子也感觉到饥饿。他迅速转开眼睛，可是来不及了，那种感觉迅速席卷了他，胃的空虚像是一个深渊，让他身体微微发颤。(Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
Lao Dao’s stomach growled. He quickly averted his eyes, but it was too late. His empty stomach felt like an abyss that made his body tremble. (Ken Liu 2015: 3)&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, the original text compares a hungry stomach to an abyss, and the English translation also uses this metaphor to form a rhetorical functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
不远不近的一段距离，就像遥望西山或是海上的一段孤岛。(Jingfang Hao 2016:7)&lt;br /&gt;
The distance was perfect for taking in the whole city, like gazing at an island in the sea. (Ken Liu 2015: 9)&lt;br /&gt;
In this paragraph, it is a metaphor, and the words &amp;quot;Xishan&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;gu&amp;quot; in the original text are not translated, only translated into “an island in the sea”, this description is enough to show the image of a folded city.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
高楼像最卑微的仆人，弯下腰，让自己低声下气切断身体，头碰着脚，紧紧贴在一起，然后再次断裂弯腰，将头顶手臂扭曲弯折，插入空隙…楼宇由折叠中站立起身，在灰蓝色的天空中像苏醒的兽类。(Jingfang Hao 2016:8)&lt;br /&gt;
The skyscrapers bowed submissively like the humblest servants until their heads touched their feet; then they broke again, folded again, and twisted their necks and arms, stuffing them into the gaps… The buildings unfolded and stood up, awakening like a herd of beasts under the gray–blue sky.  (Ken Liu 2015: 9)&lt;br /&gt;
It has a personification in this paragraph, “skyscrapers” have “heads, feet, necks and arms”, and “like the humblest servants”, the use of rhetoric enables people to imagine the folding picture of the city through the human image. By comparing the building to a herd of beasts, it shows its size and the sense of fear and oppression it brings.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4:&lt;br /&gt;
直到建成的日子高楼如活人一般站立而起，他们才像惊呆了一样四处奔逃，仿佛自己生下了一个怪胎。(Jingfang Hao 2016:9)&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, when the completed building stood up before them like a living person, they had scattered in terror, as though they had given birth to a monster. (Ken Liu 2015: 11)&lt;br /&gt;
In this sentence, although “怪胎” translate into “monster”, the “生”express also the same meaning, so the translator does not struggle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.2 Dialects=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dialect embodies the local characteristics, is the author's own writing style. Sometimes it's a problem in translation. In the following example, we can see how the translator handles this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
For example, “伙计” in English “waiter” ,“铺盖卷” in English “bedrolls” ,“闺女”is translated as  “real daughter” ,“她们认死理儿” is translated as “they don’t know how to be flexible”,“只是这么多年过来，人就木了.” (Jingfang Hao 2016: 25) is translated into“But after so many years, you grow a bit numb.” (Ken Liu 2015: 37) We can see that when translators translate dialects with Chinese local characteristics, they pay more attention to the level of semantic understanding rather than the formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, whether the use of rhetoric or dialect in literature, can fully reflect the author's writing style. Therefore, in literary translation, the translator should study the differences between the source language and the target language in the ways to express stylistic differences, and find out the best way to make up for these differences. In this way, literary translation can achieve maximum functional equivalence at the stylistic level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.3 Functional Equivalence from Aspect of Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translation, the cultural difference between the two languages is also an issue that translators should pay attention to. People who come into contact with different cultures have different ways of thinking, values and social customs and so on. Translators need to understand the two cultures and fully express the cultural elements contained in the original text. At this time, translation plays a role in cross-cultural communication. The translator must present the cultural meaning shown or implied in the original text to the readers so that the translation can achieve the cultural equivalence with the original text. In this chapter, we will analyze the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspective of food culture,  folk culture and culture of idioms, so as to explain how it achieves the functional equivalence with the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.1 Food Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The city described by Beijing Folding is the political and cultural center of China, and it is a city with profound cultural deposits. There are a lot of contents belonging to traditional Chinese food culture in the novel. This part will analyze how the translator translates these delicacies to achieve functional equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
…面前摆着一盘炒面或炒粉… (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
Each kid had a plate of chow mein or chow fun… (Ken Liu 2015: 2)&lt;br /&gt;
“炒面”is a well-known traditional snack in China. The translator makes it into “chow mein”, rather than “Chinese stir-fried noodles. In the dictionary, “chow mein” means a Chinese-style dish of fried noodles served with small pieces of meat and vegetables. This translation also makes it more intuitive for the reader to know what the food is.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
老葛又拿来半瓶白酒和两个玻璃杯，倒上。(Jingfang Hao 2016:23)&lt;br /&gt;
…over a half bottle of baijiu… (Ken Liu 2015: 35)&lt;br /&gt;
The foreignizing translation is adopted here, “白酒” is translated into “baijiu” , the translator doesn’t use the word like “spirits”, it not only retains Chinese cultural characteristics, but also achieves communicative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3:&lt;br /&gt;
“哎，你们知道那儿一盘回锅肉多少钱吗？” (Jingfang Hao 2016:2)&lt;br /&gt;
“…how much they charge for an order of twice -cooked pork over there?” (Ken Liu 2015: 2)&lt;br /&gt;
The special feature of this dish is that it is boiled in water and then stir-fried. The translator captures this feature in the translation, trying to make people understand the meaning of “回锅”, and this dish is made with pork, he wants readers of the English translation to see an image of the dish in their heads in the same way that Chinese people do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.2 Folk Culture=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people also have their own unique way of life, customs and traditions, behavior patterns and other aspects of vocabulary. The following will analyze the translator's functional equivalence in folk culture.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
…几个人分吃两个菜… (Jingfang Hao 2016:1)&lt;br /&gt;
…and they shared two dishes family-style. (Ken Liu 2015: 2)&lt;br /&gt;
“分吃” is the most common way of eating in traditional Chinese culture, where several dishes are shared among friends and family. The purpose of the passage is to show the poverty of the boys. The translator takes into account the differences between Chinese and Western cultures，Western behavior is different. so he use the word “shared” and he add the word “family-style” to make it easier for the reader to understand the behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“咱们也算半个老乡吧。”老葛说，“所以不用太拘束。我还是能管点事儿，不会把你送出去的。” (Jingfang Hao 2016:20)&lt;br /&gt;
“We’re practically from the same hometown! So, you don’t need to be so careful with me. I still have a bit of authority, and I won’t give you up.” (Ken Liu 2015: 29)&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of hometown is a major feature of Chinese culture. Those from the same hometown share similar living habits, growing environment and cultural background, so even strangers can get familiar with each other quickly and even help each other. Since Lao Ge and Lao Dao come from the third space, the translator explains the term “老乡” from a geographical perspective. “管事儿”means to have some authority. The translator also explains this word so that readers can understand it easily.&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2:&lt;br /&gt;
“一点心意，你收下。” (Jingfang Hao 2016:17)&lt;br /&gt;
“Please accept this token of my appreciation.” (Ken Liu 2015: 24)&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yi Yan said that she hoped Lao Dao could help her keep a secret, so she wanted to give Lao Dao with money. “心意” means money, which is a euphemism used in China when it is inconvenient to offer money directly. In the translation, the translator also considered a euphemistic way of expression, so he used the word “appreciation”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.3 Culture of Idioms=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Idioms are an important part of the extensive and profound Chinese culture. Chinese people always use them in their daily life and in their writing. However, some idioms sometimes have different meanings in different contexts, and the translation should pay attention to the differences between the two cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
The author used many idioms in the article, such as “饿虎扑食”, the translator translated it into “ate heartily”, although the translation is easy to understand, but without the image that people are very hungry to eat, from the perspective of functional equivalence, English readers seem to be unable to reach the same level of understanding and response as Chinese readers. And “（盘子）一片狼藉”translated into “The dishes were a mess”, it is a brief description of the mess. And “成人之美” translated into “and in that case I’ll have done a good deed by keeping silent”, the idiom in the original text was originally used to describe Lao Dao's feeling that he was keeping secrets and that Yi Yan and Qin Tian might get together in the future. The translator abstractly translated the sentence in the English translation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the analysis of the English translation of Folding Beijing from three aspects: meaning, style and culture with the theory of functional equivalence in this chapter, and it is believed that the English translation conforms to the understanding of English readers to the specific information in the text. According to Nida's functional equivalence theory and its translation purposes and strategies, the translator brings a natural and equivalent Chinese translation of Folding Beijing to the English reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida's functional equivalence theory emphasizes that the target language readers' understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the source language readers, so the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence translation. Analyzed from three aspects: meaning, style and culture &amp;quot;Beijing fold&amp;quot; English version, you can see on the language, while Chinese and English in logic and grammar are greatly different, there exist many differences in the Chinese culture and western culture, but the translator still tries his best to keep the content of the original text in the translation and find more appropriate words. In terms of some specific content, the translator does not translate into exactly the same form, which is also consistent with Nida's functional equivalence theory, because Nida also proposed that translation should not be limited to form, but the translator can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve equivalence between content and information. However, in some details, such as idioms, the translator's translation fails to achieve the same effect as the original text, which may be an area for improvement. Nida's theory of functional equivalence does provide a good theoretical model for the translation of science fiction, which is of great value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]	Hao Jingfang. Folding Beijing [J]. Ken Liu (trans.). A Magazine of Science Fiction and Fantasy, 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]	Nida, Eugene A. Language and Culture: Context in Translating[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]	Nida, Eugene A. &amp;amp; Taber, Charles R. The Theory and Practice of Translation[M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2004&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]	郝景芳.孤独深处[M].南京：江苏凤凰文艺出版社，2016：1-40&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]	谭载喜.新编奈达论翻译[M].北京：中国对外翻译出版公司，1999&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]	许钧，穆雷.翻译学概论[M].南京：译林出版社，2009&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]	赵丹丹.浅论奈达的功能对等理论[J].文学教育，2011&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]	周兴阳.从功能对等理论视角看《北京折叠》英译本研究[J].新疆大学，2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]	王桂圆.系统功能语言学视角下《北京折叠》英译研究[J].海外英语，2018&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene A. Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, “the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word” (Eugene A. Nida,1969), which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language” (Eugene A. Nida,1969). Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that meaning is the most important, followed by form. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. “However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. (Guo Jianzhong, 2000)” Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, “the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, “the translation technique of recreate can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence” (Guo Jianzhong, 2000). “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. “It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times” (Tong Fangli,2006). Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s Version==== &lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of the Drama Title=====&lt;br /&gt;
So far, there are three famous versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Yu Guangzhong’s “不可儿戏”, Zhang Nanfeng’s “认真为上” and Qian Zhide’s “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. “Among these three versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular one, which is also consistent with functional equivalence” (Wen Tong, 2012).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Functional equivalence emphasizes that translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”(Eugene A. Nida,1969). Wilde created a character named “Ernest” in the play. As we all know, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, so the drama title is a pun. It not only expresses “the importance of being earnest”, but also “the importance of naming “Ernest”. After all, “Ernest” is a name favored by two girls in the play. Qian Zhide’s version expressed the literal meaning, which achieved equivalence in meaning. However, Zhang Nanfeng’s version represented the implied meaning. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated the implied meaning and revealed the theme of the play that one should be serious about everything in life. The function of the title is to reveal the theme of the novel. In Yu’s version, the information was reproduced and it echoed lady Bracknell’s words at the end of the play. So, it was more in line with Chinese readers’ preference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Names=====&lt;br /&gt;
“Pun was widely used in this play, especially in characters’ names” (Yang Wenqian, 2014), and Yu Guangzhong translated it almost perfectly. In essence, pun is a deliberate word play. It usually appears when two words are similar or identical in their sound, but different in meaning. The effect of pun can be humorous, rhetorical and even bitter at times. Regardless of the brilliant effect of a pun, it is merely a tool for the author to get him across, not just a decoration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Ernest” created by Jack into “任真”. In English, “Ernest” and “earnest” are homonyms, and “earnest” means to be serious about something. In Chinese, “任真” and “认真” are homonyms，like the English homonyms. Yu employed the domestication method to translate it into “任真”, and Zhang Nanfeng employed the foreignization method to translate it into ‘埃纳斯特’. He translated the pun in English into the pun in Chinese. It was translated into “任真” and gave him the Chinese surname “华”, which was from his family name “Worthing” in English. It not only facilitated the needs of the audience, but also considered the feelings of readers. If “Ernest” was translated into “埃纳斯特”, the audience of the drama will be confused and do not understand the humor and irony of the language. In the other hand, “认真” is too direct to let readers experience the beauty of pun by thinking it over themselves. “华任真” retains the ironic effect to the greatest extent, and it does not make the audience feel confused when they hear “埃纳斯特”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this way, the form of original works was preserved, from a pun in English to a pun in Chinese. “From the perspective of linguistics, one of the ideal translation methods is pun into pun” (Yin Lijing, 2012). And the irony effect in Wilde’s original works can be kept to the greatest extent, as if it had just been transmigrated from English to Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong translated the character “Bunbury” created by Algernon into “梁勉仁”. The original meaning of “Bunbury” is “sightseeing tour”, which implies an excuse to evade responsibility as well. That’s exactly why Algernon intended to make up the character. “When he didn’t want to show up in some situation, he lied that his intimate named “Bunbury” was ill and he couldn’t keep the appointment because he needs to take care of him” (Yu Guangzhong, 1986). With the guidance of traditional transliteration method, we should consequently translate it into “邦伯里”. But Yu Guangzhong’s version adds beauty to the original text. In Chinese, “梁勉仁” and “两面人” are homonyms, referring to double-faced people. In Wilde’s original text, “Bunbury” is not a pun. But in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he added a pun in the process of translation. When the audience heard of “梁勉仁”, they would realize that Algernon was a double-faced person at once. Both of the Chinese name “梁勉仁” and English name “Bunbury” are names which are correct in lexical aspect. Moreover, they expressed the same meaning that the person who named like that was double-faced, so the function of the original and the target language are the same. We guess that if Wilde writes this play in Chinese, he may use the same expression as Yu Guangzhong. Yu Guangzhong’s version of the tutor Miss Prism is “劳小姐”. The name “Prism” and the word “prim” form a homophonic pun. Wilde aims to allude to his rigid character through this name. In Chinese, “劳” “老” and “牢” are homonyms, aiming at showing Miss Prism’s strict control over her student, Miss Cecily. It seems that her name not only adds the meaning “old lady” and “prison”, but also highlights the original work’s depiction of her rigid personality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In China, people’s surnames stand behind their last name, and their names are short. “European and American names are different and most of them are long and awkward for Chinese readers” (Wang Chao,2016). This kind of cultural difference often weakens the interest of many readers and audiences in the translated works, especially dramas. But Yu Guangzhong’s version not only translates the meaning of Wilde’s original work, but also has Chinese characteristics. He did not translate the name according to its pronunciation, but created Chinese names which can not only be in accordance of Chinese names, but also express the ironic meaning of the source language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Translation of Characters’ Dialogues=====&lt;br /&gt;
Allusions refer to the stories or words and sentences in ancient books quoted in poems; idioms refer to the fixed and customary expressions in a language, including proverbs, slang, catchphrase, lexical phrase, habitual collocation, restricted collocation, and etc. “There are a lot of allusions and idioms both in Chinese and English. Cultural differences make English allusions and idioms become key points in translation, especially in drama translation which focuses on watching rather than reading” (Liang Wei, 2009). In order not to affect Chinese readers’ understanding of the plots, especially for the audience, Yu Guangzhong boldly adopted the substitution technique in the translation of dialogues, which can better convey the unique charm of Wilde’s language. Following, we will analyze Yu Guangzhong’s version from the perspective of rhetorical sentences, including alliteration, paradox and antithesis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Alliteration======&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Many English allusions and idioms are used in Wilde’s plays&amp;quot; (Yang Wenqian, 2014). The author chose two examples of alliteration sentences. Alliteration is the earliest phonetic rhetoric technique with rhythm and beauty in English. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he not only remained the rhetorical form but also preserved the flavor of the original work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (1)ALGERNON. I hear her hair turned quite gold from grief. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 听说她的头发因为伤心变色像黄金。(余光中, 1998)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, Algernon is talking about Lady Bracknell’s friend Lady Harbury, who becomes twenty years younger after her husband’s death. “It is commonly believed that a woman should feel grief after her husband’s death. We guess that her hair may turn grey out of sorrow. While it turned out that she changed it gold just in order to be younger” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde did well in employing paradox and irony to satirize the upper class. He is also keen on word game. “Gold from grieve” in this dialogue actually comes from “grey from grief”. Wilde’s alteration not only preserves the alliteration, but also achieves an ironic effect.It is hard to translate alliteration in the target language. In order to reproduce the formal beauty of the source language, Yu Guangzhong changed the alliteration into assonance and rendered it into “伤心变色像黄金”. In Chinese, “金(jin)” and “心(xin)” have the same sound “in”. In this example, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration. It not only expressed the same meaning as the source language, but also added the beauty of language in form, with Chinese characteristics. In the meaning level, Yu’s version preserved the original connotation, and in the form level, he employed rhetorical devices in Chinese to replace alliteration, which coincided with “functional equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
 (2)CHASUBLE. I would merely beg you not to be much bowed down by grief. What seem to us bitter trials are often blessings in disguise. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    蔡牧师 只劝你不要过分哀伤。有些事看来像大祸临头，往往焉知非福。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In example 2, Jack pretended that he had a wicked brother whose name is Ernest. And Ernest often needed his assistance so that he had an excuse to disappear for several days. Discovering that his ward Cecily was too interested in Ernest, he decided to “kill” his brother by saying that he caught a severe chill. Then Jack told Chasuble that his brother Ernest died in Paris. Chasuble intended to console Jack by saying “What seem to us biter trials are often blessings in disguise”. Therefore, from Chasuble’s point of view, his death may be a shake off for Jack.Here, “bitter” and “blessings” employed alliteration devices. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “塞翁失马，焉知非福”, a Chinese saying. It means that although we have suffered losses for a while, we can benefit from them in the future. “It also tells us that bad things can become good things under certain conditions, and vice versa” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). He translated alliteration in English into a Chinese saying. The form of the sentence has changed, while the meaning remained. The meaning the Chinese saying expressed in the Yu Guangzhong’s version was the same as the original, and the ironic effect was achieved by using a more acceptable way for Chinese readers. An old saying is more persuasive in this situation. We learnt from Yu’s version that if there is a saying in the source language, we can find a saying which expresses the same meaning in the target language, making it achieve “functional equivalence”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Paradox======&lt;br /&gt;
 (3)LADY BRACKNELL. I'm sorry if we are a little late, Algernon, but I was obliged to call on dear Lady Harbury. I hadn't been there since her poor &lt;br /&gt;
    husband's death. 1 never saw a woman so altered; she looks quite twenty years younger. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
巴夫人真抱歉我们来晚了一点，阿吉，可是我不能不去探望哈夫人。自从她死了可怜的丈夫，我一直还没有去过她家呢。从没见过一个女人变得这么厉害:看起来她足足年轻了二十岁。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
Paradox is a device much favored by satirists. The benefit lies in the fact that even though it seems to be contradictory on the surface, it contains a certain grain of truth. With the use of paradoxes, Wilde showed us a clear picture of characters’ manners and thoughts and the bourgeois society of his time, Victorian era.In the above example, Lady Harbury lost her husband. As common sense, the readers or audience would think she may become old, while Lady. Bracknell says “she looks quite twenty years younger”. In this sentence, paradox was employed.Upon hearing that, the readers and audience will feel they are deceived by the speaker and become amused by the paradox. After thinking it over, they will realize the beauty of the language. “Yu Guangzhong described the shocking facts in a flat tone to deepen the ironic effect” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). He successfully transferred the paradoxical meaning from the source text to the target language. Actually, he not only translated the original meaning, but also expressed the original meaning with an extremely same tone, an ironic tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (4)ALGERNON. Do you really keep a diary? I'd give anything to look at it. May I?&lt;br /&gt;
    CECILY. Oh no. [Puts her hand over it] You see, it is simply a very young girl’s record of her own thoughts and impressions and consequently meant for &lt;br /&gt;
 publication. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
亚吉能 你真的记日记吗?我真恨不得能看一看，可以吗?&lt;br /&gt;
西西丽 哦不可以。(手按日记)你知道，里面记录的不过是一个很年轻的女孩子私下的感想和印象，所以呢，是准备出版的。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
In this example, since the diary is a record of Cecily’s own thoughts and impressions, she does not allow Algernon to read. &amp;quot;The readers or the audience may think Cecily will keep it as a personal privacy and prevent others from reading. However, Cecily says the diary is meant for publication&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). This contradictory statement is illogical and unreasonable, thus produces a humorous effect.In example 4, what amused the audience was that the conclusion was contrary to the reasons. Yu Guangzhong added a Chinese conjunction “所以”. With this conjunction, the ironic effect deepened. If the translator transforms the illogical content into a coherent form that sounds reasonable, the paradoxical meaning in the original drama text will disappear, and the reader or audience will not be attracted by this line. This version remained the ironic effect of the source text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======Antithesis======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (5)ALGERNON. You don’t seem to realize, that in married life three is company and two is none. (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    亚吉能 阁下似乎不明白， 婚后的日子，三个人才热闹，两个人太单调。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Antithesis is a figure of speech in which sharply contrasting ideas are juxtaposed in a paralleled phrase or grammatical structure&amp;quot;(Wu Shanshan, 2012). Wilde employed quite a few antitheses in The Importance of Being Earnest, making it a great challenge for translators.Algernon introduced Bunbury to Jack so that he could still pursue pleasure after marriage. He compared two kinds of states of marriage and expressed his own thoughts. In the sentence “three is company and two is none”, antithesis was employed with rhythmic beauty.Yu Guangzhong noticed this musical beauty of the source language, and rendered it into corresponding paralleled structure. As a matter of fact, the target language seemed to be better than source language. In Wilde’s language, only antithesis was used. While in Yu Guangzhong’s version, he reserved antithesis and added rhythmic words. “热闹” and “单调” are totally two different kinds of states, forming sharp contrast. Furthermore, “闹(nao)” and “调(diao)” have the same sound “ao”. Yu Guangzhong fully exploited the advantage of the target language and successfully transferred the beauty of the source language. He not only surpassed source language in form, but also preserved the soul. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (6)MISS PRISM. You are too much alone, dear Dr. Chasuble. You should get married. A misanthrope I can understand—a womanthrope, never! (Wilde, 2009)&lt;br /&gt;
    劳 你太孤单了，蔡牧师。你应该结婚。一个人恨人类而要独善其身，我可以了解。一个人恨女人而要独抱其身，就完全莫名其妙。(余光中, 1986)&lt;br /&gt;
This is the conversation between Miss Prism and Dr. Chasuble. She suggested that he should get married. In order to persuade him, she compared the two reasons of not getting married. &amp;quot;The former is understandable, while the latter is incomprehensible&amp;quot;(Wen Tong, 2012). In example 6, Wilde employed the rhetorical device of antithesis, and Yu Guangzhong remained it in target language. “Womanthrope” comes from the word “misanthrope”, referring to people who hate women. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, he translated two words into two sentences, “恨人类而要独善其身” and “恨女人而要独抱其身”. He explained two kinds of situations to the audience in detail with the same form as original works, making it almost perfect in form and content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Suggestions on Translation from Yu Guangzhong’s Version====&lt;br /&gt;
Through the analyses of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we have a deeper understanding of “functional equivalence”. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Even Yu Guangzhong’s version, which is most popular among the audience and readers, has many imperfections. Through the research, we can get some suggestions to help the later translators to create more excellent works. &lt;br /&gt;
The first translation strategy of is to keep the form of the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The reason why The Importance of Being Earnest becomes the most successful play of Wilde is that a variety of rhetorical devices are used. In the process of translation, Yu Guangzhong grasped this point well. In translation of the drama title or characters’ names, he preserved the irony of the original work, turning puns in English into puns in Chinese, and long foreign names into meaningful short Chinese names. It not only preserves the satire of the original, but also inherits the language flavor of the original. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second translation strategy is that the form can be changed properly, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. Due to the differences between Chinese and Western cultures, there are many Western proverbs which are inexplicable to Chinese readers. If they are translated literally, the reader will fail to understand the exact meaning of the proverb. The beauty of the original will be destroyed, as well. But if the proverbs are explained carefully, it will inevitably take up a lot of sentences to explain the literal and metaphorical meaning of the proverbs. For drama translation, it is not advisable to do so. Yu Guangzhong chose Chinese proverbs that can express the same meaning to replace the English ones, without changing the author’s original meaning, and it added a sense of amiability to Chinese readers.&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, the author analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the prospective of functional equivalence. In Yu Guangzhong’s version, both the form and the content of original work have been preserved. We also gained some enlightenments from his translation, which benefits our further translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis, under the guidance of “functional equivalence”, analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from three aspects, translation of drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. Through this study, we had a clear understanding of functional equivalence. By appreciating the vividness of Yu Guangzhong’s version, we get some enlightenments in translation. From the above discussion, we think that translators can learn from Yu Guangzhong in order to achieve “functional equivalence”.In translation, we should take readers’ thought into consideration first. To make the translated version like the original work, Yu Guangzhong provided us with some strategies. One is to keep the target language in line with the original to the greatest extent. The other is that form can be changed, but the meaning and satirical effect cannot be reduced. With these strategies, we can produce more fantastic translation.Even though we gain experience from this study, it has limitations. “Drama is a type of literature written to be performed” (Shi Tiantian, 2014). So, there are many details to be considered. Although Yu’s version is popular, it has unavoidable shortcomings. This thesis only focused on excellent examples of translation. To sum up, Yu’s version provided us with some successful suggestions to achieve functional equivalence, but only part of it did it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Feifei陈菲菲. (2011). 目的论与余光中《不可儿戏》的翻译策略[Skopos Theory and Yu Kwang-chung’s Translation Strategy on The Importance of Being Earnest J].''宁波广播电视大学学报'' Journal of Ningbo Radio and Television University (04) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chen Yaoyao陈瑶瑶. (2019). ''余光中戏剧翻译研究''[A study of Yu Guangzhong's drama translation]. Taiyuan: Shanxi University山西大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. Nida &amp;amp;Charles R. Taber. (1969). ''The Theory and Practice of Translation''. Leiden: Brill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Jianzhong郭建中. (2000). ''文化与翻译'' [Culture and Translation]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liang Wei梁薇. (2009). 从翻译目的论视角出发研究The Importance of Being Earnest两个译本[Two versions of The importance of Being Earnest From the perspective of Skopos theory]. Anhui: Language and words''语言文字'' (09) 258.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Xin李欣. (2010). 余光中戏剧翻译实践研究——以《不可儿戏》为例[Yu Kuang-chung's Drama Translation Practice: A Case Study of The Importance of Being Earnest]. ''淮海工学院学报'' Journal of Huaihai Institute of Technology (04) 96-98.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Richard, F. (1956). ''Wilde as Parodist: A Second Look at the Importance of Being Earnest. College English'' (1) 18-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shen Zhengrong谌峥嵘. (2007). 《不可儿戏》两中译本比较[A Comparative Study of The Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Qiulei施秋蕾. (2012). 文化转向视角下的翻译策略研究——以王尔德The Importance of Being Earnest两中译本为例[Translation Strategies from the Perspective of Cultural Turn: A Comparison of Two Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest].''常熟理工学院学报'' (03) 96-100.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tong Fangli童芳莉. (2006). 从归化与异化的角度评余光中译《不可儿戏》[Evaluation on Yu Guangzhong's Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest from Domestication and Foreignization].''台州学院报'' Journal of Taizhou College (02) 43-46.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Chao汪超. (2016). 余光中翻译思想与实践研究[A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Translation Thought and Practice]. Changsha: Hunan Normal University湖南师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wen Tong 温彤. (2012). 美学视阈下的戏剧翻译审美主体研究——以王尔德的喜剧中译为例[On the Aesthetic Subject of Drama Translation from the Perspective of Aesthetics——Take Oscar Wilde's Chinese Translation of Comedies as an Example].''时代文学''Period literature (03) 220-221.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wilde, O. (2009). The Importance of Being Earnest. Claremont: Broadview Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Jie吴洁. (2014). “语言游戏说”视角下的王尔德作品研究[A Research on Oscar Wilde’s Major Works from the Perspective of &amp;quot;Language Games”]. Shanghai: Shanghai International Studies University 上海外国语大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wu Shanshan吴姗珊. (2012). 从目的论视角比较研究The Importance of Being Earnest的三个中译本[A Comparative Study of The Three Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest from the Perspective of Skopos Theory]. Chengdu: Sichuan Normal University四川师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Wenqian杨文茜. (2014). 以舞台呈现为目的:王尔德戏剧The Importance of Being Earnest两个中译本的比较[Translating Drama for Theatrical Performance: A Comparative Study of Two Chinese Translations of Oscar Wilde’s The Importance of Being Earnest ]. Wuhan: Huazhong Normal University华中师范大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yin LIjing殷莉菁. (2012). 王尔德戏剧《不可儿戏》中双关语汉译研究[A Study of Pun Translation of The Importance of Being Earnest by Oscar WIlde]. Hangzhou : Zhejiang Gongshang University浙江工商大学.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (1986).''不可儿戏'' [The Importance of Being Earnest]. Beijing: China Friendship Publishing Company中国友谊出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong余光中. (2004). ''余光中谈翻译''[On Translation by Yu Guangzhong]. Beijing: China National Translation and Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen'''==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.(Kong Shaohui,2009)&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can&lt;br /&gt;
understand:The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language&lt;br /&gt;
shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
General translation theories believe that there have three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and tect translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insight in this regard.The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.(Zhang Si, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.2 Introduction of Interpretation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.(Lederer, 1969)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. Literary Review'''===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.(Liu Yue,Lan Jie, 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.1 Free Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.2 Addition of Message'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.3 Positive and Negative Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers. The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage of interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter. One of the carriers of meaning.(Bevir,Mark,2002)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation. Weakened the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;(Lederer, 2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-161+166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-180+211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures  陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has lasted for more than a thousand years in China, which is taken as the first Chinese translation climax. The translation of Buddhist scriptures in China can be divided into three historical stages: the first historical period, from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty, the pioneering stage; the second historical period, from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, the stage of development; the third historical periods, the Tang Dynasty which reached its peak. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation. The article will review the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scripture and analyze literal translation and free translation of each stages through analyzing the famous translators, translation theories and translation characteristics of the three stages. In addition, this article will study the influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese language and literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist scriptures, Translation, Literal translation, Free translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经翻译在中国持续了一千多年, 我国的第一个翻译高潮就是佛经翻译。中国的佛经翻译大致分为三个历史阶段：第一个历史时期，从东汉末到西晋，为草创阶段； 第二个历史时期，从东晋时期到隋朝，是发展阶段；第三个历史时期，唐代达到全盛阶段。意译和直译的问题贯穿佛经翻译的始终, 大致发展过程为:初期的大略主直译——发展时期的直译意译相争——全盛时期的直译意译达到和谐。文章将通过研究这三个阶段的著名译者，翻译理论和翻译特点来梳理佛经翻译的发展，并分析每个时期佛经翻译中直译意译的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
佛经，翻译，直译，意译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese translation has a long history of three thousand years, and the earliest translation can be traced back to the Shang and Zhou dynasties. But scholars generally take the translation of Buddhist scriptures in the Eastern Han Dynasty as the beginning of the translation history of China. Buddhism, religion and philosophy founded in India by Siddhartha Gautama, was unknown to other countries for a long time. About the first century AD Buddhism entered China along trade routes from Central Asia. Thus, the translation of Buddhist scriptures came into being. Buddhism was widely developed in China and became one of the most important religions in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese culture and civilization. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is mainly supported by two groups of people: the foreign monks who came to China to preach; the Chinese monks who go west to seek sutras. “The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty, further developing from the Eastern Jin to Sui Dynasty, and peaking in Tang Dynasty, which stretches for more than one thousand years”(Meng Yue 2017, 305). And it has great influence on Chnese society, culture, language, arts etc. The translation of Buddhist scriptures is the first Chinese translation climax. With it developing, many translators and translation works come to the fore, and lots of translation theories have been put forward and perfected, which lays the foundation for later ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the whole history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, literal translation and free translation have always been one of the hottest topic. Literal translation of Buddhist scriptures refers to the rendering of text from Sanskrit into Chinese at a time or without conveying the sense of the original Buddhist scriptures. It emphasizes the form similarity and requires the accordance between the Sanskrit and Chinese in the choices of word, syntax and styles. Free translation of Buddhist means to mainly convey the meaning and spirit of the original Buddhist scriptures, which does not adhere strictly to the form or word order of the original. The problems of free translation and literal translation run through the whole development of the translation of Buddhist scriptures. “The general process is: literal translation is mainly employed at the beginning; literal translation and free translation are competed at the development stage; the two reached harmony at the peak of Buddhist translation” (Sun Shanshan 2014, 174).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the present paper, I shall discuss the development of translation in Chinese Buddhist scriptures from three period. The first period is from the late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. Among them An Shigao and Zhi Chen advocate literal translation, while Zhi Qian supports free translation. The second period from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally and raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering and argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers. The third period is the Tang Dynasty, and the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang held that translation “must be truthful and intelligible to the populace”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The late Eastern Han to the Western Jin Dynasty ——Mainly Literal Translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures starts from the end of Eastern Han Dynasty. With the success of the Silk Road, Buddhism was introduced to China. At the beginning, it was not widely accepted by Chinese society due to language barrier. Therefore, it is of great necessity to translate Buddhist scriptures into Chinese, so that it can be read, comprehended and accepted by Chinese people. The representative translators during this period are An Shigao, Zhi Chen and Zhi Qian. The first two were the masters of the literal translation school.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== An Shigao ====&lt;br /&gt;
An Shigao lived from 148-180 CE. According to legend, he was a prince of Parthia (modern Iran). He gave up being a prince to become a Buddhist missionary monk in China. Soon after he arrived China, he quickly possessed a good knowledge of Chinese and started to translate Buddhist Scriptures into Chinese. He totally translated 35 Buddhist Scriptures, of which main content was the basic doctrines and method of cultivation of Theravada Buddhism. Compared to other contemporaneous translators, “An Shigao’s translation can more accurately convey the original meaning of the text. His translation is clear and appropriate. Generally speaking, he was the earliest representative of literal translator in China. His translation is mainly literal and respects the structure of the original text” ( Fang Yang 2013, 6). However, as An Shigao was the earliest group of Buddhist scripture translators, “there is no precedents to follow, some terms in the translation are not easy to understand, and the structure of some original sentence are different from that of Chinese, therefore there are some repetitions and inversions in his translation” (Yang Chaobiao 2012, 78).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Chen ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Chen, entering China at about 167 CE, was the first monk who introduced Mahāyāna Buddhism to China. He was proficient in Chinese and translated a large number of Buddhist scriptures. Most of them are about Mahayana Buddhism. With the translation of An Shigao as reference, Zhi Chen accumulated a certain amount of experience in wording and phrasing, so his translation can be relatively fluent and preserve the original meaning as much as possible. Besides, “transliteration are often employed in his translation”(Zhang Yuwei 2019, 115). Therefore he was also regarded as one of the representatives of literal translators. However, due to the limitation of the time, Zhi Chen, just as same as An Shigao and other comtemporay translators, his translation about some terms are obscure and unclear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Zhi Qian ====&lt;br /&gt;
Zhi Qian, also known as Zhi Yue, is a Buddhist scripture translator during the Three Kingdoms period. He is the author of The Dhammapada Sequence, which is said to be the first essay on translation in China. He opposed to the previous translation which focuses on the literal meaning of the text while ignore the elegance of translation. He argued that translation should be easy to understand and the language should be smooth. Zhiqian was the first person in ancient China to systematize and theorize translation. “Zhi Qian’s preface is the first work whose purpose is express an opinion about translation practice”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He broke the routine of literal translation, pursued the elegance of words, and advocated both free translation and Literal translation, which played a very important role in the improvement of the later translation of the Buddhist scriptures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translation of Buddhist scriptures were mostly completed by foreign monks. During this period, Buddhism has just been introduced to China, for this reason there are very few native monks who really know Buddhist scriptures. In the other hand, in order to propagate Buddhism, these foreign monks had to take on translating Buddhist scriptures in the early days. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)The mainstream translation principle was faithfulness at that time. On the one hand, the translators are almost devout religious believers. “Religious scriptures seem to be the sacred “ will of God ”, which is unalterable. Any amplification, deletion or modification in the translation process of religious scriptures can be seen as a blasphemy against God” (Xiong Hui 2013, 67). Therefore, translators mainly adopted the translation method of literal translation, which demonstrates the sincere religious beliefs of translators and preserves the sanctity of religious scriptures. On the other hand, in the early days of Buddhism, foreign monks were not proficient in Chinese, and Chinese monks were not proficient in Sanskrit. Early translators lack bilingual ability and translation experience, therefore then can only translate word for word. Besides, since there is no previous translation to refer to, some Buddhist terms do not have an authoritative and fixed explanation, and some expressions cannot be found its counterpart in Chinese, therefore they can only be translated literally. Literal translation was highly proposed by An Shigao and Zhi Chen. Until the Three Kingdoms period, Zhi Qian pursued the elegance of words, which broke the routine of literal translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Taoist language is often used in translation. “When Buddhism was firstly introduced to China, Taoism, as the native religion of China, was in its prevalence. As a foreign religion, Buddhism have to be attached to Taoism to facilitate the spread the new doctrine in China” (Meng Yue 2017, 306). Therefore, a large number of Buddhist concepts were interpreted by analogy with indigenous ideas, such as Taoist.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty—Transition from literal translation to free translation ===&lt;br /&gt;
The second historical period,from the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, is the stage of development. At this period, Buddhism was gradually accepted by Chinese people. Buddhism believer is not limited to the royal family and nobleman, but also includes common people. The representative translators during this period are Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Shi Daoan ====&lt;br /&gt;
Shi Daoan (314-385), who was an eminent monk. In addition to his efforts for developing a disciplinary code for Chinese monastic communities, he is also known for his translation and commentaries on the scriptures. Shi Daoan proposed that translation should be carried out literally without any amplification or omission, advocating “translation according to the original features”. However, Shi didn’t stick to the literal translation that strictly. He raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“‘Five Losses of Source Texts’ discusses the problems of word order, work or essence, detail or simplification.As for the word order of the First Loss of Source Texts, Daoan clearly advocates the inversion.As for the Second Loss of Source Texts, Daoan proposes to choose work or essence translation according to readers' level and different styles and advocates taking advantages of two schools in order to translate Chinese Buddhist Scriptures better. As for the simplication or detail of the Third, Fourth and Fifth Loss of Source Texts, Daoan thinks the trivial, repeated eulogy, ode and conclusion words should be deleted generally except for the translation of Buddhist discipline.&amp;quot;Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot; discusses the factors of times, readers and translators that Buddhist Scripture translation faces.It is these three factors that result in the difficulties of translating Chinese Buddhist Scriptures”(Fang Ruifen 2012, 385). “Five losses” means to allow the translation to be different from the original in grammar, rhetoric and structure, so as to conform to the language habits of Chinese people. “Three difficulties” requires that translators should be able to strike a balance betwen styles, intelligence, and time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main contribution of Dao’an to the translation of Buddhist scriptures is the creation and organization of translation workshop. Before Dao’an, the translation were usually finished by private. He set up a translation workshop, ushering in the period of translation on a large scale. And a State Translation School was founded for this purpose. Besides, he invites some translators from India as well. From then on, translation has become an organized activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Kumarajiva ====&lt;br /&gt;
Another representative translator Kumarajiva, who has enjoyed a high reputation in the long history of the Buddhist sutras translation，was well - renowned and was called as &amp;quot; the first class master of translation&amp;quot; by Liang Qichao. He advocated free translation and getting rid of the shortcomings of transliteration. He is one of the four great translators of ancient China, one of the three great translators of Buddhist scriptures, who translates 39 volumes. He is proficient in both Chinese and Sanskrit languages, and advocates that as long as the translation does not violate the original meaning, there is no need to follow the original form. “Kumarajiva revolutionized Chinese Buddhism, in clarity and overcoming the previous &amp;quot;geyi&amp;quot; (concept-matching) system of translation through use of Daoist and Confucian terms”(Nattier 1992,  186). He argued that “geyi” is the culprit of the deformation of India Buddhism after it was introduced into China. “He completely abandoned interpreting Buddhist concept by using Daoist and Confucian terms, and has worked hard to create Buddhist terms, so that the translation is more faithful to the original” (Ma Zhuyi 1982, 25). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumarajiva opposed to precise literal rendering, because he held that Sanskrit and Chinese are two quite different language. “In the original there is attention to aesthetics, but the sense of beauty and the literary form (dependent on the particularities of Sanskrit) are lost in translation. It is like chewing up rice and feeding it to people”(Ma Zhuyi 1988). He argued that the translation of Buddhist scriptures should be concise and elegant and meet the language habits of Chinese readers, so that Buddhists can better understand and accept the translated scriptures. He tried to use concise text that conformed to Chinese expression habits, while retaining the exotic taste so that readers could understand and accept easily. Kumarajiva did not stick to the form of the original, and often delete the repetitive content. Therefore, his translation style was distinctive, possessing a flowing smoothness. Another remarkable achievement is his contribution to the translation workshop. After he arrived Chang'an, he began to organize translation workshops. Under his efforts, the number of translators increased greatly, and the division of labor was detailed.The entire translation process includes interpretation, recording, correcting and proofreading. After group discussion, the quality of translation has been greatly improved. In addition, in order to be responsible for the Buddhist scriptures translated, Kumarajiva was the first translator to propose that the translator should signature over his translation in the Chinese history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1)From folk and personal translation to official and collective translation. At the beginning, the translation of Buddhist scriptures was a private activity. Generally a foreign monk recited the Buddhist scriptures and brought it to China. Then the translator interpreted the scriptures into Chinese, and another person recorded it. That’s the whole process of the translation of Buddhist scriptures at the early days. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty period to the Sui Dynasty, translation workshop was organized. Famous translators such as Shi Daoan and Kumarajiva both had presided over translation workshop. From then on, individual translation behavior gradually developed into a collective translation activity. During this period, with the support of the government, the number of translators has greatly increased, and the division of labor has become more detailed. Therefore, the quality of translation has also been greatly improved. “In addition, the function of translation workshop is not limited to translate Buddhist scriptures, but also give lectures and hold debates. Many translators who preside over the translation field not only translate, but also give lectures about Buddhism” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2)From adopting the source text version of the Northern barbarian tribes in ancient China to that of Sanskrit. Before the Eastern Jin Dynasty, the version of Hun (Chinese northern nomads）are usually taken as the original text by translators. Afterwards, the Sanskrit texts were introduced to the China，translators can take them as the original text. The accuracy of the translation was improved greatly. On the other hand, since there are more Sanskrit texts, they have more options of the type of scripture to be translated. Also the systemic nature of the translation has also increased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3)Breakthroughs in translation theories and skills. During this period, many famous translators have put forward their opinions on translation theory. Based on his translation practice, Shi Daoan raised the theory of “five losses and three difficulties”. Kumarajiva advocated free translation. He is the first one to raise the question of how to express the stylistic and linguistic interest of the original text, which had a great influence on translation history. From the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the end of the Sui Dynasty, there were many famous translators who put forward different translation theories and opinions, which had a greater impact on the practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4)A tool for class oppression. The rulers from the Eastern Jin Dynasty to the Sui Dynasty took Buddhism as a tool of class oppression. In the South of China, the society is stable, so the noble class of South China was arrogant and lavish, metaphysics was prevailed among them. Therefore Buddhism and metaphysics were combined, and rulers interpret Buddhist theories from the perspective of metaphysics. The translation of Buddhist scriptures was also influenced by this prevailing ethos. However, the Northern Dynasty advocated Confucianism. Due to frequent wars and limited economic development, the rulers of Northern China turned to Buddhism and took Zen as their guide. Therefore Buddhism naturally combined with Confucianism, and Zen became the mainstream of Buddhism in the Northern Dynasty. The translation of Zen classics meets the needs of the ruling class and Buddhists in the Northern Dynasty. “Buddhism, as a tool for the government to consolidate their reign, has been stained with a strong political color”(Wang Yan 2012, 158).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tang Dynasty ===&lt;br /&gt;
The third historical period is the Tang Dynasty. During this period, Buddhism developed vigorously.  In order to consolidate their regime, the emperor of Tang Dynasty also valued Buddhism very much, to domesticate his people together with the help of Chinese traditional ritual. Therefore the ruling class attached great importance to the translation of Buddhist scriptures. The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. And the representative translator in this age is Xuan Zang. Xuan Zang tried many translation methods and developed his epoch-marking criterion that “translation ‘must be truthful and intelligible to the populace’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18). In a sense, Xuan Zang, with such a formula, was trying to have the best of two worlds—literal translation and free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Xuang Zang ====&lt;br /&gt;
Xuanzang (600-664), a famous monk in the Tang Dynasty, is commonly known as the &amp;quot; Sanzang Rabbi.&amp;quot; On the third year of Zhenguan of Tang Emperor Taizong, he left for Dunhuang from Chang'an, and then arrived in India. He returned to Chang'an in the nineteenth year, and traveled for seventeen years. Through hard work, he brought back more than 650 Sanskrit verses, the number and variety are both unprecedented. He presided over the translation work of seventy-five parts, 1,335 volumes, accounting for more than half of the total number of new Buddhist scriptures in the Tang Dynasty. “Therefore, he was called by the Indian scholar Bai Letian as ‘No.1 translator in the history of translation’”（Ma Zhuyi 1980, 18).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of translating the scriptures, Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”: First, with secret. The words with mystery are not translated, as there are many spells in the Buddhist scriptures. For example, if the &amp;quot;Doroni&amp;quot; is translated, it will lose its special meaning, so it will lose its magic. Second, with multiple meaning. The ambiguous Sanskrit will not be translated. For example, the word &amp;quot;bhaga&amp;quot; has six meanings( comfortable, flourishing, dignity, name, lucky, esteemed), so the original text is reserved for transliteration. Third, with no counterpart in China. the concept of things which are not found in the original culture of translation will not be translated. For example, the &amp;quot;jumbu tree&amp;quot; in Buddhism is a tree unique to India, which does not grow in China, therefore using transliteration. Fourth, with the ancients. the customary words should follow the habit of transliteration. If the ancients have translated some Buddhist special words, such as &amp;quot;Aunt Bodhi&amp;quot;, although they can be translated, cause confusion. It is best to use the ancient translation rather than a new translation. Fifth, with Good fortune. “The word in the original Sanskrit language can also be found in Chinese with a similar meaning, but they are not strictly same as having many differences in connotation. Such word can not be translated”( He Zizhang 2008, 66). Such as &amp;quot;prajna&amp;quot; respect, &amp;quot;wisdom&amp;quot; is light and shallow. “The word &amp;quot;Untranslatable&amp;quot; here does not mean not translating, but rather &amp;quot;not intended to translate&amp;quot;, using transliteration”( Jian Xue 2018, 28).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Characteristics of This Period ====&lt;br /&gt;
(1) The translators are mainly domestic monks. With the strong support of the rulers of Tang Dynasty, the Chinese translators had the opportunity to go to India and other countries to learn Sanskrit and Buddhism. Through long-term study, these translators were not only proficient in Sanskrit but also has a deep understanding of Buddhism. “Besides, in order to meet the needs of translation, Yijing wrote the Sanskrit textbook which means that translators have been able to learn Sanskrit in China” ( Fang Yang 2013, 14). The number of Chinese monks who are proficient in Sanskrit has gradually increased, and the translation work does not need to turn to foreign monks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Fewer excerpts translation yet more complete translations. Due to the attention and support of the rulers, the translators have the access to the pilgrimage to India to find out more about Buddhist scripture. Besides, the improvement of the quality of translators and the perfection of the system of translation workshop also make such large translation programs possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(3) Further improvement of the translation workshop system. Compared with the translation workshop of the previous stage, that of Tang Dynasty is more all-sided in organization. “According to records, The translation workshop of the Tang Dynasty has as many as 11 departments”( Xiu Wenqiao 2008, 32). Each part was under the charge of different people. The monks worked in the translation workshop are all knowledgeable and skilled in translation, and many of them are rabbis appointed by the court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(4) The peak of Buddhist scripture translation in Chinese history. Many outstanding translators emerged during this period, such as Xuanzang, Yijing and Bukong etc. The four major translators in the Chinese translation history of Buddhist scripture are Kumarajiva, Zhenti, Xuanzang, and Bukong. Two of them are from the Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(5) The translation scripts are more faithful to original texts. Because Xuanzang and other translators traveled long distances to search for the Buddhist scriptures, they brought back many Sanskrit classics, which created better conditions for the monks to learn Sanskrit and the original Buddhist scriptures. Therefore they trained a large number of excellent translators, and greatly improved the quality of the translation. Xuan Zang advocated that that translation should be faithful to the original style. He believes that if the original language is elegant and the translation should also be elegant , but if the original style is simple, the translation should be the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Influence of the Translation of Buddhist Scriptures  ===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been developed in China for more than two thousands of years with great impacts on Chinese language and civilization. At the aspect of language, it has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The influence of Buddhist scripture translation on Chinese is mainly manifested in phonology. The “Buddhist scriptures were originally written in Sanskrit and Central Asian languages, both of which belong to phonetic alphabet , while Chinese characters developed from hieroglyphs, and there was no such thing as alphabet at first”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). After Buddhism was introduced to China, some people began to use Sanskrit to assist in learning Chinese pronunciation. The principles and methods of Sanskrit phoneticization promote the development of Chinese phonology. Therefore, Buddhism can be said to have laid the foundation for the formation of Chinese pinyin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In the process of translating Buddhist scriptures, the original Chinese vocabulary could not meet the needs of translation, therefore new Chinese words were created through transliteration and free translation”( Hou Lixiang 2016, 14). In the history of the translation of Buddhist scriptures, Zhi Chen advocated transliteration, and Xuanzang proposed the principle of “Five Untranslatable Situations”, which state five cases to use transliteration. Therefore the loanwords from Buddhism came into China, which greatly enriched Chinese vocabulary. “Through careful analysis, linguists have made a conclusion that about 35,000 words in Chinese come from Buddhist scripture”(Du Aixian 2000, 49). Some are directly related to Buddhism, such as “Buddha”, “monk”, “ Dharma&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Sutra” etc; some are words that we don’t realize, such as &amp;quot;memory&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;world&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;now&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;causality&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;attachment&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;emptiness&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; and so on. In addition, many four-character idioms remaining in modern Chinese have the color of Buddhism, and a large number of four-character idioms appeared after the Wei and Jin Dynasty. Such as “drop one's cleaver and become a Buddha”(放下屠刀, 立地成佛), “While the priest climbs a post, the devil climbs ten” (道高一尺, 魔高一丈 ).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been considered the main element which led to the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words, and also made the patterns of word-formation more perfect. “According to the research, words in ancient times are mainly monosyllable, and the process of disyllabic Chinese was very slow before the Wei and Jin Dynasties, but since the translation of Buddhist scriptures became popular at that time, the double-syllable tendency of Chinese words greatly accelerated”(Sun Yan 2015, 120). Therefore, the translation of Buddhist scriptures are supposed to  be the main motive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to convey the thoughts of Buddhist scriptures more clearly, many terms need to be translated into colloquial language, which is difficult to express by the original Chinese monosyllabic words. The oralized trends of the translation of the Buddhist scriptures have imposed great impacts on various kinds of colloquial literature styles, and also highly related to the terasyllabic words in the colloquial novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Conclusion ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese translation of Buddhist scriptures has gone through three different historical periods. And different social conditions have also resulted in different strategies of sutra translation. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, when Buddhism was first introduced to China, Taoism was dominant in the Chinese society and the translator was not proficient in both Sanskrit and Chinese. Therefore, literal translation, and transliteration were mainly employed during this period. During  Wei and Jin Dynasties, Buddhism developed to a certain extent. Most translators were proficient in Sanskrit and Chinese, which made free translation possible. And in order to spread Buddhism, Buddhists adopt free translation strategies to make Buddhist scriptures more acceptable. During the Sui and Tang dynasties, in order to consolidate their own regime, government strongly supported the translation of Buddhist scriptures. Literal translation and free translation were in harmony during this period, thus the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures has been exerted great influences on Chinese language. It has promoted the development of Chinese phonology, expanded the Chinese vocabulary, enriched the way of Chinese word formation, accelerated the process of Chinese diphones, and promoted the colloquialization of Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By reviewing the development process of Buddhist scripture translation, and summarizing the characteristics of each stage, we can have a clear understanding of Buddhism translation from a macro perspective. Through learning the main achievements and growth experience of important translators, we can learn more translation strategies and do better in our own translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures occupies an important position in the history of Chinese translation and has had a significant impact on Chinese language and culture. Therefore, it is necessary for us to go back to the source, review the development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures, learn the main achievements of important translators, and further study the representative theory of Buddhist scripture translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nattier, Jan. (1992).The Heart Sutra: A Chinese Apocryphal Text?. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies (2) 153-223&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Yue孟悦. (2017). 中国佛经翻译发展史综述[A Summary of the History of Chinese Sutra Translation].外语教育与翻译发展创新研究 Innovative Research on Foreign Language Education and Translation Development 305-308&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sun Shanshan孙珊珊. (2014).从翻译批评的多重视角看佛经翻译的文质观[On the Wenzhi of Sutra Translation from the Multiple Perspectives of Translation Criticism].青年作家Young Writers (16)173-174.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Yang方阳. (2013). 东汉至唐代的佛经翻译研究[A Study of the Chinese Translation of Buddhist Scriptures from Eastern Han Dynasty to Tang Dynasty]. 河北大学 Hebei University &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Chaobiao杨超标. (2012). 论安世高的译学思想和翻译方法[Exploration on Ashigao’s Translation Thought and Translation Ways].温州大学学报Journal of Wenzhou University (05) 78-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yuwei张雨薇. (2019). 汉唐时期佛经汉译及其特点[The Chinese Translation of Buddhist Sutras and their Featuresduring Han to Tang Dynasties].中州学刊 Academic Journal of Zhongzhou (02)114-118.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiong Hui熊辉. (2013). 古代中西方宗教典籍翻译策略的相似性分析[On the Similarity of Translation Strategies to Ancient Chinese and Western Religious Scripture].西华大学学报Journal of Xihua University (01) 67-70. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi. 马祖毅. (1998). 中国翻译简史[A Brief Introduction to the History of Translation in China].中国对外翻译出版公司 China Foreign Translation Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Dongping, Fang Ruifen. 汪东萍,方瑞芬. (2012). 释道安“五失本、三不易”翻译思想评析[Comment on Shi Daoan's Translation Thought of &amp;quot;Five Losses of Source Texts and Three Difficulties in Translation&amp;quot;].安徽师范大学学报Journal of Anhui Normal University(03) 385-390.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WangYan.王焱. (2012). 中国古代佛经翻译的政治化[The Politicalization of the Ancient Chinese Sutra Translation].学术交流 Academic Exchange (05)156-159.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1982). 佛经翻译家鸠摩罗什[Buddhist Translator Kumarajiva].中国翻译 Chinese Translators Journal (03) 24-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ma Zhuyi.马祖毅. (1980).伟大的佛经翻译家玄奘[The Great Buddhist Translator Xuan Zang].中国翻译Chinese Translators Journal (02) 18-19.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He Zizhang.何子章. (2008). 玄奘“五不翻”原则的现实意义[On Practicability of “The Transliteration in the Five Cases” Suggested by Xuan Zang].襄樊学院学报Journal of Xiangfan University(10) 65-69.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiu Wenqiao修文乔. (2008). 论权力对翻译的影响—从意识形态角度解读唐朝佛经翻译[Analysis of the Impact of Power on Translation—Interpreting Sutra Translation in Tang Dynasty from the Ideological Point of View].广东外语外贸大学学报Journal of Guangdong University of Foreign Studies(01) 30-34+43.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hou Lixiang.侯丽香. (2016) 从文化传播的视角看佛经翻译对中国语言文化的影响[The Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese Language and Culture from the Perspective of Cultural Transmission].英语广场English Square (03)13-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Du Aixian.杜爱贤. (2000). 谈谈佛经翻译对汉语的影响[On the Influence of Sutra Translation on Chinese].世界宗教文化The World Religious Cultures (02) 48-49.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and Liu Miqing’s ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' are two books concerning translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. This paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpts about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. Then, the author will present other scholars' appraisals of this book. The second part will briefly introduce Liu Miqing's ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'',then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Finally, it will display some scholars' evaluation of the book. In the third part, the paper will make a comparison of these two books to deepen readers' understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', “cultural turn”, John Dryden, translation principles&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
《翻译，历史与文化论集》与《中西翻译思想对比研究》的比较分析&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，体现勒菲弗尔“文化转向”的观点，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨，然后对本书进行简要的评价。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述，针对第二章和第三章的内容，对中西方翻译传统的特点进行对比。然后收集相关学者对此书的评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔,《翻译，历史和文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》，文化转向，约翰·德莱登，翻译原则&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
This paper presents the author’s understanding of the two books: ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''. After a brief introduction of these two books, this paper is intended to focus on the analysis of important translation principles and make a comparison of these two books in content and form. This paper will be divided into three parts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part one, after a brief introduction of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', it will concentrate on John Dryden’s three types of translation: metaphrase, parap，hrase and imitation, and briefly appraise it. Then it will extend Dryden’s views on translator’s position. That Dryden compares a translator to a slave exactly reflects the dominant thought about translator in the classical period. Some scholars study the thought of comparing a translator with a slave and discover that besides the representative of literal circles like Dryden, it also prevailed among modern linguistics and the school of translation studies. (Niu Yunping, 2014). Then, the author is about to explain why “comparing a translator to a slave” predominates in the history of western translation to support Lefevere’s “cultural turn”. Finally, the author will present other scholars' evaluation of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part two, the author will give an introduction to the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'' in three sections due to the stout volume of this book. Then it will make a comparison between the characteristics of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation based on chapter two and chapter three. Through these chapters, we can comprehend Liu Miqing’s purpose to publish this book. Also, we can find the uniqueness of Chinese translation theories, thus appealing to Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. Liu Miqing pointed out that the analysis of the characteristics of Chinese translation theory is by no means to boast or to do publication but to do a self-examination. He hoped that through a full analysis of the “being-in-itself” Chinese theories, we could find out the weak points that hinder them in their way to “being-for-itself”. (Liu Miqing 2005. 72). Finally, the author will show some scholars’ appraisals of this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In part three, it intends to give a brief comparison of these two books in contents and forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All in all, this paper is written in hope that the readers can understand these two books better and provoke their thought about these two books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. “Lefevere’s later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the ‘cultural turn’.”(Munday 2016,199). As such, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' serves as good proof of the “cultural turn” of translation proposed by Translation Studies. In general editor’s preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displays their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefines translation as “a rewriting of an original text”. Here, they explains that “rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.” (Lefevere 2003, xi). According to these concepts, Lefevere aims to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the preface of the book, Lefevere looks back to the tradition of translation in western Europe, and concludes that the previous discussion of translation is exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposes that the study of translation needs a deep exploration for cultural studies. Such an idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in the 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of the “cultural turn”. “Cultural turn” was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book Translation, history and culture in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of “cultural turn” of translation studies. If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett’s thoughts of “cultural turn”, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear in fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. I read translators' inferiority in Dryden’s words and admire Cicero’s courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that “I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek”. (Lefevere 2003, 47) Through reading the scholar’s letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our understandings, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will analyze John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of “a author and a translator” to “a master and a slave” through the excerpts collected in ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. The translator, as the subject in translation, ought to give the fullest play to his subjective initiatives to produce a good translated work. However, translators are limited by the ideology, the trend of translation theory, cultural background and their position in their time. Therefore, the discussion of Dryden’s views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracts two statements by Dryden and relatively places them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden’s translation of Ovid’s Epistles published in 1680. In the preface, Dryden proposes three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or &amp;quot;translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered.&amp;quot; Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense, but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden’s vivid simile, translating a poem in such a way is like “dancing on ropes with fettered legs”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). The dancer needs to be cautious of falling down, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. “and when we have said the best of it, ‘tis but a foolish task; for no sober man would put himself into a danger for the applause of escaping without breaking his neck”. Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation “to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age, and in our country”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). As such, the translator need not care about the author’s elaborate use of words, or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author’s style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author’s work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator’s talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. “tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance”.(Lefevere 2003, 104). It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposes that “he may stretch his chain to such a latitude”.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed a liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. Dryden’s three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translations, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in chapter two, in “Dedication” to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argues that “We are bound to our author’s sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned”.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. “But slaves we are, and labor in another man’s plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner’s; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.” (Lefevere 2003, 24). Dryden’s words reflect translators' inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies. ( Niu Yunping, 2014). A scholar concluded that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the “classical writers” of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author’s overriding authority was beyond questions.(Niu Yunping, 2014).Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About the value of this book, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' is characterized by its abundant contents, which combines translation with history and cultural turn, thus providing referential materials for translation studies. With reference to Lefevere, a number of texts collected in this book were published in English for the first time, which served as an important supplement to the system of thinking on literary translation. (Lefevere 2003， xiii).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to analyze the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing explains that &amp;quot;Sixiang&amp;quot; (&amp;quot;thought&amp;quot; in Chinese) refers to &amp;quot;principle&amp;quot; in the West in this book. (Liu Miqing 2005. 2). In the FAQ passage, the author explains why he writes this book. &amp;quot;I believe Chinese need to treat translation from the perspective of cultural strategy as our precedents did. This is the most basic and most important Chinese characteristics.&amp;quot;(Liu Miqing 2005, i) It is to appeal to the Chinese and the world for a deep understanding of Chinese culture. Then, it follows the titles of each chapter: Chapter One: To Remove the Misunderstandings about Yan Fu's Principles---A Brief Discussion of Studies of Translation Thoughts; Chapter two: On the Tradition of Chinese Translation; Chapter Three: The Issue of Characteristics of Chinese Translation Theory; Chapter Four: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Translatology and Mohist; Chapter Five: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Reflection, Transcendence and Reconstruction; Chapter Six: Translatology Calling for New Views on Translation: &amp;quot; To Enliven Form&amp;quot;; Chapter Seven: Three Origins of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories; Chapter Eight: A Brief Summary of the Contemporary Western Translation Principles and Schools; Chapter Night: On the Limitations of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories. Chapter Ten: Wittgenstein's View on Meaning and Translation Studies; Chapter Eleven: Translation, A Kind of &amp;quot;Language Game&amp;quot;; Chapter Twelve, An analysis of Benjamin's View on Translation; Chapter Thirteen: On the Originality of Translation. Chapter Fourteen, Translation is the Transcendence of the Original Text. The fourteen chapters can be divided into three parts: part one: to appeal for the reconstruction of the tradition of Chinese translation studies; part two: to alert to the blind worship to Western translation studies; part three: to deepen the translation view of functionalist under Wittgenstein's philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(from chapter one to six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. With reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first phase was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second phase was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third phase is from the 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principal strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005. 33). He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation: The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators' awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in the new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of the meaning of Chinese translation studies and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005.179). The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight, and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture. (Liu Miqing 2005. 288). However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work (Liu Miqing 2005. 288). Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is &amp;quot;technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. The third part of this book expounds on the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of &amp;quot;translation and language game&amp;quot;, Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game&amp;quot; is the basic idea of ​​the translation functionalism.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Next, I will analyze and compare the tradition of Chinese and western translation. Regarding Liu Miqing, Chinese translation still needs to regard culture as its strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005, i). This is the first and foremost characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation Since translation emerged in China, it has a close relation with culture, as evidenced by the translation of Buddhism. Such is the most distinctive feature between the tradition of Chinese and Western translation. Chinese translation originated from religious translation, the translation of Buddhism. In 58 AD, during Emperor Ming's reign, Buddhism began to spread into China and symbolized the power and ideology of the nation, which involved in politics. Compared with Confucianism, Buddhism not only contains the ethics and social norms but also consists of a set of canons that reflects the integration of religion and politics in foreign countries. For instance, during the period of Sectarian Buddhism, in Pinimujing, the religious disciplines compiled by Theravada Sect stipulates that the Buddhist doctrines must be submissive to the law. Also, Buddhism was integrated with Chinese politics when it spread into China, which is exemplified in three aspects. Firstly, Buddhism justified the divinity of the feudal monarchy. Secondly, some eminent monks were invited to give counsel to the sovereign directly. For example, emperor Xiaowudi in the Song dynasty designated the monk Huilin to engage in the court. And later Huilin was called Prime Minister in Black, which generally refers to the remarkable monks who also engage in the court. Thirdly, the disciples of Buddhism, including &amp;quot;all is vanity&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;being detached from worldly affairs&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;obedience&amp;quot; actually numbed the people to serve the sovereign, which was conducive to the feudal monarchy. (Fang Litian, 1987). In the middle of the 19th century, the tradition of Chinese translation began to feature as the awareness of national hardship. Today, we are still touched by Yan Fu, Ma Jianzhong, Lin Shu, and other patriotic translators while learning their translation theories that were imprinted in their mission to save China from its plight. In the middle of the 20th century, the tradition of Chinese translation features from the awareness of national hardship to national rejuvenation. (Liu Miqing 2005 46). As such, the flourishing of translation is by no means our Chinese's responsibility. Compared to Chinese translation's cultural strategy, the western translation boasts of its integrated translation, from the early translation of ancient Greek into Roman to the heyday in the 11th century. This not only promoted contact among different languages in Europe but cleared the way to economic growth as well. Meanwhile, integrated translation paved the way for European integration. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101). The second characteristic of the tradition of Chinese translation is &amp;quot;regulation to perfection&amp;quot;. After the disputes between literal translation and free translation in China, the method of translation finally consolidated to regulation to perfection in Xuanzang's translation theory. The following translators have carried on the thought, such as Yan Fu's Xingdaya, Fu Lei's Shensi theory and Qian Zhongshu's Huajing theory. Their translation principles are the regulation of literal translation and free translation, the content and the form, and the end and the effect. (Liu Miqing 2005, 50-51). The Western translation also stresses meaning, but it pays more attention to the transformation of morphologic languages due to the identity of etymology, morphology, bilingual syntactic structure, the origin of literary and culture in Western languages. (Liu Miqing 2005, 101). Moreover, Western translation principles give priority to &amp;quot;Communicative Translation&amp;quot;, which is implicit in Chinese translation principles. (Liu Miqing 2005,104). The third characteristic is &amp;quot;the focus on meaning as well as aesthesis&amp;quot;. Chinese translation balances meaning and aesthesis in binary opposition or tries to express the spirit and the feeling-tone of the original text on the basis of expressing meaning. Lin Yutang proposed that the spirit of the text is compacted in one word. (Liu Miqing 2005, 52).Wang Guowei pointed out that the word &amp;quot;Nao&amp;quot; in the verse &amp;quot;Hong Xing Zhi Tou Chun Yi Nao&amp;quot; conveys the Jingjie of the whole poem. (Wang Guowei 2017,15). Therefore, if one attempts to translate the poem, he needs to have aesthetic appreciation. Liu Miqing explains that Chinese is a language of sensibility. It expresses beauty through icons and images. That is why the tradition of Chinese translation concentrates on aesthesis. As such, we can see the strong intercourse between Chinese translation and philosophy and aesthetics, however, Western translation has been connected with linguistics, linguistic philosophic study, and hermeneutic studies. (Liu Miqing 2005,104).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some scholars expressed their views on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles. Wang Jianguo claimed that the book was an excellent masterpiece. In this book, Liu compared Chinese and Western translation thoughts from the source. Both Liu's statements and arguments were astonishing. Liu used comparative methods to explore the source of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies, thus provoking scholars of Chinese translation studies to think about the value of the tradition of Chinese and Western translation studies. Besides, the book served as an example of innovation in translation studies. (Wang Jianguo, 2006). Lu Wei and Li Defeng shed light on the topic &amp;quot;translation theories with Chinese characteristics&amp;quot; and argued that Liu Miqing's A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles provided a methodology to explore the source of driving force for the construction of Chinese translation study.(Lu Wei, 2010).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 From the aspect of the content&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books discuss translation principles from the perspective of culture. They differ in their focus and approach. Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook concentrates on Western translation principles before contemporary translation studies. While A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles analyses Chinese as well as Western translation principles from their origins to this era. As to the approach, Lefevere analyzes translation principles through varied themes, while Liu Miqing makes a comparison of Chinese and Western translation principles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, they boast their distinctive writing style. In Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, Lefevere almost leaves no personal remarks or views on these excepts apart from his justification of his classification in the introduction and the beginning of each chapter, thus making this book objective. Also, Liu extracted other translators’ essays, but he illustrates them in a detailed way, and even comments on a certain word, for example, he discusses the “latitude” proposed by John Dryden and questions “in which aspect can translators be given the latitude? How much could they get the latitude?” and so on. (Liu Miqing 2005, 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 From the aspect of the arrangement&lt;br /&gt;
Both of these two books are arranged in theme, rather than in a chronological way. Lefevere illustrates his classification of this book clearly and extracts abundant statements to rich his idea. He first divides the excerpts on size, and classifies the shorter into seven chapters about the constraints imposed on translation, the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and the technique of translating. The longer essays are collected in the last chapter. Liu arranges his book differently. Due to the ample scope of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', including the characteristics, origins, schools and limitations of Chinese and western translation, Liu not only quotes other’s statement, he applies many tables to demonstrate his thoughts, which helps the readers better understand translation principles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion, the paper is intended to help readers to understand these two books in depth. After a brief introduction of these two books, it analyzes John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of translator to slave and figures out the reason for the prevailing statement. Therefore, it helps the readers to grasp the core of this book. Meanwhile, this paper made a short comparison of the characteristics of Chinese and Western translation in the hope of mutual learning. Also, it concludes the values of these two books. In the end, this paper hopes to provoke readers to think about the cultural influence on translation. Therefore, if one dreams to be a qualified translator, he needs to not only master translation skills and learns translation theories, he should but also immerse himself in the culture behind the source and target languages. As such, he can convey the feeling tone or the essence of the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere. (2003). ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Taylor &amp;amp; Francis e-library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chou Huifang仇芳慧. (2019). 从德莱顿“翻译三分法”谈诗译者的素质 [On Poetry Translators’ Qualification from the Perspective of Dryden’s Three Types of Translation].''北方文学'' Northern Literature (24):254-255.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Litian方立天.(1987).佛教与中国政治 [Buddhism and Chinese Politics].''社会科学战线'' Social Science Front (02):113-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jeremy Munday. (2016). ''Introducing Translation Studies'', Theories and Applications, Routledge, Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2005). ''中西翻译思想对比研究''. [A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. Beijing: China Translation &amp;amp; Publishing Corporation中国对外翻译出版公司.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Wei, Li Defeng鲁伟,李德凤.(2010).中国特色的翻译学:误区还是必然?——兼评《中西翻译思想比较研究》[Translation Studies with Chinese Characteristics: A Misunderstanding or Inevitability? ——A Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles]. ''中国科技翻译'' Chinese Science &amp;amp; Technology Translators Journal 23(02):11-14+29.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Niu Yunping, Yang XiuMing牛云平,杨秀敏.(2014). 西方译论中的作者—译者主仆. [Relationship of Author and Translator as Master and Servant in Western Translation Histories].''河北师范大学学报(哲学社会科学版)'' Journal of Hebei Normal University(Philosophy and Social Science) 37(05):92-97.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Jianguo王建国.(2006). 简评《中西翻译思想比较研究》——兼谈译学学术创新 [A Short Comment on A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles——On the Academic Innovation of Translation Studies]. ''中国翻译'' Chinese Translators Journal 27(03):36-38.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Guowei 王国维.(2017). ''人间词话''[Notes on Ci Poems in the World], Beijing: The Chinese Overseas Publishing House 中国华侨出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suan Bassnett. (2004). ''Translation studies'', Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press上海外语教育出版社.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introuction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period. Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation. Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history. Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century. Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today. His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country. &lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: (1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation. Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics. Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation. Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. “Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages. Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.(Nida, E. A.1964)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text. Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis of Theoretical Research Status'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place(Wang Dongfeng,2014).The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Trends in Translation Theory Research'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the theory and practice of ancient translation theory to the update and development of contemporary translation theory, scholars have continued and developed China's unique translation theory according to the requirements of the times and the basis of practice. The development of the country in the new era puts forward higher demands on translation,the cultivation of translation talents and discipline construction. In short, the development of translation discipline in the new era should emphasize disciplinary functions, expand theoretical resources, innovate ontological concepts, and strengthen school consciousness, so as to make new contributions to the knowledge innovation of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. （Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.（Venuti，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）（Wenku）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？So differen society can give birth to different cultures.What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea” ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“.（Zhang le 2017，37）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen 2001,19)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits. And different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended.（Zhang le 2017，38）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Comparisons of Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, foreignization is in the dominant position,while domestication acts like a supplementary in this case, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,65)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,66)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,67)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.(Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua 2011,68)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on. For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.Based on the food culture above,domestication and foreignization have been use in different ways.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，99）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.（Liu Xiaocen 2018，100）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”. If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen 2018，105)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed BunThere are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization（Liu Xiaocen 2018，105）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu 2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶 qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。（Geng Shuang's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.（Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 （Zhao Lijian's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. （Fan Wuqiu 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to稻草、吸管，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.（Hua Chunying's speech 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, and while doing translation we should choose the proper methods according to our purpose and the characteristic of the culture ,all of which can lead to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' References '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020).十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geng Shuang.耿爽.(2020.2.21).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1747973.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhao Lijian.赵立坚(2020.2.25).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1749280.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hua Chunying.华春莹(2020.11.30).外交部新闻发言稿.&amp;quot;Foreign Ministry Press Statement&amp;quot; .https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjdt_674879/fyrbt_674889/t1836636.shtml.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology;Linguistic;Discipline Construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. （Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.（O Aiping，2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book ''On Linguistic Aspects of Translation'' published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book ''Toward the Science of Translating'', which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book ''A Linguistic Theory of Translation'' (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published ''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies'' at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published ''the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods'', clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book ''Exploration of Translation'' (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is ''Discourse and the Translator'' (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published ''Translation and Conflict'': A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article ''On the Construction of Translation Theory''. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published ''On Approaches to Translation Studies''. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis ''An Overview of Western Translation Theory'' (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published ''Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies'', in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is ''Chinese Translation Studies'', including ''The History of Translation in China''. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published ''Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies'' (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis ''On The Construction of Translation Studies'' (2009), which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis ''On The Construction of Translation Studies'' in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In ''A Study on Linguistic Translation'' (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in ''Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics'' proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in ''Corpus and Translation Studies'' (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.(Tan Zaixi 1987)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; (Wikipedia) Liu Zhongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.（Liu Zhongde，1995）&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.（Yi Jing,2008)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.（Wang Qinghua，2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.(Tan Zaixi 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.（Wikipedia）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.（Yang Zijian 1987）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.(Lvjun，2004)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .(Yi Jing,2012)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.（Zou Bin,Mu Lei,2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.（Zhang Meifang，Huang Guowen，2002）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.（Wang Yin,2017）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.(Liao Qiyi， 2000)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Discipline structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.（Yi Jing，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.（Kong Xiangli，2009）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Catford, J.A.(1965). ''Linguistic Theory of Translation'' . Oxford University Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S.(1975). The Name and Nature of Transition Studies . ''Holland Amsterdam, Amsterdam University Press''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jixing LONG. (2019). Translation Studies From Multiple Perspectives. ''Studies in Literature and Language.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baker Mona.（2006). Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account . London and New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ding Xinshan. 丁信善. (1998). 语料库语言学的发展及研究现状. [The Development and Research Status of Corpus Linguistics]. ''当代语言学''[Modern Linguistic] 3-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Xiangtao,Lu Bixiao. (2019). 范祥涛,陆碧霄.认知翻译研究的观念和方法. [Concepts and Methods of Cognitive Translation Studies]. ''外语教学''[Foreign Language Education] 8-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Guowen. 黄国文. (2006). 关于翻译研究语言学探索的几个问题. [Questions about the Linguistic Exploration of Translation Studies]. ''外语艺术教育研究''[Educational Research on Foreign Languages &amp;amp; Arts] 35-41.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kong Xiangli. 孔祥立. (2009). 中国翻译学学科建设论. [On the subject construction of Chinese Translation Studies]. 上海外国语大学[Shanghai International Studies University].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Yan, Feng Huali. 李艳,冯华丽.(2020) 国内基于语料库的翻译研究二十年综述(1999—2018). [A review of 20 Years of Corpus-based Translation Studies in China(1999—2018)]. ''成都理工大学学报(社会科学版)'' [Journal of Chengdu University of Technology(Social Science) ]105-110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Miqing. 刘宓庆. (1989). 西方翻译理论概评. [An Overview of Western Translation Theory]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 2-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zhongde. 刘重德. (1998). 关于建立翻译学的一些看法. [Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies]. ''外国语(上海外国语大学学报)'' [Foreign Languages (Journal of Shanghai International Studies University)] 27-31+60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun. 吕俊. (2004). 建构翻译学的语言学基础. [The Linguistic Basis of Translation studies]. ''外语学刊''[Foreign Language Research] 96-101.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi. 廖七一. (2000). 语料库与翻译研究[Corpus and Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 380-384.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
O Aiping. 欧爱萍.(2012). 浅谈语言学对翻译学科的影响. [A Brief Discussion on the influence of Linguistics on translation]. ''中外企业家''[Chinese and Foreign Entrepreneurs] 179-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi. 谭载喜,Eugene A.Nida. (1987). 论翻译学的途径. [Approaches to Translation Studies]. ''外语教学与研究''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ] 24-30+79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2005). 认知语言学的翻译观. [Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 15-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Yin. 王寅. (2017). 基于认知语言学的翻译过程新观. [Translation Process View Based on Cognitive Linguistics]. ''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-10+17+129.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Qinghua,Zhang Chunbai. 汪庆华,张春柏. (2017). 翻译学的先驱:董秋斯翻译学思想探析. [A Pioneer of translation Studies: An Analysis of Dong Qiusi's Translation Studies]. ''上海翻译''[Shanghai Journal of Translators]67-72+95.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing, Xie Chu. 易经,谢楚. (2012). 翻译学从属于语言学吗?——析语言学派的翻译学定位. [Does Translation Belong to Linguistics? -- An Analysis of the Translation Orientation of Linguistic Schools]. ''湖南人文科技学院学报''[Journal of Hunan Institute of Humanities，Science and Technology] 74-77.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing. 易经. (2009). 试论翻译学体系的构建. [On The Construction of Translation Studies ].湖南师范大学[Hunan Normal University ].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1987). 谈谈语言科学的发展. [A Discussion of the Development of Language Science].''山东外语教学''[Shandong Foreign Language Teaching] 10-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Zijian. 杨自俭. (1993). 我国近十年来的翻译理论研究. [Research on Translation Theories in Recent Ten Years in China].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 11-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Bairan. 张柏然. (2008). 试析翻译的语言学研究 [A Study on Linguistic Translation]. ''外语与外语教学''[Foreign Language Teaching and Research ]58-60.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Meifang, Huang Guowen. 张美芳,黄国文. (2002). 语篇语言学与翻译研究. [Discourse linguistics and Translation studies].''中国翻译''[Chinese Translators Journal] 5-9.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zou Bin, Mu Lei. 邹兵,穆雷. (2020). 语言学对翻译学的方法论贡献——特征、问题与前景. [The Methodological Contribution of Linguistics to Translation Studies: Features, Problems and Prospects]. ''中国外语''[Foreign Languages in China] 77-84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China-许晶Xu Jing,202020080658==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the continuous advancement of reform and opening-up, foreign trade and international exchanges have become more and more frequent, there is an increasing demand for translation talents, and the team engaged in translation studies has become more and more powerful. The development of Translation Studies as a discipline is getting better and better. By reviewing the development of the Translation Studies in China, as well as reading and refining of translation literature in recent years, this article analyzes the current problems of the learning of Translation Studies and puts forward relevant suggestions from the perspective of translation education and the perspective of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies, translation education, translation talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''题目'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对中国翻译学学习的反思&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
随着我国改革与开放政策的不断推进，对外贸易和国际之间的交往变得越来越频繁，对于翻译人才的需求越来越多，从事翻译研究的队伍也越来越壮阔，翻译学的学科发展也越来越好。本文通过回顾翻译学科在中国的发展历程，以及对近年翻译学文献的阅读和提炼，从翻译教育视角和学生视角出发，分析学习翻译学科目前存在的问题，并提出相关的建议。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
翻译学，翻译教育，翻译人才&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1. Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.1. The Connotation of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies used to refer to the researches of translation. It was not until the 20th century that translation studies became a formal academic discipline. The landmark paper published by James S Holmes in 1972, titled &amp;quot;''The Name and Nature of Translation Studies''&amp;quot;, is a basic statement of translation studies: it calls for the establishment of a unique discipline with its own classification system.(James S Holmes 1972) Basically, at present, Translation Studies is a research field that studies the theory, description and application of translation. Because it treats translation not only as a transfer between languages, but also as an exchange between cultures, it can also be described as an interdisciplinary involving other fields of knowledge, including comparative literature, cultural studies, gender studies, computer science, history, linguistics, philosophy, rhetoric and semiotics.&lt;br /&gt;
Now Translation Studies as an academic discipline, it requires a systematic study of translation, which is not only an applied practice, but also a means to understand the movement and transfer between multiple languages and cultures. Translation Studies involves the translator's practical experience; it also explores the history and philosophy of translation and current trends in the field from the perspective of theory and methodology. Translation Studies can examine the practice and background of translating professional texts (law, business, medicine, etc.); it may also explore the art of translation as a creative act in literary translation and international marketing. Translation studies can also explore how issues such as culture, power, gender, and moral media affect translation behavior. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning these contents enables students to apply their theoretical understanding to the methods, techniques and choices used in daily translation practice. In addition, Translation Studies usually include the analysis of key texts to enable students to develop an awareness of understanding and interpretation issues. It also involves the development of analysis, practice, evaluation, aesthetics and descriptive skills needed to solve translation problems. Finally, it includes the development of research skills, practical translation skills, and the ability to develop strategies for managing complex language and cultural transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.2. The Significance of Translation Study&lt;br /&gt;
With the introduction of university schools and courses, related conferences, translation journals and other translation-related publications, the discipline of translation studies has also been developed. At the same time, as today's multicultural and multilingual society requires effective, efficient and understanding communication between languages and cultures, translation skills have become more and more important and desirable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a science, Translation Studies has always had its own laws that cannot be ignored, and its systematic theories are different from other disciplines. The so-called translation theory is a thorough and systematic description of these laws, which make the skills and techniques that can only be understood in mind in translation into a knowable object and a theoretical system. Translation theory can provide translators with a series of macro descriptions of the objective laws of translation, as well as in-depth analysis of the internal relations and mechanisms of these laws. By learning translation theory, translators can understand the essence of translation behaviors and the fundamental standards of translation better. At the same time, knowing the laws of translation science and translation art, translators who are with the guidance of translation theory and scientific argumentation and methodology will selectively implement the reference means provided by translation theory in practice, and work effectively; When dealing with the difficulties of translation, translator can use a variety of methods. In this way, the translation process can be both scientific and flexible, and the translator can consciously exert their initiative, so that the translation practice becomes a high-level language communication. This is also the necessity for translators to learn Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. The Development Process of Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation activities has appeared in China very early, but translation as a discipline appeared relatively late. With the advancement of the People's Republic of China and the promotion of foreign exchanges, China's translation industry has flourished since the establishment of the People's Republic of China. After reading a large number of documents and reviewing the ups and downs of the translation discipline and the translation major in the past 71 years, the author has made a comprehensive analysis and believes that the development process of Translation Studies in China can be divided into the following three stages: the exploration period of Translation Studies, the development period of Translation Studies, the flourishing period of Translation Studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.1. The Exploration Period of Translation Studies &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the initial stage of the Translation Studies, the famous translator Dong Qiusi in 1950 pointed out that “although there are thousands of hundreds of years of translation experience, there are also 10,000 people engaged in translation, but those who study translation theory, Almost no. What we have are some translation regulations and fragments of experience for temporary reference.&amp;quot; He clearly called for the establishment of &amp;quot;a complete translation theory system&amp;quot; (Dong Qiusi 1950 ). It is a pity that Dong Qiusi's appeal did not attract much attention. The translation industry in China is still satisfied with the translator’s experiences, and even mistakes their experiences as theory. In the early days of New China, due to the needs of national construction and foreign exchanges, translation activities were initially highly valued and supported by the party and governments at all levels. Translations of various translation groups, journals, papers, conferences and political documents appeared in history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, affected by political factors at home and abroad, the development of translation disciplines has almost stagnated, the number of translations has been greatly reduced, and the types of works have become increasingly single. During this period, the people engaged in translation discipline construction were front-line foreign affairs translators and literary translators. They were mainly responsible for political and literary translation practice, and of course translation criticism, translation publishing, translation management, etc. At that time, because a large number of people who understand foreign languages were needed for national construction, language learning was the main task of academic industry, and translation teaching was regarded as a means to strengthen foreign language ability. Later, with the advancement of reform and opening up, a group of teachers and students who were concerned about translation teaching in the foreign language community joined the group of developing Translation Studies. The number of publications on scientific translation, teaching studies, textbook research, and introduction to Western translation theories has gradually increased. But Translation Studies at this stage is still attached to the third level research direction under foreign language and literature, but the distinction between translation teaching and language teaching has gradually become clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.2. The Development Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of this period, it was explored whether the Translation Studies can become an independent discipline, whether there is a difference between the training of translation professionals and the training of traditional foreign language talents, and what are the differences. At this stage, some masters and doctors in translation studies joined the construction team translation discipline. Researchers' disciplinary awareness and interdisciplinary awareness have increased, methodological awareness has sprouted, and the number of micro-level translation teaching research has increased. In the teaching of translation majors, more attention has been paid to theoretical explanations, textual comparisons between English and Chinese, and extra-linguistic factors in translation activities. In 2003 and 2005, Shanghai International Studies University and Guangdong University of Foreign Studies established Graduate Institute of Interpretation and Translation desperately. The first degree in Translation Studies was established by the Ministry of Education in Shanghai in 2004, which can be regarded as a sign that Translation Studies have been recognized by the system as a secondary discipline. To this end, a group of special articles in the third issue of &amp;quot;''China Translator''&amp;quot; in 2004 come to congratulate. Since the establishment of Translation Studies, its disciplinary connotation has been explored, the system has been gradually improved, the framework has become increasingly substantial, and its social contribution has been unique and huge.(Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao 2020) Translation research ideas, methods, space and resources are further expanded, translation teaching methods, tools and resources are enriched, the number of applied texts in translation teaching increases, and the professional orientation is much clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.3. The Flourishing Period of Translation Studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2011, the Ministry of Education adjusted the discipline catalog and listed &amp;quot;Translation Studies&amp;quot; as a second-level subject under the first-level discipline of &amp;quot;Foreign Languages and Literature&amp;quot; officially. As a result, the status of Translation Studies was formally established, facing the world, serving demand, and standardizing construction. In the flourishing period,  the construction of translation disciplines and the development of translation majors in China have shown a new look. Many levels have jumped to new levels, which is reflected in the new breakthroughs in the main construction force. A large number of language service industry practitioners, technical experts and translation scholars have collaborated to provide suggestions for the construction of translation disciplines and talent training. There are many publications on translation teaching research, translation technology research, translation market and language service industry research, and the construction of the discourse system of translation theory with Chinese characteristics. New changes have taken place in the focus and form of translation teaching. Translation teachers train students to acquire the industry knowledge, technology, skills and accomplishments required by the language service market by inviting industry instructors into classrooms to share their ideas, and through other methods such as project cooperation, field learning, and simulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3. Challenges of Learning Translation Studies in China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Translation Studies as a discipline in China did not happen overnight. It also experienced ups and downs along the way. China's translation discipline has now entered a new stage, and the team of Translation Studies has become larger and larger. More and more colleges and universities set up MTI and MA in Translation. More students and scholars began to engage in Translation Studies. However, due to various reasons, in the process of learning Translation Studies, we also face many problems and challenges. This chapter will introduce the problems of learning Translation Studies in China from the perspectives of translation education and students' personal factors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the establishment of the status of China’s Translation Studies, translation education grows up. And with the historical process of reform and opening for more than 40 years, translation education has made brilliant achievement and has promoted the training of translation professionals, and also will further make important contributions to national economic and social development. It is obvious that translation education plays an important role in the learning process of Translation Studies. A good translation education plays a positive role in the development of translation disciplines, and can also help students learn Translation Studies better. However, China's translation education started and developed after the reform and opening up, is relatively late. Under the background of the new era, it still faces many challenges and urgently needs to be addressed. In addition, the construction of Translation Studies is not long, and the construction of a complete translation teaching system is still on the way of continuous development, and systematic researches on translation teaching still needs efforts. The author mainly analyzes this problem from four aspects: the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents, the faculty resources, the teaching mode and translation teaching research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.1. Orientation of the Cultivation of Translation Talents&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, the orientation of the cultivation of translation talents is not particularly clear. In the actual teaching practice, some colleges and universities do not separate translation major students and English major students clearly due to the unclear concept of the cultivation of translation talents. There are few differences in teaching model between translation major and the traditional English major. In addition, different colleges and universities still have not unified the concepts, principles, methods and other macro ideas of translation professional teaching, and they are independent in the specific classroom teaching operations, and the curriculum settings are out of touch with the market. (Zhong Weihe 2019)Due to the inconsistency between the talent cultivation model in some universities and the development of translation industry, a considerable number of translation graduates do not have good professional ethics, wide encyclopedia knowledge, and professional skills and learning ability. In addition, most of them lack of organizational management ability, innovation ability as well as collaborate ability. Those reasons have seriously affected the quality and quantity of cultivating translation professionals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.2. Faculty Resources&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of teachers is closely related to the effect of English translation teaching. English translation has higher requirements for teachers' teaching guidance ability, response ability and language organization ability. The problem of translation teachers has always been a bottleneck problem that needs to be broken through. The teachers here include both full-time teachers and part-time teachers. Recent evaluation data show that although the number of the teacher in translation major is sufficient and the structure is reasonable, the number of professional translators is lacking, and the teachers' scientific research and practical ability are seriously lacking. Statistics for part-time teachers show that the number of part-time teachers can be guaranteed, but only 27% are from the language service industry, and the rest are from the government and universities, which is inconsistent with the requirements of the &amp;quot;''National Standard of Part-time Teacher in MTI Education'' &amp;quot;. (Zhong Weihe 2019) In addition, many English teachers in colleges and universities have been in a professional teaching environment for a long time and rarely have the opportunity to participate in practice. This has caused translation teaching to derail from the actual situation to some extent, resulting in poor training of professional translators and affecting the overall development of students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.3. Teaching method&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relatively speaking, the teaching mode of translation teaching in China is still based on traditional English major teaching, and the teaching mode is relatively single. The most commonly used form is to explain the theory and skills, then explain and appreciate the analysis through the example sentences and example texts on the professional textbooks, and finally arrange homework based on the content of this class. (Wang Baigula 2020) For example, this kind of teaching method that ignores student autonomy is entirely a teacher-centered teaching model, which will place too much emphasis on teachers and teaching materials to a large extent, restricting teachers’ ability to innovate and explore. In addition, this kind of translation mode will restrain students' interpreting practice ability to a certain extent and ignore life culture and skills. This will cause translation majors to limit their learning content to test papers instead of translation researches and the process of translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.1.4 Translation Teaching Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The current achievements of translation teaching research in China are mainly expressed in impressionistic and scattered personal experiences, lacking systematic research and strong theoretical support. In other words, it lacks systematic theoretical guidance, clear methodology guidance and effective research method. And the research methods are still based on reflection and experience, and importantly, the empirical research is rare. besides, the number of interdisciplinary researches is relatively small, and there is also a lack of sufficient number of experiments and opportunities in actual application fields. Translation discipline has a big difference comparing to other disciplines, mainly because of its high interactivity, which requires the participation of many disciplines. Only in this way can the value of the translation discipline be brought into play.(Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqing 2011) However, combining actual translation learning and translation education in colleges and universities, it can be seen that China has not paid enough attention to this aspect, so that many interdisciplinary content is only on the surface, but not deep into the actual situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2. Students&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above mentioned the impact of translation education on translation studies, and the following part will analyze the difficulties faced by students when learning translation studies. In China, English courses are offered from the elementary school, it is a long journey to learn English. It stands to reason that after a long period of study, students can master English proficiently, and be proficient in oral and writing. But this is not true. The reasons for this situation are as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.1. Low level of commitment to translation learning&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Chinese students begin to learn English very early and study for a long time, the effective efforts for English learning is not enough. Translation is not only a simple language conversion, its process is complex and tortuous, especially when the process of translation encountered strange and difficult to understand the content, it requires the translator to be patient, as far as possible to invest their time and energy to search and verify the related knowledge. Most of the time, the unqualified translation results from the fact that the translator does not invest enough time and energy, and only has a superficial understanding of background knowledge, professional terms or corpus search. At the same time, it is difficult for students to have the amount of extra-curricular English reading and accumulate a rich vocabulary. As a result, students' basic English translation skills are not solid. If students do not know more than half of the words and phrases in an article, it is impossible for them to translation the whole passage. At the same time, there are many differences between the word order of English and Chinese. Due to the insufficient amount of English reading, it is difficult for students to get familiar with the English reading mode and grasp the main points of English translation, so it may lead the final translation to fail to convey the true meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2. Insufficient background knowledge &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of exam-oriented education, many Chinese students hope to get a good grade in exam and ignore that learning English is also for communication. They are only satisfied with finishing the English translation exercises assigned by teachers and seldom use English for daily communication or reading English works. And in this way, students do not grasp sufficient background information. With the advent of the era of network, traditional translation objects, such as religious texts and the classics of social sciences, are out of the core status of translation activities and are gradually marginalized. Especially from the quantity of the objects, there are more and more literature references, business documents, documents of national governments and international organizations, which have increasingly become the mainstream of contemporary translation object. (Xie Zhentian, 2015) Various types of translation objects become big challenges for students’ knowledge. On the other hand, students pay much attention to language transfer and translation skills, but neglect the supplement of professional background knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.3. Neglect of theoretical knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, when MA students are learning theoretical knowledge, most of them do not have a correct understanding of Translation Studies. They think that translation theory is useless or that previous translation theories is very perfect, so they cannot make any innovations in Translation Studies. However, learning Translation Studies is not to create a translation theory. The purpose is to improve students' theoretical awareness so as to establish their translation literacy. The academic master of Translation should focus more on verifying the validity of theories through the practice of translation.(Jiang Feifei 2019）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4. Suggestions for the Learning of Translation Studies'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to promote the development of Translation Studies, the training of translation talents is extremely important. Translation Studies as a discipline needs to be improved according to the development of times. The following will show the efforts we need to make from the perspectives of translation education and the students themselves, in order to better learn Translation Studies and promote the development of Translation Studies in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1. Translation Education&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.1. Improve Teaching Mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teaching model is an important basic guarantee for cultivating interdisciplinary English translators. At present, colleges and universities should focus on the current social needs. Teachers should effectively integrate the curriculum with social reality in the teaching process, which can be based on the current social situation or current affairs. Similarly, the translation model has a very important impact on teaching arrangement. The rapid enrichment of theoretical horizons has put forward many new requirements for translation teaching. Therefore, translation teaching should also combine these needs to make something new. For example, many translation learning in China have begun to shift to the perspective of students' autonomous learning, rather than relying solely on teachers’ guidance or leading. This is a very good practice, and it also meets the new requirements of the times. The objective teaching method is a teaching mode that can be introduced in translation teaching. This type of mode attaches great importance to the construction of learning environment and the value of teachers' guidance to students. (Ou Yonghua 2019) This is very important for translation learning. While diffusing students' interest in learning, it will also increase students' creative ability and thought diffusion. And through the current teaching equipment and teaching software to enrich the teaching content in the teaching process so as to improve the students’ learning efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.2. Strengthen Faculty Force&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers occupies a very important position in the training of talents, and at the same time, improving the quality and ability of the teaching team is also the most important thing when training talents. Therefore, in view of the current low professional quality and ability of teachers in ordinary colleges and universities in China, first of all, colleges and first-line translation teachers need to clarify the requirements for professional ability development, and strive to improve the professional quality of teachers (professional ethics and norms, lifelong learning), professional knowledge (linguistic culture and discipline knowledge, education theory) and professional ability (teaching design and implementation, teaching strategy, modern technology application, teaching reflection, scientific research, practice, testing and evaluation, digital scientific research and learning, data analysis);（Zhong Hewei 2019） Secondly, at the beginning of the training of talents, it is possible to engage outstanding professional teams outside the school to communicate, so as to enhance the echelon construction of the school's teaching team, improve the teacher structure in the school, and devote to the comprehensive training of professional translators suitable for social development and needs. The cultivation of talents and the construction of teachers. (Wang Baigula 2018)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1.3. Broaden the academic vision of translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation research is a booster for the development of the education of translation majors in the new era. In the future, Chinese translation research can still make breakthroughs in the following aspects. The first is to strengthen the research of translation theory, focusing not only on the grand theory of structural analysis and classification, but also on the micro-theories of specific phenomena and answering practical questions, and reserve the prerequisite theoretical knowledge that needs to be solved for the establishment and development of the discipline, which is a comprehensive academic research of the discipline. Carry out the provision of roadmap (Lan Hongjun, 2018); the second is to innovate research methods and carry out disciplinary cooperation. At present, in the research of translation education, humanistic research is dominant, and empirical research is gradually increasing. Translation education involves many subjects such as pedagogy, psychology, and testing. With the continuous emergence of new research technologies and methods, and the increasingly obvious interdisciplinary and integration, translation education research should be able to learn from interdisciplinary research methods, carry out interdisciplinary cooperation, and be good at using new technology and innovative research methods.(Mu Lei, Li Xixi 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2. Students &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The quality of translation talents plays a very important role in the development of translation studies. Those who will be engaged in the field of translation should also work hard to improve themselves, expand their knowledge, earnestly study theoretical knowledge, and practice more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1. Expanding knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Studies is originally an interdisciplinary subject. Whether you are engaged in translation research or translation practice in the future, you need to expand your knowledge. For students studying translation studies, when they are learning translation theory, they also need to master the knowledge of linguistics, psychology, pedagogy, philosophy, etc., so as to integrate them with translation studies. For students who are going to be engaged in translation practice in the future, in addition to having a solid foundation in language ability, they should also take the initiative to continuously learn new knowledge with a broad perspective. They should not only focus on their major field, but also should grasp the knowledge of politics, economics, science and technology, history, geography, customs, etc. to strengthen their comprehensive language skills. A very good way to expand their knowledge is to improve their search ability. Search ability, specifically, refers to how translators use dictionaries, encyclopedias, search engines, corpora, grammar books, etc. to solve practical problems in translation. With economic globalization and various changes in the language service industry, the demand for non-literary translation has skyrocketed. Translators need to be exposed to translations in various forms (audio, video, website, etc.) and fields (mechanical, chemical, electrical, etc.), MTI students is urgent to learn certain professional background knowledge and increase the depth and scope of search to deal with more complex and difficult translation tasks. (Wang Na 2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2. Emphasize theory and practice more&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Knowledge comes from practice. Current translation theories provide many conveniences for this activity. In the process of translation practice, students can also verify the validity of these theories. However, students should not only understand the knowledge of linguistics, not only the translation skills and theories，but also practice more. Theories that are out of practice cannot keep up with the development of the times. Students must spend enough time in practicing. They can go to the front line of production or go deep into all aspects of social life, and keep close contact with the masses in order to continuously broaden their horizons and know the society better. And then it is possible for them to analyze practical experience and conclude it into theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter analyzes the current situation of Translation Studies as a discipline by reviewing the development process of Translation Studies in China. There are many factors that affect the learning of Translation Studies. Among them, from the perspective of translation teaching, in China, the concept of talent training is unclear, the faculty resource is insufficient, and the teaching structure is relatively simple. Those engaged in translation education need to clarify the orientation of cultivating translation talents. At the same time, teachers should also improve their personal qualities, including their teaching ability and so on. In addition, research on translation education should also be emphasized, and exchanges and cooperation between the disciplines should be strengthened to conduct more effective translation learning and translation research. From the students’ point of view, those who major in translation must learn translation studies hard to contribute to the development of Translation Studies. However, many students did not work hard to learn their major, their basic skills are not wonderful, and their knowledge scope is relatively narrow. Some students do not have a correct understanding of translation studies. To become an excellent translator, students also need to spend time and energy to expand their knowledge range. At the same time, students also need to take translation theories seriously and learn it carefully, and then apply those theories to practice. In this way, they can also gain a lot of practical experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
President Xi Jinping, asked” the majority of philosophy and social science workers to bravely stand on the forefront of the times, communicate the changes of the past and the present, and give the first signs of thought” (Xi Jinpin 2016). Looking back on the past decades, the achievements and independent status of Translation Studies were not achieved overnight. They have condensed the unremitting exploration and hard work of many scholars, showing a development axis of independence, self-consciousness, self-reliance and self-confidence. Looking forward to the future, we hope that the successors of Translation Studies and translation majors can inherit the spirit of their predecessors in the grand vision of the development of Chinese language service industry in the new era, and keep the discipline mission in mind. Based on China's social development practice and serving the national strategy, we can have dialogue with the international translation community, draw on the latest foreign translation theories, combine the history and current situation of Chinese translation to further improve the translation discipline system, academic system and discourse system construction. And it also can promote the cultivation of translation talents. (Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan 2020) The author sincerely hopes that the Chinese characteristics and Chinese style of Translation Studies can make contributions to the development of international translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes, James S. (1972). The Name and Nature of Translation Studies. ''Papers on Literary Translation and Translation Studies''. 67–80.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bo Zhenjie, Li Heqin.薄振杰,李和庆.(2011).关于当前中国翻译教学研究的思考.[ Reflection on the Current Research of Translation Teaching in China].外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 76-83.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dong Qiusi.董秋斯.(1950).翻译批评的标准和重点.[ Criteria and focus of translation criticism].翻译通报[''Translation Bulletin''].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Zhongqian, Zhang Xiao.黄忠廉，张潇.（2020）.翻译学科百年:演进、反思与趋势.[ A Century of Translation Studies: Evolution, Reflection and Trend]. 上海翻译[''Shanghai Journal of Translators''] 1-6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiang Feifei.姜菲菲.(2019).中国文化走出去背景下对翻译学科的综述. [A Summary of Translation Studies from the Background of Outputting Chinese Culture].校园英语[''English Campus'']7-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lan Hongjun.蓝红军.(2018)从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究(1987-2017). [Theoretically Oriented Translation Studies in China: 1987 - 2017].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal'']7-16&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mu Lei, Li Xixi.穆雷, 李希希.(2019).中国翻译教育研究:现状与未来.[ Research on Translation Education in China: Status Quo and Future] .外语界[''Foreign Language World''] 24-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ou Yonghua.(2019).新时期中国翻译教学研究思考概述. [An Overview of Researches on Chinese Translation Teaching in the New Era].课程教育研究[''Course Education Research''] 13.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xi Jinping.习近平.(2016).在哲学社会科学工作座谈会上的讲话.[ Speech at the Symposium on Philosophy and Social Sciences].新华网[xinhuanet].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xie Zhentian.谢天振.(2015).翻译巨变与翻译的重新定位与定义——从2015年国际翻译日主题谈起.[ Great Changes in Translation and Repositioning and Definition of Translation——Starting from the theme of the International Translation Day in 2015].东方翻译[''East Journal of Translation''] 4-8. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Baigula.王白古拉.(2018).中国翻译教学现状与复合型翻译人才培养. [The Status Quo of Translation Teaching in China and the cultivation of Interdisciplinary Translators].文存阅刊[''Wen Cun Journal''] 87.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Na.王娜. (2020).MTI在校生搜索能力不足成因分析. [An Analysis of the Causes of Insufficient Searching Ability of MTI Students].海外英语[''Overseas English''] 194-195.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe.仲伟合.(2019).改革开放40年我国翻译专业教育:成就、挑战与发展. [China Translation Education in the Past 40 Years of Reform and Opening Up: Achievements, Challenges and Development].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 68-75.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Weihe, Zhao Tianyuan.仲伟合,赵田园.(2020).中国翻译学科与翻译专业发展研究（1949-2019).[ Research on the Development of Chinese Translation Discipline and Translation Major (1949-2019)].中国翻译[''Chinese Translators Journal''] 79-86.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== An overview of descriptive translation studies and its relationship with normative translation studies	肖伊宁   Xiao Yining==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109325</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109325"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T14:20:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang’s science fiction ''Folding Beijing'' won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu’s rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida’s functional equivalence to “quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors”. The theory of Nida’s functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu’s application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing ; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers’ understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida’s functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers’ response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers’ response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit(1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader’s response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader’s response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader’s response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader’s responses. If the target language reader’s understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On Translation of EST into Chinese-- From the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 周园曲 Zhou Yuanqu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word, which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important, followed by form”. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, the translation technique of “recreate” can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence. “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of Wilde’s most successful play, The Importance of Being Earnest is the rage in the 19th century. The author will introduce this play first, including its author, background and language features. And then, we will talk about its Chinese versions.&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
This part talks about Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. It includes an overview of its Chinese versions and Yu Guangzhong’s version.&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts. &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times. Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.&lt;br /&gt;
This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen'''==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
General translation theories believe that there have three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and tect translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insight in this regard.The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.2 Introduction of Interpretation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. Literary Review'''===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.1 Free Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.2 Addition of Message'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.3 Positive and Negative Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers. The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage of interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter. One of the carriers of meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation. Weakened the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-161+166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-180+211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures and Western Biblical Scriptures	陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi Student No. 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook and Liu Miqing’s A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles are two books about translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. this paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpt about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. The second part will give an introduction of A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles and display scholar’s evaluation of the book. In the third part, the author will make a comparison of these two books to deepen reader’s understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分本文将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述并收集相关学者对此书的看法和评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔，《翻译，历史与文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. “Lefevere’s later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the ‘cultural turn’.”(Munday 2016,199). As such, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook serves as a good proof of “cultural turn” of translation proposed by Translation Studies. In general editor’s preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as “a rewriting of an original text”. Here, they explained that “rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.” (lefevere 2003, xi). With reference to these concepts, Lefevere aimed to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe, and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs deep exploration for cultural studies. Such idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of “cultural turn”. “Cultural turn” was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book Translation, history and culture in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of “cultural turn” of translation studies. If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett’s thoughts of “cultural turn”, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear in fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. I read translator’s inferiority in Dryden’s words and admire Cicero’s courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that “I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek”. (Lefevere 2003, 47) Through reading the scholar’s letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our own understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will make an analysis of John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of “author and translator” to “master slave” through the excerpts collected in ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. The translator, as the subject in translation, ought to give the fullest play to his subjective initiatives to produce a good translated work. However, translators are limited by the ideology, the trend of translation theory, cultural background and their position in their time. Therefore, the discussion of Dryden’s views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracted two statements by Dryden and relatively placed them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden’s translation of Ovid’s Epistles published in 1680. In the preface, Dryden proposed three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense, but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden’s vivid simile, translating poem in such a way is like to “dancing on ropes with fettered legs”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). The dancer needs to be cautious of falling down, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. “and when we have said the best of it, ‘tis but a foolish task; for no sober man would put himself into a danger for the applause of escaping without breaking his neck”. Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation “to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age, and in our country”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). As such, the translator needn’t to care about the author’s elaborate use of words, or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author’s style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author’s work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator’s talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. “tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance”.(Lefevere 2003, 104). It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that “he may stretch his chain to such a latitude”.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed a liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. Dryden’s three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translations, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in chapter Two, in “Dedication” to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argued that “We are bound to our author’s sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned”.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. “But slaves we are, and labor in another man’s plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner’s; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.” (Lefevere 2003, 24). Dryden’s words reflect translator’s inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies.( Niu Yunping, 2014). A scholar concluded that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the “classical writers” of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author’s overriding authority was beyond questions.(Niu Yunping, 2014).Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to summarize the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing translates “Sixiang” (thought in chinese) into “principle” in this book.  Here follows the titles of each chapters: Chapter One: To Remove the Misunderstandings about Yan Fu’s Principles---A Brief Discussion of Studies of Translation Thoughts; Chapter two: On the Tradition of Chinese Translation; Chapter Three: The Issue of Characteristics of Chinese Translation Theory; Chapter Four: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Translatology and Mohist; Chapter Five: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Reflection, Transcendence and Reconstruction; Chapter Six: Translatology Calling for New Views on Translation: &amp;quot; To Enliven Form”; Chapter Seven: Three Origins of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories; Chapter Eight: A Brief Summary of the Contemporary Western Translation Principles and Schools; Chapter Night: On the Limitations of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories. Chapter Ten: Wittgenstein’s View on Meaning and Translation Studies; Chapter Eleven: Translation, A Kind of “Language Game”; Chapter Twelve, An analysis of Benjamin's View on Translation; Chapter Thirteen: On the Originality of Translation. Chapter Fourteen, Translation is the Transcendence of the Original Text. The fourteen chapters can be divided into three parts: to appeal for reconstruction of the tradition of Chinese translation studies; to alert to the blind worship to Western translation studies; to deepen the translation view of functionalist under Wittgenstein's philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(chapter one to chapter six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. with reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first stage was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second stage was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third stage is from 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principle strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005. 33). He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation：The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators’ awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of meaning of Chinese translation studies, and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005.179).The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture.(liu Miqing 2005. 288). However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work (Liu Miqing 2005. 288). Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is “technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. The third part of this book expounds the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of “translation and language game”,Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game&amp;quot; is the basic idea of translation functionalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introuction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period. Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation. Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history. Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century. Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today. His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country. &lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: (1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation. Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics. Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation. Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. “Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages. Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text. Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis of Theoretical Research Status'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place. The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Trends in Translation Theory Research'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the theory and practice of ancient translation theory to the update and development of contemporary translation theory, scholars have continued and developed China's unique translation theory according to the requirements of the times and the basis of practice. The development of the country in the new era puts forward higher demands on translation,the cultivation of translation talents and discipline construction. In short, the development of translation discipline in the new era should emphasize disciplinary functions, expand theoretical resources, innovate ontological concepts, and strengthen school consciousness, so as to make new contributions to the knowledge innovation of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？So differen society can give birth to different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea”(Zhang le) ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits. And different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Practice of Foreignization and Domestication from Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, we should use the method of combination of domestication and foreignization, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on. For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the food culture above,special methods of naming have formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed Bun&lt;br /&gt;
There are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（2020-2-21&amp;amp;3-18）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to稻草、吸管，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, which leads to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020) .十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* 外交部新闻发言稿（2020）Foreign Ministry Press Statement (2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===：translatology;linguistic;discipline construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book On Linguistic Aspects of Translation published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book Toward the Science of Translating, which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published The Name and Nature of Translation Studies at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods, clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book Exploration of Translation (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is Discourse and the Translator (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article On the Construction of Translation Theory. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published on Approaches to Translation Studies. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis An Overview of Western Translation Theory (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies, in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is Chinese Translation Studies, including &amp;quot;The History of Translation in China&amp;quot;. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies In 2009, which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In A Study on Linguistic Translation (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in Corpus and Translation Studies (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; Liu Chongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.&lt;br /&gt;
With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Subject structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Expectations on the Role of Interpreters in Intercultural Interpretation and Coping Strategies for Cultural Differences	李璐伊	Li Luyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China	许晶	Xu Jing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109322</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109322"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T14:16:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Theory Research Current Situation Analysis */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang’s science fiction ''Folding Beijing'' won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu’s rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida’s functional equivalence to “quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors”. The theory of Nida’s functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu’s application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing ; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers’ understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida’s functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers’ response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers’ response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit(1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader’s response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader’s response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader’s response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader’s responses. If the target language reader’s understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On Translation of EST into Chinese-- From the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 周园曲 Zhou Yuanqu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word, which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important, followed by form”. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, the translation technique of “recreate” can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence. “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of Wilde’s most successful play, The Importance of Being Earnest is the rage in the 19th century. The author will introduce this play first, including its author, background and language features. And then, we will talk about its Chinese versions.&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
This part talks about Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. It includes an overview of its Chinese versions and Yu Guangzhong’s version.&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts. &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times. Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.&lt;br /&gt;
This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen'''==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
General translation theories believe that there have three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and tect translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insight in this regard.The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.2 Introduction of Interpretation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. Literary Review'''===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.1 Free Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.2 Addition of Message'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.3 Positive and Negative Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers. The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage of interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter. One of the carriers of meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation. Weakened the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-161+166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-180+211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures and Western Biblical Scriptures	陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi Student No. 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook and Liu Miqing’s A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles are two books about translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. this paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpt about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. The second part will give an introduction of A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles and display scholar’s evaluation of the book. In the third part, the author will make a comparison of these two books to deepen reader’s understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分本文将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述并收集相关学者对此书的看法和评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔，《翻译，历史与文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. “Lefevere’s later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the ‘cultural turn’.”(Munday 2016,199). As such, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook serves as a good proof of “cultural turn” of translation proposed by Translation Studies. In general editor’s preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as “a rewriting of an original text”. Here, they explained that “rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.” (lefevere 2003, xi). With reference to these concepts, Lefevere aimed to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe, and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs deep exploration for cultural studies. Such idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of “cultural turn”. “Cultural turn” was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book Translation, history and culture in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of “cultural turn” of translation studies. If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett’s thoughts of “cultural turn”, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear in fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. I read translator’s inferiority in Dryden’s words and admire Cicero’s courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that “I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek”. (Lefevere 2003, 47) Through reading the scholar’s letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our own understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will make an analysis of John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of “author and translator” to “master slave” through the excerpts collected in ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. The translator, as the subject in translation, ought to give the fullest play to his subjective initiatives to produce a good translated work. However, translators are limited by the ideology, the trend of translation theory, cultural background and their position in their time. Therefore, the discussion of Dryden’s views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracted two statements by Dryden and relatively placed them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden’s translation of Ovid’s Epistles published in 1680. In the preface, Dryden proposed three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense, but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden’s vivid simile, translating poem in such a way is like to “dancing on ropes with fettered legs”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). The dancer needs to be cautious of falling down, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. “and when we have said the best of it, ‘tis but a foolish task; for no sober man would put himself into a danger for the applause of escaping without breaking his neck”. Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation “to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age, and in our country”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). As such, the translator needn’t to care about the author’s elaborate use of words, or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author’s style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author’s work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator’s talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. “tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance”.(Lefevere 2003, 104). It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that “he may stretch his chain to such a latitude”.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed a liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. Dryden’s three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translations, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in chapter Two, in “Dedication” to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argued that “We are bound to our author’s sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned”.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. “But slaves we are, and labor in another man’s plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner’s; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.” (Lefevere 2003, 24). Dryden’s words reflect translator’s inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies.( Niu Yunping, 2014). A scholar concluded that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the “classical writers” of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author’s overriding authority was beyond questions.(Niu Yunping, 2014).Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to summarize the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing translates “Sixiang” (thought in chinese) into “principle” in this book.  Here follows the titles of each chapters: Chapter One: To Remove the Misunderstandings about Yan Fu’s Principles---A Brief Discussion of Studies of Translation Thoughts; Chapter two: On the Tradition of Chinese Translation; Chapter Three: The Issue of Characteristics of Chinese Translation Theory; Chapter Four: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Translatology and Mohist; Chapter Five: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Reflection, Transcendence and Reconstruction; Chapter Six: Translatology Calling for New Views on Translation: &amp;quot; To Enliven Form”; Chapter Seven: Three Origins of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories; Chapter Eight: A Brief Summary of the Contemporary Western Translation Principles and Schools; Chapter Night: On the Limitations of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories. Chapter Ten: Wittgenstein’s View on Meaning and Translation Studies; Chapter Eleven: Translation, A Kind of “Language Game”; Chapter Twelve, An analysis of Benjamin's View on Translation; Chapter Thirteen: On the Originality of Translation. Chapter Fourteen, Translation is the Transcendence of the Original Text. The fourteen chapters can be divided into three parts: to appeal for reconstruction of the tradition of Chinese translation studies; to alert to the blind worship to Western translation studies; to deepen the translation view of functionalist under Wittgenstein's philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(chapter one to chapter six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. with reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first stage was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second stage was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third stage is from 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principle strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005. 33). He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation：The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators’ awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of meaning of Chinese translation studies, and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005.179).The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture.(liu Miqing 2005. 288). However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work (Liu Miqing 2005. 288). Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is “technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. The third part of this book expounds the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of “translation and language game”,Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game&amp;quot; is the basic idea of translation functionalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introuction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period. Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation. Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history. Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century. Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today. His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country. &lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: (1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation. Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics. Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation. Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. “Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages. Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text. Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis of Theoretical Research Status'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place. The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Trends in Translation Theory Research'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？So differen society can give birth to different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea”(Zhang le) ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits. And different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Practice of Foreignization and Domestication from Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, we should use the method of combination of domestication and foreignization, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on. For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the food culture above,special methods of naming have formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed Bun&lt;br /&gt;
There are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（2020-2-21&amp;amp;3-18）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to稻草、吸管，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, which leads to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020) .十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* 外交部新闻发言稿（2020）Foreign Ministry Press Statement (2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===：translatology;linguistic;discipline construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book On Linguistic Aspects of Translation published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book Toward the Science of Translating, which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published The Name and Nature of Translation Studies at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods, clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book Exploration of Translation (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is Discourse and the Translator (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article On the Construction of Translation Theory. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published on Approaches to Translation Studies. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis An Overview of Western Translation Theory (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies, in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is Chinese Translation Studies, including &amp;quot;The History of Translation in China&amp;quot;. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies In 2009, which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In A Study on Linguistic Translation (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in Corpus and Translation Studies (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; Liu Chongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.&lt;br /&gt;
With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Subject structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Expectations on the Role of Interpreters in Intercultural Interpretation and Coping Strategies for Cultural Differences	李璐伊	Li Luyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China	许晶	Xu Jing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109318</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109318"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T14:14:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang’s science fiction ''Folding Beijing'' won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu’s rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida’s functional equivalence to “quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors”. The theory of Nida’s functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu’s application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing ; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers’ understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida’s functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers’ response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers’ response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit(1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader’s response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader’s response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader’s response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader’s responses. If the target language reader’s understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On Translation of EST into Chinese-- From the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 周园曲 Zhou Yuanqu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word, which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important, followed by form”. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, the translation technique of “recreate” can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence. “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of Wilde’s most successful play, The Importance of Being Earnest is the rage in the 19th century. The author will introduce this play first, including its author, background and language features. And then, we will talk about its Chinese versions.&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
This part talks about Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. It includes an overview of its Chinese versions and Yu Guangzhong’s version.&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts. &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times. Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.&lt;br /&gt;
This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen'''==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
General translation theories believe that there have three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and tect translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insight in this regard.The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.2 Introduction of Interpretation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. Literary Review'''===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.1 Free Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.2 Addition of Message'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.3 Positive and Negative Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers. The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage of interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter. One of the carriers of meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation. Weakened the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-161+166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-180+211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures and Western Biblical Scriptures	陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi Student No. 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook and Liu Miqing’s A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles are two books about translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. this paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpt about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. The second part will give an introduction of A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles and display scholar’s evaluation of the book. In the third part, the author will make a comparison of these two books to deepen reader’s understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分本文将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述并收集相关学者对此书的看法和评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔，《翻译，历史与文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. “Lefevere’s later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the ‘cultural turn’.”(Munday 2016,199). As such, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook serves as a good proof of “cultural turn” of translation proposed by Translation Studies. In general editor’s preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as “a rewriting of an original text”. Here, they explained that “rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.” (lefevere 2003, xi). With reference to these concepts, Lefevere aimed to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe, and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs deep exploration for cultural studies. Such idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of “cultural turn”. “Cultural turn” was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book Translation, history and culture in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of “cultural turn” of translation studies. If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett’s thoughts of “cultural turn”, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear in fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. I read translator’s inferiority in Dryden’s words and admire Cicero’s courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that “I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek”. (Lefevere 2003, 47) Through reading the scholar’s letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our own understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will make an analysis of John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of “author and translator” to “master slave” through the excerpts collected in ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. The translator, as the subject in translation, ought to give the fullest play to his subjective initiatives to produce a good translated work. However, translators are limited by the ideology, the trend of translation theory, cultural background and their position in their time. Therefore, the discussion of Dryden’s views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracted two statements by Dryden and relatively placed them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden’s translation of Ovid’s Epistles published in 1680. In the preface, Dryden proposed three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense, but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden’s vivid simile, translating poem in such a way is like to “dancing on ropes with fettered legs”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). The dancer needs to be cautious of falling down, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. “and when we have said the best of it, ‘tis but a foolish task; for no sober man would put himself into a danger for the applause of escaping without breaking his neck”. Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation “to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age, and in our country”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). As such, the translator needn’t to care about the author’s elaborate use of words, or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author’s style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author’s work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator’s talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. “tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance”.(Lefevere 2003, 104). It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that “he may stretch his chain to such a latitude”.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed a liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. Dryden’s three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translations, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in chapter Two, in “Dedication” to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argued that “We are bound to our author’s sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned”.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. “But slaves we are, and labor in another man’s plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner’s; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.” (Lefevere 2003, 24). Dryden’s words reflect translator’s inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies.( Niu Yunping, 2014). A scholar concluded that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the “classical writers” of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author’s overriding authority was beyond questions.(Niu Yunping, 2014).Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to summarize the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing translates “Sixiang” (thought in chinese) into “principle” in this book.  Here follows the titles of each chapters: Chapter One: To Remove the Misunderstandings about Yan Fu’s Principles---A Brief Discussion of Studies of Translation Thoughts; Chapter two: On the Tradition of Chinese Translation; Chapter Three: The Issue of Characteristics of Chinese Translation Theory; Chapter Four: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Translatology and Mohist; Chapter Five: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Reflection, Transcendence and Reconstruction; Chapter Six: Translatology Calling for New Views on Translation: &amp;quot; To Enliven Form”; Chapter Seven: Three Origins of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories; Chapter Eight: A Brief Summary of the Contemporary Western Translation Principles and Schools; Chapter Night: On the Limitations of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories. Chapter Ten: Wittgenstein’s View on Meaning and Translation Studies; Chapter Eleven: Translation, A Kind of “Language Game”; Chapter Twelve, An analysis of Benjamin's View on Translation; Chapter Thirteen: On the Originality of Translation. Chapter Fourteen, Translation is the Transcendence of the Original Text. The fourteen chapters can be divided into three parts: to appeal for reconstruction of the tradition of Chinese translation studies; to alert to the blind worship to Western translation studies; to deepen the translation view of functionalist under Wittgenstein's philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(chapter one to chapter six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. with reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first stage was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second stage was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third stage is from 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principle strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005. 33). He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation：The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators’ awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of meaning of Chinese translation studies, and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005.179).The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture.(liu Miqing 2005. 288). However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work (Liu Miqing 2005. 288). Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is “technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. The third part of this book expounds the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of “translation and language game”,Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game&amp;quot; is the basic idea of translation functionalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introuction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period. Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Translation Period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation. Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history. Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century. Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today. His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country. &lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: (1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation Theory in the Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation. Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics. Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation. Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. “Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innovation of ontology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages. Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text. Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Theory Research Current Situation Analysis'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place. The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Trends in Translation Theory Research'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Return to culture development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？So differen society can give birth to different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea”(Zhang le) ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits. And different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Practice of Foreignization and Domestication from Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, we should use the method of combination of domestication and foreignization, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on. For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the food culture above,special methods of naming have formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed Bun&lt;br /&gt;
There are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（2020-2-21&amp;amp;3-18）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to稻草、吸管，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, which leads to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020) .十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* 外交部新闻发言稿（2020）Foreign Ministry Press Statement (2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===：translatology;linguistic;discipline construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book On Linguistic Aspects of Translation published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book Toward the Science of Translating, which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published The Name and Nature of Translation Studies at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods, clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book Exploration of Translation (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is Discourse and the Translator (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article On the Construction of Translation Theory. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published on Approaches to Translation Studies. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis An Overview of Western Translation Theory (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies, in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is Chinese Translation Studies, including &amp;quot;The History of Translation in China&amp;quot;. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies In 2009, which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In A Study on Linguistic Translation (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in Corpus and Translation Studies (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; Liu Chongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.&lt;br /&gt;
With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Subject structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Expectations on the Role of Interpreters in Intercultural Interpretation and Coping Strategies for Cultural Differences	李璐伊	Li Luyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China	许晶	Xu Jing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109312</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109312"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T14:08:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang’s science fiction ''Folding Beijing'' won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu’s rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida’s functional equivalence to “quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors”. The theory of Nida’s functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu’s application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing ; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers’ understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida’s functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers’ response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers’ response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit(1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader’s response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader’s response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader’s response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader’s responses. If the target language reader’s understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On Translation of EST into Chinese-- From the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 周园曲 Zhou Yuanqu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word, which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important, followed by form”. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, the translation technique of “recreate” can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence. “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of Wilde’s most successful play, The Importance of Being Earnest is the rage in the 19th century. The author will introduce this play first, including its author, background and language features. And then, we will talk about its Chinese versions.&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
This part talks about Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. It includes an overview of its Chinese versions and Yu Guangzhong’s version.&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts. &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times. Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.&lt;br /&gt;
This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen'''==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
General translation theories believe that there have three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and tect translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insight in this regard.The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.2 Introduction of Interpretation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. Literary Review'''===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.1 Free Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.2 Addition of Message'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.3 Positive and Negative Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers. The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage of interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter. One of the carriers of meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation. Weakened the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-161+166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-180+211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures and Western Biblical Scriptures	陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi Student No. 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook and Liu Miqing’s A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles are two books about translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. this paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpt about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. The second part will give an introduction of A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles and display scholar’s evaluation of the book. In the third part, the author will make a comparison of these two books to deepen reader’s understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分本文将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述并收集相关学者对此书的看法和评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔，《翻译，历史与文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. “Lefevere’s later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the ‘cultural turn’.”(Munday 2016,199). As such, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook serves as a good proof of “cultural turn” of translation proposed by Translation Studies. In general editor’s preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as “a rewriting of an original text”. Here, they explained that “rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.” (lefevere 2003, xi). With reference to these concepts, Lefevere aimed to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe, and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs deep exploration for cultural studies. Such idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of “cultural turn”. “Cultural turn” was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book Translation, history and culture in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of “cultural turn” of translation studies. If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett’s thoughts of “cultural turn”, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear in fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. I read translator’s inferiority in Dryden’s words and admire Cicero’s courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that “I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek”. (Lefevere 2003, 47) Through reading the scholar’s letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our own understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will make an analysis of John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of “author and translator” to “master slave” through the excerpts collected in ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. The translator, as the subject in translation, ought to give the fullest play to his subjective initiatives to produce a good translated work. However, translators are limited by the ideology, the trend of translation theory, cultural background and their position in their time. Therefore, the discussion of Dryden’s views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracted two statements by Dryden and relatively placed them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden’s translation of Ovid’s Epistles published in 1680. In the preface, Dryden proposed three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense, but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden’s vivid simile, translating poem in such a way is like to “dancing on ropes with fettered legs”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). The dancer needs to be cautious of falling down, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. “and when we have said the best of it, ‘tis but a foolish task; for no sober man would put himself into a danger for the applause of escaping without breaking his neck”. Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation “to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age, and in our country”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). As such, the translator needn’t to care about the author’s elaborate use of words, or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author’s style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author’s work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator’s talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. “tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance”.(Lefevere 2003, 104). It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that “he may stretch his chain to such a latitude”.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed a liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. Dryden’s three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translations, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in chapter Two, in “Dedication” to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argued that “We are bound to our author’s sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned”.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. “But slaves we are, and labor in another man’s plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner’s; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.” (Lefevere 2003, 24). Dryden’s words reflect translator’s inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies.( Niu Yunping, 2014). A scholar concluded that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the “classical writers” of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author’s overriding authority was beyond questions.(Niu Yunping, 2014).Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to summarize the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing translates “Sixiang” (thought in chinese) into “principle” in this book.  Here follows the titles of each chapters: Chapter One: To Remove the Misunderstandings about Yan Fu’s Principles---A Brief Discussion of Studies of Translation Thoughts; Chapter two: On the Tradition of Chinese Translation; Chapter Three: The Issue of Characteristics of Chinese Translation Theory; Chapter Four: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Translatology and Mohist; Chapter Five: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Reflection, Transcendence and Reconstruction; Chapter Six: Translatology Calling for New Views on Translation: &amp;quot; To Enliven Form”; Chapter Seven: Three Origins of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories; Chapter Eight: A Brief Summary of the Contemporary Western Translation Principles and Schools; Chapter Night: On the Limitations of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories. Chapter Ten: Wittgenstein’s View on Meaning and Translation Studies; Chapter Eleven: Translation, A Kind of “Language Game”; Chapter Twelve, An analysis of Benjamin's View on Translation; Chapter Thirteen: On the Originality of Translation. Chapter Fourteen, Translation is the Transcendence of the Original Text. The fourteen chapters can be divided into three parts: to appeal for reconstruction of the tradition of Chinese translation studies; to alert to the blind worship to Western translation studies; to deepen the translation view of functionalist under Wittgenstein's philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(chapter one to chapter six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. with reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first stage was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second stage was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third stage is from 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principle strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005. 33). He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation：The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators’ awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of meaning of Chinese translation studies, and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005.179).The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture.(liu Miqing 2005. 288). However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work (Liu Miqing 2005. 288). Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is “technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. The third part of this book expounds the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of “translation and language game”,Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game&amp;quot; is the basic idea of translation functionalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introuction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period. Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.1Ancient Translation Period'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation. Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.2Translation of the Late Qing Dynasty and Early Republic of China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
A group of European missionaries came to China one after another to conduct translation activities, mainly for missionary purposes, but also introduced Western academics. The most important achievement of this translation climax is the translation of some natural science works such as astronomy, mathematics, and machinery. Representatives of this stage are mainly Chinese scientist Xu Guangqi and Italian Ricci. The two of them worked together to translate the first six volumes of the famous Geometry Original. In addition, it is worth mentioning “Ma Shi Wen Tong” by linguist Ma Jianzhong, which is the first Chinese grammar book in Chinese history. Ma Jianzhong puts forward the “good translation theory”, which puts forward the essence, process and requirements of translation, emphasizing the completion of a book and repeated management. The translation must make the reader read the meaning that the translator must be proficient in the original text and the translated text, comparing the similarities and differences, The laws of the two languages are no different from viewing the original text. Besides,the representative figure of social science translation is Yan Fu, who has translated works such as Evolution and Ethics and Yuan Fu. These are the most important enlightenment translations in China in the 20th century. Yan Fu first proposed the translation standard of “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” in “The Great Evolution · Translation Examples”. The “faith” he advocates is “the meaning is not back the text”, and “da” is not limited to the form of the original text, and does the best of the translation language to make the original meaning obvious. But Yan Fu’s interpretation of the word “ya” seems to be inadequate today. His so-called “elegance” can only be considered elegant if the translation itself adopts the “pre-Chinese character syntax”, in fact, the so-called superior classical Chinese. Due to different times, Yan Fu’s interpretation of the “faithfulness, expressiveness, and elegance” translation standards has certain limitations, but for many years, these three characters have not been abolished by the translation industry in my country. &lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the representative figure of literary translation is Lin Shu. He has translated more than 200 works by 98 writers from 11 countries, such as Dumas of France’s La Traviata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through comparison, we can see that the translation of Buddhist scriptures is different from the translation of Ming and Qing Dynasties in the following five aspects: (1) Translator. The former translators are mainly monks, and the latter are students and missionaries. (2) The identity of the translator. The former is the poor and the latter is the upper class. (3) Type of translation. The former is mainly Buddhist scriptures, and the latter is mostly social sciences. (4) Translation method. The former is a literal translation. The latter is a hero translation and a modified translation. (5) The cultural status of translation. The former is based on Chinese culture, and translation makes the mainstream culture stronger. The latter reflects the greater cultural impact of Western culture on Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.3Translation Theory in the Republic of China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translators in the Republic of China were writers, and they contributed to the maturity of translation thinking in just a few decades. Zheng Zhenduo introduced and commented on “On the Principles of Translation” by the British translator Tytler for the first time, and discussed issues such as retranslation. Contradiction proposed &amp;quot;shenyun translation&amp;quot;, Zhu Ziqing comprehensively summarized the methods of name translation, namely, phonetic and meaning translation, simultaneous phonetic and meaning translation, translation, transliteration, and free translation. Mao Dun creatively put forward “Charming Translation”, emphasizing that the charm of the original text cannot be lost from the perspective of translation aesthetics. Lu Xun’s contribution to translation studies is related to his “hard translation” idea of enriching the native language with unsatisfactory language. Zhu Shenghao’s translation of “The Complete Works of Shakespeare” is good at maintaining the charm of the original work, conveying the style of Shakespeare, and beautifying the Chinese art gallery with many images and dramatic melodies of Shakespeare.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.4After the Founding of the People’s Republic of China'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The two translators who had the greatest influence on the translation industry during this period were Fu Lei and Qian Zhongshu. Fu Lei put forward the idea of translation spirit and aesthetics. He believed that translation should not be literally translated, but should preserve the spiritual outlook and aesthetic characteristics of the original work, and proposed a translation view that emphasizes the spirit and the aesthetics. Qian Zhongshu used temptation, corruption, and transformation to express his views on translation. Enticement refers to the role that translation plays in the exchange of different cultures, enticing readers to love different literature. Corruption refers to the distance between the original text and the translated text. The translation is inevitably distorted and does not fit the original text. Transformation refers to the highest ideal state of literary translation, which can not show the traces of blunt and far-fetched translation, and can completely preserve the style of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.Prospects for the Development of Contemporary Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.1Emphasis on the study of basic translation theory '''===&lt;br /&gt;
Contemporary Chinese scholars have further studied the basic theory of translation based on the research of ancient and modern scholars. From the aspect of translation standards, Gu Zhengkun proposes the concept of multiple and complementary, that is, translation standards are a standard system composed of absolute standards, supreme standards and specific standards, breaking the single standard view. In his Treatise on Translation, Xu Jun gives an all-round explanation of the basic problems of translation in terms of the essence, process, meaning, factors, contradiction, subject, value and criticism of translation. Contemporary translation theorists have gradually realized that translation research should transcend its own closed research system and draw nourishment from Eastern, Western and Latin American translation theories. The development line of Chinese translation theory requires the mutual appreciation of the East and the West, the ancient and the modern, and the diversified fusion, so as to refine the most characteristic and valuable theories among Chinese traditional translation theories, combine them with modern translation theories, highlight the characteristics of clarity and the spirit of the times, and let the traditional translation theories to flourish with new vitality in the modern context. “Only by listening to the voice of the times, responding to the call of the times, and seriously studying and solving important and urgent issues can we truly grasp the historical context, find the law of development, and promote theoretical innovation”. Therefore, the development of Chinese translation theory needs to expand various resources such as foreign translation theory, traditional Chinese translation theory, and translation history. Chinese scholars such as Chen Fukang, Wang Hongyin, and Zhang Peiyao have absorbed traditional translation theories, reinterpreted the original theories with modern theoretical discourse, and tried to find a point of convergence to combine tradition and modernity to explain new translation phenomena (Lan Hongjun, 2018). In addition, in the basic research of translation history, there is still a need for clear and detailed research on the existence of translation, translation forms, translation subjects, and the laws of change of translation thought over time, as well as the essential problems reflected by these laws. Therefore, the study of Chinese translation theory should continue to learn from the ideas of Western translation theory and make full use of Chinese traditional translation theory as a resource.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.2 Innovation of ontology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies is an open and comprehensive discipline that needs to be developed and improved by the academic nutrients of related disciplines, and the rapid development of language, thinking, and other literary disciplines has brought many new ideas, concepts, and terminology to translation studies. The combination of translation studies and other disciplines has injected fresh vitality into translation theory, for example. Xie Tianzhen’s translation studies is the intersection and fusion of translation studies and comparative literature, and is an important result of interdisciplinary translation studies. Translation studies is not concerned with the problem of language level, but with the problems of information loss, deformation, addition, and extension in the process of transformation of two languages. Hu Genshen conducts a comprehensive and holistic study on translation from the perspective of ecology. Ecological Translation believes that in the process of translation, translators try to adapt to the ecological environment of translation in order to make the best adaptation and optimization for the peace and balance between the original text and the translation, the translator and the author, the translator and the reader, the translation and the translation culture, and the translator himself, so that the translator’s body and mind are integrated in the ecological environment of translation. According to Fang Mengzhi, the development of translation studies has formed the pattern and characteristics of “one body and three rings”. The body is the ontology of translation, which is the unshakable foundation for the development of translation science over the centuries. The first ring is the inner ring, which is built up by linguistics and its subdisciplines, and the second ring is the middle ring, which is outside the inner ring. The second ring is the middle ring outside the inner ring, which is developed by philosophy, thinking science, psychology, information theory, and semiotics, and makes the transition of translation studies to a comprehensive discipline. The third ring refers to the cultural study of translation, which integrates translation with politics, economy, society, ideology and so on, and makes translation study a multidisciplinary, multi-level and all-round comprehensive study. We can sort out the relevant problems of traditional Chinese translation theories, for example, we can take “the five lost books, the three not easy” as the theoretical sources or ontological problems, “faithfulness and elegance” as translation standards, and refer to the framework of modern Western translation studies for propositional transformation and theory. It respects the pluralistic development of the discipline as well as the ontological development of the discipline, so that the theory of translation can be extended in many dimensions and developed in many ways.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Historical Development of Western Translation Theory and Its Classification'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Western translation, like Chinese translation, has an early and long history of more than 2000 years. The first well-documented translation is the Septuagint Greek Bible from Hebrew into Greek in the third century B.C. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own view of translation. Cicero, the father of Western translation theory, was the first to comment on the translation process and formed his own concept of translation. Horace further argued that “paraphrase” opposes “literal translation,” can create new words or introduce foreign words to enrich the national language, and distinguishes between interpretation and translation. The second major model is Jerome’s “dualistic” view of translation, which divides translation into two cases, literal and paraphrase, depending on the text. The third one is Schleiermacher, who believes that language determines thinking, and advocates discussing translation from the perspective of linguistics and literature. The first one is the translation of the Chinese text into Chinese, and the second one is the translation of the English text into Chinese. Jacobson, Newmark, and Naida also hold different opinions on the division of Western translation activities, which is difficult to unify, and these different opinions also reflect the different perspectives, emphasis, and direct and indirect influences of other disciplines on the scholars’ study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The School of Thought and the Main Characteristics of Western Translation Theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most Chinese and Western scholars nowadays adopt Genzler’s classification method, dividing Western translation theory into three stages: classical translation theory, modern translation theory, and modern translation theory period. Three of the four masterpieces in the history of Western translation appeared in the classical translation period, and translation mostly revolves around religion. Cicero, the father of Western translation, believed that translation cannot be word-for-word, but must be done according to the linguistic habits of the readers of the translated language, and that it must convey the meaning and spirit of the original text, not the linguistic form of the original text. Cicero, Horace, and Jerome provided new insights for later translation studies by breaking through the constraints. Historians see the seventeenth century as the beginning of modern history. In France, the principles and methods of translation were hotly debated. As the first Western translation theorist, Drayton divided translation into three categories: verbatim translation, paraphrase translation and paraphrase translation; the second one was Tertullian. The three principles of faithfulness of thought and consistency of style proposed by Tertullian had a positive influence on the later translation theories. The controversy between Arnold and Newman over the principles of translation stimulated a lively academic atmosphere and a great debate on translation theory. Goethe further added that poetry is untranslatable, continuing the academic debate between Arnold and Neumann. Schleiermacher and Humboldt argued that translation theory explores linguistic and literary perspectives, and that understanding a text should be a positive act. Historians usually divide contemporary translation theory into two phases: before the Second World War and from the post-World War period to the present. These two phases are distinguished not only by the watershed of the war, but also by the fact that the war was not over until after the Second World War. These two stages of translation theory development present different scenarios. The American School of Translation Training has brought translation to the forefront, with some advances and breakthroughs in translation theory, but it is still limited to discussions of aesthetic experience and certain prescriptive rules. The scientific school of translation has found a scientific basis for translation. Based on linguistics, Naida started a new research on translation theory. After that, Germany started to study Naida’s translation theory and formed German Functionalism. In the early stage, the translation research school advocated to keep the literary character through the research of the co-temporal and historical perspectives of words in order to achieve the goal of faithfulness to the original text, and the translator should adopt the culture and language familiar to the readers and introduce extra-literary elements, and deconstructionism is a kind of subversion of structuralism. Deconstruction is a reversal of structuralism. It gives translators more initiative and provides opportunities for translation creation. During the period of classical translation theory, translation was concentrated in the field of religion, and there were also interdisciplinary studies, and most translations were in the form of rewriting. Most of the translation theories were based on the intuitive experience of the translators, with no theoretical guidance. It was only at the level of literal translation and paraphrase translation, and the research on translation theory was not thorough enough. The modern translation theory period has made great progress in translation theory compared to the classical translation theory period, and the first translation theorist and the first translation theory work appeared in Western history, progressing from the “dichotomy” of the classical translation theory period to the “trichotomy” of the classical translation theory period. It raises the issue of translatability and non-translatability, and improves the accuracy of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Response of Western Translation Theory in China’s Translation Industry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the study of Western translation, there are two opposing viewpoints in China. The first view is that China’s western translation theory research is less theoretical and critical, focusing on intuitive thinking; while western translation theory focuses on reasoning and argumentation, pursuing the integrity of the system, therefore, it is always called Nadda, advocating copying and transplanting the western translation theory to direct application. Another viewpoint is that foreign theorists not only do not have a deeper understanding of translation than Chinese translators, but also have not formed a theoretical system, and they believe that there is no single theoretical work or doctrine in the foreign translation industry that is recognized by most theorists as authoritative and stable, so there is no way to start from the West. Regardless of the viewpoint, as Mr. Cong Zhihang said, the importance of translation theory has become more and more prominent, and it plays an irreplaceable role in translation teaching together with translation practice, and will eventually play a cornerstone for the establishment of translation discipline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Translation Theory Research Current Situation Analysis'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.1 Descriptive Analysis of Translation Theory Research'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the distribution of disciplines. This is mainly in the uneven distribution of disciplines. Looking at the current published translation theoretical research works, the proportion of foreign language and literature research is the largest, followed by the research on Chinese language and literature, literary theory, Chinese literature and other disciplines, which fully shows that domestic scholars pay more attention to foreign language discipline research, and also shows the influence of language discipline on translation research, but also shows that the depth and breadth of most scholars’ research still need to be improved. Further increase.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research hierarchy. From the existing research results, we can see that the research level is not high. Basic research (social science) has the largest proportion (mainly the application of Western translation theories in various translation practices), followed by industry guidance, basic and secondary vocational education, higher education, engineering technology, etc. However, research results in the fields of economic information research and popular science are not yet abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, researchers and institutions. The current problem is a single researcher and a small number of research institutions. Researchers of translation theory mainly come from universities or research departments engaged in foreign language work, which shows that universities and research institutes have outstanding advantages in talents and resources and have become the main force of translation research, which also reflects that the main body of translation research is too single and other social institutions lack professional foreign language staff, thus the results of translation research are few.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.2 Systematic Analysis of Translation Theory Research'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the nature of the research. The current researches are mostly basic researches, mostly analyzing the ontological elements of translation, such as the nature, function, process, and quality evaluation of translation. The number of such researches has been increasing in recent years, but the nature of the researches has not changed much. On the other hand, the research on applied practice mainly focuses on the study of translation operation specifications and practice, such as translation teaching, translation practice and strategies. These researches are mainly the summaries of the experiences of university teachers in the teaching process, while there are not many researches on the academic aspects of other professions.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the research level. From the structural level of the current translation research object, it mainly concentrates on two levels: micro research and macro research. Micro research is basic research, that is, when studying general things, the whole is decomposed into parts or the higher level is decomposed into lower level, mainly focusing on key words such as ontological features of translated language and operation norms, which is the main body of current translation research. Macro research, on the other hand, focuses on the whole and the law, grasps the relationship between a certain thing and the environment, and mainly focuses on the cultural significance of translation in terms of social and cultural attributes, ideology, and social development, which does not take up a large proportion.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, overall distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
From the academic education of translation, to the practical teaching of translation, to the theory of translation, through practical research as well as modern research on translation teaching method and translation teaching materials, all of them reflect the down-to-earth research spirit of researchers, and many of them have excellent achievements with both theoretical and practical reference value. With the development of domestic foreign exchanges, especially the “One Belt, One Road” initiative, the frequency and opportunities of China's foreign exchanges have greatly increased. The development of China’s translation education and the cultural strategy of going abroad have made the study of translation strategies a hotspot in China, but due to the lack of objective depiction of translation constraints and conditions for strategy use, ontology research and theoretical discussion need to be strengthened.&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the distribution of hot words. Based on the frequency of occurrence of theme words in periodicals, it is found that the distribution of “hot words” in translation theory research has the following characteristics: First, “functional translation theory” has the highest frequency of occurrence. The “functional translation theory” appeared in the 1960s and 1970s, marked by the publication of Rice’s book The Possibilities and Limitations of Translation Criticism. Its representative figure is Christine Nord, who takes the theory of purpose as the core of research, that is, translators should regard translation as some activities carried out to achieve a specific purpose or to satisfy the requirements of the target language readers, mainly emphasizing the translation process, the translator’s thoughts and the specific context in which the translation takes place, and the translator should be responsible for all the parties in the translation process (the principle of fidelity) and adopt different approaches for different translation purposes. This has inspired many western scholars to express their own views on the translation method, thus also inspiring domestic scholars to look at the translation problem from multiple perspectives, to learn from the strengths and make up for the weaknesses, and to advance with the times.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, the term “feminism” has attracted much attention. Since the 1970s, the West has combined feminism with translation theory and translation practice. When the gender of the work, the author, the reader, and the translator are considered from the perspective of feminism, it also brings new insights to the study of translation. Feminism (feminism) has attracted much attention from Chinese scholars in the post-modern and diversified translation context, especially in the 21st century, which also provides room for translators to reconstruct works.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, the “subjectivity of the translator” begins to occupy a place. The translator is the executor of translation work and a subjective individual, whose essence is manifested in such characteristics as subjective initiative, passivity, and egoism, and therefore constitutes the subjectivity of the translator based on these characteristics. Translators are also important participants in the construction and composition of the culture of a region or country. Some domestic translators do not highlight their cultural construction role in the multi-language system of the Chinese language, thus the phenomenon of marginalization of the translator’s cultural status and confusion for traditional translation research has arisen. The primitive self-discipline of translators can no longer adapt to the new situation of today’s technological development, and the temporal and spatial changes of translation practice have highlighted the influence on the ethical behavior of translators. The standardization of language, politics, technology, and business makes the ethical behavior of translation more complicated and diversified.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''6. Trends in Translation Theory Research'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''6.1  Interdisciplinary cooperation and integration'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today’s world is moving in the direction of diversity. Cultural exchange and integration is the current direction of development. The study of translation theory is no longer an independent discipline, but must be related to other disciplines or even multiple disciplines, transcending and transforming through interaction and cooperation. The term “interdisciplinarity” was first coined in the United States in the 1920s. It was not until the mid-1980s that it became known to scholars in China. It was not until the 1990s that scholars began to use the term “interdisciplinary” instead of “cross-cutting science”. In order to achieve greater research progress and research results, it is necessary to break through disciplinary limitations and concentrate on interdisciplinary research on a larger scale. No matter what kind of research is carried out, as long as it is related to translation theory and draws on the theories of other disciplines, it can be considered as interdisciplinary research. This is not only reflected in the translation theory, but also in the translation research methods and the disciplinary background of the researchers, which will greatly promote the development of translation theory research and make it more systematic, rigorous and rich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''6.2  Return to culture development'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The study of translation language and translation culture contributes to the practice and development of translation theory. Since translation language and translation culture are both objective existences, the standard of faithfulness, expressiveness and elegance is a matter of degree, and the over or under expression of cultural meaning must be viewed dialectically. Translation research cannot be separated from language as a carrier, and translation should come from language, then go to language, arise from culture, and finally return to culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''6.3  Seeking Common Ground while Surviving Differences in Cultural Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any translation that involves cultural factors can be called cultural translation, which, like foreign affairs, is based on the same principle of seeking common ground while reserving differences. However, under the influence of traditional culture, if the translated language and culture are not taken into account, the effect will be affected and may even convey the wrong message, so it is necessary to seek common ground while preserving differences. What scholars who study translation seek is to keep the “difference” of the source language and culture to the greatest extent possible on the basis of the readers’ understanding, which is the best integration of Chinese and Western translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Bassnett. S Translation Studies[ M] .London and New York: Methuen , 1980&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Gentzler, Edwin. Contemporary Translation Theories［M］. London: Routledge, 1993.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Newmark, Peter. Approaches to Translation [ M]. Oxford and London: Pergamon Press, 1981.Reprint in 1998, New York: Prentice Hall International.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Nida, E. A.. Toward a Science of Translating［M］. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1964.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] 曹瑞明. 跨文化交际翻译中的差异与融合［J］.西安外国语学院学报, 2006（1）：45-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] 陈福康. 中国译学史［M］.上海:上海外语教育出版社，2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7] 蓝红军. 从学科自觉到理论建构:中国译学理论研究 (1987-2017）［J］.中国翻译，2018（01）:14.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8] 苏粤. 国内关联翻译理论研究发展的回顾与思考［J］.湖北经济学院学报: 人文社会科学版, 2009（6）:121-122.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9] 田雨. 走向跨学科的翻译学［J］.中国翻译，2004（2）：31-35.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10] 王东风. 中国翻译研究的过去、现在与未来［J］.上海外国语大学学报, 2014（4）:7-8.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11] 郑振铎.译学书三个问题[ J] .小说月报, 1921, 12 (3):1-25.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？So differen society can give birth to different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea”(Zhang le) ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits. And different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Practice of Foreignization and Domestication from Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, we should use the method of combination of domestication and foreignization, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on. For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the food culture above,special methods of naming have formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed Bun&lt;br /&gt;
There are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（2020-2-21&amp;amp;3-18）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to稻草、吸管，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, which leads to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020) .十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* 外交部新闻发言稿（2020）Foreign Ministry Press Statement (2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===：translatology;linguistic;discipline construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book On Linguistic Aspects of Translation published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book Toward the Science of Translating, which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published The Name and Nature of Translation Studies at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods, clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book Exploration of Translation (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is Discourse and the Translator (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article On the Construction of Translation Theory. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published on Approaches to Translation Studies. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis An Overview of Western Translation Theory (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies, in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is Chinese Translation Studies, including &amp;quot;The History of Translation in China&amp;quot;. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies In 2009, which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In A Study on Linguistic Translation (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in Corpus and Translation Studies (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; Liu Chongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.&lt;br /&gt;
With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Subject structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Expectations on the Role of Interpreters in Intercultural Interpretation and Coping Strategies for Cultural Differences	李璐伊	Li Luyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China	许晶	Xu Jing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109306</id>
		<title>History of Translation Studies 10</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10&amp;diff=109306"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T13:49:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;这里是《翻译学史》的书稿第十部分(Part 10)。麻烦各位同学看一下已经存在的章回（样品），自己再加进去新的一个章回（就是你们的学期论文）。请也帮助同学们把他们的论文改正。这样多次修改，大家的论文会越来越好。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学期论文（结合学期所学，撰写一篇5000以上单词的英文论文，按照专业杂志的格式，题目、摘要、关键词和参考文摘需要英中，文章英）。学期论文成绩占70%，平时成绩（含课堂表现、展示及作业）占30%。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies Course Homepage Intro. to TS]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link back to the final exam paper section of the course homepage: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Introduction_to_Translation_Studies#Final_Exam_Papers Final Exam Papers]&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to other parts of the final exam papers' website: [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_1 Part 1], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_2 Part 2], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_3 Part 3], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_4 Part 4]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_5 Part 5], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_6 Part 6], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_7 Part 7], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_8 Part 8]; [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_9 Part 9], [https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=History_of_Translation_Studies_10 Part 10].&lt;br /&gt;
='''Functional Equivalence'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On functional equivalence and formal equivalence and their application in translation 陈静静 Chen Jingjing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation plays an indispensable role in modern cross-cultural communication. In this process, translators are supposed to achieve the equivalence between the source text and the target text to the greatest extent. Translation theory is of great importance to steer them towards this. Nida put forward the well-known theory of formal equivalence and functional equivalence which pursues the equivalence in form and content and that in function between the two languages separately. This paper focuses on their introduction and differences as well as their application in translation so as to provide more guidance for translators and promote people’s deeper understanding on functional equivalence and formal equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
functional equivalence, formal equivalence, translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
翻译在现代跨文化交际中起着非常重要的作用，而在这一过程中，译者需要尽可能实现源文本和目标文本之间最大的对等。翻译理论在其中则对译者具有非常重要的指导作用。奈达提出了“形式对等”和“功能对等”理论，“形式对等”是以源语为中心，追求原文形式和内容之间的对等，而后者强调实现两种语言之间功能上的对等。该论文主要对形式对等和功能对等进行简单介绍并分析两者之间的差异以及它们在翻译之中的运用，以使译者对它们有更为深入的了解。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键字'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等，形式对等，翻译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a specific form of cultural activity, translation is characterized by the interactive conversion of bilingual (original language and target language), but this does not mean that translation is limited to a certain language operation or language activity. This phenomenon of bilingual interaction or cultural interaction with language as a mediator, and the resulting variations in phonetics, words, grammar, and style, are by no means covered by linguistic theory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nida, a American linguist, translator and translation theorist, conducted his academic activities based on the translation of the Bible. During this process, Nida proceeded from actual conditions and developed his own translation theory, which eventually became one of the classics in translation studies. Meanwhile, he believes that translation should play a communicative role due to its essence. During the translation process, it is necessary to consider factors such as the author, text, background and readers so as to make the recipients understand the translation more easily. It is actually based on this idea, the concept of functional equivalence theory came into being. He pointed out that the theory of functional equivalence includes form equivalence and content equivalence. When the two contradict, he is convinced that the content comes first and the form comes second. This is also the first principle of functional equivalence. The second principle of functional equivalence is that you can’t simply focus on content as Nida believes that content precedes form does not mean that translators need to give up form and devote themselves to content. He suggested that when the translator cannot take into account the two at the same time, he should consider the content first, and at the same time, try to make the style of the translation close to the style of the original text. In order to balance the relationship between the two, Nida also proposed a series of improvements. The third principle is that Nida requires natural and smooth translation. In order to obtain a true and smooth translation, Nida believes that readers of the source language and cultural context and target language must be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Functional Equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the transition between the source language and the target language, Nida, based on the essence of translation, put forward the theory of dynamic equivalence but later replaced it with the name of functional equivalence as he was convinced that it will better reflect the communicative function.(尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［M］．严久生，译．1998)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence mainly includes lexical equivalence, syntax equivalence, textual equivalence and stylistic equivalence. According to Nida, when translating, you need to use the most appropriate, natural and equivalent words to express the information of the source text, that is to say, functional equivalence is prior to formal equivalence. Therefore, we need to try to achieve equivalence in form when we pursue the equivalence in content. In the book “Language, Culture, and Translation”, Nida divides functional equivalence into “minimal equivalence” and “maximum equivalence”. The basic point of “functional equivalence” is to compare the way of understanding and appreciating the original text by the readers of the target text, and requiring the readers of the target text to be able to perceive the translation. The extent to which readers of the original text understand and appreciate the original text( the minimum functional equivalence), the readers of the target text should basically be able to understand and appreciate the target text in the way that the original reader understands and appreciates the original text( the maximum functional equivalence). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To accurately reproduce the source language culture and eliminate cultural differences, the translator can follow these three steps. First, the translator should strive to make the translation not only conform to the semantics of the original text but also reflect the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, two kinds of languages represent two completely different cultures and similar elements may exist in the two cultures but they can't be exactly the same. Therefore, it is impossible for a translator to fully display the cultural connotations of the original text. Second, if meaning and culture can’t be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon the formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the semantics and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. Third, when changing the form still doesn’t work, the translation technique of “reconstruction” can be used to achieve the equivalence in meaning between the source text and the target text. It means transforming the deep structure of the source text into the surface structure of the target text , that is, the cultural connotations of the source text could be elaborated by words of the target language. In terms of the the status of source text and the translator, according to this theory, minor adjustment of the source text is allowed when necessary but we are not encouraged to modify it. Consequently, it seems that the source text is in a high position so the translator must give preference to it. From the perspective of translation standard, domestication is preferred in functional equivalence when we consider the cultural factors. What’s more , it is commonly used in literary translation. &lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence is of great importance for it brings the contest between the literal translation and free translation to an end and provides a new translation standard, but on the other way, it turns the translation into an activity merely concerned with language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formal equivalence, though seeking equivalence as well, focusing mainly on the form and content, attempting to achieve complete consistency of information and structure between the source text and the target text. It includes three parts: (1) Consistency of grammar, that is , grammatical elements of the source text should be consistent with those of the target text. (2) Consistency of expression, which means the words and phrases of the target text should keep the original connotation expressed in the source text. (3) Consistency of the meaning in the source context, signifying that the context created by the source text should be kept in the target text. (UGENEA．NIDA．,2005:167） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gloss translation can best reflect the features of formal equivalence as explanation will be used to better reappear the meaning and context of the source text, thus enabling people to have a better understanding of the source language and the source text. This is, however, hard to achieve for there are great differences existing between different languages especially between Chinese and English. From the perspective of linguistics, the biggest difference between them is that Chinese is a parataxis language while English is hypotaxis, that is to say, English is an overt cohesion-prominent language and its clauses are often arranged with connectives while Chinese is a language that connectives are not compulsory and its clauses are often short and its structure is not so complex as that of English. Besides, the former is a more static language in which nouns and adjectives are always used, but the latter a more dynamic one, verbs are more active. English has a systematic grammar but Chinese seems freely arranged. Furthermore, in English, nouns, prepositions and pronouns are always used like personal pronouns “we” “they” “you” and relative pronouns “that” “which” “whose” in long and complicated sentences to make them more explicit and avoid repetition. In Chinese, pronouns are rarely used as the structure of the sentences is relatively loose and short sentences are preferred, so it seems more appropriate to use verbs. From the perspective of voice, it is evident that passive voice is frequently used in English especially in texts concerned with science and technology as western people seem to be more objective when viewing the world and they attempt to employ passive voice to make their description more objective. Chinese, however, are more subjective, so they often use active voice to express opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Relationship between functional equivalence and formal equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
In the book “Scientific Exploration in Translation”, he proposed and distinguished the concepts of “formal equivalence” and “dynamic equivalence”. “Formal equivalence” means stressing more on information itself, in terms of both form and content. This sort of equivalence, however, is rare, so he lays stress on dynamic equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For formal equivalence, source text is prior to other elements, so the translator must strictly follow the ideas, sentence structure as well as rhetoric. In this case, the translator are not allowed to add any other information at will and is restricted by many factors. Nevertheless, for functional equivalence, the translator can supplement their own understanding on the basis of the source text to make the translation more lively and vivid, actually a better  and more innovative way to reproduce the source text. Take a sentence for example: “ I gave my youth to the sea and I came home and gave my wife my old age.”, this sentence can be translated into different versions. If with a way of formal equivalence, it can be translated into “我把青春给了海洋，我回家时，给妻子的只有迟暮之年。”, which seems more direct and similar to the original sentence in structure. When translated based on the functional equivalence, it will be like this: “我把青春献给了海洋，等我回家见到妻子的时候，已是白发苍苍。”, which is much more vivid and easy to understand for the target readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence, though stressing equivalence in different aspects, are actually interdependent. Form in translation refers to the rhetorical function and skills as well as the sentence structure. Without formal equivalence, we are not able to guarantee the accuracy of the translation let alone achieving functional equivalence. Likewise, without functional equivalence, formal equivalence will be meaningless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, functional equivalence and formal equivalence are both regarded to be relative. (余敏军，2009:193）That is to say, this sort of equivalence is impossible to be wholly and fully achieved as a great number of differences exist between Chinese and English. Chinese and English differ in language structure, mode of thinking, cultural background and etc. As a matter of fact, sometimes when we translate Chinese into English or English into Chinese, we can’t even find the corresponding word thus even more difficult to achieve the equivalence in lexis and sentence structure. From the perspective of cultural influence, readers of the source text and the translation will hold different views even towards the same thing due to different cultural backgrounds. For instance, Chinese people will express their feeling by dint of material objects while the Western countries focus more on science and will employ it to account some social phenomena.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation is the reproduction of the source language information in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language, including the reproduction from semantics to stylistics. That is to say, in Nida’s view, functional equivalence should take precedence over formal equivalence, but it is not only about content, regardless of form. While achieving equivalence in content and information, it also requires equivalence inn form as much as possible. But actually of the two, priority is given to equivalence in content.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Application of functional equivalence and functional equivalence in translation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Functional equivalence and formal equivalence are vital translation theory for guiding the translation practice. This theory has lifted the restrictions of traditional ideology and provide a new perspective for translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Lexical equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as I have mentioned above, sometimes it is difficult to find the corresponding word when translating. For instance, in China, “慢走” is frequently used when our friends or guests we are not familiar with is going to leave. People in western countries, however, are unlikely to express in this way. Instead, they simply say “Bye” or “Have a nice trip!”. The latter actually will be used only when friends plan to travel somewhere far away. These two expressions in English bear different meaning compared with the expression in Chinese. Therefore, faced with such situation, we have to choose words or phrases to express it in a different way based on the context. For example, we can express it as “Take care. Hope to see you soon.” to express our feeling in a polite and emotional way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, there are some words or phrases containing cultural connotations in both Chinese and English. When translating such words or phrases, we must explore the underlying meaning and try to explain it in detail, helping readers to have a correct and good understanding towards it. Take “Achilles’ heel” for instance, it can be translated into “阿格硫斯的脚后跟” in a direct way. However, Chinese people knowing nothing of “Achilles’ heel” will find it difficult to understand. Considering the needs of people under Chinese background , we have to explain this word and uncover the real meaning this phrase intends to express. Actually, Achilles, the son of Neptune, is a heroic person. It is said that his mother dipped him wholly except his heels in the river Acheron to make him impervious to sword or spear. Thus this phrase is supposed to translated into fatal weakness. Likewise, “Victoria girl” should be translated into “思想保守的女性” as England was relatively conservative in Victoria period so later Victoria, the queen’s name, was used to refer to those conservative women. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very common that a word in English may bear several different meanings so in this case, we have to guess the meaning according to the context. For example, the word “club”, which is very familiar to us, can be used as a verb as well as a noun. At the first thought, “俱乐部” will come to our mind but in the following sentence, it doesn’t make sense if we translate “club” into “俱乐部”. &lt;br /&gt;
“When civil rights leaders are clubbed, whipped and tramples by white lawmen as feral white onlookers cheer, the youngsters seemed aghast.”&lt;br /&gt;
In that sentence, it is obvious that “club” is used as a verb. Considering the meaning of “whip” and the original meaning of “club”, we can find that “club” here may refers a sort of hitting. Consequently, we have consider carefully over and over again and determine the meaning of a word after having grasped the rough meaning of the sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Syntax equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Syntax equivalence is far more complicated and difficult to achieve compared with lexical equivalence with great differences existing between Chinese and English. Therefore, we need to employ proper translation skills to cope with different sentences.In English, people prefer to be direct so the most important part of the sentence is most likely to be presented at first while in Chinese, people are accustomed to organize the sentence in a natural order, that is, from facts to conclusion or from reasons to result. Sometimes we can translate the sentence from word by word or phrase by phrase but in most cases we will change the order based on the common expression ways of target language to make the sentence more understandable to the target language readers. The example can be seen as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
“Additional social stresses may also occur because of the population explosion or problems arising from mass migration movements--themselves made relatively easy nowadays by modern means of transport.”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: 由于人口的猛增或大量人口流动（现代交通工具使这种流动相对容易）造成的种种问题也会对社会造成新的压力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can see that in the Chinese version, order of the reason and the result is reversed to make the sentence more smooth.&lt;br /&gt;
When translating, we can choose literal translation so as to achieve the formal equivalence or we can seek free translation to based on functional equivalence. In daily life, we Chinese often greet people with “吃了吗?去哪啊?” as we regard food as something that matters much to our life. As a matter of fact, these words bear no actual meaning but a simple way to greet. Thus we will translate that sentence into “Hi, how are you? What a nice day, isn’t it?”. &lt;br /&gt;
There is a special kind of interrogative sentence in English called disjunctive question like the following dialogue:&lt;br /&gt;
“You’re not a student,are you?”&lt;br /&gt;
“Yes, I am.”  &lt;br /&gt;
Here, in this dialogue, we can see that the answer is positive but if translated into Chinese, it will be like this: “不，我不是学生”, which actually is negative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Texual equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text, or discourse is a coherent and cohesive unit, achieved through one or more sequences, which are composed of components that are closely related to each other. Pursuing the equivalence in words or sentences can absolutely not satisfy, we need to pay more heed to textual equivalence. A sentence can be translated in different ways but we have to choose one based on the context. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: “祥子！”她往前凑了凑：“我有啦！” &lt;br /&gt;
“有了什么？”他一时蒙住了。&lt;br /&gt;
“这个！”她指了指肚子。“你打主意吧！”&lt;br /&gt;
Translation: “Xiangzi,” she came closer. “I am in trouble!”&lt;br /&gt;
“What trouble?” He was startled.&lt;br /&gt;
“This!” She pointed her belly. “What was you going to do about it?”&lt;br /&gt;
According to China’s traditional customs, women would always express their being pregnant in an indirect way like “我有了” in Chinese instead of “我有孩子了”. In this situation, “我有了” here is translated into “I am in trouble!” as she conceives a baby before she marries, which is deemed as a behavior that is in grave breach of the norms of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, we need to take the situation or background in which the texts took place into account and endeavor to get the inner  connotation it bears. &lt;br /&gt;
Example: So that when lieutenant Osborne, coming to Russel Square on the day of the Vaux hall party said to the ladies,” Mrs Sedley,ma,ma,I hope you have room, I haveasked   Dobbin of ours To come and dine here, and go with us to Vaux hall. He was almost as modest as Joe. &lt;br /&gt;
Here “modest” in the last sentence can’t be translated into “谦虚的” as it will confuse the readers and it is far from that. According to the description of Joe above, we can figure out exactly his characteristics, so we can reasonably infer that it actually means shy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last element we should never ignore is cultural context given that there are great cultural differences between English and  Chinese. We are supposed to consider the cultural background of the author of the source text as well as certain hidden or ineffable Connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: She had thin blond hair and her face was pretty and Petite in a Regency way, oval like a miniature, though she had a harsh way of speaking--perhaps the account of the school, Roedean or Cheltenham Ladies’ College, which she had not long ago left.&lt;br /&gt;
We can’t simply translate it into “长着细细的淡黄色头发，脸蛋娇小玲珑，一副摄政时期的模样。” as here the word “Regency” still seems confusing to us. Instead, the translation should be like this: “她长着纤细的淡黄色头发，漂亮的鹅蛋脸小巧玲珑，颇符合摄政时期的风范......” and add the explanation that “ ‘Regency’ refers to the period the son of George the Third reigned, during which those slender women are regarded to be the most gorgeous.” In this way, readers will have a more clear sense of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Stylistic equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Popovic put forward the stylistic equivalence and define it as the functional equivalence between the source text and the target text. We will find different types of texts in the process of translation and we must achieve the equivalence in styles according to the functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory. Such equivalence is best reflected in the translation of poetry, which is characteristic of rhyme and cultural connotations.&lt;br /&gt;
Example: 清明&lt;br /&gt;
杜牧&lt;br /&gt;
清明时节雨纷纷，路上行人欲断魂。&lt;br /&gt;
借问酒家何处有? 牧童遥指杏花村。&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Wu Juntao:&lt;br /&gt;
The Pure Brightness Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
It drizzles thick and fast on the Pure Brightness Day,&lt;br /&gt;
I travel with my heart lost in dismay.&lt;br /&gt;
“Is there a public house somewhere, cowboy?”&lt;br /&gt;
He points at Apricot Village faraway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, “清明节” has been translated into “Pure Brightness Day”, which may seem not completely fit as it simply reflect the features of this day from the surface. In this way, target readers may have little knowledge about this and treat this day as a normal pure and bright day. However, functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory can be vividly reflected in the following content. The translator has achieved equivalence both in content and form as he rhymed and expressed based on the form and content of the source text, trying to make target readers have a good understanding of the source text based on the information expressed in the translation..&lt;br /&gt;
Translation by Xu Yuanchong:&lt;br /&gt;
The Mourning Day&lt;br /&gt;
By Du Mu&lt;br /&gt;
A drizzling rain falls like tear on the Mourning Day;&lt;br /&gt;
The mourner’s heart is going to break on his way.&lt;br /&gt;
Where can a wineshop be found to drown his sad hours?&lt;br /&gt;
A cowherd points to a cot ’mid apricot flowers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, Xu Yuanchong attempts to give a more detailed and vivid description of the scene and the feeling of the person in this poetry. In addition to simply expressing the content from the surface, he digs the deep connotations the poetry contains, thus making the translation more simply to be understood and the target readers grasp a deeper understanding of the content, theme and emotion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory has been playing an vital role in the process of translation, as always said, theory guides practice while practice testify to theory. Functional equivalence and formal equivalence theory matters a lot and has guided a great deal of translation practice. Though having gone a lot of years and some limitations having been found, Nida’s theory is still worthy learning whether at present or in the future. Therefore, we should choose to apply functional equivalence or formal equivalence based on specific condition to achieve the most appropriate and fit translation.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proper application of formal equivalence helps to preserve the spirit and unique features of the source text and to further promote people to have a good grip of foreign culture and customs. However, more often than not, it is difficult to find an English sentence pattern that is completely equivalent to express the same connotation in Chinese. Therefore, the translator needs to convert the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is, using the corresponding words in the target language to directly explain the connotation of the original text, so that the target readers can more easily accept the translation. According to Nida’s translation theory, dealing with cultural differences is closely related to the reproduction of the source language in the target language from semantics to stylistics. Only when the translation reproduces the style and spirit of the source language from the language form to the cultural connotation, the translation can be called an excellent work. This method provides a good example for translation studies in every countries. For our country, it reminds us that translation studies should absolutely limited to the field of translation. We must break the boundaries of disciplines and combine other sciences to study translation. In this way, translation theories derived from scientific evidence will be much more scientific and systematic.（张赟娇,张 军,2018:114)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xia Jun夏珺.(2016).再看奈达翻译对等——形式与功能之博弈与互补[Nida's equivalence theory-combat and complement between formal equivalnce and formal equivalence].黔南民族师范学院学报,Journal of Qiannan Normal University for nationalities,36(06):27-32.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huang Wei黄蔚.(2020).功能对等理论与目的论的对比分析[Comparative analysis on functional equivalence and skopos theory].英语广场,English space(10):38-40.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tan Zaixi谭载喜.(1999)．新编奈达论翻译［A new version of Nida's theory on translation］．北京:中国对外翻译出版公司，Beijing:China Translation and Publishing Corporation,1999:XXIII．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yunjiao, Zhang Jun张赟娇,张军.(2018).浅谈尤金·奈达功能对等理论的价值与局限[The value and limitations of Nida's functional equivalence].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(09):114-115.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhong Yuchen钟宇宸.(2019).尤金·奈达及其功能对等理论综述[Summary of UGENEA．NIDA．and his functional equivalence].当代旅游,Contemporary travelling,(08):262.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yimei张忆美.(2020).对比“信达雅”与功能对等[Comparison between &amp;quot;Faithfulness, Expressiveness and Elegance&amp;quot; and functional equivalence].青年文学家,Youth Literator,(23):180-181.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Xuefang张雪芳.(2008).从动态对等到功能对等——奈达对等翻译观简述[From dynamic equivalence to functional equivalence-Brief introduction of Nida's equivalence theory].安徽文学(下半月),Anhui Literature,(11):392-393.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Minjun余敏军.(2009).论英汉翻译中形式对等和功能对等[Functional equivalence and formal equivalence in Englsh-Chinese translation].黑龙江科技信息,Heilongjiang Science and Technology Information,(30):193.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yan Yuehe闫月贺.(2019).浅析奈达功能对等理论[Nida's functional equivalence].北方文学,North Literature,(21):251-252.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qi Xin齐鑫.(2017).浅谈英汉翻译中奈达“功能对等”与“形式对等”理论的应用[The appliction of Nida's theory of &amp;quot;functional equivalence and formal equivalence in translation].校园英语,Campus English,(27):202-203.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
尤金·奈达．语言文化与翻译［Language culture and transation］．严久生，译．呼和浩特:内蒙古大学出版社，Hohhot:Inner Mongolia University Press,1998．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Junye Li,Pinglan Zhang.(2019). Application of Functional Equivalence Theory in Civil Engineering Text Translation[J]. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics,9(4).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UGENEA．NIDA．Towards Science of Translating［M］．上 海:上海外语教育出版社，Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press,2005:167,165，159．&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My understanding of Translation Equivalence Nguyen,Thuy Hien Nguyen, Thuy Hien ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Functional Equivalence in the Translation of Ken Liu 肖茜 Xiao Xi==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Hao Jingfang’s science fiction ''Folding Beijing'' won the Hugo Award for Best Novelette in 2016. The success of this fiction is inseparable from Ken Liu’s rigorous translation work. Focusing on the response of the target readers, the translation of this fiction not only retains the meaning and style of the fiction, but also effectively transmits the Chinese culture, which is in line with the requirement of  the theory of Nida’s functional equivalence to “quality of a translation in which the message of the original text has been so transported into the receptor language that the response of the receptors essentially like that of the original receptors”. The theory of Nida’s functional equivalence, one of the earliest translation theories introduced into China, has produced a profound effect on translation studies in different literary genres. This paper studies the English translation of Folding Beijing and analyses Ken Liu’s application of functional equivalence in translation, and proves the value of functional equivalence theory in the translation of science fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; Folding Beijing ; meaning; style; culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
郝景芳的科幻小说《北京折叠》获得了2016年的雨果奖最佳中篇小说奖，该小说的成功，离不开刘宇昆严谨的翻译工作。该小说的翻译以关注译文读者反应为出发点，既保留了小说的意义与文体风格，又有效传递了中国文化，这与功能对等理论提出的“努力创造出既符合原文语义又体现原文文化特色的译作”的要求相契合。奈达功能对等理论，是最早被引进中国的翻译理论之一，对中国各文学类型的翻译研究影响深远。本文对《北京折叠》的英译本进行研究，分析刘宇昆在翻译时对尤金奈达功能对等理论的运用，展现功能对等理论对科幻小说翻译的价值。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《北京折叠》；意义；风格；文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In the science fiction Folding Beijing, the future Beijing is overpopulated. In order to solve this crisis, people transform it into a folding city with strict hierarchy. The folding city is divided into three spaces. They share 48 hours, and the first space is occupied by the upper classes of society, who have a 24-hour time cycle at their disposal; The second space is occupied by the middle class, who can spend 16 hours; The third space is inhabited by the lower classes, who have only eight hours of the night. Lao Dao belongs to the third space. He wants his daughter to go to a good school, and he ventures into the second and third space to deliver letters to others in order to make money. Although the novel is a futuristic science fiction, it is also realistic, revealing the class differences in the process of urbanization and modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
This science fiction novel has many Chinese characteristics and has many local Chinese words. The cultural differences between China and the West caused by regional factors and customs are a big problem for translation. The translator should not only consider the readers’ understanding and feelings, but also ensure that the local colors in the works are not deleted. Functional equivalence theory shows that translation should not be limited to form, and translators can make necessary adjustments to the form and structure of the original text, so as to achieve the equivalence of content and information. Nida’s functional equivalence theory has exerted a far-reaching influence on China, and also brought new and effective translation guidance methods to translators. We can see that when Ken Liu translated science fiction, he was also trying to achieve the balance and coordination between the translation and the original text. From the perspective of functional equivalence theory, this paper analyzes the English translation of Folding Beijing from the perspectives of meaning, style and culture, and discusses how the translator achieves the closest equivalence with the original text and whether the ideal equivalence is achieved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Eugene A. Nida and His Theory of Functional Equivalence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene A. nida, an American scholar and translator, he explains the dynamic equivalent translation in his influential work ''Toward a Science of Translating''. Dynamic equivalence aims at the closest and most natural equivalence between the target text and the source text, and focuses on the equivalence of readers’ response, not just the equivalence of content and form. In his book ''The Theory and Practice of Translation'', Nida defined dynamic equivalence as follows: Dynamic equivalence is therefore to be defined in terms of the degree to which the receptors of the message in the receptor language respond to it in substantially the same manner as the receptors in the source language.（Nida，2004：24）Nida’s dynamic equivalence theory requires that the translation readers’ response to the translation should be consistent with that of the original readers. &lt;br /&gt;
Since dynamic equivalence is controversial in some aspects, Nida replaced dynamic equivalence with more perfect functional equivalence in 1993. There are a number of related principles that govern the degree of adjustment necessary to produce a satisfactory equivalent translation. As functional equivalence translation is defined as the closest and most natural equivalent translation of the source language information, three principles should be followed by translators to achieve functional equivalence. In order to achieve functional equivalence, the translator must make the translation fit(1) the context of the source-language message, (2) the receptor-language reader’s response, (3) the receptor language and culture as a whole. Nida defined the reader’s response as the essence of his functional equivalence theory, that is, from the form and content of information to the reader’s response. It is different from the traditional translation theory, which emphasizes the comparison of verbs between the original text and the target text. Functional equivalence concerns reader’s responses. If the target language reader’s understanding and appreciation of the target language is essentially the same as that of the original language readers, the target language can be regarded as a functional equivalence. In other words, the functional equivalence of Nida emphasizes the reader’s response to the translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Bibliography'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== On Translation of EST into Chinese-- From the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 周园曲 Zhou Yuanqu==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study on Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese Version of ''The Importance of Being Earnest'' from the Perspective of Functional Equivalence 余妮 Yu Ni==&lt;br /&gt;
===Abtract===&lt;br /&gt;
''The Importance of Being Earnest'' is a satirical comedy of manners written by Irish playwright Oscar Wilde in the 19th century. Dialogues in this play are sharp, witty, and full of epigrams, which are not easy to translate. There are many Chinese versions, among which the most popular one is Yu Guangzhong’s version. From the perspective of functional equivalence proposed by Nida, Yu Guangzhong’s translation has its own merits. Guided by the functional equivalence theory, this paper explores the translation strategies of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues in Yu’s version. It helps to create more excellent translation and promote the development of drama translation. &lt;br /&gt;
===Key Words===&lt;br /&gt;
Functional Equivalence; ''The Importance of Being Earnest''; Yu Guangzhong&lt;br /&gt;
===题目 ===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等理论下余光中译《不可儿戏》分析&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest是19世纪爱尔兰剧作家王尔德所写的一部讽刺风俗喜剧。他的作品妙语逼人，警句诸多，想要译得传神并不简单。在众多译本中，余光中的译本《不可儿戏》最受推崇。从奈达提出的功能对等视角分析，余光中的译本确有其出色之处。本文以功能对等理论为指导，探究余光中译本中剧名、人名及人物对话的翻译策略。从而创造出更优秀的翻译作品，推动戏剧翻译事业的发展。&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
功能对等；《不可儿戏》；余光中&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is a comedy of manners written by Oscar Wilde in the 19th century, which is also his most successful comedy. In this play, there are plenty of sharp dialogues, as well as aphorisms. Among its various Chinese versions, Yu Guangzhong’s is the most popular, which not only tells us the fabulous story, but also remains the flavor of the source language when translating.  &lt;br /&gt;
This thesis analyzes Yu Guangzhong’s Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest from the perspective of functional equivalence. We can know more about the language features and translation strategies of Yu Guangzhong’s version. This chapter generally introduces the background and significance of the research, including the layout of the thesis.&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, researchers pay more attention to the study of translation. In order to gain experience from famous translators through their translation, scholars carried out a series of researches towards Chinese versions of this play. Chen Yaoyao (2019) studied Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of dualistic nature of the drama. Shi Qiulei (2011) analyzed Yu Guangzhong’s translation strategies from the perspective of cultural turn. Liang Wei (2009) and Shen Zhengrong (2007) compared two Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Liu Guilan (2015) did the research on the secularization in its Chinese version.&lt;br /&gt;
“The first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest was Tongming Quyi (《同名娶异》) co-translated by Kong Xiangwo and Wang Jing in 1921, which came out by the May 4th Movement and the New Culture Movement in order to promote new literature and the reform of drama in China” (Wu Shanshan, 2012). Although it was the earliest version, it did not gain much attention. In the 1980s, Yu Guangzhong and Qian Zhide translated the play respectively. Yu Guangzhong translated it as “不可儿戏”, while Qian Zhide translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. As far as I am concerned, Yu’s version is more acceptable for readers. It has been put on the stage in Guangzhou and Hong Kong for many times, while Qian’s version is rarely followed.&lt;br /&gt;
American linguist Eugene Nida put forward the theory of “functional equivalence”, that is, the translation and the original context should achieve equivalence in functional aspect, rather than rigid correspondence word by word, which coincides with the principles of Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest. Through the study, we are able to gain suggestions of drama translation and produce excellent works. In this way, readers become more interested in foreign works, which is also beneficial to cultural diffusion.&lt;br /&gt;
The thesis comprises five chapters. The first chapter mainly introduces the research background, significance and layout of the thesis. Chapter Two gives an introduction of functional equivalence, including others’ views on it and its features. The next chapter focuses on Oscar Wilde and The Importance of Being Earnest, as well as its Chinese versions, especially Yu’s version. Chapter Four is the core of the thesis, which appreciates and analyzes Yu’s version from the perspective of functional equivalence. The appreciation focuses on the translation of the drama title, characters’ names and dialogues. In the last chapter, the author draws the conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===An Introduction of Functional equivalence===&lt;br /&gt;
====The Definition of Functional Equivalence====&lt;br /&gt;
In order to set a standard for the conversion between the source language and the target language and reduce the differences, Eugene A. Nida proposed the famous “dynamic equivalence” translation theory, also known as “functional equivalence”, from the perspective of linguistics and according to the nature of translation. In this theory, he pointed out that “translation is to reproduce the information of the source language from semantics to styles in the most appropriate, natural and equivalent language”. Nida’s definition of translation indicates that translation is not only lexical equivalence, but also semantic, stylistic and stylistic equivalence. The equivalence in “dynamic equivalence” includes four aspects: lexical equivalence, syntactic equivalence, textual equivalence, and stylistic equivalence. In these four aspects, Nida believes that “meaning is the most important, followed by form”. Form is likely to hide the cultural meaning of the source language and hinder cultural communication. Therefore, in literary translation, according to Nida’s theory, the translator should take the four aspects of dynamic equivalence as the translation principle and accurately reproduce the cultural connotation of the source language in the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
====Three Steps of Translation====&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, efforts should be made to create target language that not only conforms to the semantic meaning of the original text but also reflects the cultural characteristics of the original text. However, the two languages represent two completely different cultures. Cultures may have similar factors, but they cannot be identical. Therefore, it is impossible to create perfect translation which fully display the cultural connotation of the original text. The translator can only reproduce the source culture to the maximum extent.&lt;br /&gt;
Secondly, if meaning and culture cannot be taken into account at the same time, the translator has to abandon formal equivalence and achieve the purpose of reproducing the meaning and culture of the original text by changing the form of the original text in the translation. For example, the English proverb “white as snow” can be translated into Chinese as “白如雪”. However, there is almost no snow in southern China all year round. In their cultural background knowledge, there is no concept of “雪”. How to understand the connotation of snow? In the translation, translators can eliminate cultural differences by changing the form of vocabulary. Therefore, this proverb can be translated into “white as mushroom” and “white as egret’s hair”. In the English idiom “spring up like mushroom”, the original meaning of “mushroom” is “蘑菇”. However, when translated into Chinese, it means “雨后春笋” rather than “雨后蘑菇”, because in Chinese culture, people are more familiar with the idiom and understand the image of “雨后春笋”.&lt;br /&gt;
Thirdly, if the change of form is still not enough to express the meaning and culture of the original text, the translation technique of “recreate” can be used to solve the cultural differences, so that the source language and the target language can achieve the meaning equivalence. “Recreate” refers to the transformation of the deep structure of the source language into the surface structure of the target language, that is to explain the cultural connotation of the source language articles with the words of the target language. &lt;br /&gt;
===''The Importance of Being Earnest'' and Its Chinese Versions===&lt;br /&gt;
As one of Wilde’s most successful play, The Importance of Being Earnest is the rage in the 19th century. The author will introduce this play first, including its author, background and language features. And then, we will talk about its Chinese versions.&lt;br /&gt;
====An Introduction of Oscar Wilde and His Works====&lt;br /&gt;
Oscar Wilde was born in Dublin, Ireland. As a “born for art” writer, he was known for his plays, poetry, fairy tales and novels. “He was the main force of the aesthetic movement in the 1880s and the pioneer of the decadent movement in the 1990s” (Yang Wenqian, 2014). As a representative of aestheticism, he always deliberately left out the relationship between art and other things. On the surface, Wilde wrote for the pursuit of art, but the essence of his work goes beyond art. He created four comedies in his life: “Lady Windermere’s Fan (1892), A Woman of No Importance (1893), An Ideal Husband (1895) and The Importance of Being Earnest (1895)” (Wu Jie, 2014).  &lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest is Wilde’s masterpiece, written in the Victorian era. “The Importance of Being Earnest is apt to be a stumbling block both to the detractors and admires of Oscar Wilde as a man of letters” (Richard Foster, 1956). Critics have different opinions on his other works, including poems and novels, but almost unanimously regard this play as a perfect one. It made a great sensation when first put on St. James theatre on February 14, 1895. In the play, the dandy Algernon and Jack made up the characters of “Bunbury” and “Ernest” for their own purposes. Through some misunderstandings, the play continued to develop and the truth was revealed. It turned out that Jack was actually Algernon’s brother. The play ended with “I’ve now realized for the first time in my life the vital Importance of Being Earnest”. The play revolves around the dual identities of Algernon and Jack, describing the behavior of high-class figures. Wilde pointed out the characters’ absurd views of marriage and deep-rooted hierarchies and revealed the hypocritical ethical concepts in Victorian era.&lt;br /&gt;
As a writer, Wilde often uses humorous language to express complex thoughts and feelings and explain some meaningful philosophy. The highlights of the play are not the plots but the dialogues. In order to reveal characters’ personalities, he employed a variety of rhetorical devices and aphorisms to produce a humorous effect. Pun is widely used in the play, including the drama title and characters’ names.&lt;br /&gt;
====Chinese Versions of The Importance of Being Earnest====&lt;br /&gt;
This part talks about Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. It includes an overview of its Chinese versions and Yu Guangzhong’s version.&lt;br /&gt;
=====An Overview of Its Chinese Versions =====&lt;br /&gt;
The Importance of Being Earnest was premiered in London on February 14, 1895. In 1921, Kong Xiangwo (孔襄我) and Wang Jing (王靖) cooperated to translate this famous play. It was the first Chinese version of The Importance of Being Earnest, but it did not get much attention of Chinese readers. “After the foundation of People’s Republic of China, the first new translation of Wilde’s play Selected Plays of Oscar Wilde (《王尔德戏剧选》) was translated by Qian Zhide (钱之德) and published by Huangcheng Press in 1983” (Wen Tong, 2010). He translated it as “名叫埃纳斯特的重要性”. Qian Zhide just translated it out of his own interest, treating it as a play without orally practicing the translated lines. Compared with previous versions, his version was more personal, as his own reminder of the original texts. &lt;br /&gt;
In 1986, Yu Guangzhong’s version came out, with the title “不可儿戏”. It was published by China Friendship Press Corporation. It was popular with people and has been put on stage for many times. Another version appeared in the 1980s when Zhang Nanfeng (张南峰) published A Collection of Two British Plays(《英国戏剧二种》), in which Zhang rendered the title of the play as “认真的重要”. Three years later, in Selected Comedies of Oscar Wilde(《王尔德喜剧选》) published by Haixia Literature Press, Zhang changed his title into “认真为上”. From “认真的重要” to “认真为上”, the author thinks that the latter is much more in line with the content.&lt;br /&gt;
Because of political reasons, studies on Wilde stopped for some time. In 2000, in commemoration of Wilde’s contribution in the literary history, China Literature Press printed a complex six-volume Collection of Wilde’s Works (《王尔德全集》). So far, only the versions of Yu Guangzhong, Zhang Nanfeng and Qian Zhide have been advocated by readers.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Yu Guangzhong and His Chinese Version=====&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong was born in Nanjing in 1928. As a writer, Yu Guangzhong is famous for his poetry. “Poetry, prose, translation and critical essay constitute the four dimensions of his writing life” (Li Xin, 2010). He has published 21 poetry collections, 11 prose collections, 5 comment collections and 13 translation collections, Actually, he is also one of the most dedicated translators in the field of translation. “For translators engaged in translation, Yu Guangzhong’s translation thoughts are of great value” (Tong Fangli, 2005). “He thinks that translation is a kind of composition, at least a kind of limited composition” (Wang Chao, 2016). His translation thought derives from his literary creation.&lt;br /&gt;
He thinks translation is closely related to creation, but it is a limited creation and a flexible art. “Yu Guangzhong has translated four comedies in his whole life, which are The Importance of Being Earnest (《不可儿戏》, 1983), Lady Windermere’s Fan (《温夫人的扇子》, 1992), An Ideal Husband (《理想丈夫》, 1995) and A woman of No Importance (《不要紧的女人》, 2008)” (Chen Feifei, 2011). All of these are the works of Wilde.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Guangzhong’s version of The Importance of Being Earnest was early published in 1983. In the postscript, he elaborated his principle of translating. “The dialogue of the novel is for reader to read. If you don’t understand, you can read it again. The dramatic dialogue is for audience to listen to, and if they do not understand, the dialogues passed. There is no second chance. I translated this book not only for Chinese readers, but also for Chinese audiences and actors. Therefore, my translation principle is to make the reader pleased to read, the audience satisfied to watch, and the actor pleasant to perform” (Yu Guangzhong, 2004). With this principle in translator’s mind, this work can be vividly translated.&lt;br /&gt;
This part mainly introduced the Chinese versions of The Importance of Being Earnest. Among all the versions, Yu Guangzhong’s becomes the most popular one for his profound translation skills. Next, we will analyze his translation strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Application of Functional Equivalence to Yu Guangzhong’s Version===&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Applicaton of Translation Theories=&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Study of Application of Interpretive Theory in Interpretation        韩宛真 Han Wanzhen'''==	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
With economic globalization, exchanges between countries have become more and more frequent and areas of cooperation have continued to expand. The increasing demand for interpretation is the quality of interpretation which is particularly important. Interpretive theory plays an important role in translation, especially in interpreting, and it plays an extremely important role in guiding interpreting practice.Through the reading and analysis of some English-Chinese interpreting materials, this report summarizes some translation strategies and techniques frequently used in interpretation work under the guidance of interpretive theory, and combines translation examples to analyze and summarize. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
interpretive theory; interpretation,; translation strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===题目===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论指导下的口译&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
随着经济全球化，各国之间的交往越来越频繁，贸易往来日益频繁，合作领域也不断地拓宽，口译地需求不断增加是口译质量显得尤为重要。释意理论在翻译中，尤其是口译中扮演者重要的作用，对指导口译实践有着极其重要的作用。本报告通过对一些英汉口译翻译材料地阅读和解析，在释意理论地指导之下总结了一些口译工作中经常使用的一些翻译策略和方法技巧，并且结合了翻译实例进行分析和概括。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
释意理论；口译；翻译策略&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, it mainly talks about some information about the interpretive theory and some knowledge about the Interpretation. Both of them are important for the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.1 Introduction of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.General translation theories believe that there are three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and text translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insights in this regard. The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive theory is also called the expressive theory, which was created by the interpretive school. This school explores the principles and teaching of French interpretation and translation of non-literary texts. The main representatives of this school, Danica Seleskovitch and Marianne Lederer, founded this school and made important contributions to the generation and development of interpretive theory. The interpretive school believes that translation is paraphrasing, that is, the translator interprets the source text through language symbols and his own cognitive supplementation during the translation process. This school believes that translators cannot copy the form of the source language to translate the text in the process of translation. What they pursue is not language equivalence but meaning equivalence. The theory of this school is directly derived from the practice of interpretation and has a unique inspiration for the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
General translation theories believe that there have three different levels of translation: vocabulary translation, sentence translation and tect translation. The interpretive school has its own unique insight in this regard.The interpretive school refers to word-by-word translation and sentence-by-sentence translation as language translation (Linguistic Translation, and text-level translation is called text translation or translation. This school believes that successful translation is carried out at the level of the text and interpretives the text. Because the school believes that the sentence is a grammatical unit, and the text is a semantic unit, the interpretive theory studies meaning not grammar, so the school is particularly faithful to the textual interpretive. The equivalence of the original text and the target text is expressed in the overall communicative meaning, at is, the readers of the target text can have the same reaction as the readers of the original text, thus achieving the equivalence considered by the interpretive school.The core of interpretive theory is to distinguish linguistic meaning from non-verbal sense. What the translator wants to convey is not the meaning of linguistic signs, but the non-verbal meaning expressed by the speaker in his speech. In other words, the essence of meaning is the &amp;quot;meaning&amp;quot; conveyed by communicators through language symbols, not the meaning of language symbols themselves. The meaning is mainly composed of two components. The first is the implied meaning (implicite), which means that the speaker actually wants to express the meaning: the second is the explicite, which the speaker actually says content.&lt;br /&gt;
Although translation and interpreting have different forms, they are essentially a communicative act, but in translation, the relationship between the translated material and the real world is not as close as in interpreting (for example, an ancient text, the author’s writing Intent-that is, &amp;quot;implied meaning&amp;quot;may become unknowable due to age). Interpretation is different: it is regarded by the interpretive school as the most ideal communication situation, because when interpreting is used, all the interlocutors are present, they share the same time and space environment, and under normal circumstances, they also have a common communication topic. Based on the above understanding, the purpose of translation should be to convey meaning, that is, communicative meaning; what the translator translates should be the content of the information conveyed by the text, which is speech (that is, the use of language), not the language itself. Interpretation is not based on the memory of the original speaker's language, but based on the translator's grasp of the communicative meaning conveyed by the original speaker and subsequent reorganization of the communicative meaning (that is, the speaker's meaning) in the target language. At this point, we can see that the interpretive theory first separates grammar from semantics and points out that translation is interpretive; then it separates linguistic meaning from non-verbal meaning, and points out that the translator translates meaning. And the meaning is the communicative meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school's theory pays much attention to the study of translation process. In a sense, it can even be considered that the focus of the school's attention is the translation process. The interpretive theory believes that in interpreting, the interpreter actually goes through three stages before turning the speaker's words into words that the audience in another language can understand:&lt;br /&gt;
The first stage is the understanding of meaning, through understanding and analyzing language signs to clarify the linguistic phenomenon and thought content to be expressed, this stage is called interpretation of discourse. The part of discourse elaboration is extremely important, because after the discourse has been uttered by the speaker, its oral expression will immediately disappear, but after this part of discourse is elaborated, it will become the translator’s thought. In his mind, what the speaker has already said returns to the original state, that is, the state of pure thought that has not been expressed in language. This &amp;quot;thought that has not been expressed in words&amp;quot;(Seleskovic, 1979: 113) can be re-expressed at a normal speed through the interpreter’s language, so the discourse elaboration connects the speaker and the translator, just like a bridge for the people.&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage is cognitive supplementation, away from the shell of the source language. At this stage, we need to forget the deconstruction of language signs, and only need to remember the thought content it expresses, that is, the cognitive and emotional meanings produced by language signs. This stage is called &amp;quot;de-verbalization&amp;quot;. Adding the process of breaking away from the language shell between understanding and expression is the result of the study of interpretive language and a contribution to the science.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage is the reformulation stage of the original information content. That is to use another language symbol to create new sentences, and these sentences need to express the full content of the original utterance and easy to understand the two requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
In general, interpretive theory does not regard translation as a one-way decoding process of transforming a source language into a target language. It is a dynamic process of understanding ideas and then re-expressing them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.2 Introduction of Interpretation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretation, also known as interpreting, is a kind of translation activity. As the name implies, it is a way for the translator to convert the input language into the output language in a spoken way. Oral translation is the simultaneous interpretation while the speaker is still speaking, which means the staff will simultaneously translate.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation work is the bridge and link of our country's foreign exchanges and international exchanges. The development of translation business is also an inevitable requirement of our country's foreign reforms. It can improve the quality of translators and strengthen the construction of translators. Translation talents play a very important role in our country's economic development and social progress, especially in attracting foreign advanced technical knowledge and strengthening international exchanges and cooperation. The improvement of the political and professional quality of translators plays a key role in strengthening international cooperation in all aspects of our country's politics, economy, science and technology.&lt;br /&gt;
There are very strict requirements regarding the selection of simultaneous interpreters. During simultaneous interpretation, the interpreter should continuously interpret the content to the audience without disturbing the speaker. Simultaneous interpretation, as a translation method, is characterized by high efficiency. The average translation interval between the original text and the target text is three to four seconds, with a maximum of ten seconds, so the speaker can speak coherently without affecting or interrupting the speech. The reader’s thinking is conducive to the audience’s understanding of the full text of the speech. Simultaneous interpretation is an extremely difficult inter-language conversion activity that is strictly limited by time. It requires the hospital to quickly complete the prediction of the source language in a very short time with the help of the existing subject knowledge while listening to the source language speech. Comprehension, memorization and conversion, and at the same time monitor, organize, modify and express the target language, and speak the target language translation. At international conferences, simultaneous interpreters need to use &amp;quot;lightning thinking&amp;quot; and superb language skills to successfully overcome the interweaving and interference of multiple tasks, which can easily cause energy shortages or difficulty in distributing attention to the brain. According to the regulations of AIIC (International Conference Interpreters Association), simultaneous interpreters only need to translate 80% of the speaker's speech content as a pass rate (90%-100% &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation&amp;quot; is almost impossible). Many people usually speak very fast. When giving speeches, they often only take into account their own speech content, even with accents and even dialects from various places. The simultaneous interpreters have to mobilize all their knowledge reserves and experience to go all out. In addition to solid language skills and mature conference experience, entering the simultaneous interpretation industry also requires a strong desire for knowledge. Due to professional needs, translators often have to deal with knowledge in many fields while doing translation, so some people say &amp;quot;simultaneous interpretation is a half-expert in any field.&amp;quot;. Mastering the knowledge of broadcasting is the prerequisite for good simultaneous interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2. Literary Review'''===&lt;br /&gt;
No matter the interpretive theory and the interpretation,many people around the world have done some researches about them.And these researches about them can do great help for us to do further researches about them.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.1 The Research on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the study of interpretive theory, there have been many scholars both at home and abroad who have conducted special research on it, and they have made important contributions to the continuous development of interpretive theory.&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing I mentioned is the study of interpretation by domestic scholars. In the early days, Chinese scholars began to study interpretive theory. Xu Jun, a well-known translation expert in our country, conducted research on interpretive theory in 1998. He mentioned in his article that he reviewed and studied the &amp;quot;interpretive&amp;quot; theory created by Professor Celeskovich; In 1997, the well-known translation expert Yuan Xiaoyi published an article on the concept of faithfulness called the interpretive theory, in which she discussed a problem of faithfulness that had been debated for thousands of years, and combining interpretive theory to explore this issue. With the development of the times, Chinese scholars’ enthusiasm for the study of interpretive theory has not diminished. For example, some scholars published an interpretive strategy study called Xi Jinping’s opening speech from the perspective of interpretive theory this year. The author here connects the interpretation theory with the times and integrates with practical activities. Based on the oral translation of President Xi Jinping’s speech, and guided by the theory of interpretation, the five translation strategies that translators commonly use literal translation, free translation, information simplification, antagonism and information supplementation are analyzed and summarized. At the same time, some scholars are still interested in the rise and development of interpretive theory and continue to study the development process of interpretive theory. In 2020, Su Yuanyuan introduced the concept of interpretive and the rise and development of interpretive theory in her published articles, and discussed the significance and challenges of interpretive theory for the implementation of curriculum policy in our country. Looking at the articles published by domestic scholars on the research of interpretive theory, most of them are studying the role and embodiment of interpretive theory in practice, especially the application in interpretation practice, which has played an important role in the development of my country's translation industry. &lt;br /&gt;
Regarding foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory, many scholars have also emerged. Moreover, foreign scholars' research on interpretive theory will be earlier than domestic research. For example, in 1953, foreign scholar Surindar Suri explained the role of interpretive theory in the communication process in his published article, and carried out research and analysis based on practical examples. In 1969, Jackendoff Ray S. published an article called An Interpretive Theory of Negation, which explained the shortcomings of the interpretive theory. In 1969, Dougherty Ray C. conducted an investigation and research on the lexical level of interpretive theory, combined with specific text examples for analysis. Recently, many scholars have conducted research and analysis on interpretive theory. For example, in 2020, Harari and Michael investigated the relationship between interpretive theory and our thinking.&lt;br /&gt;
It is precisely because of the investigation and research of these scholars at home and abroad that it provides us with a lot of useful information for understanding and studying interpretive theory. Of course, the interpretive theory itself has also been developed in the process of their research and investigation. The development of theory will of course also promote the development of practice, continue to promote the development of interpretation and translation practice, and make a significant contribution to my country's translation industry.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.2 The Research on Interpretation under the Guide of Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Investigation and research on the application of interpretive theory in practice, the main direction is interpreting. In the aspect of interpretation, interpretive theory has made important contributions to its development. That is to say, the practical significance of interpretive theory is very large, which can guide people's life practice and assist translators in their work. &lt;br /&gt;
With the globalization of the world economy, the exchanges between countries continue to deepen and exchanges become more frequent. Therefore, the industry of translation has become more important, and interpretation plays an important role in the process of communication between countries. Therefore, both domestic and foreign translators have conducted research and investigation on it.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I have made a summary of some research investigations by domestic scholars. The research of Chinese scholars on interpretive theory in accompanying translation mainly combines various interpretation practices to analyze and research. In 2016, Zhang Yu accompanied the Canadian delegation to the practice report and analyzed the interpretive theory in this interpretation practice. Based on the author’s practice of accompanying interpretation and the understanding of interpretation theory, the scholar discussed and analyzed the problems encountered by the interpreter during the task. Through this translation practice, the translator also summed up the guiding role of the interpretive theory that interpretation should pay attention to the transmission of meaning for interpreters. In 2018, Yang Lijun discussed the application of interpretive theory in escort interpreting from the interpretation practice of the 2017 Asia Media Summit. During the summit, the scholar served as a liaison and accompanying interpreter and successfully completed the task of accompanying interpreter. This year is 2020, Liu Guifang takes China's &amp;quot;One Belt One Road&amp;quot; as the background, the rapid development of the world economy, the increasingly close relations between China and Russia, and the increasingly frequent trade exchanges. Therefore, the increasing demand for escort interpreting makes the quality of interpreting particularly important. Scholars served as an escort translator at the 12th &amp;quot;Black Technology&amp;quot; Exhibition in Dalian. Their personal experience in the process of practice, guided by interpretive theory, summarized some translation strategies and methods in interpreting work.&lt;br /&gt;
On the practical research on the theory of interpretation abroad. In 1992, JD Ward and FJ Rink conducted research and investigation on interpretive theory in the formulation of public policy. In 2011, SE Porter and JC Robinson introduced interpretive theory in their monograph. Foreign researchers started their research on interpretive theory earlier, with a wide range of research and in-depth research.&lt;br /&gt;
The research on interpretive theory by domestic and foreign scholars has greatly promoted the development of translation, especially the development of interpretation.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.Translation Strategies based on Interpretive Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Interpretive theory mainly includes three stages in the application process, namely, meaning understanding, cognitive supplementation, and separation from the source language. These three stages are called the triangle model of interpretation by the famous translator Celeskovich. We can understand from the picture below. There are three line segments in the figure. The realization from the top of the triangle to language A means that the translator captures the meaning and digests and understands it. The line segment from the top to language B represents the translator to express it in another language. These two lines reflect the process of translation: one is from linguistic signs to thinking, and the other is linguistic signs from thinking to target language. Then, the dashed line from language A to language B indicates that direct conversion of language symbols from the original language to the target language is impossible, which may violate the meaning of the original language.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on interpretive theory, a variety of translation skills have appeared in translation. Here we mainly discuss some translation skills of interpreting. The concept of interpreting is the object, and various examples are combined for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.1 Free Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that the pursuit of translation is not the equivalence of language forms, but the equivalence of meaning between the original text and the translated text, which enables it to achieve the purpose of communication in this way. Free translation refers to getting rid of the shackles of the source language form in the translation process and reorganizing the structure of the language to achieve the purpose of conveying meaning. Free translation does not mean changing the connotation of the source text, but after understanding the basic meaning of the source text in the translation process, it is expressed in the language used to the target language to make the language clearer and easier to understand. In leaders’ speeches, some culturally loaded words are often involved, such as idioms, colloquialisms, poems, etc., which are difficult for the target language audience to understand. Therefore, in this case, we adopt the translation strategy of free translation.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：明年是中国和东盟建立对话关系30周年，双方友好合作即将步入“而立之年”，双方各自的发展也处于承前启后的关键时期。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: Next year will mark the 30th anniversary of China-ASEAN dialogue relations. Our friendship and cooperation, which is fully established, will move toward greater maturity as we both enter an important period of development.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;而立之年&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means that a person can stand on his own at the age of thirty. The source of this idiom is the Spring and Autumn Period. After Confucius was excluded from the political arena, when talking to his disciples about his own experience, he said that he had been determined since he was 30, and he has not been able to launch a benevolent government until he is almost 70. Here, the translator directly expresses the thirty in the first year, which is beneficial for the listener of the target language to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：论坛是中非共同的宝贵财富，我们要与时俱进，擦亮这块“金子招牌”。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: FOCAC is a valuable asset for China and Africa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;金字招牌&amp;quot; is a Chinese idiom, which means a signboard in which stores used gold foil to show that they had strong funds. And now it is a name or title that can be shown off as a metaphor for being superior. It is also a good analogy of reputation. Here it mainly refers to a precious name, and the translation of asset is very appropriate and easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.2 Addition of Message'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Information supplementation refers to the method of adding words to make the meaning clearer and more in line with the expression habits of the target language listener. Information supplements can be divided into adding words needed for grammatical structure, supplementing and omitted components, and components contained in the original text. Due to the differences in different cultures, some expressions will also be different in different languages, so the translator adopts appropriate supplementary methods to achieve the goal of meaning equivalence.&lt;br /&gt;
 例1：在涉及彼此的核心利益和重大关切问题上相互坚定支持，始终高举多边主义和公平正义的旗帜，提高发展中国家的国际地位和影响力，维护了发展中国家的整体利益。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: We have firmly supported each other on issues concerning core interests and major concerns. We have stood together in upholding the banner of multilateralism, fairness and justice. Together, we have elevated the international standing and influence of developing countries and safeguarded the overall interests of the developing world.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation, we can clearly see the difference in sentence expression between Chinese and English. Chinese pays more attention to the language of meaning, so it will omit some forms of expression; while English emphasizes the form of language expression, so there has relatively more use of function words in English expression. Through the above translation sentences, we will find that we have added some function words to the sentence structure in the English sentence, and also turned out the personal pronouns omitted from the source text. Through this addition, the logical relationship is clearer and the meaning is easier to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2：自今年4月举行东盟与中日韩（10+3）抗击新冠肺炎疫情领导人特别会议以来，各方积极落实会议各项成果，有利促进地区疫情防控和经济复苏，彰显了10+3作为东亚合作主渠道的重要作用。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation; In April, we had a Special ASEAN Plus Three(APT) Summit on COVIS-19. Since then, all parties have been actively implementing its outcome, which has bolstered both our response against the virus and economic recovery in the region. Such progress has highlighted APT’s important role as the main channel of East Asian cooperation.&lt;br /&gt;
From the translation of the above example, we can find that when the source text is translated into the target language, the number of words in the target language is almost half that of the source text. There are a lot of words in the target language that have not appeared in the source text, such as relative pronouns and personal pronouns. But through such additions, the logic of the text is more fluent, and the meaning of the text is clearer.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.3 Positive and Negative Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
As we mentioned before, different countries have different cultural characteristics, and of course there are huge differences in language expression. Here we take the English-Chinese translation as an example to illustrate this translation feature. English and Chinese are both positive and negative. However, because Chinese speakers and English speakers have different ways of thinking and expression habits, the two languages have their own characteristics of expression. In the practice of translation, it involves the conversion of pros and cons, which means that during translation, the sentence that is being said in the original text must be processed into a negative, and vice versa. Therefore, on the basis of understanding the content of the original text and under the guidance of interpretive theory, adopting such a translation strategy can make the semantics clearer to a certain extent, which is more in line with the language expression habits of the target language readers. The following are some typical examples:&lt;br /&gt;
 例1 如果不加强各方的合作来合力战胜疫情，我们就不能够加强公共卫生，不能增强地区对公共卫生突发事件的处理能力。&lt;br /&gt;
 Tranlation: We could enhance public health cooperation and strengthen our region’s preparedness for public emergencies through working together on COVID-19.&lt;br /&gt;
The sentences in the source text are all expressed by the negative &amp;quot;cannot&amp;quot; in Chinese, and after being translated into English, the translator converts the negation into affirmation, which makes multiple repeated negative words in the source text omitted, so it appears clearer and is easy to understand.&lt;br /&gt;
 例2 而不是搞知识封锁，制造甚至扩大科技鸿沟。&lt;br /&gt;
 Translation: The least desirable is for us to stifle the flow of knowledge, or to create or even widen the technology divide among us.&lt;br /&gt;
The source text is a negative sentence containing the negative “cannot&amp;quot; when translated into English. The translator is telling the truth, the translation is &amp;quot;at least&amp;quot;, the form is affirmative, the meaning is negative. This kind of English expression is more authentic, and it also makes the expression diversified, and the English listeners can also be understood.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to systematically summarize the achievements in the field of international interpreting research, and to provide useful references and references for future interpreting research, so I chose interpretive theory as the research topic of this thesis, trying to make an attempt to the core composition of its theoretical system. Part of the paper has been systematically investigated and researched, and the whole article has been modified to analyze the interpretive theory and its practice in interpretation. It not only introduces the meaning of interpretation theory, but also analyzes its application in interpretation practice. Based on the creation and development of interpretive theory by the predecessors, the development of interpretive theory provided good translation strategies for later translation, especially interpretation, and made important contributions to the development of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
The core of interpretive theory emphasizes the separation of the shell of the source language and the communicative function of the language. From this we can see that in the process of interpreting, the translator cannot be attached to the form of the language, but should pay more attention to the language it carries. Only in this way can the translator deliver the information to the listener in the target language as much as possible in the practice of interpretation. Translators should fully understand the meaning of the text in the language and outside the language, quickly get rid of the shackles of language signs, and try to convey the source language accurately and faithfully. In the process of interpreting, especially when the leader speaks, the language of his speech is plain, multi-purpose and interlocked, good at repetition and use of discourse with Chinese characteristics. Translators should use translation strategies flexibly.&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretive school believes that interpreting is a kind of communicative activity whose purpose is to convey meaning, and in order to fully convey the meaning, the translator must analyze, understand and interpret the discourse of the source text during the translation process. In the process of interpretive, the translator needs to supplement the cognition. The supplement of cognition is a process of combining the translator's language knowledge, subject-related knowledge, encyclopedia knowledge and context knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
The third stage of interpretive theory is the hypothesis of &amp;quot;beyond the shell of the source language&amp;quot;. This hypothesis is the core concept of interpretive theory and has a significant impact on the formation and development of interpretive theory. In fact, the interpretive theory was originally proposed based on the assumption that meaning can be separated from the outer shell of language. But in fact, there were certain problems when the theory was put forward by the initiators. The explanation of the relationship between language shell and meaning of this hypothesis was too simple, and in this hypothesis, both meaning and language form were absolutized. Generally speaking, the meaning may not be 100% out of the language shell in the process of interpreting, and the phenomenon of &amp;quot;out of&amp;quot; is unlikely to occur from beginning to end; the natural language may still be a natural language in the process of processing the source language text by the interpreter. One of the carriers of meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
The triangular model of interpretation theory explains the psychological process of interpretation to a certain extent, shows bold and innovative spirit, and lays the foundation for the cognitive psychological transformation of interpretation research, which has contributed to the formation of the international interpretation research pattern and future development It has a huge and far-reaching impact, and it also brings profound enlightenment to human machine translation research. However, the interpretive school has always rejected the linguistic approach of interpretation in its research work, which is the marginalization of the object of interpretation; in addition, it only focuses on successful interpretation practice, and does not make a systematic and serious analysis of the reasons for the failure of interpretation. Weakened the practical value of the theory and affected its further dissemination and development.&lt;br /&gt;
In this era of international interpreting research talents, thehe brilliance of the interpretive theory has become the past. &amp;quot;As the leader of the past, today we don’t have to expect the interpretation theory of the interpretive school to continue its former glory.&amp;quot; But the interpretive theory has not been outdated. Its high attention to meaning is important to today’s interpretation practice Interpretation teaching still has an important guiding role; the psychological process (information processing) model of interpreting it puts forward has been inherited through the efforts of a new generation of scientific research school! It is enriched and developed. With the progress of cognitive science, its &amp;quot;departure from the source language&amp;quot; The connotation of the “language shell” hypothesis may also become more and more clear and clear. The interpretation scope of the interpretation theory of the interpretive school may continue to expand, and the research methods of the interpretive school will continue to build the interpretation theory for a long time in the future. Make your own unique contribution.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*Bevir, Mark, Rod AW Rhodes. (2002). Theory and methods in political science 1[J]. &amp;quot;Interpretive theory.&amp;quot;: 1. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dougherty, Ray C. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of pronominal reference.&amp;quot; Foundations of Language: 488-519.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gong  Longsheng. 龚龙生. (2008). 释意理论对我国口译研究的影响. [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country]. ''宁夏大学学报(人文社会科学版)'' [The Influence of Interpretation Theory on Interpretation Research in my country](04):155-161+166.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jackendoff, Ray S. (1969). &amp;quot;An interpretive theory of negation.&amp;quot; Foundations of language: 218-241.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Kong Shaohui. 孔韶辉. (2009). 综述释意学派翻译理论研究的主要内容. [A summary of the main content of the translation theory research of the paraphrase school]. ''青年文学家'' [Young Literary](02):127.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Lederer  Marianne. 勒代雷. (2001). 释意学派口笔译理论. 刘和平译. [Interpretation Theory of Interpretation and Translation. Translated by Liu Heping]. 北京：中国对外翻译出版公司[Beijing: China International Translation and Publishing Corporation]:45-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Liu Yue, Lan Jie. 刘玥、兰杰. (2020). 释意理论视域下习近平进博会开幕式讲话的口译策略研究. [ Research on Interpretation Strategies of Xi Jinping's Opening Ceremony Speech from the Perspective of Interpretation Theory]. ''海外英语'' [Overseas English](15):179-180+211.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhang Si. 张思. (2019). 释意理论在口译中的应用. [The Application of Interpretation Theory in Interpretation]. ''北方文学'' [Northern Literature](30):275-277.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Theory and Practise'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Development of Translation in Chinese Buddhist Scriptures and Western Biblical Scriptures	陈佳欣	Chen Jiaxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An Analysis of the Books of ''Translation，History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''	成于思	Cheng Yusi Student No. 202020080598 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere’s Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook and Liu Miqing’s A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles are two books about translation principles and translation theories from the perspective of culture. this paper consists of three parts. In part one, after a brief introduction of Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook, the paper is about to give an analysis of the excerpt about John Dryden’s three types of translation and the comparison of “translator and author to slave and master” and illustrate them with several reasons. The second part will give an introduction of A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles and display scholar’s evaluation of the book. In the third part, the author will make a comparison of these two books to deepen reader’s understanding of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
André Lefevere, ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', Liu Miqing, ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔的《翻译，历史和文化论集》和刘宓庆的《中西翻译思想对比研究》均是关于翻译思想和翻译理论研究的作品。两本书均从文化视角对翻译思想进行研究。本文第一部分本文将对《翻译，历史和文化论集》进行简要介绍，并节选其中摘录的英国诗人约翰·德莱登的片段进行重点论述，分析其翻译方法和”作者-译者主仆论”，并进行原因说明，以体现《翻译，历史和文化论集》一书的主旨。第二部分将对《中西翻译思想对比研究》进行简述并收集相关学者对此书的看法和评价。在第三部分中，笔者将对上述两本书进行内容和形式上的对比，帮助读者更好地理解这两本书。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===&lt;br /&gt;
安德烈·勒菲弗尔，《翻译，历史与文化论集》，刘宓庆，《中西翻译思想对比研究》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===I.Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===II.Analysis of ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', edited by American translation theorist and the foremost representative of Translation Studies---André Lefevere in 1992, is a collection of seminal statements of thinking about literary translation in Western Europe, spanning twenty centuries from 106 BC to 1931 AD. “Lefevere’s later work on translation and culture in many ways represents a bridging point to the ‘cultural turn’.”(Munday 2016,199). As such, Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook serves as a good proof of “cultural turn” of translation proposed by Translation Studies. In general editor’s preface of this book, Lefevere and Bassnett displayed their intention to edit this book---to reflect the current development of Translation Studies. They redefined translation as “a rewriting of an original text”. Here, they explained that “rewritings reflect a certain ideology and a poetics and manipulate literature to function in a given society in a given way. Rewriting is manipulation, undertaken in the service of power, and in its positive aspect can help in the evolution of a literature and a society.” (lefevere 2003, xi). With reference to these concepts, Lefevere aimed to declare the central function of translation as a shaping force. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In preface of the book, Lefevere looked back to the tradition of translation in western Europe, and concluded that the previous discussion of translation was exclusive to language, failing to deal with the complexity of the translation. Therefore, he proposed that the study of translation needs deep exploration for cultural studies. Such idea was envisaged at the backdrop of the stagnancy of linguistics in 1970s and the emergence of Translation Studies in 1976, thus promoting the trend of “cultural turn”. “Cultural turn” was officially termed by Mary Snell-Hornby meaning the move from translation as text to translation as culture and politics in her paper collected in the book Translation, history and culture in 1990, whose publication was valued as the declaration of “cultural turn” of translation studies. If the book ''Translation, History and Culture'' is regarded as the anticipation and elaboration of Lefevere and Bassnett’s thoughts of “cultural turn”, ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook'', with abundant case studies, is proved to be a good illustration of their thoughts. The collected excerpts are arranged in eight themes, including The Role of Ideology, The Power of Patronage, Poetics, Universe of Discourse, Translation, the Development of Language and Education, The Technique of Translating, Central Texts and Central Cultures and The Longer Statements which is an extension of the former seven themes. Such an exclusive arrangement is intended to highlight the important thinking on translation, to effectively illustrate the constraints imposed on translation, to discuss the position of culture, the role translation played in education, and to give out technique of translating concerning translation practice, thus dwarfing the traditional chronological arrangement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I enjoy reading this book because it makes those aloof and remarkable scholars closer to us. After reading their original words, they seem to appear in fresh and narrate their feelings of being translators. I read translator’s inferiority in Dryden’s words and admire Cicero’s courage to assert free translation to defend the privilege of translators. He said that “I decided to take speeches written in Greek by great orators and to translate them freely… I could not only make use of the best expressions in common usage with us, but I could also coin new expressions, analogous to those used in Greek”. (Lefevere 2003, 47) Through reading the scholar’s letters or their original statements, we can review their thoughts on the basis of our own understanding, rather than be crammed with so-called essential yet monotonous principles summarized by others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I will make an analysis of John Dryden’s three types of translation and his comparison of “author and translator” to “master slave” through the excerpts collected in ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''. The translator, as the subject in translation, ought to give the fullest play to his subjective initiatives to produce a good translated work. However, translators are limited by the ideology, the trend of translation theory, cultural background and their position in their time. Therefore, the discussion of Dryden’s views on translator can reflect part of the intention of the book ''Translation, History and Culture: A Sourcebook''.&lt;br /&gt;
Lefevere extracted two statements by Dryden and relatively placed them in Chapter Two---The Power of Patronage, and Chapter Eight---Longer Statements. In chapter eight, Lefevere extracted an excerpt from the preface to Dryden’s translation of Ovid’s Epistles published in 1680. In the preface, Dryden proposed three methods of translation. First, metaphrase, or word-by-word translation. Second, paraphrase, or translation with latitude, where the author is kept in view by the translator, so as never to be lost, but his words are not so strictly followed as his sense; and that too is admitted to be amplified, but not altered. Third, imitation, the translator assumes the liberty, not only to vary from the words and sense, but to forsake them both as he sees occasion; and taking only general hints from the original, to run division on the groundwork, as he pleases. (Lefevere 2003, 102). Dryden argues that when it comes to metaphrase, the translator is encumbered with many difficulties. Not only should he consider the thought of his author, his word, and find out counterpart to each in another language, but he could be confined by the rhyme as well. In Dryden’s vivid simile, translating poem in such a way is like to “dancing on ropes with fettered legs”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). The dancer needs to be cautious of falling down, so it is hard to expect gracefulness of motion of him. “and when we have said the best of it, ‘tis but a foolish task; for no sober man would put himself into a danger for the applause of escaping without breaking his neck”. Therefore, if a poem is translated word by word, its sense will be harmed, not to mention its elegance. He defined imitation “to be an endeavor of a later poet to write like one who has written before him, on the same subject; that is, not to translate his words, or to be confined to his sense, but only to set him as a pattern, and to write, as he supposes that author would have done, had he lived in our age, and in our country”.(Lefevere 2003, 103). As such, the translator needn’t to care about the author’s elaborate use of words, or subtle spirit, but to write a poem in the author’s style as if he were alive. The translator can add or diminish as he likes to express his own thoughts, however, Dryden argued that through imitation, the work is no longer to be called the author’s work, but a new produced one, which does express the translator’s talent but spoils the reputation of the dead. Therefore, literal translation and imitation, two extremes, should be avoided. Dryden proposed a mean betwixt them --- to paraphrase, or to translate with latitude. “tis time to look into ourselves, to conform our genius to his, to give his thought either the same turn, if our tongue will bear it, or if not, to vary but the dress, not to alter or destroy the substance”.(Lefevere 2003, 104). It is best to convey the thought of the poet. And the words that the translator adapt need to make confession to the thought if they are unable to bear it, except for the original words that appear literally graceful, which is believed to be kept to maintain the delicacy of the poem. Nevertheless, due to the properties of different languages, Dryden supposed that “he may stretch his chain to such a latitude”.(Lefevere 2003, 105). In conclusion, a translator can be allowed a liberty for the expression, but the sense of an author is to be respected against violation. Dryden’s three types of translation broke the dominance of two types of translation in the tradition of Western translation. Before that, literal translation and free translation were considered to be two methods of translations, thus promoting the history of Western translation. Besides, Dryden pioneered to propose a systematic method of the translation of poetry in the West. Thus, it is widely accepted that his translation principles are enlightening and have exerted influence on translation studies and practice. (Chou Huifang, 2019)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, in chapter Two, in “Dedication” to his translation of the Aeneid, Dryden argued that “We are bound to our author’s sense, though with the latitudes already mentioned”.(Lefevere 2003, 24). He compared a translator to a slave and drudge to express his views on the role of translators. “But slaves we are, and labor in another man’s plantation; we dress the vineyard, but the wine is the owner’s; if the soil be sometimes barren, then we are not thanked, for the proud reader will only say, the poor drudge had done his duty.” (Lefevere 2003, 24). Dryden’s words reflect translator’s inferiority and being belittled at the time of Classicism, which even exerts influence on the later Contemporary Linguistics and Translation Studies. In the history of Western translation theory, many translators and scholars were spontaneously back to regard translators as the slaves and the authors the masters, including Etienne Pasquier, Madame de La Fayette, Sir John Denham, Gaspar de Tende Daniel Huet, Charles Batteux, Mathew Arnold, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, the translators of linguistics and in 20th century and some scholars of Translation Studies.( Niu Yunping, 2014). A scholar concluded that under the influence of classicism the English cultural circle also showed their tribute to the “classical writers” of ancient Greek and Rome, and expressed their priority to reason, rules and balance. They believed that the classics were unsurpassable and the works with the highest form, Therefore, the translators found that the author’s overriding authority was beyond questions.(Niu Yunping, 2014).Susan Basnett explained that both the hardening of nationalistic lines and the growth of pride in a national culture conspired to the situation where the translators no longer saw translation as a prime means of enriching their own culture. The elitist began to devaluate translation and disparaged translators as an instrument. (Basnett, 2004. 72-73).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===III. Analysis of ''A Comparative Study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this part, I attempt to summarize the content and the value of the book ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Principles'', which was published in 2005. The book consists of a FAQ passage substituting the preface and fourteen chapters. It must highlight that Liu Miqing translates “Sixiang” (thought in chinese) into “principle” in this book.  Here follows the titles of each chapters: Chapter One: To Remove the Misunderstandings about Yan Fu’s Principles---A Brief Discussion of Studies of Translation Thoughts; Chapter two: On the Tradition of Chinese Translation; Chapter Three: The Issue of Characteristics of Chinese Translation Theory; Chapter Four: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Translatology and Mohist; Chapter Five: Translatology Calling for New Views on Tradition: Reflection, Transcendence and Reconstruction; Chapter Six: Translatology Calling for New Views on Translation: &amp;quot; To Enliven Form”; Chapter Seven: Three Origins of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories; Chapter Eight: A Brief Summary of the Contemporary Western Translation Principles and Schools; Chapter Night: On the Limitations of the Contemporary Western Translation Theories. Chapter Ten: Wittgenstein’s View on Meaning and Translation Studies; Chapter Eleven: Translation, A Kind of “Language Game”; Chapter Twelve, An analysis of Benjamin's View on Translation; Chapter Thirteen: On the Originality of Translation. Chapter Fourteen, Translation is the Transcendence of the Original Text. The fourteen chapters can be divided into three parts: to appeal for reconstruction of the tradition of Chinese translation studies; to alert to the blind worship to Western translation studies; to deepen the translation view of functionalist under Wittgenstein's philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
The first part(chapter one to chapter six) discusses the tradition of Chinese translation studies. Liu Miqing illustrates the development of Chinese translation studies. with reference to Liu, Chinese translation has gone through three leaps. The first stage was to leap from religious translation to scientific translation. The second stage was marked by the translation activities and theories of Yan Fu and Ma Jianzhong( Liu Miqing 2005. 30). The third stage is from 1970s to now, which means the breakthrough has yet to succeed. Then, Liu proposes that Chinese translation theory develops with culture as the principle strategy. (Liu Miqing 2005. 33). He later concludes that there are four features of the tradition of Chinese translation：The cultural strategy; regulation to perfection, translation to perfection; focus on the meaning as well as the aesthetics; increase translators’ awareness of subjectivity and stress their insight. It is owing to the integration of the above features that the Chinese translation principles are formed. The gist of Chinese contemporary translation principles is concluded into four points: to inspire the traditional fighting spirit of Chinese translation, and take rejuvenation of Chinese nation and multicultural development as the cultural strategy of the translation in new era; to emphasize the meaning determination of discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication; to emphasize the optimization of TL representation of the discourses(or texts) in interlingual communication until it reaches the regulation perfection. Next, Liu makes a division and a comparison of the phases of the development of Chinese and Western translation, and pointed out the characteristics of the development of Chinese translation and the reasons that Chinese translation theory has its own characteristics and system. Based on Guoxue or Chinese classics, the Mohism, Liu emphasizes that it is necessary to explore and reassess Chinese national culture. Finally, the author summarizes a theoretical framework of meaning of Chinese translation studies, and suggests that we need to improve the old concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on meaning&amp;quot; and establish a new concept of &amp;quot;emphasis on the meaning in communication&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing 2005.179).The second part is comprised of chapter seven, eight and nine, which respectively illustrates the three origins of contemporary Western translation theories, Western contemporary translation principles and schools, and the limitations of contemporary Western translation theories. Liu argues that the contemporary Western principles are based on utilitarianism, notably the British and American culture.(liu Miqing 2005. 288). However, he also recognized that the 1960s to 1970s witnessed great progress in Western translation theory. Liu divides western contemporary translation theory into several schools: Linguistic School, Functional School, Paraphrase School, Cultural Translation School, Postmodernism and Translation Theory, Psycho-cognitive Psychology School, New Literal Translation Theory. Liu points out that the Western translation focuses on the ends, the form and the effect of communication, the function of the translator, and emphasizes the translated text and the suppression of the alien culture reflected in the original work (Liu Miqing 2005. 288). Finally, Liu points out that western translation theory is “technology-oriented&amp;quot; and he gives his reasons: first, the lack of compass of theories that can guide and support the development of the discipline; second, the ignoring of overall studies; third, the marginal position of meaning; fourth, the current views and remarks on theory are superficial, assertive and rational; fifth, the lack of clarity and depth of the discourse of theory; sixth, the lack of academical criticism and self-criticism. The third part of this book expounds the significance of Wittgenstein's philosophy to translation studies. Based on Wittgenstein's view of “translation and language game”,Liu puts forward that &amp;quot;translation as an interlingual language game&amp;quot; is the basic idea of translation functionalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===IV.Comparison between the books of ''Translation History and Culture: A Sourcebook'' and ''A Comparative study of Chinese and Western Translation Thoughts''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Implications of Luther's Translation Principles amid Renaissance for Modern Literature Translation	方洁玲	Fang Jieling==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The development and future trend of translation Theory	张慧	Zhang Hui==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
This article briefly analyzes Chinese and Western translation theories, expounds the Chinese and Western translation theories in different periods and their historical origins, representatives and translation thoughts, and reveals their development characteristics and trends. Through the many phenomena presented by Chinese and Western translation theories, combined with the current specific economic and social situation and people’s needs, the translation theory is placed in a specific cultural context, looking forward to the development direction of contemporary Chinese and Western translation theories, and making reasonable prospects for it.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key Words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and Western, translation theory, development, trend&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
本文对中西方翻译理论进行了简要的分析，阐述了不同时期的中西方翻译理论及其历史渊源，代表人物和译学思想，揭示了其发展特点和走向。通过中西方翻译理论呈现的诸多现象，结合当前具体经济社会形势和人们的需求，把翻译理论放到具体的文化语境中，展望当代中西方译论发展方向，对其做出合理的展望。&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
中西方，翻译理论，发展，趋势&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Introuction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translation theory occupies an important position in translation research, and the development of translation theory in China roughly corresponds to the history of translation. The history of translation is mainly divided into the following periods: the first is the ancient period from the translation of Buddhist scriptures to the translation of technology and religion in the Ming and Qing dynasties. The second is the translation theory in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republican period. The third is the Republican period. Fourth is the period after the founding of the People’s Republic of China. Western translation theory has always been the focus of many scholars’ research, and the achievements and contributions made by China’s translation industry in recent decades in researching translation theory cannot be separated from the study and reference of Western translation theory. In this paper, we will introduce in detail the specific development and schools of Chinese and Western translation theories, and make a reasonable outlook on the development trend of translation theories, aiming to understand the history and look forward to the future.&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Four Periods of Development of Chinese Translation Theory'''===&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Ancient Translation Period'''===&lt;br /&gt;
The translation of Buddhist scriptures, which lasted for thousands of years, left valuable theories for ancient translations. The Preface to the Dharma Sutra, written by Zhiqian during the Three Kingdoms period, pointed out that: &amp;quot;It is not advisable to pass on the different names and objects; nowadays it is easy to know, so do not lose the ease. He first mentioned that translation was not easy, which also reflected the views of the early qualitative school of translation. During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Taoan put forward the idea of “five losses of originality and three difficulties,” pointing out that there were five situations in which translating Buddhist scriptures would lose its original features, and three situations determined the difficulty of translation. Kumarajiva, a monk from the Later Qin Dynasty, was the first to raise the question of how to express the style and interest of the original text. By the Tang Dynasty, the translation of Buddhist scriptures reached its peak. A large number of famous translators, represented by Xuanzhuang, emerged. He insisted on the principles of &amp;quot;seeking the truth&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;using the vulgar&amp;quot; in the translation process. He also established the principle of &amp;quot;five not to turn,&amp;quot; which means: the secret reason, the reason containing many meanings, the reason without this reason, the reason to follow the ancient reason and the reason for the birth of good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Cultural Critique of Foreignization and Domestication	吴子佳	Wu Zijia==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization ，as two important translation methods, play an important role in many areas, the language is the carrier of culture, the differences between different cultures is the important obstacle of cross-cultural communication.And each of the two translation strategies has its own advantages and disadvantages. During translation, an interpreter is required not only to have good command of translation, but also need to grasp a foreign cultural psychological and ideological values, cultural knowledge reserve purpose countries and consider the national psychological acceptance, while standing in the source language, on the basis of national culture, realize the cultural exchanges between the two countries. This paper intends to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of domestication and foreignization in the translation of different cultures (such as tourism culture, food culture, literary works, etc.), and to select the essence and discard the dross in order to find better translation methods and achieve better cultural promotion and cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication foreignization cultural-overloaded words cross-cultural communication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''摘要'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化和异化作为两个重要的翻译方法，在许多方面发挥着重要作用，语言是文化的载体，不同文化之间的差异是跨文化交流的重要阻碍，归化异化各有优势，又各有缺点，在翻译时,要求译员不仅要有良好的翻译功底,更需要把握外国文化心理和思想价值观，储备目的国家的文化知识并考虑民族心理接受程度,同时站在保留源语国家文化特色的基础上,实现两国文化的交流。本论文拟讨论归化和异化在不同文化（如旅游文化，美食文化，外交文化、文学作品等）中的应用，在应用中探究分析文化差异，取其精华，去其糟粕，找到更好的翻译方法，实现更好的文化传播与跨文化交流。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''关键词'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
归化，异化，文化负载词，跨文化交流&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Introduction of Domestication and Foreignization '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization are two terms coined by Lawrence Venuti based on his investigation of western translation history and theories.They are strategies in translation, regarding the degree to which translators make a text conform to the target culture. Domestication is the strategy of making text closely conform to the culture of the language being translated to, which may involve the loss of information from the source text. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foreignization is the strategy of retaining information from the source text, and involves deliberately breaking the conventions of the target language to preserve its meaning. These strategies have been debated for hundreds of years, but the first person to formulate them in their modern sense was Lawrence Venuti, who introduced them to the field of translation studies in 1995 with his book The Translator's Invisibility: A History of Translation. Venuti's innovation to the field was his view that the dichotomy between domestication and foreignization was an ideological one; he views foreignization as the ethical choice for translators to make. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the basis of Venuti's theory:A term used by Venuti(1995)to describe the translation strategy in which a transparent,fluent style is adopted in order to minimize the strangeness of the foreign text for TLreaders...it is identified with a policy common in dominant cultures which are aggressively monolingual,unreceptive to the foreign,and which he describes as being accustomed to fluent translations that invisibly inscribe foreign text with[target language] values and provide readers with narcissistic experience of recognizing their own culture in a cultural other. Foreignizing translation in which a TT is produced which deliberately breaks target conventions by retaining something of the foreignness of the original.&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication takes the local culture as the starting point, takes the information receiver as the core, and emphasizes the authenticity and vividness of the translated text. Therefore, the foreign cultural color and language style characteristics in the original text are often modified to confine them within the framework of the local culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example:Lead a dog’s life ( 过着牛马一样的生活);Cry up wine and sell vinegar(挂羊头，卖狗肉);Put back the clock (开倒车)Talk house (吹牛Kill the goose that lays the golden eggs(杀鸡取卵); High buildings and large mansions are springing up like mushrooms in Beijing.(在北京，高楼大厦犹如雨后春笋般地涌现。)&lt;br /&gt;
Venuti(1995: 20) considers the foreignizing method to be ‘an ethnodeviant pressure on target language cultural values to register the linguistic and cultural difference of the foreign text, sending the reader abroad’. It is ‘highly desirable’, he says, in an effort ‘to restrain the ethnocentric violence of translation’. In other words, the foreignizing method can restrain the ‘violently’ domesticating cultural values of the English-language world.Examples of foreignization:A.used at the phonetic level:ballet—芭蕾舞”                         cigar—雪茄,laser—镭射,jacket—夹克.B. being used at the word level: crocodile tears-鳄鱼的眼泪，an olive branch—橄榄枝，sour grapes—酸葡萄，the cold war—冷战.C.being used at sentence level: Hamlet《哈姆雷特》“You speak like a green girl．Unsifted in such perilous circumstance．（你讲的话完全像是一个不曾经历过这种危险的不懂事的女孩子。）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Analysis on Culture Differences in Translation'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before we talk about the cultural critique of foreignization and domestication,we should find out the reason why we need the two methods to help with our translation,so the differences between different countries should be mentioned. I think the most difficult part in translation is to give a correct explantion of the sourse culture to the target one in a way that your target reader can accept.But as we all know,sometimes there is not an excat equivalence in sense of both the languages,and I must mention cultural-loaded words when it comes to cultural differences,as words are the most direct form to show a culture,and whether your translation make sense or not depends on how you deal with the cultural-loaded words. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Take Chinese and English for example,the word “落汤鸡”can not be translated as “soup chicken”,in literal,as Chinese people live on farming ,”落汤鸡”describes a kind of awkward position of chicken being drenched in the rain,but in England ,a country with developed industry,people no longer raise animals ,so it may be hard for them to understand as they have not seen it before,instead ,the familiar thing they can image is the drowned mouse,as the country has lots of drainers ,which provides perfect conditions for mouse to live ,but those drains can easily get blocked when it rains heavily,after the rain,many drowned mice can be found on the street .Is it the same akward as the”落汤鸡” ？So differen society can give birth to different cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s more ,the geographic situation can also reflect the cultural differences.For example,England is located in a island,and is sourrded by lots of water,so the words “sea”,”fish”are always used in English idioms,such as“all at sea”,“miss the boat”,“take the helm”,“between the devil and sea”(Zhang le) ,while China boasts many mountains and land ,so the Chinese people may wonder why the English people describe the idiom” 挥土如金”as” spend money like water”if they do not learn about the cultural differences before.In addition ,the use of metaphor can also reflect cultural differences,and metaphor is frequently used in for example,in Chinese culture the image of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; is mostly unpleasant, so the metaphor of &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; has a negative meaning, such as”狗胆包天、狼心狗肺、狐朋狗友、狗仗人势、狗急跳墙、狗头军师、狗血喷头、狗改不了吃屎、狗嘴里吐不出象牙、走狗、哈巴狗等“，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the contrary, the British and American peoples regard dogs as loyal companions and even as family members. Therefore, the English word &amp;quot;dog&amp;quot; as a metaphor has a positive meaning, such as top dog (胜利者) 、lucky dog (幸运儿) 、gay dog (快乐的人) 、old dog (老手) 、Every dog has his day. (凡人皆有得意日),(Qin Zhen)and due to regional, climatic, religious and other factors, different work and life styles have gradually formed in different living groups, which also leads to different social customs and living habits. And different living habits can therefore lead to different metaphor,for example, In China, rice is the main source of nutrition supply, and there are about 68 characters with &amp;quot;rice&amp;quot; as the side of the character. However, in English words, the expression of rice is not so precise and varied. In English, by contrast, people live on bread and potatoes. There are many expressions related to bread and potatoes in English, such as &amp;quot;bread and butter,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;big potato&amp;quot;,”hot potato” and &amp;quot;couch potato.&amp;quot; so while doing our translation,we should learn about the cultural difference under the surface of metaphors and taboos of different nations ,otherwise people may feel that they are offended. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Practice of Foreignization and Domestication from Different Perspectives of Culture '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Practice of foreignization and domestication in tourism culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference of cultural background is an important factor for tourism , and experiencing foreign culture is the focus of foreign tourists. Therefore, in the process of translation, the cultural information of the original text should be retained to the greatest extent within the range of readers' acceptance. Much of China's tourism brochures depict imagery, stimulates the imagination of visitors, and fill them with longing, so the words are abstract. Therefore, it is important that the translation of tourism materials should take Chinese culture as the orientation, with an emphasis on translation, we should use the method of combination of domestication and foreignization, and usually we will redesign appropriate increase or decrease in cultural points to make the readers to understand the content, choosing to delete, or increase the explanatory translation, or rewrite, highlight the guiding and practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
路左有一巨石, 石上原有苏东坡手书“云外流春”四个大字&lt;br /&gt;
To its left is another rock formerly engraved with four big Chinese characters Yun Wai Liu Chun (Beyond clouds and flows spring) written by Su Dongpo (1037—1101) , the most versatile poet of the Northern Song Dynasty (960—1127) . (Xiao Luan,Feng Xuehua2011(02))&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some introduction of Su Dongpo and explanation of the Chinese words”云外流春”（Yun Wai Liu Chun）to help foreigner better understand the cultural value of the artwork of the poet. Proper addition of background knowledge is necessary for understanding the content of the original text, such as: the time of historical events, the age of celebrities' birth and death, their identities and contributions , the specific location of scenic spots and so on, all of which will help foreign tourists better understand the profound connotation of Chinese traditional culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
云冈石窟——位于大同西北武周山 (又名云冈) 。创建于公元453 年 (北魏文成帝兴安二年) 。以后献文、孝文诸帝都在这里续建, 历百余年而成。这里有大小洞窟五十多个, 各窟佛像共约五万一千余尊。大者高十七米, 小者短到数寸。雕饰奇伟, 冠于一世。在中国历史、宗教上, 以及东方艺术上, 都具有巨大价值。&lt;br /&gt;
Located in Datong , Shanxi Province , the Yungang Grottos are a complex of over 50 Buddhist grottos enshrining over 51 , 000 Buddhist statues as large as 17 meters tall or as short as a few inches. Built for over a hundred years, they are of great historic and artistic value.&lt;br /&gt;
Here we delete some details about the architecter and the exact location of the grotto,as they are not the main idea that we want to introduce,instead,we leave the data that can show the artistic value of the grotto,in doing so ,we can make our readers more comfortable to real our materials and make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
花港观鱼:Hua Gang Guan Yu (Viewing Fish at Flower Harbor)&lt;br /&gt;
孤山: Gushan (Solitary Hill) &lt;br /&gt;
湖南省(位于长江中下游南部, 东经108度至114度, 北纬24至30度。因地处洞庭湖之南, 所以叫做湖南)。&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Province lies just south of the middle reaches of the Changjiang (Yangtze) River between108’ and 114’ E longitude and 24’ and 30’ N latitude. As it is also situated south of Lake Dongting, the Province has the name Huan, which means “south of the lake”&lt;br /&gt;
Here we add some explanation to the name of the scenic spots on our literal translation,as sometimes let the reader know why the the spot is called in this way can help them better know about our culture,and in the end enhance mutural understanding of each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 4 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogy is a method used in tourism translation ,when we are making an analogy,we are actually making a combination of foreignization and domestication,for we are just finding something equivalent in another culture,for example:Suzhou(a beautiful city in Zhejiang province ,China),when it comes to how to describe how beautiful it is,we usually make an analogy to Venice，Italy,then the reader may soon understand; Yinchuan(a city in the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region)can be compared by Mekka,and I think it is a kind of exoticism.By using an expression that the target readers are familiar with,we can become more close so that we can promote mutual understanding of both sides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
她 (黄河) 奔腾不息, 勇往直前, 忽而惊涛裂岸, 势不可挡, 使群山动容;忽而安如处子, 风平浪静, 波光潋滟, 气象万千。&lt;br /&gt;
It tears and boils along turbulently through the mountains and at some places, flows on quietly with a sedate appearance and glistening ripples.&lt;br /&gt;
The use of antithesis rhetoric and the arrangement of four-character word groups in Chinese shows the magnificent momentum of the Yellow River. The English translation has rewritten the original text, removing those words with subjective emotions, so that it can be intuitive and concise, vivid, and has the same effect as the original text .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四合院——中国传统的院落式住宅之一种。其布局特点是围绕院子, 四边布置堂屋、住房和厨房等。以北京四合院为典型, 通常分前内两院, 两段之间设“垂花门”。&lt;br /&gt;
Quadrangle, one type of Chinese traditional residential housing, has been common: mostly in northernChina. A typical quadrangle features a divided com-pound with square yards surrounded by halls. &lt;br /&gt;
By summarizing, deleting and adding, the translator introduces the siheyuan, a building with the characteristics of northern folk dwellings, which not only achieves the purpose of advertising, but also conforms to the language characteristics of the readers. It should be said that the cultural information of the original text has been appropriately adjusted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Food Culture&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of globalization,Chinese food is gaining huge popularity among foreign people,in order to better promote Chinese food ,we have to make good expression to the origin and the connotation of the food ,so ,both foreignization and domestication are needed.We have to mention food culture if we want to introduce those food with Chinese characteristics.According to the characteristics of the dishes, Chinese cuisine is divided into eight major cuisines, and they are: Cantonese cuisine, Hunan cuisine, Shandong cuisine, Fujian cuisine, Zhejiang cuisine, Sichuan cuisine, Anhui cuisine and Jiangsu cuisine. Each cuisine has its own unique flavor .Since China covers a wide range of land,different regions have different eating habbits and cooking methods according to the diversity of geographic locations. There are 36 kinds of cooking methods include frying, frying, cooking, frying, braising and so on. For example,people living in Sichuan province like to eat spicy food and to add some condiment such as pepper,gordic because they live in a basin and in doing so ,they can clear damp and stay dry.People live in Guangzhou,however,prefer seafood and they usually cook their meals by stewing ,which can retain the nutrition of food as much as possible. Suzhou cuisine is fresh, strong but not greasy; Zhejiang cuisine is delicious, tender and smooth, crisp , soft and refreshing.&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the food culture above,special methods of naming have formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
番茄牛腩(tomato and beef brisket)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of main ingredient and ingredient.&lt;br /&gt;
砂锅面(casserole noodles)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of utensils and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
淮南牛肉汤, 东坡肉(Huainan beef soup, Dongpo pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the name of people and place as well as the main ingredient,and sometimes we need to give a more detailed introduction of the people or place to make our translation more readable.&lt;br /&gt;
炒酸菜, 手抓饼(sauerkraut, shredded cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation consists of the cooking method or eating method and ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
Above are basic translations as they do not involve much culture ,so we always use literal translation with some explanations .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 8&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
蚂蚁上树 (肉末粉条): Ants on a tree (minced pork)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation shows the characteristics of the food as minced pork just the ant on the tree,and it gives a vivid introduction of Chinese food and can leave a deep impression to foreigner.&lt;br /&gt;
霸王别姬 (甲鱼炖鸡) :Farewell my Concubine (turtle stewed chicken)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after historical allusions.&lt;br /&gt;
驴打滚 (打糕) :Donkey roll (beating cake)&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named according to the production process metaphor. &lt;br /&gt;
佛跳墙 (福寿全) : Buddha jumps over the wall (Fu, Shou, Quan(get both luck and longevity)).&lt;br /&gt;
This translation is named after the meaning of good.if we do not give a explanation to the name ,people may wonder what dose the Buddha mean here and if that really means a man jump over the wall,so in order not cause the misunderstanding ,we need to make right expression of the name of the dish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Above are some translations that contain many cultural elements,and when doing the translation ,we should use a combination of foreignization and domestication,that requires us know what is the food really made of,and the meaning of the food behind the name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“叫花鸡jiaohuaji” or“jiaohua chicken”is a famous dish in Jiangsu province of China. If translated as' chicken cooked by a beggar ', westerners must not understand its meaning. That's why the naturalized translation of jiaohua Chicken is called &amp;quot;Baked Chicken&amp;quot;, which makes it plain. The following ways of translating The names of Chinese dishes make good use of the naturalized translation method. The dishes that begin with the raw materials used in cooking are divided into one category. In English translation, prepositions or conjunctions should be added between the dishes. For example,蛋黄凉瓜 is translated as &amp;quot;Bitter Melon with Egg yolk”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we translate the dish “红烧狮子头”译为“Fried Lion’s Head” (炸狮子的头) , the foreigners may feel scared when they see the menu!so here we use foreignization to translate it as “Braise Pork Ball in Brown Sauce”.&lt;br /&gt;
Translation of the Chinese dish name into English adjectives indicating the taste and flavor of the food, such as crispy, tender, spiced, food that begins with an adjective indicating the shape or state of the food is divided into one category. The most prominent feature of these dishes is often the taste or the shape of the food, for example,“珊瑚笋尖”is translated as“Sweet and Sour Bamboo Shoots”;“爽口西芹”is translated as “Crispy Celery” at the same time “土豆泥”is translated as “Mashed Potato”. These are some examples of domestication.(Liu Xiaocen)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 10&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some foods are usually translated in the form of &amp;quot;Hanyu Pinyin + English notes&amp;quot; in order to retain certain characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
For example:“油条”in this way can be translated into “Youtiao, Deep-Fried Dough Sticks”;“豆汁儿”can be translated as“Douzhir, Fermented Bean Drink”. 饺子:Dumpling、汤圆:Dumpling in Soup、烧卖:Steamed Dumpling with the Though Gathered at the Top;小圆面包:Bun、馒头:Steamed Bun、包子:Steamed Stuffed Bun&lt;br /&gt;
There are also some food translations with pure Chinese characteristics that have been collected in major foreign English dictionaries.Most of these dishes are transliterated into English based on cantonese pronunciation, with strong regional characteristics. For example, &amp;quot;豆腐&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Toufu&amp;quot;; &amp;quot;馄饨&amp;quot; translates as &amp;quot;Wonton&amp;quot;. The translation of四一丸子:&amp;quot;Four Happy Meatballs&amp;quot; aims to make foreign friends feel the happy and festive atmosphere expressed in the dish name，so we can take the method of  literal translation with explanation and the result will be like “Four—Joy Meat Balls, Meat balls braised with brown sauce”,which is more accecptable for the foreigner.These are some examples of foreignization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Practice of Foreignization and Domestication in Diplomacy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 18th national people’s congress,the global situation has changed a lot ,in order to improve the influence and right of speak,the diplomatic skills and contains should change accordingly,the new philosophy and ideas put up by our secretary-general Xi provide strong support for our diplomatic speaking,which shows the attitude of Chinese characteristic(Fan Wuqiu2020),and when the spokesmen are talking about some issues about China and other countries,they usually use some Chinese classics which can not only show our complaint politely but also promote the Chinese culture.So we should pay more attention to the translation of these words,especially in diplomacy,as the spokesman represents the whole country,any mistake may raise as a direct cause of diplomatic accident,and foreignization and domestication are quite important in this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 11&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
我们反对的是个别国家政客出于国内政治原因对中国进行有罪推定式的“调查”，反对利用疫情搞政治操弄。&lt;br /&gt;
What we oppose is the so-called investigation chanted by politicians in a few countries out of domestic political calculations based on the presumption of guilt.What we oppse if political maneuvers of the pandemic,which run counter the original mission of scientific research and disrupt international response.&lt;br /&gt;
In this translation ,we use two sentences with same form to show our standpoint,and the word “so-called”,”enchanted”are like a kind of foreignization,which illustrate what we want to say precisely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 12&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“投我以木桃，报之以琼瑶”，这是中华民族传统美德。（2020-2-21&amp;amp;3-18）&lt;br /&gt;
To quote a line from the Book of Songs,”You throw a peach to me,and I give you a white jade for friendship.It is china’traditional virtue to repay goodwill with greater kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a line from the Chinese classic the Book of Songs,and it is used by our spokesman to show our gratitude for countries that help us to fight against covid-19,as “琼瑶qiongyao”is a word with Chinese characteristic, and it means white jade,so when we are translating,instead of “qiongyao”we should explain its real material,otherwise people may misunderstand it as the famous novelist in china who has the same name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 13&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
耿爽表示：“当前中加关系遭遇了严重困难，责任完全在加方。加方很清楚当前中加关系的症结。有理不在声高，公道自在人心。&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lately China-Canada relations have encountered serious difficulties. The responsibility lies completely with the Canadian side. Canada knows the root cause clearly. Loudness is not necessarily persuasive and people can tell right from wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
This is a kind of free translation,and if we just translate it word for word,it won’t make sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 14&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“滴水之恩当以涌泉相报”是中华民族的优良传统。我们将铭记这份友情和帮助，继续落实好共建“一带一路”和中非合作论坛北京峰会成果，向那些卫生系统较弱国家提供力所能及的支持，帮助他们增强疫情防控能力，维护地区和全球的公共卫生安全。 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Receiving drips of water when in need, and I shall return the kindness with a spring.&amp;quot; Reciprocating an act of kindness is our nation's fine tradition. We will remember the friendship and assistance we received, continue to implement the FOCAC Beijing Summit outcomes and act on the vision of building a community with a shared future, support those countries with weaker health systems as much we can to help them defeat the virus, and safeguard regional and global public health security.&lt;br /&gt;
This translation we find the exact equivalence of both Chinese and English,so people in both side can understand each other so that we can have a better communication and forge a closer friendship. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example 15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我也希望包括BBC在内的媒体，以后说到人权问题时，不应只把摄像头对准中国“鸡蛋里挑骨头”，而应该把视野放宽一点，对在一些西方国家发生的侵犯人权行为也加大报道力度，而不是熟视无睹、视而不见、保持沉默或有选择性地失声。&lt;br /&gt;
If the BBC is not biased, it should also condemn the brutal crimes committed by some Australian soldiers in Afghanistan. This is what a truly just, objective, conscientious and socially responsible media outlet should do. I also hope that the media, including BBC, should not only zoom in their lenses on human rights issues in China to find quarrel in a straw, but also broaden their horizons to human rights violations committed in some western countries, instead of turning a blind eye to them or keeping silent on some of the violations, if not all of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this speaking,“鸡蛋里挑骨头”was translated as“find quarrel in a straw”.straw,in Chinese,refers to稻草、吸管，and something worthless.”Find quarrel in a straw”means bothering to find something in something worthless.which is equivalent with the Chinese meaning of “鸡蛋里挑骨头”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' Conclusion '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Domestication and foreignization have their own advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, in translation practice, we should combine the advantages of the two strategies and avoid the disadvantages, so that there is room for the common development of the two strategies. Mastering the culture of two sides may be the precondition of right use of domestication and foreignization, which leads to better cross-cultural communication.Therefore, in the actual translation process, domestication and foreignization should complement each other and have complementary ,dialectical unity and relationship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===''' reference '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zhang Le. 张乐.(2017). 浅谈文化负载词的隐喻意义.[On the Metaphorical Meaning of Culture-loaded Words].” 科教导刊(中旬刊)” [Journal of Science and Education Guide (Mid-ten-day issue)] (06):37-38.&lt;br /&gt;
* Qin Zhen. 秦蓁.(2001). 浅谈汉英语义的文化差异.[On the Cultural Differences between Chinese and English Semantics].” 唐山师范学院学报” [Journal of Tangshan Normal University] (06):19-21.&lt;br /&gt;
* Xiao Luan, Feng Xuehua. 肖鸾,冯学华.(2011). 浅析归化和异化及其在旅游资料翻译中的实践.[ A Brief Analysis of Domestication and foreignization and their practice in the translation of tourism Materials ]” 郧阳师范高等专科学校学报”[Journal of Yunyang Normal College] (02):65-68.&lt;br /&gt;
* Liu Xiaocen. 刘晓岑.(2018). 归化和异化在中国菜名英译中的应用分析.[Application Analysis of Domestication and Foreignization in English Translation of Chinese Cuisine Names]” 海外英语” [Overseas English] (04):99-100+105.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fan Wuqiu. 范武邱.(2020) .十八大”以来我国外交部发言人话语新风格及翻译策略探析. [An Analysis on the New Style and Translation Strategies of Chinese Foreign Ministry Spokesmen's Discourse since the 18th National Congress of the CPC]. “翻译协会年会报告”Annual Report of the Translation Society.&lt;br /&gt;
* 外交部新闻发言稿（2020）Foreign Ministry Press Statement (2020)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
='''Contemporary Translation Studies'''=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A Study On the Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology	孔祥慧	Kong Xianghui==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Abstract'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is an interdisciplinary study of translation. And as one of the disciplines most closely related to translation studies, linguistics is the main discipline that exerts a profound influence the construction of translatology.This paper mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies from three aspects, including the contributions of early linguists to translation, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies after the independence of translatology, and the referential value of the construction experience of linguistics to translation studies. It is found that linguistics has made a great contribution to the construction and theoretical development of translatology, but translation researchers should take a critical view of linguistics and correctly use linguistic theories instead of copying them completely .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Key words'''===：translatology;linguistic;discipline construction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 翻译学是一门研究翻译的科学，有着明显跨学科研究的特点。语言学作为与翻译学联系最为紧密的学科之一，是翻译理论发展历程中所依赖和借鉴的主要学科。本文主要从三个方面研究语言学对于翻译学构建的影响，包括早期语言学家对于翻译问题的贡献，翻译学独立之后语言学理论对于翻译研究的影响，以及语言学学科构建经验对于翻译学的借鉴意义。研究发现，语言学为翻译学构建和理论发展作出了巨大的贡献，但是翻译学研究者要带着批判性眼光看待语言学，进行翻译研究时要正确借鉴语言学理论而不是全盘照搬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键词===：翻译学；语言学；学科构建&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''1.Introduction'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistic is a study of language, while translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text. Therefore, there are numerous links between linguistics and translation, and the development of linguistic theory will inevitably affect the development of translation. Translatology is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization. As an interdiscipline, translatology borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation including comparative literature, computer science, history, linguistics, philology, philosophy, semiotics, and terminology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, translatology was a branch of linguistics before it became an independent discipline, because translation is a linguistic phenomenon. But later, with the development of the theory, it began to emerge on the academic stage as an independent subject, and more and more scholars began to devote themselves to the construction of translation theory. In the course of the construction of translation studies, many linguists and linguistic theories have made indelible contributions to the development of translatology. Although translation studies cannot be replaced by general linguistic studies, there is a close relationship between them. Language science can promote the development of translation science. This paper will analyze the influence of linguistics on the construction of translatology from multiple perspectives and explore the significance of linguistic research on the construction of translatology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This thesis will be carried out in five parts. The first chapter is the introduction to the background, significance, and the outline of the thesis. The second chapter presents a brief literature review of the studies on the construction of translatology in abroad and China. The third chapter elaborates the differences between translation and translatology, and demonstrates three development stages of translation studies in general. The fourth chapter is the main focus in which the author analyzes the influences of linguistic on translatology in three aspects . In chapter five, the author will make a conclusion on the research and propose some suggestions of this study.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''2.Literature review '''===&lt;br /&gt;
This chapter will briefly review the research of the construction of Translatology home and abroad. According to the development history, the author will briefly introduce the main theories and representative figures of Translatology. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.1Studies on the construction of translatology aboard'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the book On Linguistic Aspects of Translation published in 1959, Norman Jacobson, from the perspective of semiotics, interpreted translation as a process of recoding two equivalent information in two different linguistic symbols and divided translation into three types: Intralingual Translation, Interlingual Translation and Intersemiotic Translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Eugene Nida（1947）advocated studying translation from the perspective of linguistics, which received positive responses from a large number of scholars. In his book Toward the Science of Translating, which was published in 1964, Nida summarized the history of Western translation and proposed the principle of translation equivalence. He supported the application of modern linguistic methods to the scientific analysis of translation and proposed that translation was a science.&lt;br /&gt;
J.C. Catford in his book A Linguistic Theory of Translation (1965), defined translation as the process of replacing textual material in another language with textual material of one equivalent language, and took seeking equivalent elements in the language as the central issue of translation. He also discussed the translation principles based on the differences between the source language and the target language in terms of language structure.&lt;br /&gt;
Holmes published The Name and Nature of Translation Studies at The Third  International Conference on Applied Linguistics in 1972, which was &amp;quot;widely regarded as the founding declaration of the discipline of translation studies&amp;quot;. He proposed the name of the discipline of translation, set the research scope of translation studies, and described the structure of the discipline. Holmes advocated that translation should be divided into three branches: descriptive translation , theoretical translation and applied translation. The proposal of this framework directly promoted the construction of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1982, Wolfram Wilss published the Science of Translation: Problems and Methods, clearly stating that translation is a science. Wilss studied translation from many aspects, focusing on the process of translation, and discussed the relationship between translation and linguistics. Wilss used the theory and method of modern linguistics to establish a relatively systematic translation system by summarizing and concluding the translation practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Newmark is also a representative figure in the field of translation. In his book Exploration of Translation (1981), he proposed the concepts of communicative translation and semantic translation. He believed that text should be classified according to different contents and styles, and different translation methods should be adopted according to the functions of different text types.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim &amp;amp; Mason, whose representative work is Discourse and the Translator (1990) that is the first to study translation with pragmatics abroad. The main idea is that translation is a dynamic communication process, with translators standing in the center of the process, acting as mediators between authors and readers.&lt;br /&gt;
Christiane Nord, a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation, applied the theory of functional linguistics to translation studies (1997). Nord emphasized the need for interdisciplinary studies between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology, and computing. She believes that the interdisciplinary study of translation is the inevitable trend of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Mona Baker used sociolinguistic theories to study translation in her research. She believed that many social problems are caused by language, so it is necessary to use modern linguistic theories to construct an analytical model for translation studies. In 2006, she published Translation and Conflict: A Narrative Account, which focused on translation and conflict, and used narrative theory to translate and Interpret. She also emphasized the importance of corpus-based translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.2 Studies on the construction of translatology at home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the middle of the 20th century, the voice of constructing translation studies began to appear in China. In the following decades, the construction of translatology  in China made great progress.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1951, Dong Qius, a famous Chinese translator, published his article On the Construction of Translation Theory. He put forward three suggestions on the construction of translation theory that were correct scientific method, extensive investigation and in-depth study when conducting translation study. Dong also proposed the two major books will be written in later decades in China: The History of Chinese Translation and The Study of Chinese Translation. The publication of this article initiated the construction of translation studies in China and inspired a large number of later scholars. At the same time, his theoretical framework for the subject of translation is not later than that of Europe.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1987, Tan Zaixi clearly put forward the view that &amp;quot;translation studies are an independent subject&amp;quot; and stressed that we must establish translation studies and correctly understand the relationship between translation studies and other subjects, especially linguistics. In the same year, Tan Zaixi and Eugene A.Nida, a famous foreign translation theorist, jointly published on Approaches to Translation Studies. In this paper, Tan mainly distinguished two concepts of &amp;quot;translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot;. At the same time, five basic approaches to translation studies were proposed. With the help of different research approaches, the main goal of translation studies was to establish a theoretical model with wide application scope and high efficiency. Tan's series of papers published in the 1980s had a great impact on the discipline construction of Chinese translation studies. They arouse translators' awareness of the subject of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
In the thesis An Overview of Western Translation Theory (1989), Liu Miqing briefly described his theoretical system of translation studies on the basis of his comments on Western translation theories. Liu believed that western translation studies could be divided into four periods. At the same time, he proposed that the framework of translation studies, as an open and comprehensive discipline, could be divided into two structural systems: internal system and external system. In another article, Liu put forward the basic model of Chinese translation theory (1989). Chinese translation theory must emphasize description, meaning and function. To establish a semantic-functional model of description, his idea was inspired by linguistics. His most significant contribution to the discipline of translation studies was his book Modern Translation Theories（1990）, which brought the study of translation studies in China to a peak.&lt;br /&gt;
In 1995, Liu Zhongde published Views on the Establishment of Translation Studies, in which he put forward a concrete idea based on the existing translation studies. The idea is that China should publish a series of translation studies with Chinese characteristics before the year 2000. The central book is Chinese Translation Studies, including &amp;quot;The History of Translation in China&amp;quot;. This set of translation studies could guide the compilation of college translation textbooks and the study of translation theories and skills.&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning of the 21st century, more and more Chinese scholars began to study the construction of translation studies from the perspective of linguistic theory. Zhang Meifang and Huang Guowen are the leading figures in this field. Zhang Meifang conducted translation studies from the perspective of language function in 2005, while Huang Guowen explored the English translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics in 2006. They affirmed the significance of discourse linguistics for translation studies and explored the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Lv Jun first discussed the philosophical basis of translation studies from three aspects in his article. Starting from the philosophical basis of critical philology, structuralist linguistic translation and deconstruction translation, he pointed out that translation studies should be based on general pragmatics (2002). Subsequently, Lu published Constructing The Linguistic Basis of Translation Studies (2004), in which he pointed out that neither structuralist linguistics nor meta-linguistics were suitable for the linguistic basis of translation studies, and only taking speech act theory as the linguistic basis could reflect the essence of translation and show the characteristics of translation activities. This series of studies by Lv Jun have provided a new way of thinking for the study of the construction of translation studies and emphasized the transformation from structuralist linguistics to pragmatics. Li Zhenguo (2017) made a comparison between traditional linguistic methods and discourse linguistic methods, and drew similarities and differences between them, as well as their impact on translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Yi Jing published his doctoral thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies In 2009, which systematically and objectively sorted out the construction of translation studies. Kong Xiangli's thesis On The Construction of Translation Studies in China in 2009 gave a comprehensive overview of the construction of translation studies in China. These doctoral thesis are of great reference value for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. In A Study on Linguistic Translation (2008), Zhang Boran affirmed the contribution of modern linguistics to the development of theoretical research on translation. Yi Jing (2012) also believed that the study of translation theories can be systematized, scientific and objectified, largely due to the development of linguistics. Zhao Wenting summarized the theoretical research on translation of Western linguistic schools in 2016. Zhang concluded that linguistic research on translation has gone through three main stages, all of which have made outstanding contributions to the development of translation studies. Zou Bing and Mu Lei (2020) focused on the relationship between linguistics and translation studies, analyzing the contributions of early and contemporary linguistic approaches to translation studies. And they also emphasized on the multiple paths of contemporary linguistic approaches. They believed that translators should pay close attention to the new development of linguistic research methods and try to apply them to the study of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
In recent years, translation studies have developed rapidly. With the rise of cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics, the research of translatology also has appeared the trend of multimodal development. Wang Yin in Translation View in Cognitive Linguistics proposed that reality precedes cognition and cognition precedes language. Language is the product of reality and cognition, so is translation. Experience and cognition precede translation, and translation is also the result of experience and cognition. Later, many scholars have studied the relationship between cognitive linguistics and translation. Wen Jing (2012) proposed the theory of cognitive linguistics to provide a new perspective for translation studies. Fan Xiangtao and Lu Bixiao (2019) have combed through Chinese and Western studies and found that western cognitive translation studies have been constantly innovating in terms of concepts and methods. In contrast, domestic research on cognitive translation is relatively backward and still in the evaluation stage, and there is still a great space for future research on cognitive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
Liao Qiyi proposed in Corpus and Translation Studies (2000) that the development of corpus linguistics has exerted great influence on language studies and translation studies closely related to language studies. He discussed the positive significance of the corpus related to translation teaching and translation theory. Li Yan (2020) reviewed the corpus-based translation studies in China from 1999 to 2018 and summarized the development characteristics and deficiencies. She proposed that we should not only learn from the research results of foreign corpus, but also develop corpus translation research with Chinese characteristics.&lt;br /&gt;
From the above literature review, it can be seen that since the last century, from the emergence of the consciousness of translation studies construction to the realization of the independence of translation studies, translation studies have developed rapidly under the joint efforts of numerous linguists and translators. In recent years, translation studies have shown a trend of interdisciplinary and diversified development, and the construction of translation studies has become a focus of current research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''3.The Construction of Translatology '''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, the author firstly makes a distinction between translation and translation studies, then introduces the research objects, main contents and characteristics of translation studies, and finally summarizes the three development stages of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.1Translation and Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; are two distinct but often seriously confused concepts. The most familiar concept is translation, but there is no exact definition of translation.“Translation is the communication of the meaning of a source-language text by means of an equivalent target-language text.”（Wikipedia）And Eugene A. Nida defined that “Translating consists in reproducing in the receptor language, the closest nature equivalent of the source language message, first in terms of meaning, and secondly in terms of style.” As can be seen from the definition of translation, translation is a cross-cultural activity involving the conversion of two languages.&lt;br /&gt;
In a different aspect,“Translation studies is an academic interdiscipline dealing with the systematic study of the theory, description and application of translation, interpreting, and localization.” In English, &amp;quot;translatology&amp;quot; is used to refer to translation studies.&amp;quot; Liu Chongde also set the definition that translatology is a comprehensive and systematic study of the law of bilingual transformation in translation, and a basic science of the law and method of translation thinking&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology is a human science that studies translation. The study of translation has its own unique object of study -- bilingual transformation. Around this center, translation studies also carry out researches on translation history, translation theory, translation criticism, translation teaching and so on.Translation Studies borrows much from the various fields of study that support translation，such as linguistic，literature，philosophy etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2 Three Stages of Translatology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Throughout the development history of translation in China and the West, the development of translation studies has gone through three similar processes, from early translation practice to the awakening of the need to establish an independent discipline to the rapid development of translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.1 Early translation practice'''&lt;br /&gt;
Translation practice has a long history in both China and the West. Because of the needs of daily communication and cultural exchange, translation has become an important part of social life. China has a long history of translation, which can be traced back to the Han and Tang Dynasties. In the late Ming and early Qing dynasties, translation flourished for the second time. Then a large number of translation practitioners appeared in the late Qing Dynasty and early Republic of China. They translated a large number of texts for the purpose of saving the country, such as Yan Fu and Lin Shu. There were more translation practices in modern China, such as Lu Xun, Lin Xianyi, Fu Lei and so on.The early Western translation went through the Latin translation stage and the Bible translation period. By the Renaissance, there were a large number of translators and translated works. From the 17th century to the 19th century, the western translation of classical works reached a climax, during which A·F·Tytler and Schleiermacher explored the early translation theory. It can be said that translation theory originates from translation practice, which has laid a good foundation for theoretical exploration for centuries. Theory and practice are combined to promote each other.&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
3.2.2 The awareness of an academic discipline'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since translation is an activity involving language, linguistics is a science specialized in the study of language. For a long time, translatology has been included in the field of linguistic study. But in the early 20th century, with the emergence of a group of highly competent and independent-minded translation theorists, they called for &amp;quot;translation must become an independent discipline&amp;quot;. People gradually realized that translation practice without the guidance of scientific theories is blind, and it is necessary to establish a discipline specializing in translation activities. James S. Holmes asked for the consolidation of a separate discipline and proposed a classification of the field. Nida and Willss also argued that translation is a science, not a mere technical activity.&lt;br /&gt;
Such a group of people also appeared in modern China. Lin Yutang used the word &amp;quot;translation studies&amp;quot; many times in the 1930s. Dong Qiusi put forward in 1951 the idea of building a scientific and systematic translation theory system. After Dong, a group of famous translators such as Tan Zaixi and Liu Miqing also indicated that translation studies must be established.&lt;br /&gt;
With so much effort devoted to translation theorists, the study of translation developed into an independent discipline in the 1980s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.2.3 The rapid development stage of translation studies'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation studies, as a young discipline, has developed rapidly since it established its independent status, just as linguistics did at the beginning. Translation studies show a trend of multiple approaches, and there are many schools of translation, such as the school of language and the school of literature and art. Many scholars specialized in translation studies and have published a series of articles and works trying to build a comprehensive and systematic discipline. Up to now, translatology has become an important humanities subject in language studies.&lt;br /&gt;
Translatology has developed alongside the growth in translation schools and courses at university level. In 1995, a study of 60 countries revealed there were 250 bodies at university level offering courses in translation or interpreting. In 2013, the same database listed 501 translator-training institutions. Accordingly, there has been a growth in conferences on translation, translation journals and translation-related publications. The visibility acquired by translation has also led to the development of national and international associations of translation studies. It has shown a tendency to broaden its fields of inquiry, and this trend may be expected to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''4.The Influence of Linguistics on the Construction of Translatology'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the formation of translatology, one of the most conspicuous factors is the application of cross-disciplinary research, which not only expands the search field of translation studies, but also promotes people to study translation from different perspectives to explore its essence. From the discussion of translatology in the previous chapter, it can be seen that among the many related disciplines, linguistics is the most closely related discipline. This chapter mainly discusses the influence of linguistics on translation studies from three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists, second, the influence of linguistic theories on translation studies, and finally, the reference significance of the construction experience of linguistics for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.1 Contributions of early linguists to translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the important ways of constructing translation studies, linguistics has made an important contribution to the development of translation studies. With the development of modern linguistics, many linguists begin to explore translation from the perspective of linguistics. So many people who have made great contributions to translatology are linguists or those who have received systematic education in linguistics. Even early academic conferences on translation were included in the category of linguistic conferences.&lt;br /&gt;
Humboldt was a German linguist and politician. He had a deep understanding of many languages and was the first to demonstrate the translatability and untranslatability. Jacobson, one of the representatives of the Prague school, first borrowed concepts of &amp;quot;signifier&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;signified&amp;quot; that proposed by Saussure to study the differences between the linguistic form and content of translated texts. He divided translation into three types: intralingual translation, interlingual translation and intersemiotic translation. He defined the research object of translation and studied translation theories from the perspective of linguistics. Catford is a representative of the London School of Linguistics. He adopts Halliday 's theory of systemic-functional grammar to study the nature, category, equivalence, transformation and limitation of translation. Georges Mounin, a French linguist, used the theory of structuralist linguistics to analyze the linguistic barriers in translation, expounded the relationship between translation and philology, context and syntax, and systematically studies the problem of translatability.&lt;br /&gt;
These early linguists' contributions to translation are reflected in two aspects. On the one hand, they studied translation from the perspective of language and further revealed the essence of translation, which made translation get rid of the early empiricism and mysticism and directly promoted the development of translation theory. On the other hand, their research inspired later scholars to continue to explore the value of translation. However, these linguists' contributions to translation still have some limitations, because they only take translation as a part of linguistics to study, so the scope and depth of their research are not enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2 Translation studies based on linguistic theory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1950s and 1960s, a relatively systematic theory of linguistic translation was formed in the West. Later, some translation scholars began to use the structural theory, transformational generation grammar theory, functional theory, and discourse analysis theory of modern linguistics to study translation. With the development of linguistics, many new achievements of linguistics have been applied to translation studies, such as sociolinguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. The development of contemporary linguistics provides a new perspective for the construction of translation studies and gives new vitality to traditional translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.1 The influence of Structuralist linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Structuralist linguistics began with Saussure 's masterpiece A Course in General Linguistics, which is regarded as the beginning of modern linguistics. Many linguists take Saussure's theory as the theoretical foundation and regard linguistic units as the research object to analyze &amp;quot;pure linguistic forms&amp;quot;. After the emergence of structuralist linguistics, it developed rapidly. By the early 1930s, it occupied the dominant position in Europe and The United States and formed various schools of universities. With the promotion of structural linguistics, translators begin to conduct translation studies with the help of structural linguistics.&lt;br /&gt;
Nida put forward the translation theory under the influence of Bloomfield and Chomsky. He referred to Chomsky 's theory of transformational generative grammar, summarized a set of rules for systematic language translation and proposed the core concepts of &amp;quot;the science of translation&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;dynamic equivalence/Functional equivalence&amp;quot;. Nida 's translation theory has had a great influence in the West and China. Wilss, a German translation theorist, further elaborated Nida 's theory and insisted that translation is a science. Using the theory of general linguistics, Russian translation theorist Barkhudalov divided the language hierarchical system into six levels: phoneme, morpheme, word, phrase, sentence and discourse. According to the language level of the translation unit, six corresponding translation equivalents can be divided accordingly, which is also known as the &amp;quot;six-level equivalence theory&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
Structural linguistics advocates to focus on analyzing the linguistic form, syntactic structure and linguistic unit of the source language, and adopts syntactic component analysis. But this way of analysis overemphasizes the formal structure of language and neglects the social and cultural environment of language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.2 The influence of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a long time, the theory of structural linguistics has been the focus of translation studies, but with the deepening of translation studies, the shortcomings of structural linguistics have gradually appeared. Some scholars try to get rid out of the pure language research and study translation in a broader scope. Many translators apply discourse linguistics to the study of translation, because discourse linguistics is not confined to the study of language itself, but expands its vision to the context and communicative functions of language.&lt;br /&gt;
Hatim and Mason are the earliest foreign scholars who study translation by using pragmatics. They studied speech act from the perspective of pragmatic translation of context. Christiane Nord is a leading figure in the German school of Functional Translation. She used the theory of functional linguistics for research and analysis, emphasizing the need for interdisciplinary research between translation and linguistics, philosophy, sociology and computer science. In China, Zhang Meifang studied translation from the perspective of language function, while Huang Guowen explored the translation of ancient poems from the perspective of systemic-functional linguistics. They affirm the significance of discourse linguistics in the study of translation and actively explore the translation analysis methods of discourse linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
The focus of discourse linguistics is on the whole text, meaning is reflected through linguistic structure, and translation equivalence is established at the level of text and communication. Its object of study is not only the language system, but also the interlingual factors. Discourse linguistics also studies how to achieve equivalence on the communicative level of discourse by analyzing the characteristics, genre and situational context of discourse, which has many implications for the theory and practice of translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.2.3 The influence of contemporary linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a school of contemporary linguistics, cognitive linguistics was formed from the late 1980s to the 1990s, which takes experiential philosophy as its background, anti-transformational generative grammar as its theoretical basis and is related to various disciplines such as artificial intelligence and psychology. Translation is also a psychological activity. The process of translation is a cognitive system, which includes language cognition, context cognition, discourse cognition, subject cognition of translation and sociocultural cognition. Therefore, cognitive linguistics can be used to analyze translation so as to better understand the author's intention and the unique mode of expression. Therefore, cognitive linguistics not only provides a new perspective for translation studies, but also guides the development of translation theory and practice.&lt;br /&gt;
Corpus linguistics is a branch of linguistics that studies language on the basis of corpus. Since the 1990s, corpus linguistics has provided a large number of analytical methods and corpus for translation studies. At present, parallel corpus, multilingual corpus and comparable corpus are widely used. The parallel corpus collects original texts in one language and their corresponding translations into another. Multilingual corpus is a complex corpus composed of two or more monolingual corpus texts of different languages. The comparable corpus collects original texts in a language, such as English, as well as texts translated from other languages. The translation corpus provides a new tool for translation studies and provides great convenience and new research ideas for translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.3 The experience of the construction of linguistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 19th century, linguistics began to acquire discipline autonomy. The birth of Saussure 's Course In General Linguistics in 1916 became the beginning of modern linguistics, and the independent discipline of linguistics has been firmly established. At present, a relatively mature linguistic system has been formed. For translation studies, a young discipline, the development course, structure and trend of linguistics are of great inspiration and reference value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.1 Discipline development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics achieved independence earlier than translatology, but the development course of linguistics and translatology is similar. From the perspective of the development of linguistics, linguistics was first attached to other disciplines. After the efforts of many linguists, it has become a truly independent discipline. Second, there were branches of grammar before there was the core branch of general linguistics. Finally, many schools and different theories have emerged with the development of linguistics, and many new theories have been proposed based on the deficiencies of the original theories.&lt;br /&gt;
The course of the development of linguistics can enlighten translation studies. First, in the process of its development, translation studies must insist on the independent status of the subject and grasp the autonomy of the subject. Second, translation studies need to develop their own core branches, to publish cross-generational works; Finally, the diversification of disciplines should be encouraged and different ideas and theories should be allowed to emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.2 Subject structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because linguistics has been independent for a longer time, its disciplinary structure is more systematic and mature than that of translation studies. At present, many scholars are trying to build a disciplinary framework of translatology, and the disciplinary structure of linguistics is a good reference example.&lt;br /&gt;
From the perspective of disciplinary structure, linguistics has many branches and a huge system, which can be divided into two categories: general linguistics and applied linguistics. The former includes phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics and pragmatics. The latter includes sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, discourse analysis, computational linguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Each branch has its own field of study, and there are smaller branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Referring to the disciplinary structure of linguistics, translation studies can also try to build a similar framework according to their own disciplinary characteristics, such as general translation studies and applied translation studies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.4.3 Development Trend of discipline&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both linguistics and translatology are interdisciplinary subjects that can be referenced and assimilated from other related disciplines. Translation studies and linguistics can also learn from each other and develop together.&lt;br /&gt;
In the process of development, linguistics penetrates many other disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, logic, information theory, neurophysiology, computer science, etc., forming many marginal disciplines or cross disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, neurolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, etc. Translatology, as a new discipline, must not be confined to the study of translated texts, but should view the development of other disciplines from an open perspective, and learn and summarize experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''5.Conclusion'''===&lt;br /&gt;
Linguistics has gone through many stages of development, and each stage has formed different schools of theory and research methods, which have also brought important theoretical and methodological enlightenment to translation studies. The influence of linguistics on the construction of translation studies is mainly reflected in three aspects: first, the exploration of translation problems by early linguists led translation studies to the approach of scientific research; Secondly, modern linguistic theories provide new perspectives for translation studies, such as structural linguistics, discourse linguistics, cognitive linguistics and corpus linguistics. Thirdly, the development of linguistics can provide experience for the construction of translation studies. Linguistics and translatology are the most closely related disciplines, and the relationship between them has always been the focus of discussion. Now, it has basically reached a consensus that linguistics is closely related to translation studies, and linguistics can provide a scientific theoretical basis for translation studies and translation activities. However, as Liu Miqing said, &amp;quot;Translators' attitude towards all other disciplines should only be used for reference, not grafting.&amp;quot; (Liu Miqing, 1989) Based on the development of translatology, translation studies should reasonably use the research results of linguistics for reference, instead of copying them completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''References'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Expectations on the Role of Interpreters in Intercultural Interpretation and Coping Strategies for Cultural Differences	李璐伊	Li Luyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reflection on the Learning of Translation Studies in China	许晶	Xu Jing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The influence of translator's cultural identity on translation	周玉娟	Zhou Yujuan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descriptive translation studies	曹润鑫	Cao Runxin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Abstract===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation has greatly enriched the concept of translation, broadened the horizon of translation research, raised the status of translation research, and promoted the discipline of translation research, and as an important supplement to theoretical translation, descriptive translation has received more and more attention. In this paper, I will take Tuli's ''Descriptive Translation'' and Hermanns's ''Translation in Systems'' as two examples to briefly introduce the descriptive translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Key words===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies; Translation studies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===摘要===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译研究将翻译置于译入语社会文化背景下进行考察, 极大地丰富了翻译的概念, 开阔了翻译研究的视野, 提高了翻译研究的地位, 促进了翻译研究的学科化, 作为理论翻译学的重要补充, 描述翻译学受到了越来越多的重视。本文将以以图里的《描述翻译学》和赫曼斯的《系统中的翻译》两本著作为例, 对描述翻译学进行简单的介绍&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===关键字===&lt;br /&gt;
描述翻译学；翻译研究&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional translation theory research focuses on the original work and the translator. The translator adopts the standards of &amp;quot;faithfulness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;equivalence&amp;quot; as the criteria for translation, adopts the appropriate translation method, and finds the equivalence of the original language in the target language through linguistic analysis and comparison. This theory of translation is only confined to the micro-linguistic level, with the ultimate goal of faithfully conveying the meaning of the original work and without the constraints of macro-factors such as politics, history and culture outside the language. Guided by this theory, translation critics often take the faithfulness of the translation to the original text as the only criterion for evaluating the quality of the translation based on their own knowledge and experience, which is subjective and biased, and not conducive to the healthy development of translation criticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the 1960s, there has been a surge of cultural studies, and translation studies have also drawn nourishment from cultural studies and applied it to translation, injecting new vitality into translation studies. In particular, the &amp;quot;cultural shift&amp;quot; since the 1970s has a more trans-generational significance. Free from the constraints of the traditional &amp;quot;faithful&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;reciprocal&amp;quot; translation concepts, cultural translation research adopts a descriptive approach to analyze the history and cultural background of translations and their cultural influence on the translator's language objectively from the macro cultural context, This reveals the distortion, deformation and fusion of different cultures in the process of communication and collision. &amp;quot;Translation researchers no longer dwell on prescriptive instructions, but focus their research on a descriptive method. Translation is no longer regarded as a transformation between texts, but a unique political, cultural and literary behavior in the target language society. Describing the translation research method broadens the horizon of translation research, facilitates the objective and clear understanding of translation phenomenon, and has a great role in promoting the construction of the translation discipline as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1970s, the introduction of the system concept accelerated the revolution of translation research. As a kind of descriptive translation studies, it broke away from the discussion of &amp;quot;how translation should be&amp;quot; that governed translation studies, and encouraged researchers to explore the role of translation in specific cultural contexts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tuli and ''Descriptive translation''===&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of &amp;quot;descriptive translation&amp;quot; was originally proposed by the Dutch scholar James Holmes, who published the paper &amp;quot;The Name and Reality of Translation Studies&amp;quot; in the Third International Symposium on Applied Linguistics held in Copenhagen in 1972. In the paper, he made a scientific division of translation studies, &amp;quot;He advocated that translation studies should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation', and 'pure translation' and 'applied translation' should be divided into two branches, 'pure translation' and 'applied translation'. It can be divided into 'descriptive translation study' and 'theoretical translation study'&amp;quot;. [1] Descriptive translation research also includes: first, product-oriented research; second, process-oriented research; and third, function-oriented research. [2] These three studies are interdependent and inseparable. The expected position or function of the translator in the receiving culture should be regarded as the deciding factor governing the translation, while the standard translation mode in the target system dictates the translation strategy adopted by the translator to maintain the relationship between the source text and the translated text and achieve a balance between them. In addition, Tuli also suggests that theoretical translation and descriptive translation are also interdependent and mutually transformed. Theoretical translation can guide the research of descriptive translation, and the research results of descriptive translation include a series of coherent laws that can clarify their interconnections, which can be summarized and distilled into a theory guiding translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on Evan Zohar's multisystem theory and guided by the translations, Tuli proposes a translation study that constructs a framework adapted to the linguistic system of translation, and places translation within the social and literary system of the culture in which it is translated. Descriptive translation studies shifts the focus of translation research from translations to the translators' translation process, focusing on the reasons for the translators' choices in a specific historical and cultural context, which can avoid the one-sided and unreasonable evaluation of the translated text by traditional translation studies and explain the translation phenomenon more reasonably.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Descriptive Translation and Beyond, Tuli describes the method of conducting research on descriptive translation, arguing that the initial stage of research is the stage of comparison. He says, &amp;quot;Since many parallel translations have been produced in different historical periods, comparisons between them have become more common, and comparisons between them are of course possible, but it is a much more complicated task than one might have imagined&amp;quot;. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the act of translation is an activity governed by norms, which refer to sociocultural constraints on translation behavior. At one end of the spectrum in terms of binding, sociocultural constraints are what might be called universally binding, more absolute rules, and at the other end are purely idiosyncratic preferences. Norms are distributed in a gradient between rules and idiosyncrasies, with binding force in between. From the normative point of view, rules and idiosyncrasies are &amp;quot;(more) objective&amp;quot; norms, while the latter are &amp;quot;(more) subjective&amp;quot; i.e. &amp;quot;less objective&amp;quot;. The concept of the This concept is very important in its theoretical system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He also identifies three types of translation norms embodied in the process: initial norms, preliminary norms, and optional norms. Initial norms refer to the basic choice a translator must first make between the norms of the source language text and the cultural norms of the translated language. The preparatory norms, which come into play before the translation process even begins, involve two aspects: translation policy, which takes into account the choice of the work to be translated, and translation immediacy, which refers to the tolerance for translation from the source language into other languages. Operational norms govern the decisions made in the translation process and can be divided into structural norms and linguistic norms. Among the three norms, the initial norm has an overarching role over the other two norms; the operational norm has a metaphysical character, which is the clarification of the initial norm in the translation process. [3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, &amp;quot;a translation is any passage of text which, in a system of purposes, is represented as a translation or is considered as a translation, regardless of the grounds on which it is based&amp;quot;. [4] Tuli's definition of translation broadens the scope of translation research, and many adaptations, retranslations, rewritings, imitations, translations, pseudo-translations, etc., which are excluded from traditional translation, are included in the scope of describing translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, pseudo-translations are marginalized objects in translation studies, because the so-called &amp;quot;translations&amp;quot; may not have corresponding source texts, but are only a means for some writers to make their works more prominent.  &amp;quot;Exoticism&amp;quot; to attract the public's attention. But we should also be clear that its position in the cultural system makes pseudo-translations closely related to real translations. Admittedly, everything exists for a reason, and pseudo-translations are no exception. In my opinion, pseudo-translations can be divided into three kinds, one is real pseudo-translation, that is, translations fabricated by writers in the target culture under the guise of translation to gain the status of the translated works in the literary system; the other is possible pseudo-translation, that is, the translated text is handed down in the world but the corresponding source text is unverifiable, where unverifiability does not mean that the source text does not exist, but it may be lost or The other one is that the source text exists objectively, but due to socio-cultural differences with the translated language, the translator has to take naturalization measures, replacing some cultural characteristics of the source culture with the cultural specific items belonging to the culture of the translated language, so that the translation is no longer a complete translation of the source text. One of the major characteristics of pseudo-translation is the &amp;quot;translation tone&amp;quot; in the text. Due to the real existence of &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; in many translated texts, pseudo-translations are able to deceive many readers through this mask. Of course, since the &amp;quot;translation cavity&amp;quot; is the inevitable effect of the translator's alienation strategy in the translation process, we do not intend to criticize it here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 provides a model for descriptive studies of conjoint phrases as a means of translation. A conjoint phrase consists of two or more synonyms in the same language, which together form a single functional unit that expresses the same meaning or performs the same function. Near-synonyms are often found in Hebrew literature or in Hebrew translations. Many of these phrases, especially those that appeared in classicized texts, gradually evolved into fixed expressions. By the late 18th century, under the influence of the Renaissance, Hebrew culture struggled to adapt to the new modes of literary writing promoted by the surrounding European cultures. It was during this period that the Hebrew lexicon was reborn, and another spring was ushered in. The Hebrew writer or translator had to create a new type of text or a new mode of writing (the mode of the new European literature) using the old forms of the language (in this case, the use of synonyms) in order to produce a &amp;quot;credible&amp;quot; Hebrew text. This is equivalent to writing exotic forms of literature in the language of one's own people. However, the synonymy was suppressed for a long time before it was really reborn, and was of secondary importance in the whole Hebrew literature system. This is evidenced by their common use in children's literature and in translations. In translations, the near-synonyms of the source text are often transferred to the target language, and the differences between the two cultures and traditions make such transfers difficult. In Hebrew translations, synonyms are often used instead of the corresponding individual words in the source text to capture the characteristics of the native literature. There are also rare translations in which the near-synonyms appear as mere additions due to the complete absence of a corresponding item in the source text. As Figure mentions, very often the use of synonyms is not only for the function of their counterparts in the source text, but is an attempt to bring back the tradition of Hebrew translation in one's own research and that of others. [3]112&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Tuli, the original intent of translation is to meet the needs of one culture. Translation uses a different language to introduce a text that already exists in one culture into another culture. In the process, there is both preservation of the source text and adaptation to the requirements of the target system. After a series of studies, Tully concludes that literary translations are affected by system ambiguity, pointing to two different kinds of translated texts: one in which the source text is already considered as a literary work in the source culture, and the other in which the translation of the source text is accepted as a literary work in the target culture. An example of a Bible translation is shown to illustrate the difference. The translation of the Hebrew Bible has become a classic religious text, but obviously there are differences between Jewish religious texts and non-Jewish religious texts. Of course, literary translations in both senses of the word are also consistent under certain conditions: when the two cultures share similar literary traditions in the act of translation, or when the literary system of the imported language is at a disadvantage compared to the literary system of the source language and tries to enrich the system with the advantages of the latter. Or when the translator occupies such a significant position in the culture that he or she can change the position of the translated text from the periphery to the center. Turi believes that literature is first and foremost a manifestation of culture, so he proposes three types of translation: language-oriented translation, text-oriented translation, and literary translation. In the process of translation, submission to the target literary models and norms will inevitably lead to the loss of the characteristics of the source text, but Tuli is concerned with what actually happens in the process of translation and the purpose of translation itself, not the acceptance of translation but the acceptability of the translated text. The real manipulation of literary translation is not the fact whether the product is accepted by the target culture, but the probability that the structure or composition of a text will be accepted following a definite pattern. In fact, Tuli has put forward his own viewpoint on translation research, that is, translation research oriented to the target language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Translation-Specific lexical items, which are words translated from the source language, originate in the target language but do not belong to it. Of course, such terms are also subject to certain social and temporal backgrounds. The existence of translation-specific terms saves translators a lot of trouble in translation, and has become an effective method to be adopted in the translation process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his study of descriptive translation, Tuli emphasized the objective neutrality of the researcher and avoided value judgments too much. He clearly believes that it is possible to be neutral in the study of culture and history. He tries to appear objective by using a lot of scientific jargon. This claim has been challenged by many scholars, including some close to descriptive translation studies. Hans J. Vermeer, for example, argues that Tuli's early approach was in some sense &amp;quot;meta-prescriptive&amp;quot; in the sense that it set preconditions for the analysis of translation. [5]49 Venuti, on the other hand, argues that &amp;quot;translation studies can never be merely descriptive&amp;quot;. He points out that the mere fact of taking translation as a subject of cultural history or cultural criticism is a rebellion against the marginal position of translation in the current cultural hierarchy, and that the choice of a subject in a particular historical period is always related to the current cultural needs. [6] 312 Snell-Hornby has also politely criticized Tuli's insistence on neutrality and objectivity, arguing that value judgment is inevitable in translation studies. [7]25 The criticisms of these scholars are undoubtedly extremely insightful. Since the advocates of translation studies firmly believe that translation is the process and product of multiple factors, and that translators are manipulated by various forces and cannot be independent of their social and cultural environment, why should they think that researchers can be independent of all influences and be completely objective and neutral? In the end, this position is an ideal that is not feasible in actual research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hermanns and ''Translation in Systems''===&lt;br /&gt;
The study of descriptive translation was formed in the late 1970s, developed in the 1980s, consolidated, expanded and revised in the 1990s, and is still flourishing today. Summarizing the development history of descriptive translation in the past 30 years, and pointing out the future development direction, it is undoubtedly helpful to the further development and improvement of this research method. However, it is not easy to make an objective and impartial summary and evaluation of the development of translation studies in these 30-odd years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although there is a relatively stable group of research scholars and their own basic theories in descriptive translation, in general, their theories are not mature and stable enough, even the representatives of descriptive translation, such as Zuoha's theories are still in the stage of continuous verification and revision. In addition, although scholars belonging to the same field of descriptive translation share the same general direction of research, it does not mean that their views are identical. There is a big difference between &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and Chesterman's &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot;. This requires the summarizer to have a clear understanding of the history, development history and the latest development of each school of theory of descriptive translation. Secondly, in addition to a deep and detailed grasp of descriptive translation, the summarizer should also have the ability to grasp the macro and prospect. In other words, he should stand at a high position in the research of descriptive translation, draw the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward. In other words, he has to take a higher position in the research of descriptive translation, map out the future development prospect of descriptive translation on the basis of summary, and point out the way forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The book can be summarized into four parts. The first part mainly consists of the first four chapters, from analyzing the conditions and process of the formation of a new theory, to introducing the early germ of description and system theory and its eventual formation into a new theory in the 1970s, and describing the origin of descriptive translation and its guiding principles. The contents of this part make a good preparation for the following parts, because from the gradual maturation of various relevant factors before the formation of the description and system theory to the final establishment of a complete theory of its own, it reveals the inevitability of its emergence and its broad prospect of development. Chapter 4 introduces Tuli's theory, analyzes the concept of &amp;quot;reciprocity&amp;quot; from different aspects, and then questions the definition of translation, which arouses the reader's sympathy. The second part, chapters five to seven, begins with descriptive translation and introduces different scholars' researches on how to describe the relationship between the original text and the translated text from different angles. The author then introduces the concept of &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; and introduces the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Tully and the &amp;quot;norm&amp;quot; proposed by Chesterman respectively. It is a proposal for the study of translation norms. The author then goes on to describe how translation studies began to develop in two different directions after the introduction of the concept of norms, namely, trying to find possible universal rules for translation and going into history, exploring the identity of translation and culture, why we have defined translation accordingly, and how to trace the origins of these ideas. Part III consists of chapters 8-10, which mainly introduce systems theory. Chapter 8 introduces multivariate systems theory, which is the most important and widely-attended theory in systems theory. This chapter introduces the sources, functions and limitations of multivariate systems theory, and points out the deficiencies of this theory, providing a new perspective for future researchers. The following chapters introduce more systems theories. Some of these theories attempt to develop a better systems theory from the limitations of the multiple systems theory, while others use concepts and ideas from other branches of the humanities to develop a completely different theoretical perspective. In particular, Pierre Bourdieu and Niklas Luhmann's theories are described in detail. In the fourth and last two chapters, the author makes a comprehensive criticism of the description and system theory, points out that it needs to be further improved, and then envisages the possible directions of its development: one is to study the history of translation, the other is to provide suitable tools for the study of translation in the current environment, and the third is to deepen the study of translation theory. Compared to the analysis of the previous sections, the last two chapters are somewhat simpler. Of course, it is not easy for any scholar to analyze translation studies so thoroughly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scholars who study descriptive translation have proposed that literature should be regarded as &amp;quot;a complex and dynamic system&amp;quot;, and that literary translation studies should &amp;quot;adopt a descriptive, target-language-based, functional and systematic research approach&amp;quot;. [8]10-11 This viewpoint breaks the traditional research method of many scholars for a long time, that is, from source text to translation, and emphasizes the influence of the ideology, literary concepts and other factors on the translation from the socio-cultural background of the target language, and then describes and studies the translation on the basis of this, in order to find out the various norms that restrict the formation and acceptance of the translation. This is undoubtedly a major reversal of tradition, and also covers a broader scope of research, as more factors in translation will directly affect the formation of the translation, and at the same time, placing the translation in a larger system is also a more severe test for the translator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Descriptive translation studies focuses on the description of translated works, which makes up for the deficiency of traditional translation research, opens up a new perspective in translation research, and contributes to the healthy development of translation discipline. The results of description should help to reveal the essence of translation and deepen the understanding of the translation discipline. Otherwise, it is obviously not very meaningful to do translation research just for the sake of description and be satisfied with a few sentences which are subjective to the described phenomenon without systematic research explanation. We should not only look at translation from a micro perspective, but also establish a macro awareness and grasp the cultural background factors of translation research as a whole. The traditional normative translation research method and descriptive translation research are not mutually exclusive but complementary, and we should take the advantages of each other and combine the two, so that this kind of translation research is a comprehensive translation research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李红满.论当代西方翻译研究范式的转变[J].外语与翻译, 2002 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]张美芳.翻译学的目标与结构——霍姆斯的译学构想介评[J].中国翻译, 2000 (2) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]Toury, Gideon.Descriptive Translation Studies and Beyond[M].Shanghai:Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2001.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]林克难.翻译研究:从规范走向描写[J].中国翻译, 2001 (6) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Vermeer, Hans J.A Skopos Theory of Translation[M].Heidellburg:TEXT-con, 1996.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Venuti.Lawrence.The Translator’s Invisibility[M].A History of Transla-tion.London&amp;amp;New York:Routledge, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[7]Snell-Homby, Mary.Translation Studies.AnIntegrated Approach[M].Re-vised ed.Amsterdam:John Benjamins, 1995.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[8]Hemans, Theo, ed.The manipulation of Literature[M].London&amp;amp;Sydney:Croom Helm, 1985.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[9]韩子满, 刘芳.描述翻译研究的成就与不足[J].外语学刊, 2005 (3) .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[10]谢天振.翻译研究新视野[M].青岛:青岛出版社, 2003.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[11]张南峰.从梦想到现实——对翻译学科的东张西望[J].外国语, 1998 (3) .&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201207_cult&amp;diff=109217</id>
		<title>20201207 cult</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201207_cult&amp;diff=109217"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T11:12:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.禅宗主张因材施教。它除了要对信徒给予面对面的传教说法之外，还要通过一些动作以及手势来教导信徒。这些特点都让禅宗能够避免走进教条主义以及形式主义等不好的方向，也因此能够长久地在民间得到发展和深入。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zen Buddhism prefers teaching people according to his or her ability. In addition to giving face-to-face instruction to its adherents, it also teaches through gestures. All these characteristics have enabled Zen to avoid going in the wrong direction of dogmatism and formalism, so as to develop and deepen its popularity in the long run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zen Buddhism advocates teaching according to the ability of the student. In addition to giving face-to-face instruction, it also teaches through gestures and gestures to its followers. These characteristics allow Zen to avoid going in the bad direction of dogmatism and formalism, and thus to develop and deepen its popularity in the long run.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.道教理论的最普遍图形表示就是阴和阳循环的圆形图像。它代表了宇宙中相反事物的平衡关系。当它们都平等地呈现出来，所有一切都会平静。当其中一个超过另一个的时候，就会出现混淆和混乱。阴和阳是信徒追随的原型，有助于让个人去凝视他或她的生命状态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common graphic representation of Taoist theology is the circular Yin Yang figure. It represents the balance of opposites in the universe. When they are equally present, all is calm. When one is outweighed by the other, there is confusion and disarray. The Yin and Yang are a model that the faithful follow, an aid that allows each person to contemplate the state of his or her lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most universal graphic representation of Taoist theory is the circular image of the yin and yang cycles. It represents the balance of opposite things in the universe. When they are all equally represented, all is calm. When one outweighs the other, there is confusion and chaos. The yin and the yang are archetypes followed by the devotee, helping the individual to gaze at his or her life state.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.伊斯兰教是世界三大宗教之一，伊斯兰教世界的国家遍布亚、非两个大洲，总体算来也有大约五十个。此外，在各大洲很多国家里都有信仰伊斯兰教的人民（穆斯林）。这些国家包括一些西方国家诸如英、美、俄、法、德等国家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam is one of the three major religions in the world, it covers Asia and Africa with about fifty Islamic countries. In addition, there are many countries in the world that have people who believe in Islam (Muslim). These countries include some western countries, such as the UK, the US, Russia, France and Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam is one of the three major religions of the world, and the countries of the Islamic world are spread over two continents, Asia and Africa, and there are about fifty countries in total. In addition, Islam is practiced by people (Muslims) in many countries on all continents. These countries include some Western countries such as the United Kingdom, the United States, Russia, France, and Germany.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.基督教对西方文明产生了非常大的影响。自由、平等、博爱为中心的人文主义传统，使得“生而平等”观点深入人心，成为《独立宣言》《人权宣言》 中的核心，成为后来西方民主政治的- -种长远的精神推动力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity had a profound impact on Western civilization. Its humanist tradition, which focused on freedom，equality and fraternity, made the idea of &amp;quot;born equal&amp;quot; popular in the world. It not only became the core of &amp;quot;Declaration of Independence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Declaration of Human Rights&amp;quot;，but also a long-term spiritual driving force of the Western democracy.--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 08:47, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity has had a great influence on Western civilization. The humanist tradition centered on freedom, equality, and fraternity made the idea of &amp;quot;all men are created equal&amp;quot; deeply rooted in people's hearts, and became the core of the Declaration of Independence and the Declaration of Human Rights, as well as the long-term spiritual impetus for Western democratic politics.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 道教理论的最普遍图形表示就是阴和阳循环的圆形图像。它代表了宇宙中相反事物的平衡关系。当它们都平等地呈现出来。所有一切都会平静。当其中一个超过另一个的时候，就会出现混淆和混乱。阴和阳是信徒追随的原型，有助于让一个人去凝视他或她的生命状态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The most common graphic representation of Taoist theology is the circular Yin Yang figure. It represents the balance of opposites in the universe. When they are equally present, all is calm. When one is outweighed by the other, there is confusion and disarray. The Yin and Yang are a model that the faithfull follow, an aid that allows each person to contemplate the state of his or her lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 佛教与基督教、伊斯兰教并称的世界三大宗教之一。公元前6世纪至前5世纪，释迦牟尼创建于古印度。以后广泛传播于亚洲及世界各地，对许多国家的社会政治和文化生活产生过重大影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Buddhism, together with Christianity and Islam, is one of the three major religions in the world. Sakyamuni founded it in ancient India from the 6th century BC to the 5th century BC. After that, it was widely spread in Asia and all over the world, and had a great influence on the social, political and cultural life of many countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 伊斯兰教的名字来源于阿拉伯语的音译。它的本义是服从，它的信徒叫穆斯林。伊斯兰教成立于7世纪初，是世界三大宗教之一。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The name of Islam derives from the transliteration in Arabic. Its original meaning is obedience, and its believers are called muslem. Islamism was established at the beginning of the 7th century and ranked one of three major religions in the world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 基督教是亚伯拉罕的一神论宗教，以耶稣基督的生活和教义为基础，如新约中所述。基督教是世界上最大的宗教，有超过24亿信徒，被称为基督徒。基督徒相信耶稣是上帝的儿子，是人类的救世主，他作为基督或弥赛亚的到来在旧约中被预言。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Christianity is an Abrahamic monotheistic religion based on the life and teachings of Jesus Christ as presented in the New Testament. Christianity is the world's largest religion, with over 2.4 billion adherents, known as Christians. Christians believe that Jesus is the Son of God and the savior of humanity whose coming as Christ or the Messiah was prophesied in the Old Testament.--[[User:Hu Jin|Hu Jin]] ([[User talk:Hu Jin|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.佛教传播到每一个地区以后，由于受到当地社会、政治、文化的影响，形式和内容都有相应的变化，形成许多宗派。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to local social, political, and cultural influences, the form and content of Buddhism will change accordingly when spread to every region, resulting in the formation of many sects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.新中国成立后，通过宗教制度民主改革，中国道教获得了新生，逐渐走上了与社会主义社会相适应的道路。改革开放以来，在党和政府宗教政策的指导下，中国道教呈现出前所未有的新气象，为促进经济发展、社会和谐、祖国统一和世界和平做出了积极贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the founding of People’s Republic of China, Chinese Taoism was reborn through democratic reforms of religious system, and gradually embarked on a path compatible with the socialist society. Since the reform and opening up, Chinese Taoism has taken on an unprecedented new look thanks to religious policies carried out by Chinese Communist Party and the government, which has made positive contributions to promoting economic development, social harmony, national reunification and world peace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam has developed from a single -ethnic religion in Arab region to a multi-ethnic one in the world,which is a result of the wide spread of Islam of Islamic states in Arab in many ways, such as continuous expansion, trade and cultural exchange and the dispatch of missionaries all over the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.历史上的教会以信经、信条等多种形式对基督教的基本教义作出了很多精要的概括,也被今天研究教义学的学者视为教义的渊源。此外，神学家们企图结合其时代的观念阐释和辨明基督教的信仰要理。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The churches in history have provided many concise summaries of the basic doctrine of Christianity in the form of creed, tenet, etc., which are considered the origin of doctrine by today's scholars of dogmatics.What’s more, theologians have attempted to elucidate and discern the essentials of the belief in Christianity combing with the concepts of their time.--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 07:34, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
1、创始人释迦牟尼生于今尼泊尔境内的蓝毗尼，是释迦族的一个王子。关于他的生卒年，在南、北传佛教中，至今仍有种种不同的说法，一般认为生于公元前6至前5世纪间。他在青少年时即感到人世变幻无常，深思解脱人生苦难之道。29岁出家修行。得道成佛。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The founder, Sakyamuni, was born in Lumbini in present-day Nepal and was a prince of the Sakya tribe. There are still different theories about his birth and death dates in Northern and Southern Buddhism, but it is generally believed that he was born between the 6th and 5th centuries BC. At the age of 29, he became a monk and practiced Buddhism. He became a monk and became a Buddha.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:16, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、解放前的道教中充满着浓厚的封建气息，对广大道教徒进行爱国主义教育，改革宫观封建经济，废除道教中的封建残余，与反动会道门划清界限，成为道教在新中国面临的重大任务。&lt;br /&gt;
新中国成立后，广大道教徒拥护社会主义制度，拥护共产党的领导。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the liberation of the People's Republic of China (PRC), Taoism was full of feudalism. It was a major task for Taoists in the new PRC to educate themselves about patriotism, reform the feudal economy of the palaces, abolish the feudal remnants of Taoism, and clear the boundaries with the reactionary Taoists.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, the majority of Taoists have embraced the socialist system and the leadership of the Communist Party.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:16, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3、伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Islam from a mono-ethnic religion in the Arab region to a multi-ethnic religion in the world is the result of the spread of Islam in Arab countries through expansion, trade, cultural exchange, and sending missionaries to all parts of the world.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:16, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing from a single ethnic religion in the Arab region, Islam finally became a multi-ethnic religion in the world, which was the result of the extensive spread of Arab Islamic countries through foreign expansion, business contacts, cultural exchanges, and the dispatch of missionaries to all over the world.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 10:43, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4、基督教一般认为，其基本教义都是出自于《圣经》。历史上的教会以信经、信条、认信文等多种形式对基督教的基本教义作出了很多精要的概括,也被今天研究教义学的学者视为教义的渊源。此外，历代神学家企图结合其时代的观念阐释和辨明基督教的信仰要理。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity is generally believed to derive its basic doctrines from the Bible. The historical church has provided many concise summaries of the basic doctrines of Christianity in the form of creeds, epistles, confessions, and other forms, which are also regarded as sources of doctrine by scholars of doctrine today. In addition, theologians throughout the ages have attempted to explain and discern the essentials of the Christian faith in light of the concepts of their time.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:16, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
佛教传播到每一个地区以后，由于受到当地社会、政治、文化的影响，形式和内容都有相应的变化，形成许多宗派。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the spread of Buddhism to every part of the world, due to the locally social, political and cultural influence, its form and content have changed accordingly, thus giving birth to many sects.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明清两代，随着中国封建社会进入晚期，道教发展陷入停滞僵化。近代中国道教承明清余绪，除个别时期，一直处于低谷。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Ming and Qing dynasties, with the entering of the late period of feudal society in China, the development of Taoism stagnated and ossified. Taoism in modern China, inheriting fruit in the Ming and Qing Dynasties, except for a few periods, has been at a low ebb.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing from a single ethnic religion in the Arab region, Islam finally became a multi-ethnic religion in the world, which was the result of the extensive spread of Arab Islamic countries through foreign expansion, business contacts, cultural exchanges, and the dispatch of missionaries to all over the world.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
基督教一般认为，其基本教义都是出自于《圣经》。历史上的教会以信经、认信文等多种形式对基督教的基本教义作出了很多精要的概括,也被今天研究教义学的学者视为教义的渊源。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally believed in Christianity that its basic teachings derived from the Bible. The church in history has made many essential summaries of the basic doctrines of Christianity in various forms, such as creed and epistles, which are also regarded as the source of the doctrines by scholars studying the doctrines today.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally believed in Christianity that its basic teachings derived from the ''Bible''. The churches in history have made many summaries of the basic doctrines of Christianity in various forms, such as creed and epistles, which are also regarded as the source of the doctrines studyed today.--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 08:50, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.佛教传播到每一个地区以后，由于受到当地社会、政治、文化的影响，形式和内容都有相应的变化，形成许多宗派。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Buddhism spread to each region, due to local social, political, and cultural influences, there were corresponding changes in form and content, resulting in the formation of many sects.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 10:54, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.改革开放以来，在党和政府新时期宗教政策的指导下，中国道教呈现出前所未有的新气象，为促进经济发展、社会和谐、祖国统一和世界和平做出了积极贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening up, under the guidance of the party and government’s religious policies in the new era, Taoism in China has shown an unprecedented new atmosphere, and has made positive contributions to promoting economic development, social harmony, the reunification of the motherland and world peace.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 10:54, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam has developed from a regional single-ethnic religion in the Arab region to a religion of multi-ethnic beliefs in the world. It is widely spread by Arab Islamic countries through continuous expansion, business exchanges, cultural exchanges, and missions to the world. the result of.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 10:54, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.虽然耶稣基督所建立的是一个合一的基督教会,但基督教在历史进程中却分化为许多派别，2013年全世界范围当中有超过一万个基督教派，主流的派别主要有天主教、基督新教、东正教三大传统教派，以及一些在信仰人数上虽不如传统教派多，但也有了相当的规模的非传统教派，如:摩门教。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Jesus Christ established a united Christian church, Christianity has divided into many sects in the course of history. In 2013, there were more than 10,000 Christian sects worldwide. The mainstream sects are mainly Catholicism, Protestantism, The three traditional sects of Eastern Orthodox Church, and some non-traditional sects that are not as large as traditional sects in the number of believers, such as Mormonism.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 10:54, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.佛教于公元前6世纪至前5世纪，释迦牟尼创建于古印度，以后广泛传播于亚洲及世界各地，对许多国家的社会政治和文化生活产生过重大影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism was founded by Siddhartha Gautama in ancient India between the 6th and 5th centuries B.C. It spread widely throughout Asia and the rest of the world, and had a significant impact on the socio-political and cultural life of many countries.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:05, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism was founded in ancient India from the 6th century BC to the 5th century BC by Siddhartha Gautama. After that, it spread widely in Asia and all over the world, and had a significant impact on the social, political and cultural life of many countries.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:12, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.道教是一种多神教，沿袭了中国古代对于日月、星辰、河海山岳以及祖先亡灵都奉祖的信仰习惯，形成了一个包括天神、地祗和人鬼的复杂的神灵系统。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism is a polytheistic religion, inheriting the ancient Chinese belief in the sun, moon, stars, rivers, oceans and mountains, as well as the spirits of ancestors and the dead, and has formed a complex system of gods and spirits, including the gods of heaven, earth, humans and ghosts.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:05, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Islam from a mono-ethnic religion in the Arab region to a multi-ethnic religion in the world is the result of the spread of Islam in Arab countries through expansion, trade, cultural exchange, and sending missionaries to all parts of the world.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:05, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam has developed from a regional single-ethnic religion in the Arab region to a religion of multi-ethnic beliefs in the world. It is widely spread by Arab Islamic countries through continuous expansion, business exchanges, cultural exchanges, and missions to the world. the result of.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:12, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.基督教文化是一种以基督教为其存在基础和凝聚精神的文化形态，包括其崇拜上帝和耶稣基督的宗教信仰体系，以及相关的精神价值和道德伦理观念。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian culture is a cultural form that has Christianity as its foundation and unifying spirit, including its religious belief system of worshipping God and Jesus Christ, as well as the related spiritual values and moral and ethical concepts.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 11:05, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christian culture is a cultural form that takes Christianity as its basis of existence and a cohesive spirit, including its religious belief system of worshiping God and Jesus Christ, as well as related spiritual values and moral and ethical concepts.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 11:12, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201207_cult&amp;diff=109212</id>
		<title>20201207 cult</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201207_cult&amp;diff=109212"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T10:54:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.禅宗主张因材施教。它除了要对信徒给予面对面的传教说法之外，还要通过一些动作以及手势来教导信徒。这些特点都让禅宗能够避免走进教条主义以及形式主义等不好的方向，也因此能够长久地在民间得到发展和深入。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zen Buddhism prefers teaching people according to his or her ability. In addition to giving face-to-face instruction to its adherents, it also teaches through gestures. All these characteristics have enabled Zen to avoid going in the wrong direction of dogmatism and formalism, so as to develop and deepen its popularity in the long run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zen Buddhism advocates teaching according to the ability of the student. In addition to giving face-to-face instruction, it also teaches through gestures and gestures to its followers. These characteristics allow Zen to avoid going in the bad direction of dogmatism and formalism, and thus to develop and deepen its popularity in the long run.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.道教理论的最普遍图形表示就是阴和阳循环的圆形图像。它代表了宇宙中相反事物的平衡关系。当它们都平等地呈现出来，所有一切都会平静。当其中一个超过另一个的时候，就会出现混淆和混乱。阴和阳是信徒追随的原型，有助于让个人去凝视他或她的生命状态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common graphic representation of Taoist theology is the circular Yin Yang figure. It represents the balance of opposites in the universe. When they are equally present, all is calm. When one is outweighed by the other, there is confusion and disarray. The Yin and Yang are a model that the faithful follow, an aid that allows each person to contemplate the state of his or her lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most universal graphic representation of Taoist theory is the circular image of the yin and yang cycles. It represents the balance of opposite things in the universe. When they are all equally represented, all is calm. When one outweighs the other, there is confusion and chaos. The yin and the yang are archetypes followed by the devotee, helping the individual to gaze at his or her life state.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.伊斯兰教是世界三大宗教之一，伊斯兰教世界的国家遍布亚、非两个大洲，总体算来也有大约五十个。此外，在各大洲很多国家里都有信仰伊斯兰教的人民（穆斯林）。这些国家包括一些西方国家诸如英、美、俄、法、德等国家。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam is one of the three major religions in the world, it covers Asia and Africa with about fifty Islamic countries. In addition, there are many countries in the world that have people who believe in Islam (Muslim). These countries include some western countries, such as the UK, the US, Russia, France and Germany.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam is one of the three major religions of the world, and the countries of the Islamic world are spread over two continents, Asia and Africa, and there are about fifty countries in total. In addition, Islam is practiced by people (Muslims) in many countries on all continents. These countries include some Western countries such as the United Kingdom, the United States, Russia, France, and Germany.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.基督教对西方文明产生了非常大的影响。自由、平等、博爱为中心的人文主义传统，使得“生而平等”观点深入人心，成为《独立宣言》《人权宣言》 中的核心，成为后来西方民主政治的- -种长远的精神推动力。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity had a profound impact on Western civilization. Its humanist tradition, which focused on freedom，equality and fraternity, made the idea of &amp;quot;born equal&amp;quot; popular in the world. It not only became the core of &amp;quot;Declaration of Independence&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Declaration of Human Rights&amp;quot;，but also a long-term spiritual driving force of the Western democracy.--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 08:47, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity has had a great influence on Western civilization. The humanist tradition centered on freedom, equality, and fraternity made the idea of &amp;quot;all men are created equal&amp;quot; deeply rooted in people's hearts, and became the core of the Declaration of Independence and the Declaration of Human Rights, as well as the long-term spiritual impetus for Western democratic politics.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 道教理论的最普遍图形表示就是阴和阳循环的圆形图像。它代表了宇宙中相反事物的平衡关系。当它们都平等地呈现出来。所有一切都会平静。当其中一个超过另一个的时候，就会出现混淆和混乱。阴和阳是信徒追随的原型，有助于让一个人去凝视他或她的生命状态。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The most common graphic representation of Taoist theology is the circular Yin Yang figure. It represents the balance of opposites in the universe. When they are equally present, all is calm. When one is outweighed by the other, there is confusion and disarray. The Yin and Yang are a model that the faithfull follow, an aid that allows each person to contemplate the state of his or her lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 佛教与基督教、伊斯兰教并称的世界三大宗教之一。公元前6世纪至前5世纪，释迦牟尼创建于古印度。以后广泛传播于亚洲及世界各地，对许多国家的社会政治和文化生活产生过重大影响。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Buddhism, together with Christianity and Islam, is one of the three major religions in the world. Sakyamuni founded it in ancient India from the 6th century BC to the 5th century BC. After that, it was widely spread in Asia and all over the world, and had a great influence on the social, political and cultural life of many countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 伊斯兰教的名字来源于阿拉伯语的音译。它的本义是服从，它的信徒叫穆斯林。伊斯兰教成立于7世纪初，是世界三大宗教之一。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The name of Islam derives from the transliteration in Arabic. Its original meaning is obedience, and its believers are called muslem. Islamism was established at the beginning of the 7th century and ranked one of three major religions in the world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 基督教是亚伯拉罕的一神论宗教，以耶稣基督的生活和教义为基础，如新约中所述。基督教是世界上最大的宗教，有超过24亿信徒，被称为基督徒。基督徒相信耶稣是上帝的儿子，是人类的救世主，他作为基督或弥赛亚的到来在旧约中被预言。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Christianity is an Abrahamic monotheistic religion based on the life and teachings of Jesus Christ as presented in the New Testament. Christianity is the world's largest religion, with over 2.4 billion adherents, known as Christians. Christians believe that Jesus is the Son of God and the savior of humanity whose coming as Christ or the Messiah was prophesied in the Old Testament.--[[User:Hu Jin|Hu Jin]] ([[User talk:Hu Jin|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.佛教传播到每一个地区以后，由于受到当地社会、政治、文化的影响，形式和内容都有相应的变化，形成许多宗派。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.新中国成立后，通过宗教制度民主改革，中国道教获得了新生，逐渐走上了与社会主义社会相适应的道路。改革开放以来，在党和政府新时期宗教政策的指导下，中国道教呈现出前所未有的新气象，为促进经济发展、社会和谐、祖国统一和世界和平做出了积极贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.历史上的教会以信经、信条、认信文等多种形式对基督教的基本教义作出了很多精要的概括,也被今天研究教义学的学者视为教义的渊源。此外，历代神学家企图结合其时代的观念阐释和辨明基督教的信仰要理。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 07:34, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
1、创始人释迦牟尼生于今尼泊尔境内的蓝毗尼，是释迦族的一个王子。关于他的生卒年，在南、北传佛教中，至今仍有种种不同的说法，一般认为生于公元前6至前5世纪间。他在青少年时即感到人世变幻无常，深思解脱人生苦难之道。29岁出家修行。得道成佛。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The founder, Sakyamuni, was born in Lumbini in present-day Nepal and was a prince of the Sakya tribe. There are still different theories about his birth and death dates in Northern and Southern Buddhism, but it is generally believed that he was born between the 6th and 5th centuries BC. At the age of 29, he became a monk and practiced Buddhism. He became a monk and became a Buddha.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:16, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、解放前的道教中充满着浓厚的封建气息，对广大道教徒进行爱国主义教育，改革宫观封建经济，废除道教中的封建残余，与反动会道门划清界限，成为道教在新中国面临的重大任务。&lt;br /&gt;
新中国成立后，广大道教徒拥护社会主义制度，拥护共产党的领导。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the liberation of the People's Republic of China (PRC), Taoism was full of feudalism. It was a major task for Taoists in the new PRC to educate themselves about patriotism, reform the feudal economy of the palaces, abolish the feudal remnants of Taoism, and clear the boundaries with the reactionary Taoists.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the founding of New China, the majority of Taoists have embraced the socialist system and the leadership of the Communist Party.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:16, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3、伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of Islam from a mono-ethnic religion in the Arab region to a multi-ethnic religion in the world is the result of the spread of Islam in Arab countries through expansion, trade, cultural exchange, and sending missionaries to all parts of the world.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:16, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing from a single ethnic religion in the Arab region, Islam finally became a multi-ethnic religion in the world, which was the result of the extensive spread of Arab Islamic countries through foreign expansion, business contacts, cultural exchanges, and the dispatch of missionaries to all over the world.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 10:43, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4、基督教一般认为，其基本教义都是出自于《圣经》。历史上的教会以信经、信条、认信文等多种形式对基督教的基本教义作出了很多精要的概括,也被今天研究教义学的学者视为教义的渊源。此外，历代神学家企图结合其时代的观念阐释和辨明基督教的信仰要理。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity is generally believed to derive its basic doctrines from the Bible. The historical church has provided many concise summaries of the basic doctrines of Christianity in the form of creeds, epistles, confessions, and other forms, which are also regarded as sources of doctrine by scholars of doctrine today. In addition, theologians throughout the ages have attempted to explain and discern the essentials of the Christian faith in light of the concepts of their time.--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 09:16, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
佛教传播到每一个地区以后，由于受到当地社会、政治、文化的影响，形式和内容都有相应的变化，形成许多宗派。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the spread of Buddhism to every part of the world, due to the locally social, political and cultural influence, its form and content have changed accordingly, thus giving birth to many sects.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
明清两代，随着中国封建社会进入晚期，道教发展陷入停滞僵化。近代中国道教承明清余绪，除个别时期，一直处于低谷。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Ming and Qing dynasties, with the entering of the late period of feudal society in China, the development of Taoism stagnated and ossified. Taoism in modern China, inheriting fruit in the Ming and Qing Dynasties, except for a few periods, has been at a low ebb.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developing from a single ethnic religion in the Arab region, Islam finally became a multi-ethnic religion in the world, which was the result of the extensive spread of Arab Islamic countries through foreign expansion, business contacts, cultural exchanges, and the dispatch of missionaries to all over the world.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
基督教一般认为，其基本教义都是出自于《圣经》。历史上的教会以信经、认信文等多种形式对基督教的基本教义作出了很多精要的概括,也被今天研究教义学的学者视为教义的渊源。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally believed in Christianity that its basic teachings derived from the Bible. The church in history has made many essential summaries of the basic doctrines of Christianity in various forms, such as creed and epistles, which are also regarded as the source of the doctrines by scholars studying the doctrines today.--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is generally believed in Christianity that its basic teachings derived from the ''Bible''. The churches in history have made many summaries of the basic doctrines of Christianity in various forms, such as creed and epistles, which are also regarded as the source of the doctrines studyed today.--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 08:50, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.佛教传播到每一个地区以后，由于受到当地社会、政治、文化的影响，形式和内容都有相应的变化，形成许多宗派。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Buddhism spread to each region, due to local social, political, and cultural influences, there were corresponding changes in form and content, resulting in the formation of many sects.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 10:54, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.改革开放以来，在党和政府新时期宗教政策的指导下，中国道教呈现出前所未有的新气象，为促进经济发展、社会和谐、祖国统一和世界和平做出了积极贡献。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the reform and opening up, under the guidance of the party and government’s religious policies in the new era, Taoism in China has shown an unprecedented new atmosphere, and has made positive contributions to promoting economic development, social harmony, the reunification of the motherland and world peace.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 10:54, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.伊斯兰教由阿拉伯地区性单一民族的宗教发展成世界性的多民族信仰的宗教，是阿拉伯伊斯兰国家通过不断对外扩张、经商交往、文化交流、向世界各地派出传教士等多种途径而得到广泛传播的结果。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Islam has developed from a regional single-ethnic religion in the Arab region to a religion of multi-ethnic beliefs in the world. It is widely spread by Arab Islamic countries through continuous expansion, business exchanges, cultural exchanges, and missions to the world. the result of.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 10:54, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.虽然耶稣基督所建立的是一个合一的基督教会,但基督教在历史进程中却分化为许多派别，2013年全世界范围当中有超过一万个基督教派，主流的派别主要有天主教、基督新教、东正教三大传统教派，以及一些在信仰人数上虽不如传统教派多，但也有了相当的规模的非传统教派，如:摩门教。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Jesus Christ established a united Christian church, Christianity has divided into many sects in the course of history. In 2013, there were more than 10,000 Christian sects worldwide. The mainstream sects are mainly Catholicism, Protestantism, The three traditional sects of Eastern Orthodox Church, and some non-traditional sects that are not as large as traditional sects in the number of believers, such as Mormonism.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 10:54, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201214_trans&amp;diff=109169</id>
		<title>20201214 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201214_trans&amp;diff=109169"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T09:18:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, reportage research and composition along with organizing and performing in roving theatrical troupes became one of the principal modes of ”internship” for young writers in the socialist educational system as it emerged in Yan’an.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shuo, Liu Baiyu, and Qin Mu were all in their twenties at this time, so they had limited literary experience before the 1940s.  Thus for Liu and Yang, the Yan’an years helped define for them what literature is supposed to be from process to product.  Qin Mu, however, never went to Yan’an; he spent the entire war in Guangdong, Guangxi and Guizhou.  Thus though he had experience with some of these procedures of production in progressive circles in those areas, Qin Mu was not saturated in this kind of cultural environment.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
Once socialism or communism took the position of power (as in Yan’an during the war against Japan and then throughout the PRC after 1949) critical prose writing (whether essays or reportage) as it had been practiced during wartime became much more dubious from the point of view of cultural officials, and nonfiction needed to become a vehicle of literary celebration of public, historical achievements.[	See for example Yang Shuo, ”Qian jin, gangtie de dajun” (March Forth, Great Army of Steel, 1949), Zhonghua sanwen zhencang ben, Yang Shuo juan (Beijing:  Renmin wenxue chubanshe, 1998) 25-33; ”Pingchang de ren” (An ordinary man, 1951) 25-33; ”Pingchang de ren” (An ordinary man, 1951), Yang Shuo juan 13-17, ”Gebi tan shang de chuntian” (Springtime on the Gobi, 1953), Yang Shuo juan 29-33. ]  This is precisely the familiar dilemma of Ding Ling, coming into Yan’an society well trained as a keen critic of her environment.  It was an awkward transition, except for those who came into the socialist educational cultural system while still relatively young.  To them the business of literature was that of constructing an unprecedented new vision.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Writers’ changing roles changed literary prose'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the three authors I am discussing here was born between 1913 and 1919, only a few short years after the fall of the Qing dynasty and the establishment of the Republic of China.  They were all in their late teens and early twenties at the outbreak of the war against Japan.  Being roughly the same age, they shared the same historical and cultural atmosphere, but being in different locations, engaged in the war in different capacities, their transition into the aesthetics of incongruous lyricism took different paths and thus embodied different tensions.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shuo[	1913-1968, orig. Yang Shujin(?), of Penglai County in Shandong.] is probably the most ”standard” of the three from the point of view of the Communist Party in that he went to Yan’an early (winter 1937) and worked under the direction of the party’s cultural apparatus for the duration of the war there, in the northwest, and in Guangzhou.  Like the reportage writer Huang Gang, he was of the right age for this Yan’an-based period to be his principal formative and educational experience, deeply conditioning his approach and attitude toward writing in the 1950s and 1960s.  That being said, Yang Shuo was more concerned with issues of literary quality and symbolic meaning than others writing under the direction of the CP, and this concern colored even his most famous works with puzzling tones of ambivalence and reservation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Baiyu[	1916-?, orig. Liu Yuzan, of Beijing. See Niu Yunqing, Liu Baiyu pingzhuan (Chongqing:  Chongqing chubanshe, 1995).] arrived in Yan’an relatively early too, and was quickly immersed in its literary activism.  Only weeks after his arrival, and though Liu was only 22 at the time, Mao Zedong personally assigned him to lead a five-person escort for the American marine observer Evans Carson to visit the guerilla areas in Northern China (one of a variety of types of ”cultural worker” assignments in the communist base areas).  Despite this promising start and occasional contact with Mao, Liu published works that incurred the wrath of some critics and officials, became a target in the Yan’an zhengfeng campaign after Mao’s Talks, and underwent a process of mutual and self-criticism at the Central Party School.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Though the result of this painful process was apparently ”successful” (Liu went on to hold important cultural administrative positions in the PRC), it also alienated him from certain elements in the literary community and led him to take an aggressively authoritarian role as the Party secretary of the Writers’ Assocation during the Anti-Rightist Campaign in 1957 and 58.  This alienation is occasionally revealed in his sanwen works from that point on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu[	1919-199?, orig. Lin Juefu, b. Singapore, of Chenghai County in Guangdong. See Huang Zhuocai, Weng Guangyu and Ai Zhiping, Qin Mu pingzhuan (Guangzhou: Huacheng chubanshe, 1989).] is one more step removed because he did not share the Yan’an experience with Yang and Liu. Though he was active in the literary resistance during the war against Japan, and though his biographers insist that he originally planned to go to Yan’an as early as 1938, he never went there (Huang, Weng and Ai, 1989, 26-27).  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
Because he did belong to the age cohort and had the same basic inclinations, he did come into contact with the same organizations (the Communist Party, Wenxie) that the others did, and indeed could even have met Yang Shuo in Canton when Yang was sent there on assignment in 1938.  He also engaged in similar types of literary intervention, organizing and performing traveling anti-Japanese theater in the countryside, accompanying troops in the field as a writer, and publishing anti-Japanese and anti-KMT/US zawen in Rear or KMT area newspapers.  But his experience during the war was not a community experience:  Qin at first alone and later with his wife underwent the trials and tribulations of a writer at wartime as an individual, making his own decisions and contacting organizations only when the opportunity presented itself and he wished to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus there is an especially independent streak about him that made relations between him and the Writer’s Association after 1949 somewhat strained.  He was attacked in the 1957 zhengfeng movement, and it was not until 1962 that he joined the Communist Party.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus each of these writers exhibited different tensions as they approached writing after 1949, and particularly during and after the Hundred Flowers Campaign.  All of them, however, adopted sanwen as a vehicle to express themselves, and while these essays at time seem on the surface to be pat or fulsome propaganda, they continue to be colored by these at times very personal tensions that often make the essays more compelling reading in spite of themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Procedures and interests of socialist essays'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sanwen of the late 1950s and early 1960s, because of a variety of different such personal and larger cultural tensions, manifest various kinds of ”incongruous lyricism.”  All three of these writers had their essays included in textbooks for junior high school and high school during the 1960s and 70s.  But these canonic texts represented only the completion of a gradual process of adjustment and must be viewed alongside earlier, less well-known efforts by these authors as well as their works in other genres, particularly fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
社会散文的发展阶段和关注点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
由于不同的个人冲突和更严重的文化冲突，20世纪50年代末至60年代初的散文呈现出各种各样“不和谐的抒情性”。这三位作家的散文均已收录进20世纪六七十年代的中学教材中。这些经典文本仅代表着调整工作的逐渐完成。同时，我们得结合这些作家早期不太出名时的作品以及其他体裁的作品（尤其是小说）来看待那些经典文本。--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 07:41, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Friction with leftist aesthetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late 1950s and early 1960s the term sanwen was more frequently associated with ”lyricism” (shuqing) and opposed to ”expository” (shuoli) prose essays.  In practice, this is indicated by long descriptive passages, the frequent use of direct address to the reader in the second person as well as rhetorically loaded interrogative, imperative and expressive particles.  At particularly rhapsodic moments, socialist sanwen  texts take on a fu-like rhetoric, syntactic parallelism and a piling up of listed concrete objects and rich varieties of adverbs and adjectives.  One is attempted to associate this attempt at of verbal profusion with certain Republican period stylists like Zhu Ziqing and Yu Pingbo, but the socialist version is much more extravagant both in verbiage and emotional exhibitionism. &lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
On the level of imagery, a general fascination with images of light, fire and torches left over from the war period[	Particularly evident in Liu Baiyu’s reportage works from the late 1940s.] remains but in part gives way to a new interest in flower imagery in the 1950s.[	Qin Mu’s essays and some of Yang Shuo’s are filled with varieties of flowers and plants, enjoyed in themselves and as symbols of other things. ]  Finally a strategy common to all three writers is to conceive of a vista or an experience as a living landscape painting, emphasizing a magnitude of vision and the accompanying emotional exhilaration.  In some cases, these highly visual essays are accompanied with illustrations uncannily consistent with the texts’ visualization of the landscape. &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yang Shuo'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shuo’s 1959 essay ”The Highest Peak of Taishan”[	Taishan jiding, wr. 1959, from Haishi.  Yang, 125-129.] features this kind of overt reference to landscape painting.  The text simply narrates the author’s ascent of the famous Shandong mountain, but the narrative structure of the climb is interwoven with a figurative structure consisting of three elements.   The first is the traditional landscape painting motif:  ”All the way from the foothills, looking closely at the mountain landscape, I felt like what was before me was not the lord of the Five Famous Mountains, but more like a green and blue landscape painting of astounding size,” (Yang, 125) an idea he develops as a conceit with figurative descriptive language.  Second, Yang writes ”after a while, I began to feel that I was not only looking at a landscape painting, but randomly flipping through a historical manuscript.”  (Yang, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
This in reference to the calligraphy of famous visitors to the mountain carved into its sides and the legends and stories about them.  The third and last layer of figuration is the sense that the author is not climbing a mountain, but climbing into the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The touristy desire to see the sunrise from Taishan’s peak introduced at the essay’s outset and which teases the reader occasionally throughout the text is deftly frustrated in the rhetorical pursuit of what to the author is a higher aim:  the recontainment of a Taishan travelogue into the extolling of the historical achievements of socialism.  Once he has passed through the Southern Gate of Heaven, the author sees the Shandong landscape spread out at his feet, but what he notices are the grand commune wheat fields (amber waves of grain) as opposed to patchwork agricultural quilt of yore, and smoky plumes in the distance are not scattered homes but factories.&lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Though the weather had been clear at night near the peak when the party went to bed early in order to get up in time for the sunrise, fog and rain overnight linger to create an overcast sky at dawn.   But author’s socialist/communist landscape epiphany of the previous evening eclipses the banal tourist wish for a beautiful sunrise – he has seen ”another kind of” (metaphysical) sunrise, that of the Chinese people/nation on the horizon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his essay about Kunming’s camellias,[	”Chahua fu” (Ode to the Camellia) written 1961, from Dongfeng di yi zhi.  Yang 134-37.] Yang Shuo opens with a discussion with an artist friend about what kind of painting would show the face of the ”motherland” (zuguo).  He then turns to his trip to Kunming after returning from travels abroad.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
Especially as a ”northerner” he is struck by the beauty of the red camellia flowers around the city and in Huating Temple, where he is escorted by Jin Zhiwen, the landscaper.  His attention is drawn to one variety called ”Child’s Face” tongmian.  As is almost invariably the case in Yang Shuo essays, the subject he has chosen becomes an opportunity for the author to contemplate the symbolic resonances of its characteristics – in this case the camellia’s sensitivity to proper care, environment and natural enemies, but also the fact that great trees centuries old have been carefully cultivated with hundreds and even thousands of blossoms.  A detailed description of the gardener himself provides the author with the key to the signified:&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
I fervently gazed at his hands, hands covered with mud-stained calluses.  Then I looked at his face, the wrinkles at the corners of his eyes were cut deep, and it was not necessary to ask about his background:  I could guess that he was a middle aged man who had been through a lot.  If he waled away from you and into the crowd, he would vanish immediately and it would be very hard to find him again – he was just that kind of very ordinary laborer.  But it is just this kind of person, month after month, year after year, exerting mind and body, cultivating flowers and plants with all his effort, beautifying our lives.  This is how beauty is created. (Yang, 136)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
When author observes a group of schoolchildren who have come to see the camellias, the bond is cemented and the ”paint the face of the nation” riddle is solved – paint the Child Face Camelia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is incongruous in Yang Shuo’s lyricism, in many other examples in addition to these, is that no matter how transparent the symbolism and fervent the message of his essay, there is almost always slight ambivalence introduced by negative elements at the fringes:  why does the glorification of socialist progress in ”Taishan’s Highest Peak” have to come at the expense of the famous sunrise?  What has Jin Zhiren ”been through” that has deepened his wrinkles, and why should that pain be related to the creation of beauty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Liu Baiyu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Baiyu’s transition toward sanwen in the PRC came from the direction of reportage literature.  Liu had established some reputation as a novelist on the literary scene through key connections he had made with Ba Jin, Zhang Tianyi, Ye Yiqun and other major figures in the 1930s.  But by 1949 it was his reportage collections, including Around the Northeast, The Light Shines Down on Shenyang, Cutting across the Central Plains, and The Torches Glow Red in the Yangtse River that were some of the best known works by a communist writer during the civil war in the late 1940s. &lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
The late 1950s text ”Lamplight” revisits the experience of the battlefield in a much more peaceful China.  ”Lamplight” has a forceful, shrill rhetoric in its development of the image of glowing light through a number of different contexts, from war to socialist economic construction without losing the sense of militant struggle that informed the image of light for Liu from the beginning. [	”Denghuo” (Lamplight), Liu Baiyu, Hong manao ji (Red agate) (Beijing:  Wenhua yishu chubanshe, 1983) 5-11. ]  Evidently Liu, though he holds influential positions in the literary establishment of the time, feels alienated by certain elements on the literary scene, particularly in regard to the stigmatization of the experience of the battlefield:&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
. . . nowadays some people treat the subject of war, regardless of right or wrong, regardless of green red black or white always make it look bloody, dark and horrible!  They call this ”through the soldier’s eyes,” ”foxhole realism”  Hai!  This makes those of us who have strapped puttees on our calves and have had the smell of gunpowder about the shoulders want to laugh our heads off.  What can you do?  There are brave soldiers who fight for what’s right; there are counter-revolutionary murderers; and there are cowardly traitors.  Since there are different kinds of soldiers, there have to be different soldier points of view, and there must be different kinds of ”foxhole reality.”  Perhaps there are those who would criticize me:  how did I get from lamplight to this argument about war, aren’t I getting way off track?  Actually, no.  The lamplight I am talking about may be a small matter, but it really is a reality of life at war.  Getting back to the subject, on the chill wilderness of the Songhua river, trudging through winter snows, wading through summer rapids, from lamplight I was able to understand a certain kind of warmth. (Liu, 7-8)&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The Brilliance of Spring,&amp;quot;[”Qingchun de shanguang,” written 1959, in Hong manao ji, 23-33.] a lengthy, fu-like essay extolling ten years of socialism in China, manifests many of the distinguishing characteristics of Liu’s post-1949 sanwen.  Though written in the wake of the Anti-Rightist Campaign, it casts no shadow on the essay and though there is flower imagery, significantly, it does not emphasize diversity (as in ”hundred flowers”).  At about 6,000 characters, it is also much longer than most of Yang Shuo’s essays, which are usually about half that long, particularly those most revered and anthologized.  ”The Brilliance of Spring” does not start out with a clearly-defined topic; the occasion or motivation of its composition did not become obvious to me until near the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;春光灿烂&amp;quot;（又名《青春的闪光》，写于1959年，载自《红玛瑙集》，23-33页。）这是一篇颂扬中国十年来社会主义发展的长篇巨作，表现了1949年后其散文的显著特点。即使写于反右运动之后，但其并未受其影响，虽然辞藻华丽，但并未没有强调多样性（如 &amp;quot;百花齐放&amp;quot;）。文章字数在6000字左右，也比杨朔的大多数散文要长得多，一般来说，杨朔的散文都在3000字左右，尤其是那些最受推崇的散文和文集。 &amp;quot;春光灿烂 &amp;quot;一开始并没有明确的主题，制造结尾我才明白它的创作场合和动机。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 08:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
The visualization with which the text begins juxtaposes a dawn construction scene complete with a handsome, rugged construction worker in Tian’anmen square with author’s memories of other occasions when he was ”right here, in this spot!” including most significantly, a vision of a Japanese tank rolling up from Qianmen, its treads gouging scars in the ground.  Liu also includes memories of the entry of the People’s Liberation Army into Beijing, and the ceremony at which Mao Zedong officially established the People’s Republic, but the author moves from one impression-layer to the next vaguely and ambiguously, punctuated with the refrain ”Here! It was right here!” &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
Liu makes a conspicuous gesture away from the scene of Tian’anmen to other significant spaces including oilfields in the Western deserts, a poignant scene of a mother sending her son off to the Korean war, Anshan the ”city of steel,” a humble Party meeting among lumberjacks taking place in a shack deep in the forest far from Beijing, and other sites of significant material and spiritual progress in the PRC.  As the essay progresses, a new motif is picked up from the contemporary Tian’anmen scene and repeated with increasing frequency:  the ”radiant red face and brilliant eyes” of the young socialist citizens whose verbal pictures Liu paints.  There is much hyperbole and the extraordinary breadth of subject matter, convering ten years of socialist achievement packaged in spatial-visual tableaux, like a memorial display case or monument, which was the usual strategy of essays and reportage about the Korean War.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the desire to come into close contact with the masses through genuine experiences, it was more common for writers to come into contact with workers, peasants and soldiers through the organizational activities and connections of the Communist Party.  In Liu Baiyu’s essays from the 1950s and 60s, you can feel the author incongruously straining to make the most of his experience (straining to maximize its feeling of authenticity) and the characters he describes.[	”Xie zai taiyang chu sheng de shihou” (Written as the Sun Begins to Rise), Hong manao ji 34-52 [written 1959?]. ]  On the level of subject matter, since the (model) workers etc. he writes about are models and leaders, already part of the (embodiments of the) local Communist Party administrative apparatus, they too are straining to give the correct impression, put the right spin on their experiences and ideas, to behave in the way expected of them.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Qin Mu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu’s case might be distinguishable from the others by virtue of the fact that he established himself as a satirical (zawen) columnist during the civil war, and of course satire in general had to go after 1949.[	Interestingly, Qin Mu continued to write zawen in the 1950s and beyond, publishing a very popular collection in 1960 entitled Yihai shibei (Gathering Shells by the Sea of Art).  By then Qin’s zawen were not combative, but expository in nature, reflections on principles of artistic creation, so in a way Qin had redefined the zawen genre for himself.  The sanwen collection Hua cheng was published at roughly the same time as Yihai shibei and was distinguished by the author himself as ”more lyrical” than the ”expository” pieces in Yihai shibei.  Comparing the essays therein with those of Hua cheng, one is struck by formal differences (the Yihai shibei pieces are much shorter than those in Hua cheng) and by the almost complete lack of figurative or descriptive language in Yihai shibei.  However difficult it might be for us to define the differences between zawen and sanwen now, it seems clear that Qin Mu had a clear idea in his own literary practice.]  Fortunately he had been accustomed to making fun of Americans and the Guomindang which continued to be safe and politically correct targets in the 1950s, but he had to find positive things to write about as well, and considering his background and the ambiguity of his relationship with the Communist Party, this must have been a difficult transition for him, more difficult than it was for those who were already linked up with the party for years in Yan’an and other base areas.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
In his 1960 essay ”Earth,” (Tudi), Qin Mu makes a figurative connection between earth how handfuls of earth can serve as symbols of wealth, power, sovereignty, political positions.  Part of the visualization involves (like Liu Baiyu) aerial views.  As war with its arial reconnaisance and bombing transformed the concept of China’s space into a contiguous whole rather than a network of locales, the wider availability of air travel in the 1950s added a visual dimension to this contiguity that reinforces the connection between earth, China’s physical expance, the map of China, and the concept of nation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
秦牧在他1960年发表的论文《地球》（土地）中，将地球上的少数几个人如何象征着财富，权力，主权，政治地位作为形象的联系。 可视化的一部分涉及（如刘白玉）鸟瞰图。 随着战争的轰炸和轰炸将中国空间的概念转变为一个连续的整体，而不是一个地点网络，1950年代更广泛的航空旅行为这种连续性增加了视觉上的意义，从而加强了地球与中国物质扩张、中国地图和国家概念之间的联系 。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Hu Huifang|Hu Huifang]] ([[User talk:Hu Huifang|talk]]) 03:57, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在他1960年的文章《土地》中，秦牧把土地比喻成财富、权力、主权和政治地位的象征。部分可视化包括(如刘白玉)空中视图。随着战争的勘察和轰炸，中国的太空的概念转变成一个连续的整体,而不是一个地区的网络,航空旅行的更广泛的可用性在1950年代增加了一个视觉维度，强化了地球之间的联系,中国物质扩张,中国的地图,和国家的概念:--[[User:Zhou Siqing|Zhou Siqing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Siqing|talk]]) 04:11, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
Once I gazed out an airplane window straight down upon the Pearl River delta; the heavens were crystal clear and I looked down and couldn’t help but cheer out loud because the Pearl River delta looked so magnificent that words couldn’t even describe it.  The network of rivers and lakes shimmered in the sunlight while the earth looked like a piece of dark green velvet.  The roads seemed as straight as if they had been sliced with a knife while the fields looked as neat as a chessboard.  Wow!  A hundred thousand years ago people looked to the skies for gods and miracles, but today the real miracle is taking place on the earth below.[	Qin Mu, Hua cheng (Guangzhou:  Zuojia chubanshe, 1961) 17-18.]&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of Qin Mu’s essays in the collection Hua cheng (City of Flowers) imaginatively recreate an (occasionally ancient) historical scene, in a specific place the essay focuses on that the author is observing today (or at least gives that  impression) like Liu Baiyu’s ”right here on this spot” refrain.  In his 1956 essay ”Lyric on the Altar of the God of Grain,” the earthen, square altar referred to in the title is in Zhongshan park in Beijing, and was where aristocrats were traditionally enfoeffed by the emperor.[	Qin, 21-31.]  In many ways, this is a continuation of the previous essay (”Earth”), extending reflections on the material symbolism of earth and the glorious wisdom of the ancients. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
This essay distinguishes itself by its relentless return to the altar itself, its self-conscious admiration of the brilliance of the ancients (with overtones of ethnic and cultural pride and reconciliation with the premodern culture of China) as well as a shrilly specific emphasis on unity as territorial sovereignty (”Once we liberate Taiwan and a few coastal islands, [our territorial] unity’s scope will be even more unprecedented.” 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu is at his most characteristic, though, in writing educational essays (zhishi xiaopin).  Also known as scientific xiaopin, the character of such writings would seem to be defined by their subject matter. [	Another writer of the post-Hundred Flowers period that writes a lot in this vein is Ma Nancun (Deng Tuo), whose popular Yanshan yehua column in Beijing Wanbao lasted for years and was published in four volumes in book form.]  But I would like to suggest that the transmission of modern scientific knowledge in these texts is not an end in itself, but rather one answer to the question of ”what to write about?” in socialist sanwen.  And it conveys (in addition to the knowledge or information), a certain scientistic, post-industrial atmosphere of enthusiasm that is a style as much as content. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu’s ”Xing xia” (Under the Stars, 1958)[	Qin, 49-60.] begins as a sweeping exploration of stars, moving from the universal experience of gazing at the skies and wondering about the questions of existence to the cultural perspectives of the beliefs and lore of the ancients and finally to the scientific perspective of the astronomical knowledge gathered in recent centuries, decades and years that confirm the author’s faith in science and industrial modernity.  The scientific knowledge in fact becomes a context or background against which to look back with some disdain at the superstitious quality of premodern beliefs, not only about the structure of the cosmos, but the extensions of such speculation into areas of human destiny and supernatural beliefs.&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
Reading this essay one can see that one of the keys to Qin Mu’s popularity lay not in his conspicuously Marxist-Leninist politics, but in his sweeping, timeless, universal and seemingly all-inclusive scope of vision and contemplation.  Many or most of his essays give an exhilarating sense of vastness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this essay does not reach its completion without being recontained, as are Yang Shuo’s landscape meditations, in a political context.  Written in the early years of Soviet space exploration, it seems obvious to Qin Mu that Soviet success in this area and the US’s failure is a clear sign of the direction of history.  He argues with almost excessive rhetorical force that the failure of space exploration and science in general under capitalism signifies the inability of the capitalist world view to free itself from outmoded beliefs, while socialism is easily and innocently aligned with scientific achievement and progress.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu’s often shrill diatribes on historical materialism and Marxism-Leninism in educational essays (zhishi xiaopin) like this one, or about the history of overseas Chinese or the cosmic theories of warring states philosophers is an incongruous, inverted reflection of Qin’s perennial status as an outsider to the PRC socialist literary orthodoxy, being victimized by literary officials like Liu Baiyu in the anti-rightist campaign and only being admitted to the Communist Party in 1962.  It is in his attempts to contain an ambitious gaze that can encompass human and natural history and the furthest reaches of space in a historicized polemic about the supremacy of Marxism-Leninism in the post war years that the incongruity of Qin Mu’s lyricism manifests itself.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The question of whether the ”real” world corresponds to the world these authors describe and narrate is moot; through the act of seeing or imagining the world as they do, they helped create the socialist world.  These authors did not slavishly obey orders, writing from formulae they were provided by superiors and other writers; they willingly engaged in the procedures of research and composition that were part and parcel of communist education and literary practice; what they wrote followed from their training, it was the logical and organic extension of that training.  They helped write the socialist world into existence.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Slavoj Zizek’s interpretation of Pascal that belief can actually emerge from deliberately going through the motions of ritual and imitating the faithful, and Zizek’s further point that ”reality” in any society is produced by ideological fantasies peculiar to it, suggest a similar interpretation of socialist sanwen.[	Slavoj Zizek, The Sublime Object  of Ideology (London:  Verso, 1989) 38-43.]  Going through the ritual motions of faith, the individual already believes without realizing it, he argues, and then it is only a matter of time before that belief gradually takes control of the conscious mind.  But within that ideological fantasy that is the representation of social reality, there are at the fringes and in the shadows suggestions of the impossibility of the vision.  What I have referred to as the ”incongruous” in Yang Shuo, Liu Baiyu and Qin Mu are those almost unconscious suggestions tainting the pristine vision.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
Reading literature from the first seventeen years of the People’s Republic of China requires as much attention to practices within the socialist orthodoxy as to dissidents and victims.  Against the prevalent view that socialist literary culture in China was a self-contained system introduced from the Soviet Union as if into a vacuum, socialist sanwen speaks to the mutability of that literary culture and the voice of individual writers in its development, however much sanwen may have been used for propaganda and indoctrination, it retained an ambiguity and reserve inherent in the genre since before the War gainst Japan.  Above all, I think this speaks to the enormous importance of various forms of sanwen in modern Chinese literary culture in general, and any general apprach to the modernn Chinese essay must further explore the legacy of socialist sanwen, particularly as today’s sanwen writers for the most part read the works of Yang Shuo, Liu Baiyu and Qin Mu in their middle school textbooks.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Tradition as Construct and the Search for a Modern Identity: A Reading of Traditional Gestures in Modern Chinese Essays of Place ''' [	This article is an extended version of the paper “The Self in the Landscape: Chinese Essays of Place in the Republican Era (1912-1949)” delivered at the conference The Modern Chinese Literary Essay: Defining the Self in the 20th Century, held in Achern, Germany, August 25-27, 2000.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Alexandra R. Wagner''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s “The Qinhuai River Amidst the Sound of Oars and Shadows of Lamps” (Jiangsheng dengyingli de qinhuaihe, 1923), Yu Dafu’s “Spring Day on Diaotai” (Diaotai de chunzhou, 1932), and Fang Lingru’s “Travel Notes from the Langya Mountain” (Langyashan youji, 1936) are three modern Chinese essays in which place and memory serve as the main textual and conceptual elements through which the writers’ negotiation of identity and search for meaning unfolds. Examining these “essays of place” with a focus on the dynamics between place, on the one hand, and personal as well as cultural memory, on the other, challenges the prevailing views of modern travel or landscape essays as either lyrical evocations of scenery, backdrops for personal experiences and thoughts, or sources for information on locations.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
The aggregation of cultural and personal memory in these essays foregrounds the skepticism and uncertainty that characterize the mindset of Chinese writers situated in a transitional period moving from tradition to modernity. By questioning apparent meaning and literary convention, the essays are ultimately texts on writing as a continuous and open-ended exploration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examining the “traditional gestures” central to the essays by Zhu, Yu, and Fang most prominently demonstrates this questioning of apparent meaning. Activities closely tied to places, such as climbing mountains, traversing lakes and rivers, and contemplating past history during visits to ruins and other sites are highly reminiscent of poetic onventions that have informed the long pre-modern literary history of travel and landscape writings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些文章中文化和个人记忆的聚合，凸显了处于传统向现代过渡时期的中国作家心态的怀疑和不确定性。通过对表面意义和文学传统的质疑，这些文章归根结底是关于写作的文本，是一种持续而开放的探索。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
审视朱、余、方三家文章中的 &amp;quot;传统姿态&amp;quot;，最突出地体现了这种对表层意义的质疑。与地方密切相关的活动，如爬山、穿越湖泊、河流，以及在参观遗迹等过程中对过去历史的思考等，都让人高度联想到在漫长的前现代文学史上的游记和山水文章的诗学传统。--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 05:41, 9 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kuangxi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些文章中文化记忆和个人记忆的聚集，突出了处于从传统向现代过渡时期的中国作家的怀疑和不确定性特征。通过对表面意义和文学传统的质疑，这些文章最终成为关于写作的文本，是一种持续的、开放式的探索。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对朱先生、于先生和方先生所著文章的核心“传统手势”的研究，最突出地证明了对表面意义的质疑。与地方紧密相连的活动，如爬山、穿越湖泊和河流，以及在参观遗迹和其他遗址时思考过去的历史，都让人联想到在漫长的前现代文学史的的游记和山水文章的诗学传统。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 07:19, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
As manifestations of cultural memory, such activities are more than simply concrete actions; they are gestures, i.e. “acts made as a sign of attitude.” These traditional gestures suggest an affinity between pre-modern and modern texts, yet at the same time, the essays consistently question the significance and consequence of this apparent affinity. This questioning is achieved, first, by the authors’ encounters with people inhabiting the landscape, second, by introducing elements of imperfection and incompletion throughout the essays, and, third, by the self-referential aspects of the essays.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
Adopting traditional gestures of contemplating place and past can be seen as an attempt to place the author in a privileged and thus assured position, offering him a way to authoritatively define himself within, yet separate from, his surroundings. However, encounters with people inhabiting the places make the author “interact” with these places. Rather than being objects of perception and contemplation only, places become parts of the perceiving and contemplating subject. The idea of place as distinct from the observer, providing a setting against which he can define himself as well as measure the changing times is deceptive.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, elements of imperfection and incompletion disrupt the narrative in these essays and thus similarly question the reliability of traditional gestures in the search for stable definitions of selves. Self-referential aspects of the texts also draw attention to the essays’ constructedness, thus questioning the idea that the texts have a single, accurate (and thus authoritative) interpretation and significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sum, an “ironic” reading of the traditional gestures in these essays of place foregrounds the concept of tradition as a vital part and construct needed to engage in a discourse on tradition and modernity from which modern texts ultimately evolve.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s “The Qinhuai River Amidst Sounds of Oars and Shadows of Lamps” (''Qinhuaihe''), Yu Dafu’s “Spring Day on Diaotai” (''Diaotai''), and Fang Lingru’s “Travel Notes from Langya Mountain” (''Langyashan''), are three notable essays of place in which place and memory serve as the main conceptual elements through which the writers’ negotiation of identity and meaning unfolds.  By questioning apparent meaning and literary convention, the texts become ultimately texts on writing as a continuous endeavor and exploration and thus texts on the open-ended nature of essays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the essays, the authors engage in activities such as climbing mountains, traversing rivers, and contemplating history and historical figures while visiting ruins and other sites. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s ''Jiangsheng dengyingli de Qinhuaihe'', written in 1923, was first published in the January 25, 1924 issue of ''Dongfang zazhi'' (Eastern Miscellany, founded in 1904). （文献无需翻译）	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu’s ''Diaotai de chunzhou'', written in August 1932, first appeared in the inaugural issue of the journal ''Lunyu'' (Analects), on September 16, 1932. &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Lingru’s ''Langyashan youji'' was written in April 1936 in Nanjing. Reprints in contemporary essay anthologies are taken from Fang’s essay collection Xin (Letters) published in 1945.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the terms “writer” and “author” are used interchangeably.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱自清的《浆声灯影里的秦淮河》（《秦淮河》）、郁达夫的《钓鱼台的春昼》（《钓鱼台》）和方令孺的《琅琊山游记》（ 《琅琊山》）是三篇有关地点的著名散文。在这几篇文章中，地点和回忆是主要的概念性元素，作者通过这些元素来具体展开关于身份认同以及具体含义的阐述。通过质疑明显的含义和文学习俗，这些文本最终象征着作者的不懈努力与探索，因此成为了文本的开放性文本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在这几篇散文中，作者在参观历史遗址时都参加了诸如爬山、过河、对历史以及历史人物进行深思的活动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s ''Jiangsheng dengyingli de Qinhuaihe'', written in 1923, was first published in the January 25, 1924 issue of ''Dongfang zazhi'' (Eastern Miscellany, founded in 1904). （文献无需翻译）	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu’s ''Diaotai de chunzhou'', written in August 1932, first appeared in the inaugural issue of the journal ''Lunyu'' (Analects), on September 16, 1932. &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Lingru’s ''Langyashan youji'' was written in April 1936 in Nanjing. Reprints in contemporary essay anthologies are taken from Fang’s essay collection Xin (Letters) published in 1945.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the terms “writer” and “author” are used interchangeably.（文献无需翻译）--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 11:26, 8 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱自清的《桨声灯影里的秦淮河》（秦淮河）、郁达夫的《钓鱼台上的春昼》（钓鱼台）、方灵如的《琅琊山游记》（琅琊山），这是三篇著名的关于地点的散文，其中地点和记忆是主要的概念要素，通过这些要素对作家的本体和意义的商讨逐步展开。通过对表面意义和文学惯例提出质疑，这些文本最终成为关于写作的文本，作为作者不断的努力和探索的一种象征，这些文本成为了关于散文开放性的文本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在这些散文中，作者在参观遗址和其他地方时，还参与了登山、穿越河流、思考历史和历史人物等活动。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 04:52, 9 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
For example, all three essays contain elements reminiscent of the poetic convention of contemplating the past (''huaigu''), often conveying regret over gone times and places. Images exposing the transience of human life in an enduring landscape suggest the writer’s uncertainty about the present and future, implying his desire to find a more lasting place within his existing surroundings.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In their apparent affinity to poetic conventions, traditional gestures seem to promise the writer a degree of authority and certainty in observing and interpreting surroundings and thus in determining his position and role in them. An ''ironic'' understanding and reading of such gestures in Zhu, Yu, and Fang's essays however, exposes the concept of tradition as construct indispensable for a discourse on modernity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evoking and sharing the cultural memory of place writing, Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays not only contain, but also constitute traditional gestures.（文献无需翻译） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FFor a concise explication of this poetic convention, see Hans H. Frankel, ''The Flowering Plum and the Palace Lady: Interpretations of Chinese Poetry'' (New Haven and London, 1976), chapter 9 “Contemplation of the Past.”（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern texts evolve from a questioning and reassessment of well-established meaning and value, rather than from a mere rejection of what are perceived to be traditional notions, customs, and ideals. Once tradition is divested of its absolute claim and subject to interpretation and reconstruction, modernity can emerge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the term “gesture” describes an activity as “something done to convey one’s intentions or attitude.”  The traveler’s activities are more than actions that have an obvious purpose, such as getting to a location or viewing a certain site. Roland Barthes’ notion of gestures in writing and writing as gesture suggests the multiplicity of meaning within essays of place and ultimately bears out the idea of essays of place as texts on writing. In ''The Responsibility of Forms'', Roland Barthes describes “gesture” in art as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Gesture.” Def.2. ''Oxford American Dictionary''. New York: Avon Books, 1980. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''The Oxford English Dictionary'' defines “gesture” as “a move or course of action undertaken as an expression of feeling or as a formality; especially a demonstration of friendly feeling, usually with the purpose of eliciting a favorable response from another.” Def.4.b. ''The Oxford English Dictionary''. 2nd Ed. (Clarendon Press: Oxford, 1989).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
[s]omething like the surplus of an action. The action is transitive, it seeks only to provoke an object, a result; the gesture is the indeterminate and inexhaustible total of reasons, pulsions, indolences which surround the action with an atmosphere [. . .]. Hence, let us distinguish the message, which seeks to produce information, and the sign, which seeks to produce an intellection, from the gesture, which produces all the rest (the “surplus”) without necessarily seeking to produce anything. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traversing mountains and lakes are activities with a concrete objective. As “gestures” or “surplus action,” those activities are signs of attitudes that in Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays ultimately serve to constantly question and change meaning by providing possibility instead of demarcation of meaning and signification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Barthes, Roland. “''[Readings: Gesture] Cy Twombly: Works on Paper.” The Responsibility of Forms''. By Barthes. Trans. Richard Howard, (Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1985) 160.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roland Barthes, every text is ultimately a product of gestures Discussing the work of American painter Cy Twombly (b. 1928), Roland Barthes furthermore says about the workings of gestures:（文献无需翻译）          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[t]he artist [ . . . ] is by status an “operator” of gestures: he seeks to produce an effect and at the same time seeks no such thing; the effects he produces he has not obligatorily sought out; they are reversed, inadvertent effects which turn back upon him and thereupon provoke certain modifications, deviations, mitigations of the line, of the stroke. Thus in gesture is abolished the distinction between cause and effect, motivation and goal, expression and persuasion (Barthes 160).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s ''Qinhuaihe'' describes a pleasure excursion on the Qinhuai River he and his friend Yu Pingbo embark on one summer evening. Singsong girls and their musicians, offering their services to passengers in the roaming boats, provide popular entertainment on the river. Zhu and Yu try to enjoy the atmosphere produced by a combination of natural scenery, history, lantern lights, and sound of oars and of music. Despite mingling with other boats whose passengers happily solicit the singsong girls’ services, they remain passive observers. Zhu's narrative culminates in his and Yu’s direct encounter with the singsong girls, who approach them to solicit business. This encounter mortifies and confounds Zhu, turning the trip into a disconcerting experience. Both Zhu and Yu reject the singsong girls’ solicitations, and soon after the encounter, they head back to the pier.    &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu’s ''Diaotai'' describes his travels in the countryside after having hurriedly left Shanghai to avoid being rounded up by Nationalist forces in the spring of 1931. Watching boats taking locals to their ancestral graves, Yu decides to visit his hometown in time for the Qingming festival. After only a few days with relatives and friends however, he becomes restless and leaves for a trip to Diaotai (Fishing Terrace) on Fuchun Mountain. He stops over at Tonglu for the night and despite the late hour climbs Tongjun Mountain located across the river. The next day, Yu visits the memorial hall on Fuchun Mountain dedicated to the Eastern Han recluse Yan Ziling and then climbs the famous Diaotai.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Lingru and a group of friends visit various historic sites scattered in the mountains they traverse during a spring outing. The most famous site is the pavilion named by Ouyang Xiu and celebrated in his famous ''An Account of the Pavilion of the Drunken Old Man'' (Zuiweng ting ji).  The group decides to stay overnight at the ''Temple of Cultivation'' (Kaihua si), located deeper in the mountains, and spends the rest of the day touring the mountains and their cultural imprints guided by a monk. In the evening, the friends enjoy the nocturnal atmosphere and quietude of temple and mountains. The next day, the day of the Qingming festival, the group tours two more mountains before returning to Nanjing in the evening. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
All three essays contain attempts to adopt gestures of contemplating times and places while traversing varied landscapes. Yet, three elements in the essays destabilize significance and consequence of those gestures, undermining their power to confirm identities and signaling the questioning nature of the texts. These three elements are first the authors’ encounters with people inhabiting the landscape, second, elements of incompletion and ambiguity that unsettle the traditional gestures, and, third, as supplementary elements, the essays’ self-referential strategies. The following readings of Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays explain and illustrate one of each of these elements respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Encounters with People in Zhu Ziqing’s Qinhuaihe'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encounters with people populating the landscape have two effects. First, these encounters force the author to interact with the landscape. It becomes impossible for him to demarcate his position and identity by contemplating places from an autonomous vantage point.  Zhu and Yu’s encounter with the singsong girls is the central human encounter in Zhu’s ''Qinhuaihe''. Initially, the singsong girls’ presence on the river does not appear to displease or disconcert Zhu. However, he maintains this sanguine perception by keeping a distance to the singers’ boats. The distance allows him to assume the traditional gesture of traversing a river to take in and contemplate its scenery and history from an independent viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to point out that a clear distinction between traveler and landscape does not mean the travelers’ disassociation from his surroundings. Rather it points to the clear demarcation of positions and roles necessary to form a stable unified whole from two distinct units.(文献无需翻译)&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
The encounter with the singsong girls witnessed by other passengers unsettles gesture and atmosphere. By diminishing the safe distance between writer and observed place (which so far included the singers), the encounter forces Zhu to play an active role in his surroundings. The singers step out of the landscape picture, and Zhu becomes part of the place against his will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ironically, however, the ensuing interaction nevertheless exposes an unbridgeable gap between author and people inhabiting the landscape. Zhu’s confrontation with the singsong girls reinforces an experience of distance, misapprehension, and alienation rooted in the dilemma of modern intellectuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu is both tempted by the offer and ashamed about even entertaining such a sentiment. Being publicly approached by women who sell their services to men and confronting his inner conflicting emotion embarrasses Zhu, who considers himself a moral and modern individual professing to condemn the exploitation of underprivileged social groups. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text moves from the portrayal of external space and atmosphere to a detailed self-dissection of Zhu's psyche and thoughts, a strikingly modern feature. As Zhu's progressive sensibilities interfere with acting out his desire, this psychological passage further disrupts the cohesion of the text as traditional gesture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱自清受到诱惑的同时又为自己的这种情绪感到羞愧。朱自清自认为是高尚现代的人，他公开谴责对于社会弱势群体的剥削，但是面对女人的当众搭讪和内心的矛盾情绪，朱自清却感到尴尬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文本从对外部空间和氛围的描写，转向对朱自清的心理和思想细致的自我剖析，具有显著的现代特征。由于朱自清的进步情感干扰了他的欲望的表现，这段心路历程进一步破坏了文本作为传统姿态的凝聚力。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 07:30, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱自清在受到诱惑的同时，又为自己的这种情绪感到羞愧。他自认为是高尚的现代人，会公开谴责对于社会弱势群体的剥削，但是面对女人的当众搭讪，他的内心极为矛盾，感觉十分尴尬，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文本通过对外部空间和氛围的描写，以及对朱自清的内心思想的自我剖析，均具有显著的现代特征。由于朱自清的先进情感干扰了他的欲望表现，这段心路历程进一步破坏了文本作为传统姿态的凝聚力。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 08:05, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
The encounter quickly deflates and undermines Zhu's attempt to adopt traditional gestures, causing confusion and conflict rather than reassurance of positions and identities in the river’s ultimately unpredictable space. Zhu’s experience of place is marked by a tension arising from an attempt to assert his independent position within his surroundings, the futility of the attempt, and the concurrent impossibility to become part of his surroundings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Significantly, only when Zhu’s inner conflict has abated somewhat, he and Yu are rewarded. On their way back, they pass a boat with a solitary singer coming toward them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The singer is sitting in the bow of the unlit boat, singing only to herself. This unexpected episode has an at least temporarily redeeming quality for Zhu. However, his feeling of contentment lasts only a fleeting instant, and soon he and Yu are back in the bustling amusement district. Importantly, Zhu and Yu do not truly encounter the solitary singer. Possibly, the singer did not even notice them. This brief moment comes closest to successfully adopting a traditional gesture. As long as they maintain a distance, fulfilling the significance of the gesture seems possible. Ultimately however, Zhu, not in control of the gesture, is unable to prolong this moment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
He is left in utter despondency. Threat and intimidation Zhu experiences are signified well by the way he perceives his surroundings immediately after passing the lone singer’s boat. Passing under a tall bridge, it seems to Zhu “as if the darkness was opening its huge mouth, about to swallow [their] boat.”  Zhu is left in a no-man’s-land between private desire and modern awareness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Incompletion and Ambiguity in Yu Dafu’s ''Diaotai'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elements of incompletion and ambiguity further question the significance of traditional gestures. By unsettling the essay’s narrative, these elements suggest an ironic reading of the texts that undermines the reliability of traditional gestures when searching for stable definitions of selves and surroundings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
Obstacles in Yu Dafu’s path paired with a restlessness he experiences in places destabilize the gestures he tries to adopt. The significance of his trip remains ambiguous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The evening before reaching Diaotai, Yu sets out to climb Tongjun Mountain to visit a Daoist temple. Upon disembarking from the ferryboat, he immediately falls over a loose rock on the dark and rugged mountain path. The image of a stumbling Yu on his solitary endeavor to climb the mountain at night is almost comical. His idea to climb the mountain at this hour appears unreasonable and undermines any effect the attempt to adopt a traditional gesture might have.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
The ferryman hands Yu a pack of matches to help him find the way. At first, Yu is “groping [his] way up the mountain,”  but as he approaches the top, moonlight begins to illuminate his path. A vast sky and a broad vista into the distance and onto the town seem to increase Yu’s chances of adopting the traditional gesture of contemplating place and past. As he approaches the temple however, an apparently locked gate in the low wall surrounding it obstructs Yu’s progress. After pacing up and down for a while not knowing what to do, he finally tries the gate, and surprisingly it opens. Ironically, Yu’s trip is delayed and almost cut short not by a locked gate but by his indecision and hesitation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
Although he finds the temple gates indeed securely shut for the night, Yu is at this point quite content to sit on the wall adjacent to the gate from where he can overlook the river and enjoy the scenery. He gazes at the stars, clouds, and moon above and the lights of the boats below gently wavering in the wind. At last, Yu’s position allows him to contemplate place and past from an elevated and independent vantage point. The unparalleled scenery of Tongjun Mountain inspires Yu to contemplate the lives of the Eastern Han (25-220 A.D.) recluse Yan Ziling and that of the two Dai brothers, Dai Bo and Dai Yong of the Easter Jin (317-420), who made this area their home.&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
Yu fully appreciates and identifies with their decision to lead a hermit’s life foreshadowing his own life of seclusion soon to begin. The clapper of the night watch in town finally wakes Yu to reality. Startled, he runs back head over heels to the boat. This abrupt ending to Yu’s reverie and his sudden anxiety to get back to the boat sharply contrast with the reflective atmosphere and sentiment of the passage. The traditional gesture is abruptly terminated. Like the clapper startling Yu, this abrupt ending to the nightly scene startles the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
On the boat to Diaotai, Yu, tired from admiring the scenery, falls asleep and dreams of a gathering with some old friends in an inn along the river. The text does not make it explicitly clear that Yu is dreaming. This becomes fully clear only when the boatman wakes Yu as they approach Diaotai. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his dream, the friends chat and make merry, but after all has been said and done, the atmosphere turns cheerless and awkward. At the center of the dream is a poem Yu composed a few years ago at a similar occasion. It is a political poem written in traditional septa-syllabic regulated verse style, lamenting the chaotic state of the country and expressing the dissatisfaction of intellectuals with the government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
One prominent traditional image in the poem is the loyal official who, “feigning madness,” (yang kuang) speaks the truth that goes unheeded. Here, a well-known traditional gesture is embedded in a text within a text. Before the gesture can come to full fruition, however, it is again terminated, this time by the boatman who wakes Yu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Significantly, Yu's perception of his surrounding has completely changed. Before falling asleep, he saw green mountains encasing the clear river and sandbanks with blossoming flowers; in short, tranquil and picturesque scenery. As the boat approaches Diaotai, however, “river and mountain scenery all around had suddenly changed.” (文献无需翻译)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing, “Jiangsheng dengyingli de qinhuaihe,” Zhongguo xiandai youji xuan, eds. Ma Zhonglin, Yang Guozhang, and Wang Zhonghua (Beijing: Zhongguo lüyou chubanshe, 1982) 95.(文献无需翻译)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu, “Diaotai de chunzhou,” Zhongguo xiandai youji xuan, eds. Ma Zhonglin, Yang Guozhang, and Wang Zhonghua (Beijing: Zhongguo lüyou chubanshe, 1982) 204.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu, 206(文献无需翻译)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
The river has narrowed and the mountains have moved extremely close, “as if ahead was no further way.”  The towering mountains create an oppressively lonely atmosphere, in which even the sound of the oars seems disheartened; the echo is audible only after a long while, amplifying the “ancient silence,” the “silence of extinction”  enveloping the boat. The sun is gone, and only a soughing wind comes and goes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surrounding has turned ominous. Yu’s anticipation turns into apprehension. Compared to his reverie on Tongjun Mountain, Yu now perceives Diaotai as desolate and gloomy, eerily echoing the chaos and tumult evoked in his poem. He describes dilapidated stone structures overgrown with weeds.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
Approaching Yan Ziling’s ancestral hall, now no more than decrepit walls and broken tiles, Yu begins to feel “a little afraid, afraid to encounter the ghost of Master Yan, old and dried-up like strips from a towel gourd.”  Yu’s rapidly growing skepticism and discomfort upon approaching the setting further suggest the impossibility to find meaning and identity by adopting traditional gestures in places.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Fishing Terrace, Yu is curiously reminded of a postcard depicting the William Tell Memorial Hall and its scenery in Switzerland. The colors of mountains and rivers he sees from Diaotai are strikingly similar to those on the “collotype postcard.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
However, in the scenery he views from Diaotai, “the variations are a little greater, the surrounding in all directions is just a little more jumbled and chaotic, that’s all, but this is actually a plus, enough to represent the East’s desolate beauty of national degeneration.”  Ironically, Yu’s comparison between the postcard picture and his view stresses the similarities between the colors of the landscapes only. He views a place that in its very structure carries the marks of present crisis. Associating his description of the scenery with Switzerland generally associated with national stability and social order only intensifies the image of national chaos and debility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Superficially conforming to the traditional gesture of contemplating (and lamenting) place and past, the comparison here is not one between present and past, but one between two presents. Yu's view evokes scenery on a foreign postcard, which in its modern photographic quality and miniature size cannot evoke the past, challenging the idea of a traditional gesture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After having had some wine in the hall, Yu walks up to the Buddhist shrine whose derelict walls are covered with poems, most of them of poor quality. In a corner near the ceiling, he finds an inscription by the Qing loyalist and fellow villager Xia Lingfeng (Xia Zhenwu, 1854-1930), whose commitment Yu admires despite objecting to Xia’s political convictions. Yu inscribes the poem from his dream next to Xia’s. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, Yu's act of inscribing the poem suggests that he sympathizes and identifies with Xia. However, since Yu does object to the substance of Xia’s ideals and motives, the gesture of writing a poem next to Xia’s only stresses the ambiguity of such an act. With the gesture of inscribing his poem along with others of inferior quality and next to that of a Qing loyalist Yu willingly obscures his own political stance and inadvertently questions the relevance of his act. The traditional-style poem placed in an obscure corner on the wall as one among many is ineffective, and the gesture of inscribing it loses its significance. Yu’s position and role in his time and place remains ambiguous and difficult to define. Ironically, while Yu’s essay saves the poem and its context from obscurity, it also exposes the very ambiguity of his act.&lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Self-referential strategy in Fang Lingru’s ''Langyashan'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By foregrounding a texts’ constructedness, self-referential strategies question the idea of a texts’ definite and authoritative meaning. Suggesting the texts’ plurality of meaning further substantiates their significance in negotiating perspectives, positions, and identities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concluding the narration of her two-day trip, Fang Lingru writes: “There are still many more scenic spots and ancient sites on Langya Mountain; if it’s meant to be, I’ll come another time to visit again. ''There is nothing more I can add to this piece'' (my emphasis).”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Lingru, “Langyashan youji,” ''Zhongguo xiandai youji xuan'', eds. Ma Zhonglin, Yang Guozhang, and Wang Zhonghua (Beijing: Zhongguo lüyou chubanshe, 1982) 148.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, she goes on to recommend a particular dish and wine the group had at a restaurant in Chuzhou before returning to Nanjing. This rather banal and anticlimactic addendum to her narrative is then followed by two more paragraphs, describing her sentiments upon returning home. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When I got home, it was already ten o’clock at night, and a fine drizzle filled the air. Just before leaving, the old monk Shangkuan had tied three Spring Azalea sprigs to my rickshaw, which I planted immediately upon coming home. Now the twigs have already developed tender sprouts; by this time next year, they will blossom. XX named them “Bodhi Shangkuan.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
I’ve been feeling extremely tired lately, but thinking back to the trip into the mountains, I can say that it was flawless, and I have no regrets.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a cliché to state at the end of a text that nothing can be added. Fang’s appended restaurant and food recommendation suggests her eagerness to relate every detail from the trip. However, extending her narrative by two paragraphs, she effectively contradicts her own assertion that everything worth saying has been said. This contradiction and the contrast between her matter-of-fact-style in which she ostensibly ends the essay and the intimate tone and personal content of the concluding paragraphs highlight the act of writing and constructing the text.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The final paragraphs further question the effect of adopting traditional gestures to find stable meaning and purpose in and through one’s surroundings. For Fang the gesture of translating visits to sites and ruins into detailed description evoke the past is not sufficient. Her encounter with the monk ultimately renders her experience on Langya Mountain significant. The flowers she received from him signify the possibility of growth, nurturing, and encouragement. By contrast, the significance of the sites themselves remains ambiguous.&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
The last two paragraphs of Fang’s essay complete the framework of personal reflection that encases the largely dispassionate narration of her trip. Personal memory is the ultimate locus of meaningful experience and the creative force underlying the essay. Exhausting facts and details in representing an experience does not bring a text to its end despite assertions to the contrary. Fang’s last sentence suggests that remembering the trip in close connection with the human encounter constitutes a source of satisfaction for her, rather than the emulation of traditional gestures that seem to promise an authoritative rendition of place and time. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Her memory and text are like the plant, living and changing. The gesture of announcing the end of her text is undermined by that same texts’ continuation. The self-referential strategy in Fang’s essay ultimately affirms possibility and potentiality not completeness and finality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to adopt established poetic gestures in Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays does not dispel the writer’s uncertainty and ambivalence in navigating, redefining, and asserting his (or her) role in a changed and changing environment. In each essay, various elements question reliability and significance of these gestures, highlighting the ambiguity of the writer’s experience and position in the places he visits.&lt;br /&gt;
Her memory and text are like the plant, living and changing. The gesture of announcing the end of her text is undermined by that same texts’ continuation. The self-referential strategy in Fang’s essay ultimately affirms possibility and potentiality not completeness and finality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to adopt established poetic gestures in Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays does not dispel the writer’s uncertainty and ambivalence in navigating, redefining, and asserting his (or her) role in a changed and changing environment. In each essay, various elements question reliability and significance of these gestures, highlighting the ambiguity of the writer’s experience and position in the places he visits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, the poet contemplating place and past was a solitary figure estranged from his times and surroundings, often questioning the present state of affairs. From the perspective of literary history, however, sharing this gesture and its variations with other poets in a long line of succession offered writers a way to secure rather than question their role and identity. Through canon formation and the writing of literary history, acts and themes such as contemplating places and past came to be understood as customary endeavors gaining and increasing their significance from their perceived continuity. Such understanding is part of the ''construction of traditions'' to legitimize poetic authority and continuity, or - as during the May Fourth movement - change and eradication.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relevant to the argument here is the idea of canon formation and the way it works. The argument does by no means suggest that all texts based on or containing certain traditional gestures and conventions are indeed similar and unchanged over the long pre-modern period. Nor does it suggest that in pre-modern travel and landscape writings the writer can indeed successfully confirm his identity and role through following the conventions of his time. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of confirming the writer’s authority as mediator and interpreter of time and place, traditional gestures in modern essays such as Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s foreground his precarious role and position within his time and place. Attempting to adopt traditional gestures ultimately exposes the gestures as constructs that do not provide an indisputable way of understanding and representing surroundings and one’s position and role in them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By deconstructing the cultural and literary traditions, May Fourth intellectuals and writers tried to establish a practical dichotomy between conservative past and progressive present and future to confer authority upon the modern text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
As the above readings show however, modern texts inevitably comprise a ''discourse'' on what is made out to be tradition and modernity. This discourse inscribes, negotiates, and transforms tradition within the modern text albeit in an ever varying and irrepressible way. The texts’ complexity, subtexts, and plurality of meaning arises from a ''negotiation'' between familiar conventions and new and modern perspectives in search of identities, roles, and positions in a changing time and place. Ultimately, the texts are texts on writing as a continuous endeavor and exploration and thus texts on the open-ended nature of essays.&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
'''From Historical Narrative to the World of Prose: The Essayistic Mode in Contemporary Chinese Literature'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Wang Ban''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a genre, the essay in contemporary China can be seen as a symptom of the decline of historical consciousness and narrative.  This comes through most sharply when compared with the previously established literary paradigm: the Chinese novel in the realistic mode.  For many decades the fiction of revolutionary realism served as ideological apparatus and medium for providing coherent temporal perceptions about past, present, and future.&lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
The realistic novel's central assumption is epic best described by Georg Lukacs, who construes the epic form as a projected ideal that is realizable through narrated social and historical actions.  Little thought needs to be taken to see that a revolutionary epic is a strenuous but finally triumphant harmony of ideal and reality.  The rise of the essay in the recent decades epitomizes the turn of literary writing from the epic coherence of ideal and life to the dispersed and fragmented sensory or sensual pleasures and sheer appreciation of images or anecdotes.&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
The essay retreats from historical consciousness and responds warmly and lightheartedly to the advent of consumer culture.  It is designed to satisfy the modest needs of the urban consumer whose sensibility is becoming “essayistic,” prosaic, ahistorical and everyday, preoccupied with the most intimate and quotidian matters.  This paper takes a look back at Eileen Chang's thinking on the essay and attempts to trace the linkage between the modern essay and the rise of urban consumer culture.  Then through an analysis of Wang Anyi's novella ''The Story of Our Uncle'' (Shushu de gushi), I demonstrate how the retreat from historical consciousness to what I would call the essayistic structure of feeling is dramatized by Wang's groping, explorative essay/fiction. &lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
The main character Uncle's career illustrates the waning of historical consciousness.  This paper seeks to point out that the essay's ambivalence lies in its freedom from the straitjacket of the grand narrative and in its contribution to the withering of historical consciousness in the rising consumer culture in China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Essay and the Novel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay as a cultural form can be grasped in its relation to the novel.  In twentieth-century China the novel in the epic, realistic mode had been the dominant form of literature and a pivotal ideological apparatus--probably up to the mid-1980s.  The Chinese realistic novel can be construed as epic in the way formulated by Georg Lukács.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Its epic characteristic lies in its historical scope and teleology, its engagement with social and political issues, its intertwining of the individual's fate with collective projects, its aesthetics of the exemplary hero, and its striving for transcendence within everyday immanence.  The novel of socialist realism in the Mao era strove to achieve an imaginary unity of transcendent ideals and quotidian reality.  It depicts a universe in which the world and the self “never become permanent strangers to one another” (Lukács 29) and the individual's growth is of one piece with communal destiny.  In the post-Mao era, often dubbed the New Period, works of fiction appeared to be different but were still imbued with an epic impulse. &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
It is true that the 1980s saw the emphatic upsurge of interest in the subjectivity of the autonomous individual, but far from an atomistic ego of appetitive self-interest, fictional characters were still figured as the subject of history.  For all its seeming revolt against the previously dominant mode, the image of the newly awakened modern self in the fiction of the New Period went hand in hand with the socio-historical process of socialist modernization, individuals serving as agents of this process.  Thus, Fredric Jameson's concept of national allegory--in which the individual's fate tells a larger story of collective destiny – was well received in Chinese criticism and made to apply with equal ease to the realistic novel of the Mao era as well as those advocating reforms.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critics have noted that in the 1980s thought emancipation movement (sixiang jiefang), the fundamental literary mode and historical consciousness were derived from the Hegelian-Marxist version of the unity of subject and object, the individual and history.  So the self that was upheld was not an autonomous self cut off from the collectivity of social processes, but was assimilated and modeled by the requirements of the modernization drive.  See Qi Shuyu, 103-104.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
If this view of the novel sounds anachronistic to contemporary China, we may justify it by a reference to the striven-for unity of revolutionary ideals and social reality, of theory and practice, a prominent tenet in the utopian legacy of Marxism.  As literary counterpart of this projected unity the Chinese realistic novel presents a mythical and epic structure in which dream and history, individual and collective become one.  In Lukács the epic is contracted with the novel, because the latter is a form stripped of the former’s immediate and unproblematic unity of ideal and reality (56). &lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the novel in the Western realistic tradition is troubled by the intrusion of time, which causes fractures in the epic, time-defying harmony between self and collectivity, dream and actuality.   But Lukács still insists that the novel is a kind of epic, because it strives to close the fissures created by the gap of time, hence potentially able to attain the epic status on a higher level. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gap between ideal and reality is minimized in the Chinese novel, which appears to be more epic than the realistic novel in the West.  The novel of revolutionary realism is closer to poetry, marked with tremendous lyricism, as Charles Laughlin notes with regard to the socialist sanwen in his essay “Incongruous Lyricism” in this volume. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would not seem incongruous when lyrical exuberance, equated with revolutionary idealism and utopianism, is maximized in the novel as a way to transcend and close the gap between a historical time marked by imperialist invasions, sufferings, and poverty on the one hand, and the ultimate ideal of communism culminating in the epic harmony of ideal and reality, theory and practice, on the other.  The novel in this mode is supposed to be more than a text you read, curled up in your couch in a snowy winter night in solitary comfort.  It was ideological, educational, edifying, its grand narrative projecting material praxis.  It aimed to instigate you to go out into the streets or impoverished villages and get organized with other fellow humans to make history.&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of the essay in contemporary China is a sign that the novel in the epic mode has become an endangered species.  This is not merely the problem of genre, nor am I suggesting that readers are flocking to essays and abandoning novels.  My point is that the novel as a medium of envisioning social life and registering experiences of temporality is giving way to the essay, or more generally to the essayistic structure of sensibility.   I play with the idea of essayistic in order to refer to the essay as a canonical textual form as well as those discursive moments in other literary genres embodying an “essayistic” quality and a “prosaic” structure of feeling.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
One crucial point to made is that this emotional structure accords with the everyday sensibility of a city-dweller and consumer.  This is one reason why it is instructive to contract the essayistic with the novel.  The essay deals with a prosaic and mundane world.  In Hayden White’s recapturing of Hegel’s distinction of poetry and prose, “The world in which prosaic utterance developed must be supposed to have been one in which experience had become atomized and denuded of its ideality and immediately apprehended significance, and voided of its richness and vitality” (87).This prosaic world of fragmented experience is to the Chinese novel as the Lukácsian novel is to the epic: a fall from an original oneness.  In contemporary China, neither the novel nor poetry seems to be a means of closing this widened gap.  My purpose in the essay is to examine the position of the essayistic in relation to the novel, and the related sensibilities in relation to history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
The Hegelian Marxist perspective I sketched earlier is helpful here for understanding the shift from the novel to the essay.  For Hegel art is necessary because it strives for a seamless, organic apotheosis of transcendent spirit and mundane reality.  This view, though historical, can lead to two contradictory conclusions.  In Hegel art is historical because it is a stage of the Spirit's journey to its self-realization.  As art evolves as historically transitory forms of the Spirit, the movement of history leads to the abolition of certain forms of art, or the demise of art altogether.  On this account the novel would be a casualty of the Spirit’s historical movement and self-realization.   For Hegel art becomes problematic and obsolete because the “world of prose” has attained the empirical form erstwhile aspired to by art.  In the world of prose, the Spirit has realized itself both in thought and in socio-political praxis, exemplified by the Prussian state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
The polity embodied by the Prussian state is for Hegel is the epitome of theory put into practice, a real image of realized art.  As Luckács remarked of Hegel, “Thus art becomes problematic precisely because reality has become non-problematic” (Lukács 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lukács, however, draws a contrary lesson from this historical, or more precisely the “end-of-history,” “end of art” thesis.  Taking issue with Hegel's view of art as “aestheticized” body politic, Lukacs argues that the problem of the novel is a mirror image of a world gone out of joint.  In modern times the novel is still alive as the impulse of art is still pressing.  The novel is aesthetically and epistemologically vital and necessary not because the established reality has achieved what art can only dream.  On the contrary, the novel is a desperate attempt to patch up a broken reality and inject little doses of meaning into a world emptied of spontaneous and totalisable significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
普鲁士国家所体现的政体是黑格尔是付诸实践的理论缩影，是现实艺术的真实形象。 正如拉克奇（Luckács）评论的黑格尔的那样，“正是因为现实变得没有问题，艺术才成为问题所在”（卢卡奇17）。&lt;br /&gt;
然而，拉克奇从这一历史，或更确切地说是“历史终结”，“艺术终结”的论点得到了截然不同的教训。 卢卡奇对黑格尔将艺术视为“审美化的”身体政治的观点持怀疑态度，他认为这本小说的问题是一个脱离世界的镜像。 在现代，由于艺术的冲动仍在继续，小说仍然活着。 这部小说在美学和认识论上至关重要，并且不是必需的，因为既定的现实已经实现了艺术只能梦想的东西。 相反，这部小说是拼命的尝试，以修补一个破碎的现实，并向一个空洞的，自发的和可累积的意义中注入很少的意义。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 06:46, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对于黑格尔来说，普鲁士王国代表的政体是理论成为现实的缩影，是现实艺术的真正形象。正如卢卡奇(Luckács)评价黑格尔时所说的：“正是因为现实变得没有问题，艺术就成了问题所在。”（卢卡奇 17）&lt;br /&gt;
然而，拉克奇从这一历史，或更确切地说是“历史终结”，“艺术终结”的论点中得到了截然不同的教训。卢卡奇不认同黑格尔“将艺术看作美学政体”的观点，他认为这部小说的问题是一个脱离世界的镜像。艺术的冲击力仍在继续，因此现代小说依然保持着其生命力。这部小说在美学和认识论上至关重要，这是必需的，并不是因为既定的现实已经实现了艺术只能梦想的东西。 相反，这部小说是拼命的尝试，以修补一个破碎的现实，并向一个空洞的，自发的和可累积的意义中注入很少的意义。--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 07:59, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
Therein lies its modern irony, the irony of dreaming the perfection of the world while knowing acutely the impossibility of perfection.  Interestingly, Lukács' insight into the ironic, self-reflexive nature of the novel provides a glimpse on the condition of the essay.  In the Chinese realistic novel, to be sure, the historical totality of communist utopia emerging out of a mundane reality is the shining symbol of inspiration, bearing a superficial resemblance to the Hegelian realization of Spirit in the state.  But the faith in the final triumph of communist utopia and the attainment of a fully emancipated society is presumed by the novelistic discourse as law-like and predetermined, hence realistic and inevitable.  Thus the decline of the novel, the novel in the epic mode, can be read as the decline of the grand, Marxist narrative of historical teleology.  In contrast, the rise of the essay harbingers a more fragmentary, disjoint, and private form of signifying practice that is springing up in the cracks and gaps of a fallen reality, a world out of joint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
The world out of joint is a compelling image of today's China going commercialized, globalized, and fragmented in all aspects of life.  The phrase “out of joint' here is meant to denote both the explosive vitality and disorienting chaos, the drama and trauma of the Chinese scene unfolding in the past decade.  To grasp China as a vast market place, a rising consumer society, an emergent culture of mass media and spectacles, I refer the reader to numerous reports by journalists, economists, and a vast number of essays written by writers who have recently turned to the personal essay as a forum.   Literature, as a historical vision and ideological apparatus, is hanging in the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
Like many other spheres of culture, it has become commodified and entered the marketplace, being packaged into one more item in the mass media and entertainment industry.  This altered social context is crucial to understanding the essay as a literary form and a cultural medium of expression in contemporary China.  But this link between the culture of commodity and the essay, or the essayistic mode of writing and feeling, is not a brand new phenomenon of the last decade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a tracing of the historical linkage we may turn to the earlier period in modern literary history.  Eileen Chang's essays and her reflection on the essay form are the compelling and successful instance of the marriage between the essay and mass culture.  Nicole Huang’s paper in this volume looks at some aspects of this marriage as manifest in Chang’s essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
This marriage finds its new manifestations in the work of the contemporary writer Wang Anyi, who is writing in a renewed urban context in many ways similar to that of Chiang.  An analysis of Eileen Chang's thinking on the essay will help us understand Wang's work.  Eileen Chang's views give the essay form a clear shape as it emerged in an urban and consumer culture.  Wang Anyi's essays and especially the essayistic moments in her fiction mark the return of this consumer-oriented genre under new historical circumstances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Eileen Chang and the Essay in the Urban Setting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story and essay writer Eileen Chang has been seen as one source for Wang Anyi's work.  Although Eileen Chang wrote fictions of urban life set in Shanghai and Hong Kong in a mixture of traditional and modernist styles, her writing is a sharp contrast and an antidote to the grand narrative of the May Fourth Enlightenment and revolution in modern Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This view of Hegel's on art is evoked by Lukács in his preface to ''The Theory of the Novel'', 11-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Her stories relish the irrelevancies, minor manias, trivia, and anxieties and depict random episodes of the urbanite's life.  The intriguing depiction of the narrow romance and personality of the petty urbanites, ''xiaoshimin'', is her forte and attraction.  The prose of life in a cramped and congested urban setting is not only the hallmark of her fiction, but also constitutes the major themes of her essays.  While her essays correspond to and illuminate her fiction, her thoughts on essay writing serve to highlight the aesthetic quality of the essayistic in modern Chinese literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's essay collection ''Floating Words'' (sometimes translated as ”Written on Walter”) is a compelling example of the essay as it emerged in Chinese urban culture.  In the opening essay entitled “The Child Utters his Words without Constraints” (Tongyan wuji) she equates her essays to the chatty, whimsical, and willful airing of pent-up feelings whenever and wherever she can, like an unrestrained child. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Writers like her, she says, have little to do with earth-quaking, epoch-making historical events and should drop the dream of immortality attainable from self-portrayal by writing a popular autobiography.  The satisfaction and salvation for a writer are writing “bits and pieces about matters concerning oneself” (7).  The matters of self-concern, as Chang continues, include money, dress, eating, important personages and their grotesque undersides, and family relations.  Within a few pages of this first essay we have a range of sundry themes expressing interest in consumer habit, survival in the city, personal and social relations in an increasingly compartmentalized urban culture.  Running down the table of contents of this essay collection, we have trouble classifying what the essays focus on, except to say that they essay opinion and play around with perceptions just about anything in city life.  They touch upon whatever flickers through the mind, passes in view, appeals to the senses, any stereotypical or routine scenes or acts in the urban setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
There are, to give a taste of their randomness and miscellany, pieces about living in an apartment, beating up people, private and intimate words, shallow impressions about art, changing dresses, woman, rains, the umbrellas, even about a routine act of going upstairs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While it is surely impossible to box these essays into a general category and abstract a unifying principle, Eileen Chang points beyond this charmed collection of essays to the grand historical narrative and thus provides a useful reference point for what the essay refuses to do.  If it is not clear what the essay is, Chang shows what it is not. She sees the essay in its withdrawal from and rejection of historical discourse and in its all-consuming absorption in the mundane and fragmented urban scenes.  The nature of the essay seems to lie in its irrelevance to history as a literary principle:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
I have no desire to write history, nor am I qualified to make judgement on the historian's perceptions.  But privately I hope they would say more things that are irrelevant.  Reality as such is not systematic; it is like seven or eight chatter-boxes sounding simultaneously, creating confusion.  But amidst this incomprehensible sound and fury there occur moments of illumination, poignant and bright, enabling us to hear the tune and understand a bit, only to be swallowed up by the thickening darkness.  Painters, writers, and composers connect these chancy, fragmented discoveries and create artistic wholes.  (41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a fiction writer Chang does not believe in artistic perfection.  She creates “imperfect” and flawed characters in her fiction, as she repeatedly claims.  In her essays she holds it important to write about the irrelevancies, for, as she proclaims, all life' charms are to be found in the irrelevancies. (42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's thinking on the essay reflects certain aspects of Chinese modernity that provides a context for understanding the essay form as an increasingly prominent cultural medium.  The essay for her is a writing practice opposed to the historically oriented and politically charged literature, to the teleological historical narrative, and to the monumental work of art.  Formalistically the essay is random, self-contradictory, expressive, and therapeutic.  Eileen Chang's essays are a radical departure from Lu Xun's miscellaneous essay (''zawen'').  Despite its similarly disjoint, personal, and casual form, the ''zawen'' à la Lu Xun is polemic, militant, acid, socially and political engaged.  It seizes upon the small and transitory but its gaze goes past them to the culturally and historically significant.  This engaged character puts the ''zawen'' in a close lineage with the didactic tradition of May Fourth literature aimed at raising readers' consciousness or jolting them out of the half-sleep of tradition and convention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of consumer mentality, urban culture, and the new role of the writer as a professional breadwinner brought to prominence the values of entertainment, charm, taste, performance, charisma, and glamour--values inherent to urban culture with a good appetite for entertainment, images, and spectacles.  This emergent socio-historical context was overshadowed and marginalized by the dominant political ideology and historical narrative in the decades after Eileen Chang's short-lived popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andrew Jones of UC-Berkeley is at work to translate Eileen Chang’s essay collection into English and he uses the phrase “Written on Water.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his recent book ''Shanghai Modern'' Professor Leo Lee has admirably traced Eileen Chang's writing and the commercial urban culture she was immersed in.  See the Chapter “Eileen Chang: Romances in a Fallen City,” 267-303.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s and in Wang Anyi's work, this historical context re-emerged with sharpness and vengeance.  I will argue that the fate of the essay or the aesthetic quality of the essayistic cannot be understood without considering the revival of urban and consumer culture and its increasing detachment from the historical consciousness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Telling a Story Where There is no Story to Tell'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anyi's work in the 1990s shows how deeply the urban mass culture has penetrated and transformed literature.  The novel in the epic mode depends upon some preconceived story pattern which delivers ideological and historical convictions about temporal perceptions of past, present, and future.  One symptom of the shift from the novel to the essay is the acute sense of lack of story, the sense that the archetypal stories that writers used to rely on to generate their narratives are no longer convincing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，在王安忆的作品中，这一历史语境以尖锐和复仇的笔触重新出现。我认为，如果不考虑城市文化和消费文化的复兴及其与历史意识的日益分离，就无法理解散文的命运或散文的审美品质。&lt;br /&gt;
“在没有故事可讲的地方讲故事”&lt;br /&gt;
王安忆90年代的作品展现了城市大众文化对文学的渗透和改造。史诗模式下的小说依赖于一些先入为主的故事模式，这种模式提供了意识形态和历史信念，关于对过去、现在和未来的短暂感知。从小说到散文的转变的一个典型是故事的严重缺失，作家过去赖以形成叙事的原型故事不再令人信服。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 04:00, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在20世纪90年代，以及在王安忆的作品中，这一历史语境以充满尖锐的笔调和复仇的情感重新出现。我认为，如果不考虑城市文化和消费文化的复兴及其与历史意识的日益分离，就无法理解散文的命运或散文的审美品质。&lt;br /&gt;
“在没有故事可讲的地方讲故事”&lt;br /&gt;
王安忆20世纪90年代的作品展现了城市大众文化对文学的渗透和改造。史诗模式下的小说依赖于一些先入为主的故事模式，这种模式传达了意识形态观念和历史观念，这些观念与对过去、现在和未来的短暂感知有关。从小说到散文的转变的一个典型表现是严重缺失故事的敏锐感觉，即作家过去赖以形成叙事的原型故事不再令人信服。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:12, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
For Wang Anyi this poverty of stories is directly linked to the urban setting.  The title of one of her essays on literature “The City Has no Story to Tell” (Chengshi wu gushi) highlights the disappearance of sharable, communicable narratives in the city's amorphous atmosphere and the anonymous urban crowd.  This essay makes quite clear the sociological transformations that have given rise to the generic shift from story to non-story, or from narrative fiction to the essayistic mode.  In it Wang sets up a contrast between the village community and urban social organization.  The tightly knit rural communities, such as villages and small towns, are the nurturing ground for sharable stories.  As the social relations are largely those of family, kinship or clan, human contact and communication are more intimate and primarily face to face.  Individuals act out their life stories in a pre-given trajectory and within a received social network of work, authority, and hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
The stories both told and lived, recounted over and again against a backdrop of traditional orientation and self-evident norms.  Traditional values and age-old customs shape the stories people tell each other and assure their intelligibility and guarantee cultural continuity.  In short, the temporal and spatial perceptions are inherited and sedimented over time and can be repeated in new stories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This argument about village community brings to mind Benjamin's critique of the modern novel and re-evaluation of the communal storyteller.  The village community is embedded in an inexhaustible fund of stories and exemplified by the culturally cohesive role of the storyteller.   Benjamin's familiar argument takes on new significance when the contract between village and city is construed as a metaphoric tension between the self-assured story-telling in the epic mode of the Chinese novel and the disappearance of the story in the city. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
More importantly, the tension foregrounds the accelerated modernization process that has rendered almost obsolete, in less than a decade, the relatively habitual and time-worn socio-psychic infrastructure.  It brings into sharp focus the market oriented, amorphous urban setting where the individual becomes atomic individuals, cut loose from the social moorings of kinship, community, and family, from lineage and history.   Thrown into the competitive marketplace and transient impersonal relations, the individual has to rely on his or her own ingenuity and resources..   Since they come from different areas and are isolated from each other in the compartmentalized life spheres and specialized work, urban dwellers only have their own vastly different stories to tell, stories which are narrowly biographical and not readily meaningful to other people.  There are more stories to tell, it is true, but the apparent multiplication of stories imply the poverty of a communicable story. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
This is what Wang means by saying there is lack of stories in the city.  The endlessly varied confusion and lack of common interest lead to disjoint, fragmentary, anecdotal, performance-driven forms of writing often found in essays written for the consumer's relaxed state of mind, or mindlessness after a nice dinner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''From the Historical to the Essayistic: the Fall of the Intellectual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anyi's ''The Story of Our Uncle'' illustrates the transition from the historically and ideological oriented literature to a form that could be characterized as essayistic. The novella was written in 1990, a time of drastic change for Chinese society and culture as a whole.  From a culture dominated by an ideologically oriented and centralized state China was moving quickly into a brave new world of frenzied economic development, investment, consumerism, and pop culture.  Something fundamental had drastically shaken the basic fabrics of Chinese society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
''The Story of Our Uncle'' registered a very sensitive aspect of the epoch-making changes in China.  Rather than interpret this novella as a literary text, I will look at it as a document tracing a shift in literary and social history.  Focusing on a novelist's career, the novella delineates the qualitative shift in the value and function of literature in a time when ideology and politics were giving way to the market, economic development, and consumerism--all under the rubric of modernization.  From the vicissitudes of a writer we may see how the novel as a cultural form loses its ground and how literary sensibility shifts to the essayistic.  This generic shift provides a glimpse onto the fundamental social transformations in the 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critics have noticed the presence of essayistic quality in Wang's writing, especially in her fiction.In ''The Story of Our Uncle'', one finds the essayistic prevailing over narrative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
The text reads more like an essay-- rambling, random, analytical, disjoint, gossipy, chatty--than a straight narration, a fact acknowledged by the author herself.  In this narrative-essay a young writer on behalf of his generation attempts make a biographical assessment of an older writer they call our uncle.  One would be disappointed to expect an engaging action or dramatic story.  Though the text retains the outward, apparent shape of a novella it is a hybrid composed of diverse genres, with literary and art criticisms, gossip, conjecture, history, philosophizing, anecdotes, and stories all rolled into one.  The narrator suggests that this novella is an essay in the double sense of textual form and playful, explorative literary exercise.   He proclaims in the opening paragraph that this is a story assembled out of a hodgepodge of elements, and there is no way to distinguish truth from falsehood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
“Many blanks need to be filled up with imagination and inference,” and the story is filled with “subjective coloring” (181).  The subjective, arbitrary, even whimsical character of the text is further associated, as the narrator notes, with the mode of production that writers have adopted as they are geared toward an emergent literary market.  Writers, the narrator says, are people who spend their time making up stories.  One day “we started circulating his (Uncle's) maxims.”  To the laborers like us the maxims are significant, for they are capital in commodity production and can produce surplus value, which can put back to expanded reproduction. ''The Story of Our Uncle'' is thus premised on fragmentary axioms, an arbitrary principle of composition, random fantasy, and the form of commodity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
In a strictly formalistic sense, Wang's text complies with the usual comments and generalizations on the essay as a literary form.  In Theodore Adorno's well-known essay entitled “The Essay as Form” we find numerous descriptions well suited to an analysis of the essay in the Chinese context.  Adorno pits the essay against the institutional system of philosophy, the discourse of scientific positivism, and its attendant socio-cultural condition of reification.  The essay is envisaged as an ''enfant terrible'' or a serious playboy seeking the utopia space of the pleasure principle.  Thus the essay turns up its nose to the notions of totality, completeness, systematicity, the universal and the eternal.  It is marked by fragments, excessive fantasy and interpretation, exploration, and experiments.  Its supposed form is actually formlessness.  Abandoning the rigid conceptual schemata, it seeks and engages the object in its historical specificity and quotidian trivia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
While Adorno's comments are apt and in tune with much of Eileen Chang and Wang Anyi's musings on the essay, the philosophical framework in Adorno that the essay rebels against is different: the essay is up against the high-minded conceptual tyranny of Western philosophical tradition.  In the Chinese literary convention the essay is not so clearly defined against something so established.  Its polemic pole, I have tried to argue throughout this essay, is to be identified as the Enlightenment and Marxist paradigm of teleological history and its literary counterpart: the novel of revolutionary realism.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay is a literary exploration trying to break out of the conceptual and discursive straitjacket.  Adorno quotes Max Bense and says that the essay “is distinguished from a treatise:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
The person who writes essayistically is the one who composes as he experiments, who turns his object around, questions it, feels it, tests it, reflects on it, who attacks it from different sides and assembles what he sees in his mind's eye and puts into words what the object allows one to see under the condition created in the course of writing.  (17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dropping of a grand, complete vision and opting for the incomplete, trivial, and the experimental are what makes for the essay.  The German word Versuch, attempt or essay, Adorno writes, is the place where “thought's utopian vision of hitting the bullseye is united with the consciousness of its own fallibility and provisional character” (16).  This “indicates . . . something about the form, something to be taken all the more seriously in that it takes place not systematically but rather as a characteristic of an intention groping its way” (16).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See Wu Liang and Wang Anyi, “A Conversation on Reality and Fiction,” in Wang Anyi, Reality and Fiction (Jishi yu xugou) 325.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adorno, 3-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
An intention groping its way into the mysteries of the Uncle's life aptly describes the essayistic quality of Wang's novella.  As a text assembled out of disparate materials-- hearsay, gossips, and guesswork, fantasy, and conjecture, the narrative enacts a wide array of pre-given discourses and narrative patterns to grope at the “real” life of the Uncle.  These discourses and narratives are in their own turn commented on as objects of inquiry and critique on a “meta” level and treated as options in an experimental writing.  As an intellectual the Uncle is typical of hundreds of thousands others persecuted in the political campaigns whose suffering and re-instatement in the post-Cultural Revolution period is now a cliche.  But at the very outset the novella unpacks the myth of the suffering intellectual into forking paths of narrative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探索叔叔生活之谜的意图恰如其分地描述了王中篇小说的散文主义特质。作为一个由传闻、闲话、猜测、幻想和猜想这样不同的材料组合而成的文本,叙事中出现了大量预先设定的话语和叙事模式，以探索叔叔的“真实”生活。这些话语和叙述在“元”层面上作为探究和评判的对象被评论，并在实验性写作中被视为可选择的事物。作为一名知识分子，叔叔是在政治运动中遭受迫害的数十万人中的典型，他们在后文革时期的痛苦和恢复现在已成陈词滥调。但从一开始，这部中篇小说就把受苦知识分子的故事解构成了分岔的叙事路径。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 04:28, 9 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
One can make up a narrative of the Uncle on his way to the place of exile, for instance, by recourse to a tragic-sublime scenario of political victims echoing Dostoevesky.  Riding in a beat-up truck drudging through the vast, snowy Siberian landscape in the Northwest plateau, the victim/hero would ponder the significance of life and fate with an elderly wise man.  One could also cast the Uncle in a lackluster, comic or even grotesque light, reduced to a mere creature of survival, trapped in a narrow village life.  Like thousands of other writers, Uncle was persecuted and exiled because of his writing.  But this fabled story of the tragic-heroic writer is again playfully retouched into three different versions by Uncles' own retelling after the fact.  In the first telling, his persecution is a political story, indicting the tyranny of the political system.  Then it is an existential story, intimating the mysterious and ironical workings of fate.Thirdly, it is a prophetic story, in the fashion of an Aesop fable, full of prescience and bodings of catastrophe.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
This intention groping its way into the Uncle's life draws upon various types of narrative patterns and aesthetic resources.  This is by no means a literary embellishment for pure rhetorical variety or pleasure.  The narration is saddled with the difficulties of understanding and getting the Uncle's life's straight.  The difficulty is not the usual generational gap, but reflects different historical experiences and memory that separate the young from the old.  This difference not only drives a wedge into the writers as a group, but also gives rise to the divergence of generic practice and the aesthetics informing it.  This divergence is the key to understanding the essay and the essayistic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
The older generation, having experienced political persecution and historical traumas at the first hand, is deeply grounded in a historical consciousness and a teleological narrative.  The Uncle is intensely committed to writing literature as praxis for social change.  His meteoric rise to the leading writer in the aftermath of the Cultural Revolution indicates that the position of what Gramsci called the “organic” intellectual remains strong, even thriving. The popularity of his novels shows that a work of literature can make a tremendous hit and is an effective medium for criticizing the flaws of the system and raising the social, political consciousness of readers.  It revives the legacy of the New Literature of May Fourth and is rightly re-baptized as the literature of the New Period (xin shiqi wenxue).  It is the voice of the farsighted and the vanguard in China's modernization drive.  Despite all his traumas and sufferings, the Uncle's generation, writers in their forties and over in the narrative time, remains firm in their belief in the organic totality of socio-historical process and the people's capacity in steering the course of history.  Literature is simply one vehicle that carries this historical mission.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
The historical consciousness embodied by the Uncle is to find its corresponding form in an epic mode of writing: the realistic novel.  The Uncle's general outlook on the world is epic in the Lukácsian sense.  The young narrator captures this ''Weltanschauung'' very accurately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The political life of the past few decades has filled up his personal experience and life.  This enables Uncle to keep his worldview firmly anchored to reality and politics.  The state and government encompass the whole world for him and form the vast backdrop for human activity.  Patterns of people's behavior and conduct are but representatives of social life.  The concept of culture sounds very abstract and empty to him.  For him art should also perform real and political functions.  (214-215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
The young generation, in contrast, is not so firmly grounded.  Growing up in a period when the dominant ideology is in decline, they are left floating in the winds of various imported ideologies and newfangled isms.  Creatures of the newly emergent market and players of nihilistic intellectual fashions, they produce literature without any commitment to a socio-historical mission.  Literature is but a playful, aesthetic game unburdened with any responsibility and weighty purposes.  Art has become an artful, artsy activity, floating free of socio-historical grounding.  Literary activity to them means, more specifically, attending pen conferences, pursuing hot fashions, innovating fresh forms and tastes, brandishing new theories, making up sensational and marketable stories.  All this also leads to the enhancement of a writer's charisma and even sexual appeal.  Indeed, to the young generation it is old fashioned to see literature as having historical or social significance; literature becomes more and more sexy and commercial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
The story of the Uncle is an allegory of withdrawal from history and the dangers involved, exemplified in his crisis-ridden metamorphosis from a historically grounded writer to a playful artist, from novelist to essay writer.  The Uncle's earlier success thrusts him to the status of literary celebrity and stardom: he becomes a prominent figure in the media.  As the younger writers pursue fashions and cater to new consumers with playful, entertaining, artsy literary goods, the Uncle feels the need to catch up.  His new position as a glamorous writer allows him to become a globetrotter.  At the invitation of literary and academic circles and literary institutions around world eager to know a newly opened China, he journeys from country to country giving talks and socializing at literary cocktail parties.  Increasingly, sightseeing and superficial impressions of exotic foreign countries become the only materials he can summon: he becomes a tourist and a writer of travelogue. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
Going along with the role of a player in an increasingly cosmopolitan, global, and consumer oriented literary market is a new philosophy of writing, which favors a showy, playful, essayistic quality at the expense of the epic, social and historical.  The Uncle is reborn, the younger narrator rightly observes, into a new life, and into an enclosed new realm of pure artistic creativity.  He addresses serious social problems playfully in the style of black humor and through anachronistic narrative techniques.  He becomes more and more detached from the grave political issues of the day.  His new outlook is derived from a purely aesthetic principle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在日益国际化、全球化和以消费者为导向的文学市场中，一种新的写作理念应运而生，它以牺牲史诗性、社会性和历史性为代价，追求炫耀性、趣味性和散文性。年轻的叙述者正确地观察到，文学叔叔重生了，他进入了一种新的生活，进入了一个封闭的纯艺术创造的新领域。他以黑色幽默的风格和不合时宜的叙述技巧，玩笑般地处理严重的社会问题。他与当今严重的政治问题越来越疏远。他的新观点是由纯粹的美学原则衍生而来。--[[User:Xu Pengfei|Xu Pengfei]] ([[User talk:Xu Pengfei|talk]]) 05:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Pengfei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在日益国际化、全球化和以消费者为导向的文学市场中，一种新的写作理念应运而生，它以牺牲史诗性、社会性和历史性为代价，追求炫耀性、趣味性和散文性。年轻的叙述者恰好观察到，文叔重生了，他进入了一种新的生活，进入了一个封闭的纯艺术创造的新领域。他以黑色幽默的风格和不合时宜的叙述技巧，玩笑般地处理严重的社会问题。他与当今严重的政治问题越来越疏远。他的新观点是由纯粹的美学原则衍生而来。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 06:50, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Emptied of historical substance and filled up with fragmentary and rambling impressions in his global trips, both life and writing of the Uncle thin out into personal, irrelevant, discontinuous fragments.  His writing begins to take on the essayistic quality, and borders on sheer images or simulacra, getting closer and closer to those of the younger generation.  Real human relations are “only a literary conceit.” (227), he echoes the younger generation.  Within the aesthetic shelter the “Uncle can no longer become excited or moved and is immune to suffering.”  Tragic suffering is now only a literary category, and “the awareness of this is the hallmark of Uncle's becoming a pure writer” (225).  Parallel with this essayistic quality is the Uncle's changed life style.  His is more taken with things he would have considered vulgar, low, or quotidian;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
he becomes more listless and yuppish.  He has developed a strong interest in women and sexual intrigues and conquests; he indulges in vulgarity and trivial pursuits, exulting in money and showy, exotic collectibles.  In short, he metamorphoses from an image of the epic novelist and organic intellectual to a middle class, professional writer, whose favored form is the essay and whose lifestyle takes on the “essayistic” quality of a ramble for self-pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation in the Uncle reflects the retreat of literature from a historically grounded medium to a form light-hearted, playful entertainment and a theatrical performance.  The problem with this change, as the novella's ending suggests, is that it is self-deceptive.  Despite the Uncle's willful creation of an aesthetic cocoon, history manages to intrude in the end as return of the repressed, in the person of his murderous son.  His son embodies all the painful memory and disgraceful experience of the Uncle's life, unfit for the epic treatment in his novels and repressed in his ethereal, airtight, essayistic experiments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
The son's attempted murder of his father signifies the revenge of a history that the Uncle is trying to shut off from the serene, trouble-free aesthetic realm.  Our concern, however, is not with the interpretation of the story per se, but with the way the Uncle's fate indicates the shift in literary form.  If the Uncle's story apparently traces the trajectory of a novelist to a writer who not only writes travelogues and essays but also is imbued with essayistic sensibility, then the essay in contemporary China is a release from the epic form of writing and historical discourse.  It is a release into the literary market and consumer taste, a response to the pervasive secularization of life and rising consumerism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
It comes as the image of a loosening up of the previous, ideologically controlled life, which is now becoming more private, more disjoint and fragmented, more removed from the totalistic social and political process.  Yet history has not become the simulacrum to play with, as envisioned by the younger narrator or the Uncle himself as he catches up with the fashions.  China’s social reality does not square so nicely with the essayistic playfulness one may wish.  Thus the essay as a cultural form is caught in a tension between withdrawal from the burden of history and the possible return of the repressed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mulish Essays: the Genre of ''Zawen'' in Contemporary China&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Mary Scoggin''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tone in an essay is an ironic figure of speech; how can you channel that which is carried in sound through the ink of print? This paper illustrates the trope of tone through the particularly ,sonorous' work of ShaoYanxiang, an official poet who in retirement is better known for the essays in which he collapses poetry into polemic, his ''zawen''. The distinct and beleaguered social and cultural space for ''zawen'' in contemporary China reveals the mechanics, ideology and significance of tone in Chinese writing. Even more than other literary genres, ''zawen'' depends upon something within the earthy noise of moody, mulish voices to carry its messages. Like most poetry, but unlike most fiction and drama, ''zawen'' is itself a first person voice, not a representation of voices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet unlike poetry, which may need to be at least imagined to be read out loud, repeated and savored for full effect, ''zawen'''s ideal is to appear for a fleeting moment on the back page of a newspaper, to be received with the accompaniment of an enigmatic laugh, sigh or snort from the reader, and then thrown away quickly, before anyone can find their seat and sit in it, or take offence. While readers love and hate their morally and politically provocative ''zawen-of-the-moment'', writers string zawen across stretches of time and publishing organs to construct heavily intertextualized conversations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually they even preserve ''zawen'', long after the dizzying minutia of allusions, jokes and digs are forgotten, often compiling a career's worth of them into small print runs of volumes that they give away to friends and admirers as discursive portraits of themselves. Lu Xun's genre of the ,dagger and spear' is thus not only a sly political weapon, but also a complex sculpture of the self, chiseled by the cantankerous tones of social dialogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contemporary textbooks and manuals of Chinese essay composition, the “miscellaneous essay,” [literally, “mixed essay,” referred to as ''zawen'' hereafter] is presented as a particularly “Chinese” essay genre within a global view of universal literary categorization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, the genre's initial back-handed champion, quipped sardonically that although he searched the standard encyclopedia thoroughly, he was unable to locate the genre of “tsa-wen” in any authoritative foreign classification.  Lu Xun's sarcasm includes both defiance and self-conscious uneasiness about a writing practice that Chinese circumstances, he felt, rendered peculiar and unseemly upon a world stage.  Compare the comments of a recent critic of ''zawen'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese affairs, there is a strange phenomenon that has held true until the present time, and that is; the value of any certain thing has to be established by a foreigner or by some common foreign publication.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
As for this thing called modern Chinese ''zawen'', because its Chinese characteristics are too strong, Westerners truly have a hard time understanding them, and thus have difficulty in researching this subject...  the American writer Pearl Buck said something like: 'this thing called ''zawen'' is too peculiar, you really cannot understand it.'  That is why only Chinese people themselves can evaluate this phenomenon called zawen.  (Yan Xiu in Zhang Hua [all translations by Scoggin unless otherwise noted])&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yan Xiu, an eminent writer and critic, articulated Lu Xun's defiance of the foreign authority to categorize essay genre in a relatively explicit way, while also maintaining a typical ''zawen''-esque playfulness of style.  He continues his commentary;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
But we do not need to worry about this long period of neglect in which foreigners do not recognize ''zawen.''  Even if a foreigner were to burst his/her mind researching Chinese zawen, I am afraid that they would not be able to research anything out of it even if they researched themselves flat broke and starving.  But Chinese people all understand them easily.  If they were not able to maintain the abiding appreciation and understanding of Chinese readers, this practice would have been lost.  The historical reasons and significance for the creation and propagation of ''zawen'' in China are worth serious research and theorizing (ibid.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bravely dismissing the risk of bankruptcy, I do propose to research and theorize the culture of this funny genre of essay in all of its supposed inscrutability.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
One ubiquitous characterization of zawen from textbooks and manuals is built upon the metaphor of the mule. This metaphor suggests a number of qualities, including hybrid vigor and strength, stubborn bad-temper, and resilience in the face of obstacles.  Mules kick, spit and bray with distinctive exuberance.  ''Zawen'' are often considered an awkward combination of “part-poetry, part politics” (Lin).  Cross-bred traits extend the qualities of a mule; ''zawen'' are bred to toil at the most difficult of human labor, they are strong, hard-working and rather famously unloved creatures, best known for their expressive obstinance.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how does an essay kick, spit and bray?  In Chinese theoretical discussion of ''zawen'' the metaphor moves from kinetics to sound; ''zawen'''s kick is located in its “tone,” a term taken from music, although the sound here is can be distinctly unlovely.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
Elsewhere I have examined the function of “tone” through the lens of the published record of debate over tone between literary editors (see Scoggin 2001).  I have posited the idea that approaches to writing ''zawen'' fall into two interdependent strategies, one overt and one covert, both blending the tactics of politics and poetics in perfect measure.  Overt ''zawen'' are relatively bold and obvious in their churlish tone, reflecting confidence in a tolerant audience.  Covert ''zawen'' are sometimes difficult to identify, disguised or hidden within other genre of writing, but still drawing upon the distinctive tones of ''zawen'' through intertextuality and other tricks.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, I examine the mechanics of ''zawen'' tone through contrasting these two style of ''zawen'' issuing from a single pen, that of poet and noted ''zawen'' writer Shao Yanxiang. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
The two essays discussed below form opposites sides of a spectrum of variable transparency, and vastly differing publishing circumstances, although they were composed only months apart by the same individual, one before and one after a specific political event in China.  I argue here that unifying the two ''zawen'' is a particular subset of modal tropes, qualified as the verbal equivalent to a mule's kick, bite or bray.  The expression of this unclearly delineated but distinctive subset of modal tropes is the single central mission of ''zawen'' as a genre in Chinese literature and society.  Chinese theoretical debates over “tone” specifically address the function of this kind of modal trope. While sometimes as bald and direct, as in the overt ''zawen'' “Pei pei pei! ”?discussed below, many zawen conceal their weapons, depending upon contextual circumstances of publishing to pack their punch, as does the essay “East Station,” also discussed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下面讨论的这两篇文章形成了一系列不同的透明度和迥然不同的出版情况，尽管这两篇文章是由同一个人撰写的，前后仅相隔几个月，分别是在中国某一特定政治事件之前和之后。在这里我认为，统一两个“杂文”是模态修辞的一个特定子集，在言语上相当于“骡子的踢”、“咬”或“叫”。表达这种没有明确划定但独特的模态修辞子集，是“杂文”作为中国文学和社会的一个流派的唯一中心任务。中国关于“调”的理论争论主要针对这类模态修辞的功能。然而有时又很直接，就像在下面讨论的公开的“杂文”“呸呸呸”?中，许多杂文隐藏他们的武器，根据发表的语境环境进行重击，正如文章《东站》，也将在下面讨论。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 07:09, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both types of ''zawen'' should be read “ethnographically,” in concrete social and historical circumstances.  After covering some of the primary textual elements of ''zawen'', I will demonstrate the significance of more subtle contextual gestures of ''zawen'', which must be read out of the process of submitting and publishing ''zawen''.  Through the contrast of these two essays, I will explicate and generalize about the formation and mechanics and of tone in modern Chinese literary history, and offer a thesis upon the reception of Chinese literature in Western scholarship as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杂文的两种类型都应该置于具体的社会和历史环境下，以“民族志”的方式解读。在介绍杂文一些基本的文章要素后，我会揭示杂文更细微的语境姿态的意义，而这个只能从提交和出版杂文的过程中解读出来。通过对比这两篇文章，我会我将对中国现代文学史上基调的形成、机制和基调进行阐述和概括，并就西方学术界接纳中国文学这件事发表一篇论文。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:05, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
An Demonstrative Sample – “'Pei Pei Pei!'?”&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
A friend from outside literary circles asked me to find him some “pei pei pei!” essays to read, and I had to stare at him blankly with nothing to say.  He then explained that he had read in a newspaper that a certain provincial leader had announced at a banquet that there should be no more “pei pei pei – ing” all over the place, and so clearly there must be pei pei pei-ing all over the place. (Shao 1993, 181)&lt;br /&gt;
So begins an essay entitled “呸呸呸!”? composed in February of 1989.  I will return to the circumstances of publication shortly, but first I will demonstrate the trope of tone through this representative sample ''zawen.&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
A word like “Pei!” contains what we can call a modal trope, a figure of speech that captures mood and emotion, expressing not only subjunctive or declamatory mood, as adverbial modal tropes such as “could” and “should” may do in English, but also more subtly embedded mood in the semantics of lexical items (the meanings in words) expressing outrage, joy, command, sarcasm, threat, pathos, irony (Friedrich, 30-32).  Usually modal tropes work together with other functions of language but in the case of “pei!” the modal trope is more nearly pure, it stands primarily for the emotional tone it communicates.  A parallel sample in English might be something like “tut, tut, tut!” although “tut” fails to pack the censorious reproach of the Chinese “pei!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of this title, modal functions are reinforced by several formal tropes.  Note the repetition (three pei's!) and the complex punctuation consisting of an exclamation point and a question mark, separated by quotation marks.  In the case of “Pei pei pei!”?, the ''zawen'''s own voice is not the primary expression of the tone of disgust.  The quotation marks invoke disgust only to distance it, while the question mark further challenges it.  The title alone demonstrates modal function with very little distraction; one character, two repetitions and three punctuation marks move this title in several modally intense directions at once with almost no referential content at all.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
“Pei pei pei!”? performs a transparent metadiscursive comment upon ''zawen'', in this case defending the extracurricular genre favored by declasse intellectuals like Shao Yanxiang, himself, a “retired” poet who had resigned with bitterness from his career at the central Chinese poetry journal ''Shikan'', and devoted his post official career to writing zawen.  Upon learning of this unnamed “provincial leader's” complaint about “pei pei pei”-ing, and sensing that he himself bore some responsibility for this reportedly lamentable state of affairs, Shao writes that he discovered that the provincial leader had indeed characterized a kind of caustic, sarcastic disparaging discourse about the party, the nationality and the people, as “pei pei pei-ing all over the place” and that he had further warned that this kind of talk was spreading a mood of despair and hopelessness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
In the remainder of this essay Shao ridicules said provincial leader's complaint as circular, admitting no culpability on the part of his own fellow ''zawen''-writing social critics. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The tone of “Pei pei pei!”? is that of pointed irony, expressed recursively upon three levels.  The first level is located in the words themselves, including the use of “pei” I have described above.  This “first order” irony, as I have described it (Scoggin 1997), is an elementary type of sarcasm, a part of the conventional rhetoric of any language, written or spoken, and not usually misunderstood by a competent interpreter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
Other examples of this level of tone in  “Pei pei pei!”? would include the attitude of “stupidity” Shao Yanxiang assumes when he claims that he looks for pei pei pei ing “all over the place” but cannot find any at all, and the repeated use of expressions he lifted from the pointedly unnamed “provincial leader's” talk, including the primary charge of “mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal” Shao is refuting, and also the leader's assertion of  “discipline and rectification,” which Shao has skillfully turned into a counter charge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A second level of irony requires contextual knowledge on the part of the reader.  This includes assumptions that would be obvious to most readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Shao Yanxiang claims that he has never heard of the idea that “literary publications should be of assistance in stabilizing the people's minds, increasing faith, and not demoralizing the people's will.”  But just such a position has clearly been long-standing socialist policy for many kinds of public writing, including media news and literature.  References to historical events in terms like the cultural revolution tones of “newspaper [published] by all the people” and Han Shaogong's controversial Post-Mao short story “Ba Ba Ba” fall somewhere in between the first and second levels of ironic tone.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A third level, which I have labeled “indexical irony,” makes use of immediately contextual information such as the actual publishing outlet of the essay (in this case, the mainstream ''Literature Journal'' essay column “Literature and the People's Lives,” which Shao mentions at the end of the article) and Shao's own writing persona.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
例如，邵彦祥声称他从未听说过“文学出版物应在稳定人民思想，增进信仰，不使人民意志消沉方面有所帮助”这一思想。 但是，这种立场显然已经成为包括媒体新闻和文学在内的许多公共写作的长期社会主义政策。 对历史事件的引用，例如“全民[报纸]的文化大革命”和韩少功备受争议的毛泽东短篇小说“八八八”，都介于第一和第二讽刺语调之间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三个层次，我称之为 &amp;quot;索引性反讽&amp;quot;，利用文章的实际出版渠道（在这里，邵在文章结尾提到的主流''文学报''散文专栏 &amp;quot;文学与百姓生活&amp;quot;）和邵自己的写作人设等即时语境信息。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 09:13, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
比如，邵燕祥声称，他从来没有听说过 &amp;quot;文艺刊物要对稳定民心、增加信仰、不挫伤民心意志有帮助 &amp;quot;的观点。 但就这样的立场，显然是包括媒体新闻和文学在内的多种公开写作的长期社会主义政策。 像 &amp;quot;全民办报（出版）&amp;quot;的文革调子和韩少功的争议性后毛短篇小说《巴巴》等词语对历史事件的提及，都属于第一和第二层次的反讽调子。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三层次，我称之为 &amp;quot;索引性反讽&amp;quot;，利用文章的实际出版渠道（在这里，邵逸夫在文章结尾提到的主流''文学报''散文专栏《文学与人民生活》）和邵逸夫自己的写作人设等即时语境信息。--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 09:17, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
''Zawen'' often make extensive use of this third, intimately contextualized level.  In this case Shao claims that he can find no “pei pei pei” articles, but many readers would recognize that he himself is well known for writing ''zawen'' that would certainly qualify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In “Pei pei pei!”? Shao Yanxiang has deliberately sought out an accusation that he then counters with withering acerbity.  Complaint, combat and disgust are just the beginning of the range of contentious moods that ''zawen'' represent.  ''Zawen'' accuse, retaliate, needle, and snarl; but as I will demonstrate shortly, they can also moan and sigh with considerable subtly.  Either way they clothe all this, quite often, in word games of subterfuge and indirectness, which -- beyond the intellectual puzzle of circumlocution also common in other genres of verbal art -- carries the weight of ''zawen'''s mission in the singular feature of tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
As a ''zawen'' writer, the “provincial leader's” complaint is exactly the sort of accusation intellectuals like Shao Yanxiang are accustomed to facing. His defense links the ''zawen'' mission to many others we could find in diverse settings; he is also answering, for example, Spiro Agnew's famous condemnation of “nattering nabobs of negativism” in American public discourse, and displaying the cross-cultural breadth of a “Jeremiad,” evident in the travel-worthy allusion of the very term, rooted in biblical texts.  In this and other ''zawen'', Shao defends the contemporary Chinese genre of zawen as a genre of protest and complaint.  He borrows the insult of a critic to distinguish thoughtless emotional battering from the carefully aimed spar, which is both his own ideal and the standard mission of the genre of ''zawen.''&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Restrained Sample – “East Station”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have outlined how one essay demonstrates the function of ''zawen'' in a particularly transparent way, but some of the best and most effective zawen are covert operations.  On the opposite side of spectrum of transparency, we can place a relatively understated and “essay-like” ''zawen'', also by Shao Yanxiang. “East Station” was submitted for a national ''zawen'' competition in a southern evening newspaper in 1994.  It was judged too “sensitive” to publish by the zawen editor, but nevertheless it was privately noted by the editors as the unofficial winner of the competition.  At first glance there is very little to mark it as a ''zawen'' at all, not to mention a seditious ''zawen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
It is a rather lyrical survey of historical images centering upon  refugees, migrants, political and literary figures on their passages to and from Beijing.  It does, however, contain a few of the indications of first level irony that traditionally mark a ''zawen'', such as a “quotation” placed for its jarring effect, as in the opening passage below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years ago in Beijing, if you mentioned “East Station,” everybody would know that referred the Beijing East Station that lies to the outer East Side of  Front Gate.  Today this unremarkable construction, built in a half-westernized architectural style and sandwiched between the tall buildings of this noisy and busy city, supports a little sign that reads “Railway Workers Club.”  It is already an “ancient artifact,” long gone are the prosperous and glorious days of old.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
The somber opening paragraph is in part marked as a zawen by the appearance of snapshot “quote,” in which what might have been a significant icon of Beijing history is reduced to a cheesy “Railway workers club” sign hanging on a architecturally half-breed building not even worthy of preservation.  Other ironic comments of this sort include Shao's sarcastic reference to Guo Moruo;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in March of 1949, when Guo Moruo and his democrats gathered together and arrived in Beijing, they were received with grand ceremonious welcome; the tears they wept were of joy.  At the time, he composed a poem “How much of the people's blood was spilled for this honor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
Thinking of it, the tears fall, and happy laughter is unable to articulate in sound.”  -- I do not know why, but this poem was not collected in any of his later collections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a similar but more deeply contextualized vein would be Shao Yanxiang's allusion to Tu Fu's escape during the An Lu Shan rebellion during the Tang Dynasty contained in the quoted term “fortuitous rescue.”  Shao's general structure in this piece is a recurring cyclical allegory that parallels the Japanese, the Nationalists and the Communists in bitter condemnation of the last, as only one more invasive army disturbing the lives of ordinary Chinese people.  The People's Traffic Police also take their place in this cycle, a silly reminder that we are still in the realm of ''zawen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously this kind of first and second-level rhetorical sarcasm and historical irony alone is not enough to define an essay as a ''zawen'', but the difficulty of assigning an essay its genre is also no obstacle; ambiguous “mixedness” is part of ''zawen'''s identity.  This covert zawen depends most fundamentally upon indexical irony, to an extent that surpasses “Pei Pei Pei!”?, above.  One crucial feature that makes “East Station” a ''zawen'' is the entirely untextual fact that Shao Yanxiang submitted it in a competition specifically designated for ''zawen'' in a provincial evening newspaper.  The editors did not reject the piece as “non-''zawen'',” on the contrary, they complained that it contained too much of the requisite ''zawen'' pique.  In order to understand this, we must again go beyond the actual words of the piece. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
In a late night conversation in which the managing editor and two guests including myself drank beer and discussed the ''zawen'' competition to which “East Station” was submitted, the editor mused about the publication that wasn't.  She said;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually Shao Yanxiang submitted two manuscripts, but I had to return one.  (Reaching around to a drawer) Well, I wanted to return it to him, but then I couldn't bear to.  The original is still here, I wonder if you will understand?  It requires some background...At the time it was the head editor that rejected the manuscript.  He also felt badly, but there was no question but that it could not be printed, because it would certainly cause trouble...This happens with your friends, but I really felt uncomfortable about this one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
Because this essay was just written so well.  He just wrote about the East Station, but he used Beijing East Station to talk about his view on everything. (Scoggin Fieldnotes)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She continued to discuss the essays that were just too “that way” (''neige le'') as they came in for the competition. “One day the police came and looked through that box all afternoon!” she added.  The managing editor's two guests that evening jumped on her comment, “They what!?” But she retained the appearance of serenely refusing to interpret this police visit as a sinister gesture.&lt;br /&gt;
It was just manuscripts, why should they look at those?  They said they were just reading, there were two of them, I really don't know, I guess they enjoyed reading them too.(ibid)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
When she finally found the manuscript (tucked away where snooping police would not have found it) she decided to give it to me.  She said she had called Shao Yanxiang to tell him that they could not print it, and even though he had said he understood, she still hated to bring the matter to his attention again by sending the essay back to him, and now it seemed too late. Since I was also acquainted with him, and clearly admired him, giving the manuscript to me as research material seemed to her to be a fitting conclusion to the whole matter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original manuscript of “East Station” is signed, as is the custom, with the date it was composed at the bottom, “September 13, 1989.”  Although it was submitted to the newspaper in 1994, in a private note scrawled to the editors, Shao added; “Please don't cut or change this date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
The new railway station began operation in 1959, and this fits in parallel with 'more that thirty years ago' at the beginning of the essay.”  The emphasis upon these dates forces a new consideration of the essay as a whole.  Suddenly the parallel between Nationalist, Japanese and Communist cycles of refuge and expulsion he mentions are rendered a sinister reference to a modern “rebellion” in the spring and summer of 1989.  The date heightens the threat of Shao's concluding two sentences; “Today will also become history.  And every inch of Beijing earth will provide proof of its history.” The scrawled note links 30 years, 1989, “today,” and the defiant “inches of proof” that mark East Station as a zawen, even beyond the micro structure of submission channels.  For all its elusively distant tone, East Station suddenly became a pointed, angry, and, even in 1994, unpublishable ''zawen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
新火车站于1959年开始运营，这与文章开头的'三十多年前'相吻合&amp;quot;。对这些日期的强调，迫使我们对文章的整体进行新的考虑。突然间，他提到的国民党、日本和共产党的避难和驱逐周期之间的平衡，被恶意渲染成1989年春夏的现代 &amp;quot;叛乱 &amp;quot;。这个日期强调了邵的最后两句话：“今天也将成为历史。而北京大地的每一寸土地都将为其历史提供证明。&amp;quot; 这张潦草的纸条将30年、1989年、&amp;quot;今天 &amp;quot;和不顾一切的 &amp;quot;寸土寸金 &amp;quot;联系在一起，这标志着东站作为一个杂文，甚至超越了提交渠道的微观结构。尽管东站的语气难以捉摸，但它突然变成了一个尖锐的、愤怒的、甚至在1994年还无法出版的杂文。--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 09:15, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
新火车站于1959年开始运营，与本文开头的“三十多年前”相适应。” 对这些日期的强调迫使我们对论文作为一个整体进行新的考虑。 他提到，国民党，日本人和共产党人的避难和驱逐循环之间的相似之处突然变成了对1989年春夏的现代“叛乱”的阴险参考。这一日期加剧了邵的结论的威胁。 今天也将成为历史。 北京的每一寸土地都将提供其历史的证明。” 散乱的笔记将1989年的30年（今天）与挑衅的“几分证据”联系起来，这标志着东站成为杂文，甚至超出了提交渠道的微观结构。 尽管遥不可及，但东站突然变得尖锐，愤怒，甚至在1994年，也无法发表“杂文”。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 09:18, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Larger Trend: Revealing Ugly Truth through Troubled Tones'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is almost a matter of definition, then, that discordant, troubling tones are the characteristic, even of the most beautiful ''zawen''.  I have not illustrated “ugly” ''zawen'' here, but they do exist, and in profusion.  Many ''zawen'' are suffused in a preachy, pedantic tone that is sometimes quite off-putting to Chinese and non-Chinese readers alike.  And yet, like the larger category of essays in Chinese literature, ''zawen'' remain a popular staple in the literary supplements of Chinese newspapers, and many prominent writers turn later in their career to writing ''zawen''.  In contemporary history the “mule” genre of ''zawen'' has also played a significant political role far beyond its humble posture (see Scoggin 1997). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
What is it about this genre that draws prominent writers, and commands significant attention of the Chinese readership?  The answer lies, I think, in assumptions about the mechanics of tone rooted in Chinese literary history.  To examine this problem we need to leave particular zawen behind and examine a larger picture that views Chinese literature via the globalized perspective that contemporary Chinese critics take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Zawen'' as a category causes problems for Chinese as well as non Chinese classification, but there is a revealing divide between Western and Chinese treatment of zawen.  With few exceptions, ''zawen'' has been neglected as a subject of the study of Chinese literature from outside of China until recently (the Achern conference on the Modern Chinese Literary Essay being a rare exception, with several papers devoted to zawen.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
While the problem of the status of zawen is not important in itself, I propose difficulties with this particular genre can reflect larger issues of significance to the study of Chinese literature and culture more generally.  ''Zawen'' can highlight some special features of Chinese writing that are latent in other, more respectable forms of Chinese literature and culture.  My research on ''zawen'' showed many instances of zawen being held up as a unique outgrowth of Chinese particularities, such as a fondness for brevity in verbal art, a tendency to take intellectuals more seriously than they are taken in contemporary societies elsewhere, as well as a few “perversions” that are supposedly unique to China, such as political tyranny that is strikingly detail-oriented, or collective aversion to verbal performance that is too straightforward (Scoggin 1997). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
Some of these claims for Chinese exceptionalism may be overblown; but I think that the genre, driven by what I argue is its central mission of tone, makes observable certain strains and practices that have acted as stumbling blocks to international research on other aspects of  Chinese culture.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chief among those obstacles to the study of Chinese literature is what I call the “bad literature” complaint.[	For recent affirmations of this complaint, see Huters 1990, McDougall 1997, Link, 2000.  Earlier views in American sinology tie &amp;quot;bad literature&amp;quot; directly to the effects of political tyranny. ]  Summarizing several quite different lines of argument, the suggestion is that with all the promise of Chinese literature holds as a naturally poetic language, with rich, revered and well-preserved traditions, with the particular visual and grammatical advantages of the Chinese character and linguistic structure, and further with dedicated literary “troops” to use the modern Chinese metaphor for institutions of organized and supported writers, modern Chinese literature has failed to produce truly great literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously this generalization is subject to objection at many, if not all of its points.  I would argue, however, that the consistency with which similar arguments emerge, defensible or not, points to themes of some significance.  Complaints frequently accrue over the following literary practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)Indulging in churlish tones, including hectoring, scolding and otherwise “yelling” in print&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)Adhering to one or another “politically correct line” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)Participating in personal squabbles and vendettas, sometimes involving extraliterary persecution of both writers and targets &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Exhibiting an “obsession” with China, and an oversized sense of responsibility for its fate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
显然，这一概括在许多方面(如果不是全部观点的话)都遭到反对。然而，我要说的是，类似的论点出现的一致性，无论站得住脚与否，都指向了一些有意义的主题。对以下文学行为的抱怨不断增加;&lt;br /&gt;
1)肆无忌惮地使用粗鲁的语气，包括威吓、责骂以及在出版物中“大喊大叫”&lt;br /&gt;
2)坚持自己的“政治正确路线”&lt;br /&gt;
3)参与个人争吵和仇杀，有时还会对作者和被迫害的对象进行文学之外的迫害&lt;br /&gt;
4)表现出对中国的“痴迷”，以及对中国命运的过度责任感--[[User:Zhou Siqing|Zhou Siqing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Siqing|talk]]) 04:00, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
显然，这一概括在许多方面(如果不是全部观点的话)都会遭到反对。然而，我（在此）要说的是，类似的论点出现的一致性，无论站得住脚与否，都指向了一些有意义的主题。对以下文学行为的抱怨不断增加;&lt;br /&gt;
1)肆无忌惮地使用粗鲁的语气，包括威吓、责骂以及在出版物中“大喊大叫”&lt;br /&gt;
2)坚持自己的“政治正确路线”&lt;br /&gt;
3)参与个人争吵和仇杀，有时还会对作者和被迫害的对象进行文学之外的迫害&lt;br /&gt;
4)表现出对中国的“痴迷”，以及对中国命运的过度责任感--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 04:03, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, these complaints of “bad literature” are usually not strongly refuted by Chinese literary critics.  Fair, true or not, this sort of summary criticism of  the Jeremiah complex in Chinese literature in general is relevant to my discussion because these very faults that warrant the most notice are deliberately magnified in the genre of ''zawen'', and may be, I believe, essentially outgrowths of an almost unconscious commitment to the type of tone that defines the ''zawen'' genre most purely.  I argue that what has happened here is that readers and analysts have failed to recognize a literary strategy that reflects deeper ideas about how tone is supposed to operate in verbal practice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
These “off” tones are not just flaws and mistakes resulting from tyranny or exaggeration, nor are they mere signs of amateur literary expression, the struggles of a culture trying to modernize.  Instead they are held to be nearly involuntary markers, not of beauty, but what we will have to call for lack of a better word, “truth,” revealed by critical examination of shortcomings and problems that appear to stem from, again for lack of a better word, “culture.”  Culture, in the high modern ideology adopted more or less wholesale in contemporary Chinese theoretical systems is opposed to the neutral modernity of newspaper editorials and literary short stories and the other canonical genres of modern writing practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is not general, it is particular and peculiar, and Chinese culture exerts a powerfully perverse influence upon most genres of literature practiced in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examining tone in the broader context of Chinese culture reveals some of particular ways that social exchange, reference and the other mundane duties that plain (neutral, modern) words are supposed to carry out, must be crosscut with characteristically Chinese tone in order to communicate with the authority of truth, in explicit defiance of social requirements for polite and face-saving locutions held to be necessary in a uniquely Chinese way.  Thus, complaint about “bad literature,” from a Chinese perspective may not be a mere reflection of failure but, rather, an expression of protest, a modal trope, mule's kick that works with stubborn tenacity to reveal unpleasant truths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
''Zawen'' provide frequent commentary on precisely this issue.  Lan Ling, a major opponent of “New Tone” zawen theory provides a characteristically provocative commentary on writing “the ugly truth” through zawen.  In an essay that asks why such a fuss is made when a “upright and esteemed elderly writer” pronounces that he intends now to speak/write “the truth,” (he refers to Ba Jin, see ''Suiganlu'') Lan Ling demonstrates the difficulty of establishing truth through his own experience:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was several decades ago that they “struggled” me saying I was “reactionary.” I responded, “I am fundamentally not reactionary (''fandong''), in fact, I am actionary (''zhengdong'').”  They said, “There you go with sophistry, you are lying, who has ever heard of such a thing as 'actionary'?”  … But if what I said was false, that of course meant that what they said was true, and thus my political label was accomplished: “reactionary.”  After several decades this conclusion was overturned and rectified, so now what I had said became the truth.  (Lan, 85).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The irony and false fatalism of this ''zawen'' is characteristic of its style.  In this essay he claims to give up distinguishing the truth of his own speech; “No matter how difficult it is, this miserable person [I] still want to speak, and as for whether it is true or not, let someone else go analyze it.” (Lan, 85)  Lan Ling reveals that he has created, in the heat of struggle, a misnomer; there is no such word as “actionary.”  But, in the end, in its awkward and involuntary way, his retort rings true, what way is there to be, if not reactionary?  Displaying all four characteristics of the “bad literature” complaint I have listed above, this piece is still an admired ''zawen''.  It is the moody, but honest, kick of the mule.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
''Tone in Historical Context''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As evidence that it is the modal trope that inspired the genre of zawen from its inception, I conclude this essay with a brief look at historical manifestations of tone. It is key, and often part of the Chinese subtext, that the notion of tone (discussed alternately ''diao, yin, yun'') ultimately originates beyond words, in music. Even as a metaphor that must obliterate the acoustic qualities of sound when applied to written Chinese, tone maintains ties to the power of something that is in, or is like, sound, emphasizing physical, oral, informal and emotional qualities that are not part the rational process of exposition, this is the “poetry” of ''zawen''. Tone plays a role in a tremendous range of social events that surround and comprise writing.  It occurs in the figure of music as a central metaphor in the most influential theories of literature and poetry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
For example, spoiled music can signal a larger or more abstract disturbance; in the classic novel Dream of the Red Chamber a heroine breaks a string on a instrument and sees her impending death; in a well known folk story a high ranking official Yu Boya hits a sour note and knows that a potential assassin is lurking in the woods, listening.  Music figures centrally in the Confucian Great Preface to the Book of Odes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affections emerge in sounds; when those sounds have patterning they are called “tones” [音] The tones of a well-managed aged are at rest and happy; its government is balanced.  The tones of an age of turmoil are bitter and full of anger; its government is perverse.  The tones of a ruined state are filled with lament and brooding; its people are in difficulty (Translated in Owen).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201214_trans&amp;diff=109163</id>
		<title>20201214 trans</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201214_trans&amp;diff=109163"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T09:13:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, reportage research and composition along with organizing and performing in roving theatrical troupes became one of the principal modes of ”internship” for young writers in the socialist educational system as it emerged in Yan’an.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shuo, Liu Baiyu, and Qin Mu were all in their twenties at this time, so they had limited literary experience before the 1940s.  Thus for Liu and Yang, the Yan’an years helped define for them what literature is supposed to be from process to product.  Qin Mu, however, never went to Yan’an; he spent the entire war in Guangdong, Guangxi and Guizhou.  Thus though he had experience with some of these procedures of production in progressive circles in those areas, Qin Mu was not saturated in this kind of cultural environment.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chang Huiyue 常慧月==&lt;br /&gt;
Once socialism or communism took the position of power (as in Yan’an during the war against Japan and then throughout the PRC after 1949) critical prose writing (whether essays or reportage) as it had been practiced during wartime became much more dubious from the point of view of cultural officials, and nonfiction needed to become a vehicle of literary celebration of public, historical achievements.[	See for example Yang Shuo, ”Qian jin, gangtie de dajun” (March Forth, Great Army of Steel, 1949), Zhonghua sanwen zhencang ben, Yang Shuo juan (Beijing:  Renmin wenxue chubanshe, 1998) 25-33; ”Pingchang de ren” (An ordinary man, 1951) 25-33; ”Pingchang de ren” (An ordinary man, 1951), Yang Shuo juan 13-17, ”Gebi tan shang de chuntian” (Springtime on the Gobi, 1953), Yang Shuo juan 29-33. ]  This is precisely the familiar dilemma of Ding Ling, coming into Yan’an society well trained as a keen critic of her environment.  It was an awkward transition, except for those who came into the socialist educational cultural system while still relatively young.  To them the business of literature was that of constructing an unprecedented new vision.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Writers’ changing roles changed literary prose'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the three authors I am discussing here was born between 1913 and 1919, only a few short years after the fall of the Qing dynasty and the establishment of the Republic of China.  They were all in their late teens and early twenties at the outbreak of the war against Japan.  Being roughly the same age, they shared the same historical and cultural atmosphere, but being in different locations, engaged in the war in different capacities, their transition into the aesthetics of incongruous lyricism took different paths and thus embodied different tensions.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Hui 陈惠==&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shuo[	1913-1968, orig. Yang Shujin(?), of Penglai County in Shandong.] is probably the most ”standard” of the three from the point of view of the Communist Party in that he went to Yan’an early (winter 1937) and worked under the direction of the party’s cultural apparatus for the duration of the war there, in the northwest, and in Guangzhou.  Like the reportage writer Huang Gang, he was of the right age for this Yan’an-based period to be his principal formative and educational experience, deeply conditioning his approach and attitude toward writing in the 1950s and 1960s.  That being said, Yang Shuo was more concerned with issues of literary quality and symbolic meaning than others writing under the direction of the CP, and this concern colored even his most famous works with puzzling tones of ambivalence and reservation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiangning 陈江宁==&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Baiyu[	1916-?, orig. Liu Yuzan, of Beijing. See Niu Yunqing, Liu Baiyu pingzhuan (Chongqing:  Chongqing chubanshe, 1995).] arrived in Yan’an relatively early too, and was quickly immersed in its literary activism.  Only weeks after his arrival, and though Liu was only 22 at the time, Mao Zedong personally assigned him to lead a five-person escort for the American marine observer Evans Carson to visit the guerilla areas in Northern China (one of a variety of types of ”cultural worker” assignments in the communist base areas).  Despite this promising start and occasional contact with Mao, Liu published works that incurred the wrath of some critics and officials, became a target in the Yan’an zhengfeng campaign after Mao’s Talks, and underwent a process of mutual and self-criticism at the Central Party School.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jiaxin 陈佳欣==&lt;br /&gt;
Though the result of this painful process was apparently ”successful” (Liu went on to hold important cultural administrative positions in the PRC), it also alienated him from certain elements in the literary community and led him to take an aggressively authoritarian role as the Party secretary of the Writers’ Assocation during the Anti-Rightist Campaign in 1957 and 58.  This alienation is occasionally revealed in his sanwen works from that point on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu[	1919-199?, orig. Lin Juefu, b. Singapore, of Chenghai County in Guangdong. See Huang Zhuocai, Weng Guangyu and Ai Zhiping, Qin Mu pingzhuan (Guangzhou: Huacheng chubanshe, 1989).] is one more step removed because he did not share the Yan’an experience with Yang and Liu. Though he was active in the literary resistance during the war against Japan, and though his biographers insist that he originally planned to go to Yan’an as early as 1938, he never went there (Huang, Weng and Ai, 1989, 26-27).  &lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
Because he did belong to the age cohort and had the same basic inclinations, he did come into contact with the same organizations (the Communist Party, Wenxie) that the others did, and indeed could even have met Yang Shuo in Canton when Yang was sent there on assignment in 1938.  He also engaged in similar types of literary intervention, organizing and performing traveling anti-Japanese theater in the countryside, accompanying troops in the field as a writer, and publishing anti-Japanese and anti-KMT/US zawen in Rear or KMT area newspapers.  But his experience during the war was not a community experience:  Qin at first alone and later with his wife underwent the trials and tribulations of a writer at wartime as an individual, making his own decisions and contacting organizations only when the opportunity presented itself and he wished to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sha 陈莎==&lt;br /&gt;
Thus there is an especially independent streak about him that made relations between him and the Writer’s Association after 1949 somewhat strained.  He was attacked in the 1957 zhengfeng movement, and it was not until 1962 that he joined the Communist Party.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus each of these writers exhibited different tensions as they approached writing after 1949, and particularly during and after the Hundred Flowers Campaign.  All of them, however, adopted sanwen as a vehicle to express themselves, and while these essays at time seem on the surface to be pat or fulsome propaganda, they continue to be colored by these at times very personal tensions that often make the essays more compelling reading in spite of themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Sunfu 谌孙福==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Procedures and interests of socialist essays'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sanwen of the late 1950s and early 1960s, because of a variety of different such personal and larger cultural tensions, manifest various kinds of ”incongruous lyricism.”  All three of these writers had their essays included in textbooks for junior high school and high school during the 1960s and 70s.  But these canonic texts represented only the completion of a gradual process of adjustment and must be viewed alongside earlier, less well-known efforts by these authors as well as their works in other genres, particularly fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
社会散文的发展阶段和关注点&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
由于不同的个人冲突和更严重的文化冲突，20世纪50年代末至60年代初的散文呈现出各种各样“不和谐的抒情性”。这三位作家的散文均已收录进20世纪六七十年代的中学教材中。这些经典文本仅代表着调整工作的逐渐完成。同时，我们得结合这些作家早期不太出名时的作品以及其他体裁的作品（尤其是小说）来看待那些经典文本。--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 07:41, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Friction with leftist aesthetics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late 1950s and early 1960s the term sanwen was more frequently associated with ”lyricism” (shuqing) and opposed to ”expository” (shuoli) prose essays.  In practice, this is indicated by long descriptive passages, the frequent use of direct address to the reader in the second person as well as rhetorically loaded interrogative, imperative and expressive particles.  At particularly rhapsodic moments, socialist sanwen  texts take on a fu-like rhetoric, syntactic parallelism and a piling up of listed concrete objects and rich varieties of adverbs and adjectives.  One is attempted to associate this attempt at of verbal profusion with certain Republican period stylists like Zhu Ziqing and Yu Pingbo, but the socialist version is much more extravagant both in verbiage and emotional exhibitionism. &lt;br /&gt;
==Cheng Yusi  成于思==&lt;br /&gt;
On the level of imagery, a general fascination with images of light, fire and torches left over from the war period[	Particularly evident in Liu Baiyu’s reportage works from the late 1940s.] remains but in part gives way to a new interest in flower imagery in the 1950s.[	Qin Mu’s essays and some of Yang Shuo’s are filled with varieties of flowers and plants, enjoyed in themselves and as symbols of other things. ]  Finally a strategy common to all three writers is to conceive of a vista or an experience as a living landscape painting, emphasizing a magnitude of vision and the accompanying emotional exhilaration.  In some cases, these highly visual essays are accompanied with illustrations uncannily consistent with the texts’ visualization of the landscape. &lt;br /&gt;
==Deng Jinxia 邓锦霞==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Yang Shuo'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yang Shuo’s 1959 essay ”The Highest Peak of Taishan”[	Taishan jiding, wr. 1959, from Haishi.  Yang, 125-129.] features this kind of overt reference to landscape painting.  The text simply narrates the author’s ascent of the famous Shandong mountain, but the narrative structure of the climb is interwoven with a figurative structure consisting of three elements.   The first is the traditional landscape painting motif:  ”All the way from the foothills, looking closely at the mountain landscape, I felt like what was before me was not the lord of the Five Famous Mountains, but more like a green and blue landscape painting of astounding size,” (Yang, 125) an idea he develops as a conceit with figurative descriptive language.  Second, Yang writes ”after a while, I began to feel that I was not only looking at a landscape painting, but randomly flipping through a historical manuscript.”  (Yang, 126)&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
This in reference to the calligraphy of famous visitors to the mountain carved into its sides and the legends and stories about them.  The third and last layer of figuration is the sense that the author is not climbing a mountain, but climbing into the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The touristy desire to see the sunrise from Taishan’s peak introduced at the essay’s outset and which teases the reader occasionally throughout the text is deftly frustrated in the rhetorical pursuit of what to the author is a higher aim:  the recontainment of a Taishan travelogue into the extolling of the historical achievements of socialism.  Once he has passed through the Southern Gate of Heaven, the author sees the Shandong landscape spread out at his feet, but what he notices are the grand commune wheat fields (amber waves of grain) as opposed to patchwork agricultural quilt of yore, and smoky plumes in the distance are not scattered homes but factories.&lt;br /&gt;
==Fang Jieling 方洁玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Though the weather had been clear at night near the peak when the party went to bed early in order to get up in time for the sunrise, fog and rain overnight linger to create an overcast sky at dawn.   But author’s socialist/communist landscape epiphany of the previous evening eclipses the banal tourist wish for a beautiful sunrise – he has seen ”another kind of” (metaphysical) sunrise, that of the Chinese people/nation on the horizon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his essay about Kunming’s camellias,[	”Chahua fu” (Ode to the Camellia) written 1961, from Dongfeng di yi zhi.  Yang 134-37.] Yang Shuo opens with a discussion with an artist friend about what kind of painting would show the face of the ”motherland” (zuguo).  He then turns to his trip to Kunming after returning from travels abroad.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
Especially as a ”northerner” he is struck by the beauty of the red camellia flowers around the city and in Huating Temple, where he is escorted by Jin Zhiwen, the landscaper.  His attention is drawn to one variety called ”Child’s Face” tongmian.  As is almost invariably the case in Yang Shuo essays, the subject he has chosen becomes an opportunity for the author to contemplate the symbolic resonances of its characteristics – in this case the camellia’s sensitivity to proper care, environment and natural enemies, but also the fact that great trees centuries old have been carefully cultivated with hundreds and even thousands of blossoms.  A detailed description of the gardener himself provides the author with the key to the signified:&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
I fervently gazed at his hands, hands covered with mud-stained calluses.  Then I looked at his face, the wrinkles at the corners of his eyes were cut deep, and it was not necessary to ask about his background:  I could guess that he was a middle aged man who had been through a lot.  If he waled away from you and into the crowd, he would vanish immediately and it would be very hard to find him again – he was just that kind of very ordinary laborer.  But it is just this kind of person, month after month, year after year, exerting mind and body, cultivating flowers and plants with all his effort, beautifying our lives.  This is how beauty is created. (Yang, 136)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gong Yumian 龚钰冕==&lt;br /&gt;
When author observes a group of schoolchildren who have come to see the camellias, the bond is cemented and the ”paint the face of the nation” riddle is solved – paint the Child Face Camelia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is incongruous in Yang Shuo’s lyricism, in many other examples in addition to these, is that no matter how transparent the symbolism and fervent the message of his essay, there is almost always slight ambivalence introduced by negative elements at the fringes:  why does the glorification of socialist progress in ”Taishan’s Highest Peak” have to come at the expense of the famous sunrise?  What has Jin Zhiren ”been through” that has deepened his wrinkles, and why should that pain be related to the creation of beauty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Liu Baiyu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Baiyu’s transition toward sanwen in the PRC came from the direction of reportage literature.  Liu had established some reputation as a novelist on the literary scene through key connections he had made with Ba Jin, Zhang Tianyi, Ye Yiqun and other major figures in the 1930s.  But by 1949 it was his reportage collections, including Around the Northeast, The Light Shines Down on Shenyang, Cutting across the Central Plains, and The Torches Glow Red in the Yangtse River that were some of the best known works by a communist writer during the civil war in the late 1940s. &lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
The late 1950s text ”Lamplight” revisits the experience of the battlefield in a much more peaceful China.  ”Lamplight” has a forceful, shrill rhetoric in its development of the image of glowing light through a number of different contexts, from war to socialist economic construction without losing the sense of militant struggle that informed the image of light for Liu from the beginning. [	”Denghuo” (Lamplight), Liu Baiyu, Hong manao ji (Red agate) (Beijing:  Wenhua yishu chubanshe, 1983) 5-11. ]  Evidently Liu, though he holds influential positions in the literary establishment of the time, feels alienated by certain elements on the literary scene, particularly in regard to the stigmatization of the experience of the battlefield:&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
. . . nowadays some people treat the subject of war, regardless of right or wrong, regardless of green red black or white always make it look bloody, dark and horrible!  They call this ”through the soldier’s eyes,” ”foxhole realism”  Hai!  This makes those of us who have strapped puttees on our calves and have had the smell of gunpowder about the shoulders want to laugh our heads off.  What can you do?  There are brave soldiers who fight for what’s right; there are counter-revolutionary murderers; and there are cowardly traitors.  Since there are different kinds of soldiers, there have to be different soldier points of view, and there must be different kinds of ”foxhole reality.”  Perhaps there are those who would criticize me:  how did I get from lamplight to this argument about war, aren’t I getting way off track?  Actually, no.  The lamplight I am talking about may be a small matter, but it really is a reality of life at war.  Getting back to the subject, on the chill wilderness of the Songhua river, trudging through winter snows, wading through summer rapids, from lamplight I was able to understand a certain kind of warmth. (Liu, 7-8)&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The Brilliance of Spring,&amp;quot;[”Qingchun de shanguang,” written 1959, in Hong manao ji, 23-33.] a lengthy, fu-like essay extolling ten years of socialism in China, manifests many of the distinguishing characteristics of Liu’s post-1949 sanwen.  Though written in the wake of the Anti-Rightist Campaign, it casts no shadow on the essay and though there is flower imagery, significantly, it does not emphasize diversity (as in ”hundred flowers”).  At about 6,000 characters, it is also much longer than most of Yang Shuo’s essays, which are usually about half that long, particularly those most revered and anthologized.  ”The Brilliance of Spring” does not start out with a clearly-defined topic; the occasion or motivation of its composition did not become obvious to me until near the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;春光灿烂&amp;quot;（又名《青春的闪光》，写于1959年，载自《红玛瑙集》，23-33页。）这是一篇颂扬中国十年来社会主义发展的长篇巨作，表现了1949年后其散文的显著特点。即使写于反右运动之后，但其并未受其影响，虽然辞藻华丽，但并未没有强调多样性（如 &amp;quot;百花齐放&amp;quot;）。文章字数在6000字左右，也比杨朔的大多数散文要长得多，一般来说，杨朔的散文都在3000字左右，尤其是那些最受推崇的散文和文集。 &amp;quot;春光灿烂 &amp;quot;一开始并没有明确的主题，制造结尾我才明白它的创作场合和动机。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 08:01, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Han Haiyang 韩海洋==&lt;br /&gt;
The visualization with which the text begins juxtaposes a dawn construction scene complete with a handsome, rugged construction worker in Tian’anmen square with author’s memories of other occasions when he was ”right here, in this spot!” including most significantly, a vision of a Japanese tank rolling up from Qianmen, its treads gouging scars in the ground.  Liu also includes memories of the entry of the People’s Liberation Army into Beijing, and the ceremony at which Mao Zedong officially established the People’s Republic, but the author moves from one impression-layer to the next vaguely and ambiguously, punctuated with the refrain ”Here! It was right here!” &lt;br /&gt;
==Han Wanzhen 韩宛真==&lt;br /&gt;
Liu makes a conspicuous gesture away from the scene of Tian’anmen to other significant spaces including oilfields in the Western deserts, a poignant scene of a mother sending her son off to the Korean war, Anshan the ”city of steel,” a humble Party meeting among lumberjacks taking place in a shack deep in the forest far from Beijing, and other sites of significant material and spiritual progress in the PRC.  As the essay progresses, a new motif is picked up from the contemporary Tian’anmen scene and repeated with increasing frequency:  the ”radiant red face and brilliant eyes” of the young socialist citizens whose verbal pictures Liu paints.  There is much hyperbole and the extraordinary breadth of subject matter, convering ten years of socialist achievement packaged in spatial-visual tableaux, like a memorial display case or monument, which was the usual strategy of essays and reportage about the Korean War.&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the desire to come into close contact with the masses through genuine experiences, it was more common for writers to come into contact with workers, peasants and soldiers through the organizational activities and connections of the Communist Party.  In Liu Baiyu’s essays from the 1950s and 60s, you can feel the author incongruously straining to make the most of his experience (straining to maximize its feeling of authenticity) and the characters he describes.[	”Xie zai taiyang chu sheng de shihou” (Written as the Sun Begins to Rise), Hong manao ji 34-52 [written 1959?]. ]  On the level of subject matter, since the (model) workers etc. he writes about are models and leaders, already part of the (embodiments of the) local Communist Party administrative apparatus, they too are straining to give the correct impression, put the right spin on their experiences and ideas, to behave in the way expected of them.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Qin Mu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu’s case might be distinguishable from the others by virtue of the fact that he established himself as a satirical (zawen) columnist during the civil war, and of course satire in general had to go after 1949.[	Interestingly, Qin Mu continued to write zawen in the 1950s and beyond, publishing a very popular collection in 1960 entitled Yihai shibei (Gathering Shells by the Sea of Art).  By then Qin’s zawen were not combative, but expository in nature, reflections on principles of artistic creation, so in a way Qin had redefined the zawen genre for himself.  The sanwen collection Hua cheng was published at roughly the same time as Yihai shibei and was distinguished by the author himself as ”more lyrical” than the ”expository” pieces in Yihai shibei.  Comparing the essays therein with those of Hua cheng, one is struck by formal differences (the Yihai shibei pieces are much shorter than those in Hua cheng) and by the almost complete lack of figurative or descriptive language in Yihai shibei.  However difficult it might be for us to define the differences between zawen and sanwen now, it seems clear that Qin Mu had a clear idea in his own literary practice.]  Fortunately he had been accustomed to making fun of Americans and the Guomindang which continued to be safe and politically correct targets in the 1950s, but he had to find positive things to write about as well, and considering his background and the ambiguity of his relationship with the Communist Party, this must have been a difficult transition for him, more difficult than it was for those who were already linked up with the party for years in Yan’an and other base areas.&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Huifang 胡慧芳==&lt;br /&gt;
In his 1960 essay ”Earth,” (Tudi), Qin Mu makes a figurative connection between earth how handfuls of earth can serve as symbols of wealth, power, sovereignty, political positions.  Part of the visualization involves (like Liu Baiyu) aerial views.  As war with its arial reconnaisance and bombing transformed the concept of China’s space into a contiguous whole rather than a network of locales, the wider availability of air travel in the 1950s added a visual dimension to this contiguity that reinforces the connection between earth, China’s physical expance, the map of China, and the concept of nation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
秦牧在他1960年发表的论文《地球》（土地）中，将地球上的少数几个人如何象征着财富，权力，主权，政治地位作为形象的联系。 可视化的一部分涉及（如刘白玉）鸟瞰图。 随着战争的轰炸和轰炸将中国空间的概念转变为一个连续的整体，而不是一个地点网络，1950年代更广泛的航空旅行为这种连续性增加了视觉上的意义，从而加强了地球与中国物质扩张、中国地图和国家概念之间的联系 。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Hu Huifang|Hu Huifang]] ([[User talk:Hu Huifang|talk]]) 03:57, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在他1960年的文章《土地》中，秦牧把土地比喻成财富、权力、主权和政治地位的象征。部分可视化包括(如刘白玉)空中视图。随着战争的勘察和轰炸，中国的太空的概念转变成一个连续的整体,而不是一个地区的网络,航空旅行的更广泛的可用性在1950年代增加了一个视觉维度，强化了地球之间的联系,中国物质扩张,中国的地图,和国家的概念:--[[User:Zhou Siqing|Zhou Siqing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Siqing|talk]]) 04:11, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
Once I gazed out an airplane window straight down upon the Pearl River delta; the heavens were crystal clear and I looked down and couldn’t help but cheer out loud because the Pearl River delta looked so magnificent that words couldn’t even describe it.  The network of rivers and lakes shimmered in the sunlight while the earth looked like a piece of dark green velvet.  The roads seemed as straight as if they had been sliced with a knife while the fields looked as neat as a chessboard.  Wow!  A hundred thousand years ago people looked to the skies for gods and miracles, but today the real miracle is taking place on the earth below.[	Qin Mu, Hua cheng (Guangzhou:  Zuojia chubanshe, 1961) 17-18.]&lt;br /&gt;
==Ji Tiantian 纪甜甜==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of Qin Mu’s essays in the collection Hua cheng (City of Flowers) imaginatively recreate an (occasionally ancient) historical scene, in a specific place the essay focuses on that the author is observing today (or at least gives that  impression) like Liu Baiyu’s ”right here on this spot” refrain.  In his 1956 essay ”Lyric on the Altar of the God of Grain,” the earthen, square altar referred to in the title is in Zhongshan park in Beijing, and was where aristocrats were traditionally enfoeffed by the emperor.[	Qin, 21-31.]  In many ways, this is a continuation of the previous essay (”Earth”), extending reflections on the material symbolism of earth and the glorious wisdom of the ancients. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
This essay distinguishes itself by its relentless return to the altar itself, its self-conscious admiration of the brilliance of the ancients (with overtones of ethnic and cultural pride and reconciliation with the premodern culture of China) as well as a shrilly specific emphasis on unity as territorial sovereignty (”Once we liberate Taiwan and a few coastal islands, [our territorial] unity’s scope will be even more unprecedented.” 30)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu is at his most characteristic, though, in writing educational essays (zhishi xiaopin).  Also known as scientific xiaopin, the character of such writings would seem to be defined by their subject matter. [	Another writer of the post-Hundred Flowers period that writes a lot in this vein is Ma Nancun (Deng Tuo), whose popular Yanshan yehua column in Beijing Wanbao lasted for years and was published in four volumes in book form.]  But I would like to suggest that the transmission of modern scientific knowledge in these texts is not an end in itself, but rather one answer to the question of ”what to write about?” in socialist sanwen.  And it conveys (in addition to the knowledge or information), a certain scientistic, post-industrial atmosphere of enthusiasm that is a style as much as content. &lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Hao 姜好==&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu’s ”Xing xia” (Under the Stars, 1958)[	Qin, 49-60.] begins as a sweeping exploration of stars, moving from the universal experience of gazing at the skies and wondering about the questions of existence to the cultural perspectives of the beliefs and lore of the ancients and finally to the scientific perspective of the astronomical knowledge gathered in recent centuries, decades and years that confirm the author’s faith in science and industrial modernity.  The scientific knowledge in fact becomes a context or background against which to look back with some disdain at the superstitious quality of premodern beliefs, not only about the structure of the cosmos, but the extensions of such speculation into areas of human destiny and supernatural beliefs.&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
Reading this essay one can see that one of the keys to Qin Mu’s popularity lay not in his conspicuously Marxist-Leninist politics, but in his sweeping, timeless, universal and seemingly all-inclusive scope of vision and contemplation.  Many or most of his essays give an exhilarating sense of vastness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this essay does not reach its completion without being recontained, as are Yang Shuo’s landscape meditations, in a political context.  Written in the early years of Soviet space exploration, it seems obvious to Qin Mu that Soviet success in this area and the US’s failure is a clear sign of the direction of history.  He argues with almost excessive rhetorical force that the failure of space exploration and science in general under capitalism signifies the inability of the capitalist world view to free itself from outmoded beliefs, while socialism is easily and innocently aligned with scientific achievement and progress.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
Qin Mu’s often shrill diatribes on historical materialism and Marxism-Leninism in educational essays (zhishi xiaopin) like this one, or about the history of overseas Chinese or the cosmic theories of warring states philosophers is an incongruous, inverted reflection of Qin’s perennial status as an outsider to the PRC socialist literary orthodoxy, being victimized by literary officials like Liu Baiyu in the anti-rightist campaign and only being admitted to the Communist Party in 1962.  It is in his attempts to contain an ambitious gaze that can encompass human and natural history and the furthest reaches of space in a historicized polemic about the supremacy of Marxism-Leninism in the post war years that the incongruity of Qin Mu’s lyricism manifests itself.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Lingfeng 康灵凤==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The question of whether the ”real” world corresponds to the world these authors describe and narrate is moot; through the act of seeing or imagining the world as they do, they helped create the socialist world.  These authors did not slavishly obey orders, writing from formulae they were provided by superiors and other writers; they willingly engaged in the procedures of research and composition that were part and parcel of communist education and literary practice; what they wrote followed from their training, it was the logical and organic extension of that training.  They helped write the socialist world into existence.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Xianghui 孔祥慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Slavoj Zizek’s interpretation of Pascal that belief can actually emerge from deliberately going through the motions of ritual and imitating the faithful, and Zizek’s further point that ”reality” in any society is produced by ideological fantasies peculiar to it, suggest a similar interpretation of socialist sanwen.[	Slavoj Zizek, The Sublime Object  of Ideology (London:  Verso, 1989) 38-43.]  Going through the ritual motions of faith, the individual already believes without realizing it, he argues, and then it is only a matter of time before that belief gradually takes control of the conscious mind.  But within that ideological fantasy that is the representation of social reality, there are at the fringes and in the shadows suggestions of the impossibility of the vision.  What I have referred to as the ”incongruous” in Yang Shuo, Liu Baiyu and Qin Mu are those almost unconscious suggestions tainting the pristine vision.&lt;br /&gt;
==Kong Yanan 孔亚楠==&lt;br /&gt;
Reading literature from the first seventeen years of the People’s Republic of China requires as much attention to practices within the socialist orthodoxy as to dissidents and victims.  Against the prevalent view that socialist literary culture in China was a self-contained system introduced from the Soviet Union as if into a vacuum, socialist sanwen speaks to the mutability of that literary culture and the voice of individual writers in its development, however much sanwen may have been used for propaganda and indoctrination, it retained an ambiguity and reserve inherent in the genre since before the War gainst Japan.  Above all, I think this speaks to the enormous importance of various forms of sanwen in modern Chinese literary culture in general, and any general apprach to the modernn Chinese essay must further explore the legacy of socialist sanwen, particularly as today’s sanwen writers for the most part read the works of Yang Shuo, Liu Baiyu and Qin Mu in their middle school textbooks.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Tradition as Construct and the Search for a Modern Identity: A Reading of Traditional Gestures in Modern Chinese Essays of Place ''' [	This article is an extended version of the paper “The Self in the Landscape: Chinese Essays of Place in the Republican Era (1912-1949)” delivered at the conference The Modern Chinese Literary Essay: Defining the Self in the 20th Century, held in Achern, Germany, August 25-27, 2000.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Alexandra R. Wagner''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s “The Qinhuai River Amidst the Sound of Oars and Shadows of Lamps” (Jiangsheng dengyingli de qinhuaihe, 1923), Yu Dafu’s “Spring Day on Diaotai” (Diaotai de chunzhou, 1932), and Fang Lingru’s “Travel Notes from the Langya Mountain” (Langyashan youji, 1936) are three modern Chinese essays in which place and memory serve as the main textual and conceptual elements through which the writers’ negotiation of identity and search for meaning unfolds. Examining these “essays of place” with a focus on the dynamics between place, on the one hand, and personal as well as cultural memory, on the other, challenges the prevailing views of modern travel or landscape essays as either lyrical evocations of scenery, backdrops for personal experiences and thoughts, or sources for information on locations.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
The aggregation of cultural and personal memory in these essays foregrounds the skepticism and uncertainty that characterize the mindset of Chinese writers situated in a transitional period moving from tradition to modernity. By questioning apparent meaning and literary convention, the essays are ultimately texts on writing as a continuous and open-ended exploration. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examining the “traditional gestures” central to the essays by Zhu, Yu, and Fang most prominently demonstrates this questioning of apparent meaning. Activities closely tied to places, such as climbing mountains, traversing lakes and rivers, and contemplating past history during visits to ruins and other sites are highly reminiscent of poetic onventions that have informed the long pre-modern literary history of travel and landscape writings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些文章中文化和个人记忆的聚合，凸显了处于传统向现代过渡时期的中国作家心态的怀疑和不确定性。通过对表面意义和文学传统的质疑，这些文章归根结底是关于写作的文本，是一种持续而开放的探索。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
审视朱、余、方三家文章中的 &amp;quot;传统姿态&amp;quot;，最突出地体现了这种对表层意义的质疑。与地方密切相关的活动，如爬山、穿越湖泊、河流，以及在参观遗迹等过程中对过去历史的思考等，都让人高度联想到在漫长的前现代文学史上的游记和山水文章的诗学传统。--[[User:Lei kuangxi|Lei kuangxi]] ([[User talk:Lei kuangxi|talk]]) 05:41, 9 December 2020 (UTC)Lei Kuangxi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
这些文章中文化记忆和个人记忆的聚集，突出了处于从传统向现代过渡时期的中国作家的怀疑和不确定性特征。通过对表面意义和文学传统的质疑，这些文章最终成为关于写作的文本，是一种持续的、开放式的探索。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对朱先生、于先生和方先生所著文章的核心“传统手势”的研究，最突出地证明了对表面意义的质疑。与地方紧密相连的活动，如爬山、穿越湖泊和河流，以及在参观遗迹和其他遗址时思考过去的历史，都让人联想到在漫长的前现代文学史的的游记和山水文章的诗学传统。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 07:19, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Haiquan 李海泉==&lt;br /&gt;
As manifestations of cultural memory, such activities are more than simply concrete actions; they are gestures, i.e. “acts made as a sign of attitude.” These traditional gestures suggest an affinity between pre-modern and modern texts, yet at the same time, the essays consistently question the significance and consequence of this apparent affinity. This questioning is achieved, first, by the authors’ encounters with people inhabiting the landscape, second, by introducing elements of imperfection and incompletion throughout the essays, and, third, by the self-referential aspects of the essays.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
Adopting traditional gestures of contemplating place and past can be seen as an attempt to place the author in a privileged and thus assured position, offering him a way to authoritatively define himself within, yet separate from, his surroundings. However, encounters with people inhabiting the places make the author “interact” with these places. Rather than being objects of perception and contemplation only, places become parts of the perceiving and contemplating subject. The idea of place as distinct from the observer, providing a setting against which he can define himself as well as measure the changing times is deceptive.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lingyue 李凌月==&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, elements of imperfection and incompletion disrupt the narrative in these essays and thus similarly question the reliability of traditional gestures in the search for stable definitions of selves. Self-referential aspects of the texts also draw attention to the essays’ constructedness, thus questioning the idea that the texts have a single, accurate (and thus authoritative) interpretation and significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In sum, an “ironic” reading of the traditional gestures in these essays of place foregrounds the concept of tradition as a vital part and construct needed to engage in a discourse on tradition and modernity from which modern texts ultimately evolve.&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s “The Qinhuai River Amidst Sounds of Oars and Shadows of Lamps” (''Qinhuaihe''), Yu Dafu’s “Spring Day on Diaotai” (''Diaotai''), and Fang Lingru’s “Travel Notes from Langya Mountain” (''Langyashan''), are three notable essays of place in which place and memory serve as the main conceptual elements through which the writers’ negotiation of identity and meaning unfolds.  By questioning apparent meaning and literary convention, the texts become ultimately texts on writing as a continuous endeavor and exploration and thus texts on the open-ended nature of essays. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the essays, the authors engage in activities such as climbing mountains, traversing rivers, and contemplating history and historical figures while visiting ruins and other sites. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s ''Jiangsheng dengyingli de Qinhuaihe'', written in 1923, was first published in the January 25, 1924 issue of ''Dongfang zazhi'' (Eastern Miscellany, founded in 1904). （文献无需翻译）	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu’s ''Diaotai de chunzhou'', written in August 1932, first appeared in the inaugural issue of the journal ''Lunyu'' (Analects), on September 16, 1932. &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Lingru’s ''Langyashan youji'' was written in April 1936 in Nanjing. Reprints in contemporary essay anthologies are taken from Fang’s essay collection Xin (Letters) published in 1945.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the terms “writer” and “author” are used interchangeably.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱自清的《浆声灯影里的秦淮河》（《秦淮河》）、郁达夫的《钓鱼台的春昼》（《钓鱼台》）和方令孺的《琅琊山游记》（ 《琅琊山》）是三篇有关地点的著名散文。在这几篇文章中，地点和回忆是主要的概念性元素，作者通过这些元素来具体展开关于身份认同以及具体含义的阐述。通过质疑明显的含义和文学习俗，这些文本最终象征着作者的不懈努力与探索，因此成为了文本的开放性文本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在这几篇散文中，作者在参观历史遗址时都参加了诸如爬山、过河、对历史以及历史人物进行深思的活动。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s ''Jiangsheng dengyingli de Qinhuaihe'', written in 1923, was first published in the January 25, 1924 issue of ''Dongfang zazhi'' (Eastern Miscellany, founded in 1904). （文献无需翻译）	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu’s ''Diaotai de chunzhou'', written in August 1932, first appeared in the inaugural issue of the journal ''Lunyu'' (Analects), on September 16, 1932. &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Lingru’s ''Langyashan youji'' was written in April 1936 in Nanjing. Reprints in contemporary essay anthologies are taken from Fang’s essay collection Xin (Letters) published in 1945.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this paper, the terms “writer” and “author” are used interchangeably.（文献无需翻译）--[[User:Li Liqin|Li Liqin]] ([[User talk:Li Liqin|talk]]) 11:26, 8 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱自清的《桨声灯影里的秦淮河》（秦淮河）、郁达夫的《钓鱼台上的春昼》（钓鱼台）、方灵如的《琅琊山游记》（琅琊山），这是三篇著名的关于地点的散文，其中地点和记忆是主要的概念要素，通过这些要素对作家的本体和意义的商讨逐步展开。通过对表面意义和文学惯例提出质疑，这些文本最终成为关于写作的文本，作为作者不断的努力和探索的一种象征，这些文本成为了关于散文开放性的文本。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在这些散文中，作者在参观遗址和其他地方时，还参与了登山、穿越河流、思考历史和历史人物等活动。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 04:52, 9 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Luyi 李璐伊==&lt;br /&gt;
For example, all three essays contain elements reminiscent of the poetic convention of contemplating the past (''huaigu''), often conveying regret over gone times and places. Images exposing the transience of human life in an enduring landscape suggest the writer’s uncertainty about the present and future, implying his desire to find a more lasting place within his existing surroundings.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In their apparent affinity to poetic conventions, traditional gestures seem to promise the writer a degree of authority and certainty in observing and interpreting surroundings and thus in determining his position and role in them. An ''ironic'' understanding and reading of such gestures in Zhu, Yu, and Fang's essays however, exposes the concept of tradition as construct indispensable for a discourse on modernity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Evoking and sharing the cultural memory of place writing, Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays not only contain, but also constitute traditional gestures.（文献无需翻译） &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FFor a concise explication of this poetic convention, see Hans H. Frankel, ''The Flowering Plum and the Palace Lady: Interpretations of Chinese Poetry'' (New Haven and London, 1976), chapter 9 “Contemplation of the Past.”（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Meng 李梦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modern texts evolve from a questioning and reassessment of well-established meaning and value, rather than from a mere rejection of what are perceived to be traditional notions, customs, and ideals. Once tradition is divested of its absolute claim and subject to interpretation and reconstruction, modernity can emerge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the term “gesture” describes an activity as “something done to convey one’s intentions or attitude.”  The traveler’s activities are more than actions that have an obvious purpose, such as getting to a location or viewing a certain site. Roland Barthes’ notion of gestures in writing and writing as gesture suggests the multiplicity of meaning within essays of place and ultimately bears out the idea of essays of place as texts on writing. In ''The Responsibility of Forms'', Roland Barthes describes “gesture” in art as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Gesture.” Def.2. ''Oxford American Dictionary''. New York: Avon Books, 1980. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''The Oxford English Dictionary'' defines “gesture” as “a move or course of action undertaken as an expression of feeling or as a formality; especially a demonstration of friendly feeling, usually with the purpose of eliciting a favorable response from another.” Def.4.b. ''The Oxford English Dictionary''. 2nd Ed. (Clarendon Press: Oxford, 1989).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yongshan 李泳珊==&lt;br /&gt;
[s]omething like the surplus of an action. The action is transitive, it seeks only to provoke an object, a result; the gesture is the indeterminate and inexhaustible total of reasons, pulsions, indolences which surround the action with an atmosphere [. . .]. Hence, let us distinguish the message, which seeks to produce information, and the sign, which seeks to produce an intellection, from the gesture, which produces all the rest (the “surplus”) without necessarily seeking to produce anything. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traversing mountains and lakes are activities with a concrete objective. As “gestures” or “surplus action,” those activities are signs of attitudes that in Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays ultimately serve to constantly question and change meaning by providing possibility instead of demarcation of meaning and signification. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Barthes, Roland. “''[Readings: Gesture] Cy Twombly: Works on Paper.” The Responsibility of Forms''. By Barthes. Trans. Richard Howard, (Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1985) 160.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Roland Barthes, every text is ultimately a product of gestures Discussing the work of American painter Cy Twombly (b. 1928), Roland Barthes furthermore says about the workings of gestures:（文献无需翻译）          &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[t]he artist [ . . . ] is by status an “operator” of gestures: he seeks to produce an effect and at the same time seeks no such thing; the effects he produces he has not obligatorily sought out; they are reversed, inadvertent effects which turn back upon him and thereupon provoke certain modifications, deviations, mitigations of the line, of the stroke. Thus in gesture is abolished the distinction between cause and effect, motivation and goal, expression and persuasion (Barthes 160).（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Li Yu 李玉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing’s ''Qinhuaihe'' describes a pleasure excursion on the Qinhuai River he and his friend Yu Pingbo embark on one summer evening. Singsong girls and their musicians, offering their services to passengers in the roaming boats, provide popular entertainment on the river. Zhu and Yu try to enjoy the atmosphere produced by a combination of natural scenery, history, lantern lights, and sound of oars and of music. Despite mingling with other boats whose passengers happily solicit the singsong girls’ services, they remain passive observers. Zhu's narrative culminates in his and Yu’s direct encounter with the singsong girls, who approach them to solicit business. This encounter mortifies and confounds Zhu, turning the trip into a disconcerting experience. Both Zhu and Yu reject the singsong girls’ solicitations, and soon after the encounter, they head back to the pier.    &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Min 林敏==&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu’s ''Diaotai'' describes his travels in the countryside after having hurriedly left Shanghai to avoid being rounded up by Nationalist forces in the spring of 1931. Watching boats taking locals to their ancestral graves, Yu decides to visit his hometown in time for the Qingming festival. After only a few days with relatives and friends however, he becomes restless and leaves for a trip to Diaotai (Fishing Terrace) on Fuchun Mountain. He stops over at Tonglu for the night and despite the late hour climbs Tongjun Mountain located across the river. The next day, Yu visits the memorial hall on Fuchun Mountain dedicated to the Eastern Han recluse Yan Ziling and then climbs the famous Diaotai.  &lt;br /&gt;
==Lin Xin 林鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Lingru and a group of friends visit various historic sites scattered in the mountains they traverse during a spring outing. The most famous site is the pavilion named by Ouyang Xiu and celebrated in his famous ''An Account of the Pavilion of the Drunken Old Man'' (Zuiweng ting ji).  The group decides to stay overnight at the ''Temple of Cultivation'' (Kaihua si), located deeper in the mountains, and spends the rest of the day touring the mountains and their cultural imprints guided by a monk. In the evening, the friends enjoy the nocturnal atmosphere and quietude of temple and mountains. The next day, the day of the Qingming festival, the group tours two more mountains before returning to Nanjing in the evening. &lt;br /&gt;
==Ling Zijin 凌子瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
All three essays contain attempts to adopt gestures of contemplating times and places while traversing varied landscapes. Yet, three elements in the essays destabilize significance and consequence of those gestures, undermining their power to confirm identities and signaling the questioning nature of the texts. These three elements are first the authors’ encounters with people inhabiting the landscape, second, elements of incompletion and ambiguity that unsettle the traditional gestures, and, third, as supplementary elements, the essays’ self-referential strategies. The following readings of Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays explain and illustrate one of each of these elements respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Bo 刘博==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Encounters with People in Zhu Ziqing’s Qinhuaihe'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encounters with people populating the landscape have two effects. First, these encounters force the author to interact with the landscape. It becomes impossible for him to demarcate his position and identity by contemplating places from an autonomous vantage point.  Zhu and Yu’s encounter with the singsong girls is the central human encounter in Zhu’s ''Qinhuaihe''. Initially, the singsong girls’ presence on the river does not appear to displease or disconcert Zhu. However, he maintains this sanguine perception by keeping a distance to the singers’ boats. The distance allows him to assume the traditional gesture of traversing a river to take in and contemplate its scenery and history from an independent viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to point out that a clear distinction between traveler and landscape does not mean the travelers’ disassociation from his surroundings. Rather it points to the clear demarcation of positions and roles necessary to form a stable unified whole from two distinct units.(文献无需翻译)&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Jinxingqi 刘金惺琦==&lt;br /&gt;
The encounter with the singsong girls witnessed by other passengers unsettles gesture and atmosphere. By diminishing the safe distance between writer and observed place (which so far included the singers), the encounter forces Zhu to play an active role in his surroundings. The singers step out of the landscape picture, and Zhu becomes part of the place against his will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ironically, however, the ensuing interaction nevertheless exposes an unbridgeable gap between author and people inhabiting the landscape. Zhu’s confrontation with the singsong girls reinforces an experience of distance, misapprehension, and alienation rooted in the dilemma of modern intellectuals. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu is both tempted by the offer and ashamed about even entertaining such a sentiment. Being publicly approached by women who sell their services to men and confronting his inner conflicting emotion embarrasses Zhu, who considers himself a moral and modern individual professing to condemn the exploitation of underprivileged social groups. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text moves from the portrayal of external space and atmosphere to a detailed self-dissection of Zhu's psyche and thoughts, a strikingly modern feature. As Zhu's progressive sensibilities interfere with acting out his desire, this psychological passage further disrupts the cohesion of the text as traditional gesture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱自清受到诱惑的同时又为自己的这种情绪感到羞愧。朱自清自认为是高尚现代的人，他公开谴责对于社会弱势群体的剥削，但是面对女人的当众搭讪和内心的矛盾情绪，朱自清却感到尴尬。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文本从对外部空间和氛围的描写，转向对朱自清的心理和思想细致的自我剖析，具有显著的现代特征。由于朱自清的进步情感干扰了他的欲望的表现，这段心路历程进一步破坏了文本作为传统姿态的凝聚力。--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 07:30, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
朱自清在受到诱惑的同时，又为自己的这种情绪感到羞愧。他自认为是高尚的现代人，会公开谴责对于社会弱势群体的剥削，但是面对女人的当众搭讪，他的内心极为矛盾，感觉十分尴尬，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
文本通过对外部空间和氛围的描写，以及对朱自清的内心思想的自我剖析，均具有显著的现代特征。由于朱自清的先进情感干扰了他的欲望表现，这段心路历程进一步破坏了文本作为传统姿态的凝聚力。--[[User:Guo Lu|Guo Lu]] ([[User talk:Guo Lu|talk]]) 08:05, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
The encounter quickly deflates and undermines Zhu's attempt to adopt traditional gestures, causing confusion and conflict rather than reassurance of positions and identities in the river’s ultimately unpredictable space. Zhu’s experience of place is marked by a tension arising from an attempt to assert his independent position within his surroundings, the futility of the attempt, and the concurrent impossibility to become part of his surroundings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Significantly, only when Zhu’s inner conflict has abated somewhat, he and Yu are rewarded. On their way back, they pass a boat with a solitary singer coming toward them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yangnuo 刘洋诺==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The singer is sitting in the bow of the unlit boat, singing only to herself. This unexpected episode has an at least temporarily redeeming quality for Zhu. However, his feeling of contentment lasts only a fleeting instant, and soon he and Yu are back in the bustling amusement district. Importantly, Zhu and Yu do not truly encounter the solitary singer. Possibly, the singer did not even notice them. This brief moment comes closest to successfully adopting a traditional gesture. As long as they maintain a distance, fulfilling the significance of the gesture seems possible. Ultimately however, Zhu, not in control of the gesture, is unable to prolong this moment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
He is left in utter despondency. Threat and intimidation Zhu experiences are signified well by the way he perceives his surroundings immediately after passing the lone singer’s boat. Passing under a tall bridge, it seems to Zhu “as if the darkness was opening its huge mouth, about to swallow [their] boat.”  Zhu is left in a no-man’s-land between private desire and modern awareness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Incompletion and Ambiguity in Yu Dafu’s ''Diaotai'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Elements of incompletion and ambiguity further question the significance of traditional gestures. By unsettling the essay’s narrative, these elements suggest an ironic reading of the texts that undermines the reliability of traditional gestures when searching for stable definitions of selves and surroundings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
Obstacles in Yu Dafu’s path paired with a restlessness he experiences in places destabilize the gestures he tries to adopt. The significance of his trip remains ambiguous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The evening before reaching Diaotai, Yu sets out to climb Tongjun Mountain to visit a Daoist temple. Upon disembarking from the ferryboat, he immediately falls over a loose rock on the dark and rugged mountain path. The image of a stumbling Yu on his solitary endeavor to climb the mountain at night is almost comical. His idea to climb the mountain at this hour appears unreasonable and undermines any effect the attempt to adopt a traditional gesture might have.&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Zhiwei 刘智伟==&lt;br /&gt;
The ferryman hands Yu a pack of matches to help him find the way. At first, Yu is “groping [his] way up the mountain,”  but as he approaches the top, moonlight begins to illuminate his path. A vast sky and a broad vista into the distance and onto the town seem to increase Yu’s chances of adopting the traditional gesture of contemplating place and past. As he approaches the temple however, an apparently locked gate in the low wall surrounding it obstructs Yu’s progress. After pacing up and down for a while not knowing what to do, he finally tries the gate, and surprisingly it opens. Ironically, Yu’s trip is delayed and almost cut short not by a locked gate but by his indecision and hesitation.&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
Although he finds the temple gates indeed securely shut for the night, Yu is at this point quite content to sit on the wall adjacent to the gate from where he can overlook the river and enjoy the scenery. He gazes at the stars, clouds, and moon above and the lights of the boats below gently wavering in the wind. At last, Yu’s position allows him to contemplate place and past from an elevated and independent vantage point. The unparalleled scenery of Tongjun Mountain inspires Yu to contemplate the lives of the Eastern Han (25-220 A.D.) recluse Yan Ziling and that of the two Dai brothers, Dai Bo and Dai Yong of the Easter Jin (317-420), who made this area their home.&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
Yu fully appreciates and identifies with their decision to lead a hermit’s life foreshadowing his own life of seclusion soon to begin. The clapper of the night watch in town finally wakes Yu to reality. Startled, he runs back head over heels to the boat. This abrupt ending to Yu’s reverie and his sudden anxiety to get back to the boat sharply contrast with the reflective atmosphere and sentiment of the passage. The traditional gesture is abruptly terminated. Like the clapper startling Yu, this abrupt ending to the nightly scene startles the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
On the boat to Diaotai, Yu, tired from admiring the scenery, falls asleep and dreams of a gathering with some old friends in an inn along the river. The text does not make it explicitly clear that Yu is dreaming. This becomes fully clear only when the boatman wakes Yu as they approach Diaotai. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his dream, the friends chat and make merry, but after all has been said and done, the atmosphere turns cheerless and awkward. At the center of the dream is a poem Yu composed a few years ago at a similar occasion. It is a political poem written in traditional septa-syllabic regulated verse style, lamenting the chaotic state of the country and expressing the dissatisfaction of intellectuals with the government.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Juan 马娟==&lt;br /&gt;
One prominent traditional image in the poem is the loyal official who, “feigning madness,” (yang kuang) speaks the truth that goes unheeded. Here, a well-known traditional gesture is embedded in a text within a text. Before the gesture can come to full fruition, however, it is again terminated, this time by the boatman who wakes Yu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Significantly, Yu's perception of his surrounding has completely changed. Before falling asleep, he saw green mountains encasing the clear river and sandbanks with blossoming flowers; in short, tranquil and picturesque scenery. As the boat approaches Diaotai, however, “river and mountain scenery all around had suddenly changed.” (文献无需翻译)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhu Ziqing, “Jiangsheng dengyingli de qinhuaihe,” Zhongguo xiandai youji xuan, eds. Ma Zhonglin, Yang Guozhang, and Wang Zhonghua (Beijing: Zhongguo lüyou chubanshe, 1982) 95.(文献无需翻译)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu, “Diaotai de chunzhou,” Zhongguo xiandai youji xuan, eds. Ma Zhonglin, Yang Guozhang, and Wang Zhonghua (Beijing: Zhongguo lüyou chubanshe, 1982) 204.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Dafu, 206(文献无需翻译)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Shuya 马淑雅==&lt;br /&gt;
The river has narrowed and the mountains have moved extremely close, “as if ahead was no further way.”  The towering mountains create an oppressively lonely atmosphere, in which even the sound of the oars seems disheartened; the echo is audible only after a long while, amplifying the “ancient silence,” the “silence of extinction”  enveloping the boat. The sun is gone, and only a soughing wind comes and goes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The surrounding has turned ominous. Yu’s anticipation turns into apprehension. Compared to his reverie on Tongjun Mountain, Yu now perceives Diaotai as desolate and gloomy, eerily echoing the chaos and tumult evoked in his poem. He describes dilapidated stone structures overgrown with weeds.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ma Zhixing 马智星==&lt;br /&gt;
Approaching Yan Ziling’s ancestral hall, now no more than decrepit walls and broken tiles, Yu begins to feel “a little afraid, afraid to encounter the ghost of Master Yan, old and dried-up like strips from a towel gourd.”  Yu’s rapidly growing skepticism and discomfort upon approaching the setting further suggest the impossibility to find meaning and identity by adopting traditional gestures in places.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Fishing Terrace, Yu is curiously reminded of a postcard depicting the William Tell Memorial Hall and its scenery in Switzerland. The colors of mountains and rivers he sees from Diaotai are strikingly similar to those on the “collotype postcard.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Meng Ying 孟莹==&lt;br /&gt;
However, in the scenery he views from Diaotai, “the variations are a little greater, the surrounding in all directions is just a little more jumbled and chaotic, that’s all, but this is actually a plus, enough to represent the East’s desolate beauty of national degeneration.”  Ironically, Yu’s comparison between the postcard picture and his view stresses the similarities between the colors of the landscapes only. He views a place that in its very structure carries the marks of present crisis. Associating his description of the scenery with Switzerland generally associated with national stability and social order only intensifies the image of national chaos and debility. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Superficially conforming to the traditional gesture of contemplating (and lamenting) place and past, the comparison here is not one between present and past, but one between two presents. Yu's view evokes scenery on a foreign postcard, which in its modern photographic quality and miniature size cannot evoke the past, challenging the idea of a traditional gesture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After having had some wine in the hall, Yu walks up to the Buddhist shrine whose derelict walls are covered with poems, most of them of poor quality. In a corner near the ceiling, he finds an inscription by the Qing loyalist and fellow villager Xia Lingfeng (Xia Zhenwu, 1854-1930), whose commitment Yu admires despite objecting to Xia’s political convictions. Yu inscribes the poem from his dream next to Xia’s. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Nan 莫南==&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, Yu's act of inscribing the poem suggests that he sympathizes and identifies with Xia. However, since Yu does object to the substance of Xia’s ideals and motives, the gesture of writing a poem next to Xia’s only stresses the ambiguity of such an act. With the gesture of inscribing his poem along with others of inferior quality and next to that of a Qing loyalist Yu willingly obscures his own political stance and inadvertently questions the relevance of his act. The traditional-style poem placed in an obscure corner on the wall as one among many is ineffective, and the gesture of inscribing it loses its significance. Yu’s position and role in his time and place remains ambiguous and difficult to define. Ironically, while Yu’s essay saves the poem and its context from obscurity, it also exposes the very ambiguity of his act.&lt;br /&gt;
==Nie Xiaolou 聂晓楼==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Self-referential strategy in Fang Lingru’s ''Langyashan'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By foregrounding a texts’ constructedness, self-referential strategies question the idea of a texts’ definite and authoritative meaning. Suggesting the texts’ plurality of meaning further substantiates their significance in negotiating perspectives, positions, and identities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Concluding the narration of her two-day trip, Fang Lingru writes: “There are still many more scenic spots and ancient sites on Langya Mountain; if it’s meant to be, I’ll come another time to visit again. ''There is nothing more I can add to this piece'' (my emphasis).”  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fang Lingru, “Langyashan youji,” ''Zhongguo xiandai youji xuan'', eds. Ma Zhonglin, Yang Guozhang, and Wang Zhonghua (Beijing: Zhongguo lüyou chubanshe, 1982) 148.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ou Rong 欧蓉==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet, she goes on to recommend a particular dish and wine the group had at a restaurant in Chuzhou before returning to Nanjing. This rather banal and anticlimactic addendum to her narrative is then followed by two more paragraphs, describing her sentiments upon returning home. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When I got home, it was already ten o’clock at night, and a fine drizzle filled the air. Just before leaving, the old monk Shangkuan had tied three Spring Azalea sprigs to my rickshaw, which I planted immediately upon coming home. Now the twigs have already developed tender sprouts; by this time next year, they will blossom. XX named them “Bodhi Shangkuan.” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Jinglan 欧阳静兰==&lt;br /&gt;
I’ve been feeling extremely tired lately, but thinking back to the trip into the mountains, I can say that it was flawless, and I have no regrets.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is a cliché to state at the end of a text that nothing can be added. Fang’s appended restaurant and food recommendation suggests her eagerness to relate every detail from the trip. However, extending her narrative by two paragraphs, she effectively contradicts her own assertion that everything worth saying has been said. This contradiction and the contrast between her matter-of-fact-style in which she ostensibly ends the essay and the intimate tone and personal content of the concluding paragraphs highlight the act of writing and constructing the text.&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
The final paragraphs further question the effect of adopting traditional gestures to find stable meaning and purpose in and through one’s surroundings. For Fang the gesture of translating visits to sites and ruins into detailed description evoke the past is not sufficient. Her encounter with the monk ultimately renders her experience on Langya Mountain significant. The flowers she received from him signify the possibility of growth, nurturing, and encouragement. By contrast, the significance of the sites themselves remains ambiguous.&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Dan 彭丹==&lt;br /&gt;
The last two paragraphs of Fang’s essay complete the framework of personal reflection that encases the largely dispassionate narration of her trip. Personal memory is the ultimate locus of meaningful experience and the creative force underlying the essay. Exhausting facts and details in representing an experience does not bring a text to its end despite assertions to the contrary. Fang’s last sentence suggests that remembering the trip in close connection with the human encounter constitutes a source of satisfaction for her, rather than the emulation of traditional gestures that seem to promise an authoritative rendition of place and time. &lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Juan 彭娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Her memory and text are like the plant, living and changing. The gesture of announcing the end of her text is undermined by that same texts’ continuation. The self-referential strategy in Fang’s essay ultimately affirms possibility and potentiality not completeness and finality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to adopt established poetic gestures in Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays does not dispel the writer’s uncertainty and ambivalence in navigating, redefining, and asserting his (or her) role in a changed and changing environment. In each essay, various elements question reliability and significance of these gestures, highlighting the ambiguity of the writer’s experience and position in the places he visits.&lt;br /&gt;
Her memory and text are like the plant, living and changing. The gesture of announcing the end of her text is undermined by that same texts’ continuation. The self-referential strategy in Fang’s essay ultimately affirms possibility and potentiality not completeness and finality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Conclusion'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attempt to adopt established poetic gestures in Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s essays does not dispel the writer’s uncertainty and ambivalence in navigating, redefining, and asserting his (or her) role in a changed and changing environment. In each essay, various elements question reliability and significance of these gestures, highlighting the ambiguity of the writer’s experience and position in the places he visits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
Traditionally, the poet contemplating place and past was a solitary figure estranged from his times and surroundings, often questioning the present state of affairs. From the perspective of literary history, however, sharing this gesture and its variations with other poets in a long line of succession offered writers a way to secure rather than question their role and identity. Through canon formation and the writing of literary history, acts and themes such as contemplating places and past came to be understood as customary endeavors gaining and increasing their significance from their perceived continuity. Such understanding is part of the ''construction of traditions'' to legitimize poetic authority and continuity, or - as during the May Fourth movement - change and eradication.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Relevant to the argument here is the idea of canon formation and the way it works. The argument does by no means suggest that all texts based on or containing certain traditional gestures and conventions are indeed similar and unchanged over the long pre-modern period. Nor does it suggest that in pre-modern travel and landscape writings the writer can indeed successfully confirm his identity and role through following the conventions of his time. （文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Xiaoling 彭小玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of confirming the writer’s authority as mediator and interpreter of time and place, traditional gestures in modern essays such as Zhu, Yu, and Fang’s foreground his precarious role and position within his time and place. Attempting to adopt traditional gestures ultimately exposes the gestures as constructs that do not provide an indisputable way of understanding and representing surroundings and one’s position and role in them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By deconstructing the cultural and literary traditions, May Fourth intellectuals and writers tried to establish a practical dichotomy between conservative past and progressive present and future to confer authority upon the modern text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yongliang 彭永亮==&lt;br /&gt;
As the above readings show however, modern texts inevitably comprise a ''discourse'' on what is made out to be tradition and modernity. This discourse inscribes, negotiates, and transforms tradition within the modern text albeit in an ever varying and irrepressible way. The texts’ complexity, subtexts, and plurality of meaning arises from a ''negotiation'' between familiar conventions and new and modern perspectives in search of identities, roles, and positions in a changing time and place. Ultimately, the texts are texts on writing as a continuous endeavor and exploration and thus texts on the open-ended nature of essays.&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Yuzhi 彭育志==&lt;br /&gt;
'''From Historical Narrative to the World of Prose: The Essayistic Mode in Contemporary Chinese Literature'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Wang Ban''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a genre, the essay in contemporary China can be seen as a symptom of the decline of historical consciousness and narrative.  This comes through most sharply when compared with the previously established literary paradigm: the Chinese novel in the realistic mode.  For many decades the fiction of revolutionary realism served as ideological apparatus and medium for providing coherent temporal perceptions about past, present, and future.&lt;br /&gt;
==Qi Kai 漆凯==&lt;br /&gt;
The realistic novel's central assumption is epic best described by Georg Lukacs, who construes the epic form as a projected ideal that is realizable through narrated social and historical actions.  Little thought needs to be taken to see that a revolutionary epic is a strenuous but finally triumphant harmony of ideal and reality.  The rise of the essay in the recent decades epitomizes the turn of literary writing from the epic coherence of ideal and life to the dispersed and fragmented sensory or sensual pleasures and sheer appreciation of images or anecdotes.&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
The essay retreats from historical consciousness and responds warmly and lightheartedly to the advent of consumer culture.  It is designed to satisfy the modest needs of the urban consumer whose sensibility is becoming “essayistic,” prosaic, ahistorical and everyday, preoccupied with the most intimate and quotidian matters.  This paper takes a look back at Eileen Chang's thinking on the essay and attempts to trace the linkage between the modern essay and the rise of urban consumer culture.  Then through an analysis of Wang Anyi's novella ''The Story of Our Uncle'' (Shushu de gushi), I demonstrate how the retreat from historical consciousness to what I would call the essayistic structure of feeling is dramatized by Wang's groping, explorative essay/fiction. &lt;br /&gt;
==Quan Meixin 全美欣==&lt;br /&gt;
The main character Uncle's career illustrates the waning of historical consciousness.  This paper seeks to point out that the essay's ambivalence lies in its freedom from the straitjacket of the grand narrative and in its contribution to the withering of historical consciousness in the rising consumer culture in China.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Essay and the Novel'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay as a cultural form can be grasped in its relation to the novel.  In twentieth-century China the novel in the epic, realistic mode had been the dominant form of literature and a pivotal ideological apparatus--probably up to the mid-1980s.  The Chinese realistic novel can be construed as epic in the way formulated by Georg Lukács.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sagara Seydou ==&lt;br /&gt;
Its epic characteristic lies in its historical scope and teleology, its engagement with social and political issues, its intertwining of the individual's fate with collective projects, its aesthetics of the exemplary hero, and its striving for transcendence within everyday immanence.  The novel of socialist realism in the Mao era strove to achieve an imaginary unity of transcendent ideals and quotidian reality.  It depicts a universe in which the world and the self “never become permanent strangers to one another” (Lukács 29) and the individual's growth is of one piece with communal destiny.  In the post-Mao era, often dubbed the New Period, works of fiction appeared to be different but were still imbued with an epic impulse. &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Diwen 石迪文==&lt;br /&gt;
It is true that the 1980s saw the emphatic upsurge of interest in the subjectivity of the autonomous individual, but far from an atomistic ego of appetitive self-interest, fictional characters were still figured as the subject of history.  For all its seeming revolt against the previously dominant mode, the image of the newly awakened modern self in the fiction of the New Period went hand in hand with the socio-historical process of socialist modernization, individuals serving as agents of this process.  Thus, Fredric Jameson's concept of national allegory--in which the individual's fate tells a larger story of collective destiny – was well received in Chinese criticism and made to apply with equal ease to the realistic novel of the Mao era as well as those advocating reforms.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critics have noted that in the 1980s thought emancipation movement (sixiang jiefang), the fundamental literary mode and historical consciousness were derived from the Hegelian-Marxist version of the unity of subject and object, the individual and history.  So the self that was upheld was not an autonomous self cut off from the collectivity of social processes, but was assimilated and modeled by the requirements of the modernization drive.  See Qi Shuyu, 103-104.（文献无需翻译）&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
If this view of the novel sounds anachronistic to contemporary China, we may justify it by a reference to the striven-for unity of revolutionary ideals and social reality, of theory and practice, a prominent tenet in the utopian legacy of Marxism.  As literary counterpart of this projected unity the Chinese realistic novel presents a mythical and epic structure in which dream and history, individual and collective become one.  In Lukács the epic is contracted with the novel, because the latter is a form stripped of the former’s immediate and unproblematic unity of ideal and reality (56). &lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, the novel in the Western realistic tradition is troubled by the intrusion of time, which causes fractures in the epic, time-defying harmony between self and collectivity, dream and actuality.   But Lukács still insists that the novel is a kind of epic, because it strives to close the fissures created by the gap of time, hence potentially able to attain the epic status on a higher level. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gap between ideal and reality is minimized in the Chinese novel, which appears to be more epic than the realistic novel in the West.  The novel of revolutionary realism is closer to poetry, marked with tremendous lyricism, as Charles Laughlin notes with regard to the socialist sanwen in his essay “Incongruous Lyricism” in this volume. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Song Jianru 宋建茹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It would not seem incongruous when lyrical exuberance, equated with revolutionary idealism and utopianism, is maximized in the novel as a way to transcend and close the gap between a historical time marked by imperialist invasions, sufferings, and poverty on the one hand, and the ultimate ideal of communism culminating in the epic harmony of ideal and reality, theory and practice, on the other.  The novel in this mode is supposed to be more than a text you read, curled up in your couch in a snowy winter night in solitary comfort.  It was ideological, educational, edifying, its grand narrative projecting material praxis.  It aimed to instigate you to go out into the streets or impoverished villages and get organized with other fellow humans to make history.&lt;br /&gt;
==Su Lin  苏琳==&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of the essay in contemporary China is a sign that the novel in the epic mode has become an endangered species.  This is not merely the problem of genre, nor am I suggesting that readers are flocking to essays and abandoning novels.  My point is that the novel as a medium of envisioning social life and registering experiences of temporality is giving way to the essay, or more generally to the essayistic structure of sensibility.   I play with the idea of essayistic in order to refer to the essay as a canonical textual form as well as those discursive moments in other literary genres embodying an “essayistic” quality and a “prosaic” structure of feeling.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xingyue 谭星越==&lt;br /&gt;
One crucial point to made is that this emotional structure accords with the everyday sensibility of a city-dweller and consumer.  This is one reason why it is instructive to contract the essayistic with the novel.  The essay deals with a prosaic and mundane world.  In Hayden White’s recapturing of Hegel’s distinction of poetry and prose, “The world in which prosaic utterance developed must be supposed to have been one in which experience had become atomized and denuded of its ideality and immediately apprehended significance, and voided of its richness and vitality” (87).This prosaic world of fragmented experience is to the Chinese novel as the Lukácsian novel is to the epic: a fall from an original oneness.  In contemporary China, neither the novel nor poetry seems to be a means of closing this widened gap.  My purpose in the essay is to examine the position of the essayistic in relation to the novel, and the related sensibilities in relation to history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Xinjie 谭鑫洁==&lt;br /&gt;
The Hegelian Marxist perspective I sketched earlier is helpful here for understanding the shift from the novel to the essay.  For Hegel art is necessary because it strives for a seamless, organic apotheosis of transcendent spirit and mundane reality.  This view, though historical, can lead to two contradictory conclusions.  In Hegel art is historical because it is a stage of the Spirit's journey to its self-realization.  As art evolves as historically transitory forms of the Spirit, the movement of history leads to the abolition of certain forms of art, or the demise of art altogether.  On this account the novel would be a casualty of the Spirit’s historical movement and self-realization.   For Hegel art becomes problematic and obsolete because the “world of prose” has attained the empirical form erstwhile aspired to by art.  In the world of prose, the Spirit has realized itself both in thought and in socio-political praxis, exemplified by the Prussian state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
The polity embodied by the Prussian state is for Hegel is the epitome of theory put into practice, a real image of realized art.  As Luckács remarked of Hegel, “Thus art becomes problematic precisely because reality has become non-problematic” (Lukács 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lukács, however, draws a contrary lesson from this historical, or more precisely the “end-of-history,” “end of art” thesis.  Taking issue with Hegel's view of art as “aestheticized” body politic, Lukacs argues that the problem of the novel is a mirror image of a world gone out of joint.  In modern times the novel is still alive as the impulse of art is still pressing.  The novel is aesthetically and epistemologically vital and necessary not because the established reality has achieved what art can only dream.  On the contrary, the novel is a desperate attempt to patch up a broken reality and inject little doses of meaning into a world emptied of spontaneous and totalisable significance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
普鲁士国家所体现的政体是黑格尔是付诸实践的理论缩影，是现实艺术的真实形象。 正如拉克奇（Luckács）评论的黑格尔的那样，“正是因为现实变得没有问题，艺术才成为问题所在”（卢卡奇17）。&lt;br /&gt;
然而，拉克奇从这一历史，或更确切地说是“历史终结”，“艺术终结”的论点得到了截然不同的教训。 卢卡奇对黑格尔将艺术视为“审美化的”身体政治的观点持怀疑态度，他认为这本小说的问题是一个脱离世界的镜像。 在现代，由于艺术的冲动仍在继续，小说仍然活着。 这部小说在美学和认识论上至关重要，并且不是必需的，因为既定的现实已经实现了艺术只能梦想的东西。 相反，这部小说是拼命的尝试，以修补一个破碎的现实，并向一个空洞的，自发的和可累积的意义中注入很少的意义。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 06:46, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
对于黑格尔来说，普鲁士王国代表的政体是理论成为现实的缩影，是现实艺术的真正形象。正如卢卡奇(Luckács)评价黑格尔时所说的：“正是因为现实变得没有问题，艺术就成了问题所在。”（卢卡奇 17）&lt;br /&gt;
然而，拉克奇从这一历史，或更确切地说是“历史终结”，“艺术终结”的论点中得到了截然不同的教训。卢卡奇不认同黑格尔“将艺术看作美学政体”的观点，他认为这部小说的问题是一个脱离世界的镜像。艺术的冲击力仍在继续，因此现代小说依然保持着其生命力。这部小说在美学和认识论上至关重要，这是必需的，并不是因为既定的现实已经实现了艺术只能梦想的东西。 相反，这部小说是拼命的尝试，以修补一个破碎的现实，并向一个空洞的，自发的和可累积的意义中注入很少的意义。--[[User:Chen Sunfu|Chen Sunfu]] ([[User talk:Chen Sunfu|talk]]) 07:59, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
Therein lies its modern irony, the irony of dreaming the perfection of the world while knowing acutely the impossibility of perfection.  Interestingly, Lukács' insight into the ironic, self-reflexive nature of the novel provides a glimpse on the condition of the essay.  In the Chinese realistic novel, to be sure, the historical totality of communist utopia emerging out of a mundane reality is the shining symbol of inspiration, bearing a superficial resemblance to the Hegelian realization of Spirit in the state.  But the faith in the final triumph of communist utopia and the attainment of a fully emancipated society is presumed by the novelistic discourse as law-like and predetermined, hence realistic and inevitable.  Thus the decline of the novel, the novel in the epic mode, can be read as the decline of the grand, Marxist narrative of historical teleology.  In contrast, the rise of the essay harbingers a more fragmentary, disjoint, and private form of signifying practice that is springing up in the cracks and gaps of a fallen reality, a world out of joint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Ming 唐铭==&lt;br /&gt;
The world out of joint is a compelling image of today's China going commercialized, globalized, and fragmented in all aspects of life.  The phrase “out of joint' here is meant to denote both the explosive vitality and disorienting chaos, the drama and trauma of the Chinese scene unfolding in the past decade.  To grasp China as a vast market place, a rising consumer society, an emergent culture of mass media and spectacles, I refer the reader to numerous reports by journalists, economists, and a vast number of essays written by writers who have recently turned to the personal essay as a forum.   Literature, as a historical vision and ideological apparatus, is hanging in the balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Yiran 汤伊然==&lt;br /&gt;
Like many other spheres of culture, it has become commodified and entered the marketplace, being packaged into one more item in the mass media and entertainment industry.  This altered social context is crucial to understanding the essay as a literary form and a cultural medium of expression in contemporary China.  But this link between the culture of commodity and the essay, or the essayistic mode of writing and feeling, is not a brand new phenomenon of the last decade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a tracing of the historical linkage we may turn to the earlier period in modern literary history.  Eileen Chang's essays and her reflection on the essay form are the compelling and successful instance of the marriage between the essay and mass culture.  Nicole Huang’s paper in this volume looks at some aspects of this marriage as manifest in Chang’s essay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tao Ye 陶冶==&lt;br /&gt;
This marriage finds its new manifestations in the work of the contemporary writer Wang Anyi, who is writing in a renewed urban context in many ways similar to that of Chiang.  An analysis of Eileen Chang's thinking on the essay will help us understand Wang's work.  Eileen Chang's views give the essay form a clear shape as it emerged in an urban and consumer culture.  Wang Anyi's essays and especially the essayistic moments in her fiction mark the return of this consumer-oriented genre under new historical circumstances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Eileen Chang and the Essay in the Urban Setting'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The story and essay writer Eileen Chang has been seen as one source for Wang Anyi's work.  Although Eileen Chang wrote fictions of urban life set in Shanghai and Hong Kong in a mixture of traditional and modernist styles, her writing is a sharp contrast and an antidote to the grand narrative of the May Fourth Enlightenment and revolution in modern Chinese literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This view of Hegel's on art is evoked by Lukács in his preface to ''The Theory of the Novel'', 11-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
Her stories relish the irrelevancies, minor manias, trivia, and anxieties and depict random episodes of the urbanite's life.  The intriguing depiction of the narrow romance and personality of the petty urbanites, ''xiaoshimin'', is her forte and attraction.  The prose of life in a cramped and congested urban setting is not only the hallmark of her fiction, but also constitutes the major themes of her essays.  While her essays correspond to and illuminate her fiction, her thoughts on essay writing serve to highlight the aesthetic quality of the essayistic in modern Chinese literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's essay collection ''Floating Words'' (sometimes translated as ”Written on Walter”) is a compelling example of the essay as it emerged in Chinese urban culture.  In the opening essay entitled “The Child Utters his Words without Constraints” (Tongyan wuji) she equates her essays to the chatty, whimsical, and willful airing of pent-up feelings whenever and wherever she can, like an unrestrained child. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
Writers like her, she says, have little to do with earth-quaking, epoch-making historical events and should drop the dream of immortality attainable from self-portrayal by writing a popular autobiography.  The satisfaction and salvation for a writer are writing “bits and pieces about matters concerning oneself” (7).  The matters of self-concern, as Chang continues, include money, dress, eating, important personages and their grotesque undersides, and family relations.  Within a few pages of this first essay we have a range of sundry themes expressing interest in consumer habit, survival in the city, personal and social relations in an increasingly compartmentalized urban culture.  Running down the table of contents of this essay collection, we have trouble classifying what the essays focus on, except to say that they essay opinion and play around with perceptions just about anything in city life.  They touch upon whatever flickers through the mind, passes in view, appeals to the senses, any stereotypical or routine scenes or acts in the urban setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yu 王煜==&lt;br /&gt;
There are, to give a taste of their randomness and miscellany, pieces about living in an apartment, beating up people, private and intimate words, shallow impressions about art, changing dresses, woman, rains, the umbrellas, even about a routine act of going upstairs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While it is surely impossible to box these essays into a general category and abstract a unifying principle, Eileen Chang points beyond this charmed collection of essays to the grand historical narrative and thus provides a useful reference point for what the essay refuses to do.  If it is not clear what the essay is, Chang shows what it is not. She sees the essay in its withdrawal from and rejection of historical discourse and in its all-consuming absorption in the mundane and fragmented urban scenes.  The nature of the essay seems to lie in its irrelevance to history as a literary principle:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Yuan 王源==&lt;br /&gt;
I have no desire to write history, nor am I qualified to make judgement on the historian's perceptions.  But privately I hope they would say more things that are irrelevant.  Reality as such is not systematic; it is like seven or eight chatter-boxes sounding simultaneously, creating confusion.  But amidst this incomprehensible sound and fury there occur moments of illumination, poignant and bright, enabling us to hear the tune and understand a bit, only to be swallowed up by the thickening darkness.  Painters, writers, and composers connect these chancy, fragmented discoveries and create artistic wholes.  (41)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a fiction writer Chang does not believe in artistic perfection.  She creates “imperfect” and flawed characters in her fiction, as she repeatedly claims.  In her essays she holds it important to write about the irrelevancies, for, as she proclaims, all life' charms are to be found in the irrelevancies. (42)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Honglang 韦洪朗==&lt;br /&gt;
Eileen Chang's thinking on the essay reflects certain aspects of Chinese modernity that provides a context for understanding the essay form as an increasingly prominent cultural medium.  The essay for her is a writing practice opposed to the historically oriented and politically charged literature, to the teleological historical narrative, and to the monumental work of art.  Formalistically the essay is random, self-contradictory, expressive, and therapeutic.  Eileen Chang's essays are a radical departure from Lu Xun's miscellaneous essay (''zawen'').  Despite its similarly disjoint, personal, and casual form, the ''zawen'' à la Lu Xun is polemic, militant, acid, socially and political engaged.  It seizes upon the small and transitory but its gaze goes past them to the culturally and historically significant.  This engaged character puts the ''zawen'' in a close lineage with the didactic tradition of May Fourth literature aimed at raising readers' consciousness or jolting them out of the half-sleep of tradition and convention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wei Yafei 魏亚菲==&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of consumer mentality, urban culture, and the new role of the writer as a professional breadwinner brought to prominence the values of entertainment, charm, taste, performance, charisma, and glamour--values inherent to urban culture with a good appetite for entertainment, images, and spectacles.  This emergent socio-historical context was overshadowed and marginalized by the dominant political ideology and historical narrative in the decades after Eileen Chang's short-lived popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andrew Jones of UC-Berkeley is at work to translate Eileen Chang’s essay collection into English and he uses the phrase “Written on Water.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his recent book ''Shanghai Modern'' Professor Leo Lee has admirably traced Eileen Chang's writing and the commercial urban culture she was immersed in.  See the Chapter “Eileen Chang: Romances in a Fallen City,” 267-303.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Sixing 文偲荇==&lt;br /&gt;
In the 1990s and in Wang Anyi's work, this historical context re-emerged with sharpness and vengeance.  I will argue that the fate of the essay or the aesthetic quality of the essayistic cannot be understood without considering the revival of urban and consumer culture and its increasing detachment from the historical consciousness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Telling a Story Where There is no Story to Tell'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anyi's work in the 1990s shows how deeply the urban mass culture has penetrated and transformed literature.  The novel in the epic mode depends upon some preconceived story pattern which delivers ideological and historical convictions about temporal perceptions of past, present, and future.  One symptom of the shift from the novel to the essay is the acute sense of lack of story, the sense that the archetypal stories that writers used to rely on to generate their narratives are no longer convincing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20世纪90年代，在王安忆的作品中，这一历史语境以尖锐和复仇的笔触重新出现。我认为，如果不考虑城市文化和消费文化的复兴及其与历史意识的日益分离，就无法理解散文的命运或散文的审美品质。&lt;br /&gt;
“在没有故事可讲的地方讲故事”&lt;br /&gt;
王安忆90年代的作品展现了城市大众文化对文学的渗透和改造。史诗模式下的小说依赖于一些先入为主的故事模式，这种模式提供了意识形态和历史信念，关于对过去、现在和未来的短暂感知。从小说到散文的转变的一个典型是故事的严重缺失，作家过去赖以形成叙事的原型故事不再令人信服。--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 04:00, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在20世纪90年代，以及在王安忆的作品中，这一历史语境以充满尖锐的笔调和复仇的情感重新出现。我认为，如果不考虑城市文化和消费文化的复兴及其与历史意识的日益分离，就无法理解散文的命运或散文的审美品质。&lt;br /&gt;
“在没有故事可讲的地方讲故事”&lt;br /&gt;
王安忆20世纪90年代的作品展现了城市大众文化对文学的渗透和改造。史诗模式下的小说依赖于一些先入为主的故事模式，这种模式传达了意识形态观念和历史观念，这些观念与对过去、现在和未来的短暂感知有关。从小说到散文的转变的一个典型表现是严重缺失故事的敏锐感觉，即作家过去赖以形成叙事的原型故事不再令人信服。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:12, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wen Xiaoyi 文晓艺==&lt;br /&gt;
For Wang Anyi this poverty of stories is directly linked to the urban setting.  The title of one of her essays on literature “The City Has no Story to Tell” (Chengshi wu gushi) highlights the disappearance of sharable, communicable narratives in the city's amorphous atmosphere and the anonymous urban crowd.  This essay makes quite clear the sociological transformations that have given rise to the generic shift from story to non-story, or from narrative fiction to the essayistic mode.  In it Wang sets up a contrast between the village community and urban social organization.  The tightly knit rural communities, such as villages and small towns, are the nurturing ground for sharable stories.  As the social relations are largely those of family, kinship or clan, human contact and communication are more intimate and primarily face to face.  Individuals act out their life stories in a pre-given trajectory and within a received social network of work, authority, and hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Kai 吴恺==&lt;br /&gt;
The stories both told and lived, recounted over and again against a backdrop of traditional orientation and self-evident norms.  Traditional values and age-old customs shape the stories people tell each other and assure their intelligibility and guarantee cultural continuity.  In short, the temporal and spatial perceptions are inherited and sedimented over time and can be repeated in new stories. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This argument about village community brings to mind Benjamin's critique of the modern novel and re-evaluation of the communal storyteller.  The village community is embedded in an inexhaustible fund of stories and exemplified by the culturally cohesive role of the storyteller.   Benjamin's familiar argument takes on new significance when the contract between village and city is construed as a metaphoric tension between the self-assured story-telling in the epic mode of the Chinese novel and the disappearance of the story in the city. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qi 吴琪==&lt;br /&gt;
More importantly, the tension foregrounds the accelerated modernization process that has rendered almost obsolete, in less than a decade, the relatively habitual and time-worn socio-psychic infrastructure.  It brings into sharp focus the market oriented, amorphous urban setting where the individual becomes atomic individuals, cut loose from the social moorings of kinship, community, and family, from lineage and history.   Thrown into the competitive marketplace and transient impersonal relations, the individual has to rely on his or her own ingenuity and resources..   Since they come from different areas and are isolated from each other in the compartmentalized life spheres and specialized work, urban dwellers only have their own vastly different stories to tell, stories which are narrowly biographical and not readily meaningful to other people.  There are more stories to tell, it is true, but the apparent multiplication of stories imply the poverty of a communicable story. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
This is what Wang means by saying there is lack of stories in the city.  The endlessly varied confusion and lack of common interest lead to disjoint, fragmentary, anecdotal, performance-driven forms of writing often found in essays written for the consumer's relaxed state of mind, or mindlessness after a nice dinner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''From the Historical to the Essayistic: the Fall of the Intellectual'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anyi's ''The Story of Our Uncle'' illustrates the transition from the historically and ideological oriented literature to a form that could be characterized as essayistic. The novella was written in 1990, a time of drastic change for Chinese society and culture as a whole.  From a culture dominated by an ideologically oriented and centralized state China was moving quickly into a brave new world of frenzied economic development, investment, consumerism, and pop culture.  Something fundamental had drastically shaken the basic fabrics of Chinese society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Xiang 邬香==&lt;br /&gt;
''The Story of Our Uncle'' registered a very sensitive aspect of the epoch-making changes in China.  Rather than interpret this novella as a literary text, I will look at it as a document tracing a shift in literary and social history.  Focusing on a novelist's career, the novella delineates the qualitative shift in the value and function of literature in a time when ideology and politics were giving way to the market, economic development, and consumerism--all under the rubric of modernization.  From the vicissitudes of a writer we may see how the novel as a cultural form loses its ground and how literary sensibility shifts to the essayistic.  This generic shift provides a glimpse onto the fundamental social transformations in the 1990s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Critics have noticed the presence of essayistic quality in Wang's writing, especially in her fiction.In ''The Story of Our Uncle'', one finds the essayistic prevailing over narrative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
The text reads more like an essay-- rambling, random, analytical, disjoint, gossipy, chatty--than a straight narration, a fact acknowledged by the author herself.  In this narrative-essay a young writer on behalf of his generation attempts make a biographical assessment of an older writer they call our uncle.  One would be disappointed to expect an engaging action or dramatic story.  Though the text retains the outward, apparent shape of a novella it is a hybrid composed of diverse genres, with literary and art criticisms, gossip, conjecture, history, philosophizing, anecdotes, and stories all rolled into one.  The narrator suggests that this novella is an essay in the double sense of textual form and playful, explorative literary exercise.   He proclaims in the opening paragraph that this is a story assembled out of a hodgepodge of elements, and there is no way to distinguish truth from falsehood. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
“Many blanks need to be filled up with imagination and inference,” and the story is filled with “subjective coloring” (181).  The subjective, arbitrary, even whimsical character of the text is further associated, as the narrator notes, with the mode of production that writers have adopted as they are geared toward an emergent literary market.  Writers, the narrator says, are people who spend their time making up stories.  One day “we started circulating his (Uncle's) maxims.”  To the laborers like us the maxims are significant, for they are capital in commodity production and can produce surplus value, which can put back to expanded reproduction. ''The Story of Our Uncle'' is thus premised on fragmentary axioms, an arbitrary principle of composition, random fantasy, and the form of commodity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
In a strictly formalistic sense, Wang's text complies with the usual comments and generalizations on the essay as a literary form.  In Theodore Adorno's well-known essay entitled “The Essay as Form” we find numerous descriptions well suited to an analysis of the essay in the Chinese context.  Adorno pits the essay against the institutional system of philosophy, the discourse of scientific positivism, and its attendant socio-cultural condition of reification.  The essay is envisaged as an ''enfant terrible'' or a serious playboy seeking the utopia space of the pleasure principle.  Thus the essay turns up its nose to the notions of totality, completeness, systematicity, the universal and the eternal.  It is marked by fragments, excessive fantasy and interpretation, exploration, and experiments.  Its supposed form is actually formlessness.  Abandoning the rigid conceptual schemata, it seeks and engages the object in its historical specificity and quotidian trivia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
While Adorno's comments are apt and in tune with much of Eileen Chang and Wang Anyi's musings on the essay, the philosophical framework in Adorno that the essay rebels against is different: the essay is up against the high-minded conceptual tyranny of Western philosophical tradition.  In the Chinese literary convention the essay is not so clearly defined against something so established.  Its polemic pole, I have tried to argue throughout this essay, is to be identified as the Enlightenment and Marxist paradigm of teleological history and its literary counterpart: the novel of revolutionary realism.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essay is a literary exploration trying to break out of the conceptual and discursive straitjacket.  Adorno quotes Max Bense and says that the essay “is distinguished from a treatise:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Xi 肖茜==&lt;br /&gt;
The person who writes essayistically is the one who composes as he experiments, who turns his object around, questions it, feels it, tests it, reflects on it, who attacks it from different sides and assembles what he sees in his mind's eye and puts into words what the object allows one to see under the condition created in the course of writing.  (17)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dropping of a grand, complete vision and opting for the incomplete, trivial, and the experimental are what makes for the essay.  The German word Versuch, attempt or essay, Adorno writes, is the place where “thought's utopian vision of hitting the bullseye is united with the consciousness of its own fallibility and provisional character” (16).  This “indicates . . . something about the form, something to be taken all the more seriously in that it takes place not systematically but rather as a characteristic of an intention groping its way” (16).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See Wu Liang and Wang Anyi, “A Conversation on Reality and Fiction,” in Wang Anyi, Reality and Fiction (Jishi yu xugou) 325.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adorno, 3-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Yining 肖伊宁==&lt;br /&gt;
An intention groping its way into the mysteries of the Uncle's life aptly describes the essayistic quality of Wang's novella.  As a text assembled out of disparate materials-- hearsay, gossips, and guesswork, fantasy, and conjecture, the narrative enacts a wide array of pre-given discourses and narrative patterns to grope at the “real” life of the Uncle.  These discourses and narratives are in their own turn commented on as objects of inquiry and critique on a “meta” level and treated as options in an experimental writing.  As an intellectual the Uncle is typical of hundreds of thousands others persecuted in the political campaigns whose suffering and re-instatement in the post-Cultural Revolution period is now a cliche.  But at the very outset the novella unpacks the myth of the suffering intellectual into forking paths of narrative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
探索叔叔生活之谜的意图恰如其分地描述了王中篇小说的散文主义特质。作为一个由传闻、闲话、猜测、幻想和猜想这样不同的材料组合而成的文本,叙事中出现了大量预先设定的话语和叙事模式，以探索叔叔的“真实”生活。这些话语和叙述在“元”层面上作为探究和评判的对象被评论，并在实验性写作中被视为可选择的事物。作为一名知识分子，叔叔是在政治运动中遭受迫害的数十万人中的典型，他们在后文革时期的痛苦和恢复现在已成陈词滥调。但从一开始，这部中篇小说就把受苦知识分子的故事解构成了分岔的叙事路径。&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Xiao yining|Xiao yining]] ([[User talk:Xiao yining|talk]]) 04:28, 9 December 2020 (UTC)Xiao Yining&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
One can make up a narrative of the Uncle on his way to the place of exile, for instance, by recourse to a tragic-sublime scenario of political victims echoing Dostoevesky.  Riding in a beat-up truck drudging through the vast, snowy Siberian landscape in the Northwest plateau, the victim/hero would ponder the significance of life and fate with an elderly wise man.  One could also cast the Uncle in a lackluster, comic or even grotesque light, reduced to a mere creature of survival, trapped in a narrow village life.  Like thousands of other writers, Uncle was persecuted and exiled because of his writing.  But this fabled story of the tragic-heroic writer is again playfully retouched into three different versions by Uncles' own retelling after the fact.  In the first telling, his persecution is a political story, indicting the tyranny of the political system.  Then it is an existential story, intimating the mysterious and ironical workings of fate.Thirdly, it is a prophetic story, in the fashion of an Aesop fable, full of prescience and bodings of catastrophe.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Ziyi 谢子熠==&lt;br /&gt;
This intention groping its way into the Uncle's life draws upon various types of narrative patterns and aesthetic resources.  This is by no means a literary embellishment for pure rhetorical variety or pleasure.  The narration is saddled with the difficulties of understanding and getting the Uncle's life's straight.  The difficulty is not the usual generational gap, but reflects different historical experiences and memory that separate the young from the old.  This difference not only drives a wedge into the writers as a group, but also gives rise to the divergence of generic practice and the aesthetics informing it.  This divergence is the key to understanding the essay and the essayistic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
The older generation, having experienced political persecution and historical traumas at the first hand, is deeply grounded in a historical consciousness and a teleological narrative.  The Uncle is intensely committed to writing literature as praxis for social change.  His meteoric rise to the leading writer in the aftermath of the Cultural Revolution indicates that the position of what Gramsci called the “organic” intellectual remains strong, even thriving. The popularity of his novels shows that a work of literature can make a tremendous hit and is an effective medium for criticizing the flaws of the system and raising the social, political consciousness of readers.  It revives the legacy of the New Literature of May Fourth and is rightly re-baptized as the literature of the New Period (xin shiqi wenxue).  It is the voice of the farsighted and the vanguard in China's modernization drive.  Despite all his traumas and sufferings, the Uncle's generation, writers in their forties and over in the narrative time, remains firm in their belief in the organic totality of socio-historical process and the people's capacity in steering the course of history.  Literature is simply one vehicle that carries this historical mission.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许晶==&lt;br /&gt;
The historical consciousness embodied by the Uncle is to find its corresponding form in an epic mode of writing: the realistic novel.  The Uncle's general outlook on the world is epic in the Lukácsian sense.  The young narrator captures this ''Weltanschauung'' very accurately: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The political life of the past few decades has filled up his personal experience and life.  This enables Uncle to keep his worldview firmly anchored to reality and politics.  The state and government encompass the whole world for him and form the vast backdrop for human activity.  Patterns of people's behavior and conduct are but representatives of social life.  The concept of culture sounds very abstract and empty to him.  For him art should also perform real and political functions.  (214-215)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
The young generation, in contrast, is not so firmly grounded.  Growing up in a period when the dominant ideology is in decline, they are left floating in the winds of various imported ideologies and newfangled isms.  Creatures of the newly emergent market and players of nihilistic intellectual fashions, they produce literature without any commitment to a socio-historical mission.  Literature is but a playful, aesthetic game unburdened with any responsibility and weighty purposes.  Art has become an artful, artsy activity, floating free of socio-historical grounding.  Literary activity to them means, more specifically, attending pen conferences, pursuing hot fashions, innovating fresh forms and tastes, brandishing new theories, making up sensational and marketable stories.  All this also leads to the enhancement of a writer's charisma and even sexual appeal.  Indeed, to the young generation it is old fashioned to see literature as having historical or social significance; literature becomes more and more sexy and commercial.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Mengdie 徐梦蝶==&lt;br /&gt;
The story of the Uncle is an allegory of withdrawal from history and the dangers involved, exemplified in his crisis-ridden metamorphosis from a historically grounded writer to a playful artist, from novelist to essay writer.  The Uncle's earlier success thrusts him to the status of literary celebrity and stardom: he becomes a prominent figure in the media.  As the younger writers pursue fashions and cater to new consumers with playful, entertaining, artsy literary goods, the Uncle feels the need to catch up.  His new position as a glamorous writer allows him to become a globetrotter.  At the invitation of literary and academic circles and literary institutions around world eager to know a newly opened China, he journeys from country to country giving talks and socializing at literary cocktail parties.  Increasingly, sightseeing and superficial impressions of exotic foreign countries become the only materials he can summon: he becomes a tourist and a writer of travelogue. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Pengfei 许鹏飞==&lt;br /&gt;
Going along with the role of a player in an increasingly cosmopolitan, global, and consumer oriented literary market is a new philosophy of writing, which favors a showy, playful, essayistic quality at the expense of the epic, social and historical.  The Uncle is reborn, the younger narrator rightly observes, into a new life, and into an enclosed new realm of pure artistic creativity.  He addresses serious social problems playfully in the style of black humor and through anachronistic narrative techniques.  He becomes more and more detached from the grave political issues of the day.  His new outlook is derived from a purely aesthetic principle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在日益国际化、全球化和以消费者为导向的文学市场中，一种新的写作理念应运而生，它以牺牲史诗性、社会性和历史性为代价，追求炫耀性、趣味性和散文性。年轻的叙述者正确地观察到，文学叔叔重生了，他进入了一种新的生活，进入了一个封闭的纯艺术创造的新领域。他以黑色幽默的风格和不合时宜的叙述技巧，玩笑般地处理严重的社会问题。他与当今严重的政治问题越来越疏远。他的新观点是由纯粹的美学原则衍生而来。--[[User:Xu Pengfei|Xu Pengfei]] ([[User talk:Xu Pengfei|talk]]) 05:35, 9 December 2020 (UTC)Xu Pengfei&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
在日益国际化、全球化和以消费者为导向的文学市场中，一种新的写作理念应运而生，它以牺牲史诗性、社会性和历史性为代价，追求炫耀性、趣味性和散文性。年轻的叙述者恰好观察到，文叔重生了，他进入了一种新的生活，进入了一个封闭的纯艺术创造的新领域。他以黑色幽默的风格和不合时宜的叙述技巧，玩笑般地处理严重的社会问题。他与当今严重的政治问题越来越疏远。他的新观点是由纯粹的美学原则衍生而来。--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 06:50, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Emptied of historical substance and filled up with fragmentary and rambling impressions in his global trips, both life and writing of the Uncle thin out into personal, irrelevant, discontinuous fragments.  His writing begins to take on the essayistic quality, and borders on sheer images or simulacra, getting closer and closer to those of the younger generation.  Real human relations are “only a literary conceit.” (227), he echoes the younger generation.  Within the aesthetic shelter the “Uncle can no longer become excited or moved and is immune to suffering.”  Tragic suffering is now only a literary category, and “the awareness of this is the hallmark of Uncle's becoming a pure writer” (225).  Parallel with this essayistic quality is the Uncle's changed life style.  His is more taken with things he would have considered vulgar, low, or quotidian;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
he becomes more listless and yuppish.  He has developed a strong interest in women and sexual intrigues and conquests; he indulges in vulgarity and trivial pursuits, exulting in money and showy, exotic collectibles.  In short, he metamorphoses from an image of the epic novelist and organic intellectual to a middle class, professional writer, whose favored form is the essay and whose lifestyle takes on the “essayistic” quality of a ramble for self-pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transformation in the Uncle reflects the retreat of literature from a historically grounded medium to a form light-hearted, playful entertainment and a theatrical performance.  The problem with this change, as the novella's ending suggests, is that it is self-deceptive.  Despite the Uncle's willful creation of an aesthetic cocoon, history manages to intrude in the end as return of the repressed, in the person of his murderous son.  His son embodies all the painful memory and disgraceful experience of the Uncle's life, unfit for the epic treatment in his novels and repressed in his ethereal, airtight, essayistic experiments. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
The son's attempted murder of his father signifies the revenge of a history that the Uncle is trying to shut off from the serene, trouble-free aesthetic realm.  Our concern, however, is not with the interpretation of the story per se, but with the way the Uncle's fate indicates the shift in literary form.  If the Uncle's story apparently traces the trajectory of a novelist to a writer who not only writes travelogues and essays but also is imbued with essayistic sensibility, then the essay in contemporary China is a release from the epic form of writing and historical discourse.  It is a release into the literary market and consumer taste, a response to the pervasive secularization of life and rising consumerism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yi 杨逸==&lt;br /&gt;
It comes as the image of a loosening up of the previous, ideologically controlled life, which is now becoming more private, more disjoint and fragmented, more removed from the totalistic social and political process.  Yet history has not become the simulacrum to play with, as envisioned by the younger narrator or the Uncle himself as he catches up with the fashions.  China’s social reality does not square so nicely with the essayistic playfulness one may wish.  Thus the essay as a cultural form is caught in a tension between withdrawal from the burden of history and the possible return of the repressed.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mulish Essays: the Genre of ''Zawen'' in Contemporary China&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Mary Scoggin''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Abstract'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tone in an essay is an ironic figure of speech; how can you channel that which is carried in sound through the ink of print? This paper illustrates the trope of tone through the particularly ,sonorous' work of ShaoYanxiang, an official poet who in retirement is better known for the essays in which he collapses poetry into polemic, his ''zawen''. The distinct and beleaguered social and cultural space for ''zawen'' in contemporary China reveals the mechanics, ideology and significance of tone in Chinese writing. Even more than other literary genres, ''zawen'' depends upon something within the earthy noise of moody, mulish voices to carry its messages. Like most poetry, but unlike most fiction and drama, ''zawen'' is itself a first person voice, not a representation of voices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
Yet unlike poetry, which may need to be at least imagined to be read out loud, repeated and savored for full effect, ''zawen'''s ideal is to appear for a fleeting moment on the back page of a newspaper, to be received with the accompaniment of an enigmatic laugh, sigh or snort from the reader, and then thrown away quickly, before anyone can find their seat and sit in it, or take offence. While readers love and hate their morally and politically provocative ''zawen-of-the-moment'', writers string zawen across stretches of time and publishing organs to construct heavily intertextualized conversations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Cheng 姚诚==&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually they even preserve ''zawen'', long after the dizzying minutia of allusions, jokes and digs are forgotten, often compiling a career's worth of them into small print runs of volumes that they give away to friends and admirers as discursive portraits of themselves. Lu Xun's genre of the ,dagger and spear' is thus not only a sly political weapon, but also a complex sculpture of the self, chiseled by the cantankerous tones of social dialogue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In contemporary textbooks and manuals of Chinese essay composition, the “miscellaneous essay,” [literally, “mixed essay,” referred to as ''zawen'' hereafter] is presented as a particularly “Chinese” essay genre within a global view of universal literary categorization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yao Jia 姚佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Lu Xun, the genre's initial back-handed champion, quipped sardonically that although he searched the standard encyclopedia thoroughly, he was unable to locate the genre of “tsa-wen” in any authoritative foreign classification.  Lu Xun's sarcasm includes both defiance and self-conscious uneasiness about a writing practice that Chinese circumstances, he felt, rendered peculiar and unseemly upon a world stage.  Compare the comments of a recent critic of ''zawen'':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese affairs, there is a strange phenomenon that has held true until the present time, and that is; the value of any certain thing has to be established by a foreigner or by some common foreign publication.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Huan 易欢==&lt;br /&gt;
As for this thing called modern Chinese ''zawen'', because its Chinese characteristics are too strong, Westerners truly have a hard time understanding them, and thus have difficulty in researching this subject...  the American writer Pearl Buck said something like: 'this thing called ''zawen'' is too peculiar, you really cannot understand it.'  That is why only Chinese people themselves can evaluate this phenomenon called zawen.  (Yan Xiu in Zhang Hua [all translations by Scoggin unless otherwise noted])&lt;br /&gt;
In this passage, Yan Xiu, an eminent writer and critic, articulated Lu Xun's defiance of the foreign authority to categorize essay genre in a relatively explicit way, while also maintaining a typical ''zawen''-esque playfulness of style.  He continues his commentary;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
But we do not need to worry about this long period of neglect in which foreigners do not recognize ''zawen.''  Even if a foreigner were to burst his/her mind researching Chinese zawen, I am afraid that they would not be able to research anything out of it even if they researched themselves flat broke and starving.  But Chinese people all understand them easily.  If they were not able to maintain the abiding appreciation and understanding of Chinese readers, this practice would have been lost.  The historical reasons and significance for the creation and propagation of ''zawen'' in China are worth serious research and theorizing (ibid.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bravely dismissing the risk of bankruptcy, I do propose to research and theorize the culture of this funny genre of essay in all of its supposed inscrutability.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
One ubiquitous characterization of zawen from textbooks and manuals is built upon the metaphor of the mule. This metaphor suggests a number of qualities, including hybrid vigor and strength, stubborn bad-temper, and resilience in the face of obstacles.  Mules kick, spit and bray with distinctive exuberance.  ''Zawen'' are often considered an awkward combination of “part-poetry, part politics” (Lin).  Cross-bred traits extend the qualities of a mule; ''zawen'' are bred to toil at the most difficult of human labor, they are strong, hard-working and rather famously unloved creatures, best known for their expressive obstinance.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So how does an essay kick, spit and bray?  In Chinese theoretical discussion of ''zawen'' the metaphor moves from kinetics to sound; ''zawen'''s kick is located in its “tone,” a term taken from music, although the sound here is can be distinctly unlovely.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
Elsewhere I have examined the function of “tone” through the lens of the published record of debate over tone between literary editors (see Scoggin 2001).  I have posited the idea that approaches to writing ''zawen'' fall into two interdependent strategies, one overt and one covert, both blending the tactics of politics and poetics in perfect measure.  Overt ''zawen'' are relatively bold and obvious in their churlish tone, reflecting confidence in a tolerant audience.  Covert ''zawen'' are sometimes difficult to identify, disguised or hidden within other genre of writing, but still drawing upon the distinctive tones of ''zawen'' through intertextuality and other tricks.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below, I examine the mechanics of ''zawen'' tone through contrasting these two style of ''zawen'' issuing from a single pen, that of poet and noted ''zawen'' writer Shao Yanxiang. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Shiqi 袁诗琦==&lt;br /&gt;
The two essays discussed below form opposites sides of a spectrum of variable transparency, and vastly differing publishing circumstances, although they were composed only months apart by the same individual, one before and one after a specific political event in China.  I argue here that unifying the two ''zawen'' is a particular subset of modal tropes, qualified as the verbal equivalent to a mule's kick, bite or bray.  The expression of this unclearly delineated but distinctive subset of modal tropes is the single central mission of ''zawen'' as a genre in Chinese literature and society.  Chinese theoretical debates over “tone” specifically address the function of this kind of modal trope. While sometimes as bald and direct, as in the overt ''zawen'' “Pei pei pei! ”?discussed below, many zawen conceal their weapons, depending upon contextual circumstances of publishing to pack their punch, as does the essay “East Station,” also discussed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
下面讨论的这两篇文章形成了一系列不同的透明度和迥然不同的出版情况，尽管这两篇文章是由同一个人撰写的，前后仅相隔几个月，分别是在中国某一特定政治事件之前和之后。在这里我认为，统一两个“杂文”是模态修辞的一个特定子集，在言语上相当于“骡子的踢”、“咬”或“叫”。表达这种没有明确划定但独特的模态修辞子集，是“杂文”作为中国文学和社会的一个流派的唯一中心任务。中国关于“调”的理论争论主要针对这类模态修辞的功能。然而有时又很直接，就像在下面讨论的公开的“杂文”“呸呸呸”?中，许多杂文隐藏他们的武器，根据发表的语境环境进行重击，正如文章《东站》，也将在下面讨论。--[[User:Yuan SHiqi|Yuan SHiqi]] ([[User talk:Yuan SHiqi|talk]]) 07:09, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both types of ''zawen'' should be read “ethnographically,” in concrete social and historical circumstances.  After covering some of the primary textual elements of ''zawen'', I will demonstrate the significance of more subtle contextual gestures of ''zawen'', which must be read out of the process of submitting and publishing ''zawen''.  Through the contrast of these two essays, I will explicate and generalize about the formation and mechanics and of tone in modern Chinese literary history, and offer a thesis upon the reception of Chinese literature in Western scholarship as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
杂文的两种类型都应该置于具体的社会和历史环境下，以“民族志”的方式解读。在介绍杂文一些基本的文章要素后，我会揭示杂文更细微的语境姿态的意义，而这个只能从提交和出版杂文的过程中解读出来。通过对比这两篇文章，我会我将对中国现代文学史上基调的形成、机制和基调进行阐述和概括，并就西方学术界接纳中国文学这件事发表一篇论文。--[[User:Yuan Tianyi|Yuan Tianyi]] ([[User talk:Yuan Tianyi|talk]]) 07:05, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Yuchen 袁雨晨==&lt;br /&gt;
An Demonstrative Sample – “'Pei Pei Pei!'?”&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
A friend from outside literary circles asked me to find him some “pei pei pei!” essays to read, and I had to stare at him blankly with nothing to say.  He then explained that he had read in a newspaper that a certain provincial leader had announced at a banquet that there should be no more “pei pei pei – ing” all over the place, and so clearly there must be pei pei pei-ing all over the place. (Shao 1993, 181)&lt;br /&gt;
So begins an essay entitled “呸呸呸!”? composed in February of 1989.  I will return to the circumstances of publication shortly, but first I will demonstrate the trope of tone through this representative sample ''zawen.&lt;br /&gt;
''&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Fangyuan 曾芳缘==&lt;br /&gt;
A word like “Pei!” contains what we can call a modal trope, a figure of speech that captures mood and emotion, expressing not only subjunctive or declamatory mood, as adverbial modal tropes such as “could” and “should” may do in English, but also more subtly embedded mood in the semantics of lexical items (the meanings in words) expressing outrage, joy, command, sarcasm, threat, pathos, irony (Friedrich, 30-32).  Usually modal tropes work together with other functions of language but in the case of “pei!” the modal trope is more nearly pure, it stands primarily for the emotional tone it communicates.  A parallel sample in English might be something like “tut, tut, tut!” although “tut” fails to pack the censorious reproach of the Chinese “pei!” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of this title, modal functions are reinforced by several formal tropes.  Note the repetition (three pei's!) and the complex punctuation consisting of an exclamation point and a question mark, separated by quotation marks.  In the case of “Pei pei pei!”?, the ''zawen'''s own voice is not the primary expression of the tone of disgust.  The quotation marks invoke disgust only to distance it, while the question mark further challenges it.  The title alone demonstrates modal function with very little distraction; one character, two repetitions and three punctuation marks move this title in several modally intense directions at once with almost no referential content at all.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
“Pei pei pei!”? performs a transparent metadiscursive comment upon ''zawen'', in this case defending the extracurricular genre favored by declasse intellectuals like Shao Yanxiang, himself, a “retired” poet who had resigned with bitterness from his career at the central Chinese poetry journal ''Shikan'', and devoted his post official career to writing zawen.  Upon learning of this unnamed “provincial leader's” complaint about “pei pei pei”-ing, and sensing that he himself bore some responsibility for this reportedly lamentable state of affairs, Shao writes that he discovered that the provincial leader had indeed characterized a kind of caustic, sarcastic disparaging discourse about the party, the nationality and the people, as “pei pei pei-ing all over the place” and that he had further warned that this kind of talk was spreading a mood of despair and hopelessness. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Yanhu 曾雁湖==&lt;br /&gt;
In the remainder of this essay Shao ridicules said provincial leader's complaint as circular, admitting no culpability on the part of his own fellow ''zawen''-writing social critics. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The tone of “Pei pei pei!”? is that of pointed irony, expressed recursively upon three levels.  The first level is located in the words themselves, including the use of “pei” I have described above.  This “first order” irony, as I have described it (Scoggin 1997), is an elementary type of sarcasm, a part of the conventional rhetoric of any language, written or spoken, and not usually misunderstood by a competent interpreter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hu 张虎==&lt;br /&gt;
Other examples of this level of tone in  “Pei pei pei!”? would include the attitude of “stupidity” Shao Yanxiang assumes when he claims that he looks for pei pei pei ing “all over the place” but cannot find any at all, and the repeated use of expressions he lifted from the pointedly unnamed “provincial leader's” talk, including the primary charge of “mockery, sarcasm and scornful dismissal” Shao is refuting, and also the leader's assertion of  “discipline and rectification,” which Shao has skillfully turned into a counter charge.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A second level of irony requires contextual knowledge on the part of the reader.  This includes assumptions that would be obvious to most readers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
For example, Shao Yanxiang claims that he has never heard of the idea that “literary publications should be of assistance in stabilizing the people's minds, increasing faith, and not demoralizing the people's will.”  But just such a position has clearly been long-standing socialist policy for many kinds of public writing, including media news and literature.  References to historical events in terms like the cultural revolution tones of “newspaper [published] by all the people” and Han Shaogong's controversial Post-Mao short story “Ba Ba Ba” fall somewhere in between the first and second levels of ironic tone.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A third level, which I have labeled “indexical irony,” makes use of immediately contextual information such as the actual publishing outlet of the essay (in this case, the mainstream ''Literature Journal'' essay column “Literature and the People's Lives,” which Shao mentions at the end of the article) and Shao's own writing persona.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
例如，邵彦祥声称他从未听说过“文学出版物应在稳定人民思想，增进信仰，不使人民意志消沉方面有所帮助”这一思想。 但是，这种立场显然已经成为包括媒体新闻和文学在内的许多公共写作的长期社会主义政策。 对历史事件的引用，例如“全民[报纸]的文化大革命”和韩少功备受争议的毛泽东短篇小说“八八八”，都介于第一和第二讽刺语调之间。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
第三个层次，我称之为 &amp;quot;索引性反讽&amp;quot;，利用文章的实际出版渠道（在这里，邵在文章结尾提到的主流''文学报''散文专栏 &amp;quot;文学与百姓生活&amp;quot;）和邵自己的写作人设等即时语境信息。--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 09:13, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
''Zawen'' often make extensive use of this third, intimately contextualized level.  In this case Shao claims that he can find no “pei pei pei” articles, but many readers would recognize that he himself is well known for writing ''zawen'' that would certainly qualify.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In “Pei pei pei!”? Shao Yanxiang has deliberately sought out an accusation that he then counters with withering acerbity.  Complaint, combat and disgust are just the beginning of the range of contentious moods that ''zawen'' represent.  ''Zawen'' accuse, retaliate, needle, and snarl; but as I will demonstrate shortly, they can also moan and sigh with considerable subtly.  Either way they clothe all this, quite often, in word games of subterfuge and indirectness, which -- beyond the intellectual puzzle of circumlocution also common in other genres of verbal art -- carries the weight of ''zawen'''s mission in the singular feature of tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
As a ''zawen'' writer, the “provincial leader's” complaint is exactly the sort of accusation intellectuals like Shao Yanxiang are accustomed to facing. His defense links the ''zawen'' mission to many others we could find in diverse settings; he is also answering, for example, Spiro Agnew's famous condemnation of “nattering nabobs of negativism” in American public discourse, and displaying the cross-cultural breadth of a “Jeremiad,” evident in the travel-worthy allusion of the very term, rooted in biblical texts.  In this and other ''zawen'', Shao defends the contemporary Chinese genre of zawen as a genre of protest and complaint.  He borrows the insult of a critic to distinguish thoughtless emotional battering from the carefully aimed spar, which is both his own ideal and the standard mission of the genre of ''zawen.''&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Qi 张琪==&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Restrained Sample – “East Station”'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have outlined how one essay demonstrates the function of ''zawen'' in a particularly transparent way, but some of the best and most effective zawen are covert operations.  On the opposite side of spectrum of transparency, we can place a relatively understated and “essay-like” ''zawen'', also by Shao Yanxiang. “East Station” was submitted for a national ''zawen'' competition in a southern evening newspaper in 1994.  It was judged too “sensitive” to publish by the zawen editor, but nevertheless it was privately noted by the editors as the unofficial winner of the competition.  At first glance there is very little to mark it as a ''zawen'' at all, not to mention a seditious ''zawen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
It is a rather lyrical survey of historical images centering upon  refugees, migrants, political and literary figures on their passages to and from Beijing.  It does, however, contain a few of the indications of first level irony that traditionally mark a ''zawen'', such as a “quotation” placed for its jarring effect, as in the opening passage below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thirty years ago in Beijing, if you mentioned “East Station,” everybody would know that referred the Beijing East Station that lies to the outer East Side of  Front Gate.  Today this unremarkable construction, built in a half-westernized architectural style and sandwiched between the tall buildings of this noisy and busy city, supports a little sign that reads “Railway Workers Club.”  It is already an “ancient artifact,” long gone are the prosperous and glorious days of old.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Xueyi 张雪仪==&lt;br /&gt;
The somber opening paragraph is in part marked as a zawen by the appearance of snapshot “quote,” in which what might have been a significant icon of Beijing history is reduced to a cheesy “Railway workers club” sign hanging on a architecturally half-breed building not even worthy of preservation.  Other ironic comments of this sort include Shao's sarcastic reference to Guo Moruo;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And in March of 1949, when Guo Moruo and his democrats gathered together and arrived in Beijing, they were received with grand ceremonious welcome; the tears they wept were of joy.  At the time, he composed a poem “How much of the people's blood was spilled for this honor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==&lt;br /&gt;
Thinking of it, the tears fall, and happy laughter is unable to articulate in sound.”  -- I do not know why, but this poem was not collected in any of his later collections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a similar but more deeply contextualized vein would be Shao Yanxiang's allusion to Tu Fu's escape during the An Lu Shan rebellion during the Tang Dynasty contained in the quoted term “fortuitous rescue.”  Shao's general structure in this piece is a recurring cyclical allegory that parallels the Japanese, the Nationalists and the Communists in bitter condemnation of the last, as only one more invasive army disturbing the lives of ordinary Chinese people.  The People's Traffic Police also take their place in this cycle, a silly reminder that we are still in the realm of ''zawen''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously this kind of first and second-level rhetorical sarcasm and historical irony alone is not enough to define an essay as a ''zawen'', but the difficulty of assigning an essay its genre is also no obstacle; ambiguous “mixedness” is part of ''zawen'''s identity.  This covert zawen depends most fundamentally upon indexical irony, to an extent that surpasses “Pei Pei Pei!”?, above.  One crucial feature that makes “East Station” a ''zawen'' is the entirely untextual fact that Shao Yanxiang submitted it in a competition specifically designated for ''zawen'' in a provincial evening newspaper.  The editors did not reject the piece as “non-''zawen'',” on the contrary, they complained that it contained too much of the requisite ''zawen'' pique.  In order to understand this, we must again go beyond the actual words of the piece. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
In a late night conversation in which the managing editor and two guests including myself drank beer and discussed the ''zawen'' competition to which “East Station” was submitted, the editor mused about the publication that wasn't.  She said;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually Shao Yanxiang submitted two manuscripts, but I had to return one.  (Reaching around to a drawer) Well, I wanted to return it to him, but then I couldn't bear to.  The original is still here, I wonder if you will understand?  It requires some background...At the time it was the head editor that rejected the manuscript.  He also felt badly, but there was no question but that it could not be printed, because it would certainly cause trouble...This happens with your friends, but I really felt uncomfortable about this one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
Because this essay was just written so well.  He just wrote about the East Station, but he used Beijing East Station to talk about his view on everything. (Scoggin Fieldnotes)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She continued to discuss the essays that were just too “that way” (''neige le'') as they came in for the competition. “One day the police came and looked through that box all afternoon!” she added.  The managing editor's two guests that evening jumped on her comment, “They what!?” But she retained the appearance of serenely refusing to interpret this police visit as a sinister gesture.&lt;br /&gt;
It was just manuscripts, why should they look at those?  They said they were just reading, there were two of them, I really don't know, I guess they enjoyed reading them too.(ibid)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
When she finally found the manuscript (tucked away where snooping police would not have found it) she decided to give it to me.  She said she had called Shao Yanxiang to tell him that they could not print it, and even though he had said he understood, she still hated to bring the matter to his attention again by sending the essay back to him, and now it seemed too late. Since I was also acquainted with him, and clearly admired him, giving the manuscript to me as research material seemed to her to be a fitting conclusion to the whole matter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the original manuscript of “East Station” is signed, as is the custom, with the date it was composed at the bottom, “September 13, 1989.”  Although it was submitted to the newspaper in 1994, in a private note scrawled to the editors, Shao added; “Please don't cut or change this date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
The new railway station began operation in 1959, and this fits in parallel with 'more that thirty years ago' at the beginning of the essay.”  The emphasis upon these dates forces a new consideration of the essay as a whole.  Suddenly the parallel between Nationalist, Japanese and Communist cycles of refuge and expulsion he mentions are rendered a sinister reference to a modern “rebellion” in the spring and summer of 1989.  The date heightens the threat of Shao's concluding two sentences; “Today will also become history.  And every inch of Beijing earth will provide proof of its history.” The scrawled note links 30 years, 1989, “today,” and the defiant “inches of proof” that mark East Station as a zawen, even beyond the micro structure of submission channels.  For all its elusively distant tone, East Station suddenly became a pointed, angry, and, even in 1994, unpublishable ''zawen''.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zheng Huajun 郑华君==&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Larger Trend: Revealing Ugly Truth through Troubled Tones'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is almost a matter of definition, then, that discordant, troubling tones are the characteristic, even of the most beautiful ''zawen''.  I have not illustrated “ugly” ''zawen'' here, but they do exist, and in profusion.  Many ''zawen'' are suffused in a preachy, pedantic tone that is sometimes quite off-putting to Chinese and non-Chinese readers alike.  And yet, like the larger category of essays in Chinese literature, ''zawen'' remain a popular staple in the literary supplements of Chinese newspapers, and many prominent writers turn later in their career to writing ''zawen''.  In contemporary history the “mule” genre of ''zawen'' has also played a significant political role far beyond its humble posture (see Scoggin 1997). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Luoping 周罗平==&lt;br /&gt;
What is it about this genre that draws prominent writers, and commands significant attention of the Chinese readership?  The answer lies, I think, in assumptions about the mechanics of tone rooted in Chinese literary history.  To examine this problem we need to leave particular zawen behind and examine a larger picture that views Chinese literature via the globalized perspective that contemporary Chinese critics take.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Zawen'' as a category causes problems for Chinese as well as non Chinese classification, but there is a revealing divide between Western and Chinese treatment of zawen.  With few exceptions, ''zawen'' has been neglected as a subject of the study of Chinese literature from outside of China until recently (the Achern conference on the Modern Chinese Literary Essay being a rare exception, with several papers devoted to zawen.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shiqing 周诗卿==&lt;br /&gt;
While the problem of the status of zawen is not important in itself, I propose difficulties with this particular genre can reflect larger issues of significance to the study of Chinese literature and culture more generally.  ''Zawen'' can highlight some special features of Chinese writing that are latent in other, more respectable forms of Chinese literature and culture.  My research on ''zawen'' showed many instances of zawen being held up as a unique outgrowth of Chinese particularities, such as a fondness for brevity in verbal art, a tendency to take intellectuals more seriously than they are taken in contemporary societies elsewhere, as well as a few “perversions” that are supposedly unique to China, such as political tyranny that is strikingly detail-oriented, or collective aversion to verbal performance that is too straightforward (Scoggin 1997). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Shuyao 周书尧==&lt;br /&gt;
Some of these claims for Chinese exceptionalism may be overblown; but I think that the genre, driven by what I argue is its central mission of tone, makes observable certain strains and practices that have acted as stumbling blocks to international research on other aspects of  Chinese culture.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chief among those obstacles to the study of Chinese literature is what I call the “bad literature” complaint.[	For recent affirmations of this complaint, see Huters 1990, McDougall 1997, Link, 2000.  Earlier views in American sinology tie &amp;quot;bad literature&amp;quot; directly to the effects of political tyranny. ]  Summarizing several quite different lines of argument, the suggestion is that with all the promise of Chinese literature holds as a naturally poetic language, with rich, revered and well-preserved traditions, with the particular visual and grammatical advantages of the Chinese character and linguistic structure, and further with dedicated literary “troops” to use the modern Chinese metaphor for institutions of organized and supported writers, modern Chinese literature has failed to produce truly great literature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Siqing 周思庆==&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously this generalization is subject to objection at many, if not all of its points.  I would argue, however, that the consistency with which similar arguments emerge, defensible or not, points to themes of some significance.  Complaints frequently accrue over the following literary practices;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)Indulging in churlish tones, including hectoring, scolding and otherwise “yelling” in print&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)Adhering to one or another “politically correct line” &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)Participating in personal squabbles and vendettas, sometimes involving extraliterary persecution of both writers and targets &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)Exhibiting an “obsession” with China, and an oversized sense of responsibility for its fate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
显然，这一概括在许多方面(如果不是全部观点的话)都遭到反对。然而，我要说的是，类似的论点出现的一致性，无论站得住脚与否，都指向了一些有意义的主题。对以下文学行为的抱怨不断增加;&lt;br /&gt;
1)肆无忌惮地使用粗鲁的语气，包括威吓、责骂以及在出版物中“大喊大叫”&lt;br /&gt;
2)坚持自己的“政治正确路线”&lt;br /&gt;
3)参与个人争吵和仇杀，有时还会对作者和被迫害的对象进行文学之外的迫害&lt;br /&gt;
4)表现出对中国的“痴迷”，以及对中国命运的过度责任感--[[User:Zhou Siqing|Zhou Siqing]] ([[User talk:Zhou Siqing|talk]]) 04:00, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
显然，这一概括在许多方面(如果不是全部观点的话)都会遭到反对。然而，我（在此）要说的是，类似的论点出现的一致性，无论站得住脚与否，都指向了一些有意义的主题。对以下文学行为的抱怨不断增加;&lt;br /&gt;
1)肆无忌惮地使用粗鲁的语气，包括威吓、责骂以及在出版物中“大喊大叫”&lt;br /&gt;
2)坚持自己的“政治正确路线”&lt;br /&gt;
3)参与个人争吵和仇杀，有时还会对作者和被迫害的对象进行文学之外的迫害&lt;br /&gt;
4)表现出对中国的“痴迷”，以及对中国命运的过度责任感--[[User:Wensixing|Wensixing]] ([[User talk:Wensixing|talk]]) 04:03, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, these complaints of “bad literature” are usually not strongly refuted by Chinese literary critics.  Fair, true or not, this sort of summary criticism of  the Jeremiah complex in Chinese literature in general is relevant to my discussion because these very faults that warrant the most notice are deliberately magnified in the genre of ''zawen'', and may be, I believe, essentially outgrowths of an almost unconscious commitment to the type of tone that defines the ''zawen'' genre most purely.  I argue that what has happened here is that readers and analysts have failed to recognize a literary strategy that reflects deeper ideas about how tone is supposed to operate in verbal practice. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
These “off” tones are not just flaws and mistakes resulting from tyranny or exaggeration, nor are they mere signs of amateur literary expression, the struggles of a culture trying to modernize.  Instead they are held to be nearly involuntary markers, not of beauty, but what we will have to call for lack of a better word, “truth,” revealed by critical examination of shortcomings and problems that appear to stem from, again for lack of a better word, “culture.”  Culture, in the high modern ideology adopted more or less wholesale in contemporary Chinese theoretical systems is opposed to the neutral modernity of newspaper editorials and literary short stories and the other canonical genres of modern writing practices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yujuan 周玉娟==&lt;br /&gt;
Culture is not general, it is particular and peculiar, and Chinese culture exerts a powerfully perverse influence upon most genres of literature practiced in China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examining tone in the broader context of Chinese culture reveals some of particular ways that social exchange, reference and the other mundane duties that plain (neutral, modern) words are supposed to carry out, must be crosscut with characteristically Chinese tone in order to communicate with the authority of truth, in explicit defiance of social requirements for polite and face-saving locutions held to be necessary in a uniquely Chinese way.  Thus, complaint about “bad literature,” from a Chinese perspective may not be a mere reflection of failure but, rather, an expression of protest, a modal trope, mule's kick that works with stubborn tenacity to reveal unpleasant truths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
''Zawen'' provide frequent commentary on precisely this issue.  Lan Ling, a major opponent of “New Tone” zawen theory provides a characteristically provocative commentary on writing “the ugly truth” through zawen.  In an essay that asks why such a fuss is made when a “upright and esteemed elderly writer” pronounces that he intends now to speak/write “the truth,” (he refers to Ba Jin, see ''Suiganlu'') Lan Ling demonstrates the difficulty of establishing truth through his own experience:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was several decades ago that they “struggled” me saying I was “reactionary.” I responded, “I am fundamentally not reactionary (''fandong''), in fact, I am actionary (''zhengdong'').”  They said, “There you go with sophistry, you are lying, who has ever heard of such a thing as 'actionary'?”  … But if what I said was false, that of course meant that what they said was true, and thus my political label was accomplished: “reactionary.”  After several decades this conclusion was overturned and rectified, so now what I had said became the truth.  (Lan, 85).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Suyao 朱素瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The irony and false fatalism of this ''zawen'' is characteristic of its style.  In this essay he claims to give up distinguishing the truth of his own speech; “No matter how difficult it is, this miserable person [I] still want to speak, and as for whether it is true or not, let someone else go analyze it.” (Lan, 85)  Lan Ling reveals that he has created, in the heat of struggle, a misnomer; there is no such word as “actionary.”  But, in the end, in its awkward and involuntary way, his retort rings true, what way is there to be, if not reactionary?  Displaying all four characteristics of the “bad literature” complaint I have listed above, this piece is still an admired ''zawen''.  It is the moody, but honest, kick of the mule.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
''Tone in Historical Context''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As evidence that it is the modal trope that inspired the genre of zawen from its inception, I conclude this essay with a brief look at historical manifestations of tone. It is key, and often part of the Chinese subtext, that the notion of tone (discussed alternately ''diao, yin, yun'') ultimately originates beyond words, in music. Even as a metaphor that must obliterate the acoustic qualities of sound when applied to written Chinese, tone maintains ties to the power of something that is in, or is like, sound, emphasizing physical, oral, informal and emotional qualities that are not part the rational process of exposition, this is the “poetry” of ''zawen''. Tone plays a role in a tremendous range of social events that surround and comprise writing.  It occurs in the figure of music as a central metaphor in the most influential theories of literature and poetry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
For example, spoiled music can signal a larger or more abstract disturbance; in the classic novel Dream of the Red Chamber a heroine breaks a string on a instrument and sees her impending death; in a well known folk story a high ranking official Yu Boya hits a sour note and knows that a potential assassin is lurking in the woods, listening.  Music figures centrally in the Confucian Great Preface to the Book of Odes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affections emerge in sounds; when those sounds have patterning they are called “tones” [音] The tones of a well-managed aged are at rest and happy; its government is balanced.  The tones of an age of turmoil are bitter and full of anger; its government is perverse.  The tones of a ruined state are filled with lament and brooding; its people are in difficulty (Translated in Owen).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109152</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109152"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T09:02:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 09:02, 9 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2] According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4] Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5] Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6] The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109150</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109150"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T09:01:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.沈志刚，《中国兵器的发展》.《明长城陵营造600周年学术研讨会论文集》，2010：497-500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2] According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.[4] Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor.[5] Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth.[6] The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]Strassberg,Richard,ed.(2002),''A Chinese bestiary:strange creatures from the guideways through mountains and seas,'' University of California Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]Laban, Barbara (2016-02-08). ''Top 10 Chinese myths''. the Guardian. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]Flake, Ben (2014-01-31). ''It Lurks''. The Paris Review. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6]Yuan, Haiwang (2006). ''The Magic Lotus Lantern and Other Tales from the Han Chinese''. Westport, CT: Libraries Unlimited. 168. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109144</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109144"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T08:50:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.《中国兵器的发展》沈志刚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;''Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer''&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2] According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109142</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109142"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T08:50:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* A.Chinese Ancient weapons */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.The first written description of the rope dart is dated from the Tang Dynasty (618–907 AD).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.《中国兵器的发展》沈志刚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2] According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109141</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109141"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T08:49:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.While relatively new, rope dart is becoming increasingly popular in being used in the object manipulation scene due to its impressive performances.Because of this, there have been modifications to the original design. Some rope darts have been created to be set alight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.《中国兵器的发展》沈志刚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.百度百科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.&amp;quot;Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Jwing-Ming Yang (1999). ''Ancient Chinese Weapons: A Martial Artist's Guide''. YMAA Publication Center Inc. p. 93.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees.[2] According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).[3]&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109138</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109138"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T08:43:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* A.Chinese Ancient weapons */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.While relatively new, rope dart is becoming increasingly popular in being used in the object manipulation scene due to its impressive performances.Because of this, there have been modifications to the original design. Some rope darts have been created to be set alight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
《中国兵器的发展》沈志刚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109134</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109134"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T08:40:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
《中国兵器的发展》沈志刚&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109133</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109133"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T08:38:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* A.Chinese Ancient weapons */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.There are two types of meteor hammers:[1] a double-headed version (the typical image of a meteor hammer is generally of this type) and a single-headed version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
《中国兵器的发展》沈志刚&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
[1]Translation in Strassberg(2002),132.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109131</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam_4&amp;diff=109131"/>
		<updated>2020-12-09T08:38:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
*Link to the other Final Exam paper pages: [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_1 1 Alsied, Saffana - Jiang Qiwei];  [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_2 2 Kang Haoyu - Sagara Seydou]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_3 3 Shi Haiyao - You Yuting]; [https://bou.de/u/wiki/20201215_cultexam_4 4 Yu Ni - Zubareva, Ekaterina]. This page has become too large. Do not write on this page any more, but on one of the smaller pages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). You only need to write Text A (like &amp;quot;Longevity Noodles&amp;quot;) or Text B (&amp;quot;Mooncakes&amp;quot;), not a whole Unit. But please try to find fellow students who topics fit under the same Unit title (&amp;quot;Festival Meals&amp;quot;) and arrange it accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
*In the topic, please write the category, then the topic - your name and student no.&lt;br /&gt;
*For the text, please indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. That means: At least for every paragraph, sometimes for single sentences, you have to indicate at the end, where you have found this information. E.g. (Liu Miqing 2010, 17). This means you have found it in the book or paper written by Ms Liu on page 17. &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a section at the end called &amp;quot;References&amp;quot;. There you write the full version of the reference: Liu Miqing 刘宓庆. (2010). ''翻译基础'' [Translation Basis]. Shanghai: Huadong Normal University 华东师范大学. Similarly, you do it for papers: Jin Wenlu`靳文璐. (2019). 机器翻译可以取代人工翻译吗? [Can machine translation replace human translation?]. ''智库时代'' Think Tank Times (40) 282-284.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please also add a list &amp;quot;Terms and Expressions&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Questions&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
*Please add a &amp;quot;Answers&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Architecture, Bridges - Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
China is the hometown of bridges, which has been called &amp;quot;the country of bridges&amp;quot;. It was developed in the Sui Dynasty and flourished in the Song Dynasty. The bridges all over the land of china were woven into a traffic network extending in all directions, connecting the motherland in all directions. Many of the architectural arts of ancient Chinese bridges are pioneering works in the history of bridges in the world, which fully demonstrates the extraordinary wisdom of the ancient Chinese working people. Guangji Bridge in Chaozhou city (alose called Xiangzi Bridge), Zhaozhou Bridge in Hebei province, Luoyang Bridge in Quanzhou city and Lugou Bridge in Beijing are known as the four ancient bridges in China.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Zhaozhou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge, also known as Anji Bridge, is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China. The bridge was built on the Xiaohe River, Hebei Province. From a distance, it looks like a bright moon in the clouds and a rainbow after rain hanging in the sky, beautiful and spectacular. Built in the Sui Dynasty, it was built by Li Chun, a famous craftsman. With a length of 64.40 meters and a span of 37.02 meters, it is the largest span and the earliest single-span stone arch bridge with open shoulder in the world. Li Chun creatively used the flat arch style, so that the stone arch height was reduced to 7.23 meters, and the ratio of arch height to span was about 1:5. In this way, the slope of the bridge deck is gentle, which is convenient for vehicles, horses and pedestrians. Moreover, it has the advantages of saving materials, fast construction, and increasing the strength and stability of the bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhaozhou Bridge has been there 1400 years ago. It has experienced 10 times floods, 8 times wars and many earthquakes, but it has not been damaged. Mao Yisheng, a famous expert in bridges, said that regardless of the internal structure of the bridge, surviving for more than 1300 years explains everything. According to records, Zhaozhou Bridge has been repaired eight times since its completion. Two small arches are added at both ends of the main arch, one is to save materials, the other is to reduce the weight of the bridge body, and to increase the discharge of the river under the bridge. In order to protect Zhaozhou Bridge, at the end of last century, the new bridge built 100 meters away from Zhaozhou Bridge still follows its style, but the number of small arches on the main arch is increased to five on one side. In order to increase the flood discharge capacity, Li Chun also showed ingenuity by setting two small arches on each shoulder of the large arch. It can not only save stone and reduce the weight of the bridge body, but also help to discharge the flood, so as to achieve the perfect unity of architecture and art. It has become a great achievement of bridge engineering technology in China, which is more than 1200 years earlier than the similar arch bridge built in Europe in the middle of 19th century. In addition, there are flowers and animal head patterns carved on the balustrade of the bridge. The image is very exquisite and can be called the Sui and Tang Dynasties sculpture art masterpiece. The success of Zhaozhou Bridge has a wide and far-reaching influence on traffic, architecture and art.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Luoyang Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Quanzhou is a famous city with a history of more than 1700 years. As early as the Tang and Song Dynasties, Quanzhou was known as an important trading port. Merchants, scholars and missionaries from all over the world came to Quanzhou, leaving many precious historical and religious relics and classical buildings. Luoyang Bridge, also known as “Wanan bridge”, was built by the governor Cai Xiang in the Northern Song Dynasty and completed in six years. Because it is difficult to build a bridge at the confluence of the river and the sea, the river is wide and deep, and the project is arduous. The bridge is 834 meters at length and 7 meters at width. There are Zhaohui temple and Zhenshen temple in the north of the bridge, and Caixiang temple in the south of the bridge. In 1988, it was listed as one of the national key cultural protection units and one of Quanzhou’s world cultural heritage sites. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was very difficult to build Luoyang Bridge at first. Because the river is wide and the current is swift, sometimes there is wind tide, the water potential is dangerous. Before the construction of the bridge, people came and went by ferries, which often capsized. In order to pray for the safety of the transition, the ferry here was named Wanan Du, so the bridge was also named Wanan Bridge after its completion. Therefore, it was also named Luoyang Bridge because it was built on the Luoyang River. There are many innovations in the construction technology and technology of Luoyang bridge, the raft foundation style, the application and development of wedge pier and the use of oyster to cement bridge pier. After its completion, it has become an important channel of communication between Quanzhou and the mainland. Therefore, Luoyang Bridge has the reputation of “Wan An Ji Zhong”. Under the influence of the completion of Luoyang Bridge, there has been an upsurge of bridge construction in Fujian province, especially in Southern Fujian. Dozens of large and medium-sized stone girder bridges have been built.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lugou Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Lugou Bridge is the oldest stone multi-hole arch bridge in Beijing, which has a history of more than 800 years. In the Jin Dynasty, Lugou river was an important transportation point from north to south. There are 11 bridge holes in the whole bridge, and the span and height of each hole are not the same. As early as the Jin Dynasty, this bridge was listed as one of the “Eight Sights of the capital”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The bridge deck of Lugou Bridge is slightly curved with lower ends and uplift in the middle. The lower riverbed of the bridge is paved with pebbles and quartz sand. The whole bridge is built on it, which is very solid and stable. A large stone lion is carved on the top of the pillar, and some small stone lions are carved on the head, under the feet or on the back of the breast. The two ends of the bridge are used as drum-shaped stone block. At the east end are two big stone lions and the west end are two big stone elephants which are huge and charming. In addition to the stone lion and stone statue on the top of the fence, there is a 4.65-meter-high ornamental table, which looks like meeting and seeing off pedestrians.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the oldest stone arch bridge in Beijing and the place where the whole nation’s Anti-Japanese war broke out, Lugou bridge is not only an important cultural resource in Fengtai District, but also a memorial place for major national activities. Bearing rich historical resources, Lugou bridge has become important to publicize the revolutionary tradition of the Chinese nation and carry out patriotic education. Standing on the Lugou Bridge, you can see the surrounding city, the memorial hall of the Chinese people’s Anti-Japanese War, the Yongdinghe River ferry wharf, the pinghan railway bridge site, and the Anti-Japanese War sculpture garden, which together constitute a spectacular historical and cultural map.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guangji Bridge===&lt;br /&gt;
Guangji Bridge is located at the east gate of the ancient city of Chaozhou, Guangdong Province. Commonly known as Xiangzi bridge. Crossing the vast Hanjiang River, it is an important transportation hub of Fujian and Guangdong. With its unique style of “18 shuttle boats and 24 continents”, it is praised as “the earliest open-close bridge in the world” by famous bridge expert Mao Yisheng.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a square white marble pavilion on both sides of the bridge, and each column has a dragon carving. In particular, on the stone tablet of the imperial stele Pavilion at the east end of the bridge, the inscription “Lugou Xiaoyue” written by Emperor Qianlong of Qing Dynasty is the most famous. Stone lions and stone pavilions at both ends of the bridge, together with Chinese totem pillar, constitute the bridgehead buildings with national characteristics. Marco Polo, an Italian at the end of the 13th century, praised Lugou Bridge as “a beautiful stone bridge in Hanbali”. It is the oldest existing large-scale double-arch long bridge in northern China. “Lugou Xiaoyue” is also one of the famous “Eight Sights of Yanjing”.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many folklores about Guangji Bridge. One of the legends is “the immortal Buddha builds the bridge”. That is, after Han Yu came to Chaozhou in the Tang Dynasty, in order to communicate with the two sides, he asked his nephew Han Xiangzi and other eight immortals to build a bridge with Guangji monk in Chaozhou. Due to the failure of his magic power, the middle section could not be connected. Monk Guangji and He Xiangu, one of the eight immortals, were connected with 18 shuttle boats by using lotus flowers as giant cables. Therefore, the bridges were called “Xiangzi bridge” and “Guangji Bridge” respectively. Where their magic power failed, there were “Wuyang mountain” (Fuyang town) and “pig mountain” (Huxi town).&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second legend is that Wang Yuan removed the strange stones. Wang Yuan was the magistrate of Chaozhou who presided over the large-scale bridge repair in the seventh year of Xuande of the Ming Dynasty. He built “24 towers” on the bridge, which was known as “the first bridge in the south of the Yangtze River”. Due to the large amount of stone needed to build the bridge, it was said that there were two strange stones on Hulushan mountain, which caused frequent fires and lawsuits in Chaocheng. So, he personally led people up the mountain, took the lead in smashing down two strange stones, and wrote a poem about removing strange stones. Wang Yuan’s move not only dispelled people’s fear of strange stones, but also solved part of the stone for bridge repair.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third legend is “Wu Fu Gong Ji Shui”. The Duke of Wu was the governor of Chaozhou in the Daoxian period of Qing Dynasty. One year, because of the flood of Hanjiang River, Chaozhou City was in danger. He offered sacrifices to the water on the east gate and begged for the water to retreat. However, the water did not retreat. So, he threw his official hat and uniform into the water, indicating that he would live and die with the city. Strange to say, the flood receded at this time. Since then, people have set up his statue sacrifice in the east gate tower, and built a memorial archway of “people can't forget him” in the East Bridge of Xiangzi bridge.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of China’s ancient and modern bridge science and technology have been in the forefront of the world’s bridge construction, and many bridge styles continue to have an impact on the world’s modern bridge construction. At the same time, it is a living treasure of cultural relics, recording a lot of precious information.&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Quotation missing. E.g. (Gui Ninghuo 2009, 12)'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''References missing.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
石拱桥 stone arch bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
望柱 baluster&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥基 settlement&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
泄洪 flood discharging&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
桥墩 pier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
抱鼓石 drum-shaped stone block&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
华表Chinese totem pillar &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
栏杆 balustrade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
燕京八景 Eight Sights of Yanjin&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
启闭式桥梁 open-close bridge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Which is is the oldest long-span stone arch bridge in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many folklores are there about Guangji Bridge and what are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How long has Zhaozhou Bridge been there ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did Li Chun use the flat arch style to build Zhaozhou Bridge?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（Li Xintong 李欣童.2020）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A.The Origin of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B.The Development of Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Local Changsha Milk Tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码 2020）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Hong Kong-style milk tea====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.Indian Masala Chai====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C.Milk Tea and Health====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.Advantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.Disadvantages====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.（2020）浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁.传播力研究,4(14)14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码 （2020）国企管理,(20)68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolia Milk Tea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
British colonists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional printing and dyeing craftsmanship of textile in China. It was called laxie (Xie, a printing and dyeing method) in ancient times, also known as one of the four great ancient printing techniques which also include jiaoxie (tie-dye), huixie (hollow printing), and jiaxie ( Clamping fabric with clips and the clamped part is difficult to be penetrated by the dye, so as to produce patterns)) in ancient China.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called “Batik” in Indonesia or Malaysia. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
The earliest unearthed batik object was a quilt which excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha, and the patterns on the quilt is still unknown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the gaudiness of batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing. Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Japan, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of vast territory of China, Chinese folk batik art has different forms and styles in different regions. Whether to understand batik art from the perspective of region or ethnic group, it seems difficult to adopt a single method to classify the batik art because of its diversity.Therefore, some scholars analyzed the characteristics of batik art according to different regions, and some scholars tried to understand the style of batik art based on different ethnic groups. We adopted both ways to classify batik art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc.  The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.（百度百科—蜡染）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, bleaching and washing the cloth with straw ash, then knead boiled taros into a paste and apply them to the back of the cloth. After drying, using horns to smooth and polish the cloth on a natural ironing table—slate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Applying wax&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Putting the white cloth flat on a wooden board or table, and filling a ceramic bowl or metal pot with beeswax, which was melt with charcoal ash or chaff shell in the brazier, so as to dip the wax with a copper knife. &lt;br /&gt;
Then people can start drawing with the wax. Making a rough sketch according to paper-cut patterns, based on which various beautiful patterns were drawn on the cloth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dip-dyeing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, putting the wax-painted cloth in an indigo dyeing vat. Secondly, taking it out and dry in the air after being soaked for five or six days,  and it will be light blue. After soaking it several times, it will become dark blue. To have both light and dark patterns on the same cloth, one needs to apply wax to the light blue cloth and dip dye it again, after which it appeared in two shades of blue. When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;. This &amp;quot;ice pattern&amp;quot; tends to make the batik pattern more layered and unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dewaxing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After rinsing, boiling with clear water, the wax was removed, showing clear-cut blue and white patterns on the cloth.（廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The basic principle of batik is to apply wax in the shape of flower on cloth (in ancient times, people use beeswax, while in modern times, people use mixed wax made of paraffin, beeswax, and wood wax), and dip dye the the part without wax blue, while the the part with wax turn out to be white, known as “white space” in jargon. Besides, dyestuff could only be used in low temperature because that every wax would melt in high temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient times, there were no chemical dyes, people had to use vegetal dyes, for example, the stems and leaves of various plants such as Polygonum in Polygonaceae, Isatis tinctoria in Cruciferae, and Woody in leguminous can be fermented to produce indigo dyestuffs. Dyestuffs made from other plants such as safflower for red, madder, yellow gardenia, turmeric for yellow, and Rhamnus utility for green, could only be dyed in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton. Therefore, it was difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors but indigo in ancient times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the modern printing and dyeing industry, the X-type reactive dyes used in large quantities are all low-temperature types, which can be used below 20-35 degrees and have many different colors. That’s why modern batik crafts can be colorful. However, from the perspective of environmental protection, indigo batik is safer and healthier. （廖利.《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the classification of Guizhou batik patterns, there were mainly two categories: natural and geometric patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns can be divided into plant patterns and animal patterns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Natural patterns include chrysanthemum, lotus, peach, orchid, peony, pomegranate, gourd, sunflower, cockscomb, duckweed, aquatic plants, bracken, pepper, and nameless flowers in the mountains. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Animal patterns include ox, dragon, Birds, tigers, lions, elephants, deer, dogs, rabbits, chickens, rats, phoenixes, pheasants, titmouses, owls, bats, butterflies, bees, frogs, snails, turtles, shrimps and other patterns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The patterns were originated from the nature, based on which ethnic minorities in Guizhou province made bold changes in creation, accurately presenting characteristics of the objects in an extravagant way with high aesthetic value. （《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art has been handed down from generation to generation in ethnic minority areas. After a long time development, it has accumulated rich creative experience and formed an unique art style, becoming a flower of national art with Chinese characteristics.(廖利《蜡染艺术》2012）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
batik 蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
laxie 蜡缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
huixie 灰缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaoxie 绞缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaxie 夹缬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eryi Records 《二仪实录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of Pounding the Texture 《捣练图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing《虢国夫人游春图》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-color dyeing 单色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
multi-color dyeing 复色染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin 奈良的正仓院&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonum 蓼蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polygonaceae蓼科植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Isatis tinctoria 松蓝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruciferae 十字花科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
anil 木蓝属植物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
leguminous豆科&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
safflower红花 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
madder茜草&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yellow gardenia黄色栀子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
turmeric姜黄&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rhamnus utility冻绿&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which four printing techniques are the four great printing techniques in ancient China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Laxie, huixie, jiaoxie,and jiaxie.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did batik appear and became popular?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  What batik product was kept in Nara’s Shosoin?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Where does batik mainly distribute in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What are the 4 main processes of making a batik?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preparation, applying wax, dip-dyeing, and dewaxing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. How does “ice patterns” appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the wax-painted cloth was soaked in the dyeing vat, some &amp;quot;wax seals&amp;quot; were broken due to folds, forming natural cracks, generally called &amp;quot;ice patterns&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Why  was it difficult to make batik fabrics of other colors in ancient times?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Because dyestuffs of different colors could only be used used in hot water, or the color may fade quickly. However, in high temperature, the beeswax had melted and couldn’t maintain the flower shape on the cotton.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
百度百科—蜡染&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《蜡染艺术》.www.worlduc.com.廖利&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
《贵州蜡染图案的常用题材》老苗人蜡染民族工艺品网&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
《中国兵器的发展》沈志刚&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Chinese Kung Fu – Meteor Hammer&amp;quot;. China A-2-Z. March 6, 2009. Archived from the original on September 23, 2009.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terracotta Army=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army, also known as Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion, refers to the thousands of life-size clay models of soldiers, horses, and chariots which were deposited around the grand mausoleum of Shi Huangdi, first emperor of China and founder of the Qin dynasty, located near Lishan in Shaanxi Province, central China. The Terracotta Warriors are actually soldiers guarding Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum and protecting him in the afterlife. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For centuries, Qin Shi Huang's massive mausoleum remained undetected until it was unearthed by chance by a group of farmers. In 1974, some farmers in the nearby Xiyang Village began digging a well o find a water resource on some waste land. At first, they found some unique red soil about 2-meter (6.6-feet) in depth underground. On the fifth day after the work started, they found a torso of a pottery figurine, and the villagers originally believed that it was a statue of god and became nervous about offending the god. Thereafter, they continued to find some bronze arrows, crossbows and broken warriors from the well. Prompted by this surprising find, archaeologists began to explore the area, resulting in the discovery of thousands of similar soldiers. After careful examination, they found that the pottery fragments should be parts of the Terracotta Warriors from Emperor Qin Shi Huang’s mausoleum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the king of the Qin state, Qin Shi Huang (also known as Shi Huangdi) unified China from 221 BCE and then founded the Qin dynasty which is the first and multinational feudal empire in Chinese history. After he unified China, he considered his achievement surpassing the legendary &amp;quot;San Huang (three emperors)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wu Di (five sovereigns)&amp;quot;. He created a new title for himself: &amp;quot;Huangdi&amp;quot; together with &amp;quot;Shi (means the first)&amp;quot;, hence get the name &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huang&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Qin Shi Huangdi&amp;quot;, which means he was the first emperor of China. The emperor seems to have been especially keen on acquiring immortality, so he sent his ministers to go on quests seeking for an elixir of immortality, and young emissaries were sent across the Eastern Sea in search of the fabled Penglai, land of the immortals. Having failed in these attempts to unnaturally prolong his life, Shi Huangdi returned to the age-old standby of autocratic rulers and had a huge mausoleum built instead. In fact, the whole great project began early in his reign, for it required a great deal of work to prepare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese rulers generally had two or three statues outside their tombs as guardians, but Shi Huangdi chose a large group of such statues. The Terracotta Army is actually one of only four in all likelihood as that portion so far excavated (1.5 km from the mausoleum) is on the eastern side and is probably duplicated on the other three sides of the mausoleum. Even this one-quarter section has not been fully excavated, and archaeologists have explored only three of the four pits. The main pit of the four which contain the discovered army measures 230 x 62 meters and is 4 to 6 meters deep. It had around 6,000 slightly larger than life-size depictions of infantrymen (1.8-1.9 metres tall), chariots and horses. The second pit, which is slightly smaller and R-shaped, had around 1,300 figures in it. Pit 3 is concave-shaped and consists of two wing-rooms, a chariot-house and around 70 figures. Judging from the internal layout of pit 3, it should be the headquarters of pit 1 and pit 2. The terracotta warriors can be divided into two categories: soldiers and military officials. Depending on the actual combat requirements, different types of warriors have different equipment. Most of them are clad in fine armor with bronze weapons in hand. The face shape, figure, expression, eyebrows, eyes and age of each terracotta warriors are different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experts confirmed that the material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is the &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; from around the mausoleum. Yellow earth is a kind of suitable material with good cohesiveness and plasticity. And the addition of grit to the earth enhances its mechanical properties, making it easy to form large figures. The figures of the terracotta warriors were fired in kilns. For even heating, the Qin craftsmen left small holes in the proper places on the figure. During the firing, the craftsmen paid special attention to keeping the heat at 1,000 C (1,830 F). In addition, experts did a lot of experiments and found that during the firing, these figures were placed upside down in the kiln. This was because the upper part of the figure was heavier than the bottom. The terracotta warriors we see today are steel gray without fresh colors, but they actually were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals. Though having been buried underground for more than 2,200 years, they remained the bright colors after being unearthed at the beginning. However, because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. Historians theorize that the heads and bodies of warriors were manufactured on an assembly line production. This means that each individual part, such as the arms and legs, were made independently to speed up manufacturing. Then, after firing in the kiln, these different complete parts were assembled into one figure. Since each warrior's face was unique, it is believed that artisans added individual clay features on top of the mold for the face, perhaps based on real soldiers of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The terracotta figures of Qin Dynasty vividly and richly portray a variety of figures with certain characters. It is a symbol of the maturity of Chinese ancient molding art. It not only inherited the ceramic tradition of China since the Warring States period, but also laid the foundation for the prosperity of molding art in the Tang Dynasty. It serves as a connecting link between the preceding and the following. It is known as &amp;quot;the eighth wonder of the world&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;the treasure of ancient human spiritual civilization&amp;quot;. In 1987, the mausoleum of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty and the pits of terracotta warriors were approved by UNESCO to be included in the World Heritage List.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Terms and Expressions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Terrocotta army / Qin Shi Huang’s Buried Sculpture Legion  秦始皇兵马俑	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. chariot  n. 战车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. mausoleum	 n. 陵墓	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Qin Shi Huang / Shi Huangdi  秦始皇&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
5. Pit 1  一号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6 .Pit 2  二号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Pit 3  三号坑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. kiln  n. 窑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. Eighth Wonder of the World  世界第八大奇迹&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. World Heritage List 《世界遗产名录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=======Questions=======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Why did Qin Shi Huang make the Terracotta Army?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of Qin Shihuang's construction of the Terracotta Army is to have an army protect his mausoleum after his death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How were the Terracotta Army discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army was discovered by chance by a group of farmers when they were digging a well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many figures are in the Terracotta Army, and has the whole Terracotta Army been discovered?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the estimate, there are more than 8,000 Terracotta Warriors, including about 6,000 from Pit 1, around 1,300 from Pit 2, and around 70 from Pit 3. However, these may be just a part of the whole Terracotta Army. With development in archeological technologies, it’s expected more Terracotta Warriors will be found in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How the terracotta warriors were made?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material used to mold the terracotta warriors and horses is a &amp;quot;yellow earth&amp;quot; sourced from around the burial sites. The heads and bodies of the warriors were made via assembly line production. Artisans used mud to make a rough cast and then put it into kilns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Were the terracotta warriors once colored?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Warriors were once colored. They were painted with natural pigments refined from minerals.  But because of the lack in technologies to preserve the colors, they faded out in just a few minutes once exposed in the air. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Why is the Terracotta Army important?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Terracotta Army is an important part of the mausoleum of the first emperor in Chinese history. It’s the largest ancient military museum in China. It’s a treasure for studying ancient military science of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
                                                                               '''Penjing'''&lt;br /&gt;
  Bonsai, also known as penjing, is the ancient Chinese art of depicting artistically formed trees, other plants, and landscapes in miniature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''A.Categories'''&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing generally fall into one of three categories: &lt;br /&gt;
1. Shumu penjing (树木盆景): Tree penjing that focuses on the depiction of one or more trees and optionally other plants in a container, with the composition's dominant elements shaped by the creator through trimming, pruning, and wiring.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanshui penjing (山水盆景): Landscape penjing that depicts a miniature landscape by carefully selecting and shaping rocks, which are usually placed in a container in contact with water. Small live plants are placed within the composition to complete the depiction.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Shuihan penjing (水旱盆景): A water and land penjing style that effectively combines the first two, including miniature trees and optionally miniature figures and structures to portray a landscape in detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''B.History'''&lt;br /&gt;
China has a long history of bonsai, dating back to the Neolithic Age, about eight or nine thousand years ago.People already know that plants were planted in bonsai to enjoy the scenery. In the Neolithic site of Hemudu in Yuyao County, Zhejiang Province, a piece of pottery with potted plants was found, which is believed to be the earliest evidence to determine the origin of bonsai. In the Western Han Dynasty, When Zhang Qian was on a mission to the Western Regions, in order to introduce the pomegranates from the Western regions to the central Plains, he adopted the method of potted pomegranates, which is the earliest record of potted plants in China so far. In the Southern and Northern Dynasties, the literati of the six dynasties pursued the artistic conception of landscape beauty, developed the pattern of one pool and three mountains in the garden design of the Han Dynasty, introduced nature into the garden, and pursued poetic painting, which laid a good foundation for the prosperity of bonsai in the Tang and Song dynasties and later.Powerful cultural prosperity in the Tang Dynasty, promoted the growth of bonsai art at that time, both the court and the folk, making enjoying bonsai makers try to become a fashion by using the theory of landscape painting creation will be combined into rocks and plants bonsai, strengthened the potted landscape artistic conception beauty in the Tang Dynasty. The bonsai of Song Dynasty developed further on the basis of inheriting the bonsai of the Tang Dynasty, and the difference between tree bonsai and landscape bonsai was more clear.&lt;br /&gt;
The miniaturization of miniascape in Yuan Dynasty was achieved, which promoted the popularization and promotion of miniascape. Ming and Qing Dynasties, bonsai category is more diverse, in addition to the landscape bonsai drought bonsai water drought bonsai, there are also set with gold and jade bonsai. They are made of gold, ivory, gem cloisonne and other precious materials, which are noble and elegant, their appearance further enriched the types of ancient bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''C.Techniques and Care'''&lt;br /&gt;
Leaf trimming: the selective removal of leaves (for most varieties of deciduous tree)or needles from a bonsai's trunk and branches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pruning: prune the trunk, branches, and roots of the candidate tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Clamping: using mechanical devices for shaping trunks and branches. &lt;br /&gt;
Grafting: new growing material (typically a bud, branch, or root) into a prepared area on the trunk or under the bark of the tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Defoliation: It can provide short-term dwarfing of foliage for certain deciduous species.&lt;br /&gt;
Watering must be regular and must relate to the bonsai species' requirement for dry, moist, or wet soil.&lt;br /&gt;
Repotting must occur at intervals dictated by the vigour and age of each tree.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools have been developed for the specialized requirements of maintaining bonsai.&lt;br /&gt;
Soil composition and fertilization must be specialized to the needs of each bonsai tree, although bonsai soil is almost always a loose, fast-draining mix of components.&lt;br /&gt;
Location and overwintering are species-dependent when the bonsai is kept outdoors as different species require different light conditions. It is important to note that few of the traditional bonsai species can survive inside a typical house, due to the usually dry indoor climate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  '''D. In Other Culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
Similar practices exist in other cultures, including the Japanese traditions of bonsai and saikei, as well as the miniature living landscapes of Vietnamese hòn non bộ. Generally speaking, tree penjing specimens differ from bonsai by allowing a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots. In contrast, bonsai are more simplified in shape (more &amp;quot;minimal&amp;quot; in appearance) with larger-in-proportion trunks, and are planted in unobtrusive, low-sided containers with simple lines and muted colors.While saikei depicts living landscapes in containers, like water and land penjing, it does not use miniatures to decorate the living landscape. Hòn non bộ focuses on depicting landscapes of islands and mountains, usually in contact with water, and decorated with live trees and other plants. Like water and land penjing, hòn non bộ specimens can feature miniature figures, vehicles, and structures. Distinctions among these traditional forms have been blurred by some practitioners outside of Asia, as enthusiasts explore the potential of local plant and pot materials without strict adherence to traditional styling and display guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
  miniature小型的，缩小的&lt;br /&gt;
  trimming 修剪&lt;br /&gt;
  pruning  剪枝&lt;br /&gt;
  the Neolithic Age 石器时代&lt;br /&gt;
  pomegranate 石榴&lt;br /&gt;
  literali  文人&lt;br /&gt;
  clamping  折枝成型&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
Have you ever raise any plants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How do you know about Bonsai (or Penjing)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about the techniques of raising bonsai?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From which dynasty, bonsai emerged in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the differences about bonsai in China and other countries?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, I have raised plants like orange tree in my backyard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is one of the Chinese traditional art forms, whose elements are based on plants and stone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can use the technique named clamping to shape the branches of the plant in order to beautify it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Han Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Penjing allows a wider range of tree shapes (more &amp;quot;natural-looking&amp;quot;) and by planting them in bright-colored and creatively shaped pots.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Douyin (Tik Tok) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Douyin and Tik Tok ===    &lt;br /&gt;
Douyin, (抖音, literally “shaking sound” in Chinese) is a short video media app owned by China’s young tech giant Bytedance (字节跳动). It is used for creating and sharing 15-second videos. The contents usually include challenges and funny videos. It is one of the few applications that has enjoyed wild popularity inside and outside China. In the first quarter of 2018, the international version of Douyin, Tik Tok, was the most downloaded iPhone app in the world. Although they were developed by the same parent company, they are actually not one and the same. Depending on which app store you have access to, you will only have access to one version of the app, Douyin (in Chinese app stores) and Tik Tok (in overseas app stores). The two apps host completely different content, and content is not shared between the platforms. But both versions of TikTok offer a wide selection of sounds and song snippets, along with the option to add special effects and filters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The app allows users to create, edit, and share short videos as well as livestreams, often featuring music in the background. The most popular types of content on Douyin are dances, comedies, babies, food, pets, pranks, and stunts. The platform is based around ultra-short, user-posted videos with music that are 15 seconds in duration but can be strung together to make 60-second “stories.” In their videos, users can interact with the camera and sing along to a song of their choice from Douyin’s extensive music library. Showing off dance skills and comedy routines are also popular pastimes on the app. Unlike most video apps, there is no “play” or “pause” button on Douyin. Once you open the app, a video starts immediately. You scroll through a 15-second bottomless stream of videos, as does how you scroll through photos on Instagram. Therefore, many people will spend most of the time on the For You Page. Unlike other popular Chinese apps like Weibo and WeChat, where you have to actively follow specific accounts to be pushed toward their content, Douyin identifies users’ interests through a powerful recommendation algorithm that identifies users’ interests and preferences through their viewing behaviors. This is where the algorithm puts content in front of users, anticipating what they will enjoy based on content they have already engaged with. It's also where it shows content it thinks could go viral. The idea is that if the content is good it will travel, regardless of how many followers the creator has. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tik Tok.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Comparison Between Tik Tok and Instagram ===   &lt;br /&gt;
As we have mentioned before, Tik Tok is somehow similar to Instagram. But while their app fundamentals are alike, they have many features that distinguish them from each other. Time limit: TikTok currently does not have a long-form video feature. Instagram’s long-form video feature, IGTV allows video length of up to one hour. Users: Their users age range differs from each other, most TikTok users are younger than that of Instagram. Most TikTok users belong to generation Z and most Instagram users belong to generation Y. Community: compared to Instagram, the Tik Tok community is distinctly palpable. The app allows users to easily connect, create friendships, and collab with others. Each week something new trends, which enables virality and increases the potential for popularity. Creators have identified this supportive environment to grow followers and have left Instagram for Tik Tok.&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Popularity and Effects ===   &lt;br /&gt;
It’s clear that Tik Tok is making waves in the social app space. With an explosion of growth, Tik Tok is expected to continue a steep upward trend. Whereas this new app is enjoying its hockey stick trajectory, Instagram growth is slowly dropping in 2019. Several reasons why Douyin is so popular include:&lt;br /&gt;
Localized content - the app often runs local contests and challenges and captures local trends using localized hashtags. Douyin also sends personalised recommendations to each of its users. This ensures that Douyin users are always updated on the latest trending videos and are never out of ideas for video creation. &lt;br /&gt;
Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing - due to the short format, neither the video-creation nor the watching process takes much time or effort. Also, the short-form video content plays as soon as a user opens the app. &lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements - several celebrities, including Angelababy(Chinese), Jimmy Fallon(American), have helped drive TikTok's popularity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no doubt that TikTok has had an impact on today’s world. It has become prevalent in schools, in the workplace, and in many other public venues. It is quite common to find someone either making a TikTok or doing one of the TikTok dances.&lt;br /&gt;
Moral Entertainment: The major advantage of TikTok is that it serves as a great source of entertainment. Overall, TikTok is a great app to help stay entertained, especially during the stress of the pandemic.&lt;br /&gt;
Publicity: With TikTok, anyone can create short videos doing anything they choose to do that’s appropriate and legal to ensnare the public interest and become viral in society.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning New Things: On top of the funny videos and the dancing videos, there are some people that make videos with great opportunities and life tips that can help many people. Also, there are other people like doctors or teachers on TikTok utilizing the platform to teach new things every day.&lt;br /&gt;
Providing New Opportunities: With the ongoing pandemic, young students such as high schoolers have been finding remote volunteering and internship opportunities directly from TikTok. As an engaging platform, TikTok connects determined youths together to volunteer for nonprofits like Linens N Love or intern for companies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the many benefits of TikTok however, there are negative effects to take into consideration as well. Some of the following negative effects of TikTok are:&lt;br /&gt;
Addiction: Most people scroll through the for you page looking at videos perfectly catered to their tastes through the TikTok algorithm. The app is designed to be addictive, with an unlimited stream of videos at around 30 seconds each, making it hard to get bored. It’s incredibly easy to fall down the TikTok hole and suddenly reemerge hours later having lost an entire day.&lt;br /&gt;
Bullying/Mental Health: While the application can be used to spread positivity, it can also be used as a platform for bullying. Some people use the app to criticize other people’s videos, while some users create videos deriding others. This leads to a negative impact on the mental health of everyone involved which can lead to life-threatening situations and decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
Unsafe: On TikTok, there are no restrictions as to who can join the app, so strangers can easily message children and create harmful situations.&lt;br /&gt;
    &lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Tik Tok (Douyin) 抖音&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ByteDance 字节跳动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short video platforms 短视频平台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recommendation algorithm 推荐算法&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements 名人代言&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions and Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is Tik Tok&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a short-form, video-sharing app that allows users to create and share 15-second videos on any topic. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is different between Douyin to Tik Tok?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They are two different versions which can be downloaded in different regions -- douyin in China, and Tik Tok overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Why tik tok is so popular around the world? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Celebrity endorsements, Localized content, Easy content creation, sharing, and viewing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summary:&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok is a fun, entertaining, and addictive app which has seen a surge in popularity in the last few months. The Tik Tok app also has the potential to become the next big social networking platform. However, the app also aroused lots of concerns like addiction, mental health and unsafe issues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year,including Xiantong Temple, Nanchan Temple, Foguang Temple and etc. The Great White Tower is the most famous symbol of Mount Wutai lying in Tayuan Temple. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo, ashram of Avalokiteśvara ( Goddess of Mercy), lies in a 13 square kilometers small island of Zhejiang Province in southeast China. Silver Putuo,also named Mount Putuo, owns the honor of Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea. It is a National 5A Tourist Resort and a world excellent ecological scenic spot with charming island scenery and unique Buddhist charisma of temples, sculptures and etc. Taoism is the earliest religion cultivated on Mount Putuo 2,000 years ago from Qin Dynasty. And Buddhism only get spread on Mount Putuo in Tang Dynasty and later rose to the peak during later Qing Dynasty and the Republic of China, the largest Buddhist Kingdom of ancient China with over 4,000 monks. The three main sacred Buddhist temples are Puji Temple which is the Buddhism center of important Buddhist fairs on Mount Putuo and the biggest temple worshipping Goddess of Mercy on foothill, Fayu Temple which is the second largest temple in most noble and delicate decoration on hillside, and Huiji Temple which is a beautiful garden style temple located the highest on hilltop. The Purple Bamboo Woods is an tourist-attractive scenery point where popele can enjoy the picturesque landsacape around and experience the Buddhist culture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei refers to Mount Emei in Sichuan province. It is the ashram of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva. Mount Emei usually refers to the Da’e Peak of Mount Emei Scenic Area, the highest peak among the four most sacred Buddhist mountains. It is Listed both as the World Cultural and Natural Heritage among the four Buddhist mountains. By the middle of 1st century, Buddhism spread into Mount Emei from India though Silk Road. Then Wannian Temple (previously known as Puxian Temple) was constructed in the 3rd century, and more than 100 Buddhist temples were built afterwards, making Sichuan a Buddha center for a time. The giant bronze statue of Samantabhadra Bodhisattva in Wannian Temple was casted after a Buddhists group learnt Buddhism from India in Song Dynasty. Mount Emei is not only famous for its Buddhist treasures and precious cultural relics, but also for its four great natural spectacles of sunrise, clouds sea, golden summit and light of Buddha from the mountaintops at Golden Summit. Jast the same as other Buddhist shrines, there are many temples such as Baoguo Temple, Wannian Temple, Fuhu Temple...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua refers to Mount Jiuhua in Southern Anhui province. It is known as the shrine Ksitigarbha Buddha and one of the four most sacred Buddhist mountains in China. Initially named Mount Jiuzi, later it was renamed into Mount Jiuhua according to a poem by great poet Libai during Tang Dynasty - nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. The first religion developed in Mount Jiuhua was Chinese Taoism. Until the middle and  late of  Tang Dynasty, Buddhism was gradually accepted and spread in Mount Jiuhua along with construction of more Buddhist temples. There are 78 sites which contains precious Buddhist statues, scriptures and antiques, including Huacheng Temple which is the ashram of Ksitigarbha Bodhisattva as well as the ancestral temple of longest history, Tiantai Temple, Longevity Palace, Zhiyuan Temple and etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Terms and Expressions  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhism n.佛教&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wanghai Peak 望海峰 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yedou Peak  叶斗峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guayue Peak 挂月峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Splendid Peak 锦绣峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cuiyan Peak 翠岩峰&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiantong Temple 显通寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchan Temple 南禅寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Foguang Temple 佛光寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great White Tower 大白塔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puji Temple 普济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fayu Temple  法雨寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huiji Temple 惠济寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Purple Bamboo Woods 紫竹林&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wannian Temple 万年寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Baoguo Temple 报国寺 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fuhu Temple 伏虎寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden Summit  金顶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huacheng Temple 化城寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tiantai Temple 天台寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Longevity Palace 百岁宫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhiyuan Temple 祗园寺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
nimbus is divided to two kinds, sacred mountain generates nine glories to praise the beauty of Mount Jiuhua. -By Libai&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
妙有分二气，灵山开九华。—李白&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where are the Four Buddhist Shrines respectivly?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What are the top five Buddhist shrines in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Among the Four Buddhist Shrines, which one has the honor of &amp;quot;The Buddhist Kingdom on the Sea&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Among the Four Buddhidt Shrines, Whose name is related with the Poet Libai?&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 03:03, 4 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Zhang Yujie张毓婕 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;, abbreviated as &amp;quot;Liao Zhai&amp;quot;, is a collection of short stories in classical Chinese created by Chinese Qing Dynasty novelist Pu Songling. The earliest copy of it can date back to the Kangxi period of the Qing Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Introduction of the Author-Pu Songling'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling was born in a scholarly family. In his early years, he wanted to take part in the imperial examinations to become an official. Unfortunately, after repeated attempts, he could only make a living by teaching. He had been interested in folk stories about ghosts and gods since he was a child. In order to collect materials, Pu Songling once opened a teahouse in front of his home. People who come to drink tea can use a story to replace tea money. Each time he was told a wonderful story, Pu Songling would polish it after he went home. In this way, Pu Songling collected a large number of bizarre stories, and after sorting and processing, he included many of them in &amp;quot;Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Contents and Themes'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole book of &amp;quot; Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio &amp;quot; has nearly 500 chapters which can be divided into three types: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is the love story, which occupies the largest proportion of the book. Most of the main characters in these stories are not afraid of feudal ethics and bravely pursue free love. Representative works of this type include &amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot; and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
The second is to criticize the imperial examination system for its destruction of scholars. &amp;quot;Ye Sheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Si Wen Lang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Yu Qu E&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Wang Zian&amp;quot; are all such works.&lt;br /&gt;
The third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people, which is of great social significance, such as &amp;quot;Xi Fangping&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Promoting Weaving&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Dream Wolf&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Mei Girl&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In despair, Pu Songling expressed his desire for a better future with fantasy fairies, ghosts and fox spirits. He reflected the real life and put forward many important social problems. He strongly criticized the shortcomings of the examination system, the spirit of feudal ethics, and supported for free love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A Typical Story'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Qiao Sheng, a native of Jinning(a place in Yunnan province), was a honest young man with outstanding talents. At that time, a wealthy middle-aged man wanted to choose a son-in-law for his daughter, Lian Cheng. Although Qiao Sheng was very poor, he was appreciated by Lian Cheng because of his integrity and talents, but Lian Cheng was forced to be engaged to the son of a salt merchant. Soon afterwards Lian Cheng got a strange disease and the only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat. Lian Cheng’s father was extremely worried and promised to marry his daughter to whoever agreed to save her. Without hesitation, Qiao Sheng came to Lian Cheng and cut off the meat from his chest. But after Lian Cheng recovered from her illness, her father broke his word and refused to marry Lian Cheng to Qiao Sheng. In a few months, Lian Cheng died of sadness. Qiao went to mourn before her death, and also died of excessive grief. In the underworld, the two met again. With the help of a friend, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng both came back to life. However, the salt merchant bribed the judge and he sentenced Lian Cheng to marry the son of the salt merchant. Lian Cheng did not eat and drink at the salt merchant’s home, and she even tried to hang herself. The salt merchant had no choice but to let Lian Cheng go home. In the end, Qiao Sheng and Lian Cheng had a happy ending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features of the Book'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The stories are bizarre and full of changes. The author uses fairies and ghosts to describe the human society, making the novels mysterious and bizarre. What’s more, readers are captivated by the twist and turn of the plot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human. The heroines of these novels have both human thoughts and feelings as well as the features of animal’s appearance. The author perfectly unifies the two to achieve the effect of &amp;quot;forgetting to be alien&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters. For example, Ying Ning, a female character in the book, was living in a courtyard with lively birds and the fragrance of colorful flowers, and her living room was bright and clean. The environment was in harmony with her beautiful appearance and innocent temperament.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
teahouse 茶馆&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
scholarly family书香世家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
imperial examination 科举制度&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
underworld 阴曹地府&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fox spirit 狐妖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
salt merchant 盐商&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
forgetting to be alien 忘为异类&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
1.How many chapters are there in the Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nearly 500.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How did Pu Songling collect stories from others?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Songling opened a teahouse in front of his home and let people who come to drink tea use a story to replace tea money.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do you know the types of the stories in this book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One is love story, the second is to criticize the imperial examination system and the third is to expose the brutality of the ruling class and their oppression of the people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Please list some representative works of love story in this book.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Lotus Fragrant&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xiao Xie&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Lian Cheng&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Huan Niang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Crow Head&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.In the typical story, when Lian Cheng was ill, what was the only way to save her?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only way to save her was to make a kind of medicine with an adult man's chest meat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Could you please list one or two features of the book?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The stories are bizarre and full of changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Making the plants and animals full of natural characters and the features of the human.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The languages are concise and comprehensive, pregnant with meaning widely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a lot of descriptions of environment, appearance, and mentality as well as vivid languages to create distinctive characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Confucianism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Pre-Qin period, scholars from different schools were gathering together to share their opinions toward the same issues and try to figure out the best way to solve problems at that time, forming a famous situation of “One-hundred schools of thought”. Among them, Confucianism, with representative figures of Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi, was prominent and has caught many attentions. Even at present, it is also one of the most important schools with far-reaching influence in Chinese history of thought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is the founder of Confucianism. Living in the Spring and Autumn Period with many contradictions in the society, Confucius acknowledged those turbulences and wars threatened the traditional culture as more and more common people suspected, even criticized, the traditional culture, therefore, Confucius aimed to rebuild the balance in mind and seek for the new harmony in the society by reshaping people’s mind, which was the general background of the emergency of Confucianism. However, to establish a school and cure people’s mind is a tough work, especially at that time, as Emperor Shi Huangdi promoted legalism and prohibited Confucianism. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the emperor even buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect, which was famous as “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”). However, as Confucianism was the treasure of traditional Chinese culture consisting quite a few thoughts with far-reaching meaning in our life, it was boasted by Dong Zhongshu in Han Dynasty. As Confucianism had some flaw in Pre-Qin Dynasty, Dong Zhongshu integrated part of thought from Legalism and Daoism to further its development, and applied it in the governance. Since then, the model of governing the country with Confucian ethics and morality as the center, with the strict punishment of the jurist as the auxiliary with Taoist power politics as the means, basically conformed to the national conditions of ancient China, and became the ruling class of all dynasties to pursue the unchanged rule of the country.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
In Confucianism, benevolence stands in the center. It proposes that the governor should love and be kind to his people. Only in that way, he could govern the whole nation as long as possible and the nation can survive whatever disaster it encountered. In our daily life, Confucianism has its cues in every part of life, and we also advocate Confucianism and regulate our behaviors according to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Taoism or Daoism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Taoism also named for Daoism. Its representative figures are world-renowned Chinese thinkers: Lao-Tzu and Zhuang Zhou. There are quite a few famous masterworks of Taoism, among which the most famous is Tao Te Ching (《道德经》). Although Confucianism has far-reaching influence on Chinese society, Daoism also stands prominently in the history of Chinese thought as it has the deepest influence on Chinese philosophy, literature, science and technology, art, music, health, religion and so on, so we need to know it comprehensively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, the same with Confucianism, Taoism also emerged in the Pre-Qin Dynasty and was part of “One-Hundred School of Thoughts”. And in the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism. After Lao-Tzu, the school of Daoism was divided into different part, with Huang-Lao Thought being the most famous among others. Then, Lu Buwei compiled “Lü shih ch'un ch'iu” (《吕氏春秋》), also referred to The Annuals of Lu Buwei, which set Daoism as its main thought and integrated other schools, landing the preparation for the great unity then. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
However, after the foundation of Qin-Dynasty, Emperor Shi Huangdi turned to Legalism. In the Han Dynasty, the governor chose Daoism as the official thought to unify the whole nation, which symbolized the its resurgence, and even Dong Zhongshu absorbed the positive points of Daoism and integrated them into Confucianism in his governance. When it came to Sui and Tang Dynasty, Daoism became prominent once again as Wang Yangming and other important figures combined its thought with Buddhism. At present, the thought of Daoism also present in our life, especially in management and business.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Legalism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism is a famous school of thought in Chinese history with the rule of law as its core. Unlike Confucianism and Daoism, people promoting Legalism are not only ideologists, but also activists focusing on the practical use of laws or regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism was born quite late, but it came to take its form very quickly as Emperor Shi Huangdi initiated the period of governing the country according to the rule of law, falling into the category of Legalism. Since then, each monarch, to some extent, follows this principle. In this way, Legalism keeps its status and influences Chinese governance greatly. Even at present, we still promote the rule of law as it can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Legalism advocates clear rewards and punishment according to laws and regulations. To that end, Provisions should not be set arbitrary, rather, it should be clear and explicit with official formulation, and governments are responsible for informing common people so as to ensure that everyone has known that and would follow regulations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====D. Mohism====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mohism, also referred to Moism and developed by academic scholars studying under the leadership of ancient Chinese philosopher Mozi, was one of the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC (during the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods), about the same time as Confucianism, Taoism and Legalism. Different from three schools listed above, Mohism focuses on natural science and logic, rational thought. A tradition of Mohism, a disciplined group, goes that disciples in official states, wherever he is, should promote the school’s proposition in his or her official states, and their salary must also be dedicated to the group. The development of Mohism has former and later period with different focus. The early thought mainly involves the social politics, ethics and the ideology, paying attention to the present world war, and the later contributed greatly in logic, closer to the field of scientific research. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Warring States Period, Mohism mastered many practical techniques which were useful for the development of society, so it has attracted quite a few people to follow him. Even at present, it is widely accepted that top two influential schools of thought fall in Confucianism and Mohism. However, as Mohism promoted itself political status, many monarchs oppressed its development. Gradually, it lost the foundation of survive and came to extinct. Scholars failed to re-dig out the its precious thoughts from historical records until the end of the Qing Dynasty, After the arduous efforts of its disciples in recent years, the basic growing course has been found out, and the theories and thought appeared to recover and catch many scholars’ attention with self-advancement.--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 08:44, 5 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who are the representive figures of Confucianism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is “Burning of Books and Burying of Scholars” (“焚书坑儒”)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the masterpiece of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Daoism emerge?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What symbolize the form of Daoism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What is the core of Legalism?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.Why do we promote the rule of law at present?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What are the four main philosophic schools from around 770–221 BC?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.What does Mohism promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.What did Emperor Shi Huangdi promote?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Confucius, Mencius and Xunzi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. In order to govern the whole nation, unified mind was essential, the Emperor Shi Huangdi buried many disciples committed to Confucianism and incinerated many masterpiece, causing profoundly negative effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Tao Te Ching (《道德经》).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the Pre-Qin Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. In the Spring and Autumn Period, Lao-Tzu concluded the quintessence of scattered thoughts about Daoism into a systematic thought, which symbolizes the form of Daoism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. The rule of law.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. It can ensure the fairness and justice of the judgment and safeguard the common people at large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Confucianism, Daoism, Legalism and Mohism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. The main ideas of Mohism are equal love between people (Jian Ai) and against the war of aggression (Fei Gong). They also advocate economy, oppose waste (Jie Yong), attach importance to inheriting the cultural wealth of their fore-owners (Ming Gui), master the laws of nature (Tian zhi) and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Legalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.陈建华. 孔孟之间的儒家人性世界[J]. 兰州学刊, 2020(B82).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.王木林. 先秦儒家经济伦理思想阐释[J]. 山西财政税务专科学校学报, 2020(4): 45-47,51.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.刘世宇. 命名与秩序——先秦儒家“名”思想引论[J]. 北京大学学报(哲学社会科学版), 2018(5): 73-81.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.吴全兰. 论道家思想对西汉以儒学为主导的意识形态的补充与调节[J]. 中原文化研究, 2020(6): 20-27.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.任安静. 探析儒家文化与道家文化中的美学思想[J]. 美术教育研究, 2020(19): 54-55.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.宋丽艳. 论道家的自然理论及其实践智慧[J]. 黑龙江社会科学. 2020(4): 9-15.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.王进文. “起礼义,制法度”——从“礼”的结构与功能探讨荀子对法家思想的吸收与改造[J]. 孔子研究. 2020(4): 135-151.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.初婉琳. 浅析先秦时期的大一统思想——以法家为例[J]. 新西部. 2020(17): 14, 96.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.和乐乐. 强国之道的反思:论秦代的法家思想及其走向[J]. 北京印刷学院学报. 2020(6): 58-61.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10.周宝砚. 墨家民本思想及其当代价值[J]. 学理论. 2020(11): 53-54.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11.程军. 现代“工匠精神”的传统道家思想来源——基于《庄子》匠人寓言的解读[J]. 理论月刊. 2020(9): 144-153.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12.马腾. 论清华简《治邦之道》的墨家思想. 厦门大学学报(哲学社会科学版). 2019(5): 63-73.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13.魏义霞. 先秦哲学与中国哲学的源头[J]. 首届“中华传统文化与华夏文明探源”国际论坛论文集. 2018.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 13:21, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====A. Writing Brush====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====B. Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====C. Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
   Writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
   5000 or 6000 years up to now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
   In the Warring States periods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
   There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911). With immigrants flooding into Sichuan, different dramas were brought in to blend with the local dialect, customs, folk music and dances. Gradually, brisk humorous Sichuan Opera, reflecting Sichuan culture, came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is well-known in China, and it is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies. Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. The magic stunts such as quick face changes without makeup and the acrobatics such as jumping through burning hoops and hiding swords entertain and amuse audiences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most fascinating, artistic charms of Sichuan Opera is face-changing, which is achieved by quickly tearing off, rubbing, or blowing away a mask to reveal another. Face changing is the highlight of Sichuan Opera. It is said that ancient people painted their faces to drive away wild animals. Sichuan Opera absorbs this ancient skill and perfects it into an art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The performer prepares many special masks in advance made of gauze and elastic materials, such as sheep embryo membranes and rubber. After the masks are painted with different designs and assembled with a special transparent thread, they are pasted onto the performer’s face. The special masks for “changing faces” must be made to fit the performer’s face to ensure that they are pasted as close as possible to the skin. Previously, the masks were discarded after a performance, but today they can be recycled with some minor repairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795). It is an important aspect of Sichuan Opera, and the precise techniques that are used to change masks in modern Sichuan Opera is a closely guarded secret. The secrets have been passed down within theatre families from generation to generation. It was listed as intangible cultural heritage in 2005. At the beginning opera masters changed the color of their face during performances by blowing into a bowl of red, black or gold powder. The powder would adhere to their oiled skin quickly. In another method, actors would smear their faces with colored paste concealed in the palms of their hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing is a magical art. Actors change more than 10 masks in less than 20 seconds! By raising the hand, swinging a sleeve or tossing the head, an actor uses different masks to show different emotions, expressing invisible and intangible feelings through visible and tangible masks. The changing of types of lian pu (Chinese opera facial make-up) and colors reflect a character’s mood: for instance, red represents anger and black represents extreme fury. From green to blue, red, yellow, brown, black, dark and gold, these masks show fear, tension, relaxation, slyness, desperation, outrage, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face-changing was first used in a story about a hero who stole from the rich to help the poor. When he was caught by feudal officials, he changed his face to puzzle them and escaped as a result. By the 1920s, opera masters began using layers of masks made of oiled paper or dried pig bladder. Skilled performers could peel off one mask after another in less than a second. In contemporary opera, performers wave their arms and twist their heads, and their painted masks are changed again and again, much to the astonishment and amusement of the audience. Modern-day masters use full-face painted silk masks, which can be worn in layers of as many as twenty-four, and be pulled off one by one. It is amazing to watch actors change their masks with a magical sweep of a hand or the turning of the head. It is difficult to see the masks being changed. Sichuan Opera master Peng Denghuai changed 14 masks in 25 seconds, and reverted to four masks after revealing his true face. This was his latest Guinness World record, breaking his previous one. Hong Kong super star Andy Lau was said to respect Mr. Peng as teacher and mentor in this stunt. One Sichuan Opera master also used Qigong movements as he changed face color from red to white, then from white to black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine. In the Wiping Mask routine the actor applies cosmetic paint in a certain position on his face. If the whole face is to be changed, the cosmetic paint is applied to the forehead or eyebrows; for changes on the lower half of the face, paint is applied to his cheeks or nose; or to other specific parts. The Blowing Mask routine works with powder cosmetics, such as gold, silver, and ink powders. Sometimes a tiny box is placed on the stage; the actor draws near and blows at the box. The powder will puff up and stick to the face. Sometimes the powder is put in a cup. The secret to success in this act is to close the eyes and mouth and to hold the breath. The Pulling Mask routine is the most complicated. Masks are painted on pieces of damask, well cut, hung with a silk thread, and the lightly pasted to the face one by one. The silk thread is fastened in an inconspicuous part of the costume. With a flick of his cloak the performer magically whisks away the masks one by one as the drama develops. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today hi-tech is used to enhance this traditional art. Lasers and twinkling lights add a touch of mystery. And modern faces like Zorro are invited to the stage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju)  n.川剧&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing	          n.变脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
gauze	        纱布	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sheep embryo membranes	 羊胚胎膜&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lian pu	        脸谱	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiping Mask	抹脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blowing Mask	吹脸&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Pulling Mask	扯脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Peng Denghuai	彭登怀&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Andy Lau	刘德华 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zorro	        佐罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.How long is the history of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera (Chuan Ju) originated at the end of the Ming (1368-1644) and the beginning of the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What are the characteristics of Sichuan Opera?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Opera is characterized by solo singing, skillful acting, rich percussion and incredibly funny comedies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is expected of a Chuanju performer in appearance? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Performers wear brightly colored costumes and move to quick, dramatic music and they are always full of wit, humor, lively dialogues, and pronounced local flavors. They also wear vividly colored masks that they may change within a fraction of a second. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How long is the history of face changing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Face changing began 300 years ago, during the reign of the Qing Dynasty Emperor Qianlong (1736-1795).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three types of face changes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of face changes, Wiping Mask routine, Blowing Mask routine and Pulling Mask routine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a 门（men）, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei and Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors”) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and windows. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
梁思成.中国建筑史[M].江苏美术出版社，1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
萧默.中国建筑艺术史[M].文物出版社，1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
张家骥.中国造园论[M].山西人民出版社，1991.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
马未都.中国古代门窗[M].中国建筑工业出版社，2006.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ventilation 通风&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chimney 烟囱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
qi 绮&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
green suo 青锁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Building Standards 《营造法式》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
waist panel 腰华板&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
lattice pattern 格心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
single-waist-bar type 单腰串（腰串是指格门框架中间横向木条，用以分割格门上下部分）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
double-waist-bar type 双腰串&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods 直棂窗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
partition door 格门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the function of doors and windows at the very beginning? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why windows with vertical rods have made great progress in architecture history? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What's the meaning of “waist bar”? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window.  In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)-Zhu Xu 朱旭 student no.202070080631==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Yuelu Academy(One of the Four Most Prestigious Academies)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As one of the four most prestigious academies over the last 1000 years in China, Yuelu Academy has been a famous institution of higher learning as well as a centre of academic activities and cultures since it was formally set up in the ninth year of the Kai Bao Reign of the Northern Song Dynasty (976). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Academy has witnessed a history of more than one thousand years without a break, so it is called a &amp;quot;one-thousand-year-old academy&amp;quot;. The historical transformation from Yuelu Academy to Hunan University is an epitome of the development of China's higher education, which mirrors the vicissitudes of China's education system.Shortly after its establishment, Yuelu Academy was known throughout the whole of China for its style of school management and its role in the dissemination of academic learning. When Emperor Zhenzong of the Northern Song Dynasty summoned the dean, Zhou Shi, to an interview, and conferred upon the Academy his Majesty's inscription, Yuelu Academy vaulted into great fame, and enjoyed the reputation &amp;quot;xiao xiang zhu si&amp;quot;, meaning it was a place in Hunan where great scholars assembled. It is right here that the renowned &amp;quot;Huxiang School of Learning&amp;quot; in the history of the li philosophy (the philosophy of principle) began to gain currency when Zhang Shi lectured in the Academy in the Sorthern Song Dynasty. And when Zhu Xi came here twice to give lectures, so popular were the lectures that there were too many visitors for the Academy to seat, and the water in the Yinma Pond (the Horse-Watering Pond) was drained by their horses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later on, the Academy saw other learning and ideas promulgated and exchanged such as the Yangming School in the midst of the Ming Dynasty, the Donglin School in the last years of the Ming dynasty, the Han School of the Qian Long and the Jia Qing Reigns (1736-1821) and the New Learning of the last years of the Qing Dynasty. The academic learning and education system of Yuelu Academy have had a far-reaching impact on the formation and development of Hunan's cultural tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy mainly comprises Main Gate, Lecture Hall, Lushan Temple Tablet, Yushu Library, Wenchang Pavilion, Six Gentleman Hall, Ten-sacrificial-vessels Hall, Grand Sunlight Platform, the Banxue Building, the Hexi Platform, etc.The four characters &amp;quot;Yue Lu Shu Yuan&amp;quot; (Yuelu Academy in Chinese) on the horizontal board of the Main Gate were inscriptions of Zhenzong, an Emperor of the Song Dynasty (960AD-1279AD). From then on, Yuelu Academy became well-known all around the country and students came to study in an endless stream. On the door posts of the gate are couplets which read Wei Chu You Cai, Yu Si Wei Sheng (the Kingdom of Chu, the unique home of talents; the Academy of Yuelu, the very cradle of all). This couplet originates from Chinese classics and is considered appropriate, given the fact that talents have been delivered continuously by the Academy since its establishment.[[File:Gate.jpg|300px|thumb|right|the gate of Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Its architecture part had been reconstructed in 1980’s, but the garden landscape lacked unified design. Nowadays, the garden landscape of academy is losing its poetic imagery gradually. Under the principle of respecting history and spreading garden tradition, the conception of improving landscape axis for the academy and restoring Eight Scenes of Yuelu Academy is proposed for the overall restoration of the academy landscape. It is meaningful for setting a good example for the Chinese classical academy’s garden and replenishing the traditional garden art.The Lecture Hall, also called a &amp;quot;Hall of Loyalty, Filial Piety, Integrity and Chastity&amp;quot;, is a core building of the Academy. Located at the heart of the Academy, the Lecture Hall is the most important place for teaching and momentous ceremony. In the 6th year of Qiandao Reign (1168 A), the Southern Song Dynasty, the famous idealists Zhang Shi and Zhu Xi made a joint lecture here, which was the first joint lecture in the Confucian academies of China.[[File:plan for Yuelu Academy.jpg|300px|thumb|right|plan for Yuelu Academy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also many valuable cultural relics made of steles in the Lecture Hall. On the inner walls of the hall are engraved four big Chinese Characters- Zhong, Xiao, Lian, Jie (loyalty, piety, honesty and integrity) which were written by the great scholar Zhu Xi. There are others famous saying inscribed as well, such as &amp;quot;Uniform and stand as a mark of respect&amp;quot; written and set by Ouyang Zhenghuan, a master of the Qing Dynasty, and the stele &amp;quot;School Regulations&amp;quot; written by master Wang Wenqing of the Qing Dynasty are all important historical materials for the study of the education in China's Confucian academies. They still hold their own enlightening meaning to us nowadays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A group of Qin documents inscribed on bamboo slips was acquired by the Yuelu Academy on the antique market in Hong Kong in 2007. Four of these manuscripts are criminal case records dated from the final decades before the unification of China by the state of Qin in 221 B.C. These texts shed light not only on the administration of justice on the eve of imperial unification but also on various aspects of social, economic, and cultural history and historical geography. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having a history of more than one thousand years, there have been countless talented students learning here. Especially in the late 19th century and 20th century, it witnessed a great number of patriotic thinkers, politicians, militarists, industrialists and diplomats.Today, Yuelu Academy, which has undergone restorations, has been listed as a key historical site under the state protection. It still shoulders the responsibility of conducting academic researches and training professionals.--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 15:24, 6 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
徐艳文.古朴典雅的岳麓书院建筑群[J].中外建筑,2020(06):17-20.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈宇翔.岳麓书院:湖湘文化传承的圣地[J].新湘评论,2020(03):22-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
陈松长.岳麓书院所藏秦简综述[J].文物,2009(03):75-88+1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
孔素美,白旭.中国古代书院建筑形制浅析——以中国古代四大书院为例[J].华中建筑,2011,29(07):177-180.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
楊振紅, 金鍾希. ''Laws Relevant to “Benming and Guard” in the Qin Bamboo Slips Collected by Yuelu Academy''. 2018, 142:1-23.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Legal Process Unearthed: A New Source of Legal History of Early Imperial China''. 2017, 137(2):383-391.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Li Bo He, Xing Yao Xiong. ''The Landscape Restoration Conception of Yuelu Academy Scenic Zone''. 2012, 1976:405-411.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Kai Bao Reign 开宝年间&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Zhenzong 宋真宗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
xiao xiang zhu si 潇湘洙泗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huxiang School of Learning 湖湘学派&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Donglin School 东林党&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lushan Temple Tablet 麓山寺碑亭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yushu Library 御书楼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenchang Pavilion 文昌阁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Six Gentleman Hall 六君子堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grand Sunlight Platform 明伦堂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Banxue Building 半学斋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Hexi Platform 赫曦台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Currency, Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty) - Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨, student no. 202070080633==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jiaozi was a form of banknote which appeared around the 10th century in the Sichuan capital of Chengdu, China. It 's recognized as the first paper currency in history by numismatists. Jiaozi was actually a certificate of deposit at first. During the Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; appeared in Chengdu, Sichuan Province, which offered a cash-custody services for merchants who had difficulty carrying large sums of money. The depositors would deliver their deposit to the jiaozi bank, and the bank would fill in the amount of the deposit on a paper roll made of broussonetia papyrifera(paper mulberry) and return it to the depositor, for which the depositor had to pay the bank the storage fee. This kind of mulberry paper roll, on which the amount of deposit was filled temporarily, was called jiaozi. With the development of the market economy in Northern Song Dynasty, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread. Many merchants jointly established jiaozi banks which specialize in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and set up branches in various places. As the banks kept their promises, jiaozi gradually won a high reputation. In order to avoid the trouble of minting and transporting the coins, more and more large transactions between merchants paid for the goods directly with jiaozi. Later, the dealers found that only using part of the deposit wouldn't endanger the credibility of jiaozi, so they began to print jiaozi with uniform denomination and formats as a new means of circulation to the market. It was this step-by-step development that made jiaozi gradually take on the characteristics of a credit currency and become a real banknote. In 1004-1007, Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, eliminating the outlaws and running them exclusively by 16 wealthy merchants. At this point, the issuance of jiaozi was officially recognized by the government in Northern Song Dynasty. E.g. (Mu Zi 2006, 79).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emergence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Development of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Influence of Jiaozi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Mu Zi 穆梓. (2006). 漫谈世界上最早的纸币——交子 [Talking About The World's Earliest Banknotes - Jiaozi]. 中国品牌与防伪 China Brand and Anti-counterfeiting (01) 78-79.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*He Shengming. (1990). Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Jiaozi 交子.(2016).''第七版现代汉语词典''[Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)].The Commercial Press 商务印书馆.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Answers===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Jiaozi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Because the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation, and iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Merchants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Huizi(a paper currency in Southern Song Dynasty), the paper currency in Qing Dynasty, the paper currency in the Chinese Soviet Area Period and Renminbi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cosmetics, Traditional Chinese Make-Up - Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient China was the greatest power with a philosophy incomprehensible to our worldview. The culture of the East is strikingly different from that of the West. In China, it was customary for children to paint their cheeks with red paint in the form of an apple, so that the spirits, looking at the children, would be pleased, seeing that they were joyful and healthy. A fragile woman with a small foot was considered ideal. To do this, even in early childhood, girls wore tight shoes or tightly bandaged the foot so that it would stop growing.There are a lot of differences in types and ways of doing make up. [https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: makeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let's go back to Ancient China and talk about the history of cosmetics in China. Few people find it a secret that Chinese women have a yellowish skin color. To hide this &amp;quot;flaw&amp;quot;, the women of ancient China used a powder made from rice starch. Such powder was abundantly sprinkled on the face, so many Chinese women had a snow-white face, and for contrast they painted their lips red, eyebrows shaded black. To apply blush, ancient Chinese women used vegetable broth, and the skin of the face was cleansed with milk and tea. At that time, Chinese women paid increased attention to nail care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth noting that many skin care products in Ancient China cost a lot, so only wealthy people or representatives of the nobility could afford such pleasure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In our times, light types of makeup and a natural appearance are especially appreciated, while in the old days Chinese women preferred to abundantly apply a wide variety of paints to their faces, and the more paints were applied, the more beautiful a Chinese woman was considered. Accordingly, representatives of the nobility were considered the most beautiful, who had the opportunity to use the most exquisite and expensive recipes for personal care and makeup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From childhood, Chinese women were taught the science of beauty: how to apply blush, mascara, whitewash, from an early age they were accustomed to the cosmetic etiquette of those times. For example, makeup had to be applied in such a way that the face appeared impassive, and the features did not have to be harsh and rough. By the way, if a Chinese woman bared her teeth while laughing, everyone considered her ill-mannered.[https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====I.Base make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lead powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang Dynasty, in order to make their skin look white and delicate, people directly applied lead powder to the face, and it was the most common way of makeup at that time. “Sheng Nong’s herbal classic” also mentions that women make up with lead and tin powder. You should know that lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin, which is why ancient poetry always laments that beauty is easily lost.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Rice powder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, as early as before the lead powder, people still have relatively safe base makeup products, the earliest use of rice powder is made by the rice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Qimin Yaoshu (齐民要术)” also records the method of making rice powder in detail. The selection of rice is exquisite. It is not directly used after grinding into a fine powder, but also processed, soaked in cold water, fermented and rotted, then cleaned and drained, then exposed to the sun, and finally used for makeup. However, the adhesion of rice powder is not good, and it is easy to fall off once it moves, so it is quickly eliminated by the later lead powder.[https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====II.Color make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compared with modern times, ancient make-up is not so elaborate and simple. It can be generalized into three categories: blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Blush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blush also has a beautiful name in ancient times called Yanzhi (胭脂, rouge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rouge is a kind of cosmetics made from a kind of flower named “Hong Lan” as the main raw material after being mixed. After the Huns were introduced into the Central Plains, the production of rouge was not only limited to plants, but also added with oil, animal bone marrow, etc. to make its texture more viscous, forming a state of lipstick to adapt to different needs. Since then, the use of rouge has become more abundant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: blush.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lipsctick&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lipstick is a popular aesthetic fashion product since the pre-Qin Dynasty. But in ancient times, it was called Chun Zhi (唇脂), or Kou Zhi (口脂). In ancient times, the color of lipstick was mostly red, which could make the color of lips more gorgeous, make people look better, more youthful and energetic. Therefore, it was deeply loved by ancient women. The painting methods of the female lip make-up in the past dynasties are different, but they can’t escape the similar aesthetics, that is, the smaller the lips, the better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: lipstick.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Eyebrows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eyebrow painting began in the Warring States period, but the tools for eyebrow painting did not appear at that time. The beauty-loving women used burnt willow branches as eyebrow pens. Later, “Dai (黛)” appeared. It is a kind of mineral with a dark blue color. Before use, Dai must be put on the stone inkstone and ground into powder shape. Then, add water to mix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han Dynasty, it became more common and common to decorate the eyebrows, and it also derived a new aesthetic. The more women drew eyebrows, the better they looked. In a word, there are many ways to draw eyebrows in ancient times. It can also be seen from this that the ancient people were keen on drawing eyebrows at that time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: eyebrows.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====III.Tang dynasty make up====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: tangmakeup.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Early Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of simplicity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Tang dynasty makeup style of the can almost be said to be the most versatile in the entire ancient history of China, because both in terms of national power and politics, the Tang dynasty almost reached the pinnacle of history, and because of this prosperity, the makeup of the women’s makeup in the people’s peace of environment constantly changing refinement.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the transformation of the early Tang Dynasty, the flourishing Tang Dynasty, and the middle and late Tang Dynasty, the makeup was also making different changes, and for this reason, some special makeups were created, as we can see from the many ancient wall paintings and drawings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early Tang Dynasty, influenced by the short-lived Sui Dynasty (581-617), the royal family did not pursue luxury and advocated simplicity. Therefore, the overall makeup of the women’s more subtle and graceful, to lightly coated with lead white makeup and lightly coated with rouge red makeup mainly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-White make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since ancient times, people have advocated the beauty of white, so women have the custom of powder, only to the Tang Dynasty, women’s powder and style more diverse and prevalent. During the Zhenguan period, white makeup was popular among women, probably the same as modern girls wearing BB creams and foundations.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-Red make up-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to highlight the contours of the face and make the face look redder, women would choose one or a few places to dye rouge on the forehead, eyelids, cheeks, and chin during the Zhenguan to Wuzhou period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, red makeup such as Huadian(花钿), Xiehong(斜红), Mianye(面靥), and other red makeup and accessories have gradually diversified.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Flourishing Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of openness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the Wuzhou period, the Tang Dynasty was at its peak, and there was closer communication between different ethnic groups, so women’s makeup also developed a new style. It was common for women to wear men’s clothing, without Weimao(帷帽)[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html] and put on a pretty make-up. However, the women’s pursuit of beauty in the Tang Dynasty did not stop there, their facial makeup also changed a lot. Women’s red makeup redder, face rouge, Huadian also more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the Jiuyun makeup (酒晕妆, jiǔ yùn zhuāng), like a woman after drinking wine, is the most intense of the red makeup; the next is the Feixia makeup (飞霞妆, fēi xiá zhuāng), which has a white touched with red feel; the lightest is the more girly Peach-blossom makeup, light and bright as a peach blossom.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, there are some alternative makeups, such as tear makeups(泪妆) and Ti makeups(啼妆, tí zhuāng), which are even more like spreading rouge all over the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Middle &amp;amp; Late Tang Dynasty makeup style: the beauty of exaggeration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the An Shi Rebellion (安史之乱), women’s makeup went through a peaceful transition period for decades, during which there were not many new styles and it became lighter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mid to late Tang Dynasty, due to the impact of national and social unrest, women’s lives were no longer as unrestrained as they were during the peak of the Tang Dynasty, so their makeup also gradually changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the red makeup was still the mainstay, but women who liked to be different were more daring in the field of fashion and innovative makeup, but also absorbed more exotic elements, making a lot of makeup full of fantastic imagination, and even unbelievable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most prominent of the late Tang dynasty women’s distinctive make-up was the Yuanhe period’s Shishi makeup (时世妆, shí shì zhuāng).[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is further exaggerated on the basis of the Ti makeup, the two cheeks painted redder, lips painted black, eyebrows painted as the end of the forked “Fen Shao eyebrows (分梢眉)”, or shaped like a spring silkworm out of a cocoon “Chu Jian eyebrows (出茧眉)”, the overall image is black eyebrows, face ochre, black lips.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Changqing period, Shishi makeup was out of fashion. The woman’s black lips are no longer visible, but then another eye-opening makeup, Xie Yun makeup (血晕妆,xiě yùn zhuāng), began to prevail.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple way to describe the Xieyun Makeup is that the woman shaves off all of her eyebrows and then draws three or four red or purple lines above and below her eyes to imitate the effect of being scratched, giving the impression of a bloodied wound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Tang Dynasty Makeup – a reflection of the culture of the times&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.[https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the makeup of women in ancient times was aesthetically different compared to modern times, but behind every makeup, is the performance of Chinese cultural connotation, just with the flow of history, Tang Dynasty makeup has not been continued in life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, the boldness and innovation of Tang women in the pursuit of beauty and fashion have added an indelible chapter to the history of makeup and the Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/what-is-traditional-chinese-makeup-1.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:29, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://makiyazhglaz.com/vidy-makiyazha-glaz/istoriya-makiyazha-drevnyaya-indiya#7b3--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://legchina.livejournal.com/410.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 09:23, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.chinamodern.ru/?p=1763 --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:14, 7 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201804/21/WS5ada295aa3105cdcf6519a30.html --[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 10:17, 7 December 2020 (UTC) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of Image Sources: Niki-镜子 &amp;amp; Vanessa_娜萨酱 [https://www.newhanfu.com/history-of-tang-dynasty-makeup-style.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What kind of powder did the women of ancient China use to have a snow-white face?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why is lead powder dangerous?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are 3 categories of Ancient Chinese make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What bacame more common in Han dynasty?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the types of Early Tang dynasty's make up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Why is Tang dynasty make up a reflection of that time's culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Answers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Rice powder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Lead is highly toxic and does great harm to the skin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Three categories of Ancient Chinese make up : blush, eyebrows, lipstick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Decorating eyebrows became more common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.White make up and Red make up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.Tang dynasty social and economic, political and cultural prosperity, open atmosphere, giving women unprecedented tolerance, women’s makeup with the historical timeline, from subtle grace to graceful and elegant, so that we can see the creativity of women and artistic charm.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107152</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107152"/>
		<updated>2020-12-03T14:16:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). Please write the text and indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. Please also add a vocabulary list and questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Chinese Astrology&amp;quot;--[[User:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|SAFFANA ALSIED 2]] ([[User talk:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|talk]]) 17:07, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chunlian.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Chunlian, image from Baike. Click [...] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Spring Festival Couplets===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Chunlian in Chinese, is also known as Spring Couplets or Chinese New Year Couplets. It is the most common and important custom when celebrating Chinese New Year. This tradition is widely kept both in modern cities and rural areas of China.With black or golden characters written on red paper, Spring Festival Couplets are composed of a pair of poetry lines vertically pasted on both sides of the front door and a four-character horizontal scroll affixed above the doorframe. Pasting couplets expresses people’s delight in the festival and wishes for a better life in the coming year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Couplets originated from Taofu, an inscription on boards made from peach trees in the Zhou Dynasty. According to the legend, a rooster perching in a big peach tree will crow at dawn to call all the traveling ghosts back. In front of the entrance of the dark world, there are two guards named Shentu and Yulei. If the ghosts harm any people at night, the guards will kill them.People believed that peach trees can scare and subdue evil things, so they hung peach boards in front of the doors with the guards’ names written or inscribed on them. During the Song Dynasty, the wood board was replaced by paper, and people focused more on bright wishes for the future. The custom became popular in Ming Dynasty. When the Emperor Zhu Yuanzhang traveled for inspection, he found those pairs of scrolls interesting. In order to advocate and promote this cultural activity, he ordered all household to paste the scrolls during the Chinese New Year. This tradition continues today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The upper scroll and the lower scroll have parallel structures and antithetical meanings. The two lines should have an equal number of characters, while their meaning must be related and antithetical. There must be a one-to-one correspondence between the two lines. The tone pattern is emphasized but rhythm is not important. The horizontal scroll is a four-character phrase, which sums up the two lines’ meaning. When you read a spring festival couplets, first,look at the horizontal scroll. If the four characters are written from left to right, the upper scroll will be on the left and the lower scroll on the right. If the characters of the horizontal scroll are reversed, the two side scrolls should be read from right to left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Spring Couplets, Chinese New Year Couplets, New Year Scroll 春联 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste 贴&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horizontal scroll 横联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upper scroll 上联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower scroll 下联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guzheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It  belongs to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It refers to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese.--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 07:36, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are varied accounts for how the ''zheng'' came to be. The first legend says the history of ''guzheng'' can date back to the Warring States Period. The oldest specimen yet discovered held 13 strings. ''Zheng'' was regarded as a weapon at that time which was used vertically to beat enemies. There was also an old saying that “the ''zheng'' makes a pleasant sound when placed horizontally and becomes a soldier when placed vertically”. Later, strings were added to it, and when plucked, it was found to be pleasing to the ears, so it developed into an instrument. As time went by, the weapons became lighter and lighter, and the ''zheng'', a large and heavy weapon, was abandoned. The second legend says the early form of the''zheng'' is said to have been invented by Meng Tian, a general of the Qin Dynasty (221-206 BC). But according to the biographies of Meng Tian in ''Historical Records'', there is no record of his invention of the ''zheng''. The third legend says the ''guzheng'' came about largely influenced by the ''se'' which was recorded by Zhao Lin in ''Records on Words''. When two people fought over a 25-string ''se'', they broke it in half, one person receiving a 12-string part and the other the 13-string part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern-day ''Guzheng'' usually has 21 strings and movable bridges and is 163 centimeters long. It should not be confused with the ''guqin'', another ancient Chinese zither with 7 strings played without movable bridges. The strings were formerly made of silk. By the 20th century, most players used metal strings. Since the mid-20th century, steel strings wound with nylon are common to be seen. The body of the ''guzheng'' is approximately rectangular, with a slight protrusion in the middle of the faceplate. The head and tail of the ''guzheng'' are anterior mountain and posterior mountain respectively. The two mountains are connected by 21 strings which are supported by 21 movable bridges, also known as Yan Zhu which are moved to change the timbres. The strings at the anterior side are wound around the string pegs in the turning box. And the ''guzheng'' was usually placed on the zither feet. The timbre of the ''guzheng'' is determined by the quality of the wood. As the tension of paulownia is better, the body of the ''guzheng'' are mostly made of paulownia. The head, tail and other parts of the ''guzheng'' are generally made of mahogany, and some patterns are decorated on the head and the tail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingerpicks, called Dai Mao or Yi Jia, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Meng Tian 蒙恬 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Lin 赵璘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Records on Words'' 《因话录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*anterior mountain 前岳山 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*posterior mountain 后岳山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Zhu 雁柱 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*string pegs 弦钉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*turning box 调音盒 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zither feet 琴足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*paulownia 桐木 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mahogany 红木&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Mao 玳瑁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi Jia 义甲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Facial makeup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Facial makeup, a sort of makeup art used in stage performance, is painted on the face of traditional opera singers in China and varies when it come to different types of role. The character roles in Beijing opera are divided into four main types according to the sex, age, social status and profession of the character. Sheng refers to male roles and is divided into laosheng (middle-aged or old men), xiaosheng (young men) and wusheng ( men with martial skills). Dan refers to female roles and is also subdivided into various types. Qingyi is a woman with a strict moral code; and laodan is an elderly woman. Jing refers to the roles with painted faces. They are usually warriors, statesmen or even demons. Chou, clown, is a comic character and can be recognized at first sight for his special make-up. The facial makeup of “sheng” and “dan” is quite simple with a thin layer of powder, called “plain face” while that of “jing” and “chou” is relatively complicated, and the former, in particular, is applied with heavy color and complicated patterns, thus gaining the name of “painted face”. In Beijing Opera, facial make-up, which is applied to Jing roles only, shows the character’s age and personality by using different colors. “Chou” is commonly called the clown as they are accustomed to wiping a patch of white powder on the nose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People hold different views when speaking of the origin of the facial makeup. It was said facial makeup was closely related to a kind of dance, called Damian, which appeared in the Northern and Southern Dynasties and thrived in the Tang Dynasty. It was performed by a single man aiming to extol King Lanling Gao Changgong’s outstanding military service and merits. He was courageous and good-looking and was bound to win every time he worn a mask that seemed frightening in the battlefield. As for the facial makeup used in opera, it is used to highlight the roles’ character, appearance as well as status, achieving a colorful and fantastic stage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legendary drama played a dominant role in Ming Dynasty, rich in content and fine in role division. Both jing and chou are painted their own special facial makeup. The basic color is mostly designed based on the description in the drama literature or the singers’ personal imagination. For instance, facial makeup of Guanyu is red and that of Baozhen is black. Their brow and eyes are exaggerated in some way. The pattern ratio has changed as well. Unlike the Ming Dyansty, there are both simple and sophisticated facial makeups with the same basic color. In the Mid-Qing Dynasty, as the local drama arose, facial makeup varied greatly in different places and possessed distinct local features and folk color. More than 300 kinds of dramas sprung up after the 18th century. Therefore, the drama characters mount and their division is much more finer. More colors like blue, green, yellow, grey and orange are added in jing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red facial makeup is symbolic of loyalty, upright and integrity like the characters Guan Yu and Wu Han.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black facial makeup gives people the impression that he is serious, rarely shows smiling expression and courageous and wise like Bao Zheng, a impartial official. It also stands for mighty force and boldness like Zhang Fei in drama the Three Kingdoms and Li Kuai in drama Water Margin of the Marsh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White facial makeup bears a derogatory sense, indicating a deceitful and suspicious nature like Cao Cao in drama the Three Kingdoms and Yan Song, Qin Kuai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters wearing blue facial makeup tend to be upright ,outspoken ,obstinate and even unruly like Ma Wu and Dou Erdun .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple facial makeup shows more sedate and righteous  like Xu Yanzhao and Zhuan Zhu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden facial makeup symbolizes dignity and power fitting roles like supernatural being like Tathagata(Sakyamuni, the creator of Buddhism) and Erlang Shen( a Chinese God with a third truth-seeing eye in the middle of his forehead).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The features of facial makeup are mainly as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
First, it is a contradictory unit of beauty and ugliness.Second, it is closely related to the character’s personality.Thirdly, its pattern is stylized. Chinese Peking opera makeup is favored by many opera enthusiasts and is widely known both at home and abroad, having been regarded as one of the mark of traditional Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
It is derived from the stage and could be seen on some large buildings, packages of some commercials, various porcelains and people’s clothes in different styles. It is far beyond the scope of stage use, showing its status in people’s heart and the strong vitality. Out of curiosity and affection for Chinese opera facial makeup, a great many foreign friends and domestic men of insight start to explore the mystery of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
painted face 花脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
clown 丑角&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
legend，romance 传奇剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tathagata 如来佛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sakyamuni 释迦牟尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Four Worldwide Famous Chinese Novelists of Modern Science Fiction and Fantasy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Cixin（刘慈欣）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chen Qiufan (陈楸帆）&lt;br /&gt;
Today this author is called by others the “Chinese William Gibson”. He can also be called one of the leaders of Chinese science-fiction and a cyberpunk novelist. He was born in China in 1981 in a seaside province in southeastern China called Guangdong, which borders Hong Kong and Macau. To say more accurately he grew up a few miles from Guiyu, the largest waste dump. Mountains of scrap electronics are shipped there every year from all over the world. Thousands of workers sort through the garbage in search of something that is suitable for recycling. This topic became the central topic in a novel called “Waste Tide”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, by the early 2000s, Chen Qiufang had become a big fan of virtual chats and the Internet. He saw great potential in the Internet and technologies in general, an opportunity to change the world for the better. After graduation, Chen worked with Google, Baidu and co-founded Noitom, a virtual reality startup in Beijing. As science fiction began to gain popularity in China and receive support from the government, Qiufan turned to full-fledged novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His debut book was ''The Empty Wave'', &amp;quot;combining realism and allegory to represent the hybridity of humans and machines.&amp;quot; Chen Qiufan's novels and stories won three Galaxy Awards, and twelve Chinese Nebula Awards. His works have been translated into German, French, Finnish, Korean, Czech, Italian, Japanese, Polish and Russian.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
His book ''Waste Tide'' became one of the most discussed books around the world and got universal acclaim from critics and usual readers. The fantastic mix of dark future with reality components made this book a guidebook for those who are worried about ecological problems and the darkest sides of the humanity progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Rebecca F. Kuang (匡蘦秀）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li Jun (李俊）or Baoshu (宝树）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:stilts.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Stilts presentation during the Miliangtun Stilt Festival, image from Baike. Click [http://img3.imgtn.bdimg.com/it/u=2060438651,2837589998&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Intangible Cultural Heritage — Miliangtun Village Stilts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stilts is one of the folk dances of the Han nationality in our country, which is called &amp;quot;Stilt Yangko&amp;quot; in some places. Stilt-walkers tie their feet on to the long stilts with various length, the shortest being two feet long, and the longest reaching over five feet. They dress themselves into different historical or mythological figures, walking and dancing on fairs. Stilt-walkers are normally taller than ordinary people, and perform on movable stages, which is convenient for watching far and near. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a traditional folk dance in Beijing, Miliangtun Village Stilts originates from the &amp;quot;Tongle Gaojiaohui&amp;quot; founded in the Qianlong period of the Qing Dynasty. According to the older generation in the village, Miliangtun Village Stilts was first founded by several villagers led by Uncle Ma, who lived in Miliangtun Village and worked in Beijing.It was bestowed by Emperor Qianlong, and has a history of more than 250 years. Miliangtun Village Stilts is not only time-honored, but also mysterious and legendary. It still retains the traditions in performance techniques, characters, musical accompaniment, etiquette, and stilts production technology, which is an excellent performing art that is spread among the folks. In 2006, it was listed as a Beijing-level intangible cultural heritage protection project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of Miliangtun Village Stilts has over forty people and 13 roles, all played by men. The roles are, Tuotou, Laozuozi, young boy, young master, Mr. Plaster, Choupo, fisherman, Yupo, wood-cutter, handsome and ugly drum-players, handsome and ugly gong-players. Tuotou, fisherman and wood-cutter are righteous and decent images, while zany figures represent the negative images, like Choupo, young boy and Laozuozi who are responsible for enlivening the atmosphere and entertaining the audience. Such a stark contrast is quite ironic. Among the 13 roles, the only serious one is Tuotou. Because he is a general who can be easily recognized upon his appearance. Squatting and carrying swords, that's his work. Others like the young boy, just a little kid who amuses everyone. Mr. Plaster is responsible for warming up. He is outstanding because he can play and amuse with others, like Yupo or Laozuozi. Fisherman is just a workingman. He is not funny. He goes fishing because of his fixed character. Wood-cutter is also a workingman who can play other tricks besides squatting. Yupo is the young lady in the past, and Laozuozi is the housewife. Wood-cutter and Mr. Plaster can play and amuse with them. The handsome and ugly drum-players and gong-players are quite important in the backfield when the show begins. They play drums and gongs to amuse the audience. Gong-players following drum-players, handsome and ugly, they are just like the final fighters. Then comes the show of Kylin Songzi after they stop playing; Tuotou lying flat; Mr. Plaster and young master raising their waists; Yupo dancing Yangko behind, pulling his two legs; Fisherman using his ribbon to drag Tuotou who hold the ribbon in his mouth; the young boy riding on Tuotou’s waist like a lion. Then comes the going downhill. When it’s done, the show is over. That's the whole performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is strict inheritance relationship and etiquette in the stilt fair. It will set up inheritors, presidents, team leaders, and team members. Today, Miliangtun Village Stilts as the distinctive folklore in Wangzuo Town, Fengtai District, stands out among the stilt fairs in Beijing and enjoys great popularity from peers and the public. Miliangtun Village Stilts is visually stunning, technically accomplished and naturally funny. A fixed set of performance routines has gradually formed after long-term drills since its founding. It is divided into lead in, head stilt command, separation in formal performance. Stilts-walkers individually perform difficult tricks such as the big jump and the onion-pulling, then amuse and perform in separation, ending with the show of Kylin Songzi, which indicates good luck and peace. Miliangtun Village Stilts has become an indispensable part of local festivals and celebrations with its lively atmosphere and superb skills and adds value to the cultural life of the folks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun Village Stilts as a renowned fair,knownas the features of risky tricks, various skills and great difficulty. There are stunning tricks such as Yasha Searches the Sea, Su Qin Carries Swords, squatting, bouncing, hugging, somersault, and scorpion tail pendulum. Stilts performances focus on amusement, Tuotou being the opening, other roles flatter him with various and difficult tricks, constituting the grand show. Legs and feet must be agile, jumping the large bench is quite demanding that normal players can hardly accomplish. Tuotou, for example, he has to play squatting after jumping. Each of the twelve roles has its own talents. Tuotou is an adventurous figure who leads the team. Young boy, Laozuozi and Yupo and even Mr. Plaster, the zany figure, his tricks are amusing and pleasing. The length of Miliangtun Village Stilts, 1.6 meters, is quite rare in the stilt fairs of the country. The centre of balance is extremely difficult to grasp. One must bend his knees slightly and keep moving when walking on stilts, control the balance with waist, and the upper body and the feet must be coordinated to ensure the balance. Stilt-walkers step on the wooden stilts, swinging from side to side. The movement of the lower body leads the upper body to shake and shrug. The stilts are lifted lightly but stepped hardly, with the force on the knees, forming into a style of combining the tricks of twisting, swinging and amusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun (village name) 米粮屯&lt;br /&gt;
stilts 高跷&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 04:46, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lion dance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Brief Introduction of The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters are Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan in Tang Dynasty and Ouyang Xiu, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Wang Anshi, Zeng Gong in Song Dynasty. This title was first appeared in the Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties. &lt;br /&gt;
Among them, Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the leaders of the ancient prose movement in the Tang Dynasty, while Ouyang Xiu and Three Su(Su Xun, Su shi, Su Zhe) are the core figures of the ancient prose movement in the Song Dynasty, and Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong are the representative figures of Linchuan Literature. Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the advacators of the &amp;quot;Ancient Prose Movement&amp;quot;. Su Shi, Su Xun and Su Zhe are called Three Su. What else, Su Xun is the their father and Su Shi is the older brother. While Su Shi's teacher is Ouyang Xiu, who is also the teacher of Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, they both advocated prose and opposd parallel prose, which has exerted profound influence on the literary world at that time and later generations. Their sucessive waves of innovation of ancient ancient prose has changed the obsolete appearence of poetry and prose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Han Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu was a litterateur, philosopher, and thinker of Tang Dynasty. He was native in Heyang, now Jiaozuo city in Henan province. Han Yu was honored as “ The Decline of Eight Generations” by Su Shi in Song Dynasty, as well as the head of Eight Masters of Prose in Tang and Song Dynasty. Han Yu was called “Han Liu” with Liu Zongyuan, and his proses were juxtaposed with Du Fu’s poems as “ Du poem Han pen” by Du Mu. He enjoyed the fame as “ The Article Giant” and “ Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations” with great works like forty volumes of Han Changli Collection, ten volumes of External collection and The Teacher's Theory. &lt;br /&gt;
Although disagreement in Liu Zongyuan’s political view, he still worked with Liu Zongyuan in advocating the Ancient Prose Movement. As the pioneers, they were both against excessive pursuit of form of parallel prose but for the prose of Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties and both emphasized the importance of article’s contents so as to expand the expressive function of writing in classical Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Liu Zongyuan.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zongyuan was a litterateur, philosopher, proser and thinker of the Tang Dynasty. His ancestral home was Hedong , now in Yongji area of Yuncheng in Shanxi province. He was known as &amp;quot;Liu Hedong &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; Mr. Hedong &amp;quot;, also known as&amp;quot; Liu Liuzhou &amp;quot; because of his official end of feudal provincial of Liuzhou. He was born in Changan and became a Jinshi in the 9th year of Zhenyuan, later official supervisor of imperial censor .&lt;br /&gt;
was juxtaposed with Han Yu as &amp;quot;Han Liu &amp;quot;, with Liu Yuxi as &amp;quot; Liu Liu &amp;quot;, with Wang Wei, Meng Haoran and Wei Yingwu as &amp;quot;Wang Meng Wei Liu &amp;quot;. In his lifetime of less than 50 years, he left us more than 600 poems with more achievements in writing than poetry. The &amp;quot;Liu He Dong Colloection&amp;quot; was one of his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
He was a deep-thinking philosopher and litterateur, who attached importance to the content of the article and advocated that writings should be practical. Therefore, he paid attention to the social function of literature and emphasized that literature should benefit the world. Moreover, he advocated the perfect combination of ideological content and artistic form with a serious attitude in writing. That means, it is important for the writer to have highly moral cultivation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ouyang Xiu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was a statesman, litterateur, historian and poet in the Northern Song Dynasty. He was called the “Liu Yi scholar”, which means that he had ten thousands volumes of collections, a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions of Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties, a piano, a chess, a pot of wine and a drunk Weng alone. He was native in Jizhou Yongfeng, now Yongfeng county of Ji’an city in Jiangxi province but born in Mianzhou, now Minayang city in Sichuan province.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu’s poems, Ci and prose were all the crown of that time. His poetry was smooth, lyrical and euphemistic with a similar prose style stressing on momentum while keeping natural smoothness. His Ci was profound and graceful, inheriting the Yu Feng of the Southern Tang Dynasty. The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong was his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu inherited and carried forward the fine tradition of Han and Liu’s ancient prose, and led the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement. As the leader of this movement, Ouyang Xiu not only drove away the odd style of writing in the literary world, but also opened up a new style in poetry and also a new field of creation with his own unique style and high talent. It has made new achievements and pushed the creation of poetry and prose to a new height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Su Xun'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Xun.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a native of Meishan in Sichuan. When he was young, he performed poor in learning. In 19 years old, he married Mrs. Cheng. Later in 27 years old, he determined to study hard. After decade of hard work, he made a huge academic progress.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a man of political ambition. He said that the main purpose of his works was &amp;quot;to speak for the world &amp;quot;, to&amp;quot; apply to the present &amp;quot;. He put forward a whole set of ideas of political innovation in some important argumentative papers such as Heng Lun and The Book to the Emperor. Because he had a better understanding of that social reality and was good at summing up experience and lessons from past history. Therefore, putting aside certain pedantic and biased views in his political discourse, many of them were still right on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Su Shi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Shi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi, with a fame as &amp;quot; Dongpo Jushi &amp;quot;, was native in Meishan in Sichuan . He was a famous litterateur, calligrapher, essayist, Ci writer, poet and the representative of the Unconstrained Ci School in Northern Song Dynasty .&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi has made great achievements in poetry, Ci, prose, calligraphy, painting and so on. He was regarded as one of the most outstanding man in literary and artistic attainments in thousands of years of Chinese history. His was called &amp;quot;Han Chao Su hai&amp;quot; with Han Yu in the prose area, &amp;quot;Ou Su&amp;quot; with Ouyang Xiu, &amp;quot;Su Huang&amp;quot; with Huang Tingjian, and &amp;quot;Su Xin&amp;quot; with Xin Qiji in the Ci area, so he was called &amp;quot;the first all-round talent in ancient China&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi's literary viewpoint was in line with Ouyang Xiu's, but he emphasized the originality, expressiveness and artistic value of literature more. His literary thought emphasized &amp;quot;creating for certain purposes&amp;quot;, advocating nature and getting rid of bondage. Su Shi was a leading figure in the literary circle of the Northern Song Dynasty after Ouyang Xiu. Moreover, Huang Tingjian, Qin Guan, Chao Buzhi and Zhang Lei, the four litterateurs of the Northern Song Dynasty, had been trained, rewarded and recommended by him, so they were called “Su Men Four bachelors”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Su Zhe'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Zhe.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe was born in Meishan, Meizhou , now Sichuan province. In the Jiayou second year (in 1057), he with his brother Su Shi climbed jinshi branch.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe's prose showed the deep and mellow spirit. He had his own views on ancient writing. In the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council, he put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary style&amp;quot; . He was good at politics and history. He discussed world affairs in some political works such as The New Theory and On the Six Kingdoms. From these works, we can draw lessons from the past and criticize the current problems. He was also very insightful in reform. In addition, he was also quite outstanding in Ode , such as The &amp;quot;Ode to Ink bamboo&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Wang Anshi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wang Anshi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi, also known as Banshan in his twilight years, was conferred the title of Duke Jingguo . He was born in Linchuan in the Northern Song Dynasty, now Fuzhou City, Jiangxi Province .&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi was not only an outstanding politician and thinker, but also a brilliant litterateur. In order to realize his political ideal, he closely linked literary creation with political activities, emphasizing that literature aimed to serve the society first, that means, he emphasized the realistic function and social effect of articles, and advocated the unity of literature and Taoism. His prose largely carried out his literary propositions because his essays were mostly about the enlightenment of political decrees and suitable for world use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Zeng Gong'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zeng Gong.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was known as &amp;quot;Mr. Nan Feng&amp;quot;. He was born in Nanfeng, Jianchang, now Nanfeng County, Fuzhou city, Jiangxi Province. In Jiayou second year (in 1057), he became a Jinshi. As a politician and essayist of the Northern Song Dynasty and one of the &amp;quot;eight masters&amp;quot; of the Tang and Song Dynasties, he was also one of the &amp;quot;Seven Zengs of Nanfeng&amp;quot; , including Zeng Gong, Zeng Zhao, Zeng Bu, Zeng Yu, Zeng Hong, Zeng Xie and Zeng Dun.&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was a supporter and participant of Ouyang Xiu's ancient prose movement. He advocated the doctrine before the text. His prose was natural and simple and little attention to literary grace. Of the eight masters, he was the less affectionate one. His articles were rarely lyrical works, but mostly argumentation and narrative. His prose was good at making arguments, for example, the Book to Ouyang She Ren, the Book to Bachelor CAI. In these works, he argued on the treatment of disorder and expressed his deep feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. Comparison between the Ancient Prose Movement and Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
Although there was seven or eight hundred years from the Ancient Prose Movement to the Italian Renaissance,they both happened in the Middle Ancient period of Western history. Similarly, they both inherited the essence of classical culture and further completed the historical mission of literary retro. So we can regard them as historical peak in their respective cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in ideology:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement in Tang and Song dynasties advocated the restoration of Confucianism of the pre-Qin period and the realization of the realistic goal of carrying the Tao in literature. It was against the parallel prose and the floating style since the Six Dynasties but for the gentle and honest poetic concept. While the Renaissance, with classical culture as a tool, strongly criticized medieval theology and carried forward the humanism and scientific rational spirit of ancient Greece and Rome. Their premise and foundation are their own classical thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in writing style:&lt;br /&gt;
The two retro movements were marked by the retro style to restore the creation mode of ancient prose, thus promoting the process of literary movement. The Ancient Prose Movement of the Tang Dynasty studied the simple language style of the pre-Qin period, while the Renaissance restored the elegant and beautiful characteristics of the ancient Greek period.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in literary form:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement not only corrected the floating and rigid writing style of the six dynasties, but also laid a good creative foundation for the development of prose in later generations. It was in the form of scattered single sentences with less flowery and redundant allusions but more in colloquial language. While although the literary works of the Renaissance inherited the elegant style of classicism, it still changed obviously in the aspect of stylistic creation. Influenced by literary theory and works, Italian literature showed innovation in form. As Mr. Zhu Guangqian said :&amp;quot; Italian literature is a new type of literature different from classical literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters 唐宋八大家 &lt;br /&gt;
Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties 《唐宋八大家文钞》&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Prose Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
parallel prose 骈文&lt;br /&gt;
The Decline of Eight Generations 文起八代之衰&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Giant 文章巨公&lt;br /&gt;
Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations 百代文宗&lt;br /&gt;
Han Changli Collection 《韩昌黎集》&lt;br /&gt;
External collection 《外集》&lt;br /&gt;
The Teacher's Theory《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties 先秦两汉时期&lt;br /&gt;
writing in classical Chinese 文言文&lt;br /&gt;
feudal provincial of Liuzhou 柳州刺史&lt;br /&gt;
official supervisor of imperial censor 监察御史&lt;br /&gt;
Liu He Dong Colloection 《柳河东集》&lt;br /&gt;
Northern Song Dynasty 北宋&lt;br /&gt;
a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions 金石遗文一千卷&lt;br /&gt;
Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties 三代&lt;br /&gt;
the crown of that time 一时之冠&lt;br /&gt;
Southern Tang Dynasty 南唐&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Feng 余风&lt;br /&gt;
The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong 《欧阳文忠公文集》&lt;br /&gt;
the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement北宋诗文革新运动&lt;br /&gt;
Heng Lun 《衡论》&lt;br /&gt;
Duke Jingguo 荆国公 &lt;br /&gt;
The Book to the Emperor 《上皇帝书》&lt;br /&gt;
Dongpo Jushi 东坡居士&lt;br /&gt;
Ci writer 词人&lt;br /&gt;
Unconstrained Ci School豪放派&lt;br /&gt;
literary and artistic attainments 文学艺术造诣&lt;br /&gt;
the first all-round talent in ancient China 中国古代第一全才&lt;br /&gt;
Su Men Four bachelors 苏门四学士&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council 《上枢密韩太尉书》&lt;br /&gt;
The New Theory《新论》&lt;br /&gt;
On the Six Kingdoms 《六国论》&lt;br /&gt;
Ode 赋&lt;br /&gt;
The Ode to Ink bamboo 《墨竹赋》&lt;br /&gt;
Seven Zengs of Nanfeng 南丰七曾&lt;br /&gt;
the doctrine before the text先道后文&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Ouyang She Ren 《上欧阳舍人书》&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Bachelor Cai 《上蔡学士书》&lt;br /&gt;
the Six Dynasties 六朝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 08:22, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Gao Mingzhu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、A Brief Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa belongs to plucked stringed instruments. Being made of wood or bamboo, its speaker box takes the shape of half pear with 4 strings on it ,which was made of silk initially while being made of steel wire, steel rope or nylon now. The &amp;quot;Pin(品，those wooden strips on Pipa’s face plate for pressing)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Xiang（相, those horizontal strips on Pipa’s neck for pressing）&amp;quot; are set on the face plate and neck respectively to determine the positions of different sounds. When playing, the player holds it erectly using the left hand to press the string and the right hand to play. It is an important ethnic musical instrument which can be used in recital, accompaniment and ensemble. Pipa has a wide range of vocal range. Its playing skills rank the first in Chinese national instruments and its performance forms are also the most abundant in Chinese folk music, it is thus called the No.1 in plucked instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、Emergence and Development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3、Different Schools&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4、Traditional Pipa Music&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Huli-jing figure in Chinese mythology and its analogs in Japan and Korea === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic of werewolves in the XXI century is perhaps one of the most discussed and studied. Along with vampires and zombies, the image of werewolves is firmly entrenched in world cinema and literature. However, as a rule, speaking about the motives for the transformation of a person into an animal, most people have information mainly about lycanthropy, that is, about the specific transformation of a person into a wolf (werewolf). At the same time, the theme of werewolves is represented by a fairly large number of transformations of a person not only into a wolf but also into other animals. In Chinese mythology, one of the most popular werewolf myths is the myth of the Huli Jing, or werewolf foxes. In the Middle Ages, these myths were very popular and in-demand among writers. But what is the attitude of Huli-Jing in modern China? Are they given a place in modern culture, or do werewolf foxes now sound more like a kind of atavism or a children's fairy tale?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Huli-jing (狐狸精) in China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we need to recreate the image of the Huli-Jing and what was seen in ancient and medieval China. Most often, the Huli-Jing was presented in the form of not just a young, but extremely beautiful women. Interestingly, the image of werewolf foxes has been known in China since the times of the Xia dynasty and its founder Yu, who married a nine-tailed white fox who lived on Mount Tu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, especially women, believed that thanks to the cult of the fox, they would be able to gain unearthly beauty and immortality. The official authorities of the ancient and medieval dynasties tried to fight the representatives of the Huli Jing cult, but it was only during the Song dynasty that the cult of the fox, including the cult of Da Ji, was almost completely destroyed. However, the cult and image of Huli Jing were not completely eradicated in China. Probably, a more competent decision was made to give the werewolf woman more kind and compassionate traits, which in one way or another should justify her image compared to the cruel ancestor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking examples of where the changed image of the Huli Jing is found can be called the stories of Pu Songlin about werewolf foxes. It is his stories, where girls are subject to the curse of turning into foxes, that reflect their position as hostages of their own life situations or even fears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theme of fatal love in the stories of werewolf foxes appears as a continuous line in Pu Songling, this suggests that despite the fact that Huli Jing strives for happiness, she remains a spirit that is not a person. In addition, despite the altered level of female foxes, they will still bear the curse of their evil ancestors, who personified evil in its purest form, and therefore there can be no happy ending for those who bear such heavy punishment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, the image of the Huli Jing as a mythological character by the 21st century was constantly supplemented with small details. We can say that most of the works of literature and cinema, in which the werewolf fox was encountered, for the most part, were very strongly romanticized. Remaining in its own way a relatively neutral character, Huli Jing nevertheless gradually becomes one of the most popular characters of many writers and screenwriters, not only in China but also in many other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
A striking and original example of where the Huli Jing appears is the work of the writer Ken Liu entitled &amp;quot;Good Hunt&amp;quot;. The author presents not only a very interesting view of the Huli Jing but also explains why the legendary characters of Chinese mythology are gradually disappearing from the memory of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literary works, Huli Jing is quite often encountered in Chinese cinema, as an episodic character or a protagonist. One of the most striking images of a werewolf fox can be considered the film &amp;quot;Painted Skin (畫皮)&amp;quot;, where the main character is Huli Jing and must eat men's hearts to maintain her youth and beauty. This film is based on the story of Pu Songling and is one of the key works of cinema and modern Chinese culture, which fully reveals the tragedy of the werewolf fox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Huli Jing is featured in a fairly large number of Chinese television series, each of which gives its own view of what character Huli Jing should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quite a lot of information about werewolf foxes can be obtained from the TV series &amp;quot;The Legend of the Nine-Tailed Fox&amp;quot; released in 2016. The main interest here is not only a rather vivid description of the Huli Jing, which according to the plot are one family and are forced to seek and return to their place the sacred fruit from the magic garden. This, perhaps, is an attempt to provide an explanation of the true nature of werewolf foxes, who for a long time rushed from good to evil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summing up, I would like to note that the transformation of the image of Huli Jing took place at a gradual pace. Since the reign of the first Chinese dynasties, the image of werewolf foxes has been predominantly negative and associated with deceit, seduction, and intrigue. But the situation changed in connection with the development of the cults of foxes, which they tried to give the appearance of “victims of circumstances,” and all the negative features are just a slight exaggeration. Thanks to Pu Songling, the Huli Jing truly became much more positive beings, and the stories about them were presented in terms of stories of unfortunate and unhappy love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of the Huli Jing, which rushes from good to evil for many years, has been romanticized and transformed, becoming a more positive character, although not devoid of some negative features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Kitsune (キツネ) in Japan''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese folklore, these animals have great knowledge, long life, and magical abilities. Chief among them is the ability to take shapeshift themselves; the fox, according to legend, learns to do this after reaching a certain age (usually a hundred years old, although in some legends it is fifty). Kitsune usually take the form of seductive beauty, a pretty young girl, but sometimes they turn into men. It should be noted that in Japanese mythology there was a mixture of indigenous Japanese beliefs that characterized the fox as an attribute of the god Inari (&amp;quot;Fox-messenger&amp;quot;) and the Chinese, who considered foxes to be werewolves, a genus close to demons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other abilities commonly ascribed to kitsune include the ability to take possession of other people's bodies, to breathe out or otherwise create fire, to appear in other people's dreams, and the ability to create illusions so complex that they are almost indistinguishable from reality. Some of the legends go further, talking about kitsune with the ability to warp space and time, drive people crazy, or take on such inhuman or fantastic forms as trees of indescribable height or the second moon in the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kitsune are associated with both Shinto and Buddhist beliefs. In Shinto, kitsune are associated with Inari, the patron deity of rice fields and entrepreneurship. Initially, foxes were the messengers (tsukai) of this deity, but now the difference between them has become so blurred that Inari himself is sometimes depicted as a fox. In Buddhism, they gained fame thanks to the Shingon school of secret Buddhism, popular in the 9th-10th centuries in Japan, one of the main deities of which, Dakini, was depicted riding a fox across the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kitsune can have up to nine tails. In general, it is believed that the older and stronger the foxes are, the more tails they have. Some sources even claim that a kitsune grows an extra tail every hundred or thousand years of its life. However, foxes found in fairy tales almost always have one, five, or nine tails. When kitsune are given nine tails, their fur turns silvery, white, or gold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Kumiho (구미호) in Korea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumiho - (구 &amp;quot;ku&amp;quot; - nine, 미 &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; - tail, 호 &amp;quot;ho&amp;quot; - fox - &amp;quot;fox with nine tails&amp;quot;) is a folklore animal, the fox of which is first mentioned in the era of Gojoseon. According to legends, only a fox that lives for a thousand years can become 구미호. One of her superpowers is transforming into a beautiful girl. Although in myths there are also references to the becoming of a charming young man. In this form, the mythical animal fell in love with the opposite sex, and then ate their liver (according to some beliefs, and the heart). Why exactly the liver? We can say that the liver contains human energy, that is, we eat and receive the energy that our liver stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a later period, kumiho, according to numerous legends, could get rid of the status of a monster and become a man forever. There are several ways: 구미호 will not eat human flesh and kill for a thousand days. The second option is to eat the liver of a thousand men over a thousand years. The third - will live in a cave without sunlight, eating only wormwood and garlic. And also, if the person who recognized her as 구미호 in human form, keeps this secret for ten years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shape shifter – 成精&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creature –生物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seductive –诱人的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Damnation –诅咒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor –隐喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascribe –属性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indigenous –土着&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deity – 反面人物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liver – 肝脏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Song-ling. Fox charm. Monks-wizards. // Eastern literature. –2008. - P.280.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Ken. Good Hunting.// Strange Horizons. - 2012. - p. 431.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Xiaofei. The cult of the fox: Power, gender and popular religion in late imperial and modern China//Columbia University Press. – New York, 2006. – Pp.269.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Characters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Knots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction about Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot is a hand-woven handicraft unique to China. The exquisiteness and wisdom displayed on it are just one aspect of the ancient Chinese civilization.It &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
originally evolved from the sewing of the Paleolithic period, to the ritual memorial of the Han Dynasty, and then into today's decorative craft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The jade worn by people in the Zhou Dynasty was often decorated with Chinese knots, and there were also Chinese knot patterns on the bronzes of the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot continued to become a popular art in the Qing Dynasty. Now,Chinese knots are often used as interior decorations, gifts between relatives and friends and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personal accessories. It is possessed of delicate and symmetrical appearance and accords with the conventions of Chinese traditional  decoration and aesthetics,which &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
earned the knot its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are ten main kinds of Chinese knots which are named according to the shape, purpose or meaning of the knot.They are Double Coin Knot(双钱结）,Good Luck Knot（吉祥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Chinese Button Knot（纽扣结）,Sauvastika Knot（万字结）,Oxalis Knot（酢浆草结）,Pan Chang Knot（盘长结）,Round Brocade Knot（团锦结）,Caisson Celling Knot（藻井&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Cross Knot(十字结） and Ping Knot（平结）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we mainly introduce three main Chinese knots,which are the Double Coin Knot,the Good Luck Knot and the Pan Chang Knot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.The Double Coin Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient coins are closely related to a country’s history, culture,politics, and economy, and are regarded as treasures both at home and abroad. The Chinese people's views &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
on coins are not limited on their prices but value, which can be seen in the auspicious characters and patterns cast on many ancient coins. ut it Money in China not only &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
represents the value of a certain currency, but also something of good luck. Every Chinese New Year's Eve, children can receive the so-called &amp;quot;luck money&amp;quot;. Therefore, for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Chinese people, money also has the meaning of eliminating and avoiding evil. Double Coin Knot is named after two bronze coins connecting together, which symbolizes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;good things come in pairs&amp;quot;. This knot is often used in weaving necklaces, belts and other accessories, and the combination of several Double Coin Knots can form beautiful &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
patterns, such as clouds and Perfect Knots，etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.The Good Luck Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the Good Luck Knot,it is an extension of the cross knot, and is also one of the ancient decorative knots, which means auspiciousness. The knitting method is simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the knot shape is beautiful,varied and widely used. When used alone, if a heavy object is hung, the knot is easy to deform, and it can be fixed with a shaping glue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.The Pan Chang Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot is also a kind of Chinese knot. It symbolizes the highest realm of unity of mind and matter and eternal immortality. It represents the auspiciousness of the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
avenue and is therefore highly valued by Chinese people. Pan Chang (盘长） is a symbol of the origin of all things, and is one of the most important basic knots. It is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
often the main knot of many changing knots. Because the Chinese knot has the characteristics of close symmetry, it is easy to be liked by us in terms of its perception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Knitting Method of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The knitting of Chinese knots can be roughly divided into three categories: basic knots, variable knots, and combined knots. Their knitting technology requires a variety of  basic knot knitting skills, and all have common knitting principles, which can be summarized into basic technique and combination technique. The basic technique is to knit with single lines, double lines or multiple lines, using the parallel or separation of the thread ends to make colorful knots.The combination technique means to use thread extension to flexibly combine various knots ,so as to make a group of varied knots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final stage of learning knitting is the self-designing. When designing a set of beautiful knots, the most important thing is to determine its purpose and function, and then determine its size and shape, while considering the color matching and the appropriate use of accessories. As long as the decorations are used flexibly, andthe designer's artistic beauty and deep thoughts are poured into, the Chinese knot can fully express the beauty of traditional Chinese art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people love the Chinese knot because it embodies the cultural essence and national characteristics of the Chinese nation. The Chinese knot is a woven fabric of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope and thread.In Chinese， &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; (绳）and &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; （神）are homophonic, so the Chinese nation has a worship of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot;. In addition, Chinese people are descendants of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dragons.Because the shape of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; is like a winding dragon,  people also regard &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; as a symbol of dragon. Chinese people also have their own unique understanding of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;knot&amp;quot;, which means reunion and happiness. Many of the Chinese words composed of &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;（knot) that we usually see have beautiful meanings, such as 团结（unity）, 结交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（making friends), and 永结同心（tie the knot),etc. &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;(knot) is also homonymous with &amp;quot;吉&amp;quot;（ausipiciousness), so people even think that &amp;quot;knot&amp;quot; is a symbol of good luck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.Comparisons between Chinese Knots and Cross Necklaces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.1.Different Cultural Connotations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above, we can see that the Chinese knot generally have many meanings, such as good luck, love, unity and so on. The cross necklace,however, is symbolic of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity. The cross, derived from the Latin &amp;quot;crux&amp;quot;, means &amp;quot;fork&amp;quot;.It was originally a cruel instrument of torture used to execute prisoners. It was popular in ancient &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rome, the Persian Empire and Carthage. Later,cross evolved into a symbol of the Christianity due to Christ's death on the cross to redeem sinners.Therefore,such cross &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ornaments in the west as cross necknaces are usually used to represent love and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.2.Different Shapes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, from the above we can also learn that Chinese knots have many shapes, and different shapes represent different meanings. The cross necklace can also have &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
different shapes and sizes. Christians can hang a small cross on their chest to express their identity, while the large cross is a symbol of the bishop's authority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====6.References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李库.符号学视角下的中国结解读.[J]艺海2016(08) : 125-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]李立芳，孙建君.民间绳结[M].武汉：湖北美术出版社，2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]许星.路论中国结[J].丝绸,2004(02) : 46-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]邬红芳.中国结的意象美学特征[J]装饰，2004(09) : 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]王眯珠，孙荪，曲洪建.怀旧心理与创新意识对中国结的影响分析[J].丝绸，2014(11):43-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double Coin Knot  双钱结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck Knot 吉祥结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Button Knot 纽扣结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sauvastika Knot 万字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oxalis Knot 酢浆草结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot 盘长结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Round Brocade Knot 团锦结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caisson Celling Knot 藻井结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross Knot 十字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ping Knot 平结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tie the knot 永结同心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
luck money 压岁钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bishop's identity 主教职权&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the Chinese knot?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Do you know the names of the main Chinese knots? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What do &amp;quot;绳&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;结&amp;quot; mean in Chinese culture?--[[User:Guan Qinqing|Guan Qinqing]] ([[User talk:Guan Qinqing|talk]]) 13:04, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Mythology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese’s life is full of mythological history about religious, history, science, literature, philosophy, dragons, tortoises, phoenixes, unicorns, birds, and flowering fruit trees. This myth is characterized by the interaction of the pros and cons, yin and yang, good and evil, light and dark, male and female, heaven and earth, force and weak and so forth. Panku is an important figure in Chinese mythology, the first living being and the creator of universe in some versions of Chinese mythology. In world mythology; every peoples have it own myths, different fairy tales, but there is some similarities in common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Panku Creates the World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the beginning, the world didn’t exist; there wasn’t sky, earth, water, animals, birds, plants, human, in other word, the universe was empty. The force of universe was concentrated inside a mysterious egg. This egg, after growing many years, it becoming a big form of ball and finally give birth to Panku.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Nü Wa Created Human Beings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 Fushi Taught the People=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 Yu Rebuilt the Earth====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why was an egg a good symbol for the beginning of the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese gods and immortals--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 16:09, 8 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional religion is polytheistic; many deities are worshipped in a pantheistic view where divinity is inherent in the world. In Chinese language there is a terminological distinction between 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān. Although the usage of the former two is sometimes blurred, it corresponds to the distinction in Western cultures between &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;deity&amp;quot;. dì, sometimes translated as &amp;quot;thearch&amp;quot;, implies a manifested or incarnate &amp;quot;godly&amp;quot; power. During the time of Zhou dynasty to the Warring States, dì is used to refer to those who have great moral cultivation and merits. And then it becomes a term of emperor since Qin dynasty. The latter term 仙 xiān unambiguously means a man who has reached immortality, similarly to the Western idea of &amp;quot;hero&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another difference between Chinese gods and immortals. The gods usually have their own position and take charge of different things in Daoist theology. While immortals, unlike gods, have no official positions. It is that certain humans develop the ability to live indefinitely, avoiding death, and becoming divine xiān. Such humans generally also are said to develop special powers and always live leisurely. So since ancient times, many people are longing to become an immortal and live a carefree life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty in China, also known as the &amp;quot;Classical Prose Movement&amp;quot;, is a movement with the style reform as its surface and Confucianism Renaissance as its core. The word “Gu Wen” was first introduced by Han Yu, it indicates the prose of the pre-Qin period and of Han dynasty. This movement took clarity and precision as priorities, it stood against the florid pianwen or parallel prose style that had been popular starting from Han dynasty. Parallel prose had a rigid structure and was criticized for being overly ornate at the expense of content. Therefore, Han Yu, together with Liu Zongyuan, launched this movement to make a difference so that they could revive the Confucianism and promote their political thoughts. This movement tended to follow the spirit of pre-Qin prose rather than to imitate it directly. People used elements of colloquial language to make their writings more direct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Development====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement went through three stages. The first promoters of this movement were Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan who were not only great writers but also great theorists, forming the foundation of it. Both were enthusiastic to promote the movement and were keen to teach young people so that it could achieve further development and then revive the Confucianism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the deaths of Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan, the movement fell into a decline, their students writing with such ancient characters as to hinder understanding or neglecting the importance of writing good essays. Furthermore, the government only allowed people to use pianwen for official use, so those who want to be officials had to learn that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Ouyang Xiu once again advocated the classical prose in the Song dynasty. As many people were dissatisfied with the florid piantiwen style, the Classical Prose Movement reached another peak during that period. This movement is consequently also called the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Representatives====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu (768 – 824), courtesy name Tuizhi, also known his art names Han Changli or Chang Li Xian Sheng. He was born in present-day Mengzhou, Henan, he was a Chinese prose writer, poet, and philosopher who significantly influenced the development of Neo-Confucianism. Due to his influence on the Chinese literary tradition, he is described as “Comparable in stature to Dante, Shakespeare or Goethe”. Meanwhile, he is often considered to be among China’s finest prose writers. Ming dynasty scholar Mao Kun ranked him first in the &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot;，and Su Shi, another famous poet, once praised that “His prose reversed the literary decline of eight dynasties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu wrote a large volume of works, which includes over 700 poems and nearly 400 prosses. He is especially famous for his ''On Teachers'', which says “A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles”. This persuasive pross is short but well structured, and it has a strong appeal to people, which also has a positive impact on youth education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zongyuan (773 – 819), courtesy name Zihou, also known by his art names He Dong Xian Sheng or Liu He Dong, was a Chinese literature, philosopher, politician and poet who lived during the Tang Dynasty. And Liu was born in present-day Yongji, Shanxi. Along with Han Yu, they were called Han Liu. Besides that, he has been classed as one of the “Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song”, which also includes Han Yu and Ouyang Xiu. Liu's best-known travel pieces are the ''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou''. And one of his most famous poems is ''Jiangxue''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu (1007 – 1072), courtesy name Yong Shu, also known by his art names Zuiweng and Liu Yi Jushi. He was a Chinese essayist, historian, poet, calligrapher and even a politician of the Song dynasty. Being a much-celebrated writer, both among his contemporaries and in subsequent centuries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was in charge of the writing of the ''New Book of Tang'', and he also wrote the ''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' independently, the only book in the Twenty-Four Histories to have been written in private by a single author. As a poet, he was a noted writer of both the ''shi'' and ''ci'' genres. But it was his prose writings like ''Zuiweng Tingji'' that won him the greatest acclaim. The poem's most well-known line is: The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape, an idiom still used in modern Chinese to describe someone with an ulterior motive. Together with Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Su Shi, Ouyang Xiu was considered to be one of the Article four all through the ages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Ouyang Xiu, there were many other representatives of this movement. For example, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Zeng Gong and Wang Anshi also made great contributions to the Classical Pross Movement. Considering their influences, they were also listed as Eight masters in Tang and Song Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterworks====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty, there appeared a large volume of masterpieces, which have a far-reaching influence on later ages. Except for the works of Han Yu, Liu Zong Yuan and Ouyang Xiu, other works like ''Shang Zhongyong'' written by Wang Anshi, ''On Jia Yi'' and ''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' by Su Shi, were also considered the representative works of this movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Influence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty is a milestone during the development of Chinese ancient prose, it has a profound influence on the later schools of literature like Tang-Song School in the Ming dynasty and Tong Cheng school in the Qing dynasty. Besides that, it also helped to lay a solid foundation of pross in China, and acted as a fine example for later scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty 唐宋八大家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Classical Pross Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou'' 《永州八记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Teachers'' 《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles. 师者，所以传道授业解惑也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''New Book of Tang'' 《新唐书》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' 《新五代史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Zuiweng Tingji'' 《醉翁亭记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape. 醉翁之意不在酒，在乎山水之间也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shang Zhongyong'' 《伤仲永》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Jia Yi'' 《贾谊论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' 《赤壁赋》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who was the first promoter of Classical Prose Movement?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What does the Classical Prose Movement mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was the term &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot; first brought up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:HATHITHUHANG2|HATHITHUHANG2]] ([[User talk:HATHITHUHANG2|talk]]) 09:02, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 08:04, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Chinese Red Envelope and Lucky money tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese and other East and Southeast Asian societies, a red envelope or a red packet (Mandarin: hóngbāo) is a monetary gift which is given during holidays or special occasions such as weddings, graduation or the birth of a baby.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
利市 /Lì shì/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
紅包 /Hóngbāo/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucianism 儒教 /Rújiào/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thought of Confucius 孔子思想 /Kǒngzǐ sīxiǎng/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Do you know the origin of giving Lunar new year lucky money to children and the elderly？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Twenty-four Solar Terms'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.1 The orgin and development of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar, with a profound history in China. Created by ancient Chinese when observing the annual movement of the sun, the twenty-four solar system is seen as a system of time knowledge and the agricultural guideline. It originated in the Yellow River valley, and is the result of people's observation, exploration and summary of astronomy, meteorology, and weather, which is an excellent cultural heritage created by the ancient Chinese people. By the late Western Zhou Dynasty, people had already measured the first four solar terms: winter solstice, summer solstice, spring equinox and autumn equinox. Afterwards, with the improvement of measurement technology and the further strengthening of people's understanding of the laws of nature, during the Warring States period, the complete twenty-four solar terms were basically formed, and during the Qin and Han dynasties, the complete twenty-four solar terms system was perfected and formed into today's complete twenty-four solar terms system.[[1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.2 The definition and classification of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar. To facilitate agricultural production, ancient Chinese people summarized a supplementary calendar that divides a year into 24 segments according to the sun’s movement on the ecliptic and seasonal changes in weather and other natural phenomena, with 24 segments proportionally distributed through 12 months. (术语)&lt;br /&gt;
A solar term that starts in the early part of a month is called jie (节), and one that starts in the meddle part of a month is called qi (气). ( Every three years there would be a month which has only a jie without a qi, or a month which has only a qi without a jie, in which case a leap month would be added to regulate it. ) The solar terms are so named that they represent the changes in season,phenology and climate. The eight solar terms that reflect seasonal changes are Beginning of Spring, Vernal Equinox, Beginning of Summer, Summer Solstice, Beginning of Autumn, Autumnal Equinox,Beginning of Winter, and Winter Solstice; the four solar terms that represent phenological changes are Waking of Insects, Fresh Green, Lesser fullness and Grain in Ear; and the 12 solar terms that indicate the changes in climate are Rain Water,Grain Rain,Lesser Heat, Greater Heat, End of Heat, White Dew, Cold Dew, First Frost, Light Snow, Heavy Snow, Lesser Cold, and Greater Cold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.3 The conventions in different solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4 Importance and values===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.1 Importance in ancient times===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 24 solar terms are a creation of traditional farming culture, and their production, development and dissemination have adapted to the economic production methods and social needs in the farming era. The 24 solar terms have played an  important role in the life and work of traditional Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the 24 solar terms are the basic time indicators of agricultural production activities in ancient times, which is also the most basic function and value of the 24 solar terms. Agricultural production is an economic activity carried out by humans according to natural rhythms and the laws of crop growth. The basic requirement of  the agricultural production is to keep track of the agricultural time, which means that &amp;quot;if the agricultural time is not violated, there will be sufficient grain supply.&amp;quot; (Mencius - Liang Huiwang). Secondly, the 24 solar terms were also regarded as important time points in the daily life of the people in ancient times. Thirdly, for the ancient ancestors, the 24 solar terms were not just a time system, but a much more colourful connotation of life, and  an important manifestation and part of their colourful lives. For example, the &amp;quot;Four Beginnings&amp;quot;(四立), that is, the Beginning of Spring, Beginning of Summer, Beginning of Autumn,  Beginning of Winter , have always been important festivals in history. At the time of these festivals, the emperors would lead their courtiers to the eastern, southern, western and northern gates of the capital to hold ceremonies to welcome the arrival of spring, summer, autumn and winter. The winter solstice, summer solstice and Qingming Festival are still important traditional festivals today, especially Tomb Sweeping Festival, which is also known as China's four traditional festivals, along with Spring Festival, Dragon Boat Festival and Mid-Autumn Festival.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.2 Values in modern society===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2016, the 24 solar terms was included in the World Intangible Cultural Heritage List and became one of the most vivid cultural symbols for strengthening the cultural confidence of the Chinese nation and enhancing the cultural cohesion of the Chinese nation. It still has its practical values in modern society.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as a time-honoured knowledge system with a long history and a customary tradition rich in colourful activities, the 24 solar terms has  profound spiritual and cultural connotations, such as respecting nature, adapting to the time of the day, venerating ancestors, filial piety and respect for the elderly, and being good neighbours and friends. Therefore, it is one of the important components of excellent Chinese traditional culture. Secondly, the 24 solar terms can accurately reflect the rhythm and rules of nature and reflect the harmonious relationship between man and nature. Lastly, the 24 solar terms are not only a time system, but also a living tradition full of rich connotations, which is an important part of people's lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Beginning of Spring	立春&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Autumn 立秋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rain Water 雨水 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
End of Heat 处暑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insects Awakening 惊蛰 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White Dew 白露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Equinox 春分 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Autumnal Equinox 秋分&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh Green 清明 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dew 寒露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain Rain 谷雨	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Frost 霜降 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Summer 立夏 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Winter 立冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Fullness	小满 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Light Snow 小雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain in Ear 芒种	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy Snow 大雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer Solstice	夏至&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Winter Solstice	冬至&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Heat 大暑&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Cold 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Heat 立春 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Cold 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References:[[User:He Changqi|He Changqi]] ([[User talk:He Changqi|talk]]) 10:11, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Collection of Yue Fu Poetry《乐府诗集》===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Brief introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' is the essence of Han, Wei, Jin and Northern and Southern Dynasties folk songs. The content is very rich, reflecting a wide range of social life. It mainly collects more than 5000 Yuefu songs from Han, Wei to Tang and Five Dynasties, as well as from pre Qin to the end of Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Yuefu&amp;quot;, originally the name of the institution in charge of music, was first set up in the reign of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, and there were also Yuefu institutions in the northern and Southern Dynasties. Its specific task is to make music score, collect lyrics and train music talents. There are two sources of lyrics: one is specially written by literati, the other is collected from Chinese folk. Later, people called the poems collected by Yuefu organs as Yuefu, or Yuefu Poems and Yuefu songs, so Yuefu changed from official name to poetic name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.About the author'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Maoqian (1041-1099) was born in Xucheng, Yunzhou, Song Dynasty. He is the grandson of Guo Quan, and the son of Guo Yuanming. Song Shenzong Yuanfeng seven years (1084), Cao joined the army in Henan Province. He wrote a hundred volumes of ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'', which was handed down from generation to generation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Content introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It divides Yuefu Poems into 12 categories, including suburban Temple songs, Yan shooting songs, drum songs, horizontal blowing songs, Xianghe songs, etc. In these different kinds of music, the songs of Jiaomiao and yanshe belong to the movements used by the imperial court, and their ideological content and artistic skills are less desirable. There are also some works with poor artistic value. But generally speaking, most of the poems it collects are excellent folk songs and poems written by scholars with old Yuefu titles. In the existing poetry collection, &amp;quot;Yuefu Poetry Collection&amp;quot; is an important book with the most complete collection of all kinds of Yuefu Poetry in the past dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterpieces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'' is the first long narrative poem in the history of Chinese literature, and it is also the peak work in the history of Yuefu Poetry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on a marriage tragedy in Lujiang County during the reign of Emperor Xian of the Eastern Han Dynasty. The poem has more than 350 sentences and 1700 words. It mainly tells the story of Jiao Zhongqing and Liu Lanzhi's forced separation and suicide. It accuses the cruelty and ruthlessness of feudal ethics and praises their sincere feelings and rebellious spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the longest narrative poem in ancient history, the story of Peacock Flying Southeast is complicated and simple, and its characters are vividly portrayed. It not only portrays the image of Jiaoliu and his wife, but also depicts the stubbornness of Jiao's mother and the arrogance of brother Liu. At the end of the article, the myth of Liu Lanzhi and Jiao Zhongqing turning into mandarin ducks after their death is conceived, and the people's strong desire for love freedom and happy life is placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''Mulan Poetry'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Mulan poetry'' is a folk song in the Northern Dynasty of China. This is a long narrative poem about a girl named Mulan. She disguised herself as a man, joined the army for her father, established meritorious service in the battlefield, and refused to be an official after returning to the imperial court. She only wanted to go home for reunion. She warmly praised the woman's brave and kind-hearted quality, her enthusiasm for defending her country and her brave and fearless spirit. &amp;quot;Mulan is a girl&amp;quot; is used to conceive the legend of Mulan, which is full of romantic color. The detailed arrangement is very ingenious. Although it is about war theme, it is mainly about the life scene and children's mood, which is full of life flavor. It describes the character's mood by means of character's question and answer, narration, parallelism, antithesis and intertextuality, which is vivid, detailed and full of vitality, It has strong artistic appeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Contributions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The important contribution of it is to collect and classify the songs of past dynasties according to their tunes, so that many works can be compiled into books. This provides great convenience for the collation and research of Yuefu Poetry. For example, some excellent Chinese folk songs of Han Dynasty, such as &amp;quot;Moshangsang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dongmenxing&amp;quot;, were collected and recorded by editors. In particular, some ancient folk songs and proverbs are scattered in various historical books and some academic works, and miscellaneous ballads and sayings are mostly ignored by the former. Yuefu Poetry Collection introduces and explains in detail the origin, nature and musical instruments used in singing of various kinds of music. So that many precious historical materials can be preserved. This is of great value to the study of literature history and music history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are narrative poems and lyric poems in Yuefu Poems, and the achievements of narrative poems are more prominent. ''The Book of Songs'' and ''The Songs of Chu'' are basically lyric poems, and sometimes narrative is interspersed in the process of lyric, but narrative is attached to lyric. The emergence of Yuefu narrative poetry marks the maturity of Chinese ancient narrative poetry, and it is all caused by sadness and happiness. When choosing narrative objects, the creative subject is good at finding poetic scenes and absorbing pictures in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Shortcomings'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some imperfections in ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' . For example, Ji Yun in the Qing Dynasty pointed out that it was not appropriate to include some literati poems in the titles of Yuefu. In addition, because of its emphasis on melody, the recorded songs are often inconsistent with the description of tunes. But on the whole, as an ancient Chinese literature, this giant has made a certain contribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Eight Major Cuisines of China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction About Chinese Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang and Zhou dynasties, China's food culture began to take shape. At that time, Tai Gongwang was the most representative. In the Spring and Autumn Period and Warring States Period under the reign of Duke Huan of Qi, the flavors of North and South dishes showed differences. In the Tang and Song Dynasties, the southern cuisine and the northern cuisine formed their own systems. In the Southern Song Dynasty, sweet in south and salty in north was formed. At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, Shandong Cuisine, Sichuan Cuisine, Cantonese Cuisine, and Su Cuisine became the most influential local dishes at that time, and they were called the &amp;quot;four major cuisines.&amp;quot; By the end of the Qing Dynasty, four new local cuisines, Zhejiang Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine, Hunan Cuisine, and Anhui Cuisine, were differentiated and formed, which together constituted the &amp;quot;eight major cuisines&amp;quot; of traditional Chinese cuisine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Cuisines====&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
China covers a large territory and has many nationalities, hence a variety of Chinese food with different but fantastic and mouthwatering flavor. Since China's local dishes have their own typical characteristics, generally, Chinese food can be roughly divided into eight regional cuisines, which has been widely accepted around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1Shandong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Jinan Cuisine and Jiaodong Cuisine, Shandong Cuisine, clear, pure and not greasy, is characterized by its emphasis on aroma, freshness, crispness and tenderness. Shallot and garlic are usually used as seasonings so Shangdong dishes tastes pungent usually. Soups are given much emphasis in Shangdong dishes. Thin soup features clear and fresh while creamy soup looks thick and tastes strong. Jinan Cuisine is adept at deep-frying, grilling, frying and stir-frying while Jiaodong division is famous for cooking seafood with fresh and light taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2Sichuan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Cuisine, known often in the West as Szechuan Cuisine, is one &lt;br /&gt;
of the most famous Chinese cuisines in the world. Characterized by its spicy and pungent flavor, Sichuan Cuisine, prolific of tastes, emphasizes on the use of chili. Pepper and prickly ash also never fail to accompany, producing typical exciting tastes. Besides, garlic, ginger and fermented soybean are also used in the cooking process. Wild vegetables and animals are usually chosen as ingredients, while frying, frying without oil, pickling and braising are applied as basic cooking techniques. The major Sichuan dishes include Kung Pao Chicken and Bean Sauce Tofu.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3Guangdong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Tasting clear, light, crisp and fresh, Guangdong Cuisine, familiar to Westerners, usually chooses raptors and beasts to produce originative     dishes. Its basic cooking techniques include roasting, stir-frying, sauteing, deep-frying, braising, stewing and steaming. Among them steaming and stir-frying are more commonly applied to preserve the natural flavor. Cantonese are known to have an adventurous palate, able to eat many different kinds of meats and vegetables. Many vegetables originate from other parts of the world. It doesn't use much spice, bringing out the natural flavor of the vegetables and meats. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4Fujian Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Fuzhou Cuisine, Quanzhou Cuisine and Xiamen Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine is distinguished for its choice of seafood, beautiful color and magic taste of sweet, sour, salty and savory. The most distinct features are their &amp;quot;pickled taste&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5Jiangsu Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Jiangsu Cuisine, also called Huaiyang Cuisine, is popular in the lower reach of the Yangtze River. Aquatics as the main ingredients, it stresses the freshness of materials. Its carving techniques are delicate, of which the melon carving technique is especially well known. Cooking techniques consist of stewing, braising, roasting, simmering, etc. The flavor of Huaiyang Cuisine is light, fresh and sweet and with delicate elegance. Jiangsu Cuisine is well known for its careful selection of ingredients, its meticulous preparation methodology, and its not-too-spicy, not-too-bland taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.6Zhejiang Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Comprising local cuisines of Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing, Zhejiang Cuisine, not greasy, wins its reputation for freshness, tenderness, softness, smoothness of its dishes with mellow fragrance. Hangzhou Cuisine is the most famous one among the three. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.7Hunan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi Coteau. It characterizes itself by thick and pungent flavor. Chili, pepper and shallot are usually necessaries in this division.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.8Anhui Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Anhui Cuisine focuses much more attention on the temperature in cooking. Its major cooking method are braising and stewing. Often hams and sugar will be added to improve taste and flavour of the dishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.A Comparison of Chinese-Western Diet Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and western cultures have always been two major factions in the world culture, and diet plays a very important role in the two cultures. The differences in cultures create the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures. There are many differences between Chinese and Western food under the two different cultural backgrounds.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the western diet is mainly based on flour, with abundant raw materials, and its cooking method is simpler than that in China, but it also pays great attention to taste. Besides, western diet takes nutrition as the highest criterion, with special emphasis on the nutritional components of food. For example, whether the contents of protein, fat, carbohydrate, vitamins and various inorganic elements are properly matched, whether the heat supply is just right, whether these nutritional components can be fully absorbed by eaters and whether there are other side effects. However, Chinese cuisine pays more attention to the color, aroma and taste of dishes. The purpose of Chinese people's diet is not only to satisfy their hunger, but also to satisfy their desire for delicious food, which brings pleasure to their body and mind. Compared with Chinese diet which pays attention to taste, western diet is a rational diet. Furthermore, westerners prefer cold dishes while Chinese like hot food. For Chinese, one should eat the food while it is still hot. What’s more, westerners believe that dishes are hunger-filled, so they specialize in &amp;quot;hard dishes&amp;quot; such as large pieces of meat and whole chickens; while Chinese mainly eat lots of vegetables and little meat. There are also differences in names of dishes. Many Chinese dishes often contain a lot of historical and cultural information. For example, Dongpo meat(Braised Dongpo Pork) is said to be cooked according to recipes handed down by Su Dongpo, a literary giant in Song Dynasty. Some dishes are also related to allusions and legends, for example, Fotiaoqiang(Buddha jumps over the wall) is a legend. In contrast, the names of western food are much simpler. For example, fried chicken legs, hamburgers and seafood soup are almost all named after the raw materials and cooking methods.&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
1. 毕继万. 跨文化非语言交际. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M], 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 蔡华. 试论中西饮食文化的差异. 邵阳学院学报[J]，2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杜学增. 中英文化习俗比较. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M],1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
pot-stewed fowl 卤味&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
stewing and simmering炖，煨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
prickly ash 花椒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fermented soybean豆鼓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Braised Dongpo Pork东坡肉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha Jumps over the Wall 佛跳墙&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kung Pao Chicken 宫保鸡丁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bean Sauce Tofu麻婆豆腐&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
How many types of cuisines are there in china?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s differences between Chinese and western diets?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the origin of Dongpo Meat?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eight major cuisines of China ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Paper Cutting 剪纸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Chinese Medical Sage- Zhang Zhongjing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing ( original name Zhang Ji, 150 to 154 A.D.- about 215 to 219 A.D., courtesy name Zhongjing), was born in Nieyang County in Nanyang of the Eastern Han Dynasty ( located in today's Zhangzhai Village, Rangdong Town, Dengzhou City, Henan Province). He was a famous medical scientist in the late Eastern Han Dynasty and one of the most outstanding medical scientists in Chinese history, who is respected as the Chinese Medical Sage. In his childhood, Zhang Zhongjing admired Bian Que, a preeminent Chinese mediciner, and yearned for medical learning. And he once studied after Zhang Bozu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing hated officialdom and sympathized with common people. He traveled all over the country for his medical practice, carefully studied the symptoms of typhoid fever, and read widely. After decades of collection and study, he wrote the magnificent book Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which established the treatment based on syndrome differentiation of six classics, and became a necessary classic for the study of Chinese medicine in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This extraordinary man in Chinese history, our immortal medical sage, was once the Changsha magistrate. As the master of superb medical skills and a man of tender heart, he treated patients for free on the first and fifteenth days of every lunar month. At that time, yamen's gate would be crowded with a large throng of people of all ages and both sexes. Some of them carried pieces of luggage, having come a long way to be there. All the people waited for him in eagerness. Then, Zhang Zhongjing would open the gate of office and let sick people in, instead of dealing with government affairs, carefully diagnosing and treating the masses one by one. Though confronted with such a heavy workload, Mr. Zhang treated every patient carefully based on syndrome differentiation. He diagnosed them with looking, listening, questioning and feeling the pulse— four ways of diagnosis, as well as saw through the patients' appearance to perceive the root cause of their illness. As making diagnoses so full-heartedly, Mr. Zhang even skipped meals sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, people called the doctor who sat in the drugstore to treat patients &amp;quot;the doctor sitting in the hall&amp;quot;, in memory of Zhang Zhongjing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When talking about Zhang Zhongjing, We have to mention his masterpiece Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which is an undoubted groundbreaking and peak work of traditional Chinese medicine. For years of wars and chaos in the late Eastern Han Dynasty, it turned out that various kinds of plagues were prevailing in China. And lots of people were homeless and suffered from epidemic diseases. Thus, Zhang Zhongjing's motive of writing this book was to lifting common and poor Chinese people from the misery of diseases. After years of arduous hardwork, this enduring work was finally finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Chinese saying that goes, &amp;quot; Eating dumplings in Chinese New Year, Great Cold, and Slight Cold ( latter two belongs to 24 solar terms).&amp;quot; But now, except these days and the New Year's Day, many diners also feast in the air-conditioned dumpling parlors in summer. So, how did dumplings, as one of people's favorite, come into being? Speaking of this delicacy, well-respected Zhang Zhongjing has made great contributions to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a snowstorm was raging, Zhang Zhongjing, a former governor of Changsha, who had resigned from office, was returning to his native town. By the White River, he saw lots of homeless people in rags, with sick looks and frozen ears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back home, Mr.Zhang was still concerned about those poor people. So he developed a recipe to help them ward off cold, called &amp;quot; Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot;. Then, just on the Winter Solstice, he asked his disciples to set up a shed and a big pot under it in Dongguan, Nanyang, and give each poor person a bowl of soup with two Jiaoers. After drinking this soup, people felt warm and their ears were cured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing passed away on the day of the Winter Solstice, and he distributed the &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; for everyone on the Winter Solstice as well. In order to commemorate him, everyone would make dumplings on the Winter Solstice Festival. And it was said that if one ate dumplings on the day of the Winter Solstice, his ears would not be frozen in winter. &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is rarely eaten now, but the custom of eating dumplings on the Winter Solstice every year has been passed down. Besides, the kinds and shapes of dumplings have been greatly improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the way of making &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is to boil mutton and some cold dispelling herbs in a pot. After cooked, fish and chop them up, then wrap the stuffing in dough wrappers, with their shapes resembling human ears. Later, put them into the pot, and boil them in the original soup. Because of its ear- shaped contour and effect on preventing the ear from freezing, Zhongjing named it &amp;quot;Jiao Er&amp;quot;. ( Er means eears in Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a Nanyang folk songs about Jiaoer, saying &amp;quot; not eating Jiaoers in the Winter Solstice, geting frozen ears in the winter cold.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At first, Zhang Zhongjing, a little boy of 9 or 10 years old, was measuring traditional Chinese medicine, trying to imitate his medical master. At this stage, medicine inspired in him a delightful sensation of wonder, which would shape his lifelong dream of becoming a great doctor like Bian Que and helping the sick. Then, Zhang turned into an adult man, appearing to be in his middle age. He stuck to treating sick people at the gate of the Yamen on the first and fifth days in the lunar calendar. Finally, Mr. Zhang's goatee turned grey and wrinkles crawled on his kind face. However, he still wrote the Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, cured patients and dealt with his favorite— traditional Chinese medicine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
medical sage 医圣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases《伤寒杂病论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
treatment based on syndrome differentiation/ diagnosis and treatment based on an overall analysis of the illness and the patient's condition 辩证施治&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yamen 衙门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great Cold ( 24th solar term ) 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slight Cold ( 23rd solar term ) 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
look, listen, question and feel the pulse -- four ways of diagnosis 望闻问切&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup 祛寒娇耳汤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the honorable title Zhang Zhongjing addressed as?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What's the official role Zhang once taken?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When would Zhang treat patients for free at yamen?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What's the most well-known and important masterpiece Zhang ever write? What's his motive of writing it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What's the relationship between Zhang Zhongjing and dumplings?--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 13:53, 2 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Red Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese red culture is unique in the world. As a very important cultural resource, it has both tangible culture and intangible culture. Red culture in China refers to the advance culture with Chinese characteristics created by party and people in revolutionary years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has brilliant history and splendid civilization in ancient times. However, with the Opium War of 1840, China was plunged into the darkness of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression. Despite of all efforts that countless dedicated patriots had made, they still failed to change the plight. The October Revolution in Russia brought Marxism-Leninism. With Communism as the the highest ideal and ultimate goal, the Communist Party of China shouldered the historic mission of national rejuvenation. With the firm leadership of the party, Chinese people embraced national independence, people's liberation, national reunification and social stability, and stepped into a new era of prosperity and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture is condensed by the Communist Party of China in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. It is an advanced Marxism culture that was inherited and developed in the new period of socialist construction. It's a collectivism culture of bravery, sacrifice and devotion that seeks happiness for the Chinese people and rejuvenation for the Chinese nation.Red culture is embodied in the aspects of ideal belief, value pursuit and spiritual outlook, and is integrated into material remains, mechanism behaviors and cultural and artistic forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, red culture is a revolutionary culture, which was formed by the Chinese Communist Party in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. After the founding of People's Republic of China, the Communist Party of China led the Chinese people to inherit and carry forward the revolutionary culture. In the new period of socialist construction and reform and opening up, a vigorous and advanced socialist culture was formed, which enriched and developed the connotation of red culture. Revolutionary culture and advanced socialist culture are two major components of red culture, and are the core value and spiritual subject of contemporary Chinese culture. As for Chinese red culture, Among them, Marxism is the soul, the common ideal of socialism with Chinese characteristics is the theme, the national spirit and the spirit of the times are the essence, and the socialist concept of honor and disgrace is the foundation. These four aspects influence, infiltrate and interact with each other, revealing the essential characteristics of red culture scientifically and completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Symbols'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “red” in “red culture” has many symbols. Chinese people have “red” complex since ancient time. Red represents authority. For, example, official documents are also called red heading documents. Red represents courage. Red is the color of Chinese national flag. Chinese military strategists and generals have a deep understanding of the role of red in war, so they use red flags to unite their morale, inspire their fighting and their courage, and summon the spirit of going forward bravely and not fearing sacrifice. Red represents honor and auspiciousness. For instance, the places are always adorned with red for conference and ceremony. People are awarded with red flower and red certificates. Red represents revolution. When Marx was asked about &amp;quot;favorite color&amp;quot; in his early years, he clearly answered &amp;quot;red&amp;quot;. In 1864, First International was founded, and its logo was red. The first army of Communist Party of China was named Red Army, and Ruijin, the first revolutionary base area, was called Red Capital. There were also red boats in South Lake and red flags in Jinggangshan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture has many values. Red culture has the value of history. It witnesses the early development history of the Communist Party of China. It shows the inevitability of the socialist road in China. And it is an important weapon to guide the success of Chinese revolution. Besides, red culture has the value of civilization. Carrying forward the red culture is an urgent need to cultivate a new national spirit. Red culture is important for the construction of socialism culture and ideology. Moreover, red culture has the value of economy. Red culture is a powerful driving force for the development of socialist market economy. It is an important medium of economic development under the new historical conditions. The red cultural industry has become a new economic growth point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Red Culture in Nanchang'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchang is the capital city of Jiangxi Province and it is where August 1st uprising took place. Nanchang is renowned as the cradle of Chinese revolution and the place where the military flag rose. Because in August 1st uprising, communist party of china formed its first army in Nanchang. There are lots of red culture resources in Nanchang. &lt;br /&gt;
Bayi Square is at the center of Nanchang city. It was built to memorize August 1st uprising. Bayi Square highlights the theme of &amp;quot;Bayi History and Culture&amp;quot; in all directions. The memorial area, cultural area, reminiscence area and leisure area of Bayi Square show Bayi Uprising in different forms. The landmark in the square is Bayi Nanchang Uprising Memorial Tower. Besides, Nangchang August 1st Memorial Hall is a special memorial hall established to commemorate Nanchang Uprising.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red culture 红色文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opium War 鸦片战争&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red heading documents 红头文件&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red army 红军&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
August 1st uprising 八一起义&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the historical background of the birth of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What are two major components of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many symbols dose the word &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; in red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many values dose red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What is the landmark in Bayi Square?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ancient Tea Horse Road===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Tea Horse Road is a folk international trade route that exists in southwest China and is a corridor for ethnic economic and cultural exchanges with horses as the main means of transportation. The ancient tea horse road is divided into two routes: the Sichuan-Tibet line and the Yunnan-Tibet line. The ancient tea horse road originated from the ancient southwest frontier of the tea horse mutual market, flourished in the Tang and Song dynasties, in the Ming and Qing dynasties, and most prosperous in the middle and late World War II. The ancient Tea Horse Road divided into Shanxi-Gan, Shanxi-Kangtang (folk called wade ancient road, Sichuan-Tibet line is part of it), Yunnan-Tibet and other three main routes, connecting Sichuan, Yunnan-Tibet, extending into the territory of Bhutan, Sikkim, Nepal, India, until reaching West Asia, West Africa, the Red Sea coast. 5 March 2013, the Tea Horse Road was listed by the State Council as the seventh batch of national key cultural relics conservation units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Routes====&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient tea horse road  is divided into:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Shanxi-Gansu tea horse road is the main route for tea to travel westward in mainland China and exchange for horses. It is one of the main routes of the ancient Silk Road.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanxi and Tibet tea horse road (wade ancient road), began in the Han Dynasty, formed by the Shanxi merchants and the ancient southwest border tea and horse each other. Due to the Ming and Qing dynasties, the government control of tea trafficking, tea trafficking sub-regional, including the most prosperous tea horse trading market in Kangding, known as the wade ancient road.&lt;br /&gt;
3. the ancient Yunnan-Tibet Tea Horse Road. Formed around the late sixth century AD, it is south of Yunnan's main tea producing areas in Xishuangbanna Yiwu, Pu'er City, intermediate through today's Dali Bai Autonomous Prefecture and Lijiang City, Shangri-La into Tibet, directly to Lhasa. Some also re-exported from Tibet to India and Nepal, is an important trade channel between ancient China and South Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Sichuan-Tibet Tea Horse Road is a part of the Shan-Kang-Tibet Tea Horse Road, east of Yazhou edge tea production Ya'an, after playing arrow furnace (now Kangding), west to Lhasa, Tibet, and finally through to Bhutan, Nepal and India, a total length of nearly four thousand kilometers, is an essential bridge and link between ancient Tibet and the interior.&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main routes of the ancient tea-horse road: the Qinghai-Tibet line (the ancient Tang and Tibetan road), the Yunnan-Tibet line and the Sichuan-Tibet line. Among the three ancient tea-horse roads, the Qinghai-Tibet line was established in the Tang Dynasty and developed earlier, while the Sichuan-Tibet line was the most influential and well-known later. These three routes are closely related to Chengdu, among them, the Yunnan-Tibet route and the Sichuan-Tibet route must pass through Chengdu, and their development is closely related to the tea-horse trade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Value====&lt;br /&gt;
The Silk Road in the north and the ancient Tea Horse Road in the south. The ancient Tea Horse Road, a passage that once played an important role in the birth and development of the Chinese nation just like the Silk Road, has been gradually buried in the dust of history with the washing away of modern civilization. However, its history and value will always shine brightly.&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Golden Road of Tourism&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road tour has unique scenery, profound cultural connotation, exclusive resources and is unparalleled in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ancient Roads for the Propagation of Civilization&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient Tea Horse Road was not only an important migration corridor for the ancient ancestors between Wei-Tibet and present Sichuan and Yunnan, but also an important aperture for the spread and exchange of ancient civilizations between present Sichuan, Yunnan and Tibet.&lt;br /&gt;
3.Migration Corridor of National Cultures&lt;br /&gt;
On this ancient road, which stretches for more than 10,000 miles, Chinese, Tibetan, Yi, Naxi, Lisu, Hani, Kino, Qiang, Pumi, Bai, Nu, Jingpo, Achang and other ethnic groups have flourished here for thousands of years, highlighting the diversity and original form of ethnic culture in southwest China.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Religious Propagation Road&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the tea-horse trade and the extension of the ancient tea-horse route, Tibetan Buddhism spread widely along this route on the Tibetan Plateau and surrounding areas. The development and spread of Tibetan stupas can be roughly divided into two routes: one is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia - the other is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia. -Liaoning--Jilin--Heilongjiang--Beijing--Hebei --Henan--Jiangsu; second, Tibet--Yunnan--Sichuan. --Guangxi--Hubei.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Path of National Spirituality&lt;br /&gt;
You can't talk about the ancient tea-horse road without mentioning the horse gangs. The horse gangs have formed a unique cultural carrier in the course of thousands of years. Their spirit is attached to this ancient road, and become part of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
6.The Road of National Unity and Integration&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road is like a huge net in southwest China, through which people of all nationalities strengthen their ties and communication, promote political, economic and cultural interaction, development and integration among all nationalities, and enhance the emotional ties between them.&lt;br /&gt;
7.The Road of Securing the Borders&lt;br /&gt;
The expansion of the ancient tea-horse road and the flourishing of the tea-horse trade contributed to the stability and consolidation of China's southwest frontier.&lt;br /&gt;
8.the road to economic development&lt;br /&gt;
The Thousand-Year Tea Horse Trail contributed to the formation of many towns in the region through the tea and horse trade, which greatly contributed to the economic development of the region.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 03:42, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Ancient Tea Horse Road(茶马古道)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan-Tibet Line（川藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yunnan-Tibet line（滇藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.wade ancient road（蹚古道）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is  the ancient tea horse road ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What do you know about the history of the ancient tea horse road?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many main routes  does the ancient tea-horse road conclude?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the historical value?&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 04:15, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four satirical novels in ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of the bourgeois reformists and democratic revolutionaries strongly advocated, the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty got unprecedented development, and a large number of influential novels emerged, forming a prosperous situation of the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty.The emergence of the &amp;quot;Four Major denunciation novels&amp;quot; in the late Qing Dynasty is an important sign that The creation of Chinese novels has entered another prosperous period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Four satirical novels in ancient China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Nie Hai Hua'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. the Travels of an Old Man'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Records of Officialdom Exposure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. 20 years witness strange present situation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Conclution'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
Shadow Puppets(皮影戏)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Confucian Culture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction ====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school is an academic school founded by Confucius, developed by Mencius, and composed by Xunzi. Today, it still retains a certain vitality. Confucian school takes Confucianism as its guiding ideology whose central ideas are forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage, benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith. &lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school was on an equal footing with the other hundred schools in the pre-Qin period. After the First Emperor of Qin, also called Qin Shihuang, burned books and buried scholars alive, the development of the Confucian school suffered a serious defeat. Then, in order to maintain the feudal autocratic rule, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty followed Dong Zhongshu's advice of &amp;quot;banishing other schools of thought and worshiping Confucianism only&amp;quot; and imposed restrictions on thought, which led to the revival of Confucian school. The concepts of &amp;quot;Confucian school&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Confucianism&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Confucian Religion&amp;quot; should be distinguished since Confucian school is a school of theory, Confucianism a social stratification, and Confucian religion a belief. &lt;br /&gt;
Laozi founded Chinese Taoist school; Confucius started Chinese Confucian school; Sun Tzu initiated Chinese military strategist school; Mozi was the founder of Mohism in the early Warring States. Confucianism contributes to guiding the code of conduct and constructing social order; Daoism focuses on fostering the view of nature and the orientation of spiritual development; Legalism serves the system construction of national political management.; the concepts of Universal Love and utilitarianism are two cornerstones for the Mohism. The General Unity idea of Confucianism has played an important role in the unification of a nation, the enhancement of national cohesion and the integration of cultural values. After more than two thousand years of development and evolution, Confucian culture has built up a complete ideological system, involving politics, education, morality, ethics, code of conduct, life skills and other aspects. It has cultivated the wisdom and soul of the Chinese people throughout the history, and formed deep-rooted set patterns of thinking, psychology and survival. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analysis of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Intelligence development =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is a great educator, as well as a pioneer and practitioner of mass education. After Confucianism was established as a dominant culture, both the rulers and the public respected the teachings of the sage and attached great importance to education. In this context, a basic requirement is to stay highly cultured and steeped in propriety. After the Emperor Wen initiated the imperial examination system in the Sui Dynasty, those who are good scholars could make an official, which inspired students of poor families to change their lives by studying hard and diligent. For generations, the Chinese people have attached great importance to the education of their children, which is conducive to the improvement of the thinking ability of the whole nation. &lt;br /&gt;
However, the corrupt of bureaucracy and the darkness of officialdom in metaphase and anaphase made many literati feel despairing about official career and discredit about the concept. In addition, the Four Books and Five Classics were the main learning content of Confucianism. Apart from government-run schools, private schools and self-study can hardly meet the requirements of the Six Classical Arts. Therefore, the Four Books and Five Classics were the focus of students, while the Six Classical Arts were not highly valued. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Spiritual guidance =====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of spirit, Confucianism contends that &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&amp;quot; Benevolent people love each other, which reflects the essence of “Unity of Man and Nature” and also the most brilliant connotation of Confucianism. This philosophy calls for people’s active contributions to the society. It is still alive in modern times, and is the fundamental requirement of people's spiritual orientation in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Order construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of barbarism and backwardness, a common feature was that a small number of people used power and force to suppress and enslave the majority, thus resulting in labor division and unfair distribution of wealth and generating corresponding social hierarchy and concepts. Given the fact that Confucianism developed in the transitional period of feudal society, the thoughts of Confucius and Mencius were rooted in the idealist view of destiny and did not break the shackles of social hierarchy. In addition, they even advocated the distinguish between the noble and the humble and highlighted the importance of hierarchy division. In this context, the benevolence they advocated had great limitations in political management. The public could not be treated equally in terms of political status. Instead, the so-called benevolence calls for improvement of the living conditions of the public and more benefits from the ruling class. However, its purpose was to maintain social order and reconcile social contradictions. This is also the root cause of feudal rulers’ favoring of Confucianism. In essence, Confucianism did not promote social equality, instead, it worked to maintain the unequal feudal hierarchy that aggravated servitude. In fact, after a long history of feudal rule, the sense of hierarchy would be part of the national psyche. With the progress of times and civilization, the view of destiny and the thought of social order have become psychological shackles of the Chinese people. &lt;br /&gt;
After eliminating the ideology of feudal hierarchy and formalism, some philosophies of Confucianism still generate positive effects on modern society. Specifically, the spirit of benevolence and universal love is conducive to cultivate people’s spirits; the concept of “the country belongs to the public” reflects a sense of social responsibility to make contributions for society, which can be expanded into a sharing social and political philosophy for different countries. Filial piety and brotherhood increase the harmony and stability of family; Loyalty, faithfulness, propriety and forgiveness are conducive to the relationship between different countries, societies and people. &amp;quot;Loyalty&amp;quot; means that people should stay loyal to the country and people; &amp;quot;Friendliness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;forgiveness&amp;quot; play an important role in resolving various contradictions and animosities; when it comes to &amp;quot;filial piety&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;propriety&amp;quot;, many redundant forms inherited from feudal society should be eradicated and be more practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The contemporary value of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Confucian culture is still of great significance. We must explore the value of Confucian culture on the basis of the excellent tradition of the Chinese nation and by combining the characteristics of the times with and the actual situation. The Confucian culture has affected Chinese more than two thousand years and gone deep into each aspect of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideological and political education =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture calls for “the people-oriented” philosophy, and it places a high priority on human value and dignity. Over the years, the Chinese nation has been influenced by this excellent philosophy. On this occasion, its behavioral pattern and psychological structure are endowed with uniqueness, which is mainly manifested in two aspects. One is to respect yourself, learn how to love and care yourself. Moreover, gain dignity and achieve the development of human value through the continuous improvement of moral cultivation. Second, respect others and show respect for others' personality by respecting, understanding and caring for others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Modern economic construction=====&lt;br /&gt;
Under today’s circumstance, some ideological contents are still alive and produce  positive effects on promoting the economic construction of modernization and fostering modern patriotism emotion of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Confucian culture emphasizes the thought of &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; and group consciousness. It is conducive to the cultivation of collectivism and provides a spiritual pillar for China's modern economy. Since Confucian culture reflects a collectivist view on life, individuals are full of sense of duty and responsibility towards others and groups. In this context, their self-cultivation targets at regulating the family, country and the world. Thus, the value of individual is closely linked with the rise and fall of the country, so they have a strong sense of responsibility. &amp;quot;Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&amp;quot; has been a common belief for thousands of years. Such a social responsibility will give rise to a huge driving force for the development of the country and society.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the consciousness of &amp;quot;self-improvement&amp;quot; and the proposition of &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in the Confucian culture strengthen the national spirit and provide a source power for China’s economic modernization. Yi Zhuan put forward: &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection.’’ It means that continuous development is the law of nature and that a gentleman should pursue progress and be strong, unyielding resilient and positive. For thousands of years, the Chinese nation has formed a fine tradition of working hard and striving for strength under the influence of these thoughts. Today, we carry forward the spirits of “self-improvement” and &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in ways that further enhance national spirits and provide a strong driving force for the socialist modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the &amp;quot;reform and innovation&amp;quot; concept in Confucian culture is conducive to the expansion of the reform and opening up and the acceleration of China's socialist modernization. On the basis of admitting the fact that the continuous development is the universal law of nature, Confucian culture puts forward the &amp;quot;innovation idea&amp;quot;. The Book of Rites said, &amp;quot;If you can in one day renovate yourself; do so from day to day and let there be daily renovation.&amp;quot; The Book of Changes said, &amp;quot;Reform refers to destroy the old, while innovation means to establish the new.” The concept is not only serves as the theoretical basis for reform and innovation throughout the history, but also provides valuable lessons for the reform in socialist economic and political systems today. Domestically, promoting the innovative spirits can greatly enhance the reform consciousness of the Chinese people. Externally, it is conducive to advancing the opening up by leveraging the global influence of Confucian culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Legal construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture places a high priority on personal cultivation, while a highly civilized society under the rule of law must be composed of highly educated citizens. Confucian school, a school with thousands of years of history in China, has become an integral part of the Chinese culture. Nowadays, since China has called for the policy of combining the rule of virtue with the rule of law, it is the time for Confucian culture to find its historical position and fully play its role. Exploring the influence of Confucian culture on the construction of contemporary Chinese rule by law, not only can we help us more deeply understand the traditional culture, but also can promote the process of building the rule of law in contemporary China. &lt;br /&gt;
The rule by virtue thought is an important part of Confucian culture and it emphasizes the importance of moral education. It is a national strategy pursued by ancient Chinese rulers and a method of national governance embodying reference significance in today’s China. In terms of national governance, Confucianism emphasizes the importance of morality, believing that national governance should not mainly rely on harsh punishment, instead, moral education should be applied to reform people. Confucius said, &amp;quot;By governing with virtue, rulers will be loved by the public, just like stars surround the North Star.&amp;quot; By comparing rulers to the North Star and people to the stars, Confucius emphasized the importance of moral governance. &lt;br /&gt;
How to rule by virtue? First of all, rulers should pay attention to their personal cultivation and develop good moral characters, so that they can set a good example for the public. Only when officials and common people obey the ruler sincerely, can a good social atmosphere be formed. Secondly, since Confucianism takes &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; as its core and calls for the rule of virtue, many people subconsciously believe that Confucianism denies the role of criminal law and that Confucian culture does not call for the rule of law. In fact, this is not the case. While Confucianism advocates the rule of virtue, it also emphasizes the supplementary role of rule of law. Confucius said, &amp;quot;Sages believe that national governance must combine the rule of virtue and law.&amp;quot; That is to say, if people are governed by systems and laws, they seek for impunity but lack of conscience; however, if they are guided by morality and etiquette, they will have a sense of right and wrong and will impose strict requirements on themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, we should clearly realize that, although Confucian culture is an excellent traditional culture in China, it was generated from the feudal society and its original intention was to maintain the feudal autocratic monarchy. Therefore, it inevitably has some drawbacks and limitations. Under this circumstance, we must analyse Confucian culture dialectically and explore the value of Confucian culture. At the same time, we should discard the bad habits and unfavorable factors left by it, so as to better carry forward our traditional culture and accelerate the construction of the rule of law in contemporary China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Confucius institute ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the improvement of China's international status and the increasingly extensive international exchanges, Chinese culture has won wider foreign attention and the world is more eager to learn and understand the Chinese culture. The Confucius Institute project, founded in 2004, emerges in response to the call of the times. Today, Confucius Institutes have spread throughout Asia, Africa, The Americas, Europe and Oceania. Fundamentally speaking, its is conducive to the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture since language is an important carrier of Chinese culture. It is of positive significance to the construction of China's national image, the promotion of China's international influence, the realization of wider international communication.&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of Confucius Institutes has fully demonstrated the needs and aspirations of people around the world to learn Chinese and learn more about China, but there are still some problems in this process. Today, countries are committed to spreading their own language and culture, so there is a fierce competition in international cultural promotion. In addition, the Confucius Institutes is struggling to achieve sustainable development. Internally, its development has been restricted by many factors, including the shortage of teachers and textbooks, the low quality and the lack of pertinence. At present, Confucius Institutes are prevalent all over the world, but the promotion strategy seeking for quantity and speed results in a serious shortage of teachers capable of teaching Chinese as a foreign language. According to statistics, there is a global shortage of at least five million TCSL teachers. Secondly, the lack of high-quality and localized teaching materials for Chinese has also become a bottleneck for the development of Confucius Institutes. The shortage of Chinese textbooks affects the depth of cultural communication of Confucius Institutes directly. Thirdly, Confucius Institutes are not capable of spreading the ideological depth of the Chinese culture. Although the textbooks are rich in content, they mainly focus on promoting folk culture by introducing Chinese food, tea and wine, traditional Chinese medicine and martial arts. Meanwhile, they rarely involve the ideological essence of traditional Chinese culture and the modern value of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The Confucius Institutes should fully explore the modern significance of Confucianism and cast the quintessence of Chinese culture, and strengthen the spread of the core idea of Chinese culture and its modern cultural value. The connotation of Chinese culture is very rich. What Confucius Institutes should spread is not all the contents of Chinese culture, but the contents with universal value that are different from other countries and represent the essence of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and expressions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒家Confucian school&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒学Confucianism&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒教Confucian religion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
兼爱 Universal love&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
恕、忠、孝、悌、勇forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仁、义、礼、智、信benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学而优则仕 A good scholar will make an official&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四书五经  the Four Books and Five Classics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天行健，君子当自强不息；地势坤，君子以厚德载物。As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下兴亡，匹夫有责 Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the central ideas of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the difference among Confucian school, Confucianism and Confucian religion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the relationship between Confucian school, Taoist school, Mohist school, Legalist school?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the Six Classical Arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you think of the ancient influence of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you think Confucian culture still has its contemporary values in China? And why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the current situation of the development of the Confucian institute?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ch'ien Chung-shu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ch'ien Chung-shu (1910-1998),a well-known scholar,writer,translator and literary researcher,was born into an education family in Wuxi,Jiangsu Province.In Chinese academic circles,Qian was ranked with Rao Zongyi,a master in academic circles,and both were called &amp;quot;South Rao and North Qian&amp;quot;.He was admitted to Tsinghua University in 1929 and got to know Yang Jiang in 1932.Qian became famous soon after the enrolment,not only for the 15 mark of his math exam,but for his excellent Chinese and English,among which he got a full mark in the English exam.Qian had an engagement with Yang the year after their acquaintance and went to study at Oxford University in England along with her.In 1937,he obtained the bachelor's degree from Oxford,and his daughter Qian Yuan was born the same year.He wrote a great many profound literary works in his lifetime.When it comes to Ch'ien Chung-shu,people would think of his representative work ''Fortress Besieged'',which was published in 1947.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a realistic satirical novel,''Fortress Besieged'' is known as &amp;quot;The New Scholars&amp;quot; in the 1940s.The novel is centralized on Fang Hongjian,who returned from studying abroad at the beginning of the War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression.It depicts the struggles in love,marriage,career and life of a group of intellectuals who were far away from the times and the people during the War of Resistance against Japanese Agression.It reveals their inner poverty,emptiness and lowliness,criticizes the dark reality of the Kuomintang-controlled areas,and reveals the crisis of modern civilization and the difficulties of modern life.In the preface of the book,Qian said that,&amp;quot;In this book I intended to write about a certain segment of society and a certain kind of people in modern China.In writing about these people,I didn’t forget they are human beings,still human beings with the basic nature of hairless,two-legged animals.&amp;quot;The novel is like an X-ray mirror that reveals the deformed characters and ugly souls of those &amp;quot;hairless and two-legged animals&amp;quot; and analyzes the cultural matrix which is responsible for the deformed characters and ugly souls of these &amp;quot;latest style&amp;quot; literati.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:19, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===相声 Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The History of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross talk, in the ancient time was known as onomatopoeia, originally refers to imitate other's voices, also known as neighboring cross talk. It was evolved and further developed from the folk music in North China, and integrated with imitating oral skills and other folk art forms. It is generally believed to be formed during the Emperor Xianfeng （1850—1861）and Emperor Tongzhi（1861—1874）period in Qing dynasty. It’s a folk vocal art that uses jokes or funny questioning and answering to make the audience laugh. In the early years of the Republic of China, cross talk gradually developed from one-person ventriloquism to stand-up one person talk, and the name changed to cross talk. Later, it gradually developed into stand-up cross talk, dual cross talk, and group cross talk. And become a veritable form of art. After years of development, dual cross talk has finally become the most popular form of cross talk among audiences.--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 06:33, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Famous Artists of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Go 围棋--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
===GO===&lt;br /&gt;
Go is an adversarial game with the objective of surrounding a larger total area of the board with one's stones than the opponent. As the game progresses, the players position stones on the board to map out formations and potential territories. Contests between opposing formations are often extremely complex and may result in the expansion, reduction, or wholesale capture and loss of formation stones.&lt;br /&gt;
A basic principle of Go is that a group of stones must have at least one open point bordering the group, known as a liberty, to remain on the board. One or more liberties enclosed within a group is called an eye, and a group with two or more eyes cannot be captured, even if surrounded. Such groups are said to be unconditionally alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general strategy is to expand one's territory, attack the opponent's weak groups (groups that can be killed), and always stay mindful of the &amp;quot;life status&amp;quot; of one's own groups. The liberties of groups are countable. Situations where mutually opposing groups must capture each other or die are called capturing races, or semeai. In a capturing race, the group with more liberties (and/or better &amp;quot;shape&amp;quot;) will ultimately be able to capture the opponent's stones. Capturing races and the elements of life or death are the primary challenges of Go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Players may pass rather than place a stone if they think there are no further opportunities for profitable play. The game ends when both players pass or when one player resigns. In general, to score the game, each player counts the number of unoccupied points surrounded by their stones and then subtracts the number of stones that were captured by the opponent. The player with the greater score (after adjusting for komi) wins the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the opening stages of the game, players typically establish positions (or &amp;quot;bases&amp;quot;) in the corners and around the sides of the board. These bases help to quickly develop strong shapes which have many options for life (self-viability for a group of stones that prevents capture) and establish formations for potential territory. Players usually start in the corners because establishing territory is easier with the aid of two edges of the board. Established corner opening sequences are called &amp;quot;joseki&amp;quot; and are often studied independently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dame&amp;quot; are points that lie in between the boundary walls of black and white, and as such are considered to be of no value to either side. &amp;quot;Seki&amp;quot; are mutually alive pairs of white and black groups where neither has two eyes. A &amp;quot;ko&amp;quot; (Chinese and Japanese: 劫) is a repeated-position shape that may be contested by making forcing moves elsewhere. After the forcing move is played, the ko may be &amp;quot;taken back&amp;quot; and returned to its original position.[30] Some &amp;quot;ko fights&amp;quot; may be important and decide the life of a large group, while others may be worth just one or two points. Some ko fights are referred to as &amp;quot;picnic kos&amp;quot; when only one side has a lot to lose. The Japanese call it a hanami (flower-viewing) ko. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Playing with others usually requires a knowledge of each player's strength, indicated by the player's rank (increasing from 30 kyu to 1 kyu, then 1 dan to 7 dan, then 1 dan pro to 9 dan pro). A difference in rank may be compensated by a handicap—Black is allowed to place two or more stones on the board to compensate for White's greater strength. There are different rule-sets (Korean, Japanese, Chinese, AGA, etc.), which are almost entirely equivalent, except for certain special-case positions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aside from the order of play (alternating moves, Black moves first or takes a handicap) and scoring rules, there are essentially only two rules in Go:&lt;br /&gt;
•	Rule 1 (the rule of liberty) states that every stone remaining on the board must have at least one open &amp;quot;point&amp;quot; (an intersection, called a &amp;quot;liberty&amp;quot;) directly orthogonally adjacent (up, down, left, or right), or must be part of a connected group that has at least one such open point (&amp;quot;liberty&amp;quot;) next to it. Stones or groups of stones which lose their last liberty are removed from the board.&lt;br /&gt;
•	Rule 2 (the &amp;quot;ko rule&amp;quot;) states that the stones on the board must never repeat a previous position of stones. Moves which would do so are forbidden, and thus only moves elsewhere on the board are permitted that turn.&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all other information about how the game is played is a heuristic, meaning it is learned information about how the game is played, rather than a rule. Other rules are specialized, as they come about through different rule-sets, but the above two rules cover almost all of any played game.&lt;br /&gt;
Although there are some minor differences between rule-sets used in different countries, most notably in Chinese and Japanese scoring rules, these differences do not greatly affect the tactics and strategy of the game.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except where noted, the basic rules presented here are valid independent of the scoring rules used. The scoring rules are explained separately. Go terms for which there is no ready English equivalent  are commonly called by their Japanese names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two players, Black and White, take turns placing stones of their colour on the intersections of the board, one stone at a time. The usual board size is a 19×19 grid but for beginners, or for playing quick games, the smaller board sizes of 13×13 and 9×9 are also popular. The board is empty to begin with. Black plays first, unless black is given a handicap of two stones or more (in which case, white plays first). The players may choose any unoccupied intersection to play on, except for those forbidden by the ko and suicide rules (see below). Once played, a stone can never be moved and can be taken off the board only if it is captured. A player may also pass, declining to place a stone, though this is usually only done at the end of the game when both players believe nothing more can be accomplished with further play. When both players pass consecutively, the game ends and is then scored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
Go	围棋	                heuristic	启发式的&lt;br /&gt;
adversarial game 对抗性游戏	intersection	交叉点&lt;br /&gt;
board	棋盘	                black	黑棋&lt;br /&gt;
formation	阵型	        white	白棋&lt;br /&gt;
move	走棋	                scoring rule	计分规则&lt;br /&gt;
liberty	自由度	                player	棋手&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1, What’s the basic principle of Go?&lt;br /&gt;
A basic principle of Go is that a group of stones must have at least one open point bordering the group, known as a liberty, to remain on the board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、Aside from the order of play (alternating moves, Black moves first or takes a handicap) and scoring rules, What are other two essential rules in Go？&lt;br /&gt;
The rule of liberty and  the &amp;quot;ko rule&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3, What countries have the most notable scoring rules differences ?&lt;br /&gt;
Most notably in Chinese and Japanese scoring rules--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 14:14, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
The four most handsome men in ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Grottoes of China--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 08:23, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Civil Service Examination System'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Luo Weijia|Luo Weijia]] ([[User talk:Luo Weijia|talk]]) 08:27, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Forbidden City'''--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 08:30, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City (Chinese: 紫禁城; pinyin: Zǐjìnchéng) is a palace complex in Dongcheng District, Beijing, China, and with a total area of 720,000 square meters (180 acres). It lies in the center of Beijing's central axis. Today, the Forbidden City houses the Palace Museum, and was the former Chinese imperial palace and residence of the Emperor of China from the Ming dynasty (since the Yong Le Emperor) to the end of the Qing dynasty, between 1420 and 1924. The Forbidden City served as the home of Chinese emperors and their households and was the ceremonial and political center of the Chinese government.&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City is a national AAAAA tourist attraction and was listed as the first batch of key cultural relics under national protection in 1961. What’s more, it was declared a world cultural heritage in 1987, and listed by UNESCO as the largest collection of preserved ancient wooden structures in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Marriage Customs'''--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:24, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China is an ancient country of rites. When it comes to the most important thing  in one’s life---marriage, Chinese people have developed a set of unique and grand ceremonies. Generally speaking, weddings in ancient China need to be approved by parents and arranged by parents .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Six Procedures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are six etiquettes in the process from the negotiation to the completion of marriage, namely Na Cai, Wen Ming, Na Ji, Na Zheng, Qing Qi and the last step Qin Ying. Na Cai is the begining of all the marriage procedures. It refers that if a boy intends to marry a girl,firstly his family must invite a matchmaker to the girl's home to propose marriage. After obtaining the consent of the girl's family , the boy's family should entrust the matchmaker to make a proposal formally with some gifts. Usually, the most common gift is wild goose,which represents fidelity. Besides,mandarin ducks, phoenix and sheep are also frequently-used gifts. Wen Ming means that the boy's family ask the matchmaker to fetch the girl's name and date of birth. There are two purposes of this step: the one is to prevent the marriage of close relatives with the same surname; the other is to assure the compatibility of the potential bride and bridegroom through their “eight characters” of the birth moment. Naji happens after the matchmaker takes back the woman's name and eight characters. If divining an auspicious omen, the boy's family will inform it to the girl’s parents and decide to engage the marriage. What is more, Na Zheng is an important step when the boy sends betrothal presents to the girl and for courtesy the girl will send back part of the presents such as food and some clothes. Qing Qi means that the boy's family choose an auspicious day to hold the wedding ceremony and then dispatch the matchmaker to tell the girl’s family. Qin Ying is the last procedure of the six etiquettes, that is, the groom goes to the bride's home to take the bride to his home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Customs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the six steps mentioned above, there are many other customs in the traditional Chinese wedding ceremony. Generally speaking, ancient marriage was ordered by parents and matchmaker, many young people could not master their own marriage. Before wedding ceremony, men and women were not allowed to meet each other in that ancient people were very conservative and most girls were kept in boudoirs. If they met in private before marriage, it would be regarded as a kind of female infidelity and parents would also think it quite unlucky. As a result, newlyweds could only see each other until the day of marriage. On the wedding day, the boy’s family will hold a big banquet at home. Before setting out to pick up bride, the bridegroom should first worship his ancestors for the sake of safety and auspice during the process of picking up the bride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Topic: Chinese cinema (dramas and movies) and its popularity and affection in Vietnam'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Twelve Animals of the Chinese Zodiac''' --Ouyang Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Origin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Influence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
Green Tea--[[User:Peng Ruihong|Peng Ruihong]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruihong|talk]]) 08:20, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg|400px|thumb|left|Diagram.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Insert formula here&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Traditional clothing Phyo Su Kyi talk 5-11-202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 12:07, 3 December 2020 (UTC)==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional dance--[[User:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4]] ([[User talk:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|talk]]) 02:46, 12 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese  Traditional women clothing&lt;br /&gt;
1- History of Chinese clothing&lt;br /&gt;
 History of Chinese clothing China has many ethnic groups with a long history while Han people dominate most periods in history. For thousands of years, generations of clothing designers have devoted themselves to building the Kingdom of Clothes, making the garments that cover the human body into an important component of Chinese culture. The progress of nation can be seen through its changes in clothing styles.Clothing manufacture in China dates back to prehistoric times, at least 7,000 years ago. Archaeological findings of 18,000 year-old artifacts such as bone sewing needles and stone beads and shells with holes bored in them attest to the existence of ornamentation and of sewing extremely early in Chinese civilization.&lt;br /&gt;
A- Chinese Clothing during Qin and Han Dynasties (221 B.C - 220 A.D)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Qin and Han dynasties (221 B.C. - A.D. 220) witnessed the unification of territory as well as written language. Qin Shihuang, the First Emperor of the Qin Dynasty, established many social systems, including one for uniforms to distinguish people's ranks and social positions. China's complete code of costume and trappings was established in the Han Dynasty (206BC-220AD). The yarn-dyeing, embroidering and metal-processing technologies developed rapidly in the period, spurring changes in costume and adornments.&lt;br /&gt;
B-Chinese Clothing during Wei,Jin, South and North Dynasties(220-589)&lt;br /&gt;
 Chinese clothing experienced a rapid development during the Wei, Jin, and Southern and Northern dynasties (220-589). Before 265, the cultures and esthetic views of the peoples in north and south China merged because of the moves initiated by frequent wars. Many philosophical schools of thought influenced both people's lives and the conceptions of clothing design.&lt;br /&gt;
C- Chinese Clothing during Tang Dynasty(618-907)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Tang Dynasty (618-907) wrote the most brilliant page in the history of Chinese clothing. People's clothes were more varied than before because the state was more open to the outside world and people became more cosmopolitan in their thinking. The clothes for women could be called fashionable because they changed rapidly and were showy. Once only a new style came out, many people would be willing to take it.&lt;br /&gt;
D-Chinese Clothing during Song, Yuan, Ming Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
 Casual wear appeared during the Song Dynasty (960-1279), and clothes were simple and elegant.During the Yuan Dynasty (1206-1368), the Mongolian ethnic group, known as the People on Horseback, was in power. The style of clothing was mainly a combination of Mongolian and Han. Clothes were luxurious for upper class yet simple and unadorned in design.Dramatic changes took place during the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644). A new conception came into being in clothing design, with no limitation to one style and advocating natural beauty, thus bringing vigor and vitality to the clothing culture.&lt;br /&gt;
E- Chinese Clothing during Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
 During the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911), clothes became elegant, poised, and glorious. During the 200 years of the Qing Empire, the entire world witnessed dramatic changes such as the Renaissance in Italy and Columbus's discovery of the Americas, but the changes did not affect traditional Chinese clothing because China had a closed-door policy. People still wore clothes showing rank and lifestyle. The retreat from outside cultures has left a precious heritage for traditional Chinese clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
F-Chinese Clothing from 1930s till Modern Era&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese clothing from 1930s till now, Qipao has become into fashion since then. During 1930s to 1940s, dress is further westernized, tailored to flatter body shape. During 1940s to 1960s, Qipao(Cheongsam) survives as everyday wear in Hong Kong until the late 1960s. &lt;br /&gt;
Vocabulary &lt;br /&gt;
Questions &lt;br /&gt;
References.--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 17:37, 25 November 2020 (UTC)Phyo Su Kyi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese wine culture--[[User:Qu Miao|Qu Miao]] ([[User talk:Qu Miao|talk]]) 08:28, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH) is a high-speed rail service operated by the China Railway.  The introduction of the CRH series was an important part of the 6th National Rail Acceleration, which took place on April 18, 2007.  By the end of 2018, China Railway High Speed ​​served all provinces in China except Taiwan and covered over 29,000 km.  (18,000 miles) the length of passenger routes, which make up about two-thirds of the world's high-speed rail routes served by commercial enterprises.  It is the most widely used rail transport in the world, with 1.713 billion flights in 2017, bringing the total cumulative number of flights to 7 billion.  More than 1000 sets of rolling stock are operated under the CRH brand, including the Hexie CRH1 / 2A / 5, which are rated for a top speed of 250 km / h (160 mph), and the CRH2C / 3 has a top speed of 350 km / h. (  220 mph).  The in-house developed CRH380A has a maximum test speed of 416.6 km / h (258.9 mph) at a commercial speed of 350 km / h.The fastest CRH380BL train reaches a maximum test speed of 487.3 km / h (302.8 mph)  ).  In 2017, China Standardized EMU brand, including CR400AF / BF and CR200J, joined China Railway High Speed ​​and is designated Fuxing along with the letters CR (China Railway).  With gradual planning, the CR brand will replace the existing CRH brand in service.  Depending on the speed, there are 3 categories of high-speed trains: G, D and C (G and some C are the fastest at 350 km / h, D at 250 km / h and C at 200 km / h).                                    &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail network.        &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail services were first introduced in 2007 on CRH rolling stock.  They operate on existing lines that have been upgraded to speeds of up to 250 km / h (160 mph), and on newer dedicated high-speed routes rated up to 350 km / h (220 mph).                                              &lt;br /&gt;
CRH service on dedicated high-speed lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
My topic: The Chinese language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Putonghua and Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Ancient Chinese and Mordern Chinese &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Idiomatic phrase -Idioms common sayings,and allegorical sayings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 language policy.--[[User:Sagara Seydou 3|Sagara Seydou 3]] ([[User talk:Sagara Seydou 3|talk]]) 02:24, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Talented Women of Ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
(中国古代四大才女)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Cai Wenji 蔡文姬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Zhuo Wenjun 卓文君&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Qingzhao 李清照&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Ban Zhao 班昭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient and Contemporary Ways of Contacting--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 13:27, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sending Messages with Pigeons&lt;br /&gt;
Sending messages ith pigeons is a way of communicating with people in the ancient times. If you want to send letters, you should tie them to the feet of the pigeons and pass them on to the person to the receiver. As it is not convenient to communicate with people, so clever people take advantage of pigeons which fly fast and can recognize the directions. They trained pigeons and improved the speed of delivery. Generally speaking, the birds themselves will find their way home, just as the weary birds returning to their nests. For example, I live near to my friends. Later, when I have to go somewhere else, I will leave my hometown with my pigeons. One day when I have to contact my friend, I would put a note in the the special case, which is tied to the foot of the pigeon. And then I would release the pigeon, which would fly to my hometown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons are not only very sensitive to the Earth’s magnetic field, but also are particularly homesick, which are their innate strengths. But to be a carrier pigeon, it’s all about training. The basic purpose of raising carrier pigeons is releasing, competing and using. In order to obtain the ideal carrier pigeon, apart from careful breeding and scientific breeding management, the most important thing is training. All the three steps complement each other. The basic principle of training is based on the biological and physiological characteristics of carrier pigeons and the “Classical conditioning” principle. The basic aim of the training is to train, exercise and improve the quality of pigeons, to give full play to their inherent biological characteristics and strengths. The basic contents of training generally include: basic training, release training, competing training, adaptation training and application training. Training should start from young pigeons, from simple tasks to complex ones, from short distance to long distance, from day to night, from basic training to professional training. In  short, training should start from easy to difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Paper Letters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A letter is a document which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person. The Chinese character “xin” (letter) means messages in ancient Chinese. Also, it means that the messages are credible. In giving oral messages and writing letters delivered by postmen which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person, one has to have the following abilities. First, he has the ability to tell the whole story in words and express his thoughts and feelings. Two, he has writing tools. Three, he has a postman to help him deliver messages. Writing letters in person to relatives and friends can not only convey one’s thoughts and feelings, but also give the recipient a feeling of “talking to each other face to face” . With the growth of technology, telephone, telegraph, mail tapes, video tapes, e-mail and other means of communication information came. With the development of society, the relationship between people and society is being reconstructed. Apart from  its traditional function, that is, official correspondence and private correspondence, letters are used for a new purpose. There is a surge in letters which are sent to governments, entrepreneurs, famous scholars for private purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.E-mails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five famous mountains.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 08:00, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mount Song&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Mount Tai &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Mount Hua &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Education===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient education was one of the most splendid components of ancient Chinese culture. Chinese education had a long history dating from the Xia, Shang and Zhou dynasties 3000/4000 years ago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shang Dynasty (16th-11th century BC), formal schools emerged with the names like “Xiao” (school)，“Xue”(study) and “Daxue”(higher school). Teachers then were all government officials and students were all children of the nobility, so that was the earliest “Guan Xue”(Government School/Education).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Education became more popular by the Spring Autumn/Warring States period. Confucius became the earliest founder for “Private Education”. This type of private school education is often known as “Si Xue” (private institution).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Han till Qing Dynasty, the formation of government institution had been well-established. All the teaching materials and educational training were geared towards the preparation for Imperial examination. After receiving a title in the Imperial examination, one might receive a post in the state bureaucracy. At the same time, private schools were also developing. Most of the famous philosophers and scientists were originated from private schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from schooling, “Family education” began to play an important role. Many of the famous historical figures grew up under the education and strict ‘teaching’ by their parents or other senior family members, and they studied hard in order to become successful. For instance, it was well documented that Mencius’s mother had moved three times with her son before she eventually found a proper neighborhood for the son’s education. After the Han dynasty, because of the increased status of Confucianism and its influence, the teaching of “poetry and rites” became the basic content for family education. Loyalty, Filial Piety, Benevolence and Righteousness were core values taught in family education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, there was another form of education system known as “Xue Shu Jiao Yu”. This belongs to neither an institute education nor a family education. These are generally “primary school for the folks”. Sometimes, they were called “Meng Guan”(primary education hall), “Si Shu ” (private school), “Zu Xue” (extended family school) , etc. Most students will first learn how to read characters, then they will learn The Three Character Classic ”, The Hundred Family Surnames, The Thousand Character Classic. Then they will learn the “Four Books”.  In addition, they will also learn Chinese calligraphy and character pairing. In this type of school, the rules and regulations are especiallystrict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other methods such as Shuyuan and Guozijian, etc. They all formed a unique way of knowledge teaching and became important system for the development on “study of knowledge”, “teaching method”, etc. All of these formed the basis for today's Chinese education.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Confucian Educational Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The historical importance of education in Chinese culture is derived from the teachings of Confucius. The connection between Confucius and the official Chinese educational system thus became permanently linked right into the present time. Confucius broke the rule of “Xue Zai Guan Fu”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(learning at the government hall. He encouraged “learning for all hierarchical levels and for all ages”, and opened the door of education to the commoners. He established his own school and started to spread his teaching, thoughts and views. He became the earliest founder for “Private Education”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, whether they were government or private school, they all placed a great emphasis on humanities and cultural education, which focused on the teaching of morality and the development of wisdom. It covered philosophy, language, literature and other cultural subjects. The curriculum at the Great Academy was based on the Confucian Five Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius taught his students morality, proper speech, government, and the refined arts. While he also emphasized the “Six Arts” — ritual, music, archery , chariot- riding , calligraphy , and computation — it is clear that he regarded morality as the most important subject. Confucius had been regarded as the pioneer founder of family education. According to The Analects of Confucius, Confucius wanted his son to learn both poetry and rites. He said, “if one does not learn poetry, one will not be able to talk properly”, “if one does not learn rites, one will never be well footed in the society.” Other than placing a strong emphasis on morality education, Chinese education also emphasized greatly on learning/teaching method and principles. Below are some common Confucian educational philosophies:&lt;br /&gt;
Revise the old in order to deduce new things.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning and Thinking are equally important. &lt;br /&gt;
Learn in a systematic and progressive way, from a beginner’s level to the advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration and Guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Teach according to students’ ability; use appropriate materials for teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s goal was to create gentlemen who carry themselves with grace, speak correctly, and demonstrate integrity in all things.	The long The Master said in The Analects that:&lt;br /&gt;
“Is it not delightful to acquire knowledge and put it into practice from time to time？“Learning without thought is labor lost; thought without learning is perilous.” &lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s main educational thoughts were to teach students according to their aptitude, to treat students equally and to inspire thinking. His pedagogical methods were striking. He posed questions, cited passages from the classics, or used apt analogies, and waited for his students to arrive at the right answers. He said, “I only instruct the eager and enlighten the fervent. If I hold up one corner and a student cannot come back to me with the other three, I do not go on with the lesson.” The status of education remained high in Confucian heritage cultures in East Asia. Beyond that, translations of Confucian texts influenced European thinkers of the period as well, particularly among the philosophical groups of the Enlightenment who were interested by the integration of the system of morality of Confucius into Western civilization. The French philosopher Voltaire was also influenced by Confucius, seeing the concept of Confucian rationalism as an alternative to Christian dogma. He praised Confucian ethics and politics, portraying China as a model for Europe.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Imperial Examination'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese Imperial Examination was an examination system in Imperial China designed to select talented people for future positions in civil service. This system had a huge influence on both society and culture in Imperial China.  It was established in 605 during the Sui Dynasty and lasted more than 1,300 years until the last examination in 1904 when the last Chinese feudal kingdom—the Qing Dynasty—was coming to an end. Somehow the modern examination system for selecting civil service staff also indirectly evolved from the imperial one. It was part of the process by which candidates who passed the exams could receive a title called jinshi, or some other degree, which in turn would generally be followed by appointments to government offices. The first three of Jinshi were ranked Zhuangyuan, Bangyan and Tanhua respectively. The examinations consisted of a battery of tests administered at the district, provincial, and imperial levels. Only three-hundred candidates could pass the imperial examinations, which would be supervised by the Emperor himself. Candidate scholars often took the examinations several times before earning a degree. Each exam taker spent three days and two nights writing “eight-legged essays” — literary compositions with eight distinct sections — in a tiny room with a makeshift bed, a desk, and a bench. There were no interruptions in those three days, nor were candidates’ allowed any communication. Since the pressure to succeed was intense, cheating and corruption were rampant. In order to obtain objectivity in evaluation, candidates were identified by number rather than name, and examination answers were recopied by a third person before being evaluated to prevent the candidate’s handwriting from being recognized. In the ancient society, class consciousness was strong and many people from lower classes would have had little chance to reach high office, not to mention having any position in the official court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, once the imperial examination system was introduced, any male adult in China, regardless of his wealth or social status, could become a high-ranking government official by passing the imperial examination and thus realize their self-development. In this sense, passing the imperial examination was also called “carps jumping across the dragon’s gate” . The dragon had always been regarded as the symbol of mighty power and especially that of the rights exercised by the emperor, consequently the success of examination candidates was proudly called “jumping across the dragon’s gate.” In late imperial China, the examination system and associated methods of recruitment to the central bureaucracy were major mechanisms by which the central government captured and held the loyalty of local-level elites.The examination system also served to maintain cultural  unity and  consensus  on basic  values. The uniformity of  the  content  of  the examinations meant that the local elites and ambitious would-be members of those elites across China were taught with the same values. Despite the significant effect of promoting Confucian culture and education, it also influenced education systems in many other countries like Korea, Japan, and Vietnam, and similarities can be found in the personnel selection methods employed in France, America and Britain. Today’s education system is surely its successor.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three Giant Home Appliance Enterprises In China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Midea===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea is a technology group of consumer electronics, HVAC, robotics and automation systems, and smart supply chain (logistics).Founded in Shunde, China in 1968, Midea officially entered the household appliance industry in 1980. In 1981, Midea registered its brand. The group employs a total of 130000 people, whose headquarter is locate in Shunde, Guangdong Province. Midea Group has about 200 subsidiaries, more than 60 overseas branches and 10 strategic business units worldwide, and is the main shareholder of KUKA group (about 95%) in Germany . Midea now has more than ten brands such as Midea and Little Swan. and has 15 and 6 production bases separately home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Business operation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's diversified development strategy can reflect its wide range of business : consumer electrical appliances mainly including kitchen appliances, refrigerators, washing machines and all kinds of small household appliances; HVAC business focusing on heating and ventilation systems such as household air conditioning and central air conditioning; robot and industrial automation system business with German KUKA group and Midea robot company as the core.Up to July 2020, Midea ranked 22nd in the list of China's Top 100 Most Valuable Brands in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Corporate culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, enterprises seems like a person. Generally speaking, the style and personality of an enterprise are greatly affected by the values and behavior styles of enterprise leaders. Enterprise style and characters can determine the fate and future itself. Midea focus on sound operation. If Haier and Gree went to two &amp;quot;extremes&amp;quot;, Midea would choose the &amp;quot;middle road&amp;quot;, which is neither extreme left nor right. It will not suddenly break the original management framework and organizational structure,which, otherwise, would place the enterprise in high risk. Midea Group’s New Vision, mission,values and business principles are not only rooted in the achievements of historical accumulation, but also the strategic blueprint for the future. The New Vision,“the perfection of science and technology lead to the perfection of life”, continues the Midea’s emphasis on science and technology and human-oriented spirit; The new mission,“connecting people and things, enlightening the world of Midea” reflects its strategic thinking on the development trend of technology, industrial chain and global layout, and makes the linkage between people and things in different scenes more advanced, thus stimulating the leapfrog development of people’s lives and production; Through the value“dare to know the future”, Midea could continue carrying forward its spirits of future orientation and embracing changes. From a New Vision, mission, values, the United States of intelligent manufacturing, intelligent life, and the way to give back to society, but also a deeper level of exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(1)Diversified product strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the light of the wide range of its business, we can see that Midea is actively promoting diversified development: in the area of air-conditioning, Midea，since 1998，has made a series of acquisitions and mergers, expanding its air-conditioning capacity and entering the field of air-conditioning compressors. Moreover, it has produced the core components of air conditioning, increased research and development and cooperation in air conditioning, then begun to produce the core components of air conditioning compressor, increased research and development in the core components; as for small household appliances, since 2001, Midea has mastered the core components of microwave oven and become one of the three largest production bases in the world. Subsequently, the Group has reorganized the small appliance business under direct control and developed professionally on the basis of diversification ; diversification has the advantage of spreading risk, that is the theory of “don’t put all your eggs in one basket” , and its disadvantage lies in the difficulty for firms to concentrate and, relatively speaking, to establish absolute competitive advantage in one or more specific areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(2)&amp;quot;Intensive Growth + Extensive Expansion&amp;quot; business strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's business strategy can be described as &amp;quot;two-pronged approach&amp;quot;. On the one hand, Midea relies on its own enterprise strength to continuously optimize the performance of its core products and has made earnest efforts to improve the quality of its core products. On the other hand, through a series of acquisitions and mergers on home appliance brand，Midea has furthered its market penetration, and enhanced the market share, expanded the user group, leading to its accomplishment of “Extension Expansion” strategy. In fact, the strategy is not limited to mergers and acquisitions, but also includes the continuous paces into new industrial fields. Midea is building its own &amp;quot;Second Runway&amp;quot;, that is “New Product Incubation Platform”, which is not limited to the field of home appliances. As long as meeting Midea's standards for &amp;quot;innovative products&amp;quot;, any products can enter the incubation platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development prospect'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（1)Home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, affected by the COVID-19, the rising leverage ratio of the residential sector, the rising food prices, as well as the continuing low marriage and birth rates, the pace of further expansion of the household appliance market has been hindered. As one of the three giants in China's home appliance market, Midea is naturally deeply aware of the weakness of the home appliance market, which is reflected specifically in the decline of market demand for color TV sets, air conditioners, kitchen appliances and household appliances. Midea will unswervingly increase R&amp;amp;D investment, maintain high-quality development direction, and adhere to inclusive growth and sustained and effective growth. Midea has further expanded its online market scale which has continuously diverted offline market scale. It has been developing an integrated sales channel with both online and offline, which has been promoted orderly on Suning, Gome, Jingdong, Tmall and other platforms. Facing the domestic market, Midea has been consolidated its basic system and established a unified business language and rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（2)Abroad'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, the global trade friction continues to escalate, tariff barriers increases Midea’s risk of overseas market expansion, and the exchange rate between countries continues fluctuating. All of these factors mentioned above has increased Midea’s risk to engage in product export and  to exchange loss. Facing the overseas market, Midea will adhere to the consumer-oriented and product-leading strategy, give full play to its network advantages in global R&amp;amp;D and user research, grasp the differentiated needs of foreign consumer groups, improve the construction of multi-brand operation system, leading to further open-up of the foreign market and the improvement of market share.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
HVAC  暖通空调	 Shunde	（广东）顺德&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smart supply chain  智能供应链	Diversification	 n. 多样化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsidiary  n. 子公司	Intensive Growth  内生式增长&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Household appliance  家用电器	leverage ratio 	杠杆率&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diversified	adj. 多元化的	Second Runway	第二跑道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Intelligent manufacturing  智能制造	R&amp;amp;D  研发&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
air conditioning compressor  空调压缩机	 Tmall 	天猫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tariff barrier	贸易壁垒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions	'''&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
1.Why does Midea implement diversified development strategy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why corporate culture can determine its future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.what development strategy does Midea adopt?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How will Midea deal with the weakness of home appliance market?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How does Midea differ from Haier and Gree in terms of its style?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Haier===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Gree===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
===National Flag of the People’s Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
===A  A brief introduction of National Flag of the People's Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, the symbol of the country. Zeng Liansong is the designer of the national flag. Red and rectangular, its length and height are three to two. Five yellow five pointed stars are decorated on the top left of the flag. One star is larger, and its circumscribed circle diameter is three tenths of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is one tenth of the flag height, and the ring is arched to the right of the big star.&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China began to solicit the design of the national flag from July 14 to August 15, 1949. On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 (3012) national flag designs. On September 27, 1949, deputies to the first plenary session of the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) passed a motion to use the five-star red flag as the national flag. On October 1, 1949, the first national flag was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. The five pointed stars are used in yellow to show light on the red ground. Each of the four small five pointed stars faces the center of the big star, indicating unity around a center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B  Establishment process===&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Solicit comments from the public===&lt;br /&gt;
On June 15, 1949, the Preparatory Committee for the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was formally established in Peiping, shortly after Liberation. The preparatory work undertaken by this committee included the important task of formulating the national flag of new China, and designated the sixth group of the Preparatory Committee to be responsible for it.&lt;br /&gt;
On 4 July 1949, the sixth group held its first meeting. The meeting decided to publish newspapers to solicit the patterns of the national flag and the national emblem, and to set up a selection committee for the national flag and the national emblem pattern and the national lyrics score. In addition to the group members participating in the selection, Xu Beihong, Liang Sicheng, Ai Qing and other experts were invited to participate.&lt;br /&gt;
From July 14 to August 15, 1949, people's daily, Jiefang Daily, Xinhua daily and other newspapers and periodicals published the notice of the preparatory meeting of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference asking for the design of the national flag. The news of asking for the design of the national flag quickly spread to the whole country and overseas. Many people in their spare time, spread out the paper and began the design work. They carefully designed and drew one pattern after another with their own characteristics, marked with detailed instructions, and sent them to Beijing. They regard the design and drawing of the national flag as a glorious and noble thing to pour their boundless love for new China.&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Collect drafts from all walks of life===&lt;br /&gt;
On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 pieces of national flag patterns. Guo Moruo, Chen Jiageng and other members of the preparatory committee also submitted their sample designs. These designs were displayed in the temporary reading room. The selection committee selected 38 draft plans from them and incorporated them into the reference materials for the design of the national flag and submitted them to the newly established Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference for discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Pass a resolution===&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the national flag of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was approved in the 32nd session of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference. In the pattern of five-star red flag before this, there are sickles and axes in the big stars. Before the adoption of the resolution, the national flag and national emblem review group made partial modifications to the design pattern, and made a unified explanation on the significance of the national flag pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 27, 1949, the resolution on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China, adopted at the first plenary session of the CPPCC National Committee, stipulates in the fourth point that &amp;quot;it is unanimously adopted: the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red earth flag, which symbolizes the great unity of the revolutionary people of China.&amp;quot; The resolution of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China and the measures for flag making adopted by the presidium of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference stipulate that the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, which is rectangular, and symbolizes revolution. Its length and height are three to two, and five yellow five pointed stars are on the top left of the flag, symbolizing the revolutionary unity under the leadership of the Communist Party of China The star symbolizes red with yellow, and the earth is bright. One star is larger, its circumscribed circle diameter is 3 / 10 of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is 1 / 10 of the flag height, and they are circled on the right side of the big star, and each has an angle point facing the center of the big star, which expresses the aspiration of hundreds of millions of people to the great Communist Party of China, just like the northern star. The flagpole cover is white to distinguish it from the red flag.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 29, 1949, the people's Daily published the pattern of the new national flag and the explanation of its making method, which were provided to all walks of life for making and using.&lt;br /&gt;
On October 1, 1949, the first national flag of the people's Republic of China was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C  Symbolism of the flag===&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. Yellow is used to show light on the red ground. Yellow is brighter and more beautiful than white. Each of the four small Pentagram stars has a point facing the center of the big star, which means that they are united around a center and are compact and beautiful in form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Four New Inventions===&lt;br /&gt;
Most people must have known about China's Four Inventions: gunpowder, paper-making, compass, and printing. Those represented how wise the Chinese was and how brilliant history China had. Today, China still holds the places and influence in technology and inventions. In May,2017, teenagers from 20 nations along the Belt and Road selected China's four new inventions: high speed railway, QR code payment, sharing bikes and online shopping. Though these new inventions are not first invented by China, but it is China that makes full use of them, and introduces them to the rest of the world. The four new inventions bring incredible changes and convenience into people's life. China, at the same time, makes contributions to the development of the human beings. World's future will be bright and prosper due to more technologies and inventions such as China's Four New Inventions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. High-speed railway ===&lt;br /&gt;
High-speed railway is a railway system with advanced design and high-speed rails run on it. The world's first official high-speed rail system is the Tokaido Shinkansen line and it goes into public in 1964, connecting the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka. The high speed railway has promoted the rapid development of Japan. Its designed speed is 200km/h, which then becomes the initial speed standard of high-speed rail. Later, with the advancement of technology, the speed of trains became faster. Different countries have different definitions of high-speed railways in different eras. According to statistics, the length of high-speed railways in operation in China has reached to more than 6,800 kilometers. China has become the country with the most comprehensive high-speed railway system technology, the strongest integration capability, the longest operating mileage, the highest operating speed, and the largest scale of construction in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. High-speed railways are very smooth to keep safety and comfort. High-speed railways are all seamless steel tracks, and high-speed railways with a speed of more than 300 kilometers per hour use ballastless tracks, that is, a monolithic track bed without stones to maintain smoothness.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The high-speed railway has few bends, as the bend is of long radius, and the turnouts are all moveable high-speed turnouts.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Use a large number of viaducts and tunnels to ensure ride comfort and shorten the distance.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The catenary of the high-speed railway, that is, the suspension of the wires on the top of the train, is also different from that of ordinary railways to keep stability and durability of the high-speed EMUs.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The signal control system of high-speed railways is higher than that of ordinary railways, because of the frequent departure and high speed of rails, it should be of high safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Merits'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Large passenger capacity. Generally, high speed rails can accommodate 600 people. Compared to other public tools such as bus, boat or airplane, high speed rails have more seats.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Less time-consuming. In addition to the maximum operating speed, passengers are more concerned about travel time. High speed rails will not operate in late night, so passengers can get off the rails almost in daytime, thus to finish their business or other private matters which helps save a lot of time.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Good safety. Due to the automatic operation of high-speed rails in a fully enclosed environment and a series of complete safety guarantee systems, thus no other transportation means can be matched with it. Since the advent of high-speed railway 35 years ago, Japan, Germany, and France have already transported 5 billion passengers. Although there have been major traffic accidents on high-speed railways, the accident rate is much lower than that of civil aviation and is almost negligible. It is still the safest transportation system.&lt;br /&gt;
4. High punctuality. All high-speed railways adopt automatic control and can operate around the clock unless there is an earthquake.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Comfortable and convenient. High speed rails have spacious and comfortable seats, stable operation, shock absorption, sound insulation, and quiet environment. &lt;br /&gt;
6. Low energy consumption. High-speed trains use electric traction, do not consume precious petroleum and other liquid fuels, and use various forms of energy, which is not a wasteful transportation mean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High speed railways高速铁路  the Tokaido Shinkansen line东海道新干线&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka.日本三大都市圈: 东京、名古屋和大阪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
integration capability整合能力  operating mileage运营里程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seamless steel tracks无缝钢轨  ballastless track无砟轨道 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a monolithic track bed整体式道床  moveable high-speed turnouts.可动心高速道岔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
viaducts and tunnels高架桥梁和隧道  high-speed EMUs.高速动车组&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shock absorption and sound insulation减震隔音  petroleum and other liquid fuels石油等液体燃料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Where does the first high speed railway come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the name of the first high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What is the advantages of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What are the features of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which transportation carries more passengers, high speed rails or trains?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. From Changsha to Shanghai, which transportation means will you choose?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. QR code payment===&lt;br /&gt;
The QR code payment model is based on the concept of mobile payment, and the first batch of payments made by mobile devices occurred in Finland in 1997. Finnish local media reported that Finland Telecom has enabled the service of operating jukeboxes and beverage vending machines by dialing a pay phone number. This service allows you to buy Coca-Cola at Helsinki Airport. The QR code, also known as &amp;quot;two-dimensional code&amp;quot; was invented in 1994 by the Japanese company DW.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of QR code payment methods in China is not occasionally. It  is mainly related to the rapid development of  IT technology and the rapid advancement of e-commerce. The maturity of IT technology has promoted the birth of mobile terminals such as smart phones and tablet computers, which makes people's mobile life more colorful. At the same time, domestic e-commerce is also closely related to &amp;quot;mobile&amp;quot;, especially the development of O2O. With a large number of mobile devices and a large amount of mobile consumption, payment costs have become particularly critical. Therefore, QR code payment solutions came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Characteristics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of 2010, QR codes and related technologies were widely circulated on the Internet, marking the beginning of the widespread popularity of QR codes in China. The popularity of any thing must have its reasons, and so is QR code payment. &lt;br /&gt;
1. Mature technology&lt;br /&gt;
QR  code payment already has mature technical means in developed areas abroad, which has laid the foundation for the development of domestic QR code technology, and it is believed that it will quickly become popular.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy to use&lt;br /&gt;
After the user installs the QR code recognition software, the transaction can be completed by simply swiping the place where the QR code is posted.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Convenient payment&lt;br /&gt;
With the QR code payment method, merchants do not have to bear high cost payments such as cash on delivery, and consumers can also make real-time payments anytime, anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Lower cost&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the maturity of technology and the popularization of mobile devices, the cost of QR code payment has become very low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QR code (Quick Response code)快速反应码   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finland芬兰  Telecom电信&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jukebox点唱机   beverage vending machine饮料自动售货机 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Helsinki Airport赫尔辛基机场 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What advanced the birth of QR code?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did the QR code become popular in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In which way can customers bear lower payment?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Why does QR code cost lower?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. When was the QR code invented?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Sharied bikes===&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 1965, the Municipal Government of Amsterdam in the Netherlands proposed the &amp;quot;White Plan&amp;quot;. According to the plan, the government purchased 50 bicycles and painted them with white paint as a sign and scattered them around the city for people to use. This was the earliest in the world. The unmanned shared bicycle system is invented by the Netherlands. In 2007, France also had free cycling, and it was only later that China became popular and innovative models developed and promoted overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By providing services on campuses, subway stations, bus stations, residential areas, commercial districts, public service areas, etc., bicycle-sharing (bicycle) companies complete the ”last mile“ in the transportation industry and drive residents' enthusiasm for using other public transportation. Produce synergy with other public transportation methods.  Shared bicycles are a time-sharing lease model and a new type of green and environmentally friendly sharing economy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's bike-sharing market has gone through three stages of development. The first phase is from 2007 to 2010. The public bicycle model that has emerged from abroad is introduced into the country, and the government will lead the management in different cities, mostly with piled bicycles. 2010-2014 is the second stage. Companies specializing in the bicycle market began to appear, but public bicycles are still dominated by piled bicycles. The third phase is from 2014 to 2018. With the rapid development of the mobile Internet, Internet shared bicycles led by Mobike came into being, and more convenient dockless bicycles began to replace docked bicycles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amsterdam阿姆斯特丹  the unmanned shared bicycle system 无人管理的共享单车系统&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
free cycling 单车自由行 residential areas 居民区 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
last mile ”最后一公里“  green and environmentally friendly economy 绿色和环境友好型经济&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the first phase第一阶段 dockless bicycles无桩单车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which country invented the shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the main purpose for the invention of shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many phases at present have the shared bikes experienced?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How's the prospect of the shared bikes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Online shopping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Domestic Mobile Phones===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Huawei===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the Chinese phone manufacturers, Huawei is probably the name that needs no introduction. It's the world's second largest smartphone company, and it's at the center of an international battle for technological dominance between Beijing and Washington. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1987, Huawei is a leading global provider of information and communications technology (ICT) infrastructure and smart devices. It has more than 194,000 employees, and operate in more than 170 countries and regions, serving more than three billion people around the world. Huawei is a private company wholly owned by its employees. No government agency or outside organization holds shares in Huawei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their vision and mission is to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world. The benefits of digital technology shouldn't just be available to those who can afford it. Huawei's mission is to expand the benefits of technology to everyone, everywhere. To achieve this, they've developed a digital inclusion strategy that focuses on three areas: technology, applications, and skills. For example, three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei are 5G, Huawei cloud and Huawei AI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei is continuing to focus on research and innovation to seize the opportunities and address the challenges of the future intelligent world.  There are many innovations and inventions of Huawei to drive the industry forward, including advanced wireless networks, optical networks, intelligent O&amp;amp;M, AI computing, smartphone camera, media CODEC standards, software, trustworthiness and so on. Today, Huawei have entered the 5G ear and embarked on 6G research. It is exploring new directions for 6G. To this end, they began research into the basic theories of 6G and initiated extensive open collaboration projects with other industry players and pushed the industry to build a consensus on 6G.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Staying customer-centric and creating value for customers&amp;quot; are the company's common values. The company has a well-developed internal governance structure, under which all governance bodies have clear and focused authority and responsibility, but operate under checks and balances. This creates a closed cycle of authority and achieves rational and cyclical succession of authority, so as to drive the facilitation and implementation of the company's common values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg|650px|thumb|middle|Diagram of Huawei Corporate Governance. Click [https://www-file.huawei.com/-/media/corporate/images/about-huawei/2020/corporate-governance-structure-18en.png?la=en-us/File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once virtually unknown to most Americans, the telecommunications giant was splashed across newspapers when top executive (and daughter of the company's founder) Meng Wangzhou was arrested in Canada for an alleged violation of US sanctions with Iran. Since then, the Chinese telecom has regularly made international headlines, especially since the US Commerce Department banned American companies from doing business with Huawei without first obtaining a license. &lt;br /&gt;
For Huawei, that meant it could lose access to crucial technological parts including semiconductors, which are key components used in its base stations and phones. It also meant Huawei's handsets were cut off from the full power of Google's Android operating system, along with several popular apps including the Google Play store, Gmail, Google Maps and apps that rely on Google like Uber and eBay. At its launch in September, the Mate 30 was Huawei's first major phone to launch without Google's proprietary apps. Despite US efforts to constrain Huawei, the company reported first-half earnings this month showing revenue grew more than 13% from a year ago to around $65 billion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expression===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei cloud	华为云	            Intelligent Collaboration	  协同管理技术&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
optical networks	光纤网络	                 Carrier Network	承载网络&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intelligent O&amp;amp;M	智能委托运营	                  the Kunpeng 920	鲲鹏920&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI computing	人工智能计算	                     AppGallery 	华为应用程序库&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
information and communications technology (ICT)  信息与通讯技术             	Media CODEC standards	编解码标准&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.When is Huawei founded?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many countries and regions does Huawei operate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do government agency and outside organization hold shares if Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the vision and mission of Huawei? And what do they do to achieve this mission?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the innovations and inventions of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the company’s common values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What makes that the telecommunications giant frequently was mentioned across newspapers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Which phone is the first major phone launched without Google’s proprietary apps?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. What’s your opinion towards these two issues mentioned above? Will these hinder the development of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Xiaomi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Vivo &amp;amp; OPPO===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 07:24, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Brief introduction of Chines dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words topolect and hibernation, all comes from Yangxiong (53-18), &amp;quot;Interpretation of Foreign Dialects: Light Xuan“in the Han dynasty. &amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot; refers to different meanings in different groups, according to the Chinese , &amp;quot;dialect &amp;quot; is both a political concept and a linguistic one, and it is also known as &amp;quot;Vernacular &amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;Accent&amp;quot;, refers to the difference in the language standard of a certain region, such as relationship between relatives regardless of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot;,however, is a linguistic concept in Europe, subordinating under the concept of&amp;quot;language&amp;quot; at the beginning of the eighteenth century. Based on the relationship between the language (pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar),it is divided into family, group, branch and language.Considering the special national situation of China, The translation of &amp;quot;Chinese dialects&amp;quot; into English is &amp;quot;Varieties of Chinese&amp;quot;.According to the European , dialect is a language that differs from the standarded language and is spoken in only one certain region. &lt;br /&gt;
China enjoys a vast field and a long history. In the process of historical development, different divisions and unification inevitably occurred in the society, which led to the gradual emergence of diverse and complex dialects system in Chinese. There are many factors contributing to the evolution of dialect, including social, historical and geographical factors, as well as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
According to the dialects, Chinese is divided into two categories: the official dialects and the nine local dialects. Official dialects ,namely modern Chinese, are not independent dialects, because they are very similar in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar to the common language. Other regional dialects differ greatly in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar, thus forming their own dialect systems. The official dialects include northeast Mandarin, Beijing mandarin, Ji Lu mandarin, Jiao-Liao mandarin, Central Plains mandarin, Lan-Yin mandarin, Southwest Mandarin and Jianghuai mandarin. The nine local dialects include Wu dialect, Cantonese, Fujian dialect, Hunan dialect, Hakka, Gan dialect, Hui dialect, Jin dialect and Pinghua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Hunan dialect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiangyu , also known as xiang dialect or Hunan dialect, belongs to the sino-tibetan  language, and is the main language used by the hunan people who live in xiangjiang river basin and its branches. Xiangyu is divided into two categories: new Xiangyu and The old Xiangyu. The new Xiangyu is represented by Changsha dialect while the old one is represented by Shuangfeng dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
The core area of ancient Chu language is located in the middle reaches of Yangtze River, and Chu language is the ancestor language of Xiang language [1]. Modern Xiangyu speakers are mainly distributed in a considerable part of Hunan province in Mainland China, including Changsha, Zhuzhou, Xiangtan, Yueyang, Yiyang, Loudi, Hengyang, Shaoyang, Yongzhou and so on. In 2010, the number of Xiangyu-speaker was estimated to be about 45 million. The regional dialects of Hunan province include Hunan, Southwest Official, Gan, Hakka, and Xiangxiang, southern Hunan dialect, which have not yet been classified as belonging to the dialect. Xiangyu is the main dialect of Hunan Province. Hunan province is a region that has diverse dialects. &lt;br /&gt;
The chu dialect ,namely Chu Yan (ancient Chu language), is popular in Chu in the pre-Qin period, and it is the most ancient origin of Xiang language. The specific appearance of ancient Chu language cannot be verified today, but it is the earliest language used by the Han people in Hunan and along the Xiangjiang river. The word &amp;quot;Chu Yan&amp;quot; first appeared in Zuo Zhuan, indicating that the Chu Yan had been formed at least in the late Spring and Autumn Period, and was a branch of Chinese language,and was different from the Central Plains Yayin XiaYan at that time.There are 20-35 initials of Xiangyu, 30 to 40 finals, 5-7tones,commonly with 6 .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Contonese===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yueyu ,or Cantonese, Guangdong dialect and Tang dialect, is commonly known as &amp;quot;baihua&amp;quot;.It is a Chinese dialect in the Chinese-Tibetan Chinese language family. Cantonese is the mother tongue of the Guangfu nationality, an important carrier of the Guangfu culture of the Han nationality, and one of the basic symbolic cultural identities of the Guangfu nationality. Cantonese has a complete language system consisting of nine tones and six volumes of tones, retaining many characteristics of Middle Ancient Chinese . Besides Putonghua, it is the only Chinese language that has been studied independently by foreign universities. &lt;br /&gt;
As for the origin of Cantonese, there are different opinions.Some says that it originated from the Northern Mid-plain dialect and others the Chu language from the State of Chu. Cantonese is one of the southern dialects that retains more middle Ancient Chinese elements than other dialects, among which the most prominent feature is that it relatively retains the universal middle Ancient Chinese &amp;quot;Ru Sheng&amp;quot;, and its initials, finals and tones have a good correspondence with the ancient Chinese standard rhymes in&amp;quot;Qu Yun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Guang Yun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Mandarin is a dominant language in Guangdong province, and the most dominant dialect is Cantonese. Hakka dialect and Fujian dialect are the other two major Chinese dialects with great influence in the province. Hakka dialect is mainly concentrated in the northeast and north of Guangdong province, and hakka dialect is also distributed in parts of western Guangdong province.  Hakka villages are scattered in most parts of the province, and the number of people using this dialect is about 20 million. Fujian dialect is mainly distributed in the coastal area of the southwest and southeast of Guangdong province ,including 6 municipalities:Chaozhou, Shantou, Jieyang, Shanwei, Zhanjiang, Maoming ,and it can be divided into to language-speaking areas: they are , Chaoshan and Leizhou .The former shares some similarities with the south Fujian dialect , while the later is close to Hainan dialect.In addition, there are 18.95 million people living in some islets in Zhongshan,Huizhou, Qingyuan, Shaoguan taking Fujian dialect as their official language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
1.How many local dialects in China?What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is the origin of Contonese?&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where do most people speak the Hunan dialect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Zijia|Wu Zijia]] ([[User talk:Wu Zijia|talk]]) 08:23, 9 November 2020 (UTC)Wu Zijia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===March of the Volunteers (National Anthem of the People's Republic of China)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Brief Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is a song composed by Tian Han and Nie Er. It is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times, known as the clarion call of the Liberation of the Chinese nation. Since its birth in 1935 at the critical moment of national crisis, it has played a great role in inspiring the patriotic spirit of the Chinese people, and later became the National Anthem of the People’s Republic of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On May 9, 1935, the first version of the song was recorded in the recording studio of EMI Records. In 1951, in order to meet the needs of playing the national anthem, the People's Record Factory recorded and published a rough record composed of a brass ensemble and an orchestral ensemble. In 1959, to celebrate the 10th anniversary of the founding of the People’s Republic of China, the China Record Factory recorded and published a full set of standard national anthem special records. In 1978, a special album for collective lyrics was released. In 1983, China Record Shanghai Company recorded and published a special record for the standard national anthem after the original word was restored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On March 14, 2004, the Second Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed a constitutional amendment, officially stipulating that the national anthem of the People’s Republic of China shall be the March of Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The National Anthem Law of the People's Republic of China was adopted at the 29th Session of the 12th National People's Congress Standing Committee on September 1st, 2017, and formally went into effect on October 1st.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Creation Background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times. In the autumn of 1934, Tian Han wrote a long poem for the film, the last verse of which was selected as the lyrics of the theme song March of the Volunteers. Shortly after the lyrics were written, Tian Han was arrested and imprisoned by the Kuomintang authorities. In February 1935, director Xu Xingzhi took over the shooting of Children of Troubled Times. Soon after, comrades who went to prison to visit brought back the lyrics written by Tian Han in prison on the back of cigarette packing paper, that is, the original manuscript of March of the Volunteers. At that time, Nie Er was preparing to go to Japan to seek refuge. He learned that there was a theme song to write in the film children of the wind and cloud. He took the initiative to compose music for the song and promised to send back the song manuscript as soon as possible after he arrived in Japan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nie Er completed the first draft of the score soon after receiving the lyrics. On April 18, 1935, after Nie Er arrived in Tokyo, Japan, he completed the final draft of the score, and sent the final draft to Shanghai Dentsu Film Company at the end of April. Afterwards, in order to make the song tune and rhythm more powerful, Nie Er and Sun Shiyi discussed and made three changes to the lyrics, thus completing the song creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the early shooting of the film Children of Troubled Times was completed, the lyrics of Tian Han's theme song did not determine the name of the song, while Nie Er's lyric composition sent back from Japan only included the word &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;. General Zhu Qinglan, as the investor of the film Children of Troubled Times, added &amp;quot;Volunteers&amp;quot; after the words of &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;, thus naming the song March of the Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Song Appreciation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The March of the Volunteers is a very creative song; the composer Nie Er devotes himself to the creation of this song with great passion. First of all, he succeeds in handling the poetic lyrics of Tian Han’s prose in accordance with the laws of music in an extremely vivid, powerful and colloquial way. In terms of melody creation, he not only absorbs the excellent achievements of international revolutionary songs and the style characteristics of Western European march, but also makes it have strong national characteristics, so that the song could be grasped by the broad masses and play its fighting role.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The song begins as a prelude to a six-bar march. It has a sonorous rhythm, bright and majestic melody, among which the magical effect of triplet enhances the fighting atmosphere of the song. Although the prelude is short, it contains the basis for the emotional and melody development of the entire song. The songs are interlocked and advanced layer by layer. This process runs through the whole song, and the end of the song is repeated many times, giving people a sense of unwavering and unstoppable.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
According to the characteristics of the lyrics clause, Nie Er treated the song into a free body structure formed by six phrases of varying lengths. Although the melody and structure of each phrase are different, the cohesion between the phrase and the phrase is close, the development is natural, and the singing is ups and downs, and is integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers, with its soaring, sonorous and powerful melody and inspiring lyrics, expresses the Chinese people's strong resentment and resistance to imperialist aggression, and embodies the heroic spirit of the great Chinese nation in the face of foreign aggression that is brave, strong, united as one to go through national disaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Chinese and English Lyrics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！不愿做奴隶的人们！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
把我们的血肉，筑成我们新的长城！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中华民族到了最危险的时候，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每个人被迫着发出最后的吼声。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！起来！起来！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们万众一心，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！前进、进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise, you who refuse to be bond slaves!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s stand up and fight for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberty and true democracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All our world is facing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chains of the tyrants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone who works for freedom is now crying:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise! Arise! Arise!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on! March on, and on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers 义勇军进行曲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Children of Troubled Times 风云儿女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EMI 百代唱片&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People’s Congress 全国人民代表大会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People's Congress Standing Committee 全国人大常委&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
‭&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who are the composers of March of the Volunteers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which movie's theme song does March of the Volunteers belong to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When did the National Anthem Law go into effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was the final draft completed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How did the name of this song come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He’s Voyages '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1405 until 1433, the Chinese imperial eunuch Zheng He led seven ocean expeditions for the Ming emperor which is  an unprecedented feat in world history. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He'''&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He was born Ma He to a Muslim family in the far southwest, in today's Yunnan province. It is said that his original surname is Ma,his full name as Ma Sanbao .At ten years old he was captured by soldiers sent there by the first Ming emperor intent on subduing the south. &lt;br /&gt;
He was sent to the capital to be trained in military ways. Growing up to be a burly, imposing man, over six feet tall with a chest contemporaries said measured over five feet around, he was also extremely talented and intelligent. He received both literary and military training, then made his way up the military ladder with ease, making important allies at court in the process. Besides Zheng He has a background of both Buddhism and lslam.Thus,he was assumed as the perfect choice to lead the emperor’s splendid armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reasons for the voyages'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle Emperor sent Zheng He to the “Western oceans”, both to demonstrate the might of the Ming Empire and to realize the diplomatic ideal of peace and harmony among all nations. Zheng He's fleet showed the prosperity ，the imperial power and its advanced navigation technology and exquisite ship-building techniques  of China at that time , thus many small countries and bribes agreed to recognize China as their superior and its emperor as lord of “all under Heaven”.These countries and bribes regularly gave gifts of tribute in exchange for certain benefits ,like military posts and treaties.&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He's fleet did not act as a sea ruler, it appeared in peace all over the world, laden not only with goods exchanged with  those countries, but also with the friendship of peoples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The seven expeditions'''&lt;br /&gt;
These expeditions were astonishing as much for their distance as for their size: during the first ones, Zheng He traveled all the way from China to Southeast Asia and then on to India, all the way to major trading sites on India's southwest coast.The first expedition of this mighty armada was in 11th July of 1405, composed of 317ships  and perhaps as many as sixty huge Treasure Ships and  nearly 28000men with thousands  of soldiers , sailors ,diplomatic specialists ,medical personnel, astronomers and scholars.The fleet stopped in Java and then arrived at Ceylon (today’s Sri Lanka ).&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to the first one, the second  voyage(1407-1409) was smaller with only 68ships sending  foreign envoys back home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He led the third voyage (1409-1411) visiting many of the same countries as the first one did, like Champa and Java. When fighting broke out there between his forces and those of a small kingdom, Zheng put down the fighting, captured the king and brought him back to China where he was released by the emperor and returned home duly impressed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth voyage (1413-15) extended the scope of the expeditions even further. This time in addition to visiting many of the same sites, Zheng He commandeered his 40 ships and over 28,000 men to Hormuz on the Persian Gulf. This trip has 48 ships with doctors , officials ,translators and more than 27000 troops .&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth voyage (1417-1419) was primarily a return trip for seventeen heads of state from South Asia. They had made their way to China after Zheng He's visits to their homelands in order to present their tribute at the Ming Court. &lt;br /&gt;
The sixth voyage began in 1421 and lasted for nearly two years.Then the expeditions were halted  due to the death of the Yongle emperor. sailed to many of the previously visited Southeast Asian  and  Indian  courts  and  stops  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  coast  of  Africa, principally in order to return nineteen ambassadors to their homelands. Zheng He returned to China after less than a year, having sent his fleet onward to pursue several separate itineraries, with some ships going perhaps as far south as Sofala in present day Mozambique.&lt;br /&gt;
The  seventh  and  final  voyage  (1431-33)  was  sent  out  by  the  Yongle  emperor's  successor,  his grandson the Xuande emperor.It was on this return  trip that Zheng He died.This expedition had more than one hundred large ships and over 27,000 men, and it visited all the important ports in the South China Sea and Indian Ocean as well as Aden and Hormuz. One auxiliary voyage traveled up the Red Sea to Jidda, only a few hundred miles from the holy cities of Mecca and Medina. It was on the return trip in 1433 that Zheng He died  and  was  buried  at  sea,  although  his  official  grave  still  stands  in  Nanjing,  China.  Nearly forgotten  in  China  until  recently,  he  was  immortalized  among  Chinese  communities  abroad, particularly in Southeast Asia where to this day he is celebrated and revered as a god.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary list'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle emperor 永乐皇帝（明成祖）&lt;br /&gt;
Java 爪哇&lt;br /&gt;
Ceylon 锡兰（今斯里兰卡）&lt;br /&gt;
Champe 占城（印度支那古国）&lt;br /&gt;
Hormuz 霍尔木兹&lt;br /&gt;
The Persian Gulf 波斯湾&lt;br /&gt;
Medina 麦地那市（沙特阿拉伯西部城市）&lt;br /&gt;
Mecca 麦加 （穆斯林圣地）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.What was Zheng He like?&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why did the Yongel Emperor sent the armada  to the “Western oceans”&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many people did Zheng He bring at the first voyage ,and what did these people do?&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did the expeditions stopped during the 1423-1430?&lt;br /&gt;
5.The last trip was sented by?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Studies of Hunan Dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Category of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Characteristics of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developments of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Folk Stories of ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl, Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall, the Story of the White Snake and Butterfly Lovers are the four major folk love stories in ancient China. As the most charming oral traditions and national intangible cultural heritage in China, the earliest of them has been popular for more than 2000 years, having a profound impact on people’s lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cowherd and Weaving Girl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Story of the White Snake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Butterfly Lovers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cowherd and Weaving Girl====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that the story took place in the Western Zhou Dynasty. Cowherd was a simple and honest young man living in the Xiniu village of Nanyang city. His parents died early, so he lived a miserable life with an old ox. One day, Weaving Girl, the daughter of the God of Heaven, came down with other fairies from heaven and took a bathe in a river near Cowherd’s house. The old ox told the Cowherd to steal her clothes so that she was unable to return to the heaven and would stay here to be his wife. With the help of the old ox, Weaving Girl married Cowherd and had a son and a daughter. They led a happy life with husband laboring in the field and wife weaving at home. But their marriage didn't last long. It was discovered by the Queen Mother and incurred her wrath. Ignoring tearful Cowherd and two crying children, she broke up the couple and brought Weaving Girl back. It was the old ox that helped him again. It told Cowherd that it would die tonight and he needed to make three pair of shoes with its skin, which could help him go to heaven and find his wife.  Cowherd did as the old ox said. Just as the cowherd was about to catch up with them, however, the Queen Mother took off her golden hairpin and separate them by a large river, which is now called the Milky Way. Hopelessly, the two lovers can only look at each other across the river. Fortunately, magpies were touched by their love. Hundreds of thousands of magpies flied and formed a bridge over the river. Finally the Queen Mother showed a little mercy, allowing them to meet once a year on the magpie bridge. The day was the seventh day of the seventh lunar month, which later has become the Chinese Valentine’s Day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, Fan Xilang, a young man living in the surrounding area of Mengjiang mountain in Lizhou County, Hunan Province, had just finished the forced servitude and returned to his hometown to get married. But unfortunately, on the night of their wedding, Fan Xilang was sent to the north to build the Great Wall. He toiled away with hunger, cold and fatigue, and soon met a miserable death at the end of his efforts. His body was buried under the Great Wall. &lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu, Fan’s new wife, got the bad news and went through all kinds of hardships to reach the Great Wall. She cried bitterly there for three days and three nights, and finally cried down the Great Wall and found her husband's remains. On her way to take him home, she suffered a lot and finally died of hunger and thirst in Tongguan County,  Shaanxi Province. Sympathetic with the couple’s miserable experience and deeply moved by Meng’s spirits, the local people buried their remains and set up ancestral temples to commemorate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Story of the White Snake====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Created in the Southern Song Dynasty and prevailed in the Qing Dynasty, the Story of the White Snake is a model of Chinese folk collective creation. In the book Stories to Warn Man compiled by Feng Menglong, The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda has been acknowledged as the first version of this story.&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of practice in Emei Mountain, two snake named Bai Suzhen and Xiaoqing translated into two beautiful girls and came to visit Hangzhou. After encountering with a young man named Xu Xian in the rain, Bai Suzhen fell in love with him and soon later they get married. But a monk called Fahai saw through Bai’s disguise and thought that it was an intrigue of the white snake to marry a man. He persuaded Xu Xian to intoxicate his wife with realgar wine on the Dragon Boat Festival. After being drunk, Bai Suzhen couldn’t  control herself  and showed the shape of a snake, which scared Xu Xian to death. Regardless of her own safety, Bai Suzhen went through many difficulties and got the magical grass, which finally brought Xu Xian back to life.&lt;br /&gt;
But Fahai did not give up. He then lured Xu Xian to the Jinshan Temple to separate the couple. Bai Suzhen and Xiao Qing had no choice but to inundate the temple with flood. During the fierce battle, Bai was finally defeated and put into a small bowl under the Leifeng Pagoda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Butterfly Lovers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Zhu Yingtai, a beautiful and intelligent girl born in a rich family in Shangyu County, Zhejiang Province, wanted to go to Hangzhou to study for there was no good teacher at home. Her father, seeing her eagerness to learn and her ability to disguise herself as a man, finally agreed to her request. On the way to Hangzhou, Zhu Yingtai met Liang Shanbo, a young man who had the same destination with her. He was sincere, gentle and knowledgeable and they clicked immediately. During the school years, they often talked about poetry and articles, cared for each other, and slept in the same bed at night. Zhu had gradually fallen in love with Liang, who, though did not know she was a girl, also cherished her and saw her as his best friend. &lt;br /&gt;
Three years passed quickly. The moment when they had to part, Zhu constantly gave delicate indications to Liang that she was a girl and she loved him, but Liang failed to take her hint. Zhu had no choice but to lied to Liang that she had a little sister who was similar to her in appearance and learning and she wondered if Liang was willing to marry her. Liang Shanbo readily consented and promised that he would come to visit soon. A months later, Liang Shanbo went to Zhu's home and he was surprised to see Zhu Yingtai dressed up as a girl. Only then did he know the truth and figured all the things out. They then confessed their love to each other and pledged to marry without the permission of parents. &lt;br /&gt;
But unfortunately, Zhu’s parents didn’t think much of this poor young man. They wanted to marry their daughter to Ma Wencai, the son of the local governor. Zhu Yingtai was unwilling to marry him but her protest was in vain, for her family was in financial crisis and needed Ma’s support. Hopelessly, the two young lovers was forced to part in tears. Since then, Liang slid into a depression. His spirit and health were soon crushed, and he died a few months later. On the wedding day, Zhu asked for a detour to pass by Liang 's tomb so that she could say goodbye to him. Wearing a bright red wedding dress, she knelt in front of his grave and cried bitterly. At that moment, lighting flashed, thunder rolled and the sky went dark. Liang's tomb suddenly cracked open and Ying-tai immediately jumped into it before it closed. Then under the shocked eyes of the onlookers, a pair of beautiful butterflies flied out of the graves and dancing in the sunlight. It is believed that these two butterflies are Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai. They finally get rid of all the shackles and bounds and can stay together forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having been adapted into many films and TV plays, these four stories are well-known in China and the rest of the world. As the crystallization of folk culture, they not only represent the rich imagination of ancient Chinese people, but also show their hatred for evil forces and their pursuit for a free and happy life, which is exactly the positive part of folk literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl  牛郎织女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall  孟姜女哭长城&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Butterfly Lovers 梁山伯与祝英台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Queen Mother 王母娘娘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stories to Warn Man 《警世通言》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda 《白娘子永镇雷峰塔》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What led to the death of Meng Jiangnu’s husband?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What did Xu Xian give Bai Suzhen to drink that made her reveal her snake form?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What did the Cowherd do to make Weaving Girl stay?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Liang Shanbo realize that Zhu Yingtai is actually a girl?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Why did Zhu Yingtai lie to Liang Shanbo that she has a little sister?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Four Great Pavilions'''--[[User:Xu Jing|Xu Jing]] ([[User talk:Xu Jing|talk]]) 06:21, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese 4 great towers&lt;br /&gt;
A. origin&lt;br /&gt;
B. development&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 08:17, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Yang Chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
Nanjing, An Ancient Capital of Six Dynasties--[[User:Yang Hairong|Yang Hairong]] ([[User talk:Yang Hairong|talk]]) 08:28, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
The Five Constant Virtues&lt;br /&gt;
A Benevolence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B Righteousness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C Propriety&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D Wisdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F Fidelity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheongsam--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 13:16, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Folding Screen''' --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 08:58, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Introduction '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens are a kind of flexible furniture and composed of several frames or panels linked together. They serve practical and decorative functions, being made from various materials and in many styles. Folding screens originated in ancient China. Written references date from around the 4th century BC, during the Han dynasty, but they were probably used earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 History and Technology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Screens date back to China during the Eastern Zhou period (711-256BCE). They were one-panel screens rather than folding screens then. The origin of folding screens, however, could be traced to the Han dynasty (206 BCE - 200 CE). Depictions of them have been found in Han-era tombs, such as one in Zhucheng, Shandong Province. Initially used as room separators painted with serious works, folding screens weren't designed to move around very often. They were initially made of wooden panels and decorated with fine art. Many themes are painted on the panels, such as mythology, scenes of palace life, and nature, making them more of a piece of furniture.  It is often associated with intrigue and romance in Chinese literature, for example, a young lady in love could take a curious peek hidden from behind a folding screen. Examples of such romantic occasions can be seen in the classical novel Dream of the Red Chamber of Cao Xueqin. The folding screen is also an important element in Tang literature. Li He, the Tang Poet, wrote the &amp;quot;Song of the Screen&amp;quot; (屏风曲), in which he described a folding screen of a newly-wed couple. The folding screen surrounded the bed of the young couple, and its twelve panels were adorned with butterflies alighted on China pink flowers (an allusion to lovers), and had silver hinges resembling glass coins. There are heavy wooden structures with other decorations pulled through holes near the edges of the panels. The design is prominent, and the frame is frequently vertical with individual designs and pleasing patterns.  &lt;br /&gt;
They were made flexible when an ingenious system of strong paper hinges were integrated in the panel construction, which made folding patterns reversible. The panels were brought closer by the paper hinges, which reduce the need for frames separating panels and allow a horizontal orientation of the picture plane. This provides creative approaches to the various spatial relationships of the panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Uses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens serve many purposes, such as for tea ceremonies, as backgrounds for concerts or dances, as enclosures for Buddhist rites, and in outdoor processions. Different functions have their own types.&lt;br /&gt;
Although originated in China, folding screens are now used in many interior designs around the world. People first used them also in some practical ways, such as preventing draft in homes, as shown by the two characters in their name: ping(屏 &amp;quot;screen; blocking&amp;quot;) and feng (风 &amp;quot;breeze, wind&amp;quot;). People would also use them to bestow a sense of privacy; in old times, they would often be placed in rooms serving as dressing screens for ladies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens can be put up as to divide a large space and change the configuration of the room. They could also be used as a false way set up at the entrance of a room to create a desirable atmosphere by hiding certain features like doors to a kitchen. Now that many folding screens are design with fine art, they serve the decorative purposes well in the interior features of a home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.4 Spread'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After becoming popular in China, folding screens spread to other parts of the world, including East Asia and later Europe. In the 7th century, they appeared in Japan for the first time during the reign of Emperor Tenmu, and they were presented to the Korean kingdom of Silla as a gift. By the 8th century, they had gained such popularity in Japan that Japanese artists began to make their own, very much influenced by Chinese design. Different sizes served different purposes: small 2-fold screens were often used for the tea ceremony and a larger 8-fold screen could be used as backdrops for dances. Japanese screens were lighter, often made of silk or even paper. Folding screens from the Far East spread to Europe at the very beginning of the 17th century. Owing to their practical functions and the distinguished decoration, they drew a lot of attention. The famous designer Coco Chanel was totally enchanted by Coromandel screens. She was well-known for her collection of Chinese folding screens. She possessed 32 folding screens, 8 of which were preserved in her apartment in Paris. She once stated:   “I’ve loved Chinese screens since I was eighteen years old. I nearly fainted with joy when, entering a Chinese shop, I saw a Coromandel for the first time. Screens were the first thing I bought.“ By the early 18th century, European craftsmen had already begun making folding screens on their own. They made folding screens in less expensive painted versions instead using lacquer techniques. At that time, leather screens were fashionable, but their popularity didn't last long, only to be restored around 1860 during the reign of Napoleon III with the wave of Japonism that inspired a number of French artists. In the 20th century when new modern heating means were invented, the functions of the folding screen became mostly decorative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Expressions and Terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dream of the Red Chamber 《红楼梦》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Korean kingdom of Silla 朝鲜新罗王国&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Tenmu 天武天皇 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.5 Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. When did folding screens first appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How are folding screens associated with romance in Chinese literature?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What functions do screens serve?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. When did they spread to Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. How did European craftsmen make folding screens?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
Panda--[[User:Yi Zichu|Yi Zichu]] ([[User talk:Yi Zichu|talk]]) 14:26, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Legalism'''--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 08:29, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Representative figures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Works'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15.）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.The Origin of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.The Development of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Local Changsha Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Hong Kong-style milk tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Indian Masala Chai'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Milk Tea and Health'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Advantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Disadvantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional textile printing and dyeing craftsmanship in China. It was called wax valerian in ancient times, also known as one of the four ancient printing techniques which are twisted valerian (tie-dye), gray valerian (hollow printing), and clip-dyeing in ancient China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called Batik in Indonesia or Malaysia. The patterns dyed by this method embody both decorative interests and practical values.&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the unearthed objects, which was even earlier than it was documented, was a quilt dyed with valerian and excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha. An unearthed piece of finished product originated in the Jin Dynasty, with overlapping patterns, which is the so-called agate-patterned silk in the Tang and Song Dynasties. Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the luxurious and beautiful batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Java, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc. The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Xinyuan|Zeng Xinyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Xinyuan|talk]]) 08:38, 10 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 14:16, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terra-Cotta Warriors --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 02:32, 3 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bonsai&lt;br /&gt;
2.Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
3.Question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok（抖音） --[[User:Zhang Weihong|Zhang Weihong]] ([[User talk:Zhang Weihong|talk]]) 08:31, 21 November 2020 (UTC)Zhang Weihong&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 08:23, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
四大家&lt;br /&gt;
儒家&lt;br /&gt;
墨家&lt;br /&gt;
道家&lt;br /&gt;
法家--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 01:42, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A. Writing Brush'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the &lt;br /&gt;
classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B. Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C. Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:yueliang.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a men, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. It is important to acquire this basic knowledge for our understanding of the evolution of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Huainanzi. On Mountains contains an illuminative depiction: “When light comes from a crack, a corner is illuminated; when light comes from a window in the wall, the north wall is illuminated; when light comes from the door, all the room is illuminated.” It further comments: “With ten windows fully open, the room is not as bright as when a door is open.” These remarks provide us with plenty of useful information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we know that at that time houses were constructed to face the south, and the direction of doors and windows were consistent with the architectural tradition which lasted thousands of years. Secondly, windows were quite small, to the extent that the area of ten windows was not as big as that of a door. &lt;br /&gt;
Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. As elaborate funerals were in fashion in the Han dynasty, construction models as funeral objects have occasionally been unearthed from Han tombs. On these objects ancient doors and windows can be identified. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. Windows with vertical rods solved these problems perfectly. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei adn Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. Xie Lingyun (385-433), a famous poet and follower of Buddhism, wrote a beautiful couplet in his On the Mountain Cottage, “Ranges of mountains are invited into the door, and mirror-like quiescent water is displayed in front of the window.” To exhibit natural scenes through doors and windows added to the aesthetic function of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice.. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
During the evolutionary development of classical doors, between plank doors and lattice doors there was another kind of door called a “soft door”. A soft door was a frame structure, with a waist bar in the middle, and panels were inset in grooves above and below the bar. The advantage of a soft door was that it was light in weight and resistant to deformation. The soft door is considered to be the predecessor of the lattice door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and still windows. All the doors and windows illustrated in this book are products of the Ming and Qing dynasties. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 02:29, 5 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the exchange of goods, currency emerged. And at very begining, currency was served by certain recognized equivalents, such as seashells. Gradually precious metals like gold and silver took the place of those equivalents as currency. However, when metal currency was used for a long time, it became worn out and worthless. People realized that they could use other things to replace the metal currency in circulation, so paper currency appeared. The earliest paper currency in the world was the &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot; of Chengdu, Sichuan province, during the Northern Song Dynasty. China was the first country in the world to use paper currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Emergence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Influence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] He Shengming.Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press,1990.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Jiaozi.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How did jiaozi come into being?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese traditional make up--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Base make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''II.Color make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.Tang dynasty make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107149</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107149"/>
		<updated>2020-12-03T14:11:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). Please write the text and indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. Please also add a vocabulary list and questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Chinese Astrology&amp;quot;--[[User:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|SAFFANA ALSIED 2]] ([[User talk:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|talk]]) 17:07, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chunlian.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Chunlian, image from Baike. Click [...] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Spring Festival Couplets===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Chunlian in Chinese, is also known as Spring Couplets or Chinese New Year Couplets. It is the most common and important custom when celebrating Chinese New Year. This tradition is widely kept both in modern cities and rural areas of China.With black or golden characters written on red paper, Spring Festival Couplets are composed of a pair of poetry lines vertically pasted on both sides of the front door and a four-character horizontal scroll affixed above the doorframe. Pasting couplets expresses people’s delight in the festival and wishes for a better life in the coming year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Couplets originated from Taofu, an inscription on boards made from peach trees in the Zhou Dynasty. According to the legend, a rooster perching in a big peach tree will crow at dawn to call all the traveling ghosts back. In front of the entrance of the dark world, there are two guards named Shentu and Yulei. If the ghosts harm any people at night, the guards will kill them.People believed that peach trees can scare and subdue evil things, so they hung peach boards in front of the doors with the guards’ names written or inscribed on them. During the Song Dynasty, the wood board was replaced by paper, and people focused more on bright wishes for the future. The custom became popular in Ming Dynasty. When the Emperor Zhu Yuanzhang traveled for inspection, he found those pairs of scrolls interesting. In order to advocate and promote this cultural activity, he ordered all household to paste the scrolls during the Chinese New Year. This tradition continues today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The upper scroll and the lower scroll have parallel structures and antithetical meanings. The two lines should have an equal number of characters, while their meaning must be related and antithetical. There must be a one-to-one correspondence between the two lines. The tone pattern is emphasized but rhythm is not important. The horizontal scroll is a four-character phrase, which sums up the two lines’ meaning. When you read a spring festival couplets, first,look at the horizontal scroll. If the four characters are written from left to right, the upper scroll will be on the left and the lower scroll on the right. If the characters of the horizontal scroll are reversed, the two side scrolls should be read from right to left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Spring Couplets, Chinese New Year Couplets, New Year Scroll 春联 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste 贴&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horizontal scroll 横联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upper scroll 上联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower scroll 下联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guzheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It  belongs to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It refers to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese.--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 07:36, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are varied accounts for how the ''zheng'' came to be. The first legend says the history of ''guzheng'' can date back to the Warring States Period. The oldest specimen yet discovered held 13 strings. ''Zheng'' was regarded as a weapon at that time which was used vertically to beat enemies. There was also an old saying that “the ''zheng'' makes a pleasant sound when placed horizontally and becomes a soldier when placed vertically”. Later, strings were added to it, and when plucked, it was found to be pleasing to the ears, so it developed into an instrument. As time went by, the weapons became lighter and lighter, and the ''zheng'', a large and heavy weapon, was abandoned. The second legend says the early form of the''zheng'' is said to have been invented by Meng Tian, a general of the Qin Dynasty (221-206 BC). But according to the biographies of Meng Tian in ''Historical Records'', there is no record of his invention of the ''zheng''. The third legend says the ''guzheng'' came about largely influenced by the ''se'' which was recorded by Zhao Lin in ''Records on Words''. When two people fought over a 25-string ''se'', they broke it in half, one person receiving a 12-string part and the other the 13-string part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern-day ''Guzheng'' usually has 21 strings and movable bridges and is 163 centimeters long. It should not be confused with the ''guqin'', another ancient Chinese zither with 7 strings played without movable bridges. The strings were formerly made of silk. By the 20th century, most players used metal strings. Since the mid-20th century, steel strings wound with nylon are common to be seen. The body of the ''guzheng'' is approximately rectangular, with a slight protrusion in the middle of the faceplate. The head and tail of the ''guzheng'' are anterior mountain and posterior mountain respectively. The two mountains are connected by 21 strings which are supported by 21 movable bridges, also known as Yan Zhu which are moved to change the timbres. The strings at the anterior side are wound around the string pegs in the turning box. And the ''guzheng'' was usually placed on the zither feet. The timbre of the ''guzheng'' is determined by the quality of the wood. As the tension of paulownia is better, the body of the ''guzheng'' are mostly made of paulownia. The head, tail and other parts of the ''guzheng'' are generally made of mahogany, and some patterns are decorated on the head and the tail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingerpicks, called Dai Mao or Yi Jia, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Meng Tian 蒙恬 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Lin 赵璘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Records on Words'' 《因话录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*anterior mountain 前岳山 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*posterior mountain 后岳山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Zhu 雁柱 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*string pegs 弦钉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*turning box 调音盒 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zither feet 琴足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*paulownia 桐木 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mahogany 红木&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Mao 玳瑁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi Jia 义甲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Facial makeup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Facial makeup, a sort of makeup art used in stage performance, is painted on the face of traditional opera singers in China and varies when it come to different types of role. The character roles in Beijing opera are divided into four main types according to the sex, age, social status and profession of the character. Sheng refers to male roles and is divided into laosheng (middle-aged or old men), xiaosheng (young men) and wusheng ( men with martial skills). Dan refers to female roles and is also subdivided into various types. Qingyi is a woman with a strict moral code; and laodan is an elderly woman. Jing refers to the roles with painted faces. They are usually warriors, statesmen or even demons. Chou, clown, is a comic character and can be recognized at first sight for his special make-up. The facial makeup of “sheng” and “dan” is quite simple with a thin layer of powder, called “plain face” while that of “jing” and “chou” is relatively complicated, and the former, in particular, is applied with heavy color and complicated patterns, thus gaining the name of “painted face”. In Beijing Opera, facial make-up, which is applied to Jing roles only, shows the character’s age and personality by using different colors. “Chou” is commonly called the clown as they are accustomed to wiping a patch of white powder on the nose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People hold different views when speaking of the origin of the facial makeup. It was said facial makeup was closely related to a kind of dance, called Damian, which appeared in the Northern and Southern Dynasties and thrived in the Tang Dynasty. It was performed by a single man aiming to extol King Lanling Gao Changgong’s outstanding military service and merits. He was courageous and good-looking and was bound to win every time he worn a mask that seemed frightening in the battlefield. As for the facial makeup used in opera, it is used to highlight the roles’ character, appearance as well as status, achieving a colorful and fantastic stage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legendary drama played a dominant role in Ming Dynasty, rich in content and fine in role division. Both jing and chou are painted their own special facial makeup. The basic color is mostly designed based on the description in the drama literature or the singers’ personal imagination. For instance, facial makeup of Guanyu is red and that of Baozhen is black. Their brow and eyes are exaggerated in some way. The pattern ratio has changed as well. Unlike the Ming Dyansty, there are both simple and sophisticated facial makeups with the same basic color. In the Mid-Qing Dynasty, as the local drama arose, facial makeup varied greatly in different places and possessed distinct local features and folk color. More than 300 kinds of dramas sprung up after the 18th century. Therefore, the drama characters mount and their division is much more finer. More colors like blue, green, yellow, grey and orange are added in jing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red facial makeup is symbolic of loyalty, upright and integrity like the characters Guan Yu and Wu Han.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black facial makeup gives people the impression that he is serious, rarely shows smiling expression and courageous and wise like Bao Zheng, a impartial official. It also stands for mighty force and boldness like Zhang Fei in drama the Three Kingdoms and Li Kuai in drama Water Margin of the Marsh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White facial makeup bears a derogatory sense, indicating a deceitful and suspicious nature like Cao Cao in drama the Three Kingdoms and Yan Song, Qin Kuai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters wearing blue facial makeup tend to be upright ,outspoken ,obstinate and even unruly like Ma Wu and Dou Erdun .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple facial makeup shows more sedate and righteous  like Xu Yanzhao and Zhuan Zhu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden facial makeup symbolizes dignity and power fitting roles like supernatural being like Tathagata(Sakyamuni, the creator of Buddhism) and Erlang Shen( a Chinese God with a third truth-seeing eye in the middle of his forehead).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The features of facial makeup are mainly as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
First, it is a contradictory unit of beauty and ugliness.Second, it is closely related to the character’s personality.Thirdly, its pattern is stylized. Chinese Peking opera makeup is favored by many opera enthusiasts and is widely known both at home and abroad, having been regarded as one of the mark of traditional Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
It is derived from the stage and could be seen on some large buildings, packages of some commercials, various porcelains and people’s clothes in different styles. It is far beyond the scope of stage use, showing its status in people’s heart and the strong vitality. Out of curiosity and affection for Chinese opera facial makeup, a great many foreign friends and domestic men of insight start to explore the mystery of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
painted face 花脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
clown 丑角&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
legend，romance 传奇剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tathagata 如来佛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sakyamuni 释迦牟尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Four Worldwide Famous Chinese Novelists of Modern Science Fiction and Fantasy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Cixin（刘慈欣）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chen Qiufan (陈楸帆）&lt;br /&gt;
Today this author is called by others the “Chinese William Gibson”. He can also be called one of the leaders of Chinese science-fiction and a cyberpunk novelist. He was born in China in 1981 in a seaside province in southeastern China called Guangdong, which borders Hong Kong and Macau. To say more accurately he grew up a few miles from Guiyu, the largest waste dump. Mountains of scrap electronics are shipped there every year from all over the world. Thousands of workers sort through the garbage in search of something that is suitable for recycling. This topic became the central topic in a novel called “Waste Tide”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, by the early 2000s, Chen Qiufang had become a big fan of virtual chats and the Internet. He saw great potential in the Internet and technologies in general, an opportunity to change the world for the better. After graduation, Chen worked with Google, Baidu and co-founded Noitom, a virtual reality startup in Beijing. As science fiction began to gain popularity in China and receive support from the government, Qiufan turned to full-fledged novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His debut book was ''The Empty Wave'', &amp;quot;combining realism and allegory to represent the hybridity of humans and machines.&amp;quot; Chen Qiufan's novels and stories won three Galaxy Awards, and twelve Chinese Nebula Awards. His works have been translated into German, French, Finnish, Korean, Czech, Italian, Japanese, Polish and Russian.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
His book ''Waste Tide'' became one of the most discussed books around the world and got universal acclaim from critics and usual readers. The fantastic mix of dark future with reality components made this book a guidebook for those who are worried about ecological problems and the darkest sides of the humanity progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Rebecca F. Kuang (匡蘦秀）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li Jun (李俊）or Baoshu (宝树）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:stilts.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Stilts presentation during the Miliangtun Stilt Festival, image from Baike. Click [http://img3.imgtn.bdimg.com/it/u=2060438651,2837589998&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Intangible Cultural Heritage — Miliangtun Village Stilts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stilts is one of the folk dances of the Han nationality in our country, which is called &amp;quot;Stilt Yangko&amp;quot; in some places. Stilt-walkers tie their feet on to the long stilts with various length, the shortest being two feet long, and the longest reaching over five feet. They dress themselves into different historical or mythological figures, walking and dancing on fairs. Stilt-walkers are normally taller than ordinary people, and perform on movable stages, which is convenient for watching far and near. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a traditional folk dance in Beijing, Miliangtun Village Stilts originates from the &amp;quot;Tongle Gaojiaohui&amp;quot; founded in the Qianlong period of the Qing Dynasty. According to the older generation in the village, Miliangtun Village Stilts was first founded by several villagers led by Uncle Ma, who lived in Miliangtun Village and worked in Beijing.It was bestowed by Emperor Qianlong, and has a history of more than 250 years. Miliangtun Village Stilts is not only time-honored, but also mysterious and legendary. It still retains the traditions in performance techniques, characters, musical accompaniment, etiquette, and stilts production technology, which is an excellent performing art that is spread among the folks. In 2006, it was listed as a Beijing-level intangible cultural heritage protection project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of Miliangtun Village Stilts has over forty people and 13 roles, all played by men. The roles are, Tuotou, Laozuozi, young boy, young master, Mr. Plaster, Choupo, fisherman, Yupo, wood-cutter, handsome and ugly drum-players, handsome and ugly gong-players. Tuotou, fisherman and wood-cutter are righteous and decent images, while zany figures represent the negative images, like Choupo, young boy and Laozuozi who are responsible for enlivening the atmosphere and entertaining the audience. Such a stark contrast is quite ironic. Among the 13 roles, the only serious one is Tuotou. Because he is a general who can be easily recognized upon his appearance. Squatting and carrying swords, that's his work. Others like the young boy, just a little kid who amuses everyone. Mr. Plaster is responsible for warming up. He is outstanding because he can play and amuse with others, like Yupo or Laozuozi. Fisherman is just a workingman. He is not funny. He goes fishing because of his fixed character. Wood-cutter is also a workingman who can play other tricks besides squatting. Yupo is the young lady in the past, and Laozuozi is the housewife. Wood-cutter and Mr. Plaster can play and amuse with them. The handsome and ugly drum-players and gong-players are quite important in the backfield when the show begins. They play drums and gongs to amuse the audience. Gong-players following drum-players, handsome and ugly, they are just like the final fighters. Then comes the show of Kylin Songzi after they stop playing; Tuotou lying flat; Mr. Plaster and young master raising their waists; Yupo dancing Yangko behind, pulling his two legs; Fisherman using his ribbon to drag Tuotou who hold the ribbon in his mouth; the young boy riding on Tuotou’s waist like a lion. Then comes the going downhill. When it’s done, the show is over. That's the whole performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is strict inheritance relationship and etiquette in the stilt fair. It will set up inheritors, presidents, team leaders, and team members. Today, Miliangtun Village Stilts as the distinctive folklore in Wangzuo Town, Fengtai District, stands out among the stilt fairs in Beijing and enjoys great popularity from peers and the public. Miliangtun Village Stilts is visually stunning, technically accomplished and naturally funny. A fixed set of performance routines has gradually formed after long-term drills since its founding. It is divided into lead in, head stilt command, separation in formal performance. Stilts-walkers individually perform difficult tricks such as the big jump and the onion-pulling, then amuse and perform in separation, ending with the show of Kylin Songzi, which indicates good luck and peace. Miliangtun Village Stilts has become an indispensable part of local festivals and celebrations with its lively atmosphere and superb skills and adds value to the cultural life of the folks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun Village Stilts as a renowned fair,knownas the features of risky tricks, various skills and great difficulty. There are stunning tricks such as Yasha Searches the Sea, Su Qin Carries Swords, squatting, bouncing, hugging, somersault, and scorpion tail pendulum. Stilts performances focus on amusement, Tuotou being the opening, other roles flatter him with various and difficult tricks, constituting the grand show. Legs and feet must be agile, jumping the large bench is quite demanding that normal players can hardly accomplish. Tuotou, for example, he has to play squatting after jumping. Each of the twelve roles has its own talents. Tuotou is an adventurous figure who leads the team. Young boy, Laozuozi and Yupo and even Mr. Plaster, the zany figure, his tricks are amusing and pleasing. The length of Miliangtun Village Stilts, 1.6 meters, is quite rare in the stilt fairs of the country. The centre of balance is extremely difficult to grasp. One must bend his knees slightly and keep moving when walking on stilts, control the balance with waist, and the upper body and the feet must be coordinated to ensure the balance. Stilt-walkers step on the wooden stilts, swinging from side to side. The movement of the lower body leads the upper body to shake and shrug. The stilts are lifted lightly but stepped hardly, with the force on the knees, forming into a style of combining the tricks of twisting, swinging and amusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun (village name) 米粮屯&lt;br /&gt;
stilts 高跷&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 04:46, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lion dance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Brief Introduction of The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters are Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan in Tang Dynasty and Ouyang Xiu, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Wang Anshi, Zeng Gong in Song Dynasty. This title was first appeared in the Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties. &lt;br /&gt;
Among them, Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the leaders of the ancient prose movement in the Tang Dynasty, while Ouyang Xiu and Three Su(Su Xun, Su shi, Su Zhe) are the core figures of the ancient prose movement in the Song Dynasty, and Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong are the representative figures of Linchuan Literature. Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the advacators of the &amp;quot;Ancient Prose Movement&amp;quot;. Su Shi, Su Xun and Su Zhe are called Three Su. What else, Su Xun is the their father and Su Shi is the older brother. While Su Shi's teacher is Ouyang Xiu, who is also the teacher of Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, they both advocated prose and opposd parallel prose, which has exerted profound influence on the literary world at that time and later generations. Their sucessive waves of innovation of ancient ancient prose has changed the obsolete appearence of poetry and prose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Han Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu was a litterateur, philosopher, and thinker of Tang Dynasty. He was native in Heyang, now Jiaozuo city in Henan province. Han Yu was honored as “ The Decline of Eight Generations” by Su Shi in Song Dynasty, as well as the head of Eight Masters of Prose in Tang and Song Dynasty. Han Yu was called “Han Liu” with Liu Zongyuan, and his proses were juxtaposed with Du Fu’s poems as “ Du poem Han pen” by Du Mu. He enjoyed the fame as “ The Article Giant” and “ Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations” with great works like forty volumes of Han Changli Collection, ten volumes of External collection and The Teacher's Theory. &lt;br /&gt;
Although disagreement in Liu Zongyuan’s political view, he still worked with Liu Zongyuan in advocating the Ancient Prose Movement. As the pioneers, they were both against excessive pursuit of form of parallel prose but for the prose of Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties and both emphasized the importance of article’s contents so as to expand the expressive function of writing in classical Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Liu Zongyuan.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zongyuan was a litterateur, philosopher, proser and thinker of the Tang Dynasty. His ancestral home was Hedong , now in Yongji area of Yuncheng in Shanxi province. He was known as &amp;quot;Liu Hedong &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; Mr. Hedong &amp;quot;, also known as&amp;quot; Liu Liuzhou &amp;quot; because of his official end of feudal provincial of Liuzhou. He was born in Changan and became a Jinshi in the 9th year of Zhenyuan, later official supervisor of imperial censor .&lt;br /&gt;
was juxtaposed with Han Yu as &amp;quot;Han Liu &amp;quot;, with Liu Yuxi as &amp;quot; Liu Liu &amp;quot;, with Wang Wei, Meng Haoran and Wei Yingwu as &amp;quot;Wang Meng Wei Liu &amp;quot;. In his lifetime of less than 50 years, he left us more than 600 poems with more achievements in writing than poetry. The &amp;quot;Liu He Dong Colloection&amp;quot; was one of his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
He was a deep-thinking philosopher and litterateur, who attached importance to the content of the article and advocated that writings should be practical. Therefore, he paid attention to the social function of literature and emphasized that literature should benefit the world. Moreover, he advocated the perfect combination of ideological content and artistic form with a serious attitude in writing. That means, it is important for the writer to have highly moral cultivation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ouyang Xiu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was a statesman, litterateur, historian and poet in the Northern Song Dynasty. He was called the “Liu Yi scholar”, which means that he had ten thousands volumes of collections, a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions of Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties, a piano, a chess, a pot of wine and a drunk Weng alone. He was native in Jizhou Yongfeng, now Yongfeng county of Ji’an city in Jiangxi province but born in Mianzhou, now Minayang city in Sichuan province.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu’s poems, Ci and prose were all the crown of that time. His poetry was smooth, lyrical and euphemistic with a similar prose style stressing on momentum while keeping natural smoothness. His Ci was profound and graceful, inheriting the Yu Feng of the Southern Tang Dynasty. The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong was his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu inherited and carried forward the fine tradition of Han and Liu’s ancient prose, and led the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement. As the leader of this movement, Ouyang Xiu not only drove away the odd style of writing in the literary world, but also opened up a new style in poetry and also a new field of creation with his own unique style and high talent. It has made new achievements and pushed the creation of poetry and prose to a new height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Su Xun'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Xun.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a native of Meishan in Sichuan. When he was young, he performed poor in learning. In 19 years old, he married Mrs. Cheng. Later in 27 years old, he determined to study hard. After decade of hard work, he made a huge academic progress.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a man of political ambition. He said that the main purpose of his works was &amp;quot;to speak for the world &amp;quot;, to&amp;quot; apply to the present &amp;quot;. He put forward a whole set of ideas of political innovation in some important argumentative papers such as Heng Lun and The Book to the Emperor. Because he had a better understanding of that social reality and was good at summing up experience and lessons from past history. Therefore, putting aside certain pedantic and biased views in his political discourse, many of them were still right on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Su Shi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Shi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi, with a fame as &amp;quot; Dongpo Jushi &amp;quot;, was native in Meishan in Sichuan . He was a famous litterateur, calligrapher, essayist, Ci writer, poet and the representative of the Unconstrained Ci School in Northern Song Dynasty .&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi has made great achievements in poetry, Ci, prose, calligraphy, painting and so on. He was regarded as one of the most outstanding man in literary and artistic attainments in thousands of years of Chinese history. His was called &amp;quot;Han Chao Su hai&amp;quot; with Han Yu in the prose area, &amp;quot;Ou Su&amp;quot; with Ouyang Xiu, &amp;quot;Su Huang&amp;quot; with Huang Tingjian, and &amp;quot;Su Xin&amp;quot; with Xin Qiji in the Ci area, so he was called &amp;quot;the first all-round talent in ancient China&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi's literary viewpoint was in line with Ouyang Xiu's, but he emphasized the originality, expressiveness and artistic value of literature more. His literary thought emphasized &amp;quot;creating for certain purposes&amp;quot;, advocating nature and getting rid of bondage. Su Shi was a leading figure in the literary circle of the Northern Song Dynasty after Ouyang Xiu. Moreover, Huang Tingjian, Qin Guan, Chao Buzhi and Zhang Lei, the four litterateurs of the Northern Song Dynasty, had been trained, rewarded and recommended by him, so they were called “Su Men Four bachelors”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Su Zhe'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Zhe.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe was born in Meishan, Meizhou , now Sichuan province. In the Jiayou second year (in 1057), he with his brother Su Shi climbed jinshi branch.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe's prose showed the deep and mellow spirit. He had his own views on ancient writing. In the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council, he put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary style&amp;quot; . He was good at politics and history. He discussed world affairs in some political works such as The New Theory and On the Six Kingdoms. From these works, we can draw lessons from the past and criticize the current problems. He was also very insightful in reform. In addition, he was also quite outstanding in Ode , such as The &amp;quot;Ode to Ink bamboo&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Wang Anshi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wang Anshi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi, also known as Banshan in his twilight years, was conferred the title of Duke Jingguo . He was born in Linchuan in the Northern Song Dynasty, now Fuzhou City, Jiangxi Province .&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi was not only an outstanding politician and thinker, but also a brilliant litterateur. In order to realize his political ideal, he closely linked literary creation with political activities, emphasizing that literature aimed to serve the society first, that means, he emphasized the realistic function and social effect of articles, and advocated the unity of literature and Taoism. His prose largely carried out his literary propositions because his essays were mostly about the enlightenment of political decrees and suitable for world use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Zeng Gong'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zeng Gong.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was known as &amp;quot;Mr. Nan Feng&amp;quot;. He was born in Nanfeng, Jianchang, now Nanfeng County, Fuzhou city, Jiangxi Province. In Jiayou second year (in 1057), he became a Jinshi. As a politician and essayist of the Northern Song Dynasty and one of the &amp;quot;eight masters&amp;quot; of the Tang and Song Dynasties, he was also one of the &amp;quot;Seven Zengs of Nanfeng&amp;quot; , including Zeng Gong, Zeng Zhao, Zeng Bu, Zeng Yu, Zeng Hong, Zeng Xie and Zeng Dun.&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was a supporter and participant of Ouyang Xiu's ancient prose movement. He advocated the doctrine before the text. His prose was natural and simple and little attention to literary grace. Of the eight masters, he was the less affectionate one. His articles were rarely lyrical works, but mostly argumentation and narrative. His prose was good at making arguments, for example, the Book to Ouyang She Ren, the Book to Bachelor CAI. In these works, he argued on the treatment of disorder and expressed his deep feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. Comparison between the Ancient Prose Movement and Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
Although there was seven or eight hundred years from the Ancient Prose Movement to the Italian Renaissance,they both happened in the Middle Ancient period of Western history. Similarly, they both inherited the essence of classical culture and further completed the historical mission of literary retro. So we can regard them as historical peak in their respective cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in ideology:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement in Tang and Song dynasties advocated the restoration of Confucianism of the pre-Qin period and the realization of the realistic goal of carrying the Tao in literature. It was against the parallel prose and the floating style since the Six Dynasties but for the gentle and honest poetic concept. While the Renaissance, with classical culture as a tool, strongly criticized medieval theology and carried forward the humanism and scientific rational spirit of ancient Greece and Rome. Their premise and foundation are their own classical thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in writing style:&lt;br /&gt;
The two retro movements were marked by the retro style to restore the creation mode of ancient prose, thus promoting the process of literary movement. The Ancient Prose Movement of the Tang Dynasty studied the simple language style of the pre-Qin period, while the Renaissance restored the elegant and beautiful characteristics of the ancient Greek period.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in literary form:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement not only corrected the floating and rigid writing style of the six dynasties, but also laid a good creative foundation for the development of prose in later generations. It was in the form of scattered single sentences with less flowery and redundant allusions but more in colloquial language. While although the literary works of the Renaissance inherited the elegant style of classicism, it still changed obviously in the aspect of stylistic creation. Influenced by literary theory and works, Italian literature showed innovation in form. As Mr. Zhu Guangqian said :&amp;quot; Italian literature is a new type of literature different from classical literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters 唐宋八大家 &lt;br /&gt;
Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties 《唐宋八大家文钞》&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Prose Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
parallel prose 骈文&lt;br /&gt;
The Decline of Eight Generations 文起八代之衰&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Giant 文章巨公&lt;br /&gt;
Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations 百代文宗&lt;br /&gt;
Han Changli Collection 《韩昌黎集》&lt;br /&gt;
External collection 《外集》&lt;br /&gt;
The Teacher's Theory《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties 先秦两汉时期&lt;br /&gt;
writing in classical Chinese 文言文&lt;br /&gt;
feudal provincial of Liuzhou 柳州刺史&lt;br /&gt;
official supervisor of imperial censor 监察御史&lt;br /&gt;
Liu He Dong Colloection 《柳河东集》&lt;br /&gt;
Northern Song Dynasty 北宋&lt;br /&gt;
a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions 金石遗文一千卷&lt;br /&gt;
Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties 三代&lt;br /&gt;
the crown of that time 一时之冠&lt;br /&gt;
Southern Tang Dynasty 南唐&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Feng 余风&lt;br /&gt;
The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong 《欧阳文忠公文集》&lt;br /&gt;
the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement北宋诗文革新运动&lt;br /&gt;
Heng Lun 《衡论》&lt;br /&gt;
Duke Jingguo 荆国公 &lt;br /&gt;
The Book to the Emperor 《上皇帝书》&lt;br /&gt;
Dongpo Jushi 东坡居士&lt;br /&gt;
Ci writer 词人&lt;br /&gt;
Unconstrained Ci School豪放派&lt;br /&gt;
literary and artistic attainments 文学艺术造诣&lt;br /&gt;
the first all-round talent in ancient China 中国古代第一全才&lt;br /&gt;
Su Men Four bachelors 苏门四学士&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council 《上枢密韩太尉书》&lt;br /&gt;
The New Theory《新论》&lt;br /&gt;
On the Six Kingdoms 《六国论》&lt;br /&gt;
Ode 赋&lt;br /&gt;
The Ode to Ink bamboo 《墨竹赋》&lt;br /&gt;
Seven Zengs of Nanfeng 南丰七曾&lt;br /&gt;
the doctrine before the text先道后文&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Ouyang She Ren 《上欧阳舍人书》&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Bachelor Cai 《上蔡学士书》&lt;br /&gt;
the Six Dynasties 六朝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 08:22, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Gao Mingzhu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、A Brief Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa belongs to plucked stringed instruments. Being made of wood or bamboo, its speaker box takes the shape of half pear with 4 strings on it ,which was made of silk initially while being made of steel wire, steel rope or nylon now. The &amp;quot;Pin(品，those wooden strips on Pipa’s face plate for pressing)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Xiang（相, those horizontal strips on Pipa’s neck for pressing）&amp;quot; are set on the face plate and neck respectively to determine the positions of different sounds. When playing, the player holds it erectly using the left hand to press the string and the right hand to play. It is an important ethnic musical instrument which can be used in recital, accompaniment and ensemble. Pipa has a wide range of vocal range. Its playing skills rank the first in Chinese national instruments and its performance forms are also the most abundant in Chinese folk music, it is thus called the No.1 in plucked instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、Emergence and Development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3、Different Schools&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4、Traditional Pipa Music&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Huli-jing figure in Chinese mythology and its analogs in Japan and Korea === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic of werewolves in the XXI century is perhaps one of the most discussed and studied. Along with vampires and zombies, the image of werewolves is firmly entrenched in world cinema and literature. However, as a rule, speaking about the motives for the transformation of a person into an animal, most people have information mainly about lycanthropy, that is, about the specific transformation of a person into a wolf (werewolf). At the same time, the theme of werewolves is represented by a fairly large number of transformations of a person not only into a wolf but also into other animals. In Chinese mythology, one of the most popular werewolf myths is the myth of the Huli Jing, or werewolf foxes. In the Middle Ages, these myths were very popular and in-demand among writers. But what is the attitude of Huli-Jing in modern China? Are they given a place in modern culture, or do werewolf foxes now sound more like a kind of atavism or a children's fairy tale?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Huli-jing (狐狸精) in China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we need to recreate the image of the Huli-Jing and what was seen in ancient and medieval China. Most often, the Huli-Jing was presented in the form of not just a young, but extremely beautiful women. Interestingly, the image of werewolf foxes has been known in China since the times of the Xia dynasty and its founder Yu, who married a nine-tailed white fox who lived on Mount Tu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, especially women, believed that thanks to the cult of the fox, they would be able to gain unearthly beauty and immortality. The official authorities of the ancient and medieval dynasties tried to fight the representatives of the Huli Jing cult, but it was only during the Song dynasty that the cult of the fox, including the cult of Da Ji, was almost completely destroyed. However, the cult and image of Huli Jing were not completely eradicated in China. Probably, a more competent decision was made to give the werewolf woman more kind and compassionate traits, which in one way or another should justify her image compared to the cruel ancestor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking examples of where the changed image of the Huli Jing is found can be called the stories of Pu Songlin about werewolf foxes. It is his stories, where girls are subject to the curse of turning into foxes, that reflect their position as hostages of their own life situations or even fears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theme of fatal love in the stories of werewolf foxes appears as a continuous line in Pu Songling, this suggests that despite the fact that Huli Jing strives for happiness, she remains a spirit that is not a person. In addition, despite the altered level of female foxes, they will still bear the curse of their evil ancestors, who personified evil in its purest form, and therefore there can be no happy ending for those who bear such heavy punishment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, the image of the Huli Jing as a mythological character by the 21st century was constantly supplemented with small details. We can say that most of the works of literature and cinema, in which the werewolf fox was encountered, for the most part, were very strongly romanticized. Remaining in its own way a relatively neutral character, Huli Jing nevertheless gradually becomes one of the most popular characters of many writers and screenwriters, not only in China but also in many other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
A striking and original example of where the Huli Jing appears is the work of the writer Ken Liu entitled &amp;quot;Good Hunt&amp;quot;. The author presents not only a very interesting view of the Huli Jing but also explains why the legendary characters of Chinese mythology are gradually disappearing from the memory of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literary works, Huli Jing is quite often encountered in Chinese cinema, as an episodic character or a protagonist. One of the most striking images of a werewolf fox can be considered the film &amp;quot;Painted Skin (畫皮)&amp;quot;, where the main character is Huli Jing and must eat men's hearts to maintain her youth and beauty. This film is based on the story of Pu Songling and is one of the key works of cinema and modern Chinese culture, which fully reveals the tragedy of the werewolf fox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Huli Jing is featured in a fairly large number of Chinese television series, each of which gives its own view of what character Huli Jing should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quite a lot of information about werewolf foxes can be obtained from the TV series &amp;quot;The Legend of the Nine-Tailed Fox&amp;quot; released in 2016. The main interest here is not only a rather vivid description of the Huli Jing, which according to the plot are one family and are forced to seek and return to their place the sacred fruit from the magic garden. This, perhaps, is an attempt to provide an explanation of the true nature of werewolf foxes, who for a long time rushed from good to evil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summing up, I would like to note that the transformation of the image of Huli Jing took place at a gradual pace. Since the reign of the first Chinese dynasties, the image of werewolf foxes has been predominantly negative and associated with deceit, seduction, and intrigue. But the situation changed in connection with the development of the cults of foxes, which they tried to give the appearance of “victims of circumstances,” and all the negative features are just a slight exaggeration. Thanks to Pu Songling, the Huli Jing truly became much more positive beings, and the stories about them were presented in terms of stories of unfortunate and unhappy love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of the Huli Jing, which rushes from good to evil for many years, has been romanticized and transformed, becoming a more positive character, although not devoid of some negative features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Kitsune (キツネ) in Japan''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese folklore, these animals have great knowledge, long life, and magical abilities. Chief among them is the ability to take shapeshift themselves; the fox, according to legend, learns to do this after reaching a certain age (usually a hundred years old, although in some legends it is fifty). Kitsune usually take the form of seductive beauty, a pretty young girl, but sometimes they turn into men. It should be noted that in Japanese mythology there was a mixture of indigenous Japanese beliefs that characterized the fox as an attribute of the god Inari (&amp;quot;Fox-messenger&amp;quot;) and the Chinese, who considered foxes to be werewolves, a genus close to demons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other abilities commonly ascribed to kitsune include the ability to take possession of other people's bodies, to breathe out or otherwise create fire, to appear in other people's dreams, and the ability to create illusions so complex that they are almost indistinguishable from reality. Some of the legends go further, talking about kitsune with the ability to warp space and time, drive people crazy, or take on such inhuman or fantastic forms as trees of indescribable height or the second moon in the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kitsune are associated with both Shinto and Buddhist beliefs. In Shinto, kitsune are associated with Inari, the patron deity of rice fields and entrepreneurship. Initially, foxes were the messengers (tsukai) of this deity, but now the difference between them has become so blurred that Inari himself is sometimes depicted as a fox. In Buddhism, they gained fame thanks to the Shingon school of secret Buddhism, popular in the 9th-10th centuries in Japan, one of the main deities of which, Dakini, was depicted riding a fox across the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kitsune can have up to nine tails. In general, it is believed that the older and stronger the foxes are, the more tails they have. Some sources even claim that a kitsune grows an extra tail every hundred or thousand years of its life. However, foxes found in fairy tales almost always have one, five, or nine tails. When kitsune are given nine tails, their fur turns silvery, white, or gold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Kumiho (구미호) in Korea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumiho - (구 &amp;quot;ku&amp;quot; - nine, 미 &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; - tail, 호 &amp;quot;ho&amp;quot; - fox - &amp;quot;fox with nine tails&amp;quot;) is a folklore animal, the fox of which is first mentioned in the era of Gojoseon. According to legends, only a fox that lives for a thousand years can become 구미호. One of her superpowers is transforming into a beautiful girl. Although in myths there are also references to the becoming of a charming young man. In this form, the mythical animal fell in love with the opposite sex, and then ate their liver (according to some beliefs, and the heart). Why exactly the liver? We can say that the liver contains human energy, that is, we eat and receive the energy that our liver stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a later period, kumiho, according to numerous legends, could get rid of the status of a monster and become a man forever. There are several ways: 구미호 will not eat human flesh and kill for a thousand days. The second option is to eat the liver of a thousand men over a thousand years. The third - will live in a cave without sunlight, eating only wormwood and garlic. And also, if the person who recognized her as 구미호 in human form, keeps this secret for ten years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shape shifter – 成精&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creature –生物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seductive –诱人的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Damnation –诅咒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor –隐喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascribe –属性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indigenous –土着&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deity – 反面人物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liver – 肝脏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Song-ling. Fox charm. Monks-wizards. // Eastern literature. –2008. - P.280.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Ken. Good Hunting.// Strange Horizons. - 2012. - p. 431.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Xiaofei. The cult of the fox: Power, gender and popular religion in late imperial and modern China//Columbia University Press. – New York, 2006. – Pp.269.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Characters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Knots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction about Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot is a hand-woven handicraft unique to China. The exquisiteness and wisdom displayed on it are just one aspect of the ancient Chinese civilization.It &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
originally evolved from the sewing of the Paleolithic period, to the ritual memorial of the Han Dynasty, and then into today's decorative craft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The jade worn by people in the Zhou Dynasty was often decorated with Chinese knots, and there were also Chinese knot patterns on the bronzes of the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot continued to become a popular art in the Qing Dynasty. Now,Chinese knots are often used as interior decorations, gifts between relatives and friends and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personal accessories. It is possessed of delicate and symmetrical appearance and accords with the conventions of Chinese traditional  decoration and aesthetics,which &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
earned the knot its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are ten main kinds of Chinese knots which are named according to the shape, purpose or meaning of the knot.They are Double Coin Knot(双钱结）,Good Luck Knot（吉祥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Chinese Button Knot（纽扣结）,Sauvastika Knot（万字结）,Oxalis Knot（酢浆草结）,Pan Chang Knot（盘长结）,Round Brocade Knot（团锦结）,Caisson Celling Knot（藻井&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Cross Knot(十字结） and Ping Knot（平结）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we mainly introduce three main Chinese knots,which are the Double Coin Knot,the Good Luck Knot and the Pan Chang Knot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.The Double Coin Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient coins are closely related to a country’s history, culture,politics, and economy, and are regarded as treasures both at home and abroad. The Chinese people's views &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
on coins are not limited on their prices but value, which can be seen in the auspicious characters and patterns cast on many ancient coins. ut it Money in China not only &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
represents the value of a certain currency, but also something of good luck. Every Chinese New Year's Eve, children can receive the so-called &amp;quot;luck money&amp;quot;. Therefore, for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Chinese people, money also has the meaning of eliminating and avoiding evil. Double Coin Knot is named after two bronze coins connecting together, which symbolizes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;good things come in pairs&amp;quot;. This knot is often used in weaving necklaces, belts and other accessories, and the combination of several Double Coin Knots can form beautiful &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
patterns, such as clouds and Perfect Knots，etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.The Good Luck Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the Good Luck Knot,it is an extension of the cross knot, and is also one of the ancient decorative knots, which means auspiciousness. The knitting method is simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the knot shape is beautiful,varied and widely used. When used alone, if a heavy object is hung, the knot is easy to deform, and it can be fixed with a shaping glue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.The Pan Chang Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot is also a kind of Chinese knot. It symbolizes the highest realm of unity of mind and matter and eternal immortality. It represents the auspiciousness of the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
avenue and is therefore highly valued by Chinese people. Pan Chang (盘长） is a symbol of the origin of all things, and is one of the most important basic knots. It is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
often the main knot of many changing knots. Because the Chinese knot has the characteristics of close symmetry, it is easy to be liked by us in terms of its perception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Knitting Method of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The knitting of Chinese knots can be roughly divided into three categories: basic knots, variable knots, and combined knots. Their knitting technology requires a variety of  basic knot knitting skills, and all have common knitting principles, which can be summarized into basic technique and combination technique. The basic technique is to knit with single lines, double lines or multiple lines, using the parallel or separation of the thread ends to make colorful knots.The combination technique means to use thread extension to flexibly combine various knots ,so as to make a group of varied knots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final stage of learning knitting is the self-designing. When designing a set of beautiful knots, the most important thing is to determine its purpose and function, and then determine its size and shape, while considering the color matching and the appropriate use of accessories. As long as the decorations are used flexibly, andthe designer's artistic beauty and deep thoughts are poured into, the Chinese knot can fully express the beauty of traditional Chinese art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people love the Chinese knot because it embodies the cultural essence and national characteristics of the Chinese nation. The Chinese knot is a woven fabric of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope and thread.In Chinese， &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; (绳）and &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; （神）are homophonic, so the Chinese nation has a worship of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot;. In addition, Chinese people are descendants of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dragons.Because the shape of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; is like a winding dragon,  people also regard &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; as a symbol of dragon. Chinese people also have their own unique understanding of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;knot&amp;quot;, which means reunion and happiness. Many of the Chinese words composed of &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;（knot) that we usually see have beautiful meanings, such as 团结（unity）, 结交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（making friends), and 永结同心（tie the knot),etc. &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;(knot) is also homonymous with &amp;quot;吉&amp;quot;（ausipiciousness), so people even think that &amp;quot;knot&amp;quot; is a symbol of good luck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.Comparisons between Chinese Knots and Cross Necklaces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.1.Different Cultural Connotations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above, we can see that the Chinese knot generally have many meanings, such as good luck, love, unity and so on. The cross necklace,however, is symbolic of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity. The cross, derived from the Latin &amp;quot;crux&amp;quot;, means &amp;quot;fork&amp;quot;.It was originally a cruel instrument of torture used to execute prisoners. It was popular in ancient &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rome, the Persian Empire and Carthage. Later,cross evolved into a symbol of the Christianity due to Christ's death on the cross to redeem sinners.Therefore,such cross &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ornaments in the west as cross necknaces are usually used to represent love and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.2.Different Shapes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, from the above we can also learn that Chinese knots have many shapes, and different shapes represent different meanings. The cross necklace can also have &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
different shapes and sizes. Christians can hang a small cross on their chest to express their identity, while the large cross is a symbol of the bishop's authority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====6.References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李库.符号学视角下的中国结解读.[J]艺海2016(08) : 125-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]李立芳，孙建君.民间绳结[M].武汉：湖北美术出版社，2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]许星.路论中国结[J].丝绸,2004(02) : 46-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]邬红芳.中国结的意象美学特征[J]装饰，2004(09) : 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]王眯珠，孙荪，曲洪建.怀旧心理与创新意识对中国结的影响分析[J].丝绸，2014(11):43-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double Coin Knot  双钱结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck Knot 吉祥结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Button Knot 纽扣结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sauvastika Knot 万字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oxalis Knot 酢浆草结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot 盘长结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Round Brocade Knot 团锦结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caisson Celling Knot 藻井结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross Knot 十字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ping Knot 平结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tie the knot 永结同心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
luck money 压岁钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bishop's identity 主教职权&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the Chinese knot?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Do you know the names of the main Chinese knots? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What do &amp;quot;绳&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;结&amp;quot; mean in Chinese culture?--[[User:Guan Qinqing|Guan Qinqing]] ([[User talk:Guan Qinqing|talk]]) 13:04, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Mythology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese’s life is full of mythological history about religious, history, science, literature, philosophy, dragons, tortoises, phoenixes, unicorns, birds, and flowering fruit trees. This myth is characterized by the interaction of the pros and cons, yin and yang, good and evil, light and dark, male and female, heaven and earth, force and weak and so forth. Panku is an important figure in Chinese mythology, the first living being and the creator of universe in some versions of Chinese mythology. In world mythology; every peoples have it own myths, different fairy tales, but there is some similarities in common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Panku Creates the World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the beginning, the world didn’t exist; there wasn’t sky, earth, water, animals, birds, plants, human, in other word, the universe was empty. The force of universe was concentrated inside a mysterious egg. This egg, after growing many years, it becoming a big form of ball and finally give birth to Panku.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Nü Wa Created Human Beings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 Fushi Taught the People=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 Yu Rebuilt the Earth====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why was an egg a good symbol for the beginning of the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese gods and immortals--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 16:09, 8 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional religion is polytheistic; many deities are worshipped in a pantheistic view where divinity is inherent in the world. In Chinese language there is a terminological distinction between 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān. Although the usage of the former two is sometimes blurred, it corresponds to the distinction in Western cultures between &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;deity&amp;quot;. dì, sometimes translated as &amp;quot;thearch&amp;quot;, implies a manifested or incarnate &amp;quot;godly&amp;quot; power. During the time of Zhou dynasty to the Warring States, dì is used to refer to those who have great moral cultivation and merits. And then it becomes a term of emperor since Qin dynasty. The latter term 仙 xiān unambiguously means a man who has reached immortality, similarly to the Western idea of &amp;quot;hero&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another difference between Chinese gods and immortals. The gods usually have their own position and take charge of different things in Daoist theology. While immortals, unlike gods, have no official positions. It is that certain humans develop the ability to live indefinitely, avoiding death, and becoming divine xiān. Such humans generally also are said to develop special powers and always live leisurely. So since ancient times, many people are longing to become an immortal and live a carefree life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty in China, also known as the &amp;quot;Classical Prose Movement&amp;quot;, is a movement with the style reform as its surface and Confucianism Renaissance as its core. The word “Gu Wen” was first introduced by Han Yu, it indicates the prose of the pre-Qin period and of Han dynasty. This movement took clarity and precision as priorities, it stood against the florid pianwen or parallel prose style that had been popular starting from Han dynasty. Parallel prose had a rigid structure and was criticized for being overly ornate at the expense of content. Therefore, Han Yu, together with Liu Zongyuan, launched this movement to make a difference so that they could revive the Confucianism and promote their political thoughts. This movement tended to follow the spirit of pre-Qin prose rather than to imitate it directly. People used elements of colloquial language to make their writings more direct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Development====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement went through three stages. The first promoters of this movement were Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan who were not only great writers but also great theorists, forming the foundation of it. Both were enthusiastic to promote the movement and were keen to teach young people so that it could achieve further development and then revive the Confucianism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the deaths of Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan, the movement fell into a decline, their students writing with such ancient characters as to hinder understanding or neglecting the importance of writing good essays. Furthermore, the government only allowed people to use pianwen for official use, so those who want to be officials had to learn that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Ouyang Xiu once again advocated the classical prose in the Song dynasty. As many people were dissatisfied with the florid piantiwen style, the Classical Prose Movement reached another peak during that period. This movement is consequently also called the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Representatives====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu (768 – 824), courtesy name Tuizhi, also known his art names Han Changli or Chang Li Xian Sheng. He was born in present-day Mengzhou, Henan, he was a Chinese prose writer, poet, and philosopher who significantly influenced the development of Neo-Confucianism. Due to his influence on the Chinese literary tradition, he is described as “Comparable in stature to Dante, Shakespeare or Goethe”. Meanwhile, he is often considered to be among China’s finest prose writers. Ming dynasty scholar Mao Kun ranked him first in the &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot;，and Su Shi, another famous poet, once praised that “His prose reversed the literary decline of eight dynasties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu wrote a large volume of works, which includes over 700 poems and nearly 400 prosses. He is especially famous for his ''On Teachers'', which says “A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles”. This persuasive pross is short but well structured, and it has a strong appeal to people, which also has a positive impact on youth education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zongyuan (773 – 819), courtesy name Zihou, also known by his art names He Dong Xian Sheng or Liu He Dong, was a Chinese literature, philosopher, politician and poet who lived during the Tang Dynasty. And Liu was born in present-day Yongji, Shanxi. Along with Han Yu, they were called Han Liu. Besides that, he has been classed as one of the “Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song”, which also includes Han Yu and Ouyang Xiu. Liu's best-known travel pieces are the ''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou''. And one of his most famous poems is ''Jiangxue''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu (1007 – 1072), courtesy name Yong Shu, also known by his art names Zuiweng and Liu Yi Jushi. He was a Chinese essayist, historian, poet, calligrapher and even a politician of the Song dynasty. Being a much-celebrated writer, both among his contemporaries and in subsequent centuries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was in charge of the writing of the ''New Book of Tang'', and he also wrote the ''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' independently, the only book in the Twenty-Four Histories to have been written in private by a single author. As a poet, he was a noted writer of both the ''shi'' and ''ci'' genres. But it was his prose writings like ''Zuiweng Tingji'' that won him the greatest acclaim. The poem's most well-known line is: The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape, an idiom still used in modern Chinese to describe someone with an ulterior motive. Together with Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Su Shi, Ouyang Xiu was considered to be one of the Article four all through the ages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Ouyang Xiu, there were many other representatives of this movement. For example, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Zeng Gong and Wang Anshi also made great contributions to the Classical Pross Movement. Considering their influences, they were also listed as Eight masters in Tang and Song Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterworks====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty, there appeared a large volume of masterpieces, which have a far-reaching influence on later ages. Except for the works of Han Yu, Liu Zong Yuan and Ouyang Xiu, other works like ''Shang Zhongyong'' written by Wang Anshi, ''On Jia Yi'' and ''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' by Su Shi, were also considered the representative works of this movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Influence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty is a milestone during the development of Chinese ancient prose, it has a profound influence on the later schools of literature like Tang-Song School in the Ming dynasty and Tong Cheng school in the Qing dynasty. Besides that, it also helped to lay a solid foundation of pross in China, and acted as a fine example for later scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty 唐宋八大家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Classical Pross Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou'' 《永州八记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Teachers'' 《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles. 师者，所以传道授业解惑也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''New Book of Tang'' 《新唐书》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' 《新五代史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Zuiweng Tingji'' 《醉翁亭记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape. 醉翁之意不在酒，在乎山水之间也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shang Zhongyong'' 《伤仲永》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Jia Yi'' 《贾谊论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' 《赤壁赋》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who was the first promoter of Classical Prose Movement?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What does the Classical Prose Movement mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was the term &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot; first brought up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:HATHITHUHANG2|HATHITHUHANG2]] ([[User talk:HATHITHUHANG2|talk]]) 09:02, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 08:04, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Chinese Red Envelope and Lucky money tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese and other East and Southeast Asian societies, a red envelope or a red packet (Mandarin: hóngbāo) is a monetary gift which is given during holidays or special occasions such as weddings, graduation or the birth of a baby.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
利市 /Lì shì/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
紅包 /Hóngbāo/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucianism 儒教 /Rújiào/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thought of Confucius 孔子思想 /Kǒngzǐ sīxiǎng/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Do you know the origin of giving Lunar new year lucky money to children and the elderly？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Twenty-four Solar Terms'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.1 The orgin and development of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar, with a profound history in China. Created by ancient Chinese when observing the annual movement of the sun, the twenty-four solar system is seen as a system of time knowledge and the agricultural guideline. It originated in the Yellow River valley, and is the result of people's observation, exploration and summary of astronomy, meteorology, and weather, which is an excellent cultural heritage created by the ancient Chinese people. By the late Western Zhou Dynasty, people had already measured the first four solar terms: winter solstice, summer solstice, spring equinox and autumn equinox. Afterwards, with the improvement of measurement technology and the further strengthening of people's understanding of the laws of nature, during the Warring States period, the complete twenty-four solar terms were basically formed, and during the Qin and Han dynasties, the complete twenty-four solar terms system was perfected and formed into today's complete twenty-four solar terms system.[[1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.2 The definition and classification of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar. To facilitate agricultural production, ancient Chinese people summarized a supplementary calendar that divides a year into 24 segments according to the sun’s movement on the ecliptic and seasonal changes in weather and other natural phenomena, with 24 segments proportionally distributed through 12 months. (术语)&lt;br /&gt;
A solar term that starts in the early part of a month is called jie (节), and one that starts in the meddle part of a month is called qi (气). ( Every three years there would be a month which has only a jie without a qi, or a month which has only a qi without a jie, in which case a leap month would be added to regulate it. ) The solar terms are so named that they represent the changes in season,phenology and climate. The eight solar terms that reflect seasonal changes are Beginning of Spring, Vernal Equinox, Beginning of Summer, Summer Solstice, Beginning of Autumn, Autumnal Equinox,Beginning of Winter, and Winter Solstice; the four solar terms that represent phenological changes are Waking of Insects, Fresh Green, Lesser fullness and Grain in Ear; and the 12 solar terms that indicate the changes in climate are Rain Water,Grain Rain,Lesser Heat, Greater Heat, End of Heat, White Dew, Cold Dew, First Frost, Light Snow, Heavy Snow, Lesser Cold, and Greater Cold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.3 The conventions in different solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4 Importance and values===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.1 Importance in ancient times===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 24 solar terms are a creation of traditional farming culture, and their production, development and dissemination have adapted to the economic production methods and social needs in the farming era. The 24 solar terms have played an  important role in the life and work of traditional Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the 24 solar terms are the basic time indicators of agricultural production activities in ancient times, which is also the most basic function and value of the 24 solar terms. Agricultural production is an economic activity carried out by humans according to natural rhythms and the laws of crop growth. The basic requirement of  the agricultural production is to keep track of the agricultural time, which means that &amp;quot;if the agricultural time is not violated, there will be sufficient grain supply.&amp;quot; (Mencius - Liang Huiwang). Secondly, the 24 solar terms were also regarded as important time points in the daily life of the people in ancient times. Thirdly, for the ancient ancestors, the 24 solar terms were not just a time system, but a much more colourful connotation of life, and  an important manifestation and part of their colourful lives. For example, the &amp;quot;Four Beginnings&amp;quot;(四立), that is, the Beginning of Spring, Beginning of Summer, Beginning of Autumn,  Beginning of Winter , have always been important festivals in history. At the time of these festivals, the emperors would lead their courtiers to the eastern, southern, western and northern gates of the capital to hold ceremonies to welcome the arrival of spring, summer, autumn and winter. The winter solstice, summer solstice and Qingming Festival are still important traditional festivals today, especially Tomb Sweeping Festival, which is also known as China's four traditional festivals, along with Spring Festival, Dragon Boat Festival and Mid-Autumn Festival.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.2 Values in modern society===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2016, the 24 solar terms was included in the World Intangible Cultural Heritage List and became one of the most vivid cultural symbols for strengthening the cultural confidence of the Chinese nation and enhancing the cultural cohesion of the Chinese nation. It still has its practical values in modern society.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as a time-honoured knowledge system with a long history and a customary tradition rich in colourful activities, the 24 solar terms has  profound spiritual and cultural connotations, such as respecting nature, adapting to the time of the day, venerating ancestors, filial piety and respect for the elderly, and being good neighbours and friends. Therefore, it is one of the important components of excellent Chinese traditional culture. Secondly, the 24 solar terms can accurately reflect the rhythm and rules of nature and reflect the harmonious relationship between man and nature. Lastly, the 24 solar terms are not only a time system, but also a living tradition full of rich connotations, which is an important part of people's lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Beginning of Spring	立春&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Autumn 立秋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rain Water 雨水 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
End of Heat 处暑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insects Awakening 惊蛰 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White Dew 白露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Equinox 春分 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Autumnal Equinox 秋分&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh Green 清明 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dew 寒露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain Rain 谷雨	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Frost 霜降 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Summer 立夏 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Winter 立冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Fullness	小满 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Light Snow 小雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain in Ear 芒种	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy Snow 大雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer Solstice	夏至&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Winter Solstice	冬至&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Heat 大暑&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Cold 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Heat 立春 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Cold 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References:[[User:He Changqi|He Changqi]] ([[User talk:He Changqi|talk]]) 10:11, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Collection of Yue Fu Poetry《乐府诗集》===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Brief introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' is the essence of Han, Wei, Jin and Northern and Southern Dynasties folk songs. The content is very rich, reflecting a wide range of social life. It mainly collects more than 5000 Yuefu songs from Han, Wei to Tang and Five Dynasties, as well as from pre Qin to the end of Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Yuefu&amp;quot;, originally the name of the institution in charge of music, was first set up in the reign of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, and there were also Yuefu institutions in the northern and Southern Dynasties. Its specific task is to make music score, collect lyrics and train music talents. There are two sources of lyrics: one is specially written by literati, the other is collected from Chinese folk. Later, people called the poems collected by Yuefu organs as Yuefu, or Yuefu Poems and Yuefu songs, so Yuefu changed from official name to poetic name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.About the author'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Maoqian (1041-1099) was born in Xucheng, Yunzhou, Song Dynasty. He is the grandson of Guo Quan, and the son of Guo Yuanming. Song Shenzong Yuanfeng seven years (1084), Cao joined the army in Henan Province. He wrote a hundred volumes of ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'', which was handed down from generation to generation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Content introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It divides Yuefu Poems into 12 categories, including suburban Temple songs, Yan shooting songs, drum songs, horizontal blowing songs, Xianghe songs, etc. In these different kinds of music, the songs of Jiaomiao and yanshe belong to the movements used by the imperial court, and their ideological content and artistic skills are less desirable. There are also some works with poor artistic value. But generally speaking, most of the poems it collects are excellent folk songs and poems written by scholars with old Yuefu titles. In the existing poetry collection, &amp;quot;Yuefu Poetry Collection&amp;quot; is an important book with the most complete collection of all kinds of Yuefu Poetry in the past dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterpieces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'' is the first long narrative poem in the history of Chinese literature, and it is also the peak work in the history of Yuefu Poetry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on a marriage tragedy in Lujiang County during the reign of Emperor Xian of the Eastern Han Dynasty. The poem has more than 350 sentences and 1700 words. It mainly tells the story of Jiao Zhongqing and Liu Lanzhi's forced separation and suicide. It accuses the cruelty and ruthlessness of feudal ethics and praises their sincere feelings and rebellious spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the longest narrative poem in ancient history, the story of Peacock Flying Southeast is complicated and simple, and its characters are vividly portrayed. It not only portrays the image of Jiaoliu and his wife, but also depicts the stubbornness of Jiao's mother and the arrogance of brother Liu. At the end of the article, the myth of Liu Lanzhi and Jiao Zhongqing turning into mandarin ducks after their death is conceived, and the people's strong desire for love freedom and happy life is placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''Mulan Poetry'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Mulan poetry'' is a folk song in the Northern Dynasty of China. This is a long narrative poem about a girl named Mulan. She disguised herself as a man, joined the army for her father, established meritorious service in the battlefield, and refused to be an official after returning to the imperial court. She only wanted to go home for reunion. She warmly praised the woman's brave and kind-hearted quality, her enthusiasm for defending her country and her brave and fearless spirit. &amp;quot;Mulan is a girl&amp;quot; is used to conceive the legend of Mulan, which is full of romantic color. The detailed arrangement is very ingenious. Although it is about war theme, it is mainly about the life scene and children's mood, which is full of life flavor. It describes the character's mood by means of character's question and answer, narration, parallelism, antithesis and intertextuality, which is vivid, detailed and full of vitality, It has strong artistic appeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Contributions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The important contribution of it is to collect and classify the songs of past dynasties according to their tunes, so that many works can be compiled into books. This provides great convenience for the collation and research of Yuefu Poetry. For example, some excellent Chinese folk songs of Han Dynasty, such as &amp;quot;Moshangsang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dongmenxing&amp;quot;, were collected and recorded by editors. In particular, some ancient folk songs and proverbs are scattered in various historical books and some academic works, and miscellaneous ballads and sayings are mostly ignored by the former. Yuefu Poetry Collection introduces and explains in detail the origin, nature and musical instruments used in singing of various kinds of music. So that many precious historical materials can be preserved. This is of great value to the study of literature history and music history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are narrative poems and lyric poems in Yuefu Poems, and the achievements of narrative poems are more prominent. ''The Book of Songs'' and ''The Songs of Chu'' are basically lyric poems, and sometimes narrative is interspersed in the process of lyric, but narrative is attached to lyric. The emergence of Yuefu narrative poetry marks the maturity of Chinese ancient narrative poetry, and it is all caused by sadness and happiness. When choosing narrative objects, the creative subject is good at finding poetic scenes and absorbing pictures in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Shortcomings'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some imperfections in ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' . For example, Ji Yun in the Qing Dynasty pointed out that it was not appropriate to include some literati poems in the titles of Yuefu. In addition, because of its emphasis on melody, the recorded songs are often inconsistent with the description of tunes. But on the whole, as an ancient Chinese literature, this giant has made a certain contribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Eight Major Cuisines of China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction About Chinese Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang and Zhou dynasties, China's food culture began to take shape. At that time, Tai Gongwang was the most representative. In the Spring and Autumn Period and Warring States Period under the reign of Duke Huan of Qi, the flavors of North and South dishes showed differences. In the Tang and Song Dynasties, the southern cuisine and the northern cuisine formed their own systems. In the Southern Song Dynasty, sweet in south and salty in north was formed. At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, Shandong Cuisine, Sichuan Cuisine, Cantonese Cuisine, and Su Cuisine became the most influential local dishes at that time, and they were called the &amp;quot;four major cuisines.&amp;quot; By the end of the Qing Dynasty, four new local cuisines, Zhejiang Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine, Hunan Cuisine, and Anhui Cuisine, were differentiated and formed, which together constituted the &amp;quot;eight major cuisines&amp;quot; of traditional Chinese cuisine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Cuisines====&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
China covers a large territory and has many nationalities, hence a variety of Chinese food with different but fantastic and mouthwatering flavor. Since China's local dishes have their own typical characteristics, generally, Chinese food can be roughly divided into eight regional cuisines, which has been widely accepted around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1Shandong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Jinan Cuisine and Jiaodong Cuisine, Shandong Cuisine, clear, pure and not greasy, is characterized by its emphasis on aroma, freshness, crispness and tenderness. Shallot and garlic are usually used as seasonings so Shangdong dishes tastes pungent usually. Soups are given much emphasis in Shangdong dishes. Thin soup features clear and fresh while creamy soup looks thick and tastes strong. Jinan Cuisine is adept at deep-frying, grilling, frying and stir-frying while Jiaodong division is famous for cooking seafood with fresh and light taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2Sichuan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Cuisine, known often in the West as Szechuan Cuisine, is one &lt;br /&gt;
of the most famous Chinese cuisines in the world. Characterized by its spicy and pungent flavor, Sichuan Cuisine, prolific of tastes, emphasizes on the use of chili. Pepper and prickly ash also never fail to accompany, producing typical exciting tastes. Besides, garlic, ginger and fermented soybean are also used in the cooking process. Wild vegetables and animals are usually chosen as ingredients, while frying, frying without oil, pickling and braising are applied as basic cooking techniques. The major Sichuan dishes include Kung Pao Chicken and Bean Sauce Tofu.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3Guangdong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Tasting clear, light, crisp and fresh, Guangdong Cuisine, familiar to Westerners, usually chooses raptors and beasts to produce originative     dishes. Its basic cooking techniques include roasting, stir-frying, sauteing, deep-frying, braising, stewing and steaming. Among them steaming and stir-frying are more commonly applied to preserve the natural flavor. Cantonese are known to have an adventurous palate, able to eat many different kinds of meats and vegetables. Many vegetables originate from other parts of the world. It doesn't use much spice, bringing out the natural flavor of the vegetables and meats. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4Fujian Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Fuzhou Cuisine, Quanzhou Cuisine and Xiamen Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine is distinguished for its choice of seafood, beautiful color and magic taste of sweet, sour, salty and savory. The most distinct features are their &amp;quot;pickled taste&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5Jiangsu Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Jiangsu Cuisine, also called Huaiyang Cuisine, is popular in the lower reach of the Yangtze River. Aquatics as the main ingredients, it stresses the freshness of materials. Its carving techniques are delicate, of which the melon carving technique is especially well known. Cooking techniques consist of stewing, braising, roasting, simmering, etc. The flavor of Huaiyang Cuisine is light, fresh and sweet and with delicate elegance. Jiangsu Cuisine is well known for its careful selection of ingredients, its meticulous preparation methodology, and its not-too-spicy, not-too-bland taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.6Zhejiang Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Comprising local cuisines of Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing, Zhejiang Cuisine, not greasy, wins its reputation for freshness, tenderness, softness, smoothness of its dishes with mellow fragrance. Hangzhou Cuisine is the most famous one among the three. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.7Hunan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi Coteau. It characterizes itself by thick and pungent flavor. Chili, pepper and shallot are usually necessaries in this division.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.8Anhui Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Anhui Cuisine focuses much more attention on the temperature in cooking. Its major cooking method are braising and stewing. Often hams and sugar will be added to improve taste and flavour of the dishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.A Comparison of Chinese-Western Diet Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and western cultures have always been two major factions in the world culture, and diet plays a very important role in the two cultures. The differences in cultures create the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures. There are many differences between Chinese and Western food under the two different cultural backgrounds.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the western diet is mainly based on flour, with abundant raw materials, and its cooking method is simpler than that in China, but it also pays great attention to taste. Besides, western diet takes nutrition as the highest criterion, with special emphasis on the nutritional components of food. For example, whether the contents of protein, fat, carbohydrate, vitamins and various inorganic elements are properly matched, whether the heat supply is just right, whether these nutritional components can be fully absorbed by eaters and whether there are other side effects. However, Chinese cuisine pays more attention to the color, aroma and taste of dishes. The purpose of Chinese people's diet is not only to satisfy their hunger, but also to satisfy their desire for delicious food, which brings pleasure to their body and mind. Compared with Chinese diet which pays attention to taste, western diet is a rational diet. Furthermore, westerners prefer cold dishes while Chinese like hot food. For Chinese, one should eat the food while it is still hot. What’s more, westerners believe that dishes are hunger-filled, so they specialize in &amp;quot;hard dishes&amp;quot; such as large pieces of meat and whole chickens; while Chinese mainly eat lots of vegetables and little meat. There are also differences in names of dishes. Many Chinese dishes often contain a lot of historical and cultural information. For example, Dongpo meat(Braised Dongpo Pork) is said to be cooked according to recipes handed down by Su Dongpo, a literary giant in Song Dynasty. Some dishes are also related to allusions and legends, for example, Fotiaoqiang(Buddha jumps over the wall) is a legend. In contrast, the names of western food are much simpler. For example, fried chicken legs, hamburgers and seafood soup are almost all named after the raw materials and cooking methods.&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
1. 毕继万. 跨文化非语言交际. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M], 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 蔡华. 试论中西饮食文化的差异. 邵阳学院学报[J]，2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杜学增. 中英文化习俗比较. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M],1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
pot-stewed fowl 卤味&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
stewing and simmering炖，煨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
prickly ash 花椒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fermented soybean豆鼓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Braised Dongpo Pork东坡肉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha Jumps over the Wall 佛跳墙&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kung Pao Chicken 宫保鸡丁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bean Sauce Tofu麻婆豆腐&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
How many types of cuisines are there in china?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s differences between Chinese and western diets?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the origin of Dongpo Meat?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eight major cuisines of China ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Paper Cutting 剪纸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Chinese Medical Sage- Zhang Zhongjing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing ( original name Zhang Ji, 150 to 154 A.D.- about 215 to 219 A.D., courtesy name Zhongjing), was born in Nieyang County in Nanyang of the Eastern Han Dynasty ( located in today's Zhangzhai Village, Rangdong Town, Dengzhou City, Henan Province). He was a famous medical scientist in the late Eastern Han Dynasty and one of the most outstanding medical scientists in Chinese history, who is respected as the Chinese Medical Sage. In his childhood, Zhang Zhongjing admired Bian Que, a preeminent Chinese mediciner, and yearned for medical learning. And he once studied after Zhang Bozu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing hated officialdom and sympathized with common people. He traveled all over the country for his medical practice, carefully studied the symptoms of typhoid fever, and read widely. After decades of collection and study, he wrote the magnificent book Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which established the treatment based on syndrome differentiation of six classics, and became a necessary classic for the study of Chinese medicine in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This extraordinary man in Chinese history, our immortal medical sage, was once the Changsha magistrate. As the master of superb medical skills and a man of tender heart, he treated patients for free on the first and fifteenth days of every lunar month. At that time, yamen's gate would be crowded with a large throng of people of all ages and both sexes. Some of them carried pieces of luggage, having come a long way to be there. All the people waited for him in eagerness. Then, Zhang Zhongjing would open the gate of office and let sick people in, instead of dealing with government affairs, carefully diagnosing and treating the masses one by one. Though confronted with such a heavy workload, Mr. Zhang treated every patient carefully based on syndrome differentiation. He diagnosed them with looking, listening, questioning and feeling the pulse— four ways of diagnosis, as well as saw through the patients' appearance to perceive the root cause of their illness. As making diagnoses so full-heartedly, Mr. Zhang even skipped meals sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, people called the doctor who sat in the drugstore to treat patients &amp;quot;the doctor sitting in the hall&amp;quot;, in memory of Zhang Zhongjing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When talking about Zhang Zhongjing, We have to mention his masterpiece Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which is an undoubted groundbreaking and peak work of traditional Chinese medicine. For years of wars and chaos in the late Eastern Han Dynasty, it turned out that various kinds of plagues were prevailing in China. And lots of people were homeless and suffered from epidemic diseases. Thus, Zhang Zhongjing's motive of writing this book was to lifting common and poor Chinese people from the misery of diseases. After years of arduous hardwork, this enduring work was finally finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Chinese saying that goes, &amp;quot; Eating dumplings in Chinese New Year, Great Cold, and Slight Cold ( latter two belongs to 24 solar terms).&amp;quot; But now, except these days and the New Year's Day, many diners also feast in the air-conditioned dumpling parlors in summer. So, how did dumplings, as one of people's favorite, come into being? Speaking of this delicacy, well-respected Zhang Zhongjing has made great contributions to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a snowstorm was raging, Zhang Zhongjing, a former governor of Changsha, who had resigned from office, was returning to his native town. By the White River, he saw lots of homeless people in rags, with sick looks and frozen ears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back home, Mr.Zhang was still concerned about those poor people. So he developed a recipe to help them ward off cold, called &amp;quot; Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot;. Then, just on the Winter Solstice, he asked his disciples to set up a shed and a big pot under it in Dongguan, Nanyang, and give each poor person a bowl of soup with two Jiaoers. After drinking this soup, people felt warm and their ears were cured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing passed away on the day of the Winter Solstice, and he distributed the &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; for everyone on the Winter Solstice as well. In order to commemorate him, everyone would make dumplings on the Winter Solstice Festival. And it was said that if one ate dumplings on the day of the Winter Solstice, his ears would not be frozen in winter. &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is rarely eaten now, but the custom of eating dumplings on the Winter Solstice every year has been passed down. Besides, the kinds and shapes of dumplings have been greatly improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the way of making &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is to boil mutton and some cold dispelling herbs in a pot. After cooked, fish and chop them up, then wrap the stuffing in dough wrappers, with their shapes resembling human ears. Later, put them into the pot, and boil them in the original soup. Because of its ear- shaped contour and effect on preventing the ear from freezing, Zhongjing named it &amp;quot;Jiao Er&amp;quot;. ( Er means eears in Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a Nanyang folk songs about Jiaoer, saying &amp;quot; not eating Jiaoers in the Winter Solstice, geting frozen ears in the winter cold.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At first, Zhang Zhongjing, a little boy of 9 or 10 years old, was measuring traditional Chinese medicine, trying to imitate his medical master. At this stage, medicine inspired in him a delightful sensation of wonder, which would shape his lifelong dream of becoming a great doctor like Bian Que and helping the sick. Then, Zhang turned into an adult man, appearing to be in his middle age. He stuck to treating sick people at the gate of the Yamen on the first and fifth days in the lunar calendar. Finally, Mr. Zhang's goatee turned grey and wrinkles crawled on his kind face. However, he still wrote the Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, cured patients and dealt with his favorite— traditional Chinese medicine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
medical sage 医圣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases《伤寒杂病论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
treatment based on syndrome differentiation/ diagnosis and treatment based on an overall analysis of the illness and the patient's condition 辩证施治&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yamen 衙门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great Cold ( 24th solar term ) 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slight Cold ( 23rd solar term ) 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
look, listen, question and feel the pulse -- four ways of diagnosis 望闻问切&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup 祛寒娇耳汤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the honorable title Zhang Zhongjing addressed as?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What's the official role Zhang once taken?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When would Zhang treat patients for free at yamen?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What's the most well-known and important masterpiece Zhang ever write? What's his motive of writing it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What's the relationship between Zhang Zhongjing and dumplings?--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 13:53, 2 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Red Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese red culture is unique in the world. As a very important cultural resource, it has both tangible culture and intangible culture. Red culture in China refers to the advance culture with Chinese characteristics created by party and people in revolutionary years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has brilliant history and splendid civilization in ancient times. However, with the Opium War of 1840, China was plunged into the darkness of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression. Despite of all efforts that countless dedicated patriots had made, they still failed to change the plight. The October Revolution in Russia brought Marxism-Leninism. With Communism as the the highest ideal and ultimate goal, the Communist Party of China shouldered the historic mission of national rejuvenation. With the firm leadership of the party, Chinese people embraced national independence, people's liberation, national reunification and social stability, and stepped into a new era of prosperity and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture is condensed by the Communist Party of China in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. It is an advanced Marxism culture that was inherited and developed in the new period of socialist construction. It's a collectivism culture of bravery, sacrifice and devotion that seeks happiness for the Chinese people and rejuvenation for the Chinese nation.Red culture is embodied in the aspects of ideal belief, value pursuit and spiritual outlook, and is integrated into material remains, mechanism behaviors and cultural and artistic forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, red culture is a revolutionary culture, which was formed by the Chinese Communist Party in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. After the founding of People's Republic of China, the Communist Party of China led the Chinese people to inherit and carry forward the revolutionary culture. In the new period of socialist construction and reform and opening up, a vigorous and advanced socialist culture was formed, which enriched and developed the connotation of red culture. Revolutionary culture and advanced socialist culture are two major components of red culture, and are the core value and spiritual subject of contemporary Chinese culture. As for Chinese red culture, Among them, Marxism is the soul, the common ideal of socialism with Chinese characteristics is the theme, the national spirit and the spirit of the times are the essence, and the socialist concept of honor and disgrace is the foundation. These four aspects influence, infiltrate and interact with each other, revealing the essential characteristics of red culture scientifically and completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Symbols'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “red” in “red culture” has many symbols. Chinese people have “red” complex since ancient time. Red represents authority. For, example, official documents are also called red heading documents. Red represents courage. Red is the color of Chinese national flag. Chinese military strategists and generals have a deep understanding of the role of red in war, so they use red flags to unite their morale, inspire their fighting and their courage, and summon the spirit of going forward bravely and not fearing sacrifice. Red represents honor and auspiciousness. For instance, the places are always adorned with red for conference and ceremony. People are awarded with red flower and red certificates. Red represents revolution. When Marx was asked about &amp;quot;favorite color&amp;quot; in his early years, he clearly answered &amp;quot;red&amp;quot;. In 1864, First International was founded, and its logo was red. The first army of Communist Party of China was named Red Army, and Ruijin, the first revolutionary base area, was called Red Capital. There were also red boats in South Lake and red flags in Jinggangshan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture has many values. Red culture has the value of history. It witnesses the early development history of the Communist Party of China. It shows the inevitability of the socialist road in China. And it is an important weapon to guide the success of Chinese revolution. Besides, red culture has the value of civilization. Carrying forward the red culture is an urgent need to cultivate a new national spirit. Red culture is important for the construction of socialism culture and ideology. Moreover, red culture has the value of economy. Red culture is a powerful driving force for the development of socialist market economy. It is an important medium of economic development under the new historical conditions. The red cultural industry has become a new economic growth point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Red Culture in Nanchang'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchang is the capital city of Jiangxi Province and it is where August 1st uprising took place. Nanchang is renowned as the cradle of Chinese revolution and the place where the military flag rose. Because in August 1st uprising, communist party of china formed its first army in Nanchang. There are lots of red culture resources in Nanchang. &lt;br /&gt;
Bayi Square is at the center of Nanchang city. It was built to memorize August 1st uprising. Bayi Square highlights the theme of &amp;quot;Bayi History and Culture&amp;quot; in all directions. The memorial area, cultural area, reminiscence area and leisure area of Bayi Square show Bayi Uprising in different forms. The landmark in the square is Bayi Nanchang Uprising Memorial Tower. Besides, Nangchang August 1st Memorial Hall is a special memorial hall established to commemorate Nanchang Uprising.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red culture 红色文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opium War 鸦片战争&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red heading documents 红头文件&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red army 红军&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
August 1st uprising 八一起义&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the historical background of the birth of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What are two major components of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many symbols dose the word &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; in red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many values dose red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What is the landmark in Bayi Square?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ancient Tea Horse Road===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Tea Horse Road is a folk international trade route that exists in southwest China and is a corridor for ethnic economic and cultural exchanges with horses as the main means of transportation. The ancient tea horse road is divided into two routes: the Sichuan-Tibet line and the Yunnan-Tibet line. The ancient tea horse road originated from the ancient southwest frontier of the tea horse mutual market, flourished in the Tang and Song dynasties, in the Ming and Qing dynasties, and most prosperous in the middle and late World War II. The ancient Tea Horse Road divided into Shanxi-Gan, Shanxi-Kangtang (folk called wade ancient road, Sichuan-Tibet line is part of it), Yunnan-Tibet and other three main routes, connecting Sichuan, Yunnan-Tibet, extending into the territory of Bhutan, Sikkim, Nepal, India, until reaching West Asia, West Africa, the Red Sea coast. 5 March 2013, the Tea Horse Road was listed by the State Council as the seventh batch of national key cultural relics conservation units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Routes====&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient tea horse road  is divided into:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Shanxi-Gansu tea horse road is the main route for tea to travel westward in mainland China and exchange for horses. It is one of the main routes of the ancient Silk Road.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanxi and Tibet tea horse road (wade ancient road), began in the Han Dynasty, formed by the Shanxi merchants and the ancient southwest border tea and horse each other. Due to the Ming and Qing dynasties, the government control of tea trafficking, tea trafficking sub-regional, including the most prosperous tea horse trading market in Kangding, known as the wade ancient road.&lt;br /&gt;
3. the ancient Yunnan-Tibet Tea Horse Road. Formed around the late sixth century AD, it is south of Yunnan's main tea producing areas in Xishuangbanna Yiwu, Pu'er City, intermediate through today's Dali Bai Autonomous Prefecture and Lijiang City, Shangri-La into Tibet, directly to Lhasa. Some also re-exported from Tibet to India and Nepal, is an important trade channel between ancient China and South Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Sichuan-Tibet Tea Horse Road is a part of the Shan-Kang-Tibet Tea Horse Road, east of Yazhou edge tea production Ya'an, after playing arrow furnace (now Kangding), west to Lhasa, Tibet, and finally through to Bhutan, Nepal and India, a total length of nearly four thousand kilometers, is an essential bridge and link between ancient Tibet and the interior.&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main routes of the ancient tea-horse road: the Qinghai-Tibet line (the ancient Tang and Tibetan road), the Yunnan-Tibet line and the Sichuan-Tibet line. Among the three ancient tea-horse roads, the Qinghai-Tibet line was established in the Tang Dynasty and developed earlier, while the Sichuan-Tibet line was the most influential and well-known later. These three routes are closely related to Chengdu, among them, the Yunnan-Tibet route and the Sichuan-Tibet route must pass through Chengdu, and their development is closely related to the tea-horse trade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Value====&lt;br /&gt;
The Silk Road in the north and the ancient Tea Horse Road in the south. The ancient Tea Horse Road, a passage that once played an important role in the birth and development of the Chinese nation just like the Silk Road, has been gradually buried in the dust of history with the washing away of modern civilization. However, its history and value will always shine brightly.&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Golden Road of Tourism&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road tour has unique scenery, profound cultural connotation, exclusive resources and is unparalleled in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ancient Roads for the Propagation of Civilization&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient Tea Horse Road was not only an important migration corridor for the ancient ancestors between Wei-Tibet and present Sichuan and Yunnan, but also an important aperture for the spread and exchange of ancient civilizations between present Sichuan, Yunnan and Tibet.&lt;br /&gt;
3.Migration Corridor of National Cultures&lt;br /&gt;
On this ancient road, which stretches for more than 10,000 miles, Chinese, Tibetan, Yi, Naxi, Lisu, Hani, Kino, Qiang, Pumi, Bai, Nu, Jingpo, Achang and other ethnic groups have flourished here for thousands of years, highlighting the diversity and original form of ethnic culture in southwest China.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Religious Propagation Road&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the tea-horse trade and the extension of the ancient tea-horse route, Tibetan Buddhism spread widely along this route on the Tibetan Plateau and surrounding areas. The development and spread of Tibetan stupas can be roughly divided into two routes: one is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia - the other is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia. -Liaoning--Jilin--Heilongjiang--Beijing--Hebei --Henan--Jiangsu; second, Tibet--Yunnan--Sichuan. --Guangxi--Hubei.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Path of National Spirituality&lt;br /&gt;
You can't talk about the ancient tea-horse road without mentioning the horse gangs. The horse gangs have formed a unique cultural carrier in the course of thousands of years. Their spirit is attached to this ancient road, and become part of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
6.The Road of National Unity and Integration&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road is like a huge net in southwest China, through which people of all nationalities strengthen their ties and communication, promote political, economic and cultural interaction, development and integration among all nationalities, and enhance the emotional ties between them.&lt;br /&gt;
7.The Road of Securing the Borders&lt;br /&gt;
The expansion of the ancient tea-horse road and the flourishing of the tea-horse trade contributed to the stability and consolidation of China's southwest frontier.&lt;br /&gt;
8.the road to economic development&lt;br /&gt;
The Thousand-Year Tea Horse Trail contributed to the formation of many towns in the region through the tea and horse trade, which greatly contributed to the economic development of the region.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 03:42, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Ancient Tea Horse Road(茶马古道)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan-Tibet Line（川藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yunnan-Tibet line（滇藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.wade ancient road（蹚古道）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is  the ancient tea horse road ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What do you know about the history of the ancient tea horse road?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many main routes  does the ancient tea-horse road conclude?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the historical value?&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 04:15, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four satirical novels in ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of the bourgeois reformists and democratic revolutionaries strongly advocated, the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty got unprecedented development, and a large number of influential novels emerged, forming a prosperous situation of the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty.The emergence of the &amp;quot;Four Major denunciation novels&amp;quot; in the late Qing Dynasty is an important sign that The creation of Chinese novels has entered another prosperous period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Four satirical novels in ancient China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Nie Hai Hua'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. the Travels of an Old Man'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Records of Officialdom Exposure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. 20 years witness strange present situation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Conclution'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
Shadow Puppets(皮影戏)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Confucian Culture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction ====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school is an academic school founded by Confucius, developed by Mencius, and composed by Xunzi. Today, it still retains a certain vitality. Confucian school takes Confucianism as its guiding ideology whose central ideas are forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage, benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith. &lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school was on an equal footing with the other hundred schools in the pre-Qin period. After the First Emperor of Qin, also called Qin Shihuang, burned books and buried scholars alive, the development of the Confucian school suffered a serious defeat. Then, in order to maintain the feudal autocratic rule, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty followed Dong Zhongshu's advice of &amp;quot;banishing other schools of thought and worshiping Confucianism only&amp;quot; and imposed restrictions on thought, which led to the revival of Confucian school. The concepts of &amp;quot;Confucian school&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Confucianism&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Confucian Religion&amp;quot; should be distinguished since Confucian school is a school of theory, Confucianism a social stratification, and Confucian religion a belief. &lt;br /&gt;
Laozi founded Chinese Taoist school; Confucius started Chinese Confucian school; Sun Tzu initiated Chinese military strategist school; Mozi was the founder of Mohism in the early Warring States. Confucianism contributes to guiding the code of conduct and constructing social order; Daoism focuses on fostering the view of nature and the orientation of spiritual development; Legalism serves the system construction of national political management.; the concepts of Universal Love and utilitarianism are two cornerstones for the Mohism. The General Unity idea of Confucianism has played an important role in the unification of a nation, the enhancement of national cohesion and the integration of cultural values. After more than two thousand years of development and evolution, Confucian culture has built up a complete ideological system, involving politics, education, morality, ethics, code of conduct, life skills and other aspects. It has cultivated the wisdom and soul of the Chinese people throughout the history, and formed deep-rooted set patterns of thinking, psychology and survival. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analysis of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Intelligence development =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is a great educator, as well as a pioneer and practitioner of mass education. After Confucianism was established as a dominant culture, both the rulers and the public respected the teachings of the sage and attached great importance to education. In this context, a basic requirement is to stay highly cultured and steeped in propriety. After the Emperor Wen initiated the imperial examination system in the Sui Dynasty, those who are good scholars could make an official, which inspired students of poor families to change their lives by studying hard and diligent. For generations, the Chinese people have attached great importance to the education of their children, which is conducive to the improvement of the thinking ability of the whole nation. &lt;br /&gt;
However, the corrupt of bureaucracy and the darkness of officialdom in metaphase and anaphase made many literati feel despairing about official career and discredit about the concept. In addition, the Four Books and Five Classics were the main learning content of Confucianism. Apart from government-run schools, private schools and self-study can hardly meet the requirements of the Six Classical Arts. Therefore, the Four Books and Five Classics were the focus of students, while the Six Classical Arts were not highly valued. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Spiritual guidance =====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of spirit, Confucianism contends that &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&amp;quot; Benevolent people love each other, which reflects the essence of “Unity of Man and Nature” and also the most brilliant connotation of Confucianism. This philosophy calls for people’s active contributions to the society. It is still alive in modern times, and is the fundamental requirement of people's spiritual orientation in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Order construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of barbarism and backwardness, a common feature was that a small number of people used power and force to suppress and enslave the majority, thus resulting in labor division and unfair distribution of wealth and generating corresponding social hierarchy and concepts. Given the fact that Confucianism developed in the transitional period of feudal society, the thoughts of Confucius and Mencius were rooted in the idealist view of destiny and did not break the shackles of social hierarchy. In addition, they even advocated the distinguish between the noble and the humble and highlighted the importance of hierarchy division. In this context, the benevolence they advocated had great limitations in political management. The public could not be treated equally in terms of political status. Instead, the so-called benevolence calls for improvement of the living conditions of the public and more benefits from the ruling class. However, its purpose was to maintain social order and reconcile social contradictions. This is also the root cause of feudal rulers’ favoring of Confucianism. In essence, Confucianism did not promote social equality, instead, it worked to maintain the unequal feudal hierarchy that aggravated servitude. In fact, after a long history of feudal rule, the sense of hierarchy would be part of the national psyche. With the progress of times and civilization, the view of destiny and the thought of social order have become psychological shackles of the Chinese people. &lt;br /&gt;
After eliminating the ideology of feudal hierarchy and formalism, some philosophies of Confucianism still generate positive effects on modern society. Specifically, the spirit of benevolence and universal love is conducive to cultivate people’s spirits; the concept of “the country belongs to the public” reflects a sense of social responsibility to make contributions for society, which can be expanded into a sharing social and political philosophy for different countries. Filial piety and brotherhood increase the harmony and stability of family; Loyalty, faithfulness, propriety and forgiveness are conducive to the relationship between different countries, societies and people. &amp;quot;Loyalty&amp;quot; means that people should stay loyal to the country and people; &amp;quot;Friendliness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;forgiveness&amp;quot; play an important role in resolving various contradictions and animosities; when it comes to &amp;quot;filial piety&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;propriety&amp;quot;, many redundant forms inherited from feudal society should be eradicated and be more practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The contemporary value of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Confucian culture is still of great significance. We must explore the value of Confucian culture on the basis of the excellent tradition of the Chinese nation and by combining the characteristics of the times with and the actual situation. The Confucian culture has affected Chinese more than two thousand years and gone deep into each aspect of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideological and political education =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture calls for “the people-oriented” philosophy, and it places a high priority on human value and dignity. Over the years, the Chinese nation has been influenced by this excellent philosophy. On this occasion, its behavioral pattern and psychological structure are endowed with uniqueness, which is mainly manifested in two aspects. One is to respect yourself, learn how to love and care yourself. Moreover, gain dignity and achieve the development of human value through the continuous improvement of moral cultivation. Second, respect others and show respect for others' personality by respecting, understanding and caring for others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Modern economic construction=====&lt;br /&gt;
Under today’s circumstance, some ideological contents are still alive and produce  positive effects on promoting the economic construction of modernization and fostering modern patriotism emotion of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Confucian culture emphasizes the thought of &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; and group consciousness. It is conducive to the cultivation of collectivism and provides a spiritual pillar for China's modern economy. Since Confucian culture reflects a collectivist view on life, individuals are full of sense of duty and responsibility towards others and groups. In this context, their self-cultivation targets at regulating the family, country and the world. Thus, the value of individual is closely linked with the rise and fall of the country, so they have a strong sense of responsibility. &amp;quot;Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&amp;quot; has been a common belief for thousands of years. Such a social responsibility will give rise to a huge driving force for the development of the country and society.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the consciousness of &amp;quot;self-improvement&amp;quot; and the proposition of &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in the Confucian culture strengthen the national spirit and provide a source power for China’s economic modernization. Yi Zhuan put forward: &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection.’’ It means that continuous development is the law of nature and that a gentleman should pursue progress and be strong, unyielding resilient and positive. For thousands of years, the Chinese nation has formed a fine tradition of working hard and striving for strength under the influence of these thoughts. Today, we carry forward the spirits of “self-improvement” and &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in ways that further enhance national spirits and provide a strong driving force for the socialist modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the &amp;quot;reform and innovation&amp;quot; concept in Confucian culture is conducive to the expansion of the reform and opening up and the acceleration of China's socialist modernization. On the basis of admitting the fact that the continuous development is the universal law of nature, Confucian culture puts forward the &amp;quot;innovation idea&amp;quot;. The Book of Rites said, &amp;quot;If you can in one day renovate yourself; do so from day to day and let there be daily renovation.&amp;quot; The Book of Changes said, &amp;quot;Reform refers to destroy the old, while innovation means to establish the new.” The concept is not only serves as the theoretical basis for reform and innovation throughout the history, but also provides valuable lessons for the reform in socialist economic and political systems today. Domestically, promoting the innovative spirits can greatly enhance the reform consciousness of the Chinese people. Externally, it is conducive to advancing the opening up by leveraging the global influence of Confucian culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Legal construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture places a high priority on personal cultivation, while a highly civilized society under the rule of law must be composed of highly educated citizens. Confucian school, a school with thousands of years of history in China, has become an integral part of the Chinese culture. Nowadays, since China has called for the policy of combining the rule of virtue with the rule of law, it is the time for Confucian culture to find its historical position and fully play its role. Exploring the influence of Confucian culture on the construction of contemporary Chinese rule by law, not only can we help us more deeply understand the traditional culture, but also can promote the process of building the rule of law in contemporary China. &lt;br /&gt;
The rule by virtue thought is an important part of Confucian culture and it emphasizes the importance of moral education. It is a national strategy pursued by ancient Chinese rulers and a method of national governance embodying reference significance in today’s China. In terms of national governance, Confucianism emphasizes the importance of morality, believing that national governance should not mainly rely on harsh punishment, instead, moral education should be applied to reform people. Confucius said, &amp;quot;By governing with virtue, rulers will be loved by the public, just like stars surround the North Star.&amp;quot; By comparing rulers to the North Star and people to the stars, Confucius emphasized the importance of moral governance. &lt;br /&gt;
How to rule by virtue? First of all, rulers should pay attention to their personal cultivation and develop good moral characters, so that they can set a good example for the public. Only when officials and common people obey the ruler sincerely, can a good social atmosphere be formed. Secondly, since Confucianism takes &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; as its core and calls for the rule of virtue, many people subconsciously believe that Confucianism denies the role of criminal law and that Confucian culture does not call for the rule of law. In fact, this is not the case. While Confucianism advocates the rule of virtue, it also emphasizes the supplementary role of rule of law. Confucius said, &amp;quot;Sages believe that national governance must combine the rule of virtue and law.&amp;quot; That is to say, if people are governed by systems and laws, they seek for impunity but lack of conscience; however, if they are guided by morality and etiquette, they will have a sense of right and wrong and will impose strict requirements on themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, we should clearly realize that, although Confucian culture is an excellent traditional culture in China, it was generated from the feudal society and its original intention was to maintain the feudal autocratic monarchy. Therefore, it inevitably has some drawbacks and limitations. Under this circumstance, we must analyse Confucian culture dialectically and explore the value of Confucian culture. At the same time, we should discard the bad habits and unfavorable factors left by it, so as to better carry forward our traditional culture and accelerate the construction of the rule of law in contemporary China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Confucius institute ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the improvement of China's international status and the increasingly extensive international exchanges, Chinese culture has won wider foreign attention and the world is more eager to learn and understand the Chinese culture. The Confucius Institute project, founded in 2004, emerges in response to the call of the times. Today, Confucius Institutes have spread throughout Asia, Africa, The Americas, Europe and Oceania. Fundamentally speaking, its is conducive to the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture since language is an important carrier of Chinese culture. It is of positive significance to the construction of China's national image, the promotion of China's international influence, the realization of wider international communication.&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of Confucius Institutes has fully demonstrated the needs and aspirations of people around the world to learn Chinese and learn more about China, but there are still some problems in this process. Today, countries are committed to spreading their own language and culture, so there is a fierce competition in international cultural promotion. In addition, the Confucius Institutes is struggling to achieve sustainable development. Internally, its development has been restricted by many factors, including the shortage of teachers and textbooks, the low quality and the lack of pertinence. At present, Confucius Institutes are prevalent all over the world, but the promotion strategy seeking for quantity and speed results in a serious shortage of teachers capable of teaching Chinese as a foreign language. According to statistics, there is a global shortage of at least five million TCSL teachers. Secondly, the lack of high-quality and localized teaching materials for Chinese has also become a bottleneck for the development of Confucius Institutes. The shortage of Chinese textbooks affects the depth of cultural communication of Confucius Institutes directly. Thirdly, Confucius Institutes are not capable of spreading the ideological depth of the Chinese culture. Although the textbooks are rich in content, they mainly focus on promoting folk culture by introducing Chinese food, tea and wine, traditional Chinese medicine and martial arts. Meanwhile, they rarely involve the ideological essence of traditional Chinese culture and the modern value of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The Confucius Institutes should fully explore the modern significance of Confucianism and cast the quintessence of Chinese culture, and strengthen the spread of the core idea of Chinese culture and its modern cultural value. The connotation of Chinese culture is very rich. What Confucius Institutes should spread is not all the contents of Chinese culture, but the contents with universal value that are different from other countries and represent the essence of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and expressions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒家Confucian school&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒学Confucianism&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒教Confucian religion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
兼爱 Universal love&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
恕、忠、孝、悌、勇forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仁、义、礼、智、信benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学而优则仕 A good scholar will make an official&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四书五经  the Four Books and Five Classics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天行健，君子当自强不息；地势坤，君子以厚德载物。As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下兴亡，匹夫有责 Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the central ideas of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the difference among Confucian school, Confucianism and Confucian religion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the relationship between Confucian school, Taoist school, Mohist school, Legalist school?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the Six Classical Arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you think of the ancient influence of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you think Confucian culture still has its contemporary values in China? And why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the current situation of the development of the Confucian institute?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ch'ien Chung-shu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ch'ien Chung-shu (1910-1998),a well-known scholar,writer,translator and literary researcher,was born into an education family in Wuxi,Jiangsu Province.In Chinese academic circles,Qian was ranked with Rao Zongyi,a master in academic circles,and both were called &amp;quot;South Rao and North Qian&amp;quot;.He was admitted to Tsinghua University in 1929 and got to know Yang Jiang in 1932.Qian became famous soon after the enrolment,not only for the 15 mark of his math exam,but for his excellent Chinese and English,among which he got a full mark in the English exam.Qian had an engagement with Yang the year after their acquaintance and went to study at Oxford University in England along with her.In 1937,he obtained the bachelor's degree from Oxford,and his daughter Qian Yuan was born the same year.He wrote a great many profound literary works in his lifetime.When it comes to Ch'ien Chung-shu,people would think of his representative work ''Fortress Besieged'',which was published in 1947.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a realistic satirical novel,''Fortress Besieged'' is known as &amp;quot;The New Scholars&amp;quot; in the 1940s.The novel is centralized on Fang Hongjian,who returned from studying abroad at the beginning of the War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression.It depicts the struggles in love,marriage,career and life of a group of intellectuals who were far away from the times and the people during the War of Resistance against Japanese Agression.It reveals their inner poverty,emptiness and lowliness,criticizes the dark reality of the Kuomintang-controlled areas,and reveals the crisis of modern civilization and the difficulties of modern life.In the preface of the book,Qian said that,&amp;quot;In this book I intended to write about a certain segment of society and a certain kind of people in modern China.In writing about these people,I didn’t forget they are human beings,still human beings with the basic nature of hairless,two-legged animals.&amp;quot;The novel is like an X-ray mirror that reveals the deformed characters and ugly souls of those &amp;quot;hairless and two-legged animals&amp;quot; and analyzes the cultural matrix which is responsible for the deformed characters and ugly souls of these &amp;quot;latest style&amp;quot; literati.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:19, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===相声 Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The History of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross talk, in the ancient time was known as onomatopoeia, originally refers to imitate other's voices, also known as neighboring cross talk. It was evolved and further developed from the folk music in North China, and integrated with imitating oral skills and other folk art forms. It is generally believed to be formed during the Emperor Xianfeng （1850—1861）and Emperor Tongzhi（1861—1874）period in Qing dynasty. It’s a folk vocal art that uses jokes or funny questioning and answering to make the audience laugh. In the early years of the Republic of China, cross talk gradually developed from one-person ventriloquism to stand-up one person talk, and the name changed to cross talk. Later, it gradually developed into stand-up cross talk, dual cross talk, and group cross talk. And become a veritable form of art. After years of development, dual cross talk has finally become the most popular form of cross talk among audiences.--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 06:33, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Famous Artists of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Go 围棋--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
The four most handsome men in ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Grottoes of China--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 08:23, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Civil Service Examination System'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Luo Weijia|Luo Weijia]] ([[User talk:Luo Weijia|talk]]) 08:27, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Forbidden City'''--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 08:30, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City (Chinese: 紫禁城; pinyin: Zǐjìnchéng) is a palace complex in Dongcheng District, Beijing, China, and with a total area of 720,000 square meters (180 acres). It lies in the center of Beijing's central axis. Today, the Forbidden City houses the Palace Museum, and was the former Chinese imperial palace and residence of the Emperor of China from the Ming dynasty (since the Yong Le Emperor) to the end of the Qing dynasty, between 1420 and 1924. The Forbidden City served as the home of Chinese emperors and their households and was the ceremonial and political center of the Chinese government.&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City is a national AAAAA tourist attraction and was listed as the first batch of key cultural relics under national protection in 1961. What’s more, it was declared a world cultural heritage in 1987, and listed by UNESCO as the largest collection of preserved ancient wooden structures in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Marriage Customs'''--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:24, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China is an ancient country of rites. When it comes to the most important thing  in one’s life---marriage, Chinese people have developed a set of unique and grand ceremonies. Generally speaking, weddings in ancient China need to be approved by parents and arranged by parents .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Six Procedures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are six etiquettes in the process from the negotiation to the completion of marriage, namely Na Cai, Wen Ming, Na Ji, Na Zheng, Qing Qi and the last step Qin Ying. Na Cai is the begining of all the marriage procedures. It refers that if a boy intends to marry a girl,firstly his family must invite a matchmaker to the girl's home to propose marriage. After obtaining the consent of the girl's family , the boy's family should entrust the matchmaker to make a proposal formally with some gifts. Usually, the most common gift is wild goose,which represents fidelity. Besides,mandarin ducks, phoenix and sheep are also frequently-used gifts. Wen Ming means that the boy's family ask the matchmaker to fetch the girl's name and date of birth. There are two purposes of this step: the one is to prevent the marriage of close relatives with the same surname; the other is to assure the compatibility of the potential bride and bridegroom through their “eight characters” of the birth moment. Naji happens after the matchmaker takes back the woman's name and eight characters. If divining an auspicious omen, the boy's family will inform it to the girl’s parents and decide to engage the marriage. What is more, Na Zheng is an important step when the boy sends betrothal presents to the girl and for courtesy the girl will send back part of the presents such as food and some clothes. Qing Qi means that the boy's family choose an auspicious day to hold the wedding ceremony and then dispatch the matchmaker to tell the girl’s family. Qin Ying is the last procedure of the six etiquettes, that is, the groom goes to the bride's home to take the bride to his home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Customs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the six steps mentioned above, there are many other customs in the traditional Chinese wedding ceremony. Generally speaking, ancient marriage was ordered by parents and matchmaker, many young people could not master their own marriage. Before wedding ceremony, men and women were not allowed to meet each other in that ancient people were very conservative and most girls were kept in boudoirs. If they met in private before marriage, it would be regarded as a kind of female infidelity and parents would also think it quite unlucky. As a result, newlyweds could only see each other until the day of marriage. On the wedding day, the boy’s family will hold a big banquet at home. Before setting out to pick up bride, the bridegroom should first worship his ancestors for the sake of safety and auspice during the process of picking up the bride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Topic: Chinese cinema (dramas and movies) and its popularity and affection in Vietnam'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Twelve Animals of the Chinese Zodiac''' --Ouyang Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Origin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Influence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
Green Tea--[[User:Peng Ruihong|Peng Ruihong]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruihong|talk]]) 08:20, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg|400px|thumb|left|Diagram.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Insert formula here&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Traditional clothing Phyo Su Kyi talk 5-11-202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 12:07, 3 December 2020 (UTC)==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional dance--[[User:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4]] ([[User talk:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|talk]]) 02:46, 12 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese  Traditional women clothing&lt;br /&gt;
1- History of Chinese clothing&lt;br /&gt;
 History of Chinese clothing China has many ethnic groups with a long history while Han people dominate most periods in history. For thousands of years, generations of clothing designers have devoted themselves to building the Kingdom of Clothes, making the garments that cover the human body into an important component of Chinese culture. The progress of nation can be seen through its changes in clothing styles.Clothing manufacture in China dates back to prehistoric times, at least 7,000 years ago. Archaeological findings of 18,000 year-old artifacts such as bone sewing needles and stone beads and shells with holes bored in them attest to the existence of ornamentation and of sewing extremely early in Chinese civilization.&lt;br /&gt;
A- Chinese Clothing during Qin and Han Dynasties (221 B.C - 220 A.D)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Qin and Han dynasties (221 B.C. - A.D. 220) witnessed the unification of territory as well as written language. Qin Shihuang, the First Emperor of the Qin Dynasty, established many social systems, including one for uniforms to distinguish people's ranks and social positions. China's complete code of costume and trappings was established in the Han Dynasty (206BC-220AD). The yarn-dyeing, embroidering and metal-processing technologies developed rapidly in the period, spurring changes in costume and adornments.&lt;br /&gt;
B-Chinese Clothing during Wei,Jin, South and North Dynasties(220-589)&lt;br /&gt;
 Chinese clothing experienced a rapid development during the Wei, Jin, and Southern and Northern dynasties (220-589). Before 265, the cultures and esthetic views of the peoples in north and south China merged because of the moves initiated by frequent wars. Many philosophical schools of thought influenced both people's lives and the conceptions of clothing design.&lt;br /&gt;
C- Chinese Clothing during Tang Dynasty(618-907)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Tang Dynasty (618-907) wrote the most brilliant page in the history of Chinese clothing. People's clothes were more varied than before because the state was more open to the outside world and people became more cosmopolitan in their thinking. The clothes for women could be called fashionable because they changed rapidly and were showy. Once only a new style came out, many people would be willing to take it.&lt;br /&gt;
D-Chinese Clothing during Song, Yuan, Ming Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
 Casual wear appeared during the Song Dynasty (960-1279), and clothes were simple and elegant.During the Yuan Dynasty (1206-1368), the Mongolian ethnic group, known as the People on Horseback, was in power. The style of clothing was mainly a combination of Mongolian and Han. Clothes were luxurious for upper class yet simple and unadorned in design.Dramatic changes took place during the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644). A new conception came into being in clothing design, with no limitation to one style and advocating natural beauty, thus bringing vigor and vitality to the clothing culture.&lt;br /&gt;
E- Chinese Clothing during Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
 During the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911), clothes became elegant, poised, and glorious. During the 200 years of the Qing Empire, the entire world witnessed dramatic changes such as the Renaissance in Italy and Columbus's discovery of the Americas, but the changes did not affect traditional Chinese clothing because China had a closed-door policy. People still wore clothes showing rank and lifestyle. The retreat from outside cultures has left a precious heritage for traditional Chinese clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
F-Chinese Clothing from 1930s till Modern Era&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese clothing from 1930s till now, Qipao has become into fashion since then. During 1930s to 1940s, dress is further westernized, tailored to flatter body shape. During 1940s to 1960s, Qipao(Cheongsam) survives as everyday wear in Hong Kong until the late 1960s. &lt;br /&gt;
Vocabulary &lt;br /&gt;
Questions &lt;br /&gt;
References.--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 17:37, 25 November 2020 (UTC)Phyo Su Kyi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese wine culture--[[User:Qu Miao|Qu Miao]] ([[User talk:Qu Miao|talk]]) 08:28, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH) is a high-speed rail service operated by the China Railway.  The introduction of the CRH series was an important part of the 6th National Rail Acceleration, which took place on April 18, 2007.  By the end of 2018, China Railway High Speed ​​served all provinces in China except Taiwan and covered over 29,000 km.  (18,000 miles) the length of passenger routes, which make up about two-thirds of the world's high-speed rail routes served by commercial enterprises.  It is the most widely used rail transport in the world, with 1.713 billion flights in 2017, bringing the total cumulative number of flights to 7 billion.  More than 1000 sets of rolling stock are operated under the CRH brand, including the Hexie CRH1 / 2A / 5, which are rated for a top speed of 250 km / h (160 mph), and the CRH2C / 3 has a top speed of 350 km / h. (  220 mph).  The in-house developed CRH380A has a maximum test speed of 416.6 km / h (258.9 mph) at a commercial speed of 350 km / h.The fastest CRH380BL train reaches a maximum test speed of 487.3 km / h (302.8 mph)  ).  In 2017, China Standardized EMU brand, including CR400AF / BF and CR200J, joined China Railway High Speed ​​and is designated Fuxing along with the letters CR (China Railway).  With gradual planning, the CR brand will replace the existing CRH brand in service.  Depending on the speed, there are 3 categories of high-speed trains: G, D and C (G and some C are the fastest at 350 km / h, D at 250 km / h and C at 200 km / h).                                    &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail network.        &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail services were first introduced in 2007 on CRH rolling stock.  They operate on existing lines that have been upgraded to speeds of up to 250 km / h (160 mph), and on newer dedicated high-speed routes rated up to 350 km / h (220 mph).                                              &lt;br /&gt;
CRH service on dedicated high-speed lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
My topic: The Chinese language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Putonghua and Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Ancient Chinese and Mordern Chinese &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Idiomatic phrase -Idioms common sayings,and allegorical sayings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 language policy.--[[User:Sagara Seydou 3|Sagara Seydou 3]] ([[User talk:Sagara Seydou 3|talk]]) 02:24, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Talented Women of Ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
(中国古代四大才女)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Cai Wenji 蔡文姬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Zhuo Wenjun 卓文君&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Qingzhao 李清照&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Ban Zhao 班昭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient and Contemporary Ways of Contacting--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 13:27, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sending Messages with Pigeons&lt;br /&gt;
Sending messages ith pigeons is a way of communicating with people in the ancient times. If you want to send letters, you should tie them to the feet of the pigeons and pass them on to the person to the receiver. As it is not convenient to communicate with people, so clever people take advantage of pigeons which fly fast and can recognize the directions. They trained pigeons and improved the speed of delivery. Generally speaking, the birds themselves will find their way home, just as the weary birds returning to their nests. For example, I live near to my friends. Later, when I have to go somewhere else, I will leave my hometown with my pigeons. One day when I have to contact my friend, I would put a note in the the special case, which is tied to the foot of the pigeon. And then I would release the pigeon, which would fly to my hometown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons are not only very sensitive to the Earth’s magnetic field, but also are particularly homesick, which are their innate strengths. But to be a carrier pigeon, it’s all about training. The basic purpose of raising carrier pigeons is releasing, competing and using. In order to obtain the ideal carrier pigeon, apart from careful breeding and scientific breeding management, the most important thing is training. All the three steps complement each other. The basic principle of training is based on the biological and physiological characteristics of carrier pigeons and the “Classical conditioning” principle. The basic aim of the training is to train, exercise and improve the quality of pigeons, to give full play to their inherent biological characteristics and strengths. The basic contents of training generally include: basic training, release training, competing training, adaptation training and application training. Training should start from young pigeons, from simple tasks to complex ones, from short distance to long distance, from day to night, from basic training to professional training. In  short, training should start from easy to difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Paper Letters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A letter is a document which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person. The Chinese character “xin” (letter) means messages in ancient Chinese. Also, it means that the messages are credible. In giving oral messages and writing letters delivered by postmen which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person, one has to have the following abilities. First, he has the ability to tell the whole story in words and express his thoughts and feelings. Two, he has writing tools. Three, he has a postman to help him deliver messages. Writing letters in person to relatives and friends can not only convey one’s thoughts and feelings, but also give the recipient a feeling of “talking to each other face to face” . With the growth of technology, telephone, telegraph, mail tapes, video tapes, e-mail and other means of communication information came. With the development of society, the relationship between people and society is being reconstructed. Apart from  its traditional function, that is, official correspondence and private correspondence, letters are used for a new purpose. There is a surge in letters which are sent to governments, entrepreneurs, famous scholars for private purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.E-mails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five famous mountains.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 08:00, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mount Song&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Mount Tai &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Mount Hua &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Education===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient education was one of the most splendid components of ancient Chinese culture. Chinese education had a long history dating from the Xia, Shang and Zhou dynasties 3000/4000 years ago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shang Dynasty (16th-11th century BC), formal schools emerged with the names like “Xiao” (school)，“Xue”(study) and “Daxue”(higher school). Teachers then were all government officials and students were all children of the nobility, so that was the earliest “Guan Xue”(Government School/Education).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Education became more popular by the Spring Autumn/Warring States period. Confucius became the earliest founder for “Private Education”. This type of private school education is often known as “Si Xue” (private institution).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Han till Qing Dynasty, the formation of government institution had been well-established. All the teaching materials and educational training were geared towards the preparation for Imperial examination. After receiving a title in the Imperial examination, one might receive a post in the state bureaucracy. At the same time, private schools were also developing. Most of the famous philosophers and scientists were originated from private schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from schooling, “Family education” began to play an important role. Many of the famous historical figures grew up under the education and strict ‘teaching’ by their parents or other senior family members, and they studied hard in order to become successful. For instance, it was well documented that Mencius’s mother had moved three times with her son before she eventually found a proper neighborhood for the son’s education. After the Han dynasty, because of the increased status of Confucianism and its influence, the teaching of “poetry and rites” became the basic content for family education. Loyalty, Filial Piety, Benevolence and Righteousness were core values taught in family education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, there was another form of education system known as “Xue Shu Jiao Yu”. This belongs to neither an institute education nor a family education. These are generally “primary school for the folks”. Sometimes, they were called “Meng Guan”(primary education hall), “Si Shu ” (private school), “Zu Xue” (extended family school) , etc. Most students will first learn how to read characters, then they will learn The Three Character Classic ”, The Hundred Family Surnames, The Thousand Character Classic. Then they will learn the “Four Books”.  In addition, they will also learn Chinese calligraphy and character pairing. In this type of school, the rules and regulations are especiallystrict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other methods such as Shuyuan and Guozijian, etc. They all formed a unique way of knowledge teaching and became important system for the development on “study of knowledge”, “teaching method”, etc. All of these formed the basis for today's Chinese education.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Confucian Educational Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The historical importance of education in Chinese culture is derived from the teachings of Confucius. The connection between Confucius and the official Chinese educational system thus became permanently linked right into the present time. Confucius broke the rule of “Xue Zai Guan Fu”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(learning at the government hall. He encouraged “learning for all hierarchical levels and for all ages”, and opened the door of education to the commoners. He established his own school and started to spread his teaching, thoughts and views. He became the earliest founder for “Private Education”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, whether they were government or private school, they all placed a great emphasis on humanities and cultural education, which focused on the teaching of morality and the development of wisdom. It covered philosophy, language, literature and other cultural subjects. The curriculum at the Great Academy was based on the Confucian Five Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius taught his students morality, proper speech, government, and the refined arts. While he also emphasized the “Six Arts” — ritual, music, archery , chariot- riding , calligraphy , and computation — it is clear that he regarded morality as the most important subject. Confucius had been regarded as the pioneer founder of family education. According to The Analects of Confucius, Confucius wanted his son to learn both poetry and rites. He said, “if one does not learn poetry, one will not be able to talk properly”, “if one does not learn rites, one will never be well footed in the society.” Other than placing a strong emphasis on morality education, Chinese education also emphasized greatly on learning/teaching method and principles. Below are some common Confucian educational philosophies:&lt;br /&gt;
Revise the old in order to deduce new things.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning and Thinking are equally important. &lt;br /&gt;
Learn in a systematic and progressive way, from a beginner’s level to the advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration and Guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Teach according to students’ ability; use appropriate materials for teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s goal was to create gentlemen who carry themselves with grace, speak correctly, and demonstrate integrity in all things.	The long The Master said in The Analects that:&lt;br /&gt;
“Is it not delightful to acquire knowledge and put it into practice from time to time？“Learning without thought is labor lost; thought without learning is perilous.” &lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s main educational thoughts were to teach students according to their aptitude, to treat students equally and to inspire thinking. His pedagogical methods were striking. He posed questions, cited passages from the classics, or used apt analogies, and waited for his students to arrive at the right answers. He said, “I only instruct the eager and enlighten the fervent. If I hold up one corner and a student cannot come back to me with the other three, I do not go on with the lesson.” The status of education remained high in Confucian heritage cultures in East Asia. Beyond that, translations of Confucian texts influenced European thinkers of the period as well, particularly among the philosophical groups of the Enlightenment who were interested by the integration of the system of morality of Confucius into Western civilization. The French philosopher Voltaire was also influenced by Confucius, seeing the concept of Confucian rationalism as an alternative to Christian dogma. He praised Confucian ethics and politics, portraying China as a model for Europe.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Imperial Examination'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese Imperial Examination was an examination system in Imperial China designed to select talented people for future positions in civil service. This system had a huge influence on both society and culture in Imperial China.  It was established in 605 during the Sui Dynasty and lasted more than 1,300 years until the last examination in 1904 when the last Chinese feudal kingdom—the Qing Dynasty—was coming to an end. Somehow the modern examination system for selecting civil service staff also indirectly evolved from the imperial one. It was part of the process by which candidates who passed the exams could receive a title called jinshi, or some other degree, which in turn would generally be followed by appointments to government offices. The first three of Jinshi were ranked Zhuangyuan, Bangyan and Tanhua respectively. The examinations consisted of a battery of tests administered at the district, provincial, and imperial levels. Only three-hundred candidates could pass the imperial examinations, which would be supervised by the Emperor himself. Candidate scholars often took the examinations several times before earning a degree. Each exam taker spent three days and two nights writing “eight-legged essays” — literary compositions with eight distinct sections — in a tiny room with a makeshift bed, a desk, and a bench. There were no interruptions in those three days, nor were candidates’ allowed any communication. Since the pressure to succeed was intense, cheating and corruption were rampant. In order to obtain objectivity in evaluation, candidates were identified by number rather than name, and examination answers were recopied by a third person before being evaluated to prevent the candidate’s handwriting from being recognized. In the ancient society, class consciousness was strong and many people from lower classes would have had little chance to reach high office, not to mention having any position in the official court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, once the imperial examination system was introduced, any male adult in China, regardless of his wealth or social status, could become a high-ranking government official by passing the imperial examination and thus realize their self-development. In this sense, passing the imperial examination was also called “carps jumping across the dragon’s gate” . The dragon had always been regarded as the symbol of mighty power and especially that of the rights exercised by the emperor, consequently the success of examination candidates was proudly called “jumping across the dragon’s gate.” In late imperial China, the examination system and associated methods of recruitment to the central bureaucracy were major mechanisms by which the central government captured and held the loyalty of local-level elites.The examination system also served to maintain cultural  unity and  consensus  on basic  values. The uniformity of  the  content  of  the examinations meant that the local elites and ambitious would-be members of those elites across China were taught with the same values. Despite the significant effect of promoting Confucian culture and education, it also influenced education systems in many other countries like Korea, Japan, and Vietnam, and similarities can be found in the personnel selection methods employed in France, America and Britain. Today’s education system is surely its successor.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three Giant Home Appliance Enterprises In China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Midea===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea is a technology group of consumer electronics, HVAC, robotics and automation systems, and smart supply chain (logistics).Founded in Shunde, China in 1968, Midea officially entered the household appliance industry in 1980. In 1981, Midea registered its brand. The group employs a total of 130000 people, whose headquarter is locate in Shunde, Guangdong Province. Midea Group has about 200 subsidiaries, more than 60 overseas branches and 10 strategic business units worldwide, and is the main shareholder of KUKA group (about 95%) in Germany . Midea now has more than ten brands such as Midea and Little Swan. and has 15 and 6 production bases separately home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Business operation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's diversified development strategy can reflect its wide range of business : consumer electrical appliances mainly including kitchen appliances, refrigerators, washing machines and all kinds of small household appliances; HVAC business focusing on heating and ventilation systems such as household air conditioning and central air conditioning; robot and industrial automation system business with German KUKA group and Midea robot company as the core.Up to July 2020, Midea ranked 22nd in the list of China's Top 100 Most Valuable Brands in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Corporate culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, enterprises seems like a person. Generally speaking, the style and personality of an enterprise are greatly affected by the values and behavior styles of enterprise leaders. Enterprise style and characters can determine the fate and future itself. Midea focus on sound operation. If Haier and Gree went to two &amp;quot;extremes&amp;quot;, Midea would choose the &amp;quot;middle road&amp;quot;, which is neither extreme left nor right. It will not suddenly break the original management framework and organizational structure,which, otherwise, would place the enterprise in high risk. Midea Group’s New Vision, mission,values and business principles are not only rooted in the achievements of historical accumulation, but also the strategic blueprint for the future. The New Vision,“the perfection of science and technology lead to the perfection of life”, continues the Midea’s emphasis on science and technology and human-oriented spirit; The new mission,“connecting people and things, enlightening the world of Midea” reflects its strategic thinking on the development trend of technology, industrial chain and global layout, and makes the linkage between people and things in different scenes more advanced, thus stimulating the leapfrog development of people’s lives and production; Through the value“dare to know the future”, Midea could continue carrying forward its spirits of future orientation and embracing changes. From a New Vision, mission, values, the United States of intelligent manufacturing, intelligent life, and the way to give back to society, but also a deeper level of exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(1)Diversified product strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the light of the wide range of its business, we can see that Midea is actively promoting diversified development: in the area of air-conditioning, Midea，since 1998，has made a series of acquisitions and mergers, expanding its air-conditioning capacity and entering the field of air-conditioning compressors. Moreover, it has produced the core components of air conditioning, increased research and development and cooperation in air conditioning, then begun to produce the core components of air conditioning compressor, increased research and development in the core components; as for small household appliances, since 2001, Midea has mastered the core components of microwave oven and become one of the three largest production bases in the world. Subsequently, the Group has reorganized the small appliance business under direct control and developed professionally on the basis of diversification ; diversification has the advantage of spreading risk, that is the theory of “don’t put all your eggs in one basket” , and its disadvantage lies in the difficulty for firms to concentrate and, relatively speaking, to establish absolute competitive advantage in one or more specific areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(2)&amp;quot;Intensive Growth + Extensive Expansion&amp;quot; business strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's business strategy can be described as &amp;quot;two-pronged approach&amp;quot;. On the one hand, Midea relies on its own enterprise strength to continuously optimize the performance of its core products and has made earnest efforts to improve the quality of its core products. On the other hand, through a series of acquisitions and mergers on home appliance brand，Midea has furthered its market penetration, and enhanced the market share, expanded the user group, leading to its accomplishment of “Extension Expansion” strategy. In fact, the strategy is not limited to mergers and acquisitions, but also includes the continuous paces into new industrial fields. Midea is building its own &amp;quot;Second Runway&amp;quot;, that is “New Product Incubation Platform”, which is not limited to the field of home appliances. As long as meeting Midea's standards for &amp;quot;innovative products&amp;quot;, any products can enter the incubation platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development prospect'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（1)Home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, affected by the COVID-19, the rising leverage ratio of the residential sector, the rising food prices, as well as the continuing low marriage and birth rates, the pace of further expansion of the household appliance market has been hindered. As one of the three giants in China's home appliance market, Midea is naturally deeply aware of the weakness of the home appliance market, which is reflected specifically in the decline of market demand for color TV sets, air conditioners, kitchen appliances and household appliances. Midea will unswervingly increase R&amp;amp;D investment, maintain high-quality development direction, and adhere to inclusive growth and sustained and effective growth. Midea has further expanded its online market scale which has continuously diverted offline market scale. It has been developing an integrated sales channel with both online and offline, which has been promoted orderly on Suning, Gome, Jingdong, Tmall and other platforms. Facing the domestic market, Midea has been consolidated its basic system and established a unified business language and rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（2)Abroad'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, the global trade friction continues to escalate, tariff barriers increases Midea’s risk of overseas market expansion, and the exchange rate between countries continues fluctuating. All of these factors mentioned above has increased Midea’s risk to engage in product export and  to exchange loss. Facing the overseas market, Midea will adhere to the consumer-oriented and product-leading strategy, give full play to its network advantages in global R&amp;amp;D and user research, grasp the differentiated needs of foreign consumer groups, improve the construction of multi-brand operation system, leading to further open-up of the foreign market and the improvement of market share.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
HVAC  暖通空调	 Shunde	（广东）顺德&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smart supply chain  智能供应链	Diversification	 n. 多样化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsidiary  n. 子公司	Intensive Growth  内生式增长&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Household appliance  家用电器	leverage ratio 	杠杆率&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diversified	adj. 多元化的	Second Runway	第二跑道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Intelligent manufacturing  智能制造	R&amp;amp;D  研发&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
air conditioning compressor  空调压缩机	 Tmall 	天猫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tariff barrier	贸易壁垒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions	'''&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
1.Why does Midea implement diversified development strategy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why corporate culture can determine its future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.what development strategy does Midea adopt?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How will Midea deal with the weakness of home appliance market?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How does Midea differ from Haier and Gree in terms of its style?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Haier===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Gree===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
===National Flag of the People’s Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
===A  A brief introduction of National Flag of the People's Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, the symbol of the country. Zeng Liansong is the designer of the national flag. Red and rectangular, its length and height are three to two. Five yellow five pointed stars are decorated on the top left of the flag. One star is larger, and its circumscribed circle diameter is three tenths of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is one tenth of the flag height, and the ring is arched to the right of the big star.&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China began to solicit the design of the national flag from July 14 to August 15, 1949. On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 (3012) national flag designs. On September 27, 1949, deputies to the first plenary session of the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) passed a motion to use the five-star red flag as the national flag. On October 1, 1949, the first national flag was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. The five pointed stars are used in yellow to show light on the red ground. Each of the four small five pointed stars faces the center of the big star, indicating unity around a center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B  Establishment process===&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Solicit comments from the public===&lt;br /&gt;
On June 15, 1949, the Preparatory Committee for the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was formally established in Peiping, shortly after Liberation. The preparatory work undertaken by this committee included the important task of formulating the national flag of new China, and designated the sixth group of the Preparatory Committee to be responsible for it.&lt;br /&gt;
On 4 July 1949, the sixth group held its first meeting. The meeting decided to publish newspapers to solicit the patterns of the national flag and the national emblem, and to set up a selection committee for the national flag and the national emblem pattern and the national lyrics score. In addition to the group members participating in the selection, Xu Beihong, Liang Sicheng, Ai Qing and other experts were invited to participate.&lt;br /&gt;
From July 14 to August 15, 1949, people's daily, Jiefang Daily, Xinhua daily and other newspapers and periodicals published the notice of the preparatory meeting of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference asking for the design of the national flag. The news of asking for the design of the national flag quickly spread to the whole country and overseas. Many people in their spare time, spread out the paper and began the design work. They carefully designed and drew one pattern after another with their own characteristics, marked with detailed instructions, and sent them to Beijing. They regard the design and drawing of the national flag as a glorious and noble thing to pour their boundless love for new China.&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Collect drafts from all walks of life===&lt;br /&gt;
On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 pieces of national flag patterns. Guo Moruo, Chen Jiageng and other members of the preparatory committee also submitted their sample designs. These designs were displayed in the temporary reading room. The selection committee selected 38 draft plans from them and incorporated them into the reference materials for the design of the national flag and submitted them to the newly established Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference for discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Pass a resolution===&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the national flag of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was approved in the 32nd session of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference. In the pattern of five-star red flag before this, there are sickles and axes in the big stars. Before the adoption of the resolution, the national flag and national emblem review group made partial modifications to the design pattern, and made a unified explanation on the significance of the national flag pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 27, 1949, the resolution on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China, adopted at the first plenary session of the CPPCC National Committee, stipulates in the fourth point that &amp;quot;it is unanimously adopted: the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red earth flag, which symbolizes the great unity of the revolutionary people of China.&amp;quot; The resolution of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China and the measures for flag making adopted by the presidium of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference stipulate that the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, which is rectangular, and symbolizes revolution. Its length and height are three to two, and five yellow five pointed stars are on the top left of the flag, symbolizing the revolutionary unity under the leadership of the Communist Party of China The star symbolizes red with yellow, and the earth is bright. One star is larger, its circumscribed circle diameter is 3 / 10 of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is 1 / 10 of the flag height, and they are circled on the right side of the big star, and each has an angle point facing the center of the big star, which expresses the aspiration of hundreds of millions of people to the great Communist Party of China, just like the northern star. The flagpole cover is white to distinguish it from the red flag.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 29, 1949, the people's Daily published the pattern of the new national flag and the explanation of its making method, which were provided to all walks of life for making and using.&lt;br /&gt;
On October 1, 1949, the first national flag of the people's Republic of China was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C  Symbolism of the flag===&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. Yellow is used to show light on the red ground. Yellow is brighter and more beautiful than white. Each of the four small Pentagram stars has a point facing the center of the big star, which means that they are united around a center and are compact and beautiful in form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Four New Inventions===&lt;br /&gt;
Most people must have known about China's Four Inventions: gunpowder, paper-making, compass, and printing. Those represented how wise the Chinese was and how brilliant history China had. Today, China still holds the places and influence in technology and inventions. In May,2017, teenagers from 20 nations along the Belt and Road selected China's four new inventions: high speed railway, QR code payment, sharing bikes and online shopping. Though these new inventions are not first invented by China, but it is China that makes full use of them, and introduces them to the rest of the world. The four new inventions bring incredible changes and convenience into people's life. China, at the same time, makes contributions to the development of the human beings. World's future will be bright and prosper due to more technologies and inventions such as China's Four New Inventions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. High-speed railway ===&lt;br /&gt;
High-speed railway is a railway system with advanced design and high-speed rails run on it. The world's first official high-speed rail system is the Tokaido Shinkansen line and it goes into public in 1964, connecting the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka. The high speed railway has promoted the rapid development of Japan. Its designed speed is 200km/h, which then becomes the initial speed standard of high-speed rail. Later, with the advancement of technology, the speed of trains became faster. Different countries have different definitions of high-speed railways in different eras. According to statistics, the length of high-speed railways in operation in China has reached to more than 6,800 kilometers. China has become the country with the most comprehensive high-speed railway system technology, the strongest integration capability, the longest operating mileage, the highest operating speed, and the largest scale of construction in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. High-speed railways are very smooth to keep safety and comfort. High-speed railways are all seamless steel tracks, and high-speed railways with a speed of more than 300 kilometers per hour use ballastless tracks, that is, a monolithic track bed without stones to maintain smoothness.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The high-speed railway has few bends, as the bend is of long radius, and the turnouts are all moveable high-speed turnouts.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Use a large number of viaducts and tunnels to ensure ride comfort and shorten the distance.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The catenary of the high-speed railway, that is, the suspension of the wires on the top of the train, is also different from that of ordinary railways to keep stability and durability of the high-speed EMUs.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The signal control system of high-speed railways is higher than that of ordinary railways, because of the frequent departure and high speed of rails, it should be of high safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Merits'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Large passenger capacity. Generally, high speed rails can accommodate 600 people. Compared to other public tools such as bus, boat or airplane, high speed rails have more seats.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Less time-consuming. In addition to the maximum operating speed, passengers are more concerned about travel time. High speed rails will not operate in late night, so passengers can get off the rails almost in daytime, thus to finish their business or other private matters which helps save a lot of time.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Good safety. Due to the automatic operation of high-speed rails in a fully enclosed environment and a series of complete safety guarantee systems, thus no other transportation means can be matched with it. Since the advent of high-speed railway 35 years ago, Japan, Germany, and France have already transported 5 billion passengers. Although there have been major traffic accidents on high-speed railways, the accident rate is much lower than that of civil aviation and is almost negligible. It is still the safest transportation system.&lt;br /&gt;
4. High punctuality. All high-speed railways adopt automatic control and can operate around the clock unless there is an earthquake.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Comfortable and convenient. High speed rails have spacious and comfortable seats, stable operation, shock absorption, sound insulation, and quiet environment. &lt;br /&gt;
6. Low energy consumption. High-speed trains use electric traction, do not consume precious petroleum and other liquid fuels, and use various forms of energy, which is not a wasteful transportation mean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High speed railways高速铁路  the Tokaido Shinkansen line东海道新干线&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka.日本三大都市圈: 东京、名古屋和大阪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
integration capability整合能力  operating mileage运营里程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seamless steel tracks无缝钢轨  ballastless track无砟轨道 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a monolithic track bed整体式道床  moveable high-speed turnouts.可动心高速道岔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
viaducts and tunnels高架桥梁和隧道  high-speed EMUs.高速动车组&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shock absorption and sound insulation减震隔音  petroleum and other liquid fuels石油等液体燃料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Where does the first high speed railway come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the name of the first high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What is the advantages of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What are the features of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which transportation carries more passengers, high speed rails or trains?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. From Changsha to Shanghai, which transportation means will you choose?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. QR code payment===&lt;br /&gt;
The QR code payment model is based on the concept of mobile payment, and the first batch of payments made by mobile devices occurred in Finland in 1997. Finnish local media reported that Finland Telecom has enabled the service of operating jukeboxes and beverage vending machines by dialing a pay phone number. This service allows you to buy Coca-Cola at Helsinki Airport. The QR code, also known as &amp;quot;two-dimensional code&amp;quot; was invented in 1994 by the Japanese company DW.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of QR code payment methods in China is not occasionally. It  is mainly related to the rapid development of  IT technology and the rapid advancement of e-commerce. The maturity of IT technology has promoted the birth of mobile terminals such as smart phones and tablet computers, which makes people's mobile life more colorful. At the same time, domestic e-commerce is also closely related to &amp;quot;mobile&amp;quot;, especially the development of O2O. With a large number of mobile devices and a large amount of mobile consumption, payment costs have become particularly critical. Therefore, QR code payment solutions came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Characteristics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of 2010, QR codes and related technologies were widely circulated on the Internet, marking the beginning of the widespread popularity of QR codes in China. The popularity of any thing must have its reasons, and so is QR code payment. &lt;br /&gt;
1. Mature technology&lt;br /&gt;
QR  code payment already has mature technical means in developed areas abroad, which has laid the foundation for the development of domestic QR code technology, and it is believed that it will quickly become popular.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy to use&lt;br /&gt;
After the user installs the QR code recognition software, the transaction can be completed by simply swiping the place where the QR code is posted.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Convenient payment&lt;br /&gt;
With the QR code payment method, merchants do not have to bear high cost payments such as cash on delivery, and consumers can also make real-time payments anytime, anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Lower cost&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the maturity of technology and the popularization of mobile devices, the cost of QR code payment has become very low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QR code (Quick Response code)快速反应码   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finland芬兰  Telecom电信&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jukebox点唱机   beverage vending machine饮料自动售货机 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Helsinki Airport赫尔辛基机场 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What advanced the birth of QR code?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did the QR code become popular in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In which way can customers bear lower payment?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Why does QR code cost lower?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. When was the QR code invented?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Sharied bikes===&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 1965, the Municipal Government of Amsterdam in the Netherlands proposed the &amp;quot;White Plan&amp;quot;. According to the plan, the government purchased 50 bicycles and painted them with white paint as a sign and scattered them around the city for people to use. This was the earliest in the world. The unmanned shared bicycle system is invented by the Netherlands. In 2007, France also had free cycling, and it was only later that China became popular and innovative models developed and promoted overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By providing services on campuses, subway stations, bus stations, residential areas, commercial districts, public service areas, etc., bicycle-sharing (bicycle) companies complete the ”last mile“ in the transportation industry and drive residents' enthusiasm for using other public transportation. Produce synergy with other public transportation methods.  Shared bicycles are a time-sharing lease model and a new type of green and environmentally friendly sharing economy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's bike-sharing market has gone through three stages of development. The first phase is from 2007 to 2010. The public bicycle model that has emerged from abroad is introduced into the country, and the government will lead the management in different cities, mostly with piled bicycles. 2010-2014 is the second stage. Companies specializing in the bicycle market began to appear, but public bicycles are still dominated by piled bicycles. The third phase is from 2014 to 2018. With the rapid development of the mobile Internet, Internet shared bicycles led by Mobike came into being, and more convenient dockless bicycles began to replace docked bicycles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amsterdam阿姆斯特丹  the unmanned shared bicycle system 无人管理的共享单车系统&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
free cycling 单车自由行 residential areas 居民区 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
last mile ”最后一公里“  green and environmentally friendly economy 绿色和环境友好型经济&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the first phase第一阶段 dockless bicycles无桩单车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which country invented the shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the main purpose for the invention of shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many phases at present have the shared bikes experienced?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How's the prospect of the shared bikes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Online shopping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Domestic Mobile Phones===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Huawei===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the Chinese phone manufacturers, Huawei is probably the name that needs no introduction. It's the world's second largest smartphone company, and it's at the center of an international battle for technological dominance between Beijing and Washington. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1987, Huawei is a leading global provider of information and communications technology (ICT) infrastructure and smart devices. It has more than 194,000 employees, and operate in more than 170 countries and regions, serving more than three billion people around the world. Huawei is a private company wholly owned by its employees. No government agency or outside organization holds shares in Huawei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their vision and mission is to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world. The benefits of digital technology shouldn't just be available to those who can afford it. Huawei's mission is to expand the benefits of technology to everyone, everywhere. To achieve this, they've developed a digital inclusion strategy that focuses on three areas: technology, applications, and skills. For example, three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei are 5G, Huawei cloud and Huawei AI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei is continuing to focus on research and innovation to seize the opportunities and address the challenges of the future intelligent world.  There are many innovations and inventions of Huawei to drive the industry forward, including advanced wireless networks, optical networks, intelligent O&amp;amp;M, AI computing, smartphone camera, media CODEC standards, software, trustworthiness and so on. Today, Huawei have entered the 5G ear and embarked on 6G research. It is exploring new directions for 6G. To this end, they began research into the basic theories of 6G and initiated extensive open collaboration projects with other industry players and pushed the industry to build a consensus on 6G.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Staying customer-centric and creating value for customers&amp;quot; are the company's common values. The company has a well-developed internal governance structure, under which all governance bodies have clear and focused authority and responsibility, but operate under checks and balances. This creates a closed cycle of authority and achieves rational and cyclical succession of authority, so as to drive the facilitation and implementation of the company's common values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg|650px|thumb|middle|Diagram of Huawei Corporate Governance. Click [https://www-file.huawei.com/-/media/corporate/images/about-huawei/2020/corporate-governance-structure-18en.png?la=en-us/File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once virtually unknown to most Americans, the telecommunications giant was splashed across newspapers when top executive (and daughter of the company's founder) Meng Wangzhou was arrested in Canada for an alleged violation of US sanctions with Iran. Since then, the Chinese telecom has regularly made international headlines, especially since the US Commerce Department banned American companies from doing business with Huawei without first obtaining a license. &lt;br /&gt;
For Huawei, that meant it could lose access to crucial technological parts including semiconductors, which are key components used in its base stations and phones. It also meant Huawei's handsets were cut off from the full power of Google's Android operating system, along with several popular apps including the Google Play store, Gmail, Google Maps and apps that rely on Google like Uber and eBay. At its launch in September, the Mate 30 was Huawei's first major phone to launch without Google's proprietary apps. Despite US efforts to constrain Huawei, the company reported first-half earnings this month showing revenue grew more than 13% from a year ago to around $65 billion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expression===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei cloud	华为云	            Intelligent Collaboration	  协同管理技术&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
optical networks	光纤网络	                 Carrier Network	承载网络&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intelligent O&amp;amp;M	智能委托运营	                  the Kunpeng 920	鲲鹏920&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI computing	人工智能计算	                     AppGallery 	华为应用程序库&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
information and communications technology (ICT)  信息与通讯技术             	Media CODEC standards	编解码标准&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.When is Huawei founded?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many countries and regions does Huawei operate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do government agency and outside organization hold shares if Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the vision and mission of Huawei? And what do they do to achieve this mission?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the innovations and inventions of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the company’s common values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What makes that the telecommunications giant frequently was mentioned across newspapers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Which phone is the first major phone launched without Google’s proprietary apps?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. What’s your opinion towards these two issues mentioned above? Will these hinder the development of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Xiaomi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Vivo &amp;amp; OPPO===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 07:24, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Brief introduction of Chines dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words topolect and hibernation, all comes from Yangxiong (53-18), &amp;quot;Interpretation of Foreign Dialects: Light Xuan“in the Han dynasty. &amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot; refers to different meanings in different groups, according to the Chinese , &amp;quot;dialect &amp;quot; is both a political concept and a linguistic one, and it is also known as &amp;quot;Vernacular &amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;Accent&amp;quot;, refers to the difference in the language standard of a certain region, such as relationship between relatives regardless of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot;,however, is a linguistic concept in Europe, subordinating under the concept of&amp;quot;language&amp;quot; at the beginning of the eighteenth century. Based on the relationship between the language (pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar),it is divided into family, group, branch and language.Considering the special national situation of China, The translation of &amp;quot;Chinese dialects&amp;quot; into English is &amp;quot;Varieties of Chinese&amp;quot;.According to the European , dialect is a language that differs from the standarded language and is spoken in only one certain region. &lt;br /&gt;
China enjoys a vast field and a long history. In the process of historical development, different divisions and unification inevitably occurred in the society, which led to the gradual emergence of diverse and complex dialects system in Chinese. There are many factors contributing to the evolution of dialect, including social, historical and geographical factors, as well as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
According to the dialects, Chinese is divided into two categories: the official dialects and the nine local dialects. Official dialects ,namely modern Chinese, are not independent dialects, because they are very similar in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar to the common language. Other regional dialects differ greatly in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar, thus forming their own dialect systems. The official dialects include northeast Mandarin, Beijing mandarin, Ji Lu mandarin, Jiao-Liao mandarin, Central Plains mandarin, Lan-Yin mandarin, Southwest Mandarin and Jianghuai mandarin. The nine local dialects include Wu dialect, Cantonese, Fujian dialect, Hunan dialect, Hakka, Gan dialect, Hui dialect, Jin dialect and Pinghua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Hunan dialect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiangyu , also known as xiang dialect or Hunan dialect, belongs to the sino-tibetan  language, and is the main language used by the hunan people who live in xiangjiang river basin and its branches. Xiangyu is divided into two categories: new Xiangyu and The old Xiangyu. The new Xiangyu is represented by Changsha dialect while the old one is represented by Shuangfeng dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
The core area of ancient Chu language is located in the middle reaches of Yangtze River, and Chu language is the ancestor language of Xiang language [1]. Modern Xiangyu speakers are mainly distributed in a considerable part of Hunan province in Mainland China, including Changsha, Zhuzhou, Xiangtan, Yueyang, Yiyang, Loudi, Hengyang, Shaoyang, Yongzhou and so on. In 2010, the number of Xiangyu-speaker was estimated to be about 45 million. The regional dialects of Hunan province include Hunan, Southwest Official, Gan, Hakka, and Xiangxiang, southern Hunan dialect, which have not yet been classified as belonging to the dialect. Xiangyu is the main dialect of Hunan Province. Hunan province is a region that has diverse dialects. &lt;br /&gt;
The chu dialect ,namely Chu Yan (ancient Chu language), is popular in Chu in the pre-Qin period, and it is the most ancient origin of Xiang language. The specific appearance of ancient Chu language cannot be verified today, but it is the earliest language used by the Han people in Hunan and along the Xiangjiang river. The word &amp;quot;Chu Yan&amp;quot; first appeared in Zuo Zhuan, indicating that the Chu Yan had been formed at least in the late Spring and Autumn Period, and was a branch of Chinese language,and was different from the Central Plains Yayin XiaYan at that time.There are 20-35 initials of Xiangyu, 30 to 40 finals, 5-7tones,commonly with 6 .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Contonese===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yueyu ,or Cantonese, Guangdong dialect and Tang dialect, is commonly known as &amp;quot;baihua&amp;quot;.It is a Chinese dialect in the Chinese-Tibetan Chinese language family. Cantonese is the mother tongue of the Guangfu nationality, an important carrier of the Guangfu culture of the Han nationality, and one of the basic symbolic cultural identities of the Guangfu nationality. Cantonese has a complete language system consisting of nine tones and six volumes of tones, retaining many characteristics of Middle Ancient Chinese . Besides Putonghua, it is the only Chinese language that has been studied independently by foreign universities. &lt;br /&gt;
As for the origin of Cantonese, there are different opinions.Some says that it originated from the Northern Mid-plain dialect and others the Chu language from the State of Chu. Cantonese is one of the southern dialects that retains more middle Ancient Chinese elements than other dialects, among which the most prominent feature is that it relatively retains the universal middle Ancient Chinese &amp;quot;Ru Sheng&amp;quot;, and its initials, finals and tones have a good correspondence with the ancient Chinese standard rhymes in&amp;quot;Qu Yun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Guang Yun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Mandarin is a dominant language in Guangdong province, and the most dominant dialect is Cantonese. Hakka dialect and Fujian dialect are the other two major Chinese dialects with great influence in the province. Hakka dialect is mainly concentrated in the northeast and north of Guangdong province, and hakka dialect is also distributed in parts of western Guangdong province.  Hakka villages are scattered in most parts of the province, and the number of people using this dialect is about 20 million. Fujian dialect is mainly distributed in the coastal area of the southwest and southeast of Guangdong province ,including 6 municipalities:Chaozhou, Shantou, Jieyang, Shanwei, Zhanjiang, Maoming ,and it can be divided into to language-speaking areas: they are , Chaoshan and Leizhou .The former shares some similarities with the south Fujian dialect , while the later is close to Hainan dialect.In addition, there are 18.95 million people living in some islets in Zhongshan,Huizhou, Qingyuan, Shaoguan taking Fujian dialect as their official language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
1.How many local dialects in China?What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is the origin of Contonese?&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where do most people speak the Hunan dialect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Zijia|Wu Zijia]] ([[User talk:Wu Zijia|talk]]) 08:23, 9 November 2020 (UTC)Wu Zijia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===March of the Volunteers (National Anthem of the People's Republic of China)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Brief Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is a song composed by Tian Han and Nie Er. It is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times, known as the clarion call of the Liberation of the Chinese nation. Since its birth in 1935 at the critical moment of national crisis, it has played a great role in inspiring the patriotic spirit of the Chinese people, and later became the National Anthem of the People’s Republic of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On May 9, 1935, the first version of the song was recorded in the recording studio of EMI Records. In 1951, in order to meet the needs of playing the national anthem, the People's Record Factory recorded and published a rough record composed of a brass ensemble and an orchestral ensemble. In 1959, to celebrate the 10th anniversary of the founding of the People’s Republic of China, the China Record Factory recorded and published a full set of standard national anthem special records. In 1978, a special album for collective lyrics was released. In 1983, China Record Shanghai Company recorded and published a special record for the standard national anthem after the original word was restored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On March 14, 2004, the Second Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed a constitutional amendment, officially stipulating that the national anthem of the People’s Republic of China shall be the March of Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The National Anthem Law of the People's Republic of China was adopted at the 29th Session of the 12th National People's Congress Standing Committee on September 1st, 2017, and formally went into effect on October 1st.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Creation Background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times. In the autumn of 1934, Tian Han wrote a long poem for the film, the last verse of which was selected as the lyrics of the theme song March of the Volunteers. Shortly after the lyrics were written, Tian Han was arrested and imprisoned by the Kuomintang authorities. In February 1935, director Xu Xingzhi took over the shooting of Children of Troubled Times. Soon after, comrades who went to prison to visit brought back the lyrics written by Tian Han in prison on the back of cigarette packing paper, that is, the original manuscript of March of the Volunteers. At that time, Nie Er was preparing to go to Japan to seek refuge. He learned that there was a theme song to write in the film children of the wind and cloud. He took the initiative to compose music for the song and promised to send back the song manuscript as soon as possible after he arrived in Japan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nie Er completed the first draft of the score soon after receiving the lyrics. On April 18, 1935, after Nie Er arrived in Tokyo, Japan, he completed the final draft of the score, and sent the final draft to Shanghai Dentsu Film Company at the end of April. Afterwards, in order to make the song tune and rhythm more powerful, Nie Er and Sun Shiyi discussed and made three changes to the lyrics, thus completing the song creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the early shooting of the film Children of Troubled Times was completed, the lyrics of Tian Han's theme song did not determine the name of the song, while Nie Er's lyric composition sent back from Japan only included the word &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;. General Zhu Qinglan, as the investor of the film Children of Troubled Times, added &amp;quot;Volunteers&amp;quot; after the words of &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;, thus naming the song March of the Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Song Appreciation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The March of the Volunteers is a very creative song; the composer Nie Er devotes himself to the creation of this song with great passion. First of all, he succeeds in handling the poetic lyrics of Tian Han’s prose in accordance with the laws of music in an extremely vivid, powerful and colloquial way. In terms of melody creation, he not only absorbs the excellent achievements of international revolutionary songs and the style characteristics of Western European march, but also makes it have strong national characteristics, so that the song could be grasped by the broad masses and play its fighting role.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The song begins as a prelude to a six-bar march. It has a sonorous rhythm, bright and majestic melody, among which the magical effect of triplet enhances the fighting atmosphere of the song. Although the prelude is short, it contains the basis for the emotional and melody development of the entire song. The songs are interlocked and advanced layer by layer. This process runs through the whole song, and the end of the song is repeated many times, giving people a sense of unwavering and unstoppable.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
According to the characteristics of the lyrics clause, Nie Er treated the song into a free body structure formed by six phrases of varying lengths. Although the melody and structure of each phrase are different, the cohesion between the phrase and the phrase is close, the development is natural, and the singing is ups and downs, and is integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers, with its soaring, sonorous and powerful melody and inspiring lyrics, expresses the Chinese people's strong resentment and resistance to imperialist aggression, and embodies the heroic spirit of the great Chinese nation in the face of foreign aggression that is brave, strong, united as one to go through national disaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Chinese and English Lyrics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！不愿做奴隶的人们！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
把我们的血肉，筑成我们新的长城！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中华民族到了最危险的时候，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每个人被迫着发出最后的吼声。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！起来！起来！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们万众一心，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！前进、进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise, you who refuse to be bond slaves!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s stand up and fight for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberty and true democracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All our world is facing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chains of the tyrants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone who works for freedom is now crying:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise! Arise! Arise!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on! March on, and on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers 义勇军进行曲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Children of Troubled Times 风云儿女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EMI 百代唱片&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People’s Congress 全国人民代表大会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People's Congress Standing Committee 全国人大常委&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
‭&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who are the composers of March of the Volunteers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which movie's theme song does March of the Volunteers belong to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When did the National Anthem Law go into effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was the final draft completed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How did the name of this song come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He’s Voyages '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1405 until 1433, the Chinese imperial eunuch Zheng He led seven ocean expeditions for the Ming emperor which is  an unprecedented feat in world history. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He'''&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He was born Ma He to a Muslim family in the far southwest, in today's Yunnan province. It is said that his original surname is Ma,his full name as Ma Sanbao .At ten years old he was captured by soldiers sent there by the first Ming emperor intent on subduing the south. &lt;br /&gt;
He was sent to the capital to be trained in military ways. Growing up to be a burly, imposing man, over six feet tall with a chest contemporaries said measured over five feet around, he was also extremely talented and intelligent. He received both literary and military training, then made his way up the military ladder with ease, making important allies at court in the process. Besides Zheng He has a background of both Buddhism and lslam.Thus,he was assumed as the perfect choice to lead the emperor’s splendid armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reasons for the voyages'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle Emperor sent Zheng He to the “Western oceans”, both to demonstrate the might of the Ming Empire and to realize the diplomatic ideal of peace and harmony among all nations. Zheng He's fleet showed the prosperity ，the imperial power and its advanced navigation technology and exquisite ship-building techniques  of China at that time , thus many small countries and bribes agreed to recognize China as their superior and its emperor as lord of “all under Heaven”.These countries and bribes regularly gave gifts of tribute in exchange for certain benefits ,like military posts and treaties.&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He's fleet did not act as a sea ruler, it appeared in peace all over the world, laden not only with goods exchanged with  those countries, but also with the friendship of peoples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The seven expeditions'''&lt;br /&gt;
These expeditions were astonishing as much for their distance as for their size: during the first ones, Zheng He traveled all the way from China to Southeast Asia and then on to India, all the way to major trading sites on India's southwest coast.The first expedition of this mighty armada was in 11th July of 1405, composed of 317ships  and perhaps as many as sixty huge Treasure Ships and  nearly 28000men with thousands  of soldiers , sailors ,diplomatic specialists ,medical personnel, astronomers and scholars.The fleet stopped in Java and then arrived at Ceylon (today’s Sri Lanka ).&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to the first one, the second  voyage(1407-1409) was smaller with only 68ships sending  foreign envoys back home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He led the third voyage (1409-1411) visiting many of the same countries as the first one did, like Champa and Java. When fighting broke out there between his forces and those of a small kingdom, Zheng put down the fighting, captured the king and brought him back to China where he was released by the emperor and returned home duly impressed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth voyage (1413-15) extended the scope of the expeditions even further. This time in addition to visiting many of the same sites, Zheng He commandeered his 40 ships and over 28,000 men to Hormuz on the Persian Gulf. This trip has 48 ships with doctors , officials ,translators and more than 27000 troops .&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth voyage (1417-1419) was primarily a return trip for seventeen heads of state from South Asia. They had made their way to China after Zheng He's visits to their homelands in order to present their tribute at the Ming Court. &lt;br /&gt;
The sixth voyage began in 1421 and lasted for nearly two years.Then the expeditions were halted  due to the death of the Yongle emperor. sailed to many of the previously visited Southeast Asian  and  Indian  courts  and  stops  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  coast  of  Africa, principally in order to return nineteen ambassadors to their homelands. Zheng He returned to China after less than a year, having sent his fleet onward to pursue several separate itineraries, with some ships going perhaps as far south as Sofala in present day Mozambique.&lt;br /&gt;
The  seventh  and  final  voyage  (1431-33)  was  sent  out  by  the  Yongle  emperor's  successor,  his grandson the Xuande emperor.It was on this return  trip that Zheng He died.This expedition had more than one hundred large ships and over 27,000 men, and it visited all the important ports in the South China Sea and Indian Ocean as well as Aden and Hormuz. One auxiliary voyage traveled up the Red Sea to Jidda, only a few hundred miles from the holy cities of Mecca and Medina. It was on the return trip in 1433 that Zheng He died  and  was  buried  at  sea,  although  his  official  grave  still  stands  in  Nanjing,  China.  Nearly forgotten  in  China  until  recently,  he  was  immortalized  among  Chinese  communities  abroad, particularly in Southeast Asia where to this day he is celebrated and revered as a god.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary list'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle emperor 永乐皇帝（明成祖）&lt;br /&gt;
Java 爪哇&lt;br /&gt;
Ceylon 锡兰（今斯里兰卡）&lt;br /&gt;
Champe 占城（印度支那古国）&lt;br /&gt;
Hormuz 霍尔木兹&lt;br /&gt;
The Persian Gulf 波斯湾&lt;br /&gt;
Medina 麦地那市（沙特阿拉伯西部城市）&lt;br /&gt;
Mecca 麦加 （穆斯林圣地）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.What was Zheng He like?&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why did the Yongel Emperor sent the armada  to the “Western oceans”&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many people did Zheng He bring at the first voyage ,and what did these people do?&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did the expeditions stopped during the 1423-1430?&lt;br /&gt;
5.The last trip was sented by?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Studies of Hunan Dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Category of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Characteristics of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developments of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Folk Stories of ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl, Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall, the Story of the White Snake and Butterfly Lovers are the four major folk love stories in ancient China. As the most charming oral traditions and national intangible cultural heritage in China, the earliest of them has been popular for more than 2000 years, having a profound impact on people’s lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cowherd and Weaving Girl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Story of the White Snake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Butterfly Lovers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cowherd and Weaving Girl====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that the story took place in the Western Zhou Dynasty. Cowherd was a simple and honest young man living in the Xiniu village of Nanyang city. His parents died early, so he lived a miserable life with an old ox. One day, Weaving Girl, the daughter of the God of Heaven, came down with other fairies from heaven and took a bathe in a river near Cowherd’s house. The old ox told the Cowherd to steal her clothes so that she was unable to return to the heaven and would stay here to be his wife. With the help of the old ox, Weaving Girl married Cowherd and had a son and a daughter. They led a happy life with husband laboring in the field and wife weaving at home. But their marriage didn't last long. It was discovered by the Queen Mother and incurred her wrath. Ignoring tearful Cowherd and two crying children, she broke up the couple and brought Weaving Girl back. It was the old ox that helped him again. It told Cowherd that it would die tonight and he needed to make three pair of shoes with its skin, which could help him go to heaven and find his wife.  Cowherd did as the old ox said. Just as the cowherd was about to catch up with them, however, the Queen Mother took off her golden hairpin and separate them by a large river, which is now called the Milky Way. Hopelessly, the two lovers can only look at each other across the river. Fortunately, magpies were touched by their love. Hundreds of thousands of magpies flied and formed a bridge over the river. Finally the Queen Mother showed a little mercy, allowing them to meet once a year on the magpie bridge. The day was the seventh day of the seventh lunar month, which later has become the Chinese Valentine’s Day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, Fan Xilang, a young man living in the surrounding area of Mengjiang mountain in Lizhou County, Hunan Province, had just finished the forced servitude and returned to his hometown to get married. But unfortunately, on the night of their wedding, Fan Xilang was sent to the north to build the Great Wall. He toiled away with hunger, cold and fatigue, and soon met a miserable death at the end of his efforts. His body was buried under the Great Wall. &lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu, Fan’s new wife, got the bad news and went through all kinds of hardships to reach the Great Wall. She cried bitterly there for three days and three nights, and finally cried down the Great Wall and found her husband's remains. On her way to take him home, she suffered a lot and finally died of hunger and thirst in Tongguan County,  Shaanxi Province. Sympathetic with the couple’s miserable experience and deeply moved by Meng’s spirits, the local people buried their remains and set up ancestral temples to commemorate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Story of the White Snake====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Created in the Southern Song Dynasty and prevailed in the Qing Dynasty, the Story of the White Snake is a model of Chinese folk collective creation. In the book Stories to Warn Man compiled by Feng Menglong, The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda has been acknowledged as the first version of this story.&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of practice in Emei Mountain, two snake named Bai Suzhen and Xiaoqing translated into two beautiful girls and came to visit Hangzhou. After encountering with a young man named Xu Xian in the rain, Bai Suzhen fell in love with him and soon later they get married. But a monk called Fahai saw through Bai’s disguise and thought that it was an intrigue of the white snake to marry a man. He persuaded Xu Xian to intoxicate his wife with realgar wine on the Dragon Boat Festival. After being drunk, Bai Suzhen couldn’t  control herself  and showed the shape of a snake, which scared Xu Xian to death. Regardless of her own safety, Bai Suzhen went through many difficulties and got the magical grass, which finally brought Xu Xian back to life.&lt;br /&gt;
But Fahai did not give up. He then lured Xu Xian to the Jinshan Temple to separate the couple. Bai Suzhen and Xiao Qing had no choice but to inundate the temple with flood. During the fierce battle, Bai was finally defeated and put into a small bowl under the Leifeng Pagoda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Butterfly Lovers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Zhu Yingtai, a beautiful and intelligent girl born in a rich family in Shangyu County, Zhejiang Province, wanted to go to Hangzhou to study for there was no good teacher at home. Her father, seeing her eagerness to learn and her ability to disguise herself as a man, finally agreed to her request. On the way to Hangzhou, Zhu Yingtai met Liang Shanbo, a young man who had the same destination with her. He was sincere, gentle and knowledgeable and they clicked immediately. During the school years, they often talked about poetry and articles, cared for each other, and slept in the same bed at night. Zhu had gradually fallen in love with Liang, who, though did not know she was a girl, also cherished her and saw her as his best friend. &lt;br /&gt;
Three years passed quickly. The moment when they had to part, Zhu constantly gave delicate indications to Liang that she was a girl and she loved him, but Liang failed to take her hint. Zhu had no choice but to lied to Liang that she had a little sister who was similar to her in appearance and learning and she wondered if Liang was willing to marry her. Liang Shanbo readily consented and promised that he would come to visit soon. A months later, Liang Shanbo went to Zhu's home and he was surprised to see Zhu Yingtai dressed up as a girl. Only then did he know the truth and figured all the things out. They then confessed their love to each other and pledged to marry without the permission of parents. &lt;br /&gt;
But unfortunately, Zhu’s parents didn’t think much of this poor young man. They wanted to marry their daughter to Ma Wencai, the son of the local governor. Zhu Yingtai was unwilling to marry him but her protest was in vain, for her family was in financial crisis and needed Ma’s support. Hopelessly, the two young lovers was forced to part in tears. Since then, Liang slid into a depression. His spirit and health were soon crushed, and he died a few months later. On the wedding day, Zhu asked for a detour to pass by Liang 's tomb so that she could say goodbye to him. Wearing a bright red wedding dress, she knelt in front of his grave and cried bitterly. At that moment, lighting flashed, thunder rolled and the sky went dark. Liang's tomb suddenly cracked open and Ying-tai immediately jumped into it before it closed. Then under the shocked eyes of the onlookers, a pair of beautiful butterflies flied out of the graves and dancing in the sunlight. It is believed that these two butterflies are Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai. They finally get rid of all the shackles and bounds and can stay together forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having been adapted into many films and TV plays, these four stories are well-known in China and the rest of the world. As the crystallization of folk culture, they not only represent the rich imagination of ancient Chinese people, but also show their hatred for evil forces and their pursuit for a free and happy life, which is exactly the positive part of folk literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl  牛郎织女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall  孟姜女哭长城&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Butterfly Lovers 梁山伯与祝英台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Queen Mother 王母娘娘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stories to Warn Man 《警世通言》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda 《白娘子永镇雷峰塔》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What led to the death of Meng Jiangnu’s husband?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What did Xu Xian give Bai Suzhen to drink that made her reveal her snake form?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What did the Cowherd do to make Weaving Girl stay?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Liang Shanbo realize that Zhu Yingtai is actually a girl?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Why did Zhu Yingtai lie to Liang Shanbo that she has a little sister?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Four Great Pavilions'''--[[User:Xu Jing|Xu Jing]] ([[User talk:Xu Jing|talk]]) 06:21, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese 4 great towers&lt;br /&gt;
A. origin&lt;br /&gt;
B. development&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 08:17, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Yang Chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
Nanjing, An Ancient Capital of Six Dynasties--[[User:Yang Hairong|Yang Hairong]] ([[User talk:Yang Hairong|talk]]) 08:28, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
The Five Constant Virtues&lt;br /&gt;
A Benevolence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B Righteousness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C Propriety&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D Wisdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F Fidelity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheongsam--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 13:16, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Folding Screen''' --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 08:58, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Introduction '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens are a kind of flexible furniture and composed of several frames or panels linked together. They serve practical and decorative functions, being made from various materials and in many styles. Folding screens originated in ancient China. Written references date from around the 4th century BC, during the Han dynasty, but they were probably used earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 History and Technology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Screens date back to China during the Eastern Zhou period (711-256BCE). They were one-panel screens rather than folding screens then. The origin of folding screens, however, could be traced to the Han dynasty (206 BCE - 200 CE). Depictions of them have been found in Han-era tombs, such as one in Zhucheng, Shandong Province. Initially used as room separators painted with serious works, folding screens weren't designed to move around very often. They were initially made of wooden panels and decorated with fine art. Many themes are painted on the panels, such as mythology, scenes of palace life, and nature, making them more of a piece of furniture.  It is often associated with intrigue and romance in Chinese literature, for example, a young lady in love could take a curious peek hidden from behind a folding screen. Examples of such romantic occasions can be seen in the classical novel Dream of the Red Chamber of Cao Xueqin. The folding screen is also an important element in Tang literature. Li He, the Tang Poet, wrote the &amp;quot;Song of the Screen&amp;quot; (屏风曲), in which he described a folding screen of a newly-wed couple. The folding screen surrounded the bed of the young couple, and its twelve panels were adorned with butterflies alighted on China pink flowers (an allusion to lovers), and had silver hinges resembling glass coins. There are heavy wooden structures with other decorations pulled through holes near the edges of the panels. The design is prominent, and the frame is frequently vertical with individual designs and pleasing patterns.  &lt;br /&gt;
They were made flexible when an ingenious system of strong paper hinges were integrated in the panel construction, which made folding patterns reversible. The panels were brought closer by the paper hinges, which reduce the need for frames separating panels and allow a horizontal orientation of the picture plane. This provides creative approaches to the various spatial relationships of the panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Uses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens serve many purposes, such as for tea ceremonies, as backgrounds for concerts or dances, as enclosures for Buddhist rites, and in outdoor processions. Different functions have their own types.&lt;br /&gt;
Although originated in China, folding screens are now used in many interior designs around the world. People first used them also in some practical ways, such as preventing draft in homes, as shown by the two characters in their name: ping(屏 &amp;quot;screen; blocking&amp;quot;) and feng (风 &amp;quot;breeze, wind&amp;quot;). People would also use them to bestow a sense of privacy; in old times, they would often be placed in rooms serving as dressing screens for ladies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens can be put up as to divide a large space and change the configuration of the room. They could also be used as a false way set up at the entrance of a room to create a desirable atmosphere by hiding certain features like doors to a kitchen. Now that many folding screens are design with fine art, they serve the decorative purposes well in the interior features of a home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.4 Spread'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After becoming popular in China, folding screens spread to other parts of the world, including East Asia and later Europe. In the 7th century, they appeared in Japan for the first time during the reign of Emperor Tenmu, and they were presented to the Korean kingdom of Silla as a gift. By the 8th century, they had gained such popularity in Japan that Japanese artists began to make their own, very much influenced by Chinese design. Different sizes served different purposes: small 2-fold screens were often used for the tea ceremony and a larger 8-fold screen could be used as backdrops for dances. Japanese screens were lighter, often made of silk or even paper. Folding screens from the Far East spread to Europe at the very beginning of the 17th century. Owing to their practical functions and the distinguished decoration, they drew a lot of attention. The famous designer Coco Chanel was totally enchanted by Coromandel screens. She was well-known for her collection of Chinese folding screens. She possessed 32 folding screens, 8 of which were preserved in her apartment in Paris. She once stated:   “I’ve loved Chinese screens since I was eighteen years old. I nearly fainted with joy when, entering a Chinese shop, I saw a Coromandel for the first time. Screens were the first thing I bought.“ By the early 18th century, European craftsmen had already begun making folding screens on their own. They made folding screens in less expensive painted versions instead using lacquer techniques. At that time, leather screens were fashionable, but their popularity didn't last long, only to be restored around 1860 during the reign of Napoleon III with the wave of Japonism that inspired a number of French artists. In the 20th century when new modern heating means were invented, the functions of the folding screen became mostly decorative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Expressions and Terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dream of the Red Chamber 《红楼梦》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Korean kingdom of Silla 朝鲜新罗王国&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Tenmu 天武天皇 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.5 Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. When did folding screens first appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How are folding screens associated with romance in Chinese literature?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What functions do screens serve?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. When did they spread to Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. How did European craftsmen make folding screens?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
Panda--[[User:Yi Zichu|Yi Zichu]] ([[User talk:Yi Zichu|talk]]) 14:26, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Legalism'''--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 08:29, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Representative figures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Works'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15.）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.The Origin of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.The Development of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Local Changsha Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Hong Kong-style milk tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Indian Masala Chai'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Milk Tea and Health'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Advantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Disadvantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional textile printing and dyeing craftsmanship in China. It was called wax valerian in ancient times, also known as one of the four ancient printing techniques which are twisted valerian (tie-dye), gray valerian (hollow printing), and clip-dyeing in ancient China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called Batik in Indonesia or Malaysia. The patterns dyed by this method embody both decorative interests and practical values.&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the unearthed objects, which was even earlier than it was documented, was a quilt dyed with valerian and excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha. An unearthed piece of finished product originated in the Jin Dynasty, with overlapping patterns, which is the so-called agate-patterned silk in the Tang and Song Dynasties. Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the luxurious and beautiful batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Java, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc. The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Xinyuan|Zeng Xinyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Xinyuan|talk]]) 08:38, 10 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Ancient Weapons中国古代兵器--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terra-Cotta Warriors --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 02:32, 3 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bonsai&lt;br /&gt;
2.Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
3.Question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok（抖音） --[[User:Zhang Weihong|Zhang Weihong]] ([[User talk:Zhang Weihong|talk]]) 08:31, 21 November 2020 (UTC)Zhang Weihong&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 08:23, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
四大家&lt;br /&gt;
儒家&lt;br /&gt;
墨家&lt;br /&gt;
道家&lt;br /&gt;
法家--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 01:42, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A. Writing Brush'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the &lt;br /&gt;
classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B. Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C. Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:yueliang.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a men, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. It is important to acquire this basic knowledge for our understanding of the evolution of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Huainanzi. On Mountains contains an illuminative depiction: “When light comes from a crack, a corner is illuminated; when light comes from a window in the wall, the north wall is illuminated; when light comes from the door, all the room is illuminated.” It further comments: “With ten windows fully open, the room is not as bright as when a door is open.” These remarks provide us with plenty of useful information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we know that at that time houses were constructed to face the south, and the direction of doors and windows were consistent with the architectural tradition which lasted thousands of years. Secondly, windows were quite small, to the extent that the area of ten windows was not as big as that of a door. &lt;br /&gt;
Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. As elaborate funerals were in fashion in the Han dynasty, construction models as funeral objects have occasionally been unearthed from Han tombs. On these objects ancient doors and windows can be identified. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. Windows with vertical rods solved these problems perfectly. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei adn Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. Xie Lingyun (385-433), a famous poet and follower of Buddhism, wrote a beautiful couplet in his On the Mountain Cottage, “Ranges of mountains are invited into the door, and mirror-like quiescent water is displayed in front of the window.” To exhibit natural scenes through doors and windows added to the aesthetic function of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice.. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
During the evolutionary development of classical doors, between plank doors and lattice doors there was another kind of door called a “soft door”. A soft door was a frame structure, with a waist bar in the middle, and panels were inset in grooves above and below the bar. The advantage of a soft door was that it was light in weight and resistant to deformation. The soft door is considered to be the predecessor of the lattice door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and still windows. All the doors and windows illustrated in this book are products of the Ming and Qing dynasties. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 02:29, 5 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the exchange of goods, currency emerged. And at very begining, currency was served by certain recognized equivalents, such as seashells. Gradually precious metals like gold and silver took the place of those equivalents as currency. However, when metal currency was used for a long time, it became worn out and worthless. People realized that they could use other things to replace the metal currency in circulation, so paper currency appeared. The earliest paper currency in the world was the &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot; of Chengdu, Sichuan province, during the Northern Song Dynasty. China was the first country in the world to use paper currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Emergence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Influence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] He Shengming.Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press,1990.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Jiaozi.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How did jiaozi come into being?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese traditional make up--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Base make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''II.Color make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.Tang dynasty make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107148</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107148"/>
		<updated>2020-12-03T14:09:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). Please write the text and indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. Please also add a vocabulary list and questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Chinese Astrology&amp;quot;--[[User:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|SAFFANA ALSIED 2]] ([[User talk:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|talk]]) 17:07, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chunlian.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Chunlian, image from Baike. Click [...] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Spring Festival Couplets===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Chunlian in Chinese, is also known as Spring Couplets or Chinese New Year Couplets. It is the most common and important custom when celebrating Chinese New Year. This tradition is widely kept both in modern cities and rural areas of China.With black or golden characters written on red paper, Spring Festival Couplets are composed of a pair of poetry lines vertically pasted on both sides of the front door and a four-character horizontal scroll affixed above the doorframe. Pasting couplets expresses people’s delight in the festival and wishes for a better life in the coming year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Couplets originated from Taofu, an inscription on boards made from peach trees in the Zhou Dynasty. According to the legend, a rooster perching in a big peach tree will crow at dawn to call all the traveling ghosts back. In front of the entrance of the dark world, there are two guards named Shentu and Yulei. If the ghosts harm any people at night, the guards will kill them.People believed that peach trees can scare and subdue evil things, so they hung peach boards in front of the doors with the guards’ names written or inscribed on them. During the Song Dynasty, the wood board was replaced by paper, and people focused more on bright wishes for the future. The custom became popular in Ming Dynasty. When the Emperor Zhu Yuanzhang traveled for inspection, he found those pairs of scrolls interesting. In order to advocate and promote this cultural activity, he ordered all household to paste the scrolls during the Chinese New Year. This tradition continues today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The upper scroll and the lower scroll have parallel structures and antithetical meanings. The two lines should have an equal number of characters, while their meaning must be related and antithetical. There must be a one-to-one correspondence between the two lines. The tone pattern is emphasized but rhythm is not important. The horizontal scroll is a four-character phrase, which sums up the two lines’ meaning. When you read a spring festival couplets, first,look at the horizontal scroll. If the four characters are written from left to right, the upper scroll will be on the left and the lower scroll on the right. If the characters of the horizontal scroll are reversed, the two side scrolls should be read from right to left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Spring Couplets, Chinese New Year Couplets, New Year Scroll 春联 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste 贴&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horizontal scroll 横联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upper scroll 上联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower scroll 下联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guzheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It  belongs to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It refers to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese.--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 07:36, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are varied accounts for how the ''zheng'' came to be. The first legend says the history of ''guzheng'' can date back to the Warring States Period. The oldest specimen yet discovered held 13 strings. ''Zheng'' was regarded as a weapon at that time which was used vertically to beat enemies. There was also an old saying that “the ''zheng'' makes a pleasant sound when placed horizontally and becomes a soldier when placed vertically”. Later, strings were added to it, and when plucked, it was found to be pleasing to the ears, so it developed into an instrument. As time went by, the weapons became lighter and lighter, and the ''zheng'', a large and heavy weapon, was abandoned. The second legend says the early form of the''zheng'' is said to have been invented by Meng Tian, a general of the Qin Dynasty (221-206 BC). But according to the biographies of Meng Tian in ''Historical Records'', there is no record of his invention of the ''zheng''. The third legend says the ''guzheng'' came about largely influenced by the ''se'' which was recorded by Zhao Lin in ''Records on Words''. When two people fought over a 25-string ''se'', they broke it in half, one person receiving a 12-string part and the other the 13-string part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern-day ''Guzheng'' usually has 21 strings and movable bridges and is 163 centimeters long. It should not be confused with the ''guqin'', another ancient Chinese zither with 7 strings played without movable bridges. The strings were formerly made of silk. By the 20th century, most players used metal strings. Since the mid-20th century, steel strings wound with nylon are common to be seen. The body of the ''guzheng'' is approximately rectangular, with a slight protrusion in the middle of the faceplate. The head and tail of the ''guzheng'' are anterior mountain and posterior mountain respectively. The two mountains are connected by 21 strings which are supported by 21 movable bridges, also known as Yan Zhu which are moved to change the timbres. The strings at the anterior side are wound around the string pegs in the turning box. And the ''guzheng'' was usually placed on the zither feet. The timbre of the ''guzheng'' is determined by the quality of the wood. As the tension of paulownia is better, the body of the ''guzheng'' are mostly made of paulownia. The head, tail and other parts of the ''guzheng'' are generally made of mahogany, and some patterns are decorated on the head and the tail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingerpicks, called Dai Mao or Yi Jia, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Meng Tian 蒙恬 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Lin 赵璘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Records on Words'' 《因话录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*anterior mountain 前岳山 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*posterior mountain 后岳山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Zhu 雁柱 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*string pegs 弦钉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*turning box 调音盒 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zither feet 琴足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*paulownia 桐木 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mahogany 红木&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Mao 玳瑁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi Jia 义甲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Facial makeup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Facial makeup, a sort of makeup art used in stage performance, is painted on the face of traditional opera singers in China and varies when it come to different types of role. The character roles in Beijing opera are divided into four main types according to the sex, age, social status and profession of the character. Sheng refers to male roles and is divided into laosheng (middle-aged or old men), xiaosheng (young men) and wusheng ( men with martial skills). Dan refers to female roles and is also subdivided into various types. Qingyi is a woman with a strict moral code; and laodan is an elderly woman. Jing refers to the roles with painted faces. They are usually warriors, statesmen or even demons. Chou, clown, is a comic character and can be recognized at first sight for his special make-up. The facial makeup of “sheng” and “dan” is quite simple with a thin layer of powder, called “plain face” while that of “jing” and “chou” is relatively complicated, and the former, in particular, is applied with heavy color and complicated patterns, thus gaining the name of “painted face”. In Beijing Opera, facial make-up, which is applied to Jing roles only, shows the character’s age and personality by using different colors. “Chou” is commonly called the clown as they are accustomed to wiping a patch of white powder on the nose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People hold different views when speaking of the origin of the facial makeup. It was said facial makeup was closely related to a kind of dance, called Damian, which appeared in the Northern and Southern Dynasties and thrived in the Tang Dynasty. It was performed by a single man aiming to extol King Lanling Gao Changgong’s outstanding military service and merits. He was courageous and good-looking and was bound to win every time he worn a mask that seemed frightening in the battlefield. As for the facial makeup used in opera, it is used to highlight the roles’ character, appearance as well as status, achieving a colorful and fantastic stage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legendary drama played a dominant role in Ming Dynasty, rich in content and fine in role division. Both jing and chou are painted their own special facial makeup. The basic color is mostly designed based on the description in the drama literature or the singers’ personal imagination. For instance, facial makeup of Guanyu is red and that of Baozhen is black. Their brow and eyes are exaggerated in some way. The pattern ratio has changed as well. Unlike the Ming Dyansty, there are both simple and sophisticated facial makeups with the same basic color. In the Mid-Qing Dynasty, as the local drama arose, facial makeup varied greatly in different places and possessed distinct local features and folk color. More than 300 kinds of dramas sprung up after the 18th century. Therefore, the drama characters mount and their division is much more finer. More colors like blue, green, yellow, grey and orange are added in jing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red facial makeup is symbolic of loyalty, upright and integrity like the characters Guan Yu and Wu Han.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black facial makeup gives people the impression that he is serious, rarely shows smiling expression and courageous and wise like Bao Zheng, a impartial official. It also stands for mighty force and boldness like Zhang Fei in drama the Three Kingdoms and Li Kuai in drama Water Margin of the Marsh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White facial makeup bears a derogatory sense, indicating a deceitful and suspicious nature like Cao Cao in drama the Three Kingdoms and Yan Song, Qin Kuai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters wearing blue facial makeup tend to be upright ,outspoken ,obstinate and even unruly like Ma Wu and Dou Erdun .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple facial makeup shows more sedate and righteous  like Xu Yanzhao and Zhuan Zhu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden facial makeup symbolizes dignity and power fitting roles like supernatural being like Tathagata(Sakyamuni, the creator of Buddhism) and Erlang Shen( a Chinese God with a third truth-seeing eye in the middle of his forehead).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The features of facial makeup are mainly as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
First, it is a contradictory unit of beauty and ugliness.Second, it is closely related to the character’s personality.Thirdly, its pattern is stylized. Chinese Peking opera makeup is favored by many opera enthusiasts and is widely known both at home and abroad, having been regarded as one of the mark of traditional Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
It is derived from the stage and could be seen on some large buildings, packages of some commercials, various porcelains and people’s clothes in different styles. It is far beyond the scope of stage use, showing its status in people’s heart and the strong vitality. Out of curiosity and affection for Chinese opera facial makeup, a great many foreign friends and domestic men of insight start to explore the mystery of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
painted face 花脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
clown 丑角&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
legend，romance 传奇剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tathagata 如来佛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sakyamuni 释迦牟尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Four Worldwide Famous Chinese Novelists of Modern Science Fiction and Fantasy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Cixin（刘慈欣）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chen Qiufan (陈楸帆）&lt;br /&gt;
Today this author is called by others the “Chinese William Gibson”. He can also be called one of the leaders of Chinese science-fiction and a cyberpunk novelist. He was born in China in 1981 in a seaside province in southeastern China called Guangdong, which borders Hong Kong and Macau. To say more accurately he grew up a few miles from Guiyu, the largest waste dump. Mountains of scrap electronics are shipped there every year from all over the world. Thousands of workers sort through the garbage in search of something that is suitable for recycling. This topic became the central topic in a novel called “Waste Tide”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, by the early 2000s, Chen Qiufang had become a big fan of virtual chats and the Internet. He saw great potential in the Internet and technologies in general, an opportunity to change the world for the better. After graduation, Chen worked with Google, Baidu and co-founded Noitom, a virtual reality startup in Beijing. As science fiction began to gain popularity in China and receive support from the government, Qiufan turned to full-fledged novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His debut book was ''The Empty Wave'', &amp;quot;combining realism and allegory to represent the hybridity of humans and machines.&amp;quot; Chen Qiufan's novels and stories won three Galaxy Awards, and twelve Chinese Nebula Awards. His works have been translated into German, French, Finnish, Korean, Czech, Italian, Japanese, Polish and Russian.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
His book ''Waste Tide'' became one of the most discussed books around the world and got universal acclaim from critics and usual readers. The fantastic mix of dark future with reality components made this book a guidebook for those who are worried about ecological problems and the darkest sides of the humanity progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Rebecca F. Kuang (匡蘦秀）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li Jun (李俊）or Baoshu (宝树）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:stilts.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Stilts presentation during the Miliangtun Stilt Festival, image from Baike. Click [http://img3.imgtn.bdimg.com/it/u=2060438651,2837589998&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Intangible Cultural Heritage — Miliangtun Village Stilts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stilts is one of the folk dances of the Han nationality in our country, which is called &amp;quot;Stilt Yangko&amp;quot; in some places. Stilt-walkers tie their feet on to the long stilts with various length, the shortest being two feet long, and the longest reaching over five feet. They dress themselves into different historical or mythological figures, walking and dancing on fairs. Stilt-walkers are normally taller than ordinary people, and perform on movable stages, which is convenient for watching far and near. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a traditional folk dance in Beijing, Miliangtun Village Stilts originates from the &amp;quot;Tongle Gaojiaohui&amp;quot; founded in the Qianlong period of the Qing Dynasty. According to the older generation in the village, Miliangtun Village Stilts was first founded by several villagers led by Uncle Ma, who lived in Miliangtun Village and worked in Beijing.It was bestowed by Emperor Qianlong, and has a history of more than 250 years. Miliangtun Village Stilts is not only time-honored, but also mysterious and legendary. It still retains the traditions in performance techniques, characters, musical accompaniment, etiquette, and stilts production technology, which is an excellent performing art that is spread among the folks. In 2006, it was listed as a Beijing-level intangible cultural heritage protection project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of Miliangtun Village Stilts has over forty people and 13 roles, all played by men. The roles are, Tuotou, Laozuozi, young boy, young master, Mr. Plaster, Choupo, fisherman, Yupo, wood-cutter, handsome and ugly drum-players, handsome and ugly gong-players. Tuotou, fisherman and wood-cutter are righteous and decent images, while zany figures represent the negative images, like Choupo, young boy and Laozuozi who are responsible for enlivening the atmosphere and entertaining the audience. Such a stark contrast is quite ironic. Among the 13 roles, the only serious one is Tuotou. Because he is a general who can be easily recognized upon his appearance. Squatting and carrying swords, that's his work. Others like the young boy, just a little kid who amuses everyone. Mr. Plaster is responsible for warming up. He is outstanding because he can play and amuse with others, like Yupo or Laozuozi. Fisherman is just a workingman. He is not funny. He goes fishing because of his fixed character. Wood-cutter is also a workingman who can play other tricks besides squatting. Yupo is the young lady in the past, and Laozuozi is the housewife. Wood-cutter and Mr. Plaster can play and amuse with them. The handsome and ugly drum-players and gong-players are quite important in the backfield when the show begins. They play drums and gongs to amuse the audience. Gong-players following drum-players, handsome and ugly, they are just like the final fighters. Then comes the show of Kylin Songzi after they stop playing; Tuotou lying flat; Mr. Plaster and young master raising their waists; Yupo dancing Yangko behind, pulling his two legs; Fisherman using his ribbon to drag Tuotou who hold the ribbon in his mouth; the young boy riding on Tuotou’s waist like a lion. Then comes the going downhill. When it’s done, the show is over. That's the whole performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is strict inheritance relationship and etiquette in the stilt fair. It will set up inheritors, presidents, team leaders, and team members. Today, Miliangtun Village Stilts as the distinctive folklore in Wangzuo Town, Fengtai District, stands out among the stilt fairs in Beijing and enjoys great popularity from peers and the public. Miliangtun Village Stilts is visually stunning, technically accomplished and naturally funny. A fixed set of performance routines has gradually formed after long-term drills since its founding. It is divided into lead in, head stilt command, separation in formal performance. Stilts-walkers individually perform difficult tricks such as the big jump and the onion-pulling, then amuse and perform in separation, ending with the show of Kylin Songzi, which indicates good luck and peace. Miliangtun Village Stilts has become an indispensable part of local festivals and celebrations with its lively atmosphere and superb skills and adds value to the cultural life of the folks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun Village Stilts as a renowned fair,knownas the features of risky tricks, various skills and great difficulty. There are stunning tricks such as Yasha Searches the Sea, Su Qin Carries Swords, squatting, bouncing, hugging, somersault, and scorpion tail pendulum. Stilts performances focus on amusement, Tuotou being the opening, other roles flatter him with various and difficult tricks, constituting the grand show. Legs and feet must be agile, jumping the large bench is quite demanding that normal players can hardly accomplish. Tuotou, for example, he has to play squatting after jumping. Each of the twelve roles has its own talents. Tuotou is an adventurous figure who leads the team. Young boy, Laozuozi and Yupo and even Mr. Plaster, the zany figure, his tricks are amusing and pleasing. The length of Miliangtun Village Stilts, 1.6 meters, is quite rare in the stilt fairs of the country. The centre of balance is extremely difficult to grasp. One must bend his knees slightly and keep moving when walking on stilts, control the balance with waist, and the upper body and the feet must be coordinated to ensure the balance. Stilt-walkers step on the wooden stilts, swinging from side to side. The movement of the lower body leads the upper body to shake and shrug. The stilts are lifted lightly but stepped hardly, with the force on the knees, forming into a style of combining the tricks of twisting, swinging and amusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun (village name) 米粮屯&lt;br /&gt;
stilts 高跷&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 04:46, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lion dance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Brief Introduction of The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters are Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan in Tang Dynasty and Ouyang Xiu, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Wang Anshi, Zeng Gong in Song Dynasty. This title was first appeared in the Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties. &lt;br /&gt;
Among them, Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the leaders of the ancient prose movement in the Tang Dynasty, while Ouyang Xiu and Three Su(Su Xun, Su shi, Su Zhe) are the core figures of the ancient prose movement in the Song Dynasty, and Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong are the representative figures of Linchuan Literature. Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the advacators of the &amp;quot;Ancient Prose Movement&amp;quot;. Su Shi, Su Xun and Su Zhe are called Three Su. What else, Su Xun is the their father and Su Shi is the older brother. While Su Shi's teacher is Ouyang Xiu, who is also the teacher of Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, they both advocated prose and opposd parallel prose, which has exerted profound influence on the literary world at that time and later generations. Their sucessive waves of innovation of ancient ancient prose has changed the obsolete appearence of poetry and prose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Han Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu was a litterateur, philosopher, and thinker of Tang Dynasty. He was native in Heyang, now Jiaozuo city in Henan province. Han Yu was honored as “ The Decline of Eight Generations” by Su Shi in Song Dynasty, as well as the head of Eight Masters of Prose in Tang and Song Dynasty. Han Yu was called “Han Liu” with Liu Zongyuan, and his proses were juxtaposed with Du Fu’s poems as “ Du poem Han pen” by Du Mu. He enjoyed the fame as “ The Article Giant” and “ Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations” with great works like forty volumes of Han Changli Collection, ten volumes of External collection and The Teacher's Theory. &lt;br /&gt;
Although disagreement in Liu Zongyuan’s political view, he still worked with Liu Zongyuan in advocating the Ancient Prose Movement. As the pioneers, they were both against excessive pursuit of form of parallel prose but for the prose of Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties and both emphasized the importance of article’s contents so as to expand the expressive function of writing in classical Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Liu Zongyuan.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zongyuan was a litterateur, philosopher, proser and thinker of the Tang Dynasty. His ancestral home was Hedong , now in Yongji area of Yuncheng in Shanxi province. He was known as &amp;quot;Liu Hedong &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; Mr. Hedong &amp;quot;, also known as&amp;quot; Liu Liuzhou &amp;quot; because of his official end of feudal provincial of Liuzhou. He was born in Changan and became a Jinshi in the 9th year of Zhenyuan, later official supervisor of imperial censor .&lt;br /&gt;
was juxtaposed with Han Yu as &amp;quot;Han Liu &amp;quot;, with Liu Yuxi as &amp;quot; Liu Liu &amp;quot;, with Wang Wei, Meng Haoran and Wei Yingwu as &amp;quot;Wang Meng Wei Liu &amp;quot;. In his lifetime of less than 50 years, he left us more than 600 poems with more achievements in writing than poetry. The &amp;quot;Liu He Dong Colloection&amp;quot; was one of his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
He was a deep-thinking philosopher and litterateur, who attached importance to the content of the article and advocated that writings should be practical. Therefore, he paid attention to the social function of literature and emphasized that literature should benefit the world. Moreover, he advocated the perfect combination of ideological content and artistic form with a serious attitude in writing. That means, it is important for the writer to have highly moral cultivation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ouyang Xiu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was a statesman, litterateur, historian and poet in the Northern Song Dynasty. He was called the “Liu Yi scholar”, which means that he had ten thousands volumes of collections, a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions of Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties, a piano, a chess, a pot of wine and a drunk Weng alone. He was native in Jizhou Yongfeng, now Yongfeng county of Ji’an city in Jiangxi province but born in Mianzhou, now Minayang city in Sichuan province.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu’s poems, Ci and prose were all the crown of that time. His poetry was smooth, lyrical and euphemistic with a similar prose style stressing on momentum while keeping natural smoothness. His Ci was profound and graceful, inheriting the Yu Feng of the Southern Tang Dynasty. The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong was his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu inherited and carried forward the fine tradition of Han and Liu’s ancient prose, and led the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement. As the leader of this movement, Ouyang Xiu not only drove away the odd style of writing in the literary world, but also opened up a new style in poetry and also a new field of creation with his own unique style and high talent. It has made new achievements and pushed the creation of poetry and prose to a new height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Su Xun'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Xun.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a native of Meishan in Sichuan. When he was young, he performed poor in learning. In 19 years old, he married Mrs. Cheng. Later in 27 years old, he determined to study hard. After decade of hard work, he made a huge academic progress.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a man of political ambition. He said that the main purpose of his works was &amp;quot;to speak for the world &amp;quot;, to&amp;quot; apply to the present &amp;quot;. He put forward a whole set of ideas of political innovation in some important argumentative papers such as Heng Lun and The Book to the Emperor. Because he had a better understanding of that social reality and was good at summing up experience and lessons from past history. Therefore, putting aside certain pedantic and biased views in his political discourse, many of them were still right on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Su Shi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Shi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi, with a fame as &amp;quot; Dongpo Jushi &amp;quot;, was native in Meishan in Sichuan . He was a famous litterateur, calligrapher, essayist, Ci writer, poet and the representative of the Unconstrained Ci School in Northern Song Dynasty .&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi has made great achievements in poetry, Ci, prose, calligraphy, painting and so on. He was regarded as one of the most outstanding man in literary and artistic attainments in thousands of years of Chinese history. His was called &amp;quot;Han Chao Su hai&amp;quot; with Han Yu in the prose area, &amp;quot;Ou Su&amp;quot; with Ouyang Xiu, &amp;quot;Su Huang&amp;quot; with Huang Tingjian, and &amp;quot;Su Xin&amp;quot; with Xin Qiji in the Ci area, so he was called &amp;quot;the first all-round talent in ancient China&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi's literary viewpoint was in line with Ouyang Xiu's, but he emphasized the originality, expressiveness and artistic value of literature more. His literary thought emphasized &amp;quot;creating for certain purposes&amp;quot;, advocating nature and getting rid of bondage. Su Shi was a leading figure in the literary circle of the Northern Song Dynasty after Ouyang Xiu. Moreover, Huang Tingjian, Qin Guan, Chao Buzhi and Zhang Lei, the four litterateurs of the Northern Song Dynasty, had been trained, rewarded and recommended by him, so they were called “Su Men Four bachelors”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Su Zhe'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Zhe.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe was born in Meishan, Meizhou , now Sichuan province. In the Jiayou second year (in 1057), he with his brother Su Shi climbed jinshi branch.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe's prose showed the deep and mellow spirit. He had his own views on ancient writing. In the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council, he put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary style&amp;quot; . He was good at politics and history. He discussed world affairs in some political works such as The New Theory and On the Six Kingdoms. From these works, we can draw lessons from the past and criticize the current problems. He was also very insightful in reform. In addition, he was also quite outstanding in Ode , such as The &amp;quot;Ode to Ink bamboo&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Wang Anshi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wang Anshi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi, also known as Banshan in his twilight years, was conferred the title of Duke Jingguo . He was born in Linchuan in the Northern Song Dynasty, now Fuzhou City, Jiangxi Province .&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi was not only an outstanding politician and thinker, but also a brilliant litterateur. In order to realize his political ideal, he closely linked literary creation with political activities, emphasizing that literature aimed to serve the society first, that means, he emphasized the realistic function and social effect of articles, and advocated the unity of literature and Taoism. His prose largely carried out his literary propositions because his essays were mostly about the enlightenment of political decrees and suitable for world use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Zeng Gong'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zeng Gong.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was known as &amp;quot;Mr. Nan Feng&amp;quot;. He was born in Nanfeng, Jianchang, now Nanfeng County, Fuzhou city, Jiangxi Province. In Jiayou second year (in 1057), he became a Jinshi. As a politician and essayist of the Northern Song Dynasty and one of the &amp;quot;eight masters&amp;quot; of the Tang and Song Dynasties, he was also one of the &amp;quot;Seven Zengs of Nanfeng&amp;quot; , including Zeng Gong, Zeng Zhao, Zeng Bu, Zeng Yu, Zeng Hong, Zeng Xie and Zeng Dun.&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was a supporter and participant of Ouyang Xiu's ancient prose movement. He advocated the doctrine before the text. His prose was natural and simple and little attention to literary grace. Of the eight masters, he was the less affectionate one. His articles were rarely lyrical works, but mostly argumentation and narrative. His prose was good at making arguments, for example, the Book to Ouyang She Ren, the Book to Bachelor CAI. In these works, he argued on the treatment of disorder and expressed his deep feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. Comparison between the Ancient Prose Movement and Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
Although there was seven or eight hundred years from the Ancient Prose Movement to the Italian Renaissance,they both happened in the Middle Ancient period of Western history. Similarly, they both inherited the essence of classical culture and further completed the historical mission of literary retro. So we can regard them as historical peak in their respective cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in ideology:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement in Tang and Song dynasties advocated the restoration of Confucianism of the pre-Qin period and the realization of the realistic goal of carrying the Tao in literature. It was against the parallel prose and the floating style since the Six Dynasties but for the gentle and honest poetic concept. While the Renaissance, with classical culture as a tool, strongly criticized medieval theology and carried forward the humanism and scientific rational spirit of ancient Greece and Rome. Their premise and foundation are their own classical thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in writing style:&lt;br /&gt;
The two retro movements were marked by the retro style to restore the creation mode of ancient prose, thus promoting the process of literary movement. The Ancient Prose Movement of the Tang Dynasty studied the simple language style of the pre-Qin period, while the Renaissance restored the elegant and beautiful characteristics of the ancient Greek period.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in literary form:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement not only corrected the floating and rigid writing style of the six dynasties, but also laid a good creative foundation for the development of prose in later generations. It was in the form of scattered single sentences with less flowery and redundant allusions but more in colloquial language. While although the literary works of the Renaissance inherited the elegant style of classicism, it still changed obviously in the aspect of stylistic creation. Influenced by literary theory and works, Italian literature showed innovation in form. As Mr. Zhu Guangqian said :&amp;quot; Italian literature is a new type of literature different from classical literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters 唐宋八大家 &lt;br /&gt;
Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties 《唐宋八大家文钞》&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Prose Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
parallel prose 骈文&lt;br /&gt;
The Decline of Eight Generations 文起八代之衰&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Giant 文章巨公&lt;br /&gt;
Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations 百代文宗&lt;br /&gt;
Han Changli Collection 《韩昌黎集》&lt;br /&gt;
External collection 《外集》&lt;br /&gt;
The Teacher's Theory《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties 先秦两汉时期&lt;br /&gt;
writing in classical Chinese 文言文&lt;br /&gt;
feudal provincial of Liuzhou 柳州刺史&lt;br /&gt;
official supervisor of imperial censor 监察御史&lt;br /&gt;
Liu He Dong Colloection 《柳河东集》&lt;br /&gt;
Northern Song Dynasty 北宋&lt;br /&gt;
a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions 金石遗文一千卷&lt;br /&gt;
Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties 三代&lt;br /&gt;
the crown of that time 一时之冠&lt;br /&gt;
Southern Tang Dynasty 南唐&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Feng 余风&lt;br /&gt;
The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong 《欧阳文忠公文集》&lt;br /&gt;
the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement北宋诗文革新运动&lt;br /&gt;
Heng Lun 《衡论》&lt;br /&gt;
Duke Jingguo 荆国公 &lt;br /&gt;
The Book to the Emperor 《上皇帝书》&lt;br /&gt;
Dongpo Jushi 东坡居士&lt;br /&gt;
Ci writer 词人&lt;br /&gt;
Unconstrained Ci School豪放派&lt;br /&gt;
literary and artistic attainments 文学艺术造诣&lt;br /&gt;
the first all-round talent in ancient China 中国古代第一全才&lt;br /&gt;
Su Men Four bachelors 苏门四学士&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council 《上枢密韩太尉书》&lt;br /&gt;
The New Theory《新论》&lt;br /&gt;
On the Six Kingdoms 《六国论》&lt;br /&gt;
Ode 赋&lt;br /&gt;
The Ode to Ink bamboo 《墨竹赋》&lt;br /&gt;
Seven Zengs of Nanfeng 南丰七曾&lt;br /&gt;
the doctrine before the text先道后文&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Ouyang She Ren 《上欧阳舍人书》&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Bachelor Cai 《上蔡学士书》&lt;br /&gt;
the Six Dynasties 六朝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 08:22, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Gao Mingzhu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、A Brief Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa belongs to plucked stringed instruments. Being made of wood or bamboo, its speaker box takes the shape of half pear with 4 strings on it ,which was made of silk initially while being made of steel wire, steel rope or nylon now. The &amp;quot;Pin(品，those wooden strips on Pipa’s face plate for pressing)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Xiang（相, those horizontal strips on Pipa’s neck for pressing）&amp;quot; are set on the face plate and neck respectively to determine the positions of different sounds. When playing, the player holds it erectly using the left hand to press the string and the right hand to play. It is an important ethnic musical instrument which can be used in recital, accompaniment and ensemble. Pipa has a wide range of vocal range. Its playing skills rank the first in Chinese national instruments and its performance forms are also the most abundant in Chinese folk music, it is thus called the No.1 in plucked instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、Emergence and Development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3、Different Schools&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4、Traditional Pipa Music&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Huli-jing figure in Chinese mythology and its analogs in Japan and Korea === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic of werewolves in the XXI century is perhaps one of the most discussed and studied. Along with vampires and zombies, the image of werewolves is firmly entrenched in world cinema and literature. However, as a rule, speaking about the motives for the transformation of a person into an animal, most people have information mainly about lycanthropy, that is, about the specific transformation of a person into a wolf (werewolf). At the same time, the theme of werewolves is represented by a fairly large number of transformations of a person not only into a wolf but also into other animals. In Chinese mythology, one of the most popular werewolf myths is the myth of the Huli Jing, or werewolf foxes. In the Middle Ages, these myths were very popular and in-demand among writers. But what is the attitude of Huli-Jing in modern China? Are they given a place in modern culture, or do werewolf foxes now sound more like a kind of atavism or a children's fairy tale?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Huli-jing (狐狸精) in China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we need to recreate the image of the Huli-Jing and what was seen in ancient and medieval China. Most often, the Huli-Jing was presented in the form of not just a young, but extremely beautiful women. Interestingly, the image of werewolf foxes has been known in China since the times of the Xia dynasty and its founder Yu, who married a nine-tailed white fox who lived on Mount Tu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, especially women, believed that thanks to the cult of the fox, they would be able to gain unearthly beauty and immortality. The official authorities of the ancient and medieval dynasties tried to fight the representatives of the Huli Jing cult, but it was only during the Song dynasty that the cult of the fox, including the cult of Da Ji, was almost completely destroyed. However, the cult and image of Huli Jing were not completely eradicated in China. Probably, a more competent decision was made to give the werewolf woman more kind and compassionate traits, which in one way or another should justify her image compared to the cruel ancestor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking examples of where the changed image of the Huli Jing is found can be called the stories of Pu Songlin about werewolf foxes. It is his stories, where girls are subject to the curse of turning into foxes, that reflect their position as hostages of their own life situations or even fears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theme of fatal love in the stories of werewolf foxes appears as a continuous line in Pu Songling, this suggests that despite the fact that Huli Jing strives for happiness, she remains a spirit that is not a person. In addition, despite the altered level of female foxes, they will still bear the curse of their evil ancestors, who personified evil in its purest form, and therefore there can be no happy ending for those who bear such heavy punishment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, the image of the Huli Jing as a mythological character by the 21st century was constantly supplemented with small details. We can say that most of the works of literature and cinema, in which the werewolf fox was encountered, for the most part, were very strongly romanticized. Remaining in its own way a relatively neutral character, Huli Jing nevertheless gradually becomes one of the most popular characters of many writers and screenwriters, not only in China but also in many other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
A striking and original example of where the Huli Jing appears is the work of the writer Ken Liu entitled &amp;quot;Good Hunt&amp;quot;. The author presents not only a very interesting view of the Huli Jing but also explains why the legendary characters of Chinese mythology are gradually disappearing from the memory of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literary works, Huli Jing is quite often encountered in Chinese cinema, as an episodic character or a protagonist. One of the most striking images of a werewolf fox can be considered the film &amp;quot;Painted Skin (畫皮)&amp;quot;, where the main character is Huli Jing and must eat men's hearts to maintain her youth and beauty. This film is based on the story of Pu Songling and is one of the key works of cinema and modern Chinese culture, which fully reveals the tragedy of the werewolf fox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Huli Jing is featured in a fairly large number of Chinese television series, each of which gives its own view of what character Huli Jing should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quite a lot of information about werewolf foxes can be obtained from the TV series &amp;quot;The Legend of the Nine-Tailed Fox&amp;quot; released in 2016. The main interest here is not only a rather vivid description of the Huli Jing, which according to the plot are one family and are forced to seek and return to their place the sacred fruit from the magic garden. This, perhaps, is an attempt to provide an explanation of the true nature of werewolf foxes, who for a long time rushed from good to evil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summing up, I would like to note that the transformation of the image of Huli Jing took place at a gradual pace. Since the reign of the first Chinese dynasties, the image of werewolf foxes has been predominantly negative and associated with deceit, seduction, and intrigue. But the situation changed in connection with the development of the cults of foxes, which they tried to give the appearance of “victims of circumstances,” and all the negative features are just a slight exaggeration. Thanks to Pu Songling, the Huli Jing truly became much more positive beings, and the stories about them were presented in terms of stories of unfortunate and unhappy love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of the Huli Jing, which rushes from good to evil for many years, has been romanticized and transformed, becoming a more positive character, although not devoid of some negative features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Kitsune (キツネ) in Japan''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese folklore, these animals have great knowledge, long life, and magical abilities. Chief among them is the ability to take shapeshift themselves; the fox, according to legend, learns to do this after reaching a certain age (usually a hundred years old, although in some legends it is fifty). Kitsune usually take the form of seductive beauty, a pretty young girl, but sometimes they turn into men. It should be noted that in Japanese mythology there was a mixture of indigenous Japanese beliefs that characterized the fox as an attribute of the god Inari (&amp;quot;Fox-messenger&amp;quot;) and the Chinese, who considered foxes to be werewolves, a genus close to demons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other abilities commonly ascribed to kitsune include the ability to take possession of other people's bodies, to breathe out or otherwise create fire, to appear in other people's dreams, and the ability to create illusions so complex that they are almost indistinguishable from reality. Some of the legends go further, talking about kitsune with the ability to warp space and time, drive people crazy, or take on such inhuman or fantastic forms as trees of indescribable height or the second moon in the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kitsune are associated with both Shinto and Buddhist beliefs. In Shinto, kitsune are associated with Inari, the patron deity of rice fields and entrepreneurship. Initially, foxes were the messengers (tsukai) of this deity, but now the difference between them has become so blurred that Inari himself is sometimes depicted as a fox. In Buddhism, they gained fame thanks to the Shingon school of secret Buddhism, popular in the 9th-10th centuries in Japan, one of the main deities of which, Dakini, was depicted riding a fox across the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kitsune can have up to nine tails. In general, it is believed that the older and stronger the foxes are, the more tails they have. Some sources even claim that a kitsune grows an extra tail every hundred or thousand years of its life. However, foxes found in fairy tales almost always have one, five, or nine tails. When kitsune are given nine tails, their fur turns silvery, white, or gold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Kumiho (구미호) in Korea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumiho - (구 &amp;quot;ku&amp;quot; - nine, 미 &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; - tail, 호 &amp;quot;ho&amp;quot; - fox - &amp;quot;fox with nine tails&amp;quot;) is a folklore animal, the fox of which is first mentioned in the era of Gojoseon. According to legends, only a fox that lives for a thousand years can become 구미호. One of her superpowers is transforming into a beautiful girl. Although in myths there are also references to the becoming of a charming young man. In this form, the mythical animal fell in love with the opposite sex, and then ate their liver (according to some beliefs, and the heart). Why exactly the liver? We can say that the liver contains human energy, that is, we eat and receive the energy that our liver stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a later period, kumiho, according to numerous legends, could get rid of the status of a monster and become a man forever. There are several ways: 구미호 will not eat human flesh and kill for a thousand days. The second option is to eat the liver of a thousand men over a thousand years. The third - will live in a cave without sunlight, eating only wormwood and garlic. And also, if the person who recognized her as 구미호 in human form, keeps this secret for ten years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shape shifter – 成精&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creature –生物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seductive –诱人的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Damnation –诅咒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor –隐喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascribe –属性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indigenous –土着&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deity – 反面人物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liver – 肝脏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Song-ling. Fox charm. Monks-wizards. // Eastern literature. –2008. - P.280.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Ken. Good Hunting.// Strange Horizons. - 2012. - p. 431.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Xiaofei. The cult of the fox: Power, gender and popular religion in late imperial and modern China//Columbia University Press. – New York, 2006. – Pp.269.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Characters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Knots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction about Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot is a hand-woven handicraft unique to China. The exquisiteness and wisdom displayed on it are just one aspect of the ancient Chinese civilization.It &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
originally evolved from the sewing of the Paleolithic period, to the ritual memorial of the Han Dynasty, and then into today's decorative craft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The jade worn by people in the Zhou Dynasty was often decorated with Chinese knots, and there were also Chinese knot patterns on the bronzes of the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot continued to become a popular art in the Qing Dynasty. Now,Chinese knots are often used as interior decorations, gifts between relatives and friends and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personal accessories. It is possessed of delicate and symmetrical appearance and accords with the conventions of Chinese traditional  decoration and aesthetics,which &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
earned the knot its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are ten main kinds of Chinese knots which are named according to the shape, purpose or meaning of the knot.They are Double Coin Knot(双钱结）,Good Luck Knot（吉祥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Chinese Button Knot（纽扣结）,Sauvastika Knot（万字结）,Oxalis Knot（酢浆草结）,Pan Chang Knot（盘长结）,Round Brocade Knot（团锦结）,Caisson Celling Knot（藻井&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Cross Knot(十字结） and Ping Knot（平结）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we mainly introduce three main Chinese knots,which are the Double Coin Knot,the Good Luck Knot and the Pan Chang Knot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.The Double Coin Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient coins are closely related to a country’s history, culture,politics, and economy, and are regarded as treasures both at home and abroad. The Chinese people's views &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
on coins are not limited on their prices but value, which can be seen in the auspicious characters and patterns cast on many ancient coins. ut it Money in China not only &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
represents the value of a certain currency, but also something of good luck. Every Chinese New Year's Eve, children can receive the so-called &amp;quot;luck money&amp;quot;. Therefore, for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Chinese people, money also has the meaning of eliminating and avoiding evil. Double Coin Knot is named after two bronze coins connecting together, which symbolizes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;good things come in pairs&amp;quot;. This knot is often used in weaving necklaces, belts and other accessories, and the combination of several Double Coin Knots can form beautiful &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
patterns, such as clouds and Perfect Knots，etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.The Good Luck Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the Good Luck Knot,it is an extension of the cross knot, and is also one of the ancient decorative knots, which means auspiciousness. The knitting method is simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the knot shape is beautiful,varied and widely used. When used alone, if a heavy object is hung, the knot is easy to deform, and it can be fixed with a shaping glue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.The Pan Chang Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot is also a kind of Chinese knot. It symbolizes the highest realm of unity of mind and matter and eternal immortality. It represents the auspiciousness of the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
avenue and is therefore highly valued by Chinese people. Pan Chang (盘长） is a symbol of the origin of all things, and is one of the most important basic knots. It is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
often the main knot of many changing knots. Because the Chinese knot has the characteristics of close symmetry, it is easy to be liked by us in terms of its perception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Knitting Method of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The knitting of Chinese knots can be roughly divided into three categories: basic knots, variable knots, and combined knots. Their knitting technology requires a variety of  basic knot knitting skills, and all have common knitting principles, which can be summarized into basic technique and combination technique. The basic technique is to knit with single lines, double lines or multiple lines, using the parallel or separation of the thread ends to make colorful knots.The combination technique means to use thread extension to flexibly combine various knots ,so as to make a group of varied knots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final stage of learning knitting is the self-designing. When designing a set of beautiful knots, the most important thing is to determine its purpose and function, and then determine its size and shape, while considering the color matching and the appropriate use of accessories. As long as the decorations are used flexibly, andthe designer's artistic beauty and deep thoughts are poured into, the Chinese knot can fully express the beauty of traditional Chinese art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people love the Chinese knot because it embodies the cultural essence and national characteristics of the Chinese nation. The Chinese knot is a woven fabric of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope and thread.In Chinese， &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; (绳）and &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; （神）are homophonic, so the Chinese nation has a worship of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot;. In addition, Chinese people are descendants of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dragons.Because the shape of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; is like a winding dragon,  people also regard &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; as a symbol of dragon. Chinese people also have their own unique understanding of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;knot&amp;quot;, which means reunion and happiness. Many of the Chinese words composed of &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;（knot) that we usually see have beautiful meanings, such as 团结（unity）, 结交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（making friends), and 永结同心（tie the knot),etc. &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;(knot) is also homonymous with &amp;quot;吉&amp;quot;（ausipiciousness), so people even think that &amp;quot;knot&amp;quot; is a symbol of good luck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.Comparisons between Chinese Knots and Cross Necklaces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.1.Different Cultural Connotations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above, we can see that the Chinese knot generally have many meanings, such as good luck, love, unity and so on. The cross necklace,however, is symbolic of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity. The cross, derived from the Latin &amp;quot;crux&amp;quot;, means &amp;quot;fork&amp;quot;.It was originally a cruel instrument of torture used to execute prisoners. It was popular in ancient &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rome, the Persian Empire and Carthage. Later,cross evolved into a symbol of the Christianity due to Christ's death on the cross to redeem sinners.Therefore,such cross &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ornaments in the west as cross necknaces are usually used to represent love and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.2.Different Shapes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, from the above we can also learn that Chinese knots have many shapes, and different shapes represent different meanings. The cross necklace can also have &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
different shapes and sizes. Christians can hang a small cross on their chest to express their identity, while the large cross is a symbol of the bishop's authority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====6.References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李库.符号学视角下的中国结解读.[J]艺海2016(08) : 125-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]李立芳，孙建君.民间绳结[M].武汉：湖北美术出版社，2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]许星.路论中国结[J].丝绸,2004(02) : 46-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]邬红芳.中国结的意象美学特征[J]装饰，2004(09) : 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]王眯珠，孙荪，曲洪建.怀旧心理与创新意识对中国结的影响分析[J].丝绸，2014(11):43-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double Coin Knot  双钱结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck Knot 吉祥结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Button Knot 纽扣结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sauvastika Knot 万字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oxalis Knot 酢浆草结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot 盘长结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Round Brocade Knot 团锦结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caisson Celling Knot 藻井结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross Knot 十字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ping Knot 平结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tie the knot 永结同心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
luck money 压岁钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bishop's identity 主教职权&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the Chinese knot?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Do you know the names of the main Chinese knots? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What do &amp;quot;绳&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;结&amp;quot; mean in Chinese culture?--[[User:Guan Qinqing|Guan Qinqing]] ([[User talk:Guan Qinqing|talk]]) 13:04, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Mythology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese’s life is full of mythological history about religious, history, science, literature, philosophy, dragons, tortoises, phoenixes, unicorns, birds, and flowering fruit trees. This myth is characterized by the interaction of the pros and cons, yin and yang, good and evil, light and dark, male and female, heaven and earth, force and weak and so forth. Panku is an important figure in Chinese mythology, the first living being and the creator of universe in some versions of Chinese mythology. In world mythology; every peoples have it own myths, different fairy tales, but there is some similarities in common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Panku Creates the World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the beginning, the world didn’t exist; there wasn’t sky, earth, water, animals, birds, plants, human, in other word, the universe was empty. The force of universe was concentrated inside a mysterious egg. This egg, after growing many years, it becoming a big form of ball and finally give birth to Panku.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Nü Wa Created Human Beings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 Fushi Taught the People=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 Yu Rebuilt the Earth====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why was an egg a good symbol for the beginning of the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese gods and immortals--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 16:09, 8 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional religion is polytheistic; many deities are worshipped in a pantheistic view where divinity is inherent in the world. In Chinese language there is a terminological distinction between 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān. Although the usage of the former two is sometimes blurred, it corresponds to the distinction in Western cultures between &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;deity&amp;quot;. dì, sometimes translated as &amp;quot;thearch&amp;quot;, implies a manifested or incarnate &amp;quot;godly&amp;quot; power. During the time of Zhou dynasty to the Warring States, dì is used to refer to those who have great moral cultivation and merits. And then it becomes a term of emperor since Qin dynasty. The latter term 仙 xiān unambiguously means a man who has reached immortality, similarly to the Western idea of &amp;quot;hero&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another difference between Chinese gods and immortals. The gods usually have their own position and take charge of different things in Daoist theology. While immortals, unlike gods, have no official positions. It is that certain humans develop the ability to live indefinitely, avoiding death, and becoming divine xiān. Such humans generally also are said to develop special powers and always live leisurely. So since ancient times, many people are longing to become an immortal and live a carefree life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty in China, also known as the &amp;quot;Classical Prose Movement&amp;quot;, is a movement with the style reform as its surface and Confucianism Renaissance as its core. The word “Gu Wen” was first introduced by Han Yu, it indicates the prose of the pre-Qin period and of Han dynasty. This movement took clarity and precision as priorities, it stood against the florid pianwen or parallel prose style that had been popular starting from Han dynasty. Parallel prose had a rigid structure and was criticized for being overly ornate at the expense of content. Therefore, Han Yu, together with Liu Zongyuan, launched this movement to make a difference so that they could revive the Confucianism and promote their political thoughts. This movement tended to follow the spirit of pre-Qin prose rather than to imitate it directly. People used elements of colloquial language to make their writings more direct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Development====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement went through three stages. The first promoters of this movement were Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan who were not only great writers but also great theorists, forming the foundation of it. Both were enthusiastic to promote the movement and were keen to teach young people so that it could achieve further development and then revive the Confucianism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the deaths of Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan, the movement fell into a decline, their students writing with such ancient characters as to hinder understanding or neglecting the importance of writing good essays. Furthermore, the government only allowed people to use pianwen for official use, so those who want to be officials had to learn that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Ouyang Xiu once again advocated the classical prose in the Song dynasty. As many people were dissatisfied with the florid piantiwen style, the Classical Prose Movement reached another peak during that period. This movement is consequently also called the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Representatives====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu (768 – 824), courtesy name Tuizhi, also known his art names Han Changli or Chang Li Xian Sheng. He was born in present-day Mengzhou, Henan, he was a Chinese prose writer, poet, and philosopher who significantly influenced the development of Neo-Confucianism. Due to his influence on the Chinese literary tradition, he is described as “Comparable in stature to Dante, Shakespeare or Goethe”. Meanwhile, he is often considered to be among China’s finest prose writers. Ming dynasty scholar Mao Kun ranked him first in the &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot;，and Su Shi, another famous poet, once praised that “His prose reversed the literary decline of eight dynasties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu wrote a large volume of works, which includes over 700 poems and nearly 400 prosses. He is especially famous for his ''On Teachers'', which says “A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles”. This persuasive pross is short but well structured, and it has a strong appeal to people, which also has a positive impact on youth education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zongyuan (773 – 819), courtesy name Zihou, also known by his art names He Dong Xian Sheng or Liu He Dong, was a Chinese literature, philosopher, politician and poet who lived during the Tang Dynasty. And Liu was born in present-day Yongji, Shanxi. Along with Han Yu, they were called Han Liu. Besides that, he has been classed as one of the “Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song”, which also includes Han Yu and Ouyang Xiu. Liu's best-known travel pieces are the ''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou''. And one of his most famous poems is ''Jiangxue''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu (1007 – 1072), courtesy name Yong Shu, also known by his art names Zuiweng and Liu Yi Jushi. He was a Chinese essayist, historian, poet, calligrapher and even a politician of the Song dynasty. Being a much-celebrated writer, both among his contemporaries and in subsequent centuries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was in charge of the writing of the ''New Book of Tang'', and he also wrote the ''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' independently, the only book in the Twenty-Four Histories to have been written in private by a single author. As a poet, he was a noted writer of both the ''shi'' and ''ci'' genres. But it was his prose writings like ''Zuiweng Tingji'' that won him the greatest acclaim. The poem's most well-known line is: The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape, an idiom still used in modern Chinese to describe someone with an ulterior motive. Together with Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Su Shi, Ouyang Xiu was considered to be one of the Article four all through the ages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Ouyang Xiu, there were many other representatives of this movement. For example, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Zeng Gong and Wang Anshi also made great contributions to the Classical Pross Movement. Considering their influences, they were also listed as Eight masters in Tang and Song Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterworks====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty, there appeared a large volume of masterpieces, which have a far-reaching influence on later ages. Except for the works of Han Yu, Liu Zong Yuan and Ouyang Xiu, other works like ''Shang Zhongyong'' written by Wang Anshi, ''On Jia Yi'' and ''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' by Su Shi, were also considered the representative works of this movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Influence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty is a milestone during the development of Chinese ancient prose, it has a profound influence on the later schools of literature like Tang-Song School in the Ming dynasty and Tong Cheng school in the Qing dynasty. Besides that, it also helped to lay a solid foundation of pross in China, and acted as a fine example for later scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty 唐宋八大家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Classical Pross Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou'' 《永州八记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Teachers'' 《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles. 师者，所以传道授业解惑也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''New Book of Tang'' 《新唐书》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' 《新五代史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Zuiweng Tingji'' 《醉翁亭记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape. 醉翁之意不在酒，在乎山水之间也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shang Zhongyong'' 《伤仲永》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Jia Yi'' 《贾谊论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' 《赤壁赋》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who was the first promoter of Classical Prose Movement?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What does the Classical Prose Movement mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was the term &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot; first brought up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:HATHITHUHANG2|HATHITHUHANG2]] ([[User talk:HATHITHUHANG2|talk]]) 09:02, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 08:04, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Chinese Red Envelope and Lucky money tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese and other East and Southeast Asian societies, a red envelope or a red packet (Mandarin: hóngbāo) is a monetary gift which is given during holidays or special occasions such as weddings, graduation or the birth of a baby.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
利市 /Lì shì/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
紅包 /Hóngbāo/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucianism 儒教 /Rújiào/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thought of Confucius 孔子思想 /Kǒngzǐ sīxiǎng/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Do you know the origin of giving Lunar new year lucky money to children and the elderly？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Twenty-four Solar Terms'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.1 The orgin and development of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar, with a profound history in China. Created by ancient Chinese when observing the annual movement of the sun, the twenty-four solar system is seen as a system of time knowledge and the agricultural guideline. It originated in the Yellow River valley, and is the result of people's observation, exploration and summary of astronomy, meteorology, and weather, which is an excellent cultural heritage created by the ancient Chinese people. By the late Western Zhou Dynasty, people had already measured the first four solar terms: winter solstice, summer solstice, spring equinox and autumn equinox. Afterwards, with the improvement of measurement technology and the further strengthening of people's understanding of the laws of nature, during the Warring States period, the complete twenty-four solar terms were basically formed, and during the Qin and Han dynasties, the complete twenty-four solar terms system was perfected and formed into today's complete twenty-four solar terms system.[[1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.2 The definition and classification of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar. To facilitate agricultural production, ancient Chinese people summarized a supplementary calendar that divides a year into 24 segments according to the sun’s movement on the ecliptic and seasonal changes in weather and other natural phenomena, with 24 segments proportionally distributed through 12 months. (术语)&lt;br /&gt;
A solar term that starts in the early part of a month is called jie (节), and one that starts in the meddle part of a month is called qi (气). ( Every three years there would be a month which has only a jie without a qi, or a month which has only a qi without a jie, in which case a leap month would be added to regulate it. ) The solar terms are so named that they represent the changes in season,phenology and climate. The eight solar terms that reflect seasonal changes are Beginning of Spring, Vernal Equinox, Beginning of Summer, Summer Solstice, Beginning of Autumn, Autumnal Equinox,Beginning of Winter, and Winter Solstice; the four solar terms that represent phenological changes are Waking of Insects, Fresh Green, Lesser fullness and Grain in Ear; and the 12 solar terms that indicate the changes in climate are Rain Water,Grain Rain,Lesser Heat, Greater Heat, End of Heat, White Dew, Cold Dew, First Frost, Light Snow, Heavy Snow, Lesser Cold, and Greater Cold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.3 The conventions in different solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4 Importance and values===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.1 Importance in ancient times===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 24 solar terms are a creation of traditional farming culture, and their production, development and dissemination have adapted to the economic production methods and social needs in the farming era. The 24 solar terms have played an  important role in the life and work of traditional Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the 24 solar terms are the basic time indicators of agricultural production activities in ancient times, which is also the most basic function and value of the 24 solar terms. Agricultural production is an economic activity carried out by humans according to natural rhythms and the laws of crop growth. The basic requirement of  the agricultural production is to keep track of the agricultural time, which means that &amp;quot;if the agricultural time is not violated, there will be sufficient grain supply.&amp;quot; (Mencius - Liang Huiwang). Secondly, the 24 solar terms were also regarded as important time points in the daily life of the people in ancient times. Thirdly, for the ancient ancestors, the 24 solar terms were not just a time system, but a much more colourful connotation of life, and  an important manifestation and part of their colourful lives. For example, the &amp;quot;Four Beginnings&amp;quot;(四立), that is, the Beginning of Spring, Beginning of Summer, Beginning of Autumn,  Beginning of Winter , have always been important festivals in history. At the time of these festivals, the emperors would lead their courtiers to the eastern, southern, western and northern gates of the capital to hold ceremonies to welcome the arrival of spring, summer, autumn and winter. The winter solstice, summer solstice and Qingming Festival are still important traditional festivals today, especially Tomb Sweeping Festival, which is also known as China's four traditional festivals, along with Spring Festival, Dragon Boat Festival and Mid-Autumn Festival.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.2 Values in modern society===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2016, the 24 solar terms was included in the World Intangible Cultural Heritage List and became one of the most vivid cultural symbols for strengthening the cultural confidence of the Chinese nation and enhancing the cultural cohesion of the Chinese nation. It still has its practical values in modern society.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as a time-honoured knowledge system with a long history and a customary tradition rich in colourful activities, the 24 solar terms has  profound spiritual and cultural connotations, such as respecting nature, adapting to the time of the day, venerating ancestors, filial piety and respect for the elderly, and being good neighbours and friends. Therefore, it is one of the important components of excellent Chinese traditional culture. Secondly, the 24 solar terms can accurately reflect the rhythm and rules of nature and reflect the harmonious relationship between man and nature. Lastly, the 24 solar terms are not only a time system, but also a living tradition full of rich connotations, which is an important part of people's lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Beginning of Spring	立春&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Autumn 立秋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rain Water 雨水 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
End of Heat 处暑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insects Awakening 惊蛰 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White Dew 白露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Equinox 春分 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Autumnal Equinox 秋分&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh Green 清明 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dew 寒露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain Rain 谷雨	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Frost 霜降 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Summer 立夏 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Winter 立冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Fullness	小满 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Light Snow 小雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain in Ear 芒种	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy Snow 大雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer Solstice	夏至&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Winter Solstice	冬至&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Heat 大暑&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Cold 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Heat 立春 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Cold 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References:[[User:He Changqi|He Changqi]] ([[User talk:He Changqi|talk]]) 10:11, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Collection of Yue Fu Poetry《乐府诗集》===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Brief introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' is the essence of Han, Wei, Jin and Northern and Southern Dynasties folk songs. The content is very rich, reflecting a wide range of social life. It mainly collects more than 5000 Yuefu songs from Han, Wei to Tang and Five Dynasties, as well as from pre Qin to the end of Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Yuefu&amp;quot;, originally the name of the institution in charge of music, was first set up in the reign of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, and there were also Yuefu institutions in the northern and Southern Dynasties. Its specific task is to make music score, collect lyrics and train music talents. There are two sources of lyrics: one is specially written by literati, the other is collected from Chinese folk. Later, people called the poems collected by Yuefu organs as Yuefu, or Yuefu Poems and Yuefu songs, so Yuefu changed from official name to poetic name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.About the author'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Maoqian (1041-1099) was born in Xucheng, Yunzhou, Song Dynasty. He is the grandson of Guo Quan, and the son of Guo Yuanming. Song Shenzong Yuanfeng seven years (1084), Cao joined the army in Henan Province. He wrote a hundred volumes of ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'', which was handed down from generation to generation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Content introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It divides Yuefu Poems into 12 categories, including suburban Temple songs, Yan shooting songs, drum songs, horizontal blowing songs, Xianghe songs, etc. In these different kinds of music, the songs of Jiaomiao and yanshe belong to the movements used by the imperial court, and their ideological content and artistic skills are less desirable. There are also some works with poor artistic value. But generally speaking, most of the poems it collects are excellent folk songs and poems written by scholars with old Yuefu titles. In the existing poetry collection, &amp;quot;Yuefu Poetry Collection&amp;quot; is an important book with the most complete collection of all kinds of Yuefu Poetry in the past dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterpieces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'' is the first long narrative poem in the history of Chinese literature, and it is also the peak work in the history of Yuefu Poetry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on a marriage tragedy in Lujiang County during the reign of Emperor Xian of the Eastern Han Dynasty. The poem has more than 350 sentences and 1700 words. It mainly tells the story of Jiao Zhongqing and Liu Lanzhi's forced separation and suicide. It accuses the cruelty and ruthlessness of feudal ethics and praises their sincere feelings and rebellious spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the longest narrative poem in ancient history, the story of Peacock Flying Southeast is complicated and simple, and its characters are vividly portrayed. It not only portrays the image of Jiaoliu and his wife, but also depicts the stubbornness of Jiao's mother and the arrogance of brother Liu. At the end of the article, the myth of Liu Lanzhi and Jiao Zhongqing turning into mandarin ducks after their death is conceived, and the people's strong desire for love freedom and happy life is placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''Mulan Poetry'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Mulan poetry'' is a folk song in the Northern Dynasty of China. This is a long narrative poem about a girl named Mulan. She disguised herself as a man, joined the army for her father, established meritorious service in the battlefield, and refused to be an official after returning to the imperial court. She only wanted to go home for reunion. She warmly praised the woman's brave and kind-hearted quality, her enthusiasm for defending her country and her brave and fearless spirit. &amp;quot;Mulan is a girl&amp;quot; is used to conceive the legend of Mulan, which is full of romantic color. The detailed arrangement is very ingenious. Although it is about war theme, it is mainly about the life scene and children's mood, which is full of life flavor. It describes the character's mood by means of character's question and answer, narration, parallelism, antithesis and intertextuality, which is vivid, detailed and full of vitality, It has strong artistic appeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Contributions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The important contribution of it is to collect and classify the songs of past dynasties according to their tunes, so that many works can be compiled into books. This provides great convenience for the collation and research of Yuefu Poetry. For example, some excellent Chinese folk songs of Han Dynasty, such as &amp;quot;Moshangsang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dongmenxing&amp;quot;, were collected and recorded by editors. In particular, some ancient folk songs and proverbs are scattered in various historical books and some academic works, and miscellaneous ballads and sayings are mostly ignored by the former. Yuefu Poetry Collection introduces and explains in detail the origin, nature and musical instruments used in singing of various kinds of music. So that many precious historical materials can be preserved. This is of great value to the study of literature history and music history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are narrative poems and lyric poems in Yuefu Poems, and the achievements of narrative poems are more prominent. ''The Book of Songs'' and ''The Songs of Chu'' are basically lyric poems, and sometimes narrative is interspersed in the process of lyric, but narrative is attached to lyric. The emergence of Yuefu narrative poetry marks the maturity of Chinese ancient narrative poetry, and it is all caused by sadness and happiness. When choosing narrative objects, the creative subject is good at finding poetic scenes and absorbing pictures in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Shortcomings'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some imperfections in ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' . For example, Ji Yun in the Qing Dynasty pointed out that it was not appropriate to include some literati poems in the titles of Yuefu. In addition, because of its emphasis on melody, the recorded songs are often inconsistent with the description of tunes. But on the whole, as an ancient Chinese literature, this giant has made a certain contribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Eight Major Cuisines of China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction About Chinese Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang and Zhou dynasties, China's food culture began to take shape. At that time, Tai Gongwang was the most representative. In the Spring and Autumn Period and Warring States Period under the reign of Duke Huan of Qi, the flavors of North and South dishes showed differences. In the Tang and Song Dynasties, the southern cuisine and the northern cuisine formed their own systems. In the Southern Song Dynasty, sweet in south and salty in north was formed. At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, Shandong Cuisine, Sichuan Cuisine, Cantonese Cuisine, and Su Cuisine became the most influential local dishes at that time, and they were called the &amp;quot;four major cuisines.&amp;quot; By the end of the Qing Dynasty, four new local cuisines, Zhejiang Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine, Hunan Cuisine, and Anhui Cuisine, were differentiated and formed, which together constituted the &amp;quot;eight major cuisines&amp;quot; of traditional Chinese cuisine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Cuisines====&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
China covers a large territory and has many nationalities, hence a variety of Chinese food with different but fantastic and mouthwatering flavor. Since China's local dishes have their own typical characteristics, generally, Chinese food can be roughly divided into eight regional cuisines, which has been widely accepted around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1Shandong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Jinan Cuisine and Jiaodong Cuisine, Shandong Cuisine, clear, pure and not greasy, is characterized by its emphasis on aroma, freshness, crispness and tenderness. Shallot and garlic are usually used as seasonings so Shangdong dishes tastes pungent usually. Soups are given much emphasis in Shangdong dishes. Thin soup features clear and fresh while creamy soup looks thick and tastes strong. Jinan Cuisine is adept at deep-frying, grilling, frying and stir-frying while Jiaodong division is famous for cooking seafood with fresh and light taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2Sichuan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Cuisine, known often in the West as Szechuan Cuisine, is one &lt;br /&gt;
of the most famous Chinese cuisines in the world. Characterized by its spicy and pungent flavor, Sichuan Cuisine, prolific of tastes, emphasizes on the use of chili. Pepper and prickly ash also never fail to accompany, producing typical exciting tastes. Besides, garlic, ginger and fermented soybean are also used in the cooking process. Wild vegetables and animals are usually chosen as ingredients, while frying, frying without oil, pickling and braising are applied as basic cooking techniques. The major Sichuan dishes include Kung Pao Chicken and Bean Sauce Tofu.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3Guangdong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Tasting clear, light, crisp and fresh, Guangdong Cuisine, familiar to Westerners, usually chooses raptors and beasts to produce originative     dishes. Its basic cooking techniques include roasting, stir-frying, sauteing, deep-frying, braising, stewing and steaming. Among them steaming and stir-frying are more commonly applied to preserve the natural flavor. Cantonese are known to have an adventurous palate, able to eat many different kinds of meats and vegetables. Many vegetables originate from other parts of the world. It doesn't use much spice, bringing out the natural flavor of the vegetables and meats. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4Fujian Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Fuzhou Cuisine, Quanzhou Cuisine and Xiamen Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine is distinguished for its choice of seafood, beautiful color and magic taste of sweet, sour, salty and savory. The most distinct features are their &amp;quot;pickled taste&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5Jiangsu Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Jiangsu Cuisine, also called Huaiyang Cuisine, is popular in the lower reach of the Yangtze River. Aquatics as the main ingredients, it stresses the freshness of materials. Its carving techniques are delicate, of which the melon carving technique is especially well known. Cooking techniques consist of stewing, braising, roasting, simmering, etc. The flavor of Huaiyang Cuisine is light, fresh and sweet and with delicate elegance. Jiangsu Cuisine is well known for its careful selection of ingredients, its meticulous preparation methodology, and its not-too-spicy, not-too-bland taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.6Zhejiang Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Comprising local cuisines of Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing, Zhejiang Cuisine, not greasy, wins its reputation for freshness, tenderness, softness, smoothness of its dishes with mellow fragrance. Hangzhou Cuisine is the most famous one among the three. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.7Hunan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi Coteau. It characterizes itself by thick and pungent flavor. Chili, pepper and shallot are usually necessaries in this division.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.8Anhui Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Anhui Cuisine focuses much more attention on the temperature in cooking. Its major cooking method are braising and stewing. Often hams and sugar will be added to improve taste and flavour of the dishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.A Comparison of Chinese-Western Diet Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and western cultures have always been two major factions in the world culture, and diet plays a very important role in the two cultures. The differences in cultures create the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures. There are many differences between Chinese and Western food under the two different cultural backgrounds.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the western diet is mainly based on flour, with abundant raw materials, and its cooking method is simpler than that in China, but it also pays great attention to taste. Besides, western diet takes nutrition as the highest criterion, with special emphasis on the nutritional components of food. For example, whether the contents of protein, fat, carbohydrate, vitamins and various inorganic elements are properly matched, whether the heat supply is just right, whether these nutritional components can be fully absorbed by eaters and whether there are other side effects. However, Chinese cuisine pays more attention to the color, aroma and taste of dishes. The purpose of Chinese people's diet is not only to satisfy their hunger, but also to satisfy their desire for delicious food, which brings pleasure to their body and mind. Compared with Chinese diet which pays attention to taste, western diet is a rational diet. Furthermore, westerners prefer cold dishes while Chinese like hot food. For Chinese, one should eat the food while it is still hot. What’s more, westerners believe that dishes are hunger-filled, so they specialize in &amp;quot;hard dishes&amp;quot; such as large pieces of meat and whole chickens; while Chinese mainly eat lots of vegetables and little meat. There are also differences in names of dishes. Many Chinese dishes often contain a lot of historical and cultural information. For example, Dongpo meat(Braised Dongpo Pork) is said to be cooked according to recipes handed down by Su Dongpo, a literary giant in Song Dynasty. Some dishes are also related to allusions and legends, for example, Fotiaoqiang(Buddha jumps over the wall) is a legend. In contrast, the names of western food are much simpler. For example, fried chicken legs, hamburgers and seafood soup are almost all named after the raw materials and cooking methods.&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
1. 毕继万. 跨文化非语言交际. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M], 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 蔡华. 试论中西饮食文化的差异. 邵阳学院学报[J]，2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杜学增. 中英文化习俗比较. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M],1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
pot-stewed fowl 卤味&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
stewing and simmering炖，煨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
prickly ash 花椒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fermented soybean豆鼓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Braised Dongpo Pork东坡肉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha Jumps over the Wall 佛跳墙&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kung Pao Chicken 宫保鸡丁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bean Sauce Tofu麻婆豆腐&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
How many types of cuisines are there in china?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s differences between Chinese and western diets?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the origin of Dongpo Meat?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eight major cuisines of China ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Paper Cutting 剪纸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Chinese Medical Sage- Zhang Zhongjing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing ( original name Zhang Ji, 150 to 154 A.D.- about 215 to 219 A.D., courtesy name Zhongjing), was born in Nieyang County in Nanyang of the Eastern Han Dynasty ( located in today's Zhangzhai Village, Rangdong Town, Dengzhou City, Henan Province). He was a famous medical scientist in the late Eastern Han Dynasty and one of the most outstanding medical scientists in Chinese history, who is respected as the Chinese Medical Sage. In his childhood, Zhang Zhongjing admired Bian Que, a preeminent Chinese mediciner, and yearned for medical learning. And he once studied after Zhang Bozu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing hated officialdom and sympathized with common people. He traveled all over the country for his medical practice, carefully studied the symptoms of typhoid fever, and read widely. After decades of collection and study, he wrote the magnificent book Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which established the treatment based on syndrome differentiation of six classics, and became a necessary classic for the study of Chinese medicine in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This extraordinary man in Chinese history, our immortal medical sage, was once the Changsha magistrate. As the master of superb medical skills and a man of tender heart, he treated patients for free on the first and fifteenth days of every lunar month. At that time, yamen's gate would be crowded with a large throng of people of all ages and both sexes. Some of them carried pieces of luggage, having come a long way to be there. All the people waited for him in eagerness. Then, Zhang Zhongjing would open the gate of office and let sick people in, instead of dealing with government affairs, carefully diagnosing and treating the masses one by one. Though confronted with such a heavy workload, Mr. Zhang treated every patient carefully based on syndrome differentiation. He diagnosed them with looking, listening, questioning and feeling the pulse— four ways of diagnosis, as well as saw through the patients' appearance to perceive the root cause of their illness. As making diagnoses so full-heartedly, Mr. Zhang even skipped meals sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, people called the doctor who sat in the drugstore to treat patients &amp;quot;the doctor sitting in the hall&amp;quot;, in memory of Zhang Zhongjing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When talking about Zhang Zhongjing, We have to mention his masterpiece Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which is an undoubted groundbreaking and peak work of traditional Chinese medicine. For years of wars and chaos in the late Eastern Han Dynasty, it turned out that various kinds of plagues were prevailing in China. And lots of people were homeless and suffered from epidemic diseases. Thus, Zhang Zhongjing's motive of writing this book was to lifting common and poor Chinese people from the misery of diseases. After years of arduous hardwork, this enduring work was finally finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Chinese saying that goes, &amp;quot; Eating dumplings in Chinese New Year, Great Cold, and Slight Cold ( latter two belongs to 24 solar terms).&amp;quot; But now, except these days and the New Year's Day, many diners also feast in the air-conditioned dumpling parlors in summer. So, how did dumplings, as one of people's favorite, come into being? Speaking of this delicacy, well-respected Zhang Zhongjing has made great contributions to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a snowstorm was raging, Zhang Zhongjing, a former governor of Changsha, who had resigned from office, was returning to his native town. By the White River, he saw lots of homeless people in rags, with sick looks and frozen ears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back home, Mr.Zhang was still concerned about those poor people. So he developed a recipe to help them ward off cold, called &amp;quot; Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot;. Then, just on the Winter Solstice, he asked his disciples to set up a shed and a big pot under it in Dongguan, Nanyang, and give each poor person a bowl of soup with two Jiaoers. After drinking this soup, people felt warm and their ears were cured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing passed away on the day of the Winter Solstice, and he distributed the &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; for everyone on the Winter Solstice as well. In order to commemorate him, everyone would make dumplings on the Winter Solstice Festival. And it was said that if one ate dumplings on the day of the Winter Solstice, his ears would not be frozen in winter. &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is rarely eaten now, but the custom of eating dumplings on the Winter Solstice every year has been passed down. Besides, the kinds and shapes of dumplings have been greatly improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the way of making &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is to boil mutton and some cold dispelling herbs in a pot. After cooked, fish and chop them up, then wrap the stuffing in dough wrappers, with their shapes resembling human ears. Later, put them into the pot, and boil them in the original soup. Because of its ear- shaped contour and effect on preventing the ear from freezing, Zhongjing named it &amp;quot;Jiao Er&amp;quot;. ( Er means eears in Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a Nanyang folk songs about Jiaoer, saying &amp;quot; not eating Jiaoers in the Winter Solstice, geting frozen ears in the winter cold.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At first, Zhang Zhongjing, a little boy of 9 or 10 years old, was measuring traditional Chinese medicine, trying to imitate his medical master. At this stage, medicine inspired in him a delightful sensation of wonder, which would shape his lifelong dream of becoming a great doctor like Bian Que and helping the sick. Then, Zhang turned into an adult man, appearing to be in his middle age. He stuck to treating sick people at the gate of the Yamen on the first and fifth days in the lunar calendar. Finally, Mr. Zhang's goatee turned grey and wrinkles crawled on his kind face. However, he still wrote the Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, cured patients and dealt with his favorite— traditional Chinese medicine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
medical sage 医圣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases《伤寒杂病论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
treatment based on syndrome differentiation/ diagnosis and treatment based on an overall analysis of the illness and the patient's condition 辩证施治&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yamen 衙门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great Cold ( 24th solar term ) 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slight Cold ( 23rd solar term ) 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
look, listen, question and feel the pulse -- four ways of diagnosis 望闻问切&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup 祛寒娇耳汤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the honorable title Zhang Zhongjing addressed as?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What's the official role Zhang once taken?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When would Zhang treat patients for free at yamen?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What's the most well-known and important masterpiece Zhang ever write? What's his motive of writing it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What's the relationship between Zhang Zhongjing and dumplings?--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 13:53, 2 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Red Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese red culture is unique in the world. As a very important cultural resource, it has both tangible culture and intangible culture. Red culture in China refers to the advance culture with Chinese characteristics created by party and people in revolutionary years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has brilliant history and splendid civilization in ancient times. However, with the Opium War of 1840, China was plunged into the darkness of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression. Despite of all efforts that countless dedicated patriots had made, they still failed to change the plight. The October Revolution in Russia brought Marxism-Leninism. With Communism as the the highest ideal and ultimate goal, the Communist Party of China shouldered the historic mission of national rejuvenation. With the firm leadership of the party, Chinese people embraced national independence, people's liberation, national reunification and social stability, and stepped into a new era of prosperity and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture is condensed by the Communist Party of China in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. It is an advanced Marxism culture that was inherited and developed in the new period of socialist construction. It's a collectivism culture of bravery, sacrifice and devotion that seeks happiness for the Chinese people and rejuvenation for the Chinese nation.Red culture is embodied in the aspects of ideal belief, value pursuit and spiritual outlook, and is integrated into material remains, mechanism behaviors and cultural and artistic forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, red culture is a revolutionary culture, which was formed by the Chinese Communist Party in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. After the founding of People's Republic of China, the Communist Party of China led the Chinese people to inherit and carry forward the revolutionary culture. In the new period of socialist construction and reform and opening up, a vigorous and advanced socialist culture was formed, which enriched and developed the connotation of red culture. Revolutionary culture and advanced socialist culture are two major components of red culture, and are the core value and spiritual subject of contemporary Chinese culture. As for Chinese red culture, Among them, Marxism is the soul, the common ideal of socialism with Chinese characteristics is the theme, the national spirit and the spirit of the times are the essence, and the socialist concept of honor and disgrace is the foundation. These four aspects influence, infiltrate and interact with each other, revealing the essential characteristics of red culture scientifically and completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Symbols'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “red” in “red culture” has many symbols. Chinese people have “red” complex since ancient time. Red represents authority. For, example, official documents are also called red heading documents. Red represents courage. Red is the color of Chinese national flag. Chinese military strategists and generals have a deep understanding of the role of red in war, so they use red flags to unite their morale, inspire their fighting and their courage, and summon the spirit of going forward bravely and not fearing sacrifice. Red represents honor and auspiciousness. For instance, the places are always adorned with red for conference and ceremony. People are awarded with red flower and red certificates. Red represents revolution. When Marx was asked about &amp;quot;favorite color&amp;quot; in his early years, he clearly answered &amp;quot;red&amp;quot;. In 1864, First International was founded, and its logo was red. The first army of Communist Party of China was named Red Army, and Ruijin, the first revolutionary base area, was called Red Capital. There were also red boats in South Lake and red flags in Jinggangshan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture has many values. Red culture has the value of history. It witnesses the early development history of the Communist Party of China. It shows the inevitability of the socialist road in China. And it is an important weapon to guide the success of Chinese revolution. Besides, red culture has the value of civilization. Carrying forward the red culture is an urgent need to cultivate a new national spirit. Red culture is important for the construction of socialism culture and ideology. Moreover, red culture has the value of economy. Red culture is a powerful driving force for the development of socialist market economy. It is an important medium of economic development under the new historical conditions. The red cultural industry has become a new economic growth point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Red Culture in Nanchang'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchang is the capital city of Jiangxi Province and it is where August 1st uprising took place. Nanchang is renowned as the cradle of Chinese revolution and the place where the military flag rose. Because in August 1st uprising, communist party of china formed its first army in Nanchang. There are lots of red culture resources in Nanchang. &lt;br /&gt;
Bayi Square is at the center of Nanchang city. It was built to memorize August 1st uprising. Bayi Square highlights the theme of &amp;quot;Bayi History and Culture&amp;quot; in all directions. The memorial area, cultural area, reminiscence area and leisure area of Bayi Square show Bayi Uprising in different forms. The landmark in the square is Bayi Nanchang Uprising Memorial Tower. Besides, Nangchang August 1st Memorial Hall is a special memorial hall established to commemorate Nanchang Uprising.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red culture 红色文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opium War 鸦片战争&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red heading documents 红头文件&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red army 红军&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
August 1st uprising 八一起义&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the historical background of the birth of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What are two major components of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many symbols dose the word &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; in red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many values dose red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What is the landmark in Bayi Square?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ancient Tea Horse Road===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Tea Horse Road is a folk international trade route that exists in southwest China and is a corridor for ethnic economic and cultural exchanges with horses as the main means of transportation. The ancient tea horse road is divided into two routes: the Sichuan-Tibet line and the Yunnan-Tibet line. The ancient tea horse road originated from the ancient southwest frontier of the tea horse mutual market, flourished in the Tang and Song dynasties, in the Ming and Qing dynasties, and most prosperous in the middle and late World War II. The ancient Tea Horse Road divided into Shanxi-Gan, Shanxi-Kangtang (folk called wade ancient road, Sichuan-Tibet line is part of it), Yunnan-Tibet and other three main routes, connecting Sichuan, Yunnan-Tibet, extending into the territory of Bhutan, Sikkim, Nepal, India, until reaching West Asia, West Africa, the Red Sea coast. 5 March 2013, the Tea Horse Road was listed by the State Council as the seventh batch of national key cultural relics conservation units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Routes====&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient tea horse road  is divided into:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Shanxi-Gansu tea horse road is the main route for tea to travel westward in mainland China and exchange for horses. It is one of the main routes of the ancient Silk Road.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanxi and Tibet tea horse road (wade ancient road), began in the Han Dynasty, formed by the Shanxi merchants and the ancient southwest border tea and horse each other. Due to the Ming and Qing dynasties, the government control of tea trafficking, tea trafficking sub-regional, including the most prosperous tea horse trading market in Kangding, known as the wade ancient road.&lt;br /&gt;
3. the ancient Yunnan-Tibet Tea Horse Road. Formed around the late sixth century AD, it is south of Yunnan's main tea producing areas in Xishuangbanna Yiwu, Pu'er City, intermediate through today's Dali Bai Autonomous Prefecture and Lijiang City, Shangri-La into Tibet, directly to Lhasa. Some also re-exported from Tibet to India and Nepal, is an important trade channel between ancient China and South Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Sichuan-Tibet Tea Horse Road is a part of the Shan-Kang-Tibet Tea Horse Road, east of Yazhou edge tea production Ya'an, after playing arrow furnace (now Kangding), west to Lhasa, Tibet, and finally through to Bhutan, Nepal and India, a total length of nearly four thousand kilometers, is an essential bridge and link between ancient Tibet and the interior.&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main routes of the ancient tea-horse road: the Qinghai-Tibet line (the ancient Tang and Tibetan road), the Yunnan-Tibet line and the Sichuan-Tibet line. Among the three ancient tea-horse roads, the Qinghai-Tibet line was established in the Tang Dynasty and developed earlier, while the Sichuan-Tibet line was the most influential and well-known later. These three routes are closely related to Chengdu, among them, the Yunnan-Tibet route and the Sichuan-Tibet route must pass through Chengdu, and their development is closely related to the tea-horse trade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Value====&lt;br /&gt;
The Silk Road in the north and the ancient Tea Horse Road in the south. The ancient Tea Horse Road, a passage that once played an important role in the birth and development of the Chinese nation just like the Silk Road, has been gradually buried in the dust of history with the washing away of modern civilization. However, its history and value will always shine brightly.&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Golden Road of Tourism&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road tour has unique scenery, profound cultural connotation, exclusive resources and is unparalleled in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ancient Roads for the Propagation of Civilization&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient Tea Horse Road was not only an important migration corridor for the ancient ancestors between Wei-Tibet and present Sichuan and Yunnan, but also an important aperture for the spread and exchange of ancient civilizations between present Sichuan, Yunnan and Tibet.&lt;br /&gt;
3.Migration Corridor of National Cultures&lt;br /&gt;
On this ancient road, which stretches for more than 10,000 miles, Chinese, Tibetan, Yi, Naxi, Lisu, Hani, Kino, Qiang, Pumi, Bai, Nu, Jingpo, Achang and other ethnic groups have flourished here for thousands of years, highlighting the diversity and original form of ethnic culture in southwest China.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Religious Propagation Road&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the tea-horse trade and the extension of the ancient tea-horse route, Tibetan Buddhism spread widely along this route on the Tibetan Plateau and surrounding areas. The development and spread of Tibetan stupas can be roughly divided into two routes: one is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia - the other is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia. -Liaoning--Jilin--Heilongjiang--Beijing--Hebei --Henan--Jiangsu; second, Tibet--Yunnan--Sichuan. --Guangxi--Hubei.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Path of National Spirituality&lt;br /&gt;
You can't talk about the ancient tea-horse road without mentioning the horse gangs. The horse gangs have formed a unique cultural carrier in the course of thousands of years. Their spirit is attached to this ancient road, and become part of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
6.The Road of National Unity and Integration&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road is like a huge net in southwest China, through which people of all nationalities strengthen their ties and communication, promote political, economic and cultural interaction, development and integration among all nationalities, and enhance the emotional ties between them.&lt;br /&gt;
7.The Road of Securing the Borders&lt;br /&gt;
The expansion of the ancient tea-horse road and the flourishing of the tea-horse trade contributed to the stability and consolidation of China's southwest frontier.&lt;br /&gt;
8.the road to economic development&lt;br /&gt;
The Thousand-Year Tea Horse Trail contributed to the formation of many towns in the region through the tea and horse trade, which greatly contributed to the economic development of the region.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 03:42, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Ancient Tea Horse Road(茶马古道)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan-Tibet Line（川藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yunnan-Tibet line（滇藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.wade ancient road（蹚古道）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is  the ancient tea horse road ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What do you know about the history of the ancient tea horse road?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many main routes  does the ancient tea-horse road conclude?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the historical value?&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 04:15, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four satirical novels in ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of the bourgeois reformists and democratic revolutionaries strongly advocated, the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty got unprecedented development, and a large number of influential novels emerged, forming a prosperous situation of the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty.The emergence of the &amp;quot;Four Major denunciation novels&amp;quot; in the late Qing Dynasty is an important sign that The creation of Chinese novels has entered another prosperous period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Four satirical novels in ancient China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Nie Hai Hua'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. the Travels of an Old Man'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Records of Officialdom Exposure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. 20 years witness strange present situation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Conclution'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
Shadow Puppets(皮影戏)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Confucian Culture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction ====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school is an academic school founded by Confucius, developed by Mencius, and composed by Xunzi. Today, it still retains a certain vitality. Confucian school takes Confucianism as its guiding ideology whose central ideas are forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage, benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith. &lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school was on an equal footing with the other hundred schools in the pre-Qin period. After the First Emperor of Qin, also called Qin Shihuang, burned books and buried scholars alive, the development of the Confucian school suffered a serious defeat. Then, in order to maintain the feudal autocratic rule, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty followed Dong Zhongshu's advice of &amp;quot;banishing other schools of thought and worshiping Confucianism only&amp;quot; and imposed restrictions on thought, which led to the revival of Confucian school. The concepts of &amp;quot;Confucian school&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Confucianism&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Confucian Religion&amp;quot; should be distinguished since Confucian school is a school of theory, Confucianism a social stratification, and Confucian religion a belief. &lt;br /&gt;
Laozi founded Chinese Taoist school; Confucius started Chinese Confucian school; Sun Tzu initiated Chinese military strategist school; Mozi was the founder of Mohism in the early Warring States. Confucianism contributes to guiding the code of conduct and constructing social order; Daoism focuses on fostering the view of nature and the orientation of spiritual development; Legalism serves the system construction of national political management.; the concepts of Universal Love and utilitarianism are two cornerstones for the Mohism. The General Unity idea of Confucianism has played an important role in the unification of a nation, the enhancement of national cohesion and the integration of cultural values. After more than two thousand years of development and evolution, Confucian culture has built up a complete ideological system, involving politics, education, morality, ethics, code of conduct, life skills and other aspects. It has cultivated the wisdom and soul of the Chinese people throughout the history, and formed deep-rooted set patterns of thinking, psychology and survival. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analysis of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Intelligence development =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is a great educator, as well as a pioneer and practitioner of mass education. After Confucianism was established as a dominant culture, both the rulers and the public respected the teachings of the sage and attached great importance to education. In this context, a basic requirement is to stay highly cultured and steeped in propriety. After the Emperor Wen initiated the imperial examination system in the Sui Dynasty, those who are good scholars could make an official, which inspired students of poor families to change their lives by studying hard and diligent. For generations, the Chinese people have attached great importance to the education of their children, which is conducive to the improvement of the thinking ability of the whole nation. &lt;br /&gt;
However, the corrupt of bureaucracy and the darkness of officialdom in metaphase and anaphase made many literati feel despairing about official career and discredit about the concept. In addition, the Four Books and Five Classics were the main learning content of Confucianism. Apart from government-run schools, private schools and self-study can hardly meet the requirements of the Six Classical Arts. Therefore, the Four Books and Five Classics were the focus of students, while the Six Classical Arts were not highly valued. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Spiritual guidance =====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of spirit, Confucianism contends that &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&amp;quot; Benevolent people love each other, which reflects the essence of “Unity of Man and Nature” and also the most brilliant connotation of Confucianism. This philosophy calls for people’s active contributions to the society. It is still alive in modern times, and is the fundamental requirement of people's spiritual orientation in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Order construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of barbarism and backwardness, a common feature was that a small number of people used power and force to suppress and enslave the majority, thus resulting in labor division and unfair distribution of wealth and generating corresponding social hierarchy and concepts. Given the fact that Confucianism developed in the transitional period of feudal society, the thoughts of Confucius and Mencius were rooted in the idealist view of destiny and did not break the shackles of social hierarchy. In addition, they even advocated the distinguish between the noble and the humble and highlighted the importance of hierarchy division. In this context, the benevolence they advocated had great limitations in political management. The public could not be treated equally in terms of political status. Instead, the so-called benevolence calls for improvement of the living conditions of the public and more benefits from the ruling class. However, its purpose was to maintain social order and reconcile social contradictions. This is also the root cause of feudal rulers’ favoring of Confucianism. In essence, Confucianism did not promote social equality, instead, it worked to maintain the unequal feudal hierarchy that aggravated servitude. In fact, after a long history of feudal rule, the sense of hierarchy would be part of the national psyche. With the progress of times and civilization, the view of destiny and the thought of social order have become psychological shackles of the Chinese people. &lt;br /&gt;
After eliminating the ideology of feudal hierarchy and formalism, some philosophies of Confucianism still generate positive effects on modern society. Specifically, the spirit of benevolence and universal love is conducive to cultivate people’s spirits; the concept of “the country belongs to the public” reflects a sense of social responsibility to make contributions for society, which can be expanded into a sharing social and political philosophy for different countries. Filial piety and brotherhood increase the harmony and stability of family; Loyalty, faithfulness, propriety and forgiveness are conducive to the relationship between different countries, societies and people. &amp;quot;Loyalty&amp;quot; means that people should stay loyal to the country and people; &amp;quot;Friendliness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;forgiveness&amp;quot; play an important role in resolving various contradictions and animosities; when it comes to &amp;quot;filial piety&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;propriety&amp;quot;, many redundant forms inherited from feudal society should be eradicated and be more practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The contemporary value of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Confucian culture is still of great significance. We must explore the value of Confucian culture on the basis of the excellent tradition of the Chinese nation and by combining the characteristics of the times with and the actual situation. The Confucian culture has affected Chinese more than two thousand years and gone deep into each aspect of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideological and political education =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture calls for “the people-oriented” philosophy, and it places a high priority on human value and dignity. Over the years, the Chinese nation has been influenced by this excellent philosophy. On this occasion, its behavioral pattern and psychological structure are endowed with uniqueness, which is mainly manifested in two aspects. One is to respect yourself, learn how to love and care yourself. Moreover, gain dignity and achieve the development of human value through the continuous improvement of moral cultivation. Second, respect others and show respect for others' personality by respecting, understanding and caring for others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Modern economic construction=====&lt;br /&gt;
Under today’s circumstance, some ideological contents are still alive and produce  positive effects on promoting the economic construction of modernization and fostering modern patriotism emotion of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Confucian culture emphasizes the thought of &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; and group consciousness. It is conducive to the cultivation of collectivism and provides a spiritual pillar for China's modern economy. Since Confucian culture reflects a collectivist view on life, individuals are full of sense of duty and responsibility towards others and groups. In this context, their self-cultivation targets at regulating the family, country and the world. Thus, the value of individual is closely linked with the rise and fall of the country, so they have a strong sense of responsibility. &amp;quot;Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&amp;quot; has been a common belief for thousands of years. Such a social responsibility will give rise to a huge driving force for the development of the country and society.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the consciousness of &amp;quot;self-improvement&amp;quot; and the proposition of &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in the Confucian culture strengthen the national spirit and provide a source power for China’s economic modernization. Yi Zhuan put forward: &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection.’’ It means that continuous development is the law of nature and that a gentleman should pursue progress and be strong, unyielding resilient and positive. For thousands of years, the Chinese nation has formed a fine tradition of working hard and striving for strength under the influence of these thoughts. Today, we carry forward the spirits of “self-improvement” and &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in ways that further enhance national spirits and provide a strong driving force for the socialist modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the &amp;quot;reform and innovation&amp;quot; concept in Confucian culture is conducive to the expansion of the reform and opening up and the acceleration of China's socialist modernization. On the basis of admitting the fact that the continuous development is the universal law of nature, Confucian culture puts forward the &amp;quot;innovation idea&amp;quot;. The Book of Rites said, &amp;quot;If you can in one day renovate yourself; do so from day to day and let there be daily renovation.&amp;quot; The Book of Changes said, &amp;quot;Reform refers to destroy the old, while innovation means to establish the new.” The concept is not only serves as the theoretical basis for reform and innovation throughout the history, but also provides valuable lessons for the reform in socialist economic and political systems today. Domestically, promoting the innovative spirits can greatly enhance the reform consciousness of the Chinese people. Externally, it is conducive to advancing the opening up by leveraging the global influence of Confucian culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Legal construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture places a high priority on personal cultivation, while a highly civilized society under the rule of law must be composed of highly educated citizens. Confucian school, a school with thousands of years of history in China, has become an integral part of the Chinese culture. Nowadays, since China has called for the policy of combining the rule of virtue with the rule of law, it is the time for Confucian culture to find its historical position and fully play its role. Exploring the influence of Confucian culture on the construction of contemporary Chinese rule by law, not only can we help us more deeply understand the traditional culture, but also can promote the process of building the rule of law in contemporary China. &lt;br /&gt;
The rule by virtue thought is an important part of Confucian culture and it emphasizes the importance of moral education. It is a national strategy pursued by ancient Chinese rulers and a method of national governance embodying reference significance in today’s China. In terms of national governance, Confucianism emphasizes the importance of morality, believing that national governance should not mainly rely on harsh punishment, instead, moral education should be applied to reform people. Confucius said, &amp;quot;By governing with virtue, rulers will be loved by the public, just like stars surround the North Star.&amp;quot; By comparing rulers to the North Star and people to the stars, Confucius emphasized the importance of moral governance. &lt;br /&gt;
How to rule by virtue? First of all, rulers should pay attention to their personal cultivation and develop good moral characters, so that they can set a good example for the public. Only when officials and common people obey the ruler sincerely, can a good social atmosphere be formed. Secondly, since Confucianism takes &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; as its core and calls for the rule of virtue, many people subconsciously believe that Confucianism denies the role of criminal law and that Confucian culture does not call for the rule of law. In fact, this is not the case. While Confucianism advocates the rule of virtue, it also emphasizes the supplementary role of rule of law. Confucius said, &amp;quot;Sages believe that national governance must combine the rule of virtue and law.&amp;quot; That is to say, if people are governed by systems and laws, they seek for impunity but lack of conscience; however, if they are guided by morality and etiquette, they will have a sense of right and wrong and will impose strict requirements on themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, we should clearly realize that, although Confucian culture is an excellent traditional culture in China, it was generated from the feudal society and its original intention was to maintain the feudal autocratic monarchy. Therefore, it inevitably has some drawbacks and limitations. Under this circumstance, we must analyse Confucian culture dialectically and explore the value of Confucian culture. At the same time, we should discard the bad habits and unfavorable factors left by it, so as to better carry forward our traditional culture and accelerate the construction of the rule of law in contemporary China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Confucius institute ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the improvement of China's international status and the increasingly extensive international exchanges, Chinese culture has won wider foreign attention and the world is more eager to learn and understand the Chinese culture. The Confucius Institute project, founded in 2004, emerges in response to the call of the times. Today, Confucius Institutes have spread throughout Asia, Africa, The Americas, Europe and Oceania. Fundamentally speaking, its is conducive to the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture since language is an important carrier of Chinese culture. It is of positive significance to the construction of China's national image, the promotion of China's international influence, the realization of wider international communication.&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of Confucius Institutes has fully demonstrated the needs and aspirations of people around the world to learn Chinese and learn more about China, but there are still some problems in this process. Today, countries are committed to spreading their own language and culture, so there is a fierce competition in international cultural promotion. In addition, the Confucius Institutes is struggling to achieve sustainable development. Internally, its development has been restricted by many factors, including the shortage of teachers and textbooks, the low quality and the lack of pertinence. At present, Confucius Institutes are prevalent all over the world, but the promotion strategy seeking for quantity and speed results in a serious shortage of teachers capable of teaching Chinese as a foreign language. According to statistics, there is a global shortage of at least five million TCSL teachers. Secondly, the lack of high-quality and localized teaching materials for Chinese has also become a bottleneck for the development of Confucius Institutes. The shortage of Chinese textbooks affects the depth of cultural communication of Confucius Institutes directly. Thirdly, Confucius Institutes are not capable of spreading the ideological depth of the Chinese culture. Although the textbooks are rich in content, they mainly focus on promoting folk culture by introducing Chinese food, tea and wine, traditional Chinese medicine and martial arts. Meanwhile, they rarely involve the ideological essence of traditional Chinese culture and the modern value of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The Confucius Institutes should fully explore the modern significance of Confucianism and cast the quintessence of Chinese culture, and strengthen the spread of the core idea of Chinese culture and its modern cultural value. The connotation of Chinese culture is very rich. What Confucius Institutes should spread is not all the contents of Chinese culture, but the contents with universal value that are different from other countries and represent the essence of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and expressions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒家Confucian school&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒学Confucianism&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒教Confucian religion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
兼爱 Universal love&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
恕、忠、孝、悌、勇forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仁、义、礼、智、信benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学而优则仕 A good scholar will make an official&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四书五经  the Four Books and Five Classics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天行健，君子当自强不息；地势坤，君子以厚德载物。As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下兴亡，匹夫有责 Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the central ideas of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the difference among Confucian school, Confucianism and Confucian religion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the relationship between Confucian school, Taoist school, Mohist school, Legalist school?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the Six Classical Arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you think of the ancient influence of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you think Confucian culture still has its contemporary values in China? And why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the current situation of the development of the Confucian institute?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ch'ien Chung-shu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ch'ien Chung-shu (1910-1998),a well-known scholar,writer,translator and literary researcher,was born into an education family in Wuxi,Jiangsu Province.In Chinese academic circles,Qian was ranked with Rao Zongyi,a master in academic circles,and both were called &amp;quot;South Rao and North Qian&amp;quot;.He was admitted to Tsinghua University in 1929 and got to know Yang Jiang in 1932.Qian became famous soon after the enrolment,not only for the 15 mark of his math exam,but for his excellent Chinese and English,among which he got a full mark in the English exam.Qian had an engagement with Yang the year after their acquaintance and went to study at Oxford University in England along with her.In 1937,he obtained the bachelor's degree from Oxford,and his daughter Qian Yuan was born the same year.He wrote a great many profound literary works in his lifetime.When it comes to Ch'ien Chung-shu,people would think of his representative work ''Fortress Besieged'',which was published in 1947.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a realistic satirical novel,''Fortress Besieged'' is known as &amp;quot;The New Scholars&amp;quot; in the 1940s.The novel is centralized on Fang Hongjian,who returned from studying abroad at the beginning of the War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression.It depicts the struggles in love,marriage,career and life of a group of intellectuals who were far away from the times and the people during the War of Resistance against Japanese Agression.It reveals their inner poverty,emptiness and lowliness,criticizes the dark reality of the Kuomintang-controlled areas,and reveals the crisis of modern civilization and the difficulties of modern life.In the preface of the book,Qian said that,&amp;quot;In this book I intended to write about a certain segment of society and a certain kind of people in modern China.In writing about these people,I didn’t forget they are human beings,still human beings with the basic nature of hairless,two-legged animals.&amp;quot;The novel is like an X-ray mirror that reveals the deformed characters and ugly souls of those &amp;quot;hairless and two-legged animals&amp;quot; and analyzes the cultural matrix which is responsible for the deformed characters and ugly souls of these &amp;quot;latest style&amp;quot; literati.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:19, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===相声 Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The History of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross talk, in the ancient time was known as onomatopoeia, originally refers to imitate other's voices, also known as neighboring cross talk. It was evolved and further developed from the folk music in North China, and integrated with imitating oral skills and other folk art forms. It is generally believed to be formed during the Emperor Xianfeng （1850—1861）and Emperor Tongzhi（1861—1874）period in Qing dynasty. It’s a folk vocal art that uses jokes or funny questioning and answering to make the audience laugh. In the early years of the Republic of China, cross talk gradually developed from one-person ventriloquism to stand-up one person talk, and the name changed to cross talk. Later, it gradually developed into stand-up cross talk, dual cross talk, and group cross talk. And become a veritable form of art. After years of development, dual cross talk has finally become the most popular form of cross talk among audiences.--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 06:33, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Famous Artists of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Go 围棋--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
The four most handsome men in ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Grottoes of China--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 08:23, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Civil Service Examination System'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Luo Weijia|Luo Weijia]] ([[User talk:Luo Weijia|talk]]) 08:27, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Forbidden City'''--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 08:30, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City (Chinese: 紫禁城; pinyin: Zǐjìnchéng) is a palace complex in Dongcheng District, Beijing, China, and with a total area of 720,000 square meters (180 acres). It lies in the center of Beijing's central axis. Today, the Forbidden City houses the Palace Museum, and was the former Chinese imperial palace and residence of the Emperor of China from the Ming dynasty (since the Yong Le Emperor) to the end of the Qing dynasty, between 1420 and 1924. The Forbidden City served as the home of Chinese emperors and their households and was the ceremonial and political center of the Chinese government.&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City is a national AAAAA tourist attraction and was listed as the first batch of key cultural relics under national protection in 1961. What’s more, it was declared a world cultural heritage in 1987, and listed by UNESCO as the largest collection of preserved ancient wooden structures in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Marriage Customs'''--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:24, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China is an ancient country of rites. When it comes to the most important thing  in one’s life---marriage, Chinese people have developed a set of unique and grand ceremonies. Generally speaking, weddings in ancient China need to be approved by parents and arranged by parents .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Six Procedures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are six etiquettes in the process from the negotiation to the completion of marriage, namely Na Cai, Wen Ming, Na Ji, Na Zheng, Qing Qi and the last step Qin Ying. Na Cai is the begining of all the marriage procedures. It refers that if a boy intends to marry a girl,firstly his family must invite a matchmaker to the girl's home to propose marriage. After obtaining the consent of the girl's family , the boy's family should entrust the matchmaker to make a proposal formally with some gifts. Usually, the most common gift is wild goose,which represents fidelity. Besides,mandarin ducks, phoenix and sheep are also frequently-used gifts. Wen Ming means that the boy's family ask the matchmaker to fetch the girl's name and date of birth. There are two purposes of this step: the one is to prevent the marriage of close relatives with the same surname; the other is to assure the compatibility of the potential bride and bridegroom through their “eight characters” of the birth moment. Naji happens after the matchmaker takes back the woman's name and eight characters. If divining an auspicious omen, the boy's family will inform it to the girl’s parents and decide to engage the marriage. What is more, Na Zheng is an important step when the boy sends betrothal presents to the girl and for courtesy the girl will send back part of the presents such as food and some clothes. Qing Qi means that the boy's family choose an auspicious day to hold the wedding ceremony and then dispatch the matchmaker to tell the girl’s family. Qin Ying is the last procedure of the six etiquettes, that is, the groom goes to the bride's home to take the bride to his home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Customs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the six steps mentioned above, there are many other customs in the traditional Chinese wedding ceremony. Generally speaking, ancient marriage was ordered by parents and matchmaker, many young people could not master their own marriage. Before wedding ceremony, men and women were not allowed to meet each other in that ancient people were very conservative and most girls were kept in boudoirs. If they met in private before marriage, it would be regarded as a kind of female infidelity and parents would also think it quite unlucky. As a result, newlyweds could only see each other until the day of marriage. On the wedding day, the boy’s family will hold a big banquet at home. Before setting out to pick up bride, the bridegroom should first worship his ancestors for the sake of safety and auspice during the process of picking up the bride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Topic: Chinese cinema (dramas and movies) and its popularity and affection in Vietnam'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Twelve Animals of the Chinese Zodiac''' --Ouyang Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Origin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Influence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
Green Tea--[[User:Peng Ruihong|Peng Ruihong]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruihong|talk]]) 08:20, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg|400px|thumb|left|Diagram.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Insert formula here&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Traditional clothing Phyo Su Kyi talk 5-11-202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 12:07, 3 December 2020 (UTC)==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional dance--[[User:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4]] ([[User talk:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|talk]]) 02:46, 12 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese  Traditional women clothing&lt;br /&gt;
1- History of Chinese clothing&lt;br /&gt;
 History of Chinese clothing China has many ethnic groups with a long history while Han people dominate most periods in history. For thousands of years, generations of clothing designers have devoted themselves to building the Kingdom of Clothes, making the garments that cover the human body into an important component of Chinese culture. The progress of nation can be seen through its changes in clothing styles.Clothing manufacture in China dates back to prehistoric times, at least 7,000 years ago. Archaeological findings of 18,000 year-old artifacts such as bone sewing needles and stone beads and shells with holes bored in them attest to the existence of ornamentation and of sewing extremely early in Chinese civilization.&lt;br /&gt;
A- Chinese Clothing during Qin and Han Dynasties (221 B.C - 220 A.D)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Qin and Han dynasties (221 B.C. - A.D. 220) witnessed the unification of territory as well as written language. Qin Shihuang, the First Emperor of the Qin Dynasty, established many social systems, including one for uniforms to distinguish people's ranks and social positions. China's complete code of costume and trappings was established in the Han Dynasty (206BC-220AD). The yarn-dyeing, embroidering and metal-processing technologies developed rapidly in the period, spurring changes in costume and adornments.&lt;br /&gt;
B-Chinese Clothing during Wei,Jin, South and North Dynasties(220-589)&lt;br /&gt;
 Chinese clothing experienced a rapid development during the Wei, Jin, and Southern and Northern dynasties (220-589). Before 265, the cultures and esthetic views of the peoples in north and south China merged because of the moves initiated by frequent wars. Many philosophical schools of thought influenced both people's lives and the conceptions of clothing design.&lt;br /&gt;
C- Chinese Clothing during Tang Dynasty(618-907)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Tang Dynasty (618-907) wrote the most brilliant page in the history of Chinese clothing. People's clothes were more varied than before because the state was more open to the outside world and people became more cosmopolitan in their thinking. The clothes for women could be called fashionable because they changed rapidly and were showy. Once only a new style came out, many people would be willing to take it.&lt;br /&gt;
D-Chinese Clothing during Song, Yuan, Ming Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
 Casual wear appeared during the Song Dynasty (960-1279), and clothes were simple and elegant.During the Yuan Dynasty (1206-1368), the Mongolian ethnic group, known as the People on Horseback, was in power. The style of clothing was mainly a combination of Mongolian and Han. Clothes were luxurious for upper class yet simple and unadorned in design.Dramatic changes took place during the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644). A new conception came into being in clothing design, with no limitation to one style and advocating natural beauty, thus bringing vigor and vitality to the clothing culture.&lt;br /&gt;
E- Chinese Clothing during Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
 During the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911), clothes became elegant, poised, and glorious. During the 200 years of the Qing Empire, the entire world witnessed dramatic changes such as the Renaissance in Italy and Columbus's discovery of the Americas, but the changes did not affect traditional Chinese clothing because China had a closed-door policy. People still wore clothes showing rank and lifestyle. The retreat from outside cultures has left a precious heritage for traditional Chinese clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
F-Chinese Clothing from 1930s till Modern Era&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese clothing from 1930s till now, Qipao has become into fashion since then. During 1930s to 1940s, dress is further westernized, tailored to flatter body shape. During 1940s to 1960s, Qipao(Cheongsam) survives as everyday wear in Hong Kong until the late 1960s. &lt;br /&gt;
Vocabulary &lt;br /&gt;
Questions &lt;br /&gt;
References.--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 17:37, 25 November 2020 (UTC)Phyo Su Kyi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese wine culture--[[User:Qu Miao|Qu Miao]] ([[User talk:Qu Miao|talk]]) 08:28, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH) is a high-speed rail service operated by the China Railway.  The introduction of the CRH series was an important part of the 6th National Rail Acceleration, which took place on April 18, 2007.  By the end of 2018, China Railway High Speed ​​served all provinces in China except Taiwan and covered over 29,000 km.  (18,000 miles) the length of passenger routes, which make up about two-thirds of the world's high-speed rail routes served by commercial enterprises.  It is the most widely used rail transport in the world, with 1.713 billion flights in 2017, bringing the total cumulative number of flights to 7 billion.  More than 1000 sets of rolling stock are operated under the CRH brand, including the Hexie CRH1 / 2A / 5, which are rated for a top speed of 250 km / h (160 mph), and the CRH2C / 3 has a top speed of 350 km / h. (  220 mph).  The in-house developed CRH380A has a maximum test speed of 416.6 km / h (258.9 mph) at a commercial speed of 350 km / h.The fastest CRH380BL train reaches a maximum test speed of 487.3 km / h (302.8 mph)  ).  In 2017, China Standardized EMU brand, including CR400AF / BF and CR200J, joined China Railway High Speed ​​and is designated Fuxing along with the letters CR (China Railway).  With gradual planning, the CR brand will replace the existing CRH brand in service.  Depending on the speed, there are 3 categories of high-speed trains: G, D and C (G and some C are the fastest at 350 km / h, D at 250 km / h and C at 200 km / h).                                    &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail network.        &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail services were first introduced in 2007 on CRH rolling stock.  They operate on existing lines that have been upgraded to speeds of up to 250 km / h (160 mph), and on newer dedicated high-speed routes rated up to 350 km / h (220 mph).                                              &lt;br /&gt;
CRH service on dedicated high-speed lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
My topic: The Chinese language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Putonghua and Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Ancient Chinese and Mordern Chinese &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Idiomatic phrase -Idioms common sayings,and allegorical sayings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 language policy.--[[User:Sagara Seydou 3|Sagara Seydou 3]] ([[User talk:Sagara Seydou 3|talk]]) 02:24, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Talented Women of Ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
(中国古代四大才女)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Cai Wenji 蔡文姬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Zhuo Wenjun 卓文君&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Qingzhao 李清照&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Ban Zhao 班昭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient and Contemporary Ways of Contacting--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 13:27, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sending Messages with Pigeons&lt;br /&gt;
Sending messages ith pigeons is a way of communicating with people in the ancient times. If you want to send letters, you should tie them to the feet of the pigeons and pass them on to the person to the receiver. As it is not convenient to communicate with people, so clever people take advantage of pigeons which fly fast and can recognize the directions. They trained pigeons and improved the speed of delivery. Generally speaking, the birds themselves will find their way home, just as the weary birds returning to their nests. For example, I live near to my friends. Later, when I have to go somewhere else, I will leave my hometown with my pigeons. One day when I have to contact my friend, I would put a note in the the special case, which is tied to the foot of the pigeon. And then I would release the pigeon, which would fly to my hometown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons are not only very sensitive to the Earth’s magnetic field, but also are particularly homesick, which are their innate strengths. But to be a carrier pigeon, it’s all about training. The basic purpose of raising carrier pigeons is releasing, competing and using. In order to obtain the ideal carrier pigeon, apart from careful breeding and scientific breeding management, the most important thing is training. All the three steps complement each other. The basic principle of training is based on the biological and physiological characteristics of carrier pigeons and the “Classical conditioning” principle. The basic aim of the training is to train, exercise and improve the quality of pigeons, to give full play to their inherent biological characteristics and strengths. The basic contents of training generally include: basic training, release training, competing training, adaptation training and application training. Training should start from young pigeons, from simple tasks to complex ones, from short distance to long distance, from day to night, from basic training to professional training. In  short, training should start from easy to difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Paper Letters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A letter is a document which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person. The Chinese character “xin” (letter) means messages in ancient Chinese. Also, it means that the messages are credible. In giving oral messages and writing letters delivered by postmen which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person, one has to have the following abilities. First, he has the ability to tell the whole story in words and express his thoughts and feelings. Two, he has writing tools. Three, he has a postman to help him deliver messages. Writing letters in person to relatives and friends can not only convey one’s thoughts and feelings, but also give the recipient a feeling of “talking to each other face to face” . With the growth of technology, telephone, telegraph, mail tapes, video tapes, e-mail and other means of communication information came. With the development of society, the relationship between people and society is being reconstructed. Apart from  its traditional function, that is, official correspondence and private correspondence, letters are used for a new purpose. There is a surge in letters which are sent to governments, entrepreneurs, famous scholars for private purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.E-mails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five famous mountains.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 08:00, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mount Song&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Mount Tai &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Mount Hua &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Education===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient education was one of the most splendid components of ancient Chinese culture. Chinese education had a long history dating from the Xia, Shang and Zhou dynasties 3000/4000 years ago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shang Dynasty (16th-11th century BC), formal schools emerged with the names like “Xiao” (school)，“Xue”(study) and “Daxue”(higher school). Teachers then were all government officials and students were all children of the nobility, so that was the earliest “Guan Xue”(Government School/Education).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Education became more popular by the Spring Autumn/Warring States period. Confucius became the earliest founder for “Private Education”. This type of private school education is often known as “Si Xue” (private institution).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Han till Qing Dynasty, the formation of government institution had been well-established. All the teaching materials and educational training were geared towards the preparation for Imperial examination. After receiving a title in the Imperial examination, one might receive a post in the state bureaucracy. At the same time, private schools were also developing. Most of the famous philosophers and scientists were originated from private schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from schooling, “Family education” began to play an important role. Many of the famous historical figures grew up under the education and strict ‘teaching’ by their parents or other senior family members, and they studied hard in order to become successful. For instance, it was well documented that Mencius’s mother had moved three times with her son before she eventually found a proper neighborhood for the son’s education. After the Han dynasty, because of the increased status of Confucianism and its influence, the teaching of “poetry and rites” became the basic content for family education. Loyalty, Filial Piety, Benevolence and Righteousness were core values taught in family education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, there was another form of education system known as “Xue Shu Jiao Yu”. This belongs to neither an institute education nor a family education. These are generally “primary school for the folks”. Sometimes, they were called “Meng Guan”(primary education hall), “Si Shu ” (private school), “Zu Xue” (extended family school) , etc. Most students will first learn how to read characters, then they will learn The Three Character Classic ”, The Hundred Family Surnames, The Thousand Character Classic. Then they will learn the “Four Books”.  In addition, they will also learn Chinese calligraphy and character pairing. In this type of school, the rules and regulations are especiallystrict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other methods such as Shuyuan and Guozijian, etc. They all formed a unique way of knowledge teaching and became important system for the development on “study of knowledge”, “teaching method”, etc. All of these formed the basis for today's Chinese education.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Confucian Educational Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The historical importance of education in Chinese culture is derived from the teachings of Confucius. The connection between Confucius and the official Chinese educational system thus became permanently linked right into the present time. Confucius broke the rule of “Xue Zai Guan Fu”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(learning at the government hall. He encouraged “learning for all hierarchical levels and for all ages”, and opened the door of education to the commoners. He established his own school and started to spread his teaching, thoughts and views. He became the earliest founder for “Private Education”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, whether they were government or private school, they all placed a great emphasis on humanities and cultural education, which focused on the teaching of morality and the development of wisdom. It covered philosophy, language, literature and other cultural subjects. The curriculum at the Great Academy was based on the Confucian Five Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius taught his students morality, proper speech, government, and the refined arts. While he also emphasized the “Six Arts” — ritual, music, archery , chariot- riding , calligraphy , and computation — it is clear that he regarded morality as the most important subject. Confucius had been regarded as the pioneer founder of family education. According to The Analects of Confucius, Confucius wanted his son to learn both poetry and rites. He said, “if one does not learn poetry, one will not be able to talk properly”, “if one does not learn rites, one will never be well footed in the society.” Other than placing a strong emphasis on morality education, Chinese education also emphasized greatly on learning/teaching method and principles. Below are some common Confucian educational philosophies:&lt;br /&gt;
Revise the old in order to deduce new things.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning and Thinking are equally important. &lt;br /&gt;
Learn in a systematic and progressive way, from a beginner’s level to the advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration and Guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Teach according to students’ ability; use appropriate materials for teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s goal was to create gentlemen who carry themselves with grace, speak correctly, and demonstrate integrity in all things.	The long The Master said in The Analects that:&lt;br /&gt;
“Is it not delightful to acquire knowledge and put it into practice from time to time？“Learning without thought is labor lost; thought without learning is perilous.” &lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s main educational thoughts were to teach students according to their aptitude, to treat students equally and to inspire thinking. His pedagogical methods were striking. He posed questions, cited passages from the classics, or used apt analogies, and waited for his students to arrive at the right answers. He said, “I only instruct the eager and enlighten the fervent. If I hold up one corner and a student cannot come back to me with the other three, I do not go on with the lesson.” The status of education remained high in Confucian heritage cultures in East Asia. Beyond that, translations of Confucian texts influenced European thinkers of the period as well, particularly among the philosophical groups of the Enlightenment who were interested by the integration of the system of morality of Confucius into Western civilization. The French philosopher Voltaire was also influenced by Confucius, seeing the concept of Confucian rationalism as an alternative to Christian dogma. He praised Confucian ethics and politics, portraying China as a model for Europe.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Imperial Examination'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese Imperial Examination was an examination system in Imperial China designed to select talented people for future positions in civil service. This system had a huge influence on both society and culture in Imperial China.  It was established in 605 during the Sui Dynasty and lasted more than 1,300 years until the last examination in 1904 when the last Chinese feudal kingdom—the Qing Dynasty—was coming to an end. Somehow the modern examination system for selecting civil service staff also indirectly evolved from the imperial one. It was part of the process by which candidates who passed the exams could receive a title called jinshi, or some other degree, which in turn would generally be followed by appointments to government offices. The first three of Jinshi were ranked Zhuangyuan, Bangyan and Tanhua respectively. The examinations consisted of a battery of tests administered at the district, provincial, and imperial levels. Only three-hundred candidates could pass the imperial examinations, which would be supervised by the Emperor himself. Candidate scholars often took the examinations several times before earning a degree. Each exam taker spent three days and two nights writing “eight-legged essays” — literary compositions with eight distinct sections — in a tiny room with a makeshift bed, a desk, and a bench. There were no interruptions in those three days, nor were candidates’ allowed any communication. Since the pressure to succeed was intense, cheating and corruption were rampant. In order to obtain objectivity in evaluation, candidates were identified by number rather than name, and examination answers were recopied by a third person before being evaluated to prevent the candidate’s handwriting from being recognized. In the ancient society, class consciousness was strong and many people from lower classes would have had little chance to reach high office, not to mention having any position in the official court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, once the imperial examination system was introduced, any male adult in China, regardless of his wealth or social status, could become a high-ranking government official by passing the imperial examination and thus realize their self-development. In this sense, passing the imperial examination was also called “carps jumping across the dragon’s gate” . The dragon had always been regarded as the symbol of mighty power and especially that of the rights exercised by the emperor, consequently the success of examination candidates was proudly called “jumping across the dragon’s gate.” In late imperial China, the examination system and associated methods of recruitment to the central bureaucracy were major mechanisms by which the central government captured and held the loyalty of local-level elites.The examination system also served to maintain cultural  unity and  consensus  on basic  values. The uniformity of  the  content  of  the examinations meant that the local elites and ambitious would-be members of those elites across China were taught with the same values. Despite the significant effect of promoting Confucian culture and education, it also influenced education systems in many other countries like Korea, Japan, and Vietnam, and similarities can be found in the personnel selection methods employed in France, America and Britain. Today’s education system is surely its successor.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three Giant Home Appliance Enterprises In China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Midea===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea is a technology group of consumer electronics, HVAC, robotics and automation systems, and smart supply chain (logistics).Founded in Shunde, China in 1968, Midea officially entered the household appliance industry in 1980. In 1981, Midea registered its brand. The group employs a total of 130000 people, whose headquarter is locate in Shunde, Guangdong Province. Midea Group has about 200 subsidiaries, more than 60 overseas branches and 10 strategic business units worldwide, and is the main shareholder of KUKA group (about 95%) in Germany . Midea now has more than ten brands such as Midea and Little Swan. and has 15 and 6 production bases separately home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Business operation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's diversified development strategy can reflect its wide range of business : consumer electrical appliances mainly including kitchen appliances, refrigerators, washing machines and all kinds of small household appliances; HVAC business focusing on heating and ventilation systems such as household air conditioning and central air conditioning; robot and industrial automation system business with German KUKA group and Midea robot company as the core.Up to July 2020, Midea ranked 22nd in the list of China's Top 100 Most Valuable Brands in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Corporate culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, enterprises seems like a person. Generally speaking, the style and personality of an enterprise are greatly affected by the values and behavior styles of enterprise leaders. Enterprise style and characters can determine the fate and future itself. Midea focus on sound operation. If Haier and Gree went to two &amp;quot;extremes&amp;quot;, Midea would choose the &amp;quot;middle road&amp;quot;, which is neither extreme left nor right. It will not suddenly break the original management framework and organizational structure,which, otherwise, would place the enterprise in high risk. Midea Group’s New Vision, mission,values and business principles are not only rooted in the achievements of historical accumulation, but also the strategic blueprint for the future. The New Vision,“the perfection of science and technology lead to the perfection of life”, continues the Midea’s emphasis on science and technology and human-oriented spirit; The new mission,“connecting people and things, enlightening the world of Midea” reflects its strategic thinking on the development trend of technology, industrial chain and global layout, and makes the linkage between people and things in different scenes more advanced, thus stimulating the leapfrog development of people’s lives and production; Through the value“dare to know the future”, Midea could continue carrying forward its spirits of future orientation and embracing changes. From a New Vision, mission, values, the United States of intelligent manufacturing, intelligent life, and the way to give back to society, but also a deeper level of exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(1)Diversified product strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the light of the wide range of its business, we can see that Midea is actively promoting diversified development: in the area of air-conditioning, Midea，since 1998，has made a series of acquisitions and mergers, expanding its air-conditioning capacity and entering the field of air-conditioning compressors. Moreover, it has produced the core components of air conditioning, increased research and development and cooperation in air conditioning, then begun to produce the core components of air conditioning compressor, increased research and development in the core components; as for small household appliances, since 2001, Midea has mastered the core components of microwave oven and become one of the three largest production bases in the world. Subsequently, the Group has reorganized the small appliance business under direct control and developed professionally on the basis of diversification ; diversification has the advantage of spreading risk, that is the theory of “don’t put all your eggs in one basket” , and its disadvantage lies in the difficulty for firms to concentrate and, relatively speaking, to establish absolute competitive advantage in one or more specific areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(2)&amp;quot;Intensive Growth + Extensive Expansion&amp;quot; business strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's business strategy can be described as &amp;quot;two-pronged approach&amp;quot;. On the one hand, Midea relies on its own enterprise strength to continuously optimize the performance of its core products and has made earnest efforts to improve the quality of its core products. On the other hand, through a series of acquisitions and mergers on home appliance brand，Midea has furthered its market penetration, and enhanced the market share, expanded the user group, leading to its accomplishment of “Extension Expansion” strategy. In fact, the strategy is not limited to mergers and acquisitions, but also includes the continuous paces into new industrial fields. Midea is building its own &amp;quot;Second Runway&amp;quot;, that is “New Product Incubation Platform”, which is not limited to the field of home appliances. As long as meeting Midea's standards for &amp;quot;innovative products&amp;quot;, any products can enter the incubation platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development prospect'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（1)Home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, affected by the COVID-19, the rising leverage ratio of the residential sector, the rising food prices, as well as the continuing low marriage and birth rates, the pace of further expansion of the household appliance market has been hindered. As one of the three giants in China's home appliance market, Midea is naturally deeply aware of the weakness of the home appliance market, which is reflected specifically in the decline of market demand for color TV sets, air conditioners, kitchen appliances and household appliances. Midea will unswervingly increase R&amp;amp;D investment, maintain high-quality development direction, and adhere to inclusive growth and sustained and effective growth. Midea has further expanded its online market scale which has continuously diverted offline market scale. It has been developing an integrated sales channel with both online and offline, which has been promoted orderly on Suning, Gome, Jingdong, Tmall and other platforms. Facing the domestic market, Midea has been consolidated its basic system and established a unified business language and rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（2)Abroad'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, the global trade friction continues to escalate, tariff barriers increases Midea’s risk of overseas market expansion, and the exchange rate between countries continues fluctuating. All of these factors mentioned above has increased Midea’s risk to engage in product export and  to exchange loss. Facing the overseas market, Midea will adhere to the consumer-oriented and product-leading strategy, give full play to its network advantages in global R&amp;amp;D and user research, grasp the differentiated needs of foreign consumer groups, improve the construction of multi-brand operation system, leading to further open-up of the foreign market and the improvement of market share.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
HVAC  暖通空调	 Shunde	（广东）顺德&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smart supply chain  智能供应链	Diversification	 n. 多样化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsidiary  n. 子公司	Intensive Growth  内生式增长&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Household appliance  家用电器	leverage ratio 	杠杆率&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diversified	adj. 多元化的	Second Runway	第二跑道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Intelligent manufacturing  智能制造	R&amp;amp;D  研发&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
air conditioning compressor  空调压缩机	 Tmall 	天猫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tariff barrier	贸易壁垒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions	'''&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
1.Why does Midea implement diversified development strategy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why corporate culture can determine its future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.what development strategy does Midea adopt?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How will Midea deal with the weakness of home appliance market?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How does Midea differ from Haier and Gree in terms of its style?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Haier===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Gree===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
===National Flag of the People’s Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
===A  A brief introduction of National Flag of the People's Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, the symbol of the country. Zeng Liansong is the designer of the national flag. Red and rectangular, its length and height are three to two. Five yellow five pointed stars are decorated on the top left of the flag. One star is larger, and its circumscribed circle diameter is three tenths of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is one tenth of the flag height, and the ring is arched to the right of the big star.&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China began to solicit the design of the national flag from July 14 to August 15, 1949. On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 (3012) national flag designs. On September 27, 1949, deputies to the first plenary session of the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) passed a motion to use the five-star red flag as the national flag. On October 1, 1949, the first national flag was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. The five pointed stars are used in yellow to show light on the red ground. Each of the four small five pointed stars faces the center of the big star, indicating unity around a center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B  Establishment process===&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Solicit comments from the public===&lt;br /&gt;
On June 15, 1949, the Preparatory Committee for the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was formally established in Peiping, shortly after Liberation. The preparatory work undertaken by this committee included the important task of formulating the national flag of new China, and designated the sixth group of the Preparatory Committee to be responsible for it.&lt;br /&gt;
On 4 July 1949, the sixth group held its first meeting. The meeting decided to publish newspapers to solicit the patterns of the national flag and the national emblem, and to set up a selection committee for the national flag and the national emblem pattern and the national lyrics score. In addition to the group members participating in the selection, Xu Beihong, Liang Sicheng, Ai Qing and other experts were invited to participate.&lt;br /&gt;
From July 14 to August 15, 1949, people's daily, Jiefang Daily, Xinhua daily and other newspapers and periodicals published the notice of the preparatory meeting of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference asking for the design of the national flag. The news of asking for the design of the national flag quickly spread to the whole country and overseas. Many people in their spare time, spread out the paper and began the design work. They carefully designed and drew one pattern after another with their own characteristics, marked with detailed instructions, and sent them to Beijing. They regard the design and drawing of the national flag as a glorious and noble thing to pour their boundless love for new China.&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Collect drafts from all walks of life===&lt;br /&gt;
On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 pieces of national flag patterns. Guo Moruo, Chen Jiageng and other members of the preparatory committee also submitted their sample designs. These designs were displayed in the temporary reading room. The selection committee selected 38 draft plans from them and incorporated them into the reference materials for the design of the national flag and submitted them to the newly established Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference for discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Pass a resolution===&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the national flag of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was approved in the 32nd session of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference. In the pattern of five-star red flag before this, there are sickles and axes in the big stars. Before the adoption of the resolution, the national flag and national emblem review group made partial modifications to the design pattern, and made a unified explanation on the significance of the national flag pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 27, 1949, the resolution on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China, adopted at the first plenary session of the CPPCC National Committee, stipulates in the fourth point that &amp;quot;it is unanimously adopted: the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red earth flag, which symbolizes the great unity of the revolutionary people of China.&amp;quot; The resolution of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China and the measures for flag making adopted by the presidium of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference stipulate that the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, which is rectangular, and symbolizes revolution. Its length and height are three to two, and five yellow five pointed stars are on the top left of the flag, symbolizing the revolutionary unity under the leadership of the Communist Party of China The star symbolizes red with yellow, and the earth is bright. One star is larger, its circumscribed circle diameter is 3 / 10 of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is 1 / 10 of the flag height, and they are circled on the right side of the big star, and each has an angle point facing the center of the big star, which expresses the aspiration of hundreds of millions of people to the great Communist Party of China, just like the northern star. The flagpole cover is white to distinguish it from the red flag.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 29, 1949, the people's Daily published the pattern of the new national flag and the explanation of its making method, which were provided to all walks of life for making and using.&lt;br /&gt;
On October 1, 1949, the first national flag of the people's Republic of China was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C  Symbolism of the flag===&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. Yellow is used to show light on the red ground. Yellow is brighter and more beautiful than white. Each of the four small Pentagram stars has a point facing the center of the big star, which means that they are united around a center and are compact and beautiful in form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Four New Inventions===&lt;br /&gt;
Most people must have known about China's Four Inventions: gunpowder, paper-making, compass, and printing. Those represented how wise the Chinese was and how brilliant history China had. Today, China still holds the places and influence in technology and inventions. In May,2017, teenagers from 20 nations along the Belt and Road selected China's four new inventions: high speed railway, QR code payment, sharing bikes and online shopping. Though these new inventions are not first invented by China, but it is China that makes full use of them, and introduces them to the rest of the world. The four new inventions bring incredible changes and convenience into people's life. China, at the same time, makes contributions to the development of the human beings. World's future will be bright and prosper due to more technologies and inventions such as China's Four New Inventions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. High-speed railway ===&lt;br /&gt;
High-speed railway is a railway system with advanced design and high-speed rails run on it. The world's first official high-speed rail system is the Tokaido Shinkansen line and it goes into public in 1964, connecting the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka. The high speed railway has promoted the rapid development of Japan. Its designed speed is 200km/h, which then becomes the initial speed standard of high-speed rail. Later, with the advancement of technology, the speed of trains became faster. Different countries have different definitions of high-speed railways in different eras. According to statistics, the length of high-speed railways in operation in China has reached to more than 6,800 kilometers. China has become the country with the most comprehensive high-speed railway system technology, the strongest integration capability, the longest operating mileage, the highest operating speed, and the largest scale of construction in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. High-speed railways are very smooth to keep safety and comfort. High-speed railways are all seamless steel tracks, and high-speed railways with a speed of more than 300 kilometers per hour use ballastless tracks, that is, a monolithic track bed without stones to maintain smoothness.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The high-speed railway has few bends, as the bend is of long radius, and the turnouts are all moveable high-speed turnouts.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Use a large number of viaducts and tunnels to ensure ride comfort and shorten the distance.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The catenary of the high-speed railway, that is, the suspension of the wires on the top of the train, is also different from that of ordinary railways to keep stability and durability of the high-speed EMUs.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The signal control system of high-speed railways is higher than that of ordinary railways, because of the frequent departure and high speed of rails, it should be of high safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Merits'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Large passenger capacity. Generally, high speed rails can accommodate 600 people. Compared to other public tools such as bus, boat or airplane, high speed rails have more seats.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Less time-consuming. In addition to the maximum operating speed, passengers are more concerned about travel time. High speed rails will not operate in late night, so passengers can get off the rails almost in daytime, thus to finish their business or other private matters which helps save a lot of time.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Good safety. Due to the automatic operation of high-speed rails in a fully enclosed environment and a series of complete safety guarantee systems, thus no other transportation means can be matched with it. Since the advent of high-speed railway 35 years ago, Japan, Germany, and France have already transported 5 billion passengers. Although there have been major traffic accidents on high-speed railways, the accident rate is much lower than that of civil aviation and is almost negligible. It is still the safest transportation system.&lt;br /&gt;
4. High punctuality. All high-speed railways adopt automatic control and can operate around the clock unless there is an earthquake.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Comfortable and convenient. High speed rails have spacious and comfortable seats, stable operation, shock absorption, sound insulation, and quiet environment. &lt;br /&gt;
6. Low energy consumption. High-speed trains use electric traction, do not consume precious petroleum and other liquid fuels, and use various forms of energy, which is not a wasteful transportation mean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High speed railways高速铁路  the Tokaido Shinkansen line东海道新干线&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka.日本三大都市圈: 东京、名古屋和大阪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
integration capability整合能力  operating mileage运营里程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seamless steel tracks无缝钢轨  ballastless track无砟轨道 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a monolithic track bed整体式道床  moveable high-speed turnouts.可动心高速道岔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
viaducts and tunnels高架桥梁和隧道  high-speed EMUs.高速动车组&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shock absorption and sound insulation减震隔音  petroleum and other liquid fuels石油等液体燃料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Where does the first high speed railway come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the name of the first high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What is the advantages of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What are the features of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which transportation carries more passengers, high speed rails or trains?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. From Changsha to Shanghai, which transportation means will you choose?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. QR code payment===&lt;br /&gt;
The QR code payment model is based on the concept of mobile payment, and the first batch of payments made by mobile devices occurred in Finland in 1997. Finnish local media reported that Finland Telecom has enabled the service of operating jukeboxes and beverage vending machines by dialing a pay phone number. This service allows you to buy Coca-Cola at Helsinki Airport. The QR code, also known as &amp;quot;two-dimensional code&amp;quot; was invented in 1994 by the Japanese company DW.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of QR code payment methods in China is not occasionally. It  is mainly related to the rapid development of  IT technology and the rapid advancement of e-commerce. The maturity of IT technology has promoted the birth of mobile terminals such as smart phones and tablet computers, which makes people's mobile life more colorful. At the same time, domestic e-commerce is also closely related to &amp;quot;mobile&amp;quot;, especially the development of O2O. With a large number of mobile devices and a large amount of mobile consumption, payment costs have become particularly critical. Therefore, QR code payment solutions came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Characteristics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of 2010, QR codes and related technologies were widely circulated on the Internet, marking the beginning of the widespread popularity of QR codes in China. The popularity of any thing must have its reasons, and so is QR code payment. &lt;br /&gt;
1. Mature technology&lt;br /&gt;
QR  code payment already has mature technical means in developed areas abroad, which has laid the foundation for the development of domestic QR code technology, and it is believed that it will quickly become popular.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy to use&lt;br /&gt;
After the user installs the QR code recognition software, the transaction can be completed by simply swiping the place where the QR code is posted.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Convenient payment&lt;br /&gt;
With the QR code payment method, merchants do not have to bear high cost payments such as cash on delivery, and consumers can also make real-time payments anytime, anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Lower cost&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the maturity of technology and the popularization of mobile devices, the cost of QR code payment has become very low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QR code (Quick Response code)快速反应码   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finland芬兰  Telecom电信&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jukebox点唱机   beverage vending machine饮料自动售货机 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Helsinki Airport赫尔辛基机场 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What advanced the birth of QR code?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did the QR code become popular in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In which way can customers bear lower payment?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Why does QR code cost lower?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. When was the QR code invented?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Sharied bikes===&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 1965, the Municipal Government of Amsterdam in the Netherlands proposed the &amp;quot;White Plan&amp;quot;. According to the plan, the government purchased 50 bicycles and painted them with white paint as a sign and scattered them around the city for people to use. This was the earliest in the world. The unmanned shared bicycle system is invented by the Netherlands. In 2007, France also had free cycling, and it was only later that China became popular and innovative models developed and promoted overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By providing services on campuses, subway stations, bus stations, residential areas, commercial districts, public service areas, etc., bicycle-sharing (bicycle) companies complete the ”last mile“ in the transportation industry and drive residents' enthusiasm for using other public transportation. Produce synergy with other public transportation methods.  Shared bicycles are a time-sharing lease model and a new type of green and environmentally friendly sharing economy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's bike-sharing market has gone through three stages of development. The first phase is from 2007 to 2010. The public bicycle model that has emerged from abroad is introduced into the country, and the government will lead the management in different cities, mostly with piled bicycles. 2010-2014 is the second stage. Companies specializing in the bicycle market began to appear, but public bicycles are still dominated by piled bicycles. The third phase is from 2014 to 2018. With the rapid development of the mobile Internet, Internet shared bicycles led by Mobike came into being, and more convenient dockless bicycles began to replace docked bicycles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amsterdam阿姆斯特丹  the unmanned shared bicycle system 无人管理的共享单车系统&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
free cycling 单车自由行 residential areas 居民区 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
last mile ”最后一公里“  green and environmentally friendly economy 绿色和环境友好型经济&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the first phase第一阶段 dockless bicycles无桩单车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which country invented the shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the main purpose for the invention of shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many phases at present have the shared bikes experienced?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How's the prospect of the shared bikes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Online shopping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Domestic Mobile Phones===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Huawei===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the Chinese phone manufacturers, Huawei is probably the name that needs no introduction. It's the world's second largest smartphone company, and it's at the center of an international battle for technological dominance between Beijing and Washington. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1987, Huawei is a leading global provider of information and communications technology (ICT) infrastructure and smart devices. It has more than 194,000 employees, and operate in more than 170 countries and regions, serving more than three billion people around the world. Huawei is a private company wholly owned by its employees. No government agency or outside organization holds shares in Huawei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their vision and mission is to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world. The benefits of digital technology shouldn't just be available to those who can afford it. Huawei's mission is to expand the benefits of technology to everyone, everywhere. To achieve this, they've developed a digital inclusion strategy that focuses on three areas: technology, applications, and skills. For example, three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei are 5G, Huawei cloud and Huawei AI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei is continuing to focus on research and innovation to seize the opportunities and address the challenges of the future intelligent world.  There are many innovations and inventions of Huawei to drive the industry forward, including advanced wireless networks, optical networks, intelligent O&amp;amp;M, AI computing, smartphone camera, media CODEC standards, software, trustworthiness and so on. Today, Huawei have entered the 5G ear and embarked on 6G research. It is exploring new directions for 6G. To this end, they began research into the basic theories of 6G and initiated extensive open collaboration projects with other industry players and pushed the industry to build a consensus on 6G.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Staying customer-centric and creating value for customers&amp;quot; are the company's common values. The company has a well-developed internal governance structure, under which all governance bodies have clear and focused authority and responsibility, but operate under checks and balances. This creates a closed cycle of authority and achieves rational and cyclical succession of authority, so as to drive the facilitation and implementation of the company's common values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg|650px|thumb|middle|Diagram of Huawei Corporate Governance. Click [https://www-file.huawei.com/-/media/corporate/images/about-huawei/2020/corporate-governance-structure-18en.png?la=en-us/File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once virtually unknown to most Americans, the telecommunications giant was splashed across newspapers when top executive (and daughter of the company's founder) Meng Wangzhou was arrested in Canada for an alleged violation of US sanctions with Iran. Since then, the Chinese telecom has regularly made international headlines, especially since the US Commerce Department banned American companies from doing business with Huawei without first obtaining a license. &lt;br /&gt;
For Huawei, that meant it could lose access to crucial technological parts including semiconductors, which are key components used in its base stations and phones. It also meant Huawei's handsets were cut off from the full power of Google's Android operating system, along with several popular apps including the Google Play store, Gmail, Google Maps and apps that rely on Google like Uber and eBay. At its launch in September, the Mate 30 was Huawei's first major phone to launch without Google's proprietary apps. Despite US efforts to constrain Huawei, the company reported first-half earnings this month showing revenue grew more than 13% from a year ago to around $65 billion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expression===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei cloud	华为云	            Intelligent Collaboration	  协同管理技术&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
optical networks	光纤网络	                 Carrier Network	承载网络&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intelligent O&amp;amp;M	智能委托运营	                  the Kunpeng 920	鲲鹏920&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI computing	人工智能计算	                     AppGallery 	华为应用程序库&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
information and communications technology (ICT)  信息与通讯技术             	Media CODEC standards	编解码标准&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.When is Huawei founded?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many countries and regions does Huawei operate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do government agency and outside organization hold shares if Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the vision and mission of Huawei? And what do they do to achieve this mission?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the innovations and inventions of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the company’s common values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What makes that the telecommunications giant frequently was mentioned across newspapers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Which phone is the first major phone launched without Google’s proprietary apps?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. What’s your opinion towards these two issues mentioned above? Will these hinder the development of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Xiaomi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Vivo &amp;amp; OPPO===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 07:24, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Brief introduction of Chines dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words topolect and hibernation, all comes from Yangxiong (53-18), &amp;quot;Interpretation of Foreign Dialects: Light Xuan“in the Han dynasty. &amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot; refers to different meanings in different groups, according to the Chinese , &amp;quot;dialect &amp;quot; is both a political concept and a linguistic one, and it is also known as &amp;quot;Vernacular &amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;Accent&amp;quot;, refers to the difference in the language standard of a certain region, such as relationship between relatives regardless of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot;,however, is a linguistic concept in Europe, subordinating under the concept of&amp;quot;language&amp;quot; at the beginning of the eighteenth century. Based on the relationship between the language (pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar),it is divided into family, group, branch and language.Considering the special national situation of China, The translation of &amp;quot;Chinese dialects&amp;quot; into English is &amp;quot;Varieties of Chinese&amp;quot;.According to the European , dialect is a language that differs from the standarded language and is spoken in only one certain region. &lt;br /&gt;
China enjoys a vast field and a long history. In the process of historical development, different divisions and unification inevitably occurred in the society, which led to the gradual emergence of diverse and complex dialects system in Chinese. There are many factors contributing to the evolution of dialect, including social, historical and geographical factors, as well as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
According to the dialects, Chinese is divided into two categories: the official dialects and the nine local dialects. Official dialects ,namely modern Chinese, are not independent dialects, because they are very similar in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar to the common language. Other regional dialects differ greatly in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar, thus forming their own dialect systems. The official dialects include northeast Mandarin, Beijing mandarin, Ji Lu mandarin, Jiao-Liao mandarin, Central Plains mandarin, Lan-Yin mandarin, Southwest Mandarin and Jianghuai mandarin. The nine local dialects include Wu dialect, Cantonese, Fujian dialect, Hunan dialect, Hakka, Gan dialect, Hui dialect, Jin dialect and Pinghua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Hunan dialect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiangyu , also known as xiang dialect or Hunan dialect, belongs to the sino-tibetan  language, and is the main language used by the hunan people who live in xiangjiang river basin and its branches. Xiangyu is divided into two categories: new Xiangyu and The old Xiangyu. The new Xiangyu is represented by Changsha dialect while the old one is represented by Shuangfeng dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
The core area of ancient Chu language is located in the middle reaches of Yangtze River, and Chu language is the ancestor language of Xiang language [1]. Modern Xiangyu speakers are mainly distributed in a considerable part of Hunan province in Mainland China, including Changsha, Zhuzhou, Xiangtan, Yueyang, Yiyang, Loudi, Hengyang, Shaoyang, Yongzhou and so on. In 2010, the number of Xiangyu-speaker was estimated to be about 45 million. The regional dialects of Hunan province include Hunan, Southwest Official, Gan, Hakka, and Xiangxiang, southern Hunan dialect, which have not yet been classified as belonging to the dialect. Xiangyu is the main dialect of Hunan Province. Hunan province is a region that has diverse dialects. &lt;br /&gt;
The chu dialect ,namely Chu Yan (ancient Chu language), is popular in Chu in the pre-Qin period, and it is the most ancient origin of Xiang language. The specific appearance of ancient Chu language cannot be verified today, but it is the earliest language used by the Han people in Hunan and along the Xiangjiang river. The word &amp;quot;Chu Yan&amp;quot; first appeared in Zuo Zhuan, indicating that the Chu Yan had been formed at least in the late Spring and Autumn Period, and was a branch of Chinese language,and was different from the Central Plains Yayin XiaYan at that time.There are 20-35 initials of Xiangyu, 30 to 40 finals, 5-7tones,commonly with 6 .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Contonese===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yueyu ,or Cantonese, Guangdong dialect and Tang dialect, is commonly known as &amp;quot;baihua&amp;quot;.It is a Chinese dialect in the Chinese-Tibetan Chinese language family. Cantonese is the mother tongue of the Guangfu nationality, an important carrier of the Guangfu culture of the Han nationality, and one of the basic symbolic cultural identities of the Guangfu nationality. Cantonese has a complete language system consisting of nine tones and six volumes of tones, retaining many characteristics of Middle Ancient Chinese . Besides Putonghua, it is the only Chinese language that has been studied independently by foreign universities. &lt;br /&gt;
As for the origin of Cantonese, there are different opinions.Some says that it originated from the Northern Mid-plain dialect and others the Chu language from the State of Chu. Cantonese is one of the southern dialects that retains more middle Ancient Chinese elements than other dialects, among which the most prominent feature is that it relatively retains the universal middle Ancient Chinese &amp;quot;Ru Sheng&amp;quot;, and its initials, finals and tones have a good correspondence with the ancient Chinese standard rhymes in&amp;quot;Qu Yun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Guang Yun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Mandarin is a dominant language in Guangdong province, and the most dominant dialect is Cantonese. Hakka dialect and Fujian dialect are the other two major Chinese dialects with great influence in the province. Hakka dialect is mainly concentrated in the northeast and north of Guangdong province, and hakka dialect is also distributed in parts of western Guangdong province.  Hakka villages are scattered in most parts of the province, and the number of people using this dialect is about 20 million. Fujian dialect is mainly distributed in the coastal area of the southwest and southeast of Guangdong province ,including 6 municipalities:Chaozhou, Shantou, Jieyang, Shanwei, Zhanjiang, Maoming ,and it can be divided into to language-speaking areas: they are , Chaoshan and Leizhou .The former shares some similarities with the south Fujian dialect , while the later is close to Hainan dialect.In addition, there are 18.95 million people living in some islets in Zhongshan,Huizhou, Qingyuan, Shaoguan taking Fujian dialect as their official language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
1.How many local dialects in China?What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is the origin of Contonese?&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where do most people speak the Hunan dialect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Zijia|Wu Zijia]] ([[User talk:Wu Zijia|talk]]) 08:23, 9 November 2020 (UTC)Wu Zijia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===March of the Volunteers (National Anthem of the People's Republic of China)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Brief Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is a song composed by Tian Han and Nie Er. It is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times, known as the clarion call of the Liberation of the Chinese nation. Since its birth in 1935 at the critical moment of national crisis, it has played a great role in inspiring the patriotic spirit of the Chinese people, and later became the National Anthem of the People’s Republic of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On May 9, 1935, the first version of the song was recorded in the recording studio of EMI Records. In 1951, in order to meet the needs of playing the national anthem, the People's Record Factory recorded and published a rough record composed of a brass ensemble and an orchestral ensemble. In 1959, to celebrate the 10th anniversary of the founding of the People’s Republic of China, the China Record Factory recorded and published a full set of standard national anthem special records. In 1978, a special album for collective lyrics was released. In 1983, China Record Shanghai Company recorded and published a special record for the standard national anthem after the original word was restored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On March 14, 2004, the Second Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed a constitutional amendment, officially stipulating that the national anthem of the People’s Republic of China shall be the March of Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The National Anthem Law of the People's Republic of China was adopted at the 29th Session of the 12th National People's Congress Standing Committee on September 1st, 2017, and formally went into effect on October 1st.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Creation Background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times. In the autumn of 1934, Tian Han wrote a long poem for the film, the last verse of which was selected as the lyrics of the theme song March of the Volunteers. Shortly after the lyrics were written, Tian Han was arrested and imprisoned by the Kuomintang authorities. In February 1935, director Xu Xingzhi took over the shooting of Children of Troubled Times. Soon after, comrades who went to prison to visit brought back the lyrics written by Tian Han in prison on the back of cigarette packing paper, that is, the original manuscript of March of the Volunteers. At that time, Nie Er was preparing to go to Japan to seek refuge. He learned that there was a theme song to write in the film children of the wind and cloud. He took the initiative to compose music for the song and promised to send back the song manuscript as soon as possible after he arrived in Japan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nie Er completed the first draft of the score soon after receiving the lyrics. On April 18, 1935, after Nie Er arrived in Tokyo, Japan, he completed the final draft of the score, and sent the final draft to Shanghai Dentsu Film Company at the end of April. Afterwards, in order to make the song tune and rhythm more powerful, Nie Er and Sun Shiyi discussed and made three changes to the lyrics, thus completing the song creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the early shooting of the film Children of Troubled Times was completed, the lyrics of Tian Han's theme song did not determine the name of the song, while Nie Er's lyric composition sent back from Japan only included the word &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;. General Zhu Qinglan, as the investor of the film Children of Troubled Times, added &amp;quot;Volunteers&amp;quot; after the words of &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;, thus naming the song March of the Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Song Appreciation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The March of the Volunteers is a very creative song; the composer Nie Er devotes himself to the creation of this song with great passion. First of all, he succeeds in handling the poetic lyrics of Tian Han’s prose in accordance with the laws of music in an extremely vivid, powerful and colloquial way. In terms of melody creation, he not only absorbs the excellent achievements of international revolutionary songs and the style characteristics of Western European march, but also makes it have strong national characteristics, so that the song could be grasped by the broad masses and play its fighting role.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The song begins as a prelude to a six-bar march. It has a sonorous rhythm, bright and majestic melody, among which the magical effect of triplet enhances the fighting atmosphere of the song. Although the prelude is short, it contains the basis for the emotional and melody development of the entire song. The songs are interlocked and advanced layer by layer. This process runs through the whole song, and the end of the song is repeated many times, giving people a sense of unwavering and unstoppable.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
According to the characteristics of the lyrics clause, Nie Er treated the song into a free body structure formed by six phrases of varying lengths. Although the melody and structure of each phrase are different, the cohesion between the phrase and the phrase is close, the development is natural, and the singing is ups and downs, and is integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers, with its soaring, sonorous and powerful melody and inspiring lyrics, expresses the Chinese people's strong resentment and resistance to imperialist aggression, and embodies the heroic spirit of the great Chinese nation in the face of foreign aggression that is brave, strong, united as one to go through national disaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Chinese and English Lyrics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！不愿做奴隶的人们！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
把我们的血肉，筑成我们新的长城！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中华民族到了最危险的时候，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每个人被迫着发出最后的吼声。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！起来！起来！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们万众一心，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！前进、进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise, you who refuse to be bond slaves!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s stand up and fight for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberty and true democracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All our world is facing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chains of the tyrants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone who works for freedom is now crying:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise! Arise! Arise!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on! March on, and on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers 义勇军进行曲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Children of Troubled Times 风云儿女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EMI 百代唱片&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People’s Congress 全国人民代表大会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People's Congress Standing Committee 全国人大常委&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
‭&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who are the composers of March of the Volunteers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which movie's theme song does March of the Volunteers belong to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When did the National Anthem Law go into effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was the final draft completed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How did the name of this song come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He’s Voyages '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1405 until 1433, the Chinese imperial eunuch Zheng He led seven ocean expeditions for the Ming emperor which is  an unprecedented feat in world history. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He'''&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He was born Ma He to a Muslim family in the far southwest, in today's Yunnan province. It is said that his original surname is Ma,his full name as Ma Sanbao .At ten years old he was captured by soldiers sent there by the first Ming emperor intent on subduing the south. &lt;br /&gt;
He was sent to the capital to be trained in military ways. Growing up to be a burly, imposing man, over six feet tall with a chest contemporaries said measured over five feet around, he was also extremely talented and intelligent. He received both literary and military training, then made his way up the military ladder with ease, making important allies at court in the process. Besides Zheng He has a background of both Buddhism and lslam.Thus,he was assumed as the perfect choice to lead the emperor’s splendid armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reasons for the voyages'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle Emperor sent Zheng He to the “Western oceans”, both to demonstrate the might of the Ming Empire and to realize the diplomatic ideal of peace and harmony among all nations. Zheng He's fleet showed the prosperity ，the imperial power and its advanced navigation technology and exquisite ship-building techniques  of China at that time , thus many small countries and bribes agreed to recognize China as their superior and its emperor as lord of “all under Heaven”.These countries and bribes regularly gave gifts of tribute in exchange for certain benefits ,like military posts and treaties.&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He's fleet did not act as a sea ruler, it appeared in peace all over the world, laden not only with goods exchanged with  those countries, but also with the friendship of peoples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The seven expeditions'''&lt;br /&gt;
These expeditions were astonishing as much for their distance as for their size: during the first ones, Zheng He traveled all the way from China to Southeast Asia and then on to India, all the way to major trading sites on India's southwest coast.The first expedition of this mighty armada was in 11th July of 1405, composed of 317ships  and perhaps as many as sixty huge Treasure Ships and  nearly 28000men with thousands  of soldiers , sailors ,diplomatic specialists ,medical personnel, astronomers and scholars.The fleet stopped in Java and then arrived at Ceylon (today’s Sri Lanka ).&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to the first one, the second  voyage(1407-1409) was smaller with only 68ships sending  foreign envoys back home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He led the third voyage (1409-1411) visiting many of the same countries as the first one did, like Champa and Java. When fighting broke out there between his forces and those of a small kingdom, Zheng put down the fighting, captured the king and brought him back to China where he was released by the emperor and returned home duly impressed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth voyage (1413-15) extended the scope of the expeditions even further. This time in addition to visiting many of the same sites, Zheng He commandeered his 40 ships and over 28,000 men to Hormuz on the Persian Gulf. This trip has 48 ships with doctors , officials ,translators and more than 27000 troops .&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth voyage (1417-1419) was primarily a return trip for seventeen heads of state from South Asia. They had made their way to China after Zheng He's visits to their homelands in order to present their tribute at the Ming Court. &lt;br /&gt;
The sixth voyage began in 1421 and lasted for nearly two years.Then the expeditions were halted  due to the death of the Yongle emperor. sailed to many of the previously visited Southeast Asian  and  Indian  courts  and  stops  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  coast  of  Africa, principally in order to return nineteen ambassadors to their homelands. Zheng He returned to China after less than a year, having sent his fleet onward to pursue several separate itineraries, with some ships going perhaps as far south as Sofala in present day Mozambique.&lt;br /&gt;
The  seventh  and  final  voyage  (1431-33)  was  sent  out  by  the  Yongle  emperor's  successor,  his grandson the Xuande emperor.It was on this return  trip that Zheng He died.This expedition had more than one hundred large ships and over 27,000 men, and it visited all the important ports in the South China Sea and Indian Ocean as well as Aden and Hormuz. One auxiliary voyage traveled up the Red Sea to Jidda, only a few hundred miles from the holy cities of Mecca and Medina. It was on the return trip in 1433 that Zheng He died  and  was  buried  at  sea,  although  his  official  grave  still  stands  in  Nanjing,  China.  Nearly forgotten  in  China  until  recently,  he  was  immortalized  among  Chinese  communities  abroad, particularly in Southeast Asia where to this day he is celebrated and revered as a god.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary list'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle emperor 永乐皇帝（明成祖）&lt;br /&gt;
Java 爪哇&lt;br /&gt;
Ceylon 锡兰（今斯里兰卡）&lt;br /&gt;
Champe 占城（印度支那古国）&lt;br /&gt;
Hormuz 霍尔木兹&lt;br /&gt;
The Persian Gulf 波斯湾&lt;br /&gt;
Medina 麦地那市（沙特阿拉伯西部城市）&lt;br /&gt;
Mecca 麦加 （穆斯林圣地）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.What was Zheng He like?&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why did the Yongel Emperor sent the armada  to the “Western oceans”&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many people did Zheng He bring at the first voyage ,and what did these people do?&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did the expeditions stopped during the 1423-1430?&lt;br /&gt;
5.The last trip was sented by?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Studies of Hunan Dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Category of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Characteristics of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developments of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Folk Stories of ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl, Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall, the Story of the White Snake and Butterfly Lovers are the four major folk love stories in ancient China. As the most charming oral traditions and national intangible cultural heritage in China, the earliest of them has been popular for more than 2000 years, having a profound impact on people’s lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cowherd and Weaving Girl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Story of the White Snake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Butterfly Lovers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cowherd and Weaving Girl====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that the story took place in the Western Zhou Dynasty. Cowherd was a simple and honest young man living in the Xiniu village of Nanyang city. His parents died early, so he lived a miserable life with an old ox. One day, Weaving Girl, the daughter of the God of Heaven, came down with other fairies from heaven and took a bathe in a river near Cowherd’s house. The old ox told the Cowherd to steal her clothes so that she was unable to return to the heaven and would stay here to be his wife. With the help of the old ox, Weaving Girl married Cowherd and had a son and a daughter. They led a happy life with husband laboring in the field and wife weaving at home. But their marriage didn't last long. It was discovered by the Queen Mother and incurred her wrath. Ignoring tearful Cowherd and two crying children, she broke up the couple and brought Weaving Girl back. It was the old ox that helped him again. It told Cowherd that it would die tonight and he needed to make three pair of shoes with its skin, which could help him go to heaven and find his wife.  Cowherd did as the old ox said. Just as the cowherd was about to catch up with them, however, the Queen Mother took off her golden hairpin and separate them by a large river, which is now called the Milky Way. Hopelessly, the two lovers can only look at each other across the river. Fortunately, magpies were touched by their love. Hundreds of thousands of magpies flied and formed a bridge over the river. Finally the Queen Mother showed a little mercy, allowing them to meet once a year on the magpie bridge. The day was the seventh day of the seventh lunar month, which later has become the Chinese Valentine’s Day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, Fan Xilang, a young man living in the surrounding area of Mengjiang mountain in Lizhou County, Hunan Province, had just finished the forced servitude and returned to his hometown to get married. But unfortunately, on the night of their wedding, Fan Xilang was sent to the north to build the Great Wall. He toiled away with hunger, cold and fatigue, and soon met a miserable death at the end of his efforts. His body was buried under the Great Wall. &lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu, Fan’s new wife, got the bad news and went through all kinds of hardships to reach the Great Wall. She cried bitterly there for three days and three nights, and finally cried down the Great Wall and found her husband's remains. On her way to take him home, she suffered a lot and finally died of hunger and thirst in Tongguan County,  Shaanxi Province. Sympathetic with the couple’s miserable experience and deeply moved by Meng’s spirits, the local people buried their remains and set up ancestral temples to commemorate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Story of the White Snake====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Created in the Southern Song Dynasty and prevailed in the Qing Dynasty, the Story of the White Snake is a model of Chinese folk collective creation. In the book Stories to Warn Man compiled by Feng Menglong, The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda has been acknowledged as the first version of this story.&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of practice in Emei Mountain, two snake named Bai Suzhen and Xiaoqing translated into two beautiful girls and came to visit Hangzhou. After encountering with a young man named Xu Xian in the rain, Bai Suzhen fell in love with him and soon later they get married. But a monk called Fahai saw through Bai’s disguise and thought that it was an intrigue of the white snake to marry a man. He persuaded Xu Xian to intoxicate his wife with realgar wine on the Dragon Boat Festival. After being drunk, Bai Suzhen couldn’t  control herself  and showed the shape of a snake, which scared Xu Xian to death. Regardless of her own safety, Bai Suzhen went through many difficulties and got the magical grass, which finally brought Xu Xian back to life.&lt;br /&gt;
But Fahai did not give up. He then lured Xu Xian to the Jinshan Temple to separate the couple. Bai Suzhen and Xiao Qing had no choice but to inundate the temple with flood. During the fierce battle, Bai was finally defeated and put into a small bowl under the Leifeng Pagoda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Butterfly Lovers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Zhu Yingtai, a beautiful and intelligent girl born in a rich family in Shangyu County, Zhejiang Province, wanted to go to Hangzhou to study for there was no good teacher at home. Her father, seeing her eagerness to learn and her ability to disguise herself as a man, finally agreed to her request. On the way to Hangzhou, Zhu Yingtai met Liang Shanbo, a young man who had the same destination with her. He was sincere, gentle and knowledgeable and they clicked immediately. During the school years, they often talked about poetry and articles, cared for each other, and slept in the same bed at night. Zhu had gradually fallen in love with Liang, who, though did not know she was a girl, also cherished her and saw her as his best friend. &lt;br /&gt;
Three years passed quickly. The moment when they had to part, Zhu constantly gave delicate indications to Liang that she was a girl and she loved him, but Liang failed to take her hint. Zhu had no choice but to lied to Liang that she had a little sister who was similar to her in appearance and learning and she wondered if Liang was willing to marry her. Liang Shanbo readily consented and promised that he would come to visit soon. A months later, Liang Shanbo went to Zhu's home and he was surprised to see Zhu Yingtai dressed up as a girl. Only then did he know the truth and figured all the things out. They then confessed their love to each other and pledged to marry without the permission of parents. &lt;br /&gt;
But unfortunately, Zhu’s parents didn’t think much of this poor young man. They wanted to marry their daughter to Ma Wencai, the son of the local governor. Zhu Yingtai was unwilling to marry him but her protest was in vain, for her family was in financial crisis and needed Ma’s support. Hopelessly, the two young lovers was forced to part in tears. Since then, Liang slid into a depression. His spirit and health were soon crushed, and he died a few months later. On the wedding day, Zhu asked for a detour to pass by Liang 's tomb so that she could say goodbye to him. Wearing a bright red wedding dress, she knelt in front of his grave and cried bitterly. At that moment, lighting flashed, thunder rolled and the sky went dark. Liang's tomb suddenly cracked open and Ying-tai immediately jumped into it before it closed. Then under the shocked eyes of the onlookers, a pair of beautiful butterflies flied out of the graves and dancing in the sunlight. It is believed that these two butterflies are Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai. They finally get rid of all the shackles and bounds and can stay together forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having been adapted into many films and TV plays, these four stories are well-known in China and the rest of the world. As the crystallization of folk culture, they not only represent the rich imagination of ancient Chinese people, but also show their hatred for evil forces and their pursuit for a free and happy life, which is exactly the positive part of folk literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl  牛郎织女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall  孟姜女哭长城&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Butterfly Lovers 梁山伯与祝英台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Queen Mother 王母娘娘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stories to Warn Man 《警世通言》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda 《白娘子永镇雷峰塔》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What led to the death of Meng Jiangnu’s husband?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What did Xu Xian give Bai Suzhen to drink that made her reveal her snake form?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What did the Cowherd do to make Weaving Girl stay?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Liang Shanbo realize that Zhu Yingtai is actually a girl?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Why did Zhu Yingtai lie to Liang Shanbo that she has a little sister?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Four Great Pavilions'''--[[User:Xu Jing|Xu Jing]] ([[User talk:Xu Jing|talk]]) 06:21, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese 4 great towers&lt;br /&gt;
A. origin&lt;br /&gt;
B. development&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 08:17, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Yang Chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
Nanjing, An Ancient Capital of Six Dynasties--[[User:Yang Hairong|Yang Hairong]] ([[User talk:Yang Hairong|talk]]) 08:28, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
The Five Constant Virtues&lt;br /&gt;
A Benevolence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B Righteousness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C Propriety&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D Wisdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F Fidelity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheongsam--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 13:16, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Folding Screen''' --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 08:58, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Introduction '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens are a kind of flexible furniture and composed of several frames or panels linked together. They serve practical and decorative functions, being made from various materials and in many styles. Folding screens originated in ancient China. Written references date from around the 4th century BC, during the Han dynasty, but they were probably used earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 History and Technology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Screens date back to China during the Eastern Zhou period (711-256BCE). They were one-panel screens rather than folding screens then. The origin of folding screens, however, could be traced to the Han dynasty (206 BCE - 200 CE). Depictions of them have been found in Han-era tombs, such as one in Zhucheng, Shandong Province. Initially used as room separators painted with serious works, folding screens weren't designed to move around very often. They were initially made of wooden panels and decorated with fine art. Many themes are painted on the panels, such as mythology, scenes of palace life, and nature, making them more of a piece of furniture.  It is often associated with intrigue and romance in Chinese literature, for example, a young lady in love could take a curious peek hidden from behind a folding screen. Examples of such romantic occasions can be seen in the classical novel Dream of the Red Chamber of Cao Xueqin. The folding screen is also an important element in Tang literature. Li He, the Tang Poet, wrote the &amp;quot;Song of the Screen&amp;quot; (屏风曲), in which he described a folding screen of a newly-wed couple. The folding screen surrounded the bed of the young couple, and its twelve panels were adorned with butterflies alighted on China pink flowers (an allusion to lovers), and had silver hinges resembling glass coins. There are heavy wooden structures with other decorations pulled through holes near the edges of the panels. The design is prominent, and the frame is frequently vertical with individual designs and pleasing patterns.  &lt;br /&gt;
They were made flexible when an ingenious system of strong paper hinges were integrated in the panel construction, which made folding patterns reversible. The panels were brought closer by the paper hinges, which reduce the need for frames separating panels and allow a horizontal orientation of the picture plane. This provides creative approaches to the various spatial relationships of the panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Uses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens serve many purposes, such as for tea ceremonies, as backgrounds for concerts or dances, as enclosures for Buddhist rites, and in outdoor processions. Different functions have their own types.&lt;br /&gt;
Although originated in China, folding screens are now used in many interior designs around the world. People first used them also in some practical ways, such as preventing draft in homes, as shown by the two characters in their name: ping(屏 &amp;quot;screen; blocking&amp;quot;) and feng (风 &amp;quot;breeze, wind&amp;quot;). People would also use them to bestow a sense of privacy; in old times, they would often be placed in rooms serving as dressing screens for ladies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens can be put up as to divide a large space and change the configuration of the room. They could also be used as a false way set up at the entrance of a room to create a desirable atmosphere by hiding certain features like doors to a kitchen. Now that many folding screens are design with fine art, they serve the decorative purposes well in the interior features of a home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.4 Spread'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After becoming popular in China, folding screens spread to other parts of the world, including East Asia and later Europe. In the 7th century, they appeared in Japan for the first time during the reign of Emperor Tenmu, and they were presented to the Korean kingdom of Silla as a gift. By the 8th century, they had gained such popularity in Japan that Japanese artists began to make their own, very much influenced by Chinese design. Different sizes served different purposes: small 2-fold screens were often used for the tea ceremony and a larger 8-fold screen could be used as backdrops for dances. Japanese screens were lighter, often made of silk or even paper. Folding screens from the Far East spread to Europe at the very beginning of the 17th century. Owing to their practical functions and the distinguished decoration, they drew a lot of attention. The famous designer Coco Chanel was totally enchanted by Coromandel screens. She was well-known for her collection of Chinese folding screens. She possessed 32 folding screens, 8 of which were preserved in her apartment in Paris. She once stated:   “I’ve loved Chinese screens since I was eighteen years old. I nearly fainted with joy when, entering a Chinese shop, I saw a Coromandel for the first time. Screens were the first thing I bought.“ By the early 18th century, European craftsmen had already begun making folding screens on their own. They made folding screens in less expensive painted versions instead using lacquer techniques. At that time, leather screens were fashionable, but their popularity didn't last long, only to be restored around 1860 during the reign of Napoleon III with the wave of Japonism that inspired a number of French artists. In the 20th century when new modern heating means were invented, the functions of the folding screen became mostly decorative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Expressions and Terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dream of the Red Chamber 《红楼梦》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Korean kingdom of Silla 朝鲜新罗王国&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Tenmu 天武天皇 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.5 Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. When did folding screens first appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How are folding screens associated with romance in Chinese literature?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What functions do screens serve?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. When did they spread to Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. How did European craftsmen make folding screens?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
Panda--[[User:Yi Zichu|Yi Zichu]] ([[User talk:Yi Zichu|talk]]) 14:26, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Legalism'''--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 08:29, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Representative figures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Works'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15.）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.The Origin of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.The Development of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Local Changsha Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Hong Kong-style milk tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Indian Masala Chai'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Milk Tea and Health'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Advantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Disadvantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional textile printing and dyeing craftsmanship in China. It was called wax valerian in ancient times, also known as one of the four ancient printing techniques which are twisted valerian (tie-dye), gray valerian (hollow printing), and clip-dyeing in ancient China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called Batik in Indonesia or Malaysia. The patterns dyed by this method embody both decorative interests and practical values.&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the unearthed objects, which was even earlier than it was documented, was a quilt dyed with valerian and excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha. An unearthed piece of finished product originated in the Jin Dynasty, with overlapping patterns, which is the so-called agate-patterned silk in the Tang and Song Dynasties. Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the luxurious and beautiful batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Java, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc. The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Xinyuan|Zeng Xinyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Xinyuan|talk]]) 08:38, 10 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Ancient Weapons中国古代兵器--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terra-Cotta Warriors --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 02:32, 3 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bonsai&lt;br /&gt;
2.Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
3.Question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok（抖音） --[[User:Zhang Weihong|Zhang Weihong]] ([[User talk:Zhang Weihong|talk]]) 08:31, 21 November 2020 (UTC)Zhang Weihong&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 08:23, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
四大家&lt;br /&gt;
儒家&lt;br /&gt;
墨家&lt;br /&gt;
道家&lt;br /&gt;
法家--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 01:42, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A. Writing Brush'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the &lt;br /&gt;
classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B. Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C. Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
===Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea===&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.&lt;br /&gt;
The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Great Flood of Gun-Yu===&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Legendary of Nian===&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 14:04, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:yueliang.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a men, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. It is important to acquire this basic knowledge for our understanding of the evolution of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Huainanzi. On Mountains contains an illuminative depiction: “When light comes from a crack, a corner is illuminated; when light comes from a window in the wall, the north wall is illuminated; when light comes from the door, all the room is illuminated.” It further comments: “With ten windows fully open, the room is not as bright as when a door is open.” These remarks provide us with plenty of useful information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we know that at that time houses were constructed to face the south, and the direction of doors and windows were consistent with the architectural tradition which lasted thousands of years. Secondly, windows were quite small, to the extent that the area of ten windows was not as big as that of a door. &lt;br /&gt;
Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. As elaborate funerals were in fashion in the Han dynasty, construction models as funeral objects have occasionally been unearthed from Han tombs. On these objects ancient doors and windows can be identified. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. Windows with vertical rods solved these problems perfectly. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei adn Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. Xie Lingyun (385-433), a famous poet and follower of Buddhism, wrote a beautiful couplet in his On the Mountain Cottage, “Ranges of mountains are invited into the door, and mirror-like quiescent water is displayed in front of the window.” To exhibit natural scenes through doors and windows added to the aesthetic function of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice.. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
During the evolutionary development of classical doors, between plank doors and lattice doors there was another kind of door called a “soft door”. A soft door was a frame structure, with a waist bar in the middle, and panels were inset in grooves above and below the bar. The advantage of a soft door was that it was light in weight and resistant to deformation. The soft door is considered to be the predecessor of the lattice door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and still windows. All the doors and windows illustrated in this book are products of the Ming and Qing dynasties. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 02:29, 5 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the exchange of goods, currency emerged. And at very begining, currency was served by certain recognized equivalents, such as seashells. Gradually precious metals like gold and silver took the place of those equivalents as currency. However, when metal currency was used for a long time, it became worn out and worthless. People realized that they could use other things to replace the metal currency in circulation, so paper currency appeared. The earliest paper currency in the world was the &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot; of Chengdu, Sichuan province, during the Northern Song Dynasty. China was the first country in the world to use paper currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Emergence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Influence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] He Shengming.Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press,1990.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Jiaozi.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How did jiaozi come into being?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese traditional make up--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Base make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''II.Color make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.Tang dynasty make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107142</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107142"/>
		<updated>2020-12-03T14:03:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). Please write the text and indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. Please also add a vocabulary list and questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Chinese Astrology&amp;quot;--[[User:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|SAFFANA ALSIED 2]] ([[User talk:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|talk]]) 17:07, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chunlian.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Chunlian, image from Baike. Click [...] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Spring Festival Couplets===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Chunlian in Chinese, is also known as Spring Couplets or Chinese New Year Couplets. It is the most common and important custom when celebrating Chinese New Year. This tradition is widely kept both in modern cities and rural areas of China.With black or golden characters written on red paper, Spring Festival Couplets are composed of a pair of poetry lines vertically pasted on both sides of the front door and a four-character horizontal scroll affixed above the doorframe. Pasting couplets expresses people’s delight in the festival and wishes for a better life in the coming year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Couplets originated from Taofu, an inscription on boards made from peach trees in the Zhou Dynasty. According to the legend, a rooster perching in a big peach tree will crow at dawn to call all the traveling ghosts back. In front of the entrance of the dark world, there are two guards named Shentu and Yulei. If the ghosts harm any people at night, the guards will kill them.People believed that peach trees can scare and subdue evil things, so they hung peach boards in front of the doors with the guards’ names written or inscribed on them. During the Song Dynasty, the wood board was replaced by paper, and people focused more on bright wishes for the future. The custom became popular in Ming Dynasty. When the Emperor Zhu Yuanzhang traveled for inspection, he found those pairs of scrolls interesting. In order to advocate and promote this cultural activity, he ordered all household to paste the scrolls during the Chinese New Year. This tradition continues today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The upper scroll and the lower scroll have parallel structures and antithetical meanings. The two lines should have an equal number of characters, while their meaning must be related and antithetical. There must be a one-to-one correspondence between the two lines. The tone pattern is emphasized but rhythm is not important. The horizontal scroll is a four-character phrase, which sums up the two lines’ meaning. When you read a spring festival couplets, first,look at the horizontal scroll. If the four characters are written from left to right, the upper scroll will be on the left and the lower scroll on the right. If the characters of the horizontal scroll are reversed, the two side scrolls should be read from right to left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Spring Couplets, Chinese New Year Couplets, New Year Scroll 春联 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste 贴&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horizontal scroll 横联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upper scroll 上联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower scroll 下联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guzheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It  belongs to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It refers to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese.--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 07:36, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are varied accounts for how the ''zheng'' came to be. The first legend says the history of ''guzheng'' can date back to the Warring States Period. The oldest specimen yet discovered held 13 strings. ''Zheng'' was regarded as a weapon at that time which was used vertically to beat enemies. There was also an old saying that “the ''zheng'' makes a pleasant sound when placed horizontally and becomes a soldier when placed vertically”. Later, strings were added to it, and when plucked, it was found to be pleasing to the ears, so it developed into an instrument. As time went by, the weapons became lighter and lighter, and the ''zheng'', a large and heavy weapon, was abandoned. The second legend says the early form of the''zheng'' is said to have been invented by Meng Tian, a general of the Qin Dynasty (221-206 BC). But according to the biographies of Meng Tian in ''Historical Records'', there is no record of his invention of the ''zheng''. The third legend says the ''guzheng'' came about largely influenced by the ''se'' which was recorded by Zhao Lin in ''Records on Words''. When two people fought over a 25-string ''se'', they broke it in half, one person receiving a 12-string part and the other the 13-string part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern-day ''Guzheng'' usually has 21 strings and movable bridges and is 163 centimeters long. It should not be confused with the ''guqin'', another ancient Chinese zither with 7 strings played without movable bridges. The strings were formerly made of silk. By the 20th century, most players used metal strings. Since the mid-20th century, steel strings wound with nylon are common to be seen. The body of the ''guzheng'' is approximately rectangular, with a slight protrusion in the middle of the faceplate. The head and tail of the ''guzheng'' are anterior mountain and posterior mountain respectively. The two mountains are connected by 21 strings which are supported by 21 movable bridges, also known as Yan Zhu which are moved to change the timbres. The strings at the anterior side are wound around the string pegs in the turning box. And the ''guzheng'' was usually placed on the zither feet. The timbre of the ''guzheng'' is determined by the quality of the wood. As the tension of paulownia is better, the body of the ''guzheng'' are mostly made of paulownia. The head, tail and other parts of the ''guzheng'' are generally made of mahogany, and some patterns are decorated on the head and the tail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingerpicks, called Dai Mao or Yi Jia, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Meng Tian 蒙恬 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Lin 赵璘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Records on Words'' 《因话录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*anterior mountain 前岳山 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*posterior mountain 后岳山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Zhu 雁柱 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*string pegs 弦钉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*turning box 调音盒 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zither feet 琴足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*paulownia 桐木 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mahogany 红木&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Mao 玳瑁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi Jia 义甲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Facial makeup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Facial makeup, a sort of makeup art used in stage performance, is painted on the face of traditional opera singers in China and varies when it come to different types of role. The character roles in Beijing opera are divided into four main types according to the sex, age, social status and profession of the character. Sheng refers to male roles and is divided into laosheng (middle-aged or old men), xiaosheng (young men) and wusheng ( men with martial skills). Dan refers to female roles and is also subdivided into various types. Qingyi is a woman with a strict moral code; and laodan is an elderly woman. Jing refers to the roles with painted faces. They are usually warriors, statesmen or even demons. Chou, clown, is a comic character and can be recognized at first sight for his special make-up. The facial makeup of “sheng” and “dan” is quite simple with a thin layer of powder, called “plain face” while that of “jing” and “chou” is relatively complicated, and the former, in particular, is applied with heavy color and complicated patterns, thus gaining the name of “painted face”. In Beijing Opera, facial make-up, which is applied to Jing roles only, shows the character’s age and personality by using different colors. “Chou” is commonly called the clown as they are accustomed to wiping a patch of white powder on the nose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People hold different views when speaking of the origin of the facial makeup. It was said facial makeup was closely related to a kind of dance, called Damian, which appeared in the Northern and Southern Dynasties and thrived in the Tang Dynasty. It was performed by a single man aiming to extol King Lanling Gao Changgong’s outstanding military service and merits. He was courageous and good-looking and was bound to win every time he worn a mask that seemed frightening in the battlefield. As for the facial makeup used in opera, it is used to highlight the roles’ character, appearance as well as status, achieving a colorful and fantastic stage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legendary drama played a dominant role in Ming Dynasty, rich in content and fine in role division. Both jing and chou are painted their own special facial makeup. The basic color is mostly designed based on the description in the drama literature or the singers’ personal imagination. For instance, facial makeup of Guanyu is red and that of Baozhen is black. Their brow and eyes are exaggerated in some way. The pattern ratio has changed as well. Unlike the Ming Dyansty, there are both simple and sophisticated facial makeups with the same basic color. In the Mid-Qing Dynasty, as the local drama arose, facial makeup varied greatly in different places and possessed distinct local features and folk color. More than 300 kinds of dramas sprung up after the 18th century. Therefore, the drama characters mount and their division is much more finer. More colors like blue, green, yellow, grey and orange are added in jing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red facial makeup is symbolic of loyalty, upright and integrity like the characters Guan Yu and Wu Han.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black facial makeup gives people the impression that he is serious, rarely shows smiling expression and courageous and wise like Bao Zheng, a impartial official. It also stands for mighty force and boldness like Zhang Fei in drama the Three Kingdoms and Li Kuai in drama Water Margin of the Marsh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White facial makeup bears a derogatory sense, indicating a deceitful and suspicious nature like Cao Cao in drama the Three Kingdoms and Yan Song, Qin Kuai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters wearing blue facial makeup tend to be upright ,outspoken ,obstinate and even unruly like Ma Wu and Dou Erdun .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple facial makeup shows more sedate and righteous  like Xu Yanzhao and Zhuan Zhu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden facial makeup symbolizes dignity and power fitting roles like supernatural being like Tathagata(Sakyamuni, the creator of Buddhism) and Erlang Shen( a Chinese God with a third truth-seeing eye in the middle of his forehead).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The features of facial makeup are mainly as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
First, it is a contradictory unit of beauty and ugliness.Second, it is closely related to the character’s personality.Thirdly, its pattern is stylized. Chinese Peking opera makeup is favored by many opera enthusiasts and is widely known both at home and abroad, having been regarded as one of the mark of traditional Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
It is derived from the stage and could be seen on some large buildings, packages of some commercials, various porcelains and people’s clothes in different styles. It is far beyond the scope of stage use, showing its status in people’s heart and the strong vitality. Out of curiosity and affection for Chinese opera facial makeup, a great many foreign friends and domestic men of insight start to explore the mystery of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
painted face 花脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
clown 丑角&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
legend，romance 传奇剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tathagata 如来佛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sakyamuni 释迦牟尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Four Worldwide Famous Chinese Novelists of Modern Science Fiction and Fantasy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Cixin（刘慈欣）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chen Qiufan (陈楸帆）&lt;br /&gt;
Today this author is called by others the “Chinese William Gibson”. He can also be called one of the leaders of Chinese science-fiction and a cyberpunk novelist. He was born in China in 1981 in a seaside province in southeastern China called Guangdong, which borders Hong Kong and Macau. To say more accurately he grew up a few miles from Guiyu, the largest waste dump. Mountains of scrap electronics are shipped there every year from all over the world. Thousands of workers sort through the garbage in search of something that is suitable for recycling. This topic became the central topic in a novel called “Waste Tide”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, by the early 2000s, Chen Qiufang had become a big fan of virtual chats and the Internet. He saw great potential in the Internet and technologies in general, an opportunity to change the world for the better. After graduation, Chen worked with Google, Baidu and co-founded Noitom, a virtual reality startup in Beijing. As science fiction began to gain popularity in China and receive support from the government, Qiufan turned to full-fledged novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His debut book was ''The Empty Wave'', &amp;quot;combining realism and allegory to represent the hybridity of humans and machines.&amp;quot; Chen Qiufan's novels and stories won three Galaxy Awards, and twelve Chinese Nebula Awards. His works have been translated into German, French, Finnish, Korean, Czech, Italian, Japanese, Polish and Russian.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
His book ''Waste Tide'' became one of the most discussed books around the world and got universal acclaim from critics and usual readers. The fantastic mix of dark future with reality components made this book a guidebook for those who are worried about ecological problems and the darkest sides of the humanity progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Rebecca F. Kuang (匡蘦秀）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li Jun (李俊）or Baoshu (宝树）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:stilts.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Stilts presentation during the Miliangtun Stilt Festival, image from Baike. Click [http://img3.imgtn.bdimg.com/it/u=2060438651,2837589998&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Intangible Cultural Heritage — Miliangtun Village Stilts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stilts is one of the folk dances of the Han nationality in our country, which is called &amp;quot;Stilt Yangko&amp;quot; in some places. Stilt-walkers tie their feet on to the long stilts with various length, the shortest being two feet long, and the longest reaching over five feet. They dress themselves into different historical or mythological figures, walking and dancing on fairs. Stilt-walkers are normally taller than ordinary people, and perform on movable stages, which is convenient for watching far and near. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a traditional folk dance in Beijing, Miliangtun Village Stilts originates from the &amp;quot;Tongle Gaojiaohui&amp;quot; founded in the Qianlong period of the Qing Dynasty. According to the older generation in the village, Miliangtun Village Stilts was first founded by several villagers led by Uncle Ma, who lived in Miliangtun Village and worked in Beijing.It was bestowed by Emperor Qianlong, and has a history of more than 250 years. Miliangtun Village Stilts is not only time-honored, but also mysterious and legendary. It still retains the traditions in performance techniques, characters, musical accompaniment, etiquette, and stilts production technology, which is an excellent performing art that is spread among the folks. In 2006, it was listed as a Beijing-level intangible cultural heritage protection project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of Miliangtun Village Stilts has over forty people and 13 roles, all played by men. The roles are, Tuotou, Laozuozi, young boy, young master, Mr. Plaster, Choupo, fisherman, Yupo, wood-cutter, handsome and ugly drum-players, handsome and ugly gong-players. Tuotou, fisherman and wood-cutter are righteous and decent images, while zany figures represent the negative images, like Choupo, young boy and Laozuozi who are responsible for enlivening the atmosphere and entertaining the audience. Such a stark contrast is quite ironic. Among the 13 roles, the only serious one is Tuotou. Because he is a general who can be easily recognized upon his appearance. Squatting and carrying swords, that's his work. Others like the young boy, just a little kid who amuses everyone. Mr. Plaster is responsible for warming up. He is outstanding because he can play and amuse with others, like Yupo or Laozuozi. Fisherman is just a workingman. He is not funny. He goes fishing because of his fixed character. Wood-cutter is also a workingman who can play other tricks besides squatting. Yupo is the young lady in the past, and Laozuozi is the housewife. Wood-cutter and Mr. Plaster can play and amuse with them. The handsome and ugly drum-players and gong-players are quite important in the backfield when the show begins. They play drums and gongs to amuse the audience. Gong-players following drum-players, handsome and ugly, they are just like the final fighters. Then comes the show of Kylin Songzi after they stop playing; Tuotou lying flat; Mr. Plaster and young master raising their waists; Yupo dancing Yangko behind, pulling his two legs; Fisherman using his ribbon to drag Tuotou who hold the ribbon in his mouth; the young boy riding on Tuotou’s waist like a lion. Then comes the going downhill. When it’s done, the show is over. That's the whole performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is strict inheritance relationship and etiquette in the stilt fair. It will set up inheritors, presidents, team leaders, and team members. Today, Miliangtun Village Stilts as the distinctive folklore in Wangzuo Town, Fengtai District, stands out among the stilt fairs in Beijing and enjoys great popularity from peers and the public. Miliangtun Village Stilts is visually stunning, technically accomplished and naturally funny. A fixed set of performance routines has gradually formed after long-term drills since its founding. It is divided into lead in, head stilt command, separation in formal performance. Stilts-walkers individually perform difficult tricks such as the big jump and the onion-pulling, then amuse and perform in separation, ending with the show of Kylin Songzi, which indicates good luck and peace. Miliangtun Village Stilts has become an indispensable part of local festivals and celebrations with its lively atmosphere and superb skills and adds value to the cultural life of the folks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun Village Stilts as a renowned fair,knownas the features of risky tricks, various skills and great difficulty. There are stunning tricks such as Yasha Searches the Sea, Su Qin Carries Swords, squatting, bouncing, hugging, somersault, and scorpion tail pendulum. Stilts performances focus on amusement, Tuotou being the opening, other roles flatter him with various and difficult tricks, constituting the grand show. Legs and feet must be agile, jumping the large bench is quite demanding that normal players can hardly accomplish. Tuotou, for example, he has to play squatting after jumping. Each of the twelve roles has its own talents. Tuotou is an adventurous figure who leads the team. Young boy, Laozuozi and Yupo and even Mr. Plaster, the zany figure, his tricks are amusing and pleasing. The length of Miliangtun Village Stilts, 1.6 meters, is quite rare in the stilt fairs of the country. The centre of balance is extremely difficult to grasp. One must bend his knees slightly and keep moving when walking on stilts, control the balance with waist, and the upper body and the feet must be coordinated to ensure the balance. Stilt-walkers step on the wooden stilts, swinging from side to side. The movement of the lower body leads the upper body to shake and shrug. The stilts are lifted lightly but stepped hardly, with the force on the knees, forming into a style of combining the tricks of twisting, swinging and amusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun (village name) 米粮屯&lt;br /&gt;
stilts 高跷&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 04:46, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lion dance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Brief Introduction of The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters are Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan in Tang Dynasty and Ouyang Xiu, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Wang Anshi, Zeng Gong in Song Dynasty. This title was first appeared in the Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties. &lt;br /&gt;
Among them, Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the leaders of the ancient prose movement in the Tang Dynasty, while Ouyang Xiu and Three Su(Su Xun, Su shi, Su Zhe) are the core figures of the ancient prose movement in the Song Dynasty, and Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong are the representative figures of Linchuan Literature. Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the advacators of the &amp;quot;Ancient Prose Movement&amp;quot;. Su Shi, Su Xun and Su Zhe are called Three Su. What else, Su Xun is the their father and Su Shi is the older brother. While Su Shi's teacher is Ouyang Xiu, who is also the teacher of Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, they both advocated prose and opposd parallel prose, which has exerted profound influence on the literary world at that time and later generations. Their sucessive waves of innovation of ancient ancient prose has changed the obsolete appearence of poetry and prose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Han Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu was a litterateur, philosopher, and thinker of Tang Dynasty. He was native in Heyang, now Jiaozuo city in Henan province. Han Yu was honored as “ The Decline of Eight Generations” by Su Shi in Song Dynasty, as well as the head of Eight Masters of Prose in Tang and Song Dynasty. Han Yu was called “Han Liu” with Liu Zongyuan, and his proses were juxtaposed with Du Fu’s poems as “ Du poem Han pen” by Du Mu. He enjoyed the fame as “ The Article Giant” and “ Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations” with great works like forty volumes of Han Changli Collection, ten volumes of External collection and The Teacher's Theory. &lt;br /&gt;
Although disagreement in Liu Zongyuan’s political view, he still worked with Liu Zongyuan in advocating the Ancient Prose Movement. As the pioneers, they were both against excessive pursuit of form of parallel prose but for the prose of Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties and both emphasized the importance of article’s contents so as to expand the expressive function of writing in classical Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Liu Zongyuan.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zongyuan was a litterateur, philosopher, proser and thinker of the Tang Dynasty. His ancestral home was Hedong , now in Yongji area of Yuncheng in Shanxi province. He was known as &amp;quot;Liu Hedong &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; Mr. Hedong &amp;quot;, also known as&amp;quot; Liu Liuzhou &amp;quot; because of his official end of feudal provincial of Liuzhou. He was born in Changan and became a Jinshi in the 9th year of Zhenyuan, later official supervisor of imperial censor .&lt;br /&gt;
was juxtaposed with Han Yu as &amp;quot;Han Liu &amp;quot;, with Liu Yuxi as &amp;quot; Liu Liu &amp;quot;, with Wang Wei, Meng Haoran and Wei Yingwu as &amp;quot;Wang Meng Wei Liu &amp;quot;. In his lifetime of less than 50 years, he left us more than 600 poems with more achievements in writing than poetry. The &amp;quot;Liu He Dong Colloection&amp;quot; was one of his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
He was a deep-thinking philosopher and litterateur, who attached importance to the content of the article and advocated that writings should be practical. Therefore, he paid attention to the social function of literature and emphasized that literature should benefit the world. Moreover, he advocated the perfect combination of ideological content and artistic form with a serious attitude in writing. That means, it is important for the writer to have highly moral cultivation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ouyang Xiu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was a statesman, litterateur, historian and poet in the Northern Song Dynasty. He was called the “Liu Yi scholar”, which means that he had ten thousands volumes of collections, a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions of Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties, a piano, a chess, a pot of wine and a drunk Weng alone. He was native in Jizhou Yongfeng, now Yongfeng county of Ji’an city in Jiangxi province but born in Mianzhou, now Minayang city in Sichuan province.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu’s poems, Ci and prose were all the crown of that time. His poetry was smooth, lyrical and euphemistic with a similar prose style stressing on momentum while keeping natural smoothness. His Ci was profound and graceful, inheriting the Yu Feng of the Southern Tang Dynasty. The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong was his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu inherited and carried forward the fine tradition of Han and Liu’s ancient prose, and led the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement. As the leader of this movement, Ouyang Xiu not only drove away the odd style of writing in the literary world, but also opened up a new style in poetry and also a new field of creation with his own unique style and high talent. It has made new achievements and pushed the creation of poetry and prose to a new height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Su Xun'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Xun.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a native of Meishan in Sichuan. When he was young, he performed poor in learning. In 19 years old, he married Mrs. Cheng. Later in 27 years old, he determined to study hard. After decade of hard work, he made a huge academic progress.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a man of political ambition. He said that the main purpose of his works was &amp;quot;to speak for the world &amp;quot;, to&amp;quot; apply to the present &amp;quot;. He put forward a whole set of ideas of political innovation in some important argumentative papers such as Heng Lun and The Book to the Emperor. Because he had a better understanding of that social reality and was good at summing up experience and lessons from past history. Therefore, putting aside certain pedantic and biased views in his political discourse, many of them were still right on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Su Shi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Shi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi, with a fame as &amp;quot; Dongpo Jushi &amp;quot;, was native in Meishan in Sichuan . He was a famous litterateur, calligrapher, essayist, Ci writer, poet and the representative of the Unconstrained Ci School in Northern Song Dynasty .&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi has made great achievements in poetry, Ci, prose, calligraphy, painting and so on. He was regarded as one of the most outstanding man in literary and artistic attainments in thousands of years of Chinese history. His was called &amp;quot;Han Chao Su hai&amp;quot; with Han Yu in the prose area, &amp;quot;Ou Su&amp;quot; with Ouyang Xiu, &amp;quot;Su Huang&amp;quot; with Huang Tingjian, and &amp;quot;Su Xin&amp;quot; with Xin Qiji in the Ci area, so he was called &amp;quot;the first all-round talent in ancient China&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi's literary viewpoint was in line with Ouyang Xiu's, but he emphasized the originality, expressiveness and artistic value of literature more. His literary thought emphasized &amp;quot;creating for certain purposes&amp;quot;, advocating nature and getting rid of bondage. Su Shi was a leading figure in the literary circle of the Northern Song Dynasty after Ouyang Xiu. Moreover, Huang Tingjian, Qin Guan, Chao Buzhi and Zhang Lei, the four litterateurs of the Northern Song Dynasty, had been trained, rewarded and recommended by him, so they were called “Su Men Four bachelors”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Su Zhe'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Zhe.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe was born in Meishan, Meizhou , now Sichuan province. In the Jiayou second year (in 1057), he with his brother Su Shi climbed jinshi branch.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe's prose showed the deep and mellow spirit. He had his own views on ancient writing. In the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council, he put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary style&amp;quot; . He was good at politics and history. He discussed world affairs in some political works such as The New Theory and On the Six Kingdoms. From these works, we can draw lessons from the past and criticize the current problems. He was also very insightful in reform. In addition, he was also quite outstanding in Ode , such as The &amp;quot;Ode to Ink bamboo&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Wang Anshi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wang Anshi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi, also known as Banshan in his twilight years, was conferred the title of Duke Jing . He was born in Linchuan in the Northern Song Dynasty, now Fuzhou City, Jiangxi Province .&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi was not only an outstanding politician and thinker, but also a brilliant litterateur. In order to realize his political ideal, he closely linked literary creation with political activities, emphasizing that literature aimed to serve the society first, that means, he emphasized the realistic function and social effect of articles, and advocated the unity of literature and Taoism. His prose largely carried out his literary propositions because his essays were mostly about the enlightenment of political decrees and suitable for world use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Zeng Gong'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zeng Gong.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was known as &amp;quot;Mr. Nan Feng&amp;quot;. He was born in Nanfeng, Jianchang, now Nanfeng County, Fuzhou city, Jiangxi Province. In Jiayou second year (in 1057), he became a Jinshi. As a politician and essayist of the Northern Song Dynasty and one of the &amp;quot;eight masters&amp;quot; of the Tang and Song Dynasties, he was also one of the &amp;quot;Seven Zengs of Nanfeng&amp;quot; , including Zeng Gong, Zeng Zhao, Zeng Bu, Zeng Yu, Zeng Hong, Zeng Xie and Zeng Dun.&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was a supporter and participant of Ouyang Xiu's ancient prose movement. He advocated the doctrine before the text. His prose was natural and simple and little attention to literary grace. Of the eight masters, he was the less affectionate one. His articles were rarely lyrical works, but mostly argumentation and narrative. His prose was good at making arguments, for example, the Book to Ouyang She Ren, the Book to Bachelor CAI. In these works, he argued on the treatment of disorder and expressed his deep feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. Comparison between the Ancient Prose Movement and Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
Although there was seven or eight hundred years from the Ancient Prose Movement to the Italian Renaissance,they both happened in the Middle Ancient period of Western history. Similarly, they both inherited the essence of classical culture and further completed the historical mission of literary retro. So we can regard them as historical peak in their respective cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in ideology:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement in Tang and Song dynasties advocated the restoration of Confucianism of the pre-Qin period and the realization of the realistic goal of carrying the Tao in literature. It was against the parallel prose and the floating style since the Six Dynasties but for the gentle and honest poetic concept. While the Renaissance, with classical culture as a tool, strongly criticized medieval theology and carried forward the humanism and scientific rational spirit of ancient Greece and Rome. Their premise and foundation are their own classical thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in writing style:&lt;br /&gt;
The two retro movements were marked by the retro style to restore the creation mode of ancient prose, thus promoting the process of literary movement. The Ancient Prose Movement of the Tang Dynasty studied the simple language style of the pre-Qin period, while the Renaissance restored the elegant and beautiful characteristics of the ancient Greek period.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in literary form:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement not only corrected the floating and rigid writing style of the six dynasties, but also laid a good creative foundation for the development of prose in later generations. It was in the form of scattered single sentences with less flowery and redundant allusions but more in colloquial language. While although the literary works of the Renaissance inherited the elegant style of classicism, it still changed obviously in the aspect of stylistic creation. Influenced by literary theory and works, Italian literature showed innovation in form. As Mr. Zhu Guangqian said :&amp;quot; Italian literature is a new type of literature different from classical literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters 唐宋八大家 &lt;br /&gt;
Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties 《唐宋八大家文钞》&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Prose Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
parallel prose 骈文&lt;br /&gt;
The Decline of Eight Generations 文起八代之衰&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Giant 文章巨公&lt;br /&gt;
Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations 百代文宗&lt;br /&gt;
Han Changli Collection 《韩昌黎集》&lt;br /&gt;
External collection 《外集》&lt;br /&gt;
The Teacher's Theory《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties 先秦两汉时期&lt;br /&gt;
writing in classical Chinese 文言文&lt;br /&gt;
feudal provincial of Liuzhou 柳州刺史&lt;br /&gt;
official supervisor of imperial censor 监察御史&lt;br /&gt;
Liu He Dong Colloection 《柳河东集》&lt;br /&gt;
Northern Song Dynasty 北宋&lt;br /&gt;
a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions 金石遗文一千卷&lt;br /&gt;
Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties 三代&lt;br /&gt;
the crown of that time 一时之冠&lt;br /&gt;
Southern Tang Dynasty 南唐&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Feng 余风&lt;br /&gt;
The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong 《欧阳文忠公文集》&lt;br /&gt;
the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement北宋诗文革新运动&lt;br /&gt;
Heng Lun 《衡论》&lt;br /&gt;
Duke Jingguo 荆国公 &lt;br /&gt;
Seven Zengs of Nanfeng 南丰七曾&lt;br /&gt;
the doctrine before the text先道后文&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Ouyang She Ren 《上欧阳舍人书》&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Bachelor Cai 《上蔡学士书》&lt;br /&gt;
the Six Dynasties 六朝&lt;br /&gt;
The Book to the Emperor 《上皇帝书》&lt;br /&gt;
Dongpo Jushi 东坡居士&lt;br /&gt;
Ci writer 词人&lt;br /&gt;
Unconstrained Ci School豪放派&lt;br /&gt;
literary and artistic attainments 文学艺术造诣&lt;br /&gt;
the first all-round talent in ancient China 中国古代第一全才&lt;br /&gt;
Su Men Four bachelors 苏门四学士&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council 《上枢密韩太尉书》&lt;br /&gt;
The New Theory《新论》&lt;br /&gt;
On the Six Kingdoms 《六国论》&lt;br /&gt;
Ode 赋&lt;br /&gt;
The Ode to Ink bamboo 《墨竹赋》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 08:22, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Gao Mingzhu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、A Brief Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa belongs to plucked stringed instruments. Being made of wood or bamboo, its speaker box takes the shape of half pear with 4 strings on it ,which was made of silk initially while being made of steel wire, steel rope or nylon now. The &amp;quot;Pin(品，those wooden strips on Pipa’s face plate for pressing)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Xiang（相, those horizontal strips on Pipa’s neck for pressing）&amp;quot; are set on the face plate and neck respectively to determine the positions of different sounds. When playing, the player holds it erectly using the left hand to press the string and the right hand to play. It is an important ethnic musical instrument which can be used in recital, accompaniment and ensemble. Pipa has a wide range of vocal range. Its playing skills rank the first in Chinese national instruments and its performance forms are also the most abundant in Chinese folk music, it is thus called the No.1 in plucked instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、Emergence and Development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3、Different Schools&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4、Traditional Pipa Music&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Huli-jing figure in Chinese mythology and its analogs in Japan and Korea === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic of werewolves in the XXI century is perhaps one of the most discussed and studied. Along with vampires and zombies, the image of werewolves is firmly entrenched in world cinema and literature. However, as a rule, speaking about the motives for the transformation of a person into an animal, most people have information mainly about lycanthropy, that is, about the specific transformation of a person into a wolf (werewolf). At the same time, the theme of werewolves is represented by a fairly large number of transformations of a person not only into a wolf but also into other animals. In Chinese mythology, one of the most popular werewolf myths is the myth of the Huli Jing, or werewolf foxes. In the Middle Ages, these myths were very popular and in-demand among writers. But what is the attitude of Huli-Jing in modern China? Are they given a place in modern culture, or do werewolf foxes now sound more like a kind of atavism or a children's fairy tale?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Huli-jing (狐狸精) in China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we need to recreate the image of the Huli-Jing and what was seen in ancient and medieval China. Most often, the Huli-Jing was presented in the form of not just a young, but extremely beautiful women. Interestingly, the image of werewolf foxes has been known in China since the times of the Xia dynasty and its founder Yu, who married a nine-tailed white fox who lived on Mount Tu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, especially women, believed that thanks to the cult of the fox, they would be able to gain unearthly beauty and immortality. The official authorities of the ancient and medieval dynasties tried to fight the representatives of the Huli Jing cult, but it was only during the Song dynasty that the cult of the fox, including the cult of Da Ji, was almost completely destroyed. However, the cult and image of Huli Jing were not completely eradicated in China. Probably, a more competent decision was made to give the werewolf woman more kind and compassionate traits, which in one way or another should justify her image compared to the cruel ancestor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking examples of where the changed image of the Huli Jing is found can be called the stories of Pu Songlin about werewolf foxes. It is his stories, where girls are subject to the curse of turning into foxes, that reflect their position as hostages of their own life situations or even fears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theme of fatal love in the stories of werewolf foxes appears as a continuous line in Pu Songling, this suggests that despite the fact that Huli Jing strives for happiness, she remains a spirit that is not a person. In addition, despite the altered level of female foxes, they will still bear the curse of their evil ancestors, who personified evil in its purest form, and therefore there can be no happy ending for those who bear such heavy punishment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, the image of the Huli Jing as a mythological character by the 21st century was constantly supplemented with small details. We can say that most of the works of literature and cinema, in which the werewolf fox was encountered, for the most part, were very strongly romanticized. Remaining in its own way a relatively neutral character, Huli Jing nevertheless gradually becomes one of the most popular characters of many writers and screenwriters, not only in China but also in many other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
A striking and original example of where the Huli Jing appears is the work of the writer Ken Liu entitled &amp;quot;Good Hunt&amp;quot;. The author presents not only a very interesting view of the Huli Jing but also explains why the legendary characters of Chinese mythology are gradually disappearing from the memory of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literary works, Huli Jing is quite often encountered in Chinese cinema, as an episodic character or a protagonist. One of the most striking images of a werewolf fox can be considered the film &amp;quot;Painted Skin (畫皮)&amp;quot;, where the main character is Huli Jing and must eat men's hearts to maintain her youth and beauty. This film is based on the story of Pu Songling and is one of the key works of cinema and modern Chinese culture, which fully reveals the tragedy of the werewolf fox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Huli Jing is featured in a fairly large number of Chinese television series, each of which gives its own view of what character Huli Jing should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quite a lot of information about werewolf foxes can be obtained from the TV series &amp;quot;The Legend of the Nine-Tailed Fox&amp;quot; released in 2016. The main interest here is not only a rather vivid description of the Huli Jing, which according to the plot are one family and are forced to seek and return to their place the sacred fruit from the magic garden. This, perhaps, is an attempt to provide an explanation of the true nature of werewolf foxes, who for a long time rushed from good to evil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summing up, I would like to note that the transformation of the image of Huli Jing took place at a gradual pace. Since the reign of the first Chinese dynasties, the image of werewolf foxes has been predominantly negative and associated with deceit, seduction, and intrigue. But the situation changed in connection with the development of the cults of foxes, which they tried to give the appearance of “victims of circumstances,” and all the negative features are just a slight exaggeration. Thanks to Pu Songling, the Huli Jing truly became much more positive beings, and the stories about them were presented in terms of stories of unfortunate and unhappy love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of the Huli Jing, which rushes from good to evil for many years, has been romanticized and transformed, becoming a more positive character, although not devoid of some negative features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Kitsune (キツネ) in Japan''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese folklore, these animals have great knowledge, long life, and magical abilities. Chief among them is the ability to take shapeshift themselves; the fox, according to legend, learns to do this after reaching a certain age (usually a hundred years old, although in some legends it is fifty). Kitsune usually take the form of seductive beauty, a pretty young girl, but sometimes they turn into men. It should be noted that in Japanese mythology there was a mixture of indigenous Japanese beliefs that characterized the fox as an attribute of the god Inari (&amp;quot;Fox-messenger&amp;quot;) and the Chinese, who considered foxes to be werewolves, a genus close to demons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other abilities commonly ascribed to kitsune include the ability to take possession of other people's bodies, to breathe out or otherwise create fire, to appear in other people's dreams, and the ability to create illusions so complex that they are almost indistinguishable from reality. Some of the legends go further, talking about kitsune with the ability to warp space and time, drive people crazy, or take on such inhuman or fantastic forms as trees of indescribable height or the second moon in the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kitsune are associated with both Shinto and Buddhist beliefs. In Shinto, kitsune are associated with Inari, the patron deity of rice fields and entrepreneurship. Initially, foxes were the messengers (tsukai) of this deity, but now the difference between them has become so blurred that Inari himself is sometimes depicted as a fox. In Buddhism, they gained fame thanks to the Shingon school of secret Buddhism, popular in the 9th-10th centuries in Japan, one of the main deities of which, Dakini, was depicted riding a fox across the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kitsune can have up to nine tails. In general, it is believed that the older and stronger the foxes are, the more tails they have. Some sources even claim that a kitsune grows an extra tail every hundred or thousand years of its life. However, foxes found in fairy tales almost always have one, five, or nine tails. When kitsune are given nine tails, their fur turns silvery, white, or gold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Kumiho (구미호) in Korea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumiho - (구 &amp;quot;ku&amp;quot; - nine, 미 &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; - tail, 호 &amp;quot;ho&amp;quot; - fox - &amp;quot;fox with nine tails&amp;quot;) is a folklore animal, the fox of which is first mentioned in the era of Gojoseon. According to legends, only a fox that lives for a thousand years can become 구미호. One of her superpowers is transforming into a beautiful girl. Although in myths there are also references to the becoming of a charming young man. In this form, the mythical animal fell in love with the opposite sex, and then ate their liver (according to some beliefs, and the heart). Why exactly the liver? We can say that the liver contains human energy, that is, we eat and receive the energy that our liver stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a later period, kumiho, according to numerous legends, could get rid of the status of a monster and become a man forever. There are several ways: 구미호 will not eat human flesh and kill for a thousand days. The second option is to eat the liver of a thousand men over a thousand years. The third - will live in a cave without sunlight, eating only wormwood and garlic. And also, if the person who recognized her as 구미호 in human form, keeps this secret for ten years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shape shifter – 成精&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creature –生物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seductive –诱人的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Damnation –诅咒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor –隐喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascribe –属性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indigenous –土着&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deity – 反面人物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liver – 肝脏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Song-ling. Fox charm. Monks-wizards. // Eastern literature. –2008. - P.280.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Ken. Good Hunting.// Strange Horizons. - 2012. - p. 431.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Xiaofei. The cult of the fox: Power, gender and popular religion in late imperial and modern China//Columbia University Press. – New York, 2006. – Pp.269.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Characters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Knots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction about Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot is a hand-woven handicraft unique to China. The exquisiteness and wisdom displayed on it are just one aspect of the ancient Chinese civilization.It &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
originally evolved from the sewing of the Paleolithic period, to the ritual memorial of the Han Dynasty, and then into today's decorative craft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The jade worn by people in the Zhou Dynasty was often decorated with Chinese knots, and there were also Chinese knot patterns on the bronzes of the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot continued to become a popular art in the Qing Dynasty. Now,Chinese knots are often used as interior decorations, gifts between relatives and friends and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personal accessories. It is possessed of delicate and symmetrical appearance and accords with the conventions of Chinese traditional  decoration and aesthetics,which &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
earned the knot its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are ten main kinds of Chinese knots which are named according to the shape, purpose or meaning of the knot.They are Double Coin Knot(双钱结）,Good Luck Knot（吉祥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Chinese Button Knot（纽扣结）,Sauvastika Knot（万字结）,Oxalis Knot（酢浆草结）,Pan Chang Knot（盘长结）,Round Brocade Knot（团锦结）,Caisson Celling Knot（藻井&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Cross Knot(十字结） and Ping Knot（平结）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we mainly introduce three main Chinese knots,which are the Double Coin Knot,the Good Luck Knot and the Pan Chang Knot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.The Double Coin Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient coins are closely related to a country’s history, culture,politics, and economy, and are regarded as treasures both at home and abroad. The Chinese people's views &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
on coins are not limited on their prices but value, which can be seen in the auspicious characters and patterns cast on many ancient coins. ut it Money in China not only &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
represents the value of a certain currency, but also something of good luck. Every Chinese New Year's Eve, children can receive the so-called &amp;quot;luck money&amp;quot;. Therefore, for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Chinese people, money also has the meaning of eliminating and avoiding evil. Double Coin Knot is named after two bronze coins connecting together, which symbolizes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;good things come in pairs&amp;quot;. This knot is often used in weaving necklaces, belts and other accessories, and the combination of several Double Coin Knots can form beautiful &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
patterns, such as clouds and Perfect Knots，etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.The Good Luck Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the Good Luck Knot,it is an extension of the cross knot, and is also one of the ancient decorative knots, which means auspiciousness. The knitting method is simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the knot shape is beautiful,varied and widely used. When used alone, if a heavy object is hung, the knot is easy to deform, and it can be fixed with a shaping glue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.The Pan Chang Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot is also a kind of Chinese knot. It symbolizes the highest realm of unity of mind and matter and eternal immortality. It represents the auspiciousness of the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
avenue and is therefore highly valued by Chinese people. Pan Chang (盘长） is a symbol of the origin of all things, and is one of the most important basic knots. It is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
often the main knot of many changing knots. Because the Chinese knot has the characteristics of close symmetry, it is easy to be liked by us in terms of its perception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Knitting Method of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The knitting of Chinese knots can be roughly divided into three categories: basic knots, variable knots, and combined knots. Their knitting technology requires a variety of  basic knot knitting skills, and all have common knitting principles, which can be summarized into basic technique and combination technique. The basic technique is to knit with single lines, double lines or multiple lines, using the parallel or separation of the thread ends to make colorful knots.The combination technique means to use thread extension to flexibly combine various knots ,so as to make a group of varied knots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final stage of learning knitting is the self-designing. When designing a set of beautiful knots, the most important thing is to determine its purpose and function, and then determine its size and shape, while considering the color matching and the appropriate use of accessories. As long as the decorations are used flexibly, andthe designer's artistic beauty and deep thoughts are poured into, the Chinese knot can fully express the beauty of traditional Chinese art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people love the Chinese knot because it embodies the cultural essence and national characteristics of the Chinese nation. The Chinese knot is a woven fabric of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope and thread.In Chinese， &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; (绳）and &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; （神）are homophonic, so the Chinese nation has a worship of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot;. In addition, Chinese people are descendants of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dragons.Because the shape of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; is like a winding dragon,  people also regard &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; as a symbol of dragon. Chinese people also have their own unique understanding of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;knot&amp;quot;, which means reunion and happiness. Many of the Chinese words composed of &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;（knot) that we usually see have beautiful meanings, such as 团结（unity）, 结交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（making friends), and 永结同心（tie the knot),etc. &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;(knot) is also homonymous with &amp;quot;吉&amp;quot;（ausipiciousness), so people even think that &amp;quot;knot&amp;quot; is a symbol of good luck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.Comparisons between Chinese Knots and Cross Necklaces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.1.Different Cultural Connotations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above, we can see that the Chinese knot generally have many meanings, such as good luck, love, unity and so on. The cross necklace,however, is symbolic of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity. The cross, derived from the Latin &amp;quot;crux&amp;quot;, means &amp;quot;fork&amp;quot;.It was originally a cruel instrument of torture used to execute prisoners. It was popular in ancient &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rome, the Persian Empire and Carthage. Later,cross evolved into a symbol of the Christianity due to Christ's death on the cross to redeem sinners.Therefore,such cross &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ornaments in the west as cross necknaces are usually used to represent love and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.2.Different Shapes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, from the above we can also learn that Chinese knots have many shapes, and different shapes represent different meanings. The cross necklace can also have &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
different shapes and sizes. Christians can hang a small cross on their chest to express their identity, while the large cross is a symbol of the bishop's authority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====6.References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李库.符号学视角下的中国结解读.[J]艺海2016(08) : 125-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]李立芳，孙建君.民间绳结[M].武汉：湖北美术出版社，2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]许星.路论中国结[J].丝绸,2004(02) : 46-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]邬红芳.中国结的意象美学特征[J]装饰，2004(09) : 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]王眯珠，孙荪，曲洪建.怀旧心理与创新意识对中国结的影响分析[J].丝绸，2014(11):43-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double Coin Knot  双钱结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck Knot 吉祥结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Button Knot 纽扣结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sauvastika Knot 万字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oxalis Knot 酢浆草结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot 盘长结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Round Brocade Knot 团锦结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caisson Celling Knot 藻井结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross Knot 十字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ping Knot 平结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tie the knot 永结同心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
luck money 压岁钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bishop's identity 主教职权&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the Chinese knot?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Do you know the names of the main Chinese knots? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What do &amp;quot;绳&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;结&amp;quot; mean in Chinese culture?--[[User:Guan Qinqing|Guan Qinqing]] ([[User talk:Guan Qinqing|talk]]) 13:04, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Mythology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese’s life is full of mythological history about religious, history, science, literature, philosophy, dragons, tortoises, phoenixes, unicorns, birds, and flowering fruit trees. This myth is characterized by the interaction of the pros and cons, yin and yang, good and evil, light and dark, male and female, heaven and earth, force and weak and so forth. Panku is an important figure in Chinese mythology, the first living being and the creator of universe in some versions of Chinese mythology. In world mythology; every peoples have it own myths, different fairy tales, but there is some similarities in common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Panku Creates the World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the beginning, the world didn’t exist; there wasn’t sky, earth, water, animals, birds, plants, human, in other word, the universe was empty. The force of universe was concentrated inside a mysterious egg. This egg, after growing many years, it becoming a big form of ball and finally give birth to Panku.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Nü Wa Created Human Beings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 Fushi Taught the People=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 Yu Rebuilt the Earth====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why was an egg a good symbol for the beginning of the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese gods and immortals--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 16:09, 8 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional religion is polytheistic; many deities are worshipped in a pantheistic view where divinity is inherent in the world. In Chinese language there is a terminological distinction between 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān. Although the usage of the former two is sometimes blurred, it corresponds to the distinction in Western cultures between &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;deity&amp;quot;. dì, sometimes translated as &amp;quot;thearch&amp;quot;, implies a manifested or incarnate &amp;quot;godly&amp;quot; power. During the time of Zhou dynasty to the Warring States, dì is used to refer to those who have great moral cultivation and merits. And then it becomes a term of emperor since Qin dynasty. The latter term 仙 xiān unambiguously means a man who has reached immortality, similarly to the Western idea of &amp;quot;hero&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another difference between Chinese gods and immortals. The gods usually have their own position and take charge of different things in Daoist theology. While immortals, unlike gods, have no official positions. It is that certain humans develop the ability to live indefinitely, avoiding death, and becoming divine xiān. Such humans generally also are said to develop special powers and always live leisurely. So since ancient times, many people are longing to become an immortal and live a carefree life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty in China, also known as the &amp;quot;Classical Prose Movement&amp;quot;, is a movement with the style reform as its surface and Confucianism Renaissance as its core. The word “Gu Wen” was first introduced by Han Yu, it indicates the prose of the pre-Qin period and of Han dynasty. This movement took clarity and precision as priorities, it stood against the florid pianwen or parallel prose style that had been popular starting from Han dynasty. Parallel prose had a rigid structure and was criticized for being overly ornate at the expense of content. Therefore, Han Yu, together with Liu Zongyuan, launched this movement to make a difference so that they could revive the Confucianism and promote their political thoughts. This movement tended to follow the spirit of pre-Qin prose rather than to imitate it directly. People used elements of colloquial language to make their writings more direct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Development====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement went through three stages. The first promoters of this movement were Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan who were not only great writers but also great theorists, forming the foundation of it. Both were enthusiastic to promote the movement and were keen to teach young people so that it could achieve further development and then revive the Confucianism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the deaths of Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan, the movement fell into a decline, their students writing with such ancient characters as to hinder understanding or neglecting the importance of writing good essays. Furthermore, the government only allowed people to use pianwen for official use, so those who want to be officials had to learn that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Ouyang Xiu once again advocated the classical prose in the Song dynasty. As many people were dissatisfied with the florid piantiwen style, the Classical Prose Movement reached another peak during that period. This movement is consequently also called the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Representatives====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu (768 – 824), courtesy name Tuizhi, also known his art names Han Changli or Chang Li Xian Sheng. He was born in present-day Mengzhou, Henan, he was a Chinese prose writer, poet, and philosopher who significantly influenced the development of Neo-Confucianism. Due to his influence on the Chinese literary tradition, he is described as “Comparable in stature to Dante, Shakespeare or Goethe”. Meanwhile, he is often considered to be among China’s finest prose writers. Ming dynasty scholar Mao Kun ranked him first in the &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot;，and Su Shi, another famous poet, once praised that “His prose reversed the literary decline of eight dynasties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu wrote a large volume of works, which includes over 700 poems and nearly 400 prosses. He is especially famous for his ''On Teachers'', which says “A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles”. This persuasive pross is short but well structured, and it has a strong appeal to people, which also has a positive impact on youth education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zongyuan (773 – 819), courtesy name Zihou, also known by his art names He Dong Xian Sheng or Liu He Dong, was a Chinese literature, philosopher, politician and poet who lived during the Tang Dynasty. And Liu was born in present-day Yongji, Shanxi. Along with Han Yu, they were called Han Liu. Besides that, he has been classed as one of the “Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song”, which also includes Han Yu and Ouyang Xiu. Liu's best-known travel pieces are the ''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou''. And one of his most famous poems is ''Jiangxue''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu (1007 – 1072), courtesy name Yong Shu, also known by his art names Zuiweng and Liu Yi Jushi. He was a Chinese essayist, historian, poet, calligrapher and even a politician of the Song dynasty. Being a much-celebrated writer, both among his contemporaries and in subsequent centuries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was in charge of the writing of the ''New Book of Tang'', and he also wrote the ''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' independently, the only book in the Twenty-Four Histories to have been written in private by a single author. As a poet, he was a noted writer of both the ''shi'' and ''ci'' genres. But it was his prose writings like ''Zuiweng Tingji'' that won him the greatest acclaim. The poem's most well-known line is: The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape, an idiom still used in modern Chinese to describe someone with an ulterior motive. Together with Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Su Shi, Ouyang Xiu was considered to be one of the Article four all through the ages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Ouyang Xiu, there were many other representatives of this movement. For example, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Zeng Gong and Wang Anshi also made great contributions to the Classical Pross Movement. Considering their influences, they were also listed as Eight masters in Tang and Song Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterworks====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty, there appeared a large volume of masterpieces, which have a far-reaching influence on later ages. Except for the works of Han Yu, Liu Zong Yuan and Ouyang Xiu, other works like ''Shang Zhongyong'' written by Wang Anshi, ''On Jia Yi'' and ''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' by Su Shi, were also considered the representative works of this movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Influence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty is a milestone during the development of Chinese ancient prose, it has a profound influence on the later schools of literature like Tang-Song School in the Ming dynasty and Tong Cheng school in the Qing dynasty. Besides that, it also helped to lay a solid foundation of pross in China, and acted as a fine example for later scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty 唐宋八大家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Classical Pross Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou'' 《永州八记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Teachers'' 《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles. 师者，所以传道授业解惑也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''New Book of Tang'' 《新唐书》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' 《新五代史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Zuiweng Tingji'' 《醉翁亭记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape. 醉翁之意不在酒，在乎山水之间也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shang Zhongyong'' 《伤仲永》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Jia Yi'' 《贾谊论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' 《赤壁赋》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who was the first promoter of Classical Prose Movement?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What does the Classical Prose Movement mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was the term &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot; first brought up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:HATHITHUHANG2|HATHITHUHANG2]] ([[User talk:HATHITHUHANG2|talk]]) 09:02, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 08:04, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Chinese Red Envelope and Lucky money tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese and other East and Southeast Asian societies, a red envelope or a red packet (Mandarin: hóngbāo) is a monetary gift which is given during holidays or special occasions such as weddings, graduation or the birth of a baby.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
利市 /Lì shì/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
紅包 /Hóngbāo/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucianism 儒教 /Rújiào/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thought of Confucius 孔子思想 /Kǒngzǐ sīxiǎng/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Do you know the origin of giving Lunar new year lucky money to children and the elderly？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Twenty-four Solar Terms'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.1 The orgin and development of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar, with a profound history in China. Created by ancient Chinese when observing the annual movement of the sun, the twenty-four solar system is seen as a system of time knowledge and the agricultural guideline. It originated in the Yellow River valley, and is the result of people's observation, exploration and summary of astronomy, meteorology, and weather, which is an excellent cultural heritage created by the ancient Chinese people. By the late Western Zhou Dynasty, people had already measured the first four solar terms: winter solstice, summer solstice, spring equinox and autumn equinox. Afterwards, with the improvement of measurement technology and the further strengthening of people's understanding of the laws of nature, during the Warring States period, the complete twenty-four solar terms were basically formed, and during the Qin and Han dynasties, the complete twenty-four solar terms system was perfected and formed into today's complete twenty-four solar terms system.[[1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.2 The definition and classification of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar. To facilitate agricultural production, ancient Chinese people summarized a supplementary calendar that divides a year into 24 segments according to the sun’s movement on the ecliptic and seasonal changes in weather and other natural phenomena, with 24 segments proportionally distributed through 12 months. (术语)&lt;br /&gt;
A solar term that starts in the early part of a month is called jie (节), and one that starts in the meddle part of a month is called qi (气). ( Every three years there would be a month which has only a jie without a qi, or a month which has only a qi without a jie, in which case a leap month would be added to regulate it. ) The solar terms are so named that they represent the changes in season,phenology and climate. The eight solar terms that reflect seasonal changes are Beginning of Spring, Vernal Equinox, Beginning of Summer, Summer Solstice, Beginning of Autumn, Autumnal Equinox,Beginning of Winter, and Winter Solstice; the four solar terms that represent phenological changes are Waking of Insects, Fresh Green, Lesser fullness and Grain in Ear; and the 12 solar terms that indicate the changes in climate are Rain Water,Grain Rain,Lesser Heat, Greater Heat, End of Heat, White Dew, Cold Dew, First Frost, Light Snow, Heavy Snow, Lesser Cold, and Greater Cold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.3 The conventions in different solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4 Importance and values===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.1 Importance in ancient times===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 24 solar terms are a creation of traditional farming culture, and their production, development and dissemination have adapted to the economic production methods and social needs in the farming era. The 24 solar terms have played an  important role in the life and work of traditional Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the 24 solar terms are the basic time indicators of agricultural production activities in ancient times, which is also the most basic function and value of the 24 solar terms. Agricultural production is an economic activity carried out by humans according to natural rhythms and the laws of crop growth. The basic requirement of  the agricultural production is to keep track of the agricultural time, which means that &amp;quot;if the agricultural time is not violated, there will be sufficient grain supply.&amp;quot; (Mencius - Liang Huiwang). Secondly, the 24 solar terms were also regarded as important time points in the daily life of the people in ancient times. Thirdly, for the ancient ancestors, the 24 solar terms were not just a time system, but a much more colourful connotation of life, and  an important manifestation and part of their colourful lives. For example, the &amp;quot;Four Beginnings&amp;quot;(四立), that is, the Beginning of Spring, Beginning of Summer, Beginning of Autumn,  Beginning of Winter , have always been important festivals in history. At the time of these festivals, the emperors would lead their courtiers to the eastern, southern, western and northern gates of the capital to hold ceremonies to welcome the arrival of spring, summer, autumn and winter. The winter solstice, summer solstice and Qingming Festival are still important traditional festivals today, especially Tomb Sweeping Festival, which is also known as China's four traditional festivals, along with Spring Festival, Dragon Boat Festival and Mid-Autumn Festival.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.2 Values in modern society===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2016, the 24 solar terms was included in the World Intangible Cultural Heritage List and became one of the most vivid cultural symbols for strengthening the cultural confidence of the Chinese nation and enhancing the cultural cohesion of the Chinese nation. It still has its practical values in modern society.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as a time-honoured knowledge system with a long history and a customary tradition rich in colourful activities, the 24 solar terms has  profound spiritual and cultural connotations, such as respecting nature, adapting to the time of the day, venerating ancestors, filial piety and respect for the elderly, and being good neighbours and friends. Therefore, it is one of the important components of excellent Chinese traditional culture. Secondly, the 24 solar terms can accurately reflect the rhythm and rules of nature and reflect the harmonious relationship between man and nature. Lastly, the 24 solar terms are not only a time system, but also a living tradition full of rich connotations, which is an important part of people's lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Beginning of Spring	立春&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Autumn 立秋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rain Water 雨水 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
End of Heat 处暑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insects Awakening 惊蛰 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White Dew 白露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Equinox 春分 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Autumnal Equinox 秋分&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh Green 清明 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dew 寒露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain Rain 谷雨	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Frost 霜降 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Summer 立夏 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Winter 立冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Fullness	小满 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Light Snow 小雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain in Ear 芒种	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy Snow 大雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer Solstice	夏至&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Winter Solstice	冬至&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Heat 大暑&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Cold 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Heat 立春 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Cold 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References:[[User:He Changqi|He Changqi]] ([[User talk:He Changqi|talk]]) 10:11, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Collection of Yue Fu Poetry《乐府诗集》===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Brief introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' is the essence of Han, Wei, Jin and Northern and Southern Dynasties folk songs. The content is very rich, reflecting a wide range of social life. It mainly collects more than 5000 Yuefu songs from Han, Wei to Tang and Five Dynasties, as well as from pre Qin to the end of Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Yuefu&amp;quot;, originally the name of the institution in charge of music, was first set up in the reign of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, and there were also Yuefu institutions in the northern and Southern Dynasties. Its specific task is to make music score, collect lyrics and train music talents. There are two sources of lyrics: one is specially written by literati, the other is collected from Chinese folk. Later, people called the poems collected by Yuefu organs as Yuefu, or Yuefu Poems and Yuefu songs, so Yuefu changed from official name to poetic name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.About the author'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Maoqian (1041-1099) was born in Xucheng, Yunzhou, Song Dynasty. He is the grandson of Guo Quan, and the son of Guo Yuanming. Song Shenzong Yuanfeng seven years (1084), Cao joined the army in Henan Province. He wrote a hundred volumes of ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'', which was handed down from generation to generation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Content introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It divides Yuefu Poems into 12 categories, including suburban Temple songs, Yan shooting songs, drum songs, horizontal blowing songs, Xianghe songs, etc. In these different kinds of music, the songs of Jiaomiao and yanshe belong to the movements used by the imperial court, and their ideological content and artistic skills are less desirable. There are also some works with poor artistic value. But generally speaking, most of the poems it collects are excellent folk songs and poems written by scholars with old Yuefu titles. In the existing poetry collection, &amp;quot;Yuefu Poetry Collection&amp;quot; is an important book with the most complete collection of all kinds of Yuefu Poetry in the past dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterpieces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'' is the first long narrative poem in the history of Chinese literature, and it is also the peak work in the history of Yuefu Poetry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on a marriage tragedy in Lujiang County during the reign of Emperor Xian of the Eastern Han Dynasty. The poem has more than 350 sentences and 1700 words. It mainly tells the story of Jiao Zhongqing and Liu Lanzhi's forced separation and suicide. It accuses the cruelty and ruthlessness of feudal ethics and praises their sincere feelings and rebellious spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the longest narrative poem in ancient history, the story of Peacock Flying Southeast is complicated and simple, and its characters are vividly portrayed. It not only portrays the image of Jiaoliu and his wife, but also depicts the stubbornness of Jiao's mother and the arrogance of brother Liu. At the end of the article, the myth of Liu Lanzhi and Jiao Zhongqing turning into mandarin ducks after their death is conceived, and the people's strong desire for love freedom and happy life is placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''Mulan Poetry'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Mulan poetry'' is a folk song in the Northern Dynasty of China. This is a long narrative poem about a girl named Mulan. She disguised herself as a man, joined the army for her father, established meritorious service in the battlefield, and refused to be an official after returning to the imperial court. She only wanted to go home for reunion. She warmly praised the woman's brave and kind-hearted quality, her enthusiasm for defending her country and her brave and fearless spirit. &amp;quot;Mulan is a girl&amp;quot; is used to conceive the legend of Mulan, which is full of romantic color. The detailed arrangement is very ingenious. Although it is about war theme, it is mainly about the life scene and children's mood, which is full of life flavor. It describes the character's mood by means of character's question and answer, narration, parallelism, antithesis and intertextuality, which is vivid, detailed and full of vitality, It has strong artistic appeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Contributions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The important contribution of it is to collect and classify the songs of past dynasties according to their tunes, so that many works can be compiled into books. This provides great convenience for the collation and research of Yuefu Poetry. For example, some excellent Chinese folk songs of Han Dynasty, such as &amp;quot;Moshangsang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dongmenxing&amp;quot;, were collected and recorded by editors. In particular, some ancient folk songs and proverbs are scattered in various historical books and some academic works, and miscellaneous ballads and sayings are mostly ignored by the former. Yuefu Poetry Collection introduces and explains in detail the origin, nature and musical instruments used in singing of various kinds of music. So that many precious historical materials can be preserved. This is of great value to the study of literature history and music history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are narrative poems and lyric poems in Yuefu Poems, and the achievements of narrative poems are more prominent. ''The Book of Songs'' and ''The Songs of Chu'' are basically lyric poems, and sometimes narrative is interspersed in the process of lyric, but narrative is attached to lyric. The emergence of Yuefu narrative poetry marks the maturity of Chinese ancient narrative poetry, and it is all caused by sadness and happiness. When choosing narrative objects, the creative subject is good at finding poetic scenes and absorbing pictures in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Shortcomings'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some imperfections in ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' . For example, Ji Yun in the Qing Dynasty pointed out that it was not appropriate to include some literati poems in the titles of Yuefu. In addition, because of its emphasis on melody, the recorded songs are often inconsistent with the description of tunes. But on the whole, as an ancient Chinese literature, this giant has made a certain contribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Eight Major Cuisines of China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction About Chinese Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang and Zhou dynasties, China's food culture began to take shape. At that time, Tai Gongwang was the most representative. In the Spring and Autumn Period and Warring States Period under the reign of Duke Huan of Qi, the flavors of North and South dishes showed differences. In the Tang and Song Dynasties, the southern cuisine and the northern cuisine formed their own systems. In the Southern Song Dynasty, sweet in south and salty in north was formed. At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, Shandong Cuisine, Sichuan Cuisine, Cantonese Cuisine, and Su Cuisine became the most influential local dishes at that time, and they were called the &amp;quot;four major cuisines.&amp;quot; By the end of the Qing Dynasty, four new local cuisines, Zhejiang Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine, Hunan Cuisine, and Anhui Cuisine, were differentiated and formed, which together constituted the &amp;quot;eight major cuisines&amp;quot; of traditional Chinese cuisine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Cuisines====&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
China covers a large territory and has many nationalities, hence a variety of Chinese food with different but fantastic and mouthwatering flavor. Since China's local dishes have their own typical characteristics, generally, Chinese food can be roughly divided into eight regional cuisines, which has been widely accepted around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1Shandong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Jinan Cuisine and Jiaodong Cuisine, Shandong Cuisine, clear, pure and not greasy, is characterized by its emphasis on aroma, freshness, crispness and tenderness. Shallot and garlic are usually used as seasonings so Shangdong dishes tastes pungent usually. Soups are given much emphasis in Shangdong dishes. Thin soup features clear and fresh while creamy soup looks thick and tastes strong. Jinan Cuisine is adept at deep-frying, grilling, frying and stir-frying while Jiaodong division is famous for cooking seafood with fresh and light taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2Sichuan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Cuisine, known often in the West as Szechuan Cuisine, is one &lt;br /&gt;
of the most famous Chinese cuisines in the world. Characterized by its spicy and pungent flavor, Sichuan Cuisine, prolific of tastes, emphasizes on the use of chili. Pepper and prickly ash also never fail to accompany, producing typical exciting tastes. Besides, garlic, ginger and fermented soybean are also used in the cooking process. Wild vegetables and animals are usually chosen as ingredients, while frying, frying without oil, pickling and braising are applied as basic cooking techniques. The major Sichuan dishes include Kung Pao Chicken and Bean Sauce Tofu.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3Guangdong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Tasting clear, light, crisp and fresh, Guangdong Cuisine, familiar to Westerners, usually chooses raptors and beasts to produce originative     dishes. Its basic cooking techniques include roasting, stir-frying, sauteing, deep-frying, braising, stewing and steaming. Among them steaming and stir-frying are more commonly applied to preserve the natural flavor. Cantonese are known to have an adventurous palate, able to eat many different kinds of meats and vegetables. Many vegetables originate from other parts of the world. It doesn't use much spice, bringing out the natural flavor of the vegetables and meats. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4Fujian Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Fuzhou Cuisine, Quanzhou Cuisine and Xiamen Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine is distinguished for its choice of seafood, beautiful color and magic taste of sweet, sour, salty and savory. The most distinct features are their &amp;quot;pickled taste&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5Jiangsu Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Jiangsu Cuisine, also called Huaiyang Cuisine, is popular in the lower reach of the Yangtze River. Aquatics as the main ingredients, it stresses the freshness of materials. Its carving techniques are delicate, of which the melon carving technique is especially well known. Cooking techniques consist of stewing, braising, roasting, simmering, etc. The flavor of Huaiyang Cuisine is light, fresh and sweet and with delicate elegance. Jiangsu Cuisine is well known for its careful selection of ingredients, its meticulous preparation methodology, and its not-too-spicy, not-too-bland taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.6Zhejiang Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Comprising local cuisines of Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing, Zhejiang Cuisine, not greasy, wins its reputation for freshness, tenderness, softness, smoothness of its dishes with mellow fragrance. Hangzhou Cuisine is the most famous one among the three. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.7Hunan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi Coteau. It characterizes itself by thick and pungent flavor. Chili, pepper and shallot are usually necessaries in this division.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.8Anhui Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Anhui Cuisine focuses much more attention on the temperature in cooking. Its major cooking method are braising and stewing. Often hams and sugar will be added to improve taste and flavour of the dishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.A Comparison of Chinese-Western Diet Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and western cultures have always been two major factions in the world culture, and diet plays a very important role in the two cultures. The differences in cultures create the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures. There are many differences between Chinese and Western food under the two different cultural backgrounds.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the western diet is mainly based on flour, with abundant raw materials, and its cooking method is simpler than that in China, but it also pays great attention to taste. Besides, western diet takes nutrition as the highest criterion, with special emphasis on the nutritional components of food. For example, whether the contents of protein, fat, carbohydrate, vitamins and various inorganic elements are properly matched, whether the heat supply is just right, whether these nutritional components can be fully absorbed by eaters and whether there are other side effects. However, Chinese cuisine pays more attention to the color, aroma and taste of dishes. The purpose of Chinese people's diet is not only to satisfy their hunger, but also to satisfy their desire for delicious food, which brings pleasure to their body and mind. Compared with Chinese diet which pays attention to taste, western diet is a rational diet. Furthermore, westerners prefer cold dishes while Chinese like hot food. For Chinese, one should eat the food while it is still hot. What’s more, westerners believe that dishes are hunger-filled, so they specialize in &amp;quot;hard dishes&amp;quot; such as large pieces of meat and whole chickens; while Chinese mainly eat lots of vegetables and little meat. There are also differences in names of dishes. Many Chinese dishes often contain a lot of historical and cultural information. For example, Dongpo meat(Braised Dongpo Pork) is said to be cooked according to recipes handed down by Su Dongpo, a literary giant in Song Dynasty. Some dishes are also related to allusions and legends, for example, Fotiaoqiang(Buddha jumps over the wall) is a legend. In contrast, the names of western food are much simpler. For example, fried chicken legs, hamburgers and seafood soup are almost all named after the raw materials and cooking methods.&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
1. 毕继万. 跨文化非语言交际. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M], 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 蔡华. 试论中西饮食文化的差异. 邵阳学院学报[J]，2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杜学增. 中英文化习俗比较. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M],1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
pot-stewed fowl 卤味&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
stewing and simmering炖，煨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
prickly ash 花椒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fermented soybean豆鼓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Braised Dongpo Pork东坡肉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha Jumps over the Wall 佛跳墙&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kung Pao Chicken 宫保鸡丁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bean Sauce Tofu麻婆豆腐&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
How many types of cuisines are there in china?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s differences between Chinese and western diets?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the origin of Dongpo Meat?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eight major cuisines of China ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Paper Cutting 剪纸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Chinese Medical Sage- Zhang Zhongjing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing ( original name Zhang Ji, 150 to 154 A.D.- about 215 to 219 A.D., courtesy name Zhongjing), was born in Nieyang County in Nanyang of the Eastern Han Dynasty ( located in today's Zhangzhai Village, Rangdong Town, Dengzhou City, Henan Province). He was a famous medical scientist in the late Eastern Han Dynasty and one of the most outstanding medical scientists in Chinese history, who is respected as the Chinese Medical Sage. In his childhood, Zhang Zhongjing admired Bian Que, a preeminent Chinese mediciner, and yearned for medical learning. And he once studied after Zhang Bozu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing hated officialdom and sympathized with common people. He traveled all over the country for his medical practice, carefully studied the symptoms of typhoid fever, and read widely. After decades of collection and study, he wrote the magnificent book Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which established the treatment based on syndrome differentiation of six classics, and became a necessary classic for the study of Chinese medicine in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This extraordinary man in Chinese history, our immortal medical sage, was once the Changsha magistrate. As the master of superb medical skills and a man of tender heart, he treated patients for free on the first and fifteenth days of every lunar month. At that time, yamen's gate would be crowded with a large throng of people of all ages and both sexes. Some of them carried pieces of luggage, having come a long way to be there. All the people waited for him in eagerness. Then, Zhang Zhongjing would open the gate of office and let sick people in, instead of dealing with government affairs, carefully diagnosing and treating the masses one by one. Though confronted with such a heavy workload, Mr. Zhang treated every patient carefully based on syndrome differentiation. He diagnosed them with looking, listening, questioning and feeling the pulse— four ways of diagnosis, as well as saw through the patients' appearance to perceive the root cause of their illness. As making diagnoses so full-heartedly, Mr. Zhang even skipped meals sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, people called the doctor who sat in the drugstore to treat patients &amp;quot;the doctor sitting in the hall&amp;quot;, in memory of Zhang Zhongjing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When talking about Zhang Zhongjing, We have to mention his masterpiece Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which is an undoubted groundbreaking and peak work of traditional Chinese medicine. For years of wars and chaos in the late Eastern Han Dynasty, it turned out that various kinds of plagues were prevailing in China. And lots of people were homeless and suffered from epidemic diseases. Thus, Zhang Zhongjing's motive of writing this book was to lifting common and poor Chinese people from the misery of diseases. After years of arduous hardwork, this enduring work was finally finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Chinese saying that goes, &amp;quot; Eating dumplings in Chinese New Year, Great Cold, and Slight Cold ( latter two belongs to 24 solar terms).&amp;quot; But now, except these days and the New Year's Day, many diners also feast in the air-conditioned dumpling parlors in summer. So, how did dumplings, as one of people's favorite, come into being? Speaking of this delicacy, well-respected Zhang Zhongjing has made great contributions to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a snowstorm was raging, Zhang Zhongjing, a former governor of Changsha, who had resigned from office, was returning to his native town. By the White River, he saw lots of homeless people in rags, with sick looks and frozen ears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back home, Mr.Zhang was still concerned about those poor people. So he developed a recipe to help them ward off cold, called &amp;quot; Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot;. Then, just on the Winter Solstice, he asked his disciples to set up a shed and a big pot under it in Dongguan, Nanyang, and give each poor person a bowl of soup with two Jiaoers. After drinking this soup, people felt warm and their ears were cured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing passed away on the day of the Winter Solstice, and he distributed the &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; for everyone on the Winter Solstice as well. In order to commemorate him, everyone would make dumplings on the Winter Solstice Festival. And it was said that if one ate dumplings on the day of the Winter Solstice, his ears would not be frozen in winter. &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is rarely eaten now, but the custom of eating dumplings on the Winter Solstice every year has been passed down. Besides, the kinds and shapes of dumplings have been greatly improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the way of making &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is to boil mutton and some cold dispelling herbs in a pot. After cooked, fish and chop them up, then wrap the stuffing in dough wrappers, with their shapes resembling human ears. Later, put them into the pot, and boil them in the original soup. Because of its ear- shaped contour and effect on preventing the ear from freezing, Zhongjing named it &amp;quot;Jiao Er&amp;quot;. ( Er means eears in Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a Nanyang folk songs about Jiaoer, saying &amp;quot; not eating Jiaoers in the Winter Solstice, geting frozen ears in the winter cold.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At first, Zhang Zhongjing, a little boy of 9 or 10 years old, was measuring traditional Chinese medicine, trying to imitate his medical master. At this stage, medicine inspired in him a delightful sensation of wonder, which would shape his lifelong dream of becoming a great doctor like Bian Que and helping the sick. Then, Zhang turned into an adult man, appearing to be in his middle age. He stuck to treating sick people at the gate of the Yamen on the first and fifth days in the lunar calendar. Finally, Mr. Zhang's goatee turned grey and wrinkles crawled on his kind face. However, he still wrote the Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, cured patients and dealt with his favorite— traditional Chinese medicine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
medical sage 医圣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases《伤寒杂病论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
treatment based on syndrome differentiation/ diagnosis and treatment based on an overall analysis of the illness and the patient's condition 辩证施治&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yamen 衙门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great Cold ( 24th solar term ) 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slight Cold ( 23rd solar term ) 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
look, listen, question and feel the pulse -- four ways of diagnosis 望闻问切&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup 祛寒娇耳汤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the honorable title Zhang Zhongjing addressed as?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What's the official role Zhang once taken?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When would Zhang treat patients for free at yamen?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What's the most well-known and important masterpiece Zhang ever write? What's his motive of writing it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What's the relationship between Zhang Zhongjing and dumplings?--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 13:53, 2 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Red Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese red culture is unique in the world. As a very important cultural resource, it has both tangible culture and intangible culture. Red culture in China refers to the advance culture with Chinese characteristics created by party and people in revolutionary years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has brilliant history and splendid civilization in ancient times. However, with the Opium War of 1840, China was plunged into the darkness of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression. Despite of all efforts that countless dedicated patriots had made, they still failed to change the plight. The October Revolution in Russia brought Marxism-Leninism. With Communism as the the highest ideal and ultimate goal, the Communist Party of China shouldered the historic mission of national rejuvenation. With the firm leadership of the party, Chinese people embraced national independence, people's liberation, national reunification and social stability, and stepped into a new era of prosperity and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture is condensed by the Communist Party of China in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. It is an advanced Marxism culture that was inherited and developed in the new period of socialist construction. It's a collectivism culture of bravery, sacrifice and devotion that seeks happiness for the Chinese people and rejuvenation for the Chinese nation.Red culture is embodied in the aspects of ideal belief, value pursuit and spiritual outlook, and is integrated into material remains, mechanism behaviors and cultural and artistic forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, red culture is a revolutionary culture, which was formed by the Chinese Communist Party in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. After the founding of People's Republic of China, the Communist Party of China led the Chinese people to inherit and carry forward the revolutionary culture. In the new period of socialist construction and reform and opening up, a vigorous and advanced socialist culture was formed, which enriched and developed the connotation of red culture. Revolutionary culture and advanced socialist culture are two major components of red culture, and are the core value and spiritual subject of contemporary Chinese culture. As for Chinese red culture, Among them, Marxism is the soul, the common ideal of socialism with Chinese characteristics is the theme, the national spirit and the spirit of the times are the essence, and the socialist concept of honor and disgrace is the foundation. These four aspects influence, infiltrate and interact with each other, revealing the essential characteristics of red culture scientifically and completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Symbols'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “red” in “red culture” has many symbols. Chinese people have “red” complex since ancient time. Red represents authority. For, example, official documents are also called red heading documents. Red represents courage. Red is the color of Chinese national flag. Chinese military strategists and generals have a deep understanding of the role of red in war, so they use red flags to unite their morale, inspire their fighting and their courage, and summon the spirit of going forward bravely and not fearing sacrifice. Red represents honor and auspiciousness. For instance, the places are always adorned with red for conference and ceremony. People are awarded with red flower and red certificates. Red represents revolution. When Marx was asked about &amp;quot;favorite color&amp;quot; in his early years, he clearly answered &amp;quot;red&amp;quot;. In 1864, First International was founded, and its logo was red. The first army of Communist Party of China was named Red Army, and Ruijin, the first revolutionary base area, was called Red Capital. There were also red boats in South Lake and red flags in Jinggangshan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture has many values. Red culture has the value of history. It witnesses the early development history of the Communist Party of China. It shows the inevitability of the socialist road in China. And it is an important weapon to guide the success of Chinese revolution. Besides, red culture has the value of civilization. Carrying forward the red culture is an urgent need to cultivate a new national spirit. Red culture is important for the construction of socialism culture and ideology. Moreover, red culture has the value of economy. Red culture is a powerful driving force for the development of socialist market economy. It is an important medium of economic development under the new historical conditions. The red cultural industry has become a new economic growth point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Red Culture in Nanchang'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchang is the capital city of Jiangxi Province and it is where August 1st uprising took place. Nanchang is renowned as the cradle of Chinese revolution and the place where the military flag rose. Because in August 1st uprising, communist party of china formed its first army in Nanchang. There are lots of red culture resources in Nanchang. &lt;br /&gt;
Bayi Square is at the center of Nanchang city. It was built to memorize August 1st uprising. Bayi Square highlights the theme of &amp;quot;Bayi History and Culture&amp;quot; in all directions. The memorial area, cultural area, reminiscence area and leisure area of Bayi Square show Bayi Uprising in different forms. The landmark in the square is Bayi Nanchang Uprising Memorial Tower. Besides, Nangchang August 1st Memorial Hall is a special memorial hall established to commemorate Nanchang Uprising.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red culture 红色文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opium War 鸦片战争&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red heading documents 红头文件&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red army 红军&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
August 1st uprising 八一起义&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the historical background of the birth of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What are two major components of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many symbols dose the word &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; in red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many values dose red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What is the landmark in Bayi Square?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ancient Tea Horse Road===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Tea Horse Road is a folk international trade route that exists in southwest China and is a corridor for ethnic economic and cultural exchanges with horses as the main means of transportation. The ancient tea horse road is divided into two routes: the Sichuan-Tibet line and the Yunnan-Tibet line. The ancient tea horse road originated from the ancient southwest frontier of the tea horse mutual market, flourished in the Tang and Song dynasties, in the Ming and Qing dynasties, and most prosperous in the middle and late World War II. The ancient Tea Horse Road divided into Shanxi-Gan, Shanxi-Kangtang (folk called wade ancient road, Sichuan-Tibet line is part of it), Yunnan-Tibet and other three main routes, connecting Sichuan, Yunnan-Tibet, extending into the territory of Bhutan, Sikkim, Nepal, India, until reaching West Asia, West Africa, the Red Sea coast. 5 March 2013, the Tea Horse Road was listed by the State Council as the seventh batch of national key cultural relics conservation units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Routes====&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient tea horse road  is divided into:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Shanxi-Gansu tea horse road is the main route for tea to travel westward in mainland China and exchange for horses. It is one of the main routes of the ancient Silk Road.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanxi and Tibet tea horse road (wade ancient road), began in the Han Dynasty, formed by the Shanxi merchants and the ancient southwest border tea and horse each other. Due to the Ming and Qing dynasties, the government control of tea trafficking, tea trafficking sub-regional, including the most prosperous tea horse trading market in Kangding, known as the wade ancient road.&lt;br /&gt;
3. the ancient Yunnan-Tibet Tea Horse Road. Formed around the late sixth century AD, it is south of Yunnan's main tea producing areas in Xishuangbanna Yiwu, Pu'er City, intermediate through today's Dali Bai Autonomous Prefecture and Lijiang City, Shangri-La into Tibet, directly to Lhasa. Some also re-exported from Tibet to India and Nepal, is an important trade channel between ancient China and South Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Sichuan-Tibet Tea Horse Road is a part of the Shan-Kang-Tibet Tea Horse Road, east of Yazhou edge tea production Ya'an, after playing arrow furnace (now Kangding), west to Lhasa, Tibet, and finally through to Bhutan, Nepal and India, a total length of nearly four thousand kilometers, is an essential bridge and link between ancient Tibet and the interior.&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main routes of the ancient tea-horse road: the Qinghai-Tibet line (the ancient Tang and Tibetan road), the Yunnan-Tibet line and the Sichuan-Tibet line. Among the three ancient tea-horse roads, the Qinghai-Tibet line was established in the Tang Dynasty and developed earlier, while the Sichuan-Tibet line was the most influential and well-known later. These three routes are closely related to Chengdu, among them, the Yunnan-Tibet route and the Sichuan-Tibet route must pass through Chengdu, and their development is closely related to the tea-horse trade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Value====&lt;br /&gt;
The Silk Road in the north and the ancient Tea Horse Road in the south. The ancient Tea Horse Road, a passage that once played an important role in the birth and development of the Chinese nation just like the Silk Road, has been gradually buried in the dust of history with the washing away of modern civilization. However, its history and value will always shine brightly.&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Golden Road of Tourism&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road tour has unique scenery, profound cultural connotation, exclusive resources and is unparalleled in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ancient Roads for the Propagation of Civilization&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient Tea Horse Road was not only an important migration corridor for the ancient ancestors between Wei-Tibet and present Sichuan and Yunnan, but also an important aperture for the spread and exchange of ancient civilizations between present Sichuan, Yunnan and Tibet.&lt;br /&gt;
3.Migration Corridor of National Cultures&lt;br /&gt;
On this ancient road, which stretches for more than 10,000 miles, Chinese, Tibetan, Yi, Naxi, Lisu, Hani, Kino, Qiang, Pumi, Bai, Nu, Jingpo, Achang and other ethnic groups have flourished here for thousands of years, highlighting the diversity and original form of ethnic culture in southwest China.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Religious Propagation Road&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the tea-horse trade and the extension of the ancient tea-horse route, Tibetan Buddhism spread widely along this route on the Tibetan Plateau and surrounding areas. The development and spread of Tibetan stupas can be roughly divided into two routes: one is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia - the other is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia. -Liaoning--Jilin--Heilongjiang--Beijing--Hebei --Henan--Jiangsu; second, Tibet--Yunnan--Sichuan. --Guangxi--Hubei.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Path of National Spirituality&lt;br /&gt;
You can't talk about the ancient tea-horse road without mentioning the horse gangs. The horse gangs have formed a unique cultural carrier in the course of thousands of years. Their spirit is attached to this ancient road, and become part of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
6.The Road of National Unity and Integration&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road is like a huge net in southwest China, through which people of all nationalities strengthen their ties and communication, promote political, economic and cultural interaction, development and integration among all nationalities, and enhance the emotional ties between them.&lt;br /&gt;
7.The Road of Securing the Borders&lt;br /&gt;
The expansion of the ancient tea-horse road and the flourishing of the tea-horse trade contributed to the stability and consolidation of China's southwest frontier.&lt;br /&gt;
8.the road to economic development&lt;br /&gt;
The Thousand-Year Tea Horse Trail contributed to the formation of many towns in the region through the tea and horse trade, which greatly contributed to the economic development of the region.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 03:42, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Ancient Tea Horse Road(茶马古道)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan-Tibet Line（川藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yunnan-Tibet line（滇藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.wade ancient road（蹚古道）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is  the ancient tea horse road ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What do you know about the history of the ancient tea horse road?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many main routes  does the ancient tea-horse road conclude?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the historical value?&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 04:15, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four satirical novels in ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of the bourgeois reformists and democratic revolutionaries strongly advocated, the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty got unprecedented development, and a large number of influential novels emerged, forming a prosperous situation of the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty.The emergence of the &amp;quot;Four Major denunciation novels&amp;quot; in the late Qing Dynasty is an important sign that The creation of Chinese novels has entered another prosperous period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Four satirical novels in ancient China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Nie Hai Hua'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. the Travels of an Old Man'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Records of Officialdom Exposure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. 20 years witness strange present situation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Conclution'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
Shadow Puppets(皮影戏)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Confucian Culture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction ====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school is an academic school founded by Confucius, developed by Mencius, and composed by Xunzi. Today, it still retains a certain vitality. Confucian school takes Confucianism as its guiding ideology whose central ideas are forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage, benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith. &lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school was on an equal footing with the other hundred schools in the pre-Qin period. After the First Emperor of Qin, also called Qin Shihuang, burned books and buried scholars alive, the development of the Confucian school suffered a serious defeat. Then, in order to maintain the feudal autocratic rule, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty followed Dong Zhongshu's advice of &amp;quot;banishing other schools of thought and worshiping Confucianism only&amp;quot; and imposed restrictions on thought, which led to the revival of Confucian school. The concepts of &amp;quot;Confucian school&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Confucianism&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Confucian Religion&amp;quot; should be distinguished since Confucian school is a school of theory, Confucianism a social stratification, and Confucian religion a belief. &lt;br /&gt;
Laozi founded Chinese Taoist school; Confucius started Chinese Confucian school; Sun Tzu initiated Chinese military strategist school; Mozi was the founder of Mohism in the early Warring States. Confucianism contributes to guiding the code of conduct and constructing social order; Daoism focuses on fostering the view of nature and the orientation of spiritual development; Legalism serves the system construction of national political management.; the concepts of Universal Love and utilitarianism are two cornerstones for the Mohism. The General Unity idea of Confucianism has played an important role in the unification of a nation, the enhancement of national cohesion and the integration of cultural values. After more than two thousand years of development and evolution, Confucian culture has built up a complete ideological system, involving politics, education, morality, ethics, code of conduct, life skills and other aspects. It has cultivated the wisdom and soul of the Chinese people throughout the history, and formed deep-rooted set patterns of thinking, psychology and survival. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analysis of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Intelligence development =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is a great educator, as well as a pioneer and practitioner of mass education. After Confucianism was established as a dominant culture, both the rulers and the public respected the teachings of the sage and attached great importance to education. In this context, a basic requirement is to stay highly cultured and steeped in propriety. After the Emperor Wen initiated the imperial examination system in the Sui Dynasty, those who are good scholars could make an official, which inspired students of poor families to change their lives by studying hard and diligent. For generations, the Chinese people have attached great importance to the education of their children, which is conducive to the improvement of the thinking ability of the whole nation. &lt;br /&gt;
However, the corrupt of bureaucracy and the darkness of officialdom in metaphase and anaphase made many literati feel despairing about official career and discredit about the concept. In addition, the Four Books and Five Classics were the main learning content of Confucianism. Apart from government-run schools, private schools and self-study can hardly meet the requirements of the Six Classical Arts. Therefore, the Four Books and Five Classics were the focus of students, while the Six Classical Arts were not highly valued. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Spiritual guidance =====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of spirit, Confucianism contends that &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&amp;quot; Benevolent people love each other, which reflects the essence of “Unity of Man and Nature” and also the most brilliant connotation of Confucianism. This philosophy calls for people’s active contributions to the society. It is still alive in modern times, and is the fundamental requirement of people's spiritual orientation in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Order construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of barbarism and backwardness, a common feature was that a small number of people used power and force to suppress and enslave the majority, thus resulting in labor division and unfair distribution of wealth and generating corresponding social hierarchy and concepts. Given the fact that Confucianism developed in the transitional period of feudal society, the thoughts of Confucius and Mencius were rooted in the idealist view of destiny and did not break the shackles of social hierarchy. In addition, they even advocated the distinguish between the noble and the humble and highlighted the importance of hierarchy division. In this context, the benevolence they advocated had great limitations in political management. The public could not be treated equally in terms of political status. Instead, the so-called benevolence calls for improvement of the living conditions of the public and more benefits from the ruling class. However, its purpose was to maintain social order and reconcile social contradictions. This is also the root cause of feudal rulers’ favoring of Confucianism. In essence, Confucianism did not promote social equality, instead, it worked to maintain the unequal feudal hierarchy that aggravated servitude. In fact, after a long history of feudal rule, the sense of hierarchy would be part of the national psyche. With the progress of times and civilization, the view of destiny and the thought of social order have become psychological shackles of the Chinese people. &lt;br /&gt;
After eliminating the ideology of feudal hierarchy and formalism, some philosophies of Confucianism still generate positive effects on modern society. Specifically, the spirit of benevolence and universal love is conducive to cultivate people’s spirits; the concept of “the country belongs to the public” reflects a sense of social responsibility to make contributions for society, which can be expanded into a sharing social and political philosophy for different countries. Filial piety and brotherhood increase the harmony and stability of family; Loyalty, faithfulness, propriety and forgiveness are conducive to the relationship between different countries, societies and people. &amp;quot;Loyalty&amp;quot; means that people should stay loyal to the country and people; &amp;quot;Friendliness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;forgiveness&amp;quot; play an important role in resolving various contradictions and animosities; when it comes to &amp;quot;filial piety&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;propriety&amp;quot;, many redundant forms inherited from feudal society should be eradicated and be more practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The contemporary value of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Confucian culture is still of great significance. We must explore the value of Confucian culture on the basis of the excellent tradition of the Chinese nation and by combining the characteristics of the times with and the actual situation. The Confucian culture has affected Chinese more than two thousand years and gone deep into each aspect of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideological and political education =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture calls for “the people-oriented” philosophy, and it places a high priority on human value and dignity. Over the years, the Chinese nation has been influenced by this excellent philosophy. On this occasion, its behavioral pattern and psychological structure are endowed with uniqueness, which is mainly manifested in two aspects. One is to respect yourself, learn how to love and care yourself. Moreover, gain dignity and achieve the development of human value through the continuous improvement of moral cultivation. Second, respect others and show respect for others' personality by respecting, understanding and caring for others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Modern economic construction=====&lt;br /&gt;
Under today’s circumstance, some ideological contents are still alive and produce  positive effects on promoting the economic construction of modernization and fostering modern patriotism emotion of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Confucian culture emphasizes the thought of &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; and group consciousness. It is conducive to the cultivation of collectivism and provides a spiritual pillar for China's modern economy. Since Confucian culture reflects a collectivist view on life, individuals are full of sense of duty and responsibility towards others and groups. In this context, their self-cultivation targets at regulating the family, country and the world. Thus, the value of individual is closely linked with the rise and fall of the country, so they have a strong sense of responsibility. &amp;quot;Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&amp;quot; has been a common belief for thousands of years. Such a social responsibility will give rise to a huge driving force for the development of the country and society.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the consciousness of &amp;quot;self-improvement&amp;quot; and the proposition of &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in the Confucian culture strengthen the national spirit and provide a source power for China’s economic modernization. Yi Zhuan put forward: &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection.’’ It means that continuous development is the law of nature and that a gentleman should pursue progress and be strong, unyielding resilient and positive. For thousands of years, the Chinese nation has formed a fine tradition of working hard and striving for strength under the influence of these thoughts. Today, we carry forward the spirits of “self-improvement” and &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in ways that further enhance national spirits and provide a strong driving force for the socialist modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the &amp;quot;reform and innovation&amp;quot; concept in Confucian culture is conducive to the expansion of the reform and opening up and the acceleration of China's socialist modernization. On the basis of admitting the fact that the continuous development is the universal law of nature, Confucian culture puts forward the &amp;quot;innovation idea&amp;quot;. The Book of Rites said, &amp;quot;If you can in one day renovate yourself; do so from day to day and let there be daily renovation.&amp;quot; The Book of Changes said, &amp;quot;Reform refers to destroy the old, while innovation means to establish the new.” The concept is not only serves as the theoretical basis for reform and innovation throughout the history, but also provides valuable lessons for the reform in socialist economic and political systems today. Domestically, promoting the innovative spirits can greatly enhance the reform consciousness of the Chinese people. Externally, it is conducive to advancing the opening up by leveraging the global influence of Confucian culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Legal construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture places a high priority on personal cultivation, while a highly civilized society under the rule of law must be composed of highly educated citizens. Confucian school, a school with thousands of years of history in China, has become an integral part of the Chinese culture. Nowadays, since China has called for the policy of combining the rule of virtue with the rule of law, it is the time for Confucian culture to find its historical position and fully play its role. Exploring the influence of Confucian culture on the construction of contemporary Chinese rule by law, not only can we help us more deeply understand the traditional culture, but also can promote the process of building the rule of law in contemporary China. &lt;br /&gt;
The rule by virtue thought is an important part of Confucian culture and it emphasizes the importance of moral education. It is a national strategy pursued by ancient Chinese rulers and a method of national governance embodying reference significance in today’s China. In terms of national governance, Confucianism emphasizes the importance of morality, believing that national governance should not mainly rely on harsh punishment, instead, moral education should be applied to reform people. Confucius said, &amp;quot;By governing with virtue, rulers will be loved by the public, just like stars surround the North Star.&amp;quot; By comparing rulers to the North Star and people to the stars, Confucius emphasized the importance of moral governance. &lt;br /&gt;
How to rule by virtue? First of all, rulers should pay attention to their personal cultivation and develop good moral characters, so that they can set a good example for the public. Only when officials and common people obey the ruler sincerely, can a good social atmosphere be formed. Secondly, since Confucianism takes &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; as its core and calls for the rule of virtue, many people subconsciously believe that Confucianism denies the role of criminal law and that Confucian culture does not call for the rule of law. In fact, this is not the case. While Confucianism advocates the rule of virtue, it also emphasizes the supplementary role of rule of law. Confucius said, &amp;quot;Sages believe that national governance must combine the rule of virtue and law.&amp;quot; That is to say, if people are governed by systems and laws, they seek for impunity but lack of conscience; however, if they are guided by morality and etiquette, they will have a sense of right and wrong and will impose strict requirements on themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, we should clearly realize that, although Confucian culture is an excellent traditional culture in China, it was generated from the feudal society and its original intention was to maintain the feudal autocratic monarchy. Therefore, it inevitably has some drawbacks and limitations. Under this circumstance, we must analyse Confucian culture dialectically and explore the value of Confucian culture. At the same time, we should discard the bad habits and unfavorable factors left by it, so as to better carry forward our traditional culture and accelerate the construction of the rule of law in contemporary China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Confucius institute ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the improvement of China's international status and the increasingly extensive international exchanges, Chinese culture has won wider foreign attention and the world is more eager to learn and understand the Chinese culture. The Confucius Institute project, founded in 2004, emerges in response to the call of the times. Today, Confucius Institutes have spread throughout Asia, Africa, The Americas, Europe and Oceania. Fundamentally speaking, its is conducive to the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture since language is an important carrier of Chinese culture. It is of positive significance to the construction of China's national image, the promotion of China's international influence, the realization of wider international communication.&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of Confucius Institutes has fully demonstrated the needs and aspirations of people around the world to learn Chinese and learn more about China, but there are still some problems in this process. Today, countries are committed to spreading their own language and culture, so there is a fierce competition in international cultural promotion. In addition, the Confucius Institutes is struggling to achieve sustainable development. Internally, its development has been restricted by many factors, including the shortage of teachers and textbooks, the low quality and the lack of pertinence. At present, Confucius Institutes are prevalent all over the world, but the promotion strategy seeking for quantity and speed results in a serious shortage of teachers capable of teaching Chinese as a foreign language. According to statistics, there is a global shortage of at least five million TCSL teachers. Secondly, the lack of high-quality and localized teaching materials for Chinese has also become a bottleneck for the development of Confucius Institutes. The shortage of Chinese textbooks affects the depth of cultural communication of Confucius Institutes directly. Thirdly, Confucius Institutes are not capable of spreading the ideological depth of the Chinese culture. Although the textbooks are rich in content, they mainly focus on promoting folk culture by introducing Chinese food, tea and wine, traditional Chinese medicine and martial arts. Meanwhile, they rarely involve the ideological essence of traditional Chinese culture and the modern value of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The Confucius Institutes should fully explore the modern significance of Confucianism and cast the quintessence of Chinese culture, and strengthen the spread of the core idea of Chinese culture and its modern cultural value. The connotation of Chinese culture is very rich. What Confucius Institutes should spread is not all the contents of Chinese culture, but the contents with universal value that are different from other countries and represent the essence of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and expressions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒家Confucian school&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒学Confucianism&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒教Confucian religion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
兼爱 Universal love&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
恕、忠、孝、悌、勇forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仁、义、礼、智、信benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学而优则仕 A good scholar will make an official&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四书五经  the Four Books and Five Classics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天行健，君子当自强不息；地势坤，君子以厚德载物。As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下兴亡，匹夫有责 Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the central ideas of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the difference among Confucian school, Confucianism and Confucian religion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the relationship between Confucian school, Taoist school, Mohist school, Legalist school?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the Six Classical Arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you think of the ancient influence of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you think Confucian culture still has its contemporary values in China? And why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the current situation of the development of the Confucian institute?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ch'ien Chung-shu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ch'ien Chung-shu (1910-1998),a well-known scholar,writer,translator and literary researcher,was born into an education family in Wuxi,Jiangsu Province.In Chinese academic circles,Qian was ranked with Rao Zongyi,a master in academic circles,and both were called &amp;quot;South Rao and North Qian&amp;quot;.He was admitted to Tsinghua University in 1929 and got to know Yang Jiang in 1932.Qian became famous soon after the enrolment,not only for the 15 mark of his math exam,but for his excellent Chinese and English,among which he got a full mark in the English exam.Qian had an engagement with Yang the year after their acquaintance and went to study at Oxford University in England along with her.In 1937,he obtained the bachelor's degree from Oxford,and his daughter Qian Yuan was born the same year.He wrote a great many profound literary works in his lifetime.When it comes to Ch'ien Chung-shu,people would think of his representative work ''Fortress Besieged'',which was published in 1947.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a realistic satirical novel,''Fortress Besieged'' is known as &amp;quot;The New Scholars&amp;quot; in the 1940s.The novel is centralized on Fang Hongjian,who returned from studying abroad at the beginning of the War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression.It depicts the struggles in love,marriage,career and life of a group of intellectuals who were far away from the times and the people during the War of Resistance against Japanese Agression.It reveals their inner poverty,emptiness and lowliness,criticizes the dark reality of the Kuomintang-controlled areas,and reveals the crisis of modern civilization and the difficulties of modern life.In the preface of the book,Qian said that,&amp;quot;In this book I intended to write about a certain segment of society and a certain kind of people in modern China.In writing about these people,I didn’t forget they are human beings,still human beings with the basic nature of hairless,two-legged animals.&amp;quot;The novel is like an X-ray mirror that reveals the deformed characters and ugly souls of those &amp;quot;hairless and two-legged animals&amp;quot; and analyzes the cultural matrix which is responsible for the deformed characters and ugly souls of these &amp;quot;latest style&amp;quot; literati.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:19, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===相声 Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The History of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross talk, in the ancient time was known as onomatopoeia, originally refers to imitate other's voices, also known as neighboring cross talk. It was evolved and further developed from the folk music in North China, and integrated with imitating oral skills and other folk art forms. It is generally believed to be formed during the Emperor Xianfeng （1850—1861）and Emperor Tongzhi（1861—1874）period in Qing dynasty. It’s a folk vocal art that uses jokes or funny questioning and answering to make the audience laugh. In the early years of the Republic of China, cross talk gradually developed from one-person ventriloquism to stand-up one person talk, and the name changed to cross talk. Later, it gradually developed into stand-up cross talk, dual cross talk, and group cross talk. And become a veritable form of art. After years of development, dual cross talk has finally become the most popular form of cross talk among audiences.--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 06:33, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Famous Artists of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Go 围棋--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
The four most handsome men in ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Grottoes of China--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 08:23, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Civil Service Examination System'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Luo Weijia|Luo Weijia]] ([[User talk:Luo Weijia|talk]]) 08:27, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Forbidden City'''--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 08:30, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City (Chinese: 紫禁城; pinyin: Zǐjìnchéng) is a palace complex in Dongcheng District, Beijing, China, and with a total area of 720,000 square meters (180 acres). It lies in the center of Beijing's central axis. Today, the Forbidden City houses the Palace Museum, and was the former Chinese imperial palace and residence of the Emperor of China from the Ming dynasty (since the Yong Le Emperor) to the end of the Qing dynasty, between 1420 and 1924. The Forbidden City served as the home of Chinese emperors and their households and was the ceremonial and political center of the Chinese government.&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City is a national AAAAA tourist attraction and was listed as the first batch of key cultural relics under national protection in 1961. What’s more, it was declared a world cultural heritage in 1987, and listed by UNESCO as the largest collection of preserved ancient wooden structures in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Marriage Customs'''--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:24, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China is an ancient country of rites. When it comes to the most important thing  in one’s life---marriage, Chinese people have developed a set of unique and grand ceremonies. Generally speaking, weddings in ancient China need to be approved by parents and arranged by parents .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Six Procedures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are six etiquettes in the process from the negotiation to the completion of marriage, namely Na Cai, Wen Ming, Na Ji, Na Zheng, Qing Qi and the last step Qin Ying. Na Cai is the begining of all the marriage procedures. It refers that if a boy intends to marry a girl,firstly his family must invite a matchmaker to the girl's home to propose marriage. After obtaining the consent of the girl's family , the boy's family should entrust the matchmaker to make a proposal formally with some gifts. Usually, the most common gift is wild goose,which represents fidelity. Besides,mandarin ducks, phoenix and sheep are also frequently-used gifts. Wen Ming means that the boy's family ask the matchmaker to fetch the girl's name and date of birth. There are two purposes of this step: the one is to prevent the marriage of close relatives with the same surname; the other is to assure the compatibility of the potential bride and bridegroom through their “eight characters” of the birth moment. Naji happens after the matchmaker takes back the woman's name and eight characters. If divining an auspicious omen, the boy's family will inform it to the girl’s parents and decide to engage the marriage. What is more, Na Zheng is an important step when the boy sends betrothal presents to the girl and for courtesy the girl will send back part of the presents such as food and some clothes. Qing Qi means that the boy's family choose an auspicious day to hold the wedding ceremony and then dispatch the matchmaker to tell the girl’s family. Qin Ying is the last procedure of the six etiquettes, that is, the groom goes to the bride's home to take the bride to his home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Customs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the six steps mentioned above, there are many other customs in the traditional Chinese wedding ceremony. Generally speaking, ancient marriage was ordered by parents and matchmaker, many young people could not master their own marriage. Before wedding ceremony, men and women were not allowed to meet each other in that ancient people were very conservative and most girls were kept in boudoirs. If they met in private before marriage, it would be regarded as a kind of female infidelity and parents would also think it quite unlucky. As a result, newlyweds could only see each other until the day of marriage. On the wedding day, the boy’s family will hold a big banquet at home. Before setting out to pick up bride, the bridegroom should first worship his ancestors for the sake of safety and auspice during the process of picking up the bride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Topic: Chinese cinema (dramas and movies) and its popularity and affection in Vietnam'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Twelve Animals of the Chinese Zodiac''' --Ouyang Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Origin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Influence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
Green Tea--[[User:Peng Ruihong|Peng Ruihong]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruihong|talk]]) 08:20, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg|400px|thumb|left|Diagram.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Insert formula here&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Traditional clothing Phyo Su Kyi talk 5-11-202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 12:07, 3 December 2020 (UTC)==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional dance--[[User:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4]] ([[User talk:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|talk]]) 02:46, 12 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese  Traditional women clothing&lt;br /&gt;
1- History of Chinese clothing&lt;br /&gt;
 History of Chinese clothing China has many ethnic groups with a long history while Han people dominate most periods in history. For thousands of years, generations of clothing designers have devoted themselves to building the Kingdom of Clothes, making the garments that cover the human body into an important component of Chinese culture. The progress of nation can be seen through its changes in clothing styles.Clothing manufacture in China dates back to prehistoric times, at least 7,000 years ago. Archaeological findings of 18,000 year-old artifacts such as bone sewing needles and stone beads and shells with holes bored in them attest to the existence of ornamentation and of sewing extremely early in Chinese civilization.&lt;br /&gt;
A- Chinese Clothing during Qin and Han Dynasties (221 B.C - 220 A.D)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Qin and Han dynasties (221 B.C. - A.D. 220) witnessed the unification of territory as well as written language. Qin Shihuang, the First Emperor of the Qin Dynasty, established many social systems, including one for uniforms to distinguish people's ranks and social positions. China's complete code of costume and trappings was established in the Han Dynasty (206BC-220AD). The yarn-dyeing, embroidering and metal-processing technologies developed rapidly in the period, spurring changes in costume and adornments.&lt;br /&gt;
B-Chinese Clothing during Wei,Jin, South and North Dynasties(220-589)&lt;br /&gt;
 Chinese clothing experienced a rapid development during the Wei, Jin, and Southern and Northern dynasties (220-589). Before 265, the cultures and esthetic views of the peoples in north and south China merged because of the moves initiated by frequent wars. Many philosophical schools of thought influenced both people's lives and the conceptions of clothing design.&lt;br /&gt;
C- Chinese Clothing during Tang Dynasty(618-907)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Tang Dynasty (618-907) wrote the most brilliant page in the history of Chinese clothing. People's clothes were more varied than before because the state was more open to the outside world and people became more cosmopolitan in their thinking. The clothes for women could be called fashionable because they changed rapidly and were showy. Once only a new style came out, many people would be willing to take it.&lt;br /&gt;
D-Chinese Clothing during Song, Yuan, Ming Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
 Casual wear appeared during the Song Dynasty (960-1279), and clothes were simple and elegant.During the Yuan Dynasty (1206-1368), the Mongolian ethnic group, known as the People on Horseback, was in power. The style of clothing was mainly a combination of Mongolian and Han. Clothes were luxurious for upper class yet simple and unadorned in design.Dramatic changes took place during the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644). A new conception came into being in clothing design, with no limitation to one style and advocating natural beauty, thus bringing vigor and vitality to the clothing culture.&lt;br /&gt;
E- Chinese Clothing during Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
 During the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911), clothes became elegant, poised, and glorious. During the 200 years of the Qing Empire, the entire world witnessed dramatic changes such as the Renaissance in Italy and Columbus's discovery of the Americas, but the changes did not affect traditional Chinese clothing because China had a closed-door policy. People still wore clothes showing rank and lifestyle. The retreat from outside cultures has left a precious heritage for traditional Chinese clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
F-Chinese Clothing from 1930s till Modern Era&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese clothing from 1930s till now, Qipao has become into fashion since then. During 1930s to 1940s, dress is further westernized, tailored to flatter body shape. During 1940s to 1960s, Qipao(Cheongsam) survives as everyday wear in Hong Kong until the late 1960s. &lt;br /&gt;
Vocabulary &lt;br /&gt;
Questions &lt;br /&gt;
References.--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 17:37, 25 November 2020 (UTC)Phyo Su Kyi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese wine culture--[[User:Qu Miao|Qu Miao]] ([[User talk:Qu Miao|talk]]) 08:28, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH) is a high-speed rail service operated by the China Railway.  The introduction of the CRH series was an important part of the 6th National Rail Acceleration, which took place on April 18, 2007.  By the end of 2018, China Railway High Speed ​​served all provinces in China except Taiwan and covered over 29,000 km.  (18,000 miles) the length of passenger routes, which make up about two-thirds of the world's high-speed rail routes served by commercial enterprises.  It is the most widely used rail transport in the world, with 1.713 billion flights in 2017, bringing the total cumulative number of flights to 7 billion.  More than 1000 sets of rolling stock are operated under the CRH brand, including the Hexie CRH1 / 2A / 5, which are rated for a top speed of 250 km / h (160 mph), and the CRH2C / 3 has a top speed of 350 km / h. (  220 mph).  The in-house developed CRH380A has a maximum test speed of 416.6 km / h (258.9 mph) at a commercial speed of 350 km / h.The fastest CRH380BL train reaches a maximum test speed of 487.3 km / h (302.8 mph)  ).  In 2017, China Standardized EMU brand, including CR400AF / BF and CR200J, joined China Railway High Speed ​​and is designated Fuxing along with the letters CR (China Railway).  With gradual planning, the CR brand will replace the existing CRH brand in service.  Depending on the speed, there are 3 categories of high-speed trains: G, D and C (G and some C are the fastest at 350 km / h, D at 250 km / h and C at 200 km / h).                                    &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail network.        &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail services were first introduced in 2007 on CRH rolling stock.  They operate on existing lines that have been upgraded to speeds of up to 250 km / h (160 mph), and on newer dedicated high-speed routes rated up to 350 km / h (220 mph).                                              &lt;br /&gt;
CRH service on dedicated high-speed lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
My topic: The Chinese language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Putonghua and Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Ancient Chinese and Mordern Chinese &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Idiomatic phrase -Idioms common sayings,and allegorical sayings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 language policy.--[[User:Sagara Seydou 3|Sagara Seydou 3]] ([[User talk:Sagara Seydou 3|talk]]) 02:24, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Talented Women of Ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
(中国古代四大才女)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Cai Wenji 蔡文姬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Zhuo Wenjun 卓文君&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Qingzhao 李清照&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Ban Zhao 班昭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient and Contemporary Ways of Contacting--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 13:27, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sending Messages with Pigeons&lt;br /&gt;
Sending messages ith pigeons is a way of communicating with people in the ancient times. If you want to send letters, you should tie them to the feet of the pigeons and pass them on to the person to the receiver. As it is not convenient to communicate with people, so clever people take advantage of pigeons which fly fast and can recognize the directions. They trained pigeons and improved the speed of delivery. Generally speaking, the birds themselves will find their way home, just as the weary birds returning to their nests. For example, I live near to my friends. Later, when I have to go somewhere else, I will leave my hometown with my pigeons. One day when I have to contact my friend, I would put a note in the the special case, which is tied to the foot of the pigeon. And then I would release the pigeon, which would fly to my hometown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons are not only very sensitive to the Earth’s magnetic field, but also are particularly homesick, which are their innate strengths. But to be a carrier pigeon, it’s all about training. The basic purpose of raising carrier pigeons is releasing, competing and using. In order to obtain the ideal carrier pigeon, apart from careful breeding and scientific breeding management, the most important thing is training. All the three steps complement each other. The basic principle of training is based on the biological and physiological characteristics of carrier pigeons and the “Classical conditioning” principle. The basic aim of the training is to train, exercise and improve the quality of pigeons, to give full play to their inherent biological characteristics and strengths. The basic contents of training generally include: basic training, release training, competing training, adaptation training and application training. Training should start from young pigeons, from simple tasks to complex ones, from short distance to long distance, from day to night, from basic training to professional training. In  short, training should start from easy to difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Paper Letters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A letter is a document which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person. The Chinese character “xin” (letter) means messages in ancient Chinese. Also, it means that the messages are credible. In giving oral messages and writing letters delivered by postmen which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person, one has to have the following abilities. First, he has the ability to tell the whole story in words and express his thoughts and feelings. Two, he has writing tools. Three, he has a postman to help him deliver messages. Writing letters in person to relatives and friends can not only convey one’s thoughts and feelings, but also give the recipient a feeling of “talking to each other face to face” . With the growth of technology, telephone, telegraph, mail tapes, video tapes, e-mail and other means of communication information came. With the development of society, the relationship between people and society is being reconstructed. Apart from  its traditional function, that is, official correspondence and private correspondence, letters are used for a new purpose. There is a surge in letters which are sent to governments, entrepreneurs, famous scholars for private purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.E-mails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five famous mountains.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 08:00, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mount Song&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Mount Tai &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Mount Hua &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Education===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient education was one of the most splendid components of ancient Chinese culture. Chinese education had a long history dating from the Xia, Shang and Zhou dynasties 3000/4000 years ago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shang Dynasty (16th-11th century BC), formal schools emerged with the names like “Xiao” (school)，“Xue”(study) and “Daxue”(higher school). Teachers then were all government officials and students were all children of the nobility, so that was the earliest “Guan Xue”(Government School/Education).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Education became more popular by the Spring Autumn/Warring States period. Confucius became the earliest founder for “Private Education”. This type of private school education is often known as “Si Xue” (private institution).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Han till Qing Dynasty, the formation of government institution had been well-established. All the teaching materials and educational training were geared towards the preparation for Imperial examination. After receiving a title in the Imperial examination, one might receive a post in the state bureaucracy. At the same time, private schools were also developing. Most of the famous philosophers and scientists were originated from private schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from schooling, “Family education” began to play an important role. Many of the famous historical figures grew up under the education and strict ‘teaching’ by their parents or other senior family members, and they studied hard in order to become successful. For instance, it was well documented that Mencius’s mother had moved three times with her son before she eventually found a proper neighborhood for the son’s education. After the Han dynasty, because of the increased status of Confucianism and its influence, the teaching of “poetry and rites” became the basic content for family education. Loyalty, Filial Piety, Benevolence and Righteousness were core values taught in family education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, there was another form of education system known as “Xue Shu Jiao Yu”. This belongs to neither an institute education nor a family education. These are generally “primary school for the folks”. Sometimes, they were called “Meng Guan”(primary education hall), “Si Shu ” (private school), “Zu Xue” (extended family school) , etc. Most students will first learn how to read characters, then they will learn The Three Character Classic ”, The Hundred Family Surnames, The Thousand Character Classic. Then they will learn the “Four Books”.  In addition, they will also learn Chinese calligraphy and character pairing. In this type of school, the rules and regulations are especiallystrict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other methods such as Shuyuan and Guozijian, etc. They all formed a unique way of knowledge teaching and became important system for the development on “study of knowledge”, “teaching method”, etc. All of these formed the basis for today's Chinese education.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Confucian Educational Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The historical importance of education in Chinese culture is derived from the teachings of Confucius. The connection between Confucius and the official Chinese educational system thus became permanently linked right into the present time. Confucius broke the rule of “Xue Zai Guan Fu”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(learning at the government hall. He encouraged “learning for all hierarchical levels and for all ages”, and opened the door of education to the commoners. He established his own school and started to spread his teaching, thoughts and views. He became the earliest founder for “Private Education”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, whether they were government or private school, they all placed a great emphasis on humanities and cultural education, which focused on the teaching of morality and the development of wisdom. It covered philosophy, language, literature and other cultural subjects. The curriculum at the Great Academy was based on the Confucian Five Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius taught his students morality, proper speech, government, and the refined arts. While he also emphasized the “Six Arts” — ritual, music, archery , chariot- riding , calligraphy , and computation — it is clear that he regarded morality as the most important subject. Confucius had been regarded as the pioneer founder of family education. According to The Analects of Confucius, Confucius wanted his son to learn both poetry and rites. He said, “if one does not learn poetry, one will not be able to talk properly”, “if one does not learn rites, one will never be well footed in the society.” Other than placing a strong emphasis on morality education, Chinese education also emphasized greatly on learning/teaching method and principles. Below are some common Confucian educational philosophies:&lt;br /&gt;
Revise the old in order to deduce new things.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning and Thinking are equally important. &lt;br /&gt;
Learn in a systematic and progressive way, from a beginner’s level to the advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration and Guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Teach according to students’ ability; use appropriate materials for teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s goal was to create gentlemen who carry themselves with grace, speak correctly, and demonstrate integrity in all things.	The long The Master said in The Analects that:&lt;br /&gt;
“Is it not delightful to acquire knowledge and put it into practice from time to time？“Learning without thought is labor lost; thought without learning is perilous.” &lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s main educational thoughts were to teach students according to their aptitude, to treat students equally and to inspire thinking. His pedagogical methods were striking. He posed questions, cited passages from the classics, or used apt analogies, and waited for his students to arrive at the right answers. He said, “I only instruct the eager and enlighten the fervent. If I hold up one corner and a student cannot come back to me with the other three, I do not go on with the lesson.” The status of education remained high in Confucian heritage cultures in East Asia. Beyond that, translations of Confucian texts influenced European thinkers of the period as well, particularly among the philosophical groups of the Enlightenment who were interested by the integration of the system of morality of Confucius into Western civilization. The French philosopher Voltaire was also influenced by Confucius, seeing the concept of Confucian rationalism as an alternative to Christian dogma. He praised Confucian ethics and politics, portraying China as a model for Europe.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Imperial Examination'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese Imperial Examination was an examination system in Imperial China designed to select talented people for future positions in civil service. This system had a huge influence on both society and culture in Imperial China.  It was established in 605 during the Sui Dynasty and lasted more than 1,300 years until the last examination in 1904 when the last Chinese feudal kingdom—the Qing Dynasty—was coming to an end. Somehow the modern examination system for selecting civil service staff also indirectly evolved from the imperial one. It was part of the process by which candidates who passed the exams could receive a title called jinshi, or some other degree, which in turn would generally be followed by appointments to government offices. The first three of Jinshi were ranked Zhuangyuan, Bangyan and Tanhua respectively. The examinations consisted of a battery of tests administered at the district, provincial, and imperial levels. Only three-hundred candidates could pass the imperial examinations, which would be supervised by the Emperor himself. Candidate scholars often took the examinations several times before earning a degree. Each exam taker spent three days and two nights writing “eight-legged essays” — literary compositions with eight distinct sections — in a tiny room with a makeshift bed, a desk, and a bench. There were no interruptions in those three days, nor were candidates’ allowed any communication. Since the pressure to succeed was intense, cheating and corruption were rampant. In order to obtain objectivity in evaluation, candidates were identified by number rather than name, and examination answers were recopied by a third person before being evaluated to prevent the candidate’s handwriting from being recognized. In the ancient society, class consciousness was strong and many people from lower classes would have had little chance to reach high office, not to mention having any position in the official court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, once the imperial examination system was introduced, any male adult in China, regardless of his wealth or social status, could become a high-ranking government official by passing the imperial examination and thus realize their self-development. In this sense, passing the imperial examination was also called “carps jumping across the dragon’s gate” . The dragon had always been regarded as the symbol of mighty power and especially that of the rights exercised by the emperor, consequently the success of examination candidates was proudly called “jumping across the dragon’s gate.” In late imperial China, the examination system and associated methods of recruitment to the central bureaucracy were major mechanisms by which the central government captured and held the loyalty of local-level elites.The examination system also served to maintain cultural  unity and  consensus  on basic  values. The uniformity of  the  content  of  the examinations meant that the local elites and ambitious would-be members of those elites across China were taught with the same values. Despite the significant effect of promoting Confucian culture and education, it also influenced education systems in many other countries like Korea, Japan, and Vietnam, and similarities can be found in the personnel selection methods employed in France, America and Britain. Today’s education system is surely its successor.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three Giant Home Appliance Enterprises In China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Midea===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea is a technology group of consumer electronics, HVAC, robotics and automation systems, and smart supply chain (logistics).Founded in Shunde, China in 1968, Midea officially entered the household appliance industry in 1980. In 1981, Midea registered its brand. The group employs a total of 130000 people, whose headquarter is locate in Shunde, Guangdong Province. Midea Group has about 200 subsidiaries, more than 60 overseas branches and 10 strategic business units worldwide, and is the main shareholder of KUKA group (about 95%) in Germany . Midea now has more than ten brands such as Midea and Little Swan. and has 15 and 6 production bases separately home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Business operation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's diversified development strategy can reflect its wide range of business : consumer electrical appliances mainly including kitchen appliances, refrigerators, washing machines and all kinds of small household appliances; HVAC business focusing on heating and ventilation systems such as household air conditioning and central air conditioning; robot and industrial automation system business with German KUKA group and Midea robot company as the core.Up to July 2020, Midea ranked 22nd in the list of China's Top 100 Most Valuable Brands in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Corporate culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, enterprises seems like a person. Generally speaking, the style and personality of an enterprise are greatly affected by the values and behavior styles of enterprise leaders. Enterprise style and characters can determine the fate and future itself. Midea focus on sound operation. If Haier and Gree went to two &amp;quot;extremes&amp;quot;, Midea would choose the &amp;quot;middle road&amp;quot;, which is neither extreme left nor right. It will not suddenly break the original management framework and organizational structure,which, otherwise, would place the enterprise in high risk. Midea Group’s New Vision, mission,values and business principles are not only rooted in the achievements of historical accumulation, but also the strategic blueprint for the future. The New Vision,“the perfection of science and technology lead to the perfection of life”, continues the Midea’s emphasis on science and technology and human-oriented spirit; The new mission,“connecting people and things, enlightening the world of Midea” reflects its strategic thinking on the development trend of technology, industrial chain and global layout, and makes the linkage between people and things in different scenes more advanced, thus stimulating the leapfrog development of people’s lives and production; Through the value“dare to know the future”, Midea could continue carrying forward its spirits of future orientation and embracing changes. From a New Vision, mission, values, the United States of intelligent manufacturing, intelligent life, and the way to give back to society, but also a deeper level of exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(1)Diversified product strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the light of the wide range of its business, we can see that Midea is actively promoting diversified development: in the area of air-conditioning, Midea，since 1998，has made a series of acquisitions and mergers, expanding its air-conditioning capacity and entering the field of air-conditioning compressors. Moreover, it has produced the core components of air conditioning, increased research and development and cooperation in air conditioning, then begun to produce the core components of air conditioning compressor, increased research and development in the core components; as for small household appliances, since 2001, Midea has mastered the core components of microwave oven and become one of the three largest production bases in the world. Subsequently, the Group has reorganized the small appliance business under direct control and developed professionally on the basis of diversification ; diversification has the advantage of spreading risk, that is the theory of “don’t put all your eggs in one basket” , and its disadvantage lies in the difficulty for firms to concentrate and, relatively speaking, to establish absolute competitive advantage in one or more specific areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(2)&amp;quot;Intensive Growth + Extensive Expansion&amp;quot; business strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's business strategy can be described as &amp;quot;two-pronged approach&amp;quot;. On the one hand, Midea relies on its own enterprise strength to continuously optimize the performance of its core products and has made earnest efforts to improve the quality of its core products. On the other hand, through a series of acquisitions and mergers on home appliance brand，Midea has furthered its market penetration, and enhanced the market share, expanded the user group, leading to its accomplishment of “Extension Expansion” strategy. In fact, the strategy is not limited to mergers and acquisitions, but also includes the continuous paces into new industrial fields. Midea is building its own &amp;quot;Second Runway&amp;quot;, that is “New Product Incubation Platform”, which is not limited to the field of home appliances. As long as meeting Midea's standards for &amp;quot;innovative products&amp;quot;, any products can enter the incubation platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development prospect'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（1)Home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, affected by the COVID-19, the rising leverage ratio of the residential sector, the rising food prices, as well as the continuing low marriage and birth rates, the pace of further expansion of the household appliance market has been hindered. As one of the three giants in China's home appliance market, Midea is naturally deeply aware of the weakness of the home appliance market, which is reflected specifically in the decline of market demand for color TV sets, air conditioners, kitchen appliances and household appliances. Midea will unswervingly increase R&amp;amp;D investment, maintain high-quality development direction, and adhere to inclusive growth and sustained and effective growth. Midea has further expanded its online market scale which has continuously diverted offline market scale. It has been developing an integrated sales channel with both online and offline, which has been promoted orderly on Suning, Gome, Jingdong, Tmall and other platforms. Facing the domestic market, Midea has been consolidated its basic system and established a unified business language and rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（2)Abroad'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, the global trade friction continues to escalate, tariff barriers increases Midea’s risk of overseas market expansion, and the exchange rate between countries continues fluctuating. All of these factors mentioned above has increased Midea’s risk to engage in product export and  to exchange loss. Facing the overseas market, Midea will adhere to the consumer-oriented and product-leading strategy, give full play to its network advantages in global R&amp;amp;D and user research, grasp the differentiated needs of foreign consumer groups, improve the construction of multi-brand operation system, leading to further open-up of the foreign market and the improvement of market share.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
HVAC  暖通空调	 Shunde	（广东）顺德&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smart supply chain  智能供应链	Diversification	 n. 多样化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsidiary  n. 子公司	Intensive Growth  内生式增长&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Household appliance  家用电器	leverage ratio 	杠杆率&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diversified	adj. 多元化的	Second Runway	第二跑道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Intelligent manufacturing  智能制造	R&amp;amp;D  研发&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
air conditioning compressor  空调压缩机	 Tmall 	天猫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tariff barrier	贸易壁垒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions	'''&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
1.Why does Midea implement diversified development strategy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why corporate culture can determine its future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.what development strategy does Midea adopt?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How will Midea deal with the weakness of home appliance market?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How does Midea differ from Haier and Gree in terms of its style?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Haier===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Gree===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
===National Flag of the People’s Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
===A  A brief introduction of National Flag of the People's Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, the symbol of the country. Zeng Liansong is the designer of the national flag. Red and rectangular, its length and height are three to two. Five yellow five pointed stars are decorated on the top left of the flag. One star is larger, and its circumscribed circle diameter is three tenths of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is one tenth of the flag height, and the ring is arched to the right of the big star.&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China began to solicit the design of the national flag from July 14 to August 15, 1949. On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 (3012) national flag designs. On September 27, 1949, deputies to the first plenary session of the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) passed a motion to use the five-star red flag as the national flag. On October 1, 1949, the first national flag was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. The five pointed stars are used in yellow to show light on the red ground. Each of the four small five pointed stars faces the center of the big star, indicating unity around a center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B  Establishment process===&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Solicit comments from the public===&lt;br /&gt;
On June 15, 1949, the Preparatory Committee for the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was formally established in Peiping, shortly after Liberation. The preparatory work undertaken by this committee included the important task of formulating the national flag of new China, and designated the sixth group of the Preparatory Committee to be responsible for it.&lt;br /&gt;
On 4 July 1949, the sixth group held its first meeting. The meeting decided to publish newspapers to solicit the patterns of the national flag and the national emblem, and to set up a selection committee for the national flag and the national emblem pattern and the national lyrics score. In addition to the group members participating in the selection, Xu Beihong, Liang Sicheng, Ai Qing and other experts were invited to participate.&lt;br /&gt;
From July 14 to August 15, 1949, people's daily, Jiefang Daily, Xinhua daily and other newspapers and periodicals published the notice of the preparatory meeting of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference asking for the design of the national flag. The news of asking for the design of the national flag quickly spread to the whole country and overseas. Many people in their spare time, spread out the paper and began the design work. They carefully designed and drew one pattern after another with their own characteristics, marked with detailed instructions, and sent them to Beijing. They regard the design and drawing of the national flag as a glorious and noble thing to pour their boundless love for new China.&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Collect drafts from all walks of life===&lt;br /&gt;
On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 pieces of national flag patterns. Guo Moruo, Chen Jiageng and other members of the preparatory committee also submitted their sample designs. These designs were displayed in the temporary reading room. The selection committee selected 38 draft plans from them and incorporated them into the reference materials for the design of the national flag and submitted them to the newly established Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference for discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Pass a resolution===&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the national flag of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was approved in the 32nd session of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference. In the pattern of five-star red flag before this, there are sickles and axes in the big stars. Before the adoption of the resolution, the national flag and national emblem review group made partial modifications to the design pattern, and made a unified explanation on the significance of the national flag pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 27, 1949, the resolution on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China, adopted at the first plenary session of the CPPCC National Committee, stipulates in the fourth point that &amp;quot;it is unanimously adopted: the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red earth flag, which symbolizes the great unity of the revolutionary people of China.&amp;quot; The resolution of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China and the measures for flag making adopted by the presidium of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference stipulate that the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, which is rectangular, and symbolizes revolution. Its length and height are three to two, and five yellow five pointed stars are on the top left of the flag, symbolizing the revolutionary unity under the leadership of the Communist Party of China The star symbolizes red with yellow, and the earth is bright. One star is larger, its circumscribed circle diameter is 3 / 10 of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is 1 / 10 of the flag height, and they are circled on the right side of the big star, and each has an angle point facing the center of the big star, which expresses the aspiration of hundreds of millions of people to the great Communist Party of China, just like the northern star. The flagpole cover is white to distinguish it from the red flag.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 29, 1949, the people's Daily published the pattern of the new national flag and the explanation of its making method, which were provided to all walks of life for making and using.&lt;br /&gt;
On October 1, 1949, the first national flag of the people's Republic of China was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C  Symbolism of the flag===&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. Yellow is used to show light on the red ground. Yellow is brighter and more beautiful than white. Each of the four small Pentagram stars has a point facing the center of the big star, which means that they are united around a center and are compact and beautiful in form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Four New Inventions===&lt;br /&gt;
Most people must have known about China's Four Inventions: gunpowder, paper-making, compass, and printing. Those represented how wise the Chinese was and how brilliant history China had. Today, China still holds the places and influence in technology and inventions. In May,2017, teenagers from 20 nations along the Belt and Road selected China's four new inventions: high speed railway, QR code payment, sharing bikes and online shopping. Though these new inventions are not first invented by China, but it is China that makes full use of them, and introduces them to the rest of the world. The four new inventions bring incredible changes and convenience into people's life. China, at the same time, makes contributions to the development of the human beings. World's future will be bright and prosper due to more technologies and inventions such as China's Four New Inventions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. High-speed railway ===&lt;br /&gt;
High-speed railway is a railway system with advanced design and high-speed rails run on it. The world's first official high-speed rail system is the Tokaido Shinkansen line and it goes into public in 1964, connecting the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka. The high speed railway has promoted the rapid development of Japan. Its designed speed is 200km/h, which then becomes the initial speed standard of high-speed rail. Later, with the advancement of technology, the speed of trains became faster. Different countries have different definitions of high-speed railways in different eras. According to statistics, the length of high-speed railways in operation in China has reached to more than 6,800 kilometers. China has become the country with the most comprehensive high-speed railway system technology, the strongest integration capability, the longest operating mileage, the highest operating speed, and the largest scale of construction in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. High-speed railways are very smooth to keep safety and comfort. High-speed railways are all seamless steel tracks, and high-speed railways with a speed of more than 300 kilometers per hour use ballastless tracks, that is, a monolithic track bed without stones to maintain smoothness.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The high-speed railway has few bends, as the bend is of long radius, and the turnouts are all moveable high-speed turnouts.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Use a large number of viaducts and tunnels to ensure ride comfort and shorten the distance.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The catenary of the high-speed railway, that is, the suspension of the wires on the top of the train, is also different from that of ordinary railways to keep stability and durability of the high-speed EMUs.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The signal control system of high-speed railways is higher than that of ordinary railways, because of the frequent departure and high speed of rails, it should be of high safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Merits'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Large passenger capacity. Generally, high speed rails can accommodate 600 people. Compared to other public tools such as bus, boat or airplane, high speed rails have more seats.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Less time-consuming. In addition to the maximum operating speed, passengers are more concerned about travel time. High speed rails will not operate in late night, so passengers can get off the rails almost in daytime, thus to finish their business or other private matters which helps save a lot of time.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Good safety. Due to the automatic operation of high-speed rails in a fully enclosed environment and a series of complete safety guarantee systems, thus no other transportation means can be matched with it. Since the advent of high-speed railway 35 years ago, Japan, Germany, and France have already transported 5 billion passengers. Although there have been major traffic accidents on high-speed railways, the accident rate is much lower than that of civil aviation and is almost negligible. It is still the safest transportation system.&lt;br /&gt;
4. High punctuality. All high-speed railways adopt automatic control and can operate around the clock unless there is an earthquake.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Comfortable and convenient. High speed rails have spacious and comfortable seats, stable operation, shock absorption, sound insulation, and quiet environment. &lt;br /&gt;
6. Low energy consumption. High-speed trains use electric traction, do not consume precious petroleum and other liquid fuels, and use various forms of energy, which is not a wasteful transportation mean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High speed railways高速铁路  the Tokaido Shinkansen line东海道新干线&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka.日本三大都市圈: 东京、名古屋和大阪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
integration capability整合能力  operating mileage运营里程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seamless steel tracks无缝钢轨  ballastless track无砟轨道 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a monolithic track bed整体式道床  moveable high-speed turnouts.可动心高速道岔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
viaducts and tunnels高架桥梁和隧道  high-speed EMUs.高速动车组&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shock absorption and sound insulation减震隔音  petroleum and other liquid fuels石油等液体燃料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Where does the first high speed railway come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the name of the first high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What is the advantages of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What are the features of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which transportation carries more passengers, high speed rails or trains?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. From Changsha to Shanghai, which transportation means will you choose?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. QR code payment===&lt;br /&gt;
The QR code payment model is based on the concept of mobile payment, and the first batch of payments made by mobile devices occurred in Finland in 1997. Finnish local media reported that Finland Telecom has enabled the service of operating jukeboxes and beverage vending machines by dialing a pay phone number. This service allows you to buy Coca-Cola at Helsinki Airport. The QR code, also known as &amp;quot;two-dimensional code&amp;quot; was invented in 1994 by the Japanese company DW.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of QR code payment methods in China is not occasionally. It  is mainly related to the rapid development of  IT technology and the rapid advancement of e-commerce. The maturity of IT technology has promoted the birth of mobile terminals such as smart phones and tablet computers, which makes people's mobile life more colorful. At the same time, domestic e-commerce is also closely related to &amp;quot;mobile&amp;quot;, especially the development of O2O. With a large number of mobile devices and a large amount of mobile consumption, payment costs have become particularly critical. Therefore, QR code payment solutions came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Characteristics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of 2010, QR codes and related technologies were widely circulated on the Internet, marking the beginning of the widespread popularity of QR codes in China. The popularity of any thing must have its reasons, and so is QR code payment. &lt;br /&gt;
1. Mature technology&lt;br /&gt;
QR  code payment already has mature technical means in developed areas abroad, which has laid the foundation for the development of domestic QR code technology, and it is believed that it will quickly become popular.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy to use&lt;br /&gt;
After the user installs the QR code recognition software, the transaction can be completed by simply swiping the place where the QR code is posted.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Convenient payment&lt;br /&gt;
With the QR code payment method, merchants do not have to bear high cost payments such as cash on delivery, and consumers can also make real-time payments anytime, anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Lower cost&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the maturity of technology and the popularization of mobile devices, the cost of QR code payment has become very low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QR code (Quick Response code)快速反应码   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finland芬兰  Telecom电信&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jukebox点唱机   beverage vending machine饮料自动售货机 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Helsinki Airport赫尔辛基机场 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What advanced the birth of QR code?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did the QR code become popular in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In which way can customers bear lower payment?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Why does QR code cost lower?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. When was the QR code invented?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Sharied bikes===&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 1965, the Municipal Government of Amsterdam in the Netherlands proposed the &amp;quot;White Plan&amp;quot;. According to the plan, the government purchased 50 bicycles and painted them with white paint as a sign and scattered them around the city for people to use. This was the earliest in the world. The unmanned shared bicycle system is invented by the Netherlands. In 2007, France also had free cycling, and it was only later that China became popular and innovative models developed and promoted overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By providing services on campuses, subway stations, bus stations, residential areas, commercial districts, public service areas, etc., bicycle-sharing (bicycle) companies complete the ”last mile“ in the transportation industry and drive residents' enthusiasm for using other public transportation. Produce synergy with other public transportation methods.  Shared bicycles are a time-sharing lease model and a new type of green and environmentally friendly sharing economy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's bike-sharing market has gone through three stages of development. The first phase is from 2007 to 2010. The public bicycle model that has emerged from abroad is introduced into the country, and the government will lead the management in different cities, mostly with piled bicycles. 2010-2014 is the second stage. Companies specializing in the bicycle market began to appear, but public bicycles are still dominated by piled bicycles. The third phase is from 2014 to 2018. With the rapid development of the mobile Internet, Internet shared bicycles led by Mobike came into being, and more convenient dockless bicycles began to replace docked bicycles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amsterdam阿姆斯特丹  the unmanned shared bicycle system 无人管理的共享单车系统&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
free cycling 单车自由行 residential areas 居民区 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
last mile ”最后一公里“  green and environmentally friendly economy 绿色和环境友好型经济&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the first phase第一阶段 dockless bicycles无桩单车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which country invented the shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the main purpose for the invention of shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many phases at present have the shared bikes experienced?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How's the prospect of the shared bikes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Online shopping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Domestic Mobile Phones===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Huawei===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the Chinese phone manufacturers, Huawei is probably the name that needs no introduction. It's the world's second largest smartphone company, and it's at the center of an international battle for technological dominance between Beijing and Washington. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1987, Huawei is a leading global provider of information and communications technology (ICT) infrastructure and smart devices. It has more than 194,000 employees, and operate in more than 170 countries and regions, serving more than three billion people around the world. Huawei is a private company wholly owned by its employees. No government agency or outside organization holds shares in Huawei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their vision and mission is to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world. The benefits of digital technology shouldn't just be available to those who can afford it. Huawei's mission is to expand the benefits of technology to everyone, everywhere. To achieve this, they've developed a digital inclusion strategy that focuses on three areas: technology, applications, and skills. For example, three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei are 5G, Huawei cloud and Huawei AI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei is continuing to focus on research and innovation to seize the opportunities and address the challenges of the future intelligent world.  There are many innovations and inventions of Huawei to drive the industry forward, including advanced wireless networks, optical networks, intelligent O&amp;amp;M, AI computing, smartphone camera, media CODEC standards, software, trustworthiness and so on. Today, Huawei have entered the 5G ear and embarked on 6G research. It is exploring new directions for 6G. To this end, they began research into the basic theories of 6G and initiated extensive open collaboration projects with other industry players and pushed the industry to build a consensus on 6G.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Staying customer-centric and creating value for customers&amp;quot; are the company's common values. The company has a well-developed internal governance structure, under which all governance bodies have clear and focused authority and responsibility, but operate under checks and balances. This creates a closed cycle of authority and achieves rational and cyclical succession of authority, so as to drive the facilitation and implementation of the company's common values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg|650px|thumb|middle|Diagram of Huawei Corporate Governance. Click [https://www-file.huawei.com/-/media/corporate/images/about-huawei/2020/corporate-governance-structure-18en.png?la=en-us/File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once virtually unknown to most Americans, the telecommunications giant was splashed across newspapers when top executive (and daughter of the company's founder) Meng Wangzhou was arrested in Canada for an alleged violation of US sanctions with Iran. Since then, the Chinese telecom has regularly made international headlines, especially since the US Commerce Department banned American companies from doing business with Huawei without first obtaining a license. &lt;br /&gt;
For Huawei, that meant it could lose access to crucial technological parts including semiconductors, which are key components used in its base stations and phones. It also meant Huawei's handsets were cut off from the full power of Google's Android operating system, along with several popular apps including the Google Play store, Gmail, Google Maps and apps that rely on Google like Uber and eBay. At its launch in September, the Mate 30 was Huawei's first major phone to launch without Google's proprietary apps. Despite US efforts to constrain Huawei, the company reported first-half earnings this month showing revenue grew more than 13% from a year ago to around $65 billion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expression===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei cloud	华为云	            Intelligent Collaboration	  协同管理技术&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
optical networks	光纤网络	                 Carrier Network	承载网络&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intelligent O&amp;amp;M	智能委托运营	                  the Kunpeng 920	鲲鹏920&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI computing	人工智能计算	                     AppGallery 	华为应用程序库&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
information and communications technology (ICT)  信息与通讯技术             	Media CODEC standards	编解码标准&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.When is Huawei founded?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many countries and regions does Huawei operate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do government agency and outside organization hold shares if Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the vision and mission of Huawei? And what do they do to achieve this mission?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the innovations and inventions of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the company’s common values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What makes that the telecommunications giant frequently was mentioned across newspapers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Which phone is the first major phone launched without Google’s proprietary apps?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. What’s your opinion towards these two issues mentioned above? Will these hinder the development of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Xiaomi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Vivo &amp;amp; OPPO===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 07:24, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Brief introduction of Chines dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words topolect and hibernation, all comes from Yangxiong (53-18), &amp;quot;Interpretation of Foreign Dialects: Light Xuan“in the Han dynasty. &amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot; refers to different meanings in different groups, according to the Chinese , &amp;quot;dialect &amp;quot; is both a political concept and a linguistic one, and it is also known as &amp;quot;Vernacular &amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;Accent&amp;quot;, refers to the difference in the language standard of a certain region, such as relationship between relatives regardless of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot;,however, is a linguistic concept in Europe, subordinating under the concept of&amp;quot;language&amp;quot; at the beginning of the eighteenth century. Based on the relationship between the language (pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar),it is divided into family, group, branch and language.Considering the special national situation of China, The translation of &amp;quot;Chinese dialects&amp;quot; into English is &amp;quot;Varieties of Chinese&amp;quot;.According to the European , dialect is a language that differs from the standarded language and is spoken in only one certain region. &lt;br /&gt;
China enjoys a vast field and a long history. In the process of historical development, different divisions and unification inevitably occurred in the society, which led to the gradual emergence of diverse and complex dialects system in Chinese. There are many factors contributing to the evolution of dialect, including social, historical and geographical factors, as well as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
According to the dialects, Chinese is divided into two categories: the official dialects and the nine local dialects. Official dialects ,namely modern Chinese, are not independent dialects, because they are very similar in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar to the common language. Other regional dialects differ greatly in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar, thus forming their own dialect systems. The official dialects include northeast Mandarin, Beijing mandarin, Ji Lu mandarin, Jiao-Liao mandarin, Central Plains mandarin, Lan-Yin mandarin, Southwest Mandarin and Jianghuai mandarin. The nine local dialects include Wu dialect, Cantonese, Fujian dialect, Hunan dialect, Hakka, Gan dialect, Hui dialect, Jin dialect and Pinghua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Hunan dialect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiangyu , also known as xiang dialect or Hunan dialect, belongs to the sino-tibetan  language, and is the main language used by the hunan people who live in xiangjiang river basin and its branches. Xiangyu is divided into two categories: new Xiangyu and The old Xiangyu. The new Xiangyu is represented by Changsha dialect while the old one is represented by Shuangfeng dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
The core area of ancient Chu language is located in the middle reaches of Yangtze River, and Chu language is the ancestor language of Xiang language [1]. Modern Xiangyu speakers are mainly distributed in a considerable part of Hunan province in Mainland China, including Changsha, Zhuzhou, Xiangtan, Yueyang, Yiyang, Loudi, Hengyang, Shaoyang, Yongzhou and so on. In 2010, the number of Xiangyu-speaker was estimated to be about 45 million. The regional dialects of Hunan province include Hunan, Southwest Official, Gan, Hakka, and Xiangxiang, southern Hunan dialect, which have not yet been classified as belonging to the dialect. Xiangyu is the main dialect of Hunan Province. Hunan province is a region that has diverse dialects. &lt;br /&gt;
The chu dialect ,namely Chu Yan (ancient Chu language), is popular in Chu in the pre-Qin period, and it is the most ancient origin of Xiang language. The specific appearance of ancient Chu language cannot be verified today, but it is the earliest language used by the Han people in Hunan and along the Xiangjiang river. The word &amp;quot;Chu Yan&amp;quot; first appeared in Zuo Zhuan, indicating that the Chu Yan had been formed at least in the late Spring and Autumn Period, and was a branch of Chinese language,and was different from the Central Plains Yayin XiaYan at that time.There are 20-35 initials of Xiangyu, 30 to 40 finals, 5-7tones,commonly with 6 .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Contonese===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yueyu ,or Cantonese, Guangdong dialect and Tang dialect, is commonly known as &amp;quot;baihua&amp;quot;.It is a Chinese dialect in the Chinese-Tibetan Chinese language family. Cantonese is the mother tongue of the Guangfu nationality, an important carrier of the Guangfu culture of the Han nationality, and one of the basic symbolic cultural identities of the Guangfu nationality. Cantonese has a complete language system consisting of nine tones and six volumes of tones, retaining many characteristics of Middle Ancient Chinese . Besides Putonghua, it is the only Chinese language that has been studied independently by foreign universities. &lt;br /&gt;
As for the origin of Cantonese, there are different opinions.Some says that it originated from the Northern Mid-plain dialect and others the Chu language from the State of Chu. Cantonese is one of the southern dialects that retains more middle Ancient Chinese elements than other dialects, among which the most prominent feature is that it relatively retains the universal middle Ancient Chinese &amp;quot;Ru Sheng&amp;quot;, and its initials, finals and tones have a good correspondence with the ancient Chinese standard rhymes in&amp;quot;Qu Yun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Guang Yun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Mandarin is a dominant language in Guangdong province, and the most dominant dialect is Cantonese. Hakka dialect and Fujian dialect are the other two major Chinese dialects with great influence in the province. Hakka dialect is mainly concentrated in the northeast and north of Guangdong province, and hakka dialect is also distributed in parts of western Guangdong province.  Hakka villages are scattered in most parts of the province, and the number of people using this dialect is about 20 million. Fujian dialect is mainly distributed in the coastal area of the southwest and southeast of Guangdong province ,including 6 municipalities:Chaozhou, Shantou, Jieyang, Shanwei, Zhanjiang, Maoming ,and it can be divided into to language-speaking areas: they are , Chaoshan and Leizhou .The former shares some similarities with the south Fujian dialect , while the later is close to Hainan dialect.In addition, there are 18.95 million people living in some islets in Zhongshan,Huizhou, Qingyuan, Shaoguan taking Fujian dialect as their official language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
1.How many local dialects in China?What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is the origin of Contonese?&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where do most people speak the Hunan dialect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Zijia|Wu Zijia]] ([[User talk:Wu Zijia|talk]]) 08:23, 9 November 2020 (UTC)Wu Zijia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===March of the Volunteers (National Anthem of the People's Republic of China)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Brief Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is a song composed by Tian Han and Nie Er. It is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times, known as the clarion call of the Liberation of the Chinese nation. Since its birth in 1935 at the critical moment of national crisis, it has played a great role in inspiring the patriotic spirit of the Chinese people, and later became the National Anthem of the People’s Republic of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On May 9, 1935, the first version of the song was recorded in the recording studio of EMI Records. In 1951, in order to meet the needs of playing the national anthem, the People's Record Factory recorded and published a rough record composed of a brass ensemble and an orchestral ensemble. In 1959, to celebrate the 10th anniversary of the founding of the People’s Republic of China, the China Record Factory recorded and published a full set of standard national anthem special records. In 1978, a special album for collective lyrics was released. In 1983, China Record Shanghai Company recorded and published a special record for the standard national anthem after the original word was restored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On March 14, 2004, the Second Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed a constitutional amendment, officially stipulating that the national anthem of the People’s Republic of China shall be the March of Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The National Anthem Law of the People's Republic of China was adopted at the 29th Session of the 12th National People's Congress Standing Committee on September 1st, 2017, and formally went into effect on October 1st.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Creation Background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times. In the autumn of 1934, Tian Han wrote a long poem for the film, the last verse of which was selected as the lyrics of the theme song March of the Volunteers. Shortly after the lyrics were written, Tian Han was arrested and imprisoned by the Kuomintang authorities. In February 1935, director Xu Xingzhi took over the shooting of Children of Troubled Times. Soon after, comrades who went to prison to visit brought back the lyrics written by Tian Han in prison on the back of cigarette packing paper, that is, the original manuscript of March of the Volunteers. At that time, Nie Er was preparing to go to Japan to seek refuge. He learned that there was a theme song to write in the film children of the wind and cloud. He took the initiative to compose music for the song and promised to send back the song manuscript as soon as possible after he arrived in Japan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nie Er completed the first draft of the score soon after receiving the lyrics. On April 18, 1935, after Nie Er arrived in Tokyo, Japan, he completed the final draft of the score, and sent the final draft to Shanghai Dentsu Film Company at the end of April. Afterwards, in order to make the song tune and rhythm more powerful, Nie Er and Sun Shiyi discussed and made three changes to the lyrics, thus completing the song creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the early shooting of the film Children of Troubled Times was completed, the lyrics of Tian Han's theme song did not determine the name of the song, while Nie Er's lyric composition sent back from Japan only included the word &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;. General Zhu Qinglan, as the investor of the film Children of Troubled Times, added &amp;quot;Volunteers&amp;quot; after the words of &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;, thus naming the song March of the Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Song Appreciation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The March of the Volunteers is a very creative song; the composer Nie Er devotes himself to the creation of this song with great passion. First of all, he succeeds in handling the poetic lyrics of Tian Han’s prose in accordance with the laws of music in an extremely vivid, powerful and colloquial way. In terms of melody creation, he not only absorbs the excellent achievements of international revolutionary songs and the style characteristics of Western European march, but also makes it have strong national characteristics, so that the song could be grasped by the broad masses and play its fighting role.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The song begins as a prelude to a six-bar march. It has a sonorous rhythm, bright and majestic melody, among which the magical effect of triplet enhances the fighting atmosphere of the song. Although the prelude is short, it contains the basis for the emotional and melody development of the entire song. The songs are interlocked and advanced layer by layer. This process runs through the whole song, and the end of the song is repeated many times, giving people a sense of unwavering and unstoppable.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
According to the characteristics of the lyrics clause, Nie Er treated the song into a free body structure formed by six phrases of varying lengths. Although the melody and structure of each phrase are different, the cohesion between the phrase and the phrase is close, the development is natural, and the singing is ups and downs, and is integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers, with its soaring, sonorous and powerful melody and inspiring lyrics, expresses the Chinese people's strong resentment and resistance to imperialist aggression, and embodies the heroic spirit of the great Chinese nation in the face of foreign aggression that is brave, strong, united as one to go through national disaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Chinese and English Lyrics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！不愿做奴隶的人们！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
把我们的血肉，筑成我们新的长城！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中华民族到了最危险的时候，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每个人被迫着发出最后的吼声。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！起来！起来！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们万众一心，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！前进、进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise, you who refuse to be bond slaves!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s stand up and fight for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberty and true democracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All our world is facing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chains of the tyrants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone who works for freedom is now crying:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise! Arise! Arise!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on! March on, and on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers 义勇军进行曲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Children of Troubled Times 风云儿女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EMI 百代唱片&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People’s Congress 全国人民代表大会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People's Congress Standing Committee 全国人大常委&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
‭&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who are the composers of March of the Volunteers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which movie's theme song does March of the Volunteers belong to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When did the National Anthem Law go into effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was the final draft completed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How did the name of this song come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He’s Voyages '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1405 until 1433, the Chinese imperial eunuch Zheng He led seven ocean expeditions for the Ming emperor which is  an unprecedented feat in world history. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He'''&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He was born Ma He to a Muslim family in the far southwest, in today's Yunnan province. It is said that his original surname is Ma,his full name as Ma Sanbao .At ten years old he was captured by soldiers sent there by the first Ming emperor intent on subduing the south. &lt;br /&gt;
He was sent to the capital to be trained in military ways. Growing up to be a burly, imposing man, over six feet tall with a chest contemporaries said measured over five feet around, he was also extremely talented and intelligent. He received both literary and military training, then made his way up the military ladder with ease, making important allies at court in the process. Besides Zheng He has a background of both Buddhism and lslam.Thus,he was assumed as the perfect choice to lead the emperor’s splendid armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reasons for the voyages'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle Emperor sent Zheng He to the “Western oceans”, both to demonstrate the might of the Ming Empire and to realize the diplomatic ideal of peace and harmony among all nations. Zheng He's fleet showed the prosperity ，the imperial power and its advanced navigation technology and exquisite ship-building techniques  of China at that time , thus many small countries and bribes agreed to recognize China as their superior and its emperor as lord of “all under Heaven”.These countries and bribes regularly gave gifts of tribute in exchange for certain benefits ,like military posts and treaties.&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He's fleet did not act as a sea ruler, it appeared in peace all over the world, laden not only with goods exchanged with  those countries, but also with the friendship of peoples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The seven expeditions'''&lt;br /&gt;
These expeditions were astonishing as much for their distance as for their size: during the first ones, Zheng He traveled all the way from China to Southeast Asia and then on to India, all the way to major trading sites on India's southwest coast.The first expedition of this mighty armada was in 11th July of 1405, composed of 317ships  and perhaps as many as sixty huge Treasure Ships and  nearly 28000men with thousands  of soldiers , sailors ,diplomatic specialists ,medical personnel, astronomers and scholars.The fleet stopped in Java and then arrived at Ceylon (today’s Sri Lanka ).&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to the first one, the second  voyage(1407-1409) was smaller with only 68ships sending  foreign envoys back home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He led the third voyage (1409-1411) visiting many of the same countries as the first one did, like Champa and Java. When fighting broke out there between his forces and those of a small kingdom, Zheng put down the fighting, captured the king and brought him back to China where he was released by the emperor and returned home duly impressed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth voyage (1413-15) extended the scope of the expeditions even further. This time in addition to visiting many of the same sites, Zheng He commandeered his 40 ships and over 28,000 men to Hormuz on the Persian Gulf. This trip has 48 ships with doctors , officials ,translators and more than 27000 troops .&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth voyage (1417-1419) was primarily a return trip for seventeen heads of state from South Asia. They had made their way to China after Zheng He's visits to their homelands in order to present their tribute at the Ming Court. &lt;br /&gt;
The sixth voyage began in 1421 and lasted for nearly two years.Then the expeditions were halted  due to the death of the Yongle emperor. sailed to many of the previously visited Southeast Asian  and  Indian  courts  and  stops  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  coast  of  Africa, principally in order to return nineteen ambassadors to their homelands. Zheng He returned to China after less than a year, having sent his fleet onward to pursue several separate itineraries, with some ships going perhaps as far south as Sofala in present day Mozambique.&lt;br /&gt;
The  seventh  and  final  voyage  (1431-33)  was  sent  out  by  the  Yongle  emperor's  successor,  his grandson the Xuande emperor.It was on this return  trip that Zheng He died.This expedition had more than one hundred large ships and over 27,000 men, and it visited all the important ports in the South China Sea and Indian Ocean as well as Aden and Hormuz. One auxiliary voyage traveled up the Red Sea to Jidda, only a few hundred miles from the holy cities of Mecca and Medina. It was on the return trip in 1433 that Zheng He died  and  was  buried  at  sea,  although  his  official  grave  still  stands  in  Nanjing,  China.  Nearly forgotten  in  China  until  recently,  he  was  immortalized  among  Chinese  communities  abroad, particularly in Southeast Asia where to this day he is celebrated and revered as a god.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary list'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle emperor 永乐皇帝（明成祖）&lt;br /&gt;
Java 爪哇&lt;br /&gt;
Ceylon 锡兰（今斯里兰卡）&lt;br /&gt;
Champe 占城（印度支那古国）&lt;br /&gt;
Hormuz 霍尔木兹&lt;br /&gt;
The Persian Gulf 波斯湾&lt;br /&gt;
Medina 麦地那市（沙特阿拉伯西部城市）&lt;br /&gt;
Mecca 麦加 （穆斯林圣地）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.What was Zheng He like?&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why did the Yongel Emperor sent the armada  to the “Western oceans”&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many people did Zheng He bring at the first voyage ,and what did these people do?&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did the expeditions stopped during the 1423-1430?&lt;br /&gt;
5.The last trip was sented by?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Studies of Hunan Dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Category of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Characteristics of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developments of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Folk Stories of ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl, Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall, the Story of the White Snake and Butterfly Lovers are the four major folk love stories in ancient China. As the most charming oral traditions and national intangible cultural heritage in China, the earliest of them has been popular for more than 2000 years, having a profound impact on people’s lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cowherd and Weaving Girl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Story of the White Snake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Butterfly Lovers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cowherd and Weaving Girl====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that the story took place in the Western Zhou Dynasty. Cowherd was a simple and honest young man living in the Xiniu village of Nanyang city. His parents died early, so he lived a miserable life with an old ox. One day, Weaving Girl, the daughter of the God of Heaven, came down with other fairies from heaven and took a bathe in a river near Cowherd’s house. The old ox told the Cowherd to steal her clothes so that she was unable to return to the heaven and would stay here to be his wife. With the help of the old ox, Weaving Girl married Cowherd and had a son and a daughter. They led a happy life with husband laboring in the field and wife weaving at home. But their marriage didn't last long. It was discovered by the Queen Mother and incurred her wrath. Ignoring tearful Cowherd and two crying children, she broke up the couple and brought Weaving Girl back. It was the old ox that helped him again. It told Cowherd that it would die tonight and he needed to make three pair of shoes with its skin, which could help him go to heaven and find his wife.  Cowherd did as the old ox said. Just as the cowherd was about to catch up with them, however, the Queen Mother took off her golden hairpin and separate them by a large river, which is now called the Milky Way. Hopelessly, the two lovers can only look at each other across the river. Fortunately, magpies were touched by their love. Hundreds of thousands of magpies flied and formed a bridge over the river. Finally the Queen Mother showed a little mercy, allowing them to meet once a year on the magpie bridge. The day was the seventh day of the seventh lunar month, which later has become the Chinese Valentine’s Day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, Fan Xilang, a young man living in the surrounding area of Mengjiang mountain in Lizhou County, Hunan Province, had just finished the forced servitude and returned to his hometown to get married. But unfortunately, on the night of their wedding, Fan Xilang was sent to the north to build the Great Wall. He toiled away with hunger, cold and fatigue, and soon met a miserable death at the end of his efforts. His body was buried under the Great Wall. &lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu, Fan’s new wife, got the bad news and went through all kinds of hardships to reach the Great Wall. She cried bitterly there for three days and three nights, and finally cried down the Great Wall and found her husband's remains. On her way to take him home, she suffered a lot and finally died of hunger and thirst in Tongguan County,  Shaanxi Province. Sympathetic with the couple’s miserable experience and deeply moved by Meng’s spirits, the local people buried their remains and set up ancestral temples to commemorate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Story of the White Snake====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Created in the Southern Song Dynasty and prevailed in the Qing Dynasty, the Story of the White Snake is a model of Chinese folk collective creation. In the book Stories to Warn Man compiled by Feng Menglong, The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda has been acknowledged as the first version of this story.&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of practice in Emei Mountain, two snake named Bai Suzhen and Xiaoqing translated into two beautiful girls and came to visit Hangzhou. After encountering with a young man named Xu Xian in the rain, Bai Suzhen fell in love with him and soon later they get married. But a monk called Fahai saw through Bai’s disguise and thought that it was an intrigue of the white snake to marry a man. He persuaded Xu Xian to intoxicate his wife with realgar wine on the Dragon Boat Festival. After being drunk, Bai Suzhen couldn’t  control herself  and showed the shape of a snake, which scared Xu Xian to death. Regardless of her own safety, Bai Suzhen went through many difficulties and got the magical grass, which finally brought Xu Xian back to life.&lt;br /&gt;
But Fahai did not give up. He then lured Xu Xian to the Jinshan Temple to separate the couple. Bai Suzhen and Xiao Qing had no choice but to inundate the temple with flood. During the fierce battle, Bai was finally defeated and put into a small bowl under the Leifeng Pagoda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Butterfly Lovers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Zhu Yingtai, a beautiful and intelligent girl born in a rich family in Shangyu County, Zhejiang Province, wanted to go to Hangzhou to study for there was no good teacher at home. Her father, seeing her eagerness to learn and her ability to disguise herself as a man, finally agreed to her request. On the way to Hangzhou, Zhu Yingtai met Liang Shanbo, a young man who had the same destination with her. He was sincere, gentle and knowledgeable and they clicked immediately. During the school years, they often talked about poetry and articles, cared for each other, and slept in the same bed at night. Zhu had gradually fallen in love with Liang, who, though did not know she was a girl, also cherished her and saw her as his best friend. &lt;br /&gt;
Three years passed quickly. The moment when they had to part, Zhu constantly gave delicate indications to Liang that she was a girl and she loved him, but Liang failed to take her hint. Zhu had no choice but to lied to Liang that she had a little sister who was similar to her in appearance and learning and she wondered if Liang was willing to marry her. Liang Shanbo readily consented and promised that he would come to visit soon. A months later, Liang Shanbo went to Zhu's home and he was surprised to see Zhu Yingtai dressed up as a girl. Only then did he know the truth and figured all the things out. They then confessed their love to each other and pledged to marry without the permission of parents. &lt;br /&gt;
But unfortunately, Zhu’s parents didn’t think much of this poor young man. They wanted to marry their daughter to Ma Wencai, the son of the local governor. Zhu Yingtai was unwilling to marry him but her protest was in vain, for her family was in financial crisis and needed Ma’s support. Hopelessly, the two young lovers was forced to part in tears. Since then, Liang slid into a depression. His spirit and health were soon crushed, and he died a few months later. On the wedding day, Zhu asked for a detour to pass by Liang 's tomb so that she could say goodbye to him. Wearing a bright red wedding dress, she knelt in front of his grave and cried bitterly. At that moment, lighting flashed, thunder rolled and the sky went dark. Liang's tomb suddenly cracked open and Ying-tai immediately jumped into it before it closed. Then under the shocked eyes of the onlookers, a pair of beautiful butterflies flied out of the graves and dancing in the sunlight. It is believed that these two butterflies are Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai. They finally get rid of all the shackles and bounds and can stay together forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having been adapted into many films and TV plays, these four stories are well-known in China and the rest of the world. As the crystallization of folk culture, they not only represent the rich imagination of ancient Chinese people, but also show their hatred for evil forces and their pursuit for a free and happy life, which is exactly the positive part of folk literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl  牛郎织女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall  孟姜女哭长城&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Butterfly Lovers 梁山伯与祝英台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Queen Mother 王母娘娘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stories to Warn Man 《警世通言》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda 《白娘子永镇雷峰塔》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What led to the death of Meng Jiangnu’s husband?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What did Xu Xian give Bai Suzhen to drink that made her reveal her snake form?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What did the Cowherd do to make Weaving Girl stay?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Liang Shanbo realize that Zhu Yingtai is actually a girl?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Why did Zhu Yingtai lie to Liang Shanbo that she has a little sister?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Four Great Pavilions'''--[[User:Xu Jing|Xu Jing]] ([[User talk:Xu Jing|talk]]) 06:21, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese 4 great towers&lt;br /&gt;
A. origin&lt;br /&gt;
B. development&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 08:17, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Yang Chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
Nanjing, An Ancient Capital of Six Dynasties--[[User:Yang Hairong|Yang Hairong]] ([[User talk:Yang Hairong|talk]]) 08:28, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
The Five Constant Virtues&lt;br /&gt;
A Benevolence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B Righteousness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C Propriety&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D Wisdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F Fidelity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheongsam--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 13:16, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Folding Screen''' --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 08:58, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Introduction '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens are a kind of flexible furniture and composed of several frames or panels linked together. They serve practical and decorative functions, being made from various materials and in many styles. Folding screens originated in ancient China. Written references date from around the 4th century BC, during the Han dynasty, but they were probably used earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 History and Technology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Screens date back to China during the Eastern Zhou period (711-256BCE). They were one-panel screens rather than folding screens then. The origin of folding screens, however, could be traced to the Han dynasty (206 BCE - 200 CE). Depictions of them have been found in Han-era tombs, such as one in Zhucheng, Shandong Province. Initially used as room separators painted with serious works, folding screens weren't designed to move around very often. They were initially made of wooden panels and decorated with fine art. Many themes are painted on the panels, such as mythology, scenes of palace life, and nature, making them more of a piece of furniture.  It is often associated with intrigue and romance in Chinese literature, for example, a young lady in love could take a curious peek hidden from behind a folding screen. Examples of such romantic occasions can be seen in the classical novel Dream of the Red Chamber of Cao Xueqin. The folding screen is also an important element in Tang literature. Li He, the Tang Poet, wrote the &amp;quot;Song of the Screen&amp;quot; (屏风曲), in which he described a folding screen of a newly-wed couple. The folding screen surrounded the bed of the young couple, and its twelve panels were adorned with butterflies alighted on China pink flowers (an allusion to lovers), and had silver hinges resembling glass coins. There are heavy wooden structures with other decorations pulled through holes near the edges of the panels. The design is prominent, and the frame is frequently vertical with individual designs and pleasing patterns.  &lt;br /&gt;
They were made flexible when an ingenious system of strong paper hinges were integrated in the panel construction, which made folding patterns reversible. The panels were brought closer by the paper hinges, which reduce the need for frames separating panels and allow a horizontal orientation of the picture plane. This provides creative approaches to the various spatial relationships of the panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Uses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens serve many purposes, such as for tea ceremonies, as backgrounds for concerts or dances, as enclosures for Buddhist rites, and in outdoor processions. Different functions have their own types.&lt;br /&gt;
Although originated in China, folding screens are now used in many interior designs around the world. People first used them also in some practical ways, such as preventing draft in homes, as shown by the two characters in their name: ping(屏 &amp;quot;screen; blocking&amp;quot;) and feng (风 &amp;quot;breeze, wind&amp;quot;). People would also use them to bestow a sense of privacy; in old times, they would often be placed in rooms serving as dressing screens for ladies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens can be put up as to divide a large space and change the configuration of the room. They could also be used as a false way set up at the entrance of a room to create a desirable atmosphere by hiding certain features like doors to a kitchen. Now that many folding screens are design with fine art, they serve the decorative purposes well in the interior features of a home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.4 Spread'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After becoming popular in China, folding screens spread to other parts of the world, including East Asia and later Europe. In the 7th century, they appeared in Japan for the first time during the reign of Emperor Tenmu, and they were presented to the Korean kingdom of Silla as a gift. By the 8th century, they had gained such popularity in Japan that Japanese artists began to make their own, very much influenced by Chinese design. Different sizes served different purposes: small 2-fold screens were often used for the tea ceremony and a larger 8-fold screen could be used as backdrops for dances. Japanese screens were lighter, often made of silk or even paper. Folding screens from the Far East spread to Europe at the very beginning of the 17th century. Owing to their practical functions and the distinguished decoration, they drew a lot of attention. The famous designer Coco Chanel was totally enchanted by Coromandel screens. She was well-known for her collection of Chinese folding screens. She possessed 32 folding screens, 8 of which were preserved in her apartment in Paris. She once stated:   “I’ve loved Chinese screens since I was eighteen years old. I nearly fainted with joy when, entering a Chinese shop, I saw a Coromandel for the first time. Screens were the first thing I bought.“ By the early 18th century, European craftsmen had already begun making folding screens on their own. They made folding screens in less expensive painted versions instead using lacquer techniques. At that time, leather screens were fashionable, but their popularity didn't last long, only to be restored around 1860 during the reign of Napoleon III with the wave of Japonism that inspired a number of French artists. In the 20th century when new modern heating means were invented, the functions of the folding screen became mostly decorative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Expressions and Terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dream of the Red Chamber 《红楼梦》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Korean kingdom of Silla 朝鲜新罗王国&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Tenmu 天武天皇 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.5 Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. When did folding screens first appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How are folding screens associated with romance in Chinese literature?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What functions do screens serve?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. When did they spread to Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. How did European craftsmen make folding screens?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
Panda--[[User:Yi Zichu|Yi Zichu]] ([[User talk:Yi Zichu|talk]]) 14:26, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Legalism'''--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 08:29, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Representative figures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Works'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15.）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.The Origin of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.The Development of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Local Changsha Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Hong Kong-style milk tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Indian Masala Chai'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Milk Tea and Health'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Advantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Disadvantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional textile printing and dyeing craftsmanship in China. It was called wax valerian in ancient times, also known as one of the four ancient printing techniques which are twisted valerian (tie-dye), gray valerian (hollow printing), and clip-dyeing in ancient China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called Batik in Indonesia or Malaysia. The patterns dyed by this method embody both decorative interests and practical values.&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the unearthed objects, which was even earlier than it was documented, was a quilt dyed with valerian and excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha. An unearthed piece of finished product originated in the Jin Dynasty, with overlapping patterns, which is the so-called agate-patterned silk in the Tang and Song Dynasties. Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the luxurious and beautiful batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Java, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc. The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Xinyuan|Zeng Xinyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Xinyuan|talk]]) 08:38, 10 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Ancient Weapons中国古代兵器--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Ancient weapons===&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terra-Cotta Warriors --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 02:32, 3 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bonsai&lt;br /&gt;
2.Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
3.Question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok（抖音） --[[User:Zhang Weihong|Zhang Weihong]] ([[User talk:Zhang Weihong|talk]]) 08:31, 21 November 2020 (UTC)Zhang Weihong&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 08:23, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
四大家&lt;br /&gt;
儒家&lt;br /&gt;
墨家&lt;br /&gt;
道家&lt;br /&gt;
法家--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 01:42, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A. Writing Brush'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the &lt;br /&gt;
classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B. Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C. Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
    The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.&lt;br /&gt;
    The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
    The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Great Flood of Gun-Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
    The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
    Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
     In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''the Legendary of Nian'''&lt;br /&gt;
    According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 13:49, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:yueliang.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a men, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. It is important to acquire this basic knowledge for our understanding of the evolution of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Huainanzi. On Mountains contains an illuminative depiction: “When light comes from a crack, a corner is illuminated; when light comes from a window in the wall, the north wall is illuminated; when light comes from the door, all the room is illuminated.” It further comments: “With ten windows fully open, the room is not as bright as when a door is open.” These remarks provide us with plenty of useful information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we know that at that time houses were constructed to face the south, and the direction of doors and windows were consistent with the architectural tradition which lasted thousands of years. Secondly, windows were quite small, to the extent that the area of ten windows was not as big as that of a door. &lt;br /&gt;
Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. As elaborate funerals were in fashion in the Han dynasty, construction models as funeral objects have occasionally been unearthed from Han tombs. On these objects ancient doors and windows can be identified. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. Windows with vertical rods solved these problems perfectly. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei adn Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. Xie Lingyun (385-433), a famous poet and follower of Buddhism, wrote a beautiful couplet in his On the Mountain Cottage, “Ranges of mountains are invited into the door, and mirror-like quiescent water is displayed in front of the window.” To exhibit natural scenes through doors and windows added to the aesthetic function of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice.. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
During the evolutionary development of classical doors, between plank doors and lattice doors there was another kind of door called a “soft door”. A soft door was a frame structure, with a waist bar in the middle, and panels were inset in grooves above and below the bar. The advantage of a soft door was that it was light in weight and resistant to deformation. The soft door is considered to be the predecessor of the lattice door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and still windows. All the doors and windows illustrated in this book are products of the Ming and Qing dynasties. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 02:29, 5 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the exchange of goods, currency emerged. And at very begining, currency was served by certain recognized equivalents, such as seashells. Gradually precious metals like gold and silver took the place of those equivalents as currency. However, when metal currency was used for a long time, it became worn out and worthless. People realized that they could use other things to replace the metal currency in circulation, so paper currency appeared. The earliest paper currency in the world was the &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot; of Chengdu, Sichuan province, during the Northern Song Dynasty. China was the first country in the world to use paper currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Emergence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Influence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] He Shengming.Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press,1990.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Jiaozi.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How did jiaozi come into being?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese traditional make up--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Base make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''II.Color make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.Tang dynasty make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107139</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107139"/>
		<updated>2020-12-03T13:58:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). Please write the text and indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. Please also add a vocabulary list and questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Chinese Astrology&amp;quot;--[[User:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|SAFFANA ALSIED 2]] ([[User talk:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|talk]]) 17:07, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chunlian.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Chunlian, image from Baike. Click [...] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Spring Festival Couplets===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Chunlian in Chinese, is also known as Spring Couplets or Chinese New Year Couplets. It is the most common and important custom when celebrating Chinese New Year. This tradition is widely kept both in modern cities and rural areas of China.With black or golden characters written on red paper, Spring Festival Couplets are composed of a pair of poetry lines vertically pasted on both sides of the front door and a four-character horizontal scroll affixed above the doorframe. Pasting couplets expresses people’s delight in the festival and wishes for a better life in the coming year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Couplets originated from Taofu, an inscription on boards made from peach trees in the Zhou Dynasty. According to the legend, a rooster perching in a big peach tree will crow at dawn to call all the traveling ghosts back. In front of the entrance of the dark world, there are two guards named Shentu and Yulei. If the ghosts harm any people at night, the guards will kill them.People believed that peach trees can scare and subdue evil things, so they hung peach boards in front of the doors with the guards’ names written or inscribed on them. During the Song Dynasty, the wood board was replaced by paper, and people focused more on bright wishes for the future. The custom became popular in Ming Dynasty. When the Emperor Zhu Yuanzhang traveled for inspection, he found those pairs of scrolls interesting. In order to advocate and promote this cultural activity, he ordered all household to paste the scrolls during the Chinese New Year. This tradition continues today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The upper scroll and the lower scroll have parallel structures and antithetical meanings. The two lines should have an equal number of characters, while their meaning must be related and antithetical. There must be a one-to-one correspondence between the two lines. The tone pattern is emphasized but rhythm is not important. The horizontal scroll is a four-character phrase, which sums up the two lines’ meaning. When you read a spring festival couplets, first,look at the horizontal scroll. If the four characters are written from left to right, the upper scroll will be on the left and the lower scroll on the right. If the characters of the horizontal scroll are reversed, the two side scrolls should be read from right to left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Spring Couplets, Chinese New Year Couplets, New Year Scroll 春联 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste 贴&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horizontal scroll 横联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upper scroll 上联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower scroll 下联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guzheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It  belongs to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It refers to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese.--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 07:36, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are varied accounts for how the ''zheng'' came to be. The first legend says the history of ''guzheng'' can date back to the Warring States Period. The oldest specimen yet discovered held 13 strings. ''Zheng'' was regarded as a weapon at that time which was used vertically to beat enemies. There was also an old saying that “the ''zheng'' makes a pleasant sound when placed horizontally and becomes a soldier when placed vertically”. Later, strings were added to it, and when plucked, it was found to be pleasing to the ears, so it developed into an instrument. As time went by, the weapons became lighter and lighter, and the ''zheng'', a large and heavy weapon, was abandoned. The second legend says the early form of the''zheng'' is said to have been invented by Meng Tian, a general of the Qin Dynasty (221-206 BC). But according to the biographies of Meng Tian in ''Historical Records'', there is no record of his invention of the ''zheng''. The third legend says the ''guzheng'' came about largely influenced by the ''se'' which was recorded by Zhao Lin in ''Records on Words''. When two people fought over a 25-string ''se'', they broke it in half, one person receiving a 12-string part and the other the 13-string part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern-day ''Guzheng'' usually has 21 strings and movable bridges and is 163 centimeters long. It should not be confused with the ''guqin'', another ancient Chinese zither with 7 strings played without movable bridges. The strings were formerly made of silk. By the 20th century, most players used metal strings. Since the mid-20th century, steel strings wound with nylon are common to be seen. The body of the ''guzheng'' is approximately rectangular, with a slight protrusion in the middle of the faceplate. The head and tail of the ''guzheng'' are anterior mountain and posterior mountain respectively. The two mountains are connected by 21 strings which are supported by 21 movable bridges, also known as Yan Zhu which are moved to change the timbres. The strings at the anterior side are wound around the string pegs in the turning box. And the ''guzheng'' was usually placed on the zither feet. The timbre of the ''guzheng'' is determined by the quality of the wood. As the tension of paulownia is better, the body of the ''guzheng'' are mostly made of paulownia. The head, tail and other parts of the ''guzheng'' are generally made of mahogany, and some patterns are decorated on the head and the tail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingerpicks, called Dai Mao or Yi Jia, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Meng Tian 蒙恬 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Lin 赵璘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Records on Words'' 《因话录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*anterior mountain 前岳山 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*posterior mountain 后岳山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Zhu 雁柱 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*string pegs 弦钉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*turning box 调音盒 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zither feet 琴足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*paulownia 桐木 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mahogany 红木&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Mao 玳瑁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi Jia 义甲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Facial makeup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Facial makeup, a sort of makeup art used in stage performance, is painted on the face of traditional opera singers in China and varies when it come to different types of role. The character roles in Beijing opera are divided into four main types according to the sex, age, social status and profession of the character. Sheng refers to male roles and is divided into laosheng (middle-aged or old men), xiaosheng (young men) and wusheng ( men with martial skills). Dan refers to female roles and is also subdivided into various types. Qingyi is a woman with a strict moral code; and laodan is an elderly woman. Jing refers to the roles with painted faces. They are usually warriors, statesmen or even demons. Chou, clown, is a comic character and can be recognized at first sight for his special make-up. The facial makeup of “sheng” and “dan” is quite simple with a thin layer of powder, called “plain face” while that of “jing” and “chou” is relatively complicated, and the former, in particular, is applied with heavy color and complicated patterns, thus gaining the name of “painted face”. In Beijing Opera, facial make-up, which is applied to Jing roles only, shows the character’s age and personality by using different colors. “Chou” is commonly called the clown as they are accustomed to wiping a patch of white powder on the nose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People hold different views when speaking of the origin of the facial makeup. It was said facial makeup was closely related to a kind of dance, called Damian, which appeared in the Northern and Southern Dynasties and thrived in the Tang Dynasty. It was performed by a single man aiming to extol King Lanling Gao Changgong’s outstanding military service and merits. He was courageous and good-looking and was bound to win every time he worn a mask that seemed frightening in the battlefield. As for the facial makeup used in opera, it is used to highlight the roles’ character, appearance as well as status, achieving a colorful and fantastic stage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legendary drama played a dominant role in Ming Dynasty, rich in content and fine in role division. Both jing and chou are painted their own special facial makeup. The basic color is mostly designed based on the description in the drama literature or the singers’ personal imagination. For instance, facial makeup of Guanyu is red and that of Baozhen is black. Their brow and eyes are exaggerated in some way. The pattern ratio has changed as well. Unlike the Ming Dyansty, there are both simple and sophisticated facial makeups with the same basic color. In the Mid-Qing Dynasty, as the local drama arose, facial makeup varied greatly in different places and possessed distinct local features and folk color. More than 300 kinds of dramas sprung up after the 18th century. Therefore, the drama characters mount and their division is much more finer. More colors like blue, green, yellow, grey and orange are added in jing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red facial makeup is symbolic of loyalty, upright and integrity like the characters Guan Yu and Wu Han.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black facial makeup gives people the impression that he is serious, rarely shows smiling expression and courageous and wise like Bao Zheng, a impartial official. It also stands for mighty force and boldness like Zhang Fei in drama the Three Kingdoms and Li Kuai in drama Water Margin of the Marsh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White facial makeup bears a derogatory sense, indicating a deceitful and suspicious nature like Cao Cao in drama the Three Kingdoms and Yan Song, Qin Kuai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters wearing blue facial makeup tend to be upright ,outspoken ,obstinate and even unruly like Ma Wu and Dou Erdun .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple facial makeup shows more sedate and righteous  like Xu Yanzhao and Zhuan Zhu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden facial makeup symbolizes dignity and power fitting roles like supernatural being like Tathagata(Sakyamuni, the creator of Buddhism) and Erlang Shen( a Chinese God with a third truth-seeing eye in the middle of his forehead).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The features of facial makeup are mainly as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
First, it is a contradictory unit of beauty and ugliness.Second, it is closely related to the character’s personality.Thirdly, its pattern is stylized. Chinese Peking opera makeup is favored by many opera enthusiasts and is widely known both at home and abroad, having been regarded as one of the mark of traditional Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
It is derived from the stage and could be seen on some large buildings, packages of some commercials, various porcelains and people’s clothes in different styles. It is far beyond the scope of stage use, showing its status in people’s heart and the strong vitality. Out of curiosity and affection for Chinese opera facial makeup, a great many foreign friends and domestic men of insight start to explore the mystery of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
painted face 花脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
clown 丑角&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
legend，romance 传奇剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tathagata 如来佛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sakyamuni 释迦牟尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Four Worldwide Famous Chinese Novelists of Modern Science Fiction and Fantasy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Cixin（刘慈欣）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chen Qiufan (陈楸帆）&lt;br /&gt;
Today this author is called by others the “Chinese William Gibson”. He can also be called one of the leaders of Chinese science-fiction and a cyberpunk novelist. He was born in China in 1981 in a seaside province in southeastern China called Guangdong, which borders Hong Kong and Macau. To say more accurately he grew up a few miles from Guiyu, the largest waste dump. Mountains of scrap electronics are shipped there every year from all over the world. Thousands of workers sort through the garbage in search of something that is suitable for recycling. This topic became the central topic in a novel called “Waste Tide”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, by the early 2000s, Chen Qiufang had become a big fan of virtual chats and the Internet. He saw great potential in the Internet and technologies in general, an opportunity to change the world for the better. After graduation, Chen worked with Google, Baidu and co-founded Noitom, a virtual reality startup in Beijing. As science fiction began to gain popularity in China and receive support from the government, Qiufan turned to full-fledged novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His debut book was ''The Empty Wave'', &amp;quot;combining realism and allegory to represent the hybridity of humans and machines.&amp;quot; Chen Qiufan's novels and stories won three Galaxy Awards, and twelve Chinese Nebula Awards. His works have been translated into German, French, Finnish, Korean, Czech, Italian, Japanese, Polish and Russian.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
His book ''Waste Tide'' became one of the most discussed books around the world and got universal acclaim from critics and usual readers. The fantastic mix of dark future with reality components made this book a guidebook for those who are worried about ecological problems and the darkest sides of the humanity progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Rebecca F. Kuang (匡蘦秀）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li Jun (李俊）or Baoshu (宝树）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:stilts.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Stilts presentation during the Miliangtun Stilt Festival, image from Baike. Click [http://img3.imgtn.bdimg.com/it/u=2060438651,2837589998&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Intangible Cultural Heritage — Miliangtun Village Stilts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stilts is one of the folk dances of the Han nationality in our country, which is called &amp;quot;Stilt Yangko&amp;quot; in some places. Stilt-walkers tie their feet on to the long stilts with various length, the shortest being two feet long, and the longest reaching over five feet. They dress themselves into different historical or mythological figures, walking and dancing on fairs. Stilt-walkers are normally taller than ordinary people, and perform on movable stages, which is convenient for watching far and near. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a traditional folk dance in Beijing, Miliangtun Village Stilts originates from the &amp;quot;Tongle Gaojiaohui&amp;quot; founded in the Qianlong period of the Qing Dynasty. According to the older generation in the village, Miliangtun Village Stilts was first founded by several villagers led by Uncle Ma, who lived in Miliangtun Village and worked in Beijing.It was bestowed by Emperor Qianlong, and has a history of more than 250 years. Miliangtun Village Stilts is not only time-honored, but also mysterious and legendary. It still retains the traditions in performance techniques, characters, musical accompaniment, etiquette, and stilts production technology, which is an excellent performing art that is spread among the folks. In 2006, it was listed as a Beijing-level intangible cultural heritage protection project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of Miliangtun Village Stilts has over forty people and 13 roles, all played by men. The roles are, Tuotou, Laozuozi, young boy, young master, Mr. Plaster, Choupo, fisherman, Yupo, wood-cutter, handsome and ugly drum-players, handsome and ugly gong-players. Tuotou, fisherman and wood-cutter are righteous and decent images, while zany figures represent the negative images, like Choupo, young boy and Laozuozi who are responsible for enlivening the atmosphere and entertaining the audience. Such a stark contrast is quite ironic. Among the 13 roles, the only serious one is Tuotou. Because he is a general who can be easily recognized upon his appearance. Squatting and carrying swords, that's his work. Others like the young boy, just a little kid who amuses everyone. Mr. Plaster is responsible for warming up. He is outstanding because he can play and amuse with others, like Yupo or Laozuozi. Fisherman is just a workingman. He is not funny. He goes fishing because of his fixed character. Wood-cutter is also a workingman who can play other tricks besides squatting. Yupo is the young lady in the past, and Laozuozi is the housewife. Wood-cutter and Mr. Plaster can play and amuse with them. The handsome and ugly drum-players and gong-players are quite important in the backfield when the show begins. They play drums and gongs to amuse the audience. Gong-players following drum-players, handsome and ugly, they are just like the final fighters. Then comes the show of Kylin Songzi after they stop playing; Tuotou lying flat; Mr. Plaster and young master raising their waists; Yupo dancing Yangko behind, pulling his two legs; Fisherman using his ribbon to drag Tuotou who hold the ribbon in his mouth; the young boy riding on Tuotou’s waist like a lion. Then comes the going downhill. When it’s done, the show is over. That's the whole performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is strict inheritance relationship and etiquette in the stilt fair. It will set up inheritors, presidents, team leaders, and team members. Today, Miliangtun Village Stilts as the distinctive folklore in Wangzuo Town, Fengtai District, stands out among the stilt fairs in Beijing and enjoys great popularity from peers and the public. Miliangtun Village Stilts is visually stunning, technically accomplished and naturally funny. A fixed set of performance routines has gradually formed after long-term drills since its founding. It is divided into lead in, head stilt command, separation in formal performance. Stilts-walkers individually perform difficult tricks such as the big jump and the onion-pulling, then amuse and perform in separation, ending with the show of Kylin Songzi, which indicates good luck and peace. Miliangtun Village Stilts has become an indispensable part of local festivals and celebrations with its lively atmosphere and superb skills and adds value to the cultural life of the folks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun Village Stilts as a renowned fair,knownas the features of risky tricks, various skills and great difficulty. There are stunning tricks such as Yasha Searches the Sea, Su Qin Carries Swords, squatting, bouncing, hugging, somersault, and scorpion tail pendulum. Stilts performances focus on amusement, Tuotou being the opening, other roles flatter him with various and difficult tricks, constituting the grand show. Legs and feet must be agile, jumping the large bench is quite demanding that normal players can hardly accomplish. Tuotou, for example, he has to play squatting after jumping. Each of the twelve roles has its own talents. Tuotou is an adventurous figure who leads the team. Young boy, Laozuozi and Yupo and even Mr. Plaster, the zany figure, his tricks are amusing and pleasing. The length of Miliangtun Village Stilts, 1.6 meters, is quite rare in the stilt fairs of the country. The centre of balance is extremely difficult to grasp. One must bend his knees slightly and keep moving when walking on stilts, control the balance with waist, and the upper body and the feet must be coordinated to ensure the balance. Stilt-walkers step on the wooden stilts, swinging from side to side. The movement of the lower body leads the upper body to shake and shrug. The stilts are lifted lightly but stepped hardly, with the force on the knees, forming into a style of combining the tricks of twisting, swinging and amusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun (village name) 米粮屯&lt;br /&gt;
stilts 高跷&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 04:46, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lion dance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Brief Introduction of The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters are Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan in Tang Dynasty and Ouyang Xiu, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Wang Anshi, Zeng Gong in Song Dynasty. This title was first appeared in the Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties. &lt;br /&gt;
Among them, Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the leaders of the ancient prose movement in the Tang Dynasty, while Ouyang Xiu and Three Su(Su Xun, Su shi, Su Zhe) are the core figures of the ancient prose movement in the Song Dynasty, and Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong are the representative figures of Linchuan Literature. Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the advacators of the &amp;quot;Ancient Prose Movement&amp;quot;. Su Shi, Su Xun and Su Zhe are called Three Su. What else, Su Xun is the their father and Su Shi is the older brother. While Su Shi's teacher is Ouyang Xiu, who is also the teacher of Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, they both advocated prose and opposd parallel prose, which has exerted profound influence on the literary world at that time and later generations. Their sucessive waves of innovation of ancient ancient prose has changed the obsolete appearence of poetry and prose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Han Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu was a litterateur, philosopher, and thinker of Tang Dynasty. He was native in Heyang, now Jiaozuo city in Henan province. Han Yu was honored as “ The Decline of Eight Generations” by Su Shi in Song Dynasty, as well as the head of Eight Masters of Prose in Tang and Song Dynasty. Han Yu was called “Han Liu” with Liu Zongyuan, and his proses were juxtaposed with Du Fu’s poems as “ Du poem Han pen” by Du Mu. He enjoyed the fame as “ The Article Giant” and “ Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations” with great works like forty volumes of Han Changli Collection, ten volumes of External collection and The Teacher's Theory. &lt;br /&gt;
Although disagreement in Liu Zongyuan’s political view, he still worked with Liu Zongyuan in advocating the Ancient Prose Movement. As the pioneers, they were both against excessive pursuit of form of parallel prose but for the prose of Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties and both emphasized the importance of article’s contents so as to expand the expressive function of writing in classical Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Liu Zongyuan.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zongyuan was a litterateur, philosopher, proser and thinker of the Tang Dynasty. His ancestral home was Hedong , now in Yongji area of Yuncheng in Shanxi province. He was known as &amp;quot;Liu Hedong &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; Mr. Hedong &amp;quot;, also known as&amp;quot; Liu Liuzhou &amp;quot; because of his official end of feudal provincial of Liuzhou. He was born in Changan and became a Jinshi in the 9th year of Zhenyuan, later official supervisor of imperial censor .&lt;br /&gt;
was juxtaposed with Han Yu as &amp;quot;Han Liu &amp;quot;, with Liu Yuxi as &amp;quot; Liu Liu &amp;quot;, with Wang Wei, Meng Haoran and Wei Yingwu as &amp;quot;Wang Meng Wei Liu &amp;quot;. In his lifetime of less than 50 years, he left us more than 600 poems with more achievements in writing than poetry. The &amp;quot;Liu He Dong Colloection&amp;quot; was one of his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
He was a deep-thinking philosopher and litterateur, who attached importance to the content of the article and advocated that writings should be practical. Therefore, he paid attention to the social function of literature and emphasized that literature should benefit the world. Moreover, he advocated the perfect combination of ideological content and artistic form with a serious attitude in writing. That means, it is important for the writer to have highly moral cultivation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ouyang Xiu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was a statesman, litterateur, historian and poet in the Northern Song Dynasty. He was called the “Liu Yi scholar”, which means that he had ten thousands volumes of collections, a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions of Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties, a piano, a chess, a pot of wine and a drunk Weng alone. He was native in Jizhou Yongfeng, now Yongfeng county of Ji’an city in Jiangxi province but born in Mianzhou, now Minayang city in Sichuan province.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu’s poems, Ci and prose were all the crown of that time. His poetry was smooth, lyrical and euphemistic with a similar prose style stressing on momentum while keeping natural smoothness. His Ci was profound and graceful, inheriting the Yu Feng of the Southern Tang Dynasty. The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong was his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu inherited and carried forward the fine tradition of Han and Liu’s ancient prose, and led the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement. As the leader of this movement, Ouyang Xiu not only drove away the odd style of writing in the literary world, but also opened up a new style in poetry and also a new field of creation with his own unique style and high talent. It has made new achievements and pushed the creation of poetry and prose to a new height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Su Xun'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Xun.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a native of Meishan in Sichuan. When he was young, he performed poor in learning. In 19 years old, he married Mrs. Cheng. Later in 27 years old, he determined to study hard. After decade of hard work, he made a huge academic progress.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a man of political ambition. He said that the main purpose of his works was &amp;quot;to speak for the world &amp;quot;, to&amp;quot; apply to the present &amp;quot;. He put forward a whole set of ideas of political innovation in some important argumentative papers such as Heng Lun and The Book to the Emperor. Because he had a better understanding of that social reality and was good at summing up experience and lessons from past history. Therefore, putting aside certain pedantic and biased views in his political discourse, many of them were still right on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Su Shi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Shi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi, with a fame as &amp;quot; Dongpo Jushi &amp;quot;, was native in Meishan in Sichuan . He was a famous litterateur, calligrapher, essayist, Ci writer, poet and the representative of the Unconstrained Ci School in Northern Song Dynasty .&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi has made great achievements in poetry, Ci, prose, calligraphy, painting and so on. He was regarded as one of the most outstanding man in literary and artistic attainments in thousands of years of Chinese history. His was called &amp;quot;Han Chao Su hai&amp;quot; with Han Yu in the prose area, &amp;quot;Ou Su&amp;quot; with Ouyang Xiu, &amp;quot;Su Huang&amp;quot; with Huang Tingjian, and &amp;quot;Su Xin&amp;quot; with Xin Qiji in the Ci area, so he was called &amp;quot;the first all-round talent in ancient China&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi's literary viewpoint was in line with Ouyang Xiu's, but he emphasized the originality, expressiveness and artistic value of literature more. His literary thought emphasized &amp;quot;creating for certain purposes&amp;quot;, advocating nature and getting rid of bondage. Su Shi was a leading figure in the literary circle of the Northern Song Dynasty after Ouyang Xiu. Moreover, Huang Tingjian, Qin Guan, Chao Buzhi and Zhang Lei, the four litterateurs of the Northern Song Dynasty, had been trained, rewarded and recommended by him, so they were called “Su Men Four bachelors”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Su Zhe'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Zhe.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe was born in Meishan, Meizhou , now Sichuan province. In the Jiayou second year (in 1057), he with his brother Su Shi climbed jinshi branch.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe's prose showed the deep and mellow spirit. He had his own views on ancient writing. In the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council, he put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary style&amp;quot; . He was good at politics and history. He discussed world affairs in some political works such as The New Theory and On the Six Kingdoms. From these works, we can draw lessons from the past and criticize the current problems. He was also very insightful in reform. In addition, he was also quite outstanding in Ode , such as The &amp;quot;Ode to Ink bamboo&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Wang Anshi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wang Anshi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi, also known as Banshan in his twilight years, was conferred the title of Duke Jing . He was born in Linchuan in the Northern Song Dynasty, now Fuzhou City, Jiangxi Province .&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi was not only an outstanding politician and thinker, but also a brilliant litterateur. In order to realize his political ideal, he closely linked literary creation with political activities, emphasizing that literature aimed to serve the society first, that means, he emphasized the realistic function and social effect of articles, and advocated the unity of literature and Taoism. His prose largely carried out his literary propositions because his essays were mostly about the enlightenment of political decrees and suitable for world use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Zeng Gong'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zeng Gong.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was known as &amp;quot;Mr. Nan Feng&amp;quot;. He was born in Nanfeng, Jianchang, now Nanfeng County, Fuzhou city, Jiangxi Province. In Jiayou second year (in 1057), he became a Jinshi. As a politician and essayist of the Northern Song Dynasty and one of the &amp;quot;eight masters&amp;quot; of the Tang and Song Dynasties, he was also one of the &amp;quot;Seven Zengs of Nanfeng&amp;quot; , including Zeng Gong, Zeng Zhao, Zeng Bu, Zeng Yu, Zeng Hong, Zeng Xie and Zeng Dun.&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was a supporter and participant of Ouyang Xiu's ancient prose movement. He advocated the doctrine before the text. His prose was natural and simple and little attention to literary grace. Of the eight masters, he was the less affectionate one. His articles were rarely lyrical works, but mostly argumentation and narrative. His prose was good at making arguments, for example, the Book to Ouyang She Ren, the Book to Bachelor CAI. In these works, he argued on the treatment of disorder and expressed his deep feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. Comparison between the Ancient Prose Movement and Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
Although there was seven or eight hundred years from the Ancient Prose Movement to the Italian Renaissance,they both happened in the Middle Ancient period of Western history. Similarly, they both inherited the essence of classical culture and further completed the historical mission of literary retro. So we can regard them as historical peak in their respective cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in ideology:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement in Tang and Song dynasties advocated the restoration of Confucianism of the pre-Qin period and the realization of the realistic goal of carrying the Tao in literature. It was against the parallel prose and the floating style since the Six Dynasties but for the gentle and honest poetic concept. While the Renaissance, with classical culture as a tool, strongly criticized medieval theology and carried forward the humanism and scientific rational spirit of ancient Greece and Rome. Their premise and foundation are their own classical thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in writing style:&lt;br /&gt;
The two retro movements were marked by the retro style to restore the creation mode of ancient prose, thus promoting the process of literary movement. The Ancient Prose Movement of the Tang Dynasty studied the simple language style of the pre-Qin period, while the Renaissance restored the elegant and beautiful characteristics of the ancient Greek period.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in literary form:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement not only corrected the floating and rigid writing style of the six dynasties, but also laid a good creative foundation for the development of prose in later generations. It was in the form of scattered single sentences with less flowery and redundant allusions but more in colloquial language. While although the literary works of the Renaissance inherited the elegant style of classicism, it still changed obviously in the aspect of stylistic creation. Influenced by literary theory and works, Italian literature showed innovation in form. As Mr. Zhu Guangqian said :&amp;quot; Italian literature is a new type of literature different from classical literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters 唐宋八大家 &lt;br /&gt;
Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties 《唐宋八大家文钞》&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Prose Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
parallel prose 骈文&lt;br /&gt;
The Decline of Eight Generations 文起八代之衰&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Giant 文章巨公&lt;br /&gt;
Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations 百代文宗&lt;br /&gt;
Han Changli Collection 《韩昌黎集》&lt;br /&gt;
External collection 《外集》&lt;br /&gt;
The Teacher's Theory《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties 先秦两汉时期&lt;br /&gt;
writing in classical Chinese 文言文&lt;br /&gt;
feudal provincial of Liuzhou 柳州刺史&lt;br /&gt;
official supervisor of imperial censor 监察御史&lt;br /&gt;
Liu He Dong Colloection 《柳河东集》&lt;br /&gt;
Northern Song Dynasty 北宋&lt;br /&gt;
a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions 金石遗文一千卷&lt;br /&gt;
Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties 三代&lt;br /&gt;
the crown of that time 一时之冠&lt;br /&gt;
Southern Tang Dynasty 南唐&lt;br /&gt;
Yu Feng 余风&lt;br /&gt;
The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong 《欧阳文忠公文集》&lt;br /&gt;
the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement北宋诗文革新运动&lt;br /&gt;
Heng Lun 《衡论》&lt;br /&gt;
The Book to the Emperor 《上皇帝书》&lt;br /&gt;
Dongpo Jushi 东坡居士&lt;br /&gt;
Ci writer 词人&lt;br /&gt;
Unconstrained Ci School豪放派&lt;br /&gt;
literary and artistic attainments 文学艺术造诣&lt;br /&gt;
the first all-round talent in ancient China 中国古代第一全才&lt;br /&gt;
Su Men Four bachelors 苏门四学士&lt;br /&gt;
the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council 《上枢密韩太尉书》&lt;br /&gt;
The New Theory《新论》&lt;br /&gt;
On the Six Kingdoms 《六国论》&lt;br /&gt;
Ode 赋&lt;br /&gt;
The Ode to Ink bamboo 《墨竹赋》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 08:22, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Gao Mingzhu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、A Brief Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa belongs to plucked stringed instruments. Being made of wood or bamboo, its speaker box takes the shape of half pear with 4 strings on it ,which was made of silk initially while being made of steel wire, steel rope or nylon now. The &amp;quot;Pin(品，those wooden strips on Pipa’s face plate for pressing)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Xiang（相, those horizontal strips on Pipa’s neck for pressing）&amp;quot; are set on the face plate and neck respectively to determine the positions of different sounds. When playing, the player holds it erectly using the left hand to press the string and the right hand to play. It is an important ethnic musical instrument which can be used in recital, accompaniment and ensemble. Pipa has a wide range of vocal range. Its playing skills rank the first in Chinese national instruments and its performance forms are also the most abundant in Chinese folk music, it is thus called the No.1 in plucked instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、Emergence and Development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3、Different Schools&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4、Traditional Pipa Music&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Huli-jing figure in Chinese mythology and its analogs in Japan and Korea === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic of werewolves in the XXI century is perhaps one of the most discussed and studied. Along with vampires and zombies, the image of werewolves is firmly entrenched in world cinema and literature. However, as a rule, speaking about the motives for the transformation of a person into an animal, most people have information mainly about lycanthropy, that is, about the specific transformation of a person into a wolf (werewolf). At the same time, the theme of werewolves is represented by a fairly large number of transformations of a person not only into a wolf but also into other animals. In Chinese mythology, one of the most popular werewolf myths is the myth of the Huli Jing, or werewolf foxes. In the Middle Ages, these myths were very popular and in-demand among writers. But what is the attitude of Huli-Jing in modern China? Are they given a place in modern culture, or do werewolf foxes now sound more like a kind of atavism or a children's fairy tale?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Huli-jing (狐狸精) in China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we need to recreate the image of the Huli-Jing and what was seen in ancient and medieval China. Most often, the Huli-Jing was presented in the form of not just a young, but extremely beautiful women. Interestingly, the image of werewolf foxes has been known in China since the times of the Xia dynasty and its founder Yu, who married a nine-tailed white fox who lived on Mount Tu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, especially women, believed that thanks to the cult of the fox, they would be able to gain unearthly beauty and immortality. The official authorities of the ancient and medieval dynasties tried to fight the representatives of the Huli Jing cult, but it was only during the Song dynasty that the cult of the fox, including the cult of Da Ji, was almost completely destroyed. However, the cult and image of Huli Jing were not completely eradicated in China. Probably, a more competent decision was made to give the werewolf woman more kind and compassionate traits, which in one way or another should justify her image compared to the cruel ancestor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking examples of where the changed image of the Huli Jing is found can be called the stories of Pu Songlin about werewolf foxes. It is his stories, where girls are subject to the curse of turning into foxes, that reflect their position as hostages of their own life situations or even fears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theme of fatal love in the stories of werewolf foxes appears as a continuous line in Pu Songling, this suggests that despite the fact that Huli Jing strives for happiness, she remains a spirit that is not a person. In addition, despite the altered level of female foxes, they will still bear the curse of their evil ancestors, who personified evil in its purest form, and therefore there can be no happy ending for those who bear such heavy punishment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, the image of the Huli Jing as a mythological character by the 21st century was constantly supplemented with small details. We can say that most of the works of literature and cinema, in which the werewolf fox was encountered, for the most part, were very strongly romanticized. Remaining in its own way a relatively neutral character, Huli Jing nevertheless gradually becomes one of the most popular characters of many writers and screenwriters, not only in China but also in many other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
A striking and original example of where the Huli Jing appears is the work of the writer Ken Liu entitled &amp;quot;Good Hunt&amp;quot;. The author presents not only a very interesting view of the Huli Jing but also explains why the legendary characters of Chinese mythology are gradually disappearing from the memory of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literary works, Huli Jing is quite often encountered in Chinese cinema, as an episodic character or a protagonist. One of the most striking images of a werewolf fox can be considered the film &amp;quot;Painted Skin (畫皮)&amp;quot;, where the main character is Huli Jing and must eat men's hearts to maintain her youth and beauty. This film is based on the story of Pu Songling and is one of the key works of cinema and modern Chinese culture, which fully reveals the tragedy of the werewolf fox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Huli Jing is featured in a fairly large number of Chinese television series, each of which gives its own view of what character Huli Jing should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quite a lot of information about werewolf foxes can be obtained from the TV series &amp;quot;The Legend of the Nine-Tailed Fox&amp;quot; released in 2016. The main interest here is not only a rather vivid description of the Huli Jing, which according to the plot are one family and are forced to seek and return to their place the sacred fruit from the magic garden. This, perhaps, is an attempt to provide an explanation of the true nature of werewolf foxes, who for a long time rushed from good to evil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summing up, I would like to note that the transformation of the image of Huli Jing took place at a gradual pace. Since the reign of the first Chinese dynasties, the image of werewolf foxes has been predominantly negative and associated with deceit, seduction, and intrigue. But the situation changed in connection with the development of the cults of foxes, which they tried to give the appearance of “victims of circumstances,” and all the negative features are just a slight exaggeration. Thanks to Pu Songling, the Huli Jing truly became much more positive beings, and the stories about them were presented in terms of stories of unfortunate and unhappy love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of the Huli Jing, which rushes from good to evil for many years, has been romanticized and transformed, becoming a more positive character, although not devoid of some negative features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Kitsune (キツネ) in Japan''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese folklore, these animals have great knowledge, long life, and magical abilities. Chief among them is the ability to take shapeshift themselves; the fox, according to legend, learns to do this after reaching a certain age (usually a hundred years old, although in some legends it is fifty). Kitsune usually take the form of seductive beauty, a pretty young girl, but sometimes they turn into men. It should be noted that in Japanese mythology there was a mixture of indigenous Japanese beliefs that characterized the fox as an attribute of the god Inari (&amp;quot;Fox-messenger&amp;quot;) and the Chinese, who considered foxes to be werewolves, a genus close to demons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other abilities commonly ascribed to kitsune include the ability to take possession of other people's bodies, to breathe out or otherwise create fire, to appear in other people's dreams, and the ability to create illusions so complex that they are almost indistinguishable from reality. Some of the legends go further, talking about kitsune with the ability to warp space and time, drive people crazy, or take on such inhuman or fantastic forms as trees of indescribable height or the second moon in the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kitsune are associated with both Shinto and Buddhist beliefs. In Shinto, kitsune are associated with Inari, the patron deity of rice fields and entrepreneurship. Initially, foxes were the messengers (tsukai) of this deity, but now the difference between them has become so blurred that Inari himself is sometimes depicted as a fox. In Buddhism, they gained fame thanks to the Shingon school of secret Buddhism, popular in the 9th-10th centuries in Japan, one of the main deities of which, Dakini, was depicted riding a fox across the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kitsune can have up to nine tails. In general, it is believed that the older and stronger the foxes are, the more tails they have. Some sources even claim that a kitsune grows an extra tail every hundred or thousand years of its life. However, foxes found in fairy tales almost always have one, five, or nine tails. When kitsune are given nine tails, their fur turns silvery, white, or gold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Kumiho (구미호) in Korea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumiho - (구 &amp;quot;ku&amp;quot; - nine, 미 &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; - tail, 호 &amp;quot;ho&amp;quot; - fox - &amp;quot;fox with nine tails&amp;quot;) is a folklore animal, the fox of which is first mentioned in the era of Gojoseon. According to legends, only a fox that lives for a thousand years can become 구미호. One of her superpowers is transforming into a beautiful girl. Although in myths there are also references to the becoming of a charming young man. In this form, the mythical animal fell in love with the opposite sex, and then ate their liver (according to some beliefs, and the heart). Why exactly the liver? We can say that the liver contains human energy, that is, we eat and receive the energy that our liver stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a later period, kumiho, according to numerous legends, could get rid of the status of a monster and become a man forever. There are several ways: 구미호 will not eat human flesh and kill for a thousand days. The second option is to eat the liver of a thousand men over a thousand years. The third - will live in a cave without sunlight, eating only wormwood and garlic. And also, if the person who recognized her as 구미호 in human form, keeps this secret for ten years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shape shifter – 成精&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creature –生物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seductive –诱人的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Damnation –诅咒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor –隐喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascribe –属性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indigenous –土着&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deity – 反面人物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liver – 肝脏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Song-ling. Fox charm. Monks-wizards. // Eastern literature. –2008. - P.280.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Ken. Good Hunting.// Strange Horizons. - 2012. - p. 431.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Xiaofei. The cult of the fox: Power, gender and popular religion in late imperial and modern China//Columbia University Press. – New York, 2006. – Pp.269.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Characters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Knots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction about Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot is a hand-woven handicraft unique to China. The exquisiteness and wisdom displayed on it are just one aspect of the ancient Chinese civilization.It &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
originally evolved from the sewing of the Paleolithic period, to the ritual memorial of the Han Dynasty, and then into today's decorative craft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The jade worn by people in the Zhou Dynasty was often decorated with Chinese knots, and there were also Chinese knot patterns on the bronzes of the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot continued to become a popular art in the Qing Dynasty. Now,Chinese knots are often used as interior decorations, gifts between relatives and friends and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personal accessories. It is possessed of delicate and symmetrical appearance and accords with the conventions of Chinese traditional  decoration and aesthetics,which &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
earned the knot its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are ten main kinds of Chinese knots which are named according to the shape, purpose or meaning of the knot.They are Double Coin Knot(双钱结）,Good Luck Knot（吉祥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Chinese Button Knot（纽扣结）,Sauvastika Knot（万字结）,Oxalis Knot（酢浆草结）,Pan Chang Knot（盘长结）,Round Brocade Knot（团锦结）,Caisson Celling Knot（藻井&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Cross Knot(十字结） and Ping Knot（平结）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we mainly introduce three main Chinese knots,which are the Double Coin Knot,the Good Luck Knot and the Pan Chang Knot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.The Double Coin Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient coins are closely related to a country’s history, culture,politics, and economy, and are regarded as treasures both at home and abroad. The Chinese people's views &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
on coins are not limited on their prices but value, which can be seen in the auspicious characters and patterns cast on many ancient coins. ut it Money in China not only &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
represents the value of a certain currency, but also something of good luck. Every Chinese New Year's Eve, children can receive the so-called &amp;quot;luck money&amp;quot;. Therefore, for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Chinese people, money also has the meaning of eliminating and avoiding evil. Double Coin Knot is named after two bronze coins connecting together, which symbolizes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;good things come in pairs&amp;quot;. This knot is often used in weaving necklaces, belts and other accessories, and the combination of several Double Coin Knots can form beautiful &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
patterns, such as clouds and Perfect Knots，etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.The Good Luck Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the Good Luck Knot,it is an extension of the cross knot, and is also one of the ancient decorative knots, which means auspiciousness. The knitting method is simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the knot shape is beautiful,varied and widely used. When used alone, if a heavy object is hung, the knot is easy to deform, and it can be fixed with a shaping glue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.The Pan Chang Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot is also a kind of Chinese knot. It symbolizes the highest realm of unity of mind and matter and eternal immortality. It represents the auspiciousness of the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
avenue and is therefore highly valued by Chinese people. Pan Chang (盘长） is a symbol of the origin of all things, and is one of the most important basic knots. It is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
often the main knot of many changing knots. Because the Chinese knot has the characteristics of close symmetry, it is easy to be liked by us in terms of its perception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Knitting Method of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The knitting of Chinese knots can be roughly divided into three categories: basic knots, variable knots, and combined knots. Their knitting technology requires a variety of  basic knot knitting skills, and all have common knitting principles, which can be summarized into basic technique and combination technique. The basic technique is to knit with single lines, double lines or multiple lines, using the parallel or separation of the thread ends to make colorful knots.The combination technique means to use thread extension to flexibly combine various knots ,so as to make a group of varied knots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final stage of learning knitting is the self-designing. When designing a set of beautiful knots, the most important thing is to determine its purpose and function, and then determine its size and shape, while considering the color matching and the appropriate use of accessories. As long as the decorations are used flexibly, andthe designer's artistic beauty and deep thoughts are poured into, the Chinese knot can fully express the beauty of traditional Chinese art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people love the Chinese knot because it embodies the cultural essence and national characteristics of the Chinese nation. The Chinese knot is a woven fabric of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope and thread.In Chinese， &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; (绳）and &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; （神）are homophonic, so the Chinese nation has a worship of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot;. In addition, Chinese people are descendants of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dragons.Because the shape of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; is like a winding dragon,  people also regard &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; as a symbol of dragon. Chinese people also have their own unique understanding of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;knot&amp;quot;, which means reunion and happiness. Many of the Chinese words composed of &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;（knot) that we usually see have beautiful meanings, such as 团结（unity）, 结交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（making friends), and 永结同心（tie the knot),etc. &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;(knot) is also homonymous with &amp;quot;吉&amp;quot;（ausipiciousness), so people even think that &amp;quot;knot&amp;quot; is a symbol of good luck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.Comparisons between Chinese Knots and Cross Necklaces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.1.Different Cultural Connotations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above, we can see that the Chinese knot generally have many meanings, such as good luck, love, unity and so on. The cross necklace,however, is symbolic of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity. The cross, derived from the Latin &amp;quot;crux&amp;quot;, means &amp;quot;fork&amp;quot;.It was originally a cruel instrument of torture used to execute prisoners. It was popular in ancient &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rome, the Persian Empire and Carthage. Later,cross evolved into a symbol of the Christianity due to Christ's death on the cross to redeem sinners.Therefore,such cross &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ornaments in the west as cross necknaces are usually used to represent love and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.2.Different Shapes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, from the above we can also learn that Chinese knots have many shapes, and different shapes represent different meanings. The cross necklace can also have &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
different shapes and sizes. Christians can hang a small cross on their chest to express their identity, while the large cross is a symbol of the bishop's authority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====6.References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李库.符号学视角下的中国结解读.[J]艺海2016(08) : 125-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]李立芳，孙建君.民间绳结[M].武汉：湖北美术出版社，2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]许星.路论中国结[J].丝绸,2004(02) : 46-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]邬红芳.中国结的意象美学特征[J]装饰，2004(09) : 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]王眯珠，孙荪，曲洪建.怀旧心理与创新意识对中国结的影响分析[J].丝绸，2014(11):43-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double Coin Knot  双钱结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck Knot 吉祥结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Button Knot 纽扣结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sauvastika Knot 万字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oxalis Knot 酢浆草结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot 盘长结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Round Brocade Knot 团锦结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caisson Celling Knot 藻井结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross Knot 十字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ping Knot 平结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tie the knot 永结同心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
luck money 压岁钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bishop's identity 主教职权&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the Chinese knot?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Do you know the names of the main Chinese knots? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What do &amp;quot;绳&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;结&amp;quot; mean in Chinese culture?--[[User:Guan Qinqing|Guan Qinqing]] ([[User talk:Guan Qinqing|talk]]) 13:04, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Mythology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese’s life is full of mythological history about religious, history, science, literature, philosophy, dragons, tortoises, phoenixes, unicorns, birds, and flowering fruit trees. This myth is characterized by the interaction of the pros and cons, yin and yang, good and evil, light and dark, male and female, heaven and earth, force and weak and so forth. Panku is an important figure in Chinese mythology, the first living being and the creator of universe in some versions of Chinese mythology. In world mythology; every peoples have it own myths, different fairy tales, but there is some similarities in common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Panku Creates the World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the beginning, the world didn’t exist; there wasn’t sky, earth, water, animals, birds, plants, human, in other word, the universe was empty. The force of universe was concentrated inside a mysterious egg. This egg, after growing many years, it becoming a big form of ball and finally give birth to Panku.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Nü Wa Created Human Beings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 Fushi Taught the People=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 Yu Rebuilt the Earth====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why was an egg a good symbol for the beginning of the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese gods and immortals--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 16:09, 8 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional religion is polytheistic; many deities are worshipped in a pantheistic view where divinity is inherent in the world. In Chinese language there is a terminological distinction between 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān. Although the usage of the former two is sometimes blurred, it corresponds to the distinction in Western cultures between &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;deity&amp;quot;. dì, sometimes translated as &amp;quot;thearch&amp;quot;, implies a manifested or incarnate &amp;quot;godly&amp;quot; power. During the time of Zhou dynasty to the Warring States, dì is used to refer to those who have great moral cultivation and merits. And then it becomes a term of emperor since Qin dynasty. The latter term 仙 xiān unambiguously means a man who has reached immortality, similarly to the Western idea of &amp;quot;hero&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another difference between Chinese gods and immortals. The gods usually have their own position and take charge of different things in Daoist theology. While immortals, unlike gods, have no official positions. It is that certain humans develop the ability to live indefinitely, avoiding death, and becoming divine xiān. Such humans generally also are said to develop special powers and always live leisurely. So since ancient times, many people are longing to become an immortal and live a carefree life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty in China, also known as the &amp;quot;Classical Prose Movement&amp;quot;, is a movement with the style reform as its surface and Confucianism Renaissance as its core. The word “Gu Wen” was first introduced by Han Yu, it indicates the prose of the pre-Qin period and of Han dynasty. This movement took clarity and precision as priorities, it stood against the florid pianwen or parallel prose style that had been popular starting from Han dynasty. Parallel prose had a rigid structure and was criticized for being overly ornate at the expense of content. Therefore, Han Yu, together with Liu Zongyuan, launched this movement to make a difference so that they could revive the Confucianism and promote their political thoughts. This movement tended to follow the spirit of pre-Qin prose rather than to imitate it directly. People used elements of colloquial language to make their writings more direct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Development====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement went through three stages. The first promoters of this movement were Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan who were not only great writers but also great theorists, forming the foundation of it. Both were enthusiastic to promote the movement and were keen to teach young people so that it could achieve further development and then revive the Confucianism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the deaths of Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan, the movement fell into a decline, their students writing with such ancient characters as to hinder understanding or neglecting the importance of writing good essays. Furthermore, the government only allowed people to use pianwen for official use, so those who want to be officials had to learn that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Ouyang Xiu once again advocated the classical prose in the Song dynasty. As many people were dissatisfied with the florid piantiwen style, the Classical Prose Movement reached another peak during that period. This movement is consequently also called the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Representatives====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu (768 – 824), courtesy name Tuizhi, also known his art names Han Changli or Chang Li Xian Sheng. He was born in present-day Mengzhou, Henan, he was a Chinese prose writer, poet, and philosopher who significantly influenced the development of Neo-Confucianism. Due to his influence on the Chinese literary tradition, he is described as “Comparable in stature to Dante, Shakespeare or Goethe”. Meanwhile, he is often considered to be among China’s finest prose writers. Ming dynasty scholar Mao Kun ranked him first in the &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot;，and Su Shi, another famous poet, once praised that “His prose reversed the literary decline of eight dynasties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu wrote a large volume of works, which includes over 700 poems and nearly 400 prosses. He is especially famous for his ''On Teachers'', which says “A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles”. This persuasive pross is short but well structured, and it has a strong appeal to people, which also has a positive impact on youth education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zongyuan (773 – 819), courtesy name Zihou, also known by his art names He Dong Xian Sheng or Liu He Dong, was a Chinese literature, philosopher, politician and poet who lived during the Tang Dynasty. And Liu was born in present-day Yongji, Shanxi. Along with Han Yu, they were called Han Liu. Besides that, he has been classed as one of the “Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song”, which also includes Han Yu and Ouyang Xiu. Liu's best-known travel pieces are the ''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou''. And one of his most famous poems is ''Jiangxue''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu (1007 – 1072), courtesy name Yong Shu, also known by his art names Zuiweng and Liu Yi Jushi. He was a Chinese essayist, historian, poet, calligrapher and even a politician of the Song dynasty. Being a much-celebrated writer, both among his contemporaries and in subsequent centuries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was in charge of the writing of the ''New Book of Tang'', and he also wrote the ''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' independently, the only book in the Twenty-Four Histories to have been written in private by a single author. As a poet, he was a noted writer of both the ''shi'' and ''ci'' genres. But it was his prose writings like ''Zuiweng Tingji'' that won him the greatest acclaim. The poem's most well-known line is: The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape, an idiom still used in modern Chinese to describe someone with an ulterior motive. Together with Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Su Shi, Ouyang Xiu was considered to be one of the Article four all through the ages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Ouyang Xiu, there were many other representatives of this movement. For example, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Zeng Gong and Wang Anshi also made great contributions to the Classical Pross Movement. Considering their influences, they were also listed as Eight masters in Tang and Song Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterworks====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty, there appeared a large volume of masterpieces, which have a far-reaching influence on later ages. Except for the works of Han Yu, Liu Zong Yuan and Ouyang Xiu, other works like ''Shang Zhongyong'' written by Wang Anshi, ''On Jia Yi'' and ''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' by Su Shi, were also considered the representative works of this movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Influence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty is a milestone during the development of Chinese ancient prose, it has a profound influence on the later schools of literature like Tang-Song School in the Ming dynasty and Tong Cheng school in the Qing dynasty. Besides that, it also helped to lay a solid foundation of pross in China, and acted as a fine example for later scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty 唐宋八大家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Classical Pross Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou'' 《永州八记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Teachers'' 《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles. 师者，所以传道授业解惑也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''New Book of Tang'' 《新唐书》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' 《新五代史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Zuiweng Tingji'' 《醉翁亭记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape. 醉翁之意不在酒，在乎山水之间也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shang Zhongyong'' 《伤仲永》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Jia Yi'' 《贾谊论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' 《赤壁赋》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who was the first promoter of Classical Prose Movement?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What does the Classical Prose Movement mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was the term &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot; first brought up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:HATHITHUHANG2|HATHITHUHANG2]] ([[User talk:HATHITHUHANG2|talk]]) 09:02, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 08:04, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Chinese Red Envelope and Lucky money tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese and other East and Southeast Asian societies, a red envelope or a red packet (Mandarin: hóngbāo) is a monetary gift which is given during holidays or special occasions such as weddings, graduation or the birth of a baby.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
利市 /Lì shì/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
紅包 /Hóngbāo/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucianism 儒教 /Rújiào/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thought of Confucius 孔子思想 /Kǒngzǐ sīxiǎng/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Do you know the origin of giving Lunar new year lucky money to children and the elderly？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Twenty-four Solar Terms'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.1 The orgin and development of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar, with a profound history in China. Created by ancient Chinese when observing the annual movement of the sun, the twenty-four solar system is seen as a system of time knowledge and the agricultural guideline. It originated in the Yellow River valley, and is the result of people's observation, exploration and summary of astronomy, meteorology, and weather, which is an excellent cultural heritage created by the ancient Chinese people. By the late Western Zhou Dynasty, people had already measured the first four solar terms: winter solstice, summer solstice, spring equinox and autumn equinox. Afterwards, with the improvement of measurement technology and the further strengthening of people's understanding of the laws of nature, during the Warring States period, the complete twenty-four solar terms were basically formed, and during the Qin and Han dynasties, the complete twenty-four solar terms system was perfected and formed into today's complete twenty-four solar terms system.[[1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.2 The definition and classification of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar. To facilitate agricultural production, ancient Chinese people summarized a supplementary calendar that divides a year into 24 segments according to the sun’s movement on the ecliptic and seasonal changes in weather and other natural phenomena, with 24 segments proportionally distributed through 12 months. (术语)&lt;br /&gt;
A solar term that starts in the early part of a month is called jie (节), and one that starts in the meddle part of a month is called qi (气). ( Every three years there would be a month which has only a jie without a qi, or a month which has only a qi without a jie, in which case a leap month would be added to regulate it. ) The solar terms are so named that they represent the changes in season,phenology and climate. The eight solar terms that reflect seasonal changes are Beginning of Spring, Vernal Equinox, Beginning of Summer, Summer Solstice, Beginning of Autumn, Autumnal Equinox,Beginning of Winter, and Winter Solstice; the four solar terms that represent phenological changes are Waking of Insects, Fresh Green, Lesser fullness and Grain in Ear; and the 12 solar terms that indicate the changes in climate are Rain Water,Grain Rain,Lesser Heat, Greater Heat, End of Heat, White Dew, Cold Dew, First Frost, Light Snow, Heavy Snow, Lesser Cold, and Greater Cold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.3 The conventions in different solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4 Importance and values===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.1 Importance in ancient times===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 24 solar terms are a creation of traditional farming culture, and their production, development and dissemination have adapted to the economic production methods and social needs in the farming era. The 24 solar terms have played an  important role in the life and work of traditional Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the 24 solar terms are the basic time indicators of agricultural production activities in ancient times, which is also the most basic function and value of the 24 solar terms. Agricultural production is an economic activity carried out by humans according to natural rhythms and the laws of crop growth. The basic requirement of  the agricultural production is to keep track of the agricultural time, which means that &amp;quot;if the agricultural time is not violated, there will be sufficient grain supply.&amp;quot; (Mencius - Liang Huiwang). Secondly, the 24 solar terms were also regarded as important time points in the daily life of the people in ancient times. Thirdly, for the ancient ancestors, the 24 solar terms were not just a time system, but a much more colourful connotation of life, and  an important manifestation and part of their colourful lives. For example, the &amp;quot;Four Beginnings&amp;quot;(四立), that is, the Beginning of Spring, Beginning of Summer, Beginning of Autumn,  Beginning of Winter , have always been important festivals in history. At the time of these festivals, the emperors would lead their courtiers to the eastern, southern, western and northern gates of the capital to hold ceremonies to welcome the arrival of spring, summer, autumn and winter. The winter solstice, summer solstice and Qingming Festival are still important traditional festivals today, especially Tomb Sweeping Festival, which is also known as China's four traditional festivals, along with Spring Festival, Dragon Boat Festival and Mid-Autumn Festival.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.2 Values in modern society===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2016, the 24 solar terms was included in the World Intangible Cultural Heritage List and became one of the most vivid cultural symbols for strengthening the cultural confidence of the Chinese nation and enhancing the cultural cohesion of the Chinese nation. It still has its practical values in modern society.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as a time-honoured knowledge system with a long history and a customary tradition rich in colourful activities, the 24 solar terms has  profound spiritual and cultural connotations, such as respecting nature, adapting to the time of the day, venerating ancestors, filial piety and respect for the elderly, and being good neighbours and friends. Therefore, it is one of the important components of excellent Chinese traditional culture. Secondly, the 24 solar terms can accurately reflect the rhythm and rules of nature and reflect the harmonious relationship between man and nature. Lastly, the 24 solar terms are not only a time system, but also a living tradition full of rich connotations, which is an important part of people's lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Beginning of Spring	立春&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Autumn 立秋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rain Water 雨水 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
End of Heat 处暑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insects Awakening 惊蛰 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White Dew 白露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Equinox 春分 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Autumnal Equinox 秋分&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh Green 清明 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dew 寒露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain Rain 谷雨	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Frost 霜降 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Summer 立夏 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Winter 立冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Fullness	小满 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Light Snow 小雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain in Ear 芒种	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy Snow 大雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer Solstice	夏至&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Winter Solstice	冬至&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Heat 大暑&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Cold 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Heat 立春 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Cold 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References:[[User:He Changqi|He Changqi]] ([[User talk:He Changqi|talk]]) 10:11, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Collection of Yue Fu Poetry《乐府诗集》===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Brief introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' is the essence of Han, Wei, Jin and Northern and Southern Dynasties folk songs. The content is very rich, reflecting a wide range of social life. It mainly collects more than 5000 Yuefu songs from Han, Wei to Tang and Five Dynasties, as well as from pre Qin to the end of Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Yuefu&amp;quot;, originally the name of the institution in charge of music, was first set up in the reign of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, and there were also Yuefu institutions in the northern and Southern Dynasties. Its specific task is to make music score, collect lyrics and train music talents. There are two sources of lyrics: one is specially written by literati, the other is collected from Chinese folk. Later, people called the poems collected by Yuefu organs as Yuefu, or Yuefu Poems and Yuefu songs, so Yuefu changed from official name to poetic name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.About the author'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Maoqian (1041-1099) was born in Xucheng, Yunzhou, Song Dynasty. He is the grandson of Guo Quan, and the son of Guo Yuanming. Song Shenzong Yuanfeng seven years (1084), Cao joined the army in Henan Province. He wrote a hundred volumes of ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'', which was handed down from generation to generation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Content introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It divides Yuefu Poems into 12 categories, including suburban Temple songs, Yan shooting songs, drum songs, horizontal blowing songs, Xianghe songs, etc. In these different kinds of music, the songs of Jiaomiao and yanshe belong to the movements used by the imperial court, and their ideological content and artistic skills are less desirable. There are also some works with poor artistic value. But generally speaking, most of the poems it collects are excellent folk songs and poems written by scholars with old Yuefu titles. In the existing poetry collection, &amp;quot;Yuefu Poetry Collection&amp;quot; is an important book with the most complete collection of all kinds of Yuefu Poetry in the past dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterpieces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'' is the first long narrative poem in the history of Chinese literature, and it is also the peak work in the history of Yuefu Poetry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on a marriage tragedy in Lujiang County during the reign of Emperor Xian of the Eastern Han Dynasty. The poem has more than 350 sentences and 1700 words. It mainly tells the story of Jiao Zhongqing and Liu Lanzhi's forced separation and suicide. It accuses the cruelty and ruthlessness of feudal ethics and praises their sincere feelings and rebellious spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the longest narrative poem in ancient history, the story of Peacock Flying Southeast is complicated and simple, and its characters are vividly portrayed. It not only portrays the image of Jiaoliu and his wife, but also depicts the stubbornness of Jiao's mother and the arrogance of brother Liu. At the end of the article, the myth of Liu Lanzhi and Jiao Zhongqing turning into mandarin ducks after their death is conceived, and the people's strong desire for love freedom and happy life is placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''Mulan Poetry'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Mulan poetry'' is a folk song in the Northern Dynasty of China. This is a long narrative poem about a girl named Mulan. She disguised herself as a man, joined the army for her father, established meritorious service in the battlefield, and refused to be an official after returning to the imperial court. She only wanted to go home for reunion. She warmly praised the woman's brave and kind-hearted quality, her enthusiasm for defending her country and her brave and fearless spirit. &amp;quot;Mulan is a girl&amp;quot; is used to conceive the legend of Mulan, which is full of romantic color. The detailed arrangement is very ingenious. Although it is about war theme, it is mainly about the life scene and children's mood, which is full of life flavor. It describes the character's mood by means of character's question and answer, narration, parallelism, antithesis and intertextuality, which is vivid, detailed and full of vitality, It has strong artistic appeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Contributions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The important contribution of it is to collect and classify the songs of past dynasties according to their tunes, so that many works can be compiled into books. This provides great convenience for the collation and research of Yuefu Poetry. For example, some excellent Chinese folk songs of Han Dynasty, such as &amp;quot;Moshangsang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dongmenxing&amp;quot;, were collected and recorded by editors. In particular, some ancient folk songs and proverbs are scattered in various historical books and some academic works, and miscellaneous ballads and sayings are mostly ignored by the former. Yuefu Poetry Collection introduces and explains in detail the origin, nature and musical instruments used in singing of various kinds of music. So that many precious historical materials can be preserved. This is of great value to the study of literature history and music history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are narrative poems and lyric poems in Yuefu Poems, and the achievements of narrative poems are more prominent. ''The Book of Songs'' and ''The Songs of Chu'' are basically lyric poems, and sometimes narrative is interspersed in the process of lyric, but narrative is attached to lyric. The emergence of Yuefu narrative poetry marks the maturity of Chinese ancient narrative poetry, and it is all caused by sadness and happiness. When choosing narrative objects, the creative subject is good at finding poetic scenes and absorbing pictures in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Shortcomings'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some imperfections in ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' . For example, Ji Yun in the Qing Dynasty pointed out that it was not appropriate to include some literati poems in the titles of Yuefu. In addition, because of its emphasis on melody, the recorded songs are often inconsistent with the description of tunes. But on the whole, as an ancient Chinese literature, this giant has made a certain contribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Eight Major Cuisines of China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction About Chinese Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang and Zhou dynasties, China's food culture began to take shape. At that time, Tai Gongwang was the most representative. In the Spring and Autumn Period and Warring States Period under the reign of Duke Huan of Qi, the flavors of North and South dishes showed differences. In the Tang and Song Dynasties, the southern cuisine and the northern cuisine formed their own systems. In the Southern Song Dynasty, sweet in south and salty in north was formed. At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, Shandong Cuisine, Sichuan Cuisine, Cantonese Cuisine, and Su Cuisine became the most influential local dishes at that time, and they were called the &amp;quot;four major cuisines.&amp;quot; By the end of the Qing Dynasty, four new local cuisines, Zhejiang Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine, Hunan Cuisine, and Anhui Cuisine, were differentiated and formed, which together constituted the &amp;quot;eight major cuisines&amp;quot; of traditional Chinese cuisine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Cuisines====&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
China covers a large territory and has many nationalities, hence a variety of Chinese food with different but fantastic and mouthwatering flavor. Since China's local dishes have their own typical characteristics, generally, Chinese food can be roughly divided into eight regional cuisines, which has been widely accepted around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1Shandong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Jinan Cuisine and Jiaodong Cuisine, Shandong Cuisine, clear, pure and not greasy, is characterized by its emphasis on aroma, freshness, crispness and tenderness. Shallot and garlic are usually used as seasonings so Shangdong dishes tastes pungent usually. Soups are given much emphasis in Shangdong dishes. Thin soup features clear and fresh while creamy soup looks thick and tastes strong. Jinan Cuisine is adept at deep-frying, grilling, frying and stir-frying while Jiaodong division is famous for cooking seafood with fresh and light taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2Sichuan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Cuisine, known often in the West as Szechuan Cuisine, is one &lt;br /&gt;
of the most famous Chinese cuisines in the world. Characterized by its spicy and pungent flavor, Sichuan Cuisine, prolific of tastes, emphasizes on the use of chili. Pepper and prickly ash also never fail to accompany, producing typical exciting tastes. Besides, garlic, ginger and fermented soybean are also used in the cooking process. Wild vegetables and animals are usually chosen as ingredients, while frying, frying without oil, pickling and braising are applied as basic cooking techniques. The major Sichuan dishes include Kung Pao Chicken and Bean Sauce Tofu.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3Guangdong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Tasting clear, light, crisp and fresh, Guangdong Cuisine, familiar to Westerners, usually chooses raptors and beasts to produce originative     dishes. Its basic cooking techniques include roasting, stir-frying, sauteing, deep-frying, braising, stewing and steaming. Among them steaming and stir-frying are more commonly applied to preserve the natural flavor. Cantonese are known to have an adventurous palate, able to eat many different kinds of meats and vegetables. Many vegetables originate from other parts of the world. It doesn't use much spice, bringing out the natural flavor of the vegetables and meats. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4Fujian Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Fuzhou Cuisine, Quanzhou Cuisine and Xiamen Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine is distinguished for its choice of seafood, beautiful color and magic taste of sweet, sour, salty and savory. The most distinct features are their &amp;quot;pickled taste&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5Jiangsu Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Jiangsu Cuisine, also called Huaiyang Cuisine, is popular in the lower reach of the Yangtze River. Aquatics as the main ingredients, it stresses the freshness of materials. Its carving techniques are delicate, of which the melon carving technique is especially well known. Cooking techniques consist of stewing, braising, roasting, simmering, etc. The flavor of Huaiyang Cuisine is light, fresh and sweet and with delicate elegance. Jiangsu Cuisine is well known for its careful selection of ingredients, its meticulous preparation methodology, and its not-too-spicy, not-too-bland taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.6Zhejiang Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Comprising local cuisines of Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing, Zhejiang Cuisine, not greasy, wins its reputation for freshness, tenderness, softness, smoothness of its dishes with mellow fragrance. Hangzhou Cuisine is the most famous one among the three. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.7Hunan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi Coteau. It characterizes itself by thick and pungent flavor. Chili, pepper and shallot are usually necessaries in this division.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.8Anhui Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Anhui Cuisine focuses much more attention on the temperature in cooking. Its major cooking method are braising and stewing. Often hams and sugar will be added to improve taste and flavour of the dishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.A Comparison of Chinese-Western Diet Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and western cultures have always been two major factions in the world culture, and diet plays a very important role in the two cultures. The differences in cultures create the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures. There are many differences between Chinese and Western food under the two different cultural backgrounds.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the western diet is mainly based on flour, with abundant raw materials, and its cooking method is simpler than that in China, but it also pays great attention to taste. Besides, western diet takes nutrition as the highest criterion, with special emphasis on the nutritional components of food. For example, whether the contents of protein, fat, carbohydrate, vitamins and various inorganic elements are properly matched, whether the heat supply is just right, whether these nutritional components can be fully absorbed by eaters and whether there are other side effects. However, Chinese cuisine pays more attention to the color, aroma and taste of dishes. The purpose of Chinese people's diet is not only to satisfy their hunger, but also to satisfy their desire for delicious food, which brings pleasure to their body and mind. Compared with Chinese diet which pays attention to taste, western diet is a rational diet. Furthermore, westerners prefer cold dishes while Chinese like hot food. For Chinese, one should eat the food while it is still hot. What’s more, westerners believe that dishes are hunger-filled, so they specialize in &amp;quot;hard dishes&amp;quot; such as large pieces of meat and whole chickens; while Chinese mainly eat lots of vegetables and little meat. There are also differences in names of dishes. Many Chinese dishes often contain a lot of historical and cultural information. For example, Dongpo meat(Braised Dongpo Pork) is said to be cooked according to recipes handed down by Su Dongpo, a literary giant in Song Dynasty. Some dishes are also related to allusions and legends, for example, Fotiaoqiang(Buddha jumps over the wall) is a legend. In contrast, the names of western food are much simpler. For example, fried chicken legs, hamburgers and seafood soup are almost all named after the raw materials and cooking methods.&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
1. 毕继万. 跨文化非语言交际. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M], 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 蔡华. 试论中西饮食文化的差异. 邵阳学院学报[J]，2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杜学增. 中英文化习俗比较. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M],1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
pot-stewed fowl 卤味&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
stewing and simmering炖，煨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
prickly ash 花椒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fermented soybean豆鼓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Braised Dongpo Pork东坡肉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha Jumps over the Wall 佛跳墙&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kung Pao Chicken 宫保鸡丁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bean Sauce Tofu麻婆豆腐&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
How many types of cuisines are there in china?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s differences between Chinese and western diets?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the origin of Dongpo Meat?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eight major cuisines of China ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Paper Cutting 剪纸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Chinese Medical Sage- Zhang Zhongjing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing ( original name Zhang Ji, 150 to 154 A.D.- about 215 to 219 A.D., courtesy name Zhongjing), was born in Nieyang County in Nanyang of the Eastern Han Dynasty ( located in today's Zhangzhai Village, Rangdong Town, Dengzhou City, Henan Province). He was a famous medical scientist in the late Eastern Han Dynasty and one of the most outstanding medical scientists in Chinese history, who is respected as the Chinese Medical Sage. In his childhood, Zhang Zhongjing admired Bian Que, a preeminent Chinese mediciner, and yearned for medical learning. And he once studied after Zhang Bozu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing hated officialdom and sympathized with common people. He traveled all over the country for his medical practice, carefully studied the symptoms of typhoid fever, and read widely. After decades of collection and study, he wrote the magnificent book Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which established the treatment based on syndrome differentiation of six classics, and became a necessary classic for the study of Chinese medicine in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This extraordinary man in Chinese history, our immortal medical sage, was once the Changsha magistrate. As the master of superb medical skills and a man of tender heart, he treated patients for free on the first and fifteenth days of every lunar month. At that time, yamen's gate would be crowded with a large throng of people of all ages and both sexes. Some of them carried pieces of luggage, having come a long way to be there. All the people waited for him in eagerness. Then, Zhang Zhongjing would open the gate of office and let sick people in, instead of dealing with government affairs, carefully diagnosing and treating the masses one by one. Though confronted with such a heavy workload, Mr. Zhang treated every patient carefully based on syndrome differentiation. He diagnosed them with looking, listening, questioning and feeling the pulse— four ways of diagnosis, as well as saw through the patients' appearance to perceive the root cause of their illness. As making diagnoses so full-heartedly, Mr. Zhang even skipped meals sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, people called the doctor who sat in the drugstore to treat patients &amp;quot;the doctor sitting in the hall&amp;quot;, in memory of Zhang Zhongjing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When talking about Zhang Zhongjing, We have to mention his masterpiece Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which is an undoubted groundbreaking and peak work of traditional Chinese medicine. For years of wars and chaos in the late Eastern Han Dynasty, it turned out that various kinds of plagues were prevailing in China. And lots of people were homeless and suffered from epidemic diseases. Thus, Zhang Zhongjing's motive of writing this book was to lifting common and poor Chinese people from the misery of diseases. After years of arduous hardwork, this enduring work was finally finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Chinese saying that goes, &amp;quot; Eating dumplings in Chinese New Year, Great Cold, and Slight Cold ( latter two belongs to 24 solar terms).&amp;quot; But now, except these days and the New Year's Day, many diners also feast in the air-conditioned dumpling parlors in summer. So, how did dumplings, as one of people's favorite, come into being? Speaking of this delicacy, well-respected Zhang Zhongjing has made great contributions to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a snowstorm was raging, Zhang Zhongjing, a former governor of Changsha, who had resigned from office, was returning to his native town. By the White River, he saw lots of homeless people in rags, with sick looks and frozen ears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back home, Mr.Zhang was still concerned about those poor people. So he developed a recipe to help them ward off cold, called &amp;quot; Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot;. Then, just on the Winter Solstice, he asked his disciples to set up a shed and a big pot under it in Dongguan, Nanyang, and give each poor person a bowl of soup with two Jiaoers. After drinking this soup, people felt warm and their ears were cured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing passed away on the day of the Winter Solstice, and he distributed the &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; for everyone on the Winter Solstice as well. In order to commemorate him, everyone would make dumplings on the Winter Solstice Festival. And it was said that if one ate dumplings on the day of the Winter Solstice, his ears would not be frozen in winter. &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is rarely eaten now, but the custom of eating dumplings on the Winter Solstice every year has been passed down. Besides, the kinds and shapes of dumplings have been greatly improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the way of making &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is to boil mutton and some cold dispelling herbs in a pot. After cooked, fish and chop them up, then wrap the stuffing in dough wrappers, with their shapes resembling human ears. Later, put them into the pot, and boil them in the original soup. Because of its ear- shaped contour and effect on preventing the ear from freezing, Zhongjing named it &amp;quot;Jiao Er&amp;quot;. ( Er means eears in Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a Nanyang folk songs about Jiaoer, saying &amp;quot; not eating Jiaoers in the Winter Solstice, geting frozen ears in the winter cold.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At first, Zhang Zhongjing, a little boy of 9 or 10 years old, was measuring traditional Chinese medicine, trying to imitate his medical master. At this stage, medicine inspired in him a delightful sensation of wonder, which would shape his lifelong dream of becoming a great doctor like Bian Que and helping the sick. Then, Zhang turned into an adult man, appearing to be in his middle age. He stuck to treating sick people at the gate of the Yamen on the first and fifth days in the lunar calendar. Finally, Mr. Zhang's goatee turned grey and wrinkles crawled on his kind face. However, he still wrote the Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, cured patients and dealt with his favorite— traditional Chinese medicine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
medical sage 医圣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases《伤寒杂病论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
treatment based on syndrome differentiation/ diagnosis and treatment based on an overall analysis of the illness and the patient's condition 辩证施治&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yamen 衙门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great Cold ( 24th solar term ) 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slight Cold ( 23rd solar term ) 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
look, listen, question and feel the pulse -- four ways of diagnosis 望闻问切&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup 祛寒娇耳汤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the honorable title Zhang Zhongjing addressed as?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What's the official role Zhang once taken?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When would Zhang treat patients for free at yamen?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What's the most well-known and important masterpiece Zhang ever write? What's his motive of writing it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What's the relationship between Zhang Zhongjing and dumplings?--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 13:53, 2 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Red Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese red culture is unique in the world. As a very important cultural resource, it has both tangible culture and intangible culture. Red culture in China refers to the advance culture with Chinese characteristics created by party and people in revolutionary years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has brilliant history and splendid civilization in ancient times. However, with the Opium War of 1840, China was plunged into the darkness of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression. Despite of all efforts that countless dedicated patriots had made, they still failed to change the plight. The October Revolution in Russia brought Marxism-Leninism. With Communism as the the highest ideal and ultimate goal, the Communist Party of China shouldered the historic mission of national rejuvenation. With the firm leadership of the party, Chinese people embraced national independence, people's liberation, national reunification and social stability, and stepped into a new era of prosperity and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture is condensed by the Communist Party of China in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. It is an advanced Marxism culture that was inherited and developed in the new period of socialist construction. It's a collectivism culture of bravery, sacrifice and devotion that seeks happiness for the Chinese people and rejuvenation for the Chinese nation.Red culture is embodied in the aspects of ideal belief, value pursuit and spiritual outlook, and is integrated into material remains, mechanism behaviors and cultural and artistic forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, red culture is a revolutionary culture, which was formed by the Chinese Communist Party in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. After the founding of People's Republic of China, the Communist Party of China led the Chinese people to inherit and carry forward the revolutionary culture. In the new period of socialist construction and reform and opening up, a vigorous and advanced socialist culture was formed, which enriched and developed the connotation of red culture. Revolutionary culture and advanced socialist culture are two major components of red culture, and are the core value and spiritual subject of contemporary Chinese culture. As for Chinese red culture, Among them, Marxism is the soul, the common ideal of socialism with Chinese characteristics is the theme, the national spirit and the spirit of the times are the essence, and the socialist concept of honor and disgrace is the foundation. These four aspects influence, infiltrate and interact with each other, revealing the essential characteristics of red culture scientifically and completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Symbols'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “red” in “red culture” has many symbols. Chinese people have “red” complex since ancient time. Red represents authority. For, example, official documents are also called red heading documents. Red represents courage. Red is the color of Chinese national flag. Chinese military strategists and generals have a deep understanding of the role of red in war, so they use red flags to unite their morale, inspire their fighting and their courage, and summon the spirit of going forward bravely and not fearing sacrifice. Red represents honor and auspiciousness. For instance, the places are always adorned with red for conference and ceremony. People are awarded with red flower and red certificates. Red represents revolution. When Marx was asked about &amp;quot;favorite color&amp;quot; in his early years, he clearly answered &amp;quot;red&amp;quot;. In 1864, First International was founded, and its logo was red. The first army of Communist Party of China was named Red Army, and Ruijin, the first revolutionary base area, was called Red Capital. There were also red boats in South Lake and red flags in Jinggangshan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture has many values. Red culture has the value of history. It witnesses the early development history of the Communist Party of China. It shows the inevitability of the socialist road in China. And it is an important weapon to guide the success of Chinese revolution. Besides, red culture has the value of civilization. Carrying forward the red culture is an urgent need to cultivate a new national spirit. Red culture is important for the construction of socialism culture and ideology. Moreover, red culture has the value of economy. Red culture is a powerful driving force for the development of socialist market economy. It is an important medium of economic development under the new historical conditions. The red cultural industry has become a new economic growth point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Red Culture in Nanchang'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchang is the capital city of Jiangxi Province and it is where August 1st uprising took place. Nanchang is renowned as the cradle of Chinese revolution and the place where the military flag rose. Because in August 1st uprising, communist party of china formed its first army in Nanchang. There are lots of red culture resources in Nanchang. &lt;br /&gt;
Bayi Square is at the center of Nanchang city. It was built to memorize August 1st uprising. Bayi Square highlights the theme of &amp;quot;Bayi History and Culture&amp;quot; in all directions. The memorial area, cultural area, reminiscence area and leisure area of Bayi Square show Bayi Uprising in different forms. The landmark in the square is Bayi Nanchang Uprising Memorial Tower. Besides, Nangchang August 1st Memorial Hall is a special memorial hall established to commemorate Nanchang Uprising.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red culture 红色文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opium War 鸦片战争&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red heading documents 红头文件&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red army 红军&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
August 1st uprising 八一起义&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the historical background of the birth of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What are two major components of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many symbols dose the word &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; in red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many values dose red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What is the landmark in Bayi Square?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ancient Tea Horse Road===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Tea Horse Road is a folk international trade route that exists in southwest China and is a corridor for ethnic economic and cultural exchanges with horses as the main means of transportation. The ancient tea horse road is divided into two routes: the Sichuan-Tibet line and the Yunnan-Tibet line. The ancient tea horse road originated from the ancient southwest frontier of the tea horse mutual market, flourished in the Tang and Song dynasties, in the Ming and Qing dynasties, and most prosperous in the middle and late World War II. The ancient Tea Horse Road divided into Shanxi-Gan, Shanxi-Kangtang (folk called wade ancient road, Sichuan-Tibet line is part of it), Yunnan-Tibet and other three main routes, connecting Sichuan, Yunnan-Tibet, extending into the territory of Bhutan, Sikkim, Nepal, India, until reaching West Asia, West Africa, the Red Sea coast. 5 March 2013, the Tea Horse Road was listed by the State Council as the seventh batch of national key cultural relics conservation units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Routes====&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient tea horse road  is divided into:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Shanxi-Gansu tea horse road is the main route for tea to travel westward in mainland China and exchange for horses. It is one of the main routes of the ancient Silk Road.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanxi and Tibet tea horse road (wade ancient road), began in the Han Dynasty, formed by the Shanxi merchants and the ancient southwest border tea and horse each other. Due to the Ming and Qing dynasties, the government control of tea trafficking, tea trafficking sub-regional, including the most prosperous tea horse trading market in Kangding, known as the wade ancient road.&lt;br /&gt;
3. the ancient Yunnan-Tibet Tea Horse Road. Formed around the late sixth century AD, it is south of Yunnan's main tea producing areas in Xishuangbanna Yiwu, Pu'er City, intermediate through today's Dali Bai Autonomous Prefecture and Lijiang City, Shangri-La into Tibet, directly to Lhasa. Some also re-exported from Tibet to India and Nepal, is an important trade channel between ancient China and South Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Sichuan-Tibet Tea Horse Road is a part of the Shan-Kang-Tibet Tea Horse Road, east of Yazhou edge tea production Ya'an, after playing arrow furnace (now Kangding), west to Lhasa, Tibet, and finally through to Bhutan, Nepal and India, a total length of nearly four thousand kilometers, is an essential bridge and link between ancient Tibet and the interior.&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main routes of the ancient tea-horse road: the Qinghai-Tibet line (the ancient Tang and Tibetan road), the Yunnan-Tibet line and the Sichuan-Tibet line. Among the three ancient tea-horse roads, the Qinghai-Tibet line was established in the Tang Dynasty and developed earlier, while the Sichuan-Tibet line was the most influential and well-known later. These three routes are closely related to Chengdu, among them, the Yunnan-Tibet route and the Sichuan-Tibet route must pass through Chengdu, and their development is closely related to the tea-horse trade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Value====&lt;br /&gt;
The Silk Road in the north and the ancient Tea Horse Road in the south. The ancient Tea Horse Road, a passage that once played an important role in the birth and development of the Chinese nation just like the Silk Road, has been gradually buried in the dust of history with the washing away of modern civilization. However, its history and value will always shine brightly.&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Golden Road of Tourism&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road tour has unique scenery, profound cultural connotation, exclusive resources and is unparalleled in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ancient Roads for the Propagation of Civilization&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient Tea Horse Road was not only an important migration corridor for the ancient ancestors between Wei-Tibet and present Sichuan and Yunnan, but also an important aperture for the spread and exchange of ancient civilizations between present Sichuan, Yunnan and Tibet.&lt;br /&gt;
3.Migration Corridor of National Cultures&lt;br /&gt;
On this ancient road, which stretches for more than 10,000 miles, Chinese, Tibetan, Yi, Naxi, Lisu, Hani, Kino, Qiang, Pumi, Bai, Nu, Jingpo, Achang and other ethnic groups have flourished here for thousands of years, highlighting the diversity and original form of ethnic culture in southwest China.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Religious Propagation Road&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the tea-horse trade and the extension of the ancient tea-horse route, Tibetan Buddhism spread widely along this route on the Tibetan Plateau and surrounding areas. The development and spread of Tibetan stupas can be roughly divided into two routes: one is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia - the other is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia. -Liaoning--Jilin--Heilongjiang--Beijing--Hebei --Henan--Jiangsu; second, Tibet--Yunnan--Sichuan. --Guangxi--Hubei.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Path of National Spirituality&lt;br /&gt;
You can't talk about the ancient tea-horse road without mentioning the horse gangs. The horse gangs have formed a unique cultural carrier in the course of thousands of years. Their spirit is attached to this ancient road, and become part of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
6.The Road of National Unity and Integration&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road is like a huge net in southwest China, through which people of all nationalities strengthen their ties and communication, promote political, economic and cultural interaction, development and integration among all nationalities, and enhance the emotional ties between them.&lt;br /&gt;
7.The Road of Securing the Borders&lt;br /&gt;
The expansion of the ancient tea-horse road and the flourishing of the tea-horse trade contributed to the stability and consolidation of China's southwest frontier.&lt;br /&gt;
8.the road to economic development&lt;br /&gt;
The Thousand-Year Tea Horse Trail contributed to the formation of many towns in the region through the tea and horse trade, which greatly contributed to the economic development of the region.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 03:42, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Ancient Tea Horse Road(茶马古道)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan-Tibet Line（川藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yunnan-Tibet line（滇藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.wade ancient road（蹚古道）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is  the ancient tea horse road ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What do you know about the history of the ancient tea horse road?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many main routes  does the ancient tea-horse road conclude?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the historical value?&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 04:15, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four satirical novels in ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of the bourgeois reformists and democratic revolutionaries strongly advocated, the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty got unprecedented development, and a large number of influential novels emerged, forming a prosperous situation of the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty.The emergence of the &amp;quot;Four Major denunciation novels&amp;quot; in the late Qing Dynasty is an important sign that The creation of Chinese novels has entered another prosperous period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Four satirical novels in ancient China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Nie Hai Hua'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. the Travels of an Old Man'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Records of Officialdom Exposure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. 20 years witness strange present situation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Conclution'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
Shadow Puppets(皮影戏)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Confucian Culture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction ====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school is an academic school founded by Confucius, developed by Mencius, and composed by Xunzi. Today, it still retains a certain vitality. Confucian school takes Confucianism as its guiding ideology whose central ideas are forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage, benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith. &lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school was on an equal footing with the other hundred schools in the pre-Qin period. After the First Emperor of Qin, also called Qin Shihuang, burned books and buried scholars alive, the development of the Confucian school suffered a serious defeat. Then, in order to maintain the feudal autocratic rule, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty followed Dong Zhongshu's advice of &amp;quot;banishing other schools of thought and worshiping Confucianism only&amp;quot; and imposed restrictions on thought, which led to the revival of Confucian school. The concepts of &amp;quot;Confucian school&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Confucianism&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Confucian Religion&amp;quot; should be distinguished since Confucian school is a school of theory, Confucianism a social stratification, and Confucian religion a belief. &lt;br /&gt;
Laozi founded Chinese Taoist school; Confucius started Chinese Confucian school; Sun Tzu initiated Chinese military strategist school; Mozi was the founder of Mohism in the early Warring States. Confucianism contributes to guiding the code of conduct and constructing social order; Daoism focuses on fostering the view of nature and the orientation of spiritual development; Legalism serves the system construction of national political management.; the concepts of Universal Love and utilitarianism are two cornerstones for the Mohism. The General Unity idea of Confucianism has played an important role in the unification of a nation, the enhancement of national cohesion and the integration of cultural values. After more than two thousand years of development and evolution, Confucian culture has built up a complete ideological system, involving politics, education, morality, ethics, code of conduct, life skills and other aspects. It has cultivated the wisdom and soul of the Chinese people throughout the history, and formed deep-rooted set patterns of thinking, psychology and survival. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analysis of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Intelligence development =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is a great educator, as well as a pioneer and practitioner of mass education. After Confucianism was established as a dominant culture, both the rulers and the public respected the teachings of the sage and attached great importance to education. In this context, a basic requirement is to stay highly cultured and steeped in propriety. After the Emperor Wen initiated the imperial examination system in the Sui Dynasty, those who are good scholars could make an official, which inspired students of poor families to change their lives by studying hard and diligent. For generations, the Chinese people have attached great importance to the education of their children, which is conducive to the improvement of the thinking ability of the whole nation. &lt;br /&gt;
However, the corrupt of bureaucracy and the darkness of officialdom in metaphase and anaphase made many literati feel despairing about official career and discredit about the concept. In addition, the Four Books and Five Classics were the main learning content of Confucianism. Apart from government-run schools, private schools and self-study can hardly meet the requirements of the Six Classical Arts. Therefore, the Four Books and Five Classics were the focus of students, while the Six Classical Arts were not highly valued. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Spiritual guidance =====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of spirit, Confucianism contends that &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&amp;quot; Benevolent people love each other, which reflects the essence of “Unity of Man and Nature” and also the most brilliant connotation of Confucianism. This philosophy calls for people’s active contributions to the society. It is still alive in modern times, and is the fundamental requirement of people's spiritual orientation in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Order construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of barbarism and backwardness, a common feature was that a small number of people used power and force to suppress and enslave the majority, thus resulting in labor division and unfair distribution of wealth and generating corresponding social hierarchy and concepts. Given the fact that Confucianism developed in the transitional period of feudal society, the thoughts of Confucius and Mencius were rooted in the idealist view of destiny and did not break the shackles of social hierarchy. In addition, they even advocated the distinguish between the noble and the humble and highlighted the importance of hierarchy division. In this context, the benevolence they advocated had great limitations in political management. The public could not be treated equally in terms of political status. Instead, the so-called benevolence calls for improvement of the living conditions of the public and more benefits from the ruling class. However, its purpose was to maintain social order and reconcile social contradictions. This is also the root cause of feudal rulers’ favoring of Confucianism. In essence, Confucianism did not promote social equality, instead, it worked to maintain the unequal feudal hierarchy that aggravated servitude. In fact, after a long history of feudal rule, the sense of hierarchy would be part of the national psyche. With the progress of times and civilization, the view of destiny and the thought of social order have become psychological shackles of the Chinese people. &lt;br /&gt;
After eliminating the ideology of feudal hierarchy and formalism, some philosophies of Confucianism still generate positive effects on modern society. Specifically, the spirit of benevolence and universal love is conducive to cultivate people’s spirits; the concept of “the country belongs to the public” reflects a sense of social responsibility to make contributions for society, which can be expanded into a sharing social and political philosophy for different countries. Filial piety and brotherhood increase the harmony and stability of family; Loyalty, faithfulness, propriety and forgiveness are conducive to the relationship between different countries, societies and people. &amp;quot;Loyalty&amp;quot; means that people should stay loyal to the country and people; &amp;quot;Friendliness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;forgiveness&amp;quot; play an important role in resolving various contradictions and animosities; when it comes to &amp;quot;filial piety&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;propriety&amp;quot;, many redundant forms inherited from feudal society should be eradicated and be more practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The contemporary value of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Confucian culture is still of great significance. We must explore the value of Confucian culture on the basis of the excellent tradition of the Chinese nation and by combining the characteristics of the times with and the actual situation. The Confucian culture has affected Chinese more than two thousand years and gone deep into each aspect of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideological and political education =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture calls for “the people-oriented” philosophy, and it places a high priority on human value and dignity. Over the years, the Chinese nation has been influenced by this excellent philosophy. On this occasion, its behavioral pattern and psychological structure are endowed with uniqueness, which is mainly manifested in two aspects. One is to respect yourself, learn how to love and care yourself. Moreover, gain dignity and achieve the development of human value through the continuous improvement of moral cultivation. Second, respect others and show respect for others' personality by respecting, understanding and caring for others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Modern economic construction=====&lt;br /&gt;
Under today’s circumstance, some ideological contents are still alive and produce  positive effects on promoting the economic construction of modernization and fostering modern patriotism emotion of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Confucian culture emphasizes the thought of &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; and group consciousness. It is conducive to the cultivation of collectivism and provides a spiritual pillar for China's modern economy. Since Confucian culture reflects a collectivist view on life, individuals are full of sense of duty and responsibility towards others and groups. In this context, their self-cultivation targets at regulating the family, country and the world. Thus, the value of individual is closely linked with the rise and fall of the country, so they have a strong sense of responsibility. &amp;quot;Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&amp;quot; has been a common belief for thousands of years. Such a social responsibility will give rise to a huge driving force for the development of the country and society.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the consciousness of &amp;quot;self-improvement&amp;quot; and the proposition of &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in the Confucian culture strengthen the national spirit and provide a source power for China’s economic modernization. Yi Zhuan put forward: &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection.’’ It means that continuous development is the law of nature and that a gentleman should pursue progress and be strong, unyielding resilient and positive. For thousands of years, the Chinese nation has formed a fine tradition of working hard and striving for strength under the influence of these thoughts. Today, we carry forward the spirits of “self-improvement” and &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in ways that further enhance national spirits and provide a strong driving force for the socialist modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the &amp;quot;reform and innovation&amp;quot; concept in Confucian culture is conducive to the expansion of the reform and opening up and the acceleration of China's socialist modernization. On the basis of admitting the fact that the continuous development is the universal law of nature, Confucian culture puts forward the &amp;quot;innovation idea&amp;quot;. The Book of Rites said, &amp;quot;If you can in one day renovate yourself; do so from day to day and let there be daily renovation.&amp;quot; The Book of Changes said, &amp;quot;Reform refers to destroy the old, while innovation means to establish the new.” The concept is not only serves as the theoretical basis for reform and innovation throughout the history, but also provides valuable lessons for the reform in socialist economic and political systems today. Domestically, promoting the innovative spirits can greatly enhance the reform consciousness of the Chinese people. Externally, it is conducive to advancing the opening up by leveraging the global influence of Confucian culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Legal construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture places a high priority on personal cultivation, while a highly civilized society under the rule of law must be composed of highly educated citizens. Confucian school, a school with thousands of years of history in China, has become an integral part of the Chinese culture. Nowadays, since China has called for the policy of combining the rule of virtue with the rule of law, it is the time for Confucian culture to find its historical position and fully play its role. Exploring the influence of Confucian culture on the construction of contemporary Chinese rule by law, not only can we help us more deeply understand the traditional culture, but also can promote the process of building the rule of law in contemporary China. &lt;br /&gt;
The rule by virtue thought is an important part of Confucian culture and it emphasizes the importance of moral education. It is a national strategy pursued by ancient Chinese rulers and a method of national governance embodying reference significance in today’s China. In terms of national governance, Confucianism emphasizes the importance of morality, believing that national governance should not mainly rely on harsh punishment, instead, moral education should be applied to reform people. Confucius said, &amp;quot;By governing with virtue, rulers will be loved by the public, just like stars surround the North Star.&amp;quot; By comparing rulers to the North Star and people to the stars, Confucius emphasized the importance of moral governance. &lt;br /&gt;
How to rule by virtue? First of all, rulers should pay attention to their personal cultivation and develop good moral characters, so that they can set a good example for the public. Only when officials and common people obey the ruler sincerely, can a good social atmosphere be formed. Secondly, since Confucianism takes &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; as its core and calls for the rule of virtue, many people subconsciously believe that Confucianism denies the role of criminal law and that Confucian culture does not call for the rule of law. In fact, this is not the case. While Confucianism advocates the rule of virtue, it also emphasizes the supplementary role of rule of law. Confucius said, &amp;quot;Sages believe that national governance must combine the rule of virtue and law.&amp;quot; That is to say, if people are governed by systems and laws, they seek for impunity but lack of conscience; however, if they are guided by morality and etiquette, they will have a sense of right and wrong and will impose strict requirements on themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, we should clearly realize that, although Confucian culture is an excellent traditional culture in China, it was generated from the feudal society and its original intention was to maintain the feudal autocratic monarchy. Therefore, it inevitably has some drawbacks and limitations. Under this circumstance, we must analyse Confucian culture dialectically and explore the value of Confucian culture. At the same time, we should discard the bad habits and unfavorable factors left by it, so as to better carry forward our traditional culture and accelerate the construction of the rule of law in contemporary China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Confucius institute ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the improvement of China's international status and the increasingly extensive international exchanges, Chinese culture has won wider foreign attention and the world is more eager to learn and understand the Chinese culture. The Confucius Institute project, founded in 2004, emerges in response to the call of the times. Today, Confucius Institutes have spread throughout Asia, Africa, The Americas, Europe and Oceania. Fundamentally speaking, its is conducive to the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture since language is an important carrier of Chinese culture. It is of positive significance to the construction of China's national image, the promotion of China's international influence, the realization of wider international communication.&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of Confucius Institutes has fully demonstrated the needs and aspirations of people around the world to learn Chinese and learn more about China, but there are still some problems in this process. Today, countries are committed to spreading their own language and culture, so there is a fierce competition in international cultural promotion. In addition, the Confucius Institutes is struggling to achieve sustainable development. Internally, its development has been restricted by many factors, including the shortage of teachers and textbooks, the low quality and the lack of pertinence. At present, Confucius Institutes are prevalent all over the world, but the promotion strategy seeking for quantity and speed results in a serious shortage of teachers capable of teaching Chinese as a foreign language. According to statistics, there is a global shortage of at least five million TCSL teachers. Secondly, the lack of high-quality and localized teaching materials for Chinese has also become a bottleneck for the development of Confucius Institutes. The shortage of Chinese textbooks affects the depth of cultural communication of Confucius Institutes directly. Thirdly, Confucius Institutes are not capable of spreading the ideological depth of the Chinese culture. Although the textbooks are rich in content, they mainly focus on promoting folk culture by introducing Chinese food, tea and wine, traditional Chinese medicine and martial arts. Meanwhile, they rarely involve the ideological essence of traditional Chinese culture and the modern value of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The Confucius Institutes should fully explore the modern significance of Confucianism and cast the quintessence of Chinese culture, and strengthen the spread of the core idea of Chinese culture and its modern cultural value. The connotation of Chinese culture is very rich. What Confucius Institutes should spread is not all the contents of Chinese culture, but the contents with universal value that are different from other countries and represent the essence of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and expressions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒家Confucian school&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒学Confucianism&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒教Confucian religion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
兼爱 Universal love&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
恕、忠、孝、悌、勇forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仁、义、礼、智、信benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学而优则仕 A good scholar will make an official&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四书五经  the Four Books and Five Classics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天行健，君子当自强不息；地势坤，君子以厚德载物。As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下兴亡，匹夫有责 Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the central ideas of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the difference among Confucian school, Confucianism and Confucian religion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the relationship between Confucian school, Taoist school, Mohist school, Legalist school?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the Six Classical Arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you think of the ancient influence of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you think Confucian culture still has its contemporary values in China? And why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the current situation of the development of the Confucian institute?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ch'ien Chung-shu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ch'ien Chung-shu (1910-1998),a well-known scholar,writer,translator and literary researcher,was born into an education family in Wuxi,Jiangsu Province.In Chinese academic circles,Qian was ranked with Rao Zongyi,a master in academic circles,and both were called &amp;quot;South Rao and North Qian&amp;quot;.He was admitted to Tsinghua University in 1929 and got to know Yang Jiang in 1932.Qian became famous soon after the enrolment,not only for the 15 mark of his math exam,but for his excellent Chinese and English,among which he got a full mark in the English exam.Qian had an engagement with Yang the year after their acquaintance and went to study at Oxford University in England along with her.In 1937,he obtained the bachelor's degree from Oxford,and his daughter Qian Yuan was born the same year.He wrote a great many profound literary works in his lifetime.When it comes to Ch'ien Chung-shu,people would think of his representative work ''Fortress Besieged'',which was published in 1947.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a realistic satirical novel,''Fortress Besieged'' is known as &amp;quot;The New Scholars&amp;quot; in the 1940s.The novel is centralized on Fang Hongjian,who returned from studying abroad at the beginning of the War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression.It depicts the struggles in love,marriage,career and life of a group of intellectuals who were far away from the times and the people during the War of Resistance against Japanese Agression.It reveals their inner poverty,emptiness and lowliness,criticizes the dark reality of the Kuomintang-controlled areas,and reveals the crisis of modern civilization and the difficulties of modern life.In the preface of the book,Qian said that,&amp;quot;In this book I intended to write about a certain segment of society and a certain kind of people in modern China.In writing about these people,I didn’t forget they are human beings,still human beings with the basic nature of hairless,two-legged animals.&amp;quot;The novel is like an X-ray mirror that reveals the deformed characters and ugly souls of those &amp;quot;hairless and two-legged animals&amp;quot; and analyzes the cultural matrix which is responsible for the deformed characters and ugly souls of these &amp;quot;latest style&amp;quot; literati.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:19, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===相声 Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The History of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross talk, in the ancient time was known as onomatopoeia, originally refers to imitate other's voices, also known as neighboring cross talk. It was evolved and further developed from the folk music in North China, and integrated with imitating oral skills and other folk art forms. It is generally believed to be formed during the Emperor Xianfeng （1850—1861）and Emperor Tongzhi（1861—1874）period in Qing dynasty. It’s a folk vocal art that uses jokes or funny questioning and answering to make the audience laugh. In the early years of the Republic of China, cross talk gradually developed from one-person ventriloquism to stand-up one person talk, and the name changed to cross talk. Later, it gradually developed into stand-up cross talk, dual cross talk, and group cross talk. And become a veritable form of art. After years of development, dual cross talk has finally become the most popular form of cross talk among audiences.--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 06:33, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Famous Artists of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Go 围棋--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
The four most handsome men in ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Grottoes of China--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 08:23, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Civil Service Examination System'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Luo Weijia|Luo Weijia]] ([[User talk:Luo Weijia|talk]]) 08:27, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Forbidden City'''--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 08:30, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City (Chinese: 紫禁城; pinyin: Zǐjìnchéng) is a palace complex in Dongcheng District, Beijing, China, and with a total area of 720,000 square meters (180 acres). It lies in the center of Beijing's central axis. Today, the Forbidden City houses the Palace Museum, and was the former Chinese imperial palace and residence of the Emperor of China from the Ming dynasty (since the Yong Le Emperor) to the end of the Qing dynasty, between 1420 and 1924. The Forbidden City served as the home of Chinese emperors and their households and was the ceremonial and political center of the Chinese government.&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City is a national AAAAA tourist attraction and was listed as the first batch of key cultural relics under national protection in 1961. What’s more, it was declared a world cultural heritage in 1987, and listed by UNESCO as the largest collection of preserved ancient wooden structures in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Marriage Customs'''--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:24, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China is an ancient country of rites. When it comes to the most important thing  in one’s life---marriage, Chinese people have developed a set of unique and grand ceremonies. Generally speaking, weddings in ancient China need to be approved by parents and arranged by parents .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Six Procedures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are six etiquettes in the process from the negotiation to the completion of marriage, namely Na Cai, Wen Ming, Na Ji, Na Zheng, Qing Qi and the last step Qin Ying. Na Cai is the begining of all the marriage procedures. It refers that if a boy intends to marry a girl,firstly his family must invite a matchmaker to the girl's home to propose marriage. After obtaining the consent of the girl's family , the boy's family should entrust the matchmaker to make a proposal formally with some gifts. Usually, the most common gift is wild goose,which represents fidelity. Besides,mandarin ducks, phoenix and sheep are also frequently-used gifts. Wen Ming means that the boy's family ask the matchmaker to fetch the girl's name and date of birth. There are two purposes of this step: the one is to prevent the marriage of close relatives with the same surname; the other is to assure the compatibility of the potential bride and bridegroom through their “eight characters” of the birth moment. Naji happens after the matchmaker takes back the woman's name and eight characters. If divining an auspicious omen, the boy's family will inform it to the girl’s parents and decide to engage the marriage. What is more, Na Zheng is an important step when the boy sends betrothal presents to the girl and for courtesy the girl will send back part of the presents such as food and some clothes. Qing Qi means that the boy's family choose an auspicious day to hold the wedding ceremony and then dispatch the matchmaker to tell the girl’s family. Qin Ying is the last procedure of the six etiquettes, that is, the groom goes to the bride's home to take the bride to his home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Customs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the six steps mentioned above, there are many other customs in the traditional Chinese wedding ceremony. Generally speaking, ancient marriage was ordered by parents and matchmaker, many young people could not master their own marriage. Before wedding ceremony, men and women were not allowed to meet each other in that ancient people were very conservative and most girls were kept in boudoirs. If they met in private before marriage, it would be regarded as a kind of female infidelity and parents would also think it quite unlucky. As a result, newlyweds could only see each other until the day of marriage. On the wedding day, the boy’s family will hold a big banquet at home. Before setting out to pick up bride, the bridegroom should first worship his ancestors for the sake of safety and auspice during the process of picking up the bride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Topic: Chinese cinema (dramas and movies) and its popularity and affection in Vietnam'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Twelve Animals of the Chinese Zodiac''' --Ouyang Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Origin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Influence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
Green Tea--[[User:Peng Ruihong|Peng Ruihong]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruihong|talk]]) 08:20, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg|400px|thumb|left|Diagram.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Insert formula here&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Traditional clothing Phyo Su Kyi talk 5-11-202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 12:07, 3 December 2020 (UTC)==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional dance--[[User:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4]] ([[User talk:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|talk]]) 02:46, 12 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese  Traditional women clothing&lt;br /&gt;
1- History of Chinese clothing&lt;br /&gt;
 History of Chinese clothing China has many ethnic groups with a long history while Han people dominate most periods in history. For thousands of years, generations of clothing designers have devoted themselves to building the Kingdom of Clothes, making the garments that cover the human body into an important component of Chinese culture. The progress of nation can be seen through its changes in clothing styles.Clothing manufacture in China dates back to prehistoric times, at least 7,000 years ago. Archaeological findings of 18,000 year-old artifacts such as bone sewing needles and stone beads and shells with holes bored in them attest to the existence of ornamentation and of sewing extremely early in Chinese civilization.&lt;br /&gt;
A- Chinese Clothing during Qin and Han Dynasties (221 B.C - 220 A.D)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Qin and Han dynasties (221 B.C. - A.D. 220) witnessed the unification of territory as well as written language. Qin Shihuang, the First Emperor of the Qin Dynasty, established many social systems, including one for uniforms to distinguish people's ranks and social positions. China's complete code of costume and trappings was established in the Han Dynasty (206BC-220AD). The yarn-dyeing, embroidering and metal-processing technologies developed rapidly in the period, spurring changes in costume and adornments.&lt;br /&gt;
B-Chinese Clothing during Wei,Jin, South and North Dynasties(220-589)&lt;br /&gt;
 Chinese clothing experienced a rapid development during the Wei, Jin, and Southern and Northern dynasties (220-589). Before 265, the cultures and esthetic views of the peoples in north and south China merged because of the moves initiated by frequent wars. Many philosophical schools of thought influenced both people's lives and the conceptions of clothing design.&lt;br /&gt;
C- Chinese Clothing during Tang Dynasty(618-907)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Tang Dynasty (618-907) wrote the most brilliant page in the history of Chinese clothing. People's clothes were more varied than before because the state was more open to the outside world and people became more cosmopolitan in their thinking. The clothes for women could be called fashionable because they changed rapidly and were showy. Once only a new style came out, many people would be willing to take it.&lt;br /&gt;
D-Chinese Clothing during Song, Yuan, Ming Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
 Casual wear appeared during the Song Dynasty (960-1279), and clothes were simple and elegant.During the Yuan Dynasty (1206-1368), the Mongolian ethnic group, known as the People on Horseback, was in power. The style of clothing was mainly a combination of Mongolian and Han. Clothes were luxurious for upper class yet simple and unadorned in design.Dramatic changes took place during the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644). A new conception came into being in clothing design, with no limitation to one style and advocating natural beauty, thus bringing vigor and vitality to the clothing culture.&lt;br /&gt;
E- Chinese Clothing during Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
 During the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911), clothes became elegant, poised, and glorious. During the 200 years of the Qing Empire, the entire world witnessed dramatic changes such as the Renaissance in Italy and Columbus's discovery of the Americas, but the changes did not affect traditional Chinese clothing because China had a closed-door policy. People still wore clothes showing rank and lifestyle. The retreat from outside cultures has left a precious heritage for traditional Chinese clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
F-Chinese Clothing from 1930s till Modern Era&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese clothing from 1930s till now, Qipao has become into fashion since then. During 1930s to 1940s, dress is further westernized, tailored to flatter body shape. During 1940s to 1960s, Qipao(Cheongsam) survives as everyday wear in Hong Kong until the late 1960s. &lt;br /&gt;
Vocabulary &lt;br /&gt;
Questions &lt;br /&gt;
References.--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 17:37, 25 November 2020 (UTC)Phyo Su Kyi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese wine culture--[[User:Qu Miao|Qu Miao]] ([[User talk:Qu Miao|talk]]) 08:28, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH) is a high-speed rail service operated by the China Railway.  The introduction of the CRH series was an important part of the 6th National Rail Acceleration, which took place on April 18, 2007.  By the end of 2018, China Railway High Speed ​​served all provinces in China except Taiwan and covered over 29,000 km.  (18,000 miles) the length of passenger routes, which make up about two-thirds of the world's high-speed rail routes served by commercial enterprises.  It is the most widely used rail transport in the world, with 1.713 billion flights in 2017, bringing the total cumulative number of flights to 7 billion.  More than 1000 sets of rolling stock are operated under the CRH brand, including the Hexie CRH1 / 2A / 5, which are rated for a top speed of 250 km / h (160 mph), and the CRH2C / 3 has a top speed of 350 km / h. (  220 mph).  The in-house developed CRH380A has a maximum test speed of 416.6 km / h (258.9 mph) at a commercial speed of 350 km / h.The fastest CRH380BL train reaches a maximum test speed of 487.3 km / h (302.8 mph)  ).  In 2017, China Standardized EMU brand, including CR400AF / BF and CR200J, joined China Railway High Speed ​​and is designated Fuxing along with the letters CR (China Railway).  With gradual planning, the CR brand will replace the existing CRH brand in service.  Depending on the speed, there are 3 categories of high-speed trains: G, D and C (G and some C are the fastest at 350 km / h, D at 250 km / h and C at 200 km / h).                                    &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail network.        &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail services were first introduced in 2007 on CRH rolling stock.  They operate on existing lines that have been upgraded to speeds of up to 250 km / h (160 mph), and on newer dedicated high-speed routes rated up to 350 km / h (220 mph).                                              &lt;br /&gt;
CRH service on dedicated high-speed lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
My topic: The Chinese language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Putonghua and Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Ancient Chinese and Mordern Chinese &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Idiomatic phrase -Idioms common sayings,and allegorical sayings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 language policy.--[[User:Sagara Seydou 3|Sagara Seydou 3]] ([[User talk:Sagara Seydou 3|talk]]) 02:24, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Talented Women of Ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
(中国古代四大才女)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Cai Wenji 蔡文姬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Zhuo Wenjun 卓文君&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Qingzhao 李清照&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Ban Zhao 班昭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient and Contemporary Ways of Contacting--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 13:27, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sending Messages with Pigeons&lt;br /&gt;
Sending messages ith pigeons is a way of communicating with people in the ancient times. If you want to send letters, you should tie them to the feet of the pigeons and pass them on to the person to the receiver. As it is not convenient to communicate with people, so clever people take advantage of pigeons which fly fast and can recognize the directions. They trained pigeons and improved the speed of delivery. Generally speaking, the birds themselves will find their way home, just as the weary birds returning to their nests. For example, I live near to my friends. Later, when I have to go somewhere else, I will leave my hometown with my pigeons. One day when I have to contact my friend, I would put a note in the the special case, which is tied to the foot of the pigeon. And then I would release the pigeon, which would fly to my hometown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons are not only very sensitive to the Earth’s magnetic field, but also are particularly homesick, which are their innate strengths. But to be a carrier pigeon, it’s all about training. The basic purpose of raising carrier pigeons is releasing, competing and using. In order to obtain the ideal carrier pigeon, apart from careful breeding and scientific breeding management, the most important thing is training. All the three steps complement each other. The basic principle of training is based on the biological and physiological characteristics of carrier pigeons and the “Classical conditioning” principle. The basic aim of the training is to train, exercise and improve the quality of pigeons, to give full play to their inherent biological characteristics and strengths. The basic contents of training generally include: basic training, release training, competing training, adaptation training and application training. Training should start from young pigeons, from simple tasks to complex ones, from short distance to long distance, from day to night, from basic training to professional training. In  short, training should start from easy to difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Paper Letters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A letter is a document which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person. The Chinese character “xin” (letter) means messages in ancient Chinese. Also, it means that the messages are credible. In giving oral messages and writing letters delivered by postmen which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person, one has to have the following abilities. First, he has the ability to tell the whole story in words and express his thoughts and feelings. Two, he has writing tools. Three, he has a postman to help him deliver messages. Writing letters in person to relatives and friends can not only convey one’s thoughts and feelings, but also give the recipient a feeling of “talking to each other face to face” . With the growth of technology, telephone, telegraph, mail tapes, video tapes, e-mail and other means of communication information came. With the development of society, the relationship between people and society is being reconstructed. Apart from  its traditional function, that is, official correspondence and private correspondence, letters are used for a new purpose. There is a surge in letters which are sent to governments, entrepreneurs, famous scholars for private purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.E-mails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five famous mountains.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 08:00, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mount Song&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Mount Tai &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Mount Hua &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Education===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient education was one of the most splendid components of ancient Chinese culture. Chinese education had a long history dating from the Xia, Shang and Zhou dynasties 3000/4000 years ago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shang Dynasty (16th-11th century BC), formal schools emerged with the names like “Xiao” (school)，“Xue”(study) and “Daxue”(higher school). Teachers then were all government officials and students were all children of the nobility, so that was the earliest “Guan Xue”(Government School/Education).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Education became more popular by the Spring Autumn/Warring States period. Confucius became the earliest founder for “Private Education”. This type of private school education is often known as “Si Xue” (private institution).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Han till Qing Dynasty, the formation of government institution had been well-established. All the teaching materials and educational training were geared towards the preparation for Imperial examination. After receiving a title in the Imperial examination, one might receive a post in the state bureaucracy. At the same time, private schools were also developing. Most of the famous philosophers and scientists were originated from private schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from schooling, “Family education” began to play an important role. Many of the famous historical figures grew up under the education and strict ‘teaching’ by their parents or other senior family members, and they studied hard in order to become successful. For instance, it was well documented that Mencius’s mother had moved three times with her son before she eventually found a proper neighborhood for the son’s education. After the Han dynasty, because of the increased status of Confucianism and its influence, the teaching of “poetry and rites” became the basic content for family education. Loyalty, Filial Piety, Benevolence and Righteousness were core values taught in family education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, there was another form of education system known as “Xue Shu Jiao Yu”. This belongs to neither an institute education nor a family education. These are generally “primary school for the folks”. Sometimes, they were called “Meng Guan”(primary education hall), “Si Shu ” (private school), “Zu Xue” (extended family school) , etc. Most students will first learn how to read characters, then they will learn The Three Character Classic ”, The Hundred Family Surnames, The Thousand Character Classic. Then they will learn the “Four Books”.  In addition, they will also learn Chinese calligraphy and character pairing. In this type of school, the rules and regulations are especiallystrict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other methods such as Shuyuan and Guozijian, etc. They all formed a unique way of knowledge teaching and became important system for the development on “study of knowledge”, “teaching method”, etc. All of these formed the basis for today's Chinese education.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Confucian Educational Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The historical importance of education in Chinese culture is derived from the teachings of Confucius. The connection between Confucius and the official Chinese educational system thus became permanently linked right into the present time. Confucius broke the rule of “Xue Zai Guan Fu”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(learning at the government hall. He encouraged “learning for all hierarchical levels and for all ages”, and opened the door of education to the commoners. He established his own school and started to spread his teaching, thoughts and views. He became the earliest founder for “Private Education”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, whether they were government or private school, they all placed a great emphasis on humanities and cultural education, which focused on the teaching of morality and the development of wisdom. It covered philosophy, language, literature and other cultural subjects. The curriculum at the Great Academy was based on the Confucian Five Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius taught his students morality, proper speech, government, and the refined arts. While he also emphasized the “Six Arts” — ritual, music, archery , chariot- riding , calligraphy , and computation — it is clear that he regarded morality as the most important subject. Confucius had been regarded as the pioneer founder of family education. According to The Analects of Confucius, Confucius wanted his son to learn both poetry and rites. He said, “if one does not learn poetry, one will not be able to talk properly”, “if one does not learn rites, one will never be well footed in the society.” Other than placing a strong emphasis on morality education, Chinese education also emphasized greatly on learning/teaching method and principles. Below are some common Confucian educational philosophies:&lt;br /&gt;
Revise the old in order to deduce new things.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning and Thinking are equally important. &lt;br /&gt;
Learn in a systematic and progressive way, from a beginner’s level to the advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration and Guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Teach according to students’ ability; use appropriate materials for teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s goal was to create gentlemen who carry themselves with grace, speak correctly, and demonstrate integrity in all things.	The long The Master said in The Analects that:&lt;br /&gt;
“Is it not delightful to acquire knowledge and put it into practice from time to time？“Learning without thought is labor lost; thought without learning is perilous.” &lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s main educational thoughts were to teach students according to their aptitude, to treat students equally and to inspire thinking. His pedagogical methods were striking. He posed questions, cited passages from the classics, or used apt analogies, and waited for his students to arrive at the right answers. He said, “I only instruct the eager and enlighten the fervent. If I hold up one corner and a student cannot come back to me with the other three, I do not go on with the lesson.” The status of education remained high in Confucian heritage cultures in East Asia. Beyond that, translations of Confucian texts influenced European thinkers of the period as well, particularly among the philosophical groups of the Enlightenment who were interested by the integration of the system of morality of Confucius into Western civilization. The French philosopher Voltaire was also influenced by Confucius, seeing the concept of Confucian rationalism as an alternative to Christian dogma. He praised Confucian ethics and politics, portraying China as a model for Europe.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Imperial Examination'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese Imperial Examination was an examination system in Imperial China designed to select talented people for future positions in civil service. This system had a huge influence on both society and culture in Imperial China.  It was established in 605 during the Sui Dynasty and lasted more than 1,300 years until the last examination in 1904 when the last Chinese feudal kingdom—the Qing Dynasty—was coming to an end. Somehow the modern examination system for selecting civil service staff also indirectly evolved from the imperial one. It was part of the process by which candidates who passed the exams could receive a title called jinshi, or some other degree, which in turn would generally be followed by appointments to government offices. The first three of Jinshi were ranked Zhuangyuan, Bangyan and Tanhua respectively. The examinations consisted of a battery of tests administered at the district, provincial, and imperial levels. Only three-hundred candidates could pass the imperial examinations, which would be supervised by the Emperor himself. Candidate scholars often took the examinations several times before earning a degree. Each exam taker spent three days and two nights writing “eight-legged essays” — literary compositions with eight distinct sections — in a tiny room with a makeshift bed, a desk, and a bench. There were no interruptions in those three days, nor were candidates’ allowed any communication. Since the pressure to succeed was intense, cheating and corruption were rampant. In order to obtain objectivity in evaluation, candidates were identified by number rather than name, and examination answers were recopied by a third person before being evaluated to prevent the candidate’s handwriting from being recognized. In the ancient society, class consciousness was strong and many people from lower classes would have had little chance to reach high office, not to mention having any position in the official court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, once the imperial examination system was introduced, any male adult in China, regardless of his wealth or social status, could become a high-ranking government official by passing the imperial examination and thus realize their self-development. In this sense, passing the imperial examination was also called “carps jumping across the dragon’s gate” . The dragon had always been regarded as the symbol of mighty power and especially that of the rights exercised by the emperor, consequently the success of examination candidates was proudly called “jumping across the dragon’s gate.” In late imperial China, the examination system and associated methods of recruitment to the central bureaucracy were major mechanisms by which the central government captured and held the loyalty of local-level elites.The examination system also served to maintain cultural  unity and  consensus  on basic  values. The uniformity of  the  content  of  the examinations meant that the local elites and ambitious would-be members of those elites across China were taught with the same values. Despite the significant effect of promoting Confucian culture and education, it also influenced education systems in many other countries like Korea, Japan, and Vietnam, and similarities can be found in the personnel selection methods employed in France, America and Britain. Today’s education system is surely its successor.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three Giant Home Appliance Enterprises In China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Midea===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea is a technology group of consumer electronics, HVAC, robotics and automation systems, and smart supply chain (logistics).Founded in Shunde, China in 1968, Midea officially entered the household appliance industry in 1980. In 1981, Midea registered its brand. The group employs a total of 130000 people, whose headquarter is locate in Shunde, Guangdong Province. Midea Group has about 200 subsidiaries, more than 60 overseas branches and 10 strategic business units worldwide, and is the main shareholder of KUKA group (about 95%) in Germany . Midea now has more than ten brands such as Midea and Little Swan. and has 15 and 6 production bases separately home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Business operation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's diversified development strategy can reflect its wide range of business : consumer electrical appliances mainly including kitchen appliances, refrigerators, washing machines and all kinds of small household appliances; HVAC business focusing on heating and ventilation systems such as household air conditioning and central air conditioning; robot and industrial automation system business with German KUKA group and Midea robot company as the core.Up to July 2020, Midea ranked 22nd in the list of China's Top 100 Most Valuable Brands in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Corporate culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, enterprises seems like a person. Generally speaking, the style and personality of an enterprise are greatly affected by the values and behavior styles of enterprise leaders. Enterprise style and characters can determine the fate and future itself. Midea focus on sound operation. If Haier and Gree went to two &amp;quot;extremes&amp;quot;, Midea would choose the &amp;quot;middle road&amp;quot;, which is neither extreme left nor right. It will not suddenly break the original management framework and organizational structure,which, otherwise, would place the enterprise in high risk. Midea Group’s New Vision, mission,values and business principles are not only rooted in the achievements of historical accumulation, but also the strategic blueprint for the future. The New Vision,“the perfection of science and technology lead to the perfection of life”, continues the Midea’s emphasis on science and technology and human-oriented spirit; The new mission,“connecting people and things, enlightening the world of Midea” reflects its strategic thinking on the development trend of technology, industrial chain and global layout, and makes the linkage between people and things in different scenes more advanced, thus stimulating the leapfrog development of people’s lives and production; Through the value“dare to know the future”, Midea could continue carrying forward its spirits of future orientation and embracing changes. From a New Vision, mission, values, the United States of intelligent manufacturing, intelligent life, and the way to give back to society, but also a deeper level of exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(1)Diversified product strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the light of the wide range of its business, we can see that Midea is actively promoting diversified development: in the area of air-conditioning, Midea，since 1998，has made a series of acquisitions and mergers, expanding its air-conditioning capacity and entering the field of air-conditioning compressors. Moreover, it has produced the core components of air conditioning, increased research and development and cooperation in air conditioning, then begun to produce the core components of air conditioning compressor, increased research and development in the core components; as for small household appliances, since 2001, Midea has mastered the core components of microwave oven and become one of the three largest production bases in the world. Subsequently, the Group has reorganized the small appliance business under direct control and developed professionally on the basis of diversification ; diversification has the advantage of spreading risk, that is the theory of “don’t put all your eggs in one basket” , and its disadvantage lies in the difficulty for firms to concentrate and, relatively speaking, to establish absolute competitive advantage in one or more specific areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(2)&amp;quot;Intensive Growth + Extensive Expansion&amp;quot; business strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's business strategy can be described as &amp;quot;two-pronged approach&amp;quot;. On the one hand, Midea relies on its own enterprise strength to continuously optimize the performance of its core products and has made earnest efforts to improve the quality of its core products. On the other hand, through a series of acquisitions and mergers on home appliance brand，Midea has furthered its market penetration, and enhanced the market share, expanded the user group, leading to its accomplishment of “Extension Expansion” strategy. In fact, the strategy is not limited to mergers and acquisitions, but also includes the continuous paces into new industrial fields. Midea is building its own &amp;quot;Second Runway&amp;quot;, that is “New Product Incubation Platform”, which is not limited to the field of home appliances. As long as meeting Midea's standards for &amp;quot;innovative products&amp;quot;, any products can enter the incubation platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development prospect'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（1)Home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, affected by the COVID-19, the rising leverage ratio of the residential sector, the rising food prices, as well as the continuing low marriage and birth rates, the pace of further expansion of the household appliance market has been hindered. As one of the three giants in China's home appliance market, Midea is naturally deeply aware of the weakness of the home appliance market, which is reflected specifically in the decline of market demand for color TV sets, air conditioners, kitchen appliances and household appliances. Midea will unswervingly increase R&amp;amp;D investment, maintain high-quality development direction, and adhere to inclusive growth and sustained and effective growth. Midea has further expanded its online market scale which has continuously diverted offline market scale. It has been developing an integrated sales channel with both online and offline, which has been promoted orderly on Suning, Gome, Jingdong, Tmall and other platforms. Facing the domestic market, Midea has been consolidated its basic system and established a unified business language and rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（2)Abroad'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, the global trade friction continues to escalate, tariff barriers increases Midea’s risk of overseas market expansion, and the exchange rate between countries continues fluctuating. All of these factors mentioned above has increased Midea’s risk to engage in product export and  to exchange loss. Facing the overseas market, Midea will adhere to the consumer-oriented and product-leading strategy, give full play to its network advantages in global R&amp;amp;D and user research, grasp the differentiated needs of foreign consumer groups, improve the construction of multi-brand operation system, leading to further open-up of the foreign market and the improvement of market share.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
HVAC  暖通空调	 Shunde	（广东）顺德&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smart supply chain  智能供应链	Diversification	 n. 多样化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsidiary  n. 子公司	Intensive Growth  内生式增长&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Household appliance  家用电器	leverage ratio 	杠杆率&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diversified	adj. 多元化的	Second Runway	第二跑道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Intelligent manufacturing  智能制造	R&amp;amp;D  研发&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
air conditioning compressor  空调压缩机	 Tmall 	天猫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tariff barrier	贸易壁垒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions	'''&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
1.Why does Midea implement diversified development strategy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why corporate culture can determine its future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.what development strategy does Midea adopt?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How will Midea deal with the weakness of home appliance market?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How does Midea differ from Haier and Gree in terms of its style?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Haier===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Gree===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
===National Flag of the People’s Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
===A  A brief introduction of National Flag of the People's Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, the symbol of the country. Zeng Liansong is the designer of the national flag. Red and rectangular, its length and height are three to two. Five yellow five pointed stars are decorated on the top left of the flag. One star is larger, and its circumscribed circle diameter is three tenths of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is one tenth of the flag height, and the ring is arched to the right of the big star.&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China began to solicit the design of the national flag from July 14 to August 15, 1949. On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 (3012) national flag designs. On September 27, 1949, deputies to the first plenary session of the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) passed a motion to use the five-star red flag as the national flag. On October 1, 1949, the first national flag was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. The five pointed stars are used in yellow to show light on the red ground. Each of the four small five pointed stars faces the center of the big star, indicating unity around a center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B  Establishment process===&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Solicit comments from the public===&lt;br /&gt;
On June 15, 1949, the Preparatory Committee for the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was formally established in Peiping, shortly after Liberation. The preparatory work undertaken by this committee included the important task of formulating the national flag of new China, and designated the sixth group of the Preparatory Committee to be responsible for it.&lt;br /&gt;
On 4 July 1949, the sixth group held its first meeting. The meeting decided to publish newspapers to solicit the patterns of the national flag and the national emblem, and to set up a selection committee for the national flag and the national emblem pattern and the national lyrics score. In addition to the group members participating in the selection, Xu Beihong, Liang Sicheng, Ai Qing and other experts were invited to participate.&lt;br /&gt;
From July 14 to August 15, 1949, people's daily, Jiefang Daily, Xinhua daily and other newspapers and periodicals published the notice of the preparatory meeting of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference asking for the design of the national flag. The news of asking for the design of the national flag quickly spread to the whole country and overseas. Many people in their spare time, spread out the paper and began the design work. They carefully designed and drew one pattern after another with their own characteristics, marked with detailed instructions, and sent them to Beijing. They regard the design and drawing of the national flag as a glorious and noble thing to pour their boundless love for new China.&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Collect drafts from all walks of life===&lt;br /&gt;
On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 pieces of national flag patterns. Guo Moruo, Chen Jiageng and other members of the preparatory committee also submitted their sample designs. These designs were displayed in the temporary reading room. The selection committee selected 38 draft plans from them and incorporated them into the reference materials for the design of the national flag and submitted them to the newly established Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference for discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Pass a resolution===&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the national flag of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was approved in the 32nd session of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference. In the pattern of five-star red flag before this, there are sickles and axes in the big stars. Before the adoption of the resolution, the national flag and national emblem review group made partial modifications to the design pattern, and made a unified explanation on the significance of the national flag pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 27, 1949, the resolution on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China, adopted at the first plenary session of the CPPCC National Committee, stipulates in the fourth point that &amp;quot;it is unanimously adopted: the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red earth flag, which symbolizes the great unity of the revolutionary people of China.&amp;quot; The resolution of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China and the measures for flag making adopted by the presidium of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference stipulate that the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, which is rectangular, and symbolizes revolution. Its length and height are three to two, and five yellow five pointed stars are on the top left of the flag, symbolizing the revolutionary unity under the leadership of the Communist Party of China The star symbolizes red with yellow, and the earth is bright. One star is larger, its circumscribed circle diameter is 3 / 10 of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is 1 / 10 of the flag height, and they are circled on the right side of the big star, and each has an angle point facing the center of the big star, which expresses the aspiration of hundreds of millions of people to the great Communist Party of China, just like the northern star. The flagpole cover is white to distinguish it from the red flag.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 29, 1949, the people's Daily published the pattern of the new national flag and the explanation of its making method, which were provided to all walks of life for making and using.&lt;br /&gt;
On October 1, 1949, the first national flag of the people's Republic of China was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C  Symbolism of the flag===&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. Yellow is used to show light on the red ground. Yellow is brighter and more beautiful than white. Each of the four small Pentagram stars has a point facing the center of the big star, which means that they are united around a center and are compact and beautiful in form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Four New Inventions===&lt;br /&gt;
Most people must have known about China's Four Inventions: gunpowder, paper-making, compass, and printing. Those represented how wise the Chinese was and how brilliant history China had. Today, China still holds the places and influence in technology and inventions. In May,2017, teenagers from 20 nations along the Belt and Road selected China's four new inventions: high speed railway, QR code payment, sharing bikes and online shopping. Though these new inventions are not first invented by China, but it is China that makes full use of them, and introduces them to the rest of the world. The four new inventions bring incredible changes and convenience into people's life. China, at the same time, makes contributions to the development of the human beings. World's future will be bright and prosper due to more technologies and inventions such as China's Four New Inventions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. High-speed railway ===&lt;br /&gt;
High-speed railway is a railway system with advanced design and high-speed rails run on it. The world's first official high-speed rail system is the Tokaido Shinkansen line and it goes into public in 1964, connecting the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka. The high speed railway has promoted the rapid development of Japan. Its designed speed is 200km/h, which then becomes the initial speed standard of high-speed rail. Later, with the advancement of technology, the speed of trains became faster. Different countries have different definitions of high-speed railways in different eras. According to statistics, the length of high-speed railways in operation in China has reached to more than 6,800 kilometers. China has become the country with the most comprehensive high-speed railway system technology, the strongest integration capability, the longest operating mileage, the highest operating speed, and the largest scale of construction in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. High-speed railways are very smooth to keep safety and comfort. High-speed railways are all seamless steel tracks, and high-speed railways with a speed of more than 300 kilometers per hour use ballastless tracks, that is, a monolithic track bed without stones to maintain smoothness.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The high-speed railway has few bends, as the bend is of long radius, and the turnouts are all moveable high-speed turnouts.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Use a large number of viaducts and tunnels to ensure ride comfort and shorten the distance.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The catenary of the high-speed railway, that is, the suspension of the wires on the top of the train, is also different from that of ordinary railways to keep stability and durability of the high-speed EMUs.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The signal control system of high-speed railways is higher than that of ordinary railways, because of the frequent departure and high speed of rails, it should be of high safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Merits'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Large passenger capacity. Generally, high speed rails can accommodate 600 people. Compared to other public tools such as bus, boat or airplane, high speed rails have more seats.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Less time-consuming. In addition to the maximum operating speed, passengers are more concerned about travel time. High speed rails will not operate in late night, so passengers can get off the rails almost in daytime, thus to finish their business or other private matters which helps save a lot of time.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Good safety. Due to the automatic operation of high-speed rails in a fully enclosed environment and a series of complete safety guarantee systems, thus no other transportation means can be matched with it. Since the advent of high-speed railway 35 years ago, Japan, Germany, and France have already transported 5 billion passengers. Although there have been major traffic accidents on high-speed railways, the accident rate is much lower than that of civil aviation and is almost negligible. It is still the safest transportation system.&lt;br /&gt;
4. High punctuality. All high-speed railways adopt automatic control and can operate around the clock unless there is an earthquake.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Comfortable and convenient. High speed rails have spacious and comfortable seats, stable operation, shock absorption, sound insulation, and quiet environment. &lt;br /&gt;
6. Low energy consumption. High-speed trains use electric traction, do not consume precious petroleum and other liquid fuels, and use various forms of energy, which is not a wasteful transportation mean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High speed railways高速铁路  the Tokaido Shinkansen line东海道新干线&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka.日本三大都市圈: 东京、名古屋和大阪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
integration capability整合能力  operating mileage运营里程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seamless steel tracks无缝钢轨  ballastless track无砟轨道 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a monolithic track bed整体式道床  moveable high-speed turnouts.可动心高速道岔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
viaducts and tunnels高架桥梁和隧道  high-speed EMUs.高速动车组&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shock absorption and sound insulation减震隔音  petroleum and other liquid fuels石油等液体燃料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Where does the first high speed railway come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the name of the first high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What is the advantages of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What are the features of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which transportation carries more passengers, high speed rails or trains?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. From Changsha to Shanghai, which transportation means will you choose?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. QR code payment===&lt;br /&gt;
The QR code payment model is based on the concept of mobile payment, and the first batch of payments made by mobile devices occurred in Finland in 1997. Finnish local media reported that Finland Telecom has enabled the service of operating jukeboxes and beverage vending machines by dialing a pay phone number. This service allows you to buy Coca-Cola at Helsinki Airport. The QR code, also known as &amp;quot;two-dimensional code&amp;quot; was invented in 1994 by the Japanese company DW.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of QR code payment methods in China is not occasionally. It  is mainly related to the rapid development of  IT technology and the rapid advancement of e-commerce. The maturity of IT technology has promoted the birth of mobile terminals such as smart phones and tablet computers, which makes people's mobile life more colorful. At the same time, domestic e-commerce is also closely related to &amp;quot;mobile&amp;quot;, especially the development of O2O. With a large number of mobile devices and a large amount of mobile consumption, payment costs have become particularly critical. Therefore, QR code payment solutions came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Characteristics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of 2010, QR codes and related technologies were widely circulated on the Internet, marking the beginning of the widespread popularity of QR codes in China. The popularity of any thing must have its reasons, and so is QR code payment. &lt;br /&gt;
1. Mature technology&lt;br /&gt;
QR  code payment already has mature technical means in developed areas abroad, which has laid the foundation for the development of domestic QR code technology, and it is believed that it will quickly become popular.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy to use&lt;br /&gt;
After the user installs the QR code recognition software, the transaction can be completed by simply swiping the place where the QR code is posted.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Convenient payment&lt;br /&gt;
With the QR code payment method, merchants do not have to bear high cost payments such as cash on delivery, and consumers can also make real-time payments anytime, anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Lower cost&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the maturity of technology and the popularization of mobile devices, the cost of QR code payment has become very low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QR code (Quick Response code)快速反应码   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finland芬兰  Telecom电信&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jukebox点唱机   beverage vending machine饮料自动售货机 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Helsinki Airport赫尔辛基机场 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What advanced the birth of QR code?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did the QR code become popular in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In which way can customers bear lower payment?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Why does QR code cost lower?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. When was the QR code invented?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Sharied bikes===&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 1965, the Municipal Government of Amsterdam in the Netherlands proposed the &amp;quot;White Plan&amp;quot;. According to the plan, the government purchased 50 bicycles and painted them with white paint as a sign and scattered them around the city for people to use. This was the earliest in the world. The unmanned shared bicycle system is invented by the Netherlands. In 2007, France also had free cycling, and it was only later that China became popular and innovative models developed and promoted overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By providing services on campuses, subway stations, bus stations, residential areas, commercial districts, public service areas, etc., bicycle-sharing (bicycle) companies complete the ”last mile“ in the transportation industry and drive residents' enthusiasm for using other public transportation. Produce synergy with other public transportation methods.  Shared bicycles are a time-sharing lease model and a new type of green and environmentally friendly sharing economy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's bike-sharing market has gone through three stages of development. The first phase is from 2007 to 2010. The public bicycle model that has emerged from abroad is introduced into the country, and the government will lead the management in different cities, mostly with piled bicycles. 2010-2014 is the second stage. Companies specializing in the bicycle market began to appear, but public bicycles are still dominated by piled bicycles. The third phase is from 2014 to 2018. With the rapid development of the mobile Internet, Internet shared bicycles led by Mobike came into being, and more convenient dockless bicycles began to replace docked bicycles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amsterdam阿姆斯特丹  the unmanned shared bicycle system 无人管理的共享单车系统&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
free cycling 单车自由行 residential areas 居民区 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
last mile ”最后一公里“  green and environmentally friendly economy 绿色和环境友好型经济&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the first phase第一阶段 dockless bicycles无桩单车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which country invented the shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the main purpose for the invention of shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many phases at present have the shared bikes experienced?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How's the prospect of the shared bikes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Online shopping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Domestic Mobile Phones===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Huawei===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the Chinese phone manufacturers, Huawei is probably the name that needs no introduction. It's the world's second largest smartphone company, and it's at the center of an international battle for technological dominance between Beijing and Washington. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1987, Huawei is a leading global provider of information and communications technology (ICT) infrastructure and smart devices. It has more than 194,000 employees, and operate in more than 170 countries and regions, serving more than three billion people around the world. Huawei is a private company wholly owned by its employees. No government agency or outside organization holds shares in Huawei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their vision and mission is to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world. The benefits of digital technology shouldn't just be available to those who can afford it. Huawei's mission is to expand the benefits of technology to everyone, everywhere. To achieve this, they've developed a digital inclusion strategy that focuses on three areas: technology, applications, and skills. For example, three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei are 5G, Huawei cloud and Huawei AI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei is continuing to focus on research and innovation to seize the opportunities and address the challenges of the future intelligent world.  There are many innovations and inventions of Huawei to drive the industry forward, including advanced wireless networks, optical networks, intelligent O&amp;amp;M, AI computing, smartphone camera, media CODEC standards, software, trustworthiness and so on. Today, Huawei have entered the 5G ear and embarked on 6G research. It is exploring new directions for 6G. To this end, they began research into the basic theories of 6G and initiated extensive open collaboration projects with other industry players and pushed the industry to build a consensus on 6G.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Staying customer-centric and creating value for customers&amp;quot; are the company's common values. The company has a well-developed internal governance structure, under which all governance bodies have clear and focused authority and responsibility, but operate under checks and balances. This creates a closed cycle of authority and achieves rational and cyclical succession of authority, so as to drive the facilitation and implementation of the company's common values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg|650px|thumb|middle|Diagram of Huawei Corporate Governance. Click [https://www-file.huawei.com/-/media/corporate/images/about-huawei/2020/corporate-governance-structure-18en.png?la=en-us/File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once virtually unknown to most Americans, the telecommunications giant was splashed across newspapers when top executive (and daughter of the company's founder) Meng Wangzhou was arrested in Canada for an alleged violation of US sanctions with Iran. Since then, the Chinese telecom has regularly made international headlines, especially since the US Commerce Department banned American companies from doing business with Huawei without first obtaining a license. &lt;br /&gt;
For Huawei, that meant it could lose access to crucial technological parts including semiconductors, which are key components used in its base stations and phones. It also meant Huawei's handsets were cut off from the full power of Google's Android operating system, along with several popular apps including the Google Play store, Gmail, Google Maps and apps that rely on Google like Uber and eBay. At its launch in September, the Mate 30 was Huawei's first major phone to launch without Google's proprietary apps. Despite US efforts to constrain Huawei, the company reported first-half earnings this month showing revenue grew more than 13% from a year ago to around $65 billion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expression===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei cloud	华为云	            Intelligent Collaboration	  协同管理技术&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
optical networks	光纤网络	                 Carrier Network	承载网络&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intelligent O&amp;amp;M	智能委托运营	                  the Kunpeng 920	鲲鹏920&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI computing	人工智能计算	                     AppGallery 	华为应用程序库&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
information and communications technology (ICT)  信息与通讯技术             	Media CODEC standards	编解码标准&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.When is Huawei founded?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many countries and regions does Huawei operate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do government agency and outside organization hold shares if Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the vision and mission of Huawei? And what do they do to achieve this mission?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the innovations and inventions of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the company’s common values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What makes that the telecommunications giant frequently was mentioned across newspapers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Which phone is the first major phone launched without Google’s proprietary apps?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. What’s your opinion towards these two issues mentioned above? Will these hinder the development of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Xiaomi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Vivo &amp;amp; OPPO===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 07:24, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Brief introduction of Chines dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words topolect and hibernation, all comes from Yangxiong (53-18), &amp;quot;Interpretation of Foreign Dialects: Light Xuan“in the Han dynasty. &amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot; refers to different meanings in different groups, according to the Chinese , &amp;quot;dialect &amp;quot; is both a political concept and a linguistic one, and it is also known as &amp;quot;Vernacular &amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;Accent&amp;quot;, refers to the difference in the language standard of a certain region, such as relationship between relatives regardless of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot;,however, is a linguistic concept in Europe, subordinating under the concept of&amp;quot;language&amp;quot; at the beginning of the eighteenth century. Based on the relationship between the language (pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar),it is divided into family, group, branch and language.Considering the special national situation of China, The translation of &amp;quot;Chinese dialects&amp;quot; into English is &amp;quot;Varieties of Chinese&amp;quot;.According to the European , dialect is a language that differs from the standarded language and is spoken in only one certain region. &lt;br /&gt;
China enjoys a vast field and a long history. In the process of historical development, different divisions and unification inevitably occurred in the society, which led to the gradual emergence of diverse and complex dialects system in Chinese. There are many factors contributing to the evolution of dialect, including social, historical and geographical factors, as well as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
According to the dialects, Chinese is divided into two categories: the official dialects and the nine local dialects. Official dialects ,namely modern Chinese, are not independent dialects, because they are very similar in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar to the common language. Other regional dialects differ greatly in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar, thus forming their own dialect systems. The official dialects include northeast Mandarin, Beijing mandarin, Ji Lu mandarin, Jiao-Liao mandarin, Central Plains mandarin, Lan-Yin mandarin, Southwest Mandarin and Jianghuai mandarin. The nine local dialects include Wu dialect, Cantonese, Fujian dialect, Hunan dialect, Hakka, Gan dialect, Hui dialect, Jin dialect and Pinghua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Hunan dialect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiangyu , also known as xiang dialect or Hunan dialect, belongs to the sino-tibetan  language, and is the main language used by the hunan people who live in xiangjiang river basin and its branches. Xiangyu is divided into two categories: new Xiangyu and The old Xiangyu. The new Xiangyu is represented by Changsha dialect while the old one is represented by Shuangfeng dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
The core area of ancient Chu language is located in the middle reaches of Yangtze River, and Chu language is the ancestor language of Xiang language [1]. Modern Xiangyu speakers are mainly distributed in a considerable part of Hunan province in Mainland China, including Changsha, Zhuzhou, Xiangtan, Yueyang, Yiyang, Loudi, Hengyang, Shaoyang, Yongzhou and so on. In 2010, the number of Xiangyu-speaker was estimated to be about 45 million. The regional dialects of Hunan province include Hunan, Southwest Official, Gan, Hakka, and Xiangxiang, southern Hunan dialect, which have not yet been classified as belonging to the dialect. Xiangyu is the main dialect of Hunan Province. Hunan province is a region that has diverse dialects. &lt;br /&gt;
The chu dialect ,namely Chu Yan (ancient Chu language), is popular in Chu in the pre-Qin period, and it is the most ancient origin of Xiang language. The specific appearance of ancient Chu language cannot be verified today, but it is the earliest language used by the Han people in Hunan and along the Xiangjiang river. The word &amp;quot;Chu Yan&amp;quot; first appeared in Zuo Zhuan, indicating that the Chu Yan had been formed at least in the late Spring and Autumn Period, and was a branch of Chinese language,and was different from the Central Plains Yayin XiaYan at that time.There are 20-35 initials of Xiangyu, 30 to 40 finals, 5-7tones,commonly with 6 .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Contonese===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yueyu ,or Cantonese, Guangdong dialect and Tang dialect, is commonly known as &amp;quot;baihua&amp;quot;.It is a Chinese dialect in the Chinese-Tibetan Chinese language family. Cantonese is the mother tongue of the Guangfu nationality, an important carrier of the Guangfu culture of the Han nationality, and one of the basic symbolic cultural identities of the Guangfu nationality. Cantonese has a complete language system consisting of nine tones and six volumes of tones, retaining many characteristics of Middle Ancient Chinese . Besides Putonghua, it is the only Chinese language that has been studied independently by foreign universities. &lt;br /&gt;
As for the origin of Cantonese, there are different opinions.Some says that it originated from the Northern Mid-plain dialect and others the Chu language from the State of Chu. Cantonese is one of the southern dialects that retains more middle Ancient Chinese elements than other dialects, among which the most prominent feature is that it relatively retains the universal middle Ancient Chinese &amp;quot;Ru Sheng&amp;quot;, and its initials, finals and tones have a good correspondence with the ancient Chinese standard rhymes in&amp;quot;Qu Yun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Guang Yun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Mandarin is a dominant language in Guangdong province, and the most dominant dialect is Cantonese. Hakka dialect and Fujian dialect are the other two major Chinese dialects with great influence in the province. Hakka dialect is mainly concentrated in the northeast and north of Guangdong province, and hakka dialect is also distributed in parts of western Guangdong province.  Hakka villages are scattered in most parts of the province, and the number of people using this dialect is about 20 million. Fujian dialect is mainly distributed in the coastal area of the southwest and southeast of Guangdong province ,including 6 municipalities:Chaozhou, Shantou, Jieyang, Shanwei, Zhanjiang, Maoming ,and it can be divided into to language-speaking areas: they are , Chaoshan and Leizhou .The former shares some similarities with the south Fujian dialect , while the later is close to Hainan dialect.In addition, there are 18.95 million people living in some islets in Zhongshan,Huizhou, Qingyuan, Shaoguan taking Fujian dialect as their official language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
1.How many local dialects in China?What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is the origin of Contonese?&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where do most people speak the Hunan dialect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Zijia|Wu Zijia]] ([[User talk:Wu Zijia|talk]]) 08:23, 9 November 2020 (UTC)Wu Zijia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===March of the Volunteers (National Anthem of the People's Republic of China)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Brief Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is a song composed by Tian Han and Nie Er. It is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times, known as the clarion call of the Liberation of the Chinese nation. Since its birth in 1935 at the critical moment of national crisis, it has played a great role in inspiring the patriotic spirit of the Chinese people, and later became the National Anthem of the People’s Republic of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On May 9, 1935, the first version of the song was recorded in the recording studio of EMI Records. In 1951, in order to meet the needs of playing the national anthem, the People's Record Factory recorded and published a rough record composed of a brass ensemble and an orchestral ensemble. In 1959, to celebrate the 10th anniversary of the founding of the People’s Republic of China, the China Record Factory recorded and published a full set of standard national anthem special records. In 1978, a special album for collective lyrics was released. In 1983, China Record Shanghai Company recorded and published a special record for the standard national anthem after the original word was restored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On March 14, 2004, the Second Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed a constitutional amendment, officially stipulating that the national anthem of the People’s Republic of China shall be the March of Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The National Anthem Law of the People's Republic of China was adopted at the 29th Session of the 12th National People's Congress Standing Committee on September 1st, 2017, and formally went into effect on October 1st.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Creation Background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times. In the autumn of 1934, Tian Han wrote a long poem for the film, the last verse of which was selected as the lyrics of the theme song March of the Volunteers. Shortly after the lyrics were written, Tian Han was arrested and imprisoned by the Kuomintang authorities. In February 1935, director Xu Xingzhi took over the shooting of Children of Troubled Times. Soon after, comrades who went to prison to visit brought back the lyrics written by Tian Han in prison on the back of cigarette packing paper, that is, the original manuscript of March of the Volunteers. At that time, Nie Er was preparing to go to Japan to seek refuge. He learned that there was a theme song to write in the film children of the wind and cloud. He took the initiative to compose music for the song and promised to send back the song manuscript as soon as possible after he arrived in Japan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nie Er completed the first draft of the score soon after receiving the lyrics. On April 18, 1935, after Nie Er arrived in Tokyo, Japan, he completed the final draft of the score, and sent the final draft to Shanghai Dentsu Film Company at the end of April. Afterwards, in order to make the song tune and rhythm more powerful, Nie Er and Sun Shiyi discussed and made three changes to the lyrics, thus completing the song creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the early shooting of the film Children of Troubled Times was completed, the lyrics of Tian Han's theme song did not determine the name of the song, while Nie Er's lyric composition sent back from Japan only included the word &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;. General Zhu Qinglan, as the investor of the film Children of Troubled Times, added &amp;quot;Volunteers&amp;quot; after the words of &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;, thus naming the song March of the Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Song Appreciation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The March of the Volunteers is a very creative song; the composer Nie Er devotes himself to the creation of this song with great passion. First of all, he succeeds in handling the poetic lyrics of Tian Han’s prose in accordance with the laws of music in an extremely vivid, powerful and colloquial way. In terms of melody creation, he not only absorbs the excellent achievements of international revolutionary songs and the style characteristics of Western European march, but also makes it have strong national characteristics, so that the song could be grasped by the broad masses and play its fighting role.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The song begins as a prelude to a six-bar march. It has a sonorous rhythm, bright and majestic melody, among which the magical effect of triplet enhances the fighting atmosphere of the song. Although the prelude is short, it contains the basis for the emotional and melody development of the entire song. The songs are interlocked and advanced layer by layer. This process runs through the whole song, and the end of the song is repeated many times, giving people a sense of unwavering and unstoppable.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
According to the characteristics of the lyrics clause, Nie Er treated the song into a free body structure formed by six phrases of varying lengths. Although the melody and structure of each phrase are different, the cohesion between the phrase and the phrase is close, the development is natural, and the singing is ups and downs, and is integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers, with its soaring, sonorous and powerful melody and inspiring lyrics, expresses the Chinese people's strong resentment and resistance to imperialist aggression, and embodies the heroic spirit of the great Chinese nation in the face of foreign aggression that is brave, strong, united as one to go through national disaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Chinese and English Lyrics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！不愿做奴隶的人们！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
把我们的血肉，筑成我们新的长城！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中华民族到了最危险的时候，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每个人被迫着发出最后的吼声。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！起来！起来！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们万众一心，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！前进、进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise, you who refuse to be bond slaves!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s stand up and fight for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberty and true democracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All our world is facing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chains of the tyrants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone who works for freedom is now crying:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise! Arise! Arise!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on! March on, and on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers 义勇军进行曲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Children of Troubled Times 风云儿女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EMI 百代唱片&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People’s Congress 全国人民代表大会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People's Congress Standing Committee 全国人大常委&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
‭&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who are the composers of March of the Volunteers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which movie's theme song does March of the Volunteers belong to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When did the National Anthem Law go into effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was the final draft completed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How did the name of this song come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He’s Voyages '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1405 until 1433, the Chinese imperial eunuch Zheng He led seven ocean expeditions for the Ming emperor which is  an unprecedented feat in world history. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He'''&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He was born Ma He to a Muslim family in the far southwest, in today's Yunnan province. It is said that his original surname is Ma,his full name as Ma Sanbao .At ten years old he was captured by soldiers sent there by the first Ming emperor intent on subduing the south. &lt;br /&gt;
He was sent to the capital to be trained in military ways. Growing up to be a burly, imposing man, over six feet tall with a chest contemporaries said measured over five feet around, he was also extremely talented and intelligent. He received both literary and military training, then made his way up the military ladder with ease, making important allies at court in the process. Besides Zheng He has a background of both Buddhism and lslam.Thus,he was assumed as the perfect choice to lead the emperor’s splendid armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reasons for the voyages'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle Emperor sent Zheng He to the “Western oceans”, both to demonstrate the might of the Ming Empire and to realize the diplomatic ideal of peace and harmony among all nations. Zheng He's fleet showed the prosperity ，the imperial power and its advanced navigation technology and exquisite ship-building techniques  of China at that time , thus many small countries and bribes agreed to recognize China as their superior and its emperor as lord of “all under Heaven”.These countries and bribes regularly gave gifts of tribute in exchange for certain benefits ,like military posts and treaties.&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He's fleet did not act as a sea ruler, it appeared in peace all over the world, laden not only with goods exchanged with  those countries, but also with the friendship of peoples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The seven expeditions'''&lt;br /&gt;
These expeditions were astonishing as much for their distance as for their size: during the first ones, Zheng He traveled all the way from China to Southeast Asia and then on to India, all the way to major trading sites on India's southwest coast.The first expedition of this mighty armada was in 11th July of 1405, composed of 317ships  and perhaps as many as sixty huge Treasure Ships and  nearly 28000men with thousands  of soldiers , sailors ,diplomatic specialists ,medical personnel, astronomers and scholars.The fleet stopped in Java and then arrived at Ceylon (today’s Sri Lanka ).&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to the first one, the second  voyage(1407-1409) was smaller with only 68ships sending  foreign envoys back home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He led the third voyage (1409-1411) visiting many of the same countries as the first one did, like Champa and Java. When fighting broke out there between his forces and those of a small kingdom, Zheng put down the fighting, captured the king and brought him back to China where he was released by the emperor and returned home duly impressed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth voyage (1413-15) extended the scope of the expeditions even further. This time in addition to visiting many of the same sites, Zheng He commandeered his 40 ships and over 28,000 men to Hormuz on the Persian Gulf. This trip has 48 ships with doctors , officials ,translators and more than 27000 troops .&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth voyage (1417-1419) was primarily a return trip for seventeen heads of state from South Asia. They had made their way to China after Zheng He's visits to their homelands in order to present their tribute at the Ming Court. &lt;br /&gt;
The sixth voyage began in 1421 and lasted for nearly two years.Then the expeditions were halted  due to the death of the Yongle emperor. sailed to many of the previously visited Southeast Asian  and  Indian  courts  and  stops  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  coast  of  Africa, principally in order to return nineteen ambassadors to their homelands. Zheng He returned to China after less than a year, having sent his fleet onward to pursue several separate itineraries, with some ships going perhaps as far south as Sofala in present day Mozambique.&lt;br /&gt;
The  seventh  and  final  voyage  (1431-33)  was  sent  out  by  the  Yongle  emperor's  successor,  his grandson the Xuande emperor.It was on this return  trip that Zheng He died.This expedition had more than one hundred large ships and over 27,000 men, and it visited all the important ports in the South China Sea and Indian Ocean as well as Aden and Hormuz. One auxiliary voyage traveled up the Red Sea to Jidda, only a few hundred miles from the holy cities of Mecca and Medina. It was on the return trip in 1433 that Zheng He died  and  was  buried  at  sea,  although  his  official  grave  still  stands  in  Nanjing,  China.  Nearly forgotten  in  China  until  recently,  he  was  immortalized  among  Chinese  communities  abroad, particularly in Southeast Asia where to this day he is celebrated and revered as a god.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary list'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle emperor 永乐皇帝（明成祖）&lt;br /&gt;
Java 爪哇&lt;br /&gt;
Ceylon 锡兰（今斯里兰卡）&lt;br /&gt;
Champe 占城（印度支那古国）&lt;br /&gt;
Hormuz 霍尔木兹&lt;br /&gt;
The Persian Gulf 波斯湾&lt;br /&gt;
Medina 麦地那市（沙特阿拉伯西部城市）&lt;br /&gt;
Mecca 麦加 （穆斯林圣地）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.What was Zheng He like?&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why did the Yongel Emperor sent the armada  to the “Western oceans”&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many people did Zheng He bring at the first voyage ,and what did these people do?&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did the expeditions stopped during the 1423-1430?&lt;br /&gt;
5.The last trip was sented by?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Studies of Hunan Dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Category of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Characteristics of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developments of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Folk Stories of ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl, Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall, the Story of the White Snake and Butterfly Lovers are the four major folk love stories in ancient China. As the most charming oral traditions and national intangible cultural heritage in China, the earliest of them has been popular for more than 2000 years, having a profound impact on people’s lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cowherd and Weaving Girl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Story of the White Snake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Butterfly Lovers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cowherd and Weaving Girl====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that the story took place in the Western Zhou Dynasty. Cowherd was a simple and honest young man living in the Xiniu village of Nanyang city. His parents died early, so he lived a miserable life with an old ox. One day, Weaving Girl, the daughter of the God of Heaven, came down with other fairies from heaven and took a bathe in a river near Cowherd’s house. The old ox told the Cowherd to steal her clothes so that she was unable to return to the heaven and would stay here to be his wife. With the help of the old ox, Weaving Girl married Cowherd and had a son and a daughter. They led a happy life with husband laboring in the field and wife weaving at home. But their marriage didn't last long. It was discovered by the Queen Mother and incurred her wrath. Ignoring tearful Cowherd and two crying children, she broke up the couple and brought Weaving Girl back. It was the old ox that helped him again. It told Cowherd that it would die tonight and he needed to make three pair of shoes with its skin, which could help him go to heaven and find his wife.  Cowherd did as the old ox said. Just as the cowherd was about to catch up with them, however, the Queen Mother took off her golden hairpin and separate them by a large river, which is now called the Milky Way. Hopelessly, the two lovers can only look at each other across the river. Fortunately, magpies were touched by their love. Hundreds of thousands of magpies flied and formed a bridge over the river. Finally the Queen Mother showed a little mercy, allowing them to meet once a year on the magpie bridge. The day was the seventh day of the seventh lunar month, which later has become the Chinese Valentine’s Day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, Fan Xilang, a young man living in the surrounding area of Mengjiang mountain in Lizhou County, Hunan Province, had just finished the forced servitude and returned to his hometown to get married. But unfortunately, on the night of their wedding, Fan Xilang was sent to the north to build the Great Wall. He toiled away with hunger, cold and fatigue, and soon met a miserable death at the end of his efforts. His body was buried under the Great Wall. &lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu, Fan’s new wife, got the bad news and went through all kinds of hardships to reach the Great Wall. She cried bitterly there for three days and three nights, and finally cried down the Great Wall and found her husband's remains. On her way to take him home, she suffered a lot and finally died of hunger and thirst in Tongguan County,  Shaanxi Province. Sympathetic with the couple’s miserable experience and deeply moved by Meng’s spirits, the local people buried their remains and set up ancestral temples to commemorate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Story of the White Snake====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Created in the Southern Song Dynasty and prevailed in the Qing Dynasty, the Story of the White Snake is a model of Chinese folk collective creation. In the book Stories to Warn Man compiled by Feng Menglong, The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda has been acknowledged as the first version of this story.&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of practice in Emei Mountain, two snake named Bai Suzhen and Xiaoqing translated into two beautiful girls and came to visit Hangzhou. After encountering with a young man named Xu Xian in the rain, Bai Suzhen fell in love with him and soon later they get married. But a monk called Fahai saw through Bai’s disguise and thought that it was an intrigue of the white snake to marry a man. He persuaded Xu Xian to intoxicate his wife with realgar wine on the Dragon Boat Festival. After being drunk, Bai Suzhen couldn’t  control herself  and showed the shape of a snake, which scared Xu Xian to death. Regardless of her own safety, Bai Suzhen went through many difficulties and got the magical grass, which finally brought Xu Xian back to life.&lt;br /&gt;
But Fahai did not give up. He then lured Xu Xian to the Jinshan Temple to separate the couple. Bai Suzhen and Xiao Qing had no choice but to inundate the temple with flood. During the fierce battle, Bai was finally defeated and put into a small bowl under the Leifeng Pagoda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Butterfly Lovers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Zhu Yingtai, a beautiful and intelligent girl born in a rich family in Shangyu County, Zhejiang Province, wanted to go to Hangzhou to study for there was no good teacher at home. Her father, seeing her eagerness to learn and her ability to disguise herself as a man, finally agreed to her request. On the way to Hangzhou, Zhu Yingtai met Liang Shanbo, a young man who had the same destination with her. He was sincere, gentle and knowledgeable and they clicked immediately. During the school years, they often talked about poetry and articles, cared for each other, and slept in the same bed at night. Zhu had gradually fallen in love with Liang, who, though did not know she was a girl, also cherished her and saw her as his best friend. &lt;br /&gt;
Three years passed quickly. The moment when they had to part, Zhu constantly gave delicate indications to Liang that she was a girl and she loved him, but Liang failed to take her hint. Zhu had no choice but to lied to Liang that she had a little sister who was similar to her in appearance and learning and she wondered if Liang was willing to marry her. Liang Shanbo readily consented and promised that he would come to visit soon. A months later, Liang Shanbo went to Zhu's home and he was surprised to see Zhu Yingtai dressed up as a girl. Only then did he know the truth and figured all the things out. They then confessed their love to each other and pledged to marry without the permission of parents. &lt;br /&gt;
But unfortunately, Zhu’s parents didn’t think much of this poor young man. They wanted to marry their daughter to Ma Wencai, the son of the local governor. Zhu Yingtai was unwilling to marry him but her protest was in vain, for her family was in financial crisis and needed Ma’s support. Hopelessly, the two young lovers was forced to part in tears. Since then, Liang slid into a depression. His spirit and health were soon crushed, and he died a few months later. On the wedding day, Zhu asked for a detour to pass by Liang 's tomb so that she could say goodbye to him. Wearing a bright red wedding dress, she knelt in front of his grave and cried bitterly. At that moment, lighting flashed, thunder rolled and the sky went dark. Liang's tomb suddenly cracked open and Ying-tai immediately jumped into it before it closed. Then under the shocked eyes of the onlookers, a pair of beautiful butterflies flied out of the graves and dancing in the sunlight. It is believed that these two butterflies are Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai. They finally get rid of all the shackles and bounds and can stay together forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having been adapted into many films and TV plays, these four stories are well-known in China and the rest of the world. As the crystallization of folk culture, they not only represent the rich imagination of ancient Chinese people, but also show their hatred for evil forces and their pursuit for a free and happy life, which is exactly the positive part of folk literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl  牛郎织女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall  孟姜女哭长城&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Butterfly Lovers 梁山伯与祝英台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Queen Mother 王母娘娘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stories to Warn Man 《警世通言》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda 《白娘子永镇雷峰塔》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What led to the death of Meng Jiangnu’s husband?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What did Xu Xian give Bai Suzhen to drink that made her reveal her snake form?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What did the Cowherd do to make Weaving Girl stay?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Liang Shanbo realize that Zhu Yingtai is actually a girl?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Why did Zhu Yingtai lie to Liang Shanbo that she has a little sister?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Four Great Pavilions'''--[[User:Xu Jing|Xu Jing]] ([[User talk:Xu Jing|talk]]) 06:21, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese 4 great towers&lt;br /&gt;
A. origin&lt;br /&gt;
B. development&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 08:17, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Yang Chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
Nanjing, An Ancient Capital of Six Dynasties--[[User:Yang Hairong|Yang Hairong]] ([[User talk:Yang Hairong|talk]]) 08:28, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
The Five Constant Virtues&lt;br /&gt;
A Benevolence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B Righteousness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C Propriety&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D Wisdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F Fidelity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheongsam--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 13:16, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Folding Screen''' --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 08:58, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Introduction '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens are a kind of flexible furniture and composed of several frames or panels linked together. They serve practical and decorative functions, being made from various materials and in many styles. Folding screens originated in ancient China. Written references date from around the 4th century BC, during the Han dynasty, but they were probably used earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 History and Technology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Screens date back to China during the Eastern Zhou period (711-256BCE). They were one-panel screens rather than folding screens then. The origin of folding screens, however, could be traced to the Han dynasty (206 BCE - 200 CE). Depictions of them have been found in Han-era tombs, such as one in Zhucheng, Shandong Province. Initially used as room separators painted with serious works, folding screens weren't designed to move around very often. They were initially made of wooden panels and decorated with fine art. Many themes are painted on the panels, such as mythology, scenes of palace life, and nature, making them more of a piece of furniture.  It is often associated with intrigue and romance in Chinese literature, for example, a young lady in love could take a curious peek hidden from behind a folding screen. Examples of such romantic occasions can be seen in the classical novel Dream of the Red Chamber of Cao Xueqin. The folding screen is also an important element in Tang literature. Li He, the Tang Poet, wrote the &amp;quot;Song of the Screen&amp;quot; (屏风曲), in which he described a folding screen of a newly-wed couple. The folding screen surrounded the bed of the young couple, and its twelve panels were adorned with butterflies alighted on China pink flowers (an allusion to lovers), and had silver hinges resembling glass coins. There are heavy wooden structures with other decorations pulled through holes near the edges of the panels. The design is prominent, and the frame is frequently vertical with individual designs and pleasing patterns.  &lt;br /&gt;
They were made flexible when an ingenious system of strong paper hinges were integrated in the panel construction, which made folding patterns reversible. The panels were brought closer by the paper hinges, which reduce the need for frames separating panels and allow a horizontal orientation of the picture plane. This provides creative approaches to the various spatial relationships of the panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Uses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens serve many purposes, such as for tea ceremonies, as backgrounds for concerts or dances, as enclosures for Buddhist rites, and in outdoor processions. Different functions have their own types.&lt;br /&gt;
Although originated in China, folding screens are now used in many interior designs around the world. People first used them also in some practical ways, such as preventing draft in homes, as shown by the two characters in their name: ping(屏 &amp;quot;screen; blocking&amp;quot;) and feng (风 &amp;quot;breeze, wind&amp;quot;). People would also use them to bestow a sense of privacy; in old times, they would often be placed in rooms serving as dressing screens for ladies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens can be put up as to divide a large space and change the configuration of the room. They could also be used as a false way set up at the entrance of a room to create a desirable atmosphere by hiding certain features like doors to a kitchen. Now that many folding screens are design with fine art, they serve the decorative purposes well in the interior features of a home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.4 Spread'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After becoming popular in China, folding screens spread to other parts of the world, including East Asia and later Europe. In the 7th century, they appeared in Japan for the first time during the reign of Emperor Tenmu, and they were presented to the Korean kingdom of Silla as a gift. By the 8th century, they had gained such popularity in Japan that Japanese artists began to make their own, very much influenced by Chinese design. Different sizes served different purposes: small 2-fold screens were often used for the tea ceremony and a larger 8-fold screen could be used as backdrops for dances. Japanese screens were lighter, often made of silk or even paper. Folding screens from the Far East spread to Europe at the very beginning of the 17th century. Owing to their practical functions and the distinguished decoration, they drew a lot of attention. The famous designer Coco Chanel was totally enchanted by Coromandel screens. She was well-known for her collection of Chinese folding screens. She possessed 32 folding screens, 8 of which were preserved in her apartment in Paris. She once stated:   “I’ve loved Chinese screens since I was eighteen years old. I nearly fainted with joy when, entering a Chinese shop, I saw a Coromandel for the first time. Screens were the first thing I bought.“ By the early 18th century, European craftsmen had already begun making folding screens on their own. They made folding screens in less expensive painted versions instead using lacquer techniques. At that time, leather screens were fashionable, but their popularity didn't last long, only to be restored around 1860 during the reign of Napoleon III with the wave of Japonism that inspired a number of French artists. In the 20th century when new modern heating means were invented, the functions of the folding screen became mostly decorative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Expressions and Terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dream of the Red Chamber 《红楼梦》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Korean kingdom of Silla 朝鲜新罗王国&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Tenmu 天武天皇 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.5 Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. When did folding screens first appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How are folding screens associated with romance in Chinese literature?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What functions do screens serve?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. When did they spread to Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. How did European craftsmen make folding screens?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
Panda--[[User:Yi Zichu|Yi Zichu]] ([[User talk:Yi Zichu|talk]]) 14:26, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Legalism'''--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 08:29, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Representative figures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Works'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15.）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.The Origin of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.The Development of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Local Changsha Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Hong Kong-style milk tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Indian Masala Chai'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Milk Tea and Health'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Advantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Disadvantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional textile printing and dyeing craftsmanship in China. It was called wax valerian in ancient times, also known as one of the four ancient printing techniques which are twisted valerian (tie-dye), gray valerian (hollow printing), and clip-dyeing in ancient China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called Batik in Indonesia or Malaysia. The patterns dyed by this method embody both decorative interests and practical values.&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the unearthed objects, which was even earlier than it was documented, was a quilt dyed with valerian and excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha. An unearthed piece of finished product originated in the Jin Dynasty, with overlapping patterns, which is the so-called agate-patterned silk in the Tang and Song Dynasties. Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the luxurious and beautiful batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Java, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc. The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Xinyuan|Zeng Xinyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Xinyuan|talk]]) 08:38, 10 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Ancient weapons中国古代兵器--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questions&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terra-Cotta Warriors --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 02:32, 3 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bonsai&lt;br /&gt;
2.Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
3.Question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok（抖音） --[[User:Zhang Weihong|Zhang Weihong]] ([[User talk:Zhang Weihong|talk]]) 08:31, 21 November 2020 (UTC)Zhang Weihong&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 08:23, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
四大家&lt;br /&gt;
儒家&lt;br /&gt;
墨家&lt;br /&gt;
道家&lt;br /&gt;
法家--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 01:42, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A. Writing Brush'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the &lt;br /&gt;
classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B. Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C. Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
    The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.&lt;br /&gt;
    The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
    The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Great Flood of Gun-Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
    The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
    Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
     In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''the Legendary of Nian'''&lt;br /&gt;
    According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 13:49, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:yueliang.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a men, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. It is important to acquire this basic knowledge for our understanding of the evolution of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Huainanzi. On Mountains contains an illuminative depiction: “When light comes from a crack, a corner is illuminated; when light comes from a window in the wall, the north wall is illuminated; when light comes from the door, all the room is illuminated.” It further comments: “With ten windows fully open, the room is not as bright as when a door is open.” These remarks provide us with plenty of useful information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we know that at that time houses were constructed to face the south, and the direction of doors and windows were consistent with the architectural tradition which lasted thousands of years. Secondly, windows were quite small, to the extent that the area of ten windows was not as big as that of a door. &lt;br /&gt;
Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. As elaborate funerals were in fashion in the Han dynasty, construction models as funeral objects have occasionally been unearthed from Han tombs. On these objects ancient doors and windows can be identified. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. Windows with vertical rods solved these problems perfectly. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei adn Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. Xie Lingyun (385-433), a famous poet and follower of Buddhism, wrote a beautiful couplet in his On the Mountain Cottage, “Ranges of mountains are invited into the door, and mirror-like quiescent water is displayed in front of the window.” To exhibit natural scenes through doors and windows added to the aesthetic function of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice.. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
During the evolutionary development of classical doors, between plank doors and lattice doors there was another kind of door called a “soft door”. A soft door was a frame structure, with a waist bar in the middle, and panels were inset in grooves above and below the bar. The advantage of a soft door was that it was light in weight and resistant to deformation. The soft door is considered to be the predecessor of the lattice door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and still windows. All the doors and windows illustrated in this book are products of the Ming and Qing dynasties. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 02:29, 5 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the exchange of goods, currency emerged. And at very begining, currency was served by certain recognized equivalents, such as seashells. Gradually precious metals like gold and silver took the place of those equivalents as currency. However, when metal currency was used for a long time, it became worn out and worthless. People realized that they could use other things to replace the metal currency in circulation, so paper currency appeared. The earliest paper currency in the world was the &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot; of Chengdu, Sichuan province, during the Northern Song Dynasty. China was the first country in the world to use paper currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Emergence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Influence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] He Shengming.Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press,1990.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Jiaozi.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How did jiaozi come into being?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese traditional make up--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Base make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''II.Color make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.Tang dynasty make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107135</id>
		<title>20201215 cultexam</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://bou.de/u/index.php?title=20201215_cultexam&amp;diff=107135"/>
		<updated>2020-12-03T13:53:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Zhang Hui: /* Zhang Hui 张慧 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Link to return to [https://bou.de/u/wiki/Chinese_Languages_and_Cultures Course Homepage].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Final Exam Paper. Please write now and improve until grading on 2020 12 15'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the texts in the coursebook as an example (like Unit 1, Text A). Please write the text and indicate ALL SOURCES with bibliographical references. Please also add a vocabulary list and questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Alsied, Saffana==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Chinese Astrology&amp;quot;--[[User:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|SAFFANA ALSIED 2]] ([[User talk:SAFFANA ALSIED 2|talk]]) 17:07, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cao Runxin 曹润鑫==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Chunlian.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Chunlian, image from Baike. Click [...] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Spring Festival Couplets===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Chunlian in Chinese, is also known as Spring Couplets or Chinese New Year Couplets. It is the most common and important custom when celebrating Chinese New Year. This tradition is widely kept both in modern cities and rural areas of China.With black or golden characters written on red paper, Spring Festival Couplets are composed of a pair of poetry lines vertically pasted on both sides of the front door and a four-character horizontal scroll affixed above the doorframe. Pasting couplets expresses people’s delight in the festival and wishes for a better life in the coming year.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Couplets originated from Taofu, an inscription on boards made from peach trees in the Zhou Dynasty. According to the legend, a rooster perching in a big peach tree will crow at dawn to call all the traveling ghosts back. In front of the entrance of the dark world, there are two guards named Shentu and Yulei. If the ghosts harm any people at night, the guards will kill them.People believed that peach trees can scare and subdue evil things, so they hung peach boards in front of the doors with the guards’ names written or inscribed on them. During the Song Dynasty, the wood board was replaced by paper, and people focused more on bright wishes for the future. The custom became popular in Ming Dynasty. When the Emperor Zhu Yuanzhang traveled for inspection, he found those pairs of scrolls interesting. In order to advocate and promote this cultural activity, he ordered all household to paste the scrolls during the Chinese New Year. This tradition continues today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The upper scroll and the lower scroll have parallel structures and antithetical meanings. The two lines should have an equal number of characters, while their meaning must be related and antithetical. There must be a one-to-one correspondence between the two lines. The tone pattern is emphasized but rhythm is not important. The horizontal scroll is a four-character phrase, which sums up the two lines’ meaning. When you read a spring festival couplets, first,look at the horizontal scroll. If the four characters are written from left to right, the upper scroll will be on the left and the lower scroll on the right. If the characters of the horizontal scroll are reversed, the two side scrolls should be read from right to left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Festival Couplets, Spring Couplets, Chinese New Year Couplets, New Year Scroll 春联 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paste 贴&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Horizontal scroll 横联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upper scroll 上联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lower scroll 下联&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Han 陈涵==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Guzheng===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It  belongs to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Guzheng'' or ''Zheng'' is one of the oldest traditional ethnic musical instruments in China. It refers to plucked stringed instruments. As early as 2500 years ago, ''zheng'' has become an important instrument which was widespread at that time. Due to the long history and its primitive simplicity and elegant sound, people are used to calling it ''guzheng'' (''gu'' refers to “ancient”). It has beautiful timbre, broad ranges, rich performance skills and strong expressive power, so it is deeply loved by Chinese.--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 07:36, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are varied accounts for how the ''zheng'' came to be. The first legend says the history of ''guzheng'' can date back to the Warring States Period. The oldest specimen yet discovered held 13 strings. ''Zheng'' was regarded as a weapon at that time which was used vertically to beat enemies. There was also an old saying that “the ''zheng'' makes a pleasant sound when placed horizontally and becomes a soldier when placed vertically”. Later, strings were added to it, and when plucked, it was found to be pleasing to the ears, so it developed into an instrument. As time went by, the weapons became lighter and lighter, and the ''zheng'', a large and heavy weapon, was abandoned. The second legend says the early form of the''zheng'' is said to have been invented by Meng Tian, a general of the Qin Dynasty (221-206 BC). But according to the biographies of Meng Tian in ''Historical Records'', there is no record of his invention of the ''zheng''. The third legend says the ''guzheng'' came about largely influenced by the ''se'' which was recorded by Zhao Lin in ''Records on Words''. When two people fought over a 25-string ''se'', they broke it in half, one person receiving a 12-string part and the other the 13-string part. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The modern-day ''Guzheng'' usually has 21 strings and movable bridges and is 163 centimeters long. It should not be confused with the ''guqin'', another ancient Chinese zither with 7 strings played without movable bridges. The strings were formerly made of silk. By the 20th century, most players used metal strings. Since the mid-20th century, steel strings wound with nylon are common to be seen. The body of the ''guzheng'' is approximately rectangular, with a slight protrusion in the middle of the faceplate. The head and tail of the ''guzheng'' are anterior mountain and posterior mountain respectively. The two mountains are connected by 21 strings which are supported by 21 movable bridges, also known as Yan Zhu which are moved to change the timbres. The strings at the anterior side are wound around the string pegs in the turning box. And the ''guzheng'' was usually placed on the zither feet. The timbre of the ''guzheng'' is determined by the quality of the wood. As the tension of paulownia is better, the body of the ''guzheng'' are mostly made of paulownia. The head, tail and other parts of the ''guzheng'' are generally made of mahogany, and some patterns are decorated on the head and the tail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fingerpicks, called Dai Mao or Yi Jia, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Meng Tian 蒙恬 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Zhao Lin 赵璘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''Records on Words'' 《因话录》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*anterior mountain 前岳山 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*posterior mountain 后岳山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yan Zhu 雁柱 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*string pegs 弦钉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*turning box 调音盒 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*zither feet 琴足&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*paulownia 桐木 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*mahogany 红木&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Dai Mao 玳瑁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yi Jia 义甲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Jingjing 陈静静==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Facial makeup===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Facial makeup, a sort of makeup art used in stage performance, is painted on the face of traditional opera singers in China and varies when it come to different types of role. The character roles in Beijing opera are divided into four main types according to the sex, age, social status and profession of the character. Sheng refers to male roles and is divided into laosheng (middle-aged or old men), xiaosheng (young men) and wusheng ( men with martial skills). Dan refers to female roles and is also subdivided into various types. Qingyi is a woman with a strict moral code; and laodan is an elderly woman. Jing refers to the roles with painted faces. They are usually warriors, statesmen or even demons. Chou, clown, is a comic character and can be recognized at first sight for his special make-up. The facial makeup of “sheng” and “dan” is quite simple with a thin layer of powder, called “plain face” while that of “jing” and “chou” is relatively complicated, and the former, in particular, is applied with heavy color and complicated patterns, thus gaining the name of “painted face”. In Beijing Opera, facial make-up, which is applied to Jing roles only, shows the character’s age and personality by using different colors. “Chou” is commonly called the clown as they are accustomed to wiping a patch of white powder on the nose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People hold different views when speaking of the origin of the facial makeup. It was said facial makeup was closely related to a kind of dance, called Damian, which appeared in the Northern and Southern Dynasties and thrived in the Tang Dynasty. It was performed by a single man aiming to extol King Lanling Gao Changgong’s outstanding military service and merits. He was courageous and good-looking and was bound to win every time he worn a mask that seemed frightening in the battlefield. As for the facial makeup used in opera, it is used to highlight the roles’ character, appearance as well as status, achieving a colorful and fantastic stage.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The legendary drama played a dominant role in Ming Dynasty, rich in content and fine in role division. Both jing and chou are painted their own special facial makeup. The basic color is mostly designed based on the description in the drama literature or the singers’ personal imagination. For instance, facial makeup of Guanyu is red and that of Baozhen is black. Their brow and eyes are exaggerated in some way. The pattern ratio has changed as well. Unlike the Ming Dyansty, there are both simple and sophisticated facial makeups with the same basic color. In the Mid-Qing Dynasty, as the local drama arose, facial makeup varied greatly in different places and possessed distinct local features and folk color. More than 300 kinds of dramas sprung up after the 18th century. Therefore, the drama characters mount and their division is much more finer. More colors like blue, green, yellow, grey and orange are added in jing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red facial makeup is symbolic of loyalty, upright and integrity like the characters Guan Yu and Wu Han.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black facial makeup gives people the impression that he is serious, rarely shows smiling expression and courageous and wise like Bao Zheng, a impartial official. It also stands for mighty force and boldness like Zhang Fei in drama the Three Kingdoms and Li Kuai in drama Water Margin of the Marsh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White facial makeup bears a derogatory sense, indicating a deceitful and suspicious nature like Cao Cao in drama the Three Kingdoms and Yan Song, Qin Kuai.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Characters wearing blue facial makeup tend to be upright ,outspoken ,obstinate and even unruly like Ma Wu and Dou Erdun .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purple facial makeup shows more sedate and righteous  like Xu Yanzhao and Zhuan Zhu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Golden facial makeup symbolizes dignity and power fitting roles like supernatural being like Tathagata(Sakyamuni, the creator of Buddhism) and Erlang Shen( a Chinese God with a third truth-seeing eye in the middle of his forehead).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The features of facial makeup are mainly as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
First, it is a contradictory unit of beauty and ugliness.Second, it is closely related to the character’s personality.Thirdly, its pattern is stylized. Chinese Peking opera makeup is favored by many opera enthusiasts and is widely known both at home and abroad, having been regarded as one of the mark of traditional Chinese culture. &lt;br /&gt;
It is derived from the stage and could be seen on some large buildings, packages of some commercials, various porcelains and people’s clothes in different styles. It is far beyond the scope of stage use, showing its status in people’s heart and the strong vitality. Out of curiosity and affection for Chinese opera facial makeup, a great many foreign friends and domestic men of insight start to explore the mystery of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
painted face 花脸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
clown 丑角&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
legend，romance 传奇剧&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tathagata 如来佛&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sakyamuni 释迦牟尼&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dashkin, Gennadii==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Four Worldwide Famous Chinese Novelists of Modern Science Fiction and Fantasy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Liu Cixin（刘慈欣）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chen Qiufan (陈楸帆）&lt;br /&gt;
Today this author is called by others the “Chinese William Gibson”. He can also be called one of the leaders of Chinese science-fiction and a cyberpunk novelist. He was born in China in 1981 in a seaside province in southeastern China called Guangdong, which borders Hong Kong and Macau. To say more accurately he grew up a few miles from Guiyu, the largest waste dump. Mountains of scrap electronics are shipped there every year from all over the world. Thousands of workers sort through the garbage in search of something that is suitable for recycling. This topic became the central topic in a novel called “Waste Tide”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, by the early 2000s, Chen Qiufang had become a big fan of virtual chats and the Internet. He saw great potential in the Internet and technologies in general, an opportunity to change the world for the better. After graduation, Chen worked with Google, Baidu and co-founded Noitom, a virtual reality startup in Beijing. As science fiction began to gain popularity in China and receive support from the government, Qiufan turned to full-fledged novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His debut book was ''The Empty Wave'', &amp;quot;combining realism and allegory to represent the hybridity of humans and machines.&amp;quot; Chen Qiufan's novels and stories won three Galaxy Awards, and twelve Chinese Nebula Awards. His works have been translated into German, French, Finnish, Korean, Czech, Italian, Japanese, Polish and Russian.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
His book ''Waste Tide'' became one of the most discussed books around the world and got universal acclaim from critics and usual readers. The fantastic mix of dark future with reality components made this book a guidebook for those who are worried about ecological problems and the darkest sides of the humanity progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Rebecca F. Kuang (匡蘦秀）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Li Jun (李俊）or Baoshu (宝树）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chen Yongxiang 陈永相==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:stilts.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Stilts presentation during the Miliangtun Stilt Festival, image from Baike. Click [http://img3.imgtn.bdimg.com/it/u=2060438651,2837589998&amp;amp;fm=26&amp;amp;gp=0.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Intangible Cultural Heritage — Miliangtun Village Stilts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stilts is one of the folk dances of the Han nationality in our country, which is called &amp;quot;Stilt Yangko&amp;quot; in some places. Stilt-walkers tie their feet on to the long stilts with various length, the shortest being two feet long, and the longest reaching over five feet. They dress themselves into different historical or mythological figures, walking and dancing on fairs. Stilt-walkers are normally taller than ordinary people, and perform on movable stages, which is convenient for watching far and near. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a traditional folk dance in Beijing, Miliangtun Village Stilts originates from the &amp;quot;Tongle Gaojiaohui&amp;quot; founded in the Qianlong period of the Qing Dynasty. According to the older generation in the village, Miliangtun Village Stilts was first founded by several villagers led by Uncle Ma, who lived in Miliangtun Village and worked in Beijing.It was bestowed by Emperor Qianlong, and has a history of more than 250 years. Miliangtun Village Stilts is not only time-honored, but also mysterious and legendary. It still retains the traditions in performance techniques, characters, musical accompaniment, etiquette, and stilts production technology, which is an excellent performing art that is spread among the folks. In 2006, it was listed as a Beijing-level intangible cultural heritage protection project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The team of Miliangtun Village Stilts has over forty people and 13 roles, all played by men. The roles are, Tuotou, Laozuozi, young boy, young master, Mr. Plaster, Choupo, fisherman, Yupo, wood-cutter, handsome and ugly drum-players, handsome and ugly gong-players. Tuotou, fisherman and wood-cutter are righteous and decent images, while zany figures represent the negative images, like Choupo, young boy and Laozuozi who are responsible for enlivening the atmosphere and entertaining the audience. Such a stark contrast is quite ironic. Among the 13 roles, the only serious one is Tuotou. Because he is a general who can be easily recognized upon his appearance. Squatting and carrying swords, that's his work. Others like the young boy, just a little kid who amuses everyone. Mr. Plaster is responsible for warming up. He is outstanding because he can play and amuse with others, like Yupo or Laozuozi. Fisherman is just a workingman. He is not funny. He goes fishing because of his fixed character. Wood-cutter is also a workingman who can play other tricks besides squatting. Yupo is the young lady in the past, and Laozuozi is the housewife. Wood-cutter and Mr. Plaster can play and amuse with them. The handsome and ugly drum-players and gong-players are quite important in the backfield when the show begins. They play drums and gongs to amuse the audience. Gong-players following drum-players, handsome and ugly, they are just like the final fighters. Then comes the show of Kylin Songzi after they stop playing; Tuotou lying flat; Mr. Plaster and young master raising their waists; Yupo dancing Yangko behind, pulling his two legs; Fisherman using his ribbon to drag Tuotou who hold the ribbon in his mouth; the young boy riding on Tuotou’s waist like a lion. Then comes the going downhill. When it’s done, the show is over. That's the whole performance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is strict inheritance relationship and etiquette in the stilt fair. It will set up inheritors, presidents, team leaders, and team members. Today, Miliangtun Village Stilts as the distinctive folklore in Wangzuo Town, Fengtai District, stands out among the stilt fairs in Beijing and enjoys great popularity from peers and the public. Miliangtun Village Stilts is visually stunning, technically accomplished and naturally funny. A fixed set of performance routines has gradually formed after long-term drills since its founding. It is divided into lead in, head stilt command, separation in formal performance. Stilts-walkers individually perform difficult tricks such as the big jump and the onion-pulling, then amuse and perform in separation, ending with the show of Kylin Songzi, which indicates good luck and peace. Miliangtun Village Stilts has become an indispensable part of local festivals and celebrations with its lively atmosphere and superb skills and adds value to the cultural life of the folks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun Village Stilts as a renowned fair,knownas the features of risky tricks, various skills and great difficulty. There are stunning tricks such as Yasha Searches the Sea, Su Qin Carries Swords, squatting, bouncing, hugging, somersault, and scorpion tail pendulum. Stilts performances focus on amusement, Tuotou being the opening, other roles flatter him with various and difficult tricks, constituting the grand show. Legs and feet must be agile, jumping the large bench is quite demanding that normal players can hardly accomplish. Tuotou, for example, he has to play squatting after jumping. Each of the twelve roles has its own talents. Tuotou is an adventurous figure who leads the team. Young boy, Laozuozi and Yupo and even Mr. Plaster, the zany figure, his tricks are amusing and pleasing. The length of Miliangtun Village Stilts, 1.6 meters, is quite rare in the stilt fairs of the country. The centre of balance is extremely difficult to grasp. One must bend his knees slightly and keep moving when walking on stilts, control the balance with waist, and the upper body and the feet must be coordinated to ensure the balance. Stilt-walkers step on the wooden stilts, swinging from side to side. The movement of the lower body leads the upper body to shake and shrug. The stilts are lifted lightly but stepped hardly, with the force on the knees, forming into a style of combining the tricks of twisting, swinging and amusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
Miliangtun (village name) 米粮屯&lt;br /&gt;
stilts 高跷&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Chen Yongxiang|Chen Yongxiang]] ([[User talk:Chen Yongxiang|talk]]) 04:46, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ding Daifeng 丁代凤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lion dance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gan Fengyu 甘奉玉==&lt;br /&gt;
===A. The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:example.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Brief Introduction of The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters are Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan in Tang Dynasty and Ouyang Xiu, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Wang Anshi, Zeng Gong in Song Dynasty. This title was first appeared in the Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties. &lt;br /&gt;
Among them, Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the leaders of the ancient prose movement in the Tang Dynasty, while Ouyang Xiu and Three Su(Su Xun, Su shi, Su Zhe) are the core figures of the ancient prose movement in the Song Dynasty, and Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong are the representative figures of Linchuan Literature. Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan are the advacators of the &amp;quot;Ancient Prose Movement&amp;quot;. Su Shi, Su Xun and Su Zhe are called Three Su. What else, Su Xun is the their father and Su Shi is the older brother. While Su Shi's teacher is Ouyang Xiu, who is also the teacher of Wang Anshi and Zeng Gong.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, they both advocated prose and opposd parallel prose, which has exerted profound influence on the literary world at that time and later generations. Their sucessive waves of innovation of ancient ancient prose has changed the obsolete appearence of poetry and prose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Han Yu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu was a litterateur, philosopher, and thinker of Tang Dynasty. He was native in Heyang, now Jiaozuo city in Henan province. Han Yu was honored as “ The Decline of Eight Generations” by Su Shi in Song Dynasty, as well as the head of Eight Masters of Prose in Tang and Song Dynasty. Han Yu was called “Han Liu” with Liu Zongyuan, and his proses were juxtaposed with Du Fu’s poems as “ Du poem Han pen” by Du Mu. He enjoyed the fame as “ The Article Giant” and “ Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations” with great works like forty volumes of Han Changli Collection, ten volumes of External collection and The Teacher's Theory. &lt;br /&gt;
Although disagreement in Liu Zongyuan’s political view, he still worked with Liu Zongyuan in advocating the Ancient Prose Movement. As the pioneers, they were both against excessive pursuit of form of parallel prose but for the prose of Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties and both emphasized the importance of article’s contents so as to expand the expressive function of writing in classical Chinese.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Liu Zongyuan.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zongyuan was a litterateur, philosopher, proser and thinker of the Tang Dynasty. His ancestral home was Hedong , now in Yongji area of Yuncheng in Shanxi province. He was known as &amp;quot;Liu Hedong &amp;quot;, &amp;quot; Mr. Hedong &amp;quot;, also known as&amp;quot; Liu Liuzhou &amp;quot; because of his official end of feudal provincial of Liuzhou. He was born in Changan and became a Jinshi in the 9th year of Zhenyuan, later official supervisor of imperial censor .&lt;br /&gt;
was juxtaposed with Han Yu as &amp;quot;Han Liu &amp;quot;, with Liu Yuxi as &amp;quot; Liu Liu &amp;quot;, with Wang Wei, Meng Haoran and Wei Yingwu as &amp;quot;Wang Meng Wei Liu &amp;quot;. In his lifetime of less than 50 years, he left us more than 600 poems with more achievements in writing than poetry. The &amp;quot;Liu He Dong JColloection&amp;quot; was one of his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
He was a deep-thinking philosopher and litterateur, who attached importance to the content of the article and advocated that writings should be practical. Therefore, he paid attention to the social function of literature and emphasized that literature should benefit the world. Moreover, he advocated the perfect combination of ideological content and artistic form with a serious attitude in writing. That means, it is important for the writer to have highly moral cultivation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ouyang Xiu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was a statesman, litterateur, historian and poet in the Northern Song Dynasty. He was called the “Liu Yi scholar”, which means that he had ten thousands volumes of collections, a thousand volumes of collections of inscriptions of Xia, Shang, Zhou Dynasties, a piano, a chess, a pot of wine and a drunk Weng alone. He was native in Jizhou Yongfeng, now Yongfeng county of Ji’an city in Jiangxi province but born in Mianzhou, now Minayang city in Sichuan province.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu’s poems, Ci and prose were all the crown of that time. His poetry was smooth, lyrical and euphemistic with a similar prose style stressing on momentum while keeping natural smoothness. His Ci was profound and graceful, inheriting the Yu Feng of the Southern Tang Dynasty. The Anthology of Ouyang Wenzhong Gong was his representatives.&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu inherited and carried forward the fine tradition of Han and Liu’s ancient prose, and led the Northern Song Dynasty poetry innovation movement. As the leader of this movement, Ouyang Xiu not only drove away the odd style of writing in the literary world, but also opened up a new style in poetry and also a new field of creation with his own unique style and high talent. It has made new achievements and pushed the creation of poetry and prose to a new height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Su Xun'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Xun.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a native of Meishan in Sichuan. When he was young, he performed poor in learning. In 19 years old, he married Mrs. Cheng. Later in 27 years old, he determined to study hard. After decade of hard work, he made a huge academic progress.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Xun was a man of political ambition. He said that the main purpose of his works was &amp;quot;to speak for the world &amp;quot;, to&amp;quot; apply to the present &amp;quot;. He put forward a whole set of ideas of political innovation in some important argumentative papers such as Heng Lun and The Book to the Emperor. Because he had a better understanding of that social reality and was good at summing up experience and lessons from past history. Therefore, putting aside certain pedantic and biased views in his political discourse, many of them were still right on the spot.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''5. Su Shi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Shi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi, with a fame as &amp;quot; Dongpo Jushi &amp;quot;, was native in Meishan in Sichuan . He was a famous litterateur, calligrapher, essayist, Ci writer, poet and the representative of the Unconstrained Ci School in Northern Song Dynasty .&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi has made great achievements in poetry, Ci, prose, calligraphy, painting and so on. He was regarded as one of the most outstanding man in literary and artistic attainments in thousands of years of Chinese history. His was called &amp;quot;Han Chao Su hai&amp;quot; with Han Yu in the prose area, &amp;quot;Ou Su&amp;quot; with Ouyang Xiu, &amp;quot;Su Huang&amp;quot; with Huang Tingjian, and &amp;quot;Su Xin&amp;quot; with Xin Qiji in the Ci area, so he was called &amp;quot;the first all-round talent in ancient China&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Shi's literary viewpoint was in line with Ouyang Xiu's, but he emphasized the originality, expressiveness and artistic value of literature more. His literary thought emphasized &amp;quot;creating for certain purposes&amp;quot;, advocating nature and getting rid of bondage. Su Shi was a leading figure in the literary circle of the Northern Song Dynasty after Ouyang Xiu. Moreover, Huang Tingjian, Qin Guan, Chao Buzhi and Zhang Lei, the four litterateurs of the Northern Song Dynasty, had been trained, rewarded and recommended by him, so they were called “Su Men Four bachelors”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Su Zhe'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Su Zhe.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe was born in Meishan, Meizhou , now Sichuan province. In the Jiayou second year (in 1057), he with his brother Su Shi climbed jinshi branch.&lt;br /&gt;
Su Zhe's prose showed the deep and mellow spirit. He had his own views on ancient writing. In the Book to Han Tai Wei in Privy Council, he put forward the theory of &amp;quot;literary style&amp;quot; . He was good at politics and history. He discussed world affairs in some political works such as The New Theory and the Six States.  From these works, we can draw lessons from the past and criticize the current problems. He was also very insightful in reform. In addition, he was also quite outstanding in Ode , such as The &amp;quot;Ode to Ink bamboo&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7. Wang Anshi'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wang Anshi.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi, also known as Banshan in his twilight years, was conferred the title of Duke Jing . He was born in Linchuan in the Northern Song Dynasty, now Fuzhou City, Jiangxi Province .&lt;br /&gt;
Wang Anshi was not only an outstanding politician and thinker, but also a brilliant litterateur. In order to realize his political ideal, he closely linked literary creation with political activities, emphasizing that literature aimed to serve the society first, that means, he emphasized the realistic function and social effect of articles, and advocated the unity of literature and Taoism. His prose largely carried out his literary propositions because his essays were mostly about the enlightenment of political decrees and suitable for world use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8. Zeng Gong'''&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Zeng Gong.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was known as &amp;quot;Mr. Nan Feng&amp;quot;. He was born in Nanfeng, Jianchang, now Nanfeng County, Fuzhou city, Jiangxi Province. In Jiayou second year (in 1057), he became a Jinshi. As a politician and essayist of the Northern Song Dynasty and one of the &amp;quot;eight masters&amp;quot; of the Tang and Song Dynasties, he was also one of the &amp;quot;Seven Zengs of Nanfeng&amp;quot; , including Zeng Gong, Zeng Zhao, Zeng Bu, Zeng Yu, Zeng Hong, Zeng Xie and Zeng Dun.&lt;br /&gt;
Zeng Gong was a supporter and participant of Ouyang Xiu's ancient prose movement. He advocated the doctrine before the text. His prose was natural and simple and little attention to literary grace. Of the eight masters, he was the less affectionate one. His articles were rarely lyrical works, but mostly argumentation and narrative. His prose was good at making arguments, for example, the Book to Ouyang She Ren, the Book to Bachelor CAI. In these works, he argued on the treatment of disorder and expressed his deep feelings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9. Comparison between the Ancient Prose Movement and  Renaissance'''&lt;br /&gt;
Although there was seven or eight hundred years from the Ancient Prose Movement to the Italian Renaissance,they both happened in the Middle Ancient period of Western history. Similarly, they both inherited the essence of classical culture and further completed the historical mission of literary retro. So we can regard them as historical peak in their respective cultures.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in ideology:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement in Tang and Song dynasties advocated the restoration of Confucianism of the pre-Qin period and the realization of the realistic goal of carrying the Tao in literature. It was against the parallel prose and the floating style since the Six Dynasties but for the gentle and honest poetic concept. While the Renaissance, with classical culture as a tool, strongly criticized medieval theology and carried forward the humanism and scientific rational spirit of ancient Greece and Rome. Their premise and foundation are their own classical thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in writing style:&lt;br /&gt;
The two retro movements were marked by the retro style to restore the creation mode of ancient prose, thus promoting the process of literary movement. The Ancient Prose Movement of the Tang Dynasty studied the simple language style of the pre-Qin period, while the Renaissance restored the elegant and beautiful characteristics of the ancient Greek period.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparison in literary form:&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Prose Movement not only corrected the floating and rigid writing style of the six dynasties, but also laid a good creative foundation for the development of prose in later generations. It was in the form of scattered single sentences with less flowery and redundant allusions but more in colloquial language. While although the literary works of the Renaissance inherited the elegant style of classicism, it still changed obviously in the aspect of stylistic creation. Influenced by literary theory and works, Italian literature showed innovation in form. As Mr. Zhu Guangqian said :&amp;quot; Italian literature is a new type of literature different from classical literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
The Eight Tang-Song Prose Masters 唐宋八大家 &lt;br /&gt;
Banknotes of Eight Masters of Tang and Song Dynasties 《唐宋八大家文钞》&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Prose Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
parallel prose 骈文&lt;br /&gt;
The Decline of Eight Generations 文起八代之衰&lt;br /&gt;
The Article Giant 文章巨公&lt;br /&gt;
Admired Literate of One Hundred Generations 百代文宗&lt;br /&gt;
Han Changli Collection 《韩昌黎集》&lt;br /&gt;
External collection 《外集》&lt;br /&gt;
The Teacher's Theory《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-Qin and Han Dynasties 先秦两汉时期&lt;br /&gt;
writing in classical Chinese 文言文&lt;br /&gt;
feudal provincial of Liuzhou 柳州刺史&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gao Mingzhu 高明珠==&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa--[[User:Gao Mingzhu|Gao Mingzhu]] ([[User talk:Gao Mingzhu|talk]]) 08:22, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Gao Mingzhu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1、A Brief Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pipa belongs to plucked stringed instruments. Being made of wood or bamboo, its speaker box takes the shape of half pear with 4 strings on it ,which was made of silk initially while being made of steel wire, steel rope or nylon now. The &amp;quot;Pin(品，those wooden strips on Pipa’s face plate for pressing)&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Xiang（相, those horizontal strips on Pipa’s neck for pressing）&amp;quot; are set on the face plate and neck respectively to determine the positions of different sounds. When playing, the player holds it erectly using the left hand to press the string and the right hand to play. It is an important ethnic musical instrument which can be used in recital, accompaniment and ensemble. Pipa has a wide range of vocal range. Its playing skills rank the first in Chinese national instruments and its performance forms are also the most abundant in Chinese folk music, it is thus called the No.1 in plucked instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2、Emergence and Development&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3、Different Schools&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4、Traditional Pipa Music&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grosheva, Anna==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Huli-jing figure in Chinese mythology and its analogs in Japan and Korea === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The topic of werewolves in the XXI century is perhaps one of the most discussed and studied. Along with vampires and zombies, the image of werewolves is firmly entrenched in world cinema and literature. However, as a rule, speaking about the motives for the transformation of a person into an animal, most people have information mainly about lycanthropy, that is, about the specific transformation of a person into a wolf (werewolf). At the same time, the theme of werewolves is represented by a fairly large number of transformations of a person not only into a wolf but also into other animals. In Chinese mythology, one of the most popular werewolf myths is the myth of the Huli Jing, or werewolf foxes. In the Middle Ages, these myths were very popular and in-demand among writers. But what is the attitude of Huli-Jing in modern China? Are they given a place in modern culture, or do werewolf foxes now sound more like a kind of atavism or a children's fairy tale?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Huli-jing (狐狸精) in China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we need to recreate the image of the Huli-Jing and what was seen in ancient and medieval China. Most often, the Huli-Jing was presented in the form of not just a young, but extremely beautiful women. Interestingly, the image of werewolf foxes has been known in China since the times of the Xia dynasty and its founder Yu, who married a nine-tailed white fox who lived on Mount Tu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
People, especially women, believed that thanks to the cult of the fox, they would be able to gain unearthly beauty and immortality. The official authorities of the ancient and medieval dynasties tried to fight the representatives of the Huli Jing cult, but it was only during the Song dynasty that the cult of the fox, including the cult of Da Ji, was almost completely destroyed. However, the cult and image of Huli Jing were not completely eradicated in China. Probably, a more competent decision was made to give the werewolf woman more kind and compassionate traits, which in one way or another should justify her image compared to the cruel ancestor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the most striking examples of where the changed image of the Huli Jing is found can be called the stories of Pu Songlin about werewolf foxes. It is his stories, where girls are subject to the curse of turning into foxes, that reflect their position as hostages of their own life situations or even fears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The theme of fatal love in the stories of werewolf foxes appears as a continuous line in Pu Songling, this suggests that despite the fact that Huli Jing strives for happiness, she remains a spirit that is not a person. In addition, despite the altered level of female foxes, they will still bear the curse of their evil ancestors, who personified evil in its purest form, and therefore there can be no happy ending for those who bear such heavy punishment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, the image of the Huli Jing as a mythological character by the 21st century was constantly supplemented with small details. We can say that most of the works of literature and cinema, in which the werewolf fox was encountered, for the most part, were very strongly romanticized. Remaining in its own way a relatively neutral character, Huli Jing nevertheless gradually becomes one of the most popular characters of many writers and screenwriters, not only in China but also in many other countries.&lt;br /&gt;
A striking and original example of where the Huli Jing appears is the work of the writer Ken Liu entitled &amp;quot;Good Hunt&amp;quot;. The author presents not only a very interesting view of the Huli Jing but also explains why the legendary characters of Chinese mythology are gradually disappearing from the memory of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to literary works, Huli Jing is quite often encountered in Chinese cinema, as an episodic character or a protagonist. One of the most striking images of a werewolf fox can be considered the film &amp;quot;Painted Skin (畫皮)&amp;quot;, where the main character is Huli Jing and must eat men's hearts to maintain her youth and beauty. This film is based on the story of Pu Songling and is one of the key works of cinema and modern Chinese culture, which fully reveals the tragedy of the werewolf fox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, Huli Jing is featured in a fairly large number of Chinese television series, each of which gives its own view of what character Huli Jing should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quite a lot of information about werewolf foxes can be obtained from the TV series &amp;quot;The Legend of the Nine-Tailed Fox&amp;quot; released in 2016. The main interest here is not only a rather vivid description of the Huli Jing, which according to the plot are one family and are forced to seek and return to their place the sacred fruit from the magic garden. This, perhaps, is an attempt to provide an explanation of the true nature of werewolf foxes, who for a long time rushed from good to evil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summing up, I would like to note that the transformation of the image of Huli Jing took place at a gradual pace. Since the reign of the first Chinese dynasties, the image of werewolf foxes has been predominantly negative and associated with deceit, seduction, and intrigue. But the situation changed in connection with the development of the cults of foxes, which they tried to give the appearance of “victims of circumstances,” and all the negative features are just a slight exaggeration. Thanks to Pu Songling, the Huli Jing truly became much more positive beings, and the stories about them were presented in terms of stories of unfortunate and unhappy love.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of the Huli Jing, which rushes from good to evil for many years, has been romanticized and transformed, becoming a more positive character, although not devoid of some negative features.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Kitsune (キツネ) in Japan''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Japanese folklore, these animals have great knowledge, long life, and magical abilities. Chief among them is the ability to take shapeshift themselves; the fox, according to legend, learns to do this after reaching a certain age (usually a hundred years old, although in some legends it is fifty). Kitsune usually take the form of seductive beauty, a pretty young girl, but sometimes they turn into men. It should be noted that in Japanese mythology there was a mixture of indigenous Japanese beliefs that characterized the fox as an attribute of the god Inari (&amp;quot;Fox-messenger&amp;quot;) and the Chinese, who considered foxes to be werewolves, a genus close to demons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other abilities commonly ascribed to kitsune include the ability to take possession of other people's bodies, to breathe out or otherwise create fire, to appear in other people's dreams, and the ability to create illusions so complex that they are almost indistinguishable from reality. Some of the legends go further, talking about kitsune with the ability to warp space and time, drive people crazy, or take on such inhuman or fantastic forms as trees of indescribable height or the second moon in the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kitsune are associated with both Shinto and Buddhist beliefs. In Shinto, kitsune are associated with Inari, the patron deity of rice fields and entrepreneurship. Initially, foxes were the messengers (tsukai) of this deity, but now the difference between them has become so blurred that Inari himself is sometimes depicted as a fox. In Buddhism, they gained fame thanks to the Shingon school of secret Buddhism, popular in the 9th-10th centuries in Japan, one of the main deities of which, Dakini, was depicted riding a fox across the sky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A kitsune can have up to nine tails. In general, it is believed that the older and stronger the foxes are, the more tails they have. Some sources even claim that a kitsune grows an extra tail every hundred or thousand years of its life. However, foxes found in fairy tales almost always have one, five, or nine tails. When kitsune are given nine tails, their fur turns silvery, white, or gold. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Kumiho (구미호) in Korea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kumiho - (구 &amp;quot;ku&amp;quot; - nine, 미 &amp;quot;mi&amp;quot; - tail, 호 &amp;quot;ho&amp;quot; - fox - &amp;quot;fox with nine tails&amp;quot;) is a folklore animal, the fox of which is first mentioned in the era of Gojoseon. According to legends, only a fox that lives for a thousand years can become 구미호. One of her superpowers is transforming into a beautiful girl. Although in myths there are also references to the becoming of a charming young man. In this form, the mythical animal fell in love with the opposite sex, and then ate their liver (according to some beliefs, and the heart). Why exactly the liver? We can say that the liver contains human energy, that is, we eat and receive the energy that our liver stores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a later period, kumiho, according to numerous legends, could get rid of the status of a monster and become a man forever. There are several ways: 구미호 will not eat human flesh and kill for a thousand days. The second option is to eat the liver of a thousand men over a thousand years. The third - will live in a cave without sunlight, eating only wormwood and garlic. And also, if the person who recognized her as 구미호 in human form, keeps this secret for ten years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shape shifter – 成精&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Creature –生物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seductive –诱人的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Damnation –诅咒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Metaphor –隐喻&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascribe –属性&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indigenous –土着&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deity – 反面人物&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liver – 肝脏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pu Song-ling. Fox charm. Monks-wizards. // Eastern literature. –2008. - P.280.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu, Ken. Good Hunting.// Strange Horizons. - 2012. - p. 431.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kang Xiaofei. The cult of the fox: Power, gender and popular religion in late imperial and modern China//Columbia University Press. – New York, 2006. – Pp.269.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gu Dongfang 顾东方==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Characters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guan Qinqing 管钦清==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Chinese Knots===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction about Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot is a hand-woven handicraft unique to China. The exquisiteness and wisdom displayed on it are just one aspect of the ancient Chinese civilization.It &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
originally evolved from the sewing of the Paleolithic period, to the ritual memorial of the Han Dynasty, and then into today's decorative craft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The jade worn by people in the Zhou Dynasty was often decorated with Chinese knots, and there were also Chinese knot patterns on the bronzes of the Warring States Period.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese knot continued to become a popular art in the Qing Dynasty. Now,Chinese knots are often used as interior decorations, gifts between relatives and friends and &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personal accessories. It is possessed of delicate and symmetrical appearance and accords with the conventions of Chinese traditional  decoration and aesthetics,which &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
earned the knot its name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are ten main kinds of Chinese knots which are named according to the shape, purpose or meaning of the knot.They are Double Coin Knot(双钱结）,Good Luck Knot（吉祥&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Chinese Button Knot（纽扣结）,Sauvastika Knot（万字结）,Oxalis Knot（酢浆草结）,Pan Chang Knot（盘长结）,Round Brocade Knot（团锦结）,Caisson Celling Knot（藻井&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
结）,Cross Knot(十字结） and Ping Knot（平结）.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we mainly introduce three main Chinese knots,which are the Double Coin Knot,the Good Luck Knot and the Pan Chang Knot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1.The Double Coin Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient coins are closely related to a country’s history, culture,politics, and economy, and are regarded as treasures both at home and abroad. The Chinese people's views &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
on coins are not limited on their prices but value, which can be seen in the auspicious characters and patterns cast on many ancient coins. ut it Money in China not only &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
represents the value of a certain currency, but also something of good luck. Every Chinese New Year's Eve, children can receive the so-called &amp;quot;luck money&amp;quot;. Therefore, for &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Chinese people, money also has the meaning of eliminating and avoiding evil. Double Coin Knot is named after two bronze coins connecting together, which symbolizes &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;good things come in pairs&amp;quot;. This knot is often used in weaving necklaces, belts and other accessories, and the combination of several Double Coin Knots can form beautiful &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
patterns, such as clouds and Perfect Knots，etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2.The Good Luck Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the Good Luck Knot,it is an extension of the cross knot, and is also one of the ancient decorative knots, which means auspiciousness. The knitting method is simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And the knot shape is beautiful,varied and widely used. When used alone, if a heavy object is hung, the knot is easy to deform, and it can be fixed with a shaping glue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3.The Pan Chang Knot=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot is also a kind of Chinese knot. It symbolizes the highest realm of unity of mind and matter and eternal immortality. It represents the auspiciousness of the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
avenue and is therefore highly valued by Chinese people. Pan Chang (盘长） is a symbol of the origin of all things, and is one of the most important basic knots. It is &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
often the main knot of many changing knots. Because the Chinese knot has the characteristics of close symmetry, it is easy to be liked by us in terms of its perception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.The Knitting Method of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The knitting of Chinese knots can be roughly divided into three categories: basic knots, variable knots, and combined knots. Their knitting technology requires a variety of  basic knot knitting skills, and all have common knitting principles, which can be summarized into basic technique and combination technique. The basic technique is to knit with single lines, double lines or multiple lines, using the parallel or separation of the thread ends to make colorful knots.The combination technique means to use thread extension to flexibly combine various knots ,so as to make a group of varied knots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final stage of learning knitting is the self-designing. When designing a set of beautiful knots, the most important thing is to determine its purpose and function, and then determine its size and shape, while considering the color matching and the appropriate use of accessories. As long as the decorations are used flexibly, andthe designer's artistic beauty and deep thoughts are poured into, the Chinese knot can fully express the beauty of traditional Chinese art.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====4.The Cultural Connotations of Chinese Knots====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese people love the Chinese knot because it embodies the cultural essence and national characteristics of the Chinese nation. The Chinese knot is a woven fabric of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rope and thread.In Chinese， &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; (绳）and &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; （神）are homophonic, so the Chinese nation has a worship of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot;. In addition, Chinese people are descendants of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dragons.Because the shape of &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; is like a winding dragon,  people also regard &amp;quot;rope&amp;quot; as a symbol of dragon. Chinese people also have their own unique understanding of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;knot&amp;quot;, which means reunion and happiness. Many of the Chinese words composed of &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;（knot) that we usually see have beautiful meanings, such as 团结（unity）, 结交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
（making friends), and 永结同心（tie the knot),etc. &amp;quot;结&amp;quot;(knot) is also homonymous with &amp;quot;吉&amp;quot;（ausipiciousness), so people even think that &amp;quot;knot&amp;quot; is a symbol of good luck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====5.Comparisons between Chinese Knots and Cross Necklaces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.1.Different Cultural Connotations=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the above, we can see that the Chinese knot generally have many meanings, such as good luck, love, unity and so on. The cross necklace,however, is symbolic of &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Christianity. The cross, derived from the Latin &amp;quot;crux&amp;quot;, means &amp;quot;fork&amp;quot;.It was originally a cruel instrument of torture used to execute prisoners. It was popular in ancient &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rome, the Persian Empire and Carthage. Later,cross evolved into a symbol of the Christianity due to Christ's death on the cross to redeem sinners.Therefore,such cross &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ornaments in the west as cross necknaces are usually used to represent love and salvation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====5.2.Different Shapes=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, from the above we can also learn that Chinese knots have many shapes, and different shapes represent different meanings. The cross necklace can also have &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
different shapes and sizes. Christians can hang a small cross on their chest to express their identity, while the large cross is a symbol of the bishop's authority.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====6.References====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1]李库.符号学视角下的中国结解读.[J]艺海2016(08) : 125-126.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2]李立芳，孙建君.民间绳结[M].武汉：湖北美术出版社，2002.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3]许星.路论中国结[J].丝绸,2004(02) : 46-47.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4]邬红芳.中国结的意象美学特征[J]装饰，2004(09) : 120-121.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5]王眯珠，孙荪，曲洪建.怀旧心理与创新意识对中国结的影响分析[J].丝绸，2014(11):43-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Double Coin Knot  双钱结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Good Luck Knot 吉祥结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Button Knot 纽扣结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sauvastika Knot 万字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oxalis Knot 酢浆草结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pan Chang Knot 盘长结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Round Brocade Knot 团锦结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Caisson Celling Knot 藻井结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross Knot 十字结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ping Knot 平结&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tie the knot 永结同心&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
luck money 压岁钱&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the bishop's identity 主教职权&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the Chinese knot?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Do you know the names of the main Chinese knots? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What do &amp;quot;绳&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;结&amp;quot; mean in Chinese culture?--[[User:Guan Qinqing|Guan Qinqing]] ([[User talk:Guan Qinqing|talk]]) 13:04, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guirou, Barthelemy==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Mythology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1. Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese’s life is full of mythological history about religious, history, science, literature, philosophy, dragons, tortoises, phoenixes, unicorns, birds, and flowering fruit trees. This myth is characterized by the interaction of the pros and cons, yin and yang, good and evil, light and dark, male and female, heaven and earth, force and weak and so forth. Panku is an important figure in Chinese mythology, the first living being and the creator of universe in some versions of Chinese mythology. In world mythology; every peoples have it own myths, different fairy tales, but there is some similarities in common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.1 Panku Creates the World===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the beginning, the world didn’t exist; there wasn’t sky, earth, water, animals, birds, plants, human, in other word, the universe was empty. The force of universe was concentrated inside a mysterious egg. This egg, after growing many years, it becoming a big form of ball and finally give birth to Panku.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.2 Nü Wa Created Human Beings===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.3 Fushi Taught the People=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===1.4 Yu Rebuilt the Earth====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===2.Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why was an egg a good symbol for the beginning of the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Gui Yizhi 桂一枝==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese gods and immortals--[[User:Gui Yizhi|Gui Yizhi]] ([[User talk:Gui Yizhi|talk]]) 16:09, 8 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A. 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional religion is polytheistic; many deities are worshipped in a pantheistic view where divinity is inherent in the world. In Chinese language there is a terminological distinction between 神 shén, 帝 dì and 仙 xiān. Although the usage of the former two is sometimes blurred, it corresponds to the distinction in Western cultures between &amp;quot;god&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;deity&amp;quot;. dì, sometimes translated as &amp;quot;thearch&amp;quot;, implies a manifested or incarnate &amp;quot;godly&amp;quot; power. During the time of Zhou dynasty to the Warring States, dì is used to refer to those who have great moral cultivation and merits. And then it becomes a term of emperor since Qin dynasty. The latter term 仙 xiān unambiguously means a man who has reached immortality, similarly to the Western idea of &amp;quot;hero&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is another difference between Chinese gods and immortals. The gods usually have their own position and take charge of different things in Daoist theology. While immortals, unlike gods, have no official positions. It is that certain humans develop the ability to live indefinitely, avoiding death, and becoming divine xiān. Such humans generally also are said to develop special powers and always live leisurely. So since ancient times, many people are longing to become an immortal and live a carefree life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guo Lu 郭露==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of late Tang dynasty and Song dynasty in China, also known as the &amp;quot;Classical Prose Movement&amp;quot;, is a movement with the style reform as its surface and Confucianism Renaissance as its core. The word “Gu Wen” was first introduced by Han Yu, it indicates the prose of the pre-Qin period and of Han dynasty. This movement took clarity and precision as priorities, it stood against the florid pianwen or parallel prose style that had been popular starting from Han dynasty. Parallel prose had a rigid structure and was criticized for being overly ornate at the expense of content. Therefore, Han Yu, together with Liu Zongyuan, launched this movement to make a difference so that they could revive the Confucianism and promote their political thoughts. This movement tended to follow the spirit of pre-Qin prose rather than to imitate it directly. People used elements of colloquial language to make their writings more direct.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Development====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement went through three stages. The first promoters of this movement were Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan who were not only great writers but also great theorists, forming the foundation of it. Both were enthusiastic to promote the movement and were keen to teach young people so that it could achieve further development and then revive the Confucianism. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, after the deaths of Han Yu and Liu Zongyuan, the movement fell into a decline, their students writing with such ancient characters as to hinder understanding or neglecting the importance of writing good essays. Furthermore, the government only allowed people to use pianwen for official use, so those who want to be officials had to learn that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, Ouyang Xiu once again advocated the classical prose in the Song dynasty. As many people were dissatisfied with the florid piantiwen style, the Classical Prose Movement reached another peak during that period. This movement is consequently also called the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Representatives====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Han Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu (768 – 824), courtesy name Tuizhi, also known his art names Han Changli or Chang Li Xian Sheng. He was born in present-day Mengzhou, Henan, he was a Chinese prose writer, poet, and philosopher who significantly influenced the development of Neo-Confucianism. Due to his influence on the Chinese literary tradition, he is described as “Comparable in stature to Dante, Shakespeare or Goethe”. Meanwhile, he is often considered to be among China’s finest prose writers. Ming dynasty scholar Mao Kun ranked him first in the &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot;，and Su Shi, another famous poet, once praised that “His prose reversed the literary decline of eight dynasties”. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Han Yu wrote a large volume of works, which includes over 700 poems and nearly 400 prosses. He is especially famous for his ''On Teachers'', which says “A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles”. This persuasive pross is short but well structured, and it has a strong appeal to people, which also has a positive impact on youth education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Liu Zongyuan'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liu Zongyuan (773 – 819), courtesy name Zihou, also known by his art names He Dong Xian Sheng or Liu He Dong, was a Chinese literature, philosopher, politician and poet who lived during the Tang Dynasty. And Liu was born in present-day Yongji, Shanxi. Along with Han Yu, they were called Han Liu. Besides that, he has been classed as one of the “Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song”, which also includes Han Yu and Ouyang Xiu. Liu's best-known travel pieces are the ''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou''. And one of his most famous poems is ''Jiangxue''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Ouyang Xiu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu (1007 – 1072), courtesy name Yong Shu, also known by his art names Zuiweng and Liu Yi Jushi. He was a Chinese essayist, historian, poet, calligrapher and even a politician of the Song dynasty. Being a much-celebrated writer, both among his contemporaries and in subsequent centuries. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ouyang Xiu was in charge of the writing of the ''New Book of Tang'', and he also wrote the ''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' independently, the only book in the Twenty-Four Histories to have been written in private by a single author. As a poet, he was a noted writer of both the ''shi'' and ''ci'' genres. But it was his prose writings like ''Zuiweng Tingji'' that won him the greatest acclaim. The poem's most well-known line is: The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape, an idiom still used in modern Chinese to describe someone with an ulterior motive. Together with Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Su Shi, Ouyang Xiu was considered to be one of the Article four all through the ages.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Except for Han Yu, Liu Zongyuan and Ouyang Xiu, there were many other representatives of this movement. For example, Su Xun, Su Shi, Su Zhe, Zeng Gong and Wang Anshi also made great contributions to the Classical Pross Movement. Considering their influences, they were also listed as Eight masters in Tang and Song Dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterworks====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the influence of the Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty, there appeared a large volume of masterpieces, which have a far-reaching influence on later ages. Except for the works of Han Yu, Liu Zong Yuan and Ouyang Xiu, other works like ''Shang Zhongyong'' written by Wang Anshi, ''On Jia Yi'' and ''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' by Su Shi, were also considered the representative works of this movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Influence====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty is a milestone during the development of Chinese ancient prose, it has a profound influence on the later schools of literature like Tang-Song School in the Ming dynasty and Tong Cheng school in the Qing dynasty. Besides that, it also helped to lay a solid foundation of pross in China, and acted as a fine example for later scholars.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and Expressions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Classical Prose Movement of the late Tang dynasty and the Song dynasty 唐宋八大家&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Classical Pross Movement 古文运动&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Eight Records of Excursions in Yongzhou'' 《永州八记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Teachers'' 《师说》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher is one who passes on the truth, imparts knowledge and solves puzzles. 师者，所以传道授业解惑也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''New Book of Tang'' 《新唐书》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Historical Records of the Five Dynasties'' 《新五代史》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Zuiweng Tingji'' 《醉翁亭记》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Old Toper cares not for the wine, his interest lies in the landscape. 醉翁之意不在酒，在乎山水之间也。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Shang Zhongyong'' 《伤仲永》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''On Jia Yi'' 《贾谊论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''First Ode to the Red Cliff'' 《赤壁赋》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who was the first promoter of Classical Prose Movement?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What does the Classical Prose Movement mean?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When was the term &amp;quot;Eight Great Prose Masters of the Tang and Song&amp;quot; first brought up?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ha, Thi Thu Hang==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The culture of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:HATHITHUHANG2|HATHITHUHANG2]] ([[User talk:HATHITHUHANG2|talk]]) 09:02, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tradition of Red envelope and Lucky money--[[User:Root|Root]] ([[User talk:Root|talk]]) 08:04, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Chinese Red Envelope and Lucky money tradition===&lt;br /&gt;
In Chinese and other East and Southeast Asian societies, a red envelope or a red packet (Mandarin: hóngbāo) is a monetary gift which is given during holidays or special occasions such as weddings, graduation or the birth of a baby.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
利市 /Lì shì/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
紅包 /Hóngbāo/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucianism 儒教 /Rújiào/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thought of Confucius 孔子思想 /Kǒngzǐ sīxiǎng/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
1. Do you know the origin of giving Lunar new year lucky money to children and the elderly？&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==He Changqi 何长琦==&lt;br /&gt;
==='''The Twenty-four Solar Terms'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.1 The orgin and development of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar, with a profound history in China. Created by ancient Chinese when observing the annual movement of the sun, the twenty-four solar system is seen as a system of time knowledge and the agricultural guideline. It originated in the Yellow River valley, and is the result of people's observation, exploration and summary of astronomy, meteorology, and weather, which is an excellent cultural heritage created by the ancient Chinese people. By the late Western Zhou Dynasty, people had already measured the first four solar terms: winter solstice, summer solstice, spring equinox and autumn equinox. Afterwards, with the improvement of measurement technology and the further strengthening of people's understanding of the laws of nature, during the Warring States period, the complete twenty-four solar terms were basically formed, and during the Qin and Han dynasties, the complete twenty-four solar terms system was perfected and formed into today's complete twenty-four solar terms system.[[1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.2 The definition and classification of the twenty-four solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“The twenty-four solar term” is a unique phenomenon on traditional lunar calendar. To facilitate agricultural production, ancient Chinese people summarized a supplementary calendar that divides a year into 24 segments according to the sun’s movement on the ecliptic and seasonal changes in weather and other natural phenomena, with 24 segments proportionally distributed through 12 months. (术语)&lt;br /&gt;
A solar term that starts in the early part of a month is called jie (节), and one that starts in the meddle part of a month is called qi (气). ( Every three years there would be a month which has only a jie without a qi, or a month which has only a qi without a jie, in which case a leap month would be added to regulate it. ) The solar terms are so named that they represent the changes in season,phenology and climate. The eight solar terms that reflect seasonal changes are Beginning of Spring, Vernal Equinox, Beginning of Summer, Summer Solstice, Beginning of Autumn, Autumnal Equinox,Beginning of Winter, and Winter Solstice; the four solar terms that represent phenological changes are Waking of Insects, Fresh Green, Lesser fullness and Grain in Ear; and the 12 solar terms that indicate the changes in climate are Rain Water,Grain Rain,Lesser Heat, Greater Heat, End of Heat, White Dew, Cold Dew, First Frost, Light Snow, Heavy Snow, Lesser Cold, and Greater Cold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.3 The conventions in different solar terms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4 Importance and values===&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.1 Importance in ancient times===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 24 solar terms are a creation of traditional farming culture, and their production, development and dissemination have adapted to the economic production methods and social needs in the farming era. The 24 solar terms have played an  important role in the life and work of traditional Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the 24 solar terms are the basic time indicators of agricultural production activities in ancient times, which is also the most basic function and value of the 24 solar terms. Agricultural production is an economic activity carried out by humans according to natural rhythms and the laws of crop growth. The basic requirement of  the agricultural production is to keep track of the agricultural time, which means that &amp;quot;if the agricultural time is not violated, there will be sufficient grain supply.&amp;quot; (Mencius - Liang Huiwang). Secondly, the 24 solar terms were also regarded as important time points in the daily life of the people in ancient times. Thirdly, for the ancient ancestors, the 24 solar terms were not just a time system, but a much more colourful connotation of life, and  an important manifestation and part of their colourful lives. For example, the &amp;quot;Four Beginnings&amp;quot;(四立), that is, the Beginning of Spring, Beginning of Summer, Beginning of Autumn,  Beginning of Winter , have always been important festivals in history. At the time of these festivals, the emperors would lead their courtiers to the eastern, southern, western and northern gates of the capital to hold ceremonies to welcome the arrival of spring, summer, autumn and winter. The winter solstice, summer solstice and Qingming Festival are still important traditional festivals today, especially Tomb Sweeping Festival, which is also known as China's four traditional festivals, along with Spring Festival, Dragon Boat Festival and Mid-Autumn Festival.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===17.4.2 Values in modern society===&lt;br /&gt;
In 2016, the 24 solar terms was included in the World Intangible Cultural Heritage List and became one of the most vivid cultural symbols for strengthening the cultural confidence of the Chinese nation and enhancing the cultural cohesion of the Chinese nation. It still has its practical values in modern society.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, as a time-honoured knowledge system with a long history and a customary tradition rich in colourful activities, the 24 solar terms has  profound spiritual and cultural connotations, such as respecting nature, adapting to the time of the day, venerating ancestors, filial piety and respect for the elderly, and being good neighbours and friends. Therefore, it is one of the important components of excellent Chinese traditional culture. Secondly, the 24 solar terms can accurately reflect the rhythm and rules of nature and reflect the harmonious relationship between man and nature. Lastly, the 24 solar terms are not only a time system, but also a living tradition full of rich connotations, which is an important part of people's lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Beginning of Spring	立春&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Autumn 立秋&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rain Water 雨水 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
End of Heat 处暑&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Insects Awakening 惊蛰 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
White Dew 白露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spring Equinox 春分 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Autumnal Equinox 秋分&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fresh Green 清明 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dew 寒露&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain Rain 谷雨	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First Frost 霜降 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Summer 立夏 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beginning of Winter 立冬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Fullness	小满 	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Light Snow 小雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grain in Ear 芒种	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavy Snow 大雪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Summer Solstice	夏至&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Winter Solstice	冬至&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Heat 大暑&lt;br /&gt;
 	&lt;br /&gt;
Lesser Cold 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Heat 立春 &lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
Greater Cold 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
References:[[User:He Changqi|He Changqi]] ([[User talk:He Changqi|talk]]) 10:11, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Baihui 胡百辉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Collection of Yue Fu Poetry《乐府诗集》===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Brief introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' is the essence of Han, Wei, Jin and Northern and Southern Dynasties folk songs. The content is very rich, reflecting a wide range of social life. It mainly collects more than 5000 Yuefu songs from Han, Wei to Tang and Five Dynasties, as well as from pre Qin to the end of Tang Dynasty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Yuefu&amp;quot;, originally the name of the institution in charge of music, was first set up in the reign of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, and there were also Yuefu institutions in the northern and Southern Dynasties. Its specific task is to make music score, collect lyrics and train music talents. There are two sources of lyrics: one is specially written by literati, the other is collected from Chinese folk. Later, people called the poems collected by Yuefu organs as Yuefu, or Yuefu Poems and Yuefu songs, so Yuefu changed from official name to poetic name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.About the author'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guo Maoqian (1041-1099) was born in Xucheng, Yunzhou, Song Dynasty. He is the grandson of Guo Quan, and the son of Guo Yuanming. Song Shenzong Yuanfeng seven years (1084), Cao joined the army in Henan Province. He wrote a hundred volumes of ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'', which was handed down from generation to generation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Content introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It divides Yuefu Poems into 12 categories, including suburban Temple songs, Yan shooting songs, drum songs, horizontal blowing songs, Xianghe songs, etc. In these different kinds of music, the songs of Jiaomiao and yanshe belong to the movements used by the imperial court, and their ideological content and artistic skills are less desirable. There are also some works with poor artistic value. But generally speaking, most of the poems it collects are excellent folk songs and poems written by scholars with old Yuefu titles. In the existing poetry collection, &amp;quot;Yuefu Poetry Collection&amp;quot; is an important book with the most complete collection of all kinds of Yuefu Poetry in the past dynasties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Masterpieces====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The Peacock Flies to Southeast'' is the first long narrative poem in the history of Chinese literature, and it is also the peak work in the history of Yuefu Poetry. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is based on a marriage tragedy in Lujiang County during the reign of Emperor Xian of the Eastern Han Dynasty. The poem has more than 350 sentences and 1700 words. It mainly tells the story of Jiao Zhongqing and Liu Lanzhi's forced separation and suicide. It accuses the cruelty and ruthlessness of feudal ethics and praises their sincere feelings and rebellious spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the longest narrative poem in ancient history, the story of Peacock Flying Southeast is complicated and simple, and its characters are vividly portrayed. It not only portrays the image of Jiaoliu and his wife, but also depicts the stubbornness of Jiao's mother and the arrogance of brother Liu. At the end of the article, the myth of Liu Lanzhi and Jiao Zhongqing turning into mandarin ducks after their death is conceived, and the people's strong desire for love freedom and happy life is placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''Mulan Poetry'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Mulan poetry'' is a folk song in the Northern Dynasty of China. This is a long narrative poem about a girl named Mulan. She disguised herself as a man, joined the army for her father, established meritorious service in the battlefield, and refused to be an official after returning to the imperial court. She only wanted to go home for reunion. She warmly praised the woman's brave and kind-hearted quality, her enthusiasm for defending her country and her brave and fearless spirit. &amp;quot;Mulan is a girl&amp;quot; is used to conceive the legend of Mulan, which is full of romantic color. The detailed arrangement is very ingenious. Although it is about war theme, it is mainly about the life scene and children's mood, which is full of life flavor. It describes the character's mood by means of character's question and answer, narration, parallelism, antithesis and intertextuality, which is vivid, detailed and full of vitality, It has strong artistic appeal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Evaluation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Contributions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The important contribution of it is to collect and classify the songs of past dynasties according to their tunes, so that many works can be compiled into books. This provides great convenience for the collation and research of Yuefu Poetry. For example, some excellent Chinese folk songs of Han Dynasty, such as &amp;quot;Moshangsang&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;dongmenxing&amp;quot;, were collected and recorded by editors. In particular, some ancient folk songs and proverbs are scattered in various historical books and some academic works, and miscellaneous ballads and sayings are mostly ignored by the former. Yuefu Poetry Collection introduces and explains in detail the origin, nature and musical instruments used in singing of various kinds of music. So that many precious historical materials can be preserved. This is of great value to the study of literature history and music history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are narrative poems and lyric poems in Yuefu Poems, and the achievements of narrative poems are more prominent. ''The Book of Songs'' and ''The Songs of Chu'' are basically lyric poems, and sometimes narrative is interspersed in the process of lyric, but narrative is attached to lyric. The emergence of Yuefu narrative poetry marks the maturity of Chinese ancient narrative poetry, and it is all caused by sadness and happiness. When choosing narrative objects, the creative subject is good at finding poetic scenes and absorbing pictures in time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Shortcomings'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are some imperfections in ''Collection of Yue Fu Poetry'' . For example, Ji Yun in the Qing Dynasty pointed out that it was not appropriate to include some literati poems in the titles of Yuefu. In addition, because of its emphasis on melody, the recorded songs are often inconsistent with the description of tunes. But on the whole, as an ancient Chinese literature, this giant has made a certain contribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hu Jin 胡瑾==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Eight Major Cuisines of China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====1.A Brief Introduction About Chinese Cuisine====&lt;br /&gt;
As early as the Shang and Zhou dynasties, China's food culture began to take shape. At that time, Tai Gongwang was the most representative. In the Spring and Autumn Period and Warring States Period under the reign of Duke Huan of Qi, the flavors of North and South dishes showed differences. In the Tang and Song Dynasties, the southern cuisine and the northern cuisine formed their own systems. In the Southern Song Dynasty, sweet in south and salty in north was formed. At the beginning of the Qing Dynasty, Shandong Cuisine, Sichuan Cuisine, Cantonese Cuisine, and Su Cuisine became the most influential local dishes at that time, and they were called the &amp;quot;four major cuisines.&amp;quot; By the end of the Qing Dynasty, four new local cuisines, Zhejiang Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine, Hunan Cuisine, and Anhui Cuisine, were differentiated and formed, which together constituted the &amp;quot;eight major cuisines&amp;quot; of traditional Chinese cuisine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====2.The Classification of Chinese Cuisines====&lt;br /&gt;
      &lt;br /&gt;
China covers a large territory and has many nationalities, hence a variety of Chinese food with different but fantastic and mouthwatering flavor. Since China's local dishes have their own typical characteristics, generally, Chinese food can be roughly divided into eight regional cuisines, which has been widely accepted around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.1Shandong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Jinan Cuisine and Jiaodong Cuisine, Shandong Cuisine, clear, pure and not greasy, is characterized by its emphasis on aroma, freshness, crispness and tenderness. Shallot and garlic are usually used as seasonings so Shangdong dishes tastes pungent usually. Soups are given much emphasis in Shangdong dishes. Thin soup features clear and fresh while creamy soup looks thick and tastes strong. Jinan Cuisine is adept at deep-frying, grilling, frying and stir-frying while Jiaodong division is famous for cooking seafood with fresh and light taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.2Sichuan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Sichuan Cuisine, known often in the West as Szechuan Cuisine, is one &lt;br /&gt;
of the most famous Chinese cuisines in the world. Characterized by its spicy and pungent flavor, Sichuan Cuisine, prolific of tastes, emphasizes on the use of chili. Pepper and prickly ash also never fail to accompany, producing typical exciting tastes. Besides, garlic, ginger and fermented soybean are also used in the cooking process. Wild vegetables and animals are usually chosen as ingredients, while frying, frying without oil, pickling and braising are applied as basic cooking techniques. The major Sichuan dishes include Kung Pao Chicken and Bean Sauce Tofu.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.3Guangdong Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Tasting clear, light, crisp and fresh, Guangdong Cuisine, familiar to Westerners, usually chooses raptors and beasts to produce originative     dishes. Its basic cooking techniques include roasting, stir-frying, sauteing, deep-frying, braising, stewing and steaming. Among them steaming and stir-frying are more commonly applied to preserve the natural flavor. Cantonese are known to have an adventurous palate, able to eat many different kinds of meats and vegetables. Many vegetables originate from other parts of the world. It doesn't use much spice, bringing out the natural flavor of the vegetables and meats. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.4Fujian Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Consisting of Fuzhou Cuisine, Quanzhou Cuisine and Xiamen Cuisine, Fujian Cuisine is distinguished for its choice of seafood, beautiful color and magic taste of sweet, sour, salty and savory. The most distinct features are their &amp;quot;pickled taste&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.5Jiangsu Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Jiangsu Cuisine, also called Huaiyang Cuisine, is popular in the lower reach of the Yangtze River. Aquatics as the main ingredients, it stresses the freshness of materials. Its carving techniques are delicate, of which the melon carving technique is especially well known. Cooking techniques consist of stewing, braising, roasting, simmering, etc. The flavor of Huaiyang Cuisine is light, fresh and sweet and with delicate elegance. Jiangsu Cuisine is well known for its careful selection of ingredients, its meticulous preparation methodology, and its not-too-spicy, not-too-bland taste. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.6Zhejiang Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Comprising local cuisines of Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing, Zhejiang Cuisine, not greasy, wins its reputation for freshness, tenderness, softness, smoothness of its dishes with mellow fragrance. Hangzhou Cuisine is the most famous one among the three. &lt;br /&gt;
=====2.7Hunan Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Hunan Cuisine consists of local cuisines of Xiangjiang Region, Dongting Lake and Xiangxi Coteau. It characterizes itself by thick and pungent flavor. Chili, pepper and shallot are usually necessaries in this division.&lt;br /&gt;
=====2.8Anhui Cuisine=====&lt;br /&gt;
Anhui Cuisine focuses much more attention on the temperature in cooking. Its major cooking method are braising and stewing. Often hams and sugar will be added to improve taste and flavour of the dishes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====3.A Comparison of Chinese-Western Diet Culture====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese and western cultures have always been two major factions in the world culture, and diet plays a very important role in the two cultures. The differences in cultures create the differences between Chinese and Western food cultures. There are many differences between Chinese and Western food under the two different cultural backgrounds.&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, the western diet is mainly based on flour, with abundant raw materials, and its cooking method is simpler than that in China, but it also pays great attention to taste. Besides, western diet takes nutrition as the highest criterion, with special emphasis on the nutritional components of food. For example, whether the contents of protein, fat, carbohydrate, vitamins and various inorganic elements are properly matched, whether the heat supply is just right, whether these nutritional components can be fully absorbed by eaters and whether there are other side effects. However, Chinese cuisine pays more attention to the color, aroma and taste of dishes. The purpose of Chinese people's diet is not only to satisfy their hunger, but also to satisfy their desire for delicious food, which brings pleasure to their body and mind. Compared with Chinese diet which pays attention to taste, western diet is a rational diet. Furthermore, westerners prefer cold dishes while Chinese like hot food. For Chinese, one should eat the food while it is still hot. What’s more, westerners believe that dishes are hunger-filled, so they specialize in &amp;quot;hard dishes&amp;quot; such as large pieces of meat and whole chickens; while Chinese mainly eat lots of vegetables and little meat. There are also differences in names of dishes. Many Chinese dishes often contain a lot of historical and cultural information. For example, Dongpo meat(Braised Dongpo Pork) is said to be cooked according to recipes handed down by Su Dongpo, a literary giant in Song Dynasty. Some dishes are also related to allusions and legends, for example, Fotiaoqiang(Buddha jumps over the wall) is a legend. In contrast, the names of western food are much simpler. For example, fried chicken legs, hamburgers and seafood soup are almost all named after the raw materials and cooking methods.&lt;br /&gt;
====References====&lt;br /&gt;
1. 毕继万. 跨文化非语言交际. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M], 1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 蔡华. 试论中西饮食文化的差异. 邵阳学院学报[J]，2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 杜学增. 中英文化习俗比较. 北京：外语教学与研究出版社[M],1999.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
pot-stewed fowl 卤味&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
stewing and simmering炖，煨&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
prickly ash 花椒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
fermented soybean豆鼓&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Braised Dongpo Pork东坡肉&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha Jumps over the Wall 佛跳墙&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kung Pao Chicken 宫保鸡丁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bean Sauce Tofu麻婆豆腐&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
How many types of cuisines are there in china?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s differences between Chinese and western diets?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is the origin of Dongpo Meat?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Eight major cuisines of China ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Fengyi 蒋凤仪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Paper Cutting 剪纸&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Text&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Questions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jiang Qiwei 蒋淇玮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Chinese Medical Sage- Zhang Zhongjing===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing ( original name Zhang Ji, 150 to 154 A.D.- about 215 to 219 A.D., courtesy name Zhongjing), was born in Nieyang County in Nanyang of the Eastern Han Dynasty ( located in today's Zhangzhai Village, Rangdong Town, Dengzhou City, Henan Province). He was a famous medical scientist in the late Eastern Han Dynasty and one of the most outstanding medical scientists in Chinese history, who is respected as the Chinese Medical Sage. In his childhood, Zhang Zhongjing admired Bian Que, a preeminent Chinese mediciner, and yearned for medical learning. And he once studied after Zhang Bozu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing hated officialdom and sympathized with common people. He traveled all over the country for his medical practice, carefully studied the symptoms of typhoid fever, and read widely. After decades of collection and study, he wrote the magnificent book Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which established the treatment based on syndrome differentiation of six classics, and became a necessary classic for the study of Chinese medicine in later generations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This extraordinary man in Chinese history, our immortal medical sage, was once the Changsha magistrate. As the master of superb medical skills and a man of tender heart, he treated patients for free on the first and fifteenth days of every lunar month. At that time, yamen's gate would be crowded with a large throng of people of all ages and both sexes. Some of them carried pieces of luggage, having come a long way to be there. All the people waited for him in eagerness. Then, Zhang Zhongjing would open the gate of office and let sick people in, instead of dealing with government affairs, carefully diagnosing and treating the masses one by one. Though confronted with such a heavy workload, Mr. Zhang treated every patient carefully based on syndrome differentiation. He diagnosed them with looking, listening, questioning and feeling the pulse— four ways of diagnosis, as well as saw through the patients' appearance to perceive the root cause of their illness. As making diagnoses so full-heartedly, Mr. Zhang even skipped meals sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, people called the doctor who sat in the drugstore to treat patients &amp;quot;the doctor sitting in the hall&amp;quot;, in memory of Zhang Zhongjing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When talking about Zhang Zhongjing, We have to mention his masterpiece Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, which is an undoubted groundbreaking and peak work of traditional Chinese medicine. For years of wars and chaos in the late Eastern Han Dynasty, it turned out that various kinds of plagues were prevailing in China. And lots of people were homeless and suffered from epidemic diseases. Thus, Zhang Zhongjing's motive of writing this book was to lifting common and poor Chinese people from the misery of diseases. After years of arduous hardwork, this enduring work was finally finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a Chinese saying that goes, &amp;quot; Eating dumplings in Chinese New Year, Great Cold, and Slight Cold ( latter two belongs to 24 solar terms).&amp;quot; But now, except these days and the New Year's Day, many diners also feast in the air-conditioned dumpling parlors in summer. So, how did dumplings, as one of people's favorite, come into being? Speaking of this delicacy, well-respected Zhang Zhongjing has made great contributions to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When a snowstorm was raging, Zhang Zhongjing, a former governor of Changsha, who had resigned from office, was returning to his native town. By the White River, he saw lots of homeless people in rags, with sick looks and frozen ears.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back home, Mr.Zhang was still concerned about those poor people. So he developed a recipe to help them ward off cold, called &amp;quot; Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot;. Then, just on the Winter Solstice, he asked his disciples to set up a shed and a big pot under it in Dongguan, Nanyang, and give each poor person a bowl of soup with two Jiaoers. After drinking this soup, people felt warm and their ears were cured.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Zhongjing passed away on the day of the Winter Solstice, and he distributed the &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; for everyone on the Winter Solstice as well. In order to commemorate him, everyone would make dumplings on the Winter Solstice Festival. And it was said that if one ate dumplings on the day of the Winter Solstice, his ears would not be frozen in winter. &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is rarely eaten now, but the custom of eating dumplings on the Winter Solstice every year has been passed down. Besides, the kinds and shapes of dumplings have been greatly improved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In fact, the way of making &amp;quot;Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup&amp;quot; is to boil mutton and some cold dispelling herbs in a pot. After cooked, fish and chop them up, then wrap the stuffing in dough wrappers, with their shapes resembling human ears. Later, put them into the pot, and boil them in the original soup. Because of its ear- shaped contour and effect on preventing the ear from freezing, Zhongjing named it &amp;quot;Jiao Er&amp;quot;. ( Er means eears in Chinese)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also a Nanyang folk songs about Jiaoer, saying &amp;quot; not eating Jiaoers in the Winter Solstice, geting frozen ears in the winter cold.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At first, Zhang Zhongjing, a little boy of 9 or 10 years old, was measuring traditional Chinese medicine, trying to imitate his medical master. At this stage, medicine inspired in him a delightful sensation of wonder, which would shape his lifelong dream of becoming a great doctor like Bian Que and helping the sick. Then, Zhang turned into an adult man, appearing to be in his middle age. He stuck to treating sick people at the gate of the Yamen on the first and fifth days in the lunar calendar. Finally, Mr. Zhang's goatee turned grey and wrinkles crawled on his kind face. However, he still wrote the Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases, cured patients and dealt with his favorite— traditional Chinese medicine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
medical sage 医圣&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Treatise on Febrile and Miscellaneous Diseases《伤寒杂病论》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
treatment based on syndrome differentiation/ diagnosis and treatment based on an overall analysis of the illness and the patient's condition 辩证施治&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
yamen 衙门&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Great Cold ( 24th solar term ) 大寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Slight Cold ( 23rd solar term ) 小寒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
look, listen, question and feel the pulse -- four ways of diagnosis 望闻问切&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cold Dispelling Jiaoer Soup 祛寒娇耳汤&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What's the honorable title Zhang Zhongjing addressed as?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What's the official role Zhang once taken?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When would Zhang treat patients for free at yamen?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What's the most well-known and important masterpiece Zhang ever write? What's his motive of writing it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What's the relationship between Zhang Zhongjing and dumplings?--[[User:Jiang Qiwei|Jiang Qiwei]] ([[User talk:Jiang Qiwei|talk]]) 13:53, 2 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Kang Haoyu 康浩宇==&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Red Culture===&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese red culture is unique in the world. As a very important cultural resource, it has both tangible culture and intangible culture. Red culture in China refers to the advance culture with Chinese characteristics created by party and people in revolutionary years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China has brilliant history and splendid civilization in ancient times. However, with the Opium War of 1840, China was plunged into the darkness of domestic turmoil and foreign aggression. Despite of all efforts that countless dedicated patriots had made, they still failed to change the plight. The October Revolution in Russia brought Marxism-Leninism. With Communism as the the highest ideal and ultimate goal, the Communist Party of China shouldered the historic mission of national rejuvenation. With the firm leadership of the party, Chinese people embraced national independence, people's liberation, national reunification and social stability, and stepped into a new era of prosperity and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture is condensed by the Communist Party of China in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. It is an advanced Marxism culture that was inherited and developed in the new period of socialist construction. It's a collectivism culture of bravery, sacrifice and devotion that seeks happiness for the Chinese people and rejuvenation for the Chinese nation.Red culture is embodied in the aspects of ideal belief, value pursuit and spiritual outlook, and is integrated into material remains, mechanism behaviors and cultural and artistic forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, red culture is a revolutionary culture, which was formed by the Chinese Communist Party in the great struggle of leading the Chinese revolution. After the founding of People's Republic of China, the Communist Party of China led the Chinese people to inherit and carry forward the revolutionary culture. In the new period of socialist construction and reform and opening up, a vigorous and advanced socialist culture was formed, which enriched and developed the connotation of red culture. Revolutionary culture and advanced socialist culture are two major components of red culture, and are the core value and spiritual subject of contemporary Chinese culture. As for Chinese red culture, Among them, Marxism is the soul, the common ideal of socialism with Chinese characteristics is the theme, the national spirit and the spirit of the times are the essence, and the socialist concept of honor and disgrace is the foundation. These four aspects influence, infiltrate and interact with each other, revealing the essential characteristics of red culture scientifically and completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Symbols'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word “red” in “red culture” has many symbols. Chinese people have “red” complex since ancient time. Red represents authority. For, example, official documents are also called red heading documents. Red represents courage. Red is the color of Chinese national flag. Chinese military strategists and generals have a deep understanding of the role of red in war, so they use red flags to unite their morale, inspire their fighting and their courage, and summon the spirit of going forward bravely and not fearing sacrifice. Red represents honor and auspiciousness. For instance, the places are always adorned with red for conference and ceremony. People are awarded with red flower and red certificates. Red represents revolution. When Marx was asked about &amp;quot;favorite color&amp;quot; in his early years, he clearly answered &amp;quot;red&amp;quot;. In 1864, First International was founded, and its logo was red. The first army of Communist Party of China was named Red Army, and Ruijin, the first revolutionary base area, was called Red Capital. There were also red boats in South Lake and red flags in Jinggangshan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Red culture has many values. Red culture has the value of history. It witnesses the early development history of the Communist Party of China. It shows the inevitability of the socialist road in China. And it is an important weapon to guide the success of Chinese revolution. Besides, red culture has the value of civilization. Carrying forward the red culture is an urgent need to cultivate a new national spirit. Red culture is important for the construction of socialism culture and ideology. Moreover, red culture has the value of economy. Red culture is a powerful driving force for the development of socialist market economy. It is an important medium of economic development under the new historical conditions. The red cultural industry has become a new economic growth point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. Red Culture in Nanchang'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nanchang is the capital city of Jiangxi Province and it is where August 1st uprising took place. Nanchang is renowned as the cradle of Chinese revolution and the place where the military flag rose. Because in August 1st uprising, communist party of china formed its first army in Nanchang. There are lots of red culture resources in Nanchang. &lt;br /&gt;
Bayi Square is at the center of Nanchang city. It was built to memorize August 1st uprising. Bayi Square highlights the theme of &amp;quot;Bayi History and Culture&amp;quot; in all directions. The memorial area, cultural area, reminiscence area and leisure area of Bayi Square show Bayi Uprising in different forms. The landmark in the square is Bayi Nanchang Uprising Memorial Tower. Besides, Nangchang August 1st Memorial Hall is a special memorial hall established to commemorate Nanchang Uprising.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red culture 红色文化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Opium War 鸦片战争&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red heading documents 红头文件&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
red army 红军&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
August 1st uprising 八一起义&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What is the historical background of the birth of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What are two major components of red culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many symbols dose the word &amp;quot;red&amp;quot; in red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many values dose red culture has? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. What is the landmark in Bayi Square?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Fangyuan 雷方圆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Ancient Tea Horse Road===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Introduction====&lt;br /&gt;
The Ancient Tea Horse Road is a folk international trade route that exists in southwest China and is a corridor for ethnic economic and cultural exchanges with horses as the main means of transportation. The ancient tea horse road is divided into two routes: the Sichuan-Tibet line and the Yunnan-Tibet line. The ancient tea horse road originated from the ancient southwest frontier of the tea horse mutual market, flourished in the Tang and Song dynasties, in the Ming and Qing dynasties, and most prosperous in the middle and late World War II. The ancient Tea Horse Road divided into Shanxi-Gan, Shanxi-Kangtang (folk called wade ancient road, Sichuan-Tibet line is part of it), Yunnan-Tibet and other three main routes, connecting Sichuan, Yunnan-Tibet, extending into the territory of Bhutan, Sikkim, Nepal, India, until reaching West Asia, West Africa, the Red Sea coast. 5 March 2013, the Tea Horse Road was listed by the State Council as the seventh batch of national key cultural relics conservation units.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Routes====&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient tea horse road  is divided into:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Shanxi-Gansu tea horse road is the main route for tea to travel westward in mainland China and exchange for horses. It is one of the main routes of the ancient Silk Road.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shanxi and Tibet tea horse road (wade ancient road), began in the Han Dynasty, formed by the Shanxi merchants and the ancient southwest border tea and horse each other. Due to the Ming and Qing dynasties, the government control of tea trafficking, tea trafficking sub-regional, including the most prosperous tea horse trading market in Kangding, known as the wade ancient road.&lt;br /&gt;
3. the ancient Yunnan-Tibet Tea Horse Road. Formed around the late sixth century AD, it is south of Yunnan's main tea producing areas in Xishuangbanna Yiwu, Pu'er City, intermediate through today's Dali Bai Autonomous Prefecture and Lijiang City, Shangri-La into Tibet, directly to Lhasa. Some also re-exported from Tibet to India and Nepal, is an important trade channel between ancient China and South Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Sichuan-Tibet Tea Horse Road is a part of the Shan-Kang-Tibet Tea Horse Road, east of Yazhou edge tea production Ya'an, after playing arrow furnace (now Kangding), west to Lhasa, Tibet, and finally through to Bhutan, Nepal and India, a total length of nearly four thousand kilometers, is an essential bridge and link between ancient Tibet and the interior.&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main routes of the ancient tea-horse road: the Qinghai-Tibet line (the ancient Tang and Tibetan road), the Yunnan-Tibet line and the Sichuan-Tibet line. Among the three ancient tea-horse roads, the Qinghai-Tibet line was established in the Tang Dynasty and developed earlier, while the Sichuan-Tibet line was the most influential and well-known later. These three routes are closely related to Chengdu, among them, the Yunnan-Tibet route and the Sichuan-Tibet route must pass through Chengdu, and their development is closely related to the tea-horse trade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Historical Value====&lt;br /&gt;
The Silk Road in the north and the ancient Tea Horse Road in the south. The ancient Tea Horse Road, a passage that once played an important role in the birth and development of the Chinese nation just like the Silk Road, has been gradually buried in the dust of history with the washing away of modern civilization. However, its history and value will always shine brightly.&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Golden Road of Tourism&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road tour has unique scenery, profound cultural connotation, exclusive resources and is unparalleled in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Ancient Roads for the Propagation of Civilization&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient Tea Horse Road was not only an important migration corridor for the ancient ancestors between Wei-Tibet and present Sichuan and Yunnan, but also an important aperture for the spread and exchange of ancient civilizations between present Sichuan, Yunnan and Tibet.&lt;br /&gt;
3.Migration Corridor of National Cultures&lt;br /&gt;
On this ancient road, which stretches for more than 10,000 miles, Chinese, Tibetan, Yi, Naxi, Lisu, Hani, Kino, Qiang, Pumi, Bai, Nu, Jingpo, Achang and other ethnic groups have flourished here for thousands of years, highlighting the diversity and original form of ethnic culture in southwest China.&lt;br /&gt;
4.Religious Propagation Road&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the tea-horse trade and the extension of the ancient tea-horse route, Tibetan Buddhism spread widely along this route on the Tibetan Plateau and surrounding areas. The development and spread of Tibetan stupas can be roughly divided into two routes: one is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia - the other is Tibet - Qinghai - Gansu - Inner Mongolia. -Liaoning--Jilin--Heilongjiang--Beijing--Hebei --Henan--Jiangsu; second, Tibet--Yunnan--Sichuan. --Guangxi--Hubei.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The Path of National Spirituality&lt;br /&gt;
You can't talk about the ancient tea-horse road without mentioning the horse gangs. The horse gangs have formed a unique cultural carrier in the course of thousands of years. Their spirit is attached to this ancient road, and become part of the Chinese national spirit.&lt;br /&gt;
6.The Road of National Unity and Integration&lt;br /&gt;
The ancient tea-horse road is like a huge net in southwest China, through which people of all nationalities strengthen their ties and communication, promote political, economic and cultural interaction, development and integration among all nationalities, and enhance the emotional ties between them.&lt;br /&gt;
7.The Road of Securing the Borders&lt;br /&gt;
The expansion of the ancient tea-horse road and the flourishing of the tea-horse trade contributed to the stability and consolidation of China's southwest frontier.&lt;br /&gt;
8.the road to economic development&lt;br /&gt;
The Thousand-Year Tea Horse Trail contributed to the formation of many towns in the region through the tea and horse trade, which greatly contributed to the economic development of the region.--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 03:42, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.The Ancient Tea Horse Road(茶马古道)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Sichuan-Tibet Line（川藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Yunnan-Tibet line（滇藏线）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.wade ancient road（蹚古道）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is  the ancient tea horse road ?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What do you know about the history of the ancient tea horse road?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many main routes  does the ancient tea-horse road conclude?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the historical value?&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Lei Fangyuan|Lei Fangyuan]] ([[User talk:Lei Fangyuan|talk]]) 04:15, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lei Kuangxi 雷旷溪==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four satirical novels in ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of the bourgeois reformists and democratic revolutionaries strongly advocated, the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty got unprecedented development, and a large number of influential novels emerged, forming a prosperous situation of the novel creation in the late Qing Dynasty.The emergence of the &amp;quot;Four Major denunciation novels&amp;quot; in the late Qing Dynasty is an important sign that The creation of Chinese novels has entered another prosperous period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1. Four satirical novels in ancient China'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2. Nie Hai Hua'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3. the Travels of an Old Man'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''4. The Records of Officialdom Exposure'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5. 20 years witness strange present situation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6. Conclution'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Lili 李丽丽==&lt;br /&gt;
Shadow Puppets(皮影戏)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Li Liqin 李丽琴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Confucian Culture ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Introduction ====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school is an academic school founded by Confucius, developed by Mencius, and composed by Xunzi. Today, it still retains a certain vitality. Confucian school takes Confucianism as its guiding ideology whose central ideas are forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage, benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith. &lt;br /&gt;
Confucian school was on an equal footing with the other hundred schools in the pre-Qin period. After the First Emperor of Qin, also called Qin Shihuang, burned books and buried scholars alive, the development of the Confucian school suffered a serious defeat. Then, in order to maintain the feudal autocratic rule, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty followed Dong Zhongshu's advice of &amp;quot;banishing other schools of thought and worshiping Confucianism only&amp;quot; and imposed restrictions on thought, which led to the revival of Confucian school. The concepts of &amp;quot;Confucian school&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Confucianism&amp;quot;, and &amp;quot;Confucian Religion&amp;quot; should be distinguished since Confucian school is a school of theory, Confucianism a social stratification, and Confucian religion a belief. &lt;br /&gt;
Laozi founded Chinese Taoist school; Confucius started Chinese Confucian school; Sun Tzu initiated Chinese military strategist school; Mozi was the founder of Mohism in the early Warring States. Confucianism contributes to guiding the code of conduct and constructing social order; Daoism focuses on fostering the view of nature and the orientation of spiritual development; Legalism serves the system construction of national political management.; the concepts of Universal Love and utilitarianism are two cornerstones for the Mohism. The General Unity idea of Confucianism has played an important role in the unification of a nation, the enhancement of national cohesion and the integration of cultural values. After more than two thousand years of development and evolution, Confucian culture has built up a complete ideological system, involving politics, education, morality, ethics, code of conduct, life skills and other aspects. It has cultivated the wisdom and soul of the Chinese people throughout the history, and formed deep-rooted set patterns of thinking, psychology and survival. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Analysis of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Intelligence development =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius is a great educator, as well as a pioneer and practitioner of mass education. After Confucianism was established as a dominant culture, both the rulers and the public respected the teachings of the sage and attached great importance to education. In this context, a basic requirement is to stay highly cultured and steeped in propriety. After the Emperor Wen initiated the imperial examination system in the Sui Dynasty, those who are good scholars could make an official, which inspired students of poor families to change their lives by studying hard and diligent. For generations, the Chinese people have attached great importance to the education of their children, which is conducive to the improvement of the thinking ability of the whole nation. &lt;br /&gt;
However, the corrupt of bureaucracy and the darkness of officialdom in metaphase and anaphase made many literati feel despairing about official career and discredit about the concept. In addition, the Four Books and Five Classics were the main learning content of Confucianism. Apart from government-run schools, private schools and self-study can hardly meet the requirements of the Six Classical Arts. Therefore, the Four Books and Five Classics were the focus of students, while the Six Classical Arts were not highly valued. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Spiritual guidance =====&lt;br /&gt;
In terms of spirit, Confucianism contends that &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&amp;quot; Benevolent people love each other, which reflects the essence of “Unity of Man and Nature” and also the most brilliant connotation of Confucianism. This philosophy calls for people’s active contributions to the society. It is still alive in modern times, and is the fundamental requirement of people's spiritual orientation in the future. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Order construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
In the age of barbarism and backwardness, a common feature was that a small number of people used power and force to suppress and enslave the majority, thus resulting in labor division and unfair distribution of wealth and generating corresponding social hierarchy and concepts. Given the fact that Confucianism developed in the transitional period of feudal society, the thoughts of Confucius and Mencius were rooted in the idealist view of destiny and did not break the shackles of social hierarchy. In addition, they even advocated the distinguish between the noble and the humble and highlighted the importance of hierarchy division. In this context, the benevolence they advocated had great limitations in political management. The public could not be treated equally in terms of political status. Instead, the so-called benevolence calls for improvement of the living conditions of the public and more benefits from the ruling class. However, its purpose was to maintain social order and reconcile social contradictions. This is also the root cause of feudal rulers’ favoring of Confucianism. In essence, Confucianism did not promote social equality, instead, it worked to maintain the unequal feudal hierarchy that aggravated servitude. In fact, after a long history of feudal rule, the sense of hierarchy would be part of the national psyche. With the progress of times and civilization, the view of destiny and the thought of social order have become psychological shackles of the Chinese people. &lt;br /&gt;
After eliminating the ideology of feudal hierarchy and formalism, some philosophies of Confucianism still generate positive effects on modern society. Specifically, the spirit of benevolence and universal love is conducive to cultivate people’s spirits; the concept of “the country belongs to the public” reflects a sense of social responsibility to make contributions for society, which can be expanded into a sharing social and political philosophy for different countries. Filial piety and brotherhood increase the harmony and stability of family; Loyalty, faithfulness, propriety and forgiveness are conducive to the relationship between different countries, societies and people. &amp;quot;Loyalty&amp;quot; means that people should stay loyal to the country and people; &amp;quot;Friendliness&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;forgiveness&amp;quot; play an important role in resolving various contradictions and animosities; when it comes to &amp;quot;filial piety&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;propriety&amp;quot;, many redundant forms inherited from feudal society should be eradicated and be more practical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The contemporary value of Confucian culture ====&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Confucian culture is still of great significance. We must explore the value of Confucian culture on the basis of the excellent tradition of the Chinese nation and by combining the characteristics of the times with and the actual situation. The Confucian culture has affected Chinese more than two thousand years and gone deep into each aspect of Chinese society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Ideological and political education =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture calls for “the people-oriented” philosophy, and it places a high priority on human value and dignity. Over the years, the Chinese nation has been influenced by this excellent philosophy. On this occasion, its behavioral pattern and psychological structure are endowed with uniqueness, which is mainly manifested in two aspects. One is to respect yourself, learn how to love and care yourself. Moreover, gain dignity and achieve the development of human value through the continuous improvement of moral cultivation. Second, respect others and show respect for others' personality by respecting, understanding and caring for others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Modern economic construction=====&lt;br /&gt;
Under today’s circumstance, some ideological contents are still alive and produce  positive effects on promoting the economic construction of modernization and fostering modern patriotism emotion of the Chinese people.&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, Confucian culture emphasizes the thought of &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; and group consciousness. It is conducive to the cultivation of collectivism and provides a spiritual pillar for China's modern economy. Since Confucian culture reflects a collectivist view on life, individuals are full of sense of duty and responsibility towards others and groups. In this context, their self-cultivation targets at regulating the family, country and the world. Thus, the value of individual is closely linked with the rise and fall of the country, so they have a strong sense of responsibility. &amp;quot;Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&amp;quot; has been a common belief for thousands of years. Such a social responsibility will give rise to a huge driving force for the development of the country and society.&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the consciousness of &amp;quot;self-improvement&amp;quot; and the proposition of &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in the Confucian culture strengthen the national spirit and provide a source power for China’s economic modernization. Yi Zhuan put forward: &amp;quot;As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection.’’ It means that continuous development is the law of nature and that a gentleman should pursue progress and be strong, unyielding resilient and positive. For thousands of years, the Chinese nation has formed a fine tradition of working hard and striving for strength under the influence of these thoughts. Today, we carry forward the spirits of “self-improvement” and &amp;quot;seeking truth&amp;quot; in ways that further enhance national spirits and provide a strong driving force for the socialist modernization.&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the &amp;quot;reform and innovation&amp;quot; concept in Confucian culture is conducive to the expansion of the reform and opening up and the acceleration of China's socialist modernization. On the basis of admitting the fact that the continuous development is the universal law of nature, Confucian culture puts forward the &amp;quot;innovation idea&amp;quot;. The Book of Rites said, &amp;quot;If you can in one day renovate yourself; do so from day to day and let there be daily renovation.&amp;quot; The Book of Changes said, &amp;quot;Reform refers to destroy the old, while innovation means to establish the new.” The concept is not only serves as the theoretical basis for reform and innovation throughout the history, but also provides valuable lessons for the reform in socialist economic and political systems today. Domestically, promoting the innovative spirits can greatly enhance the reform consciousness of the Chinese people. Externally, it is conducive to advancing the opening up by leveraging the global influence of Confucian culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Legal construction =====&lt;br /&gt;
Confucian culture places a high priority on personal cultivation, while a highly civilized society under the rule of law must be composed of highly educated citizens. Confucian school, a school with thousands of years of history in China, has become an integral part of the Chinese culture. Nowadays, since China has called for the policy of combining the rule of virtue with the rule of law, it is the time for Confucian culture to find its historical position and fully play its role. Exploring the influence of Confucian culture on the construction of contemporary Chinese rule by law, not only can we help us more deeply understand the traditional culture, but also can promote the process of building the rule of law in contemporary China. &lt;br /&gt;
The rule by virtue thought is an important part of Confucian culture and it emphasizes the importance of moral education. It is a national strategy pursued by ancient Chinese rulers and a method of national governance embodying reference significance in today’s China. In terms of national governance, Confucianism emphasizes the importance of morality, believing that national governance should not mainly rely on harsh punishment, instead, moral education should be applied to reform people. Confucius said, &amp;quot;By governing with virtue, rulers will be loved by the public, just like stars surround the North Star.&amp;quot; By comparing rulers to the North Star and people to the stars, Confucius emphasized the importance of moral governance. &lt;br /&gt;
How to rule by virtue? First of all, rulers should pay attention to their personal cultivation and develop good moral characters, so that they can set a good example for the public. Only when officials and common people obey the ruler sincerely, can a good social atmosphere be formed. Secondly, since Confucianism takes &amp;quot;benevolence&amp;quot; as its core and calls for the rule of virtue, many people subconsciously believe that Confucianism denies the role of criminal law and that Confucian culture does not call for the rule of law. In fact, this is not the case. While Confucianism advocates the rule of virtue, it also emphasizes the supplementary role of rule of law. Confucius said, &amp;quot;Sages believe that national governance must combine the rule of virtue and law.&amp;quot; That is to say, if people are governed by systems and laws, they seek for impunity but lack of conscience; however, if they are guided by morality and etiquette, they will have a sense of right and wrong and will impose strict requirements on themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
In a word, we should clearly realize that, although Confucian culture is an excellent traditional culture in China, it was generated from the feudal society and its original intention was to maintain the feudal autocratic monarchy. Therefore, it inevitably has some drawbacks and limitations. Under this circumstance, we must analyse Confucian culture dialectically and explore the value of Confucian culture. At the same time, we should discard the bad habits and unfavorable factors left by it, so as to better carry forward our traditional culture and accelerate the construction of the rule of law in contemporary China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Confucius institute ====&lt;br /&gt;
With the improvement of China's international status and the increasingly extensive international exchanges, Chinese culture has won wider foreign attention and the world is more eager to learn and understand the Chinese culture. The Confucius Institute project, founded in 2004, emerges in response to the call of the times. Today, Confucius Institutes have spread throughout Asia, Africa, The Americas, Europe and Oceania. Fundamentally speaking, its is conducive to the &amp;quot;going out&amp;quot; of Chinese culture since language is an important carrier of Chinese culture. It is of positive significance to the construction of China's national image, the promotion of China's international influence, the realization of wider international communication.&lt;br /&gt;
The rapid development of Confucius Institutes has fully demonstrated the needs and aspirations of people around the world to learn Chinese and learn more about China, but there are still some problems in this process. Today, countries are committed to spreading their own language and culture, so there is a fierce competition in international cultural promotion. In addition, the Confucius Institutes is struggling to achieve sustainable development. Internally, its development has been restricted by many factors, including the shortage of teachers and textbooks, the low quality and the lack of pertinence. At present, Confucius Institutes are prevalent all over the world, but the promotion strategy seeking for quantity and speed results in a serious shortage of teachers capable of teaching Chinese as a foreign language. According to statistics, there is a global shortage of at least five million TCSL teachers. Secondly, the lack of high-quality and localized teaching materials for Chinese has also become a bottleneck for the development of Confucius Institutes. The shortage of Chinese textbooks affects the depth of cultural communication of Confucius Institutes directly. Thirdly, Confucius Institutes are not capable of spreading the ideological depth of the Chinese culture. Although the textbooks are rich in content, they mainly focus on promoting folk culture by introducing Chinese food, tea and wine, traditional Chinese medicine and martial arts. Meanwhile, they rarely involve the ideological essence of traditional Chinese culture and the modern value of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
The Confucius Institutes should fully explore the modern significance of Confucianism and cast the quintessence of Chinese culture, and strengthen the spread of the core idea of Chinese culture and its modern cultural value. The connotation of Chinese culture is very rich. What Confucius Institutes should spread is not all the contents of Chinese culture, but the contents with universal value that are different from other countries and represent the essence of Chinese culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Terms and expressions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒家Confucian school&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒学Confucianism&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
儒教Confucian religion &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
兼爱 Universal love&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
恕、忠、孝、悌、勇forgiveness, loyalty, filial piety, brotherhood, courage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
仁、义、礼、智、信benevolence, righteousness, propriety, wisdom and faith&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
学而优则仕 A good scholar will make an official&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
四书五经  the Four Books and Five Classics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天行健，君子当自强不息；地势坤，君子以厚德载物。As heaven maintains vigor through movements, a gentleman should constantly strive for self-perfection; The terrain is vast, a gentleman carries goods with great virtue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
天下兴亡，匹夫有责 Everyone being responsible for the fate of his country&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Questions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the central ideas of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the difference among Confucian school, Confucianism and Confucian religion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the relationship between Confucian school, Taoist school, Mohist school, Legalist school?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What’s the Six Classical Arts?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What you think of the ancient influence of Confucian culture?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do you think Confucian culture still has its contemporary values in China? And why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What do you think of the current situation of the development of the Confucian institute?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Liu 刘柳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ch'ien Chung-shu'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ch'ien Chung-shu (1910-1998),a well-known scholar,writer,translator and literary researcher,was born into an education family in Wuxi,Jiangsu Province.In Chinese academic circles,Qian was ranked with Rao Zongyi,a master in academic circles,and both were called &amp;quot;South Rao and North Qian&amp;quot;.He was admitted to Tsinghua University in 1929 and got to know Yang Jiang in 1932.Qian became famous soon after the enrolment,not only for the 15 mark of his math exam,but for his excellent Chinese and English,among which he got a full mark in the English exam.Qian had an engagement with Yang the year after their acquaintance and went to study at Oxford University in England along with her.In 1937,he obtained the bachelor's degree from Oxford,and his daughter Qian Yuan was born the same year.He wrote a great many profound literary works in his lifetime.When it comes to Ch'ien Chung-shu,people would think of his representative work ''Fortress Besieged'',which was published in 1947.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a realistic satirical novel,''Fortress Besieged'' is known as &amp;quot;The New Scholars&amp;quot; in the 1940s.The novel is centralized on Fang Hongjian,who returned from studying abroad at the beginning of the War of Resistance against Japanese Aggression.It depicts the struggles in love,marriage,career and life of a group of intellectuals who were far away from the times and the people during the War of Resistance against Japanese Agression.It reveals their inner poverty,emptiness and lowliness,criticizes the dark reality of the Kuomintang-controlled areas,and reveals the crisis of modern civilization and the difficulties of modern life.In the preface of the book,Qian said that,&amp;quot;In this book I intended to write about a certain segment of society and a certain kind of people in modern China.In writing about these people,I didn’t forget they are human beings,still human beings with the basic nature of hairless,two-legged animals.&amp;quot;The novel is like an X-ray mirror that reveals the deformed characters and ugly souls of those &amp;quot;hairless and two-legged animals&amp;quot; and analyzes the cultural matrix which is responsible for the deformed characters and ugly souls of these &amp;quot;latest style&amp;quot; literati.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Liu Liu|Liu Liu]] ([[User talk:Liu Liu|talk]]) 02:19, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Ou 刘欧==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===相声 Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The History of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross talk, in the ancient time was known as onomatopoeia, originally refers to imitate other's voices, also known as neighboring cross talk. It was evolved and further developed from the folk music in North China, and integrated with imitating oral skills and other folk art forms. It is generally believed to be formed during the Emperor Xianfeng （1850—1861）and Emperor Tongzhi（1861—1874）period in Qing dynasty. It’s a folk vocal art that uses jokes or funny questioning and answering to make the audience laugh. In the early years of the Republic of China, cross talk gradually developed from one-person ventriloquism to stand-up one person talk, and the name changed to cross talk. Later, it gradually developed into stand-up cross talk, dual cross talk, and group cross talk. And become a veritable form of art. After years of development, dual cross talk has finally become the most popular form of cross talk among audiences.--[[User:Liu Ou|Liu Ou]] ([[User talk:Liu Ou|talk]]) 06:33, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Famous Artists of Cross Talk===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yi 刘艺==&lt;br /&gt;
Go 围棋--[[User:Liu Yi|Liu Yi]] ([[User talk:Liu Yi|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Liu Yiyu 刘怡瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
The four most handsome men in ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lo, Minh Thao==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Lou Cancan 娄灿灿==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Grottoes of China--[[User:Lou Cancan|Lou Cancan]] ([[User talk:Lou Cancan|talk]]) 08:23, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Weijia 罗维嘉==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Civil Service Examination System'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Luo Weijia|Luo Weijia]] ([[User talk:Luo Weijia|talk]]) 08:27, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Luo Yuqing 罗雨晴==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Forbidden City'''--[[User:Luo Yuqing|Luo Yuqing]] ([[User talk:Luo Yuqing|talk]]) 08:30, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Introduction'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City (Chinese: 紫禁城; pinyin: Zǐjìnchéng) is a palace complex in Dongcheng District, Beijing, China, and with a total area of 720,000 square meters (180 acres). It lies in the center of Beijing's central axis. Today, the Forbidden City houses the Palace Museum, and was the former Chinese imperial palace and residence of the Emperor of China from the Ming dynasty (since the Yong Le Emperor) to the end of the Qing dynasty, between 1420 and 1924. The Forbidden City served as the home of Chinese emperors and their households and was the ceremonial and political center of the Chinese government.&lt;br /&gt;
The Forbidden City is a national AAAAA tourist attraction and was listed as the first batch of key cultural relics under national protection in 1961. What’s more, it was declared a world cultural heritage in 1987, and listed by UNESCO as the largest collection of preserved ancient wooden structures in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mo Ling 莫玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Marriage Customs'''--[[User:Mo Ling|Mo Ling]] ([[User talk:Mo Ling|talk]]) 08:24, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Mo Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China is an ancient country of rites. When it comes to the most important thing  in one’s life---marriage, Chinese people have developed a set of unique and grand ceremonies. Generally speaking, weddings in ancient China need to be approved by parents and arranged by parents .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Six Procedures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are six etiquettes in the process from the negotiation to the completion of marriage, namely Na Cai, Wen Ming, Na Ji, Na Zheng, Qing Qi and the last step Qin Ying. Na Cai is the begining of all the marriage procedures. It refers that if a boy intends to marry a girl,firstly his family must invite a matchmaker to the girl's home to propose marriage. After obtaining the consent of the girl's family , the boy's family should entrust the matchmaker to make a proposal formally with some gifts. Usually, the most common gift is wild goose,which represents fidelity. Besides,mandarin ducks, phoenix and sheep are also frequently-used gifts. Wen Ming means that the boy's family ask the matchmaker to fetch the girl's name and date of birth. There are two purposes of this step: the one is to prevent the marriage of close relatives with the same surname; the other is to assure the compatibility of the potential bride and bridegroom through their “eight characters” of the birth moment. Naji happens after the matchmaker takes back the woman's name and eight characters. If divining an auspicious omen, the boy's family will inform it to the girl’s parents and decide to engage the marriage. What is more, Na Zheng is an important step when the boy sends betrothal presents to the girl and for courtesy the girl will send back part of the presents such as food and some clothes. Qing Qi means that the boy's family choose an auspicious day to hold the wedding ceremony and then dispatch the matchmaker to tell the girl’s family. Qin Ying is the last procedure of the six etiquettes, that is, the groom goes to the bride's home to take the bride to his home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Customs'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the six steps mentioned above, there are many other customs in the traditional Chinese wedding ceremony. Generally speaking, ancient marriage was ordered by parents and matchmaker, many young people could not master their own marriage. Before wedding ceremony, men and women were not allowed to meet each other in that ancient people were very conservative and most girls were kept in boudoirs. If they met in private before marriage, it would be regarded as a kind of female infidelity and parents would also think it quite unlucky. As a result, newlyweds could only see each other until the day of marriage. On the wedding day, the boy’s family will hold a big banquet at home. Before setting out to pick up bride, the bridegroom should first worship his ancestors for the sake of safety and auspice during the process of picking up the bride.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ngo, Thi Minh Huong==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Topic: Chinese cinema (dramas and movies) and its popularity and affection in Vietnam'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ouyang Ling 欧阳玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Twelve Animals of the Chinese Zodiac''' --Ouyang Ling&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.Origin'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Influence'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Peng Ruihong 彭锐宏==&lt;br /&gt;
Green Tea--[[User:Peng Ruihong|Peng Ruihong]] ([[User talk:Peng Ruihong|talk]]) 08:20, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example.jpg|400px|thumb|left|Diagram.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Insert formula here&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Traditional clothing Phyo Su Kyi talk 5-11-202&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 12:07, 3 December 2020 (UTC)==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pingki, Tanchangya==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese traditional dance--[[User:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4]] ([[User talk:PINGKI TANCHANGYA 4|talk]]) 02:46, 12 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;Insert non-formatted text here&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;==Phyo, Su Kyi==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese  Traditional women clothing&lt;br /&gt;
1- History of Chinese clothing&lt;br /&gt;
 History of Chinese clothing China has many ethnic groups with a long history while Han people dominate most periods in history. For thousands of years, generations of clothing designers have devoted themselves to building the Kingdom of Clothes, making the garments that cover the human body into an important component of Chinese culture. The progress of nation can be seen through its changes in clothing styles.Clothing manufacture in China dates back to prehistoric times, at least 7,000 years ago. Archaeological findings of 18,000 year-old artifacts such as bone sewing needles and stone beads and shells with holes bored in them attest to the existence of ornamentation and of sewing extremely early in Chinese civilization.&lt;br /&gt;
A- Chinese Clothing during Qin and Han Dynasties (221 B.C - 220 A.D)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Qin and Han dynasties (221 B.C. - A.D. 220) witnessed the unification of territory as well as written language. Qin Shihuang, the First Emperor of the Qin Dynasty, established many social systems, including one for uniforms to distinguish people's ranks and social positions. China's complete code of costume and trappings was established in the Han Dynasty (206BC-220AD). The yarn-dyeing, embroidering and metal-processing technologies developed rapidly in the period, spurring changes in costume and adornments.&lt;br /&gt;
B-Chinese Clothing during Wei,Jin, South and North Dynasties(220-589)&lt;br /&gt;
 Chinese clothing experienced a rapid development during the Wei, Jin, and Southern and Northern dynasties (220-589). Before 265, the cultures and esthetic views of the peoples in north and south China merged because of the moves initiated by frequent wars. Many philosophical schools of thought influenced both people's lives and the conceptions of clothing design.&lt;br /&gt;
C- Chinese Clothing during Tang Dynasty(618-907)&lt;br /&gt;
 The Tang Dynasty (618-907) wrote the most brilliant page in the history of Chinese clothing. People's clothes were more varied than before because the state was more open to the outside world and people became more cosmopolitan in their thinking. The clothes for women could be called fashionable because they changed rapidly and were showy. Once only a new style came out, many people would be willing to take it.&lt;br /&gt;
D-Chinese Clothing during Song, Yuan, Ming Dynasties&lt;br /&gt;
 Casual wear appeared during the Song Dynasty (960-1279), and clothes were simple and elegant.During the Yuan Dynasty (1206-1368), the Mongolian ethnic group, known as the People on Horseback, was in power. The style of clothing was mainly a combination of Mongolian and Han. Clothes were luxurious for upper class yet simple and unadorned in design.Dramatic changes took place during the Ming Dynasty (1368-1644). A new conception came into being in clothing design, with no limitation to one style and advocating natural beauty, thus bringing vigor and vitality to the clothing culture.&lt;br /&gt;
E- Chinese Clothing during Qing Dynasty&lt;br /&gt;
 During the Qing Dynasty (1644-1911), clothes became elegant, poised, and glorious. During the 200 years of the Qing Empire, the entire world witnessed dramatic changes such as the Renaissance in Italy and Columbus's discovery of the Americas, but the changes did not affect traditional Chinese clothing because China had a closed-door policy. People still wore clothes showing rank and lifestyle. The retreat from outside cultures has left a precious heritage for traditional Chinese clothes.&lt;br /&gt;
F-Chinese Clothing from 1930s till Modern Era&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese clothing from 1930s till now, Qipao has become into fashion since then. During 1930s to 1940s, dress is further westernized, tailored to flatter body shape. During 1940s to 1960s, Qipao(Cheongsam) survives as everyday wear in Hong Kong until the late 1960s. &lt;br /&gt;
Vocabulary &lt;br /&gt;
Questions &lt;br /&gt;
References.--[[User:Phyo Su Kyi 1|Phyo Su Kyi 1]] ([[User talk:Phyo Su Kyi 1|talk]]) 17:37, 25 November 2020 (UTC)Phyo Su Kyi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Qu Miao 瞿淼==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese wine culture--[[User:Qu Miao|Qu Miao]] ([[User talk:Qu Miao|talk]]) 08:28, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rajabov, Anushervon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China Railway High-Speed ​​(CRH) is a high-speed rail service operated by the China Railway.  The introduction of the CRH series was an important part of the 6th National Rail Acceleration, which took place on April 18, 2007.  By the end of 2018, China Railway High Speed ​​served all provinces in China except Taiwan and covered over 29,000 km.  (18,000 miles) the length of passenger routes, which make up about two-thirds of the world's high-speed rail routes served by commercial enterprises.  It is the most widely used rail transport in the world, with 1.713 billion flights in 2017, bringing the total cumulative number of flights to 7 billion.  More than 1000 sets of rolling stock are operated under the CRH brand, including the Hexie CRH1 / 2A / 5, which are rated for a top speed of 250 km / h (160 mph), and the CRH2C / 3 has a top speed of 350 km / h. (  220 mph).  The in-house developed CRH380A has a maximum test speed of 416.6 km / h (258.9 mph) at a commercial speed of 350 km / h.The fastest CRH380BL train reaches a maximum test speed of 487.3 km / h (302.8 mph)  ).  In 2017, China Standardized EMU brand, including CR400AF / BF and CR200J, joined China Railway High Speed ​​and is designated Fuxing along with the letters CR (China Railway).  With gradual planning, the CR brand will replace the existing CRH brand in service.  Depending on the speed, there are 3 categories of high-speed trains: G, D and C (G and some C are the fastest at 350 km / h, D at 250 km / h and C at 200 km / h).                                    &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail network.        &lt;br /&gt;
High speed rail services were first introduced in 2007 on CRH rolling stock.  They operate on existing lines that have been upgraded to speeds of up to 250 km / h (160 mph), and on newer dedicated high-speed routes rated up to 350 km / h (220 mph).                                              &lt;br /&gt;
CRH service on dedicated high-speed lines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Seydou, Sagara==&lt;br /&gt;
My topic: The Chinese language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 Putonghua and Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 Ancient Chinese and Mordern Chinese &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3 Idiomatic phrase -Idioms common sayings,and allegorical sayings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4 language policy.--[[User:Sagara Seydou 3|Sagara Seydou 3]] ([[User talk:Sagara Seydou 3|talk]]) 02:24, 20 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shi Haiyao 石海瑶==&lt;br /&gt;
The Four Talented Women of Ancient China&lt;br /&gt;
(中国古代四大才女)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A.Cai Wenji 蔡文姬&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B.Zhuo Wenjun 卓文君&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C.Li Qingzhao 李清照&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D.Ban Zhao 班昭&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Si Yu 司妤==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient and Contemporary Ways of Contacting--[[User:Si Yu|Si Yu]] ([[User talk:Si Yu|talk]]) 13:27, 22 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Sending Messages with Pigeons&lt;br /&gt;
Sending messages ith pigeons is a way of communicating with people in the ancient times. If you want to send letters, you should tie them to the feet of the pigeons and pass them on to the person to the receiver. As it is not convenient to communicate with people, so clever people take advantage of pigeons which fly fast and can recognize the directions. They trained pigeons and improved the speed of delivery. Generally speaking, the birds themselves will find their way home, just as the weary birds returning to their nests. For example, I live near to my friends. Later, when I have to go somewhere else, I will leave my hometown with my pigeons. One day when I have to contact my friend, I would put a note in the the special case, which is tied to the foot of the pigeon. And then I would release the pigeon, which would fly to my hometown.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pigeons are not only very sensitive to the Earth’s magnetic field, but also are particularly homesick, which are their innate strengths. But to be a carrier pigeon, it’s all about training. The basic purpose of raising carrier pigeons is releasing, competing and using. In order to obtain the ideal carrier pigeon, apart from careful breeding and scientific breeding management, the most important thing is training. All the three steps complement each other. The basic principle of training is based on the biological and physiological characteristics of carrier pigeons and the “Classical conditioning” principle. The basic aim of the training is to train, exercise and improve the quality of pigeons, to give full play to their inherent biological characteristics and strengths. The basic contents of training generally include: basic training, release training, competing training, adaptation training and application training. Training should start from young pigeons, from simple tasks to complex ones, from short distance to long distance, from day to night, from basic training to professional training. In  short, training should start from easy to difficult.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Paper Letters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A letter is a document which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person. The Chinese character “xin” (letter) means messages in ancient Chinese. Also, it means that the messages are credible. In giving oral messages and writing letters delivered by postmen which conveys information, thoughts and feelings to a specific person, one has to have the following abilities. First, he has the ability to tell the whole story in words and express his thoughts and feelings. Two, he has writing tools. Three, he has a postman to help him deliver messages. Writing letters in person to relatives and friends can not only convey one’s thoughts and feelings, but also give the recipient a feeling of “talking to each other face to face” . With the growth of technology, telephone, telegraph, mail tapes, video tapes, e-mail and other means of communication information came. With the development of society, the relationship between people and society is being reconstructed. Apart from  its traditional function, that is, official correspondence and private correspondence, letters are used for a new purpose. There is a surge in letters which are sent to governments, entrepreneurs, famous scholars for private purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.E-mails&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tan Yuanyuan 谭媛媛==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Five famous mountains.--[[User:Tan Yuanyuan|Tan Yuanyuan]] ([[User talk:Tan Yuanyuan|talk]]) 08:00, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Mount Song&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Mount Tai &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Mount Hua &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Mount Heng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tang Bei 汤蓓==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ancient Education===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''History'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China’s ancient education was one of the most splendid components of ancient Chinese culture. Chinese education had a long history dating from the Xia, Shang and Zhou dynasties 3000/4000 years ago.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Shang Dynasty (16th-11th century BC), formal schools emerged with the names like “Xiao” (school)，“Xue”(study) and “Daxue”(higher school). Teachers then were all government officials and students were all children of the nobility, so that was the earliest “Guan Xue”(Government School/Education).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Education became more popular by the Spring Autumn/Warring States period. Confucius became the earliest founder for “Private Education”. This type of private school education is often known as “Si Xue” (private institution).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Han till Qing Dynasty, the formation of government institution had been well-established. All the teaching materials and educational training were geared towards the preparation for Imperial examination. After receiving a title in the Imperial examination, one might receive a post in the state bureaucracy. At the same time, private schools were also developing. Most of the famous philosophers and scientists were originated from private schools.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from schooling, “Family education” began to play an important role. Many of the famous historical figures grew up under the education and strict ‘teaching’ by their parents or other senior family members, and they studied hard in order to become successful. For instance, it was well documented that Mencius’s mother had moved three times with her son before she eventually found a proper neighborhood for the son’s education. After the Han dynasty, because of the increased status of Confucianism and its influence, the teaching of “poetry and rites” became the basic content for family education. Loyalty, Filial Piety, Benevolence and Righteousness were core values taught in family education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, there was another form of education system known as “Xue Shu Jiao Yu”. This belongs to neither an institute education nor a family education. These are generally “primary school for the folks”. Sometimes, they were called “Meng Guan”(primary education hall), “Si Shu ” (private school), “Zu Xue” (extended family school) , etc. Most students will first learn how to read characters, then they will learn The Three Character Classic ”, The Hundred Family Surnames, The Thousand Character Classic. Then they will learn the “Four Books”.  In addition, they will also learn Chinese calligraphy and character pairing. In this type of school, the rules and regulations are especiallystrict.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are other methods such as Shuyuan and Guozijian, etc. They all formed a unique way of knowledge teaching and became important system for the development on “study of knowledge”, “teaching method”, etc. All of these formed the basis for today's Chinese education.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Confucian Educational Theory'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The historical importance of education in Chinese culture is derived from the teachings of Confucius. The connection between Confucius and the official Chinese educational system thus became permanently linked right into the present time. Confucius broke the rule of “Xue Zai Guan Fu”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(learning at the government hall. He encouraged “learning for all hierarchical levels and for all ages”, and opened the door of education to the commoners. He established his own school and started to spread his teaching, thoughts and views. He became the earliest founder for “Private Education”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient Chinese education, whether they were government or private school, they all placed a great emphasis on humanities and cultural education, which focused on the teaching of morality and the development of wisdom. It covered philosophy, language, literature and other cultural subjects. The curriculum at the Great Academy was based on the Confucian Five Classics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius taught his students morality, proper speech, government, and the refined arts. While he also emphasized the “Six Arts” — ritual, music, archery , chariot- riding , calligraphy , and computation — it is clear that he regarded morality as the most important subject. Confucius had been regarded as the pioneer founder of family education. According to The Analects of Confucius, Confucius wanted his son to learn both poetry and rites. He said, “if one does not learn poetry, one will not be able to talk properly”, “if one does not learn rites, one will never be well footed in the society.” Other than placing a strong emphasis on morality education, Chinese education also emphasized greatly on learning/teaching method and principles. Below are some common Confucian educational philosophies:&lt;br /&gt;
Revise the old in order to deduce new things.&lt;br /&gt;
Learning and Thinking are equally important. &lt;br /&gt;
Learn in a systematic and progressive way, from a beginner’s level to the advanced.&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration and Guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
Teach according to students’ ability; use appropriate materials for teaching. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s goal was to create gentlemen who carry themselves with grace, speak correctly, and demonstrate integrity in all things.	The long The Master said in The Analects that:&lt;br /&gt;
“Is it not delightful to acquire knowledge and put it into practice from time to time？“Learning without thought is labor lost; thought without learning is perilous.” &lt;br /&gt;
Confucius’s main educational thoughts were to teach students according to their aptitude, to treat students equally and to inspire thinking. His pedagogical methods were striking. He posed questions, cited passages from the classics, or used apt analogies, and waited for his students to arrive at the right answers. He said, “I only instruct the eager and enlighten the fervent. If I hold up one corner and a student cannot come back to me with the other three, I do not go on with the lesson.” The status of education remained high in Confucian heritage cultures in East Asia. Beyond that, translations of Confucian texts influenced European thinkers of the period as well, particularly among the philosophical groups of the Enlightenment who were interested by the integration of the system of morality of Confucius into Western civilization. The French philosopher Voltaire was also influenced by Confucius, seeing the concept of Confucian rationalism as an alternative to Christian dogma. He praised Confucian ethics and politics, portraying China as a model for Europe.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese Imperial Examination'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Chinese Imperial Examination was an examination system in Imperial China designed to select talented people for future positions in civil service. This system had a huge influence on both society and culture in Imperial China.  It was established in 605 during the Sui Dynasty and lasted more than 1,300 years until the last examination in 1904 when the last Chinese feudal kingdom—the Qing Dynasty—was coming to an end. Somehow the modern examination system for selecting civil service staff also indirectly evolved from the imperial one. It was part of the process by which candidates who passed the exams could receive a title called jinshi, or some other degree, which in turn would generally be followed by appointments to government offices. The first three of Jinshi were ranked Zhuangyuan, Bangyan and Tanhua respectively. The examinations consisted of a battery of tests administered at the district, provincial, and imperial levels. Only three-hundred candidates could pass the imperial examinations, which would be supervised by the Emperor himself. Candidate scholars often took the examinations several times before earning a degree. Each exam taker spent three days and two nights writing “eight-legged essays” — literary compositions with eight distinct sections — in a tiny room with a makeshift bed, a desk, and a bench. There were no interruptions in those three days, nor were candidates’ allowed any communication. Since the pressure to succeed was intense, cheating and corruption were rampant. In order to obtain objectivity in evaluation, candidates were identified by number rather than name, and examination answers were recopied by a third person before being evaluated to prevent the candidate’s handwriting from being recognized. In the ancient society, class consciousness was strong and many people from lower classes would have had little chance to reach high office, not to mention having any position in the official court.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, once the imperial examination system was introduced, any male adult in China, regardless of his wealth or social status, could become a high-ranking government official by passing the imperial examination and thus realize their self-development. In this sense, passing the imperial examination was also called “carps jumping across the dragon’s gate” . The dragon had always been regarded as the symbol of mighty power and especially that of the rights exercised by the emperor, consequently the success of examination candidates was proudly called “jumping across the dragon’s gate.” In late imperial China, the examination system and associated methods of recruitment to the central bureaucracy were major mechanisms by which the central government captured and held the loyalty of local-level elites.The examination system also served to maintain cultural  unity and  consensus  on basic  values. The uniformity of  the  content  of  the examinations meant that the local elites and ambitious would-be members of those elites across China were taught with the same values. Despite the significant effect of promoting Confucian culture and education, it also influenced education systems in many other countries like Korea, Japan, and Vietnam, and similarities can be found in the personnel selection methods employed in France, America and Britain. Today’s education system is surely its successor.--[[User:Tang Bei|Tang Bei]] ([[User talk:Tang Bei|talk]]) 13:20, 29 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Meiling 王美玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Three Giant Home Appliance Enterprises In China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Midea===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea is a technology group of consumer electronics, HVAC, robotics and automation systems, and smart supply chain (logistics).Founded in Shunde, China in 1968, Midea officially entered the household appliance industry in 1980. In 1981, Midea registered its brand. The group employs a total of 130000 people, whose headquarter is locate in Shunde, Guangdong Province. Midea Group has about 200 subsidiaries, more than 60 overseas branches and 10 strategic business units worldwide, and is the main shareholder of KUKA group (about 95%) in Germany . Midea now has more than ten brands such as Midea and Little Swan. and has 15 and 6 production bases separately home and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Business operation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's diversified development strategy can reflect its wide range of business : consumer electrical appliances mainly including kitchen appliances, refrigerators, washing machines and all kinds of small household appliances; HVAC business focusing on heating and ventilation systems such as household air conditioning and central air conditioning; robot and industrial automation system business with German KUKA group and Midea robot company as the core.Up to July 2020, Midea ranked 22nd in the list of China's Top 100 Most Valuable Brands in 2020.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Corporate culture'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To some extent, enterprises seems like a person. Generally speaking, the style and personality of an enterprise are greatly affected by the values and behavior styles of enterprise leaders. Enterprise style and characters can determine the fate and future itself. Midea focus on sound operation. If Haier and Gree went to two &amp;quot;extremes&amp;quot;, Midea would choose the &amp;quot;middle road&amp;quot;, which is neither extreme left nor right. It will not suddenly break the original management framework and organizational structure,which, otherwise, would place the enterprise in high risk. Midea Group’s New Vision, mission,values and business principles are not only rooted in the achievements of historical accumulation, but also the strategic blueprint for the future. The New Vision,“the perfection of science and technology lead to the perfection of life”, continues the Midea’s emphasis on science and technology and human-oriented spirit; The new mission,“connecting people and things, enlightening the world of Midea” reflects its strategic thinking on the development trend of technology, industrial chain and global layout, and makes the linkage between people and things in different scenes more advanced, thus stimulating the leapfrog development of people’s lives and production; Through the value“dare to know the future”, Midea could continue carrying forward its spirits of future orientation and embracing changes. From a New Vision, mission, values, the United States of intelligent manufacturing, intelligent life, and the way to give back to society, but also a deeper level of exploration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(1)Diversified product strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the light of the wide range of its business, we can see that Midea is actively promoting diversified development: in the area of air-conditioning, Midea，since 1998，has made a series of acquisitions and mergers, expanding its air-conditioning capacity and entering the field of air-conditioning compressors. Moreover, it has produced the core components of air conditioning, increased research and development and cooperation in air conditioning, then begun to produce the core components of air conditioning compressor, increased research and development in the core components; as for small household appliances, since 2001, Midea has mastered the core components of microwave oven and become one of the three largest production bases in the world. Subsequently, the Group has reorganized the small appliance business under direct control and developed professionally on the basis of diversification ; diversification has the advantage of spreading risk, that is the theory of “don’t put all your eggs in one basket” , and its disadvantage lies in the difficulty for firms to concentrate and, relatively speaking, to establish absolute competitive advantage in one or more specific areas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''(2)&amp;quot;Intensive Growth + Extensive Expansion&amp;quot; business strategy'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Midea's business strategy can be described as &amp;quot;two-pronged approach&amp;quot;. On the one hand, Midea relies on its own enterprise strength to continuously optimize the performance of its core products and has made earnest efforts to improve the quality of its core products. On the other hand, through a series of acquisitions and mergers on home appliance brand，Midea has furthered its market penetration, and enhanced the market share, expanded the user group, leading to its accomplishment of “Extension Expansion” strategy. In fact, the strategy is not limited to mergers and acquisitions, but also includes the continuous paces into new industrial fields. Midea is building its own &amp;quot;Second Runway&amp;quot;, that is “New Product Incubation Platform”, which is not limited to the field of home appliances. As long as meeting Midea's standards for &amp;quot;innovative products&amp;quot;, any products can enter the incubation platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development prospect'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（1)Home'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, affected by the COVID-19, the rising leverage ratio of the residential sector, the rising food prices, as well as the continuing low marriage and birth rates, the pace of further expansion of the household appliance market has been hindered. As one of the three giants in China's home appliance market, Midea is naturally deeply aware of the weakness of the home appliance market, which is reflected specifically in the decline of market demand for color TV sets, air conditioners, kitchen appliances and household appliances. Midea will unswervingly increase R&amp;amp;D investment, maintain high-quality development direction, and adhere to inclusive growth and sustained and effective growth. Midea has further expanded its online market scale which has continuously diverted offline market scale. It has been developing an integrated sales channel with both online and offline, which has been promoted orderly on Suning, Gome, Jingdong, Tmall and other platforms. Facing the domestic market, Midea has been consolidated its basic system and established a unified business language and rules.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''（2)Abroad'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2020, the global trade friction continues to escalate, tariff barriers increases Midea’s risk of overseas market expansion, and the exchange rate between countries continues fluctuating. All of these factors mentioned above has increased Midea’s risk to engage in product export and  to exchange loss. Facing the overseas market, Midea will adhere to the consumer-oriented and product-leading strategy, give full play to its network advantages in global R&amp;amp;D and user research, grasp the differentiated needs of foreign consumer groups, improve the construction of multi-brand operation system, leading to further open-up of the foreign market and the improvement of market share.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
HVAC  暖通空调	 Shunde	（广东）顺德&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Smart supply chain  智能供应链	Diversification	 n. 多样化&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsidiary  n. 子公司	Intensive Growth  内生式增长&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Household appliance  家用电器	leverage ratio 	杠杆率&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Diversified	adj. 多元化的	Second Runway	第二跑道&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Intelligent manufacturing  智能制造	R&amp;amp;D  研发&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
air conditioning compressor  空调压缩机	 Tmall 	天猫&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
tariff barrier	贸易壁垒&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions	'''&lt;br /&gt;
	&lt;br /&gt;
1.Why does Midea implement diversified development strategy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why corporate culture can determine its future?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.what development strategy does Midea adopt?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.How will Midea deal with the weakness of home appliance market?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How does Midea differ from Haier and Gree in terms of its style?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Haier===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C.Gree===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wang Xuan 王轩==&lt;br /&gt;
===National Flag of the People’s Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
===A  A brief introduction of National Flag of the People's Republic of China===&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, the symbol of the country. Zeng Liansong is the designer of the national flag. Red and rectangular, its length and height are three to two. Five yellow five pointed stars are decorated on the top left of the flag. One star is larger, and its circumscribed circle diameter is three tenths of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is one tenth of the flag height, and the ring is arched to the right of the big star.&lt;br /&gt;
The national flag of the people's Republic of China began to solicit the design of the national flag from July 14 to August 15, 1949. On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 (3012) national flag designs. On September 27, 1949, deputies to the first plenary session of the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) passed a motion to use the five-star red flag as the national flag. On October 1, 1949, the first national flag was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. The five pointed stars are used in yellow to show light on the red ground. Each of the four small five pointed stars faces the center of the big star, indicating unity around a center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B  Establishment process===&lt;br /&gt;
===1. Solicit comments from the public===&lt;br /&gt;
On June 15, 1949, the Preparatory Committee for the National Committee of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was formally established in Peiping, shortly after Liberation. The preparatory work undertaken by this committee included the important task of formulating the national flag of new China, and designated the sixth group of the Preparatory Committee to be responsible for it.&lt;br /&gt;
On 4 July 1949, the sixth group held its first meeting. The meeting decided to publish newspapers to solicit the patterns of the national flag and the national emblem, and to set up a selection committee for the national flag and the national emblem pattern and the national lyrics score. In addition to the group members participating in the selection, Xu Beihong, Liang Sicheng, Ai Qing and other experts were invited to participate.&lt;br /&gt;
From July 14 to August 15, 1949, people's daily, Jiefang Daily, Xinhua daily and other newspapers and periodicals published the notice of the preparatory meeting of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference asking for the design of the national flag. The news of asking for the design of the national flag quickly spread to the whole country and overseas. Many people in their spare time, spread out the paper and began the design work. They carefully designed and drew one pattern after another with their own characteristics, marked with detailed instructions, and sent them to Beijing. They regard the design and drawing of the national flag as a glorious and noble thing to pour their boundless love for new China.&lt;br /&gt;
===2. Collect drafts from all walks of life===&lt;br /&gt;
On August 20, 1949, the national flag and national emblem Selection Committee received 2992 pieces of national flag patterns. Guo Moruo, Chen Jiageng and other members of the preparatory committee also submitted their sample designs. These designs were displayed in the temporary reading room. The selection committee selected 38 draft plans from them and incorporated them into the reference materials for the design of the national flag and submitted them to the newly established Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference for discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
===3. Pass a resolution===&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the national flag of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference (CPPCC) was approved in the 32nd session of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference. In the pattern of five-star red flag before this, there are sickles and axes in the big stars. Before the adoption of the resolution, the national flag and national emblem review group made partial modifications to the design pattern, and made a unified explanation on the significance of the national flag pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 27, 1949, the resolution on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China, adopted at the first plenary session of the CPPCC National Committee, stipulates in the fourth point that &amp;quot;it is unanimously adopted: the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red earth flag, which symbolizes the great unity of the revolutionary people of China.&amp;quot; The resolution of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference on the capital, chronology, national anthem and national flag of the people's Republic of China and the measures for flag making adopted by the presidium of the Chinese people's Political Consultative Conference stipulate that the national flag of the people's Republic of China is a five-star red flag, which is rectangular, and symbolizes revolution. Its length and height are three to two, and five yellow five pointed stars are on the top left of the flag, symbolizing the revolutionary unity under the leadership of the Communist Party of China The star symbolizes red with yellow, and the earth is bright. One star is larger, its circumscribed circle diameter is 3 / 10 of the flag height, which is on the left; the four stars are smaller, and their circumscribed circle diameter is 1 / 10 of the flag height, and they are circled on the right side of the big star, and each has an angle point facing the center of the big star, which expresses the aspiration of hundreds of millions of people to the great Communist Party of China, just like the northern star. The flagpole cover is white to distinguish it from the red flag.&lt;br /&gt;
On September 29, 1949, the people's Daily published the pattern of the new national flag and the explanation of its making method, which were provided to all walks of life for making and using.&lt;br /&gt;
On October 1, 1949, the first national flag of the people's Republic of China was first raised by Mao Zedong in Tiananmen Square.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C  Symbolism of the flag===&lt;br /&gt;
The red flag of the people's Republic of China symbolizes revolution. The five five pointed stars on the flag and their relationship symbolize the great unity of the revolutionary people under the leadership of the Communist Party. Yellow is used to show light on the red ground. Yellow is brighter and more beautiful than white. Each of the four small Pentagram stars has a point facing the center of the big star, which means that they are united around a center and are compact and beautiful in form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Qiong 吴琼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===China's Four New Inventions===&lt;br /&gt;
Most people must have known about China's Four Inventions: gunpowder, paper-making, compass, and printing. Those represented how wise the Chinese was and how brilliant history China had. Today, China still holds the places and influence in technology and inventions. In May,2017, teenagers from 20 nations along the Belt and Road selected China's four new inventions: high speed railway, QR code payment, sharing bikes and online shopping. Though these new inventions are not first invented by China, but it is China that makes full use of them, and introduces them to the rest of the world. The four new inventions bring incredible changes and convenience into people's life. China, at the same time, makes contributions to the development of the human beings. World's future will be bright and prosper due to more technologies and inventions such as China's Four New Inventions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. High-speed railway ===&lt;br /&gt;
High-speed railway is a railway system with advanced design and high-speed rails run on it. The world's first official high-speed rail system is the Tokaido Shinkansen line and it goes into public in 1964, connecting the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka. The high speed railway has promoted the rapid development of Japan. Its designed speed is 200km/h, which then becomes the initial speed standard of high-speed rail. Later, with the advancement of technology, the speed of trains became faster. Different countries have different definitions of high-speed railways in different eras. According to statistics, the length of high-speed railways in operation in China has reached to more than 6,800 kilometers. China has become the country with the most comprehensive high-speed railway system technology, the strongest integration capability, the longest operating mileage, the highest operating speed, and the largest scale of construction in the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Features'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. High-speed railways are very smooth to keep safety and comfort. High-speed railways are all seamless steel tracks, and high-speed railways with a speed of more than 300 kilometers per hour use ballastless tracks, that is, a monolithic track bed without stones to maintain smoothness.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The high-speed railway has few bends, as the bend is of long radius, and the turnouts are all moveable high-speed turnouts.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Use a large number of viaducts and tunnels to ensure ride comfort and shorten the distance.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The catenary of the high-speed railway, that is, the suspension of the wires on the top of the train, is also different from that of ordinary railways to keep stability and durability of the high-speed EMUs.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The signal control system of high-speed railways is higher than that of ordinary railways, because of the frequent departure and high speed of rails, it should be of high safety.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Merits'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Large passenger capacity. Generally, high speed rails can accommodate 600 people. Compared to other public tools such as bus, boat or airplane, high speed rails have more seats.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Less time-consuming. In addition to the maximum operating speed, passengers are more concerned about travel time. High speed rails will not operate in late night, so passengers can get off the rails almost in daytime, thus to finish their business or other private matters which helps save a lot of time.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Good safety. Due to the automatic operation of high-speed rails in a fully enclosed environment and a series of complete safety guarantee systems, thus no other transportation means can be matched with it. Since the advent of high-speed railway 35 years ago, Japan, Germany, and France have already transported 5 billion passengers. Although there have been major traffic accidents on high-speed railways, the accident rate is much lower than that of civil aviation and is almost negligible. It is still the safest transportation system.&lt;br /&gt;
4. High punctuality. All high-speed railways adopt automatic control and can operate around the clock unless there is an earthquake.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Comfortable and convenient. High speed rails have spacious and comfortable seats, stable operation, shock absorption, sound insulation, and quiet environment. &lt;br /&gt;
6. Low energy consumption. High-speed trains use electric traction, do not consume precious petroleum and other liquid fuels, and use various forms of energy, which is not a wasteful transportation mean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High speed railways高速铁路  the Tokaido Shinkansen line东海道新干线&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the three major metropolitan circles of Japan: Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka.日本三大都市圈: 东京、名古屋和大阪&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
integration capability整合能力  operating mileage运营里程&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
seamless steel tracks无缝钢轨  ballastless track无砟轨道 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a monolithic track bed整体式道床  moveable high-speed turnouts.可动心高速道岔&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
viaducts and tunnels高架桥梁和隧道  high-speed EMUs.高速动车组&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shock absorption and sound insulation减震隔音  petroleum and other liquid fuels石油等液体燃料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Where does the first high speed railway come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the name of the first high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What is the advantages of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. What are the features of high speed railway?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Which transportation carries more passengers, high speed rails or trains?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. From Changsha to Shanghai, which transportation means will you choose?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. QR code payment===&lt;br /&gt;
The QR code payment model is based on the concept of mobile payment, and the first batch of payments made by mobile devices occurred in Finland in 1997. Finnish local media reported that Finland Telecom has enabled the service of operating jukeboxes and beverage vending machines by dialing a pay phone number. This service allows you to buy Coca-Cola at Helsinki Airport. The QR code, also known as &amp;quot;two-dimensional code&amp;quot; was invented in 1994 by the Japanese company DW.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Background'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rise of QR code payment methods in China is not occasionally. It  is mainly related to the rapid development of  IT technology and the rapid advancement of e-commerce. The maturity of IT technology has promoted the birth of mobile terminals such as smart phones and tablet computers, which makes people's mobile life more colorful. At the same time, domestic e-commerce is also closely related to &amp;quot;mobile&amp;quot;, especially the development of O2O. With a large number of mobile devices and a large amount of mobile consumption, payment costs have become particularly critical. Therefore, QR code payment solutions came into being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Characteristics'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of 2010, QR codes and related technologies were widely circulated on the Internet, marking the beginning of the widespread popularity of QR codes in China. The popularity of any thing must have its reasons, and so is QR code payment. &lt;br /&gt;
1. Mature technology&lt;br /&gt;
QR  code payment already has mature technical means in developed areas abroad, which has laid the foundation for the development of domestic QR code technology, and it is believed that it will quickly become popular.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Easy to use&lt;br /&gt;
After the user installs the QR code recognition software, the transaction can be completed by simply swiping the place where the QR code is posted.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Convenient payment&lt;br /&gt;
With the QR code payment method, merchants do not have to bear high cost payments such as cash on delivery, and consumers can also make real-time payments anytime, anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Lower cost&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the maturity of technology and the popularization of mobile devices, the cost of QR code payment has become very low.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QR code (Quick Response code)快速反应码   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finland芬兰  Telecom电信&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jukebox点唱机   beverage vending machine饮料自动售货机 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Helsinki Airport赫尔辛基机场 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What advanced the birth of QR code?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. When did the QR code become popular in China?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. In which way can customers bear lower payment?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Why does QR code cost lower?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. When was the QR code invented?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Sharied bikes===&lt;br /&gt;
As early as 1965, the Municipal Government of Amsterdam in the Netherlands proposed the &amp;quot;White Plan&amp;quot;. According to the plan, the government purchased 50 bicycles and painted them with white paint as a sign and scattered them around the city for people to use. This was the earliest in the world. The unmanned shared bicycle system is invented by the Netherlands. In 2007, France also had free cycling, and it was only later that China became popular and innovative models developed and promoted overseas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Function'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By providing services on campuses, subway stations, bus stations, residential areas, commercial districts, public service areas, etc., bicycle-sharing (bicycle) companies complete the ”last mile“ in the transportation industry and drive residents' enthusiasm for using other public transportation. Produce synergy with other public transportation methods.  Shared bicycles are a time-sharing lease model and a new type of green and environmentally friendly sharing economy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Development'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's bike-sharing market has gone through three stages of development. The first phase is from 2007 to 2010. The public bicycle model that has emerged from abroad is introduced into the country, and the government will lead the management in different cities, mostly with piled bicycles. 2010-2014 is the second stage. Companies specializing in the bicycle market began to appear, but public bicycles are still dominated by piled bicycles. The third phase is from 2014 to 2018. With the rapid development of the mobile Internet, Internet shared bicycles led by Mobike came into being, and more convenient dockless bicycles began to replace docked bicycles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Amsterdam阿姆斯特丹  the unmanned shared bicycle system 无人管理的共享单车系统&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
free cycling 单车自由行 residential areas 居民区 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
last mile ”最后一公里“  green and environmentally friendly economy 绿色和环境友好型经济&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the first phase第一阶段 dockless bicycles无桩单车&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Which country invented the shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. What is the main purpose for the invention of shared bike?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. How many phases at present have the shared bikes experienced?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How's the prospect of the shared bikes?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Online shopping===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Yilu 吴一露==&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Domestic Mobile Phones===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Huawei===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of all the Chinese phone manufacturers, Huawei is probably the name that needs no introduction. It's the world's second largest smartphone company, and it's at the center of an international battle for technological dominance between Beijing and Washington. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Founded in 1987, Huawei is a leading global provider of information and communications technology (ICT) infrastructure and smart devices. It has more than 194,000 employees, and operate in more than 170 countries and regions, serving more than three billion people around the world. Huawei is a private company wholly owned by its employees. No government agency or outside organization holds shares in Huawei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their vision and mission is to bring digital to every person, home and organization for a fully connected, intelligent world. The benefits of digital technology shouldn't just be available to those who can afford it. Huawei's mission is to expand the benefits of technology to everyone, everywhere. To achieve this, they've developed a digital inclusion strategy that focuses on three areas: technology, applications, and skills. For example, three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei are 5G, Huawei cloud and Huawei AI.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei is continuing to focus on research and innovation to seize the opportunities and address the challenges of the future intelligent world.  There are many innovations and inventions of Huawei to drive the industry forward, including advanced wireless networks, optical networks, intelligent O&amp;amp;M, AI computing, smartphone camera, media CODEC standards, software, trustworthiness and so on. Today, Huawei have entered the 5G ear and embarked on 6G research. It is exploring new directions for 6G. To this end, they began research into the basic theories of 6G and initiated extensive open collaboration projects with other industry players and pushed the industry to build a consensus on 6G.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Staying customer-centric and creating value for customers&amp;quot; are the company's common values. The company has a well-developed internal governance structure, under which all governance bodies have clear and focused authority and responsibility, but operate under checks and balances. This creates a closed cycle of authority and achieves rational and cyclical succession of authority, so as to drive the facilitation and implementation of the company's common values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg|650px|thumb|middle|Diagram of Huawei Corporate Governance. Click [https://www-file.huawei.com/-/media/corporate/images/about-huawei/2020/corporate-governance-structure-18en.png?la=en-us/File:Corporate Governance Structure.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once virtually unknown to most Americans, the telecommunications giant was splashed across newspapers when top executive (and daughter of the company's founder) Meng Wangzhou was arrested in Canada for an alleged violation of US sanctions with Iran. Since then, the Chinese telecom has regularly made international headlines, especially since the US Commerce Department banned American companies from doing business with Huawei without first obtaining a license. &lt;br /&gt;
For Huawei, that meant it could lose access to crucial technological parts including semiconductors, which are key components used in its base stations and phones. It also meant Huawei's handsets were cut off from the full power of Google's Android operating system, along with several popular apps including the Google Play store, Gmail, Google Maps and apps that rely on Google like Uber and eBay. At its launch in September, the Mate 30 was Huawei's first major phone to launch without Google's proprietary apps. Despite US efforts to constrain Huawei, the company reported first-half earnings this month showing revenue grew more than 13% from a year ago to around $65 billion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expression===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Huawei cloud	华为云	            Intelligent Collaboration	  协同管理技术&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
optical networks	光纤网络	                 Carrier Network	承载网络&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
intelligent O&amp;amp;M	智能委托运营	                  the Kunpeng 920	鲲鹏920&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
AI computing	人工智能计算	                     AppGallery 	华为应用程序库&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
information and communications technology (ICT)  信息与通讯技术             	Media CODEC standards	编解码标准&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions:===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.When is Huawei founded?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.How many countries and regions does Huawei operate? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.Do government agency and outside organization hold shares if Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is the vision and mission of Huawei? And what do they do to achieve this mission?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.What are the three main world-changing technologies built by Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the innovations and inventions of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the company’s common values?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8.What makes that the telecommunications giant frequently was mentioned across newspapers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9.Which phone is the first major phone launched without Google’s proprietary apps?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. What’s your opinion towards these two issues mentioned above? Will these hinder the development of Huawei?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Xiaomi===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Vivo &amp;amp; OPPO===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Yilu|Wu Yilu]] ([[User talk:Wu Yilu|talk]]) 07:24, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wu Zijia 吴子佳==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Dialects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A.Brief introduction of Chines dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words topolect and hibernation, all comes from Yangxiong (53-18), &amp;quot;Interpretation of Foreign Dialects: Light Xuan“in the Han dynasty. &amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot; refers to different meanings in different groups, according to the Chinese , &amp;quot;dialect &amp;quot; is both a political concept and a linguistic one, and it is also known as &amp;quot;Vernacular &amp;quot;.  &amp;quot;Accent&amp;quot;, refers to the difference in the language standard of a certain region, such as relationship between relatives regardless of the language.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Dialect&amp;quot;,however, is a linguistic concept in Europe, subordinating under the concept of&amp;quot;language&amp;quot; at the beginning of the eighteenth century. Based on the relationship between the language (pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar),it is divided into family, group, branch and language.Considering the special national situation of China, The translation of &amp;quot;Chinese dialects&amp;quot; into English is &amp;quot;Varieties of Chinese&amp;quot;.According to the European , dialect is a language that differs from the standarded language and is spoken in only one certain region. &lt;br /&gt;
China enjoys a vast field and a long history. In the process of historical development, different divisions and unification inevitably occurred in the society, which led to the gradual emergence of diverse and complex dialects system in Chinese. There are many factors contributing to the evolution of dialect, including social, historical and geographical factors, as well as the language itself.&lt;br /&gt;
According to the dialects, Chinese is divided into two categories: the official dialects and the nine local dialects. Official dialects ,namely modern Chinese, are not independent dialects, because they are very similar in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar to the common language. Other regional dialects differ greatly in pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar, thus forming their own dialect systems. The official dialects include northeast Mandarin, Beijing mandarin, Ji Lu mandarin, Jiao-Liao mandarin, Central Plains mandarin, Lan-Yin mandarin, Southwest Mandarin and Jianghuai mandarin. The nine local dialects include Wu dialect, Cantonese, Fujian dialect, Hunan dialect, Hakka, Gan dialect, Hui dialect, Jin dialect and Pinghua.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B.Hunan dialect===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Xiangyu , also known as xiang dialect or Hunan dialect, belongs to the sino-tibetan  language, and is the main language used by the hunan people who live in xiangjiang river basin and its branches. Xiangyu is divided into two categories: new Xiangyu and The old Xiangyu. The new Xiangyu is represented by Changsha dialect while the old one is represented by Shuangfeng dialect.&lt;br /&gt;
The core area of ancient Chu language is located in the middle reaches of Yangtze River, and Chu language is the ancestor language of Xiang language [1]. Modern Xiangyu speakers are mainly distributed in a considerable part of Hunan province in Mainland China, including Changsha, Zhuzhou, Xiangtan, Yueyang, Yiyang, Loudi, Hengyang, Shaoyang, Yongzhou and so on. In 2010, the number of Xiangyu-speaker was estimated to be about 45 million. The regional dialects of Hunan province include Hunan, Southwest Official, Gan, Hakka, and Xiangxiang, southern Hunan dialect, which have not yet been classified as belonging to the dialect. Xiangyu is the main dialect of Hunan Province. Hunan province is a region that has diverse dialects. &lt;br /&gt;
The chu dialect ,namely Chu Yan (ancient Chu language), is popular in Chu in the pre-Qin period, and it is the most ancient origin of Xiang language. The specific appearance of ancient Chu language cannot be verified today, but it is the earliest language used by the Han people in Hunan and along the Xiangjiang river. The word &amp;quot;Chu Yan&amp;quot; first appeared in Zuo Zhuan, indicating that the Chu Yan had been formed at least in the late Spring and Autumn Period, and was a branch of Chinese language,and was different from the Central Plains Yayin XiaYan at that time.There are 20-35 initials of Xiangyu, 30 to 40 finals, 5-7tones,commonly with 6 .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Contonese===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yueyu ,or Cantonese, Guangdong dialect and Tang dialect, is commonly known as &amp;quot;baihua&amp;quot;.It is a Chinese dialect in the Chinese-Tibetan Chinese language family. Cantonese is the mother tongue of the Guangfu nationality, an important carrier of the Guangfu culture of the Han nationality, and one of the basic symbolic cultural identities of the Guangfu nationality. Cantonese has a complete language system consisting of nine tones and six volumes of tones, retaining many characteristics of Middle Ancient Chinese . Besides Putonghua, it is the only Chinese language that has been studied independently by foreign universities. &lt;br /&gt;
As for the origin of Cantonese, there are different opinions.Some says that it originated from the Northern Mid-plain dialect and others the Chu language from the State of Chu. Cantonese is one of the southern dialects that retains more middle Ancient Chinese elements than other dialects, among which the most prominent feature is that it relatively retains the universal middle Ancient Chinese &amp;quot;Ru Sheng&amp;quot;, and its initials, finals and tones have a good correspondence with the ancient Chinese standard rhymes in&amp;quot;Qu Yun&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Guang Yun&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Mandarin is a dominant language in Guangdong province, and the most dominant dialect is Cantonese. Hakka dialect and Fujian dialect are the other two major Chinese dialects with great influence in the province. Hakka dialect is mainly concentrated in the northeast and north of Guangdong province, and hakka dialect is also distributed in parts of western Guangdong province.  Hakka villages are scattered in most parts of the province, and the number of people using this dialect is about 20 million. Fujian dialect is mainly distributed in the coastal area of the southwest and southeast of Guangdong province ,including 6 municipalities:Chaozhou, Shantou, Jieyang, Shanwei, Zhanjiang, Maoming ,and it can be divided into to language-speaking areas: they are , Chaoshan and Leizhou .The former shares some similarities with the south Fujian dialect , while the later is close to Hainan dialect.In addition, there are 18.95 million people living in some islets in Zhongshan,Huizhou, Qingyuan, Shaoguan taking Fujian dialect as their official language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Question===&lt;br /&gt;
1.How many local dialects in China?What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
2.What is the origin of Contonese?&lt;br /&gt;
3.Where do most people speak the Hunan dialect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Wu Zijia|Wu Zijia]] ([[User talk:Wu Zijia|talk]]) 08:23, 9 November 2020 (UTC)Wu Zijia&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Shuangling 肖双玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===March of the Volunteers (National Anthem of the People's Republic of China)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A. Brief Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is a song composed by Tian Han and Nie Er. It is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times, known as the clarion call of the Liberation of the Chinese nation. Since its birth in 1935 at the critical moment of national crisis, it has played a great role in inspiring the patriotic spirit of the Chinese people, and later became the National Anthem of the People’s Republic of China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On May 9, 1935, the first version of the song was recorded in the recording studio of EMI Records. In 1951, in order to meet the needs of playing the national anthem, the People's Record Factory recorded and published a rough record composed of a brass ensemble and an orchestral ensemble. In 1959, to celebrate the 10th anniversary of the founding of the People’s Republic of China, the China Record Factory recorded and published a full set of standard national anthem special records. In 1978, a special album for collective lyrics was released. In 1983, China Record Shanghai Company recorded and published a special record for the standard national anthem after the original word was restored.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On March 14, 2004, the Second Session of the Tenth National People’s Congress passed a constitutional amendment, officially stipulating that the national anthem of the People’s Republic of China shall be the March of Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The National Anthem Law of the People's Republic of China was adopted at the 29th Session of the 12th National People's Congress Standing Committee on September 1st, 2017, and formally went into effect on October 1st.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===B. Creation Background===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers is the theme song of the film Children of Troubled Times. In the autumn of 1934, Tian Han wrote a long poem for the film, the last verse of which was selected as the lyrics of the theme song March of the Volunteers. Shortly after the lyrics were written, Tian Han was arrested and imprisoned by the Kuomintang authorities. In February 1935, director Xu Xingzhi took over the shooting of Children of Troubled Times. Soon after, comrades who went to prison to visit brought back the lyrics written by Tian Han in prison on the back of cigarette packing paper, that is, the original manuscript of March of the Volunteers. At that time, Nie Er was preparing to go to Japan to seek refuge. He learned that there was a theme song to write in the film children of the wind and cloud. He took the initiative to compose music for the song and promised to send back the song manuscript as soon as possible after he arrived in Japan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nie Er completed the first draft of the score soon after receiving the lyrics. On April 18, 1935, after Nie Er arrived in Tokyo, Japan, he completed the final draft of the score, and sent the final draft to Shanghai Dentsu Film Company at the end of April. Afterwards, in order to make the song tune and rhythm more powerful, Nie Er and Sun Shiyi discussed and made three changes to the lyrics, thus completing the song creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the early shooting of the film Children of Troubled Times was completed, the lyrics of Tian Han's theme song did not determine the name of the song, while Nie Er's lyric composition sent back from Japan only included the word &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;. General Zhu Qinglan, as the investor of the film Children of Troubled Times, added &amp;quot;Volunteers&amp;quot; after the words of &amp;quot;March&amp;quot;, thus naming the song March of the Volunteers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===C. Song Appreciation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The March of the Volunteers is a very creative song; the composer Nie Er devotes himself to the creation of this song with great passion. First of all, he succeeds in handling the poetic lyrics of Tian Han’s prose in accordance with the laws of music in an extremely vivid, powerful and colloquial way. In terms of melody creation, he not only absorbs the excellent achievements of international revolutionary songs and the style characteristics of Western European march, but also makes it have strong national characteristics, so that the song could be grasped by the broad masses and play its fighting role.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
The song begins as a prelude to a six-bar march. It has a sonorous rhythm, bright and majestic melody, among which the magical effect of triplet enhances the fighting atmosphere of the song. Although the prelude is short, it contains the basis for the emotional and melody development of the entire song. The songs are interlocked and advanced layer by layer. This process runs through the whole song, and the end of the song is repeated many times, giving people a sense of unwavering and unstoppable.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
According to the characteristics of the lyrics clause, Nie Er treated the song into a free body structure formed by six phrases of varying lengths. Although the melody and structure of each phrase are different, the cohesion between the phrase and the phrase is close, the development is natural, and the singing is ups and downs, and is integrated.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers, with its soaring, sonorous and powerful melody and inspiring lyrics, expresses the Chinese people's strong resentment and resistance to imperialist aggression, and embodies the heroic spirit of the great Chinese nation in the face of foreign aggression that is brave, strong, united as one to go through national disaster.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===D. Chinese and English Lyrics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！不愿做奴隶的人们！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
把我们的血肉，筑成我们新的长城！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中华民族到了最危险的时候，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
每个人被迫着发出最后的吼声。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
起来！起来！起来！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
我们万众一心，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
冒着敌人的炮火，&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
前进！前进、进！&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise, you who refuse to be bond slaves!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s stand up and fight for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Liberty and true democracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All our world is facing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chains of the tyrants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone who works for freedom is now crying:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Arise! Arise! Arise!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the torch of freedom,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March on! March on, and on!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
March of the Volunteers 义勇军进行曲&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Children of Troubled Times 风云儿女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EMI 百代唱片&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People’s Congress 全国人民代表大会&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
National People's Congress Standing Committee 全国人大常委&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
‭&lt;br /&gt;
1. Who are the composers of March of the Volunteers?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which movie's theme song does March of the Volunteers belong to?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.When did the National Anthem Law go into effect?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When was the final draft completed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.How did the name of this song come from?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xiao Ting 肖婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He’s Voyages '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From 1405 until 1433, the Chinese imperial eunuch Zheng He led seven ocean expeditions for the Ming emperor which is  an unprecedented feat in world history. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Zheng He'''&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He was born Ma He to a Muslim family in the far southwest, in today's Yunnan province. It is said that his original surname is Ma,his full name as Ma Sanbao .At ten years old he was captured by soldiers sent there by the first Ming emperor intent on subduing the south. &lt;br /&gt;
He was sent to the capital to be trained in military ways. Growing up to be a burly, imposing man, over six feet tall with a chest contemporaries said measured over five feet around, he was also extremely talented and intelligent. He received both literary and military training, then made his way up the military ladder with ease, making important allies at court in the process. Besides Zheng He has a background of both Buddhism and lslam.Thus,he was assumed as the perfect choice to lead the emperor’s splendid armada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reasons for the voyages'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle Emperor sent Zheng He to the “Western oceans”, both to demonstrate the might of the Ming Empire and to realize the diplomatic ideal of peace and harmony among all nations. Zheng He's fleet showed the prosperity ，the imperial power and its advanced navigation technology and exquisite ship-building techniques  of China at that time , thus many small countries and bribes agreed to recognize China as their superior and its emperor as lord of “all under Heaven”.These countries and bribes regularly gave gifts of tribute in exchange for certain benefits ,like military posts and treaties.&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He's fleet did not act as a sea ruler, it appeared in peace all over the world, laden not only with goods exchanged with  those countries, but also with the friendship of peoples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The seven expeditions'''&lt;br /&gt;
These expeditions were astonishing as much for their distance as for their size: during the first ones, Zheng He traveled all the way from China to Southeast Asia and then on to India, all the way to major trading sites on India's southwest coast.The first expedition of this mighty armada was in 11th July of 1405, composed of 317ships  and perhaps as many as sixty huge Treasure Ships and  nearly 28000men with thousands  of soldiers , sailors ,diplomatic specialists ,medical personnel, astronomers and scholars.The fleet stopped in Java and then arrived at Ceylon (today’s Sri Lanka ).&lt;br /&gt;
Compared to the first one, the second  voyage(1407-1409) was smaller with only 68ships sending  foreign envoys back home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zheng He led the third voyage (1409-1411) visiting many of the same countries as the first one did, like Champa and Java. When fighting broke out there between his forces and those of a small kingdom, Zheng put down the fighting, captured the king and brought him back to China where he was released by the emperor and returned home duly impressed&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The fourth voyage (1413-15) extended the scope of the expeditions even further. This time in addition to visiting many of the same sites, Zheng He commandeered his 40 ships and over 28,000 men to Hormuz on the Persian Gulf. This trip has 48 ships with doctors , officials ,translators and more than 27000 troops .&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth voyage (1417-1419) was primarily a return trip for seventeen heads of state from South Asia. They had made their way to China after Zheng He's visits to their homelands in order to present their tribute at the Ming Court. &lt;br /&gt;
The sixth voyage began in 1421 and lasted for nearly two years.Then the expeditions were halted  due to the death of the Yongle emperor. sailed to many of the previously visited Southeast Asian  and  Indian  courts  and  stops  in  the  Persian  Gulf,  the  Red  Sea,  and  the  coast  of  Africa, principally in order to return nineteen ambassadors to their homelands. Zheng He returned to China after less than a year, having sent his fleet onward to pursue several separate itineraries, with some ships going perhaps as far south as Sofala in present day Mozambique.&lt;br /&gt;
The  seventh  and  final  voyage  (1431-33)  was  sent  out  by  the  Yongle  emperor's  successor,  his grandson the Xuande emperor.It was on this return  trip that Zheng He died.This expedition had more than one hundred large ships and over 27,000 men, and it visited all the important ports in the South China Sea and Indian Ocean as well as Aden and Hormuz. One auxiliary voyage traveled up the Red Sea to Jidda, only a few hundred miles from the holy cities of Mecca and Medina. It was on the return trip in 1433 that Zheng He died  and  was  buried  at  sea,  although  his  official  grave  still  stands  in  Nanjing,  China.  Nearly forgotten  in  China  until  recently,  he  was  immortalized  among  Chinese  communities  abroad, particularly in Southeast Asia where to this day he is celebrated and revered as a god.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary list'''&lt;br /&gt;
The Yongle emperor 永乐皇帝（明成祖）&lt;br /&gt;
Java 爪哇&lt;br /&gt;
Ceylon 锡兰（今斯里兰卡）&lt;br /&gt;
Champe 占城（印度支那古国）&lt;br /&gt;
Hormuz 霍尔木兹&lt;br /&gt;
The Persian Gulf 波斯湾&lt;br /&gt;
Medina 麦地那市（沙特阿拉伯西部城市）&lt;br /&gt;
Mecca 麦加 （穆斯林圣地）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.What was Zheng He like?&lt;br /&gt;
2. Why did the Yongel Emperor sent the armada  to the “Western oceans”&lt;br /&gt;
3.How many people did Zheng He bring at the first voyage ,and what did these people do?&lt;br /&gt;
4.Why did the expeditions stopped during the 1423-1430?&lt;br /&gt;
5.The last trip was sented by?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xie Fan 解帆==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Studies of Hunan Dialects===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Category of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Characteristics of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Developments of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Translation Strategies of Hunan Dialects====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jia 徐佳==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Four Folk Stories of ancient China===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl, Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall, the Story of the White Snake and Butterfly Lovers are the four major folk love stories in ancient China. As the most charming oral traditions and national intangible cultural heritage in China, the earliest of them has been popular for more than 2000 years, having a profound impact on people’s lives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Cowherd and Weaving Girl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The Story of the White Snake&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Butterfly Lovers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cowherd and Weaving Girl====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that the story took place in the Western Zhou Dynasty. Cowherd was a simple and honest young man living in the Xiniu village of Nanyang city. His parents died early, so he lived a miserable life with an old ox. One day, Weaving Girl, the daughter of the God of Heaven, came down with other fairies from heaven and took a bathe in a river near Cowherd’s house. The old ox told the Cowherd to steal her clothes so that she was unable to return to the heaven and would stay here to be his wife. With the help of the old ox, Weaving Girl married Cowherd and had a son and a daughter. They led a happy life with husband laboring in the field and wife weaving at home. But their marriage didn't last long. It was discovered by the Queen Mother and incurred her wrath. Ignoring tearful Cowherd and two crying children, she broke up the couple and brought Weaving Girl back. It was the old ox that helped him again. It told Cowherd that it would die tonight and he needed to make three pair of shoes with its skin, which could help him go to heaven and find his wife.  Cowherd did as the old ox said. Just as the cowherd was about to catch up with them, however, the Queen Mother took off her golden hairpin and separate them by a large river, which is now called the Milky Way. Hopelessly, the two lovers can only look at each other across the river. Fortunately, magpies were touched by their love. Hundreds of thousands of magpies flied and formed a bridge over the river. Finally the Queen Mother showed a little mercy, allowing them to meet once a year on the magpie bridge. The day was the seventh day of the seventh lunar month, which later has become the Chinese Valentine’s Day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the reign of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty, Fan Xilang, a young man living in the surrounding area of Mengjiang mountain in Lizhou County, Hunan Province, had just finished the forced servitude and returned to his hometown to get married. But unfortunately, on the night of their wedding, Fan Xilang was sent to the north to build the Great Wall. He toiled away with hunger, cold and fatigue, and soon met a miserable death at the end of his efforts. His body was buried under the Great Wall. &lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu, Fan’s new wife, got the bad news and went through all kinds of hardships to reach the Great Wall. She cried bitterly there for three days and three nights, and finally cried down the Great Wall and found her husband's remains. On her way to take him home, she suffered a lot and finally died of hunger and thirst in Tongguan County,  Shaanxi Province. Sympathetic with the couple’s miserable experience and deeply moved by Meng’s spirits, the local people buried their remains and set up ancestral temples to commemorate them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Story of the White Snake====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Created in the Southern Song Dynasty and prevailed in the Qing Dynasty, the Story of the White Snake is a model of Chinese folk collective creation. In the book Stories to Warn Man compiled by Feng Menglong, The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda has been acknowledged as the first version of this story.&lt;br /&gt;
After thousands of years of practice in Emei Mountain, two snake named Bai Suzhen and Xiaoqing translated into two beautiful girls and came to visit Hangzhou. After encountering with a young man named Xu Xian in the rain, Bai Suzhen fell in love with him and soon later they get married. But a monk called Fahai saw through Bai’s disguise and thought that it was an intrigue of the white snake to marry a man. He persuaded Xu Xian to intoxicate his wife with realgar wine on the Dragon Boat Festival. After being drunk, Bai Suzhen couldn’t  control herself  and showed the shape of a snake, which scared Xu Xian to death. Regardless of her own safety, Bai Suzhen went through many difficulties and got the magical grass, which finally brought Xu Xian back to life.&lt;br /&gt;
But Fahai did not give up. He then lured Xu Xian to the Jinshan Temple to separate the couple. Bai Suzhen and Xiao Qing had no choice but to inundate the temple with flood. During the fierce battle, Bai was finally defeated and put into a small bowl under the Leifeng Pagoda. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Butterfly Lovers====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Eastern Jin Dynasty, Zhu Yingtai, a beautiful and intelligent girl born in a rich family in Shangyu County, Zhejiang Province, wanted to go to Hangzhou to study for there was no good teacher at home. Her father, seeing her eagerness to learn and her ability to disguise herself as a man, finally agreed to her request. On the way to Hangzhou, Zhu Yingtai met Liang Shanbo, a young man who had the same destination with her. He was sincere, gentle and knowledgeable and they clicked immediately. During the school years, they often talked about poetry and articles, cared for each other, and slept in the same bed at night. Zhu had gradually fallen in love with Liang, who, though did not know she was a girl, also cherished her and saw her as his best friend. &lt;br /&gt;
Three years passed quickly. The moment when they had to part, Zhu constantly gave delicate indications to Liang that she was a girl and she loved him, but Liang failed to take her hint. Zhu had no choice but to lied to Liang that she had a little sister who was similar to her in appearance and learning and she wondered if Liang was willing to marry her. Liang Shanbo readily consented and promised that he would come to visit soon. A months later, Liang Shanbo went to Zhu's home and he was surprised to see Zhu Yingtai dressed up as a girl. Only then did he know the truth and figured all the things out. They then confessed their love to each other and pledged to marry without the permission of parents. &lt;br /&gt;
But unfortunately, Zhu’s parents didn’t think much of this poor young man. They wanted to marry their daughter to Ma Wencai, the son of the local governor. Zhu Yingtai was unwilling to marry him but her protest was in vain, for her family was in financial crisis and needed Ma’s support. Hopelessly, the two young lovers was forced to part in tears. Since then, Liang slid into a depression. His spirit and health were soon crushed, and he died a few months later. On the wedding day, Zhu asked for a detour to pass by Liang 's tomb so that she could say goodbye to him. Wearing a bright red wedding dress, she knelt in front of his grave and cried bitterly. At that moment, lighting flashed, thunder rolled and the sky went dark. Liang's tomb suddenly cracked open and Ying-tai immediately jumped into it before it closed. Then under the shocked eyes of the onlookers, a pair of beautiful butterflies flied out of the graves and dancing in the sunlight. It is believed that these two butterflies are Liang Shanbo and Zhu Yingtai. They finally get rid of all the shackles and bounds and can stay together forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having been adapted into many films and TV plays, these four stories are well-known in China and the rest of the world. As the crystallization of folk culture, they not only represent the rich imagination of ancient Chinese people, but also show their hatred for evil forces and their pursuit for a free and happy life, which is exactly the positive part of folk literature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cowherd and Weaving Girl  牛郎织女&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meng Jiangnu Crying on the Great Wall  孟姜女哭长城&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Butterfly Lovers 梁山伯与祝英台&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Queen Mother 王母娘娘&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stories to Warn Man 《警世通言》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The White Snake under the Leifeng Pagoda 《白娘子永镇雷峰塔》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What led to the death of Meng Jiangnu’s husband?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.What did Xu Xian give Bai Suzhen to drink that made her reveal her snake form?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What did the Cowherd do to make Weaving Girl stay?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.When did Liang Shanbo realize that Zhu Yingtai is actually a girl?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Why did Zhu Yingtai lie to Liang Shanbo that she has a little sister?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Xu Jing 许静==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Four Great Pavilions'''--[[User:Xu Jing|Xu Jing]] ([[User talk:Xu Jing|talk]]) 06:21, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Chenting 杨晨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese 4 great towers&lt;br /&gt;
A. origin&lt;br /&gt;
B. development&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Yang chenting|Yang chenting]] ([[User talk:Yang chenting|talk]]) 08:17, 2 November 2020 (UTC)Yang Chenting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hairong 杨海容==&lt;br /&gt;
Nanjing, An Ancient Capital of Six Dynasties--[[User:Yang Hairong|Yang Hairong]] ([[User talk:Yang Hairong|talk]]) 08:28, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Hui 阳慧==&lt;br /&gt;
The Five Constant Virtues&lt;br /&gt;
A Benevolence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B Righteousness&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C Propriety&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
D Wisdom&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F Fidelity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Yue 杨悦==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cheongsam--[[User:Yang Yue|Yang Yue]] ([[User talk:Yang Yue|talk]]) 13:16, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yang Ziling 杨子泠==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Folding Screen''' --[[User:Yang Ziling|Yang Ziling]] ([[User talk:Yang Ziling|talk]]) 08:58, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.1 Introduction '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens are a kind of flexible furniture and composed of several frames or panels linked together. They serve practical and decorative functions, being made from various materials and in many styles. Folding screens originated in ancient China. Written references date from around the 4th century BC, during the Han dynasty, but they were probably used earlier. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.2 History and Technology'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Screens date back to China during the Eastern Zhou period (711-256BCE). They were one-panel screens rather than folding screens then. The origin of folding screens, however, could be traced to the Han dynasty (206 BCE - 200 CE). Depictions of them have been found in Han-era tombs, such as one in Zhucheng, Shandong Province. Initially used as room separators painted with serious works, folding screens weren't designed to move around very often. They were initially made of wooden panels and decorated with fine art. Many themes are painted on the panels, such as mythology, scenes of palace life, and nature, making them more of a piece of furniture.  It is often associated with intrigue and romance in Chinese literature, for example, a young lady in love could take a curious peek hidden from behind a folding screen. Examples of such romantic occasions can be seen in the classical novel Dream of the Red Chamber of Cao Xueqin. The folding screen is also an important element in Tang literature. Li He, the Tang Poet, wrote the &amp;quot;Song of the Screen&amp;quot; (屏风曲), in which he described a folding screen of a newly-wed couple. The folding screen surrounded the bed of the young couple, and its twelve panels were adorned with butterflies alighted on China pink flowers (an allusion to lovers), and had silver hinges resembling glass coins. There are heavy wooden structures with other decorations pulled through holes near the edges of the panels. The design is prominent, and the frame is frequently vertical with individual designs and pleasing patterns.  &lt;br /&gt;
They were made flexible when an ingenious system of strong paper hinges were integrated in the panel construction, which made folding patterns reversible. The panels were brought closer by the paper hinges, which reduce the need for frames separating panels and allow a horizontal orientation of the picture plane. This provides creative approaches to the various spatial relationships of the panels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.3 Uses'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens serve many purposes, such as for tea ceremonies, as backgrounds for concerts or dances, as enclosures for Buddhist rites, and in outdoor processions. Different functions have their own types.&lt;br /&gt;
Although originated in China, folding screens are now used in many interior designs around the world. People first used them also in some practical ways, such as preventing draft in homes, as shown by the two characters in their name: ping(屏 &amp;quot;screen; blocking&amp;quot;) and feng (风 &amp;quot;breeze, wind&amp;quot;). People would also use them to bestow a sense of privacy; in old times, they would often be placed in rooms serving as dressing screens for ladies. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Folding screens can be put up as to divide a large space and change the configuration of the room. They could also be used as a false way set up at the entrance of a room to create a desirable atmosphere by hiding certain features like doors to a kitchen. Now that many folding screens are design with fine art, they serve the decorative purposes well in the interior features of a home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.4 Spread'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After becoming popular in China, folding screens spread to other parts of the world, including East Asia and later Europe. In the 7th century, they appeared in Japan for the first time during the reign of Emperor Tenmu, and they were presented to the Korean kingdom of Silla as a gift. By the 8th century, they had gained such popularity in Japan that Japanese artists began to make their own, very much influenced by Chinese design. Different sizes served different purposes: small 2-fold screens were often used for the tea ceremony and a larger 8-fold screen could be used as backdrops for dances. Japanese screens were lighter, often made of silk or even paper. Folding screens from the Far East spread to Europe at the very beginning of the 17th century. Owing to their practical functions and the distinguished decoration, they drew a lot of attention. The famous designer Coco Chanel was totally enchanted by Coromandel screens. She was well-known for her collection of Chinese folding screens. She possessed 32 folding screens, 8 of which were preserved in her apartment in Paris. She once stated:   “I’ve loved Chinese screens since I was eighteen years old. I nearly fainted with joy when, entering a Chinese shop, I saw a Coromandel for the first time. Screens were the first thing I bought.“ By the early 18th century, European craftsmen had already begun making folding screens on their own. They made folding screens in less expensive painted versions instead using lacquer techniques. At that time, leather screens were fashionable, but their popularity didn't last long, only to be restored around 1860 during the reign of Napoleon III with the wave of Japonism that inspired a number of French artists. In the 20th century when new modern heating means were invented, the functions of the folding screen became mostly decorative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Expressions and Terms'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dream of the Red Chamber 《红楼梦》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the Korean kingdom of Silla 朝鲜新罗王国&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Tenmu 天武天皇 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.5 Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. When did folding screens first appear?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How are folding screens associated with romance in Chinese literature?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. What functions do screens serve?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. When did they spread to Europe?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. How did European craftsmen make folding screens?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yi Zichu 义子楚==&lt;br /&gt;
Panda--[[User:Yi Zichu|Yi Zichu]] ([[User talk:Yi Zichu|talk]]) 14:26, 2 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==You Yuting 游雨婷==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Legalism'''--[[User:You Yuting|You Yuting]] ([[User talk:You Yuting|talk]]) 08:29, 18 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Representative figures'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Values'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Works'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yu Ni 余妮==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Four Famous Bridges in China—中国四大名桥--[[User:Yu Ni|Yu Ni]] ([[User talk:Yu Ni|talk]]) 03:16, 1 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yuan Tianyi 袁天翼==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We live in a modern world with countless yummy food where youngsters can’t live without milk tea. There is even one popular cyber saying that goes like this:”Youngsters continue their lives by drinking milk tea.”&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea, popular throughout the whole country, even the world, originated from bubble tea of Taiwan. Currently, we have entered “Milk Tea 4.0 Era”. Such an era has endowed milk tea with a brand-new meaning, becoming a cultural symbol pf modern civilization human life, especially youngsters’ lives, namely, a pursuit of identity recognition for youngsters.（李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15.）&lt;br /&gt;
So, is milk tea really so miraculous? Is it really so tasty? We may as well discuss the past and current situations of milk tea!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.The Origin of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each school holds its own opinion about the origin, but in fact, if we carefully analyse the fact, we can easily find its true origin, that is---”Mongolia Milk Tea” drunk by nomadic tribes in Mongolia Plateau. Till now, the nomadic tribes living in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of PRC still treat visitors with milk tea, which is an unshakable traditional custom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.The Development of Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the rampant global expansion of British colonists, lots of oriental local products, including milk tea of China, were also transported to the occidental world. Later, it was improved and developed in Britain.&lt;br /&gt;
Since the introduction of milk tea into Britain, due to the distinction of climate and dietary habits, British gave up the utilization of spice, but mixed sundry kinds of tea to replace spice to make milk tea, and added maple sugar as condiment, thus giving birth to the rudiment of modern milk tea and its basic ingredients.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
Later, Taiwan introduced milk tea.&lt;br /&gt;
In the spring of 1987, manager of a Taiwanese cold drink department---Ms. Lin Xiuhui of &amp;quot;Chunshuitang&amp;quot; , added local snack flour into milk tea, and after her successful promotion to consumers, Lin and her colleagues Shen Tonge, Lin Lingru and Wang Yufeng, were inspired by cooked flour whose shape is similar to black pearl, thus creating the name “Pearl Milk Tea”(Bubble tea, currently). Henceforth, the name full of aesthetic feeling was spread.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
By far, modern milk tea has preliminarily come into shape.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.A Comparison of Oriental and Foreign Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Local Changsha Milk Tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When in Changsha, talk as Changshanese do, so let’s talk about Changsha local milk tea first. As we all know, Changsha is famed as an Internet celebrity city, mostly due to “Sexytea”. Sexytea was founded in 2013 as Changsha’s original Chinese style tea brand, uniquely practicing the creation of “new Chinese-style fresh tea”, and staying committed to growing to an original tea beverage design brand. What Sexytea brings to customers is not only a cup of tea, but also an interesting lifestyle, thus showing the beauty of China on the basis of tea. All Sexytea milk tea is produced with Nestle fresh milk and excellent quality tea leaves as ingredients.&lt;br /&gt;
The logo of Sexytea is mainly composed of a Jiangnan woman. A fan and a beauty vividly show the majesty and quaintness of antique Chinese style. Compared with other current milk tea brand logos, that of Sexytea has left a great impression on people.（茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.）&lt;br /&gt;
The signature milk tea of Sexytea is “black tea latte”, comprised of Ceylon black tea, Zelanian Anchor whipping cream and American pecans. On the top of the paper cup is Anchor whipping cream with pecans. Black tea latte emphasizes both milk and tea, with each flavor balanced pretty well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Hong Kong-style milk tea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inventor of Hong Kong-style milk tea is Lin Muhe, the founder of the time-honored brand Lanfangyuan in Central, Hong Kong. The 81-year-old &amp;quot;Father of Hong Kong-style milk tea&amp;quot; has never used silk stockings to make tea. When Lanfangyuan was firstly opened, silk stockings were not yet fashionable in Hong Kong. When Lin Muhe was about 10 years old, he worked in Hong Kong, with his wife and a clerk opened Lanfangyuan Food Stall in Baihua Street of Central in 1952. During those days, the small stall always attracted nearby dockers every afternoon, who enjoyed themselves watching Lin Muhe and his colleagues washing their tea bags to and fro. When they saw the brown color of tea bags, they thought it was silk stockings. After that, they would shout &amp;quot;a cup of silk stockings milk tea&amp;quot;. This is the origin of silk stockings milk tea(currently Hong Kong-style milk tea).（《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''3.Indian Masala Chai'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Authentic Masala Chai can only be drunk in India, which is cooked by delicate handicrafts. Due to the addition of various spices, the taste is strong, mellow, hot and spicy at the beginning. However, if the flavor is slightly changed, it will be sweet or spicy, or the various flavors will react with each other. It is just as confusing as Indian curry, but pretty fascinating. Maybe this is what Masala Chai should be. Drinking Indian milk tea is not only a baptism to taste, but also a return to primitive nature.（《世界著名奶茶大全》 厨影美食）&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C.Milk Tea and Health'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.Advantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking milk tea can quickly supplement sugar, increase body energy, decrease fatigue and improve working efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.Disadvantages'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drinking too much milk tea will increase the possibility of getting fat. It will also increase cholesterol, and even lead to hyperlipidemia and hyperglycemia, doing harm to liver and kidney, increasing risks of angiocardiopathy, thus affecting study and memory, and damaging normal gastrointestinal function. It will even cause cancer if drunk for a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.李欣童.浅谈台湾奶茶文化的三十年变迁[J].传播力研究,2020,4(14):14-15&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.《世界著名奶茶大全》  厨影美食  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.《百度百科——丝袜奶茶》&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.茶颜悦色密码[J].国企管理,2020(20):68.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Milk tea 奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spice  香辛料&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rudiment 雏形&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sexytea 茶颜悦色&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Black tea latte 幽兰拿铁&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hong Kong-style milk tea 丝袜奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cholesterol 胆固醇&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperglycemia 高血糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mongolian Plateau 蒙古高原&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maple sugar 枫糖&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bubble tea 珍珠奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internet celebrity city网红城市&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pecans 碧根果&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Masala Chai 马萨拉奶茶&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hyperlipidemia 高血脂&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Angiocardiopathy 心血管疾病&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gastrointestinal  肠胃的&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the origin of milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Who promoted milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.What is the birth place of modern milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.What is Changsha’s most famous Internet celebrity milk tea shop’s name?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.Is Hong Kong-style milk tea produced with silk stockings?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What are the advantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What are the disadvantages of drinking milk tea?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Liang 曾良==&lt;br /&gt;
Qingming Riverside Landscape Garden&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zeng Xinyuan 曾心媛==&lt;br /&gt;
===Batik(Lanran)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Batik is a traditional textile printing and dyeing craftsmanship in China. It was called wax valerian in ancient times, also known as one of the four ancient printing techniques which are twisted valerian (tie-dye), gray valerian (hollow printing), and clip-dyeing in ancient China.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===History===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Interpretation of &amp;quot;Laran&amp;quot; in the collection of Wang Aijun of Junyou Society: Batik is an ancient dyeing technique. It is called Batik in Indonesia or Malaysia. The patterns dyed by this method embody both decorative interests and practical values.&lt;br /&gt;
Batik art, with a long history, emerged in China. According to the records of the “Eryi Records”, Batik appeared in the Qin and Han Dynasties, and then became popular during the Six Dynasties. The court of the Sui Dynasty especially liked this kind of handicrafts, and special patterns appeared in this period.&lt;br /&gt;
As for the unearthed objects, which was even earlier than it was documented, was a quilt dyed with valerian and excavated in the tomb of Chu in the Warring States Period in Changsha. An unearthed piece of finished product originated in the Jin Dynasty, with overlapping patterns, which is the so-called agate-patterned silk in the Tang and Song Dynasties. Batik was especially popular in the Tang Dynasty, during which the technology was more mature than before. At that time, batik can be divided into two types: single-color dyeing and multi-color dyeing, the latter of which can use as many as four or five colors. Later generations can get a glimpse of the luxurious and beautiful batik patterns in the Tang Dynasty from clothes of two women in Song Huizong’s copy of The Painting of Pounding the Texture by Zhang Xuan, and horsemen’s clothes in The Painting of  Lady Guoguo on a Spring Outing.&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the great influence of Chinese culture in the Tang Dynasty on Japan, Nara’s Shosoin has preserved various treasures of Chinese craftsmanship since the Tang Dynasty, including a set of batik folding screen, which was brought back to Japan by a monk in the Tang Dynasty. &lt;br /&gt;
Batik has declined in China since the Song Dynasty, but it has become popular in various parts of Southeast Asia at the same time (especially in Java, Sumatra and other islands). So far, Indonesian and Malaysian clothes are almost all made of batik.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
China's batik is mainly distributed in Guizhou, Yunnan, Guangxi, Hainan, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong, Taiwan, Jiangxi provinces. Chinese batik has different types, such as type of Danzhai, Chonganjiang, Zhijin, Rongjiang, Southern Sichuan, Hainan, Wenshan, etc. The use, craft, pattern and style of batik vary from region to region.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Technical Process===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Materials ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Patterns===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zeng Xinyuan|Zeng Xinyuan]] ([[User talk:Zeng Xinyuan|talk]]) 08:38, 10 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Hui 张慧==&lt;br /&gt;
Chinese Ancient weapons中国古代兵器--[[User:Zhang Hui|Zhang Hui]] ([[User talk:Zhang Hui|talk]]) 08:04, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In ancient China, there was a saying of “18 martial arts”, which actually refers to 18 kinds of weapons. Generally, it refers to bow, crossbow, gun, stick, knife, sword, spear, shield, axe, greataxe, dagger halberd, spiked mace, iron whip, bar mace, hammer, trident, palladium, and dagger axe. But the weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds, if you add all kinds of strange weapons and all kinds of hidden weapons, its total number is no less than a hundred kinds of fear.&lt;br /&gt;
Short weapons &lt;br /&gt;
The so-called short weapons are generally no longer than a person’s eyebrows, lighter in weight, and often held in one hand when used. The most common short weapons are knives and swords. &lt;br /&gt;
Long Weapons &lt;br /&gt;
The most common long weapons in the martial arts world are spears, stick, and swords. The cord strike concealed weapons are rope dart, meteor hammers, flying claws, soft whips, iron lotus flowers and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
Historical Origins&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking, Chinese ancient weapons refer to the various types of weapons and total equipment used by the Chinese army and civilians in ancient China from the prehistoric period to the end of the Qing Dynasty, that is, until the Opium War in 1840. Both Chinese and foreign studies of ancient weapons take the use of gunpowder as a historical phase, that is, before the invention of gunpowder, the weapons used in the army were called cold weapons. After the invention of gunpowder, the weapons made of gunpowder appeared, firearms. This was the period when cold weapons and firearms were used together. Ancient Chinese weapons can be roughly divided into three stages, the first is the prehistoric period, which is the Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After the beginning of bronze smelting and casting, the main material for weapons at this time began to change to bronze. The weapons of this period were the weapons of the Bronze Age. After people understood the smelting of metals, the main material of the weapons used by the army was changed to steel, and then it entered into the Iron Age.&lt;br /&gt;
During the Northern Song Dynasty, gunpowder began to be used in weapons. China was the home of gunpowder, and its army was the first to use gunpowder weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
After gunpowder came to the West, there was a great development. Therefore, the Dutch and Spanish merchant ships came to China and brought over advanced western firearms, and the Ming Army began to introduce western firearms production technology. After the Opium War, the Qing Dynasty started to train new soldiers, Yuan Shikai started to train new soldiers, and started to introduce new western firearms, the history of ancient Chinese weapons ended. The following is a specific introduction of several weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer &lt;br /&gt;
(Chinese: 流星錘), often referred to simply as meteor (Chinese: 流星), is an ancient Chinese weapon, consisting at its most basic level of two weights connected by a rope or chain. One of the flexible or &amp;quot;soft&amp;quot; weapons, it is referred to by many different names worldwide, dependent upon region, construction and intended use. Other names in use include dai chui, flying hammer, or dragon’s fist. It belongs to the broader classes of flail and chain weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
The meteor hammer could be easily concealed as a defensive or surprise weapon, being of a flexible construction. The primary advantage for using a meteor hammer was its sheer speed.&lt;br /&gt;
Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle. Since the meteor has two heads, one could be used offensively while the other could be used to defend, parrying attacks or ensnaring an opponent’s weapon to disarm them. When used by a skilled fighter, its speed, accuracy and unpredictability make it a difficult weapon to defend against. While being swung, a meteor may be wrapped around its user’s arms, legs, torso, neck or waist, before being unwrapped by a powerful jerk of the body to deliver a devastating and swift blow. A master is fully capable of striking, ensnaring or strangling from a distance.&lt;br /&gt;
Rope Dart&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart or rope javelin (simplified Chinese: 绳镖), is one of the flexible weapons in Chinese martial arts. Other weapons in this family include the meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip. Although the flexible weapons share similar movements, each weapon has its own specific techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Demonstration of the use of a rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
The rope dart is a long rope (usually 3–5 metres or 10–16 feet) with a metal dart attached to one end. This was a weapon from ancient times, which allows the user to throw the dart out at a long-range target and use the rope to pull it back. The rope dart can be used for twining, binding, circling, hitting, piercing, tightening, slashing and other techniques.&lt;br /&gt;
Rope dart play consists of twining, shooting, and retrieval. Twining and shooting can be done from any joint such as foot, knee, elbow, and neck. The rope is anchored on one hand and played primarily with the other hand.&lt;br /&gt;
Skillful use of the rope dart can easily trick an opponent because the dart can shoot out very suddenly, from a person beyond immediate reach.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like the chain whip, excellent hand-eye coordination is a must for the practitioner to use this weapon well. In some Wushu training regimens, the chain whip and Changquan are prerequisites for learning the rope dart.&lt;br /&gt;
A variation of this weapon is the meteor hammer, which has a blunt weight on the end of the rope. It was used in a similar fashion to the rope dart, and many of the techniques are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
These ancient weapons have been replaced by newer weapons as they have evolved, and eventually their historical missions have come to an end. The ancient weapons that once equipped the military have been forgotten. So far, many people have only a glimpse of the ancient weapons from movies and plays.&lt;br /&gt;
It is not uncommon for people to be forgotten. In fact, this kind of forgetfulness is quite normal, as weapons are not always the only thing that can be forgotten.&lt;br /&gt;
It is with the development of society that old things are naturally forgotten as they are continually being eliminated and renewed. We look forward to the development of more advanced weapons, more technological progress, and a stronger country!&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Expressions&lt;br /&gt;
greataxe	钺&lt;br /&gt;
trident	        叉&lt;br /&gt;
dagger halberd	戟	&lt;br /&gt;
spiked mace	殳&lt;br /&gt;
soft whip	软鞭&lt;br /&gt;
bar mace	锏&lt;br /&gt;
dagger axe	戈&lt;br /&gt;
rope dart	绳镖&lt;br /&gt;
Questions&lt;br /&gt;
1.	The total numbers of Chinese martial arts?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The weapons in Chinese martial arts are far more than eighteen kinds.&lt;br /&gt;
2.	The name of the first stage of Chinese weapons?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The Stone Age weapons.&lt;br /&gt;
3.	The other weapons in the family of rope dart?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: The meteor hammer, flying claws, Fei Tou flying weight, and chain whip.&lt;br /&gt;
4.	How to use a meteor hammer?&lt;br /&gt;
Answer: Using a meteor hammer involves swinging it around the body to build up considerable speed before releasing the meteor to strike at any angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Ling 张玲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Terra-Cotta Warriors --[[User:Zhang Ling|Zhang Ling]] ([[User talk:Zhang Ling|talk]]) 02:32, 3 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Peiwen 张佩闻==&lt;br /&gt;
1.Bonsai&lt;br /&gt;
2.Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
3.Question&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Weihong 张维虹==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TikTok（抖音） --[[User:Zhang Weihong|Zhang Weihong]] ([[User talk:Zhang Weihong|talk]]) 08:31, 21 November 2020 (UTC)Zhang Weihong&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yinliu 张银柳==   &lt;br /&gt;
Four Buddhist Shrines - 佛教四大名山&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A:  Buddism is one of the most important religions in China. As the introduction of Buddhism from India in Han Dynasty, China initiated temple construction and sites of enlightenment and continues today. The Buddhist culture in China went through long history of growth and prosperity, and ultimately turns into historical appeal and cultural charm together with the attractive natural scenery where they pullulated, achieved fame throughout the world. Among the numerous famous Buddha Mountains in China, the most sacred four called Four Buddhist Shrines, are known as Gold Wutai, Silver Putuo, Copper Emei and Iron Jiuhua respectively for they believed to be the holy seats Manjusri Bodhisattva, Avalokitesvara, Samantabhadra Bodhisattva and Ksitigahba Buddhisattva reincarnated to tame certain beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai, also called Wutaishan, Mount Wutai, or Mount Qingliang in Chinese, is a National Natural and Cultural Heritage, National Geopark, as well as the only Buddhist sanctuary Chinese Buddhism and Tibetan Buddhism coexist in perfect harmony. Mount Wutai is located in Wutai County, Xinzhou City, Northeast of Shanxi province in China and is called the top buddhist holy land. Mount Wutai tops the four great mountains of Buddhism for its long history and grandness of temples. It also known as one of the Top 5 Buddhism shrines in the world with Lumpini in Nepal and Sarnath, Buddha-gaya and Kushinagar in India. Buddhism propagated into Mount Wutai from the Eastern Han Dynasty and culminated in Southern and Northern Dynasty when emperors extended temples on a large scale to over 200. The second blossom of Buddhism came during the flourishing Tang Dynasty during which there were more than 30,000 Buddha statues made. There are five main peaks of Wutai Mountain, including Wanghai Peak, Yedou Peak, Guayue Peak, Splendid Peak and Cuiyan Peak. A large number of temples which are the treasury of precious cultural heritage attract thousands of tourists every year.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
B. Vocabulary&lt;br /&gt;
buddhist adj.佛教的&lt;br /&gt;
shrine n.圣地&lt;br /&gt;
pullulate v.大量产生&lt;br /&gt;
Gold Wutai 金五台&lt;br /&gt;
Silver Putuo 银普陀&lt;br /&gt;
Copper Emei 铜峨眉&lt;br /&gt;
Iron Jiuhua 铁九华&lt;br /&gt;
Manjusri Bodhisattva 文殊菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Avalokitesvara 观音菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Samantabhadra Bodhisattva 普贤菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
Ksitigahba Buddhisattva 地藏菩萨&lt;br /&gt;
reincarnate v. 使转世，使化身&lt;br /&gt;
ashram n. 修行的住所&lt;br /&gt;
Lumpini n. 蓝毗尼&lt;br /&gt;
Sarnath  n. 鹿野苑&lt;br /&gt;
Buddha-gaya  n. 菩提伽耶&lt;br /&gt;
Kushinagar  n. 拘尸那罗&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
C. Questions&lt;br /&gt;
1.What are the Four Buddhist Shrines or the Four Sacred Buddhist Mountains ?&lt;br /&gt;
2.Which bodhissattvas' holy seats are the four mountains belong to respectively?--[[User:Zhang Yinliu|Zhang Yinliu]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yinliu|talk]]) 08:23, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yu 张瑜==&lt;br /&gt;
===Compass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, together with papermaking, gunpowder and printing was referred to the Four Great Inventions, celebrated in Chinese culture for their historical significance. Compass, as the ancient China’s advanced science and technology, has made great contribution to the navigation undertaking both in China and the rest of the world. China was the first one to find the magnetism that could guide the polarity and use the polarity in the earth’s magnetic field and invent the instrument that could guide the directions. The earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature, ''Devil Valley Master'', was found in the 4th century BC. It recorded that &amp;quot;The lodestone makes iron come, or it attracts it&amp;quot;. The earliest south-pointing device probably appeared in the Warring States Period. It seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. Therefore, people all called it &amp;quot;south-governor&amp;quot; or Si Nan. However, in the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects. Therefore, the south-governor has not been applied in a wide range. In the Song Dynasty, the book ''Wu Jing Zong Yao''(''General Military Principles''), written by Zeng Gongliang and Ding Du in 1044, recorded a magnetic device used as a &amp;quot;direction finder&amp;quot;, called &amp;quot;south-pointing fish&amp;quot;. It made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth's magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south. The device was recommended as a means of orientation &amp;quot;in the obscurity of the night&amp;quot;. Although it effectively avoided the shortcomings of the south-governor, the magnetism was weak acquired from the magnetic field, resulting in the decreased in practical values. In the South Song Dynasty, the book ''Dream Pool Essays'' written by Shen Kuo recorded the first magnetic needle compass, which was the combination of the magnetic needle and plate. This kind of compass had meridian indicator needle, which directed the south and the north. There are two types of magnetic needle compass, that is wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass. The wet suspension compass was used with its needle floating on the water. And the dry suspension compass was a wooden frame crafted in the shape of a turtle hung upside down by a board, with the lodestone sealed in by wax. When floating, the needle at the tail would always point at the northern cardinal direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compass, as an instrument to guide the direction, had played an important role in people’s daily life and navigation undertaking. At the beginning, the compass was used for geomancy (prognostication) to determine the best location and time for things such as burials and weddings. It was recorded that Qin emperor used the diving board and compass in royal court to affirm his right to the throne. The original shape of the compass made people believe that the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven. And around the circular disc, there inscribed the Eight Trigrams, the 24 directions (based on the constellations) and the 28 lunar mansions (based on the constellations dividing the Equator). Although the geomancy was a kind of superstition, the compass was endowed with people’s wishful thinking. Nowadays many people still use the concepts of Feng Shui to decide the location of buildings and enterprises as well as the auspicious time for open ceremony. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings. However, relying on the celestial phenomena posed another problem. When the navigators met the rainy days, they were unable to distinguish the directions according to the celestial phenomena. The appearance of compass made up for the defect. The compass used for navigation started from the end of Northern Song Dynasty. In the Ming Dynasty, it was with the compass that the navigator, Zheng He, could made seven voyages to the western countries. The voyages expanded the foreign trade and promoted the exchanges of economy and cultures between China and western countries. The compass had played an important role in providing guidance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compass was introduced to the Arab world and Europe during the Northern Song Dynasty. After the compass entered into the Europe, the Europeans further improved the compass and invented the dry compass with fixed support. Until 15th century, they invented the gimbal to keep the dry compass in a horizontal level. The application of compass in Europe promoted the coming of the age of sail. The great philosopher Marx pointed that Europe opened the global market and established the colony via the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ming_Compass.jpg|250px|thumb|left|Diagram of a Ming dynasty mariner's compass, Public Domain license by Wikimedia. Click [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Great_Inventions#/media/File:Ming-marine-compass.jpg] for original source.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;FOUR Great Inventions&amp;quot;. China's Foreign Trade.05(2012):94.&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;Compass, One of the Four Great Inventions of Ancient China&amp;quot;. China Week.04(2003):35.&lt;br /&gt;
*鲁才全，黄惠贤. 《中华文明光耀寰宇 中国古代的“四大发明”及中华医药学》. 1995:1-11.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Terms and Expressions===&lt;br /&gt;
*Four Great Inventions四大发明&lt;br /&gt;
*Devil Valley Master 鬼谷子&lt;br /&gt;
*lodestone 天然磁石&lt;br /&gt;
*south-governor司南&lt;br /&gt;
*Wu Jing Zong Yao (General Military Principles) 《武经总要》&lt;br /&gt;
*Zeng Gongliang曾公亮 &lt;br /&gt;
*Ding Du丁度&lt;br /&gt;
*south-pointing fish指南鱼&lt;br /&gt;
*Dream Pool Essays 《梦溪笔谈》&lt;br /&gt;
*wet suspension compass 水罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*dry compass旱罗盘&lt;br /&gt;
*Eight Trigrams八卦&lt;br /&gt;
*gimbal常平架&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the earliest reference to magnetism in Chinese literature? (Devil Valley Master, found in the 4th century BC)&lt;br /&gt;
*When did the earliest south-pointing device appear? (In the Warring States Period)&lt;br /&gt;
*Why had the south-governor not been applied in a wide range? (In the process of making the south-governor, the lodestone was easy to lose its magnetism due to vibration. Besides, when rotating on the plate, it produced huge friction and resistance, which affected its effects.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the differences between the south-governor and the south-pointing fish? (The south-governor seemed like a spoon made by lodestone. With round bottom, it could rotate freely in the smooth plate. When it stopped, the handle of the spoon would guide the South. While the south-pointing fish was made by thin iron slice and was magnetized by the earth’s magnetic field. When people made use of it, they could float it in a bowl of water to guide the south.)&lt;br /&gt;
*What are the two types of magnetic needle compass? (wet suspension compass and dry suspension compass)&lt;br /&gt;
*What’s the symbol of the original shape of the compass? (the square plate symbolized earth and the circular disc symbolized heaven)&lt;br /&gt;
*What did the navigator depend on before the invention of the compass? (Before the invention of compass, navigators usually depended on the positions of the sun, the moon and the polestar to take their bearings.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yujie 张毓婕==&lt;br /&gt;
Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhang Yuxing 张宇星==&lt;br /&gt;
四大家&lt;br /&gt;
儒家&lt;br /&gt;
墨家&lt;br /&gt;
道家&lt;br /&gt;
法家--[[User:Zhang Yuxing|Zhang Yuxing]] ([[User talk:Zhang Yuxing|talk]]) 01:42, 30 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xi 赵茜==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A. Writing Brush'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush is a writing and painting tool originated from China and is one of the four treasures of the study, writing brushes, ink sticks, paper and inkstones. Its history dates back to the Neolithic Age, which has been 5000 or 6000 years up to now. However, the physical object of writing brush was found in a Chu tomb in the Warring States periods. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Qin dynasty, writing brush had its own basic model. It is said that the General Meng Tian in the Qin dynasty who was a supervisor of the construction of the Great Wall invented the writing brush. Therefore, in the hometown of writing brush --- Hengshui, Hubei province and Huzhou, Zhejiang province, people commemorate and celebrate the invention of writing brush by making dumplings and drinking on the 3rd of the 3rd lunar month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Han dynasty, as the calligraphy grew vigorously, the making technique of writing brush has become more mature. The development of calligraphy promoted the shape of writing brush with excellent workmanship and started to pursue the decoration except for its function.  The diameter of the pen-holder was from thick above to thinner below.It was no longer just a writing and painting tool, but an object worthy of appreciating and collecting. What’s more, writing brush-making industry came into being and grew gradually which made writing brush-making as a professional technology. Compared with the Qin dynasty, the writing brush in the Han dynasty was made more exquisite as people paid more attention to the comfort and feeling when they used it to write or paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Wei and Jin dynasties, the process of making writing brush was fundamentally similar to that in the previous dynasties. It only had little difference in the length and diameter of pen-holder for the user’s convenience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sui and Tang dynasties were the flourishing period when the writing brush-making industry developed rapidly in Xuanzhou. In the Tang dynasty, the first professional producing place of writing brush came into being in the history, which made Xuanzhou of Anhui province play a role as the center of writing brush manufacturing all over the country. There were two masters of making writing brush. One was Mr.Chen and the other was Mr.Zhuge. The brushes produced in this place were called Xuan Chinese writing brushes and were much loved by writers, calligraphers, emperors and ministers. Materials for their head mainly was rabbit hair. For the selected superior material and exquisite workmanship, the writing brushes became tributes to the imperial household.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the Song dynasty, writing brush manufacturing technology reached its peak. Xuanzhou was still the center of manufacturing and many new types of brushes were produced and the &lt;br /&gt;
classification of brushes was more specialized. However, Xuan writing brush gradually lost its former level in workmanship because every place across the country had its own way to make writing brushes. The best choice of materials for the pen heads was not only the rabbit hair any more. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A batch of masters of making brushes appeared in the Huzhou of Zhejiang province in the Yuan and Ming dynasties, such as Wu Yunhui, Feng Yingke and Lu Wenbao. Writing brush made in this place, known as Hu writing brush, was characterized by pointed tip, even brush hair, round brush belly and flexible hair. Since the Qing dynasty, Huzhou has been the center of writing brush manufacturing. At the same time, several well-known writing brushes emerged in succession, among which writing brushes respectively made by Li Dinghe in Shanghai and made by Wu Yunhui in Jiangxi have won prizes in the international fairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the late Qing dynasty, with the incoming of western paintings, traditional Chinese realistic paintings began to fail and the writing brush was renovated. There were three centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history, Hengshui, Xuanzhou and Huzhou. At present, painting brushes produced in Shanghai, Suzhou and Beijing also enjoy high reputation.&lt;br /&gt;
Writing brush can be classified according to the usage, shape, material of its head and so on. Brushes can be used to write or paint. Based on its shape, there are brushes with round hair and brushes with pointed hair. What’s more, materials for the head part of writing brushes includes goat hair, yellow weasel hair, black rabbit hair, pig hair, mouse mustache, and hair of buffalo’s tail. According to the hairs texture, Chinese brushes can be divided into the one with soft hair, mixed hair and hard hair. Considering the length of the tip, writing brush can be categorized as three types: small one, middle one and large one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Different types of brushes may possess different functions and usages. Writers prior to the Song dynasty used brushes with hard hair to write. By the Ming and Qing dynasties, as writers wrote larger Chinese characters, brushes used by them were changed from brushes with hard hair to brushes made of goat hair, namely goat-hair brushes, because the length of goat hair was apt to write big characters. Generally, people often use brushes with hard hair to write cursive script and semi-cursive script and always use hard-hair brushes to write regular script, official script and seal script. As for choosing the tip of a writing brush, we should choose appropriate length. If the tip of a brush is long, the tip will not be easy to master, but the brush can contain a lot of ink, suitable for writing cursive script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a tool and carrier for inheriting and promoting Chinese culture and art, writing brush has forged a unique art of Chinese calligraphy and the distinctive artistic style of Chinese painting. Each dynasty in Chinese history has witnessed famous craftsmen appearing and fine works produced, which helped form a profound cultural accumulation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B. Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔锋 the tip of a wring brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
笔杆 pen-holder&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
宣笔 Xuan Chinese writing brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
羊毫笔 goat-hair brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
鼠须笔 mouse-mustache brush&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''C. Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. What are the four treasures of the study?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. How long is the history of writing brush?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. When was the physical object of writing brush found?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. How many centers of writing brush manufacturing in the history? What are they?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhao Xiaoyan 赵晓燕==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chinese Classical Fairy Tales===&lt;br /&gt;
'''Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    Jingwei is a bird in Chinese mythology, who was transformed from Yandi's daughter Nüwa. She is also a goddess in Chinese mythology.&lt;br /&gt;
    The story is recorded in the Shanhaijing:Three thousand ninety li farther southeast, then northeast, stands Departing-Doves Mountain. On its heights are many mulberry trees. There is a bird dwelling here whose form resembles a crow with a patterned head, white beak, and red feet. It is called Jingwei and makes a sound like its name. She is the younger daughter of Yandi named Nüwa. Nüwa was swimming in the Eastern Sea when she was unable to return to shore and drowned. She then transformed into the bird Spirit-Guardian and regularly carries twigs and stones from the Western Mountains to fill up the Eastern Sea. The Zhang River emanates from here and flows eastward into the Yellow River.&lt;br /&gt;
    The story means dogged determination and perseverance in the face of seemingly impossible odds.Based on different research perspectives, people classify the myth into different types of myths. Obviously, the myth is a typical metamorphosis myth, and belongs to the myth of &amp;quot;life after death&amp;quot;, that is, the soul is entrusted to a real substance. The woman drowned in the sea and became a bird to carry out the revenge business of reclamation.&lt;br /&gt;
    The myth of “Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea” expresses the most essential and eternal thing about human beings: the fear of survival, and above all, the eternal and unique spirituality of human beings. These archetypal themes express the cultural consciousness of the ancestors arising from their most basic survival. Survival here is simply a cherishing of life. As a result of this initial instinct to preserve life, the sense of crisis gradually spread to a deeper and broader level in later generations.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 12:56, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Great Flood of Gun-Yu'''&lt;br /&gt;
    The Great Flood of Gun-Yu, also known as the Gun-Yu myth, was a major flood event in ancient China that allegedly continued for at least two generations, which resulted in great population displacements among other disasters, such as storms and famine. People left their homes to live on the high hills and mounts, or nest on the trees. According to mythological and historical sources, it is traditionally dated to the third millennium BCE, or about 2300-2200 BC, during the reign of Emperor Yao.&lt;br /&gt;
    Yu tried a different approach to the project of flood control; which in the end having achieved success, earned Yu renown throughout Chinese history, in which the Gun-Yu Great Flood is commonly referred to as &amp;quot;Great Yu Controls the Waters&amp;quot;. Yu's approach seems to have involved an approach more oriented toward drainage and less towards containment with dams and dikes. According to the more fancily embellished versions of the story it was also necessary for him to subdue various supernatural beings as well as recruit the assistance of others, for instance a channel-digging dragon and a giant mud-hauling tortoise (or turtle).&lt;br /&gt;
     In the history of Chinese civilization, the story &amp;quot;the Great Flood of Gun-Yu&amp;quot; played an important role in healing water. In the process of curing water, Yu relied on the concepts of hard work, making the best use of the situation, scientific treatment of water and putting people first, and overcame many difficulties to achieve success. This led to the formation of the spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation. The spirit of the Great Yu is the source and symbol of the Chinese national spirit.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 13:49, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''the Legendary of Nian'''&lt;br /&gt;
    According to Chinese mythology, a Nian is a beast that lives under the sea or in the mountains. The character nian more usually means &amp;quot;year&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;new year&amp;quot;. The earliest written sources that refer to the nian as a creature date to early 20th century. As a result, it is unclear whether the Nian creature is an authentic part of traditional folk mythology or a part of a local oral tradition which was recorded in the early 20th century. Nian is one of the key characters in the Chinese New Year with scholars citing it as the reason behind several practices during the celebration such as wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks. Various aspects of cultural practices relating to Chinese New Year are now included as part of the nian legend. Once every year at the beginning of Chinese New Year, the nian comes out of its hiding place to feed, mostly on men and animals. During winter, since food is sparse, he would go to the village. He would eat the crops and sometimes the villagers, mostly children. There are several accounts as to how it looked, such as the way some sources cited that it resembles a flat-face lion with a dog's body and prominent incisor. Other authors described it as larger than an elephant with two long horns and many sharp teeth. The weaknesses of the nian are purported to be a sensitivity to loud noises, fire, and a fear of the color red.&lt;br /&gt;
The reason why people consider the year as a monster is because the earth and sky bring food and clothing, as well as disasters. Therefore, it is important to start the year with a respect for nature and to pray for blessings through rituals.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 13:49, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
'''Terms and Expressions'''&lt;br /&gt;
Jingwei Tries to Fill the Sea 精卫填海&lt;br /&gt;
Yandi 炎帝&lt;br /&gt;
Shanhaijing 山海经&lt;br /&gt;
Departing-Doves Mountain 发鸠山&lt;br /&gt;
Nüwa 女娃&lt;br /&gt;
Eastern Sea 东海&lt;br /&gt;
the bird Spirit-Guardian 精卫鸟&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang River 漳水&lt;br /&gt;
The Great Flood of Gun-Yu 鲧禹治水&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yao 尧帝&lt;br /&gt;
Nian 年&lt;br /&gt;
new year 新年&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;br /&gt;
1.Who is Nüwa? &lt;br /&gt;
She is the younger daughter of Yandi,then transformed into a bird called Jingwei.&lt;br /&gt;
2.What can we learn from the Great Flood of Gun-Yu?&lt;br /&gt;
The spirit of Da Yu's water management, which is based on the concepts of selflessness, national supremacy, people as the foundation of the nation, and scientific innovation.&lt;br /&gt;
3.What are the customs of Chinese New Year?&lt;br /&gt;
Wearing red clothing and creating noise from drums and fireworks.--[[User:Zhao Xiaoyan|Zhao Xiaoyan]] ([[User talk:Zhao Xiaoyan|talk]]) 13:49, 3 December 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yiwen 周艺文==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Face Changing in Sichuan Opera===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vovabulary list===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zhou Yiwen|Zhou Yiwen]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yiwen|talk]]) 11:42, 9 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhou Yuanqu 周园曲==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
中国古代选官制度--[[User:Zhou Yuanqu|Zhou Yuanqu]] ([[User talk:Zhou Yuanqu|talk]]) 12:55, 27 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Meimei 祝美梅==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:yueliang.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Chinese Doors and Windows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early age of human existence, the purpose for the construction of buildings was quite clear: to ensure security and ward off the cold. When doors and windows first came into existence, they only had the primary function of ventilation and lighting. Nowadays, the Chinese character for “window” is 窗（chuang），but in ancient times, its was written as 囱（cong），which, both in meaning and pronunciation is the same as the character for “chimney”. This clearly shows that, in ancient times, windows were used for ventilation, at least they were used more for ventilation than for lighting. The traditional Chinese character for “door” is 門（men），composed of two door leaves (hu, 户), originally meaning a door with two leaves. Thus, a door with two door leaves was called a men, and door with one leaf was known as a hu, 牖（you），which is seldom used now, meant a window in the wall, whereas cong was a window in the roof. It is important to acquire this basic knowledge for our understanding of the evolution of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no buildings prior to the Qin dynasty have survived, we can imagine how simple they were. Huainanzi. On Mountains contains an illuminative depiction: “When light comes from a crack, a corner is illuminated; when light comes from a window in the wall, the north wall is illuminated; when light comes from the door, all the room is illuminated.” It further comments: “With ten windows fully open, the room is not as bright as when a door is open.” These remarks provide us with plenty of useful information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, we know that at that time houses were constructed to face the south, and the direction of doors and windows were consistent with the architectural tradition which lasted thousands of years. Secondly, windows were quite small, to the extent that the area of ten windows was not as big as that of a door. &lt;br /&gt;
Doors and windows at this time only had basic functions. We can assume that no decoration was applied, and that there were even no window rods. Windows with vertical rods appeared in the Han dynasty, which can only be seen in excavated funeral objects. As elaborate funerals were in fashion in the Han dynasty, construction models as funeral objects have occasionally been unearthed from Han tombs. On these objects ancient doors and windows can be identified. During Han times, paper was not used to cover windows. Although papermaking was invented in the Western Han (206BC-25AD), it was not until hundreds of years later that paper was installed in windows. Historic Records of Later Han (Houhanshu), Biography of Liang Ji describes: “All the windows are covered qi and green suo.” Qi is a kind of fabric that can ward off wind and allow light to enter.  &lt;br /&gt;
Great progress was made in architecture when windows with vertical rods came into existence. First of all, it made it possible to enlarge a window. If windows were not covered, the function of a house to ward off wind and cold would be diminished; if windows were too big, it would be difficult to close and block them up. Windows with vertical rods solved these problems perfectly. In addition, as fabric manufacturing in the Han dynasty was quite developed, windows covered with fabrics were both practical and good-looking. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Windows with vertical rods began to be commonly adopted in Wei adn Jin times. During this period there was a row of windows with vertical rods installed in the enclosed walls of many private residences. In the competition among literati in garden building, the function of doors and windows became sophisticated. Installed between natural scenes and houses, they acted as partitions. Xie Lingyun (385-433), a famous poet and follower of Buddhism, wrote a beautiful couplet in his On the Mountain Cottage, “Ranges of mountains are invited into the door, and mirror-like quiescent water is displayed in front of the window.” To exhibit natural scenes through doors and windows added to the aesthetic function of doors and windows. &lt;br /&gt;
During the period from the Sui and Tang dynasties to the Song dynasty, doors and windows in constructions gradually matured. From the drawings in the Building Standards, we can see diversified lattice patterns and elaborate carvings in waist panels, showing that a variety of decorative means for doors and windows were in place at that time. However, the style of lattice doors was comparatively simple, with only two types: single-waist-bar type and double-waist-bar type. The “waist bar” was a transversal wood bar inset in the part. Compared with a plank door, this kind of lattice door was better for lighting, more attractive in appearance, and lighter in weight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Song dynasty, windows with vertical rods remained prevalent, while windows with traceries or scroll work were occasionally installed. There were two kinds of lattices used in windows: flat lattice and cuspate lattice.. The cross section of a flat lattice strip was rectangular or square; whereas the cross section of a cuspate lattice strip was a triangle, with an angle pointing outwards and the bottom pointing inwards, so that the indoor side of the lattice could be pasted with paper or fabrics. &lt;br /&gt;
During the evolutionary development of classical doors, between plank doors and lattice doors there was another kind of door called a “soft door”. A soft door was a frame structure, with a waist bar in the middle, and panels were inset in grooves above and below the bar. The advantage of a soft door was that it was light in weight and resistant to deformation. The soft door is considered to be the predecessor of the lattice door. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Lattice doors in Song times were wide and low, while in the Ming and Qing such doors (renamed “partition doors) became narrower and higher. Two reasons were attributable to such changes. First, horizontal upper windows were seldom installed on top of partition doors in the Ming and Qing. Second, very often in Ming and Qing constructions, partition formed much of the facade of a house, and an increase in the number of such doors could create a more rhythmic effect, which would also make it easier to evenly distribute the doors. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Innumerable doors and windows of the Ming and Qing, either from official buildings or from private residences, have survived today, including all kinds of exquisitely made partition doors and still windows. All the doors and windows illustrated in this book are products of the Ming and Qing dynasties. As the area south of the Yangtze River was prosperous and rich, and possessed a very talented society, doors and windows from this area are especially representative of the talents and adeptness of craftsmen in older times.--[[User:Zhumeimei|Zhumeimei]] ([[User talk:Zhumeimei|talk]]) 01:05, 23 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zhu Xu 朱旭==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yuelu Academy--[[User:Zhu Xu|Zhu Xu]] ([[User talk:Zhu Xu|talk]]) 02:29, 5 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zou Xinyu 邹鑫雨==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Jiaozi(A Paper Currency in Northern Song Dynasty)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:jiaozi.jpg|160px|thumb|right|Jiaozi(A paper currency in Northern Song Dynasty)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the development of the exchange of goods, currency emerged. And at very begining, currency was served by certain recognized equivalents, such as seashells. Gradually precious metals like gold and silver took the place of those equivalents as currency. However, when metal currency was used for a long time, it became worn out and worthless. People realized that they could use other things to replace the metal currency in circulation, so paper currency appeared. The earliest paper currency in the world was the &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot; of Chengdu, Sichuan province, during the Northern Song Dynasty. China was the first country in the world to use paper currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Emergence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The appearance of paper currency in the Northern Song Dynasty was not accidental; it was an inevitable product of socio-political and economic development. With the rapid development of the commodity economy in the Song Dynasty, there was a need for more currency in circulation, but the copper coin was in shortage and couldn't meet the demand in circulation. Iron coin was common in the Sichuan region at the time, and was of low value and heavy weight, making it extremely inconvenient to use. Chengdu was an important economic centre, and the roads to the outside world were extremely rugged, so there was an objective need for a light currency, which is the main reason why paper currency first appeared in Sichuan. Furthermore, although the Northern Song Dynasty was a country of highly centralized feudal dictatorship, the national currency was not uniform and there were several currency zones, each with its own rules, which were not used by the other. In addition, the Song government was frequently attacked by the Liao, Xia and Jin dynasties, and had to issue paper currency to cover its financial deficit. All these reasons led to the creation of the paper currency, &amp;quot;jiaozi&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Development of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, jiaozi was issued freely by merchants. In the early years of the Northern Song Dynasty, &amp;quot;jiaozi banks&amp;quot; emerged in Chengdu, Sichuan province, for merchants carrying large sums of money who operated a cash deposit business. At this time, jiaozi was only a form of deposit and withdrawal receipt, not currency. With the development of the commodity economy, the use of jiaozi became more and more widespread, and many merchants joined together to set up jiaozi banks specializing in issuing and exchanging jiaozi, and they also opened branch banks in various places. Due to the creditworthiness of the jiaozi bank owners, people could withdraw their money as they came. And the printed designs of jiaozi were too exquisite to be forged, the bank owners began to print jiaozi with a uniform denomination and format, which was issued to the market as a new means of circulation. This kind of jiaozi was already the symbol for minted coins, and really became paper currency. But it had not yet been recognized by the government, and was still issued by private individuals as &amp;quot;private jiaozi&amp;quot;. Not all jiaozi banks were law-abiding and trustworthy. During the Jingde reign (1004-1007), Zhang Yong, the governor of Yizhou, reorganized the jiaozi banks, weeding out the outlaws and exclusively let sixteen wealthy merchant run the banks. It was only then that the issuance of jiaozi was recognized by the government. In the first year of the reign of Emperor Renzong of the Song Dynasty (1023), the government set up the Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department, with one or two officials as supervisors to preside over the issuance of jiaozi, and set up a paper-copying academy to eliminate currency forgery, strictly enforcing the printing process. This was the earliest paper currency officially issued by the government in China - the &amp;quot;official jiaozi&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Influence of Jiaozi====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advent of jiaozi facilitated commercial exchanges and made up for the shortage of money in circulation, which is a major achievement in the history of China's currency. In addition, as the earliest paper currency issued in China and even in the world, jiaozi occupies an important position in the history of printing and printmaking, and is of great significance to the study of China's ancient paper currency printing technology, as well as a contribution of China's financial industry to the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] He Shengming.Dictionary of Finance and Economics[M].China Finance and Economics Press,1990.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] Paper currency.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] Jiaozi.Modern Chinese Dictionary (7th Edition)[M].The Commercial Press,2016.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] Li You.Facts of The Song Dynasty[M].The Commercial Press,1935.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] Xuan Yanwen.A Brief Analysis of Paper Currency in Song Dynasty-Jiaozi as An Example[D].Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences,2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] Wang Baoping.On Jiaozi And The Commercial Prosperity of The Song Dynasty[J].Journal of Kaifeng Vocational College of Culture &amp;amp; Art,2010,02:47-50.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vocabulary List===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi   交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
jiaozi bank   交子铺&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
private jiaozi   私交&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zhang Yong   张咏&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou   益州&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yizhou Jiaozi Affairs Department   益州交子务&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
official jiaozi   官交子&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Questions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.What is the earliest paper currency in the world?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Why did people in the Northern Song Dynasty give up using iron and copper coins as currency in circulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.How did jiaozi come into being?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.Which group of people firstly issued jiaozi?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5.When was jiaozi officially issued by the government?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6.What achievements did jiaozi make?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7.What other Chinese paper currency do you know?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Zou Xinyu2|Zou Xinyu2]] ([[User talk:Zou Xinyu2|talk]]) 07:51, 11 November 2020 (UTC)Zou Xinyu&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Zubareva, Ekaterina==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Chinese traditional make up--[[User:ZubarevaEkaterina|ZubarevaEkaterina]] ([[User talk:ZubarevaEkaterina|talk]]) 15:02, 14 November 2020 (UTC)&lt;br /&gt;
'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''I.Base make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''II.Color make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''III.Tang dynasty make up'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''References'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Vocabulary List'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Questions'''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Zhang Hui</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>